---T^^BL^Cj'  COIITEIvTS 

The  '^hilippine's  Isla:ids-as  a  whole,  .geogra- 
phic, economic,  natural  resources,  histori- 
cal background,  etc.   Pp. 

1-  182, 

Manila  and  Vicinity Pp.. 

153-194 

'^upoleinent Pp. 

193-  264 

Beographical  Discussion  of  Provinces  in 
Alphabetical  orderlttefer  to  Preface — P.. XXVI).. 


TABLii   01^^  GCNTnIIT^ 

^Rj^si3   of.^j_3]_aj^^^s,    prov.  ,    etc.  ?; 

ilountains, . 

iiivers    .... 

CLIil^^Tii    .  .  (^tnosplieric   pressure, 

humidity,  rains,  winds,  clouds, 

""eas 

Says  &    Harbors 

iioads  f    Comrn. . . 

Population  (towns)  (r^p.  census, I887)  2^  -  63 

Philippine  people 

Races 

Languages  d  Religion 

Dependent  Islands 

-C'lora  6:   x^auna 

Minerals  t    Mineral  products 

■^orests  d  Classes  oT  woods 

Fruits 

"/eights  6.   Measures 

Ti^LE  CJ'   DI'^T^iITCiiJG  (Between  Manila 

and  other  joints) 
HISTCRY  (Us'^.  military  Ccc.  c^.  ^ov^tjl^l  -  I69 
Natural  Historv  (Mamraals,  ;3irds ,  Insects 

^^dDtiles,  etc.)  I69  -  172 

PHILIPPIME  CHRCNOLCGY  (1^19-1901)    173  -  l82 


.  3 

-  7 

7 

-  9 

11 

-  12 

.12 

-  14 

14 

-  13 

13- 

16 

1^ 

-  18 

23 

-  63 

65 

-  64 

63 

-  67 

67 

-  69 

69 

-  70 

70 

-  81 

81 

-  83 

83 

-  95 

93 

-93 

126 

-  128 

128 

-  131 

I 


fiAZETTEER  OF  THE  PHILIPPINE  ISLANDS. 


< 


A 

PRONOUNCING  GAZETTEER 

AND 

GEOGRAPHICAL  DICTIONARY 

OF 

THE  PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS, 

UNITED   STATES  OF  AMERICA, 

WITH 

MAPS,   CHARTS,   AND    ILLUSTRATIONS. 


THE  LAW  OF  CIVIL  GOVERNMENT  IN  THE  PHILIPPINE  ISLANDS  PASSED  BY 
CONGRESS  AND  APPROVED  BY  THE  PRESIDENT  JULY  1,  1902, 

WITH  A  COMPIjETE  INDEX.  ... 


PREPARED  IN  THE  BUREAU  OF  INSULAR  AFFAIRS, 
WAR  DEPARTMENT. 

1902. 

(Septemlier  30.  1902.) 


WASHINGTON: 

GOVERNMENT    PRINTING    OFFICE. 

1902. 


A 

PRONOUNCING  GAZETTEER 

AND 

GEOGRAPHICAL  DICTIONARY 

OF 

THE   PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS, 

UNITED   STATES  OF  AMERICA, 

WITH 

MAPS,   CHARTS,   AND    ILLUSTRATIONS. 


THE  LAW  OF  CIVIL  GOVERNMENT  IN  THE  PHILIPPINE  ISLANDS  PASSED  BY 
CONGRESS  AND  APPROVED  BY  THE  PRESIDENT  JULY  1,  1902, 

WITH  A  COMPLETE  IJ^DEX.  -       - . 


PREPARED  IN  THE  BUREAU  OF  INSULAR  AFFAIRS, 
WAR  DEPARTMENT. 

1902. 

(September  30,  1902.) 


WASHINGTON: 

GOVERNMENT    PRINTING    OFFICE. 

1902. 


-> 


"7 


x^ 


^' 


CON^TEI^TS. 


Paga. 

Introduction vii 

Explanation  of  the  orthography  of  names ix 

Accentuation x 

Key  to  pronunciation  of  names xi 

Signs  relating  to  orthoepy xii 

Abbreviations xiii 

Table  of  temperatures xiv 

Table  of  measures  of  length xiv 

Comparative  scale  of  miles  (nautical  and  statute)  and  meters xiv 

Maps XV 

Charts,  coast  and  harbor xv 

Illustrations xxiii 

Glossarial  index xxxi 

Addenda:  Post-offices  in  the  Philippine  archipelago,  corrected  to  August  27, 

1902  ^ XXXIX 

Philippine  Islands  (archipelago),  general  description 1 

Manila,  municipality  of 183 

Supplement,  containing  latest  information  to  time  of  going  to  jiress 195-209 

The  law  of  civil  government  in  the  Philippine  Islands: 

House  Committee  on  Insular  Affairs 211 

Senate  Committee  on  the  Philippine  Islands 211 

Passage  of  the  "Philippine  bill"  by  Congress 211 

"An  act  temporarily  to  provide  for  the  administration  of  the  affairs  of 

civil  government  in  the  Philippine  Islands,  and  for  other  purposes" . . .  212 

Proclamation  of  amnesty,  July  4,  1902 239 

Index  to  the  statute  of  civil  government  in  the  Philippine  Islands 243 

Index 249 

Official  Pronouncing  Gazetteer  and  Geographical  Dictionary  of  the  Philippine 

Islands,  A  to  Z 265 


S5eS24 


Il^TRODUCTIOlSr. 


The  great  number  of  inquiries  addressed  to  the  War  Department 
from  all  parts  of  the  United  States  calling  for  infoimation  regarding 
the  Philippine  Islands,  has  indicated  that  a  printed  compendium  of 
such  information  would  ])e  practically  useful  to  the  American  people. 
The  present  work  is  designed  to  furnish  such  information. 

The  standard  literature  relating  to  the  Philippines  at  the  time  of 
American  occupation  was  generally  confined  to  books  in  Spanish,  Ger- 
man, French,  and  Dutch,  and  largely  of  ancient  date.  The  English 
books  were  usuall}"  translations,  Admiralt}"  surveys,  trade  statistics, 
and  consular  reports.  The  hydrographic  data  contained  in  Spanish 
and  English  charts  and  instructions  and  United  States  compilations 
from  the  same,  were  limited  to  the  requirements  of  navigators  only. 

In  the  compilations  of  this  work  not  onl}"  the  existing  literature  but 
all  available  reports  from  military,  naval,  and  civil  officers,  giving 
the  o])servations  and  results  of  campaigns,  expeditions,  reconnais- 
sances, etc.,  have  been  consulted.  When  this  data  was  collected  bv 
provinces  it  was  submitted  to  officers  returning  from  the  Philippine 
Islands  to  make  corrections  and  additions  from  their  personal  knowl- 
edge and  experience.  Their  replies  were  universally  commendatory 
of  the  character  and  scope  of  the  work  and  of  its  value  for  ready  refer- 
erence.  In  many  instances  their  replies  were  accompanied  by  new 
material  which  w^as  incorporated  in  the  text. 

A  feature  is  the  spelling  and  pronunciation  of  local  geographic 
names.  This  subject  has  been  given  careful  consideration.  The  value 
;  of  letters  affected  by  symbols  of  sounds  is  phonetically  explained,  as 
is  also  the  etymology  of  words  whose  origin,  whether  foreign,  Span- 
ish, Tagalog,  or  native,  is  indicated.  The  origin  of  the  names  of 
places,  in  the  various  dialects  of  all  the  islands,  is  shown  by  the  fol- 
lowing abbreviations: 

Sp.     =  Spanish. 

Nat.  =  Native  word  common  to  more  than  one  dialect. 

Tag.  =Tagiilog. 

Ver.  =  Vernacular,  other  than  Tagdlog. 

Hisp.  =  Native,  transformed  into  Spanish. 

For.    =  Foreign. 


VIII  GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

The  work  thus  completed  contains  the  most  recent  and  authoritative 
information,  from  oflicial  and  other  sources,  respecting  the  Philippine 
(Archipelago)  Islands,  their  geography,  ph3^sical  features,  areas,  com- 
munications, population,  towns,  resources,  wealth,  products,  industries, 
commerce,  finances,  social  economy,  natural  histor}^,  military  occupa- 
tion, and  civil  government,  followed  bj^  an  alphabetically  arranged 
descriptive  list  of  islands,  provinces,  districts,  townships  (pueblos), 
cities,  towns,  hamlets,  ranges,  mountains,  peaks,  volcanoes,  rivers, 
seas,  straits,  gulfs,  sounds,  bays,  lakes,  promontories,  capes,  points, 
light-houses,  and  other  mapped  objects  and  places,  numbering  upward 
of  10,300,  with  maps,  charts,  and  illustrations. 

The  encyclopedic  features  have  reference  only  to  information  of  a 
practical  nature  associated  with  the  places  described. 


EXPLANATION  OF  THE  ORTHOGRAPHY  OF  NAMES. 


If  we  except  some  foreign  names,  especiall}^  the  English  names  oi 
places  situated  on  the  island  of  Palawan  and  surrounding  seas,  the 
orthography  of  the  geographical  names  of  the  Philippine  Archipelago 
is  in  the  main  Spanish.     It  is  so  in  spelling  and  also  in  accentuation. 

The  Spanish  colonists  not  only  gave  names  in  their  own  language  to 
diii'eient  places  in  the  islands,  but  in  writing  the  native  words  in 
Roman  characters  used,  as  was  to  be  expected,  the  Spanish  spelling 
and  accent.  Alcantara,  Nueva  Ecija,  La  Laguna,  La  Union,  and  many 
other  names  are  genuine  Spanish.  On  the  other  hand,  Luzon,  Pam- 
panga,  and  Bulacan,  illustrations  of  originally  indigenous  words  with 
Spanish  spelling  and  sound,  are  native  words  written  as  they  sounded 
to  the  Spanish  ear,  therefore  but  the  development  into  a  Spanish  form 
of  the  native  Avords,  as  Lusong  (Luzon),  which  means  a  rice  mortar; 
Kapangpangan,  a  place  where  river  banks  abound;  Bulakan  (with 
the  accent  on  the  second  syllable),  a  country  where  cotton  is  raised  and 
grown, 

I  A  great  number  of  native  names,  however,  have  been  kept,  although 
!in  several  cases  some  differences  may  be  observed  between  the  native 
sound  and  the  Spanish  spelling,  on  account  either  of  the  location  of 
accent  or  of  subordinating  the  word  to  Spanish  grammatical  rules. 

There  is  pending  a  controversy  among  Spanish  writers  and  Filipino 
scholars,  with  whom  a  good  many  foreign  authorities  agree,  in  refer- 
ence to  the  orthography  of  native  names. 

The  contention  of  the  latter  is  chiefly  that  c  after  any  vowel,  and 
before  a,  o,  and  u,  must  be  superseded  by  k;  c  before  e  and  i  by  s;  j 
by  h;  o  and  u  in  diphthongs  bj^  w;  qu  Ijy  k. 

Thus  Antique  must  be  Antike;  Abiicay  must  be  Abukaj";  Balabac 
must  be  Balabak;  Loa}^  must  be  Lway;  Lalauan  must  be  Lalawan; 
Cebu  must  be  Sebu;  Jalajala  must  be  Halahala.  As  it  is  not  the  pur 
pose  to  indulge  in  this  linguistic  discussion,  it  may  be  said  in  passing 
I  that  the  general  sentiment  of  Americans  in  the  islands  favors  the  reform 
intended  by  the  native  writers,  since  such  movement  is  harmonious 
with  the  value  of  letters  in  the  English  language  and  with  he  modern 
wilting  of  Malayan  words.  English  books  and  maps  have  already 
I  idopted  it. 


X  GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

In  this  Gazetteer,  however,  the  old  Spanish  orthography  is  generally 
retained,  pending  official  action  taken  to  implant  the  change  referred 
to,  not  only  because  the  Government  publications  follow  that  system, 
but  also  with  the  view  of  avoiding  further  confusion  on  the  subject. 

ACCENTUATION. 

Some  of  the  most  general  rules  relating  to  Spanish  accentuation  are 
here  set  forth  in  a  condensed  way,  so  as  to  give  an  idea  as  to  the  proper 
place  for  accent  marks,  as  follows: 

I.  All  words  ending  in  a  vowel,  or  in  n  or  s,  which  are  accented  on 
the  last  syllable  must  bear  the  accent  mark  on  that  syllable  (Alcala, 
Bacon,  Alos),  the  rule  being  that  the  greater  part  of  words  ending  in 
a  vowel,  or  in  n  or  s,  are  accented  on  the  penultimate  (Alfonso,  Bal- 
bagan,  Calamianes). 

II.  All  words  ending  in  a  consonant  other  than  n  or  s  and  which 
are  accented  on  the  penultimate  must  bear  the  accent  mark  (Abuyog, 
Apalit,  Balabac),  the  ride  being  that  the  greater  part  of  words  ending 
in  other  consonants  than  n  or  s  are  accented  on  the  last  syllable 
(Ambil,  Bagac,  Dumanjug). 

III.  All  words  accented  on  a  syllable  previous  to  the  penultimate 
must  bear  the  accent  mark  (Alcantara,  Principe). 

We  omit  here  many  other  rules,  because  the  above-mentioned  suffice 
to  enable  the  reader  to  familiarize  himself  with  the  accentuation  of 
the  names  contained  in  the  Gazetteer. 


( 


KEY  TO  PRONUNCTATTON. 


Irrespective  of  having  attached  to  each  name  its  pronunciation  by  means  of 
orthoepical  representations,  familiar  to  English-speaking  people,  there  are  given  in 
the  accompanying  table  the  sounds  of  the  letters  of  the  Spanish  alphabet,  and  of 
certain  signs  peculiar  to  native  writing: 


Let- 
ters. 


Pronunciation  and  remarks. 


English  a  in  father 

English  e  in  dress,  benefit 

English  i  in  ravine;  the  sound  of  ee  in  bee 

English  o  in  mote,  gone;  aw  in  dawn. 

English  u  in  flute;  the  sound  of  oo  in  root , 

When  a  vowel  is  equivalent  to  i 

[Must  be  pronounofd  with  a  deep  guttural  sound. 

[■English  i  in  ice,  tie  when  forming  a  diphthong 

J^As  ey  in  they;  or  ei  in  eight  when  forming  a  diphthong 

J-As  ow  in  how  when  forming  a  diphthong 

>As  o  in  one,  when  forming  a  diphthong 

English  b 

{Sounds  like  k  before  a,  o,  and  u 
Before  e  and  i  is   .soft    like  English  s    in  native  names,  but 
sounds  like  th  in  Spanish  names. 

Is  always  soft  as  in  church 

j-As  in  English. 

[Is  hard  before  a.  o.  and  u 

.^Sounds  like  English  h  before  e  and  1 

|ue  and  ui  after  g  sound  like  e  and  i,  respectively 

/Is  not  pronounced  in  Spanish  names 

\Is  like  English  h  in  native  names 

Like  English  h 

|as  in  English. 

Sounds  like  the  letters  Ui  in  the  English  milUon 

|as  in  English. 

Has  the  sound  of  the  letters  nl  in  the  English  pinion 

Sounds  like  ng  in  the  English  word  singer;  without  the  tilde 

sounds  like  ng  in  the  word  finger. 
As  in  English. 

Sounds  like  k.    Ue  and  ui  after  q  sound  like  e  and  i  respect- 
ively. 
{Rolled  more  than  in  English,  especially  at  the  beginning  of 
words  and  after  1,  n,  and  s. 
Like  English  r  between  vowels 

Both  letters  are  to  be  distinctly  sounded. 
As  in  sin. 

[as  in  English. 


Examples. 


Like  th  in  thin. 


Abra,  BaMbac. 
Escalante,  Itaves. 
Balanguingui. 

Ubong,  Ugamut. 
Lacy. 


AgiUay. 
Sibuguey. 
Lanao,  Mauban. 
Canahauan,  Laoag. 

Bon  toe. 

Casolgan,  Colasi,  Cullli. 

Cervera    (Sp.),    Cinapuran 

(nat.). 
Chocolate,  Chongos. 


Gapin,  Golo,  GusA. 
Gerona,  Gimanoc. 
Guernica,  Guiguinto. 
Horadada. 
Hagonoy. 
Janiuay,  Jaro. 


Llana-Hermosa. 


San  o  Nino. 

Mangalddn,  Pantabarigftn. 


Quensitog,  Quinabugan. 

Ro.sario. 

Aringay. 


Eeference  maybe  made  to  the  little  care  the  Spaniards  took  in  correctly  pronounc- 
ing the  nasal  consonant  iig  or  simply  g,  and  the  deep  vowels.  For  instance,  Balanga 
"s  pronounced  by  Spaniards  bah-lahn'-gah  (the  last  a  with  a  flat  sound),  and  by 
:he  native  is  pi'onounced  bah-lang'-ach.  (the  last  vowel  with  a  deep  and  somewhat 
guttural  sound). 

XI 


SIGNS  RELATING  TO  ORTHOEPY. 


The  method  of  giving  the  pronunciation  of  the  names  in  this  Gazetteer  by  means 
of  English  signs  and  representations  is  explained  in  the  following  remarks: 

1.  Each  name  is  separated  into  syllables,  which  represent  the  Spanish  or  naf  ve 
sound,  as  the  case  may  be. 

2.  An  acute  accent  is  placed  after  the  syllable  which  should  be  pronounced  more 
forcibly  than  the  others. 

3.  Whenever  possible,  the  Spanish  or  native  sound  is  represented  by  monosyllable 
words  very  common  in  English. 

4.  Otherwise  the  representation  is  made  as  f  Hows: 
a  is  rejjresented  by  ah. 

e  by  ay. 

i  l)y  ee. 

o  by  oh,  au,  or  a-w. 

u  by  oo. 

ay  J     • 
°^}bywah. 

J  by  h. 

g  before  e  and  i  by  h. 
11  by  ly. 
ii  by  ny. 

5.  In  the  English  representations  g  is  always  hard,  as  in  give;  th  must  be  pro- 
nounced as  in  thin,  and  ch  as  in  chill. 

6.  "When  two  or  more  names  with  the  same  spelling  occur  in  succession,  and  the 
pronunciation  of  the  first  only  is  given,  it  is  intended  as  a  general  rule  that  all  sliall 
be  pronounced  alike. 

7.  English  names  should  be  pronounced  as  in  English. 

Ill 


ABBREVIATIONS  USED  IN  ETYMOLOGIES  AN]) 
DESCRIPTIONS. 


A. = Archipelago;  but  only  in  half-measure  matter. 

A.  G.  0.=  Adjutant-General's  Office. 

C.=Cape;  but  only  after  a  name,  as  Bojeador  C. 

cn.=ccnsus. 

cm.=centimeters. 

cub.  ft.=  cubic  feet. 

rub.  m.— cubic  meters. 

D.  I.  A.=Division  of  Insular  Affairs. 

D.  P.=Division  of  the  Philippines.     (See  N.  P.  and  S.  P.) 

E.=east  or  eastern. 

°F.;  °C. 

fms.= fathoms. 

F.  0.  =  Field  Orders  (military). 
for.=foreign. 

ft. = feet. 

ft.  B.  M.=feet  board  measure. 

geog.  m.=geographical  miles. 

G.  0.=General  Orders  (military). 

grp.=group,  after  a  name,  as  Batanes  grp.,  and  in  the  half-measure  only, 
g.  w.=gross  weight. 

Hdqrs.=  Headquarters,  except  in  descriptive  title  of  a  province. 
hectog.=hectogram. 
hectol.— hectoliter. 

Hisp.=native  transformed  into  Spanish. 
I.=Island;  but  only  after  a  name,  as  Alabat  I. 
in.=inches. 
kilo.=kilogram. 
kilos. = kilograms. 
l.=left. 
lat.  =  latitude. 
lbs.=pounds. 
L.  H.=light-house. 
lon.=longitude. 
m.=miles 
mm.  =millimeters. 
M.  0.=:money-order  office. 

.Mt.=Mountain;  but  only  after  a  name,  as  Apo  Mt. 
N.  =  north  or  northern.' 

nat.  =  native  word  common  to  more  than  one  dialect, 
naut.  m.= nautical  miles. 
N.  M.=Notice  to  Mariners. 
N.  P.=Department  of  North  Philippines, 
n.  w.= net  weight. 
0.=official. 
ozs.=ounces. 

P.  A. = Philippine  Archipelago. 
P.  C.=Philippine  Commission. 
P.  G.  A.=The  Provincial  Government  Act. 
P.  I. = Philippine  Islands. 
P.  0.=post-offlce. 

3op.  =  Population,  as,  pop.,  55,300;  bid  has  a  large  Moro  population,  etc. 
Pt.=Point;  but  only  after  a  name,  as  Escardada  Pt. 
1.  v.=quod  vide,  which  see. 
'•.=right. 

Riv.=River;  but  only  after  a  name,  as  Agno  Grande  Riv. 
tl.  R.=railroad. 
5.=south  or  southern. 
5.;  SW.;  N.;  NE.;  W.;  etc. 
;').  0.=Special  Orders  (military). 
).  P. = Department  of  South  Philippines. 
!p.= Spanish. 

q.  kms.=square  kilometers. 
<I.  m.=square  miles. 
t.  m.=statute  miles. 
^ag.=TagAlog. 

"er. -Vernacular  other  than  TagAlog. 
V.=west  or  western. 
ds.= yards. 


TABLE    OF    TEMPERATURE. 


[Fahrenheit  compared  with  centigrade  and  Reaumur.     In  this  table  the  centigrade  and  Reaumur 
readings  are  given  to  the  nearest  decimal.] 


F. 

C. 

R. 

F. 

C. 

R. 

F. 

C. 

R- 

F. 

C. 

R. 

125 

51.7 

41.3 

101 

38.3 

30.7 

77 

25.0 

20.0 

53 

11.7 

9.3 

124 

51.1 

40.9 

100 

37.8 

30.2 

76 

24.4 

19.6 

52 

11.1 

8.9 

123 

50.6 

40.4 

99 

37.2 

29.8 

75 

23.9 

19.1 

51 

10.6 

8.4 

122 

50.0 

40.0 

98 

36.7 

29.3 

74 

23.3 

18.7 

50 

10.0 

8.0 

121 

49.4 

97 

36.1 

28.9 

73 

22.8 

IS.  2 

49 

9.4 

7.6 

120 

48.9 

39.1 

96 

35.6 

28.4 

72 

22.2 

17.8 

48 

8.9 

7.1 

119 

48.3 

38.7 

95 

35.0 

28.0 

71 

21.7 

17.3 

47 

8.3 

6.7 

118 

47.8 

38.2 

94 

34.4 

27.6 

70 

21.1 

16.9 

46 

7.8 

6.2 

117 

47.2 

37.8 

93 

33.9 

27.1 

69 

20.6 

16.4 

45 

7.2 

5.8 

116 

46.7 

37.3 

92 

33.3 

26.7 

68 

20.0 

16.0 

44 

6.7 

6.3 

115 

46.1 

36.9 

91 

32.8 

26.2 

67 

19.4 

1.5.6 

43 

6.1 

4.9 

114 

45.6 

36.4 

90 

32.2 

25.8 

66 

18.9 

15.1 

42 

5.6 

4.4 

113 

46.0 

36.0 

89 

31.7 

25.3 

65 

18.3 

14.7 

41 

5.0 

4.0 

112 

44.4 

35.6 

88 

31.1 

24.9 

64 

17.8 

14.2 

40 

4.4 

3.6 

111 

43.9 

35.1 

87 

30.6 

24.4 

63 

17.2 

13.8 

39 

3.9 

3.1 

110 

43.3 

34.7 

86 

30.0 

24.0 

62 

16.7 

13.3 

38 

3.3 

2.7 

109 

42.8 

34.2 

85 

29.4 

23.6 

61 

16.1 

12.9 

37 

2.8 

2.2 

108 

42.2 

33.8 

84 

28.9 

23.1 

60 

15.6 

12.4 

36 

2.2 

1.8 

107 

41.7 

83 

22.7 

59 

15.0 

12.0 

35 

1.7 

1.3 

106 

41.1 

32.9 

82 

27.8 

22.2 

58 

14.4 

11.6 

34 

1.1 

0.9 

105 

40.6 

32.4 

81 

27.2 

21.8 

57 

13.9 

11.1 

33 

0.6 

0.4 

104 

40.0 

32.0 

80 

26.7 

21.3 

56 

13.3 

10.7 

32 

0.0 

0.0 

103 

39  4 

31.6 

79 

26.1 

20.9 

55 

12.8 

10.2 

102 

38.9 

31.1 

78 

25.6 

20.4 

54 

12.2 

9.8 

TABLE  OF  MEASURES  OF  LENGTH. 


[For  other  terms  i 


kilo.s.  St.  m 
1=  0.621 
2=  1.242 
3=  1.863 
4=  2.484 
5=  3.106 
6=  3.726 
7=  4.347 


d  eiiuivalents  see  Coinage,  Weights  and  Measures,  pp.  126,  127,  128.] 
[1  kilometer=0.621  United  States  statute  mile.] 


kilos.  St.  m. 
60=37.260 
70=43.470 
80=49.680 
90=55.890 
100=62.100 


kilos. 

St.  m 

8= 

=  4.968 

9= 

=  5.589 

10= 

=  6.210 

20= 

=12.420 

30= 

=  18.630 

40= 

=24.810 

50= 

=31.050 

COMPARATIVE   SCALE  OF  MILES  AND  METERS. 

NaluticalMile. 


J. 

"loo  I      200 

SNtute  MHe. 


r^ 


Cable's  length,  fms,  100=600  ft.,  A  uaut.  m.;  chain  cable,  8  lengths  of  15  fms.  each  with  shackles 
120  fms.=720  ft. 


MAPS. 

Facing 


Hydrographic,  showing  the  lines  of  international  boundary  of  the  United 
States  possessions  in  eastern  Asia  defined  by  the  treaty  of  Paris  December 
10,  1898,  the  geographical  position  of  the  Philippine  Archipelago,  with  ref- 
erence to  the  mainland  of  Asia,  the  surrounding  archipelagoes,  and  adjacent 
seas Title. 

The  World,  showing  the  colonial  systems  of  the  Western  nations 6 

The  Physical  Geography  of  the  Philippine  Islands,  showing  the  relations 
and  development  of  their  mountain  and  drainage  systems 10 

Distance  Map  of  the  Pacific  Ocean,  the  shores  of  eastern  and  southern  Asia, 
Eastern  Archipelago,  Australasia,  Oceania,  and  the  west  coast  of  the  three 
Americas,  showing  tracks  of  full-powered  steam  vessels,  with  the  shortest 
routes  between  points,  in  nautical  miles 18 

Islands  and  Provinces;  a  general  map  of  the  islands  and  provinces  and  adja- 
cent waters  of  the  Philippine  Islands  (July,  1902) 154 

Manila  and  Vicinity,  city  of,  Luzon.  (Cathedral  dome  lat.  14°  35^  30.2'^  N., 
Ion.  120°58'6.3''E.) 184 

Manila  and  Cavite  Anchorages,  Manila  Bay,  Luzon 186 


CHARTS,  COAST  AND  HARBOR. 

Agusan  Riv.,  mouth  of  (chart  No.  4642),  Surigao,  N.  coast  of  Mindanao,  lat. 

8°57^N.,  Ion.  125°  30^  E 273 

Albay  Gulf,  Legaspi  anchorage  to  Port  Sula  (chart  No.  4250),  Albay,  SE.  Li^zon, 

lat.  13°  9' N.,  Ion.  123°  44^  E.  (Legaspi) 281 

lAlubijid  anchorage  (chart  No.  1929),  Misamis,  Macajalar  Bay,  Mindanao,  lat. 

;    8°36^N.,  Ion.  124°  29' E 283 

jAparri,  approaches  to  (chart  No.  1726),  N.  coast  Cagay an,  Luzon  (light-house), 

j     lat.  18°  23'  N.,  Ion.  121°  33'  E.,  approximately 301 

iBais  Bay  (south),  (chart  No.  1726),  Negros  Oriental,  E.  coast,  lat.  9°  34'  N., 

I    Ion.  123°  9' E 313 

Balanguingni  grp.,  Samales  Is.,  Sulu  A.,  lat  6°  2'  24"  N.,  Ion.  121°  39'  38"  E. . .       318 
?  Balayan  anchorage  (chart  No.  4244),  Luzon,  SW.  coast,  lat.  13°  56'  N.,  Ion. 

120°  35' E 321 

Balingasac  anchorage  (chart  No.  1929),  Misamis,  N.  coast  Mindanao,  lat.  8° 

45' N.,  Ion.  124°  46'  E 323 

jBanacalan  (San  Andres),  port  of  (chart  No.  1823),  NW.  coast  of  Marinduque, 

„  i   lat.  13°  31'  25"-N.,  Ion.  121°  50'  57"  E.  (Pammitaiigan  Pt.) 324 

3anga,  Port  (chart  No.  1869),  W.  shore  Sibuguey  Bay,  Zamboanga,  Mindanao, 

lat.  7°  30'47"N.,  Ion.  122°  24' 48"  E 327 

parrera,  Port  (chart  No.  1895),  NE.  coast  of  Masbate  I.,  Visayas,  lat.  12°  32'  27" 

j- Jf.,lon.  123°22'36"E 330 

i' 

?v 


XVI  GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

Facing 
page— 
Basiauang  Bay  (chart  No.  1711),  8W.  shore  Cotabato,  Mindanao,  lat.  6°  28' 

50'''N.,  Ion.  123°58'22'^E 333 

Batcin,  Port  (chart  No.  1707),  N.  coast  Cdpiz,  Panay,  lat.  11°  35'  40''  N.,  Ion. 

122°  29'35"E 341 

Bicobian,  Port  (chart  No.  1726),  E.  coast  Isabela,  Luzon,  lat.  17°  15'  20"  N., 

Ion.  122°  24' E 357 

Biri,  Port  (chart  No.  193(5),  Biri  I.,  San  Bernardino  Strait,  SE.  Luzon,  lat. 

12°  38' 52"  N.,  Ion.  124°  21' 24"  E 361 

Boca  Engano,  Port  (chart  No.  1875),  E.  coast  Burias  I.,  Masbate  grp.,  off 

W.  coast  Albay,  Luzon,  lat.  12°  47'  26"  N. ,  Ion.  123°  18'  46"  E 363 

Bolai,  Port  (chart  No.  1821),  Balut  Parido,  or  Sarangani  I.,  off  S.  coast  of 

Ddvao,  Mindanao,  lat.  5°  25'  N.,  Ion.  125°  25'  E 373 

Bolinao,  Port  and  town  (chart  No.  4251,  later  issue),  between  extreme  NE. 

coast  of  Zambales,  Luzon,  and  peninsula  at  W.  head  to  Lingayen  Gulf,  lat. 

16°  24'  N. ,  Ion.  119°  54'  55"  E 372 

Bolinao,  Port  (chart  No.  1726),  NW.  point  of  Zambales,  Luzon,  lat.  16°  24'  N., 

Ion.  119°  54'  55"  E 375 

Borigao,  Port  (chart  No.  1728),  Tawi  Tawi  grp.,  Sulu  A.,  lat.  5°  1'  N.,  Ion. 

119°  47' 50"  E 379 

Busin,  Port  (chart  No.  1868),  extreme  NW.  coast  Burias  I.,  Masbate  grp., 

Vieayas,  lat.  13°  8' 30"  N.,  Ion.  122°  58' 25"  E 390 

Busuaiiga  L,  harbors,  S.  side  of  (chart  No.  1707),  Calamianes  grp.,  lat.  12° 

2'9"N.,  Ion.  120°  12' 56"  E.  (Mt.  Tundalara)  392 

Busafriga,  Port  (chart  No.  1724),  NE.  coast  of  Burias  I.,  Masbate  grp.,  Yisa- 

yas,  off  W.  coast  of  Albay,  Luzon,  lat.  13°  7'  40"  N.,  Ion.  123°  2'  45"  E. 

(Boca  Is. ) 393 

Cagayan  Riv.  entrance,  N.  coast  of  Cagayan,  Luzon  (chart  No.  4242),  lat.  18° 

21'  42"  N. ,  Ion.  121°  37'  27"  E.  (approximately) 400 

Cagayan  anchorage  (chart  No.  1929),  Misamis,  N.  coast  Mindanao,  lat.  8°  30' 

N,,  Ion.  124°  40' E 403 

Cayagtln  Sulu  and  adjacent  islands  (chart  No.  511),  Cayagdn  Sulu  grp.,  Sulu 

Sea,  lat.  7°  38"  N.,  Ion.  118°  26' 55"  E 406 

Calangdorang  Bay  (chart  No.  1714)  (Puerto  del  Principe  Alfonso),  E.  coast 

BalilbacL,  lat.  7°  59' 55"  N.,  Ion.  117°  4'  15"  E 417 

CalderaBay,  approaches  to,  Zamboanga,  Mindanao  (chart  No.  1831),  SW.  coast 

of  Zamboanga,  lat.  6°  54' N.,  Ion.  122°  4'  10"  E 419 

Canahauan  Is.  (chart  No.  1716),  E.  side  Daram  Channel,  W.  coast  Stimar,  lat. 

11°  49'  21"  N. ,  Ion.  124°  40'  53"  E 425 

Canalasan  Cove  (chart  No.  1711),  SE.  shore  Sarangani  Bay,  SW.  coast  D;ivao, 

Mindanao,  lat.  5°  46' 30"  N.,  Ion.  125°  12' 35"  E 427 

Canoan,  Port  (chart  No.  1710),  NW.  shore  Siquijor  I.,  SW.  of  Bohol,  lat.  9° 

15'17"N.,  Ion.  123°  35' E 431 

Cataiiigan,  Port  (chart  No.  1713),  SE.  coast  of  Masbate  I.,  Masbate,  grp.  Vis- 

ayas,  lat.  12°  8"  N.,  Ion.  123°  59' 25"  E 440 

Catbalogan  and  vicinity  (chart  No.  1876),  W.  coastof  Silmar,  lat.  11°  46'  6"  N., 

Ion.  134°52'31"E.  (AguadaPt.) 444 

Catarman  anchorage  (chart  No.   1929),  Camiguin  I.,  off  NE.  coast  Misamis, 

Mindanao,  lat.  9°  12' N.,  Ion.  124°  38' E 445 

Cduit  Bay  (chart  No.  1869),  W.  coast  Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  lat.  7°  32'  N., 

Ion.  122°  5' 13"  E 447 

Cavite  Arsenal    (chart  No.   1719),  Cavite,  Luzon,  naval  headquarters  in  the  I 

Philippines,  lat.  14°  28' N.,  Ion.  120°  54' E 453 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  XVII 

Facing 
page— 

Cebii,  Port  (chart  No.  1893),  between  Cebu  and  Mactiin,  Cebii,  lat.  10°  17^ 

35"''  N.,  Ion.  123°  5¥  9"  E.  (Fort  San  Pedro  Light) 454 

Ciego,    Port  (Bhnd  Harbor)   (chart  No.   1867),   BaMbac  I.,  SW.    Palawan, 

lat.  8°  5^20'^N.,  Ion.  16°  59' 43'^  E.  (Iranzo  Pt.) 464 

Clarendon  Bay  (chart  No.  1714),  Bahibac  I.,  lat.  7°  49'  N.,  Ion.  117°  V  21" 

E.  (WestPt.) 467 

Concepcion  Port,  (chart  No.  1710),  Maestre  de  Campol.,  E.  coast  of  Mindoro, 

lat.  12°  54'  3"  N.,  Ion.  121°  43'  53"  E.  (Fernandez  Pt. ) 469 

Culasian  Road,  W.  coast  of  Palawan  I.,  lat.  8°  51'  6"  N.,,  Ion.  117°  28'  47"  E. .       478 
Culion,  Port  (chart  No.  1707),  Calamian  or  Culion  I.,  Calamianes  grp.,  lat. 

11°  53' 53"  N.,  Ion.  120°  48"  E 479 

Currimao,  Port  (chart  No.  4245),  Ilocos  Norte,  Luzon,  lat.  18°  2'  N.,  Ion. 

120°  29' E.  (ArboleddnPt.) 480 

Cuyo  I.  anchorage  (chart  No.  1730),  Cuyo  grp.,  Mindoro  Sea,  lat.  10°  51'  26" 

N.,  Ion.  121°  25"  E 483 

Dalauan  Bay  (chart  No.  1714),  SE.  coast  of  Baldbac  I.,  off  SW.  coast  Palawan, 

lat.  7°53'48"N.,  Ion.  117°  3' 50"  E 486 

Dalrymple  Harbor  (chart  No.  1703),  SE.  coast  of  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A.,  lat.  6°  2' 

30"  N.,  Ion.  121°  18'  20"  E.  (approximately) 486 

Dapa  Channel  and  SiboiTga  Port  (chart  No.  1919),  between  Siargao  and  Bucas 

Is.,  E.  side  of  Bucas  I.,  off  NE.  coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  lat.  9°  45'  35"  N., 

Ion.  126°  3' E.  (Dapa  wharf) 488 

Dapitan  Bay  (chart  No.  1711),  NW.  coast  Dapitan,  Mindanao,  lat.  8°  38'  25" 

N.,  Ion.  123°  25' 58"  E 491 

Darigayos  Inlet  (chart  No.  4247),  N.  of  San  Fernando  de  la  Union,  Luzon, 

lat.  16°  48'  N. ,  Ion.  120°  20'  E.  (approximately) 493 

Davao  Riv.,  mouth  and  approaches  of  (chart  No.  1848),  Dtivao  Gulf,  Davao, 

Mindanao,  lat.  7°  1'  13"  N.,  Ion.  125°  36'  24"  E.  (approximately) 495 

Dilasac  or  Tumango,  W.  bight  of  (chart  No.  1726),  E.  coast  of  Isabela,  Luzon, 

lat.  16°23'N.,  Ion.  122°  10' 30"  E 501 

Dimalansan,  Port  (chart  No.  1726),  E.  coast  of  Isabela,  Luzon,  lat.  17°  21' 

N.,  Ion.  122°  21'30"E.  (Estagno  L) 503 

Dirique,  Port  (chart  No.  1726),  Ilocos  Norte,  Luzon,  lat.  18°  28'  N.,  Ion.  120° 

34' E 505 

Dos  Amigas,  Port  (chart  No.  1828),  N.  coast  Tawi  Tawi,  Sulu  A.,  lat.  5°  16' 

'.     15"N.,  Ion.  120°4'10"E 507 

iGabo,  Port  (chart  No.  1713),  Dinagat  I.,  off  N.  coast  Surigao,  Mindanao,  lat. 

9°  5.3' 5"  N.,  Ion.  125°  43' 20"  E 517 

Galera,  Port,  and  Varadero  Bay   (chart  No.  1710),  N.  coast  of  Mindoro,  lat. 

13°  31' 35"  N.,  Ion.  120°  59'  17"  E.  ( Escarceo  Pt. ) 514 

Guam  or  Guajan  I.  (chart  No.  1748),  lat.  13°  25'  45"  N.,  Ion.  144°  39'  28"  E. 

(Santa  Cruz  Fort)  (San  Luis  d' Apra) 520 

Giibat,  Port  (chart  No.  1936),  E.  shore  Sorsogon,  Luzon,  lat.  12°  55'  45"  N., 

I     Ion.  124°  12' E.  (Arena  Pt.) 525 

Halsey  Harbor  (Notice  to  Mariners,  U.  S.  Coast  and  Geodetic  Survey  No.  1, 
I     Manila,  Jan.  20,  1902),  W.  coast  Calamidn  or  Culion  I.,  Calamianes  grp., 

NE.  of  Paragua,  Palawan,  lat.  11°  45'  N.,  Ion.  119°  55'. E 531 

■Iloilo  Strait  (a  survey,  1900-1901),  between  Panay  and  -Negros,  Visayas,  lat. 

10°41'32"N.,  lon."^122°35'17"E.  (Iloilo  Fort) ." 550 

(Inamucan,  Port  (a  survey,  Spanish,  1897),  W.  shore  Iligan  Bay,  Misamis, 

Mindanao,  lat.  8°  36'  46"  N.,  Ion.  123°  42'  58"  E 552 

i  S.  Doc.  280 II 


XVIII  GAZETTEEE    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

Facing 
page— 

Ivana,  Port  (chart  No.  1725),  SW.  shore  Bataii  I.,  Batanes  grp.,  off  N.  coast  of 

Cagayan,  Luzon,  lat.  20°  23'  15'^  N.,  Ion.  121°  55'  55'^  E 557 

Isabela,  Port,  approaches  to  (chart  No.  1843),  NW.  coast  Basilan  I.,  off  SW. 

coast  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  lat.  6°  42'  24"  N.,  Ion.  121°  58'  -E 560 

Jimenez,  Port  (chart  No.  1929),  Palilan  Bay,  Iligan  Bay,  Misamis,  Mindanao, 

lat.  8°  17'10"N.,  Ion.  123°  48' E.  (TabuPt.) 565 

Laguimanoc  Bay  (chart  No.  1724),  N.  shore  of  Tayabas  Bay,  Tayabas,  Luzon, 

lat.  13°  55'  30"  N.,  Ion.  121°  47'  39"  E.  (Tablan  I. ) ". 571 

Laminusa  anchorage  (chart  No.  1704),  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A.,  lat.  5°  33'  14"  N., 

Ion.  120°  54' 20"  E.  (Laminusa  I.) 577 

Laiigaran,  Port  (chart  No.  4642),  NW.  shore  Iligan  Bay,  Misamis,  Mindanao, 

lat.  8°  37' N.,  Ion.  123°  41'  E 581 

Lapac  and  Siasi  Is.  (chart  No.  1728),  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A.,  lat.  5°  32'  30"  N., 

Ion.  120°  49'  15"  E.  (end  of  wharf  at  Siasi) 582 

Lapun  Lapun  anchorage  (chart  No.  1830),  N.  coast  Cagayan  Sulu  I.,  Cagaydn 

Sulu  grp.,  Sulu  Sea,  lat.  7°  2'  45"  N.,  Ion.  118°  28'  37""e 583 

Lavigan  anchorage  (Lanigan)  (chart  No.  1821),  Ddvao  Gulf,  SE.  coast  Davao, 

Mindanao,  lat.  6°  15'  N.,  Ion.  126°  5'  E 585 

Lebac,  Port  (chart  No.  1711),  SW.  Cotabato,  Mindanao,  lat.  6°  33'  N.,  Ion. 

124°  15"  E.  (Lebac  Pt.  I.) 587 

Leyte,  E.  coast  of:  Tacloban  Harbor,  San  Pedro  and  San  Pablo  Bay  (chart  No. 

4441),  lat.  11°  15'  6"  N.,  Ion.  125°  1"  E.  (telegraph  station) 590 

Libas,  Port  (chart  No.  1722),  E.  coast  of  Samar,  lat.  11°  46'  25'  N.,  Ion.  125° 

25'34"E 596 

Loog  (Luk),  Port  (chart  No.  1718),  Tablas  I.,  Romblon  grp.,  Visayas,  lat.  12° 

15'51"N.,  Ion.  121°  57' 23"  E 603 

Loog  (Luk)  Bay  (chart  No.  1718),  Lubang  I.,  off  NW.  coast  of  Mindoro,  and 

W.  coast  of  Batangas,  Luzon,  lat.  13°  43'  48"  N.,  Ion.  120°  16'  43"  E 605 

Lubang  and  Ambil  Is.  (Ambil  Passage,  chart  No.  1836),  Lubang  grp.,  off  NW. 

coast  of  Mindoro,  lat.  13°  49'  4"  N.,  Ion.  120°  1 1'  20"  E 606 

Macajalar  Bay  (a  survey,  1900) ,  N.  coast  Misamis,  Mindanao,  lat.  8°  29'  N.,  Ion. 

124°  45'  E  (Agusan) 619 

Magnok  (Matnoc)  Gulf  (chart  No.  1724),  E.  shore  San  Bernardino  Strait,  Sor- 

sogon,  Luzon,  lat.  12°  36'  N.,  Ion.  124°  6'  E 623 

Maimbun  (Maibun)  anchorage  (chart  No.  1704),  Sulu  L,  Sulu  A.,  lat.  5°  54' 

45"  N.,  Ion.  121°  40"  E 625 

Malanut  and  Nacoda  (chart  No.   1702),  W.  coast  of  Palawan,  lat.  9°  19'  N., 

Ion.  117°  55'  8"  E.  ( Triple  Cima  I. ) 629 

Maligay  Bay  (chart  No.  1869),  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A.,  lat.  7°  30'  4"  N.,  Ion.  123° 

17' 4"  E.  (Mt.  Panaga) 631 

Malipano  anchorage  (chart  No.  1821),  Samal  I.,  Ddvao  Gulf,  Mindanao,  lat. 

6°58'N.,  Ion.  125°  41'  E 633 

Maluso  Bay  (chart  No.  1703),  W.  shore  Basilan  I.,  off  SW.  coastof  Zamboanga, 

Mindanao,  lat.  6°  32'  50"  N.,  Ion.  121°  52'  43"  E.  (Maluso) 634 

Masinloc  and  Matalvi,  Ports, (chart  No.  1708),  W.  coast  of  Zambales,  Luzon, 

lat.  15°  34'48"N.,  Ion.  119°  54' 13"  E.  (Bani  Pt.) 654 

Masinloc  (Masinglok)  anchorage  (chart  No.  1869),  W.  coast  Zambales,  Luzon, 

lat.  6°  55'  4"  N.,  Ion.  122°  11'  E.  (Panhapuyan  I. ) 655 

Maubiin  Bay  (chart  No.  1722),  NW.  coast  Lamon  Bay,  NE.  Tayabas,  Luzon, 

lat.  14°  11'24"N.,  Ion.  121°  48' 46"  E 659 

Mindanao:  Grande  de  Mindanao,  or  Pulangui  Riv.  (chart  No.  1853) 662 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  XIX 

Facing 
page— 

Misamis,  Mindanao:  Jimenez,  Port  (chart  No.  4643),  Iligan  Bay,  lat.  8°  17^ 

10'-' N.,  Ion.  123°  48^  E.  (Tabii  Pt.) .■ \ 672 

Misamis,   Port  (chart  No.  1711),   NW.   shore  of  Panguil  or  Iligan  Bay,  Mis- 
amis,  Mindanao,  lat.  8°  8^  25'^  N.,  Ion.  123°  50^  18'^  E.  (Misamis  Fort) 676 

Miircielagos  Bay  (chart  No.  1934),  N.  coast  of  Misamis,  Mindanao,  lat.  8°  39^ 

42^' N.,  Ion.  123°  34^  55'^  E.  (Piilan"glupa  Pt. ) 680 

Miircielagos  Is.  (chart  No.  1869),  NW.  coast  Dapitan,  Mindanao,  lat.  8°  7^  44" 

N.,  Ion.  122°  26'37"E 677 

Musa  Bay  (chart  No.  1726) ,  Fuga  I.,  Babuyanes  grp.,  off  N.  coast  of  Cagaydn, 

Luzon,*  lat.  18°  5r  N.,  Ion.  121°  16^  E 679 

Nasipit,  Port  (chart  No.  4642),  SW.  angle  Butiian  Bay,  N.  coast  Mindanao, 

lat.  8°  57'  N.,  Ion.  125°  15'  E.  (approximately) 687 

Kin  Bay  and  Mandaon  Port  (chart  No.  1720),  W.  coast  Masbate  I.,  Masbate 

grp.,  Visayas,  lat.  12°  10'  3''  N.,  Ion.  123°  12'  47"  E.  (Camasusu  Peak) 698 

Opol  anchorage  (chart  No.  1929),  SW.  shore  Macajalar  Bay,  N.  coast  Misamis, 

Mindanao,  lat.  8°  32' N.,  Ion.  124°  34' E 711 

Ormoc  (Ormok)  anchorage    (chart  No.  1946),  W.  coast  of  Leyte,  Visayas, 

lat.  10°59'N.,  Ion.  124°  33' 36"  E 713 

Pagarian  Bay,  including  Ziguma  and  Dupulisan  anchorages  (chart  No.  1869), 

NW.  shore  Illana  Bay,  Cotabato,  Mindanao,  lat.  7°  43'  38"  N.,  Ion.  123° 

25'  45"  E.  ( Dupulisan  Pt. ) 717 

Palanog,  Port  (chart  No.  1713),  NE.  Masbate  I.,  Masbate  grp.,  Visayas,  lat. 

12°  22'  10"  N.,  Ion.  123°  35'  58"  E .' 720 

PaMpag  (Palapa),  Port  (chart  No.  1724),  N.  shore  of  Samar,  Visayas,  lat.  12° 

38'  15"  N.,  Ion.  125°  59' 55"  E ". 719 

Palawan  (Moro),  Royalist,  Port,  or  Puerto  Princesa  (chart  No.  1734),  E.  coast 

of  Palawan,  lat.  9°  43'  43"  N.,  Ion.  118°  42'  55"  E.  (Tide  Pole  Pt.)  724 

Palompon,  Port  (chart  No.  1711)',  W.  coast  of  Leyte,  Visayas,  lat.  11°  2'  43" 

N.,  Ion.  124°  24'  4"  E.  (Palompon  Hill) 729 

Paluan  Bay  (chart  No.  1718),  W.  coast  Mindoro,  lat.  13°  23'  30"  N.,  Ion. 

120°  29' 13"  E.  (Paliian) 731 

Panabutan    Bay  (chart  No.  1869),  W.  coast  Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  lat.  7° 

35' 9"  N.,  Ion.  122°  6' 43"  E.  ( Panabutan  Pt. ) 735 

Panay,  NE.  coast  of,  with  adjacent  islands  and  the  N.  passages  to  Iloilo  Strait 

(chart No.  1877,  Gigante  Light-house),  lat.  11°  38' 27"  N.,  Ion.  123°  21'12"E.       736 
Pilar,  Port  (chart  No.  1929),  E.  side  of  Siargao  I.,  off  NE.  coast  of  Surigao, 

Mindanao,  lat.  9°  51'  30"  N.,  Ion.  126°  6'  30"  E.  (Pilaro) 759 

PujadaBay  (chart  No.  1699),  SE.  coast  of  Davao,  Mindanao  (Mati),  lat.  6° 

58'6"N.,  Ion.  126°  14' 3"  E 768 

Pusgo,  Port  (chart  No.  1724),  W.  shore  Ragay  Gulf,  SE.   coast  Tayabas, 

Luzon,  lat.  13°  31'  N. ,  Ion.  122°  35'  39"  E.     [  Tamagutu  Pt. ) ". 769 

Putiao  and  Panlatiian,  Ports  (chart  No.  1847),  SW.  coast  of  Sorsogon,  Luzon 

(Dumaguit  Pt. ),  lat.  12°  52'  10"  N.,  Ion.  123°  39'  8"  E 770 

Quinalang  anchorage  (chart  No.    1929),  E.   side  Iligan  Bay,  N.  coast  Min- 
danao, lat.  8°  17' 20"  N.,  Ion.  124°  15'40"E 775 

Eomblon  Port  (chart  No.  1718),  Romblon  I.,  Romblon  Grp.,  Visayas,  lat.  12° 

35' N.,  Ion.  122°  17' E.  (Romblon  Pier) 786 

Royalist  Port,  (chart  No.  1734).     See  Palawan  (Moro). 

Sablayan  anchorage  (chart  No.  1710),  W.  coast  of  Mindoro,  lat.  12°  50'  15" 

N.,  Ion.  120°  44' 42"  E.  (Vantay) 793 

Salomague,  Port,  approaches  to  (survey,  1900-1901),  Ilocos  Sur,  Luzon,  lat.  17° 

47' 17"  N.,  Ion.  120°  25' 4"  E.  (flagstaff) 794 


XVIII  GAZETTEEE    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

Facing 
page— 
Ivana,  Port  (chart  No.  1725),  SW.  shore  Batan  L,  Batanes  grp.,  off  N.  coast  of 

Cagayan,  Luzon,  hit.  20°  23'  15'^  N.,  Ion.  121°  55'  55'''  E.  f 557 

Isabela,  Port,  approaches  to  (chart  No.  1843),  NW.  coast  Basilan  I.,  off  SW. 

coast  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  lat.  6°  42'  24"  N.,  Ion.  121°  58'  -E 560 

Jimenez,  Port  (chart  No.  1929),  Palilan  Bay,  IHgan  Bay,  Misamis,  Mindanao, 

lat.  8°  17'  10"  N.,  Ion.  123°  48' E.  (TabuPt.) 565 

Laguimanoc  Bay  (chart  No.  1724),  N.  shore  of  Tayabas  Bay,  Tayabas,  Luzon, 

lat.  13°  55' 30"  N.,  Ion.  121°  47' 39"  E.  (Tablan  L) 571 

Laniinusa  anchorage  (chart  No.  1704),  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A.,  lat.  5°  33'  14"  N., 

Ion.  120°  54'  20"  E.  (Laminusa  I. ) 577 

Laiigai-an,  Port  (chart  No.  4642),  NW.  shore  Iligan  Bay,  Misamis,  Mindanao, 

lat.  8°  37'  N.,  Ion.  123°  41'  E 581 

Lapac  and  Siasi  Is.  (chart  No.  1728),  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A.,  lat.  5°  32'  30"  N., 

Ion.  120°  49'  15"  E.  (end  of  wharf  at  Siasi) 582 

Lapun  Lapun  anchorage  (chart  No.  1830),  N.  coast  Cagayan  Sulu  I.,  Cagayan 

Sulu  grp.,  Sulu  Sea,  lat.  7°  2'  45"  N.,  Ion.  118°  28'  37"  E 583 

Lavigan  anchorage  (Lanigan)  (chart  No.  1821),  Ddvao  Gulf,  SE.  coast  D;ivao, 

Mindanao,  lat.  6°  15' N.,  Ion.  126°  5'. E 585 

Lebac,  Port  (chart  No.  1711),  SW.  Cotabato,  Mindanao,  lat.  6°  33' N.,  Ion. 

124°  15"  E.  (Lebac  Pt.  I.) 587 

Leyte,  E.  coast  of:  Tacloban  Harbor,  San  Pedro  and  San  Pablo  Bay  (chart  No. 

4441),  lat.  11°  15'  6"  N.,  Ion.  125°  1"  E,  (telegraph  station) 590 

Libds,  Port  (chart  No.  1722),  E.  coast  of  Samar,  lat.  11°  46'  25'  N.,  Ion.  125° 

25'34"E 596 

Loog  (Luk),  Port  (chart  No.  1718),  Tablas  I.,  Romblon  grp.,  Visayas.  lat.  12° 

15'51"N.,  Ion.  121°  57' 23"  E 603 

Loog  (Luk)  Bay  (chart  No.  1718),  Lubang  I.,  off  NW.  coast  of  Mindoro,  and 

W.  coast  of  Batangas,  Luzon,  lat.  13°  43'  48"  N.,  Ion.  120°  16'  43"  E 605 

Lubang  and  Ambil  Is.  (Ambil  Passage,  chart  No.  1836),  Lubang  grp.,  off  NW. 

coast  of  Mindoro,  lat.  13°  49'  4"  N.,  Ion.  120°  11'  20"  E 606 

Macajalar  Bay  (a  survey,  1900) ,  N.  coast  Misamis,  Mindanao,  lat.  8°  29'  N.,  Ion. 

124°  45'  E  ( Agusan ) ' 619 

Magnok  (Matnoc)  Gulf  (chart  No.  1724),  E.  shore  San  Bernardino  Strait,  Sor- 

sogon,  Luzon,  lat.  12°  36'  N.,  Ion.  124°  6'  E 623 

Maimbun  (Maibun)  anchorage  (chart  No.  1704),  Sulu  L,  Sulu  A.,  lat.  5°  54' 

45"  N.,  Ion.  121°  40"  E 625 

Malanut  and  Nacoda  (chart  No.  1702),  W.  coast  of  Palawan,  lat.  9°  19'  N., 

Ion.  1 17°  55'  8"  E.  ( Triple  Cima  I. ) 629 

Maligay  Bay  (chart  No.  1869),  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A.,  lat.  7°  30'  4"  N.,  Ion.  123° 

17' 4"  E.  (Mt.  Panaga) 631 

Malipano  anchorage  (chart  No.  1821),  Samal  I.,  Ddvao  Gulf,  ]\Iindanao,  lat. 

6°58'N.,  Ion.  125°  41'  E 633 

Maluso  Bay  (chart  No.  1703),  W.  shore  Basilan  I.,  off  SW.  coastof  Zamboanga, 

Mindanao,  lat.  6°  32'  50"  N.,  Ion.  121°  52'  43"  E.  (Maluso) 634 

Masinloc  and  Matalvi,  Ports, (chart  No.  1708),  W.  coast  of  Zam bales,  Luzon, 

lat.  15°  34'48"N.,  Ion.  119°  54'  13"  E.  (Bani  Pt.) 654 

Masinloc  (Masinglok)  anchorage  (chart  No.  1869),  W.  coast  Zam  bales,  Luzon, 

lat.  6°  55'  4"  N.,  Ion.  122°  11'  E.  (Panhapuyan  I. ) 655 

Mauban  Bay  (chart  No.  1722),  NW.  coast  Lamon  Bay,  NE.  Tayabas,  Luzon, 

lat.  14°  11'24"N.,  Ion.  121°  48' 46"  E 659 

Mindanao:  Grande  de  Mindanao,  or  Pulangui  Riv.  (chart  No.  1853) 


H 


GAZETTEER    OB^    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  XIX 

Facing 
page— 

Misamis,  Mindanao:  Jimenez,  Port  (chart  No.  4643),  Iligan  Bay,  lat.  8°  17^ 

10'^  N.,  Ion.  123°  48'  E.  (Tabu  Pt. ) 672 

Misamis,  Port  (chart  No.  1711),   NW.   shore  of  Panguil  or  Iligan  Bay,  Mis- 
amis,  Mindanao,  lat.  8°  8'  25'''  N.,  Ion.  123°  50'  18"  E.  (Misamis  Fort) 676 

Murcielagos  Bay  (chart  No.  1934),  N.  coast  of  Misamis,  Mindanao,  lat.  8°  39' 

42"  N.,  Ion.  123°  34' 55"  E.  (Pulariglupa  Pt. ) 680 

Murcielagos  Is.  (chart  No.  1869),  NW.  coast  Dapitan,  Mindanao,  lat.  8°  7'  44" 

N.,  Ion.  122°  26'37"E 677 

Musa  Bay  (chart  No.  1726),  Fuga  I.,  Babuyanes  grp.,  off  N.  coast  of  Cagaydn, 

Luzon,  lat.  18°  51' N.,  Ion.  121°  16' E 679 

Nasipit,  Port  (chart  No.  4642),  SW.  angle  Butiian  Bay,  N.  coast  Mindanao, 

lat.  8°  57'  N.,  Ion.  125°  15'  E.  (approximately ) 687 

ISlin  Bay  and  Mandaon  Port  (chart  No.  1720),  W.  coast  Masbate  I.,  Masbate 

grp.,  Visayas,  lat.  12°  10'  3"  N.,  Ion.  123°  12'  47"  E.  (Camasusu  Peak) ....       698 
Opol  anchorage  (chart  No.  1929),  SW.  shore  Macajalar  Bay,  N.  coast  Misamis, 

Mindanao,  lat.  8°  32' N.,  Ion.  124°  34' E 711 

Ormoc  (Ormok)  anchorage    (chart  No.  1946),  W.  coast  of  Leyte,  Visayas, 

lat.  10°59'N.,  Ion.  124°  33' 36"  E [...       713 

Pagarian  Bay,  including  Ziguma  and  Dupulisan  anchorages  (chart  No.  1869), 

NW.  shore  Illana  Bay,  Cotabato,  Mindanao,  lat.  7°  43'  38"  N.,  Ion.  123° 

25'45"E.  (Dupulisan  Pt.) 717 

Palanog,  Port  (chart  No.  1713),  NE.  Masbate  I.,  INIasbate  grp.,  Visayas,  lat. 

12°  22'  10"N.,  Ion.  123°  35' 58"  E .' 720 

PaUlpag  (Palapa),  Port  (chart  No.  1724),  N.  shore  of  8.4mar,  Visayas,  lat.  12° 

38'  15"N.,  Ion.  125°  59' 55"  E ". 719 

Palawan  (Moro),  Royalist,  Port,  or  Puerto  Princesa  (chart  No.  1734),  E.  coast 

of  Palawan,  lat.  9°  43'  43"  N.,  Ion.  118°  42'  55"  E.  (Tide  Pole  Pt.)  724 

Palompon,  Port  (chart  No.  1711)',  W.  coast  of  Leyte,  Visayas,  lat.  11°  2'  43" 

N.,  Ion.  124°  24' 4"  E.  (Palompon  Hill) ." 729 

Paliian  Bay  (chart  No.  1718),  W.  coast  Mindoro,  lat.  13°  2.3' 30"  N.,  Ion. 

120°  29' 13"  E.  (Pahian) 731 

Panabutan    Bay  (chart  No.  1869),  W.  coast  Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  lat.  7° 

35' 9"  N.,  Ion.  122°  6' 43"  E.  ( Panabutan  Pt. ) 735 

Panay,  NE.  coast  of,  with  adjacent  islands  and  the  N.  passages  to  Iloflo  Strait 

(chart No.  1877,  Gigante  Light-house),  lat.  11°  38' 27"  N.,  Ion.  123°  21'12"E.       736 
Pilar,  Port  (chart  No.  1929),  E.  side  of  Siargao  I.,  off  NE.  coast  of  Surigao, 

Mindanao,  lat.  9°  51'  30"  N.,  Ion.  126°  6'  30"  E.  (Pilaro) 759 

Pujada  Bay  (chart  No.  1699),  SE.  coast  of  Davao,  Mindanao  (Mati),  lat.  6° 

58' 6"  N.,  Ion.  126°  14' 3"  E 768 

Pusgo,  Port  (chart  No.   1724),  W.  shore  Ragay  Gulf,  SE.   coast  Tayabas, 

Luzon,  lat.  13°  31'  N.,  Ion.  122°  35'  39"  E.     ^Tamagutu  Pt. ) 769 

Putiao  and  Panlatuan,  Ports  (chart  No.  1847),  SW.  coast  of  Sorsogon,  Luzon 

(Dumaguit  Pt. ),  lat.  12°  52'  10"  N.,  Ion.  123°  39'  8"  E 770 

Quinalang  anchorage  (chart  No.   1929),  E.   side  Iligan  Bay,  N.  coast  Min- 
danao, lat.  8°  17'  20"  N.,  Ion.  124°  15'  40"  E '. 775 

Romblon  Port  (chart  No.  1718),  Romblon  I.,  Romblon  Grp.,  Visayas,  lat.  12° 

35' N.,  Ion.  122°  17' E.  (Romblon  Pier) 786 

Royalist  Port,  (chart  No.  1734).     See  Palawan  (Moro). 

Sablaydn  anchorage  (chart  No.  1710),  W.  coast  of  Mindoro,  lat.  12°  50'  15" 

N.,  Ion.  120°  44' 42"  E.  (Vantay) 793 

.  Salomague,  Port,  approaches  to  (survey,  1900-1901),  Ilocos  Sur,  Luzon,  lat.  17° 

47' 17"  N.,  Ion.  120°  25' 4"  E.  (flagstaff) 794 


XX  GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

Facing 
page— 
Stimar,  S.  coast  of:  Guiuan,  Port,  vicinity  of  (chart  No.  4443),   lat.  11°  V  30'' 

N.,  Ion.  125°  43'  WE 796 

Sambulauan,  Port  (chart  No.  1869),  S.  coast  lUana  Bay,  S.  coast  Cotabato, 

Mindanao,  lat.  7°  34'  N.,  Ion.  123°  19'  36"  E.  (Sambulauan  Mt. ) 805 

San  Antonio  (Rocky)  Bay  (chart  No.  1841),  SE.  coast  of  Palawan,  lat.  8°  40' 

N.,  Ion.  117°  36'  E.  (Marangas  Beacon) 807 

San  Esteban,  Port  (chart  No.  1726),  Ilocos  Sur,  Luzon,  lat.  17°  21'  N.,  Ion. 

120°  26' E 809 

San  Fernando,  Port  (chart  No.  1726),  Union,   Luzon,  lat.  16°  38'  N.,  Ion. 

120°  36' E 811 

San  Jacinto  (chart  No.  1716),  Ticao  I.,  Masbate  grp.,  Visayas,  lat.  12°  32'  18" 

N.,  Ion.  123°  45'  34"  E.  (San  Juan  Pt. ) 813 

San  Miguel,  Port  (chart  No.   1917),  NW.  coast  of  Ticao  I.,  Masbate  grp., 

Visayas,  lat.  12°  39'  52"  N.,  Ion.  123°  34'  45"  E.  (Catpatin  Pt. ) 814 

San  Pio  Quinto,  Port  (chart  No.  1726),  Camiguin  I.,  Babuyanes  grp,  N.  coast 

of  Cagaydn,  Luzon,  lat.  18°  54'  30"  N.,  Ion.  121°  49'  E 817 

Santa  Cruz  Harbor  (chart  No.  4252),  SE.  angle  of  Dasol  Bay,  off  Zanibales, 

Luzon,  lat.  15°  45'  41"  N.,  Ion.  119°  54'  3"  E.  (bell  tower) 818 

Santa  Cruz  Harbor  (chart  No.  1935),  N.  coast  of  Marinduque  I.,  Marinduque, 

lat.  13°  29' 5"  N.,  Ion.  122°  5' 34"  E.  (Mango  Pt.) 820 

Santa   Maria,  Port    (chart  No.  1711),  SW.    extreme    of    Zamboanga,    Min- 
danao, lat.  7°  45' 41"  N.,  Ion.  122°  5' 48"  E 821 

Santo  Domingo,  Port   (chart  No.  1725),  NW.  shore  Batan  I.,  Batanes  grp., 

off  N.  coast  of  Cagayan,  Luzon,  lat.  20°  28',  N.,  Ion.  121°  58'  E 823 

Santo  Tomds,   Port  (chart  No.  4248),  NE.  shore  of  Lingayen  Gulf,  Union, 

Luzon,  lat.  16°  19' 30"  N.,  Ion.  120°  23' E ." 824 

San  Vicente,  Port  (chart  No.  1726),  W.  shore  Batan  I.,  Batanes  grp.,  off  N. 

coast  of  Cagayan,  Luzon,  lat.  20°  24'  N. ,  Ion.  121°  56'  E 825 

Sarangani  Is.  and  adjacent  coast   (chart   No.   1822),  off  extreme  S.  coast    of 

Davao,  Mindanao,  lat.  5°  28'  34"  N.,  Ion.  125°  25'  37"  E.  (Balut  Parido, 

TiainPt.) 826 

Semerara,  Ilin,  and  Ambolon  Is.,  S.  coast  of  Mindoro  (chart  No.  1717),  E. 

of  Buruncan  (lat.  12°  15'  N.,  Ion.  121°  5'  E.,  intersect  in  channel  between  Ilin 

and  mainland) 828 

Sibuco  Bay  (chart  No.  1711),  W.  coast  Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  lat.  7°  18'  5"  N., 

Ion.  122°  4' .3"  E 831 

Sorsogon,  Port  (chart  No.  1724),  Sorsogon,  SE.  Luzon,  lat.  12°  50'  N.,  Ion.  123° 

50'25"E 836 

Subic  and  Silanguin,  Ports  (chart  No.  1705),  Zambales,  Luzon,  lat.  14°  46' 

3"N.,  Ion.  120°    13' 6"  E.  (Grand  I.,  South  Pt.) 840 

Sulu  Roadstead  (chart  No.  1704)  (Jolo  of  the  Spanish  charts),  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A., 

lat.  6°3'11"N.,  Ion.  120°  58' 53"  E.     (Belan  Pt.) 849 

Surigao,  Port  (chart  No.   1713),  NW.  coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  lat.  9°  47' 

30"  N.,  Ion.  125°  32' E 851 

Tacloban  Harbor,  San  Pedro  and  San  Pablo  bay  (chart  No.  4441).     See  Leyte, 

E.  coast  of. 
Talindac,  Port  (chart  No.  1707),  NW.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan,  lat.  11°  11' 

N.,  Ion.  119°  22' 30"  E 867 

Tambiluariga,  or  Nochebuena,  Channel  (chart  No.  1909),  between  Tigungun 

and  Tandubato  Is.,  off  NE.  coast  of  Tawi  Tawi,  Sulu  A.,  lat.  5°  12'  37"  N., 

Ion.  120°  19' E 868 


GAZETTEER    OP    THE   PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS.  XXI 

Facing 
page— 
Tinaan  anchorage  (chart  No.  1893),  E.  coast  of  Cebu,  lat.  10°  11^  V'  N.,  Ion. 

123°  44^  25'^  E.  (outer  end  of  wharf) 893 

Ton  SanduiTgnn  channel  (chart  No.  1855),  Samales  Is.,  Balanguingui  grp., 

Suhx  A.,  lat.  6°  9^  N.,  Ion.  121°  49'  30'^  E.  (approximately,  N.  entrance) 897 

Timianao,  Fort  (chart  No.  1821),  Balut  Parido  or  Sarangani  I.,  off  S.  coast  of 

Diivao,  Mindanao,  lat.  5°  27'  35''  N. ,  Ion.  125°  25'  38°  E 901 

Ulugan  or  Banog  Bay  (chart  No.  1733),  W.  coast  of  Palawan,  lat.  10°  6'  11" 

N.,  Ion.  118°  46' 24"  E 904 

Union,  San  Fernando  Harlior  (chart  No.  4246),  W.  coast  of  Luzon,  lat.  16°  37' 

42"  N.,  Ion.  120°  16' 38"  E.  (lighthouse) 906 

Zamboanga,  approaches  to  (chart  No.  1831),  Zamboanga,  INIindanao,  lat.  6°  54' 

10"  N.,  Ion.  122°  4'  12"  E.  (Zamboanga  light  on  end  of  mole) 932 


ILLUSTEATIOISTS. 


GENERAL  DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PHILIPPINE 
ISLANDS. 

Facing 
page— 
Manila,  showing  the  Pdsig  River  between  the  wharf  called  "Muelledel  Eey" 

and  the  Isthmus  of  Magallanes,  leading  to  the  walled  city 1 

Physical  features: 

Mayon  (Albay)  volcano,  Albay,  Luzon;  8,274  feet  high.     A  perfect  cone.  16 
Apo  volcano,  Cotabato,  Mindanao.     Highest  mountain  in  the  Philippines; 

10,312  feet  high 16 

Rocks  in  the  Buad  River  Valley,  on  the  Benguet  road,  Benguet,  Luzon. . .  16 

Trail  between  SabMn  and  Trinidad,  Benguet,  Luzon 16 

Mirador  (Outlook)  Mountain,  near  Baguio,  Benguet,  Luzon.     Commands 

a  view  of  Manila  when  the  air  is  clear 16 

A  view  on  the  Pasig  River,  near  Laguna  de  Bay,  Rizal,  Luzon 16 

The  Botocan,  near  Majayjay ,  Laguna,  Luzon 16 

Falls  of  the  Botocan,  Majayjay,  Laguna,  Luzon 16 

Roads  and  communications: 

United  States  transport  Grant,  in  Manila  Bay,  Luzon 32 

United  States  cable  ship  Burnside,  off  Dumaguete,   Negros  Occidental, 

Visayas 32 

Laying  cable  near  Corregidor  Island,  Manila  Bay,  Luzon 32 

Igorrote  carriers  in  Benguet,  Luzon.     A  means  of  transportation  called 

' '  urimol, ' '  in  Tagalog 32 

Igorrote  carriers  jjreparing  their  dinner,  Benguet,  Luzon 32 

On  the  march  in  Luzon 32 

Narrow-gauge  railroad,  Tarlac,  Luzon 32 

Road  building,  Luzon 32 

Native  boat  with  sails,  Luzon 48 

Government  cascos  (freight  boats)  in  Pasig  River,  Manila,  Luzon 48 

Railroad  freight  station,  Manila,  Luzon 48 

Hauling  logs  from  Tondo  to  mill,  INIanila,  Luzon 48 

Bamboo  rafts  in  the  creek  of  Trozo,  Manila,  Luzon 48 

Transporting  grass,  Manila,  Luz(5n 48 

Natives  carrying  milk  to  Manila,  Luzon 48 

Carreton  or  freight  cart  drawn  by  a  "  carabao, ' '  driven  by  a  native  ' '  carre- 
tonero  "  or  cartman.     The  baskets  on  the  cart  are  made  of  cane  and  are 

called  "  baquit" 48 

Population  and  towns: 

Manila,  showing  the  Bridge  of  Spain,  the  background  of  the  commercial 
houses  in  Escolta  street,  and  the  Magallanes  avenue,  leading  to  two  of 
the  gates  of  the  walled  city.  On  the  right  of  the  bridge  is  the  Muelle 
del  Pasage  de  Perez,  in  direct  connection  wMth   Escolta  street,  and  a 

stopping  place  for  steamboats  going  to  Laguna  Province 64 

XXIII 


XXIV  GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

Population  and  towns — Continued.  page— 

The  principal  lioune  in  Suln,  Siilu  Archipelago 64 

A  native  village  in  Luzon 64 

A  native  house  and  family  in  Luzon.     The  house  is  built  of  cane  or  nipa 

(pduit) 64 

Moro  houses,  Sulu  Archipelago 64 

Tagillog  girl  selling  mangoes  in  Manila,  Luzon 64 

Mestizos  (Tagdlog-Spanish  and  Tagulog-Chinese),  Manila,  Luzon 64 

Ranch  of  Moros  in  the  port  of  Bilambilam,  Surigao,  Mindanao 64 

Vegetable  products: 

A  native  plow 80 

A  native  harrow 80 

Plowing  a  field  for  rice 80 

Harrowing  a  field  for  rice 80 

Planting  rice 80 

Reaping  rice 80 

Harvesting  rice 80 

Stacking  rice 80 

The  Igorrote  town  of  Cabayan,  Benguet,  Luzon.     House  surrounded  by 

coffee  bushes 96 

A  balete  tree  in  a  tobacco  field,  Luzon 96 

A  plantation  of  tobacco  and  field  hands,  Luzon 96 

Cocoanut-palm  plantation,  Luzon 96 

Vegetable  gardens,  Santa  Ana,  suburb  of  Manila,  Luzon 96 

Igorrotes  breaking  groimd  prep^aratory  to  planting  camote,  Benguet,  Luzon .  96 

Planting  zacate,  Rizal,  Luzon 96 

Carrying  zacate  (grass)  for  fodder,  Rizal,  Luzon 96 

Minerals,  forests,  and  fruits: 

Mineral  region  in  Lepanto,  Luzon,  in  which  the  Suyoc  and  Mancayan 

mines  of  copper  and  gold  are  located 112 

Island  of  Talim,  Laguna  de  Bay,  Rizal,  Luzon 112 

Quarry  for  stone 112 

Pinus  insularis,  Benguet,  Luzon 112 

Balete  tree  in  Tdrlac,  Luzon 112 

Nipa-palm  plantation,  Laguna,  Luzon 112 

A  clump  of  bamboo 112 

Manga  (mango)  tree,  near  Manila,  Luzon 112 

Tree  fern,  Luzon 112 

Industries: 

Cigar  makers  and  buyers,  Manila,  Luzon 128 

Drying  hemp  on  the  wharf  on  north  side  of  Pdsig  River,  Manila,  Luzon  . .  128 

Drying  sugar  in  San  Miguel  district,  Manila,  Luzon 128 

Hauling  logs  in  Tdrlac,  Luzon 128 

Ripping  out  boards  in  Manila,  Luzon 128 

Drying  meat  or  ' '  tapa  " J 128 

Drying  carabao  hides,  Manila,  Luzon 128 

Bundles  of  rattan,  Manila,  Luzon 128 

Repairing  a  casco,  Manila,  Luzon 144 

Shipbuilding  at  Dagupan,  Pangasinan,  Luzon 144 

Inland  village  and  native  cowboys 144 

A  herd  of  cattle 144 

Carabaos  taking  a  bath 144 

Fishing  with  nets  in  Manila  Bay,  Luzon 144 

Filipinos  fishing  with  pole-rigged  nets  in  the  Pdsig  River,  Santa  Ana  dis- 
trict, Manila,  Luzon 144 

Natives  washing  along  the  shores  of  the  Piisig  River,  Manila,  Luzon 144 


GAZETTEER   OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  XXV 

TT              c.  Facing 
United  .States  military  occupation:  page- 
North  gate  of  Manila  ( Parian  gate  of  walled  rity ) ,  Luzon 1 60 

I^attery  of  old-type  gunp,  Manila,  Luzon 160 

Guns  on  upper  bastion,  Fuerza  de  Santiago,  walled  city,  Manila,  Luzon, 

taken  August  13,  1898 160 

Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry  in  action  near  Pdsig,  Rizal,  Luzon, 

March  13,  1899 160 

Fourth  United  States  Cavalry  on  Novaliches  road,  Rizal,  Luzon,  March 
25,1899 160 

Engineer  detachment,  United  States  Army,  building  bridge  across  tlie 
Meycauayan  River,  Bulactin,  Luzon,  March  26,  1899 160 

Railroad  bridge  near  Marilao,  Bulactin,  Luzon — advance  on  Malolos 160 

Public  square  in  Malolos,    Bulacdn,    Luzon,  after  troops  entered  city, 

March  31,  1899 160 

Mountain  Battery,  Sixth  Artillery,  during  advance  on  Novaliches,  Bulacan, 
Luzon,  April  21,  1899 176 

Pushing  armored  cars  to  the  front  during  advance  on  Calumpit,  Bulaciln, 
Luzon,  April  25,  1899 176 

Railroad  bridge,  just  after  battle  of  Bagbag  River,  Rizal,  Luzon,  April  25, 
1899.     Engineer  battalion  building  steps  for  passage  of  troops 1 76 

Firing  line  advancing  on  Antipolo,  Rizal,  Luzon,  June  3,  1899 176 

Taking  guns  across  Bigad  River  over  bridge  constructed  by  Engineer  bat- 
talion, Nueva  Ecija,  Luzon 176 

American  camp  in  the  canyon  of  the  Mauanga  River,  Cebu,  Visayas,  after 
the  assault  on  Sadlan  Mountain,  January  8,  1900 176 

One  of  30  forts  erected  by  Filipinos  on  Indian  Mountain,  Cebu,  Visayas. 
This  fort,  about  halfway  up  the  mountain,  shows  the  effect  of  American 

artillery  fire  during  assault  of  January  8,  1900 176 

I  _  Fort  of  the  Queen  Regent,  on  the  river  Pulangui  (Grand  River  of  Minda- 
nao), Cotabato,  Mindanao 176 

Manila: 

Manila  from  the  entrance  of  Pdsig  River,  showing  the  fortress  and  harbor 
improvement  works 182 

The  ayuntamiento,  or  city  hall  of  Manila. — Office  of  the  civil  governor  of 
1            the  Philippine  Islands;  Phihppine  Civil  Commission;  executive  depart- 
ments; executive  secretary  and  attorney-general 182 

!  Intendencia  Building,  Manila,  Luzon.— Office  of  insular  treasury,  civil- 
service  board,  insular  auditor,  bureaus  of  coast  and  geodetic  survey,  for- 
estry, mining,  public  lands  and  archives 182 

Office  of  captain  of  the  port  of  Manila,  Luzon. — In  the  building  on  the 
left  is  the  office  of  the  quarantine  station  of  the  Army 182 

Manila  bay  front  of  the  city  of  Manila,  Luzon. — In  the  foreground  is  the 
work  in  improvement  of  the  incompleted  harbor  of  Manila,  and  on  the 
background  on  the  right  the  dome  of  the  cathedral  and  the  twin  towers 

I           of  St.  Ignatius  church,  walled  city 182 
Observatory  of  Manila,  district  of  Ermita;  Office  of  the  weather  bureau, 
Manila,  Luzon 182 
Manila  Observatory,  Ermita,  Manila,  Luzon,  main  entrance 182 
Bridge  of  Spain  (Puente  de  Espana),  spanning  the  Pdsig  River  at  Manila, 
Luzon.    A  footway  4  feet  wide  has  been  added  on  both  sides  of  the 

'  bridge 182 

1         Part  of  the  driveway  "Paseo  de  Anda  or  Malecon  del  Sur,"  at  Manila, 

'  "         Luzon 192 

Bridge  of  Spain  (roadway),  Manila,  Luzon 192 


XXVI  GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

■«»  ^      .•  -I  Facing 

Manila — Continued.  page- 

Iron  bridge  (called  Puente  de  Ayala)  across  Pdsig  River,  Manila,  Luzon. 
The  stone  way  leaving  it  about  the  center  leads  to  "La  Convalescencia," 

an  asylum  on  a  small  islet  in  the  river 192 

The  Escolta,  the  commercial  street  of  Manila,  Luzun.     A  view  taken  from 

the  west  end 192 

Calle  de  (street  of)  Rosario,  Binondo  district,  Manila,  Luzon.     A  view 

taken  from  the  south  side  of  Binondo  church 192 

A  landing  of  cascos  or  freight  boats  near  the  Magallanes  promenade  on  the 

south  shore  of  the  Pdsig  River,  Manila 192 

Canal  scene  in  Tondo  district,  Manila,  Luzon 192 

Canal  de  la  Reina,  showing  lumber  rafts,  Manila,  Luzon 192 

North  end  of  the  Limeta,  Manila,  Luzon.     Taken  in  1898.     Completely 

remodeled  in  1901 208 

Calle  de  Malcanang,  district  of  San  Miguel,  Manila,  Luzon.  On  the  right 
is  the  entrance  to  the  summer  palace  of  Malcailang,  former  residence  of 
Spanish  military  governor,  now  residence  of  the  civil  governor  of  the 

Philippine  Islands 208 

Former  headquarters  second  division  Eighth  Army  Corps,  San  Miguel  dis- 
trict, Manila,  Luzon 208 

Calle  General  Solano,  Manila,  Luzon.     The  most  fashionable  avenue  of 

Manila  City 208 

Officers'  quarters  and  driveway  near  Malate,  Manila,  Luzon 208 

Upper  end  of  Malecon  drive,  Manila,  Luzon 208 

Lower  end  of  Malecon  drive,  Manila,  Luzon 208 

Parque  de  Bomberos,  or  fire-engine  house,  in  AlcaUl  street,  district  of  Santa 

Cruz,  Manila,  Luzon 208 

Cathedral  at  Manila,  Luzon,  in  the  walled  city 224 

Nurses'  home,  Manila,  Luzon 224 

Field  hospital  at  Santa  Cruz,  Manila,  Luzon 224 

Calesin    (2-wheeled   gig)    called   "duquesita"   (little   duchess),  Manila, 

Luzon 224 

A  carromata,  the  most  commonly  used  vehicle  in  the  Philippine  Islands .       224 
Carretela  de  Pasay,  so  called  after  the  name  of  that  town  of  Rizal  provmce; 
a  cart  used  by  the  natives  of  Luzon.     In  the  island  of  Cebii  it  is  called 

' '  flecha  " 224 

City  transportation  in  the  Philippines 224 

Draymen  in  Manila,  Luzon 224 

United  States  refrigerating  and  ice  plant,  on  the  south  bank  of  Piisig  River, 

near  the  Bridge  of  Spain,  Manila,  Luzon 240 

United  States  refrigerating  plant.    Tracking  system,  first  and  second  floors.       240 

Tagalog  boys  carrying  vegetables  to  IManila,  Luzon 240 

Group  of  Tagdlogs  carrying  milk  into  Manila,  Luzon 240 


A    PRONOUNCING    GAZETTEER   AND    GEOGRAPHICAL 
DICTIONARY  OF  THE   PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 

Abra,  province  of,  Luzon:  Facing  page- 

Bamboo  raft  on  which  the  Philippine  Commission  ascended   the   Abra 
River.     These  rafts  carry  1,000  pounds  and  draw  but  3  or  4  inches  of 

water ". 268 

Tinguianes  of  the  province  of  Abra,  Luzon.     Types  of  tribes  still  in  savage 
state " 268 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  XX VII 

Albay,  province  of,  Luzon:  page^ 

Mayon  volcano,  view  from  Legaspi 276 

Types  of  Malay-Chinese  and  INIalay-Negrito,  Luzon 276 

Antique,  province  of,  Panay: 

Provincial  government  building  at  San  Jos(^  de  Buenavista.     "Statue  of 
Liberty"  in  the  left  foreground  was  dragged  9  miles  the  night  before  the 

commissioners'  arrival 296 

Arch  of  welcome,  San  Jos6  de  Buenavista 296 

Balabac,  off  southwest  coast  of  Palawan: 

Semaphore  of  the  naval  station 314 

Skeleton  of  a  native  house 314 

Ibabela,  Basilan,  south  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao: 

The  castle,  the  plans  of  which  received  a  prize  at  the  Philadelphia  Expo- 
sition        332 

Naval   hospital 332 

Group  of  Moro  Yacanes.     Playing  on  the  culitaiigan,  a  musical  instrument 

peculiar  to  the  Moros 332 

Moro  of  Basilan,  with  bolo  and  cris.     The  same  type  is  found  throughout 

the  Sulii  Archipelago 332 

Bataan,  province  of,  Luzon: 

Provincial  government  building,  Balariga 338 

Native  sailboat  towing  barge,  containing  the  Philippine  Commission,  to 

the  beach  at  Balanga 338 

Aetas  of  Mariveles 338 

Negritos,  or  Aetas.     Types  as  found  to-day  in  the  mountains  of  Zambales 

and  Bataan 338 

Benguet,  province  of,  Luzon. 

Baguio,  site  of  proposed  sanitarium 352 

Igorrote  house  of  the  better  class,  Baguio.     Young  coffee  bushes  in  fore- 
ground .  .• 352 

Igorrote  rice  terraces,  Cabayan,  Benguet 352 

The  Igorrote  headmen  of  Bugiao,  Benguet.     An   Igorrote   constable  in 

the  center 352 

Igorrote  musicians,  Baguio 352 

Sablan,  Benguet , 352 

Abandoned  insurgent  gun  foundry  at  Sablan 352 

Pinus  insularis,  Benguet.     Tree  45  inches  in  diameter 352 

BuLACAN,  province  of,  Luzon: 

Cave  of  Biacnabato,  where  insurrection  of  1896-97,  against  Spain,   was 

ended 382 

Fishing  in  a  tide- water  creek 382 

Gaga  VAN,  province  of,  Luzon: 

Pinacanauiin  de  Tuguegarao  River 402 

■■   Igorrote  hunter,  with  rattan  rain  coat 402 

Igorrote  in  rattan  rain  coat 402 

Igorrote  house  with  the  roof  thatched  with  grass,  and  one  or  two  doors, 

but  no  windows 402 

Capiz,  province  of,  Panay: 

"  Presidencia,"  or  municipal  building,  Cjipiz 432 

Making  the  roof  of  a  house  prior  to  raising  it,  Visayas 432 

Cavite,  province  of,  Luzon: 

Salt  basins 448 

Character  of  vegetation  in  parts  of  Cavite 1 .       448 


XXVIII  GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

^      ,  •  c  ^7-  Facing 

Cebu,  province  oi,  Visayas:                                                                                              page- 
Fortress  of  Cebu  (commonly  called  "cotta") 454 

Improvised   palm-leaf  hut,  Visayas.     (These  leaves   sometimes  attain  a 

length  of  10  feet) 454 

CoTABATo,  Mindanao: 

Cotabato  and  Grand  River  of  Mindanao. 474 

Group  of  Moros  of  the  River  Pulangni  (Grand  River  of  Mindanao)  and 

their  dato  (chief),  Lanao,  Mindanao 474 

Dato  Taug,  at  Cotabato  (standing).     A  man  dressed  for  the  Moro-Moro 

dance  sitting  at  the  right 474 

Moro  dancing  girls 474 

Tiruray  dancers 474 

Tirurayes.     Types  of  those  of  the  mountains  near  the  Rio  Grande  or 

Pulangni  River 474 

Bagobos  of  the  slopes  of  the  Apo  in  holiday  attire 474 

Dulanganes  children.     Taken  in  the  mountains  near  Lebac  and  educated 

in  the  Orphanage  of  Tamontaca,  Cotabato 474 

Davao,  Mindanao: 

Bay  of  Pujada 494 

Wharf  of  Mati,  Port  Balete 494 

Town  of  Alberique.     Town  of  Moros  recently  converted 494 

Chief  Attos,  of  the  Bagobo  tribe 494 

Wife  of  Chief  Attos,  of  the  Bagobos 494 

An  Atd  of  Davao 494 

Chief  of  the  Tagacolos 494 

Tagacolos.     Living  on  the  Bay  of  Ddvao 494 

IsABELA,  province  of,  Luzon: 

A  chief  of  the  Gaddanes 556 

Tree  house  of  the  Gaddanes  near  Ilagan 556 

Laguna,  province  of,  Luzon: 

The  rivulet  Botocan,  near  Majayjay 570 

Typical  scenery  of  central  Luzon 570 

Hauling  "zacate"  (grass) 570 

A  field  of  ' '  zacate ' '  (grass) 570 

Lanao,  Mindanao,  Grande  River  (Pulangui): 

Moro  datos  (or  chiefs).     Vestments  of  silk  embroidered  with  silver  and 

gold 578 

An  assemblage  of  Moros  on  the  Grande  River  (Pulangui)  of  Mindanao...  578 

Lepanto,  subprovince  of,  Lepanto-Bontoc,  Luzon: 

Public  session  of  the  Philippine  Commission  at  Cervantes.     Ilocanos  in 

foreground,  Igorrotes  in  background 586 

An  Igorrote  warrior,  Bontoc 586 

Leyte,  province  of,  Luzon: 

Bridge  of  Palo 590 

Native  house  in  course  of  construction,  with  "nipa"  thatch,  Visayas 590 

Manila,  municipality  of,  Luzon: 

United  States  transport  Thomas  in  the  Bay  of  Manila 610 

District  of  Paco 610 

Marinduque,  province  of,  Luzon: 

Boac,  capital 644 

Fortified  church  at  Boac 644 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS.  XXIX 

Masbate,  province  of,  Visayas:                                                                                   page— 
Masbate,  capital,  from  the  bay.     The  government  buildings  which  for- 
merly stood  on  the  point  were  destroyed  ])y  fire 650 

Typical  arch  of  welcome,  erected  in  honor  of  the  Philippine  Commission 

at  Masbate 650 

MiNDORO,  subprovince  of,  Marinduque: 

Native  house  with  thatch  of  ' '  cogon  " 666 

Carabao  taking  a  mud  bath 666 

MiSAMis,  province  of,  Mindanao: 

United  States  »Signal  Corps  telegraph  and  cable  office,  Iligan 672 

Trenching  shore  end  of  cable,  Misamis,  January  7,  1901  672 

Carabaos  grazing 672 

Point  Sipaca  and  island  of  Lapinit,  north  coast  of  Misamis 672 

Negkos  Occidental,  province  of,  Visayas: 

Barge  in  which  the  Philippine  Commission  was  landed  at  Bacolod 690 

"Plaza"  (square)  at  Bacolod,  during  bicycle  races  given  in  honor  of  the 

Philippine  Commission  (note  the  harnessed  bulls  in  the  foreground) . . .  690 

Negros  Oriental,  province  of,  Visayas: 

Provincial  government  building  at  Dumaguete.     An  awning  covering  the 

street  for  an  eighth  of  a  mile  to  the  beach  was  torn  to  pieces  by  the  wind .  696 

The  carabao  or  water  buffalo  of  Negros 696 

Palawan,  island  of: 

Puerto  Princesa,  United  States  naval  station 720 

Island  of  Cuyo,  Cuyos  group,  Mindoro  Sea.     The  town  of  Cuyo  is  the 

capital  of  the  province  of  Paragua,  Palawan 720 

Pampanga,  province  of,  Luzon: 

Grande  River  of  Pampanga 730 

Ripping  out  boards 730 

Planting  rice 730 

\        Rice  paddies 730 

Pangasinan,  province  of,  Luzon: 

United  States  military  hospital  at  Bautista 742 

View  in  valley  of  the  river  Agno,  showing  sterile  hillsides 742 

Valley  of  the  river  Agno,  showing  pine  trees 742 

Balete  tree  of  central  Luzon 742 

Rizal,  province  of,  Luzon: 

Cascos  (freight  boats)  and  rafts  in  Pasig  River 780 

;       Rafts  of  logs  in  the  Pasig  River,  Manila 780 

1       Rafts  and  ' '  bancas ' '  ( large  boats ) ,  Pasig  River,  Rizal 780 

East  side  of  Bridge  of  Spain,  Manila,  Pasig  River.     Carabaos  bathing 780 

j       Napindan,  a  hamlet  on  Pasig  River,  Rizal,  above  Manila 780 

.       A  view  on  the  Pasig  River 780 

A  clump  of  bamboo  on  Ptisig  River,  Rizal 780 

j       River  Pasig,  near  Culi-Culi,  Rizal 780 

|Iombl6n,  province  of,  A^'isayas: 

iRomblon,  capital 784 

Provincial  government  buildings  at  Romblon _ 784 
JULu,  Sulu  Archipelago : 

i       Moro  boats  meeting  the  Philippine  Commission  at  Sulu 846 

j      Street  in  Sulu 846 

Moro  houses,  Sulu 846 

Palm  trees.     View  in  Sulu 846 


XXVIII  GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

r^      .  ■  e   ^T-  Facing 

UEBU,  province  of,  Visayas:                                                                                              page- 
Fortress  of  Cebii  ( commonly  called  ' '  cotta  " ) 454 

Improvised  palm-leaf  lint,  Visayas.     (These  leaves   sometimes  attain  a 

length  of  10  feet) 454 

CoTABATO,  Mindanao: 

Cotabato  and  Grand  River  of  Mindanao 474 

Group  of  Moros  of  the  River  Pulangui  (Grand  River  of  Mindanao)  and 

their  dato  (chief),  Lanao,  Mindanao 474 

Da  to  Taug,  at  Cotabato  (standing).     A  man  dressed  for  the  Moro-Moro 

dance  sitting  at  the  right 474 

Moro  dancing  girls 474 

Tiruray  dancers 474 

Tirurayes.     Types  of  those  of  the  mountains  near  the  Rio  Grande  or 

Pulangui  River _ 474 

Bagobos  of  the  slopes  of  the  Apo  in  holiday  attire 474 

Dulanganes  children.     Taken  in  the  mountains  near  Lebac  and  educated 

in  the  Orphanage  of  Tamontaca,  Cotabato 474 

Davao,  Mindanao: 

Bay  of  Pujada 494 

Wharf  of  Mati,  Port  Balete 494 

Town  of  Alberique.     Town  of  Moros  recently  converted 494 

Chief  Attos,  of  the  Bagobo  tribe 494 

Wife  of  Chief  Attos,  of  the  Bagobos 494 

An  Atd  of  Davao 494 

Chief  of  the  Tagacolos 494 

Tagacolos.     Living  on  the  Bay  of  Davao 494 

IsABKLA,  province  of,  Luzon: 

A  chief  of  the  Gaddanes 556 

Tree  house  of  the  Gaddanes  near  Ilagan 556 

Laguna,  province  of,  Luzon: 

The  rivulet  Botocan,  near  Majayjay 570 

Typical  scenery  of  central  Luzon 570 

Hauling  "  zacate"  (grass) 570 

A  field  of  "zacate"  (grass) 570 

Lanao,  Mindanao,  Grande  River  (Pulangui): 

Moro  datos  (or  chiefs).     Vestments  of  silk  embroidered  with  silver  and 

gold 578 

An  assemblage  of  Moros  on  the  Grande  River  (Pulangui)  of  Mindanao 578 

Lepanto,  subprovince  of,  Lepanto-Bontoc,  Luzon : 

Public  session  of  the  Philippine  Commission  at  Cervantes.     Ilocanos  in 

foreground,  Igorrotes  in  background 586 

An  Igorrote  warrior,  Bontoc 586 

Leyte,  province  of,  Luzon: 

Bridge  of  Palo 590 

Native  house  in  course  of  construction,  with  "nipa"  thatch,  Visayas 590 

Manila,  municipality  of,  Luzon: 

United  States  transport  Thomas  in  the  Bay  of  Manila 610 

District  of  Paco 610 

Marinduque,  province  of,  Luzon: 

Boac,  capital 644 

Fortified  church  at  Boac 644 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  XXIX 

Masbate,  province  of,  Visayas:                                                                                   page^ 
Masbate,  capital,  from  the  bay.     The  government  buildings  which  for- 
merly stood  on  the  point  were  destroyed  l)y  fire 650 

Typical  arch  of  welcome,  erected  in  honor  of  the  PhiHppine  Commission 

at  Masbate 650 

MiNDORO,  subprovince  of,  Marinduque: 

Native  house  with  thatch  of  "cogon" 666 

Carabao  taking  a  mud  bath 666 

MisAMis,  province  of,  Mindanao: 

United  States  Signal  Corps  telegraph  and  cable  office,  Iligan 672 

Trenching  shore  end  of  cable,  Misamis,  January  7,  1901  672 

Carabaos  grazing 672 

Point  Sipaca  and  island  of  Lapinit,  north  coa^t  of  Misamis 672 

Negkos  Occidental,  province  of,  Visayas: 

Barge  in  which  the  Philippine  Commission  was  landed  at  Bacolod 690 

"Plaza"  (square)  at  Bacolod,  during  bicycle  races  given  in  honor  of  the 

Philippine  Commission  (note  the  harnessed  bulls  in  the  foreground) . . .  690 

Negeos  Oriental,  province  of,  Visayas: 

Provincial  government  building  at  Dumaguete.     An  awning  covering  the 

street  for  an  eighth  of  a  mile  to  the  beach  was  torn  to  pieces  by  the  wind .  696 

The  carabao  or  water  buffalo  of  Negros 696 

Palawan,  island  of: 

Puerto  Princesa,  United  States  naval  station 720 

Island  of  Cuyo,  Cuyos  group,  Mindoro  Sea.     The  town  of  Cuyo  is  the 

capital  of  the  province  of  Paragua,  Palawan 720 

Pampanga,  province  of,  Luzon: 

Grande  River  of  Pampanga 730 

Ripping  out  boards 730 

Planting  rice 730 

Rice  paddies 730 

Pangasinan,  province  of,  Luzon : 

United  States  military  hospital  at  Bautista 742 

View  in  valley  of  the  river  Agno,  showing  sterile  hillsides 742 

Valley  of  the  river  Agno,  showing  pine  trees 742 

Balete  tree  of  central  Luzon 742 

RizAL,  province  of,  Luzon: 

Cascos  (freight  l)oats)  and  rafts  in  Pasig  River 780 

Rafts  of  logs  in  the  Pasig  River,  Manila 780 

Rafts  and  ' '  bancas ' '  ( large  boats ) ,  Pasig  River,  Rizal 780 

East  side  of  Bridge  of  Spain,  Manila,  Piisig  River.     Carabaos  bathing 780 

Napindan,  a  hamlet  on  Piisig  River,  Rizal,  above  Manila 780 

A  view  on  the  Pasig  River 780 

A  clump  of  bamboo  on  Pasig  River,  Rizal 780 

River  Piisig,  near  Culi-Culi,  Rizal 780 

RoMBLON,  province  of,  Visayas: 

Romblon,  capital 784 

Provincial  government  buildings  at  Romblon , 784 

SuLu,  Sulu  Archipelago : 

Moro  boats  meeting  the  Philippine  Commission  at  Sulu 846 

Street  in  Sulu 846 

Moro  houses,  Sulu 846 

Palm  trees.     View  in  Sulu 846 


XXX  GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

SiTLU,  Sulu  Archipelago — Continued.  page— 

Light-house  and  signal  station,  Sulu 846 

A  sailboat  of  the  Moros,  Sulu 846 

Mores  of  Sulu 846 

Moro  farm  shelter,  Sulu 846 

SuRiGAo,  province  of,  Mindanao: 

Port  and  town  of  Nasipit 852 

Mouth  of  the  river  Agusan,  bay  of  Butiian,  Surigao 852 

Taklao,  province  of,  Luzon: 

Provincial  government  building  at  Tarlac 874 

Hauling  logs  into  railroad  station  at  Tarlac 874 

Carabao  hauling  logs  into  railroad  station  at  Tarlac 874 

Narrow-gauge  railway  into  the  forests 874 

Tayabas,  Province  of,  Luzon: 

Ninety-foot  bamboo  flagstaff,  Lucena 882 

Bamboo  arch  of  welcome  at  Tayabas 882 

Zamboanga,  Mindanao: 

Headquarters  and  United  States  Signal  Corps  cable  ofhce,  Zamboanga. . .  928 

Fortress  of  Zamboanga 928 

Town  of  Ayala 928 

Port  of  Caldera 928 

Hauling  a  huge  timber  at  Mercedes 928 

Procession  of  natives,  Bolong 928 

Method  of  tapping  rubber  tree  (Hevea  brasiliensis).     The  little  tin  cups 
are  held  in  place  by  a  bit  of  clay  and  are  changed  once  a  day.     In  the 

center  of  the  tree  can  be  seen  old  cuts  in  process  of  healing  up 928 

Foot  of  gutta-percha  tree,  showing  spread  of  buttresses 928 


GLOSSARIAL  INDEX. 


ABACi  (ah-bah-kah').nat.;  the  native  Philippino 
name  for  the  manila-hemp  fiber  of  the  Musa 
lextilis.     ( Also  abakA. ) 

ABACAY  (ah-bah-ky'),  nat.;  native  name  for  a 
variety  of  white  parrot.     {Also  ealangay.) 

ACiOS  (ah'-gohs),  Tag.;  water  course. 

ALA-ALA  (ah'-lah  ah'-lah),  Tag.;  memory. 

ALAC  (ah-lahk'),  Tag.;  a  general  term  for  wine. 

ALAT  (ah-lahf),  Tag.;  .salted. 

ALCALDE  (ahl-kahl'-day),  Sp.;  a  governor  of  a 
province;  a  name  given  by  the  natives  to  a 
judge  of  first  instance. 

ALIGIIA  (ah-lee'-gwah),  nat.;  astyleof  nativeax. 

ALILA  (ah-lee-lah'),  Tag.;  a  servant. 

ALIPIX  (ah-lee'-peen),  Tag.;  a  slave. 

ALON  (ah'-lohn),  Tag.;  waves. 

AMA  (ah-mah'),  Tag.;  the  father. 

AMOY  (ah-moy'),  Tag.;  the  smell. 

ANAC  (ah-nahk'),  Tag.;  a  son  or  daughter. 

INAY  (ah'-nigh),  Tag.;  white  ants  living  on  tim- 
ber, which  they  destroy  very  rapidly,  with  the 
exception  of  tlie  molaue,  narra,  tindalo,  ipil, 
camagon,  and  other  hard  species  of  wood.s. 

ANITO  (ah-nee'-toh),  nat.;  an  idol  or  spirit  wor- 
shiped by  the  primitive  heathen  natives, 
represented  to  them  in  various  horrible  and 
fearful  forms,  which  they  kept  in  caverns 
and  special  houses,  where  they  offered  per- 
fumes and  sweet  smells. 

APOY  (ah-poy'),  Tag.;  fire. 

ARAL  (ah-rahl'),  Tag.;  to  teach  or  to  learn. 

ARIGUE,  or  HALKJUl  (ah-ree'-gay,  hah-lee'-gee), 
nat.;  wood  post  or  pile  used  as  foundation 
support  of  a  native  house. 

ARROYO  (ah-rroh'-yoh),Sp.;  a  ravine  or  gully;  a 
rivulet  flowing  through  the  same. 

ASAL  (ah-sahl').  Tag.;  the  nature  or  habits  of  a 
person. 

ASAUA  (ah-.sah'-wah).  Tag.;  the  husband  or  wife. 

ASIM  (ah-seem').  Tag.;  sour  or  the  character  of 
being  sour. 

ASO  (ah'-soh).  Tag.;  the  dog. 

AZADOX  (ah-thah-dohn'),  Sp.;  a  hatchet. 

BABAE  (bah-bah'-ay),  Tag.;  a  woman. 

BABAtJ  (bah-bahg'),  Tag.;  a  quarrel  or  fuss;  a 
fight. 

BABUY  (bah-bwee'),  Tag.;  the  pig.  The  Babu- 
yanes Is.  derive  their  name  from  the  large 
numbers  of  this  animal  found  there. 

BACH!  (back'-hee),  nat.,  an  intoxicating  liquor 
distilled  and  u.sed  by  the  natives  of  the  Bata- 
nes  grp.,  off  N.  coast  of  CagayAn,  Luz6n.  The 
great  .sea  channel  along  the  N.  boundary  line 
of  the  United  States  Philippine  possessions 

.      bears  the  same  name. 


BACOCO  (bah-coh'-coh),  nat.;  the  .sea  bream,  a 
variety  of  fish.  The  fresh-water  species  in 
the  United  States  resembles  the  sunfish  and 
the  American  shiner.  It  is  common  to  the 
Nile  and  the  Mediterranean.    {Also  abramis.) 

BACOLI  (bah-coh-lee'),  Tag.;  the  name  given  to 
the  dalag  fish  when  small. 

BAGA  (bah'-gah),  Tag.;  red-hot  coal  or  wood. 

BAOOXG  (bah-gohng'),  Tag.;  brined  or  pickled 
small  fishes  or  lobsters. 

BAGONttTAO  ( bah-gohng- tah '-oh).  Tag.;  a  bach- 
elor. 

BAGUIO  (bah-gee'-oh),  Tag.;  a  cyclone  or  hurri- 
cane. These  winds,  common  to  many  parts 
of  the  islands,  especially  about  the  time  of 
the  change  of  the  monsoons,  are  very  destruc- 
tive. 

BAHA  (bah-hah'),  Tag.;  a  flood. 

BAIIAdi  (bah-hahg'),  Tag.;  a  waist  cloth;  a  wrap- 
per, usually  colored,  folded  at  the  waist  and 
between  the  legs,  covering  the  loins  and  ex- 
tending halfway  down  the  thigh;  a  loin 
cloth. 

BAHANDIN,  or  BAHAY  (bah-hahn'-deen,  bah- 
high'),  nat.;  a  house. 

BAIMi,  or  PETATE  (bah-eeng',  pay-tah'-tay), 
nat.;  a  fine  mat. 

BAJO  (bah'-hoh),  Sp.;  a  shoal. 

BALANG  (bah-lahng'),  Tag.;  the  locust. 

BALANGAY,  or  BARANGAY  (bah-lahn-guy',  bah- 
rahn-guy'),  nat.;  a  swift  and  light  vessel,  low 
in  the  water;  a  quarter;  a  district. 

BALARAO  (bah-lah-rah'-oh),  nat.  (a  Visayan 
word);  a  dagger  4  in.  wide,  the  blade  ending 
in  a  point,  and  1  ft.  in  length,  the  hilt  of  gold 
or  ivory,  the  pommel  open  with  2  cross-bars 
or  projectitms.  It  is  2-edged,  in  sheath  of 
wood  or  buffalo  horn,  elegantly  worked. 

BALAT  (bahlaht'),Tag.;  the  skin,  leather,  bark, 
or  shell. 

BALATOAG  (bah-lah-tohng').  Tag.;  a  kind  of 
bean. 

BALINGBING  (bah-leeng-beeng'),  Tag.;  a  popu- 
lar juicy,  sour  green  fruit  of  elliptical  shape 
and  with  4  edges  in  its  longitudinal  direction. 

BALITA  (bah-lee-tah').  Tag.;  news,  information, 
rumor,  or  fame. 

BALO«A,orBALUGA(bah-loh-gah',bah-loo-gah'), 
nat.;  the  native  Negrito. 

BALSA  (bahl'-sah),  Sp.;  a  raft-like  boat  used  on 
the  CagayAn  Riv.  for  transportation  of  the 
products  of  the  country  to  tidewater,  return- 
ing with  merchandise,  foreign  or  domestic. 

BANAC  (bah-nahk').  Tag.;  a  quite  large  white 
fish,  similar  to  the  trouch. 

XXXI 


XXXII 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


BAM!A  (hahn'-cah),  Sp.;  a  small  boat  made  out 
of  a  hollow  tree  and  with  a  top  or  roof  of 
bamboo. 

BA>'Ui  (bahn-gah'),  Tag.;  a  spherical-shaped 
water  jar  from  1  to  2  ft.  in  diameter,  made  of 
baked  clay  and  used  by  natives  to  contain 
and  preserve  fresh  water.  It  is  very  useful 
in  tropical  countries. 

BAJiGCA  (bahn'g-cah'),  Tag.;  the  small  native 
craft. 

BAXli6S  (bahng-ohs'),  Tag.;  a  fish  with  many 
bones,  similar  to  the  mackerel  or  shad. 

BAMAY,  or  BAXTAYAN  (bahn-tie',  bahn-tah'- 
yahn),  nat.;  a  signal  and  police  station  on 
the  seacoast  or  in  the  rural  districts  for  the 
protection  of  the  inhabitants. 

BAO  (bah'-oh).  Tag.;  one  of  the  halves  of  the  co- 
coanut  shell  without  the  meat. 

BARAXCiAY  (bah-rahn-guy'),  nat.;  a  group  of 
from  40  to  50  families  into  which  a  village  is 
divided  for  taxation  under  the  government 
of  a  cabeza  de  barangay. 

BARIL  (bah-reel'),  Tag.;  name  given  by  natives 
to  any  kind  of  gun. 

BARO  (bah-roh').  Tag.;  the  shirt  of  either  a  man 
or  a  woman. 

BABOTO  ^bah-roh'-toh),  nat.;  a  native  craft  of 
Cebu  and  neighboring  islands. 

BARBA  (bah'-rrah),  Sp.;  a  bar,  usually  off  the 
mouths  of  rivers,  although  any  shoal  place 
thrown  up  by  the  action  of  currents  or  waves 
takes  this  name. 

BARRIO  (bah'-rryoh),  Sp.;  a  political  division  of 
a  pueblo,  which  is  composed  of  a  head  town 
and  several  barrios  (wards)  or  hamlets.  The 
barrios  or  wards  are  either  town  or  country, 
urban  or  suburban. 

BASl  (bah-see'),  nat.;  a  native  wine  common  to 
the  N.  provinces  of  Luzon. 

BATA  (bah-tah'),  Tag.;  a  youngster  or  a  girl; 
name  given  to  servant  also. 

BATALA,  or  BATHALA  (bah-tah'-lah,  bah-thah'- 
lah),  nat.;  a  god;  a  deity  in  the  form  of  a  yel- 
low bird  found  in  the  Philippine  mountain 
forests. 

BATALXN  (bah-tah-lahu'),  nat.,  a  corridor  or 
gallery  in  the  native  hou.ses. 

BATANGAX  (bah-tahng'-ahn).  Tag.;  the  mast  of 
a  boat,  commonly  used  among  the  Tag^logs. 

a  large  piece  of  cane  or  bamboo  used  by  the 

natives  as  a  kind  of  outrigger  on  the  sides  of 
their  bancas. 

BATOBATO  (bah-toh-bah-toh'),  Tag.,  the  wild 
pigeon. 

BAUO  (bah'-woh).  Tag  ,  name  given  to  a  wid- 
ower or  a  widow 

BAYABAS  (ban-yah'-bahs),  Tag.;  the  guava  tree 
or  fruit. 

BAYAX  (bah'-yahn),  Tag.,  the  township;  also  a 
country. 

BENXE,  or  BENE  (bayn'-nay,  bay'-nay),  Malay; 
Seiamum  uidtcum,  a  plant  producing  a  seed 
extensively  used  for  food  in  the  islands.  The 
seed  yields  half  its  weight  in  oil  known  as 
benue,  gingili,  teel,  or  sesame  oil,  which  does 


IlENXE,  or  BENE— Continuod. 

not  quickly  turn  rancid.  Large  quantities 
are  exported  to  France,  England,  and  the 
United  States  for  making  soap  or  as  an  adul- 
terant or  substitute  for  olive  oil. 

BIBINGCi  (bee-becng-kah'),  Tag.;  a  kind  of 
baked  pastry  or  pie  made  of  flour,  cocoanut, 
or  rice. 

BIGXS  (bee-gabs').  Tag.;  name  given  to  rice 
when  it  is  not  cooked. 

BIGAYCAYA  (bee-guy-cah'-yah),  nat.;  the  true 
dower  to  the  bridal  couple  for  their  support. 

BIGAYSUSL'  (bee-guy-soo'-soo),  nat.;  a  kind  of 
dower  given  to  the  mother,  on  the  marriage 
of  a  daughter,  on  account  of  the  former  hav- 
ing nursed  the  latter. 

BIGCQCIS  (beeg-kiss').  Tag.;  a  sort  of  cloth  belt 
tied  around  the  waist. 

BILANGO  (bee-lahn'-goh),  nat.;  a  constable. 

BILANGOAN  (bee-lahn-goh'-ahn),  nat.;  a  prison. 

BOBOXG  (boh-bohng'),  Tag.;  the  roof  of  a  house. 
(Also  boboriJrAn.) 

BOCO  (boh'-coh),  Tag.;  the  young  cocoanut  fruit, 
with  tender  meat  inside;  also  a  bloom. 

BOHOC  (boh-hohk').  Tag.;  the  hair. 

BOHUL  (boh-hohl'),  Tag.;  a  knot. 

BO  is  (boh-ees'),  Tag.;  the  personal  tax. 

BOLO  (boh'-loh),  Sp.;  a  wood  knife. 

the  head  surveyor  of  a  forest. 

BOLOS  (boh'-lohs),Tag.;  a  highway. 

BOLOTOXG  (boh-loh-tohug').  Tag.;  smallpox. 

BOXDOC  (bohn-dohk'),  Tag.;  a  mountain. 

BONGBOXG  (bohng-bohng'),  Tag.;  a  piece  of 
cane  cut  from  knot  to  knot  and  used  as  a 
water  jar. 

BOX&GA,  or  BUXIjA  (bohng'-ah,boong'-ah),  nat.; 
areca  nut.  The  fruit  is  like  an  acorn,  the  in- 
side being  white. 

BOXGSO  (bohng-soh').  Tag.;  the  last-born  child 
in  the  family. 

BOXOTE,  or  BLXOT  (boh-noh'-tay,  boo-noht'), 
nat.;  the  rind  of  the  cocoanut,  out  of  which 
is  made  tow  for  cordage  and  ropes,  and  for 
calking  ships. 

BOSQUE  (bohs'-kay),  Sp.;  Wild,  uncultivated 
land. 

BRAZA  (brah'-thah)  nat.;  a  term  of  length  used 
in  Cebd,  "  little  less  than  2  yds." 

BUAYA  (bwah'-yah),  Tag.,  the  alligator  or  croc- 
odile. 

BlICAS  (boo'-kahs),  Tag.;  to-morrow. 

BCHAYA,  or  BUAYA  (boo-hah'-yah,  bwah'-yah), 
nat.;  a  cayman  or  crocodile. 

BUIS  (bwees),  nat.;  a  personal  tax,  tribute. 

BtfLAC  (boo'-lahk).  Tag.;  cotton. 

BULACiX  (boo-lah-cahn').  Tag.;  a  kind  of  rice 
which  takes  7  months  to  ripen;  also  the  land 
where  it  is  grown. 

BULACLAC  (boo-lahk-lahk').  Tag.;  name  given 
to  any  flower. 

BUTAS  (boo'-tahs).  Tag.,  a  hole. 

BUYO  (Boo'-yoh),  Sp.;  a  piece  of  areca  nut  in- 
closed in  a  leaf  of  the  betel  pepper  roiled  up 
and  smeared  with  burnt  lime. 

BUZEYES  (boo-thay-yays),  nat  ;  paddles. 

lU'A  (byah),  Tag.;  a  white  fresh-water  fish. 


GAZETTEEK    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


XXXIII 


C'ABA\  (cah-bahn'),  Tag'.:  a  trunk;  also  a  grain 
measure. 

t'ABEt'ERA  (cah-bay-thay'-rah),  Sp.;  the  capital 
of  a  province. 

CABEZA  (cah-bay'-thah),  Sp.;  a  petty  chief ;  the 
head  of  a  barangay.    {See  Barangay). 

t'ACA  (cah-cahM.  Tag.;  the  uncle  or  the  aunt, 
al.so  a  name  given  to  the  eldest  brother  or 
sister. 

t'ACHIL  (oahk-heel'),  nat.;  a  chief. 

lAHAPOX  (eah-hah'-pohn).  Tag.;  yesterday. 

t'AHATI  (cah-hah'-tee),  Tag.;  25  cents. 

t'AHUY  (cah-wee'),  Tag.;  a  general  term  for  tim- 
ber, also  means  wood  for  the  kitchen  or 
furnace. 

t'ALAHATI  (cah-lah-hah-tee),Tag.;  one-half. 

CALA3IAY  (cah-lah-my'),Tag.;  a  kind  of  dessert 
peculiar  to  the  islands,  made  of  cocoanut 
flour  or  rice  and  resembling  a  pie. 

I'ALAX  (cah-lahn'),  Tag.,  the  kitchen  or  the 
galley. 

I'ALANGAY  (cah-lahn-guy'),  nat.;  a  species  of 
white  parrot  of  the  Philippines,  also  known 
as  abacay. 

CALAMA,  or  CALAMAS  (can-Iahn'-tah,  cah- 
(lahn-tahs'),  nat.:  a  cedar  tree. 

CALAOn(cah'lah-oh),  Tag.;  a  bird  of  Luzon. 

CALIUA  (eah-lee-wah'),  Tag.;  the  left  hand  or 
side. 

I'ALO  (cah-low'),  Tag.;  a  tackle  block;  also  a  hat. 

lALOLOl'A  (cah-loh-loh'-wah),  Tag.;  the  soul. 

t'ALOMBlGA  (cah-lohm-bee'-gah),  nat.;  a  brace- 
let of  gold,  of  different  patterns. 

CALZADA  (cahl-thah'-dah),  Sp.;  a  highway. 

CAMALIG  (cah-mah-leeg'),  Tag.;  a  storehouse; 
also  a  hut. 

CA3IA.\DAG  (cah-mahn-dahg'),  Tag.,  the  poison 
of  certain  animals  or  snakes. 

l"A3IAY  (cah-my'i.  Tag.;  the  hand. 

(.'AMINO,  ortARBETEBO  (eah-mee'noh,cah-rray- 
tay'-roh),  Sp.;  a  cart  road. 

lAMIXO  DE  HEEKADl  RA  (cah-mee'  noh  day  ay- 
rrah-doo'-rah),  Sp.;  a  horse  trail. 

t'AMOTE  (cah-moh'-Uy),Sp.;  Convolvulus  batatas, 
a  sweet  potato  which  furnishes  an  inexhausti- 
ble store  of  food. 

CAMPIL.iX  (cahn-pee-lahn').  Tag.;  a  sword  simi- 
lar to  the  saber. 

CAMPIT  (cahm-peet').  Tag.;  a  knife^ 

t'ANAN  (cah'-nahn).  Tag.;  the  right  hand  or  side. 

CALASISi  (cah-lah-see-see'),Tag.;  a  small  parrot. 

CAXDOLI  (cahn-doh-lee'),  Tag.;  a  fish  of  rather 
small  size  and  ashy  skin. 

t'APAL(cf  i-pahl'),Tag.;  the  thickness  of  a  thing. 

t'ARACOA  (cah-rah-coh'-ah),  nat.;  a  large  canoe. 

t'AR.4>'G  (eah-rahng'),nat.;  awning  of  mat  woven 
with  palm  leaves,  thick  and  tough,  to  cover 
and  shelter  the  crew  of  a  boat  or  vessel. 

VASASA,  or  CALASAG  (cah-rah'-sah,  cah-lah- 
sahg'),  nat.;  a  shield  of  light  wood,  with  fixed 
handles  on  the  inside;  also  the  handles. 

CABRETERA  (cah-rray-tay'-rah),  Sp.;  a  road. 

CARROMATA  (cah-rroh-mah'-tah) ,  Sp.;  a  bright- 
ly painted,  shallow, '2- wheeled  box-like  ve- 
hicle provided  with  an  awning  and  drawn 
by  a  couple  of  horses. 


fASA  HACIEXDA  (cah'-sah  ah-thyayn'-dah), 
Sp.;  a  farmhouse. 

CASA  RE.4L  (cah'-sah  ray-ahl'),  Sp.;  the  residence 
of  the  provincial  governor  or  mayor  (alcalde); 
the  tribunal,  or  municipal  town  hall:  also 
house  of  rest. 

CASCO  (cahs'-koh),  nat.;  a  large  boat  with  1  or  2 
masts  and  matting  or  hemp  sails  slightly  nar- 
rower at  the  top  than  at  the  bottom,  for  car- 
rj-ing  freight.  It  is  almost  square,  somewhat 
resembling  a  .scow;  flat  and  very  serviceable, 
especially  on  the  Pisig  Riv.  between  Manila 
and  Laguna^de  Bay,  and  also  to  and  from  ships 
to  the  wharf. 

CASTILA  (cahs-tee'-lah),  nat.;  any  foreigner  is 
known  by  this  term,  but  it  is  especially  aj)- 
plied  to  the  Spaniards. 

CATALOXA  (cah-tah-loh'-nah),  nat.;  a  sorcerer 
or  witch. 

CATAX  (cah'-tahn),  nat.;  a  Japanese  sword. 

t'AUAYAX,  orCAOAYAX  (cah-wah'-yahn,cah-oh- 
ah'-yahn).  Tag.;  a  general  name  for  cane  or 
bamboo. 

CAVAX  (cah'-vahn),  nat.;  a  mea.sure  of  rice. 

CHIXIXAS  (chee-nee'-nahs),  nat.:  a  man's  coat 
without  a  collar,  sewed  together  in  front, 
with  short  sleeves,  coming  a  little  below  the 
waixt;  some  blue,  others  black,  and  a  few  of 
colors  for  the  chief  men. 

CHUPA  (choo'-pah ) , Sp. ;  or  GATAXG  (gah-tahng'), 
Tag.;  a  measure  of  capacity  used  in  Sumatra 
and  Penang,  in  the  strait  of  Malacca,  equal 
in  the  former  island  to  63  cubic  in.;  in  the 
latter  to  C8.    It  is  equal  to  a  Winchester  quart. 

t'IMARROX  (see-mah-rrohn'),  nat.;  a  native  liv- 
ing in  a  state  of  wild  freedom;  a  name  given 
to  wild  beasts. 

t'OGOX  (coh'-gohn.)  nat.;  a  variety  of  palm, 
whose  leaves  are  used  as  those  of  the  nipa  to 
thatch  native  houses,  especially  in  Mindoro. 

t'OGOXAL  (coh-goh-nahl'),  Hisp.;  a  field  or  plan- 
tation of  cogon. 

COIXS,  names  and  value  of.     (Sec  p.  126.) 

fOLOG  (coh-lohg'),  Tag.;  thunder. 

tOXt'EJALES  (cohn-thay-hah'-lays),.  Sp.;  im- 
pressed men ;  men  sent  to  service  of  a  munici- 
pal council. 

t'OXVEXTO  (cohn-vayn'-toh),  Sp.;  residence  of 
the  parochial  priest,  attached  to  the  parochial 
church;  not  a  convent. 

COXA,  or  COTTA  (coh'-tah),  Tag.;  a  fort  or  its 
walls. 

CREESE  or  KRISS  (creess  kreess),  nat.;  a  double 
wavy-edged  sword  about  2  or  3  ft.  long,  used 
by  Sulus  and  Moros  in  war. 

CCADRILLEBO  (cwah-dree-lyay'-roh),  Sp.:  a 
town  policeman;  a  soldier  connected  with 
the  revenue. 

CULITAXGAX  (coo-lee-tahng'-ahn),  nat.;  a  mu- 
sical instrument  about  6  to  10  ft.  in  length, 
having  a  hollow  frame  with  strings  and 
played  with  sticks;  it  is  peculiar  to  the  Moros. 

DAAX  (dah'-ahn),  Tag.;  a  road. 

DAGA  (dah-gah'),  Tag.:  the  mouse. 

DAHOX  (dah'-hohn).  Tag.:  the  leaf  of  a  tree. 

DALAG  (dah-lahg').  Tag.;  a  fresh-water  fish. 


S.  Doc.  28U- 


-III 


XXXIV 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


VAIiA(iA  (flali-lah'-gah),  Tai;.,  a  young  niaiaeii;  a 
girl. 

DALAUi  (dali-lah-wah'),  Tag.:  2  in  nnmber. 

DALIRi  (dah-lee-ree'),  Tag.;  a  finger. 

DAIHIT  (dah-meef),  Tag.;  the  dress  or  clothing. 

DAM6  (dah-mow'),  Tag.;  the  gras.s  for  forage. 

DATO  (dah'-toh),  Tag.;  the  headman  of  a  ward 
or  a  town;  also  the  thumb. 

a  More  chief.  In  the  Sulu  A.  or  Minda- 
nao, among  the  Moro.s,  he  is  subject  to  the 
rule  of  a  sultan. 

DLSTACAMEMO  MIHTAR  (days-tuh-cah-mayn'- 
toh  mee-lee-tahr')  >  Sp.;  a  military  post. 

DIPA  (dee-pah'),  Tag.;  a  fathom. 

DOLANG  (doh'-lahng),  Tag.;  a  table  rising  not 
more  than  1  ft.  from  the  floor. 

DOLO  (daw'-law).  Tag.;  a  point  or  edge. 

DUGO  (doo-gaw'),  Tag.;  the  blood. 

DUTAN  (doo'-yahn).  Tag.;  berth  or  hammock. 

ESTACION  central  (ays-tah-thyohn'  thayn- 
trahl'),  Sp.;  central  station. 

ESTACIONES  METEOROLOGICAS  lays-tah  I 
thyoh'-nays  may-tay-oh-roh-loh'-hee-cahs),  | 
Sp.;  meteorological  stations.  ! 

ESTACIONES  SEISMICAS  (ays-tah-thyoh'nays  j 
says'-mee-eahs),  Sp.;  earthquake  stations.        i 

DSTANCO  (ays-tahn'-coh),  Sp.;  a  store  in  which   i 
merchandise  of  government  monopolies  is 
sold. 

FALIIa  (fah-!oo'-ah),  Sp.:  a  long,  narrow  craft, 
sometimes  with  mast,  sometimes  without, 
somewhat  resembling  the  felucca  in  the  Med- 
iterranean, excepting  the  2  lateen  sails,  these 
haying  a  square  sail,  generally  of  matting. 
It  is  not  decked,  but  has  an  awning  or  other 
shelter  for  the  crew  in  the  stern.  They  are 
fast  sailers. 

FARDO  (fahr'-doh) ,  Sp.;  a  local  measure  used  for 
tobacco  and  hemp,  =  33  Sp.  pounds:  a  bale. 

FARO  (fah'-roh),  Sp.;  a  light-house. 

FERROCARRIL  (fay-rroh-cah-rrcel'),  Sp.;  a  rail- 
road. 

FRECUEMES  (fray-kwayn'-tays) ,  Sp.;  frequent. 

GABI  (gah'-bee),  Sp.:  caladium  with  edible  tu- 
bers. 

iiAB-T  (gahb-ee'),  Tag.;  night. 

(i.AMOT  (gah-mawf).  Tag.;  a  medicine  or  drug. 

GAOUES,  or  GAVOXG  (gah-oo'-ays,  gah-yohng'i. 
nat.;  an  oar  of  a  boat. 

GATA  (gah-tah'),  Tag.;  the  juice  of  the  meat  of 
the  cocoauut  fruit,  resembling  the  milk. 

GATANG  (gah'-tahng).  Tag.;  a  measure  for  grain 
or  dry  gauge. 

<UTAS  (gah'-tahs).  Tag.;  the  milk  of  a  cow. 

<JOBERNADORCILLO  (goh-bayr-nah-dohr-thee'- 
lyoh)  (petit  governor),  Sp.;  the  head  man  of  a 
pueblo.  Under  the  Maura  law  the  goberna- 
dorcillo  was  named  capitun  municipal. 

<JOGO  (goh'-goh),  nat.;  the  name  vi  a  variety  of 
cane,  7-8  ft.  high. 

the  mashed  root  of  a  certain  tree  used  for 

shampooing  by  the  natives. 

GOhIT,  or  Gf  HIT  (gaw'-heet,  goo'-heet),  Tag.;  a 
painting  or  embroidery;  also  a  line  in  draw- 
ing. 

GOPIT  (gaw-peef).  Tag.;  to  cut  with  the  scissors. 

GtBAT  (goo'-baht).  Tag.;  a  forest  or  wood. 


Gl'INARA  (gee-nah'-rah),  nat.;   a   fabric  woven 

from  abaca. 
GUINICAN   (gee-nee'-cahn),   Tag.;  the  straw  of 

grain. 
GllNTO  (geen-taw').  Tag.;  gold. 
Gl'LOC  (goo-lohk'),  nat.;  a  machete  or  bolo. 
GUMI  (goo'-mee),  Tag.;  the  beard. 
HABA  (hah-bah'),  Tag.;  length. 
IIABI  (hah'-bee),  Tag.:  to  weave,  or  the  fabric 

itself. 
HACIENDA   (ah-thyayn'-dah),  Sp.;   an  estate;  a 

large  farm;  the  fiscal  administration,  or  the 

treasury. 
MALAGA  (hah-lah-gah'),  Tag.:  the  worth,  j)rice, 

or  value. 
HALAMAN  (hah-lah'-mahn),  Tag.;  ageneraltcrm 

for  trees  and  plants. 
HALAMANAN  i,hah-Iah-mah'-nahn),  Tag.;  an  or- 
chard or  garden. 
HALANG  (hah'-lahng).  Tag.;  a  bar  or  anything 

which  obstructs  the  w  ay. 
HANGX  (hahng-ah').Tag.;  the  boundary  or  limit.     ' 
HAPON  (hah'-pawn) ,  Tag.;  the  afternoon;  also  to    ; 

dine. 
HATI  (hah-tee').  Tag.:  the  half  or  to  divide  into 

2  parts. 
HATOL   (hah'-tall).  Tag.;   advice;  in   medicine    j 

the  prescription  of  the  physician. 
HIGA  (hee-gah'),Tag.:  to  lie  down;  to  go  to  bed. 
HILO  (hee'-law).  Tag.:  sea.sickness;  to  get  di/.zy 

or  dizziness. 
HIPAC  (hee'-pahk).  Tag.;  brother-in-law  or  sister- 
in-law. 
HIPON  (hee'-pawn).  Tag.;  small  lobsters 
HIRAM  (hee-rahm'j,  Tag.;  to  borrow  or  to  loan. 
HIUA  (hce-wah'),  Tag.;  to  cut  with  a  knife. 
HOBAT,  or  HIJBAT  (haw-bahf,  hoo-baht'),  Tag.;" 

naked. 
HUSI  (hoo'-see),  Tag.;  a  cloth  made  of  hemp  and 

silk.    {Also  jxmi.) 
ILAO  (ee'-lah-aw).  Tag.;  a  light. 
ILAYA  (ee-lah'-yah),Tag.;  uptown. 
ILOG  (ee'-lawg),  Tag.;  a  river. 
ILANG  (ee-lohng').  Tag.;  the  nose. 
INX  (ee-nah'),  Tag.;  mother. 
INDIOS,  orlNDIAS  (een'-dyohs,  een-dyas'),  Sp.; 

the  natives  are  generally  known  by  this  name, 

but  particularly  those  subject  to  the  Spanish 

Government  in  contradistinction  to  the  (Mma- 

rrones. 
INliAY  (eeng-i),  Tag.;  a  noise. 
INIT  (ee'-neet).  Tag.;  heat. 

IPIL  (ee'-peel).  Tag.;  a  very  hard  timber  of  dark 
reddish  color,  very  much  used  for  building  jiur- 
poses. 
ISX  (ee-sah'),  Tag.;  1  in  number. 
ISDA  (ees-dah'),  Tag.;  a  general  term  for  tisli. 
ITA  (ee'-tah).  Tag.;  a  general  term  for  the  l.huk 

inhabitants  of  the  mountains. 
ITAC  (ee-tahk),  Tag.;  a  large  knife. 
Jl'SI  (hoo'-see),  nat.;  cloth  made  of  ahnvii  and 

.silk.  j 

KAGKAG  (kahg-kahg'),  nat.:  a  rake  of  bamboo.' 
KRISS,  or  CREESE  (krees),  nat.;   a  weapon  in 

common  u-c  among  the  Mcaros. 
LAUi  I  lah-bee'j.  Tag.;  the  lips. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


XXXV 


l,AUlYO  Oah-boo'-yoh).  Tap.:    the  wild  c.x-k  or 

lU'Il. 

LACAS  (lah-cahs'),  Tag.;  strength. 

LACAT  (lah'-eaht),  Tag.;  to  walk  or  to  step. 

LAGARI  (lah-gah-ree'),  Tag.;  a  saw. 

LAGXAT  (lahg-nahf),  Tag.;  a  fever. 

LAJA  (lah'-huh),  Sp.;  a  shoal. 

LALAIJUE,  or  LALAqri    (lah-lah'-kay,  lah-lah'- 

key),  Tag.:  man,  term  applied  to  the  male  sex. 
LAMAX  (lah-mahn'),  Tag.;  meat,  and  in  general 

any  substance  contained  in  a  thing. 
LAMB.4T  (lahm-bahf),  Tag.;  a  net  for  fishing. 
LA.MKi  (lah-meeg'),  Tag.;  (-oldness  or  coolness. 
LAMOC  Hah-mohk'),  Tag.;  the  mosquito. 
LAM'H.A  (lahn'-chah),  Sp.;  a  native  craft  with  a 

foreign  name,  used  in  the  transportation  of 

native  products  and  merchandise  on  the  rivers 

and  bays  of  Dapitan,  Mindanao. 
LAXD.iS  (lahn-dahs').  Tag.:  a  road  or  way. 
LAXfcAO  (lahng'-ow),  Tag.;  the  fly. 
LAX(iIT  (lahng'-it).  Tag.;  the  sky  or  the  heaven. 
LAXGl'S  (lahng-iss').  Tag.;  oil. 
LABO  (lah-raw').  Tag.;  a  game  or  play;  to  play. 
LASOX  ^lah'-sawn),  Tag.:  pois-on. 
LAXTAl'A  (lahn-tah'-kah),  nat.:  a  piece  of  native 

artillery. 
liAI'IS  (lah'-pees"),   nat.:  a  large  boat  to  carry 

merchandise;  very  capacious  and  drawing 

little  water. 
LAli-LAU  (lahoo'-lahoo),  nat.;  a  small  lish. 
LEliUA  (lay'-gwah),  Sp.;  a  league,  1  hour's  walk; 

less  than  3  miles. 
LIt'OT  (lee-caughf),  Tag.;  the  back  of  tlie  body, 

and  generally  the  back  of  anything. 
Uao  (lee-gaw'),  Tag.;  to  wash  over,  to  bathe. 
LIM.A  (lee-mah'),  Tag.;  5  in  number. 
LIMITE  DE  PROTIXCIAS  (lee'-mee-tay  day  proh- 

veen'-thyahs),  .Sp.;  boundary  (if  provinces. 
LIXDOL  (lean-dawl'),  Tag.;  earthquake. 
Ll'XEA  TELE«R.AFll'A  (lee'-nay-ah  tay-lay-grah'- 

fee-cah),  Sp.;  telegraph  line. 
LIXIS  (lee'-nLss),  Tag.;  clean. 
LIXTIC  (lean-tick').  Tag.;  a  thunderbolt. 
L0CT6X  (lawck-tawn').  Tag.:  the  locust  when  it 

is  young. 
LOHA  (law-hah').  Tag.;  tears. 
LOL.i  (lawlah'i.  Tag.;  to  get  seasick. 
LtBIT  (loo'-bU),  Tag.;  a  rope. 
Ll'CBAX  (look-bahn'),  Tag.;  the  orange. 
Ll'CES  (loo'-thays),  Sp.;  lights. 
Ll'P.i  I  loo-pah').  Tag. ;  the  earth,  land  or  ground. 
MACALAl'i   (mah-cah-lah-wah'),  Tag.;   the  day 

after  to-morrow. 
MACAXO  (mah-cah'-naw).  Tag.;  how  much. 
MACHETE  (mah-chay'-tay),  Sp.;  resembling  the 

bolo  of    the    Philippines,  an    indispensable 

sword-like  knife,  adapted  to  many  uses  iu 

industrj-  and  war. 
MAHAL  (mah-hahl').  Tag.;  dear  as  to  the  priceof 

anything;  dear,  worthy,  noble,  precious. 
MAXi  (mah-nee').  Tag.;  peanuts. 
•MAXOC  (mah-nock').  Tag.;  the  cock"  or  hen. 
MAT.i  (mah-tah').  Tag.;  the  eye. 
MATS  (mahts),  nat.;  a  native  name  for  peanuts. 
MEASIKES,  list   of   names  and   United    States 
equivalents.     i.Sfcj:,.  V2'.j 


MERIXAQrE  (may-rce-nyah'-kay),  nat.;  stuflC 
made  of  plantain  fiber;  in  Spanish,  a  crino- 
line. 

MILE  (German)  =4-1%  United  States  miles. 

MIXSAX  (mean'-sahn).  Tag.;  once. 

MOCHA  (mawk-hah'),  Tag.:  the  face. 

MOXTI  (mawn-tee').  Tag.;  small. 

MORA  (maw'-rah).  Tag.;  cheap. 

Ml'Y  FRECUEXTES  (mwee-fray-kwayn'-tays), 
Sp.;  very  frequent  (pi.). 

Ml'Y  RAROS  (mwee  rah'-rfihs),  Sp.;  very  rare. 

XOMAMAHAY  (nah-mah-mah-high'),  nat.;  slaves 
who  have  their  own  houses  occupied  by 
theniselves  and  families  away  from  house  of 
their  lord,  whom  they  assist  at  seed  time  and 
harvest,  as  rowing  crews  when  they  embark, 
in  building  their  houses,  and  to  serve  when 
there  are  distinguished  guests  or  ceremony. 
They  are  under  the  obligation,  whenever  the 
lord  calls  to  come  to  his  house  and  serve  him 
in  these  employments  without  pay. 

XOXO  (naw-naw')  Tag.;  the  grandfather  or 
grandmother. 

XOO  (naw'-oh).  Tag.:  the  front. 

XlUPIX,  or  IPIX  (ngee'-peen,  ee'-peen).  Tag.; 
the  tooth. 

OBO,  or  UBO  (oh-baw'.  oo-baw'),  Tag.;  a  cough. 

«)LIX(i,  or  tfLIX(i  (oh'-ling,  oo'-ling).  Tag.;  coal 
nr  charcoal. 

OL.AX,  or  L'LAX  (oh-lahn',  oo-lahn').  Tag.;  rain. 

OLO,  or  CLO  (oh'-law,  oo'-law).  Tag.;  the  head. 

OMAGA,  or  UMAfiA  (oh-mah'-gah,  oo-mah'-gah), 
Tag.;  morning. 

OXA,  or  L'XA  (oh'-nah,  oo'-nah) ,  Tag.;  the  first 
or  the  beginning. 

OXAX,  or  I'XAX  (oh'-nahn,  oo'-uahn).  Tag.:  a 
pillow. 

00  U)h'-oh),Tag.:  yes. 

OOPO  (oh-oh-poh'),Tag.;  yes,  .sir. 

OPA,  or  UFA  (oh'-pah,  oo'-pah).  Tag.;  pay  or  .sal- 
ary. 

OPO,  or  UPO  (oh-paw',  oo-paw').  Tag.:  to  sit 
down;  to  take  a  chair. 

OTAC,  or  tiTAC  (oh'-tahk,  oo'-tahk),.  Tag.;  the 
brains. 

OTAXG,  or  tilAXG  (oh'-tahng.  oo'-tahng),  Tag.; 
a  debt. 

PAA  (pah-ah'),  Tag.:  the  legs:  also  the  feet. 

PACO  (pah-caw').  Tag.;  a  nail. 

PAWOT  (pah-gawf),  Tag.;  to  get  tired. 

PAHO,  or  PAO(pah'-haw,  pah'-aw),  nat.;  a  green 
fruit  like  walnut,  used  for  pickles.  It  is  a 
small  species  of  manga. 

PALAT  (pah-lie'),  Tag.;  rice  in  the  husk. 

PAX  A  (pah-nah'),  Tag.;  an  arrow. 

PAXb.A  (pahng-ah').  Tag.;  the  jaw. 

PAXtiAXAY  (pahng-ah'-nigh),Tag.;  the  first-born 
child  of  either  sex. 

PAXtUXOOX  (pahng-ee-naw'-ohn),  Tag.;  the 
householder,  proprietor,  or  master. 

PAXDITO  (pahn-dee'-toh),  nat.;  a  term  for  priests 
in  Zamboanga  and  among  the  Moros  gener- 
ally. 

PAXGLEMA  (pahn-glay'-mah),  nat.;  a  chief  on 
Sari^A  Saiiga  Is.,  Tawi  Tawi  grp..  Sulu  A. 


XXXVI 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLAND:^ 


I'ANJIRAN  (pahii-hce'-rahn).  nat.;  a  self-styled 
local  ruler  of  the  Dustirs  or  hill  people  of  Ma- 
layan origin  inhabiting  the  region  bordering 
Kran  Bay,  SW.  Palawan. 

PAMJMAXES  (pahn-lee-mah'-nays),  nat.:  datos 
or  war  chiefs  among  the  Moros  of  the  Tapul 
grp.,  Sulu  A. 

l'A>rLAT  (pah-noo'-laht),Tag.:  a  pen. 

I'AKAO  (pah-rah'-oh)  (from  the  Malay  praho);  a 
boat  similar  to  the  casco,  but  of  larger  capac- 
ity. 

PARIAN  (pah-ree'-ahn),  nat.;  a  market;  bazaar. 

I'ATAY  (pah-tie'),  Tag.;  to  kill,  to  die,  or  dead. 

PIIiK.  or  FILI  (pee-lay',  pee-lee'),  nat.;  a  large 
pine  nut,  with  a  strong  shell  and  pleasant 
taste. 

PINA  (pee'-nyah),  Sp.  (piii;'i',  Hisp.);  a  fine  va- 
riety of  cloth  made  of  pineapple  fiber,  a  spe- 
cialty of  the  looms  of  the  Philippines.  The 
town  of  Parafiaque  is  celebrated  for  the 
manufacture  of  this  fabric. 

PIKAt,  or  Pl>'A(i  (pee-nahk',  pee-nabg').  Sp.: 
name  given  in  the  Philippines  to  lakes  which 
form  during  the  rainy  seasons  and  which  can 
be  cultivated  when  dry.  The  most  notable 
ones  are  those  called  Candaba  and  Hagonoy, 
in  the  province  of  Bulacan,  and  Mangabol, 
in  Pangasinan,  Luzon. 

PINSA>  (pin'-sahn),  Tag.;  cousin. 

PIMO  (pin-taw')  Tag.;  a  door. 

PITO  (pee-taw'),  Tag.;  7  in  number. 

POtiO  (poh'-goh),  nat.;  a  quail. 

FOLA  (paw-lah'),  Tag.;  red. 

POLISTA  (poh-lees'-tah),  Sp.;  a  oompul.M)ry  la- 
borer. 

POLO  (poh'-loh),  nat.:  personal  service  which 
the  natives  were  obliged  to  render  to  the 
Spaniards. 

POLOS  (poh'-lohs),  Sp.;  doing  service  in  socage. 

POLOT  (paw-lawf).  Tag.;  any  kind  of  sirup. 

PONO  (paw-naw'),  Tag.;  the  chief,  the  head  or 
beginning;  also  a  tree. 

POTOA'tl  (poh-tohng'),  nat.:  a  narrow  cloth 
wrapped  around  the  head;  among  the  prhni- 
tive  inhabitants  a  cloth  used  to  bind  the 
forehead  and  temples. 

PBL>X'IPALIA  (preen-thee-pah-lee'-ah),  Sp.; 
principal  man  of  a  town  or  pueblo;  the  native 
nobility. 

PUEBLO  (pway'-bloh),  Sp.;  a  town  or  district, 
corresponding  rather  to  a  township  or  county 
than  to  town,  often  embracing  a  large  area 
and  many  hamlets.  The  pueblo  is  the  name 
community,  or  town,  the  surrotniding  barrios 
or  districts  within  defined  or  accepted  limits 
being  appurtenant  thereto  for  local  adminis- 
tration or  other  purposes. 

PlILO  (poo'-loh),  Tag.;  an  island. 

Ql'ITLAT  (kit-lahf),  Tag.;  a  flash  of  lightning. 

IIANCHEKIA  (rahn-chay-ree'-ah).Sp.:  a  political 
division  of  the  pagan  or  non-Christian  tritJes; 
a  settlement. 

DE  MOKOS;  a  settlement  of  Moros. 

RAKOS  (rah'-rohs),  Sp.:  rare. 


KAZA  (rah'-thah).  Sp.:  race.  IiKioiiesiiiiia  (een- 
doh-nay-syah'-nah).  Indonesian;  Malaya 
(may-lah'-yah).  Malay:  Nearrita  (nay-gree'- 
tah).  Negrito. 

REAL  CEDILA  (R.  C.)  (ray-ahl' thay'-doo-lah), 
Sp.:  royal  letters  patented. 

REAL  DECKETO  (R.  D.)  (ray-ahl'  day-cray'-toh, 
Sp.:  royal  decree  signed  by  the  sovereign 
hand. 

REAL  ORDEX  (R.O.)  (ray-ahl' ohr-dayn),  Sp.; 
royal  decree  signed  by  a  cabinet  minister  in 
the  name  of  the  sovereign. 

SAGOT  (sah-gawf),  'fag.:  answer. 

SAdlUKUILIR  (sah-gee-gee-leer') ,  nat.;  house- 
hold slaves  among  the  natives. 

SALAMIN  (sah-lah-mean').  Tag.;  a  mirror;  eye- 
glasses. 

SALAXOAAE  (sali-lahu-gah'-nay),  nat.;  the  vari- 
ety of  swift  or  swallow-like  birds  which  con- 
struct edible  nests  {Collocalia  esculenta),  so 
highly  prized  among  the  Chinese.  The.se 
nests  are  an  important  article  of  export  from 
the  Calamianes  and  Cuyos  grps. 

SALAPi  (sah-lah-pee')  Tag.:  money  or  coin  in 
general. 

SALIPO  DATO  (sah-lee'-poh  dah'-toh).  nat.: 
a  Moro  religious  high  priest. 

iSAMPO  (sahm-paw').  Tag.;  10  in  number. 

SANDAXG  (sahn-dahng'),  nat.;  a  maritime  miic, 
|2  of  a  United  States  mile;  a  forest  surveyor. 

SA>'GAJY  (sahn-gah-hee'),  Malay;  a  chief. 

SAKGLET  (sahn'-glay),nat.,  {iTovahiang  &n(\  !t  ii, 
traveling  merchant):  a  Chinese  trader  in  tne 
Philippines. 

SANLA  (sahn-lah'),  Tag.:  a  pledge  or  pawn;  al.so     { 
to  pawn  or  to  pledge. 

SAl'A  (sah-wah').  Tag.;  a  boa. 

SAWAS  (sah'-wahs),  nat.;  a  term,  used  in  Laguna     i 
and  other  provinces  in  Luz6n  designating  ter- 
races on  the  hillsides,  used  in  growing  rice, 
similar  to  the  terraces  or  paddy  fields  on  the 
inland  sea  of  Japan. 

SAYA  (sab'-yah),  Tag.;  a  woman's  dress  skirt 
wrapped  around  the  body,  extending  from 
the  waist  to  the  ankles. 

SAYAO  (sah-yah'-oh).  Tag.: a  dance. 

St'Hl'CKS  (shooks);  alocal  term  in  Sulu  among 
the  Moros  meaning  interpreters. 

SENDA  (sayn'-dah),  Sp.;  a  footpath. 

SESAME  (say-sah'-may),  Sp.;  a  seed-producing 
plant  out  of  which  oil  is  made.     {See  Benne). 

SIAM  (See-ahm'),  Tag.;  9  in  number. 

SIBl'CAO  (see-boo-cow'),  nat.:  a  medicinal  plant 
and  article  of  commerce. 

SICO  (see'-caw),  Tag.;  the  elbow. 

SIGl'EY  (see-gay'),  nat.;  a  small  white  snail. 
(^?sosigay.) 

SILAN(UA  (see-lahng'-ah) .  Tag.;  meaning  '-The 
Orient,"  a  nautical  term  of  local  derivation. 
There  is  apparently  no  essential  difference 
between  a  channel,  a  strait,  a  bay.  a  passage, 
and  a  'silaitilra."  The  u.se  of  the  term,  bow- 
ever,  by  seamen  acquainted  with  these  is- 
lands has  caused  its  adoption  on  hydro- 
graphic  maps. 


i 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


XXXVIl 


SIliANGA:  a  bay  or  indentation  on  the  seashore, 
in  the  dialect  of  the  S.  islands,  the  Visayas, 
Mindanao,  and  Jolo  A.  Also  used  to  convey 
the  meaning  of  small,  low  islands. 

SINASIAY  (see-nah-may'),  nat.;  a  coarse  cloth 
made  of  abacA  (hemp)  fiber. 

SrtBOD  (soh'-rode),  nat. ;  a  harrow. 

SrC.i  (soo-cah').  Tag.;  vinegar. 

SfCiAT  (soo-gahf).  Tag.:  a  wound. 

SUXDA>'(i  (soon-dahng'),  nat.;  the  native  name 
for  bolo. 

Sl'Si  (soo-see'),  Tag.;  a  key. 

TABAl'A  (tah-bah'-wah),  nat.;  a  native  guitar  re- 
sembling a  similar  instrument  used  by  the 
Mintras  of  the  Malay  Pen.;  made  of  bamboo, 
about  1  ft.  long,  with  strings  of  .split  chair 
cane. 

TAJIIS  (tah-miss'j.  Tag.;  sweet;  also  a  preserve. 

TA>(»N(i  (Tah-nawng'),  Tag.;  a  question. 

TAP.i(^l'E  (tah-pah'-kay),  nat.;  a  large  native 
boat. 

TAPIS  (tah'-pees),  nat.;  an  overskirt;  a  cloth 
twisted  around  the  upper  part  of  the  saya. 

TATLO  (taht-law'),  Tag.;  3  in  number. 

TAO,  or  TAl'O  (tah'-oh.  tah'-woh),  Tag.;  a  man; 
also  a  term  applied  to  the  people  in  general. 

TERREXO  DE  CULTIVO  (tay-rray'-noh  day  cool- 
tee'- voh),  Sp.;  cultivated  land. 

TEBRITORIO  (tay-rree-toh'-ryoh),  Sp.;  territory. 

TIEJfDA  (tyayn'-dah),  Sp.;  any  kind  of  shop  or 
store  where  native  or  foreign  merchandise  is 
exposed  for  sale. 

TEMEME  (tay-nyayn'-tay),  Sp.;  TINIKTI  (tee- 
neen'-tee),  Hisp.;  a  lieutenant;  a  municipal 
officer. 

TIMC  (tea-nick'),  Tag.;  the  bone  of  a  fish. 

TIAXGl'E,  orTIAXGUI  (tyahn'-gay,  tyahn'-gee). 
nat.;  market;  a  general  name  given  to  mar- 
ket days  in  all  the  islands. 

TKAXVIA  (trahn-vee'-ah),  Sp.;  a  tramway,  or 
street  railway. 

TBEPAAG  (tray-pahng'),  Malay;  an  edible  holo- 
thurian,  sea  slag,  sea  cucumber,  sea  pudding, 
beohe  de  mer;  a  worm-like  sea  product  from 
C  to  24  in.  in  length,  used  for  food  and  greatly 
esteemed  in  China,  to  which  country  it  is  ex- 
ported from  the  MindoroandSulu  Sea  islands 
of  the  archipelago  in  large  quantities.    Much 


TREPAXG— Continued. 

skill  is  required  in  its  curing,  which  includes 
gutting,  boiling,  and  drying,  the  sun-dried 
being  in  special  favor  among  Asiatic  epicures. 

TRIBl'XAL  (tree-boo-nahl'),atown  hall;  the  ses- 
sion house. 

TRIBVTO  (tree-boo'- tab),  Sp.;  a  capitation  or 
poll  tax. 

TIBOR  (tee-bohr');  a  China  jar  of  very  ancient 
earthenware,  dark  color,  with  marks  and 
seals. 

TIMAGUA,  TIMAM'A,  or  TIMAL'A  (tec-mah'-gwah, 
tee-mah'-wah),  nat.;  a  plebeian. 

TRILLO  (tree'-lyoh) ,  Sp.;  a  trail. 

TUBA,  or  TUBA  (too'-bah.  Tag.;  too-bah',  nat.); 
a  wine  or  liquor  made  from  the  juice  taken 
from  the  tops  of  cocoanut  palms  and  nipal 
trees. 

tCBIG  (too'-big),  Tag.;  a  general  term  for  water. 

TlIB(i  (too-baw'),  Tag.;  the  sugar  cane. 

UALA  (wah-lah').  Tag.;  there  is  not;  a  general 
term  used  to  express  the  nonexistence  of  any- 
thing. 

UALIS  (wah-lease').  Tag.;  a  sweep. 
1   HALO  (wah-law').  Tag.;  8  in  number. 
[   UGALI  (oo-gah'-lee),  nat.;  the  nature  of  a  person; 
!  custom;  customary  law. 

i   UUIA  (we-cah'),  Tag.';  a  word. 
I  VEREDA    (vay-ray'-dah),  Sp.;    a  foot  or  bridle 
j  path. 

VIGADICAYA  (vee-gah-dee-cah'-yah),  nat.;  a  hus- 
band. 

VINTA  ^veen'-tah),  Sp.;  a  small  )x>at,  like  the  ban- 
ca,  used  by  the  Mores. 

VISITA  (vee-see'-tah),  Sp.;  a  small  hamlet  or  vil- 
lage with  no  priest  of  its  own,  and  depend- 
ent upon  its  largest  neighbor  for  its  religious 
ministrations. 

VOLCANES  Al'TlVOS  (vohl-cah'-nays  ahk-tee'- 
vohs) ,  Sp. ;  active  volcanoes. 

TOLCAXES  XO  ACTIVOS  (vohl-cah'-nays  noh 
ahk-tee'-vohs),  Sp.;  inactive  volcanoes. 

WEIGHTS.     (Seep.  127.) 

YESO  (yay'-soh),  Sp.;  gypsum,  sulphate  of  lime. 
Yeso  mate,  plaster  of  paris.  Yeso  bianco, 
whiting. 

Yl'ASAUA  (you-ah-.sah'-wah),  nat.;  a  wife. 


ADDE^^DA. 


PoM-Offitrx  in  the  Pltilippine  Arehipehxgo. 
ICorreeted  to  August  27, 1902.] 


AtM'icav 

Al<'al:i 

AiiKi-lt'S  ... 

Aniyut 

Aparri* 

AtiUKJUau. 
Buculod".. 

Baciilor 

Bacoor  

Bat<uio«  ... 
Ba^iiotan.. 


us 


Balaiiga 

Balayaii 


Batai'in Liiz6n. 


Pangasin4n  .. 

Pampauga 

do 

Cagaydn 

Tayabas 

Negros  Oc'cid . 

Pampanga 

Cavite 

Benguet 

L'liioii 

Negri  >.s  (^ri '  Negros 

Bataaii LuzOn. 


Do. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 
Negros. 
Luz6ii. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 


Batangas . 
Priufipt'.. 
Bulacfin  .. 

Abra 

Batangas . 
Paiigasindn 


Baliuag 

Baiigued 

Batangas  »... 

Bautista« „ 

Buyombong !  Nueva  Vizcaya 

Biiiiingonan I  Rixal 

Boac  » Mariiuiiuiue.. 

BocHUe ]   Blllncali 

Boroilgan  « '  .Samar 

Bulat-in I  Bulacan 

Cabagdn  Nucvo  . . .  ]  Isubela 

Cabuyao Laguiia 


Do. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 

D(.. 
M.iriiKiii 
Luzon. 


■Cagaytln*.. 
C'aianiba"  ... 

Calapan 

Caliw 

Cantilan 

CApiz^ 

Carigara 

Oatbalogan*. 

Canavan  

Cavite" 

Ccbu 


Luzon. 

Misamis Mindanao. 

Lagiinu Luzon. 

j  Mariniiuiiui-..  Mindoio. 

(';'ii)iz I'anay. 

I  .^urigao Mindanao. 

Capiz Panav. 

Leytf Ley  to. 

I  .Saniar .Simar. 

I  Isat)cla Luzon. 

i  Cii%ite Do. 

I  Cebu (Vbu. 

Cervantes |  Lepanto Luzon. 

Colasi !  Antique Panay. 

Corregidor« Manila  Bay . . .  Corregidor. 

Cotabato* Cotabatp Mindaiuio. 

Cuyapo !  Nueva  Efija . .  Luzon. 

Cuy(j [  Paragua ' 

Dagupan  » 1  Paugasi  uAu  . . 

Dd  vao i  D4  vao 

Diiialupijan '  Batafin 

Diiigras ;  Iloeos  Norte  ..' 

Diniiaguete  » j  Negros  ( 

Ecliagiie !  Isabela  . 

Henuo.sa Bataan Do. 

Ibii« Zambales |  Do. 

llagaii  « Isabela '  Do. 

Iligan  » Misamis Mindanao. 

Hollo* :  Hollo Panav. 

Jol6» .Jolo .lolo  (.SullM. 

Laguan Siniar .>^:iinar. 

Lal-16 Cagayfin Luzon. 

Laoag» I  Ilocos  Norte  . .  Do. 

Lapo Ilocos  Sur Do. 

Legaspi  » ,  Albav Luzon. 

Liiigayen  » j  Paugasiniin  . . ,         Do. 


ruvo>. 
Luzon. 
Mlndan: 
Luzon. 
Do. 

iOri Negros. 

Luzon. 


Lipa 

L6pez  

Lubao 

Lucena"  

Maasin 

Mabatang 

Malabang 

Malolos 

Manila  " 

Masbate 

Mc'.xico 

Misamis  » 

Nagearlang 

Naic 

NamagpacAn 

Narvaeiin 

Nasngbii  

Nueva  Caeeres  » . 

Olongapo  » 

Oram 

Orion 

Oroiiuieta 

Paete 

Palo 

Parafiaqiie 

iVisig 

Pilar 

Porac 

Puerto  Prince.sa. 

Kombl6n  = 

Kosario 

Siimal 

San  Fernando... 
San  Fernando.'.. 
San  Fcrnaiido".. 


Batangas ; 

Tayabas 1 

Pampanga  ...! 

Tayabas 

Leyte ' 

Batadn 

Cotabato 

Bulaeau 

Manila \ 

Masbate 

Pampanga 

Mi.sami.s 

Laguna 

Cavite 

Union 

Ilocos  Sur 

Batangas 

Camarines  Sur, 

Zambales 1 

Batadn 

do 

Misamis 

Laguna 

Levte 

Kizal  

do 

Bataiin 

Pampanga 

kombion 

Cavite I 

Bataan ! 

.Masbate ! 

Panii)anga  ...I 


>a  Ecija. 
la  te 


Nn 
.Mil 

lloilo 

.\iiiiiiue j 

Hulucan 

La^Miua 

Ilocos  Sur j 

Laguna | 


Sm; 


.'5orsogon  ^ ... 

Surigao  =■ 

Taal 

Tacloban «... 
Tagbilaran  . . 
Talisayan  ... 

Tanauan  

Tarlac 

I'a.vug 

Tuguegarao . 
Tnnuiuini  ... 
Twin  Peaks  . 

N'isan  » 

Vintar 

Virac 

Zamboangrt  • 


Sorsogon 

SuriKao 

Batangas 

Levte 

Holiol  

Misamis 

Batangas 

Tarlae 

Panga.sindn  . 

Cagavdn 

Isabela 

Benguet 

llneossur  .. 
Ilocos  Norte 
Albay 


Luz6n. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 
Leyte. 
Luz6n. 
Mindanao. 
Luzon. 

Do. 
Masbate. 
Luzon. 
Mindanao. 
Luzon. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do, 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 
Mindaliao. 
Luzon. 
Leyte. 
Luz6n. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 
Palawan. 
Koiablon. 
Luzon. 

Do. 
Ticao. 
Luzon. 

Do. 

Do. 
Ticao. 
Panav. 

Do. 
Luzon. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 
Mindanao. 
Luz6n. 
Leyte. 
Bohol. 
Mindanao. 
Luzon. 

D6. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 


Do. 
Cat  and  ua. 


Zamlx>anga...    Mindana 


:  Denotes  money-order  offices  authorized  to  issue  and  pay  money  orders. 


THE  PHILIPPINE  (ARCHIPELAGO)  ISLANDS. 


LOCATION. 


The  PHILIPPINE  ISLANDS  occupy  the  most  N.  part  of  the  E. 
end  of  the  geographical  grand  division  known  as  the  Eastern  Archi- 
pelago in  eastern  Asia.  Through  the  capital  and  chief  emporium, 
Manila,  they  are  the  key  to  the  commerce  of  the  islands  that  border 
the  steam  routes  between  Japan  and  China  and  the  Philippines,  the 
Sulu  Archipelago,  the  islands  of  the  South  Pacific,  the  coasts  of 
Borneo,  Celebes  Sea  and  Islands,  Molucca  and  Gillolo  passages, 
Banda  and  Arafura  seas,  the  coasts  of  Papua,  or  New  Guinea,  and 
Australia  to  the  SE.  and  S.,  and  Indo-China,  Siam,  Malay  Peninsula, 
Java,  and  India,  and  countries  bej^oud  to  the  SW.  and  W.  They  lie 
entirely  within  the  N.  torrid  zone.  They  received  their  present  name 
from  Ruiz  Lopez  de  Villalobos,  one  of  the  early  discoverers,  in  honor 
of  the  Prince  of  Asturias,  afterwards  King  Philip  of  Spain. 

TIME  CIRCUIT. 

The  [Jnited  States,  extending  from  65°  to  125°  W.  Ion.,  is  divided 
into  4  sections  of  15°  of  Ion.,  equal  to  1  hour.  The  first  section, 
known  as  ""eastern  standard  time,"  starting  at  the  sevent3^-fifth  merid- 
ian, includes  all  the  territory  between  the  Atlantic  coast  and  an 
irregular  line  drawn  from  Detroit,  Mich.,  to  Charleston,  S.  C.  The 
second  [section,  "central  standard  time,"  is  used  in  all  the  countr}'^ 
between  the  last-described  line  and  an  irregular  line  drawn  from 
Bismarck,  N.  Dak.,  to  the  mouth  of  the  Rio  Grande.  The  third 
section,  '^mountain  standard  time,"  covers  the  country  between  the 
last-named  line  and  one  marking  the  W.  borders  of  Idaho,  Utah,  and 
Arizona.  The  fourth  section,  "Pacific  standard  time,"  includes  the 
remainder  of  the  United  States  to  and  including  the  Pacific  coast. 
Within  each  of  these  sections  the  time  is  uniform,  and  each  differs 
from  its  nearest  neighbor  by  1  hour;  that  is  to  say,  when  it  is  12 
o\-lock  noon  at  Washington  or  at  any  other  point  in  the  terri- 
tor}^  of  eastern  time  it  is  11  a.  m.  in  the  central  section,  10  a.  m.  in 
the  mountain  section,  and  9  a.  m.  in  the  Pacific  section,  and  so  west- 
ward across  the  Pacific  Ocean  to  the  United  States  islands  in  the  Pacific 
and  onward,  completing  the  circuit  of  the  globe.  The  meridian  of 
Ion.  180°  is  the  international  date  line,  a  day  being  dropped  going 
westward  or  added  going  eastward;  that  is,  Sunday  becomes  Monday, 
or  vice  versa,  the  moment  the  line  is  crossed. 

1 


2  GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

When  it  is  12  noon,  sttmdurd  tinio,  at  Washington  it  is— 

6.29  a.  m  at Honolulu. 

2.40  a,  ju.  next  day  at Guam. 

1.04  a.  ju.  next  day  at Manila. 

2. i8  a.  in.  next  day  at Yokohama. 

0  :M  a.  m.  next  clay  at Hongkong. 

1 1.')5  p.  m.  at Singapore. 

10.19  p.  m.  at Colombo. 

8.01  p.  m.  at Aden. 

7.05  p.  m.  at Cairo. 

5.09  p.  m.  at Paris. 

7.01  p.  m.  at Saint  Petersburg. 

5  p.  m.  at London. 

BOUNDARIES. 

The  archipelago  is  bounded  on  the  N.  l\y  the  China  Sea,  on  the  E. 
by  the  Pacific  Ocean,  on  the  S.  by  the  Celebes  Sea  and  Borneo,  and  on 
the  W.  by  the  China  Sea.  The  nearest  land  on  the  N.  is  the  island  of 
Formosa,  a  dependency  of  Japan,  93  m.  NW.  of  Y'Aiui,  the  mostN. 
of  the  Batanes  group;  on  the  E.  the  Pelew  Islands  (German),  510  m. 
off  Mindanao;  on  the  S.  Ariaga  (de  la  Silla  Island),  the  most  N,  of  the 
Carcaralong  group  (Dutch),  37  m.  S.  of  the  Saranganis,  oif  Mindanao; 
on  the  SW.  the  extreme  E.  point  of  Borneo,  24  m.  SW.  of  Sibutu;  on 
the  S.  Balambaiigan,  an  island  ofl'  the  extreme  N.  coast  of  Borneo,  31 
m.  S.  of  Balabac;  and  on  the  W.  Cochin  China,  515  m.  W.  of  Palawan. 
The  nearest  approach  of  the  international  dividing  line  between  Asia 
and  Oceania  passes  about  15^  (900  naut.  m.)  E.  of  Batac  Island,  off 
the  NE.  coast  of  Samar,  in  about  lat.  12°  40'  N. 

TREATY  LIMITS. 

"  Spain  "  ceded  "  to  the  United  States  the  archipelago  known  as  the 
Philippine  Islands,  and  comprehending  the  islands  lying  within  the 
following  line:" 

North. — "A  line  running  from  west  to  east  along  or  near  the  twentieth  parallel 
of  north  latitude  [lat.  21°  25^  N..  approximately;  Ion.  118°  E.  of  Greenwich,  in  the 
China  Sea],  and  through  the  middle  of  the  navigable  channel  of  Bachi,  from  the  one 
hundred  and  eighteenth  (118th)  to  the  one  hundred  and  twenty-seventh  (127th) 
degree  meridian  of  longitude  east  of  Greenwich."  tT^ength  of  N.  line  9°=  540 
geog.  m.=  625^  st.  m.] 

East. — [NE.  angle  of  boundary  in  the  Pacific  Ocean,  lat.  21°  25'  N.  approximately; 
Ion.  127°  E.]  "  Thence  along  the  one  hundred  and  twenty-seventh  (127tn)  degree 
meridian  of  longitude  east  of  Greenwich  to  the  parallel  of  four  degrees  and  fortv-five 
minutes  (4°  450  north  latitude."  [LengtVi  of  E.  line  16°  40'=  1,000  geog.' m.= 
1,158  St.  m.] 

South. — [SE.  angle  of  boundary  in  the  Pacific  Ocean,  lat.  4°  45'  N.,  Ion.  127°  E.] 
"  Thence  along  the  parallel  of  four  degrees  and  forty-five  minutes  (4°  45')  north  lati- 
tude to  its  intersection  with  the  meridian  of  longitude  one  hundred  and  nineteen 
degrees  and  thirtv-five  minutes  (119°  35')  east  of  Greenwich."  [Length  of  line 
7°  25'=  445  geog.  m.  =  515 J  st.  m.] 

West.— [Lat.  4°  45'  N.,  Ion.  119°  35'  E.,  the  E.  of  tlie  SW.  angles  in  the  bound- 
ary, in  the  Celebes  Sea.]  "Thence  along  the  meridian  of  longitude  one  hundred  and 
nineteen  degi-ees  and  thirty-five  minutes  (119°  35')  east  of  Greenwich  to  the  parallel 
of  latitude  seven  degrees  and  forty  minutes  (7°  40')  north."  [Length  of  W.  Ime 
2°  55'=  175  geog.  m.  =  192  st.  m.] 

South.— [Lat.  7°  40'  N.,  Ion.  119°  35'  E.,  the  central  SW.  angle  m  the  deflected 
line  NE.  of  Borneo,  in  the  Sulu  Sea.]  "Thence  along  the  parallel  of  latitude  seven 
degrees  and  forty  minutes  (7°  40')  north  to  its  intersection  with  the  one  hundred 
and  sixteenth  (116th)  degree  meridian  of  lonii;itude  east  of  Greenwich."  [Length 
of  S.  line  3°  35'=  215  geog.  in.  =  249  st.  m. ]      "  ^ 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILiri'INE    ISLANDS.  3 

West.— [Lat.  7°  40^  N.,  Ion.  116°  E.,  the  extreme  SW.  angle,  in  the  China  Sea.] 
"Thence  by  a  direct  Hne  to  the  intersection  of  the  tenth  (10th)  degree  parallel  of 
north  latitude  with  the  one  hundred  and  eighteenth  (118th)  degree  meridian  of 
longitude  east  of  Greenwich."     [Length  of  W.  line  deflected  NE.  205  st.  m.] 

West.— [Lat.  10°  N.,  Ion.  118°  E.]  "And  thence  along  the  one  hundred  and 
eighteenth  (118th)  degree  meridian  of  longitude  east  of  Greenwich  to  the  point  of 
beginning."  [Lat.  21°  25^  N.,  Ion.  118°  E;  length  of  AV.  line  11°  25'=685geog. 
m.  =  788  St.  m.]  [Treaty  of  peace,  December  10,  1898,  between  the  United  States 
ot  America  and  the  Kingdom  of  Spain,  at  Paris.]  "As  a  voluntary  consideration, 
the  United  States  paid  to  Spain  the  sum  of  twenty  million  (20,000,000)  dollars." 
[Art.  Ill,  Treaty.] 

Spain  also  relinquished  to  the  United  States  all  title  and  claim  to 
the  islands  of  Cagayan  Sulu  and  Sibutu  and  their  dependencies  and 
all  others  belonging  to  the  Philippine  Archipelago  and  lying  outside 
the  lines  described  in  Article  III  of  that  Treaty,  the  United  States  pay- 
ing the  sum  of  $100,000.  [Treat}^  of  cession  of  islands  outside  of 
the  lines  defined  in  Treaty  of  Peace  December  10, 1898.  Sole  article, 
Washington,  November  7,  1900.] 

I  AREA. 

The  Philippine  Islands  within  the  Treaty  lines  of  boundary  have  an 
I  aggregate  area  of  724,329  geog.  m.,  or,  in  st.  m. : 
j  Total  land  and  water ,  832,  968 

!  Land 127,853 

Water 705, 1 15 

I  The  land  area  lies  between  parallels  21°  10'  N.  (Y'Ami  Island,  the 
1  most  N.  of  the  Batanes  group)  to  4°  40'  N.  (the  extreme  S.  point  of 
'  Balut  Island  of  the  Sarangani  Islands,  S.  of  Mindanao),  and  meridians 
116°  40'  (W.  coast  of  Balabac  Island)  and  126°  34'  (Sanco  Point)  Ion. 
E.  of  Greenwich,  or  a  total  of  1,010  naut.  or  1,152  st.  m.  from  N.  to 
:  S.  and  594  naut.  or  682  st.  m.  from  W.  to  E. 

The  land  superficies  within  the  limits  defined  is  greater  than  the 

■  combined  area  of  the  States  of  New  York,  New  Jersey,  Pennsylvania, 

and  Delaware  (104,970  sq.  m.),  nearly  twice  as  large  as  the  5  States  of 

New  England  (66,425  sq.  m.),  and  larger  than  the  New  England  States, 

New  York,  and  New  Jersey  (123,860  sq.  m.). 

The  Treaty  line  of  boundary  of  the  islands  of  the  Philippines  super- 
imposed upon  a  map  ot  the  United  States  would  appear  about  as  fol- 
lows: Beginning  at  the  NE.  angle,  being  the  point  of  intersection  of 
lat.  45°  N.  and  Ion.  75°  E.,  near  Ogdensburg,  N.  Y.,  on  the  St.  Law- 
rence River;  thence  following  the  meridian  of  75°  E.,  passing  the 
Capes  of  the  DelaAvare  to  the  SE.  point  of  intersection  at  lat.  28°  N. 
and  Ion.  75°  E. ,  near  Palatka,  Fla. ;  thence  following  the  parallel  of 
28°  W.  to  the  SW.  angle  near  the  point  of  intersection  of  lat.  28°  N. 
and  Ion.  84  E.,  near  Apalachicola,  Fla.;  thence  along  said  Ion.  N., 
passing  immediately  W.  of  the  W.  boundary  of  Ohio  to  the  NW. 
angle  at  the  intersection  of  lat.  45°  N.  and  Ion.  84°  E.,  immediately  S. 
ot  Mackinaw,  Mich,,  on  the  straits  connecting  Lakes  Michigan  and 
Huron;  thence  along  lat.  45°  N.  to  the  place  of  beginning.  Within 
this  area  lies  all  that  part  of  New  York  W.  of  Utica,  New  Jersey  W. 
1  of  Trenton,  all  of  Pennsylvania,  Delaware,  Maryland,  Virginia,  West 
Virginia,  North  Carolina,  South  Carolina,  Georgia,  northern  Florida, 
eastern 'Tennessee,  eastern  Kentucky,  all  of  Ohio,  the  E.  half  of  the 
geninsula  of  Michigan,  and  nearly  the  whole  of  Ontario,  Canada. 

I 


4  GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPriNE    ISLANDS. 

The  area  of  the  archipelago  is  7,000  sq.  m.  larf,'er  than  that  of  the 
British  Isles  (120.1)73  sq.  m.),  within  20,000  sq.  m.  of  that  of  the  islands 
of  Japan  (1-1:7,0)49  sq.  m.),  within  7,000  sq.  m.  of  that  of  Prussia,  and  ten 
times  that  of  the  Netherlands,  the  possessor  of  the  extensive  domain 
among-  the  islands  and  groups  to  the  SE. ,  S.,  and  SW.  of  the  Philippines. 

Within  this  expansive  area  of  the  earth's  surface,  in  general,  in  the 
N.  part  lie  the  Batanes  and  Babuyanes  groups,  8  of  them  important, 
separated  by  the  Bachi  Channel  from  the  Japanese  island  of  Formosa, 
at  a  distance  of  93  m.  to  the  NW.;  to  the  S.  lies  the  great  island 
of  Luzon,  with  the  adjacent  large  islands  of  Polillo  and  Catanduanes 
on  the  Pacific  side  and  Marinduque,  Burias,  Ticao,  and  Masbate  oil' 
its  Visa3^an  seashores;  to  the  SW.  of  Luzon  extends  the  large  island 
of  Mindoro,  forming,  with  the  islands  of  Busuanga,  the  Calamianes, 
Palawan  (Paragua),  and  Balabac,  the  great  W.  chain  of  the  archipelago 
between  Luzon  and  the  continental  island  of  Borneo;  to  the  bE.  of 
Luzon  lies  the  island  of  Samar,  to  the  W,  of  which  is  Lej^te  and 
continuing  toward  the  W.  the  other  great  islands  of  the  Visayan 
group,  Bohol,  Cebu,  Negros,  and  Panay,  and  the  smaller  islands  of 
Sibuyan,  Romblon,  Tablas,  Guimaras,  the  latter  near  Panay,  and 
Siquijor,  S.  of  Negros.  Continuing  S.,  along  the  E.  side  of  the 
archipelago  is  Mindanao,  in  area  ■  one  of  the  two  most  important 
islands- of  the  entire  group.  To  the  SW.  of  Mindanao  and  very  close 
to  its  shore  is  Basilan,  the  connecting  Imk  in  the  important  chain 
between  the  mainland  of  the  Philippine  Archipelago  and  the  E.  coast 
of  the  great  island  of  Borneo  through  the  Sulu  and  Tawi  Tawi  and 
other  groups  of  the  American  Sulu  Archipelago.  Between  this  E. 
and  W.  chain,  scattered  over  the  N.  waters  of  the  Sulu  Sea,  are  the 
Cuyos  and  Cagayanes  groups  and  the  Palawan  island  of  Dumaran. 

List  of  islands  and  areas. 

[Main  islands,  areas,  mainland,  dependent  islands,  number  of  islands  in  grand  territorial  divisions; 
also  subdivided  by  provinces,  areas,  mainland,  dependent  islands  and  their  number,] 


Grand  territorial  divisions. 

Area. 

Main- 
land. 

Dependent  islands. 

Sq.  TO. 
44,235 
681 
46,721 
4,108 
5,037 
1,029 
25,302 
740 

Sq.  m. 
43,076 
667 
45, 569 
4,050 
4,579 
620 
23,411 

Sq.  m. 

1,160 

14 

1,162 

58 

458 

609 

1,891 

740 

Number. 
311 

13 

258 

Mindoro    

26 

Palawan  (Paragua)                                                              

^35 

188 

507 

145 

Total 

127, 853 

121,861 

5.S,. 

1,683 

List  of  islands  and  j^rovinces,  mainland  and  dependent  islands,  and  areas. 


Grand  territorial  divisions. 


LUZON. 

Provinces. 


Total. 


1.  Abra 

2.  Albay 

a.  Catanduanes . 

3.  Ambos  Camarines. 

4.  Batato 


Sq.  r, 
44,  i 


Main- 
land. 


Sq.  m. 
43, 075 


704 

3,092 

434 


Dependent  islands.  ^ 


\ 


Number. 
311> 


^ 


GAZETTEEE    OP    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLAKDS.  i 

List  of  islands  and  provinces,  mainland  and  dependent  islands,  and  areas — Continued. 


Grand  territorial  divisions. 

Area. 

Main- 
land. 

Dependent  islands. 

LUZON — continued. 
Piwwiccs— Continued. 

Sn.  m. 

1,108 
990 
480 
841 

5,291- 

Sq.  m. 

1,080 
990 
480 
841 

5,022 

Sq.m. 
28 

Number. 

6   Benguet 

7   Bontoc 

9  Cagavdn                                                      .        

9 
179 
81 
100 

1 

1 

111 

294 

1 
2 

8 

a   Babuyanes 

24 

610 

1,265 

491 

877 

510 

1,264 

490 

472 

11   Ilocos  Norte 

4 

a    Polillo 

1 

5,395 

762 

1,232 

6,394 

750 

1,232 

'    16   Lepanto 

20 

4 

3,840 

1,075 

20 

'            a.  Corregidor 

4 

5 

'    18   Nueva  Eeiia 

3,840- 
1,075 

a.  Cayapa 

i   20  Pampaiiga 

2,209 
1,316 
1,218 
1,048 

675 
1,295 
2,334 

867 
2, 210 

2,209 
1,316 
1,216 
1,026 

663 
1,295 
2,250 

867 
2,160 

22.  Principe..  .. 

2 
12 

3 

23   Rizal 

3 

25.  Tdrlac 

26.  Tavabas 

84 

g 

'  28.  Zanibales .                                     .  . 

60 

76 

1                                                        MARINDUtiUE. 

1  1.  Province 

681 

667 

14 

13 

MINDANAO. 

Total 

46, 721 

45, 559 

1,162 

268 

\ 

1.  Basilan 

354 

8,344 

9!  171 
3,900 
5,879 
13,201 
3,486 

304 
8,332 
2,386 
8,976 
3,900 
5, 764 
12, 539 
3.368 

50 

3.  Dapitan 

4.  DAvao 

195 

5.  Lanao 

•  6.  Misamis. 

115 

662 
128 

5 

8.  Zamboanga 

80 

MINDORO. 

1.  Island 

4,108 

4,060 

68 

PALAWAN  (PARAGUA). 
Total 

5,037 

4,579 

468 

136 

4,726 
264 
47 

'l68 
43 

358 
96 

4 

1  3.  cagayan  de  Sulu  and  St.  Michaels  Islands 

14 

SULU  ARCHIPELAGO. 

Total 

1,029 

520 

509 

188 

38 
72 

380 
77 

462 

72 
47 

275 

19 

2.  Pangutaran  (group) 

14 

3.  Sulu  (Jolo)  (group) .  . 

333 

29 

4.  Tanul  fffrouDl 

38 

5.  TawiTl^^!;;;::::::::::::::::::::::;:::::;:::::::::::::: 

187 

VISAYAN  ISLANDS. 

Total 

26,302 

23, 411 

1,891 

il.  Bohol 

1,614 

1,782 
4, 214 

1,315 
149 

1,400 
1,668 
3,872 

268 

1,230 

140 

214 
114 
342 

10 

85 
9 

69 

1  12.  Cebii  ..     . 

29 

'  f3.  Leyte. 

40 

,  A.  Masbate: 
'        a.  Burias 

12 

i           b.  Masbate 

46 

•c.  Ticao 

8 

6  GAZETTEEB    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

List  of  hhiiuh  and  irrov'inces,  mainland  and  dependent  islands,  and  areas — Continued. 


Grand  territorial 


Main- 
land. 


Dependent  islands. 


viSAYAN  ISLANDS— continued. 


5.  Negros  Occidental 

6.  Negros  Oriental .. . 

7.  Panay 

8.  Antique..] 

9.  CAplz >  Panav  . 

10.  lloilo  ....J 

11.  Rombl6n 

12.  Sdmar 


1.  Calamianes  (group). 

2.  Cuyos  (group) 


Sq.Vl. 
3,112 
1,742 


3,105 
1,734 


Sq.l 


1,340 
1,661 
2, 102 
515 
5,488 


1,333 
1,643 
1,776 
54 
5,198 


Number. 
14 
3 


I 


The  areas  of  islands  and  provinces  given  in  the  above  table  have 
been  carefully  measured  and  computed  from  the  best  sources  of  infor- 
mation, Spanish,  British,  and  American.  In  regard  to  the  dependent 
islands,  in  other  authorities  the  number  ranges  from  948  counted  on 
small-scale  to  1,725  on  large-scale  charts.  The  number  given  in  the 
above  table  is  taken  not  only  as  charted,  but  the  islands  are  name 
and  described.  The  larger  dependent  islands  and  a  vast  majority  o: 
the  smaller  ones  have  not  only  been  measured  but  their  area  is  given. 
In  both  cases  the  above  list  is  the  best  and  most  I'eliable  compiled  from 
the  material  now  at  hand. 

As  evidence  of  the  incongruity  of  areas  given  in  accepted  authori- 
ties it  should  be  stated  that  the  Atlas  de  Filipinas  (Senate  Doc.  No. 
171,  Fifty-sixth  Congress,  lirst  session)  gives  Luzon  122,31:6  sq.  kms., 
or  47,238  sq.  m.  The  Spanish  census  of  1887  gives  Luzon  96,226  sq. 
kms.,  and  the  Batanes  and  Babuyanes  groups  620  sq.  kms.,  making 
96,842  sq,  kms.,  equal  to  37,210  sq.  m.,  the  Gazetteer  figures,  including 
311  dependent  islands,  being  44,235  sq.  m. 

In  the  case  of  Mindanao  this  same  atlas  accredits  that  island  with , 
93,854  sq.  kms.,  or  36,237  sq.  m.  The  Spanish  census  of  1887  gives  I 
this  island  99,450  sq.  kms.,  equal  to  38,250  sq.  m.  The  Gazetteer 
figures,  as  shown  in  the  accompanying  tables,  give  Mindanao,  including 
the  mainland  and  258  dependent  islands,  46,721  sq.  m.  j 

The  great  island  of  Samar  is  credited  by  the  atlas  referred  to  withj 
13,054  sq.  kms.,  or  5,040  sq.  m.  The  official  Spanish  census  gives | 
Samar  13,471  sq.  kms.,  or  5,181  sq.  m.  The  Gazetteer  figures  give  the i 
mainland  5,198  sq.  m.  and  148  dependent  islands  290  sq.  m.,  or  a  totail 
of  5,488  sq.  m. 

The  atlas  referred  to  puts  the  entire  area  of  the  archipelago  at 
309,615  sq.  kms.,  or  119,542  sq.  m.  The  Spanish  census  of  1887  gives 
the  figures  at  288,166  sq.  kms. ,  or  110,064  sq.  m.  The  carefully  figured 
aggregate  and  itemized  areas  tabulated  in  this  Gazetteer  show  127,853 
sq.  m. 

Until  scientific  computations  based  upon  actual  surveys  and  not  con 
tinned  speculation  are  available,  the  Gazetteer  figures  may  be  regarded 
at  least  as  an  approximation  of  accuracy  and  the  best  presented. 


@(o)&(o)HS^5L    ^W^^Ii5M^    @^    ^3 


W(o)5IlIL] 


GAZETTEEE    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


Nearby  colonial  possessions  of  other  nations. 


[Comparative  view  of  territories  and  populations  possessed  by  the  Western  nations  in  the  regions  of 
the  globe  surrounding  the  Philippine  Islands.] 

Area. 

Popula- 
tion. 

United  States: 

Philippine  Islands                                             .        

f^%S 

6, 975, 073 

112,002 

6,082,310 

Straits  Settlements                                    

1,472 

26,500 

84,000 

30 

512, 342 

418, 527 

4, 930, 000 

Hongkong  China  '^     .       ...                         

221, 441 

243,240 

16, 600, 000 

Tonkin                                                                    .     .           

60,190 
125,480 
67,570 

7, 500, 000 

5,400,000 

3, 700, 000 

Portugal: 

30 

78, 000 

Germany 

10,318 

148, 200 

180 
158 
370 
190 
420 
9,000 

13, 000 

Marshall  Islands                                                                  ...        .             

Caroline  Islands 

33,000 
3,000 

Marianas  Islands 

10, 200 

89, 000 

628, 000 

33, 892, 000 

50,500 
184, 000 
212, 700 
71,400 
43,800 
65, 600 

25, 700, 000 

Borneo 

1  180  000 

Celebes 

1, 998, 000 

400, 000 

Lesser  Sunda  Islands 

1,164,000 

'  Hongkong  includes  210, 955  Chinese. 


''  Seat  of  sphere  of  influence. 


PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 


MOTJNTAINS. 


In  general  the  physical  structure  of  the  Philippine  Archipelago  as 
to  mountains  belongs  to  the  succession  of  lofty  ranges  of  volcanic 
origin  which  form  the  circuit  and  watersheds  of  the  Pacific  basin  of 
the  earth's  surface.  While  the  larger  islands  have  defined  systems  of 
their  own,  by  means  of  submarine  ranges  these  are  brought  into  har- 
mony with  the  general  mass  of  the  archipelago.  Mount  Irada,  3,667  ft. 
in  height,  in  Batan  of  the  Batanes,  and  Camiguin,  2,793  ft.,  in  Babu- 
yanes, are  the  outlying  summits  of  the  Cordillera  del  Norte  on  the  N. 
The  summits  of  Marinduque,  Burias,  Masbate,  and  Ticao  are  the  out- 
cropping of  the  hidden  connecting  ranges  between  the  j^eninsula  of 
Luzon  and  the  systems  of  the  Visayan  group,  continued  in  the  lofty 
Cordilleras  of  Mindanao,  to  the  SE.,  and  with  less  elevation  in  the  hills 
of  Basilan  and  the  larger  islands  of  the  Sulu  Archipelago,  to  the  SW. 
From  Mindoro  through  the  Calamianes  and  the  long,  narrow  mainland 
of  Palawan  another  series  terminates  in  the  Sierra  Empinada,  with  its 

)eak  of  Balabac  in  the  extreme  SW.  of  the  possessions  of  the  United 

states. 


GAZETTEEE    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


Nearby  colonial  possessions  of  other  nations. 


[Comparative  view  of  territories  and  populations  possessed  by  the  Western  nations  in  the  regions  of 
the  globe  surrounding  the  Philippine  Islands.] 

Area. 

Popula- 
tion. 

United  States: 

Philippine  Islands 

Sfj.  in. 
127,853 

6,975,073 

112,002 

6,082,310 

Straits  Settlements 

1,472 

26, 500 

81,000 

30 

512, 342 

Protected  native  states 

418, 527 

4, 930, 000 

Hongkong,  China  " 

22i;441 

Fkance  (Indo-Chlna) 

243,240 

16  600  000 

Tonkin .              

50, 190 
125, 480 
67,570 

7, 500, 000 

Anam  and  Lou 

5  400  000 

3, 700, 000 

Poetugal: 

Macao 

30 

78,000 

Germany                                                                                                    . .  . 

10, 318 

148, 200 

180 
158 
370 
190 
420 
9,000 

13, 000 

Marshall  Islands 

Caroline  Islands 

33,000 
3,000 

10, 200 

89  000 

Solomon  Islands 

Netherlands  (East  Indies). 


Java  and  Madura. 
Sumatra 


Celebes 

Moluccas 

Lesser  Sunda  Islands 


628,000       33,892,000 


50,500 
184,000 
212, 700 
71, 400 
43,800 
05,600 


25, 700, 000 
3,4.50,000 
1,180,000 
1, 998, 000 
400,000 
1,164,000 


'  Hongkong  includes  210, 955  Chinese. 


I'  Seat  of  sphere  of  influence. 


PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 


MOUNTAINS. 


In  general  the  physical  structure  of  the  Philippine  Archipelago  as 
X)  mountains  belongs  to  the  succession  of  lofty  ranges  of  volcanic 
origin  which  form  the  circuit  and  watersheds  of  the  Pacific  basin  of 
::he  earth's  surface.  While  the  larger  islands  have  defined  systems  of 
>heir  own,  by  means  of  submarine  ranges  these  are  brought  into  har- 
nony  with  the  general  mass  of  the  archipelago.  Mount  Irada,  3,667  ft. 
n  height,  in  Batan  of  the  Batanes,  and  Camiguin,  2,793  ft.,  in  Babu- 
yanes, are  the  outlying  summits  of  the  Cordillera  del  Norte  on  the  N. 
Che  summits  of  Marinduque,  Burias,  Masbate,  and  Ticao  are  the  out- 
•ropping  of  the  hidden  connecting  ranges  between  the  peninsula  of 
^uzon  and  the  systems  of  the  Visayan  group,  continued  in  the  lofty 
Jordilleras  of  Mindanao,  to  the  SE.,  and  with  less  elevation  in  the  hills 
)f  Basilan  and  the  larger  islands  of  the  Sulu  Archipelago,  to  the  SW. 
:^rom  Mindoro  through  the  Calamianes  and  the  long,  narrow  mainland 
,)f  Palawan  another  series  terminates  in  the  Sierra  Empinada,  with  its 
)eak  of  Balabac  in  the  extreme  SW.  of  the  possessions  of  the  United 
kates. 


8  GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

The  mountain  system  of  Luzon  consists  of  3  large  ranges,  the  nucleus 
of  which  is  the  Caraballo  Sur,  its  highest  peaks  being  Mount  Pagsan, 
7,330  ft,,  at  the  intersection  of  the  boundaries  of  Cagayan,  Abra,  and 
llocos  Norte,  and  Santo  Tomas,  7,418  ft,  in  Union.  These  ranges  are 
the  Caraballos  Occidentales,  which  runs  N.  and  S.,  dividing  into  the 
Cordillera  Central  and  Cordillera  Norte,  and  traversing  the  provinces 
of  northern  Luzon  W.  of  the  Cagayan  Grande  River.  The  Sierra 
Madre,  or  Pacitic  coast  range,  begins  at  the  Caraballos  de  Baler,  NE. 
of  the  Caraballos  Sur,  and  continues  in  a  NE.  trend,  forming  a  chain 
from  the  Caraballos  de  Baler  to  Cape  Engano,  the  extreme  NE.  point 
of  Luzon,  crossing  Isabela,  Principe,  and  Cagayan  provinces.  This  is 
the  longest  continuous  range  in  the  archipelago.  The  Mamparau 
branch  trends  toward  the  N.  into  Nueva  Vizcaya. 

The  ranges  of  the  E.  and  SE.  provinces,  of  less  elevation,  extend 
from  Caraballos  de  Baler  to  the  Strait  of  San  Bernardino  through  the 
provinces  of  Laguna  and  Tayabas,  thence  forming  the  central  ridge  of ' 
the  entire  peninsula  to  the  SE.  through  Ambos  Camarines,  Albay,  and 
Sorsogon,  culminating  in  the  towering  volcanoes  of  Mayon  or  Albay, 


74  ft.  high,  and  Bulusan,  5,100  ft.  high,  on  the  strait  named.  This 
range  has  a  number  of  celebrated  peaks  fully  described  elsewhere. 

The  Zambales  range,  starting  at  Cape  Bolinao,  the  extreme  NW. 
point  of  Luzon,  follows  closely  the  China  Sea  coast  to  the  end  of  the 
peninsula  of  Bataan,  fronting  Corregidor  on  Manila  Bay.  Pinalobo, 
one  of  its  peaks,  reaches  a  height  of  6,137  ft. 

The  Tagay tay  range  traverses  the  Cavite  and  Batangas  boundary, 
and  forms,  with  the  Maquiling,  one  of  the  systems  in  southern  Luzon, 
Maquiling  Summit  being  4,783  ft.  high.  The  volcano  of  Taal,  in 
Bombon  Lake,  is  part  of  the  Tagaytay  system. 

The  mountain  system  of  Mindoro  takes  its  origin  in  Mount  Halcon 
in  the  N.,  8,865  ft.  high,  and  sends  out  3  ranges,  the  NW.  terminating 
in  Calavite  Summit,  the  landmark  of  navigators  passing  between 
Mindoro  Strait  and  Manila  Bay;  the  E.  from  Lake  Naujan,  pa4;alleling 
the  Pacitic  coast  the  entire  distance  S. ;  the  W.  following  the  Mindoro 
Strait  or  W.  coast  to  Buruncan  Point,  in  the  extreme  S. 

The  island  of  Negros  is  traversed  by  a  high  range  from  NW.  to  SE. , 
dividing  it  into  two  parts  so  completely  that  each  forms  a  province. 
The  volcano  of  Canlaon,  or  Malaspina,  4,000  ft.  high,  is  a  conspicuous 
feature. 

The  island  of  Panay  has  a  single  range  from  N.  to  S.  along  its  entire 
course,  separating  the  province  of  Antique  from  Ctipiz  and  Iloilo,  and 
reaching  an  altitude  of  7,267  ft.  About  midway  it  sends  a  spur  to  the 
E.,  which  forms  the  boundary  between  Capiz  and  Iloilo.  There  are 
many  notable  peaks. 

The  island  of  Leyte  is  without  mountains  of  importance. 

The  system  of  Mindanao  forms  4  distinct  ranges,  the  E.  in  Surigao 
following  the  trend  of  the  Pacific  coast;  the  central-eastern  from 
Butuan,  on  the  N.  coast,  extending  S.  and  forming  the  watershed  of 
the  great  rivers  Agusan  on  the  E.  and  Pulangui  on  the  W. ,  and  also 
the  boundary  between  Surigao  and  Misamis  and  Lanao;  the  central- 
western  range,  leaving  the  latter  at  the  great  volcano  Apo,  10,312  ft. 
high,  follows  the  N.  boundary  of  Cotabato  from  SE.  to  NW.  until  it 
intersects  the  W.  range,  which  begins  at  Balato  Point,  the  W.  head  of 
Iligau  Bay,  and  takes  a  course  SW.,  with  Malindang,  8,697  ft.,  its 


X 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  ^ 

highest  point,  and  thence  the  entire  length^^f  Zamboanga  Peninsula, 
ending  on  the  shore  of  Basihin  Strait  to  rise  again  in  the  larger  islands 
of  Sulu. 

VOLCANOES. 

The  distribution  of  the  igneous  rocks  of  the  Philippine  Islands  indi- 
cates the  prevalence  of  a  number  of  volcanic  belts.  When  compared 
with  those  zones  of  subterranean  activity  which  constitute  such  a 
dominant  feature  of  the  Malaysian  groups,  it  becomes  almost  conclu- 
sive that  the  volcanic  structure  of  the  Philippine  Islands  must  bear 
an  important  rehition  to  that  of  the  entire  region. 

There  are  50  volcanoes  in  the  Philippine  Islands,  20  of  these  being 
more  or  less  active  and  30  extinct  or  dormant,  as  follows: 

Active  and  solfataric  volcanoes. 


Name. 

Province. 

Approximate- 

Height 
in  feet. 

Rock.- 

Latitude. 

tude"E!of 
Green- 
wich. 

Date  of  eruption. 

'  BabnyAn  Claro... 
I  Camiguin  de  Ba- 
buyanes. 
Didifd  

19    30 

18  55 

19  2 
18    13 
14      2 

14      2 
13    16 

12    47 
11    32 

10    55 

10    54 
10    30 
10    30 
10    25 
9    15 
9    12 

7     36 

7      3 
5    25 

i6      5 

121    56 

121  52 

122  9 

122  4 

120  57 

121  27 

123  39 

124  1 

124     28 

124    53 

124    53 
119    48 
119    48 
123      6 

123  9 

124  42 

124  26 

125  17 
125    19 

il20    58 

do 

Solfataric 

do 

700 
3,920 
1,050 

7,382 
8,970 

1856  to  1860. 

Cii-niaorCaua... 
laal 

Biiniijao  or  Ma- 
j:iyjay. 
,  MayonorAlbay.. 

Cagayftn 

Solfataric  in  1860 

Andesite  *> . . 

Andesite  =  .. 
Andesite  b.. 

1709,1715,1716,1731, 

Laguna 

1749,    1764,   1808, 
1873. 
1730 

Albay  

1616,1766,1800,1814, 
1827,    1836,   1845, 
1846,    1861,   1853, 
1855,    1858,    1868, 
1871,    1872,   1873, 
1881,    1885,    1886, 
1887,    1888,    1890, 
1891,    1892,   1893, 
1895,    1896,   1897, 
1900. 

Guir6n    (Biliran 
Island). 

Leyte 

Andesite  *  . . 
Andesite  '.. 
Andesite  e  .. 

do..... 

do 

Do. 

langojan. 
Dandn  

Do 

Alivancia 

Talasiquin 

Palawan 

Do 

do 

Do. 

Negros  Oriental  . . 
do 

8,192 

Andesite?  f. 
Andesite?  f. 
Andesite  g  .. 

Magasii 

Solfataric 

Camiguin    de 

Mindanao. 
Macaturin,  or 

Polloc,   or  Su- 

jut,  or  Illana. 

Apo  or  Ddvao 

Sanguil   or  San- 

gir    (Balut    Is- 

Suiif...'.^; 

1,950 

1871, 18^6. 

Cotabato 

1765  1856  1865,1871. 

10, 311 
3,117 

Andesite  i  .. 

.      do 

1641 

Sulu 

Basalt?  f.... 

1641 

» The  queries  in 
it,  hut  not  on  it. 
•  Uebbeke. 
'■  V.  Drasche. 

J- 

licate  that  the  comr 

dAbella. 
'Roth. 

osition  of 

the  volcar 

'Bee 
8Rer 

10  is  infen 

ker. 
lard. 

ed  from  speci] 

hvc 

iUn 

mens  collected  near 

lain, 
certain. 

10  GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

Extbict  or  dormant  volcanoes. 


Province. 

Approximate- 

Height 
in  feet. 

Name. 

Latitude. 

Longi- 
tude. 

Rock. 

o       r 
16    57 
15    13 
15      9 
14    43 
14    31 
14    23 
14    13 
14    20 
14      8 
14      3 
13    58 

13    49 
13    48 

13  39 

14  1 

13    58 
13    41 

13    26 
13    26 
13    18 
13      5 
9    28 
7      6 
6    59 
6    19 
6    11 
6      8 
5    42 
5    24 

o         / 

120    55 
120    42 
120    19 
120    21 
120    26 
120    32 

120  36 

121  13 
121    10 
121    24 
121    11 

121    10 

120  16 

121  16 

122  46 

122  59 

123  21 

123    26 
123    34 
123    35 

123  54 
125    33 

124  18 
118    30 

125  6 
125    10 
125      2 
125    18 
125    20 

7,364 
2,880 
6,050 
4,376 
4, 678 
640 
2,270 
1,519 
3,724 
5,288 

Ariiyat 

i'ampaiiga 

Andesite."- 

Pinatubo 

do            

Batadn 

Nagouliat  or  Mariveles. 

do 

do     

Andesite,  dacite. '^ 

Pifn  dn  I.firn 

Cavite 

Andesite  ? " 

Rizal 

Laguna 

Basalt.-' 

Cristobal 

do 

Basalt?  ■> 

MalarAyat  and  Soson- 
cambing. 

Andesite"'' 

do    

Andesite?'' 

2,500 
3,451 
5,092 

Labo 

Ambos  Camarines 
(Norte). 

Andesite.'' 

Ambos  Camarines 
(Sur). 

6,450 
3,976 

Andesite.  ■! 

Basalt,  d 

do 

4,442 

Basalt.* 

Mainit  or  Sapongan 

1,115 

Cagaydn  de  Sulu 

BaMbac 

Matutum 

do 

Malibat6 

do 

Butulan  or  Sarangani . . 

do 

do 

3,117 

MINERAL  SPRINGS. 

The  islands  abound  in  minero-medicinal  waters,  of  temperatures  from 
cold  to  thermal  of  all  degrees  to  boiling-.  Of  these  50  have  been 
analyzed  in  Abra,  Albay,  Ambos  Camarines,  Bataan,  Batangas,  Ben- 
guet,  Bulacan,  Ilocos  Sur,  Laguna,  Lepanto,  Nueva  Ecija,  Pangasinan, 
Rizal,  Tarlac,  and Taj^abas,  in  Luzon;  Cebu  in  Visaj^as,  and  Cotabato  in 
Mindanao.  Besides  these  117  are  well  known,  but  not  analyzed,  in 
all  parts  of  Luzon,  Mindoro,  Marinduque,  Siimar,  Calamianes,  Panay, 
Leyte,  Cebii,  Negros,  Bohol,  Panglao,  Siquijor,  and  Mindanao.  The 
medicinal  properties  and  curative  effects  of  these  waters  are  well  known 
and  patronized  among  the  natives,  their  properties  being: 

Sulphur,  at  Aparri,  Caga3"an,  Luzon,  and  many  other  localities, 
rivaling,  according  to  analyses,  the  celebrated  springs  of  Arkansas 
and  Virginia  in  the  United  States,  Eaux-Bonnes  and  Aix-la-Chapelle 
in  Prussia,  and  Harrowgate  in  England. 

Saline,  at  Mariveles,  in  Bataan,  opposite  Manila,  and  other  points, 
containing  salts  of  lime,  magnesia,  soda,  iron,  iodine,  and  bromine, 
equaling  Saratoga,  United  States;  St.  Catherine,  Canada;  Kissingen 
in  Bavaria,  and  Wiesbaden  in  Hesse-Nassau,  Prussia. 

Alkaline,  the  celebrated  springs  at  Tivi  in  Albay,  Pasig  in  Rizal, 
near  Manila,  and  in  many  of  the  islands,  containing  salts  of  soda, 
potash,  lime,  magnesia,  lithia,  and  other  properties  equaling  Vichy  in 
France  and  Heilbrunn,  Germany. 

Purgative,  at  Daet,  Ambos  Camarines  and  Los  Banos,  Laguna,  35. 
miles  by  lake  from  Manila,  the  most  famous  of  all  and  the  resort  of 


--    1 

f  "^n" 

-.-^\l^ 

'"^^ 

^■^#1 

A  MAP              ^^ 

PHYSICAL  GEOGRAPHY        ^ 

PHILIPPINE  ISLANDS    f 

1                   T»IN  AND  DRAINAGE                    i     1 
SYSTEMS.                                     1 

-M-*i. 


-r-i 


-^ 


'it i  _ 


I.on^luilF.dflXl 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  11 

thousands;  the  waters  being  strongly  impregnated  with,  sulpnate  of 
sod;i,  magnesium,  and  sulphates,  as  at  Seidlitz  and  Carlsbad,  Bohemia. 
Chalybeate,  containing  salts  of  iron  and  of  arsenic,  as  the  famous 
Sj);!  of  Belgium,  and  rivaled  by  the  springs  of  Lemery,  in  Batangas, 
Luzon,  and  the  waters  of  several  of  those  of  Los  Banos  in  Laguna. 

RIVERS. 

The  large  islands  of  the  archipelago  have  extensive  fluvial  systems, 
determined  by  the  great  mountain  ranges.  That  of  Luzon  is  repre- 
sented by  4:  streams  and  their  drainage  basins. 

The  Grande  de  Cagayan  flows  105  m.  N.  in  a  direct  line,  its 
valley  fronting  70  m.  on  the  China  Sea  on  the  N.  With  its  great 
tributaries  the  Magat,  Bangag,  and  Sift'u,  and  a  network  of  smaller 
aflluents  reaching  out  E.  and  W.  97  m.,  it  drains  the  enormous  area 
of  16,000  sq.  m.  from  the  provinces  of  Principe  and  Nueva  Vizcaya, 
lat.  16°  to  lat.  IS'^  30'  N.,  or  the  entire  NE.  half  of  the  great  island. 

The  Agno  Grande  drains  the  narrow,  intermountain  areas  of  Ben- 
guet  and  the  central  valleys  of  Nueva  Ecija,  Pangasinan,  and  Tarlac, 
falling  into  the  Lingayen  Gulf. 

The  Abra,  receiving  its  tributaries  from  the  Cordilleras  of  Lepanto, 
Bontoc,  and  Abra,  enters  the  China  Sea  across  the  narrow  intervening 
strip  of  Ilocos  Sur, 

The  Grande  de  la  Pampanga,  with  the  Chico  de  la  Pampanga  and 

number  of  smaller  tributaries,  carries  the  abundant  rainfall  of  the 
Caraballo  Sur  across  the  broad,  fertile,  and  populous  valleys  of  Nueva 
Ecija,  Pampanga,  and  Bulacan,  and  has  its  outlet  in  Manila  Bay  by 
moans  of  an  extensive  network  of  delta  channels  and  a  score  of  mouths. 

Among  the  minor  drainage  basins  of  Luzon  may  be  mentioned  the 
Cauit,  of  Ilocos,  Norte;  the  Pasig,  of  Rizal;  the  Bicolof  Ambos  Cama- 
rines;  and  the  Imus,  in  Cavite. 

The  lakes — Laguna  de  Bay,  draining  3  provinces,  having  its  sea  out- 
let through  the  Pasig,  and  Bombon  or  Taal,  with  its  drainage  through 
the  Pansipit — form  a  distinct  system  between  the  Pacific  Ocean  and 
Manila  Bay. 

Mindoro  has  60  rivers  known  and  the  important  Lake  Naujan,  all 
rising  in  the  central  range  and  falling  into  the  sea,  but  forming  no 
distinctive  systems. 

Samar  has  26  principal  rivers,  all  rising  in  the  central  summits  and 
after  receiving  innumerable  small  tributaries  entering  the  sea  by  the 
nearest  fall  of  the  land,  the  most  important  being  the  Laguan  in  the  N,, 
Oras,  Matinao,  Gabasan,  and  Suribao  on  the  E.,  and  Calbiga  and  Bac- 
hao  Bangahon,  the  largest  in  length  and  volume,  on  the  W. 

Panay,  the  river  taking  the  name  of  that  island,  is  one  of  the  finest 
in  the  archipelago,  comparing  in  volume  with  the  Grande  de  Cagayan 
and  Grande  de  Mindanao.  It  drains  the  basin  in  the  N.  through  5  large 
tributary  currents.  From  Paintan  6  m.  by  land  and  twice  that  dis- 
tance by  river,  from  its  mouth  it  is  upward  of  340  ft.  wide.  The 
Jalaur,  another  fine  river,  drains  Iloilo.  The  Aclan,  Ibajay,  Sibalon, 
and  numerous  streams  of  less  dimensions  enter  the  sea  through  their 
own  mouths. 

Negros  forms  2  distinct  sheds,  one  to  the  E.  and  the  other  to  the  W., 
defined  by  the  dividing  range. 

The  Danao,  extending  but  10  m.  in  direct  line  from  the  coast  to  its 
Source,  is  666  ft.  (200  meters)  wide  and  15  ft.  deep. 


GAZETTEEK    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  11 

thousands;  the  waters  being  strongly  impregnated  with,  sulpliate  of 
soda,  magnesium,  and  sulphates,  as  at  Seidlitz  and  Carlsbad,  Bohemia. 
Chalybeate,  containing  salts  of  iron  and  of  arsenic,  as  the  famous 
Spa  of  Belgium,  and  rivaled  by  the  springs  of  Lemery,  in  Batangas, 
Luzon,  and  the  waters  of  several  of  those  of  Los  Baiios  in  Laguna. 

RIVERS. 

The  large  islands  of  the  archipelago  have  extensive  fluvial  systems, 
determined  by  the  great  mountain  ranges.  That  of  Luzon  is  repre- 
sented by  4  streams  and  their  drainage  basins. 

The  Grande  de  Cagayan  flows  165  m.  N.  in  a  direct  line,  its 
valley  fronting  70  m.  on  the  China  Sea  on  the  N.  With  its  great 
triljutaries  the  Magat,  Bangag,  and  Sitfu,  and  a  network  of  smaller 
aflluents  reaching  out  E.  and  W.  97  m.,  it  drains  the  enormous  area 
of  10,000  sq.  m.  from  the  provinces  of  Principe  and  Nueva  Vizca3'a, 
lat.  16'^  to  lat.  IS^  30'  N.,  or  the  entire  NE.  half  of  the  great  island. 

The  Agno  Grande  drains  the  narro\^  intermountain  areas  of  Ben- 
guet  and  the  central  valleys  of  Nueva  Ecija,  Pangasinan,  and  Tarlac, 
falling  into  the  Lingayen  Gulf. 

The  Abra,  receiving  its  tributaries  from  the  Cordilleras  of  Lepanto, 
Bontoc,  and  Abra,  enters  the  China  Sea  across  the  narrow  intervening 
strip  of  Iloeos  Sur. 

The  Grande  de  la  Pampanga,  with  the  Chico  de  la  Pampanga  and 
a  number  of  smaller  tributaries,  carries  the  abundant  rainfall  of  the 
Qaraballo  Sur  across  the  broad,  fertile,  and  populous  valleys  of  Nueva 
Ecija,  Pampanga,  and  Bulacan,  and  has  its  outlet  in  Manila  Bay  by 
means  of  an  extensive  network  of  delta  channels  and  a  score  of  mouths. 

Among  the  minor  drainage  basins  of  Luzon  may  be  mentioned  the 
Cauit,  of  Iloeos,  Norte;  the  Pasig,  of  Rizal;  the  Bicolof  Ambos  Cama- 
rines;  and  the  Imus,  in  Cavite. 

The  lakes — Laguna  de  Bay,  draining  3  provinces,  having  its  sea  out- 
let through  the  Pasig,  and  Bombon  or  Taal,  with  its  drainage  through 
the  Pansipit — form  a  distinct  system  between  the  Pacific  Ocean  and 
Manila  Bay. 
^  MiNDORO  has  00  rivers  known  and  the  important  Lake  Naujan,  all 
rising  in  the  central  range  and  falling  into  the  sea,  but  forming  no 
distinctive  systems. 

Samar  has  20  principal  rivers,  all  rising  in  the  central  summits  and 
after  receiving  innumerable  small  tributaries  entering  the  sea  hj  the 
nearest  fall  of  the  land,  the  most  important  being  the  Laguan  in  the  N., 
Oras,  Matinao,  Gabasan,  and  Suribao  on  the  E.,  and  Calbiga  and  Bac- 
hao  Bangahon,  the  largest  in  length  and  volume,  on  the  W. 

Panay,  the  river  taking  the  name  of  that  island,  is  one  of  the  finest 
in  the  archipelago,  comparing  in  volume  with  the  Grande  de  Cagayan 
and  Grande  de  Mindanao.  It  drains  the  basin  in  the  N.  through  5  large 
tributary  currents.  From  Paintan  0  m.  by  land  and  twice  that  dis- 
tance by  river,  from  its  mouth  it  is  upward  of  310  ft.  wide.  The 
Jalaur,  another  fine  river,  drains  Iloilo.  The  Aclan,  Ibajay,  Sibalon, 
and  numerous  streams  of  less  dimensions  enter  the  sea  through  their 
own  mouths. 

Negros  forms  2  distinct  sheds,  one  to  the  E.  and  the  other  to  the  W., 
defined  by  the  dividing  range. 

The  Danao,  extending  but  10  m.  in  direct  line  from  the  coast  to  its 
Spurce,  is  666  ft.  (200  meters)  wide  and  15  ft.  deep. 


12  GAZETTEEE   OF   THE   PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 

The  Lanao.  which  empties  W.  of  Arguelles,  on  the  N,  coast,  but 
9  m.  long-,  is  1,000  ft.  (300  meters)  wide  and  20  ft.  deep. 

The  most  important  stream  on  the  island,  the  fLOG,  is  the  onl}^  river 
which  penetrates  the  dividing  range.  Rising  in  E.  Negros,  it  receives 
the  Tablas  from  the  S.  and  the  Nitemay  and  its  tributary,  the 
Hilabang,  from  the  N.,  entering  the  sea  on  the  W.  coast. 

The  Lagasan,  another  important  stream,  empties  on  the  same  coast. 
None  of  the  many  rivers  of  Negros  Oriental  has  its  source  more  than 

13  m.  from  the  coast. 

Cebu  has  no  streams  of  importance  except  for  drainage. 

Leyte:  The  chief  rivers,  which  are  ver}^  numerous,  lie  on  the  N.  and 
E.  coasts,  the  Bao,  emptying  into  Ormoc  Bay,  being  the  only  one  of 
size  on  that  side.  Lake  Bito,  on  the  E. ,  forms  a  little  system  of  its 
own. 

Mindanao  has  not  only  the  loftiest  mountain  (Apo  Volcano,  10,312  ft.) 
but  the  greatest  river  of  the  United  States  Asiatic  possessions.  The 
stream  which  drains  the  central  basin  of  the  great  island  begins  its 
remarkable  course  as  the  Pulangui  and  after  a  distance  of  125  m,  in 
a  direct  line,  having  received  the  waters  of  2  large  lakes,  continues  to 
the  Illana  arm  of  the  Celebes  Sea,  a  farther  distance  of  -15  m.  as  the 
Rio  Grande  de  Mindanao.  Owing  to  the  great  bends  on  its  way  in 
length  it  is  a  trifle  larger  than  the  Grande  cle  Cagayan,  of  Luzon,  and 
exceeds  it  in  volume,  its  great  flow  of  water  finding  its  outlet  through 
5  mouths.  From  its  source  to  its  mouth  it  has  a  fall  of  5,000  ft. 
(1,500  meters),  that  part  above  Lake  Lagusan  in  places  being  a  tor 
rent.  To  the  lake  it  is  navigable  for  gunboats.  Its  great  tributaries' 
are  the  Sanaga,  Malapali,  Slararagao,  Malita,  Tigna,  Culaman,  and 
Cabacan. 

Agusan,  the  second  great  river  of  Mindanao  and  third  in  the  archi 
pelago  in  length  and  volume,  drains  the  basin  of  Surigao  between  its 
two  parallel  ranges  and  empties  on  the  N.,  its  main  tributaries  being 
the  important  rivers  Simulao,  Gibong,  Ihauan,  Huma3'an,  Arganan, 
and  Ujut. 

Among  the  other  rivers  of  Mindanao  rising  to  the  dignity  of  systems 
are  the  Tagoloan,  falling  into  Macajalar  Bay;  Misamis,  on  the  N. ;  and 
Cagayan,  emptying  at  the  town  of  that  name  on  the  same  ba3\ 

A  number  of  rivers  of  less  nnportance  traverse  every  part  of  the 
island  and  irrigate  its  fertile  soil. 

Mindanao  is  also  famous  for  its  lakes,  Lanao  being  the  center  of  a 
large  Moro  (Mahomedan)  population,  Liguasan,  Buluan,  Mainit,  Linao, 
and  Pauguil,  the  most  important. 

CLIMATE. 

The  climate  of  the  Philippine  Islands  is  temperate  in  the  month? 
of  November,  December,  January,  and  February,  the  monthlv  meai 
oscillating  between  25°  C.  and  26.5°  C.  It  is  excessively  hot  ir 
the  months  of  April,  Ma}^,  and  June,  when  the  monthly  mean  ranget; 
between  27. 5°  and  28. 5°  C. ,  and  is  intermediate  in  the  months  of  March 
July,  August,  September,  and  October,  in  which  months  the  mean  i; 
not  less  than  26.5°  C.  nor  greater  than  27.5°  C." 

*The  centigrade  scale  represents  the  space  between  32°,  the  freezing,  and  212°,  th 
boiling  point,  of  the  Fahrenheit  scale,  divided  into  100  equal  j^arts  or  degrees;  th 
freezing  point,  32°  F.,  is  therefore  0°  centigrade,  and  the  boiling  jaoint,  212°  F.,  is  100 
centigrade.  See  Table  of  Temperature  (Fahrenheit  compared  with  centigrade),  t 
xrv. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


13 


According  to  these  variations  of  temperature,  the  year  is  divided 
into  three  seasons:  (1)  Dr}"  and  temperate  (November,  December,  Jan- 
uarv,  and  February);  (2)  hot  (April,  May,  and  June),  and  (3)  interme- 
diate (March,  July,  August,  September,  and  October). 

The  following  figures  represent  the  mean  monthly  temperatures  in 
Manila  for  a  period  from  1883  to  1898: 


January  . 
February 

March 

April 

May 

June 


°C. 
25 

25.4 
26.9 
28.3 
28.5 
27.8 


°C. 

July 27.1 

August 27. 1 

September 26. 9 

October 26.9 

November 26. 1 

December 25.  2 


The  mean  annual  temperature  for  the  same  period: 


1883. 
1881. 
1885. 
1886. 

1887. 
1888. 
1889. 
1890. 


°C. 
26.6 
26.2 
26.7 
26.6 
26.6 
26.9 
27.4 
26.6 


1891. 
1892. 
1893. 
1894. 
1895. 
1896. 
1897. 
1898 . 


26.9 
26.6 
26.6 
26.7 
26.8 
27.4 
26.8 


The  annual  variation  of  temperature  is  not  uniform  in  all  the  archi- 
pelago, being  less  in  places  nearest  the  equator.  Thus  the  amplitude 
of  annual  oscillation  is  5.3°  in  Aparri,  3.5°  in  Manila,  2,9°  in  Albay, 
2°  in  La  Carlota  (island  of  Negros),  1.3°  in  Zamboanga,  and  only  0.7° 
in  Sulu  (Jolo).  It  can  be  stated,  however,  as  a  general  law,  that  the 
lowest  temperatures  in  all  the  archipelago  belong  to  January  or  Feb- 
ruary, and  the  highest  to  May  or  June. 

Atmospheric  pressure. — The  barometer  reaches  its  greatest  mean 
height  in  the  month  of  February.  It  descends  at  almost  the  rate  of 
1  mm.  a  month  from  February  to  March,  from  March  to  April,  and 
from  April  to  May.  It  continues  its  descent  from  May  to  July,  when 
the  lowest  average  of  the  whole  year  is  reached.  A  slight  rise  is  noted 
in  August,  after  which  it  again  descends  a  little  in  September, 
although  the  mean  height  for  this  month  is  somewhat  greater  than 
that  of  Jul}^  Finally,  the  monthly  average  increases  without  interrup- 
tion from  October  to  Februar3^  The  mean  annual  oscillation  of  the 
barometer,  or  the  difference  between  the  maximum  monthly  average 
of  February  and  the  minimum  of  July  is  4.02  mm.  The  annual  aver- 
age is  759.31  mm. 

Humidity. — The  same  humidity  is  usually  noted  in  April.  It 
increases  during  May  and  July,  diminishes  somewhat  in  August,  again 
increases  in  September,  when  the  maximum  is  reached,  and  then  begins 
to  diminish  gradually  and  without  interruption  from  October  until 
April. 

Rains.— The  maximum  of  days  of  rain  is  during  July,  August,  and 
September,  and  the  minimum  in  February  and  March.  From  the 
maximum  rainfall  observed  in  the  first-named  3  months  until  the  mini- 
mum in  the  last-named  2  months,  the  number  of  rainy  days  gradually 
diminishes;  and  the  number  of  rainy  days  increases  gradually  from 
the  minimum  in  February  to  the  maximum  in  July.  On  account  of 
this  distribution  of  rain,  2  seasons  are  recognized  in  the  Philippines, 
gamely:  The  dry  season,  which  lasts  from  November  to  May,  inclu- 
sive (7  months),  and  the  humid  or  rainy  season,  the  epoch  of  rain, 


14 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


which  continues  during  the  other  5  months,  from  June  to  October, 
both  inclusive.  This  division,  however,  can  only  be  applied  to  the 
interior,  and  principally  to  the  occidental  coasts  of  the  archipelago, 
but  not  to  the  oriental  regions.  In  the  E.  coasts  the  season  from 
November  to  May  is  distinguished  by  much  precipitation,  and  the 
season  from  June  to  October  is  far  from  being  as  wet  as  on  the  W. 
coasts. 

Winds. — The  prevailing  wind  is  from  the  SW.  from  May  until  Octo- 
ber, from  November  to  January  from  the  N.,  and  during  the  other 
3  months,  February,  March,  and  April,  from  the  E.  The  same  fre- 
quency of  the  N.  and  NW.  winds  occurs  in  February  and  October, 
and  that  of  the  S.  and  SW.  winds  in  the  months  of  November,  Decem- 
ber, and  January.  May  is  the  month  of  the  veering  of  the  winds  from 
E.  to  those  of  SW.,  and  October  is  the  month  wherein  the}'  change  from 
SW.  to  those  of  the  N.  Cj'clones  are  frequent  in  the  months  of  July, 
August,  Sejitember,  and  October.  Continuous  currents  of  wind  and 
showers  of  rain  from  the  third  quadrant,  known  as  "coUas,"  occur  in 
the  month.s  of  June  and  July. 

Clouds. — The  number  of  clouds  increase  progressively  from  the 
month  of  April  until  August,  the  cloudiest  month,  when  they  begin  to 
diminish  until  April,  March  being  the  clearest  month  of  the  whole  3'ear. 

The  weather  bureau  of  the  islands,  established  May  22,  1901,  has 
installed  at  the  following  points  observations,  which  are  regularly  for- 
warded to  military  authorities  and  inspectors  of  customs  daily: 


Baguio 

Dagupan.. 
San  Isidro 

C^piz 

Tacloban  . 

Ormoc 

Uoilo 

Cebu 


Tagbilaran. 

Surigao 

Butiian 


Zamboanga First 


First 

Rain  station . 

First 

.....do 

Second  

do 

do 

First 

do 

do 

Second 

do 

Third 

Second  


Longi- 
tude E.» 


121  33 
120  26 
120  35 
120  20 
120  53 

122  46 


125  0 

124  33 

122  35 

123  56 

124  60 
123  48 

125  29 
125  35 


Latitude 


18  28 

16  34 

16  28 

16  4 


9    47 
8    45 


Feet. 
19.6 
16.7 

4,783 
15.4 
91.8 


Meters. 

6 

5.1 
1,458 

4.7 


14.7 
13.2 
13.2 

24.5 

4.5 
4 
4 
7.5 

16.4 

5 

Date  of 
foundation. 


Sept.,190L 
Aug.,  1901. 
Aug.,  1900. 
June,  1901. 
Sept.,  1901. 
Do. 

Do. 

Aug.,  1901. 

Do. 
Oct.,  1901. 
July,  1901. 
Sept.    (non- 
official). 


'Approximate. 


'  Above  mean  sea  level. 


PHILIPPINE  SEAS. 

The  coast  line  of  the  Philippine  Islands  is  stated  at  11,441:  m.  The 
interisland  waters  within  this  line  are  comparatively  shallow,  rarely 
exceeding  500  fms. ,  and  averaging  about  75  f  ms.  In  the  Bachi  channel 
the  N.  boundary  waters  of  the  archipelago  and  the  main  thoroughfare 
of  commerce  between  the  Pacific  Ocean  and  China  Sea,  the  deepest 
soundings  noted  off  Y'Ami  (Batanes  group),  the  E.  landmark  of 
entrance,  is  100  fms.  Balingtang,  the  parallel  channel  to  the  S.  between 
the  Batanes  and  Babuyanes  groups,  is  equalh^  shallow,  the  greatest  depth 
on  general  charts  being  150  fms.,  indicating  a  submarine  plateau  con- 
necting the  Philippines  with  the  archipelago  of  Japan,  through  For- 
mosa and  the  Liu  Kiu  and  Linschoten  chains.  The  waters  off'  the  N. 
shore  of  Luzon  range  in  depths  from  41  to  100  fms.  or  less.  From 
Dingala  Bay,  Pacific  coa.st  of  Luzon,  on  the  parallels  of  15^  to  15°  20** 


GAZETTEEK    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  15 

NK..  a  line  of  soundings  (meridian  121°  20'  E.)  begins  at  103  fms.  10 
m.  otf  the  coast,  deepening  to  3,260  fms.  (19,560  ft.)  at  Ion.  127°  30' 
E.  On  the  S.  the  hydrographic  conditions  of  the  N.  are  substantially 
repeated  in  the  Celebes  and  Sulus  seas.  The  former,  howeyer,  shows 
great  depth,  1,853  to  2,760  fms.  in  the  center,  shallowing  to  l4o  fms. 
toward  the  Celebes  chain  on  the  E.,  which  connects  that  group  with 
'  Mindanao  (Dayao),  and  shallower  toward  the  Sulu  Archipelago  on  the 
W.  These  patches  of  land  form  a  continuous  chain  between  NE. 
i  Borneo  and  Zamljoanga  (SW.  Mindanao).  The  Celebes  and  Sulu 
!  waters  mingle  through  the  straits  of  Basilan,  Sibutu,  Alice,  and  a 
score  less  spacious  and  rarely  exceeding  60  falling  to  6  fms.  depth. 
The  Su4u  Sea  between  the  Sulu  Archipelago  on  the  E.  and  Balabac, 
Palawan,  Calamian,  and  Busuanga,  the  yisible  landmarks  in  the  hidden 
range  on  the  W. ,  between  NW.  Borneo  and  Mindoro,  is  a  shallow 
body  of  water  ayeraging  from  50  to  250  fms.  The  Mindoro  (Apo) 
:  and  Balabac  straits,  besides  several  small  intermediate  channels  through 
I  which  pass  the  interchanging  waters  of  this  and  the  China  seas,  rarely 
I  reach  50  fms.,  except  in  the  Mindoro  Strait,  where  1,000  fms.  "depths 
occur  in  isolated  patches.  These  submarine  chains  and  numerous 
'uplifting  islands,  separated  by  shallow  waters,  establish  the  geograph- 
ical relations  of  the  Philippine  Islands  with  the  great  archipelago 
(Eastern)  of  Asia  rather  than  with  Oceania.  The  China  Sea,  which 
extends  along  the  entire  western  coast  of  the  archipelago  for  a  distance 
of  50  m.  offshore,  seldom  exceeds  50  to  300  fms. ,  except  at  the  entrances 
;to  Mindoro  Straits,  2,210  to  2,865  fms.,  Verde  Passage  1,339  to  1,370 
I  fms. ,  and  Lingayen  Gulf  1,123  to  1,707  fms.  The  Visayan  Sea,  taking 
lin  all  the  waters  surrounding  the  many  islands,  large  and  small,  under 
that  group,  ranges  in  depth  from  20  to  360  fms.,  with  numerous  shoals 
and  rocks  submerged  and  awash.  The  Mindoro  Sea,  the  N.  w^aters  of 
the  Sulu,  ranges  from  100  to  500  fms.  except  among  the  Cuyos  Islands, 
i  where  it  shallows  below  48  fms. 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

;  There  are  numerous  gulfs,  bays,  coves,  ports,  and  harbors  affording 
I  commercial  and  coastwise  advantages  unsurpassed  in  the  Far  East. 
Among  the  larger  gulfs  and  bays  may  be  mentioned  the  following  in 
their  order  of  importance: 

Manila,  the  principal  bay  of  the  archipelago,  and  one  of  the  finest  in 
the  E.,  occupies  a  strategic  position,  in  peace  or  war,  about  the  center 
of  the  Western  or  China  Sea,  coast  of  Luzon.  It  is  beautiful,  expan- 
sive, and  clear  of  obstructions,  with  excellent  anchorage.  The  capital 
*of  the  United  States  possessions  in  the  Far  East  is  situated  on  its  shore, 
^as  also  Cavite,  United  States  naval  headquarters  in  the  Philippines.  It 
■is  surrou nded  by  5  provinces,  (See  Manila  Bay,  municipalityof  Manila. ) 
!  SuBic  lies  immediately  N.  of  Manila  Bay.  It  is  6  m.  between  heads 
and  8  m.  inland,  forming  2  safe  harbors,  with  7  to  10  fms.,  and  shel- 
tered from  all  winds. 

Lingayen,  a  gulf  N.  of  Subic  Bay,  on  the  same  coast,  with  an 
entrance  20  m.  wide,  extending  inland  31  m.,  and  having  a  depth  and 
shelter  for  the  fleets  of  the  world.  It  washes  the  shores  of  3  provinces, 
and  its  chief  landmark,  Mount  Sto.  Tomas,  to  the  E.,  is  7,418  ft.  high. 

Lam6n,  on  the  N.  coast  of  Tayabas,  S.  Luzon,  45  m.  wide  at  the 
'qjjouth,  and  35  m,  inland,  with  a  good  depth  of  10  to  75  fms.  well 


16  GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

sheltered  l)v  Polillo  and  other  islands  of  some  size,  capable  of  accom- 
modating a  large  fleet. 

Tayabas,  on  the  opposite  shore,  50  m.  between  heads  and  18  m. 
inland,  reduces  the  peninsula  of  Luzon  to  a  narrow  neck  of  but  5  m. 
from  ba}^  to  bay. 

Ragay,  another  large  indentation  of  the  S.  coast,  forms  between  the 
peninsula  of  Tayabas  and  Ambos  Camarines,  being  26  m.  between 
heads  and  extending  52  m.  inland. 

Balayan,  and  Batangas,  separated  from  it  by  a  narrow  peninsula 
on  the  8.  coast  of  Batangas,  Luzon,  also  afford  spacious  facilities  for 
vessels  of  all  sizes.     On  the  same  coast, 

Sorsog6n,  in  the  province  of  the  same  name,  extends  19  m.  inland  to 
Sorsogon,  the  capital.  On  the  opposite  or  Pacific  shore  is  the  expan- 
sive bay  of, 

Lagonoy,  which  is  26  m.  between  heads  and  lies  along  the  coast  of 
Ambos  Camarines  and  Albay. 

Albay  is  also  an  important  bay  in  the  province  of  the  same  name 
immediateh''  S.  of  Lagono^^ 

AsiD  forms  a  deep  bight  on  the  S.  coast  of  Masbate,  20  m.  between 
heads  and  23  m.  inland. 

Carigara,  on  the  N.  coast  of  Leyte,  is  connected  by  means  of  the 
Janabatas  channel  on  the  strait  of  San  Juanico,  between  Leyte  and 
Samar,  with  the  Pacific,  Bay  of  San  Pedro,  and  San  Pablo. 

S6god  is  an  important  bay  on  the  S.  coast  of  Leyte,  11  m.  between 
heads  and  20  m.  inland. 

Sindangan,  Iligan,  Macajalar,  and  Butuan  on  the  N. ,  and  Davao, 
Sarangani,  Illana,  and  Sibuguey  on  the  S.  coasts  of  Mindanao,  are 
among  the  finest  of  the  land-locked  coast  waters  of  the  archipelago. 

In  addition  to  these  bays  are  numerous  well-sheltered  straits  afford- 
ing secure  anchorages  against  winds  which  frequently  blow  with 
violence  across  these  islands.  Among  these  may  be  particularl}"  men- 
tioned that  of  San  Bernardino,  between  Luzon  and  Samar;  the 
Verde  Passage,  between  Batangas  and  Mindoro;  Daram,  between 
Samar  and  Biliran  and  Leyte;  Iloilo,  passing  that  important  city; 
Tan6n,  between  Cebii  and  Negros;  Balabac,  lietween  that  island  and 
Borneo;  Surigao,  between  Leyte  and  Surigao,  Mindanao,  and  Basilan, 
between  the  island  of  that  name  and  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

A  number  of  fine  bays  and  harbors  of  small  dimensions  form  among 
the  numerous  islands  adjacent  to  the  mainland,  and  particularly  in  the 
Sulu  Archipelago.  These  and  a  large  number  of  smaller  bays  and^^ 
harbors  afford  shelter  and  commercial  facilities  along  the  coasts  of  thej 
Pacific,  the  Celebes,  Sulu,  China,  Mindanao,  Visayan,  and  Mindoro ' 
seas. 

A  number  of  surveys  and  reconnoissances  have  been  made  and  arCf 
being  continued  of  bays  and  harbors.  Tidal  observations  are  being 
recorded,  geographic  positions  located,  and  magnetic  variations  deter- 
mined, under  the  Manila  suboffice  of  the  United  States  Coast  and 
Geodetic  Survey. 

ROADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 

The  wavs  of  communication  between  the  provinces,  towns,  and  vil- 
lages on  the  different  islands  of  the  archipelago  are  by  cart  road,  horse 
trail,  or  footpath.  On  the  island  of  Luzon,  Manila  is  the  center  of  a 
system  of  intercourse  b\'  highways  constructed  with  an  idea  to  con- 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  17 

tinuous  lines  of  trade  and  transportation.  While  these  lines  are  given 
in  some  detail  in  the  descriptions  of  tne  provinces,  among  the  great  lines 
of  intercourse  by  land  may  be  mentioned  the  main  highway  which 
leaves  Manila,  and,  passing  through  Bulacan  and  Bacolor,  divides  a 
short  distance  be3"ond  the  latter  point,  one  line  following  the  course 
of  the  Grand  Pampanga  River  toward  the  NE.  after  entering  Nueva 
Vizcaya,  crossing  to  the  headwaters  of  the  Grand  Cagayan  River,  the 
'course  of  which  stream  it  follows  to  the  N.  to  Aparri  on  the  N.  coast 
of  Luzon.  At  the  point  N.  of  Bacolor  another  main  line  extends  in  a 
NW.  direction  to  Lingayen,  from  whence  another  main  highway  par- 
itllels  the  entire  N.  stretch  of  Chinese  seacoast  to  Cape  Bojeador,  the 
^xtreme  NW.  corner  of  the  island,  thence  by  horse  path  following 
ihe  N.  coast  to  Aparri.  From  these  trunk  lines  extend  branch  roads, 
j^orse  trails,  and  footpaths  to  the  towns  in  the  interior  or  into  the 
adjacent  provinces. 

Another  main  line  leaving  Manila  to  the  S.  parallels  the  coast  of 
Laguna  de  Bay,  making  almost  the  entire  circuit  of  that  inland  body 
of  water. 

At  Binang  a  highway  leaves  the  main  line  and  extends  to  the  SW.  of 
the  Balayan  Bay  on  the  S.  coast.  At  Calamba  another  road  branches 
oti  and  connects  Laguna  de  Bay  with  Batangas,  on  the  bay  of  that 
name,  on  the  S.  .shore.  At  Santa  Cruz  another  branch  road  extends 
into  Tayabas,  and  continues  as  a  highway,  horse  path,  or  trail  the 
entire  length  of  the  peninsula  of  SE.  Luzon,  terminating  at  Sorsogon 
in  the  extreme  SE.  From  this  central  line  roads,  paths,  or  trails  branch 
in  every  direction  to  the  towns  on  the  different  bays,  ports,  and  har- 
bors on  the  Pacific  and  Visa3^an  seasides. 

Manila  is  connected  with  Dagupan  by  railroad,  the  only  one  in  the 
island.  From  this  point  an  extension  is  projected,  paralleling  the 
China  seacoast  to  Laoag,  the  capital  of  Ilocos  Norte,  the  extreme  NW. 
province  of  Luzon,  and  another  from  Dagupan  to  Baguio  in  Benguet. 
Another  line  is  plotted  from  Manila  along  the  Pasig  River  and  Laguna 
de  Bay  to  Santa  Cruz  in  Laguna.  At  Calamba  a  branch  is  proposed 
to  connect  with  Batangas  on  that  bay  on  the  S.  side.  A  steam  tram- 
way extends  from  Manila  to  Malabon.  In  Cebu  two  private  lines 
connect  certain  mines.  All  these  franchises  are  held  under  Spanish 
grants. 

An  expert  estimate  gives  1,000  m.  of  railroads  as  sufficient  to  meet 
!all  requirements  of  the  islands  for  some  years,  at  a  cost  of  $35,000,000. 
This  project  includes  a  trunk  line  600  m.  through  the  Rio  Grande  de 
Caga3'an  Valley  and  the  entire  length  of  Luzon;  an  extension  of  the 
existing  Manila  and  Dagupan  Railroad  to  the  N.,  along  the  China  sea- 
coast provinces  of  Union,  Ilocos  Sur,  and  Norte,  200  m.,  to  Laoag,  the 
capital  of  the  latter;  a  cross-island  (E.  and  W.)  line  with  Manila  as  its 
starting  point  about  100  m. ;  an  extension  of  the  Manila  and  Dagupan 
Railroad  to  Baguio  Benguet,  the  proposed  sanitarium,  55  m.,  and 
jshort  feeders  to  the  main  line  as  the  productive  development  of  the 
country  will  warrant. 

All  the  provinces  of  Luzon  are  well  supplied  with  roads  where  pro- 
duction and  trade  has  warranted  their  construction.  The  circuit  of 
the  entire  seacoast  of  Negros  is  paralleled  b}'^  a  fine  highway  broken 
jat  short  intervals  by  horse  paths.  The  opposite  coasts  at  several 
pomts  are  also  connected  by  horse  paths.  The  coast  line  of  Cebu  is 
also  followed  by  highways  and  footpaths. 

"*  S.  Doc.  280 2* 


18  GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PniLIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

Bohol  has  several  line  roads,  and  all  of  the  towns  are  connected  by 
horse  paths.     Tn  the  other  islands  roads  are  scarce. 

POSTAL  SERVICE. 

The  post-office  service  in  the  Philippines  is  conducted  by  the  bureau 
of  posts  of  the  insidar  civil  oovernment,  with  the  cooperation  of  the 
United  States  Post-Office  Department.  Appropriations  for  its  mainte- 
nance and  the  revenues  derived  therefrom  are  paid  out  of  and  into  the 
insular  treasury.  All  appointments  in  this  bureau  are  comprehended 
within  the  terms  of  the  Philippine  civil-service  acts.  It  has  been  the 
polic3^  to  establish  regular  offices,  with  an  experienced  American  in 
charge,  wherever  the  amount  of  business  justified  the  expenditure. 
At  the  smaller  military  posts  an  enlisted  man  is  designated  by  the 
commanding  officer  to  handle  the  sale  of  stamps  and  mail.  He  recei \'os 
no  additional  compensation.  The  mails  b}^  water  are  carried  under  the 
Spanish  law  requiring  all  steamers  not  under  contract  and  running  on 
set  schedules  to  carry  the  mails  free  of  charge.  The  mails  are  also 
carried  on  the  Manila  and  Dagupan  Railway  and  by  the  Quartermas- 
ters Department  of  the  Army. 

The  po.stage  rate  of  1  cent  gold  per  half  ounce  instead  of  2  cents 
per  ounce  on  letters  to  island  points,  adopted  after  American  occupa- 
tion, is  continued.  With  this  exception,  United  States  postage  rates 
and  conditions  are  in  force. 

Total  receipts  from  all  sources,  1900-1901 8122,  832.  h:; 

Total  expenditures,  1900-1901 159, 02s.  r,i 

Total  deficit 36, 195.  ss 

Lid  of  post-offices. 

A  list  of  post-offices  equipped  for  the  sale  of  stamped  paper,  and  to  handle  ordinary  and  registt.'reil 
mail,  also  offices  with  money-order  facilities;  corrected  to  May  2,  1902. 


Town. 

Province. 

Island. 

Town. 

Pro^^nce. 

Islan.l. 

Abucay 

Angeles 

Batafin 

Luzon. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 
Negros. 
Luzon. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 
Marinduque 
Si^mar. 
Luzon. 
Mindanao. 
Luz6n. 
SAmar. 
Luzon. 
Cebii. 
Luzon. 
Corregidor. 
Mindanao. 
Luz6n. 

Do. 
Negros. 
Luzon. 

Do. 
Panay. 
Sulu. 
SAmar. 
Luz6n. 

Legaspi. 

Lingayen 

Lucena 

Mabatang 

Malolos 

Manila* 

Masbate 

Misamis"' 

Nueva  CYiceres" 

01ongap6» 

Orani 

Albav 

Luzon 

Pampanga 

Pangasindn 

Tayabas 

Do. 

Aparri* 

Do 

Atimonan 

Tavabas 

Batadn 

Do 

Bacolod* 

Negros  Occidental. 
Benguet 

Do. 

Baguio" 

Balanga 

Manila 

Do. 

BattiSn 

Masbate 

Masbate 

Baler 

Bangued  

Abra 

Ambos  Camarines 

(Sur). 
Zambales 

Luzon. 

Bautista 

Pangasinau 

Nueva  Vizcaya 

Marinduque 

Sttmar 

Isabela 

Do 

Do 

do 

D(.. 

Boronifcan 

Oroquieta 

Pftsig 

Misamis 

Mindanao. 

Rizal 

Pilar 

Do. 

Calamba" 

Laguna 

Samar 

Romblon 

Rosario 

Sdmal 

Ronibl6n 

Romblun. 

Catbalogaii " 

Cavite 

Luzon. 

Batadn 

Cebu» 

San  Fernando* 
San  Fernando* 
Sanlsidro*.... 
Santa  Cruz* ... 

(Sorsogon* 

1  Sulu  (see  Jol6). 
Taal 

Do.           . 

Cervantes  . 

Lepanto 

Union    . 

Do.          ^ 

Corregidor»  . . . 

Manila  Bay 

Cotabato 

Pangasin^n 

Nueva  Ecija 

Do. 
Do. 

Dagupan » 

Do. 

Negros  Oriental . . . 

Batadn 

Isabela 

Hollo 

Do. 

Tacloban* 

Tagbilaran .... 

Tanauan  

Vigan* 

Virac 

Zamboanga*  .. 

Bohol 

Bohol. 

Uollo" 

Batangas 

Luzon. 

Jolo  (Sulu) " 

Ilocos  Sur 

Do. 

Sdmar 

Uoeos  Norte 

Laoag  

Zamboanga 

Mindanao.  , 

'  Denotes  money-order  offices  authorized  to  issue  and  pay  money  orders. 


GAZETTEEE   OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


19 


Mails. — In  the  movement  of  the  mails  the  time  in  transit  from  New 
York  to  San  Francisco  is  93  hours,  the  average  time  from  San  Fran- 
cisco to  Hongkong  is  29  days,  and  the  average  time  from  San  Francisco 
to  Manila  direct  is  30  days.  All  mail  for  the  Philippine  Islands  from 
the  United  States  is  forwarded  to  Manila,  that  being  the  sole  office  of 
istribution.  Mail  from  the  United  States  for  the  Philippines  is  not 
sent  via  Europe  unless  it  is  specially  addressed  "via  Europe." 

The  Philippine  post-office  service  is  being  constantly  extended  as 
the  conditions  and  demands  of  commerce,  trade,  and  industry  require 
increased  facilities. 

The  fleet  of  vessels  now  being  built  for  the  coast-guard  bureau  of 
the  insular  government  will  carry  mails  and  greatly  better  the  inter- 
island  service. 

UNITED  STATES  TRANSPORT  COMMUNICATION. 

The  direct  means  of  steam  intercourse  between  the  United  States 
and  the  Philippine  Islands  is  by  United  States  Army  transports  plying 
via  the  Pacific  (W.)  route  from  San  Francisco,  touching  at  Hawaii, 
Guam  to  Manila,  average  voyage  30  days,  returning  touching  at 
Nagasaki,  Japan;  or,  via  the  Atlantic,  Suez  Canal  (E.)  route,  from 
New  York,  touching  at  Malta,  Suez,  Aden,  Colombo,  and  Singapore, 
average  voyage  45  days. 

ROUTES  AND   FARES  TO  UNITED  STATES  POSSESSIONS  IN  ASIA. 

The  Trunk  Line  Association  (passenger  department),  upon  the 
icquisition  of  the  Philippine  Islands  and  the  extension  of  the  sphere  of 
United  States  influence  to  eastern  Asia,  adopted  a  schedule  of  domestic 
rans-Pacific  fares  one  way  and  also  world-round  trip,  both  from  New 
York.  This  movement  was  supplemented  by  the  Pennsylvania  Rail- 
•oad  Company  with  a  schedule  of  "round-the-world  routes"  at  min- 
mum  through  rates,  with  stop-over  privileges  for  the  convenience  of 
he  traveling  public,  officers  of  the  Army  and  Nav}^  of  the  United 
5tates  going  or  returning,  and  commercial  travelers  in  the  exploitation 
)f  American  trade.  The  following  Trunk  Line  Association  tarifl', 
uperseding  all  others,  went  into  efl'ect  May  1,  1902.  While  subject 
o  change  it  may  be  relied  upon  as  a  basis  of  reliable  information. 

Domestic  trans-Pacific  one-way  through  fares  from  New  York. 


Servants, 

First  cabin. 

other  than 

"Steerage, 

la  all  authorized  all-rail  routes  to  San  Francisco,  thence  via 

with  first- 

Asiatic, 

with  sec- 

Pacific Mail  Steamship  Co.,  Occidental  and  Oriental  Steam- 

class ac- 

with first- 

ond-class 

ship  Co.,  or  Toyo  Kisen  Kaisha  (Oriental  Steamship  Co.),  or  to 

commoda- 

class ac- 

accommo- 

Tacoma, thence  via  Northern  Pacific  Steamship  Co. 

tion  over- 

commoda- 

dation 

land. 

tion  over- 
land. 

overland. 

ok,  ,hama,  Japan 

8278. 50 

8211.85 

1153. 75 

V obe  (H logo) ,  Japan 

285. 70 

216. 65 

157. 35 

vHgasalii,  Japan  ..     . 

296. 50 

223. 85 

163. 35 

'hanghai,  China.. 

803. 50 
303.50 

228. 50 
228. 50 

168  75 

longkong,  China  (British) 

168  75 

■lanila,  Philippine   Islands   (United   States),  via  Pacific  Mail 

Iteamship  Co.,   Occidental  and   Oriental  Steamship  Co.,  or 
■  Toyo  Kisen  Kaisha  and  Nagasaki: 

303.50 
339.60 

225.00 
"264.50 

168.75 
204  75 

Via  Hongkong 

»yia  Pacific  Mail  Steamship  Co.,  Occidental  and  Oriental  Steamship  Co.,  and  Toyo  Kisen  Kaisha 
Oriental  Steamship  Co).,  only. 
^First-cabin  passage  beyond  Hongkong. 


GAZETTEER   OF    THE   PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


19 


Mails. — In  the  movement  of  the  mails  the  time  in  transit  from  New 
York  to  San  Francisco  is  93  hours,  the  average  time  from  San  Fran- 
cisco to  Hongkong  is  29  days,  and  the  average  time  from  San  Francisco 
to  Manila  direct  is  30  da3^s,  All  mail  for  the  Philippine  Islands  from 
the  United  States  is  forwarded  to  Manila,  that  being  the  sole  office  of 
distribution.  Mail  from  the  United  States  for  the  Philippines  is  not 
1  sent  via  Europe  unless  it  is  specially  addressed  "via  Europe." 

The  Philippine  post-office  service  is  being  constantly  extended  as 
I  the  conditions  and  demands  of  commerce,  trade,  and  industry  require 
:  increased  facilities. 

'  The  fleet  of  vessels  now  being  built  for  the  coast-guard  bureau  of 
I  the  insular  government  will  carry  mails  and  greatly  better  the  inter- 
island  service. 

UNITED  STATES  TRANSPORT  COMMUNICATION. 

1  The  direct  means  of  steam  intercourse  between  the  United  States 
and  the  Philippine  Islands  is  Iw  United  States  Army  transports  plying 
via  the  Pacific  (W.)  route  from  San  Francisco,  touching  at  Hawaii, 
Guam  to  Manila,  average  voyage  30  days,  returning  touching  at 
Nagasaki,  Japan;  or,  via  the  Atlantic,  Suez  Canal  (E.)  route,  from 
;New  York,  touching  at  Malta,  Suez,  Aden,  Colombo,  and  Singapore, 
laverage  voyage  45  days. 
i 

ROUTES  AND    FARES  TO  UNITED  STATES  POSSESSIONS   IN  ASIA. 

,  The  Trunk  Line  Association  (passenger  department),  upon  the 
acquisition  of  the  Philippine  Islands  and  the  extension  of  the  sphere  of 
•United  States  influence  to  eastern  Asia,  adopted  a  schedule  of  domestic 
trans-Pacific  fares  one  way  and  also  world-round  trip,  both  from  New 
York.  This  movement  was  supplemented  by  the  Pennsylvania  Rail- 
road Company  with  a  schedule  of  "round-the-world  routes"  at  min- 
imum through  rates,  with  stop-over  privileges  for  the  convenience  of 
the  traveling  public,  officers  of  the  Army  and  Navy  of  the  United 
States  going  or  returning,  and  commercial  travelers  in  the  exploitation 
of  American  trade.  The  following  Trunk  Line  Association  tarifl", 
superseding  all  others,  went  into  efl'ect  May  1,  1902.  While  subject 
to  change  it  may  be  relied  upon  as  a  basis  of  reliable  information. 

Domestic  trans-Pacific  one-ioay  through  fares  from  New  York. 


Via  all  authorized  all-rail  routes  to  San  Francisco,  thence  via 
!  Pacific  Mail  Steamship  Co.,  Occidental  and  Oriental  Steam- 
I  ship  Co.,  or  Toyo  Risen  Kaisha  (Oriental  Steamship  Co.),  or  to 
I   Tacoma,  thence  via  Northern  Paciiic  Steamship  Co. 


I  i'okohama,  Japan 

IKobe  (Hiogo),  Japan .' .".!.'.'.!.'.".'.' 

Nagasaki,  Japan  .. 

Shanghai,  China 

IHongkong,  China  (British) 

iManila,  Philippine  Islands  (United  States),  via  Pacific  Mail 
!  3,'eamship  Co.,  Occidental  and  Oriental  Steamship  Co.,  or 
,•  loyo  Risen  Raisha  and  Nagasaki: 

1      Direct : f. 

1      Via  Hongkong [...V.V///.............V.""""V"/.."V. 


Servants, 

First  cabin. 

other  than 

^steerage, 

with  first- 

Asiatic, 

with  sec- 

class ac- 

with first- 

ond-class 

commoda- 

class ac- 

accommo- 

tion over- 

commoda- 

dation 

land. 

tion  over- 
land. 

overland. 

$278.50 

»211.85 

1153.75 

285. 70 

216. 65 

157. 35 

296.50 

223. 85 

163.35 

303.50 

228.50 

168.75 

303.50 

228.50 

168. 75 

303.50 

225.00 

168.75 

339. 60 

''264.50 

204.75 

■L'y*"' Pacific  Mail  Steamship  Co.,  Occidental  and  Oriental  Steamship  Co.,  and  Toyo  Risen  Raisha 
Oriental  Steamship  Co).,  only. 
j^  First-cabin  passage  beyond  Hongkong. 


20 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE    FHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 


Domestu-  trans- Pacific  one-way  tltrourjh  fares  from  Neiv  York — Continued. 


First  cabin, 
with  first- 
class  ac- 
commoda- 
tion over- 
land. 

Servants, 
with  first- 
class  ac- 
commoda- 
tion over- 
land. 

To  San  Francisco,  thence  via  Pacific  Mail  Steamship  Co.  or  Oceanic  Steam- 
ship Co.  to  Honolulu  Hawaiian  Islands 

S163.60 
228.75 

S1''S  50 

To  San  Francisco,  thence  via  Oceanic  Steamship  Co.  to  Pago  Pago,  Samoan 
Islands f :.. 

178  75 

BASIS    FOR   THROUGH    FARES   FROM   NEW    YORK   IN   CONNECTION    WITH   ROUND-TRIP 
FARES  FROM  PACIFIC  COAST  TO  TRANS-PACIFIC  DESTINATIONS. 

Through  fares  to  bo  made  as  follows: 

(o)  For  one-way  overland  passage  to  the  Pacific  coast  and  round-trip  steamship  passage  beyon^ 
Add  current  one-way  first-class  fare  applying  via  route  selected  to  San  Francisco  or  Tacoma  to  ste 
ship  fare  quoted  herein  beyond. 

(b)  For  round-trip  overland  passage  to  the  Pacific  coast  and  round-trip  steamship  passage  beyonc 
Add  current  9-months  Pacific-coast  tourist  fare  applying  via  route  selected  to  San  Francisco  or  Tacou 
to  steamship  fare  quoted  herein  beyond. 

Tickets  to  be  issued  as  follows: 

(«)  Regular  one-way  first-class  ticket  via  route  selected  to  San  Francisco  or  Tacoma  and  exchang 
order  on  steamship  line  for  round-trip  ticket  thence  to  trans-Pacific  destination  and  return  to  port  < 
embarkation.  .. 

(&)  Regular  9-months  Pacific-coast  tourist  ticket  via  route  selected  to  San  Francisco  or  Tacoma  ana 
exchange  order  on  steamship  line  for  round-trip  ticket  thence  to  trans-Pacific  destination  and  return 
to  port  of  embarkation. 

The  contract  and  tunpons  of  ticket  and  the  exchange  order  of  Pacific-coast  tourist  ticket  must  be 
stamped  or  iiluinly  faced  in  ink  "  Trans- Pacific." 

iiowfe*.— Titkfts  to  San  Francisco  or  Tacoma  will  be  issued  via  routes  over  which  one-way  first-cla 
tickets  and  Pacilic-coast  tourist  tickets  are  regularly  sold. 

Limit!-:— ^:\inv  tiTnc  limit  to  apply  to  San  Francisco  or  Tacoma  as  authorized  for  regular  one-wayi 
first-class  tickits  ami  Paciflc-coast  tourist  tickets  to  those  points. 

Pass(_iiK<rs  (le-iriug  orders  for  12-months  round-trip  steamship  tickets  who  will  not  return  within9 
months  (Jinal  limit  on  Pacific-coast  tourist  tickets)  must  purchase  one-way  tickets  overland  as  no  I 
extension  of  the  regular  9-months  limit  on  Pacific-coast  tourist  tickets  will  be  allowed. 

Children,  baggage,  and  letter  of  advice  subject  to  conditions  similar  to  one-way  fares. 


Round-trvp  basing  fares  and  regulations  from  Pacific  coast. 


From  San  Francisco,  via  Pacific  Mail  Steamship  Co.,  Occi- 
dental and  Oriental  Steamship  Co.,  or  Toyo  Kisen  Kaisha 
(Oriental  Steamship  Co.);  from  Tacoma,  via  Northern 
Pacific  Steamship  Co. 


Four       Twelve 
mouths,    months. 


Servants  other  thar 
Asiatic. 


Four        Twelve 
months,    months. ; 


Yokohama,  Japan 

Kobe  ( Hiogo) ,  Japan 

Nagaski,  Japan 

Shanghai,  China 

Hongkong  

Manila,  Philippine  Islands,  via   Hongkong  {see  steamship 

companies,  Hongkong  to  Manila,  one  way) 

Via  Pacific  Mail  Steamship  Co.,  Occidental  and  Oriental 
Steamship  Co.,  or  Toyo  Kisen  Kaisha  and  Nagasaki 

direct 

From  San  Francisco,  via  Pacific  Mail  Steamship  Co., or  Oceanic 

Steamship  Co. ,  to  Honolulu,  Hawaiian  Islands 

From  San  Francisco,  via  Oceanic  Steamship  Co.,  to  Pago 
Pago,  Samoan  Islands 


S300.00 
310.80 
327. 00 
337.50 
337.50 

397. 50 


337.50 
135.00 
225.00 


S350. 00 
360.80 
377.00 
393. 75 
393.75 

453. 75 


1200. 00 
207. 20 
218.00 
225. 00 
225.00 

285.00 


225.00 
"90.00 


240.5. 
251.3 
262.5; 
262.5: 

322.51 


"Via  Pacific  Mail  Steamship  Co.  or  Oceanic  Steamship  Co.  onlj'. 


Moals  and  berth  on  trans-Pacific  steamers  included  in  above  fares. 

Childicii  :i  yiMis  ..f  :vjf  and  under  12,  half-fare  through  to  trans- Pacific  destination;  under  5  yea^ 
of  age,  fiv,'  |(.  ,-.111  liMinNi'd  or  Tacoma.  On  trans-Pacific  steamers,  cliil.lrcn  li  years  of  age  and  und' 
5  will  lie  rli;i  I  LM'ii  .  1 1 1: 1 1 1 1  1'  fare;  under  2  years  of  age  free.  One  child  only  under  2  years  of  age  will ' 
carricil  iree  w  iih  cieli  i:imily,  and  additional  children  under  that  age  ^vill  be  charged  quarter-fare. 

Servants'  laies  are  ainilicaljle  only  to  bona  fide  servants  accompanying  their  employers. 

Servants  ^^  ill  lie  berthed  and  serv'eil  with  meals  according  to  ship's  regulations. 

Asiatic  lai-es  are  ap]ilical)le  only  t(i  Japanese,  Chinese,  and  other  regular  Asiatics. 

Diflereulial  deductions  do  not  apply  to  above  fares. 

Tickets.— Rcgul&T  one-way  first  or  mixed  class  tickets  to  be  issued  to  San  Francisco  or  Taco.wia,  ai 
exchange  order  on  .steamship  line  for  ticket  thence  to  trans-Pacific  destination. 

The  contract  and  coupons  of  ticket  must  be  stamped  or  plainly  faced  in  ink  "  Trans- Pacific." 

iJo?<yp.<.— Tickets  to  San  Francisco  or  Tacoma  will  be  issued  via  routes  over  which  one-way  tickf 
are  regularly  sold. 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS.  21 

Limits.— S&me  time  limit  to  apply  to  San  Francisco  or  Tacoma  as  authorized  for  regular  one-way 
■acJiets  to  those  points. 

Baggage.— ZbO  pounds  of  baggage  will  be  checked  free  to  San  Francisco  or  Tacoma  on  each  whole 
Icket  and  175  pounds  on  each  half  ticket.  Excess  baggage  will  be  charged  for  at  regular  excess-bag- 
fage  rates. 

On  trans-Pacific  steamers  350  pounds  of  baggage  will  be  checked  free  for  each  adult  first-cabin 
jassenger,  250  pounds  for  each  servant,  175  pounds  for  each  second-cabin,  intermediate,  or  steerage 
passenger,  and  proportionately  for  children. 

Baggage  must  be  checked  only  on  tickets  and  exchange  orders  of  Trunk  Line  issue. 

Baggage  must  not  be  cheeked  beyond  San  Francisco  or  Tacoma,  where  passenger  must  arrange  for 
ts  transfer  to  the  steamship. 

Sfop-Of«'s.— First-cabin  passengers  will  be  allowed  stop-overs  at  intermediate  ports  en  route. 

First-cabin  passengers  for  points  beyond  Honolulu  via  San  Francisco  and  Pacific  Mail  Steamship 
"ompanv.  Occidental  and  Oriental  Steamship  Company,  or  Toyo  Kisen  Kaisha  (Oriental  Steamship 
^omiiany)  will  be  accorded  a  stop-over  at  Honolulu  and  otherports  en  route,  and  may  proceed  thence 
vithout  extra  charge,  by  a  steamer  of  any  of  those  lines.  The  stop-over  at  Honolulu  via  Occidental 
ind  Oriental  Steamship  Company,  or  Toyo  Kisen  Kaisha  (Oriental  Steamship  Company,)  is  limited 
-0  30  days. 

Letter  of  advice  attached  to  the  exchange  order  for  steamship  ticket  must  be  properly  filled  out 
md  immediately  forwarded  as  directed  therein. 

The  following'is  the  list  of  scheduled  connecting  lines  beyond  Manila. 

Toyo  Kisen  Kaisha,  Nippon  Yusen  Kaisha,  China  and  Manila  Steamship  Company,  or  Indo-China 
■Javigation  Company,  regular  service,  Manila  to  Hongkong;  Peninsular  and  Oriental  Steam  Navi- 
ration  Company,  Hongkong  to  London  (via  Singapore,  Penang,  Colombo,  Aden,  Port  Said,  Brindisi, 
«Iarseilles,  and'Plymouth) ;  American  Line  (via  Southampton  or  Cherbourg);  Anchor  Line  (via  Glas- 
;ow  or  Londonderry ) ;  Atlantic  Transport  Line  (via  London);  Compagnie  G6niSrale  Transatlantique 
via  Havre);  Cunard  Line  (via  Liverpool);  Hamburg- American  Line  (via  Plymouth,  Hamburg,  or 
Cherbourg);  North  German  Lloyd  Steamship  Company  (via  Southampton);  Red  Star  Line  (via  Ant- 
verp),  or  White  Star  Line  (via  Liverpool),  London  to  New  York  (direct),  total  rate  $642  (add  $36 
vlanila  to  Hongkong).  Or  by  North  German  Lloyd  Steamship  Company,  Hongkong  to  London 
via  Singapore,  Colombo,  Aden,  Suez,  Port  Said,  Naples,  Genoa,  and  Southampton),  or  by  Messageries 
.laritimes,  Hongkong  to  Paris  (via  Saigon,  Singapore,  Colombo,  Aden,  Suez,  Port  Said,  Alexandria, 
nd  Marseilles);  Compagnie  Gto6rale  Transatlantique,  Paris  to  New  York  (via  Havre). 

Under  this  system  tickets  are  sold  at  all  principal  ticket  offices  of  the  Pennsylvania  Railroad  for 
ouiid-the-world  tours,  covering  transportation  via  any  authorized  rail  route  from  New  Y'ork  to  San 
'"ranciseo  or  Portland,  except  that  San  Francisco  tickets  can  not  be  issued  via  Canadian  Pacific  or 
iliiiiK'apolis,  St.  Paul  and  Sault  Ste.  Marie  (Soo  Line)  railways  and  Portland.    From  San  Francisco 

cli(  lice  of  twelve  routes  is  offered  to  Chinese,  Philippine,  Indian,  and  South  Pacific  points  and  thence 
lack  to  New  York.  The  overland  portions  of  these  tickets  have  all  the  privileges  of  unlimited  flrst- 
idass  tickets. 

I  CABLE  AND  TELEGRAPH  COMMUNICATION. 

I  The  Signal  Corps  of  the  United  States  Army  has  constructed  and 
aid,  approximately,  9,000  m.  of  telegraph,  telephone,  and  submarine 
jable  lines  in  the  Philippines  since  the  occupancy  by  the  United  States 
"orces,  August,  1898,  to  June,  1902.  About  one-third  of  this  mileage 
covered  extensive  temporary  field  lines  erected  for  the  purpose  of 
inaintaining  communication  between  flying  military  columns  and  their 
)ases,  the  latter  being  always  in  communication  by  means  of  perma- 
lent  lines  with  division  headquarters,  and  lines  destroyed  through 
■lostile  operations  of  the  insurgents.  The  temporary  field  lines  were, 
n  nearly  all  cases,  entirely  removed  upon  the  withdrawal  of  the  mili- 
ary forces  from  the  territory  occupied.  The  permanent  sj^stem 
embraces  1,327  m.  of  military  cables  and  6,000  m.  of  military  tele- 
,''raph  lines,  the  whole  aggregating  6,327  m.  These  aflbrd  the  means 
)f  prompt  communication,  and  consequent  executive  control,  from 
Vparri  and  Bangui,  on  the  N.  of  Luzon,  to  the  island  of  Siasi,  in  the 
extreme  S.,  and  connecting  all  the  important  islands  of  the  archipelago 
I'xcept  Palawan  and  Romblon.  Over  this  system  an  average  of  upward 
;)f  10,000  official  messages,  civil  and  military,  have  been  handled  daily 
;'or  many  months.  The  operators  of  both  cables  and  land  lines  are  at 
j)resent  enlisted  men  of  the  Signal  Corps.  The  linemen  in  some  cases 
lire  natives,  and  schools  have  been  opened  for  the  instruction  of  Fili- 
pinos as  operators.  Commercial  business,  in  addition  to  military,  is 
|iow  transacted  at  203  of  the  offices  on  the  Signal  Corps  lines,  which 
bus  serve  as  feeders  to  the  commercial  cables. 


22 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


List  of  stations  on  military  telegraph  lines  in  the  Philippine  Islands  doing  commercidil 

business. 
[Corrected  to  May  9,  1902.] 


Alaminos. 
Alcalil.... 


Aparri , 

ArS-yat 

Argao , 

Aringay 

Atimonan . . . 

Bacolod 

Bacoor 

Bagulo 

Baler 

Bambdn 

Batangas 

Bautista 

Baybay 

Bayombong  . 

Binan , 

Boac 

Bongabong.. 

Bugas6n 

Bulacdn 

Cabanati'ian . 

Cabuyao 

Cagaj-dn 

Calamba 

Calapdn 

Calbftyog 

Calivo 

Calumpit 

Canayan  

Candelaria . . 

Cand6n  

Cdpiz 

Carig 


Carranglan 

Castellana  (La)  . 

Catbalogan 

Cavite 

Cebii 

Colasi 

Concepcion 

Coro6n 

Cotabato 

Dagupan  

Dasmarinas  (P(S- 


Dimiao 

Dinalupijan . 
Dumaguete.. 


Dumarao 

Echagii 

Eguia 

Fort  Gadungan . 
Guinayangan  .. 

Guinobatan 

Humingan 

Iba 

Ibajay 

Ilagan 

Iligan 

Hollo 

Indang 

Iriga 

Isabela 

Jaro 

Jolo 

La  Castellana... 

Lal-16 

Legaspi 

Lingay6n 

Li  pa 


Zambales , 

Cagaydn , 

Pampanga 

CagayAn 

Pampanga 

Cebii 

Uni6n 

Tayabas 

Negros  Occidt'l. 

Cavite 

Benguet , 

Principe 

TArlac , 

Batangas 

Pangasinftn 

Ley  te 

Nueva  Vizcaya 

Laguna 

Marinduquo 

KuevaEcija 

Antique 

Bulacdi) 

NuevaEcija 

Laguna 

Misamis 

Laguna 

Marinduque 

SAmar 

CApiz 

Bulac&n 

Isabela 

Tayabas 

IlocosSur 

CApiz 

Isabela 

Leyte 

Nuevailcija 

Negros  Occidt'l. 


Cavite... 
Cebu  .... 
Antique  . 


Isabela 

Cotabato  ... 
Pangasindn 
Cavite 


Bohol 

Batadn 

Negros  Oriental, 

Cebii 

C&piz , 

Isabela 

Zambales , 


Tayabas , 

Albay  ., , 

Nueva  Ecija 

Zambales 

Cdpiz 

Isabela 

Misamis 

Iloilo 

Cavite 

CamarinesSur.. 
Negros  Occidt'l. 
Leyte 


Negros  Occidt'l . 

Cagay&n 

Albay 

PangasinAn 

Batangas 


Luz6n. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 
CebiJ. 
Luz6n. 

Do. 
Negros. 
Luz6n. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 
Leyte. 
Luz6n. 

Do. 
JIarindu'q. 
Luz6n. 
Panay. 
Luz6n. 

Do. 

Do. 
Mindanao. 
Luz6n. 
Mindoro. 
SAmar. 
Panay. 
Luz6n. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 
Panay. 
Luz6n. 
Leyte. 
Luzon. 
Negros. 
Sdmar. 
Luz6n. 
Cebu. 
Panay. 
Luz6n. 

Do. 
Mindanao. 
Luzon. 

Do. 

Bohol. 

Luz6n. 

Negros. 

Cebii. 

Panay. 

Luzon. 

Do. 
Mindanao. 
Luzon. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 
Panay. 
Luzon. 
Mindanao. 
Panay. 
Luz6n. 

Do. 
Negros. 
Leyte. 
Jolo. 
Negros. 
Luz6n. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 


Lo6n 
L6pez 


Lucena 

Maasin 

Malabang 

MalabOn 

Malolos 

Manapla 

Manila 

Masbate 

Masinloc 

Matalom 

Misamis 

Muntinlupa 

Naga 

NAic 

Nueva  CAceres 

01ongap6 

Ormoc 

Oslob 

Pagbilao 

Palanog 

Panddn  .^ 

Pantabangan 

PArang  PArang . . . 

Pasacao  

PAsig 

P^rez  Dasmarinas 

Pili 

Pototan 


San  Antonio 

San  Esteban 

San  Felipe 

San  Fernando 

San  Fernando 

San  Francisco  de 


San  Joaquin 

San  Jos6 

San  Jos6  de  Bue- 


San  Jostj 

SanJulito 

San  Pablo 

Santa  Barbara. 

Santa  Cruz 

Santa  Cruz 

Santo  Tomds  . . 
Sariaya 


Sibonga  . 
Silang... 
Siniloan . 


Silbic. 

Surigao 

Taal 

Tacloban 

Tagbilaran 

Tanauan  

Tanauan  

TArlac 

Tayabas 

Tavug 

Tiaon 

Tigbauan 

Tubig6n 

Tucuran , 

Tuguegarao  — 
Valle  Hermosa , 

Vigan , 

Zamboanga 


Bohol 

Tayabas 

Laguna  

Tayabas 

Leyte 

Catabato 

Rizal 

BulacAn , 

Negros  Occidt'l 

City , 

Masbate 

Zambales 

Leyte 

Misamis , 

Rizal 

Cebu 

Cavite 

CamarinesSur. 

Zambales 

Leyte 

Cebu 

Tayabas 

Masbate 

Antique , 

NuevaEcija 

Catabato , 

Camarines  Sur. 

Rizal , 

Cavite , 

CamarinesSur., 

Iloilo..,. 

Nueva  Ecija 

Zambales 

IlocosSur 

Rizal , 

Pampanga , 

Uni6n 

Cavite , 


Iloilo 

Batangas . 
Antique.. 


Nueva  feija. 
Ilocos  Sur  ... 

Laguna 

Iloilo 

Laguna 

Zambales 


Tayabas . 


Cebii 

Cavite , 

Laguna 

Sorsog6n 

Zambales 

Surigao 

Batangas 

Leyte 

Bohol  

Leyte 

Batangas 

T4rlac 

Tayabas 

PangasinAn 

Tayabas 

Iloilo 

Bohol 

Cotabato 

Cagaydn 

Negros  Oriental. 
IlocosSur 


REGITLATIONS   GOVERNING    THE    TRANSMISSION    OF    MESSAGES. 

(1)  Commercial  messages  ori.ginatiiig  at  Manila,  Iloilo.  Cebi'i,  or  Bacolod  will  not  be  accepted  fc 
transmission  between  these  points  over  military  lines.  Commercial  messages  arriving  at  any  of  th 
stations  mentioned  in  this  paragraph  over  military  lines  addressed  to  places  where  the  Easter 
Extension  Australasia  and  China^Telegraph  Company  has  offices  will  be  transferred  to  that  compai^ 
if  the  sender  has  complied  with  the  requirements  of  paragraph  2  in  regard  to  payment. 


GAZETTEER   OF    THE    PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 


23 


(2)  Pa3nnent  for  all  messages  not  sent  on  authorized  public  business  over  cable  lines  other  than 
those  of  the  military  telegraph  must  be  arranged  for  with  the  cable  company  by  the  persons  sending 
such  messages. 

(3)  The  following  tariff  (American  currency)  will  be  collected  on  messages  transmitted  over  mili- 
tary lines  in  the  Philippines: 

A.  On  messages  transmitted  between  points  on  the  same  island,  2  cents  per  word. 

B.  On  messages  transmitted  between  points  on  different  islands,  4  cents  per  word. 

C.  Press  specials  will  be  charged  for  at  a  rate  of  1  cent  per  word  between  points  on  the  same  island 
and  2  cents  per  word  between  points  on  different  islands. 

D.  Messages  to  be  prepaid  and  address  and  signature  to  be  counted. 

E.  The  minimum  charge  on  any  message  will  be  the  regular  tariff  for  10  words. 

F.  Messages  filed  for  transmission  as  official  basiness  over  the  Eastern  Extension  Australasia  and 
China  Telegraph  Company's  cables  must  bear  proper  official  approval. 

(4)  Messages  relating  to  public  business  from  the  following  persons  will  be  sent  without  charge,  viz: 
Officers  of  the  United  States  Government  connected  with  the  Military,  Naval,  Postal,  and  Marine- 
Hospital  Service. 

The  civil  governor;  the  members  of  the  United  States  Philippine  Commission;  the  secretary  of  the 
commission;  the  auditor;  the  treasurer;  the  general  superintendent  of  public  instruction;  the  collec- 
tor of  internal  revenue;  the  chief  justice  of  the  supreme  court;  the  director-general  of  posts;  the 
chief  of  the  forestry  bureau;  the  chief  of  the  bureau  of  mines;  the  captain  of  the  port  of  Manila;  col- 
lectors of  customs  at  various  ports;  the  provincial  treasurer  of  each  province,  and  all  messages 
countersigned  by  him  relating  to  provincial  bu.siness;  division  superintendents  of  schools  in  com- 
municating with  the  general  superintendent  of  public  instruction  and  the  teachers  under  their 
charge,  these  messages  as  a  rule  not  to  contain  more  than  25  words. 

(5)  The  military  telegraph  of  the  Philippine  Islands  will,  for  public  business,  be  used  only  for  the 
transmission  of  important  messages  of  urgency  which  if  sent  by  mail  would  probably  result  in  detri- 
ment to  the  public  interest. 

(6)  Telegrams  will  be  concise  and  so  written  that  punctuation  marks  will  not  be  required  to  in- 
sure understanding.  All  useless  words  will  be  omitted.  The  last  name  of  the  person  addressed  and 
of  the  sender  of  the  message  or  the  title  of  office  will  generally  be  sufficient. 

Messages  in  all  cases  will  bear  the  name  of  the  province  in  which  the  originating  point  is  located, 
also  province  of  station  to  which  addressed,  except  In  cases  of  leading  commercial  cities,  such  as 
Manila,  Cavite,  Dagupan,  Vigan,  Aparri,  Batangas,  etc. 

(7)  Personal  messages  filed  by  persons  in  the  military  and  naval  service  of  the  United  States  and 
per.sons  officially  connected  with  the  civil  government  of  the  islands  will  be  charged  for  at  the  rate 
of  1  cent  per  word  between  points  on  the  same  island  and  2  cents  per  word  between  points  on  dif- 
ferent islands. 

(8)  The  proceeds  received  by  the  various  military  telegraph  offices  will  be  turned  into  the  insular 
treasury  by  the  officials  responsible  therefor  and  accounts  rendered  monthly. 

List  of  United  States  military  cables,  May  9,  1902. 


Name. 

Provinces  or  islands. 

Distance. 

Calamba-Santa  Cruz 

Laguna,  Luz6n 

Miles. 
19 

Calbayog-Catbalogan 

36.3 

Calbdyog-Palanog 

CalapAn-Batangas 

Mindoro  to  Luzon,  Visayan  Sea 

30  1 

Calapdn-Boac 

Mindoro  to  Marinduque  Mindoro  Sea 

46  4 

Capiz-Milagros 

Catbalogan-Carigara 

Cebu-Liloan 

Sdmar  to  Leyte,  Carigara  Bay  . 

44 

Cebu,Mactan  Straits 

13  6 

Dumaguete-Misamis 

Guinayangan-Pasacao 

Iligan-Cavag^n 

Tayabas  to  Ambos  Camarines,  Luzon,  Gulf  of  Ragay 

Misamis  to  Mindanao  Iligan  Bay 

50 
60  7 

Jol6(Sulu)-Siasi 

Jolo  (Sulu)  Archipelago  Sulu  Sea 

50  4 

Legaspi-Bacon 

Tacloban-Liloan-SAmar  .... 

Leyte  to  Sdmar,  San  Pedro  Bay 

1  4 

Liloan-Ormoc 

Cebii  to  Levte  Visavan  Sea 

79  4 

Loon-Argao 

Maasin-Surigao 

Malabang-P^rang-Pdrang  .. 

Illana  Bay,  Mindanao 

25  3 

Manila-Cavite 

Manila  to  Cavite  Manila  Bay 

8  5 

Misamis-Iligan 

Misamis-Lin  togo 

Mindanao,  Pdnguil  Bav 

22  8 

,  N4ic-Corregidor 

Cavite  to  Corregidor  Manila  Bay 

14 

Oslob-Dumaguete 

18.4 

Palcinog-Sorsog6n 

Masbate  to  Luzon  Visayan  Sea  and  Sorsogon  Bay 

Santa  Cruz-Siniloan 

Laguna  to  Luzon  Laguna  de  Bay 

12  5 

Tucuran-Malabang 

Illana  Bav  Mindanao 

50 

rucnran-Zamboanga 

;Zamboanga-I.sabela 

^amboanga-Jolo  (Sulu) 

101.5 

Total 

1  326  7 

All  cable  and  telegraph  lines  in  the  Philippine  Islands  are  under 
:iontrol  of  the  United  States  Signal  Corps,  excepting  2  wires  of  the 
itelegraph  line  along  Manila  and  Dagupan  Railroad  Company's  tracks 
which  this  company  can  use  for  its  own  purposes  only/ and  the 
pastern  Extension  Company's  cables  connecting  Alanila,  lloilo,  Cebu, 
ind  Bacolod. 


24 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


COMMERCIAL    CABLES. 

In  addition  to  the  Signal  Corps  telegraph  and  cable  systems,  the 
islands  of  Luzon,  Pana}^,  Negros,  and  Cebi'i  are  connected  by  the 
cables  of  the  Eastern  Extension  Australasia  and  China  Telegraph  Com- 
pany, approximating  610  m.  in  length,  with  stations  at  Manila,  Iloilo, 
Bacolod,  and  Cebu. 

Selcctedlist  of  larllf  to  jjoints  over  (he  Eastern  Extension  Australasia  and  China  Telegraph 
Company  cables. 

[The  rate  in  effect  from  Cebu  or  Iloilo  to  Bacolod  is  20  cts.  per  word.] 


From  Manila  to- 


Amoy,  China 

Ceylon,  India 

Cochin  China,  Asia. 
Europe,  nations  of . 

Fuchau,  China 

Hongkong,  China .. 
India 


Japan 

Java,  Dutch  Indies 

other  islands,  Dutch  Indies 

New  South  Wales,  Australia 

New  Zealand 

Pekin,  China 

Queensland,  Australia , 

Shanghai,  China 

Siam  ( via  Cape  St.  James) 

Siam  (via  Moulmein) 

Singapore,  Straits  Settlements 

Taku,  China 

Tientsin,  China 

Victoria,  Australasia , 

Visayas  (Eastern  Extension  Australasia  and  China  station),  Philippine  Islands  , 
Western  Australia,  Australia , 


UNITED  STATES. 


California,  San  Francisco  (other  places) 

Columbia,  District  of,  Washington  (other  places) 

Illinois,  Chicago  (other  places)  , 

Louisiana,  New  Orleans 

Louisiana  (other  places) 

Maryland,  Baltimore  (other  places) 

Massachusetts,  Boston  (other  places) , 

Missouri,  St.  Louis 

Missouri  (other  pi  aces) 

New  York 

New  York,  New  York  City 

New  York,  Brooklyn 

Ohio,  Cincinnati 

Oregon,  Portland 

Pennsylvania,  Philadelphia 

Washington,  Seattle , 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  25 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

From  the  best  complete  official  (Spanish  census,  1887)  and  other 
sources  of  information,  the  total  population  of  the  Philippine  Islands, 
1  as  compiled  in  the  subjoined  table,  is  6,975,073,  and  the  total  number 
I  of  towns  1,137.  The  figures  possibly  under  rather  than  over  state  the 
actual  number  of  inhabitants,  civilized  and  wild.  It  is  inferred,  the 
officials  being  obliged  to  return  a  peseta  poll  tax  to  the  island  govern- 
ment for  each  adult  enumerated,  that  the  number  accounted  for  did 
not  exceed  the  actual  enumeration.  In  an  exhibit  of  total  population 
of  June  1,  1900,  including,  along  with  continental  United  States,  cer- 
tain outh'ing  districts  and  recent  insular  accessions,  the  United  States 
Census  Office  assigned  to  the  Philippine  Islands  6,961,339.  The  inde- 
pendent figures  of  the  Division  of  Insular  Affairs,  based  upon  the 
population  of  1887,  official,  and  its  own  sources  of  information,  with 
percentages  of  increase  shown  by  the  figures  of  1876,  1877,  1879,  pro- 
duced the  results  referred  to  in  the  exhibits,  from  which  it  will  be 
seen  that  the  aggregate  reached  by  the  Census  Office  and  the  Division 
ot  Insular  Aflairs,  embodied  in  the  Annual  Report  of  the  Secretary  of 
I  War,  Appendix  D,  difl'er  but  13,734. 

i      The  proportion  of  qualified  electors  to  inhabitants  in  the  towns 

I  organized  (to  October  15,  1901),  according  to  returns  received  from 

,  390  municipalities,  showed  a  population  of  2,695,801,  with  a  total  of 

'  49,523  qualified  electors,  or  18.37  electors  per  1,000  inhabitants.     Any 

person  able  to  read  and  write  the  English  or  Spanish  language  and 

,  owning  propert}"  to  the  value  of  $250  American  currency,  or  w^ho  paid 

;  annually  taxes  to  the  amount  of  $15,  or  who  held  municipal  offices 

i  under  the  Spanish  regime,  was  eligible  to  vote.     In  addition  to  the 

■  elective  characteristics  of  the  Filipino  people,  these  figures  afford 

some  idea  of  their  educational,  realty,  corporate,  or  social  status. 

The  Twelfth  Census  of  the  United  States  showed  the  following 

•  results: 

Population. 

'  Continental  United  States 75,994,576 

Philippine  Islands 6, 961, 339 

Porto  Rico 953, 243 

Hawaii 154,001 

Alaska 63,592 

I  Guam 9, 000 

'  American  Samoa 6, 100 

Persons  in  military  and  naval  service  outside  continental  United  States 91, 219 

United  States 84, 233, 069 

A  census  of  the  Philippine  Islands  was  in  progress  in  1896  when  the 
;  insurrection  broke  out,  and  returns  for  over  two-fifths  of  the  popula- 
;  tion  were  found  stored  in  Manila.     These  were  tabulated  and  the 
foregoing  estimate  was  based  upon  the  result. 

The  total  population  of  the  United  States  at  the  close  of  the  nine- 
.  teenth  century  was  84,233,069.     At  the  beginning  of  the  century  it 
it  was  about  five  and  a  third  million.     The  nation,  therefore,  has  grown 
nearly  sixteenfold  in  one  hundred  years. 

POPTJIiATIONS  OF  WORLD  POWERS  COMPARED. 

There  are  but  two  countries  which  now  have  a  greater  homogeneous 
population  than  the  United  States,  viz,  China  and  the  Russian  Empire. 
in  bulk,  however.  China  and  the  British  Empire  have  each  probaoly 
between  350,000,000  and  400,()(JO,000,  together  nearly  one-half  of  ihe 


26  GAZETTEEK    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

total  population  of  the  earth.  The  Russian  Empire,  with  about 
131,000,000  i^eople,  has  been  increasing*  during  the  centmy  just  closed 
with  greater  rapidity  than  any  other  European  power.  Its  growth, 
like  that  of  the  United  States,  has  been  through  the  natural  increase 
of  its  population  and  great  accessions  of  territory.  It  had  about 
38,800,000  people  in  1800  and  has  increased  more  than  three  and  a 
half  times  during  the  nineteenth  century. 

France,  including  its  dependencies,  is  the  fourth  country  of  the 
world  in  order  of  population,  with  about  83,666,000 — almost  the  same 
number  as  the  United  States.  Of  these  over  25,000,000  are  in  African 
dependencies,  nearly  17,000,000  in  Asia,  and  2,000,000  in  Madagascar. 
These  5  most  populous  countries  together  include  over  two-thirds  of 
the  estimated  population  of  the  world,  which  is  placed  by  the  best 
authorities  at  between  1,500,000,000  and  1,600,000,000. 

PHILIPPINE  POPULATION  REPORTS  COMPARED. 

Four  reports  of  the  entire  population  have  been  printed.  The  official 
count  of  1S87  appears  to  be  confirmed  b}^  the  civil  count  of  the  previous 
decade  of  1877.  These  figures  (1887)  give  an  aggregate  of  6,985,000, 
as  compared  with  6,975,073  (Gazetteer).  An  approximation  based 
on  the  supposition  that  about  one-sixth  part  of  the  whole  population 
paid  tribute,  gives  a  total  of  7,451,352  but  how  ascertained  is  not 
stated.  In  some  enumerations  only  the  subject  and  Catholic  popula- 
tions are  given  and  the  heathen,  Mohammedans,  and  independent 
tribes  omitted.  This,  in  a  measure,  will  account  for  the  random  fig- 
ures indulged  in  by  numerous  writers,  ranging  from  5,000,000  to 
8,000,000  and  even  10,000,000  inhabitants.  Of  the  figures  given, 
6,462,875  may  be  regarded  as  correct  as  far  as  the  Spanish  census  of 
population  in  the  Philippines  in  1887  can  be  so  accepted.  The  esti- 
mated population  not  counted  as  official  aggregates  512,298,  taken  from 
church  and  other  responsible  sources  of  information. 

TERRITORIAL  AND  POLITICAL  DIVISIONS. 

There  are  six  grand  divisions  possessing  territorial  contiguit}'  and 
dominant  racial  and  linguistic  homogeneity,  as  follows: 

Luz6n,  N.,  Ilocano-Pangasinan;  central,  Tagalog;  S.,  Vicol  (Bidol), 
with  numerous  less  progressive  tribal  offshoots  of  the  same  fusion  of 
native  and  invading  races. 

Mindanao,  Malay-Moro. 

MiNDORO,  ]\Ianguianes,  chiefly,  and  of  Malayan  origin. 

Palawan,  Tagbantias  and  Mohammedan  Malays. 

SuLU,  Moios,  descendants  of  the  Mohammedan  invaders. 

ViSAYAS,  Visayans. 

Unassigned,  Calamianes  or  Tagbanuas,  Agutainos,  and  other  off- 
shoots of  Mala}^  origin. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


27 


List  of  islands,  provinces,  and  populations. 


[Under  the  Spanish  census,  1887,  estimated  population  not  counted,  total  population,  and  number  of 
towns;  also  subdivided  by  provinces  under  the  same  classification.] 


Islands  or  groups. 


1887  popu- 
lation, 
Spanish 
census. 


Estimated 

population 

not 

counted. 


Total 
population, 


Luz6n  

Marinduque , 

Mindanao , 

Miiidoro , 

Palawan  (Paraguay 
Sulu  Archipelago.. 

Visayan  Islands 

Unassigned , 


Sq.m. 

44, 253 

CSl 

46,  721 

4,108 

--5,037 

1,029 

25,302 

740 


3, 679, 219 

48, 000 
138,924 

67, 656 
-      2,100 

22, 630 
2,486,205 

16, 338 


48, 269 


366, 735 
38,544 
50,250 


10, 000 
8,500 


3,727, 
48, 
495, 
106, 
52, 
22-, 
2,497, 
24, 


Total 


127,853 


6,462,875 


6,975,073 


No. 
570 


14 
14 

381 
3 


Totftl  population  of  the  archipelago 6, 975, 073 

, Total  area sq.  m. .      127, 853 

Number  of  inhabitants  per  sq.  m 54. 65-1- 


Islands  and  provinces. 


Luz6n 


Abra 

Albay 

a.  Catanduanes . . 
Ambos  Camarines  . 

Batadn 

Batangas 

Benguet 

Bontoc 

Bulacan 

Cagaydn  

a.  Babuyanes 

b.  Batanes 

Cavite 

Ilocos  Norte 

IlocosSur 

Infanta 

a.  Polillo 

Isabela 

Laguna 

Lepanto  

a.  QuiangAn 

Manila,  municipal . 

a.  Corregidor 

NuevaEcija 

Nueva  Vizcaya 

a.  Cayapa  ". 

Pampanga 

Pangasindn 

Principe 

Rizal 

Sorsogon 

Tdrlac 

Tayabas 

Uni6n 

Zambales 


Marinduque . 
Mindanao... 


Cotabato. 
Dapitan.. 


Sq.  m. 
44,235 


3.54 
8,344 
2,386 


1887  popu- 
lation, 
Spanish 
census. 


41, 300 

196, 129 

33,010 

194,022 

50, 761 

311, 180 

15,175 

13, 985 

239, 221 

85,408 

1,284 

8,770 

134,569 

163, 349 

215,792 

9,095 

1,700 

48,302 

169, 983 

16,162 

30,000 

=  250, 000 

420 

156, 010 

19,379 

2, 249 

223, 922 

302, 178 

4,100 

216,940 

98, 6.50 

109!  780 
110, 104 
87,296 


4,148 
17, 273 


Estimated 

population 

not 

counted. 


C) 


6,370 


Total 
population. 


43, 300 
195,129 

33,010 
194, 022 

50,761 
311, 180 

15, 175 

239^  221 

85, 408 

1,284 

9,675 

134,569 

163, 349 

215,792 

9,095 

1,700 

48,302 

169, 983 

16, 152 

30,000 

250, 000 

420 

156, 610 

68,379 

2,249 

223, 922 

302, 178 

10, 470 

246,940 

98, 650 

89, 339 

109, 780 

110,164 

87, 296 


48, 000 


8,000 
4,148 
20,273 


No. 
570 


»Total  Is  estimated  at  82,500,  on  account  of  the  races  scattered  over  the  province. 
"An  estimate  of  14,000  for  former  comandancia  of  Saltan  would  make  62,302  for  province  not 
ounted. 
"■^^cording  to  a  late  enumeration  by  the  board  of  health  of  the  city  of  Manila  the  population  is 

jjjf  ppulation  of  former  territory  of  Manila  200,000,  towns  20;  of  M6rong  46,940,  towns  14. 

=  lne  Spanish  census  gives  the  enumeration  1,119;  the  church  (1895)  gives  the  enumeration  1,421 

le  town  of  Isabela  has  an  enumeration  6,000.     (Eastern  Arch.,  Pt.  I.)    Other  expert  authority,  8,000. 


28 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


List  of  islands,  j)rovinces,  and  populations — Continued. 


Islands  and  provinces. 


1887  popu- 
lation, 
Spanish 
census. 


Estimated 

population 

not 

counted. 


Total 
population. 


Mindanao— Continued. 

4.  DAvao 

5.  Lanao 


7.  Surigao  . 


Sq.m. 
9,171 
3,900 
5, 879 
13,201 
3,486 


33, 668 
100, OCO 
126, 942 

85, 125 


33,668 
100,000 
126,942 

85,125 
117,503 


4,108 


38,544 


106, 200 


Palawan. 


1.  Palawan  (Paragua).. 

2.  Barbae 

3.  Cagaydn  de  Sulu 

4.  St.  Michaels  Islands . 


Sulu  Archipelago  . . 

1.  Balanguingui  (group) . 

2.  Pangutaran  (group)... 

3.  Sulu  (Jol6)  (group)  ... 

4.  Tapul  (group) 

5.  TawiTawi 


50, 000 
250 


50,000 
2,100 


(') 


'1,815 
f 14, 415 
'1,300 
'4,765 


Visayan  Islands. 


10,000 


1.  Bohol 

2.  Cebrt 

3.  Leyte 

4.  Masbate: 

a.  Burias  . . . 

b.  Masbate  . 

c.  Ticao . 


6.  Negros  Occidental  l.TJp„rnq 

6.  Negros  Oriental ...r ^      " 

7.  Antique] 

8-  C4piz  -  panay 

9.  Hollo  ..I 

10.  Rombl6n 

11 


1,614 
1,782 
4,214 

268 
1,315 

149 
3,112 
1,742 
1,340 
1,661 
2,102 

515 


260, 000 
518,032 
270, 491 


260, 000 
518, 032 
270,491 

1,703 
21,366 


231,512 
140,498. 
115, 434 
224,000 
462,444 

.55,339 
195,386 


Unassigned. 


1.  Calamianes 

2.  Cuyos 


8,500 


24, 


16, 338 
8,500 


»In  1897  the  population  of  Misamis  as  then  constituted  was  169,256.  It  is  estimated  that  about  one 
fourth  of  that  number  occupy  the  region  outside  the  new  boundaries,  leaving  the  above  number  i 
fair  estimate  of  the  population  within  the  new  boundaries. 

i>The  census  of  1887  gave  67,760  population;  official  figures  (1898)  gave  85,125,  exclusive  of  the  mlc 
races  of  the  mountains. 

^In  1897  an  enumeration  gave  19,503  Christians  in  Zamboanga  and  surrounding  towns;  8,00( 
Mohammedans,  and  90,000  estimated  in  the  unexplored  regions  of  Sibuguey. 

d  Official,  1887,  certain  towns,  5,985.  Another  authority  (Arguelles,  former  governor) ,  Christians  ii 
N  ,  10,000;  Mohammedans  in  S.,  6,000.  Other  experts,  28,000  to  30,000.  Population  of  native  races  esti 
mated,  Tagbanuas,  6,000;  Negritos,  1,500;  Manguianes,  4,000;  Tandulanos,  1,500.  A  round  estimate  o: 
60,000  may  be  regarded  as  conservative. 

e  Official  guide  of  the  Philippines,  1897,  population  of  Sulu  Archipelago,  22,630. 

'Ferreiro  gives  these  figures  of  fighting  men  governed  by  datos  or  Panlimanes  in  the  groups  named 
An  expert  estimate  of  a  population  of  200,000  in  the  archipelago  of  Sulu  is  given  as  not  excessive. 

«  Another  authority  gives  the  population  at  11,000  in  1875. 

1"  See  Masbate. 

'  This  represents  the  population  in  1897  of  Concepcion  district,  now  Iloilo. 

The  most  conservative  totals  of  population  of  the  Philippine  Islands 
foot  up  larger  than  any  single  State  in  the  American  Union,  except 
New  York  (7,268,012). 

During  the  Spanish  domination  there  were  two  sources  which  a1 
almost  any  time  could  be  used  to  ascertain  with  sufficient  accuracy  foi 
all  practical  purposes  the  number  of  inhabitants  in  the  towns  recog 
nizing  Spanish  sovereignty.  These  were  the  assessment  lists  foi 
tribute  and  the  parochial  records.  The  returns  from  these  two  source; 
were  fairly  accurate.  It  has  been  found,  however,  that  those  from  th( 
first  generally  fell  below  the  facts,  while  those  from  the  second  sourc* 


GAZETTEEK    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


29 


were  in  excess.  Independently  of  these  two  regular  sources  of  infor- 
mation, the  Spanish  Government  took  an  official  census  in  1887,  bear- 
ing the  date  of  December  31.  The  published  returns  show  evidence  of 
having  been  compiled  with  some  care,  and  as  the  enumeration  districts 
were  small  there  is  no  good  reason  to  question  the  general  accuracy 
of  the  results.  Another  official  census  was  ordered  for  the  year  1896, 
which  was  in  progress  when  the  last  insurrection  against  Spain  broke 
out.  The  work  was  in  charge  of  the  "  centro  de  estadistica."  This 
census  was  never  completed  and  never  published,  although  the  material 
compiled  has  been  utilized  in  the  tables  given. 

PROGRESS  OF  PHILIPPINE  POPULATION. 


The  following  table  shows  the  progress  of  the  Philippine  population, 
including  only  the  people  who  recognized  Spanish  rule,  from  1735  to 
1896: 

Population  of  the  Philippines  at  different  j^eriods. 
[Includes  only  the  people  who  recognized  Spanish  rule.] 


Year.    Population. 


Sources  of  information  and  remarks. 


1812 
1815 
1817 
1818 

1827 
1833 
1840 


1845 
1850 


1862 
1870 


837, 182 
1,522,224 

1,741,234 
1,933,331 
2, 502, 994 
2,062,805 
2,026,230 

2,593,287 
3, 153, 290 
3,096,031 


3,434,007 


4,734,533 
4,698,477 


5,567,685 


Reports  by  various  religious  organizations. 

Compilation  made  by  the  city  government  of  Manila  from  the  tax  rolls  for  the 
tribute  (25  provinces). 

Same  source;  quoted  by  Buzeta,  II,  p.  53. 
Do. 
Do. 
Do. 

Same  source;  quoted  by  Buzeta,  II,  p.  53.  This  total  is  80,602  less  than  that 
quoted  by  Buzeta,  but  it  is  the  correct  footing  for  the  provinces  reported. 

Sources  unknown;  quoted  bv  Buzeta,  ibid.,  who  does  not  vouch  for  accuracy 

Same  as  for  1827. 

Special  reports  to  the  Guia  de  Forasteros  de  Manila,  made  by  the  local  officials. 
Apparently  very  reliable.  Buzeta  gives  this  total  as  3,209,077,  or  113,046  more, 
of  which  46  are  clearly  errors  in  addition  and  113,000  probably  an  estimate  of 
the  "infieles." 

Special  reports  to  the  Guia  de  Forasteros. 

Sum  of  the  figures  given  by  Buzeta  as  the  population  of  each  province,  probably 
on  the  basis  of  reports  by  the  parish  priests.  The  total  quoted  by  Buzeta  from 
the  Guide  for  the  same  year  is  3,815,874,  which  does  not  agree  with  his  figures 
for  the  various  provinces. 

Ecclesiastical  census,  published  in  the  Guide,  1863. 

Reports  by  the  civil  authorities,  compiled  and  published  by  Cavada,  Historia 
Geogr^flca,  Geologica  y  Estadi.stica  de  Filipinas,  Manila,  1876.  If  we  include 
893,300,  Cavada's  estimate  of  the  "iniieles,"  the  grand  total  is  5,091,777.  An 
ecclesiastical  census  of  the  same  year  gives  a  total  of  5,126,791,  including  the 
"infieles." 

Civil  census  quoted  in  the  Guia  Oficial  for  several  years,  see  1898.  An  ecclesi- 
astical census  of  about  the  name  time  gives  a  total  of  5,570,779,  to  which  might 
be  added  602,853,  the  estimated  number  of  "infieles,"  making  a  grand  total  of 
6,173,632. 

Ecclesiastical  census  published  in  the  Guia  de  Filipinas  for  1881;  estimated  num- 
ber of  "infieles"  was  632,645;  grand  total,  6,449,813.  This  was  the  census  of 
which  a  manuscript  copy  was  sent  to  Professor  Blumentritt.  Death  rate  in  the 
same  year  was  106.3  per  1,000,  against  a  birth  rate  of  43.4  per  1,000. 

Civil  census.  This  was  the  only  census  ever  taken  independently  of  the  tax 
rolls  or  the  church  records.  Errors  in  computation  in  the  published  reports 
amounting  to  504  have  been  corrected.  Severe  epidemic  of  cholera  in  1882 
contributed,  among  other  causes,  to  restrain  the  growth. 

From  a  table,  dated  Manila,  Nov.  30,  1891,  bearing  the  signatures  of  Manuel  del 
Busto  and  Jose  Gutierrez  de  la  Vega,  presidentana  vice-president,  respectively, 
of  the  centro  de  estadistica.  This  table  shows  internal  evidence  of  having  been 
very  carefully  prepared  and.  is  apparently  more  reliable  than  any  other  report 
of  the  same  period.    Epidemic  of  cholera  in  1889. 

Estimated  on  the  basis  of  the  partial  census  of  1896,  it  being  assumed  that  the 
rate  of  increase  found  in  the  494  towns  reported  would  hold  good  throughout 
the  islands. 


The  deduction  which  can  be  drawn  from  the  foregoing  figures  is  the 
slow  growth  of  the  population. 

The  following  is  another  table  which  gives,  by  provinces,  the  popu- 
lation in  the  years  1818,  1840,  1850,  1870,  and  1887;  also  for  1901 
.(estimated) : 


30 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


Population,  by  provinces,  according  to  Jive  reliable  reports. 


Provinces. 

1818. 

1840. 

1850. 

1870. 

1887. 

Gazetteer 

1901 
estimate. 

Abra 

31,815 
238, 176 

35,090 
» 220, 328 

41,318 
!>  206, 689 

92, 665 

115,308 

Amburavan  (IlocosSur) 

Antique 

50, 597 

48,333 

84, 570 

108,855 

1,550 

36, 086 

8, 326 

241,782 

523 

(■=) 

» 153, 734 

10,134 

214, 507 

791 

71,657 

115,434 

2,110 

50,  781 

10,517 

311,180 

1,119 

16,234 

0  216,622 

13,985 

239,221 

1,708 

96, 357 

115,434 

BalS-bac 

23,393 

39, 002 

8,000 

170,282 

39, 008 

8,000 

221,021 

50, 761 

Batanes 

112, 120 

Basilan 

8  000 

Benguet . 

15  175 

Bohol 

(') 

(■>) 

(0) 

260,000 

Bulacdn  . .                          ... 

125, 021 

165,078 

213,498 

602 

f  85, 839 

239,221 
1  703 

Burias 

'61,322 

f  57, 022 

CagayAn  de  Siilu 

250 

Calamianes 

13, 157 
1      113, 892 
65,262 
15, 957 
51,665 
>]08,426 

16,052 

f        21,476 

t      153, 245 

136,248 

29,977 

90, 696 

1280,729 

15,027 

28, 324 

» 115, 571 

186,687 
31,968 

126,627 

6  14,435 
22,615 
128, 860 
140,471 
C) 

116,276 
394,215 

14, 291 
29, 109 
164,913 
194,809 

16,338 

[        194.022 

224  000 

Cdpiz                              

134.569 
504,081 

'484 
4,138 

501 
2,339 

420 

Cotabato 

4  148 

Cuyos                                1 

8  500 

20, 273 

D&vao 

13, 721 

150, 947 

■>  179, 305 

1  348, 371 

7,496 

36,219 

3,966 
163,349 
178, 258 
386,477 

7,100 
48,302 

169!  983 

33  668 

Ilocos  Norte 

135,748 
147, 095 
J 176, 901 

C) 

(') 

132,167 
179,315 
J  265, 847 

i'i 

157,559 
192, 272 
i  288, 629 

i'i 

163,349 
215,792 

Iloilo 

Infanta 

10  795 

Isabela 

48, 302 
22, 630 

Jolo  (group)  (Sulu) 

Laguna 

■n  86, 680 

n.  119, 607 

"137,083 

108,492 

169,983 
100, 000 

Lepanto 

"30,473 
156,850 
266,333 

16,152 
270,491 
300,392 

46, 152 

Leyte 

40, 623 
(°) 

91,819 
(») 

112,957 
(°) 

12,000 

Manila 

Manila    (city)    taken   from 
Manila  province 

250, 000 

Marinduque  . 

48  000 

Masbate  y  Ticao 

(P) 

18,796 

26,226 

C) 

26, 727 
36,429 

(P) 
35, 136 

47,388 

13,194 

q  65, 063 

78, 104 

196!  120 

21,366 

67, 656 
116,024 

46,940 
148, 137 
122,734 
156,610 

19,379 

223, 902 

302, 181 

5,985 

4,198 

23  0C9 

106, 200 
126  943 

Misamis 

Morong  (Riznl) 

(■•) 

35,445 

55, 535 

17,753 
17,974 

'  69, 135 

22,236 

'156,272 

242,476 

•231,512 

Negros  Oriental 

140, 498 

NuevaEcija  . 

» 15, 506 

•  19, 745 

20,411 

1 152, 232 

200, 348 

87,468 

32,209 

'203,137 

249,507 

156  610 

60, 628 

'106,381 
119, 322 

Pagasindn 

302, 128 

50,000 

3,561 

10, 470 

Rizal 

"246,940 

Romblon. 

(') 

57, 922 
C) 

(") 

94, 730 
C) 

110,103 

C) 

11,124 
161,679 
C) 

50,978 
(') 

95, 21S 
(n 

103,630 

»  79, 568 

11,597 

34,828 
184, 386 
87, 090 
67, 760 
89,439 
109,780 
7,793 
(M 

110,064 

«  87, 275 

17, 199 

55  339 

195,380 

98, 650 

Surigao  . . 

85,125 

Tdrlac 

48,676 

82,619 

80,110 

89, 339 

109, 780 

TiagAn 

Tondo  .. 

149,951 

233,062 

281,499 

110,164 

Zam  bales 

18,841 
8,640 

44,225 
9,765 

95,260 
8,618 

87, 295 

Zamboanga . 

117,603 

Total 

2,026,230 

3,096,031 

3, 800, 163 

4,698,477 

6,984,727 

6, 976, 073 

•  Decrease  due  to  changes  in  boundaries, 
b  Province  of  Sor.sogon  cut  off  from  Albay. 
•Included  in  Union. 

d  Included  in  Cebii. 

•  Includes  Siquijor  which  is  now  attached  to 

Negros  Oriental. 
'Includes  Isabela. 
e  Includes  Paragua  Norte. 
^  See  Surigao. 
'Includes  Bohol. 
i  Includes  Concepci6n. 

•  Included  in  Laguna. 

1  Included  in  Cagayin. 
"  Includes  Infanta. 
"  Includes  Ti&g&n. 


« See  Tondo. 

p  Included  in  Albay. 

Q  Includes  Marinduque  and  Liibang. 

'See  Rizal. 

■  Includes  Principe. 

t  Includes  T4rlac. 

"Includes  Manila  province  except  Manila  city 

and  Morong. 
"Included  in  CS-piz. 
"Included  in  Albay. 
"Included  in  Pampanga. 
y  Included  in  Lepanto. 
'See  Manila.    Also  see  "  Population  January  1, 

1902,"  under  Manila  city. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


31 


By  the  act  of  July  1,  1902,  "to  temporarily  provide  for  the  adminis- 
tration of  the  affairs  of  the  civil  government  in  the  Philippine  Islands" 
(sec.  6),  a  census  of  the  islands  is  provided  for,  to  be  taken  by  the 
Philippine  Commission,  under  heads  of  enumeration  stated. 

(hnieral  totals  of  the  population  of  the  Philippine  Archipelago  under  the  Spanish  census  of 

1887. 


Total  population  enumerated. 

Residents  present: 

Spanish  and  native 

Foreign 


3, 035, 318 


2, 960, 725 
33, 458 


2,940,429 
456 


Transient: 

Spanish  and  native. 
Foreign  


40,203 
932 


Residents  absent: 

Spanish  and  native. 
Foreign  


3,041,876  I    2,958,4 


Enumerated  or  estimated  in  report  accompanying  atlas  of  Philippine  Islands,  trans- 
mitted by  the  Philippine  Commission  to  the  President,  Volume  III,  December,  1900 

Grand  total  enumerated  (1887)  and  estimated  (1900) 


6, 000, 364 
974, 709 


, 975, 073 


A  summary  of  population,  according  to  sex,  and  total  by  provinces, 
under  the  partial  census  of  1896,  shows  for  the  37  provinces  given — 


Total 2,790,746 

No  returns  of  population  under  the  attempted  census  of  1896  were 
found  for  the  islands  or  provinces  of  Basilan,  Batangas,  Batanes,  Bon- 
toc,  Burias,  Camarines  Norte,  Camarines  Sur,  Cavite,  Cebu,  Corre- 
gidor,  Cotabato,  Davao,  Laguna,  Ley^te,  Negros  Oriental,  Pampanga, 
Sorsogon,  Surigao,  Tarlac,  and  Tiagan. 

Tovms  {pueblos)  in  the  Philippine  Archipelago,  by  islands  or  provinces. 

[Complete  alphabetical  list  of  pueblos  or  name  centers  of  population  districts,  arranged  under 
islands  or  provinces,  together  with  the  population  of  each  town  (pueblo)  and  aggregate  for  the 
political  division  as  a  whole.] 

[The  figures  for  1896  are  results  of  an  official  census  undertaken  by  Spain  and  interrupted  by  a  new- 
insurrection.  The  work  was  never  completed  nor  published  by  Spain,  but  has  been  under  the 
auspices  of  the  bureau  of  statistics  of  the  insular  government.  (Report  United  States  Philippine 
Commis.sion  1900-1901,  part  2,  pp.  583-593.)  These  figures  are  reproduced  here  .solely  for  information 
and  not  comparison.  The  1887  figures  are  often  greater  than  those  of  1896,  which  can  only  be 
accounted  for  in  the  constant  shifting  of  population  or  other  casualties  incident  to  the  hardships 
of  a  rude  life  and  to  tribal  rule  or  unstable  government  in  any  form.] 


Island  or  province,  by  towns  or  districts. 

Partial 
census, 

1896, 
total. 

Total  population,  combining 
residents  present  and  resi- 
dents absent,  native  and 
Spanish,  1887. 

■ 

Men. 

Women. 

Total. 

ABRA." 

Alfonso  XII  h 

S87 
10,579 
2,288 

Bangued 

8,292 

2,538 

.  1,133 

1,739 

1,404 

770 

583 

8, 121 

2,  .594 

929 

1,772 

1,469 

794 

648 

16,413 
5  132 

Bucav  

Dolores 

2,062 

Paz,  La 

2,781 

Piddigan 

Pilar   

1*564 

San  Gregorio 

1,663 

1,231 

»3  towns  not  reported  in  the  census  of  : 
•>  It  was  not  organized  in  1887. 


32 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


Towns  {puehjos)  in  the  Pliilippine  ArcliipeUujo,  hij  islands  or  ])rovlnces — Continued. 


Island  or  province,  by  towns  or  districts. 


iBRA— continued. 


tan  Jos6  de  Maiiabo  . 
an  Juan 

San  Quintin 

Tayum 

Villavieja 


Total 

Estimated,  1901  (not  including  Bontoc) . 


Albay . . . 
Bacacay 
Bac6n  i> . 


Bulan ' 


Cagsaua 

Calolb6n 

Cam^lig 

Caramoran 

Casiguran  * 

Castillab 

Catanduanes  Bagamanoc. 

Catanduanes  Bat6 

Donsol" 

Gtibatb 

Guinobatan 

IrosIni> 

Jovellar 


Legaspi 

Libog , 

Libong 

Ligao 

Magallanes ' 

Malilipot 

Malinao 

Manitao 

Matnogi' 

Oas 

Panddn  

Payo 

Pilarb 

Polangui 

Sorsog6n*>.. 

Tabaco 

Tiui  (Tivi). 

Vega 

Virac 


Total 

Estimated,  1901  (exclusive  of  Sorsog6n  detached) 


Anlnly 

Antique 

Barbaza 

Bugas6n 

Cagayancillo'- 

Caritan 

Culasi 


Egaiia 

Guisijan 

Nalupa 

PandAn 

Patnoiigon 

San  Jos(5  de  Buenavista  , 

San  Pedro 

San  Remigio , 

Sebaste  or  Ypago 


l.fiSl 

4,269 

,413  3,761 

,943  1,103 

•218  1,837 

,902  1,395 

,  6(>0  6, 038 

120  2,934 

,806  3,068 

3,213 

1,759 

2,020 

'  8  towns  not  reported  in  census  of  1896. 

'  Now  in  the  province  of  Sorsogon,  organized  after  1887. 

'Not  reported  in  the  census  of  1887. 


Partial 

census, 

1896 

total. 


1,197 
1,146 
1,273 


15,092 


20, 964 

"5,' no 


6,407 
6, 378 
6,770 
17, 886 


5, 742 
13,071 

2, 528 


10, 123 


20,095 
8,816 


199,027 


Total  population,  combining 
residents  present  and  resi- 
dents absent,  native  and 
Spanish,  1887. 


Men. 


1,552 
1,070 


20,267 


5,749 
5,056 
7,068 
2,338 
4,003 
2,411 
9,604 
1,855 
7,091 

478 
2,807 
1,219 

590 
3,395 
2, 871 
6,285 
9,685 
2, 184 
1,870 
2,043 
3,586 
3, 492 
2,313 

i;339 

2, 586 
5, 828 
834 
1,813 
5, 203 


2, 342 
4,404 
5,258 
8,477 
5,048 
1,488 
2, 663 


2, 467 
3,574 
2,357 
4,294 


Women. 


1,649 
1,079 


6, 923 
5,184 
7, 029 
2, 068 
3,933 
2, 255 
10, 694 
1,753 
7,396 

416 
2,721 
1,089 

710 
3,337 
2,750 
5,840 
10,157 
2, 014 
1,693 
1,798 
3,596 
3,624 
2,250 
8,586 
1,249 
2,657 
6,000 

754 
1,852 
5,746 

929 

847 
2, 208 
4,702 
5, 067 
8,178 
5,115 
1,439 
2,764 


147,281 


2. 514 
4, 030 
2,471 
4,621 


1,824 
4,869 
3,798 
1,263 
2, 008 
1,466 
5,616 
3,305 
3,266 
3,617 
1,746 
2,371 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.                       33 

Totims  {pueblos)  in  the  Philippine  Archipelago,  by  islands  or  provinces— Continued. 

Island  or  province,  by  towns  or  districts. 

Partial 
census, 
1896, 
total. 

Total  population,  combining 
residents  present  and  resi- 
dents absent,  native  and 
Spanish.  1887. 

Men. 

Women. 

Total. 

ANTiQCE— continued. 
Sibal6n 

11,820 
5,546 
4,120 

5,789 
2,952 
2,156 

6,496 
3,249 
2,270 

Tibiae 

6,201 
4  426 

Valderrama.     ..         ... 

Total 

118,284 

55,607 

60,800 

116  407 

Estimated,  1901 

115,434- 

balAbac. 
Balilbac 

208 

1,048 

786 

1,834 

Estimated,  1901 

bataAn. 
Abiicay..                                          

4,403 
1,418 
7,564 
2,380 
2,376 
1,935 
1,445 
2,797 
6,296 
8,645 
3,408 
4,946 

2,406 
1,022 
4,305 
2,013 
1,873 
942 
885 
1,377 
3,015 
3,781 
1,862 
2,469 

2,392 

975 

4,003 

1,771 

1,718 

915 

805 

1,276 

2,934 

3,648 

1,887 

2,469 

4,793 
1,997 
8  308 

Bagac 

Balanga                       . 

3,784 

Mabatang 

1  867 

Mor6n 

2  653 

Orani 

5,949 

Orion 

Pilar 

3,749 
4,938 

S4mal 

Total 

46,613 

26,850 

24,893 

50,743 
50  761 

Estimated,  1901 

BATANE8.» 

San  Bartolom6 de  CalayAn 

669 
640 

1,102 
338 

1,643 

686 
596 

1,136 
377 

1,620 

1,356 

1,236 

2,237 

715 

San  Jose  de  Ibana 

San  Vicente  de  Sapt&n 

1  721 

Total 

5,260 

5,273 

10  633 

' 

BATANQA8. 

7,978 
17,617 
17, 282 
6,219 
996 
2,674 
4,353 
7,676 
2,488 
22, 494 
2,575 
4,062 
7,194 
4,845 
6,631 
2,831 
5,505 
10,657 
3,529 
10,332 
3,516 
5,608 

8,236 
17,814 
18,363 
6,044 
1,007 
2,970 
4,664 
7,710 
2,389 
20,683 
2,550 
3,776 
7,182 
5,028 
5,537 
3,068 
5,634 
11,382 
3,276 
10, 120 
3,688 
5,403 

16,214 
35,431 
35,645 
12,263 
2  003 

Batangas 

Bauan                                    .     .                        .        . 

Calacfi. 

Calatagta 

Cuenca  . .                        .  . 

5,644 

[ba^n 

Lian 

4  877 

Lipa 

43,077 

Lobo6 

Masugbii 

7  838 

9,874 
11  168 

JanJuan 

San  Luis ..          ... 

5,899 
11,039 
22  039 

Taal 

Talisay 

6  805 

20;452 

ruy ..::::::::::::::::::: : 

11  Oil 

Total 

166, 062 

156,062 

Estimated,  1901 

311,180 

Ibundao 

133 
318 

138 
313 

Vdaoay 

490 
202 
625 

Vmbuclao'.  

287 

249 

536 

» Included  territorially  in  Cagay&n  de  Luj6ii. 
*>  10  towns  not  reported  in  censuB  of  1896. 
« Not  reported  in  1887. 


S.  Doc.  280 3* 


34 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


Tmims  (pueblos)  in  the  Philippine  Archipelago,  by  islands  or  provinces — Continued. 


Island  or  province,  by  towns  or  districts. 


Partial 
census, 


Total  population,  combining 
residents  present  and  resi- 
dents absent,  native  i  ' 
Spanish,  1887. 


Men.       Women.      Total 


BENGUET — continued. 


Atoc  . . . . 
Baguio . . 
BalAbac. 
Bocot  . . . 


Cabayan  . . . 
Capangan.. 

Dacldn 

Galiano 

Guibungan 

Itogon 

Loo 

Palina 

Sabl&n 

Trinidad... 
Tublay 


Total. 


Alburquerque 

Anda 

Antequera 

Baclaydu 

Balilijan 

Batuanan 

Calape 

Candijay 

Canoan  

Carmen 

Catigbian 

Corella 

Dauis 

Dimiao 

Duero 

Garcia  Herndndez 

Getafe 

Gtiindulman 

Guinduhuan 

Inabanga 

Ipil 

Jagnd 

Lauis 

Lila 

Loay 1.. 

Loboc 

Lo6n 

Maria 

Maribojoc 

Paminuitan  or  Cortes. 

Panglao 

San  Juan 

Sevilla 

Sierra-Bullones 

Siquijor 

Tagbilaran 

Talibon 

Tubig6n 

Ubay 

Valencia 

Vilar 


Total. 


,1901 


Agua 
Alap 


Alap 

Ambaycan . 
Anquil6n  .. 

Antado 

Baininao... 
Belifi 


1,409 
1,186 


7,054 


7,789 


7,438 
4,057 
5,842 
7,619 


10,283 
5,232 


2,180 
4,217 
8, 545 
8,336 


5,065 
4,106 
8,571 


1,767 
2,673 
3,791 
2,716 

645 
3,992 
2,073 
4,441 
1,617 

995 
1,813 
3,487 
3,896 
2,760 
2,758 


1,675 
3,104 
4,110 
2,356 
643 
4,163 
1,761 
4,387 
1,553 
1,010 
1,922 
3,761 
4,005 
2,967 
3,010 


,337 


3,400 


10,405 
1,160 


5,916 


5,240 
579 
6,908 
3,525 
2,012 
3,080 
5,150 
6,084 
2,500 
5,096 
2,403 
2,436 
2,667 
2,723 
743 
4,551 
3,770 
2,049 
5,862 

3^344 


5,104 
604 
6,359 
3,663 
2,243 
3,273 
5,606 
6,237 
2,476 
5,190 
2,796 
1,837 
2,761 
2,614 
717 
4,660 
3,858 
1,962 
6,750 
1,600 
3,688 
3,150 


m 

140 

384 

298 

94 

112 

136 

150 

156 

173 

68 

76 

9V 

94 

•18  towns  not  reported  in  census  of  1896. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


35 


Towns  {puehlos)  in  the  Philippine  Archipelago,  by  islands  or  provinces — Continued. 


I 

Island  or  province,  by  towns  or  districts. 

Partial 

census, 

1896, 

total. 

Total  population,  combining 
residents  present  and  resi- 
dents   absent,  native  and 
Spanish,  1887. 

Men. 

Women. 

Total. 

BONTOC— continued . 

253 
177 
117 
187 
516 

99 

74 
176 
235 
101 
319 

62 
136 
281 
130 
196 
128 

54 
292 
504 
257 
165 
298 
113 
531 
204 

329 
212 
166 
202 
471 
116 

82 
163 
208 
145 
360 

72 
193 
280 
163 
243 
162 

41 
276 
686 
275 
176 
313 
138 
606 
199 

Betiiagrin .... 

272 

Can-co 

216 

Dalicam 

443 

Fidilizan 

Inapuy 

134 

Mainic 

Malec6n 

Piquigan 

293 

Saca«acan  

95 

1,090 
532 

Sanuqui 

Tanulon 

251 

Total 

6,666 

7,109 

13, 776 
13,985 

BULAClN. 

Angat                   ...... 

9,755 
17,250 
9,336 
7,661 
10,085 
11,860 
6,635 
15, 712 
14,  .548 
17,803 
13,467 
6,073 
9,098 
5,276 
1,180 
9,285 
10, 645 
11, 233 
3,982 
6,480 

4,108 
8,563 
4,691 
8,911 
4,280 
6,945 
3,366 
5,774 
2,696 
9,104 
7,826 
2,344 
4,610 
3,114 

4;  026 
4,963 
4,836 
3,632 
3,686 
1,422 
9,742 
5,084 
3,216 
4,692 

4,044 
8,660 
4,809 
3,904 
4,320 
5,946 
3,431 
5,839 
2,638 
9,396 
7,880 
2,222 
4,646 
2,997 
3,884 
4,152 
5,199 
5,033 
3,680 
3,576 
1,338 
9,655 
6,065 
3,304 
4,884 

8,152 
17,223 
q  500 

Barasoain. 

BigaA 

7  815 

8,600 
11  891 

Bulac&n 

Bustos 

6,797 
11,613 
5  134 

Guigui'nto 

18,500 
16,706 
4  666 

ilalolos 

Marilao 

9,266 
6,111 
7,576 

Obando 

Polo 

Pulilan .  . 

9,869 
7,312 

San  Ildefonso 

7,262 

SanJos6» 

2  760 

15,563 
7, 435 
6,223 

10,288 

19, 397 

Santa  Isabel 

6  520 

Santa  Maria  de  Pandi 

9,476 

Total 

114,962 

119,122 

120, 342 

239, 464 
239  222 

BURIA8. 

San  Paseual 

879 

811 

1,690 
1  703 

Estimated,  1901 

Abdlug 

6,410 

3,210 
2,973 
3,476 

3,689 

624 

2,006 

1,928 

3,080 
3,083 
3,232 
3,931 
678 
2,188 
1,726 

6,290 
6  066 

Aicai4 :::::::::                        : 

■Annjluner 

6  708 

7,620 

2,058 

Camalaniugan 

4  l"-! 

ciaveria  .„,„;:::::;:::::::::::::::;:::::::::;:::::::::::::: 

3;6N 

•  Not  reported  in  the  census  of  1896. 

•>  10  towns  not  reported  in  census  of  1896. 


36 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


Towns  {pxiehlos)  in  the  Philippine  Archipelago,  by  islands  or  provinces — Continued. 


Island  or  province,  by  towns  or  districts. 

Partial 

census, 

1896, 

total. 

Total  population,  combining 
residents  present  and  resi- 
dents absent,  native  and 
Spanish,  1887. 

Men. 

Women. 

Total. 

cagayAn  de  luz6n — continued. 
Enrile                                                            .       

5,466 

2,715 
592 
2,319 
2,199 
1,474 
473 
2,478 
1,253 

si  177 
2,358 
9,977 

2,488 
619 
2,190 
2,095 
1,473 
491 
2,451 
1,338 
1,614 
2,910 
2,442 
9,300 

5,203 

4,509 
4  294 

iii-16 :;:::;:': 

5,409 

2,947 
964 

Nagsiping                    

973 
2,575 
2,963 

4,929 
2, 591 

Santo  Nino.          

3  303 

Solana 

6,087 

Tuguegarao 

19  277 

Sanchez  Mira »                       ...              

2,988 

Total 

33,940 

48,610 

47,229 

Estimated,  1901               ..  .         

96,367 

CALAMIANES. 

Agutaya                                 

1,796 
3,252 
8,192 

947 
2,351 
4,112 

1,251 
1,920 
4,791 

2,198 
4,277 
8,903 

Culi6n 

Cuyo 

Total 

13,240 

7,416 

7,962 

15,378 

CAMABINES  NOBTE. 

851 

583 
4,020 
3,248 
2,146 

461 
1,336 

436 
1,766 

829 

551 
3,973 
2,946 
1,974 

478 
1,426 

433 
1,653 

Capalonga                     

1  134 

D&et 

IndAn 

6,194 

Labo 

4  120 

Paracale .      .  .  . 

2, 762 

San  Vicente 

869 

Tallsay 

3,419 

Total 

14,847 

14, 263 

29  110 

Estimated,  1901,  see  Camarines   Sur   "Ambos   Cam- 
arines." 

CAMARINES  SUB. 

3,491 
911 
2, 331 
1,227 
3,493 
1,489 

I'M 

2;  759 
1,375 
2,810 
7,630 
5,082 
7,207 

397 

611 
2, 821 

34.S 
2, 353 
1,701 
8, 618 
4,905 
1,648 

760 
1,539 

945 
1,531 
3,832 

620 

324 
1,555 
1,339 

3,553 
792 
2,344 
1,141 
3,709 
1,469 
2,756 
1,782 
2,663 
1,525 
2,764 
7,599 
5,258 
7,448 

585 
2,842 

349 
2,700 
1,920 
8,626 
4,346 
1,605 

653 
1,&48 

970 
1,537 
4,071 

449 

259 
1,524 
1,276 

".(HA 

1,703 
4  675 

Bat6      

7,202 

Bula 

2  958 

Calabanga 

5,497 

3,465 

Canamdn 

5,422 

Gainza 

2,900 

Goa 

5,574 

Iriga 

15,229 

Lagonoy          ... 

10  340 

14,655 

Lupi 

790 

Mabatobato    .        

1,196 

5,663 

697 

MiiaSr.   ■:::;:■::;;:;::;;:;:;:::::::::::::::: : 

5,053 

Minaiabag 

3,621 

Nabua  

17,244 

Nueva  C&ceres 

9,251 

Pamplona 

3,253 

1,413 

3  087 

Quipayo                         .        

1915 

3  068 

San  Jos6 

71903 

Sip6cot 

1,069 

Siroma 

583 

Tiga6n 

3,079 

2,616 

82,380 

82,908 

165,288 

194,02a 

>  Organized  after  1887. 


I 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  37 

Towns  {pueblos)  »i  tlie  Philippine  Archipelago,  by  islands  or  provinces — Continued. 


Island  or  province,  by  towns  or  districts. 

Partial 

census, 

1896, 

total. 

Total  population,  combining 
residents  present  and  resi- 
dents   absent,  native   and 
Spanish,  1887. 

Men. 

Women. 

Total. 

Ci.PIZ.« 

Balete                                                 

1,152 
3,364 
4,486 
1,982 
5,926 
8,500 
2,170 
2,671 
3,669 
2,427 
51904 
1,298 
1,002 

416 
1,495 
1,672 
1,843 
1,383 

984 
3,184 
1,842 
3,183 
4,222 
2,035 
3,013 
9,657 
3,336 

31264 
1,546 
2,579 
1,559 
1,201 

1,171 
4,006 
5,533 
2,302 
,       6, 102 
8,192 
2,453 
2;  606 
3,731 
2,723 
6.258 
1,472 
1,093 

465 
1,445 
2,121 
1,940 
1,537 

996 
3,405 
1,969 
3,403 
4,303 
2,179 
3,098 

si  119 
2,463 
3,227 
1,635 
2,381 
i;578 
1,285 

2,323 

Baiigft 

7,370 

12,864 

10, 019 

Buruanga                                          . 

4,284 

Calivo 

10, 314 

10, 706 
4,099 
8,032 
8,443 
5,599 

11, 608 
2,787 
2,169 
1,194 
3,135 

12, 028 

Ciplz 

16, 692 

Cuartero                                       .     .                 

4, 623 

Dao 

6.277 

7,390 

Dunidrao                                 '. 

5,150 

Ibfiiav 

12,162 

2, 770 

Jagnava 

2,095 

Jaminddn 

881 

2,940 

3,793 

Libacao                                                          .                   

2,409 
2,398 
1,616 

10,224 
2,590 
7,068 

10,929 
5,561 

3,783 

2,920 

1,980 

Macat6                                                               .                 

6,589 

Madalag 

3,811 

6,586 

Mambusao                                                                                  

8, 525 

4:214 

6,111 

Panav     ...            .                        ...            

11,965 
6,687 
2,814 

10,090 
2,688 
3,448 
2,652 
3,319 

19, 343 

Panitan 

6, 455 

Pilar 

4,833 

Pontevedra 

6,491 

Papidn 

3,181 

4,%0 

Tangalan 

3,137 

Tapds .                                                                                        

2,486 

Total 

167,318 

95,335 

99,867 

195,  202 

224, OUO 

CAVITE. 

3,672 
1,578 
6,455 
2,495 
3,053 
2, 012 
1,376 
3,216 
5,175 
5,760 
1,370 
4,134 
1,835 
3,485 
1,105 
2,160 
3,088 
4,248 
2,875 
4,024 
3,588 
1,246 

3,354 
1,705 
6,230 
2,036 
2,918 
i;871 
1,016 
3,086 
6,%7 
6,088 
1,107 
4,143 
1,816 
4,593 
1,109 
2,179 
2,988 
4,148 
2,792 
3,429 
3,636 
1,125 

7, 026 

Amadeo 

3, 283 

11,685 

Bail^n 

4,531 

Caridad,La 

6,971 

Carmona 

3, 883 

Ca\'ite 

2,392 

Cavite  Viejo 

6,302 

Imus 

12, 142 

10, 848 

2,477 

Maragondon 

8, 277 

3,651 

Ndlc 

8,078 

Noveleta 

2, 214 

4,339 

6,076 

San  Francisco  de  Malab6n                                          .  .     . 

8,396 

San  Roque 

5,667 

7  453 

Silang 

7,224 

Ternate 

2,371 

67,809 

66,477 

134, 286 

134,569 

CEBt. 

1,636 

1,387 
4,672 
1,899 
11,577 
3,580 
3,554 
5,836 
6,861 
9,230 
7,822 

1,625 
1,271 
4,205 
1,649 
11,545 
3,351 
3,819 
5,277 
7,037 
8,539 
7,370 

3,261 

2,658 

Alegria 

8,877 

Aloguinsan .                                                                     .        .  . 

3,548 

23, 122 

6,931 

Badidn 

7,373 

Balamb^n 

11,113 

13, 898 

17, 769 

-kBog6 

16,192 

'6  towns  not  reported  in  census  of  1896. 


38  GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 

Towns  (ptceblos)  in  the  Philippine  Archipelago,  by  islands  or  provinces — Continued. 


Island  or  province,  by  towns  or  districts. 

Partial 

census, 

1896, 

total. 

Total  population,  combining 
residents  present  and  resi- 
dents  absent,  native  and 
Spanisli,  1887. 

Men. 

Women. 

Total. 

CEBtr— continued. 
Boljo6n 

2, 553 
1,750 

13,581 
3,273 
2,741 
5,730 
2,243 
2,145 
3,256 
4,974 

10, 124 
7,014 
5,106 
4,595 
3,990 
3,627 
4,877 

9' 342 
3, 124 
5,270 
2,644 
5,032 
2,811 
4,931 
2,103 
2,271 
3,530 
2,240 
3,404 
6,678 
3,198 

11, 234 
3,456 
1,191 
1,471 
1,868 

11, 739 
3,084 
3,874 
3,618 
8, 395 
4,374 
4,119 

2,514 
1,680 

12,458 
3,065 
2, 685 
5,468 
2,188 
2,162 
3,073 
4,647 
9,145 
6,501 
4,622 
4,809 
4,051 
3,320 
5,241 
2, 362 
8,562 
2,805 
5/255 
2,460 
5,235 
2,853 
4,519 
2,128 
2,172 
3,402 
2,099 
3,648 
5,289 
3,288 

10, 352 
3, 225 
1,251 
1,465 
1,952 

11,240 

1:11 

3,600 
7,694 
4,146 
4,145 

5,067 
3,430 
26  039 

Circar 

Cebii 

11  198 

Compostela 

4  431 

C6rdoba                                                                j 

6,329 
9,621 

Daan  Bantaydn 

13,575 
9  728 

Dumanjug .. 

Ginatilan 

Liloan 

8,041 

e  947 

Malab6yoc 

Medellin 

4,961 
17  904 

Minglanilla 

Moalboal 

5,929 

Nueva  Cdceres ...             

5  104 

Op6n 

10  '^67 

Oslob  . 

5,664 
9,450 
4  231 

Pilar 

4,443 
6  932 

Poro 

Ronda  

4  339 

San  Fernando 

11  967 

San  Francisco  .. 

6  486 

21,586 

San  Sebastito 

2  442 

Santa  Fe . 

2,936 
3,820 
22,979 
5,872 

Sogod 

7,218 
16,089 
8,520 

Talisay 

Toledo . . 

Total 

267,326 

246, 096 

503,422 
518,032 

Estimated  1901 

COKEEGIDOB. 

San  Jos6 

237 

221 

458 

COTABATO. 

Cotabato 

556 
217 
656 

337 
173 
602 

Police 

390 

Tamontaca  .  .. 

1  268 

Total 

1,429 

1,112 

2  541 

Estimated  1901 

4  148 

97 
803 
322 
108 
278 
364 

Di.VAO. 

76 
670 
291 
125 
257 
350 

173 

1  473 

233 

Mali 

536 

714 

Total 

1,972 

1,769 

3,741 

33,668 

ILOCOS  NORTE. » 

7,062 
6,099 
4,020 

6,887 
5,518 
3,744 

Badoc 

10,846 
6, 129 

11,617 
7,794 

Bangui , 

»  7  towns  not  reported  in  census  of  1896. 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  39 

Towns  (pueblos)  in  the  Philippine  Archipelago,  by  islands  or  provinces — Continued. 


Island  or  province,  by  towns  or  districts. 

Partial 

census, 

1896, 

total. 

Total  population,  combining 
residents  present  and  resi- 
dents absent,  native  and 
Spanish,  1887. 

Men. 

Women. 

Total. 

IL0C08  NORTE— continued. 
Bdtac 

8,446 
2,200 
6,006 
15,324 
1.804 
6,138 
3,623 
4,049 
5,676 
6,524 
2,119 
4, 626 

8,535 
1,912 
5,663 
15,546 
1,673 
6,009 
3,639 
3,779 
5,575 
6, 632 
2,031 
4,552 

16, 981 
4  112 

Bannd                      .               

2, 146 

Dingrds 

11  669 

28,322 

3,477 
12, 147 

10,341 
5,743 
6,398 
8,541 

7, 262 

Piddig..       .                         ....                  ...          

7,828 

11,251 

San  Nicolfis 

13,056 

Vintar 

9  178 

Total 

78,466 

83,716 

81,595 

165, 311 

163,349 

ILOCOS  8UK.» 

2,924 
6,127 
8,774 
3,136 
3, 515 
4,717 
8,550 
225 
809 
1,362 
1,311 
2,637 
4,127 
2,571 
3,847 
3,562 
6, 281 
2, 049 
4,056 
767 
3,719 
6,718 
7,018 

2,826 
6,855 
9,197 
2,208 
3,311 
41,817 
9,843 
210 
993 
1,459 
1,273 

41573 
2,596 
3,809 
4,004 
6,341 
2, 074 
4,058 
728 
3,784 
7,079 
7,231 

5,750 
11  982 

Cabugao 

17,971 

Caoavan                                                    

6,344 

Lapog 

6  826 

9,534 

Narvacd,n .  .      .                        .     

18, 393 

487 

667 

2,511 

2,111 

435 

1,802 

San  Esteban                     . .        

2, 821 

San  Ildefonso 

2,584 

5,469 

Santa.           

8.472 
5, 527 
5,941 
7,113 
12, 167 
3,643 
8,704 
1,065 
7, 482 
7,959 

8,700 

Santa  Catalina                                                                            .  . 

5,167 

7,656 

Santa  Lucia 

7,566 

Santa  Maria                                                               

12, 622 

4,123 

San  to  Domingo 

8,114 

Sevilla                                                                     

1,495 

Siniit 

7,503 

Tagudin 

13,797 

Vigan 

14,249 

Total 

73,849 

88,802 

91, 101 

179, 903 

215, 792 

ILOlLO.l- 

Aiuy 

4,718 
6,092 
1,839 
1,596 
3,216 
6,578 
3,456 
2,970 
9,942 
3,875 
5,441 
2,017 
1,618 
6,297 
3, 423 
■      8,282 
5,818 
4,872 
6,184 

12, 712 
5,383 
3,895 
2,265 
1,231 
6,362 
2,597 
5,194 
2,599 

10,348 
2,458 

4,670 
5,705 
1,620 
1,690 
3,036 
6,357 
3, 120 
3,002 

10, 342 
3,879 
4,993 
1,855 
1,600 
6,503 
2,916 
8,454 
5,744 
5,080 
5,780 

13,031 
5,610 
3,832 
2,288 
1,262 
6,697 
2,806 
5,282 
2,640 

10,384 
2,662 

9  388 

AlimodiAn 

10, 197 

Anilao  .                                                                                  .  .. 

3,459 

3,286 

6,250 

6,252 

Bar6tac  Nuevo                                             .          

12, 776 

Bar6tac  Viejo 

6,576 

5,972 

Cabatiian 

19,939 
6,497 

20,284 

Calinoff . . 

7,764 

Caries^::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::;::::;;:::: 

10,234 

3, 872 

2, 693 
11,140 

Dingle  ... 

12, 800 

Uuenas  

6,339 

Dumangas 

14, 925 

16, 736 

Guinibal 

11,562 

Igbarfis  ... 

9,952 

Iloilo 

6,429 
19,417 
10,333 
10, 059 

11, 364 

25,743 

10, 993 

7,727 

Legan6s 

4,653 

2,493 

Le6n. :.:::::::: :::::::::: 

13, 168 

13, 059 

6,403 

Maasin 

10, 126 

10,476 

6, 269 

22, 066 

20, 732 

Miim. .;:::::;:;;:;::::::: ::"':::::::::::::: 

6,720 

»9  towns  not  reported  in  census  of  1896. 
•>  18  towns  not  reported  in  census  of  1896. 


40 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


Tenons  (pueblos)  in  the  Philippine  Archipelago,  by  islands  or  provinces — Continued. 


Island  or  province,  by  towns  or  districts. 

Partial 

census, 

1896, 

total. 

Total  population,  combining 
residents  present  and  resi- 
dents absent,  native  and 
Spanish,  1887. 

Men. 

Women. 

Total. 

iLofLO— continued. 
Molo 

3,636 
2,804 
7, 332 

3;  959 
1,908 
10,325 
2,195 
i;526 
6,349 
3,373 
7,536 
3,246 
5,066 
2,621 
2,830 

3,645 
2,987 
7,235 
4,299 
3,965 
1,964 
10,587 
2,180 
i;558 
6,167 
3,457 
7,631 
3,204 

2;  696 

2,857 

7,281 

Nagaba  (Guimar&s  Island)                              

4,701 
14, 280 

6,794 

Ot6n 

14,567 

8,629 

Pavia                                                                 

7,924 

Paz 

3,872 

16,074 

20, 912 

San  Dionisio                                                     

4,375 

3,725 

3,084 

12, 516 

San  Miguel  (Angoy)                                     

7,198 
15,528 

6,830 

Santa  Barbara                                                                             -  -- 

15, 167 

6,451 

Tlgbauan                                       

10,154 
5,594 

9,904 

5,317 

6,687 

Total                                        : 

230, 196 

210,957 

210,911 

421,868 

Estimated  1901 

462, 444 

3,043 
530 

2, 982 
564 

INFANTA. 

Binailfeonan  de  Lamp6n 

9,097 
1,784 

6,025 

Polillo 

1,114 

Total                                                                        .... 

10,881 

3,593 

3,546 

7,139 

10, 795 

ISABELA   DE  BASILAN. 

Isabela 

561 

397 

985 

Estimated  1901  (for  the  entire  island  of  Basilan 

8,000 

ISABELA  DE  LUZ6N. 

3,278 
7,436 
3,796 
1,699 
2,257 

1,084 

2,963 

1,771 

700 

1,148 

823 

506 

2, 233 

1,824 

6,816 

1,104 

2,890 

1,725 

637 

1,011 

779 

470 

1,753 

2,198 

6,469 

2,188 

Cabag^n  Nuevo                                             .        

5,843 

3,496 

1337 

Cauayan                                                        

2,159 

1,602 

1,074 

6,878 

976 

Echague .                                                              .        

3,986 

4,022 

Ilagan 

4,259 
2,172 
1,054 
2,062 
1,569 
5,238 

11, 275 

483 

976 

1,463 

2,289 

497 

831 

1,379 

2,082 

980 

1,807 

Santa  Maria                              .                    

2,842 

437 

Total 

42,672 

24,069 

22,815 

46,884 

Estimated  1901  .  .                                        

48,302 

LAG  UNA  (LA). 

2,374 
1,349 
1,179 
7, 3.58 
2,900 
4,428 
4,628 
1,607 
2,990 

641 
2,221 
2,423 

704 
1,478 
3,654 
6,342 
1,438 
3,535 
1,432 

935 
3,058 

2,292 
1,404 
1,175 
8,094 
2,804 
4,601 
4,180 
2,153 
2,986 

785 
2,388 
2,528 

694 
1,666 
3,632 
7,244 
1,491 
3,689 
1,362 

891 
3,103 

4,666 

Bancs  (Los) 

2,753 

Bay 

2,354 

Bifiang 

15,452 

Cavinti    .        . 

6,701 

9,029 

8,808 

3,760 

L^k^^^.:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::;:::::::::::;::::::::: 

5,975 

1,426 

Luisiana .        

4,609 

Lumbang . 

4,951 

1,398 

3,143 

Majaijay 

7;i76 

13,586 

Paete 

2,929 

Pagsaniftn 

7,124 

Pingil 

2,794 

i;826 

piir..:::::;:::::::;::::::::::::::::::::::::::;:;;::::::;::::: 

6,161 

k 
k 
U 


'Not  reported  in  census  of  1896. 


■  Not  reported  in  1887. 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE   PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


41 


Towns  (pueblos)  in  the  Philippine  Archipelago,  by  islands  or  provinces — Continued. 


Island  or  province,  by  towns  or  districts. 

Partial 

census, 

1896, 

total. 

Total  population,  combining 
residents  present  and  resi- 
dents absent,   native  and 
Spanish,  1887. 

Men. 

Women. 

Total. 

LAGTJNA  (LA)— continued. 

783 
9,726 
2,227 
6,417 

433 
4,799 
2,621 

890 

2',  177 
6,523 
422 
4,646 
2,667 

1,673 

San  Pablo                                                                 

19, 365 

4  404 

12, 940 

Santa  Maria                                                                   

855 

9  355 

Xotal                                                                                

83,480 

86, 024 

169  504 

169, 983 

LEPANTO. 

920 

8,146 

7,880 

16,026 

Estimated  1901                                            

46,158 

The  census  of  1896  states  in  detail  the  population  of  the 
towns  organized  after  1887,  as  it  is  contained  in  the  following 
additional  table: 

734 
1,180 
263 
385 
520 
450 
2,055 
468 
149 
671 
920 
336 
841 
203 
749 
630 
276 
431 
690 
1,174 
1,469 
625 
186 
568 
483 
271 
164 
738 
171 
739 
565 
614 
442 
735 
185 
628 

Balaca 

Dain 

Data 

Malava                                                                

Mflsla 

Pingad 

Quinali  .                                       

Sumedel 

Suvon 

Tadi4n 

Ululin 

Vila 

Total 

21,608 

LEYTE. 

Alang-Alang                                                           

3,145 
1,623 
1,240 

4,199 

1,275 

6,848 

882 

7,242 

2,174 

566 

664 

6,553 

2,434 

11,819 

4,639 

7,848 

2,958 
1,307 
1,160 

6.54 
4,094 
1,337 
5,696 

785 
6, 692 
1,947 

668 

691 
6,127 
2,011 
11,929 
4,454 
5,827 

6,103 

2,830 

2,400 

1,322 

Barugo                                                                                    

8,293 

Bat6 

2,612 

11,444 

1,667 

Burauen 

13,934 

Cabalian 

4,121 

1,134 

Capoocan .         

1,346 

Carigara 

12, 680 

4,446 

23, 748 

9,093 

L  HUongos 

13,675 

42 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE   PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


Toiww  {pueblos)  in  the  Philippine  Archipelago,  by  islands  or  provinces — Continued. 


Island  or  province,  by  towns  or  districts. 

Partial 

census, 

1896, 

total. 

Total  population,  combining 
■  residents  present  and  resi- 
dents absent,  native  and 
Spanish,  1S87. 

Men. 

Women. 

Total. 

LE  YTE — con  tinned . 

2;  235 
1,788 
1,477 
4,724 
1,598 
1,567 
7,363 
2,566 

425 
3,887 

807 
2, 378 

863 
1,475 
6,776 
8,229 
2, 781 

959 
1,684 
1,315 
1,702 
2,150 
2,605 
7,264 
2, 490 
1,292 

3,370 
2,180 
1,774 
1,315 
4,504 
1,673 
1,419 
7, 120 
2, 329 

390 
3,579 

722 
2,293 

849 
1,360 
6,539 
7,826 
2,984 
1,066 
1,461 
13,333 
1,375 
2,334 
2,394 
7,360 
2,395 
1,203 

6,752 
4,415 
3,562 
2,792 
9,228 
3,211 
2,986 
14,473 
4,985 
815 

Hindang 

Jaro 

Liloan 

Maasin 

Malibago 

Malitbog 

7  466 

Maripipl 

4,671 
1  712 

M6rida 

Naval 

2,835 

Palo 

16,055 
5,765 

2,025 
3  145 

San  Isidro  del  Campo 

San  Miguel 

2,048 

San  Ricardo 

3,077 

Sogod 

4  484 

4,899 

14, 624 

4  885 

Tolosa 

Villaba 

2,495 

Total 

138, 471 

131,284 

269  765 

Estimated,  1901 

270, 491 

MANILA." 

7,289 

'951 

105,296 

4,870 

2!  138 
6,699 
1, 123 
2,419 
5,175 
9,293 
2,945 
3, 912 
2,012 
3,766 
1,195 
2,348 
1,849 
1,470 
4,995 
11,160 

4,501 
882 
63,896 
4,621 
1,663 
2,074 
6, 145 
1,043 
2, 206 
4,998 
9,266 
2,817 
3,872 
1,946 
3, 751 
1,093 

l!776 
1,491 

loi  602 

Malibay  

Manila 

Mariquina 

10,166 

9,491 
3,352 

Montalbdn 

4,212 
12  844 

Navotas,  San  Jos6  de. 

11,643 

Novaliches 

2  166 

5,005 

4^624 

Paranaque 

10  173 

Pdsig 

20,983 
5,273 

10,007 
2,416 
6,240 
3,802 
4,467 
3,351 

18,649 
5,762 
7,784 

Pineda  or  PAsay ... 

Pifias  (Las) ... 

3,958 
7,517 

San  Felipe  Neri 

San  Juan  del  Monte 

San  Mateo 

4  641 

3,626 

Taguig 

11, 048 

9  978 

21, 762 

Total 

101, 680 

179, 663 

135, 908 

Manila,  1901,  municipalityb 

250,000 

MASBATE  AND  TICAO. 

Baleno 

1,553 

3,181 

971 

5;  136 
2,019 
2,950 
1,640 
4, 322 
3,671 
2,862 

698 

848 

427 

1,203 

1,480 

884 

1,079 

744 

1,289 

1,215 

1,037 

680 

713 

419 

1,081 

1,605 

899 

1,054 

707 

1,331 

1,264 

929 

1  378 

Catalngan 

1,561 

846 

Masbate 

2,284 

Milagros 

2,985 

Mobo 

1,783 

Palanas 

2,133 

1,451 

2,620 

San  Jacineto 

2,469 

Us6n ...      . 

i:966 

Total 

31,344 

10,901 

10, 512 

21,476 

23, 069 





»  7  towns,  including  the  capital,  not  reported  in  census  of  1896. 

•"The  districts  outside  of  Manila  are  included  in  the  new  province  of  Rizal,  organized  June,  1901, 
except  Pandacan  and  Santa  Ana,  which  were  annexed  to  the  city  of  Manila. 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS.  43 

Totma  (pueblos)  in  the  Philippine  Archipelago,  by  islands  or  provinces — Continued. 


Island  or  province,  by  towns  or  districts. 

Partial 
census, 

a. 

Total  population,  combining 
residents  present  and  resi- 
dents absent,  native  and 
Spanish,  1887. 

Men. 

Women. 

Total. 

MINDORO. 

Abra  de  IloK ••• 

1,024 
613 
765 
14,790 
679 
717 

4,333 
722 

6,928 

617 
252 
320 

6,593 
306 
307 

2,089 
285 

2,736 
98 
664 

1,866 
222 
190 
173 

2,613 

2,277 
873 
309 
477 
424 
470 
118 

7,838 
148 
201 
212 
151 

1,466 

544 

234 
290 

6,823 
262 
276 

2,014 
254 

2,701 
93 
645 

1,860 
186 
167 
180 

2,660 

2,090 
804 
250 
462 

394 
81 

7,730 
123 
198 
191 
124 

1,443 

1,161 

486 

610 

JJOjIC                                                                            

13,416 

'568 

583 

Calapftn                                                         

4,103 

539 

5,436 

191 

1,808 

4,171 

840 

365 

432 

6,619 

4,919 

1,817 

1,407 

1,614 

999 

599 

1,309 

3,716 

408 

357 

363 

5,173 

4,367 

1,677 

559 

939 

792 

Sablayftn                                      

864 

199 

16, 106 
310 

15,568 

271 

Sibav                                                                                       -  ■  - 

399 

567 

384 

8,548 

403 

Ticlin                                        

275 

2,909 

76,966 

34, 194 

33,437 

67, 631 

Estimated,  1901 

106, 200 

MIS  AMIS.* 

1,681 
6,306 

IS 

571 
1,617 

1,280 

2,515 

3,221 

2,094 

1,878 

1,701 

1,321 

835 

345 

737 

1,550 

610 

2,396 

3,150 

829 

2,978 

2,265 

1,309 

2,141 

4,480 

73 

1,989 

594 

647 

3,773 

751 

1,578 

l',075 
2,914 
1,262 
1,820 

542 
1,442 
1,269 
2,433 
3,406 
2,006 
1,910 
1,634 
1,239 

864 

359 

735 
1,487 

582 
2,360 
2,840 

789 
2,683 
2,108 
1,256 
2,032 
4,257 
65 
1,965 

576 

553 
3,601 

664 
1,576 

747 
1,605 
1,167 
2,877 
1,130 
1,791 

1,113 

A  Inrn  n 

3,059 

2,549 

4,948 

6, 626 

6,027 

4,099 

3,788 

DinrfSlofi'                                                                                                       

3,356 

4,807 
1,661 

2,660 

GusA                                                                                        

704 

Ilaya 

1,472 

2,398 

3,037 

Initao                                                               

1,252 

2,797 
8,415 
1,827 

4,746 

5,990 

Lagonlong                                                              

1,618 

5,661 

6,340 

4,373 

2,565 

2,675 
9, 612 
1,061 
6,486 
1,239 
1,334 
11,670 

4,173 

8,737 

138 

Misamis                                                              

3,944 

1,170 

1,200 

7,374 

Quinuguitan                                                     .         

1,416 

Saffav                                                                                      

3,154 

sa^ ;;;:;:;::;:::":::  ■;"■■■:;;::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: 

1,636 

3,293 

Santa  Ana                                                         

2,242 

Tagoloan                                                                           

6,791 

2,392 

Jasa&n 

4,263 

3,611 

68,935 

56, 528 

115, 463 

126,942 

'16  towns  not  reported  in  census  of  1896. 


44 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


Towns  {pueblos)  in  the  Philippine  Archipelago,  by  islands  or  provinces — Continued. 


Island  or  province,  by  towns  or  districts. 

Partial 

census, 

1896, 

total. 

Total  population,  combining 
residents  present  and  resi- 
dents absent,   native  and 
Spanish,  1887. 

Men. 

Women. 

Total. 

m6rong.» 

1,394 
3,561 
1,217 
8,354 

386 
2,207 
2,407 
1,687 
4,919 
2,486 
4,078 
6,396 
1,845 

776 

1,117 
1,%8 

595 
3,946 

340 
1,196 
1,318 

867 
3,291 
2,140 
2,166 
3,738 

960 

1,011 
2,002 

627 
3,867 

327 
1,192 
1,326 

861 
3,357 

2;  183 

3,734 

933 

2,128 

Antipolo ..          

3,970 

Bar^s 

1,222 

7,813 
667 

Bosoboso 

Cainta                                                                              .            

2,388 
2,644 

Jalajala 

i;728 

M6rong                                                                       

6,648 
4,000 

Pililla 

4,349 

Taytay .           .           

7,472 

1,893 

Quisaob 

Total" 

41,713 

23,642 

23,280 

46,922 

NKGROS.* 

Amblta 

2,088 
i;259 
353 
1,143 
3,451 
3,196 
4,252 
2,622 
2,775 
2,868 
1,921 
6,644 
1,146 
3,370 
1,501 

6^498 
2,048 
4,504 
764 
594 
1,214 

2,091 
1,132 
340 
1,100 
3,391 
3,3M 
4,175 
2,349 
2,494 
2,912 
1,633 
5,517 
1,048 
3,016 
1,483 
3,383 
6,749 
1,844 
4,465 

560 
1,161 

4,179 

2,391 

Ayungon  

693 

2,243 

Bac61od 

6,676 

6,842 

Bacon 

7,060 

Bago 

8,427 
4,971 

Bals 

Binalbagan 

5,884 
8,799 
14,020 

5,269 

Cabancalan 

B  780 

Cddiz  Nuevo 

3,654 

Cauayan .  .  . 

2,195 
10,588 
1,984 

2  194 

Carlota  (La) 

6,386 

2,984 
6  761 

Dauin ... 

13, 244 

6,281 
16,011 
2,229 

3,892 

Ginigaran 

8,969 

Granada . 

1,460 
1,154 

Gulljungan 

859 
5,571 
5,599 
11,245 
1,624 
6,842 

2,375 

Guimbalaon  ..  .. 

flog. 

2,241 
4,998 
1,334 
3,606 
1,521 
2,362 
2,242 
3,941 
1,432 

3' 572 
1,750 
5,164 
4,209 
2,931 
4,309 
847 
2,362 
6,167 

1,563 
5,142 
2,466 

2,316 
4,220 
1,163 
3,467 
1,536 
1,947 
2,305 
3,620 
1,336 
2,884 
3,229 
1,660 
4,392 
4,002 
2,920 
3,345 
751 
2,063 

695 
1,326 
5,065 
2,403 

4,657 
9,218 
2,487 
7,073 

Isabela 

Isio 

Jimalalud 

3,057 
4  309 

Manapla 

8,343 

Manjiiyod 

4,547 

16,436 
2,346 

7,561 

Murcia 

Nueva  Valencia  . 

5,576 
6,901 

6,612 
3,261 
15,745 

Sarabia 

9  566 

Siaton 

8  210 

Sibulan 

b!857 

Silay 

14,349 
2,471 
4,222 

Suay 

1  598 

4.425 

10,000 
1  381 

Taj'asan 

Tol6n  . 

2  889 

Valladolid 

14, 491 

10,207 

Zaniboanguita 

4,869 

194, 873 

124, 106 

117,268 

241,374 

Estimated,  1901: 

Occidental 

231,572 

Oriental  

140, 498 

•Now  a  part  of  the  newly  made  province  of  Rizal. 
•>  Not  reported  in  1887. 
"  Estimated,  1901,  under  Rizal. 

dThe  returns  of  1896  are  for  Negros  Occidental,  as  separated  politically  from  Negros  Oriental,  for 
which  no  returns  were  found. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


45 


Tenons  {pueblos)  in  the  Philippine  Archipelago,  by  islands  or  provinces — Continued. 


Island  or  province,  by  towns  or  districts. 

Partial 
census, 
1896, 
total. 

Total  population,  combining 
residents  present  and  resi- 
dents absent,  native  and 
Spanish,  1887. 

Men. 

Women. 

Total. 

NUEVA  4CIJA.» 

Alinea            .. 

10,641 
1,785 
1,329 
5,047 
4,075 
856 
4,510 

10,070 
3,190 

9,707 
1,724 
1,177 
4,560 
3,861 
702 
1,192 
10,216 
3,225 

20  348 

Balungao''     

3^509 

2,124 

2,506 

9,607 

5,917 

Carrangl^n            .                .      .                .    .              

1,558 

11,722 

8,702 

20,286 

ja^n>>                  

6,415 

Licab' 

5,222 

1,063 
572 
3,435 
280 
3,630 
4,106 
4,706 
3,044 
3,817 
1,848 
1,699 
3,216 
2,554 
279 
3,095 

983 
614 
3,491 
.  282 
3,538 
4,221 
4,768 
2,927 
3,761 
1,875 
1,500 
3,223 
2,460 
229 
2,812 

2,046 

Pantabangftn 

i;i86 

6,926 

562 

7,168 

San  Antonio 

8,327 

9,474 

5, 971 

San  Quintln  •>                                      .  . 

7,  .578 

3, 723 

3,099 

Talavera 

1,782 
7,205 

6,439 

5,014 

Valle 

508 

Zaragoza                                 

5,907 

Total 

33,972 

78,747 

76,048 

154, 795 

Estimated,  1901 

156, 610 

NUEVA  VIZCAYA. 

Aritao 

617 
1,518 
2,469 
3,654 

114 
2,582 

980 

383 
4,272 

618 

957 

1,422 

1,878 

55 

1,%9 

273 

564 

905 

1,477 

1,769 

50 

1,837 

241 

1,182 

Bagdbag 

1  862 

2, 899 

Bavombong 

3,647 

Diadi                         

105 

Dupax  

3,806 

Ibung 

514 

Munguia*         

2,731 

2,654 

5, 285 

Total 

16, 589 

9,903 

9,397 

19  300 

Estimated,  1901 

60, 628 

1,210 

PALAWAN  (PABAGUA). 

297 
1,075 
759 
372 
495 

272 
957 
586 
291 
439 

Dumarin 

')  032 

Talinddn 

Tay  tay 

934 

Total 

1,210 

2,998 

2,545 

5,543 
50,000 

Estimated,  1901 

4,863 
6,300 
6,896 
6,321 
2,066 
6,686 
3,469 
4,983 
10,310 
4,580 
6,307 
4,520 
7,522 
3,138 
4,520 

PAMPANGA. 

4,683 
5,298 
7,144 
6,599 
2,141 
6,859 
3, 195 
5,091 
10,034 
4,521 
6,538 
4,279 
7,199 
3,101 
4,074 

Ap41it 

10,-698 
14,0J0 
12,920 
4  207 

Bacolor 

Betis 

Caiidaba 

11,542 
6,654 
10,074 
20  344 

Mabal4cat 

9,101 
12, 845 

8,799 
14,721 

6,239 

8,5*1 

Macabebe 

Magaiang 

M^lico  . 

Minalin 

P6rac 

•  18  towns  not  reported  in  census  ol  1896. 

»>Now  conditionally  incorporated  in  Pangasindn  Province. 

'In  1887  it  was  a  part  ol  Aliaga. 

">Not  reported  in  1887. 


46  GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

Towrvi  {pueblos)  in  the  PMUppine  Archipelago,  by  islands  or  proviiices— Continued. 


Island  or  province,  by  towns  or  districts. 

1 
Partial  ! 
census, 
1896, 

total. 

Total  population,  combining 
residents  present  and  resi- 
dents absent,  native  and 
Spanish,  1887. 

Men. 

Women. 

Total. 

PAMPANG  A — continued . 

8,075 
5,381 
2,820 
3,442 
3,213 
4,697 
1,879 
3,352 

7,956 
5,384 
2,765 
3,566 
3,109 
3,692 
1,902 
2,937 

16,031 

10, 765 

5,585 

7,008 

6,322 

3,781 

6,289 

113,330 

111,064 

224,394 

223,922 

pangasinAn." 

4,052 
4,956 
8,827 
9,439 
13,808 
11, 925 
14, 778 
14, 058 
16,448 
15,212 
11,505 
13,438 
15,581 

2,404 
2, 142 
4,733 
5,907 
5,798 
4,506 
7,559 
7,734 
9,138 
8,233 
5,761 
4,714 
6,006 
5,443 
4,837 

14^650 
4,978 
2,279 
2,443 
5,223 
6,613 
4,836 
2,554 
2,121 
4,968 
2,981 
8,a50 
4,099 

1,819 
2,011 
4,283 
5,747 
5,591 
4,620 
7,744 
7,635 
7,662 
7,522 
6,994 
4,617 
6, 784 
5,301 
4,767 
2,907 
15,498 
4,433 
2,061 
2,419 
4,941 
6,130 
4,831 
2,390 
1,840 
4,836 
3,161 
8,131 
3,289 

4,223 

4, 153 

AlcalA                                         

9,016 

11, 654 

11, 389 

9,126 

15, 303 

15.369 

16.  siiO 

15,  7.\t 

12,  T.i5 

9,o31 

12,790 

10,744 

10,177 
7,201 

23,590 
9,454 
2,663 
5,006 
6,867 

9,604 

Saiasa                                         

5, 845 

30,148 

9,411 

4,340 

4, 862 

10,164 

San  Nicolas                              

12, 743 

4;  831 

9,667 

4,944 

3,961 

9,804 

6,142 

16, 481 

Villasis                                                       

' 

231, 105 

153, 948 

149,964 

303, 912 

Estimated  1901  .                             

302, 178 

■ 

PRfNCIPK. 

Baler                                                         

1^804 
215 

1,190 
906 
97 

1,117 
942 

84 

2,307 

1,848 

181 

Total                                                           

4,227 

2,193 

2,143 

4,336 

10, 470 

KOMBL6N. 

4,039 
3,476 
4,090 
3,283 
1,981 
2,362 
4,508 
1,844 
5,649 
7,279 
1,751 

1,715 
1, 472 
1,755 
1,538 
997 

1,719 
1,406 
1,683 
1,695 
993 

3,434 

Badaioz 

2,878 

Bant6n                                                  

3,438 

3,233 

1,990 

2, 981 

801 

3,369 

3,104 

3,032 

772 

3,009 

2,912 

5,963 

1,573 

Odiongan           ... 

6,378 

6,016 

Santa  Fe 

Total                   .           

40,262 

17,682 

17,221 

34,903 

Estimated   1901 

'        55, 339 

8i.MAB.l> 

Bal  angiga .. 

4,163 
12,846 

1,973 
6,050 
2,083 

2,039 
6,066 
1,928 

4,013 

Basey        .............               .  . 

12, 116 

Bob6n  

4,0U 

»7  towns  not  reported  in  census  of  1896. 
^b  towns  not  reported  in  census  of  1896. 


GAZETTEEK   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


47 


Tmtms  (pueblos)  in  the  Philippine  Archipelago,  by  islands  or  j^rov'mces — Continued. 


Island  or  province,  by  towns  or  districts. 

Partial 

census, 

1896, 

total. 

Totfl,l  population,  combining 
residents  present  and  resi- 
dents  absent,  native    and 
Spanish,  1887. 

Men. 

Women. 

Total. 

sAmab — continued. 
Boroii&an  ......                  .             

12,221 
13,216 
4,091 
3,835 
9,052 

4,620 
11, 120 
1,742 
1,748 
3,650 
3,386 
4,691 
4,713 
5,627 
1,511 
1,158 
1,729 
1,495 
3,894 
1,807 
803 
627 
1,697 
2,533 
1,923 
2, 798 
3, 153 
1,315 
664 
901 
1,781 
1,484 
964 
1,315 

5,149 
9,364 
1,406 
1,631 
3,107 
3,224 
4,670 
4,315 
4,956 

'917 

1,518 

1, 5.39 

3,421 

1,540 

649 

595 

1,401 

2,538 

1,545 

2,598 

2,726 

1,277 

460 

802 

1, 686 

1,471 

936 

1,022 

9,769 

20, 484 

Calbiga                  . 

3, 148 

Capul  (or  Abag)                                       

3,379 

6, 767 

6,610 

Catubig                                                          

11,496 
13, 563 
12,051 
3,551 

9,361 

9,028 

10, 583 

3,140 

2, 075 

3,346 
6,851 
7,710 
3,316 
1,552 
1,556 
5,704 
6,671 
5,548 
5,849 
7,643 
4,430 

3, 247 

3,034 

7;  315 

3,347 

1  452 

1,222 

3,098 

Ords                                                         

5,071 

3,468 

5, 396 

5, 879 

PAric  { Dolores)                                                              

2,592 

1,114 

1,714 
5,399 

1,703 

3,467 

2,955 

Siin  Sebastian                                        

2,034 
2, 975 
4,918 
4,605 
5,097 
2,835 
5,600 
2, 611 
4,545 

1,900 

^■mta  Rita                                                                  

2,337 

^■mto  Nino 

Siiliit                                                                

2,312 
2,261 
1,076 
2,659 

2,332 
2;  065 
1,220 
2,637 

4,644 

4, 326 

2,296 

Villa  Real  (Umanas)                          

*      5; 293 

2, 799 

2,666 

6,465 

Xotal                                                           

202,494 

96,049 

89,045 

185,094 

Estimated  1901 

195,386 

SORSOG6N. 

See  figures  of  Province  of  Albay,  of  which  Sorsog6n  was  a 
part  when  the  census  of  1887  was  taken. 

SULU  (jol6). 
Bon&ao                                                            

43 
556 
106 

32 
276 
40 

75 

Sulu 

832 

Siasi  

146 

2,598 

705 

348 

1,053 

22, 630 

SURIGAO. 

556 

437 

592 

436 

288 

2,065 

989 

3,082 

1,439 

1,014 

825 

1,143 

145 

1,189 

2, 798 

1,256 

842 

1,100 

547 

414 

602 

409 

297 

2,063 

979 

2,963 

1,404 

915 

858 

1,138 

130 

1,154 

2,755 

1,238 

819 

1,107 

1,103 

Bacuag 

851 

1,194 

Bislig 

845 

Buman^n . 

585 

Butuan 

4,128 

1,968 

CantiUn 

6,045 

2,843 

i;929 

catei :::::::::;::;:::;;;;;;:::;;;;:::::::::::::::::::;;:;: 

1,663 

DapA 

2,281 

275 

2,343 

5,553 

1     GinatuAn 

2,494 

1,661 

2, 207 

"Other  islands  not  reported.    The  Moro  population  does  not  appear,  as  it  is  included  in  the  166,000 
kof  the  inhabitants  of  Tawi  Tawi. 


48 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


Towns  {pueblos)  in  the  Philippine  Archipelago,  by  islands  or  ])rovinces — Continued. 


Island  or  province,  by  towns  or  districts. 

Partial 

census, 

1896, 

total. 

Total  population,  combining 
residents  present  and  resi- 
dents absent,  native  and 
Spanish,  1887. 

Men. 

Women. 

Total. 

suEiGAO— continued. 
LiaiTga 

1,210 

'337 

1,370 

771 

458 

262 

173 

778 

2,493 

1, 021 

1,202 

789 

1,230 

1,070 

1,177 

973 

330 

1,308 

770 

435 

276 

168 

770 

2,459 

1,005 

1,214 

779 

1,213 

1,055 

Maynit                                             .     ...                 

2,006 
667 

2,678 

Oteyza .                                                                             . 

1,541 

Quinablan^An 

538 

San  Juan                                                            .        

341 

1,548 

Surigao               

4,952 

2,026 

2,416 

Talacogon       

1,568 

TAndag                                                  ..                              ... 

2,443 

2,155 

Total                                                                            

34,393 

33, 704 

68, 097 

85, 725 

TlKLAC. 

1,433 

932 
9,0.54 

958 
7,003 
4,001 
1,274 

549 
1,224 

902 
2,850 
2,067 
2,282 
1,034 

750 
4,218 
5*259 

1,284 

878 

8,061 

930 

6,420 

3,799 

1,151 

531 

1,092 

791 

2,703 

2,051 

2, 019 

920 

697 

3,887 

4,975 

2, 717 

Bambang                                                    •             

1,810 

17, 115 

Capas        

13, 423 

7,800 

Moncada 

2,425 

Moriones                                        .      ... 

1,080 

Murcia 

2,316 

O'Donnel 

1,693 

5,553 

4,118 

Pura            

4,801 

San  Clemente 

1,954 

1,447 

TArlac 

8,105 

Victoria                                                                

10,234 

45, 790 

42,189 

87, 979 

89,339 

TAYABAS." 

1,162 
10, 747 
2,652 
3,244 

4,847 
955 
1,698 
1,969 
1,060 
1,196 
3,809 
3,938 
4,853 
2,771 
1,760 
4,357 
776 
2, 229 
1,353 
1,093 
3,403 
8,069 
3,315 
952 

4,659 
779 
1,668 
1,847 
1,013 
1,019 
3,695 
3,709 
5,385 
2,726 
1,666 
4,605 
719 
2,295 
1,260 
1,085 
3,709 
7,989 
3,343 
859 

9,506 

1,734 

Candelaria        .  . 

3,366 

3  816 

2,103 

2,277 
7,606 

2, 215 

GumacA 

7  504 

7,647 

Lucbtln      

9,930 
6,399 

10, 238 

5;  497 

Macalel6n 

3,426 

13, 140 

8,962 

Mulanay                 

1,495 

Pagbilao 

5,719 
2,975 

6!  340 
13,616 
7,564 
1,779 

4,524 

2,613 

San  Narciso    

2,178 

7,112 

16,058 

Tiaong 

6,858 

1,811 

Total 

96,539 

64,403 


54,060 

108, 463 

Estimated,  1901 

109,780 

Tiagto 

3, 862 

3,  921 

7,783 

»4  towns  not  reported  in  census  of  1896. 
»>  Not  organized  in  1887. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


49 


Towm  (pueblos)  in  the  Philippine  Archipelago,  by  islands  or  provinces — Continued. 


Island  or  province,  by  towns  or  districts. 


Partial 
census, 


Total  population,  combining 
residents  present  and  resi- 
dents absent,  native  and 
Spanish,  1897. 


Men. 


Women. 


Total. 


Ago6. 


Bacnotan 

Balaoang 

Bangar 

Bduang  

Caba 

Naguilian 

NamacpacAn.. 

Kosario 

San  Fernando 

San  Juan 

Santo  Tom&s.. 
Tubao 


Total 

Estimated,  1901 


ZAMBALES. 


Agno 

Alaminos 

A16s 

Anda 

Balincaguin  ... 

Bani 

Bolinao 

Botolan 

Cabaril:4n 

Candelaria 

Castillejos 

Dasol 

Iba 

Infanta 

Masinloc 

PaUuig 

San  Antonio  . . . 

San  Felipe 

San  Fernando  . 

San  Isidro 

San  Marcelino  . 

San  Narciso 

Santa  Cruz 

Siibic 


Total 

Estimated,  1901. 


ZAMBOANGA. 


Ayala 

Mercedes 

Santa  Maria  , 

Tetu&n 

Zamboanga . 


Total 

Estimated,  1901 


10,830 
7, 454 
7,977 

9^494 
8,619 
3,419 
10, 742 
9,123 
3, 703 
14,051 
10, 510 
5, 421 
6,793 


4, 441 
3,468 
3,395 
5,827 
4,643 
3,983 
1,421 
4,810 
4,430 
1,461 
6,033 
4,705 
2,374 
3,439 


4,653 
3,689 
3,443 
6,277 
4,974 
3,903 
1,484 
4,648 
4,419 
1,373 
6,162 
5,211 
2,489 


118, 075 


54, 420 


5,578 


1,762 
3,897 
2,974 


6,401 
4,729 
2,735 
3,010 
3,023 
2,285 
3,063 
3,619 
2,777 
2,611 


3,118 
3,340 
7,301 


2,322 
3,213 

563 
1,516 
1, 228 
1,723 
3,540 
1,861 
1,429 
1,329 
1,844 
1,225 
1,688 
1,516 
1,322 
1,232 
2,339 
2,112 

240 
1,359 
2,165 
3,603 
2,589 
1,329 


3,312 
561 
1,398 
1,241 
1,671 
3,334 
1,869 
1,372 
1,263 

1^200 
1,726 
1,536 
1,389 
1,289 
2,614 
2,106 
213 
1,264 
2,120 
3,679 
2,696 


61,223 


43,276 


43,226 


3,986 
3,030 
3,580 
2,953 


757 
1,631 
1,290 
1, 935 
1,795 


16, 118 


8,190 


7,^ 


'  7  towns  not  reported  in  census  of  1896. 


7,147 
6,838 

12, 104 
9,617 
7,886 
2,095 
9,468 
8,849 
2,834 

12, 185 
9,716 


110, 016 
110, 164 


4, 561 
6,525 
1,114 
2,914 
2,469 
3,394 
6,874 
3,730 
2,807 
2,582 
3,736 
2,425 
3,414 
3,051 
2,711 
2,521 
4,863 
4,218 
453 
2,623 
4,275 
7,282 
6,185 
2,791 


3,502 


1,740 
3,454 
2,681 
3,920 


15,698 
117, 503 


S.  Doc.  280- 


50  GAZETTEER   OF   THE   PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 

Pueblos  (towns)  in  the  Philippine  Islands. 

[An  alphabetical  list  of  pueblos  (towns  and  townships),  with  the  population  of  each,  under  the  census  B— 
of  1887  and  estimated  population  1898-99  for  educational  purposes,  together  with  the  island  or 
province  in  which  situated.  A  pueblo  corresponds  rather  to  a  township  or  a  county  than  to  a 
"  town,"  in  the  ordinary  acceptation  of  that  term  in  the  United  States.  It  embraces  an  area  often 
of  many  square  miles,  through  which  are  scattered  small  villages,  known  as  "  barrios."  The  census 
population  here  given  for  1887  and  estimate  for  1898-1900  therefore  represents  the  number  of  inhab- 
itants, not  onlv  of  the  (pueblo)  name-community  (town  or  village)  but  of  the  surrounding 
"  barrios  "  or  districts  recognized  as  appurtenant  thereto  for  local  administration,  educational,  or 
other  purposes.]  , 


Pueblos. 

Island,  province,  or  district. 

Population 
estimated 
1898-99. 

Population, 
census  of 

1887. 

1,272 
7,185 
5,880 

1,161 

Abiicay 

BataAn 

4,798 

Abiilug 

CagayAn  de  Luzon 

6,290 

Benguet 

271 

9,112 

Benguet 

631 

Marianas           .    .           

6,185 

5,002 
10,050 

4,561 

^gQ5                                             

Uni6n 

9,094 

Bon  toe                     .. 

251 

ACTiiilir 

4,412 
934 
2,046 
1,000 
4,600 
8,008 
8,602 

4,223 

Amiinn 

Misamis 

1,113 

A^ntflVfl 

Cuvos  fCalamianesI 

2,196 

lioiio. ...!?!  ... :;:::::::::::::::: 

9,388 

4,666 

Do 

Zambales           

6,528 

Leyte 

6,103 
682 

ill^a 

Pangasinto 

6,100 
34,000 

4,153 

Albay  

11,672 

Leyte  .         

4,555 
6,604 
5,471 
8,624 
4,080 
5,040 
11,460 
7,660 

2,830 

Bohol 

6,093 

5,056 

Do 

Pangasin&n 

9,016 

Alcantara 

Cebil 

3,261 

do 

2,658 

Alegria                         

do 

8,877 

Cavite                           

7;  026 

Alfonso  XII 

Abra 

Aliaga 

Nueva  Eciia            

17,000 

20,348 

Alilem 

Hollo..." 

11,837 

10, 197 

Aling 

Mindoro 

486 

3,216 
3,993 
2,700 
894 
6,716 
3,873 

2,400 

Cebii 

3, 548 

Aloran            

Misamis 

3,059 

A16s 

1,114 

Alubijid 

2,549 

Amadeo 

Cavite 

3,283 

Amamit 

Amburaj'an                     

206 

5,500 

4,179 

536 

6,708 

Anao 

Tirlac                                          .  . 

7,000 
602 
4,036 
3,761 
2,739 

2,717 

1,103 

Anda 

Bohol :;:::::;::;::."::::::::: 

3,432 

Do 

Zambales                      

2,914 

2,188 

Angat 

Bulacto                     

8, 050 
3,000 
1,955 
2,699 
4, 802 

8,152 

9,546 

Angono  

Anilao 

2,128 

Iloilo                     

3,459 

Aniniy 

Antique                                  

4,981 

286 

329 

Antequera .■ 

Bohol                             

5,842 
3,500 
1,236 
11, 753 
11,262 

5,   777 

Antipolo 

3,970 

7,604 

Ap&lit 

10, 598 

7,620 

Ar&yat 

14,014 
3,594 

10,040 

Ar6valo 

S,286 

•During  the  Spanish  domination,  the  Marianas,  Carolinas,  and  Pelew  archipelagos  were  dependent 
on  the  Philippine  Archipelago  politically. 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE   PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 

I\t,eblos  {t&wns)  in  the  Philippine  Islands — Continued. 


51 


Pueblos. 

Island,  province,  or  district. 

Population 
estimated 
1898-99. 

Population, 
census  of 

1887. 

Cebvi 

34,050 
2,390 
3,044 
700 
3,622 

23,122 

2,391 
7  147 

Uni6n .          

1,182 

PangasinAn 

11,664 

A^turias 

Cebil 

6,000 
10,000 

6,931 
9,506 

AtlM- 

Benguet 

1,418 

A  VI  la 

Zamboanga 

1,900 
1,107 
3,171 
3,980 
6,769 
2,213 
10,547 
13,736 
6,655 
440 
6,268 
10,642 
13, 013 
8,371 
13,113 
569 
1,210 
924 
3,234 
8,04.8 
9,409 
10,846 
1,915 
1,655 
1,209 
1,114 

1  740 

693 

do 

2,243 

Romblon 

3  434 

7,044 

Babatudl^on            .            

Leyte 

1, 322 

Albay 

10,240 
13, 949 

Uni6n 

Baro                                                            .    . 

Mindoro 

610 

6,842 

Bacon                                       

Sorsog6n 

14, 097 

Do 

7,060 

11,686 

Surigao .    . 

851 

Palawan 

Bailajoz               

Ronibl6n 

2,878 

Barlay6n 

Bohol 

7  901 

Cebii 

7,373 
11  617 

Badoc              

Ilocos  Norte 

BagAbag 

Nueva  Vizcaya. 

1  862 

1,997 

Psieanea                                   

Surigao 

1  194 

Slfav 

1  703 

1,180 

7,092 

196 

Bago                          

Negros  Occidental                 .         .  . 

8  427 

Baguio 

Baininao 

Bontoc 

Bais 

9,304 

Balaca 

263 

9,610 
9,000 
5,000 
12,242 

Balanga .                         ... 

Batain 

8  308 

4, 012 
12, 104 

Hollo 

14, 747 

923 

1,911 

5,065 

16,214 

Baler 

2,307 
2  323 

Balete 

CApiz 

BalOi 

Bontoc 

186 

Balilijan 

Bohol 

1,860 
2,378 
11,491 
14, 122 

5,072 
2  469 

Balinc^guing 

17,223 

682 

Balugan 

Bontoc 

3,848 
3,196 

'385 
6,764 

3  609 

TArlac.          .             

Banaao 

' 

Banate 

Iloilo 

6  252 

Banco 

do 

520 
9,127 
9,000 
13,417 
6,129 
450 
4,293 
2,146 

C&piz 

7  370 

Union 

Bangui 

Ilocos  Norte 

7  749 

3  394 

Banolas 

Ddvao 

Bantay 

6,449 
10,016 
3,449 
105 
1,217 

5  750 

Bantaydn 

Cebii  . 

Bant6n 

Saraoas 

ikras .;:;;;;:::;; 

Rizal  (Morong) 

i,222 

52 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 
Pueblos  (tovms)  in  the  Philippine  Islands — Continued. 


Pueblos. 

Island,  province,  or  district. 

Population 

estimated 

1898-99. 

Population, 
census  of 

1887. 

Bulacftn 

9,675 
196 
3,231 
1,567 
20,914 
11,805 
5,590 
12,322 
13,736 
1,300 
1,874 

9,500 

Sorsog6n 

4  406 

Barili 

Cebvi 

17  769 

Hollo 

12,  775 

Bar6tac  Vieio 

do           .                      .... 

6,576 

Leyte 

8  293 

12, 116 

Basilan 

Basilan 

Ambos  Camarines  (Norte) 

1  608 

16, 981 

BatAn 

Cdpiz 

12,908 
39, 358 
433 
119 
4,861 
3,651 
1,270 
39, 659 
7,701 
1,796 
8,505 

10,019 

Batangas 

35, 431 

do 

Bat6 

Ambos  Camarines  (Sur) 

4,675 

Levte 

2  612 

Bohol 

1,288 

Batangas 

35, 645 

Tljt 

Union 

7  886 

2,354 

Bavambang 

Pangasindn  

Negros  Oriental  ... 

Levte 

17,367 
3,691 
2, 055 
4,460 

11,444 
3,647 

Lepanto       

4,207 

272 

Bigaft 

Bulac&n       

8, 120 
6,201 
5,135 

10, 295 
7,5.57 
7,624 

13, 787 

19, 786 
7,583 

14, 722 
4,380 

10,345 

7,815 

Bill  ran 

Leyte 

1  667 

5, 269 

Pangasinin 

9, 126 

6  025 

7,813 

Biumaley 

Pangasin^n 

15,303 

15  452 

845 

Boac 

M  i  ndoro 

13,416 

Bob6n 

Simar                             

4,011 

8,600 

716 

Bog6 

Cebii                 

16, 360 

15, 192 

4,075 

7,413 

2,656 

271 

3,848 

6,874 

Boljo6n 

Cebu                 

5,067 

668 

2,506 

Boiifeao 

Sulu  (Jol6) 

987 

2,805 
9,448 
855 
4,. 566 
2, 461 
3,497 
14, 104 
1,120 

3,430 

BoroiISran 

S&mar                        

9,769 

667 

3,730 

Bdcay 

Abra                

5, 132 

Buena  Vista 

Hollo 

5;  972 

3, 455 

1,202 

Buguias 

Benguet                         

1,113 

Buhi 

Ambos  Camarines  Sur 

10,000 
2,800 
13, 386 
516 
11,000 

7,202 

Bula 

do 

2,958 

Bulacin 

Bulacdn         

11,891 

Bulalacao 

Mindoro                                

,583 

4,661; 

Bumanan 

Surigao                        

585 

Levte                                        

21,290 
3,967 
7, 025 

10, 543 
2,000 
4,164 
6, 240 

4)785 
12,000 
7,636 
2,798 
18,177 
844 
7,924 
5,&li 

13, 934 

Cdpiz 

4,281 

Bustos 

Bulacdn           

6,797 

Butiian 

Surigao                           

4,128 

Butvian 

Caba  

Uni6n 

2,905 

5,843 

Cabagdn  Viejo 

do                                        

3,496 

4, 121 

9,607 

Cabancalan 

Negros  Occidental 

5,780 

Cabaii|;&n 

2,807 

Iloilo 

20,284 

1,236^ 

Cabiao 

Nueva  Ecila    

7,936* 

Cabinti  or  Cavinti 

Laguna 

»,701 

GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 


53 


Pueblos  (towns)  in  the  Philippine  Islands — Continued. 


Island,  provmce,  or  district. 


Population 
estimated 


Population, 

census  of 

1887. 


IlocosSur 

Surigao 

Laguna 

Negros  Occidental. 


Antique 

Albay  

Leyte 

Rizal  (M6rong) 

Leyte~ 

Ronibl6n 

Ambos  Camarines  (Sur) . 

Batangas 

Laguna 

Mindoro 

Bohol 

Ambos  Camarines 

PangasinAn 

Batangas 

DA vac  

Negros  Occidental 

Tayabas 

Laguna 


....do 

C&piz 

Hollo 

Albay 

Rizal  (Manila) 

Bulac&n 

Mindoro 

CagayAn  de  Luz6n 

Albay 

Ambos  Camarines  (Sur) . . . 

Tarlac 

Ambos  Camarines  (Sur) . . . 

Bontoc 

Pampanga 

Tayabas 

Zambales 

Bohol 

Ilocos  Sur 

Bohol  

Surigao 

Ambos  Camarines  (Norte). 

Benguet 

Tarlac 

Capiz 

Leyte 


Surigao 

Ambos  Camarines  (Sur) . 

Albay  . , 

Nueva  Ecija 

Cebu 

Rizal  (M6rong) 

Cavite 

Isabela  de  Luz6n 

Leyte 

Antique 

Hollo 

Negros  Occidental 

Bohol 

Cebd 

Cavite 


Surigao.. 
Principe. 


Principe 

Sorsog6n 

Zambales 

Masbate  and  Ticao . 

Tayabas 

Albay  

do 


do.. 

Surigao. 
Bohol  .. 
Cebu  ... 
SAmar . . 


8,662 
1,527 
2,353 
3,357 


4,000 


4,874 
10,482 
6,469 
3,500 
2,141 
6,098 
9,566 


54  GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

Pueblos  {towns)  in,  the  Philippine  JaZanrfs— Continued. 


Pueblos. 

Island, province, or  district. 

Population 

estimated 

1898-99. 

Population, 

census  of 

1887. 

Cauayan  ....                              .... 

Ilocos  Sur 

6,050 
2,115 
4,644 

1,497 
9,484 

6,344 

Isabela  de  Luz6n 

2  159 

2,194 

Cavite .                                .           

Cavite 

Cavite  Vieio 

Cavite                 .                        

6  302 

Caibiran 

4,445 

Cebil                                  

Ceba 

35,243 

11, 198 

Cervantes 

Lepanto 

16, 026 

4,641 

3,654 

Coloma  de  Santa  Isabela                . .  . . 

Isabela  de  Luzon                       

1,602 

Cebii 

4,393 
5,736 
13, 499 
353 
4,616 
1,995 
5,009 
2,744 

4,431 

Iloilo 

3,872 

TArlac 

13, 423 

TiagAn 

Cebil 

4,307 
1,990 

Coreuera 

RomblOn  . 

C6rdoba                                

Cebil 

6,329 

Hollo 

3,218 

976 

Corella       .    .         

Bohol 

4,215 
6,018 
1,801 
3,000 

3,735 

Cort6s                                         

do 

Cotabato  (Cottabato) 

Cotabato 

893 

Cristiano .                                   

Bontoc 

156 

Cuartero 

CApiz 

5,175 
6,735 
10,553 
3,500 

4  623 

Cuenca .  .                .                

5,644 
7,549 
4,277 

Culasi 

Culi6n 

Calamianes 

339 

9,350 
8,258 
8,530 
967 
10,660 
25,000 
16  900 
21,323 

8,702 

3,903 
9  621 

Daan  BantayAn                          

Cebu 

'994 

DAet 

Ambos  Camarines  (Norte)  . 

7,993 

Dagami  . .        

Leyte 

23  748 

Dagupan 

16,800 
19,269 

Cebil  .                             ' 

Dalican 

Bontoc 

443 

Cebu 

15,483 
1,445 

13, 675 

Dauin 

Negros  Oriental 

6  751 

Daulig 

Dao 

7,948 
8,787 
1,900 
3,955 
500 

7, 549 

Cdpiz 

5, 277 

Dapa 

2  281 

Dapitan 

Misamis 

3  788 

'275 

Dasol 

2,425 
7,248 
1,473 

Dauis 

Bohol 

8,992 

Despuiol 

Ronibl6n 

Diaai.... :....: 

109 
8,014 
5,264 
738 
11,000 
12,600 
4,611 
2,970 
2,57x 
6,500 
7,130 
7,143 
10,113 
13,613 
8,000 
14,114 
13,171 

105 

Bohol 

7,901 

Din&gat 

2,343 
3  784 

Dinalupiian 

Batadn 

Dingle 

Hollo 

12,«00 

Dingrds 

Dip61og 

3  355 

Dolores 

Abra 

2  062 

Do , 

2, 103 

5, 621 

Duenas 

Iloilo 

Duero 

Bohol 

5  727 

Dulag 

9!  093 

Dumaguete 

Negros  Oriental 

13, 244 

C&piz 

7  390 

Iloilo                .                     

16, 736 

Dumanjug 

Cebii 

91728 

Dumardn 

2  032 

5,085 
2,229 
5,700 
i;995 
10,647 
2,845 
7,000 
3,000 

5,150 

3  806 

Echagiie 

8,986 

Egafia 

2,366 

ElPardo 

El  Salvador 

Enrile 

Cagay&n , Luz6n  

5,203 
3,892 

Escalante 

Estancia 

Hollo 

Fidilizan 

Bon  too 

478 
7.654 

246 

Floridablanca 

Pampanga 

6,664< 

GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 
Pueblos  {towns)  in  the  Philippine  Islands — Continued. 

55 

Pueblos. 

Island,  province,  or  district. 

Population 

estimated 

1898-99. 

Population, 

census  of 

1887. 

Gainza  .. 

Ambos  Camarines 

2,631 
1,330 
6,101 
15,563 
20,216 
5,064 

2,900 

4,022 
9,028- 
20,286 

G;'indara.. 

SAmar    . . . 

Giipaii 

Nueva  Eciia 

Bohol  

Garellano  .  . 

DAvao 

Gasari 

Marinduque 

4,785 
805 
9,261 
3,397 
7,116 

12, 144 
2  277 
1,433 

13,620 
71748 
2,864 

10,722 

13,359 

5  436 

1,211 

Tdrlac 

Getafe 

Bohol 

5,553 

Cebu .       . 

9,404 
2  494 

Giiiatvian 

Surigao 

2;  560 

Goa 

Ambos  Camarines 

5,574 
1,460 

Pampanga 

Sorsogon 

10,074 
12,125 

Gubat 

Guernica 

DAvao 

5,115 
7,006 

coc 

Guiguint6 

BulacAn    .  . 

5  134 

Guihulugan  or  Guiiulugan 

Negros  Oriental 

l'l54 

Guimbal 

Iloilo 

11  562 

Guimbalaon  . 

Negros  Occidental 

679 

Guinavangan  

Tayabas 

2,000 
8,063 

20,500 
1,876 
6,247 

11,311 
7,571 

2,215 

Guindulmdn 

Bohol 

Albay  

19, 842 
1,699 
S,846 

10,583 
7,504 
6  737 

MLsamis 

Guisijan. 

Antique 

Gunduhdan .  . 

Bohol  

:Gusd. 

Misamis 

790 
20, 120 
2,649 
2,555 
13, 813 
5,314 

3' 896 
3,512 
8,900 

11,351 
980 

12, 140 
4,000 

13,811 
1,099 
6,020 
427 
6,070 
6,429 

14, 670 
9, 957 
417 
5,800 
1,500 
3,445 

'704 

18,500 
3,691 
S  140 

Hermosa  or  Liana  Hermosa 

Batadn 

Hernani 

S&mar 

13, 675 
4,415 
6  752 

Hindang  

do 

Hinunarijfan  ( Hinanaiigan) 

do 

do 

S,'562 
S,414 
8,017 
12, 162 

Iba 

Zambales 

'  Ibadn  .... 

Batangas 

Ibajay 

Capiz 

Igbarls 

Iloilo 

9,952 
4,509 
11, 275 

Iguig. 

Cagayan 

Ilava 

Lanao . 

Iligan  .  . 

Misami* 

3  037 

Illng 

'486 

Ilog 

4,557 
11,364 
12, 142 

Hollo 

Iloilo 

Cavite 

Bohol 

10,344 
134 

Inapuy 

Bontoc 

Inddn  

Ambos  Camarines 

e  194 

10, 848 
S.051 
1,252 
2,792 

Infanta 

Zambales.". 

Initao 

Misamis 

4,239 
1,745 
5,586 

17,094 

143 

6,224 

1,300 

11,104 
1,596 
609 
5,000 
1,644 
4, 651 

11,162 
2,500 
1,735 
5,000 

28,738 

ipii. ::::::::::::::::::::::::'"' 

Bohol 

Iponan  

Misamis 

4  746 

Irlga 

Ambos  Camarines 

15,229 
191 

Isabela 

Basilan. 

S85 

Negros  Occidental 

9,218 

-2,487 

249 

Islo 

do 

-Ivisan 

CApiz 

5,000 
1,661 

Jaboiiga 

Ja6n 

6,415 

Jagna. 

Jagnaya 

Cdpiz 

2,095 
1  728 

Jalajala  

Rizal  (M6rong) 

Jamind&n 

C4piz....                    

'881 

25,743 

56 


GAZETTEER  OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


Pueblos  (tovms)  in  the  Philippine  Islands — Continued. 


Pueblos. 

Island,  province,  or  district. 

Population 

estimated 

1898-99. 

Population, 
census  of 

1887. 

Leyte 

12,475 
10,333 
9,444 
3,579 
5,  .559 
6,758 
8,707 
3,278 
1,.500 
5,279 
6,000 
1,258 
12, 384 
3,413 

3^641 
2,805 
2,000 
4,213 

6, 448 

9,228 

Iloilo 

10,993 

Jasafin                                              

Misamis                                           .     . 

3,611 

2, 075 

7, 073 

Jimamaylan 

NegTos  Occidental                   

3,057 

Misamis 

5,990 

Cdpiz 

2,940 

Jolo  (Sulu) 

Jovellar 

Sulu 

832 

Albav 

3,563 

3,841 

Cavite 

5,971 

La  Carlota                                     

Negros  Occidental 

6,836 

La  Granja 

La  Paz 

SAmar 

3,247 

3,511 

Do                                          

Iloilo 

3,872 

Do 

Tdrlac 

4,118 

La  Trinidad 

1,589 

Labo                   

4,120 

Lacy 

Negros  Oriental 

613 

Lagonlong 

Misamis 

1,834 
8,500 

1,618 

Ambos  Camarines 

10  340 

Lal-16 

CagavAn 

6,475 
7,989 
4,779 
11,779 

4,294 

Iloilo      

7,727 

3,034 

Misamis 

5,661 
2, 207 

Lanuza 

Surigao 

37,094 
8,129 
6,000 

30, 840 

7,315 

Lapog 

Ilocos  Sur 

6,826 

DAvao 

2, 372 
4,000 

Las  Pifias 

Rizal  (Manila)  . 

3,958 

Lauis 

Bohol 

7  188 

3,480 
2,875 
6,017 
2,890 
3,677 
13,950 
6,719 
.5,500 

o;  340 
3,914 

14,512 
0,569 
4, 125 
5,222 

17,371 
4,470 
5,000 
8,380 
3, 982 

6,' 340 
40,733 
2,649 
7,169 
10,174 
6,472 
3,475 
2,110 
1,413 
916 
1,204 
4,500 
15,365 
6,412 

3,347 

Iloilo 

4,553 

Legaspi 

Albay 

7,182 

15,386 

2, 493 

Le6n 

do 

13  059 

Leyte 

Leyte 

3  211 

3,793 

Lidn 

4,877 
2,387 
3  783 

Lian-ga 

Surigao 

14, 655 

Libog 

Llbong 

Licab 

Albay 

7  116 

do 

4  563 

^!r 

Albay                               

16, 980 

Bohol 

4,256 
5,976 

Lilio 

Liloan 

Cebu                         

8,041 

Do 

Leyte 

2  986 

15,755 

Li"8uigr 

Lipa . . 

Batangas                                

43, 077 

Batadn 

3,  .591 

Loay 

Loboe 

f),  3.53 

do                              

10, 756 

Lobo6 

5  125 

2,920 

4,373 

Lonffos 

Laguna                                 

1, 426 

Loo        

1  015 

Looc 

Mindoro 

1,309 

Romblon               

6,963 

Lo6n  . 

Bohol  ■                                     

12:321 

L6pez  

7,647 

Loreto 

Los  Banos 

Laguna                      

2,756 
6,541 

21, 175 
5,157 

12,755 
6,511 
7,000 
3,802 

2,753 

Liibang  . 

Mindoro                                           

3,716 

20,344 

2,  .565 

Lucban 

Tavabas                      .        

10,238 

Lucena 

Iloilo 

5,403 

5,4d7 

Lulsiana  

Laguna 

4,609 

GAZETTEER    OF   THE   PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 

Pueblos  (tovms)  in  the  Philippine  Islands — Continued. 


57 


Pueblos. 

Island,  province,  or  district. 

Population 

estimated 

189&-99. 

Population, 

census  of 

1887. 

4,293 
608 
766 

4,951 

Nueva  Ecija        

790 

I'uVn 

233 

'\Iri<in 

Levte                 .             

18,499 
9,674 
1,616 

10,600 

1,766 

849 

1,431 

10,400 
3,000 

10, 136 
5,780 
2,684 

14, 473 

Iloilo                                               

10  476 

Cdpiz 

1,980 

AIil.alAcat 

Pampanga.          

9,101 

M  ili'itans' 

BataAn                                              

1,857 

1,196 

Maliitac 

Laguna                   .     

1,398 

12,846 

3,426 

Macato 

CApiz.  .             

6,589 

Ley  te 

4,985 

3,811 

Cebii                       

Mag^lang 

Pampanga                                          

8,262 
1,055 
2,377 
1,200 
6,744 
2, 352 

8,799 

1,573 

Sorsogon            

2,588 

Cavite                                            

2,477 

6,663 

.    ..do 

3,143 
846 

Masbate  Ticao 

971 
8,446 

4,817 

Magiilang 

Quiangftn                                         

Mahinog  (Maginog) 

Misamis 

4,687 
417 
6,528 
13,113 
8,900 
3,819 

4,173 
349 

Majayjay 

Laguna                                     

7,176 

Malabiivoc 

Cebii 

6,947 
12,755 

MaUlueg 

Malecon 

Cagav&n                                         

2,947 

Bontoc 

561 

Malibago 

Leyte 

1,119 
2,890 
5,995 
10,296 
7,671 
7,906 
14,599 
18,000 
1,182 
499 
11,000 
17,500 

816 

Malibav  . 

Rizal                                 

1,833 

Malilipot 

Albav 

5,243 
11,828 

Malinao 

Cdpiz 

6,586 

Malitbog 

Leyte 

Malolos 

15, 706 

Mambajao 

Misamis 

8,737 

Mambiilao  . 

9;i9 

408 

Mambusao 

CApiz                           

8  525 

Mandoag . 

PangasinAn 

9,331 
4,309 

Mandaue 

Cebu .  .         

15,307 
6,749 
16,143 

lo!  146 
1,300 
350,000 
1,515 
7,486 
379 
8,313 
5,415 

10,118 

Mandurriao 

Iloilo 

5  259 

12,790 

357 

Mangatar^n 

PangasinCin 

10  744 

697 

Manila 

Manitao 

Albav 

1  588 

Manjuyod 

4,547 

363 

Maragondon 

Cavite 

8,277 

Bohol 

4,976 

Misamis 

Bohol 

140 
10, 852 
5,075 
1,998 
10,313 
1,429 
2,345 
2,945 
6,146 

138 

Maribojoc 

10  286 

Marilao 

4  566 

Maripipl 

Marlquina 

Rizal 

9,491 
1,690 

Masbate 

2.284 
2,711 
4  671 

Matalom 

Levte 

Matina 

DAvao 

Matnog. 

3,745 
600 
9,268 
4,550 
8,221 
3,745 
3,068 

17,099 
8,119 
22. 100 

3  665 

Mati 

Maubdn  

8, 962 
2  006 

Mavnit 

Surigao 

Medellin 

Cebii 

4,961 
3,651 
1  432 

M6ndez  Nunez 

Mercedes 

SSmar 

M6rida 

Leyte 

l'  712 

Mexico 

Meyeauayan  

Bulac^m 

9  256 

Miagao " " 

Iloilo 

20.732 

58 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


Pueblos  (towns)  in  the  Philippine  Islands — Continued. 


Pueblos. 

Island,  province,  or  district. 

Population 

estimated 

1898-99. 

Population, 

census  of 

1887. 

Milagros                       

Masbate 

1,789 
5,120 
4,357 
3,869 
6,386 
6,310 
11,338 
6,075 
9,509 

5;  214 
9,-547 
1,044 
7,601 
1,-556 
3,055 

2,985 

Milaor 

Ambos  Camarines 

5,053 
5,720 

Mina 

Hollo 

3, 621 
6  239 

Minalin 

Pamoansa 

cebo!!^ :::::::::::::::::;:::::::::: 

17,904 

7,561 

Misami-s 

Mi.«amis 

3  944 

Moalboal 

Cebii 

5,929 
1,783 

Mobo 

Masbate 

AIOETDOEf                                                                       .     . 

Marinduque 

5,173 

Molo       

Hollo 

7  281 

Molugan 

Moneada                      ...             

1,170 

Tdrlac 

2,426 

Mondrag6ii 

S&mar 

1  222 

Rizal 

3,352 

Moriones 

Tdrlac 

1,289 

2,622 

9,430 

325 

1  080 

2,653 

6,648 

Mulanav 

Tavabas 

1,495 

Rizal 

5,068 
8,000 

4,212 

Murcia 

Negros  Occidental 

2,768 

Do 

Tdrlae 

2,316 

Misamis 

890 
17, 789 
11,550 
10, 926 
8,000 
12, 976 
1,985 
2, 172 
10,405 
9,215 
2,972 

is; 

16,500 
1,023 

1,200 

Nabua 

Ambos  Camarines                       

17, 244 

do 

S  2.51 

Naga 

Cebii 

10,525 

Nagaba                    

Hollo.                           

5,794 

NagearlAn 

Laguna 

13  5S6 

3,477 

Do 

Uni6n 

9,4.58 

Ndig 

8,078 

Nalupa                     

Antique           

2,861 

Uni6n 

8,^9 

2,046 

18, 393 

Nagsiping 

Cagavftn 

964 

Nasugbii 

Naujan        

Mindoro 

8,312 
3,183 
5,257 

4,367 

Naval 

Le\-te 

2,835 

CApiz 

4, 214 

Rizal 

12,844 

Nonoc 

Surigao                                 

541 
5,305 
1,871 
2,804 

6,316 
6, 123 
4,111 
10,357 
7,948 
6,924 

667 

Bulacdn 

6,111 

Rizal  

2,166 

Noveleta                     .  . 

Cavite                   

2^214 

Nueva  C&ceres 

Cebii 

6,104 

'435 

5,576 

Numancia 

Cdpiz 

6,111 

Do 

Surigao 

2,678 

Ofe 

Albav  

10, 949 

Obando 

Bulacdn               

7,576 

Odiongan 

Rombl6n 

6,378 

O'Donell 

1,693 

Cebii 

11,506 
5,200 

10,267 

3,098 

BataSn 

6,400 
5,667 
10,373 
8,107 
9,000 
6,013 

5,949 

6,071 

7,429 

Ormoc 

Leyte                            

13, 315 

7  374 

Oslob 

Cebii 

5,664 

Oteiza  (Oteyza) 

Surigao          

1,541 

Ot6n 

Uoilo                                   

13,363 

14,567 

DAvao 

Paete 

Laguna 

2,887 
5,756 
6,327 
1,137 
2,749 

2,929 

Pagbilao 

Tavabas                         

4,524 

7,124 

980 

Palanas 

Masbate                   

2,133 

Paldpag 

5,802 

2,584 

704 

3,468 

Palduig 

2,621 

Palma 

Benguet 

392 

GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 


59 


Pueblos  (towns)  in  the  Philippine  JsZands— Continued. 


Pueblos. 

Island,  province,  or  district. 

Population 

estimated 

1898-99. 

Population, 

census  of 

1887. 

Palo 

17,736 
7,858 
770 
1,561 
7,423 

Paloinp6n .                .                      

do 

6  765 

PaltOc 

TiagAn 

Mindoro 

Pambujan 

Samar 

5,396 

Paminultan 

Bohol 

6  199 

3,647 
2,404 

15,484 
2,446 

13,737 
2,153 
2,459 
6,795 
8,712 

10,020 
1,513 

11,848 

10,297 
1,719 
3,211 
9,863 
7,366 
3,469 
1,548 

22,000 

13, 802 

3!253 

Cagaydn 

4, 929 

Panay        .                                 

C4piz.                                              ;." 

19  343 

4,624 

Catanduanes  (Albay) 

1,884 

Parigil 

2,794 

Bohol 

4, 272 

Paniqui 

TArlac 

5,553 

C4piz.., 

6,455 

1,186 

Prioav 

Ilocos  Norte 

12, 147 

Paombong' 

Bulacdn 

8  177 

Paquil...: 

1,826 

Pa  racale 

Anibos  Camarines 

2, 762 

I'arafiaque 

Rizal . 

10  173 

5,879 

do 

Pasacao  . 

Ambos  Camarines 

1  413 

Pflsig 

Rizal 

18,54 

Passi 

Hollo 

8,629 

Pastrana 

Leyte 

6,616 
6,911 
2,842 
10,221 
2,800 
7,700 

7, 262 

6,239 

Pateros .               .        ... 

Rizal 

5, 762 

Pa  via 

Hollo 

7  9''4 

1, 737 

Penaranda 

Nueva  Ecija 

6, 926 

Peiia  plata 

DAvao 

4,696 
2,716 
2,142 
10,841 
5,987 
4,107 
3,471 
2,895 

6;  458 
3,635 
2,000 
1,975 
292 
6,378 
9,825 

4,339 

2,591 
2  873 

Pidigan  . 

Abra 

Piddig 

7,828 

Pila 

6,101 
1  564 

Pilar 

Abra  ...               .... 

Do 

Bata&n 

3  749 

Do 

Capiz 

Do 

Cebd                 .             

4  231 

Do 

Sorsogon  Albay 

4  iiSO 

Pili 

S.  087 

Pililla 

M6rong  (Rizal) 

4,000 

S&mar 

1  114 

'559 

Pinamungajan 

Cebu 

4,443 

Pineda  now  Pdsay 

Rizal  (Manila)  . 

7  784 

293 

3,011 

2,613 

Placer 

Surigao            

893 

PoU. 

Mindoro 

572 
10,050 
1,400 
7,945 
400 
9,512 
12,000 

939 

Albay  

9,106 

Polillo 

Polo 

BulacAn 

10  162 

Polloc 

Cotabato 

390 

CApiz 

Do 

Negros  Occidental 

6  901 

Poquitan . 

Bontoc 

439 

P6rac 

8:5i2- 

7,000 
14,512 
9,947 
1,912 
1,589 
10,058 

501 
5,255 

299 
2,000 

512 
1,320 
8,854 
2,422 
1,793 
2,300 
3,286 
6,764 

8,594 

cebii .     ::;::::":'" 

Pototan 

Hollo 

20  912 

9,604 

792 

1,346 

Pulilan 

BulacAn 

9, 869 

Puncln 

Nueva  i)cija 

662 

Pura. 

Tdrlac 

4  301 

Mati 

Quinapundan  

SAmar .                 

1,703 

Quindquil  or  Quing-dquing 

Bontoc 

290 

Misamis 

1,415 

Quipayo 

Ambos  Camarines 

1  916 

Ragay 

do 

1  703 

Rombl6n 

Romblon 

6.016 

60 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE   I8LANDS. 


Pueblos  (towns)  in  the  Philippine  Islands — Continued. 


Pueblos. 

Island,  province,  or  district. 

Population 
estimated 
1898-99. 

Population, 

census  of 

1887. 

11,519 
12,435 
6,385 
2,240 
4,394 
851 

Batangas                 

14  376 

Do 

Do.                 

Uni6n 

2,834 

4,339 

864 

Ronda 

Ceb\l                 

543 

Sadaii&a 

do                       .                 

568 

5,066 
3,985 
7,067 
1,810 
914 
4,470 

3,154 

Salasa    

Pangasin^n 

5,845 

1,635 

1,802 

Sagada 

Bontoc 

1  090 

3,293 
4,938 

samal 

BataAn 

5,233 
10, 422 
545 
1,129 
1,649 
7,269 
4,988 
1,722 
23,934 
1,229 
1,875 
1,782 
109 
3,015 
3,607 
2,132 
9,018 
4,265 
5,465 
3,271 
12,165 
2,367 
13,266 
12,892 

Cebii 

7,052 
532 

San  Agustin 

Masbate 

1,451 

Laguna 

1  673 

8,327 

4,853 
1  355 

San  Bartoloni6 

Batanes 

30, 148 

1,236 

San  Clemente 

Tdrlac 

1,964 

Iloilo 

4,375 

San  Enrique 

Hollo                    

3,084 

Negros  Occidental 

3,410 
2,821 
9,411 

San  Fabian 

Pangasin^n 

San  Felipe 

Zambales 

4,218 
7,517 

Rizal 

San  Fernando 

Ambos  Camarines 

3,068 

Cebii 

12  967 

Masbate 

2,620 

Uni6n 

12  185 

453 

9,055 
6,567 
1,429 
6,601 

3!  352 
7,056 
2,531 

2;  459 

5,059 
13,918 

9,000 
10,000 

2,397 
514 

8,396 

Cebil                                        

6,486 

San  Gregorio 

Abra 

1  231 

7,262 

2,684 
3,145 

Sanlsidro 

9,474 

4,340 
2,623 

Zambales                    .... 

Masbate 

2,469 

4,862 

San  Joaquin 

Hollo       ;::::::::::;:;:" 

12,516 

San  Jos6 

Ambos  Camarines 

7  908 

9,874 

2  760 

Corregidor                                 .... 

458 

852 
5, 621 
267 
1,951 
1,285 
9,154 
1,146 
14,017 

San  Jos<!  de  Buenavista 

Antique                

6,034 

San  Jos6  de  OasignAn 

Principe 

2, 237 

San  Jos(5  de  Navotas 

Manila  (Rizal)                  

San  Juan 

Abra 

714 

11,108 

Bohol 

6, 428 

San  Juan  (de  Guimba) 

Nueva  Ecija                              

2,994 
5,979 

5,971 

San  Juan  (de  Macapilay) 

Negros  Oriental 

341 

Union.             

10,211 
2,011 
3,616 

9,716 

San  Juan  del  Monte. 

Manila  (Rizal) 

2,288 

San  Julian 

2,955 

San  Leonardo 

5,201 
10,298 
6,867 
4,043 
6.700 

5,899 

Pampanga 

10,765 

San  Manuel  . .  . 

10,164 
41275 

San  Mateo 

Rizal 

4,041 

GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

Pueblos  (towns)  in  the  Philippine  Islands — Continued. 


61 


Pueblos. 

Island,  province,  or  district. 

Popnlation 
estimated 

1898-99. 

Population, 
census  of 

1887. 

9,015 
7,300 
4,126 

20^460 
9,57S 

17,800 

10,204 
1,087 
7,255 

19, 537 
1,601 
7,366 
3,921 
3,700 

725 
6,862 
8,469 

Hollo....              

2'  648 

Leyte 

Pampanga 

5,585 

Ilocos  Norte 

13  056 

Cebii 

21,586 

Tayabas 

2  178 

Zambales 

7  282 

19, 365 

Antique 

6  830 

Rizal 

San  Quintin 

Abra..., 

968 

7, 578 

San  Rafael 

Bulacdn 

10,149 

D^vao 

2,503 
6,192 

3,505 

Cebu 

6,681 

Leyte 

3  077 

3,182 

5,667 

Cebii 

2, 442 

SSmar 

7,817 
2,998 
8,532 
4,686 
2,194 
4,087 
881 
6,132 
13,000 
7,595 
5,100 

1,900 

San  Sim6n                

Pampanga 

7,088 

8,700 

Cebu  

3,820 

Manila  City 

2,961 

Ilocos  Sur 

4, 123 

2, 242 

6, 322 

Santa  Bdrbara 

Uoilo          

15,167 

9  667 

Santa  Catalftia                             

Ilocos  Sur 

DS.vao 

5,167 

Santa  Cruz 

714 

Laguna 

13, 141 
5,876 
4,594 
8,546 
300 

15,797 
3,102 
1,751 
1,374 
8, 125 
7.113 

10,030 
2, 607 
3,939 
2,200 
840 
1,855 

10,508 

12,910 
7,656 

Zambales 

Cavite 

5,]a5 
7,4-53 

Mindoro 

do            

199 

15,  .=.68 

Cebii 

2,  936 

Rombl6n 

Santa  Isabel 

Bulac4n 

6,  .')20 

7  566 

12,022 

i  911 

2, 681 

855 

Santa  Maria  de  Mavfin 

Batanes 

715 

9,476 

Pampanga 

7,359 

9,' 434 
4,324 
8,931 

8,389 

2,337 

Santa  Rosa                . .  . 

Laguna^ 

Nueva  Ecija 

Ilocos  Spr 

9,3.55 

3,723 
8.114 

^•iiito  Domingo  de  Basco 

Batanes 

Cagav&n                       

2,98i 
2, 891 
4,918 
2,921 
10,769 
4,321 
6,481 
1, 325 
5,237 
1,753 

3  269 

-      to  Xino 

3,303 

3,099 

11,039 

3,781 

Union                            

4,863 

869 

5,469 

San  Vicente  de  Saptang 

Batanes 

Quian^An            

1,791 

Sapao 

1,300 
4,863 
10, 9.50 
15, 304 
6,966 
3,676 
189 

1,548 

8api4n 

Capiz 

3,181 

Sara 

6,451 

Saravia 

Negros  Occidental 

9, 556 

Sariava... 

Tavabas 

7  112 

4,391 

Semerara 

Mindoro 

271 

GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 

Pueblos  {toivns)  in  the  Philippine  Islands — Continued. 


Pueblos. 

Island,  province,  or  district. 

Population 
estimated 
1898-99. 

Population, 
census  of 

1887. 

Sevilla 

Bohol    '... 

6,920 
1,133 
7,969 

5,337 

Ilocos  Sur        

1,495 

146 

Siaton 

Negros  Oriental 

8,142 

252 

23,455 

11,675 

8,210 

399 

22, 979 

Siba!6n 

Antique 

12,285 

Sihsihll 

Tiagto 

6,346 
2,119 
900 
1,660 
7,411 
14,537 
6,936 
5,659 
1,066 

5,857 

Bohol  

1,46» 

Sie^boy 

Malabang 

4,960 

Silang ^ 

Silay 

7,224 

Negros  Occidental 

7,503 

5,288 

Sipocot 

Ambos  Camarines 

1,069 

Bohol 

9,211 

11,788 
679 
6,719 
4,722 
5,578 
4,190 
3,991 

10,720 
2,636 
2,972 
397 
3,016 
4,615 
4,332 
6,285 

33,378 

17,436 
8,631 

7,654 

Ambos  Camarines 

533 

Sogod 

Cebu 

5,873 

41484 

Solana 

Cagayin 

6,087 

Nueva  Vizcaya 

5/285 

4,150 

Sorsog6ii     .         

Sorsog6n 

10, 313 

Sual 

Pangasinin 

3,961 

1,698 

Sabaang 

Mindoro 

403 

Svlbic 

Zambales.. 

2,791 

4,644 

Stimag 

Negros  Occidental 

4,425 

Surigao 

Surigao      

4,952 

Taal 

22,039 

Tabaco 

Albay 

16,655 

Tabog6ii 

Cebii 

7,773 

Leyte 

645 
5,226 
1,562 

1^909 
3,378 
4,055 
9,662 

341 

Tacloban 

Leyte 

4,899 

Surigao 

2,026 

Bohol 

7,628 

Tago                  

Surigao 

2,416 

Misamis 

5,791 

3,797 

9,978 

Talacogon 

Butuan 

1,568 

Surigao 

11,585 
6,226 
2,720 

Cebii 

7,218 

Talavera 

Nueva  Ecija 

6,439 

Talindac 

Palawan 

663 

Talib6u  (Talibong) 

Bohol 

7,321 
3,567 
8,111 
19,000 

1,684 

4,011 

3,419 

Batangas 

6,805 

Cebii 

16  089 

Misamis 

2,392 

Talubing          

Bon  toe 

611 

Tainb6bong 

Rizal 

25,000 
1,900 

20,036 

18,509 
4,629 
5,210 
2, 982 

12,408 

492 

2,892 

3,950 

21,762 

1,258 

20, 452 

Leyte                 

14,624 

Tanay 

Rizal 

4  349 

2,443 

CApiz 

3,137 

Tanmv 

Negros  Oriental              . .        

10, :« 

Bontoc 

2.il 

Tapis 

2, 486 

Tarangunan                        . .  . . 

Selmar     

4,326 

Tirlac 

Tdrlac 

9,668 
15,000 
1,569 
6,971 
6,800 
2,331 
19, 612 
3,436 
4,250 
1,828 
1,340 
5,643 

8,105 

16,058 

Tayasan 

Negros  Oriental 

1,381 

Taysin 

Batangas                              .  .  . 

7,204 

Rizal 

7,472 

934 

Tayug          

PangasinS,n      

9,804 

Tayum  (Tayiin) 

Abra                                         .  . 

3,201 

Rizal 

i:893 

2,371 

i;03t 

Tetuto 

Zamboanga 

3,920 

GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

Pueblos  (towns)  in  the  Philippine  JsZancZs— Continued. 


63 


Island,  province,  or  district. 


Population  Population, 
estimated     census  of 


Abra 

Tayabas 

Antique 

Mindoro 

Surigao ,.. 

Ambos  Camarines. 

Hollo 

Surigao 

Ambos  Camarines. 

Albay 

Cebii 

Negros  Oriental . .. 

Leyte 

Surigao 

Marinduque 

Benguet 

Cagaydn 

Union 

Surigao 

S4mar 

Bohol 

Benguet 

Iloilo 

Cebii 

....do 

Cagay&n 

Isabela  de  Luz6n.. 

Bontoc 

Batangas 

Bohol 

Nueva  y izcaya . . . . 

Nueva  Ecija 

Tayabas 

Pangasin&n 

do 


Antique 

Bohol 

Negros  Occidental . 

ISIueva  Ecija 

Catanduanes 

DAvao 

Butiian 

T&rlac 

IlocosSur 

Bohol 

Leyte 


Pangasiniln 

Abra 

Ilocos  Norte 

Catanduanes  . . . 

Mindanao 

Negros  Oriental 

Nueva  Ecija 

Zambales 

Hollo 


7,783 

6,858 

6,201 

275 


3,079 
9,904 


2,615 
10,163 
8,520 

2,889 


2,909 
1,589 
4,800 
6,519 
2,155 
2,296 
11,612 
1, 182 
5,317 
8,264 


19,277 

4,571 

403 

11,011 
3,639 


5,014 
1,811 
6,142 

16,481 
1,966 
4,426 
7,032 

10, 207 

508 

2,927 


10,234 
14,249 
6,243 
2,495 
5,293 
7,383 
2,149 
9,178 
5,427 
3,803 
4,869 
5,907 


THE  PHILIPPINE  PEOPLE. 


The  native  inhabitants  of  the  Philippine  Islands  may  be  classified 
as  follows:  Negritos,  Indonesians,  Malayans,  European  Mestizos. 

Negritos. — These  are  generally  supposed  to  have  been  the  first 
inhabitants  of  the  islands,  having  come  from  New  Guinea.  As  the 
name  indicates,  they  are  of  small  size  and  black  color.  They  live  in 
.the  mountain  forests,  where  they  were  driven  back  by  later  invaders. 
There  are  Negritos  of  pure  blood,  like  those  which  inhabit  the  moun- 
tains of  Bataiin,  and  the  Mamanuas,  the  true  aborigines  of  the  island 
of  Mindanao.  There  are  other  Negritos  of  mixed  blood,  and  to  this 
class  belong  the  Negritos  of  Albay,  llocos  Norte  and  Sur,  Tayabas, 


64  GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

Ambos  Camarines,  Nucva  Ecija,  Iloilo,  and  Negros;  the  Manguianes 
of  Mindoro,  Tablas,  Masbate,  and  Ticao;  the  Aetas  of  Pangasinan  and 
Zani bales;  the  Buquiles  of  Mindoro  and  Zambales;  the  Igorrotes  and 
the  Attas. 

Indonesians.— The  native  inhabitants  of  the  island  of  Mindanao 
who  are  not  either  Negritos  or  Malays  belong  to  the  Indonesian  race. 
Their  characteristics  are  considerable  height,  great  muscular  develop- 
ment, prominence  of  the  occipital  region,  high  forehead,  aquiline  nose 
slightl}^  curved,  wav}"  hair,  abundant  beard,  and  light  color.  The 
Indonesians  of  pure  or  nearly  pure  blood  are  divided  into  different 
tribes,  called  Bagobos,  Guiangas,  Atas,  Tagacaolos,  Manolos,  Man- 
daj^as,  and  Cataganes,  The  Indonesians  of  mixed  blood  are  also  divided 
into  several  groups,  as  the  Samales,  Tagabanas,  Bilanes,  Manguangas, 
Dulanganes,  Tagabalies,  Monteses,  Subanos,  and  Tirurayes. 

Malayans. — The  Malayan  race  is  the  most  largely  represented  in 
the  population.  It  is  at  present  not  found  in  any  part  of  the  archi- 
pelago in  a  pure  state,  but  is  always  more  or  less  mixed  with  other 
races,  Negritos,  Chinese,  Japanese,  Indonesians,  and  Europeans,  The 
Philippine-Malays  may  be  divided  in  three  great  groups:  Christian 
Malays,  Pagan  Mala5^s,  and  Mohammedan  jMala3\s  or  Moros.  The 
Christian  Malays  are  the  Tagalogs.  gathered  about  Manila  and  in  some 
of  the  most  highly  civilized  provinces  of  the  Philippines  to  the  num- 
ber of  about  1,500,000;  the  Bicols,  who  inhabit  Sorsogon,  Albay, 
Ambos  Camarines,  and  a  part  of  Tayabas;  the  Visa3^ans,  who,  to  the 
number  of  2,500,000,  spread  over  the  group  of  islands  bearing  the 
same  name,  and  since  very  early  times  have  been  establishing  them- 
selves on  the  coast  of  Mindanao;  the  Pampangos,  the  Pangasinans,  and 
the  Ilocanos,  who  inhabit  the  provinces  of  Pampanga,  Pangasinan, 
and  Ilocos,  respectively.  The  Pagan-Malays  are  the  Cimarrones,  who 
inhabit  the  peninsula  of  Camarines;  the  Tinguianes  or  Itanegs,  who 
live  in  Lepanto  and  Abra;  the  Ifugaos,  who  inhabit  the  Cordillera  of 
the  eastern  Caraballos;  the  Catalanganes,  who  live  along  the  east- 
ern branch  of  the  river  Ilagan  in  the  province  of  Isabela  de  Luzon; 
finally  the  Manguianes,  who  inhabit  the  island  of  Mindoro.  The 
Malay  Mohammedans  are  divided  into  several  tribes,  as  the  Moros, 
who  occupy  Sulu,  Tawi-Tawi,  and  Palawan  (Paragua)  to  the  numl)er 
of  40,500,  Sulu  being  the  political,  religious,  and  commercial  center 
of  all  the  Moros;  the  Moros  of  the  Rio  Grande,  Lanao  Lake,  and 
Illana  Ba}^  about  200,000;  the  Moros  living  along  the  Gulf  of  Davao, 
who  have  an  admixture  of  Indonesian  blood;  the  Sanguiles,  who 
occupy  a  strip  along  the  southern  coast  of  Mindanao  from  Culut  to  the 
Gulf  of  Sarangani;  the  Lutangas,  who  inhabit  the  little  island  of 
Olutanga;  the  Calibuganes,  who  are  found  in  small  groups  along  the 
shore  of  the  Gulf  of  Sibuguey;  the  Samales-Laut,  who  inhabit  the 
coast  region  of  Basilan;  the  Yacanes,  who  occupy  the  interior  of  that 
island. 

European  Mestizos. — These  are  the  product  of  intermarriage 
between  natives  and  Europeans,  principally  Spaniards,  their  number 
having  become  large  since  the  beginning  of  Spanish  domination. 
They  are  to  be  found  in  all  regions  which  have  been  reached  bv  the 
commerce  of  Europe,  but  they  are  particular!}-  numerous  at  the  cap- 
ital and  vicinity,  as  well  as  in  the  various  provincial  capitals  and  more 
important  towns. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    THlLIPriNE    ISLANDS.  65 

RACES. 

The  inhcil)!tants,  ethnologically  arranged  under  the  three  distinct 
races  named,  are  known  by  84  tribal  names  or  habitats,  viz: 

Negritos. — The  earlier,  if  not  the  al)orig-inal,  occupants  of  the  entire 
archipelago  are  subdivided  under  21  tribal  names,  having  their  habitat 
in  the  highest  mountain  and  inaccessible  parts  of  Luzon,  Pangasinan, 
Cagaytin,  Zambales,  Bataan,  Albay,  Ilocos  (North  and  South),  'tayabas, 
Ambos  Camarines,  Nueva  Ecija,  Mindoro,  Mindanao,  Mainit  Lake, 
Surigao,  Tago  Mountain,  Tablas,  Sibuyan,  Masbate,  Ticao,  Panay 
(Iloilo),  Negros.     Estimated  at  25,000. 

Indonesian. — Confined  to  jSIindanao  under  16  tribal  names.  Esti- 
mated at  252,200. 

Malayan. — Recognized  under  47  race  and  tribal  names,  many  dwell- 
ing in  the  most  inaccessible  mountain  elevations  and  forests  of  Luzon, 
Zambales,  Ilocos  (North  and  South),  Ambos  Camarines,  Nueva  Ecija, 
Tayabas,  Albay,  Lepanto,  Cagayan,  Isabela,  Principe,  Nueva  Vizcaya, 
Abra,  Pampanga,  Benguet,  Rizal,  Pangasinan,  Mindoro,  Sibuyan, 
Visayan  Islands,  Mindanao,  Basilan,  Palawan,  Calamianes  group,  Sulu 
Archipelago.     Census  and  estimated  at  6,699,400. 

The  dominant  races,  the  Visayas  2,601,600,  Tagalogs  1,663,900, 
BicoLES  518,100,  Ilocanos  441,700,  Pangasinanes  365,500,  Pampan- 
Gos  337,900,  Cagayanes  166,300,  and  Moros  100,000,  exclusive  of 
Mindanao,  are  of  this  blood. 

Chinese  in  the  Philippines. — The  following,  in  the  iibsence  of  defi- 
nite information  on  the  subject,  may  be  considered  an  approximate 
exhibit  of  the  number  of  Chinese  in  the  Philippine  Islands. 

[Under  the  census  of  lf>S7.] 


Men.       Women. 

Total. 

Residents  present  foreign 

33,458 
932 

456 
21 

33,914 
953 

Transients,  foreign,  presumai)iy  of  European  and  American  nationalities. 

[Under  the  parochial  enumeration  of  population  of  the  Philippine  archipelago  (and  the  Marianas) 
at  the  close  of  1885,  compiled  by  the  Archbishop  of  Manila.] 

Foreigners  enumerated,  Chinese 37, 585 

From  other  nations 527 

Total 38,112 

In  1888,  coincident  with  the  movement  in  the  United  States,  an 
effort  was  made  by  Spain  to  exclude  the  Chinese  from  the  Philippines, 
but  without  success.  In  September,  1898,  during  the  cessation  of 
hostilities  under  the  protocol,  b}'  order  of  the  military  governor,  the 
Chinese  exclusion  acts  of  the  United  States  were  made  operative 
in  the  Philippines.  Since  that  time  only  former  residents  and  the 
exempt  classes  have  been  admitted.  Under  these  conditions  from 
January  1,  1899,  to  and  including  May,  1901,  28,758  Chinese  arrived 
at  Manila.  Of  these,  27,697  were  permitted  to  land.  During  the 
same  period  23,658  Chinese  took  their  departure,  leaving  an  increase 
of  4,029  arrivals  over  departures  for  that  period.  The  Schurman 
"commission  of  investigation  (Report,  vol.  1,  Jan.  31,  1900,  Senate 
Doc.  138,  Fift3'-sixth  Congress,  first  session,  p.  153)  gives  the  figures 
at  about  40,000  in  the  archipelago,  of  whom  about  23,000  live   in 

S.  Doc.  280 5* 


66 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


Manila.  During  the  Spanish  regime  between  10,000  and  12,000 
entered  Manila  and  7,000  to  8,000  went  back  to  China  each  5-ear.  Of 
the  latter,  many  returned  after  -1  or  5  months'  absence.  This  report 
adds:  "There  are  about  2,000  Chinese  women  in  Manila.  Some  of 
these  are  married,  but  most  of  them  are  concubines.  About  100  or  200 
Chinese  children  are  annually  born  in  Manila.  About  300  Chinese  die 
every  year.  Many  Chinese  men  marry  Filipino  women.  The  second 
generation  is  called  '  Mestizos,'  who  are  said  to  be  intelligent  men,  but 
are  restless,  scheming,  and  untrustworthy."  From  the  above  we 
have — 

Parochial  enumeration  of  population,  1885 37, 585 

Average  annual  net  increase  of  arrivals  over  departures,  1885-1899,  14  years,  1,000  per  annum..  14,000 
Increase  under  United  States  jurisdiction,  1899,  January  1,  to  May,  1901,  2  years  and  5  months.    4, 029 

Total  approximate  number  of  Chinese  in  the  Philippine  Islands  according  to  the  above 
bases  of  estimate 55, 614 

A  recent  census  of  the  citv  of  INIanila  claims  a  population  of  upward 
of  50,000  residing  within  the  city  limits,  mostU'  in  Biuondo,  the  mer- 
cantile and  shipping  quarter.  As  the  number  of  Chinese  outside  of 
Manila  is  not  great,  the  approximation,  55,611,  from  statistics  available 
is  not  excessive  for  the  entire  archipelago,  Januaiy  1,  1902.  This 
exotic  race  established  itself  in  the  countiy  originally  as  invaders  and 
later  as  merchants  and  traders.  Its  number,  as  shown,  is  large  as  com- 
pared with  the  other  peoples  of  foreign  blood.  Their  intluence  in 
local  trade  and  industry  is  potential,  and  in  some  cases  a  monopoly. 

Civilized  races. — Of  the  81  races  and  tribes  8  may  be  regarded  as 
civilized,  in  numbers  approximately  as  follows,  also  showing  compari- 
son as  to  numbers  with  the  nearest  population  of  a  State  of  the  United 
States: 


Race. 

state  of  the  United 
States. 

Approximate 
number  of 
individuals. 

Popula- 
tion. 

Territorv 
occupied. 

2,601,600 

Sq.  m. 
28, 100 

Indiana     

2, 516, 462 

36,350 

1,663,900 

15,380 

1,551,270 

46,810 

Bicol 

518, 100 

16,900 

Washington 

518, 103 

69,180 

441,700 

6,170 

428,556 

1,750 

365,500 

1,950 

343, 641 

9,565 

337,900 

1,950 

North  Dakota          

319, 146 

70, 795 

^r                   ^ 

268,000 

12,860 

276,749 

84,970 

11,050 

Idaho 

161,722 

84,800 

1 

"Civilized  but  non-Christiau. 

Non-Christian  tribes. — The  population,  number  of  tribes,  and  dis- 
tribution of  this  important  element  among  the  peoples  of  the  Phil- 
ippines is  largely  speculative.  That  non-Christian  tribes  exist  in  the 
provinces  of  Cagayiin,  North  Ilocos,  South  Ilocos,  Union,  Pangasinan, 
Tarlac,  Nueva  Ecija,  Zambales.  Bataan,  Pampanga,  Bulacan,  Ta^^abas, 
Ambos  Camarines,  Romblon,  Ciipiz,  Antique,  lloilo.  Western  Negros, 
Eastern  Negros,  Samar,  Surigao,  and  Misamis  is  known.  The  pre- 
dominance of  Christianized  natives  in  each  of  these  provinces,  however, 
is  great.  In  Isabela  and  Abra  the  non-Christian  tribes  are  numerous 
and  important,  while  in  Bontoc,  Lepanto,  Nueva  Vizcaya,  Beuguet, 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHlLIPriNE    ISLANDS.  67 

Principe,  Infanta,  Mindoro,  the  Calamianes  Islands,  Palawan,  Balabac, 
the  Sulu  Archipelago,  and  the  districts  of  Zaniboang-a,  Cotabato,  and 
Dtivao,  in  Mindanao,  the}'  constitute  the  bulk  of  the  population.  The 
total  nonchristian  population  is  roughh"  estimated  at  2,000,000. 

Physical  and  political  characteristics  of  the  nonchristian 
tribes. — The  Negritos  are  ph^-sical  and  mental  weaklings.  The  Igor- 
rotes  of  Bontoc  displa}-^  physical  development  and  mental  and  moral 
qualities  such  as  to  lend  weight  to  the  opinion  of  the  Filipino  patriot, 
Jose  Rizal,  who  said,  "The  future  of  the  Philippine  Islands  is  in  the 
people  of  their  mountains."  The  Moro  tribes  of  S.  Mindanao,  the 
Sulu  Archipelago,  Balabac,  and  S.  Palawan  (Paragua)  alone  could  afford 
an}"  serious  menace  to  public  order  or  to  the  peace  of  any  important 
portion  of  the  archipelago.  The  friendliest  relations  have  thus  far  been 
maintained  with  the  Moros.  The  Moros  of  the  Lake  Lanao  region, 
Mindanao,  have  long  been  reputed  the  fiercest  and  most  uncompromis- 
ing members  of  their  tribe.  The  Spanish  Government  spent  several 
years  in  an  unavailing  attempt  to  subdue  them.  Under  American  rule 
markets  have  been  established  for  them  at  Iligan,  on  the  N.,  and  at 
Tucuran,  on  the  S.  coasts.  They  are  now  coming  down  to  the  sea  on 
market  days  in  constantly  increasing  numbers,  indicating  greater  con- 
fidence. With  the  exception  of  Misamis,  there  are  no  Moros  in  any 
province  where  civil  government  has  been  established.  The  Tinguia- 
nes  in  Abra  are  possessed  of  a  very  considerable  degree  of  civilization. 
The  Moros  ha^e  a  fairlj^  well-organized  governmental  sj^stem,  but  no 
other  one  of  the  numerous  nonchristian  peoples  has  a  tribal  govern- 
ment, while  in  not  a  few  cases  the  famil}-  is  the  onl}^  recognized  social 
unit,  and  even  the  family  tie  is  loose.  Certain  of  the  nonchristian 
tribes  have  highly  objectionable  customs,  as  among  the  Moros.  The 
large  majority  of  these  people  are  slaves,  having  sold  themselves  for 
debt,  or  are  the  children  of  those  who  so  sold  themselves,  the  obliga- 
tions of  parents  being  inherited  by  theif-  offspring.  However,  a  slave 
may  secure  his  liberty  by  paying  to  his  owner  an  amount  equal  to  the 
,  price  paid  for  him.  In  the  majority  of  cases  slaves  are  treated  kindly 
and  frequently  allowed  time  and  opportunity  to  earn  money,  so  that 
it  is  possible  for  them  to  redeem  themselves  if  they  desire  to  do  so. 
Slavery  in  the  Philippines  is  not  confined  to  the  Moros.  It  is  common 
among  the  wild  Indonesian  tribes  in  the  interior  of  Mindanao  and 
among  the  wild  Malaj^ans  of  N.  Luzon.  A  practical  result  of  the 
intercourse  between  IVIoros  and  Americans  has  already  been  seen  in 
the  proclamation  of  Dato  Mandji,  abolishing  slavery  among  his  people 
in  the  district  of  Zamboanga. 

Languages,  spoken  and  written. — The  languages  spoken  in  the 
Philippine  Archipelago  are:  English,  Sj)auish,  and  the  vernacular  dia- 
lects. English  is  the  speech  of  the  Americans,  English  and  a  small 
number  of  natives  educated  in  some  English-speaking  country.  The 
knowledge  and  use  of  the  English  language  is  rapidly  spreading  on 
the  archipelago  since  the  American  occupation.  Spanish  is  the  lan- 
guage common  to  all  educated  people,  the  mass  speaking  only  the  native 
dialect  peculiar  to  their  respective  localities.  More  than  9  per  cent 
of  the  people  speak  Spanish,  according  to  the  best  estimates.  The 
"principal  Philippine  dialects  are:  The  Ibanag  and  Ilocano,  of  N.  Luzon; 
the  Pangasinan,  Pampanga,  and  Tagalog,  of  central  Luzon;  the  Bicol 
(Vicol)  in  S.  Luzon;  the  Bisaya  (Visaya),  which  is  in  use  throughout 
the  islands  of  the  same  name;  the  numerous  dialects  of  Mindanao,  the 


68  GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

Moro,  Mabobo,  Monies,  and  Buguidnon;  and  finally  the  language  of 
the  Negritos.  All  the  languages  with  the  exception  of  the  Negrito, 
which  is  conspicuously  difl'erent  from  the  rest,  are  not  only  similar, 
but  also  display  an  intimate  relationship  to  the  AIala3^an  tongue  from 
which  the}'  are  supposed  to  be  derived.  In  N.  and  E.  Mindanao  very- 
similar  dialects  of  Visayan  are  spoken.  Not  more  than  3  or  -i  per  cent 
of  this  population  in  general  speak  Spanish.  A  much  smaller  per  cent 
of  children  than  of  adults  speak  Spanish.  In  Zamboanga  province 
nearl}^  all  understand  Spanish  and  speak  it  after  a  fashion.  In  the 
other  southern  towns  of  Mindanao  more  or  less  Spanish,  Tagalog,  Vis- 
ayan, and  Moro  is  spoken.  The  various  tribes  around  Davao  have 
their  special  dialects;  likewise,  the  Monteses,  Subanos,  and  hill  tribes 
have  theirs.  The  Cotabato  and  Lanao  Moros  have  ditferent  dialects. 
In  Paragua,  Calamianes,  and  Cuvos  islands  there  are  various  dialects, 
but  the  most  common  is  Cuyono,  which  is  a  Visayan  dialect,  not  much 
like  the  N.  Mindanao  speech.  The  Philippine  peoples  under  this  lin- 
guistic classification  have  attained  various  degrees  of  civilization,  the 
Tagalog  the  highest,  and  with  the  exception  of  the  Mohammedan- 
Moros,  have  been  Christianized.  The  wild  tribes  as  a  rule  are  peaceful 
and  harmless,  although  many  fierce  by  nature  have  shown  a  decidedly 
warlike  spirit.  Head-hunting  in  N.  Luzon  and  cannibalism  is  charged. 
Polygamy  and  slavery  is  also  common.  Human  sacrifice  exists  in 
central  Mindanao.  The  aggregate  of  the  numbers  in  this  abject  con- 
dition is,  however,  small  compared  with  the  total  of  the  dominant 
races. 

Dialects. — The  following  is  a  list  of  the  various  dialects  in  which 
works  have  been  published  and  in  use  in  the  archipelago,  according 
to  Retana  in  his  valuable  Catalogo  Abreviado  de  la  Biblioteca  Filipina, 
Madrid,  1898,  who  mentions  27  idioms  among  the  linguistic  divisions 
of  the  inhabitants:  Aeta  (Negrito)  Negros,  in  parts  of  Luzon  and 
Panay;  Batanes  (Vitanes),  Batanes  group;  Bicol  (Vicol),  SE.  Luzon; 
Bilaan,  Sarangani  Island,  Mindanao;  Bisaya  (Visaya),  in  the  Visayan 
group;  Bagobo,  Mindanao  and  Apo  Mountain;  Calamian  Calamianes; 
Cebuano,  Cebu;  Cuyono,  Cuj^os  group;  Egongot  (Ilongote),  E.  central 
Luzon;  Gadan,  NE.  Luzon;  Harayo,  Pana}';  Hiligayno,  Panay;  Ibanag, 
Luzon;  Ilocano,  NW.  Luzon;  Ilongote,  E.  Luzon;  Isinay,  central 
Luzon;  Joloano,  Jolo  (Sulu);  Manobo,  Mindanao;  Moro-Maguindanao, 
Mindoro  and  Sulu;  Negritos  (Aeta)  Negros,  Luzon,  Pana}-;  Panayano, 
Panay;  Pampango,  Pampanga,  W.  central  Luzon;  Pangasiuan,  Pan- 
gasinan;  Samal,  Basilan,  Mindanao;  Tagacaolo,  Mindanao;  Tagalog, 
central  Luzon  and  Manila;  Tagbanua,  Palawan;  Tino  (Zambales),  Zam- 
bales;  Tiruray,  Mindanao,  Luzon;  Vicol  (Bicol),  SE.  Luzon;  Vitanes 
(Batanes),  Batanes  group;  Visaya  (Bisaya),  Visayan  group  and  N. 
Mindanao;  Zambales  (Tino),  W.  Luzon. 

Alphabet. — The  primitive  Philippine  alphabets  were  introduced  by 
the  Indians,  the  second  set  of  colonists  who  came  to  the  islands.  These 
alphabets  resemble  somewhat  the  Arabic  writing,  and  do  not  diflfer  in 
the  phonetic  value  of  the  signs,  but  only  in  their  number  and  in  the 
way  in  which  they  are  formed.  As  to  the  direction  in  which  the 
writing  is  formed,  some  authors  are  of  opinion  that  the  natives  wrote 
from  below  upward  in  columns  or  vertical  lines,  beginning  at  the  left 
and  ending  at  the  right.  Other  writers  claim  that  the  natives  wrote 
horizontall}'  from  left  to  right,  although  it  seems  that  this  was  the 
case  after  some  years  of  Spanish  domination.  The  old  Philippine 
alphabets  were  promptly  abandoned  and  the  Spanish  adopted  instead.^ 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


69 


As  earh' as  1745  a  writer  stated  "it  is  rare  to  find  an  Indian  T^ho 
knows  how  to  read  them  (Indian  alphabets),  and  extremely  rare  that 
an}'  one  knows  how  to  read  them.  It  may  be  said  that  they  are  not 
even  remembered."  The  Moros  in  Mindanao  and  Sulu  still  retain  their 
primitive  alphabet  in  writing,  which  also  shows  not  only  distinct 
traces  of  Arabic  origin  introduced  by  the  early  Arabic  teachers  of  the 
doctrines  of  Islam  in  the  southern  islands,  ])ut  in  the  more  finished 
styles  is  intelligible  among  the  Araljs  of  Arabia. 


the 


RELIGION. 

Except  the  Moros  (Moslems)  and  wild  tribes  (pagans)  the  people  of 
islands  are  Roman  Catholic.  As  shown  by  the  church  registry,  in 
1898  6,559,998  souls  were  distributed  among  716  regular  parishes,  105 
mission  parishes,  116  missions — total,  967.  Of  the  regular  parishes 
all  but  150  were  administered  by  Spanish  monks  of  the  Dominican, 
Augustinian,  or  Franciscan  orders,  natives  not  being  admitted  to  those 
orders.  The  RecoUetos  or  the  unshod  are  an  offshoot  of  the  original 
order  of  St.  Augustine.  By  the  revolutions  of  1896  and  1898  mem- 
bers of  the  orders  were  obliged  to  take  refuge  in  Manila;  of  the  num- 
ber 40  were  killed  and  103  imprisoned  untU  relieved  bv  the  American 
troops.  Of  1,121  in  the  islands  in  1896  but  172  remain.  There  were 
at  that  time  missions  and  missionaries — 12  Jesuits,  16  Capuchins,  6 
Benedictines,  and  150  native  secular  clergymen  with  small  parishes. 
There  were  many  native  priests  assisting  friar  curates. 

The  establishment  of  religious  freedom  is  guaranteed  under  the 
Treaty  of  Peace,  December  10, 1898,  in  terms,  "the  inhabitants  of  the 
territories  over  which  Spain  relinquishes  or  cedes  her  sovereignty 
shall  be  secured  in  the  free  exercise  of  their  religion."     [Article  Xj. 

DEPENDENT  ISLANDS. 

The  Philippine  archipelago  comprises  12  principal  islands  and  3 
groups,  adjacent  to  which  are  1,583  dependent  islands.  The  names 
and  areas  of  these  islands  may  be  found  with  the  description  of  the 
main  island  or  province  to  which  they  are  considered  dependent. 

List  of  main  islands  or  groups  in  the  order  of  area  of  mainland  icitJt  the  'tiianber  and  area 
of  dependent  islands. 


Main  island  or  group. 

Dependent 
islands. 

Area. 

Mindanao                                                                                       

ynviber 
258 
311 
148 
17 
116 
135 
26 
40 
29 
59 
46 
13 
188 
98 
47 

Sq.  VI. 

1,160 

290 

Negros..                                                                              .          

15 

351 

458 

Mindoro 

58 

Levte  ...                                                                                

342 

Cebii 

114 

Bohol 

214 

Masbate 

85 

Marinduque 

14 

509 

677 

Cuvos  (group) 

Total 

1,531 
32 
20 

5,512 
461 

Romblon 

19 

70  GAZETTEEE    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

Number  and  area  of  dej^endent  islands. 

100  to  1,000  sq.  m 18 

50  to  100  sq.  m 11   , 

25  to  50  sq.  m 18 

10  to  25  sq .  m 33   : 

5  to  10  sq.  m 41 

Less  than  5  sq.  in 1, 462 

Total 1, 583 

VEG-ETABLE   PRODUCTS. 

The  staples  of  the  tirchipelago  in  their  order  of  importance  are  hemp 
(abaca),  tobacco,  sugar,  copra,  cofiee,  and  rice.  The  other  products 
are  cocoanuts,  chocolate,  corn,  wheat,  indigo,  benne  seed  (sesame),  pea- 
nuts, and  vegetables  of  many  varieties.  In  some  of  the  islands  in  the 
higher  altitudes  all  the  cereals  and  vegetables  of  the  United  States 
thrive.  In  Mindanao  and  Palawan  to  the  general  list  may  be  added 
cinnamon,  cloves,  nutmegs,  mace,  and  the  other  valuable  products  of 
the  spice  islands  of  the  East.  The  betel  and  betel  pepper  so  exten- 
sively used  among  Asiatic  peoples  grow  abundantly  in  many  parts. 
The  tea  plant  also  thrives. 

The  soils  of  the  islands  of  the  achipelago  consist  of  the  decomposition 
products  of  the  prevailing  rocks — porph3^ritic,  syemetic,  hornlilende, 
and  other  varieties  of  granite,  crystalline  schists  generally,  siliceous  and 
argillaceous  limestones,  trachytes,  basalts,  andesites,  etc.,  and  the  allu- 
viums of  the  river  levels.  They  possess  great  fertility  and,  liberally 
watered,  yield  luxuriantly  all  the  indigenous  and  an}^  of  the  attempted 
exotic  vegetable  products  of  tropical  and  subtropical  latitudes.  The 
wonderful  productiveness  of  the  soil  and  diversity  of  climate  make  the 
Philippine  Islands  one  of  the  richest  agricultural  regions  of  the  world. 
Improved  methods  of  cultivation  and  machinery  will  add  to  this  branch 
of  wealth. 

Economic  classification. — The  following  Philippine  commercial 
and  industrial  products  of  agriculture  are  the  staples  of  home  con- 
sumption, manufacture,  and  export,  arranged  in  groups: 

Gramineous  plants  or  grasses. — The  most  important  are  rice,  corn,  bamboo, 
zacate,  cogon,  and  sorghum,  or  liatad. 

Palay,  or  RICE  {Oryza  saliva,  L.),  is  the  chief  food  of  all  Eastern  peoples,  and  in 
the  Philippines  is  the  principal  crop  upon  which  the  sustenance  of  the  indigenous 
population  and  of  the  numerous  Chinese  inhabitants  depends.  Rice  boiled  in  water 
without  salt,  called  by  Spaniards  "morisqueta"  and  by  the  Tagalos  "canin,"  is 
looked  upon  by  the  natives  the  same  as  Americans  and  Europeans  look  upon  bread, 
so  that  a  scarcity  of  rice  always  causes  great  hardship  to  the  people  of  the  islands. 
More  than  120  varieties  of  rice  are  known,  distinguished  l)y  the  size,  color,  and  flavor 
of  their  grains,  those  of  greatest  importance  being  Mimis,  greatly  esteemed  on  account 
of  its  white,  transparent  grain  and  excellent  flavor;  Binuhangin,  Dumali,  Bontot- 
eabayo,  and  others.  A  variety  called  IMalagquit  has  an  unusual  glutinous  quality 
and  is  much  used  in  the  manufacture  of  cakes  and  pastry.  The  rice  is  cultivated 
either  on  lowlands  (irrigated)  or  on  uplands  (dry).  For  the  cultivation  of  lowland 
rice  the  ground  is  divided  into  small  rectangular  plots,  having  a  slight  inclination 
and  surrounded  with  little  dikes,  called  pilapil,  which  serve  to  retain  the  water. 
While  these  beds  are  sprouting  the  flooded  lands  are  worked,  the  carabao  (water 
buffalo)  being  used,  into  a  soft  mud.  When  the  rice  grows  to  a  height  of  20  cm. 
(1  cm.  =  0.3937  U.  S.  in.)  it  is  pulled  from  the  beds,  formed  into  bundles,  and  taken 
to  the  place  where  it  is  to  be  transplanted.  Regular  lines  of  holes  are  made  in  the 
softened  earth,  in  each  of  which  is  placed  a  bunch  of  6  or  7  stalks.  When  harvest 
time  comes,  in  August  or  a  little  later,  the  plants  are  taken  out  one  by  one.  The 
palay  is  now  placed  in  heaps,  called  "mandalas  "  The  grain  is  separated  from  this 
straw  by  thrashing,  or  by  use  of  wind  whenever  possible,  and  is  finally  separated^ 
from  the  husk  by  pounding  two  or  three  times  in  a  wooden  mortar,  called  a  "lusong," 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  71 

or  by  making  use  of  a  sort  of  handmill,  called  "guilingan."  On  the  highlands  it  is 
necensary  to  go  over  the  ground  two  or  three  times  and  break  up  all  clods.  The  seed 
is  sfiun  by  hand  after  the  first  heavy  rains,  and  without  other  care  the  crop  is  finally 
colk'cted.  The  ordinary  jjrice  of  rice  in  the  husk,  called  palay,  is  13  to  14  reales 
fuertes  percavan  of  75  Titers  (about  60  to  65  cents  per  bushel),  while  that  of  shelled 
rice  is  from  20  to  22  reales  fuertes  per  cavan  (about  90  cents  to  |1  per  bushel).  The 
rice  has  as  its  enemies  the  locust,  which  totally  destroys  the  crops;  an  insect  which 
attacks  the  young  and  tender  grain,  sucking  the  juice  and  leaving  it  completely 
empty;  the  maya,  a  small  l)ird  abundant  in  the  lowlands,  and  the  monkey  in  certain 
reixions.  Formerly  the  rice  was  a  great  article  of  export,  but  to-day  a  large  supply 
(■(lines from  Cochin  China,  the  annual  production,  about  17,000,000 ca vans  (36,000,000 
Inshels),  being  far  below  the  actual  food  requirements  of  the  population.  The 
nil  hulled  rice,  or  palay,  is  used  as  food  for  horses  and  poultry. 

Corn,  or  maize  {Zea  riiay.^,  L. )  is  of  American  origin,  whence  it  was  carried  by  the 
S J  laniards.  Its  cultivation  has  l)ecome  quite  general  throughout  the  archipelago, 
especially  in  those  regions  where  the  soil  is  not  altogether  suitable  for  the  cultivation 
of  rice,  as  in  Cagaytin  and  Isabela.  In  some  places  it  has  taken  the  place  of  Moris- 
queta,  being  reduced  to  a  coarse  granular  flour  by  means  of  the  guilingan,  and  then 
boiled  in  water  without  salt.  It  is  also  used  as  food  for  cattle  and  fowls,  as  are  the 
leaves  and  young  stalks,  which  make  excellent  fodder.  The  (luantity  of  maize  annu- 
ally produced  may  be  set  down  at  about  2,000,000  cavans  (about  4,250,000  bushels). 
It  is  sold  at  from  4  to  5  reales  fuertes  per  cavan  (about  18  to  23  cents  per  bushel)  of 
shelled  grain. 

Bamboo  of  various  species  of  the  genus  Bamhnsa,  the  most  useful  being  the  Caua- 
yaug  Totoo,  which  at  times  reaches  a  diameter  of  more  than  20  centimeters  (0.3937 
in.)  and  a  height  of  more  than  12  meters  (1  meter  =  39.37  U.  S.  in. ).  It  is  employed 
principally  in  the  construction  of  native  houses,  which  are  often  made  wholly  of 
bamboo,  except  for  the  rattan  used  to  tie  it  together,  and  the  cogon  or  nipa  used  as 
thatch.  It  is  also  used  in  the  construction  of  boats,  rafts,  bridges,  aqueducts,  scaf- 
folding, vessels  of  all  kinds,  hats,  baskets,  furniture,  fishing  apparatus,  arms,  rope, 
harnesses  for  buffaloes,  etc.  The  young  and  tender  shoots  of  the  bamboo,  callecl 
"labong,"  make  a  very  acceptable  article  of  food,  eaten  in  the  form  of  salads,  sauces, 
and  other  dishes;  and  in  years  of  long-continued  drought  they  even  take  the  place  of 
jice  to  a  considerable  extent. 

Zacate  (grass)  includes  several  species  used  as  forage  for  live  stock,  especially 
horses,  the  principal  variety  belonging  to  the  genus  Leersia.  The  cultivation  is  con- 
ducted with  much  care,  as  the  returns  near  important  towns  are  large.  There  are 
several  crops  a  year. 

CoGON  {Saccliarum  koenigii);  a  rapidly  growing  plant  reaching  3  meters  (about  10 
ft.)  in  height,  and  forms  a  tangled  mass  only  penetrable  by  fire  or  knife.  The  areas 
are  burned  over  during  the  dry  season,  the  young  shoots  tjeing  cut  for  cattle  fodder 
when  18  in.  high.     Where  nipa  does  not  grow  cogon  is  used  for  thatching. 

Sorghum,  or  batad  {Holcus  saccharatus,  Bl. );  a  fodder  plant  in  the  Philippines 
cultivated  in  the  United  States  for  sugar  or  alcohol. 

A  number  of  varieties  of  other  grass  and  fodder  plants  form  the  pastures  of  the 
mountains. 

Textile  plants. — The  principal  textile  plants  which  furnish  fiber 
for  the  manufacture  of  cloth,  cordage,  etc.,  are  abaca  or  hemp,  cotton, 
pineapple,  cabo  negro,  rattan  or  bejuco,  ramie,  agava,  and  pandan. 

Abaca  {Musa  textilis,  L.)  is  principally  cultivated  in  the  pro\'inces  of  Ambos 
Camarines,  Albay,  Sorsogon,  and  Catanduanes,  in  the  islands  of  Samar  and  Leyte, 
and  on  a  smaller  scale  in  Cebu,  Mindoro,  Marinduque,  southern  part  of  Negros,  and 
the  north  of  Mindanao.  For  its  cultivation  a  moist  climate  is  needed.  The  soil 
should  be  open  and  moist  but  not  swampy.  New  plants  are  grown  from  shoots  or 
suckers,  called  by  the  natives  saga,  which  grow  about  the  base  of  the  plant.  Gen- 
erally at  the  end  of  3  years  the  plant  reaches  its  full  development,  the  most  suitable 
time  for  cutting  being  when  the  fruit  begins  to  show,  as  the  fiber  is  then  in  best  con- 
dition.    The  trunk,  which  looks  like  that  of  the  banana,  is  cut  down  with  a  sharp 

■  knife.  The  lower  part  of  the  trunk  and  the  leaves  are  then  cut  off,  and  the  external 
layers  of  the  plant  or  those  containing  the  fiber  are  then  removed  and  carried  to  the 
working  house,  where  the  fiber  is  extracted.  The  finest  quality  is  called  lupis  or 
quilot,  and  is  of  pearly  luster.  Other  grades  are  distinguished  by  their  color  and 
consistency.  The  plant  has  as  enemies  two  insects,  called  "tamiloc"  and  "amarcjg," 
which  pass  through  the  metamorphosis  in  the  trunk  of  the  plant,  ruining  it.     The 

*  abaca  (hemp)  constitutes  one  of  the  chief  articles  of  exportation,  perhaps  the  only 


72  GAZETTEEE    OF    THE    PHILIPPTNE    ISLANDS. 

one  which  does  not  admit  of  any  competition,  the  average  yearly  shipments  amount- 
ing to  nearly  100,000  long  tons.  It  is  exported  principally  to  the  United  States  and 
England,  small  quantities  going  to  Spain,  Australia,  Singapore,  and  China.  First 
grade  between  1885-1894  ranged  per  kilogram  (2.204  lbs. )  between  $17.12  and  $6.  The 
inferior  grades  run  25  to  40  per  cent  lower  in  the  Manila  market.  The  prices  in  the 
provinces  are  less.  The  production  began  to  assume  large  proportions  in  1855.  At 
Manila  are  a  few  factories  in  which  the  abacd  is  made  into  cordage  and  rope.  It  is 
also  used  as  a  component  of  certain  kinds  of  native  cloth.  Under  existing  conditions 
abaca  plantations,  with  careful  management,  yield  an  annual  return  of  30  per  cent 
on  the  investment. 

Cotton  {Gossypiumherbaceum,  L.)  is  cultivated  in  the  provinces  of  North  and  South 
Ilocos,  Union,  Pangasiuitn,  and  Abra.  The  soil  should  be  open,  strong,  and  easy  to 
work,  deeply  plowed  and  carefully  prepared,  and  planted  when  there  is  no  danger  of 
heavy  rains,  in  furrows  al)out  3  ft.  apart,  and  an  equal  distance  apart  in  the  furrows. 
When  the  seed  is  ripe  it  is  collected  and  the  cotton  passed  through  a  series  of  manip- 
ulations, rendering  it  suitable  for  the  manufacture  of  cloth.  Other  varieties  grow 
wild,  and  are  used  for  making  pillows  and  mattresses.  Cotton  has  recently  lost  much 
of  its  former  importance  because  of  the  competition  of  British  fabrics. 

Pineapple  {Bromelia  ananas,  L.),  of  American  origin,  is  cultivated  for  its  fruit  and 
the  fi))er,  which  is  obtained  from  its  leaves.  In  the  Philippines,  however,  it  is  of 
more  importance  as  a  textile  plant.  It  grows  on  almost  any  ground,  but  gives  best 
results  in  open,  strong  soil.  In  order  to  obtain  the  fiber  the  fruit  is  first  cut  so  that 
the  leaves  may  become  as  long  and  broad  as  possible.  When  the  leaves  are  well 
developed  they  are  torn  off  and  scraped  with  a  sharp  instrument  to  separate  the 
fleshy  part  and  leave  the  fiber,  which  is  washed,  dried  in  the  sun,  combed  out, 
classed  in  four  grades,  according  to  its  fineness,  and  finally  employed  in  the  manu- 
facture of  fabrics  in  the  same  way  as  Manila  hemp.  The  finer  filaments  are  woven 
by  rude  looms  into  a  most  delicate  cloth,  wKich  is  used  for  making  handkerchiefs, 
waists,  and  other  garments. 

Cabo,  Negro  {Arenga  sacharifera  Labill),  called  "cauong"  by  the  natives,  belongs 
to  the  family  of  palms.  Along  the  edge  of  the  stem  of  the  leaf  are  long,  black,  and 
very  strong  fibers,  which  are  useful  for  the  manufacture  of  ropes  and  cordage,  very 
durable  and  resisting  moisture  and  even  salt  water.  It  is  used  also  in  making  walls 
\  or  partitions. 

Rattan  or  Be-juco,  of  the  genus  Calamus,  of  several  species  is  called  by  the  natives 
dilan,  yantoc,  talola-curag,  and  palasan.  These  spiny,  climbing  plants,  which  some- 
times attain  a  length  of  200  meters  (666  ft.),  furnish  to  the  natives  a  material  of 
most  extended  application.  The  yantoc  takes  the  place  of  nails,  all  the  framework 
of  the  houses  built  of  bamboo  andnipa,  and  many  of  those  built  of  wood,  being  held 
together  by  strongly  laced  bands  of  J-attan.  These  rattans  are  also  employed  in  the 
rigging  of  all  the  smaller  boats,  and  in  the  making  of  rafts,  hats,  sacks  and  bags, 
chairs,  and  other  articles  of  furniture.  From  the  stems  of  the  palasan  are  made  canes 
of  world-wide  reputation. 

Ramie  {Boehmeria  nivea),  a  nettle  resembling  that  of  Spain,  but  without  needles. 
The  fiber  forms  on  the  outer  bark  of  the  plant.  It  attains  a  height  of  from  3  to  7 
feet.  The  celebrated  Canton  linen  is  made  from  it,  the  fiber  rivaling  the  flax.  The 
cultivation  is  limited,  on  account  of  the  special  machinery  required  to  extract  the 
fiber.  It  is  found  only  in  the  Batanes  group  and  N.  Luzon.  In  the  urtica  arbo- 
rescens,  or  Dalonot,  the  same  fiber  also  exists. 

Agave  {Agave  Americana L. ),  called  " Magui  "  or  "Maguey  "  in Tagalog,  originally 
from  America.  Its  fleshy,  sharp  leaves,  bordered  with  a  row  of  spines,  furnish  the 
fiber  from  which  the  delicate  Nipis  cloth  is  made.  It  is  cultivated  on  a  small  scale 
in  certain  localities  in  the  archipelago,  and  exported  in  bulk  to  England,  China, 
Japan,  and  Egypt. 

Paxdan  {Paiidanas  spiralis  Bl.),  the  leaves  of  which  are  used  for  the  manufacture 
of  hats  and  sacks,  an  important  industry  in  Lucbdn  town  and  Tayabas  province. 
The  large  leaves  of  the  buri  palm  {Corypha  umbraculifera  L. )  and  the  split  steins  of 
the  leaves  of  the  nito  [Lxjgodium  semihastatus  Del)  are  utilized  for  the  same  purposes. 

Oil-producing  plants.^ — The  most  important  in  their  order  are — 

Cocoanut  {Coros  nuciferaL.),  of  the  family  of  palms  from  India,  and  one  of  the 
most  useful  products  of  the  Archipelago  on  account  of  its  many  industrial,  domestic, 
and  medicinal  uses.  The  natives  call  it  niog  and  the  Spaniards  coco.  When  the  fruit 
is  to  be  used  for  the  manufacture  of  oil,  a  disk  of  the  outer  husk,  called  by  the  natives 
bonot,  is  first  cut  from  either  end.  The  rest  of  the  husk  is  removed,  the  inner  cov- 
ering, or  shell,  divided  into  two  parts,  and  the  adherent  nleat  separated  from  the 
shells.     The  meat  is  then  deposited  in  a  large  wooden  tub  which  has  a  hole  in  the 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS.  73 

bottom  for  the  escape  of  the  oil,  which  flows  from  the  mass  simply  by  exposure  to 

!  the  sun.     This  primitive  method  being  slow  and  imperfect,  a  better  and  more  general 

one  is  by  means  of  fire.     The  cocoanut  is  placed  in  suitable  receptacles  or  in  specially 

prepared  ovens  and  Iwiled,  or  in  a  large  kettle  having  a  slow  fire  underneath.     It  is 

usual  to  express  the  oil  from  the  meat,  as  a  much  larger  quantity  is  obtained.     The 

'  natives  use  this  oil  as  a  condiment,  and  while  still  fresh  as  a  i^urgative.     It  is  greatly 

'  used  for  lighting  purposes  and  in  the  manufacture  of  soaps.     Both  in  the  Philippines 

and  Euroi)e  it  is  used  in  the  manufacture  of  perfumery.     The  copra,  the  dried  kernel 

'.  of  the  cot'oaimt,  constitutes  one  of  the  chief  articles'  of  export.     The  macapuno,  a 

'  variety  of  cocoanut,  with  its  soft  meat,  is  made  into  preserves  and  sweetmeats,  and 

i  the  buco,  another  variety,  with  its  sweet  meat  and  water,  makes  a  delicious  refreshing 

I  drink. 

Among  the  many  other  uses  of  the  cocoanut  may  be  mentioned:    By  tapping  the 
central  bud  that  crowns  the  tree  a  kind  of  wine,  called  "tuba,"  is  produced,  which, 
when  allowed  to  ferment,  produces  vinegar,  and  when  distilled  a  kind  of  brandy. 
From  the  husk  the  natives  make  ropes  and  cords  and  a  material  for  calking  their 
boats.     From  the  woody  shell  they  carve  spoons,  cups,  beads  for  rosaries,  and  many 
other  articles.     The  leaves  they  use  to  cover  the  roofs  of  their  houses.     The  veins 
and  smaller  ribs  of  the  leaves  are  used  to  make  brooms,  the  midribs  serve  as  fuel, 
,  and  the  ashes  are  utilized  in  making  soap.     The  trunk  of  the  palm  is  made  to  serve 
;  as  a  pillar  to  support  the  houses.     Oil  barrels,  tuba  casks,  and  water  pipes  are  fash- 
ioned from  hollow  sections  of  the  trunk.     The  cocoanut  fruit  is  also  a  very  impor- 
tant item  of  export.     Manila  ships  annually  about  150,000  pesos  worth  of  cocoanuts 
to  China  and  British  India,  and  about  30,000  pesos  worth  of  cocoanut  oil  to  China. 
Castor  Oil,  Eicino,  Ricinus  {Communis  L.),  a  native  of  India,  there  known  as  the 
i  Higuera  infernal,  or  infernal  fig,  and  to  the  Tagalogs  as  tangantangan.     The  seed  of 
:  the  Philippine  variety  produce  about  40  per  cent  of  oil  for  medicinal  (purgative)  or 
lighting  purposes.     A  tree  {Jatropha  curcan) ,  belonging  to  the  same  family,  produces 
a  reddish  oil  illuminant,  known  to  the  Tagalogs  as  tuba,  in  Iloilo  as  casla,  and  in 
Ilocos  as  ' '  tavatava. ' ' 
i      LuMBANG  {Alcurites  tritoba  Bl. )  is  cultivated  for  the  oil  extracted  from  its  seeds, 
;  which  is  of  good  quality — used  for  lighting,  calking  ships,  and  painting.     The  refuse 
:  after  the  extraction  of  the  oil  is  generally  employed  as  a  fertilizer  for  the  betel  palms. 
•  Lumbang  oil  is  exported  to  China. 

;  Benne  Seed,  Sesama,  or  Ajonjoli  {Sesamum  orientale  L.) ,  one  of  the  most  anciently 
known  and  widely  cultivated  products  of  the  Orient,  and  especially  successful  in  growth 
in  the  Philippine  Islands.  The  seeds  often  produce  53  per  cent  of  fixed  oil  of  sweet 
taste  similar  to  the  product  of  the  olive,  with  which  it  is  largely  adulterated,  and  holds 
,  its  purity  longer.  In  Egypt,  China,  Japan,  and  other  oriental  countries  it  is  used  in 
place  of  lard  or  olive  oil  for  cooking.  It  makes  an  excellent  soap,  cosmetic,  and 
medicinal  emulsion,  for  which  purposes  also  it  is  an  important  article  of  export.  .  The 
residuum  after  the  extraction  of  the  oil  makes  a  fattening  food  for  cattle  and  a  fertilizer. 
After  the  sowing  of  the  seed  by  hand  the  plants  require  no  care  except  thinning  and 
harvesting,  to  save  loss  of  the  seed. 

Peanut,  mani,  or  cacahuat  {Arachis  hypogxa  L. ),  a  native  of  lower  Guinea,  thence 
taken  to  Brazil,  now  a  favorite  product  of  the  three  Americas,  Europe,  Asia,  and 
Oceanica.  In  the  Philippines,  where  the  climate  and  soil  are  admirably  adapted  to 
its  growth,  the  product  is  at  present  chiefly  used  as  forage  for  cattle.  Its  seed  produces 
half  its  weight  in  fixed  oil,  which  is  peculiarly  adapted  to  hot  climates,  as  it  is  slow 
in  turning  rancid,  even  exceeding  the  benne  seed  in  that  respect.  The  oil  is  yellowish, 
without  odor,  sweet,  and  fluid,  and  valuable  in  native  toilet,  lubricating,  and  soap 
preparations.  The  residuum,  mixed  with  an  equal  weight  of  flour,  makes  excellent 
bread,  and  mixed  with  cacao  is  used  in  the  manufacture  of  chocolate. 

Dye  and  starch  plants. — In  this  economic  subdivision  of  plant  life 
the  Philippine  Islands  are  rich,  in  the  order  of  their  importance,  as 
follows: 

ASiL  or  Indigo  {Indigofera  tinctoria  L.);  the  juice  from  the  leaves  and  young 
stalks  of  the  Philippine  variety  furnishes  blue  dyestuff  freely,  which  is  much  used  in 
"the  industries,  and  particularly  in  household  economy.  The  principal  provinces  in 
which  it  is  produced  are  Batac4n,  Batangas,  Bulaciin,  Laguna,  Nueva  Ecija,  Pangasinan, 
Pampanga,  Tayabas,  Zambales,  Ilocos  Norte  and  Sur  Cdpiz,  and  Bohol,  where  the 
most  suitable  conditions  for  its  cultivation  are  found  in  the  light,  deep  soil,  as  the  roots 
ramify  Ijut  little,  the  central  root  penetrating  to  considerable  depth.  The  coloring 
jj^iatter  is  extracted  principally  from  the  leaves,  which  are  collected  as  soon  as  they  are 
completely  formed  and  before  the  fruit  has  taken  shape.     The  product  is  not  only 


74  GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

extensively  used  in  the  islands  for  dj^eing  thread  and  cloth  of  cotton,  silk,  and  wool, 
and  for  coloring  wood,  paper,  etc.,  but  is  regularlj^  exported  to  China,  Japan,  and 
Singapore.  The  Philippine  indigo  is  second  to  none,  possibly  excepting  that  from 
Bengal,  the  most  highly  prized.     The  Coromandel  or  Madras  product  is  not  its  equal. 

Safflower  or  Alazor  (  Carthamnus  tinctorius  L.) ,  a  variety  of  saffron  called  biri  in 
the  Philippines,  and  used  in  the  adulteration  of  that  article.  Its  stamens  produce  2 
yellow  colors  soluble  in  water,  and  a  third,  red,  soluble  in  alkalies  and  of  greater 
value. 

Balaxti  {Homalanthus  popuUfoUus  R.  Greh. )  and  Cumalon  {Diospyros  cunalon 
A.  D.  C.) ,  2  trees,  the  bark  of  which,  dried  and  reduced  to  powder,  furnishes  a  black 
coloring  matter  used  by  the  natives. 

Salicsican  {Morinda  umbelleta  L.  and  others),  a  species  of  wild  bancuro,  furnish 
roots  from  which  the  natives  extract  a  red  coloring  matter.  The  bagolibas  wood 
yields  a  dye  of  a  tawny  color.  The  prepared  bark  of  the  dayagao  makes  a  mordant 
which  imparts  a  line  luster  and  stability  to  cloth  dyed  black,  yellow,  or  red,  and 
belolo,  dugna,  and  hagur  are  used  by  fishermen  for  dyeing  and  preserving  their  nets; 
color,  dark  brown. 

Axaxaples  {Albizzcaprocera  Benth.),  used  in  dyeing  hides  to  l^e  manufactured  into 
w^hips,  sole  leather,  and  saddles. 

Aguisip  { Mai estoma poly anthum  Blum.)  and  Baxcuro  {Morinda  tintoria  Eoxb);  the 
bark  of  the  former  and  the  root  of  the  latter  yield  bright-red  coloring  matter  used 
in  a  difficult  and  delicate  process  of  dyeing  hemp  cloth  called  "  pinayusas." 

SiBUCAO  RAhT AR  {Camlpbia  supan  L.),  the  trunk  of  which  produces  a  red  color- 
ing matter  similar  to  campeachy  or  logwood,  employed  in  dyeing  cotton  or  wood. 
It  is  very  abundant  in  the  forests,  and  some  varieties  are  found  which  produce  a 
color  more  highly  valuel  than  that  of  the  Brazil  woods.  It  grows  naturally  from 
the  seeds  which  fall  from  ihe  pod.  Considerable  amount  of  the  dye  is  produced  in 
the  Philippines,  and  is  an  important  article  of  export  to  China  and  England,  being 
often  used  in  place  of  cochineal.  The  Chinese  employ  it  in  dyeing  silks,  damasks, 
and  other  fabrics. 

Bacauax  {Rhizofora  tindoria  L. ),  the  chief  tree  of  the  impenetrable  jungles  of  the 
mangrove  swamps  along  the  coast  and  near  the  mouths  of  rivers,  the  resort  of  mos- 
quitoes, aquatic  birds,  and  amphibious  animals.  From  the  bark  a  reddish  coloring 
matter  is  extracted.     The  wood  is  much  used  as  firewood. 

Arrowroot,  a  herbaceous  plant,  3J  ft.  in  height,  ha^^Lng  lanceolate  leaves  about 
15  cm.  (l=.3937in. )  in  length.  Along,  horizontal,  fleshy,  white  tuber,  contains  a 
considerable  quantity  of  fecula.  It  is  cultixiUtMl  with  success  in  all  loose,  fairly  damp 
soils,  being  planted  from  buds  placi'd  .-.'paiatily  in  holes  about  60  cm.  apart,  as  the 
plant  is  very  leafy.     The  crop  can  be  cMllectt'd  in  6  or  7  months  without  further  care. 

BuRi  {Corypha  umbracullfera,  L. ),  celebrated  in  all  the  archipelago,  giving  name 
to  the  island  of  Burias,  where  it  is  found  in  abundance,  growing  spontaneously.  It 
belongs  to  the  palm  family,  reaches  a  considerable  height,  and  is  very  beautiful,  the 
trunk  being  adorned  with  a  fan-like  bunch  of  leaves.  To  obtain  the  starch,  the  tree 
is  cut  down  at  the  root  and  all  of  the  interior  part  of  the  trunk  is  taken  out  and 
deposited  while  moist  in  casks  or  troughs,  while  some  of  the  bitter  substances  are 
drained  from  it;  it  is  now  pounded  with  sticks  or  mallets,  when  the  starch  separates 
in  the  form  of  very  fine  grains;  it  is  then  collected  and  dried  and  made  into  flour, 
which  furnishes  an  excellent,  tasteful,  and  good  food  called  sago,  taking  the  place  of 
rice  as  a  food  stuff  in  Burias,  Masbate,  and  Bohol.     Also  see  Burf  alcoholic  plants. 

Cassava,  Glccu,  or  Camotixg  Cahoy  {Jatropha  manihot,  L. ),  a  native  plant  of  trop- 
ical countries  of  the  family  Euphorhiacew  notable  for  its  roots,  which  contain  an 
abundance  of  starchy  fecula  called  "tapioca,"  whose  food  qualities  are  so  well  kno-mi. 
In  order  to  iitilize*  the  root  as  food  it  is  necessary  to  grate,  wash,  and  press  it 
considerably  so  as  to  express  the  juice.  The  material  remaining  is  the  flour  or  tap- 
ioca, which  is  white  or  yellowish  white  in  color,  sweetish  in  taste,  and  somewhat 
insipid.  It  is  much  valued  in  medicine  on  account  of  its  digestibility,  and  is  much 
used  as  food  for  infants  and  sick  people. 

Bagsang  {Metroxylon  rurnphu,  Mart.),  a  palm,  very  common  in  the  Visayan  Islands 
and  very  useful  to  the  inhabitants,  especially  if  there  -is  lack  of  rice  or  other  food 
stuffs.  'From  the  heart  of  the  tree  a  sort  of  flour  is  obtained  which  is  of  great  nutri- 
tive value.     It  is  frequently  made  into  cakes  or  fritters,  and  eaten  with  cocoanut  milk. 

LuMBiA,  or  LuMBAY  {Metrofylon  silvestre,  ^lart. ),  a  palm  very  similar  to  the  preced- 
ing, but  taller  and  larger  and  having  wider  and  stronger  leaves.  A  species  of  floui 
is  obtained  from  the  heart  of  this  palm,  which  serves  as  a  food  stuff  to  the  poorei 
classes,  especially  during  times  of  famine.  _  • 

^  Cauoxg  ( Caryota  ornusta,  Bl. ),  a  palm  from  whose  trunk  a  species  of  sago  is  obtained. 

Pagahan,  or  BAfGA  {Caryota  urens,  L. ),  a  palm  containing  a  poisonous  substance* 
but  which  furnishes  a  starch  or  kind  of  sago,  of  excellent  quality  and  in  good  quan- 
tity. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  75 

Saccharine  and  alcoholic  plants. — Of  the  saccharine  plants,  the 
sugar  cane  is  the  most  valuable,  and  of  the  alcoholic  plants,  the  nipa 
or  sasa,  in  order  of  importance  as  follows: 

Sugar  cane  {Sacharum  officinarum,  L. ),  one  of  the  agriculUial  products  of  greatest 
importance.     The  sugar-producing  provinces  are  Pampanga  and  Negros,  and  on  a 
smaller  scale  Laguna,  Bataun,  Batangas,   Iloi'lo,  Cebu,   Cavite,   Pangasinan,  Capiz, 
Antique,  and  Mindanao.     Not  less  than  20  varieties  are  known,  the  most  excellent 
and  cultivated  being  the  Batavian,  distinguished  from  the  common  variety  by  the 
violet  color  of  its  stalks  and  the  larger  number  of  joints  and  its  greater  size;  the 
otaheite,  taller  and  larger  than  the  pre  ceding,  with  a  lemon-yellow  stalk,  and  the 
Creole,  with  a  slender  stalk  and  of  yellowish  white  color.     For  a  successful  cultiva- 
tion of  this  plant  the  soil  should  be  deep  and  of  medium  consistency,  and  preferably 
clayey  loam  or  silicious,  prepared  by  plowing  three  or  four  times,  and  finally  by  hoeing, 
leaving  it  perfectly  soft  and  smooth.     In  the  Philippines  the  cultivation  of  sugar  cane 
[  is  generally  carried  on  with  little  care  and  intelligence.     What  is  produced,  however, 
I  finds  a  good  and  extensive  market,  thus  constituting  one  of  the  chief  articles  of 
I  export.     The  principal  markets  are  the  United  States,  the  United  Kingdom,  China, 
t  Japan,  and  Spain.     Of  the  total  amount  of  sugar  produced  in  the  Philippines,  only 
{  a  small  part  is  consumed  in  the  islands.     During  the  last  few  years  the  sliipments  to 
I  foreign  markets  have  averaged  over  3,500,000  piculs  (about  500,000,000  lbs.)  a  year, 
[  exceeding  in  importance  all  other  exports  except  Manila  hemp. 
[       Nipa,  or  Sasa  {Nipa  liUoralis,  BL),  one  of  the  most  useful  palms  found  in  the 
f  Philippines.     As  a  thatch  it  covers  a  great  majority  of  the  houses  and  other  buildings 
I  in  the  islands;  it  forms  the  walls  and  partitions  of  the  native  houses.     The  sap,  called 
i  tul)a,  is  manufactured  into  wine,  consumed  to  great  extent  by  the  natives.    The  plant 
I  grows  only  in  nmddy  regions,  or  those  which  are  liable  to  be  overflowed,  or  the 
f  mouths  of  rivers  which  communicate  with  the  sea.     In  order  to  obtain  the  tuba  an 
'  incision  is  made  in  the  pechmcle  immediately  below  the  point  of  insertion  of  the 
i   fruit.     From  the  incision  flows  a  liquid  which  is  collected  in  bamboo  tubes  or  joints 
I  called  bombones,  which  are  hung  conveniently  on  the  plant.     The  tuba  is  afterwards 
distilled  and  then  concentrated  in  stills,  and  although  the  loss  of  liquid  is  great 
I  there  remains  a  considerable  amount.     This  tuba,  when  much  fermented,  may  be 
!  used  as  vinegar. 

\  Sorghum  {Sorghum  saccharahnm,  Rers.),  one  of  the  family  of  grasses  whose  stalk 
!  yields  as  high  as  17  per  cent  of  prismatic  sugar.  At  present  in  the  Philippines  it  is 
I  used  for  forage.  It  is  cultivated  in  sections  where  the  cane  does  not  flourish  and  has 
j   economic  value  for  sugar  and  alcohol. 

I  Cocoanut;  the  tuba  from  the  tree  is  cut  before  the  flower  is  formed.  A  bamboo 
'  joint  or  bambone  is  attached  for  the  collection  of  the  liquid.  A  little  of  the 
'  powdered  bark  of  the  tongog  {Rizophora  loiiglwhna,  Bl. )  is  placed  in  each  bamboo  to 
'  give  strength  and  reddish  color  to  the  wine,  which  is  collected  daily  by  men  in  large 
bamlioo  joints.  For  convenience  of  the  collectors  bamboo  walks  are  extended  from 
,   tree  to  tree. 

.  Bum  {Corypha  umhraculifera,  L.)  produces  the  wine  called  "tuba."  Also  see  Buri 
|f  dye  and  starch  plants. 

'j  Camona  {Caiv/ota  onvsta,  Bl.)  and  Pugahan  {Caryata  urens,  L. )  furnishe  a  sweet 
;   liquor  or  tuba  very  popular  among  the  natives. 

Maize,  or  Indian  corn  {Zea  mays,  L. );  the  starch  furnishes  the  pangasi  of  the 
'  Visayan  Islands.     Several  families  unite  in  its  manufacture,  usually  resulting  in 
considerable  convi\'iality. 

Aromatic  plants. — The  best  known  and  most  cultivated  are  tobacco, 
;  coffee,  chocolate  or  cacao,  nutmeg  and  mace,  betel  or  itmo,  cinnamon, 
'  and  pepper. 

'  Tobacco  {Nicotiana  tahacum,  L.),  in  the  Philippines  is  of  great  importance,  as  it 
\  constitutes  a  most  prominent  article  for  export  and  home  consumption.  Tobacco 
;'  coming  from  the  provinces  of  Isabela  and  Cagayan  is  considered  the  best.  That  from 
I  the  Visayan  Islands  is  less  fine,  more  unequal  in  color,  but  of  greater  strength.  That 
:..  from  Nueva  Ecija  is  fine,  but  somewhat  bitter  and  yellow.  That  from  Union,  Uocos, 
'  and  the  Igorrotes  is  of  heavy  body,  broken,  and  frequently  has  but  little  combusti- 
I  bility.  Although  tobacco  grows  in  almost  all  climates  the  product  is  more  abundant 
i.  and  better  in  hot  climates,  the  heat  determining  the  aroma.  The  lands  most  suita- 
'  ble  for  its  cultivation  are  of  medium  consistency  and  depth,  cooled  during  the  summer 
■time,  or  sandy  or  silicious  subsoil  covered  with  loam,  along  river  banks  periodically 
t'*bverflowed,  lands  called  in  Spanish  "vegas."  The  preparation  of  the  soil  consists  of 
t  three  plowings  at  intervals  of  several  days,  and  the  completion  of  the  process  by  grad- 
ing and  leveling  and  the  removal  of  all  injurious  weeds.     The  gathering  of  the  leavea 


76  GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

begins  when  they  turn  yellowish,  wrinkle  somewhat,  droop,  and  show  more  or  less 
of  a  sticky  juiee. '  They  are  then  classified  according  to  size  and  quality,  being  left  on 
the  ground  until  dried"  The  tobacco  is  then  tied  in  bundles,  suspended  by  cords  in 
the  tobacco  storehouses,  protected  from  the  sun,  )jut  exposed  to  ventilation  on  all 
sides  by  windows  and  doors,  opened  or  closed  according  to  circumstances.  Tobacco, 
either  manufactured  or  in  leaf,  constitutes  a  most  prominent  article  of  export.  Over 
100,000,000  cigars  are  exported  annually  from  Manila,  and  sent  chiefly  to  China 
and  Japan,  the  East  Indies,  the  United  Kingdom,  Spain,  and  Australasia.  The  ship- 
ments of  leaf  tobacco  average  about  200,000  quintals  (20,400,000  lbs.),  their  principal 
market  being  Spain. 

Coffee  (  Coffea  arablca,  L. ),  produced  in  Batangas,  Laguna,  Tayabas,  and  Cavite,  in 
Luzon,  and  Cotabato  and  Misamis,  in  Mindanao.  It  grows  stronger  and  more  luxu- 
riantly in  localities  having  both  heat  and  moisture.  The  soil  most  suitable  for  it  is 
light  and  moist,  Ijut  not  marshy,  or  red<li.«h,  somewhat  sandy,  or  black  soils  without 
too  much  clay.  The  gathering  is  accoinplished  either  by  shaking,  if  the  plant  is 
high,  or  by  hand  picking  if  low.  After  gathering,  the  pericarpium  is  removed,  and 
the  berries  placed  in  the  sun.  W.hen  thoroughly  dried  the  husk  is  removed.  The 
other  operations  to  prepare  coffee  for  the  market  are  winnowing,  to  separate  the  inner 
husk  and  all  dirt  from  the  berry,  and  sorting  into  first  and  second  grades.  The  pro- 
duction of  coffee  in  the  Philippines  has  fallen  off  on  account,of  the  destruction  of  the 
plants  by  an  insect  of  the  genus  Xyloiirchus  and  by  a  fungus  of  the  genus  Peronosjwra. 
The  product  compares  with  Mocha  and  Java  or  Martinique.  The  annual  coffee  crop 
of  the  Philippines  formerly  amounted  to  about  100,000  piculs  (14,000,000  lbs. ),  valued 
at  2,000,000  pesos. 

Chocolate  [Theohroma  cacao,  L. ),  a  tree  distinguished  for  its  showy  appearance 
and  highly  prized  for  its  fruit.  The  seeds  roasted  give  out  a  delightful  aroma,  and 
well  ground  and  mixed  with  sugar  and  a  little  cinnamon  form  a  nutritive,  healthful, 
and  agreeable  food.  They  are  brown,  and  somewhat  larger  than  an  almond.  It 
is  cultivated  in  various  provinces  of  Luzon  and  Visayas,  but  flourishes  best  in  S.  Wm- 
danao,  especially  in  the  district  of  Dilvao,  where  it  is  produced  in  large  quantities  and 
of  excellent  quality.  The  plant  demands  a  warm  climate-and  a  considerable  amount 
of  moisture.  The  soil  should  be  deep  and  light,  black  and  reddish,  somewhat  sandy, 
with  an  abundant  top  soil  of  muck.  The  total  quantity  of  cacao  produced  amounts 
to  2,000  piculs  (280,000  lbs.),  which  is  consumed  at  home  in  the  manufacture  of 
chocolate. 

NuTMBG  and  Mace  {Myrisiica  fragrano  Houtt),  an  article  of  commerce  indigenous 
to  Cebu  and  Laguna,  Luzon,  and  cultivated  will  grow  in  all  parts  of  the  island.  The 
trunk  is  covered  with  a  thin  bark,  blackish  and  slightly  mottled  from  which,  when 
incised,  flows  a  reddish  juice  which  coagulates  on  contact  with  the  air.  The  fruit  is 
about  the  size  of  a  small  jiea,  having  a  thick  husk  and  a  hard  pit  about  as  large  as  a 
small  peach,  inside  of  which  is  the  nutmeg.  This  is  surrounded  by  an  aromatic  rind 
or  skin  called  mace.  The  beautiful  flower  is  aromatic.  From  it  is  made  a  preserve 
noted  for  its  fragrant  odor.  The  tree  attains  a  height  of  33  to  44  in.  and  begins  to 
produce  in  5  or  6  years.     The  crop  is  light  at  first. 

Betel  or  Itmo  {Piper  betel,  L.),  a  climbing  plant  cultivated  very  extensively  in  the 
Philippines.  Near  Manila,  the  town  of  Ptisay,  in  Rizal,  is  famous  for  the  excellence 
of  its  betel.  The  leaves  are  used  in  making  the  preparation  known  as  "buyo." 
This  preparation  is  composed  of  one  of  the  leaves  of  this  plant,  a  piece  of  lime  the 
size  of  a  pea,  and  a  piece  of  bonga  or  betel  nut. 

Cinnamon  {Cinnamomum  fmrmanni  Blume. ),  a  tree  found  in  many  of  the  islanda,  , 
especially  in  Mindanao.     In  Zamboanga,  Caraga,  and  the  mountains  of  Misamis  the  j 
varieties  of  cinnamon  have  stronger  taste  and  fragrance  than  of  Ceylon.     The  cinna-  ' 
mon  comes  from  the  bark  of  the  branches  which  have  been  stripped  of  their  epi- 
dermis, and  is  an  aromatic  substance,  having  many  uses. 

Pepper  {Piper  nigrum,  L. ),  a  climbing  plant,  clinging  to  adjacent  trees  when  cul- 
tivated, and  bearing  a  berry;  when  dried,  making  black  or  white  pepper.  In  the 
northern  part  of  the  islands  the  long  pepper  of  British  India  can  be  cultivated. 

Medicinal  plants. — The  Philippine  flora  embraces  a  large  variety 
of  plants  of  medicinal  value  among  them: 

For  Diseases  of  the  Head. 

/  Balocaxad  {Alewrites  trispermaBl.);  the  oil  of  the  seeds,  when  rubbed  into  the 
Scalp,  kills  all  vermin. 

C'astor    oil  {Ricinus   communism    L. )  or   Tangan   tangan;   very  aljundan4^;   used^i 
principally  to  alleviate  headaches,  being  applied  on  leaves  to  the"  forehead 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPriNE    ISLANDS.  77 

sweating  and  relief;  mixed  with  the  oil  of  sesame,  it  is  applied  to  the  stomach  with 

good  effect,  and  to  the  feet  for  dropsy. 
;      Dacdac;  when  the  head  is  bathed  with  an  infusion  from  the  bark,  headache  disap- 
I  pears,  as  does  the  lethargy  from  which  the  patient  suffers. 

For  the  Digestive  Apparatus. 

Bacao;  its  bark,  pulverized  and  mixed  with  water,  furnishes  a  remedy  for  all 
I  kinds  of  intestinal  parasites. 
!      Bahay  (Adamanthera  pawnina  L. );  its  Ijean-like  fruits  or  its  root  placed  in  cavities 

of  teeth  greatly  relieve  pain. 
[      Cabcaban  {'Polypodiuin  gucrcinum  h.)  and  the  Balsamina  or  Apalia  {Moinordica 
t  bidsamina  L. )  produce  purgatives. 
j      Maisipaise  {Clausena  sp.  Bun.);  its  leaves  give  an  oil,  useful  for  diseases  of  the 

Btomach. 
I      Paetan  {Lunasia  parvifolia  Muell. ) ;  an  antidote  for  fish  poison;  cures  stomach  dis- 

•  ease,  and  is  a  remedy  for  ulcerating  sores. 

Salitbubut  or  Paxdacaqui  (Taberna  montana);  an  infusion  of  the  I'oot  of  this  tree 

given  as  a  drink  improves  the  bowels  and  stomach  in  cases  of  distension,  cold,  and 

indigestion;  is  an  excellent  blood  medicine,  and  is  used  with  great  benefit  by  women 

after  parturition. 

;      Samboxg  {Blumeo  balsamifera  D.  C. ) ;  a  sage  having  m-edicinal  properties,  and  as  an 

\  infusion  is  much  used  in  diseases  of  the  stomach. 

Taguypasin  or  Alom;  the  leaves  are  of  value  in  any  chronic  stomach  disease  due 
[  to  inflammation,  overloading,  or  cold,  and  also  in  reducing  inflammation  of  the  limbs, 
f  if  used  as  an  unguent. 

•  Tangulox  {Quisgnalis  indiana  L.) ;  its  seed,  called  "  pihoncillo,"  is  an  excellent 
vermifuge;  may  be  eaten  raw. 

For  the  Circulatory  Apparatus. 

Cumalibguib,  or  Himangcorax,  or  Otob-otob;  its  root  grated  into  an  infusion  cleans 
and  cures  ulcers  or  wounds;  the  pounded  leaves  of  a  climbing  plant  in  the  Visayan 
Islands  called  "balaiTgon"  applied  to  the  wound  has  the  same  effect. 
SiBucAo  or  Brazil  wood  {Casalpinia  sappan  L. );  an  infusion  of  its  juice  causes  the- 
;  absorption  of  coagulated  blood. 

For  Affectioxs  of  the  Sexses. 

Haulig;  a  solution  of  its  bark  and  leaves  in  water  used  as  a  wash  is  useful  for  treat- 
,  log  and  preserving  the  eyes. 

Tucucay;  used  for  a  remedy  for  deafness. 

For  the  Skin. 

Alocloc;  its  leaves  crushed  and  applied  to  cutaneous  tumors  quickly  bring  them 
to  a  head  and  cause  the  removal  of  their  contents. 

Bago-bago;  of  the  genus  Garcinia,  family  Guttiferx;  powdered  and  placed  over  the 
fire,  and  applied  hot  to  patient  suffering  from  inflammation,  quiets  the  nerves  and 
relieves  pain  in  the  joints. 
Busalas;  of  medicinal  virtue  in  cases  of  abscesses. 

Culasi  {Liimmitzera  coccinea  Wight  and  Arn. );  its  resin  cures  scab  and  itch. 
Lagnoto  {Diospyros  midtiflora  Bl. ) ;  yields  a  resin  which  serves  as  a  caustic. 
Lorantace^;  its  wood  will  cause  the  pustules  of  smallpox  to  appear  when  they 
are  slow  in  presenting  themselves. 
Mampol,  of  the  genus  LorcmtJms  of  the  family.    Lorantacex  has  the  same  effect. 
Panhautolon  {Scsevola  koenigiiWahl.);  an  infusion  made  from  its  leaves  and  bark 
used  as  a  lotion  cures  specific  trouble  and  relieves  the  pain  in  the  bones  which  accom- 
;  panies  this  disease. 

i      Pila;  a  root  of  the  trailing  plant  "  mangadlao"  is  used  in  wounds. 
I       Salac;  the  root  cures  spots  on  the  skin. 

J  Sarsaparilla,  of  the  genus  SmUax  aspcra,  called  by  the  natives  "banag,"  common 
along  the  rivers  and  coasts,  from  an  infusion  of  its  root  makes  a  good  remedy  for  those 
who  suffer  from  specific  ulcers. 

In  Parturitiox. 

Alactayo  or  Ticala;  its  leaves  applied  to  the  abdomen  of  a  pregnant  woman  will 
^   bring  on  parturition. 
i«       Tabaje  ( Casuarina  equinctifollu  Forst. ) ;  an  infusion  of  its  leaves  cures  chlorosis. 

iU 


78  GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

For  Antidotes. 

Bagosabac;  the  bark  of  its  root  cures  the  bite  of  a  poisonous  animal  or  snake. 

Manungal  (Samadera  indica  Gaert. );  a  solution  bj'  boiling  of  this  plant  is  one  of 
the  best  antidotes  for  poisonous  substances  eaten. 

Marbari  (0(//((/(nia);  the  oil  and  infusion  cures  stomach  disorders. 

Palagxigon;  an  infusion  of  tlie  bark  is  an  antidote  and  febrifuge;  also  of  the 
calasusi  as  a  purgative  or  emetic. 

For  Febrifuges. 

DiTA  [Aktonia  scholar  is  D.  C. );  when  treated  with  acidulated  water  produces  an 
alkaloid,  ditain,  which  is  employed  in  place  of  quinine  for  all  kinds  of  fevers. 

Tambalaguisa  or  Maxtala  (Sophora  tomerilosa  L. );  its  fruit  is  a  febrifuge  having 
a  very  bitter  taste;  its  seeds  are  used  for  certain  malarial  fevers. 

For  Diuretics. 

Naxguix  and  Lax'guixgui;  its  leaves  applied  under  the  arms  as  a  plaster,  after 
beinp  heated  before  the  fire,  cure  muscular  and  nervous  spasms. 

Palo-saxto,  or  Guicos-GUicos,  or  Hannadao,  a  leguminosa  which  is  an  excellent 
remedy  for  spasms  and  chills;  an  infusion  of  this  plant  expels  injurious  humors  from 
the  botly,  does  away  with  obstructions,  regulates  the  stomach,  cures  the  specific 
trouble,  and  serves  as  a  sudorific. 

PoLOTAX  or  Ulingox;  an  infusion  of  its  leaves  and  the  juice  of  its  bai'k  serve  as 
an  excellent  diuretic. 

For  Various  ^Medicixal  Purposes. 

Igasud  or  Pepita  de  Sax  Ignacio  {Strychnos  ignatii  Berg.),  a  trailer  which  is  only 
found  in  Visayas,  principally  near  Catbalogan;  the  seeds  of  its  fruit  have  various 
medicinal  or  antidote  uses — stomachic,  emetic,  styptic,  for  paralytics,  for  women 
during  parturition,  for  malarial  fever,  for  rheumatism  and  indigestion,  for  contrac- 
tions of  the  nerves,  and  pains  in  the  body;  of  all  the  trailing  plants  in  the  islands  this 
is  probably  the  most  highly  esteemed;  the  fruit  is  often  as  large  as  a  pomegranate. 

Pilipog;  a  bitter  medicine,  useful  as  a  stomachic,  an  antidote,  and  a  febrifuge. 

Resins. — In  the  Philippines  thrives  a  large  family  of  resin-bearing 
trees.     Those  best  known  are — 

Antoxg  or  Brea  negea  {Canariumpimela  Kom.);  for  illumination. 

Araliace^,  the  Limolimo  {Heptapleurum  caudatum  Vid.),  furnishes  a  resin  used  in 
making  varnishes. 

Burseracae,  Abilo  {Garuga  florihunda  Decne.) ;  used  in  medicine. 

PiLi  or  Brea  Blanca  {Canarium  album  Bl. );  for  calking  ships. 

Pagsaixgix  {Canarium  cumingii  Engd. );  for  the  same  purposes. 

Coxiferal,  Galagala  or  Piayo  {Agathis  orantifolia  Salisb. );  for  burning,  lighting, 
and  the  manufacture  of  varnishes. 

Dipterocarpac^  apitoxg  {Dipterocarpus  grandifloms  Bl.);  for  illumination. 

Balao  or  Malapaho  (Dipterocarpus  rclnliniio  Bl.) ;  for  calking. 

Mayapas  {Dipterocarjnis  turbinatus  Gaert.);  similar  to  the  preceding,  for  the  same 
purposes. 

Du.vGLiNG  [Dipierocarpus  S'p.);  for  illuminating  purposes. 

Gui.jo  {Shorea  guiso  Blumme) ;  for  the  same  purposes  as  the  preceding,  as  does  the 
Yaeal)  Hopea plojuta  Vid.). 

Laua  Lauoax  {Anisopeters  thurifera  Bl.);  for  burning  and  the  manufacturing  of 
varnishes  and  for  calking. 

Paua  {Di})terocarpus  vermicifluus  B\.) ;  for  lighting. 

Exgsphorbiace^,  Alipata*  {Excoecaria  agallocha  L.);  a  remedy  for  the  l)ites  of 
poisonous  animals. 

Biruxga  {Macaranga  tanarius,  Mull-Arg. );  medicinal  resin. 

ToGOCAM  {Clao.v)/lon  wallichianum,  Muell.  Arg.) ;  for  illuminating  and  as  a  medicine. 

GuTTiFERA,  BixucAO  ( fVcoTm/a  sp. ) ;  used  in  medicine. 

Legumixos-e,  Adyaxgao  {Albizzia  procera  Benth. );  used  as  incense. 

Caturay  (Sesbania  grandifiora  Pens.);  having  medicinal  properties. 

CuPAXG  {Parkia  roxburgltii  G.  Don.);  useful  for  illuminating  purposes. 

CoGONTOCo  {Albizzia  sa]>oi>aria  Blume. ) ;  for  the  same  purpose  as  above  mentioned. 

Melastomaceje,  Bota-Bota  {Melastoida  obuolulum  Jack.);  for  illuminating  pur-. 
poses  and  calking  ships. 

RDTACE.E,  Cajel  {Cilrus  aurantiuiii  L.)  ;  for  illuminating  purposes. 


lf>Jt 


GAZETTEEE    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  79 


Sapindace.b,  Balinghasay  {Buchanania  florid  a  Schan.);  illuminating  and  calking 
ships. 

LiGAS  (SemecarpKS perroUetii  INIarch.);  yields  an  illuminating  resin. 

Urticace.e,  Breadfruit  or  Antipolo  (Artocarpus  incisa  L. ) ;  a  medicine  and  bird 
lime  for  catching  birds. 

Ambling  {Artocarpus  ovataBl.);  for  making  varnish. 

Camansi  {Artocarpus  camansi  Bl.) ;  a  medicine  and  drier. 
,    Naxgca  {Artocarpus  integrifolia  Linn.);  for  illuminating  purposes. 

Grums  or  almacigas. — The  names  of  almacigas  resins,  the  most  val- 
uable being  found  in  the  Calamianes,  in  Mindanao,  especially  Davao, 
and  in  Ilocos. 
j     Gum  RESINS. — The  principal  trees  which  produce  gum  resins  are: 

Anacardiace.e,  Casoy,  or  Balubad  {Anacardium  occidental  L.);  used  in  the  manu- 
facture of  varnish. 

Apocyxe^,  Dita  {Alstoria  scholaris  E.  Br.);  a  medicinal  gum  resin. 

EuPHORBiACE.E,  a  medicinal  resin  from  the  Bigabikg  {Macaranga  mappa  Mull. 
Arg. )  and  from  the  Buta  {e.rcoecaria). 

Gi'ttifera,  the  Palomaria,  or  Bitao  {Calophyllum  sp.),  Bitanhol  {Calophylum 
■wallichiana  Planch.),  Gutagaby  or  Tanglananac  { Gardnia Morella Berr.) ,  Gatasan- 
pula  {Garchiiavcnitdosd  Choi.sy),  Aromo  {Acacia farnesianaV/ Hid.),  Narra  Encar- 
iNADA  {Pterocarpus  iudinis  Willd.),  Dugoan  {Myrisiica  sp.),  Bonga  {Areca  catechuh.), 
LrcBAN  or  Naraxjo  {Cilrus  dccumana  Murr. ),  Balete  { Fi cus  indica  Bl.),  and  Ban- 
YAX  tree  {Ficvs  sp.) ;  produce  gum  resins  used  in  medicines. 

The  NoTAC  {Pologium  sp.)  produces  a  gum  resin  used  as  a  glue  and  for  other 
industrial  purposes. 

Gutta-percha;  this  valuable  article  of  commerce  and  industry  is  found  in  consid- 
erable quantity  in  Mindanao,  and  produced  from  the  trunk  and  branches  of  several 
trees  of  the  genera  Ficus  and  Palagium,  called  by  the  natives  Solonot.  A  few  years 
■  ago  a  considerable  quantity  of  gutta-percha  was  exported  to  England,  but  on  account 
of  the  many  adulterations  made  by  the  Chinese  merchants  but  httle  is  now  shipped. 
(See  Forest  products;  gutta-percha  and  rubber.) 

Vegetable  wax;  many  plants  produce  a  certain  amount  of  an  oily  material  sim- 
ilar to  beeswax;  is  found  sometimes  as  a  deposit  on  the  surface  of  leaves,  fruit,  or  on 
the  bark  of  the  palm  Ceroxylon  andicola  and  the  Myrica  cerifera;  the  wax  is  obtained 
from  the  trees  by  scraping  the  bark;  is  found  chiefly  in  Luzon,  the  Visayas,  Cala- 
mianes, and  Palawan. 

Essences  or  essential  oils. — Among  the  numerous  trees  of  econ- 
omic value  in  the  Philippines  are  many  varieties  from  which  essences 
or  essential  oils  maj^  be  extracted.  Those  only  used  in  the  present 
state  of  the  industr}'  in  order  of  prominence  are  the 

Ylang-ylang  (ilang-ilang),  a  cultivated  and  wild  tree,  often  attaining  a  height  of 
60  ft.,  botanically  known  as  Cananga  odorata  (Hook)  or  Unona  odoraiissima{Bi.) , 
belonging  to  the  custard  apple  family,  producing  leaves  2i  by  6  in.  and  drooping 
greenish-yellow  flowers  3  in.  long  and  of  extraordinary  fragrance,  from  which  the 
celebrated  attar  of  ylang-ylang,  Cananga  oil,  or  Oleum  anonie,  is  distilled.  The 
mountain  trees  produce  the  best  results.  The  essence  is  exported  to  France,  Eng- 
land, Singapore,  and  China,  the  L^nited  States  demand  being  small. 

Sampaguita  {.Tasminum  samhac  L. ),  belonging  to  the  family  Oleacepe,  producing 
white  flowers  from  which  a  highly  prized  perfume  essence  is  extracted  by  distillation. 

Champaca  {Michelia  champnca  L. ),  a  garden  plant  belonging  to  the  family  Mag- 
noliacea?,  attaining  a  conical-shaped  height  of  13  ft.  The  tiowers,  about  1  in.  in 
length,  are  very  fragrant,  and  produce  by  distillation  a  well-known  essence. 

Vegetables. — The  soil,  on  account  of  the  tropical  climate,  produces 
a  rich  variety  of  vegetables,  with  little  care  on  the  part  of  human 
labor.  Under  the  name  of  vegetables  are  included  the  legumes  which 
serve  as  food,  those  the  tubers  of  which  are  edible,  those  roots  which 
are  edible,  and  the  garden  plants.  A  list  of  the  most  important  is 
S'iven  in  the  following: 

Baidang,  cultivated  chiefly  in  the  Visayas,  has  the  same  uses  as  the  gabe. 

Butingui  {Phascoius  vidgariti  L. ),  the  true  kidney  bean,  which  is  found  in  consid- 
erable variety  in  the  garden.  Other  legumes  which  are  highly  prized  by  the  natives 
j^-e  the  Zabache  (P/iaseo/us  lunatusL.),  the  Patani  {Phaseolus  inamomus  L.),  and  the 


80  GAZETTEER    OP    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

Frijol  {Phaseolus  caracalla  L. )  and  Fri.tol  {Diaseolus  tankimensis  Lour.),  a  vegetable 
of  Abra  highly  prized  by  the  natives. 

Calabaz.\  (Ciicnrhiia  sulcata),  a  variety  of  squash  which  the  natives  term  "Cala- 
bdsang  bilog"  (bilog  meaning  round),  of  green  color,  and  used  for  stew;  extensively 
cultivated. 

Camote  {Ipomona  batatas  Lamk. ),  the  well-known  sweet  potato.  Its  cultivation  is 
greatly  favored  by  mountain  races.  The  j^lant  grows  in  5  or  6  months,  extending  its 
shoots  in  all  directions,  completely  covering  the  ground  with  its  abmidant  leaves, 
which  are  likewise  edible.  When  the  ground  is  given  over  to  the  exclusive  cultiva- 
tion of  this  j^lant  it  is  allowed  to  take  root  in  all  directions,  and  as  the  roots  extend 
and  grow  the  tubers  continually,  they  may  1)e  dug  up  for  use  at  any  time  of  the 
year.  When  its  cultivation  alternates  with  that  of  rice  or  corn,  it  is  necessary  to 
plant  anew  each  year,  the  product  usually  being  of  greater  value  than  in  the  previous 
years.  The  skin  and  the  edible  part  take  different  colors — white,  yellow,  or  violet.  It 
is  used  as  food,  either  boiled  or  roasted,  and  also  made  into  preserves  and  sweetmeats. 

CoxDOL  {Cumrhita  aspera),  a  variety  of  squash  which  is  oval  in  shape  and  very 
suitable  for  making  sweets. 

Gabe  (Colocasia  esmlenta  Schott),  introduced  from  Asia,  is  now  extensively  culti- 
vated in  almost  all  the  islands,  especially  in  the  mountain  regions.  Its  large  roots; 
and  young  leaves  make  an  excellent  food  for  the  natives.  The  roots  are  also  suitable 
for  sweets.     There  are  three  principal  varieties.     The  best  known  is  the  Variegata. 

Garden  plants. ^Although  the  natives  do  not  care  much  for  the  cultivation  of 
these  plants,  gardens  are  found  near  the  large  centers  of  population,  generally  culti. 
vated  by  Chinese,  the  products  being  used  by  Europeans.  Among  the  vegetables 
cultivated  are  the  onion,  garlic,  asparagus,  radish,  cabbage,  artichoke,  lettuce,  endive, 
pepper,  tomato,  carrot,  celery,  parsley,  and  the  haras  {Anethum  famiculum) ,  a  native 
plant  whose  fruit  contains  seeds  having  a  sweet  flavor  similar  to  anise. 

Milondaga  {Cumviis  luzonicus),  meaning  a  melon  of  the  size  of  a  mouse,  with  a 
flavor  similar  to  the  cucumber. 

Mongo  {Phaseolus  mringo  Bl.),  smaller  than  the  lentil,  but  of  the  same  flavor,  cul-i 
tivated  on  a  large  scale,  as  it  is  the  principal  food  of  many  towns.  1 

Nami-conot  {D.  peaiaphylla  L. ),  same  genus  and  uses  as  the  ube.  ¥ 

Pacdan  or  Sandia,  a  variety  of  watermelon. 

Paquit  {D.  ilintr'icnhi  L. ),  Same  uses  as  the  ube  {see). 

Patani  {P]iii.<n,hi.<  iiitrmomus  L. ),  highly  prized  by  the  natives. 

Patola  {L'li'-ainis  iirulangulus),  a  variety  of  cucumber,  large  and  long  in  size,  of 
sweetish  flavor  and  agreeable  odor,  eaten  green  or  boiled 


Pepino,  a  cucumber  eaten  boiled  or  pickled,  and  also  served  as  salad. 
th( 


. 


Potato  {Solarium  tuberosum  L.) ;  in  the  Philippine  archipelago  this  valuable  tuber 
is  cultivated  with  success  in  certain  elevated  localities,  such  as  the  mountains  of 
Benguet,  but  the  tubers  produced  are  small.  The  annual  production  of  potato 
amounts  to  700,000  piculs  (98,000,000  lbs. ). 

Potato,  sweet,  see  Camote.  j|I 

Sandia  or  Pacuan,  a  variety  of  watermelon  much  prized. 

Sitao  {Phaseolus  caracalla  L. ),  a  leguminous  plant  producing  a  vegetable  about  1  ft. 
long. 

Squash,  several  varieties. 

Tabacog  {Cucumis  ntelo),  the  true  melon,  although  possessing  a  delightful  aroma, 
never  reaches  the  flavor  of  those  of  Europe. 

ToNGo  {D.  papillaris  L. ),  same  genus  and  uses  as  the  ube. 

Tabayag  {Lagenarie  vulgaris),  a  variety  of  squash,  the  meat  of  which  is  soft  and 
smooth  to  the  touch. 

Tuque  {D.  saliva  L.),  same  genus  as  ube,  highly  prized  and  extensively  cultivated. 

Ube  {Dioscoren  alata);  the  rhizome  makes  a  healthy  food  of  a  sweet  taste.  It  is 
somewhat  sour  when  raw,  but  is  rendered  sweet  and  nutritious  by  boiling.  •  Its  cul- 
tivation is  simple,  similar  to  that  of  the  potato.  It  is  necessary  to  carefully  prepare 
this  tuber  and  its  analogous  varieties  for  eating;  when  not  done,  they  are  poisonous. 
The  best  variety  is  called  the  Cebu  ube,  although  it  comes  from  Bohol,  which  makes 
a  most  delicious  jelly,  highly  and  universally  prized.  Various  species  of  the  same 
genus  grow  spontaneously  or  are  cultivated  for  their  edible  roots,  which  attain 
enormous  size.     Cultivated  like  the  potato. 

Watermelon  grows  extensively  in  all  parts  of  the  archipelago,  the  best  coming 
from  Rizal. 

Zabache  {Phaseolus  lunatus  L. ),  greatly  prized. 

There  are  also  some  species  of  the  genera  Dolichos  Vigra  Pachyrhizus  and  Pro- 
phocarpus,  which  produce  vegetables  or  edible  seeds,  but  less  esteemed  than  the 
genus  Phaseolus. 


U 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  81 

FLORA. 

The  flora  of  tho  Philippine  Islands  in  general  is  tropical.  In  Min- 
danao and  tho  Sulu  Archipelago  it  is  equatorial,  the  indigenous  growth 
of  the  durian  {Durio  zihdJiinus)  and  the  mangosteen  {Garcinia  inan- 
'  gosfana),  ))oth  plants  near  the  equator  l)eing  common.  From  those 
islands  the  tropical  forms  of  vegetation  lessen  until  the  parallel  of 
]\lanila,  where  the  two  floras  have  their  dividing  line.  To  the  N.  is 
found  the  pine  and  the  vegetation  of  the  subtropical  belt,  and  to  the 
S.  the  tropical  families  of  Mj^rtaceai,  Lauraceae,  Orchidaceaj,  etc. 

There  are  notable  differences  in  the  vegetation  on  the  Pacific  and 
China  seacoasts.  In  the  former  the  rains  are  more  copious,  while  the 
latter,  covered  with  compact  mountain  ranges,  has  a  more  limited 
agricultural  zone.  Here  are  forests  containing  an  abundance  of  ferns, 
orchids,  palms,  aroids,  and  Melastomace^,  and  although  the  fir  tree  is 
not  found,  others,  such  as  thealmaciga  {^l^/ut/i/'s  Jordnfhlfnrni)^  various 
species  of  Podocarpus,  and  the  agojos  {CmoKii'iiui  rqiiixriifolUi)^  grow 
luxuriantly.  So,  too,  where  the  hand  of  man  has  not  interfered  with 
nature,  two  kinds  of  vegetation  are  seen;  either  the  land  is  covered 
with  extensive  forests  or  with  grass  of  various  species,  the  greater 
part  belonging  to  the  genera  Saccharum,  Anthistiria^  and  Imperata. 

A  study  of  the  distribution  of  species  in  relation  to  various  latitudes 
and  altitudes  shows  the  Philippine  flora  analogous  to  that  of  Sumatra 
and  different  from  that  of  Java,  there  being  a  less  number  of  species 
here  than  in  Sumatra.  Also  identical  species  are  less  abundant  on  the 
Pacific  coast  than  on  the  coast  of  the  China  Sea.  Accepting  the  classi- 
fication forest  flora  and  agricultural  flora,  the  first  is  divided  as 
follows: 

Mangrove  swamp,  vegetation  along  the  seashore. 

Vegetation  in  the  lowlands  of  less  than  700  ft.  altitude. 

Vegetation  of  the  zone  between  700  and  3,300  ft.  elevation. 

Vegetation  of  the  mountain  zone  between  3,300  and  6,000  ft. 

Vegetation  of  the  higher  mountain  zone  between  6,000  and  10,000  ft. 

The  second  class  is  made  up  of  various  cultivated  plants  of  commer- 
cial or  other  uses. 

Pasturage. — The  pastoral  pursuits  are  also  extensive.  The  carabao, 
or  water  bufl'alo,  is  the  most  useful  animal  in  the  Philippines,  and  is 
numerously  raised  in  all  the  provinces  where  the  peculiar  conditions  of 
marsh  land  and  rivers  are  found.  The  Philippine  animal  is  larger  than 
the  ox,  more  powerful  and  less  docile.  Coming  originally  from  India,  it 
is  now  common  to  all  the  warm  latitudes  of  the  Eastern  Hemisphere. 
In  the  Philippines  it  is  used  in  draft,  carriage,  and  tillage.  The  female 
gives  more  milk  than  a  cow,  from  which  "ghee,"  a  kind  of  butter,  is 
made.  The  hide  is  almost  hairless  and  very  tough,  making  a  valuable 
leather.  The  flesh  is  not  very  palatable.  Horses,  cattle,  hogs,  fowls, 
and  other  large  and  small  animals,  including  sheep,  are  raised. 

MINERALS. 

The  mineral  resources  of  the  archipelago  are  sufficiently  known  to 
indicate  their  value  as  commercial  products,  but  to  what  extent  scien- 
tific exploration  and  exploitation  will  determine.  It  is  claimed  that 
black  lignite,  the  coal  of  the  archipelago,  is,  so  far  as  now  known,  the 

S.  Doc.  280 6* 


82  GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

most  valuable  mineral  asset  of  the  Philippines,  and  is  found  in  many 
of  the  islands  from  the  Luzon  peninsula  8.  through  the  Visayas  to 
Mindanao. 

From  a  mineralogical  standpoint,  the  best  authorities  are  the  Spanish 
mining  bureau,  the  researches  of  Ashburner,  and  technical  publica- 
tions of  Semper,  Santos,  Koth,  Drasche,  and  Abella  and  others;  also 
the  travels  of  Com^'ns,  Jiigor,  Worcester,  and  others. 

The  use  of  gold  in  exchange  and  adornment  and  copper  for  utensils 
was  common  among  the  natives  upon  the  first  landing  of  the  Spaniards. 
The  mining  of  metals  was  never  S3^stematicall3^  encouraged  by  the  new 
occupants  of  the  islands.  The  native  methods  were,  and  still  are,  con- 
fined to  placer  gold  washings,  their  methods  of  working  quartz  being 
primitive  and  unsatisfactory.  Foreign  enterprise  has  invariably  been 
attended  by  failure,  owing  to  revolutions,  burdensome  laws  and  regu- 
lations, scarcit}^  of  skilled  labor,  and  impracticable  expenditure  of 
working  capital. 

Since  American  occupation  miners  and  prospectors  have  often  pre- 
ceded the  troops.  The  mining  bureau  at  Manila,  b}^  direct  report 
through  the  miner  or  prospector  himself  or  oflicers  of  the  army  who 
have  come  upon  these  pioneers,  has  reports  from  almost  every  island.. 
In  a  majoritv  of  cases  samples  and  specimens  have  been  furnished  to 
indicate  that  the  mining  industry  in  the  Philippines  will  meet  every 
expectation.  Through  these  sources  the  fact  has  been  established  to 
the  satisfaction  of  the  bureau  that  gold,  copper,  lead,  iron,  coal,  sul- 
phur, granite,  marble,  petroleum,  and  other  metallic  and  nonmetallic 
minerals  exist  in  paying  quantities.  The  influence  of  the  miner  and 
prospector  is  making  itself  felt,  repeating  the  experiences  of  the  pio- 
neer days  of  the  mineral-producing  American  States  of  the  West. 

Mineral  Products. — The  following  are  the  metallic  and  nonmetallic 
minerals  of  the  archipelago: 

Antimony. — The  sulphide  (stibnite)  is  reported  at  Paracale,  in  Camarines,  and 
Zambales,  Luzon.  It  does  not  appear  whether  in  either  case  the  mineral  is  suf- 
ficiently abundant  to  be  regarded  as  an  ore  deposit. 

Asphalt  is  reported  in  Luz(jn  in  Ambos-Camarines,  between  Lake  Buhi  and  Bato, 
as  well  as  in  Mindanao  at  Hinatiian,  in  Surigao. 

Clays  of  Los  Bafios  (Laguna)  and  of  Maunrigao  (Surigao,  Mindanao)  are  compar- 
able with  the  best  Chinese  and  Japanese  kaolins.  It  would  be  easy  to  import  expert 
potters  from  those  countries.     (See  also  Kaolin.) 

Coal  of  the  Philippine  Islands  is  of  Tertiary  age,  and  a  highly  carbonized  lignite, 
analogous  to  Japanese  and  Washington,  but  not  to  the  Welsh  or  Pennsylvania  coals. 
The  native  coal  might  supplant  English  or  Australian  coal  for  most  purposes.  Lig- 
nite is  widely  distributed  in  the  archipelago;  some  of  the  seams  of  excellent  width, 
and  the  quality  of  certain  of  them  high  fo"r  fuel  of  this  class.  Coal  exists  in  various 
provinces  of  Luzon  (Abra,  Albay,  Ambos-Camarines,  Sorsogon).  The  finest  beds 
thus  far  discovered  are  in  the  small  island  of  Batdn,  E.  of  Albay,  Luzon.  The  seams 
vary  from  2  ft.  6  in.  to  14  ft.  8  in.  in  thickness.  The  mean  of  7  analyses  gives  the 
following  composition: 

Analysis  of  coal  from  Baidn,  Albay  Province,  Luzon. 


Constituent. 

Per  cent. 

Water 

13.52 

37.46 

Fixed  carbon 

44.46 

Ash 

4.56 

Total 

100.00 

GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  83 

One  poimd  of  this  coal  will  convert  6.25  lbs.  of  ^vater  at  40°  C.  into  steam  at  100° 
C.  The  heating  effect  is  about  three-fourths  that  of  Cardiff  coal.  The  same  beds 
exist  in  the  adjacent  islands — Cacraray  and  Rapu-Rapu.  Concessions  for  coal  min- 
ing have  also  been  granted  on  the  main  island  of  Luzon,  S.  of  Batdn,  at  the  town 
of  Bacon.  The  coal  field  of  southern  Luzon  is  said  to  extend  across  the  Strait  of 
San  Bernardino  into  the  N.  portion  of  Stimar.  Here  coal  is  reported  at  half  a  dozen 
localities.  In  Mindoro  are  lai'ge  deposits  in  the  extreme  S.  portion  (Bulacao),  and 
on  the  adjacent  island  of  Semerara.  This  fuel  is  said  to  be  similar  to  that  of  Batiin. 
The  islands  of  Masbate  and  Panay  contain  coal.  The  deposits  thus  far  discovered  are 
not  reported  of  much  importance.  Specimens  fi'om  the  SW.  portion  of  Leyte,  ana- 
lyzed in  the  laboratory  of  the  Inspeccion  de  Minas,  are  of  remarkably  high  quality, 
but  nothing  definite  about  the  deposit  is  known. 

The  first  discovery  of  coal  in  the  archipelago  was  made  in  the  island  of  Cebu  in 
1827.  Since  then  lignite  beds  have  been  found  on  the  island  at  many  points.  The 
most  important  croppings  are  on  the  E.  slope,  within  some  15  or  20  m.  of  the  capi- 
tal, Cebu.  A  considerable  amount  of  coal  has  been  extracted,  but  the  industry  has 
not  l)een  profitable,  in  part  due  to  crude  methods  of  transportation.  The  seams  are 
often  badly  faulted. 

At  Uling,  about  10  m.  AV.  of  the  capital,  the  seams  reach  a  maximum  thickness  of 
15^  ft.  Ten  analyses  of  Cebu  coal  indicate  a  fuel  with  about  two-thirds  the  calorific 
effect  of  Cardiff  coal,  and  with  only  about  4  per  cent  ash. 

On  the  island  of  Negros,  nearly  parallel  with  Cebu,  are  known  deposits  of  coal  at 
Calatrava  on  the  E.  coast,  it  is  believed  of  important  extent.  In  Mindanao  coal  is 
known  to  occur  at  8  different  localities,  V)ut  no  detailed  examinations  have  l)een 
made.  Seven  of  these  localities  are  on  the  E.  coast  and  the  adjacent  small  islands. 
They  indicate  the  presence  of  lignite  from  one  end  of  the  coast  to  the  other.  The 
eighth  locality  is  Zamboanga. 

For  details  of  theCoal  Measures  of  the  Philippines,  see  report  to  United  States  military 
governor  in  the  Philippines,  by  Charles  H.  Burritt,  first  lieutenant,  Eleventh  Cavalry, 
.U.  S.  v.,  officer  in  charge  of  mining  bureau.  Division  of  Insular  Affairs,  August,  1901. 

Copper  is  reported  from  a  great  number  of  localities:  Luzon  (Lepanto,  Benguet, 
and  Ambos  Camarines),  Mindoro,  Capul,  Masbate,  Panay  (province  of  Antique), 
and  Mindanao  (province  of  Surigao).  Mindanao,  practically  unexplored,  is  full  of 
possibilities.  Northern  Luzon  contains  a  copper  region  which  is  unquestionably 
valuable.  The  best-known  portion  of  this  region  lies  about  Mount  Data,  a  peak 
given  as  8,333  ft.  (2,500  meters)  in  height.  The  range  trends  due  N.  to  Cape  Lacay 
Lacay.  Data  itself  lies  in  Lepanto.  In  this  range  copper  ore  was  smelted  by  the 
natives  before  Magellan  discovered  the  Philippines.  The  process  is  complicated, 
based  on  the  same  principles  as  the  method  of  smelting  sulphosalts  of  this  metal  in 
Europe  and  America,  consisting  in  alternate  partial  roasting  and  reduction  to  "matte" 
and  eventually  to  black  copper.  The  process  umst  have  been  introduced  from  China 
or  Japan  and  practiced  only  by  the  Igorrotes,  who  are  remarkable  in  many  ways. 
Vague  reports  and  the  routes  by  w^hich  copper  smelted  by  natives  comes  to  market 
indicate  that  there  are  copper  mines  in  various  portions  of  the  Cordillera  Central, 
but  the  only  deposits  which  have  been  examined  with  any  care  are  those  at  Man- 
cayiln  (about  5  m.  AV.  of  Mount  Data)  and  2  or  3  other  localities  within  a  few  miles 
of  Mancaydn.  The  deposits  of  Maucayan  are  described  as  veins  of  rich  ore,  reach- 
ing 7  meters  (23  ft. )  in  width  and  arranged  in  groups.  Mean  assays  are  said  to  show 
over  16  per  cent  of  copper,  mainly  as  tetrahedrite  and  allied  ores.  The  gangue  is 
quartz.  The  country  rock  is  described  as  a  large  quartzite  lens  embedded  in  a  great 
mass  of  trachyte._  An  attempt  has  been  made  by  white  men  to  work  these  deposits, 
but  with  no  considerable  success.  The  failure  does  not  seem  to  have  been  due  to 
the  quality  or  quantity  of  ore  found. 

Gas  is  said  to  exist  in  theCebii  coal  fields.  It  is  also  reported  from  the  island  of  Panay. 

Gold  is  found  at  a  vast  number  of  localities  in  the  archipelago  from  N.  Luzon  to 
central  Mindanao,  in  most  cases  detrital,  and  found  either  in  existing  water  courses 
or  in  stream  deposits  now  deserted  by  the  current.  These  last  are  called  ' '  aluviones ' ' 
.  by  the  Spaniards.  In  Mindanao  some  of  the  gravels  are  in  an  elevated  position  and 
adapted  to  hydraulic  mining.  The  placers  are  washed  by  natives,  largely  with 
cocoanut  shells  for  pans,  though  the  batea  is  also  jn  use.  In  Abra  are  placers.  The 
gravel  of  the  river  Abra  is  also  auriferous.  In  Lepanto  are  gold  veins  as  well  as 
gravels,  close  to  the  copper  mines.  In  Benguet  the  gravels  of  the  river  Agno  carry 
•gold.  There  is  also  gold  in  the  provinces  of  Bontoc  and  in  Nueva  Ecija.  The  most 
important  of  the  auriferous  provinces  is  Ambos  Camarines  (Norte).  Here  the  town- 
ships of  Mambulao,  Paracale,  and  Labo  are  especially  well  known  as  gold-producing 
localities.  Mr.  Drasche,  a  German  geologist,  says  that  there  were  700  natives  at 
work  on  the  rich  quartz  veins  of  this  place  at  the  time  of  his  visit,  about  25  years  ago. 
At  1  aracale  are  parallel  quartz  veins  in  granite,  one  of  which  is  20  ft.  in  width 
and  contains  a  chute  m  which  the  ore  is  said  to  assay  38  ozs.  of  gold  to  the  ton. 


84  GAZETTEEE    OF   THE   PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

Many  other  localities  in  this  province  have  been  worked  by  the  natives.  The 
islands  of  Mindoro,  Catanduanes,  Sibuydn,  Silmar,  Panay,  Cebii,  and  Bohol  are 
reported  to  contain  gold,  but  no  exact  data  are  accessible.  At  the  S.  end  of  the  small 
island  of  Panaon,  S.  of  Leyte,  are  gold-quartz  veins,  one  of  which  has  been  worked 
to  some  extent.  It  is  6  ft.  in  thickness  and  has  yielded  from  |6  to  |7  per  ton.  In 
Mindanao  are  2  known  gold-bearing  districts.  One  of  these  is  in  Surigao,  where 
Placer  and  other  townships  show  gravels  and  veins;  the  other  is  in  Misamis.  Near 
the  settlement  of  Iponan,  on  the  Gulf  of  Macajalar,  are  reported  many  square  kilo- 
meters of  gravels  carrying  large  quantities  of  gold,  with  which  is  associated  platinum. 
The  product  of  this  district  was  estimated  some  years  ago  at  150  ozs.  per  month,  all 
extracted  by  natives  with  bateas,  or  cocoanut-shell  dishes. 

Gypsum;  this  mineral  is  plentiful  in  the  E.  part  of  the  central  range  of  Luzon. 

Iron  is  abundant  in  Luzon,  Cebii,  Panay,  and  doubtless  in  other  islands.  In  Luzon 
it  is  found  in  Laguna,  Pampanga,  and  Ambos  Camarines,  but  principally  in  Bulacan. 
The  finest  deposits  are  in  the  last-named  province,  near  a  small  settlen^ient  named 
Camachin,  which  lies  in  lat.  15°  7^  and  Ion.  121°  12'  E.  approx.  A  small  industry 
exists  here,  wrought  iron  being  produced  in  a  sort  of  bloomery  and  manufactured 
into  plowshares.  The  process  has  not  been  described  in  detail.  It  would  appear 
that  charcoal  pig  iron  might  be  produced  to  some  advantage  in  this  region.  The 
lignites  of  the  archipelago  are  probably  unsuitable  for  iron-blast  furnaces. 

Kaolin;  concessions  exist  for  mining  kaolin  at  Los  Baiios,  in  Leguna,  Luzon.  {See 
also  Clays. ) 

Lead  and  Silver;  in  a  mine  partially  developed  near  the  town  of  Cebii,  on  the 
island  of  the  same  name.  The  most  important  deposit  of  argentiferous  galena  is  at 
Torrijos,  on  the  island  of  Marinduque.  A  metric  ton,  or  1,000  ks.,  is  reported  to 
contain  96  grams  of  silver,  6  grams  of  gold,  and  565.5  ks.  of  lead.  In  Ambos  Cama- 
rines, Luzon,  lead  ores  occur,  but  are  worked  only  for  the  gold. 

Lithographic  stone  is  found  at  San  Mateo,  Rizal,  Luzon.'  Should  this  turn  out  to 
be  of  good  quality  and  in  large  blocks,  the  deposit  would  be  a  treasure. 

Marble  of  fine  quality  occurs  on  the  small  island  of  Romblon,  and  is  much  employed ' 
in  churches  in  Manila  for  liaptismal  fonts  and  other  purposes.  Marbles  are  also 
quarried  at  Mental  ban  and  at  Binaiigonan,  in  Rizal  (Morong),  Luzon. 

Mercury  is  reported  in  Panay  and  Leyte.     {See  Quicksilver. ) 

Niter  is  found  in  the  caves  at  several  points  in  the  Philippines,  very  probably 
originating  in  the  dung  of  bats  and  other  animals.  It  was  collected  by  the  insurgents 
for  the  manufacture  of  gunpowder.  Among  the  localities  where  it  is  known  are  th$ 
small  islands  of  Masapilit  and  the  town  of  Placer,  in  Mindanao. 

Ochers;  these  nonmetallic  substances,  in  many  cases,  are  mistaken  for  impure  cin- 
nabar. It  will  require  scientific  investigation  to  determine  their  character  in  the 
Philippines. 

Oil;  on  Panay,  oil  is  reported  at  Janiuay,  in  Iloi'lo.     {See  also  Petroleum.) 

Opal;  this  nonmetallic  mineral  occurs  in  Binaiigonan,  Rizal  (Morong),  Luzon,  and 
at  Catbalogan,  Samar,  and  is  very  common  in  volcanic  regions,  but  the  valuable 
variety,  fire  opal,  is  rare.     {See  Precious  stones.) 

Platinum  is  reported  in  several  parts  of  Mindanao.  The  finding  of  this  valuable 
mineral,  the  supply  of  which  to  the  commerce  of  the  world  is  now  practically  con- 
fined to  Russia,  will  prove  a  valuable  acquisition  to  the  mineral  products  of  the  posses- 
sions of  the  United  States.     {See  Gold,  Mindanao. ) 

Pearls;  pearl  fisheries  exist  in  the  Sulu  Archipelago  and  form  an  important  source  i 
of  wealth.     The  "round  pearls"  of  Siasi  and  nearby  waters  are  the  finest  in  the 
world.  i 

Petroleum;  in  the  island  of  Cebvi  petroleum  is  found  associated  with  coal  at  Toledo, 
on  the  W.  coast.     It  is  also  reported  from  Asturias,  to  the  N.  of  Toledo,  on  the  same 
coast,  and  from  Algeria  to  the  S.     Natural  gas  is  said  to  exist  in  the  Cebu  coal  fields.  I 
Oilis  reported  at  Janiuay  in  Iloilo,  Panay,  and  gas  is  reported  from  the  same  island,  i 
Petroleum  highly  charged  with  paraffin  is  also  found  on  Leyte  at  a  point  about  4  m.  1 
from  Villaba,  a  town  on  the  W.  coast.  I 

Precious  stones  have  occupied  but  httle  attention.     Their  existence  in  several  j 
varieties  is  reported.     The  presence  of  the  opal  is  established.  I 

Quicksilver;  the  rumors  of  the  occurrence  of  this  metal  in  Panay  and  Leyte  have  ; 
failed  of  verification.     Accidental  losses  of  the  metal  by  prospectors  or  surveyors 
sometimes  lead  to  reports  of  the  discovery  of  deposits.  ,  _     , 

Salt;  deposits  of  rock  salt  occur  in  Mount  Blanco  and  Bamban  (Nueva  Ecija),  in 
Calamba  (Laguna),  and  in  Placer  (Surigao,  Mindanao).  As  might  be  supposed,  the 
natives  extract  much  of  their  salt  from  the  sea  water. 

Serpentine  is  found  in  Santa  Cruz,  Zambales,  and  the  same  mineral  is  widely  dis- 
tributed in  the  islands. 

Silver.     (/See  Lead.)  I 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


85 


Sulphur  deposits  abound  about  the  numerous  active  and  extinct  volcanoes  in  the 
Philippines.  In  Luzon,  the  principal  sulphur  deposits  are  at  Dachin,  in  Benguet, 
and  at  Colasi,  in  Ambos  Camarines.  The  finest  deposits  in  the  archipelago  are  said 
to  be  on  the  little  island  of  Biliran,  which  lies  to  the  NW.  of  Leyte. 

Zinc,  both  as  the  sulphide  and  as  a  silicate,  exists  at  Paracale,  seemingly  in  con- 
nection with  lead  ores  and  gold.  Information  would  point  to  the  conclusion  that 
the  zinc  ores  are  to  be  regarded  rather  as  metallic  gangue  minerals,  than  as  separate 
deposits. 

Mineral-bearing  islands  and  tfieir  resources. 


Islands. 

Latitude 
(north 
end). 

Character  of  mineral  resources. 

13 
11 
10 
14 
13 
11 
11 
18 
13 
13 

9 
13 
11 
10 
11 
13 
12 
12 
12 
12 

6 

19 
43 
10 
8 
21 
17 
35 
40 
34 
37 
50 
32 

10 
56 
15 
37 
36 
7 
30 
30 

Coal. 

Sulphur. 

Gold. 

Do. 
Coal. 

Coal,  oil,  gas,  gold,  lead,  silver,  iron. 
Coal,  oil,  mercury  (?). 

Coal,  gold,  copper,  lead,  iron,  sulphur,  marble,  k 
Lead,  .silver. 
Coal,  copper. 

Coal,  gold,  copper,  iilatinum. 
Coal,  gold,  copper. 
Coal. 
Gold. 

Coal,  oil,  gas,  gold,  copper,  iron,  mercury  (?). 
Coal. 
Marble. 
Coal,  gold. 
Coal. 
Gold. 
Pearls. 

Bohol                               

Cebu                             

Levto 

lolin 

Ma-ibate                                

Rapu-Rapu               

Romblon 

SibuvAn                             

FORESTS. 

The  forest  wealth  of  the  archipelago  is  enormous  in  variet}^,  quality, 
and  quantity.  A  classification,  based  on  existing-  law  and  amendments 
prescribing  the  tariff  on  state  timber  and  regulations  for  the  utilization 
of  forest  products  in  the  public  forests  of  the  Philippine  Islands,  shows 
6  groups  of  woods:  (1)  Superior  group,  with  12  species,  including  the 
valuable  ipil  and  molave,  both  woods  of  export;  (2)  first  group,  17 
species,  including  camphor,  betis,  malatapay,  and  palomaria;  (3)  second 
group,48  species,  includingalalaiigatandbanuyo;  (l)  thirdgroup,  75  spe- 
cies, includingabilo,  balodo,calumpit,dao,  labato,  manga,  pipi;  (5)  fourth 
group,  200  species;  (G)  fifth  group,  13  species  and  20  varieties  of  palm, 
including  the  valuable  areca,  orania,  bonga,  caiyota.  This  classified 
li.st  shows  665  species  of  timber  indigenous  to  the  archipelago,  and 
includes,  approximately,  the  most  valuable  woods  of  economic  or  com- 
mercial value.  The  forest  products,  besides  the  woods  useful  for 
bouse  and  ship  building,  cabinetwork,  and  other  economic  and  artistic 
purposes,  comprise  a  large  variety  of  gum-producing  trees  and  medici- 
nal and  dye  plants,  alread}"  mentioned.  The  hardwoods  of  the  Philip- 
pines will  come  into  considerable  use  in  the  United  States.  It  is 
quoted  in  technical  journals  that  Philippine  mahogany  can  be  delivered 
in  the  United  States  at  about  one-half  the  cost  of  the  South  American 
■  wood. 

;      The  forests,  one  of  the  leading  sources  of  the  natural  wealth  of  the 
"  Philippine  Islands,  were  tai^en  in  charge  by  a  forestr}?^  bureau,  origi- 
nally created  by  G.  O.,  No.  50,  series  1900,  and  organized  April  14, 
19*)0,  and  reorganized  under  acts  of  June  and  July,  1901.     The  field 
Torce  comprises  a  chief,  assistant  foresters,  inspectors,  special  agent, 


86  GAZKTTKKR    OF    TIIK    rillLri'JTNK    ISLANDS. 

asHistant  inspectors,  assistant  foresters,  first-class  ran^csrs,  and  second- 
class  i-anj^ers.  Forestry  stations  have  been  established  in  parts  of  the 
ai'chipelaj(o  whei'e  the  extent  and  value  of  the  forests  warrant.  In  the 
markets  of  Manila  160  varieties  of  native  trees  are  received;  in  Min- 
danao 428  vai'ietics  of  woods  ai'c  known.  The  gutta-percha,  rubber, 
and  oth(>r  gum  trees  exist  in  Mindanao  and  the  Sulu  group.  Licenses 
to  extract  forest  products  from  forest  lands  are  issued  by  the  bureau 
for  1  year-,  the  licensee  paying  the  prescril)ed  valuation  on  each  cubic 
foot  of  wood  cut,  oi-  if  other  forest  products,  10  per  cent  of  the  market 
pri(-e  in  Manila,  During  the  fiscal  year  1900-1901  licenses  were 
granted  in  25  provinces  in  Luzon  and  28  in  other  islands.  To  that 
date  the  number  issued  was  699,  viz:  Timber,  424;  firewood,  192;  rubber 
and  other  gums,  88;  dyewood,  12;  gratuitous,  83.  Owners  of  pi-ivate 
woodlands  must  i-egister  their  titles  in  the  forestr}-  bui-eau.  PJghty- 
six  tracts  owned  by  Europeans  and  natives  thus  registered  aggi'cgated 
(1901)  207,159  acres,  of  vvhicn  180,000  acres  were  in  Luzon.  The 
products  for  the  fiscal  year  1{K)0-1901  were  146,272  cub.  ft.  of  timber, 
24,899  cub.  m.  of  firewood,  and  6,140  (;ub.  m.  of  chantoal. 

The  government  tax  paid  into  the  internal-revenue  office  on  forest 
products  from  public  lands  Julv  1,  1!>00,  to  June  80,  1901,  amounted 
to  ^199,872.61  on  2,469,980  cub.  ft.  of  timber  (29,639,160  B.  M.),  and 
1,955,561  cub.  ft.  of  firewood.  About  $5,000  were  received  on  rubber, 
gums  (gums  mastic),  brea,  ate.,  and  5^1,440  on  bai'k,  dyewoods  and 
charcoal.  The  cost  of  running  the  bureau  was  21  per  cent  of  the 
receipts.      Under  Spanish  rule  the   figure  was  75  per  cent  of  receipts. 

The  pi-ice  of  timber  in  the  log  at  the  end  of  the  first  haul  is  from  30 
to  70  cents  per  cub.  ft.  Wood  prices  in  Manila  are  quoted:  Supei-ior 
and  firs  group,  §1  50  to  S2.50  per  cub.  f:.,  or  $5  to  $6  Mexican  per 
same  foi-  extra  sizes  of  spe(*ial  grades.  The  government  valuation  on 
timbci-  is  a))out  5  pei"  cent  of  the  current  mai'ket  price.  The  demand 
for  Philippine  timber  in  the  archii)clago  and  China  is  mu(;h  greater 
than  th(!  supply  that  is  being  taken  out. 

The  finest  vaiicties  of  fine  hardwoods  for  cabinet  and  furniture  work 
are  expected  to  find  an  early  market  in  the  United  States.  The  total 
number  of  known  native  tree  species  is  665,  which  it  is  expected  will 
approximate  1,000.  Upward  of  100  varieties  of  native  Philippine 
woods  were  selected,  polished,  and  labeled  for  exhibition  at  the  fur- 
nituie  makers'  convention  at  (irand  Rapids,  Mich.,  and  to  the  Pan- 
Anun-ican  Exposition  at  Hutl'alo  in  1901.  It  is  expected  that  these 
woods  can  be  placed  in  successful  competition  with  the  best  woods 
from  ('enti-al  and  South  Ame)"ica. 

The  imports  of  cabinet  woods  into  the  United  States  during  the  liscjil 
year  ending  June  30,  1901,  amounted  to — 

Mahogany,  free {aoul^^'.'.    l.vlifilS 

A 1 1  other,  free do. . . .     1 , 2-10, 737 

In  Jidy,  1901,  a  cable  from  the  Secretary  of  War  suspended  the 
granting  of  forestry  licenses;  suspension  since  removed.  Much  of 
the  b(\st  timljer  is  inaccessible  on  account  of  the  absence  of  roads. 
Th(;  majority  of  native  timbers  will  not  float,  therefore  bamlmo  rafts 
are  used.  Bami)oo  finds  a  ready  sale  in  all  the  markets.  In  th(^  665 
native  trees  known  are  11  species  of  oak,  true  el)ony,  teak,  camagon, 
an  abundance  of  narra  (Philippine  mahogany),  tfndalo,  calant/is,  cedar,- 
and  other  woods  suitable  for  veneering  and  the  most  expensive  cabi-  , 


GAZETTEER    OF     rilE    rillLirPlNE    ISLANDS.  87 

network.  Thoiv  are  50  species  of  troos  t'roni  which  ruI»hiM\  uiitta- 
,porrh;i.  aiul  othei\iiUins  arc  extracted.  A  sciontitit'  (>\ph)i(a(ion  ot"  (he 
!60.(XX>.(HH)  acres  of  ]nil)lic  forest  land  is  in  prooivss. 
i  Trior  to  the  passaov  oi  tlie  Army  apjiropriation  hill,  under  a  pn)- 
vision  of  which  the  niilitarv  control  of  the  Philipj)ines  was  specilically 
d(>!iiuHl  for  temporary  purposes,  the  exploitation  of  the  forests  was 
<';niicd  on  under  (i.  O.  of  tlie  military  n'overnor.  No.  !)2,  series  (.lune 
I'T)  I'.'OO,  which  divided  the  timber  of  the  island  into  six  classes.  There 
w;i->  no  charo-e  for  licenses,  hut  a  tax  per  cubic  foot  was  imposed 
accordinu"  to  class  of  (iml>ei'  cut.  and  ])aid  to  tlu^  y-overiuuiMit,  which 
w;is  a  continuation  of  the  Spanish  system  with  an  increase  of  prii'C. 

I'orestiT  ollicials  were  on  duty  October  15,  l!)()L  in  the  ])rovinces  of 
C'li^ayan.  ram]>an,oa,  lloilo,  Union,  Albay,  Zambales,  Tayabas,  Hataan, 
Tarhu',  llocos  Norte  and  Sur,  AmI)os  C'auiarines,  Panoasinan,  Bulacan, 
'Lcyte,  Rizal,  Batani>-as,  Nej^-ros  Oriental.  Nes>'ros  ()ccidental,  Oapiz, 
Ai'!i«|U(\  Masbat(\  Romblon,  C^avite.  in  the  districts  of  Zaniboan<>-aand 
C'libato  in  the  island  of  Mindanao,  and  at  Sulu. 

Ill  Zand)oaiipi  (Mindanao)  a  forestry  ollicial  collected  and  returned 
lin  H  months  wood  and  leaves  of  4-}o  species.  The  forestry  bureau 
[from  its  own  sources  i-aised  the  known  numbers  of  tree  species  in  the 
jPhilippin(^  Islands  from  BOO  to  ()()5. 

I  Gutta-percha.  An  iuvestioation showed  thatoutta-percha,  tluMuost 
[valuable  of  forest  products,  was  exported  in  lar^-e  (pmntities  from 
jCotabato  and  Zamboano-a  (Mindanao)  to  Sinoapore  via  Sulu  without 
Ithe  payment  of  charovs,  which  led  to  the  prohibition  of  clearance  of 
Ivesscls  cari'yino-  forestry  ])roducts  which  had  not  ])aid  charyvs.  (Act 
'No.  U);"),  11>01,  r.  C.)  The  imports  at  llu^  poi't  of  Sino'apore  of  o-utta- 
i'percha  for  1000  from  the  Philii)])ine  Islands  were  282.^  niculs.  Total 
Ifoi-  all  countries  74,0(U).V  piculs,  ^5,000,001  value.  Tlie  Philippine 
tiourcs  arc  not  reo-arded  as  representative.  United  States  Army 
ollicers  report  vessels  carrying'  gutta-percha  as  clearino-  for  Sandakan, 
iBritish  N.  Borneo,  which  does  not  appear  in  Sino-apore  Ho-ures,  The 
iprice  of  the  best  quality  in  the  market  with  78  per  cent  y-utta  (the  per 
[cent  of  outta,  in  tlu^  best  conmiercial  bcino-  85  to  00)  wiis,  n>01,  $2(>0 
per  ])icul  (In-J;'  lbs.);  18t>l,  $85.  The  physical  conditions  in  the  S. 
islands  of  the  Philippines  are  ])eculiarly  adaptin]  to  this  valuable  cul- 
ture. The  tree  attains  a  heii^ht  of  50  to  00  ft.  and  diauu^ter  of  l^  to 
2  ft.  Aj>'e,  20  years;  maturity,  BO  years.  In  ,Iava  trees  fruit  at  8 
years  and  at  15  have  a  diameter  of  [(  ft. 

f  The  proi)au;'ation  and  g'rowth  of  the  i!futta-pei"cha  tree  is  now  occu- 
py ino-  a  laroe  share  of  time  and  expenditure  by  the  colonial  i;-overn- 
Iments  of  Holland,  Oreat  Britain,  France,  and  Germany.  The  (irst 
itwo  own  the  entire  present  pi'oducinn-  oiitta-percha  area  in  Asia,  and 
I  have  established  experimental  and  ])r()i);i^:itino'  o'ardens. 
i  Rubber.  -The  cost  of  planting  rubber  s(>eds  on  land  chaired  of  coll'eo 
plants  or  left  growino-  js  $2  per  acre.  The  lirst  good  yield  is  (>  years. 
To  ])lant  twice  the  number  of  tre(;s  needed  per  acre  and  cutting  one- 
ihalf  at  the  end  of  the  third  year  gives  returns  for  expenses  to  date. 
The  ])laiiter"'s  return  is  (pioted  at  $150  to  $200  per  acre.  The  rubber 
Icrop  at  present  prices,  1001,  is  (juotiHl  at  04  cts.  per  pound  in  Tjondon. 
This  does  not  include  rubber-vine  culture. 

'  The  giant  rubl)cr  vine  and  several  other  indigenous  varieties  have 
ibeen  found  in  large  (juantities  in  several  of  tlu'  Philii)])ine  islands. 
These  islands  are  credited  with  exportation  of  3U  piculs  of  "Boruoo" 


88  GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

rubber  (from  vines)  during  1900,  which  establishes  the  existence  of  the 

Elant.     A  Ceara  rul)ber  tree  planted  in  ]\Ianila  in  1  year  reached  a 
ei,ght  of  21  ft. 

There  are  also  several  varieties  of  trees  producing  the  sap  out  of  which 
gutta-percha  is  made. 

Dammar  and  gum  mastic  are  found  in  quantities  in  the  southern 
islands.  Teak,  one  of  the  most  valuable  of  shipbuilding  woods,  is  also 
abundant. 

Philippine  ■woods. — The  following  is  a  list  of  Philippine  woods  of 
economic  value: 

AcLAXG-PARANG  {Albizzia  SYy.);  medium  weight,  dark  ash  color. 

AcLE  {ifimosa  ade  BL);  gives  logs  up  to  32  ft.  long  by  28  in.  square;  dark,  dull  red; 
strong,  tenacious,  durable,  and  takes  a  good  polish;  much  used  for  house  con- 
struction and  shipbuilding;  an  excellent  charcoal. 

Alagao  [Premnas]}.);  heavy;  ashy  color. 

Alahan  {Diospyros  sp.);  heavy;  ashy  color. 

Almaciga  or  Antaxg  {Dipterocarpus  sp. );  light,  ashy  color;  gives  a  valuable  gum. 

Alintatao  (Diospijros  p]iUip2nnensis  F.  ViU. );  dark,  hard,  wood,  like  ebony. 

Alupay  or  Lecheas;  heavy,  dark  gray  color. 

A.MUGuis  {Cijrtocarpa  quinguestila  Bl. );  hard;  light  red  or  flesh  colored,  and  some- 
times marked  with  lead-colored  spots,  with  numerous  pores  of  moderate  size; 
is  employed  in  house  and  ship  building;  subject  to  the  attacks  of  white  ants, 
called  "Anay." 

Amuyong  {Melodorumfulgens);  light,  straw-colored  wood. 

Anagap;  60  ft.  high;  logs  18  ft.  long  by  16  in.  square;  grayish  yellow,  of  fine  grain 
and  somewhat  brittle;  used  for  furniture  and  house  trimmings. 

Anosep  or  AxrsEP;  brownish  or  ashy  red  color  and  fine  grain,  with  small  pores,  but 
somewhat  fibrous;  used  for  building. 

Antipolo  (Artocarpiis  incisa  L. );  large  size,  grayish  yellow  to  canary  yellow  and 
even  dark  red,  sometimes  marked  with  numerous  white  spots;  used  for  outside 
planking  and  keels  of  vessels,  and  somewhat  for  cabinet  work. 

Anubing  or  Anubiong,  or  Anubin  {Artocarpus  ovata);  moderate  size;  brownish  yel- 
low to  dark  red;  of  fine  texture,  with  small  pores;  used  for  rafters  in  the  native 
dwellings. 

Apitox  {Dipterocarpus  grandiflonis  BL);  very  large  size;  light  or  dark  greenish  gray, 
with  lighter  or  even  white  spots;  logs  up  to  70  ft.  long  by  24  in.  square;  serves 
for  furniture  and  general  joiner's  purposes. 

Aranga  {Homalium  sp. ) ;  very  large  size;  logs  up  to  75  ft.  long  by  24  in.  square;  red- 
dish color,  with  violet  stripes;  valuable  for  sea  piling  and  shipbuilding. 

AsAC-TALox;  heavy  wood  of  dark  red  color. 

Bacauax  [Bruguiera  cariiophiUoydes  Blum.);  heavy  weight;  dark  red  color. 

Bagarilao  {Xauclea  sp.);  light  wood,  dark  red  color. 

Bahay  {Lepidopetalumperrottetii  B\um.);  medium  weight;  straw  colored. 

Balacxt  {ZyzypJmssp.);  light  straw  colored;  medium  weight. 

Balao,  Malapaho  or  Paxao  {Dipterocarpus  rernicijiuns  B.  L.) ;  medium  to  large  size; 
yellowish  white  or  light  greenish  gray,  sometimes  with  tints  of  light  rose  and 
yellowish  red;  used  for  house  building",  and  somewhat  for  ship  construction;  its 
resinous  gum,  fluid  and  odorous,  is  employed  for  varnishing  furniture,  picture 
frames,  and  floors  of  rooms. 

Balayohod;  dark  grayish;  medium  weight. 

Balibago  {Hibiscus  tiliaceus  L.);  light  white  wood. 

Batitinax  {Lagerstroemiahatilinan);  first-class  wood;  large  size;  logs  up  to  40  ft.  long 
by  18  in.  square;  ashy  red  to  intense  oHve-brown  color;  strong,  tough,  and 
elastic;  used  for  ships,  planking  above  water,  and  for  furniture,  being  much 
stronger  than  the  teak  and  advantageously  replacing  it. 

Baxaba  {Lagerstroemia  speciosa  Pers. );  30  to "50  ft.  high;  reddish  white  to  dull  red; 
used  for  ship  and  house  construction,  preferably  the  red  variety;  is  strong  and 
resists  the  elements  well. 

Baxataxhisax;  heavy  wood  of  light-brown  color. 

Bangcal  or  B.\yc Ah  \Sarcocephaius  cordatus  Mig.,  Nnuclea  glaherrima  D.  C.) ;  layge 
size,  logs  up  to  24  ft.  long  by  16  in.  square;  golden-yellow  color  or  greenish 
yellow;  used  in  house  building  and  in  general  joiner's  work,  but  principally  for  . 
the  (construction  of  small  canoes. 

3ani;  light  white  wood. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  89 

Bannin;  heavy  white  wood. 

Bansalagui  {Mimusops  elengi);  first-class  wood  for  its  strength,  elasticity,  and  durar 
bility;  logs  up  to  40  ft.  long  by  LS  in.  scjuare;  reddish  white  with  ashy  spots  or 
uniform  bright  red ;  used  in  shipbuilding,  suited  for  making  tool  handles  and 
adapted  to  turning. 

Bansio;  whitish  wood;  medium  weight. 

Bantiqui;  heavy,  fine-grained  wood. 

Baxuyo  {Dipierocarpns  f^Y).) ;  straw  colored,  medium  weight. 

Barusang;  heavy  grayish  yellow. 

Baticuling  or  Baticulin  {Milingtonia  quadripinnata  Bl.);  yellowish  white  or  green- 
ish white;  easy  to  work,  takes  a  good  polish,  and  employed  for  joiners'  work. 

Batino  {Di/jli'r(iriii-jiii.K  sp.) ;  straw  colored,  medium  weight. 

Bayucan  (  Di/ilrrorarpiiH  sp.) ;  heavy  wood,  similar  in  appearance  to  maple. 

Betis  {Azaula  bctiit  Bl.) ;  logs  up  to  65  ft.  long  by  20  in.  square;  brownish  red  or 
light  red;  used  for  building  keels  of  vessels,  also  for  fresh-water  piling,  piers, 
wharves,  etc. 

Binayoyo;  heavy  reddish  wood. 

Bixnang  {Mac(mmg(t  mappa  MnW.  Arg.);  very  light  wood;  grayish  white. 

BiNUNGA  (Mneiirdiuja  Tmvir'ms'^'lnW.  Arg.);  reddish  wood,  medium  weight. 

BiTAG  {Calojiln/liiin  s]>.);  reddish-brown  wood;  medium  weight. 

BiTANG  (('(do/iliiihiin  x/}cii<(hlle  Willd. );  grayish  wood;  medium  weight. 

BiTAxnoL  or  lirr  vx.ioi,.     {,Sce  Palo  Maria.) 

Boi.oNGiTA,  BoLONGETA,  or  BoLONZETA  {Diospyros pUosantlieraB].) ;  light-red  color,  or 
dark  red,  with  streaks  and  spots  of  black;  very  useful  for  building  and  cabinet 
work. 

Bayug  {Plerospermum  acerifolium  Willd.);  grayish-yellow  wood;  medium  weight. 

BucBuc  {Streblus,  sp. );  heavy  white  wood. 

BuLAC;  white  wood;  very  light  and  pithy. 

Buna;  heavy,  grayish-yellow  wood. 

Caba  (Fragree  sp. );  light  whitish  wood. 

Cabuy  {Citrus  histrix  V.  C. );  heavy  white  wood. 

Oalamansanay  {Stephegyne  up.);  rosy  white  to  bright  red;  useful  for  building  and 
construction. 

Calantas  or  Philippine  Cedar  [Cedrela  odorata  BL);  logs  up  to  40  ft.  long  by  35  in. 
square;  fiesh  color,  brick  red,  or  in  some  varieties,  a  pale  ashy  red;  used  chiefly 
for  the  mamifaeture  of  cigar  boxes  and  makes  handsome  inside  house  fittings. 

Calimanlao  {D(i)>ipyrus  sp.);  Ught  yellowish-white  wood. 

Calobcub  {Engenki  mnrrncarpa  liob. );  heavy  wood,  dark  brown  to  black  color. 

Calumpang  {Sterculia  foetida,  L. );  very  great  size;  brownish-yellow  color;  easy  to 
work,  but  not  lasting;  used  for  boards. 

Calumpit  {Perminalia  eduUs  L. );  moderate  size;  dull  yellowish  color,  with  ashy 
spots,  or  of  a  uniform  ash  color;  ripe  fruit  is  edible;  used  in  some  places  for  dye- 
ing cotton  a  dirty  straw  color. 

Camagon  ( Diospyros  pilosanthera  var. ) ;  logs  9  or  more  ft.  in  length  up  to  12  in.  in 
diameter;  black  with  narrow  brown  or  yellowish-red  streaks  and  sometimes  with 
black  spots;  takes  a  good  polish,  and  does  not  curl;  highly  valued  for  cabinet 
work,  and  often  confounded  with  ebony. 

Camayuan;  red  violet,  and  bright  red  or  brownish  red;  employed  for  building  pur- 
poses; both  in  the  form  of  small  pieces  and  in  boards. 

Camuning  {Muraya  exotica  L.);  12  to  15  ft.  high;  bright  ocher  yellow,  uniform  or 
with  wavy  streaks  and  spots  of  brown;  used  chiefly  for  cabinet  work;  the  Moros 
use  it  in  making  handles  for  their  weapons;  takes  a  good  polish. 

CaSafistula  ( Cassiafisiula  L.) ;  medium  weight  wood,  white  or  light  reddish  in  color. 

Cani-oi;  grayish  color,  medium  weight. 

Caronsan;  heavy  grayish  white. 

Catm6n  {Dillenia  Fhilippinensis  Rolph);  heavy  wood,  resembling  rosewood  in 
appearance. 

Cayantol;  heavy  grayish  white. 

Cayatao;  heavy  reddish. 

Caytan  ( Zanthoxylum  oxiphylum  Edg. ) ;  heavy  grayish  yellow. 
.  CuBi;  yellowish  brown  with  greenish  spots;  used  in  building,  chiefly  for  joiners' 
work. 

CuLiNG-MANOc;  rosy  white  to  brick  red,  sometimes  with  streaks  and  spots  of  lighter 
color;  good  for  building  purposes,  although  not  in  common  use;  somewhat  used 
for  cabinet  work. 

CuLis  {Memecylom  edida  Roxb. );  heavy  grayish  yellow. 
i#CuPANG  {Parkia  Eoxburghii  G.  Don.) ;  light,  reddish-brown  color. 


90  GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

Dao  {Dracontamelum  sip.);  light;  dark  grayish. 

Dale  {Terminilia);  reddish  brown;  medium  weight. 

Dangay  or  Bangay  ( Grevna  sp. ) ;  reddish  gray  medium  weight. 

Dang6n  or  Danglig  {Dipterocarpus  sy>.);  grayish  yellow;  medium  weight. 

DiNGLAS  Buciba  comintana  Bl.);  logs  up  to  30  ft.  long  by  16  in.  square;  brownish  or 
ashy  red;  very  durable;  employed  in  the  construction  of  buildings  and  ships. 

DiLANG-BUTiQui  { Podocarpus  s-p.)]  light  gray;  medium  weight. 

DiTA  {Alstoria  scliolaris) ;  grayish  yellow;  medium  weight. 

DoLiTAN-PUTi  (G'ammasp.);  heavy  grayish  yellow. 

DuBAT  {Engenia  sp. );  heavy  dark  red. 

DuNGOL,  DuNGON,  Or  DoNGON  {StercuM  cimhifromis  D.  C. );  logs  50  ft.  long  by  20  in. 
square;  pale  reddish,  used  for  roof  timber  and  for  keels  of  vessels;  strong  but 
does  not  resist  the  attacks  of  sea  worm. 

Era  NO,  Ebony,  or  Luyong  (Diospyros  nigra  L. );  differs  from  camagon  in  its  more 
intense  and  uniform  black  color,  Mdthout  brown  or  yellow  streaks;  very  valuable 
for  cabinet  work,  and  also  employed  in  making  gunpowder. 

Gatasan-pula  ( Camingiana  sp. ) ;  heavy  red  wood. 

GuEYALAs;  reddish  brown;  heavy  wood. 

Gui.io,  Guiso,  or  Guisoc  {Diptcrocarpus  guiso  BL);  logs  up  to  75  ft.  long  by  24  in. 
square;  light  red  to  dark  red;  very  durable,  strong,  tough,  and  elastic;  in  Manila 
used  for  carriage  shafts;  in  Hongkong,  for  wharf  decks  and  flooring. 

Guim;  heavy  grayish  yellov/. 

GuYo;  heavy  reddish  yellow. 

Halupag;  heavy  red  wood. 

HiMBABAo;  grayish  yellow,  medium  weight. 

Ilang-ilang  or  Alang-ilang  {Unona  odoratissima  L. );  white  wood,  soft,  does  not 
last  well,  and  subject  to  the  attacks  of  insects. 

Ipil  or  Ypil  {Eperua  decandra  Bl. );  logs  up  to  50  ft.  long  by  26  in.  square;  usually 
dark  red;  sometimes  ocher  yellow;  has  the  good  qualities  of  molave,  except 
resistance  to  sea  worm;  excellent  for  puilding  purposes  and  joiners'  work,  and 
for  railroad  sleepers. 

Jagud;  very  light  whitish  wood. 

Lanaan  {Anisopterathurifera);  dark  grayish;  medium  weight. 

Lanete,  Lanate,  or  Lanite  (Anasaer  lav  Hi  Bl. ) ;  logs  up  to  25  ft.  long  by  18  in.  square; 
bone  or  ashy  white  with  white  spots;  used  for  cabinetwork,  carved  objects, 
musical  instruments,  inside  decorations,  and  turning;  also  for  making  match 
boxes. 

Lanutah  {Hibiscus);  reddish  white  or  light  red  color,  with  narrow  yellowish  streaks; 
easy  to  work;  commonly  employed  in  cabinetwork  and  for  inside  finishing  of 
houses. 

Lauan,  Lauaan,  or  Saudana  {Dipierocarpus  tliurifera  L. ) ;  logs  up  to  75  ft.  long  by  24  in. 
square;  reddish  white  or  ashy  with  brown  spots;  used  principally  for  the  con- 
struction of  canoes. 

Liga;  heavy  reddish  gray  wood. 

Lipo  {Eugenia  sp.)-,  heavy  white  wood. 

LocTOB  {Ficus  laurifolia  Blanco);  grayish  yellow;  light  weight. 

Mabolo  {Diospyros  isocolor  Willd);  very  heavy  while  wood. 

Macasim,  Macasin,  or  Macaasim;  2  varieties,  the  red  and  the  white;  former  is  used 
for  house  and  shipbuilding,  latter  for  inside  housework  and  flooring. 

Macupa;  very  heavy  red  wood. 

Magajiambulo;  grayish  yellow;  heavy  weight. 

Malaanunang  {Shorea  malaanunang  B\.);  light  wood;  grayish  yellow. 

Malabayabas;  very  heavy  wood;  dark  brown  or  black. 

Malabonga  {Laurus  hexandr a  Fers.);  moderate  size;  light  red  with  orange  streaks 
and  sometimes  with  lead-colored  spots;  especially  used  for  making  common  l)oxes. 

Malacadius  {Litsea  chinensis  ham.);  canary  yellow,  darkening  with  time,  and  tak- 
ing on  greenish  brown  tints;  used  for  beams  and  ribs  for  shipbuiling,  and  also 
gives  good  boards. 

Malacainote;  very  heavy  wood  of  reddish-brown  color. 

Malacatmon;  several  varieties,  2  of  them  deserving  special  mention;  first,  brick  red, 
with  spots  and  streaks  of  black;  second,  red  with  a  few  streaks  and  spots  of  lead 
color;  both  somewhat  used  for  building  purposes. 

Malacumon  ( Dillenia  sp. ) ;  heavy  straw  colored. 

Maladujat,  Malarujat,  or  Malaruhat  ( Myrtus  subrubens  Bl. ) ;  large  size;  lirownish- 
yellow  color,  with  streaks'  of  intense  brown  or  ash;  gives  good  boards,  and  some- 
what used  in  makiu''  connnon  furniture. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  91 

Malagaitmux;  heavy  straw-colored  wood. 

Malaiba  {Phi/llanthus  s-p.);  light  wood;  whitish  color. 

Malaitmo  {Celtis phUippinensis  B].)  ;  heavy,  light  colored. 

Malubig  {Si/zjigiiim  sp. );  heavy  wood  of  dark  gray  color. 

Malanaxgca  ;  heavj'  white  wood. 

Malapaho  [Dipierocarpus  velutina  Bl.);  heavy,  dark,  red  wood. 

Malasantol  (  Thespesia  populnea  Corr. ) ;  heavy  wood,  whitish  color. 

Malatalan  or  Malatalang;  brittle  wood  of  reddish  color  with  spots  and  streaks 
of  black;  very  little  used  for  building. 

Malatapay  {Alangium  octopetalurn  Blanco);  small  tree  and  not  abundant;  yellowish 
wood  spotted  with  brownish  black;  highly  valued  for  the  construction  of  fine 
furniture. 

Malatiaong;  lieavy  wood;  grayish  yellow. 

Malato;  light  wood;  reddish  color. 
'  Malatoob;  dark-gray  wood;  medium  weight. 

■  Malatumbaga  {Crudia  spicata  D.  C. ) ;  large  pize;  flesh  red  to  brick  red;  little  employed 
for  building  purposes;  gives  very  good  Ijoards  for  box  making. 

M alauhud;  straw  colored;  medium  weight. 

^Iai.aya;  dark  gray;  medium  weight. 

Mamijog  {  St, j>Iii  iir/yne  d'iversifoUa  Hook);  light  wood;  grayish  white. 

MAXAiiAX<;;  luavy  wood;  yellowish  white. 

Maxcalamiax;  reddish  color  with  lighter  streaks;  little  employed  in  Irailding,  being 
1         used  only  in  Luzon. 
IMaxayao;  grayish  yellow;  medium  weight. 

Maxcoxo  {XaitlJiOi'temonverdiiganianus'Nav.);  very  hard  and  heavy;  found  in  Min- 
danao; deep  chocolate  color. 

M.vXoachapuy  or  Mangachapoi  {Dipterocarpus  mangachapoi  BL);  logs  up  to  55  ft. 
long  by  20  in.  square;  2  varieties,  red  and  white;  very  elastic,  and  when  seasoned 
withstands  the  climate  as  well  as  teak;  used  for  masts  and  decks  of  vessels,  and 
for  all  work  exposed  to  sun  and  rain. 

Maxgasixoro  (Fagroca  voluhilis  Jack.);  very  large  size;  ashy  yellow;  soft  and  not 
very  dural:)le;  little  used  in  building. 

!Maxicx"ic,  Maxipxip;  ashy  red  or  light  ashy;  used  in  house  building  not  very 
extensively. 

Mapulat  (PcfZo^rajn  sp.);  straw  colored;  medium  weight. 

Mara,  Maran,  or  Marang;  reddish  yellow,  sometimes  dirty  greenish  white. 

Mayapi  or  Mayapis  {Dipterocarpus  mai/apis  BL);  large  size;  reddish  with  colored 
streaks  and  spots;  soft  and  does  not  last  well;  considerably  used  for  box  making. 

[  MiDBiD  (  Lagerstrnmia  sp.);  heavy  wood;  reddish-brown  color. 

JMoLAVE  [Vitex  gi'mcuIataB}.);  logs  up  to  35  ft.  by  24  in.  square;  yellow,  yellowish 

1  green,  or  ashy;  resists  sea  worms,  white  ants,  and  the  action  of  the  tropical 
climate.  Extremely  strong  and  durable,  lasts  well  under  ground;  very  highly 
valued  for  building  purposes,  called  by  the  natives  the  "  queen  of  woods." 

Mrr.AXG-u;  heavy  wood,  dark  gray  color. 

Narra,  Naga,  or  Agana  {Pteromrpxis  santaUnus  L. ) ;  logs  up  to  35  ft.  by  26  in.  square; 
known  as  the  mahogany  of  the  Philippines;  scarlet  to  blood  red;  take  a  beau- 
tiful polish ;  much  employed  in  the  manufacture  of  furniture;  from  the  bases  of  the 
trunks  of  the  largest  trees  magnificent  pieces  are  sometimes  obtained  of  sufficient 

'         size  to  make  tops  for  large  dining  tables. 

Narra  Blaxca  or  Narra  Amarilla  {Plfrocarpiis  pallidm  Bl.) ;  ocher  yellow  with 
brown  streaks;  in  time  it  takes  a  brownish  yellowish  color;  employed  in  finishing 
furniture. 

Nato  ( Sterrului  halanghas  L. ) ;  reddish  white  with  delicate  spots  of  more  intense  color; 

'        sometimes  rosy,  occasionally  brick  red;  used  especially  for  joiners'  work. 

'  Opac;  very  light  wood,  yellowish  white  in  color. 

Pagatpat,  Palopad,  or  Palatpat  {Sonneratia  pagaipat  Bl.);  moderate  size;  some- 
what resembles  cork;  reddish  color  of  various  tints;  used  somewhat  for  building, 
especially  for  work  under  water. 

Pahuhutan  {Mungifera  longipes  Griff);  light  white  wood. 

Pa  it;  very  heavy  red  wood. 

Paitan;  light  white  wood. 

Palayan  or  Roble;  several  species  of  the  genus  Quercus  are  found  in  the  Philippines. 

Palms;  for  structural  purposes  the  species  known  under  the  name  of  Palma  brava 
are  the  most  important;  resisting  moisture;  trunks  are  converted  into  tubes  for 
conducting  water,  used  for  raftere  in  house  building,  for  piles,  and  for  telegraph 
poles;  from  the  hard  outer  wood  handsome  canes  and  bows  are  made. 


92  GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

Palo  Maria,  or  Bitanhol,  or  Bitanjol  {Calophyhim  inophylum  D.  C);  moderate 
size;  light  red;  exceedingl}^  tough  and  lighter  than  molave;  much  used  for  ship- 
building; acquires  gigantic  proportions  in  Mindanao. 

Palo  Napuy;  violet  with'hlackish  spots;  somewhat  employed  for  l)uilding  purposes; 
hardly  known  in  the  Manila  market,  but  not  to  be  despised. 

Palsaguyuguin;  grayish  yellow,  medium  weight. 

Palusapis;  light  wood,  da'rk  straw  color. 

Panao;  light  grayish  yellow  wood. 

Panguisan;  ashy  yellow  color;  somewhat  used  for  bui.ding  purposes. 

Panaybanay  {Flerosperniim  sp. );  very  heavy  wood,  grayish  brown. 

Panosilo;  yellowish  white;  not  very  beautiful;  not  very  much  used. 

Pasac  {Mimosops  erythro.riilon  Bos.);  large,  hard,  tough,  and  durable,  reddish  and 
durable,  reddish  white  or  flesh  red  color;  employed  for  building  purposes;  like' 
yacal,  but  inferior  to  it. 

Pasquit  {iremecylonpaniculatum  Jack.);  heavy  wood  of  reddish  color. 

PiLi  {Canariumsp.);  straw  colored;  medium  weight. 

Pino  or  Palo  Pino  [Plnus  insuZari-s  Endl. ) ;  a  very  large  tree,  reaching  an  extraor- 
dinary size  in  the  mountains  of  Ilocos,  Lepanto,  and  Benguet. 

Puso  Puso  {Litsea  liUoralis  Benth.);  reddish  yellow  wood  of  medium  weight. 

PuTAT  {Barringtonhi  rarmnsa  BL);  white;  medium  weight. 

PuTOTAN  or  PoToTAx;  ivddlyh-brown  wood  of  medium  weight. 

Sampaloc  {Tamarui'his  indiea  L. );  roots  are  used  for  carpenter  work. 

Santol  or  Santor  {Santoricum  indicum  Cav. );  reddish  and  of  strong  texture;  little 
employed  for  building  purposes. 

SiBucAO  or  Palo-Sapang  (Cesnlpinia  sappana);  orange  red;  pegs  made  from  it  are 
used  in  the  manufacture  of  small  sailing  craft  in  place  of  iron  spikes  and  nails. 

Sirique;  grayish  yellow;  medium  weight. 

SoLiPA  or  SuLiPA  {SuUpa  jjseudopsidium  Bl. )  canary  yellow  or  greenish  yellow; 
employed  for  coopers'  Avork. 

SuPA  {Dipterocarpus  sp.);  large  size;  yellowish  or  dirty  ocher,  becoming  brownishj 
yellow  in  time;  very  similar  to  ipll,  but  inferior  to  it;  employed  for  house  and.; 
shi])  building. 

Tabigui-itim;  heavy  wood;  deep-red  color. 

Taboc  {jEgle  decandra  Naves);  heavy  white  wood. 

Talisay  {Terminalia  catappa);  dark  straw  colored;  medium  weight. 

Tamauyan-puti  {Gymnosporia  sy>.);  light  white  wood. 

TANGiLEorTANGiLiorTANGUiLi  {Dipterocarpus poIyspermus'Bl.) ;  large  size;  brownish 
j-ed;  much  used  for  the  construction  of  canoes  and  also  for  joiners'  work. 

Tangisan  (Ficussp.);  white  wood;  medium  weight. 

Tapal;  very  heavy  wood,  with  black  and  white  stripes. 

Teca  {Tectona  grandis  L. );  little  known  in  the  Philippines;  exists  in  Mindanao  andj 
said  to  exist  in  Negros. 

Tibayos  or  TuBAYos;  heavy  slate-colored  wood. 

TiBiG  {Flcus  glomerata  Bl.) ;  white  wood;  medium  weight. 

TiNAAN  pantay;  light-gray  wood  of  medium  weight. 

TixDALO  {Eperua  rhomboUlea  Bl. );  large  size;  light  red,  growing  darker  with  age  and 
in  time  becoming  completely  black;  takes  a  good  polish;  used  for  house  decora- 
tion and  the  manufacture  of  fine  furniture;  occasionally  for  building. 

Tingan-tingan  (P/(?rosperHU(??i  obliguum  Blanco) ;  dark  straw  colored;  medium  weight. 

TooB  {Bischofiajavanica  MuW.,  Arg. );  light  gray;  medium  weight. 

Tooc  or  TooG ;  heavy  dark-i-ed  wood. 

Titcangcal6  {StercuUa  rubigiiiosaYent.     Hook);  heavy  dark-red  wood. 

Yacal  or  Saplungan  {Dipterocarpus  jjlagatus  BL);  one  of  the  heaviest  and  most 
enduring  of  the  Philippine  woods.  Reaches  a  height  of  40  to  60  ft. ,  with  a  diam- 
eter of  2  to  3  ft.;  logs  up  to  50  ft.  long  by  22  in.  square;  earthy-yellow  color; 
solid  and  fine  texture;  proof  against  white  ants  and  has  great  strength  and  tenac- 
ity; much  used  in  house  building  as  well  as  in  shipbuilding. 
Economic  uses. — The  uses  of  the  more  important  woods  are: 
Cabinet  work:  Ebano,  camagon,  bolongita,  tindalo,  narra,  malapatay,  alintatao, 

and  camuning  for  fine  furniture;  lanete,  narra  blanca,  lanutan,  malarujat,  batitinan, 

and  antipolo  for  common  furniture. 
Shipbuilding:  Yacal,  betis,  dungon,  and  ipil  for  keels  and  sternposts;  antipolo  for 

keels  and  outside  planking;  molave  for  futtock  timbers  and  stems  crooks  lOr  frame- 
work; banabu  for  outside  planking  and  beams;  guijo  for  beams,  masts,  and  yards: 

batitinan  for  keelsons  and  clamps;  mangachapuy  for  waterways  and  deck  timbers: 

amuguis  for  upper  works  and  partitions;  palo-niaria  for  futtock  timbers,  masts,  and 

yards.  ^ 

Canoes:  Tarigile,  lauaan,  malaanonang,  balao,  mayapis,  and  many  others. 


GAZETTEEK    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  93 

House  building:  Molave  for  beams,  framework,  doorcasings,  window  caHings, 
floor  boards,  etc.;  ipil,  same  as  molave;  supa  and  balao  are  substitutes  for  ):)ut 
infeiior  to  I'pil;  dungon  for  rafters,  door  and  window  joints,  clamps,  etc.;  banaba, 
employed  for  various  purjioses,  and  especially  for  all  parts  exposed  to  the  action  of 
moisture;  yacal  for  frumrwork;  amuguis,  baticulin,  and  malatumbaga  used  in  form 
of  boards  for  partitions,  ceiling  work,  etc. 

Box  making:  Calantas  for  cigar  boxes  and  fine  boxes  in  general;  taiTgile,  mayapis, 
and  malaanonang  for  common  boxes. 

FRUITS. 

The  wild  and  cultivated  fruits  of  the  Philippines  are  abundant  in 
variety  and  superior  in  qualit}-.  The  introduction  of  new  species  from 
the  United  States  is  also  successful,  particularly  grapes,  strawberries, 
blackl)erries,  figs,  and  walnuts,  which  flourish  in  the  highlands  of 
Benguet. 

The  following  is  a  description  of  the  best  known  fruits,  having 
chiefly  in  view  their  industrial  and  domestic  uses: 

Anona  {Anona  reticulata  L. );  an  exotic  from  Mexico,  its  meat  being  white  and  soft 
and  containing,  like  the  ates,  small,  black  pits;  is  sweet  and  fragrant,  and  has 
an  exterior  appearance  resembling  the  common  custard  apple  or  bullock's  heart. 

Ates  [Anona  squamosa  L. );  juicy,  aromatic,  very  sweet,  very  soft,  and  somewhat 
peppery;  a  table  delicacy. 

Balimbing  [Averrhora  carambola  L. );  has  the  flavor  of  a  quince,  and  is  used  by  the 
natives  as  food  with  dry  fish  or  meat. 

Banana;  the  commonest  and  cheapest  fruit  in  the  Philippines,  there  being  a  large 
number  of  species,  varying  greatly  in  form  and  taste.  It  is  called  platano  by  the 
Spaniards,  and  saguing  by  the  Tagcllos.  The  trunk  of  the  banana  tree  is  not 
solid,  but  soft  and  full  of  minute  little  tubes  or  a(iueducts,  which  serve  to  conduct 
the  sap  which  sustains  and  matures  the  plant  within  the  short  space  of  one  year. 
Shortly  after  fruit  ripens  the  plant  begins  to  decline  and  the  leaves  dry  up  and 
fall.  The  fruit  grows  in  bunches  of  various  shapes,  according  to  the  species. 
Important  varieties:  Lakatan,  very  similar  to  the  ordinary  American  banana; 
latundun,  less  yellow  and  sourer  than  the  preceding,  being  noted  for  its  digestive 
qualities;  the  'sab;i,  which  makes  a  most  delicious  fritter;  the  hanipa,  sweeter 
than  the  sabd,  and  cultivated  principally  in  Sainar  and  Leyte;  the  tambonan,  a 
very  common  and  healthful  species;  the  camada,  very  large;  the  tundoc,  also 
large,  the  skin  of  which  is  of  a  violet  color;  the  binalatong,  larger,  more  deli- 
cate, and  more  fragrant;  the  torlangdato,  called  in  Spanish  "the  lady  finger;"  the 
pilbitin,  a  small,  sweet,  and  rich  variety;  the  tarip,  the  buiigaran,  the  putian, 
the  dariao,  the  mungco,  the  talood,  the  tinumbaga,  the  dariyas,  the  bungulan, 
the  gloria,  and  others.     P.  Delgado  enumerates  and  describes  57  varieties. 

Camias  {AverHiora  hilimbi  L.) ;  when  green  has  an  agreeable  sour  taste,  but  when 
ripe  is  sweet  and  fragrant;  is  often  pickled  or  candied,  and  its  juice  removes  the 
stain  of  iron  rust  and  other  spots  from  linen. 

Cantaloupes;  of  excellent  varieties,  especially  in  the  provinces  near  Manila. 

Chico;  2  varieties;  the  chico  sapote  or  sapote  (Achras  sapote  L.)  and  the  chico 
mamey  or  chico  {Lucuma  mamosa  Gaert) .  The  sapote  is  an  evergreen  tree, with 
thick  shining  leaves  and  milky  juice,  a  native  of  tropical  America.  Its  fruit  is 
about  the  size  of  an  orange,  green  on  the  outside  and  black  on  the  inside,  sweet, 
and  makes  excellent  preserves.  The  chico  is  smaller,  the  skin  and  pulp  of  deep 
brown,  with  brilliant  black  seeds  embedded  in  it.  It  contains  a  pleasant 
flavored  pulp  resembling  quince  marmalade  in  appearance  and  taste. 

Citron;  fruit  very  large;  is  found  in  abundance. 
'.  DuHAT  (Lomboy)  {Eugenia  jamholona  L. );  a  tree  of  hard  and  durable  wood;  pro- 
I  duces  a  wild  edible  fruit,  dark  purple  to  black  in  color,  about  the  size  of  an 

olive.     Its  astringent  bark  is  used  in  dyeing,  tanning,  and  in  medicine. 

■  Guanabano  {Anona  muricaia  L.);  pear  shaped,  being  similar  in  exterior  appearance 
1-        to  the  pineapple,  containing  an  agreeable  slightly  acid  pulp;  used  for  preserves. 

I  Guayaba  {Psidium  guayaha  L. );  a  Tagalo  bayabas;  when  ripe  is  of  yellowish  color, 
and  very  aromatic,  as  are  the  leaves.  The  pulp  is  acid,  and  has  different  color 
according  to  the  varieties,  white,  yellow,  and  pink.     The  interior  is  filled  with 

I  little  hard  seeds  or  pits,  which  are  embedded  in  the  meat.     It  is  a  carminative 

■  and  an  excellent  jelly  and  marmalade.     Natives  use  this  fruit  as  food. 


94  GAZETTEEE    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 

Langca  or  Nangca  {Arlocarpus  integrijolia  ^Y\\\d)^,  is  perhaps  the  largest  found  m 
the  world,  some  as  large  as  a  good-sized  water  jar.  The  ripening  fruit  is  recog- 
nized l)y  its  aromatic,  and  penetrating  odor.  The  fruit  cut  shows  a  large  amount 
of  yellowish  or  whitish  meat,  of  which  preserves  and  sweetmeats  are  made, 
resembling  the  date,  with  an  odor  like  musk.  The  seeds  when  boiled  or  baked 
resemble  the  chestnut.  The  wood  of  the  tree  is  yellow,  solid,  durable,  and  very 
serviceable  for  working. 

Lanz6n  {Lansium  domesticwn  J&c^  orBoboo);  is  beautiful  in  appearance  and  gives 
a  cool  shade.  The  leaves  are  of  a  beautiful  clear  green.  The  fruit  is  a  yellow 
berry,  the  skin  being  bitter,  thin,  and  fine.  Within  it  are  contained  fine  divi- 
sions, as  in  the  lemon,  but  the  flesh  is  crystalline  white,  almost  transparent, 
sweetish  sour,quite  delicate,  and  very  refreshing.  This  fruit  is  healthful  for  those 
who  suffer  from  heat.     The  best  kind  of  lanzones  grows  in  Laguna,  Luzon. 

Lemons;  7  varieties  of  this  fruit,  some  of  superior  quality. 

Mabolo  {Diosptiros  discolor  Willd);  is  about  the  size  of  a  quince  and  contains  a  large 
seed.  The.skin  is  reddish  and  velvety.  The  flesh  is  white  and  sweet,  but  some- 
what indigestible,  and  has  a  rather  strong  odor. 

Macupa  {Eugenia  malaccensis  L. ) ;  about  the  size  of  a  sweet  pepper  and  of  somewhat 
the  same  shape,  rather  larger  and  quite  red  in  color;  more  lustrous;  bitter-sweet 
in  taste,  somewhat  agreeable,  but  has  no  solid  flesh  which  can  be  eaten. 

Mampon  or  Pa.io  {Mangifera  altlssima  Blanco);  very  similar  to  the  manga,  frequently 
preserved  in  brine  in  the  form  of  pickles;  also  made  into  sweetmeats  and  pre- 
serves. There  are  other  small  varieties  about  the  size  of  an  olive,  which  are 
used  in  making  pickles  and  preserves. 

Manga.  {Mangifera  indica  L. ) ;  one  of  the  most  exquisite  fruits  in  the  world,  and  the 
queen  of  the  Philippines.  The  largest  is  from  6  to  7  in.  in  length ;  flattened. 
The  skin  is  yellow  and  rather  fine;  the  interior  a  fleshy,  fibrous  drupe,  and  with 
more  or  less  of  a  turpentine  flavor,  but  sweet  and  delicate.  The  pit  in  the  center 
is  almost  as  long  as  the  fruit  itself,  but  very  narrow.  The  leaves  are  long,  wide, 
and  dark  green,  and  an  infusion  of  them  somewhat  similar  to  tea.  The  manga  is 
used  as  a  food,  i^ot  only  when  ripe  (April),  but  when  green.  It  is  used  also  for 
preserves,  jelly,  and  marmalade.  The  natives  make  the  boiled  manga  into  a 
kind  of  relish  of  sweet-acid  flavor,  as  palatable  as  the  Indian  chutney.  The  best 
mangas  come  from  Imus,  Cavite,  Luzon. 

Mangosteen  or  Mangostan  {Garcinia  mangostana  L);  an  exotic  fruit,  grows  only  in 
Sulu  and  some  points  of  Zamboanga  and  Cotabato,  where  it  is  called  the  "Kings' 
fruit,"  because  it  is  so  highly  prized  by  the  Moro  sultans.  It  is  dark  red  or  pur- 
ple and  about  the  size  of  an  orange.  The  edible  and  juicy  parts  form  small, 
white  divisions,  very  soft,  found  in  the  interior;  covered  with  a  double  skin,  red- 
dish in  color,  and  which  must  be  removed  before  the  fruit  is  eaten.  The  rind  of 
the  fruit,  as  well  as  the  bark  and  wood  of  the  tree,  is  very  astringent  and  has 
been  used  in  medicine. 

Oranges  of  various  indigenous  species  are  found.  The  principal  is  the  cajel.  An- 
other the  naranjita.  There  are  several  wild  species,  one  of  w^hich  is  called 
"amumintay."  They  are  very  large,  being  12  or  13  in.  in  circumference,  have 
a  thick  skin,  are  very  juicy  and  bitter. 

Papaya  (papaw)  { Car ica papaya,  L. );  2  sexes.  The  male  produces  tubes  filled  with 
small  white  aromatic  flowers;  the  female  yields  fruit.  The  tree  resembles  a 
palm,  with  large  broad  leaves.  The  fruit,  a  small  squash  in  appearance,  is  ordi- 
narily 10  in.  long,  commonly  of  an  oblong  form,  ribbed,  with  a  thick,  fleshy 
rind,  and  sweet.  When  it  ripens  the  f  kin  changes  from  green  to  a  reddish  color, 
as  does  the  flesh  also.  It  is  sometimes  eaten  raw  or  made  into  a  sauce,  or  when 
green  is  boiled  as  a  vegetable  and  pickled,  in  combination  with  red  peppers, 
spices,  radishes,  and  onions,  forming  a  nice  hors  d'oeuvre,  with  a  yellow  sweet- 
acid  sauce,  called  achora  by  natives  and  Spaniards  alike.  The  seeds  are  an 
efficacious  vermifuge. 

Pineapples  (i?rome/ia  ananas  L.  or  Ananosa  saliva  Lindley) ;  have  a  fine  flavor,  aromatic 
and  slightly  tart  on  account  of  the  presence  of  malic  acid.  It  is  of  more  importance 
however  as  a  textile  plant. 

Rim  A  {Artocarpus  incim  L. ),  composed  of  the  numerous  small  female  flowers  united 
into  one  large  fleshy  mass  about  the  size  of  a  child's  head,  and  is  covered  with 
hexagonal  marks  externally  which  are  the  limits  of  the  individual  flowers.  The 
flesh  is  a  substantial  food,  "and  on  this  account  it  is  called  the  breadfruit  plant. 
It  is  either  boiled  or  roasted  and  then  eaten  with  sugar  or  sirup.  It  is  also  made 
into  preserves. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  95 

Santol  {Sandoriann  indicnm  Caw);  similar  to  the  peach;  but  h\rger  and  the  rind 

^      thicker.     Inside  there  are  several  cU\isions,  as  in  the  mangostdn,  of  a  white  color 
and  bitter  sweet  taste,  each  division  containing  a  hard  pit,  with  carminitive 
qualities.     It  is  used  principally  for  preserves  and  pickles,  although  it  is  eaten 
raw  when  ripe.     Bulacan,  Luzon,  produces  the  best  santols. 
APOTE  {Diospi/ros  ebenaster  Retz)  and  Pagapat  (Do  Kaki  L. ),  are  natives  of  China. 
Among  the  large  number  of  wild  species  of  fruits  found  in  the  Philippines  in  gen- 
eral, sour,  sweet,  and  somewhat  carminitive,  may  be  mentioned  the  doctoyan,  the 
the  panancjuian,  the  durion,  the  abuli,  amahit,    angiap,  amaga,  agononan,  abubu- 
nanu,  alanganisan,  dae,  amamampang,  bonano,  harol)or  or  marobo,  cabaan,  carong, 
cagos,  gayan,  dalinson,  etc.,  which  are  described  by  P.  Delgado. 
Tampoy  (  Eugenia  jambos,  L. ) ;  about  the  size  of  a  small  apple,  the  flesh  being  soft, 
sweet,  and  having  an  odor  like  roses.     In  color  and  shape  it  resembles  a  guay- 
aba. 

MECHANICAL  INDUSTRIES. 

The  Philippine  Islands,  notwithstanding-  the  aptitude  of  the  inhabit- 
ants and  a))undance  of  raw  material  for  all  kinds  of  fabrics,  is  not  a 
manufacturing  country.  There  exist,  however,  some  very  prosperous 
industries,  generally  carried  on  with  primitive  implements  and  meth- 
ods. The  introduction  of  modern  machiner}^,  considering  the  impor- 
tance and  wealth  of  the  islands,  not  onl}'  as  producers,  but  possessing 
the  necessary  resources,  would  speedily  make  them  a  factor  as  a  manu- 
facturing center  in  the  Far  East.     The  most  important  industries  are: 

Manufacture  of  cloth. — The  libers  used  in  weaving  are  hemp,  pine- 
apple, cotton,  and  silk.  The  first  two  are  products  of  the  country. 
Silk  comes  from  China  and  cotton  is  imported.  Cloth  made  from 
hemp  alone  is  called  sinamay,  which  is  used  for  shirts  for  men  and 
waists  and  skirts  for  women.  A  finer  variety  of  hemp  cloth,  often 
confused  wath  pineapple  cloth,  is  called  tinampipi.  Cloth  made  from 
pineapple  liber  is  called  pina,  a  ver}^  delicate  fabric  used  for  making 
handkerchiefs,  waists,  and  other  elegant  garments.  From  silk  alone, 
or  from  a  mixture  of  silk  and  cotton  or  pineapple  fiber,  are  made  the 
Philippine  jusis,  famous  for  their  lightness,  l)eauty,  and  delicate  pat-  / 
terns.  From  cotton  are  manufactured  heavy  blankets,  of  which  a  spe- 
cialty  is  made  in  both  the  Ilocos  provinces.  In  the  district  of  Tondo, 
Manila  Cit}',  is  a  factory  in  which  cotton  is  woven  by  means  of  modern 
machiner}'  into  textile  fabrics.  In  the  weaving  of  these  articles  not  a 
machine  moved  by  steam,  with  the  exception  mentioned,  is  used,  only 
primitive  looms  worked  by  hand  and  by  the  most  simple  methods. 
Women  work  the  looms,  the  majority  being  girls  from  12  to  20  years 
of  age.  The  work  is  good,  considering  the  simple  methods  and  the 
primitive  machinery  used.  The  provinces  of  Albaj^,  Batangas,  Cala- 
mianes,  Ambos  Camarines,  Ilocos,  Iloilo,  Rizal,  and  Tayabas  are  pre- 
eminent in  this  line. 

Manufacture  of  mats,  hats,  etc. — In  the  manufacture  of  mats, 
sleeping  mats,  hats,  bags,  cigar  cases,  etc.,  intelligence,  skill,  and 
patience  are  shown.  This  is  the  more  wonderful,  as  the  only  instru- 
ment used  is  a  sort  of  knife  called  guloc.  The  materials  are  rattan, 
palm  leaves,  ferns,  bamboo,  buri,  all  of  which  are  abundant.  The 
provinces  notable  for  these  articles  are  Albay,  Bulacan,  Ambos  Cama- 
rines, Iloilo,  Laguna,  Pampanga,  Pangasinan,  and  Tayabas.  / 

Manufacture  of  cordage. — In  a  suburb  of  Manila  City,  called  Santa  ^ 
Mesa,  and  San  Juan  del  Monte,  Rizal,  are  several  factories  of  rope  and 
cordage,  in  which  primitive  methods  are  employed,  machinery  being 
only  used  as  a  motor  of  the  instruments  used. 


96  C4AZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

Y^  Tobacco. — In  this  important  Philippine  industry  the  Havana  meth- 
^  ods  of  gathering  and  curing  the  leaf  and  manufacturing  the  product 
arc  used.  In  some  places  the  manufacture  is  carried  on  with  modern 
machinery.  In  all  more  women  than  men  are  employed.  The  cigar- 
ette machines  in  many  factories  are  worked  by  steam.  The  most 
prominent  factories  in  the  archipelago  are  located  in  Manila. 
^  .  Sugar. — In  Negros  and  Pampanga  are  many  iron  mills,  worked  by 
animal,  water,  or  steam  power,  for  the  manufacture  of  sugar.  In 
Manila  there  is  a  large  sugar  refinery,  and  another  in  Malabon,  Rizal, 
S.  of  Manila  City. 

Hemp. — The  extracting  of  the  hemp  fiber  and  its  drying  constitutes 
a  large  industry,  apart  from  its  manufacturing  into  rope  or  cloth.  It 
is  conducted  by  means  of  primitive  and  simple  apparatus.  The  hemp 
fiber  is  found  in  the  market  in  bunches  or  bundles,  and  is  classified 
according  to  its  quality. 

Indigo. — The  production  of  indigo  is  accomplished  through  several 
operations — maceration  in  water,  addition  of  lime,  shaking  or  stirring 
and  decantation  of  the  water,  formation  of  the  indigo  into  masses,  and 
wrapping.     It  is  then  placed  in  wooden  boxes  and  sent  to  the  market. 

Alcohol. — The  materials  used  in  the  manufacture  of  alcohol  are  the 
juice  from  the  nipa  or  the  cocoanut  palms  and  low-grade  molasses. 
Nipawine  is  manufactured  in  Dagupan,  Pangasinan,  Vigan,  Ilocos,  Sur 
Luzon,  and  Capiz,  Panay.  In  all  the  archipelago  there  are  not  less 
than  .5,000  stills,  the  4  largest  in  Manila. 

Oil. — This  product  is  extracted  from  cocoanuts,  the  methods  em- 
plo3^ed  being  ver^^  rudimentary.  Other  oils  extracted  are  lumbang, 
castor  oil,  and  those  from  the  peanut  and  other  plants.  Essential  oils 
are  extracted  from  the  ilang-ilang,  sampaguita,  and  champaca  flowers. 

Rice. — In  tare  clearing  rice  a  primitive  apparatus  called  the  lusong  is 
employed.  The  lusong  is  a  large  wooden  mortar  in  which  the  rice  is 
pounded  until  the  husk  is  removed.  One  or  two  steam  mills  were 
installed  in  Calumpit,  Bulacan,  but  were  subsequently  destro3'ed  in  the 
ravages' of  war. 
V  Soap. — This  article  has  been  made  in  the  islands  for  a  long  time,  but 
the  methods  employed  are  most  primitive.  The  manufacture  of 
laundry  soap  is  conducted  only  by  Chinese.  In  Manila  there  are  small 
estal)lishments  in  which  toilet  soap  is  manufactured. 

Starches. — This  industry,  while  small,  has  ainindance  of  raw  mate- 
rial found  in  the  country- 
Cheese. — This  dairy  product  is  made  in  small  quantities,  that  com- 
ing-from  Cebu  and  Laguna  being  of  excellent  quality. 

Leather. — This  industry  is  but  rudimentary,  although  considering 
the  large  number  of  cattle  found  in  the  country  it  might  be  made  of 
some  importance. 

Fisheries. — The  marine  and  fresh-water  fisheries  are  extensive  and 
valuable.  A  provision  in  the  municipal  code  authorizes  the  lev3nng 
of  a  tax  on  the  privilege  of  fishing  b}^  municipalities  within  the  limits 
of  their  respective  jurisdictions. 

Shipbuilding. — This  important  industr}^  is  carried  on  in  all  the 
larger  islands  where  transportation  is  b}^  coastwise  and  river  craft. 

Building  trades. — This  branch  of  industry  is  conducted  with  skill 
in  the  better  class  of  structures.  In  the  construction  of  the  light  nipa 
houses  and  Cogon  huts  the  mechanical  ingenuity  of  the  inhabitants 
is  also  shown  to  good  advantage. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


97 


FOOD  PRICES. 


The  following-  is  a  digest  of  information  on  the  prices,  in  gold,  or  in 
silver,  exacth^  double  the  figures  here  shown,  of  commodities  in  Manila, 
taken  from  Bulletin  No.  32,  June,  1901,  Department  of  Labor: 

Prices  of  certain  articles  in  common  use  in  Manila,  April  1,  1900. 


Articles. 

In  common  use  among— 

Whites. 

Natives. 

Chinese. 

ffO.O-i 
.04 
.25 
.56 
.06 

.374 
.20 
.20 

Bread' 

do 

Biscuit 

per  18-ounce  tin.. 

do 

10.06 

Cheese: 

European 

Fresh  Philippine 

Coffee,  not  roasted 

do.... 

do.... 

do.... 

do.... 

.024 
.20 

80. 024 

'  ^^^Fr  sh 

per  dozen.. 

.20 
1.25- 

.15 

From  the  provinces 

Fish: 

Cod,  salt 

Dry 

per  100.. 

per  pound. . 

..     .do 

.10 
10, .  15, .  20 

.10 

do.... 

10,. 15,. 20 

!20 

.04 
.05 
.30 
.12i 
.20 
.30 
.25 
.15 
.18^ 
.20 
.07i 

.  10, .  15, .  20 

Oysters,  canned 

Salmon,  canned 

Fruit: 

per  13-ounce  can . . 

per  23-ounce  can . . 

.04 
.05 

.04 

1         Oranges 

do.... 

per  pound.. 

.05 

;         Canned,  guava  jell  v 

Canned,  mango  jelly 

Canned,  peaches 

Dried,  apples,  plums,  peaches,  etc. 

perK-ouncecan.. 

per  26-ounce  can . . 

per  pound.. 

do.... 

.15 

.184 

.15 

Pure  leaf 

Salted 

Lentils 

Macaroni 

Meat: 

Beef,  canned  corned 

Beef,  dried 

Beef,  fresh 

Caribou 

Chickens 

Ducks 

Ham,  New  York 

Ham,  Spanish 

Hens 

Mutton,  fresh 

Pork,  fresh 

Turkeys 

Milk: 

Condensed 

Fresh 

Molasses 

Oil: 

Cocoanut 

Olive 

do.... 

do.... 

(Jo 

.184 

.05 

per  6-pound  can . . 

per  pound 

.62i 

.20 
.20 
.15 

do.... 

.      .do.... 

.20 

each.. 

do.... 

per  pound. . 

do.... 

each.. 

per  pound. . 

do.... 

each.. 

per  18-ounce  can. . 

..peri  liter  (0.53  quart)., 
per  pound 

.25 
.25 
.32i 
.374 
.50 
.20 
.20 
3.00 

.25 
.10 

25 

.20 

.20 

.05 
.06 

.05 

do.... 

per  J  liter  (0  79  quart) 

.06 
.30 

■1' 

.06 

.06 

k '   Pease  chick 

Piekl4s 

Rice: 

European 

Saigon  or  Philippine 

Common 

Fine 

Shells,  salted 

Spices: 

Allspice,  whole 

Mustard 

Pepper,  red,  ground 

Pepper,  whole 

Saffron,  common 

per30-ounce  bottle.. 

per  pound.. 

do 

.024 
.014 

.024 

do.... 

per  3  pounds.. 

per  pound 

.Oli 
.15 

.014 

.01 

do.... 

per  10-ounce  packet. . 

per  pound.. 

'.V.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.. '.'.'.. V.aoV.'.'. 

.25 
.20 
.25 
.10 

.25 

.25 

.10 

.10 
.024 

do.... 

do 

.12i 

.074 
.06 
.06 

,  Sugar,  brown: 

U          First-class 

\i         Second-class              , 

ff  ^     Third-class 

do.... 

.05 

.05 

S.  Doc.  280- 


98 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


Prices  of  certain  articles  in  common  use  in  Manila,  April  1,  1900 — Continued. 


Articles. 

In  common  use  among— 

Whites. 

Natives. 

Chinese. 

Tea: 

First-class 

per  pound . . 

80.75 

80  25 

Tobacco: 

First-cla.ss 

do 

.25 
.15 
.10 

.20 

.m 

.15 
.17i 

.m 

.10 
.06 
.05 
.02i 
.05 

Second-class 

per  20-ounce  can. . 

;::;::;;::::;;::;:::;::::::::::::::do:;:: 

per  2-pound  head . . 

per  pound . . 

:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::do:::: 

do.... 

80. 15 
.10 

Third-class 

Vegetables,  canned: 

.10 

Peppers 

Other 

Vegetables,  fresh: 

Cabbage,  white 



Tomatoes 

.02^ 

Pot  herbs 

Salted,  pot  herbs 

Vermicelli 

.02 

per  3  pounds. . 

per  J  liter  (0.79  quart) . . 

per  k  liter  (0.53  quart).. 

per  16  liters  (16.91  quarts).. 

do.... 

per  pound. . 

per  (small)  box.. 

per  100  (small)  boxes 

.50 

;S 

2.00 
3.25 
.121 

.01 
.30 
.05 

1.25 
1.00 

Vinegar: 

European 

From  the  islands 

Wine,  red: 

Ordinary 

.021 

.021 

Superior 

Candles 

Matches: 

European 

.30 
.05 

30 

Oil,  kerosene,  Russian ... 
Soap,  laundry: 
First-class 

per  pound . . 

per  25  pounds. . 

.05 

Second-class 

1.00 

1.00 

Labor. — This  question  is  a  difficulty  felt  all  over  the  islands.  The 
lands  are  so  rich  and  produce  so  much  for  so  little  work  that  the 
nativ^e,  naturally  indolent,  finds  he  is  able  to  support  himself  with 
very  little  labor.  His  wants  are  few,  his  love  for  idleness  is  great. 
Skilled  labor  is  hard  to  get.  A  proposition  is  advanced  to  allow  the 
Chinese  to  come  in  as  laborers,  but  not  as  merchants,  claiming  "the 
unpopularity  of  the  Chinese  is  due,  not  to  their  coming  as  laborers  in 
the  labor  market,  but  as  to  skill  as  tradesmen."  In  the  great  works 
which  are  performed  here,  it  may  be  thought  w^ise  to  alloAV  companies 
to  bring  in  Chinese  skilled  laborers  under  a  bond  to  take  them  out 
when  the  work  is  accomplished.  The  hope  is  that  the  influx  of  the 
Americans,  the  high  prices  that  the  Americans  ^ive  for  their  work, 
and  the  examples  of  the  comforts  that  the  Americans  enjoy  will  teach 
these  people,  who  are  exceedingly  imitative,  that  the  things  they  now 
regard  as  mere  luxuries  are  equally  necessities,  and  that  a  desire  for 
them  will  induce  labor. 

WAGE  RATES. 


The  following,  taken  from  Bulletin  No.  32,  June,  1901,  Department 
of  Labor,  shows  the  rates  of  wages  paid  in  April  and  May,  1900,  in 
Manila,  in  QQ-^  establishments,  covering  69  distinct  industries,  of  which 
only  the  most  important  are  here  given.  The  whole  number  of 
emploj^ees  was  22,155,  of  w^hich  1S7  w'ere  white,  17,317  native,  and 
4.651  Chinese.  Under  each  occupation  the  highest  daily  rate  is  tirst 
given,  followed  by  the  lower  daily  rates  in  order,  and  b}'  the  highest 


GAZETTEEE   OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


99 


and  then  the  lower  monthl}^  rates,  Sunday  work  is  more  common 
than  in  the  United  States. '  The  rates  of  wages  given  are  in  gold. 
In  the  actual  transactions  silver,  of  exactly  half  the  value  of  gold,  is 
used,  and  the  amounts,  therefore,  in  all  cases  are  exactly  double  those 
here  shown.  In  all  ordinary  business  transactions  in  Manila  silver  is 
still  the  money  in  use.  The  gold  that  has  come  in  under  the  new  con- 
ditions does  not  appear  to  have  had  any  noticeable  effect  upon  the 
circulating  medium,  having  practically  disappeared.  Native  labor  is 
difficult  to  secure,  especially  skilled  labor.  Throughout  the  archi- 
pelago wages  have  doubled  or  trebled  since  United  States  occupation. 
All  employees  are  males,  except  where  otherwise  mentioned. 

Rates  of  ivuges  in  Manila,  April  and  May,  1900. 


Occupations. 


Nation- 
ality. 


Rate  of 
wages. 


Occupations. 


Nation- 
ality. 


Rate  of 
wages. 


Bookbinding  (i  estab- 
lishments) . 

Masters 

Workmen 


Workwomen 

Brewery  {1  establish- 
ment) . 

'    Master 

Foreman 

I    Workmen 


Carpenter  shop  (lU  es- 

tablishmaits) . 
Masters 


Apprentices. 


Apprentices       (chil- 
dren). 


Carpenters,  house 
establishments). 


Masters  . . . 
Workmen . 


Native.. 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 


White  .. 
Native.. 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 


Chinese 
...do... 
...do... 
,...do... 
...do... 
...do... 


...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 


Chinese 
....do.. 
....do.. 
....do.. 
....do.. 
....do.. 
....do.. 
....do.. 
....do.. 
....do.. 
....do.. 


81. 00  day. 
.  50  day. 
.37iday. 
.  25  day. 
.12iday. 
.  12i  day. 


150. 00  mo. 
30. 00  mo. 
22. 50  mo. 
15. 00  mo. 
10. 00  mo. 

8. 00  mo. 

5. 00  mo. 

5. 00  mo. 


a.  50  day. 
15. 00  mo. 
» .  m  day. 
» .  10  day. 
«■ .  05  day. 
» .  07i  day. 

»  2. 00  mo. 

» .  42i  day. 

".SViday. 

« .  25  day. 

■'.mday. 

» .  10  day. 
ai.OOmo. 
'10. 00  mo. 
"  9. 00  mo. 
«  8. 00  mo. 
»  6. 00  mo. 
a  5. 00  mo. 
»  4. 00  mo. 


Carriage  factory  (7  es- 
tablishments). 


Apprentices. 


Blacksmiths'  helpers 
Carpenters 


Cloth  workers. 


Leather  workers . 


Painters 


Workmen . 


'  1. 60  day. 
'1.00  day. 
» .  50  day. 
» .  50  day. 
» .  371  day, 
».37iday 
» .  25  day. 
» .  25  dav. 
".15  day. 
».15day. 
" .  12i  day 

»  Also  3  meals  and  room. 


Alcohol  distillery  (7 
establishments). 


Native... 
White  ... 
...do... 
Native.. 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
Chinese 
Native.. 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
Chinese 
Native.. 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
....do... 
....do... 
....do... 
....do... 
...do... 
....do... 
....do... 
....do... 
....do... 
....do... 
....do... 
....do... 


Chinese 
White  . . 


SI.  00  day. 

76. 00  mo. 

50. 00  mo. 

50. 00  mo. 

40. 00  mo. 

30. 00  mo. 

.  25  day. 

.  12i  day. 

4. 00  mo. 

3. 00  mo. 

.76  day. 

.  62i  day. 

30. 00  mo. 

22. 50  mo. 

20. 00  mo. 

15. 00  mo. 

9. 00  mo. 

8. 00  mo. 

5. 00  mo. 

.37iday. 

15. 00  mo. 

.62iday. 

.  50  day. 

30. 00  mo. 

15. 00  mo. 

16. 00  mo. 

9. 00  mo. 

.  62^  day. 

.50  day. 

22.50  mo. 

17. 50  mo. 

15. 00  mo. 

12. 50  mo. 

6. 00  mo. 

.75  day. 

.  50  day. 

22. 50  mo. 

20. 00  mo. 

15. 00  mo. 

9. 00  mo. 

8. 00  mo. 

.  75  day. 

.  60  day. 

22. 50  mo. 

'  16. 00  mo. 

8. 00  mo. 

7. 60  mo. 

6. 00  mo. 

5. 00  mo. 

7. 50  mo. 


"1.00  day. 
100. 00  mo. 


100  GAZETTEEE    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

Rate  of  icages  in  Manila,  April  and  May,  1900 — Continued. 


Occupations. 


Alcohol  distillery  ( 
€stablish7nents)- 
Continued. 
Masters 

Foremen 

Workmen 


Bakery  (12  establish- 


Barber  shop  (45  estab- 
lishments) . 


Bicycle  repairing  (i 

establishments). 

Masters 


Apprentice. 
Workmen . . 


Blacksmith  anc  veter- 
inary ( 1  establish- 
ment). 

Master 

Workmen 


White.. 
Native.. 
White.. 
Native.. 
...do... 
Chinese 
Native.. 
Chinese 
Native.. 
Chinese 
....do... 
White.. 
...do... 
Native.. 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
Chinese 
Native.. 


White  .. 
...do... 
...do... 
Native.. 
Chinese 
Native.. 
...do... 
Chinese 
Native.. 
...do... 
Chinese 
Native.. 
Chinese 


White  . . 
Native.. 
Chinese 
White  .. 
Native.. 
...do... 
...do... 


Chinese 
...do... 
White  .. 
...do... 
Native.. 
...do... 
...do... 


White  . 
...do.. 
Native. 


.do., 
.do.. 


White  . . 
Native. . 
...do... 


Rate  of 
wages. 


875. 00  mo. 

30. 00  mo. 

50. 00  mo. 

.75  day. 

.50  day. 

.50  day. 

.37iday. 

a.37iday. 

.  25  day. 

.  25  day. 

» .  25  dav. 

40. 00  mo. 

30. 00  mo. 

30. 00  mo. 

22. 50  mo. 

22. 50  mo. 

20. 00  mo. 

15. 00  mo. 

15. 00  mo. 

10. 00  mo. 

9. 00  mo. 

7. 50  mo. 

7. 50  mo. 

6. 00  mo. 

4. 00  mo. 


12  b40.00mo. 
12  {bSS.OOmo. 
12  bSO.OOmo. 
12  jbl5.00mo. 
12  »15.00mo. 
12  I  >>  9. 00  mo. 
12    i>  S.  00  mo. 


'8. 00  mo. 
'  6. 00  mo. 
'5. 00  mo. 
'5. 00  mo. 
'4. 00  mo. 
'4. 00  mo. 


1.00  day. 
.50  day. 

» .  50  day. 
30. 00  mo. 
15. 00  mo. 
15. 00  mo. 
.  25  day. 

" .  25  dav. 

« .  12i  day. 
15. 00  mo. 
12. 50  mo. 

9. 00  mo. 

8. 00  mo. 

7. 50  mo. 


2. 00  dav. 
1.50  day. 
1.00  day. 

.12Jdav. 

.50  day. 

.25  day. 


40. 00  mo. 
15. 00  mo. 
9. 00  mo. 


Occupations. 


Chocolate  factory    (7 
establishments). 

Masters Chinese 

Worlanen '  — do  . . . 

do... 

Cigar    and    cigarette  \ 
factory  {SI  establish- 
rnents). 


Apprentices. 
Box  fillers  . . 


Box  finishers. 


Cigarette  makers  . 

Cigarette  packers . 
Cigar  rollers 


Engineers. 
Foremen . . 


Sorters 

Workmen . 


Cigar-box  factory 
establishments). 


White.. 

Native.. 
....do... 
....do... 

White  .. 
....do... 
....do... 
....do... 

Native.. 
....do... 
....do... 
....do>>.. 
....doK.. 
....dob.. 
....do... 
....do... 
....do... 
....do... 
....do... 
....do... 
....dob.. 
....do... 
....do... 
....do... 

do>>.. 

'....dob.. 
....dob.. 
....dob.. 
....do... 
....do... 
....do... 
....dob.. 
....do... 
....dob.. 
....dob.. 
....do... 
....do... 
....dob.. 
....do... 
....dob.. 
....do... 
....do... 
....do... 

White  .. 
....do... 
....do... 

Native.. 
....do... 
....do... 
....do... 
....do... 

Chinese 
....do... 

Native. , 
....do... 
.-..do... 


White  . . 
....do... 
Native.. 
....do... 
Chinese 
Native.. 
Chinese 


'Also  3  meals  and  room. 


'Also  3  meals. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

Rates  of  wages  in  Manila,  April  and  May,  1900-  -Continued- 

101 

Occupations. 

Nation- 
ality. 

i . 

it 

Rate  of 
wages. 

Occupations. 

Nation- 
ality. 

X  ■ 

Rate  of 
wages. 

Cocoanul-oil  factory 

(1  cstublishment). 

^Master 

Native... 
....do.... 

8 
8 
8 
8 
8 
8 

10 
10 

8 

8 
8 
8 
8 
8 
8 
8 
8 
8 
8 
8 
8 
8 

8 

8 
8 
8 
8 
8 
8 
8 
8 
8 
8 
8 
8 
8 
8 
8 

10 
10 
10 

8 
8 
8 
8 
8 
8 

12 
12 
12 
12 
12 
12 
12 
12 
12 
12 

150. 00  mo. 
20. 00  mo. 
15. 00  mo. 
11.00  mo. 

7. 60  mo. 

6. 00  mo. 

"10. 50  day. 
".25  day. 

" .  37^  day. 
"50. 00  mo. 
1=50. 00  mo. 
=  50. 00  mo. 
"  40. 00  mo. 
=  30. 00  mo. 

17. 60  mo. 

15. 00  mo. 
"15. 00  mo. 

".10  day. 
"4. 00  mo. 
M.OOmo. 
t'3.00mo. 
c  3. 00  mo. 

" .  25  day. 

" .  10  day. 
"15. 00  mo. 
=  15. 00  mo. 
"10. 00  mo. 
9. 00  mo. 

"  9. 00  mo. 
8. 00  mo. 

=  8. 00  mo. 
7. 50  mo. 

*  7. 00  mo. 
6. 00  mo. 

"6.00  mo. 

i"  6. 00  mo. 

"  6. 00  mo. 
4. 00  mo. 

=  4. 00  mo. 
6. 00  mo. 

=  6. 00  mo. 

'1.60  day. 
d. 25  day. 
•i.mday. 

4. 00  day. 
4. 00  day. 
3. 00  day. 
1.00  day. 

.  75  day. 

.50  day. 

160. 00  mo. 
50. 00  mo. 
100. 00  mo. 
40. 00  mo. 
22. 50  mo. 
15. 00  mo. 
11. 00  mo. 
8. 00  mo. 
6. 00  mo. 
6. 00  mo. 

Essence    distilkry   (1 
establishment). 

White... 
Native... 
....do.... 

Chinese  . 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 

....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 

8 

S 
8 

10 
10 
10 
10 
10 

8 
10 
10 

8 

10 
10 
10 
10 
10 
10 
10 
10 

8 
10 
10 
10 

8 

10 
10 
10 
10 
10 

8 
8 
8 

8 

10 
10 
10 
10 

8 

8 
8 
8 
8 
8 
8 
8 
8 
8 
8 

8 
8 
8 
8 
8 
8 
8 
8 

$40. 00  mo. 

Comb  making  {1  estab- 
lishment). 
Master 

....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
Chinese  . 

Chinese  . 
....do.... 

Furniture  factory  {16 

establishments). 
Masters          

7. 50  mo. 
".50  day. 

Apprentices 

Apprentices       (chil- 
dren. 

"26.00  mo. 
"22. 60  mo. 
"20. 00  mo. 
"17. 50  mo. 
"15. 00  mo. 
"16. 00  mo. 
"2. 00  mo. 

Cmfectionery   {19  es- 
tablishments). 

Chinese  . 

White... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 

Native... 
....do.... 
....do.... 

Chinese  . 
do 

Apprentice  (child)  .. 
Scullions 

"3. 00  mo. 

"2. 00  mo. 
"1.60  mo. 
«.37iday. 

Guitar  factory  (2  estab- 
lishments). 

....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do..-. 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 

Native... 
do.  .. 

".26  day. 
".12iday. 
"16. 00  mo. 
"12.50  mo. 
"11. 00  mo. 

Native... 
....do.... 
....do.... 

Chinese  . 
....do.... 
....do.... 

Native.. - 

Chinese  . 

Native... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 

Chinese  . 

Native... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 

"10. 00  mo. 
"10. 00  mo. 

"9. 00  mo. 

"8. 00  mo. 

"7. 50  mo. 
"7.50  mo. 
'■6.00  mo. 
"5.00  mo. 
"4.50  mo. 
"4. 00  mo. 

1.00  day. 

Workmen 

.  50  day. 

Handsaw     mill     {16 

establishments). 
Masters 

....do.... 
....do.... 

Chinese  . 
do 

.37iday. 
.25  day. 

"1.00  day. 

Chinese  . 
....do.... 

Workmen 

» .  50  day. 

"'^^^^b&S)'^^- 

Harness  factory    {11 
establishments). 

Masters 

....do.... 
....do.... 

Native... 

White  . . . 

Native... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 

".25  day. 
'.15  day. 

Dentist    {/,    establish- 
ments). 
Masters 

....do.... 

White  ... 

Native... 

....do.... 

do 

1.00  day. 

Apprentice  (child)... 

60. 00  mo. 
30. 00  mo. 

25. 00  mo. 
22. 50  mo. 
2. 00  mo. 

Electric-light  plant  [1 
establishment) . 

....do.... 
....do.... 

White  ... 
....do.... 
....do.... 

....do.... 

.75  day. 

....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 

.60  day. 
.37iday. 
.25  day. 
20. 00  mo. 

Electrician,  assistant. 

16. 00  mo. 

Engineer,  assistant... 
Workmen 

Native... 
do 

11. 00  mo. 

1 

....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 

9. 00  mo. 
8. 00  mo. 
7. 50  mo. 
6. 00  mo. 
5. 00  mo. 

'Also  3  meals  and  room. 


<=  Also  2  meal  . 


■i  Also  meals  and  room. 


102  GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

Rates  oj  ivages'm  Manila,  April  and  May,  1900 — Continued. 


Occupations. 


Hat  and  parasol  fac- 
tory (1  establish7nent) . 
Mast  T,  hat  depart- 
ment. 
Master,  parasol  de- 
partment. 

Apprentices 

Engineer 

Workmen 


Hat  factory  (7  estab- 
lishments). 

Masters 


Workwoman ■ — 

Horseshoeing  (5  estab- 
lishments). 

Masters 

Workmen 


Ice  factory  (2  estab- 
lishments). 


Engineers 

Engineers,  assistant. 
Workmen 


Iron  foundry  (U  estab- 
lishments). 


Apprentices.. 
Blacksmiths  . 


Blacksmiths'  helpers 


Engineer 
Filers . . . 
Ladlers  . 

Molders. 


Nation- 
ality. 


...do.. 

Native ' 
White  . 
...do.. 
...do.. 
Native. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 


White  . 
Native. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 


Native . . 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 


White  .. 
,...do... 
Native.. 
Chinese 
Native.. 
....do... 
....do... 
....do... 


White  .. 
Native.. 
Chinese 
...do... 
Native.. 
Chinese 
Native.. 
Chinese 
Native.. 
Chinese 
Native.. 
White.. 
Native.. 
,...do... 
Chinese 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
....do... 
Native.. 
....do... 
Chinese 
...do... 


Rate  of 
wages. 


8100. 00  mo. 
75. 00  mo. 

4. 00  mo. 
50. 00  mo. 
40. 00  mo. 
30. 00  mo. 
22. 50  mo. 
19. 00  mo. 
15. 00  mo. 
22. 50  mo. 
15. 00  mo. 
10. 00  mo. 

7. 50  mo. 


40. 00  mo. 

30. 00  mo. 

25. 00  mo. 

.  50  day. 

.37idav. 

.25  day. 

15. 00  mo. 

10. 00  mo. 

8. 00  mo. 

7. 50  mo. 

6. 00  mo. 

5. 00  mo. 

4. 00  mo. 


1.00  day. 
.50  day. 
.37iday. 
.25  day. 


100.  GO  mo. 
62. 60  mo. 
30. 00  mo. 
.  25  day. 
15. 00  mo. 
11. 00  mo. 
9. 00  mo. 
7. 50  mo. 


75. 00  mo. 
50. 00  mo. 
15. 00  mo. 

.  10  day. 
3. 00  mo. 

.371  day. 
15. 00  mo. 
15.  00  mo. 
10. 00  mo. 
ag.OOmo. 
7.50  mo. 
40. 00  mo. 
30. 00  mo. 
15. 00  mo. 
»  7. 50  mo. 

.37iday, 
11. 00  mo. 
'11. 00  mo. 

.  25  dav. 
12. 50  mo. 
10. 00  mo. 
10. 00  mo. 

ao.oomo. 


Occupations. 


Iron  foundry  (i  estab- 

lish7nents) — Cont'd. 

Polishers 


Nation- 
ality. 


Iron  ivorks  {Ih  estab- 
lishments). 

Masters 

Apprentices       (chil- 
dren). 

Blacksmiths 

Blacksmiths'  helpers. 
Workmen 


3Iachinc.thop  (1  estab- 
lishment). 

Master 

Workmen 


Marble  works  {2  estab- 
lishments). 
Masters 


Millinery  (S  establish- 
ments). 
[All  ' 
Mistresses. 


Apprentices. . 
Workwomen . 


Perfume  factory  (1  es- 
tablishment). 

Master 

Workmen 

Workwomen 


Printing  { 10  establish- 


Master 

Apprentices. 

Compositors 


Engineers. 


Native.. 
Chinese 
...do... 
Native.. 
...do... 
...do... 
Chinese 
...do... 
...do... 


Chinese 
...do... 

...do... 
...do... 
...do... 


Native. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 


White  . 

do 
Native. 
...do.. 
...do.. 


White  . 
Native. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 


White  . 
Native. 
...do.. 


White. 
Native. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
White  . 
...do.. 
...do.. 
Native. 


'  Also  3  meals  and  room. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 
Bates  of  wages  in  Manila,  April  and  May,  1900 — Continued. 

103 

Occupations. 

Nation- 
ality. 

Rate  of 
wages. 

Occupations. 

Nation- 
ality. 

Is 

Rate  of 

wages. 

Pi-intinq  (10  establMi- 
««!(*•)— Cont'd. 

Native... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 

White... 

Native... 
do 

8 
8 
8 

8 
8 
8 
8 
8 
8 
8 

8 
8 
8 
8 

8 
8 
8 

8 
8 
8 
8 
8 
8 
8 
8 
8 
8 
8 
8 
8 
8 
8 

8 

10 
10 
10 
10 
10 

10 
10 

8 
10 

8 
10 
10 
10 

8 
10 
10 
10 
10 
10 
10 
10 
10 
10 
10 
10 
10 
10 
10 

8 
8 

?20.00mo 
18. 00  mo 
17. 50  mo 
15.00  mo 
7. 50  mo 
150. 00  mo 
2. 00  mo 
22. 50  mo 
15. 00  mo 
10. 00  mo 
7. 50  mo 
45. 00  mo 
45. 00  mo 
30. 00  mo 
25. 00  mo 
15. 00  mo 
7. 50  mo 
6. 00  mo 
4. 00  mo 

1.00  day 
22. 50  mo 
20. 00  mo 
17. 50  mo 
.  50  dav 
1.5. 00  mo 
12. 50  mo 
10. 00  mo 
9. 00  mo 
6. 00  mo 
.25  day 
7. 50  mo 
G.  00  mo 
5. 00  mo 
.  10  day 

1. 50  day 
1.00da\ 
.  75  day 
»..50da> 
"15.00  mo 
" . 10  day 
"2.00  mo 
".10da> 

".07ida 
"2. 00  mo 
.  50  day 
«.40da\ 
.37ida 
".37ida 
".35  day 
".30  day 
.25  day 
".25  day 
« .  20  day 
".18ida 
a.l2ida 
"10. 00  mo 
"9.  00  mo 
"8.00  mo 
"7. 50  mo 
"6.00  mo 
"5. 00  mo 
"4. 50  mo 
"4. 00  mo 
"3. 00  mo 
"3.00  mo 

2. 00  day 
1. 50  da> 

SilversmUhs  (29  estab- 
lishments)—Cont'd. 
Masters 

Native... 

White  . . . 

Native... 

do 

8 

8 
8 

8 
8 
8 
8 

8 

8 
10 

8 
10 

10 
8 
8 
10 
8 
10 
10 
10 
8 
8 
8 

8 
8 
8 

8 
8 

8 
8 

8 
8 
8 
8 
8 

10 
8 
8 
8 
8 
8 
8 
8 
8 

10 
8 
8 
8 
8 

8 
10 

8 
8 
8 

81. 00  dav. 

Masters               

50. 00  mo. 
30. 00  mo. 

.25  day. 
1.00  day. 

.75  day. 

.  50  day. 

.37  J  day. 

.25  day. 
22. 50  mo. 
15. 00  mo. 

....do.... 

Soap  factory  (22  estab- 
lishmmtJi). 

....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 

Native... 
Chinese  . 
White... 
Chinese  . 

....do.... 

White... 

Native... 

Chinese  . 

Native... 

Chinese  . 
....do.... 
....do.... 

Native... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 

White... 

Native... 

White... 

Native... 
....do.... 
....do.... 

Native... 
....do.... 

White... 
do 

....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 

....do.... 

Workmen 

do.... 

Shirt  factory  (7  estab- 
lishments). 

....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 

White  . . . 

Native... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 

.  75  day. 
".50  day. 
62. 50  mo. 
" .  10  day. 

«.07iday. 
30. 00  mo. 

Apprentices      (chil- 
dren). 

.371  day. 

«.37iday. 
.25  day. 

".25  day. 

".15  day. 

».12iday. 
15. 00  mo. 
10. 00  mo. 

7. 50  mo. 

6. 00  mo. 

Steam  saivmill  (1  es- 
tablishment). 

Workmen 

....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 

....do.... 

:::t:::: 

....do.... 

White... 

Native.. 
....do.... 

Chinese  . 
....do.... 
....do.... 

Engineer        ..  .. 

30  00  mo. 

Workwomen     (chil- 

Workmen 

30  00  mo 

dren). 
Shoe  factory  (31  estab- 
lishments). 
Masters 

Steel  engraving  (2  es- 
tablishments). 

15. 00  mo. 
10. 00  mo. 
7.  .50  mo. 

1. 00  day. 

Workmen 

Sugar  refinery  (1  es- 
tablishment). 
Master . 

.  60  day. 

Apprentices      (chil- 
dren). 

Workmen 

....do.... 
....do.... 

....do.... 
....do.... 

Native... 

Chinese  . 

Native... 

Chinese  . 
....do.... 
....do.... 

Native... 

Chinese  . 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.-.. 
....do.... 
....do 

75. 00  mo. 

Engineer 

62  50  mo. 

^'      Workmen 

Native... 
....do.... 
....do.... 

Chinese  . 

Chinese  . 

White  ... 

Native... 

White... 

Native... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 

Chinese  . 

Native... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 

....do.... 
....do.... 

Chinese  . 

Native... 
....do.... 
....do.... 

30. 00  mo. 

Y.      Tailor  shop  (97  estab- 
lishments). 

15. 00  mo. 

9. 00  mo. 
7. 50  mo. 

" .  50  day. 

f- 

50. 00  mo. 
50. 00  mo. 
40. 00  mo. 
30. 00  mo. 
22. 50  mo. 
20. 00  mo. 
17. 50  mo. 
15. 00  mo. 
a  15. 00  mo. 

Apprentices      (chil- 
dren). 

3. 00  mo. 
2. 00  mo. 
.12iday. 

Saversmiths  (29  estab- 
lishments). 

Native... 
....do.... 

3. 00  mo. 
2. 00  mo. 
"2. 00  mo. 

.50  day. 

.37iday. 

.25  day. 

♦asters 

.\lso  3  meals  and  room. 


104  GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

Rates  of  wages  in  Manila,  April  and  May,  1900 — Continued. 


Occupations. 

Nation- 
ality. 

1. 

Rate  of 
wages. 

Occupations. 

Nation- 
ality. 

r 

Rate  of 
wages. 

Tailm  shop  (97  estab- 
lishments)—Cont'd. 

Chinese  . 

Native... 

White... 

Native... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 

10 

8 
8 
8 
8 

8 
8 
8 
8 
8 
8 
8 
8 
8 
8 
8 
8 

"«' 

10 

8 

8 
10 

8 
8 
8 
8 
8 
8 
8 

8 
8 
10 
10 
10 
8 
10 
10 

«  SO.  25  day. 

.124  day. 

22. 50  mo. 

22. 50  mo. 

20. 00  mo. 

17. 50  mo. 

15. 00  mo. 

12. 50  mo. 

11. 00  mo. 

10. 00  mo. 

9. 00  mo. 

8. 00  mo, 

7. 50  mo. 

7. 00  mo. 

6. 00  mo. 

5. 00  mo. 

4. 00  mo. 

.25  day. 

.25  day. 

.15  day. 

».15day. 

.124  day. 

.124  day. 

».  124  day. 

.10  day. 

.10  day. 

.074  day. 

12. 50  mo. 

7. 50  mo. 

6. 00  mo. 

5. 00  mo. 

4. 00  mo. 

3. 00  mo. 

•2.00  day. 
30.  00  mo. 
"15. 00  mo. 
"12.  50  mo. 
a  10. 00  mo. 
4. 00  mo. 
'3. 00  mo. 
•2. 00  mo. 

Tin  shop  (2U  establish- 
ments)—Cont'd. 
Apprentices      (chil- 
dren). 

Workmen 

Undertakers  (5  estab- 
lishments). 
Masters       

Chinese  . 

....do.... 
....do.... 

Native... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 

Chinese  . 

Native... 

Chinese  . 

Native... 

Chinese  . 
....do.... 
....do.... 

Native... 
do ... . 

10 

10 
10 
8 
8 
8 
8 
8 
10 
8 
10 
8 
10 
10 
10 

8 
8 
8 
8 
8 
8 

8 
8 
8 

8 
8 
8 

8 
10 

8 
10 

«S2.00mo. 

•1.50  mo. 
.  75  day. 
20. 00  mo. 
15. 00  mo. 
12. 50  mo. 
10.  00  mo. 

9. 00  mo. 
•9. 00  mo. 

8. 00  mo. 

•  7. 50  mo. 
6. 00  mo. 

•6. 00  mo. 
•5. 00  mo. 

•  4. 00  mo. 

....do.... 
....do.... 

Chinese  . 

Native... 
....do.... 

Chinese  . 

Native... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 

White... 

Native... 

Chinese  . 
....do.... 
....do.... 

Native... 

Chinese  . 
....do.... 

1. 50  day. 

Coachmen 

.  75  day. 
.  50  day. 
.374  day. 
.25  day. 
.25  day. 

1. 00  day. 

40. 00  mo. 

•=40. 00  mo. 

=  30. 00  mo. 

.25  day. 

i 
Workmen 

....do.... 

....do.... 

....do.... 

do 

Watch  making  (6  estab- 
lishments). 
Masters 

Native... 

White  ... 
....do.... 
....do.... 

Native... 
..do. 

Tin  shop  {U  estdblish- 

Workmen 

.  50  day. 

Masters 

M'ood,  bone,  and  ham 
engraving  (i  estab- 
lishments). 

....do.... 

Chinese  . 
....do.... 
....do.... 

15. 00  mo. 

«.50day. 

Apprentices 

• .  50  day. 

•.25  day. 

....do.... 

•.25  day. 

'  Also  3  meals  and  room. 


>>  Not  reported. 


THE   PRESS   IN   THE   PHILIPPINES. 

The  Philippine  press  is  divided  into  daily,  weekly,  or  monthly 
issues,  classified  as  follows:  The  American  insular  press,  represented 
by  several  daily  newspapers,  the  Manila  Times,  the  Manila  Freedom, 
and  the  New^  American,  printed  in  the  English  lang-uage.  The  Span- 
ish Philippine  press,  having  in  common  the  language  in  which  they 
are  printed,  but  difl'ering  in  political  views  and  affiliations,  accord- 
ing to  the  interests  and  views  advocated.  The  following  are  the  most 
important  publications :     " 

La  Democracia,  the  organ  of  the  Federal  party. 

El  Comercio,  Spanish  independent,  a  mercantile  and  news  bulletin. 
It  is  the  oldest  newspaper  in  the  Manila  press. 

El  Renacimiento,  Filipino. 

El  Progreso,  Spanish. 

El  Noticiero  de  Manila,  Spanish. 

El  Diario  de  Filipinas,  the  organ  of  the  conservative  party. 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  105 

La  Fraternidad,  Filipino. 

El  Grito  del  Pueblo,  Filipino,  printed  in  Spanish  and  Tagalo. 
.    LiBERTAS,  the  organ  of  the  religious  orders. 

All  the  foregoing  are  printed  in  Manila.  Outside  of  the  capital,  two 
papers  are  issued  in  Cebu,  El  Nuevo  DIa.  and  El  Pueblo,  and  two  or 
three  others  in  Iloilo. 

There  are  also  weekly  or  monthly  publications.  Several  educa- 
tional institutions  and  associations  publish  their  leaflets  or  bulletins 
periodically.  The  first  newspaper  in  the  Philippines  was  established 
in  1811. 

In  1831  the  publication  of  La  Guia  de  Forasteros,  with  interesting 
^  notices,  supplemented  the  efforts  of  the  Government  to  promote  enter- 
prise in  the  exploitation  of  the  valuable  mineral,  lumber  and  other 
industries  of  the  islands. 

In  1852  the  Official  Bulletin  of  the  Philippine  Islands  was  established 
under  the  auspices  of  the  provincial  government.  It  may  be  said  that 
the  introduction  of  the  printing  press,  although  not  the  newspaper 
branch  of  that  important  industry,  took  place  in  the  archipelago  some 
years  prior  to  its  establishment  in  the  colonies  of  North  America. 

The  voluminous  literature  of  the  Philippine  Islands  in  many  lan- 
guages will  be  found  fully  described,  with  selected  list  of  authorities, 
under  the  head  "Philippine  Bibliography." 

CUSTOMS  SERVICE,  PHILIPPINE  ISLANDS. 

[Ports  of  entry  and  ports  for  coastwise  trade  only— classification  of  ports.] 

Entry  port;  a  port  at  which  a  custom-house  is  located,  a  collector 
i  of  customs  is  in  charge,  and  duties  are  collected. 
,      Open  port;  same  as  a  port  of  entry. 

Interior  port;  one  at  which   an  inspector  of  customs  has  been 
i  assigned  to  duty,  but  at  which  no  duties  are  collected. 
Local  port;  same  as  interior  port. 

Equipped  port;  either  an  entry  or  interior  port,  or  any  port  at 
which  a  customs  official  has  been  assigned  to  duty. 

Unequipped  port;  one  at  which  no  customs  official  has  been  assigned 
to  duty,  at  which  no  duties  are  collected,  and  at  which  no  vessels  are 
permitted  to  enter  except  by  order  of  the  military  governor  or  dis- 
trict commander. 

In  this  list  the  only  ports  referred  to  are  entry  and  interior  ports. 

PORTS  OF  ENTRY. 

Manila,  Luzon,  August  20,  1898. 

Iloilo,  Panay,  February  22,  1899. 

Cebu,  Cebu,  March  11,  1899. 

Jol6  (Sulu),''  Sulu  Archipelago,  December  26,  1899. 

SiAsi,"  Sulu  Archipelago,  December  26,  1899.  Discontinued  April 
30,  1902.     Subport  of  Sulu. 

Zamboanga,"  Mindanao,  December  26,  1899. 

Aparri,  Cagayan,  Luzon,  Manila  collection  district,  April  30, 1902, 
acting  collector. 

The  six  above-mentioned  ports  represented  all  of  the  entry  ports  in 
the  Philippine  Islands  April  30,  1902. 

The  island  of  Guam  is  not  considered  in  the  Philippine  service,  as 
said  port  has  never  made  any  report  to  the  Secretary  of  War. 

* 

*No  transactions  are  reported  previous  to  January  1,  1900. 


106 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


Philippine  jmrtsfor  coasting  trade  only.  '^ 

were  interior  port.i,  "for  co.a.stwise 


[On  January  1,  1902,  in  addition  to  the  6  entry  ports  named 

trade  only."] 


Name  of  port. 

Province. 

Island. 

When  opened. 

Collection  districts. 

Nov.    8,1900 
Jan.   27,1900 
Nov.    4,1900 
June  10,1900 
Jan.     1,1900 
Nov.    4, 1900 
Nov.,       1900 
Feb.     4, 1900 
June    1,1900 
Dec.  26,1899 
Feb.     1, 1900 
Feb.  22,1900 
See  Virac... 
June    1,1900 
do 

Manila. 

Albav 

Albay         

do 

Cebii 

Cebil 

Cebu 

Tayabas 

do 

Manila 

do 

Do 

Argao 

Cebii  . 

Cebu 

Cebu. 

Bac61od 

Negros  Occidental. . 
Cebii 

Negros 

Iloilo 

Cebii 

Cebii. 

BalavAn"      

Batangas 

Lnz6n  . 

Manila. 

Basilan  I 

Zamboarga 

Mindanao 

Zamboanga. 
Manila. 

Batangasii 

Cebil. 

Birac 

Catanduanes 

Marinduque 

Cebii 

Catanduanes 

Marinduque 

Cebii 

Manila. 

Cebij. 

Bolinao 

Zambale.s 

Luzon 

Apr.     7, 1900 
Mar.  13,1900 
Jan.  30,1900 
Apr.     6,1901 
Dec.  24,1900 
Aug.  20, 1901 
Apr.     3, 1900 
Jan.   30,1900 
Mar.    1, 1900 
Jan.     1, 1900 
Jan.    11,1900 
Feb.     1, 1900 
Mar.    5,1900 

Manila. 

Boiigao 

Tawi-Tawi 

Sulu  Archipelago... 

Zamboanga. 
Manila. 

Surigao 

Zambales 

Zamboanga. 
Manila. 

CabangAn 

Luzon 

Cebii. 

Misamis.... 

Zamboanga. 
Cebii. 

Calb^yoc* 

S&mar 

Calivo 

Cdpiz 

Panay 

Iloilo 

Manila. 

Iloilo. 

Cilrcar 

Cebii 

Cebrt 

Cebu. 

Carigara-Barugo 

(Two  ports) 

Do. 

Do. 

Catbalogan  * 

■ 

S&mar 

Jan.  30,1900 
Mar.  16,1899 
Jan.  12,1900 
June   9,1901 
Oct.    17,1900 
June    9, 19U1 
Apr.   10,1900 
Jan.     1,1900 
May  15,1901 
Feb.  14,1900 
Apr.     3, 1900 
Jan.  12,1900 
Jan.  30,1900 
June  15, 1900 
Mar.  12,1900 
Feb.  17,1902 
May  16,1901 
Feb.  14,1900 
Dee.  24,1900 
Oct.    22,1900 
June  22, 1900 
Aug.  20, 1901 
Feb.     1,1900 
June  19, 1900 
Apr.     3, 1900 
June  22, 1900 
Apr.     1, 1900 
Apr.     5, 1900 
Feb.   17,1902 
Jan.     3, 1901 
Jan.     1,1900 
Feb.  20,1900 
Jan.   30,1900 
Feb.  20,1900 
Nov.  16,1900 
Jan.  14,1901 
May  22,1900 
July     7,1900 
Aug.  20,1901" 
Apr.     7, 1900 
Mar.  13,1900 
Apr.     4, 1901 
Apr.  10,1900 

Do. 

Cavite 

Cavite 

Luzon 

Zamboanga. 

Ilocos  Norte 

Luzon 

Manila 

Cuyos  group  

Ambos  Camarines . . 
Pangasindn 

Manila. 

Dagupan 

do 

Do. 

Dalaguete 

Cebii 

Cebii 

Cebii 

do 

do 

Do. 

Dapitan . 

Dapitan 

Mindanao 

Zamboanga. 

DAvao 

Dfl.vao 

do 

Do. 

Manila. 

Dumaguete 

Negros  Oriental 

Cebii 

Negros  . 

Iloilo. 

Dumanjug 

Cebii 

Ceb)l. 

Hollo 

Iloilo. 

Marinduque 

Sorsog6n 

Marinduque 

Luzon 

Giibat 

Do. 

Guiuan* 

Sdmar 

Cebii 

Manila. 

Guindulman* 

Bohol 

Bohol       :     . 

Cebii. 

Hinunaii&an 

Leyte 

Levte 

Do. 

iba..f. ;::::::.: 

Manila. 

Ibaiay  

CApiz 

Iloilo. 

Iligan 

Misamis 

Mindanao 

Zamboansra. 

Inabadga* 

Bohol 

Bohol 

Cebii. 

Jagna,» 

Bohol 

Cebii. 

Jimamaylan 

Negros  Occidental. . 
Misamis 

Negros 

Iloilo. 

Jimenez 

Zamboanga. 

Ilocos  Norte 

Manila. 

Cebii. 

Legaspi 

Albay 

Luz6n 

Manila. 

do 

Do. 

Lobo6» 

do 

Do. 

..    do 

Do. 

Lucena 

Tayabas 

do 

Do. 

Maasin 

Leyte 

Levte 

Cebii 

Malitbog 

Levte. 

Manila. 

Mati 

D5.vao 

Mindanao 

Zamboanga. 

Manila. 

Maubto 

Tayabas 

do 

Do. 

»By  act  of  the  Philippine  Commission  July  17, 1901,  the  provinces  of  Batangas,  Bohol,  and  Cebii  were 
restored  to  military  government.  On  January  1,  1902,  Cebii,  and  on  April  7,  1902,  Bohol,  ports  were 
restored  to  coastwise  trade.  Under  General  Orders  372,  Division  of  the  Philippines,  Manila,  Series 
1901  (December  3),  ports  in  Batangas  and  Laguna  were  closed  to  trade  on  December  10  until  further 
orders.  May  1, 1902,  ports  of  Batangas  and  Laguna,  Luzon,  and  island  of  Mindoro  opened  for  resump- 
tion of  trade.  The  ports  of  Sdmar  were  also  closed  on  account  of  military  operations  in  that  island. 
Reopened  May,  1902. 

I'  Port  of  entry  April  30,  1902. 

<!  Opened  February  2,  1900.    Closed  June  10,  1900.    Reopened  as  above. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS,  107 

Philippine  ports  for  coasting  trade  only — Continued. 


Name  of  port. 

Province. 

Island. 

When  opened. 

Collection  districts. 

Misamis 

Apr.     3, 1900 
Feb.     4,1900 
Dec.  17,1900 
Feb.  28,1900 
Nov.  27,1900 
Jan.     1, 1900 
Aug.  17,1900 
Feb.  22,1900 
June    1,1900 
Feb.   21,1901 
July     7, 1900 
Feb.   28,1900 
Dec.     6, 1900 
June    9,1901 
Jan.    10,1900 
Aug.     6,1900 
May     2, 1901 
Feb.   17,1902 
June    1,1900 
Jan.     1,1900 
May     2,1901 
Feb.     1,1900 
Jan.  26.1900 
July  14,1900 
Feb.     1,1900 

Feb.     4.1900 
June    1,1900 
Jan.   30,1900 
Apr.     7, 1900 
Feb.     1, 1900 
Apr.     3, 1900 
Feb.     1, 1900 
Feb.  14,1900 
Jan.   30,1900 
Mar.  22, 1900 
May  16,1901 
Apr.     5, 1900 
June  22,1900 
Jan.     1,1900 
Jan.   30,1900 

Cebii 

Cebii. 

Batangas 

Luzon  

Manila. 

Ambos  Camarines . . 

do 

Do. 

do 

Do. 

)raiii 

Bataiin 

do 

Do. 

Misamis 

Mindanao 

Zamboanga. 

Cebu. 

Masbate 

Masbate 

Iloilo. 

Zambales 

Luzon  

Manila. 

Leyte 

Leyte. 

Cebu. 

Ambos  Camarines . . 

Manila. 

Puei'tcj  Princesa 

Palawan 

Palawan 

Palawan. 

Iloilo. 

Ilocos  Norte 

Zambales 

Manila. 

...do 

Do. 

Negros  Occidental.. 

Negros                  

Iloilo. 

Do. 

do 

Do. 

Zambales 

do        

Do. 

do 

do 

Do. 

Santa  Cruz  de  Napo.. 
^an  Jos6deLagonoy. 

Marinduque 

Ambos  Camarines . . 
Antique 

Marinduque 

Do. 
Do. 

Panay 

Iloilo. 

Vista. 

Cebii 

Cebu. 

jilay 

Negros  Occidental.. 

Negros 

iroilo. 

Luz6n 

Manila 

do 

Do. 

'Siibig 

Zambales 

.do 

Do. 

Surlgao 

Mindanao 

Zamboanga. 

Manila. 

fabaco 

Albay         

do 

Do. 

Tacloban 

Leyte 

Leyte 

Cebii. 

Bohol 

Bohol 

Do. 

rorriios 

Marinduque 

Bohol 

Marinduque 

Bohol             

Manila. 

Pubigon* 

Cebii. 

do 

do 

Do. 

Yigan 

Manila. 

Virac  (Birae) 

Catanduanes 

Catanduanes 

Do. 

\\lAst  of  ports  of  entry  and  ports  open  to  coastwise  trade  only,  by  collection  districts,  in  the 
;  Philippine  Islands. 

[Ports  of  entry  and  collection:  Cebii,  embracing  the  Islands  of  Cebii,  Leyte,  S^mar,  and  Bohol;  Iloilo, 
embracing  the  islands  of  Negros,  Panay,  Masbate,  and  Rombl6n;  Manila,  embracing  the  islands  of 
Luzon,  Marinduque,  Catanduanes;  Palawan,  embracing  the  islands  of  the  Calamianes,  Cuyos,  and 
Palawan;  Zamboanga,  embracing  the  islands  of  Basilan,  Mindanao,  and  Sulu  Archipelago,  except 

;    Sulu  and  Siasi  ports  of  entry.] 


Name  of  port. 

Province. 

Island. 

When 
opened. 

CEBT5. 

A.rgao 

Cebu                    .... 

Cebii 

Nov.    4, 1900 

Salamb^n 

do 

do 

Feb.     4, 1900 

Feb.  22,1900 

Bogo.   

Cebu 

Cebii 

June    1,1900 

^aballan 

Leyte 

Leyte 

Aug.  20,1901 

3alb4voff» 

Sdmar 

Jan     30, 1900 

Cebii 

Cebii 

Feb.     1, 1900 

3arigara-Barugo 

Two  ports 

Leyte 

Mar.    5, 1900 

^atbalogan ' 

S&mar 

Jan.   30,1900 

Cebii 

Cebii 

May  15,1901 

do 

do 

Feb.  14,1900 

::::.do.:....: 

do 

Mar.  12,1900 

3uiuan» 

Simar 

Dec.   24,1900 

3uindulman» 

Bohol 

Bohol 

June  22  1900 

Aug.  20,1901 

Bohol 

Bohol 

June  22, 1900 

[agn4» 

do     .     . 

.      .do 

Apr.     5,1900 

Lagiian* 

S&mar 

Feb    20  1900 

Maasin 

Lpvtp 

Leyte 

July    7,1900 
Aug.  20, 1901 
Feb.     4  1900 

Malitbog*' 

s'aga 

Cebii 

Cebii 

»  Closed  until  further  orders.    See  foot 
^uzon,  and  island  of  Mindoro opened  for 
>^  This  port  opened  February  12, 1900. 

note  (a),  p.  106.    May  1 
resumption  of  trade.   Po 
Closed  June  10, 1900.    R 

1902,  ports  of  Batangas 
rts  of  Sdmar  were  reopei 
eopened  as  above. 

and  Laguna, 
led  May,  1902. 

108 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


List  of  ports  of  entry  and  ports  open  to  coastwise  trade  only ,  etc. — Continued. 


Name  of  port. 

Province. 

Island. 

When 
opened. 

Ormoc 

Leyte 

Leyte 

Feb.  22,1900 
July     7, 1900 

Cebii 

Tacloban 

Leyte 

Leyte 

Jan    30  1900 

Bohol 

Bohol 

Mar.  22,1900 

do 

Apr.     5,1900 

tjbaj-.. ::::::::;: 

do.. 

II.OlLO. 

Negros  Occidental  . . . 
Cdpiz 

Calivo 

Panay 

Mar.  1,1900 
Jan    11  1900 

Cdpiz 

do 

do 

Negros  Oriental 

Iloilo 

Ibaiav 

Cftpiz 

do 

June  19  1900 

Negros  Occidental 

Romblon 

Romblon 

Romblon 

Jan.    10,1900 

Negros  Occidental 

Silav         

Negros  Occidental  . . . 
Zambales . 

Negros 

June    1  1900 

MANILA. 

Agno 

Luz6n  

Nov.    8, 1900 

Albay 

Albay 

do 

Jan     27  1900 

do 

Aparri  (port  of  entry  April  30,  1902)  . . . . 
Balay&n" 

do 

Batangas 

do 

June    1  1900 

do 

Feb.     1, 1900 

Bolinao .              

Zambales 

Luz6n  

Apr.  7,1900 
Jan    30  1900 

Bulan 

Sorsog6n 

do 

do 

Cand6ii 

Ilocos  Sur 

do. 

Jan.     1,1900 

Cavite 

Cavite 

do 

Mar    16  1899 

do 

Oct.    17,1900 

DAet 

Ambos  Camarines 

Pangasinto 

do 

Apr.   10,1900 

Dagupan  .... 

do 

Jan      1  1900 

do 

Jan.   30,1900 

May  16,1901 
Feb.  14,1900 

Gilbat .  .. 

Sorsogon 

Luzon 

Guinavail&an 

Tavabas 

do 

Oct     22  1900 

Iba..." 

do 

Feb.     1,1900 

Laoag  

Ilocos  Norte 

....do..    .. 

Jan.     1,1900 

Legaspi 

Albay 

do 

Jan    30  1900 

do 

Feb.  20,1900 

Lobo6» 

do 

Lucap  . 

Zambales 

do 

Jan    14, 1901 

Tavabas 

do 

May  22,1900 

do 

Apr.  7, 1900 
Apr.     4, 1901 

Matnog 

Sorsog6n . 

.  .do 

Maubdn 

Tayabas 

do 

Apr.  10,1900 
Dec.   17,1900 

Nasugbu"  

do 

Ambos  Camarines 

Zambales 

do 

Feb.  2.H,1900 

01ongap6 

do 

Nov.  27,1900 

Orani 

BataAn 

do 

Jan      1  1900 

Palduig 

do 

Feb.  21,1900 

Pasacao 

Ambos  Camarines 

Ilocos  Norte 

do 

Feb.   28,1900 

Salomague 

do   . 

Aug.  6, 1900 
May     2,1901 

San  Antonio 

Zambales 

do 

.  ...do 

do 

San  Fernando. 

Union 

do 

Jan.     1,1900 

San  Narciso 

Zambales 

do 

May  2,1901 
Feb.     1, 1900 

do 

do 

Jan.   26,1900 

San  Jos6  de  Lagonoy 

Ambos  Camarines .... 

Luz6n  

July  14,1900 
Jan.   30,1900 

do 

Sual 

do 

Apr.  7, 1900 
Feb.     1,1900 

Siibig 

do 

Taala.  . 

Batangas 

.  ...do.. 

Do. 

Tabaco 

Albay 

do 

Feb    14  1900 

Mav   16,1901 

Vigan 

June    1,1900 

Virac  (Birae) 

Albay 

Catanduanes  . .      .  . 

Jan.   30,1900 

PALAWAN. 

Culi6n 

Galamianes 

Calamianes 

June    9  1901 

Cuvo 

Cnyo 

Cuyos  group. . 

Do. 

Puerto  Prineesa 

Palawan 

Do. 

GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


109 


List  of  ports  of  entry  and  ports  open  to  coastwise  trade  only,  etc. — Continued. 


Name  of  port. 

Province. 

Island. 

When 
opened. 

ZAMBOANGA. 

BoiiSao 

Tawi-Tawi 

Sulu  Archipelago 

Mar.  13. 190o 
Apr.     6, 1901 
Apr.     3, 1900 
Jan     12  1900 

do 

Cotabato 

Cotabato 

.      do 

Dapitan 

do 

Apr.     3,1900 

D4vao 

do 

IliKHii 

Misamis .         

do 

Apr.     3, 1900 
Apr.     1,1900 
Jan.     3,1901 

Jsabela  de  Basilan 

Basilan 

Basilan 

Misamis 

Mali       

DAvao  

do 

Mar.  13,1900 

Misamis 

Misamis 

do 

Apr.     3,1900 
Aug.  17, 1900 

do 

do 

do 

Suripao 

Surigao 

do 

Apr.     3, 1900 

LIGHT-HOUSES. 

.  The  Light-House  service  of  the  islands  is  under  the  jurisdiction  of 
the  United  States  naval  officer  performing  duties  for  the  insular  gov- 
ernment as  captain  of  the  port  of  Manila  and  chief  of  the  bureau  of 
coast  guard  and  transportation.  Appropriations  for  the  maintenance 
and  repair  of  these  light-houses  are  made  from  the  insular  treasury. 
The  number  and  class  of  lights  is  being  extended  to  keep  pace  with 
the  expansion  of  maritime  and  interisland  intercourse. 

LOCATION  OF  LIGHTS  AND  WATERS  LIGHTED. 

[For  technical  description  see  island  or  province  of  location.] 

Balabac  Island;  on  the  point  S.  side  of  entrance  to  Calandorang  Bay,  for  vessels 
entering  or  leaving  the  Sulu  Sea  by  Bahlbac  Strait.     One  fixed  light. 
Cape  Melville,  on  the  hill  near  and  NW.  of  the  cape  S.  end  of  Baldbac  Island,  for 
vessels  passing  between  the  China  and  Sulu  seas  by  Balabac  Strait,  between 
the  island  of  that  name  and  Borneo.     Light,  1  flash  every  20  seconds. 
Bdrias  Island: 

Busuanga  Port,  Piedras  Point,  NE.  coast  of  Burias  Island,  lighting  entrance  to 
Ragay  Gulf,  S.  coast  of  Luzon,  between  Ambos  Camarines  and  Tayabas. 
Light,  fixed  blue. 
Busin  Islet,  off  the  N.  coast  of  Burias  Island,  at  W.  entrance  to  Port  Busin,  and 
lights  the  channel  between  Burias  Island  and  S.  point  of  Tayabas  province, 
between  Ragay  Gulf  and  Mindoro  Sea.     Light,  1  fixed. 
Colorado  Point,  NW.  coast  Burias  Island,  lighting  channel  between  Burias  and 
Tayabas,  Luzon,  and  the  channel  between  Ragay  Gulf  and   Mindoro  Sea. 
Light,  1  fixed. 
Enyano  Mouth,  SE.  coast  of  Burias  Island,  lighting  approach  to  San  Bernardino 

Strait  to  the  E.  and  toward  the  Verde  Passage  to  the  W.     Light,  1  fixed. 
Malaquing-Iiog,  S.  end  of  Burias  Island,  lighting  the  approach  to  San  Bernardino 
Strait  on  the  E.     Light,  1  fixed  blue. 
Cabra  Island,  about  656  yds.  from  the  sea,  near  the  W.  point  of  the  island,  off  the 
NW.  point  of  Liibang  Island.     It  is  the  outer  light  of  approach  to  Manila  Bay 
from  the  SW.,  and  the  light  to  the  W.  end  of  Verde  Passage  between  Luzon 
and  Mindoro  and  connecting  the  China  and  Mindoro  seas.     Light,  1  flash; 
every  minute  shows  2  flashes,  each  of  8  seconds'  duration,  separated  by  an 
interval  of  7  seconds,  the  group  being  separated  by  an  interval  of  37  seconds. 
Capul  Island,  on  the  N.  point  of  the  island  of  that  name,  165  yds.  from  its  extrem- 
ity.    It  lights  the  W.  entrance  to  San  Bernardino  Strait  between  Samar  and 
Luzon,  and  the  S.  route  from  the  Pacific  Ocean  across  Mindoro  Sea  to  Manila, 
via  the  Verde  Passage.     Light,  1  fixed. 
Cebt^  Island: 

Bagdcai  Point,  E.  side  of  Cebii  Island,  lighting  the  NE.  entrance  to  the  port  of 

Cebu  between  Mactan  Island  and  the  mainland.     Light,  1  fixed. 
Cebii  port,  on  Mactan  Island.     Light,  1  fixed  red. 
Cebu  port,  San  NicoMs  Church  tower,  60  ft.  high.     Light,  1  fixed. 
Cebii, port,  on  Port  Cebii,  at  the  SE.  salient  of  the  fort  (San  Pedro).     Light,  1 
.  fixed  red. 

Lanis  Point,  approach  to  Cebii  port,  36  ft.  above  the  water.    Light,  1  fixed  green. 
Lipata  Bank,  at  the  entrance  to  Port  Cebii,  42  ft.  above  the  sea.    Light,  1  fixed  red. 


110  GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

Leyte  Island: 

Canduai  {Canamay)  Islet,  S.  side  of  Janabatas  Channel,  W.  entrance  between 
Samar  and  Leyte,  and  connecting  Carigara  Bay,  on  the  Visayai  Sea,  with  San 
Pedro  and  San  Pablo  Bay,  on  the  Pacific  side.     Light,  1  fixed  red. 

Taclohan,  on  Panirugan  Point,  E.  coast,  entering  Juanico  Strait  from  San  Pedro 
Bay  SE.     Light,  f  fixed  red. 
Luz6n  Island: 

Aparri,  NW.  from  and  at  the  mouth  of  the  Grande  de  Cagaydn  River,  about 
278  yds.  from  the  sea,  1,684  yds.  from  the  1.  bank  of  the  river,  on  the  N.  coast 
of  Luzon,  between  Engafio  Cape  on  the  E.  and  Bojeador  Cape  on  the  W. 
Light,  1  flash  every  second. 

Bojeador  Cape,  on  the  summit  of  a  hill  1,750  yds.  E.  of  the  NW.  extreme  of  the 
cape  at  the  extreme  NW.  point  of  Luzon.  It  is  the  most  W.  of  the  lights  on 
the  N.  coast  of  the  .sland,  and  in  the  approach  of  vessels  from  the  China  coast 
on  the  NW.     Light,  1  flash  every  minute. 

Capones  Grande,  328  yds.  within  the  W.  extremity  of  the  island.  Light,  1  flash 
every  30  seconds;  eciipse  total.  Lights  the  approach  to  Subig  and  Manila 
bays  from  the  NW. 

Dagupan,  S.  shore  of  Lingayen  Gulf,  Pangasinan  Province,  NE.  side  of  Dagupan 
River,  entrance  on  Point  Guecet.  Light,  1  fixed  red.  Lights  the  approach  to 
Dagupan,  the  N.  terminus  of  the  Manila  and  Dagupan  Railroad. 

Engano  Cape,  on  the  extreme  N.  pomt  of  Palaui  Island,  on  the  summit  of  a  hill 
at  the  northeasternmost  point  which  forms  the  cape.  Light,  1  flash  every  30 
seconds;  2  flashes  in  succession.  It  lights  the  approach  from  the  Pacific  to  the 
extreme  NE.  point  of  Luzon,  and  the  channel  between  the  Babuyanes  Islands 
and  the  mainland.     It  is  the  ea.<ternmost  of  the  lights  on  the  N.  coast  of  Luzon. 

Malabrigo  Point,  on  the  S.  coast  of  Batangas,  on  the  N.  shore  of  the  Verde  Pas- 
sage separating  Luzon  from  Mindoro,  on  the  steamer  route  between  that  pas- 
sage and  San  Bernardino  Strait,  the  S.  route  between  the  Pacific  Ocean  and  the 
China  Sea  on  the  voyage  from  the  United  States  to  INIanila.  Light,  1  flash 
white  and  red;  1  red  and  2  white  flashes  every  20  seconds;  time  between  white 
flashes,  3  seconds;  from  white  to  red  flash,  8  seconds;  from  red  to  white  flasn, 
9  seconds. 
Manila  Bay: 

Caballo  Island,  lighting  the  S.  channel  of  entrance  to  Manila  Bay  between  Cavite 
and  Corregidor.     Light,  1  fixed. 

Corregidor  Island,  on  the  highest  part,  and  lighting  the  approach  to  the  bay  from 
the  China  Sea.  Light,  1  flash  white  and  red;  alternate  flashes  every  10  sec- 
onds separated  by  total  eclipses. 

Corregidor  Island,  W.  mole  head.     Light,  1  fixed. 

Manila,  on  the  battery  S.  side  of  quay,  mouth  of  Pdsig  River.  Light,  2  fixed 
electric,  horizontal,  "and  3  ft.  apart. 

Manila,  W.  mole.     Light,  1  fixed  red. 

Pdsig  River,  mouth  of,  on  the  N.  side  of  quay.     Light,  1  fixed  red. 

San  Nicolds  Banks,  in  Manila  Bay,  on  the  NW.  head  of  the  NW.  of  the  2  shoals 
which  form  the  bank.     Light,  1  flash  every  minute;  flash  20  seconds,  eclipse 
40  seconds;  electric. 
Sangley  Point,  light  at  the  extremity  of  the  W.  head  to  Cavite  Bay.     Light,  1 
fixed  red. 

Santiago,  about  66  yds.  N.  of  S.  extreme  of  the  cape  on  the  W.  head  of  Baiaydn 
Bay,  S.  shore  of  Batangas,  and  lights  the  Verde  Fas.sage  between  Luzon  and 
Mindoro  W.  entrance.  It  is  one  of  the  principal  lights  of  approach  to  Manila 
Bay  from  the  San  Bernardino  or  S.  route  across  the  islands.  Light,  1  flash 
every  36  seconds,  3  flashes  in  succession;  flash  4  seconds,  eclipse  2  seconds; 
flash  4  seconds,  eclipse  2  seconds;  flash  4  seconds,  eclipse  20  seconds. 

San  Fernando,  S.  point  of  entrance  to  that  port,  E.  head  to  Lingayen  Gulf,  and 
one  of  the  lights  on  the  Western  or  Chiiii  Sea,  coast  of  N.  Luzon,  in  Union 
Province.  Light,  1  fixed  red.  On  January  1,  1902,  changed  to  1  fixed  white 
(N.  to  W. );  also  range  lights  established  ^ 

Sualport,  Portuguese  Point,  in  the  SW.  angle  of  Lingayen  Gulf.  Light,  1  fixed  red. 
Masbate  Island,  Bugui  Point,  on  the  highest  part,  about  190  yds.  E.  from  its 
extremity.  At  the  extreme  N.  point  of  ftlasbate  Island,  and  iightmg  the  chan- 
nel between  that  island  and  Burias  and  Ticao  islands  on  the  N.  side  of  tfie 
channel  leading  to  San  Bernardino  Strait.  Light,  1  flash  white  and  red  alter- 
nately every  30  seconds. 


GAZETTEER   OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS,  111 

Mindanao  Island: 

DapiUm  Ban,  Tubud  Point,  the  S.  head  of  tlie  channel  between  Mindanao  and 

Negros,  and  connecting  the  Mindanao  and  Suhi  seas.     Light,  1  flasii  red. 
Davao  Port,  N.  point  of  entrance  to  Diivao  Eiver,  lighting  the  channel  of  Pasi- 

putan  Strait  lietween  Sdmal  I.  and  the  mainland  on  the  W.  shore  of  Diivao 

Bay.     Light,  1  fixed  red. 
Glan  [Glan  Masila)  River,  S.  side  of  river  entrance  on  Canalasan  Cove,  near  the 

E.  head  to  Sarangani  Bay,  S.  coast.     Light,  1  fixed. 
3fati,  on  the  pier  at  the  head  of  Pujada  Bay,  Davao,  E.  coast  of  Mindanao. 

Lights,  2  fixed  red. 
Oroquiela,  in  front  of  the  municipal  building  on  the  W.  shore  of  Iligan  Bay. 

Light,  1  fixed  red. 
Parang  Parang,  Polloc  or  Palac  Harbor,  on  the  mole  heads  PI  shore  of  Illana 

Bay,  Cotabato  Province.     Lights,  1  fixed  red,  1  fixed  green. 
Zamboanga,  on  the  extremity  of  the  mole,  S.  point,  and  lights  Basilan  Strait 

between  Mindanao  and  Basilan  Island  and  the  connecting  channel  between 

Sulu  and  the  Celebes  seas.     Light,  I  fixed  red. 
Palawan  (Paragua). 

Port  Royalist  {Puerto  Princesa).  Tide  pole  point.     Lights  the  Sulu  Sea  passage 

along  the  E.  coast  of  Palawan  between  Baldbac  and  Mindoro  straits.     Light, 

I  fixed. 
Port  Royalist  {Puerto  Princesa),  Obando  Mole.     Light,  1  fixed. 
Panay  Island: 

Calabazas,  S.  extremity  of  the  E.  islet.     At  the  N.  entrance  to  Iloflo  Strait  be- 
tween Panay  and  Negros.     Light,  1  flash  every  15  seconds;  3  flashes  in  quick 

succession;  eclipses  total. 
Guimards  Island,  SW.  extremity  4 J  m.  N.  24°  30^  W.,  from  Point  Lasaran.     The 

E.  head  to  the  S.  entrance  to  Iloflo  Strait  between  Guimards  and   Panay 

Islands.     Light,  1  flash  white  and  red  every  15  seconds;  group  of  3  white  flashes 

followed  by  1  red  flash. 
Jloilo  {Siete  Pecados),  at  the  N.  entrance  of  the  narrow  channel  of  Iloflo  Strait  be- 
tween Guimarjis  and  Panay  Islands,  and  leading  to  Iloilo  Harbor.     Light,  1 

fixed  with  red  sector. 
Iloilo,  right  point  of  entrance  to  Iloflo  River.     Light,  I  fixed  red. 
Manigonigo  Islet,  off  the  NE.  extremity  of  Panay,  lighting  the  channel  in  the  Vis- 

ayan  Sea  between  that  point  and  the  extreme  SW.  point  of  Masbate.     Light, 

I  flash  every  5  seconds. 
North  Gigante  Island,  on  the  most  salient  point  of  the  N.  extremity  and  lights  the 

channel  in  the  Visayan  Sea  between  the  Nil  point  of  Panay  and  the  S.  coast 

of  Masbate.     Light,  1  flash  white  and  red;  every  15  seconds  3  white  flashes, 

followed  by  1  red  flash. 
Rombl6n  Island: 

Off  Agbatdn,  beacon  near  Sabang  Point.     Light,  1  fixed. 
Off  Binagon  Point,  beacon.     Light,  1  fixed. 
Sabang  Point,  N.  entrance.     Light,  1  fixed. 
Off  Sabang  Beacon.     Light,  1  fixed. 
Off  Rosas  Point,  beacon.     Light,  1  fixed. 
Samar  Island: 

Calbdyoc,  W.  coast  at  N.  end  of  town  near  the  outpost.     Light,  1  fixed  red. 

Lights  the  api>roach  to  Janabahis  Channel. 
Catbalogan,  W.    coast,    on   army   headquarters   building.     Light,    1    fixed   red. 

Approach  to  Janabatiis  Channel  on  the  N. 
San  Bernardino,  on  the  summit  of  an  islet  in  the  E.  entrance  to  San  Bernardino 

Strait,  the  first  light  of  approach  to  the  S.  route  to  the  island  from  the  Pacific 

to  Manila.     Light,  1  flash  white  and  red,  alternating  every  30  seconds;   white 

flash  1  second,  eclipse  14  seconds;  red  flash  1  second,  eclipse  14  seconds. 
Sulu  Archipelago: 

Siasi  Island,  shown  at  an  elevation  of  20  ft.  from  framework,  near  the  end  of  the 

wharf  of  Siasi.     Lights  the  Celebes  seacoast  of  Sulu  Archipelago  and  approach 

to  Tapaan  interisland  passage  to  Sulu  Sea.     Light,  harbor,  red. 

WEATHER  SERVICE, 

A  weather  bureau  for  the  islands  was  established  by  act  (P,  C,  No. 
131)  May  22, 1901,  with  stations  at  Aparri  (Cagayan),  Bagnio  (Heno-uet), 
Dagupan  (Pangasinan),  San  Fernando  (Union),  and  San  Isidro  (Nueva 


112  GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHrLIPPI>-E    ISLANDS. 

Ecija).  in  Luzon;  Capiz  (Capiz).  Cebii  (Cebu).  and  Iloilo  (lloilo).  in 
Panav;  ^laasin.  Ormoo,  andTacloban,  in  Leyte;  Tagbilaran,  in  Bohol, 
in  the  Yasayas  and  Butiian,  and  Surigao  (Surigao).  ^lindanao.  with 
central  office  at  Manila.  The  Philippine  Islands  are  known  to  naviga- 
tors as  the  *•  breeding  ground"  of  typhoons.  The  establishment  of 
forecasts  and  warnings  on  the  Chinese,  Formosa,  and  Japanese  coasts 
is.  therefore,  of  value  to  commerce. 

COMMERCE  OF  THE  PHILIPPINE  ISLANDS. 

''The  United  States  will  for  the  term  of  ten  years  from  the  date  of 
the  exchange  of  the  ratifications  of  the  present  treaty,  admit  Spanish 
ships  and  merchandise  to  the  ports  of  the  Philippine  Islands  on  the 
same  terms  as  ships  and  merchandise  of  the  United  States."  [Article 
IV.  Treaty  of  Paris.] 

Customs. — The  custom-hoase  at  Manila  was  opened  for  business 
by  the  United  States  military  government  August  20,  1898.  The 
Spanish  tariff  and  customs  regulations  found  in  force  were  continued. 
In  anticipation  of  the  occupation  of  Manila,  a  translation  of  the  Span- 
ish tariff,  with  some  modifications,  had  been  prepared  in  Washington 
prior  to  the  arrival  of  the  troops,  and  by  order  of  the  President,  dated 
July  13,  1898,  directions  were  given  to  proclaim  and  enforce  the  tariff 
in  the  islands  as  soon  as  the  United  States  forces  obtained  possession. 
This  tariff  and  the  accompanying  orders  were  received  at  Manila  in 
September,  after  the  custom-house  had  been  in  operation  for  some 
weeks.  It  was  at  once  published,  to  take  effect  October  1, 1898.  The 
proclamation  of  this  new  tariff,  and  the  short  notice  given  of  the 
change,  caused  many  protests,  petitions,  and  requests  from  merchants 
and  other  persons  doing  business  in  Manila,  for  which  reason  it  was  ^ 
decided  by  the  military  governor  that  to  put  it  into  effect  at  once  would 
derange  trade  and  prejudice  American  interests.  Its  enforcement 
was  therefore  postponed. 

The  following  G.  O.,  No.  10.  Manila,  P.  I..  October  26.  1898,  waSj 
accordingly  issued  from  the  office  of  the  military  governor  in  the 
Philippine  Islands:  ; 

' '  Referring  to  general  orders  of  the  29th  nltimo  from  this  office,  wherein  is  recited  the  necessity  of  a 

careful  reviaion  of  the '  Customs  Tariff  and  Regulatioiis '  prescribed  by  the  United  States  Govemmrait 
for  such  portion  of  the  Philippine  Islands  as  may  be  under  United  States  control,  and  in  order  to  satisfy 
United  States  Government  interests  and  prevailing  business  conditions,  and  proclaiming,  for  such 
reasons,  the  postponement  of  the  practical  application  of  those  tariff  regulations  tmtil  November  10 
next,  it  is  hereby  ordered  that  the  same,  amended  and  revised,  and  as  now  fully  contained  in  :he 
following  printed  schedule,  be  put  in  force  from  and  after  the  date  proclaimed,  viz,  Novemb-^:  IJ. 
1S98. 

"Upon  the  occupation  of  any  ports  or  places  in  the  Philippine  Islands  by  the  forces  of  the  Ur.;-.rd 
States,  the  foregoing  order  will  be  proclajmeJ  and  enforced." 

Also  •■Regulations  for  the  guidance  of  officers  concerned  in  the  collection  of  dnties  on  import.-  and 
exports,  taxes,  and  other  charges  and  exactions  to  be  levied  and  collected  as  a  military  contribution 
at  ports  and  places  in  the  possession  of  or  under  the  control  of  the  forces  of  the  United  States  in  the 
Philippine  Islands,"  under  the  following  sabdivisions: 

Entrance  and  clearance  of  vessels. 

Light  dues. 

Entry  of  merchandise. 

Wharf  charges. 

Harb<3r  and  commercial  improvement  charges. 

Rates  of  duties  on  imports  under  classes  and  groups. 

Export  duties. 

Articles  free  of  duty. 

Articles  free  of  duty  subject  to  the  formalities  determined  for  each  case  by  the  castom.s  regulations. 

Articles  free  of  duty  subject  to  conditions  stated. 

Goods  not  specially  classed  in  the  tariff. 

Packages  and  recipients. 

Tare  allowance. 

Reimportation  of  national  products. 

Articles  prohibited. 

iOacellaneoua  pro  visions. 


GAZETTEER    OJt'    THE    PHILIPPtSE    ISLA^TDS.  113 

Tariff — A  revision  of  the  tariff  and  regulations  was  began  in  June. 
1H'> '.  by  a  board  of  officers  appointed  by  the  military  governor  under 
instructions  from  the  War  Department.  By  order  of  the  Secretary  of 
War  this  board  reported  tr>  the  United  States  Philippine  Commission 
on  August  25.  !?>»».  who  then  formally  to«3k  up  the  subject  of  tariff 
revision,  their  labors  resulting  in  the  enactment,  on  September  17.  ly«.»l, 

by  the  authority  of  the  President  of  the  United  .States,  and  with  the 
)roval  of  the  Secretary  of  War  first  had."  of  the  following  act 

fo.  230)  to  revise  and  amend  the  tariff  laws  of  the  Philippine  Archi- 

?lago,  providing — 

f  Shobt  titxk.— Sec  L  Tbe  pnmstons  of  Goienl  Order.  Sol  «i.  Office  <rf  the  ITnitEd  Slates  raOitarr 
remwin  the  Fhflippine  Islands,  dated  Octotier  23. 1S99.  idatmg  to  customs daiiesoo  impoitsaiid 
ports  of  the  Philipftine  I^ands.  and  tonnage  dnties  and  wfaaif  diaises  tfaeram,  and  lOie  se««al 
s  saHdemmtal  thereto  and  amendatoiy  theief^  are  hCT^y  amended  to  read  as  fioUovs 


Dcnss.— Sec  2.  Duties ^lall  be odlected <m aH  article^  goods,  and  merdiandiBei 
the  I%iIiiHpine  Idands  at  die  lates  hezeinaft^^  IMOTJded,  except  when  expseadj  < 
tv  by  this  act. 

Provisiox  fdk  XEBCHA5DISE  IX  TRASSOT.— SEC  3.  Merchandise  in  tzanat  at  the  time  Hbeptesmt 

BBTision  goes  into  eSect  may  be  entraed  under  tiie  iMoriaans  of  law  ejristine  at  the  time  of  shipment; 

pp>vided.  however,  that  this  fwivflege  shall  not  be  extended  beyond  the  penod  of  sixty  days  after  the 

Date  of  the  enfmconait  of  the  presrait  tarifC  ot  dnties  and  taxesL 

ExFOKT  DcnES.— Sec  4.  Duties  shall  be  odleeted  at  the  rates  hereinafierpnmded  on  soehaitieles. 

r:»l<.  and  merchandise  exported  from  the  Fhil^jfHne  I^ands  as  are  heicinafter  specificaDy  prescnbed 
[bis  act. 

Gelxe&ai.  kci.es.-^ec  Sl  The  following  rales  and  regolatians  AmB  be  observed  in  tfaeeonstraetian 
md  enfcHcement  of  the  ranoas  prorisions  of  this  ace  [Tbe  genesal  rales  are  then  giren  in  detaO  in 
"lis  act.] 

PsoHiBiTED  DCPOKTjLTioxs.— Sec  6l  ExplosiTes,  aims,  etc.  except:  by  anthonty;  < 
pid  gambling  deTices. 
"^  ABBBSfxanoxs.— Sec  7.  The  following  abbseriatiotts  shall  be  en^Ioyed  in  the  tanlE: 


The  loilowing  ocuns  now  in  eiienlaiion  i 
■nd  taxes  at  the  following  rates  in  mtMiey  <tf  the  United  Slates:  Peso.  30  cents:  medio  p«o.  23  cents; 
*~Beta,  10  cents;  media  peseta.  5  cent^  bat  such  rates  shall  be  changed  in  accordance  with  a  qnartoiy 
toclamaiicHi  of  the  civil  governor. 

IISTBICAL  STSTEK.— Sec  9.  The  metrical  system  of  weights  and  measures  as  anthocized  by  seetians 
169  and  3570  of  the  Revised  Statutes  <d  the  United  States,  and  at  presoit  in  use  in  the  Philippine 
lands,  shall  be  omtinued. 

The  m^ais  egfual  to  39^  inches. 

The  Vtia  is  equal  to  1.0S67  quarts,  wine  measurcL 

The  kilogiam  is  eqtml  to  2.2MS  pounds  afuifdupoiB. 

Ihpobtatio:s  fsoh  the  Uioted  Szatks.— Sec  Ml  Imputations  from  the  United  States  aredntialde 
the  provisi«ms  <tf  this  act,  but  no  customs  duties  ahaU  be  imposed  on  ardc' 
transported  <mly  frtHn  <me  place  «' pwt  to  anotho- place  or  port  in  die  Ph 
.TBS  —Sec  IL— The  rates  <tf  duties  to  be  collected  on  articles,  goods^  and  i 
taito  the  Philifyine  Islands  diall  be  as  follows: 
Thineen  dasses  following  the  usual  dai^ficatica  in  the  United  States  sciiedules. 
Free:— Sec  12.  Free  K^ 

£xpoBT  Dirnss.— SBC13.  On  the  ftdlowingpiodiicSs  of  the  PhilinMneiyand^  when  exported  tOMsre- 
nm.  there  shall  be  levied  and  coUected.  en  the  gross  wi^kt  thoeof,  export  duties  as  Mlows: 

Kl  Abica.  raw  <»  wrought  honp IW  kites..  80l«5 

Hl  Indigo do .S 

Bl  Indigo  emploved  for  dyongfttalorroa") do OSS 

i.  Rice do LOO 

tt.  Sugar do a& 

Bl  Oocoanuts.  fresh  and  dried  («ma) do .10 

M.  Tobacco,  manufiacnued.  of  all  kinds  and  whatevo- w^ia do 1.S0 

Kl  Tobacco,  raw,  grown  in  the  provinces  of  Oagayin.  Isabda,  and  Sew  Biscay  ttAnm 

Islands) :. „ .^.-.— aoOkiloB.-    LaO 

mL  Tobacco,  raw.  grown  in  the  VKByas  and  lliitdanaoKland. do LOO 

:1B7.  Tobacco,  raw.  grown  in  oth^  IHovinces  of  the  arehipdtago do .^ 

Cntificates  of  (x^m  of  raw  tobacco  may  be  required  by  the  ctistoms  aothorilies  irtten 
proof  of  the  place  of  producti«Hi  is  necessary. 

ToNX A6E.— Sec  14.  Tonnage  dues. 

ToxxASE.— Sec  15.  Exaapti<m  firom  tonnage  dues. 

Wharf  chabses.— Sec  1&  Wharf  charges  ou  eicports. 

Ex  EX  FT :  N?.— Sec  IT.  £xempti(ms  from  wharf  charges. 

Bs.H  ?  ?.  7  ATION&— Secs.  is  and  19i  RemiportatitHi  of  insular  piodiKta. 

Re=^?  . :  v,^  — ??«-  i^  — l^epealii^  clause. 

Pt^tt-         .^     -V    ..^     -^sc  31.  Repertory  and  index. 

:  "Tiriff  Revision  Law,  of  IML" 
>  :  ^  law  takes  effect  Kovenb^  15, 1901. 

L  was  accepted  by  statutory  enactment  of  Ooneiesi 


11 


114  GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

CONFIRMATION  OF  "THE  TARIFF  REVISION  LAW  OF  1901." 

"An  act  temporarily  to  provide  revenue  for  the  Philippine  Islands, 
and  for  other  purposes,"  approved  March  8,  1902,  which  confirmed  the 
tariff  legislation  of  the  Philippine  Commission  and  defined  the  appli- 
cation of  rates  of  duty,  collection  of  tonnage  taxes,  issuing  of  licenses 
to  engage  in  exclusivel}^  harbor  business  to  vessels,  the  use  of  the  funds 
so  collected,  and  other  details,  and  of  customs  application  and  regula- 
tion, as  follows: 

PUBLIC   ACT   OF   CONGRESS. 

That  the  piovisions  of  an  act  entitled  "An  act  to  revise  and  amend  the  tariS  laws  of  the  Philippine 
Archipelago,"  enacted  by  the  United  States  PMlippine  Commission  on  the  seventeenth  day  of  Sep- 
tember, nineteen  hundred  and  one,  shall  be  and  remain  in  full  force  and  effect,  and  there  shall  be 
levied,  collected,  and  paid  upon  all  articles  coming  into  the  Philippine  Archipelago  from  the  United 
States  the  rates  of  duty  which  are  required  by  the  said  act  to  be  levied,  collected,  and  paid  upon  like 
articles  imported  from  foreign  countries  into  said  archipelago. 

Sec.  2.  That  on  and  after  the  passage  of  this  act  there  shall  be  levied,  collected,  and  paid  upon  all 
articles  coming  into  the  United  States  from  the  Philippine  Archipelago  the  rates  of  duty  which  are 
required  to  be  levied,  collected,  and  paid  upon  like  articles  imported  from  foreign  countries:  Provided, 
That  upon  all  articles  the  growth  and  product  of  the  Philippine  Archipelago  coming  into  the  United 
states  from  the  Philippine  Archipelago  there  shall  be  levied,  collected,  and  paid  only  seventy-five 
per  centum  of  the  rates  of  duty  aforesaid:  And  provided  further.  That  the  rates  of  duty  which  are 
required  hereby  to  be  levied,  collected,  and  paid  upon  products  of  the  Philippine  Archipelago  coming 
into  the  United  States  shall  be  less  any  duty  or  taxes  levied,  collected,  and  paid  thereon  upon  the 
shipment  thereof  from  the  Philippine  Archipelago,  as  provided  by  the  act  of  the  United  States  Phil- 
ippine Commission  referred  to  in  section  one  of  this  act,  under'such  rules  and  regulations  as  the 
Secretary  of  the  Treasury  may  prescribe,  but  all  articles,  the  growth  and  product  of  the  Philippine 
Islands,  admitted  into  the  ports  of  the  United  States  free  of  duly  under  the  provisions  of  this  act,  and 
coming  directly  from  said  islands  to  the  United  States  for  use  and  consumption  therein,  shall  be  here- 
after exempt  from  any  export  duties  imposed  in  the  Philippine  Islands. 

Sec.  3.  That  on  and  after  the  passage  of  this  act  the  same  tonnage  taxes  shall  be  levied,  collected, 
and  paid  upon  all  foreign  vessels  coming  into  the  United  States  from  the  Philippine  Archipelago 
which  are  required  by  law  to  be  levied,  collected,  and  paid  upon  ves.sels  coming  into  the  United 
States  from  foreign  countries:  Provided,  however.  That  until  July  first,  nineteen  hundred  and  four,  the 
provisions  of  law  restricting  to  vessels  of  the  United  States  the  transportation  of  passengers  and  mer- 
chandise directly  or  indirectly  from  one  port  of  the  United  States  to  another  port  of  the  United  States 
shall  not  be  applicable  to  foreign  vessels  engaging  in  trade  between  the  Philippine  Archipelago  and 
the  United  States,  or  between  ports  in  the  Philippine  Archipelago;  And  provided  further,  That  the 
Philippine  Commis.sion  shall  be  authorized  and  empowered  to  issue  licenses  to  engage  in  lighterage 
or  other  exclusively  harbor  business  to  vessels  or  other  craft  actuallj^  engaged  in  such  business  at  the 
date  of  the  passage  of  this  act,  and  to  vessels  or  other  craft  built  in  the  Philippine  Islands  or  in  the 
United  States  and  owned  by  citizens  of  the  United  States  or  by  inhabitants  of  the  Philippine  Islands!. 

Sec.  4.  That  the  duties  arid  taxes  collected  in  the  Philippine  Archipelago  in  pursuance  of  this  act, 
and  all  duties  and  taxes  collected  in  the  United  States  upon  articles  coming  from  the  Philippine 
Archipelago  and  upon  foreign  vessels  coming  therefrom,  shall  not  be  covered  into  the  general  fund 
of  the  Treasury  of  the  United  States,  but  shall  be  held  as  a  separate  fund  and  paid  into  the  treasury 
of  the  Philippine  Islands,  to  be  used  and  expended  for  the  government  and  benefit  of  said  islands. 

Sec.  5.  That  when  duties  prescribed  by  this  act  are  based  upon  the  weight  of  merchandise  deposited 
in  any  public  or  private  bonded  warehouse,  said  duties  shall  be  leaned  and  collected  upon  the  weight 
of  such  merchandise  at  the  time  of  its  entry. 

Sec.  6.  That  all  articles  manufactured  in  bonded  manufacturing  warehouses  in  whole  or  in  part  of 
imported  materials,  or  of  materials  subject  to  internal-revenue  tax,  and  intended  for  shipment  from 
the  United  States  to  the  Philippine  Islands,  shall,  when  so  shipped,  under  such  regulations  as  the 
Secretary  of  the  Treasury  may  prescribe,  be  exempt  from  the  internal-revenue  tax,  and  shall  nut  be 
charged  with  duty  except  the  duty  levied  under  this  act  upon  impnrts  into  tlie  Philippine  Islands. 

That  all  articles  subject  under  the  laws  of  the  United  States  to  internal-revenue  tax,  or  on  which 
the  internal-revenue  tax  has  been  paid,  and  which  may  under  existing  laws  and  regulations  be 
exported  to  a  foreign  country  without  the  payment  of  such  tax,  or  with  benefit  of  drawback,  as  the 
case  may  be,  may  also  be  shipped  to  the  Philippine  Islands  with  like  privilege,  under  such  regula- 
tions and  the  filing  of  such  bonds,  bills  of  lading,  and  other  .security  as  the  Commissioner  of  Internal 
Revenue  may,  with  the  approval  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury,  prescribe.  And  all  taxes  paid 
upon  such  articles  shipped  to  the  Philippine  Islands  since  November  fifteenth,  nineteen  humlred  and 
one,  under  the  decision  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury  of  thatdate,  shall  be  refunded  to  tlie  jiarties 
who  have  paid  the  same,  under  such  rules  and  regulations  as  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury  may 
prescribe,  and  a  sum  sufficient  to  make  such  payment  is  hereby  appropriated,  out  of  any  money  in  the 
Treasury  not  otherwise  apppropriated. 

That  where  materials  on  which  duties  have  been  paid  are  used  in  the  manufacture  of  articles 
manufactured  or  produced  in  th.e  United  States,  there  shall  be  allowed  on  the  shipment  of  said  arti- 
cles to  the  Philippine  Archipelago  a  drawback  equal  in  amount  to  the  duties  paid  on  the  materials 
used,  less  one  per  centum  of  such  duties,  under  such  rules  and  regulations  as  the  Secretary  of  the 
Treasury  may  prescribe. 

Sec  7.  That  merchandise  in  bonded  warehouse  or  otherwise  in  the  custody  and  control  of  the 
ofiicers  of  the  customs,  upon  which  duties  have  been  paid,  shall  be  entitled  on  shipment  to  the 
Philippine  Islands  within  three  years  from  the  date  of  the  original  arrival,  to  a  return  of  the  duties 
paid  less  one  per  centum;  and  merchandise  upon  which  duties  have  not  been  paid  may  be  shipped 
without  the  payment  of  duties  to  the  Philippine  Islands  within  said  period,  under  such  rules  and 
regulations  as  may  be  prescribed  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury. 

Sec  8.  That  the  provisions  of  the  act  entitled  an  "  An  act  to  simplify  the  laws  in  relation  to  the 
collection  of  revenues,"  approved  June  tenth,  eighteen  hundred  and  ninety,  as  amended  by  an  act 
entitled  "An  act  to  provide  for  the  Government  and  to  encourage  the  industries  of  the  United  States," 
approved  July  twenty-fourth,  eighteen  hundred  and  ninety-seven,  shall  apply  to  all  articles  coming 
jnto  the  United  States  from  the  Philippine  Archipelago.  ^ 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


115 


Imports  and  exports  of  merchandise,  1900  and  1901. 

[Note.— Beginning  July  1, 1900,  the  statistical  reports  to  the  Division  of  Insular  Affairs  were  based 
upon  a  new  schedule,  giving  the  classification  of  commodities  imported  and  exported  much  more  in 
detail  than  were  required  by  the  schedule  in  effect  prior  to  that  date.  Owing  to  this  change  it  is 
impossible  to  make  comparison  by  articles  and  countries  in  some  instances.  In  weights  the  ton  is  2,240 
lbs.  and  the  hundredweights  112  lbs.,  unless  otherwise  indicated.  The  value  of  exports  of  domestic 
merchandise  is  their  value  at  the  time  of  exportation  in  the  island  whence  they  are  exported.] 


Imports  and  exports. 

12  months  ending  June— 

1900. 

1901. 

IMPORTS. 

Free  of  duty: 

Articles  in  a  crude  condition  or  partly  so 

1 

86, 477 

S340 

Articles  of  voluntary  use,  luxuries,  etc 

!              25,849 

273,259 

23,289 

305, 585 

23, 629 

Dutiable: 

5, 483, 806 

8, 168, 794 

i      11,169,012 

18, 329, 186 

Articles  in  a  crude  condition  or  partly  so 

j            311,642 

900, 062 

Articles  of  voluntary  use,  luxuries,  etc 

1,779,870 

1        1,551,521 

2, 720, 736 
146, 999 

Total  dutiable                                                      

:      20,296,851 

30, 256, 777 

[Free  and  dutiable: 


Articles  of  food  and  animals  

5,483,806 
11,169,012 
318, 119 
1,805,719 
1,824,780 

8, 168, 794 

18, 329, 186 

900,402 

2,744,025 

146, 999 

20,601,436 
4,761,396 

30, 279, 406 

Total  import  duty  collected                             

8,041,541 

EXPORTS. 

aProducts  of— 

17,272,144 

1,521,736 

23, 923 

20,635,421 

1,617,030 

173, 345 

Mining                                                                                

978 

933, 265 

788, 174 

Total  exports                                                 

19,751,068 
567,656 

23, 214, 948 

758, 159 

GOLD  AND  SILVER. 


•Gold: 

;       Imports 

'       Exports 

Silver: 

Imports 
Exports 


8149,349 
1,160,597 


2, 293, 071 

854, 775 


8508,223 
306,261 


2,030,782 
2,911,063 


TONNAGE. 
[Net  tons  100  cub.  ft.  carrying  space  after  prescribed  allowances  for  crew,  engine,  etc.,  space.] 


Vessels. 

12  months  ending  June— 

1900. 

1901. 

Number. 

Net  tons. 

Number. 

Net  tons. 

';^  Entered: 

Sailing                                                 

1,266 
2, 267 

1.436 
2,254 

100,607 
989,649 

123,927 
976,701 

5,388 
3,200 

■       6,018 
3,196 

190, 856 

Steam                                                             

1  463  512 

Cleared: 

190, 320 

1,437,498 

116 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE   PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


Imports  and  exports,  by  countries,  including  gold  and  silver. 


12  months  ending  June— 

Countries. 

1900. 

1901. 

Imports. 

Exports. 

Imports. 

Exports. 

Europe: 

United  Kingdom 

83,946,459 

1,210,067 

485,684 

2,091,207 

91,681 

66,242 

120, 001 

9,806 

200,271 

86,240,509 

98,398 

1,392,439 

1,320,458 

6,784 

173,379 

86,956,146 

2,135,262 

1,684,233 

2, 166, 866 

145,556 

107,019 

274,981 

14,929 

179, 306 

205 

314, 788 

4,565 

892, 936 

199 

105 

810  704  741 

Germany 

81  526 

1, 934, 256 

1,666,400 

6,008 

289, 091 

Italy     .     . . 

2;  507 

Denmark 

Netherlands 

1,300 

20 

185 

141,639 

506 

216.990 

Sweden  and  Norway 

75 

18,423 

Gibraltar 

5,241 
4,937 

8,584 
982 

Malta 

8,579,553 

9, 242, 520 

14,877,085 

14,701,723 

North  America: 

1,657,701 

3,635,160 
14, 916 

3,034,665 
29,846 

2, 572, 021 

Canada  

7,801 

Total  North  America 

1,657,701 

3,650,076 

3,064,501 

2,679,822 

Central  America: 
Guatemala 

349 

South  America: 

Argentina 

300 

1,363 

Bolivia 

210 

Brazil 

i,6i6 

910 

Uruguay  

238 

Total  South  America 

1,310 

2,721 

West  Indies: 
Cuba 

100 

2,727 

Total  West  Indies                                

2,727 

100 

Asia: 

China 

6, 474, 441 

3,524,277 

260, 101 

2, 685, 361 
3,226,440 
1,032,462 

4, 665, 326 

3,629,322 

806, 771 

89 

107 

467,907 

48 

2,830,797 

237, 817 

1,914,238 

363, 801 

Hongkong 

6,067,547 
1,443,880 

920 

Aden                                                              

92 

442 

41,704 

860 

191 

British  East  Indies                                             

1,973,340 
26, 556 

963, 606 
16,504 

1,314,084 

11,311 

1,483 

250 

447 

12,259,157 

7,966,326 

14,351,422 

8,204,616 

Oceania: 

German      ...     .             . . 

603 

ioi 

544,440 

564,490 

442,318 

600, 163 

1,367 

Ladrone  Islands 

77 

606 

2,761 



Total  Oceania 

544,517 

568,662 

442, 924 

604,372 

Africa: 
British 

4,026 

17,450 

533 
79,219 

2,928 

333,520 

320,109 

2,928 

337,546 

79, 762 

337,559 

Total  all  countries                           .  . . 

23,043,856 

21,766,440 

32,818,411 

26,431,262 

GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


117 


Imports  and  e-i-jwrts,  by  countries,  including  gold  and  silver — Continued. 
RECAPITULATION. 


■ 

12  months  ending  June- 

Countries- 

Imports— 

Exports— 

1900.        1       1901. 

1900. 

1901. 

S8, 579, 553   $14,877,085 
1,657,701  1    3,064,501 

89,242,520 

3,650,076 

1,310 

114,701,723 

2, 579, 822 

South  America 

2,721 

349 

1            2,727 

100 

Asia 

12,259,157     14,351,422 

544, 617          442, 924 

2,928            79,752 

7,966,326 
568, 662 
337,546 

8, 204, 616 

604,372 

337,559 

Total 

23,043,856     32,818,411 

21,766,440 

26,431,262 

Imports  and  exports  of  gold 

and  silver, 

by  countries. 

12  months  ending  June— 

Countries. 

1900. 

1901. 

Imports. 

Exports. 

Imports. 

Exports. 

Gold  ore: 

S2,050 

86,000 

2,050 

6,000 

Gold  bullion: 

1,050 
2,365 

78,705 

150 

82,120 

150 

Gold  coin: 

United  States 

63,000 
13,250 

8178,970 

304 

5,514 

77,585 

208,815 

37,035 

12, 524 
534,826 
452,827 

China 

$57,445 
36,232 
55,672 

Hongkong        

298, 086 

1,016 

Total    

149,349 

1,076,427 

508,223 

299, 101 

Silver  bullion: 
China 

6,039 

1,250 

British  East  Indies 

6 

Total 

6,039 

5 

1,250 

Silver  coin: 

50,000 
81,459 

1,145 

Ks'vnt 

75, 000 
147,800 
979,922 
610,865 
217, 190 

chi^'": :■■■■:;;■:::;::::::::::::::;:::::: 

718,552 
848,425 
726,094 

607,062 
85,080 
25,135 

288,850 

Hongkong 

2,066,033 

553,786 

Total 

2,293,071 

848,736 

2,030,777 

2, 909, 813 

2,442,420 

2,015,372 

2,539,005 

3, 216, 314 

Vessels  doing  the  carrying  trade — June,  1901. 

Imports  (foreign)  from— 

Total. 

Imports  (foreign)  from— 

Total. 

United  States 

8282,610 

487,859 

176, 042 

115, 660 

158,449 

7,325 

7,667 

17,290 

105 

12,894 

145 

37,406 

60 

32,226 

Canada                            .  . 

8526 

221, 323 

296, 948 

France 

Japan  

94,412 

Spain 

Korea        .                   

26 

Italv 

Siam 

86  228 

254, 601 

Belgium 

Dutch  East  Indies 

626 

Gibraltar 

French  East  Indies 

248, 425 

150, 184 

223 

100 

Total 

Switzerland 

2,689,158 

118  GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

Vessels  doing  the  carryiny  trade — Juyie,  1901 — Continued. 


Exports  (foreign)  to- 

Total. 

Exports  (foreign)  to — 

Total. 

United  States 

S92,773 

1,107,490 

5,225 

46,545 

166,417 

865 

19,525 

437 

143 

20 

Canada 

$1,323 

13S,942 
235,114 
43,457 

France .  . 

Japan 

Spain 

British  East  Indies 

Italy 

Austria-Hungary 

Australasia 

48  014 

Total 

1,911,399 

Imports  and  exports,  by  Philippine  customs  districts,  includiyig  gold  and  s-ilver. 


Imports  12  months 
ending  June — 


Exports  12  months 
ending  June- 


Manila 

Hollo 

Cebii 

Jolo  (Sulu) . 


Zamboanga . 


S20, 839, 174 
1,235,445 
850,988 
84, 429 
19, 494 
14, 326 


28, 586, 988 

2,336,918 

1,430,363 

326, 295 

57, 250 

80, 597 


«17, 180, 846 
2,075,244 
2,377,606 


121,522,444 

1,512,046 

3,093,714 

230,872 

47,096 

26,  ( 


Total 23,043,856 


32, 818, 411 


26,431,!; 


Imports  of  the  Philippine  Islands,  by  countries,  during  the  calendar  years  1889  to  1893, 
inclusive,  as  compared  with  1899  and  1900. 


Countries  from  which 
imported. 


United  Kingdom 

Spain 

China  (including Hong- 
kong  

Singapore 

French  Indo-China *>. . . 

Germany 

United  States 

France 

Belgium 

Switzerland 

Japan 

Australasia 

Austria-Hungary 

Netherlands 

Egypt,  Port  Said 

Italy 

Russia 

British  India 

Sweden  and  Norway. . . 

Denmark 

Portugal 

British  East  Indies 

Dutch  East  Indies    

Other  countries 


85, 583, 293  S5, 767, 568 


4,315, 
1,990,739 
2,058,608 
1,380,664 
558,254 
678,254 
401, 
62, 

13, 782 
24,687 
32,642 
41, 323 


16,348 


Total. 


3, 903, 722 
2, 541, 158 
1,558,423 
186, 454 
540, 506 
22, 166 
521,699 


,122,687 
,376,257 

,  534, 735 

,812,692 

,  711, 893 

312, 092 

347, 338 

171, 888 

294,287 

8,614 

38,857 

48,294 

1,968 

6,823 

6,675 

365 


86, 196, 192 
4,397,642 

3,029,940 

987, 662 
1,003,074 

527,587 

208, 392 

272, 

175, 509 
47, 046 
37,972 

119, 630 
18, 987 
13,004 
12, 493 
8,790 

248, 664 


$4,247,883 
6,104,876 

2, 23/,  471 

156, 135 

617,933 

1,246,248 

966, 706 

477, 026 

78, 342 

206, 800 

182, 678 

65, 399 

62, 970 

40,599 

3,186 

32,386 

262, 956 

2,606 

1,456 

1,352 

199 


83,239,066 
2,703,336 


85,576,931 
1,989,236 


7,989,763  9,636,443 


3,934 


.  17, 236, 266  15, 884, 060  16, 798, 289  16, 314, 901 16, 890, 600  20, 440, 074  27, 765, 100   100: ' 

'  -  !  lis 


1,631,816 
2, 163, 198 
978, 095 
203,533 
709, 807 
441,319 
197, 774 
88, 634 
160, 173 
4,276 
137,283 
257, 198 


•i« 


2,631,294 
234, 778 
816, 490 


>  No  separate  statistics  available. 

^  Through  Saigon. 

=  Included  under  China,  1900. 

'Reports  do  not  specify  Singapore;  probably  included  in  British  East  Indies. 

'Including  imports  from  Spain. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


119 


Annual  average  values  of  merchandise  exported,  1892-1896,  as  compared  with  those  of  1SD9 

and  1900. 


Countries. 

1892-1896. 

1899. 

Per  cent 
in  1899. 

1900. 

Per  cent 
in  1900. 

United  Kingdom 

18,844,026 

3,855,165 

a  6, 053, 232 

986, 012 

1,174,068 

201, 158 

b 345, 430 

616, 631 

106,602 

31,710 

27,487 

106, 451 

0  99, 174 

18,894 

13,701,245 

1,160,007 

4,010,255 

574, 929 

4, 721 

25, 410 

2,017,120 

320, 103 

6,970,831 

19 
6 

3 

88, 117, 770 
1,619,270 
2, 968, 851 
2,533,607 
15,605 
126, 729 

794,453 

621,892 

7, 215, 941 

20 

32 

6 

United  States                        *. 

11 

10 

P       J 

10 
2 
37 

3 

2 

27 

1,300 

22, 244 

750 

384,525 

16, 027 

406,865 

1,571,509 

1 

2 

6 

British  India 

7,835 

■19,117 

386 

343 
1,720 

18,  438 
5,131 
12,802 
612,340 
74, 212 

Eg  VI  it 

41,119 
6,766 

2 

» .\nnual  average,  1893  to  1897. 
■  Annual  average,  1892  and  189: 
'  Statistics  for  1896  only. 


<!  Annual  average,  1893  to  1896. 

•  Included  under  British  East  Indies. 


Quantities  and  values  of  the  principal  articles  of  merchandise  imported  into  the  Philippine 
Islands  during  the  calendar  year  1900. 


Articles  imported. 


Quantities.       Values. 


Quantities.       Values. 


AGRICULTURAL  IMPORTS. 

Wines gallons. 

Rice pounds. 

Wheat  flour barrels. 

'  Canned  goods 

Distilled  spirituous  liquors gallons. 

Pork,  bacon,  and  lard pounds. 

Vegetables do. . . 

Olive  oil do. . . 

Malt  liquors  and  cider gallons. 

Cocoa pounds. 

Beeswax,  stearin,  etc do. . . 

Fruits do. . . 

Butter do . . . 

do... 


NONAGRICULTURAL  IMPORTS. 


337, 394 

242, 818, 913 

65,741 


Cotton  manufactures pounds. 

Mineral  oils do. . . 

Iron  and  steel  manufactures do... 

Copper,  and  manufactures  of do... 

Paper,  and  manufactiu'esof do... 

Flax,  hemp,  jute,  etc.,  manufactures  of do... 

Silk  manufactures do. . . 

Earthen,  stone,  and  china  ware 

,  Woolens 

Glass  and  glassware 

Boots  and  shoes pairs. 

Leather  and  manufactures 

Fish pounds. 

Books,  etc do. . . 

Agricultural  machinery do. . . 

Pianos number. 

Jewelry 


119, 793 
1,008,660 


8432,350 
3,523,691 
381,998 
128, 185 
292,557 
144, 069 
216, 847 
53,086 
277, 836 
160,436 


321,514,113 
113, 484 


170, 128 


261,597 
177,040 


70, 136 
58,617 
40, 521 


4,-522,408 
160, 720 
388, 138 

99,051 
512,239 
272, 292 
183,000 
184,067 
124,201 
579,418 
144, 12E 

78, 61 1 

135, 407 

310,485 

4,498 

1,500 

44, 957 


430,800 
299, Oil 


8279, 818 
4,365,056 
475, 236 
129,201 
297,511 
233,413 
275,959 
27, 303 
1,113,684 
171,317 


87, 514 
85, 637 
48.791 


8, 729, 777 
374,717 


379, 225 
245,365 
385, 984 
95,299 
168,211 
395, 620 
160, 309 
81,692 
95, 255 
83,880 
6,720 
8,310 
191,968 


120 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


Quantities  and  values  of  the  principal  articles  exported  from  the  Philippine  Islajids  during 
the  calendar  year  1900. 


Articles  exported. 


Quantities.       Values. 


Quantities.       Values. 


Manila  hemp 

Sugar 

Copra,  including  cocoanuts . 

Cigars  and  cigarettes 

Leaf  tobacco 

Coffee 

Rice 

Cordage  and  rope 

Indigo 

Hides  and  skins 

Timber  and  lumber 

Wax,  stearin 


tons.. 

.pounds.. 
— do — 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do-... 


.pounds. 


69, 048 
,226,650 


14,050,310 
75, 647 


87,983,574 
3,459,710 
727, 256 
946, 702 
776, 841 
12, 132 


22,028,546 
29,825 


50,047 
1,133 
2,245 


17,289 
12, 225 


,290,400 
, 397, 144 
,184,853 
, 164, 369 
,033,900 
3,142 


2,305 

1,326 

311,183 

24,077 

33 


Hemp  exports,  1850-1899. 
[From  report  of  the  Manila  Chamber  of  Commerce.] 


Year. 

United 
States. 

Great 
Britain. 

Califor- 
nia. 

Austra- 
lia. 

Other 
ports 

Total 
exports. 

1850 

Bales. 

59, 097 

71, 667 
110,257 
102, 292 
114, 009 
107,290 
156, 193 
121,555 
144,476 
142,328 
140, 738 

80,  489 
114,697 
110, 902 
124, 553 
144, 722 
139, 444 
143, 785 
147, 364 
146, 846 
163, 859 
242,556 
200, 172 
161, 057 
158, 965 

99,216 
120,527 
163, 222 
124, 592 
162, 264 
189, 657 
253, 361 
176,521 
176, 670 
168, 074 
194,309 
173,061 
245, 845 
246, 437 
199, 707 
109, 719 
132, 267 
383, 076 
212, 463 
401,755 
273,918 
290, 327 
417,963 
338, 124 
265,828 

Bales. 
8,740 
11,801 
11,876 
6,545 
46, 369 
10,335 
18, 604 
47, 991 
52, 817 
65,336 
51,019 
96, 831 
113,743 
91, 830 
113,129 
39,658 
48, 216 
57, 015 
65,030 
47,284 
65, 590 
71,749 
88,535 
119, 482 
114,897 
131,987 
163,095 
142, 317 
172, 174 
136,229 
178, 143 
148, 763 
142,519 
167, 151 
213,577 
190, 919 
164, 148 
227,288 
347, 864 
322,022 
341, 993 
443,213 
358,  366 
372, 841 
335, 372 
493, 760 
407, 522 
403,522 
392, 127 
269, 860 

Bales. 

Bales. 

Bales. 
2,578 
3,918 
3,499 
2,508 
948 
1,867 
1,401 
1,571 
3,889 
2, 985 
2,019 
1, 882 
1,645 
2,567 
1,684 
2,943 
2, 010 
2,251 
2,474 
1,315 
1,164 
2,963 
2,725 
3,197 
4,512 
5,004 
5, 730 
3,432 
3,417 
4,936 
5,563 
3,282 
3,580 
3,348 
5,667 
10, 463 
11,686 
11,514 
14,466 
9,081 
14,530 
17, 194 
16,627 
18,722 
29,475 
23, 782 
32,706 
36,614 
28,137 
31,354 

Bales. 
70,415 
87,286 
125, 632 

1852                                                        

1853 

111  345 

1854 

161, 326 

119, 492 
177,647 
173, 795 

1856 

1,449 
2,678 
5,070 
2,440 
4, 720 
4,800 
5,300 
6, 260 
4,713 
6,800 
7,660 
8,801 
7,100 
11,000 
7,950 
11,250 
17, 124 
17, 998 
24, 638 
19,111 
21,750 
9,700 
17,650 
14, 600 
14,910 
19,500 
14,300 
9,400 
7,431 
8,067 
13, 150 
15,528 
34,950 
20, 200 
21,500 
24,350 
19,  756 
22,050 
18,600 
27, 750 
18,460 
25,460 
18, 326 
19, 120 

1857 

1858                                                 

206,252 
213, 089 

1859 

1860 

198  496 

1861  ...                         

8 
670 
477 
2,597 
4,775 
6,122 
6,050 
10,572 
6,729 
5,717 
3,358 
4,064 
9,600 
4,995 
7, 698 
14,262 
6, 597 
15,856 
6,050 
12, 190 
9,546 
16, 752 
16, 866 
13, 070 
13, 372 
9,737 
14, 798 
17, 723 
17, 661 
18, 413 
18, 522 
13, 783 
16, 393 
10, 779 
13, 086 
16,888 
18, 829 
15,893 
14,576 

184, 010 

18G2 

236,055 

1863 

212,036 

1864 

246, 676 

1865 

198, 898 

1866 

203, 352 

1867 

217,902 

1868             

232, 640 

1869 

213, 174 

1870 

244,280 

1871 

331,876 

1872 

312, 620 

1873 

311,334 

1874 

308, 007 

1875                                

262, 916 

1876 

315, 364 

1877 

315, 268 

1878 

333, 689 

1879 

323, 979 

1880 

400, 463 

1881 

434, 452 

1882 

353, 672 

1883 

373, 435 

1884 

407,809 

1885 

417,130 

1865 

371,682 

1887                                                 

514,973 

1888 

661,429 

1889 

568, 571 

1890 

606, 155 

1891 .                                .                       .... 

635, 546 

1892 

790, 508 

1893 

641,469 

1894 

795, 981 

1895 .              .                                

832, 295 

1896 

765, 893 

1897 

902, 378 

1898 

7t2,606 

600,738 

GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


121 


Philippine  hemp  statistics — Hemp  receipts,  1850-1899. 
[From  report  of  Manila  Chamber  of  Commerce.] 


Piculs. 

136,964 

182,503 

237,864 

250,623 

310,971 

280,012 

356,055 

388,000 

445,750 

444  398 

1863 

1864 

1865 

Piculs. 

470,754 

478,065 

379  191 

1876 

Piculs. 
....      618, 952 

1889 

Piculs. 

1877 

1878 

1879 

....       669,674 
....      650,313 

686  874 

1852 

1891 

1892 

1,358,846 

1,520,253 

1853 

1866 

1867 

1868 

1869 

371,266 

402,388 

492,884 

427,070 

1880 

1865 

1856 

1881 

1882 

....      866,321 
....      707,114 

1894 

1895 

1,584,541 

1,603,507 

1870 

1871 

1872 

1873 

1874 

1875 

502,822 

517,856 

616,603 

672,238 

629,150 

534,450 

1883 

1896 

1897 

1,618,864 

1  750  866 

1858 

1884 

1885 

....      795, 172 
846  151 

1869 

1898 

1  AHA  mn 

486,212 

414,696 

463,971 

1886 

....      805,415 

1862 

1888 

....  1,315,582 

Comparaiwe  statement  of  exports  from  Philippine  ports,  1890-1899. 

[Prom  report  of  the  Manila  Chamber  of  Commerce.] 

SUGAR. 

[Piculs.] 

[1  picul  =  137.9  (P.  I.)  United  States  pounds.] 


From — 


To- 


Great 
Britain. 


Nova 
Scotia 

and 
Canada. 


Conti- 
nent of 
Europe. 


China 

and 

Japan. 


Cali- 
fornia. 


1892 
1893 
1894 
1895 
1896 
1897 


874, 

1,174,374 

1,089,054 

1,712,059 

1,577,523 

1,729,666 

1,563,277 

918,114 

251,169 

80, 374 


55,280 
140, 200 
294,220 
271,400 
163, 172 
213, 
123,228 
247,110 


210, 780 


1, 431, 
1,357, 
2,571, 
2, 203, 
1,369, 
1,754, 
1,984, 
2, 066, 
2,449, 
1, 197, 


640, 

731, 

1,181, 

1,577, 

978. 

1,373, 

901, 

799, 

675, 

132, 


997, 
1, 604, 
1,505, 
1,291, 

910, 
1,065, 
1,305, 

342, 


576, 690 

299,286 

1,219,487 

1,248,913 

1,152,662 

1,205,513 

55,946il,407,994 

28,862  2,061,060 

2,8871,660,352 

164,033     838,349 


37,394 
48, 512 


68, 666 
63, 149 


2,360,422 
2, 672, 259 
3,955,263 
4,186,982 
3,110,202 
3,697,332 
3,671,024 
3,232,010 
2,859,661 
1, 488, 854 


COPRA. 

[Piculs.] 


From— 

Total. 

To- 

Year. 

Manila. 

Cebii. 

Hollo. 

Great 
Britain. 

Conti- 
nent of 
Europe. 

China, 
etc. 

Total. 

1890 

74,447 
245, 309 
259,539 
184,304 
512, 729 
549, 319 
558, 329 
766,023 
252,840 
216, 819 

74,447 
245, 309 
259,539 
184,304 
532,233 
593, 671 
607, 529 
811,437 
263, 402 
291,322 

2,894 
73, 307 
41,991 
26,400 
121,627 
115, 097 
49,200 
57,614 
12, 180 
44, 704 

3,200 
131,142 
198, 737 
129,405 
378, 746 
451, 515 
554, 112 
752,470 
248, 665 
246, 366 

68,353 
40,860 
18, 811 
28,499 
31,860 
27, 059 
4,217 
1,353 
2,567 
262 

74,447 
245,309 
259  539 

1891 

1892 

184  304 

1894 

19, 504 
44,352 
49,200 
46, 414 
10,662 
66,282 

532^  233 

1895 

593, 671 

.     607,629 

811  437 

1896  . 

1897 

1898 

1899 

9,221 

291, 322 

122 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


Comparative  statement  of  exports  from  Philippine  ports,  1890-1899— Continued. 

LEAF  TOBACCO. 

[Quintals.] 

[1  quintal  =  101.44  United  States  pounds.] 


Great 
Britain. 


United 
States. 


Conti- 
nent of 
Europe. 


China, 
etc. 


1892 

1894! 
1895. 


2,706 
7,664 
5,334 
15,904 
10,500 
180 
6,387 
37,008 

20i845 


TRADE  BETWEEN  THE  TTNTTED  STATES  AND  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

Value  of  merchandise  imported  and  exported  by  the  United  States  in  trade  icith  the  Philip- 
pine  Islands  by  annual  average,  by  decades,  1848-1897. 


Imports. 

Total. 

Exports. 

Total  im- 
ports and 
exports. 

Excess  of 

Years  ended 
June  30. 

Free. 

Dutiable. 

Domestic 

mer- 
chandise. 

Foreign 

mer- 
chandise. 

Total. 

imports 

over 
exports. 

Annual  average: 

1848-1857 

1858-1867 

1868-1877 

1878-1887 

838,060 

232;  972 

132,747 

1,888,242 

5,090,512 

3,489,377 

82,080,786 
2, 565, 783 
5,788,555 
8,621,660 
6, 897, 746 
962, 720 
3,930,233 

82,118,846 
2,655,071 
6,021,527 
8, 7.54, 407 
8, 786, 988 
6, 053, 232 
7,419,610 

886.462 
77, 675 
95,859 
106,304 
130,662 
135, 207 
132,935 

85,706 

330 

3,590 

667 

892, 168 
78,005 
99,449 
106,971 
130, 662 
135, 228 
132, 945 

82,211,014 
2,733,076 
6, 120, 976 
8,861,378 
8, 916, 6.50 

82,026,678 
2,577,066 
5,922,078 
8,647,436 
8,655,326 

1893-1897 

1888-1897 

21 
10 

6, 188, 460 
7,552,555 

5, 918, 004 
7,286,665 

Value  of  imports  and  exports  of  the  United  States  in  trade  with  the  Philippine  IsMmls, 
1891  to  1900. 


Year  ending  June  .30— 


Imports. 


Exports. 


Domestic.    Foreign.  ]    Total. 


1891. 
1892. 


2,079,941 
69,011 

,687 
,978 
,414 
,837 


,086,( 
,387,1 


42, 
15, 
1,073, 
2,383 
1,297, 
443, 
1,008, 


5,167,209 
6, 308, 653 
9,159,857 
7, 008, 342 
4,731,366 
4, 982, 857 
4,383,740 
3,830,415 
4,409,774 
5,971,208 


124,572 
60, 914 
154, 378 
145, 466 
119,255 
162,341 
94,597 
127,787 
401,258 
,635,624 


17 
2,935 
4,825 


124, 572 
60, 914 
154,378 
14.5,466 
119,255 
162, 446 
94.597 
127, 804 
404,193 
2,640,449 


» Subject  to  revision. 

IMPORTS. 

Selected  list  of  articles  of  import  for  the  twelve  montlis  ending  June,  1901,  to  show  their 
relative  market  demand  and  the  relations  of  the  United  States  in  value  to  the  jmncipal  com- 
peting nations. 

Agricultural  implements:  Value. 

Plows,  cultivators,  and  parts 81, 695 

United  States per  cent .  .61 

All  other  implements f>,  549 

United  Kingdom per  cent .  .82  . 

Brass,  and  manufactures  of  (Germany,  England,  United  States) 94, 641  ' 

Cars,  carriages,  and  other  vehicles,  and  parts  of,  steam 78, 382 

United  States per  cent.  .95 


GAZETTEEE    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


123 


Selected  list  of  articles  of  import  for  the  twelve  montlcs  ending  June,  1901,  etc. — Continued. 

Value. 

Cycles,  and  parts  ot f82, 132 

United  States per  cent.  .92 

Cotton  and  manufactures  of:  Cotton,  raw G9, 240 

United  States S32, 660 

United  Kingdom 32, 354 

Manufactures  of,  cloth 4, 580, 101 

United  States 866, 540 

United  Kingdom 2, 670, 174 

Germany 184, 066 

Loosely  woven  muslins 2, 453, 742 

United  States 818, 373 

United  Kingdom 1, 479, 223 

Wearing  apparel 773, 424 

United  States 84, 676 

Germany 211, 883 

United  Kingdom 110, 983 

Iron,  bar 68, 671 

United  States 82, 283 

United  Kingdom 48, 371 

Sheets,  and  plates 218, 223 

Great  Britain 8211, 446 

Cutlery,  all  other 80, 607 

United  States 83, 561 

Germany 56, 196 

Great  Britain 5, 650 

France 5, 531 

Boilers  and  parts  of  engines 117, 213 

United  States 827, 119 

United  Kingdom 73, 334 

Sewing  machines 127, 737 

United  States 834, 914 

Germany 66, 747 

Typewriter  (machines) 23, 952 

United  States 822, 886 

Boots  and  shoes 217, 665 

United  States 810, 929 

Spain 118,843 

Beer  in  bottles 1, 030, 698 

United  States , 8854, 474 

United  Kingdom 33, 124 

Germany 39, 818 

Oil,  illuminating 451, 349 

United  States 822, 748 

Russia 307,002 

EXPORTS. 

A  selected  list  of  articles  of  export  from  the  Philippine  'Islands  for  the  twelve  months  ending 
June,  1901,  showing  their  quantity  and  value. 


Articles  and  countries. 

Quantities. 

Values. 

i  Books,  maps,  engravings 
'        United  Kingdom 

etc. 

exported 

to- 

.  free 

8826 

do... 

117, 650 

do... 

466 

British  East  Indies 

do 

58 

Total.... 

118, 199 

free. .lbs.. 

do... 

do 

1  Coffee,  exported  to- 
United  States 

United  Kingdom 

France 

974 
1,658 
202 
.  6, 479 
638 
7,909 
42,814 
21,320 

105 
275 
22 

do... 

705 

do... 

103 

,         China 

do... 

442 

iji        Hongkong 

do... 

3,292 

British  East  Indies.. 

do... 

do... 

1,672 

Total 

81,994 

6,616 

;sof 

exported 

to— 

free. .lbs.. 

do... 

'Copper,  and  manufactun 
United  Kingdom  ... 

«,.. 

2,000 

China 

do 

do... 

226,892 
3,861 

22, 069 

British  East  Indies  . . 

do... 

370 

^i»           Total 

244,635 

24, 439 

124 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


A  selected  list  of  articles  of  export  from  the  Philippine  Islands  for  the  twelve  months  ending 
June,  1901,  showing  their  quantity  and  value — Continued. 


Articles  and  countries. 

Quantities. 

Values. 

Fibers,  vegetable,  te.xtile  grasses,  and  manufactures  of: 
Hemp  (manila)  exported  to — 

United  States 

United  Kingdom 

dut..tons.. 

do.... 

do... 

17,872 
74, 635 

187 

82,402,867 

9, 849, 527 

10,500 

do... 

32,332 

.  .  .do.... 

Hongkong  

do... 

do.... 

9,169 
2,090 
1,450 
1 
2,034 
1,691 
19 

1,126,713 
300, 510 

British  East  Indies 

Dutch  East  Indies 

Australasia 

do.... 

do.... 

do... 

do... 

201,109 

149 

253,353 

272,600 

3,450 

Canada 

do  . 

Total 

109,231 

14,453,110 

free. .lbs. 

do.... 

do... 

Fish: 

Trepang,  exported  to  British  East  Indies 

47, 165 

4,035 

All  other,  exported  to— 

Hongkong  

127,365 

308 

97,280 

14,725 
150 

British  East  Indies 

do... 

7,803 

Total 

224,953 

22,678 

Fruits  and  nuts: 

Cocoanuts,  exported  to— 

14,400 

Hongkong 

.      do 

515 

do.... 

130 

Total                                      

15,045 

dut.. 

do... 

4,450 

United  Kingdom 

Germany 

126, 580 

do 

480 

do.... 

1,759,577 

Spain 

do... 

547, 529 

Austria-Hungary 

do 

77  765 

do.... 

184 

Hongkong 

Japan 

do.. 

1,074 

do 

45  000 

do.... 

39, 970 

do.... 

45, 696 

Total 

2, 648, 305 

free.. 

do.... 

Gums  and  resins: 

Copal,  exported  to- 
United  Kingdom 

30, 621 

2,793 

France 

do 

1,690 

Hongkong 

do 

635 

do.... 

150 

British  East  Indies                              ...           .... 

do.... 

74,047 

Total 

109, 936 

free.. 

do.... 

Glue,  exported  to — 

8,140 

867 

Total                            

9,007 

free.. 

Pitch,  exported  to— 

France 

1,250 

Hongkong 

..    do 

500 

Total 

1,750 

free.. 

do.... 

All  other,  exported  to- 
United  Kingdom 

2,757 

575 

France 

..  do 

300 

Hongkong 

do 

295 

do.... 

9,767 

Total 

13,964 

GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.                    125 

J  selected  list  of  articles  of  export  from  the  Philippine  Islands  for  the  ttvelve  months  ending 
June,  1901,  showing  their  quantity  and  value — Continued. 

Articles  and  countries. 

Quantities. 

Values. 

Oils: 

Cocoanut  oil,  exported  to— 

Hongkong  

British  East  Indies 

Total 

f  ree ..  galls . . 

9 
37 

810 
105 

46 

115 

yiang-ylang  oil,  exported  to— 

free.. 

2,000 

Germany 

do.... 

1,150 

28  385 

do 

Hongkong 

British  East  Indies 

;                   Total 

do.... 

9,290 
1,150 

do.... 

41, 975 

All  other,  exported  to- 
United  Kingdom 

free 

225 

do.... 

12,027 
1  213 

Spain 

do 

Hongkong 

Total 

do 

700 

14  165 

Perfumery,  cosmetics,  etc.,  exported  to- 
United  States  

'         United  Kingdom 

free.. 

do 

do.... 



do.... 

Hongkong 

do 

1  725 

British  East  Indies 

do.... 

1,200 

do 

Total - --- 

11,966 

Shells: 

Mother-of-pearl,  exported  to— 

:               United  Kingdom 

Germany 

Hongkong 

free.. 

4,737 

do.  .. 

do 

6,603 
120,302 

do... 

Total 

132,492 

1        Tortoise  shell,  exported  to— 

1              British  East  Indies" '. 

free 

4,090 

Hn 

3,614 

\                  Total 

7,604 

All  other,  exported  to- 
United  States 

United  Kingdom 

Germany 

free.. 

2,765 

do 

6, 972 

do.... 

2,764 

do.... 

Austria-Hungary 

Hongkong 

British  East  Indies 

Total 

do 

1,320 

do 

8  250 

do.... 

11,321 

33  892 

Sugar,  raw  or  brown,  exported  to- 
United  States 

United  Kingdom 

Spain 

dut..lbs.. 

do.... 

do 



4,747,555 

15,431,980 

149 

93, 472 

185,593 

12 

China 

do 

Hongkong 

do 

51,394,248 
62,173,560 

942  374 

Japan  

do 

1,071,612 

...do... 

Total 

123, 747, 492 

2,293,063 

!  Tobacco,  and  manufactures  of: 

Suitable  for  wrappers,  exported  to- 
United  Kingdom 

Germany 

Spain 

dut..lbs.. 

do.... 

do 

840 
23, 676 
7,039,763 
2,589,296 
4,617 
11,758 
63  221 

400 

2,626 

428  949 

Austria-Hungary 

China.... 

do.... 

do 

157, 466 
728 

i              BritishEastindi'es!!]'.!!!!!!!!!!!!'.!;.  '! 

do.... 

do 

1,130 
12,419 

* 

126 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


A  selected  list,  of  articles  of  export  from  the  Philippine  Islands  for  the  twelve  months  ending 
June,  1901,  showing  their  quantity  and  value — Continued. 


Articles  and  countries. 

Quantities. 

Values. 

Tobacco,  and  manufactures  of— Continued. 

Suitable  for  wrappers,  exported  to— Continued. 

Dutch  East  Indies 

Australasia 

Argentina 

dut..lbs.. 

do.... 

do.... 

do.... 

4,191 

3,176 

5,262 

506 

S856 

1,072 

200 

65 

Total                                                                

9,746,306 

605, 910 

dut..lbs.. 

do.... 

All  other  unmanufactured,  exported  to- 
United  Kingdom 

Germany                                                           .      ... 

1,414 

12, 458 

1,394 

7,333,148 

'l71 
4,246 
3,317 

75 
15,896 

46 
5,288 
5,262 
3,381 
7,816 

169 
2,198 

do.... 

169 

do.... 

297, 469 

Austria-Hungary 

do.... 

do.... 

do.... 

40, 176 

Hongkong  

do.... 

do... 

930 
15 

British  East  indies 

Dutch  East  Indies 

Argentina 

do.... 

do.... 

do.... 

do.... 

2,913 
10 
160 
166 

Hawaiian  Islands 

Australasia                                          .                 .... 

do.... 

do.... 

636 
2,200 

Total 

8,182,794 

347,610 

.....dut. 

Manufactures  of  cigars,  exported  to  (selected  list)— 
United  States 

6,027 

United  Kingdom 

do.... 

201,591 

do.... 

43, 421 

do 

36,303 

do.... 

13, 901 

do.... 

5,008 

Austria-Hungary 

do 

12, 115 

do.... 

63, 978 

Hongkong 

do.... 

237,  111 

do 

10, 260 

British  East  Indies 

do 

127, 039 

do.... 

10,237 

do 

341,899 

British  Africa 

do 

17,460 

do.... 

4,351 

Total  including  smaller  amounts 

1,250,176 

COINS,  WEIGHTS,  AND  MEASURES. 

Coins. — The  chief  medium  of  exchange  in  the  Philippine  Islands  is 
the  Mexican  silver  dollar  (peso)  of  416  grains  of  silver  of  the  fineness 
of  tV/o-  In  1897  the  Spanish  Government  issued  a  distinctive  Fili- 
pino peso,  which  has  circulated  side  by  side  with  the  Mexican  silver 
dollar.  This  Filipino  peso,  containing  less  pure  silver  than  the  Mexi- 
can dollar,  is  still  in  circulation,  but  constitutes  only  a  small  percentage 
of  the  amount  of  silver  in  use  in  the  islands.  The  exchange  value  of 
the  Mexican  dollar  fixed  by  the  Philippine  Commission  was  50  cents. 

The  coins  in  current  circulation  in  the  Philippines  are: 

ia)  Spanish  Filipino  silver  peso. 

lb)  Mexican  dollar. 

(c1  Filipino  silver  half  dollar. 

id)  Filipino  silver  half  peseta,  10  cents. 

( e )  Filipino  copper  cuartos  and  centavos.  A  centavo  =  1  cent  and  a  cuarto  tI^  of 
a  dollar;  1  cuarto  =  O.OIJ  of  a  dollar;  20  cuartos  =  1  real  (or  12^  cents);  8  reals  or 
100  centavos  or  160  cuartos  =  1  peso,  or  duro. 

The  value  of  foreign  coins  in  occasional  use,  not  including  rates  of  exchange,  is: 

1  haikwan  (China)  tael,  January  1,  1892 =  $0.68    United  States.     • 

1  rupee  (silver)  India =       .  324  United  States. 

1  yen,  Japan =      .498  United  States. 


I 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  127 

The  "  Britisli  dollar"  has  the  same  legal  value  as  the  Mexican  dollar  in  Hongkong, 
the  Straits  Settlements,  and  Lauban.  The  sovereign  is  the  standard  coin  in  India, 
but  the  rupee  is  the  money  of  account.  The  Netherlands  florin  used  in  the  Dutch 
Indies  (Java,  etc. )  fluctuated  up  to  the  year  1880,  when  it  became  fixed  at  40.2  cents 
United  States.     The  gold  standard  was  adopted  in  Japan  October  1,  1897. 

A  local  silver  coin  in  use  in  the  Philippine  Islands  and  still  familiar  to  the  people 
is  the  salapf  (broadly  meaning  money),  the  Tagalog  word  for  a  10.50  Spanish  coin. 

The  local  names  in  trade  for  subdivisions  of  the  salapf  are: 

Tatlong  bahague =  $0. 37  of  Mexican  dollar. 

Cahati =      .  25  of  Mexican  dollar. 

Sicdpat =      .  12  of  Mexican  dollar. 

Sicolo =      .  06  of  Mexican  dollar. 

The  unit  of  the  above  is  the  cuarto  (copper)  or  cualta  in  Tagalog,  struck  in  Spain 
B  for  circulation  in  the  Pilippines,  =  Mexican  0.0^,  (80  cuartos  =  Mexican  dollar). 
:  Grando  C,  the  local  name  in  Mindanao  for  a  brass  round  coin,  value  8  or  10  cents 
Mexican  or  5  cents  gold. 

The  gold  coins  of  the  United  States  and  the  United  States  silver  dollar  have  gen- 
erally passed  current  in  the  cities  since  the  American  occupation  at  the  rate  of  2  local 
dollars  for  1  dollar  of  the  United  States. 

The  paper  currency  of  the  Philippines  is  now  limited  to  the  issues  of  the  Spariish- 
,  Filipino  Bank,  and  American  paper  money. 

,     Weights  and  measures.— The  metrical  system  of  weights  and  measures  as  author- 
izeil  by  sections  3569  and  3570  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  the  United  States,  and  at 
present  in  use  in  the  Philippine  Islands,  shall  be  continued.     (Act  (No.  230)  Sep- 
temlier  17,  1901,  section  9,  Philippine  tariff.) 
^Measure  (metric)  terms  in  most  common  use: 

XT    .   ,..  /   =    2. 838  United  States  bushels. 

Hectoliter |   =  26. 417  United  States  gallons. 

Kilogram =    2.  2046  United  States  pounds. 

Kilometer :=    0.  62137  United  States  mile. 

Liter =    1.  0567  United  States  quarts. 

Meter =  39.  37  United  States  inches. 

Meter,  square =  10.  764  United  States  feet. 

li  Meter  cubic  Cstere'l       I    =    1. 307  United  States  cubic  yards. 

H  meter,  cubic  (stere  j  . .  |   =  35,  3  United  States  cubic  feet. 

''     The  natives  measure  and  sell  rice  and  paddy  by  the  cav^n  and  its  fractions.     The 
cavdn  dry  measure  is  as  follows,  viz: 

4  apatiins =  1  chupa. 

8  chupas =  1  ganta. 

25  gantas =  1  cavdn. 

1  ganta =  3  liters  or  3. 1701  United  States  quarts. 

The  equivalents  of  which  in  United  States  measure  are: 

1  apatiin =  0. 16875  of  a  pint. 

1  chupa =  0.  675  of  a  pint. 

1  ganta —  2  quarts,  1§  pint. 

1  cavan =  16  gallons,  3  quarts,  1  pint. 

Rice  of  foreign  importation  is  weighed  and  quoted  by  the  picul,  or  137.9  (Philip 
pine)  United  States  pounds,  subdivided  as  follows: 

16  taels =  1  catty. 

10  catties =  1  chinanta. 

10  chinantas =  1  picul. 

Grain  and  liquid  ineasures. 

1  cavdn =  25  gantas  =  75  liters. 

1  ganta =  8  chupas  =  3  liters. 

1  chupa =  f  liter. 

Although  the  metrical  system  has  been  officially  adopted  in  the  Philippines,  the 
following  weights  and  measures  of  Spanish  origin  are  more  or  less  in  use,  viz: 

Arroba  (dry)  =  25  libras  =  25.36  pounds. 

Arroba  (liquid)   =  4.263  gallons. 

Bayon,  a  woven  grass  sack  of  i^idefinite  capacity  for  the  transportation  of  Filipino 
migar. 


128 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


Fardo,  a  local  weight  for  tobacco,  =  33  Spanish  pounds,  =  33.475  United  States 
pounds. 

League  =  linear  measure  2.634  United  States  miles. 

Libra  =  ^Yeight  measure  1.0144  pounds. 

Milla  =  linear  measure,  1,760  yards,  or  1,609.3  meters. 

Pie  =  linear  0.9478  foot. 

Quintal  (dry)  =  4  arrobas  =  101.44  pounds. 

Quintal  (metric)  =  220.46. 

Ton  (tonelada),  space  measure,  =  40  cubic  feet. 

Ton,  weight  measure,  =  20  metric  quintals. 

Vara,  linear  measure,  =  0.914117  yard,  or  33.384  inches.  United  States. 

1  hectare,  land  measure,  Spanish,  =  2.471  United  States  acres. 

1  quinon,  land  measure,  square,  100  loanes,  =  2.79495  acres;  hectares  =  6.89  acres. 

1  square  meter  =  10.764  United  States  feet. 

1  cubic  meter  (stere)   =  1.307  United  States  cubic  yards,  or  35.3  cubic  feet. 

The  picul  varies  in  different  countries  as  follows: 

Borneo  and  Celebes 135.  64  United  States  pounds. 

China,  Japan,  and  Sumatra 133J      United  States  pounds. 

Java 135. 1    LTnited  States  pounds. 

Philippine  Islands 137.  9    United  States  pounds. 

16  piculs =  1  ton.  United  States. 

2  piculs =  1  bale  ( hemp) . 

Liter  (dry) =  0.  908  quart. 

Liter  (liquid ) =  1. 056  quarts. 

Tael =  509.  75  grains  troy. 

Table  of  distances  betiveen  Manila  and  other  Philippine  Islands  points. 

[Distance  direct  in  statute  miles,  unless  otherwise  stated,  between  Manila  and  the  capital  of  each 
province  or  chief  town  of  group  or  island.] 


Capital  or  chief 
town. 

Province,  group,  or  island. 

Route. 

Stat, 
m. 

From  Manila  to — 
Agutaya 

Cuvos  Group  Sulu  Sea 

....".do '. 

262 

Albay 

do              

Via  Straits  of  San  Bernardino,  Visayan  Sea, 
and  Verde  passage. 

b06 

Bac61od 

Negros  Occidental,  Visayan 
Islands, 
do          

308 

Via  Guimar^s  Strait,  Mindoro  and  China  seas . 

Bacolor. 

Pampanga  North  Luz6n 

35 

Bagui6 

143 

BaMbac ,  .. 

BalAbac  Group  Sulu  Sea  . 

441 

Balari^a 

BataAn  North  Luzon 

29 

Baler 

90 

Bangued  .          

Abra  North  Luzon  .       .     . . 

213 

Batangas 

Batangas  South  Luz6n 

59 

111 

Bato  Lanao 

Mindanao . 

Via  Misamis 

530 

do 

Via  Cotabato 

591 

NuevaVizcaya,  NorthLuz6n 
Infanta,  South  Luzon . . 

134 

Binangonan       de 

77 

Lamp6n. 
Birac 

Catanduanes(  Albay) ,  Paci- 
fic Ocean,  South  Luz6n. 

Marinduque   Island,  Min- 
doro  Sea. 

CagavAn  Sulu  Sulu  Sea 

232 

97 

Cagavdn 

.S40 

82 

.      do 

Via  Mindoro  Sea 

120 

C^piz 

Cdpiz      Panay,      Visayan 

Islands. 
do     

242 

Via  Verde  passage 

310 

Catbalogan 

3-28 

Via  Seas  of  Sdmar  and  Visaya  and  Verde  Pas- 
sage. 

395 

Cayta 

170 

Cavite 

Cavite  S  Luzon 

Bv  bav                          

9 

do' 

15 

do 

13 

Cebd 

357 

Via  Visayan  Sea,  Mindoro  Sea,  and  Verde 
Passage. 

466 

Coron 

197 

Cotabato 

.552  . 

do..: 

Via  Celebes  Sea,   Basilan  Strait,  Sulu  and 
Mindoro  seas,  Mindoro  Strait,  and  China 
Sea. 

748 

GAZETTEEE    OF    THE   PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


129 


Table  of  distances  between  Manila  and  Philippine  Islands  points — Continued. 


:<  Capital  or  chief 
town. 

Province,  group,  or  island. 

Route. 

Stat. 
m. 

257 

)apitan 

Dapitan,  Mindanao 

443 

P&vao 

do 

Via  Sulu  and  Mindoro  seas,  Mindoro  Strait, 
and  China  Sea. 

524 

jDumaguete 

tba* 

..do 

Via  DAvao    Gulf,    Sarangani   and   Basilan 
straits,    Sulu   Sea,    ISIindoro    Strait,    and 
China  Sea. 

995 

Negros   Oriental,  Vi.sayan 
Islands, 
do 

414 

Via  Taii6n  Strait,  Visayan  and  Mindoro  seas, 
and  Verde  Passage. 

518 

Zambales,  N.  Luzon 

84 

Slagan 

Isabela,  N.  Luzon 

71 

loUo 

Hollo,  Panay,  Visayan   Is- 
lands, 
do 

Babela 

Via  Iloilo  and  Mindoro  straits 

440 

BasUan  Group,  Mindanao, 
Sulu  Sea. 

670 

Tiingay^n 

PangasinAn  N  Luzon 

112 

'  Malolos 

BulacAn  N  Luzon 

20 

Misamis 

do 

Via  Iligan  Bay,  Sulu  Sea,  Mindoro  Strait, 
and  China  Sea. 

569 

Mnsa     (Fuga    Is- 

Babuyanes Group,  Cagayftn, 

N.  Luz6n  (Pacific  Ocean). 

AmbosCamarines,  S.  Luzon 

306 

lands). 

116 

Pdsig 

!  Puerto  Princesa 

Palawan  (Paragua),  Sulu 
Sea. 

369 

167 

Santo  Domingo  de 
Basco. 

Batanes,  CagayAn,  N.  Luzon 
(Pacific  Ocean). 

410 

San  Isidro 

Nueva  Ecija  N  Luzon 

52 

San  Jos6 

Corregidor  S  Luzon 

27 

San  Jos6  de  Buena 

Antique,  Panay 

276 

Vista. 

do                      

Via  Mindoro  Strait 

316 

Sorsogon 

Sorsogon  S  Luzon 

236 

Sulu  Islands,  Sulu  Archi- 
pelago, Sulu  Sea. 
Mindanao 

Surigao 

459 

do 

Via  Surigao,  Visayan,  and  Mindoro  seas  and 
Verde  Passage. 

Tacloban 

Leyte  Visayan  Islands 

360 

Via  San  Juanico  Strait,  Daram  Passage,  San 
Bernardino  Strait,  Mindoro  Sea,  and  Verde 
Passage. 

Tagbilaran 

Bohol  Visayan  Islands  . 

388 

Tftrlac 

TatAn 

Tawi  Tawi    Islands,  Sulu 
Archipelago,  Sulu  Sea. 

685 

Vigan 

Zamboanga 

Mindanao 

561 

do 

585 

Table  of  distances  between  Manila  and  commercial  centers  on  lines  of  steam  and  sail 
communication. 

[International  routes:  The  figures  represent  the  shortest  navigable  distances  in  nautical  miles  on  the 
tracks  of  full-powered  steam  vessels  to  commercial  centers  named.] 

From  Manila  to—                                                                                                                        Kaut.  miles. 

Acapulco,  Mexico:  To  Honolulu  (United  States),  4,950:  to  Acapulco,  3,310 8,'260 

Adelaide,  S.  Australia.    (See  Port  Darwin.) 

Amoy,  China 666 

Auckland,  New  Zealand: 

To  Torres  Strait,  2,032;  to  Sydney,  1,740;  to  Auckland,  1,284 5, 056 

(To  Torres  Strait,  2,032;  to  Auckland  direct,  2,570)  4,602 

■♦  S.  Doc.  280 9* 


130 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


Table  of  distances  between  Manila  and  commercial  centers  on  lines  of  steam  and  sail 
communication — Continued. 

From  Manila  to —  Naut.  miles. 

Bangkok,  Siam 1, 440 

Batavia,  Java,  capital  of  the  Dutch  possessions  in  Asia: 

Via  Singapore 1, 386 

Via  Sulu  and  Celebes  seas.  Macassar  Strait,  Java  Sea 1, 560 

Bonham  Islands,  Pacific  Ocean  (German)  to  Jaluit 1, 520 

[Thence  to  Honolulu,  2,098.] 

Brisbane,  Queensland,  Australia:  To  Torres  Strait,  2,032;  to  Brisbane,  1,260 3, 292 

Brito,  Nicaragua,  Central  America,  the  Pacific  entrance  to  the  proposed  Nicaragua  inter- 
oceanic  ship  canal:  To  Guam  1,506;  to  Brito,  7,260 8, 766 

Calcutta,  Bengal,  Hindustan,  capital  of  the  British  India  Empire:  To  Singapore,  1,386;  to 

Calcutta,  1,630 3, 016 

Callao,  Peru,  South  America:  To  Guam,  United  States,  1,506;  to  Pago  Pago,  Samoa,  United 

States,  3,097;  to  Callao,  5,609 10, 212 

Canton,  China:  To  Hongkong,  China,  628;  to  Canton,  75 703 

Caroline  Islands  (German),  Pacific  Ocean:  To  Guam,  United  States,  1,506;  to  Jamestown 

Harbor,  870 2,376 

Chefu,  China 1, 530 

Chemulph,  Korea,  seaport  of  Seoul,  capital  of  Korea 1, 560 

To  Hongkong,  628;  to  Shanghai,  859;  to  Chemulph,  530 2, 017 

Fiji  Islands,  Levuka  (British),  Pacific  Ocean:  To  Pelew,  1,020;  to  Levuka,  2,700 3,720 

Fuchau,  China 720 

Guam,  Ladrone  Islands,  United  States: 

Northern  route 1, 750 

Southern  route,  via  San  Bernardino  Strait 1, 506 

Hongkong,  China  ( British) 628 

Honolulu,  Pacific  Ocean,  United  States: 

Northern  route • 4, 950 

Southern  route,  to  Guam,  1,506;  to  Honolulu,  3,337 4, 843 

king  Georges  Sound,  western  Australia.    (See  Port  Darwin.) 

Kiungchau,  Hainan  (French) 720 

Kwandang,  Celebes  Islands  (Dutch) 840 

Macao,  China  ( Portuguese) 630 

Marshall  Islands,  Pacific  Ocean  (German) :  To  Guam,  1,506;  to  Marshall  Islands,  1,620 3, 126 

Melbourne,  Victoria,  Australia.    (iSee  Port  Darwin.) 
Midway  Islands,  Pacific  Ocean: 

To  Guam,  1,506,  to  Midway  Islands,  2, 302 3, 808 

Nagasaki,  Japan 1, 365 

New  York: 

Via  Cape  of  Good  Hope  and  intermediate  points:  To  Singapore,  1,380;  to  Batavia  and 
Sunda  Strait,  500;  to  Mauritius,  2, 950;  Mauritius  to  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  2,290;  Sunda 
Strait  to  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  5,070;  to  St.  Vincent,  3,896;  to  New  York,  2,919— 

Via  Mauritius 13, 841 

Via  cape,  direct 13, 771 

Via  Cape  Horn  and  intermediate  points:  To  Guam,  United  States,  1,506;  to  Tutuila, 
3,097;  to  Punta  Arenas  (Straits  of  Magellan,  South  America),  5,197;  to  Montevideo, 
1,312;  to  Rio  de  Janeiro,  1,056  (to  New  York,  4,778);  to  Pernambuco,  745  (to  New 
York,  3,696);  to  Barbados,  2,184  (to  New  York,  1,828);  to  St.  Thomas,  446  (to  New 
York,  1,428)— 

Via  Rio  de  Janeiro,  direct 16, 946   ■ : 

Via  Rio  de  Janeiro,  St.  Thomas,  and  intermediate  points 16, 971   '     t 

Via  proposed  Nicaragua  ship  canal  and  intermediate  points:  To  Guam,  United  States, 
1,506;   to  Brito,  Pacific  outlet  of  proposed  canal,  7,260;  to  Greytown,  160;  to  New 

York,  1,771 10,697 

To  New  Orleans,  United  States 10, 096 

Via  proposed  Panama  ship  canal  and  intermediate  points:  To  Guam,  United  States, 

1,506;  to  Panama,  7,200;  to  Colon  (Aspinwall),  44;  to  New  York,  1,981 10,731 

To  New  Orleans,  United  States 10, 130 

Via  Suez  Maritime  Canal  and  intermediate  points:  To  Singapore  (Straits  Settlements), 
1,386;  to  Colombo,  Ceylon,  1,560;  to  Aden,  southern  entrance  to  the  Red  Sea,  2,131;  to 
Suez,  1,310;  to  Port  Said,  Mediterranean  entrance  to  Suez  Canal,  90;  to  Malta,  980; 
Suez  Canal,  to  Brindisi,  940;  to  Marseilles,  1, 537;  to  Gibraltar,  1,920;  Gibraltar  to  New 

York,  3,204 11,601 

Papua: 

New  Guinea,  Pacific  Ocean  (British),  Port  Moresby,  on  the  S.  coast,  near  lat.  95,  Ion. 

147  E.,  to  Torres  Strait,  2,032;  to  Port  Moresby,  540 2, 572 

New  Guinea,  Pacific  Ocean  ( Dutch ) ,  to  Sorong  on  W.  coast,  opposite  Salawati 2, 362 

New  Guinea,  Pacific  Ocean  (German),  to  Friederich  Wilhelmshaven,  the  NE.  coast 1,560 

Pelew  Islands  (Korror  Harbor,  German) 1,020 

Pointianack,  W.  coast  of  Borneo  (Dutch) 1, 080 

Port  Arthur,  Manchuria  (China- Russia) 1, 620 

Port  Darwin,  N.  coast  of  Australia  ( N.  territory  of  S.  Australia) 1, 692 

To  King  Georges  Sound,  W.  Australia,  2,100 3, 792  ' 

To  Adelaide,  S.  Au.stralia,  via  King  Georges  Sound 4, 832  ■ 

To  Melbourne,  Victoria,  via  King  Georges  Sound 5, 142 

Port  Townsend,  Puget  Sound,  Washington,  United  States,  to  Yokohama,  1,680;  to  Port 

Townsend,  4,240 5,920 

.   Saigon,  Indo-China  (French) 930 

Sandakan,  NE.  coast  Borneo  (British) 585  . 

San  Francisco,  via  San  Bernardino  Strait,  to  Guam,  1,506;  to  Honolulu,  3,337;  to  San  Fran- 
cisco, 2,100  6,943 

San  Francisco,  via  Yokohama,  Japan,  to  Yokohama,  1,680;  to  San  Francisco,  4,791 6,477 

Sarabaya,  Java  (Dutch),  via  Sulu  and  Celebes  seas,  Macassar  Strait 1,320 

Shanghai,  China , 1,0»0 

Singapore 1, 386 

(Hongkong  to  Singapore,  1,400).  % 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  131 

Tdhlc  of  distances  between  Manila  and  commercial  centers  on  lines  of  steam  and  sail  com- 
munication— Continued. 

From  Manila  to —  Naut.  miles. 

SolomonIslands(UgiIsland,  British)  to  Pelew  Islands,  Korror  Harbor,  1,020;  to  Ugi,  1,920...  2,940 
(Ugi  to  Sydney,  Australia,  1,560.) 

Sydney,  New  Soutii  Wales,  Australia  (British): 

Via  Torres  Strait 3, 772 

Via  Sydney,  to  Wellington,  New  Zealand,  1,280 5, 062 

Taiwan  Fu,  Formosa,  Japan 540 

Tahiti,  Society  Islands,  Pacific  Ocean  (French),  to  Guam,  1,506;  to  Pago  Pago,  Samoa, 

United  States,  3,097;  to  Tahiti,  1,308 5, 911 

Tientsin,  China: 

To  Shanghai,  1,680:  to  Tientsin,  729 2, 409 

To  Pekin,  via  Peiho  River,  120 2, 529 

To  Pekin,  by  road,  80 2, 489 

Via  Nagasaki,  Japan,  to  Nagasaki,  1,365;  to  Tientsin,  940 2, 305 

Torres  Strait,  Australia 2, 032 

Tutuila,  Samoa,  United  States,  to  Guam,  1,506;  to  Pago  Pago,  Tutuila,  3,097 4, 603 

Valparaiso,  Chile,  South   America,  to  Guam,  United  States,  1,506;  to  Pago  Pago,  Samoa, 

United  States,  3,097;  to  Tahiti,  1,308;  to  Valparaiso,  Chile,  4,310 10,221 

Vladivostoc,  E.  Siberia,  Amur  terminus  (Pacific)  of  the  Siberian  Railway,  to  Nagasaki, 

1,311;  to  Vladivostoc,  699 2,010 

Wake  Island,  United  States: 

To  Guam,  United  States,  1,506;  to  Wake  Island,  1,140 2,646 

To  San  Francisco,  via  Wake  Island,  to  Wake  Island,  2,646;  to  Honolulu,  2,197;  to  San 

Francisco,  2,100 6,943 

Wellington: 

To  Torres  Strait,  2,032;  to  Sydney,  Australia,  1,740;  to  Wellington,  1,280 5, 052 

To  Torres  Strait,  2,032;  to  Wellington,  2,580 4,612 

Yokohama,  Japan 1, 680 

UNITED     STATES     MILITARY     OCCUPATION     AND 
G-OVERNMENT. 

The  following  is  a  summary  of  events  connected  with  the  United 
States  militaiT  operations  of  conquest  and  occupation  in  the  Philippine 
Islands: 

The  act  of  Congress  April  21,  1898,  declared  a  state  of  war  with 
Spain,  followed  two  days  later  by  a  proclamation  of  the  President 
calling  for  125,000  volunteers.  The  same  day  the  United  States  con- 
sul at  Manila  departed  for  Hongkong.  About  a  week  later  (May  1) 
the  Asiatic  Squadron,  United  States  Navy,  destroyed  the  Spanish  ships 
in  Manila  Bay.  On  May  3  Cavite  arsenal  was  occupied  from  the 
American  ships. 

DEPARTMENT  OF  THE  PACIFIC  AND  EIGHTH  ARMY  CORPS. 

1898,  May  16,  Maj.  Gen.  Wesley  Merritt,  U.  S.  A. 

The  insufficiency  of  force  for  a  land  attack  necessitated  the  holding 
of  Manila  Bay  and  Cavite  arsenal  until  troops  could  be  transported 
from  the  United  States. 

On  May  25  the  First  California  and  Second  Oregon  Volunteer 
Infantry,  5  companies  of  the  Fourteenth  United  States  Infantry,  and 
a  detachment  of  California  Volunteer  Artillery,  Brig.  Gen.  T.  M. 
Anderson,  U.  S.  V.,  commanding,  comprising  155  officers,  3,428  men, 
the  advance  expeditionaiy  force,  sailed  from  San  Francisco,  Cal.,  for 
Manila,  arriving  June  30.  This  was  followed  by  other  expeditions  as 
rapidly  as  fitted  out. 

On  June  21  the  commanding  officer  of  the  U.  S.  S.  Charleston 
received  the  formal  surrender  of  Guam,  an  island  of  the  Ladrone 
group,  1,506  naut.  m,  E.  of  San  Bernardino  Strait,  the  S.  route  around 
Luzon,  and  a  convenient  port  of  call  and  coal  for  American  trans- 
ports passing  between  the  United  States  and  Manila  by  the  Pacific 
•^■oute. 


132  GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 

On  July  7  the  American  squadron  took  foi'mal  possession  of  Isla 
Grande  in  Subic  Bay,  on  the  China  Sea  coast,  N.  of  ^Manila  Bay  entrance. 
The  commander  of  the  Department  of  the  Pacilic  and  Eighth  Army 
Corps  arrived  at  Cavite,  Manila  Bay,  Jul}'  25. 

After  an  ineffectual  demand  (August  7)  upon  the  Spanish  commander, 
now  surrounded  within  the  city  b}^  sea  and  land,  a  combined  attack 
(August  13)  forced  the  surrender  of  Manila  and  the  authorities  of 
Spain,  leaving  the  United  States  master  of  the  Philippine  Islands. 

A  proclamation  (August  14)  from  the  Commanding  General  to  the 
people  of  the  Philippine  Islands  declared  (1)  the  existence  of  war  and 
destruction  of  Spanish  authority;  (2)  assured  protection  in  civil  and 
religious  affairs;  (3)  announced  a  government  of  militar}-  occupation 
and  that  municipal  laws  affecting  private  rights  would  be  respected; 
(1)  creating  a  provost-martial  district  for  police  regulation;  (.5)  the 
port  of  Manila  and  others  occupied  by  the  United  States  were  declared 
open  to  the  commerce  of  all  neutral  nations  in  merchandise  not  con- 
traband of  war,  and  payment  of  duties  at  the  time  of  importation; 
(6)  extended  protection  to  places  devoted  to  religious  worship,  arts, 
science,  education,  and  museums;  (Y)  gave  assurance  of  good  will  on 
the  part  of  the  Commanding  General  in  pursuance  of  his  appointment 
as  military  governor. 

On  August  15  general  orders  were  issued  for  the  assumption  of  civil 
government  b}^  the  United  States  military  authorities  in  the  city  of 
Slanila  and  district  of  Cavite  and  making  assignments  of  officers  for 
that  duty. 

On  August  16  the  commander  of  the  United  States  land  forces  of 
Manila  received  a  cablegram  from  the  President  announcing-  the  sig- 
nature of  a  protocol  of  agreement  (August  12, 1898),  embodying  in  six 
articles  the  terms  of  a  basis  for  the  establishment  of  peace,  declaring 
a  cessation  of  hostilities,  and  that  the  United  States  would  occupy  and 
hold  the  city,  bay,  and  harbor  of  ^Manila  pending  the  conclusion  of  a 
treat}"  of  peace  which  should  determine  the  control,  disposition,  and 
government  of  the  Philippine  Islands. 

The  insurgents  permitted  to  enter  with  the  American  troops  on  Sep- 
tember 8  were  ordered  to  withdraw  from  the  entire  city  of  Manila, 
its  suburbs,  and  defenses.  These  orders  after  fruitless  correspondence 
were  obeyed,  an  exception  being  made  in  the  districts  of  Paco  and  Pan- 
dacan  south  of  the  Pasig  River. 

UNITED  STATES  MILITARY  GOVERNOR  IN  THE  PHILIPPINE 
ISLANDS. 

1898,  August  28,  Maj.  Gen.  Wesley  Merritt,  U*.  S.  A. 

EIGHTH  ARMY  CORPS. 

1898,  August  28,  Maj.  Gen.  E.  S.  Otis,  U.  S.  V. 

DEPARTMENT    OF  THE   PACIFIC    AND   MILITARY   GOVERNOR  IN 
THE  PHILIPPINE  ISLANDS. 

1898,  August  29,  Maj.  Gen.  E.  S.  Otis,  U.  S.  V. 

On  October  7  the  civil  courts  as  they  existed  under  Spain  were  per- 
mitted to  resume  -subject  to  supervision  of  the  interests  of  military  ^ 
occupation. 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  133 

On  October  10  the  Commanding-  General  for  precautionary  reasons 
ordered  the  insurgents  from  Paco,  Pandacan,  and  other  points  established 
I  by  survey  to  be  within  the  city  limits.  This  was  reluctantly  complied 
I  with  on  October  25  to  points  indicated  by  the  Commanding  General. 
I  On  Octoljer  11  the  'Eighth  Army  Corps  was  reorganized  to  conform 
!  to  the  requirements  of  the  large  force  already  concentrated  at  Manila, 
j  aggregating  Oil  officers  and  15,058  men.  This  movement  of  men  a 
j  distance  of  6,913  m.  by  sea  was  accomplished  without  loss  other  than 
I  from  natural  causes  and  a  smaller  percentage  than  in  private  life. 
i  The  status  maintained  according  to  the  terms  of  the  protocol  termi- 
i  nated  in  the  complete  establishment  of  United  States  authority  under 
the  treaty  signed  at  Paris  December  10,  1898. 

SUPREME  EXECUTIVE  AUTHORITY. 

The  Pkksident  of  the  United  States  of  America, 

THEODORE  ROOSEVELT, 

Commander  in  Chief  of  tlie  Army  and  Navy  of  the  United  States  and  of  the  militia 
of  the  several  States  when  called  into  the  actual  service  of  the  United  States 
(Constitution  of  the  United  States,  1787,  Article  II,  section  2),  and  administrator 
of  the  Constitution,  laws,  and  treaties. 

Powers.— "All  military,  civil,  and  judicial  i)owers  necessary  to  govern  the  Philippine  Islands, 
acquired  from  Spain  by  the  treaties  concluded  at  Paris  on  the  tenth  day  of  December,  eighteen  hun- 
dred and  ninety-eight,  and  at  Washington  on  the  seventh  day  of  November,  nineteen  hundred,  shall, 
until  otherwise  provided  by  Congress,  be  vested  in  such  person  and  persons  and  shall  be  exercised  in 
such  manner  as  the  President  of  the  United  States  shall  direct,  for  the  establishment  of  civil  govern- 
mentand  for  maintaining  and  protecting  the  inhabitants  of  saiaislandsin  the  free  enjoyment  of  their 
liberty,  property,  and  religion:  Provided,  That  all  franchises  granted  under  the  authority  hereof  shall 
contain  a  reservation  of  the  right  to  alter,  amend,  or  repeal  the  same. 

"Until  a  permanent  government  shall  have  been  established  in  said  archipelago  full  reports  shall 
be  made  to  Congress  on  or  before  the  first  day  of  each  regular  session  of  all  legislative  acts  and  pro- 
ceedings of  the  temporary  government  instituted  under  the  provisions  hereof;  and  full  reports  of  the 
acts  and  doings  of  said  government,  and  as  to  the  condition  of  the  archipelago  and  of  its  people, 
shall  be  made  to  the  President,  including  all  information  which  may  be  useful  to  the  Congress  in 
providing  for  a  more  permanent  government:  Provided,  That  no  sale  or  lease  or  other  disposition  of 
the  public  lands  or  the  timber  thereon  or  the  mining  rights  therein  shall  be  made:  A7id  provided 
further.  That  no  franchise  shall  be  granted  which  is  not  approved  by  the  President  of  the  United 
States  and  is  not  in  his  judgment  clearly  necessary  for  the  immediate  government  of  the  islands  and 
indispensable  for  the  interest  of  the  people  thereof,  and  which  can  not,  without  great  public  mis- 
chief, be  postponed  until  the  establishment  of  permanent  civil  government;  and  all  such  franchises 
shall  terminate  one  year  after  the  establishment  of  such  permanent  civil  government. 

"All  laws  or  parts  of  laws  inconsistent  with  the  provisions  of  this  act  are  hereby  repealed."  (An 
act  making  appropriation  for  the  support  of  the  Army  for  the  fiscal  year  ending  June  30,  1902, 
approved  March  2,  1901.) 

KINGS  OF  SPAIN  SINCE  THE  PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS   FORMED  PART  OF  THE   MONARCHY, 
AFTER  THEIR  DISCOVERY  BY  HERNANDO  DE  MAGELLAN. 

1521-1556 Charles  I,  grandson  of  Ferdinand  V,  of  Castile,  conqueror  of  Grenada  and  Navarre  and 

King  of  all  Spain,  Emperor  of  Germany  as  Charles  V  1519.    Resigned  both  crowns  and 
retired  to  a  monastery  in  1556. 

1556-1.598 Philip  II. 

1598-1621 PhilipIII. 

1621-1665 Philip  IV.     At  war  with  the  Dutch  and  French  and  lost  Portugal  (1640). 

1665-1700 Charles  II.    The  last  of  the  Austrian  line. 

1700-1724 Philip  V.    Duke  of  Anjou,  grandson  of  Louis  XIV,  of  France.    Resigned. 

1724-1724 Louis  I.    Died  a  few  months  after  accession. 

1724-1746 Philip  V.    Restored. 

1746-1759 Ferdinand  VI.    The  wise,  liberal,  and  beneficent. 

1759-1788 Charles  III. 

1788-1808 Charles  IV.    Abdicated  in  favorof  his  son.    Forced  to  abdicate  by  Napoleon  Bonaparte 

of  France. 

1808-1808 Ferdinand  VII.    Also  forced  by  Napoleon  of  France  to  abdicate. 

,  1808-1813 Joseph  Bonaparte,  brother  of  Napoleon  of  France.    Forced  to  abdicate. 

1813-1833 Ferdinand  VII.    Restored. 

1833-1868 Isabella  II.    Deposed. 

.1868-1873 Amadeol.    Savoy.    Abdicated. 

1873-1874 The  Republic.    Foundea  February  11,  1873. 

1874-1885 Alphonso  XII,  son  of  Lsabella  II. 

1885-1886 Maria  Mercedes  Isabella  replaced  by  her  brother. 

1886-1898 December  10.    Alphonso  XIII.    Proclaimed  May  17. 

PRESIDENTS  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA. 

f  1898-1901 William  McKiNLEY,  of  Ohio. 

1901 Theodore  Roosevelt,  of  New  York. 


134  GAZETTEER    OF    THE   PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

DEPARTMENT  OF  WAR,  ELIHU  ROOT,  SECRETARY, 

Representative  of  the  President  of  the  United  States  in  the  administration  of  miUtary 
and  civil  affairs  in  the  Philippine  Islands. 


Foreign  countries  having  consuls  //*  the  Philippine  Islands  January  1,  1902. 


Country. 

Residence. 

Jurisdiction. 

Rank. 

Austria-Hungary 

do 

do 

Do. 

do 

do 

Do. 

China 

do 

do 

Consul-general. 

do 

do                                               

Consul. 

do 

do 

Do. 

Cebu 

Cebu 

In  charge. 

Manila 

Philippine  Islands     

Consul. 

Ttfllv 

Hr. 

do                        

Do. 

do 

T  ihpria 

do     

do 

do 

Do. 

.do 

do 

Do. 
Do. 

■    do 

do 

do 

do                  

Acting  vice-consul. 
Consul. 

Spain 

Sweden  and  Norway  . . 

Switzerland 

Uruguay  

Iloilo 

Iloilo                                          

Manila 

Consul-general. 

do 

do                                     

Do. 

.do     

do 

Do. 

In  terms  Spain  ceded  to  the  United  States  the  archipelago  known  as 
the  Philippine  Islands,  and  comprising-  the  islands  within  the  following 
line.     (See  Boimdaries  Philippine  Islands.) 

The  United  States  to  pa,v  to  Spain  the  sum  of  twent}^  million 
(20,000,000)  dollars  within  three  months  after  the  exchange  of  the 
ratification  of  the  Treat3\     (Art.  III.) 

Upon  the  exchange  of  the  ratifications  of  the  Treaty,  Spain  to  evacuate 
the  Philippines  and  the  island  of  Guam,     (Art.  V.) 

The  Treaty  also  contained  capitulations  of  accession,  cession,  and 
concession,  part  of  or  incidental  to  transfer  of  jurisdiction,  defining 
the  status  of  individuals  and  rights  closing  out  the  dispossessed  power. 

{Ratifications  advised  hy  the  Senate  Fehruary  <5,  1899;  ratified  hxf 
the  President  February  6;  ratified  hy  the  Queen  Regent  of  Spain 
March  9;  exchanged  at  Washingtmi  April  11;  proclaimed  at  Wash- 
ington  April  11^  1899.) 

To  remove  anj^  ground  of  misunderstanding  growing  out  of  the 
interpretation  of  Article  III  of  the  Treaty  of  Peace,  under  a  treaty 
between  the  same  contracting  powers  signed  at  Washington  November 
7, 1900,  sole  article  Spain  ''  relinquished  to  the  United  States  any  and  all 
islands  belonging  to  the  Philippine  Archipelago  lying  outside  the  lines 
described  in  that  article,  and  particularly  to  the  islands  of  Cagayan, 
de  Sidu,  and  Sibutu,  and  their  dependencies,"  and  agreed  "that  they 
should  be  comprehended  in  the  cession  of  the  archipelago  as  fully  as 
if  they  had  been  expressly  included  in  within  those  lines."  The 
amount  paid  by  the  United  States  was  $100,000. 

The  first  event  toward  the  restoration  of  commercial  activit}^  under 
United  States  jurisdiction,  antedating  even  the  first  instructions  of  the. 
President,  was  the  receipt,  December  13,  by  the  military  governor  of 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  135 

a  petition  signed  by  business  men  and  firms  at  Iloilo  (island  of  Panay), 
asking  for  American  occupation  and  protection. 

In  response  to  this  request  fifteen  days  later  (December  28),  the  first 
United  States  military  expedition  of  occupation  of  the  other  islands 
sailed  from  Manila.  Upon  arrival  ofl'  the  Visayan  city,  in  deference 
to  a  request  representing  the  business  interests,  the  city  being  in  the 
hands  of  the  insurgents  and  threatened  with  fire  and  pillage,  a  landing 
was  postponed  until  February  11.  The  place,  no  longer  tenable,  was 
tired  and  evacuated.  The  United  States  troops  took  immediate  pos- 
session. After  several  engagements  in  pursuit  the  country  around 
Jaro  and  Molo  was  cleared  of  insurgents. 

On  December  28,  1898,  the  United  States  military  governor  pro- 
claimed the  instructions  of  the  President  of  the   United   States  of 
December  21,  transmitted  by  cable  by  the  Secretary  of  War,  chiefly 
municipal  law,  to  remain  in  force  as  far  as  applicable,  and  to  be  admin- 
istered by  ordinary  tribunals  presided  over  by  the  representatives  of 
the  people — the  functions  of  civil  and  municipal  government  to  be 
I   performed  by  persons  chosen,  as  far  as  possible,  "from  the  inhabi- 
1  tants  of  the  island,"  and  the  management  of  public  propert}^,  revenues, 
i   and  transportation  to  be  conducted  under  the  military  authorities  until 
:   replaced  by  civil  administration.     In  other  particulars  these  instruc- 
tions reiterated  essentially  the  proclamation  of  August  11  as  to  rights 
and  commerce,  insuring  to  the  Filipino  people  "in  every  possible  way 
the  full  measure  of  individual  rights  and  liberty,  Avhich  is  the  heritage 
of  a  free  people." 

On  Januar}'  20,  1899,  in  a  communication  to  the  Secretary  of  State, 
:  the  President  called  attention  to  his  communication  of  December 
.  21,  1898,  to  the  Secretary  of  War  declaratory  of  "the  necessity  of 
',  extending  the  actual  occupation  and  administration  of  the  city,  harbor, 
and  bay  of  Manila  to  the  whole  of  the  territory  acquired  under  the 
Treaty  of  Paris,  December  10,  1898,  and  the  consequent  establishment 
,   of  military  government  throughout  the  entire  group." 

Although  the  Treaty  had  not  been  ratified,  the  belief  that  it  would 
be  by  the  time  of  the  arrival  of  commissioners  at  Manila,  and  to 
facilitate  the  extention  of  authority  and  the  protection  of  the  inhabit- 
ants led  the  President  to  name  in  the  month  of  January,  1899,  Jacob 
Gould  Schurman,  president;  Rear  Admiral  George  Dewey,  U.  S.  N. ; 
Maj.  Gen.  Elwell  S.  Otis,  U.  S.  V.;  Charles  Denby,  and  Dean  C. 
Worcester,  a  commission  to  that  end.  The  civil  members  of  this  com- 
mission met  at  Washington  on  January  18  and  received  the  Presi- 
,   dent's  instructions. 

i  Pending  the  dissemination  of  these  proclamatory  assurances,  on 
'  February  4,  1899,  the  insurgents  ventured  an  attack  on  the  American 
j  lines  at  Manila  with,  to  the  assailants,  most  disastrous  results,  followed 
by  an  immediate  aggressive  campaign,  in  which  their  towns  were 
captured,  their  government  demolished,  and  their  forces  scattered. 
This  attack  Avas  pursued  energetically,  operations  being  forced  beyond 
the  foothills  to  the  N. 

The  towns  of  the  Philippine  Islands  were  recognized  as  municipal 

corporations  to  ])e  known  as  "municipios."     The  commanding  officers 

of  military  districts  were  constituted  for  the  time  being  governors  of 

provinces,  with  powers  and  duties  defined. 

I       The  district  military  commanders  entered  into  the  work  with  accus- 

|i»tomed  intelligence  and  zeal. 


136  GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

The  complete  collapse  of  the  insurgent  movement  as  an  organized 
force  was  followed  on  June  21.  1900,  by  a  "Notice  of  amnesty"  to  all 
persons  then  or  at  any  time  since  February  4,  1899,  in  insurrection 
against  the  United  States,  who  within  90  days  from  that  date  formally 
renounced  all  connection  with  such  insurrection  and  subscribe  to  a  dec- 
laration acknowledging  and  accepting  the  sovereignty  of  the  United 
States  in  and  over  the  Philippine  Islands. 

Where  free  from  intimidation  the  submissions  were  large  and  increas- 
ing. The  establishment  of  local  government  on  United  States  models 
was  accompanied  by  the  introduction  of  the  advantages  of  the  machin- 
ery of  national  administration  in  the  institution  of  post  and  money- 
order  offices  and  the  establishment  of  mail  routes. 

In  the  interests  of  commerce  6  ports  of  entry  were  opened,  viz, 
on  Manila  (Luzon),  Cebu  (Cebu),  lloilo  (Panay),  Sulu  (Sulu),  Siasi 
(Sulu),  and  Zamboanga  (Mindanao),  two  more  than  Spain  had  during 
379  years  of  power,  and  73  ports  were  opened  to  coastwise  trade. 

A  general  northward  advance  on  the  insurgent  position  (February 
10)  terminated  in  the  capture  of  Malolos,  their  second  (March  31),  and 
San  Isidro,  their  third  capital,  a  few  days  later. 

It  was  during  this  campaign  that  the  iirst  municipal  election  in  the 
Philippines  took  place,  in  May,  1899,  after  the  rout  of  the  insurgents 
at  Baliuag,  Bulacan,  by  General  Lawton  giving  verbal  permission,  in 
response  to  a  public  petition,  for  a  meeting  in  the  plaza  to  choose  a 
"captain  municipal,"  or  ma3"or,  to  administer  the  civil  ati'airs  of  the 
town  and  represent  the  interests  of  the  forces  occupying  the  places. 
The  result  was  announced  and  obedience  commanded  in  G.  F.  O.,  No.  8, 
First  Division,  Eighth  Arm}"  Corps,  near  Baliuag,  May  7,  1899,  in 
English,  Spanish,  and  Tagalog. 

In  July  of  the  same  year  Paranaque,  Las  Piuas,  Bacoor,  and  Imus 
elected  mayors  under  military  protection. 

To  meet  the  rapidly  developing  situation  in  the  south,  G.  O., 
No.  8,  Headquarters  Department  Pacific  and  Eighth  Army  Corps, 
Manila,  P.  L,  March  1,  1899,  created  the  Visayan  Military  Dis- 
trict, headquarters  Iloilo,  Panay,  to  comprise  the  islands  of  Panay, 
Negros,  and  Celiu,  and  such  other  Visayan  islands  as  might  be  there- 
after designated,  the  troops  to  furnish  all  possible  protection,  main- 
taining peace  and  order  while  administering  civil  ati'airs  throughout 
the  islands  on  lines  prescribed  b}"  the  military  government.  Subdis- 
tricts  were  formed,  Avith  headquarters  at  Bacolod,  Negros  Occidental. 
This  expedition  left  Manila  March  2  and  arrived  at  Bacolod  a  few  days 
after,  from  which  point  operations  were  conducted  in  conjunction  with 
operations  from  Iloilo. 

The  same  month  a  military  governor  was  assigned  to  the  island  of 
Negros  with  instructions  to  aid  the  people  in  their  efforts  to  establish 
a  civil  government.  A  native  police  was  organized.  Delegates  met 
(July)  in  constitutional  convention,  after  the  American  method,  and 
framed  a  constitution  which  was  submitted  to  the  military  governor 
at  Manila  who  transmitted  it  to  the  President.  This  "constitution  or 
body  of  fundamental  laws,"  upon  which  the  people  of  Negros  sought 
"to  have  established  for  themselves  a  republican  form  of  govern- 
ment," was  promulgated  in  G.  O.,  No.  30,  military  governor  of  the 
Philippine  Islands,  Manila,  July  22,  1899. 

Pending  action  by  the  President  and  Congress  "  the  constitution "  ' 
was  set  in  motion  tentativeh'  by  the  appointment  of  a  militar}"  gover- 
nor to  command  the  troops  and  a  civil  governor  for  provincial  and 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  137 

municipal  purposes;  the  election  of  an  advisory  council  by  the  people, 
and  appointment  of  secretaries  of  the  treasur}^  interior,  ag-riculture, 
and  public  instruction,  an  attorney-gfeneral  and  auditor,  Iw  the  military 
oovernor  (general).  The  details  of  organization  and  powers  of  local 
administration  were  specified  with  Bacolod  as  the  capital. 

The  commission  appointed  ])y  the  President  under  instructions  of 
December  21,  1899,  began  their  labors  at  Manila  in  March  and  issued 
a  proclamation  (April  -1)  declaring: 

1 .  Supremacy  of  the  United  States  and  its  enforcement  if  necessary. 

2.  Self-government  compatible  with  sovereign  rights  and  obligations  of  the  United 
States. 

o.  Civil  and  religious  rights  and  equality  before  the  law. 

4.  Honor  and  justice  forbade  the  exploitation  of  the  people  of  the  island. 

5.  Guarantee  of  effective  civil  service  and  natives  to  be  employed  as  far  as  practi- 
cal )le. 

6.  Honest  collection  and  application  of  taxes  and  other  revenues  to  be  applied  to 
the  establishment  and  maintenance  of  the  Philippine  government  and  general 
improvements  in  the  interests  of  the  public. 

7.  An  honest,  prompt,  and  effective  administration  of  justice. 

8.  Construction  of  ways  of  communication  and  transjiortation  and  other  public 
works  for  the  benefit  of  the  people. 

9.  Trade  and  commerce,  domestic  and  foreign,  and  other  industries,  to  receive  fos- 
tering care. 

10.  The  establishment  of  public  schools  with  facilities  for  higher  education. 

11.  Reiorms  in  all  departments  of  the  government,  public  service,  and  corporations 
closely  touching  the  common  life  of  the  people. 

This  commission  collected  a. mass  of  testimony  from  the  class  of 
natives  whose  interests  demanded  a  strong  authority  in  the  affairs  of 
the  archipelago,  and  from  business  men  of  eight  nationalities.  It  was 
recalled  in  the  following  September  and  submitted  a  preliminary 
report  to  the  President  on  November  2. 

The  commanding  officers  of  troops  on  the  railwaj^  line  in  G.  O., 
43,  Aug.  8,  series  1899,  received  instructions  to  establish  temporary 
civil  government  in  the  adjacent  towns  occupied  by  the  United  States. 

This  provided  for  each  town  a  municipal  council  composed  of  a 
president  and  representatives  or  headman  for  each  ward  or  barrio, 
charged  with  the  maintenance  of  order  and  the  regulation  of  municipal 
affairs,  as  specified  under  the  supervisory  approval  of  the  commanding 
officer  of  the  station. 

On  May  19,  a  United  States  garrison  relieved  the  Spanish  troops, 
800  strong,  at  Sulu,  in  that  archipelago.  As  a  result  of  negotiations 
which  followed  an  agreement  was  reached  on  August  20,  1899,  at  that 
point  acknowledging,  by  the  local  sultan,  the  supreme  sovereignty  of 
the  United  States  over  the  whole  Sulu  Archipelago. 

This  agreement  and  accompanying  papers  forwarded  to  the  Presi- 
dent was  transmitted  to  Congress.  (Senate  Doc.  No.  136,  Fiftj^-sixth 
Congress,  first  session.) 

The  army  of  occupation,  reinforced  by  30,000  men  and  favored  by 
the  dr}'  season,  by  the  close  of  the  campaign  of  1899  had  cleared  up 
central  Luzon,  captured  the  insurgent  congress  and  government, 
excepting  its  so-called  president,  who  had  taken  to  flight,  and  was 
.  being  pursued.  On  December  11,  1899,  the  President  directed  the 
opening  of  Philippine  ports  to  commerce. 

In  furthering  the  substantial  advance  made  in  local  municipal  gov- 
ernment, in  G.  O.,  January  29,  1900,  the  military  governor  created  a 
board  "to  formulate  and  report  a  plan  of  municipal  government  to 
•*meet  the  requirements  of  the  municipios  of  the  islands  prepared  to 
adopt  representative  control  over  their  own  civil  affairs." 


138  GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

This  board  was  composed  of  native,  civic,  and  military  ability  and 
experience.  The  result  of  their  deliberations  was  the  prepamtion  of 
"A  plan  for  municipal  government  in  the  Philippine  Islands,"  promul- 
gated in  G.  O.,  No.  40,  March  29, 1900,  in  which  the  military  governor 
congratulated  the  Filipino  people  upon  being  in  position  for  the  first 
time  in  the  history  of  the  islands  to  exercise  the  right  of  suffrage  in 
the  election  of  municipal  officers. 

This  order  covered  the  whole  field,  the  cit}^  of  Manila  excepted,  in 
detail,  and  constituted  the  essential  foundation  of  municipal  govern- 
ment as  subsequently  elaborated. 

In  order  to  more  fully  carry  out  the  President's  instructions  of 
December  21,  1898,  respecting  the  occupation  of  the  territory  within 
the  boundaries  defined  by  the  treaty,  the  entire  archipelago  was  con- 
stituted a  military  division  with  departmental  and  district  subdivisions 
for  militaiy  control,  tactical  movements,  and  civil  administration,  as 
follows: 


DIVISION  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

Headquarters,  Manila,  P.  I. 

Created:  1900,  March  29,  General  Orders,  No.  36,  Headquarters  of  the  Army,  under 
orders  iss-ued  from  the  War  Department,  March  27,  1900. 

Territory:  To  comprise  all  the  islands  ceded  to  the  United  States  by  Spain  by  th( 
treaty  of  Parin,  ratified  A]>ril  11,  1899.     Maj.  Gen.  E.  S.  Otis,  commanding. 

Departments:  N.  Luzon,  S.  Luzon,  Yisayas  and  Mindanao,  and  Jolo  (Sulu) 

Limits:  Of  departmental  and  district  commands  as  follows: 

DEPARTMENT  OF  NORTHERN  LUZON. 

HEADQUARTERS   MANILA,   LUZON. 


[Embracing  all  that  portion  of  the  island  of  Luz6n  lying  to  the  N.  of  the  P4sig  River  and  the  prov- 
inces of  M6rong  and  Infanta,  together  with  all  the  Philippine  islands  lying  N.  of  those  lines,  except- 
ing the  Calaguas  group.] 

First  district. — Headquarters,  Vigan,  Ilocos  Sur,  Luzon.  Embracing  provinces  of 
Abra,  Bontoc,  Benguet,  Lepanto,  Ilocos  Sur,  Ilocos  Norte,  and  Union,  island  of  Luzon. 

Second  distric"!. — Headquarters,  Aparri,  Cagayan,  Luzon.  Embracing  pro^^nce^ 
of  Cagayan,  Isabela,  and  Nueva  Vizcaya,  island  of  Luzon. 

Third  district. — Headquarters,  Dagupan,  Pangasiniin,  Luzon.  Embracing  prov- 
inces of  Zambales,  Pangasiniin,  and  Tdrlac,  island  of  Luzon. 

Fourth  district. -^-Headquarters,  San  Isidro,  Nueva  Ecija,  Luzon.  Embracing 
pro\dnces  of  Nueva  Ecija  and  Principe,  island  of  Luzon. 

Fifth  district. — Headquarters,  Angeles,  Pampanga,  Luzon.  Embracing  provinces 
of  Batadn,  Pampanga,  and  Bulacan,  island  of  Luzon. 

Sixth  district.— Headquarters,  Deposito,  San  Jaun  del  Monte,  INIanila,  Luzon. 
Embracing  all  that  part  of  the  province  of  Manila  lying  N.  of  the  Pdsig  River,  and 
the  province  of  Morong. 

United  States  Army  gunboats. — Charleston,  Napindan. 

DEPARTMENT  OF  SOUTHERN  LUZON. 

headquarters    MANILA,   LUZ6n. 

[Embracing  that  portion  of  Luz6n  lying  S.  of  the  P4sig  River  and  of  the  S.  boundaries  of  the  prov- 
inces of  M6rong  and  Infanta,  and  all  the  Philippine  islands  situated  to  the  S.  of  those  lines  and  N. 
of  the  lines  passing  SE.  through  the  W.  Pass  of  Apo  to  the  twelfth  parallel  of  latitude;  thence  on  said 
parallel  to  meridian  124°  19'  E.  of  Greenwich;  thence  in  a  N.  direction  through  the  Straits  of  San  Ber- 
nardino, along  S.  line  of  channel  of  those  straits;  also  all  of  the  islands  of  Masbate  and  Sdmar.] 

First  district. — Headquarters,  Santa  Ana,  province  of  Manila,  Luzon.  Embrac- 
ing the  province  of  Cavite,  those  portions  of  the  provinces  of  Laguna  and  Batangas 
included  within  the  limits  described:  From  the  junction  of  the  boundary  line  of  the 
province  of  Cavite,  and  the  Laguna  de  Bay,  along  the  S.  shore  of  the  Laguna  de  Bay 
to  the  mouth  of  the  San  Cristobal  River;  and  to  the  following  boundary  line  from  % 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  139 

that  point:  Up  the  San  Cristobal  River  to  its  source:  thence  SW.  to  the  boundaiy 
line  between  Cavite  and  Batangas  province;  thence  along  this  boundary  line  to  a 
point  due  N.  of  Caloocan  on  N.  shore  of  Lake  Taal;  thence  S.  to  Batangas  Bay — this 
last  line  diverting  to  the  E.  at  its  first  intersection  with  Volcan  Island  (Lake  Taal), 
and  following  the  shore  line  of  that  island  instead  of  crossing  it.  That  portion  of 
Manila  lying  S.  of  the  Piisig  River,  the  city  of  Manila  excepted. 

Second  district. — Headquarters,  Calamba,  Laguna,  Luzon.  Embracing  provinces 
of  Tayabas,  Infanta,  and  those  portions  of  the  provinces  of  Laguna  and  Batangas  not 
included  in  the  first  district;  island  of  Luzon  and  the  island  of  Polillo. 

Third  district. — Headquarters,  Nueva  Caceres,  Camarines  Sur,  Luzon.  Embrac- 
t  ing  provinces  of  Albay,  Camarines  Norte,  Camarines  Sur,  and  Sorsogon,  island  of 

■  Luzon,  and  the  island  of  Catanduanes,  also  the  Calaguas  Islands. 

Fourth  district. — Headquarters,  Catbalogan,  island  of  Sdmar.  Embracing  the 
islands  of  Mindoro,  Tablas,  Marinduque,  Masbate,  and  all  islands  N.  and  W.  of  same 
to  the  Pass  of  Apo  and  the  S.  limit  of  Luzon  and  island  of  Sdmar. 

United  States  Abmy  gunboats. — Florida,  Laguna  de  Bay,  and  Oeste. 

DEPARTMENT  OF  THE  VISAYAS. 

headquarters  at  iloilo,  island  of  panay. 

[Bounded  on  the  N.  by  S.  limits  of  Department  of  Southern  Luzon,  on  the  W.  by  Ion.  121°  45'  E.  ot 
Greenwich,  on  the  S.  by  the  ninth  parallel  of  lat.,  and  extending  E.  to  Include  those  islands  of  the 
Philippine  group  lying  between  the  N.  and  S.  lines  herein  described,  but  excluding  all  the  island  of 
Mindanao  and  all  islands  east  of  the  Straits  of  Surigao.] 

First  district. — Headquarters,  Tacloban,  Leyte.  Embracing  the  island  of  Leyte. 
,  Second  district. — Headquarters,  at  Cebu,  Cebii.  Embracing  the  islands  of  Bohol 
1  and  Cebu. 

Third  district. — Headquarters,  Bacolod,  Negros.     Embracing  the  island  of  Negros. 

Fourth  district. — Headquarters,  Jaro,  Panay.     Embracing  the  island  of  Panay. 

DEPARTMENT  OF  MINDANAO  AND  JOLO. 

■  headquarters  at  zamboanga  (temporarily  at  cagayan  de  misamis),  island  op 

mindanao. 

[Embracing  all  islands  of  the  Philippine  group  not  included  in  the  territorial  boundaries  of  the 
departments  above  designated  and  described.] 

First  district. — Headquarters,  Cagayiin  de  Misamis,  Mindanao.  Embracing 
islands  of  Camiguin,  Din<4gat,  anci  Siargao,  and  that  portion  of  Mindanao  N.  of  the 
eighth  parallel  of  latitude. 

Second  district. — Headquarters,  Zamboanga,  province  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 
Embracing  the  islands  of  Basilan  and  Sarangani  and  that  portion  of  Mindanao  S.  of 
the  eighth  i)arallel  of  latitude. 

Third  district. — Head^iuarters,  Jolo  (Sulu),  island  of  Jolo  (Sulu).  Embracing 
the  Jolo  (Sulu)  Archipelago. 

Fourth  district. — Embracing  islands  of  Baldbac,  Paragua  (Palawan),  and 
Calamianes. 

DIVISION  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES  AND  UNITED  STATES  MILITARY 
GOVERNOR  IN  THE  PHILIPPINE  ISLANDS. 

1900,  May  5.     Maj.  Gen.  Arthur  MacArthur,  U.  S.  A.,* 
Commanding. 

In  their  council  of  war  at  Bay  am  bang  about  November  12,  1899,  the 
Filipino  military  leaders,  admitting  themselves  incapable  of  further 
resistance,  formally  disbanded  their  field  forces  and  occupied  a  series 
of  strong  defensive  positions  from  which  to  present  enough  resistance 
to  force  the  American  army  to  a  constant  repetition  of  tactical  deploy- 
ments. The  expediency  of  adopting  guerrilla  warfare  was  considered 
by  the  native  leaders  from  the  beginning.  The  formation  of  a  field 
army  conducting  regular  operations  was  for  political  efi'ect  by  demon- 
■#etrating  a  capacit}^  for  organization  and  self-government.     Therefore 


140  GAZETTEER   OF   THE   PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 

their  action  in  the  council  of  Bayamljang  was  simply  a  transition  from 
one  form  of  action  to  another. 

The  superiority  of  the  American  forces  having  been  demonstrated, 
on  June  5,  1900,  the  military  governor  recommended  a  general  and 
complete  amnesty,  the  issue  of  which  was  ordered  by  the  President 
and  promulgated  on  the  21st  of  the  same  month.  This,  together  with 
the  memorandum  of  July  2,  1900,  revealed  to  the  natives  the  beneficent 
spirit  of  American  institutions  and  the  determination  of  the  United 
States  to  establish  essentially  a  republican  form  of  government  at- 
tended with  the  largest  amount  of  Iibert3^  This  amnesty  expired  on 
September  21,  without  producing  the  desiied  effect. 

The  native  leaders,  acting  on  the  principle  that  every  native  in  the 
archipelago  owed  allegiance  to  the  insurgent  cause  and  any  sympathy 
with  the  Americans  was  deserving  of  severest  penalties,  began  a  sys- 
tematic course  of  persecutions. 

By  means  of  secret  committees  in  and  out  of  the  towns  contributions 
were  collected  and  capital  punishments  administered,  to  which  the 
people  submitted  as  a  legitimate  part  of  insurgent  authority. 

An  entirely  new  plan  of  campaign  was  therefore  determined  upon, 
preliminary  to  which  a  proclamation  was  issued  December  20,  1900, 
by  the  military  governor,  calling  attention  to  the  frequent  violations 
of  the  laws  of  war,  reminding  all  concerned  of  their  existence,  that 
exemplary  punishments  attached  to  the  infringement  thereof,  and  that 
their  strict  observance  "was"  required  not  only  by  combatant  forces 
but  as  well  by  noncombatants,  native  or  alien,  residing  within  occupied 
places. 

The  provisions  of  the  laws  of  war  most  essential  for  consideration 
were  set  forth  under  four  heads.  Special  instructions  were  issued  to 
the  provost-marshal-general  as  applied  to  Manila. 

The  proclamation  was  well  received  by  the  Filipino  people.  In 
order  to  emphasize  the  efficacy  of  the  new  order  of  things  under  G.  O., 
No.  1,  Manila,  January  7,  1901,  by  authority  of  the  War  Depart- 
ment, December  27,  1900,  certain  general  field  and  subordinate  insur- 
gent officers,  besides  civil,  official,  insurgent  agents,  sympathizers, 
and  agitators  were  deported  to  the  island  of  Guam  to  be  held  under 
surveillance  or  in  actual  custody  until  a  public  declaration  of  cessation 
of  hostilities. 


DIVISION  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

July  1,  1901.     Maj.  Gen.  Adna  R.  Chaffee.  U.  S.  A. 

HEADQUARTERS,    MANILA,  LUz6n,  P.   I. 

By  direction  of  the  President,  the  Departments  of  Northern  and 
Southern  Luzon,  of  the  Visa3'as,  and  the  Mindanao  and  Jolo  (Sulu) 
were  discontinued  on  November  30,  1901  (G.  O.,  No.  118,  Series  1901, 
War  Department),  and  on  and  after  that  date  the  Division  of  the 
Philippines  was  composed  of  the  following  departments  and  separate 
brigades. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILirPINE    ISLANDS.  141 


DEPARTMENT  OF  NORTH  PHILIPPINES. 

HEADQUARTERS,   MANILA,   LUZON,   P.   I. 

Including  all  that  portion  of  the  Philippine  Archipelago  lying  N.  of  a  line  passing  (southeast- 
wardly)  through  the  W.  Pass  of  Apo,  or  Mindoro  Strait,  to  the  twelfth  parallel  of  N.  lat.,  thence  E. 
along  said  parallel  to  124°  10'  E.  of  Greenwich,  but  including  the  entire  island  of  Masbate,  thence  N. 
to  San  Bernardino  Strait. 

First  separate  brigade. — Headquarters,  Dagupan,  PangasinAn,  Luzon;  embracing  provinces  of 
Abra,  Benguet,  Bontoc,  CagayAn,  Ilocos  Norte,  Ilocos  Sur,  Isabela.  Lepanto,  Nueva  Vizcaya,  Pangasi- 
ndn,  and  Union,  Luzon. 

Second  separate  brigade.— Headquarters,  San  Fernando,  Pampanga,  Luzon;  embracing  provinces 
of  Batain,  Bulaoan,  Nueva  Ecija,  Pampanga,  Rizal  (N.  of  Pdsig),  Principe,  T^irlac,  Zambales,  and 
Infanta  (except  Isia  Polillo),  Luzon. 

Third  separate  brigade.— Headquarters,  Batangas,  Batangas,  Luzon;  embracing  provinces  of  Rizal 
(S.  of  PAsig),  Laguna,  Tayabas  (W.  of  a  N.  and  S.  line  through  Atimonan),  Batangas,  and  Cavite, 
islands  of  Tablas,  Romblon,  and  Sibuy^n  (Romblon  group);  Marinduque,  Mindoro,  and  all  adjacent 
islands. 

Fourth  separate  brigade. — Headquarters,  Nueva  CAceres,  Camarines  Sur,  Luzon;  embracing  prov- 
inces of  Tayabas  (E.  of  a  N.  and  S.  line  through  Atimonan,  and  including  that  town),  Camarines 
Norte,  Albay,  Camarines  Sur,  and  Sorsogon,  Luz6n;  islands  of  Masbate,  Burias,  Polillo,  Ticao, 
Catanduanes,  and  all  adjacent  islands. 

Post  of  Manila.— Manila,  Luzon;  embracing  the  city  of  Manila. 

DEPARTMENT  OF  SOUTH  PHILIPPINES. 

HEADQUARTERS,  CEBU,  CEBU,  P.   I. 

Embracing  all  that  portion  of  the  Philippine  Archipelago  lying  S.  of  the  dividing  line  described  for 
the  S.  boundary  of  the  Department  of  North  Philippines. 

Fifth  separate  brigade.— Headquarters,  Iloilo,  Panay;  embracing  Panay,  Negros,  Cebii,  Bohol,  and 
all  adjacent  islands. 

Sixth  separate  brigade.— Headquarters,  Tacloban,  Leyte;  embracing  Leyte,  Samar,  and  all  adja- 
cent islands. 

Seventh  separate  brigade.— Headquarters,  Zamboanga,  Mindanao;  embracing  Mindanao,  Jolo 
(Sulu)  group,  Paragua  (Palawan),  Calamianes  group,  and  all  adjacent  islands. 

September  30,  1902.     Maj.  Gen.  George  W.  Davis,  U.  S.  A. 

HEADQUARTERS,   MANILA,   LUZ6n,  P.  I. 

Under  instructions  from  the  President  on  July  14,  1902  (G.  0.,  78,  series  1902), 
"  ordered  by  the  Secretary  of  War,"  Maj.  Gen.  George  W.  Davis,  U.  S.  A.,  was 
assigned  to  the  command  of  the  Division  of  the  Philippines,  to  take  effect  September 
30,  1902. 

By  direction  of  the  President  and  orders  of  the  War  Department  (G.  O.,  98,  series 
1902),  the  departments  of  North  Philippines  and  South  Philippines  were  discontinued 
on  the  30th  of  September,  1902,  and  on  and  after  that  date  the  Division  of  the  Phil- 
ippines was  composed  of  the  following  departments: 

Department  of  Luzon.— To  include  all  that  portion  of  the  Pliilippine  Archipelago  lying  N.  of  a 
line  passing  SE.  through  the  West  Pass  of  Ajm,  or  Mindoro  Strait,  to  the  12th  parallel  of  N."lat.;  thence 
E.  along  said  parallel  to  124°  10'  E.  of  Greenwich,  but  including  the  entire  island  of  Masbate;  thence 
N.  to  and  through  San  Bernardino  Strait.— Headquarters,  Manila,  Luzon. 

Department  of  the  Visayas. — To  include  all  islands  in  the  Philippine  Archipelago  Ijang  S.  of  the 
S.  line  of  the  Department  of  Luz6n,  as  above  described,  E.  of  long.  121°  45'  E.  of  Greenwich  and  N.  of 
the  9th  parallel  of  N.  lat.,  including  all  of  Paragua  and  adjacent  islands,  and  excepting  the  island  of 
Mindanao  and  all  islands  E.  of  the  Strait  of  Surigao.— Headquarters,  Iloilo,  Panay. 

Department  of  Mindanao.— To  include  all  the  remaining  islands  of  the  Philippine  Archipelago.— 
Headquarters,  Zamboanga,  Mindanao.  The  divi.sion  commander  to  make  such  distribution  of  troops 
as  in  his  judgment  would  best  meet  the  requirements  of  the  service  in  the  division. 

As  part  of  the  reconstruction  of  the  Division  of  the  Philippines  into  3  depart- 
ments, the  7  separate  brigades  were  reduced  to  4,  and  a  further  concentration  of 
stations  of  United  States  troops  in  the  P.  I.  was  made.  [Details  not  received  Octo- 
ber 1,  1902.] 


142  GAZETTEER   OF    THE   PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

/ 

Stations  of  troops,  Philippine  Islmids. 

[Under  the  distribution  of  troops  January  1, 1902,  there  were  492  military  stations.  Under  the  dispo- 
sitions of  February  15, 1902,  there  are  332  stations,  a  reduction  of  160.  N.  P. = Department  of  North 
Philippines;  S.  P. = Department  of  South  Philippines;  towns  in  capital  letters  are  the  capitals  of 
the  provinces,  islands,  or  districts.]  • 


Station. 

Province,  civil  or  military. 

Island. 

Depart- 
ment. 

N.P 

Abulug 

Cagaydn .             

Luz6n 

N  P 

Ajuib 

Concepcion 

Panav 

S   P 

N.P. 

.      .do. 

Leyte 

Leyte 

S  P 

IffiY"^!::":':::::::::::::::: 

Albay  

N.P. 

AlcalA  » 

Ca  gaydn 

.do 

N  P 

Misamis 

Mindanao 

S.  P. 

N.P. 

Isabela 

.  ..do 

An^atb 

Bulac&n 

do 

N  P 

do 

N.P. 

Rizal...: 

.     ..do 

N.P 

Aparri » " 

Cagaydn 

do 

N  P 

Alfonso  XIII 

Paragua  (Palawan ) 

Paragua  ( Palawan ) 

S.  P. 

N.P 

Cebil                

Cebu 

S  P 

Antimonan  ( Atimonan ) » 

N.P. 

do 

N.P. 

BACOLOD  » 

Negros  Occidental        .  . 

Negros 

S  P 

S.  P. 

Cebu 

Cebv\ 

s.  p. 

Balayan  •> 

Batangas 

Luzon 

N  P 

BALER 

Principe 

do 

N  P 

do 

N.P. 

Balungao 

Pangasindn 

do 

N  P 

Banate  "> 

Iloilo 

Panay 

S  P 

S.  P. 

Barayong 

SAmar 

S&mar 

S  P 

Basev '' 

do 

do 

S  P 

batan'gas»  = 

N.P. 

Bautista  » " 

Pangasin&n 

do 

N  P 

Bauan  !> 

Batangas 

do 

N  P 

do 

N.P. 

Leyte 

Bayb 

Laguna 

N  P 

do 

N.P. 

Binangonan 

Rizal  

do 

N  P 

Bifian  » 

Laguna 

do 

N  P 

S.  P. 

N.P. 

Bobon          .             

SAmar 

SSmar 

S  P 

Bogo 

Cebii 

Cebu 

S  P 

N.P. 

Borilfao             

Tawi  Tawi 

Jolo  (Sulu  Archipelago) .... 

S  P 

Bon|;abong 

Nueva  Ecija 

N  P 

S.  P. 

BULACAN" 

BulacAn 

N  P 

do 

N.P. 

S.  P. 

Cabuyao 

Laguna 

Luz6n 

N  P 

Ceba 

Cebu 

S.  P. 

Calabonga  (Calabaiiga)  ^ 

CalacA  •>                   .... 

N.P. 

Batangas 

do 

N  P. 

Calamba" " 

Laguna 

do 

N  P 

CALAPAN" 

Mindoro 

N.P. 

Calape  » 

Bohol 

Bohol 

S.  P. 

Calb^yoga 

Sdmar 

Sdmar 

S   P. 

Calbiga 

do 

.....do 

S.  P. 

N.P. 

Calivo" 

C&piz 

Panay 

S.  P. 

N.P. 

Rizal 

do 

N.P. 

Camilig  (CamAlig)" 

Albav 

do 

N.P. 

Camilig 

TArlac 

do 

N.P. 

'  Telegraph  stations. 


•'Telephone  stations. 


'  Postal  money-order  < 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


143 


Stations  ofiroojjs,  Philippine  Islands — Continued. 


Station. 

Province,  civil  or  military. 

Island. 

Depart- 
ment. 

Capaloiiga 

Ambos  Camarlncs 

Luzon 

N  P 

Tayabas 

do 

N  P 

do 

N.P. 

C\PIZ'' 

CApiz .  . . 

Panay 

S  P 

Capnl 

Capul 

Sdmar 

S   P 

do 

S.  P. 

('•■iriLT 

Isabela 

Luzon  . 

N.P 

Castilleiosi 

Zambales 

do 

N  P 

Tayabas 

do 

N  P 

Catubig 

...  do 

do 

S   P 

do 

do 

S   P 

Isabela 

N.P. 

Cavinti 

Laguna 

.  ..  do  . 

N  P 

CEBU*" 

Cebii 

Cebu 

S   P 

CERVANTES  >> 

N.P. 

Colasi* 

Antique 

Panay 

S   P 

Iloilo 

S.  P. 

Isabela  ...           .      .     . 

Luzon  

Mindanao 

N.P. 

COTTABATO  (Cotabato)" 

Cotabato 

S   P 

N.P. 

do 

N.P. 

Cavapo  (Cuyapo)  ^ 

Nueva  Ecija 

do 

N  P 

do 

N.P. 

do 

N.P. 

Danao 

Negros 

Negros 

S  P. 

Cebi'i 

Cebii 

S   P 

DAPITAN 

s.  p. 

Daraga  ^ 

Albay 

Luzon 

N.P. 

Cavite 

Luzon 

N  P 

do 

N.P. 

DAVAO 

Ddvao 

Mindanao 

S  P. 

Dingrds'' 

Ilocos  Norte 

Luz6n 

N  P 

Donsol 

do 

N.P. 

Leyte..  .... 

S.  P. 

Dl'MAGUETE" 

Negros  Oriental 

Negros 

S  P 

Dumanjug 

Cebii 

Cebii 

S.  P. 

Isabela 

N.P. 

Erenas 

Sdmar 

S4mar 

S  P 

Gasdn  b 

N  P 

T&rlac 

N.P. 

Guiuan 

SAmar 

S&mar 

S  P 

Tayabas 

N  P 

Bohol 

Bohol  

S.  P. 

Guinobatan  " 

Albay 

Luzon 

N.P. 

Hagonoy  •> 

BulacAn 

do 

N  P 

S.  P. 

N.P. 

IBA"               

do 

N  P. 

Ibaan 

do 

N.P. 

Iloilo      

S.  P. 

ILAGAN» 

Isabela 

Luzon 

N.P 

do 

N.P. 

S.  P. 

ILOILO"'^    .... 

Iloilo 

Panay 

S  P. 

N.P. 

Inddn» 

.do            

do 

N.P. 

Indang  

Ambos  Camarines 

do 

N.P. 

Isabela" 

Negros  Occidental 

S  P 

ISABELAb 

S.  P. 

Jaro* 

Iloilo 

Panay     

S.  P. 

Jaro» 

Leyte 

Leyte 

S.  P. 

S.  P. 

s.  p. 

Jolo  (Sulu)»<! 

Jolo  (Sulu) 

Jol6  (Sulu)  Archipelago.... 
Negros 

S.  P. 

LaCarlota  (Simancas)" 

s.  p. 

s.  p. 

s.  p. 

do 

SjP. 

Laguimanoc 

Tavabas 

Luzon 

N.P. 

Lambunao 

Iloilo 

S  P 

LAOAGb" 

N.P. 

.  ...do 

N.P. 

Lanang 

Sdmar 

SAmar 

S.  P 

Lavezares  

do 

do 

S  P 

N.P. 

Libmandn  >> 

N  P 

Light-House 

Bal&bac 

BalAbac 

S  P 

Liioan- :::.;::::: 

Cebu 

Cebu 

S.  P. 

'Telegraph  stations. 


>  Telephone  stations. 


'  Postal  money-order  office. 


144 


GAZETTEEE    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


Stalioiis  of  troops,  Philippine  Islands — Continued. 


Province,  civil  or  military. 


Lilio" 

Liiigayen  > 

Lipa  » 

Loboc  » 

Loboo  

Loon  » 

L6pez  » 

Los  Bail  OS ' 
Lucbto  i> . . 
Lucena  » " . 
Luisiana  ^  . 

Lupi 

MAcar 


Maasin  » 

Maebato 

Magiirao 

Magdalena  <^ 

Maiayjay  b 

Malabang  » 

Malabon  » « 

Mambulao- 

Mangarin 

MANlLA^bc 

CalleGral.  Solano,  No.  348. 

Camp  Wallace  (Luneta).  •> 

Camp  Santa  Mesa.  •> 

Cuartel  de  Espana. 

Cuartel  de  Infanteria.  "'' 

Cuartel  Meisic. 

Estado  Mayor.  •> 

Exposition  barracks. 

Fort  Santiago. 

Malate  barracks. 

Pasay  cavalry  barracks.  » * 

Paseo  de  Bagumbayan. 

Trozo  barracks. 

Maragond6n  >> 

Mariquina  ^ 

Mariveles 

MASBATE" 

Masinloc  » , 

Matnog 

MaubAn 

Mauo 

Minal4bag  >> 

Misamis  » <= 

Moncada  ^ 

MontalbAn  ^ 

Morong  b 

Muntinlupa  •> 

Mutiong 

Naga* 

Nagcarlang  (NacarUn)'' 

Naic  (Naig)» 

Nasugbut) 

Nauj  to 

Norzagarav'' 

NUEVA  CACERES*'^ 

Or^s 

Ormoc  » 

0,slob» 

Paete»> 

Pagbilao* 

PagsanjAn'' 

Palanit 

Palanqui 

PaUpog  ( PalApag) 

Palauan  (Paliian) 

Pambujan  Norte 

Pamplona 

Paniqui* 

Pansan  jan 

Pantabangan^ 

PAoay  

Paracale 

Parang  Parang* 


Pascologa 

Paranus  (Paranas) 


Laguna 

Pangasin^n 

Batangas 

Bohol 

Batangas 

Bohol 

Tayabas 

Laguna 

Tayabas 

do 

Laguna 

Ambos  Camarines. 

Divao 

Hollo 

Leyte 

Caiamianes  group. 
Ambos  Camarines . 

Laguna 

do 

Cotabato 

Rizal 

Ambos  Camarines . 

Mindoro 

Rizal 


Cavite 

Rizal 

Batadn 

Masbate 

Zambales 

Sorsogon 

Tayabas 

S4mar 

Ambos  Camarines. 

Misamis 

Tftrlac 

Rizal 

do 

do 

SAmar 

Cebu 

Laguna 

Cavite . 

Batangas . 

Mindoro. 

BulacAn . 

Ambos  Camarines . 

SAmar . 

Levte. 

Cebu  . 


Tayabas . 
Laguna.. 
Sdmar . . . 
Albay  . . . 
SAmar . . . 
Mindoro . 


Ambos  Camarines . 

TArlac 

SAmar 

Nueva  Ecija 

Ilocos  Norte 

Ambos  Camarines . 

Cotabato 

Ambos  Camarines . 

do 

S^mar 

Rizal  


Luzon  

....do 

-...do 

Bohol 

Luzon  

Bohol 

Luzon  

....do 

....do 

....do 

....do 

....do 

Mindanao . 

Panay 

Leyte 

Busuanga  . 

Luzon 

....do 

....do 

Mindanao . 

Luzon  

....do 

Mindoro... 
Luz6n  


Luzon . 
....do. 
....do. 


Luzon  

Mindanao . 

Luzon  

do 

....do 

do 

SAmar 

Cebii 

Luzon  

do..... 

do 

Mindoro... 

Luzon  

do 

Sdmar 

Leyte 

Cebu 

Luzon  

.....do 

do 

S&mar 

Luzon  

Sa,mar 

Mindoro . . 


Luzon  

do 

S^mar 

Luzon  

do 

do 

Mindanao . 

Luz6n 

do 


Luzon 


'Telegraph  stations. 


*  Telephone  stations. 


•  Postal  money-order  office. 


GAZETTEEK   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

Stations  of  troops,  Philippine  Islands — Continued. 


145 


station. 

Province,  civil  or  military. 

Island. 

Depart- 
ment. 

Payao  . 

Negros  Qccidental 

Nueva  Eciia 

Negros 

S  P 

Luz6n 

N  P 

Pilai' 

do 

Pili» 

Ambos  Camarines 

do 

N  P 

Piiiamalayan 

Mindoro 

Mindoro 

N  P 

Pol;-.. 

PollOCb 

Cotabato 

Mindanao 

S   P 

Iloilo 

Puerto  Galera 

Mindoro        

Mindoro 

N  P 

PUERTO  PRINCESA 

Paragua  (Palawan) 

Paragua  (Palawan) 

S   P 

Pulo,  Maligi  I 

Quiiiapindaii 

SAmar 

SAmar 

S   P 

QuiiigiiA'^ 

Bulacdn 

N  P 

rom"bl6n 

Rombl6n 

Romblon 

N  P 

do 

Salcedo 

SSmar 

SAmar 

S  P 

Salomague  •> 

Ilocos  Sur 

N  P 

do 

San  Antonio  »  . 

Zambales 

N  P 

do 

do 

San  Pilsteban » 

Ilocos  Sur 

do 

N  P 

San  FabiAn  b 

do 

N.P. 

do 

San    Felipe   Neri   (San    Felipe 

Nery).> 
San  Fernando  " " 

Rizal 

do 

N  P 

do 

N  P 

SAN  FERNANDO  »  « 

Uni6n 

-do                    .     . 

San  Fernando  >>     

Ambos  Camarines 

do 

N  P 

San  Franci.sco  de  Malab6n  «■ 

SAN  ISIDRO  =■  <: 

do 

N.P 

.do 

San  Isidro  * 

Zambales . . 

do 

N  P 

San  Jos6  *  . 

Batangas 

do 

N  P 

.  .  .do    . 

San  Jos4 

S&mar 

SAmar 

S   P 

SAN  JOSE  DE  BUEN AVISTA  a. 

Antique 

Panay 

S   P 

San  Juan  de  Bocboc^' 

Batangf^s 

do 

N  P 

San  Juan  de  Guimba'' 

Nueva  Eciia 

do 

N  P 

Iloilo 

San  Marcelino  =■ . 

Zambales 

Luzon 

N  P 

Rizal 

do 

.  .  .do 

San  Nicolds  •> 

PangasinS,n 

do 

N  P 

San  Pablo  » 

do 

N.P. 

Iloilo 

Panay 

Luzon 

Santa  Cruz  » 

Laguna 

N  P 

Santa  Maria . 

BulacAn 

do 

N  P 

do 

Santa  Maria  » 

Ilocos  Sur 

do 

N  P 

Santa  Rita 

SAmar 

SAmar 

S    P 

Santa  Rita  I 

do 

do 

Santo  TomAs  ^ 

Batangas 

do 

N  P 

Sara  ^ 

Iloilo 

S   P 

Sariaya-' 

Siassi(Siasi)'' 

Siasi.   .  .. 

Siasi 

S   P 

Sllang» 

Cavite 

Luzon  ...; 

N  P 

Silay  «■ 

S   P 

Solano 

Sorsog6n  » 

Sorsogon 

do 

N  P 

Spanish  Fort  •> 

Batangas 

do 

N  P 

Station  No.  2 

S.  P. 

do 

do 

S.  P. 

....do 

.      do 

SURIGAO^ 

Surigao 

Mindanao 

S  P 

Taal» 

Batangas 

N  P 

Tabaco* 

Albay 

do 

N.P. 

.TACLOBAN"" 

Bohol  . 

Taisan 

Batangas 

Luz6n 

N  P 

Talavera 

do 

N  P 

Talisay 

do.... 

Tanauana 

do 

do 

N.P. 

"Telegraph  stations. 

S.  Doc.  280- 


^  Telephone  stations. 


'  Postal  money-order  office. 


146 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLAT^DS. 


Stations  of  troops,  Philippine  Islands — Continued. 


station. 

Province,  civil  or  military. 

Island. 

Depart- 
ment. 

Tanauan  » 

Leyte 

Lerte 

S  P 

Tanaj' '' 

Rizal 

Luzon 

N  P 

TAYABAS* 

Tavabas 

N  P 

do 

Tiaon  (Tiaong) » 

Tayabaa 

do        .. 

N  P 

Hollo 

Panav 

S   P 

S.  P. 

Bohol 

Tubungan 

Iloilo 

Panay 

S  p 

Cebu  

Cebii 

S.  P. 

Tuev 

Batangas 

Luzon 

N  P 

do 

do 

N  P 

do 

N.P. 

VIGAX*" 

Ilocos  Sur 

.do 

N  P 

Valladolida 

Negros 

S   P 

s.  p. 

N.P. 

Villareal 

S^mar 

Sdmar 

S    P 

Wevler'' 

do 

do 

S.  P. 

s.  p. 

'  Telegraph  stations. 


ij  Tielephone  stations. 


■  Postal  money-order  office. 


During  the  period  between  Ma^^  5,  1900,  and  June  30,  1901,  1,026 
contacts  took  place  between  the  American  troops  and  insurgents, 
resulting  in  casualties,  American  killed  245,  wounded  490,  captured 
118,  missing  20  ;  insurgents  killed  3,851,  wounded  1,193,  captured 
6,572,  surrendered  23,095  ;  material  captured  or  surrendered  to  the 
,Ajnericans,  rifles  15,693,  rifle  ammunition  296,365,  revolvers  868, 
bolos  3,516,  cannon  122,  cannon  ammunition  10,270. 

The  capture  of  the  insurgent  chief,  Aguinaldo,  in  March,  1901,  was 
one  of  the  events  of  the  military  operations  of  the  year.  This  was 
followed  by  the  almost  immediate  surrender  of  mau}^  of  the  most 
implacable  of  the  insurgent  chiefs  and  their  adherents. 


CIVIL   GOVERNMENT. 

United  States  Philippine  Commission. 

September  .30,  1902. 

WILLIAM  H.  TAFT  of  Ohio,  President. 
DEAN  C.  AVORCESTER,  Michigan. 
LUKE  E.  WRIGHT,  Tennessee. 
HENRY  C.  IDE,  Vermont. 
BERNARD  MOSES,  California. 


CIVIL  GOVERNOR  OF  THE  PHILIPPINE  ISLANDS. 

WILLIAM  H.  TAFT,  OF  OHIO, 

Ex-officio  President  of  the  Philippine  Commission. 

July  4,  1901. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


147 


MEMBERS  OF  THE  PHILIPPINE  COMMISSION. 


To  date  /row,  September  1,  1901. 

DEAN  C.  WORCESTER,  Secretary  of  the  Interior. 

LUKE  E.  WRIGHT,  Secretary  of  Commerce  and  Police. 

HENRY  C.  IDE,  Secretary  of  Finance  and  Justice. 

BERNARD  MOSES,  Secretary  of  Public  Instruction. 

TRINIDAD  H.  PARDO  DE  TAVERA,  Member  of  the  Philippine  Commission. 

BENITO  LEGARDA,  Member  of  the  Philippine  Commission. 

JOSE  LUZURIAGA,  Member  of  the  Philippine  Commission. 

Powers.— Under  instructions  of  June  21,  1901,  by  the  President  to  the  Secretary  of  War,  it  was 
declared: 

"  On  and  after  the  fourth  day  of  July,  1901,  until  it  shall  be  otherwise  ordered,  the  president  of  the 
Philippine  Commission  will  exercise  the  executive  authority  in  all  civil  affairs  in  the  government  of 
the  Philippine  Islands  heretofore  exercised  in  such  affairs  by  the  military  governor  of  the  Philippines, 
and  to  that  end  the  Hon.  William  H.  Taft,  president  of  the  said  commission,  is  hereby  appointed 
civil  governor  of  the  Philippine  Islands.  Such  executive  authority  will  be  exercised  under,  and  in 
conformity  to,  the  instructions  to  the  Philippine  commissioners,  dated  April  7, 1900,  and  subject  to  the 
,  approval  and  control  of  the  Secretary  of  War  of  the  United  States.  The  municipal  and  provincial 
civil  governments  which  have  been,  or  shall  hereafter  be,  established  in  said  islands,  and  all  persons 
performing  duties  appertaining  to  the  offices  of  civil  government  in  said  islands,  will,  in  respect  of 
such  duties,  report  to  the  said  civil  governor. 

"  The  power  to  appoint  civil  officers,  heretofore  vested  in  the  Philippine  Commission,  or  in  the  mill 

tary  governor,  will  be  exercised  by  the  civil  governor,  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  commission. 

""The  military  governor  of  the  Philippines  is  hereby  relieved  from  the  performance,  on  and  after  the 

said  4th  day  of  July,  of  the  civil  duties  hereinbefore  described,  but  his  authority  will  continue  to 

.  be  exercised  as  heretofore  in  those  districts  in  which  insurrection  against  the  authority  of  the  United 

i  States  continues  to  exist,  or  in  which  public  order  is  not  sufficiently  restored  to  enable  provincial 

,  civil  governments  to  be  established  under  the  instructions  to  the  commission,  dated  April  7, 1900." 

t  ■ 

1  Governor-generals  of  the  Philippine  Islands  from  their  formal  occupation  by  Spain  doivn 
to  their  transfer  to  the  sovereignty  of  the  United.  States. 

'  IThe  Adelantado  Miguel  L6pez  de  Legaspi  took  possession  of  these  islands  in  the  name  of  His  Majesty 
Philip  II  in  April,  1564.] 


1674. 
1575. 

1580. 


1593. 
1595. 
1596. 
1602. 
1606. 
1608. 
1609. 
1616. 
1617. 
1618. 
1624. 
1625. 


1632. 
1633. 
1635. 
1644. 
1653. 
1663. 
1668. 


1677. 
1678. 


1701. 
1709 
1715. 
1717. 
1719. 


.Guido  de  Lavezares. 

.Francisco  de  Sande. 

.Gonzalo  Ronquillo. 

.Diego  Ronquillo. 

.Santiago  de  Vera. 

.G6mez  P6rez  Dasmarifias. 

.Pedro  de  Rojas  (pro  tern.). 

.Luis  P6rez  Dasmarifias. 

.Antonio  de  Morga. 

.Francisco  Tello de  Guzmdn. 

.  Pedro  Bravo  de  Acufia. 

.Cristobal  T611ez  de  LamezAn. » 

.Rodrigo  Vivero  (pro  tern.). 

.Juan  deSilva. 

.Andres  Alcazar.* 

.GeronimodeSilva  (interregnum). 

.Alfonso  Fajardo  de  T\i&. 

.Ger6nimo  de  Silva.» 

.  Fernando  de  Sil va  (pro  tem. ) . 

.Juan  Nino  de  Tabora. 

.Lorenzo  de  Olaaso." 

.Juan  Cerezo  de  Salamanca  (pro  tem.). 

.Sebastian  Hurtado  de  Corcuera. 

.Diego  Fajardo. 

.Sabiniano  Manrique  de  Lara. 

.Diego  Salcedo. 

.Juan  Manuel  de  la  Pena  Bonifaz  (pro 
tem.). 

.Manuel  de  Le6n. 

.Francisco  Coloma  and  Francisco  Soto- 
mayor  y  Mancilla.» 

.Juan  de  Vargas  Hurtado. 

.Gabriel  Curuzelsegui. 

.Alfonso  Fuertes." 

.Fausto  Cruzat  y  G6ngora. 

.Domingo  Zabalburu. 

.Martin  Urzua. 

.Jos^Torralba." 

-Fernando  de  Bustamante. 

.  Francisco  de  la  Cuesta,  Archbishop  of  Ma- 
nila (interim). 

.Marques  de  Torre-Campo. 


1739... 
1739... 
1745... 

1750... 
1754... 
1759... 
1761... 
1762. . . 
1764... 
1765... 
1770. . . 
1776... 
1778. . . 
1787... 
1788... 
1793... 
1806... 
1810... 
1813... 
1816... 
1822... 
1824,-. 
1830... 
1836... 


1837.... 

1838.... 

1841..-. 

1843---- 

1844---- 

1849.... 

1850.... 

1853.... 

1854.... 

1854.... 

1854.... 

1856---- 

1857--.- 

1860- 

1860. 


Fernando  Valdds  y  Tamon. 

Gasparde  de  la  Torre. 

Juan  Arechederra,  Bishop-elect  of  Nueva 

Segovia. 
Jos6  Francisco  de  Obando. 
Pedro  Manuel  de  Arandia. 
Miguel  Ezpeleta,  Bishop  of  Cebii. 
Manuel  Rojo,  Archbishop  of  Manila. 
Sim6n  de  Anda  y  Salazar. 
Francisco  Javier  de  la  Torre. 
Jos6  de  Raon. 
Simon  de  Anda  y  Salazar. 
Pedro  de  Sario. 
Jos6  de  Basco  y  Vargas. 
Pedro  de  Sario. 
F(Slix  Berenguer  y  Marqviina. 
Rafael  Maria  de  Aguilar. 
Mariano  Fernandez  de  Folgueras. 
Manuel  Gonzales  de  Aguilar. 
Jose  Gardoqui  de  Garaveitia. 
Mariano  Ferndndez  de  Folgueras. 
Juan  Antonio  Martinez. 
Mariano  Ricafort. 
Pascual  Enrile  y  Alcedo. 
Gabriel  de  Torres. 
Joaquin  de  Cramer. 
Pedro  Antonio  ae  Salazar. 
Andres  G.  Oamba. 
Luis  Lardizabal. 
Marcelino  de  OraA. 
Francisco  de  Paulo  de  Alcald. 
Narciso  Claveria. 
Antonio  M.  Blanco. 
Antonio  de  Urbiztondo. 
Ram6n  Montero. 
Miguel  Pavio  y  Lay. 
Ram6n  Montero. 
Manuel  Crespo. 
Ramon  Montero. 
Fernando  de  Norzagaray. 
Ramon  Solano  y  Llanderal. 
Juan  de  Herrera  DAvila. 


'  Military.    Civil  affairs  under  the  Royal  Audiencia. 


148 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


Governor-generals  of  the  Philippine  Islands  from  their  formal  occupation  by  Spain  doion 
to  their  transfer  to  the  sovereignly  of  the  United  States — Continued. 


1861.. 

..Jos(>Lemery. 

1880.. 

..Fernando  Primo  de  Rivera. 

im-i. . 

..Salvador  Valdi5s. 

1883.. 

..Emiliode  Molins. 

1862.. 

..Rafael  Echague. 

1883. . 

.  .Joaquin  Jovellar  y  Soler. 
..Emiliode  Molins. 

1865.. 

..Joaquin  del  Solar. 

1885.. 

1866.. 

..Juan  de  Lara  6  Irigoyen. 

1885.. 

..EmilioTerrero. 

1866.. 

..Juan  Laureano  de  Sanz. 

1888.. 

..Antonio  Mol to. 

1866. . 

..Antonio  Ossorio. 

1888 

..FedericoLobat6n. 

1866.. 

.  .Joaquin  del  Solar. 

1888.. 

..Valeriano  Weyler. 

1866.. 

. .  Jos6  de  la  Gdndara. 

1891 . . 

..Eulogio  Despujol. 
. .  Federico  Ochando. 

1866. . 

..Manuel  Maldonado. 

1893.. 

1869.. 

..Carlos  de  la  Torre. 

1893.. 

..Ramon  Blanco  y  Erenas. 

1871.. 

..Rafael  Izquierdo. 

1896.. 

..Camilio  G.  de  Polavieja. 

..Jose  de  Lachambre  vDomlnguez. 

1873.. 

..Manuel  Mac-Crohon. 

1897.. 

1873.. 

.  .Juan  Alaminos  y  Vivar. 

1897.. 

..Fernando  Primo  de  Rivera. 

1874.. 

..Manuel  Blanco  Valderrama. 

..Basilio  Augustin  (May  1). 

1874.. 

..Jop6  Malcampo  y  Monje. 

1898!'. 

. .  Fermin  JAudenes. 

1877.. 

..Domingo  Moriones  y  Murillo. 

1898.. 

. .  Francisco  Rizzo. 

1880.. 

..Rafael  Rodriguez  Arias. 

1898.. 

..Diego  de  los  Rios. 

On  March  14,  1900,  the  President  named  a  commission  for  the  insti- 
tution, exploitation,  and  promotion  of  civil  gov^ernment,  described  in 
instructions  dated  April  7,  1900,  to  the  Secretary  of  War,  the  inter- 
mediary of  the  President's  directions.  This  commission  was  vested 
with  authority  to  exercise  duties  of  a  legislative  nature,  to  be  trans- 
ferred from  the  militaiy  governor  to  the  commission  to  begin  Septem- 
ber 1,  1900,  under  such  rules  and  regulations  as  the}^  should  prescribe 
until  the  establishment  of  the  civil  central  government  contemplated 
or  until  Congress  should  otherwise  provide. 

The  exercise  of  this  legislative  authority  was  specifically  limited  to 
the  making  of  laws  and  orders  having  the  effect  of  law,  for  raising 
revenue  by  taxes,  customs  duties  and  imports,  the  appropriation  and 
expenditure  of  public  funds  of  the  islands,  the  establishment  of  an 
educational  system,  of  a  civil  service,  of  courts,  of  municipal  and 
departmental  governments  and  all  other  matters  of  a  civil  nature  for 
which  the  military  governor  was  competent  to  pi-ovide  by  rules  or 
orders  of  a  civil  character,  and  the  power  to  appoint  persons  to  execute 
these  powers. 

Until  complete  transfer  of  control  the  military  governor  was  to 
remain  the  chief  executive  head  of  the  islands,  with  authority  to  act 
except  where  expressly  assigned  to  the  commission. 

Other  details  were  given  which  have  become  obsolete  by  the  estab- 
lishment of  civil  authorit}^  in  civil  affairs. 

All  legislative  rules  and  orders,  establishments  of  government,  and 
appointments  were  to  take  effect  immediately.  Report  of  their  acts 
was  required  from  time  to  time,  military  posts  and  garrisons  were  to 
continue  for  the  suppression  of  insurrection  and  brigandage  and  for 
the  maintenance  of  order. 

This  commission  arrived  in  Manila  on  June  3,  1900,  but  performed 
no  duties  in  the  military  government  until  September  1,  the  interven- 
ing time  being  occupied  in  investigating  conditions  under  the  following 
heads :  * 

1.  Civil  service,  the  friars  and  public  lands. 

2.  Municipal  corporations,  forestry,  agriculture,  mining,  and  public  health. 

3.  Internal  improvements,  franchises,  militia,  and  police  and  criminal  code. 

4.  Code  of  civil  procedure,  courts,  banks,  and  currency  and  registration  laws. 

5.  Schools  and  taxation. 

6.  Civil  code. 

7.  Central  department  and  provincial  governments. 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS.  149 

Thus  comprehensively  the  commission  began  its  difficult  and  delicate 
labors. 

On  September  1,  1900,  the  commission  began  the  exercise  of  the 
governmental  powers  set  forth  in  these  instructions.  William  H.  Taf t 
was  designated  president  of  the  board. 

The  public  laws  passed  b}^  the  commission  under  these  legislative 
powers  from  September  12,  1900,  to  October  11,  1901,  numbered  263, 
not  including  resolutions,  and  covered  every  requirement  of  organic 
legislation  and  administrative  detail,  either  by  original  or  amendatory 
enactments  as  the  practical  workings  of  the  system  suggested. 

PUBIilC  LAWS  OF  THE  PHILIPPINE  ISLANDS. 

Executive  orders  and  abstract  of  Titles  of  Public  Laws,  of  con- 
structive effect  only,  passed  by  the  United  States  Philippine  Com- 
mission, edition  (1901)  issued  from  the  Division  of  Insular  Affairs, 
War  Department,  1900,  September  12  (No.  1)  to  1901,  October  11  (No. 
263);  and  Philippine  Commission,  Manila,  edition  1901,  October  14 
(No.  264)  to  1902,  eTune  4  (No.  414).  Amendatory  acts,  unless  executive, 
legislative,  judicial,  personnel,  public  improvements,  etc.,  will  be 
found  in  Public  Laws  and  Resolutions  passed  by  the  United  'States 
Philippine  Commission. 

[A  pamphlet  edition  of  1,500  copies  of  the  Public  Laws  and  Resolu- 
tions of  the  Commission,  in  English  and  Spanish,  is  issued  quarterly 
at  Manila,  P.  I.,  by  authority  of  the  Philippine  Commission.  Octo- 
ber 24,  1900.] 

[The  numbers  in  brackets  refer  to  the  number  of  the  act.  Where  the  page  is  not  given  the  official 
pamphlet  edition  of  acts  not  received.] 

Page. 

Abra,  provincial  government  act  extended  to  [20C] 599 

Accounts : 

Prescribing  method  of  keeping  and  rendering,  by  the  insular  treasurer  [12]  25 

Regulating  the  system  of  keeping  [36] 53 

Accounting  system  of  the  military  government  of  the  United  States  in  the  Philippine  Islands,  as 

amended  by  Executive  order  [90] ,  188 

Admiralty  jurisdiction  conferred  upon  provost  courts  [75] 129 

Agricultural  school  organized  in  the  island  of  Negros  [74] 122 

Agriculture,  bureau  of,  created  [261] 703 

Albay,  provincial  government  act  extended  to  [122] 263 

Ambos  Camarines,  provincial  government  act  extended  to  [123] 264 

Amburayan,  Luz6n,  subprovince  of,  created.    {See  Lepanto-Bontoc  [410] ). 

Announcement  of  beginning  of  exercise  of  certain  governmental  powers 3 

Antique,  provincial  government  act  extended  to  [114] 244 

Aparri  created  a  port  of  entry  [394] . 
Appointments  (Philippine  Commission): 

By  the  Commission 736 

By  the  Commission  and  civil  governor,  with  the  consent  of  the  Commission 737 

By  the  Commission  and  military  governor 734 

By  the  Executive,  September  1,  1900,  to  February  28,  1901 733 

By  the  Secretary  of  War,  at  the  request  of  the  Commission 757 

Appointment  and  removal  of  subordinate  officers  and  employees  in  certain  departments  and 

bureaus  of  the  government  of  the  Philippine  Islands  [25] 48 

Architecture  and  construction  of  public  buildings, »  bureau  of,  created  [268|  289, 290a 

Archives,  Bureau  of,  created  [273]  299a 

Auditor,  insular,  bureau  of,  created  [222] 20a 

Auditor  of  the  islands,  to  reorganize  the  office  of  [20] 32 

Banking  institutions,  providing  for  examinations  ol,  in  the  Philippine  Islands  and  for  reports 

by  their  officers  [.52] 81 

Banks  and  banking,  bureau  of,  created  [222] 20a 

BataAn,  provincial  government  act  extended  to  [92] 200 


Provincial  government  act  extended  to  [126] 268 

Restored  to  militarv  control  [173] 368 

-  Benguet : 

Amending  local  civil  governments  in  the  townships  of  [15.5] 333 

Establishment  of  civil  government  for  the  province  of  [49] 77 

Establishment  of  local  civil  governments  in  townships  of  the  province  of  [48] 68 

Province  of,  court  of  first  instance  for  [28] 49 

» Philippine  Commission,  Manila  edition,  October  14,  1901  [264],  to  June  4,  1902  [414].    Acts  since 
♦eceived,  415-420,  June  5-23,  1902.  -  l      j 


150  GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

Page. 
Bohol: 

Provincial  government  act  extended  to  [117] 248 

Restored  to  military  control  [173] 368 

Restored  to  civil  control  [365] 

BulacAn,  provincial  government  act  extended  to  [88] 185 

Bontoc,  Luz6n,  subpro\ance  of,  created.     See  Lepanto-Bontoc  [410] 

Bureaus.    (See  subjects). 

Bureaus  organized  after  July  16,  1901,  employees  of,  under  civil  service,  created  [306] 401 

CagayAn,  provincial  government  act  extended  to  [209] 602 

Cipiz,  provincial  government  act  extended  to  [115] 245 

Captain  of  the  port,  abolishing  the  office  of,  at  every  port  in  the  Philippine  Islands  except 

Manila,  and  transferring  the  dutiesof  such  office  to  proper  collector  orinspector  of  customs  [33].  52 

Catanduanes  annexed  to  the  province  of  Albay  [169] 366 

Cavite,  pro\-incial  government  act  extended  to  [138] 308 

Cavite  Harbor,  fixing  limits  of,  and  the  Admiral  U.  S.  N.  to  have  police  and  regulation  of  [238] . .  684 
Cebil: 

Provincial  government  act  extended  to  [116] 246 

Restored  to  military  control  [173] 368 

Charities,  public,  bureau  of,  created  [222] 20a 

Chinamen,  defining  time  in  which  those  who  have  left  the  Philippine   Islands  may  return 

thereto  [317] 

Christian,  non-,  tribes,  bureau  of,  for  the  Philippine  Islands  created  [253] 692 

Civil  actions,  code  of  procedure  and  special  proceedings  in,  in  the  Philippine  Islands  [190] 425 

Civil  governor  of  the  Philippine  Islands  appointed 11 

Civil  service: 

Act  extended  to  certain  persons  [47] 68 

For  the  establishment  and  iiiaintiiiance  of  [5] 14 

Making  eligible  certain  perse  ms  [Uis] 366 

Coast  and  geodetic  survey,  bureau  oi,  iTf ated  [222] 19a 

Coast  guard  and  transportation,  bureau  cjf ,  created  [266] 269a 

Coinage  and  currency,  bureau  of,  created  [222] 20a 

Cold  storage  and  ice  plant,  bureau  of,  created  [222]  [315] 20o 

Commerce,  act  to  regulate,  in  the  Philippine  Islanas  [98] 208 

Commerce  and  police,  department  of,  created  [222] 617 

Constabulary,  insular: 

Name  changed  to  Philippine  constabulary  and  creating  section  of  information  [265] 699 

Organization  and  government  of,  and  for  inspection  of  government  police  [175] 369 

Constabulary,  bureau  of  [222] .• 20a 

Corporations,  commercial  and  street  railway,  and  all  other,  bureau  of,  created  [222] 20o 

Courts,  organization  of,  in  the  Philippine  Islands  [136] 289 

Amendatory  of  [300] 378a 

Customs  and  immigration,  bureau  of,  created  [222] 20a 

Customs,  collector  of,  for  the  Philippine  Islands,  etc. ,  official  title  changed  to  collector  of  customs 

for  the  Philippine  Archipelago  [259]  702  - 

Customs  service,  act  to  constitute,  of  the  Philippine  Archipelago,  and  to  provide  for  the  adminis-  f 

tration  thereof  [355] | 

Customs  tariff  and  regulations,  provisional,  amended  [79] 13lS  i 

Engineering  and  construction,  bureau  of,  created  [222] 19a    i 

Finance  and  justice,  department  of,  created  [222]  617 

Fisheries,  bureau  of,  created  [222] 19a 

Forestry  bureau: 

Amending  the  act  for  reorganization  of  [144] 323 

Amending  reorganization  act  of  (No.  16)  [171] 367 

Bureau  of,  created  [222] 19a 

Reorganization  of  [16 1 29 

Governor,  civil,  appointed 11 

Government.     (See  Provincial,  Municipal,  etc.) 
Health: 

Board  of,  for  the  Philippine  Islands,  amending  act  No.  157  [161] 360 

Local  board  of,  establishment  of,  for  the  Philippine  Islands  [157] 335 

Bureau  of,  created  [222] 19a 

Provincial  board  of,  created  [307] 

Municipal  board  of,  created  [308] 

Hospital,  civil,  establishment  of,  at  Manila  [247] 693 

Ilocos  Norte,  provincial  government  act  extended  to  [207]  600 

Ilocos  Sur,  provincial  government  act  extended  to  [205] 597 

Hollo,  provincial  government  act  extended  to  [113] 243 

Immigration,  bureau  of,  created  [222] 20a 

Immigration  regulations  for  the  Philippine  Islands,  amending  act,  article  1  [241] 687 

Infanta  annexed  to  Tayabas  [417] 

Inspectors  of  customs,  authorizing  the  designation  of,  ad  interim  in  certain  cases  [46] 68 

Instruction,  public: 

Bureau  of,  created  [222] 20a 

Department  of,  created  [222] 617 

Department  of,  established  and  appropriation  made  for  a  normal  and  trade  school  in  Manila 

and  agricultural  school  on  the  island  of  Negros  [74]  122 

Instructions  to  the  Commission 5 

Interior,  department  of,  created  [222] 617 

Internal  revenue,  bureau  of,  created  [222] 20a 

Isabela,  provincial  government  act  extended  to  [210]  603 

Judicial  districts  of  the  Philippine  Islands,  defining,  etc.  [140] 311 

Judiciary,  the  Philippine 737 

Justice,  bureau  of,  created  [222 1 20a 

Justice,  department  of.    (See  Finance.) 

Laboratories,  government,  establishment  of,  in  the  Philippine  Islands  [156] 333 

Laguna,  provincial  government  act  extended  to,  July  1,  1902  [— ] 

Lands,  public,  bureau  of,  created  [218] 10a 

Laws: 

Prescribing  order  of  procedure  in  enactment  of  [6]  20  * 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  151 

Page. 

Lepaiito-Bontoc,  Lu2;6n,  establishment  of  local  civil  governments  in  [411] 

Provincial  government  act  extended  to,  comprising  former  comandancias  of  Amburayan, 

Bontoc,  and  Lepanto,  created  [4101  

Leyte,  provincial  government  act  extended  to  [121]  262 

Libraries  and  museums,  public,  bureau  of,  created  [222] 20o 

Library  of  Manila,  American  circulating  [264] 215 

Light-houses,  bureau  of,  created  [222] 20o 

:  Lubang  Islands  transferred  from  Cavite  to  Marinduque  [— ] 

I  Manila: 

Amendatory  of  acts  Nos.  22  and  101  providing  for  the  improvement  of  port  of  [199] 691 

I         Amending  charter  of  1:214] : 606 

j         Boundaries  of,  act  fixing  the  new  [341] 

I         Harbor,  amendatory  of  act  for  improvement  of  [182] 380 

I         Incorporation  of  the  city  of  [183] 381 

I  Marinduque,  provincial  government  act  extended  to  [126]  267 

I  Masbate,  provincial  government  act  extended  to  [105] 220 

'  Medicine  and  surgery,  regulating  the  practice  of,  in  the  Philippine  Islands  [310] 

'  Mexican  money. 

Imposing  cu.stoms  tax  upon  exports  of  [45] 67 

Repealing  act  No.  45  imposing  customs  tax  upon  exports  of  [213] 606 

Mindoro  annexed  to  Province  of  Marinduque  [— ] 

Mining  bureau: 

Amending  act  [17]  for  reorganization  of  [233] 681 

Created  [222] 19o,  Ilia 

Reorganization  of  [17] 30 

Misamis,  provincial  government  act  extended  to  [128] 271 

.  Money  of  "the  United  States,  to  prevent  discrimination  against,  by  banking  institutions  [63] 83 

Municipal  code: 

Amendatory  of  section  99  of  [225]  620 

Amendment  of,  and  for  other  purposes  [170] 367 

I         No.  82  amended  [132] 279 

I  Municipal  government,  general  act  for  the  organization  of,  in  the  Philippine  Islands  [82] 133 

'  Municipal  government,  amendatory  of  act  82,  general  act  for  organization  of,  in  the  Philippine 

Islands  [344] 

Municipal  police,  inspection  of  [17.6]  369 

Museum  of  ethnology,  etc.,  act  establishing  [284] 323a 

Negros  Occidental,  provincial  government  act  extended  to  [119] 255 

Negros  Oriental,  provincial  government  act  extended  to  [120] 259 

Non-Christian  tribes,  bureau  of,  created  [253] 164a 

Normal  school  in  Manila  established  [74] 122 

Notes  in  circulation  issued  by  the  United  States  or  banking  institutions,  providing  for  the 

wi t hd,rawal  of  [149] 328 

Nue va  Ecija,  provincial  government  act  extended  to  [139]  309 

Nueva  Vizcaya.  provincial  government  act  extended  to  [337]  [398] 

Establishing  local  civil  government  in  towns,  etc.  [387]  

Pagan  and  Mohammedan  tribes,  bureau  of,  created  [222] 19a 

Pampanga,  provincial  government  act  extended  to  [85] 181 

PangasinAn,  provincial  government  act  extended  to  [86]  182 

Paragua,  provincial  government  act  extended  to,  June  1,  1902 

Pdsig  River,  amendatory  of  act  relating  to  improvement  of  [182] 380 

Patents  and  copyrights,  bureau  of,  created  [222] 19o 

,  Persons  in  arms  against  the  authority  of  the  United  States  in  the  Philippine  Islands  ineligible 

to  hold  office  [78] 130 

1  Philippine  Commission; 

Acts  passed  by  (1-263) 13-704 

Announcement 3 

Civil  governor  appointed H 

Instructions  of  the  President 5 

Resolutions  passed  by 705-714 

Pohce: 

Establishing  local,  in  cities  and  towns  of  the  Philippine  Islands  [68] 65 

Metropolitan,  of  Manila,  amendatory  [77] 130 

Police  department  of  Manila,  reorganization  of,  [286] 326a 

Police  and  health  regulations,  authorizing  the  establishment  of,  in  the  nature  of  municipal 

ordinances  for  the  city  of  Manila  [62] *  104 

Police  service,  amendment  to  that  portion  of  act  No.  102  as  relates  to  organization  of  [181] 377 

Polillo  annexed  to  Tayabas  [417] 

Post-office,  bureau  of,  created  [222]  19a 

President's  instructions  to  the  Philippine  Islands  Commission 5 

Principe  annexed  to  Tayabas  [417] 

Prisons  (Manila),  bureau  of,  created  [222] 20a 

Printing,  public,  bureau  of,  created  [296] 363a 

Provincial  government: 

Act  No.  83,  amendatory  [24.5] 691 

Act  No.  83  amended  as  amended  as  by  act  No.  133  [223] 618 

General  act  for  the  organization  of,  in  the  Philippine  Islands  [83] 168 

Act,  amendment  of  [99]  209 

Act  No.  83  amended  [133] 281 

Act  No.  83,  amendment  of,  and  of  No.  133  [141]  [320] 316 

Public  instruction.    (See  Instruction,  public.) 

-  Public  lands,  creating  bureau  of  [218] 614 

Purchasing  agent: 

Insular  office  of,  created  and  duties  defined  [146] 326 

Records,  public,  bureau  of,  created  [222]  20a 

Religious  corporations  authorizing  the  holding  of  land  by,  of  whatever  sect  and  denomina- 
tion [271] 294a 

Requisitions  for  funds,  prescribing  methods  in  making  [40] 55 

^izal,  provincial  government  act  extended  to  [137] 307 


152  GAZETTEEK    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


Rombl6n,  provincial  government  act  extended  to  [104]  219 

Provincial  government  act,  to  amend,  No.  104  as  applied  to  [142] 317 

Salaries  in  the  civil  service  to  be  paid  in  insular  currency  or  in  money  of  the  United  States,  as 

the  appropriating  authority  shall  determine,  and  repealing  act  No.  34  [260] 702 

Samar,  provincial  government  act  extended  to  [419] 

Schools,  amendment  of  part  of  act  No.  74  providing  for  the  division  of  the  archipelago  into  school 

divisions  [180]  377 

Siasi,  closing  as  port  of  entry  [394] 

Sorsog6n,  provincial  government  act  extended  to  [124] 266 

SUtistics,  bureau  of,  created  [222] 20a 

Statistics,  establishment  of  bureau  of  [7] 21 

Surigao,  provincial  government  act  extended  to  [127]  269 

Tariff  laws,  Philii)piiie  Islands,  to  revise  and  amend  [230] 645 

TArlac,  j.inN  iiuiul  K"vernment  act  extended  to  [87] IM 

Tavaba-,  liiovinrJMl  Lcuvcniment  act  extended  to  [103] 218 

Teiegra].li,  hmvim  .,i,  civatcd  [2221 19a 

Town  g(  >\  I  riiiiKii  ts,  cmix  iwering  the  military  governor  to  organize  certata  [100] 209 

Trade,  free,  and  regulation  of  the  same  in  dome.stie  products  of  the  archipelago  of  Sulu  carried 

on  by  the  Sultan  and  his  people  under  the  American  flag  [72] 119 

Trade  .school  estiiblished  in  Manila  [74] 122 

Transportation,  bureau  of,  created  [222] 19a 

Treasury,  insular,  bureau  of,  created  [222] 20a 

Tubo,  declaring  rancheria  of,  to  be  part  of  province  of  Abra  [293] 365a 

Union  (La),  provincial  government  act  extended  to  [203] 596 

Weather,  bureau  of,  created  [222] 19a 

Zambales,  provincial  government  act  extended  to  [211]  604 

Zamboanga,  municipality  organized  [135]  288 

Pursuant  to  its  purpose  to  extend  the  provisions  of  the  provincial 
government  act  to  those  provinces  of  the  Philippine  Islands  considered 
sufficientl}'  pacified  for  civil  administration  and  in  compliance  with 
notice  previously  given  to  the  different  municipalities  of  the  province 
so  held  in  view,  the  commission  met  with  representatives  of  the  dif- 
ferent provinces  in  a  tour  beginning  at  Bacolor,  Pampanga,  February 
13,  19U1. 

The  municipal  code  b}^  force  of  its  own  terms  became  applicable  on 
April  1, 1901,  to  eveiy  town  organized  under  G.  O.,  No.  10,  series  1900. 

This  code  did  not  change  the  general  principles  of  organization,  but 
was  more  elaborate  and  provided  a  different  system  of  taxation.  It 
required,  however,  no  new  election  until  the  following  3^ear. 

The  functions,  which  it  was  the  intention  of  the  commission  to  appor- 
tion to  the  various  governments,  were  then  set  forth,  viz: 

The  municipalities  to  be  entirely  self-governing,  electing  all  their 
officers. 

The  provincial  government  to  be  employed  for  two  purposes: 

First,  the  collection  of  taxes  through  a  provincial  treasurer. 

Second,  for  internal  improvements. 

It  also  has  a  function  in  the  supervision  of  the  police  of  the  prov- 
ince and  of  the  conduct  of  municipalities. 

The  provincial  treasurer  to  be  the  tax  collector  for  the  municipal, 
for  the  province,  and  for  the  central  government. 

Until  then  the  internal  tax  to  be  applied:  One-half  to  the  pueblos 
where  collected,  one-fourth  to  the  provincial  government,  and  one- 
fourth  to  the  central  government  after  defraying  the  cost  of  collection. 

The  personnel  of  the  provincial  government  to  consist  of  five  officers: 

Provincial  governor. — The  chief  executive,  and  to  exercise  con- 
trol of  the  police  of  the  province,  with  authority  to  take  the  police  of 
one  town  to  use  in  another  in  an  emergency.  Required  to  visit  all 
the  municipalities  in  the  province  every  six  months  and  charged  with 
the  dut}^  of  hearing  complaints  as  to  the  conduct  of  the  municipalities. 
Also  executive  ofiicer  of  the  court  of  first  instance. 

Provincial  secretary  what  the  teifii  implies. 

Provincial  treasurer  to  collect  all  taxes  and  distribute  them  to  the" 
municipalities,  to  the  provincial  treasury,  and  to  the  central  treasury,  a 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  153 

The  tax  not  to  be  taken  out  of  the  pueblos,  but  when  collected  to  leave 
in  the  town  the  portion  to  which  it  is  entitled.  Required  to  give  a 
bond  equal  to  the  largest  amount  he  is  likely  to  have  on  hand  at  any- 
one time. 

Provincial  supervisor  to  have  charge  of  the  roads,  bridges,  and 
tlie  internal  improvements  of  the  province,  and  must  be  a  civil  engi- 
noor  and  surveyor. 

Proa'incial  fiscal,  charged  with  the  duty  of  prosecuting  all  crimes 
in  the  province  and  with  giving  legal  advice  to  every  municipality 
upon  request.  In  case  of  conflict  between  the  interests  of  the  province 
and  the  municipality  the  latter  must  secure  its  own  lawyer. 

The  governing  body  to  be  composed  of  the  provincial  governor, 
treasurer,  and  supervisor.  The  provincial  secretary  to  be  the  secre- 
tary of  this  board.  This  board  to  levy  all  taxes,  order  improvements 
on  the  recommendation  of  the  supervisor,  and  exercise  generally  the 
limited  government  of  the  province.  The  governor  to  be  elected  by 
the  councilors  of  the  province.  The  offices  of  provincial  secretary, 
provincial  treasurer,  and  provincial  supervisor  to  be  filled  by  appoint- 
ment of  the  commission.  After  March  1,  1902,  these  positions  to  be 
filled  under  the  civil-service  law.  The  provincial  fiscal  to  be  appointed 
without  reference  to  the  civil-service  act. 
':  All  salaries  to  be  adjusted  according  to  the  size  and  resources  of 
i  the  province. 

In  special  cases,  as  in  the  provinces  of  Pampanga  and  Tarlac,  an 
engineer  or  engineers  was  to  be  appointed  to  act  in  conjunction  with 
others,  as  in  the  instance  of  the  Manila  and  Dagupan  Railroad,  look- 
ing to  preventing  the  disastrous  floods  resulting  from  overflow  of  the 
Rio  Grande  de  Pampanga  and  the  rivers  Tarlac  and  Bambang. 

Until  the  land  tax  became  applicable  the  central  treasury  to  make 
up  deficits  in  cases  of  insufficient  revenue  in  a  province. 

The  proceedings  of  these  organic  conventions  were  conducted  with 
,  the  utmost  fairness  to  the  members  of  the  body  and  the  constituencies 
represented  by  them.     Amendments  to  the  proposed  bill,  however, 
were  only  applicable  to  the  province  represented  and  to  cover  objec- 
tionable features  of  the  provincial  law. 

In  all  these  deliberations  the  representatives  displayed  an  excep- 
tional knowledge  of  the  questions  advanced  and  the  requirements  of 
their  province.  The  discussions  were  intelligent,  and  often  amend- 
ments as  to  details  were  adopted. 

The  whole  proceedings  were  conducted  in  parliamentary  form.  The 
ofiicers  chosen  were  notified,  in  order  to  complete  the  organization,  to 
appear  before  the  commission  at  Manila  at  a  time  stated  to  take  the 
oath  of  office  and  receive  their  commissions. 

FIRST  PROVINCE  ORGANIZED. 

The  province  of  Pampanga  was  selected  as  the  first  to  receive  pro- 
vincial government  under  the  Provincial  Government  Act  of  February 
6,  1901. 

The  province  of  Benguet  was  given  a  form  of  government  adopted 
to  its  conditions  on  November  23, 1900,  before  the  passage  of  that  act. 

In  many  instances  the  assembling  of  the  organization  conventions 
was  attended  by  a  public  fete,  including  speeches  of  welcome  by  the 
native  leaders,  in  which  reference  was  specifically  made  to  "bringing 
TO  the  people  those  liberties  which  they  had  long  sought  and  which 


154  GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

they  so  much  desired."  Where  the  representatives  as  a  body  were 
not  familiar  with  Spanish  the  purposes  of  the  commission  were 
explained  by  a  capable  person  familiar  with  the  dominant  native  lan- 
guage of  the  province. 

It  was  also  set  forth  that  the  office  of  governor  under  the  provincial 
law  was  one  to  which  the  humblest  citizen  of  the  province  might 
aspire,  that  the  President  of  the  United  States,  in  his  instructions  to 
the  commission,  had  directed  that  preference  should  be  given  to  the 
inha})itants  of  the  islands  whenever  they  showed  fitness  for  the  posi- 
tions to  be  filled. 

INAUGURATION  OF  THE  CIVIL  GOVERNOR. 

On  July  4, 1901,  the  ceremony  of  inauguration  of  the  civil  governor, 
under  authority  of  the  President's  instructions,  marked  the  second 
step  toward  civil  government  in  the  Philippine  Islands;  the  transfer 
of  civil  executive  power  in  the  pacified  provinces  to  a  civil  governor 
preparatory^  to  permanent  civil  government  on  a  more  or  less  popular 
basis.  The  President  sent  congratulations  from  Washington  on  the 
occasion. 

On  July  20,  1901,  G.  O.,  179,  Headquarters  Division  of  the  Phil- 
ippines, the  provinces  of  Benguet,  Pangasinan,  Bataan,  Taj^abas, 
Romblon,  Negros  Oriental,  Antique,  Leyte,  Ambos  Camarines, 
Marinduque,  Cavite,  Surigao,  Pampanga,  Tjirlac,  Bulacan,  MasJ3ate, 
Negros  Occidental,  Iloilo,  Capiz,  Albay,  Sorsogon,  Rizal,  Nueva  Ecija, 
and  Misamis  were  placed  on  a  strictly  civil  basis  by  ordering  United 
States  troops  to  abstain  from  interference  with  the  administration  of 
civil  afi'airs  in  those  territories  except  as  ordered. 

The  civil  provinces  of  Batangas,  Cebu,  and  Bohol  had  been  restored 
to  the  control  of  the  military  governor  by  act  of  the  United  States 
Philippine  Commission  July  17,  1901,  and  parts  of  Batangas  and 
Laguua  were  closed  to  trade  under  G.  O.,  372,  Series  1901.  The 
province  of  Cebu  was  returned  to  civil  control  January  1,  1902,  and 
Bohol  on  April  7,  1902.  On  May  1,  1902,  the  ports  "of  Batangas, 
Luzon,  and  Island  of  Mindoro  were  opened  for  the  resumption  of 
trade.  The  ports  of  Samar,  also  closed  on  account  of  military  opera- 
tions, were  reopened  in  Maj^,  1902. 

At  this  time,  also,  after  man}^  important  surrenders  and  captures, 
including  the  leader  in  the  general  movement  and  chiefs  in  Laguna, 
Albay,  and  Cebu,  the  insurrection  was  confined  to  the  Luzon  provinces 
of  Batangas,  parts  of  Laguna  and  Tayabas,  and  the  Visa3'an  islands  of 
Samar  and  Bohol.  In  the  organized  provinces  at  that  time  and  all  the 
provinces  and  districts  of  Mindanao,  the  Suki  Archipelago,  Palawan, 
and  Lepanto,  Bontoc,  Nueva  Vizcaya,  Principe,  and  Infanta,  in  Luzon, 
peace  reigned  in  the  archipelago. 

DISTRIBUTION  OF  ADMINISTRATIVE  DUTIES. 

At  the  beginning  of  the  second  legislative  year  of  the  commission 
(September  1,  1901)  there  were  added  to  that  bod3"  by  appointment  of 
the  President  three  representative  Filipinos.  At  the  same  time  the 
executive  branch  of  the  insular  government  was  divided  into  four 
executive  departments,  each  under  a  member  of  the  commission. 

1.  Inferior. — Charged  with  health,  quarantine,  forestry,  mining,  agriculture,  fish^ 
eries,  weather,  non-Christian  tribes,  public  lands,  government  laboratories,  patents, 
and  copyrights.  ' 


21- 

|£=  r      Y 

f            T            'f          ,.^ll 

^t  

r 

'^ 

general  map 
m)s:^-'1'r()vixgp:s 
J  AC  i;  XT  Waters 
.ippiNE  Islands 

MAY  I9f)2 

i 

r' 

Al) 

^ 

'j;     -- 

l,o  .  ,  .HP,  .  ,  .  9                        .00                      soo                    3O0 

«ooK3 

> 

1 

^ 

-^t. 

1 

J 

- 

£y 

^^.^. 

o 

Q 

< 

or 

.' ,.;;;, ,  ,  ■ 

■'B- 

> 

Js 

- 

irf 

" 

^ 

% 

^ 

, 

M 

l„r„.7r 

'^^i 

^ 

fe 

o 

0        r> 

' 

^ 

1 

,"^ 

'^ 

P 

r 

. 

*^^Lif 

I 

■jV"^ 

^^■^7^ 

:)  de  GreoiivrtdY 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE   PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 


155 


2.  Commerce  and  police. — Island  and  interisland  transportation,  post-offices,  tele- 
graphs, coast  and  geodetic  survey,  public  works,  insular  constabulary,  prisons,  light- 
houses, railroad  corporations,  all  corporations  except  banking. 

.  Justice  and  finance. — Insular  treasury,  auditor,  customs,  immigration,  internal 
revenue,  cold  storage  and  ice  plant,  banks,  banking,  coinage,  currency,  and  justice. 

4.  Public  instruction. — Public  instruction,  charities,  libraries,  museums,  statistics, 
records,  printing,  architecture,  and  public  buildings. 


These   subjects  are  distributed  for 
committees  of  the  commission. 


primary  consideration  among 


PROVINCIAL  GOVERNMENTS. 

list  of  civil  provincial  governments  in  the  Philippine  Islands  arranged  under  grand 
territorial  ditrisions. 
luz6n. 


Provinces  and  important  dependencies. 


Area 
(approxi- 
mate). 


Number 

of  de- 
pendent 


Approxi- 
mate popu- 
lation. 


Abra 

Albay ,  including  Catanduanes  I 

Ambbs  Camarines 

Amburayan,  former  comandancia,  now  subprovince  of   Lepanto- 

Bontoe,  limits  undefined,  formerly  included  in  Ilocos  Sur 

Batuan 

Bataiigas 

Ben^uet 

Bontoc,  subprovince  of  Lepanto-Bontoc 

BulacAn 

Cagavdn,  including  Babuyanes  and  Batanes  groups 

Cavite 


Sq.  m. 
1,484 
1,711 
3,161 


43,300 
228,139 
194,022 


Ilocos  Norte 

lloeos  Sur 

Infanta,  including  Polillo  group,  subprovince  of  Tayabas . 
"    '    '     .subprovince  of  Tayabas 


Lagu 

Lepanto,  subprovince  of  Lepanto-Bontoc 

Lepanto-Bontoc,  comprising  aubprovinces  of  Amburayan,  Bontoc, 
and  Lopanto 

Manila 


436 

1,108 
990 
480 
841 

5,291 
510 

1,265 
491 
877 

5,395 
752 

1,232 


50,761 
311, 180 

15, 175 

13, 985 
239,221 

96,367 
134, 569 
163,349 
215,792 

10,795 

48,302 
169,983 

46,152 


Corregidor 

Nueva  Ecija 

Nueva  Vizcaya,  including  Cayapa  . 

Pampanga 

Pangasiniin 

Principe,  subprovince  of  Tayabas . , 

Rizal  

Sorsogon , 

Tirlac , 

Tayabas , 

Union 

Zambales , 


20 
4 
3,840 
1,075 
2,209 
1,316 
1,218 
1,048 

675 
1,295 
2,334 

867 
2,210 


"250,000 

420 

156, 610 

60,628 
223, 922 
302,178 

10,470 
246,940 

98, 6.50 

89,339 
109, 780 
110, 164 

87, 295 


Total 


•Estimated.    Board  of  Health,  January,  1902,  297,154  natives,  Chinese,  Americans,  foreigners,  and 
United  States  Army. 

MARINDUQUE. 


Provinces  and  important  dependencies. 

Area. 

Number 

of  de- 
pendent 
islands. 

Approxi- 
mate popuc 
lation. 

Sq.  m. 
681 
100 
4,108 

13 
6 

26 

48,000 

3,000 

106  200 

Mindoro 

Total 

4,889 

45 

157  200 

MINDANAO. 

Misamis 

5,879 
13, 201 

5 
83 

126,942 
85, 125 

5urigao 

•»      Total 

19,080 

88 

212,067 



GAZETTEEE   OF   THE   PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 


155 


2.  Commerce  and  police. — Island  and  interisland  transportation,  post-offices,  tele- 
graphs, coast  and  geodetic  survey,  public  works,  insular  constabulary,  prisons,  light- 
houses, railroad  corporations,  all  corporations  except  banking. 

3.  Justice  and  finance. — Insular  treasury,  auditor,  customs,  immigration,  internal 
revenue,  cold  storage  and  ice  plant,  banks,  banking,  coinage,  currency,  and  justice. 

4.  Public  instruction. — Public  instruction,  charities,  libraries,  museums,  statistics, 
records,  printing,  architecture,  and  public  buildings. 

These  subjects  are  distributed  for  primary  consideration  among 
committees  of  the  commission. 


PROVINCIAL  GOVERNMENTS. 

A  list  of  civil  provincial  govemmenis  in  the  Philippine  Islands  arranged  under  grand 

territorial  divisions. 

luz6n. 


Provinces  and  important  dependencies. 


Area 

(approxi 

mate). 


Number 

of  de- 
pendent 
islands. 


Approxi- 
mate popu- 
lation. 


Abra 

Albay ,  including  Catanduanes  I 

Ambbs  Camarines 

Amburayan,  former  comandancia,  now  subprovince  of   Lepanto- 

Bontoc,  limits  undefined,  formerly  included  in  Ilocos  Sur 

Batafin 


Sq.  m. 
1,484 
1,711 
3,161 


43,300 
228,139 
194,022 


Batangas 

Benguet 

Bontoc,  subprovince  of  Lepanto-Bontoc 

Bulacin 

Cagav^n,  including  Babuyanes  and  Batanes  groups. 
Cavite . 


Ilocos  Norte 

Ilocos  Sur 

Infanta,  including  Polillo  group,  subprovince  of  Tayabas  . 
Isabela.  subprovince  of  Tayabas 

Laguna . 


Lepanto,  subprovince  of  Lepanto-Bontoc 

Lepanto-Bontoc,  comprising  subprovinces  of  Amburayan,  Bontoc, 

and  Lepanto 

Manila 


1,108 
990 
480 
841 

5,291 
510 

1,265 
491 
877 

5,395 
752 

1,232 


50, 761 
311, 180 

15, 175 

13,985 
239,221 

96,367 
134,569 
163,349 
215,792 

10,795 

48,302 
169,983 

46,152 


Corregidor 

Nueva  Eci ja 

Nueva  Vizcaya,  including  Cayapa  . 


FangasinAn 

Principe,  subprovince  of  Tavs 

Rizal 

Sorsogon 

T4rlac 

Tayabas 

Union 

Zambales 


20 
4 
3,840 
1,075 
2,209 
1,316 
1,218 
1,048 

675 
1,295 
2,334 

867 
2,210 


"250,000 
420 
156,610 
60,628 
223,922 
802, 178 
10, 470 
246, 940 
S8,650 

109^  780 
110, 164 
87, 295 


Total  . 


44,235 


3, 727, 


» Estimated.    Board  of  Health,  January,  1902,  297,1.54  natives,  Chinese,  Americans,  foreigners,  and 
United  States  Army. 

MARINDUQUE. 


Provinces  and  important  dependencies. 

Area. 

Number 

of  de- 
pendent 
islands. 

Approxi- 
mate pop* 
lation. 

Marinduque  (island) 

Sq.  m. 
681 
100 
4,108 

13 
6 

26 

48  000 

Lvi  bang  Islands 

3  000 

Mindoro 

106  200 

Total 

4,889 

45 

MINDANAO. 


Misamis 

5,879 
13,201 

5 
83 

Surigao 

85, 125 

*        Total 

19,080 

88 

212,067 

156 


GAZETTEEE    OF   THE   PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


A  list  of  civil  provincial  governments  in  the  Philipphu  Islands  arranged  under  grand 
territorial  divisions — Continued. 

PALAWAN. 
[North  of  10°  parallel  of  N.  lat.] 


Provinces  and  important  dependencies. 

Area. 

Number 
of  de- 
pendent 
islands. 

Approxi- 
mate popu- 
lation. 

Paragua 

Sq.  m. 

1,635 

677 

63 

98 
47 

•25  000 

Calamianes  (group) 

16,338 
8,500 

63 

Total .. 

2,375 

208 

49  8^ 

' 

VISAYAS. 

Bohol 

1,614 
1,782 
4,214 

268 
1,315 

149 
3, 112 
1,742 

1,340 

1,661 

2,102 

515 

5, 488 

59 
29 

« 

12 
46 
8 
14 

6 
30 
80 
32 
148 

260,000 

Cebii 

Levte.  . 

270,491 

Masbate: 

Masbate  . . 

23,069 

Ticao  . 

140,498 

Panay: 

Capiz 

Iloilo 

46'^  414 

55,339 

Sdmar 

195  386 

Total 

25, 302 

507 

2,497,908 

MORO  PROVINCES. 


The  following  represents  the  Moro  provinces  to  which  provincial 
civil  government  has  not  been  extended. 


Provinces  and  important  dependencies. 

Number 

1  islands. 

Approxi- 
mate popu- 
lation. 

Basilan .                             ...                .                           

Sq.  m. 
354 
8,344 
2,386 
9,171 
3,900 
3,486 

56 
9 

8,000 

Cotabato 

4  148 

20, 273 

25 

33,668 
100  000 

Lanao 

80 

117, 503 

Total                                         .      .                

27,641 

170 

283, 592 

1  South  of  10°  parallel  of  N.  lat.] 

Palawan  (South)  Moro  country 

3,091 
264 
47 

35 
23 
14 

■'25,000 

Barbae 

2  100 

2.50 

Total 

3,402 

72 

27, 350 

SULU  ARCHIPELAGO. 

[Under  military  supervision  and  the  terms  of  the  agreement  between  the  military  representative  of 

the  President  of  the  United  States,  Commander  in  Chief,  and  the  Sultan  of  Sulu  (Jolo).] 


22,630 

38 
72 
380 

77 
462 

19 
14 

29 

38 

Sulu  (Jol6)  (group) 

Tapul  (group) 

Total  .... 

1,029 

188 

22,630 

GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPriNE    ISLANDS. 


157 


ALPHABETICAL  LIST  OF  PROVINCES,  PHILIPPINE  ISLANDS. 

CIVIL  CHRISTIAN  AND  MORO  MOHAMMEDAN. 
[C=Christian;  M=Mohammedan.] 


Name  of  province. 


Island. 


Civil  govern- 
ment, when 
established. 


Religion, 


Alira 

Albay,  including  Catanduanes  I .. 

Ambos  Camarines 

Amburayan,  subprovlnce  of  Le- 

panto-Bontoc. 

Antique 

Ba.silan , 

BataAn 

Bataugas 

Bonguet 

Bontoc,  subprovince  of  Lepanto- 

Bontoc. 

Bohol 

Bnlaciln 

Catraydn,    including    Babuyanes 

ami  Batanes. 

Cupiz 

Cavite ■ 


Cebii 


Cotabato 

Dapitan 

Diivao 

Ilocos  Norte 

Ilocos  Sur 

Hollo 

Infanta,  including  Polillo  group, 
subprovince  of  Tayabas. 

Isabela 

Laguna 

Lanao 

Lepanto,  subprovince  of  Lepanto- 

Bontoc. 
Lepanto-Bontoc  (see  Amburayan; 
Bontoc;  Lepanto.) 

Ley  te 

Manila: 

Municipality 

Corregidor 

Marinduque 

Lubang  Islands 

Mindoro 

Masbate 

Burias 

Masbate 

Ticao 

Misamis 

Negros  Occidental 

Negros  Oriental 

Nueva  Ecija 

Nueva  Vizcaya 

Palawan : 

S.of  10°lat.  N 

BalAbac 

Cagay^n  Sulu  and  St.  Michael 
Islands. 

Pampanga 

PangasinAn 

Paragua,  N.  of  10°  lat.  N 

Calamianes  group 

Cuyos  group 

Principe,  subprovince  of  Tayabas. 

Rizal 

Romblon 

Tablas 

Sibuyfi,n , 

S4mar , 

Sorsogon 


Luzon 

....do 

....do 

....do 


Panay 

Mindanao . 

Luzon  

....do 

....do 

....do 


Visayan  Islands . 

Luzon 

....do 


Visayan  Islands  . 


Mindanao . 

....do 

....do 

Luzon  

....do 

Panay 

Luzon  


....do 

....do 

Mindanao . 
Luzon  


.do. 


Visayan  Islands . 


Luz6n  

....do 

Off  Luzon  

....do 

Mindoro 

Visa  van  Islands . 

....do 

....do 

....do 

Mindanao  

Visayan  Islands . 

do 

Luz6n  

do 


Palawan  . 
BalAbac  . . 
Islands  of. 


Luz6n  

....do 

Palawan 

Calamianes 

Cuyos  

Luzon  

....do 

Visayan  Islands . 

SibuyAn 

Visayan  Islands . 
Luzon  


Aug.  19,1901 
Apr.  26,1901 
Apr.  27,1901 
May  28,1902 

Apr.  13,1901 

Naval 

Mar.  2,1901 
May  2, 1901 
Nov.  23,1900 
May  28,1902 

Apr.  20,1901 
Feb.  27,1901 
Aug.  22,1901 

Apr.  15,1901 
June  11, 1901 
[Apr.  18,1901 
July  17,19011= 
[Jan.  1,1902>' 
No  civil  govt. 

do 

do 

Aug.  20,1901 
Aug.  16, 1901 
Apr.  11,1901 
June  12, 1902 

Aug.  24,  1901 
July  1, 1902 
No  civil  govt. 
May  28,1902 


.do. 


Apr.  22,1901 
July  31,1901 


May     1, 1901 
June  23, 1902 

....do 

Mar.  18,1901 


May  15,1901 
Apr.  20,1901 
do 

June  11,1901 
Jan.   28,1902 

No  civil  govt 


Feb.  13,1901 
Feb.  16,1901 
June  23, 1902 

do 

do 

June  12, 1902 
June  11,1901 
Mar.  16,1901 


June  17, 1902 
Apr.  30,1901 


C... 
C... 
C... 

C.,M  ... 

C... 

C... 

C... 

C... 


Sq.  in. 
1,484 
1,711 
3,161 

1,340 
364 
436 

1,108 
990 
480 

1,614 

841 

5,291 

1,661 
510 

1,782 

8.344 
2,386 
9,171 
1,265 

491 
2,102 

877 

5,395 
752 


100 
4,108 


1,315 
149 
5,879 
3,112 
1,742 
3,840 
1,075 

3,091 
264 
47 

2,209 
1,316 
1,635 

677 

63 

1,218 

1,048 

516 


■  Limitations  not  designated  formerly  part  of  Ilocos  Sur. 
'  Restored  to  military. 


"  Restored  to  civil. 
*  Included  in  Masbate. 


158  GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

Alphabetical  list  of  provinces,  Philippine  Islands — Continued. 

CIVIL  CHRISTIAN  AND  MORO  MOHAMMEDAN— Continued. 

[C=Christian;  M=Mohammedan.] 


Name  of  province. 

Island. 

Civil  govern- 
ment, when 

established. 

Religion. 

Area. 

Popula- 
tion. 

Sulu  Archipelago. 

Aug.    8,1899^ 

M 

M 

'^i,'o29 

22,630 

Pangutaran  group 

M.... 

M 

M 

Tawi  Tawi  group 

M 

Mindanao 

May  15,1901 
Feb.  18,1901 
Mar.  12,1901 
Aug.  15,1901 
Aug.  28. 1901 
No  civil  govt. 

C.,M  ... 

C 

c 

c 

c 

M 

13,201 
1,295 
2, 334 
867 
2,210 
3,486 

85  125 

TArlac 

Tayabas  (see  Infanta;  Principe)  .. 
Uni6n 

do 

109,780 
110  164 

do 

do 

87,295 
117,503 

Zamboanga  .                   

Mindanao 

Total  population  of  the  archipelag 
Total  area 

»  Agreement  with  the  Sultan. 

..  6,975,073 

127  853 

Average  number  of  inhabitants  to 

the  square  mile.... 

54.55 

In  November,  1900,  the  Federal  party  was  organized  to  secure  peace 
in  the  islands  under  the  sovereignty  of  the  United  States.  The  move- 
ment spread  rapidly,  nearly  every  town  in  the  archipelago  having  its 
Federal  committee  actively  and  effectively  engaged  in  inducing  insur- 
gent loaders  to  surrender,  and  otherwise  aiding  in  restoring  and  main- 
taining order  in  disturbed  localities. 


A  VICE-GOVERNOR  APPOINTED. 

On  October  29,  by  order  of  the  President,  Luke  E.  Wright  was 
appointed  vice-governor,  with  authority  to  act  as  civil  governor  when- 
ever the  civil  governor  is  incapacitated  by  illness,  or  certifies  that  his 
temporary  absence  from  the  seat  of  government  will  make  it  necessary 
for  the  vice-governor  to  exercise  such  powers  and  duties.  The  reports 
of  the  United  States  Philippine  Commission  to  the  Secretary  of  War, 
Manila,  November  30,  1900;  also  from  December  1,  1900,  to  October 
15,  1901,  December,  1901,  parts  1  and  2,  and  Public  Laws  and  Reso- 
lutions passed  by  the  said  commission,  cover  the  official  literature  on 
the  labors  of  the  Commission  and  a  large  amount  of  relevant  informa- 
tion gathered  in  the  regular  order  of  business  of  subordinate  bureaus. 


MUNICIPAL  GOVERNMENTS. 


The  municipal  code,  enacted  on  January  21,  1901,  was  in  operation 
in  616  towns  to  October  15, 1901.  In  practice,  with  a  few  amendments 
(act  No.  132,  1900-1901)  suggested  by  the  people,  it  was  working  satis- 
factorily. The  code  for  public  information  is  distributed  in  English, 
Spanish,  Tagalog,  Visayan,  Vicol,  and  Ilocano. 

As  a  rule,  towns  have  been  self-supporting.  (See  Population, 
electors.) 


GAZETTEEK    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  159 


CIVIL  SERVICE. 

On  Septembter  19,  1900,  the  Commission  passed  "An  act  for  the 
I  establishment  and  maintenance  of  an  efiicient  and  honest  civil  service 
\  in  the  Philippine  Islands,"  creating  a  civil  service  board  of    three 
'  persons,  who  shall  be  citizens  of  the  United  States  or  natives  of  the 
Philippine  Islands,  authorized  to  prepare  rules  for  appointments  and 
i  promotions  according  to  merit,  and  by  competitive  examinations  as 
I  far  as  practicable.     Provision  is  made  for  transfers  within  the  service, 
!  and  from  the  classified  civil  service  of  the  United  States;  for  reinstate- 
ments;  for   examining  American  applicants  in   Spanish   and   native 
applicants  in  English  in  cases  where  the  board  deems  a  knowledge  of 
both  languages  essential;  for  a  physical  examination  of  applicants  in 
the  United  States;  for  an  age  limitation  for  entrance  to  the  lower 
grades,  and  for  temporary  appointments  under  certain  conditions. 

The  act  applies  to  all  appointments  of  civilians  to  positions  in  the 
executive  branch  of  the  civil  government,  with  few  exceptions,  and  to 
the  appointment  of  subordinates  in  the  legislative  and  judicial  branches. 
Members  of  the  civil  commission,  members  of  the  judiciary,  and  a 
few  other  positions,  principally  of  a  legal  or  medical  character,  are 
not  subject  to  the  provisions  of  the  act.  The  act  also  applies  to  the 
municipalit}^  of  Manila,  and  to  the  provincial  government  service.  It 
is  proposed  to  extend  the  provisions  of  the  act  at  an  early  date  to  the 
^  corps  of  teachers  of  English. 

I      The  board  has  power  to  administer  oaths,  summon  witnesses,  and 
I  require  the  production  of  official  books  and  records,  and  to  prevent 
payment  of  salaries  to  persons  in  the  service  contrary  to  the  act  and 
rules. 

On  November  30,  1900,  the  President  of  the  United  States  issued 
an  order  directing  the  United  States  Civil  Service  Commission  to 
render  such  assistance  as  might  be  practicable  to  the  Philippine  civil 
service  board,  and  for  that  purpose  to  conduct  examinations  for  the 
civil  service  of  the  Philippine  Islands.  Competitive  examinations  for 
appointment  and  promotion  are  now  held  at  Manila,  Iloilo,  Cebii,  and 
other  points  in  the  Philippine  Islands,  and  also  in  the  United  States, 
under  the  auspices  of  the  United  States  Civil  Service  Commission,  for 
original  appointment. 

While  of  those  already  examined  in  the  Philippine  Islands  a  greater 
percentage  of  Filipinos  than  Americans  have  failed  tapass  the  required 
examinations,  still  for  the  lower  clerical  and  other  positions  ample 
registers  of  Filipinos  have  been  established.  On  account  of  their  lack 
of  familiarity  with  the  English  language  and  with  American  methods 
of  transacting  business  they  have  necessarily  been  appointed  as  a  rule 
to  minor  positions,  but  it  is  stated  that  nearly  all  of  those  who  have 
been  appointed  are  proving  satisfactory.  The  act  provides  that  pref- 
erence in  appointment  shall  be  given  first  to  natives  of  the  islands, 
and  second,  to  honorably  discharged  soldiers,  sailors,  and  marines  of 
the  United  States.  A  majority  of  those  who  have  so  far  been  appointed 
as  a  result  of  competitive  examinations  are  Filipinos.  The  examina- 
tions are  conducted  in  both  the  English  and  the  Spanish  languages,  and 
I  where  a  Filipino  can  be  utilized  he  is  selected  in  preference  to  an 
American. 


160 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 


Education. — During  the  military  control  of  the  island  education 
followed  the  flag.  After  the  accession  of  civil  administration  a  sys- 
tematic plan  of  educational  promotion  was  put  in  operation  by  the 
establishment  (P.  C,  act  No.  74,  I'JOl)  of  a  department  of  public 
instruction.  The  employment  of  1,000  trained  teachers  in  the  United 
States  was  authorized,  who  were  conveyed  to  Manila  by  transport, 
tog'ether  with  school  supplies  in  large  quantities.  These  represented 
45  States,  the  District  of  Columbia,  Oklahoma,  Philippines,  and  were 
appointed  upon  the  recommendation  of  53  institutions  in  the  United 
States. 

The  following  is  an  exhibit  of  public  schools  in  the  P.  I. ,  showing 
number  of  division,  name  of  province,  number  of  schools  in  each,  num- 
ber of  teachers  employed,  whether  native  or  American,  Juh^  1,  1902. 

[16  division  superintendents,  14  division  clerks,  and  36  deputy  division  superintendents.] 


o£ 

is 

?d 

-n 

.S-3 

O 

1^ 

a^ 

^ 

<*^ 

^^ 

4?, 

145 

49 

XI 

70 

117 

37 

31 

44 

14 

XII 

42 

68 

10 

72 

8:^ 

29 

51 

109 

22 

123 

168 

40 

xm 

51 

62 

7 

7S 

111 

29 

7 

18 

10 

XIV 

3 

5 

3 

31 

37 

14 

XV 

14 

14 

20 

20 

5 

6 

5 

4 

!  XVI 

69 

72 

24 

30 

3;^ 

8 

XVII 

21 

23 

10 

:« 

36 

19 

37 

25 

19 

19 

9 

15 

27 

11 

95 

108 

25 

84 

113 

29 

115 

181 

29 

30 

44 

12 

21 

44 

16 

37 

63 

16 

VIII 
IX 
X 

XI 


Manila,  city  of 

Uoilo 

C^piz 

Antique 

Negros  Occidental 
Negros  Oriental . . 

Cebii 

Bohol 

Leyte 

Sdmar 

Cotabato 

Calamianes 

Dapitan 

D&vao 

Jol6  Ajch 

Misamis 

Surigao 

Zamboanga 

Albay  

Camarines 

Sorsogon 

Batadn 

Bulacln 

Pampanga 

Pangasinin 

T^rlac 

Zambales 

Nueva  !Ecija 


Nueva  Vizcaya . 

Principe 

Benguet 

Iloeos  Sur 

Lepanto 

Uni6n 

Abra 

Bon  toe 

Uocos  Norte 

CagayAn 

Isabela 


Cavite . 
Tayabas...  . 

Laguna 

Rizal 

Marinduque. 


Eombl6n . 


Total 

Nautical  school,  Manila 
Normal  school,  Manila. 
Trade  school,  Manila... 
Agricultural  school,  Ne- 
gros   


Aggregate. 


The  school  year  is  from  October  1  to  May  31,  about  8  months,  which  puts  the  vacation  in  the  season 
of  the  rain  arid  the  rice  harvest. 

The  general  superintendent  and  4  members  appointed  by  the  civil  governor  constitute  a  superior 
advisory  board.  In  each  municipality  is  a  local  school  board,  in  addition  to  the  presidente  or  alcalde. 
Each  pueblo  is  a  school  district,  and  the  municipal  council  is  required  to  make  provision  by  local 
taxation  for  the  support  of  schools. 

The  conduct  of  religious  exercises  in  public  schoolhouses  is  prohibited,  but  teaching  religion  under 
certain  restrictions  is  permitted  one-half  hour  3  times  a  week  If  requested  in  writing  by  the  parents 
or  guardians  of  the  children  of  the  school. 

An  estimate  1901  showed  1.50,000  Filipino  pupils  enrolled  in  the  free  primary  schools  established  by  ^ 
the  government  and  that  75,000  were  in  daily  attendance.  On  July  1,  1902",  the  full  quota  of  1,000 
teachers  had  been  appointed  and  each  assigned  to  his  or  her  post  in  the  archipelago. 

Health. — A  board  of  health  for  the  archipelago  was  created  July 
1,  IHOl,  l)y  act  of  the  P.  C,  and  by  the  same  authority  was  made 
the  local  board  of  health  for  the  citv  of  ]Manila  with  the  largest  pow- 
ers, by  special  acts  in  the  regulation  of  the  practice  of  medicine, 
pharmacy,  dentistry,  and  veterinary  medicine,  the  organization 
of  provincial  and  municipal  boards  of  health  and  public  vaccina- 
tions, its  duties  also  involving  recommendations  of  legislation  per- 
taining to  the  general  health  and  sanitation  of  the  archipelago, 
including  diseases  of  domestic  animals.     Under  this  act  a  corps  of  san-* 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  161 

itary  inspectors,  a  chief,  and  medicals  was  organized.  The  city  was 
divided  into  districts  with  stations  and  municipal  physicians. 

The  most  effective  methods  of  treatment  or  prevention  of  the  plague 
h:ive  been  instituted. 

The  leper  hospitals  of  San  Lazaro,  Manila,  Cebu,  and  Palestina 
(Ambos  Camarines)  are  in  operation.  A  similar  institution  is  proposed 
at  Bacolod,-  Negros  Occidental.  A  permanent  colony  of  lepers  is  in 
progress  of  location. 

The  number  of  lepers  in  the  archipelago  is  estimated  at  less  than 
10,000;  other  figures,  30,000. 

Under  the  Medical  Department  of  the  Army  public  vaccinations 
have  been  made  in  many  of  the  pueblos  of  the  archipelago.  The  fig- 
ures given  foot  up  over  1,000,000  natives  so  treated. 

The  following  general  facts  about  public  health  in  the  Philippine 
Islands  may  be  mentioned.     Two  classes  of  diseases  occur: 

1.  Diseases  common  to  temperate  and  tropical  countries. 

'2.  Diseases  especially  characteristic  of  the  latter  regions. 

To  the  first  belong  smallpox,  cholera,  bubonic  plague,  and  leprosy. 

Smallpox  is  endemic  in  the  islands. 

Destructive  epidemics  of  Asiatic  cholera  have  occurred  in  the  past 
at  long  intervals.  The  last  was  in  1889.  The  most  fierce  was  in  1882. 
An  outbreak  of  cholera  in  Manila  and  vicinity  has  recently  occurred. 

Tuberculosis  is  common  among  the  natives. 

Black  plague  appeared  in  Manila  in  December,  1899,  but  was  almost 
entirely  confined  to  Chinese  and  natives. 

Beri-beri  is  confined  as  a  rule  to  natives. 

Leprosy  is  common. 

Sunstroke  is  rare,  but  heat  prostration  is  common. 

There  is  another  class  of  diseases  which,  while  not  confined  to  the 
tropics,  are  apt  to  occur  in  their  severest  and  most  dangerous  form  in 
hot  countries,  such  as  diarrhea,  dysentery,  malarial  troubles,  and 
beri-beri. 

There  is  a  different  degree  of  healthfulness  in  the  various  islands. 
Mindoro  and  Balabac  are  the  worst  from  a  sanitary  point  of  view. 
Sibuyan,  Guimaras,  Siquijor,and  Cebu  are  considered  sDecially 
healthful. 

The  rinderpest,  which  has  prevailed  for  some  years  in  many  local- 
ities, having  caused  the  almost  entire  destruction  of  the  cara})ao,  has 
been  successfully  controlled  by  instruction  of  the  natives  in  the  meth- 
ods of  treatment  of  the  disease  and  the  immunization  of  animals. 

The  locust  pest  is  also  receiving  scientific  attention. 

Constabulary.— On  July  18,  1901  (act  No.  175),  the  Philippine  con- 
stabular}^  was  organized  on  its  present  status.  The  force  has  been 
extended  to  32  provinces  and  comprises  2,500  enlisted  men.  The 
organic  act  and  code  regulations  are  printed  as  a  handbook  in  English 
and  Spanish,  Visayan,  Vicol,  and  Ilocano,  and  their  usefulness  has  been 
sustained  in  actual  service. 

REVENUES  AND  EXPENDITURES. 

The  central  government  for  its  support  depends  mainly  on  import 
and  export  duties.     The  internal  taxes  are  chiefly  devoted  to  the  sup- 
port of  provincial  and  municipal  governments.     One-half  the  internal- 
^  revenue  receipts,  i.  e.  industrial,  urbana,  and  stamp  taxes  since  January, 

S.  Doc.  280 11* 


162 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


1901,  has  been  turned  over  to  the  provincial  treasury  and  the  remaining 
one-half  to  the  municipalities  of  the  province.  A  cedula,  or  poll  tax,  of 
$1  Mexican  is  levied  upon  each  male  person  between  18  and  55  years 
of  age;  one-half  paid  into  the  treasury  of  the  town  in  which  he  lives 
and  the  other  into  the  provincial  treasury.  The  municipal  council  also 
has  the  powei  to  license  saloons  and  other  business  requiring  police 
supervision. 

During  the  year  1902  the  collection  of  an  ad  valorem  land  tax  for 
the  benefit  of  the  provincial  and  municipal  governments  is  set  to  begin, 
viz:  The  provincial  board  levying  one-eighth  of  1  per  cent  on  the 
assessable  land  of  the  province  for  roads  and  bridges  and  may  levy  two- 
eighths  more  for  general  purposes.  The  municipal  council  is  required 
to  levy  one-fourth  of  1  per  cent  for  schools  and  may  levy  one-fourth 
per  cent  more  for  general  purposes.  Estimates  indicate  that  the 
towns  will  be  self-supporting,  any  deficiency,  however,  to  be  met  by 
an  increase  of  the  land  tax. 

Revenues  and  expenditures  in  the  Philippine  Archipelago  from  date  of  American  occupation, 
August  20,  1898,  to  June  SO,  1901. 

[Compiled  from  auditor's  certificates  covering  ttie  fiscal  affairs  in  the  Philippine  Archipelago  from 
date  of  American  occupation  to  December  31, 1899.  Subsequent  to  January  r,  1900,  approximated 
from  the  treasurer's  account,  which  has  been  audited  for  the  entire  period.] 


Fiscal  year  ended  June  30— 


REVENUES. 

Customs 

Postal , 

Internal 

Miscellaneous 

Total 

EXPENDITURES. 

Customs 

Postal 

other  expenditures 

Total 


13,097,864.15 
42,954.87 
240,378.27 
130,131.03 


15,535,952.49 
104,282.54 
622,509.01 
361,195.58 


19,032,600.70 
121,559.26 
932,484.91 
591,017.52 


$17,666,417.34. 

268, 796. 67 

1,695,372.19 

1,082,344.13 


3,511,328.32 


6,523,939.62 


10,677,662. 


20,712,930.83 


29,177.16 

30,410.75 

2,337,810.80 


134,685.83 
89, 149. 51 

4,994,545.78 


280,815.23 

147,031.25 

6,335,976.20 


444,678.22 

266,591.61 

13,668,331.78 


14,379,601.51 


Customs  revenues  in  the  Philippine  Archipelago  from  date  of  American  occupation, 
20,  1898,  to  June  30,  1901,  as  reported  by  the  collectors  of  customs. 


August 


Fiscal  year  ended  June  i 


Manila 

lloilo  

Cebii 

Jol6(Sulu).. 

Siasi , 

Zamboanga . 


Total. 


ITEMS. 

Import  duties 

Export  duties 

Tonnage  tax 

Fines,  .seizures,  etc  ... 
other  revenues 


Total. 


198,271.16 
131,524.91 


54,705,016.65 

480,427.21 

313,485.28 

27,005.32 

6,010.34 

4, 007. 69 


$7,635,159.42 
777,054.06 
498,522.27 
88, 621. 46 
14,569.06 
18, 674. 43 


,  108, 244. 15 
,455,752.43 
943,532.46 
115, 626. 78 
20,579.40 
22, 682. 12 


5, 535, 952. 49 


9,032,600.70 


17,666,417.84 


9,032,600.70 


17,666,417.34 


As  far  as  the  accounts  of  the  collectors  of  customs  have  been  certified  by  the  auditor,  the  harbor, 
improvement  tax  has  been  included  in  the  import  duties.    This  tax  is  a  levy  of  8  per  cent  on  the 
value  of  all  dutiable  merchandise  imported  into  the  islands,  and  10  per  cent  additional  on  the  amount  . 
of  import  duty,  which  would  indicate  that  about  10  per  cent  of  the  amount  shown  herein  as  import 
duties  is  in  fact  harbor-improvement  tax. 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  163 

Condition  of  the  insular  trectsury  at  periods  stated, 

September  1, 1900: 

Available  for  appropriation,  gold  values  on  the  basis  of  $2  insu- 
lar currency  for  $1  in  United  States  money $3, 023, 834.  29^ 

September  1,1901: 

Available  for  appropriation,  gold  values  as  above 5, 106,  518. 46 

Receipts  by  the  treasurer  of  the  archipelago  from  customs, 
internal  revenue,  post-office,  miscellaneous,  Spanish  funds 
seized  from  August,  1898,  to  June,  1899 3, 908,  675.  28 

Withdrawals  for  disbursements,  same  period 3, 094, 102.  28 

Balance  July  1,  1899 814,573.00 

Receipts,  1899  ( Julv)  to  1900  (June) 6,  803,  482.  43 

Withdrawals,  1899  '(July)  to  1900  (June) 5, 149,  523. 12 

Balance  July  1,  1900 1,653,959.31 

Balance  July  1,  1899 814,573.00 

Total  July  1,  1900 2,468,532.31 

Receipts,  1900  (July)  to  1901  (June) 11,263,317.07 

Withdrawals,  1900  (July)  1901  (June) 7, 063, 921. 67 

Balance  net 4,199,395.40 

Balance  July  1,  1900 2,468,532.31 

Balance  in  treasury  June  30,  1901 6,667,927.71 

Receipts,  1901  (July,  August,  September) 3, 846,  319.  95 J 

Total 10,514,247.66^ 

Withdrawals,  1901  (July,  August,  September) 3, 054, 071. 96| 

Balance  in  treasury,  including  Spanish  seized  funds,  September  30, 
1901 7,460,175.70 

Finances,  money,  and  exchange.^— Under  act  of  Congress  July  1, 
1902  (sees.  76-83),  relating  to  coinage  in  the  Philippine  Islands,  authority- 
was  granted  the  government  of  the  Philippine  Islands  to  establish  a 
mint  at  Manila,  to  coin  pieces  of  50,  20,  and  10  centavos  silver,  of  given 
weight,  in  pure  metal  and  alloy  (copper),  to  be  legal  tender  to  |10; 
to  recoin  Spanish  coins;  to  coin  minor  coins  in  denominations  of  i  and 
1  (tin  and  zinc)  and  5  centavos  (copper  and  nickel),  to  be  legal  tenders 
not  exceeding  $1,  proportion  and  weight  to  be  determined,  with  other 
provisions  for  devices  and  inscriptions,  purchase  of  metal  and  seignor- 
age.  A  discrimination  against  money  of  the  United  States  was  remedied 
by  an  act  (P.  C,  No.  53),  passed  November  28, 1900,  requiring  banks  of 
deposit  in  the  islands  to  accept  deposits  both  in  money  of  the  United 
States  and  in  Mexican  or  local  currency  and  to  repay  such  deposits 
by  checks  or  otherwise  in  the  kind  of  money  in  which  they  were  made. 
A  military  order  authorized  the  exchange  of  2  pesos  of  local  currency 
for  $1  of  money  of  the  United  States.  Notwithstanding  a  greater  value 
of  United  States  gold  as  compared  with  the  value  of  Mexican  dollars, 
the  ratio  of  2  to  1  is  maintained  instead  of  $2.02  or  $2.01:  insular  cur- 
rency to  II  money  of  the  United  States. 

FINANCIAL  INSTITUTIONS. 

The  treasurer  of  the  Philippine  Archipelago  reports  as  follows  of 
the  condition  December  31,  1901,  of  the  Banco  Espanol-Filipino  and 
•tts  branch  at  Iloilo;  the  Manila  and  Iloilo  branches  of  the  Hongkong 


164 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


and  Shanghai  Banking  Corporation;  the  Manila  and  Cebu  branches 
of  the  Chartered  Bank  of  India,  Australia,  and  China. 

The  returns  are  in  pesos,  1  peso  valued  at  50  cents. 

The  capital  stock  of  the  Spanish-Filipino  Bank  is  shown  to  be 
1,500,000  pesos,  and  that  of  the  Manila  })ranch  of  the  Hongkong  and 
Shanghai  Banking  Corporation  1,000,000  pesos.  No  capital  appears 
to  be  assigned  to  an_y  of  the  other  bank  branches.  The  liank-note 
circulation  of  the  archipelago  is  confined  to  the  Spanish-Filipino  Bank, 
and  amounts  to  2,407,660  pesos.  The  aggregate  liabilities  of  these. 
l)anks  and  branches  is  shown  to  be  53,415,809.66  pesos,  the  principal 
items  enumerated  being  as  follows:  Deposits,  35,012,127.71;  deposits 
of  banks  and  agencies,  10,059,388.22;  surplus  and  undivided  profits, 
2,972,717. 

The  loans  and  discounts,  including  overdrafts,  aggregate  16,923,424; 
investment  in  stocks,  securities,  etc.,  1,502,549;  bills  of  exchange, 
2,169,975;  due  from  banks  and  bankers,  7,943,089;  specie,  bullion, 
and  notes  in  bank,  23,139,105.  The  banks  hold  in  United  States  gold 
457,360;  United  States  notes,  4,095,066;  United  States  silver  dollars 
and  subsidiarj^  coins,  559,979;  gold  and  silver  bullion,  20,795  and  5,020. 
respecti vel}^ ;  Mexican  and  Spanish-Filipino  pesos  (silver),  13,579,784 
and  2,490,975,  respectively.  The  banks  carried  in  their  vaults  1,827.450 
Spanish-Filipino  bank  notes  and  102,674  SpanishrFilipino  fractional 
currenc^^ 

Accompanying  reports  hereinbefore  referred  to  was  a  statement  of 
condition  of  the  savings  bank  and  pawn  shop  of  Manila,  which  is  capi- 
talized at  221,460.90  pesos,  and  at  date  of  report,  January  11,  1902. 
had  deposits  to  the  amount  of  755,829.70.  The  aggregate  resource^ 
of  this  institution  amounted  to  1,096,597.11,  the  principal  items  being 
loans,  713,822;  real  estate  and  mortgages  owned,  165,164.05. 

Abstract  of  returns  from  the  Manila  and  Cebu  brandies  of  Tlie  Chartered  Bank  of  Indin 
Australia,  and  China;  Manila  and  Iloilo  branches  of  the  Hongkong  and  Shangha 
Banking  Corporation;  The  Banco  Espanol  at  Manila  and  its  Iloilo  branch,  Deccmbet 
31,  1901. 

[Number  of  banks,  6.] 

[Note.— Two  pesos  equal  81.] 


Loans  and  discounts 

Overdrafts 

Stocks,  .securities,  etc 

Banking  house,  furniture,  and 
fixtures 

Bi  1  Is  of  exchange 

Due  from  banks  and  bankers,  etc 

Checks  and  other  cash  items 

United  States  gold  coin 

United  States  notes 

United  Stales  silver  dollars  and 
fractional  currency 

Gold  bullion  of  other  countries. . 

Silver  bullion  of  other  countries. 

Mexican  pesos 

Spanish- Filipino  pesos 

Spanish-Filipino  fractional  cur- 
rency   

Banco  Espanol-Filipino  notes  ... 

Other  resources 

Total  


13, 263, 379.  76 
3, 660, 044. 40 
1,502,549.05 

113,890.12 

2,169,975.27 

7,943,089.72 

7,840.54 

457, 360. 00 
4,096,066.00 

559, 979. 58 

20,795.80 

5, 020. 27 

13,579,784.00 

2, 490, 975. 00 

102, 674. 44 
1,827,450.00 
1,615,935.71 


Capital  stock  paid  in 

Surplus  fund 

Undivided  profits,  less  expenses 

and  taxes  paid 

Bank  notes  outstanding 

Due  to  other  bank.s, agencies,  etc. 

Dividends  un paid 

Individual  deposits 

Insular  deposits 

Deposits    of   insular   disbursing 

officers 

Bills  payable 

Liabilities  other  than  those  above 

staled 

Total 


2,500, 
2,331, 

640, 
2,407, 
10,059, 


000.0 
726.2 

990.7 
560. 0 
3.S8. 1 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


105 


Abstract  of  report  made  to  the  Comptroller  of  tJie  Currency  showing  the  condition  of  the 
Monte  de  Piedad  y  Caja  de  Ahorros  de  Manila,  in  the  Philippine  Islands,  at  the  close  of 
business  on  January  11,  1902. 

[Number  of  banks,  1.] 


[Note.— Two 

pesos  equal  »!.] 

1                    Resources. 

Pesos. 

Liabilities. 

Pesos. 

liOans  and  discounts 

713,822.00 

1,882.48 

165,104.0.5 

10.00 

280. 00 

170. 00 

7,044.30 

.03 

1,G55.00 

3,850.00 

202,713.25 

Capital  stock  paid  in 

2''1  460  90 

Banking    house,   furniture,   and 
fixtures                                    

Deposit  insular  disbursing  officer. 
Other  liabilities 

1,000.00 

)tlier  real  estate  owned 

118  300  51 

Total 

In i ted  States  notes                   ..  .. 

Jnited  States  silver  dollars 

Spanish-Filipino  fractional  cur- 

Banco  Espaiiol-Pllipino  notes  .... 

:!hecks  and  other  cash  items 

Dther  resources 

!          Total 

1,096,697.11 

1,096,597.11 

Internal  revenue. — The  organization  of  the  bureau  of  internal 
revenue  under  G.  O.,  No.  5-i,  Military  Governor's  Office,  April  15, 
1900.  sec.  9  of  act  February  6, 1901,  provides  that  the  provincial  treas- 
urer "shall  act  as  collector  of  internal  revenue  for  the  province,  and  as 
such  shall  report  to  the  collector  of  internal  revenue  for  the  islands 
ind  shall  make  such  settlements  and  deposits  as  are  now  required  by 
law."  Regulations  respecting  these  taxes  and  the  disposition  of  the 
funds  collected  are  provided  in  section  9  of  act  No.  133. 
:  The  collections  throughout  the  islands  show  a  material  increase  over 
the  collections  for  the  previous  year,  on  account  of  the  extension  of 
the  held  covered  and  also  the  increase  of  business  at  the  trade  centers. 

This  is  particularly  true  of  the  city  of  Manila,  where  the  collections 
for  the  fiscal  year  1900-1901  show  a  total  increase  of  over  28  per  cent. 
,  The  work  of  collecting  internal  revenue  in  the  city  of  Manila  was 
turned  over  to  the  city  assessor  and  collector  on  August  7,  1901,  in 
accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  Manila  charter.  Since  that  time  the 
acting  collector  of  internal  revenue  has  furnished  stamps  to  the  various 
provincial  treasurers  and  revenue  officers,  and  has  been  receiving  col- 
lections for  forestry  payments  in  the  city  of  Manila  and  administering 
the  revenue  offices  in  the  unorganized  provinces.  As  these  duties  are 
in  connection  with  the  work  of  the  city  assessor  and  collector,  no 
expense  is  entailed  on  the  insular  government. 

Stateyneni  of  collections  and  expenses  of  internal-revenue  department  from  Jtdy  1,  1900,  to 
October  1,  1901  (  United  States  currency). 

[This  statement  does  not  include  sale  of  certificates  by  registration  officers  nor  disbursements  by 
disbursing  quartermaster  for  civil  bureaus  for  this  department.] 


Department. 

Collections. 

Expenses. 

Per  cent  of 
expenses 
to  collec- 
tions. 

Northern  Luzon 

8185,011.20 
105,727.38 
114, 395. 305 
14,009.75 
617,665.33 

110,954.51 
9,221.08 
6, 588. 37 
1,587.95 
31,735.265 

5  92 

•southern  Luz6n 

8  722 

^^isayas ..     . 

5.76 

Mindanao  and  Jol6  (Sulu) . . 

11  32 

Manila ' 

Total 

1,036,808.965 

60,087.175 

•-     K 

•* 

« 

166  GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

PUBLIC  LANDS. 

The  islands  are  estimated  to  contain  about  29,694,500  hectares,  or 
73,345,415  acres  of  land,  of  which  2,000,000  hectares,  about  4,940,000 
acres,  are  held  in  private  ownership,  leaving*  27,694,500  hectares, 
68,405,415  acres,  of  public  lands.  The  acreage,  according  to  the  com- 
puted details  of  areas  in  this  Gazetteer,  footing  up  127,853  sc^uare  miles, 
would  give  81,825,920  acres.  The  greater  portion  of  this  land  is 
fertile,  well  watered,  and  adapted  to  useful  crops.  Much  is  covered 
with  mineral  deposits  of  gold,  copper,  high-grade  iron  and  coal,  etc., 
and  is  being  prospected  and  made  ready  to  acquire  rights.  In  1894 
the  minister  of  colonies  reported  200,000  squatters.  United  States 
expert  estimates  give  douljle  that  figure.  The  above  relation  of  private 
to  public  lands  is  not  as  large  in  Mindanao,  Mindoro,  and  Palawan. 

The  development  of  the  islands  ])v  the  survey,  sale,  and  settlement 
of  the  public  lands  awaits  action.  Provisions  for  limited  homestead 
disposition  and  public  auction  of  limited  tracts  on  proper  conditions 
at  not  less  than  fixed  minimum  prices,  with  provisions  for  preliminary 
survey  at  the  expense  of  the  applicant  and  subject  to  reconformation 
on  the  completion  of  the  official  survey,  are  recommended. 

The  acreage  of  the  land,  according  to  statements  submitted,  owned 
by  friars  in  the  provinces  where  the  population  is  dense  is:  Cavite, 
121,747  acres;  Laguna,  62,172  acres;  Manila  (now  part  of  Eizal), 
50,145  acres;  Bulacan,  39,441  acres;  Cebu,  16,413  acres;  Morong  (now 
Rizal),  4,940  acres;  Bataan,  1,000  acres— upward  of  300,000  acres. 
In  addition  to  this,  more  than  100,000  acres  lie,  one-half  in  Isabela 
and  one-half  in  Mindoro,  in  regions  sparsely  settled.  According  to  a 
statement  of  the  civil  governor,  the  aggregate  in  round  numbers  is 
420,000  acres. 

CONDITIONS  AT  THE  TIME  OF  SPANISH  OCCUPATION. 

The  racial  divisions  and  animosities  at  the  time  of  the  Spanish  dis- 
covery were  favorable  to  occupation,  jurisdiction,  and  government. 
The  people  as  a  mass  were  passive,  without  traditions,  and  abject,  owing 
to  long  high-handed  treatment  hj  adventurers  at  home  and  predatory 
Chinese  on  the  one  hand  and  piratical  Malays  on  the  other  from  abroad. 
An  evidence  of  the  conditions  is  the  acceptance  of  Christianity  without 
the  opposition  raised  by  other  oriental  peoples.  It  was  the  largest 
movement  of  the  inhabitants  of  a  single  part  of  the  world  practically 
at  one  time  within  the  fold  of  Christendom.  The  Moros  of  Palawan 
and  Mindanao,  converted  earlier  to  the  doctrines  of  the  Koran,  and  a 
few  of  the  wild  tribes  were  the  only  exceptions.  At  the  time  the 
people  were  heathen,  and  lived  submissive  to  the  ferocious  rule  of  petty 
chiefs  and  engaged  in  wars  and  headhunting  against  their  neighbors. 
The  Spanish  occupation  of  the  island  curbed  the  power  of  the  chief, 
upheld  slavery,  abolished  hereditary  authority  and  rank,  and  substi- 
tuted a  s^'stem  of  titles  of  their  own  creation  for  services  rendered  in 
behalf  of  the  Crown  of  Spain.  The}^  permitted  established  customs 
and  laws  to  continue  as  long  as  they  did  not  conflict  with  Spanish 
supremacy-  and  interests.  The  sj^stem  for  a  long  period  was  in  every 
respect  paternal.  The  cruelties  practiced  in  the  A,mericas  in  the  begin- 
ning did  not  exist. 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS.  167 

SPANISH  METHODS. 

The  islands  were  originally  a  conquest  of  commerce  absorbed  by  a 
few  Spaniards  in  trade  with  China  and  Japan,  and  a  ship  or  more 
annually  to  Spain  to  maintain  the  appearance  of  authority.  The  only 
tax  was  the  poll,  or  "tributo,"  which  did  service  for  3  centuries 
at  r?l  for  every  pair  of  adults.  This  was  raised  from  time  to  time, 
with  the  progress  of  Western  civilization,  to  $2yV  and  40  days'  labor  to 
the  State,  the  latter  commuted  at  about  $3.  No  personal  service  was 
required  from  women. 

Among  the  evils  of  the  Spanish  system  with  the  increase  of  com- 
mercial intercourse  were  the  Government  monopolies,  as  tobacco,  pos- 
sibly abused  by  unscrupulous  agents  by  seizing  the  fields  of  the  private 
landowner,  compulsory  labor,  defrauding  the  husbandman  of  his  prod- 
uct, or  arbitrarily  fixing  prices  at  rates  amounting  to  confiscation. 

In  the  concrete,  Spain  bettered  the  condition  of  the  people,  the  best 
of  whom  when  they  arrived  were  living  as  a  servile  remnant  of  some 
earlier  civilization.  The  progress  of  Western  commercialism  and 
encroachments  of  foreign  trade  so  changed  these  earlier  conditions  that 
the  more  ambitious  of  the  dominant  races,  particularly  the  Tagalogs, 
became  restive  under  the  tightening  hand  of  Spanish  rule. 

THE  "MAURA  LAW"  OF  MUNICIPAL  GOVERNMENT. 

On  May  19,  1893,  a  royal  decree,  issued  on  the  recommendation  of 
the  colonial  secretary,  Don  Antonio  Maura  y  Montauer,  the  author  of 
the  law,  provided  a  form  of  nnuiicipal  government  for  those  towns 
in  the  Philippine  Islands  inhabited  by  the  Christian  Filipinos.  Under 
this  law  Luzon  and  the  Visayan  islands  were  divided  into  provinces 
and  districts,  each  province  or  district  into  pueblos  (towns);  each 
pueblo  into  districts  (divisions);  each  distrito  into  barrios  (wards),  and 
each  barrio  into  barangayes  (groups  of  60  to  100  families). 

The  governing  bodies  were: 

The  governor-general,  assisted  by  the  council  of  administration,  the  board  of 
authorities,  and  the  general  directorate  of  civil  administration  formed  the  general 
government  of  the  archipelago. 

The  governor  of  the  province,  assisted  by  the  provincial  council  (junta),  governed 
or  rather  supervised  the  affairs  of  the  province. 

The  municipal  tribunal,  assisted  by  the  principalia,  administered  the  pueblo. 

The  cabeza  de  barangay  (head  of  a  hundred)  represented  the  government  as  a 
sort  of  agent  in  the  barangay. 

The  divisions  called  distritos  and  barrios  vi^ere  merely  lor  the  purpose  of  adminis- 
tration. 

The  governor-general  was  appointed  by  the  Government  in  Spain. 

Council  of  administration:  Three  delegates  from  Luzon  and  3  from  the  Visayan 
islands  were  elected  by  provincial  councils  (juntas). 

Others  were  appointed  by  Spanish  Government. 

Governor  of  province  was  appointed  by  the  Government  in  Spain. 

Provincial  junta : 

Governor  of  province  and  5  other  officials,  members  ex  officio. 

Four  other  members  were  elected  by  municipal  captains. 

The  municipal  tribunal  (captain  and  4  lieutenants)  were  elected  by  12  delegates 
of  the  principalia  (chief  of  citizens). 

Twelve  delegates  of  the  principalia  were  chosen  by  the  principalia. 

The  principalia  was  composed  of  all  persons  who  had  held  certain  offices,  persons 
who  had  paid  $50  land  tax. 

The  cabezas  de  barangayes  were  appointed  by  the  governor  of  the  province  on 
recommendation  of  the  12  delegates  or  "principals"  and  municipal  tribunal,  but 
^were  practic&Uy  elected  by  municipal  tribunal. 


168  GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

A  SYSTEM  OF  HOME  UTILE  AND  ITS  LIMITS. 

This  law,  which  organized  the  municipal  government  of  the  Philip- 
pine Islands,  applied  to  Luzon  and  the  Visa3'an  islands,  different  pro- 
vision, mainly  military,  being  made  for  the  Sulu  Archipelago  and 
Mindanao.  The  natives  of  Luzon  and  the  Visa3^an  islands  were  in  the 
main  civilized  and  Christianized,  and  lived  together  in  pueblos  (cities  or 
towns).  A  municipal  tribunal  (council)  was  established  in  every  pueblo 
of  Luzon  and  the  Visayan  Islands,  with  the  exception  of  Manila, 
Iloilo,  Cebu,  and  some  other  places  not  necessary  to  mention.  This 
council  was  defined  as  the  legal  association  of  all  the  people 
living  within  the  limits  of  the  same  pueblo,  and  was  charged  with  the 
administration  of  its  affairs  and  interests.  This  was  the  onh^  home 
rule  the  Filipinos  enjoyed.  By  a  stud}^  of  the  system  and  its  opera- 
tions will  be  gained  an  accurate  idea  of  their  experience  in  the  admin- 
istration of  public  affairs  and,  inferential Iv,  of  their  capacity  at  the 
present  time  for  self-government.  A  comprehensive  view  of  Philip- 
pine government  under  Spanish  rule  and  a  plan  under  United  States 
authority',  with  other  information  bearing  on  those  questions,  will  be 
found  in  Report  of  the  Philippine  Commission  to  the  President, 
volume  1,  Januarv  31,  1900,  transmitted  to  Congress  February  2, 
1900. 

The  Katipunan  or  League  formed  after  the  suppression  of  the  out- 
break of  1872  became  a  revolutionary  organization  and  led  up  to  the 
outbreak  of  1896,  in  every  respect  more  serious  than  an}^  which  had 
previously  confronted  Spain.  Cavite  Province  was  its  center.  Opera- 
tions were  conducted  with  frightful  atrocities  on  both  sides. 

PACTO  DE  BIAC-NA-BAT(5. 

In  order  to  procure  the  surrender  of  the  insurgents  without  further 
bloodshed  negotiations  were  commenced  at  Biac-na-bato  in  xlugust, 
1897.  As  a  result  of  these  negotiations  an  agreement  was  signed  by  the 
Captain-General,  Primo  de  Rivera,  and  P.  A.  Paterno,  representing 
Aguinaldo,  on  December  14, 1897,  at  Manila.  In  accordance  with  this 
agreement  a  total  amount  of  800,000  pesos  was  to  be  paid  Aguinaldo 
in  three  instalhnents,  the  first  of  400,000  when  he  arrived  in  Hong- 
kong, where  he  was  sent  as  an  exile  by  the  Spanish  authorities,  200,000 
when  a  certain  number  of  arms  were  turned  over  by  his  followers,  and 
200,000  when  peace  was  officiall}^  proclaimed  by  the  representatives  of 
the  Spanish  Government  in  the  Philippines,  all  armed  resistance  on 
the  part  of  the  insurgents  having  ceased.  The  first  and  second  install- 
ments were  paid,  the  third  never,  for  the  proviso  under  which  it  was 
to  +)e  paid  was  never  carried  out  l)v  the  insurgents.  The  money  was 
deposited  by  Aguinaldo  to  provide  for  future  uprisings. 

About  twenty-four  days  after  the  capture  of  Manila  by  the  United 
States  squadron,  Aguinaldo,  the  chief  in  these  transactions,  by  permis- 
sion of  the  American  Admiral  and  in  the  guise  of  friendship,  landed  in 
Luzon,  and  less  than  three  weeks  later,  in  disrespect  of  the  United 
States  authorit\%  proclaimed  the  end  of  Spanish  sovereignty,  declared 
the  Philippine  Islands  an  independent  republic,  formed  a  rump  gov- 
ernment, located  its  seat  of  operations  at  Malolos  in  the  adjacent  pro- 
vince of  Bulacan,  and  with  grandiose  circumstance  installed  the  func- 
tionaries of  authority,  simultaneously  pompously  announcing  "that 
an  American  protectorate  would  not  be  opposed." 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  169 

The  aggressive  military  operations  of  the  forces  of  the  United  States, 
challenged  by  the  insurgent  attack  upon  the  American  lines  around 
, Manila,  promptly  disposed  of  organized  opposition.  The  guerrilla 
warfare  which  followed  received  effective  treatment  by  departmental 
and  district  commanders,  and  may  be  found  under  the  provinces  or 
islands  in  which  the  events  transpired. 

A  SPANISH  SCHEME  OF  SOVEREIGNTY  AND  AUTONOMY. 

I  A  scheme  of  Spanish  sovereignty  and  Philippine  autonomy  was  pro- 
posed to  Spain  June  19,  1898,  after  the  destruction  of  the  Spanish 
fleet  and  occupation  of  Manila  Baj^bj^the  United  States  squadron,  the 
organization  and  duties  of  which  devolved  upon — - 

I.  ( Jeneral  government — sovereignty  of  Spain. 

II.  The  assembl}'  representation'of  the  archipelago — legislative  power. 

III.  The  council  of  government — responsiliility  of  the  ministers — executive  pow- 
ers. (Details  of  the  scheme,  see  Exhibit  VII,  Report  of  the  Philippine  Commission, 
volume  1,  facing  page  228,  Senate  Doc.  No.  138,  Fifty-sixth  Congress,  first  session. ) 

NATURAL  HISTORY. 

Mammals. — The  Philippines  are  poor  in  mammals,  although  well 
adapted  to  a  large  and  diversified  mammalian  fauna.  The  most 
important  are: 

Bats  occur  in  great  numbers,  especially  in  Guimards,  Siquijor,  and  Cebii.  Some 
species  are  peculiar  to  the  archipelago.     Their  skins  have  been  used  for  furs. 

Bint6r.\ng;  a  carnivorous  animal  found  in  the  Palawan-Calamianes  group. 

Bovine  cattle  are  raised  in  Masbate,  Calamianes,  and  some  of  the  small  islands 
north  of  Luzon.  They  are  killed  for  their  flesh,  hides,  and  horns,  and  little 
attention  is  paid  to  milk-giving  properties. 

Cacholet;  found  in  the  seas  of  the  archipelago,  spermaceti  being  obtained  from  it. 

Carabao  or  w.\TER  buffalo;  2  kinds,  the  domesticated  and  wild.  The  former  is  the 
beast  of  burden  in  the  PhiUjipines,  toleralily  strong,  ])ut  sluggish  in  movements, 
fond  of  water  and  of  taking  a  mud  l)ath,  a  wonderful  swimmer,  not  hesitating  to 
cross  10  miles  of  open  sea.  They  sometimes  display  a  violent  dislike  for  white 
men,  occasionally  stampeding  at  the  mere  scent.  Their  flesh  is  eaten  by  the 
natives,  but  is  tough,  stringy,  and  rather  tasteless;  the  milk  is  extensively  used 
instead  of  cow's  milk,  and  the  hides  and  horns  are  put  to  various  uses.  The 
natives  believe  that  pieces  of  burned  buffalo  horn  will  cure  snake  bites.  The 
wild  1  )uffaloes  occur  in  Luzon,  Mindoro,  the  Calamianes,  Masbate,  Negros,  and 
Mindanao.  It  is  said  that  Mindoro  herds  sometimes  number  as  many  as  200. 
Hunting  them  constitutes  a  most  exciting  and  dangerous  sport. 

Civet  cats;  2  species  range  through  the  Palawan-Calainianes.  A  true  wildcat  of 
small  size  has  been  found  in  Palawan,  Panay,  and  Negros,  and  is  said  to  exist 
in  Cebii. 

Deer;  extremely  abundant  in  many  parts  of  the  archipelago,  their  flesh  forming  an 
important  article  of  food,  while  their  skins  and  horns  are  put  to  various  prac- 
tical uses.  In  Sulu  there  is  a  beautiful  axis  deer.  In  Basilan,  Mindanao,  Leyte, 
Sdmar,  Luzon,  Mindoro,  and  the  Calamianes  is.  are  deer  of  red  or  brown  colors, 
without  spots  when  adult.  In  Masbate,  Panay,  Guimanls,  and  Negros  is  a  beau- 
tiful dark-colored  deer,  marked  with  buff  spots. 

Dolphin;  found  in  the  seas  of  the  archipelago. 

DuGONG,  called  woman  fish.     Beads  are  made  from  its  tusks. 

Galeopithecus  {Galeopithecus  philippinenm 'Wsdh.);  found  from  Basilan  to  Luzon, 
also  in  Bohol.  It  has  membranes  like  a  flying  squirrel,,  which  not  only  enter 
between  the  legs,  but  reach  to  the  tip  of  the  tail.  Its  soft  fur  is  highly  prized 
in  Europe. 

Goats;  from  China  and  Mexico,  and  breed  successfully  in  the  islands. 

Hogs,  wild,  of  at  least  2  species  occur  in  the  Philippines.     In  some  of  the  islands, 

notably  Tawi-tawi,  they  are  extremely  numerous,  destroying  the  crops  at  night. 

,         They  are  much  hunted,  both  on  this  account  and  for  their  flesh,  which  is  excel- 

1^      lent.     Domesticated  hogs  of  black  color  are  to  be  found  in  numbers  in  every 

5       .  village.     They  cross  more  or  le.ss  freely  with  the  wild  species. 


170  GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

HoESEs;  originally  im]iorte(l  from  Mexico,  China,  or  Borneo,  are  of  small  size,  but 
well  fornu'(l  and  tough.  Neither  Australian  or  European  horses  have  thu8  far 
done  well  in  the  PhilippineH  on  account  of  the  intestinal  trouble  caused  by  the 
grass,  which  is  harsh,  and  the  foot  disease  caused  by  the  great  moisture  during 
the  rainy  season.  Good  results  have  been  obtained  with  the  American  cavalry 
horses  by  feeding  them  with  rice  leaves  or  imported  hay. 

Lemur  {Nicticebus  tardigradus  Fisch);  occurs  only  in  Tawi-tawi.  It  is  known  to  the 
natives  as  kokam  and  to  the  Spaniards  as  el  vergonzoso  (meaning  the  bashful), 
on  account  of  its  curious  habit  of  hiding  its  head  when  approached  by  man  and 
unable  to  escape. 

Monkey;  a  single  species  has  been  discovered  in  the  Philippines,  the  Macacas  phil- 
ippinansis  Geoff,  known  to  the  natives  as  maching  or  matsin.  It  is  of  medium 
size  and  commonly  tamed  by  the  natives.  It  not  infrequently  inflicts  consider- 
able damage  on  growing  rice  and  other  crops.  Its  flesh  is  sometimes  utilized  by 
the  natives  as  an  article  of  food. 

Otter;  a  carnivorous  animal,  foinid  in  the  Palawan-Calamianes  group. 

P.\ngalin;  an  edentate,  or  toothless  mammal,  abundant  in  Palawan  and  Calaniianes 
group.  It  has  its  whole  dorsal  region  jirotected  by  thick  scales,  and  when 
molested  rolls  itself  into  a  ball. 

Birds. — The  species  of  birds  in  the  Philippines  number  more  than 
51)0,  of  which  at  least  325  are  peculiar  to  the  archipelago  and  largely 
land.     The  most  important  species  are: 

Birds  of  prey;  there  are  not  less  than  45  species,  22  peculiar  to  tiie  Philippines. 
They  vary  from  a  falcon,  the  size  of  a  sparrow,  to  the  immense  monkey-catching 
harpy  eagle,  which  is  so  strong  and  active  that  it  seizes  monkeys  as  they  leap 
from  tree  to  tree. 

Cocks  and  hens;  resembling  red  Leghorns,  wild  and  extremely  pugnacious;  sup- 
posed to  be  descended  from  the  jungle  fowl;  are  snared  and  domesticated.  The 
cocks  are  trained  to  fight. 

Ducks;  5  species  known;  1,  a  mallard,  is  peculiar  to  the  Philippines.  This  species 
and  the  Dendrocyna  arcuata  (Cuv. )  afford  fine  shooting.  The  eggs  of  the  lat- 
ter are  used  for  food. 

Gulls  and  terns  poorly  represented. 

Herons  and  bitterns;  15  species  of  varied  forms,  size,  and  color. 

Kingfishers;  21  species,  all  but  6  of  which  are  confined  to  the  Philippines.  Many 
of  these  are  beautifully  colored. 

Mound  builder  or  tabon  (}ff<jiij)iiijius  cumingi  Dillwyn);  a  bird  burrowing  2  or  3  ft. 
and  laying  an  egg  out  of  all  proportion  to  the  size  of  the  body.  The  eggs  are 
rich  in  yolk  and  highly  prized  as  an  article  of  food.  The  young  dig  their  way 
to  the  surface  through  a  mound  4  or  5  ft.  high  scratched  up  by  the  pai-ent  bird. 

Pigeons  and  doves;  no  less  than  35  species  many  of  them  beautifully  colored,  and 
the  flesh  of  all  ediljle.  Several  of  the  species  are  of  very  large  size.  The  Nicobar 
pigeon  {(AddiKtxnlcohraica  Linn.)  is  especially  worthy  of  mention  on  account  of 
its  beautiful  changeable  hues,  which  vary  from  deep  green  to  fiery  copper  red. 
There  are  15  species  of  rails,  coots,  and  gallinules,  their  flesh,  and  sometimes  their 
eggs  as  well,  being  eaten  by  the  natives. 

HoR^'BILLs;  12  species,  not  one  of  which  occurs  outside  of  the  island.  They  wall  up 
the  female  in  the  trunk  of  a  tree  during  breeding,  leaving  a  small  opening  in  the 
clay  through  which  to  pass  food. 

Sni?e;  plover,  turnstones,  and  shore  birds  in  general  are  very  abundant  along  the 
coast  during  the  cold  season  in  Asia,  but  the  majority  of  them  migrate  N.  during 
the  hot  season.  The  Asiatic  snipe  makes  good  shooting  in  November,  December, 
and  January.     The  ]>ainted  snipe  is  resident  in  the  islands  throughout  the  year. 

Stork;  but  one  species,  and  (•oinjiaratively  rare. 

SuNBiRDs;  24  species,  conspicuous  for  their  beautiful  colors.  Feed  from  flowers,  but 
have  no  remarkable  powers  of  flight. 

Swifts;  the  variety  scientiflcally  known  as  Collocalia  iroglodites  Gray  is  of  commer- 
cial importance  as  the  builders  of  the  edible  nests  so  highly  prized  by  the  Chinese 
for  food.  These  nests,  composed  of  a  gelatinous  secretion  from  the  salivary  glands 
in  the  mouths  of  the  birds,  sell  at  high  prices,  almost  their  weight  in  gold,  when 
fresh  and  clean.  The  best  nests  are  obtained  on  the  precipitous  sides  of  the  Peiion 
de  Coron,  between  Culion  and  Busuanga,  where  the  natives  gather  them  at  no 
little  personal  risk.  Good  nests  are  to  be  had  in  Guimards,  Siquijor,  and  at  other 
points. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE   PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  l7l 

Tailor  bird;  9  species,  and  noted  for  its  breedino;  habits  and  the  difficulty  of  obtain- 
ing its  nests.     They  form  a  sack  of  leaves  sewn  together  with  their  bills  and 
spider  webs  or  cocoons,  in  which  they  (lep(^sit  their  eggs. 
Among  the  other  birds  are  the  frogmoiiths,  bee  Inrds,  night  hawks,  cuckoos  (21), 
cockatoos,  parrots  and  paroquets  (19),  woodpeckers  (19),  barbets,  broadbills,  star- 
lings, orioles,  weaver  finches,  larks,  nuthatches,  flower-peckers  (23),  titmice,  shrikes 
and  swallow  shrikes,  thrushes,  fruit  thrushes,  bluebirds,  firebirds,  flycatchers  (42), 
swallows,  pittas  or  ant  thrushes. 

Reptiles  and  batrachians. — A  large  number  of  forms  is  known, 
the  most  important  of  which  are: 

Alupong  (Tagillog)  or  Aguason  (Visayan);  a  deadly  venomous  snake  found  in  the 
sea,  as  well  as  in  the  plains  and  houses,  where  it  goes  to  seek  rats  and  other  small 
animals  for  food. 

Cobras;  venomous  serpents  found  in  the  eastern  chain  of  islands  and  in  the  Calamianes 
group. 

Crocodiles;  abundant  in  many  of  the  streams  and  fresh-water  lakes,  and  sometimes 
in  the  sea  along  the  coast.  They  attain  a  length  of  18  ft.  In  certain  parts  of  the 
archipelago  they  are  man-eaters. 

Dahcn-Palay  (rice-leaf  snake) ;  a  deadly  green  snake,  whose  large  poison  glands  give 
its  head  a  characteristic  arrow  shape,  while  its  neck  is  very  slender,  and  body 
short,  thick,  and  strong.  Under  this  name  is  also  included  a  number  of  green 
snakes,  which  are  absolutely  harmless. 

Frogs  occur  in  great  variety.  In  the  forests  is  a  tree  frog  with  enormously  devel- 
oped membranes  between  its  toes. 

Gecivos;  2  s]iecies  are  common  in  the  houses,  one  small,  and  feeds  on  mosquitoes  and 
house  flies,  the  other  on  insects,  and  works  noiselessly.  It  has  a  large,  thick 
l)o(ly,  s(»nietiraes  8  in.  or  more  long;  is  sluggish  in  its  movements,  has  aloud 
call,"  and  ordinarily  is  harmless. 

Iguanas;  very  abundant  in  many  localities,  sometimes  attaining  a  length  of  more 
than  5  ft.,  and  able  to  swallow  fair-sized  fowls  whole.  Their  eggs  are  considered 
a  great  delicacy,  and  the  flesh  of  one  species,  known  as  ibid,  ibit,  or  pelubid,  is 
very  highly  esteemed. 

Lizards;  in  aliiiost  endless  variety.  Flying  lizards  are  very  common  in  the  forests, 
generally  invisible,  and  only  become  conspicuous  as  they  fly  from  tree  to  tree. 

Python  or  saua;  the  largest  snake  in  the  archipelago,  some  specimens  measuring 
22  ft.  8  in.  in  length,  and  24  in.  in  circumference.  They  are  expert  rat  catchers, 
which  they  vary  as  they  become  larger  with  chickens,  pigs,  monkeys,  and  young 
cattle.     They  abound  in  the  Calamianes  Islands,  Basilan,  Mindanao,  and  Bohol. 

Serpents  exist  in  great  numbers,  both  nonvenomous  and  venomous. 

Turtles;  the  land  varieties  are  small  and  without  commercial  value.  Sea  turtles  are 
large,  their  flesh  being  used  as  an  article  of  food.  Tortoises,  producing  beautiful 
shell,  are  also  abundant. 

The  mortality  is  said  to  be  great  from  snake  bites  in  Lubang,  NW. 
of  Mindoro,  but  is  not  serious  elsewhere. 

Fishes. — This  lowest  class  of  vertebrates  presents  the  largest  num- 
ber of  species,  both  marine  and  fresh-water,  and  constitutes  one  of  the 
chief  sources  of  the  food  supply.  The  Philippine  waters  abound  in 
the  order  of  the  Selachii,  the  sharks,  or  pating,  which  sell  at  high 
prices,  their  fins  and  tails  constituting  a  gelatinous  food  which  the 
Chinese  highly  appreciate.  The  sawfish,  the  plow-fish  or  sut-sut,  dog- 
fish, rays,  and  hammer-fish  are  also  abundant. 

Under  the  order  of  the  Teleosteii  is  a  great  number  of  species,  having  the  body 
compressed  and  the  man(lil)les  provided  with  8  teeth,  placed  in  1  single  rank  on  each 
and  covered  by  true  lips;  and  the  trunk-fish,  whose  body  is  covered  with  bony  plates. 

Re[)resenting  the  sut»onler  of  the  Lophobranchii  are  the  sea  needle,  whose  body 
is  slender  and  long  and  of  almost  uniform  diameter  throughout;  also  the  sea  horse. 

The  suborder  of  Fisostomi  is  represented  by  the  eels,  notable  for  their  large  size; 
sardines;  the  Bangos;  the  Buan  buan,  and  the  shad;  the  genera  Claria,  Plotosus,  and 
Rita,  which  have  the  skin  bare  or  covered  with  large  bony  plates;  finally,  the  tench 
and  the  barbels. 

Under  the  suborder  of  the  Anacanthide  are  found  the  species  Bregivaceros  Mac- 
Clelland  Thorns,  characteristic  of  Philippine  waters  and  very  similar  to  the  cod,  the 
^urbota  and  soles,  of  delicious  flesh. 


172  GAZETTEEE    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

Belonging  to  the  suborder  of  the  Acakthopteri  are  found  the  dalag,  which  abounds 
in  rivers,  lakes,  and  pools,  and  during  the  rainy  season  even  in  the  rice  fields;  the 
Martinico;  the  Saiagaray,  of  the  Pasig  River;  the  Serrano;  the  Serrato;  the  Lapolapo 
of  Cebu,  and  the  Bangoongoc;  the  Saramotlete,  of  fine  taste  and  beautiful  colors;  the 
Esparidse  or  gildings,  of  delicious  flesh;  the  flying  fish,  and  the  sea  hog;  the  horse 
mackerel;  the  plataco;  the  vadigo  or  talang-talang,  and  the  Caranga;  the  talilong  or 
mullet;  the  conger,  and  the  alacaac;  the  bream  and  the  quitang;  finally,  the  gobrido 
of  Manila  and  Angat. 

Insects  and  Arthropoda. — These  are  represented  by  a  laro-e  num- 
ber of  species,  which  have  as  yet  been  little  studied. 
Ants;  the  number  of  species  is  very  large.     They  occur  in  countless  millions.     The 

most  important  is  the  termite,  or  white  ant,  called  by  the  natives  "anay,"  which 

inflicts  great  damage  on  wooden  buildings,  often  causing  very  serious  loss. 
Arthropoda;  these  "animals  with  jointed  feet"  are  represented  by  an  enormous 

number  of  species. 
Beetles,  butterflies,  and  moths  are  found  in  endless  variety. 
EcHiNOBERMATA,  VERMES,  coLENTERATA,  and  PROTOZOA;  the  (lamp  forcsts  and  warm 

seas  of  the  archipelago  swarm  with  lower  animal  life. 
Honey-making  bees  of  3  species;  one  of  very  large  size;  its  combs  are  built  pendent 

from  the  branches  of  trees.     The  other  species  store  their  honey  in  hollows  of 

timber.    One  of  them  is  stingless.    Honey  is  an  article  of  food  and  wax  an  article 

of  commerce. 
Locusts;  serious  plagues  of  these  sometimes  occur,  destroying  the  growing  crops.    In 

the  province  of  Batangas,  some  years  ago,  a  borer  appeared  which  worked  in  the 

stems  of  the  coffee  bushes  and  soon  wiped  the  plantation  out  of  existence. 
Mosquitoes;  sufficiently  numerous  in  the  lowlands,  so  that  nets  are  necessary  for 

protection  at  night,  and  are  believed  to  play  an  important  part  in  the  spread  of 

malarial  diseases. 
Scorpions;  several  species,  some  of  which  are  very  large  and  sting  severely. 
Spiders  are  found  varying  in  size  from  tiny,  microscopic  creatures  to  great  hairy 

specimens  the  size  of  our  tarantulas,  which  inflict  a  painful  injury  by  their  Ijite. 
Wasps  of  various  species.     .Some  sting  most  viciously. 

Mollusks. — Mollusks  exist  in  great  variety  and  abundance,  among 

them  land  shells,  with  few  exceptions,  formed  by  snails,  of  the  most 

varied  form,  size,  and  color,  many  of  them  extremely  lieautiful.     The 

fresh-water  and  marine  forms  are  very  numerous  and  many  of  them 

exquisitely  beautiful. 

Clam  of  the  genus  Cridacna;  the  shells  of  this  enormous  giant  mollusk  sometimes 
attain  a  length  of  5  or  6  ft.  and  weigh  hundreds  of  pounds.  The  valves  are  used 
for  baptismal  fonts,  and  the  natives  sometimes  burn  them  to  make  lime. 

Oysters  and  clams;  a  number  of  species,  very  palatable  as  food. 

Paper  nautilus;  very  fine  specimens  of  this  delicate  mollusk  are  occasionally 
obtained. 

Pearl  oysters  are  found  in  the  S.  waters  of  the  archipelago  along  the  coasts  of  Min- 
danao, Sulu,  and  Palawan.  TheMoros  are  skillful  pearl  fishers.  The  Sulu  pearl 
fisheries  are  controlled  by  the  Sultan,  who  rents  the  jirivilege  of  working  them. 

Pearly  nautilus;  very  common,  its  shells  being  much  used  for  drinking  cups. 

Placuna  placenta  L.  ;  are  split  into  thin,  flat  plates,  and  cut  into  squares,  some  2  in. 
on  a  side,  and  used  in  place  of  window  glass. 

Shrimps,  crabs,  and  lobsters  abound  in  the  waters  of  the  coast,  or  on  the  banks  of 
fresh-water  streams. 

Starfishes  and  sea  urchins  are  abundant,  their  spines  being  poisonous.  Land 
leeches  swarm  in  damp  forests. 

Taclobo;  shells  are  hard,  the  Moros  sometimes  pounding  them  up  and  ramming  the 
pieces  into  their  rude  cannon,  using  them  as  projectiles. 

Wonderful  coral  beds  exist  in  the  southern  islands,  displaying  beautiful  forms  and 
colors  in  the  depths  below,  and  showing  the  activity  of  the  coral  polyp. 

The  prevalence  of  amoebic  dysentery  shows  the  existence  of  protozoa. 

PHILIPPINE  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

A  SELECTED  LIST  OF  BOOKS  BY  BEST  AUTHORITIES. 
The  following  list  embraces  works  of  original  information  or  research 
only.     The  great  volume  of  literature  on  the  Philippine  Islands  is  in 
the  Spanish  language.     American  and  English  works,  except  official, 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  1 73 

scicntitic,  military,  or  naval,  as  a  rule,  are  compilation.s.  The  desire 
for  information  concerning  the  history,  art,  science,  economy,  and 
letters  of  the  Philippine  Islands  has  led  to  much  research  on  biblio- 
graphic lines.  Retana,  in  his  Biblioteca  Filipina,  Madrid,  1898,  gives 
2,697  titles  of  numbered  pieces  of  literature,  which  is  still  incomplete; 
1,142  names  of  authors,  a  list  of  14  bibliographies  of  the  archipelago, 
and  27  distinct  idioms  in  which  books  have  been  printed. 

The  Liibao  tratadillos  (pamphlets)  of  1606,  Blanca's  Arte,  1610,  and 
Bugariii's  Dictionary  (Spanish  and  Japanese),  1630,  M'ere  the  first  books 
printed  in  the  Philippine  Islands,  at  Manila,  from  32  to  8  years  before 
the  printing  press  was  introduced  into  the  colonies  of  North  America, 
now  the  United  States.  The  following  are  the  best  authorities  on 
their  respective  lines: 

Ahern,  George  P.,  U.  S.  A.  List  and  compilation  of  important  tree  species  of  the 
Philippine  Islands.     Manila,  1901. 

Atlas  of  the  Philippine  Islands.  (Atlas  de  Filipinas.  Coleecion  de  30  Mapas. 
Observatorio  de  Manila,  1899.)  U.  S.  Coast  and  Geodetic  Survey.  Special  Pub- 
lication No.  3.     Washington,  Government  Printing  Office,  1900. 

Baranda,  Isidro  Sainz  de.     Philippine  geology.     Inspector  of  mines,  Manila. 

Bancroft,  H.  H.  The  New  Pacific.  New  York,  1900.  Philippine  Archipelago, 
pp.  560-580. 

Barrett,  John.  The  Philippine  Islands  and  America's  interest  in  the  Far  East,  etc„ 
Hongkong,  1899. 

Becker,  George  F.  Memorandum  on  the  mineral  resources  of  the  Philippine 
Islands.  [Extract  from  Nineteenth  Annual  Report  of  the  U.  S.  Geological  Sur- 
vey, 1897-98.     Washington,  Government  Printing  Office,  1898.] 

Report  on  geology  of  the  Philippine  Islands.      [Extract  from  Twenty-first 

Annual  Report  of  the  U.  S.  Geological  Survey,  1899-1900,  part  3.  Washington, 
Government  Printing  Office,  1901.] 

Blanco,  Manuel.  Philippine  flora.  Manila,  1837,  1845,  1877-78.  4  vols.  Spanish 
and  Latin,  2  vols.  Colored  lithographs.  Describes  110  orders,  314  species,  838 
varieties. 

BLtJMENTRiTT,  FERDINAND.  Volker.  Psychologisches  in  der  Philippine-Frage. 
Berlin,  1899.     And  other  works. 

Bowering,  Sir  John.     A  Visit  to  the  Philippine  Islands.     1876. 

Coal  Measures  of  the  Philippines,  by  Charles  H.  Burritt,  first  lieutenant  Eleventh 
Cavalry,  U.  S.  V.,  officer  in  charge  the  Mining  Bureau,  D.  I.  A.,  August,  1901. 

Commerce  of  the  Philippine  Islands.  Monthly  summaries.  Division  of  Insular 
Affairs,  1900,  1901. 

Commerce  and  finance  of  the  United  States.  Monthly  summary  series,  1899-1900, 
1891-1902.     Washington,  Government  Printing  Office. 

Comyn,  Thomas  de.  State  of  the  Philippine  Islands;  being  an  historical,  statistical, 
and  descriptive  account  of  that  interesting  portion  of  the  Indian  Archipelago. 
Translation  by  William  Walton.     London,  1821. 

Consular  reports.     British  foreign  office.     Annual  series.     London. 

Consular  reports.  United  States.  Annual  series  prior  to  1898,  December.  Depart- 
ment of  State. 

Delgado  Popeau,  S.  J.     General  history  of  Manila,  1892. 

Division  of  Insular  Affairs.  Compilations  and  translations.  [See  annual  report  of 
Col.  Clarence  R.  Edwards,  U.  S.  A.,  chief.]  Washington,  Government  Printing 
Office,  1901. 

Edwards,  Col.  Clarence  R.  First  annual  report  (1901)  of  the  work  of  the  Division 
of  Insular  Affairs,  with  reference  index  of  compilations  and  translations.  Wash- 
ington, Government  Printing  Office,  December,  1901. 

Elera,  Casto  de.     Philippine  fauna.     3  vols.     Manila,  1895-96. 

EsTY,  Thomas  Bruce.  Views  of  the  American  press  on  the  Philippines.  [New 
York,  1899]. 

Faust,  Karl  Irving.     Campaigning  in  the  Philippines.     San  Francisco. 

FisK,  Amos  K.  The  story  of  the  Philippines.  A  popular  account  from  Magellan  to 
Dewey.     New  York,  1898. 

Featherman.  a  social  history  of  the  races  of  mankind.  London,  1887.  Account 
of  the  native  races  of  the  Philippines,  pages  468-504. 

Ford,  John  D.  An  American  cruiser  in  the  East.  Travels  in  the  Philippine  Islands. 
*        Illustrated.     New  York,  1898. 


174  GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

Foreman,  J.    The  Philippine  Islands.     New  York  and  London,  1899, 

Great  Britain.     Foreign  office.     Consuls.     Commercial  reports,  1869,  etc. 

Harden,  Edward  W.  Keport  on  the  financial  and  industrial  conditions  of  the 
Philippine  Islands.  By  special  commissioner.  Washington,  Government  Print- 
ing Office,  1898.     [Fifty-fifth  Congress,  third  session,  Senate  Doc.  169.] 

Jagor,  F.     Keisen  in  den  Philippinen.    Berlin,  1873. 

[Translation.] 

Groniere,  Paul  de.  Adventures  d'un  gentilhomme  breton  aux  lies  Philippines, 
etc.     Paris. 

Twenty  years  in  the  Philippines.     Abridged  and  translated  from  the  original 

French,  by  Frederick  Hardman,  1853.     Eevised  and  extended.  New  York,  1854. 

Lala,  Ramon  Eeyes.  The  Philippine  Islands.  New  York,  1899.  (Historical,  eco- 
nomical, political,  etc. ) 

Magoon,  Charles  E.  Eeport  on  the  legal  status  of  the  territory  and  inhabitants  of 
the  islands  acquired  by  the  United  States  during  the  war  with  Spain,  etc.  Wash- 
ington, Government  Printing  Oflice.  [Fifty-sixth  Congress,  first  session.  Senate 
Doc.  234.] 

Manila,  Observatorio  de.  Boletiu.  Manila,  1895-1897.  In  Library  of  Congress, 
1890-1897. 

MiDDLETON,  Eev.  Thomas  Cooke,  D.  D.,  O.  S.  A.  Some  notes  on  the  bibliography  of 
the  Pliilippiues.  Bulletin  of  the  Free  Library  of  Philadelphia.  No.  4.  Decem- 
ber, 1900. 

Miller,  Oliver  C.  The  semi-civilized  tribes  of  the  Philiiipine  Islands.  [American 
Academy  of  Political  and  Social  Science.     Annals.]     Vol.  18  (July,  1901). 

Montero  y  Vidal,  Jose.  Historia  general  de  Filipinas  *  *  *  hasta  nuestros  dfaa. 
Madrid,  1887. 

MoRGA,  Antonio  de.  The  Philippine  Islands,  etc.  Translated  by  H.  J.  Stanley. 
London,  [Hakluyt  Society,  1868]. 

Observatorio  de  31anila.  Eeport  of  the  accompanying  atlas  of  the  Philppine 
Islands.  Vol.  Ill  and  IV.  Philippine  Cijmmission  to  the  President,  December, 
1900.     Washington,  Government  Printing  (Jflice,  1901. 

Paterno,  Pedro  Alexandro.  El  regimen  municipal  en  las  Islas  Filipinas.  Eeal 
decreto  de  19  de  mayo  de  1893.     Madrid,  1893. 

Philippine  Commission.  Eeports  of  the  acts  of  legislation  and  other  important 
information  relating  to  the  conditions  and  immediate  wants  of  the  Philippine 
Islands.     1900,  1901.     Washington,  Government  Prmting  Oflice,  1901. 

[See  Schurman  Commission.) 

Retana.    Catalogo  abre\dado  de  la  biblioteca  filipina.    [Madrid,  1898.]    Pp.  xxi-xxv. 

Sawyer,  Frederick  H.  The  inhabitants  of  the  Philippines.  A  resident  of  fourteen 
years  in  Luzon,  setting  forth  the  natives  in  a  more  favorable  light.  Photograph- 
ically illustrated.     London,  1900. 

Schurman  Commission,  civil,  militarv,  and  naval.     Eeport  of,  January  31,  1900. 

Vol.  1. 

Vol.  2.  Testimony  and  exhibits.     March  29,  1900. 

Vols.  3  and  4,  with  accompanying  atlas  of  the  Philippine  Islands,  Ijeing  the 

final  ^■olume.     December  20,  1900.     Washington,  Government  Printing  Office, 
1900,  1601. 

SuLU,  Treaty  with  the  Sultan  of.     Senate  Doc.  No.  136,  56th  Congress,  1st  sess.,  1900. 

Tavera,  Dr.  T.  H.  Pardo  de.  A  number  of  valuable  monographs  of  recent  date  on 
geology,  language,  plants,  customs.  El  mapa  de  Filipinas  del  P.  Murillo  "N^elarde, 
1894. 

War  Department.     Annual  report  of  the  Major-General  Commanding.     1898. 

Parts  4  and  5.     1899. 

Lieutenant-General  Commanding  the  Army.     Parts  4,  5,  6,  7,  10.     1900. 

Eeports.     1901. 

Annual  reports  of  the  Secretary  of  War.     1898,  1899,  1900,  1901. 

Worcester,  Dean  C.  and  Frank  S.  Bournes.  Contributions  to  Philippine  Islands. 
Ornithologv.  Washington,  Government  Printing  Office,  1898.  [Proceedings 
U.  S.  National  Museum,  No.  20.] 

The  Philippine  Islands  and  their  people.     New  York,  London,  1898. 

Younghusband,  G.  J.     The  Philippmes  and  round  about.     London,  1899. 
Tlie  following  is  a  specially  selected  list  on  agriculture 
Agriculturists,  Tropical. 
Bailey.     Plant  breeding. 

The  principles  of  agriculture. 

Bailey,  L.  H.     Principles  of  agriculture. 

Principles  of  gardening.  ( 

Horticulturists'  rule  book. 

■ Principles  of  fruit  growing. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  175 

Basset,  N.     Guide  du  planteur  de  cances. 

De  Candolle.     Origin  of  cultivated  plants. 

Fuller.     The  propagation  of  plants. 

Hart,  J.  H.     Cacao;  a  treatise  on  the  cultivation  and  curing  of  cacao. 

Hull,  E.  C.  P.     Coffee  planting  in  southern  India  and  Ceylon. 

Johnson.     How  crops  grow. 

How  crops  feed. 

Jordan.     Feeding  of  animals. 

KiLLENBREN  &  Myrick,  1897.     Tobacco  leaf. 

King.    The  Soil. 

Lacomte,  Henri.     Le  Cafe,  culture,  etc. 

Lauret,  a.     Le  tabac,  1901. 

Lock,  C.  G.  W.     Coffee,  its  cultivation  and  commerce  in  all  countries. 

Miles.     Land  draining. 

Morrow  &  Hunt.     Soils  and  crops  on  the  farm. 

NicnoLLs,  H.  A.     Tropical  agriculture. 

Nietner.     Observations  on  the  enemies  of  the  coffee  trees  in  Ceylon. 

Plants.     Elementaires  des  pays  chaudes.     Tenth  ed.,  1899. 

SiiAw.     Forage  crops  other  than  grasses. 

Soiling  crops  and  the  silo. 

SrciAR  Growers.     Introductory  manual  of. 

\'iLM0RiN.     The  vegetable  garden. 

V()khees.     First  principles  of  agriculture. 
j      Watson,  J.  F.     Index  to  the  native  and  scientific  names  of  Indian  and  other  East- 

ern  economic  plants  and  products. 
I      Weed,  C.  M.     Spraying  crops;  why,  when,  and  how.     Rev.  ed. 

Insects  and  insecticides. 

Wilcox.     Irrigation  farming. 

PHILIPPINE  CHRONOLOGY,  1519  TO  1901. 

I.  DISCOVERY  AND  EXPLORATION. 

1519.  Hernando  de  Magellan's  flotilla  sailed  from  Seville,  Spain. 
'  1620.  Magellan  passed  the  strait  which  was  nnnied  for  liim. 

j  1521.  Magellan  landed  at  Bntiiuii,  in  the  iKnth  (if  Mindanao:  raised  the  cross  on  a  small  hill,  and 
!  celebrated  mass  for  the  first  time  in  tlio  I'liiliiiiiine  Islands.    Magellan  took  possession  of  the 

j  island  in  the  name  of  the  Kini;  (if  Sp;iin,     Alliance  between  llamabar,  the  King  of  Cebu,  and 

I  Magellan.     Death  of  the  latter  ..n  tliesinali  island  of  Mact;in,  (iiijidsitc  Cebu, Cebii.     Duartede 

;i  Balbosaand  'JCi  c(iniiiani(ins  wctc  tnailieniusly  assassinated  at  a  liamiuet  by  order  of  Hamabar. 

1522.  Remnants  <if  the  ex]ieiiiti(in  rcaelcd    Se\ille  in  the  ship    \'i<iiiri,i.  cimimanded  by  Don  Juan 
t  Sebastian  del  Canu,  thus  conii.letini;  the  first  eircnmnavii;ali(in  of  the  globe. 

[1525.  Expeditidii  ..f  frey  (iania  .hi-c  l.i.aisa  sailed  from  Cernha,  Spain. 

!  1526.- Loaisa  iia--.Ml  Hie  S(niil  (if  .Mai;eilan,  where  a  vidlent  hurricane  scattered  part  of  his  ship.s. 
Loaisa  and  Sebastian  del  Canodied  on  the  I'acitic.  Capitana  went  to  Mindanao,  and  upon 
attempting  to  reach  Cebii  was  driven  by  tempests  to  the  Moluccas. 

1527.  Expedition  sailed  from  Mexico  under  the  leadership  of  Alvaro  de  Saavedra. 

152S.  Saavedra  arrived  at  Mindanao,  where  he  provided  himself  with  stores,  and  then  went  to  the 
Moluccas. 
■  1542.  Armada  of  Ruy  L6pcz  de  Villalobos  sailed  from  the  port  of  Juan  Gallego,  in  Mexico. 

1513.  Villalobos  reached  Southern  Mindanao.    Gave  the  island  of  Leyte  the  name  "  Filipina,"  whicli 
was  afterwards  extended  to  the  entire  archipelago. 

1549.  Remnants  of  the  expedition  of  Villalobos  reached  Spain. 

II.  SPANISH  DOMINION  ESTABLISHED. 

[The  names  of  the  governors-general  for  the  corresponding  years  in  this  chronology  will  be  found 
under  "  Civil  government."] 

1564.  Armada  of  Don  Miguel  Lopez  de  Legaspi  raised  anchor  at  Natividad,  in  Mexico.    Augustin 

monks  joined  the  expedition. 
15G5.  Islands  of  Leyte,  Camiguin,  Bohol,  and  Mindanao  were  visited  and  the  flotilla  then  aueliored 

at  Cebii.    Distrust  and  hostility  of  those  islanders. 

1567.  Legaspi  sent  his  tender  to  Mexico  under  command  of  Juan  de  la  Isla. 

1568.  Two  galleons  arrived  at  Cebii  with  troops,  munitions,  and  arms,  and  with  them  Don  Juan  de 

Salcedo,  called  the  Hernando  Cort(5s  of  the  Philippines.  Portuguese  squadron  under  com- 
mand of  Gonzalo  Pereira  anchored  off  Cebii.  The  purposes  of  the  latter  were  frustrated  by 
the  flrninesM  (if  Le.uaspi. 

1569.  Legaspi  transferred  his  encampment  to  Panay.    Three  vessels,  commanded  by  Juan  de  la  Isla, 

arrived  with  dispatches  from  the  King,  conferring  on  Legaspi  the  governorship  of  the  islands 

and  tlie  title  (if  udalantado. 
1670.  Expeditidnnndcr  the  orders  (if  Dun  Martin  de  (Iditi  and  Don  Juan  de  Salcedo  sailed  from  Panay 

t()  study  the  c(inditi(insal)dut  Manila.     Kaviir.-ilile  n ption  of  the  Spaniards  by  Rajah  Lacan- 

.  dolaand  Uajah  Soliniau.     Treachery  df  the  latlei'  and  his  destruction. 
.:1571.  Legaspi_  t(_ink  po.ssession  of  Manila.    Subju.t^atiiMi  of  certain  provinces  of  Luz6n  by  Don  Martin 
j,  de  Goiti  and  Don  Juan  de  Salcedo.    Lega.spi  established  commercial  relations  with  the  Chinese. 

il4in       -^-^iv^-l  "'  *^wo  ships  with  reenforcements  at  Cebu. 
iii:»72.  Subjugation  of  new  provinces  by  Salcedo.    Death  of  Legaspi.    Complete  submission  of  Zambales, 

Pangasm§,n,  and  Ilocos  to  Goiti. 


176 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


1573.  Submission  of  Camarincs  to  Salccdo. 

1574.  Attack  of  the  Chinese  pirate  Li- Ma-Hong  on  Manila.     Heroic  defense.    Opportune  arrivnl  cii 

Salcedo  and  defeat  of  Li-Ma-Hong. 

1575.  Salcedo  attacked  Li-Ma-Hong  at  Lingay6n,  Pangasindn.    Flight  of  Li-Ma-Hong. 

1576.  Early  death  of  Salcedo.     (See  1568.) 

1577.  Arrival  of  the  first  expedition  of  Franciscan  monks. 

1578.  Fortunate  expedition  of  Don  Francisco  de  Sande  to  Borneo.    He  restored  its  legitimate  King  to 

the  throne,  and  the  latter  offered  vassalage  to  Spain.    Sulu  and  Mindanao  tributaries  to  him. 

1580.  Chinese  were  compelled  to  live  together  under  Spanish  cannons. 

1581.  Arrival  at  Manila  of  its  first  bishop,  Fr.  Domingo  Salazar.    With  him  came  the  first  party  of 

Jesuits.  Beginning  of  work  upon  the  cathedral.  Second  expedition  to  Borneo  to  restore  the 
King  to  his  throne. 

1582.  Victory  won  by  Pablo  Carrion,  in  Cagaydn,  Luzon,  over  the  Japanese  corsair  Taifusa.    Expedi- 

tion to  Ternate,  in  the  Moluccas,  under  command  of  Lorenzo  de  Cartagena. 

1583.  Death  of  Governor-General  Ronquillo.    During  his  funeral  ceremonies  the  temple  of  San  Agu-| 

stin  burned.  The  fire  spread  to  the  citadel;  two-thirds  of  Manila  was  destroyed.  Buildingi 
up  of  Manila.  Pacification  of  certain  towns  which  had  revolted  because  of  the  excesses  of  the^ 
military  commander.  ] 

1584.  Establishment  of  the  royal  audiencia  of  the  Philippines.    The  governor,  under  ample  authority'(j] 

from  the  King,  checked  the  abuses  of  military  leaders.    Construction  of  a  stone  fortress  at'  \i 
Manila.  '  i 

1585.  Unfortunate  expedition  to  Ternate,  in  the  Ma*ay  Archipelago.    A  conspiracy  provoked  by  ( 

thievish  Moros  was  discovered  among  the  natives  of  Pampanga  and  Manila.    Capture  of  the,  jj 
ship  San/n  ^?)a  by  an  English  corsair.  i 

1587.  Arrivalof  the  first  expedition  of  Dominican  monks.    An  artillery  foundry  established.    Hospital' i; 
for  Spaniards  founded.  '-i 

1590.  Construction  of  the  walls  of  Manila  and  of  Port  Santiago.    Suppression  of  the  royal  audiencia  \ 

by  royal  decree.  Establishment  of  the  College  of  Santa  Potenciana  for  the  orphans  of  mil- 
itary inen. 

1591.  Arrival  at  Manila  of  Faranda,  the  ambassador  of  Taicosama,  the  Emperor  of  Japan.  ; 

1592.  Dasmarinas  sent  amba.ssadors  to  the  Emperor  of  Japan. 

1593.  New  embassy  to  Japan.    Coming  of  the  King  of  Siao  to  Manila  to  offer  obedience  to  King  Philip 

II,  to  whom  he  cedes  the  island;  and,  further,  to  ask  the  aid  of  the  Spaniards  again.st  the  pagans' 
of  Ternate,  resulting  in  a  strong  expedition  to  the  Moluccas,  under  command  of  DasmarinasJ; 
to  help  the  King  of  Siao.  Dasmarinas  assassinated  by  Chinese  oarsmen  at  Santiago  Pt.  Susj 
picions  aroused  by  large  number  of  Chinese  junks  arriving  at  Manila.  i 

1594.  An  embassy  sent  to  China  to  obtain  the  surrender  of  the  assassins  of  Don  Gomoz  P^rez  Dasmae 

rinas  without  result.    Foundation  of  the  Obra  Pia  de  la  Misericordia. 

1595.  Expedition  of  the  governor  to  Nueva  Vizcaya,  Isabela,  and  CagayAn  resulted  in  the  subjugatioi 

of  those  regions.  By  virtue  of  a  royal  cedula  each  religious  order  had  assigned  to  it  thi 
provinces  in  which  it  might  exercise  administration  over  spiritual  affairs. 

1596.  Expedition  to  Mindanao,  under  Capt.  Rodriguez  de  Figueroa.    Ascended  the  Rio  Grande.    A 

Buhayen  a  Moro  treacherously  killed  him. 

1597.  Don  Juan  Ronquillo  went  to  Mindanao  to  take  the  place  of  Figueroa.    Destroyed  the  fleet  o 

Moro  boats  from  Ternate,  which  came  to  the  help  of  the  Bloros  in  Mindanao,  and  as  a  resul 
of  victory  the  Moros  of  Mindanao  and  Sulu  became  vassals  of  Spain.  Ronquillo  abandonei 
the  acquired  territory.  News  received  at  Manila  that  the  ship  San  Felipe  had  been  driven  tc 
Japan;  that  Taicosama  had  taken  posse.ssion  of  her  rich  cargo. 

1598.  Dispatches  received  creating  the  archbishopric  of  Manila,  and  the  bishoprics  of  Cebu,  Nuev^ 

Caceres,  and  Nueva  Segovia.    Reestablishment  of  the  royal  audiencia. 

1599.  A  powerfid  fleet  of  Moro  pirates  infested  the  coast  of  Cebu,  Negros,  and  Panay,  causing  greii 

loss  of  life  and  property. 

1600.  A  naval  victory  won  off  Mariveles,  Batailn,  Luzon,  over  the  Dutch  corsair  Oiiveria  Van  Noon, 

A  fleet  of  Moro  pirates  attacked  the  town  of  Arevalo,  in  Iloilo,  Panay,  and  was  defeated 
Earthquake  at  Manila. 

1601.  Foundation  of  the  college  of  San  Jos4  under  the  direction  of  the  Jesuits. 

1602.  Expedition  to  Sulu  under  command  of  Gallinato:  returned  for  lack  of  supplies.    Commercia 

relations  were  establislicd  with  Daifusama,  Empercr  ni  .l,ii.:iii, 

1603.  Aconflagrationdestrovi'dii  third  part  of  Manila,     t'lui-iiiu  I'l  Jn.tMiO  Chinese.    Spaniards,  natives; 

and  Japanese  unite  and  cDiiiiil'-'tcly  overcome  the  i  liiiuM'. 
1606.  Fortunate  expedition  to  the  Moluccas.    First  mission  df  linol.'ta  monks  arrived.    Uprising  c 
the  Japanese;  were  conquered  and  prohibited  fmiii  livini,'  in  future  together  in  one  ward. 
Dutch  corsair,  7J/o7icar(fo,  defeated  and  captured  by  liun  I'rilnidr  IKredia.    Blancardo  take 
to  Ternate;  obtained  his  liberty  by  paying  a  heavy  ransom,  but  later  was  again  made  prisont] 
and  taken  to  Manila. 

1609.  Dutchman,  F.  Witter,  ordered  a  landing  at  Oton  (in  Panay),  but  Don  Fernando  de  Ayala,  wh 

had  laid  in  anil)ush  near  the  beach,  fell  unexpectedly  upon  the  Dutch,  who  had  disembarkei 
and  destroyed  them. 

1610.  F.  Witter  took  up  a  position  off  Mariveles,  Bataan,  Luzon,  and  made  prizes  of  various  Chines 

and  Japanese  vessels.  Defeat  and  death  of  Witter  at  Mariveles  brought  about  by  a  Spanis 
squadron  under  Don  Juan  de  Silva.    Rich  booty  captured  from  the  Dutch.  ; 

1615.  Ruy  Gonzales  de  Segueira  arrived  at  Manila  with  reenforcements,  coming  by  way  of  the  Oaf 

of  Good  Hope.  The  Porttiguese  viceroy,  at  Goa,  asked  to  cooperate  in  Silva's  plan  of  sending ' 
strong  armada  against  the  Dutch.  ; 

1616.  Don  Juan  de  Silva  sailed  at  the  head  of  a  powerful  armada  against  the  Dutch.    The  squadrc 

of  the  viceroy  of  India  was  burned  by  the  Portuguese  before  it  fell  into  the  hands  of  the  Dutc 
Silva  arrived  at  Malacca,  where  he  was  received  in  triumph  as  a  liberator.  Silva  died  .short 
after  hisarrival  at  Malacca.  Dutch  Admiral  Spielberg  bombarded  Iloilo,  Panay.  Disembarkt 
and  was  defeated  by  Diego  Quinones.  A  fleet  of  24  canoes,  manned  by  Moros,  allied  wil 
the  Dutch,  was  destroved  bv  Flores  in  Punta  Potol,  in  the  .south. 

1617.  In  a  naval  combat  at  Playa  Honda,  Spielberg  was  completely  defeated  by  Don  Juan  Ronquill 

A  fleet  was  stationed  at  Iloilo,  Panay,  to  intercept  the  Moro  piratical  expeditions. 

1618.  The  personal  services  required  of  the  natives  lessened. 

1620.  Combat  in  San  Bernardino  Straits  between  three  Spanish  and  three  Dutch  vessels. 

III.  THE  ROYAL  PLEDGE  NOT  TO  ABANDON  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

Moraga,  an  ecclesiastic,  obtained  from  Philip  III  a  promise  not  to  abandon  the  Philippines,  | 
some  of  his  advisers  counseled  him.  j   i   J^ 

1621.  Franciscan  monks  founded  the  monastery  of  Santa  Clara.     Uprisings  in  Bohol  and  Ley 

quelled. 


GAZETTEER   OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  177 

1623.  Two  expeditions  against  the  Igorrotes. 

1624.  Don  Ger6nimo  de  Silva  defeated  seven  Dutch  vessels  off  Corregidor,  Manila  Bay,  Luz6n. 

Instead  of  pursuing  his  scattered  enemy,  he  ordered  his  fleet  to  return  to  Cavite,  on  account 
of  which  he  was  shut  up  in  Fort  Santiago. 

1625.  Piratical  expeditions  from  Borneo  infested  the  coasts  of  Siimar  and  other  islands,  doing  great 

harm.  The  fleet  from  Hollo  followed  them,  and  failing  to  overtake  them  on  the  sea,  went  to 
their  country  and  punished  them. 

1626.  Expedition  to  Formosa.    Tanchuy  occupied. 

1627.  A  strong  armada  sailed  under  the  orders  of  the  governor  for  Formosa.    Bad  weather  compelled 

it  to  return  to  Manila,  but  the  ship  Rnmrin  arrived  at  Tanchuy.  The  Dutch  attacked  this 
port  and  were  defeated.  The  alcalde  of  Cebii,  Don  Cristobal  de  Lugo,  visited  Sulu,  and  after- 
wards Basiian,  to  punish  the  Moros  for  piracy. 

1628.  Plague  at  Manila.    Expedition  under  Olaso  against  Sulu  with  little  results. 

1629.  Great  conflagration  at  Cavite. 

1630.  More  fortunate  expedition  of  Pedro  Tonsino,  commander  of  Dapit^n,  off  Zamboanga,  Minda- 

nao, against  Sulu.  Arrival  of  the  ambassadors  of  Camboja,  offering  free  trade  and  a  shipyard 
for  the  construction  of  ves.sels. 

1631.  The  construction  of  a  stone  bridge  across  the  Pasig. 

1632.  Foundation  of  the  College  of  Santa  Isabela  for  girl  orphans  of  Spanish  birth. 

1633.  The  archipelago  afflicted  by  bad  crops,  famine,  epidemics,  a  plague  of  locusts,  volcanic  erup- 

tions, and  Moro  piratical  expeditions. 

1634.  Moro  pirates  numbering  1.5,000  lay  waste  the  Visayan  Island.s,  and  sacked  the  capital  of  Tayabas, 

Luz6n. 

1635.  Foundation  of  the  fort  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  to  hold  in  check  the  piracy  of  the  Moros. 

1636.  The  pirate  Tagal,  on  his  return  from  his  excursions  among  the  islands,  laden  with  booty,  was 

overtaken  at  Punta  Flechesoff  Maligay  Bay  by  the  fleet  from  Zamboanga,  under  Don  NicolAs 
Gonzalez,  who  won  a  complete  victory.  Three  hundred  Moros  lost  their  lives,  Tagal  among 
them,  and  many  captives  were  rescued. 

i637.  Corcueia  went  to  Mindanao  and  destroyed  Lamitan,  the  seat  of  government  of  Sultan  Corralat, 
and  attacked  a  formidable  hill,  which  was  his  last  defense.  The  Moros  of  Buhaven  and 
Basilan  sue  for  peace,  and  rendered  homage  to  Spain. 

1638.  Corcuera  arrived  at  Sulu.  Obstinate  resistance  of  the  inhabitants  of  that  island,  but  were 
finally  overcome.  Corcuera  returned  to  Manila  after  leaving  at  Sulu  a  garrison  of  soldiers 
and  establishing  a  mission.  He  entered  in  triumph  with  the  booty  captured  from  the  Moros. 
Establishment  of  a  number  of  outposts  on  Mindanao. 

.639.  Uprising  of  the  Chinese  at  Calamba,  Laguna.  Their  forays  against  San  Pedro  Macate,  Taytay,  and 
Antipolo,  and  ultimate  defeat  and  submission.  College  of  San  Juan  de  Letran  founded  under 
the  Dominicans.  Don  Francisco  de  Atienza  conquered  the  Moros  of  Lanao  and  took  possession 
of  the  celebrated  lake  bearing  this  name.  Victories  of  Don  Pedro  de  Almonte  over  the  Moros 
in  Mindanao  and  Sulu. 

641.  Three  volcanoes  broke  forth— one  in  Sulu,  another  in  Sanguil,  inthe.so'  them  part  of  Mindanao, 

and  a  third  in  Aringay,  in  the  north  of  Luzon. 
,'642.  Dutch  attack  the  fort  of  Tanchuy  in  Formosa.  The  Spanish  garrison,  lacking  help,  surrendered 
with  the  honors  of  war  and  returned  to  Manila.  As  a  precaution  against  an  attack  by  the 
Dutch,  Corcuera  repaired  the  walls  of  Manila,  mounted  cannon,  got  together  a  large  quantity 
of  munitions  of  war,  cleared  the  field  for  military  operations,  destroyed  buildings,  and  made 
similar  preparations  in  Cavite, 

.645.  Earthquake  at  Manila,  called  the  earthquake  of  San  Andres,  having  occurred  on  that  dav,  the 
earthquakes  following  each  other  at  intervals  of  five  days.  The  victims  numbered  600.  Peace 
was  established  with  Corralat.  The  Dutch  summoned  by  the  Sulu  natives  attacked  the  Span- 
ish fort  at  Sulu  and  Ugalde,  which  repulsed  them. 

646.  The  Spanish  troops  retired  from  Sulu  after  the  Sultan  had  .signed  a  very  honorable  treaty. 
Spaniards  defeated  at  Bolinao,  Zambales,  Luz6n,  a  powerful  Dutch  squadron.  Three  other 
victories  were  obtained  over  Dutch  ships. 

'647.  Thirteen  Dutch  galleons  attacked  Cavite;  defended  by  Don  Andres  de  Asaldegui  until  the  Dutch 
admiral  was  mortally  wounded  and  retired.  The  Dutch  disembarked  at  Abucay  and  seized 
the  defenseless  town,  committing  abuses,  and  reembarked;  pur.sued. 

648.  Victory  of  the  little  squadron  from  Zamboanga  won  over  the  Sulu  squadron,  the  Moro  prince, 
Paquian  Cachile,  being  wounded  and  taken  prisoner. 

651.  Successful  expedition  to  Borneo  to  puni.sh  the  pirates  ot  that  island.  Uprising  of  the  Visayans 
under  a  pretext  of  an  order  of  Fajardo  compelling  them  to  go  to  Cavite  to  aid  the  TagAlogs  in 
the  construction  of  ships. 

654.  Cathedral  having  been  ruined  by  earthquakes,  the  first  stone  of  the  new  one  was  laid. 

655.  Corralat,  Sultan  of  Mindanao,  broke  treaty  of  peace. 

656.  Famine  and  mi.sery  in  the  islands  as  a  result  of  a  great  plague  of  locusts. 

657.  The  governor  of  Zamboanga  pursued  the  pirate  Balatamay,  and  not  finding  him  on  the  sea, 

invaded  his  country  and  destroyed  a  number  of  Moro  towns. 

658.  A  great  earthquake. 

660.  Uprising  in  the  provinces  of  Pampanga  and  PangasinAn,  Luzon,  quelled  without  blood.shed. 

662.  Chinese  pirate  ICoseng  demanded  the  submi.ssion  of  the  archipelago,  with  serious  threats.  Upris- 
ing of  the  Chinese  in  the  suburbs  of  Manila  and  their  subsequent  submission. 

363.  Kosengdied.  His  son  desisted  from  preparations  for  war  and  sent  an  ambassador  to  arrange 
commercial  treaties.  In  order  to  concentrate  the  Spanish  forces  the  garrison  of  Zamboanga 
retired;  the  Moros  resumed  their  piratical  expeditions. 

IV.  COMMERCE  ESTABLISHED  WITH  AMERICA,  ASIA,  AND  THE 
ARCHIPELAGOES. 

164.  A  regular  departure  of  ships  for  Acapulco,  Mexico,  established.  Shipyards  in  the  provinces 
begun  where  it  was  easiest  to  obtain  timber.  Embassies  sent  in  the  interest  of  commerce  to 
Camboja,  Siam,  and  Batavia. 

167.  Expedition  to  subdue  the  Igorrotes. 

■i69.  Embassy  of  Juan  Enrlquez  de  Lozada  reestablished  commerce  with  Macao,  China  (Portugese) 

I  and  established  it  with  Canton  and  Ningpo,  China. 

i'Zi-  ?*y  °^  Manila  visited  by  numerous  vessels  and  commerce  is  very  active. 

■'77.  Missionary  movements  to  China,  Japan,  and  Siam.    Earthquakes  frequent,  although  not  very 

•  *      strong. 

S.  Doc.  280 12* 


178  GAZETTEER    (»F    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

1678.  The  development  of  commerce  encouraged. 

1679.  Don  Fernando  de  Valenzuela  arrived,  exiled  to  these  islands;   he  had  been  the  first  minister  of 

Carlos  II. 
lt>.'>.  An  epidemic  of  smallpox  caused  great  mortality. 
16M..  \j  i-s  I  .f  crops  on  account  of  superabundant  rainfall. 

If.NV.  A  (I  'iitlasration  destroyed  the  greater  part  of  the  suburbs  of  Baybay  and  Tondo,  Manila. 
16H^.  Dull  Fiaiieisco  de  Campos  Valdivia  arrived  at  Manila  and  restored  the  royal  audiencia,  which 

liad  Ihiii  rtistroyed,  together  with  the  prison  of  Oidores. 

1689.  Fuertest  maiiiiained  public  quiet  and  held  in  check  the  rebellious  spirit. 

1690.  Thf  ((iii-tiuition  of  a  number  of  edifices,  such  as  the  royal  audiencia,  the  auditor's  ofiQce,  the 

prison  of  Curie,  and  the  beginning  of  the  royal  storehouses  attributed  to  this  period. 
i694.  The  galleon  San  Jose  is  lost  and  400  people  perish. 
1701.  Commerce  flourishing. 
1704.  The  galleon  Rosario  had  a  combat  with  two  English  ships  of  war,  which  were  compelled  to 

retire.    The  Sultan  of  Sulu  visited  the  Sultan  of  Mindanao:  on  account  of  supposed  offenses 

they  came  to  blows,  ^^dth  the  result  that  both  were  killed.    The  nephew  of  the  deceased  Sultan 

of  Mindanao  asked  help  of  Zabalburu.  who  pacified  the  Moros. 
3706.  The  cultivation  of  cacao,  introduced  from  Mexico. 
1709.  All  Chinamen  above  a  certain  number  compelled  to  return  to  their  country. 

1718.  Reestablished  the  presidio  of  Zamboanga.    Constructed  a  presidio  at  Labo,  in  the  southern  part 

of  Palawan.  Bastamante  sent  his  nephew  a>  ainliassadnr  to  the  King  of  Siam  in  order  to 
arrange  treaty  of  commerce.  The  temporary  governor,  Torralba,  was  accused  of  a  heavy 
embezzlement  and  imprisoned. 

1719.  Rebellion  broke  out,  and  the  mob  assassinated  Bustamante  and  his  son.    Reestablished  tlie 

royal  audiencia  and  took  summary  measures  against  the  promoters  and  perpetrators  of  the 
a-ssas.sination  of  Bustamante. 

1720.  Five  thousand  Moros  besieged  Zamboanga  for  2  months;  the  governor  ssived  the  city.    The 

council  of  war  decreed  the  abandonment  of  the  presidio  at  Labo. 

1721.  The  Moro  pirates  pursued  without  result. 

1723.  A  new  expedition  against  them  recovered  the  SabanUla  and  caused  the  death  of  many,  among 
them  several  chiefs. 

1725.  Sultan  of  .'^uln  sent  t'>  Manila  a  Chinaman  named  Kikan  to  sue  for  peace. 

1726.  Signed  at  Sulu  an  agreement  between  the  Sultan  and  Spain.    The  Moros  immediately  resumed 

their  piratical  operations.  Seventy  prahoes  manned  by  Chinese  pirates  were  overtaken  and 
completely  destroyed. 

1729.  Valdes  repaired  the"fortiflcations  and  provided  armaments  for  the  plaza. 

1730.  A  fleet  of  20  vessels,  manned  by  3,000  Sulu  pirates,  caused  great  damage  among  the  islands  of 

the  south  and  made  an  attack  on  Taytay,  which  Don  Pedro  Luiena  successfully  defended. 

1731.  A  strong  scjuadiMii  sailed  from  Cavite  to  Sulu  and  punislid  tlu-  Moms,  burning  towns,  ravaging 

the  fields,  and  killing  many.  The  Sultan  of  Tamontaca  asked  airl  of  the  Spaniards  against 
Prince  Malinog,  the  ally  of  the  Dutch.    A.ssistance  was  furnished  and  a  great  victory  achieved. 

1733.  A  conflagration  destroyed  the  royal  .storehouses. 

1734.  Fruitless  expedition  was  sent  in  aid  of  the  Sultan  of  Tamontaca.    The  Moros  attempted  to  sur- 

prise the  presidio  of  Zamboanga,  but  were  repulsed. 
173.5.  Two  thousand  Moros  made  an  attack  on  Taytay.    Brilliant  defense  of  this  town.    Three  large 

Dutch  war  ships  anchored  in  the  bay  of  Manila,  demanded  a  vessel  of  their  nation  which  had 

been  made  a  prize  in  the  waters  near  Mindanao,  and  an  agreement  was  reached  with  them. 

There  arrived  a  royal  cedula  which  settled  in  favor  of  the  commerce  of  Manila  the  vexation* 

question  of  the  introduction  into  America  of  .silks  from  China. 
1737.  An  expedition  sent  to  .'^ulu  to  ratify  a  compact  of  peace  \vlth  the  new  ruler  of  that  island. 

1741.  Arrangements  maile  for  the  defen.se  of  the  coast  and  pursuit  of  the  Moro  pirates. 

1742.  The  English  .Admiral  Anson  captured  the  .ship  Covadongaon  the  voyage  from  Acapulco,  Mexico. 

1743.  A  squadron  set  forth  in  pursuit  of  Anson,  but  returned  without  success. 

1745.  Insurrection  in  Batangas.  Fortifications  to  defend  the  plazas  built;  the  casting  of  cannon  of 
caliber  18  ordered;  a  suitable  amount  of  munitions  of  war  in  the  governor's  storehouses 
authorized. 

1747.  Two  Dutch  ships  made  a  futile  attempt  to  take  possession  of  BasiWn. 

1749.  Ali-Mudin,  Sultan  of  Sulu,  arrived  at  Manila,  asking  to  be  placed  again  upon  his  throne,  which 

he  said  had  been  usurped  by  Bantilan. 

1750.  Ali-Mudin  received  baptism.    The  piracy  of  the  Moros  continued  with  the  aid  of  Bantilan. 

1751 .  A  squadron  sailed  to  place  Ali-Mudin  again  upon  the  throne  of  Sulu  under  the  name  of  Fernando  I. 

While  the  latter  remained  at  Basilan,  the  squadron  went  to  Sulu,  and  later  to  Zamboanga.  The 
treachery  of  .\li-Mudin  was  revealed  by  a  letter  from  him  to  the  Sultan  of  Tamontaca.  He 
was  sent  a  prisoner  to  Manila. 

1752.  Expedition  to  v'^ulu  with  little  result.    An  expedition  to  take  possession  of  Palawan  was  obliged 

to  return  to  Manila.    Two  thousand  Moros  besieged  Iligan  unsuccessfully. 

1754.  All  the  ocean  regions  of  the  archipelago  were  invaded  by  Moro  pirates,  who  carried  terror  and 
misfortune  \vherever  they  landed.  This  was  the  worstpiratical  movement  on  the  part  of  the 
Moros  up  to  the  date  indicated.  A  squadron  pursued  them.  The  governor  reorganized  the 
militia,  changed  the  uniform,  created  what  was  called  the  King's  Regiment  and  4  brigades  of 
artillery,  established  artillery  schooks,  and  equipped  the  arsenal  ann  storehouses  of  Cavite 
and  the  ship  from  Acapulco.  A  terrible  eruption  of  Taal  attended  with  .sad  results.  A  plague 
arose,  produced  by  the  multitude  of  fishes,  killed  by  the  eruption,  floating  upon  Taal  Lake. 
The  fleet  off  Iligan,  Mindanao,  destroyed  150  hostile  boats  and  killed  3,000  Moros. 

3756.  Arandia  expelled  the  Chinese  pagans,  and  constructed  an  alcayceria.  where  Chinese  who  came 
to  engage  in  trade  were  obliged  to  reside  temporarily.  Chinese  who  accepted  Christianity 
were  permitted  to  remain  in  the  islands,  but  only  for  the  purpose  of  tilling  the  soil,  being  pro- 
hibited from  engaging  in  business.  A  presidio  was  con.structed  at  Misamis  and  the  fort  of 
Tandag  repaired.  An  expedition  under  Don  Pedro  Zacarias  Villareal  went  to  Sulu,  where 
peace  was  announced  between  Bantilan  and  the  Spaniards,  but  once  more  the  Moros  broke 
their  agreement. 

1756.  Don  Pedro  Gaztambide  won  a  victory  over  38  piratical  vessels  off  the  coast  of  Batangas. 

3761.  Rojo  took  command  by  %-irtue  of  a  royal  cedula.  He  showed  himself  kindly  di.sposed  toward 
Ali-Mudin,  whom  he'wished  to  place  again  upon  the  throne  of  Sulu. 

^762.  An  English  squadron  of  13  ships,  with  more  than  6.000  men.  under  command  oi  Admiral  Cornish, 
and  Brigadier  Draper,  arrived  at  Manila,  which  was  unprepared  to  resist  attack.  Treacherous 
conduct  of  the  Frenchman  Fallet,  and  of  the  Spanish-American  Orendian.  The  junta  ot 
authorities  names  Anda  governor;  left  Manila  and  went  to  Bulacan.-  Capture  and  sacking  of 
Manila  by  the  English.  Anda  in  Bulaciiu  as  governor  prepared  for  the  defense  of  the  couutrj .  ^ 
Uprisings  in  the  provinces  took  place. 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  179 

ITHS.  Expedition  of  the  English  to  Bnlacdn.  Asturian  Bustos  harasses  the  Enelish,  who  retire  tn 
Manila,  after  burning  the  convent  and  church  of  Bulac&n.  Bustos  established  his  general 
headquarters  at  Malinta,  from  which  place  he  makes  forays,  even  to  the  suburbs  of  Manila. 
Provisions  grew  scarce  in  the  latter  city. 

V.  RESTORATION  OF  SPANISH  DOMINION. 

17f,4.  Anda  received  dispatches  from  the  King  informing  him  of  the  treaty  of  peace  with  the  English. 
The  new  Spanish  governor  arrived  to  whom  Anda  turned  over  the  governorship  of  Pampanga. 
Triumphal  entry  of  Don  Simon  de  Anda  into  Manila  after  the  evacuation  by  the  English.  La 
Torre  made  good,  so  far  as  possible,  the  injuries  which  war  had  inflicted  on  the  country. 

iViiri.  The  frigate  Buen  Consejo  came  to  the  Philippines  by  way  of  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  thus  inau- 
gurating direct  communication  between  Spain  and  the  Philippines.  Two  eruptions  of  the 
volcano  Mayon. 

1767.  X  Miiro  jiiratical  expedition  entered  the  Bay  of  Manila. 

17i;s.  Tlu'  .It  suits  were  expelled  from  the  Philippines  by  order  of  Carlos  III. 

17(;9.  ( irder  tliat  the  Chinese  be  expelled  from  the  Philippines  only  partially  fulfilled. 

177U.  Anda  repaired  the  walls  of  Manila  and  within  a  few  months  brought  about  the  construction  of 
several  war  vessels. 

177:i.  The  frigate  Deseada  was  dispatched  to  Batavia,  Java,  to  reestablish  business  relations. 

177r>.  Moros  assassinated  the  garrison  left  by  the  English  in  the  island  of  Balambangan. 

1^7ii.  Sarrio  provided  a  little  fleet  of  light  boats  to  pursue  the  pirates,  and  obtained  good  results. 

1  i_i_s.  Ismael,  the  Sultan  of  Sulu,  was  poisoned  by  the  partisans  of  the  sons  of  Bantilan. 

1 .  (S.  A  desire  to  develop  agriculture.  Seeds  obtained  from  other  countries,  and  more  than  4,000  mul- 
berry trees  were  planted  in  Camarines  Sur  for  feeding  silkworms.  Basco  rids  the  country  of 
evil  doers.  Don  Jose  G6mez  combats  piracy,  distinguishing  himself  in  pursuit  of  the  pirates; 
eventually  dislodged  them  from  Mamburao,  Mindoro,  where  they  had  established  forts.  The 
order  for  the  expulsion  of  the  Chinese  was  revoked. 

1770.  Basco  granted  rewards  to  those  who  were  conspicuous  for  their  success  in  agriculture. 

17S1.  The  Sultan  of  Sulu  sued  for  peace  and  returned  a  captured  vessel.  Established  the  Economical 
Society  of  Friends  of  the  Country. 

17SJ.  The  tobacco  monopoly  was  established,  and  considerably  increased.  Successful  expeditions  to 
Burias  I. 

17S3.  Preaching  in  the  Batanes  Islands,  which  were  annexed  to  the  Crown  of  Spain. 

17s:i.  The  King  authorized  the  creation  of  the  Royal  Company  of  the  Philippines. 

17S7.  The  Ilocanes  revolted  on  account  of  the  tobacco  monopoly,  but  afterwards  submitted. 

17ss.  The  appointment  of  the  cabezas  de  barangay  was  made  by  the  provincial  chiefs,  on  the  nomi- 
nation of  the  headmen  of  the  town. 

17'.H).  Marquina  submitted  a  "plan  of  reform,"  which  should  be  made  in  the  Philippines,  and 
approved  of  "instructions "  which  tobacconists  must  observe  in  regard  to  the  tax  on  wines. 

I7'.i;;.  On  account  of  the  war  with  England,  the  fortifications  strengthened;  the  navy  augmented; 
established  a  dockyard  at  Corregidor,  and  10,000  men  under  arms. 

17'.)t.  A  bastion  was  constructed  in  Binondo,  which  dominated  La  Barraca. 

17'.»ri.  Great  earthquake. 

1797.  Squadron  sailed  in  pursuit  of  an  English  convoy,  but  encountered  a  typhoon. 

1798.  An  English  squadron  flying  a  Spanish  flag  arrived  at  Zamboanga.    The  governor  defeated  the 

enemy  and  saved  the  plaza.    The  Moros  made  an  attack  on  Baler,  Casiguran,  Palanan,  Luzon. 

1799.  An  order  was  issued  for  a  definite  census  of  the  natives:  also  an  order  prohibiting  the  secretion 

of  fractional  silver  currency.  The  frigate  Pilar  arrived  with  |l, 200,000,  thus  relieving  the 
financial  difficulties. 

1800.  The  marine  comandancia  was  created .  Foreigners  were  prohibited  from  living  iu  the  Philippines. 

1801.  Raon's  "Ordinances  of  Good  Government"  were  suppressed. 

1803.  A  magistrate  was  sent  to  Mindoro  in  order  to  promote  the  development  of  the  island.  The 
English  again  took  pos.session  of  the  island  of  Balambangan. 

1805.  English  again  attacked  Zamboanga  and  were  defeated.   Sainte-Croix  was  commi.ssionedt  o  inves- 

tigate the  gold  mines  of  Mambulao  in  Camarines,  and  later  published  his  report.  The  com- 
plete independence  of  the  Jlanila  custom-house  was  decreed  by  royal  order. 

1806.  English  abandoned  Balambangan. 

1807.  Uprising  in  Ilocos  Norte,  Luzon,  was  subdued. 

1809.  French  sloop  of  war  Mosca  attacked  Batangas,  Luzon. 

1810.  Aguilar  proposed  the  suppression  of  ships  to  Acapulco  and  to  concede  to  merchants  the  right  to 

fit  out  private  ships  for  voyages  to  America. 

1811.  Publication  of  *he  first  newspaper  in  the  Philippines,  with  this  began  Del  Superior  Gobierno. 

Uprising  of  fanatics  who  proposed  to  found  a  new  religion. 

1813.  The  con.stitution  of  1812  published  in  Manila.    By  the  decrees  of  the  Cortes,  the  ship  to  Acapulco, 

Mexico,  was  suspended.  The  last  one  started  in  1811  and  returned  in  1815.  The  Moros 
attempted  in  vain  to  take  Zamboanga.    Gardoqui  encouraged  agriculture. 

1814.  Movements  originated  in  the  Philippines  for  the  publication  and  revocation  of  the  constitution 

of  Cadiz.  In  Laoag,  Ilocos  Norte,  Luzon,  Vicente  Febro,  the  Augustin  parish  priest,  founded  a 
hospital  for  lepers  which  wastheflrstestablishmentof  the  kind  in  the  Philippines.  The  English 
attempted  to  take  possession  of  Sulu  and  Mindanao.  Introduction  of  opium  was  prohibited. 
Great  eruption  of  the  volcano  of  Mayon. 

1817.  Expedition  to  the  country  of  the  savage  Mayoyaos  in  Nueva  Vizcaya. 

1818.  Naval  victory  over  the  pirates  on  the  coast  of  Albay.     Restoration  of  the  fortifications  of 

Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

1819.  The  Royal  Economic  Society  of  the  Philippines  reestablished. 

1820.  Royal  cedula,  according  to  which  there  was  conceded  the  suppression  of  duties  during  ten  years 

on  natural  and  industrial  products  of  the  Philippines  imported  into  Spain  in  ships  flying  the 
flag.  Cholera  in  Manila.  Prevalent  among  the  natives:  a  belief  that  the  foreigners  had  pois- 
oned the  waters.  The  mob  assassinated  the  English  and  French  residents  in  Manila  to  the 
number  of  28;  afterwards  attacked  the  Chinese. 

1821.  The  constitution  of  1812  was  again  sworn  to  in  Manila.    Creation  of  the  naval  academy. 

1822.  With  Martinez  many  officials  from  Spain  came  to  the  Philippines,  following  the  counsel  which 

had  been  given  to  Folgueras,  because  those  already  there  were  almost  all  Spanish- Americans. 

Martinez  sent  to  Spain  various  persons  who,  it  was  said,  were  in  conspiracy.    Captain  Novales 

provoked  an  uprising  in  which  Don  Mariano  Fernandez  Folgueras  was  assassinated,  but  it 
100.       ^'^^  promptly  suppressed  by  the  local  authorities. 
1^24.  Strong  earthquake  in  Manila.    The  statue  of  Carlos  IV  was  placed  in  the  Plaza  del  Palacio. 

Expeditions  against  the  pirates,  who  were  punished  and  suffered  loss. 


180  GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

1825.  A  painting  of  Fernando  VII  was  given  the  reception  which  would  have  been  given  to  the 

royal  person  if  he  had  come  to  the  island.    Issued  orders  to  encourage  agriculture. 
1.827.  An  expedition  to  suppress  the  rebellion  in  Bohol. 

1828.  Ricafort  prohibited  strangers  from  going  into  the  provinces  to  acquire  products  of  the  country. 

The  royal  order  commanded  the  protection  and  cultivation  of  cotton  and  the  introduction 
of  machinery  for  making  thread  and  cloth  of  said  article.  Royal  order  commanded  the 
establishment  of  a  mint  in  Manila.    Earthquake  in  Manila. 

1829.  Ordered  a  reformation  in  the  general  management  of  the  Chinese  residents  in  these  i.slands. 

1830.  Arrival  in  Manila  of  the  expeditionary  regiment  of  Asia  in  consequence  of  a  request  to  Spain 

for  European  troops  and  the  reorganization  of  the  regiment  of  the  King.  A  general  map  of 
the  archipelago  made,  profiting  by  the  knowledge  acquired  in  expeditions.  Roadways  and 
smaller  paths  were  made  connectiiis,'  with  these,  and  several  bridges  were  built.  By  royal 
order  the  8  districts  fronting  thf  Mom-  wire  declared  military  and  political  penal. 
1832.  By  royal  order  the  commercial  codi-  pr(iiiuilf,'ated  in  Spain  was  extended  to  the  Philippines 
"with  such  variations  in  its  application  as  the  archipelago  required. 

1834.  "La  Guia  de  Forasteros"  published  with  interesting  notices. 

1835.  The  board  of  trade  was  organized.    Cramer  issued  a  decree  in  regard  to  the  government  of  the 

archipelago.  Officers  of  the  veteran  army  were  placed  as  commanders  of  the  provincial 
militia.    A  gradual  impost  by  stamps  on  bills  of  exchange  established. 

1836.  Decreed  that  simple  pesetas  have  in  the  islands  the  value  of  4  reales,  as  they  had  in  Spain,  and 

not  of  5  reales  as  they  had  in  the  archipelago.  A  treaty  of  commerce  was  signed  with  the 
Sultan  of  Sulu. 

1837.  A  department  of  inspection  of  mines  was  .  .rtjanized  in  the  islands.    Camba  declared  to  the  gov- 

ernment that  the  plans  adopted  of  mikin-  i.eace  and  alliance  with  the  Sultan  of  Sulu  did 
not  bring  a  .single  decided  advania.-r  t. .  in  violation  or  to  commerce.  Manuel  Blanco,  Augus- 
tin  Father,  published  La  Flora  dt-  1-ilii.iiia-. 

1838.  The  post-office  department  began  its  work  according  to  the  reforms  published  the  year  before. 

There  was  created  in  Spain  a  consulting  committee  for  the  business  of  the  colonies. 

1839.  Lardizabal,  who  was  a  Visayan,  gave  the  name  of  Nueva  Vizcaya  to  a  new  province  which  was 

formed  from  the  province  of  Cagay4n.  Recognized  the  excellent  quality  of  Philippine 
tobacco  and  at  the  same  time  the  defective  methods  of  manufacture.  Mea.sures  taken  to  pre- 
vent adulterations.  There  was  published  in  Manila  a  weekly  paper  entitled  Current  Prices 
of  Manila. 

1840.  Inauguration  of  school  of  commerce.    Orders  issued  in  regard  to  the  rightful  cen.sorship  of 

books.  There  was  created  a  committee  for  the  control  of  manufactures  and  a  general  admin- 
istration of  taxes.  A  project  for  a  monument  to  Magellan,  in  the  island  of  Mactan,  Cebu, 
proposed. 

1841.  Sedition  in  Tayabas,  Luzon,  promoted  by  ,\iicilinariii  de  la  Cruz,  called  by  his  fanatical  follow- 

ers. King  of  the  Tagalngs,  and  to  whom  tiny  attrilmted  supernatural  powers.  These  rebels 
were  completely  overthrown  by  Commandant  Huet.  There  was  created  by  royal  order  the 
Gobierno  Intendencia  de  Visayas,  with  its  (  apiital  in  Cebu. 
1M42.  A  circular  issued  recommending  the  discovery  of  coal  mines.  Order  concerning  the  free  con- 
struction of  ships.  Regulations  for  the  control  and  policing  of  the  bay  and  port  of  Manila 
published. 

1843.  A  subdelegation  of  medicine  and  surgery  established.    The  shipyard  of  Masbate  was  transferred 

to  Cebu.  Certain  rules  were  published  to  the  consignees  of  the  Chinese  sampans  in  regard 
to  unloading.  Authorization  to  the  Chinese  to  use  opium,  it  being  declared  at  the  same  time 
to  be  a  monopoly. 

1844.  Took  possession  of  the  island  of  BasiMn  to  better  control  the  Moros.    The  Indians  and  half- 

castes  were  prohibited  the  smoking  of  opium.  Alcala  regulated  the  offices  of  the  treasury, 
organized  the  army,  indicated  the  necessity  of  licenses  for  the  use  of  arms,  and  publi.shed  dis- 
positions in  regard  to  the  affairs,  passports,  carriages,  and  other  matters.  Claveria,  with  the 
consent  of  the  ecclesiastical  authority,  reformed  the  calendar  in  the  Philippines  to  conform 
to  that  of  Spain  and  America,  suppressing  the  31st  day  of  December,  1844;  therefore,  the 
archipelago  foiuid  itself  a  day  in  advance.  Commands  the  building  of  a  fort  in  the  island  of 
Ba.silAn,  which  was  occupied  by  his  predecessor.  Ordered  that  the  alcaldes  should  be  edu- 
cated. Prohihitcd  the  chiefs  of  provinces  from  engaging  in  commerce.  The  French 
attempted  to  take  i>ossession  of  the  island  of  BasilAn. 

1K46.  Rules  for  tin-  dcvrloinnrnt  of  mineral  indu.stries. 

1847.  Fire  reduced  to  ashis  ^uliurbs  of  Santa  Cruz  and  Quiapo,  Manila.  An  expedition  sent  to  sub- 
due the  bloody  sa\ai;is  (jf  Mavovaos,  Nueva  Vizcaya.  Important  conquest  of  D^vao  on  the 
S.  of  Mindanao.  A  l.o.iy  of  constables  was  created  for  public  security  against  criminals. 
Political  and  military  i,'ovinors  were  prohibited  from  engaging  in  commerce. 

1845.  Expedition  to  the  i.slainls  of  Balanguingui,  Sulu  A.;  destroyed  the  towns  of  the  pirates,  with 

the  death  of  many  Moros  and  the  rescue  of  200  captives,  several  of  these  Dutch  from  Java. 
There  was  purchased  in  London  the  steamers  Magallanes,  Elcano,  and  Reina  de  CaatUla.  which 
were  the  first  ships  of  this  kind  seen  in  the  Philippines.-  Erection  of  the  monument  to  Magel- 
lan in  Manila. 

1849.  The  regular  clergy  were  prohibited  from  transferring  their  property  without  previous  royal 
license.  The  organization  of  bodies  of  police  in  the  provinces.  Creation  of  an  academy  of 
drawing  and  painting.  Blanco  formed  a  body  of  vaccinators,  and  obliged  all  children  to  be 
vaccinated.    Monthly  lottery  was  established  in  Manila. 

18,50.  The  Moros  from  Sulu  attacked  S4mar  and  Camiguin.  Permission  granted  to  the  planters  to 
introduce  Chinese,  who  were  to  devote  themselves  exclusively  to  agriculture.  The  governor- 
intendencia  of  the  Visayas  was  suppressed. 

1851.  Urbiztondo  directed  an  expedition  to  Sulu,  destroyed  the  lorts  and  captured  112  cannon,  redticed 
to  ashes  the  quays  and  a  iiiultitti<lr  of  boats,  the  tobacco  from  CagaySn,  in  the  K.  of  Luzon, 
was  given  a  premium  and  t:old  medal  at  the  Universal  Exposition  in  London. 

18.52.  Inauguration  of  the  suspension  bridge  which  united  Arroceros  with  Quiapo,  Manila.  The 
Spanish-Philippine  Bank  began  its  operations.  A  prison  was  established  in  Polloc,  Cotabato, 
Mindanao.  The  official  bulletin  of  the  Philippines  was  established.  Various  earthquakes 
were  felt. 

1853.  Eruption  of  the  volcano  of  May6n. 

1854.  On  the  island  of  BasiWn  a  company  of  soldiers  were  assassinated  bv  the  Moros.    A  monthly 

mail  between  Manila  and  Hongkong  commenced.  An  earthquake  was  felt  in  Manila,  and  the 
suburb  of  Tondo  razed.  A  multitude  of  royal  orders  arrived,  relieving  almo.st  every  officiil 
in  the  archipelago. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  181 

1855.  The  tribunal  of  commerce  was  established.  Captured  in  the  waters  of  Sulu  a  pirate  boat,  and 
soon  afterwards  at  Balanguingui,  Sulu  A.,  a  pirate  fleet,  that  time  being  constructed  by 
the  Moros.  The  name  of  the  province  of  Manila  was  given  to  that  which  up  to  this  date  was 
called  Tondo.  A  cyclone  caused  great  destruction.  Eruption  of  the  volcano  Macaturin 
Mindanao. 

1857.  The  clandestine  introduction  of  immoral  books  with  immoral  pictures  caused  a  decree  to  do 

away  with  this  evil.  Decreed  that  the  official  accounts  should  be  carried  on  in  the  decimal 
system.  Authorized  the  establishment  of  houses  for  the  exchange  of  money.  Published 
a  very  energetic  decree  against  criminals. 

1858.  An  expeditii  n  of  l.-'iOO  men  started  from  Manila  for  Cochin, China,  to  aid  French.    Established 

a  politico-military  government  in  the  island  of  BalAbac.  Published  a  proclamation  for  the 
defense  of  fishing  towns,  and  .sent  an  expedition  to  Simisa,  which  was  garrisoned  by  piratical 
Moros,  and  another  against  the  island  of  Pilas,  causing  in  each  great  injury  to  the  Moros  and 
rescuing  various  captives.  Beautified  Manila  and  its  surroundings  and  organized  the 
botanical  gardens. 

1859.  An  aerolite  fell  in  the  town  of  Mexico,  in  Pampanga.    A  civil  government  for  the  province  of 

Manila  created.  The  Maritime  Mutual  Benefit  Society  founded.  Various  improvements  in 
the  war  department  ordered,  among  others  the  change  of  uniform  for  the  army  to  one  more 
.suitable  for  the  climate  of  the  country.  Ordered  the  demolition  of  the  "  Parian,"  and  ji,ccom- 
plisheo  in  spite  of  difliculties.    The  market  of  Quinta,  Manila,  is  opened  to  the  public. 

1860.  An  order  in  rcunrd  to  the  duties  of  petty  governors  issued.    Madrazo  and  Malcampo pursued  the 

pirates  with  g<Mi(l  results.    The  printing  Antes  Acordadas  was  authorized. 

1861.  The  official  bulletin  of  the  I'hilipiiines  took  the  name  Maniia  Gazette,  by  royal  order  of  the 

previous  year.  A  politico-military  government  established  in  Visayas,  and  another  in  Min- 
doro.  Coining  in  the  mint  of  Manila  begun.  The  School  of  Botany  and  Agriculture  estab- 
lished. Gunboats  with  Inills  of  steel  and  light  draft  arrive  in  the  islands  and  began  a 
vigorous  and  successful  campaign  against  the  pirates. 
1802.  The  archipelago  afflicted  by  cholera,  fire,  flood,  cyclones,  and  locusts.  By  royal  decree  a  royal 
delegate  is  created  to  study  the  various  branches  of  administration.  The  gunboats  con- 
tinue the  pursuit  of  the  pirates. 

VI.  REPRESENTATION  IN  THE   MINISTRY. 

1863.  Creation  of  the  minister  for  the  colonies.  Great  earthquake,  which  almost  reduced  Manila  to  a 
mountain  of  ruins,  with  the  death  of  400  persons  iuid  the  injiirx'  of  some  2,000. 

18C).  The  ayuntamiento  founded  a  municipal  school  for  Kirls  in  rlmrKi'  d'  the  Daughters  of  Charity. 
Lightning  fired  the  general  storehouse  of  tobacco,  with  a  loss  of  J2, 000, 000.  Traitorous  con- 
duct of  the  Dato  Uto  in  the  Rio  Grande,  Mindanao. 

1865.  A  great  fire  destroyed  a  large  part  of  the  suburbs  of  Tondo,  Santa  Cruz,  and  Quiapo,  Manila. 

The  School  Ateneo  Municipal  acknowledged  as  an  institute  of  secondary  instruction. 

1866.  Rules  for  the  taxation  of  the  Chinese.    A  government  place  of  deposit  established.    The  Moros 

of  Supangan  and  Symuay  conquered.  The  government  carried  out  the  royal  order  for  the 
creation  of  a  general  inspection  of  public  works  and  the  royal  decree  approving  the  organic 
laws  of  civil  careers  in  the  political  administration  of  the  colonies.  A  commission  was  named 
to  study  reforms  in  the  penal  code  for  the  colonies.  A  central  committee  of  agriculture, 
industry,  and  commerce  created  in  Manila.  The  squadron  of  the  Pacific  proceeded  from 
Callao,  Peru,  S.  A.,  and  arrived  in  Manila.  Many  improvements  were  made  in  Manila  and  its 
suburbs. 

1867.  Great  floods  in  Manila  and  Ilocos,  Luz6n. 

1868.  An  expedition  sent  for  the  punishment  of  the  savages  in  N.  Luzon. 

1869.  Establishment  on  the  guardia  civil.    Pardon  of  criminals  and  the  formation  from  them  of  the 

company  of  Guias  de  la  Torre  (Guides  of  the  Tower)  to  pursue  criminals,  which  multiplied 
crimes  and  disturbances. 

1870.  Several  hundred  vagabonds  deported  to  Baldbac  and  Mindanao.    The  remains  of  Anda  trans- 

ferred to  the  Church  of  San  Francisco. 

1871.  The  orders  of  the  ministers  of  colonies  secularizing  the  University  of  Secondary  Education. 

Enforced,  and  orders  .suspended.  Eruption  of  the  volcanoes  of  Camiguin  and  of  Mayon. 
Gunboats  destroyed  several  pirate  boats  and  burned  towns. 

1872.  A  conspiracy,  which  failed  in  Manila  and  was  transferred  to  Cavite,  put  down.     King  of  Cam- 

boja,  Norodom  I,  visited  Manila.  The  veterans'  civil  guard  for  public  vigilance  and  services 
in  Manila  and  its  suburbs  was  established.  Tornado  in  Manila.  A  politico-military  govern- 
ment was  established  at  Palawan  and  Zamboanga.  The  electric  semaphor  line  from  Mflnila 
to  Punta  Restinga  was  established. 

1873.  A  telegraph  line  opened  in  various  provinces  of  Luzon.    In  the  mountains  of  San  Mateo  and 

Bosoboso  Rizal  Luzon  encounters  between  civil  guards  and  bandits.  A  line  of  Spanish  steam- 
ers was  established  between  the  archipelagoand  Spain.  Ports  of  Legaspi,  Tacloban,  and  Leyte 
opened  to  commerce. 

187-1.  Five  hundred  Moros  from  Sulu  attacked  the  garri.son  in  BalAbac  and  were  repulsed. 

187,'!.  Inauguration  of  the  Bridge  of  Spain.    Proclamation  of  Alfonso  XII,  King  of  Spain. 

1876.  The  Philippines  represented  in  the  Exposition  at  Philadelphia.  Conquest  of  Sulu.  Construc- 
tion of  fortifications  for  the  preservation  of  the  conquered  country. 

1877  Moriones  repres.sed  u.sury;  ordered  the  payment  to  collectors  of  tobacco  tax  the  amount  that 
was  due  them;  convoked  meeting  of  medical  men  to  better  the  hvgienic  conditions  of  Sulu. 
An  expedition  under  Gamir  explored  part  of  the  island  of  Sulu. 

1878.  Inauguration  of  the  waterworks  system  of  Carriedo.  Moriones  started  on  an  expedition  to  the 
S.  of  the  archipelago.  The  Sultan  and  the  datos  of  Sulu  signed  articles  of  capittilation, 
acknowleding  the  rights  of  Spain. 

1880.  The  committee  of  works  of  the  port  of  Manila  organized.    Strong  earthquake  in  Manila.    Cable 

communication  between  Luzon  and  Spain  established. 

1881.  Royal  decree  did  away  with  the  tobacco  monopoly.     By  royal  decree  general  inspection  of  cora- 

munication.s  was  established.  Expedition  sent  lo  Paulin  to  punish  the  Moros  of  Sulu.  A  gar- 
rison was  reestablished  at  Siasi,  Tatafin,  and  Boilgao,  Sulu  A.  Tornado  passed  over  Manila. 
Cholera  in  Zamboanga  and  in  Manila.  Savings  bank  established,  and  the  waterworks  sys- 
tem initiated  by  Moriones  inaugurated. 
1883.  The  Philippines  represented  in  the  Exposition  of  Amsterdam.  Reduction  from  40  to  15  days  in 
the  work  required  by  the  state  from  each  person,  and  the  placing  of  a  provisional  tax  of  SI. 60 
on  each  person.    The  general  plan  for  railroads  in  Luz6n  was  approved. 


182 


GAZETTEER    OB'    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


1884.  Jovellar  made  a  visit  to  tlieislands  of  the  south;  institution  of  the  personal  cedula.    Reforms  in 

the  general  direction  of  civil  administration.  Observatory  of  Manila  declared  official.  Newly 
converted  infidels  in  Mindanao  made  exempt  from  tribute  for  life. 

1885.  Danger  of  conflict  between  Spain  and  Germany  in  respect  to  sovereignty  over  the  islands  known 

as  the  Carolines. 

1886.  Termination  of  the  conflict  between  Spain  and  Germany  in  regard  to  the  Carolines  and  Palaos, 

by  arbitration  of  the  Pope.  Successful  expedition  against  the  Dato  Uto.  The  Dato  Harun 
visited  Manila  and  was  proclaimed  sovereign  of  Sulu. 

1887.  Commencement  of  work  on  the  railroad  from  Manila  to  Dagupan.    Terrero  began  an  expedition 

against  the  Dato  Uto  established  on  the  Rio  Grande,  Mindanao;  took  position  at  Bacat, 
breaking  the  powerful  influence  of  the  Moro  dato.  Successful  expedition  to  Maibung,  Sulu  A. 
Destruction  of  the  fortof  the  rebel  sultan.  Othersuccessful  expeditions  to  Tapul,  Pata,  Boal,  etc. 

1888.  The  tramway  from  Manila  to  Malabon,  Rizal,  Luzon,  inaugurated. 

1889.  Agricultural  school  established  in  Manila. 

VII.  CIVIL  GOVERNMENT  ESTABLISHED. 

1890.  The  organization  of  ayuntamientos  begun  in  the  capital  towns  and  provinces  under  civil  gov- 

ernment. The  School  of  Practical  and  Professional  Arts  and  Trades  begun.  Telephone  sys- 
tem inaugurated  in  the  Philippines,    Defenses  of  Tucuran,  Mindanao,  terminated. 

1891.  Inauguration  of  the  railroad  from  Manila  to  Calumpit,  Bulacdn,  Luzon.    Campaign  against  the 

Moros  of  Lake  Lanao.  An  expedition  took  possession  of  Fort  Marihui.  At  Dagupan,  in  the 
province  of  PangasinAn,  a  college  of  the  first  class  of  secondary  education  was  established. 

1892.  The  railroad  from  Calumpit  to  Dagupan,  Pangasindn,  Luzon,  inaugurated.     Establishment  of 

a  higher  normal  school  for  ( female )  teachers.  Celebration  of  the  fourth  centennial  of  Christo- 
pher Columbus. 

1893.  Bv  roval  order  municipal  laws  in  iho  provinces  of  Luzon  and  the  Visayas  were  modified  accord- 

"ing"to  the  rcfinin^  c.f  Mama.     In  Sulu  the  Sultan  Harun  abdicated,  and  the  Dato  Amirul 

Quiram  was  prdclainiril  in  lii>  sirad. 
1891.  Campaign  against  the  Morus  in  X.  Mindanao. 
1895.  Opening  of  the  first  regional  exposition  of  the  Philippines.    Electric  light  was  established  in 

Manila.    Larahui,  of  Lake  Lanao,  was  captured.    The  first  mission  of  the  Benedictine  friars 

arrived  in  the  Philippines. 

VIII.  REVOLUTION  AGAINST  SPAIN. 

189G.  A  revolution  inaugurated.  Conflicts  took  place  in  the  vicinity  of  Manila.  Publication  of  an 
amnesty.  The  rebellion  extended  to  the  neighboring  provinces  of  Manila.  Insurrections 
discovered  and  suppressed  in  Sulu  and  Palawan.  In  Iligau  2  companies  of  convicts  rebelled 
and  afterwards  infested  the  towns  N.  of  Mindanao.  Reenforcements  arrive  from  Spain. 
Inaction  after  the  defeat  of  Noveleta,  Cavite,  Luzon,  Blanco  relieved.  Polavieja  began  oper- 
ations against  tlio  rebels  in  the  military  courts.  Many  Filipinos  held  as  authors  of  the  con- 
spiracy were  tried  and  executed,  among  them  Rizal. 

1897.  A  combined  atta(  k  \>y  6  columns  against  the  place  known  as  Cacaroon  de  Sile  broke  the  insur- 

rection in  the  prosince  of  BulacAn.  Fresh  reenforcements  arrived  from  Spain.  The  execu- 
tion of  1  ili]iii](is  eoiitinued,  and  conflicts  took  place  in  the  provinces  of  Manila,  Bataan, 
PampanL'a,  and  Hatangas.  Publication  of  an  amnesty.  Regiments  of  native  volunteers  were 
organized.  The  conquest  of  the  province  of  Cavite  begun.  Silang,  Dasmarinas,  and  Imus 
recovered.  Another  amnesty  granted.  Noveleta  and  San  Francisco  de  Malab6n  taken  by 
the  Spaniards.  Primo  de  Rivera  made  addresses  to  the  people  and  to  the  army  and  began 
operations.  Indang,  Maragondon,  taken.  Publication  of  amnesty.  Various,  garrisons  were 
established.  Negotiations  instituted  for  peace  treaty  of  Biac-nabato.  Aguinaldo  and  various 
chiefs  were  dej.oitcd  to  Hongkong,  where  Aguinaldo  collected  the  $400,000  on  the  check  of 
the  Hdimkniij  Hank  which  was  given  him.  Earthquakes  in  Mindanao  and  Sulu.  Terrible 
tornado  in  Saniar  and  Leyte. 

1898.  Uprisings  in  Luzon.    The  American  squadron  destroyed  (May  1)  the  Spanish  squadron  in  the 

bay  of  Manila.  Blockade  of  Manila.  Aguinaldo  pe'rmitted  "to  land  at  Cavite.  Organization 
of  the  so-called  advisory  assembly  of  the  Philippines  and  publication  of  a  programme  of 
autonomy.  Uprising  in  the  provincesof  Luzon,  and  attack  on  defenseless  Spaniards.  Various 
garrisons"  fell  into  the  power  of  the  Tagftlogs.  A  squadron  under  the  command  of  Camara 
starts  from  Spain,  but  returns  after  having  passed  through  the  Suez  Canal. 

Aug.  12.  Protocol  of  peace  signed. 

Aug.  13.  The  city  of  Manila  surrendered.  Americans  entered  Manila.  Cessation  of  hostilities 
proclaimed. 

.laudenez  left  for  Spain,  General  Rizzo  remaining  in  command. 

Rios  established  in  Hollo,  Pdnay.  Continued  the  government  of  those  islands  where  the  Span- 
ish flag  still  flew.    A  small  Tagdlog  fleet  was  destroyed  by  Spanish  gunboats. 

IX.  FROM  THE  TRANSFER  OF  SOVEREIGNTY  TO  THE  UNITED  STATES 
OF  AMERICA. 

Dec.  10.  Treaty  of  peace  between  the  United  States  of  America  and  the  Kingdom  of  Spain  signed 
at  Paris,  by  the  terms  of  which  the  Philippine  Archipelago  ceased  to  belong  to  the  Crown  oi 
Spain  and  passed  under  the  jurisdiction  of  the  former  power.  Rios  ordered  fortresses  to  be 
abandoned  and  troops  concentrated  in  Zamboanga.    From  there  he  returned  to  Manila. 

[For  military  and  civil  events  following  see  "  United  States  military  occupation  and  government 
and  civil  government,"  under  general  head  "The  Philippine"(Archipelago)  Islands,"  and 
"  The  Municipality  of  Manila."] 

1899.  Jan.  1.  Rios  arrived  in  Manila.    Embarkation  of  Spanish  troops  for  Spain.    Rios  returned  to 

Spain,  and  General  Jaramillo  remained  as  president  of  the  commission  for  the  selection  and  . 
transportation  of  material  of  war.    Manuel  Sasbr6n,  at  the  head  of  the  commission,  remained 
in  charge  of  Spanish  property  in  the  Philippines. 
Apr.  11.  Treaty  of  peace  proclaimed. 

1900.  Nov.  7.  Treaty  between  the  United  States  of  America  and  Spain  for  the  cession  to  the  United 

States  of  any  and  all  i.slands  of  the  Philippine  Archipelago  Iving  outside  of  the  line  described 
in  Article  III  of  the  treaty  of  peace  of  December  10,  1898. 

1901.  Mar.  23.  Cession  of  outlying  islands  of  the  Philippines  proclaimed.         •  *. 

[See  the  Philippiue  (Archipelago)  Islands,  also  Provinces  by  name.]  " 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  183 

THE  MUNICIPALITY  OF  MANILA. 

MANILA. 

(Lat.  U-  35'  31"  N. ;  Ion.  120°  58'  08"  E.).  Time  S  hours,  3  minutes, 
52.2  seconds  E.  of  Greenwich  (London),  or  10  hours,  27  minutes, 
55.66  seconds  W.  of  Washing-ton. 

Area:  20  sq.  m.  to  include  limits  of  police  jurisdiction  on  land,  or 
o-j  sq.  m.  to  include  the  same  on  water. 

Population:    297,152,  estimated  January,   1902;    board   of   health 
I   census,  1901,  gave  244,932. 

;  Race:  In  the  order  of  numbers,  Tagalog,  Spaniards,  Half-breeds 
(Mestizos),  Chinese,  Americans,  Europeans  of  all  nationalities,  and 
representatives  of  all  the  tribes  and  provinces  of  the  archipelago;  also 
from  all  parts  of  the  Far  East. 

Language:  English,  Spanish,  and  Tagalog. 

Military  Division  of  the  Philippines:  Headquarters,  Manila, 
Luzon. 

Department  North  Philippines:  Headquarters,  Manila,  Luzon. 

Longitude:  While  Greenwich  longitude  is  exclusivel}^  used  in  this 
Gazetteer,  the  following  will  enable  differences  to  be  computed  from 
I    the  many  maps  and  charts  of  the  Philippine  Islands  issued  b}^  other 
nations  bearing  their  own  longitudes: 

Greenwich  (Observator}^),  England 0 

Madrid  (Observator}^),  Spain 3 

San  Fernando  (Observator}"),  Spain 6 

Paris  (Observator}'),  France 2 

Berlin  (Urania)  (Observatory),  Germany 13 

Ferro,  the  extreme  SW.  of  the  Canary  Islands,  the 
assumed  dividing  line  between  the  E.  and  W.  hem- 
ispheres       . 17 

WASHINGTON,  D.  C.  (Observatory),  UnitedStates_  77 
•  Manila  Cathedral,  Luzon,  PhiliDpine  Islands,  United 

States .' 120     58       8   E. 

LOCATION. 

The  cit}--  of  Manila,  capital  of  the  United  States  possessions  in  E. 
Asia  and  the  seat  of  militar3"and  civil  administration  in  the  Philippine 
Archipelago,  is  situated  at  the  mouth  of  the  Pasig  River,  the  outlet  of 
the  great  inland  Laguna  de  Bay  (Lake  of  Bay),  on  the  E.  shore  of 
Manila  Ba}',  28  naut.  m.  and  32  stat.  m.  from  its  entrance.  The  geo- 
graphical position  of  the  city  gives  it  superior  advantages  in  the  trade 
of  the  most  densely  populated  quarter  of  the  glol)(\ 

NAME  AND  FOUNDATION. 

The  aboriginal  form  of  spelling  "Manila''  was  "Maynila,"  also 
''Mainila,"  a  Tagal  word  meaning  a  species  of  shrub  or  bush  (in  Span- 
ish arbusto^  a  shrub)  which  grew  on  the  site  of  the  city  when  founded 
by  Capt.  Miguel  Lopez  de  Legaspi  and  his  band  of  conquistadores  in 
1571,  and  for  that  reason  named  Maynila  or  Bush  Town.  The  propri- 
etorship of  the  soil  was  convoyed  by  Lacandola,  Rajah  of  Maynila  and 
^  Matanda  and  Soliman,  the  chieftain  in  the  neighborhood  to  Legaspi 


0 

0 

41 

21  W. 

12 

2i  W. 

20 

14  E. 

36 

53   E. 

20 

OW. 

2 

48  W. 

184  GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

in  Pacto  de  Sangre  (Compact  of  Blood).  Grijalva,  the  Augustiuian 
chronicler,  gives  the  following  account  of  this  form  of  pact:  "The  cere- 
mony is  performed  by  extracting  from  the  breast  of  those  contracting 
friendship  a  small  quantity  of  blood,  which,  mixed  with  some  wine,  is 
afterwards  drunk  in  equal  portions  by  the  covenanters."  It  is  not 
improbable  that  this  same  Grijalva  was  the  Augustinian  whose  name  is 
associated  with  the  earliest  exploration  of  our  o  wn  California.  (Cronica 
del  Crden,  1533-1592,  Mexico  [Augustinian  Convent],  1621.  From 
Zuniga,  II,  215.) 

MODERN  FACILITIES. 

The  city  possesses  modern  facilities  not  excelled  in  the  Far  East. 
The  streets  are  wide,  and  were  so  arranged  b}^  the  founder  as  to  have 
one  side  always  in  the  shade.  There  are  fine  plazas,  public  squares, 
gardens,  and  promenades.  About  the  middle  of  the  eighteenth  cen- 
tury, due  to  the  beneficence  of  Carriedo,  a  public-spirited  private 
citizen,  almost  every  street  was  furnished  with  its  own  standpipe 
for  water  supply,  which  remained  in  use  until  1880.  There  are  elec- 
tric, telegraph,  and  telephone  facilities  within  the  cit}^  and  suburbs, 
with  connections  to  the  remotest  parts  of  the  islands.  A  system  of 
trolley  lines  is  projected  to  points  wnthin  the  nmnicipal  and  subur))an 
regions. 

POPULATION. 

A  census  taken  by  the  board  of  health,  completed  about  the  1st  of 
May,  1901,  gave  the  population  of  Manila  214,932,  divided  as  follows: 
Filipinos,  181,361;  Chinese,  51,567;  Americans,  8,562;  Spaniards, 
2,382;  other  nationalities,  960.  The  figures  do  not  include  men  belong- 
ing to  the  United  States  Army.  There  are  18,463  buildings  in  the 
city,  of  which  3,739  are  good,  1,135  bad,  1,472  small,  and  12,117 
classed  as  shacks. 

According  to  statistics  of  the  board  of  health  of  Manila,  the  numljer 
of  inhabitants  in  January,  1902,  was: 

Natives 218,900 

Chinese 60,680 

Foreigners 7,  852 

Americans 6, 462 

United  States  Army 3,260 

Total 297,154 

The  population  of  Manila  is  made  up  of  Americans  and  repre- 
sentatives of  European  nationalities,  Spaniards  predominating  among 
the  foreigners,  and  Filipinos,  principally  Tagalogs,  Mestizos  (half 
castes),  Indians,  Chinese,  Mala^ys,  and  a  few  from  the  S.  islands 
of  the  archipelago,  Japan,  and  India.  This  motley  aggregation  of 
humanity  is  assembled  through  the  intercourse  of  trade  and  ship- 
ment. The  city  is  not  only  the  seat  of  insular  government,  but 
the  center  of  foreign  and  domestic  commerce,  mercantile,  financial, 
and  professional  activity,  and  mechanical  industry.  It  is  also  the 
focus  of  the  highest  t3^pe  of  the  social  and  intellectual  life  of  the  people 
of  the  archipelago. 

The  church  at  Manila  was  the  second  place  of  Christian  worship  in 
Malaysia,  dedicated  in  1571  as  "  Conversion  of  St.  Paul,  the  apostle.''    ■ 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE   PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS.  185 


ARCHITECTURAL  FEATURES. 

The  buildings  for  military,  civil,  religious,  educational,  and  other 
[public  purposes  are  commodious,  and  in  some  instances  possess  no 
mconsiderable  claims  to  architectural  style.  (See  exhibit  of  public 
buildings  in  Manila  and  vicinity  at  the  time  of  the  occupation  of  the 
city  and  their  present  use,  hereto  appended.) 

BOUNDARIES. 

Under  the  act  of  January  29,  1902,  amending  act  No.  183,  entitled 
"An  act  to  incorporate  the  city  of  Manila,"  and  acts  Nos.  214,  267, 
318,  and  323,  amendatory  thereof,  the  boundaries  of  the  cit}"  of  Manila 
were  established  and  prescribed  as  follows: 

(1)  Beginning  at  a  point  "7"  (marked  by  a  monument)  150  meters  north  of  the 
Estero  Matantubig;  thence  running  S.  52°  6'  42'^  5,730.5701  meters  to  a  point  "6" 
(marked  by  a  monument)  near  the  bridge  on  the  east  bank  of  the  San  Juan  River, 
and  through  this  point  in  continuation  of  said  course  to  a  point  in  the  center  of  the 
channel  of  said  river  "6a";  (2)  thence  in  a  general  direction  S.  38°  28'  55^''  E.  in  the 
center  of  the  channel  of  the  said  San  Juan  River  to  a  point  "5"  at  its  most  easterly 
bend,  996  meters  in  a  direct  line  from  the  point  "6";  (3)  thence  S.  22°  55'  34''  W. 
1,377.7422  meters  to  a  point  "4"  in  the  center  of  the  channel  of  the  Pasig  River,  where 
said  river  bends  sharply  to  the  west;  (4)  thence  following  the  channel  of  the  Pdsig 
River  in  the  general  direction  S.  43°  40'  4"  W.  556.108  meters,  measured  in  a  direct 
line  from  the  point  "4"  to  a  point  "3"  in  the  center  of  said  river,  where  the  river 
bends  sharply  to  the  east,  opposite  the  mouth  of  the  estero  forming  the  southern 
boundary  of  Santa  Ana;  (5)  thence  S.  43°  39'  34"  W.  2,763.6938  meters  to  a  point  "2" 
(marked  by  a  monument)  on  the  east  bank  of  the  Estero  Gallina;  (6)  thence  S.  73° 
22'  34"  W.  1,219.861  meters  to  a  point  "1"  (marked  by  a  monument),  at  high- water 
mark  on  Manila  Bay,  mark  on  the  south  side  of  the  mouth  of  the  Estero  San  Antonio, 
Malate,  and  through  this  j^oint  in  continuation  of  said  course  to  low-water  mark;  (7) 
thence  in  a  general  N.  W.  direction  along  the  shore  line  of  Manila  Bay  at  low-water 
mark  to  a  point  "8"  directly  west  of  the  point  of  beginning  "7";  (8)  thence  E. 
2,228  meters  to  the  point  "7"  of  beginning. 

Sec.  2.  The  suburb  of  Gagalangin  shall  form  a  part  of  the  district  of  Tondo,  and 
the  municipality  of  Santa  Ana  shall  constitute  a  new  district  of  the  city  of  Manila. 


AREA. 

The  city  proper  is  about  4,500  ft.  (1  m.)  from  N.  to  S.,  and  about 
2,675  ft.  (i  m.)  from  E.  to  VV .  within  the  walls  (intramuros).  The  great- 
est width,  from  E.  to  W.  is  about  4^  m.  from  the  mouth  of  the  Piisig 
to  the  San  Juan.  The  bay  front  (S.)  is  about  5  m.  The  corporate 
jurisdiction  of  the  city  for  police  purposes  extends  3  m.  from  shore 
into  Manila  Bay  and  over  a  zone  of  5  m.,  enveloping  the  city  on  the 
landward  side.  Area,  2CLsq.  m.  with  police  zone  on  land  and  12  sq.  m. 
on  water;  total,  J>2sq.  m. 

PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 

The  city  occupies  part  of  the  bay  front  of  an  extensive  plain  divided 

into  2  parts  by  the  Pasig  River  outlet  of  Laguna  de  Bay.     On  either 

^side  of  this  important  stream  are  numerous  tributary  channels  aflford- 


186  GAZETTEER    cF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

ing  means  of  trau.-portation  from  the  interior  across  the  city  to  points 
of  trade  or  tidewater  shipment.  A  semicircle  of  mountains  envelopes 
the  plain  inland  and  has  a  pictare>que  effect,  viewed  from  the  city. 
To  the  NE.  rises  the  lofty  summit  of  Angat:  to  the  E.  the  volcanic 
range  which  takes  its  course  down  the  central  peninsula  of  Rizal.  To 
the  SE.  in  Cavite  Province,  is  Wsible  the  conspicuous  chain  out  of 
which  rises  the  group  of  peaks  known  as  the  Twelve  Apostles.  West- 
ward across  the  bay  may  l>e  seen  the  Sierras  de  Mariveles  of  Bataan. 
upward  of  4.<Xhi  ft.  high,  and  to  the  NW.  the  cone  of  Mount  Arayat 
in  Pampaug-a  Province.  ^^^5  m.  di-tant. 

MAlfTT.A  BAY. 

The  bay  of  Manila  in  physical  characteristics,  geographical  position.^ 
and  commercial  advantages  not  only  holds  the  first  rank  in  the  archi- 
pelago, but  is  without  a  rival  in  the  Far  East.  It  is  situated  approxi- 
mately about  the  center  of  the  coast  of  Luzon,  and  is  large  enough  to 
accommodate  the  fleets  of  the  world.  Its  greatest  dimensions  are  fi'om 
Tubutubu  Is  kind  in  the  estuary  of  Orani.  bay  of  Pampanga  in  the 
XW.  angle  of  the  shore  of  the  greater  bay.  to  Las  Piiias.  3.5  m.  near 
the  boundary  between  CaArite  and  Rizal.  and  from  the  delta  of  the  river 
Grande  Pampanga  on  the  shores  of  Bulacan  in  the  XE.  to  Corregidor- 
Islaud.  SW.  31  m.  It  is  120  m.  in  circumference.  The  enti-ance  in  2 
channels  between  Pulo  Munti  jwint.  Bataan.  and  Resting^a  ix)int, 
Cavite  is  12^  m.  Its  waters  wash  5  provinces.  Pampanga.  Bulacan, 
Rizal.  Ca\"ite.  and  Bataan.  It  also  receives  .5  of  the  important  nvers 
of  the  archipelago.  The  Grande  de  la  Pampanga.  Pasig.  Orani.  and 
Imus.  all  na\igable  streams.  The  port  of  Manila  i>  a  •"  roadstead,"  in 
all  parts  of  which  anchorage  may  be  had.  The  bearing  of  the  light  on 
the  end  of  the  mole  on  the  N.  side  of  the  entrance  to  the  Pasig  River 
with  soundings  is  the  guide  to  take  an  upper  berth.  An  artiticial  port 
is  being  constructed. 

During  the  SW.  monsoon  and  the  stormy  period  which  accompanies 
the  change  of  the  monsoons,  the  "roads"  of  Manila  are  un.safe.  The 
larger  vessels  find  protection  at  Cavite.  7  m.  below.  All  vessels  under 
300  tons  can  enter  the  Pasig.  where  they  moor  in  row-. 

MAXTLA  LIGHTS. 

The  approach  to  Manila  Bay  from  the  China  Sea  is  well  lighted. 
Vessels  from  Hongkong  and  the  ports  of  China  to  the  X^\ .  first  -ight 
the  Capones  Grande  light  off  the  SW.  coast  of  Zambales.  Vessels 
from  ix)rts  of  Indo-China  first  sight  the  Corregidor  lights  in  the  center. 
^'essels  from  Singapore.  Java.  India,  and  all  the  ports  of  the  Philip- 
pine Islands.  Borneo,  and  to  the  S..  first  sight  the  Cabra  Island  light. 
All  converge  on  the  Corregidor  light  at  the  bay  entrance. 

After  leaving  the  Corregidor  and  Caballo  i.-land-  lights  the  following 
are  seen,  approaching  Manila: 

"MoiTH  OF  Pasig  River,  N.  side  oi  quay,  lat.  14=  36'  IS"  X..  Ion.  120=  56'  3(y' E.J 
One  fixed  light,  red,  -53  ft-  above  the  sea,  49  ft.  height  of  tower,  visible  12  (stat) 
m.;  house,  cylindrical  tower,  painted  re<l:  lantern  and  balcony,  white:-  keepej*^ 
dwelling,  near  tower,  painted  red.     A  time  ball,  black,  which  is  hoiste<l  on  '*  ^ 
roof  of  fhe  Manila  Observatory  at  Ermita.  is  dropped  daily  at  noon,  one  hund 
and  twentieth  meridian  (E.  Ion.  ,i,  standard  time.     It  is  hoisted  5  minutes  befo 
ncMin  and  in  case  of  failure  is  slowly  lowered  5  minutes  after  the  signal  time, 
gun  is  also  fired  from  the  battery  of  Sau  Diego  at  the  southeastern  point  of 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  187 

■\valled  city.  Storm  signals  are  shown  from  the  office  of  the  captain  of  the  port 
and  from  3  masts  just  seaward  of  the  fortress  of  Santiago  near  the  mouth  of  Pdsig 
River. 

Manila,  W.  mole,  1  fixed  light,  red.  Tower  6  ft.  high,  visible  2J  (stat. )  m.  Iron 
pedestal.  This  light  is  near  the  end  of  the  breakwater  now  under  construction 
and  is  moved  out  as  the  work  progresses. 

Manila,  on  battery  side  of  quay,  mouth  of  Psisig  River,  lat.  14°  36^  2\"  N.,  Ion. 
120°  hi'  \%"  E.'  Two  fixed  lights,  electric,  horizontal,  3  ft.  apart;  16  ft.  above 
the  sea,  visible  6  (stat.)  m.  A  red  light  is  shown  from  a  beacon  at  the  head  of 
Pasig  River  to  mark  the  entrance  from  Laguna  de  Bay  to  the  river. 

St.  Nicholas  Bank,  on  the  NW.  head  of  the  NW.  of  the  2  shoals  forming  those 
banks  in  Manila  Bay,  lat.  14°  26^  2h"  N.,  Ion.  120°  45^  \h"  E.  One  flash  light 
every  minute,  flashes  20  seconds,  eclipse  40  seconds,  electric;  34  ft.  above  the 
sea;  height  of  tower  36  ft.,  visible  5  (stat.)  m.  Beacon,  iron  tower  on  base  of 
of  concrete;  tower  black  and  white,  in  horizontal  bands,  balcony  white. 

MANILA  FORTRESS. 

The  citj"  of  Manila  is  a  fortress  occupying  the  point  of  land  on  the 
S.  .side  of  the  junction  of  the  Pasig  River  and  Manila  Bay,  having  the 
former  on  its  N.  and  the  latter  on  its  W.  face.  It  is  encircled  by  walls 
with  bastions  and  bulwarks.  Where  it  does  not  abut  on  the  river  is  a 
moat,  which  by  means  of  sluices  may  be  flooded,  thus  conipletelj^ 
isolating  the  city  from  the  landward  side.  The  ba}",  or  W.  face, 
measures  about  5,000  ft.;  the  S.  or  landside  toward  Ermita,  about 
1,800  ft. ;  the  W.,  about  500  ft.  away  from  the  river,  3,300  ft. ;  and  the 
N.,  along  the  Pasig  River,  about  3,300  ft.,  making  a  total  circuit  of  not 
quite  2^  m.  The  walls  are  pierced  by  6  gates,  3  to  the  N.,  on  the  road 
to  the  river  Pasig,  and  3  on  the  land  side,  which  is  the  best  fortified. 
"Fort  Santiago  is  the  citadel  and  defends  the  entrance  to  the  river  and 
N.  angle  of  the  city.  The  area  within  ttie  walls  is  laid  out  in  streets 
intersecting  at  right  angles.  The  main  central  thoroughfare,  2,000  ft. 
in  length  from  N.  to  SAY.,  is  crossed  at  a  right  angle,  midway  in  its 
course,  by  another  3,300  ft.  in  length,  between  the  plaza  of  Santiago 
in  the  NW.  and  the  bastion  in  the  extreme  SE.  angle.  The  cit}'  within 
the  walls  is  occupied  by  military,  civil,  religious,  and  other  structures 
of  a  public  character. 

BUSINESS  AND  RESIDENTIAL  DISTRICTS. 

The  river  Pasig  divides  Manila  into  2  parts,  that  on  the  S.  being 
occupied  b}-  the  military  defenses  and  on  the  )^.  by  the  commercial, 
mercantile,  manufacturing,  and  residential  quarters  and  suburbs.  Two 
parallel  dikes  for  breakwaters  define  the  entrance  of  the  Pasig  River 
from  Manila  Bay.  At  the  water  end  of  that  on  the  N.,  which  is  1,Y00 
ft.  long,  is  a  light-house.  That  on  the  S.,  2,000  ft.  long,  forms  aprom- 
.enade  to  the  Monument  of  Anda,  a  patriotic  judge  and  governor  in 
Spanish  history.  About  200  ft.  E.  of  the  monument  is  Fort  Santiago, 
on  the  S.  side  of  the  junction  of  the  Pasig  River  and  Manila  Bay. 
After  entering  the  Pasig  River,  which  maintains  a  width  of  about  500 
ft.  in  this  portion  of  its  course,  and  passing  Fort  Santiago,  is  reached 
the  Paseo  or  promenade  of  Magallanes,  on  which  stands  an  obelisk  to 
the  memory  of  the  discoverer  of  the  Philippines.  At  the  E.  end  of 
this  promenade  a  bridge  connects  with  the  Escolta  in  Binondo  suburb. 
From  this  point  following  the  stream  the  intervening  space  is  occupied 
by  barracks,  the  Quinta  market,  and  military  hospital,  the  latter 
facing  on  the  Ward  de  la  Concepcion  and  a  battery.  Near  this  point 
4he  Pasig  River  makes  a  bend  to  the  NE.  until  it  receives  the  waters 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  187 

walled  city.     Storm  signals  are  shown  from  the  office  of  the  captain  of  the  port 

^       and  from  3  masts  just  seaward  of  the  fortress  of  Santiago  near  the  mouth  of  Pilsig 

i.       River. 

Manila,  W.  mole,  1  fixed  light,  red.  Tower  6  ft.  high,  visible  2J  (stat.)  m.  Iron 
pedestal.  This  light  is  near  the  end  of  the  breakwater  now  under  construction 
and  is  moved  out  as  the  work  progresses. 

Manila,  on  battery  side  of  quay,  mouth  of  Pftsig  River,  lat.  14°  36'  24'^  N.,  Ion. 
120°  57'  18''  E.  Two  fixed  lights,  electric,  horizontal,  3  ft.  apart;  16  ft.  above 
the  sea,  visible  6  (stat.)  m.  A  red  light  is  shown  from  a  beacon  at  the  head  of 
Pasig  River  to  mark  the  entrance  from  Laguna  de  Bay  to  the  river. 

St.  Nicholas  Bank,  on  the  NW.  head  of  the  NW.  of  the  2  shoals  forming  those 
banks  in  Manila  Bay,  lat.  14°  26'  25"  N.,  Ion.  120°  45'  15"  E.  One  flash  light 
every  minute,  flashes  20  seconds,  eclipse  40  seconds,  electric;  34  ft.  above  the 
sea;  height  of  tower  36  ft.,  visible  5  (stat.)  m.  Beacon,  iron  tower  on  base  of 
of  concrete;  tower  black  and  white,  in  horizontal  bands,  balcony  white. 

MANILA  FORTRESS. 

The  cit}^  of  Manila  is  a  fortress  occupying  the  point  of  land  on  the 

S.  side  of  the  junction  of  the  Pasig  River  and  Manila  Bay,  having  the 

former  on  its  N.  and  the  latter  on  its  W.  face.     It  is  encircled  by  walls 

with  bastions  and  bulwarks.     Where  it  does  not  abut  on  the  river  is  a 

!  moat,  which  by  means  of  sluices  may  be  flooded,  thus  completel}'' 

i  isolating  the  city  from   the  landward   side.      The  bay,  or  W.  face, 

i  measures  about  5,000  ft.;  the  S.  or  landside  toward  Ermita,  about 

',  1,800  ft. ;  the  W.,  about  500  ft.  away  from  the  river,  3,300  ft. ;  and  the 

'  N.,  along  the  Ptisig  River,  about  3,300  ft.,  making  a  total  circuit  of  not 

quite  2i  m.     The  walls  are  pierced  by  6  gates,  3  to  the  N.,  on  the  road 

to  the  river  Pasig,  and  3  on  the  land  side,  which  is  the  best  fortified. 

'Fort  Santiago  is  the  citadel  and  defends  the  entrance  to  the  river  and 

N.  angle  of  the  city.     The  area  within  Ishe  walls  is  laid  out  in  streets 

intersecting  at  right  angles.     The  main  central  thoroughfare,  2,000  ft. 

in  length  from  N.  to  SW.,  is  crossed  at  a  right  angle,  midway  in  its 

course,  by  another  3,300  ft.  in  length,  between  the  plaza  of  Santiago 

in  the  NW.  and  the  bastion  in  the  extreme  SE.  angle.     The  city  within 

'  the  walls  is  occupied  by  military,  civil,  religious,  and  other  structures 

'  of  a  public  character. 

BUSINESS  AND  RESIDENTIAL  DISTRICTS. 

The  river  Pasig  divides  Manila  into  2  parts,  that  on  the  S.  being 
occupied  by  the  military  defenses  and  on  the  N.  by  the  commercial, 
mercantile,  manufacturing,  and  residential  quarters  and  suburbs.  Two 
parallel  dikes  for  breakwaters  define  the  entrance  of  the  Pasig  River 
from  Manila  Bay.  At  the  water  end  of  that  on  the  N.,  which  is  1,700 
ft.  long,  is  a  light-house.  That  on  the  S.,  2,000  ft.  long,  forms  aprom- 
.enade  to  the  Monument  of  Anda,  a  patriotic  judge  and  governor  in 
Spanish  history.  About  200  ft.  E.  of  the  monument  is  Fort  Santiago, 
on  the  S.  side  of  the  junction  of  the  Pasig  River  and  Manila  Bay. 
After  entering  the  Pasig  River,  which  maintains  a  width  of  about  500 
ft.  in  this  portion  of  its  course,  and  passing  Fort  Santiago,  is  reached 
the  Paseo  or  promenade  of  Magallanes,  on  which  stands  an  obelisk  to 
.the  memory  of  the  discoverer  of  the  Philippines.  At  the  E.  end  of 
^  this  promenade  a  bridge  connects  with  the  Escolta  in  Binondo  suburb. 
From  this  point  following  the  stream  the  intervening  space  is  occupied 
by  barracks,  the  Quinta  market,  and  military  hospital,  the  latter 
facing  on  the  Ward  de  la  Concepcion  and  a  batterv.  Near  this  point 
•the  Pasig  River  makes  a  bend  to  the  NE.  until  it  receives  the  waters 


188  GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

of  Laguna  de  Bay,  while  the  walls  of  the  cit}'  make  a  sharp  trend  to 
the  SW.  At  the  extreme  W.  angle,  Avenue  Santa  Lucia  extends  NW. 
along  the  beach  paralleling  the  fortifications  and  terminating  at  the 
monument  to  Anda.  S.  of  the  fortified  city  is  Ermita,  and  beyond  is 
Mahite,  famous  for  its  embroideries,  stretching  along  the  shore  of 
Manila  Bay  in  the  direction  of  Cavite. 

SUBURBAN  DISTRICTS. 

Returning  to  the  mouth  of  the  Pasig  on  the  right  or  N.  side  are  the 
suburbs  of  Manila,  among  the  attractions  of  the  capital,  and  connected 
b}'  means  of  fine  bridges.  The  interlacing  rivers,  lagoons,  and  creeks 
and  numerous  islands  and  picturesque  native  dwellings  give  a  pecu- 
liarly interesting  effect.  The  city  itself,  with  its  bastions,  batteries, 
church  towers,  white  two  storied  balconied  houses  and  cottages,  reared 
on  piles  to  escape  the  floods  of  the  rainy  season,  and  luxuriant  groves 
of  subtropical  vegetation,  has  an  oriental  aspect. 

Binondo,  on  the  N.  bank  of  the  Pasig,  opposite  the  fortified  city, 
represents  the  domestic  and  foreign,  connnercial  and  mercantile  activ- 
ity of  the  Philippine  Islands  and  is  devoted  to  the  central  adminis-' 
tration  of  revenue,  finance,  and  trade.  Some  of  its  streets  are  paved  £ 
and  narrow.  The  houses  are  solidly  built.  At  the  Binondo  end  of  j 
the  bridge  from  the  fortress,  a  street  called  the  Escolta,  extending  to| 
the  right  and  left,  is  lined  with  some  fine  buiklings,  conspicuously  the 
banks,  post-offices,  shipping  houses,  hotels,  also  with  the  unpretentious 
shops  and  stalls  of  native  traders,  the  thoroughfare  itself  being  enliv- 
ened by  a  motley  crowd  of  the  mingling  races  of  the  Eastern  world.. 
Beyond  the  Escolta  live  the  native,  Chinese,  Indian,  and  half-caste 
artisans,  of  divers  handicrafts,  as  jewelers,  goldsmiths,  enamelers, 
painters,  confectioners,  etc. ;  also  there  are  to  be  found  the  theaters, 
gambling  houses,  and  other  resorts  for  public  amusement.  In  the 
NE.  section  is  the  church  and  convent  of  Binondo. 

Prior  to  the  earthquake  of  1863  a  handsome  10-arch  stone  bridge 
here  crossed  the  Pasig,  It  was  replaced  in  1872  by  a  modern  stone 
structure,  which  is  the  bridge  of  Spain  or  Puente  de  Espana. 

The  steamers  and  native  craft  engaged  in  trade  with  the  bay  prov- 
inces of  Morong,  Cavite,  Bataan,  Pampanga,  and  Bulacan  have  their 
moorings  along  the  banks  of  the  Pasig  within  this  suburb. 

San  Nicolas,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Pasig  River,  N.  side,  with  Tondc 
on  the  N.  and  Binondo  on  the  W.  The  works  of  the  port  property 
and  dock,  custom-house,  and  United  States  commissary  stores  are  in 
this  suburb. 

Tondo,  the  most  N.  and  populous  district  along  the  bay  shore  above 
the  Pasig,  is  separated  from  Binondo  on  the  S.  by  one  of  the  numerous 
channels  which  traverse  the  level  sandy  surface  and  is  connected  b} 
several  bridges.  The  houses  are  generally  constructed  of  cane  anc 
nipa,  a  species  of  palm  with  feather}^  leaves,  now  prohibited.  Th( 
streets  are  narrow,  most  of  its  traffic  being  handled  on  the  numerou^ 
natural  canals  formed  of  the  small  streams  which  enter  the  river  anc 
bay  at  this  point  and  give  it  the  appearence  of  an  oriental  Venice 
The  plaza  of  Philip  11,  in  which  there  is  a  military  building,  is  a  fin( 
open  space  almost  surrounded  by  the  natural  channels.  The  statioi 
of  the  Manila  and  Dagupan  R.  R.  is  in  this  suburb.  There  is  a  fine 
church,  convent,  theater,  marketplace,  and  cemetery.  The  inhabitant; 
are  largely  engaged  in  tobacco  and  cigar  industries,  fishing,  weaving^ 
and  gardening  for  the  Manila  market. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  189 

Santa  Cruz,  the  suburb  N.  of  Binondo,  with  a  narrow  frontage  on 
tlic  livor,  is  divided  into  15  wards.  It  is  well  built,  and  has  a  church, 
convent,  flower  market,  theater,  public  jail,  slaughterhouse,  leper 
hospital  (St.  Lazare,  under  the  Franciscans),  and  a  cemetery  for 
Chinese.     It  is  noted  for  its  artisans  and  handicrafts. 

Quiapo,  one  of  the  suburbs  along-  the  Pasig  River,  N.  of  San  Miguel 
Creek  and  E.  of  Santa  Cruz.  It  is  solidlv  built,  with  well-aligned 
streets  and  a  tine  market  place  well  stocked.  The  Tribunal  of  the 
natives  is  a  large  structure.  A  suspension  bridge  350  ft.  long  and  23 
E.  wide  spans  the  Pasig.  The  street  of  San  Sebastian,  with  its  porti- 
coed  native  residences,  is  one  of  the  attractions  of  this  quarter.  There 
is  a  church,  convent,  prison,  and  public  jail. 

San  Miguel,  the  suburb  E.  of  the  city  on  the  opposite  side  of  the 
Pasig  and  connected  with  Quiapo  b}^  a  bridge  termed  "de  la  Luinta." 
It  is  noted  for  the  elegance  of  its  residences.  Along  the  river  front 
are  a  number  of  villas,  among  them  Malacanang,  in  Spanish  times  the 
residence  of  the  captain -general  in  the  Philippines  and  now  the  resi- 
dence of  the  civil  governor  of  the  archipelago.  There  is  also  a  church, 
3onvent,  and  barracks.  On  the  island  of  San  Andres,  1,400  ft.  in 
length  and  400  ft.  in  width,  in  the  Pasig,  in  front  of  San  Miguel,  is 
the  convalescent  hospital,  San  Jose  Home,  and  insane  asylum.  On  the 
N.  of  San  Miguel  is  the  ward  San  Sebastian,  with  a  tine  church  and 
3onvent. 

Sampaloc,  a  suburb  with  39  wards,  extends  from  San  Miguel  NW. 
[t  has  a  church,  convent,  and  cemetery.  Rivals  San  Miguel  in  being 
he  residence  part  of  the  city.  Calzada  del  Iris,  the  widest  avenue 
uul  one  of  the  handsomest  in  Manila,  is  located  in  Sampaloc. 

Fandacan,  in  an  arm  of  the  Pasig  River  on  the  N.  and  E.,  the  little 
ivers  Cabitum  forming  part  of  the  boundary,  and  Concordia  on  the 
S.  and  Pandacan  on  the  W.  The  two  former  unite  on  the  SW.,  and 
iach  has  its  own  outlet  into  the  Pasig,  one  on  the  N.,  the  other  on 
:he  E. ,  which  practically  makes  this  suburb  an  island. 

Trozo  or  San  Jose  (now  forms  a  single  district  with  Binondo)  and 
mother  suburb  within  the  municipal  radius  occupying  the  center  of 
;he  NE.  limit  of  the  city  between  Tondo  on  the  NW.  and  Santa  Cruz 
ind  Sampaloc  on  the  SE.  It  is  largely  occupied  b}^  the  element 
engaged  in  mechanical  industries.  It  has  its  market,  place  of  popular 
liversion,  and  a  few  of  the  better  class  of  residences  of  Chinese  and 
latives. 

Paco  or  San  Fernando  de  Dilao,  an  extensive  outlying  suburb  S. 
)f  the  bend  of  the  Pasig  River,  opposite  San  Miguel.  It  is  connected 
icross  an  intervening  space  by  a  number  of  thoroughfares  leading  to 
he  city  on  the  NW.,  Ermita  on  the  W.,  and  Malate  on  the  SW.,  along 
he  bay  shore.  It  is  also  connected  with  Pandacan  on  the  left  bank  of 
he  Pasig  River  and  through  which  it  carries  on  the  greater  part  of  its 
'rade  with  Manila  on  the  one  hand  and  the  towns  on  Laguna  de  Bay 
'tn  the  other.  Great  cigar  factories,  the  most  prominent  being  those 
•f  "Compaiiia  General  de  Tabacos"  and  "Germinal"  and  other 
ndustrial  structures,  are  situated  in  this  district. 

Ermita  and  its  adjoining  town,  Malate,  on  the  S.,  occupies  the  ba}' 
'ront  a  short  distance  S.  of  the  fortress.  It  is  well  built  with  houses 
''f  modern  construction,  and  also  is  the  seat  of  the  observatory  of 
Manila  and  normal  school,  which  are  well  accommodated  as  to  struc- 
^•es  and  equipment. 


190  GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

Malate,  be3^ond  Eruiita,  with  fine  villas  and  residences.  Ermita 
and  Malate  arc  the  favorite  headquarters  for  American  families. 

ROADS  AND  COMMUNICATION,  LAND. 

A  railroad  in  operation  extends  from  Manila  to  Dagupan,  on  Lingayen 
Ba3%from  which  point  roads  and  trails  connect  with  all  parts  of  N.  Luzon. 
An  extensiv^e  inland  traffic  is  also  carried  on  by  means  of  native  craft  via 
the  Pasig  River  to  towns  and  villages  on  the  shores  of  Laguna  de  Bay. 
A  system  of  land  communication  extends  to  the  remote  province  of  Sorso- 
gon,  at  the  extreme  SE.  end  of  the  peninsula  of  Luzon,  traversing  the 
provinces  of  Laguna,  Batangas,  Tayabas,  Ambos  Camarines,  and 
Albay.  A  line  of  railwa}^  is  projected  on  surveys  from  Dagupan,  the 
present  terminus,  paralleling  the  China  seacoast,  to  connect  the  capi- 
tals San  Fernando  of  LTnion  and  Vigan  of  Ilocos  8ur  with  Laoag.  the 
capital  of  Ilocos  Norte,  152  m.,  and  intermediate  points,  to  within  35  m. 
of  the  extreme  N.  point  of  Luzon.  Another  surveyed  route  for  a 
railway  follow\s  the  course  of  the  Pasig  River,  and  thence  the  W.,  S., 
and  SW.  shores  of  Laguna  de  Bay,  55  m.,  to  Santa  Cruz,  the  capital  of 
Laguna,  with  a  branch  leaving  Calamba,  about  half  the  distance,  on 
the  lake  shore,  due  S.  to  Batangas,  28  m.,  on  the  Verde  Passage,  the 
route  of  steamers  between  the  United  States  and  Manila,  and  thence 
to  Lemery,  on  Balayan  Ba}^  15  m.  to  the  NW.  (For  distance  between 
Manila  and  the  capital  of  each  province  or  chief  town  or  group  of 
islands,  see  table  of  distances.) 

COMMERCIAL  ADVANTAGES. 

The  bay  and  city  of  Manila  occupy  a  point  of  vantage  in  geograph- 
ical position  with  reference  to  commercial  intercourse  with  coun- 
tries in  eastern  Asia,  India,  the  eastern  archipelago,  Australasia, 
Oceanica,  and  the  Pacific  shores  of  the  Western  Hemisphere  unrivaled 
by  any  city  in  Asia.  It  is  the  key  to  the  trade  of  all  the  islands  under 
the  jurisdiction  of  the  United  States.  It  is  also  most  favorably  located 
for  navigation  in  the  surrounding  seas  with  respect  to  favorable  winds 
and  currents,  particularly  so  in  reaching  the  W.  coasts  of  the  three 
Americas  and  the  E.  coast  of  Asia. 

COMMUNICATION,  WATER. 

It  has    direct   steam    communication  with   Yokohama  (1,630  m.), 
the  metropolis  of  Japan:  with  Shanghai  (1,080  m.),  Tientsin  (2,409 
m.),  and  Canton  (703  m.),  the  chief  ports  on  the  coast  of  China,  and 
Hongkong  (British,  628  m.),  the  present  center  of  extensive  commer-' 
cial  and  financial  activit}^  in  the  Far  East.     It  also  has  steam  com- 
munication with  Singapore  (British,  1,386  m.),  the  center  of   trade 
of  the  Straits  Settlements;  with  India,  Calcutta  (British,  3,016  m.)/ 
Madras,  Bombay,  and  other  ports;  Batavia,  Java  (Dutch,  1,386  m.); 
with  Port  Darwin  (British,  1,692  m.),  on  the  N.  coast.  King  Georget 
Sound  (British,  3,792  m,),  Adelaide  (British,  3,772  m.),  and  Melboumf   I 
(British,   5,11:2  m.),  on  the  S.  coast:    with  Sydney   (3,772   m.)  anc 
Brisbane  (British,  3,292  m.),  on  the  E.  coast,  the  chief  ports  of  Aus 
tralia;  with   Aukland   (British,   4,602  m.)   and    Wellington  (British 
4,612  m.),  in  New  Zealand,  through  the  United  States  midocean  sfca 
tion  at  Guam.     It  is  in  steam  communication  with  Honolulu  (Unites 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  191 

States,  4,8^3  m.),  the  Midway  Islands  (3,808  m.),  Caroline  Islands 
((lornian,  2,326  m,),  Pelew  Islands  (German,  1,020  m.),  Solomon 
Islands  (Ug-i,  British,  2,940  m.),  Fiji  Islands  (British,  3,720  m.),  Samoa 
Islands  (Tutuila,  United  States,  4,003  m.),and  Societ}^  Islands  (Tahiti, 
French,  5,911  m.),  the  strategic  points  of  steam  intercourse  in  the 
Facitic,  and  through  these  centers  with  Valparaiso,  in  Chile  (10,221  m.), 
CuUao,  Peru  (10,212  m.),  Panama  (8,706  m.),  Nicaragua  Canal  (pro- 
posed, 8,766  m.),  Acapulco,  Mexico  (via  Honolulu,  8,260  m.),  and 
•San  Francisco  (6,171  m.,  via  Yokohama),  and  Port  To  wnsend  (5,920m.) 
(in  the  United  States.  (For  distances  by  international  steam  routes, 
see  pp.  129-131.)  Manila  is  in  communication  with  all  the  commercial 
ports  of  the  archipelago  by  means  of  steam,  sailing  vessels,  and  native 
craft.  But  for  the  restrictive  polic}^  of  centuries  Manila  to-day  would 
undoubtedly  be  one  of  the  great  commercial  marts  of  the  vast  conti- 
nental and  insular  regions  mentioned.  Under  the  "open-door"  policy 
of  the  United  States  it  is  destined  in  the  near  future  to  gain  this 
supremacy  and  rival  Shanghai,  Hongkong,  Singapore,  Batavia,  and 
Calcutta  in  the  trade  of  the  Orient. 

INDUSTRIES. 

,  The  mechanical  industries  are  extensive,  the  manufacture  of  tobacco, 
cigars,  and  cheroots,  cord,  rope,  thread,  and  ice  being  prominent. 
Iron  foundries  and  machine  shops,  sawmills,  stonecutting,  woodwork- 
ing, and  other  mills  are  numerous  and  expanding. 

COMMERCE  AND  TRADE. 

I  Anchored  in  the  roadstead  are  ships  floating  the  flags  of  all  nations, 
iand  within  the  river  Pasig  are  moored  steam,  sailing,  and  native  craft 
from  every  province  and  island  in  the  archipelago.  There  are  daily 
departures  of  steamers,  mail  or  mercantile,  for  ports  in  Luzon,  Min- 
doro,  the  Visayas,  Mindanao,  Sulu,  and  Palawan,  and  China,  and 
bimonthly  mail  for  Europe  and  Japan.  The  consular  officers  resident 
at  Manila  represent  19  of  the  maritime  countries  of  the  world. 

UNITED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 

On  April  21,  1898,  Congress  declared  a  state  of  war  to  exist  with 
Spain.  Two  daysTater  the  United  States  consul  at  Manila  was  given 
his  papers  and  left  for  Hongkong,  where  he  joined  the  Asiatic  squad- 
ron of  the  United  States  at  Mirs  Bay.  On  May  1  the  United  States 
squadron  destroj^ed  the  Spanish  fleet  in  Manila  Bay.  On  the  3d 
Cavite  arsenal,  having  been  abandoned  by  the  Spanish,  was  occupied 
by  the  forces  from  the  squadron.  On  July  1  the  militar}^  expedi- 
tionary forces  of  the  United  States  landed  at  Cavite.  On  July  31  a 
night  attack  on  the  United  States  b}'  Spanish  troops  in  the  trenches 
around  Manila  inaugurated  a  series  of  conflicts  which  culminated  on 
August  13  in  a  bombardment  of  the  Spanish  intrenchments  by  the 
Navy  and  their  capture  by  storm  by  the  United  States  troops,  which 
"was  followed  by  articles  of  capitulation  and  occupation  of  the  city. 
The  next  da}'  General  Merritt  issued  his  first  proclamation  to  the 
Filipino  people.  Qn  the  15th  orders  were  issued  for  the  assumption 
of  civil  government  by  the  United  States  military  authorities  in  the 
i«itv  of  Manila  and  district  of  Cavite,  and  the  necessary  officers  were 


192  GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

appointed.  On  August  16  the  commanding  general  received  a  cable 
gram  from  the  President  of  the  United  States  announcing  the  signature 
of  the  protocol  with  Spain  and  the  cessation  of  hos  tilities.     From  this 

Eoint  in  the  current  of  events  Manila  becomes  part  of  the  general 
istory  of  the  Philippine  Islands. 

HISTORY. 

Although  the  Philippines  were  discovered  in  1521  b}"  Magellan,  it 
was  not  until  1571  that  Legaspi,  having  conquered  Manila,  then  a 
village  surrounded  b}"  a  palisade,  began  the  construction  of  a  fortitied 
city  as  a  center  for  future  warlike  operations  against  the  islands  in  the 
surrounding  seas.  A  municipal  form  of  government  was  esta])lished 
in  the  same  year.  From  this  seat  of  colonial  a\ithority  Juan  de  Salcedo, 
the  grandson  of  Legaspi,  known  as  the  '*  Cortes  of  the  Philippines," 
conducted  his  discoveries,  explorations,  and  conquests,  besides  repell- 
ing (1572)  an  invasion  bj^  the  Chinese  pirate  Li  Ma  Hong  with  5,000 
followers. 

In  1580  all  the  colonies  of  Portugal  in  the  East,  having  fallen  bv  con- 
quest to  the  Crown  of  Spain,  were  governed  from  Manila  and  remained 
so  until  16-10,  when  they  were  restored. 

In  1590  the  present  permanent  fortifications  .were  commenced. 

In  1762  the  city  was  seized  by  an  English  fleet  and  held  for  some 
months  until  the  arrangement  of  peace,  when  it  was  returned  to  Spain. 

In  1863,  June  3,  at  7.30  p.  m.,  after  a  day  of  intense  heat,  while  the 
people  were  preparing  for  the  festival  of  Coipus  Christi,  the  ground 
rocked  violently  for  30  seconds,  the  finest  buildings  crumbled,  and 
many  of  the  inhabitants  were  buried  in  the  ruins.  Over  400  persons 
were  killed  and  2,000  injured,  46  public  and  570  private  buildings 
were  thrown  to  the  ground,  28  public  and  528  private  structures  were 
nearly  destroyed,  and  the  rest  throughout  the  entire  city  were  more  or 
less  injured. 

Until  the  outbreak  of  the  Spanish-American  war  the  colonial  author- 
ities at  Manila,  representing  the  sovereignty  at  Madrid,  exercised  vice- 
regal sway. 

MUNICIPAL  GOVERNMENT. 

On  July  31,  1901,  b}"  enactment  of  the  United  States  Philippine 
Commission  (An  act  to  incorporate  the  cit}'  of  Manila),  the  inhabitants 
of  Manila  were  constituted  a  municipality,  to  ''be  known  as  the  city 
of  Manila,  and  by  that  name  to  have  perpetual  succession  and  all  the 
rights  of  property  therein  granted  or  theretofore  enjoyed  and  possessed 
b}^  the  said  city  as  organized  undei  Spanish  sovereignty." 

DISTRIBUTION  OF  MUNICIPAL  POWERS. 

The  government  of  the  city  is  vested  in  a  municipal  board  of  3 
members  appointed  by  the  civil  governor,  by  and  with  the  consent  of 
the  commission,  and  removable  in  the  same  manner.  One  member 
must  he  designated  as  treasurer  with  power  to  act  as  provided  by  the 
charter.  There  is  also  a  secretaiy  and  other  officers  whose  general 
powers  and  duties  are  prescribed.  The  board  is  also  possessed  of  cer- 
tain legislative  and  executive  authority,  exercised,  by  general  super-, 
visory  control,  through  five  departments: 

1.  Engineering  and  public  works. 

2.  Police. 


GAZETTEEE   OF   THE   PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


193 


3,  Law. 

4.  Fires  and  building  inspection. 
6.  Assessments  and  collections. 

The  charter,  which  is  embodied  in  72  sections,  makes  provisions  for 
Bjstimates  and  appropriations  for  the  (expenses  of  the  cit}";  the  receipt 
ind  custody  of  money,  auditing  of  accounts,  sanitation,  schools,  defin- 
ng  the  duties  of  officers  under  the  various  departments,  assessments, 
axation  and  collection,  and  for  other  purposes  essential  to  municipal 
idministration. 

POLICE  JURISDICTION. 

The  jurisdiction  of  the  citj'  for  police  purposes  covers  a  distance 
)f  H  m.  from  the  sh(5re  into  Manila  Ba}^  and  over  a  zone  of  5  m.  in 
;;vidth  surrounding  the  citv  on  land. 


INTERISLAND  INTERCOURSE. 

The  political,  administrative,  and  economic  importance  of  keeping 
;he  capital  and  chief  commercial  port  in  touch  with  the  remotest  islands 
)f  the  archipelago  led  to  a  conference  between  the  military",  naval, 
md  civil  officers  and  managers  of  insular  transportation  lines,  who 
I'ecommended  a  project  of  communication  between  the  provincial 
"apitals  and  coast  towns,  and  toprevent  smuggling,  by  means  of  a  fleet 
)f  small  steamers,  IttO  ft.  lengtE,  10  knots  maximum,  8  knots  ordinary 
Iraft,  with  searchlight  and  armament,  to  operate  respectively  in  as 
nany  circuits,  the  average  length  of  each  of  which  being  651  m. ;  also  a 
<tern-wheel  steamer,  2i  ft.  draft,  for  service  on  the  Cagayan  from 
:Vparri  to  Ilagan;  another  for  service  on  the  Rio  Grande  de  Min- 
ianao  and  lake  system  from  Polloc  inland.  A  bureau  of  navigation 
dv  ?perating  office  was  also  proposed. 

MANILA  PUBLIC  BUILDINGS. 

■Exldhit  of  public  buildings  in  Manila  and  vicinity  at  the  time  of  the  occupation  of  the  city 
and  their  present  use. 


BUILDINGS,  MILITARY. 

1.  Office  of  the  major-general  commanding 

2.  Office  of  the  military  government,  subinspection  of  infantry,  cav 

airy,  guard,  and  carabineros. 

3.  Office  of  the  subinspection  of  artillery 

4.  Office  of  the  subinspection  of  engineers 

5.  Artillery  barracks 

6.  Cavalry  barracks 

".  Infantry  Academy 

8.  Office  of  the  military  director 

9.  Workshops  for  the  artillery 

'0.  Workshop  of  engineers 

;1.  Barracks  of  Malate 

2.  Magazine  of  San  Antonio  de  Abad 

BUILDINGS,   CIVIL. 

3.  Palace  of  the  governor  and  major-general  commanding 

-1.  Audiencia  (in  ruins) 

5.  Aadiencia  (temporary) 

■6.  Office  of  the  GenerarOovernment  (temporary) 

I  7.  General  office  of  the  civil  administration 

8.  Intendance  of  the  treasury  (in  ruins) 

9.  Intendance  of  the  treasury  (temporary) 

;0.  Tribunal  of  accounts  rin  ruins) ." 

' :l.  Tribunal  of  accounts  (temjjorary) 

j2.  Philippine  Spanish  Bank 

i**         S.  Doc.  280 13-^ 


Within  the  walled  city. 
Do. 

Do. 
Do. 
Do. 
Do. 
Do. 
Do. 
Do. 
Malate. 
Do. 
Do. 


Malacanang,San  Miguel. 
Within  the  walled  city. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 
Binondo. 


194 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


Exhibit  of  public  buildings  in  Manila  and  vicinity  at  tlic  lime  of  the  occupation  of  the  city 
and  their  preserd  use — Continued. 


BUILDINGS,  CIVIL — continued. 

23.  Office  of  civil  government  and  city  council,  called  the  ayuntami- 

ento. 

24.  Treasury 

25.  Custom-house 

26.  Custom-house  (temporary) 

27.  Hospital  of  San  Juan  de  Dios 

28.  Observatory 

29.  (Telegraph)  post-office 

30.  Mint 


BUILDINGS,   RELIGIOUS  AND  EDUCATIONAL. 

Cathedral  (restored  to  the  Roman  Byzantine  style) 

Archbishop's  palace 

Church  and  Convent  of  San  Augustiu,  belonging  to  that  religious 

order. 
Church  and  Convent  of  St.  Domingo,  belonging  to  that  religious 

order. 
Church  and  Convent  of  San  Francisco,  belonging  to  that  religious 

order. 

Church  of  Recoletos  of  San  Augustin 

Church  and  college  of  the  Jesuits,  called  the  Ateneo  Municipal,  for  I 

boys,  and  providing  an  academic  training.    Since  United  States 

jurisdiction  it  has  ceased  to  be  municipal. 
Church  and  College  of  Sta.  Isabel,  for  girls,  under  the  Sisters  of  St. 

Vincent. 
Convent  and  College  of  Sta.  Rosa,  under  the  Sisters  of  St.  Vincent. 
Church  and  monastery  of  Sta.  Clara,  belonging  to  that  religious 

order. 
Municipal  girls'  school,  now  occupied  by  the  American  normal 

school. 
Church  and  Convent  of  Sta.  Catalina,  in  charge  of  the  Dominican 

Sisters. 

Church  and  seminary  of  the  Jesuits  (in  ruins) 

Convent  of  the  Jesuits 

University 

College  of  San  Juan  de  Letrdn,  in  charge  of  the  Dominicans,  an 

institution  for  primary  and  secondary  education. 

College  of  Medicine  of  San  Jos(5 

Convent  and  chapel  of  the  Capuchinos 

Convent  and  chapel  of  the  Benedictines 

Church  of  the  Third  Order  of  St.  Francis 

Seminary  of  San  Carlos,  under  the  Paulist  Fathers 

Beaterio  of  the  Society  of  Jesus,  for  women 

College  of  the  Concepcion  or  Concordia,  for  girls 

College  of  Loban,  for  girls,  in  charge  of  the  Sisters  of  St.  Vincent 

de  Paul. 

Military  hospital 

Hospice  of  San  Jose  (insane  asylum),  under  Sisters  of  Charity 

Leper  hospital  ( San  Lazaro) 

Penitentiary  (presidio) 

Jail  (Bilibid) 


Within  the  walled  city. 

Do. 
San  Nicolas. 

Do. 
Within  the  walled  city. 
Ermita. 
Binondo. 
Within  the  walled  city. 


Within  the  walled  citj 
Do. 
Do. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 
Do. 


Do. 
Do. 


Do. 
Do. 
Do. 
Do. 

Do. 

Do. 
Quiapo. 
Within  the  walled  dty. 

Do. 

Do. 
Paco. 

Do. 

Malate. 
San  Miguel. 
Santa  Cruz. 

Do. 

Do. 


i: 


SUPPLEMENT. 


195 


COMMERCIAL    EXTENSION   IN   THE    PHILIPPINES, 
MAY,  1902. 

I  The  extension  of  facilities  of  intercourse  between  Manila  and  the 
I  United  States  of  America  via  Japan,  and  China,  and  India,  and  Europe 
i  via  Hongkong,  has  kept  pace  with  the  demands  of  commerce  growing 

•  out  of  the  pacification  of  the  archipelago,  the  firm  establishment  of 
American  sovereignt}^,  and  the  exploitation  and  development  of  all 
branches  of  industr}^  and  trade. 

STEAMSHIP  LINES. 

The  Nippon  Yusen  Kaisha  (Japan  Mail  Steamship  Company),  with 

,  a  fleet  of  70  steamers  and  a  tonnage  of  200,000  tons  gross,  has  Manila 

connections,  with  return  tickets  issued  by  this  company  between  Hong- 

•  kong  and  Indo-China,  available  by  the  steamers  of  the  China  Naviga- 
tion and  the  China  and  Manila  Steamship  companies.  The  Nippon 
Yusen  Kaisha  also  maintains  a  regular  line  of  steamers  (which  from 
Manila  may  connect  at  Hongkong)  between  Japan  ports,  Hongkong, 
Straits  Settlements,  Colombo,  Port  Said,  Marseilles,  London,  and  Ant- 

.  werp  fortnight!}';  also  from  Hongkong  via  Japan  ports  to  Seattle, 
U.  S.  A.,  connecting  at  the  latter  port  with  the  Great  Northern  Rail- 
way, service  monthl}^. 

The  Hongkong-Manila  service  of  this  company  is  represented  by 
some  of  the  finest  steamers  in  this  class  in  Eastern  waters,  having  dis- 
placements of  3,875  tons  and  upward.  The  United  States  mail  lines 
ofi'er  direct  service  between  Manila  and  San  Francisco,  via  the  Toyo 
Kisen  Kaisha,  Occidental  and  Oriental  Steamship  Company,  and  Pacific 
Steamship  Conipan3\ 

The  British  India  Steam  Navigation  Compan}^  announces  sailings 
from  Manila  to  Singapore,  Rangoon,  Madras,  and  Calcutta,  India,  and 
Yokohama,  Moji,  and  Kobe,  Japan,  every  three  weeks. 
^  This  international  service  has  been  attended  by  corresponding  exten- 
sion of  interisland  lines. 

I  INTERISLAND  COMMERCE. 

The  following  partial  list  will  convey  in  a  measure  the  development 
of  commercial  activity  which  is  going  on  by  means  of  branch  lines  of 
steamers  in  the  several  entry  districts  of  the  archipelago: 

,  197 


198  GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

Sleamen  cleared  at  the  j)ort  of  Cebu  during  January,  1902. 


Name  of  port. 

Province. 

Island. 

Name  of  port. 

Province. 

Isidnd. 

Barili 

Cebrt 

Cebd. 
Leyte. 
Mindanao. 

Do. 
Samar. 
Mindanao. 
Cebvl. 
Mindanao. 
Negros. 

Ccbu. 

Mindanao. 

Panay. 

Mindanao. 

Luz6n. 

Leyte. 

Malitbog 

Manila 

Leyte 

Leyte. 

Levte 

Luz6n 

Surigao. 
Misamis 



Misamis 

Misamis 

Leyte 

Ormoc            . .  . . 

Leyte. 

Oroquieta 

Misamis 

Mindanao 

Misaniis 

Cebi\ 

Palomp6n 

Panglao 

Leyte. 
Bohol, 

Carear 

Bohol  

Dapitan 

Romblon 

Rombl6n 

Ceba 

Rombl6n. 

Negros  Orien- 
tal. 
Cebd 

Siboiiga 

Cebu 

Surigao               

Surigao. 
Leyte 

Mindanao. 

Tacloban 

Leyte. 
Bohol. 

Hollo 

Misamis 

Albay 

Bohol 

Toledo 

Cebii 

Cebil. 

T                 ■ 

tibay 

Bohol 

Bohol. 

Steamers  cleared  Hollo  district. 

Entered. 

Cleared. 

Entered. 

Cleared. 

Bais 

Bais. 

Banate. 

CApiz. 

Danao. 

Escalante. 

Estaneia. 

Manila 

Manila. 

Pulopandan. 
San  Carlos. 
San  Jos6  de  Buena- 
vista. 
Silay. 

C&piz 

San  Carlos 

San  Jos6  de  Buenavista 

Silay 

NEW  PORTS  OPEN   TO  COASTWISE   TRADE,  BY  COLLECTION   DIS- 
TRICTS, PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


CEBU    PORT   OF    ENTRY,  CEBU. 


The  following  name.s  represent  coastwise  ports  in  addition  to  list 
printed  on  page  1C7: 


Name  of  port. 

Province. 

Island. 

Name  of  port. 

Province. 

Island. 

Baclayan 

Bohol 

do 

Bohol. 

Cebu. 

Cebu. 
Mactan. 

Cebil. 
Do. 

Madridejos 

Majanav  Island 

Cebil  . 

Mactan. 

Bilangbilangan  Is- 

do 

Cebu 

Cebii 

Cebii. 

Nanosnocan  Island 
Panglao 

Borbon 

Bohol  

Levte 

Bohol. 

Calituban  Island 

Bohol  

Cebu 

Pilar 

Camotes   Is- 

 do 

land. 

Do. 

San  Francisco 

do 

Do. 

Sogod 

Cebu 

Cebii. 

Liloan 

Cebii 

do 

Do. 

Mabolo 

do 

Tuburan .   .. 

do     

Do. 

GAZETTEER    OF   THE   PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


199 


ILOILO   PORT   OF    ENTRY,  PANAY. 

The  following  coastwise  ports  are  in  addition  to  the  list  printed  on 
page  108: 


Name  of  port. 

Province. 

Island. 

Negn.s. 
Panay. 
Negros. 
Panay. 
Negros. 

Do. 

Do. 
Panay. 

Do. 
Negros. 

Do. 
Panay. 

Name  of  port. 

Province. 

Island. 

Bais 

Negros  Oriental..  . 
Iloilo 

Guimbal 

ilog 

Iloilo 

Panay. 
Negros. 

Barotac  Nuevo 

Binalbagan 

Buruanga  

Sabancalan  ... 

Negros  Occidental. 

Negros  Occidental. 
Cdpiz 

Miagao 

Pontevedra... 

San  Carlos 

San  Dionisio. . 
San  Enrique.. 
San  Joaquin.. 

Sara  via 

Suay 

Iloilo 

Panay. 
Do 

Negros  Occidental. 

CA,piz 

Negros  Occidentai. 

Negros. 

Panay. 

Do 

Calatrava 

do 

;;oncepci6n  — 

Iloilo 

do 

do 

do 

Do. 

Esealante 

Jinigaran 

aiiiniards  Is- 
land. 

Negros    riental  . . . 
Negros  Occidental. 
Hollo 

Negros  Occidental, 
do 

Negros. 
Do 

Valledolid.... 

Do. 

Victorias 

do 

Do. 

MANILA  PORT  OF  ENTRY,  LUz6n. 

The  following  coastwise  ports  are  in  addition  to  the  list  printed  on 
page  108: 


Name  of  port. 

Province. 

Island. 

Name  of  port. 

Province. 

Island. 

Masbate 

Pinamalayan 

Masbate 

Masbate.... 

Mindoro 

Luz6n  

Lagonoy 

San  Jacinto... 
Santa  Maria.. 

Zambales 

Tayabas 

Ambos  Camarines . 
Masbate 

Ticao 

Pitogo 

Tayabas 

Ilocos  Sur 

Do. 

Jatanauan 

Tayabas . 

Luzon  

Tayabas . 

Do. 

ZAMBOANGA    port   of   entry,    MINDANAO. 

The  following  coastwise  ports  are  in  addition  to  the  list  printed  on 
108: 


Name  of  port. 

Province. 

Island. 

Misamis 

Lapinig  . . . 

Do. 

Misamis 

Do. 

TYPHOON  SIGNALS. 

These  warnings  to  commerce  are  displayed  from  the  office  of  the 
captain  of  the  port;  day  signals  are  shown  from  the  pole  near  the 
wall  and  night  signals  from  the  three  poles  in  the  corral. 

CORRECT  TIME. 

Time  ball  is  dropped  from  the  Observatory  Ermita  at  noon  Phil- 
ippine standard  time  one  hundred  and  twenty-first  meridian  east  longi- 
tude.    A  gun  is  also  fired  at  Fort  Santiago. 

I  HARBOR  IMPROVEMENTS. 

During  the  year  1902  the  channel  into  the  Pasig  Riv.  and  as  far  as 
hhe  Bridge  of  Spain  will  be  dredged  to  a  depth  of  18  ft.,  which  depth 


200 


gazettp:ek  of  the  philippi:ne  islands. 


it  is  proposed  to  maintain.  Tiie  outer  harbor  will  be  materially 
changed  by  dredging  operations  during  1902  and  the  sea  wall  will  be 
extended. 

COMMERCE   OF   THE  UNITED    STATES  WITH  THE  PHILIPPINE 
ISLANDS  TO  APRIL,  1902. 

IMPORTS  AND  DOMESTIC  EXPORTS,  BY  CUSTOMS  DISTRICTS. 


Customs  districts. 


Imports  ten  montlis 
ending  April- 


Domestic  exports  ten 
months  ending  April- 


Baltimore,  Md 

Boston  and  Charlestown,  Mass. 

Newport  New.s,  Va 

New  York,  N.  Y' 

Norfolk  and  Portsmoutli,  Va. . . 

Philadelphia 

Hawaii 

Humboldt,  Cal 

Oregon,  Oreg 

Puget  Sound,  Wash 

San  Diego,  Cal 

San  Francisco,  Cal 

Willamette,  Oreg 

Buffalo  Creek,  N.  Y" 

Miami,  Ohio 

North  and  South  Dakota 

Oswegatchie,  N.  Y' 

Vermont,  Vt 

Cincinnati,  Ohio 

St.  Louis,  Mo 


Total. 


SI 
1,014,430 


SI,  887, 118 

60 

2,844,359 


241,583 
13, 936 


21,618 
2,204 


454,663 
140,071 


412, 800 

333, 242 

3,917 

2 


3, 530, 895 


5, 506,  J 


S946, 699 
103, 251 


1,273,215 
24, 375 

787,448 
29,472 


243, 032 

2,302 

201 


»2, 144, 800 


76,9980 

1,521| 


IMPORTS  FROM  THE  PHILIPPINE  ISLANDS,  BY'  ARTICLES. 


Ten  months  ending  April 

- 

Articles. 

1901. 

1902. 

Quantities. 

Values. 

Quantities. 

Values. 

FREE  OF   DUTY. 

Articles  the  growth,  etc.,  of  the  United  States  re- 

»4,751 

3, 379, 046 

4,858 

611 

3,703 

$2, 310 

Fibers,  unmanufactured, manila tons. . 

19, 603 

29,608 

5,224,056 

1,417 

806; 

All  other  free  articles          ... 

32, 198; 

3,392,969 

6,260,787 

SUBJECT  TO  DUTY. 

262 

985 

599 

4,741 

488 
2,380 
1,911 
103, 857 
14, 390 
1,086 
7,227 

206 

Earthen  stone,  and  china  ware,  decorated 

744 

321 

42,317 

Metals,  metal  compositions,  and  manufactures  of, 
n  e  s 

1,250 

Oils  vegetable  volatile 

603 

2,649 

Sugar,  cane,  not  above  No.  16 pounds. . 

Tobacco,  cigars,  etc do. . . . 

4,693,333 
24,749 

11,424,000 
5, 021 

188,169: 
6,585: 
1044 

All  otiier  dutiable  articles     ...      .         

2,233 

Total  subject  to  duty 

137, 926 

246,111 

Total  imports  of  merchandise 

3,530,895 

57606,898 

Brought  in  American  vessels 



119.574 

8,407,882 

3,439 

57,274 

5,411,063 

Brought  in  cars  and  other  land  vehicles 

38,66V 

• 

GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


201 


POME'^TIC  EXPOFvT?  TO  THE  PHILIPPINE  ISLANDS,  BY  ARTICLES. 


Ten  months  ending  April 

- 

Articles. 

1901.                   1 

1902. 

Quantities. 

Values. 

Quantities. 

Values. 

82, 819 
232, 660 

30, 167 
558,954 
169,402 

30,533 

12,311 

103,251 

5,552 

812,791 

Animals— horses  and  mules number. . 

2,753 

94,860 

416, 396 

83, 299 

47, 332 

44, 793 

Coal tons. . 

41, 301 

67, 749 

169, 474 
1,534 

Cotton,  manufactures  of: 

Cloths,  colored yards. . 

Cloths,  uneolored do 

567, 284 
312, 972 

/8,299 

23,483 
9,978 

2,103,089 
208, 080 

98,248 
18,208 
66,022 

T      1 

61, 700 

181,478 

Fish                            

4,810 
14,828 
6,276 
.6,403 
256,627 
10,284 
28,374 

60,814 

24, 818 

2,444 

22, 601 

Hay tons. . 

13, 454 

19,134 

358,816 
41,617 

47, 799 

Iron  and  steel,  and  manufactures  of: 

Sheets  and  plates pounds. . 

376,863 

6,556 
22,077 
8,234 

45,412 
11, 656 
10,832 
22, 775 
87, 753 
37,878 
5,789 
123, 254 

1,193,453 

22,230 
72, 265 

5,026 

Machinery,  machines,  and  parts  of— 

27,788 

2,473 

23, 037 

74,466 

316,259 

63, 082 

11, 603 

All  other  manufactures 

170, 608 

382, 216 

777,827 

11,341 
5,456 

15, 196 
9,744 

649,540 

13, 981 

34, 196 

96, 816 

Malt bushels.. 

Malt  liquors: 

In  bottles dozen  quarts. . 

12,850 
550,525 

13,525 

243, 542 
14, 764 

10, 162 

361,061 
5,067 

Oilcloths 

10,231 

119,413 

6,628 

46, 752 

24, 272 

Oils— mineral,  refined gallons. . 

1,217,843 

1,691,810 

153, 914 
16,151 

216,506 

Provisions,  comprising  meat  and  dairy  products: 

3,859 
12, 350 

6,286 
18,243 

37, 716 

42, 937 

6,999 

23, 803 

Total 

40,738 

111,465 



Spirits  distilled                        .              proof  gallons 

129,002 

242, 569 
10, 169 
11,206 
5,584 

96, 703 

142, 327 

Soaps 

10, 592 

Tovs 

17, 704 

Varnish gallons. . 

4,949 

5,642 

5,76C 

Vegetables: 

Onions bushels. . 

Potatoes do 

All  other 

43,854 
208, 777 

36,070 
131,403 

17,789 

1, 105 

22,810 

1,600 
19,376 
27,389 



Total 

1 

185,262 

48,266 

Wine: 

In  bottles dozen  quarts 

2, 358 
18,  846 

9,947 

7,985 

4,124 
18,034 

12, 392 

In  other  coverings gallons. 

10,088 

TotoV 

17,932 

22,480 

i» 

' 

202  GAZETTEEP.    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

DOMESTK)  EXPORTS  TO  THE  PHILIPPINE  ISLANDS,  BY  ARTICLES— Continued. 


Ten  months  ending  April— 

Articles. 

1901. 

1902. 

Quantities.!    Values. 

Quantities. 

Values. 

Wood  and  manufactures  of 

837,800 
68,207 

8399  196 

253,660 

Total  domestic  exports 

3  409  995 

4,332,260 

357, 519 

2,800,992 

251, 484 

Carried  in  foreign  vessels. . 

364, 728 
3,854,655 

Staple  exports  from  the  Philippine  Idamh  from  Januarii  1  to  December  31,  1899. 


Quantity.  Value, 


Hemp tons. 

Sugar pounds . 

Copra do. . . 

Tobacco: 

Unmanufactured,  leaf 

Cigars 

Cigarettes 

Another 


69,048 
189,215,450 
33, 848, 610 


87,993,574 

3,458,370 

726,653 


776,841 

945, 699 

1,003 

207, 710 


Total  tobacco  . 


Statement  of  hemp  exported  from  the  PhUipine  iKlands  during  the  calendar  years  1900 

and  1901. 


Quantity.         Value 


Quantity. 


United  States 

United  Kingdom  .. 

Germany 

France 

Spain 

Italy 

China 

Hongkong 

Japan 

British  East  Indies. 
Dutch  East  Indies  . 
Egypt. 


Australasia  , 


Tons. 
20, 304 
46,419 


14,500 
116, 254 


734 
12, 823 
1,157 
1,592 


215,932 
229, 613 


3,106 

19 

2,631 


412,830 
3,450 

408,858 


Tons. 

82^190 
182 


1,782 

913 

1 


124,257 


,157,313 

,359,983. 

25, 121* 

18,400 

17,040 

25 

8,228 

832,577 

217,722 

126,864 

149 


^atement  of  raw  sugar  exported  from  the  Philippine  Islands  during  the  calendar  years  of 
1900  and  1901. 


Countries. 

1900. 

1901. 

Quantity. 

Value. 

Quantity. 

Value. 

United  States 

Pounds. 
4,747,655 
19,571,701 

893,472 
237, 125 

Pounds. 
11,521,215 

8293,354 

Spain 

51 

China 

4,479,750 
79,427,993 
29,281,281 

6,211,691 

76,6i3 

1,311,308 

551,376 

127, 850 

52,646,384 
61, 213, 719 

1,000  775 

1,254,967 

Egypt 

Total 

143,719,971 

2,397,144 

125,381,318 

2,549,147 

GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


203 


Statement  of  tobacco  exported  from  the  Philippine  Mamh  for  the  calendar  years  1900 

and  1901. 


Class. 

1900. 

1901. 

Quantity. 

Value. 

Quantity. 

Value. 

Unmanufactured : 

Le£t£                                                         

Pounds. 
"7,404,016 
h  7, 423,  982 
b  7, 140, 548 

S395, 168 
354,201 
284, 631 

1,158,417 
5,952 
62,963 

Pounds. 

2,322,324 
15,069,271 

$261,709 

Another..                        

496,776 

Manufactured: 
1          Cigars 

1  832,449 

12, 562 

All  other                                      

58,445 

2,261,232 

2,631,941 

'Six  months,  January  to  June,  1900,  inclusive. 
>  Six  months  ending  December,  1900. 


Statement  of  copra  i^xported  from  the  Philippine  Islands  during  the  calendar  years  1900 

and  1901. 


Countries. 

1900. 

1901. 

Countries. 

1900. 

1901. 

S4,450 

103, 950 

480 

2, 364, 736 

471,494 

813,263 

5,574 

60 

91,023 

45, 696 

8184 

United  Kingdom   .  . . 

836, 88S 

4,  882 

1,118,576 

340, 452 
7,200 

Hongkong    . 

537 

Germany 

Japan 

45  000 

British  East  Indies 

Egvpt .     .     . 

54,344 

Spain 

Italy 

Australasia 

24 

81,765 

Total 

Russia 

3,751 

3, 182, 481 

1,611,838 

Statement  of  the  imports  into  and  exports  from  the  Philippine  Islands  for  the  calendar 
years  ended  December  31,  1899,  1900,  and  1901,  and  the  custom  duties  collected  on 
merchandise  from  date  of  American  occupation  to  December  31,  1901. 


Imports. 

Duty. 

Exports. 

Duty. 

Part  of  calendar  year,  »  August  22, 1898,  to  December 
31,1898 

$5,901,813 

19,192,986 
24,863,779 
30, 162, 471 

8777,904 

3,869,078 
7,009,485 
7, 343, 743 

85, 710, 406 

14,846,582 
22, 990, 373 
24,503,353 

8167,682 

For  the  calendar  year  ended— 
December  31   1899    ..  .. 

642  602 

December  .31,  1900 

820, 723 

80,121,049 

19,000,210 

68,050,714 

2,222,201 

Grand  total,  imports  and  exports,  $148,171,763;  duties,  821,222,411. 

•Manila,  August  22,  1898,  general  opening  of  other  ports  beginning  January  1,  1899. 

Imports  and  exports  of  merchandise  info  and  from  the  United  States  from  and  to  the 
Philippine  Islands,  from  1893  to  1902,  year  ending  lune  30. 


Year. 

Imports. 

Exports. 

1892 

86,308,663 
9, 169, 857 
7,008,342 
4,731,366 
4,982,857 
4,383,740 
3,830,415 
4.409,774 
6,971,208 
4, 420, 912 
6, 612,  700 

860,914 
154  378 

1893 

1894 

145  466 

1895 

1896 

162,446 
94,597 
127, 804 

.    1897 .     ..                

1898 

1899 

1900 

2,640,449 
4,027,064 
5,254,669 

1901 

1902* .     . 

*                                                       »  Preliminary  figures  subject  to  revision. 

•204  GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

ORGANIZATION  OF  THE  CIVIL  GOVERNMENT  OF  THE 
PHILIPPINE  ISLANDS,  U.  S.  A. 

January  1,  1902. 

[Showing  distribution  of  coordinate  powers,  arrangement  of  administrative  departments  and 
bureaus,  provincial  service,  and  courts  of  justice  and  justices  of  the  peace,  and  title  of  chief 
oflQcer  respectively.] 

LEGISLATIVE. 

UNITED   STATES   PHILIPPINE   COMMISSION. 

President;  Members,  4  Americans,  3  Filipinos. 

EXECUTIVE. 

Civil  governor;  vice  civil  governor. 

EXECUTIVE   BUREAU. 

Executive  secretary. 

Department  op  the  Interior: 
Office  of  the  secretary, 

Secretary  of  the  interior. 
Board  of  health  of  the  Philippines, 

President  commissioner  of  health. 
Bureau  of  health, 

Commissioner  of  public  health, 
Quarantine  service  of  the  Marine-Hospital  Corps. 

Surgeon  United  States  Marine-Hospital  Service,  chief  quarantine  officer. 
Bureau  of  forestry. 

Chief  of  bureau. 
Bureau  of  mining, 

Chief. 
Bureau  of  agriculture. 

Superintendent  of  government  farm,  San  Eamon,  Mindanao. 
Weather  bureau. 

Director. 
Bureau  of  nonchristian  tribes. 

Chief. 
Bureau  of  public  lands, 

Chief. 
Bureau  of  government  laboratories, 

Superintendent. 
Bureau  of  patents,  copyrights,  and  trade-marks. 

Chief  of  the  bureau  of  forestry  in  chartie. 
Philippine  civil  hospital. 

Attending  physicians  and  surgeons. 
Department  of  Commerce  and  Police: 
Office  of  the  secretary. 

Secretary  of  commerce  and  police. 
Bureau  of  post-offices. 

Director-general  of  posts. 
Bureau  of  coast  and  geodetic  survey, 

Officer  in  charge. 
Civil  supply  store, 

Chief  clerk. 
Bureau  of  Philippine  constabulary, 

Chief. 
Bureau  of  prisons, 

Warden. 
Bureau  of  coast  guard  and  transportation  and  office  of  the  captain  of  the  port  of 
Manila, 

Chief  of  bureau  and  captain  oi  port. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  205 

Department  of  Finance  and  Justice: 
Office  of  the  secretary, 

Secretary  of  finance  and  justice. 
Bureau  of  insular  treasury, 

Treasurer. 
Bureau  of  the  insular  auditor, 

Auditor. 
Bureau  of  customs  and  immigration, 

Manila,  collector  of  customs  for  the  Philippine  Archipelago;  Cebii,  Iloilo,  Jolo 
(Sulu),  Zamboanga,  collector  each;  Siasi,  deputy  collector. 
Bureau  of  the  cold  storage  and  ice  plant, 

Superintendent. 
Bureau  of  justice. 

Attorney-general. 
Department  of  Public  Instruction: 
Office  of  the  secretary. 

Secretary  of  public  instruction. 
Bureau  of  public  instruction. 

Office  of  the  general  superintendent. 
Bureau  of  statistics, 

Clerk. 
Bureau  of  archives, 

Chief. 
Bureau  of  public  printing, 

Chief. 
Bureau  of  architecture  and  construction, 

Chief. 
Independent  Bureaus: 

Bureau  of  the  insular  purchasing  agent, 

Insular  purchasing  agent. 
Philippine  civil  service  board. 

Three  members. 
Improvement  of  the  Port  of  Manila, 

Officer  in  charge. 

PROVINCIAL  SERVICE. 

The  official  personnel  of  each  province,  except  where  otherwise  stated,  consists  of 
a  governor,  secretary,  treasurer,  and  fiscal. 

Province  of  Abra,  also  delegate. 

Province  of  Albay,  also  inspector. 

Province  of  Ambos  Camarines,  also  supervisor  and  delegate. 

Province  of  Antique,  also  supervisor. 

Province  of  Batadn,  also  supervisor  and  delegate. 

Province  of  Batangas,  also  inspector  and  4  delegates. 

Province  of  Benguet,  also  governor,  secretary,  and  supervisor. 

Province  of  Bohol,  also  delegate. 

Province  of  Bulacan,  also  supervisor  and  delegate. 

Province  of  Cagayan,  also  supervisor. 

Province  of  Capiz,  deputy  governor,  also  supervisor  and  deputy,  treasurer  and 
deputy,  and  4  delegates. 

Province  of  Cavite,  also  supervisor  and  6  delegates. 

Province  of  Cebu,  governor,  secretary,  and  supervisor. 

Province  of  Iloilo,  also  supervisor. 

Province  of  Ilocos  Norte,  also  supervisor. 

Province  of  Ilocos  Sur,  also  supervisor. 

Province  of  Isabela,  also  supervisor. 

Province  of  Leyte,  also  supervisor  and  3  delegates. 

Province  of  Marinduque,  also  supervisor. 

Province  of  Masbate,  also  supervisor. 

Province  of  Misamis,  also  supervisor. 

Province  of  Negros  Occidental,  also  supervisor  and  5  delegates. 

Province  of  Negros  Oriental,  also  supervisor  and  3  delegates. 

Province  of  Nueva  Ecija,  also  supervisor  and  4  delegates. 

Province  of  Pampanga,  also  supervisor  and  3  delegates. 

Province  of  Pangasindn,  also  supervisor. 
^    Province  of  Rizal,  also  supervisor  and  6  delegates. 

Province  of  Romblon,  also  supervisor  and  collector. 


206 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


Province  of  Sorsogon,  also  supervisor  and  6  delegates. 
Province  of  Surigao,  also  supervisor  and  3  delegates. 
Province  of  Tilrlac,  also  supervisor  and  1  delegate. 
Province  of  Tayabas,  also  supervisor  and  3  delegates. 
Province  of  Union,  also  supervisor  and  2  delegates. 
Province  of  Zambales,  also  supervisor  and  1  delegate. 
Municipal  Service  op  Manila: 
Municipal  board, 

Three  members. 
OfBce  of  the  disbursing  officer. 

Disbursing  officer. 
Office  of  the  city  assessor  and  collector, 

City  assessor  and  collector. 
Department  of  engineering  and  public  works, 

City  engineer  of  Manila. 
Department  of  engineering  and  public  construction, 

Office  of  the  superintendent  of  water  supply  and  sewerage. 
Office  of  superintendent  of  buildings  and  illuminations, 

Superintendent. 
Office  of  superintendent  of  streets,  parks,  bridges,  docks,  and  wharves. 

Superintendent. 
Department  of  fires  and  building  inspection, 

Chief. 
Office  of  the  superintendent  of  city  schools. 

Superintendent. 
Department  of  police, 

Chief.     Office  of  the  chief  of  police,  chief  clerk. 
Office  of  the  sheriff. 

Sheriff. 
Office  of  the  city  attorney, 

City  attorney. 
Office  of  the  prosecuting  attorney, 
Prosecuting  attorney. 
Mdnicipal  courts: 

District  south  of  the  Pasig,  judge. 
District  north  of  Pasig,  judge. 
J  ustice  of  the  peace  courts. 
Two  justices  of  the  peace. 

JUDICIAL. 

The  supreme  court  of  the  Philippine  Islands: 

One  justice,  six  associate  justices. 
Courts  of  the  first  instanx'e: 

Judicial  district  ot  Manila,  Luzon,  judge. 

First  district  (provinces  of  Ilocos  Norte,  Cagaydn,  Isabela,  and  Nueva  Vizcaya, 

Luzon),  judge. 
Second  district  (provinces  of  IlocosSur,  Abra,  Bontoc,  and  Lepanto,  Luzon),  judge. 
Third  district  (provinces  of  Union,  Benguet,  Zambales,  and  Pangasinan,  Luzon), 

judge. 
Fourth  district  (provinces  of  Tarlac,  Pampanga,  and  Nueva  Eciia,  Luzon),  judge. 
Fifth  district  (provinces  of  Bulacdn,  Bataiin,  and  Rizal,  Luzon),  judge. 
Sixth  district  (provinces  of  Laguna,  Cavite,  Principe,  Tayabas,  Infanta,  Luzon, 

and  the  island  of  Polillo),  judge. 
Seventh  district  (provinces  of  Batangas,  Luzon;  Marinduque,  and  Mindoro) ,  judge. 
Eighth  district  (provinces  of  Sorsogon,  Albay,  Ambos  Camarines,  Luzon;  Mas- 

Itate,  and  tlic  islan<l  of  Catanduanes,  Visayas),  judge. 
Ninth  district  ( })rovin(es  of  Romblon  and  Cdpiz,  and  Iloilo,  Panay)  Visayas,  judge. 
Tenth  district  (provinces  of  Antique,   Panay;   Negros  Occidental,  and  Negros 

Oriental,  Visayas),  judge. 
Eleventh  district  (provinces  of  Cebu  and  Bohol,  Visayas),  judge. 
Twelfth  district  (provinces  of  Sdmar  and  Leyte,  Visayas  and  Surigao,  Mindanao), 

judge. 
Thirteenth  district  (provinces  of  Misamis,  Mindanao,  the  island  of  Basilan,  and 

the  districts  of  the  island  of  ^Mindanao  known  as  Zamboanga,  Cotabato,  and 

Ddvao,  and  the  comandancia  of  Dapitan) . 
Fourteenth  district  (the  island  of  Paragua  (Palawan),  with  its  contiguous  small 

islands,  the  Tawi  Tawi  and  the  Jolo  (Sulu)  groups  of  the  Sulu  Archipelago, 

the  Calamianes  group,  and  the  Cuyos  group). 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  207 

Justices  of  the  peace  and  auxiliary  justices  of  the  peace. 


Abrji 

Albay 

Ambos  Camarinos  . 

Aiitiiiue 

Basilan 

Bataan 

Batangas 

Biibu'dn 

Cairayiin 

CApiz 

Cavite 

CeTjvi 

Cuyos 

Dapitan 

Davao  

IlocosSur 

Iloild 

Isabcla 

Jol(>  (Sulu) 

Lafrnna 

Leyte 

Mariiiduque 

Masbate 

Misamiq 

Nucva  Ecija 

Ni'sjrns  Occidental . 

Negros  Oriental 

Paiiipansa 

PaiiRasinan 

Paragua  (Palawan) 

Rizal 

Roinblon 

Snrisao 

Sorsngon 

Tarlac 

Tayabas 

Zain  bales 

Zamboanga 


Pueblos. 

Justices. 

Auxil- 
iaries. 

12 

12 

12 

26 

26 

26 

29 

29 

28 

21 

17 

18 

1 

1 

1 

11 

10 

11 

16 

13 

13 

25 

24 

21 

21 

22 

33 

33 

31 

26 

20 

19 

18 

20 

22 

25 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

23 

21 

23 

49 

45 

46 

13 

13 

1 
23 

1 
21 

13 

33 

30 

32 

5 

5 

5 

17 

17 

17 

20 

17 

20 

18 

18 

14 

34 

34 

32 

24 

23 

23 

23 

21 

22 

34 

34 

33 

1 

1 

30 

28 

30 

11 

11 

11 

33 

33 

33 

13 

13 

10 

17 

16 

16 

22 

21 

18 

25 

25 

25 

1 

1 

1 

Luz6n. 
Do. 
Do. 

Panay. 

Mindanao. 

Luzon. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 
Panay. 
Luz6n. 
Cebu. 

Cuyos  Islands. 
Mindanao. 

Do. 
Luzon. 
Panay. 
Luzon. 

Sulu  Archipel- 
ago. 
Luz6n. 
Leyte. 

Marinduque. 
Masbate. 
Mindanao. 
Luzon. 
Negros. 

Do. 
Luzon. 

Do. 
Palawan. 
Luzon. 
Romblou. 
Mindanao. 
Luzon. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 
Mindanao. 


STATIONS   OF   UNITED   STATES   TROOPS   IN   THE 
PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 


[From  the  latest  cable  return  received  at  the  office  of  the  Adjutant-General,  U.  S.  A.     Al 
pages  141  to  146.] 

Number  of  stations  occupied  May  10,  1902,  253,  as  follows: 


Island. 

Province. 

Stations. 

Force. 

2 
18 

11 

25 

IS 

3  troops. 

1  company. 

9  troops,  5  companies. 

2  companies. 
6  companies. 

2  troops,  6  companies. 
Do 

Ambos  Camarines  (see  Cama- 
rines). 

BulacAn 

Cavite                   .                    .     . 

Ilocos  Norte,  Uocos  Sur 

12  troops. 

12  troops,  9  companies. 

Nueva  Eeiia 

4  companies. 

1  troop,  11  companies. 
1  company. 

Prineine                      .  . 

S^!  ; 

troops,  20  companies. 

4          no. 

15 
3 

7  troops,  10  companies, 
4  companies. 

Zambales 

Total 

156 

208 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


Bohol 

Biisuaiiga 

Capul 

Cebii  

Jolo  (see  Sulu  Ar- 
chipelago). 

Leyte 

Marlnduque 

Masbate 

Mindanao  


Mindoro . 
Negros... 


Panay  . 


Leyte 

Marlnduque 

Masbate 

Misamis  and  Surigao,  civil. 

Basilan 

Cotabato 

Dapitan 

DAvao 

Lanao 

Zamboanga 


Paragna  ( Palawan ) 
Romblon 


Negros  Oriental  . . . 
Negros  Occidental . 

Antique 

Cilpiz 

Iloilo 


Sulu  Archipelago: 
Jolo  (Sulu) 


Romblon . 


1  1  company. 

1  Do. 

1  Detachment. 

1  1  engineer,  1  signal,  5  comr)anies. 


7  5  companies. 
3  ,  3  companies. 
1     2  companies. 


fl  artillery,   1  engineer,  8  troops,  22 


6  companies. 
2  companies. 

4  troops,  -t  companies. 

1  company. 

Do. 
4  troops,  31  companies. 

1  troop,  2  companies. 
1  company. 
Do. 


"Sixth,  Ninth,  Nineteenth  Infantry  not  included;  assembling  at  Manila  for  shipment  to  United 
States  of  America. 

RECAPITULATION. 

Luz6n,  United  States  military  stations 156 

Marlnduque,  Visayan  Islands,  Mindanao,  Mindoro,  and  Palawan 97 


Total. 


No  troops  stationed  in  provinces  of  Bontoc,  Infanta,  Lepanto,  Nueva  Vizcaya,  or  Principe,  Luzon. 

FILIPINO  MUSIC. 


National,  patriotic,  and  typical  airs  of  all  lands  by  John  Philip  Sousa,  Director 
United  States  Marine  Band,  by  authority  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy. 

Ang  (The)  Pandanguban.  Introduction.  Con  brio.  From  the  Spanish  Fan- 
dango. 

Ang  Bayuhan,  Calmatto.     Tune  sung  while  hulling  rice. 

Palim6s.     Tune  sung  by  beggars  when  asking  alms. 

CuNDiMAN.     Love  song. 

AuiT.     Narrative  story  in  music. 

CuMiNTANG.  "•    Love  soiig,  but  more  j^athetic  than  the  Cundiman. 

ViEGOIRE.  "^ 

Bali  NT  .v.'* 

Pasion.     Musical  rendition  of  the  gospel  in  Tagalog  language. 

Taguelaylay.     a  more  elaliorate  and  pathetic  variation  of  the  Pasion. 

Dalit.     A  still  more  pathetic  rendition  of  the  Pasion. 

Zapateado.     Spanish  dance. 

Bantavanum. '^ 

Jele-Jele.     Cradle  song  or  lullaby. 

Holona.  "■ 

Balitao.     a  native  daiiza  with  gay,  spirited  music. 

Cabequingan.  * 

Paruparuhan.  " 

Talindao.  " 

The  second  Ang-  Ba\Hihan  and  third  airs  Ang  Palimos  of  this  collec- 
tion are  the  favorites.  The  words  are  usually  in  Tagalog-  and  vary 
according  to  the  circumstances  under  which  the  songs  are  sung,  have 
not  been  printed  in  words,  but  are  preserved  in  music  in  the  originals 
and  in  this  collection. 


'  These  represerit  the  typical  airs  of  other  races  and  islands  of  the  archipelago. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  209 

These  times  are  accompanied  b}'  the  harp  or  guitar  which  are  native 
modifications  of  western  instruments.  Those  used  in  music  not  accom- 
panied by  the  voice  are  made  of  bamboo  or  tin  representing  reed  or 
brass  instruments  of  western  orchestras  and  are  remarJiably  accurate 
considering-  their  rude  meciianism.  There  are  excellent  native  bands 
equipped  with  modern  western  instruments. 

EARTHQUAKES  IN  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

(Also  see  Volcanoes,  pages  9,  10.) 

The  investigation  of  the  phenomena  of   earthquakes  and  data  in 
possession  of  the  observatory  of  Manila  relating  to  the  Philippine 
;  Archipelago,  shows  the  distril^ution  of  seismic  areas  as  follows 

Ve/'i/  rare. — Negros,  Cebu,  and  Bohol  and  adjacent  islands,  Visayas. 

Rare. — Eastern  Cagavan,  Isabela,  Nueva  Vizcaya,  Nueva  Ecija, 
Infanta,  Polillo,  Luzon;  Samar,  southern  Masbate,  Sibuyan,  Tablas, 
and  adjacent  islands,  Biliran,  Leyte,  Panay,  Panaon,  Visayas;  Dinagat. 
Siargao,  and  adjacent  islands,  Mindanao. 

Someiohat  frequent . — Western  Cagayan,  Abra,  Bontoc^  Ilocos  Sur, 
Lepanto,  Benguet,  Union,  Pangasinan,  western  Nueva  Ecija,  eastern 
Tarlac,  central  Bulacan,  eastern  Rizal,  Laguna,  Tayabas,  Catan- 
duanes,  Luzon;  Marinduque;  Mindoro;  northern  Masbate,  Visayas; 
Zamljoanga,  Dapitan,  and  Basilan,  Mindanao. 

Frequent. — Extreme  western  Cagayan,  northern  Abra,  northern 
Ilocos  Sur,  southwestern  Isabela,  western  Nueva  Vizcaya  and  northern 
Nueva  Ecija,  Zambales,  northeastern  shore  of  Manila  bay  and  Laguna 
\  de  Bay,  western  Pizal,  Laguna,  and  Batangas,  Verde  Passage,  central 
\  Ambos  Camarines  (Norte),  southern  Sorsogon,  Luzon;  Burias,  Ticao, 
Visayas;  Misamis,  central  Surigao,  southern  Cotabato,  Davao,  Min- 
danao. 

Very  frequent. — Ilocos  Norte,  southern  Zambales,  Bataan,  Cavite, 
western  Laguna,  Batangas,  eastern  Camarines  Norte  and  Camarines 
Sur;  Taj^abas,  Alba}",  northern  Sorsogon,  Luzon;  eastern  Suriago, 
both  sides  of  the  boundary  between  Surigao,  Misamis,  Davao,  and 
Cotabato,  including  the  volcano  of  Apo,  and  extending  along  the  west- 
ern shore  of  Davao  Bay  to  point  Sarangani,  the  extreme  southern 
point  of  Davao  between  Sarangani  Bay  and  the  Pacific  coast  on  the 
east  in  Mindanao. 

No  data  is  given  concerning  the  Sulu  Archipelago  and  the  chain  of 
islands  between  Mindoro  and  Borneo,  including  Busuanga,  Calamianes, 
Linapucan,  Palawan,  Balabac,  and  adjacent  islands. 

S.  Doc.  280 14* 


THE  LAW  OF  CIVIL  GOVERNMENT  IN  THE 
PHILIPPINE  ISLANDS. 

!  FIFTY-SEVENTH  CONGRESS,  FIRST  SESSION,  1902. 


Senate  Committee  on  the  FhiUppines. — Henry  Cabot  Lodjre  (diairman),  of  Maesachu- 
setts;  William  B.  Allison,  of  Iowa;  Eugene  Hale,  of  Maine;  Redfield  Proctor,  of 
Vermont;  Albert  J.  Beveridge,  of  Indiana;  Julius  C.  Burrows,  of  Michigan;  Louis 
E.  McComas,  of  Maryland;  Charles  H.  Dietrich,  of  Nebraska;  Joseph  L.  Rawlins, 
of  Utah;  Charles  A.  Culberson,  of  Texas;  Fred  T.  Dubois,  of  Idaho;  Edward  W. 
Carmack,  of  Tennessee;  Thomas  M.  Patterson,  of  Colorado. 

IIoHse  Committee  on  Inmlar  Affairs. — Henry  A.  Cooper  (chairman),  of  Wisconsin; 
Jcseph  G.  Cannon,  of  Illinois;  Robert  R.  Hitt,  of  Illinois;  Sereno  E.  Payne,  of  New 
York;  William  P.  Heplnirn,  of  Iowa;  Eugene  F.  Loud,  of  California;  James  A. 
Tawney,  of  ^Minnesota;  Edgar  D.  Crumpacker,  of  Indiana;  Edward  L.  Hamilton,  of 
Michigan;  Joseph  C.  Sibley,  of  Pennsylvania;  Marlin  E.  Olmsted,  of  Pennsylvania; 
William  A.  Jones,  of  Virginia;  John  W.  Maddox,  of  Georgia;  James  R.  Williams,  of 
Illinois;  Robert  L.  Henry,  of  Texas;  John  S.  Williams,  of  Mississippi;  Malcolm  R. 
Patterson,  of  Tennessee. 

On  January  7,  1902,  Mr.  Lodge,  of  Massachusetts,  introduced  in  the 
Senate  a  bill  (S.  2296)  "  TemiDorarily  to  provide  for  the  administration 
of  the  affairs  of  civil  government  in  the  Philippine  Islands,  and  for 
other  purposes,"  which  was  referred  to  the  Committee  on  the  Philip- 
pines. On  the  same  date  Mr.  Cooper,  of  Wisconsin,  introduced  in  the 
House  of  Representatives  a  bill  for  like  purposes,  which  was  referred 
to  the  Committee  on  Insular  Affairs. 

March  31,  the  Senate  bill,  with  amendments,  was  reported  by  Mr. 
Lodge,  who  submitted  a  report  on  behalf  of  the  majority.  On  June 
2  the  bill  was  ordered  to  be  printed  as  amended  in  Committee  of  the 
Whole,  and  it  passed  the  Senate  on  June  3. 

June  4,  the  bill  as  it  passed  the  Senate  was  received  in  the  House  of 
Representatives,  and  was  referred  to  the  Committee  on  Insular  Affairs. 

June  14,  the  Senate  bill  was  reported  from  the  Committee  on  Insular 
Affairs  with  all  after  the  enacting  clause  stricken  out,  and  the  House 
bill  (H.  R.  13445),  as  an  amendment  in  the  nature  of  a  substitute 
therefor,  which,  with  a  report  by  Mr.  Cooper,  was  ordered  to  be 
printed. 

On  June  26  the  House  bill,  as  a  substitute  for  the  Senate  bill,  passed 
the  House  of  Representatives. 

The  action  of  each  House  of  Congress,  in  passing  a  distinctive  bill 
,  for  the  government  of  the  Philippine  Islands,  was  submitted  to  a  con- 
ference committee,  representing  the  Senate  and  House  of  Represent- 
atives. On  June  30  Mr.  Lodge  presented  an  agreement  of  the 
conference  committee,  the  Senate  receded  from  its  disagreement  to 
the  amendment  of  the  House  (the  House  substitute  bill),  and  agreed 
to  the  same  with  an  amendment.  Mr.  Cooper  presented  the  agree- 
ment of  the  conference  committee  to  the  House,  which  agreed  to  the 
same.  The  conference  committee  report  was  concurred  in  by  both 
Houses  of  Congress,  and  the  bill  was  approved  by  the  President  July 
I,  1902. 

211 


212  GAZETTEEK    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


July  1. 1902.         CHAP.  1369.— An  Act  Temporarily  to  provide  for  the  administra- 
[Public,No.235.]  tioii  of  the  affairs  of  civil  governmeut  in  the  Philippine  Islands,  and 
for  other  purposes. 

Be  it  enacted  hy  the  Senate  and  Home  of  Repj^esentati/ves 
of  the  United  States  of  America  in    Congress  assembled., 
Philippine  Is-  That  the  action  of  the  President  of  the  United  States  in 
^Temporaryciv- creating  the  Philippine  Commission  and  authorizing  said 
tawi^shed°in"rat- C^™^^^"^^^^*^  ^*^  cxcrcisc  the  powcrs  of  government  to  the 
ified.         '       extent  and  in  the  manner  and  form  and  subject  to  the  reg- 
ulation and  control  set  forth  in  the  instructions  of  the 
President  to  the  Philippine  Commission,  dated  April  sev- 
enth, nineteen  hundred,  and  in  creating  the  offices  of  civil 
governor  and  vice-governor  of  the  Philippine  Islands,  and 
authorizing  said  civil  governor  and  vice-governor  to  exer- 
cise the  powers  of  government  to  the  extent  and  in  the 
manner  and  form  set  forth  in  the  Executive  order  dated 
June  twenty-lirst,  nineteen  hundred  and  one,  and  in  estab- 
lishing four  executive  departments  of  government  in  said 
Islands  as  set  forth  in  the  Act  of  the  Philippine  Commis- 
sion, entitled  "An  Act  providing  an  organization  for  the 
departments  of  the  interior,  of  commerce  and  police,  of 
finance  and  justice,  and  of  public  instruction,"  enacted 
September  sixth,   nineteen  hundred  and  one,  is  herebv 
approved,  ratified,  and  confirmed,  and  until  otherwise  pro- 
vided by  law  the  said  Islands  shall  continue  to  be  governed 
as  thereby  and  herein  provided,  and  all  laws  passed  here- 
after b}'  the  Philippine  Commission  shall  have  an  enacting 
clause  as  follows:  "By  authority  of  the  United  States  be 
Constitution  it  enacted  by  the  Philippine  Commission."     The  provi- 
unUedTtafesLot  ^^^"^  ^^  scctiou  eighteen  hundred  and  ninety-one  of  the 
applicable.        Reviscd  Statutes  of  eighteen  hundred  and  seventj^-eight 
p.m'  '^'''  ^^^^'  shall  not  apply  to  the  Philippine  Islands. 

Future  civil     Futurc  appointments  of  civil  governor,  vice-governor, 
appointments  in.  members  of  Said  Commission  and  heads  of  executive  de- 
partments shall  be  made  by  the  President,  by  and  with 
the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Senate. 
Tariffduesand     Sec.  2.  That  the  actiou  of  the  President  of  the  United' 
^^^^'  States  heretofore  taken  l\v  virtue  of  the  authority  vested 

in  him  as  Commander  in  Chief  of  the  Army  and  Navy,  as 
set  forth  in  his  order  of  July  twelfth,  eighteen  hundred' 
and  ninety-eight,  whereby  a  tarifl'  of  duties  and  taxes  as' 
set  forth  b}^  said  order  was  to  be  levied  and  collected  at 
all  ports  and  places  in  the  Philippine  Islands  upon  passing 
into  the  occupation  and  possession  of  the  forces  of  the 
United  States,  together  with  the  subsequent  amendments 
of  said  order,  are  hereby  approved,  ratified,  and  con- 
firmed, and  the  actions  of  the  authorities  of  the  govern- 
ment of  the  Philippine  Islands,  taken  in  accordance  with 
the  provisions  of  said  order  and  subsequent  amendments. 
Proviso.  are  hereby  approved:  Provided^  That  nothing  contained 

no^affe°ted  '*^^  ^"  ^^^^  scction  shall  be  held  to  amend  or  repeal  an  Act  en- 
titled "An  Act  temporarily  to  provide  revenue  for  the 
Philippine  Islands,  and  for  other  purposes,"  approve(i 
March  eisfhth,  nineteen  hundred  and  two. 


GAZETTEER   OF    THE   PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS.  213 

Sec.  3.  That  tho  President  of  the  United  States,  diu-ingi^conyn^^rf-m 
such  time  as  and  whenever  the  sovereignty  and  authority  ing  hostilities. 
of  the  United  States  encounter  armed  resistance  in  the 
Philippine  Islands,  until  otherwise  provided  by  Congress, 
shall  continue  to  regulate  and  control  commercial  inter- 
course with  and  within  said  Islands  by  such  general  rules 
and  regulations  as  he,  in  his  discretion,  may  deem  most 
conducive  to  the  public  interests  and  the  general  welfare. 

Sec.  4.  That  all  inhabitants  of  the  Philippine  Islands  .J^J^^i^ippi"'' "t- 
continuing'  to  reside  therein  who  were  Spanish  sul)jects  on 
the  eleventh  day  of  April,  eighteen  hundred  and  ninety- 
nine,  and  then  resided  in  said  Islands,  and  their  children 
I  born  subsequent  thereto,  shall  be  deemed  and  held  to  be 
I  citizens  of  the  Philippine  Islands  and  as  such  entitled  to 
the  protection  of  the  United  States,  except  such  as  shall 
have  elected  to  preserve  their  allegiance  to  the  Crown  of 
,  Spain  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  the  treaty  of 
peace  between  the  United  States  and  Spain  signed  at  Paris 
December  tenth,  eighteen  hundred  and  ninety-eight. 
Sec.  5.  That  no  law  shall  be  enacted  in  said  islands    Declaration  of 
'  which  shall  deprive  any  person  of  life,  liberty,  or  projD-  "protection    to 
i  erty  without  due  process  of  law,  or  deny  to  any  person  li^'^^- liberty,  etc. 
therein  the  equal  protection  of  the  laws. 

That  in  all  criminal  prosecutions  the  accused  shall  enjo}^    criminal  pros- 
the  right  to  be  heard  by  himself  and  counsel,  to  demand  ^•^""o"*- 
the  nature  and  cause  of  the  accusation  against  him,  to 
have  a  speedy  and  public  trial,  to  meet  the  witnesses  face 
to  face,  and  to  have  compulsory  process  to  compel  the 
attendance  of  witnesses  in  his  behalf. 

That  no  person  shall  be  held  to  answer  for  a  criminal    Trial. 
offense  without  due  process  of  law;  and  no  person  for  the 
same  oHense  shall  ])e  twice  put  in  jeopard}"  of  punishment, 
nor  shall  be  compelled  in  any  criminal  case  to  be  a  witness 
,  against  himself. 

That  all  persons  shall  before  conviction  be  bailable  by 
,  sufficient  sui-eties,  except  for  capital  offenses. 

That  no  law  impairing  the  obligation  of  contracts  shall    contracts. 
be  enacted. 
That  no  person  shall  be  imprisoned  for  debt.  forS^"""'^"^ 

That  the  privilege  of  the  writ  of  habeas  corpus  shall  writs  of  ha- 
!  not  be  suspended,  unless  when  in  cases  of  rebellion,  insur- "^^^^^  *'°''P"^' 
rection,  or  invasion  the  public  safet}^  may  require  it,  in 
either  of  which  events  the  same  may  be  suspended  by  the 
President,  or  by  the  governor,  with  the  approval  of  the 
Philippine  C^ommission,  wherever  during  such  period  the 
necessity  for  such  suspension  shall  exist. 

That  "no  ex  post  facto  law  or  bill  of  attainder  shall  be  ,^^x  post  facto 
enacted. 

That  no  law"  granting  a  titl'3  of  nobility  shall  be  enacted,  ^^™^  °^  "'^*'"' 

and  no  person  holding  any  office  of  profit  or  trust  in  said 

:   islands,  shall,  without  the  consent  of  the  Congress  of  the 

United  States,  accept  any  present,  emolument,  office,  or 

title  of  any  kind  whatever  from  an}"  king,  queen,  prince, 

.♦or  foreign  State. 


214 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE   PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 


Excessive  tiail, 
etc. 


Seizures,  etc. 
Slavery. 


Freedom   of 
speech. 


Religious  free- 
dom. 


Appropria- 
tions. 


Taxation. 
Private  bills. 


Search    war- 
rants. 


Special  taxes. 


Proviso. 
Aid  of 
Bureau. 


General  elec- 
tion, eve. 

Mores  and 
non-Christian 
tribes  excluded. 


That  excessive  bail  shall  not  bo  required,  nor  excessive  | 
tines  imposed,  nor  cruel  and  unusual  punishment  inflicted.  | 

That  the  right  to  be  secure  ag-ainst  unreasonable  searches 
and  seizures  shall  not  be  violated. 

That  neither  slavery,  nor  involuntary  servitude,  except 
as  a  punishment  for  crime  whereof  the  party  shall  have 
been  duly  convicted,  shall  exist  in  said  islands. 

That  no  law  shall  he  passed  abridging  the  freedom  of 
speech  or  of  the  press,  or  the  right  of  the  people  peace- 
al)ly  to  assemble  and  petition  the  Government  for  redress 
of  grievances. 

That  no  law  shall  be  made  respecting  an  establishment 
of  religion  or  prohibiting  the  free  exercise  thereof,  and 
that  the  free  exercise  and  enjoyment  of  religious  profession 
and  worship,  without  discrimination  or  preference,  shall 
forever  be  allowed. 

That  no  money  shall  be  paid  out  of  the  treasury  except 
in  pursuance  of  an  appropriation  l)v  law. 

That  the  rule  of  taxation  in  said  islands  shall  be  uniform. 

That  no  private  or  local  bill  which  may  be  enacted  into 
law  shall  embrace  more  than  one  subject,  and  that  subject 
shall  be  expressed  in  the  title  of  the  bill. 

That  no  warrant  shall  issue  but  upon  probable  cause,  sup- 
ported by  oath  or  affirmation,  and  particularly  describing 
the  place  to  be  searched  and  the  person  or  things  to  be 
seized. 

That  all  money  collected  on  any  tax  levied  or  assessed 
for  a  special  purpose  shall  be  treated  as  a  special  fund  Id 
the  treasury  and  paid  out  for  such  purpose  only. 

Sec.  6.  That  whenever  the  existing  insurrection  in  the 
Philippine  Islands  shall  have  ceased  and  a  condition  of 
general  and  complete  peace  shall  have  been  established 
therein  and  the  fact  shall  be  certilied  to  the  President  by 
the  Philippine  Commission,  the  President,  upon  being 
satisfied  thereof,  shall  order  a  census  of  the  Philippine 
Islands  to  be  taken  b}^  said  Philippine  Commission;  such 
census  in  its  inquiries  relating  to  the  population  shall  take 
and  make  so  far  as  practicable  full  report  for  all  the 
inhabitants,  of  name,  age,  sex,  race,  or  tribe,  whether 
native  or  foreign  born,  literacv  in  Spanish,  native  dialect 
or  language,  or  in  English,  school  attendance,  ownership 
of  homes,  industrial  and  social  statistics,  and  such  other 
information  separately  for  each  island,  each  province,  and 
municipality,  or  other  civil  division,  as  the  President  and 
said  Commission  ma}^  deem  necessary:  Provided.,  That 
the  President  mav,  upon  the  request  of  said  Commission, 
in  his  discretion,  employ  the  service  of  the  Census  Bureau 
in  compiling  and  promulgating  the  statistical  information 
above  provided  for,  and  may  commit  to  such  Bureau  any 
part  or  portion  of  such  labor  as  to  him  may  seem  wise. 

Sec.  7.  That  two  years  after  the  completion  and  publi- 
cation of  the  census,  in  case  such  condition  of  general  and 
complete  peace  with  recognition  of  the  authority  of  the 
United  States  shall  have  continued  in  the  territory  of  said 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE   PHILirPlNE    ISLANDS.  215 

Islands  not  inhabited  by  Moros  or  other  non-Christian 
tril)es  and  such  facts  shall  have  been  cortitied  to  the 
President  b}"  the  Philippine  Commission,  the  President 
upon  being  satisfied  thereof  shall  direct  said  Commission 
to  call,  and  the  Commission  shall  call,  a  general  election 
for  the  choice  of  delegates  to  a  popular  assembly  of  the 
people  of  said  territory  in  the  Philippine  Islands, 
which  shall  be  known  as  the  Philippine  assembly. 
After  said  assembly  shall  have  convened  and  organized,  Legislative 
all  the  legislative  power  heretofore  conferred  on  the  f^^h°]^'^ 
Philippine  Commission  in  all  that  part  of  said  Islands 
not  inhabited  by  Moros  or  other  non-Christian  tribes  shall 
be  vested  in  a  legislature  consisting  of  two  houses — The 
Philippine  Commission  and  the  Philippine  assembly. 
Said  assembly  shall  consist  of  not  less  than  fifty  nor  more 
than  one  hundred  members  to  be  apportioned  by  said  Com- 
mission among  the  provinces  as  nearly  as  practicable 
according  to  population:  Provided.  That  no  province  shall  i'>-ovi 
have  less  than  one  member:  Aim  j)roindea  jurtnei\ 
provinces  entitled  b}^  population  to  more  than  one  mem-  tn^ls!^'""  ^ '  ^ 
ber  may  be  divided  into  such  convenient  districts  as  the 
said  Commission  may  deem  best. 

Public  notice  of  such  division  shall  be  given  at  least    puw it- notice. 
ninety  days  prior  to  such  election,  and  the  election  shall 
be  held  under  rules  and  regulations  to  be  prescribed  by 
law.     The  qualification  of  electors  in  such  election  shall    Qualification 
;  be  the  same  as  is  now  provided  by  law  in  case  of  electors  " 
in  municipal  elections.     The  members  of  assembly  shall    Termsofofflce. 
hold  office  for  two  years  from  the  first  day  of  January 
next  following  their  election,  and  their  successors  shall  be 
chosen  by  the  people  every  second  year  thereafter.     No 
person  shall  be  eligible  to  such  election  who  is  not  a  qual-    Eligibility. 
ified  elector  of  the  election  district  in  which  he  may  be 
chosen,  owing  allegiance  to  the  United  States,  and  twenty- 
five  years  of  age. 

The  legislature  shall  hold  annual  sessions,  commencing  .Annual  ses- 
on  the  first  Monday  of  February  in  each  year  and  continuing  ^'*^"''' 
not  exceeding  ninety  days  thereafter  (Sundays  and  holi- 
days not  included):  P/'i9?;/^t  6?,  That  the  first  meeting  of  the    Provisos. 
legislature  shall  be  held  upon  the  call  of  the  governor  within    ^"'^^  meeting, 
ninety  days  after  the  first  election:  And 2^rovided  further,    provision  for 
That  if  at  the  termination  of  any  session  the  appropria-  ^p^^™™^"^  ^^' 
tions  necessary  for  the  support  of  government  shall  not 
have  been  made,  an  amount  equal  to  the  sums  appropri- 
ated in  the  last  appropriation  bills  for  such  purposes  shall 
be  deemed  to  be  api>ropriated ;  and  until  the  legislature 
shall  act  in  such  behalf  the  treasurer  may,  "with  the  advice 
of  the  governor,  make  the  payments  necessary  for  the  pur- 
poses aforesaid. 

The  legislature  may  be  called  in  special  session  at  any  time  ^.  ^^^^^^ ^ ^  ^^- 
by  the  civil  governor  for  general  legislation,  or  for  action 
on  such  specific  subjects  as  he  may  designate.     No  special 
session  shall  continue  longer  than  thirty  days,  exclusive  of 
••Sundays. 


L._ 


216  GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

du^ies^'"^''  '""^  '^^'^  assembly'  shall  be  the  judge  of  the  elections,  returns, 
and  qualitit-ations  of  its  members.  A  majority  shall  con- 
stitute a  quorum  to  do  business,  but  a  smaller  number  may- 
adjourn  from  day  to  day  and  may  be  authorized  to  compel 
the  attendance  of  absent  members.  It  shall  choose  its 
speaker  and  other  officers,  and  the  salaries  of  its  members 
and  officers  shall  be  fixed  by  law.  It  may  determine  the 
rule  of  its  proceedings,  punish  its  members  for  disorderly 
behavior,  and  with  the  concurrence  of  two-thirds  expel  a 
member.  It  shall  keep  a  journal  of  its  proceedings,  which 
shall  be  published,  and  the  yeas  and  nays  of  the  members 
on  any  question  shall,  on  the  demand  of  one-fifth  of  those 
present,  be  entered  on  the  journal. 

mSsfonlw  toXe     ^^^'  ^-  "^^^^  '^^  ^^^  '^^^^^^  *^^^^^  "^^^^  ^^®  ^^'^^  meeting  of 
United  States,     the  Philippine  legislature,  and  biennially  thereafter,  there 
shall  be  chosen  by  said  legislature,   each   house   voting 
separately,    two    resident  commissioners   to   the   United 
States,  who   shall   be  entitled   to  an  official  recognition 
as   such   by   all   departments   upon    presentation   to   the 
Salaries.         President  of  a  certificate  of  election  by  the  civil  governor 
of  said  islands,  and  each  of  whom  shall  be  entitled  to  a 
salary  payable  monthly  by  the  United  States  at  the  rate  of 
five  thousand  dollars  per  annum,  and  two  thousand  dollars 
ElMbmt        additional  to  cover  all  expenses:  Provided,  That  no  person 
'^^  '  ^  ^'      shall  be  eligible  to  such  election  who  is  not  a  qualified 
elector  of  said  islands,  owing  allegiance  to  the  United 
States,  and  who  is  not  thirty  years  of  age. 
supremecourt,      Sec.  9.  That  the  Suprcmo  Court  and  the  courts  of  first 
tion.  instance  of  the  Philippine  Islands  shall  possess  and  exer- 

cise jurisdiction  as  heretofore  provided  and  such  additional 
jurisdiction  as  shall  hereafter  be  prescribed  by  the  gov- 
ernment of  said  Islands,  subject  to  the  power  of  said  Gov- 
ernment to  change  the  practice  and  method  of  procedure. 
Municipal  The  municipal  courts  of  said  Islands  shall  po.ssess  and  exer- 
cise jurisdiction  as  heretofore  provided  by  the  Philippine 
Commission,  subject  in  all  matters  to  such  alteration  and 


courts. 


AppoinLmentof 


Admiralty  ju- 


chief  justice  and  associate  justices  of  the  supreme  court 
shall  hereafter  be  appointed  by  the  President,  by  and  with 
the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Senate,  and  shall  receive  the 
compensation  heretofore  prescribed  by  the  Commission 
until  otherwise  provided  by  Congress.  The  judges  of  the 
court  of  first  instance  shall  be  appointed  by  the  civil  gov- 
ernor, b}"  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Philippine 
Commission:  Provided,  That  the  admiralt}^  jurisdiction  of 


United  states  Sn 
preme  Court. 


changed  except  by  Act  of  Congress. 
Appeal,  etc.^ to  Sec.  10.  That  the  Supreme  Court  of  the  United  States 
shall  have  jurisdiction  to  review,  revise,  reverse,  modif}^, 
or  affirm  the  final  judgments  and  decrees  of  the  supreme 
court  of  the  Philippine  Islands  in  all  actions,  cases,  causes, 
and  proceedings  now  pending  therein  or  hereafter  deter- 
mined thereby  in  which  the  Constitution  or  any  statutej 


GAZETTEER   OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  217 

treaty,  title,  right,  or  privilege  of  the  United  States  is 
involved,  or  in  causes  in  which  the  value  in  controversy 
exceeds  twenty-five  thousand  dollars,  or  in  which  the  title 
or  possession  of  real  estate  exceeding  in  value  the  sum  of 
twentj^-five  thousand  dollars,  to  be  ascertained  b}'  the  oath 
of  either  party  or  of  other  competent  witnesses,  is  involved 
or  brought  in  question;  and  such  tinal  judgments  or  decrees 
may  and  can  be  reviewed,  revised,  reversed,  modified,  or 
affirmed  by  said  Supreme  Court  of  the  United  States  on 
appeal  or  writ  of  error  by  the  party  aggrieved,  in  the  same 
manner,  under  the  same  regulations,  and  l)v  the  same  pro- 
cedure, as  far  as  applicable,  as  the  tinal  judgments  and 
decrees  of  the  circuit  courts  of  the  United  States. 

Sec.  11.  That  the  government  of  the  Philippine  Islands  ^^improjemente 
is  hereby  authorized  to  provide  for  the  needs  of  commerce  harborl^'*  '^^ 
by  improving  the  harbors  and  navigable  waters  of  said 
islands  and  to  construct  and  maintain  in  said  navigable  ^^P™t^ectk>n^^^to 
waters  and  upon  the  shore  adjacent  thereto  bonded  ware-  ^'^''^'^ 
houses,  wharves,  piers,  light-houses,  signal  and  life-saving 
stations,  buoys,  and  like  instruments  of  commerce,  and  to 
adopt  and  enforce  regulations  in  regard  thereto,  including 
bonded  warehouses  wherein  articles  not  intended  to  be 
imported  into  said  islands  nor  mingled  with  the  property 
therein,  but  brought  into  a  port  of  said  islands  for  reship- 
ment  to  another  countr}-,  may  be  deposited  in  bond  and 
reshipped  to  another  country  without  the  payment  of 
customs  duties  or  charges. 

Sec.  12.  That  all  the  property  and  rights  which  may    Transfer  of 
have  been  acquired  in  the  Philippine  Islands  b}^  the  United  phiyfppiAr^gm- 
States  under  the  treaty  of  peace  with  Spain,  signed  Decem-  ^''v^l  "o;  p.  1755. 
ber  tenth,  eighteen  hundred  and  ninety-eight,  except  such    j^jj,ijj^j.\    ^^j^^j 
land  or  other  property  as  shall  be  designated  bv  the  Presi-  other  reserva- 
dent  of  the  United  States  for  military  and  other  reserva- ''''"' "^""p^"^- 
tions  of  the  Government  of  the  United  States,  are  hereby 
placed  under  the  control  of  the  government  of  said  islands 
to   be  administered   for  the   benefit  of   the   inhabitants 
thereof,  except  as  provided  in  this  Act. 

Sec.  13.  That  the  government  of  the  Philippine  Islands,    P»biic  lands. 
subject  to  the  provisions  of  this  Act  and  except  as  herein 
provided,  shall  classify  according  to  its  agricultural  char- 
acter and  productiveness,  and   shall   immediately   make    Disposal  of. 
rules  and  regulations  for  the  lease,  sale,  or  other  disposi- 
tion  of  the  public  lands  other  than  timber  or  mineral 
lands,  but  such  rules  and  regulations  shall  not  go  into    Exception. 
effect  or  have  the  force  of  law  until  they  have  received    R«^"Jat.ons. 
the  approval  of  the  President  and  when  approved  by  the 
President  they  shall  be  submitted  by  him  to  Congress  at 
the  beginning  of  the  next  ensuing   session  thereof  and 
unless  disapproved  or  amended  by  Congress  at  said  session 
they  shall  at  the  close  of  such  period  have  the  force  and 
<3ffect  of  law  in  the  Philippine  Islands:  Ppoirhlpd^  That  a    Provm). 
single  homestead  entry  shall  not  exceed  sixteen  hectares    H"™^^^^^<^^- 
in  extent. 


218  GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

Perfecting   u-     Sec.  14.  That  the  government  of  the  Philippine  Islands 
owners^  presen  .^  hereby  authorized  and  empowered  to  enact  rules  and 
regulations  and  to  prescribe  terms  and  conditions  to  enable 
persons  to  perfect  their  title  to  public  lands  in  said  Islands, 
who,  prior  to  the  transfer  of  sovereignty  from  Spain  to 
the  United  States,  had  fultilled  all  or  some  of  the  condi- 
tions required  by  the  Spanish  laws  and  ro3'ai  decrees  of 
the  Kingdom  of  Spain  for  the  acquisition  of  legal  title 
Issuance     o f  thereto  vet  failed  to  secure  conveyance  of  title;  and  the 
patents.  Philippine   Commission   is  authorized    to    issue  patents, 

without  compensation,  to  any  native  of  said  Islands,  con- 
veying title  to  an}^  tract  of  laud  not  more  than  sixteen 
hectares  in  extent,  which  were  public  lands  and  had  been 
actually  occupied  b}^  such  native  or  his  ancestors  prior  to 
and  on  the  thirteenth  of  August,  eighteen  hundred  and 
ninety-eight. 
Limit  of  sales  Sec.  15.  That  the  government  of  the  Philippine  Islands 
to  settlers.  j^  hereby  authorized  and  empowered,  on  such  terms  as  it 
may  prescribe,  by  general  legislation,  to  provide  for  the 
granting  or  sale  and  conveyance  to  actual  occupants  and 
settlers  and  other  citizens  of  said  islands  such  parts  and 
portions  of  the  public  domain,  other  than  timber  and  min- 
eral lands,  of  the  United  States  in  said  islands  as  it  may 
deem  wise,  not  exceeding  sixteen  hectares  to  any  one  per- 
son and  for  the  sale  and  conveyance  of  not  moie  than  one 
thousand  and  twenty-four  hectares  to  any  corporation  or 
Proviso.  association  of  persons:  Provkled,  That  the  grant  or  sale 

in? ''r^o'^' emenV  ^^  ^^^  lands,  whether  the  purchase  price  be  paid  at  once 
i^mpro\emen  ,^^  in  partial  pa^^ments,  shall  be  conditioned  upon  actual 
and  continued  occupancy,  improvement,  and  cultivation 
of  the  premises  sold  for  a  period  of  not  less  than  five 
years,  during  which  time  the  purchaser  or  grantee  can  not 
alienate  or  encumber  said  land  or  the  title  thereto;  but  such 
restriction  shall  not  appl}^  to  transfers  of  rights  and  title 
of  inheritance  under  the  laws  for  the  distribution  of  the 
estates  of  decedents. 
Preference  to  Sec.  16.  That  in  granting  or  selling  au}^  part  of  the 
public  domain  under  the  provisions  of  the  last  preceding 
section,  preference  in  all  cases  shall  be  given  to  actual 
occupants  and  settlers;  and  such  public  lands  of  the  United 
States  in  the  actual  possession  or  occupaiKy  of  any  native 
of  the  Philippine  Islands  shall  not  be  sold  b}^  said  government 
to  any  other  person  without  the  consent  thereto  of  said  prior 
PrmUo.^  occupant  or  settler  first  had  and  obtained:  Provided^  That 
' "'  the  prior  right  hereby  secured  to  an  occupant  of  land,  who 
can  show  no  other  proof  of  title  than  possession,  shall  not 
apply  to  more  than  sixteen  hectares  in  any  one  tract. 

Sec.  17.  That  timber,  trees,  forests,  and  forest  products 
on  lands  leased  or  demised  by  the  government  of  the  Phil- 
ippine Islands  under  the  provisions  of  this  Act  shall  not  be 
cut,  destroyed,  removed,  or  appropriated  except  by  special 
permission  of  said  government  and  under  such  regulations 
as  it  may  prescribe. 


actual 
pants, 


Limit  of  area. 


GAZETTEEK    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  219 

All  moneys  obtained  from  lease  or  sale  of  any  portion    use  of  receipts. 
of  the  public  domain  or  from  licenses  to  cut  timber  by  the 
gov^ernment  of   the  Philippine   Islands  shall  be  covered 
into  the  insular  treasury  and  be  subject  only  to  appropria- 
tion for  insular  purposes  according-  to  law. 

Sec.  18.  That  the  forest  laws  and  regulations  now  in  ^ Jorest ^_^iaws, 
force  in  the  Philippine  Islands,  with  such  modifications 
and  amendments  as  may  be  made  by  the  government  of  said 
islands,  are  hereby  continued  in  force,  and  no  timber  lands 
forming  part  of  the  public  domain  shall  be  sold,  leased,  or 
entered  until  the  government  of  said  islands,  upon  the  cer- 
tification of  the  forestry  bureau  that  said  lands  are  more 
valuable  for  agriculture  than  for  forest  uses,  shall  declare 
such  lands  so  certified  to  be  agricultural   in  character:    ^^    . 
J */'tmided,  That  the  said  government  shall  have  the  right    iMmtfer   ii- 
and  is  hereby  empowered  to  issue  licenses  to  cut,  harvest,  c^^ses. 
or  collect  timber  or  other  forest  products  on  reserved  or 
unreserved  public  lands  in  said  islands  in  accordance  with 
the  forest  laws  and  regulations  hereinl)efore  mentioned 
and  under  the  provisions  of  this  Act,  and  the  said  govern- 
ment may  lease  land  to  any  person  or  persons   holding 
such  licenses,  sufficient  for  a  mill  site,  not  to  exceed  four 
hectares  in  extent,  and  may  grant  rights  of  way  to  enable 
such  person  or  persons  to  get  access  to  the  lands  to  which 
such  licenses  apply. 

Sec.  19.  That  the  beneficial  use  shall  be  the  basis,  the  ,,rf,!\fegei  '^^*®'' 
measure,  and  the  limit  of  all  rights  to  water  in  said  islands, 
and  the  government  of  said  islands  is  hereby  authorized 
to  make  such  rules  and  regulations  for  the  use  of  water, 
and  to  make  such  reservations  of  public  lands  for  the  pro- 
tection of  the  water  supply,  and  for  other  public  purposes 
not  in  conflict  with  the  provisions  of  this  Act,  as  it  may 
deem  best  for  the  public  good. 

MINEKAL   LANDS.  Mineral  lands. 

Sec.  20.  That  in  all  cases  public  lands  in  the  Philippine    Reserved. 
Islands  valuable  for  minerals  shall  be  reserved  from  sale, 
except  as  otherwise  expressly  directed  by  law. 

Sec.  21.  That  all  valuable  mineral  deposits  in  public    Purchase,  etc., 
lands  in  the  Philippine  Islands,  both  surveyed  and  unsur-''^"'^'^^"^' 
veyed,  are  hereby  declared  to  be  free  and  open  to  explora- 
tion, occupation,  and  purchase,  and  the  land  in  which  they 
are  found  to  occupation  and  purchase,  by  citizens  of  the 
United  States,  or  of  said  Islands:  IVovided,  That  when  on    ^7n(fjaig  on 
any  lands  in  said  islands  entered  and  occupied  as  agricul- unpatented  agri- 
tural  lands  under  the  provisions  of  this  Act,  but  not  pat- ^"^^"™"'^"'*'- 
ented,  mineral  deposits  have  been  found,  the  working  of 
such  mineral  deposits  is  hereby  forbidden  until  the  per- 
son, as.sociation,  or  corporation  who  or  which  has  entered 
and  is  occupying  such  lands  shall  have  paid  to  the  govern- 
ment of  said  islands  such  additional  sum  or  sums  as  will 
make   the  total  amount  paid  for  the   mineral   claim  or 


220  GAZETTEER   OF  THE   PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 

claims  in  which  said   deposits  are  located  equal  to  the 
amount  charged  by  the  government  for  the  same  as  min- 
eral claims. 
Locating  of     Sec.  22.  That  minincr  claims  upon  land  containing  veins 

mineral  claims.  ,     i  j,  ,  °    .  i  i      •  i  i  •  i  i 

or  lodes  of  quartz  or  other  rock  in  place  bearing  gold, 
silver,  cinnabar,  lead,  tin,  copper,  or  other  valuable  de- 
posits, located  after  the  passage  of  this  Act,  whether 
located  by  one  or  more  persons  qualified  to  locate  the  same 
under  the  preceding  section,  shall  be  located  in  the  fol- 

Reguiations.  lowing  manner  and  under  the  following  conditions:  Any 
person  so  qualified  desiring  to  locate  a  mineral  claim  shall, 
subject  to  the  provisions  of  this  Act  with  resj^ect  to  land 
Avhich  may  be  used  for  mining,  enter  upon  the  same  and 
locate  a  plot  of  ground  measuring,  where  possible,  but  not 
exceeding,  one  thousand  feet  in  length  by  one  thousand 
feet  in  breadth,  in  as  nearly  as  possible  a  rectangular  form; 
that  is  to  say:  All  angles  shall  be  right  angles,  except  in 
easels  where  a  boundary  lino  of  a  previously  surveyed  claim 
is  adopted  as  common  to  Ijoth  claims,  but  the  lines  need 
not  necessarily  be  meridional.  In  defining  the  size  of  a 
mineral  claim,  it  shall  be  measured  horizontally,  irrespec- 
tive of  inequalities  of  the  surface  of  the  ground. 

Demarcation  Sec.  23.  That  a  mineral  claim  shall  be  marked  by  two 
posts  placed  as  nearly  as  possible  on  the  line  of  the  ledge 
or  vein,  and  the  posts  shall  be  numbered  one  and  two,  and 
the  distance  l)etween  posts  numbered  one  and  two  shall 
not  exceed  one  thousand  feet,  the  line  between  posts  num- 
bered one  and  two  to  be  known  as  the  location  line;  and 
upon  posts  numbered  one  and  two  shall  be  written  the 
name  given  to  the  mineral  claim,  the  name  of  the  locator, 
and  the  date  of  the  location.  Upon  post  numbered  one 
there  shall  be  written,  in  addition  to  the  foregoing,  "Ini- 
tial post,"  the  approximate  compass  bearing  of  post  num- 
bered two,  and  a  statement  of  the  number  of  feet  lying  to 
the  right  and  to  the  left  of  the  line  from  post  numbered 
one  to  post  numbered  two,  thus:  "Initial  post.     Direction 

of  post  numbered  two.     feet  of  this  claim  lie  on 

the  right  and feet  on  the  left  of  the  line  from  num- 
ber one  to  number  two  post. "  All  the  particulars  required 
to  be  put  on  number  one  and  number  two  posts  shall  be 
furnished  by  the  locator  to  the  provincial  secretary,  or 
such  other  ofiicer  as  by  the  Philippine  government  may 
be  described  as  mining  recorder,  in  writing,  at  the  time 
the  claim  is  recorded,  and  shall  form  a  part  of  the  record 
of  such  claim. 

Marking  liius     Sec.  24.  That  whcu  a  claim  has  been  located  the  holder 

of  claims.  ^\xcx\\  immediately  mark  the  line  between  posts  numl)ei'ed 

one  and  two  so  that  it  can  l)e  distinctly  seen.     The  lo(!ator 

shall  also  place  a  post  at  the  point  where  he  has  found 

minerals  in  place,  on  which  shall  be  written  "Discovery 

Proviso.  post:"  Provided^  That  when  the  claim  is  surveyed  the  sur- 

surveys.  yeyor  shall  be  guided  by  the  records  of  the  claim,  the 
sketch  plan  on  the  back  of  the  declaration  made  b}'  the " 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPIHE    ISLANDS. 


221 


owner  when  the  claim  was  recorded,  posts  numbered  one 
and  two,  and  the  notice  on  number  one,  the  initial  post. 


EXAMPLES   OF   VARIOUS   MODES   OF    LAYING   OUT    CLAIMS.      ,  Examples     of 

laying     out 
claims. 

3 

No.  2  post. 


1 

2 

No.  2  post. 

No.  2! 

say     ^ 

500' 

250" 

J 

1 

1 

Di^ry^ 

) 

^\ 

^_^^ 

ZSO" 

> 

O  Discovery  post. 


eoc 

400( 

1 

"^r  o 

eofy                 400" 

Sec.  25.  That  it  shall  not  be  lawful  to  move  number  _?, 


emoval     of 


post    No.    ^    _.. 

one  post,  but  number  two  post  may  be  moved  by  the  lawful. 
deput}^  mineral  surveyor  when  the  distance  between  posts 
numbered  one  and  two  exceeds  one  thousand  feet,  in  order 
to  place  number  two  post  one  thousand  feet  from  number 
one  post  on  the  line  of  location.  When  the  distance  between 
posts  numbered  one  and  two  is  less  than  one  thousand  feet 
the  deputy  mineral  surveyor  shall  have  no  authority  to 
extend  the  claim  beyond  number  two. 

Sec.  26.  That  the"^ ' '  location  line  "  shall  govern  the  direc-  5;,^^^,?  cation 
tion  of  one  side  of  the  claim,  upon  which  the  survey  shall 
be  extended  according  to  this  Act. 

Sec.  27.  That  the  holder  of  a  mineral  claim  shall  be    Restrictions. 
entitled  to  all  minerals  which  may  lie  within  his  claim,  but 
he  shall  not  be  entitled  to  mine  outside  the  boundary  lines 
of  his  claim  continued  vertically  downward:  Provided,    Proviso 
That  this  Act  shall  not   prejudice  the   rights   of   claim  not  pV^ejudiceT* 
owners  nor  claim  holders  whose  claims  have  been  located 
under  existing  laws  prior  to  this  Act. 

Sec.  28.  That  no  mineral  claim  of  the  full  size  shall  be  .claims  of  fuii 
recorded  without  the  application  being  accompanied  b}"    Application 
an  affidavit  made  by  the  applicant  or  some  person  on  his  ^^"^  affidavit. 
behalf  cognizant  of  the  facts — that  the  legal  notices  and 
posts  have  been  put  up;  that  mineral  has  been  found  in 
place  on  the  claim  proposed  to   be  recorded;    that  the 
ground  applied  for  is  unoccupied  b}'  any  other  person. 
In  the  said  declaration  shall  be  set  out  the  name  of  the 
applicant  and  the  date  of  the  location  of  the  claim.     The 
words  written  on  the  number  one  and  number  tv>  o  posts 
shall  be  set  out  in  full,  and  as  accurate  a  description  as 
possible  of  the  position  of  the  claim  given  with  reference 
to  some  natural  object  or  permanent  monuments. 

Sec.  29.  That  no  mineral  claim  which  at  the  date  of  its    Fractional 
record  is  known  by  the  locator  to  be  less  than  a  full-sized^  D™'iiiration. 
^  mineral  claim  shall  be  recorded  without  the  word  ' '  f rac- 


Description. 


222  GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

tion"  being  added  to  the  name  of  the  claim,  and  the  ap- 
plication being  accompanied  by  an  affidavit  or  solemn 
declaration  made  by  the  applicant  or  some  person  on  his 
behalf  cognizant  of  the  facts:  That  the  legal  posts  and 
notices  have  been  put  up;  that  mineral  has  been  found  in 
place  on  the  fractional  claim  proposed  to  be  recorded; 
that  the  ground  applied  for  is  unoccupied  b}-  an}'  other 
person.  In  the  said  declaration  shall  be  set  out  the  name 
of  the  applicant  and  the  date  of  the  location  of  the  claim. 
The  words  written  on  the  posts  numbered  one  and  two 
shall  lie  set  out  in  full,  and  as  accurate  a  description  as 
Sketch  plan,  possible  of  the  position  of  the  claim  given.  A  sketch  plan 
shall  be  drawn  b}'  the  applicant  on  the  back  of  the  declara- 
tion, showing  as  near  as  may  be  the  position  of  the  adjoin- 
ing mineral  claims  and  the  shape  and  size,  expressed  in 
ProvL^o.  feet,  of  the  claim  or  fraction  desired  to  be  recorded:  Pro- 

compHance  with  ^'^'^'''^'''^1  That  the  failure  on  the  part  of  the  locator  of  a 
regulations.  mineral  claim  to  comply  with  any  of  the  foregoing  provi- 
sions of  this  section  shall  not  be  deemed  to  invalidate  such 
location,  if  upon  the  facts  it  shall  appear  that  such  locator 
has  actually  discovered  mineral  in  place  on  said  location, 
and  that  there  has  been  on  his  part  a  bona  tide  attempt  to 
comply  with  the  provisions  of  this  Act,  and  that  the  non- 
ol)servance  of  the  formalities  hereinbefore  referred  to  is 
not  of  a  character  calculated  to  mislead  other  persons 
desiring  to  locate  claims  in  the  vicinit}'^. 
marcaVions^'*^*'  Sec.  30.  That  in  cascs  where,  from  the  nature  or  shape 
of  the  ground,  it  is  impossible  to  mark  the  location  line  of 
the  claim  as  provided  by  this  Act  then  the  claim  may  be 
marked  by  placing  posts  as  nearly  as  possible  to  the  loca- 
tion line,  and  noting  the  distance  and  direction  such  posts 
may  be  from  such  location  line,  which  distance  and  direc- 
tion shall  be  set  out  in  the  record  of  the  claim. 
e cording     Sec.  31.  That  cvcry  person  locatiner  a  mineral  claim 

'^^  in  11  "ii  ••! 

shall  record  the  same  with  the  provincial  secretary  or 
such  other  officer  as  by  the  government  of  the  Philippine 
Islands  may  be  described  as  mining  recorder  of  the  district 
within  which  the  same  is  situate,  within  thirt}^  days  after 
the  location  thereof.  Such  record  shall  be  made  in  a  book 
to  be  kept  for  the  purpose  in  the  office  of  the  said  provincial 
secretary  or  such  other  officer  as  by  said  government 
described  as  mining  recorder,  in  which  shall  be  inserted 
the  name  of  the  claim,  the  name  of  each  locator,  the  local- 
it}^  of  the  mine,  the  direction  of  the  location  line,  the 
length  in  feet,  the  date  of  location,  and  the  date  of  the 
record.  A  claim  which  shall  not  have  been  recorded 
within  the  prescribed  period  shall  be  deemed  to  have  been 
abandoned. 
Disputes.  Sec.  32.  That  in  case  of  any  dispute  as  to  the  location 

of  a  mineral  claim  the  title  to  the  claim  shall  be  recognized 
according  to  the  priority  of  such  location,  subject  to  any 
question  as  to  the  validit}^  of  the  record  itself  and  subject 
to  the  holder  having  complied  with  all  the  terms  and  con- 
ditions of  this  Act. 


claims. 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  223 

Sec.  .S.S.  That  no  holder  shall  be  entitled  to  hold  in  his,    Limit. 
its,  or  their  own  name  or  in  the  name  of  any  other  person, 
corporation,  or  association  more  than  one  mineral  claim 
on  the  same  vein  or  lode. 

Sec.  34.  That  a  holder  may  at  any  time  abandon  any  Abandonment. 
mineral  claim  by  giving  notice,  in  writing,  of  such  inten- 
tion to  abandon,  to  the  provincial  secretary  or  such  other 
oflBcer  as  by  the  government  of  the  Philippine  Islands  may 
be  described  as  mining  recorder;  and  from  the  date  of  the 
record  of  such  notice  all  his  interest  in  such  claim  shall 


Proofs  of  citi- 
zenship. 


Sec.  35.  That  proof  of  citizenship  under  the  clauses  of 
this  Act  relating  to  mineral  lands  may  consist,  in  the  case 
of  an  individual,  of  his  own  affidavit  thereof;  in  the  case  of 
an  association  of  persons  unincorporated,  of  the  affidavit 
of  their  authorized  agent,  made  on  his  own  knowledge  or 
upon  information  and  belief;  and  in  the  case  of  a  corpo- 

;  ration  organized  under  the  laws  of  the  United  States,  or  of 
any  State  or  Territory  thereof,  or  of  the  Philippine  Islands, 

I    by  the  filing  of  a  certified  copy  of  their  charter  or  certifi- 

\    cate  of  incorporation. 

Sec.  30.  That  the  United  States  Philippine  Commission  .  Mining reguia- 
or  its  successors  may  make  regulations,  not  in  conflict  with  ^"Requirements. 
the  provisions  of  this  Act,  governing  the  location,  manner 
of  recording,  and  amount  of  work  necessary  to  hold  pos- 
session of  a  mining  claim,  subject  to  the  following  require- 
ments: 

On  each  claim  located  after  the  passage  of  this  Act,  and    Assessments. 
until  a  patent  has  been  issued  therefor,  not  less  than  one 
hundred  dollars'  worth  of  labor  shall  be  performed  or 
improvements  made  during  each  year:    Provided,  That    ^l1ocu\on  on 
upon  a  failure  to  comply  with  these  conditions  the  claim  n^'K-ompiia nee 
or  mine  upon  which  such  failure  occurred  shall  be  open  to  ^^'    ^^^^ 
relocation  in  the  same  manner  as  if  no  location  of  the  same 
had  ever  been  made,  provided  that  the  original  locators, 
tfeeir  heirs,  assigns,  or    legal    representatives    have  not 
resumed  work  upon  the  claim  after  failure  and  before  such 
location.     Upon  the  failure  of  any  one  of  several  coowners  pan^owner"^"* 
to  contribute  his  proportion  of  the  expenditures  required 
thereby,  the  coowners  who  have  performed  the  labor  or 
made  the  improvements  may,  at  the  expiration  of  the  year, 
give  such  delinquent  coowner  personal  notice  in  writing, 
or  notice  by  publication  in  the  newspaper  published  near- 
est the  claim,  and  in  two  newspapers  published  at  Manila, 
one  in  the  English  language  and  the  other  in  the  Spanish 
language,  to  be  designated  by  the  chief  of  the  Philippine 
insular  bureau  of  public  lands,  for  at  least  once  a  week 
for  ninety  days,  and  if,  at  the  expiration  of  ninety  days 
after  such  notice  in  writing  or  by  publication  such  delin- 

•  quent  shall  fail  or  refuse  to  contribute  his  proportion  of 
the  expenditure  required  by  this  section  his  interest  in  the 
claim  shall  become  the  property  of  his  coowners  who  have 
made  the  required  expenditures.     The  period  within  which  gfi^^'^^*'"^*^'^'^ 

^  the  work  required  to  be  done  annually  on  all  unpatented  ^^"^  °  ' 


224  GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILirPlNE    ISLANDS. 

mineral  claims  shall  commence  on  the  first  day  of  January 
succeeding  the  date  of  location  of  such  claim. 
Patents.  Sec.  37.  That  a  patent  for  any  land  claimed  and  located 

Applications,  fyi-  valuable  mineral  deposits  may  be  obtained  in  the  fol- 
lowing manner:  Any  person,  association,  or  corporation 
authorized  to  locate  a  claim  under  this  Act,  having  claimed 
and  located  a  piece  of  land  for  such  purposes,  who  has  or 
have  complied  with  the  terms  of  this  Act,  ma}^  file  in  the 
office  of  the  provincial  secretary,  or  such  other  officer  as 
by  the  government  of  said  Islands  may  be  described  as 
mining  recorder  of  the  province  wherein  the  land  claimed 
is  located,  an  application  for  a  patent,  under  oath,  showing 
such  compliance,  together  with  a  plat  and  field  notes  of  the 
claim  or  claims  in  common,  made  by  or  under  the  direc- 
tion of  the  chief  of  the  Philippine  insular  bureau  of  public 
lands,  showing  accurately  the  boundaries  of  the  claim, 
Avhich  shall  be  distinctly  marked  by  monuments  on  the 
ground,  and  shall  post  a  copy  of  such  plat,  together  with 
Notice.  j^  notice  of  such  application  for  a  patent,  in  a  conspicuous 

place  on  the  land  embraced  in  such  plat  previous  to 
the  filing  of  the  application  for  a  patent,  and  shall  file  an 
affidavit  of  at  least  two  persons  that  such  notice  has 
been  didy  posted,  and  shall  file  a  copy  of  the  notice  in 
such  office,  and  shall  thereupon  be  entitled  to  a  patent  for 

mrningrecorder!  the  land,  in  the  manner  following:  The  provincial  secre- 
tar3%  or  such  other  officer  as  by  the  Philippine  govern- 
ment ma}"  be  described  as  mining  recorder,  upon  the  filing 
of  such  application,  plat,  field  notes,  notices,  and  affidavits, 
shall  publish  a  notice  that  such  an  application  has  been 
made,  once  a  week  for  the  period  of  sixty  days,  in  a  news- 
paper to  be  by  him  designated  as  nearest  to  such  claim  and 
in  two  newspapers  published  at  Manila,  one  in  the  English 
language  and  one  in  the  Spanish  language,  to  be  desig- 
nated b}'  the  chief  of  the  Philippine  insular  bureau  of 
public  lands;  and  he  shall  also  post  such  notice  in  his  office 

da^u"etc°^  ^^'  ^^^'  ^^^^  Same  period.  The  claimant  at  the  time  of  filing 
this  application,  or  at  any  time  thereafter  w^ithin  the  sixty 
days  of  publication,  shall  file  with  the  provincial  secretary 
or  such  other  officer  as  by  the  Philippine  government  may 
be  described  as  mining  recorder  a  certificate  of  the  chief 
of  the  Philippine  insular  bureau  of  public  lands  that  five 
hundred  dollars'  worth  of  labor  has  been  expended  or  im- 
provements made  upon  the  claim  by  himself  or  grantors; 
that  the  plat  is  correct,  with  such  further  description  by 
such  reference  to  natural  objects  or  permanent  monuments 
as  shall  identify  the  claim,  and  furnish  an  accurate  de- 

in^noncLmest'd  "^cription  to  be  incorporated  in  the  patent.     At  the  expira- 

ciaims.  *  tiou  of  the  sixty  days  of  publication  the  claimant  shall  file 
his  affidavit,  showing  that  the  plat  and  notice  have  been 
posted  in  a  conspicuous  place  on  the  claim  during  such 
period  of  publication.  If  no  adverse  claim  shall  have  been 
filed  with  the  provincial  secretary  or  such  other  officer  as 
by  the  government  of  said  islands  may  be  described  as 
mining  recorder  at  the  expiration  of  the  sixty  days  of. 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  225 

publication,  it  shall  be  assumed  that  the  applicant  is  en- 
titled to  a  patent  upon  the  paAinent  to  the  provincial 
treasurer  or  the  collector  of  internal  revenue  of  live  dollars 

f  per  acre  and  that  no  adverse  claim  exists,  and  thereafter 
no  objection  from  third  parties  to  the  issuance  of  a  patent 
shall  be  heard,  except  it  be  shown  that  the  applicant  has 
failed  to  comply  with  the  terms  of  this  Act:  Provided^  Nonresidents. 
That  where  the  claimant  for  a  patent  is  not  a  resident  of 
or  within  the  province  wherein  the  land  containing  the 
vein,  ledge,  or  deposit  sought  to  be  patented  is  located, 
the  application  for  patent  and  the  affidavits  required  to  be 
made  in  this  section  by  the  claimant  for  such  patent  may 
be  made  b}'  his,  her,  or  its  authorized  agent  where  said 
agent  is  conversant  with  the  facts  sought  to  be  established 
by  said  affidavits. 

Sec.  38.  That  applicants  for  mineral  patents,  if  residing  no^i'^residtnt  ap 
beyond  the  limits  of  the  province  or  militarj^  department  p'icants. 
wherein  the  claim  is  situated,  ma}-  make  the  oath  or  affi- 
davit required  for  proof  of  citizenship  before  the  clerk  of 
any  court  of  record,  or  before  any  notary  public  of  an}^ 
province  of  the  Philippine  Islands,  or  any  other  official  in 
said  islands  authorized  bv  law  to  administer  oaths. 

Sec.  39.  That  where  an  adverse  claim  is  filed  during  the  ^^^^erseciaimB. 
period  of  publication  it  shall  be  upon  oath  of  the  person 
or  persons  making  the  same,  and  shall  show  the  nature, 
boundaries,  and  extent  of  such  adverse  claim,  and  all  pro- 
ceedings, except  the  publication  of  notice  and  making  and 
filing  of  the  affidavits  thereof,  shall  be  staj^ed  until  the 
controversy  shall  have  been  settled  or  decided  by  a  court 
of  competent  jurisdiction  or  the  adverse  claim  waived.  It 
shall  be  the  duty  of  the  adv^erse  claimant,  within  thirty  aJv^erslf'^'cSm^ 
days  after  filing  his  claim,  to  commence  proceedings  in  a'*'^*^- 
court  of  competent  jurisdiction  to  determine  the  question 
of  the  right  of  possession,  and  prosecute  the  same  with  rea- 
sonable diligence  to  final  judgment,  and  a  failure  so  to  do 
shall  be  a  waiver  of  his  adverse  claim.  After  such  judg-onudgment°^^ 
ment  shall  have  been  rendered  the  party  entitled  to  the 
possession  of  the  claim,  or  any  portion  thereof,  may,  with- 
out giving  further  notice,  file  a  certified  cop}^  of  the  judg- 
ment roll  with  the  provincial  secretary  or  such  other  offi- 
cer as  by  the  government  of  the  Philippine  Islands  may  be 
described  as  mining  recorder,  together  with  the  certificate 
of  the  chief  of  the  Philippine  insular  bureau  of  public 
lands  that  the  requisite  amount  of  labor  has  been  expended 
or  improvements  made  thereon,  and  the  description  re-  payment, 
quired  in  other  cases,  and  shall  pay  to  the  provincial  treas- 
urer or  the  collector  of  internal  revenue  of  the  province  in 
which  the  claim  is  situated,  as  the  case  maj^  be,  five  dollars 
per  acre  for  his  claim,  together  with  the  proper  fees, 
whereupon  the  whole  proceedings  and  the  judgment  roll 
shall  be  certified  by  the  provincial  secretary  or  such  other 
officer  as  by  said  government  may  be  described  as  mining 
recorder  to  the  secretar}^  of  the  interior  of  the  Philippine 

^  Islands,  and  a  patent  shall  issue  thereon  for  the  claim,  orpa\lnts*°^^  °* 

S.  Doc.  280 15* 


226  GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

such  portion  thereof  as  the  applicant  shall  appear,  from 
the  decision  of  the  court,  rightly'  to  possess.     The  adverse 
Oaths.  claim  ma}^  be  verified  by  the  oath  of  any  duly  authorized 

agent  or  attorney  in  fact  of  the  adverse  claimant  cognizant 
of  the  facts  stated;  and  the  adverse  claimant,  if  residing 
or  at  the  time  being  beyond  the  limits  of  the  province 
wherein  the  claim  is  situated,  may  make  oath  to  the  ad- 
verse claim  before  the  clerk  of  any  court  of  record,  or  any 
notary  public  of  any  province  or  military  department  of 
the  Philippine  Islands,  or  any  other  officer  authorized  to 
administer  oaths  where  the  adverse  claimant  may  then  be. 

Relera"^''reon.s-'-^  ^^  appears  froui  the  decision  of  the  court  that  several 

hTone  cilin'i!""*'  parties  are  entitled  to  separate  and  different  portions  of 
the  claim,  each  part}'  mav  pay  for  his  portion  of  the  claim, 
with  the  proper  fees,  and  tile  the  certificate  and  descrip- 
tion by  the  chief  of  the  Philippine  insular  bureau  of  pub- 
lic lands,  whereui^on  the  provincial  secretary  or  such  other 
officer  as  by  the  government  of  said  islands  may  be  de- 
scribed as  mining  recorder  shall  certify  the  proceedings 
and  judgment  roll  to  the  secretary  of  the  interior  for  the 
Philippine  Islands,  as  in  the  preceding  case,  and  patents 
shall  issue  to  the  several  parties  according  to  their  respec- 
tive rights.  If  in  any  action  brought  pursuant  to  this  sec- 
TiUe.  tion  title  to  the  ground  in  controversy  shall  not  be  estab- 

lished b}"  either  part}",  the  court  shall  so  find,  and  judgment 
shall  be  entered  accordingly.  In  such  case  costs  shall  not 
be  allowed  to  either  party,  and  the  claimant  shall  not  pro- 
ceed in  the  office  of  the  provincial  secretary  or  such  other 
officer  as  by  the  government  of  said  islands  may  be  de- 
scribed as  mining  recorder  or  be  entitled  to  a  patent  for 
the  ground  in  controversy  until  he  shall  have  perfected  his 
Alienation   of  title.     Nothing  herein   contained   shall   be   construed  to 

'''^*^-  prevent  the  alienation  of  a  title  conveyed  by  a  patent  for 

a  mining  claim  to  any  person  whatever. 

surve\™d  1  'Jids"     ^^^*  '^^'  ^hat  the  description  of  mineral  claims  upon 

sune.Nt    an  &.  ^^^^j.^g^g^^i  lands  shall  designate  the  location  of  the  claim 

with  reference  to  the  lines  of  the  public  surveys,  but  need 

not  conform  therewith;  but  where  a  patent  shall  be  issued 

On  unsurvey-  for  claiuis  upou  uusurveycd  lands  the  chief  of  the  Phil- 

ed  lands.  ippine  Insular  bureau  of  ^  public  lands  in  extending  the 

surveys  shall  adjust  the  same  to  the  boundaries  of  such 
patented  claim  according  to  the  plat  or  description  thereof, 
but  so  as  in  no  case  to  interfere  with  or  change  the  loca- 
tion of  any  such  patented  claim. 
Building  .stone     Sec.  41.  That  any  person  authorized  to  enter  lands  under 

entries.  ^^^^  ^^^.  ^j.^^,  enter  and  obtain  patent  to  lands  that  are 

chietly  valuable  for  building  stone  under  the  provisions 
of  this  Act  relative  to  placer  mineral  claims. 
Petroleum,  Sec.  -12.  That  any  person  authorized  to  enter  lands  under 
this  Act  may  enter  and  obtain  patent  to  lands  containing 
petroleum  or  other  mineral  oils  and  chiefly  valuable  there- 
for under  the  provisions  of  this  Act  relative  to  placer 
mineral  claims. 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPHSTE   ISLANDS.  227 


sixty-four  hectares  for  an}'^  association  of  persons,  irre- 
spective of  the  number  of  persons  composing  such  asso- 
ciation, and  no  such  location  shall  include  more  than  eight 
hectares  for  an  individual  claimant.  Such  locations  shall 
conform  to  the  laws  of  the  United  States  Philippine  Com- 
mission, or  its  successors,  with  reference  to  public  sur- 
veys, and  nothing  in  this  section  contained  shall  defeat  or 
impair  any  bona  tide  ownership  of  land  for  agricultural 
purposes  or  authorize  the  sale  of  the  improvements  of  any 
bona  tide  settler  to  any  purchaser. 

Sec.  44.  That  where  placer  claims  are  located  upon  sur-  ^^^^  ®"''^^J'^** 
veyed  lands  and  conform  to  legal  subdivisions,  no  further 
survey  or  plat  shall  be  required,  and  all  placer  mining 
claims  located  after  the  date  of  passage  of  this  Act  shall 
conform  as  nearly  as  practicable  to  the  Philippine  system 
of  public-land  surveys  and  the  regular  subdivisions  of  such 
surveys;  but  where  placer  claims  can  not  be  conformed  to 
legal  subdivisions,  survey  and'  plat  shall  be  made  as  on 
unsurveyed  lands;  and  where  by  the  segregation  of  min- 
eral lands  in  any  legal  subdivision  a  quantity  of  agricul- 
tural land  less  than  sixteen  hectares  shall  remain,  such 
fractional  portion  of  agricultural  land  may  be  entered  by 
any  party  qualified  by  law  for  homestead  purposes. 

Sec.  45.  That  where  such  person  or  association,  they  ^^EsubUsiment 
and  their  grantors  have  held  and  worked  their  claims  for 
a  period  equal  to  the  time  prescribed  by  the  statute  of 
limitations  of  the  Philippine  Islands,  evidence  of  such 
possession  and  working  of  the  claims  for  such  period  shall 
be  sufficient  to  establish  a  right  to  a  patent  thereto  under 
this  Act,  in  the  absence  of  any  adverse  claim;  but  nothing  ^g^^J°J^|^<^°^  ^o*^ 
in  this  Act  shall  be  deemed  to  impair  any  lien  which  may 
have  attached  in  any  way  whatever  prior  to  the  issuance 
of  a  patent. 

Sec.  46.  That  the  chief  of  the  Philippine  insular  bureau  of^^^^pity  ^'sTr- 
of  public  lands  may  appoint  competent  deput}^  mineral  veyors. 
surve3^ors  to  surve}'  mining  claims.     The  expenses  of  the    Expenses. 
survey  of  vein  or  lode  claims  and  of  the  survey  of  placer 
claims,  together  with  the  cost  of  publication  of  notices, 
shall  be  paid  by  the  applicants,  and  the}^  shall  be  at  lib- 
erty to  obtain  the  same  at  the  most  reasonal)le  rates,  and 
they  shall  also  be  at  liberty  to  employ  any  such  deputy 
mineral  surveyor  to  make  the  survey.     The  chief  of  the    charges  for 
Philippine  insular  bureau  of  public  lands  shall  also  have  ^'^'^^^^^' 
power  to  establish  the  maximum  charges  for  surveys  and 
publication   of   notices   under   this   Act;  and   in   case  of 
excessive  charges  for  publication  he  ma}^  designate  any 
newspaper  published  in  a  province  where  mines  are  situ- 
ated, or  in  Manila,  for  the  publication  of  mining  notices 
and  fix  the  rates  to  be  charged  by  such  paper;  and  to  the 
end  that  the  chief  of  the  bureau  of  public  lands  may  be 
fully  informed  on  the  subject  such  applicant  shall  file  with 
the  provincial  secretary,  or  such  other  officer  as  by  the 
government  of  the  Philippine  Islands  may  be  described  as 


etc. 


228  GAZETTEEK    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

mining  recorder,  a  sworn  statement  of  all  charges  and] 
fees  paid  b}'  such  applicant  for  publication  and  surveys, : 
and  of  all  fees  and  money  paid  the  provincial  treasurer  or- 
the  collector  of  internal  revenue,  as  the  case  may  be, 
which  statement  shall  be  transmitted,  with  the  other 
papers  in  the  case,  to  the  secretary  of  the  interior  for  the 
Philippine  Islands. 
affidll'il'f '°"  "^  Sec.  47.  That  all  affidavits  required  to  l)e  made  under 
this  Act  may  be  verilied  before  any  officer  authorized  to 
administer  oaths  within  the  province  or  militaiy  depart- 
Testimony,  ment  whcrc  the  claims  may  be  situated,  and  all  testimony 
and  proofs  may  be  taken  before  any  such  officer,  and, 
when  duly  certified  b}-  the  officer  taking  the  same,  shall 
have  the  same  force  and  effect  as  if  taken  before  the 
proper  provincial  secretar}-  or  such  other  officer  as  by  the 
government  of  the  Philippine  Islands  ma}^  be  described 
Contests.  as  mining  recorder.  In  cases  of  contest  as  to  the  mineral 
or  agricultural  character  of  land  the  testimony  and  proofs 
mav  be  taken  as  herein  provided  on  personal  notice  of  at 
least  ten  days  to  the  opposing  party;  or  if  such  party  can 
not  be  found,  then  b}^  publication  at  least  once  a  week  for 
thirty  days  in  a  newspaper  to  be  designated  b}^  the  pro- 
vincial secretary  or  such  other  officer  as  by  said  govern- 
ment ma}^  be  described  as  mining  recorder  published, 
nearest  to  the  location  of  such  land  and  in  two  newspapers  i 
published  in  Manila,  one  in  the  English  language  and  one 
in  the  Spanish  language,  to  be  designated  by  the  chief  of 
the  Philippine  insular  bureau  of  public  lands;  and  the 
provincial  secretary-  or  such  other  officer  as  by  said  gov- 
ernment ma}"  be  described  as  mining  recorder  shall  require 
proofs  that  such  notice  has  been  given. 
infnerai^*^/and^"  ^EC.  48.  That  whcrc  nonmiucral  land  not  contiguous  to 
etc.,  for  milling,' the  Vein  or  lode  is  used  or  occupied  b}"  the  proprietor  of 
such  vein  or  lode  for  mining  or  milling  purposes,  such 
nonadjacent  surface  ground  may  be  embraced  and  included , 
in  an  application  for  a  patent  for  such  vein  or  lode,  and  the' 
same  may  be  patented  therewith,  subject  to  the  same  pre- 
liminary requirements  as  to  survey  and  notice  as  are  appli- 
cable to  veins  or  lodes;  ])ut  no  location  of  such  nonadjacent 
land  shall  exceed  two  hectares,  and  payment  for  the  same 
must  be  made  at  the  same  rate  as  fixed  by  this  Act  for  the 
Mill  site  pat- superficies  of  the  lode.  The  owner  of  a  quartz  mill  or 
^"'^'  reduction  works  not  owning  a  mine  in  connection  there- 

with may  also  receive  a  patent  for  his  mill  site  as  provided 
in  this  section, 
•^."''.i,'!    ""^     Sec.  49.  'That  as  a  condition  of  sale  the  Government  of 
min.M...         ^j^^  Philippine  Islands  may  provide  rules  for  working, 
policing,  and  sanitation  of  mines,  and  rules  concerning 
easements,  drainage,  water  rights,  right  of  wa}",  right  of 
Government  survey  and  inspection,  and  other  necessary 
means  to  their  complete  development  not  inconsistent  with 
the  provisions  of  this  Act,  and  those  conditions  shall  be 
Bonds  of  dep-  f  ullv  cxprcsscd  in  the  patent.     The  Philippine  Commission 

uty  mineral  >ur-  ••,  '  i  i        jj       .i  j  j.      n      ^.u^^ 

veyors.  or  its  succcssors  are  hereb}"  further  empowered  to  fix  tne% 

bonds  of  deputy  mineral  surveyor. 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS.  229 

Sec.  50.  That  whenever  b}^  priority  of  possession  rights    Protection   to 
X)  the  use  of  water  for  minino-,  agricultural,  manufactur-Jifht^  water 
ng,  or  other  purposes  have  vested  and  accrued  and  the 
same  are  recognized  and  acknowledged  by  the  local  cus- 
Goms,  laws,  and  the  decisions  of  courts,  the  possessors  and 
pwners  of  such  vested  rights  shall  be  maintained  and  pro- 
tected ill  the  same,  and  the  right  of  wa}^  for  the  construc- 
tion of  ditches  and  canals  for  the  purposes  herein  specified 
jis  acknowledged  and  confirmed,  but  whenever  any  person,    Damages. 
in  the  construction  of  any  ditch  or  canal,  injures  or  dam- 
ages the  possession  of  any  settler  on  the  public  domain,  the 
party  committing  such  injury  or  damage  shall  be  liable  to 
the  puity  injured  for  such  injury  or  damage. 

Skc.  51.  That  all  patents  granted  shall  be  subject  to  any   Aiipatentssub- 
'vested  and  accrued  water  rights,  or  rights  to  ditches  find  J^^^[^/^9gj^^^'g\^^'| 
reservoirs  used  in  connection  with  such  water  rights  as 
may  have  been  acquired  under  or  recognized  by  the  pre- 
; ceding  section. 

Sec.  52.  That  the  Government  of  the  Philippine  Islands  Establishment 
is  authorized  to  establish  land  districts  and  provide  for  the  etV/'"'^ '"''"■''^'• 
appointment  of  the  necessary  officers  wherever  they  ma}^ 
deem  the  same  necessary  for  the  public  convenience,  and 
to  father  provide  that  in  districts  where  land  offices  are 
established  proceedings  required  by  this  Act  to  be  had 
l)cf ore  provincial  ofiicers  shall  be  had  before  the  proper 
J  officers  of  such  land  offices. 

j     Sec.  53.  That  everj'  person  above  the  age  of  twenty-one    coai-iand  en- 
'  years,  who  is  a  citizen  of  the  United  States,  or  of  the  Phil-  *"*^^' 
'  ippine  Islands,  or  who  has  acquired  the  rights  of  a  native 
,  of  said  islands  under  and  b}"  virtue  of  the  treaty  of  Paris, 
'  or  any  association  of  persons  severally  qualified  as  above, 
shall,  upon  application  to  the  proper  provincial  treasurer, 
'  have  the  right  to  enter  an}^  quality  [quantity  ?]  of  vacant    Limits. 
i  coal  lands  of  said  Islands  not  otherwise  appropriated  or 
reserved  by  competent  authorit}',  not  exceeding  sixtj'-four 
hectares  to  such  individual  person,  or  one  hundred  and 
twent3'-eight  hectares  to  such  association,  upon  pa3'ment 
to  the  provincial  treasurer  or  the  collector  of  internal  Minimumprice. 
revenue,  as  the  case  may  be,  of  not  less  than  twentj^-five 
dollars  per  hectare  for  such  lands,  where  the  same  shall  be 
situated  more  than  fifteen  miles  from  any  completed  rail- 
road or  available  harbor  or  navigable  stream,  and  not  less 
than  fifty  dollars  per  hectare  for  such  lands  as  shall  be 
wjthin  fifteen  miles  of  such  road,  harbor,  or  stream:  Fro-    p,wwo. 
vided,  That  such  entries  shall  be  taken  in  squares  of  six-    Entries. 
teen  or  sixty-four  hectares,  in  conformity  with  the  rules 
and  regulations  governing  the  public-land  surveys  of  the 
said  Islands  in  plotting  legal  subdivisions. 

Skc,  54.  That  any  person  or  association  of  persons,  sev-  preference 
-erally  qualified  as  above  provided,  who  have  opened  and  "^'^"^^ ^'^t''> • 
iniproved,  or  shall  hereafter  open  and  improve,  any  coal 
mine  or  mines  upon  the  public  lands,  and  shall  be  in  actual 
possession  of  the  same,  shall  l)e  entitled  to  a  preference 
^•ight  of  entry  under  the  preceding  section  of  the  mines  so 
opened  and  improved. 


230 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


Declaratory        S-irr 
statement.  ^    ^ 


Limit    to    en- 
tries. 


Saline  lands 
iDfra. 


Conflicti 
claims. 


55.  That  all  claims  under  the  preceding  section 
must  be  presented  to  the  proper  provincial  secretary 
within  sixt}^  days  after  the  date  of  actual  possession  and 
the  commencement  of  improvements  on  the  land  by  the 
filing-  of  a  declarator}^  statement  therefor;  and  where  the 
improvements  shall  have  been  made  prior  to  the  expira- 
tion of  three  months  from  the  date  of  the  passage  of  this 
Act,  sixty  davs  from  the  expiration  of  such  three  months 
shall  be  allowed  for  the  filing  of  a  declaratorv  statement; 
and  no  sale  under  the  provisions  of  this  Act  shall  be  allowed 
until  the  expiration  of  six  months  from  the  date  of  the  pas- 
sage of  this  Act. 

Sec.  50.  That  the  three  preceding  sections  shall  be  held 
to  authorize  onh'  one  entry  by  the  same  person  or  associa- 
tion of  persons;  and  no  association  of  persons,  any  mem- 
ber of  which  shall  have  taken  the  benefit  of  such  sections, 
either  as  an  individual  or  as  a  member  of  an}^  other  associa- 
tion, shall  enter  or  hold  any  other  lands  under  the  provi- 
sions thereof;  and  no  member  of  any  association  which 
shall  have  taken  the  benefit  of  such  section  shall  enter  or 
hold  any  other  lands  under  their  provisions;  and  all  per- 
sons claiming  under  section  fifty-eight  shall  be  required  to 
prove  their  respective  rights  and  pa}^  for  the  lands  filed 
upon  within  one  year  from  the  time  prescriljed  for  filing 
their  respective  claims;  and  upon  failure  to  file  the  proper 
notice  or  to  pay  for  the  land  within  the  required  period, 
the  same  shall  be  subject  to  entry  by  any  other  qualified 
applicant. 

Sec.  57.  That  in  case  of  conflicting  claims  upon  coal 
lands  where  the  improvements  shall  be  commenced  after 
the  date  of  the  passage  of  this  Act,  priority  of  possession 
and  improvement,  followed  by  proper  filing  and  continued 
good  faith,  shall  determine  the  preference  i-ight  to  pur- 
chase. And  also  where  improvements  have  already  been 
made  prior  to  the  passage  of  this  Act,  division  of  the  land 
claimed  may  be  made  by  legal  subdivisions,  which  shall 
conform  as  nearly  as  practicable  with  the  subdivisions  of 
land  provided  for  in  this  Act,  to  include  as  nearl}^  as  may 
be  the  valuable  improvements  of  the  respective  parties. 
The  Government  of  the  Philippine  Islands  is  authorized  to 
issue  all  needful  rules  and  regulations  for  carrying  into 
efi^ect  the  provisions  of  this  and  preceding  sections  relating 
to  mineral  lands. 

Sec.  58.  That  whenever  it  shall  be  made  to  appear  to  the 
secretary  of  an}"  province  or  the  commander  of  an}"  mili- 
tary department  in  the  Philippine  Islands  that  any  lands 
within  the  province  are  saline  in  character,  it  shall  be  the 
duty  of  said  provincial  secretary  or  commander,  under  the 
regulations  of  the  Government  of  the  Philippine  Islands, 
to  take  testimony  in  reference  to  such  lands,  to  ascertain 
their  true  character,  and  to  report  the  same  to  the  secre- 
tary of  the  interior  for  the  Philippine  Islands;  and  if, 
upon  such  testimony,  the  secretary  of  the  interior  shall 
find  that  such  lands  are  saline  and  incapable  of  being  pur- 
chased under  any  of  the  laws  relative  to  the  public  domain, 


GAZETTEEE    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  231 

then  and  in  such  case  said  lands  shall  be  offered  for  sale  at 
the  office  of  the  provincial  secretar}^  or  such  other  officer 
as  b}^  the  said  government  ma}^  be  described  as  mining 
recorder  of  the  province  or  department  in  which  the  same 
shall  be  situated,  as  the  case  may  be,  under  such  regula- 
tions as  maj'  be  prescribed  l)y  said  Government  and  sold 
to  the  highest  bidder,  for  cash,  at  a  price  of  not  less  than  Private  sales. 
three  dollars  per  hectare;  and  in  case  such  lands  fail  to 
sell  when  so  ottered,  then  the  same  shall  be  subject  to 
private  sale  at  such  olfice,  for  cash,  at  a  price  not  less  than 
three  dollars  per  hectare,  in  the  same  manner  as  other  Proclamations 
lands  in  the  said  Islands  are  sold.  All  executive  procla-  ^'^  ^'^^*^^- 
mations  relating  to  the  sales  of  public  saline  lands  shall 
be  published  in  only  two  newspapers,  one  printed  in  the 
English  language  and  one  in  the  Spanish  language,  at 
Manila,  which  shall  be  designated  by  said  secretary  of  the 
interior. 

Sec.  59.  That  no  Act  granting  lands  to  provinces,  dis-  ^  f^^^^^^  ^^^'^^ 
tricts,  or  municipalities  to  aid  in  the  construction  of  roads,  grfntefor  public 
or  for  other  public  purposes,  shall  be  so  construed  as  to  '^^°^^^- 
embrace  mineral  lands,  which,  in  all  cases,  are  reserved 
exclusively,  unless  otherwise   specially  provided   in   the 
Act  or  Acts  making  the  grant. 

Sec.  60.  That  nothing  in  this  Act  shall  be  construed  to    P^or.  mining 

rt.      J     .1  •    1  ,  fl  ,  1  .  concessions    not 

affect  the  rights  or  any  person,  partnership,  or  corpora- afcected. 
tion  having  a  valid,  perfected  mining  concession  granted 
prior  to  April  eleventh,  eighteen  hundred  and  ninety- 
nine,  but  all  such  concessions  shall  be  conducted  under  the 
provisions  of  the  law  in  force  at  the  time  they  were 
granted,  subject  at  all  times  to  cancellation  by  reason  of 
illegality  in  the  procedure  by  which  they  were  obtained, 
or  for  failure  to  comply  with  the  conditions  prescribed  as 
requisite  to  their  retention  in  the  laws  under  which  they 
were  granted:  Provided^  That  the  owner  or  owners  of  Proviso. 
every  such  concession  shall  cause  the  corners  made  by  its  dao^ifnes^^""''' 
boundaries  to  be  distinctly  marked  with  permanent  monu- 
ments Avithin  six  months  after  this  Act  has  been  promul- 
gated in  the  Philippine  Islands,  and  that  any  concessions 
the  boundaries  of  which  are  not  so  markecl  within  this 
period  shall  be  free  and  open  to  explorations  and  pur- 
chase under  the  provisions  of  this  Act. 

Sec.  01.  That  mining   rights  on   public   lands   in   the    Future  mining 
Philippine  Islands  shall,  after  the  passage  of  this  Act,  be"*"'^'*"' 
acquired  only  in  accordance  with  its  provisions. 

Sec.  62.  That  all  proceedings  for  the  cancellation  of    cancellation 
perfected  Spanish  concessions  shall  be  conducted  in  thespanl^^c^icls'^ 
courts  of  the  Philippine  Islands  having  jurisdiction  of  the  ^'*^ijf^pgp^j,jgj^ 
sul)joct-matter  and  of  the  parties,  unless  the  United  States 
Philippine   Commission,    or  its   successors,    shall   create 
special  tribunals  for  the  determination  of  such  contro- 
versies. 


232  GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

Acquiring  AUTHORITY  FOR  THE  PHILIPPINE  ISLANDS  GOVERNMENT  TO 
ifgious  ^^OTdert  PURCHASE  LANDS  OF  RELIGIOUS  ORDERS  AND  OTHERS 
^t«-  AND   ISSUE    BONDS    FOR   PURCHASE    PRICE. 

Authority  con-     Sec.  63.  That  the  government  of  the  Philippine  Islands 

et^rreaund^per  i«  hereby  authorized,  subject  to  the  limitations  and  condi- 

sonai  property,   tions   prescribed   in    this  Act,  to  acquire,  receive,  hold, 

maintain,  and  convey  title  to  real  and  personal  property, 

and  may  acquire  real  estate  for  public  uses  by  the  exercise 

of  the  right  of  eminent  domain. 

Acquisition  of     Sec.  64.  That  the  DOwcrs  hereinbefore  conferred  in  sec- 

propertv  of  reli-  , .  •     ,       -.i  i  i  •       j    •  .       j- 

gious  orders, etc,  tion  sixty-thrcc  may  also  be  exercised  in  respect  ot  any 
lands,  easements,  appurtenances,  and  hereditaments  which, 
on  the  thirteenth  of  August,  eighteen  hundred  and  ninety- 
eight,  were  owned  or  held  by  associations,  corporations, 
communities,  religious  orders,  or  private  individuals  in 
such  large  tracts  or  parcels  and  in  such  manner  as  in  the 
opinion  of  the  Commission  injuriously  to  affect  the  peace 
Issue  of  bonds  and  w^clf  are  of  the  people  of  the  Philippine  Islands.    And 

authorized.  ^^^,  ^^^  purpose  of  providing  funds  to  accpiire  the  lands 
mentioned  in  this  section  said  government  of  the  Philip- 
pine Islands  is  hereby  empowered  to  incur  indebtedness, 
to  borrow  mone}',  and  to  issue,  and  to  sell  at  not  less  than 
par  value,  in  gold  coin  of  the  United  States  of  the  present 
standard  value  or  the  equivalent  in  value  in  mone}'  of 
said  Islands,  upon  such  terms  and  conditions  as  it  may 
deem  best,  registered  or  coupon  bonds  of  said  government 
for  such  amount  as  ma}^  be  necessaiy,  said  bonds  to  be  in 
Denomination,  denominations  of  fifty  dollars  or  any  multiple  thereof, 
bearing  interest  at  a  rate  not  exceeding  four  and  a  half 
Interest.  per  ccntum  per  annum,  payable  quarterly,  and  to  be  pay- 
able at  the  pleasure  of  said  government  after  dates  named 
in  said  -bonds  not  less  than  five  nor  more  than  thirty  years 
tvoni  the  date  of  their  issue,  together  with  interest  thereon, 
in  gold  coin  of  the  United  States  of  the  present  standard 
value  or  the  equivalent  in  value  in  mone}^  of  said  Islands; 
and  said  bonds  shall  be  exempt  from  the  payment  of  all 
Exempt  from  taxes  or  dutics  of  said  government,  or  any  local  authority 

taxes,  etc.  therein,  or  of  the  Government  of  the  United  States,  as  well 

as  from  taxation  in  any  form  b}'  or  under  State,  municipal, 
or  local  authority  in  the  United  States  or  the  Philippine 
Islands.  The  moneys  which  may  be  realized  or  received 
from  the  issue  and  sale  of  said  bonds  shall  be  applied  by 
the  government  of  the  Philippine  Islands  to  the  acquisition 
of  the  property  authorized  by  this  section,  and  to  no  other 
purposes. 
Di.sposition  of     Sec.  65.  That  all  lands  acquired  by  virtue  of  the  pre- 

quiredL^^^^  **^"  ccdiug  scctiou  shall  constitutc  a  part  and  portion  of  the 
public  property  of  the  government  of  the  Philippine 
Islands,  and  ma}"  be  held,  sold,  and  convej^ed,  or  leased 
temporarily  for  a  period  not  exceeding  three  years  after 
their  acquisition  by  said  government  on  such  terms  and 
conditions  as  it  may  prescribe,  subject  to  the  limitations 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE   PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS.  233 


Provi.'io. 
Deferred 


and  conditions  provided  for  in  this  Act:  Provided,  That 
all  deferred  payments  and  the  interest  thereon  shall  bemente,etc. 
pa3^able  in  the  money  prescribed  for  the  payment  of  prin- 
cipal and  interest  of  the  bonds  authorized  to  be  issued  in 
payment  of  said  lands  by  the  preceding  section  and  said 
deferred  payments  shall  bear  interest  at  the  rate  borne  by 
the  bonds.  "^  All  moneys  realized  or  received  from  sales  or^J^^^e  of  pro- 
other  disposition  of  said  lands  or  by  reason  thereof  shall 
constitute  a  trust  fund  for  the  payment  of  principal  and 
interest  of  said  bonds,  and  also  constitute  a  sinking  fund 
for  the  payment  of  said  bonds  at  th(Mr  maturity.     Actual    preference 
settlers  and  occupants  at  the  time  said  lands  are  acquired  rights  of  settlers, 
by  the  government  shall  have  the  preference  over  all  others  ^^^' 
to  lease,  purchase,  or  acquire  their  holdings  within  such 
reasonable  time  as  may  be  determined  by  said  government. 

MUNICIPAL   BONDS   FOR   PUBLIC   IMPROVEMENTS. 

Sec.  66.  That  for  the  purpose  of  providing  funds  to  con-  ^^^^^"-^  u^Aluhul 
struct  sewers,  to  furnish  adequate  sewer  and  drainage  improvements. 
facilities,  to  secure  a  sufficient  supply  of  water,  and  to 
provide  all  kinds  of  municipal  betterments  and  improve- 
ments in  municipalities,  the  government  of  the  Philippine 
Islands,  under  such  limitations,  terms,  and  conditions  as  it 
may  prescribe,  with  the  consent  and  approval  of  the  Presi- 
dent and  the  Congress  of  the  United  States,  may  permit 
any  nuuiicipality  of  said  islands  to  incur  indebtedness,  bor- 
row mone}",  and  to  issue  and  sell  (at  not  less  than  par  vakie 
in  gold  coin  of  the  United  States)  registered  or  coupon 
bonds  in  such  amount  and  payable  at  such  time  as  may  be 
determined  by  the  government  of  said  islands,  with  inter- 
\  est  thereon  not  to  exceed  five  per  centum  per  annum:  P/'o-    Proviso. 
'  vided,  That  the  entire  indebtedness  of  any  municipality  <j'ebtednesf    ^°' 

under  this  section  shall  not  exceed  five  per  centum  of  the 
;  assessed  valuation  of  the  property  in  said  municipality,  and 
any  obligation  in  excess  of  such  limit  shall  be  null  and  void. 
^  Sec.  67.  That  all  municipal  bonds  shall  be  in  denomina-    Denomination 
tions  of  fifty  dollars,  or  any  multiple  thereof,  bearing  in-  "^interest. 
terest  at  a  rate  not  exceeding  five  per  centum  per  annum, 
payable  quarterly,  such  bonds  to  l)e  payable  at  the  pleas- 
ure of  the  government  of  the  Philippine  Islands,  after 
dates  named  in  said  bonds  not  less  than  five  nor  more  than 
thirty  years  from  the  date  of  their  issue,  together  with  the 
interest  thereon,  in  gold  coin  of  the  United  States  of  the 
present  standard  value,  or  its  equivalent  in  value  in  money 
■  of  the  said  islands;  and  said  bonds  shall  be  exempt  from    Exempt  from 
,  the  payment  of  all  taxes  or  duties  of  the  government  of  ^'''"'''  '^*''- 
I  the  Philippine  Islands,  or  any  local  authority  therein,  or 
I  the  Government  of  the  United  States. 

i;     Sec.  6S.  That  all  moneys  which  may  be   realized   or    useoffnndsro- 
'  received  from  the   issue  and  sale  of  said  bonds  shall  be  of  bonds"'""  '''^'' 

utilized  under  authorization  of   the  government  of   the 
;  Philippine  Islands  in  providing  the  municipal  improve- 
^nents  and  betterment  which  induced  the  issue  and  sale  of 
said  bonds,  and  for  no  other  purpose. 


234  GAZETTEER   OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


taxes  to  pay  bond  -^         ,,.  „  --. 

obligations.  shall,  by  the  levy  and  collection  or  taxes  on  the  munici- 
pality, its  inhabitants  and  their  property,  or  b}"  other 
means,  make  adequate  provision  to  meet  the  obligation  of 
the  bonds  of  such  municipalit}^,  and  shall  create  a  sinking 
fund  sufficient  to  retire  them  and  pay  the  interest  thereon 
Reiiuburse-^"  accordaucc  with  the  terms  of  issue:  Provided,  That  it 

ment.  said  bouds  or  any  portion  thereof  shall  be  paid  out  of  the 

funds  of  the  government  of  said  islands,  such  municipality 
shall  reimburse  said  government  for  the  sum  thus  paid, 
and  said  government  is  hereby  empowered  to  collect  said 
sum  by  the  levy  and  collection  of  taxes  on  such  munici- 
pality. 
Manila  Sec.  70.  That  for  the  purpose  of  providing  funds  to 

fortewers,  water  construct  scwcrs  in  the  citv  of  Manila  and  to  furnish  it 

supply,  etc.  with  an  adequate  sewer  and  drainage  system  and  supply  of 
water  the  government  of  the  Philippine  Islands,  with  the 
approval  of  the  President  of  the  United  States  first  had,  is 
hereby  authorized  to  permit  the  cit}^  of  Manila  to  incur 
indebtedness,  to  borrow  mone}^,  and  to  issue  and  sell  (at 
Limit.  j^Q^  Yess  than  par  value  in  gold  coin  of  the  United  States), 

upon  such  terms  and  conditions  as  it  may  deem  best,  reg- 
istered or  coupon  bonds  of  the  city  of  Manila  to  an  amount 
not  exceeding  four  million  dollars  lawful  money  of  the 
United  States,  payable  at  such  time  or  times  as  may  be 
determined  by  said  government,  with  interest  thereon  not 
to  exceed  five  per  centum  per  annum. 

of  bondf '''''^'°"     Sec.  71.  That  said  coupon  or  registered  bonds  shall  be 
Interest.         in  denominations  of  fifty  dollars  or  any  multiple  thereof, 
bearing  interest  at  a  rate  not  exceeding  five  per  centum 
per  annum,  payable  quarterh^,  such  bonds  to  ])e  payable 
at  the  pleasure  of  the  government  of  the  Philippine  Is- 
'  lands,  after  dates  named  in  said  bonds  not  less  than  five 
nor  more  than  thirty  years  from  the  date  of  their  issue, 
together  with   the  interest  th'ereon  in  gold   coin  of  the 
United  States  of  the  present  standard  value,  or  the  equiva- 
lent in  value  in  money  of  the  said  Islands;  and  said  bonds 
Exempt  from  shall  bc  exempt  from  the  payment  of  all  taxes  or  duties  of 

taxes,  etc.  ^^^  government  of  the  said  Islands,  or  of  an}^  local  au- 

thorit}^  therein,  or  of  the  Government  of  the  United 
States. 
u.se  of  funds.  Sec.  72.  That  all  monej^s  which  may  be  realized  or  re- 
ceived from  the  issue  and  sale  of  said  bonds  shall  be 
utilized  under  authorization  of  said  government  of  the 
Philippine  Islands  in  providing  a  suitable  sewer  and  drain- 
age system  and  adequate  supply  of  water  for  the  city  of 
Manila  and  for  no  other  purpose. 
Taxes  to  meet     Sec.  73.  That  the  government  of  the  Philippine  Islands 

tions!^  '^^  '^'^' shall,  b}'  the  lev}^  and  collection  of  taxes  on  the  city  of 
Manila,  its  inhabitants  and  their  property,  or  by  other 
means,  make  adequate  provision  to  meet  the  obligation  of 
said  bonds  and  shall  create  a  sinking  fund  sufficient  to 
retire  them  and  pay  the  interest  thereon  in  accordance ' 
Proviso.  with  the  terms  of  issue:  /^ro?'/<^<:^<^.  That  if- said  bonds  or 

ment!"^   "'^""'^'any  portion  thereof  shall  be  paid  out  of  the  funds  of  the 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS.  235 

government  of  said  islands,  said  city  shall  reimburse  said 
gov^ernment  for  the  sum  thus  paid,  and  said  government 
is  hereby  empowered  to  collect  said  sum  by  the  levy  and 
collection  of  taxes  on  said  city. 


FRANCHISES.  Franchises,  etc 

S 


GoTernment 
authorized       t  o 


Sec.  74.  That  the  government  of  the  Philippine  Island 
may  grant  franchises,  privileges,  and  concessions,  includ-  grant 
ing  the  authority  to  exercise  the  right  of  eminent  domain 
for  the  construction  and  operation  of  works  of  public 
utility  and  service,  and  mav  authorize  said  works  to  be 
constructed  and  maintained  over  and  across  the  public 
property  of  the  United  States,  including  streets,  highways, 
squares^  and  reservations,  and  over  similar  propertv  of 
the  government  of  said  Islands,  and  may  adopt  rules  and 
regulations   under  which   the  provincial  and   municipal 
governments  of  the  islands  may  grant  the  right  to  use  and 
occup3"  such  public  propert}'  belonging  to  said  provinces 
or  municipalities:    Provided^  That   no   private  property    Proviso. 
shall  be  taken  for  any  purpose  under  this  section  without ert^etcf   ^"^^" 
just  compensation  paid  or  tendered  therefor,  and  that  such 
authority  to  take  and  occupy  land  shall  not  authorize  the 
taking,  use,  or  occupation  of  any  land  except  such  as  is 
required  for  the  actual  necessarj'  purposes  for  which  the 
franchise  is  granted,  and  that  no  franchise,  privilege,  or^^jj^^^^^^^^^ 
concession  shall  be  granted   to   any  corporation  except  amendment.etc, 
under  the  conditions  that  it  shall  be  subject  to  amendment,  ^^  ^o"^'^^^^- 
alteration,  or  repeal  by  the  Congress  of  the  United  States, 
and  that  lands  or  rights  of  use  and  occupation  of  lands  thus 
granted  shall  revert  to  the  governments  by  which  they 
were  respectively  granted  upon  the  termination  of  the 
franchises  and  concessions  under  which  they  were  granted 
or  upon  their  revocation  or  repeal.     That  all  franchises,  gj^^^jf^'^g^g';'^  j,°{ 
privileges,  or  concessions  granted  under  this  Act  shall  for-  stricted. 
bid  the  issue  of  stock  or  bonds  except  in  exchange  for  actual 
cash,  or  for  property  at  a  fair  valuation,  equal  to  the  par 
value  of  the  stock  or  bonds  so  issued ;  shall  forbid  the  declar-    Dividends. 
ing  of  stock  or  bond  dividends,  and,  in  the  case  of  public- 
service  corporations,  shall  provide  for  the  effective  regula- 
tion of  the  charges  thereof,  for  the  official  inspection  and 
regulation  of  the  books  and  accounts  of  such  corporations, 
and  for  the  payment  of  a  reasonable  percentage  of  gross 
earnings  into  the  treasury  of  the  Philippine  Islands  or  of 
the  province  or  municipalitv  within  which  such  franchises 
are  granted  and  exercised:  Provided  further.  That  it  shall    fraveiabor 
be  unlawful  for  any  corporation  organized  under  this  Act,  prohibited. 
or  for  any  person,  company,  or  corporation  receiving  any 
grant,  franchise,  or  concession  from  the  government  of 
■  said  Islands,  to  use,  employ,  or  contract  for  the  labor  of 
persons  claimed  or  alleged  to  be  held  in  involuntary  servi- 
tude; and  any  person,  company,  or  corporation  so  violating    I'enaity. 
the  provisions  of  this  Act  shall  forfeit  all  charters,  grants. 


Inspection 
books,  etc. 


236  GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  i 

franchises,  and   concessions   for   doing   business   in   said 
Islands,   and  in  addition  shall  be  deemed  g'uilt}"    of   an 
offense,  and  shall  be  punished  by  a  fine  of  not  less  than 
ten  thousand  dollars, 
hoo'to  s  ol^coT-     ^^^"  ^^*  '^^^^  ^^^   corporation   shall   be  authorized  to 
poratkHrs"  "^""^  conduct  the  business  of  buj-ing  and  selling  real  estate  or 
be  permitted  to  hold  or  own  real  estate  except  such  as 
may  be  reasonably  necessary  to  enable  it  to  carry  out  the 
Maximum.      purposcs  for  which  it  is  created,  and  eveiT  corporation  | 
authorized  to  engage  in  agriculture  shall  by' its  charter  be 
restricted  to  the  ownership  and  control  of  not  to  exceed 
one  thousand  and  twenty-four  hectares  of   land;   and  it 
shall  be  unlawful  for  an}"  member  of  a  corporation  engaged 
in  agriculture  or  mining  and  for  any  corporation  organized 
for  any  purpose  except  irrigation  to  be  in  an}'  wise  inter-  , 
ested  in  any  other  corporation  engaged  in  agriculture  or  j 
Loans.  in  mining.     Corporations,  however,  may  loan  funds  upon 

real-estate  security  and  purchase  real  estate  when  necessary 
for  the  collection  of  loans,  but  they  shall  dispose  of  real 
esttite  so  obtained  within  five  years  after  receiving  the  title. 
Corporations  not  organized  in  the  Philippine  Islands,  and 
doing  business  therein,  shall  be  bound  by  the  provisions 
of  this  section  so  far  as  they  are  applicable. 

Coinage.  COINAGE. 

Establishment     Sec.  Y6.  That  the  government  of  the  Philippine  Islands 

of  a  mint  at  Ma-  .,  ,  ,         -i,  ..ii-i  -.^^i  •  « 

niia  authorized.  IS  uereby  authorized  to  establish  a  mint  at  the  city  of 

Manila,  in  said  islands,  for  coinage  purposes,  and'  the 

coins  hereinafter  authorized  may  be  coined  at  said  mint. 

And  the  said  government  is  hereby  authorized  to  enact 

Proviso.  laws  necessary  for  such  establishment:  Pro?jided,  That  the 

laws  applicable^  l^ws  of  the  United  States  relating  to  mints  and  coinage, 
so  far  as  applicable,  are  hereby  extended  to  the  coinage 
of  said  islands, 
coinageofsub-     Sec.  77.  That  the  government  of  the  Philippine  Islands 

co1i^7  ^^^"^'^''is  authorized  to  coin,  for  use  in  said  islands,  a  coin  of  the 
denomination  of  fifty  centavos  and  of  the  weight  of  one 
hundred  and  ninety-two  and  nine-tenth  grains,  a  coin  of 
the  denomination  of  twenty  centavos  and  of  the  weight  of 
seventy-seven  and  sixteen  one-hundredths  grains,  and  a 
coin  of  the  denomination  of  ten  centavos  and  of  the  weight 
of  thirty-eight  and  fifty-eight  one-hundredths  grains,  and 
the  standard  of  said  silver  coins  shall  be  such  that  of  one 
thousand  parts  by  weight  nine  hundred  shall  be  of  pure 
metal  and  one  hundred  of  alloy,  and  the  alloy  shall  be  of 
copper. 
Purchase  of     Sec.  78.  That  the  subsidiary  silver  coins  authorized  by 

bullion.  ^j^g  preceding  section  shall  be  coined  under  the  authority 

of  the  government  of  the  Philippine  Islands  in  such  amounts 
as  it  may  determine,  with  the  approval  of  the  Secretary  of 
War  of  the  United  States,  from  silver  bullion  purchased 
by  said  government,  with  the  approval  of  the  Secretary " 


i 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPriNE    ISLANDS.  237 


ment  may  in  addition  and  in  its  discretion  reeoin  the  Span-  Spanish  Filipino 
ish  Filipino  dollars  and  subsidiary  silver  coins  issued  under  *^°"'^'^'  '^'^• 
the  authority  of  the  Spanish  Government  for  use  in  said 
islands  into  the  subsidiarv  coins  provided  for  in  the  pre- 
ceding section  at  such  rate  and  under  such  regulations  as 
it  may  prescribe,  and  the  subsidiary"  silver  coins  author- 
ized b}"  this  section  shall  be  legal  tender  in  said  islands  to 
the  amount  of  ten  dollars. 

Sec.  71».  That  the  government  of  the  Philippine  Islands    Minor  coins. 
is  also  authorized  to  issue  minor  coins  of  the  denomina- 
tions of  one-half  centavo,  one  centavo,  and  five  centavos, 
and  such  minor  coins  shall  be  legal  tender  in  said  islands 
for  amounts  not  exceeding  one  dollar.     The  alloy  of  the 
live-centavo  piece  shall  be  of  copper  and  nickel,  to  lie  com- 
posed of  three-fourths  copper  and  one-fourth  nickel.     The    Aiioy. 
alloy  of  the  one-centavo  and  one-half -centavo  pieces  shall 
be  ninety-live  per  centum  of  cop]Der  and  live  per  centum 
of  tin  and  zinc,  in  such  proportions  as  shall  be  determined 
by  said  government.     The  weight  of  the  hve-centavo  piece    weight. 
shall  be  seventy-seven  and  sixteen-hundredths  grains  troy, 
and  of  the  one-centavo  pieceeighty  grains  troy,  and  of  the 
one-half -centavo  piece  fortv  grains  trov. 

Sec.  8(1.  That  for  the  purchase  of  metal  for  the  subsid-^.P^i';^^'^^*'  °^ 
iar}^  and  minor  coinage,  authorized  b}-  the  preceding  sec- 
tions, an  appropriation  may  be  made  by  the  government 
of  the  Philippine  Islands  from  its  current  funds,  which 
shall  be  reimbursed  from  the  coinage  under  said  sections; 
and  the  gain  or  seigniorage  arising  therefrom  shall  be 
paid  into  the  treasury  of  said  Islands. 

Sec.  81.  That  the  subsidiary  and  minor  coinage  here- ^gg^optio°4r"^' 
inbefore  authorized  may  be  coined  at  the  mint  of  the 
government  of  the  Philippine  Islands  at  Manila,  or  ar- 
rangements may  be  made  by  the  said  government  with 
the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury  of  the  United  States  for 
their  coinage  at  any  of  the  mints  of  the  United  States,  at 
a  charge  covering  the  reasonable  cost  of  the  work. 

Sec.  82.  That  the  subsidiary  and  minor  coinage  herein- ,cripUons!'°*^^' 
before  authorized  shall  bear  devices  and  inscriptions  to  be 
prescribed  by  the  government  of  the  Philippine  Islands 
and  such  devices  and  inscriptions  shall  express  the  sover- 
eignty of  the  United  States,  that  it  is  a  coin  of  the  Philip- 
pine Islands,  the  denomination  of  the  coin,  and  the  year 
of  the  coinage. 

Sec.  83.  That  the  government  of  the  Philippine  Islands    Redemption 

111,  ,1  ^  111  '^  '■  •      •  'ifif'    reissue     of 

snail  nave  tne  power  to  make  all  necessar}'  appropriations  defective  coins. 
and  all  proper  regulations  for  the  redemption  and  reissue  ^^"^^ 
of  worn  or  defective  coins  and  for  carrying  out  all  other 
provisions  of  this  Act  relating  to  coinag^e 


Sec.  84.  That  the  laws  relating  to  entry,  clearance,  and 


United    States 
shipping,    c  u  s  - 


manirests  or  steamships  and  other  vessels  arriving  from  toms,  etc.,  laws 
or  going  to  foreign  ports  shall  apply  to  voyages  each  way  bie^^    appiica- 
between  the  Philippine  Islands  and"^the  United  States  and 
^  the  possessions  thereof,  and  all  laws  relating  to  the  col- 


238  GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


Customs  du- 


ties. 


lection  and  protection  of  customs  duties  not  inconsistent 
with  the  Act  of  Congress  of  March  eighth,  nineteen  hun- 
dred and  two,  "temporarily  to  provide  revenue  for  the 
Philippine  Islands,"  shall  apply  in  the  case  of  vessels  and 
goods  arriving  from  said  Islands  in  the  United  States  and 
its  aforesaid  possessions. 
Seamen  on  for-     Xhc  laws  relating  to  seamen  on  foreign  voyages  shall 

eign  voyages.  i  •  j;  4. u      tt    -i.     i   Oi.    1. 

Customs  offi- apply  to  seamen  on  vessels  going  from  the  United  States 
forco^ns'uiar"Jffl- and  its  posscssioiis  aforesaid  to  said  Islands,  the  customs 
cers.  officers  there  being  for  this  purpose  substituted  for  con- 

sular officers  in  foreign  ports. 
of^'^asTen^^e""     "^^^^  provisions  of  chapters  six  and  seven,  title  forty- 
and   merchan- eight,  Revised  Statutes,  so  far  as  now  in  force,  and  any 
*^  Log  book  en-fi^^iiisndments  thereof,  shall  apply  to  vessels  making  voyages 
^"o^--        ..^^o  either  wav  between  ports  of  the  United  States  or  its  afore- 

R.s>.,secs.4252-       .  ,  -       .  '  ^      .  •1x11  1-1 

4292,  pp.  820-828.  said  posscssious  and  ports  m  said  Islands;  and  the  pro- 
visions of  law  relating  to  the  public  health  and  quarantine 
shall  apply  in  the  case  of  all  vessels  entering  a  port  of  the 
United  States  or  its  aforesaid  possessions  from  said 
Islands,  where  the  customs  officers  at  the  port  of  departure 
shall  perform  the  duties  required  by  such  law  of  consular 
officers  in  foreign  ports. 

chl^dile^^"^^''  Section  three  thousand  and  five,  Revised  Statutes,  as 
R^s.,  sec.  3005,  amended,  and  other  existing  laws  concerning  the  transit 

P'^"^'  of  merchandise  through  the  United  States,  shall  apply  to 

merchandise  arriving  at  an}^  port  of  the  United  States 
destined  for  any  of  its  insular  and  continental  possessions, 
or  destined  from  any  of  them  to  foreign  countries. 

contfmfed  '^"^  Nothing  in  this  Act  shall  be  held  to  repeal  or  alter  any 
part  of  the  Act  of  March  eighth,  nineteen  hundred  and 
two,  aforesaid,  or  to  apply  to  Guam,  Tutuila,  or  Manua, 
except  that  section  eight  of  an  Act  entitled  "An  Act  to 

rafesofmoileT'^^"^^^^®  ^^^  amend  the  tariff  laws  of  the  Philippine  Archi- 
pelago," enacted  by  the  Philippine  Commission  on  the 
seventeenth  of  September,  nineteen  hundred  and  one,  and 
approved  by  an  Act  entitled  "An  Act  temporaiih'  to  pro- 
vide revenues  for  the  Philippine  Islands,  and  for  other 
purposes,"  approved  March  eighth,  nineteen  hundred  and 
two,  is  hereby  amended  so  as  to  authorize  the  Civil  Gov- 
ernor thereof  in  his  discretion  to  establish  the  equivalent 
rates  of  the  money  in  circulation  in  said  Islands  with  the 
money  of  the  United  States  as  often  as  once  in  ten  days. 
Depositories  of     Sec.  85.  That  the  treasury  of  the  Philippine  Islands 

pu  lemonej.  r^r,fi  ^u(.[j  banking  associations  in  said  islands  with  a  paid 
up  capital  of  not  less  than  two  million  dollars  and  char- 
tered by  the  United  States  or  any  State  thereof  as  may  be 
designated  b}"  the  Secretary  of  War  and  the  Secretary  of 
the  Treasury  of  the  United  States  shall  be  depositories  of 
public  money  of  the  United  States,  subject  to  the  pro- 
visions of  existing  law  governing  such  depositories  in  the 
rroviso.  United  States:  Provided,  That  the  treasury  of  the  gov- 

bonds!'etJ.\ot^^'''^^®°^  ^f  ^^^^  islands  shall  not  be  required  to  deposit 

required.  "  bonds  in  the  Treasury  of  the  United  States,  or  to  give 
other  specific  securities  for  the  safe-keeping  of  public 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILirPINE    ISLANDS.  239 

€ 

retary 


money  except  as  prescribed,  in  his  discretion,  hy  the  Sec- 
y  of  War. 


'  all  laws  reserved 

iPhilippine  Islands  shall  be  reported  to  Congress,  which  ^y  congress. 
hereb}^  reserves  the  power  and  authority  to  annul  the  same, 
and  the  Philippine  Commission  is  hereb}^  directed  to  make 
annual  report  of  all  its  receipts  and  expenditures  to  the 
Secretary  of  War. 

BUREAU   OF   INSULAR   AFFAIRS. 

Sec.  8T.  That  the  Division  of   Insular  Affairs  of   the  j^^t"|jf H«fri,^^b- 
War  Department,  organized  by  the  Secretary  of  War,  is  tion  of  war  De- 
hereby  continued  until  otherwise  provided,  and  shall  here-  ^^^ 
after  be  known  as  the  Bureau  of  Insular  Affairs  of  the 
War  Department.     The  Inisiness  assigned  to  said  Bureau 
shall  embrace  all  matters  pertaining  to  civil  government  in 
the  island  possessions  of  the  United  States  subject  to  the 
jurisdiction  of  the  War  Department;  and  the  Secretary  of    cwef  of  bu- 
War  is  hereby  authorized  to  detail  an  officer  of  the  Army  ^^"^• 
whom  he  may  consider  especially  well  cjualitied,  to  act  under 
the  authority  of  the  Secretary  of  War  as  the  chief  of  said    Rank. 
Bureau;  and  said  officer  while  acting  under   said  detail 
shall  have  the  rank,  pay,  and  allowances  of  a  colonel. 

Sec.  88.  That  all  Acts  and  parts  of  Acts  inconsistent    Repeal. 
with  this  Act  are  hereby  repealed. 

Approved,  July  1, 1902. 


PROCLAMATION  OF  AMNESTY. 

On  July  4,  1902,  the  government  of  the  Philippine 
Islands  promulgated  the  following  proclamation  by  the 
President  of  the  United  States,  granting  full  and  complete 
pardon  and  amnesty  to  all  persons,  as  therein  set  forth,  for 
political  offenses  committed  in  the  islands: 

By  the  President  of  the  United  States. 
A  PROCLAMATION. 

Whereas,  Many  of  the  inhabitants  of  the  Philippine 
Archipelago  were  in  insurrection  against  the  authority  and 
sovereignty  of  the  Kingdom  of  Spain  at  divers  times  from 
August,  eighteen  hundred  and  ninety-six,  until  the  cession 
of  the  archipelago  by  that  Kingdom  to  the  United  States 
of  America,  and  since  such  cession  many  of  the  persons  so 
engaged  in  insurrection  have  until  recently  resisted  the 
authority  and  sovereignty  of  the  United  States;  and 

Whereas,  The  insurrection  against  the  authority  and 
sovereignty  of  the  United  States  is  now  at  an  end,  and 
peace  has  been  established  in  all  parts  of  the  archipelago 


240  GAZETTEEK    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

except  in  the  countiy  inhabited  by  the  Moro  tribes,  tc 
which  this  proclamation  does  not  apply;  and 

Whereas,  During  the  course  of  the  insurrection  againsi 
the  Kingdom  of  Spain  and  against  the  Government  of  th( 
United  States,  persons  engaged  therein,  or  those  in  sym 
path}'  with  and  abetting  them,  committed  many  acts  ii 
violation  of  the  laws  of  civilized  warfare;  but  it  is  believec 
that  such  acts  were  generally  committed  in  ignorance  ol 
those  laws,  and  under  orders  issued  hj  the  civil  or  insur 
rectionar}'  leaders;  and 

Whereas,  It  is  deemed  to  be  wise  and  humane,  in  accord 
ance  with  the  beneficent  purposes  of  the  Government  ol 
the  United  States  towards  the  Filipino  people,  and  con- 
ducive to  peace,  order,  and  loyalty  among  them,  that  the 
doers  of  such  acts  who  have  not  already  sufi'ered  punish- 
ment shall  not  be  held  criminally  responsible,  but  shall  be 
relieved  from  punishment  for  participation  in  these  insur- 
rections and  for  unlawful  acts  committed  during  the  course 
thereof  by  a  general  amnesty  and  pardon; 

Now,  therefore,  be  it  known  that  I,  Theodore  Roose- 
velt, President  of  the  United  States  of  America,  b}'  virtue 
of  the  power  and  authority  vested  in  me  by  the  Consti- 
tution, do  hereby  proclaim  and  declare  without  reserva- 
tion or  condition,  except  as  hereinafter  provided,  a  full 
and  complete  pardon  and  amnesty  to  all  persons  in  the 
Philippine  Archipelago  who  have  participated  in  the  insur- 
rections aforesaid  or  who  have  given  aid  and  comfort  to 
persons  participating  in  said  insurrections  for  the  offenses 
of  treason  or  sedition  and  for  all  offenses  political  in  their 
character  committed  in  the  course  of  such  insurrections 
pursuant  to  orders  issued  by  the  civil  or  militar}"  insur- 
rectionary authorities,  or  which  grew  out  of  internal 
political  feuds  or  dissensions,,  between  Filipinos  and  Span- 
iards, or  the  Spanish  authorities,  or  which  resulted  from 
internal  political  feuds  or  dissensions  among  the  Filipinos 
themselves  during  either  of  said  insurrections; 

Provided,  however,  That  the  pardon  and  amnesty  hereby 
granted  shall  not  include  such  persons  committing  crimes 
since  May  first,  nineteen  hundred  and  two,  in  any  province 
of  the  archipelago  in  which  at  the  time  civil  government 
was  'established,  nor  shall  it  include  such  persons  as  have 
been  heretofore  finally  convicted  of  the  crimes  of  murder, 
rape,  arson  or  robbery,  by  an}'  militar\'  or  civil  tril>unal 
organized  under  the  authority  of  Spain,  or  of  the  United 
States  of  America,  but  special  application  may  be  made  to 
the  proper  authority  for  pardon  by  an}-  person  belonging 
to  the  exempted  classes  and  such  clemencj^  as  is  consistent 
with  humanity  and  justice  will  be  liberally  extended;  and 

J^urther provided,  That  this  amnesty  and  pardon  shall 
not  affect  the  title  or  right  of  the  Government  of  the  United 
States,  or  that  of  the  Philippine  Islands  to  any  propert}^  or 
property  rights  heretofore  used  or  appropriated  by  the 
military  or  civil  authorities  of  the  Goyerument  of  the 


GAZETTEER    OK    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  241 

United  States,  or  that  of  the  Philippine  Islands,  organized 
under  authority  of  the  United  States  by  wa}"  of  confisca- 
tion or  otherwise;  and 

Pi'ondcd  further,  That  every  person  who  shall  seek  to 
avail  hmself  of  this  proclamation  shall  take  and  subscribe 
the  following-  oath  before  any  authorit}'  in  the  Philippine 
Archipelago  authorized  to  administer  oaths,  namely: 

"I, ,  solemnl}'  swear  (or  affirm)  that  I  recog- 
nize and  accept  the  supreme  authority  of  the  United  States 
of  America  in  the  Philippine  Islands  and  will  maintain  true 
faith  and  allegiance  thereto;  that  I  impose  upon  myself 
this  obligation  voluntaril}^  w^ithout  mental  reservation  or 
purpose  of  evasion.     So  help  me  God." 

Given  under  my  hand  at  the  City  of  Washington  this 
fourth  day  of  July,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord  one  thousand 
nine  hundred  and  two,  and  in  the  one  hundred  andtwenty- 
se\  enth  year  of  the  Independence  of  the  United  States. 

Theodore  Roosevelt. 

By  the  President: 

Elihu  Root,  Secretary  of  War. 

S.  Doc.  280 16* 


INDEX 

TO   THE 

STATUTE   OF   CIVIL  GOVERNMENT 

IN   THE 

PHILIPPII^^E  ISLANDS. 

["An  act  temporarily  to  provide  for  the  administration  of  the  affairs  of  civil  government  in  the 
Philippine  Islands,  and  for  other  purposes."     Fifty-seventh^Congress,  first  session,  U.  S.  A.] 


Page. 

Acts,  or  parts  of,  inconsistent  with  this  act,  repealed 239 

Admiraltv  jurisdiction,  not  to  be  changed  except  by  act  of  Congress 216 

Amnestv  and  pardon  deemed  in  accordance  with  the  beneficent  purposes  of  the  government  of 

the  United  States  toward  the  Filipino  people 2-10 

not  to  affect  right  or  title  of  the  government  in  national  or  insular  prop- 
erty acquired  by  way  of  confiscation ^. 240 

Amnesty,  proclamation  of,  July  4, 1902: 

Applicable  to  all  persons  in  the  Philippine  Archipelago  in  insurrection  against  the  kingdom 
of  Spain  or  the  United  States  of  America,  or  who  have  given  aid  and  comfort  to  persons 
so  engaged,  not  to  include  persons  committing  crimes  after  May  1, 1902,  or  persons  con- 
victed of  crime  bv  any  militarv  or  civil  tribunal  under  authority  of  Spain  or  the  United 

States  of  America". ." 239 

Exempted  classes  may  make  special  applications  for  pardon 240 

Title  or  right  of  the  Government  of  the  United  States  or  of  the  Philippine  Islands  to  confis- 
cated property  not  affected 240 

Form  of  oath  to  be  taken  under  this  proclamation 240 

Appeal  to  United  States  Supreme  Court  in  all  cases  in  which  the  Constitution  or  statutes  are 

i  n  vol  ved 216 

Jurisdiction  accorded 217 

-Appointment  of  justices  and  judges  {see  Justices  and  judges) 216 

.\ppointments,  future  civil 212 

Appropriation  to  be  made  by  law 214 

Assembly,  annual  sessions  of 215 

freedom  of,  guaranteed 214 

members  of,  eligibility  of 215 

terms  of  office 215 

Philippine,  how  constituted,  membership 215 

powers,  duties  of,  and  parliamentary  practice 216 

provisions  for  expenses  of 215 

special  sessions  of 215 

Bail,  except  for  capital  offenses '. 213 

excessive,  prohibited 214 

Bill  of  attainder,  enactment  of,  prohibited 213 

Bonds,  municipal  {see  Public  improvements) 233 

Bureau  of  Insular  Affairs 239 

Bureau  subject  to  jurisdiction  of  War  Department .' 239 

Detail  of  officer  of  Army  to  act  under  Secretarv  of  War  as  chief  of  bureau 239 

Rank 239 

Census  Bureau,  aid  of,  upon  request  of  Commission,  in  discretion  of  the  President '. . .  142 

to  be  taken,  when  conditionssatisfactorv  and  certified  to  the  President,  etc.,  for  approval.  214 

Citizenship  as  applied  to  former  Spanish  subjects 213 

Civil  appointments,  future 212 

Civil  government,  "An  act  temporarily  to  provide  for  the  affairs  of,  in  Philippine  Islands,  and 

other  purposes " 212 

instructions.  Executive  orders,  and  acts  ratified 212 

creating  Philippine  Commission,  etc.,  April  7,  1900 212 

creating  offices  of  civil  and  vice-civil  governors,  etc.,  June  21. 1901 212 

establishing  four  executive  departments,  etc.,  act  of  Philippine  Commis- 
sion, September  6,  1901 212 

^.   .,                        islands  to  be  governed  as  herein  provided 212 

Civil  governor,  creation  of  office  of,  confirmed ; 212 

exercise  of  powers  of  government  by  him,  under  Executive  order  June  21,  1901, 

authorized 212 

„   .            .    .       to  be  appointed  by  the  President  with  advice  and  consent  of  the  Senate 212 

Claims,  mining.    {See  Mining  claims  and  mineral  lands.) 
Coinage,  Philippine: 

Establishment  of  a  mint  at  Manila,  by  law  of  the  Philippine  Commission  and  under  its 

authority 236 

United  States  laws  relating  to  mints  and  coinage  extended  as  far  as  applicable 236 

Of  subsidiary  silver  coins,  in  pieces  of  50,  20.  and  10  centavos  of  standard  value  stated,  to  be 

legal  tender  in  the  islands  for  SIO 236 

Purchase  of  silver  bullion , 236 

Recoinage  of  Spanish-Filipino  dollars 237 

Minor  coins  of  one-half  and  1  centavo  and  5  centavos  value,  metal  and  alloy  stated,  to  be  a 

legal  tender  in  the  islands  for  the  sum  of  81 237 

243 


244  INDEX    TO    STATUTE    OF    CIVIL    GOVERNMENT. 


Coinage,  Philippine— Continued. 

Metal,  alloy,  and  weight  designated 237 

Purchase  of  metal  for  subsidiary  and  minor  coinage 237 

Seignorage  to  be  paid  into  the  insular  treasury , 237 

Subsidiary  and  minor  coinage  may  be  coined  in  the  mint  at  INIanila  or  in  United  States 

mints 237 

Devices  and  inscriptions 237 

Redemption  and  reissue  of  defective  coins 237 

Coins,  Philippine  (see  Coinage) 236 

Commercial  intercourse  during  hostilities 213 

President  to  regulate  and  control  until  otherwise  provided  by  Congress.  218 

Commissioners  (see  Resident  commissioners) 2l6 

Congress,  right  to  annul  all  laws  reserved  by 239 

Constitution  and  laws  of  the  United  States  not  applicable  in 212 

Contracts,  obligations  of,  protected 213 

Corporations,  real  estate  holdings  of  (see  Franchises) 235 

wherever  organized,  subject  to  the  act 236 

Courts  (see  Supreme  court;  Municipal  court) 216 

Criminal  offense,  no  person  answerable  without  due  process  of  law 213 

not  to  be  tried  fof'the  same  twice 213 

prosecution,  right  of  hearing  witness,  etc.,  to  be  enforced 213 

Customs  laws— 

Not  inconsistent  with  act  of  Congress  March  8,  1902,  to  apply  to  vessels  and  goods  from  said 

islands  in  the  United  States  and  possessions 237 

Of  the  United  States  made  applicable  to  the  islands 237 

Customs  duties  in  case  of  vessels  of  goods  arriving  from  the  islands  in  the  United  States 237 

Seamen  on  foreign  voyages,  laws  relating  to,  apply  to  seamen  on  vessels  going  from  United 

States  and  possessions  to  the  Philippine  Islands 238 

Customs  officers  for  this  purpose  substituted  for  consular  offices  in  foreign  ports 238 

Transport:! ti(in  nf  iiasson,t;ers  and  iniTchandise 238 

Health  ami  (iuaiaiiti7u\  laws  nlaling  to,  applicable  to  all  vessels  entering  a  port  of  the 
United  Siat(  s  or  its  pdsscssi.uis  fidm  said  islands,  where  customs  officers,  at  port  of  depar- 
ture shall  perf( inn  duties  of  consular  officers  in  foreign  ports 238 

Transit  of  merchandise 238 

Laws,  certain  former,  continued 238 

Money,  equivalent  rates  of ^ . . .  238 

Debts,  imprisonment  for,  prohibited 213 

Declaration  of  rights 213 

Definition  of  mineral  lands 219 

Departments,  executive.    (See  Executive  departments.) 

Duties  and  taxes  (see  Tariff  of) 212 

Elections,  general,  how  to  be  conducted 214 

Election  districts,  public  notice  of  their  division  to  be  given 215 

Electors,  qualifications  of 215 

Eminent  domain,  right  of 232 

Enacting  clause,  by  the  Philippine  Commission,  form  of,  for  laws  by 212 

form  of,  in  Revised  Statutes,  not  to  apply  to  Philippine  Islands 212 

Executive  departments: 

Establishment  of,  authorized 212 

Heads  of,  to  be  appointed  by  President,  with  advice  and  consent  of  the  Senate 212 

Ex  post  facto  law,  enactment  of,  prohibited 213 

Fine,  excessive,  prohibited 214 

Franchises: 

Government  authorized  to  grant,  subject  to  amendment  or  repeal  by  Congress 235 

Private  property  to  be  paid  for 235 

Subject  to  amendment  by  Congress 235 

Stocks  or  bonds  to  be  issued  only  for  cash  or  property  of  equal  value 235 

Stock  or  bond  dividends  prohibited 235 

Inspection  of  books 235 

Percentage  of  gross  earnings  to  be  paid  into  the  treasury  of  the  island,  province,  or  munici- 
pality in  which  franchise  is  granted  or  exercised 235 

Forfeiture  and  fine  in  case  of  employment  or  contract  for  labor  of  persons  held  in  involun- 
tary servitude 235 

Penalty 235 

Real  estate  holdings  of  corporations. 


Limitations  and  privileges  of  corporations  and  members  defined 
plv  to  corpc 


Loans,  act  to  apply  to  corporations  wherever  organized. 

Freedom  of  speech,  press,  assembly,  and  petition  guaranteed 214 

religious,  in  the  islands  forever  allowed 214 

Forests: 

Protection  of 218, 

Laws  and  regulat inns  continued 219 , 

Moneys  derived  from  tn  be  turned  into  the  insular  treasury 219  I 

Timber  licenses  re(jiiircd 219  : 

General  elections,  how  to  be  conducted 214  ■ 

Government  of  the  islands  may  acquire  real  and  personal  property  for  public  uses  by  right  of 

eminent  domain 232 

Government  of  Philippine  Islands  to  provide  for  the  needs  of  commerce 217 

Governor  (see  Civil  governor) 212 

Governor,  vice.    (See  Vice-governor.) 

Habeas  corpus,  writs  of  not  to  be  suspended  except  as  defined  herein 213  , 

Harbors  (see  Rivers  and  harbors) 217 

Homesteads,  limitation  to  16  hectares  (39. 536  United  States  acres) 217 

Improvements.    (See  Public  improvements.) 

Inhabitants  in  insurrection  against  Spain  from  August,  1896,  until  the  cession  to  the  United 

States  of  America  and  since  in  resistance  thereto  pardoned 239 

Insular  Affairs  (see  Bureau  of) 239 

.JvkIkcs,  appointment  of,  by  the  governor  with  consent  of  the  Philippine  Commis-sion 216j 

Justices,  supreme  court  appointment  of,  by  the  President  with  the  consent  of  the  Senate 216 

Lands,  public  (see  Public  lands) 217 


INDEX    TO    STATUTE    OF    CIVIL    GOVERNMENT.  245 

Page. 
Lands,  of  religious  orders,  and  others,  may  be  acquired,  by  the  government  of  the  Philippine 

Islands 232 

and  disposition  of  {see  Religious  orders) 232 

Laws,  all  may  be  annulled  by  Congress 238 

equal  protection  of,  guaranteed 213 

Legislative  assembly  of  two  houses  established,  the  Philippine  Commission  and  Philippine 

assembly 215 

Life,  liberty,  etc.,  protection  to 213 

Lirenses,  timber.     (See  Forests.) 

Location  of  mineral  claims 220 

Manila  bonds.     {See  Public  improvements.) 

Marking  lines  of  mineral  claims;  examples  of  various  modes  of  laying  out  claims 220 

Members  of  Philippine  assembly 215 

how  apportioned 215 

Mill  sites  of  limited  area  may  be  leased  for  timber  purposes 219 

Minerals  on  unpatented  agricultural  lands 219 

Mineral  lands: 

Reserved  from  sale  except  as  directed  by  law 219 

Purchase,  etc.,  by  citizens 219 

Minerals  on  unpatented  agricultural  lands 219 

Locating  of  mineral  claims 220 

Regulations 220 

Demarcation  of  claims 220 

Marking  of  lines  of  claims 220 

Surveys 220 

Examples  of  laying  out  claims 221 

Unlawful  to  move  No.  1  post 221 

Deputy  no  authority  to  extend  claim 221 

Location  lines 221 

Holder  of  claim  entitled  to  all  minerals  within  the  same,  and  rights  under  previous  laws 

recognized 221 

Claims  of  full  size 221 

Affidavits  necessary  to  recording  of  claims 221 

Application  and  affidavits 221 

Fractional  claims 221 

Declaration 221 

Description 222 

Sketch  plan 222 

Innocent  noncompliance  with  regulations  considered 222 

Demarcation  of  difficult  claims 222 

Recording  claims 222 

Priority  of  location,  how  determined 223 

Limited  to  one  claim  on  the  same  vein  or  lode 223 

Abandonment  of  claim 223 

Proofs  of  citizenship 223 

how  to  be  established 223 

Mining  regulations  to  be  made  by  United  States  Philippine  Commission  not  in  conflict  with 

the  act 223 

Assessments 223 

Relocation  on  noncompliance  with  regulations 223 

Delinquent  part  owners 223 

Asses-sment  period 223 

Patents 224 

Application,  noted 224 

Publication  by  mining  reporter 224 

Filing  of  affidavit 224 

Issue  of  patent  in  noneontested  claims 224 

Nonresidents ■ 225 

Nonresidents,  proof  of  citizenship,  how  to  be  established 225 

Covering  adverse  claims,  during  period  of  publication 225 

Proceedmgs  by  adverse  claimants 225 

Certified  copy  of  judgment,  pajTnent 225 

Payments 225 

Issuance  of  patents "''.'.'.'.".'.'.'."."..        .".'.."".        . 225 

Oaths 226 

Interest  of  several  persons  in  one  claim  !!!!!.]!.!.!!..!!..!.!!!!..!...!..!!.!.!!.'.!'.'..]!.!!!!  226 

Title 226 

Alienation  of  title 226 

Claims  upon  surveyed  lands 226 

Claims  on  unsurveyed  land  ..  .  .  226 

Building-stone  entries .  226 

Petroleum  or  other  mineral  oil  entries 226 

Placer  claims 227 

Placer  claims  not  to  exceed  64  hectares' .\\V//. /////////"."..//. ..V^\/^V/..  .....[. ..\\"\  227 

Placer  claims  on  surveyed  lands,  and  to  conform  with  legal  subdivisions  require  no  further 

survey _._ 227 

Establishment  of  rights  to  patents. ".'. . . . . . . . ". . . . '. '. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . '. . '. '. '. . . '. '. '.  227 

Prior  lien  not  affected 227 

Deputy  surveyors,  appointment  of 227 

Expenses 227 

Charges  defined 2''7 

Verification  of  affidavits.  228 

Testimony 2''8 

Contests '  228 

Patent  of  nonmineral  lands" for miYling  '. '. '. ". ". '.'.'.'. '. '. '. '. '. '. '. '. '..'.'. '. '. '. '. ...'.'.'... '. '. '. '.'.'..'.'. '. '. '. '. '.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.  228 

Mill-site  patents 228 

Government  of  the  islands  may  provide  rules  for  working,  policing,  sanitationi  etc.,  in 

mines  not  inconsistent  with  the  act •. 228 

Bonds  of  deputy  mineral  surveyors 228 

Protection  to  vested  water  rights : 229 


24G  INDEX    TO    STATUTE    OF    CIVIL    GOVERNMENT. 

Page. 
Mineral  lands— Continued. 

Damages 229 

All  patents  subject  to  vested  water  rights 229 

Land  districts  to  be  established 229 

Coal-land  entries 229 

Limits 229 

Minimum  price 229 

Entries 229 

Preference  right  of  entry 229 

Claims  must  be  presented  within  60  days 230 

Declaration  of  meaning  of  three  preceding  sections  (53,  54,  55) 230 

Saline  lands 230 

Conflictiiig  claims  on  coal  lands 230 

Saline  lands,  how  to  proceed  concerning 230 

Auction  sales  to  the  highest  bidder 230 

Private  sales '. 231 

Proclamation  of  sales 231 

Mineral  lands  reserved  from  grant  for  public  works 231 

Prior  mining  concessions  not  affected 231 

Marking  boundary  lines 231 

Mining  rights  in  future  only  to  be  acquired  under  provisions  of  this  act 231 

Cancellations  of  perfected  Spanish  concessions 231 

Proceedings 231 

Mining  claims,  matter  and  conditions  under  which  may  be  located,  how  to  be  measured,  limits 

of  area  and  form  of  boundary 219 

Mint,  Manila  (see  Coinage) 236 

Money,  public  depositories  of 238 

Deposit  of  bonds  not  required 238 

Moro  tribes,  not  included  in  proclamation  of  July  4,  1902 240 

Moros  excluded  from  general  elections 215 

Municipal  courts,  j'urisdiction,  etc 216 

Natives  protected  in  actual  possession  or  occupancy  of  public  lands 218 

Navigation,  protection  to 217 

Nobility,  title  of,  the  granting  of,  prohibited 213 

Nonchristian  tribes  excluded  from  general  elections 215 

Oath,  form  of,  to  be  taken  under  proclamation  of  July  4, 1902 240 

Occupancy  of  public  lands,  prior  right  on,  alone  limited  to  16  hectares  In  any  one  tract 218 

Pardon,  not  to  include  persons  committing  crimes  since  May  1,  1902,  where"  civil  government 
was  established  nor  persons  con\acted  of  crimes  by  military  or  civil  tribunals  under  Spain  or 

the  United  States.    Special  application  may  be  made ." 240 

Patents,  issuance  of,  for  public  lands 218 

Persons  in  sympathy  with  and  abetting  insurrection,  pardoned 240 

Petition,  freedom  of,  guaranteed 214 

Philippine  citizenship 213 

Philippine  coinage    (see  Coinage) 236 

Philippine  Commission: 

Acts  of,  under  instruction  of  President,  April  7,  1900,  confirmed 212 

Confirming  action  of  President  in  creating 212 

Legislative  functions 215 

Members  of  the,  to  be  appointed  by  the  President  with  advice  and  consent  of  the  Senate  . .  212 
Present  from  King,  etc.,  acceptance  of,  by  officials  in  islands  prohibited  without  consent  of  Con- 
gress    213 

President,  confirming  action  of,  in  creating  Philippine  Commission 212 

President  of  the  United  States  grants  a  full  and  complete  pardon  and  amnesty  to  all  persons  in 
the  Philippine  Archipelago  for  all  offenses  political  in  their 
character  in  course  of  such  insurrections  and  under  the  con- 
ditions proclaimed 240 

to  regulate  and  control  commercial  intercourse  with  and  within 

said  islands  as  he  may  deem  most  conducive  to  public  interest.  212 

Press,  freedom  of,  guaranteed 214 

Private  bills,  to  embrace  but  one  subject  expressed  in  the  bill 214 

Proclamation  (see  Amnesty  proclamation ) 241 

Products,  forest,  permits  required  for  removal  of 219 

Property  and  rights  acquired  by  the  United  States  in  the  islands  to  be  administered  by  thegOT- 
ernmentof  the  islands  for  the  benefit  of  the  inhabitants.    Military  and  other  reservations 

excepted 217 

Public  improvements,  funds  for,  by  issue,  municipal  bonds  for,  sewer,  drainage  facilities,  water, 

and  municipal  betterments  generally,  subject  to  approval  of  the  President  and  Congress 233 

Limitations,  terms,  and  conditions  proposed 233 

Denomination  of  bonds 233 

Interest 233 

Exempt  from  taxes 233 

Use  of  funds  received  from  sale  of  bonds 233 

Municipal  taxes  to  pay  bond  obligations  and  to  provide  a  sinking  fund 234 

Reimbursements  of  the  government  of  the  Philippine  Islands  by  municipality  under  certain 

conditions .* 234 

Manila,  city  of,  with  consent  of  the  government  of  the  islands  and  approval  of  the  President, 

may  issue  bonds  for  sewer,  water  supply,  etc 234 

Limit  of  indebtedness 234 

Denomination  of  bonds 234 

Interest 234 

Exempt  from  taxes 234 

Funds  to  be  applied  to  purposes  for  which  raised 234 

Reimbursement  of  funds  paid  by  the  islands  government,  by  levy  and  collection  of  taxes 

on  the  city 235. 

Public  lands: 

Classification  of 217 

Disposal  of 217  ' 

To  be  approved  by  the  President 217 

To  be  ratified  by  Congress 217 


INDEX    TO    STATUTE    OF    CIVIL    GOVERNMENT.  247 

Page. 
Public  lands— Continued. 

iToneral  legislation  by  government  of  Philippine  Islands,  for  sale  and  conveyance  to  actual 

settlers  on  other  than  timber  or  mineral  lands , 218 

Limit  of  such  sales  to  any  one  person  or  to  any  corporation  orassoeiation  of  persons 218 

Decupled  prior  to  August  13,  1898 218 

Exceptions 217 

Regulations 217 

Homesteads 217 

Perfecting  titles  by  present  owners 218 

Issuance  of  patents 218 

Limit  of  sales  to  settlers 218 

itccupancy,  improvement,  etc 218 

Preference  to  actual  occupants 218 

Natives 218 

Limit  of  area : 218 

Protection  of  forests 218 

Use  of  receipts 219 

Forest  laws,  etc.,  continued 219 

Timber  licenses 219 

Basis  of  water  privileges 219 

Public  money,  deposits  of  {see  Money,  public) 238 

Punishment,  unusual,  prohibited 214 

Purchased,  mineral  lands  may  be 219 

Religious  freedom  forever  allowed 214 

Religious  orders  and  others,  lands  of: 

Authority  conferred  to  acquire  real  and  personal  property  bj'  right  of  eminent  domain 232 

Acquisition  of  property  of  religious  orders,  etc 232 

These  powers  may  be  exercised  in  other  cases 232 

Issue  of  bonds  authorized 232 

Denomination 232 

Interest 232 

Exempt  from  taxes 232 

Land  so  acquired  to  constitute  part  of  the  public  property  of  the  Philippine  Islands,  and 

may  be  sold,  leased,  etc.,  subject  to  limitations  and  conditions  of  this  act 232 

Deferred  payments 233 

Use  of  proceeds 233 

Preference  rights  of  settlers 233 

Repeal  of  acts  or  parts  of  acts  inconsistent  with  this  act 239 

Representative  districts 215 

Representation,  how  to  be  apportioned — minimum 215 

Resident  commissioners  to  the  United  States 216 

Salaries 216 

Eligibility  of 216 

Revenue  law  not  affected 212 

Revised  Statutes  not  applicable  to  the  Philippine  Islands  (sec.  1891,  Revised  Statutes,  1878) 212 

Rights,  declaration  of 213 

Right  of  way  may  be  granted  for  timber  purposes 219 

Rivers  and  harbors,  improvements  of 217 

Sales  of  public  lands,  conditions  of  occupancy  and  improvements 218 

Sale  of  mineral  lands  reserved  except  directed  by  law 219 

Settlers  on  public  lands  to  have  preference 218 

limits  of  sale  to 218 

Spanish  subjects,  conditions  of  citizenship 213 

Searches  and  seizures,  unreasonable,  prohibited 214 

Search  warrants  must  be  specific,  under  oath,  as  to  cause,  place,  and  person  or  thing  to  be  seized.  214 

Seizures,  protection  against  unrea.sonable 214 

Servitude,  involuntarv,  except  as  punishment  for  crime  after  conviction,  prohibited 214 

Shipping  laws  of  the  United  States  made  applicable  to  the  islands 237 

Slavery  prohibited  in  the  islands 214 

Special  taxes  {see  Taxes,  special) 214 

Supreme  Court: 

Jurisdiction  of 216 

Appointment  of  judges  of,  by  the  President  to  be  confirmed  bv  the  Senate 216 

Tariff  of  duties  and  taxes,  not  to  amend  or  repeal  acts  of  March  8,  1902,  temporarily  providing 

revenue  for  the  Philippine  Islands 212 

action  of  the  government  of  the  Philippine  Islands  in  accordance  with 
President's  orders  July  12,  1898,  and  subsequent  amend- 
ment confirmed 212 

President  under  his  order  of  July  12,  1898,  levying  and  col- 
lecting the  same  as  set  forth  in  Philippine  Islands  under 
occui)ation  and  possession  of  United  States  forces  con- 
firmed   212 

Taxation  to  be  uniform 214 

Taxes: 

•    Special,  a  special  fund  for  specified  purpose  only 214 

{See  Tariff  of  duty  and  taxes.) 

Tiinber,  permits  required  for  removal  of,  and  forest  products 219 

Titles  to  public  lands,  perfecting,  by  present  owner,  and  issuing  patents 218 

Trial  only  by  due  process  of  law -  213 

Vice-governor: 

Creation  of  office  of,  confirmed 212 

Exercise  of  powers  of  government  bv,  under  Executive  order  June  21,  1901,  authorized 212 

To  be  appointed  by  the  President  with  advice  and  consent  of  the  Senate 212 

Warrants,  search.    (See  Search  warrants.) 

Water  privileges,  basis  of 219 

Water  rights,  rules  and  regulations,  and  reservations  to  protect  water  supply 219 

Witness,  no  person  to  be,  against  himself  in  criminal  case 213 

►  W  nt  of  habeas  corpus.    {See  Habeas  corpus. ) 


II^DEX. 


Pugo. 
Abra,  area,  mainlanrt  and  dependent 

islands 4 

Province 155, 157 

(See  Abra,  Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

By  pueblos 31 

Towns 27 

ibacd,  production  of 71 

Administrative  duties  of  the  Commission, 

distribution  of 154 

Igava,  growth  of 72 

Vgrieulture,  staples  of 70 

(Sir  Vegetables. ) 

Products  (See  Economic  clas.sification.) 

Soils  of  the  islands  of  the  archipelago...  70 

Specially  selected  list  of  works  on 174 

igui.sip  (baneuro)  production  of 74 

^guinaldo,  capture  of 146 

Breach  of  faith  with  the  United  States..  168 

Proceedings  of  rump  government  of 168 

Promptly  disposed  of  by  United  States 

military  operations 168, 169 

\lazor  (satilower)  production  of 74 

Albay,  area,  mainland  and  dependent 

islands 4 

Province 155, 157 

(See  Albay,  Gazetteer.) 

Bay  of 16 

Population 27 

By  pueblos 32 

Towns 27 

Transferred  to  civil  administration 154 

Alcohol,  manufacture  of 96 

Alkaline  springs 10 

Almficigas,  production  of  {see  Gums) 79 

Alphabets,  Philippine: 

By  the  Indians 68 

By  the  colonists 68 

Characteristics  of 68 

Moro,  Arabic  style 68 

Ambos  Camarines,  area,  mainland  and  de- 
pendent islands 4 

Province 155, 157 

(See  Ambos  Camarines,  Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

By  pueblos 36 

Towns 27 

Amburayan,  subprovince"  of' !!!!".'!!!!! !  i55, 157 
Amnesty: 

Notice  of 136 

Offered 140 

Amnesty  proclamation  of  July  4,  1902 239 

Amount  voluntarily  awarded'Spain  fur  the 
Philippine  Islands  in  deciding  terms  of 

peace g 

Anam  and  Lou  (France) (Indo-Chinaj, 'com- 
parative view  of 7 

Ananaples,  production  of.             '               '  74 

Anil  (Indigo),  production  of 73,74 

Antimony,  deposits  of,  reported 82 

Antique  (Panay),  area,  mainland  and  de- 
pendent islands 6 

Province 15.5,156,157 

(See  Antique,  Gazetteer;  Panay.) 

Population 27 

By  pueblos 32 

Towns 27 

Transferred  to  civi'l'administraViou  ."!.'.'.'."  151 


Page. 
Archipelago  {see  Philippine  Archipelago; 

Eastern  Archipelago) 1 

Manila 183, 185 

Philippine  Islands  within  the  treaty  lines 
of  boundary,  giving  land  and  water 

and  total 3 

Land  area  defined 3 

Comparison  of  land  area  with  States  of 

the  United  States 3 

What  the  boundary  of  the  Philippines 
superimposed   upon   a   map   of   the 

United  States  would  cover 3 

Comparison  of  area  of  the  Philippine 
Archipelago  with  certain  countries  of 

Europe 4 

Geographical  relation  of  the  principal 
islands  and  groupsof  the  Archipelago 

to  each  other 4 

Grand  territorial  divisions  of  the  Archi- 
pelago areas,  mainland  and  depend- 
ent islands 4 

Islands  and  provinces,  mainland  and 

dependent  islands  and  areas 4 

Luz6n,    provinces  (see    alphabetical 

list) 4 

Marinduque 6 

Mindanao  Provinces  (see  alphabetical 

list) 6 

Mindoro 5 

Palawan 5 

Sulu  Archipelago 6 

Visayanlslands(see alphabetical  list).  6 

Calamianes  group 6 

Cuyos  group 6 

Areas  given  in  accepted  ant  horities 6, 158 

Colonial  possessions,  comiiarative  view  of 
territories  and  populations  possessed 
by  the  western  nations  in  the  regions 
of  the  globe  surrounding  the  Philip- 
pine Islands 7 

United  States 7 

Great  Britain 7 

France 7 

Germany 7 

Netherlands 7 

Portugal 7 

Comparison  of  areas  ami  i"ipuhiti(ins  of 
surrounding   colonial   pos.sessions  of 

other  nations 7 

Aromatic  plants:  " 

Betel  or  Itmo 76 

Chocolate 76 

Cinnamon 76 

Coffee 76 

Mace 76 

Nutmeg ■    76 

Pepper 76 

Tobacco 75 

Army,  operations  of 136 

Campaign  in  northern  Luzon 136 

Occupation  and  government 131-146 

Arrow  root,  production  of 74 

Architectural  facilities,  IManila 185 

Asid.  bay  of 16 

Asphalt,  deposits  of 82 

Atmospheric  pressure 13 

Autonomv,  Philippine,  a  Si>anish  scheme 

of 169 

249 


250 


INDEX. 


Babuyanes,  area,  mainland 5, 155, 157 

(See  Cagay^n  and  Babuyanes,  Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

Towns 27 

Bac61od,  Negros,  occupied  as  a  base  of  oper- 
ations    136 

Constitutional  convention  held 136 

Constitution  framed  and  transmitted  to 

the  President 136 

Appointment  of  military  and  civil  gov- 
ernor   136,137 

Bacauan,  product  of 74 

Bagsang,  product  of 74 

Baldbac,  most  westerly  and  southwesterly 

island  of  the  Philippine  Islands 

Area  mainland  and  dependent  islands. . .  5, 
157, 158 

Population 27 

By  pueblos 33 

Towns 27 

Light-houses 109 

Balanguingui  group,  area  mainland   and 

dependent  islands 5, 157, 158 

(See  Balanguingui  group,  Gazetteer. ) 

Population 27 

Towns 27 

Balanti,  production  of 74 

Balaydn,  bay  of 16 

Bamboo,  growth  of  and  product 71 

Bancuro,  production  of 74 

Banga,  product  of 74 

Basilan,  area,  mainland   and    dependent 

islands 5, 156, 157 

(See  Basilan,  Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

Bypueblos 40 

Towns 27 

Bataan    area,  mainland    and    dependent 

islands 4 

Province 155, 157 

(See  Batadn,  Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

By  pueblo.s 33 

Towns 27 

Minerals 85 

Transferred  to  civil  administration 154 

Batad  (see  Sorghum) 71 

Batanes,  area,  mainland 5, 155, 157 

(See  Cagayiln  and  Batanes,  Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

By  pueblos 33 

Towns 27 

Batangas,  area  mainland  and  dependent 

islands 5 

Province 155,157 

(See  Batangas,  Gazetteer.) 

Bay  of 16 

Population 27 

Bypueblos 33 

Towns , 27 

Restored  to  military  control 154 

Ports  closed  to  trade 154 

Ports  opened  for  resumption  of  trade 154 

Bays  and  harbors 15 

Bejuco,  production  of 71 

Benguet,  area 5 

Province 155, 157 

(See  Benguet,  Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

By  pueblos 33 

Towns 27 

Organization  of 153 

Transferred  to  civil  administration 1.54 

Benne  seed  (Ajonjoli),  production  of 73 

Betel,  production  of 76 

Biac-na-Bato,  Pacto  de  (see  Pacto  de  Biac- 

Na-Bato) 168 

Part  of  monev  held  on   deposit  subse- 
quently used  against  the  United  States .  168 
Bibliography,  Catllogo  Biblioteca  Fllipina, 

Retana.    Dialects 68 

Selected  list  of  books  by  best  authors 172 

Agriculture,  specially  selected  list 174,175 

Bicols,  number  and  territory  of 66 

Binondo,  Manila 188 

Birds  (see  list  of ) 170 


Pagp 
Bohol,    area,    mainland    and    dependent 

islands 

Province 155, 15' 

(See  Bohol,  Gazetteer.) 

Population 2 

By  pueblos ?, 

Towns 'S 

Minerals s 

Restored  to  military  control l.'> 

Returned  to  civil  control 15 

Bontoc,  area,  mainland 

Subprovlnce 155, 16 

(See  Bontoc,  Gazetteer.) 

Population 2' 

By  pueblos 3 

Towns 2' 

Borneo  (Netherlands),  East   Indies,  com- 

Borin  i>  1 1  ill  at  I!iJtain),  comparative  view  of 
BoiiiHlaii.  >  (.1  \\\v  Philippine  Archipelago, 
ami  >hi  >\\  intr  nearest  points  of  surround- 
ing possessions  of  foreign  countries,  and 

between  Asia  and  Oceania 

Treaty  lines  described,  located,  and  meas- 
ured in  nautical  or  geographical  and 

statute  miles 

Boundaries,  Manila 18£ 

Boundaries  of  the  Philippine  Islands  com- 
pared mth  an  equal  area  in  the  United 

States g 

Building  trades 

BulacAn,  area,  mainland  and  dependent 

islands 

Province 155, 157  " 

(See  Bulac&n,  Gazetteer.) 

Population 2'< 

Bv  pueblos 3.= 

Towns 2; 

Transferred  to  civil  administration 15^ 

Bureau  of  Insular  Affairs 23'; 

Buri,  production  of 74, 7' 

Burias,    area,    mainland   and    dependent 

islands 6, 156, 15> 

(SeeMasbate;  see  Burias,  Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

By  pueblos 3-' 

Towns 27 

Li-M-'.Mn-.  - lOi 

Bu-;      ,     r.  ;     w.  Manila 187 

Cal*l           I         I  (it  ions.  Signal  Corps  lines  .       21 
(>"   T-i.  jiaph  communications.) 
Military  cables- 
List  of,  and  their  length 23 

Commercial  cables 24 

Cabinet  woods,  imports  of,  into  the  United 

States  year  ending  June  30,  1901 86 

Cabo  negro,  production  of 72 

Cabra  Island  light-house 109 

CagayAn,  area  mainland 5 

Province 15.5, 157 

(See  Cagav&n,  Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

By  pueblos 35 

Towns 27 

Cagayanes,  number  and  territory  of 66 

Cagayto  Sulu  and  dependencies.  Spain  re- 
linquishes all  title  and  claim  in  to  the 
United  States  by  treaty  and  receives  a 

voluntary  consideration 3 

Aresi  mainland  and  dependent  islands..         5, 
157,158 

Population 27 

Towns 27 

Calamianes,  area  mainland  and  dependent 

islands,  province  of  Paragua 6, 156, 168 

(See  Calamianes,  Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

By  pueblos 36 

Towns 27 

Paragua,  part  of  province 166 

Camona,  production  of 75 

Camoting  cahoy,  production  of 74 

Cdpiz  (Panay),  area  mainland  and  depend- 
ent islands 6 

Province 156,157 

(See  Panay;  also  Cdpiz,  Gazetteer.) 

% 


INDEX. 


251 


Page. 
(Panay)— Continued, 

)pulation 27 

By  pueblos 36 

Towns 27 

Transferred  to  civil  administration 154 

iptii  res  ana  surrenders  of  insurgent  leaders  154 

iptures  of  insurgent  material  of  war 146 

ipul  light-house 109 

arigiira,  Bay  of 16 

aniliiie  Islands  (Germany),  comparative 

view  of 7 

arryiiig  trade,  vessels  doing  the 117,118 

iisj^ava,  guccu,  or   camoting  cahoy,  pro- 

duotion  of 74 

astor  oil  ( Ricino ) ,  production  of 73 

asualties,  statistics  of 146 

atanduanes,  area 4, 155, 157 

(*'«■  Albay  and  Catandanes,  Gazetteer. ) 

Population 27 

Towns 27 

Minerals 85 

i  attle  raising 81 

!  4uong,  production  of 74 

'avite,  area  mainland  and  dependent  is- 
lands    5 

Pr.ivince 155,157 

(S,  (  Cavite,  Gazetteer.) 

l'(  .pnlation 27 

Bv  pueblos 37 

Towns 27 

Transferred  to  civil  administration 154 

ayapa,  area  mainland 6 

.  (See  Nueva  Vizcaya,  Gazetteer.) 

I'eM,  port  of  entry 105 

t  Collection  district  coastwise  ports 107 

■lebii,  area  mainland  and  dependent  islands  5 

Province 156,157 

{St I  Cebu,  Gazetteer.) 

ropulation 27 

Bv  pueblos 37 

Towns 27 

1  Minerals 85 

■  Light-houses 109 

,   Restored  to  military  control 154 

(   Returned  to  civil  control 154 

.Celebes   (Netherlands)  East  Indies,  com- 

■  parative  view  of 7 

'Census,  Spanish,  1887:  partial,  1896 25 

i    United  States 25 

Session  of  Philippine  Islands  by  Spain  to 

,    United  States,  terms  and  limit 2 

,Ohalybeate  springs 11 

;Champaea,  production  of 79 

■Cheese,  manufacture  of 96 

Chinese  in  the  Philippines,  population  of.  65 

Under  census  of  1887 65 

By  parochial  enumeration 65, 66 

Efforts  to  exclude 65 

Action  of  military  authorities 65 

■  Statistics  under  these  conditions 66 

Schurman  commission  report 65 

Movement  of  Chinese  immigrants 66 

Results  of  comparison  of  statistics 66 

Chocolate,  production  of 76 

Chronology,  Philippines,  1519-1901 175 

Discovery  and  exploration 175 

Spanish  dominion  established 175 

Royal  pledge  not  to  abandon  the  Philip- 
pines    176 

Commerce  establishefl  with  America  and 

Asia  and  the  Philippine  Archipelago  . .  177 

Restoration  of  Spanish  dominion 179 

Representation  in  the  ministry 181 

Civil  government  established 182 

Revolution  against  Spain 182 

From  the  transfer  of  sovereignty  to  tlie 

United  States 182 

Church,  registry  of  souls 69 

Cinnamon,  production  of .  76 

Civil  buildings,  Manila 193,194 

Civil  government 146 

Civil  government,  organization  of 203-206 

Civil  governor  of  the  Philippine  Islands. . .  146 

Inaugurated 154 

Civilized  races,  their  number  and  territory 

occupied  G6 

.Approximate  population  and  territory  in 

the  United  States  compared 66 


Pago. 
Civilized  races,  their  number  and  territory 
occupied— Con  tinued . 

Bicols 66 

Cagayanes 66 

Ilocanos 66 

Moros 66 

Pampangos 66 

Pangasinans 66 

Tagaiogs 66 

Vi.sayans 66 

Civil  service 159, 204-207 

Clays,  deposits  of,  valuable 82 

Climate 12, 13, 14 

Cloth,  manufacture  of 95 

Clouds 14 

Coal 82 

Quality  of,  compared  with  Pennsylvania, 
Japanese,   Washington,    English,    and 

Australia 82 

Analy.sis  of  Philippine  coal 82 

Distribution  of  coal  in  the  archipelago. . .        83 

Coal  Measures  of  the  Philippines 83 

Coast  and  geodetic  survey  of  islands  and 

waters 16 

Coastwise  ports,  list  of 106, 107 

By  collection  districts 107,108 

Coastwise  ports  (see  Ports,  coastwise) 136 

Cochin  China,  France  and  Indo-6hina,  com- 
parative view  of 7 

Cocoanut,  production  of 72,  /5 

Coffee,  production  of 76 

Cog6n,  production  of 71 

Coins 126 

Mexican  silver  dollar,  Filipino  peso 126 

In  current  circulation 126, 127 

Value  of  foreign,  in  occasional  use 126 

British  dollar 127 

Local  silver 127 

Of  the  United  States,  gold  and  silver,  rate 

of 127 

Foreign 126 

Colonial  possessions  of  other  nations,  com- 
parison of  area  and  population  of  those 

surrounding  the  Philippine  Islands 7 

France 7 

Germany 7 

Great  Britain 7 

Netherlands 7 

'    Portugal 7 

Commerce,  administration  of 155 

Commerce  and  trade,  Manila 191 

Commerce  estalilished  with  America  and 

Asia,  and  Philippine  Archipelago 177 

Commerce,  Philippine  Islands,  the  key  to 
the  countries  that  border  the  steam 
routes  between  Japan  and  China,  the 
Pacific  archipelagoes  and  Australia  to 
the  SE.,  and  S.  and  Indo-China,  Siam, 
Malay  peninsula,   Java,  and  India,  and 

countries  beyond  to  the  SW.  and  W 1 

Commerce  of  the  Philippines: 
Treaty    provisions    respecting    Spanish 
ships  and  merchandise   (see  Customs; 

Tariff) 112, 113, 114 

Imports  and  exports  of  merchandise,  1900 

and  1901 114 

Gold  and  silver 115 

Tonnage 115 

Imports  and  exports,  by  countries,  includ- 
ing gold  and  silver 115 

Recapitulation 116 

Imports  and  exports  of  gold  and  silver,  by 

countries i 117 

Vessels  doing  the  carrying  trade,  June, 

1901 117 

Imports  and  exports  by  Philippine  cus- 
toms districts,  including  gold  and  silver.      118 
Imports  of    the   Philippine   Islands,   by 
countries,  during  the  calendar  years  1889 
to  189:^,  inclusive,  as  compared  with  1899 

and  1900 118 

Annual  average  values  of  merchandise 
exported,  1892-1896,  as  compared  with 

those  of  1899  and  1900 119 

Quantities  and  values  of  the  principal  ar- 
ticles of  merchandise  imported  into  the 
Philippine  Islands  during  the  calendar 
year  1900 119 


252 


INDEX. 


Commerce  of  the  Philippines— Continued. 
Quantities  and  values  of  the  principal 
articles  exported  from  the  Philippine 
Islands  during  the  calendar  year  1900. .      120 

Hemp  exports,  1850-1899 120 

Philippine  hemp  statistics — hemp  re- 
ceipts, 1850-1899 121 

Comparative  statement  of  exports  from 

Philippine  ports,  1890-1899 121 

Sugar 121 

Copra 121 

Leaf  tobacco 122 

Trade  between  the  United  States  and  the 

Philippines 122 

Value  of  merchandise  imported  and  ex- 
ported by  the  United  States  in  trade 
with  the  Philippine  Islands  by  annual 

average  by  decades,  1848-1897 122 

Value  of  imports  and  exports  of  the  United 
States  in  trade  with  the  Philippine 

Islands,  1891  to  1900 122 

Imports 122 

Selected  list  of  articles  of  import  for  the 
twelve  months  ending  June,  1901,  to 
show  their  relative  market  demand 
and  the  relations  of  the  United  States 
in  value  to  the  principal  competing 

nations « 122 

Exports 122 

Selected  list  of  articles  of  export  from 
Philippine  Islands  for  twelve  months 
ending  June,  1901,  showing  quantity 

and  value 123,124,125,120 

(See  Supplement) 200-203 

Interisland 197 

Commercial  advantages,  Manila 190 

Commercial  cables: 
Eastern  Extension  Australasia  and  China 
Telegraph  Company,  terminal  points, 

connections,  and  length 24 

Tariff,  selected  list  of,  to  points  over — 

Foreign 24 

United  States 24 

Commercial  extension  in  Philippines 197 

Commission,  United  States  Philippine,  its 

personnel 146, 147 

Powers 147 

Instructions 148 

Exercise  of  legislative  authoritj- 148 

Reports  to  be  made  from  time  to  time 148 

Investigating  conditions 148 

Beginning  of  exercise  of  governmental 

powers 149 

Public  laws  of  the  Philippines 149, 150, 151 

Tour  of  provincial  organization 151 

Public  meetings 151 

Form  of  procedure 152 

Object  of  the  Commission  stated 152 

When  the  municipal  code  became  appli- 
cable   ". 152 

Municipalities  to  be  self-governing  and 

elective 152 

Taxation,  internal  improvements 152 

Supervision  of  the  police 152 

Taxation 152 

Provincial  governor,  powers  and  duties. . .      152 

Provincial  secretary,  duties 152 

Provincial  treasurer,  duties 153 

Provincial  supervisor,  duties 153 

Provincial  fiscal,  duties 153 

Engineers,  duties  of 153 

Filipino  representation  on 154 

Commission,  a  mixed,  to  facilitate  exten- 
sion of  authority  and  protection  of  in- 
habitants        135 

Begin  their  labors  and  issue  a  proclama- 
tion and  report 137 

Committee : 

House,  on  Insular  Affairs 211 

Senate,  on  the  Philippines 211 

Communications,  roads  and 16 

Communications,  Manila,  water 190 

Comparison  of— 
Land  area  of  the  Philippine  Archipelago 

with  the  States  of  the  United  States 3 

Boundary  of    the    Philippines   superim- 
posed upon  a  map  of  the  United  States.  3 
The  area  of  the  Philippine  Archipelago 
with  certain  countries  of  Europe 4 


Pago. 
Conditions,    investigation    of,    by   United 

States  Philippine  Commission ]4S 

Congress,  act  of,  establishing  temporary 
civil    government   in    the    Philippine 

Islands 212 

Consideration,    voluntary,     paid    by    the  1 

United  States  to  Spain  for  the  Philipijine  | 

Islands :i 

Constabulary iiii 

Consuls,  foreign  countries  having,  in  the 

Philippine  Islands 131 

Copper: 

Its  distribution  in  the  archipelago ,S3 

Character  and  quality  of  the  metal 83 

Copra,  exports  from  Philippine  ports,  189U, 

1899 121 

Cordage,  manufacture  of 95 

Corn 71 

Indian , 75 

Corregidor,  area  mainland 5 

(See  Manila  (municipality).  Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

By  pueblos 38 

Towns 27 

Cost  of  running  a  province 15s 

Cotabato,  area  mainland    and  dependent 

islands 5, 1-5C,  157 

(See  Cota,bato,  Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

By  pueblos 38 

Towns 27 

Cotton,  production  of 71 

Currency,  paper 127 

Customs: 
Custom-house  at  INIanila  open  for  busi- 
ness        112 

Duties  collected  since  United  States  occu- 
pation        :!i)3 

Spanish  tariff  and  customs  regulations 

continued  in  force 112 

General  order  for  the  f^Miidance  of  officers 
concerned  in  the  collect  inn  df  customs 

duty  under  subdivi.vinns  Mali'il li: 

Proclamation  of  a  new  tariff  postponed..      112 
(See  Tariff.) 
Customs  collection,  general  order  for  the 

guidance  of  officers 112 

Custom-house  at  Manila  open  for  business.      112 

Customs  service,  Philippine  Islands 105 

Classification  of  ports 105 

Entry,  ports  of  (see  Ports  of  entry) 105 

Coasting  trade  only,  Philippine  ports  for.      106 

General  list  of  coastwise  ports 106 

List  of  ports  of  entry  and  coastwise  trade 
only,  by  collection  districts: 

Cebii 107 

Iloilo 108  I 

Manila 108  I 

Palawan 108 

Siasi 105,107 

Sulu 105, 107 

Zamboanga 108 

Cuyos,  area   mainland  and  dependent  is 

lands,  province  of  Paragua 0,1.56,158 

(See Cuyos,  Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

Towns 27 

Dagupan,  Manila  and  Railroad 17,2:'. 

Dapitan,  area  mainland  and  dependent  is- 
lands   5, 156, 1 .17 

(See  Dapitan,  Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

Towns 27 

Ddvao,  area  mainland  and  dependent  is- 
lands    5, 1.%,  1 57 

(See  D4vao,  Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

By  pueblos 3-< 

Towns  27 

Departmental   military    organization    dis- 
continued       140 

Department  of  North  Philippines,  Manila. .      183 
Departments  (Military)  of  North  and  South 

Philippines 140 

Dependent  islands,  their  number  and  areas 
by  territorial  division,  islands,  and  prov- 
inces        4-6 

Comparison  of  numbers  and  areas  from  * 

best  authorities 6 


INDEX. 


253 


Page. 
Depondmt  islnnrlR— rnntinned, 
Listofuiiiin  islaiKis  or  groups  in  Order  of 
ari'iiol'  inaiiilaiKl,  with  the  number  and 

I         area  of  their  dependent  islands 69 
Number  and  area  of  dependent  islands 

1,000  square  miles  or  less 70 

See  list  of  islands  and  areas 4, 5, 6 

Deportation  of  insurgents 140 

Dialects,  Philippine 67, 68 

List  of,  in  which  works  have  been  pub- 
lished    68 

Retaua's  Catdlogo  Biblioteca  Filipina  ...  68 

Discovery  and  exploration 175 

Distances: 

i  Between  Manila  and  commercial  centers 
on  lines  of  steam  and  sail  communica- 
tion   129,130,131 

[    Between  Manila  and  Philippine  Island  ' 

i        points 128, 129 

.    To  certain  commercial  centers 190 

;  Division  of  the  Philippines  created  and  de- 
partments defined 138, 139 

Dollar: 

Mexican  silver 126 

Si  lanish  Filipino  silver  (peso ) 126 

British 126 

.  Duties,  customs,    collected    since    United 

States  occupation 203 

Dye  and  starch  plants: 

Alazoror  safHower 74 

i-   Ananaples 74 

•     Anil  or  indigo 73 

(     Aguisip 74 

Arrowroot 74 

Bacauan 74 

Bagsang 74 

Balanti 74 

Bancuro 74 

Banga  (seePagahan) 74 

,     Buri 74 

Camoting  cahoy 74 

Cassava,  guccu  or  camoting  cahoy 74 

1      Cduong 74 

■      Guccu 74 

Indigo 73 

Lumbia  or  lumbay 74 

Pagahan 74 

SafHower 74 

Salicsican 74 

Sibucao  raltar 74 

Earthquakes 209 

I  Eastern  archipelago  in  eastern  Asia,  Phil- 
ippine Islands  the  most  northern  part  of.  1 
Economii;  classification  of  vegetable  prod- 
ucts    70 

Education: 

In  schools 160 

Number  of   employees,   American   and 

Filii)ino 159 

Organization  and  statistics 160 

Manila 194 

Election: 

First,  in  the  Philippines 136 

Of  mayors  under  military  protection 136 

Engineers,  duties  of 153 

Entry,  ports  of  (see  Ports  of  entry; 105 

Ermita,  Manila 189 

European  mestizos 64 

Exchange,  money 163 

Executive  authority,  supreme: 

President  ot  United  States  of  America  ...  133 
Commander  in  Chief  of  the  Army  and 
Navy  of  the  United  S'ates  and  militia, 

provisions  of  the"  Constitution 133 

Powers  granted  by  act  of  March  2, 1901  . .  133 
Executive   departments    administered   by 

members  of  the  commission 155 

Interior IftS 

Commerce  and  police 155 

Justice  and  finance 155 

-      Public  instruction.. 155 

Exports: 
Selected  list  of  articles  from  the  Philip- 
pine Islands  for  twelve  months  ending 
June,  1901,  showing  their  quantity  and 

value 123, 124,1%,  126 

(See  Supplement,  202,203.) 


Page. 
Exports  of  merchandise  (see  Commerce  of 

the  Philippines) 114, 115, 116, 117, 

118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 128, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128 
Fares  and  routes  to  United  States  posses- 
sions in  Asia 19 

Fetes  in  honor  of  conventions  for  provin- 
cial organization 154 

Filipino  representatives  added  to  commis- 
sion        154 

Finance,  administration  of 155 

Finances,  money  and  exchange 163 

Financial  institutions 163, 164, 165 

Abstracts  of  returns  from  the  Manila  and 
Cebu  branches  of  the  Chartered  Bank 
of  India,  Australia,  and  China;  Manila 
and  Iloilo  branches  of  the  Hongkong 
and  Shanghai  Banking  Company;  The 
Banco  Espanol  Filipino  at  Manila  and 

its  Iloilo  branch,  December  31, 1901 164 

Abstract  of  report  made  to  the  Comp- 
troller of  the  Currency,  showing  the 
condition  of  the  Monte  de  Piedad  y 
Caja  de  Ahorros  de  Manila,  in  the 
Philippine  Islands,  at  the  close  of  busi- 
ness on  January  11,  1902 165 

Fiscal,  provincial,  duties  of 153 

Fisheries 96 

Fishes  {see  list  of) 171 

Flora 81 

Pood,  prices  of,  in  Manila 97, 98 

Forest  wealth  of  the  archipelago 85, 

86,88,89,90,91,92,93 
(See     alphabetical    list    of     Philippine 
woods.) 

Public 85 

Forest  products 85 

Economic  value  of 85 

Licenses  to  cut 86 

Government  tax,  how  paid,  amount 86 

Dammar,  gum  mastic,  and  rosins  found  in 

large  quantities 88 

Forestry  Bureau 85 

Organization  of 85 

Field  force 85 

Cost  of 86 

Forestry  officials  on  duty 87 

Forestry  stations 86 

Fortress,  Manila 187 

Foundation  of  city,  Manila 183 

France,  colonial  possessions  near  Philip- 
pine Islands,  area  and  population 7 

Franchises 155 

Friar  curates 69 

Fruits: 

Wild  and  cultivated,  abundant 93 

Introduction  of  new  species  from  United 

States,  etc 93 

List  and  description  of  fruits  of  industrial 

and  domestic  use 93, 94, 95 

Garrisons: 
Military  posts,  for  suppression  of  insur- 
rection and  brigandage  and  mainten- 
ance of  order 148 

Of  United  States  troops 140, 206 

Gas 83 

Geographical    relation    of    the    principal 
islands   and   groups    of   the    Philippine 

Archipelago  to  each  other 4 

Germany,  colonial  possessions  near  Philip- 
pine Islands,  area  and  population 7 

Gold: 

Common  in  the  archipelago 83 

Its  distribution 83,84 

Quality  and  quantity 83, 84 

Gold  and  silver,  imports  and  exports  of 115, 

116, 117, 118 

Gold  coins  of  the  United  States,  rate  of 127 

Government: 

Civil 146 

Special  form  of,  proposed   in  certain 

cases 158 

Organization  of 203, 206 

Legislative 203 

Executive 203 

Provincial 204 

Judicial 205 

Insurgent,  broken  up 137 


254 


INDEX. 


Page. 
Govemment— Continued. 
Rump,  organized  by  Aguinaldo  and  ac- 
compliues    promptly   disposed    of    by 

United  States  military  forces 169 

Temporar\-  civil,  established  along  the 

M.  andb.  R.  R 137 

United  States  military  occupation  and . . .  121 
Governmental    powers,    exercise    of,    by 

United  States  Philippine  Commission 149 

Governments: 

Provincial,  organized  July  4,  1901 155 

Provincial  and  military  (see  List  of  islands 

and  provinces,  how  administered) l-'w, 

156, 157, 158 
Governor-generals  of  the  Philippine  Islands 
down    to  their  transfer   to   the  United 

States 147 

Governor,  provincial,  powers  and  duties. . .  152 

Gramineous  plants  or  grasses 70 

Bamboo 71 

Cogon 71 

Corn '. -  71 

Rice  or  palay 70 

Sorghum  or  batad 71 

Zacate  (grass) 71 

Grazing 81 

Great   Britain,  colonial    possessions   near 
Philippine    Islands,    area    and    popula- 
tion   7 

Guam,  time  when  12  noon  at  Washington..  2, 105 

Guerrilla  tactics  resorted  to 139 

Guerrilla   warfare   effectively   treated   by 
United   States   department  and  district 

commanders 169 

Gums  or  almilcigas  (see  names  and  prod- 
ucts)    79 

Gutta-percha 87 

Statistics  of 87 

Philippines  adapted  to  its  culture 87 

Attention    given     to     propagation    and 

growth  by  other  nations 87 

Gvpsnm.  aeposits  of 84 

Harhi )r  inii.r.  .vrment 199 

HarlM  .I--,  1  .a y<  and 15 

Hats,  manuiacture  of 95 

Health, genera  1  facts  about,  in  theislands.  160, 161 

Hemp,  production  of 96 

Hemp  exports,  1850-1899 : 120 

Hemp  receipts,  1850-1899 121 

History,  Manila 192 

History  (see  Natural;  Chronology)...  169,175-182 
Home  rule  and  its  limits,  a  svstern  of,  under 

Spain 168 

Hongkong.  China  (Great  Britain) 7 

Honolulu  time  when  12  noon  at  Washington  2 

Humidity 13 

Ilocanos,  number  and  territory  of 66 

Ilocos  Norte,  area,  mainland  and  depend- 
ent islands 5 

Province 155,157 

{See  Ilocos  Norte,  Gazetteer.) 

Population J 27 

By  pueblos 38 

Towns 27 

Ilocos  Sur,  area,  mainland  and  dependent 

islands 5 

Province 155,157 

(See  Ilocos  Sur,  Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

By  pueblos 39 

Towns 27 

Iloilo,  port  of  entry: 

Collection  district  of 105 

Coastwise  ports 108 

Inhabitants  petition  for  American  occu- 
pation    135 

United  States  expedition  arrives 135 

Occupied 135 

A  center  of  military  occupations 136 

Iloilo,  area,  mainland  and  dependent  is- 
lands    6 

Pro\-ince 156, 157 

(See  Panay;  Hollo,  Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

Bv  pueblos 39 

Towns 27 

Transferred  to  civD  administration 154 


Page. 
Immigration 20: 

Imports: 
Selected  list  of  articles  of  import  for  twelve 
months  ending  June,  1901,  to  show  their  ' 

relative  market  demand  and  the  rela- 
tions of  the  United  States  in  value  to  the 

principal  competing  nations 122, 12;; 

(See  Supplement.) 
Imports  of  merchandise  (see  Commerce  of 

the  Philippines) 114 

115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 124, 125, 12f 

Supplement 200-202, 20! 

Improvement,  harbor 19!; 

Indigo,  production  of 73, 9( 

Indonesians,  race 64, fi 

Industry,  Manila 191 

Industries,  mechanical 9f 

Alcohol  9f 

Building  trades 9f 

Cheese 

Cloth,  manufacture  of 9f 

Cordage,  manufacture  of 9f 

Fisheries 9f 

Hats,  etc.,  manufacttu-e  of 9E 

Hemp 9f 

Indigo 96 

Leather  

Mats,  manufactiu-e  of 9^ 

Rice 

Shipbuilding , 

Soap 

Starches 


I 


Tobacco 

Infanta,  area,  mainland   and   dependent 

islands 5 

Subprovince 155, 157 

(See  Infanta,  Gazetteer). 

Population W 

By  pueblos 

Towns ._.  27 

Inhabitants,  average  number  to  the  square 

mile 158 

Insects 172 

Instructions  to  Philippine  Commission 148 

Insular  Affairs,  Bureau  of 

Insular  Affairs,  House  Committee  on 211 

Interisland  intercourse,  Manila 198 

Interior,  administration  of  affairs 156 

Internal  revenue 165 

Statement  of  collections  and  expenses  of 
internal-revenue  department  from  Julv 
1,  1900,  to  October  1,  1901  (United  SUites 

currency)  165 

International  date  line  (see  Time  circuit) . .  1 

Insurgent  government  broken  up 137 

Insure-' nt  movement  eollap.sed 136 

Iusutl:.  ;i;<  .  iL'aTiii^ed.  dissipation  of 136 

FicM  Miv,  ~,lM,anded ,....  139 

InteiiiatiMiial  diviiiing  line  between  Asia 

and   Oceania,  di.stance   from  Philippine 

Islands  to 2 

Iron 84 

Its  distribution  in  the  archipelago 84 

Isabela,  area    mainland   and    dependent 

islands 5 

Province 155, 157 

(See  Isabela,  Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

By  pueblos 40 

To^vns 27 

Islands  (see  Dependent  islands) 69 

Islands     (see     Philippine     (Archipelago) 

Islands) 1 

Islands  of  geographical  importance,  their 

geographical  relation  to  each  other  and 

to  surrounding  territories 4 

Java  and  Madura  (Netherlands  East  In- 
dies), comparative  view  of 7 

Jol6  (Sulu),  port  of  entry 105 

Judicial  authority 155 

Justice,  administration  of 155 

Kaolin  (see  Clays) 84 

Katipunan  League 168 

KiauChou  (Germany) 7 

Kings  of  Spain  since  the  discoven,-  of  the 

Philippine  Islands 138 


rNDEX. 


255 


Page. 

iftborin  the  Philippines 98 

Chinese 98 

digonoy,  bay  of 16 

Oigunei,   area    mainland   and   dependent 

islands 5 

ProTince 155, 157 

(See  Laguna,  Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

Bv  pueblos 40 

Towns 27 

Ports  closed  to  trade 151 

ikes 11,12 

jomon.  bay  of 15 

janao.  area 5, 156, 157 

{See  Lanao,  Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

Towns 27 

jand  limits,  area  of  Philippine  Islands 3 

.And-s,  public 166 

juignnge,  Manila 183 

[Anguages: 

■  By  territorial  and  political  divisions 26 

Spoken  and  written 67 

Foreign,  American,  and  European 67 

Native,  and  dialects 67 

liatitude,  longitude,  and  difference  of  time, 

Manila 183 

Mw  of  civil  government  in  the  Philippine 

Islands,  act  of  Congress  July  1,  1902 212 

w,  parliamentarv.  history  of 211 

-\  Philippine,  list  of 149 

,  deposits  of 84 

tobacco,  exports  from  Philippine  ports, 

1,1899 122 

ler,  manufacture  of % 

tive  authority  of  Philippine  Com- 

on 148 

iepanto,  area   mainland   and  dependent 

islands 5 

Subprovince , . . .  155, 157 

(SeeLepanto,  Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

By  pueblos 41 

Towns 27 

Lepanto-Bontoc,  province  of 155, 1-57 

'  jsser  Stmda  Lslands  (Netherlands)  East 

Indies,  comparative  view  of 7 

Leyte,    area    mainland     and    dependent 

islands 5 

Province 156, 1-58 

(See  Leyte,  Gazetteer.) 

Mountains 8 

Mineral  springs 10 

Rivers 12 

Population 27 

By  pueblos 41 

Towns 27 

Minerals 85 

Light-hou.«es 109 

Transferred  to  civil  administration 154 

Licenses  to  extract  forest  products 86 

Number  is.sued 86 

Light-houses 109,110,111 

List  of  names  of,  location  of  lights,  and 

waters  lighted 109, 110,  HI 

Lingayen.  Gulf  of 15 

Literature  of  the  Philippine  Islands  {see 

Philippine  bibliography) 105 

Lithographic  stone,  depo"sits  of 84 

Longitude  («ef  Time  circuit) 1 

Lubang  Island  to  Marinduque 156, 1.58 

Lumbang,  production  of 73 

Lumber,  production  of 74 

Luzon,  most  northern  island  of  geograph- 
ical importance 4 

Comparison  of  authorities  and  discrepan- 
cies as  to  areas 6 

Mountains 7, 8 

Volcanoes 7, 8 

Mineral  springs 10 

Rivers 11 

Climate 12.13,14 

Dominant  raee.« 26 

Population,  total 27 

By  provinces 27 

Towns,  number  of 27 


Luzon — Contintied. 

Minerals a5 

Light-houses 109, 110 

Provincial  governments  of 1.55 

Area  mainland  and  dependent  islands ...  4 
Provinces  of,  area  mainland  and  depend- 
ent islands 4 

Abra 4 

Albay 4 

Catanduanes 4 

Ambos  Camarines 4 

Bata^n , 4 

Batangas 5 

Benguet - 5 

Bontoc 5 

Bulac^n 5 

Cagayto 5 

Babuyanes 5 

^ataries 5 

Cavite 5 

Ilocos  Norte 5 

Ilocos  Sur 5 

Infanta 5 

Polillo 5 

Lsabela 5 

Laguna 5 

Lepanto 5 

Quiangan 5 

Manila  (municipality) 5 

Corregidor 5 

Nneva  Ecija 5 

Nueva  Vizcaya 5 

Cayapa 5 

Pampanga 5 

Pangasindn 5 

Principe 5 

Rizal 5 

Sorsogon 5 

Tirlac 5 

Tayabas 5 

Union 5 

Zambales 5 

Macao  ( Portugal) 7 

Mace,  production  of 75,76 

MaUs: 

Movement  of 19 

Time  in  transit 19 

Postal  tran-sportation 19 

Maize  (»:cCom) 71 

Malate,  Manila 190 

Malayans  race 64, 65 

Mammals  {see  list  of  j 169 

Manila  Bay,  Manila 186 

Manila: 

Time  when  12  noon  at  Washington 2 

Manila  and  Dagupan  Railroad 17, 23 

Port  of  entry 105 

Collection  district,  coast^vise  ports 108 

Insurgent  attack  on 135 

Manila,  capital  and  chief  emporium  of  the 
commerce  of  Eastern  Asia  and  archi- 
pelagoes of  the  Pacific 1 

Manila  Municipality,  area  mainland. . .  5, 155, 158 

Population 27 

Manila,  former  province  of.  population  1887, 
by  pueblos,  except  the  municipality  of, 

included  in  Rizal 42 

Manila,  municipality  of 183 

Geographical  location.. 183 

Differences   of    longitude    according    to 

other  nations 183 

Time  ball 199 

Location 183 

Name  and  foundation 183 

Modem  facilities 184 

Population 183,184 

Race,  language 183 

Architectural  features 185 

Boundaries 185 

Area 183, 185 

Phvsical  features 185 

Manila  Bav 186 

Manila  lights 110,186 

Manila  fortress 187 

Business  in  residential  districts 187 

Suburbs 188 


256 


INDEX. 


Page. 
Manila,  municipality  of— Continued. 
Suburbs— Continued. 

Binondo 188 

SanNicoMs 188 

Tondo 188 

Santa  Cruz 189 

Quiapo 189 

San  Miguel 1 89 

Sampdloc 189 

Pandacan 1>^9 

Trozo  or  San  Jos6 189 

Paco  or  San  Fernando  de  Dilao 189 

Ermita 189 

Malate 190 

Roads  and  communications,  land 190 

Commercial  advantages 190 

Communications,  water 190 

Industries 191 

Commerce  and  trade ,    191 

United  .States  military  occupation 191 

Miliiiuy  division  of  the  Philippines 183 

Department  of  North  Philippines 183 

History 192 

Municipal  government 192 

Distribution  of  municipal  powers 192 

Police  jurisdiction 193 

Interisland  intercourse 193 

Manila  public  buildings 193 

Military 193 

Civil 193,194 

Religious 194 

Educational 194 

Marble  deposits 84 

Marianas  Islands  (Germany) 7 

Marinduque,  area  mainland  and  dependent 

islands 4 

Province 156,158 

(See  Marinduque,  Gazetteer.) 

Population,  total 27 

By  provinces 27 

Towns,  number  of 27 

Minerals 85 

Transferred  to  civil  administration 154 

Marshall  Islands  (Germany) 7 

Masbate,  area  mainland  and  dependent  is- 
lands    5 

Province 156, 158 

(See Masbate,  Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

By  pueblos,  including  Ticao 42 

Towns 27 

Minerals  85 

Light-houses 110 

Transferred  to  civil  administration 154 

Mats,  manufacture  of , 96 

Maura  law,  of  municipal  government,  the. .  167 

Measures 127, 128 

Metrical  system  authorized  by  Revised 

Statutes 127,128 

Metrical  system  continued  in  the  Philip- 
pine Islands 127, 128 

Metrical  terms  in  common  use 127, 128 

Native  and  United  States  equivalents..  127, 128 
Medicinal  plants  (see  List  for  names  and 

uses) 76 

Merchandise,  quantities  and  values  of  the 
principal  articles  of: 

Exported  into  the  Philippine  Islands,  1900  119 

Imported  into  the  Philippine  Islands,  1900  119 

Mercury,  indications  of 84 

Meridian  of  180°  {see  Time  circuit  and  in- 
ternational date  line) 2 

Mestizos,  European 64 

Methods,  Spanish 1 67 

Mexican  silver  dollar  (peso) 126 

Military,  Manila 193 

Military  occupation.  United  States 191 

Military  division  of   the  Philippines,  Ma- 
nila    183 

Mindanao,  area  mainland  and  dependent 

islands 4, 156 

(See  Mindanao,  Gazetteer). 
Provinces  of,  area  mainland  and  depend- 
ent islands— 

Basilan 5 

Cotabato 5 

Dapitan , 5 

D^vao 5 


Page. 


Mindanao,  area  mainland  and  dependent 
islands— Continued. 

Provinces  of— Continued. 

Lanao 5 

Misamis 5 

Surigao 5 

Zamboanga 6 

Comparison  of  authorities  and  discrepan- 
cies as  to  areas 

Mountains 

Volcanoes 9, 10 

Mineral  springs 10 

Rivers 12 

Climate  13 

Dominant  races 26  ' 

Population,  total 27  ( 

By  provinces 27 

Towns,  number  of 27 

Minerals 85 

Light-houses 110 

Special  form  of  government  in  certain 

cases 158 

Mindoro,  area  mainland  and  dependent  is- 
lands           4 

Subprovince  of  Marinduque 156, 158 

(See  Mindoro,  Gazetteer.) 

Mountains 

Volcanoes 

Rivers 

Dominant  races 

Population,  total 

By  pueblos 

Towns,  number  of 

Minerals 

Ports  opened  for  resumptinn  df  trade  —      1 

Specialformofgovernment  ill  eertaiii  eases      1 
Mineral  products,  list  of .s.2, 83, 84, 

Mineral-bearing  islands  and  ilieir  re- 
sources   

Minerals 

Use  of  gold  and  copper  before  the  arrival 
of  Spaniards 

American  prospectors  and  miners 

Mining  bureau  at  Manila 

Mineral  products,  metallic  and  nonme- 
tallic(seelistof) 82,83,84, 

Mineral-bearing  islands  and  their  re- 
sources   

Mineral  springs 

Alkaline 

Chalybeate 

Purgative 

Saline 

Sulphur 

Mining  bureau 

Mining  rights 

Ministry,  representation  in  the  Spanish 

Military  occupation  and  government. 
United  States,  summary  of  events  con- 
nected with 

State  of  war  declared 

Proclamation  of  the  President 131 

Spanish  ships  in  Manila  Bay  destroyed  . .      131 

Department  of  the  Pacific  and  Eightl 
Army  Corps  created 131 

Departure  of  the  advanced  expeditionary 
force  from  San  Francisco 131 

Guam,  surrender  of 131 

Isla  Grande  in  Subic  Bay  occupied 13i 

Arrival  of  department  commander  at  Ca- 
vite 

Sea  and  land  attack  and  surrender  of  Ma- 
nila and  the  authorities  of  Spain  to  the 
United  States 

Proclamation  of  war  and  assurance  of  pro- 
tection in  civil  and  religious  affairs, 
private  rights  to  be  respected,  commerce 
open  to  all  neutral  nations,  and  other 
assurances  of  good  will  and  authority.. 

Assumption  of  civil  government  by  the 
United  States  military  authorities  in 
Manila  and  Cavite 

Signature  of  protocol  of  agreement  and  , 

cessation  of  hostilities  announced,  and 
terms  granted 13i 

Insurgents  enter  Manila  with  the  Ameri- 
can troops  and  subsequently  ordered  to 
withdraw IS 


132 


13V 


135 


132 


Page. 
Military  occupation — Continued. 
Civil  courts  as  existed  under  Spain  author- 
ized to  resume,  subject  to  supervision  in 
the  interests  of  military  occupation —  132 
Insurgents   ordered    to  withdraw    to    a 
greater  distance  and  reluctantly  com- 
plied    133 

Reorganization    of    the    Eighth    Army 

Corps 133 

Transportation  of  entire  force  without  loss  133 

Army  takes  the  aggressive 13.5 

Military  posts  and  garrisons  for  suppression 
of    insurrection   and   brigandage   and 

maintenance  of  order 148 

Corrected  to  May  10, 1902 206 

Misamis,  area   mainland   and   dependent 

islands 5 

Province 156,158 

(See  Misamis,  Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

By  pueblos 43 

Towns 27 

Transferred  to  civil  administration 154 

Missions  and  missionaries 69 

Modem  facilities,  Manila 183 

MoUusks  {see  list  of) 172 

Moluccas  (Netherlands)  (East  Indies),  com- 
parative view  of 7 

Monastic  orders 69 

Money 163 

Money-order  offices,  list  of 18 

Moro  (Moslem)  religion 69 

Provinces 156 

Morong,  former   province  of,  population, 

1887,  by  pueblos  (now  included  in  Rizal)  44 

Moros,  number  and  territory  of 66 

Mountains 7 

Municipal  Code,  applicable  to 152, 155 

Municipal  government  board 138 

Municipal  government,  Manila 192 

Municipal  governments 159 

Municipal  law,  Pre.sident's  instructions  re- 
specting    135 

Maura,  plan  of 167 

Municipal  powers,  distribution  of,  Manila.  192, 193 
M  unicipalities  to  be  self-governing  and  elec- 
tive   152 

Music 208 

Name  Philippine  Islands,  how  received 1 

Native  priests 69 

Natural  history: 

Mammals  (see  list  of) 169 

Birds  (seelistof) 170 

Reptiles  and  batrachians  (see  list  of) 171 

Fishes  (seelistof) 171 

Mollusks  (see  list  of) 172 

Negritos  race 63, 65 

Negros  (see  Negros,  Negros  Occidental,  and 
Negros  Oriental,  Gazetteer) : 

Mountains 8 

Volcanoes 9 

Mineral  springs 10 

Rivers 11 

Climate 13 

Population  by  pueblos 44 

Minerals 85 

Cost  of  local  administration 158, 159 

Negros  Occidental,  area  mainland  and  de- 
pendent islands 6 

Province  166, 158 

(.See  Negros  Occidental,  Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

By  pueblos  (see  Negros) 44 

Towns 27 

Transferred  to  civil  administration 154 

Negros  Oriental,  area  mainland  and  de- 
pendent islands 6 

Province 156, 158 

(See  Negros  Oriental,  Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

By  pueblos  (see  Negros) 44 

Towns 27 

Transferred  to  civil  administration 1.54 

Netherlands,  colonial  possessions  near  Phil- 
ippine Islands,  area  and  population,  com- 
parative view  of 7 

S.  Doc.  280-^1  T 


257 


Page. 

Nipa,  production  of 75 

Niter,  quantities  found 84 

Non-Christian  tribes: 
Population 66 

Number  of  tribes  and  distribution 66 

Physical  and  political  characteristics  of..       67 
NuevaEcija,  area  mainland  and  dependent 

islands 5 

Province 155,158 

(.See  Nueva  Ecija,  Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

Bypueblos 45 

Towns 27 

Transferred  to  ci vU  administration 154 

Nueva  Vizcaya,  area  mainland  and  depend- 
ent islands 5 

Province 155, 158 

(.See  Nueva  Vizcaya,  Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

Bypueblos 45 

Towns 27 

Number  of  members  of  the  monastic  orders 

killed  and  imprisoned  during  the  revolu- 

tionsof  1896.  1898 69 

Nutmeg,  production  of 76 

Occupation  and  administration  extended  to 

the  whole  archipelago 185 

Occupation  and  government.  United  States 
military: 

President's  instructions  respecting  munic- 
ipal law,  to  be  administered  by  repre- 
sentatives of  the  people,  and  manage- 
ment of  public  property  and  revenues 
and  transportation  by  military  authori- 
ties until  replaced  by  civil  administra- 
tion; also  as  to  rights  and  commerce. . .      135 

Extension  of  orders  of  occupation  and  ad- 
ministration to  the  whole  archipelago. .      135 

Mixed  commission,  to  facilitate  the  exten- 
sion of  authority  and  the  protection  of 
the  inhabitants,  created,  and  received 
the  President's  instructions 135 

Insurgent  attack  on  Manila 135 

Army  takes  the  aggressive  with  success. .      135 

Towns  recognized  as  municipal  corpora- 
tions to  be  known  as  municipios,  with 
commanders  of  military  districts  as  gov- 
ernors        135 

Insurgent  movement  collapsed 136 

Notice  of  amnesty 136 

Large  submissions  under  certain  condi- 
tions       136 

Ports  of  entry  opened 136 

Coastwise  ports 136 

Campaign  in  northern  Luzon 136 

Dissipation  of  the  insurgents  as  an  organ- 
ized force 136 

First  election  in  the  Philippines 136 

Election  of  mayors  under  military  protec- 
tion       136 

Visayan  military  district,  with  subdis- 
tricts,  created 136 

Bacolod,  Negros  Occidental,  occupied  as 
point  from  which  to  conduct  operations.      136 

Military  governor  appointed  and  native 
police  organized  at  Negros;  constitu- 
tional convention  held  at  Bacolod 136 

Constitution  framed  and  transmitted  to 
the  President 136 

Set  in  motion  by  appointment  of  a  mili- 
tary governor  for  the  troops  and  civil 
governor  for  provincial  and  municipal 
purposes 136,137 

Other  details  of  organization  and  powers 
of  administration  perfected 137 

The  Philippine  mixed  commission  begin 
their  labors  and  issue  a  proclamation; 
recalled,  and  submitted  a  preliminary 
report  to  the  President 137 

Temporary  civil  government  established 
along  the  ManilaandDagupan  Railroad      137 

Sulu,  Sulu  Island,  occupied  by  United 
States  troops,  by  agreement,  the  local 
Sultan  acknowledging  the  supreme  au- 
thority of  the  United  States  over  the 
whole  archipelago 137 


258 


Page. 
Occupation  and  government,  United  States 
military— Continued. 
Insurgent  government  broken  up  and  so- 
called  president  a  fugitive 137 

Portsopen  tocommerce 137 

Board  of  natives  of  civic  and  military  abil- 
ity created  by  the  military  governor  to 
formulate  and  report  a  plan  of  munici- 
pal government 138 

Their  report  essentially  the  foundation  of 
municipal  government  as  subsequently 

elaborated 138 

Division  of  the  Philippines  created,  de- 
partments defined 138, 139 

Formal  disbandment  of  field  forces  of  the 

insurgents 139 

Guerrilla  tactics  resorted  to 139 

Amnesty  offered 140 

Persecution  of  the  inhabitants  friendly 

to  the  American  cause 140 

Secret  committees  organized 140 

Exemplary  punishment  ordered  for  viola- 
tion of  the  laws  of  war  set  forth  in  spe- 
cial instructions 140 

Deportation  of  certain  insurgents  to  the 

island  of  Guam 140 

Armed  insurrection  confined  to  SAmar  and 

several  provinces  in  southern  Luzon. . .  140 
Discontinuance  of  the  departmental  form 

of  military  organization 140 

Departments  of  North  and  South  Philip- 
pines created 140 

Stations  of  United  States  troops  in  the 

Philippine  Islands  February  15, 1902  . . .  140, 
141,142,143,144,145,146 

Number  of.  May  10,  1892 206 

Casualties,  statistics  of 146 

Captures  of  material 146 

Aguinaldo,  capture  of 146 

Occupation  and  government.  United  Staten 

military,  of 131 

Ochers,  deposits  of 84 

Oil,  mineral,  reported 84 

Oil-producing  plants: 

Ajonjoli  (benne  seed) 73 

Benne  seed,  Sesama  or  Ajonjoli 73 

Cacahuet  (peanut) 73 

Castor  oil,  Ricino,  Ricinus 73 

Cocoanut 72 

Lumbang 73 

Mani  (peanut)  73 

Peanut,  Mani,  or  Cacahuet 73 

Ricino  (castor  oil) 73 

Sesama  (benne  seed) 73 

Oils,  essences  or  essential: 

Champaca 79 

Sampaguita 79 

Ylang  Ylang 79 

Opal  found  in  certain  localities 84 

Open-door  policy,  Manila 191 

Origin  of  name,  Manila 183 

Paco  or  San  Fernando  Dilao,  Manila 189 

Pacto  de  Biac-na-Bato  agreement  between 
Spain  and  Aguinaldo  and  accomplices, 

Revolution,  1897 168 

Pagahan,  production  of 74 

Pagan,  religion 69 

Palawan  ( Paragua) ,  area,  mainland  and  de- 
pendent islands 4, 156, 1-58 

(.S'ee  Palawan,  Gazetteer.) 

Dominant  races 26 

Population,  total 27 

By  pueblos 45 

Towns,  number  of 27 

Collection  district  coastwise  ports 108 

Light-houses Ill 

Palay  (see  Rice) 70 

Pampanga,  area  mainland  and  dependent 

islands 5 

Province 155, 158 

(See  Pampanga,  Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

By  pueblos 45 

Towns 27 

First  province  organized 

Transferred  to  civil  administration 154 

Pampangos,  number  and  territory  of 66 

Panay,  area  mainland  and  dependent  is- 
lands    6, 156 

(See  Panay,  Gazetteer.) 


Page. 
Panay,  area  mainland  and  dependent  is- 
islands— Continued. 

Mountains 8 

Mineral  springs lo 

Rivers 11 

Minerals 85 

Light-houses Ill 

Panddn,  production  of 71 

Pandacan,  Manila 189 

PangasinSn,  area  mainland  and  dependent 

islands 5 

Province 1.55, 158 

(See  Pangasindn,  Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

By  pueblos 46 

Towns 27 

Transferred  to  civil  administration 154 

Pangasinans,  number  and  territory  of 66 

Pangutaran  group,  area  mainland  and  de- 
pendent islands 5, 157, 1-58 

(See  Pangutaran,  Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

Towns 27 

Paper  currency 127 

Paragua  province 156, 158 

Parliamentary  procedure  in  passage  of  law 

of  civil  government  in  Philippines 211 

Pasturage 81 

Peace  conditions 154, 155 

Peanut,  Mani  or  Cacahuet,  production  of. . 

Pearls 84i 

Pelew  Islands  (Germany) 7^ 

Pennsylvania  Railroad  Company,  schedule 
and  round-the-world  routes  at  minimum 
rates  and  stop-over  privileges  for  travel- 
ing public  and  officers  of  the  Army  and 

Navy  of  the  United  States 19 

People,  the  Philippine 

Negritos 

Indonesians 64 

Malayans 64 

Europeans,  Mestizos 64 

Pepper,  production  of 76 

Persecution  of  inhabitants  friendly  to  the 

Americans 140 

Petroleum,  indications  of 

Philippine  (archipelago)  Islands,  The 1 

Location,  geographical 1 

Time  circuit 1 

Boundaries 2 

Treaty  limits 2 

Area 

List  of  i.slands  and  areas 4 

List  of  islands  and  provinces,  mainland 

and  dependent  islands,  and  areas 4 

Physical  features 7 

Mountains 7 

Volcanoes,  list  of,  active  and  solfataric.  8 

Volcanoes,  list  of,  extinct  or  dormant. .  10 

Mineral  springs 10 

Rivers 11 

Climate 12 

Atmospheric  pressure 13 

Humiditv 13 

Rains 13 

Winds 14 

Clouds,  weather 14 

Weather  stations 14 

Philippine  seas 14 

Bays  and  harbors 15 

Roads  and  communications 16 

Postal  service 18 

List  of   post-offices  with  province  or 

island 18,202 

Mails 19 

United  States  transport  communication..  19 
Routes  and  fares  to  United  States  posses- 
sions in  Asia 19 

Domestic  trans- Pacific  one-way  through 

fares  from  New  York 19 

Basis  for  through  fares  from  New  York 
in  connection  with  round-trip  fares 
from  Pacific  coast  to  trans-Pacific  des- 
tinations   20 

Round-trip  basing  fares  and  regulations 

from  Pacific  coast 20 

Cable  and  telegraph  communication 21 

List  of  stations  on  military  lines  in  the 
Philippine  Islands  doing  commercial 


INDEX. 


259 


Fage. 
Philippine    (archipelago)    Islands,    The — 
Continued. 
Cable  and    telegraph    communication- 
Continued. 

List  of  United  States  military  cables  ...  23 

Cable  and  telegraph  control 23 

Commercial  cables 24 

Towns,  islands,  and  connection 24 

Selected  list  of  tariff  to  points  over  the 
Eastern  Exten.«ion  Australasia  and 

China  Telegraph  Compan  J' Cables..  24 

Foreign 24 

UnitedStates 24 

Population  and  towns 25 

Population  of  the  world  powers  compared .  2-5 
Philippine  population  reports  compared.  26 
Territorial  and  political  divisions,  list  of.  26 
List  of  islands,  provinces,  and  popula- 
tions   27-2S 

Progress  of  Philippine  population: 
Population  of  the  Philippines  at  differ- 
ent periods 29 

Population  by  provinces  according  to 

five  reliable  reports 30 

General  totals  of  the  population  of  the 
Philippine  Archipelago  under  Spanish 

census  of  1887 31 

To\ms    (pueblos)    in   the    Philippine 
Archipelago,  arranged  by  islands  and 

provinces 31 

Pueblos  in  the  Philippine  Islands,  gen- 
eral alphabetical  list 50 

Tlie  Philippine  people 63 

Negritos 63 

Indonesians 64 

Malayans 64 

European  Mestizos 64 

Races- 
Negritos  65 

Indonesians 65 

Malayan 65 

Chinese  in  the  Philippines 66 

Civilized  races 66 

Non-Christian  tribes 66 

Physical  and  political  characteristics  of 

t  iie  non-Christian  tribes 67 

Languages  spoken  and  written 67 

Dialects 68 

Alphabet 68 

Religion ; 69 

Dependent  islands- 
List  of  main  islands  or  groups  in  the 
order  of  area  of  mainland,  with  num- 
ber and  area  of  dependent  islands  ...  69 
Number  and  area  of  dependent  islands.  70 

Vegetable  products 70 

Economic  cla.ssification 70 

Gramineous  plants  or  grasses 70 

Textile  plants 71 

Oil-producing  plants 72 

Dye  and  starch  plants 73 

Saccharine  and  alcoholic  plants 75 

Aromatic  plants 75 

Medicinal  plants 76 

Resins 78 

Gums  or  almdcigas  plants 79 

Essences  or  essential  oils 79 

Vegetables 79 

Flora,  pasturage 81 

Minerals 81  I 

Mineral  products 82 

Analysis  of  coal  from  Batan,  Albay 

Province,  Luzon 82 

Mineral-bearing  islands  and  their  re- 
sources    85 

Forests 85 

Gutta-percha 87 

Rubber .  87 

Philippine  woods  of  economic  value, 

alphabetical  list  of 88 

Philippine  woods,  economic  uses  of 92 

Fruits,  list  of 93 

Mechanical  industries 95 

Manufacture  of  cloth 95 

mats,  hats,  etc  .  .^ 95 

cordage 95 

tobacco 96 

sugar 96 

hemp 96 

indigo 96 


Page. 
Philippine    (archipelago)    Islands,    The— 
Continued. 
Mechanical  industries— Continued. 

Manufacture  of  alcohol 96 

oil 96 

rice % 

soap % 

starches 96 

cheese 96 

leather 96 

fisheries 96 

shipbuilding 96 

building  trades % 

Food  prices 97 

Prices  of  certain  articles  in  common  use 

in  Manila,  April  1,  1900 97,98 

Labor 98 

Wage  rates 98 

Rates  of  wages  in  Manila,  April  and 

May,  1900 99 

The  press  in  the  Philippines 104 

Customs  service,  Philippine  Islands 105 

Ports  of  entry,  list  of 105 

Philippine    ports    for    coasting    trade 

only 106,107 

List  of  ports  of  entry  and  ports  open  to 
coastwise  trade  only,  by  collection  dis- 
tricts, in  the  Philippine  Islands 107,108 

Light-houses 109 

Location  of  lights  and  waters  lighted.  109-111 

Weather  service Ill 

Commerce  of  the  Philippine  Islands Ill 

Customs 112 

Tariff 112 

Confirmation  of  "the  tariff  revision  law 

of  1901" 113 

Imports  and  exports  of  merchandise, 

1900andl901 114 

Imports  and  exports  of  gold  and  silver, 

1900andl901 115 

Tonnage,  1900-1901 115 

Imports  and  exports,  by  countries,  in- 
cluding gold  and  silver 115 

Recapitulation 116 

Imports  and  exports  of  gold  and  silver, 

by  countries 117 

Vessels  doing  the  carrving  trade,  June. 

1901 117,118 

Imports  and  exports,  by  Philippine  cus- 
toms districts,  includ"ing  gold  and  sil- 
ver        118 

Imports  of  the  Philippine  Islands,  by 
countries,  during  the  calendar  years 
1889  to  1893,  inclusive,  as  compared 

with  1899  and  1900 118 

Annual  average  values  of  merchandise 
exported,  1892-1896,  as  compared  with 

those  of  1899  and  1900 119 

Quantities  and  values  of  the  principal 
articles  of  merchandise  imported  into 
the  Philippine  Islands  during  the  cal- 
endar year  1900 119 

Quantities  and  values  of  the  principal 
articles  exported  from  the  Philippine 
Islands  during    the    calendar   year 

1900 120 

Hemp  exports,  1850-1899 120 

Philippine  hemp  statistics 121 

Comparative  statement  of  exports  from 

Philippine  ports,  1890-1899 121 

Sugar 121 

Copra 121 

Leaf  tobacco 122 

Trade  between  the  United  States  and  the 

Philippines 122 

Value  of  merchandise  imported  and 
exported  by  the  United  States  in  trade 
with  the  Philippine  Islands  bv  annual 

average,  by  decades,  1848-189V 122 

Value  of  imports  and  exports  of  the 
United  States  in  trade  with  the  Phil- 
ippine Islands,  1891  to  1900 122 

Imports 122 

Selected  list  of  articles  of  import  for  the 
twelve  months  ending  June,  1901,  to 
show  their  relative  market  demand 
and  the  relations  of  the  United  States 
in  value  to  the  principal  competing 

nations 122 

Exports 123 


260 


INDEX. 


I'age. 
Philippine    (archipelago)    Islands,    The— 
Continued. 
Exports — Continued. 
A  selected  list  of  articles  of  export  from 
the  Philippine  Islands  for  the  twelve 
months  ending  June,  1901,  showing 

their  quantity  and  value 123, 124 

Coins,  weights,  and  measures 126 

Coins 126 

Weights  and  measures 127 

Table  of  distances  between  Manila  and 

Philippine  Islands  points 12S 

Table  of  distances  between  Manila  and 
commercial  centers  on  lines  of  steam 

and  sail  communication 12'J 

United  States  military  occupation   and 

government 131 

Department  of  the  Pacific  and  Eighth 

Army  Corps 131 

United  States  military  governor  in  the 

Philippine  Islands,  Eighth  Army  Corps      132 
Department  of  the  Pacific  and  military 

governor  in  the  Philippine  Islands 132 

Supreme  executive  authoritv 133 

The  President  of  the  United  States  of 

America 133 

Powers 133 

Kings  of  Spain  since  the  Philippine  Isl- 
ands formed  part  of  the  monarchy 133 

Presidents  of  the  United  States  of  Amer- 
ica        133 

Department  of  War,  representing  the 
President  of  the  United  States  in  the  ad- 
ministration of  military  and  civil  affairs 

in  the  Philippine  Islands 134 

Foreign  countries  having  consuls  in  the 

Philippine  Islands  January  1, 1902 134 

Treaty  of  peace,  terms  of 134 

Voluntary   consideration    paid    for   the 

Philippine  Islands 134 

Occupation  and  preliminary  administra- 
tion        134 

Division  of  the  Philippines 138 

Department  of  Northern  Luzon 138 

Department  of  Southern  Luzon 138 

Department  of  the  Visayas 139 

Department  of  Mindanao  and  Jolo 139 

Division  of  the  Philippines  and  United 
States  military  governor  in  the  Philip- 
pine Islands 139 

Division  of  the  Philippines 140 

Department  of  North  Philippines 141 

Headquarters  Manila,  Luz6n,  Philip- 
pine Islands 141 

First  separate  brigade 141 

Second  separate  brigade 141 

Third  separate  brigade 141 

Fourth  separate  brigade 141 

Post  of  Manila 141 

Gunboats  in  department 141 

Department  of  South  Philippines 141 

Headquarters    Cebii,  Cebil,  Philippine 

Islands 141 

Fifth  separate  brigade 141 

Sixth  separate  brigade 142 

Seventh  separate  brigade 142 

Stations     of      troops,      Philippine 

Islands 142,146 

Civil  government 146 

Law  of  Congress  in  the  Philippines..      211 
United  States  Philippine  Commission..      146 
Civil  governor  of  the  Philippine  Islands.      146 
Members  of  the  Philippine  Commission. .      147 
Governor-generals    of     the     Philippine 
Islands  from  their  formal  occupation 
by  Spain  down  to  their  transfer  to  the 

sovereignty  of  the  United  States 147, 148 

Public  law  of  civil  government  (Con- 
gress) in  the  Philippines 212 

Public  laws  of  the  Philippine  Islands 149 

First  province  organized 153 

Inauguration  of  the  civil  governor IM 

Distribution  of  administrative  duties 154 

Provincial  and  military  govemmen  ts 1 55 

The  territorial  subdivisions  of  the  Phil- 
ippines in  which  the  affairs  of  civil 
government  are  administered  by 
civilians  and  tho.se  in  which  the  af- 
fairs of  civil  government  are  admin- 
istered by  the  military  authorities.  155, 158 


Page. 
Philippine    (archipelago)     Islands,    The— 
Continued. 
The  territorial  subdivisions — Continued. 

Luz6n 156 

Recapitulation 156 

Mindanao 156 

Recapitulation 156 

Mindoro 1,56 

Palawan 1,57 

Sulu  Archipelago 157 

Visayas 1.57 

Recapitulation 157 

Unassigned  groups  and  islands  under 
military  control  and   military  civil 

administration 1.58 

Recapitulation ]58 

Islands  and  provinces  under  milit^iry 

administration ".      1,58 

Vice  governor  appointed 159 

Municipal  governments 159 

Civil  service 159 

Education 160 

Health 160 

Constabulary 161 

Revenues  and  expenditures 161 

Revenues  and  expenditures  in  the 
Philippine  Archipelago  from  date  of 
American  occupation,  August  20, 1898, 

to  June  30,  1901 162 

Customs  revenues  in  the  Philippine 
Archipelago  from  date  of  American 
occupation,  August  20,  1898,  to  June 
30, 1901,  as  reported  by  the  collectors 

of  customs 162 

Condition  of  the  insular   treasury  at 

periods  stated 163 

Finances,  money,  and  exchange 163 

Financial  institutions 163 

Abstract  of  returns  from  the  Manila  and 
Cebd  branches  of  the  Chartered  Bank 
of  India,  Australia,  and  China;  Ma- 
nila and  Iloilo  branches  of  the  Hong- 
kong and  Shanghai  Banking  Com- 
pany; the  Banco  Espanol  Filipino  at 
Manila  and  its  Iloilo  branch,  Decem- 
ber 31,  1901 164 

Abstract  of  report  made  to  the  Comp- 
troller of  the  Currency  showing  the 
condition  of  the  Monte  de  Piedad  y 
Caja  de  Ahorros  de  Manila,  in  the 
Philippine  Islands,  at  the   close   of 

business  on  January  11, 1902 165 

Internal  revenue 165 

Statement  of  collection  and  expenses 
of  internal-revenue  department 
from  July  1,  1900,  to  October  1,  1901 

(United  States  currenc) 165 

Public  lands 166 

Conditions  at  the  time  of  Spanish  occu- 
pation        166 

Spanish  methods 167 

The  "Maura  law,"  or  municipal  govern- 
ment       167 

Svstem  of  home  rule  and  its  limits 168 

Facto  de  Biac-na-Bato 168 

Spanish  scheme  of  sovereignty  and  au- 
tonomy       169 

Natural  history 169 

Mammals 169 

Birds 170 

Reptiles  and  batrachians 171 

Fishes 171 

Mollusks 172 

Philippine  bibliography 172 

A  selected  list  of  books  by  best  author- 
ities        172 

Selected  list  on  agriculture 174 

Philippine  chronology,  1519-190i 175 

Philippine  Commission: 

Its  personnel 146,147 

Object  of,  stated 152 

Powers  of ,  -  -      147 

Philippines,  royal  pledge  not  to  abandon 

the 176 

Senate  Committee  on  the 211 

Physical  features: 

IMountains 7 

Volcanoes 9  • 

Active y 

Dormant  or  extinct 10 


INDEX. 


261 


Physical  features— Continued. 

Mineral  springs 10 

Rivers 11 

Climate 12 

Temperature 12 

Atmospheric  pressure 13 

Humidity 13 

Rains 13 

Winds 14 

Clouds 14 

Physical  features,  Manila 1S5, 186 

Pineapple,  production  of 71 

Platinum,  indications  of 84 

Police,  administration  of 155 

Polillo,  area,  mainland 5, 165, 157 

(See  Infanta  and  Polillo,  Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

Towns 27 

Political  divisions 26 

Police  jurisdiction,  Manila 193 

Population: 

Manila 183,184 

Sources  of  information  compared 25 

Electors,  proportion  and  qualifications  of.  25 

United  States,  a  century's  growth 25 

Of  world's  powers  compared 26 

Philippine  reports  compared 25 

By  territorial  and  political  divisions 26 

By  grand  divisions 27 

By  islands  and  provinces 27,28 

Comparison  with  New  York 28 

Progress  of,  from  1735  to  1896,  for  the  year 

stated 29 

B  v  provinces  according  to  reliable  reports, 
1818,  1840.  1850,  1870, 1887,  and  Gazetteer 

estimate  1901 30 

Totals  of,  undergeneral  heads  of  enumer- 
ation, men,  women,  and  total,  under  the 

Spanish  census  of  1887 31, 158 

Estimated,  1900 31 

According  to  sex,  and  total  by  provinces 
under  partial  census  of  1896  for  37  prov- 
inces    31 

Pueblos,  by  islands  or  provinces,  Spanish 
census  1887  and  partial  census  1896  (also 

see  provinces) 31 

Average  number  of  inhabitants  to  the 

square  mile 158 

Ports,  coastwise 136 

Open  to  commerce 137, 198, 199 

Ports  of  entry: 

Manila 105 

Hollo 105 

Cebu 105 

Jol6  (Sulu) 105 

Siasi 105 

Zamboanga 105 

Opened 136 

Portugal,  colonial  possessions  near  Philip- 
pine Islands,  area  and  population 7 

Postage,  rate  of 18 

Postal  service 18 

List  of  post-offices 18 

Mails 19 

Postage  rates 18 

Steamer  routes 18 

Land  service 18 

Contracts 18 

Receipts  on  account  of 18 

Expenditures  on  account  of 18 

Post-offices,  list  of 18 

Powers  of  the  Philippine  Commission 147 

Presidents  of  the  United  States  since  Ameri- 
can possession  in  the  Philippine  Islands. .  133 

Press  in  the  Philippines 104, 105 

Principe,  area   mainland   and   dependent 

islands 6 

Subprovince  Tayabas 155, 158 

(See  Principe,  Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

By  pueblos 46 

Towns 27 

Procedure,  forms  of,  of  Philippine  Commis- 
sion    152 

Products,  forest .' 85 

Prospectors,  American  mining 82 

Protected    native   Slate.s  (Great   Britain), 

comparative  view  of 7 


Page. 
Provinces,  civil  and  military  (see  islands 

in  which  situated  and  by  name) 157 

Provincial  organization,  tour  of,  by  United 

States  Philippine  Commission 152, 153, 154 

Public  buildings,  Manila 193 

Public  forests 85 

Their  extent 87 

Public  instruction,  administration  of 155 

Public  lands 155, 166 

Public  laws  of  the  United  States  Philippine 

Commission 149, 150, 151 

Pueblos,  alphabetical  list  of,  in  the  Philip- 
pine Islands 50-63 

Pugahan,  production  of 75 

Punishment  for  violation  of  laws  of  war. . .  140 

Purgative  springs 10 

Quiangdn,  area  mainland • 6 

(.S'ee  Lepanto  and  QuiangAn,  Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

Towns 27 

Quiapo,  Manila 189 

Quicksilver,  indications  of 84 

Race,  Manila 183, 184 

Races 65 

Negritos 65 

Indonesians 65 

Malayans 65 

Dominant,  and  population 66 

Visayas 65 

Tagaiog 65 

Bicoles 65 

Ilocanos 65 

Pangasinanes 65 

Pampangos 65 

Cagayanes 65 

Moros 65 

Chinese 65 

By  territorial  and  political  divisions 26 

Civilized 66 

Ragay,  bay  of 16 

Railroads,  promotion  of  railroad  enterpri.se.  17 

Rain 13 

Ramie,  production  of 71 

Rattan,  production  of 71 

Reform,  Spanish,  Maura  law  of 167 

Religion: 

Manila 194 

Moslem 69 

Moro  (Moslem) 69 

Pagan 69 

Roman  Catholic 69 

Church  registry  of 69 

Monastic  orders 69 

Missions  and  missionaries 69 

Religious    freedom    guaranteed    under 

treaty  of  peace 69 

Native  priests 69 

Friar  curates 69 

Members  of  the  monastic  orders  killed 
and  imprisoned  during  the  revolutions 

of  1896,1898 69 

Religious  freedom  guaranteed  under  treaty 

of  peace 69 

Reports  of  the  Philippine  Commission 148 

Reptiles  and  batrachians  (see  list  of) 171 

Residential  districts,  Manila 187 

Resins  (see  names  and  products) 78 

Revenue,  internal  (see  Internal  revenue)..  165 

Revenues  and  expenditures 161 

In  the  Philippine  Archipelago  from  date 
of  American  occupation,  August  20, 1898, 

to  June  30, 1901 162 

Customs  revenues  in  the  Philippine  Archi- 
pelago from  date  of  American  occupa- 
tion, August  20, 1898,  to  June  30, 1901,  as 
reported  by  the  collectors  of  customs. .  162 
Condition  of  the  insular  treasury  at  pe- 
riods stated 163 

Revolution  against  Spain 182 

Rice,  production  of 70, 96 

Rights  of  the  people.  President's  instruc- 
tions concerning 135 

Rivers: 

Luz6n 11 

Mindoro 11 

SAmar 11 

Panay *. 11 

Negros 11 


262 


INDEX. 


I'age. 

Rivers— Continued. 

Cebii 12 

Leyte 12 

Mindanao 12 

Rizal ,  area  mainland  and  dependent  Islands  5 

Province 155, 158 

(See  Rizal,  Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

By  pueblos,  for  population- 
Manila  -12 

M6rong  44 

Towns 27 

Transferred  to  civil  administration 154 

Roads  and  communications 16 

Manila  land 190 

Roman  Catholic 69 

Rombl6n,  area  mainland  and  dependent 

islands 6 

Province 156, 158 

(See  Rombl6n,  Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

By  pueblos 46 

Towns 27 

Minerals 85 

Light-houses Ill 

Transferred  to  civil  administration 154 

Routes  and  fares  to  United  States  possessions 

in  Asia 19 

Rubber: 

Cost,  yield,  and  prices  of 87 

Plant  abundant  in  the  southern  islands 

of  the  Philippines 87 

Saccharine  and  alcoholic  plants: 

Buri 75 

Camona 75 

Cocoanut 75 

Corn,  Indian 75 

Nipa  or  sas& 75 

Maize  or  indian  corn 75 

Pugahan 75 

Sorghum 75 

Sugar  cane 75 

SaflBower,  production  of 74 

St.  Michaels,  area  mainland  and  dependent 

islands 5,157,158 

Salicsican,  production  of 74 

Saline  springs 10 

Salt,  manufacture  of 84 

S&mar,    area    mainland    and    dependent 

islands 6 

Province 156,158 

(SeeSSmar,  Gazetteer.) 
Comparison  of  authorities  and  discrepan- 
cies as  to  area 6 

Mineral  springs 10 

Rivers 11 

Population 27 

By  pueblos 46 

Towns 27 

Minerals 85 

Light-houses Ill 

Ports  closed  on  account  of  military  oper- 
ations reopened 154 

Sampaguita,  production  of 79 

Sampiiloc,  Manila 189 

San  Bernardino: 
(See  San  Bernardino,  Gazetteer.) 

Straits 16 

Light-house Ill 

San  Fernando  Dilao  (see  Paco,  Manila) 189 

San  Jos6  (see Trozo,  Manila) 189 

San  Mi^ruel,  Manila 189 

San  NicoUs,  Manila 188 

Santa  Cruz,  Manila 189 

Sarangani  Island,  most  southeastern  island 
of  the  Philippine  Islands.  (See Gazetteer.) 

Sasd,  production  of 75 

Schools 160 

Educational  organization  and  promotion.  160 

School  year 160 

Teachers 160 

Trade 160 

Normal 160 

Nautical 160 

Attendance 160 

Seas,  Philippine 14 

Secret  committees  organized 1 40 


Page. 

Secretary,  provincial,  duties 162 

Serpentine,  deposits  of 84 

Sesame  beane  seed,  production  of 73 

Shipbuilding 96 

Siasi,  port  of  entry 105 

Sibucao  raltar,  production  of 74 

Sibutu  and  dependencies,  Spain  relin- 
quished all  title  and  claim  in,  to  the 
United  States  by  treaty,  receiving  a  vol- 
untary consideration 3 

Sibutu  Island,  southwest  of  Tawi  Tawi 
Island,  Sulu  Archipelago.  (See  Gazet- 
teer.) 

Sibuyan  Island,  Rombl6n  province 158 

Signals  typhoon 199 

Silver,  deposits  of  ores 84 

Soap,  manufacture  of 96 

S6god,  Bay  of 16 

Soils  of  the  archipelago 70 

Solomon  Islands  (Germany) 7 

Sovereignty,  a  Spanish  scheme  of 169 

Sorghum,  production  of 75 

Sorghum  or  batad 71 

Sorsogon: 

Area  mainland  and  dependent  islands  ..  5 

Province 15.5,158 

(SeeSorsog6n,  Gazetteer.) 

Bay 16 

Population 27 

Bv  pueblos 47 

See  Albay 82 

Towns 27 

Transferred  to  civil  administration 154 

Spain,  territorial  cession  of  the  Philippine 
Islands  to  the  United  States  (see  Treaty 

limits) 2 

Spanish  dominion  established 175 

Restoration  of 179 

Spanish  methods 167 

Spanish  occupation,  conditions  at  the  time 

of 166 

Springs,  mineral 10 

Starch,  manufacture  of,  and  raw  material .  96 

Stations  of  United  States  troops 142, 

143,144,145,146,207 

Statistics,  Bureau  of 31 

Steamers  cleared  Cebuand  Iloilo  Jan. ,1902.  198 

Steamship  lines 197 

Stones,  precious 84 

Straits  Settlements  (Great  Britain)  7 

Submissions  under  certain  conditions 136 

Siibie,  Bavof 15 

Suburbs,  Manila 188 

Sugar: 

Exports  from  Philippine  ports,  1890, 1899.  121 

Production  of 96 

Sugar  cane,  production  of 75 

Sulphur,  deposits  of 85 

Sulphur  springs 10 

Sulu  Archipelago,  area  mainland  and  de- 
pendent islands 4, 157, 158 

Groups  of,  area  mainland  and  dependent 
islands.    (Sec  Sulu  Archipelago.) 

Balanguingui 5 

Pangutaran 6 

Sulu  (Jolo) 5 

Tapul  5 

Tawi  Tawi 5 

Dominant  races 

Population,  total 27 

By  pueblos 47 

Towns,  number  of 27 

Minerals 

Light-houses Ill 

Occupied  at  Sulu  and  supreme  authority 

of  United  States  acknowledged 137 

Sulu  (Jolo),  port  of  entry 105 

Sulu  (Jolo)  group,  area  mainland  and  de- 
pendent islands 5, 158 

(See  Sulu  (Jol6),  Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

B V  pueblos V 47 

Towns 27 

Special    form   of  civil  government  pro- 
posed   158 

Sumatra  (Netherlands,  East  Indies),  com- 
parative view  of 7 

Supervision  of  the  police 152 ; 


INDEX. 


263 


Page. 

Supervisor,  provincial  .duties 153 

Supplemeut 195-208 

Surigao,  area  mainland  and  dependent  is- 
lands    5 

Province 150,158 

(.See  Surigao,  Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

By  pueblos 47 

Towns 27 

Transferred  to  civil  administration 154 

Mindanao,  most  easterly  land  of  the  Phil- 
ippine Islands.     {See  Gazetteer.) 

Surrenders  of  insurgent  leaders 154 

Tablas  Island  (Rombl6n) 15S 

Tagdlogs,  number  and  territory  of 60 

Tapul  Group,  area  mainland  and  depend- 
ent islands 6, 157, 158 

(See  Tapul,  Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

Towns 27 

Tariff: 

Proclamation  of  a  new,  postponed 112 

Revision  of,  and  regulations 112 

Report  to  the  United  States  Philippine 

Commission 112 

Act  to  revise  and  amend  the  tariff  laws  of 

the  Philippine  Archipelago 112 

Digest  of  act 112 

Revision,  law  of  1901,  confirmation  of,  by 

Congress 113 

Details  of  revision  and  customs  applica- 
tion ^nd  regulation 113, 114 

Tariff  and  customs,  Spanish,  continued  in 

force 112 

Tarlac,    area    mainland    and    dependent 

islands 5 

Province 155, 1 58 

(Sec  TArlac,  Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

By  pueblos 48 

Towns 27 

Transferred  to  civil  administration 154 

Tawi  Tawi  group,  area  mainland  and  de- 
pendent islands 5, 157, 158 

(See  Tawi  Tawi,  Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

Towns 27 

Taxation 152 

Internal  improvements 1-52 

Tayabas: 

Area  mainland  and  dependent  islands  . .  5 

Province 155, 158 

(.See Tayabas,  Gazetteer.) 

Bay 16 

Population 27 

By  pueblos 48 

Towns 27 

Transferred  to  civil  administration 1.54 

Telegraph  communications: 

Signal  Corps  lines 21 

Stations,  list  of,  on  military  lines  doing 

commercial  business 22 

Regulations  governing  the  transmission 

of  messages 22 

Manila  and  Dagupan  Railroad 23 

(See  Cable  communications.) 

Temperature 12, 13 

Territorial  divisions  of  the  archipelago 4, 20 

Areas  mainland  and  dependent  islands: 

Luzon 4 

Marinduque 4 

Mindanao 4 

Mindoro 4 

Palawan 4 

Sulu  Archipelago 4 

Visayan  Islands 4 

Unassigned: 

Calamianes 4 

Cuyos 4 

Textile  plants: 

Abaca 71 

Agave 71 

Bejuco  or  rattan 71 

Cabo  negro 71 

Cotton 71 

Pandan 71 


Page. 
Textile  plants— Continued. 

Pineapple 71 

Ramie 71 

Rattan  or  bejuco 7i 

Tiagdn,  population  by  pueblos 48 

Ticao,    area     mainland    and    dependent 

islands 5, 156, 158 

(See  Masbate  and  Ticao,  Gazetteer. ) 

Population 27 

By  pueblos,  including  Masbate 42 

Towns 27 

Tidal  observations lo 

Timber  (see  Forests) 85 

Classification  of 85 

Species  of 85 

Licenses  to  cut 86 

Price  of 86 

Government  valuation  of 86 

Demand  in  the  archipelago  and  China. . .       86 

List  of  varieties  of  economic  value 88, 

89,90,91,92,93 
Time  circuit,  showing  the  sections  of  stand- 
ard time  between  Washington  and  Ma- 
nila, continuing  the  circuit  of  the  globe 

to  Washington i 

Time  standard;  when  it  is  12  noon  at  Wash- 
ington what  it  is  at  Honolulu,  Guam, 
Manila,  and  points  westward  around  the 

globe 2 

Time  ball  at  Manila 198 

Tobacco,  production  of 75, 96 

Tonkin  (France  (Indo-China)),  compara- 
tive view  of 7 

Tondo,  Manila 188 

Tonnage,  statistics  of 115 

Towns,  population  and  number  of 27 

Sources  of  information  compared 25 

Electors,  proportion  and  qualifications  of       25 

Number  by  grand  divisions 27 

Number  by  islands  and  provinces 27, 28 

Population  of  pueblos  by  islands  or  prov- 
inces, Spanish  census  1887  and  partial 

census  1896  (see  also  Provinces)  31 

Alphabetical  list  of,  in  the  Philippine  Is- 
lands (see  Pueblos) 50-63 

Recognized  as  municipios 135 

Trade  between  the  United  States  and  the 

Philippines 122 

Value  of  merchandise  and  exported  by 
the  United  States  in  trade  with  the 
Philippine  Islands  by  annual  average, 

by  decades,  1848-1897 122 

Value  of  imports  and  exports  of  the 
United  States  in  trade  with  the  Philip- 
pine Islands,  1891  to  1900 122 

Manila 191 

Trade,  carrying,  vessels  doing  the 117, 118 

Transport  communication.  United  States  . .        19 

Treasurer,  provincial  duties 153 

Treaty  between  United  States  and  Spain, 

terms  of,  affecting  the  Philippine  Islands.      134 

Treaty  limits,  the  lines  of   international 

boundary  defined  by  the  treaty  of  peace 

between  the  United  States  of  America 

and  the  Kingdom  of  Spain,  December 

10,  1898 2 

Treaty  of  cession  of  islands  outside  of  the 
lines  defined  in  the  treaty  of  peace, 
December  10,  1898,  Spain  relinquishing 
all  title  and  claim  to  the  islands  of 
CagayAn,  Sulu,  and  Sibutu,  and  their 
dependencies,  and  all  other  islands 
belonging  to  the  Philippine  Archipel- 
ago    3 

Treaty  of  cession  of  additional  islands 3, 134 

Tribes,  non-Christian: 

Population 66 

Number  of  tribes 66 

Distribution 66 

Physical  and  political  characteristics  of  .       66 

Troops,  U.S.  stations  of 206 

TrozoorSan  Jos(5,  Manila 189 

Trunk  line  association  schedule  of  domestic 
trans-Pacific  fares  and  world-round  trips 

to  U.  S.  po.ssessions  in  Asia 19 

Typhoon  signals 199 


264 


INDEX. 


Page. 
Uni6n,   area,   mainland    and    dependent 

islands 5 

Province 156, 158 

(See  Uni6n,  Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

By  pueblos 49 

Towns 27 

United  States,  transfer  of  sovereignty  to . . .  182 

Vegetable  products,  economic  classification.  70 

Gramineous  plants  or  grasses 70 

Textile  plants 71 

Oil-producing  plants 72 

Dye  and  starch  plants 73 

Saccharine  and  alcoholic  plants 75 

Aromatic  plants 75 

Medicinal  plants 76 

Resins 78 

Gums  or  almAcigas 79 

Essence  or  essential  oils 79 

Vegetables 79 

Vegetables  {see  list  of) 79, 80 

Verde  Passage 16 

Vice-governor  appointed 159 

Visayan  military  district  created 136 

Visayan  Islands,  area,  mainland  and  de- 
pendent islands 4, 156 

(See  islands  in  Gazetteer.) 

Bohol 5 

Cebd 5 

Leyte 5 

Masbate 5 

Burias 5 

Masbate 5 

Ticao 5 

Negros  Occidental 6 

Negros  Oriental 6 

Panay 6 

Antique 6 

CApiz 6 

Iloilo 6 

Romblon 6 

Sdmar 6 

Dominant  races 26 

Population,  total 27 

By  provinces 27 

Towns,  number  of 27 

Number  and  territory  of 66 

Volcanoes: 

Active 9 

Extinct  or  dormant 10 

Wages  paid  in  Manila,  April  and  May,  1900.  98, 
99, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104 
War,  Secretarj^  of,   representative  of   the 
President  of  the  United  States  in  the  ad- 
ministration of  military  and  civil  affairs 

in  the  Philippine  Islands VM 

Washington,  difference  of  time  between, 
and  Honolulu,  Guam,  Manila,  and  other 
points  westward  by  steamer  and   land 

rates  around  the  globe 2 


Page. 

Water,  Philippine  Islands,  area  of 3 

Weather  observation ,  points  of 14 

Weather  service: 

Establishment  of  bureau in 

Weather  stations in 

Forecasts  and  warnings in 

Weights 127 

Metrical  system  authorized  by  Revised 

Statutes  ". 127 

Metrical  system  continued  in  the  Philip- 
pine Islands 127 

Metrical  terms  in  common  use 127 

Native  and  United  States  equivalents..  127,128 

Winds 14 

Wood  lands,  registry  of  private  ownership 

required 86 

Private,  number  of  tractsowned 86 

Woods  (see  Forests) 85 

Groups  of 85 

Varieties  of 86 

Prices  of,  in  Manila 86 

For  cabinet  and  furniture  work  expected 

to  find  a  market  in  the  United  States  ..  86 
Exhibition  of  Philippine  woods  at  furni- 
ture   makers'    convention  and    Pan- 
American  Exhibition 86 

Successful    competition    with    the   best 

woods  of  Central  and  South  America  . .  86 

Cabinet,  importsof,into  the  United  States.  86 

See  list  of  varieties  of  economic  value 88, 

89,90,91,92,93 

World  powers,  populations  of,  compared. . .  25 

Writing  (see  Alphabet) 68 

Y'ami  Island.  Batanes  group,  most  northern 
island  of  the  Philippine  Islands.  (See 
Gazetteer.) 

Ylang  Ylang.  production  of 79 

Zacate  (grass) ,  production  of 71 

Zambales,  area,  mainland  and  dependent 

islands 5 

Province 156,158 

(See  Zambales,  Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

By  pueblos 49 

Towns 27 

Zamboanga,  area,  mainland  and  dependent 

islands • 5 

Province 156,158 

(See  Zamboanga,  Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

By  pueblos 49 

Towns 27 

Zamboanga  port  of  entry 105 

Collection  di.strict,  coastwise  ports 109 

Zinc  deposits  of 88 


AN  OFFICIAL  PRONOUNCING  GAZETTEER 

AND   GEOGRAPHICAL  DICTIONARY 

OF  THE  PHILIPPINE  ISLANDS. 


AI^  OFFICIAL   PROl^OUIsrCIl^G   GAZETTEER 

AI^D    GEOGRAPHICAL   DICTIONARY 

OF  THE  PHILIPPL^E  ISLAISTDS. 


A. 


AIXOSA  (ah-ah-noh'-sah),  nat.:  village  on  W. 
shore  of  Talim  I.  in  Laguna  de  Bay,  Rizal, 
Luzon.  Inhabitants  engaged  in  working  of 
quarries. 

ASAABO  {ah-bah-ah'-boh),nat.;  river  in  Mindoro 
in  pueblo  of  BulalAcao,  rising  not  far  from 
SE.  eoast  and  emptying  into  the  sea. 

ABACi  (ah-bah-cah'),  nat.;  hamlet  in  E.  Panay, 
Iloilo,  NW.  by  \V.  of  Banate,  7  m. 

. hamlet  on  inner  slopes  of  Sundoan  Mt.,  S. 

central  SAmar. 

ABAUA  (ah-bah'-gah),  ver.;  hamlet  on  SE.  shore 
of  Lake  Lanao,  MisamLs,  Mindanao. 

ABAiiATi  (ah-bah-gah-tah'),  nat.;  creek  in  Zam- 
bales,  Luzon. 

point  on  coast  of  Zambales,  Luzon. 

bay  on  coast  of  Zambales,  Luzon,  forming 

to  S.  of  point  of  that  name. 

ABA(iO  (ah-bah'-goh),  nat.;  hamlet  on  r.  bank  of 
main  stream  of  Cagaydn  Riv.,  19  m.  above 
CagaySn  de  Misamis,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

•  hamlet  on  E.  shore  of  Cebii,  2^  m.  S.  of 

Ciircar. 

hamlet  on  W.  coast  of  Leyte. 

ABALILI  (ah-bah-lee'-lee),  ver.;  river  in  island 
of  I'anay. 

ABiX  (ah-bahn'),ver.;  hamlet  on  N.  bank  of  Abra 
Riv.,  Abra,  Luzon,  8  m.  SE.  of  Bangued. 

ABA.VATAX  (ah-bah-nah'-tahn),  ver.;  tributary 
of  upper  Margat  in  Nueva  Vizcaya,  Luzon. 

ABAXGAKAX  (ah-bung-ah'-run),  nat.;  stream  en- 
tering mouth  of  CagayAn  Grande  Riv.  oppo- 
site Aparri,  N.  coast  of  Cagayan,  Luz6n. 

ABANGAT  (ah-bahng-1'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  E.  cen- 
tral Panay,  Iloilo,  2i  m.  S.  by  W.  of  Lambunao. 


ABAXWAY;  river  in  island  of  Panay. 

ABANliUL  (ah-bahng-ool'),  ver.;  mountain  in 
Nueva  Vizcaya,  Luz6n. 

ABXoT  (ah-bah'-ot),  ver.;  river  rising  in  Gran 
Cordillera  Central,  Nueva  Vizcaya,  Luz6n, 
and  emptying  into  Margat  Riv. 

ABXs  (ah-bahs') ,  ver.;  river  in  Abra,  Luz6n,  rising 
in  foothills  of  Gran  Cordillera  Central,  flow- 
ing NW.,  and  entering  Abra  Riv.  opposite 
Biicay. 

hamlet  on  r.  bank  of  river  of  same  name  in 

Abra,  Luzon,  10  m.  SE.  of  Bangued. 

ABATXX  (ah-bah-tahn'),  ver.;  river  in  SW.  Bohol, 
rising  in  headwaters  of  Salio  and  flowing 
SW.,  entering  sea  at  Paminuitan. 

ABDULE  (ab-doo'-lay),  ver.;  mountain  in  Bontoc, 
Luzon. 

ABGOT  (ab-gof),  ver.;  mineral  spring  in  Ilocos 
Sur,  Luzon. 

ABIXn  (ah-bee-ahn'),  ver.;  river  tributary  to 
Margat  from  E.  in  Nueva  Vizcaya,  Luz6n. 

ABIJAO  (ah-bee'-how),  ver.;  hamlet,  on  SW. 
shore  of  bay  in  SE.  S^mar,  3  m.  NE.  of 
Quinapundiin. 

ABILAT  (ah-bee-li'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  SE.  Panay, 
Iloilo,  5i  m.  W.  by  S.  of  Janluay. 

AB0AB6  (ah-boh-ah-boh'X  ver.;  town  at  S.  point 
of  Bay  of  Islands,  on  E.  coast  of  Palawan,  64 
m.  SW.  of  Puerto  Princesa. 

AB()CAY  (ABOKAY)  (ah-boh'-ky),  nat.;  river  en- 
tering Panalarum  Bay  on  its  S.  shore,  San 
Juanico  Str.,  NE.  coast  of  Leyte. 

ABOt'AYAX  (ah-boh-cah'-yahn),  ver.;  small  port 
on  SW.  side  of  Puerto"  Princesa.  (See  Cordi- 
llera de  la  Aldea.) 


ABRA,  LUZON,  PROVINCE   OF. 

(Ah'-brah,  Sp. ) 

Capital:  Bangued,  lat.  17°  37^  N.,  Ion.  120°  39^  E. 

Area:  1,484  sq.  m. 

Population:  43,300;  in  1887,  48,401. 

Race:  Chiefly  Tinguianes  and  Ilocanos. 

Lang^uage:  llocano  of  the  towns  and  Igorrote  of  certain  villages. 

Military  Department  of  Luzon:  Headquarters,  Manila,  Luzon. 


From  Bangtied  to — 

Manila,  S 

Vigan  and  the  China  Sea  coast,  W. 


Table  of  distances. 


LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

The  province  of  Abra,  which  takes  its  name  from  the  river  which  drains  the 
greater  portion  of  its  territory,  lies  in  the  NW.  part  of  Luzon.  It  is  bounded  on  the 
N.  by  Ilocos  Xorte,  from  which  it  is  separated  by  a  spur  leaving  the  Cordillera  del 
Norte  at  Pagstln  Mt.,  7,330  ft.  high,  and  Cagaydn;  on  the  E.  by  Cagayan,  from 
which  it  is  in  part  separated  by  the  Cordillera  Central  and  by  Isabela;  on  the  S.  by 

►  267 


268 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


Bontoc,  Lepanto,  and  Ilocos  Sur,  and  on  the  W.  b; 

it  is  separated  by  the  SW.  spur  of  the  Cordillera  del  Norte. 

NE.  of  Vigan,  Ilocos  Sur,  approaches  within  7  m.  of  the  China  Sea 


oy  Ilocos  Sur  and  Norte,  from  which 
del  Norte.     The  W.  Ijoundarv,  5  m. 


AREA. 


It  measures  53  m.  from  N.  to  S.  and  57  m.  from 
234  sq.  m.  larger  than  the  State  of  Rhode  Island. 


E.  to  W.     Area,  1,484 


PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 

The  Cordillera  Central,  leaving  the  lionndary  with  Cagayan,  crosses  the  E.  part  of 
the  province  from  N.  to  S.  and  forms  the  watershed  of  the  rivers  entering,  through 
the  Cagayan  Chico  and  Grande,  the  Pacific  on  the  N.  coast,  and  the  tributaries  of  the 
Abra,  which  drains  the  entire  W.  part  of  the  province  into  the  China  Sea  on  the 
W.,  across  the  province  of  Ilocos  Sur.  The  Abra  Riv.  is  the  third  in  size  in  Luzon. 
It  rises  in  two  branches,  one  in  the  extreme  N.  and  the  other  acToss  the  border,  in 
the  former  comandancia  of  Lepanto,  and  uniting  about  6  m.  NE.  of  Bangued  takes 
a  W.  direction  to  the  sea,  which  it  enters  through  2  mouths.  The  topography  is 
very  rugged,  small  volcanic  spurs  extending  in  every  direction.  The  soil  is  fertile, 
the  valley  lands  being  alluvial;  the  mpuntams  are  formed  of  siliceous  rocks. 

ROADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 

The  towns  are  connected  by  cart  roads  and  trails  which  also  extend  into  Cagaydn 
on  the  E.,  Lepanto  on  the  S.,'  and  Ilocos  Sur  toward  the  W.  The  latter  line  of  com- 
munication connects  with  the  main  coast  road  which  parallels  the  China  Sea  shore 
from  the  NW.  to  Lingayen  Gulf  on  the  S.  and  thence  to  IManila.  This  province 
being  entirelv  surrounded  by  lofty  mountains,  the  only  entrance  within  its  bounda- 
ries is  along  the  bed  of  the  Abra  Riv.  A  main  road  is  projected  along  the  course  I 
of  the  river,  and  other  roads  from  Pidigan  to  Pilar  and  Villa  Vieja,  and  from  Bangued  i 
to  Tayum,  Biicay,  and  San  Jose;  also  from  Bangued  to  San  Gregorio  and  La  Paz. 
These  roads,  if  completed,  would  be  the  main  arteries  of  commerce  and  traffic  and  i 
would  at  once  place  the  province  in  touch  with  industry  and  business  and  be  the 
means  of  profitable  intercourse.  Direct  communication  between  Bangued  and  Vigan 
is  by  river.  There  is  a  road  as  far  as  San  Quintin,  which  is  being  extended.  The 
usual  means  of  river  communication  is  by  rafts,  by  punting  or  by  towing  by  man  \ 
power  on  the  banks  upstream,  there  being  naturally  no  difficulty  in  descending. 

POPULATION   AND   TOWNS. 

The  population,  according  to  a  recent  census,  is  41,300  Ilocanos  and  2,000  Igorrotes. 
The  greater  part  of  the  province  is  occupied  by  Tinguianes.  In  the  mountains  are  a 
few  Negritos  and  Guinaanes.  The  most  civilized  of  the  inhabitants  are  Ilocanos. 
Ilocano  is  the  language  of  the  towns  and  Igorrote  of  certain  villages.  The  tribes  have 
dialects  of  their  own— Tinguian,  Basiao,  and  Guinaiin.  Although  the  population  ig 
small  the  people  are  of  a  superior  class  and  desire  American  rule  and  American  ways. 
The  province  is  poor,  but  its  natural  resources  combined  with  intelligent  labor  assure 
a  prosperous  de\elopment. 


Province  and  pneljlos. 

Total  population,  combin- 
ing residents  present  and 
absent,  native  and  Span- 
ish, census  1887. 

Men. 

Women.  [  Total. 

Abra: 

8,292 
2,538 
1,133 
1,739 
1,404 
770 
683 

328 

1,552 
1,070 
3,862 

8, 121 

2, 594 

929 

1,772 

1,469 

794 

648 

415 

386 

495 

1,649 

1,079 

3,921 

16,  413 

Bvicay                                                          

5,132 

2,062 

La  Paz                                                                                                  

3,511 

2,873 

1,564 

1,231 

808 

714 

San  Quintin                                                                  

960 

Tavum                                                                                           

3, 201 

Villa  Vieja 

2,049 

7,783 

Total                                                                      .           

24,129 

24,272  ,    48.401 

GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  269 

The  following  pueblo  has  been  added  since  1887: 
Alfonso  XII: 

Population,  1896 887 

( For  population  under  partial  census  of  1896  tiee  page  31 . ) 
Estimated  population  of  pro\ance,  1901 43, 300 

The  population  E.  of  the  crest  of  the  Cordilleras  i.s  estimated  at  from  5,000  to  8,000. 

Tliere  are  11  important  towns  and  68  villages.  The  following  are  the  principal 
towns  (in  describing  the  towns  the  population  in  1896  is  generally  given): 

Bangued;  the  capital,  a  military  and  telegraph  station  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  Abra 
Riv.,  15  m.  above  its  mouth.  A  fine  road  connects  it  with  Vigan,  on  the  main  high- 
way.    Pop.,  13,417. 

Bucay;  a  military  station  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  S.  branch  of  the  Abra  Riv.,  ESE. 
of  Bangued.     Pop.,  2,461. 

Dolores;  near  the  junction  of  the  2  tributaries  of  the  Abra  Riv.,  8  m.  NE.  of 
Bangued.     Pop.,  2,970. 

La  Paz;  on  the  r.  bank  of  the  N.  tributarv  of  the  Abra  Riv.,  7  m.  NNE.  of 
Bangued.     Pop.,  2,869. 

Pidig'an;  a  telegraph  and  military  station  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  Abra  Riv.,  3  m. 
SW.  of  Bangued.     Pop.,  2,142. 

San  Gregorio;  on  the  r.  bank  of  the  Abra  Riv.,  4  m.  N.  of  Bangued.    Pop.,  1,429. 

San  Marcial;  on  a  tributary  of  the  Abra  Riv.,  8  m.  S.  of  Bangued. 

San  Jose;  a  telegraph  and  military  station  on  a  tributarv  of  the  S.  branch  of  the 
Abra  Riv.,  11  m.  SE.  of  Bangued.     Pop.,  1,285. 

San  Quintin;  a  military  and  telegraph  station  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  Abra  Riv., 
2J  m.  E.  of  the  point  of  crossing  into  Ilocos  Sur,  8  m.  8W.  of  Bangued.     Pop.,  725. 

Tayum;  a  militarv  station  on  a  small  tributary  of  the  Abra  Riv.,  3  m.  NE.  of  Ban- 
gued.    Pop.,  3,436. 

Villa  Vieja;  in  the  hills  in  the  SW.  angle  of  boundary  between  Abra  and  Ilocos 
Sur.     Pop.,  859. 

VEGETABLE  PRODUCTS. 

Tlie  principal  crops  are  tobacco,  rice,  and  corn  ( of  the  latter  two  crdps  are  harvested 
each  year);  cotton,  sugar  cane,  and  vegetables  are  also  grown  in  the  valleys  in  the 
mountains,  which  are  exceedingly  fertile. 

MINERALS. 

Important  veins  of  copper  exist  in  the  region  of  Gamban,  between  Vigan  and  Ban- 
gued; coal  at  Pagano,  near  La  Paz,  and  iron  pyrites  throughout  the  province. 

FORESTS. 

The  summits  of  the  mountains  are  covered  with  pine,  oak,  and  other  trees  of  the 
temperate  zone.  Rattan,  honey,  and  wax  constitute  important  articles  of  export. 
Large  game,  such  as  buffalo,  wild  boars,  and  deer,  is  abundant  in  the  mountains; 
also  monkeys. 

FRTJITS. 

Tne  pineapples,  oranges,  lemons,  and  strawberries  are  of  fine  quality. 

INDUSTRIES. 

The  weaving  of  cotton  cloth  of  various  kinds  and  qualities  is  the  principal  mechan- 
ical industry. 

UNITED    STATES    MILITARY   OCCUPATION. 

This  province  was  the  seat  of  operations  during  the  early  campaigns  in  N.  Luzon. 
After  the  pacification  of  the  country  military  posts  were  established  at  various  points. 
Owing  to  the  peaceful  conditions  'these  were  discontinued.  On  February  15,  1902, 
no  military  stations  were  maintained  in  Abra. 

The  persistent  guerrilla  warfare  conducted  in  the  province  led  to  renewed  aggres- 
sive operations.  In  March,  1901 ,  all  the  towns  having  been  connected  with  the  capital 
by  telephone,  these  movements  were  so  successfully  carried  on  that  within  3  davs 
4  officers,  234  riflemen,  and  5,000  bolomen  surrendered.  The  uncertainty  of  the 
inhabitants,  caused  by  terrorizing  them  into  contributions  to  support  a  guerrilla  war- 
fare, with  which  they  did  not  sympathize,  was  now  completely  overcome.     After 


270 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


their  brief  exjierience  the  people,  finding  that  peace,  order,  protection  to  industry, 
and  orderly  government  under  the  strong  arm  of  the  United  States  would  insure 
them  from  depredations,  resumed  the  work  of  planting,  issues  of  rice  and  salt  in 
suitable  quantities  having  been  made  by  military  orders  to  prevent  starvation. 

CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 

The  province  of  Abra  was  created  under  the  "provincial  government  act"  of 
February  6,  1901,  by  enactment  of  the  Philippine  Commission  August  19,  1901,  t© 
embrace  "that  territory  in  the  island  of  Luzon  known  as  the  'Province  of  Abra."  " 
The  convention  which  met  for  that  pur})ose  is  mentioned  as  one  of  the  best  and  tineal' 
appearing  representative  bodies  of  men  seen  l)y  the  Commission  during  all  its  visits, 
to  different  parts  of  the  island. 

PEOVINCIAL  OFFICERS. 

[Salaries  and  expenses  in  United  States  currency.] 


Governor 


$1,000 


Secretary 900 

Treasurer 1,  2001 

Supervisor 900 

Fiscal 9001 

Allowance  for  necessary  and  actual  traveling  expenses  not  to  exceed  $2  per  day, 
as  prescribed. 

The  presidentes  or  alcaldes  of  the  municipalities  of  the  province  to  meet  on  the; 
third  Monday  in  January,  April,  July,  and  October  to  consider  improvements  neededj 
and  for  other  purposes  prescribed  by  law. 


CONDITIONS. 

The  establishment  of  industrial  schools  to  teach  proper  methods  of  curing  tobacco 
(which  will  be  the  chief  wealth  of  the  province)  and  of  sawmills,  grist  mills,  brick 
machines,  and  training  men  to  run  them,  has  been  successfully  inaugurated.  The 
educational  movement,  under  the  auspices  of  the  general  government,  has  l)een  very 
successful  by  the  employment  of  bothAmerican  and  native  teachers.  The  inhabit- 
ants of  all  the  towns  and  of  2  of  the  Tinguianes  barrios  have  made  earnest  requests  for 
American  teachers.  After  considerable  experience  the  first  American  teacher  in  Abra 
expressed  the  opinion  officially  that  Abra  was  not  only  thoroughly  pacified,  but  that 
the  people  "are  content,  comparatively  prosperous,  and  happy.  The  general  con-^ 
ditions  are  good,  and  will  remain  so  until  possibly  some  hot-head  for  personal  reasona  1 
and  private  ends  may  attempt  to  stir  up  strife."  (Official  report  of  the  provincial 
governor  of  Abra,  December,  1901. ) 

ABBA  (ah'-brah),  Sp.;  third  of  rivers  of  Luzon. 
Descending  from  N.  slope  of  DatA,  in  Lepanto, 
in  opposite  direction  to  river  Agno  Grande,  it 
gathers  in  beginning  waters  of  N.  and  W. 
slopes  of  Datd.'  Of  its  tributaries  Sviyuc,  hav- 
ing its  source  on  S.  declivity  of  same  moun- 
tains, forms  great  curve  toward  S.,  then  runs 
toward  N.,  and  empties  into  Abra  between 
towns  of  Mancay^nand  Cervantes,  volume  of 
water  being  then  considerable.  Its  general 
direction  from  Cervantes  to  Angaqui,  near 
mountain  range  of  Tila,  and  in  E.  part,  is 
from  S.  to  N.  as  far  as  Tayum,  in  Abra.  There 
it  describes  semicircle  in  S.  direction  and 
soon  C(  intinues  in  SW.  course,  passing  through 
mountain  range  which  separates  Abra  from 
Ilocos  Sur,  and  having  watered  boundaries 
of  Bangued,  Pidigan,  and  San  Quintin,  di- 
vides within  Ilocos  Sur,  near  Santa,  into  2 
branches,  which  not  far  from  Vigan  empty  at 
different  points  into  China  Sea.  Its  length  is 
about  100  m.  Besides  Suyuc  it  receives  as 
tributary  Tinog,  formed  by  union  of  Anayan 
and  Caluan,  which  gather  waters  from  S. 
slopes  of  PagsAn.  It  flows  from  NE.  to  SW., 
and  increases  its  volume,  near  La  Paz,  by 
addition  of  waters  of  several  rivers  which  rise 
in  mounlains— Liputen,  Mabulusan,  Cusa, 
Balatinao,  and  Maonayud— until  between 
•  Dolores  and  San  Gregorio,  where  it  joins 
main  branch  of  Abra.  Other  less  important 
tributaries  are  Malanao,  Baay,  Abas,  Mame- 
bel.  Bulloc,  Damunil,  Ulip,  Balasian,  and 
Dicapen,  all  on  r.  bank,  which  gather  waters  I 
from  W,  slope  of  central  Caraballos.  I 


ABRA  (ah'-brah),  Sp.;   peak  in  Caraballos  Occi- 

dentales,  Abra,  Luz6n. 
ABBA  DE    APITON   (ah'-brah  day  ah-pee-ton'), 

Hisp.;    creek  on   SE.  coast  of   Panav.     (See 

Apiton  Strait.) 

ABBA  DE  ILOG  (ah'-brah  dav  ee'-Iog);  pueblo 
N.  Mindoro.  (See Ilog,  Abrade.)  Pop.  (1896), 
1,272.  Also  creek  and  mountain  in  same 
place. 

ABBLATAO  (abr-lah-tow'),  ver.;  hamlet  of  Nueva 
Vizcaya,  Luzon,  13  m.  NE.  of  Bayombong  by 
road. 

ABRUPT,  for.;  head  of  NE.  point  of  Cadlao  I., 
NW.  coast  of  Palawan. 

ABSOLAX  (ab-soh'-lahn),  ver.;  town  on  E.  coast 
of  central  Palawan.  Victoria  Peak  rises  16  m. 
W.  by  S. 

ABtf(ah-boo'),  nat.;  peak  5,540  ft.  (1,662  meters) 

high,  in  Cabusilan  range,  Luzon. 
ABUAL  (ah-bwahl'),  ver.;  river  in  Luzon. 

ABUALAX  (ah-bwah'-lahn),  ver.;  town  of  Abra, 
Luzon,  in  Mamagued  Mts.,  14  m.  NE.  of  Ban- 
gued. 

ABtiCAY  (ah-boo'ky),  nat.;  pueblo  W.  shore  of 
Manila  Bay,  2^  m.  N.  of  Balanga,  in  Bata4n, 
Luzon.    Pop.,  7,185.    Is  post-office  station. 

summit  873  ft.  E.  bv  N.  of  Siibic,  N.  shore 

of  Siibic  Bay,  SE.  coast  of  Zambales,  Luz6n. 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


271 


I  ABl'CAY  (ah-boo'-ky),  nat.;  river  rising  in  Lake 
Sapongan  or  Maynit,  in  the  NE.  part  of  Suri- 
gao,  Mindanao,  and  flowing  S.  divides  into 
3  arms  and  enters  sea  through  4  principal 
mouths  on  the  E.  shore  of  bay  of  Butvlan. 

ABl'CO  (ah-boo'-coh),  ver.  (See  Capul,  on  that 
island.) 

ABtfyi'L  (ah-boo'-gool),  ver.;  point  on  NW.  coast 
of  Burias  I.,  Visayan  I's. 

ABljLAT  (ah-boo'-li),  ver.  (See  Abiilug  Riv.,  Ca- 
gayan,  Luz6n.) 

ABfLl'G  (ah-boo'-loog),  ver.;  pueblo  X.  coast  of 
CagayAn,  Luzon,  on  r.  bank  of  Abulay  Riv., 
14  m."  NW.  of  Aparri,  of  considerable  trade 
and  fishing.    Pop.,  5,8S0. 

river  of  CagayAn,   Luzon,  emptying  into 

Pacific  Ocean  at  Barra  de  Pamplona,  \b\  m. 
SE.  by  E.  from  Pala  Pt. 

chain  of  mountains  6  m.  inland,  between 

Pamplona  Riv.  and  E.  slopes  of  Gran  Cordi- 
llera Central,  overlooking  bay  between  Pala 
Pt.  and  Cape  Engano,  N.  coast  of  Luzon. 

ABUXABl'N  (ah-boo-nah'-boon),  ver.;  hamlet  on 
S.  shore  of  small  inlet  running  E.  from  Ma- 
timas  Pt.,  on  E.  coast  of  Illana  Bay,  Cotabato, 
Mindanao. 

ABUXDAO  (ah-boon-dah'-oh),  ver.:  pueblo  Ben- 
guet.    Pop.,  1887,  271. 

ABtXGAB  (ah-boong'-ahb),  ver.;  river  of  Nueva 
Vizcava,  Luz6n,  tributarv  to  Margat  Riv. 
from  SE. 

ABl'XtiAX  (ah-boong'-ahn),  nat.;  river  entering 
on  S.  shore  of  BAcul  Bay,  extreme  NE.  coast 
of  Iloilo,  Panay. 

ABAXlil'L  (ah-bahng-ool');  mountain  of  consider- 
able elevation  in  Nueva  Vizcaya,  Luz6n,  in 
pueblo  de  Bagfibag. 

ABl'TAOX  (ah-boo-tah'-ohn),  ver.:  river  rising  in 
W.  slopes  of  Gran  Cordillera  Oriental,  flowing 
W.  and  entering  Grande  de  Cagaydn  Riv. 
through  main  stream  at  Ilagan. 

ABtfYOtJ  (ah-boo'-yohg),  ver.;  pueblo  on  E.  coast 
of  Leyte,  33  m.  S.  of  Tacloban  along  coast. 
Pop.,  9,112. 

mountain  in  Leyte,  5  m.  W.  of  Hinunaflgan. 

ABL'TOX  (ah-boo'-yohn),  ver.;  hamlet  on  E.  .shore 
of  Port  Sorsogon,  Albay,  Luzon,  25  m.  SE.  of 
Albay. 

ACAGASAX  (ah-cah-gah'-sahn),  ver.;  point  in 
island  of  Lubang. 

ACAL  (ah-cahl'),  ver.;  point  on  N.  extreme  of 
Rapurapu  I.,  off  E.  coast  of  Albay,  Luz6n. 

ACAXTILADA  (ah-cahn-tee-lah'-dah),  Sp.;  ham- 
let SE.  of  Bold  Pt.,  on  E.  shore  of  Palawan. 

conspicuous  point  on  E.  coast  of  Palawan, 

Z\  m.  S.  by  W.  of  Timtion  hamlet. 

cape  in  Palawan. 

ACDiX  (ak-dahn'),  ver.;  mountain  in  island  of 
Guimar&s. 

point  in  extreme  SW.  of  Antique,  Panay; 

to  W.  volcanic  mountain  forms  the  promon- 
tory of  extreme  SW.  of  i-sland. 

ACHA  (ah'-chah),  nat.;  small  island  in  midchan- 
nel  of  entrance  to  Dumanquilas  Bay,  S.  coast 
of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

point  on  NW.  coast  of  Bohol,  3^  m.  NW.  of 

L'bay. 

small  estuary  about  center  of  Ragay  Bay, 

Tayabas,  Luzon. 

ACLAX  (ac-lahn'),  ver.;  river  in  Panay  45  m.  long, 
rising  at  foot  of  Mount  Opao  and  emptying 
into  sea  at  Calivo,  Cdpiz. 

point  in  the  same  island. 

rock  off  N.  coast  of  Cdpiz,  Panay,  opposite 

which  enters  river  of  same  name. 

ACPILI  (ac-pee'-lee),  ver.:  hamlet  on  E.  shore  of 
Tanon,  3m.  S.  of  Balamban,  W.  coast  of  Ceb\i. 

ACSUBIXG  (ac-soo-beeng' ) ;  section  of  Cebii  I. 
which  contains  argentiferous  lead  mines. 

ACTA  (ac-tah'),  ver.;  point  in  W.  part  of  island  of 
Biliran. 


AtT'DIXIXG  (ah-coo-dee-ning'),  ver.:  cluster  of 
peaks  of  extinct  volcanoes  in  Sierra  Dagami 
&n6.  Daganan  ranges,  near  Burauen,  Leyte. 

ADAX&A  (ah-dahng'-ah),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Ambos 
Camarines  (Sur),  Luzon,  15  m.  SE.  of  Nueva 
Cdceres. 

AOiOAY  (ah-dah'-oh-i),  ver.;  pueblo  of  Benguet 
N.  of  Baguio,  Luzon.    Pop.,  490. 

ADiVAXG  (ah-dah'-vahng),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Ben- 
guet, Luzon.    Pop.,  312. 

ADDISOX,  for.;  peak  at  end  of  spur  N.  by  E.  of 
Mantalingajan,  S.  coast  of  Palawan. 

point  on  E.  coast  of  Palawan,  one  of  heads 

of  Deep  Bay. 

ADLOBAXG  (ad-loh-bahng'),ver.:  important  river 
in  Mindoro,  sometimes  called  Naiijan,  rising 
in  higher  elevations  of  interiorand  flowing  in 
NE.  direction,  entering  Visayan  Sea  at  Naii- 
jan town,  on  NE.  coast.  About  5  m.  above  its 
mouth  it  receives  from  SE.  outlet  of  Naiijan 
Lake.  Dry  bed  of  lake  in  rainless  season  is  i 
m.  wide. 

AFIF  (ah-feef),  ver.;  point  on  NE.  coast  of  Mas- 
bate  I.,  Visayas. 

AFDON,  or  ALIRAX,  or  ABUH'AX  (ah-foo-ohn', 
ah-lee'-rahn,  ah-boo-loo'-ahn),  ver.;  river  in 
Luz6n. 

AGAB(iS(ah-gah-bohs'),  ver.;  in  Lcpanto,  Luzon; 
hills  in  vicinity  contain  copper. 

AGAXMALA  (ah-gahn-mah'-lah),  ver.;  peak  4,700 
ft.  (1,410  meters)  high,  in  ridges  of  Ilocos 
Norte,  Caraballos  Occidentales,  Luz6n. 

AGASIJAX  (ah-gah-see'-hahn),  ver.;  mountain  in 
Bohol,  li  m.  SW.  of  Sevilla. 

AGi-OA  (ah-gah'  wah),  ver.;  hamlet  of  Bontoc, 
Luzon.    Pop.,  400. 

AGAUAX  (ah-gah'- wahn);  river  in  Masbate. 

AGAYAJAX  (ah-gah-yah'-hahn),  ver.;  hamlet  in 
Leyte,  at  head  of  narrow  inlet  of  Leyte  Bay, 
3i  m.  S.  of  Leyte. 

AGAYUB  (ah-gah-yoob'),  ver.;  river  in  Leyte, 
draining  SW.  slopes  of  Naguang  Mt.  and 
emptying  into  Bao  Riv. 

AGBAGO  (ag-bah'-goh),  ver.;  hamlet  on  1.  bank 
of  Ibdjay  Riv.,  2  m.  S.  of  IbAjay,  in  Capiz, 
Panay. 

AGBALAX  (ag-bah-lahn') ,  ver.;  mountain  in  C4- 
piz,  Panay,  4  m.  SE.  of  Jimeno. 

AGBALO  (ag-bah'-loh),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Panay, 
Cdpiz,  4  m.  NW.  of  Pontevedra,  on  main  road 
to  CApiz. 

AGBAXGA  (ag-bahng-ah'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  SW. 
coast  of  Leyte,  2  m.  SW.  of  Matalom. 

AGBATAX  (ag-bah-tahn'),ver.;  river  in  island  of 
Romblon. 

E.  head  to  Rombl6n  Port,  Romblon,  Vi- 
sayas. 

AGBIXTA  (ag-been-tah'),  ver.;  crater  of  Panay 
near  extreme  \V.  boundary,  14  m.  NW.  of 
Concepcion,  Iloilo. 

AGBUAI  (ahg-bwi'),  nat.;  point  on  NE.  shore  of 
Sicogon  I.,  off  NE.  coast  of  Iloilo,  Panay. 

AGCX  (ag-cah'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Sdmar,  8  m.  NE. 
of  Basey. 

AGCAROPE  (ag-cah-roh'-payi,  ver.;  mountain  in 
Iloilo,  Panay,  8  m.  E.  of  Banate. 

AGOAUAYAX  (ag-cah-wah'-yahn),  nat.;  creek  in 
island  of  Lubang. 

hamlet  in  extreme  S.  of  Concepci6n,  Iloilo, 

Panay,  8  m.  S.  of  Lemery,  near  NE.  shore  of 
largebay  on  S.  coast. 

( AGl'AXAYAX)  town  on  E.  shore  of  Lubang 

I.,  W.  of  Batangas,  Luzon. 

Bay  off  town  of  same  name  E.  shore   of 

Liibang  I.,  W.  of  Batangas,  Luzon. 

AGDAAX  (ah-dah-ahn'),ver.:  several  small  islands 
adjacent  to  E.  coast  of  S4mar. 

AGDAJOX  (ag-dah'-hohn),  nat.;  hamlet  in  Cipie, 
Panay,  4  m.  SE.  of  Cuartero. 

AGIO  (ah'-hew),  yer.;  extreme  SE.  point  of  Bo- 
hol I. 


272 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 


AOLX,  or  AGTA  (ah-glah',  ag'-tah),  ver.;  extreme 
S.  point  of  Polillo  I.  and  N.  headland  of  chan- 
nel entrance  to  Lamon  Bay,  N.  side  of 
Jom^ilig  I. 

ItiLACAIUiN  (ah-glah-ky-gahn'),  ver.;  river  in 
Panay. 

AGLAJAN  (ah-glah'-hahn),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Iloilo, 
Panay,  2  m.  NW.  of  Passi. 

AGLALACAT  (ah-glah-lah-ky')  ver.;  hamlet  on 
SE.  shore  of  Camansl  Bay,  N.  coast  of  CApiz, 
Panay. 

AGLANA  (ah-glah'-nah),  ver.;  hamlet  in  CApix, 
Panay,  12  m.  S.  of  Dumarao. 

AGLIXAIJ  (ah-glee-nahb'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  C4piz, 
Panay,  5  m.  S.  of  Tapas. 

AGLOTOMO  (ah-gloh-toh'-moh)  Tag.;  river  enter- 
ing China  Sea  in  BataAn,  Luzon. 

AGLUYA  (ah-gloo'-yah),  ver.;  crater  in  Cdpiz, 
Panay.  On  its  S.  slopes  Badbaran  Riv.  takes 
its  rise,  9  m.  SE.  of  Dumarao. 

AGMATAT6  (ag-mah-tah-yoh'),  ver.;  mountain 
in  central  range  of  Hollo,  Panay,  on  line  of 
boundary  with  Antique,  7i  m.  W.  by  S.  of 
Lambunao. 

AGJfAN  (ag-nahn')  ver.;  hamlet  in  Abra,  Luzon, 
15  m.  SE.  of  Bangued. 

river    of    Iloilo,    Panay,    which   ri.ses    in 

mountains  on  boundary  with  Antique. 

AGNO  (ag'-noh),  ver.;  second  in  importance 
among  rivers  of  Luzon,  rising  on  N.  .slope  of 
Moun-t  DatA,  near  boundary  between  Benguet 
and  Lepanto  and  Nueva  Vizcaya.  Length 
about  128  m.  Crosses  Benguet  from  N.  to  S. 
and  Pangasinftn  from  NW.  to  SE.  at  first. 
Between  San  Nicol&s  and  Tayug  it  forms 
great  sweep,  which  continues  from  NE.  to 
SW.,  passing  through  Rosales,  AlcaU,  and 
Bayambang.  After  receiving  waters  of  river 
T&rlae  a  little  farther  S.  it  inclines  toward 
NW.,  watering  boundaries  of  Urbiztondo  and 
Aguilar.  Dividing  into  2  branches  near  Sa- 
lasa,  one  flows  toward  NE.  and  ends  in  Dagu- 
pan,  other  flows  toward  W.,  and  after  receiv- 
ing near  San  Isidro,  waters  of  branch  of  first, 
which  passes  by  town  of  Lingay^n,  pours  into 
W.  part  of  Lingayen  Gulf.  There  are  many 
tributaries  to  Agno  Grande  on  account  of 
broken  country  through  which  it  runs,  but 
those  which  carry  most  water  are  received  in 
second  half  of  its  course,  principal  being  T&t- 
lac  and  Camiling,  which  empty  into  it  on  1. 
in  va.st  plains  of  PangasinAn.  Other  tribu- 
taries on  1.  are  Angbayabang,  Matabl&n,  Ni- 
bobon,  Agra,  Olo,  Julaguit,  Soboc,  Salomague, 
and  Dumulo.  Of  those  on  r.  bank,  which  are 
not  so  numerous,  the  principal  are  Agno 
Chico,  Catablas,  Macalang,  and  Sinuncalan. 

pueblo   Zambales,  Luzon,  on   China    Sea 

coast,  55  m.  N.  W.  of  Iba,  2  m.  NE.  of  Lum- 
baba  Pt.  Has  important  coast  trade  and  is 
connected  with  main  roads  along  coast  at 
Dasol,  11  m.  E.     Pop.,  5,002. 

AGNO  CHICO  (ag-noh  chee'-coh),  Hisp.;  branch 
of  Agno  Riv. 

AGNO  GRANDE  (ag'-noh  grahn'-day),-  Hisp.; 
point  in  Zambales. 

river  ii-  Luzon.     (.See  Agno  Riv.) 

AGO  (ah'-goh),  nat.;  one  of  a  number  of  small 
streams  in  TArlac,  Luzon. 

AGO  JO  (ah-goh'-hoh),  ver.;  point  in  SAmar. 

point  5  m.  S.  of  Sialat  Pt.,  SW.  shore  of 

Catanduanes  I.,  Luzon;  is  low  and  covered 
with  mangroves. 

town  on  N.  shore  of  Camiguin  I.,  near  Ca- 

miguin  Pt.,  off  N.  coast  of  Misamis,  Minda- 
nao. Sand  Cay,  about  700  yds.  in  extent  and 
6  ft.  above  the  .sea,  lies  J  m.  NW.  of  town. 

hamlet  on  NW.  coast  of  Camiguin,  at  foot 

of  great  cone,  4,797  ft.  above  sea. 

point  in  same  island. 


AGOO  (a-go-oh'),  ver.;  pueblo  Union,  Luz6n,  onj 
coast  highway,  20  m.  S.  of  San  Fernando. 
Pop.,  1896,  10,050. 

AGOS  (ah'-gohs),  nat.  ;riveroncoastof  Infanta,  Lu- 
zon, cmritying  into  channel  separating  island 
of  which  Inaguican  is  extreme  SE.  point  from' 
mainland.  BinaiTgonantk'  l.ampon,  thecapi- 
tal.lies  1  m.  S.df  this  river,  about  midway  of  i 
its  course  between  Cordillera  and  sea. 

AGOSAN  (ah-goh'-.sahn),  nat.;  river  emptying  at 
point  of  same  name  on  the  W.  shore  of  Sub' 
Bay,  SE.  coast  of  Zambales,  Luzon. 

A(iOTAY  (ah-goh'-ti),  ver.;  mountain  on  1.  bank 
of  Ibiijay  Riv.,  in  Panay,  on  boundary 
tween  Antique  and  Cdpiz. 

AGOTAYAN  (ah-goh-tah'-yahn),  ver.;  mountain 
in  Cdpiz,  Panay,  along  SE.  slope  of  which 
flows  the  Maindang  Riv. 

AGPITAN  (ag-pee'-tahn),  nat.;  island  off  NW. 
coast  of  Marinduque  in  N.  aiiprnach  to  Bana- 
calan  Port,  NW.  coast  of  Marinduque  I. 

AGRAM  (ah-grahm'),  ver.;  river  in  Luzon. 

AGSABO  (ag-sah'-boh),  ver.;  river  of  Mindanao. 

AGSUBAY  (ag-soo-by'),  ver.;  mountain  of  CApiz, 
Panay,  near  W.  boundary  of  Concepcion,  G  m. 
NW.  of  Lemery. 

AGTX  (ag-tah'),  ver.;  extreme  S.  point  of  Polillo 
I.     (SceAglftPt.) 

AGTAMAYO  (ag-tah-mah'-yo),  ver.;  mountain  in 
Panay. 

AGTAMBI  (ag-tahm'-bee),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Cdpiz, 
Panay,  1  m.  W.  of  Cuartero. 

AGTAMOA  (ag-tah-moh'-ah) ,  ver.;  crater  in  CAplz, 
Panay,  on  border  toward  Concepcion,  9  m  " 
of  Pontevedra. 

AGTAIWjUAY  (ag-tahng-wl'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  C&- 
piz,  Panay,  4^  m.  W.  of  Mayon. 

AGTAROBO  (ag-tah-roh'-boh) ,  ver.;  mountain  in  i 
Panay. 

AGTATACAY  (ag-tah-tah-ky'),  ver.;  hamlet  in 
Hollo,  Panay,  3  m.  NE.  of  Pototan. 

AGTUNGANON  (ag-toong-ah'-nohn),  ver.;  moun- 
tain in  Mindanao. 

AGUA  BENDITA  (ah'-gwah  bayn-dee'-tah),  Sp. 
(means  holy  water);  hamlet  on  Binanan  I., 
2i  m.  S.  of  Ajuy,  Hollo,  Panay. 

AGUA  (ah-gwah)  ,sp.;  pueblo  in  Bontoc.  Pop., 
Cn.  1887,  251. 

AGUADA  (ah-gwah'-dah),  Sp.;  point  on  N.  side  of 
arm  in  entrance  to  Eran  Bay.W.  coast  of  Pa- 
lawan. 

point  on  N.  shore  of  Ambolon  I.,  in  Sulu  ] 

Sea,  i  m.  SW.  of  Ylin  I.,  Mindoro. 

hamlet  on  S.  shore  of  Basilan  I.,  Sulu  A. 

cluster  of  islets  off  NE.  coast  of  Busuanga  I., 

Calamianes  group,  7  m.  SE.  by  E.  of  Caluit  Pt. 

mountain  summit  3,264  ft.  high,  in  Ton- 
dido  elevations,  on  extreme  NW.  coast  of 
Mindoro. 

hamlet  on  NE.  shore  of  Puerto  Princesa,E. 

coast  of  Palawan. 

one  of  numerous  islets  SW.  of  island  of 

Capul,  in  estuary  at  mouth  of  straits  of  San 
Bernardino,  Visayan  Sea. 

■  peak  608  ft.  high,  center  of  Cuyo  I.,  Cuyos  i 

group,  Mindoro  (Sulu)  Sea.  j 

point  S.  of  Catbalogan,  W.  coast  of  Samar. 

AGUAGtfAN  (ah-gwah-goo'-ahn).  Tag.;  point  on  ' 
S.  shore  of  BataAn,  Luzon. 

AGUASA  (ah-gwah'-sah),  ver.;  creek  in  Tayabas, 
Luzon. 

AGUAS  CALIENTES  (ah'-gwas  cah-leeayn'-tays), 
Sp.  (means  hot  waters);  hamlet  on  W.  coast  of 
Cebu,  4  m.  NE.  of  Asturias. 

AGDDO  (ah-goo'-doh),  Sp.;  mountain  in  Ambos 
Camarines,  Luz6n. 

mountain  in  NE.  Mindanao. 

peak  3,442  ft.  (1,038  meters)  high,  in  Cabu- 

silan  Range,  Luzon. 


TrAZETTEEK    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


273 


.^r^" 


.<N 


''?K 


MINDANAO,  NORTH  COAST 

MOUTH  OF  AGUSAN  RIVER 

Scale  iZsbo 
Recartnaissoince  by  otTicers  of  Oia  U.  S-  S.  Leyte,. 
Position  Capproic)  Lat  8"  57' N,  Long.  l25»30'E.of  Gr. 


S.  Doc.  280 18 


^I  0.4642 


274 


GAZETTEER   OF    THE    PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 


AGUIBATANtiAL  (ah-gee-bah-tahng-ahl'),  ver.; 
river,  W.  tributary  forming  Pamplona  {q.  v.) 
in  CagayAn,  Luzon. 
^tiUILA  (ah'-gee-lah),Sp.  (means  eagle);  hamlet 
on  W.  coast  road  Antique,  Panay,  1^  m.  W.  of 
inland  town  of  Salde. 
AtiUILAR  (ah-gee-lahr'),  Sp.;  town  in  Pangasi- 
nAn,  Luzon,  on  Agno  Riv.  road,  9^  m.  S.  of  Lin- 
gay(§n.    Pop.,  4,412. 

hamlet  in  E.  coast  range  of  Guimarils  I., 

5i  m.  SE.  of  Nagaba. 
AGUIMITAX  (ah-gee-mee'-tahn),  ver.;  mountain 

in  Mindanao. 
AGVIRKE  (ah-gee'-rray),  Sp.;  port  on  E.  side  of 
Timpasan  I.,  of  Canahauan  group,  near  SW. 
point   of   Canahauan-Daco,  off  W.  coast  of 
SAmar. 
AGUJA  DE  CLEOPATRA  (ah-goo'-hah  day  clay- 

oh-pah'-trah),  Sp.;  mountain  in  Palawan. 
AGUN  (ah'-goon),  ver.;  mountain  in  Mindoro. 
AGU.NDAT  (ah-goon-dahf) ,  ver.;  cape  on  SE.  coast 

of  Mindanao. 
AGUXGl'X    (ah-goong'-oon),    ver.;     hamlet      in 

Negros  Occidental,  3j  m.  E.  of  Valladolid. 
AGDXOB  (ah-goo-nob') ,  ver;  bay  on  W.  coast  of 

Leyte,  S.  of  Palompon. 
AGfPAXG  (ah-goo'-pahng),ver.;  mountain  in  N. 

part  of  island  of  Guimarils,  Visayan  group. 
AGUS  (ah'-goos),  nat.  (means  current);  river  in 
Mindanao. 

town  in  Bontoc.    Pop.,  1887,  251. 

AGUSAN  (ah-goo'-sahn),  nat.;  one  of  the  longest 
and  most  important  rivers  of  ISIindanao.  Rises 
onN.  slope  of  Tagnibay  Mt.  in  extreme  S.  por- 
tion of  E.  coast  range  in  Da  vao,  within  44  ra.  of 
Cape  San  Agustin,  extreme  S.  li.adlanddf  SE. 
peninsula  of  Mindanao;  tlifino  purMiing  N. 
course,  receiving  drainage  nf  narrow  valley 
between  E.  coast  range  and  elevations  along 
E.  shore  of  Ddvao  Gulf.  At  distance  of  44  m. 
in  direct  line  it  crosses  border  of  DAvao  into 
Surigao;  thence  taking  trend  N.  by  W. ,  receiv- 
ing luimerous  tributaries,  and  with  number 
of  towns  along  its  path;  after  course  of  51  m. 
enters  lake  Sadocun  on  its  S.  shore.  After 
discharging  waters  of  upper  main  stream  and 
tributaries  into  this  chain  of  lakes— Sadocun, 
Dagun,  and  Pinayat,  continues  its  course 
toward  sea,  again  receiving  numerous  trib- 
utaries, and  with  many  towns  upon  its  banks, 
the  most  important  of  whiehisButuan  (q.v.), 
it  enters  Butiian  Bay  across  extensive  delta, 
outletting  through  3  mouths  into  SE.  angle  of 
Butiian  Bay,  on  N.  coast  of  Mindanao— total 
length  of  126  m.  in  direct  line  almost  due  N. 
It  drains  entire  valley  of  central  Surigao  from 
S.  to  N.,  averaging  from  40  to  50  m.  wide  from 
summit  to  summit. 

pueblo  SE.  shore  of  Macajalar  Bay,  N.  coast 

of  Misamis,  Mindanao,  6  m.  NE.  of  CagavAn 
de  Misamis.    Pop.,  1896,  934. 
AGtJTAY   (ah-goo'-ti),   ver.;   point   in   island  of 

Sibuyiin. 
AGIJTAYA  (ah-goo-tah'-yah),  ver.;  island  9.50  ft. 
high,  4i  m.  N.  to  S.,  and  2i  m.  E.  to  W.    Larg- 
est and  chief  member  of  N.  islands  of  Cuvos 
group;  97  m.  E.  by  N.  of  Tay-Tay,  Palawan. 

pueblo  and    N.   islands  of   Cuyos  group; 

situated  on  VV.  coast  of  Agutava  L,  22  m.  N. 
of  Cuyo;  principal  town  of  S.  islands  of  same 
group,  and  99  m.  E.  by  N.  of  Tay-Tay,  Pala- 
wan. Island  is  defended  bv  a  small  fortress. 
Pop.,  2,046. 
AGUTATAN  (ah-goo-tah'-yahn),  ver.;  hamlet  in 
Iloilo,  Panay,  li  m.  N.  of  Duenas. 

village  on  BalAbac  I.,  off  SW.  extreme  of 

Palawan. 

mountain  at  headwaters  of  TigpuWan  Riv. , 

Antique,  Panay,  10  m.  E.  of  Sibalom. 
AIXAUAX  (i-now'-ahn),  ver.;  tributarvof  Agusan 
Riv.  which  enters  that  stream  7  m.  above 
Talacogon  in  Surigao,  Mindanao. 


AIRY,  for.:  elevation  in  Peel  Mt.  (<y.  v.),  Palawan. 

Range  then  trends  to  S. 
A  JUS  (ah'-hoos),  ver.;   point  SE.  of  Catanauan 
Bay,  Tayabas,  Luz6n.  . 

iJUY  (ah'-hooy),  ver.;  bay  and  river  W.  of  Abra 
de  Apiton,  5^  m.  SW.  of  Concepcion,  Iloilo, 
SE.  coast  of  Panav.  Bav,  3i  m.  wide,  is 
sheltered  from  the  NE.  River  enters  on  N. 
shore  and  leads  to  town  of  same  name.  In 
middle  of  bay  are  Biuanan  islets.  On  W. 
shore  are  towns  of  Mangurukuru  and  Pili. 
Sal  islets  are  off  Pili. 

pueblo  in  district  of  Concepcion,  Iloilo, 

Panay.    Pop.,  1896,  11,000. 
AKDiX  (ak-dahn'),  ver.;  summitin  E.  coast  range 
of  Guimar^s  I. ,  visible  from  W.  coast  of  Negros 
across  intervening  strait. 

point  and  river  9  m.  SE.  of  AgpA  Pt.,  on  N. 

coast  of  Cdpiz,  Panay.  Calivo  lies  2^  m.  S. 
River  rises  in  Madia-ds  Mts.  and  flows  due  N., 
pas.sing  towns  of  Libacao,  Madalag,  Malinao, 
Numancia,  and  Calivo,  besides  number  of 
hamlets.  At  Madalag  terminates  beautiful 
lake  through  which  current  of  river  passes  in 
its  course  toward  sea. 
ALA  (ah'-lah),  Sp.;  point  on  extreme  NE.  shore 
of  Balut  I.,  Sarangani  Is.,  SE.  of  Lajan  pt.,  S. 
of  Mindanao. 
ALABAT  (ah-lah-baht'),Tag.;  island  in  S.  water8 
of  Lamon  Bay,  great  estuary  of  Pacific  Ocean 
on  W.  and  N.  of  Tayabas,  Luzon.  It  is  15  m. 
from  SE.  to  NW.  On  SE.  shore  opposite  and 
5  m.  across  channel  from  CalAuang  town  in 
Tayabas,  Luzon,  isinland  town  of  Silang.  On 
NW.  shore  oppo.site  Maubiln,  same  province, 
is  town  of  Panjirin.  which  is  well-sheltered 
port  with  good  holding  ground.  Passage  on 
E.  side  is  free  of  danger. 

point  at  entrance  to  San  Pedro  Bay,  2  m. 

WNW.  of  Capines  Pt.,  SAmar. 
ALAD  (ah-lahd'),  ver.;  island  2  m.  E.  and  W.  1  m. 

off  NW.  coast  of  Romblon  I.  (q.  v.). 
ALAG,  or  MAXDAiiX  (ah-lag',  mahn-dah-ohn'), 
ver.;  inner  part  of  Nin  Bay  (q.  v.),  Masbate  I. 
ALAMIXOS  (ah-lah-mee'-nohs),  Sp.;  inland  ham- 
let of  Cftpiz,  Panay,  3^  m.  W.  of  Madalag. 

pueblo  in  Laguna,  Luzon,  19  m.  SW.  of  Santa 

Cruz  on  main  road  to  Manila.    Pop.,  4,600. 

pueblo  in  Zambales,  Luz6n.    Pop.,  8,008. 

ALAXCAO    XAPAXGPAXG     (ali-lahn-cow'    nah- 
pahng-pahng'),  nat.;  bav  with  good  anchor- 
age forming  NE.  arm  of  Panlatuan  port,  SW. 
coast  of  Sorsogon,  Luzon. 
ALAXfeiLANG  (ah-lahng-ah'-lahng),  nat.;  pueblo 
of  importance  in  Leyte,  on  r.  bank  of  Gaba- 
yong  Riv.,  11  m.  S.  by  W.  of  Tacloban.    Pop.. 
8,602. 
ALAP  (ah-lahp't,  ver.;  pueblo  of  Bontoc,  Luzon, 
10  m.  from  Bontoc.    Pop.,  713.    Pop.  of  town- 
ship, 849. 
ALAPASCO  (ah-lah-pahs'-coh),  ver.;  mountain  of 
Concepcion,  Iloilo,  Panav,  on  boundary  with 
Capiz,  13  m.  SW.  of  Carlos. 
ALARIX  (ah-lah-reen') ,  ver.;  mountain  of  Luzon, 
forming  the  boundary  between  Pampanga 
oE.,  Bulacan  NE.,  and  Nueva  Ecija  E. 
ALi;?>  (ah-las'),  ver.;  bay  on  W.  coast  of  Masbate. 

narrow  inlet  on  NE.  side  of  Nin  Bay,  SW. 

coast  of  Masbate,  Visayas. 

point  on  E.  side  of  entrance  to  bay  of  same 

name,  W.  coast  of  Masbate. 
ALASA  (ah-lah'-sah).  Tag. ;  riverin  Cavite,  Luz6n. 
ALAS-XS  (ah-las-as'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  C4piz,  Pa- 
nay, 4^  m.  NW.  of  Libacao. 
ALATUD  (ah-lah-tood'),  ver.;    tributary  of  flog 

Riv.  {q.  v.),  Negros  Occidental. 
iLAVA  (ah'-lah-vah),  Sp.;  town  in  Abra,  Luz6n, 
in  Mamagued  Mts.  at  headwaters  of  Tineg 
Riv.,  18  m.  NE.  of  Bangued.    Pop.,  6,100. 

pueblo  in  Pangasindn,  Luzon,  near  Uni6n 

boundary,  21m,  NE.  of  LingayiSn,    Pop.,  6,100. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPII^E    ISLANDS.  275 


ALAYIGA>'    (ah-lah-vee'-gahn),   ver.;    point    in 

Samar. 
ALATA  (ah-lah'-vah),  ver.;   point  on  E.  coast  of 

Mindoro.     (-See  Ticlin.) 
ALAZASIN    fah-lah-thah'-seen),    ver.;     one     of 

numerous  small  islands  to  N.  of  Negros. 


ALBAGUEX  (al-bah-gayn'),  Sp.;  extreme  and 
largest  of  group  of  islands  570  ft.  high,  14  m. 
long,  in  entrance  to  Barton  Bay,  2i  m.  S.  of 
Boayen  I.,  W.  coast  of  Palawan.  Conical 
head  is  connected  with  it.  Landslide  forming 
a  red  strip  on  NW.  has  peculiar  effect  from 
sea. 


ALBAY,  LUZON,  PROVINCE  OF. 

(Ahl-by',  ver.) 

Capital:  Albay,  lat.  13°  10'  N.,  Ion.  123°  43'  E. 

Area:  899  sq.  m.  mainland;  98  sq.  m.  islands;  total,  997  sq.  m. 

Population:  Census  of  1887,  195,129,  exclusive  of  Catanduanes. 

Race:  Vi'cnle^;. 

Language:   Bi'col  or  Vi'col  almost  excltisively. 

Military  Department  of  Luzon:  Headquarters,  Manila,  Luzon. 

Table  of  distances. 

Air.  Sea. 
From  Legaspi,  port  of  Albay,  to —  m.      m. 

Manih; 213      414 

Cebu 200      241 

Iloilo 1884    259 

LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

The  province  occupies  tlie  central  strip  of  the  narrow  neck  of  land  between  Ambos 
Camarines  and  Sorsogun  provinces,  the  latter  the  extreme  SE.  end  of  Luzon  toward 
the  Visayan  Islands.  Both  the  land  and  sea  boundaries  of  Albay  are  very  circuitous. 
Beginning  on  the  shore  of  the  Ragay  Gulf,  an  arm  of  the  Mindoro  Sea,  it  pursues  an 
E.  and  NE.  course  to  the  "W.  shore  of  Lagonoy  Gulf  on  the  Pacific  Ocean  side,  a  dis- 
tance of  29  m.  (direct) .  On  the  N.  lies  the  province  of  Ambos  Camarines.  Its  E.  bound- 
ary f<  )llows  the  irregularities  of  the  Pacific  coast  from  Gorda  to  Paguirira  Pts. ,  a  distance 
of  45j  m.,  and  forming  the  W.  shore  of  the  gulfs  of  Lagonoy,  Tabaco,  and  Albay. 
From  Paguirira  Pt.,  separating  Sorsogon  province  on  the  S.,  the  boundary  takes  a 
wavv  trend  of  30 j  m.  W.  to  NW.  of  Donsol  on  the  opposite  coast.  From  Donsol  to 
Cadfiurauan  Pt.  the  Mindoro  Sea  bounds  it  on  the  S.  On  the  W.  from  Cadburauan 
Pt.  to  place  of  beginning,  32  m.  in  a  NW.  direction,  lies  the  Ragay  Gulf.  The  Visa- 
yan I.  of  Burias  is  9^  m.  SW.  of  Albay. 

AREA. 

Its  greatest  length  from  N.  to  S.  is  44  m.  from  Gorda  Pt.  N.  to  the  terminus  of  the 
boundary  NW.  of  Donsol  S.,  and  l)readth  ESE.  to  WNW.  51^  m.  between  Paguirira 
and  the'W.  termination  of  the  N.  boundary  37  ni.  NW.  of  Vigi'a  de  Palo  Pts.,  the 
average  distances  being  29  m.  NW.  to  SE.  and  31  m.  E.  to  W.,  area  899  sq.  m.,  exclu- 
sive of  dependent  islands.  The  narrowest  point  between  the  opposite  coasts  is  13  m. 
from  the  SW.  shore  of  Albay  Gulf  to  the  W.  terminus  of  the  S.  boundary.  The  main- 
land and  islands  represent  an  acreage  of  575,360,  or  about  119,040  a.  less  than  the 
State  of  Rhode  Island.  The  province  of  Albay  has  now  a  larger  population  than  the 
States  of  Maine,  New  Hampshire,  Vermont,  and  Georgia  aggregated  in  1800. 

PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 

The  province  is  generally  rugged  and  volcanic.  It  possesses  exceptional  interest 
to  the  scientist  on  account  of  the  presence  on  its  E.  borders  of  the  volcano  Mayon, 
which  arises  2,573  meters  (8,504  ft. )  out  of  an  extensive  plain.  It  is  8  m.  N.  by  W. 
of  Albay  capital,  and  its  plume-like  halo  of  vapor  is  visible  for  miles  on  land  and  sea. 
The  last  eruption  occurred  March  9,  1900.  A  chain  of  mountains  traverses  the  prov- 
ince from  E.  to  W.,  terminating  on  the  E.  in  the  majestic  summit  of  ^layon.  About 
12^  m.  N  W.  of  Mayon  volcano  is  the  Malinao  or  Buhi  Mt.,  between  ]May6n  and  Buhi. 
About  7  m.  NW.  of  Mayon  rises  Masaraga,  1,554  meters  (5,244  ft.)  high.  Another 
authority  says  860  meters  (2,866  ft.),  and  about  9  m.  NW.  of  Mavon,  Malinao,  an 
extinct  volcano,  about  920  meters  (3,066  ft.)  high.  Along  the  W."  border  near  the 
coast  extends  the  main  range  of  S.  Luzon,  which  comes  down  with  a  SE.  trend  from 


276  GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

Mount  Labo,  a  lofty  summit  1,552  meters  (5,238  ft.)  at  the  intersection  of  the  bound- 
aries of  2  provinces  Ambos  Camarines  and  Tayabas.  This  main  range  dividt 
the  drainage  of  the  province  to  the  Pacific  on  the  E.  and  the  Mindoro  Sea  on  the 
W.  The  sides  of  Mayon,  Masaraga,  and  Mah'nao  have  their  own  drainage  directed 
by  the  local  characteristics  of  the  surface.  Numerous  streams  rising  in  the  3  moun- 
tains water  the  fertile  valleys  and  plains.  In  the  NW.  lies  the  lake  of  Bato,  about  4 
m.  in  diameter,  the  X.  boundary  of  the  province  crossing  its  center.  This  lake  receives 
the  waters  of  Inaya  Eiv.  This  important  stream  rises  in  the  extreme  SE.  part  of  the 
province  near  Daraga,  within  3  m.  of  the  S.  boundary,  4}  m.  W.  of  Albay,  and  5|  m.  from 
the  nearest  point  on  Albay  Bay.  Taking  a  XW.  direction  it  traverses  the  entire  cen- 
tral portion  of  the  province,  a  distance  of  22  m. ,  receiving  the  drainage  of  the  W.  slopes 
of  Mayon  volcano,  and  Masaraga  that  of  the  E.  watershed  of  the  main  coast  range. 
After  discharging  into  Bato  Lake  its  great  volmne,  uniting  with  the  drainage  of  \ 
Ambos  Camarines,  continues  in  a  XW.  course  as  the  Bicol  Eiv.,  finding  an  ocean 
outlet  in  San  Miguel  Bay  on  the  Pacific  coast,  35  m.  XW.  In  the  XE.  part  of  the 
province,  near  the  JIalinao  and  Buhi  Mt.,  is  a  remarkable  center  of  Thermal  Springs.  | 
The  most  interesting  are  the  hot  springs  of  Igalw  and  the  stalactite  springs  of  Xagle-i 
beng.  Jiigor,  the  celebrated  German  scientist  and  traveler,  says  of  them:  "Similar' 
examples  occur  in  Iceland  and  in  Xew  Zealand,  but  the  products  of  the  springs  of 
Tibi  (Buhi)  are  more  varied,  finer,  and  more  beautiful."  The  medicinal  properties 
are  similar  (Tivi)  to  those  of  the  Arkansas  hot  springs.  He  states  the  great  siliceous 
beds  of  the  springs  of  Xevada  possess  similar  formations. 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

On  the  E.  shore  are  the  bays  of  Tabaco  and  Albay,  with  numerous  arms  ninning 
inland  with  ports  of  shipment  to  Manila  for  the  hemp  output. 

ROADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 

The  province  is  well  supplied  with  roads,  which  are  being  kept  in  good  repair  or 
extended.  From  Tivi,  a  wagon  way  follows  the  seashore  to  the  S.,  connecting  the 
coast  towns  of  Mah'nao,  Tabaco,  and  Malilipot,  2i  m.,  S.  of  which  latter  town  a  branch 
road  goes  E.  to  Bacacay.  Another  road  leaves  the  main  line  for  Libog,  which  is  also 
connected  by  direct  road  with  Bacacay,  thus  bringing  the  X.  coast  of  Albay  Bay  in 
direct  road  communication  with  Tabaco  Bay.  This  road  was  destroyed  near'Legaspi. 
The  main  road  continues  to  Legaspi  and  hence  to  Albay.  Along  the  main  highway 
are  numerous  villages.  Another  road  l^eginning  at  Albay  follows  the  course  of  the 
Inaya  Eiv.,  connecting  the  important  towns  of  Daraga,  Camalig,  Guinobatan,  Ligao, 
Ods,  and  Polangui.  At  this  E.  jjoint  a  branch  connects  with  Li'bong.  The  main 
road  continuing  in  a  XW.  direction,  crossing  into  AmVjos  Camarines  (Sur)  via  Bato,  on 
the  N.  shore  of  that  lake,  from  which  point  it  continues  to  Nueva  Caceres  and  beyond. 
There  are  also  numerous  cart,  horse,  and  foot  trails  running  into  the  main  roads.  The 
nearest  water  route  to  ^Manila  is  to  the  E.  and  S.  via  San  Bernardino  Strait;  thence 
NW.  across  the  Mindoro  Sea  through  the  Verde  Pa.«sage  to  Cape  Santiago;  thence  X. 
along  the  W.  coast  of  Batangas  province  to  off  Limbonea  I.,  NE,  into  Manila  Bay  to 
Manila.     Total,  414  m.  approximately. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

Of  the  population,  195,129,  all  but  7,000  approximately  are  Bicol  (Yi'cols).  The 
wild  tribes  are  chiefly  Guinaanes  and  a  few  Igorrotes  in  the  more  isolated  mountain 
regions.  The  official  population  of  1887  showed  an  aggregate  of  293, 779.  The  Vicols, 
the  dominant  race,  have  been  peaceably  inclined  from  the  beginning.  The  petty 
disturbances  attempted  were  due  to  outside  leaders  usually  from  Manila,  who  were 
promptly  apprehended  by  the  local  constabulary,  an  efficient  body,  and  imprisoned. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


277 


Province  and  pueblos. 


Total  population,  combining 
residents  present  and  ab- 
sent, native  and  Spanish, 
census  1887. 


Men.       Women.      Total. 


Albav  : 

Albay 

Bacaeay 

Bacon , 

Barcelona 

Bulan 

Bulusan , 

Cagsaua 

Calolbong , 

Camdlig , 

Caramoran 

Casiguran 

Castilla 

Catanduanes  Bagamanoc  . 

Catanduanes  Bato , 

Donsol 

Giibat 

Guinobatan 

Irosin 

Jovellar 

Juban 

Legaspi 

Libog 

Libong 


Ligao. 
Magallanes. 
Malilipot ... 

Malinao 

Manitao 

Matnog 


Panddn  .. 

Pavo 

Pilar 

Polangui 
Sorsog6n 
Tabaco . . 
Tiui  (Tivi 

Vega 

Virac 


Total 146, 498 


5,923 
5,184 
7,029 
2,068 

2, 255 

1^753 
7,396 
416 
2,721 
1,089 
710 
3,337 
2,750 
5,840 
10,1.57 
2,014 

1^798 
3,596 
3,624 
2,250 
8,586 
1,249 
2,657 
6,000 
754 
1,852 
6,746 
929 
847 
2,208 
4,702 
5,067 
8,178 
5,115 
1,439 
2,764 


11, 672 
10, 240 
14,097 
4,406 
7,936 
4,666 
20,298 
3,608 
14,487 
894 
5, 528 
2,308 
1,300 
6,732 
5,621 
12, 125 
19,842 
4,198 
3,563 
3,841 
7,182 
7,116 
4,563 
16, 980 
2,588 
5,243 
11, 828 
1,588 
3,665 
10,949 
1,884 
1,737 
4,550 
9,106 
10,315 
16,655 
10, 163 
2,927 
5,427 


293,779 


For  population  under  partial  census  of  1896,  see  p.  32. 

Estimated  population  1901,  exclusive  of  Sorsog6n,  detached,  228,132 


There  are  23  towns  and  260  villages  within  the  province.  The  most  important, 
with  population  in  1896,  are: 

Albay;  a  telegraph  and  telephone  station  and  the  capital  of  the  province  is  situated 
1}  m.  inland  from  the  head  of  a  small  estuary  on  the  W.  shore  of  the  gulf  of  same 
name.  The  city  is  connected  with  Lega-spi,  its  seaport,  the  chief  towns  of  the  province, 
and  other  capitals  by  wagon  roads,  being  215  m.  SE.  of  Manila  by  road.  It  is 
48  m.  XE.  from  extreme  SE.  point  of  Luzon.  Pop.,  14,000;  the  township,  34,000. 
The  ncAV  town  of  Albay  stands  on  level  ground,  1  m.  WSW.  of  the  old  town,  which 
was  the  capital  before  the  eruption  in  1814.  It  was  almost  entirely  destroyed  by 
the  insurgents  in  February,  1900,  and  has  been  rebuilt  on  modern  lines  by  the 
Americans.  It  is  sheltered  from  the  volcano  of  Mayon,  82  m.  NW.,  by  Linguin 
hills,  which  also  serve  as  guides  to  anchorage.  It  had  good  houses,  with  a  church, 
town  hall,  parochial  residence,  and  other  well-constructed  buildings.  The  church 
and  parochial  residence  alone  remain.  The  town  destroyed  by  the  insurgents  is 
being  rapidly  rebuilt  on  a  larger  scale. 

Bacacay;  on  the  S.  shore  of  Tabaco  Bay.  Pop.,  10,547.  The  inhabitants  in  the 
vicinity  are  largely  engaged  in  hemp  growing. 

Batan;  the  most  important  town  on  a  high  and  rugged  island,  separated  from 
Cacraray  by  a  channel,  1  m.  wide,  connecting  Albay  Bay  on  the  S.  with  the  little 
bay  of  Galm  on  the  NW.  side  of  the  island.  There'  are  2  coal  mines  in  operation 
here.  They  produce  an  inferior  quality  of  coal  containing  much  slate.  Investiga- 
gation  indicates  that  when  more  fuUv  developed  the  qualitv  mav  improve. 

Cagsaua  (Daraga);  \\  m.  W.  of  Albay.  Pop.,  20,449."  In  "the  midst  of  a  fine 
hemp  district.  Destroyed  by  fire.  The  church  on  a  high  hill,  plainly  visible  from 
Legaspi  Harbor,  remaining  of  the  former  buildings.  The  town  is  being  reconstructed 
^  as  rapidly  as  material  and  labor  can  be  had. 


2r»  GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLA.NDS. 

Calolbong;  on  the  SW.  shore  of  Catanduanes  I.,  a  dependency  of  Albav.  Pop., 
4,382. 

Camalig;  an  inland  garrisoned  town  near  tlie  r.  bank  of  the  Inava  Riv.     Pop., 
14,868. 
.     Daraga.     {See  Cagsaxia.) 

Guinobatan;  on  1.  bank  of  Inaya  Riv.,  4^  m.  SE.  of  Ligao  and  9  m.  W.  by  N.  of 
Albay.  Pop.,  20,500.  Surrounded  by  one  of  the  most  productive  hemp  districts  in 
tlie  province. 

Iiegaspi;  a  port  of  entry  on  Albay  Bay,  telegraph  station,  garrisoned  town,  and 
the  seaport  of  Albay,  the  capital.  It  shares  with  Tabaco  a  large  hemp  shipping  trade 
and  is  much  frequented  by  steamers,  sailing  vessels,  and  native  craft.  It  is  the  most 
important  port  of  hemp  export  in  the  province.     Pop.,  6,017. 

Libog;  on  X.  shore  of  Albay  Bay.  Pop.,  6,569.  It  enjoys  an  extensive  native 
craft  trade  in  hemp  to  provincial  ports  of  shipment,  principally  Legaspi  to  Manila. 

Libong;  on  1.  bank  of  Inaya  Riv.,  3i  m.  ESE.  of  its  outlet  into  Bato  Lake.  Has  a 
large  river  trade  and  is  the  business  center  of  a  productive  growing  area.     Pop.,  4,125. 

liigao;  near  the  1.  bank  of  Inaya  Riv.  on  the  main  road.     Pop.,  17,371. 

Malilipot;  on  W.  shore  of  Tabaco  Bay,  3  m.  S.  of  Tabaco.  Pop.,  5,995.  Largely- 
engaged  in  hemp  trade  with  native  growers,  the  product  being  shipped  from  Tabaco 
to  Manila. 

Malinao;  on  the  shore  of  the  Pacific  Ocean  at  the  entrance  to  Tabaco  Bay,  3  m. 
N.  of  Tabaco.  Pop.,  10,296.  The  extensive  hemp  product  of  the  Malinao  Mt.  region 
is  concentrated  at  this  point  for  shipment  via  Tabaco. 

Manitao;  on  E.  shore  of  Poliqui  Bay,  E.  coast.     Pop.,  1,515. 

Oas;  on  the  r.  bank  of  the  Inaya  Riv.  and  main  road  between  Ligao  and  Polangui. 
Pop.,  10,357.  It  commands  an  extensive  river  trade  besides  being  surrounded  by 
some  of  the  finest  hemp  plantations  in  the  province. 

Polangui;  on  r.  bank  of  the  Inaya  Riv.,  on  the  boundary  of  Camarines  Sur.  Pop., 
10,050.     Very  advantageously  situated  for  river  and  hemp"  traffic. 

Tabaco;  a  port  of  entry  and  garrisoned  town  inside  of  the  N.  channel  to  the  bay 
of  that  name,  E.  coast  of  Albay  province.  Pop.  17,436.  The  best  sheltered  and 
deepest  harbor  in  the  province  and  third  in  importance  of  its  shipping. 

Tivi;  on  Lagonoy  Bay,  in  extreme  XE.  of  the  province,  5  m.  NE.  of  the  volcano 
Malinao.  It  is  celebrated  for  the  healing  qualities  of  its  Thermal  Springs,  to  which 
large  numbers  of  natives  resort.  Pop.  10,215.  A  hemp-growing  center,  shipping 
via  Tabaco. 

DEPENDENT  ISLANDS. 

Catanduanes;  off  E.  coast  of  the  province  across  channel  1  m.  wide,  beginning 
with  San  Miguel  extends  a  chain  of  important  islands  surrounded  by  reefs  31  m.  in 
extent,  trending  SE.  from  Guinamban,  the  XAV.  point  of  San  Miguel,  to  L'rigay,  the 
extreme  SE.  point  of  Rapu-rapu,  and  separates  the  waters  of  Lagonov  on  the  X."  from 
Albay  Gulf  on  the  S.  . 

Batan;  the  largest  of  4  islands  off  the  E.  coast.  It  is  19  by  6J  m.  extreme  meas- 
ure; area,  31  sq.  m.  Rapu-rapu  lies  on  the  SE.  and  Cacraray  oii  the  NW.,  21  m.  E.  of 
Albay.     It  has  coal  mines. 

San  Miguel;  the  smallest  of  the  chain  and  lies  nearest  the  mainland  from  which 
it  is  separated  by  a  channel  1  m.  wide.  It  is  5^  m.  NW.  to  SE.  and  2j  m.  N. 
and  S.  with  an  area  of  16  sq.  m.  Rich  forests  of  uarra  and  also  hemp  plantations 
are  found  in  the  vicinity.     It  is  also  important,  locally,  for  its  fisheries. 

Cacraray;  the  next  island  to  the  SE.,  across  the  intervening  Casolgan  channel  IJ 
m.  wide,  is  8  m.  X.  and  S.  and  7i  m.  E.  and  W.  at  its  X.  part,  with  an  area  of  30  sq. 
m.  It  is  hilly  and  has  indications  of  the  coal  which  abounds  on  the  island  of  Batan 
and  Rapu-rapu.     It  has  no  town  of  importance. 

Rapu-rapu;  an  island  of  considerable  elevation  and  triangular  in  shape,  1  m.  SE. 
of  Batiin,  is  8  m.  X.  and  S.  and  8f  m.  E.  and  W.,  with  an  area  of  32  sq.  m.  The  village 
of  Santa  Florentina  is  situated  about  the  center  of  the  S.  coast.  The  island  abounds 
in  coal. 

VEGETABLE  PRODUCTS. 

The  chief  product  of  Albay  is  hemp  (abacji) ,  scientifically  known  as  musa  textilis, 
a  species  of  plantain,  and  commercially  known  as  ' '  manila  hemp. ' '  The  fiber  is  used 
for  the  manufacture  of  lupis  of  the  finest  texture  and  sinamay  of  the  best  grade  and 
in  other  branches  of  wea\'ing.  It  also  makes  the  finest  quality  of  cordage  from  ship's 
cables  down  to  twine.  It  thrives  best  on  mountain  sides,  and  while  it  needs  moist- 
ure, it  will  not  grow  in  swampy  land.     It  also  requires  shade  and  a  fertile  soil,  all  of- 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


279 


which  comhtiont^  exist  to  p(-rfe('tion  in  this  province.  It  is  found  ^a-owin;,'  success- 
fully on  the  foot  declivities  of  liery  .Ahiyon.  The  plant  attains  a  height  of  IL'  ft.  under 
cultivation  and  8  to  10  ft.  wiM.  it  reijuires  moderate  elevation,  and  grows  independ- 
ently of  the  seasons.  It  takes  3  years  to  reach  cutting  size  from  plants,  4  years 
from  the  seed  when  planted  in  virgin  soil,  and  6  months  from  suckers.  The  cutting 
producing  the  best  results  is  at  flowering  maturity  just  before  going  to  fruit,  the  yield 
being  about  2  bales  (270  lbs.  each)  to  the  acre.  The  length  of  bast,  or  inner  fibrous 
layer,  or  bark  ready  for  manipulating  with  the  knife,  in  Albay  is  6  ft.  6  in.  The 
matter  of  risk  is  but  a  small  factor  in  hemp  culture,  drought  not  being  probable.  No 
plowing  or  live  stock  is  required,  but  weeding  is  an  advantage.  All  experiments 
in  the  use  of  machinery  in  manipulating  the  hemp  have  been  unsuccessful  so  far  as 
economy  of  labor  is  concerned.  The  Chinese  are  largely  interested  in  gathering  the 
output  from  the  native  owners.  In  many  cases  they  work  plantations  with  excellent 
results.  In  Albay  each  laborer  on  an  estate  receives  half  of  all  the  fiber  he  draws 
and  the  owner  the  other  half.  As  a  rule  the  laborer's  half  is  purchased  by  the  owner. 
The  prices  fluctuate  considerably.  The  labor  in  setting  out  a  plantation  in  Albay  is 
figured  at  $3  per  1,000  shoots  2  ft.  high.  New  plantations  pay  $10  per  100  for  live 
plants  3  years  of  age.  Plants  run  about  720  to  the  acre.  In  extracting  the  fiber  the 
natives  work  in  couples,  one  stripping  the  bast  while  the  other  draws  it  under  the 
knife.  A  week's  work  is  300  lbs.  A  hemp  press  employing  60  men  and  boys  at 
daily  wages  12i  to  50  cents  turns  out  230  bales  per  day.  The  whole  cost  of  baling  is 
figured  at  $1.2.5  per  bale.  The  freights  by  mail  steamer  to  Manila  from  Albay  ports 
are  quoted  at  50  cents  beyond  San  Bernardino  Strait,  and  at  37^  cents  per  bale  W. 
of  straits.  Freights  from  Legasj^i  have  been  as  high  as  $1.50  per  bale.  The  hemp 
production  of  1899,  on  a  basis  of  one-half  the  entire  population  being  engaged  in  its 
culture,  say  100,000  of  the  population,  is  at  365.43-f-  pounds  per  capita.  The  follow- 
ing figures  will  show  the  extent  of  the  product,  commercial  movement,  and  value  of 
the  hemp  product  in  the  province  of  Albay,  and  the  total  product  of  the  islands  in 
piculs : 

Hemp  receipts  for  Albay,  1850-1899. 

[Report  of  the  Chamber  of  Commerce  of  Manila,  P.  I.] 
[Piculs:  lpicul=137.91bs.;  16  piculs =1  ton;  2piculs=l  bale.] 


1850 

1851 

1852 

78, 960 
92, 864 
118,047 
116, 961 
119, 813 
133,688 
160, 398 
163, 599 
215, 936 
179,208 
232, 998 
195, 473 
216, 019 
248, 076 
250, 055 
212, 192 
•225. 885 

1867 

1868 

1869 

221,554 

233,645 

153, 755 

1884 

1885 

1886 

279,559 

272,911 

944  490 

1853 

1870 

1871 

1872 

1873 

1874 

1875 

1876 

182,327 

183,429 

2.50,937 

263,393 

230,011 

203,683 

300  248 

1887 

1854 

18.55 

1856 

1888 

1889 

1890 

339,867 

:?03,901 

283,591 

1857 

1858 

1891 

1892 

:W5,158 

399  426 

1859 

1893 

377  678 

1860 

1861 

1877 

1878 

1879 

1880 

1881 

1882 

2451525 

227, 377 

285,775 

:326,784 

:331,366 

263  883 

1894 

1895 

:351,153 

371  280 

1862 

1896 

:369!758 

1863 

1897 

550  548 

1864 

1898 

323  511 

1865 

1899 

''65  366 

1866 

1883 

284,706 

Annual  average  (piculs): 

1850-1859..... 

1.37.947 

Annual  average 

1880-1889... 

(lbs.)— Cont'd. 

..  40,182,543 

1860-1869 

218,965 

Total  products  of  islands  (piculs) : 

1850-1859 

1860-1869 

1870-1879 

1880-1889 

1890-1899 

1880-1889 

291  389 

3  033  140 

1890-1899 

260, 746 

..     4,386,487 
..     6,098,932 
..     9,141,915 
..  14,533,093 

Annual  average  (lbs.): 

1850-1859 

1860-1869 

1870-1879 

19, 022, 821 

30,1.57,840 

:i2, 719, 533 

The  total  quantity  and  value  of  export  of  hemp  from  the  Philippine  I.  during  the 
calendar  year  1899  was  69,048  tons,  valued  at  $7,993,574,  or  $116  per  ton,  and  1900 
89,438  tons,  value  $13,290,400,  or  $149  per  ton.  Of  this  aggregate  the  province  of 
Albay  in  1899  contributed  16,585  tons,  at  $116  per  ton,  value  $1,923,860.  This  rep- 
resents the  commercial  movement  only.  The  home  hemp  consumption  in  the  man- 
ufacture of  lupis,  sinamay,  cordage,  etc.,  for  native  use  in  the  arts  and  shipping 
must  also  have  been  considerable.  There  is  also  a  large  production  of  oil  from  the 
cocoanut. 


280  GAZETTEEK   OF   THE   PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

MINERALS. 

The  declivities  of  the  lofty  summits  of  Mayon,  Masaraga,  Malinao,  and  the  eastern 
coast  range  show  indications  of  coal,  gold,  silver,  and  iron  in  commercial  quantities. 
The  mining  of  coal  has  grown  to  some  dimensions.  The  pre.sence  of  al)andoned 
mines  of  quicksilver  indicates  the  existence  of  that  valuable  metal. 

FORESTS. 

The  province  abounds  in  valuable  woods  suitable  for  shipbuilding,  dyeing,  and 
other  economic  purposes.  The  necessity,  however,  of  the  presence  of  large  forest 
trees  as  a  protection  to  the  hemp  plant  from  the  sun  renders  forest  preservation 
indispensable  to  the  success  of  the  main  industry  of  the  province. 

FRUITS. 

The  fruits  of  the  island,  except  oranges  and  lemons,  which  are  not  cultivated, 
abound  and  constitute  an  important  item  of  food  among  the  natives. 

INDUSTRIES. 

The  people  are  largely  engaged  in  weaving  abaca  into  lupis,  the  fine  textile  used 
in  the  wearing  apparel  of  the  better  class  of  women,  and  sinamay,  a  coarser  fabric, 
used  by  the  natives  in  general.  The  sails  and  cordage  of  the  native  sailing  craft  and 
twine  in  baling  are  of  home  manufacture.  Piiia  cloth  is  made  by  the  natives,  but 
principally  for  their  own  use.  The  building  of  native  craft  used  in  the  extensive 
hemp  carrying  and  other  coastwise  trade  is  an  important  industry  of  Albay.  There 
are  several  small  shipyards  at  the  important  towns  of  Legaspi  and  Tabaco  and  other 
points  where  native  capital  and  enterprise  are  engaged  in  shii^building. 

COMMERCE. 

The  coastwise  trade  of  the  province  largely  consists  in  the  transportation  of  the 
enormous  henij)  yield  from  the  numerous  villages  along  the  shores  of  the  great  bays 
to  the  seaports,  from  which  steamer  shipments  are  made  to  Manila  or  direct  to 
foreign  ports  by  the  great  carrying  corporations  of  the  Orient.  Some  idea  of  the  enor- 
mous business  being  done  in  the  province  at  present  can  be  had  from  the  fact  that 
in  the  town  of  Legaspi  alone  over  $1,000,000  changes  hands  every  30  days.  Business, 
however,  is  much  hampered  through  the  lack  of  banking  facilities,  and  all  clearances 
are  made  through  the  banks  at  Manila.  These  great  sums  of  money  are  brought 
down  by  the  steamships,  for  which  they  charge  0.75  per  cent  for  transportation; 
they  are  returned  to  Manila  at  the  same  rate.  With  a  bank  at  Legaspi  these  clear- 
ances could  be  made  there,  and  the  sum  of  transportation  alone  would  be  good 
interest  for  an  institution  of  that  sort.  Money  loans  in  this  province  all  the  way 
from  10  to  20  per  cent. 

UNITED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 

The  first  American  military  occupation  of  Albay  was  in  January,  1900.  The  expe- 
dition went  by  sea,  convoyed  by  United  States  gunboats  Helena  and  Nashville.  A 
landing  was  effected  at  Legaspi  with  some  slight  loss  in  wounded.  Several  minor 
affairs  were  fought  at  Legaspi,  Albay,  Daraga,  Tabaco,  Malaboa,  Guinobatan,  and 
Li't^og.  Legaspi  was  declared  a  port  of  entry  January  30,  1900,  and  Tabaco  on  Feb- 
ruary 14,  1900. 

On  February  15,  1902,  the  following  were  the  military  stations  in  Albay: 

Albay."  Daraga."  Legaspi.  "= 

Cdmalig.'*  Guinobatan.''  Tabaco.'' 

CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 

All  the  provisions  of  an  act  entitled  "A  general  act  for  the  organization  of  provin- 
cial governments  in  the  Philippine  Islands,"  enacted  February  6, 1901,  shall  apply  to 
and  govern  the  establishment  of  a  provincial  government  in  that  territory  in  the 
island  of  Luzon,  known  as  the  province  of  Albay,  including  the  islands  of  San  Miguel, 

'  "Telephone.  ''Telegraph.  '^Post-office. 


r- 


,<-  ■■■ ■  ■■^■ 

:^f- 

;%: 

.--^^ 

A 

-HAY  (;i:i.F 

'     "■      ■:..  ' 

'^, 

■j  , 

^ 

- 

||, 



1 

i 

, * 

■'«x.t. 

.-"^ 

|M^.^,.,^ 

:   :•.::„._„....:...„ 

::l 

!  ..-••■■'     y- 

— , ._ 

~^:=~ .7           J.  OLIO 

UI      BA   Y 

»-^ 

■ 

'1 

S  Doc/i  .')  c     07    1 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


281 


lacraray,  Batiln,  and  Rapu-rapu,  with  such  exceptions,  modifications,  and  supple- 
lentary  pro\'isions  as  are  hereinafter  contained.  (Act  April  26, 1901,  United  States 
•.C.) 

PROVINCIAL  OFFICERS. 

[Salaries  and  expenses  in  United  States  money.] 

'rovincial  governor $2, 000 

'rovincial  secretary 1,  500 

rovincial  treasurer 2,  500 

'rovincial  supervisor 2, 000 

"rovincial  fiscal 1, 500 

All  provincial  officers  are  allowed  necessary  and  actual  traveling  expenses  not 
xceeding  $2.50  per  day  while  absent  from  the  capital  of  the  province  on  official  busi- 
.ess,  to  be  allowed  by  the  provincial  board  and  paid  on  resolution  of  the  board  for- 
farded  to  the  insular  treasurer  and  by  him  approved.  In  view  of  the  collection  of 
he  land  tax  a  new  or  additional  bond"  may  be  required  by  the  commission  from  the 
(rovincial  treasurer  to  cover  the  probable  increase  of  funds  in  custody  at  one  time, 
onditioned  to  secure  accounting  for  the  internal-revenue  collections  as  collector  of 
he  same;  the  taxes  collected  by  him  for  each  municipality,  for  the  province,  and  for 
he  central  government;  the  form  of  bond  to  be  prescribed  by  the  insular  treasurer. 

Presidentes  or  alcaldes  of  the  municipalities  meet  on  the  third  Monday  in  Janu- 
.ry,  April,  July,  and  October  to  consider  improvements  needed  in  the  province  and 
or  the  provincial  government  and  to  make  recommendations  to  the  provincial  board, 
.^he  convention  shall  be  called  together  by  the  provincial  secretary,  and  shall  elect 

chairman  for  each  quarter's  session.  The  provincial  secretary  shall  act  aa  secre- 
ary  of  the  convention,  and  shall  certify  its  recommendations  to  the  pro\ancial  board. 

The  former  capital,  Albay,  is  retained. 

The  oath  ( if  office  to  be  administered  to  provincial  officers  by  a  member  of  the  com- 
nissiou,  by  a  judicial  officer  having  jurisdiction  in  the  pro^'ince,  or  by  any  officer  of 
he  United  States  Army  stationed  in  the  province.  This  act  took  effect  upon  passage 
Vpril  26,  1901. 

CONDITIONS. 

A  few  days  after  the  establishment  of  civil  government  the  local  insurrectionary 
ommander  presented  himself,  with  his  entire  force,  and  surrendered.  Since  that 
inie  the  peace  of  the  province  has  not  been  disturVjed.  ■  There  never  was  a  time  in 
he  history  of  the  ])rovince  when  the  people  were  more  prosperous.  Wages  are  also 
greater  than  ever  known,  the  average  laborer  earning  from  1  to  3  pesos  a  day,  and 
prompt  payment.  The  high  price  of  hemp  since  American  occupation  has  thrown 
m  enormous  sum  uf  money  into  Albay,  so  that  taxes  are  promptly  paid,  thus  yield- 
-Dg  ample  revenue  to  conduct  the  government  on  a  liberal  basis.  (Official  report 
Df  provincial  governor  of  Albay,  December,  1901. ) 


MBAT  (ahl-by'),  ver.;  gulf  27  m.  from  E.  to  \V., 
between  N.  shore  of  SE.  portion  of  Albay, 
Luzon,  and  S.  shore  of  Rapu-rapu,  BatAn,  and 
Cacraray  islands,  and  of  varying  width  X. 
and  S.  from  4  m.  between  Montugan  Pt., 
Bulusan,  and  Rapu-rapu  I.,  to  12  and  14  m. 
at  points  within  this  oeeanward  limit.  Shores 
are  mostly  steep.  (See  chart  Albay  Gulf, 
Luzon,  E.  coast,  showing  Legaspi  anchorage 
toPortSula.) 

unimportant   river  6  m.  S.    of   Libog,  m 

Albay,  Luzon,  and  emptying  into  bav  of  that 
name. 

pueblo  and  capital  of  Albay,  Luzon,  li  m. 

inland  from  head  of  small  estuary  on  \V. 
shore  of  gulf  of  same  name.  City  is  con- 
nected with  Legaspi,  its  seaport,  and  chief 
towns  of  province  and  capitals  of  islands  bv 
fine  roads,  being  215  m.  SE.  of  Manila.  It  is 
next  to  Sorsogou,  extreme  S.  of  provincial 
capitals  of  Luzon,  being  but  48  m.  NE.  of  its 
extreme  SE.  point.  Pop.,  11,672.  New  town 
of  Albay  stands  on  level  ground  1  m.  WSW. 
of  old  town,  which  was  capital  before  erup- 
tion in  1814.  New  town  is  sheltered  from 
volcano  of  Mayon,  or  Albav,  8  m.  N.  by  W., 
by  Linguin  and  Capuntakan  hills,  which 
also  ser\-e  as  marks  for  anchorage.  Has  fine 
houses,  with  church,  town  hall,  parochial 
residence,  and  other  well-constructed  build- 

^   ings. 


ALBAY;  locally  known  as  May6n,  volcano  in  Al- 
bay, Luzon.  It  rises  out  of  broad  plain  about  6 
m,  from  NW.  shore  of  Albay  Gulf  and  8  m.  N. 
by  W.  of  Albay,  provinciarcapital.  It  is  one 
of  most  remarkable  features  of  volcanic  struc- 
ture of  P.  I.,  forming  perfect  cone  8,274  ft. 
high,  crowned  by  plume-like  halo  of  vapor, 
■which  assumes  fiery  glow  at  night  and  is  mark 
for  navigators  along  that  coast.  At  foot  of 
volcano  is  hamlet  of  Daraga,  which  succeeded 
former  town  of  Cagsaua,  destroyed  during 
terrific  outburst  of  1814.  Cone  was  surveyed 
from  sea  level  to  crater  in  1682.  According 
to  Jjigor,  who  ascended  it  in  18o7,  height  is 
2,374  meters  (7,713  ft.).  Fires  are  visible  at 
night.  Sides  are  covered  with  grass  6  ft. 
high,  well  up,  then  shorter,  then  moss,  then 
bare.  Summit  is  rent  with  fissures  emitting 
sulphurous  gases  and  steam  abundantlv. 
Don  Antonio  Siguenza  visited  volcano  in  18^, 
and  society  of  which  he  was  member  voted 
him  medal,  it  is  assumed  in  honor  of  making 
ascent,  but  that  is  not  mentioned.  Several 
monks  tried  it  in  1.592  to  relieve  natives  of 
their  superstitions  about  mountain.  One 
never  returned,  and  other,  though  stopped  by 
Intervening  abysses  and  givinguptask,  made 
many  converts  by  narrating  his  experiences 
to  natives.  He  died  same  year  from  effects 
of  this  effort.  Atlas  de  Filipinas  gives  2,-522 
meters  (8,407  ft.).  United  States  hvdro- 
graphic  charts  state  height  at  8,274  ft. 


S  Doc^ $C  57    1 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


281 


Oacraray,  Battin,  and  Rapu-rapu,  with  such  exceptions,  modifications,  and  supple- 
mentary provisions  as  are  hereinafter  contained.  (Act  April  26,  1901,  ITnited  States 
P.C.) 

PROVINCIAL  OFFICERS. 

[Salaries  and  expenses  in  United  States  money.] 

Provincial  governor $2, 000 

Provincial  secretary 1,  500 

'  Provincial  treasurer 2,  500 

Provincial  supervisor 2,  000 

Provincial  fiscal 1,  500 

All  provincial  officers  are  allowed  necessary  and  actual  traveling  expenses  not 
exceeding  $2.50  per  day  while  absent  from  the  capital  of  the  province  on  official  busi- 
ness, to  be  allowed  by  the  provincial  board  and  paid  on  resolution  of  the  board  for- 
warded to  the  insular  treasurer  and  by  him  approved.  In  view  of  the  collection  of 
the  land  tax  a  new  or  additional  bond  may  be  required  by  the  commission  from  the 
provincial  treasurer  to  cover  the  probaljle  increase  of  funds  in  custody  at  one  time, 
conditioned  to  secure  accounting  for  the  internal-revenue  collections  as  collector  of 
the  same;  the  taxes  collected  by  him  for  each  municipality,  for  the  province,  and  for 
the  central  government;  the  form  of  bond  to  be  prescribed  by  the  insular  treasurer. 

Presidentes  or  alcaldes  of  the  municipalities  meet  on  the  third  Monday  in  Janu- 
'  ary,  April,  July,  and  October  to  consider  improvements  needed  in  the  province  and 
for  the  provincial  government  and  to  make  recommendations  to  the  provincial  board. 
The  convention  shall  be  called  together  by  the  provincial  secretary,  and  shall  elect 
a  chairman  for  each  quarter's  session.  The  i^rovincial  secretary  shall  act  as  secre- 
tary of  the  convention,  and  shall  certify  its  recommendations  to  the  provincial  board. 

The  former  capital,  Albay,  is  retained. 

The  oath  of  office  to  be  administered  to  provincial  officers  by  a  member  of  the  com- 
'  mission,  by  a  judicial  officer  having  jurisdiction  in  the  province,  or  by  any  officer  of 
I  the  United  States  Army  stationed  in  the  province.  This  act  took  effect  upon  passage 
April  26,  1901. 

CONDITIONS. 

!  A  few  days  after  the  establishment  of  civil  government  the  local  insurrectionary 
commander  presented  himself,  with  his  entire  force,  and  surrendered.  Since  that 
time  the  peace  of  the  province  has  not  been  disturbed.  •  There  never  was  a  time  in 
the  history  of  the  province  when  the  people  were  more  prosperous.  Wages  are  also 
greater  than  ever  known,  the  average  laborer  earning  from  1  to  3  pesos  a  day,  and 
prompt  payment.  The  high  price  of  hemp  since  American  occupation  has  thrown 
an  enormous  sum  of  money  into  Albay,  so  that  taxes  are  promptly  paid,  thus  yield- 
ing ample  revenue  to  conduct  the  government  on  a  liberal  basis.  (Official  report 
of  provincial  governor  of  Albay,  December,  1901 . ) 


ALBAY  (ahl-by'),  ver.;  gulf  27  m.  from  E.  to  W., 
between  N.  shore  of  SE.  portion  of  Albay, 
Luzon,  and  S.  shore  of  Rapu-rapu,  BatAn,  and 
Cacraray  islands,  and  of  varying  width  N. 
and  S.  from  4  m.  between  Montugan  Pt., 
Bulusan,  and  Rapu-rapu  I.,  to  12  and  14  m. 
at  points  within  this  ocean  ward  limit.  Shores 
are  mostly  steep.  (See  chart  Albay  Gulf, 
Luzon,  E.  coast,  .showing  Legaspi  anchorage 
to  PortSula.) 

unimportant   river  6  m.  S.    of    Libog,  in 

Albay,  Luzon,  and  emptying  into  bay  of  that 
name. 

pueblo  and  capital  of  Albay,  Luz6n,  1^  m. 

inland  from  head  of  small  estuary  on  W. 
shore  of  gulf  of  same  name.  City  is  con- 
nected with  Legaspi,  its  seaport,  and  chief 
towns  of  province  and  capitals  of  islands  bv 
fine  roads,  being  215  m.  SE.  of  Manila.  It  is 
next  to  Sorsogon,  extreme  S.  of  provincial 
capitals  of  Luzon,  being  but  48  m.  NE.  of  its 
extreme  SE.  point.  Pop.,  11,672.  New  town 
of  Albay  stands  on  level  ground  1  m.  WSW. 
of  old  town,  which  was  capital  before  erup- 
tion in  1814.  New  town  is  sheltered  from 
volcano  of  Mayon,  or  Albay,  8  m.  N.  by  W., 
by  Linguin  and  Capuntakan  hills,  which 
also  serve  as  marks  for  anchorage.  Has  fine 
houses,  with  church,  town  hall,  parochial 
residence,  and  other  well-constructed  build- 

^      ings. 


ALBAY ;  locally  known  as  May6n,  volcano  in  Al- 
bay, Luzon.  It  ri.ses  out  of  broad  plain  about  6 
m,  from  NW.  shore  of  Albay  Gulf  and  8  m.  N. 
by  W.  of  Albay,  provincial  capital.  It  is  one 
of  most  remarkable  features  of  volcanic  struc- 
ture of  P.  I.,  forming  perfect  cone  8,274  ft. 
high,  crowned  by  plume-like  halo  of  vapor, 
which  assumes  flery  glow  at  night  and  is  mark 
for  navigators  along  that  coast.  At  foot  of 
volcano  is  hamlet  of  Daraga,  which  succeeded 
former  town  of  Cagsaua,  destroyed  during 
terrific  outburst  of  1814.  Cone  was  surveyed 
from  sea  level  to  crater  in  1682.  According 
to  Jilgor,  who  ascended  it  in  1857,  height  is 
2,374  meters  (7,713  ft.).  Fires  are  visible  at 
night.  Sides  are  coveied  with  grass  6  ft. 
high,  well  up,  then  shorter,  then  mo.ss,  then 
bare.  Summit  is  rent  with  fissures  emitting 
sulphurous  gases  and  steam  abundantly. 
Don  Antonio  Siguenza  visited  volcano  in  1828, 
and  society  of  which  he  was  member  voted 
him  medal,  it  is  assumed  in  honor  of  making 
ascent,  but  that  is  not  mentioned.  Several 
monks  tried  it  in  1.592  to  relieve  natives  of 
their  superstitions  about  mountain.  One 
never  returned,  and  other,  though  stopped  by 
intervening  aby.sses  and  givinguptask,  made 
many  converts  by  narrating  his  experiences 
to  natives.  He  died  same  year  from  effects 
of  this  effort.  Atlas  de  Filipinas  gives  2,522 
meters  (8,407  ft.).  United  States  hydro- 
graphic  charts  state  height  at  8,274  ft. 


282 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE   PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 


ALBAY;  islot  about  center  of  Candaraman  inlet, 
Balftbac  and  Ramos  Is.,  BaUbac  grp. 

ALBAZjCn  (ahl-bah-thahn'),  Sp.;  hamlet  of  CApiz, 
Panay,  on  1.  bank  of  river  1  m.  inland  from 
N.  coast  and  2  m.  below  Macat6. 

ALBEUIOl'E  (ahl-bav-ree'-kay),  Sp.;  town  on  r. 
bank  of  Ddvao  Riv.,  Ddvao,  Mindanao,  6i  m. 
\VN\V.  of  Davao. 

ALIU<k\  lahl-boe-ohn'),  Sp.;  W.  headland  at  en- 
trance to  Tagbayug  Bay,  Malanut  port,  VV. 
coast  of  Palawan;  bold  limestone  cliff  with 
stalactite  caves,  luxuriantly  wooded,  and 
having  several  peaks,  highest  G93  ft. 

creek  in  same  province. 

ALBITA  (ahl-bee'-tah),Sp.;  mountain  in  Bohol,  5 
m.  N.  of  Valencia,  on  S.  coast. 

ALBUERA  (ahl-bway'-rah),  Sp.;  pueblo  SW. 
coast  of  Leyte,  30  m.  SW.  of  Tacloban,  Ponso, 
northeasternmost  of  Camotes  I.;  lies  13  m.  to 
SW.  across  sea  channel.    Pop.,  4,bbb. 

ALBrKqi'EBQUE  (ahl-boor-kavr'-kay),  Sp.;  im- 
portant town  on  SW.  coast  of  Bohol,  7i  m.  SE. 
of  Tagbilaran.    Pop.,  6,604. 

ALBUYtiO  (ahl-booy'-goh),  nat.;  river  entering 
on  E.  shore  of  Sorsogon  port,  Sorsogon,  Luzon, 
at  town  of  Mayjan,  3  m.  SE.  of  Sorsog6n. 

ALCALi  (ahl-cah-lah'),  Sp.;  pueblo  r.  bank  of 
Grande  de  CagayAn  Riv.,  5  m.  above-mouth 
of  Chieo  de  Cagaydn  Riv.,  in  Cagaydn,  Luz6n, 
and  23  m.  N.  of  Tuguegarao.    Pop.,  5,471. 

ALCALX,  or  SANTA  CRDZ  (ahl-cah-lah',  sahn'-tah 
crooth),  Sp.;  town  in  Pangasin&n,  Luz6n,  27 
m.  from  Lingay^n.  Pop.,  5,200,  township 
having  8,624.  Is  also  connected  with  several 
highways. 

ALCi\TARA  (ahl-cahn'-tah-rah),  Sp.;  pueblo  N. 
side  of  Island  of  Cebii  and  of  peninsula  which 
separates  it  and  its  bay  from  Mualbual  on  its 
bay,  but  2  m.  S.  on  W.  coast,  40  m.  SW.  of 
Cebii.    Pop.,  4,0S0. 

ALCIKA  (ahl-thee'-rah),  Sp.;  town  on  W.  shore  of 
SAmal  I.,  D&vao,  Mindanao,  4i  m.  ENE.  of 
Ddvao,  acrcss  strait  of  Pakiputan. 

ALCOY  (ahl-coy'),  Sp.;  pueblo  SE.  coast  of  Cebii, 
50  m.  SW.  of  Cebu.    Pop.,  5,040. 

ALDEA  (ahl-day'-ah),  Sp.;  hamlet  at  head  of  boat 
navigation  on  ludhit  Riv.,  'H  m.  above  its 
entrance  into  Puerto  Princesa,  E.  coast  of 
Palawan;  has  small  traffic  in  beeswax,  rice, 
maize,  and  other  products  of  surrounding 
country.  Cordillera  de  la  Aldea,  short,  low 
range,  lies  S.  of  town  of  that  name. 

bay  on  E.  coast  of  Palawan,  S.  of  Tabla  Pt. 

ALDEA,  CORDILLERA  DE  LA  (ahl-day'-ah,  cor- 
dee-lyay'-rah  day  lah),  Sp.;  local  group  of  ele- 
vations 361  ft.  high,  coming  down  to  headshore 
of  Puerto  Abocayan,  one  of  estuaries  on  SW. 
side  of  Puerto  Princesa. 

ALEAQUE  (ah-lay-ah'-kay),  ver.;  hamlet  beyond 
Maubdn,  town  on  Mahapon  Riv.,  Luz6n;  has  a 
tribunal  or  common  hou.se;  is  place  for  festi- 
vals in  which  large  numbers  of  natives  of 
surrounding  region  hold  banquets  of  fruit 
and  pastry.  Town  formerly  carried  on  brisk 
trade  in  molave  (wood  akin  to  teak)  with 
China. 

ALEORIA  (ah-lay-gree'-ah)  Sp.;  hamlet  of  Negros 
Occidental,  2  m.  NE.  of  Murcia. 

hamlet  on  r.  shore  of  Matialin  Riv.,  7  m.  E. 

of  Pontevedra,  Negros  Occidental. 

• ■  hamlet  on  SE.  coast  of  GuimarAs  I.,  at  S. 

terminus  of  coast  road,  15  m.  S.  of  Nagaba. 

hamlet   on    NW.   coast  of  CApiz,   Panay. 

(S(?eCalipayan.) 

hamlet  in  Iloilo,  Panay,  1^  m.  NW.  of  Tig- 

bauan. 

pueblo  N.  .shore  of  mouth  of  river  of  same 

name,  on  strait  of  Tan6n,  W.  coast  of  Cebu, 
55  m.  SW.  of  Cebii.     Pop.,  11,460. 

. south  of  Toledo  in  Cebii.     Indications  of 

petroleum  exist  in  vicinity. 


ALE.Ql'IN  (ah-leh-keen'),  tag.;  river  of  Nueva 
Bcija,  Luzon,  which  rises  in  CaraballosOrien 
tales,  and  after  a  short  course  enters  sea. 

ALERTA  (ah-layr'-tah),  Sp.;  islet  of  Linapacar 
chain,  2  m.  NW.  of  Linapacan  I. 

ALETAS  DE  TIBUR6n  (ah-lay'-tahs  day  tee-boo 
rohn'),  (shark  tin),  Sp.;  bay  N.  of  Maytiaguid 
I.,  2i  m.  wide  at  entrance,  formed  on  N.  by 
Balas  or  Knob  or  Triple  islands.  Is  connected 
with  narrow  channel  2  m.  long  between  MayJ  -- 
tiaguid  I.  and  coast. 

mountain  in  same  vicinity. 

ALEL'-LEU  (ah-layoo-lay'-oo),  ver.;  mountain  in 
Panay. 

ALFONSO  (ahl-fohn'-soh),  Sp.;  pueblo  Cavite. 
Luz6n,  25  m.  SW.  of  Cavite.    Pop.,  7,660. 

hamlet  in  W.  part  of  Guimards  I.,  6i  m.  S. 

of  Nagaba. 

ALFONSO  XII  (ahl-fohn'-soh  doh'-thav),  Sp.; 
pueblo  Abra,  Luzon.    Pop.,  1896,  887. 

ALFONSO  XIII  (ahl-fohn'-soh  tray'-thay),  Sp.: 
former  military  station  under  Siianish  rule  or 
NE.  shore  of  IllanaBay,  Cotabalo,  Mindanao. 

formerly  military  post  established  Ijy  Span- 
ish at  mouth  of  small  stream  in  Malanut  Bay, 
W.  head  of  Tagbayug  Bay,  W.  coast  of  Palar 
wan.    Had  small  landing  pier. 

pueblo  Tayabas,  Luzon.    Pop.,  1896,  1,162. ! 

ALIAOA  (ah-leeah'-gal;).  Tag.;  pueblo  and  road 
center  in  Nueva  Ecija,  Luzon,  13  m.  N.  oj 
San  Isidro.  Five  roads  from  different  direo 
tions  concentrate  here.    Pop.,  17,000. 

ALIBANBANG  (ah-lee-bahn-bahng'),  nat.;  poini 

on  NE.  coast  of  Sdmar,  with  Tabogue  Mt.  aj 

landmark  inland. 
ALIBATAN    (ah-lee-bah'-tahn),    ver.;   island   in 

opening  of  Bulaldcao  Bay,  S.  coast  of  Mindoro. 
islet  off  SE.  coast  of  Mindoro,  near  Buru- 

can  Pt.    Passage  between  it  and  coast  is  cleai 

and  deep. 
ALIBXyOC  (ah-lee-bah'-yoke),  ver.;   hamlet  in 

Concepci6n,  Iloilo,  Panay,  2|  m.  NW.  of  Sara. 

ALIBI.JABAN  (ah-lee-bee-hah'-bahn),Tag.;  small 
island  in  gulf  of  Ragay,  oflt  E.  coast  of  Taya- 
bas, Luz6n,  Si  m.  N.  of  Sombokobon  Bay;  is  2i 
m.  long,  i  m.  wide,  low,  and  well  wooded, 
Arena  Pt.  bears  S.  8°  E.,  and  Gorda  Pt.,  N.  ol 
Pitogo,  N.  21°  W. 

ALIBUNAN  (ah-lee-boo'-nahn),  ver.;  hamlet  in 
Iloilo,  Panay,  3^  m.  NW.  by  N.  of  Calinog, 

ALICAN  (ah-lee'-cahn);  point  on  NE.  end  ol 
Lapac  I.,  ESE.  1  m.  from  LuaiTgat  Pt.,  Tapuj 
group,  Sulu  A. 

ALICANTE  (ah-lee-eahn'-tay),  Sp.;  hamlet  2^  m, 
NE.  of  Saravia,  Negros  Occidental. 

ALKJBAY  (ah-lig-by'),  ver.;  island  2  m.  long 
from  E.  to  W.  and  1  m.  wide,  low,  flat,  and 
wooded.  W.  k  N.  9^  m.  from  Tagolo  Pt.,  NW. 
extreme  of  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

ALIGTd  (ah-lig-toh'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  spurs  of  cen- 
tral range,  Iloilo,  Panay,  3  m.  NW.  of  Le6n. 

ALIHAN6n  (ah-lee-hah-nohn');  river  rising  in 
SE.  elevations  of  Bohol;  empties  into  sea  2  m. 
NE.  of  Jagna,  on  SE.  coast. 

ALIJARA  (ah-lee-hah'-rah),  ver.;  islet  of  Lina- 
pacan chani,  2  m.  N.  by  E.  of  Linapacan  I. 

ALILEDI  (ah-lee-laym'),  ver.;  pueblo  of  coman- 
dancia  of  Amburayan,  Ilocos  Sur,  Luzon. 
Pop.,  1896,  210. 

ALIMANDA  (ah-lee-mahn-dah'),  ver.;  point  on 
NE.  coast  of  Semerara  I.  (See  Sea  of  Sulu,  SE. 
of  Mindoro.) 

ALIMANllAN  (ah-lee-mahng'-ahn);  hamlet  on 
NE.  shore  of  Imuriian  Bay,  W.  coast  ol 
Palawan. 

ALIMANtJO  (ah-lee-mahng'-oh,  means  crab)  nat.; 
river  in  SE.  Masbate  I.,  rising  inTetas  de_Ca- 
tairigan  and  emptying  into  port  of  Cataingan 
near  town  of  that  name. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS.  283 


ALTJBIJID  Al>J^CHORA.GE 


Aliilnjid^ 


WaTitiral  Miloe 


284 


GAZETTEEK   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


ALIMASWO;  point  in  island  of  Burias,  Visayas. 

point  on  NE.  coast  of  Semerara  I.,  SE.  of 

Mindoro. 

river  entering  on  N.  shore  of  Cataingan 

port,  SE.  coast  Masbate  I.,  "Visayas. 

ALIMAKIO  (ah-lee-mah'-riew),  ver.;  mountain 
in  Bohol. 

ALIMBO  (ah-lim'-boli),  ver.;  town  in  C&piz, 
Panay. 

ALIMODIXn  (ah-lee-moh-dee-ahn'),  ver.;  pueblo 
in  Hollo,  Panav,  11^  m.  NW.  of  Hollo.  Pop., 
11,837. 

ALIMPAOO  (ah-lim-pah'-goh),  ver.;  point  on  W. 
shore  of  Sorsogon  port,  Sorsog6n,  Luz6n. 

ALIMPAPAN  (ah-leem-pah'-pahn):  point  on  ex- 
treme W.  coast  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

ALIMPAYA  (ah-lim-pah'-yah),  ver.;  pointonSW. 
coast  of  Zamboanga  Peninsula,  Mindanao,  1 
m.  N.  of  Batulampdn  Pt. 

ALIMUDIN  (ah-lee-moo-deen'),  ver.;  wooded  pro- 
montory about  7  m.  N.  of  Repose  Pt.,  forming 
S.  extremity  of  Canipan  Bay.  Intermediate 
coast  is  chiefly  mangrove  indented  with  bays. 

ALINCACADAO  (ah-lin-j;ah-cah-dah'-oh),  ver.; 
westernmost  of  Nangaba  chain  of  islands, 
IJm.  N.  of  Tagonito  Pt.,  N.  coast  of  Mindanao. 

ALING  (ah-leeng'),  ver.;  pueblo  in  Mindoro. 
Pop.,  1887,  486. 

ALININ  (ah-lee-neen'),  Tag.;  point  in  BataAn, 
Luzon. 

ALINGStLO'G  (ah-ling-soo'-long),  nat.;  point 
on  NE.  coast  of  Iloilo,  Panav,  3  m.  SE.  of 
Balad. 

ALINIT  (ah-lee-neef),  ver.;  river  in  Luzon. 

ALIPAGAO  (ah-lee-pah-gah'-oh),  ver.;  hamlet  on 
W.  coast  of  Antique,  Panay,  8  m.  S.  of  Panddn. 

ALIPATA  (ah-lee-pah'-tah),  ver.;  point  on  S.  coast 
of  S^mar.  One  of  landmarks  of  approach  to 
straits  of  San  Juanico. 

ALIPCJn  (ah-lee-pon'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  r.  bank  of 
Abra  Riv.,  in  Abra,  Luzon,  9  m.  SE.  of 
Bangued. 

ALIPUPU  (ah-lee-poo'-poo),  ver.;  mountain  in 
center  of  Abra,  Luzon.  On  its  sides  rises  one 
of  affluents  of  Abra  Riv. 

ALISLISIM  (ah-lees-lee'-seem),  ver.;one  of  foun- 
tain tributaries  in  Bulusan  volcano  of  river 
in  extreme  SE.  part  of  Albay,  Luzon,  empty- 
ing into  Port  Sorgoson  at  Juban. 

ALISUT  (ah-lee-soof),  ver.;  point  in  Mindanao. 

ALITAS  (ah-lee'-tas),  Sp.;  small  river  emptying 
into  China  Sea,  on  W.  shore  of  Bata^n,  Luz6n. 

ALLAUAN  (ah-lyow'-ahn),  ver.;  hamlet  on  1.  bank 
of  Malinannang  Riv.,  in  C4piz,  Panay,  1  m. 
S.  of  Loctugan. 

ALIVA^'CIA  (ah-lee-vahn'-theeah);  a  solfataric 
volcano  in  Palawan.    (See  Volcanoes. ) 

ALLEN,  for.;  head  on  SW.  shore  of  Malampaya 
Sound,  Palawan. 

ALLIGATOR,  for.;  northernmost  of  2  large  bays  on 
S.  side  of  Inner  Strait,  Palawan.  Alligator  I. 
lies  toward  head.  River  enters  W.  of  Green 
Head. 

ALMERIA{ahl-may-ree'-ah),  Sp.;  pueblo  on  NW. 
coast  of  Biliran,  48  m.  NW.  of  Tacloban,  and 
at  NW.  entrance  to  sea  channel  between  is- 
land and  Leyte.    Pop.,  3,216. 

ALMIBAKTE  GIL  (al-mee-rahn'-tay  hill),  Sp.; 
hill  10-5  ft.  high,  on  S.  point  of  entrance  to 
Calandorang  Bay  {q.v.),  with  a  light-house  on 
its  summit,  Baldbac  I. 

ALIVIJAUAN  (ah-lee-vee-hah'-wahn).  Tag.; 
island  adjacent  to  coast  of  Tayabas,  Luz6n. 

ALO  (ah'-loh),  ver.;  point  short  distance  S.  of 
Tumadgo,  S.  point  of  Pujada  Bay,  E.  coast  of 
Mindanao. 

ALOGUINSiN  (ah-loh-geen-sahn'),  ver.;  pueblo 
river  on  E.  shore  of  Tafi6n  Strait,  5j  m.  S.  of 
Pinamuiigajan,  W.  coastof  Cebu.    Pop.,  3,993. 


ALOH  (ah'-loh),  ver.;  interior  [village  on  Ubian 

I.,  Pangut^rang  I.,  Sulu  A. 
ALONG  (ah-lohng'),  ver.;  inland  hamlet  of  Ne- 

gros  Oriental,  3  m.  W.  of  Ayuquitan. 
ALON-^N  (ah-lohn-ohn'),  ver.;  point  on  E.  coast 

of  Busuanga  I.,  Calamianes  group.    Village  of 

Marcilla  is  immediately  S.     Unnamed  islet 

lies  near  coast,  2  m.  SE.  by  E. 
ALONSO  (ah-lohn'-soh),  Sp.;  hamlet  on  1.  shore 

of  Pag.saban  Riv.,  near  S.  coast  of  S4mar. 
ALORAN,    or    OLOBAN    (ah-loh'-rahn,    oh-loh'- 

rahn),  ver.;  pueblo  W.  shore  of  Iligan  Bay, 

Misamis,  Mindanao,  64  m.  W.  of  Cagayfin  de 

Misamis  in  lat.  8°  27'  30"  N.    Is  town  of  con-' 

siderable  size  and  has  good  anchorage,  with  2 

square  warehouses  on  shore.    River  enters  to 

W.  of  anchorage,  which  is  sheltered  from  W. 

and  S.  winds.    Pop.,  1896,  2,700. 
AL6s  (ah-lohs'),  ver.;  town  in  Zambales,  Luz6n, 

50  m.  N.  of  Iba,  3  m.  SW.  of  gulf  of  Lingay6ii 

at  Sual,  with  which  it  is  connected  by  high 

road,  and  also  at  Balincaguin.    Pop.,  894. 

mountain  in  PangasinAn. 

ALPAC(3  (ahl-pah-coh'),  ver.;  river  in  Cebii. 

ALPHONSO.     (See  Alfonso.) 

ALTIMONA    (ahl-tee-moh'-nah),   ver.;    river  in 

CApiz,  Panay,  empties  into  sea  on  N.  coast. 
ALTO  (ahl'-toh),  Sp.;  peak  3,757  ft.  (1,127  meters) 

high  in  Cabusilan  Range,  Luz6n. 
ALTO  DE  FLECHA  (ahl'-toh  day  flay'-chah),  Sp.; 

summit  in  range  of    hills  which  traverses 

Flechaor  Banganian  Pen.,  Zamboanga,  Min- 
danao. 
ALTO  DE  JALAJALA  (ahl'-toh  day  hah-lahhah'- 

lah),  Hisp.;  mountain  in  Laguna,  Luz6n. 
ALTO  DEL  t'ARABALLO  (ahl'-toh  dayl  cah-rah- 

bah'-lyoh),  Sp.;  mountain  in  Ilocos  Norte, 

Luzon. 
ALIIBIJID    (ah-loo-bee'-hid),  ver.;    town  on  W. 

shore  of  Macajalar  Bay,  inside  of  Suauan  Pt., 

W.  headland  of  Macajalar  Bay,  and  19  m.  NE. 

of  Cagay^n  de  Misamis,  Misamis,  Mindanao; 

anchorage  is  8j  m.  NW.  of  Opol  and  S.  of  Pt. 

Sahluang,  NE.  of  town. 
ALUG  (ah-loog'),  ver.;  mountain  in  Sdmar. 
AUJYAN  (ah-loo'-yahn),  ver.;  islet  off  extrem* 

E.  coast  of  Sftmar. 
hamlet  on  small  bay  opposite  islet  of  sam« 

name  on  extreme  E.  coast  of  S4mar. 
ALVAR  (ahl-vahr'),  Sp.;  hamlet  in  C&piz,  Panay, 

Is  m.  S.  of  Libacao. 
AMADEO  (ah-mah-day'-oh),  Sp.;  town  in  Cavite, 

Luzon,  22  m.  S.  of  Cavite.    Pop.,  3,873. 
AMAGX  (ah-mah-gah');  river  emptying  on  the  W. 

shore  of  Laguan  Bay,  N.  coast  of  SAmar. 
AMAGADPAYAT   (ah-mah-gahd-pah-yahf),  ver.; 

southernmost  of  chain  of  8  islets,  and  lying 

nearly  in  middle  of  channel  between  NE. 

coast  of  Mindanao  and  S.  point  of  Bueas  I. 

(See  Naiigaba  I. ) 
easternmost  of  Nadgaba  group  of  islets, 

lying  nearly  in  mid-channel  between  Bucas 

I.,  4  m.  NE.,  and  Mindanao,  2  m.  SW. 
AMAGAS  (ah-mah'-gas),  ver.;  small  tributary  of 

Hilongos  Riv.,  Leyte. 
AMALANAY    (ah-mah-lah-ni'),   ver.;    hamlet    in 

SAmar,  8  m.  E.  of  Basey. 
AMALIN&AT  (ah-mah-ling-af), ver.;  point  atfoot 

of  which  lies  Nine  Pin  Rock,  2J  m.  N.  of 

Peaked  Pt.,  W.  coast  of  Palawan. 
AMAMIT  (ah-mah-meef) ,  ver.;   town  in  Ambu- 

rayan,  Ilocos  Sur,  Luzon.    Pop.,  1896,  263. 
AMANOABON  (ah-mahn-cah-rohn'),  nat.;  point  at 

N.  entrance   to  Mangiri  Bay,  on  E.  shore  of 

Daram  I.,  off  W.  coast  of  SAmar. 
AMANDIUING  (ah-mahn-dee'- wing), ver.;  moun- 
tain in  Leyte,  9  m.  S.  of  Jaro. 
mountain  lake  in  Leyte,  which  receives 

drainage  of  mountain  of  that  name,  5  m.  SW.. 

of  Pastrana. 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


285 


AMAN&AAIUHACAX  (ah-mahng-ah-ah-rah-hah'- 
cahn),  ver.;  mountain  in  SAmar,  10  m.  N.  of 
Balangiga  on  S.  coast. 

AMAKGBUOALE  (ah-mahng-boo-cah'-lay),  ver.; 
E.  entrance  point  to  San  Pedro  Bay,  S^mar, 
opposite  Vigia  Pt.,  Leyte,  Hi  m-  W.and  16  m. 
SE.  of  Basey,  chief  town  of  Sdmar  on  bay. 

AMAjVGTABAXG  (ah-mahng-tah-rahng'),  ver.; 
point  in  island  of  Daram,  W.  of  SAmar. 

AMANHAYAG  (ali-mahn-hah-yahg'),  ver.;  moun- 
tain in  Leyte,  10  m.  NE.  of  Abuera,  on  SW- 
coast. 

AMAKIAX  (ah-mah-nee'-ahn),  nat.;  village  on  the 
Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao.    (See  Kalbugan.) 

AMAMUMBtiS  (ah-mah-newm-boos');  ranfh  on 
the  1.  bank  of  the  upper  Grand  Riv.  of  Min- 
danao, near  the  NW.  .shore  Laguasan  Lagoon, 
Cotabato,  Mindanao.  j 

AMANPAPAT  (ah-mahn-pah-pie'),  nat.;  point  N.  ; 
head  to  Lagiian  channel;  Laguan  lies  E.  of  [ 
this  pt.  I 

AMAMES  (ah-mahn'-tays),  Sp.;  one  of  smaller  1 
islands  of  Cuyosgrp. 

AMAYA  (ah-mah'-yah),  tag.;  hamlet  on  bayshore  { 
road  in  Cavite,  Luzon,  10  m.  SE.  of  Cavite. 

A5IAY0XG  (ah-mah-yohng');  hamlet  of  Concep- 
cion,  Hollo,  Panay,  12^  m.  S.  of  Carlos.  i 

AMHAM  (ahm-bahm').  Tag.;  hamlet  in  Cavite,   ! 
Luzon,  near  Manila  boundary,  6  m.  SE.  of 
Blanila.  ! 

AMBAX'  (ahm-bahn'),  ver.;  point  in  Leyte. 

AMBARAY  (ahm-bah-rye'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  CApiz,  j 
Panay,  2  m.  W.  of  Mayon.  I 

AMBAUCE  (ahm-bah'-oo-thay),;  point  on  E.  coast  I 
of  Marinduque. 

AMBAYCAN  (ahm-bah-ea'-cahn),  ver.;  town  in 
Bon  toe,  Luzon.    Pop.,  1887,  206. 

ASIBliPf  (am-beeahn') ,  ver.;  mountain  in  Bohol, 
5  m.  NW.  of  Valencia,  on  S.  coast. 

AMBIL,  or  AMIIL  (ahm-beel',  ah-mool').  ver.;  one 
of  Lubang  I.,  NW.  of  Mindoro,  off  W.  coast  of 
Batangas,  Luzon,  is  3J  by  3  m.  in  extent,  be-  , 
ing  E.  of  Lubang  I.,  from  which  it  is  .sepa-  ' 
rated  from  Ambil  Strait  and  is  formed  by  con- 
ical mountain  2,500  ft.  high,  with  plain  on  its 
W.  side.  NE.  coast  is  high  and  rocky,  with 
open  bay,  with  11  fms.  depth.    On  W.  side  is 


AHBIL,  or  AML'L— Continued. 

bay  i  m.  wide,  with  4  fms.  Passage  between 
Ambil  and  Lubang  is  clear.  [See  chart  Lu- 
bang I.,  Ambil.) 

open  bay  on  NE.  coast,  with  11  fms.,  and 

another  on  W.  .side,  i  m.  wide,  with  4  fms.,  on 
Ambil,  I.,  NW.  of  Mindoro. 

strait  i  m.  wide  between  Ambil  I.  on  E. 

and  Lubang  I.  on  W.,  NW.  of  Mindoro. 

r>assage  in  group  of  Lubang  I.,  off  Batangas, 

Luz6n,  at  W.  entrance  to  Verde  passage,  in 
approach  to  Manila  Bay. 

a  volcano  in  Mindoro  2,.500  ft.  high.    (See 

Volcanoes. ) 

A9IBIL0,,  or  OARABAO  (ahm-bee'-law,  cah-rah- 
bah'-oo),  nat.;  island  adjacent  to  SW.  coast  of 
Tablas. 

AMBLIn  (ahm-blahn'),  nat.;  river  of  Negros  Ori- 
ental, running  from  W.  to  E.  It  rises  in  S. 
part  of  the  Cordillera,  which  forms  center  of 
island,  and  empties  into  sea  near  pueblo  of 
same  name. 

town  and  point  of  Negros  Oriental  at  S. 

entrance  to  Tanon  Strait,  10  m.  N.  of  Duma- 
guete  and  8  m.  NW.  of  Santander  on  S.  point 
of  Cebii,  across  entrance  to  strait  of  Tanon. 
Inhabitants  are  engaged  in  cultivation  of 
cocoa.    Pop.,  5,500. 

AMB0L6x  (ahm-boh-lohn').  ver.;  island  3J  by 
1}  m.  in  extent,  450  ft.  high  in  S.  and  550  ft. 
high  (Mount  Ambolon)  in  NW.,  3  m.  SW.  of 
Ylin  I.,  off  SW.  coast  of  Mindoro.  Is  divided 
by  swampv  lagoon  which  forms  harbor  to  SW. 
with  Cucurrayan  inlet  at  entrance.  Light- 
house is  projected  on  SW.  coast  on  headland 
which  marks  Eastern  Sea  channel  of  approach 
from  Sulu  Sea  to  Apo  passage  going  N.  along 
W.  coast  of  Mindoro.  There  is  a  good  water- 
ing place  at  the  foot  of  the  S.  peak.  (See  chart 
Mindoro  I.  coast,  including  Ambolon,  Ylin, 
and  Semerara  I.) 

channel  1  m.  wide,  between  Ylin  I.  on  E. 

and  Ambolon  I.  on  W.,  lying  SW.  of  Mindoro. 

mountain  on  island  of  same  name  (q.v.) 

SW.  of  Mindoro. 

AMBOBLOXG  (ahm-bohr-lohng'),  ver.;  hamlet  of 
Concepcion,  Hollo,  Panay,  3i  m.  W.  of  San 
Dionisio. 


AMBOS  CAMARINES,  LUZON,  PROVINCE  OF. 

(Ahm'-bohs  cah-mah-ree'-ness,  Sp.) 

Capital:  Nueva  Cacere.s,  lat.  13°  35'  N.,  Ion.  122°  11'  E. 

Area:  Mainland,  3,092  sq.  m. ;  dependent  islands,  69  sq.  m. ;  total,  3,161  sq.  m. 

Population:  194,022. 

Race:  Vi'coles. 

Language:  Bi'col,  although  Tagalog  is  used. 

Military  Department  of  Luzon:  Headquarters,  Manila,  Luzon. 

Table  of  distances. 
From  Nueva  CSceres  to—  m. 

Manila 535 

Manila  via  Pasacao  seaport,  11  m.,  thence  to  Manila  via  Verde  Passage 273 

LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

The  territory  in  the  SE.  peninsula  of  Luzon,  under  Spanish  dominion  known  as 
Camarines  Norte  (north)  and  Sur  (south),  under  the  enabling  act  of  the  United 
States  P.  C.  is  united  as  a  single  province  with  the  official  title  Ambos  (both)  Cama- 
rines.  It  forms  a  long  peninsula  with  its  main  frontage  on  the  Pacific  Ocean  facing 
NE.  and  E.  From  the  center  of  the  NE.  shore  boldly  projects  the  peninsula  of 
Caramiian  connected  with  the  mainland  by  the  isthmus  of  Isarog.  It  is  bounded 
on  the  N.  from  Sogod  Bay  to  Panahoiiga  Pt.  and  thence  on  the  E.  by  the  Pacific 
Ocean;  on  the  S.  by  Lagonoy  Bay  and  Albay,  and  on  the  W.  by  Ragay  Gulf. 

AREA. 

That  portion  of  the  province,  formerly  known  as  Camarines  Norte,  is  57  m.  from 

NW.  to  SE.  and  20  m.  from  N.  to  S. ,  with  an  area  of  855  sq.  m. ;  Camarines  Sur  is  56  m. 

►  from  N.  to  S.,  and  89  m.  E.  to  W.  greatest  measurement,  area  2,237  sq.  m.,  making 


286  GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

a  total  of  mainland  3,092  sq.  m.,  or  1,975,040  acres,  an  area  732  sq.  m.  larger  than  the 
State  of  Delaware,  and  nearly  three  times  the  size  of  the  State  of  Rhode  Island.   1 
The  area  of  dependent  islands  (83) ,  69  sq.  m.,  makes  the  aggregate  area  3,161  sq.  m.    I 
as  above. 

PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 

The  mountains  of  this  province  form  a  volcanic  chain,  which  is  a  continuation  of 
the  system  traversing  the  province  of  Tayabas.  The  SW.  parts  consist  of  chalk  and 
coral  reefs.  The  principal  smnmit  is  the  extinct  volcano  of  Isarog,  the  base  of  which 
is  60  m.  in  circumference,  the  main  cone  having  an  elevation  of  6,634  ft.  ( 1,966 
meters).  Its  E.  slope  reaches  nearly  to  the  main  waters  of  Lagonoy  Gulf,  while  its 
W.  slopes  are  separated  from  San 'Miguel  Bay  by  a  wide  strip  of  alluvial  soil. 
Mount  Iriga,  32  m.  to  the  SE.,  between  Isarog  and  Albay  volcanoes,  is  4,092  ft.  (1,212 
meters)  high.  Mount  Labo,  4,738  ft.  (1,552  meters)  high,  forms  the  NW.  corner  of 
the  boundary  between  Ambos  Camarines  and  Tayabas,  and  Isarog,  6,552  ft.  (1,966 
meters) ,  between  San  Miguel  Bay,  NW. ,  and  Lagonoy  Bay,  SE.  side.  Sierra  de  Colasi 
Mount  Naboclot,  Colasi,  and  Pequeno  lie  along  the  W.  shore  of  San  Miguel  Bay. 
The  Patianay,  Paratucan,  Hanopol,  Pico  Agudo,  Liblid,  and  Caunipan  mountains  are 
in  the  central  range  which  traverses  the  N.  peninsula  to  Lugan  Bay  on  the  extreme 
E.  The  Sierra  Bagdcay  is  one  of  the  series  of  parallel  ridges  which"  extend  N.  and  S. 
between  Lagonoy  Bay  and  Ragay  Gulf.  In  the  Ragay  coast  range  the  Amlig  or 
Hantu  peak  is  the  highest  summit.  All  these  mountains  are  covered  with  luxuriant 
vegetation  to  the  summit.  The  extensive  valleys  are  watered  in  the  S.  part  alone  by 
upward  of  48  rivers  and  296  creeks.  There  are  53  waterfalls,  some  of  them  50  ft.  in 
height,  which  add  to  the  picturesqueness  of  this  province.  Among  the  principal 
rivers  may  be  mentioned: 

Banog-boc;  a  river  in  the  NW.  part  of  the  province,  after  receiving  a  number  of 
tributaries,jmiong  them  the  Bajibajiand  Malagui,  it  enters  the  sea  at  Capaloiiga. 

Calabanga;  7  m.  to  the  E.  of  Cabusao.  It  carries  a  depth  of  water  navigable  for 
bancas  only.  , 

Bicol;  250  yds.  wide,  discharging  through  a  low,  flat  shore  into  San  Miguel  Bay.  i 
It  is  3^  fms.  deep  at  the  mouth,  and  farther  up  it  carries  a  depth  of  2^  fms.     It  is 
navigable  by  steamers  drawing  11  ft.  up  to  Nueva  Cdceres,  25  m. ;  navigable  by  light- 
draft  steamers,  drawing  from  2  to  4  ft.,  from  mouth  of  river  to  head  of  Bato  Lake; 
total  distance,  about  75  m.     At  certain  seasons  light-draft  boats  can  go  from  head  of  : 
Bato  Lake  to  Polangui,  province  of  Albay.     This  is  one  of  the  most  important  rivers 
of  Luzon.     It  rises  in  the  extreme  SE.  of  the  province  of  Albay,  enters  Bato  Lake  on 
the  boundar}'  of  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  where  it  crosses  this  province,  passing  ; 
Nueva  Cticeres,  the  capital,  on  its  way  to  San  INIiguel  Bay. 

Daet;  enters  the  sea  7  m.  SSE.  of  Quinamanuc.4  I.,  11  ft.  at  the  mouth  and 
16  ft.  farther  up.     A  fort  stands  on  the  W.  shore.     Steamers  from  Manila  call  here. 

All  the  rivers  of  Camarines  Norte  empty  into  the  Pacific  Ocean  on  the  N.  In 
Camarines  Sur,  the  central  mountain  of  the  N.  peninsula  divides  the  drainage 
between  the  Pacific  and  San  Miguel  Bay  on  the  N.,  Lagonoy  on  the  S.,  and  Ragay 
Gulf  on  the  SW.     The  side  of  Mount  Isarog  sends  numerous  small  streams  in  all 


directions,  finding  the  Timoragat,  and  several  other  rivers  emptying  into  San  INIiguel 
Bay  on  the  NW.  In  the  S.  part  are  2  fine  lakes.  That  of  Bato,  4  m.  in  diameter,  and 
averaging  10  ft.  in  depth,  lies  on  the  boundary  between  Albay  and  Camarines  Sur. 
It  receives  the  drainage  of  La  Rinconada,  which  is  the  district  of  the  3  towns  of 
Iriga,  Nabua,  and  Bato,  and  the  surrounding  ranges  and  has  for  its  outlet  the  Bi'col 
Riv.  Near  Bula,  N.  of  this  lake,  is  the  celebrated  grotto  of  Orocosoc.  The  other, 
Lake  Buhf,  is  3|  m.  wide  by  10  m.  long  and  is  N.  E.  of  Lake  Bato.  There  is  another 
lake  on  Mount  Hantu,  the  chief  summit  of  the  Ragay  coast  range,  15  m.  E.  of  Nueva 
Csiceres,  from  which  the  waters  filter  into  the  grotto  of  Calaiigitan  (kingdom  of 
heaven). 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

The  Pacific  and  Ragay  Gulf  sides  of  this  province  are  indented  by  some  of  the 
largest  and  finest  bays  in  the  Philippine  Archipelago.  Of  these  the  following  ma)' 
be  mentioned: 

Colasi;  on  the  W.  side  of  the  entrance  to  San  Miguel  Bay,  overlooked  by  a  high 
peaked  hill,  depth  3  fms. 

Lagonoy;  a  bight  on  the  SE.  angle  of  Camarines  Sur,  with  40  to  50  fms.  of  water. 

Ragay;  extends  along  the  entire  S-W.  shore  of  Ambos  Camarines,  a  distance  of  59 
m.,  and  separates  this  province  from  Tayabas  on  the  SW.  The  gulf  is  generally  clear 
and  deep.  The  Camarines  coast  is  indented  by  Jamuraon,  Pasacao,  and  Caima  bays. 
That  of  Pasacao  is  the  most  frequented.  The  entrance  to  this  gulf  is  divided  into  2- 
channels  by  Burias  I.,  of  Masbate. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


287 


San  Miguel;  indents  the  N.  coast  at  the  former  boundary  between  Camarines  Norte 
,nd  Sur,  and  has  a  good  anchorage  in  5  fms.  S.  of  San  Miguel  I.  It  is  12  m.  wide 
!)etween  Colasi  Pt.  and  the  mouth  of  the  river  Looc.  It  is  23  m.  in  diameter,  sur- 
ounded  l)y  high  mountains,  and  capable  of  harboring  in  safetj'  vessels  of  great  draft, 
'he  depthof  water  in  the  middle  is  from  7  to  8  fms.,  lessening  gradually  toward  the 
ide. 

Siruma;  on  the  N.  coast,  E.  of  the  point  of  that  name,  with  7  to  9  fms. 

Sisiran;  on  the  N.  coast,  formed  by  Quinalasag.     Has  a  good  anchorage  sheltered 
)y  high  ground.     The  entrance  opening  to  the  N.  is  2  m.  wide,  with  10  to  12  fms. 
"Sogod;  the  E.  part  in  the  N.  coast  of  Ambos  Camarines  and  the  W.  in  Tayabas, 
he  boundary  ending  on  the  shore.     It  is  2  m.  wide,  and  penetrates  3  m.  to  the  S., 
I'lnd  has  5^  fms. 

ROADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 

i  In  the  N.  portion  of  this  province  several  fine  roads  leave  Daet,  the  former  capital, 
)ne  extending  through  the  towns  of  Talisay  and  Indan  to  Mataiigo,  thence  a  trail 
■ontinues  along  the  N.  coast  to  Paracale,  Mambulao,  as  far  as  Capaloriga,  in  the  extreme 
SW.  A  road  connects  Daet  with  Mercedes,  its  port  on  the  seacoast.  Another  con- 
lects  to  San  Vicente,  in  the  interior,  and  continues  to  Labo.  There  is  telegraphic 
connection  between  Dilet  and  the  main  line  between  Sorsogon  and  Manila.  In 
I^amarines  Sur  the  main  road  and  telegraph  line  from  Sorsogon  enters  the  province 
it  Bato  and  after  passing  through  Nueva  Ciiceres  crosses  the  Bfcol  to  Libmandn, 
5ip6cot,  and  Lupi  and  to  Ragay  by  trail  difficult  for  pack  train.  There  is  no  com- 
munication with  Tayabas  or  Daet  except  by  the  most  precarious  trails.  In  the  S. 
the  ways  of  communication  between  the  towns  and  the  rest  of  the  archipelago  are 
better  and  more  numerous.  Nueva  Ciiceres  is  reached  usually  by  steamer  from 
Manila,  via  Bicol  Riv.,  a  total  distance  of  555  m.,  the  steamers  unloading  at  the 
«-harves  at  Nueva  Ciiceres.  When  the  SW.  monsoon  is  not  blowing,  travelers  can 
reach  Manila  via  Pasacao,  a  port  16  m.  W.  of  Nueva  Caceres  and  having  a  good  harbor 
except  during  the  rainy  season.  Pasacao  is  by  road  16  m.  via  the  town  of  San 
Fernando,  and  by  water  10  m.  via  Pamplona,  on  a  branch  of  the  Bicol,  thence  by 
road  10  m.  From  Pamplona  to  Pasacao  formerly  a  canal  was  under  construction. 
The  highest  point  on  this  route  is  not  over  30  ft.  above  the  sea.  This  would  have 
enabled  boats  to  reach  Nueva  Caceres  via  Pasacao  and  made  unnecessary  the  long 
journey  around  the  S.  end  of  the  island. 


POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

The  registered  population  of  Ambos  Camarines  is  194,022,  or  194,398  according  to 
the  census  of  1887.  The  most  of  these  are  Bicols,  the  indigenous  people  of  this  region. 
Two  tribes  of  Negritos  are  found  in  this  province;  one  in  the  N.,  not  far  from  the 
boundaries  of  Tayabas,  in  the  mountainous  region  of  Capalonga,  the  other  in  the 
vicinity  of  Iriga.  On  the  tops  of  the  Isarog  Mts.  there  dwell  certain  savages  called 
Cimarrones  del  Isarog  (wild  men  of  Isarog).  Some  of  these  are  also  found  in  the 
spurs  of  these  mountains,  which  extend  into  the  peninsula  of  Camarines.  There  are 
a  few  Igorrotes  on  Mt.  Iriga,  to  the  SE.  of  Isarog.  The  language  of  the  province 
is  Bicol,  though  in  some  places  Tagalog  is  used.  The  savages  and  various  tribes  of 
Negritos  speak  their  own  dialects,  although  those  who  come  down  to  the  towns  to 
trade  understand  and  speak  Bicol. 


Province  and  pueblos. 

Total  population,  comprising 
residents  present  and  ab- 
sent, native  and  Spanish, 
census  1887. 

Men. 

Women. 

Total. 

AMBOS  CAMARINES. 

Camarines  Norte: 

Basud 

851 

583 
4,020 
3,248 
2,146 

461 
1,336 

436 
1,766 

829 

551 
3,973 
2,946 
1,974 

478 
1,426 

433 
1,653 

1,608 
1  134 

CapaloiTga 

Daet 

Inddn .     . . 

6,194 
4  120 

Labo 

Mambulao  . 

939 

2,762 

Talisay 

3,419 

Total 

14,847 

' 

288 


GAZETTEEE    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


Province  and  pueblos. 


'otal  population,  comprisiiiK  | 
residents  present  and  al) 


sent,  native  and  Spanish, 
census  1887. 


AMBOS  CAMARiNES — continued. 


Camarines  Sur: 

Baao 

Bdgay  

Bato 

Bomb6n . . . 

BuM 

Bula 

Calabanga . 
Camaligan 
Canaman.. 

Gainza 

Goa 

Iriga 

Lagonoy 


LiUpi 

Mabatobat6  .. 

MagArao 

Manguirin  ... 

Milaor 

Minaldbag  ... 

Nabua 

Nueva  CAceres 

Pamplona 

Pasacao 

Pili 

Quipayo 

San  Fernando 

San  Jos6 

Sipocot 

Siruma 

Tiga6n 

Tinambac 


Total . 


3,491 

3,553 

7,044 

911 

792 

1,703 

2,331 

2,344 

4,675 

1,227 

1,141 

2,  .368 

3,493 

3,709  1 

7,202 

1,489 

1,469  1 

2,958 

2,741 

2,756  ; 

5,497 

1,883 

1,782  j 

3, 465 

2,759 

2,663 

5  422 

1,375 

1,525 

2,900 

2,810 

2,764 

.5,  .574 

7,630 

7,599 

15,229 

5,082 

5,258 

10,340 

7,207 

7,448 

14, 655 

397 

393 

790 

till 

585 

1,196 

2,821 

2,842 

5,663 

348 

349 

697 

2,353 

2,700 

5,053 

1,701 

1,920 

3,621 

8,618 

8,626 

17,244 

4,905 

4,346 

9,251 

1,648 

1,605 

3,253 

760 

653  ! 

1,413 

1,539 

1,548  1 

3,087 

945 

970 

1,915 

1,531 

1,537  1 

3,068 

3,832 

4,071 

7,903 

620 

449 

1  069 

324 

259 

583 

1,555 

1,524 

3,079 

1,339 

1,276 

2,615 

82, 380 

82,908 

165,288 

Estimated  population  of  Ambos  Camarines,  Norte  and  Sur,  organized  after  1887,  194,022. 

The  following  comprehensive  table  is  authoritative  as  to  facts  of  record;  as  to  figures ' 
it  is  based  upon  estimates  by  experts  at  the  places  named,  and  tabulated  by  the  pro- 
vincial secretary : 


Census  of  the  prorince  of  Ambos  Camarines. 


Organ- 
ized. 


Popula- 
tion. 


I  ^^  I  Municipal 
Num-  i^um-;  buildings, 
berof    b,«4«/ 

ellc-      ^-l^o 
*°^«-     voted. 


Condition 

of  finances 

up  to  Dec. 

31,1901. 


Baao 

Bat6 

Basud 

Bombon  ... 

Bula 

Buhi 

Calabaiiga . 
Calasgasan. 
Camaligan . 


Canamdn  . 
Capalon&a 


1901. 
June  18 
Dec.  3 
June  25 
July  2 
June  3 
Dee.  3 
July    2 


B&et 

Gainza 

Goa 

Ind4n 

Iriga 

Labo 

Lagonov j  Dec.     3 

Libmanin do  ... 


Pesos. 
98.92 
297. 94 
224. 08 
7.04 
4.50 
265.42 
959.38 
79.76 


,  848. 48 
74. 195 
897. 265 
31.88 
171.495 


To  be  organized. 

Annexed  to  Nueva  C6- 
ceres  on  account  of 
lack  of  resources. 
Do. 

To  be  organized. 

Do. 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


28y 


Census  of  the  province  of  Ambos  Camarines — Continued. 


i          Pueblos. 

Organ- 
ized. 

Popula- 
tion. 

Num- 
ber of 
proba- 
ble 
elec- 
tors. 

Num- 
ber of 
elec- 
tors 
who 
have 
voted. 

Mun 
build 

11 

cipal 
ings. 

1 
1 

Condition 

of  finances 

up  to  Dec. 

31,  1901. 

Remarks. 

1901. 

2,050 
832 
6,955 
2,750 
1,022 
5,233 
4,976 
18, 934 
15, 190 
3, 857 
4,762 
2,696 
3,664 
2, 692 
4,413 
4,876 
4,918 
8,969 
3,500 
2,114 
3,526 

4i969 
4,399 

102 
40 
367 
137 
51 

248 
941 
769 
192 
238 
134 
183 
144 
220 
243 
245 
448 
175 
105 
174 
238 
248 
219 

'^Pcsos. 

To  be  organized. 
Do 

'  Mabfltobat6 

Dec.     3 
Aug.    6 

172 
97 

1 

17.51 
4.77 

Maiiil)ulao 

Mannuirin 

Do 

Milaor 

Dec.     3 
....do... 
....do... 
....do... 
May  24 
July  23 
June  26 
Dec.     3 
July     2 

346 
119 
221 
340 
110 
104 
98 
32 
144 

...... 

1 
1 

2 

2 

1 
2 

24.  i35 
62.96 
17.02 
2,363.73 
38.50 
39.36 
10.56 

MiiialAbag 

Nabua  

'  NiR'va  CAceres... 

Puiiiplona 

Paral'ale 

Pa>iacao 

'  Pili 

1 

1 

22. 92 

'  Ragay 

Dec.     3 
June    5 

49 
140 

1 
1 

1 

2 

7.19 

San  Jos6 

1 

2,927.00 
31.83 

■: 

June  25 
July     5 
Dec.     3 
July     2 

95 
140 
103 
100 

55.25 

129.86 

3, 648. 95 

14.98 

Titcaoii 

1 

1 

Tiiiaiiibac 

Total 

260,000 

12,608 

4,365 

23 

36 

17,894.19 

The  province  has  44  towns,  180  villages,  and  221  hamlets  conveniently  situated  on 
good  roads,  or  rivers  navigable  for  boats.  The  most  important  of  the  towns  are 
(population   of  1896  is  generally  given): 

Nueva  Caceres;  former  capital  of  the  province  of  Camarines  Sur,  now  capital  of 
the  provini'e  (jf  Ambos  Camarines;  port  of  entry;  garrison  and  telegraph  station  14  m. 
SW.  of  Isarog  Mt.  and  12J  m.  NE.  of  Pasacao,  its  seaport  on  Ragay  Gulf.  It  was  at 
one  time  the  seat  of  the  episcopal  see  of  the  Philippines.  It  has  a  government  house, 
cathedral,  ejiiscopal  palace,  town  hall,  seminary,  hospital,  parochial  school,  and 
normal  school  for  female  teachers.  Poj). ;  11,550.  Within  a  radius  of  10  m.,  on  the 
banks  of  the  Bi'col  and  tributaries,  or  streams  running  into  San  Miguel  Bay,  are  11 
towns  of  importance  connected  by  line  roads. 

Baao;  a  garrisoned  town  and  telegraph  station  about  5  m.  NW.  of  Iriga,  on  the 
SE.  border  of  the  stagnant  pool  of  the  same  name;  5h  in.  SE.  of  Bula,  on  the  opposite 
border  of  the  same  pool;  18  m.  SE.  of  Nueva  Ciiceres.     Pop.,  6,759. 

Barcelona;  on  San  Miguel  Bay,  5  m.  W.  of  Cabusao.  An  important  center  of 
fishing  industry.     Pop.,  about  5,000. 

Based;  3  m.  S.  of  D;iet.     Pop.,  1,874. 

Bato;  on  the  N.  side  of  Bato  Lake  at  its  outlet  through  the  Bicol  Riv.,  22^  m.  SE. 
of  Nueva  Ciiceres.  It  has  a  United  States  garrison  and  is  a  place  of  considerable  trade 
in  rice  and  the  other  products  of  the  country.     Pop.,  4,861. 

Bombon;  on  the  road  to  San  Miguel  Bay,  71  m.  N.  of  Nueva  Ciiceres.     Pop.,  2,256. 

Bula;  on  the  r.  bank  of  the  Bicol  Riv.  at  the  junction  of  the  Pauili,  13  m.  SE.  of 
Nueva  Caceres. 

Buhl;  a  garrison  and  telegraph  station  on  the  SE.  shore  of  Buhi  Lake,  28  m.  SE. 
of  Nueva  Caceres.     An  excellent  road  between  it  and  Iriga.     Pop.,  10,000. 

Cabusaoj  a  fishing  village  on  the  1.  bank  at  the  mouth  of  the  Bicol  Riv. 

Calabanga;  a  garrison  and  telegraph  station  on  the  bank  of  the  river  of  the  same 
name  a  sliort  distance  above  its  entrance  into  San  Miguel  Bay.     Pop.,  5,704. 

Calasgasan;  a  suburb  ^  m.  S.  by  W.  of  Dilet.     Pop.,  813. 

Camaligan;  on  a  tributary  of  the  Bicol  Riv.,  1  m.  below  Nueva  Cdceres.  It  is  a 
telegraph  station  and  a  place  of  much  local  trade.     Pop.,  5,050. 

Canaman;  on  a  tributary  of  the  Bicol  Riv.,  2  m.  NW.  of  Nueva  Cdceres.  Pop., 
5,959. 

Caramiian;  5  m.  inland  on  I.  bank  of  a  river  and  at  the  foot  of  the  highest  moun- 
tain on  the  extreme  E.  coast.  At  the  mouth  of  the  river  is  an  anchorage  of  2|  to  3J 
fms.  It  is  also  accessible  from  the  bay  of  Lagonoy,  from  which  it  is  distant  about  2 
^  m.  by  road.     Pop.,  6,697. 

S.  Doc.  280- 


-19 


290  GAZETTEEK    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

Capalonga;  at  the  mouth  of  Banogboc  Riv.,  emptying  into  the  head  of  a  small 
bay  on  the  N.  coast.     Pop.,  1,692. 

Colasi;  on  the  N.  slope  of  a  momitain  of  that  name  and  a  place  of  call  f(jr  steam- 
ers.    Pop.,  8,000. 

Daet;  former  capital  of  the  province  of  Camarines  Norte,  port  of  entry  and  garri- 
son situated  ^  m.  between  the  Ddet  Riv.  and  one  of  its  branches.     Pop.,  10,650. 

Gainza;  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  Bicol  Riv.,  2^  m.  W.  by  S.  of  Nueva  Cdcerea. 
Pop.,  2,631. 

Goa;  a  garrison  at  the  NE.  foot  of  Mt.  Isarog,  on  the  Rungus  Riv.,  4i  m.  above  its 
mouth.     Pop.,  7,748.  : 

Indan;  an  inland  town  5  m.  NNW.  of  Ddet.     Pop.,  5,800. 

Iriga;  a  garrison  and  telegraph  station  on  the  r.  bank  of  the  Bicol  Riv.,  22  m.  SE.  i 
of  Nueva  Cdceres,  with  which  it  is  connected  by  a  road.  Pop.,  17,094.  One  of  the 
most  important  towns  in  the  province. 

Iiabo;  on  the  SE.  slope  of  Sierra  de  Bagiicay,  6  m.  NW.  of  Diiet.     Pop.,  4,213. 

Iiagonoy;  ftn  the  1.  bank  of  a  small  stream,  5  m.  inland  from  its  mouth,  on  the 
N\V.  shore  of  Lagonoy  Gulf.     Pop.,  8,500. 

Libmanan;  a  garrison  and  telegraph  station  on  the  river  of  the  same  name  run- 
ning NW.  to  Lupi,  11  m.  NW.  of  Nueva  Cdceres  and  4  m.  in  the  same  direction 
beyond  the  main  road  and  telegraph  crossing  of  the  Bicol  Riv.  It  has  large  hemp 
and  rice  industries.     Pop.,  14,512. 

Iiupi;  an  important  town  in  the  NW..  part  of  the  province,  on  the  main  road  from 
Nueva  C  Vice  res  to  INIanila  and  on  the  r.  bank  of  a  tributary  of  the  Bicol.     Pop.,  765. 

Mabato-batd;  on  one  of  the  tributaries  of  the  Bfcol  on"  the  S  slope  of  Mt.  Isarog, 
15  m.  ESE.  of  Nueva  Cticeres.     Pop.,  849. 

Magarao;  a  garrison  and  telegraph  station  on  a  tributary  of  the  Bicol  Riv.,  3  m. 
N.  of  Nueva  Caceres.     Pop.,  5,293. 

Mambulao;  near  the  mouth  of  the  Danao;  it  has  a  fine  anchorage.  Off  this  town 
are  a  number  of  islets  and  rocks  which  make  the  approach  difficult.  Vicinity  famous 
for  red-lead  ore.     Pop.,  1,182. 

Manguirin;  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  Ruguian  Riv. ,  9  m.  NE.  of  Nueva  Caceres,  between 
Mt.  Isarog  and  San  Miguel  Bay.     Pop.,  1,300. 

Milaor;  near  the  1.  bank  of  the  Bicol  Riv.,  3  m.  SSW.  of  Nueva  Caceres.  Pop., 
5,120. 

Minalabac;  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  Bicol  Riv.  It  has  a  United  States  garrison. 
Pop.,  3,869. 

Nabua;  a  garrison  and  telegraph  station  20^  m.  SSE.  of  Nueva  Caceres.  Con- 
nected by  road  with  Baao,  Bato,  and  Iriga.     Pop.,  17,789. 

Pamplona;  on  the  r.  bank  of  a  tributary  of  the  Bicol  Riv.,  8  m.  "WSW.  of  Nueva 
Caceres.     A  horse  path  connects  it  with  Pasacao,  on  the  gulf  of  Ragay,  6  m. 

Paracale ;  8  m.  SE.  of  Pinandurigan  Pt. ,  celebrated  for  its  ancient  mines  of  coal. 
Pop.,  3,211. 

Pasacao;  the  seaport  of  Nueva  Cdceres  on  Ragay  Gulf.  A  port  of  entry,  garrison, 
and  telegraph  station.     Pop.,  1,548. 

Pili;  a  garrison  and  telegraph  station  8  m.  SE.  of  Nueva  Caceres  and  seat  of 
important  trade,  being  on  the  main  highway  across  the  province.     Pop.,  3,635. 

Quipayo;  on  the  road,  7  m.  N.  by  E.  of  Nueva  Caceres.     Pop.,  1,793. 

Bagay;  in  the  extreme  NW.,  near  the  Tayabas  boundary.     Pop.,  2, 300. 

Sangay;  near  the  W.  shore  of  Lagonoy  Bay,  23  m.  E.  of  Nueva  Caceres.  Pop., 
3,985. 

San  Fernando;  near  the  1.  bank  of  the  Bicol  Riv.  It  is  a  garrison  and  telegraph 
station  and  has  a  large  trade.     Pop.,  3,271. 

San  Jose  de  Lagonoy;  a  port  of  entry  and  telegraph  station  near  the  NW.  shore 
of  Lagonoy  Bay.  It  is  the  chief  town  of  the  subdistrict  of  Lagonoy,  which  contains 
about  250  sq.  m.  and  is  isolated  from  the  rest  of  the  province,  there  l)eing  no  road 
but  merely  trails.  The  ports  of  this  subdistrict  are  Sapaii  and  Nalo,  and  it  contains 
the  important  towns  of  Lagonov,  San  Jose  de  Lagonoy,  Goa  de  Lagonov,  Tigaon 
(pop.,  4,000),  and  Sarigay  (pop., "3, 985).     Pop.,  9,000. 

San  Vicente;  4  m.  NW.  of  Daet,  with  which  it  is  connected  bv  a  road.  Pop., 
1,325. 

Sipocot;  at  the  junction  of  two  streams  forming  an  important  tributary  of  the 
river  Bicol  from  the  NW.     Pop.,  1,066. 

Siruma;  on  the  bay  E.  of  San  Miguel  Bay.     Pop.,  679. 

Sogod;  at  the  head  of  the  bay  of  that  name.  Vessels  drawing  19  ft.  can  approach 
the  mole.     A  vein  of  coal  has  been  discovered  at  Gatbo,  a  village  to  the  SE. 

TaUsay;  If  m.  NW.  of  Ddet.     Pop.,  3,567. 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLAIS'DS.  291 

Tigadn;  at  theE.  base  of  Isarog  Mt.,  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  Sapdn  Riv.,  4  m.  above 
ts  entrance  into  Lagonoy  Bay.     It  has  a  garrison.     Pop.,  4,100. 

Tinambac;  at  the  mouth  of  the  river  Looc,  on  the  E.  shore  of  San  Miguel  Bay. 
;Pop..  2,947. 

DEPENDENT  ISLANDS. 

j  Off  the  coasts  of  the  province,  on  the  N.,  are  a  number  of  islands,  islets,  and  rocks 
which  render  approach  dangerous.  Off  the  Lagonoy  and  Ragay  coasts  the  islands 
ire  few. 

I  Dependent  islands  N.  coast  (Ambos  Camarines),  between  Sogod  and  San  Miguel 
pays.  In  all  cases  where  not  mentioned  the  area  is  less  than  ^  m. 
i  Calaguas  I. ;  a-group  of  8  inhabited  and  several  small  islands,  the  largest  and 
'iiost  central  of  which  is  Tinag;!.  They  are  covered  with  vegetables  and  mostly  bor- 
dered with  reefs,  and  are  all  low  except  Maculabo,  which  can  be  seen  in  clear  weather 
28  m.  Anchorage  may  he  found  eastward  of  Maculabo  from  the  SW.  port  of  Tinagd, 
3 J  m.  NE.  of  Paracale,  on  the  main  coast. 

sq.  m. 

:;agbalisay 1 

Oalagua 1 

ingalan 1 

Maculabo,  3  by  2 2 

^latandumaten  (2) J 

Pinaiuapan 1 

jdmar 2i 

5iapa  2 

rinagi'i  (3),  5  by  2i 6 

IMna(  I i 

[solated  islands: 

Calalanag.  .^ i 

;       Calambayanga 4 

Caninao;  at  the  entrance  to  San  Miguel  Bay.    A  short  distance  SE.  of  DAet  Riv.;  of  moder- 

'         ate  height:  is  2i  m.  long  N.  and  S.,  surrounded  by  rocks,  with  an  anchorage  on  the  NE.  side.  2 

Canit;  an  islet  on  the  SE.  coast  of  San  Miguel  Bay,  S.  of  San  Miguel  I — 

;       Cant6n  (3);  in  the  entrance  to  San  Miguel  Bay 2 

i       Caringo  (2);  in  the  entrance  to  San  Miguel  Bay 1 

i       Cutipanan ^ 

I       Guintinila  (2) ,  6  by  li 5 

I       Jauto 1 

:       Palita i 

;       Palumbat6 i 

\       Quinamanuca  (KinamanokAn)  or  Indang;  low  and  flat  and  covered  with  vegetables 1 

i.       Rasas;  5  small  Islands  lying  to  the  S.  and  SW.  of  Cant6n  I — 

Tail6n j, 

Dependent  islands  NE.  and  S.  coasts,  from  San  Miguel  to  Lagonoy  bays: 

Atalavan;  in  Lagonoy  Bay,  off  the  boundary  with  Albay i 

Bacilcay  f 5) i 

,Bantaranan  (Batauanan);  the  northermost  island  on  this  coast;  high  and  surrounded  by  rocks. .  li 

Basot;  E.  of  Lahuy  I li 

;  Binadil ;  in  the  port  of  that  name ^ 

Canagi'ian  (2) ;  in  the  channel  of  Taebun 1 

Catanatiian  (2);  low  islands  2i  m,E.  of  Caram6an;  Taebiin  Channel,  between  them  and  the  main- 
land, is  clear,  with  8  to  17  fms ^ 

Humangan  (3) i 

Lahuy,  5^  m.  N.  and  S.,  If  m.  E.  and  W.,  forms  Tagun  Bay;  NW.  extremity  terminates  in  a  sharp 

peak 6 

Laja;  a  rock  on  which  the  sea  breaks;  in  the  entrance  to  Sisiran  Bay | 

Lamit  (3 ) 4 

Languipao i 

Lucsuhin 3 

Malarad a 

Palombon  (2),  E.  of  Pt.  Rungus,  from  which  they  are  separated,  2  m.  withl5  fms 

Pan  de  Azucar,  N.  of  Lahuy,  and  a  very  notable  object.    NW.  of  this  is  a  group  of  4  islands,  the 

largest  700  yds.  in  length 1 

Paniqui  (4)  i 

Panta i 

Pitogo i 

Quinabugan 1 

QuinaUsag,  or  Bagata,  forms  the  N.  side  of  port  of  Sisiran,  5  miles  in  length,  moderately  high  and 
clear  on  the  sides;  .soundings  on  either  side  show  depth  of  14  to  23  fms.  at  less  than  1  m.  from 

QuinaUsag,  5  by  5 16 

San  Miguel,  E.  shore  of  bay  of  same  name i 

Sibauan  (5) " i 

Struma,  at  entrance  to  San  Miguel  Bay i 

Dependent  islands  (Ambos  Camarines)  SW.  coast  on  the  Ragay  Gulf,  between  the 
boundaries  of  Albay  and  Tayabas: 

Galvaney a 

Refugio,  2  miles  S.  of  Pasacao,  the  port  of  Nueva  C&ceres i 

Total  dependent  islands,  83;  area 69 


292 


GAZETTEEK   OF    THE   PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


VEGETABLE  PRODUCTS. 


The  province  generally,  and  particularly  S.  and  W.  of  Isarog,  consists  of  extensive 
and  fertile  valleys  which  produce  an  excellent  quality  of  rice,  chocolate  (superior  U 
that  from  the  Moluccas),  corn,  hemp,  which  is  a  special  object  of  cultivation,  anc 
sugar  cane.  The  following  hemp  receipts,  1850-1899,  at  Manila  from  the  pro^inc•t 
of  Ambos  Camarines,  taken  from  the  report  of  the  Manila  Chamber  of  Commerce, 
afford  an  idea  of  the  extent  of  this  industry  for  export.  There  is  also  a  large  home 
consumption  in  manufacture: 


[Piculs.    1  picul  =  137.9  pounds;  16  piculs  =  1  ton;  2  piculs  =  1  bale.] 


1850. 
1851. 


1854. 
1855. 
1856. 
1857. 
1858. 
1859. 
1860. 
1861. 
1862. 
1863. 
1864. 


8,433 

le!  774 
21, 367 
32,613 
29, 766 
27,320 


1870. 
1871. 
1872. 
1873. 
1874. 
1875. 
1876. 
1877. 


1884. 


MINERALS. 


Among  the  mineral  products  are  gold,  silver,  iron,  lead,  and  copper,  which 
found  in  the  mines  worked  at  Mambulao  and  Paracale  on  the  N.  coast.     Quicksih 
is  found  on  Isarog  and  coal  is  found  near  Caramuan.     There  are  numerous  go 
mines  near  Daet.     At  Gatbo,  a  village  SE.  of  Sogod  town  on  the  coast,  is  a  layer 
coal  similar  in  quality  to  the  Australian  product.     In  the  S.  part  there  are  also : 
of  pit  coal,  marble,  and  gypsum  quarries,  and  some  of  the  rivers  carry  gold. 
Drasche,  a  well-known  German  geologist,  reported  rich  quartz  veins  at  5lambulao  j 
the  time  of  his  visit  in  1875,  which  were  being  worked  by  700  natives.     At  Par 
there  are  parallel  quartz  veins  in  granite,  one  20  ft.  in  width,  in  which  the  ore  assaj 
38  ozs.  of  gold  to  the  ton.     There  are  other  localities  being  worked  by  the  nativol 
This  province  is  regarded  as  one  of  the  most  important  auriferous  regions  in  thej 
archipelago. 

FORESTS. 

The  luxuriant  forests  of  this  province  contain  abundant  woods  of  excellent  quali| 
suitable  for  building,  dyeing,  and  other  economic  purposes,  such  as  baticulin,  molay 
and  narra,  in  the  N.  part;  and  anajao,  cedro,  mangachapuy,  naya,  palomaria,  tindal 
acle,  balete,  bagainto,  camagon,  jaral,  and  also  narra  and  molave  in  the  S.  part.  Tt 
forest  products  from  these  sources  are  resin,  pitch,  tar,  and  large  quantities  of  wax 
and  honey. 

FRUITS. 

Although  fruits  of  the  surrounding  region  are  found  in  abundance,  the  province  is 
particularly  known  for  the  bananas  which  are  grown.  It  is  reported  that  nearly 
every  variety  of  this  fruit  is  found. 

INDUSTRIES. 

The  inhabitants  of  Ambos  Camarines  are  extensively  engaged  in  a  varietj'  of  indus- 
tries. Among  them  alcohol  distilling,  operating  sugar  mills  and  refinery,  and  distil- 
leries for  the  manufacture  of  the  essence  of  ilang-ilang.  There  are  also  silversmiths' 
shops,  tool  shops,  and  numerous  looms,  especially  for  the  manufacture  of  sinaraay 
and  guimanis.  There  are  also  hemp  presses  and  brickyards.  The  people  are  exten- 
sively engaged  in  fisheries  and  the  raising  of  live  stock  of  all  kinds,  particularly 
carabaos  and  hogs. 

UNITED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 

Ambos  Camarines  was  occupied  by  United  States  forces  February  22,  1900.  After 
several  engagements,  with  loss  on  both  sides,  the  province  was  pacified  in  the  sum- 
mer of  1901.  * 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


298 


Ambos  Camarines  was  garrisoned  by  United  States  troops  February  15,  1902,  at  the 
oUowing  stations: 


Calabariga. 

Magarao. 

Pasacao. 

Capaloiiga. 

Mambulao. 

Pill. 

Daet. 

Minalabag. 

Ragay. 

Indang. 

Nueva  Ciiceres. 

Sabang. 

Libmanan. 

Pamplona. 

San  Fernando. 

Lupi. 

Paracale. 

San  Jose  de  Lagonoy 

CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 

Under  the  general  act  of  February  6,  1901,  on  April  27,  1901,  a  provincial  govern- 
Btent  was  established  "  in  that  territory  in  the  island  of  Luzon  and  adjacent  islands 
mown  as  the  province  of  Ambos  Camarines." 

PROVINCIAL  OFFICERS. 
[Salaries  and  expenses  in  United  States  money.] 

Governor $2, 000 

Secretarv 1,  .500 

Treasurer 2,500 

Supervisor 2,  000 

'Fiscal 1, 500 

;    Provincial  officers  are  allowed  necessary  and  actual  traveling  expenses  not  exceed- 
ting  $3  per  day  as  provided  by  law. 

The  presidentes  or  alcaldes  of  the  municipalities  to  meet  on  the  third  Monday  in 
ijanuary,  April,  July,  and  October  to  organize  and  transact  business  according  to  law. 

CONDITIONS. 


Travel  on  all  roads  is  safe  to  the  most  distant  interior.  Crime  is  rare,  and  very 
little  trouble  is  experienced  from  ladrones.  Occasional  depredations  from  mountain 
tribes  are  within  control  of  the  police.  The  military  force  has  be^n  greatly  reduced. 
Fair  interest  was  shown  in  recent  municipal  elections,  there  being  no  party  lines 
except  that  candidates  supposed  to  hold  "Nacionalista"  views  were  defeated  by 
large  majorities.  There  are  .32  American  teachers  in  the  province,  covering  17  towns, 
with  good  attendance  and  interest  in  schools.  (Official  report  of  the  provincial 
governor,  Ambos  Camarines,  December,  1901.) 

AMBCM  (ahm-boom'),  nat.;  point  NW.  of  Taclo- 
ban  and  the  inner  head  on  Leyte  shore  enter- 
ing San  Pedro  Bay. 

AMBDXGAX  (ahm-boong'-ahn),  nat.;  river  of  In- 
fanta, Luzon,  falling  into  sea  at  N.  entrance 
to  channel  ■sef>arating  island  otT  central  coast 
opposite  Polillo  I.  from  mainland. 

hamlet  in  Leyte,  8  m.  SE.  of  Carigara. 


AaiBi:BlIYO  (ahm-boo-boo'-yoh),  ver.;  mountain 

in  Cebii. 
AMBl'CLAO  (ahm-boo-clah'-oh),  ver.;  hamlet  in 

Benguet,  X.  of  Baguio,  Luzon.    Pop.,  145. 
AMBl'tJAX  (ahm-boo'-gahn),  ver.:  islet  2  m.  off 

NW.  coast  of  Bohol,  4  m.  SW.  of  Lauis  Pt. 
AMBl'LAX    (ahm-boo'-lahn),    ver.;     garrisoned 

town  in  Batangas,  Luzon. 


AMBURAYAN,    LUZ6n,    SUBPROVINCE    OF    LEPANTO- 
BONTOC. 

(Ahm-boo-rah'-yahn,  ver.) 

Chief  town:  Alilem  (residence  of  lieutenant-governor). 

Area:  (Included  in  Ilocos  Sur). 

Population:  Christians,  150;  non-Christians,  30,000. 

Race:  Igorrotes,  chiefly. 

Lang'uage:  Cancanay  and  Tiiiginan. 

Military  Department  of  Luzon:  Headquarters,  ^Manila,  Luzon. 

This  former  comandaucia,  situated  on  the  sources  of  the  streams  in  the  Malaya 
range,  is  liounded  on  the  N.  by  Tiagiin  and  Ilocos  Sur,  on  the  S.  by  Union,  on  the 
E.  by  Lepanto,  on  the  W.  by  Ilocos  Sur  and  Union.  The  inhabitants,  mostly  Igor- 
rotes  and  non-Christian,  are  distributed  among  many  hamlets.  Alilem,  Luyo,  and 
Cabacan  are  the  most  important  towns.  The  industries  are  weaving  cotton  cloth 
an<l  manufacture  of  other  articles  for  home  consumption.  On  May  28,  1902,  by  act 
of  the  Philippine  Commission,  Amburayan  was  made  a  subprovince  of  Lepanto- 
^ontoc  {q.  v.). 


294 


GAZETTEER    01'   THE   PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 


AMBURATAX  (ahm-boo-rah'-yahn),  ver.;  river 
in  former  comandaneia  of  same  name,  Ilocos 
Sur,  Luzon. 

AMELII-BOJE-BOJE  (ah-may-looy'  boh'-hay 
boh'-hay),  ver.;  hamlet  on  SE.  shore  of  Ba- 
silanI.,Sulu  A. 

AMIBA  (ah-mee'-bah),ver.:  river  in  Ambos  Cam- 
annes,  Luz6n,  rising  on  W.  side  of  Isarog  Mt. 
and  emptying  N.  into  San  Miguel  Bay. 

A3IIGAS  (ah-mce'-gahs),  Sp.;  port  on  X.  shore  of 
Tawi-Tawi  I.,  Sulu  A.,  W.  of  Lammuyan  Pt 
Chief  town  of  island.    TatAn  is  on  this  port. 

point  on  the  KW.  shore  of  Laguimanoe 

Bay,  S.  coast  of  Tayabas,  Luz6n. 
AMILAO  (ah-mee'-lah-oo),  ver.;  river  in  Leyte. 
A3II(i  (ah-myoh'),  ver.;  hamlet  at  headwaters  of 

Tanhay  Riv.  in  S.  part  of  Negros  Oriental, 

which  empties  into  Tan6n  Strait  at  town  of 

same  name. 
AMldXAY  (ah-myoh'-ni),  ver.;   mountain  In  Bo- 

hol,  8i  m.  X.  of  Garcia  Hernandez. 
AMIROT  (ah-mee'-roy),  ver.;  hamletonS.  branch 

of  Jalaur  Riv.,  Iloilo,  Panay,  4i  m.  W.  and 

above  Lucena. 
AMLIG   (ahm-leeg'),   ver.;  mountain  In  Ambos 

Camarines,  Luz6n. 
A3ILIMXY  (ahm-leem'-nee),ver.;  hamlet  in  Ben- 

guet,  Luzon,  15  m.  XE.  of  Trinidad.    Pop.,  336. 
AJIOIOl'LiX  (ah-moy-geeahuM,   nat.;    unimpor- 
tant island  E.  of  Apit6n  I.,  Iloilo  Strait,  Panay. 

AMOU  (ah-mohg'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Iloilo,  Panay 
li  m.  XE.  of  Tubuiigan. 

AMOtJOTADA  (ah-moh -goh- tah'-dah),  Sp.- 
ponit  on  S.  side  of  Sibuco  Bav,  W.  coast  of 
Zamboanga  Pen.,  Mindanao. 

point  extreme  SW.  of  Barin  I.,  SW.  of  Birl 

I.,  oS  X.  coast  of  Sdmar,  in  San  Bernardino 
Strait. 

AMOL  (ah-mohl'),  ver.;  point  in  Bohol. 

AflOaiASAX  (ah-moh-ibah'-sahn),  ver.;  hamlet  in 
Lepanto,  Luz6n,  12  m.  W.  of  Cay^n. 

AMOROX  ( ah-moh '-rohn),  nat.;  point  on  inner 
entrance  to  Barrera  Port,  XE.  shore  Masbate 
I.,  Visayas. 

AMPARO  (ahm-pah'-roh),  Sp.;  hamlet  on  S.  coast 
of  Leyte,  on  coast  road,  5  m.  S.  of  E.  of  Maasin. 

town  on  1.  bank  of  Agusan  Riv.,  in  Suri- 

gao,  Mindanao,  8  m.  S.  of  ButUan,  78  m.  S.  bv 
E.  of  Surigao. 

AMPUSIXGAX  (ahm-poo-sing-ahn'),  ver.;  town  in 
Benguet,  Luz6n.    Pop.,  1896,  625. 

AMIjLAt'  (ah-moo'-luck),  ver.;  town  in  Cagavdn 
Luzon.  ' 

AMf  Ll'XG  (ah-moo'-loong),  ver.;  town  of  Caga- 
y4n,  Luzon,  on  r.  bank  of  Grande  de  CagavSn 
Riv.,  at  mouth  of  tributary  of  that  stream  and 
on  mam  highway  and  telegraph  line,  16  m. 
N.  of  Tuguegarao.    Pop.,  1887,  6,708. 

AMURAUAX  (ah-moo-rah'-wahn),  nat.;  river  en- 
tering X.  side  of  inlet  on  X.  shore  of  Putiao 
Port,  SW.  coast  of  Sorsog6n,  Luz6n. 

A3IURA0X  (ah-moo-rah'-ohn),nat.;  islet  between 
Afif  Pt.  XE.  of  Masbate  and  San  Rafael  Pt.  of 
Tieao.  A  number  of  small  islets  lie  in  vicin- 
ity. Pan  de  Azilcar. 
ASlCsiC  (ah-moo'-seek),  ver.;  river  in  Mindanao. 
A3IUTA0  (ah-moo-yow') ,  ver. ;  mountain  in  Bon- 
toc,  Luz6n. 

AXA  (ah'-nah),  Sp.;  point  S.  head  to  Maulun,  XW 

of  Catbalogan,  W.  coast  of  Sdmar. 
AXABO  (ah-nah-boh'),  nat.;  hamlet  in  Concep- 

ci6n,  Iloilo,  Panay,  1^  m.  SW.  of  Lemery. 
hamlet  on  main  road  in  Cavite,  Luz6n,  10 

m.  SE.  of  Cavite. 


AXAGAXiHAO      (ah-nah-gah-naL'-how),     ver  ■ 

point  and  island  1^  m.  XW.  by  X.  on  extreme 

XE.  land  of  Mindoro,  3J  m.  E.  by  X.  of  Cala- 

pdn. 
AXiHAO  (ah-nah'-how),  nat.;  islet  E.  of  Sfimar. 
AXAHiOAX  (ah-nah-hah'-oh-ahn),  nat.;  point  on 

X.  shore  of  entrance  to  Palo  Bav,  on  XE.  coast 

of  Mindoro. 
AXAHAl'AX    (ah-nah-how'-ahn),   nat.;    river  in 

Mindanao. 
AXAJA  (ah-nah'-hah),  nat.;  point  on  XE.  coast 

ot  Mindoro  to  X.  of  bay  ol  Pola. 
AXAJAO  (ah-nah'-how),  nat.;  point  on  XE.  shore 

of   Catanduanes   I.,  Luz6u,   at  entrance  to 

Magamanoc  Port. 
AXAJAl'AX  (ah-nah-how'-ahn),  nat.;  island  11 

S.  of  Siargao  I.,  12^  m.  E.  of  S.  end  of  Bucfts 

off  XE.  coast  of  Mindanao;  lies  2i  i 

Lajanosa. 
hamlet  on  S.  coast  of  Levte,  2i 

Hinundavan. 


nee  to   ) 

dllm.i 
lefts  t,  !1 
SW.  of  '■ 


island  in  Pacific  Ocean,  2  bv  1  m.,  8  m.  S  of 

Siargao,  and  11  m.  E.  of  Bucds  I. 
AXAJACgaX  (ah-nah-hah-oo'-gahn),  ver.;  island 
and  4  islets  close  to  it,  SW.  of  Binigsian  PL. 
W.  coast  of  Xegros.    To  S.  are  bays  of  Carl*,  ij 
gena  and  Sepalay.  1 

AXAilBOGOx  (ah-nahm-boh-gohn'),  ver.;  point 

on  extreme  SW.  coast  of  Albay,  Luz6n. 
AXAXAE  (ah-nah-nah'-ay),  ver.:  pueblo  in  former 

comandaneia  of  Tiagdn,  XW.  Luzon. 
AXAXAO  (ah-nah-now'),  nat.;  hamlet  in  Lepanto.  ,1 

Luz6n,  14  m.  X.  of  Caydn. 
AXAXOt'  (ah-nah-noke'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Abra, 
Luzon,  4  m.  E.  of  Bangued,  on  trail  acroBB  i 
great  bend  of  Abra  Riv. 
AXAO  (ah-now'),  Tag.;  town  of  Tdrlac,  Luz6n,  17 

m.  from  Tiirlac.    Pop.,  7,000. 
AXAO-AOX  (ah-now-ah'-ohn),  ver.;  town  in  Suri- 
gao, Mindanao,  on  bay  at  extreme  XW.  point 
between  Madilao  and  Bilan  pts.,  4  m.  W.  by 
S.  of  Surigao.    Pop.,  1896,  602. 
AXAPli  (ah-nah-poh').  Tag.;  point  oh  China  Sea 

coast  of  Batadn,  Luzon. 
AXAPl'YAX  (ah-nah-poo'-yahn),  nat.;  an  islet  ofl 

coast  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 
AXARIGUEX  (ah-nah-ree'-gayn),  nat.;  river  en- 
tering on  W.  shore  of  Sorsogon  port,  Sorsog6n, 
Luzon,  between  Roja  and  Alimpago  Pts. 
AXiS  (ah-nahs'),  ver.;  small  river  in  Biliran  I., 
X.  of  Leyte,  entering  sea  1  m.  X.  of  Xaval, 
Biliran  I. 

point  in  Biliran  I.,  N.  of  Leyte. 

AXAUAYAX  (ah-nah-wah'-yahn),  ver.;  islet  336  ft. 
high  and  visible  15  m.,  in  sea  channel  of  XE. 
entrance  to  GuimarAs  Strait,  8  m.  SE.  of  Con- 
cepcion,  Iloilo,  Panay,  8  m.  XW.  of  Manapla, 
X.  coast  of  Xegros,  and  2  m.  SE.  of  Tagua- 
bonhan. 
AXAYAX  (ah-nah-yahn') ,  ver.;  river  in  Luz6n. 
AXt'HOR,  for.;  cliff  W.  coast  of  Palawan,  S.  of 

Bentoan  Pt.,  head  to  Ulugan  Bay. 
AXCHORAGE,  for.;  island  2m.  in  circumference, 
largest  and    northeasternmost   of   group  in 
Deep  Bay,  E.  coast  of  Palawan. 
island  in  Inlulutoc  Bay,  XW.  coast  of  Pala- 
wan. 
AXDA  (ahn-'dah ) ,  Sp. ;  town  on  SE.  coast  of  Bohol, 
7  m.  S.  of  E.  of  Guindulman,  56  m.  X.  of  E.  of  • 
Tagbilaran.    Pop.,  4,036.  : 

town  on  S.  extreme  of  Cabarruvan  I.,  ofl 

W.  shore  of  Lingayen  Gulf,  Zambales,  Luz6n, 
63  m.  XW.  of  Iba.  Has  high  roads  to  Alami- 
nos  and  Bolinao.    Pop.,  3,761. 


AXDAGAXAX  (ahn-dah-gah'-nahn),  ver.;  river  in 
Luz6u. 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


295 


ANDAtUO  (ahn-dah-gow'),  ver.;  Inland  hamlet 
of  CApiz,  Panay,  2  m.  SE.  of  Calivo. 

■ village  on  NW.  coast  of  Tablas  I. 

ANDAX(i!(ahn-dahng'),nat.;  craggy  peak  in  Cara- 
ballos  Occidentales,  Iloeos  Norte,  Luzon. 

AXUAO  (ahn-dovv')>  ver.;  mountain  in  Leyte. 

AMIEIKO  (ahn-day'-roh),  Sp.;  point  on  NE.  ex- 
treme of  Balilbac  I.  and  S.  head  to  Candara- 
man  Inlet. 

AJrDEm'EL  (ahn-day-kayl'),  Sp.;  mountain  in 
Paiigasindn,  Luzon. 

iM)EYKO  (alm-ilay'-roh),  Sp.:  point  at  extreme 
NE.  end  of  Baldbac  I.,  Bal^bac  grp.,  and 
headland  opposite  Marinas  Pt.  to  Candara- 
nan  Inlet. 

A>DO,  orAXDlS  (ahn'-doh,ahn'-dis),  ver.;  island 
li  by  1  m.,  3  m.  E.  of  Boroil&an,  off  E.  coast  of 
Siimar. 

ANDBAO  (ahn-drah'-oh),ver.;  island  E.  of  S^mar. 

AKELL\"(ah-nay'-lyah),  Sp.;  hamlet  in  Cavite, 
Luzon,  24  m.  S.  of  Cavite. 

AXiJADAXAX  (ahn-gah-dah'-nahn),  ver.;  town  on 
main  road,  22  m.  S.  by  W.  from  Ilagan,  Isabela, 
Luzon.     Pop.,  2,739. 

tributary    of    Magat    Riv.    from    SE.,   in 

Xueva  Yizcaya,  Luzon. 

AMJAOL'l  (ahn-gah'-key), ver.;  pueblo  in  Lepanto, 
Luzon,  at  forks  of  highway,  SE.  to  Cervantes, 
12  m.  N.  of  W.  of  Caydn.    Pop.  1896,  734. 

AXGAS  (ahn-gahs'),  ver.;  point  at  northernmost 
projection  of  Biliran  I.  audW.  entrance  head- 
land to  Daram  Channel,  N.  of  Leyte. 

high  point  2i  m.  SE.  of  Biilac  Pt.,  on  S.  side 

of  Otake  Bay,  in  Albay,  Luz6n. 

point  on  NW.  shore  of  Pigbalao  Bay. 

A>'«AT(ahn-gaht'),  Tag. ;  river  of  BulacAn,  Luz6n, 
rising  in  mountains  E.  and  N.  of  pueblo  of 
same  name,  takes  \V.  direction  and  empties 
into  Grand  Pampanga  Riv. 

mountains  in  Bulacdn,  Luz6n;  seat  of  im- 
portant native  iron  manufacture. 

peak  in  Caraballo  Sur,  in  Bulacdn,  Luz6n. 

town  on  main  road  to  Manila,  in  BulacAn, 

Luz6n,  13  m.  NE.  of  Bulaciin.    Pop.,  8,050. 

point  in  Tayabas,  Luzon. 

AXtiATATAX  (ahn-gah-tah'-tahn),  nat.;  river  of 
PangasinAn,  Luzon,  rises  near  boundaries  of 
Abra,  takes  S.  direction  and  empties  into  gulf 
of  Lingay^n. 

AXG-BAIOXU  (ahng-bah-yohng'),  nat.:  hamlet  of 
Bontoc,  Luzon,  13  m.  from  Bontoc.   Pop.,  163. 

AXGE.  (ahn'-hay),  ver.;  mountain  in  Nueva  Viz- 
eaya,  Luzon. 

iSGELES  (ahn'-hay-lays) ,  Sp.;  post  town  at  junc- 
tion of  several  roads  in  Pampanga,  Luz6n,  10 
m.  NW.  of  Bacolor,  Manila  and  Dagupan 
R.  R.    Pop.,  3,000;  township  having  10,495. 

A^IL  (ahng-eeP),  ver.;  W.  point  to  Bulag  Bay, 
on  SW.  shore  of  Sorsog6n,  Luz6n.  (See 
Marinap.) 

AXGLIT  (ahn-gleef),  ver.;  hamlet  in  SAmar,  8i 
m.  E.  of  Basey. 

AXGOXO  (ahn-goh'-noh).  Tag.;  pueblo  Rizal 
(M6rong),  Luz6n,on  Laguna  de  Bay  road,  14 
m.  by  road  and  5  m.  direct  from  Morong. 
Fine  building  stone  used  in  Manila  port  wor& 
came  from  this  place.    Pop.,  1,955. 

ANGUI  (ahn'-gee),  ver.;  mountain  in  Isabela, 
Luzon,  near  1.  bank  of  Margat  Riv. 

AXGl'IEX  (ahn-geeayn'),  ver.;  town  of  Bontoc, 

Luzon,  16  m.    from    Bontoc.     Township  of 

same  name  has  population  of  1,115,  of  which 

number  996  dwell  in  town. 

AXHAOX  (ahn-hah'-ohn)  ver.;  hamlet  on  main 

road,  U  m.  SE.  of  Panay,  in  CApiz,  Panay. 
AXllAlAX  (ah-nee-wah'-wahn),  ver.;    river  in 
Leyte. 


AXIBOYA  (ah-nee-bcan'-yah),  ver.;  island  off  NE. 

coast  of  Mariuduque  I.  of  a  group  of  3,  Santa 

Cruz,    the    W.;   Maniuayan    (Mauiua),    the 

center,  and  Mompog  the  easternmost. 
AXIBUX  (ah-nee'-boon),  nat.;  point  in  Leyte. 
a  town  on  N.  shore  of  CagaySn  Sulu  I., 

Sulu  Sea,  Lapun  Lapun  Anchorage. 
AXIBIIYAX  (ah-nee-boo'-yahn),  ver.;  hamlet  on 

N.  shore  of  large  bay  forming  between  Tam- 

bog  and  Catarman  Pts.  on  E.  coast  of  Surigao, 

Mindanao,  140  m.  SE.  by  E.  of  Surigao. 
AXILAO  (ah-nee-lah'oh),  ver.;  town  and  river  on 

SE.  coast  of  Iloilo,  Panay,  20  m.  NE.  by  E.  of 

Iloilo.    River  may  be  ascended  by  boats  at 

high  water.    Pop.,  2,699. 
mountain  in  extreme  SE.  part  of  Leyte,  2J 

m.  N.  of  Mac  Croh6n. 
iXIMA  SOLA  (ah'-nee-mah  soh'-lah),  Sp.;   islet 

4i  m. ,  N.  40°  E.  of  NE.  point  of  Burias  I.,  Visayas. 
AXIJIOSA  (ah-nee-moh'-sah),  Sp.;  2  rocks,  3  and 

8  ft.  high,  in  track  of  vessels  from  Calls  to 

Culion  Pt.,  with  Piedra  Blanca  bearing  W. 
AXIXIXGAX  (ah-nee-nceng'-ahn),  ver.;  point  on 

NW.  coast  of  Cebu,  8  m.  S.  of  Remigio. 
AXIXI-Y  (ah-nee'-neey),  ver.;  town  on  extreme 

SW.  point  of  Antique,  Panay,  21^  m.  S.  of  San 

Jos6  de  Buenavista.    Pop.,  4,802. 
AXIPAHiX  (ah-nee-pah-hahn'),  ver.;  mountain 

on  W.  coast  of  Palawan.     (See  Long  Pt.) 
AXIR,  or  MIXOLI  (ah-neer',  mee-noh'-lee),  ver.; 

tributary  of  Magat  Riv.,  in  Nueva  Vizcaya, 

Luzon. 
AXISLAGOX  (ah-nees-lah-gon');  river  in  Leyte. 

mountain  in  Leyte. 

AXISLAY(3x  (ah-nees-lah-yohn'),  ver.;  mountain 

in    central    range    in    Leyte,   7  m.   SW.  of 

Abu  yog. 
AXITAGUIPAX      (ah-nee-tah-gee'-pahnj,       ver.; 

point  of  entrance  on  S.  side  of  Borongan^ay, 

midway  between  San  JuliAn  and  Borongan, 

E.  coast  of  SAmar. 
AXITO  (ah-nee'-toh),  nat.; N.pointonN. entrance 

to  bay  on  E.  shore  of  S&mar,  H  m.  NE.  of  San 

Julian. 

mountain  in  Panay. 

AXKI  (ahn'-key),  ver.;  islet  2i  m.  SE.  of  General 

I.,  off  NE.  coa.st  of  Mindanao. 
AXOJLLAX  (ah-noh-hoo'-lahn),    ver.;    town  in 

Cagayftn,  Luzon. 
AXOLIXG  (ah-naw-ling'),  ver.;  most  N.  island,  40 

ft.  high,  off  Cagayanes  grp.,  Sulu  Sea,  off  SW. 

coast  of  Negros  Occidental.    (Also  Aniiling.) 
ANOXOii  (ah-noh-noh-oh') ,  ver. ;  hamlet  in  Iloilo, 

Panay,  1^  m.  N.  of  IgbarAs. 
AXOUAXREES  (ah-noh-wahn-race'),  ver.;  ham- 
let, 9  m.  E.  of  Gdndara,  in  SAmar. 
AXOY  (ah-noy'),  ver.;  crater  in  Guimariis  I.,  4  m. 

SE.  of  Nagaba,  SE.  of  Panay. 
AXPAYAC  (ahn-pah-yac'),  ver.;  in  Lepanto,  Lu- 

z6n,  16  m.  W.  of  CayAn. 
AXQIJIL^X  (ahn-key-layn'),  ver.;  pueblo  in  Bon- 
toc, Luz6n.     Pop.,  1887,  286. 
AXSIG  (ahn-seeg'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Iloilo,  Panay, 

1  m.  NW.  by  N.  of  Passi. 
AXSOL  (ahn-sohP),  ver.;  point  on  NE  coast  of 

Bohol,  6  m.  NW.  of  Ubay. 
AXTABAAX  (ahn-tah-bah'-ahn),  nat.;  bay  on  SE. 

angle  of  Nin  Bay,  SW.  coast  of  Masbate. 
point  at  E.  entrance  to  bay  of  same  name, 

SW.  coast  of  Masbate  I.,  Vi-sayas. 
river  entering  on  E.  shore  of  bay  of  same 

name,  SW.  coast  of  Masbate. 
AXTADAO    (ahn-tah-dah'-oh),   ver.;    pueblo    of 

Bontoc,  Luzon,  11  m.  from  Bontoc.    Pop.,  328. 
ANTAGTACAX  (ahn-tag-tah'-cahn),  ver.;  point  in 

island  of  Marinduque,  NW.  coast,  at  entrance 
to  Baucalan  port. 


296 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE   PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS 


A>'TAL   (ahn-tahl'),  ver.;  inlet  in  Kegros  Occi- 
dental. 
AMEQl'ERA     (ahn-tav-kay'-rah),    Sp.;     inland 

town  in  Bohol,  12  in.  E.  of  N.  of  Tagbilaran. 

Pop.,  5,84-2. 
ANTICARI^  (ahn-tee-cah-reen'),  ver.;  hamlet  in 

PangasinAn,  Luzon,  on  main  road,  8i  m.  SE. 

of  Lingayen. 
AXTIGXS  (ahn-tee-gahs'),  ver.;  river  in  Sdmar, 

entering  sea  channel  at  Catbalogan. 
AMIOrA     PALAPAti     (ahn-tee'gwah    pah-lah'- 

pahg),  Hisp.;   hamlet  in  SAmar,  2i  m.  S.  of 

Paldpag. 
AXTIPASI  (ahn-tee-pah'-see),  ver.;  mountain  in 

Negros. 


ANTIPOLO  (ahn-tee-poh'loh),Sp.;  town  in  Rizal 
( M6rong) ,  Luzon,  7  m.  NW.  of  Morong.    Pop 
3,.500. 

inland  hamlet  of  Negros  Occidental,  34  m. 

SE.  of  Pontevedra. 

hamlet,  5  m.  W.  of  Siilat,  E.  coast  of  Sdmat 

river  emptying  into  San  Juanico  Strait, 

NW.  of  Panalarum  Bay,  H  m.  NW.  of  Taelo- 

ban.  Leyte. 

point  on  S.  shore  of  Carigara  Bay,  Leyte, 

in  approach  to  Janabatiis  Channel. 

point  W.  side  of  S.  entrance  to  Ambil  Strait, 

Lubang  Is.,  W.  of  Batangas,  Luzon. 


ANTIQUE,  PANAY,  PROVINCE  OF. 

(Ahn-tee'-kay,  ver.)  jj 

Capital:  San  Jose  de  Buena  Vista,  lat.  10°  44'  N.,  Ion.  121°  54'  E. 

Area:  Mainland,  1,333  sq.  m.;  6  dependent  islands,  7  sq.  m.;  total,  1,340  sq.  m. 

Population:  115,434. 

Race:  Vi.<ayan. 

Language:  Visayan  modified. 

Military  Department  of  Visayas:  Headquarters,  Iloi'lo,  Iloilo,  Panay. 

Table  of  distances. 
From  San  Jos6  to — 

Cdpiz,  NE 

Iloilo,  E 

Iloilo,  Mindoro  Sea 

Manila,  NW 27| 

Manila  via  Mindoro  Strait 3ll 

Puerto  Princesa,  Palawan 221 

Romblon,  N  1# 

Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  S 267 

.LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

The  province  of  Antique  occupies,  with  the  exception  of  a  small  strip  on  the  NW.| 
the  entire  W.  shore  of  the  island  of  Panay.  It  is  bounded  on  the  N.  by  Cdpiz;  on' 
the  E.  by  Cdpiz  and  Iloilo,  and  on  the  S.  and  W.  by  the  Mindoro  Sea.  A  lofty  range 
of  mountains,  the  highest  summit,  Nangtud,  having  an  elevation  of  7,150  ft.,  extends 
along  entire  length  of  the  E.  boundary  and  terminates  at  the  sea  at  Pt.  Pucio,  at  the 
extreme  NW.  end. 

AREA. 


Its  extreme  measurements  are  103  m.  from  N 
Area,  1,333  sq.  m.  There  are  6  dependent  island.^ 
area,  1,340  sq.  m. 

PHYSICAL  FEATURES 


to  S.  and  24  m.   from 
having  an  area  of  7  sq. 


E.  to  W. 

tn.     Total 


In  general  the  surface  is  broken  by  a  number  of  isolated  summits  of  considerable 
elevation  interspersed  by  extensive,  fertile,  and  well-watered  valleys.  No  less  than. 
72  rivers  and  smaller  streams  carry  the  waters  from  the  dividing  range  and  have  an 
outlet  in  the  sea.  Among  the  larger  of  these  streams  are  ^labata,  Batalun,  Bitadtiin, 
Paniiigayan,  Panaantu,  Bacon,  Paliuan,  Cadiiin,  the  largest  river  in  the  province, 
and  Sibalon,  the  last  of  which  with  a  number  of  large  tributaries  enters  tlie  sea 
through  4  mouths  N.  of  San  Pedro. 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 


From  Pucio  Pt.,  in  the  extreme  NW.,  to  Siraan,  a  point  in  the  extreme  SW., 
the  coast  of  Antique,  155  m.,  is  almost  entirely  without  sheltered  bays,  the  anchorage 
being  mostly  open  roadsteads  exposed  to  winds  from  the  W. 

Anini-y ;  vessels  can  find  shelter  from  the  NE.  monsoon  in  IJ  to  2J  fms.  E.  of  the 
town  of  this  name. 

Malay ;  an  anchorage  in  5  fms.  on  the  N.  side  of  Ndsog  Pt.  and  opposite  the  river 
and  village  of  Mdlay. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


297 


Pandan ;  a  safe  and  deep  anchorage  in  the  bend  of  the  abrupt  coast  with  the  little 
;ver  Bu.iran  running  2^  m.  to  the  W.  of  it,  offers  little  shelter.  The  town  of  the 
ime  name  lies  on  the  shore. 

San  Jose ;  an  anchorage  S.  of  the  town  of  that  name  in  6  to  7  fms.  and  well  shel- 
?red  during  the  XE.  monsoons.  The  river  3Ialandoc  enters  the  bay  S.  of  the  town 
,nd  has  a  depth  of  9  ft.     It  affords  facilities  for  an  active  coasting  trade. 

!  ROADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 

During  the  dry  seasons  the  roads  can  be  traversed  without  difficulty,  but  in  wet 
feather  they  become  impassable  for  carriages.  There  are  two  cart  roads  which 
ommunicate  with  the  adjacent  provinces;  one  starts  from  the  town  of  San  Jos6, 
)assing  through  all  of  the  towns  to  the  N.,  and  unites  with  the  road  in  the  province 
if  Capiz,  at  Navas.  The  other,  starting  from  San  Jos^,  follows  along  through  Antique 
.nd  joins  with  the  road  in  the  province  of  Iloilo,  at  the  town  of  San  Joacjuin.  These 
oads  are  interrupted  by  the  mountains  to  the  N.  and  S.,  being  reduced  to  paths 
nore  or  less  inaccessible,  according  to  the  time  of  the  year.  The  larger  rivers  afford 
lative-boat  transportation  between  the  plantations  in  the  interior  and  the  towns  on 
he  coast.  A  fine  road  skirts  the  entire  W.  shore  of  the  province  from  Lindero,  near 
.he  1  loundary  of  Capiz,  on  the  NW. ,  to  San  Francisco,  on  the  boundary  of  Iloilo,  in  the 
ixtreme  SE.',  passing  through  83  towns  and  villages,  including  the  capital.  A  number 
)f  interior  towns  are  located  on  branch  roads  connected  with  this  main  road. 

I  POPXTLATION  AND  TOWNS. 

The  registered  population  is  115,434.  In  1887, 116,407.  The  majority  are  Yisayans. 
rhe  Mundos  and  a  few  Negritos  live  in  the  more  inaccessible  summits  of  the  moun- 
:ains.     The  language  spoken  is  Visayan. 


Province  and  pueblos. 


residents  present  and 
sent,  native  and  Spanish, 
census  1887. 


Women.      Total 


Antique: 
Aninl-y.. 
Antique  . 


Bugas6n 

Carltan 

Culasi 

Dao 

Egafia 

Guisijan . 

Kalupa  Nuevo 

PandAn  

Patnongon 

San  Jos6  de  Buena  Vista 

San  Pedro , 

San  Remlgio 

Sebaste 

Slbalon 

Tiblao 

Valderrama 


2,514 
4,030 
2,471 
4,621 
1,824 
4,869 
3,798 
1,263 
2,008 
1,466 
6,616 
3,305 
3,266 
3,617 
1,746 
2,371 
6,496 
,3, 249 
2,270 


Total 55,607 


3,800 


4,981 
7,604 
4,828 
8,915 
3,455 
9,138 
7,549 
2,366 
3,845 
2,861 
10,654 

6^334 
6,830 
3,505 
4,391 
12, 285 
6,201 
4,426 


116, 407 


Estimated  population,  1901,  115,434. 

Pueblo  added  since  1887,  Cagayancillo,  population,  2,339. 

For  population  of  pueblos  in  partial  census  of  18%,  see  p.  32. 

There  are  51  towns  with  a  population  ranging  from  2,000  to  20,000,  and  upward  of 
114  \illages,  besides  the  hamlets  of  the  wild  tribes  of  the  mountains.  The  population 
of  1896  is  generally  given. 

San  Jose  de  Buena  Vista;  capital  of  the  province,  a  port  of  entry  and  military 
station,  situated  at  the  X.  extremity  of  a  bay  S.  of  Pt.  Dilepe.  The  Malandoc  Riv. 
entei-s  the  bay  S.  of  the  town,  and  is  well  sheltered  during  the  NE.  monsoons. 
There  is  an  active  coasting  trade  between  San  Jose  and  Iloilo.  The  country  sur- 
rounding the  town  is  generallv  level,  and  from  the  sea  presents  a  beautiful  appear- 
ance.    Pop.,  5,621. 


298  GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 

Anini-y;  at  the  extreme  S\V.  point  of  the  province,  22  m.  S.  of  San  Jos6  de 
Buciiu  Viyta.     Pop.,  4,082. 

Antique;  on  the  main  road,  5  m.  S.  of  San  Jos6  de  Buena  Vista.     Pop.,  10,929. 

Barbaza;  on  the  coast  road,  32  m.  N.  of  San  Jos6  de  Buena  Vista.     Pop.,  3,231. 

Bugason;  on  the  anxt^t  road,  25  m.  N.  of  San  Jose  de  Buena  Vista.     Pop.,  14,104. 

Cagayancillo;  an  inland  town.     Pop.,  3,000. 

Caritan;  on  the  main  road,  21  m.  N.  of  San  Jos6  de  Buena  Vista.     Pop.,  1,240. 

Culasi;  on  the  coast  road,  47  m.  N.  of  San  Jose  de  Buena  Vista.     Pop.,  10,553. 

Dao;  at  the  crossing  of  the  river  of  the  same  name  by  the  coast  highway,  10  m.  S. 
of  San  Jos^  de  Buena  Vista.     Pop.,  7,948. 

Egana;  on  the  r.  bank  of  a  river  entering  the  sea  N.  of  Antique,  5  m.  E.  of  San  Joa6 
de  Buena  Vista.     Pop.,  1,995. 

Guisijan;  on  the  coast  road,  28  m.  N.  of  San  Jos6  de  Buena  Vista.     Pop.,  6,247., 

Nalupa  Nuevo;  on  the  coast  road,  29  m.  N.  of  San  Jos6  de  Buena  Vista.  Pop*, 
2,972. 

Pand£n;  on  coast  road,  in  the  bend  of  the  shore  18  m.  E.  of  Pucio  Pt.  and  66  m. 
N.  of  San  Jose  de  Buena  Vista.     Pop.,  13,737. 

Patnongon;  on  the  coast  road,  15  m.  N.  of  San  Jose  de  Buena  Vista.     Pop.,  5,91L 

San  Remigio;  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  Sibalon  Riv.,  8  m.  above  its  mouth  and  14  m. 
NE.  of  San  Jose  de  Buena  Vista.     Pop.,  2,503. 

San  Pedro;  on  the  coast  road,  at  the  crossing  of  the  S.  of  the  three  mouths  of  the; 
Sibalon  Riv.,  6  m.  S.  of  San  Jos6  de  Buena  Vista.     Pop.,  7,366.  , 

Sebaste;  on  the  coast  road,  66  m.  N.  of  San  Jos6  de  Buena  Vista.     Pop.,  3,676. 

Sibal6n;  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  river  of  the  same  name,  6  m.  above  its  mouth  an^ 
16  m.  NE.  of  San  Jos6  de  Buena  Vista.     Pop.,  11,675.  .    .. 

Tibiae;  on  the  coast  road,  37  m.  N.  of  San  Jose  de  Buena  Vista.     Pop.,  5,402. 

Valderrama;  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  Cadian  Riv.,  8  m.  NNE.  of  San  Jose  cle  Buena 
Vista.     Pop.,  4,372. 

DEPENDENT  ISLANDS. 

Off  the  coast  of  Antique  lie  the  following  islands: 

Area, 
sq.  m. 
Batbat^in;  IS  m.  S.  bj-  E.  of  Pucio  Pt.  and  10  m.  W.  off  Lipata  Pt.,  about  400  ft.  high  (?),  with  a 

central  hill  and  clear  channel  between  it  and  the  mainland 3  " 

Jtirao-Jurao;  1  m.  off  extreme  SE.  point 1 

Maniguin;  15  m.  SW.  off  Pucio  Pt.,  150  feet  high  in  the  center;  ©n  the  SW.  side  is  a  village 

inclosed  with  strong  palisading • i 

Maralison;  4  m.  SW.  by  S.  off  Lipata  Pt.,  and  4  m.  off  the  coast  of  Culasi 1 

Nucas;  3J  m.  off  the  extreme  SW.  point  fronting  the  town  of  Aniniy.    Shells  of  commercial  value 

are  found  in  abundance 1 

Seco  (Pontud);  17  m.  SE.  by  S.  of  BatbatAn  I.,  about  26  ft.  high,  and  covered  with  trees.    The 
water  immediately  surrounding  is  38  to  70  fms i 

Six  dependent  islands,  total  area 7 

VEGETABLE  PRODUCTS. 

The  report  from  this  province  indicates  a  very  rapid  development  in  agriculture. 
It  now  includes  considerable  quantity  of  hemp,  rice  ( palay ) ,  sugar  cane,  copra,  sil  >ui'ao, 
coffee,  chocolate,  and  tobacco.     Maize,  camotes,  and  other  vegetables  are  also  raised. 

MINERALS. 

Important  deposits  of  iron,  gypsum,  marl,  anthi'acite  coal,  and  marble  are  found. 
In  the  vicinity  of  the  town  of  Antique  are  extensive  beds  of  marble  of  various  colors 
and  structure,'  but  not  as  yet  worked  to  any  extent.  Gold,  copper,  and  sulphur  are 
also  found  but  not  in  paying  quantities. 

FORESTS. 

The  country  is  covered  with  a  variety  of  wood  useful  for  building  and  cabinet  pur- 
poses, such  as  molave,  ipil,  banabti,  duiigon,  alintatao,  narra,  etc.  Large  quantities 
of  pitch,  resin  gum,  mastic  wax,  and  honey  are  obtained.  In  the  N.  part  of  the 
province  the  lumber  business  is  carried  on  with  profit. 

FRUITS. 

The  mangostdn,  bananas,  and  other  fruits  of  the  latitude  grow  abundantly. 


GAZETTEER    OF    T-HE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


299 


INDUSTRIES. 


I  The  manufacture  of  fabrics  from  pineap])le  fiber,  sucli  as  jusi  and  sinamay,  gives 
ijmployment  to  upward  of  12,000  women.  Tliere  is  an  extensive  trade  between  the 
jcowns  of  this  province  and  tlie  ports  of  Iloilo  and  Manila,  in  sugar,  hemp,  rice,  sibu- 
3ao,  hides,  etc.  In  1870  the  trade  of  the  province  amounted  to  87,478  piculs  in 
limports  and  197,809  piculs  in  exports.  Ollas,  jars,  and  other  similar  pottery  are 
ioaanufactured  at  Sibalon  in  sufficient  quantities  for  home  consumj)tion.  Cattle  rais- 
ing is  also  important,  but  was  nmch  reduced  by  the  rinderpest. 

UNITED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 

On  January  2,  1900,  a  mixed  command  was  formed  at  Iloilo  and  entered  this  prov- 
ince by  the  mountain  pass,  the  insurgents  being  disposed  to  dispute  the  crossing  of 
the  Antique  Riv.  An  engagement  followed,  resulting  in  thedisjjersionof  the  oppos- 
ing force  and  capture  of  guns,  etc.,  and  the  occupation  of  San  Jos6  de  Buena  Vista. 
The  garrison  at  that  point,  under  instructions,  "cleared  the  country  of  insurgents, 
kept  order  in  the  province,  organized  municipal  government,  and  put  jjublic  schools 
in  operation." 

I    Antique  had  the  following  towns  February  15,  1902,  garrisoned  by  United  States 
troops: 
I  Bugason.  Colasi.  Legatic.  San  Jos6  de  Buena  Vista. 


CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 

I  The  province  of  Antique  was  created  under  the  "provincial  government  act"  of 
February  0,  1901,  by  enactment  of  the  Philippine  Commission  April  13,  1901,  to 
include  "that  territory  in  the  island  of  Panay,  known  as  the  'province  of  Antique.' " 

PROVINCIAL  OFFICERS. 


[Salaries  and  expenses  in  United  States  money.] 

Governor $1,  600.  00 

Secretary 1, 200.  00 

Treasurer 1,  800.  00 

Supervisor 1, 600. 00 

Fiscal 1,  200.  00 

Allowance  for  necessary  and  actual  traveling  expenses  not  exceeding  $2.50  per 
day  as  prescribed. 

The  presidentes  or  alcaldes  of  the  municipalities  of  the  province  to  meet  on  the 
third  Monday  in  January  and  June,  to  consider  improvements  needed  in  the  prov- 
ince and  to  make  recommendations  to  the  provincial  board. 

CONDITIONS,  JANUARY  14,  1902. 

"  There  was  a  gradual  reduction  of  the  number  of  military  stations,  eight  having  been 
abandoned  in  the  previous  year.  The  Ladrones,  the  robbers  of  the  country,  have 
been  successfully  handled  by  the  municipal  police  or  constabulary.  The  rinderpest 
has  been  controlled  by  quarantine  measures.  With  the  restoration  of  order  and  the 
establishment  of  local  government,  backed  by  strong  central  administration,  this 
province,  notwithstanding  the  cattle  plague,  has  made  important  advances  in  indus- 
try and  wealth."     (Official  report  of  provincial  governor  of  Antique,  January,  1902. ) 


ANTKJIIE  (ahn-tee'-kay),ver.;  town  and  river  on 
\V.  coast  of  Antique,  Panay,  5  m.  SE.  of  San 
Josii  de  Buena  Vista,  at  S.  extremity  of  same 
bay.    Has  church  and  school.     Pop.,  1,236. 

ANTIYAO  (ahn-tee-yow'),ver.;  river  in  SAmar. 

ANTONIA  (ahn-toh'-neeah),  Sp.;  most  S.  islet  of 
Gigantes  cluster,  13  m.  E.  of  Bulaeaue,  ex- 
treme N.  point  of  Panay. 

AMOJilO  (ahn-toh'-neeoh),  Sp.;  bavon  extreme 
SE.  coast  Palawan  with  from  5  to"29  fms.  Also 
called  Rocky  Bay.  Range  of  mountains  inland 
is  3,500  ft.  high  and  an  excellent  landmark. 

ANTUA«AN  (ahn-twah'-gahn),  ver.;  hamlet  in 
Abra,  Luz6n,  on  N.bank  of  Abra  Riv.,  below 
mouth  of  Danianil  Riv.,  17|  m.  E.  of  S.  of 
Bangued. 


ANTIIaX  (ahn-too'-ahn),  nat.;  point  on  SE.  coast 
of  Purra  I.  situated  on  W.  side  of  gulf  of 
Lingay6n. 

ASiTUCAO  (ahn-too-cow').  ver.;  point  on  SE. 
coast  of  Ambil,  important  bearing  in  navigat- 
ing channel  from  Manila  between  Mindoro 
and  Batangas  shore  of  Luz6n. 

AJiUNAI^A  (ah-noo-nahng'-ah),  ver.  (See  Cabi- 
toagan,  anchorage  on  W.  shore  of  Ddvao 
Gulf,  Mindanao.) 

AOCON  (ah-oh'-cohn) ,  nat.;  2  islands  oflf  SE.  coast 
of  Daram  I.,  at  entrance  to  channel  leading 
to  Janabatils  channel. 

XpAD  (ah'-pahd),  nat;  village  on  cove  on  NW. 
shore  of  CalagnAn  I.,  off  NE.  coast  of  Iloilo, 
Panay. 


300 


GAZETTEEE    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 


APXhao  (ah-pah'-how),ver.;  island  oflt  coast  of 
Sdmar,  7  m.  S.  of  Hernani. 

APAL  (ah-pahl'),ver.;  town  3  m.  inland  on  r.  bank 
of  river  of  considerable  size,  formerly  2  large 
branches  emptying  into  Pacific  Ocean,  near 
Paraujao  Pt.,  N.  coast  of  Tayabas,  Luzon,  li 
m.  N.  of  L6pez  and  on  coast  road  to  Capalonga. 

APALAl'T  (ah-pah-lah'-oot),  nat.;  point  on  SE. 
shore  of  Silbic  Bay,  SE.  coast  of  Zambales, 
Luzon. 

APALASIT  (ah-pah-lah-seet'),ver.;  point  In  Zam- 
bales, Luz6n. 

APXlIT  (ah-pah'-lit),  ver.;  town  on  r.  bank  of 
Rio  Grande  de  la  Pampanga  in  Pampanga, 
Luzon,  8  m.  S.  of  E.  of  Bacolor.    Pop.,  11,753. 

point  on  N.  shore  of  Siibic  Bay,  SE.  coast 

of  Zambales,  Luzon. 

APANIl'AX  (ah-pah-nee'-cahn),  ver.;  river  in 
Leyte. 

IpAO  (ah'-pah-oh) ,  ver. ;  mountain  in  Panay. 

APABBI  (ah-pah'-rree),  ver.;  port  of  entry,  p.  o. 
and  m.  o.  town  of  11,262  inhabitants,  on  N. 
coast  of  Luz6n,  situated  on  E.  side  of  mouth 
of  the  Grande  de  Cagay&n  Riv.,  in  Cagaydn, 
Luzon.  Chief  port  of  coast  and  ocean  trade 
on  N.  and  starting  point  of  inland  river  navi- 
gation. Is  N.  terminus  of  highway  and  tele- 
graph line  S.  across  Luzon  to  Manila,  and 
under  Spanish  dominion  was  residence  of 
port  captain.  Is  54  m.  N.  of  Tuguegarao. 
Steamers  call  fortnightly  from  Manila. 

APASAJi  (ah-pah'-sahn),  ver.;  mineral  spring  in 
Tayabas,  Luz6n. 

^AT  (ah'-paht),  nat.;  creek  in  Tayabas,  Luz6n. 

APAYAO  (ah-pah'-yah-oh),  ver.;  river  of  Cagaydn, 
Luz6n.  Rises  "on  E.  declivity  of  Cordillera 
Central,  in  summits  of  Mount  Tupuc,  and 
traverses  a  narrow  but  fertile  valley  with  a 
considerable  population  and  much  cultiva- 
tion. SE.  tributary  of  this  river  unites  with 
Nanud-dalan  Riv.  in  forming  Pamplona  Riv. 
(q.v.),  of  Cagaydn,  Luz6n. 

APAYAOS  (ah-pah-j-ah'-ohs),  ver.;  former  poli- 
tico-military comandancia,  bounded  on  N.  by 
Claveria,  Pamplona,  and  Abiilug;  on  E.  by 
Lal-16  and  Gattaran,  as  fa:r  as  junction  of 
Chico  Riv.,  and  on  W.by  slopes  of  Gran  Cor- 
dillera del  Norte.  Population  is  about  16,000 
and  includes  about  40  villages.  Principal 
towns  are  Fotol  and  Capinitan.  It  is  em- 
braced in  province  of  CagayAn,  Luzon. 

district  in  Luzon.    Pop.,  6,000.   Chief  town, 

Bagubagu. 

APDXJOX  (ap-dah'-hone),  ver.;  hamlet  on  W. 
coast  of  Antique,  Panav,  li  m.  S.  of  Patno- 
ilg6n. 

APDO  (ap-doh')  nat.;  hamlet  in  Antique,  Panav, 
6  m.  SE.  of  Antique. 

APGA  (ap-gah' ),  ver.;  point  on  N.  coast  of  C.ipiz, 
Panay,  and  headland  of  Tangalan  town. 

APIT  (ah-peef),  ver.;  islet  of  Cuatro  group,  5  m. 
due  W.  of  Inopacan,  off  W.  coast  of  Leyte. 

APITOX  (ah-pee-tohn'),  ver.;  strait  at  S.  termi- 
nation of  inner  route  to  Iloilo  Strait  (Panay) 
from  N.  North  side  of  Apiton  Strait  is  formed 
by  Bakahan  Bluff,  rocky  headland  with  islet 
joined  to  its  S.  part.  On  S.  side  of  bluff  is 
Abra  de  Apit6n,  creek  with  6-ft.  entrance 
channel. 

chain  of  small  islands  extending  from  NE. 

to  SW.  near  E.  coast  of  Cdpiz,  Panay. 

APO  (ah'-poh),nat.;  most  N.  of  3  islands,  Isq.  m., 
about  1  m.  SW.  of  Bugsuc,  Baldbac  group. 
(See  Gabung  I.) 

active  volcano  in  SE.  part  of  Cotabato, 

Mindanao.  Principal  volcano  existing  in 
Mindanao.  It  lies  5  m.  W.  by  S.  of  intersec- 
tion of  boundary  line  between  Misamis  and 
Cotabato  and  W.  boundary  of  DSvao,  Min- 
danao. Cone  rises  21J  m.  WSW.  of  Dftvao, 
capital  of  that  province,  and  15  m.  W.  of 
shore  of  bay  of  D4vao,  and  slopes  gradually 
from  its  highest  point  to  shore.    On  its  sum- 


APO— Continued. 

mit  are  3  peaks;  highest,  that  to  SW.,  ha.<: 
altitude  of  10,312  ft.  above  sea  level  and  is 
one  containing  crater.  Long  before  reach- 
ing this  crater  deafening  intermittent  sub- 
terranean sounds  are  heard,  which  increase 
as  distance  diminishes.  They  finally  becomei 
so  great  that  it  seems  as  though  the  earth' 
would  disappear  from  under  the  feet  and 
that  eruption  would  soon  begin.  Two  ex- 
peditions have  succeeded  in  reaching  top  of 
this  famous  volcano — that  of  Joaquin  Rajal,. 
governor  of  Ddvao,  in  1880,  and  that  of  21 
German  naturalLsts,  Alexander  Schandem-: 
berg  and  Otto  Koch,  in  1882. 

village  in  vicinity  of  mountain  of  that 

name  in  Cebii. 

islet  (lat.  12°  40',  Ion.  120°  24'  E.)  in  China. 

Sea,  23^  m.  W.  of  Sablayin  Pt.  and  same  dis- 
tance from  Tara  I.,  nearest  of  islands  outlying! 
Busuanga,  W.  coast  of  Mindoro.  On  W.  sidei 
of  channel  smaller  islet,  Menor,  lies  2 J  m.: 
ENE.  Number  of  shoals  lie  within  radius 
of  19  m.  E.,N.,andW.  It  forms  important 
bearing  point  in  navigation  of  this  part  of 
China  Sea.  Apo  I.  lies  in  mid-channel  of  Apo ,' 
Passage  between  Mindoro  and  Calamianesi 
group  of  islands,  and  besides  giving  name  to' 
this  sea  thoroughfare  divides  it  into  E., 
Mindoro,  and  W.,  or  Calamianes,  passag 
This  sea  channel  is  also  known  as  Mindoro i 
Strait. 

shoal  10  m.  N.  to  S.  and  9  m.  from  E.  point  1 

to  W.  part  of  Apo  I.  There  are  2  high  blacjk  j 
rocks  NE.  of  Menor  visible  6  m.  off,  and  botfe  j 
islands  in  clear  weather  may  be  seen  from ' 
elevation  of  70  ft.  about  10  m.  i 

island  1^  m.  long,  4  m.  E.  off  SE.  coast  ol 

Negros,  at  Zamboanguita.  Is  300  ft.  high 
and  visible  24  m.  at  sea. 

mountain  in  central  Cordillera  of  Cebii,  ? 

m.  E.  of  Alcantara,  on  W.  coast. 

APOD  (ah-pohd'),nat.;  river  of  Ambos  Camarines 
(Sur),  Luzon,  in  jurisdiction  of  Bat6.    It  ris 
in  mountains  to  SSW.  and  empties  into  sea 
of  pueblo  of  same  name. 

point  on  coast  of  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur)i 

Luzon. 

APO  LAMBl"  (ah'-poh  lam-boo'),  ver.;  is  said  to 
have  been  within  memory  of  man  island 
with  trees  on  it,  but  was  overwhelmed  by 
storm  and  is  now  covered.  It  lies  between 
Laparan  and  Bambanan  I.,  Laparan  grp., 
Sulu  A. 

APO,  PASO  DE  (ah'-poh,  pah'-soh  day),  nat.; 
sea  passage  between  coast  of  Jlindoro  on 
NE.  and  Calamianes  (Busuanga  I.)  groups 
on  SW.;  38  m.  wide  between  Lumintdn 
Pt.,  Mindoro,  NE.,  and  Alon-6n  Pt.  and 
Busuanga  I.,  SW.  {See  also  Mindoro  Strait.) 
Island  of  Apo,  besides  giving  name  to  pas- 
sage, also  divides  it  into  2  channels,  known 
as  E.  and  W.  passage  of  Apo.  Apo  E.  passage 
is  14  m.  vnde  between  Apo  reef  and  near- 
est coast  of  Mindoro.  Discovery  Banks  is  its 
only  obstruction,  being  1^  m.  long,  with  9 
fms".  Apo.  W.  passage,  also  called  Northum- 
berland Strait,  between  Apo  Bank  and  Cala- 
mianes I.,  is  19  m.  between  Apo  Shoal  and 
Tara,  northernmost  island  of  Calamianes, 
and  is  deep  throughout  fairway. 

APOLOGOX  (ah-poh-loh-gohn'^.  nat.;  mountain 
in  Sdmar,  3  m.  NW.  of  Quinapunddn. 

APOLOIN  (ah-poh-loh'-inn),nat.;  river  emptying 
on  SE.  shore  of  Siibic  Bay,  SE.  coast  of  Zam- 
bales, Luzon. 

APOLOX  (ah-poh'-lohn),nat.;  river  enters  sea  on 
S.  side  of  Busuanga  I.,  Calamianes  group. 

APOBO  (ah-poh'-roh),  ver.;  islet  off  S.  coast  of 
Sdmar,  10  m.  W.  of  Balangiga. 

APO  I  (ah-poy'),  nat.  (means  fire);  mountain  in 
Simar. 

APU  (ah'-poo),  nat.;  lake  in  territory  of  Illanos, 
Mindanao,  and  empties  into  lUana  })ay. 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 


301 


APPROACHES  TO  APARRI 

Jtomasvurvey-in.  Ju-ne,1900,l>y 
I,ieu<.CM,McCaiTmc>,TJ.STSr. 
oiTtlieU  S.S.Beimijagtoik,        £5 

S<2a.rxyt^9  are  -rrxxzffttir tJuc 
Tftift.  adiiiU'au»  iy Xietrt.Jlff.'Tac^Sfm. 

U.SJff.onOue  U.3.$J\'as7oraie 


id 

Jr. 

12 
So 

'  rz 

302 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE   PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 


AI'l'^LIT  or  IGUANO  (ah-poo'-lit,  ee-Rwah'-noh) 
nat.;  one  of  northernmost  of  small  chain  of 
wooded  islands  lying  across  entrance  to  Tay- 
tay  Bay,  E.  coast  of  Palawan. 

APUKAN  (ah-poo'-nahn),  nat.;  point  on  SW. 
coast  of  Rombl6n  I. 

AITKAUAN  (ah-poo-row'-ahn),  ver.;  roadstead 
S.  of  Long  Point,  W.  coast  of  Palawan. 

thriving  hamlet  on  shore  of  roadstead  of 

that  name,  W.  coast  of  Palawan,  29  m.  SW. 
of  Puerto  Princesa.  Inhabitants  engage  quite 
largely  in  manufacture  of  colored  textiles 
from  liber  of  plantain  for  home  use,  and  ex- 
port tortoise  shell  and  beeswax.  Country 
around  is  cultivated,  producing  tobacco,  cot- 
ton, rice,  maize,  and  sweet  potatoes,  also  rais- 
ing goats,  fowls,  and  vegetables  for  passing 
vessels. 

APl'Y  (ah-pooy'),  nat.;  mountain  at  headwaters 
of  Ubasan  Riv.,  Samar. 

AQUIXO  (ah-key'-noh),  Sp.;  hamlet  in  CAplz, 
Panay,  Ij  m.  SE.  of  Navas. 

AqriTABAMJAL  (ah-key-t<ih-bahng-ahl'),  ver.; 

river  in  Luz6n. 
ABABAVOn  (ah-rah-bah-vohn'),  ver.;  hamlet  on 

W.  shore  of  large  bay  on  NE.  coast  of  Polillo  I. , 

off  Infanta,  Luzon. 
AEABIXACi   (ah-rah-bee-nahg'),    ver.;    river    in 

Leyte. 

ARACELI   (ah-rah-thay'-lee),  Sp.;  chief  town  of 

Dumaran  I.,  Palawan,  on  SE.  shore,  on  bay 

of  same  name. 
ABADO  (ah-rah'-doh),  Sp.;  point  on  E.  coast  of 

Carogo  or  Puro  I.,  on  Loog  Bay,  in  SE.  waters 

of  Kin  Bay,  SW.  coast  of  Masbate,  Visayas. 
point  on  NW.  coast  of  Carogo  or  Puro  I.,  on 

Loog  Bay,  in  SE.  waters  of  NLn  Bay,  SW.  coast 

of  Masbate. 
ABAMBI    (ah-rahm-bee'),  nat.;    river   In    Rizal 

(M6rong),  Luzon. 

AKAXGOSA  (ah-rahn-goh'-.sah),  nat.;  island  off 
Umanum  Pt.  N.  head  of  Lianga  Bay,  22  m. 
SE.  by  S.  of  Tandia  I.,  on  E.  coast  of  Min- 
danao. 

ABAXGUfiN  (ah-rahn-gajTi'),  ver.;  hamlet  in 
CSpiz,  Panay,  li  m.  S.  of  Pilar,  on  bay  shore. 

ABAXJUEZ  (ah-rahn-hooayth'),  Sp.;  inland  ham- 
let in  Hollo,  Panay,  9im..  SW.  of  Carlos. 

ARAPILES  (ah-rah-pee'-lays),  Sp.;  coast  pueblo 
on  Ddvao  Gulf,  W.  shore,  Ddvao,  Mindanao, 
8J  m.  SSW.  of  D&vao. 

ARASAN  (ah-rah'-sahn),  ver.;  hamlet  on  W.  coast 
of  Antique,  Panay,  3  m.  N.  of  Dao. 

ABASASt'X  (ah-rah-sah'-soon),  ver.;  hamlet  on 
W.  coast  of  Antique,  Panay,  4m.  S.  of  Sebaste. 

ABAT()  (ah-rah-toh'),  ver.;  mountain  in  S.  part 
of  Iloilo,  Panay,  2J  m.  SE.  of  Lemery. 

ABAIIAX'  ^ah-rah'-wahn),  nat.;  point  and  river 
emptying  on  SE.  shore  of  Panguil  Bay,  SW. 
end  of  Misamis  port,  Misamis,  Mindanao,  9 
m.  SW.  by  W.  ot  Misamis. 

ABAYAX  (ah-rah'-yahn).  Tag.;  hamlet  on  main 
road  from  San  Isidro,  from  which  it  is  7  m. 
NW.  to  Chico  de  la  Pampanga  Riv.,  cro.ssing 
into  TSrlac;  is  also  in  E.  border  of  region 
of  small  lakes  on  W.  border  of  Nueva  Ecija, 
Luzon. 

ABAYAT  (ah-rah'-yaht),nat.;  (extinct  volcano  in 
middle  of  isolated  plain  in  Pampanga,  Luzon, 
12  m.  NE.  of  Bacolor,  in  forks  of  Grande  and 
the  Chico  de  la  Pampanga  Rivs.,  at  their 
junction,  lat.  15°  13'  28"  N.;  solitary  peak 
rising  in  form  of  majestic  cone  to  height  of 
3,564  ft.  Because  of  its  situation,  its  form, 
and  character  of  rocks  which  constitute  It, 
it  is  clearly  of  volcanic  origin. 

pueblo  on  bank  of  Grande  de  la  Pampanga 

Riv.,  12i  m.  NE.  of  Bacolor.    Pop.,  14,014. 

ARBOLEDXN  (ahr-boh-lay-dahn'),  Sp.;  point  at 
W.headtoCurrimao  port,  Ilocos Norte,  Luzon. 


iRBOLES  (ahr'-boh-less),  Sp.;  point  on  SW.  shore! 

of  S.  Bais  I.  and  N.  head  of  Bais  Bay,  oppoidte 

town  of  same  name,  E.  coast  of  Negros  Oriental. 

A  cluster  known  as  Pampanga  Rocks,4  in  nim-; 

ber,  lie  off  end  of  bank,  dry  at  low  water,  SW. 

of  point. 
ABCijfGEL  (ar-cahn'-hell),  Sp.;  mountain  peak,! 

also  called  Bali.s6n,in  Panay,and  divides  Iloilo 

to  S.  and  Cdpiz  to  E.  Its  loftiest  peak  is  known 

as  ArcAngel. 

ARCHED,  for.;  islet  at  entrance  to  Taghayug  Bay,, 
Palawan. 

ABDAYAX  (ahr-dah'-yahn).  Tag.;  point  on  S.shoie 
of  Tayabas,  Luzon. 

AREGITA  (ah-ray-hee'-tah),Sp.:  islet  N.  of  Cobra- 1 
dor,  1  m.  of  Romblon,  VLsayas.  T  ' 

ARENA  {ah-ray'-nah),Sp.  (means  sand);  point  op! 
E.  shore  of  DAvao  Gulf,  Ddvao,  Mindanao.  I 

— '■ point  on  SW.  shore  of  Sflmal  I.,  on  NE. 

side  of  narrow  channel  between  Sdmal  anji 
Talicud  I.,  on  W.  arm  of  DAvao  Gulf,  Min- 
danao. 


—  point  at  E.  extreme  of  Olutanga  I.,  off 
coast  of  central  peninsula  of  Zamboani 
Mindanao. 


i 


4': 


point  on  NE.  end  of  peninsula  upon  which  i 

town  of  Panlatiian  is  situated  and  forming  Wi 

head  to  port  of  that  name,  SW.  coast  of  Sorso- 

gon,  Luzon. 

point  at  extreme  SE.  end  of  Tayabas,  Luz6ri. ' 

island  off  E.  coast  of  Palawan.    (See  M%- 

lanaol.)  " 
i.sland  7  m.  SE.  and  i  m.  E.  of  Arena  Pt^, 

on    Bondog     Peninsula,     southeastemmogj; 

land  of  Tayabas,  Luzon. 
AREXAS  (ah-ray'-nahs)  (sand),Sp.;  second  poiB 

E.  from  Matoko  (Malacot)  Pt.,  Batangas  Ba| 

Luzon. 
point  on  coast  of  Tayabas,  Luz6n,  on  SB. 

part  of  great  cape  of  Boudoc  head. 
point   on   coast   of  Zambales,    Luz6n,  in 

front  of  Candelaria. 
point  on  KW.  shore  of  Bagalao  I.  and  % 

head  to  main  entrance  to  Sorsog6n  port,  Sot- 

sogon,  Luzon. 

AREXOSA  (ah-ray-noh'-sah),  Sp.;  point  marking 
N.  entrance  to  Batdn  port,  Cipiz,  Panay. 

AREVADO  (ah-ray-vah'-doh),  Sp.:  hamlet  on  SE. 
shore  of  Great  Tabin  Bay,  3i  m.  S.  of  San  Isi- 
dro, NW.  coast  of  Leyte. 

ABfiVALO  (ah-ray'-vah-loh),  Sp.;  pueblo  on  iToilo 
Strait,  coast  of  Hollo,  Panav,  3  m.  W.  of  Iloilo. 
Pop.,  3,594.     (Also  Ar^balo: ) 

bav  and  town  NW.  coast  of  Levte,  14  m.  S. 

by  E."of  Tabin  Pt.  in  Tabin  Grande  Bay. 

ABGAXAX  (ahr-gah'-nahn),  ver.;  river  in  Min- 


ARGAO  (ar-gah'-oh),  ver.;  pueblo  and  point  on 
SE.  coast  of  Cebii,  34  m.  SW.  of  Cebii.  Point 
is  8  m.  S.  of  Sibonga.  Vessels  land  here  dur- 
ing both  monsoons.  Town  has  church  of 
some  pretensions.    Pop.,  34,000. 

river  rising  in  Un^As  Mt.,  flowing  N.  and 

E.,  enters  sea  through  Ormad,  2  m.  NW.  of 
Argao,  SE.  coast  of  Cebu. 

ARGiJELLE8  (ar-gway'-lyays),  Sp.;  pueblo  in  ex- 
treme NE.  part  of  Negros  Occidental,  37 J  m. 
NE.  of  Bacolod.    Pop.,  2,390. 

ARIMIL  (ah-ree-mill'),  nat.;  river  of  Ilocos  Norte, 
Luzon;  rises  in  Adams  Mt.  and  empties  into 
river  Boearut. 

ARIXtiAY  (ah-reeng'-i) ,  nat.;  riverof  Luz6n  which 
rises  in  mountains  of  Benguet,  and  after 
SW.  and  W.  course  of  50  m.  enters  China  Sea 
in  Union,  Luzon. 

pueblo  and  telegraph  station  on  N.  side  of 

mouth  of  river  of  that  name,  at  crossing  of 
coast  highway,  in  Union,  Luzon,  14  m.  S. 
of  San  Fernando.    Pop.,  3,044. 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE   PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


30& 


IIPAHAN  (ah-ree-pah'-hahn),  ver.;  settlement 
10  in.  NE.  of  Long  Pt.,  W.  coast  of  Pajawan. 

,  Inliabitants  cultivate  sides  of  spur  approach- 
ing coast  from  higher  ranges  inland. 

liSIPIXO  (ah-ree-pee'-noh),  nat.;  hamlet  near 
1.  bank  of  the  Chico  de  Cagay&n,  in  Cagayiin, 

;    Luz6n. 

SITAO  (ah-ree-tow'),  ver.;  town  on  W.  side  of 
Margat,  4  m.  SW.  of  crossing  of  that  stream 
by  main  highway  on  Anir  or  Minoli  Riv., 
in  Nueva  Vizeaya,  Luz6n.  Pop.,  700. 

'rNAY  (ar-ni');  river  entering  Mindoro  Strait, 

i    W.  coast  of  Mindoro. 

• river  rising  on  W.  divide,  S.  of  Halc6n  Mt., 

and  flowing  SW.  empties  into  sea  on  W. 
coast  of  Mindoro,  5i  m.  N.  of  Sablayan. 

IBKISTOK;  known  by  names  of  Enmedio  and 
Merliodia  among  islands  of  Batanes  grp. 

KO(iA>iilA  (ah-roh-gahng'-ah),  ver.;  N.  tribu- 
tiiry  of  Ulut  Riv.,  S&mar. 

BOM>OC  (ah-rohn-doke'),  ver.;  hamlet  of  Ne- 

j    gros  Occidental,  on  r.  bank  of  Binalbagan 

1     Riv.,  5  m.  above  its  mouth. 

JBOKOY  (ah-roh-roy'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  E.  shore 

'     of  Barrera  port, "on  Masbate  I.,  IS  m.  N.W.  of 

■     Masbate. 

■RRECIFE  (ah-rray-thee'-fay),  Sp.;  island  front- 
ing bay  of  islands,  E.  coast  of  Palawan. 

KREl'IFES   (ah-rray-thee'-fays),  Sp.;  point  on 
coast  of  Zambales,  Luz6n,  on  N.  boundary 
i     district  of  Bolinao. 

JSAXn  (ah-sah-ahn'),  nat.;  point  in  Zambales, 
Luzon,  on  NE.  shore  of  Subic  Bay. 

SANASID  (ah-sah-nah-seed'),  ver.;  in  mountains 

of  central  range  in  Negros  Oriental,  12  m.  S. 

of  Ayungon. 
!  SCAD  (ahs-gahd'),  ver.;  point  and  hamlet  on  E. 
I      shore  of  extreme  SE.  of  SAmar,  7  m.  NW.  of 
I      Salcedo. 
i mountain    in    Siimar,  at   headwaters   of 

Suribao  Riv.,  19  m.  W.  of  Lanang. 
:lSIA  (ah'-seeah),  Sp.;  hamlet  on  SW.  coast  of 

Negros  Occidental,  26  m.  SE.  of  Inayaun. 

iSUTIC  ARCHIPELAGO;  one  of  3  grand  divi- 

:      sions  of  geographical  importance  in  Far  East, 

comprising  islands  of  Philippines,  Moluccas, 

Celebes,  Borneo,  and  Sunda,  which  in  former 

times  formed  part  of  Asia. 

ISID  (ah-seed'),  ver.;  small  river  rising  in  Baga- 
sinbahan  Mt.,  emptying  into  gulf  of  that 
name,  S.  shore  of  Masbate  I. 

gulf  on  S.  shore  of  Masbate  I.,  opening  37 

m.  between  Barry  Pt.  on  E.  and  Pulanauta 
Pt.  on  W.  and  20  m.  deep  to  Bat6  Pt.  on 
N.  On  its  NE.  shore  is  important  town  of 
Milagro.  Coast  is  mountainous  and  its  waters 
are  dotted  with  numerous  islets. 

ISiX  (ah-seen')  (means  salt),  nat.;  mountain  in 

Quiangiin,  Nueva  Vizeaya,  Luz6n. 
mineral  spring  in  Benguet,  Luzon. 

ASlNllAN  (ah-sing'-ahn),  ver.;  pueblo  in  Pan- 
gasin^n,  Luzon,  at  junction  of  San  Quintin 
and  Villasis  roads,  29  m.  E.  of  Lingay6n. 
Pop.  3,522. 

ASLMBAJi  (ah-see-nee-bahn'),  ver.;  mountain 
hamlet  in  Cotabato,  Mindanao,  22  m.  E.  by 
N.  of  Cotabato. 

ASLAN'  (ahs-lahn'),  nat.;  small  river  emptying  on 
W.  shore  of  Parasan  I.,  off  W.  shore  of  Sdmar. 

ASLOM  (ahs-lohm') ,  ver.;  islet  on  SE.  coastof  Min- 
doro, near  Buruncan  Pt.;  passage  between  it 
and  coast  is  clear  and  deep.  There  is  little 
anchorage  for  coasters  between  this  islet  and 
mainland  of  Mindoro. 

ASLUM  (ahs-loom'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Leyte,  4  m. 
NE.  of  Ormoc, 


ASLUM;  mountain  with  high  and  remarkable 

peak  NE.  by  E.  4i  m.  from  Ormoc,  Leyte. 

Crater  of  Cabacaun  rises  2  m.  NW.  of  Aslum. 

Both  abound  in  sulphur  and  copperas. 

lake  in  island  of  Leyte. 

ASLUMXn  (ah.s-loo-mahn'),ver.;  hamlet  and  river 

on  W.  coast  of  Antique,  Panay,  4i  m.  S.  of 

Antique. 
river   entering    Daram  channel  on  NE. 

shore  of  Biliran  I.,  off  W.  coast  of  SAmar. 
point  on  extreme  W.  of  Gigante  I.  (South), 

Gigantes  Is.,  off  NE.  point  of  Panay. 
iSPERA  (ahs'-pay-rah),  Sp.;  point  on  W.  coast  of 

Palawan,  5  m.  NE.  by  N.  of  Shirt  Pt. 
ASSISIG  (ah-see-seeg') ,  ver.:   hamlet  in    Iloilo, 

Panay,  2  m.  SE.  by  E.  of  Passi. 

ASTORGA(ahs-tohr'-gah),  Sp.;  pueblo  onW.  shore 

of  DAvao  Gulf,  D&vao,  Mindanao,  12  m.  SSW. 

of  D;Vvao.    Pop.,  1887,  173. 
hamlet  in  CApiz,  Panay,  near  r.  bank  of 

Badbaran  Riv.,  6  m.  S.  of  and  above  Dumarao. 
ASTURIAS  (ahs-too'-reeahs),  Sp.;  pueblo  on   E. 

shore  of  Tan6n  Strait,  W.  coast  of  Cebii,  25  m. 

NW.  of  Cebu.    Pop.,  6,000. 
ASIIANG   (ah-swahng'),   nat.;    point   in   Ambos 

Camarines,  Luzon,  on  SE.  coast,  E.  head  to 

Guijalo  Bay. 
ASTJBIG   (ah-soo-beeg'),  nat.;    hamlet   in  Cebii. 

Gold,  silver,  and  lead  found  in  vicinity. 

ASDERO  (ah-sway'-roh),  Sp.;  point  forming  head 
to  Rubldo  Bay  on  E.  and  Concepci6n  port  on 
W.  and  the  extreme  SE.  of  the  small  penin- 
sula upon  which  Concepcion,  Maestre  de 
Campo  I.,  off  E.  coast  of  Mindoro,  is  situated. 

ASrG  (ah-soog'),  ver.;  point  in  island  of  Daram, 

off  S.'imar. 
ATAX  (ah-tah-ah') ,  nat. ;  islet  off  NW.  coast  Marin- 

duque  I.,  Bancalan  port. 
ATALAIAN  (ah-tah-lah'-yahn),  ver.;  island  E.  of 

Albay,  Luz6n. 
ATANASIO  (ah-tah-nah'-syoh),  Sp.;  district  12  m. 

SW.  of  Ayung6n,  Negros  Oriental. 
ATECA  (ah-tay'-cah).  Tag.;  point  on  E.  shore  of 

Talim  I.,  in  Rizal  (Morong),  Luzon. 
ATILOITOXG  (ah-tee-loy-tohng'),  ver.,  town  in 

CagayAn,  Luzon. 

ATIMONAN  (ah-tee-moh'-nahn),  Tag.;  pueblo  of 
10,000  inhabitants  and  telegraph  station  in 
Tayabas,  Luzon,  on  United  States  military 
line  between  Manila  and  Visayan  I.  system. 
Town  lies  on  point  of  same  name  on  S.  shore 
of  Lamon  Bay,  5  m.  E.  of  prominent  hill 
1,486  ft.  high,  and  on  Pacific  shore  of  narrow 
neck  of  land  5  m.  across  to  Mindoro  Sea  on  S., 
which  connects  main  body  of  Luz6n  with  SE. 
peninsula,  and  19  m.  E.  of  Tayabas.  Alabat 
I.  lies  N.  in  great  bay  of  Lam6n.  Town  is  on 
main  highway  from  Tayabas  to  Guinayarigan, 
on  extreme  E.  coast  of  province,  on  Ragay 
Gulf,  and  has  a  p.  o. 

small  bay  on  SW.  shore  of  bight  on  N.  coast 

of  CApiz,  Panay,  7  m.  NW.  of  Pilar. 

point  on  NE.  shore  of  Tayabas,  Luzon,  on 

W.  side  of  Lamon  Bay,  great  estuary  of  Pacific 
Ocean,  on  N.  of  that  province,  at  narrowest 
point  7  m.  between  waters  of  Pacific  on  N. 
and  sea  of  Mindoro  on  S. 


ATOA  (ah-toh'-ah),  ver.: 
Luzon. 


mountain  in  Benguet, 


ATOC  (ah-tohk'),  ver.;  pueblo  in  Benguet,  Luz6n, 
8  m.  NE.  of  Trinidad.    Pop.,  1,317. 

ATONATON  (ah-toh-nah'-tohn),  nat.;  river  enter- 
ing on  the  S.  shore  of  Malamaui  roadstead,  N. 
coast  of  Basilan,  S.  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

AUBABEDE  (ow-bah-ray'-day),  Sp.;  point  at  E. 

head  of  entrance  to  Bicobian  port,  on  E.  coast 

of  Isabela,  Luz6n. 
AUNliABON  (ahoong-ah'-rohn),  ver.:  hamlet  oq 

W.  shore  of  SAmar,  3  m.  S.  of  Mercedes. 


304 


GAZETTEER   OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


AI5QUI  (ah-oo'-key),  ver.;  SE.  island  of  General 
group,  6  m.  E.  of  Capunupugan  Pt.,  NE.  coast 
of  Mindanao. 

AUROKA  (ow-roh'-rah),  Sp.;  hamlet  in  Misamis, 
Mindanao,  8^  m.  inland  E.  of  Balingasag. 

Al'SAN  (ow-sahn'),  ver.;    point  on  extreme  N. 

shore  of  Ragay  Gulf,  in  Ambos  Camarines, 

Luzon. 
AUSONA  (ow-soh'-nah),   Sp.;   town  on  r.  bank 

of  tortuous  river  having  its  source  in  moun- 
tain  summits    near    boundary   of    Surigao 

with  Misamis,  Mindanao,  44  m.  S.  by  W.  of 

Butiian. 
Ai'STIX  (ow-steen'),  Sp.;  island  off  NE.  coast  of 

Palawan.     (See  Hoc  I.) 
AVANC'ES   (ah-vahn'-thays),  Sp.;   town  on  NW. 

coast  of  DAvao  Gulf,  4^  m.  SW.  of  mouth  of 

Tagum  Riv.,   15^  m.  NE.   by  N.  of  DAvao, 

Mindanao. 
AYA  (ah'-yah),  Sp.;  tributary  of  CalumpAn  Riv., 

Batangas,  Luz6n. 
AYALA(ah-yah'-lah),Sp.;  pueblo  at  mouth  of  river 

on  S.  coast  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  3  m. 

WNW.  of  Zamboanga.    Pop.,  1,900. 
AYAT  (ah-yahf),  nat.;  shallow  bay  on  SE. shore 

of  Nin  Bay,  SW.  coast  of  Masbate  I.,  Visayas. 
AYMXA>'  (i-nee'-nahn),  ver.;  small  island  lying 

within  Umanum  Pt.,  in  N.  waters  of  Liaiiga 

Bay,  E.  coast  of  Mindanao. 
AYOM  (ah-yoh'-nee),  Tag.;  bay  on  SW.  coast  of 

Tayabas,  Luz6n. 
AYUMAN  (ah-yoo'-mahn),  ver.;  river  in  Panav. 

(SeeSalogRiv.) 


AYU\AN  (ah-you'-nun),  nat.;  village  on  the 
bank  of  the  S.  branch  of  the  Grand  River  c 
Mindanao,  Cotabato,  Mindanao,  at  the  jun. 
tion  of  the  Talayan,  opposite  Taviran. 

AYU]Vli6>'  (ah-yoong-ohn'),  ver.;  river  in  S.  pai 
of  Negros,  rising  in  mountains  which  fon 
center  of  island,  and  flowing  from  W.  to  } 
empties  into  sea  N.  of  village  of  same  nami 

pueblo  of  Negros  Oriental,  on  Tanon  Strai 

59  m.  SW.  of  Bacolod  and  15  m.  W.  of  Mati 
tinao,  Cebii,  across  sea  channel.    Pop.,  l,io; 

AYU^UITAN  (ah-yoo-key'-tahn),  ver.;  pueblo  , 
Negros  Oriental,  on  W.  side  of  entrance  chai 
nel  to  Tanon  Strait,  6  m.  acro.ss  channel  \\ 
of  Santander,  on  S.  point  of  Cebii,  and  7^  a 
N.  of  Dumaguete.    Pop.,  3,171. 

town  of  Romblon  I. 

AZAGRA  (ah-thah'-grah),  Sp.;  puebloof  Rombl6 
I.    Pop.,  3.980. 

AZPEITIA  (ath-pay'-teeah),  Sp.;  town  in  fori 
of  headwaters  of  Gibong  Riv.,  Surigao,  Mil 
danao.  Town  lies  across  summit  of  E.  rang 
of  mountains  but  144  m.  from  head  of  Liaiffi 
Bay,  on  E.  coast. 

AZUAL  (ah-thwahl'),  Sp.;  hamlet  in  Benguel 
Luzon,  10  m.  NE.  of  Trinidad.    Pop.,  615. 

AZl'l'AR,  PAX  DE  (ah-thoo'-car,  pahn  dav),  Sp 
(means  sugar  loaf);  island  N.  of  Lahuy  L, 
N.   coast  of   Ambos  Camarines,   Luzon, 
makes  good  mark  for  entrance  to  Port  Sisiiai 
from  E. 

islet  NE.  of  Masbate.    (See  Amuraon.) 

AZUFRE   (ah-thoo'-fray),   Sp.  (means   sulphur) 


point  in  Batangas,  Luzon. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


305 


.  (bah),vcr.;  hamlet  on  1.  bank  of  river  empty- 
ing into  one  which  flows  from  Lake  Liguasan 
to  NW.  and  discharges  into  bay  of  Bongo,  lat. 
70 1,  40//  N^  off  polloc,  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

lC  (bah-ac').  ver.;  hamlet  in  Abra,  Lnzon,  on 
bank  of  Abra  Riv.,  3  m.  W.  of  Bengued. 

|sAAG<)N  (bah-ah-gone'),  ver.:  mountain  in  Sd- 
mar. 

>'  (bah-ahn'),ver.;  hamlet  in  Lepanto,  Luzon, 
over  divide  of  upper  Abra  Riv.,  at  head  of 
fountain  branch  of  stream  cmptving  directly 

■)      into  China  Sea  20  m.  NW.  of  Cayto. 

ftAAO  (bah-ah'-oo),  ver.:  pueblo  on  main  road  in 

i  Ambos  Camarines,  Luz6n,  17  m.  SE.  of  Nueva 
Cdceres.    Pop.,  6,759. 

—  lake  and  marsh  in  same  province  and  N. 
of  town  of  same  name. 

—  peak  in  Caraballos,  Ambos  Camarines 
(Sur),  Luzon. 

tAAOL  (bah-ah'-all),  ver.:  islet  in  channel  open- 
ing E.  from  Surigao  Strait  between  Dindgat  I. 
and  Mindanao. 

JAiS  (bah-asM,  ver.:  hamlet  on  E.  shore  of  Basi- 
lan  L,  Mindanao. 

JAASAX  (bah-ah'-sahn),  ver.;  islet  5^  m.  N.  of 
Talibon,  N.  coast  of  Bohol,  VIsayas. 

BAAIE  (bah-ah'-wa>-),  ver.;  village  of  coman- 
dancia  of  Quiangdn,  Nueva  Vizcaya,  Luzon. 

BAAY  (bah-i'),  ver.;  river  in  Abra,  Luzon;  rises 

in  foothills  of  Gran  Cordillera  Central,  flows 

\V.  and  enters  Abra  Riv. 
hamlet  on  r.  bank  of  river  of  same  name 

in  Abra,  Luzon,  14  m.  E.  of  Bengued. 
BABAt;  (bah-back'),  nat.;  summit  624  ft.    On  NE. 

shore  of  Subic  Bay,  SE.  coast  of  Zambales, 

Luz6n. 
BABAGOX    (bah-bah'-gone),   ver.:    extreme   W. 

point  of  Rapurapu  I.,  off  E.  shore  of  Albay, 

Luzon. 
BABAHAX  (bah-bah-hahn'),  ver.;  mountaininW. 

Leyte,  Visayas,  9  m.  SE.  of  Villaba. 

BABALOD  (bah-bah'-lod^,  ver.;  island  Jn  bay  of 
Igam,  W.  coast  of  Guimarfl.s  I.,  SE. 


BABAXTOJON  (bah-bahn-toh'-hon),  ver.;  hamlet 

of  Moros  in  Misamis,  Mindanao. 
BABATGtiX   (bah-bat-goon') ,  ver.;   semi-circular 

bay  forming  an  anchorage  between  point  of 

that  name  to  W.  and  Colasi  Pt.  to  E.  on  S. 

coast  of  Albav,  Luzon.    Sheltered  creek  on 

W.  side  of  bay  is  27  ft.,  12  ft.  from  shore. 
rocky  point  on  S.  shore  of  Albay,  Luzon,  E. 

of  Bunut  Pt. 
BABATUX(ilOX(bah-bah-toong'-awn),ver. ;  pueblo 

NE.  shore  of  Leyte,  Visayas,  on  sea  channel 


BABATUXGOX— Continued. 

leading  to  San  Juanico  Strait,  15  m.  NE.  of 
Tacloban.    Pop.,  2,213. 

BABAYTOIX  (bah-by'-toin),  nat.;  summit  819  ft. 
on  SE.  shore  of  Siibic  bay,  SE.  coast  of  Zam- 
bales, Luzon. 

BABDALAO  (bab-dah-lah'-oo);  creek  in  island  of 
Bohol,  Visayas. 

BABO0OB6x  (bah-beau-coh-bone').  ver.;  moun- 
tain in  Basilan  I.  off  S.  coast  of  peninsula  of 
Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

BABOYA()X(bah-beau-yah-awn'),  ver.;  mountain 
in  NE.  SAmar,  Visayas. 

BABUG  (bah-boog'),  ver.;  point  on  E.  coast  of 
Tayabas,  Luzon,  and  W.  coast  of  the  gulf  of 
Ragay. 

BABUGOX  (bah-boo-gone'),  ver.;  island  off  the 
W.  coast  of  Lej-te,  Visayas,  2  m.  S.  of  Palom- 
p6n. 

BABULGiX  (bah-bool-gahn'),  ver.;  creek  and 
point  in  S.  Sorsogon,  Luz6n, 

BABUXfeAXliA  (bah-boong-ang'-ah),  nat.;  moun- 
tain in  N.  Leyte,  Visayas. 

BABUYiX  (bah-boo-yahn'),  nat.;  hamlet  on  coast 
of  Palawan,  21  m.  NE.  by  N.  of  Puerto  Prin- 
ce.sa. 

extinct  volcano  on  W.  end  of  i-sland  of  that 

name   in  Babuyanes   grp.,  N.    of  CagayAn, 
Luzon. 

BABUYiX  CLABO  (bah-boo-yahn'  clah'-roh), 
Hisp.;  N.  and  highest  of  Babuyanes  Is.,  30^  m. 
ENE.  from  CagayAn,  Luzon;  8^  m.  N.  by  E. 
and  S.  by  W.  and  7  m.  E.  and  W.:  area  of  38 
sq.  m.  On  its  W.  end  is  volcano  between 
which  and  mountains  on  E.  part  is  concave 
curve  in  form  of  crescent  when  viewed  from 
N.  and  S.,  but  when  island  is  seen  from  great 
distance  from  E.  it  appears  as  one  round 
mountain  with  detached  hummock  to  N.  S. 
point  is  steef)  and  rocky.  About  1  m.  off  is 
black,  rocky  islet  in  form  of  sugar  loaf.  This 
island  is  one  of  chain  of  igneous  elevations 
which  rises  from  submarine  depths  like  step- 
ping stones  between  Japan  in  NE.  and  Luzon 
on  S.,  culminating  in  center  of  island  in  lofty 
volcanic  cone  3,200  ft.  high  and  visible  from 
all  directions  of  approach.  This  island, 
which  has  given  name  to  group,  received  its 
own  name  on  account  of  presence  of  great 
numbers  of  Babuydn  hog,  said  to  be  very 
large  and  fine  breed,  generally  supposed  in- 
troduced by  Spaniards.  Village  of  same 
name  on  coast  has  population  estimated  at 
300,  people  being  largely  occupied  in  fishing, 
while  those  in  regions  around  about  engage 
in  agricultural  pursuits  to  limited  extent. 

BABUYANES  (bah-boo-yah'-nays),  Hisp.;  groupof 
islands  in  N.  part  of  Philippine  A. 


BABUYANES  GROUP  OR  ILARO,  PROVINCE  OF 
CAG-AYAN,  LUZON. 

(Bah-boo-yah'-nays,  Hisp.) 

CMef  town:  :\rusa,  Fuga  I.,  lat.  18°  52'  N.,  Ion.  121°  19'  E. 

Area:  179  sq.  m. 

Population:  1,284. 

Race:  Batan  Indians. 

Language:  Bat:in. 

Military  Department  of  Luzon:  Headquarters,  Manila,  Luzon. 


S.  Doc.  280- 


-20 


306  GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

Table  of  distances. 

From  Musa  (Fuga  I.)  to —                                        '  m. 

Aparri  (N.  coast  of  Luzon) 35 

Cape  Bojeador  (NW.  point  of  Luzon ) 54 

Manila  (direct  line) 306 

Port  Pio  V.  (Camiguln  I.,  Babuyanes  group) 30 

Santo  Domingo  (BatAn  I. ) 120 

LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

The  S.  (if  tlic  2  <rroups  ])et\veen  Formosa  and  the  N.  coast  of  Luzon  is  the  Babu-  ^fJ 
yant's,  liciiiL:  .--riiarateil  from  tlie  X.  irroup  by  the  BaHnjitan  channel,  the  nearest  clua^  ~ 
ter  (if  islands  (if  tlie  hitter  name,  beintr  45  m.  to  the  8E.  and  about  midway  a' •roaa 
that  channel  to  the  most  N.  of  the  Babuyanes,  or  Five  Is.,  47  m.  to  the  8.  These 
islands  form  a  circular  chain  fronting  the  N.  coast  of  Luzon,  the  channels  between 
them  being  reputed  safe  and  deep.  The  group  lies  between  lat.  18°  50'  N.  and  iT 
20°  01'  N.,  Ion.  121°  08'  and  122°  09'  E.,  and  is  sometimes  known  to  navigators  as 
the  "Five  Islands,"  the  numl)er  of  the  larger  members.  Babuyan,  the  largest, 
and  from  which  the  name  of  the  group  is  taken,  is  so  designated  on  account  of  the 
large  number  of  hogs  (babuy),  a  peculiar  breed  found  there.  The  small  islands  far- 
thest from  Luzon  are  the  Balingtiin,  which  give  name  to  the  channel  between  this 
and  the  Batan  Is.  group. 

AREA 

The  group  lies  within  a  sea  area  of  82  m.  N.  and  S.  and  70  m.  E.  and  W.,  the  islandia 
aggregating  179  sq.  m. 

PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 


i(J 


The  physical  characteristics  of  the  Babuyanes  group  indicate  not  only  volcanic  »> 
origin,  but  activity  of  a  comparatively  recent  date.  At  the  entrance  to  the  port  of 
San  Pio  Quinto  on  the  W.  shore  of  Camiguin  I.  is  an  immense  boiling  spring  of 
salt  water  showing  marked  evidence  of  subterranean  force.  Among  the  Didicas 
rocks  is  an  active  volcano  700  ft.  high,  active  1856-1860  and  since.  On  the  island  d 
Babuyan  Claro  rises  a  volcanic  cone  3,200  ft.  high,  whiph  erupted  in  1831  and  1860. 
On  Camiguin  are  2  volcanic  summits,  respectively  2,790  and  2,450  ft.  high.  Calaydnj 
Dalupiri,  and  Fuga  islands  are  marked  with  crests  showing  volcanic  energy.  In  the 
midst  of  these  elevations  are  valleys  of  great  fertility,  with  sloping  plains,  covered 
with  luxuriant  vegetation  or  small  cocoanut  and  other  jplantations  down  to  tide  water. 
The  climate  of  all  the  islands  of  the  group  is  salubrious,  the  mean  temperature  rang: 
ing  in  the  vicinity  of  78°.  Owing  to  the  height  of  the  mountains,  there  is  a  generous 
precipitation  of  moisture,  the  rainfall  reaching  a  total  of  about  70  in.  in  about  one- 
third  of  the  year. 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

The  islands  of  this  group  offer  few  advantages  for  vessels  engaged  in  trade.  The 
only  safe  anchorages  are  Fuga,  between  the  W.  extremity  of  the  island  of  that  name 
and  the  2  small  adjacent  islands  Bari  and  Mabac,  and  Musa  on  the  S.  shore  of  Fuga  I. 

ROADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 

The  means  of  communication  is  entirely  by  native  vessels,  and  is  both  difhcnlt 
and  dangerous,  owing  to  the  storms  which  blow  across  the  islands. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

The  estimated  population  is  1,284,  not  including  the  Batanes  Indians  in  Camiguin. 
The  natives  have  a  language  of  their  own,  called  Batan,  which  somewhat  resembles 
another  dialect  known  as  Ibanag.  The  few  inhabitants  have  been  permitted  to 
enjoy  their  own  manners  and  customs  without  molestation  from  outride  influences. 
Since  the  beginning  of  the  United  States  jurisdiction  over  the  Philippine  Archipelago, 
there  has  been  more  intercourse  than  existed  during  nearly  4  centuries  of  Spanish 
dominion.  The  earlier  history  of  these  islands  is  unknown.  The  language  of  the 
natives  of  the  Babuyanes  group  is  distinct  from  that  of  the  tribes  of  Formosa  or  of 
the  mainland  of  Luzon,  and  receives  the  name  Batan.  All  the  larger  islands  are 
inhabited  1)y  fishing  settlements  during  the  seasons  of  that  industry.  The  following" 
are  the  names  of  the  principal  towns: 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  307 

Babuyanes;  on  the  island  of  that  name.     Pop.,  300. 

Calayan;  on  the  island  of  that  name,  with  a  fair  anchorage  setting  up  on  the  S. 

past.     Pop.,  584,  Batan  Indians. 

Camiguin;  on  the  island  of  that  name.     Inhabited  by  Indians.     Population  not 

lown.     There  are  several  hamlets  on  the  island. 

Musa;  near  the  S.  shore  of  the  island  of  the  same  name  and  the  principal  town 

the  group.     Pop.,  200. 

San  Pio  Q,uinto;  on  the  W.  shore  of  Camiguin  I.     Pop.,  200. 

I  ISLANDS. 

'  Babuyan  Claro;  in  the  NE.  25  m.  from  Calayan  I.;  57  m.  NE.  of  Musa.  A 
jlcano  at  the  W.  extremity  of  the  island  is  3,800  ft.  high.  Area,  38  sq.  m. 
Balingtan;  2  islands  in  the  channel  of  that  name  near  the  intersection  of  lat.  20° 
;.  and  Ion.  122°  E.  These  islands  are  well  known  to  navigators  and  are  the  land- 
larks  of  steamers  passing  between  Asia  and  Japan  and  America  by  that  route, 
hey  are  inhabited,  and  lie  32  m.  N.  by  E.  of  Babuydn  Claro,  the  nearest  island  of 
le  group.     Area,  h  sq.  m. 

.  Bari;  off  the  W.  end  of  Fuga  I.,  and  with  it  furnishes  the  only  anchorage  in  the 
roup.     Area,  1  sq.  m. 

Bijutan  (Irao  or  Culebra);  7i  m.  NW.  of  Fuga  I.     Area,  5  sq.  m. 
Calayan;  15  m.  N.  by  E.  of  Dalupiri;  is  volcanic,  with  4  peaks  of  moderate  eleva- 
on;  is  10  m.  E.  and  W.,  with  an  open  bay  on  the  S.  coast;  population  is  wholly 
iataiu'se  Indians.     Area,  30  sq.  m. 

Camiguin;  32  m.  S.  of  Babuy:ln  Claro  and  39  m.  NE  of  Luzon;  is  14  m.  from  NE. 
o  S\V.  and  9  m.  from  NW.  to  SE. ;  is  very  mountainous,  the  volcano  of  Camiguin, 
n  the  N.  coast,  which  is  celebrated  and  gives  its  name  to  the  island,  having  a  height 
f  2,790  ft.;  another  peak  in  the  S.  has  an  elevation  of  2,450  ft.  There  are  3  other 
eaks  of  less  elevation.     Atea,  65  sq.  m. 

'  Dalupiri;  the  most  W.  of  this  group;  28  m.  N.  of  Cabicurigan  Pt.,  the  most  N. 
hnit  of  the  mainland  of  Luzon.  Formation  is  volcanic,  consisting  of  several  high 
;)eaks.     Area,  20  sq.  m. 

'  Didicas;  a  cluster  of  4  high  rocks,  surrounded  by  smaller  rocks  16  m.  NE.  of 
Jamiguin,  an  island  200  ft.  high  and  about  I  m.  in  circumference,  forms  the  cen- 
er  of  this  little  group.     Area,  ^  sq.  m. 

Fuga;  S.  by  E.  9  m.  from  Dalupiri  and  17  m.  N.  by  E.  of  Cabicungan  Pt.  N. 
!oast  of  Luzon.  It  is  a  narrow  strip  13  m.  long  and  2  m.  wide.  On  the  W.  side  the 
Dort  of  Musa  affords  the  best  anchorage  in  the  group.     Area,  21  sq.  in. 

Font;  in  the  opening  of  the  port  of  San  Pio  Quinto  off  the  W.  shore  of  Camiguin 
[.     It  is  inhabited  by  fishermen  during  part  of  the  year.     Area,  J  sq.  m. 

Guinapac;  2  rocks  8  m.  E.  of  Camiguin  I.  and  32  m.  N.  N.  by  W.  of  Escarpada, 
he  extreme  NE.  point  of  Luzon.     It  was  on  a  shoal  between  these  and  Didicas  rocks, 
5  m.  XE.,  that  the  U.  vS.  S.  Charleston  was  wrecked  November  2, 1899.    The  rocks  have 
:he  appearance  of  2  towers  and  are  surrounded  by  several  islets.     Area,  J  sq.  m. 
Mabac;  off  the  NW.  point  of  Fuga  I. 
Panuitan;  off  the  NE.  shore  of  Calaj^an  I. 

Sugar  loaf,  or  Pan  de  Aziicar;  a  rock  off  the  S.  shore  of  Babuyan  Claro. 
Wyllie;  a  cluster  of  5  rocks  in  the  NW.  approach  to  the  channel  between  Calay;in 
md  Babuyan  Claro,  14  m.  from  either  island.     Area  i  sq.  m. ;  total  area  of  24  islands,. 
1.9  sq.  m. 

VEGETABLE  PRODUCTS. 

The  products  consist  of  tobacco,  rice,  grain,  sweet  potatoes,  onion,  and  other  pred- 
icts of  subtropical  latitude.  There  is  considerable  growth  of  sugar  cane  for  home 
ise,  and  much  of  it  is  distilled  into  a  native  drink  which  is  very  intoxicating.  The 
products  of  the  S.  latitudes  of  the  United  States  can  also  be  grown. 

MINERALS. 

Although  the  larger  islands  are  of  volcanic  origin,  no  traces  of  minerals  liave  been 
•eported.     The  interior  of  the  islands,  however,  is  but  Httle  known. 

FORESTS. 

Owing  to  the  exposure  of  the  island  to  the  fierce  winds  of  the  ocean,  there  is  but 
ittle  timber. 


308 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


FRUITS. 

The  fruits  consist  sijecdally  of  fine  varirtirs  of  wild  grapes  and  pineapples. 
INDUSTRIES. 

The  chief  occupation  of  the  inhabitants  is  raising  ('attle,  hogs,  horses,  and  goatei 
which,  with  lard,  are  important  articles  of  export. 

UNITED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 

After  the  transfer  from  Spain  to  the  United  States,  the  Government  sent 
expedition  to  take  formal  possession  of  the  different  islands.  In  the  month  of  May. 
1899,  the  U.  S.  S.  Concur  d,  during  a  cruise  on  the  northern  coast  of  Luzon,  sailed  froBc 
Aparri,  touching  at  Port  San  Pi'o  Quinto  and  Musa  Bay  in  the  Babuyanes  group, 
returning  to  Manila.  The  experience  of  the  wrecked  crew  of  the  U.  S.  S.  Churlestor, 
during  their  camp  at  San  Pio  Quinto  on  the  island  of  Camiguin,  Babuyanes  group. 
deuK  iiist  rated  the  friendly  spirit  of  the  natives,  in  return  for  which  tools  and  unneeded 
articles  w  (Te  turned  over  to  them.  The  ports  were  subsequently  visited  for  olK-^erva- 
tion,  possession,  survey,  and  investigation  of  the  condition  of  the  inhabitants.  Nc 
military  forces  have  garrisoned  these  islands. 

CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 

These  islands  under  the  "provincial  government  act"  of  August  22,  1901,  were' 
included  in  the  province  of  Cagayan,  Luzon,  and  attached  to  the  municipality  ol 
Aparri,  Cagaydn,  Luzon. 


BACAIJAC  (bah-cah'-bac),ver.;  islandE.  of  Negros, 
Visayas. 

BAl'ACAY  (bah-cah-ki'),  ver.;  pueblo  on  S.  shore 
of  Tabaco  Bav,  in  Albav,  L\iz6n,  lOi  m.  N. 
by  E.  of  Albay  and  5^  m."SE.  by  S.  of  Tabaco. 
Is  an  important  hemp-growing  district.  Pop. , 
11,379. 

island  N.  of  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur). 

BACAIi  (bah'-cal)  (means  iron),  nat.;  islet  in 
W.  entrance  to  San  Juanico  Strait,  Leyte. 
Visayas. 

point  in  Ambos  Camarines  (Norte). 

BACALAK  (bah-cah'-lahn),  nat.;  a  hamlet  and 
river  of  some  sizeon  W.  cdasl  of  Panay,  enter- 
ing .seal  m.S.  of  hamlet  ami  :;  111.  S.  Ill'  Selia.sle. 

i.slet  in  opening  of  I'analariim  Hay  iii>iile 

entrance  of  San  Juanico  Strait  into  San  I'edro 
and  San  Pablo  Bay,  1  m.  N\V.  of  Tacloban, 
Leyte. 

islet  in  San  Pedro  Bay  outlet  in  San  Juanico 

Strait,  between  SAmar  and  Leyte. 

mountain  on  W.  boundary  toward  CApiz,  in 

Antique,  Panay,  10  m.  E.  of  Salde. 

BACj(n  (bah-cahn')  ver.;  hamlet  on  1.  bank  of 
Binalbagan,  3  m.  NE.  of  town  and  3i  m.  from 
river's  mouth,  W.  coast  Negros  Occidental, 
Visayas. 

island  off  N.  coast  of  SAmar,  Visayas,  with 

an  anchorage,  2  m.  NNE.  of  Palapa. 

BACAO  (bah-cow')  nat.;  hamlet  on  N.  coast  of 
CApiz,  Panay,  2^  m.  NE.  of  Calivo. 

BACAUAN  (bah-cah'-rahn),ver.;  hamleton  r.  bank 
of  river  Mipanguil,  21  m.  above  its  entrance 
into  Panguil  Bay  on  its  S.  shore,  Misamis, 
N.  coast  of  Mindanao. 

BACARAY  (bah-cah-ri'),  ver.;  range  of  second- 
ary mountains  at  Ambos  Camarines,  Luz6n. 

BACAKI  (bah-cah'-ree),  islet  off  N.  coast  of 
Siimar,  2  m.  NE.  of  Palflpag. 

BACAURA  (bah-cah'-rrah),  Sp.;  pueblo  W.  coast 
highway  inland,  on  r.  bank  of  Grande  de 
Bacarra  Riv.,  Ilocos  Norte,  Luzon,  4  m.  N.  of 
Laoag.    Pop.,  13,735. 

BACAT  (bah-cuf),  ver.;  town,  port,  and  anchor- 
age at  junction  of  2  outlet  liranehes  of  Ligua- 
san  lagoon  intoGrand  Ki  v.  <>i  Mindanao,  22m. 
SE.  of  Cotabato,  Mindanao.  The  Mindanao 
carries  from  8  to  21  ft.  deptii  at  this  point. 


BACAT;  important  river  flowing  along  SVV.  baseof 
Kabalocan  hills,  enters  Upper  Grand  Riv.  of 
Mindanao,  at  town  of  same  name. 

BACATAY  (bali-eah-tie'),  ver.;  point  and  portom 
SW.  c.iast  (.f  XrKr.i.s  Uceidental,  lat.  y°  32'. 

BACATOH  (bah-cali-tolir'),  nat.;  point 'and  creek! 
on  N.  shore  of  Panguil  Bay,  Misamis,  Min- 
danao. 

BACAUAN  (bah-cah'-wahn),  nat.;  hamlet  on  SB. 
coast  of  Iloilo,  Panay,  2  m.  SW.  of  Miagao.i 

BACAY  (bah-ki'),  ver.;   hamlet  on  SE.  coast [ 
Iloilo,  Panay,  li  m.  ESE.  of  Dumangas. 

(Bagacay);  small  island  N.  of  QuinaW 

E.  of  N.  coast  of  Ambos  Camarines   (Su 
Luzon. 

BAt'AYACAN  ( bah-ki -ah'-cahn),  ver.;  bay  3i 
SE.  of  Lanang,  on  E.  coast  of  SiVmar. 

BACAYAUAX  (bah-cah-yah'-wahn);  mountain] 
W.  shore  of  Illana  Bay,  Cotabato,  Mindan 
landmark  for  Sambulauan  Port. 

BACBAC  (back-back'),  nat.;  mineral  spring, 
town  of  Villaviciosa,  Albay,  Luzon. 

riv.  entering  Dipulao  port,  S.  coast  of 

suanga  I.,  Calamianes  grp. 

BAC-HAO  BAIVGAHOiN  (bac-how' bang-ah-ohn'), 
ver. ;  important  river  rising  in  Capotoau  and 
Canyaba  Mts.,  in  Central  SAmar.  After  re- 
ceiving many  tributaries  from  neighboring 
elevations  and  passing  numerous  hamlets 
having  large  populations,  enters  broad  sea 
channel  passing  SW.  coast  of  SAmar.  Off 
its  mouth  7  m.  lie  islands  Tangds,  Libucan, 
Libucan  Daco  and  Cure  Casaydn.  {See  G4n- 
dara  Riv.) 

BACHI  (  BASCHI)  (bah'-chee),ver. ;  gronpof  islands 
of  small  dimensions  in  N.  waters  of  Batanes 
grp.  toward  Bachi  channel.  Principal  island 
of  Bachi  cluster  commences  nearest  to  Ibayat 
of  main  group  on  S.,  and  are  Siayan,  Mabu- 
dis,  Tanem,  Misanga,  and  Y'Ami.  All  these 
islands,  except  last,  are  within  sight  of 
Batanes.  Most  important  of  group  is  Y'.Ami, 
inhabited  by  pagan  tribe  known  as  Bachi, 
and  also  called  Batanes.  It  is  not  known 
whether  language  of  Bachi  is  derived  from 
that  of  inhabitants  of  BatAn  or  whether  it  is 
special  language  derived  from  savage  races 
of  Formosa  on  N.  It  is  known  that  Batanes  . 
and  Bachi  do  not  understand  each  other, 
although  they  have  some  words  in  common, 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


309 


Kill— Continued. 
which  leads  to  conclusion  that  language  of 
inhabitants  is   of    Mongoloid  origin  or  cor- 
nipiion.     (.See  Y'Ami.) 

name  sometimes  applied  to  Ibugos  I.  of 

lintanesgrp.    It  is,  however,  not  one  of  islands 
distinctively  clustered  as  Bachi  Is.   (q.  v.) 

cliannel  designated  as  X.  line  of  bouudary 

ui  I'nited  States  in  I'.  A.,  under  treaty  of 
p.  aic  with  Spain  December  10,  1898,  as  fol- 
lows; "A  line  running  from  W.  to  E.  along 
111  near  twentieth  parallel  of  N.  latitude  and 
thiniiirh  middle  of  navigable  channel  of 
Kachi  from  118°  to  127°  of  Ion.  E.  of  Green- 
w  irh.  This  line  follows  approximately  lat. 
L'l  J.'i'  N.,  and  its  length  is  9°  equal  to  625^ 
St  m.  Channel  is  frequented  by  sailing  ves- 
s(  Is  making  E.  passage  to  China,  and  is  92  m. 
A\  i.le,  between  Batanes  I.,  United  States,  and 
I -land  of  Formosa,  dependency  of  Japan.  Its 
navigable  breadth,  however,  is  greatly  con- 
trarted  by  dangerous  Gadd  rock  or  Cumbrian 
nil  in  fairway  of  channel  with  Little  Botel, 
liiliago  I.,  bearing  from  it  N.  i  VV.  16s  m. 
Ki  uk'isabout  37  m.  N.  of  American  boundary 
in  l.in.  121°  36'  E.  approximately.  Channel 
i-  regular  ocean  highway  of  steamers  plying 
1  ictween  Hongkong  and  Honolulu,  4,917  naut. 
111.  Ijv  great  circle  route,  or  4,961  naut.  m.  by 
il  i  icct  course.  Steamers  also  u.se  this  channel 
ii. nil  Hongkong  to  United  States,  Island  of 
(.11  am,  and  from  Hongkong  to  Tutuila,  United 
states,  or  in  Samoan  grp. 
lAilLOT  (bah-see-lof),  ver.;  town  of  Negros  Oc- 
'      cidental,  Visayas. 

■tACIO  (bah'-seeoh),  ver.;  hamlet  between  Bugod 
and  Panalipan  Pts.,  E.  coast  of  Cebil,  Visayas. 
lACIT  (bah-seef),  nat.;  island  between  Us6n  I. 
and S.  shore  of  Busuaiiga  I.,  Calamianes  grp., 
I      opposite  Pinamuyucan  Pt. 
lACJAO  (bac-how'),  ver.;  point  on  N.  shore  of 
Levte,  on  sea  channel  toward  Biliran  I.,  4i  m. 
E.  of  N.  of  Leyte. 
JACLAYAN  (bah-clah'-yahn),  ver.;  hamlet  on  E. 
shore  of  Daram  I.,  Silmar,  opposite  S.  coast  of 
Buad  I.,  1^  m.  distant  across  .sea  channel. 
BA('LAT6x    (bah-clah-yone'),  ver.;   pueblo  ex- 
treme SW.  coast  of  Bohol,  7  m.  E.  of  Tagbi- 
laran.    Pop.,  8,048.     (yl?so  Badayon.) 
BA€L()   (bac-loh'),  ver.;  small  stream  emptying 
into  Bay  of  Pandaroehan,  S.  coast  of  Mindoro. 
BACLl'C  (bac-look'),  ver.;  point  in  Mindanao. 
BAC(i  (bah-coh'),    ver.;    important    river   with 
wide  mouth.   Its  main  branch  risingon  S.  side 
of   Mt.  Halc6n,    flowing   N.  and    emptying 
into  sea  channel  4^  m.  W.  of  CalapAn,  navi- 
gable for  boats.     Town  of  Baco  lies  about 
1  m.  E.  of  mouth.    In  part  of  its  course  river 
suddenly  appears  to  flow  out  of    sand,  in 
which  its  upper  waters  are  buried.     From 
here   it  is  navigable    to   Baco   by   bancas, 
current  being  very  swift.    From  Bay  of  Su- 
bdn  coast  curves  gently  round  to  E.,  and 
at  distance  of  3  m.  delta  commences,  formed 
by  washings  of  river  Bac6  and  others,  pro- 
ducing 4  m.  of  confused  coast  line  cut  into 
bars  and  passages  charted  "Boca  Barra,"  oS 
mouth  of  river  which  obstructs  entrance  as 
far  as  Balete,  W.  point  of  CalapAn  Bay.    This 
river  region  abounds  in  wild  buffaloes  and 
hogs.    Among  Maguianes  of  this  valley  men 
wear  clouts  with  flat  belts  and  with  box  at- 
tached.    Women,  in  addition  to  their  coil 
skirts,  wear  peculiar  collar. 

town  on  N.  coast  of  Mindoro,  on  N.  bank  of 

mouth  of  Malaloy  Riv.,  3  m.  W.  of  CalapAn. 
Bac6  Riv.  empties  about  1  m.  W.   Pop..  400. 
BACOBACO  (bah-coh-bah-coh'),  nat.:  village  on 

SVV.  coast  of  S^mar,  i  m.  NE.  of  Catinic  Pt. 
BACO('  (bah-cock'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  upper  waters 
of  Matana  Riv.,  in  Abra,  Luz6n,  12  m.  NE.  of 
Bengued. 
BACOCOMT  (bali-eoh-coh-nit'),  ver.;  fountain 
tributary  of  Hog,  rising  in  mountain  sum- 
mits of  Negros  Oriental,  Visayas. 


BACOCHU'O  (bah-coh' chee'-coh),  Hisp.;  island 
in  channel  between  S.  coast  of  Batangas,  Lu- 
z6n,  and  Mindoro  I.,  near  CalapAn. 

BACOD  (bah-cod'),  ver.;  hamlet  near  Catubig, 
SAmar. 

bXCOL  (bah'-col)  (means  basket),  nat.;  island  N. 
of  Leyte,  Visayas. 

BAC()LOD  ( bah-coh'-lod) ,  ver. ;  pueblo  and  capital 
of  Negros  Occidental,  post-ofl[ice  and  money 
-order  station,  on  E.  shore  of  Guimards  Strait, 
14  m.  E.  across  strait  from  nearest  land  of  Gui- 
manis  I.,  at  hamlet  of  Mantangigui,  23  m.  in 
due  E.  line  across  Guimarils  I.  from  Iloilo, 
emporium  of  Panay,  and  26  m.  by  water 
route.    Pop.,  6,268. 

BACOLOB  (bah-coh-lor') ,  ver.;  pueblo  and  capital 
of  Pampanga,  Luz6n,  short  distance  inland 
from  extreme  NW.  border  of  Pampanga  delta, 
33  m.  in  straight  line  from  Manila,  with  which 
it  is  connected  by  fine  road.  It  also  enjoys 
water  communication  with  colonial  capital  by 
numerous  outlets  of  delta  and  Manila  Bay. 
Near  Manila  and  Dagupan  Railroad.  Also 
connected  by  telegraph  with  capital  and 
other  parts  of  island.    Pop.,  17,100. 

hamlet  on  W.  Shore  of  Lanao  Lake,  Misa- 

mis,  Mindanao. 

river  and  estuary  on  NE.  shore  of  Manila 

Bay.  Town  of  .same  name  is  on  its  bank.  It 
receives  waters  of  mountains  in  NW. 

BACON  or  PO(JDOL  (bah-cohn',  pock-dole'),  nat 
volcanic  peak,  rising  4,667  ft.  above  sea  level, 
in  Albay,  Luzon,  near  E.  coast  between  Ma- 
y6n  and  Bulusan  volcanoes.  At  times  smoke 
rises  in  considerable  quantities  from  Bacon. 

hamlet  in  Hollo,   Panay,  on  1.  bank  of 

Jalaur  Riv.,  2  m.  NW.  by  N.  of  Dumangas. 

pueblo  at  E.  ft.  of  Pocdol  Mt.,  onSW.  shore 

of  waters  of  gulf  of  Albay,  in  Sorsogon,  Lu- 
zon, 22  m.  SE.  of  Albay.    Pop.,  13,013. 

island  inchannel  betweeuBatangas,  Luzon, 

and  Mindoro  I. 

village  on  S.  coast  of  Batangas,  Luz6n. 

hamlet  E.  of  Los  Banos  Laguna,  Luzon  I., 

between  it  and  Maquiling  Mt.  exist  number 
of  thermal  springs,  some  very  hot,  others 
lukewarm,  others  of  temperature  of  atmos- 
phere, and  some  very  cold.  Mentioned  as 
early  as  1739. 

river  in  Antique,  Panay,  rising  in  higher 

altitudes  of  W.  range  on  W.  spurs  of  Madia-ds 
Mt.,  which  here  reaches  7,152  ft.  in  height; 
flows  into  sea  H  m.  S.  of  Colasi. 

pueblo  of  Negros  Oriental,  on  SE.  shore  of 

Negros,  5^  m.  N.  of  Bumaguete  and  12  m.  W. 
across  sea  channel  from  Basigajon,  the  west- 
ernmost point  of  Siquijor  I.  Pop.,  8,376  (some- 
times Bacong). 

river  in  Negros  Oriental,   emptying  into 

sea  2^  m.  SW.  of  Bac6n. 

point  at  town  of  same  name  in  Negros 

Oriental,  Visayas. 

BACO6  (bah-coh-oh')  ver.;  town  of  province  and 
island  of  Mindoro,  near  Calapdn,  on  bank  of 
small  river  flowing  from  SE.  to  NW.,  and 
emptying  into  sea;  climate  is  healthy. 

mountain  in  .same  locality. 

BACOOD  (bah-coh-ode'),  tag.;  in  E.  extreme  part 
of  SampAloc  district,  municipality  of  Manila, 
in  bend  of  San  Juan  Riv.,  near  its  intersection 
with  Pasig  in  SW. 

BACOOR  (bah-coh-or'),  Tag.;  bay  on  S.  side  of 
Cavite  Bay,  Cavite,  Luzon.  Is  of  some  size, 
and  affords  shelter  from  storms  blowing  up 
from  sea. 

river  in  Cavite,  emptying  into  Manila  Bay, 

near  town  of  same  name. 

pueblo   on   S.    shore    of    Cavite    Bay   in 

Cavite,  Luzon,  almost  opposite  Cavite  and  9 
m.  S.  of  Manila.  Pop.,  13,113.  Fine  military 
road  extends  from  this  point  along  coast  to 


310 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 


BAl'OOR— Continued. 

Manila,  passinK  through  towns  of  Las  Pinas, 
Parnnaciiif.  Malibay,  Pineda,  Malate,  and 
Ermita.  Near  Las  Pifias  a  cross-road  from 
Muiitinln|ia  connects  the  main  coast  high- 
way along  the  W.  and  S.  shores  of  Laguna  de 
Bay  from  the  Piisig  to  Santii  Cruz  with  the 
Bacoor  road  to  llanihi.  At  Bacoor  another 
main  highway  following  coast  to  Ternate  on 
S.  shore  of  entrance  to  Manila  Bav  and  con- 
nects with  comprehensive  system  roads,  horse 
paths,  and  trails  in  S.  Batangas  and  all  the 
provinces  of  SE.  peninsula  of  Luz6n. 

hamlet  in  vicinity  of  Guiguinto  Bulacdn, 

Luzon. 

BAt'OS  (bah-cos'),  Hi-sp.;  group  of  3  rockv  islets 
extending  2  m.  NE.  and  S\V.,  situated"  XNW. 
2i  m.  from  Calapin  Pt.,  Mindoro.  The  chan- 
nels are  rocky  and  currents  rapid.  From 
Bacos  islets  toward  Balete  Pt.  water  deepens 
rapidly  to  109  fms.  and  no  bottom. 

BACOT  (bah-cof),  ver.;  headwater  tributary  of 
Ulut,  emptying  into  sea  on  E.  coast  of  SAmar, 
rises  over  divide  but  5  m.  from  the  Bac-hao 
Bangahon,  emptying  into  sea  channel  on  \V. 
coast. 

BACQl'IL  (bac-keel'),  ver.;  small  river  of  Ilocos 
Sur,  Luzon,  emptying  into  sea. 

BACSAL  (bak-sahP),  ver.;  islet  S\V.  of  Daram  I.,  in 
N\V.  entrance  of  Buad  Channel,  off  Simar. 

HACS.lYAN  (bac-say'-ahn);  in  pueblo  of  Candon, 
ilocos  Norte,  Luzon. 

BACSIJK  (bac-see'-hee),  ver.;  in  pueblo  of  Circar, 
Cebu. 

BACT1\  (bahc-tahn'),  ver.;  mountain  in  Lepanto 
Luzon. 

BACTASAN  (bac-tah'-sahn),  ver.;  hamlet  in  An- 
tique, Panay,  on  r.  bank  of  Cadean  Riv., 
5i  m.  XE.  of  Caritan. 

BACTAT  (bac-ti'),  ver.;  hamlet  1  m.  N.  of  Zam- 
boanguita,  SE.  coast  of  Xegros  Oriental 
Visayas. 

BACTO  (bac-tau'),  ver.;  ppint  on  N.  coast  of  Min- 
doro, 4i  m.  WNW.  of  Hog. 

BACTdx  (bac-ton'),  ver.;  \V.  point  of  island  of 
Rapurapu,  off  Albay,  Luz6n. 

BACUAG  (bah-wahg'),  ver.;  pueblo  on  S.  shore  of 
small  bay  on  XE.  coast  of  Surigao,  Minda- 
nao, 21  m.  SE.  by  S.  of  Surigao.    Pop.,  569. 

BACUD  (bah-cood'),  ver.;  hill  at  point  of  same 
name  on  SW.  coast  of  Ddvao,  Mindanao,  18^  m. 
SE.  of  Point  PolS;  is  much  used  as  mark  bv 
navigators. 

—  point  on  SW.  coast  of  Mindanao.    Point  is 

formed  by  a  hill  of  same  name  and  lies  ISi 
m.  SE.  of  PolA  Pt.,  SW.  coast  of  Ddvao,  Min- 
danao. Point  terminates  in  islets.  (6'ecBu- 
kud  Pt.) 

point  on  S.  shore  entrance  to  Loog  Ba.sin, 

Banacalan  port,  XW.  shore  Marinduque. 

bight  on  SE.  shore  of  Banacalan  port,  XW. 

shore  Marinduque. 

BACl'lT   (bah-coo-if) ,  ver.;  large  bay  on  XW. 

coast  of  Palawan,  20  m.  S.  of  Cabuli,  extreme 

X.  point. 
pueblo  on  XW.  coastof  Palawan,  X.  of  bav 

of  .same  name.    Pop.,  1,210. 

mountain  in  Leyte,  Visayas. 

B.\(rLAX   (bah-coo'-lahn),   nat.;  hamlet   on   1. 

bank  of  stream  entering PAngiiil  bav  on  W. 

•  oast  oi  its  terminal  basin,  Misamis  po'rt,  Min- 

flanuo. 

BAtl'Ll'iN  (bah-coo-leen';  nat.;  S.  point  of  en- 
trance to  Liail&a  bay  on  E.  coastof  Mindanao. 

town  on  E.  coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  S. 

of  Dagot  Pt.,  181  m.  SSE.  of  Surigao 

BAflLlT  (bah-coo-loof),  ver.;  hamlet  at  mouth 
01  sniiil I  stream  entering  on  W.  shore  of  D&- 
vao  Gulf  and  Mindanao,  27  m.  SSW.  of  B&v&o 


BACO  (bah'-eoon),ver.;  pueblo  and  creek  of  the 
former  Comandancia  of  Amburavan  Iloco 
Sur,  Luzon.    Pop.,  924. 

BACl'XiJAX  (bah-coong-ahn),  ver.;  hamlet  on  Ta 
gum  Riv.,  Mindanao.    (iieeBicungan.) 

BAl'l'YAXGAN  (bah-coo-yahng'-ahn).  ver.;  poin 
on  SW.  coast  of  Xegros  Occidental,  IGi  m  s 
of  Inayauan. 

BADAJOZ  (bah-dah-hoth'),  Sp.;  pueblo  on  islan- 
of  Romblon,  Visayas.    Pop.,  3,234. 

BADBiLAO  (bad-bah'lah-oo),  ver.;  bavon  S.  coa.M 
of  Bohol.    Town  of  Dimiao  is  on  XE.  shore. 

BADBAKAX  (bad-bah'-run),  nat.;  river  in  Capiz 
Panay,  rising  in  crater  of  Agluya  and  empty- 
ing into  Malinannang  Riv. 

BADIAX  (bah-dee-ahn'),  nat.;  pueblo  SW.  shor. 
of  bay  on  W.  coast  of  Cebii,  46  m.  SW.  of  Cebii 
is  14  m.  E.  across  sea  channel  from  Tavasan 
Pop.,  9,409. 

hamlet  near  W.  coast  of  Antique  Panav  ■ 

m.  S.  of  San  Pedro. 

town  at  head  of  bav  on  E.  shore  of  Strait- 

of  Tauon,  W.  coast  of  Cebii,  separated  from 
bay  of  Matutinao  on  S.  bv  narrow  peninsula 
45  m.  SW.  of  Cebii.  Town  can  only  be  ap- 
proached in  boats  at  high  water,  as  "its  wide 
bay  is  lined  with  salient  reefs.  Xo  passage  be- 
tween these  reefs  and  Badidn  I.    Pop.,  9,409. 

mountain  in  Leyte,  2^  m.  S.  of  Capoocan. 

—  S.  point  of  bay  E.  of  Makoto  Pt.,  E.  coast  of 

Ragay  Gulf,  W.  shore  of  Albav,  Luzon. 

island  295  ft.  high  off  SW.  coast  of  Daram  I., 

at  entrance  to  Dumiri  Bav,  W.  shore  of  Daram 
I.,  off  W.  coast  of  Silmar! 

BADIO  (bah-dee-oh'j,  ver.;  river  and  hamlet  at 
its  mouth  on  W.  coast  of  Antique,  Panav  li 
m.  S.  of  Panddn. 

BADLAY  (bad-lie),  ver.;  island  at  entrance  to 
Port  Catiiingan,  Masbate  I.,  Visayas. 

BADOt  (bah-dohk'),  ver.;  pueblo  Ilocos  Xorte, 
Luzon,  on  coast  highway  immediately  X  of 
boundary  with  Ilocos-  Sur,  a  little  over  half- 
way between  Laoag,  from  which  it  is  22  m. 
and  Vigan,  the  capital  of  Ilocos  Sur  Pod 
10,846.  ^'' 

-island  off  Solot  Pt.,  Ilocos  Xorte,  Luzon, 

thickly  wooded,  separated  from  mainland  by 
channel,  h  m.,  with  11  to  16  fms.  water.  Coast 
IS  very  rocky. 

BAGAAIXOS  (bah-gah-ah-ee'-nohs),  ver.;  hamlet 
of  Xegros  Oriental.     {See  Valle  Hermo.so.) 

BAGABIbOY  (bah-gah-bah'-bov),  nat.;  1  island 
and  4  islets  on  W.  side  xVv.  of  Tlcao  I  Vi- 
sayas, E.  of  Xunuu  P. 

BAGIbAG  (bah-gah'-bag),  ver.;  pueblo  Xueva 
Vizcaya,  Luz6n,  on  main  highway,  11  m.  XE. 
of  Bayombong,  and  on  W.  side  of  Margat  Riv., 
at  which  point  highway  crosses  and  follows 
stream  to  Bayombong.    Pop.,  1,915. 

BAGABAXT  (bah-gah-banf),  ver.;  point  XE.  coast 
of  Masbate,  SE.  of  Magdalena,  and  affording 
shelter  to  small  port  of  that  name. 

BAGABll  (bah-gah-boo'),  ver.;  islet  near  S.  point 
of  Tago  I.,  li  m.  E.  of  Concepcion,  Hollo, 
Panay. 

BAGAC  (bah-gack'),  nat.;  point  on  SW.  shore  of 
Daram  I.,  on  Daram  Channel,  Sdmar. 

pueblo  China  Sea  coast  of  Bataiin,  Luzon, 

11  m.  SW.  of  Balanga  and  at  foot  of  Redondo 
lit.    Pop.,  1,655. 

creek  in  Batajin,  Luz6n. 

BAGAC'AI  (bah-g4h'-ky),  nat.;  point  of  medium 
elevation  on  bight  on  X.  coast  of  Mindanao 
E.  of  Sipaka  Pt.  Coast  between  these  points 
is  formed  of  sandy  beaches  alternating  with 
rocky  bluffs  and  mangrove  shores. 

on  W.  shore  of  Calagniin  I.,  off  X'E.  coast 

of  Hollo,  Panay;  favorite  watering  place  for 
vessels. 

village  on  XE.  coast  of  Hollo,  Panay. 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


811 


iBAGAi'AI;  river  entering  Carigara  Bay,  on  X. 

shore  of  Leyte. 
.BAGACAFA  (bah-gah-cah'-wah),  ver.;  hamlet  and 
a  point  on  W.  coast  of  Cebii,  6  m.  N.  of  Astu- 
rias. 

5BAGiCAT  (bah-gah'-ki),  ver.;  point  used  ap- 
proaching E.  cotist  ot  Cebii,  li  m.  SE.  of  Liloan 
and  N.  headland  at  entrance  to  port  of  Cebii. 
Has  fixed  light  on  circular  tower  -16  ft.  above 
sea  and  21  ft.  above  ground  visible  9  m.  There 
are  numerous  fishing  lights  in  vicinity. 
—  2  islets  in  San  Juanico  Strait,  near  its  outlet 
into  San  Pedro  and  San  Pablo  bays,  1^  m.  NW. 
of  Tadoban,  Leyte. 

town  on  XE.  coast  of  Misamis,  about  half- 

■■.  ay  between  Diuata  and  Sipaka  Pts.,  Min- 
iaiiao. 

hamlet  of  E.  Iloilo,  Panay,  near  boundary 

with  Cdpiz,  5  m.  X.  by  W.  of  Barotac  Viejo.' 

hamlet  of  Concepcion,  Hollo,  Panay,  on 

E.  coa.st,  bi  m.  N.  of  San  Dionisio. 

hamlet  on  S\V.  coast  of  SAmar,  2  m.  SE.  of 

Calbdyog. 

;  ftoint  on  S.  coast  of  Siquijor  I.,  halfway 

between  Lacy  and  San  Juan  de  Macapilay, 
distance  of  9  "m.  between  extremes. 

mountain  in  Leyte,  5  m.  W.  of  Tacloban. 

'  mountain  in  Leyte,  VLsayas,  5  m.  X.  of  San 

(         Isidro. 

{ sierra  of  mountains  in  Ambos  Camarines 

I  (Xorte),  Luzon,  one  of  many  parallel  ranges 

I         which  traverse  the  province  extending  from 
NW.  to  SE.    Its  chief  peak,  Mt.  Labo.  on  SVV ., 
r         is  5,163  ft.  (1,.>52  meters)  high,  near  intersec- 
j  tion  E.  boundary  of  Tayabas  with  Camarines 

Sur,  and  S.  boundary  Camarines  Xorte,  Taya- 
bas.   It  has  important  deposits  of  magnetic 
'  iron. 

mountain  on  S.  .shore  of  Leyte,  li  m.  inland 

from  Mac  Crohon. 
BACiAISI,   or    MAOOISl  (bah-gah-ee'-see,    mah- 
gah-'ee-see  i ,  nat. :  islet  li  m.  otf  Pan  de  Azvicar 
I.,  XE.  coastof  Iloilo,  Panay. 
BAUAJO  (bah-gah'-ho),  ver.:  point  on  E.  coa.st  of 
of  Albay,  Luzon.    Lat.  13°  3'. 

BAGAJAU  (bah-gah'-how),  ver.;  river  in  SAmar. 

BAGAJIPI  (bah-gah-hoo'-pea),  ver.;  pointonW. 
shore  of  Leyte,  midway  between  San  Isidro 
and  Villaba. 

B.AGAKAI  (bah-gah'-kai);  point  on  X.  coast  of 
Mindoro,  5i  m.  across  sea  channel  S.  of  Ca- 
miguin  I. 

BAGALANiiAX  (bah-gah-lang'-ahn).  Tag.;  moun- 
tain in  Batangas. 

BAGALAO  (bah-gah'-lah-oo),  ver.;  island  off  town 
and  harbor  of  Magallanes,  Sor.iogon,  Luzon. 

point  on  E.  head  of  entrance  to  Sorsogon 

port,  Sorsogon,  Luzon.  Xarrow  channel 
known  as  Boca  Chica,  carrjing  6  to  8  fms., 
separates  point  from  island  of  same  name. 

BAGALATAG  (bah-gah-lah-vag'),  ver.;  point  on 
X.  coast  of  Mindoro,  "i  m".  W.  by  X.  of  Bacto  Pt. 
and  at  one  of  spurs  which  form  Calavite 
Cape.  It  is  girt  with  rocks  which  extend 
1  m.  along  coast. 

mountain  in  Ma.sbate,  Visayas. 

BAGALATAIG  tbah-gah-lah-vih'oog'j,  nat.: 
mountain  in  Masbate,  Visayas. 

BAGALEJO  (bah-gah-lay'-hoh),  nat.;  river  enter- 
ing on  SE.  shore  of  Paldnog  port.  XW.  coast 
of  Masbate  I.,  Visayas,  S.  of  point  of  that 
name. 

point  on  SE.  shore  of  PalSnog  port,  X.  of 

river  of  same  name,  XW.  coast  Masbate  I., 
VLsayas. 

BAGAMAXOC  (bah-gah-mah-nock'),  nat.;  town 
in  Albay,  Luzon.    Pop.  1,209. 

pueblo  in  Catanduanes,  Albay,  Luz6n. 

anchorage  and  jfoint  in  same  island. 


BAGAMBAGAH  (bah-gum-bah-gum'),  ver.;  clus- 
ter of  islands  in  Baldbac  grp. 

BAGAMBAXGl'IX  ( bah-gam-bahn-geen'),  ver.; 
pueblo  island  2^  m.  X.  and  S.  5  m.  NE.  of 
Batfc  I.,  XE.  coast  of  Palawan.  At  S.  is  a 
rocky  lump  60  ft.  high.  Small  charted  island 
unnamed,  lies  S\V.  toward  Balis  I. 

BAGAMBAXf  A  (bah-gam-bah-noo'-ah),  ver.;  islet 
in  sea  channel  between  Bohol  and  Cebii,  8.  m. 
XW.  of  Tubigon. 

BAGAXBAXI^A  (bah-gun-bah-noo'-ah),  nat.;  islet 
on  SW.  side  of  opening  of  bight  on  S.  shore 
of  Simar,  Visayas,  -4  m.  XW.  of  Guiuan  port. 

BAGAXEAX  (bah-gah-nay'-ahn),  ver.;  point  on  S. 
coast  of  Mindanao. 

BAGAAtiA(bah-gang'ah),  ver.;  small  bayopening 

between  Lambajonand  Daget  Pts.,  2 J  m.  ofiE  E. 

coast  of  Mindanao.    Forms  small  anchorage 

available  during  SW.  monsoon,  but  during 

XE.  is  untenable  on  account  of  heavy  sea 

which  sets  in. 
pueblo  bay  of  same  name,  E.  coast  of  Suri- 

gao.  Mindanao,  178  m.  SSE.  of  Surigao.   Pop., 

1,114. 
BAOAXITO  (bah-gah-nee'-toh),ver.;  inlet  in  BUi- 

ran  I.,  Mindanao. 
BAGAMIXG  (bah-gahn-ting'),ver.;  summit  in  X. 

elevations  of  the  E.  coast  range  of  Pana6n  I., 

5  m.  SE.  of  Liloan,  S.  of  Leyte. 
BAGAPALA  (bah-gah-pah'-lah),   ver.:    point  on 

XE.  coast  of  Masbate,  lat.  12°  30'  X. 
BAG  AS  (bah-gtLS'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  E.  coast  of 

Siimar,  2  m.  S.  of  San  Julian. 
BAGASAl'E  (bah-gah-sah'-way),  ver.;  point  on  X. 

side  of  harbor  of  Tuburan,  2  m.  distant  W. 

coast  of  Cebii. 

BAGASIUBAHAX  (bah-gah-sim-bah'-hahn),  nat.; 
mountain,  inland  from  Milagro  in  which  Asid 
Riv.  takes  its  rise,  W.  side  of  Masbate  I.,  Vi- 
.sayas. 

BAGASIPCT  (bah-gah-see-puf),  nat.;  islet  S.  of 
TaWjit  I.,  between  Sdmar  and  Masbate,  Vi- 
sayas. 

BAGASULAX  (bah-gah-soo'-lahn),  ver.;  point  on 
W.  coast  of  Talajit  I.,  W.  of  Sdmar. 

BAGASl'MBl'G  (bah-gah-soom-boog');  islet  in  San 
Juanico  Strait,  between  SAmar  and  Leyte. 

BAGATAI  ( bah-gah'-tie ),  nat.;  island  in  San  Pedro 
outlet  of  San  Juanico  Strait,  between  Sdmar 
and  Leyte. 

BAGATAO,  or  BAG.iLAO  (bah-gah'-tah-oo,  bah- 
gah'-lah-oo),  ver.;  E.  and  larger  of  2  islands 
in  entrance  to  Sorsogon  Bay,  on  SW.  coast  of 
Sorsogon,  Luz6n. 

BAG.ATUSAX  (bah-gah-too'-sahn),  ver.;  islet  3  m. 
W.  of  Liiuis  Pt.,  XW.  coast  of  Bohol,  Visayas. 

BAG.ll'M.4  I bah-gah-oo'-mah) ,  nat.;  river  enter- 
ing Barrera  port,  XE.  coast  of  Masbate  I., 
Visayas,  XE.  of  Aroroy. 

BAGAT  (bah-gi'),  nat.;  hamlet  on  XE.  coast  of 
Cebti,  4  m.  S.  of  Daan  Bantaydn  on  opposite 
coast. 

pueblo  in  Ambos  Camarines.    Pop.,  1887. 

1,703. 

{See  also  Ragay.) 

BAGBAG  (bag-bag'),  nat.;  hamlet  in  Rizal  (Ma- 
nila), Luzon,  on  main  road,  7  m.  XE.  of  Ma- 
nila. 

nat.;  summit  3.53  ft.  left  bank  Calacan  Riv., 

XE.  shore  of  Siibic  Bay,  SE.  coast  of  Zambales, 
Luzon. 

BAGGAO  (bag-gah'-oo),  ver.;  town  in  Cagayin, 
Luzon. 

BAGUATAX  (bajg-hah-tahn');  island  2^  m.  off 
coast  of  Antique,  Panay,  lat.  11°  28'  N. 

BAGIBAJI  (bah-hee-bah'-hee),ver.;  riverin  Am- 
bos Camarines  (Xorte);  rises  in  central  Cor- 
dillera and  after  course  S.  to  W.  empties  into 
Capalonga  Riv.  on  1. 


312 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


BA(lLALAOAN(;AN(bah-glah-lah-wahng'-ahn), 

ver.;  point  on  extreme  SW.  shore  of  S&mar,  3 

m.  SE.  of  Balangiga. 
BA(iLIT  (bag-lit'),  ver.;  N.  point  of  small  bay  on 

SW.  coast  of  Leyte,  leading  up  to  M(5rida,  1  m. 
BAdJJEN  (bag-nayn'),  ver.;   pueblo  in  Lepanto, 

Luz6n,  11  m.  N.  by  E.  from  Cervantes.    Pop., 

1,180. 
BAdlNOTAN  (bag-now'-tahn),  ver.;  hamletinPan- 

gasindn,  Luzon,  1  m.  E.  of  Agno  Riv.  on  Ma- 
nila and  Dagupan  R.  R.  and  converging  point 

of  2  main  highways  crossing  to  W.  side  of 

Agno  Riv. 
pueblo  in  Uni6n,  Luz6n.    Pop.,  Cn.,  1896, 

7,977. 
BAOO  (bah'-gaw),  nat.  (means  new);  pueblo  of 

Negros  Occidental,  on  E.  shore  of  Guimariis 

Strait,  11  m.  SW.  of  Bacolod  and  9  m.  E.  of 

nearest  land  of  GuimarAs  I.    Pop.  7,092. 
town  in  Amburayan,  Ilocos  Sur,    Luzon 

pueblo.    Pop.,  196. 
village  on  N.  coast  of  Cebv'i,  on  shore  of 

large  bay;  enjoys  fine  climate. 

hamlet  in  Batangas,  Luz6n. 

BAUOLIBXS  (bah-gaw-lee-bass'),  ver.;  river   in 

SW.  Sdmar  emptving  into  San  Juanico  Strait, 

6i  m.  SE.  of  Santa  Rita. 
BA(J()Mb6\  (bah-gom-bone'),    nat.;    hamlet  in 

M6rong  (Rizal),  Luz6n,  17  m.  SE.  of  Morong 

at  SE.  bay  end  of  boundary  with  Laguna. 
BA(J(>MBO>'(i   (bah-gom-bong'),  nat.;    point   in 

island  of  Biliran. 

mountain  in  SE.  Mindanao. 

BAfciON  (bah'-gohn'),ver.;  settlement  of  Igorrotes 

in  Abra,  Luz6n. 
BAGOXGBAIAN     (bah-gohng-bah'-yahn),     nat. 

(means  new  town);  hamlet  on  S.  coast  of  W. 

Anti(iue,  Panay,  1  m.  NW.  of  PandAn. 
hamlet  in  BulacS-n,  Luzon,  short  distance 

from  Bulac&n. 
BAGORAYRAIVO     (bah-goh-rah-ee-rang'),     ver.; 

point  on  NW.  coast  of  Leyte. 
BAOOSO  (bah-gaw-saw)  nat.;  point  on  E.  coast  of 

Mindanao,  1,5  m.  S.  of  Tonguil  Pt. 
BAGOTA  (bah-gaw'-tah),  ver.    (SeeQuinaldsagL, 

S.  Ambos  Camarines,  Luz6n.) 
BAGRAGAO  (bah-grah-gow'),  ver.;  mountain  in 

Ilocos  Sur,  Luzon,  spur  of  Cordillera  which 

divides  province  from  Abra. 
BA(iSILAK  (bag-see-lahr'),  ver.;  river  and  hamlet 

at  its  mouth  N.  shore  of  Tol6n  Bay,  3i  m.  W. 

of  Bayauan,  Negros  Oriental,  Visayas. 
BAGSIPAL  (bug-see-pahl')  nat.;  islet  li  m.  ESE. 

of  Estancia,  off  NE.  coast  of  Iloilo,  Panay. 
BAGT<3iV  (bag-tawn'y,  ver.;  point  on  E.  shore  17 

m.  N.  of  extreme  SE.  Silmar,  Visayas,  4  m.  E. 

of  Salcedo. 

BA(JTtiN  (bag-toon'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  W.  coast  of 
Sdmar. 

BAG II A  (bah-gwah')  nat.;  village  on  NE.  shore 
of  Calic6an  I.,  at  E.  entrance  to  narrow  chan- 
nel which  separates  that  island  from  extreme 
coast  of  samar;  3  i.slets  lie  opposite  the  vil- 
lage, in  entrance. 

BAG^1A^  (bah-goo'-ahn),ver.;  hamlet  in  extreme 
SE.  point  of  Surigao,  on  E.  coast  of  Mindanao, 
4  m.  NE.  of  Tugubun  Pt.,  terminus  of  SE. 
boundary  between  Surigao  and  Ddvao  dis- 
tricts, and  210  m.  SSE.  of  Surigao. 

BAGIIBAUD  (bah-goo-bah-ood');  point  on  NE. 
coast  of  Masbate  I.,  Vi.sayas. 

BAGIIIAD  (bah-gee-ad'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  S.  side  of 
Great  Tabin  Bay  in  NW.  Leyte. 

BAGUIAO  (bah-gee-ah'-oo),  ver.;  mountain  1,115 
ft,  high,  between  Mainit  Lalce  and  W.  coast  of 
Mindanao,  4  m. 

BACU'IGtiAX  (bah-gee-goo'-ahn),ver.;  island  near 
W.  shore  of  Lingay6n  Gulf,  PangasinAn, 
Luzon. 


BAGUIGttAN;  point  on  W.  shore  of  Lingay6i 
Gulf,  Pangasinfln,  near  island  of  same  name 
which  fronts  it. 

BAGUK)  (bah-geeoh'),  nat.;  pueblo,  p.  o.,m.  o. 
and  capital  of  Benguet,  Luz6n,  in  mountair 
tributaries  of  Agno,  8  m.  NE.  of  Trinidad,  for 
mer  capital.  In  December,  1900,  Philippine 
Commi-ssion  proposed  construction  of  govern 
ment  railroad  49  m.  long  from  Dagupan,  N. 
terminus  of  Manila  railroad,  to  this  point ,  anri 
establishment  there  of  sanitarium  for  trimps 
serving  in  Philippines,  to  avoid  necessity  ot 
sending  them  to  United  States  or  Japan  for 
recuperation,  following  policy  of  all  govern- 
ments having  colonies  in  Asia  as  Simla  i.e 
.sanitarium  of  Bengal,  and  Poona  of  Bombay, 
India.    Pop.,  1887,  65.5. 

r-  point  on  N.  coast  of  Mindoro,  8  m.  NW.  of 

Hog.    A  river  enters  sea  W.  of  this  point. 

BAGUIOLO  (bah-gee-oh'-lo),  ver.;  islet  off  SE. 
coast  of  S&mar,  SE.  of  Guimpunuan  Pt.,  and 
between  Giguan  and  Candolo  I. 

BAGULAYA  (bah-goo-lah'-yah),  ver.;  point  on  E. 
shore  of  Ragay  Bay  in  Ambos  Camarines 
(Sur),  Luzon. 

BAGCLAYAN  (bah-goo-lah'-yahn),  ver.;  point  on 
W.  central  shore  of  Tablas  I.,  SW.  point  of 
wide  bay. 

BAGULIBUG  (bah-goo-lee'-bog),  ver.;  hamlet  on 
E.  shore  of  large  bay  on  E.  coast  of  Zambo- 
anga,  Mindanao,  43^  m.  NE.  by  N.  of  Zam- 
boanga. 

BAGULIPAT  (bah-goo-lee-paf);  mountain  in  cen- 
tral range  of  Masbate  I.,  Visayas,  14  m.  E. 
of  S.  of  Masbate. 

BAGUMBACXiV  (bah-goom-bah-cahn'),  ver.:  ham- 
let in  Hollo,  SE.  Panay,  1  m.  N.  of  Alimodidn. 

BAGUMBANG  (bah-goom-bung')nat.;  creek  emp- 
tying on  NW.  shore  of  Panguil  Bay,  SW.  end 
o"f  Misamis  Port,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

BAGUMBAYAN  (bah-goom-bah'-yahn).  Tag.; 
hamlet  in  Manila,  Luz6n,  on  main  road,  11 
m.  NE.  of  Manila. 

hamlet  in  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

BAGL'N  (bah'-goon),  ver.;  mountain  in  S.  t'ni6n, 
Luzon. 

BAGUNBANN.A  (bah-goon-bah-nah'),  ver.;  islet 
in  entrance  to  Imunukan  Bay,  W.  shore  of 
Masbate  I.,  Visayas. 

BAGUSBANtf  A  (bah-goon-bah-noo'-ah),  ver.;  islet 
2  m.  E.  off  NW.  coast  of  Negros  Occidental 
and  N.  of  Mucabog  Pt. 

BAGUPANIAO  (bah-goo-pah-nee-ah'-oo);  N.  head- 
land of  Imunukan  Bay,  W.  coast  of  Masbate, 
Visayas. 

BAGUSON  (bah-goo'-sohn),  ver.;  mountain  in  SE. 
Leyte. 

BAGUTXyOC  (bah-go(>tah'-yock),ver.;  point  on 
S.  side  of  Calubanga  Bay,  in  Ambos  Cama- 
rines (Norte),  Luzon,  E.  side  of  Ragay  Gulf. 

BAGUT  lXpIT  (bah-goot  lah'-pit),  ver.;  point  on 
NW.  coast  of  Tawi  Tawi  I.,  Sulu  A.  From 
Tatdn  town  to  this  point  coast,  which  is 
wooded,  continues  WSW.  for  3  m.  to  bay, 
thence  WNW.,  low  and  wooded. 

BAHAG  (bah-hug'),  nat.  (Bahay);  point  on  NE. 
coast  of  Panaon  I.,  S  of  Levte. 

BAHANON  (bah-hah-nown'),  ver.;  tributary  of 
Ulut  Riv.,  SAmar. 

BAH  AT  (bah-hut'),nat.;  several  smalllslauds  in 
SE.  of  Laparan  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

BAHAY  (bah'-high),  (means  house),  nat.;  point 
on  extreme  NW.  coast  of  Panaon  I.,  IJ  m.  of 
Liloan,  S.  of  Leyte. 

point  on  NE.  coast  of  Pana6n  I.,  off  SE.  of 

Leyte,  SSE.  of  Liloan. 

point  in  E.  coast  of  Tayabas,  Luz6n. 

BAHAYEiV  (bah-hah'-yen),  ver.;  river  in  Min- 
danao rising  in  highlands  of  Butuan,  with  a 
large  volume  of  water  and  emptying  on  N. 
shore. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


313 


314 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


BAHAVNATIIbiG    (bah-high-nah-too'-big),   nat.; 

mountain  in  Mindoro. 
BAHAY-PABE  (bah-high-pah'-ray);  village  on  N. 
side  of  Bitds  channel,  immediately  opposite 
NW.  corner  of   boundary  of  municipality 
Manila. 
BA-HE  (bah'-hay),  ver.;  peak  2,406  ft.  high,  on  E. 

side  of  Peel  Mt.,  Palawan. 
BA-HE-LE  or  BAHELI  (bah-hav'-lav,  bah-hav- 
lee),  ver.;   river  emptying  on  SVV.  shore  of 
Ulugan  Bay,  at  hamlet  of  that  name,  Pala- 
wan;   navigable  for  boats  li  m.;    farms  in 
vicinity. 
BAHI  (bah'-hce);  hamlet  in  Albay,  Luzon,  near 
boundary  N.  of  Caramoran,  Ambos  Cama- 
rines. 
BAHIA  DE  LAS   ISLAS  (bah-hee'-ah  day  lahs 
ees-lahs),  Sp.;  open  bay  on  E.  coast  of  Pala- 
wan.    {See  Bay  of  Islands.) 
BAHIA  HOi\DA  (bah-hee'-ah ohn'-dah),  Sp.;  point 

on  bay  on  W.  coast  of  Palawan. 
bXhiB  (bah'-hid),  nat.;  hamlet  in  Cfipiz,  Panay, 
1.   liank  of  Malinannang  Riv.,   1  m.   below 
I'aiiitsm. 
BAHILE    (hah-hce'-lay),   ver.;    hamlet    on    SE. 

shore  of  Ulugan  Bay,  W.  coast  of  Palawan. 
BAHll    (bah-hoo'),    ver.;  mountain  in  Sulu  I., 

Sulu  A. 
BAHIOA  (bah-hoo'-gah),  ver.;  hamlet  of  Negros 
Oriental,  on  S.  shore  of  bay,  4^  m.  N.  of  Jima- 
lud,  E.  coast. 
BAHIGAO    (bah-hoo-gow'),   ver.;    mountain   in 
Pangasinan,  Luzon,  its  drainage  falling  into 
Agno  Grande  Riv. 
BAIBAY  (by-by'),  ver.;   hamlet  of  PangasinAn, 

Luzon. 
BAIBAYTON    (by-by'-tone) ,    ver.;    mountain    in 

Ilocos  Sur,  Luzon,  near  Abra  boundary. 
BAIBO  (by '-beau),  ver.;  important  mountain  in 
coast  range  of  N.  shore  of  Illana  Bay,  in  Co- 
tabato,  Mindanao,  9  m.  inland. 
BAILEN  (by-lain'),  Sp.;  pueblo  in  Cavite,  Luz6n, 

lil  m.  SE.  of  Cavite.    Pop.,  4,239. 
BAIM'.XAO  (by-nee'-now),  ver.;  pueblo  in  Bontoc, 

Luzon. 
BAIOK  (bah-yoke'),  nat.;  small  bay  on  W.  side 

of  Daram  I.,  off  W.  coast  of  Sdmar. 
BAIS  (bah'-iss),  ver.;  pueblo  of  Negros  Oriental, 
on  E.  or  Taiion  Strait  coast,  21  m.  NW.  by  N. 
of  Dumaguete.    Ceb\i  town  of  Ginatilan'lies 
11  m.  due  E.  across  the  .strait.    Pop.,  9,304. 

North  and  south  2  islands  2^  bvl.i  and  1 

by  lim.  1 J  m.  E.  cil  Xe.i;r(  .s  ( irifiulil,  in  Strait 
of  Tan6n,  between  Maiiiuvud  and  Pais.  They 
almost  till  tiiglit  in  whicii  situated  between 
points,  Teka  and  Palompon. 
bay  on  E.  shore  of  Negros  Oriental,  front- 
ing town  of  same  name.  Geographical  posi- 
tion, lat.  9°  34'  N.;  Ion.  123°  9'  E.  Fish  are 
abundant  and  taken  by  natives  in  traps. 
BAJA   (bah'-hah),  Sp.;   point  on  NW.  coast  of 

Palawan. 
point  on  SE.  coast  of  Palawan. 


BAJA  or  (itN>'0>"(il  (bah'-hah,  goon'-nong),  ver. 
point  SW.  of  entrance  to  Eran  Bay,  W.  coast 
of  Palawan. 
BAJA-LLAXURA   (bah'-hah  lyah-noo'-rah),  Sp 

island  fronting  Tayebu  Bay,  Malanut  port 

W.  coast  of  Palawan. 
BAJAT  (bah-huf),  ver.;  hamlet  1  m.  3.  of  Siilat 

^  E.  Sftmar. 
BAJAY  (bah'-hai),  nat.;  town  in  Cdpiz,  Panay. 
point  on  N.  coast  of  Sdmar,  7  m.  from  Catar 

man,  which  lies  to  W. 
BAJIBAJI  (bah-hee-bah-hee'),  ver.;  tributary  oi 

Tambang  Riv.,  in  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur) 

Luzon. 
BAJUNTAjtX  (bah-hoon-tah-hoon'),nat.;  9m.N 

of  Getafe,  N.  coast  of  Bohol. 
BAKAHIIaN  (bah-kah-hoo'-ahn),  ver.;    headland 

on  E.  coast  of  Concepcion,  lloilo,  Panav,  whicli 

with  Taguabonhan  forms  Apit6n  Strait. 
BAKAI  (bah-ki');   E.,  point  of  Paracale  Bay,  in 

Ambos  Camarines,  N.  Luzon. 
BAKAL  (bah'-cull),  nat.;  village  on  E.  shore  of 

Lapac  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 
BAKALAYA   (bah-cah-lah'-yah),    nat.;    river  of 

Sorsogon,  Luzon,  emptying  on  N.  side  of  e 

trance  to  Sorsogon  port. 
BAKAO  (bah-cow'),  nat.;   islet  off  NE.  shore 

Tiguiii^un  I.,  NE.  of  Tawi  Tawi  I.,  Sulu  A.J 
BAKAYAO  (bah-cah-yow'),  nat.;   summit  590  L 

on  the  N.  shore  of  Siibic  Bay,  SE.  coast! 

Zambales,  Luzon,  N.  of  Siibic. 
BAKAY'tfAN  (bah-kah-yoo'-ahn),  ver.;  mount 

bh  m.  inland  from  port  Dinas,  Cotabato,  Ml 

danao,  and  forms  as  bearing  to  navigators  f 

Rios  Rock. 
BAKEKE  (bah-kay'-kay)  or  BAKIKI  (bah-kee'-! 

kee),  nat.;  islet  239  ft.  high,  500  yds.  wide,  N.L 

of  Little  Calupag  I.,  at  the  NE.  approach  toj] 

Tambiluanga  channel,  NE.  of  Tawi  Tawi  L,  i 

Sulu  A.  j 

BiKIT  (bah'-kit),  ver.     (See  Bdquit,  NW.  coast  of  I 

Palawan. ) 
BAKLUIT  (bah-clew-if),  ver.;  point  4  m.  NE.  of): 

Cape   San  Agustin    on  Pacific,  E.   coast  of[ 

DAvao,  Mindanao. 
BAKt!  (bah-koo'),ver.;  mountain  summit  on  N.J 

Sulu  L,  Sulu  A. 
BAKULIN  (bah-koo'-lin),  ver.;  hamlet  on  : 

of  Surigao,  Mindanao,   SW.  of  Bakulin 

186  m.  SSE.  of  Surigao. 
point  7  m.  N.  of  Caraga  Bav,  E.  coas 

Surigao,  Mindanao. 

BAKIIn  (bah-koon'),  ver.;  river  on  N.  coast 
Tawi  Tawi  I.,  Sulu  A.,  emptying  into  sligi 
identation  about  1  m.  WSW.  of  Bakun  Pt.    ' 

low  prominent  point,  covered  with  tai 

trees,  at  E.  entrance  of  Tatadn  Chann^ 
2  m.  E.  is  bay  of  Moko,  Tawi  Tawi  I.,  Sulu  1 
(See  Tatadn  port.)  This  point  is  opposil 
Cabancauan  1. 

BAKUM  (bah-coom').  nat.;  creek  entering  on 
bank  of  the  N.  arm  of  the  Grande  Riv. 
Mindanao,  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 


BALABAC  G-ROUP,  SW.  OF  PALAWAN. 

(Bah-lah'-back,  nat.) 

Chief  town:  Balabac,  BaUlbac  I.,  lat.  7°  59'  hh"  N.,  Ion.  117°  \'  1\"  £. 

Area:  264  sq.  m.;  Baldbac,  132;  dependent  islands,  23. 

Population:  2,100. 

Race:  Moros. 

Language:  INIoro-Joloano. 

Military  Department  of  Visayas:  Headquarters,  Iloi'lo,  Iloflo,  Panay. 


From  Baldbac  to— 

Dumaguete,  Negros  Oriental 

lloilo,  Panay 

Sulu;  Sulu  I,  Sulu  A 

Manila,  Luz6n 

Zamboanga,  Mindanao 


Table  of  distances. 


GAZETTEEK    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDSo  315 

LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

^  The  extreme  SW.  group  of  islands  in  the  Philippine  Archipelago  is  separated  from 
:he  British  possessions  on  the  S.  by  the  Baldl)ac  Strait.  The  group  lies  between  lat. 
7°  40^  N.  and  lat.  8°  22^  N.,  and  Ion.  116°  52'  K.  and  Ion.  117°  20'  E.  {see  Balabac  I.), 
•5.  of  Palawan  and  N.  of  Borneo,  being  separated  from  the  latter  by  the  Baldbac 
Strait  and  between  the  Sulu  Sea  on  the  E.  and  China  Sea  on  the  W.  The  territory 
of  the  British  North  Borneo  Company,  opposite  on  the  S.,  includes  the  whole  N.  por- 
;ioii  of  Borneo  I.,  from  Sipitong  Riv.  in  lat.  5°  6'  N.  on  the  W.  coast  to  Sibuko  Riv. 
m  tlie  E.  coast  in  lat.  4°  5'  N.,  including  an  area  of  31,000  sq.  m. 

[I  AREA. 

'  The  islands  comprising  this  group  lie  within  48  m.  N.  and  S.  and  38  m.  E.  and  W., 
or  1,536  sq.  m.  sea  and  264  sq.  m.  land  area.  Balabac  is  28^  m.  N.  and  S.  from 
■Andeyro  Pt.  to  Cape  Melville  and  9  m.  E.  and  W.  at  its  greatest  width.  Area,  168 
Ssq.  m. 

i  PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 

I  The  surface  is  mountainous,  especially  in  the  S.  part,  and  generally  consists  of 
expansive  plain-like  valleys  here  and  there  marked  with  peaks  ranging  from  457  to 
890  ft.  in  height,  the  latter  being  Balabac.  There  are  upward  of  14  of  these 
measured  and  many  more  whose  altitude  is  not  given.  The  range  called  Sierra 
Empinada  lies  in  the  form  of  an  elipse  having  its  convexity  toward  the  sea. 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

■  Although  anchor  may  be  dropped  along  the  channel  or  N.  strait  of  Balabac,  there 
is  a  Ijend  W.  of  a  ledge  of  rocks  formed  in  front  of  the  mouth  of  a  wide  creek,  having 
an  anchorage  of  33  fms.     The  principal  bays  of  the  Balabac  grp.  are — 

Calandorang;  about  the  center  of  the  E.  coast,  1  m.  between  heads  and  2 J  m. 
deep,  well  sheltered  and  lighted. 

Clarendon;  on  the  SE.  shore,  N.  of  Balabac. 

Dalauan;  on  the  E.  coast  near  the  S.  end  of  the  island,  1  m.  between  heads  and 
2  in.  inland. 

Principe  Alfonso;  a  sheltered  inlet,  especially  against  tne  winds  and  sea  from  S. 
to  W.,  in  the  bay  of  Calandorang. 

Puerto  Ciego;  on  the  NW.  coast  3  m.  between  heads,  5j  m.  inside  from  NE.  to 
SW.,  and  4  m.  inland.  In  the  entrance  lies  an  island,  and  the  channel  is  much 
obstructed  by  coral  reefs. 

LIGHT-HOUSES. 

The  Balabac  Strait,  the  thoroughfare  of  commerce  between  the  China  and  the  Sulu 
seas,  especially  during  the  NE.  monsoon,  is  well  lighted.  On  the  point  S.  side  of 
entrance  to  Calandorang  Bay,  lat.  7°  59'  55"  N.,  Ion.  117°  04'  21"  E.,  is  1  flash  light 
268  ft.  above  sea,  in  a  square  tower,  white  with  red  base,  13  ft.  from  base  to  vein, 
lantern  red,  visible  12  m.  On  Cape  Melville,  on  a  hill  near  and  NW.  of  the  cape  form- 
ing the  S.  end  of  Balabac  I.,  lat.  7°  49'  N.,  Ion.  117°  E.  This  light  is  1  flash  every 
20  seconds,  297  ft.  above  sea  level,  in  an  octagonal  tower  with  detached  dwelling  90 
ft.  high,  and  visible  32  m. 

ROADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 

The  many  channels  among  the  islands  of  the  BaMbac  grp.  constitute  the  thor- 
oughfares of  vessels,  according  to  size,  motive  power,  and  seasons,  in  voyages  between 
India  and  Singapore  into  the  Sulu  or  Mindoro  Sea,  to  the  islands  of  the  Philippine 
Archipelago,  Hongkong,  Yokohama,  and  other  ports  of  China  and  Japan.  The  local 
travel  and  traftic  is  in  paraos  and  cascos  along  the  coast. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

According  to  the  "Censo  Oficial  de  1887,"  the  BaMbac  grp.  had  a  population  of 

1,834  inhabitants,  of  whom  408  were  Christians.     Estimated,  1901,  at  2,100.     The 

people  generally  are  Moslem  in  religion,  manners,  and  customs,  although  some  are 


316  GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

yet  entirely  uncivilized  and  living  in  a  state  of  savagery.  The  people  are  a  daring 
seafaring  race,  intermingled  with  the  invading  Moros  of  Borneo,  and  the  Malays 
races  of  the  Pacific  seas  to  the  E.  The  natives  are  Moros,  and  the  ordinary  U 
guage  of  the  islands  Moro-Suluano.  There  is  but  one  pueblo  with  a  few  villages, 
located  on  Bahlbac  I.,  as  follows: 

Balabac;  the  chief  town  situated  on  a  fine  harbor  (protected  during  the  SI 
monsoon)  on  the  shore  of  Calandorang  Bay.  At  the  entrance  isa  light-house.  With 
easy  access  of  the  town  by  trail  are  the  following  villages:  Agutayan,  Cabuliga 
Carandurin,  Catagupan,  Dalauan,  Lang,  Pasig,  Pancan,  Sabos,  Sigalo  (Singalc 
Tucanigalo. 

The  following  is  the  return  of  the  official  census  of  1887  for  the  pueblo  of  Bakil 
district  and  its  population:  Males,  1,048;  females,  786;  total,  1,834. 

DEPENDENT  ISLANDS. 

The  islands  lying  S.  oi  the  channel  between  Cameran,  Pandanan,  and  Bugsuc 
the  extreme  S.  point  of  Palawan  on  the  N.  and  Balabac  Strait  on  the  S.,  and  cor 
tuting  this  group,  are: 

Albay;  in  Candaraman  Strait,  between  Baldbac  and  Ramos  I.     (Less  than  one-half  mile)... 

Apo;  20  m.  NE.  of  Bahibac 1 

Banealan;  10  m.  N.  of  Baliibac 3 

Bowen;  1  m.  off  the  N.  point  of  Bugsuc  I.,  25  m.  NE.  of  BalAbac 1^ 

Bugsuc;  ne.xt  to  Baldbac  the  largest  of  the  group,  and  the  extreme  E.,  21  m.  JSTE.  of  Baldbac 45 

Byan;  in  the  channel  between  Manlagule  and  Bugsuc,  16  m.  ENE.  of  Baldbac 1 

Cameranj  23  m.  NNE.  of  BaUbac i 

Canabungan;  17  m.  ENE.  of  Baldbac 1 

Candaranan;  6  m.  NNE.  of  BaMbac 2J 

Casixigan;  16^  m.  NNE.  of  BaUbac 1 

Comiran ;  13  m .  SE.  of  BaUbac i 

Gabung;  in  mid-channel  between  Manlagule  and  Bugsuc,  13  m.  NE.  of  Baldbac 2 

Lumbucan;  15  m.  SE.  of  BaUbac 1 

Malinsong;  about  the  center  of  the  open  waters  between  the  4  larger  islands  of  the  group  18  m. 

NE.  of  Baliibac 1 

Manlagule  (Manlalgule) ;  6  m.  E.  by  N.  of  Cape  Disaster,  N.  extreme  of  BaUbac  I 10 

Nasubata;  6  m.  off  the  E.  coast  of  Baldbac ^ 1 

Pandanan;  immediately  S.  of  Palawan,  from  which  it  is  separated  bv  a  channel  1^  m.  wide,  14  m. 

NE.  of  Baliibac  I.;  it  is  6J  m.  NE.  to  SW.  and  2^  m.  wide 12 

Patongon;  13  m.  NE.  of  the  N.  point  of  Baldbac 1  ' 

Paz;  almost  adjoining  the  SW.  point  of  Ramos  I J 

Ramos;  immediately  N.  of  Baldbac  I.,  with  peak  374ft.  high,  separated  by  Candaraman  Strait, 

f  of  a  mile  wide 7 

Sanz;  in  Candaraman  Strait  between  Baldbac  and  Ramos  I 1 

Seeam;  4i  m.  N.  of  BaWbac  I.  at  the  W.  end  of  the  strait U 

Ursula;  the  northeast^rnmost  of  the  group,  40  m.  NE.  of  Baldbac .'. 1 

Total  area  (23  dependent  islands) 96 

VEGETABLE  PBODUCTS. 

There  is  a  small  production  of  cotton,  corn,  and  other  products  of  agriculture  for 
home  consumption. 

MINEBALS. 

Coal  in  commercial  quantities  and  of  excellent  quality  is  found  7  m.  from  Bahlbac 
town.     A  deposit  of  native  mercurv  is  also  reported. 

FOBESTS. 

There  are  large  forests  of  trees  producing  gum,  resin,  mastic  (almaeiga)  dye,  fiber 
and  medicmal  plants,  wax,  and  honey.  The  mouse  deer,  called  pelandoc,  is  fonnd 
only  on  this  island. 

FBTJITS. 

Bananas,  mangosteens,  sapote,  and  other  fruits  are  abundant. 

INDTJSTBIES. 

These  islands,  particularly  Comiran,  at  certain  periods  of  the  j-ear  abound  in  turtle, 
which  land  from  the  ocean"  for  breeding.  Natives  from  Balabac,  Palawan,  and  even 
Borneo,  make  expeditions  to  these  islands  for  the  shell  and  flesh.     Another  industry 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


317 


M  tlie  gathering  of  mastic,  a  valuable  staple  of  commerce  and  extensively  used  in 
irifutal  countries  as  chewing  gum.  The  product  of  Balabac  is  of  exceptionally  fine 
iual  ity,  and  under  proper  enterprise  the  output  might  be  largely  increased.  The  gath- 
ring  of  salangane,  or  edible  birds'  nest,  is  another  important  industry. 

MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 

No  United  States  troops  have  garrisoned  this  group. 


CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 

'  The  local  government  is  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  treaty  with  the  Sultan 
of  Sulu.  (See  p.  137  Gazetteer  and  Senate  Doc.  No.  136,  Fifty-sixth  Congress,  first 
session.) 

■BALABAC  (bah-lah'-back),  nat.;  chief  town  of 

island  of  that  name,  situated  on  bay  of  Ca- 

land6rang,  surrounded  by  mountains  900  to 

1,000  ft.  hiRh.     It    lias  biirracks,  warehouse, 

armed  fort,  and  attractive  houses  along  sea- 
shore.    A  military  station  was  erected  by 

Spanish  Government  In  1858  on  S.  shore  o"f 

Caland6rang  Bay  for  purpose  of  developing 

trade  of  Palawan  and  neighboring  islands. 

The  population  in  1895  was  327,  viz,  12  Span- 
iards, 278  natives,  24  Chinese,  6  moors,  and  7 

half-breeds,  under  a  naval  officer  as  governor. 

This  has  .since  been  reduced,  owing  to  change 

of  jurisdiction.    There  is  a  pier  at  the  town, 

and  also  a  light-house.     (See  Calandorang 

Bay.)    Pop.,  263. 
SE.  peak,  1,890   ft.  high,  of   a   group  of 

summits  in  low  range  between  Calandorang 

and  Dalauan  bays,  2  m.  inland  and  in  full 

view  of  Sulu  Sea  front  of  BaUbac  I. 


False  Peak,  lies  to  the  SE.  of  BaUbac  peak, 

Dalauan  bay,  SE.  shore  Balilbac  I. 
hamlet  In  Cavlte,  Luz6n,  22  m.  S.  of  Cavite. 

BAL-iBAO  STRAIT  (bah-lah'-back):  main  chan- 
nel between  BalAbac  I.,  the  southernmost 
posse.sslons  of  United  States  in  Philippine  A., 
on  N.  and  Balambangan  and  Banguey  off 
NE.  coast  of  Borneo.  British  po.sse.ssions  on 
S.  at  a  width  of  29i  (naut.)=34  (st.)  m.  It 
connects  the  China  with  Sulu  or  Mlndoro 
seas  along  S.  shore  of  BaUbac  I.  W.  end  of 
S.  line  of  demarcation  of  possessions  ceded 
by  Spain  to  United  States,  on  lat.  7°  40'  N.  be- 
tween Ion.  11G°  E.  to  119°  35'  E.  of  G.,  passes 
througli  this  strait. 

BAL.iBAC  STRAIT.  NORTH;  sea  channel  formed 
on  S.  by  Balaljac  and  Candararan  Is.  and  on 
N.  byBancalaii,  Manlagule,  andCanabungan 
Is.;  11  m.  long  and  about  12  m.  wide  at  its 
narrowest  part,  abreast  Canabungan  I.  (See 
Baia,bac  Strait.) 

BAIABAGAN  (bah-lah-bah'-gahn),  ver.;  formerly 
tribal  settlement  of  Illanos  on  E.  side  of  Bay 
of  Illana. 

BALABAO  (bah-lah-bah'oo),  ver,;  point  in  S.  Mas- 
bate,  Vl.sayas. 

BALAl'A  (bah-lah'-cah),  nat.;  a  pueblo  in  Le- 
panto,  Luzon.    Pop.,  en.  1896,  263. 

BALACBACXn  (bah-lack-bah-cahn'),  ver.:  crater 
in  E.  range  of  Guimards  I.,  SE.  Panav,  7|  m. 
SE.  of  Nagaba. 

BALAD  (bah-lad'),  nat.;  inlet  and  hamlet  In  S. 
Mindanao. 

BALADA  (bah-lah'-dah),  Sp.;  point  in  N.  Min- 
danao. 

BALADING  DAC<>  (bah-lah-dlng' dah-coh'),  ver.; 
island  of  Canahauan  grp.,  VV.  of  .Sdmar. 

BALAI)I>G  I^UETAI  (bah-lah-dlng' kay'-ti),  ver.; 
a  rocky  islet  S.  of  Baladlng  Daco  of  the  Cana- 
hauan grp.,W.  of  SAmar. 

BXlaG  (bah'-lag).  Tag.;  mountain  in  Rizal,  Lu- 
zon. 

BALAGBAG  (bah-lag-bag'),  ver.;  pueblo  Benguet, 
Luz6n.    Pop.,  1887,  682. 


BALAGER  (bah-lah-hair'),  ver.;  river  entering 
Celebes  sea  on  SW.  coast  of  D4vao,  Mindanao. 

BALAGIN  (bah-lah-heen'),  nat.;  creek  entering 
sea  on  N.  side  of  Liibang  I.,  SE.  of  Liibang. 

BALAGO  (bah-lah'-goh),  ver.;  peak  in  Caraballos 
Occidentales,  in  Abra  and  Ilocos  Sur,  Luzon, 
3,629  ft.  high. 

BALAGON  (bah-lah-gone'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  r. 
bank  of  Matinao  Riv.,  NW.  of  Bigoa  Mt.,  in 
E.  Siimar. 

BALAGUA  (bah-lah'-gwah),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Le- 

panto,  Luzon,  9  m.  from  Cervantes.    Pop.,  299. 
BALAIUAC  (bah-lah-ee'-wahk),  nat.;  islets  W.  end 

of  channel  between  Pamontalan  I.  and  SE. 

shore  Barrera  port,  NE.  coast  Masbate  I.,  Vi- 

sayas. 

BALAKTING  (bah-luck-tlng'),  nat.;  point  on  E. 
coast  of  entrance  to  Sorsogon  port,  Sorsogon, 
Luzon. 

BALAKMBOK  (bah-luck-nee-bock'),  nat.;  sum- 
mit 357  ft.,  on  E.  shore  of  Svibic  Bay,  SE. 
coast  of  Zambalcs,  Luz6n. 

BALALENG  (bah-lah-leng'),ver.;  hamlet  of  Ilocos 
Sur,  Luz6n. 

BALALO  (bah-lah'-law),  ver.;  point  E.  of  Bom- 
bon  Pt.  at  end  of  small  peninsula  and  form- 
ing E.  head  of  Murcl61agos  Bay,  N.  coast  of 
Mlsamis,  Mindanao. 

BALAL^N  (bah-lah-lawn').  Tag.;  hamlet  in  Bula- 
cAn,  Luz6n,  95  m.  NW.  of  BulacAn. 

BALAMBXN  (bah-lam-bahn'),  ver.,  bay,  point, 
river  (also  Batiguangtian).  and  pueblo  W. 
coast  of  Cebii,  22J  m.  NW.  of  Cebii  on  Strait  of 
Tauon.    Pop.,  9,610. 

BALAMBING  (bah-lum-beeng'),  nat.;  channel 
separating  Bllok-Bllok  from  coast  of  Tawi 
Tawi  I.,  Sulu  A.  About  1  m.  S.  of  Balambing 
are  2  small  flat-topped  rocks  named  Dulang 
Dalang  and  chain  of  black  bowlders  as  far  as 
can  be  seen  to  E. 

settlement  on  SW.  shore  of  Tawi  Tawi  I., 

Sulu  A.  Owing  to  intricacies  of  channel  lead- 
ing up  to  It  among  numerous  small  islands  in 
waters  between  Bllatan  I.  and  main  shore  of 
Tawi  Tawi,  it  has  for  years  been  a  notorious 
re-sort  for  Moro  pirates.  The  country  inland 
is  also  easily  defensible  on  account  of  sur- 
rounding hills. 

town  on  S.  coast  of  Tawi  Tawi,  Sulu  A. 

Many  sheltered  creeks  on  NE.  were  resorts 
of  native  pirates  in  which  European  boats 
could  not  pursue.  At  one  time  this  was  the 
most  famous  native  boat-building  locality  in 
all  of  Tawi  Tawi.  After  Spanish  attack  of 
1871  this  important  industry  was  removed  to 
Lupa  Buan,  10  m.  to  NE. 

BALXn  (bah-lahn'),ver.  (See  afeo  Bat^n  Bay  and 
port.)  Important  town  on  E.  shore  of  Bat4n 
Bav,  N.  coast  of  Capiz,  Panay,  16s  m.  W.  of 
Caplz.    Pop.,  12,908. 


318 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


BALAXAX  (bah-lah'-nahn),  ver.;  river  in  Min- 
danao. 

BALANIN  (bah-lah-neen')  nat.;  point  on  inner 
anchorage  of  Barrera  port,  NE.  coast  Masbate 
I.,  Visayas. 

BALANGA  (bah-lahn'-gah  or  bah-lang-ah),  Tag.; 
pueblo  and  capital  of  Batai'in,  Luz6n,  2  m.  in- 
land from  W.  shore  of  Mamlabay,  being  30  m. 
N.  on  W.  of  Manila  across  bay.  Road  con- 
nects it  with  all  shore  towns  along  W.  .side 
of  Manila  Bay,  besides  road  W.  across  prov- 
ince connecting  with  road  along  .sea  coast 
side;  post-office  station.    Pop.,  9,000. 

in  Batangas,  Luzon. 

BALAl^feAN  (bah-lang'-ahn),  ver.;  town  in  Bon- 
toc,  Luz6n. 


BALANGIGA  (bah-lahn-hee'-gah) ,  ver.;  pueblo oi 
S.  coast  of  Sdmar,  seat  of  important  coas 
trade,  56  m.  SE.  of  Catbalogan.    Pop.,  5,000. 

river  in  the  same  i.sland. 

river  rising  in  Malimatoang  Mt.,  S4mai 

flows  S.  and  empties  into  bay  on  S.  coast  a 
town  of  that  name. 

BALAlfttO.NA  (bah-lahng-oh'-nah),  ver.;  point  it 
NW.  of  Catanduanes  I. ,  Albay,  Luzon. 

point  N.  head  of  entrance  to  Santa  Marii| 

port,  NW.  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

BALAXGl'IX  (bah-lahn-geen'),nat.:  points. he 
of  entrance  to  Santa  Maria  port,  NW.  shOK| 
Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 


BALANG-UING-UI  (G-ROUP),  SULU  ARCHIPELAG-O 

(Bah-lahn-geen'-gee,  ver. ) 

Chief  village:  Balanguingui,  lat.  6°  N.,  Ion.  121°  40^  E. 

Area:  38  sq.  m. 

Population:  335  men  fit  for  war. 

Race:  Moro. 

Language:  Moro-Samal. 

Military  Department  of  Mindanao:  Headquarters,  Zamboanga,  Mindanao 

Table  of  distances. 
Balanguingui  to— 

Isabela  de  Basilan,  NNE 

Sulu,Sulu,W m 

Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  NE 66 

LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

The  Balanguingui  group,  the  most  N.  of  the  Sulu  Archipelago,  lies  between  lat.  5° 
59^  and  6°  17'  N.,  and  Ion.  121°  29'  and  121°  5V  E.  On  the  N.  acrosn  the  narrow^ 
intervening  channel  is  the  Mindanao  I.  of  Basilan;  on  the  E.  the  Celebes  Sea;  on  the; 
S.  the  Sulu  grp.,  and  on  the  W.  the  outlying  islands  of  the  Paiigutdrang  grp.  in' 
Sulu  Sea. 

AREA. 

The  land  surface  of  the  islands  aggregates  38  sq.  m.,  covering  a  sea  area  of  29  naut. 
m.  from  Talaran  NE.  to  Siniisa  SW.,  and  49  naut.  m.  from  Toquil,  the  outlying  i.sland 
in  the  Celebes  Sea  on  the  SE.,  to  Tacud  ralnmuan,  thf  remote.^^t  of  the  group  to  the 
NW.  in  the  Sulu  Sea;  total  area  of  land  and  inter-island  water,  1,862  naut.  m. 


PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 

The  surface  of  the  islands  vary  in  height  from  coral  formations  a  few  feet  above 
the  surface  to  peaks  of  volcanic  structure,  Bulan  being  1,184  ft.  high. 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

The  anchorages  for  small  craft  are  generally  under  the  lee  of  the  nearest  island. 
The  intricacies  of  the  channels,  although  of  .sufficient  depth,  make  navigation  diffi- 
cult and  dangerous. 

ROADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 


All  communications  are  by  the  fast-sailing  native  craft. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

The  inhabitants  dwell  on  the  shores,  on  which  fish  are  abundant.  The  number  of 
men  governed  by  dates  and  serviceable  in  war  is  335.  A  total  population  of  600  is 
estimated.  The  language  is  Moro-Samal.  These  islands,  particularly  Balanguingui, 
froni  their  central  position  in  the  Sulus,  and  as  well  between  Borneo  and  Mindanao^ 
during  the  first  half  of  the  nineteenth  century  were  the  favorite  resort  of  the  Moro 
corsairs  of  the  Celebes  and  Sulu  seas.  i 


-  - 


.  ''fi 


1 '' -  -  ■•  ■■,.-,"•■"".,■■  '•'"■-     "          "»       -  .•;„".,'•"""   '..    .     ,:.     »"^";: 

:  ""-n.;..    "^    >".,.:"^""'"-:. '■;.":■■                               v-O*  ,    -1.-"-"       ■:.•>-:- 

:.-,... IT"--  %  v.".,..-.:..v  .■■/"""•.-                         .  ':'."-■■    .  ""      -,»..-.■•."-".' 

""""'•c """"'f^.'''""""  "■^"""  ■               ■■■-•^ '"  ■.^V""l^:v-^"?^'n/^ 

„■!-"  ..". .  /_  ,            \  1  -.                                        ■-   "..    '-"""""",  ""'"S.' 

:    "J-    :■  ^i"":"-v                 ■%                                 •:":  ^■■■""  »;;.""••"."  1  "  "-:"-""'' -^"s 

:      '■^^"'-       ■        ,;■    ^                    "  ""'^'""■"■■^:""5:f«'^l^„"  """ 

=             '                  '                                            ^ "    "^  •"    *  - 

r'                       '       .■  .        ,-            /'■.V.-7— :    - 

""^    r:          -^'    ';  ,--^     .-        ■     ....^™ 

-           '                                                                                    BALANGUIISTGI   GROUP 

{    '                            * 

f                             r.™  .  s„.^.k  ..,.,„  ^.  i«»: 

;;,    .,.1                   '■;.    /*  ..^,^,^: 

;;».  ■■""""■— 

"3-                        '    \ 

,,j,.                 -  -  •  ,   1".-^ 

■   /" "' " 

•■•■••.•:  •'• 

:         ;.:    '- .      ■  > ;;  •™1~-  '"^ f=,-— ===^^==^i!^ 

",\S^^                   "'"■" 

S  Doc  -8^/?    57    1 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


319 


ISLANDS. 

sq.  m. 

alnnguingui;  main  island  of  the  group  in  the  S\V.,  E.  of  Bangao  I 6 

ftngahio  (Banyao);  in  the  extreme  W.,  E.  of  Balanguingui  I 3 

olod;  2  islands,  the  E.  597  and  W.  643  ft.  high 

ucutnil;  the  NW.  of  the  Samales  Is.  and  center  of  the  group  NW.  of  Belauan 6 

eliiuan  (Bulan)  ;  one  of  the  Samales  Is.,  1,184  ft.  high,  in  the  NE 3 

ipoli )(1 ;  2  .small  islands  of  the  Samales  Is.,  NW.  of  Bulan 

akonRock,  NW.  of  the  Bolod  Is 

amad,  W.  of  Bulan  I 

aniflwak  (Mamanoc),  N.  of  Balanguingui  I 

anungat 

an>! 

imak'S  Is. ;  general  name  for  a  small  cluster,  Bulan,  Dipolod,  Bucutua,  and  Mamad  Is 

imisa,  in  the  extreme  SW. ;  a  small  island  lies  to  the  N 6 

ipac,  in  the  extreme  N 

'acud  Pabunnan  in  the  extreme  NW 3 

'akut  Sunga,  a  rock 

alaran  (Tatalan)  the  most  N.,  38  ft.  high  1^ 

onkil  ( Toquil),  a  cluster  of  4  islands  about  the  center  of  the  Celebes  Sea  front 9^ 

unkalan 

Mlhelmina  Rock 

Total  number  of  islands,  20;  area 38 


VEGETABLE  PR0DX7CTS. 

All  the  islands  are  covered  with  a  dense  growth  of  vegetation,  sometimes  reaching 
he  dignity  of  a  forest,  but  generally  a  tangled  mass  of  mangrove  and  the  low-growing 
,nd  climbing  varieties  of  tropical  plant  life.  The  inhabitants  cultivate  a  few  yams 
nd  other  products  for  their  own  use. 

INDUSTRIES. 

A  small  trade  in  turtle  shells  and  trepang  is  carried  on  with  the  islands  of  Basi- 
an  and  Sulu. 

JNITED    STATES   MILITARY    OCCUPATION    AND    CIVIL    GOVERN- 
MENT. 


The  United  States  troops  have  garrisoned  this  group.  The  government  is  in  accord- 
inee  with  the  terms  of  the  treaty  with  the  Sultan  of  Sulu.  (See  p.  137  and  Senate 
Doc.  No.  136,  Fifty-sixth  Congress,  first  session. ) 


BAL.iXGi:i>'(Jri  (bah-lahn-geen'-gec),  ver.;  Y- 
shaped  island  6  m.  long,  lying  in  extreme  S. 
of  group  to  which  it  gives  its  name,  Sulu  A  , 
16^  m.  E.  of  Sulu  I.  and  2  m.  W.  of  Toquil,  sur- 
rounded by  several  coral  islets  and  reefs,  with 
narrow  channels  between  them  only  naviga- 
ble by  light  boats  of  Moros.  It  was  at  one 
time  central  seat  of  piratical  depredations  of 
those  fierce  Mohammedans  among  islands  of 
adjacent  seas. 

BALA\(illII]Vl)]6  (bah-lahn-gee-noo-ay'),ver.;  islet 
off  SE.  coast  of  Masbate  I.,  Visayas. 

BALAXGCNAX  (bah-lahng-oo'-nahn),  ver.;  point 
composed  of  dark  ferruginous  rock,  15  m. 
SW.  by  S.  of  Coronada  Pt.,  W.  coast  of  Zam- 
boanga  Peninsula,  Mindanao;  is  N.  headland 
of  entrance  to  Port  Santa  Maria.  Small  bay 
toE.  isbetter  sheltered  than  that  of  Coronada. 

exposed  roadstead  E.  of  Tinaca  Pt.,  S.  coast 

of  Dj'ivao,  Mindanao. 

■ cove  on  S.  coast  of  DAvao,  Mindanao,  be- 
tween Limansi  Pt.  and  Cape  Sarangani. 
Fresh  water  is  to  be  had;  but  poor  anchorage. 

BALAXSCNGIAN  (bah-lahn-soong-ee'-ahn),  ver;  2 
islands  of  sandstone  formation  in  SW.  part  of 
MarasiBay,  near  .shore,  SW.  coast  of  Palawan, 
and  SW.  of  bay  of  Marasi,  in  .same  parallel  as 
Puerto  Princesa,  being  surrounded  bv  little 
islands,  reefs,  and  rocks. 

BALATACAX  (bah-lah-tah-cahn'),  nat.;  village  11 
m.  W.  of  Bocator  Pt.,  on  NW.  shore  of  Panguil 
Bay,  SW.  end  of  Misamis  port,  Mi-samis,  Min- 
danao.   Path  leads  to  landing  |  m.  distant. 

BALA>"TA\G   (bah-lahn-tang'),  ver.;  hamlet  in 

^    lloilo,  Panay,  in  Iloilo  Strait,  5  m.  N.  of  Iloilo. 


BALAJiTlAX  (bah-lahn-tce'-ahn),  ver.;  river  in 
Panay. 

BALAXTON  (bah-lahn-tohn');  nat.;  branch  of 
Candaba  Lagoon,  Pampanga,  Luz6n,  toward 
border  of  Bulacdn. 

bXlAO  (bah'-lah-oh).  Tag.;  mountain  in  Batan- 
gas,  Luzon. 

BALiOANG  (bah-lah'-wang),  ver.;  pueblo  Uni6n, 
Luz6n,  connected  with  Namacpacin  by  road 
3  m.  long.  Pop.,  12,242.  Also  Balaoan,  BaM- 
nang. 

BALX^UIT  (bah-lah'-kit),  ver.;  hamlet  on  S.  coast 
of  Biliran  I.,3  m.  E.  of  Biliran,  N.  of  Leyte. 

BALAUiX  (bah-lah-reen'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  CApiz, 
Panay,  1  m.  NE.  of  Ivisan. 

BALARIXG  (bah-lah-ring'),  ver.;  point  in  Sibu- 
yAn  I.,  Romblon,  Vi.sayas. 

BALiS  (means  knob)  (bah-lahs'),  ver.;  island  5i 
m.  NE.  and  SW.  and  2  m.  NW.  to  SE.  (area,  10 
sq.  m.),  in  middle  of  front  of  Aletas  de  Tibu- 
ron,  or  Shark  Fin  Bay,  NE.  coast  of  Palawan. 
These  inlets  are  chartered  from  2  to  4  m.  E. 
and  another  1  m.  from  shore  on  W. 

BALASAIG  (bah-lah-,';ah'-ig),ver.;  town  of  Isabela, 
Luz6n,  near  confluence  of  BalasAig  Riv.  with 
Grande  de  Cagayftn  Riv.,  14  m.  N.  of  Ilagan. 

small   river  of   Isabela,   Luz6n,   entering 

Grande  de  CagayAn  Riv.  from  E.    Town  of 
same  name  is  at  its  mouth. 

BALASAX  (bah-lah'-sahn),  ver.;  pueblo  in  Con- 
cepcion,  Iloilo,  Panay,  8  m.  S.  of  Carl6s. 


GAZETTEEE   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


319 


ISLANDS. 

sq.  m. 

alanguingui;  main  island  of  the  group  in  the  S\V.,  E.  of  Bangao  I 6 

aiigalao  (Banyao);  in  the  extreme  W.,  E.  of  Balanguingui  I 3 

olod;  2  islands,  the  E.  597  and  \V.  643  ft.  high 

■ucuHu't;  the  NW.  of  the  Samales  Is.  and  center  of  the  group  NW.  of  Belauan 6 

elanaii  (Bulan);  one  of  the  Samales  Is.,  1,184  ft.  high,  in  the  NE 3 

iipol< 111 :  2  small  islands  of  the  Samales  Is.,  NW.  of  Bulan 

(nln.n  Rock,  NW.  of  the  Bolod  Is 

[amnd,  W.  of  Bulan  I 

lamfl  wak  (Mamanoe),  N.  of  Balanguingui  I 

lanungat 

arol 

amak'sls.;  general  name  for  a  small  cluster,  Bulan,  Dipolod,  BucutuA,  and  Mamad  Is 

imisa,  in  the  extreme  SW.;  a  small  island  lies  to  the  N 6 

ipac,  in  tlie  I'xtremc  N 

'acud  I'ahiniuan  in  the  extreme  NW 3 

'aknt  Suiiga .  a  rock 

'aliiran  (Tatalan)  the  most  N.,  38  ft.  high IJ 

'onkil  (Toquil),  a  cluster  of  4  islands  about  the  center  of  the  Celebes  Sea  front 0^ 

nnkalan 

Villuhnina  Rock 

Total  number  of  islands,  20;  area 38 


VEGETABIiE  PRODUCTS. 

All  the  islands  are  covered  with  a  dense  growth  of  vegetation,  sometimes  reaching 
I  he  dignity  of  a  forest,  but  generally  a  tangled  mass  of  mangrove  and  the  low-growing 
md  I'limbing  varieties  of  tropical  plant  life.  The  inhabitants  cultivate  a  few  yams 
|tnd  other  products  for  their  own  use. 

i  INDITSTBIES. 

I 

!    A  small  trade  in  turtle  shells  and  trepang  is  carried  on  with  the  islands  of  Basi- 
an  and  Sulu. 

CTNITED   STATES   MILITARY    OCCUPATION    AND    CIVIL    GOVERN- 
I  MENT. 


The  United  States  troops  have  garrisoned  this  group.  The  government  is  in  accord- 
ance with  the  terms  of  the  treaty  with  the  Sultan  of  Sulu.  (See  p.  137  and  Senate 
Doc.  No.  136,  Fifty-sixth  Congress,  first  session. ) 


BAL.\XGriN<Jl'I  (bah-lahn-geen'-gee),  ver.;  Y- 
shaped  island  6  m.  long,  lying  in  extreme  S. 
of  group  to  which  it  gives  its  name,  Sulu  A  , 
16i  m.  E.  of  Sulu  I.  and  2  m.  W.  of  Toquil,  sur- 
rounded by  several  coral  islets  and  reefs,  with 
narrow  channels  between  them  only  naviga- 
ble by  light  boats  of  Moros.  It  was  at  one 
time  central  seat  of  piratical  depredations  of 
those  fierce  Mohammedans  among  islands  of 
adjacent  seas. 

BALAXttUINlIE  (bah-lahn-gee-noo-ay'),ver.;  islet 
otf^E.  coast  of  Masbate  I.,  Visayas. 

BALAXGCNAN  (bah-lahng-oo'-nahn),  ver.;  point 
composed  of  dark  ferruginous  rock,  15  m. 
SW.  by  S.  of  Cnrnu-.KU  Ft,,  W.  coast  of  Zam- 
boanga  PeninMila,  Mindanao;  is  N.  headland 
of  entrance  to  I'ort  Santa  Maria.  Small  bav 
to  E.  is  better  sheltered  than  that  of  Coronada". 

exposed  roadstead  E.  of  Tinaca  Pt.,  S.  coast 

of  Dilvao,  Mindanao. 

cove  on  S.  coast  of  Dilvao,  Mindanao,  be- 
tween Limansi  Pt.  and  Cape  Sarangani. 
Fresh  water  is  to  be  had;  but  poor  anchorage. 

BALAXSUNtJIAN  (bah-lahn-soong-ee'-ahn),  ver;  2 
islands  of  sandstone  formation  in  SW.  part  of 
Marasi  Bay,  near  shore,  SW.  coast  of  Palawan, 
and  SW.  of  bay  of  Marasi,  in  .same  parallel  as 
Puerto  Princesa,  being  surrounded  by  little 
islands,  reefs,  and  rocks. 

BALATACAX'  (bah-lah-tah-cahn'),  nat.;  village  11 
m.  W.  of  Bocator  Pt.,  on  NW.  shore  of  Panguil 
Bay,  SW.  end  of  Misamis  port,  Mi.samis,  Min- 
danao.   Path  leads  to  landing  i  m.  distant. 

BALAXTAXG   (bah-lahn-tang'),  ver.;  hamlet  in 

4    lloilo,  Panay,  in  Iloilo  Strait,  5  m.  N.  of  Iloilo. 


BALANTIAX  (bah-lahn-tee'-ahu),  ver.;  river  in 
Panay. 

BALAJiTOX  (bah-lahn-tohn');  nat.;  branch  of 
Candaba  Lagoon,  Pampanga,  Luz6n,  toward 
border  of  BulacAn. 

bXLAO  (bah'-lah-oh).  Tag.;  mountain  in  Batan- 
gas,  Luzon. 

BALXoAXG  (bah-lah'-wang),  ver.;  pueblo  Uni6n, 
Luzon,  connected  with  Namacpacdn  by  road 
3  m.  long.  Pop.,  12,242.  ALso  Balaoan,  BaU- 
nang. 

BALXoUIT  (bah-lah'-kit),  ver.;  hamleton  S.  coast 
of  Biliran  I.,  3  m.  E.  of  Biliran,  N.  of  Leyte. 

BALABIX  (bah-lah-reen'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Cdpiz, 
Panay,  1  m.  NE.  of  Ivi.san. 

BALARIXG  (bah-lah-ring'),  ver.;  point  in  Sibu- 
yiln  I.,  Romblon,  Visayas. 

BALXs  (means  knob)  (bah-lahs'),  ver.;  island  5J 
m.  NE.  and  SW.  and  2  m.  N  W.  to  SE.  (area,  10 
sq.  m.),  in  middle  of  front  of  Aletas  de  Tibu- 
r6n,  or  Shark  Fin  Bay,  NE.  coast  of  Pala-vVan. 
These  inlets  are  chartered  from  2  to  4  m.  E. 
and  another  1  m.  from  shore  on  W. 

BALASAIO  (bah-lah-sah'-ig),ver.;  townof  Isabela, 
Luz6n,  near  confluence  of  Bala.sdig  Riv.  with 
Grande  de  Cagayto  Riv.,  14  m.  N.  of  Ilagan. 

small   river  of   Isabela,   Luzon,  entering 

Grande  de  Cagaydn  Riv.  from  E.    Town  of 
same  name  is  at  its  mouth. 

BALASAX  (bah-lah'-sahn),  ver.;  pueblo  in  Con- 
cepcion,  Iloilo,  Panay,  8  m.  S.  of  Carlos. 


320 


GAZETTEEE   OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


ver.;    point   in 


HALASIAN     (bah-lah-see'-ahn),    ver.;    river    in 

Lnz6n. 
BALASIO  (bah-lah-sig'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Cagay^n, 

Lu7/)n,  on  I.  bank  of  small  affluent  of  Grande 

de  Cagay^n  Riv. 

BALASlJNtjlillV  (bah-lah-soong-ah'-in),ver.;  sharp 
peak  i)47  ft.  high  on  S.  shore  of  Marasi  Bay, 
SW.  c()a.~^t  of  Palawan. 

BALATEUOS  (;i{A>DE  and  iHUO  (bah-lah-tay'- 
ro.ss  grahii'-day;  chee'-coh),  Hi.sp.;  2  bights 
respectively  W.  and  E.  on  N.  shore  NE.  of 
Galera,  Mindoro. 

BALATIl!  (bah-lah-tick'),ver.;  point  on  SE.  coast 
of  Cebi'i,  halfway  (10  m.)  to  Argao  N.  and 
Dalaguete  S. 

BALATIXAA  (bah-lah-tee'-nahn),  ver.;  peak  of 
Gran  Cordillera  Central,  in  CagayAn,  Luz6n, 
on  line  of  boundary  with  Abra  on  W. 

BALATINAO  (bah-lah-tee-now').  ver.;  mountain 
in  central  Abra,  Luz6n,  one  of  the  grande.st 
summits  of  Caraballos  Mts.,  which  divide 
Abra  from  Cagaydn. 

BALATO  (bah-lah'-toh),  nat.;  point  forming  E. 
head  to  Murci<51agos  Bay,  N.  coast  of  Min- 
danao. This  point  is  N.  terminus  on  sea- 
coast  boundary  between  Misamis  on  E.  and 
Dapitan  on  W.,  Mindanao. 

BALATOCAN  (bah-lah-toh'-cahn),  ver.;  hamlet 
on  N.  shore  of  Panguil  Bay  at  its  outlet  into 
Misamis  channel  into  Iligan  Bay,  Misamis, 
Mindanao. 

mountain  in  same  place. 

BALXtONG  (bah-lah'-tong),  nat.;  point  on  SW. 
coast   of    Negros   Occidental,   30   m.   SE.  of 
Inayauan. 
-  hamlet  in  Bulacdn,  Luz6n. 

'B  ALATll  AN    ( bah-lah-too'-ahn ) 
Mindanao. 

BALAUAN  (bah-lah'-wahn),  ver.;  hamlet  14  m.  E. 
of  Tarangunan,  in  Siimar. 

BALAUAN,  or  BALAOANG  (bah-lah'-wahn,  bah- 
low-ahng'),  ver.;  hamtet  in  IlocosSur,  Luz6n. 

BALAt'N  (bah'-lown),  ver.;  hamlet  in  BulacAn, 
Luz6n. 

BALAYAN  (bah-lah-yahn').  Tag.;  large  bay  or  e.s- 
tuary  of  China  Sea,  16J  m.  between  Cape  San- 
tiago and  Cazador  Pt.,  on  CalumpAn  Penin- 
sula, S.  coast  of  Batangas,  Luz6n,  with  depth 
of  12  fms.,  very  close  to  its  shores.  Island  of 
MaricabAn  lies  on  SE.  of  its  entrance. 

river  in  same  province. 

pueblo  on  NW.  shore  of  BalayAn,  at  mouth 

of  river  of  .same  name,  6  rii.  N.  of  San 
Pedriiio  Pt.,  in  Batangas,  Luzon,  with  fine 
anchorage  of  3  to  6  fms.  and  30  m.  by  road 
NW.  of  Batangas,  the  capital,  via  Taal  Mt. 
BalayAn,  3  m.  NE.,  is  guide  to  anchorage. 
Town  affords  supplies  of  all  kinds  for  vessels. 
Inhabitants  of  surrounding  country  are 
largely  engaged  in  agriculture,  raising  cattle, 
fishing,  and  coast  trade.    Pop.,  24,747. 

BALAYANG  (bah-lah-yang'),  ver.;  mountain  of 
Negros  Occidental,  7  m.  E.  of  Jimamaylan. 

BALBAGA\  (bahl  bah'-gahn),  ver.;  island  1  m. 
long,  100  ft.  high,  with  sand  hill  on  its  N.  ex- 
tremity, 3  m.  W.  of  Gigantes  I.  and  7  m.  E.  of 
NE.  coast  of  Panay. 
BALBALaXn  (bahl-ba"h-lah-ahn'),nat.;  hamlet  1. 
bank  of  upper  Saltan  Riv.,  in  SW.  CagayAn, 
Luz6n. 

BALBALON  (bahl-bah'-lone) ,  river  of  Ilocos  Norte, 
Luz6n,  ri.sing  in  the  Cordilleras  which  form 
Cape  Bojeador,  empties  into  small  ba^'  named 
Buraon. 

BALBAT6  (bahl-bah-toh'),  nat.;  river  entering 
sea  on  S.  shore  of  Busuanga  I.,  Calamianes 
grp. 

BALCAYAGUIN  (bahl-cah-yah'-geen),  ver.;  river 
in  Tayabas,  Luzon,  taking  SW.  course 
emptying  at  Macalel6n. 


BALEGIN  (bah-lay'-heen);  island  in  NE.  watt 
of  Lam6n  Bay,  belonging  to  Tavabas,  Luz6 
and  situated  SW.  of  Polillo  I.     " 

BALELA  (bah-lay'-lah);  hamlet  in  Bulacij 
Luz6n,  near  Calumpit. 

BALENO  (bah-lay'-noh),  ver.;  pueblo  NE.  coi 
of  Masbate  I.,  Visayas,  11  m.  NW.  of  Masbai 
Pop.,  923. 

BALER   (bah-lehr'),    Hisp.;    capital,  p.  o. 

pueblo  of   Principe,  Luz6n,  foot   of  I 

Madre  or  Coast  Range,  7  m.  up  Baler  Rii 
important  stream  formed  few  miles  above ' 
junction  of  4  branches  and  emptying  in 
Baler  Bay.  On  April  14,  1900,  United  Stat 
troops  took  possession  without  oppositid 
Proximity  df  lofty  Sierra  Madre  to  coast  ni 
only  rem  icrs  access  to  interior  extremely  dil 
cult,  hut  i)ractieany  isolates  this  provin 
from  Isabela  on  N.  and  Nueva  Ecija  on  1 
and  S.  Intercourse  with  Manila  in  ordina 
avenues  of  travel  and  trade  is  by  tran 
steamers  and  native  coasters.  Land  travel 
W.  provinces  of  island  Is  accomplished  1 
horse  or  hammock  carriage  over  mountai: 
which  here  attain  altitudes  of  from  3,000 
5,000  ft.  to  Bongabon,  distance  of  30  m.  S\ 
on  bank  of  Grande  de  la  Pampanga  Riv.,ai 
on  main  highway  and  telegraph  (militar 
route  between  Caraballo  Sur  on  N.  and  i 
through  San  Isidro  and  BulacAn  to  Manili 
farther  distance  of  70  m.    Pop.,  1,911. 

river  with  its  several  tributaries  (principi 

ones  being  Dicaniti,  Dimanalepe,  Malanl 
Dimunaglan,  and  Caliselan)  rising  in  ] 
slopes  of  Sierra  Madre,  and  emptying  inl 
Baler  Bay. 

bay  on  coast  of  Principe,  Luzon.    Affon 

poor  anchorage  and  is  exposed  to  all  wine 
of  Pacific  Ocean. 

group  of  mountains  in  Sierra  Madre  or  P.l 

cific  Coast  Range  in  Principe,  Luz6n. 

BALESIJf  (bah-lay-seen'),  ver;  small  island  1^  fc 
1  m.  in  extent,  50  ft.  high  in  center  of  Lam6 
Bay  off  NW.  shore  of  Ambos  Camarines,  <Lv 
z6n,  midway  between  NW.  points  of  Joms' 
lig  on  NE.  and  Alabat  I.  on  SW.,  and  17i  n' 
NW.  by  N.  of  Dapdap  Pt.,  Tayabas,  Luz6n. 

BALESTRA  (bah-les'-trah),  Hisp.;  small  island] 
m.  NW.  off  coast  at  Dagdap  Pt.,  Tayabas,  Li 
zon,  in  middle  of  Lamon  Bay. 


■ihore  I 


.BALETE  (bah-lay'-tay),  nat.;  port  on  W. 

Pujada  Bay,  D^vao,  Mindanao. 
point  on  E.  coast  of  Mindoro,  38  m.  SE.  li 

S.  of  CalapAn.    Island  of  Maestre  de  CamiJ 

lies  Hi  m.  E.  by  S.  off  this  point.    The  I'upm 

dayan  Riv.  enters  sea  1  m.  N.  W. 
settlement  of  Tagalos  at  mouth  of  Bac 

Riv.  on  N.  coast  of  Mindoro,  2i  m.  NW.  of  Ci 

lapAn,  engaged  in  cutting  and  splitting  ratta 

for  market. 
point  2i  m.  NW.  of  Calapdn  in  bight  of  NI 

coast  of  Mindoro:  3  unnamed  islets  lie  4  m 

N.  off  this  point. 
river  on  E.  coast  of  Mindoro,  entering  se 

2  m.  S.  of  Pinamalayan. 
pueblo  CApiz,  Panay,  3^  m.  inland  SW.  o 

Port  BatAn,  23^  m.  W.  of  Cdpiz.    Pop.  5,065. 
hamlet  in  Cavite,  Luz6n,  on  main  road  2 

m.  S.  of  Cavite. 
small  river  entering  bay  W.  of  CAuit  Pt.,  E 

coast  of  Mindanao. 

point  on  SW.  coast  of  Zamboanga,  Min 

danao,  on  N.  shore  of  straits  of  Basilan. 

BALI  (bah-lee') ,  nat.;  hamlet  8  m.  S.  of  Catarman 


BALIANAY  (bah-lee-ah-m'),ver.;  island  of  Bohol 
Visayas. 

^ALIAIV-BUCAY  (bah-lee-ahn-boo-ki'),  ver.:  ham 
/  let  on  SW.  shore  of  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A.,  113  m. 

SW.  by  S.  of  Sulu. 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


321 


-S 

•S' 

^ 

>* 

1% 

< 

If 

^ 

i 

< 

V 

CQ 

S.  Doe.  280 21 


322 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE   PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 


^"•BALIAA'OAO   (bah-leeahng-ow'),  ver.;  town    on 
r  N.  shore  of  Misamis,  Mindanao,  13  m.  E.  of 

Dapitdn. 
bay  in  NE.  part  of  Murciolagos  Bay,  N. 

coast  Misamis,  Mindanao.    Observation  spot 

on  Pulanglupa  Pt.  is  lat.  8°  39'42"N.,  Ion. 

123°  34'  5"  E. 
town  on  NE.  shore  of  bay  of  same  name, 

E.  part  of  MurciL-lagos  Bay,  N.  coast  Misamis, 

Mindanao. 
point  li  m.  ENE.  of  town  of  same  name,  on 

open  seacoast,  N.  Misamis,  Mindanao. 
BALIBAUO    (bah-lee-bah'-goh),    nat.;   point    in 

Zambales,  Luzon. 
BALIBAGO,  or  GALBiX  (bah-lee-bah'-goh,  gahl- 

bahn' ) ;  point  on  SE.  coast  of  Batangas,  Luzon, 

formed  by  spur  of  Bartolino  Mt. 
^BALICA€AO   (bah-lee-cah-cow'),   nat.;  point  on 
/^        W.  shore  of  Panguil  Bay,  5  m.  NNE.  of  Misamis, 

Misamis,  Mindanao. 
BALICXS  (bah-lee-cahs'),  nat.;  bay  on  NE.  shore 

Lubang,  W.  side  of  Ambil  passage. 
BALU'ASAG  (bah-lee-eah-sag'),  ver.;  island  6  m. 

SW.  of  Tahuruc,  SW.  point  of  Panglao  and  15 

m.  across  that  island,  SW.  of   Tagbilaran, 

Bohol. 
BALIC-BAIJC  (bah-lick-bah-lick'),  Tag.;  village 

near  cemetery  of  same  name,  in  NE.  part  of 

Sampdloc,  suburbs  of  Manila. 

BALICUATBO  (bah-lee-kwah'-troh),  Hisp.;  group 
of  5  small  islands  —  Biri,  Barin,  Cabaun 
Grande,  Quinamaligan,  and  Ugamut— from  3 
to  10  m.  off  NW.  coast  of  SAmarand  70  m.  NW. 
of  Catbalogan.  Small  vessels  pass  among 
islands.  Anchnrage  for  vessels  of  500  tons  is 
E.,  off  SW.  p'lint  of  island;  protected  from 
gales  in  65  fins,  of  water. 

point  at  extreme  NW.  projection  of  SAmar 

and    E.  entrance  head  to  San  Bernardino 
Strait. 

bay  to  E.  of  point  of  that  name  in  N'NV. 

S&mar. 
/  BALICrLUT  (bah-lee-coo-loof),  nat.;  islet  off  the 
'  SE.  coast  of  Siasi  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

^ALIGAO  (bah-lee-gow'l,  nat.;  bay  bet.  Camansi, 
and  Cabayan  pts.,  NW.  shore  of  Pujada  Bay, 
SE.  coast  of  Ddvao,  Mindanao. 

BALIGJOT  (bah-lig-hauf),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Cdpiz, 

Panay,  2  m.  NE.  of  May6n. 
BALIGl'U>'  (bah-lee-gee'-ahn),  ver.;  islet  150  ft. 

high,  9  m.  E.  of   Bulubudiangan,  affords  a 

mark  for  vessels  making  Iloilo  Strait  from  N. 

and  E.  to  clear  numerous  shoals  along  route. 
BALIGI'IGAM  (bah-lee-gee'-gum);  river  in  Ceb\i. 
BALILA  (bah-lee'-lah),  ver.;  mountain  in  Cebti. 

BALILAHAG  (bah-lee-lah-hug'),  ver.;  mountain 
in  SW.  Levte. 

BALILAO  (bah-lee-lah'-oo),Tag.;  mountain  in  Ba- 
tangas, Luzon. 

^BALILI  (bah-lee'-lee),  ver.;  pueblo  Bontoc,  Lu- 
^  z6n,  10  m.  from  Bontoc.    Pop.,  297. 

hamlet  on  r.  bank  of  a  river  in  Zambo- 

anga,  Mindanao,  52?  m.  N.  of  Zamboanga. 

cove  on  N.  .shore  of  Calagn^n  I.,  off  NE. 

coast  of  Iloilo,  Panay. 
point  on  island  of  Cebu. 

BALILIJAX  (bah-lee-lee'-hahn),  ver.;  pueblo  SW. 
Bohol,  11  m.  NE.  of  Tagbilaran.    Pop.,  1,860. 
(AlsoBalilihan.) 
^BALIMBIX  (bah-lim-been'),  nat.;  point  and  vil- 
lage in  Tawi-tawi,  Sulu  A. 

B.ALIX  (bah-leen'),  ver.  (See  Binuluangan  I.,  off 
NE.  coast  of  Concepcion,  Iloilo,  Panay.) 

BALI  NALTO  (bah-len-ahl'-taw),  Hisp.:  islet  off 
shore  of  bay  on  SW.  coast  of  SAmar,  near 
Guiuan. 


^.''BALIXASAX  (bah-leel-nah'-san)  nat.;  river  in 
Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  which  rises  in  sum- 
mit of  central  part  of  peninsula  and  flowing 
SW.  empties  into  straits  of  Basilan. 
hamlet  3  m.  NW.  of  Zamboanga  in  Zam- 
boanga, Mindanao,  near  r.  bank  of  river 
emptying  into  Basilan  Strait,  W.  of  Zam- 
boanga. 
BALIXASAY  (bah-leel-nah-sigh');  point  and  bay 
on  coast  of  Zamlmles,  Luzon. 

BALIXATIAO  (bah-lee-nah-tyow'),  ver.;  island  off 
Gabarasan  Pt.,  on  S.  shore  near  extreme  SE. 
end  of  Samar. 

BALIXATIO  (bah-lee-nah'-tiew),  ver.;  island  ofl 
S.  coast  of  Sdmar,  in  line  with  approach  to  N. 
entrance  to  Guiuan. 

BALIXCAGUIX  (bah-lin-cah'-geen),  ver.;  pueblo 
Zambales,  Luzon,  48  m.  N.  of  Iba,  on  main 
road  W.  to  Dasol  and  E.  to  Lingayen.  Pop., 
2,378. 

BALIXCAXABAG  (bah-leen-cah-nah-bahg' ) ;  island 
otf  W.  coast  of  Lingayen  Gulf,  Pangasinan, 
Luzon,  off  N.  end  of  boundary  with  Zambales. 

BALIXG  (bah-ling').  Tag.;  village  near  Angat,in 
BulacAn,  Luzon.  Valuable  iron  mine  is 
situated  in  neighborhood. 

^ALIXGASAG  (bah-lin-gah-sag'),  nat.;  bay  3  m. 
wide  and  1^  deep  to  SE.,  on  shore  of  which 
lies  town  of  same  name  in  Misamis,  Minda- 
nao, between  Gorda  Pt.  on  S.  and  Banbayan 
on  N.  Anchorage  is  in  front  of  town  near 
shore.     (Also  Balinhasay.) 

pueblo  at  mouth  of  river  emptying  into  sea 

on  approach  to  Macajalar  Bay,  Misamis,  Min- 
danao, 2.51  m.  N.  by  E.  of  Cagavdn  de  Misamis. 
Pop.,  11,491. 

point   at   NW.    extremity   of    Zambales, 

Luzon.    (See  Bolinao.) 

BALIXGArAX  (bah-leeng-ah'-wahn);  point  on 
NE.  coast  of  Mindoro,  5^  m.  N.  of  Poli. 

BALIXGt'Cl'AX  (bah-leeng-coo'-cahn), Tag.;  ham- 
let in  Bulacdn,  Luzon,  near  San  Miguel  de 
Mayumo. 
yBALIXGTAX  (bah-ling-tahn'),  ver.;  isolated  clus- 
ter of  3  .small  but  high-peaked  islets  or  rocks, 
of  the  Babuyanes  grp.,  in  BalingtAn  channel 
E.,  the  westernmost  islet  being  much  larger 
than  others,  and  has  very  peculiar  effect  as 
seen  from  passing  vessels,  owing  to  hole  which 
is  visible  through  immense  rock  when  bear- 
ing NE.  They  are  steepto,  and  may  be  passed 
on  either  side  at  2^  m.  distance.  Owing  to 
their  exposed  position  and  strong  current 
passing  through  channel  between  Pacific 
Ocean  and  China  Sea,  .sea  beats  against  them 
with  great  violence,  requiring  vessels  to  stand 
off  at  some  di-stance  during  bad  weather. 
Through  this  channel  lies  the  track  of  full- 
powered  steamers  between  Singapore  and 
Yokohama.  Rocks  are  visible  28  m.  in  clear 
weather,  and  therefore  afford  an  unerring 
landmark  for  navigators  passing  between  the 
points  named.  This  island  gives  name  to 
ocean  channel  which  here  passes  between 
Batanes  and  Babuyanes  grps.  Some  authori- 
ties assigned  this  cluster  to  the  Batanes.  The 
accepted  grouping,  however,  is  with  the 
Babuyanes. 

important  ocean  channel,  49i  m.  wide, 

between  Babuyan  Claro,  northernmost  of 
Babuydn,  and  Sabtdn,  southernmost  of  Ba- 
tdn  I.  It  is  reputed  free  from  all  danger, 
and  is  frequently  used  by  sailing  vessels  when 
proceeding  by  E.  passages  to  China.  Through 
this  channel  lies  track  of  full-powered  steam- 
ers between  Singapore,  Malay  Peninsula,  and 
Yokohama,  Japan,  2,2-56  naiit.  m.  The  Ba- 
lingtdn  I.,  an  isolated  group  of  the  Ba- 
buyanes, high-peaked  islets,  visible  28  m.  in 
clear  weather.  They  lie  in  E.  part  of  Baling- 
tdn  channel  and  constitute  an  excellent  Isind- 
mark  for  navigators  passing  between  Pacific 
Ocean  and  China  Sea. 


GAZETTEER   OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


323 


i^  /'^^-•BaaibavajaPt 


Constcmce  £anh 


/JVs.-.^ 


Ualingasa.^ 


®AI.rr^GASAO  -AI^CHORAiGK 


ITaxitixial  TVTile 

Ilillili''llli»l"'"!'l!llll">i  ^lIliUllllHllllllllllillllllll 


324 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 


/ 


»ALlNfii;i  (bah-lecn'-gco),  ver.;  islet,  7m.  N.  of 
Ubay,  NE.  coast  of  Bohol,  Visayas. 

BAL1\()  (bah-lee'-noh),  ver.;  town  on  NE.  coast 

of  Masbate  I.,  11  m.  N\V.  of  Masbate.    Pop., 

923. 
BALIXSASAYAO   (bah-leen-sah-sah-yow'),    nat.; 

mountain  on  W.  shore  of  lake,  lU  m.  E.  of 

Tol6n,  N.  Negros. 

BALINSATAUAN  (bah-leen-sah-yah'wahn);  ham- 
lot  in  Ambo.i  Camarine  (Sur),  Luz6n,  on  1. 
bank  of  small  stream  entering  sea. 

BALIMAl'Ai;  (bah-lin-tah-wahk');  hamlet  in 
Kizrtl,  Luz6n,  on  main  road,  6  m.  NNE.  of 
Manila. 

BALIOAXG  (bah-lee'-wong),  ver.;  town  in  Bon- 
toc,  Luzon,  13  m.  from  Bontoc.    Pop.,  504. 

BALIQl'lAS  (bah-lee-keeass'),  ver.;  inlet  in  the 
island  of  Liibang,  SW.  of  Cavite,  Luzon. 

BALIUI  (bah-lee'-ree),  ver.;  river  in  Leyte. 

BALIBdN  (bah-lee-rohn'),  Tag.;  hamlet  in  Bula- 
cto,  Luzon;  24.  m.  N.  of  Bulacftn. 

BALISANG   (bah-lee-sang'),  Tag.;   mountain  in 

Tayabas,  Luz6n. 
BALISCAN  (bah-lis-cahn'),  ver.:  small  island  NW. 

of  Alabat  I.,  in  Lamon  Bay,  between  Alabat 

and  Calbalete  Is.,  off  Tayabas,  Luzon,  and 

fronting  Maub&n  anchorage. 

BALISON  (bah-lee'-sohn),ver.;  a  point,  and  lofty 
peak  on  boundaries  of  Iloilo,  in  Cipiz,  Panay. 
(See  ArcAngel.) 

BALITAKG  (bah-lee-tahng');  hamlet  in  Cebu, 
near  pueblo  of  Boljo6n,  Cebu, 

BALITI  (bah-lee'-tee),  nat.;  port  in  N.  Mindoro. 

village  on  N.  shore  of  Albay  Gulf,  Albay, 

Luzon,  E.  of  Libog. 

BALITO  (bah-lee'-toh).  Tag.;  river  having  its 
outlet  in  Batangas  Bay,  Luz6n. 

BALICAG  (bah-lee'-wahg),  Tag.;  market  pueblo 
and  center  of  7  roads  in  BulacAn,  Luzon,  lOi 
m.  N.  of  BulacAn.  Pop.,  14,122.  Surrounding 
country  is  fertile  and  populous;  people  indus- 
trious, interesting,  and  progressive.  On  May 
2,  1899,  United  States  forces,  under  Maj.  Gen. 
H.  W.  Lawton,  after  complete  rout  of  in- 
surgents, occupied  town.  On  May  6,  in 
response  to  overtures  from  inhabitants  repre- 
sented through  most  influential  of  their  num- 
bers, Gen.  Lawton  gave  verbal  permission  to 
hold  meeting  in  public  square  for  election 
of  "  capitAn  municipal,"  or  mayor,  to  ad- 
minister the  civil  affairs  of  town  and  represent 
its  interests  in  cooperation  with  military 
forces.  By  command  of  Maj.  Gen.  Lawton, 
through  Col.  Clarence  R.  Edwards,  assi.stani' 
adjutant-general  (G.  F.  O.  No.  8,  Headquar 
ters  First  Division,  Eighth  Army  Corps,  in 
field,  Baliuag,  May  7,  1899),  the  result  was 
promulgated  in  English,  Spanish,  and  TagA- 
log,  and  authority  given  to  select  a  council 
and  such  other  assistants  necessary  to  prop- 
erly administer  municipal  affairs;  United 
States  not  to  be  held  for  salaries,  and  ordering 
respect  and  obedience.  This  was  first  es- 
tablishment of  municipal  government  in 
Philippine  Islands  under  American  occupa- 
tion. 

BALIUASAN  (bah-lee-wah'-sun),nat.;  river  enter- 
ing on  SW.  shore  of  Zamboanga,  W.  of  town 
of  same  name. 

village  on  S.  shore  of  Zamboanga,  Minda- 
nao, li  m.  W.  by  N.  of  Zamboanga.  The 
river  of  same  name  enters  sea  to  W. 

BALIUAGAN  (Great  and  Little)  (bah-lee-wah'- 
gun),  nat.;  2  rivers  entering  on  SE.  side  of 
inlet  on  N.  shore  of  Putiao  port,  SW.  coast  of 
Sorsogon,  Luz6n. 

BALLENA  (whale  rock)  (bah-lyay'-nah);  rock  5 
yds.  in  extent,  5  ft.  above  water,  8  m.  E.  of 
Tugas  Pt.,  on  NE.  coast  of  Mindanao. 


nlet  ol 

ctreiflH 
niai^H 
oastvH 


i^' 


BAIO  (bah'-loh);  river  of  Ilocos  Norte,  Luz6n, 
rising  in  Cordillera  del  Norte  and  after  some- 
what circuitous  course,  taking  N.  direction,; 
emptying  into  bay  of  Banqui. 

BALOAY  (bah-levi'):  e.stuary  on  N.  coast  of 
Ilocos  Norte,  Luz6n,  which  receives  drainage 
of  Patapa  Mt. 

BALOG  (bah-log'),  Tag.;  hamlet  of  Nueva  Ecija, 
Luz6n,  23  m.  N.  of  San  Isidro. 

BALOGO  (bah-loh'-goh).  nat.;  hamlet  on  SE. 
shore  of  deep  bight  on  N.  coast  of  Panay,  74 
m.  NE.  of  Pilar,  CApiz. 

point  and  town  IJ  m.  SE.  of  Pasacao,  SW. 

coast  of  Ambos  Camarines. 

,BAL(>I  (bah-loy'),  ver.;  point  between  Silla  and; 
Tagolo,  on  N.  coast  of  Mindanao.  High.i 
rocky,  and  very  rugged. 

BALOLAN  (bah-loh'-lahn),  ver.;  tributary  o^' 
Dalut  Riv.,  N.  coast  of  Negros  Occidental. 

BALOLARIN  (bah-loh-lah'-rin),  ver.;  hamlet 
Negros  Occidental,  2  m.  SW.  of  Inayauan. 

BALOLO  (bah-loh'-loh),  ver.;  point  in  ext 
NW.  end  of  Pefi6n  de  Coron  I.,  Calamiau 
grp.,  1  m.  S.  of  SE.  shore  of  Uson  I.,  coasti 
Busuanga. 

river  entering  Uson  port  on  NW.  shore,  S. 

coast  of  Busuanga  I. ,  Calamiau es  grp.  Semen- 
teras,  a  hamlet,  is  on  its  E.  shore,  near  its 
mouth. 

BAL()MB()N  (bah-loam-bone') ;  point  on  E.  coast 
of  Albay,  Luzon,  at  sea  end  of  Malabay  Mt. 
and  afniouth  of  small  river. 
^-BALCiN  (bah-lone'),  nat.:  village  on  1.  bank 
Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  Cotabato,  Minda- 
nao, 2^  m.  above  Tumbao. 

BALONDONG  (bah-lohn-dong'),  ver.;  mountajn; 
in  Panay. 

BALOT  (bah-lof),  nat.;  small  fountain  tributanr 
rising  in  mountains  of  Negros  Orientsu, 
enters  Guimards  Strait  through  Ilog,  W.  coast. 

BALOTA  (bahloh'-tah),  ver.;  hamlet  in  SAmar, 
2  m.  W.  of  Sulat. 

port  of  some  size  on  S.  coast  of  LinapacanI;, 

Calamianes  grp.,  off  NE.  coast  of  Palawaa 
small  island  lies  to  W. 

BALOY  (bah-loy'),  ver.;  mountain  at  point' 
intersection  of  boundaries  of  Antique,  Iloil 
and  Cdpiz,  provinces  of  Panay,  and  distatf 
respectively,  from  their  capitals,  40  m.  N" 
of  San  Jose  de  Buenavista,  31  m.  NW. 
Iloilo,  42  m.  SW.  of  Cdpiz,  and  22^  m.  duel 
of  Bugason,  on  W.  coast  of  Panay. 

BALSAIN  (bahl-sah'-een);  hamlet  of  Nueva' 

caya,  Luz6n,  in  pueblo  of  Dupax. 
BALSEIBO   (bahl-say'-roh),   Sp.;  point  at  S. 

treme  of  Tulayan  I.,  Dalrymple  Harbor, 

N.  shore  of  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A.;  hamlet  of  Cars 

caran  lies  li  m.  SE.  on  mainland;  pointj 

one  of  headlands  of  approach  to  Sulu  from .' 

channel  in  Tawi  Tawi  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

BALTASAB   (bahl-tah-sahr'),  Sp.;  island  of  Tr 

Reyes  grp.,  SW.  of  Marinduque. 
BALTL1I0UE,  for;  peak,  600  ft.  high,  on  IldefoE 

Pen.,  E.  side  of  Casiguran  Sound,  PrinciJ 

Luz6n. 
BALl'X  (bah-lwah'),  ver.;  hamlet  2  m.  SW. 

Siilat,  Sdmar. 
BALUAGAX  (bah-lwah'-gahn),  ver.;  river  empt 

ing  into  sea  on  NE.  coast  of  Mindoro,  5 

NW.  of  Naujdn. 

point  in  Ambos  Camarines  (Norte). 

BALUABTE  (bah-lwar'-tay),  Sp.;  hamlet  nearN.' 

boundary  of  Bulacdn,  Luzon,  at  junction  of 

2  main  roads  entering  from  Nueva  Ecija,  24 

m.  N.  of  Bulacdn. 
point  on  N.  coast  of  Leyte,  Visayas,  and  S. 

head  of  W.  entrance  to  Janabatas  channel 

Palaiig:auan  I.  lies  off  this  point. 
BALUBAD  (bah-loo-bahd');  hamlet  of  Bulacdn, 

Luzon,  from  which  it  is  but  short  distance.  ■ 


MAKIN-l)B(}ITi; 


PORT  BANACALAN    "  . 

(PORT   SAN  ANDRES) 


^l..jslJ^Z™  ^       J' ,.  '      "     "  'Z^^-^' 


S  Doc  ^S'<:'  57    1 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


325 


BALrSAGAT  (bah-loo-bah-gahf),  nat.;  river  en- 
tering on  NE.  side  of  inlet  on  N.  shore  of 
I'utiao  port,  SW.  coast  of  Sorsog6n,  Luzon. 

BALUBAKUI  (bah-loo-bah-rooy'),  nat.;  small  bay 
on  W.  coast  of  Daram  I.,  N.  of  Dumiri  Bay, 
W.  coast  of  Siimar. 

BALUt!  (bah-look'),  ver  ;  point  on  island  of  same 
name  off  W.  coast  of  Basilan,  Mindanao. 

BALUCA  (bah-loo'-cah),  ver.;  hamlet  in  lowlands 
on  SE.  boundary  01  Pampanga,  Luzon,  11^  m. 
E.  of  Bacolor. 

BALLOBUGAN  (bah-look-boo'-gun),  nat.;  inlet  on' 
S.  shore  of  Murciilagos  Bay,  on  N.  coast  of 
Mindanao,  between  Nanc^,  and  Tactacan 
pts.,  near  boundary  between  Misamis  and 
Dapitan. 

BALUD  (bah-lood'),  nat.;  interior  hamlet  of  Con- 
cepciOn,  IloUo,  Panay,  1  m.  W.  of  Concepci6n. 

hamlet  in  SAmar,  Vj  m.  NE.  of  Basey. 

BALUG  (bah-loog'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  NW.  shore 
of  Bacayacan  Bay,  on  E.  coast  of  Sdmar. 

hamlet  on  shore  of  Masbate  L 

BALl'GA  (bah-loo'-gah),  nat.;  hamlet  in  Panga- 
sin^n,  Luzon,  10  m.  S.  of  Lingay^n. 

BALUGAK  (bah-loo'-gahn).  Tag.;  mountain  in 
Laguna,  Luzon. 

BALtfGAKG  (bah-loo'-gang),  ver.;  pueblo  of  Bon- 
toc,  Luz6n,  18  m.  from  Bontoc.    Pop..  1,312. 

BALl'GO  (bah-loo'-goh);  village  of  pueblo  of  Para- 
nas,  S^mar  on  shore  of  Day  of  Buad,  on  W. 
ctiast. 

hamlet  in  Bulac&n,  short  distance  from 

(  idumpit,  Luz6n. 

11 A  M  K  or  BALCC  (bah-luk'),  ver.;  long  narrow 
island,  3i  m.  N.  and  S.,  6^  m.  W.  of  Basilan  I., 
of  that  cluster,  Sulu  A.,  rises  625  ft.  on  N.  part, 
low  on  S. 

BALL'MBi\  (bah-loom-bahn'),  ver.;  river  in 
Cebu. 

BALl'MIS  (bah-loo'-miss),  nat.;  village  of  Cota- 
bato,  on  1.  bank  of  Upper  Grand  Riv.  of  Min- 
danao, near  boundary  of  Lanao,  Mindanao. 

BALUN&AO  (bah-loong-ah'-oo).  Tag.;  pueblo  on 
tributarv  of  Agno  Riv.  in  Nueva  Ecija,  Lu- 
z6n,  41  lii.  N.  of  San  Isidro.    Pop.,  3,848. 

hamlet  in  Bulacto  short  distance  from 

Calumpit,  Luzon. 

BALL'^UjXIIAN      (bah-loong-oong'-ahn),     ver.; 

islet  2  m.  NE.  of  iloc  I.,  toward  Linapacan 

I.,  off  NE.  coast  of  Palawan. 
BALUT  (bah-loof),  nat.;  hamlet  on  I.  bank  of 

Iligan  Riv.,  about  midway  between  Lanao 

Lake  and  Iligan  Bay,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 
easternmost  of  Sarangani  cluster  {see  Saran- 

ganlL,  DS,vao,  Mindanao).    It  forms  part  of 

S.  shore  of  Sarangani  Strait. 

^  BALUT  or  BALUT  MASILA  (bah-loof,  bah-loof 
mah-see'-lah),  nat.;  largest  and  westernmost 
of  Sarangani  I.,  10^  m.  off  extreme  S.  point 
of  Ddvao,  Mindanao,  forms  S.  shore  of  Saran- 
gani Strait,  and  7  m.  N.  and  S.,  and  94  m.  E. 
and  W.,  42  sq.  m.  area;  is  of  volcanic  for- 
mation, there  being  2  prominent  peaks  on 
S.  .side,  the  northwesternmost  being  3,117  ft. 
high.  Island  1  sq.  m.  and  40  ft.  high  lies  off 
SW.  shore,  channel  4  m.  wide  separates  it  from 
Eastern  I.,  known  as  Little  Balut  or  Saran- 
gani I.;  is  42  m.  N.  of  the  S.  line  (lat.  4°  45' 
N.)  of  demarkation  of  United  States  posses- 
sions in  P.  A.,  and305  m.  E.  of  Siasi  I.,  nearest 
of  United  States  Sulu  A.  on  opposite  side  of 
Celebes  Sea,  highest  and  most  cultivated  of 
cluster,  and  has  population  of  1,500.  In  center 
is  volcano  3,050  ft.  above  sea,  from  which 
smoke  sometimes  issues.  In  SW.  extreme 
is  another  volcano,  and  in  SE.  a  hill  1,082 
ft.  high.  Off  SW.  end  is  rock  40  ft.  high. 
Lajan  is  its  northeasternmost  point  from  Pa- 
cific Ocean.  There  is  wonderful  hot  spring 
covered  at  high  water  on  NE.  short-  at 
Lajan  Pt. 


/ 


,,«ALUT  PARIDO  (bah-loof  pah-ree'-doh),  Hisp.; 
easternmost  of  Sarangani  I.,  off  S.  point  of 
Mindanao. 
BALUTINAO  (bah-loo-tee-now'),  ver.;  mountain 
in  Antique,  Panay,  on  boundary  with  II0II6, 
18i  m.  E.  of  San  Jos6  de  Buenavista. 

BALUTU  (bah-loo'-too),  nat.;  point  on  SW.  shore 
of  inner  entrance  to  Balete  port,  W.  shore  of 
Pujada  Bay,  SE.  coast  of  DAvao,  Mindanao. 

'TIALUTIJAN  (bah-loo-too'-ahn) ,  ver. ;  point  in  Min- 
danao. 

BALUTUCAN  (bah-loo-too'-cahn);  point  on  NE. 
coast  of  Masbate,  Visayas.  Near  this  point 
are  gold  washings  of  reported  commercial 
value. 

BALUYAN  (bah-loo'-yahn),  ver.;  hamlet  on  W. 
coast  of  Antique,  Panay,  U  m.  S.  of  Barbaza. 

BALYUAGA\  (bahl-ywah'-gun),  nat.;  river  sepa- 
rating Pamontalan  I.  from  mainland,  Mas- 
bate,  on  SE.  side  of  Barrera  port,  NE.  coast 
Masbate,  Visayas. 

BAMBXn  (bam-bahn').  Tag.;  pueblo  on  S.  borders 
of  TArlac,  Luz6n,  17  m.  S.  of  TArlac,  near  line 
of  Manila  Railroad,  E.  side.    Pop.,  3,196. 

point  on  E.  shore  of  Taal  Lake,  Batangas, 

Luz6n. 

hamlet  in  E.  central  CiVpiz,  Panay,  on  1. 

bank  of  Badbaran  Riv.,  1  m.  N.  of  Dumarao. 

river  emptying  into  sea  on  NW.  coast  of 

Ilocos  Norte,  Luzon. 

BAMBAXXn  (bam-bah-nahn'),  ver.;  low  coral 
island  covered  with  trees  in  SE.  part  of  La- 
paran  grp.,  Sulu  A.,  is  4i  m.  SE.  of  Billanguan, 
and  is  visited  by  natives  of  Tawi  Tawi  for 
fishing. 


BAMBANG  (bam-bahng'),  ver.;  pueblo  on  high- 
way in  Nueva  Vizcaya,  Luz6n,  7  m.  SW.  of 
Bayombong.    Pop.,  3,387. 

islet  in  delta  of  Grande  de 

province  of  same  name,  Luaon. 

point  on  S.  coast  of  Mindanao  between 

bays  of  Illana  and  Bongo,  on  coast  of  Cota- 
bato,  Mindanao. 

BAMBANtiA  (bam-bahng'-ah),nat.;  bayonS. coast 
of  Mindanao  in  lat.  7°  00'  11"  N.,  penetrating 
coast  for  distance  of  4  m. 

BAMBANOX  (bam-bah-nohn'),  Tag.;  hamlet  near 
Pacific  coast  of  Infanta,  Luzon. 
^BAMBAOn  (bam-bah-ohn'),  ver.;  point  in  Min- 
danao. 

BAMBAYAN  (bam-bah'-yahn),  ver.;  town  in  N. 
Mindanao. 

BAMBUJAN  (bam-boo'-hun),  nat.;  mountain  in 
Bohol. 

BAMBULIN  (bam-boo'-lin),nat;  channel  in  Tawi 
Tawi  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

BAMGABANgJl  (bahm-gah-bahng-ah'),  nat,;  vil- 
lage in  pueblo  of  Cabanattian,  Nueva  Ecija, 
Luzon,  lying  6  m.  to  S.  and  on  river  of  Caba- 
natuan,  affluent  of  which  forms  part  of 
boundary  with  Pampanga. 

BAMTAT  (bam-tahf),  ver.;  mountain  inMindoro. 

BAMULUG  (bah-moo-loog'),  ver.;  small  stream  in 
Cdpiz,  Panay,  entering  sea  on  NW.  coast 
about  i  m.  W.  of  Mdlay. 

BA\i  (bah-nah'),  nat.;  hamlet  in  Cavlte,  Luz6n, 
22  m.  S.  of  Cavite. 

point  in  Si'imar. 

BANAAO  (bah-nah-ah'-oo),  ver.;  pueblo  in  Le- 
panto,  Luzon,  17  m.  from  Cervantes.  Pop., 
385. 

BAXABAN  (bah-nah'-bahn);  hamlet  in  Bulacto, 
Luz6n,  in  NE.  part  of  district  of  Buena  Vista. 

BAXACALAN  (bah-nah-cah'-lahu),  nat.;  river  en- 
tering on  E.  shore  Banacalan  port,  NW.  coast 
Marinduque. 

BANACrtN  (bah-na-cohn'),  ver.;  island  2  m.  long, 
4  m.  N.  of  Getafe,  on  N.  coast  of  BohoL 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


325 


BALUBAGAT  (bah-loo-bah-gahf),  nat.;  river  en- 
tering on  NE.  side  of  inlet  on  N.  shore  of 
Putiao  port,  SW.  coast  of  Sorsog6n,  Luzon. 

BALUBAKl'I  (bah-loo-bali-rooy'),  nat.:  small  bay 
on  W.  coast  of  Daram  I.,  N.  of  Dumiri  Bay, 
W.  coast  of  Sdmar. 

BALUC'  (bah-look'),  ver  ;  point  on  island  of  same 
name  off  W.  coast  of  Basilan,  Mindanao. 

BALl'CA  (bah-loo'-cah),  ver.;  hamlet  in  lowlands 
(lU  SE.  boundary  of  Pampanga,  Luz6n,  II5  m. 
E.  of  Bacolor. 
.  BALL't'Bl'GAN  (bah-look-boo'-gun),  nat.;  inlet  on 
f  S.  shore  of  Murci(Jlagos  Bay,  on  N.  coast  of 
Mindanao,  between  Nancd  and  Tactacan 
pts.,  near  boundary  between  Misamis  and 

:        Dapitan. 

BALUD  (bah-lood'),  nat.;  interior  hamlet  of  Con- 
cepeiOn,  IloUo,  Panay,  1  m.  W.  of  Coneepci6n. 

hamlet  in  S;lmar,  7^  m.  NE.  of  Basey. 

BALl'G  (bah-loog'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  NW.  shore 

of  Bacayacan  Bay,  on  E.  coast  of  Sdmar. 
hamlet  on  shore  of  Masbate  I. 

BALL'GA  (bab-loo'-gah),  nat.;  hamlet  in  Panga- 
sin^n,  Luz6n,  10  m.  S.  of  Lingay^n. 

BALUGAJi   (bah-loo'-gahn).   Tag.;   mountain  in 

Laguna,  Luzon. 
,  BALtGAXG  (bah-loo'-gang),  ver.;  pueblo  of  Bon- 
toe,  Luz6n,  18  m.  from  Bontoc.    Pop..  1,312. 

BALUGO  (bah-loo'-goh);  village  of  pueblo  of  Para- 
nas,  S4mar  on  shore  of  bay  of  Buad,  on  W. 
coast. 

hamlet  in  Bulacdn,  short  distance  from 

Calmnpit,  Luz6n. 
I  BALl'K  or  BALCC  (bah-luk'),  ver.;  long  narrow 
island,  3^  m.  N.  and  S.,  6^  m.  W.  of  Basilan  I., 
of  that  cluster,  Sulu  A.,  rises  525  ft.  on  N.  part, 
low  on  S. 

BALi:3IBA>'  (bah-loom-bahn'),  ver.;  river  in 
Cebu. 

BALL'MIS  (bah-loo'-miss),  nat.;  village  of  Cota- 
bato,  on  1.  bank  of  Upper  Grand  Riv.  of  Min- 
danao, near  boundary  of  Lanao,  Mindanao. 

BALUSliAO  (bah-loong-ah'-oo),  Tag.;  pueblo  on 
tributarv  of  Agno  Riv.  in  Nueva  Ecija,  Lu- 
zon, 41  lii.  N.  of  San  Isidro.    Pop.,  3,848. 

hamlet  in  Bulac4n  short  distance  from 

Calumpit,  Luzon. 

BAIil'XfeL'XtlAX      (bah-loong-oong'-ahn),     ver.; 

islet  2  m.  NE.  of  Iloc  I.,  toward  Linapacan 

1.,  off  NE.  coast  of  Palawan. 
BALL'T  (bah-loof),  nat.;  hamlet  on  1.  bank  of 

Iligan   Riv.,  about  midway  lie'ween  Lanao 

Lake  and  Iligan  Bay,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 
easternmost  of  Sarangani  cluster  {see  Saran- 

gani  I.,  DAvao,  Mindanao).    It  forms  part  of 

S.  shore  of  Sarangani  Strait. 

,  BALl'T  or  BALIIT  MASILA  (bah-loof,  bah-loof 
mah-see'-lah),  nat.;  largest  and  westernmost 
of  Sarangani  I.,  10^  m.  off  extreme  S.  point 
of  Ddvao,  Mindanao,  forms  S.  shore  of  Saran- 
gani Strait,  and  7  m.  N.  and  S.,  and  9i  m.  E. 
and  W.,  42  sq.  m.  area;  is  of  volcanic  for- 
mation, there  being  2  prominent  peaks  on 
S.  side,  the  northwesternmost  being  3,117  ft. 
high.  Island  1  sq.  m.  and  40  ft.  high  lies  off 
SW.  .shore,  channel  4  m.  wide  separates  it  from 
Eastern  I.,  known  as  Little  Balut  or  Saran- 
gani I.;  is  42  m.  N.  of  the  S.  line  (lat.  4°  45' 
N.)  of  demarkation  of  United  States  posses- 
sions in  P.  A.,  and  305  m.  E.  of  Siasi  I.,  nearest 
of  United  States  Sulu  A.  on  oppo-site  side  of 
Celebes  Sea,  highest  and  most  cultivated  of 
cluster,  and  has  population  of  1,500.  In  center 
is  volcano  3,050  ft.  above  sea,  from  which 
smoke  sometimes  i,ssues.  In  SW.  extreme 
is  another  volcano,  and  in  SE.  a  hill  1,082 
ft.  high.  Off  SW.  end  is  rock  40  ft.  high. 
Lajan  is  its  northeasternmost  point  from  Pa- 
cific Ocean.  There  is  wonderful  hot  spring 
covered  at  high  water  on  NE.  shore  at 
Lajan  Pt. 


/ 


/CALUT  PARIDO  (bah-loof  pah-ree'-doh),  Hisp.; 

"         easternmost  of  Sarangani  I.,  off  S.  point  of 
Mindanao. 
BALUTINAO  (bah-loo-tee-now'),  ver.;  mountain 
in  Antique,  Panay,  on  boundary  with  Iloil6, 
18i  m.  E.  of  San  Jbs6  de  Buenavista. 

BALUTU  (bah-loo'-too),  nat.;  point  on  SW.  shore 
of  inner  entrance  to  Balete  port,  W.  shore  of 
Pujada  Bay,  SE.  coast  of  D4vao,  Mindanao. 

/BALUTllAN(bah-loo-too'-ahn),  ver.;  point  in  Min- 
A         danao. 

BALUTUCAN  (bah-loo-too'-cahn);  point  on  NE. 
coast  of  Masbate,  Visayas.  Near  this  point 
are  gold  washings  of  reported  commercial 
value. 

BALUYAN  (bah-loo'-yahn),  ver.;  hamlet  on  W. 
coast  of  Antique,  Panay,  I5  m.  S.  of  Barbaza. 

BALYUAGAX  (bahl-ywah'-gun),  nat.;  river  sepa- 
rating Pamontalan  I.  from  mainland,  Mas- 
bate,  on  SE.  side  of  Barrera  port,  NE.  coast 
Masbate,  Visayas. 

BAJIBiN  (bam-bahn'),  Tag.;  pueblo  on  S.  borders 
of  Tdrlac,  Luzon,  17  m.  S.  of  Tirlac,  near  line 
of  Manila  Railroad,  E.  side.    Pop.,  3,196. 

point  on  E.  shore  of  Taal  Lake,  Batangas, 

Luzon. 

hamlet  in  E.  central  Cdpiz,  Panay,  on  1. 

bank  of  Badbaran  Riv.,  1  m.  N.  of  Dumarao. 

river  emptying  into  sea  on  NW.  coast  of 

Ilocos  Norte,  Luzon. 

BAMBAXXji  (bam-bah-nahn'),  ver.;  low  coral 
island  covered  with  trees  in  SE.  part  of  La- 
paran  grp.,  Sulu  A.,  is4i  m.  SE.  of  Billanguan, 
and  is  visited  by  natives  of  Tawi  Tawi  for 
fishing. 

BAMBANG  (bam-bahng'),  ver.;  pueblo  on  high- 
way in  Nueva  Vizcaya,  Luz6n,  7  m.  SW.  of 
Bayombong.    Pop.,  3,387. 

islet  in  delta  of  Grande  de  Pampanga,  in 

province  of  same  name,  Luz6n. 

point  on  S.  coast  of  Mindanao  between 

bays  of  lUana  and  Bongo,  on  coast  of  Cota- 
bato,  Mindanao. 

BAMBANGA  (bam-bahng'-ah),nat.;  bayonS. coast 
of  Mindanao  in  lat.  7°  00'  11"  N.,  penetrating 
coast  for  distance  of  4  m. 

BAMBANOn  (bam-bah-nohn').  Tag.;  hamlet  near 
Pacific  coa.st  of  Infanta,  Luzon. 
^BAMBAOX   (bam-bah-ohn'),  ver.;  point  in  Min- 
danao. 

BAMBAYAN  (bam-bah'-yahn),  ver.;  town  in  N. 
Mindanao. 

BAMBUJAN  (bam-boo'-hun),  nat.;  mountain  in 
Bohol. 

BAMBULIX  (bam-boo'-lin),nat;  channel  in  Tawi 
Tawi  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

BAMGABANGi  (bahm-gah-bahng-ah'),  nat,;  vil- 
lage in  pueblo  of  Cabanatuan,  Nueva  Ecija, 
Luzon,  lying  6  m.  to  S.  and  on  river  of  Caba- 
natuan, affluent  of  which  forms  part  of 
boundary  with  Pampanga. 

BA31TAT  (bam-tahf ),  ver.;  mountain  in  Mindoro. 

BAMIILI'G  (bah-moo-loog'),  ver.;  small  stream  iri 
CApiz,  Panay,  entering  sea  on  NW.  coast 
about  i  m.  W.  of  Malay. 

BAXA  (bah-nah'),  nat.;  hamlet  in  Cavite,  Luzon, 
22  m.  S.  of  Cavite. 

point  in  Sslmar. 

BANAAO  (bah-nah-ah'-oo),  ver.;  pueblo  in  Le- 
panto,  Luzon,  17  m.  from  Cervantes.  Pop., 
385. 

BAA'ABAX  (bah-nah'-bahn);  hamlet  in  Bulacdn, 
Luz6n,  in  NE.  part  of  district  of  Buena  Vista. 

BA>'ACALAJf  (bah-nah-cah'-lahn),  nat.;  river  en- 
tering on  E.  shore  Banacalan  port,  NW.  coast 
Marinduque. 

BANAOrtX  (bah-na-cohn'),  ver.;  island  2  m.  long, 
4  m.  N.  of  Getafe,  on  N.  coast  of  Bohol. 


326 


GAZETTEER   OF    THE   PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


BAXAFA  (hah-nah'-fah),  vcr.;  hamlet  in  center 

of  Isabelii,  Luzon. 
BAXAG  (bah-nalig')  hamlet  in  Albay,  Luz6n,  in 

NE.  part  of  pueblo  of  Bagilcay. 
BA\A(iBAY  (bali-nug-by'),  ver.:  island  1^  m. long 

at  entraucf  to  bay  of  Pilar,  on  N.  coast  of 

Capiz,  Panay. 
/  BAXAGO  (bah-nah'-goh),  ver.;  point  on  extreme 
/           SW. shore  of  Calicoan  I., SE.  of  SSmar. 
point  in  island  of  Tawi  Tawi,  Sulu  A. 

BAXACjOXG  (bah-nah-gong').  ver.;  hamlet  near 

r.  bank  of  Bac-hao  Bangahon  Riv.,  Sdmar. 
BAXAHAX  (bah-nah'-hahn),  ver.;  mountain  in 

Leyte. 
BAXAJAX  (bah-nah'-han);  point  on  N\V.  part  of 

bay  of  Surigao  on  SE.  shore  of  strait  of  same 

name. 

BAXAJAO  (bah-nah'-how),  nat.;  volcanic  moun- 
tain 6,000  ft.  high  in  Tayabas,  Luzon,  SW.  of 
Lucbdn  (see  Majaijai  town).  It  was  ascended 
in  1858  by  Senores  Rold&n  and  Montero,  2 
Spanish  naval  officers.  They  estimated  alti- 
tude of  Ban^jao  to  be  7,020  Spanish  ft.  and 
depth  of  crater  700  ft.  Crater  formerly  con- 
tained lake  which  last  eruption  released. 
Erd  and  Pickering,  of  United  States  exploring 
expedition,  determined  height  to  be  6.000 
American  ft.  (7,143  Spanish).  Volcano  has 
been  extinct  since  1730,  its  last  eruption.  The 
Manila  Estado  Geografico,  1865,  says  moun- 
tain burst  into  flames  on  S.  side,  threw  up 
streams  of  water  and  stones  of  enormous  size, 
falling  as  far  as  Sariaya  village.  To  E.  and 
not  far  from  Maquiling,  rising  to  height  of 
2,230  meters,  or  7,433  ft.  above  sea.  Its  crater, 
having  diameter  of  3  m.,  is  covered  with 
vegetation.  Its  last  eruption,  in  1730,  buried 
town  of  Sariaya  and  part  of  surrounding 
country  in  ashes. 

mountain  range  whose  spurs  form  bound- 
aries of  Laguna,  Tayabas,  and  Batangas, 
Luzon. 

BAXALAKiX  (bah-nah-lah-cahn'),  ver.;  port 
{see  San  Andres)  NW.  coast  of  Marinduque  I. 

BAXAX  (bah'-nahn);  point  on  coast  of  Cebii. 
AXABAX    (bah-nah'-run),  ver.;    island  in    SE. 
chain  of  Tawi  Tawi  grp.,  Sulu  A.,  6  m.  NE.  of 
Bilatan. 

channel  W.  of  Banaran  in  Tawi  Tawi  grp., 

Sulu  A. 

BAXATE  (bah-nah'-tav),  ver.;  pueblo  and  bav  on 
SE.  coast  of  Iloilo,  Panay,  NE.  by  N.  of  Ilbilo 
25  m.  Point  which  separates  this  bay  from 
that  of  Barotac  Viejo  immediately  N.  is  sur- 
rounded by  rock  which  continue  round  shore 
to  Barotac.    Pop.,  6,761. 

BAXAl'E  (bah-nah'-wav),  ver.;  pueblo  of  Bontoc, 
Luzon.    Pop.,  638,  township  872. 

a  pueblo  in  Lepanto,  Luzon. 

BAX.AVOX  (bah-nah-vohn'),Tag.;  stream  in  Bula- 
cdn,  Luzon. 

BAXAYiX  (bah-nah-yahn'),  ver.;  river  in  Panay. 

/BAN  BAX  (bahn  bahn'),  nat.;  point  on  W.  coast 
of  Cotabato,  Mindanao,  NW.  of  Linao  Bay. 
BAXBAXG,  or  BAMBAXG   rbahn-bahng',  bahm- 
bahng');  hamlet  on  r.  bank  of  Magat  Riv., 
Nueva  Vizeaya,  Luzon. 
.  BAXBAYAX  (bahn-bah'-vahn),  nat.;  N.  point  of 
y         bay  forming  between  it  and  Gorda  Pt.  on  E. 
shore  of  Macajalar,  19  m.  S.  of  Bagakai  Pt., 
N.  coast  of  Mindanao. 

hamlet  on  E.  shore  of  Macajalar  Bay,  N. 

coast  of  Misiimis,  Mindanao,  21  m.  N.  byE.  of 
Cagaydn  de  Misamis. 
BAXCAGAX  (bahn-cah'-gahn),  ver.;  hamlet  on  1. 
bank  of  Abra  Riv.,  in  Abra,  Luz6n,  16^  m.  E. 
of  S.  of  Bangued. 

BAXCAL  (bahn-culP),  nat.;  hamlet  in  valley  of 
Iligan  Riv.,  near  its  r.  bank,  12i  m.  SE.  of  Ili- 
gan,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 


y^ 


/ 


BAXt'AL;   hamlet   on   E.  coast   of  Coneepci6n 

Iloilo,  Panay,  2  m.  SE.  of  Carlos. 
wide  but  shallow  bay  on  E.  coast  of  Con 

cepeion,  Iloilo,  Panav,  between  Cambolotoi 

Bluff  and  Cago  Pt.,  4^  m.  S. 
point  at  N.  to  channel  between  SW.  coas 

of  Mindoro  and  Ilin  (Ylin)  I. 
river  of  Mindoro  ri.sing  in  central  moui; 

tains  and  emptving  into  sea  on  E.  coast  ii 

bay  N.  of  Panddn  Pt. 

BAXCALAIOT  (bahn-cah-lah-yohf),  nat.;  isle 
off  extreme  N.  point  of  Daram  I.,  W.  coast  n 
Sdmar. 

L-'BAXCALAX  (bahn-cah'-lahn),nat.;  island  3  by  1 
m.,  lying  5  m.  NE.  of  Secam  and  5^  m.  N.'  b 
E.  of  Baldbac  I.,  on  NE.  side  of  N.  Bahiba 
Strait. 

hamlet  on  W.  shore  of  Dumanquilas  Ba; 

of  Zamboanga  Peninsula,  Mindanao,  67  m 
NE.  by  N.  of  Zamboanga. 

BAXl'O  (bahn'-caw),  Sp.;  pueblo  in  Lepantc 
Luzon,  5  m.  N.  of  E.  of  Cayiln.    Pop.,  520. 

hamlet  in  Abra,  Luz6n,  14  m.  S.  of  Ban 

gued. 

yfiAXCOBAX  (bahn-coh-'run),  ver.;  island  140  ft 
high,  most  N.  of  St.  Michaels  Is.,  forming  gooc 
landmark  when  crossing  Sulu  Sea  from  Suli 
or  Zamboanga  for  Clarendon  Bay,  Baldbac  1 

BAXCl'AX  (bahn-kwahn'),  nat.;  village  on  high 

on  S.  shore  of  Busuanga  I.,  Calamianes  grp. 

19  m.  E.  by  S.  of  Coron. 
BAXCUL  (bahn-cool'),  nat.;  bay  formed  by  Binxi 

lungan  or  Balin  I.  on  E.  and  extreme  N£ 

coast  of  Iloilo,  Panay  on  W. 
BAXCL'BL'AX    (bahn-coo-roo'-ahn);    hamlet    ii 

pueblo  of  Pitogo,  Tayabas,  Luzon. 

BAXCUSAT  (bahn-coo-sigh').  Tag.;  village  oi 
Manila  Bay  shore,  in  Tondo  district  of  Manila 

BAXDAt;  (bahn-duck'),  ver.;  point  in  Leyte. 

BAXDAT  (balm-die'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  W.  shore  o 
deep  bay  on  S.  shore  of  Lejte,  5  m.  SW.  o 
Sogod  Nuevo. 

BAXDI  (bahn-dee'),  ver.;  town  of  Abra,  Luzon,  ii 
SW.  range  of  Gran  Cordillera  Central,  12  m 
E.  of  N.  of  Bangued. 

BAXDILOAX  (ban-dee-loh'-ahn),  ver.;  point  on  E 
coast  of  Cebii,  Ii  m.  N.  of  Compostela. 

^AXiilA  (bang-ah'i,  nat.;  pueblo  of  Cdpiz,  Panav 
'  25i  m.  W.  of  Cdpiz.  Pop.,  9,127.  (Also  Buriy. 
or  Bonga. ) 

hamlet  on  Bac-Bac  Riv.  entering  port  o 

Dipulao,  on  E.  shore  S.  of  Busuanga  I.,  Cala 
mianes  grp. 

mountain,  1,345  ft.  high,  J  m.  NE.  of  por 

Dipulao,  Busuanga  I.,  Calamianes  grp. 

safe  and  well-sheltered  port  on  W.  shor 

of  Sibuguey  Bay,  6  m.  NW.  of  Tigbaon  I. 
Zamboanga  Peninsula,  Mindanao.  Is  2^  m 
NE.  and  SW,  and  1  m.  wide.  Islet  divide 
entrance  into  2  deep  passages  about  300  yds 
wide.  Coast  thence  trends  NNE.  i,  E.  24 
m.,  forming  several  bays  edged  by  islets  anc 
reefs  as  far  as  2  m.  N.  of  Bulan  I. 

small  inlet  in  Batdn  port  on  N.  coast  o 

Cdpiz,  Panay;  receives  several  small  stream: 
from  interior.    Pueblo  of  same  name  lies  to  W 

hamlet  on  SW.  coast  of  Biliran  I.,  S.  of  Min 

danao. 

BAMiA,  orCAGAX  (bahng-ah',  cah'-gahn);  poin 
on  E.  coast  of  Albay,  Luz6n,  S.  of  Barcelona 

BAXSi  BAX61  (bahng-ah'-bahng-ah'),  nat. 
point  at  S.  entrance  to  Loog  Basin,  Banacalai 
port,  NW.  coast  Marinduque. 

BAXtiABAXG  (bahng-ah-bahng'),Tag.;  village  h 
SW.  angle  of  suburb  of  Paco,  in  municipaltt; 
of  Manila. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


327 


■if^^Iji- 


0 


'^&lili^^^^%(^  ■■■"■' 


^''*  -■*'•" 


'■/■7v 


/% 


'''A 


|'20'e.(|900) 


Subrteryed  J^ 


■^^ts-^j^' 


r 


^^>*' 


SOTTTa    COA.SX 

SHJUGEI  B^Y 

PORT  BA^GA 

T,    ^      ^  fLat : 7°3(/4/X 

EaetenU-ancepoml  (^^ 122°^4^'E. 


l^TanUcal  Miles 


828 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


BA>tiAG  (bahng-ag');  river  in  Cagaydn,  Luz6n, 
rising  in  Caraballo  Mts.  in  centra"!  Cordillera 
in  district  of  Itaves  and  after  circtiitoiis  course 
from  S.  to  N.  enters  Grande  Riv.  of  Cagayiln. 

BA^AU,  or  RIO  CHICO  (bang-ag',  ree'-oh  chee'- 
coh),  ver.;  affiuent  of  Grande  Cagay^n  Riv., 
Luz6n. 

BA>(j!AJ6>'  (bang-ah-hohn'),  ver.;  town  in Sdmar. 

BAIVOJAL  (bang-uir),  ver.;  bamlet  o«  r.  bank  of 
Bac-hao  Bangah6n  Riv.,  Sdmar. 

BA^iLAO  (bang-ah'-lah-oo),  nat;  narrow  hook- 
shaped  island  3^  m.  in  length,  7^  m.  in  SW. 
waters  of  Balanguingui  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

BA^iN  (bang-ahn'),  nat.;  point  in  bight  on  N. 
shore  of  Ilocos  Norte,  Ltiz6n. 

hamlet  on  N.  coast  of  Cagay4n,  Luz6n,  on 

coast  road  and  near  small  river  which  emp- 
ties into  sea  near  port  San  Juan. 

river  of  Ambos  Camarines  (Norte),  Luzon, 

rising  in  Cordillera  in  center  of  province, 
flows  NE.  across  pueblo  of  Laboo. 

BAXtrAA&A  (bang-ang'-ah),  ver.;  village  on  shore 
of  Malicay  (Maligay)  Bay,  S.  coast  of  Zam- 
boanga,  Mindanao. 

BA>'tiAXIA>'  (bahng-ah-nee'-ahn),  ver.;  narrow 
peninsula,  14^  m.  long,  4  m.  wide,  projecting 
into  waters  of  Ct'lebes  Sea  on  S.  coast  of  Zam- 
boanga,  Mindanao,  forming  division  be- 
tween Illana  Bay  on  E.  and  waters  opening 
into  Dumanquilas  Bay  on  W.  Peninsula  is 
traversed  throughout  its  length  by  range  of 
hills,  highest  of  which,  Alto  de  Flecha,  can 
be  seen  24  m.  in  clear  weather.  Line  of 
boundary  between  Zamboanga  and  Cotabato, 
Mindanao,  follows  this  range  and  terminates 
at  Flecha  Pt.,  extreme  land  between  Illana 
and  Dumanquilas  Bay. 

bIxGAO  (bang'-ah-oo),  ver.;  extreme  W.  island 
of  Tawi  Tawi  grp.,  Sulu  A.,  U  m.  SW.  of 
Tawi  Tawi.  Its  central  peak  lifts  to  1,151  ft. 
above  sea  and  conspicuous  object  to  navi 
gators  passing  from  Celebes  to  Sulu  seas  by 
Sibutu  pas.'^ge. 

BANGAB  (bahn-gur'),  ver.;  pueblo  of  Union, 
Luz6n,  on  coast  highwav,  20  m.  N.  of  San 
Fernando.    Pop.,  9,000. 

BAXGAS  (bahn'-gass),  HLsp.;  fountain  tributary 
rising  in  spurs  of  Bulusan  Volcano,  Bulusan; 
unites  in  river  flo\ving  in  N.  direction, 
emptying  into  Sorsog6n  port  at  Juban,  in  Al- 
ba y,  Luz6n. 

BATATA  (bang-ah'-yah),  ver.  (See  Rangayan  or 
Siigut  range,  Cotabato,  Mindanao.) 

BANGBANG  (bang-bang'),  nat.;  hamlet  on  W. 
coast  of  Antique,  Panay,  1  m.  N.  of  Nalupa 
Nuevo. 

hamlet  of  BulacSn,  Luz6n. 

BANGCASO  (bohng-cah'-saw),  Tag.;  village  on 
Manila  Bay  shore  and  in  Tondo,  Manila. 

BANGCULUG  (bang-coo-loog'),  nat.;  hamlet  on  W. 
coast  of  Antique,  Panay,  2  m.  N.  of  Caritan. 

BAXGllX  (bang-yahn'),  ver.;  mountain  in  SAmar. 

BAXGIXGED  (bung-ing'-ed) ,  nat.;  village  on  r. 
bank  of  Upper  Grand  Riv.  of  Mindanao, 
Cotabato,  Mindanao,  near  boundary  of  Lanao. 

BAXGBASS;  hamlet  on  W.  coast  of  Cebii,  Luz6n, 
in  the  pueblo  of  Barili. 

BA>GLAT  (ban-gli'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  S4mar,  9  m. 
NE.  of  Basey. 

BA]Stji6>'    (bang-'awn),    nat.;     hamlet    in    NW. 

S&mar  I. 
hamlet  on  SW.  coast  of  Simar,  2  m.  across 

peninsula  on  N.  side  of  mouth  of  Bac-hao 

Bail^ahon  Riv. 
river  entering  on  SW.  shore  of  Bancul  Bay, 

extreme  NE.  coast  of  Ilollo,  Panay. 

hamlet  in  Sdmar,  4  m.  NW.  of  Santa  Rita. 

mountain  in  Sdmar,  13  m.  NE.  of  Basey. 


B.1X&0>';  town  in  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur), 
Luzon,  near  Galvanay  Pt.,  on  E.  shore  of  Ra- 
gay  Gulf. 

branch  of  Indang  Riv.  in  Ambos  Camarines 

(Norte),  Luz6n. 

BAKGOXBANGOX  (bung-ohn-bung'ohn),  nat.; 
river  emptying  on  S.  shore  of  San  Juanico 
Straits,  E.  o"f  Tacloban,  Leyte. 

BAXGTOY  (bang-toy'),  ver.;  extinct  volcano  on 
NE.  coast  of  Leyte. 

BAXGUD  (bang-ood'),  nat.;  islet  off  W.  coast  of 
Romblon,  SW.  of  Bomb6n  Pt.,  Romblon,  Vi- 
sayas. 

BAXGUED  (bahn  -gayd') ,  ver.;  capital,  p.  o.,  and 
pueblo  of  Abra,  'Luz6n,  encircled  by  bend 
in  Abra  Riv.;  lies  2  m.  from  stream.  Is  tele- 
graph station  and  is  in  river  communlca^ 
tion  by  Abra  with  Vigan,  capital  of  Ilocos 
Sur  on  coast  highway,  15  m.  S.  of  W.  indirect 
line.  It  also  has  rail  route  14  m.  SW.  to  coaat 
highway,  3  m.  N.  of  Narvacdn  via  Pidigan 
and  San  Quintin,  112  m.  N.  of  Dagupan,  thence 
105  m.  by  rail  to  Manila;  is  surrounded  by  fine 
country  and  number  of  hamlets.  Pop. ,  pueblo, 
1896,  16,413. 

BAXGUI  (bahn'-gee),  ver.;  to-ivn  in  extreme  NW. 
of  Ilocos  Norte,  Luzon,  on  bay  of  that  name 
and  at  mouth  of  Buagao  Riv.  "is  N.  terminus 
of  highway  which  extends  S.  along  China  Sea 
coast  to  Subig  on  that  bay.  At  Dagupan,  on 
S.  shore  of  Gulf  of  Lingay6n,  thLs  highway  is 
connected  with  Manila  by  railway:  entire  dis- 
tance from  Bangui  to  the  capital  being  290  m. 
Telegraph  line  extends  to  Nagpartian,  10  m. 
NW.  of  Bangui.    Pop.,  pueblo,  1896,  7,794. 

Bay,  NW.  coast    of   Ilocos  Norte,  Luz6n. 

Town  of  Bangui,  on  Buagao  Riv.,  is  on  its 
shore.    Harbor  affords  good  anchorage. 

BAXGl'ITAX  (bahn-gee'-tahn),^'er.;  pueblo  Le- 
p^anto,  Luzon.    Pop.,  pueblo,  1896,  450.  j 

BAXGIjX  (bang-oon'),  nat.;  river  in  Panay.  | 

BAXtillS  (bung-oos'),  nat.;  hamlet  in  extremes.  ' 
of  Camarines  Norte  of  Ragay  bay.  '■ 

BAXH6X(bahn-hohn'),ver.;  mountain  in  Slmar,   j 
5  m.  N.  of  Paranas.  ' 

BAXI  (bah'-nee),  nat.;  point  N.  head  to  Masin- 
loc  port,  Zambales,  Luz6n. 

pueblo  Zambales,  Luz6n,  S.  of  Calvario 

Mt.,  6  m.  inland  from  sea  coast,  52  m.  N.  of 
Iba;  connected  with  highwav  at  Dasol  by 
trail  and  horse  path.    Pop.,  pueblo,  1898,  4,293. 

point  4  m.  S.  of  Arenas  Pt.;  low  and  sandy, 

with  patches  of  mangroves,  and  forms  N.  side 
of  entrance  to  Masinloc  port,  Zambales,  Luzon, 
16  m.  N.  of  Iba. 

BAXIAX  (bah-nee'-ahn),  ver.;  hamlet  on  1.  bank 
of  Abalan  Riv.,  in  Bohol,  4  m.  NE.  of  Pami- 
nuitan. 

BAXIBAUA  (bah-nee-bah'-wah),  ver.;  hamlet  in 
Pampanga,  Luz6u,  9  m.  NW.  of  Bacolor. 

BAXICA.i  (bah-uee-cah-ah'),  ver.;  river  in  Panay. 

BAXIG  (bah-neeg'),  nat.;  mountain  in  central 
Abra,  Luzon. 

BAXIGAX  (bah-nee'-gahn),  nat.;  point Jonning 
E.  head  of  small  bay  between  Sindangan  and 
Kipit  or  Galera  Pts.,  NW.  coast  of  Mindanao. 

anchorage  and  point  in  Mindoro. 

BAXIHABAX  (bah-nee-hah'-run),  ver.;  hamlet  in 
Sdmar,  12  m.  E.  of  Tarangndn. 

BAXILAD  MAYOR  and  MEXOR  (bah-nee-lahd' 
mah-yohr';  may-nohr'),  Hisp;  2  clusters  of 
rocks  in  N.  channel  of  approach  to  Ceb\i, 
Cebu,Visayas. 

BAXIXGAX  (bah-ning'-ahn),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Ben- 
guet,  Luz6n,  3  m.  SW.  of  Trinidad.    Pop.,  379. 

BAXISAX  (bah-nee'-sahn),  ver.;  town  of  Sulu  L, 
Sulu  A.,  on  SW.  shore,  N.  of  Bunga  Pt.,  11  m. 
SW.  of  Sulu. 

BAXISILAX  (bah-nee-see'-lahn),  nat.;  point  and 
hill  on  W.  coast  of  Cotabato,  Mindanao,  &.  of . 
Polloc  Harbor. 


I 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE   PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


329 


AHISITAN  (bah-nee-see'-tahn),  nat.;  river  emp- 
tying ou  E.  shore  of  Misamis  port,  E.  of  Pala- 
lagoya  Pt.,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

"  AJiIs6\  (bah-nee-sohn'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Suri- 
gao,  Mindanao,  SW.  of  CSuit  Pt.,  62  m.  SE.  of 
Surigao. 

1>"KA0  BAXKAO  (bahn-cow-bahn-cow').  ver.; 
bay  on  extreme  NE.  .shore  of  Sibuguey  Bay, 
Zainboanga  Peninsula,  Mindanao. 

AX  K  AW  AX  ( bahn-cah'-wahn),ver. ;  largest  island 
(123  ft.  high)  of  St.  Michael  grp.,  Sulu  Sea, 
i  m.  long,  6  m.  NE.  by  N.  of  Manuk  MankA  1. 

ASKORAX  (BAXl'ORAX)  (bahn-coh'-run),  ver.; 

'     flat  wooded  islet  140  ft.  high,  of  St.  Michael 

!  grp.,  Sulu  Sea,  22  m.  NE.  of  Manuk  Mankd  I. 
Lat.  7°  57'  N.,  Ion.  118°  40'  E.,  intersect  about 
center. 

lAXKl'XGAX  (bahn-coong'-ahn),  ver.;   island  i 

(      sq.m.,offIgasanPt.,S.shoreof  SuluI.,SuIuA. 

, triangular  island,  112  ft.  high,  oflf  NE.  coast 

;      of  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A.,  affording  shelter  to  anchor- 

s     age  of  town  of  Bun  Bun  on  mainland.    To 

I      E. ,  1  m.,  lies  island  of  Pangana. 

lASL.i  (bahn-lah'),  ver.;  point  and  town  at 
extreme  E.  end  of  peninsula,  on  NE.  shore  of 
Polillo  I.,  off  Infanta,  Luzon. 

JAXLAO  (bahn-lah'oo),  ver.;  former  Spanish  set- 
tlement on  extreme  SE.  shore  of  Malampaya 
Sound,  Palawan,  6h  m.  from  Pancol,  and  85  m. 
NE.  of  Puerto  Princesa.  Bay  islet  is  in  front, 
about  Im.  off  shore.  River  enters  sound  near 
Bush  Head,  3  m.  S.  of  this  town. 

JAXLAYAX  (bahn-lah'yahn);  hamlet  on  N.  coast 
of  Siimar,  4  m.  E.  of  Mondrag6n. 

lAXLID  (balm-lid'),  ver.;  pueblo  on  1.  bank  of 
Maasin  Riv.,  6  m.  NE.  of  Maasin,  Leyte. 

mountain  in  Leyte. 

8AXLIG;  pueblo  in  Palawan.    Pop.,  2,032. 

BAXXi  (bahn-nah'),  ver.;  pueblo  on  1.  bank  of 
Grande  de  Laoag  Riv.,  in  Ilocos Norte,  Luzon, 
in  foothills  of  Semenebl(5n  Mt.,  12  m.  SE.  of 
Laoag.    Pop.,  pueblo,  4,112. 

BAXOD,  or  GAZiX  (bah-nod,  gah'-sun')  ver.; 
point.     {See  GazAn  Pt.,  Marinduque  I.) 

BAXOG  (bah-nohg'),  nat.;  barren  island  off  N. 
coast  of  Marinduque,  NE.  of  similar  island 
called  Tampan. 

BAXOG  (ULCGAX)  (bah-nog',  oo-loo'gahn),  ver.; 
native  name  of  Ulugan  Bay,  on  NW.  coast  of 
Palawan. 

central  of  number  of  summit  in  low  range 

of  hills  which  begins  at  N.  end  and  extends 
S.  through  peninsula  of  Ulugan,  W.  coast  of 
Palawan. 

BAXOGBOG  (bah-nog-bog'),  nat.;  river  of  Ambos 
Camarines  (Norte),  Luz6n,  rising  in  moun- 
tains in  center  of  province,  receives  various 
tributaries,  and  empties  into  sea  near  pueblo 
_of  Capalonga. 

BANOLAS  (bah-nyoh'lahs),  Sp.;  pueblo  on  D&vao 
Gulf.  W.  shore,  D4vao,  Mindanao,  9$  m.  SSW. 
of  Ddvao. 

BAX6x  (bah-nohn');  islet  2  m.  off  NW.  coast  of 
Bohol,  Visayas,  6  m.  NE.  of  Tubig6n. 

BaSoS  (bah'-nyohs),  sp.;  point  77  ft.  high  and 
peaked,  on  SE.  coast  of  D^vao  Mindanao,  S. 
of  Calian  Pt. 


Los,  a  pueblo  in  Laguna,  Luz6n.     Pop., 

2,753.    See  Los  Banos. 
BAXOT  (bah-naughf),  ver.;  cluster  of  4  islets  off 

N.  shore  of  Marinduque  I. 
BAXQIIIL  (bahn-kill')  ver.;  hamlet  on  W.  coast 

of  S4mar,  3  m.  W.  of  Villarreal. 
point  on  W.  shore  of  Sdmar,  opposite  Lin- 

tarcAn  Pt.,  S.  end  of  island  of  that  name. 
BAXRELL  (bun-rell'),  nat.;  hamlet  of  Ilocos  Sur, 
^      Luz6n. 


BAXSX  (bahn-sah'),  nat.;  hamlet  on  W.  shore  of 

Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A.,  3  m.  SW.  of  Sulu. 

mountain  in  Lepanto,  Luzon. 

BAXTA  (BAXLA)    (bahn-tah',    bahn-lah'),   ver.; 

town  on  peninsula  of  which  point  of  same 

name  is  seaward  extremity  and  which  forms 

NE.  coast  of  large  bay  to  S.,  NE.  coast  of 

Polillo,  off  coast  of  Infanta,  Luzon. 
point  at  sea  end  of  tongue  of  land  forming 

E.  end  of  N.  coast  of  Polillo  I.,  off  Infanta, 

Luz6n. 
BAXTAC  (bahn-tack'),nat.;  town  of  Ilocos  Norte, 

Luz6n,  on  coast  highway  10  m.  S.  of  Laoag. 

Pop..  17,625. 
(BOTAC) ;  islet  of  Calamianes  grp.,  3  m.  N. 

and  S.  and  800  ft.  high,  11  m.  E.  of  Uoconongon 

Pt.,  Busuanga  I.,  in  Mindoro  Strait,  and  fairly 

well  cultivated.    At  its  N.  end  are  singular 

pin-shaped  rocks. 
BAXTAI    (bun-tie'),  nat.;    village  at  mouth  of 

Damabalasan  tributary  of  Bacat  Riv.,  Cota- 

bato,  Mindanao. 
BAXTAXtiAX  (bahn-tang'-ahn),  nat.;  hamlet  on 

SW.  coast  of  Mindanao.    (See  Batangan.) 
hamlet  on  W.  shore  of  entrance  to  Sorsog6n 

port,  Sorsogon,  Luzon. 
BAXTABAXAX  (bahn-tah-rah'-nun),  ver.;  one  of 

numerous   islands   off   N.    coast   of   Ambos 

Camarines,  Luzon. 
BAXTAYix  (bahn-tah-yahn'),  nat.;  island  in  N. 

entrance  to  Strait  of  Tanon  between  Cebii 

and   Negros;    is   surrounded   by   numerous 

smaller  islands  and  rocks. 
BAXTAS  (bahn-tass'),  ver.;  mountain  in  Bohol, 

Visayas. 

BAXTAT  (bahn-tieM,  nat.;  pueblo  on  r.  bank  of  N. 
outlet  of  Abra  Riv.,  opposite  (5  m.)  Vigan,  in 
Ilocos  Sur,  Luzon,  at  crossing  of  coast  high- 
way.    Pop.,  1899,  6,449. 

hamlet  on  E.  shore  of  Albay,  Luzon,  S.  of 

Barcelona. 

hamlet  on  NE.  shore  of  Ticao  Bay  at  Tasi- 

ran  Pt.,  Ticao. 

town  on  NE.  coast  of  Tablas  I.,  Visayas,  on 

inlet  at  S.  end  of  Tambolotan  Bay. 

NW.  and  SE.  of  Panay  port,  E.  coast  of  Mas- 
bate  I.,  Visayas. 

BAXTAIAX  (bahn-tah-yahn'),  nat;  island  10  m. 
N.  and  S.,  6i  m.  E.  and  W.,  at  N.  entrance  to 
Strait  of  Taiion,  9  m.  off  W.  coast  of  Cebii  at 
Medellln  and  20  m.  NE.  of  Negros,  40  m.  E.of 
mainland  of  Panay,  and  59  m.  N.  of  Cebu 
town;  consists  of  low  range  of  mountains 
along  E.  shore;  Bantaydn  is  chief  port  on 
island.  Numerous  shoals  encumber  broad  sea 
channel  between  this  island  and  Negros  on  S. 
and  Panay  on  W.,  entering  Guimar&s  and 
Iloilo  straits  from  NE.  An  islet  off  this 
island  is  inhabited  entirely  by  lepers.  Pop., 
pueblo,  1899, 10,016. 

pueblo  on  NW.  coast  of  Cebii,  3  m.  SW.  of 

Daan-Bantayto.    (SeePaypay.)    Pop.,  13,898. 

stream  entering  mouth  of  Ords  Riv.,  in 

Sdmar. 

hamlet  on  N.  side  of  entrance  to  Sorsog6n 

port,  Sorsogon,  Luzon. 

peak  531  ft.  high  on  S.  shore  of  Carogoor 

Puro  I.,  in  Nin  Bay,  SW.  coast  of  Masbate, 
Visayas. 

BANTIGIA  (bahn-tee-hee'-ah),  ver.;  hamlet  on 
W.  shore  of  bay  on  S.  shore  of  Leyte,  2  m.  SW. 
of  Quiot. 

BAXTIGI'I  (bahn-tee'-gee),  nat.;  islet  of  Gigantes 
cluster,  131  m.  off  extreme  NE.  point  of  Bula- 
caue,  Panay. 

point  on  E.  shore  of  Sogod  Bay,  in  Leyte. 

point  in  Batangas,  Luz6n. 

BAXTIQLE  (bahn-tee'-kay),  nat.;  village  and 
point  on  SE.  shore  of  approach  to  Panalatuan 
port,  SW.  coast  of  Sorsogon,  Luzon. 

W  entrance  point  to  Sorsogon  port,  Sorso- 
gon, Luzon. 


330 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


BA>TIQrE,  or  CAXDAGA  (bahn-tee'-kay,  cahn- 
dah'-gah),  ver.;  point  on  extreme  N\V.  coast 
of  Cebi'i,  1  m.  N.  of  Daan-Bantayta,  and4i  m. 
from  Bulalaqui  Pt.  Town  of  Candaga  lies  S. 
by  E.  of  Bantique  Pt. 

BANTIQVI  (bahn-tee'-key)  ,nat.;  pointonW.  shore 
of  Pagbilao  Bay,  S.  coast  of  Tayabas,  Luz6n, 
opposite  Pagbilao  Grande. 

BAMlKl(bahn-tee'-kee),ver.;  island 5m.  off  E. 
coast  of  Camiguin  I.,  N.  of  Misamis,  Min- 


point  on  Coloconto  Bay  (5.  v.). 

BAXTOL  (bahn-tall'),ver.;  hamlet  among  S.  trib- 
utaries of  Sibalom  Riv.,  Antique,  Panay,  6  m. 
S.  of  E.  of  Sibalom. 

hamlet  on  NE.  shore  of  Negros  Occidental, 

6  m.  SE.  of  Arguelles. 

BAMOHXAO  (bahn-toh-lee-noW),nat.:  point  on 
N.  end  of  Mactiin  I.  and  E.  head  to  N.  en- 
trance to  strait  between  Cebii  and  Mactiin  I. 
and  to  port  of  Cebii.  Fixed  red  light,  lat.  10° 
20' N.,  Ion.  123°  58'  E.,  39  ft.  high,  tower  25 
ft.,  visible  7m.,  is  situated  NW.of  point. 

mountain  in  CApiz,  Panay,  near  Antique 

boundary,  midway  between  Buruanga,  on  \\. 
and  Navas,  6  m.  to  NE.  on  coast. 

mountain  in  Leyte. 

BAM6n  (bahn-tohn'),nat.;  island  5  by  4m.  area, 
16  m.  S.  of  Marinduque,  37  m.  E.  of  Mindoro, 
1,918  ft.  high,  peaked  and  rugged:  has  several 
shallow  bays.  On  NE.  coast  is  village  of  same 
name,  near  which  is  anchorage  for  coasters 
in  30  ft.  Bantoncillo  Islet  is  SW.  It  is  about 
center  of  Visayan  Sea  and  in  cours>i  of  ves- 
sels passing  between  Manila  and  Visayan  Is. 
by  Verde  Passage,  being  SE.  of  that  passage 
and  about  mid-channel  between  Marinduque 
and  Tablas  Is. 

pueblo  on  island  of  that  name  near  island 

of  Romblon.    Pop.,  pueblo,  1896,  4,090. 

hamlet  on  NE.  shore  of  Banton  I.  and  on 

course  of  vessels  passing  on  N.  side  between 
Manila  and  Visayan  Is. 

mountain  in  same  island. 

BAXTOM'ILLO  (bahn-tohn-thee'-lyoh),  hi.sp.; 
islet  256  ft.  high  3  m.  SW.  from  Banton  I. 
(q.  v.).  Is  I  m.  N.  and  S.  and  very  narrow. 
Off  its  S.  end  is  pinnacle  rock. 

BANT0(3  (bahn-toh-oh'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  E.  sea- 
coast  of  Albay,  Luzon,  34  m.  SE.  of  Albay. 

BAMriOriX  (bun-twee'-geen),  nat.;  point  on  E. 
coast  of  Cebil. 

BAMl'iX  (bahn-too-in'),  ver.;  point  on  Ragay 
Gulf,  coast  of  Ambos  Camariues,  Luz6n.  (Hce 
Galvaney.) 

mountain   in   Ambos   Camarines    (Sur), 

Luzon,  part  of  system  of  mountains  in  prov- 
ince extending  from  NW.  to  SE.  and  whose 
spurs  form  number  of  points  along  coast  of 
Ragay  Gulf. 

BANTULAX  (bun-too'-lahn),  nat.;  hamlet  near 
Taytay,  Palawan  I. 

point  on  NW.  coast  of  Guimards  I.,  off 

Iloilo,  Panay. 

BAXTCLAX  (bahn-too'-lahn);  point  on  NW.  coast 
of  GuimarAs  I.,  off  Hollo,  Panay. 

BAXTILIXAO,  or  BAXTULl'X  (bahn-too-lee-now', 
bahn-too-leen'),ver.;  pointon  E.  coast  of  Cebii, 
10  m.  S.  of  Navilen  and  5  m.  S.  4  E.  of  Saac 
Pt. 

BAXl'G  (bah-noog'),  nat.;  point  on  SE.  shore  of 
Carigara  Bay,  N.  coast  of  Leyte. 

BAXUTO  (bah-noo'-toh),  ver.;  mountain  in  cen- 
tral range  of  Leyte,  8  m.  NE.  of  Baybay. 

BAXYAO  (bahn-yah'-oo),  ver.;  largest  and  W.  of 
cluster  of  islands  of  Balanguiugui  grp. ,  Su)  u  A. 

BAO  (bah'-oh),  nat.;  river  ri.sing  in  W.  coast  range 
of  Leyte  and  flowing  S.,  entering  sea  at  Ormoc. 
(See  Jaloban.) 


BAO ;  point  in  Tayabas. 

BiOAXW  (bah'-wang),  nat.;  point  (B&uang)  anr 
town  in  Union,  Luz6n,  6  m.  S.  of  San  Fer 
nando. 

BAOBAOX  (bah-oh-bah'-ohn),  ver.;  point  in  Min- 
danao. 

BAODICAY  (bah-oh-dee-kl'),  ver.;  river  in  Leyte, 

BAOXiS  (bah-oh-nass'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Bohol, 
Visayas,  8^  m.  N.  of  E.  of  Loon. 

BAOXG  (bah-ong'),  ver.;  mountain  in  SAmar,  14 
m.  E.  of  S.  of  Basey. 

BAPAG  (bah-pahg') ,  ver.;  small  tributary  of  Olnl 
Riv.,  Samar. 

BAQl'lX,  or  BAXG-IXAXG  (bah'-keen,  bahng-eei 
nahng'),  ver.;  hamlet  of  Bontoc,  Luzon,  sit) 
uated  immediately  within  boundary  with 
Lepauto,  4  m.  S.  of  Bontoc.    Pop.,  144. 

BiqriT  (bah'-kit),  nat.;  peak  1,500  ft.  higt 
NW.  coast  of  Palawan  and  part  of  elevatlOTU 
which  begin  on  W.  side  of  Palawan  at  Tapiu-; 
tan  and  Cauayan  Is. 

bXqUIT,  orBACUIT  (bah'-kit,  bah-kweet');  town 
on  main  shore  2i  m.  NNE.  of  NE.  head  ol 
Bi'iquit  Bay,  NW.  coast  of  Palawan,  109 
NNE.  of  Puerto  Princesa.  Deserted  town  ol 
this  name  stood  on  extreme  SE.  shore  of  bay. 

B.im'lT,  or  BAKIT  (bah'-kit);  bay  9  by  3  m.  on 
NW.  coast  of  Palawan,  formed  by  limestone 
peninsula  and  Miniloc  I.,  Bdquit  peak  being 
1,500  ft.  high.  There  are  several  islands  f 
bay.  Bdquit  town  is  on  NE.  shore;  old  tcffn 
stood  on  extreme  SE.  shore. 

island  on  N.  side  of  Port  Uson,  about  1 

m.   NW.   to  SE.,  stretching  along   entire 
front  of  Dipulao  port,  leaving  but  narrow  e 
trance  channel  at  either  end,  S.  coast  of  Bu- 
suanga  I.,  Calamianes  grp. 

BAKA  (bah-rah'),  ver.;  point  on  S.  side  of  ba 
which  is  situated  Hernani,  E.  coast  of  S4mar. 

BABABACiCAY  (bah-rah-bah-cah'-ki),  ver.;  ham- 
let on  N.  shore  of  extreme  NW.  projection  of 
SAmar. 

BAKABAD  (bah-rah-bud'),  ver.;  river  falling  into 
sea  on  W' .  coast  of  Antique,  Panay.  Ri-ses  in 
lofty  elevations  of  Usigan  Mt. 

BARABOD  (bah-rah-bod'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  NW. 

tributary  to  Bac-hao  Bangahdn  Riv.  in  cen 

tral  SSmar. 
BARACBAC    (bah-ruck-buck'),   nat.;    hamlet  of 

Ilocos  Sur,  Luzon. 
B.IKAGOX  (bah-rah-gone'),  ver.;   hamlet  on  W. 

shore  of  SAmar. 
BAKAHOX  (bah-rah-hohn'),nat.;  village  on  SW. 

shore  of  Calicuan  I.,  off  extreme  SE.  coast  oi 

Sdmar,  Visayas,  1  m.  E.  of  PamangPt. 
BAKALLAGAL    (bah-rah-lyah-gulP),     mountain 

in  Ilocos  Sur,  Luzon. 
BABAXl'X  (bah-rah-nin'),  ver.;  islet  5  m.  NNW. 

of  Cuyo,  Cuyos  I. 
BARA0A8   (bah-rah'- wahs),  ver.;  town  in  Am- 

burayan,  Ilocos  Sur,    Luzon,  having   popu- 
lation, pueblo,  1896,  105. 
BARAPDABAX  (bah-rup-dah-bahn'),  ver.;  point 

of  SE.  coast  of  Homonhon  I.,  S.  of  Sdmar. 
BABAIlX  (bah-rah-rah'),  ver.;  point  on  NE.  shore 

of  DAvao  Gulf,  Ddvao,  Mindanao. 
BARAS  (bah-rus'),  nat.;  pueblo  in  Rizal,  Lu26n, 

on  main  road,  2i  m.  E.  of  Morong.    Pop., 

pueblo,  1896,  1,217. 
port  on  SE.  shore  of  Catanduanes  I.,  Luz6n. 

Difficult  of  entrance. 
extreme  NW.  point  of  Daram  I.,  off  W. 

coast  of  Samar. 
hamlet  on  small  inlet  on  NE.  shore  of 

Illana  Bay,   in  Cotabato,  Mindanao.    It  is 

fronted  by  Ibus  I. 
S.  point  of  entrance  to  anchorage  of  Guiuan 

in  extreme  SE.  SAmar. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


331 


BiS;  hamlet  on  extreme  SW.  coast  of  Sdmar, 
5  m.  SE.  of  Guiuan. 

—  village  and  point  on  NW.  coast  of  Calicoan 
I.  and  S.  head  of  W.  entrance  to  narrow  chan- 
nel which  separates  that  island  from  extreme 
SE.  coast  of  Sdmar,  Visayas. 

RASOAIN  (,bah-rah-swah'-inn),  Tag.;  pueblo 
Bulaciln,  Luz6n,  6  m.  NW.  of  Bulacdn,  3J  m. 
W.  of  the  Manila  and  Dagupan  Railroad. 
Pop.,  pueblo,  1896,  9,675. 

BAT  (bah-raf),  nat.;  river  in  central  Luz6n. 

BATAN  (bah-rah'-wahn),  ver.;  river  in  Leyte, 
rises  S.  of  the  Dagami  Mt.  and  empties  at 
town  of  same  name. 

BAYAIV  (bah-rah'-yan),  ver.;  hill  S.  of  Cagsa- 
cala  hill  in  great  bend  of  Matinao  Riv., 
Silmar. 

river  emptying  into  sea  on  NW.  coast  of 

Sdmar. 

IBAYON  (bah-rah'-yawn),  ver.;  point  on  ex- 
treme SW.  shore  of  Albay,  Luz6n. 

IBUACijJ  (bar-bah-cahn'),  Sp.;  hamlet  on  r. 
bank,  i  m.  above  mouth  of  river  of  that  name 
on  E.  coast  of  Palawan,  61  m.  NE.  of  Puerto 
Princesa. 

—  hamlet  of  pueblo  of  Dumarang,  off  NE. 
coast  of  Palawan. 

range  of   mountains  close  to  E.  coast  of 

Palawan  and  within  which  rises  higher  range 
with  double  peaks  and  long  flat  spurs.  Far- 
ther SW.  4  peaks  on  Cleopatra  Range  show 
over  comparatively  low,  conical-shaped  hills 
which  terminate  bold  peak  chain. 

—  river  on  E.  coast  of  Palawan  emptying 
into  sea,  5^  m.  NE.  of  Cliff  Pt. 

—  point  on  E.  coast  of  Palawan,  7  m.  N.  of 
outlet  of  Barbac&n  Riv. 

ABBAEIT  (bahr-bah-rif),  nat;  pueblo  in  Am- 
buravan,  flocos  Norte,  Luz6n.  Pop.,  pueblo, 
1!S98,"196. 

ABBAZA  (bar-bah'-thah),  Sp.;  pueblo  W. coast 
of  Antique,  Panay,  32  m.  N.  of  San  Jos6  de 
Buenavista.    Pop.,  pueblo,  1896,  4,828. 

ABl'ELOiVA  (bar-thay-law'-nah),  Sp.;  pueblo 
r.  bank  of  river  entering  bay  S.  of  Dapi- 
tan,  N.  coast  of  Mindanao  Misamis,  8J  m.  S. 
ofDapitan.     (See  Blanca  Pt.) 

—  town  on  E.  seacoast  of  Sorsog6n,  Luz6n, 
33  m.  SE.  of  Albay.    Pop.,  pueblo,  1,567. 

ABCELONETA    (bar-thay-law-nay'-tah),    Sp.; 

hamlet  in  Iloilo,  Panay,  1  m.  NE.  of  Anilao. 
ABI  (bah'-ree),  ver.;  island  1  sq.  m.  in  area  and 

IJ  m.  off  extreme  SW.  point  of  Fuga  I.,  and, 

with  it,  forming  an  anchorage  in  Babuyanes 

grp.    (See  Musa  Bay.) 

—  point  in  Leyte. 

>ABIGB;  river  entering  on  S.  shore  of  Libftsport, 
E.  coast  of  Sdmar,  1  m.  W.  of  San  Julian. 

iABIJAN  (bar-ree'-hun) ,  Tag.;  hamlet  in  Bula- 
cdn,  Luzon,  6  m.  NW.  of  BulacAn. 

ABILI  (bah-ree'-lee),  ver.;  river  rising  in  Bina- 
guiojanMt.,of  Cordillera  Central,  and  empty- 
ing into  Tanon  Strait,  W.  coast  of  Cebu,  at 
town  of  Barili.  It  is  i  m.  wide  at  its  mouth, 
but  has  only  2  feet  of  water  on  bar. 

—  pueblo  on  1.  bank  of  river  of  that  name, 
i  m.  wide  and  1  m.  from  its  mouth  in  Taflon 
Strait,  W.  coast  of  Cebii,  27  m.  W.  of  Cebu. 
Pop.,  pueblo,  20,914. 

ARIN  (bah'-reen);  one  of  Balicuatro  Is.,  off  N. 

coast  of  Simar,  parallel  and  close  to  Biri; 

passage  is  navigable  by  ships  of  any  size,  but 

has  no  anchorage. 
tABINti  (bah-ring'),  ver.;  mountain  inland  from 

High  Pt.,  on  E.  coast   of  Palawan,  5J  m.  N. 

of  High  Pt.  near  Ilian,  where  lowland  rises  to 

ranges  attaining  elevation  of  2,100  ft.  at  this 

point. 
URIO  (bah'-ree-oo),  ver.;  mountain  in  central 

Leyte,  4  m.  S.  of  Jaro. 


BABIS  (bah-rees'),nat.;  point  on  SE.  shore  Libds 
port,  E.  coast  of  Silmar. 

point  on  S.  shore  of  Rapu  Rapu  I.,  off  coast 

of  Albay,  Luzon. 

BABIU  (bah'-ree-oo);  smallest,  4  m.  by  3  m.,  and 
westernmost  of  islands  of  Balicuatro  grp.,  3i 
m.  NE.  of  Balicuatro  Pt.,  NW.  of  S&mar. 

hamlet  in  Panay  on  r.  bank  of  Sinarugan 

Riv.,  Antique,  6  m.  N.  of  E.  of  Anini-y. 

BARIU^N  (bah-ree-wohn'),  ver.;  hamlet  in Sdmar 
5  m.  NE.  by  N.  of  Basey. 

BABLIU  (bar-lig'),  ver.;  hamletof  Bontoc,  Luz6n, 
in  one  of  spurs  of  Mayoyao  Mts.  and  at  spring, 
of  tributary  of  Sibug  branch  of  Grande  de 
Cagayan  Riv.,  16  m.  E.  of  Bontoc.    Pop.,  439. 

BABNATAGAN  (bahr-nah-tah-gahn),  tag.;  moun- 
tain in  Nueva  Ecija,  Luz6n,  forms  one  of  spurs 
of  coast  range  on  E.  side. 

BABOANliA  (bah-rwang'-ah),  ver.;  town  in 
Panay. 

BABOAS  (bah-rwahs'),  nat.;  pueblo  in  Ambu- 
rayan,  Ilocos  Sur,  Luz6n. 

BABOBAYBAY  (bah-raw-by-by'),  ver.;  hamlet  on 
NW.  shore  of  Sdmar. 

hamlet  on  NW.  shore  of  Quinamaligan  I. 

of  Balicuatro  grp.,  Siimar. 

BABOBODIANOAN  (KIMNABAGABAN)  (bah-raw- 
beau-dyang'-  ahn,  kee  -  nee  -  nah  -  bah  -  gah'- 
rahn),ver.;  point  on  NW.  shore  of  S^mar,  op- 
posite Dalupiri  I. 

BAROBOL^IV  (bah-raw-beau  lawn'),  ver.;  hamlet 
in  SW.  SAmar,  9  m.  NE.  of  Basey. 

BABOC  (bah-rock'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Leyte,  4  m. 
E.  of  Ormoc. 

BABOTAC  NUEVO  (bah-roh-tack'  nway-'voh), 
Hisp.;  pueblo  1.  bank  of  Jalaur  Riv.  in 
Iloilo,  Panay,  14  m.  NNE.  of  Iloilo.  Pop., 
pueblo,  11,805. 

BABOTAC  VIEJO  (bah-roh-tack'  vyay'-hoh), 
Hisp.;  pueblo  bay  at  mouth  of  river  on  SE. 
coast  of  Iloilo,  Panay,  NE.  by  N.  of  Iloilo,  28 
m.  Boats  can  a.scend  river  to  town  at  high 
water.    Pop.,  pueblo,  5,590. 

river  in  Panay. 

BABOY  (bah-roy'),  nat.;  point  on  SE.  shore  of 
Panguil  Bay,  SW.  end  of  Misamis  port, 
Misamis,  Mindanao. 

BABRA  DE  TAAL  (bah'-rrah  day  tah-ahl'),  Hisp., 
on  BalayAn  Bay,  mouth  of  Pansipil  Riv., 
IS,  Luzoii. 


BARBARA  (bah-rrah'-cah),  sp.;  hamlet  in  Pan- 
gasindn,  Luz6n. 

BABRACAS  DE  LA  PAGODA  (bah-rrah'-cahs  day 
lah  pah-gaw-dah),  Sp.;  mountain  in  island  of 
Palawan. 

BABRAKCA  COLORADA  (bah-rrun'-cah  coh-law- 
rah'-dah),  Sp.;  flat-topped,  reddish-colored 
hill  near  Capones  Pt.,  Zambales,  Luz6n. 

point  on  W.  coast  of  Zambales,  Luz6n,  at 

extreme  W.  end  of  hill  of  that  name. 

BARRANCO  (bah-rrun'-coh),  Sp.;  river  entering 
E.  of  Mati  on  N.  shore  of  Pujada  Bay,  SE. 
coast  of  DAvao,  Mindanao. 

BABREIRO  (bah-rray'-roh),  Sp.;  hamletof  Moros 
in  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

BABBEN,  for.;  island  off  NE.  coast  of  Palawan. 
(See  Paly  I.) 

BABKERA  (bah-rray'-rah),  Sp.;  large  port  or  bay 
on  NE.  shore  of  Masbate  I.,  Visayas. 

BABTOLINO  (bahr-toh-lee'-noh),  Sp.;  mountain 
in  SE.  part  of  Batangas,  Luzon,  which  comes 
down  to  coast  forming Malabrigo  Pt.,  which  is 
most  S.  of  province. 

BABTOX,  for.;  head  on  W.  coast  of  Palawan,  be- 
tween Table  and  Bluff  Pts. 

lat.  10°  29'  N.,  I'on.  119°  5'  E.  at  Bubon  Pt. 

Bay  5j  m.  deep  between  Riddle  and  Bubon 
pts.  on  NW.  coast  of  Palawan.  Several 
streams  enter  bay. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


331 


IibIS;  hamlet  on  extreme  SW.  coast  of  Sdmar, 
6  m.  SE.  of  Guiuan. 

3 —  village  and  point  on  NW.  coast  of  Calic6an 
Land  S. head  of  W. entrance  to  narrow  chan- 
nel which  separates  that  island  from  extreme 
SE.  coast  of  SAmar,  Visayas. 
BASOAIN  ^bah-^ah-svvah'-iun),  Tag.;  pueblo 
Bulaciin,  Luzon,  (i  m.  NW.  of  BulacAn,  3J  m. 
W.  of  the  Manila  and  Dagupan  Railroad. 
Pop.,  pueblo,  1896,  9,675. 
UAT  (bah-raf),  nat.;  river  in  central  Luz6n. 

UAl'AX  (bah-rah'-wahn),  ver.;  river  in  Leyte, 
rises  S.  of  the  Dagami  Mt.  and  empties  at 
town  of  same  name. 

.BAYAN  (bah-rah'-yan),  ver.;  hill  S.  of  Cagsa- 
cala  hill  in  great  bend  of  Matinao  Riv., 
S4mar. 

river  emptying  into  sea  on  NW.  coast  of 

Sdmar. 

iBAYON  (bah-rah'-yawn),  ver.;  point  on  ex- 
treme SW.  shore  of  Albay,  Luzon. 

iBBAt'iX  (bar-bah-cahn'),  Sp.;  hamlet  on  r. 
bank,  i  m.  above  mouth  of  river  of  that  name 
on  E.  coast  of  Palawan,  61  m.  NE.  of  Puerto 
Princesa. 

hamlet  of  pueblo  of  Dumarang,  off  NE. 

'    coast  of  Palawan. 

range  of   mountain.?  close  to  E.  coast  of 

;    Palawan  and  within  which  rises  higher  range 

■    with  double  peaks  and  long  fiat  spurs.    Far- 

(    ther  SW.  4  peaks  on  Cleopatra  Range  show 

•    over  comparatively  low,  conical-shaped  hills 

i    which  terminate  bold  peak  chain. 

i river  on  E.  coast  of   Palawan  emptying 

into  sea,  5i  m.  NE.  of  Cliff  Pt. 

' point  on  E.  coast  of  Palawan,  7  m.  N.  of 

outlet  of  Barbacftn  Riv. 

VKBABIT  {bahr-bah-rit'),nat.;  pueblo  in  Am- 
burayan,  Ilocos  Norte,  Luz6n.    Pop.,  pueblo, 

,     1898,  196. 

ABBAZA  (bar-bah'-thah),  Sp.;  pueblo  W. coast 
of  Antique,  Panay,  32  m.  N.  of  San  Jos6  de 
Buenavista.    Pop.,  pueblo,  1896,  4,828. 

ABCELOJfA  (bar-thay-law'-nah),  Sp.;  pueblo 
r.  bank  of  river  entering  bay  S.  of  Dapi- 
tan,  N.  coast  of  Mindanao  Misamis,  8^  m.  S. 
of  Dapitan.     (See  Blanca  Pt. ) 

town  on  E.  seacoast  of  Sorsog6n,  Luzon, 

'     33  m.  SE.  of  Albay.    Pop.,  pueblo,  1,567. 

ABCELONETA  (bar-thay-law-nay'-tah),  Sp.; 
hamlet  in  Iloilo,  Panay,  1  m.  NE.  of  Anilao. 

ABI  (bah'-ree),  ver.;  island  1  sq.  m.  in  area  and 
IJ  m.  off  extreme  SW.  point  of  Fuga  L,  and, 
with  it,  forming  an  anchorage  in  Babuyanes 
grp.    (See  Musa  Bay.) 

point  in  Leyte. 

ABKiB;  river  entering  on  S.  .shore  of  LibAsport, 
E.  coast  of  S4mar,  1  m.  W.  of  San  Juli&n. 

ABU  AN  (bar-ree'-hun),  Tag.;  hamlet  in  Bula- 
cdn,  Luzon,  6  m.  NW.  of  Bulac^n. 

ABILI  (bah-ree'-lee),  ver.;  river  rising  in  Bina- 
guiojan  Mt.,  of  Cordillera  Central,  and  empty- 
ing into  Taiion  Strait,  W.  coast  of  Cebii,  at 
town  of  Barili.  It  is  i  m.  wide  at  its  mouth, 
but  has  only  2  feet  of  water  on  bar. 

pueblo  on  1.  bank  of  river  of  that  name, 

i  m.  wide  and  1  m.  from  its  mouth  in  Taiion 
Strait,  W.  coast  of  Ceb\i,  27  m.  W.  of  Cebii. 
Pop.,  pueblo,  20,914. 

tABIN  (bah'-reen);  one  of  Balicuatro  Is.,  off  N. 
coast  of  Sdmar,  parallel  and  close  to  Biri; 
passage  is  navigable  by  ships  of  any  size,  but 
has  no  anchorage. 

(ABING  (bah-ring'),  ver.;  mountain  inland  from 
High  Pt.,  on  E.  coast  of  Palawan,  bi  m.  N. 
of  High  Pt.  near  Ilian,  where  lowland  rises  to 
ranges  attaining  elevation  of  2,100  ft.  at  this 
point. 

JABIO  (bah'-ree-oo),  ver.;  mountain  in  central 
Leyte,  4  m.  S.  of  Jaro. 


BABIS  (bah-rees'),nat.;  point  on  SE.  shore  Lib4s 

port,  E.  coast  of  SAmar. 
point  on  S.  shore  of  Rapu  Rapu  I.,  off  coast 

of  Albay,  Luzon. 
BARIU  (bah'-ree-oo);  smallest,  4  m.  by  3  m.,  and 

westernmost  of  islands  of  Balicuatro  grp.,  3 J 

m.  NE.  of  Balicuatro  Pt.,  NW.  of  Siimar. 
hamlet  in  Panay  on  r.  bank  of  Sinarugan 

Riv.,  Antique,  C  m.  N.  of  E.  of  Anini-y. 
BAEIUON  (bah-ree-wohn'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Silmar 

5  m.  NE.  by  N.  of  Basey. 
BARLIG  (bar-lig'),  ver.;  hamlet  of  Bontoc,Luz6n, 

in  one  of  spurs  of  Mayoyao  Mts.  and  at  spring, 

of  tributary  of  Sibug  branch  of  Grande  de 

Cagaysln  Riv.,  16  m.  E.  of  Bon  toe.    Pop.,  439. 
BABNATAGAN  (bahr-nah-tah-gahn),  tag.;  moun- 
tain in  Nueva  Ecija,  Luzon,  forms  one  of  spurs 

of  coast  range  on  E.  side. 
BABOAlVllA    (bah-rwang'-ah),    ver.;     town     in 

Panay. 
BABOAS  (bah-rwahs'),  nat.;   pueblo  in    Ambu- 

rayan,  Ilocos  Sur,  Luz6n. 
BABOBAYBAY  (bah-raw-by-by'),  ver.;  hamlet  on 

NW.  shore  of  SAmar. 
hamlet  on  NW.  shore  of  Quinamaligan  I. 

of  Balicuatro  grp.,  Sdmar. 
BABOBODIAlVtiAX  (KIMNABAGAEAX)  (bah-raw- 

beau-dyang'-  ahn,     kee  -  nee  -  nah  -  bah  -  gah'- 

rahn),ver.;  point  on  NW.  shore  of  Sdmar,  op- 
posite Dalupiri  I. 
BAB0B0L6n  (bah-raw-beau  lawn'),  ver.;  hamlet 

in  SW.  Sdmar,  9  m.  NE.  of  Basey. 
BABOC  (bah-rock'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Leyte,  4  m. 

E.  of  Ormoc. 
BABOTAi;    NIIEVO    (bah-roh-tack'   nway-'voh), 

Hisp.;    pueblo    1.  bank   of    Jalaur    Riv.  in 

Iloilo,    Panay,  14  m.  NNE.  of  Iloilo.    Pop., 

pueblo,  11,805. 
BABOTAC    VIEJO     (bah-roh-tack'    vyay'-hoh), 

Hifsp.;  pueblo  bay  at  mouth  of  river  on  SE. 

coast  of  Iloilo,  Panay,  NE.  by  N.  of  Hollo,  28 

m.    Boats  can  ascend  river  "to  town  at  high 

water.    Pop.,  pueblo,  5,590. 

river  in  Panay. 

BABOY  (bah-roy'),  nat.;  point  on  SE.  shore  of 

Panguil    Bay,    SW.    end    of    Misamis   port, 

Misamis,  Mindanao. 
BABBA  DE  TAAL  (bah'-rrah  day  tah-ahl'),  Hisp., 

on  Balaydn  Bay,  mouth   of   Pansipil  Riv., 

Batangas,  Luzon. 
BABBACA  (bah-rrah'-cah),  sp.;  hamlet  in    Pan- 

gasiudn,  Luzon. 

BABBACAS  DE  LA  PAGODA  (bah-rrah'-cahs  day 
lah  pah-gaw-dah),  Sp.;  mountain  in  island  of 
Palawan. 

BABBANCA  COLOBADA  (bah-rrun'-cah  coh-law- 
rah'-dah),  Sp.;  flat-topped,  reddish-colored 
hill  near  Capones  Pt.,  Zambales,  Luzon. 

point  on  W.  coast  of  Zambales,  Luz6n,  at 

extreme  W.  end  of  hill  of  that  name._ 

BABBANX'O  (bah-rrun'-coh),  Sp.;  river  entering 
E.  of  Mati  on  N.  shore  of  Pujada  Bay,  SE. 
coast  of  Ddvao,  Mindanao. 

BABBEIBO  (bah-rray'-roh),  Sp.;  hamletof  Moros 
in  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

BABBEN,  for.;  island  off  NE.  coast  of  Palawan. 
(See  Paly  I.) 

BABBEBA  (bah-rray'-rah),  Sp.;  large  port  or  bay 
on  NE.  shore  of  Ma.sbate  I.,  Visayas. 

BABTOLIXO  (bahr-toh-lee'-noh),  Sp.;  mountain 
in  SE.  part  of  Batangas,  Luz6n,  which  comes 
down  to  coast  forming Malabrigo  Pt.,  which  is 
most  S.  of  province. 

BABTOX,  for.;  head  on  W.  coast  of  Palawan,  be- 
tween Table  and  Bluff  Pts. 

lat.  10°  29'  N.,  Ton.  119°  5'  E.  at  Bubon  Pt. 

Bay  Ss  m.  deep  between  Riddle  and  Bubon 
pts.  on  NW.  coast  of  Palawan.  Several 
streams  enter  bay. 


332 


GAZETTEER   OF    THE    PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 


BARTON;  point  at  SW.  extremity  of  Dumaran  I., 

oflE  Palawan,  at  entrance  to  Cook  channel. 
HAKIA^A   (bah-rwahng'-ah),  nat.;  hamlet   in 

province  of  Cdpiz,  Panay. 
BAKl'BABACiXX     (bah-roo-bah-rug-nah'),     nat.; 
islet  in  inner  entrance  to  Sorsog6n  port,  Sor- 
sog6n,  Luzonj  off  Saclayan  Pt. 
BABrH  (bah-roog'),  nat.;  hamlet  in  province  of 

Pangasindn,  Luz6n.    Enjoys  fine  climate. 
BAKUGO  (bah-roo'-gaw),  ver.;  pueblo  N.  shore 
of   Leyte,   18  m.   NW.   of   Tacloban.     Pop., 
pueblo,  12,322. 

village  on  SE.  shore  of  Carigara  Bav,  N. 

coast  of  Leyte. 

E.  point  to  Butag   Bay  on  SW.  shore    of 

Albay,  Luz6n. 

river  in  Leyte;   flows  across  pueblo  and 

empties  into  sea  beyond  pueblo  of  same  name. 
BARl'GtfAX  (bah-roo-goo'-ahn),  nat.;  island  on 
Leyte,  shore  of  San  Juanieo  Strait,  at  mouth 
of  river  of  same  name. 

river  of  Leyte  entering  San  Juanieo  Strait 

opposite  island  of  same  name. 
BARULLlfeX  (bah-roo-lyayn'),  ver.;  river  empty- 
ing into  sea  on  NW.  coast  of  Ilocos  Norte, 
Luz6n. 
BAUl'XO  (bah-roo'-noh),  ver.;  hamlet  on  l.bank 
of  Lagonoy  Riv.,  naar  its  mouth,  in  Albay, 
Luz6n,  3G  m.  N.  of  Albay. 
BARl'RO  (bah-roo'-raw),  ver.;  small  river  emptv- 

ing  into  sea  in  Uni6n,  Luzon. 

BARUYAJf  (bah-roo'-yahn),  ver.;  river  entering 

sea  channel  between  Mindoro  and  " 

Luz6n,  20  m.  NW.  of  Calapiin. 

BABY  (bah-ree'),  ver.;  extreme  E.  head  of  GuJf 

of  A.sid,  on  S.  coast  of  Masbate  I.,  opposite 

Pulanauta  Pt.,  38  m.  SW.  bv  W.,  forming  W. 

head. 

BART  CHICO  (bah-ree'  chee'-coh),  Hi.sp.;  pointin 

Masbate  I.,  Visayas. 
EXSAC    (bah'-suck),   nat.;     hamlet    of     Negros 

Oriental,  8  m.  N.  of  Guijulugan,  E.  coast. 
BASAO  (bah-sah-'oo),  ver.;  hamlet  of  Lepanto, 
Luzon,  at  headwaters  of  Abra  Riv.,  in  W 
summits  of  Grand  Cordillera  Central  near 
boundary  with  Bontoc,  7  m.  N.  of  Cavdn. 
Pop.,  660. 
BASAS  (bah'-sahs),  Sp.,  hamlet  5  m.  NW.  of  La- 

nao  Lake,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 
BASAT  (bah-sigh'),  ver.;  river  and  hamlet  at  its 
mouth,  SW.  coast  of  Negros  Oriental,  12i  m. 
W.  of  Bayauan. 
BASAYAX  (bah-sah'-yahn),  ver.;  small  stream 
entering  Strait  of  Tan6n,  10  m.  S.  of  Remigio 
W.  coast  of  Cebti. 


BAS-bXs  (bass-ba.ss')  ver.;  small  island,  63 ft.  hig 

C'lvored  with  trees,  in  S.  central  waters 

I'iingutSrang  grp.,  Sulu  A.,  2J  m.   SSW 

Curilan  I. 
channel,  2^  m.  long  and  i  m.  wide,  betwe< 

Bas-Bfls  I.  to  E.  and  XW.  extremitv  of  Ta^ 

Tawi  and  Tabulunga  Is.,  Sulu  A.,  w"ith  dep 

16  ft.    In  N.  part  is  sheltered  anchorage  f 

vessels  of  all  sizes. 
island,  surrounded  by  claster  of  islets  ai 

rocks,  248  ft.  high,  off  NE.  shore  of  Tawi  Ta- 

I.,  Tawi  Tawi  grp.,  Sulu  A. 
BAS-BXs     (BL'S.Bt!S)     (bass-bass',    boos-boos 

nat.;  S.  point  of  Siasi  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A 
BASDIO  (bus-dew'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  E.  shore 

Bay  of  Guindulman,  3  m.  distant  in  Boh< 

Visayas. 
BASE,  for;    bay  on  extreme  NW.  coast  of  Pal 

wan,  overlooked  by  North  Hill. 

BASEY  (bah-say'),  nat.;  river  emptying  on  8\ 
coast  of  Sdmar,  5  m.  E.  by  n!  of  eastei 
entrance  to  San  Juanieo  Strait. 

pueblo   N.  shore   of   San    Pedro   Bay 

SAmar,  4  m.  E.  of  E.  entrance  to  San  Juani. 
Strait  and  35  m.  SE.  of  Catbalogan.  Poi 
pueblo,  1896,  13,756.  ' 

largest  island  of  Batanesgrp.   {See  Batdn] 

river,  port,  and  mountain  in  Sfimar. 

BASIAXAX  (bah-syah'-nun),  ver.;  bav  on  S^ 
coast  of  Cotabato,  Mindanao,  37  ni.  NW  1 
N.  of  Polo  Pt. 

BASIAO  (bah-see-ah'-oo),  nat.;  mountain  in  S 
part  of  Lapinin  Grande  I.,  NE.  of  Bohol. 

inlet  E.  shore  Laguimanoc  Bay,  S.  ( 

Tayabas,  Luzon. 

point  at  inner  entrance  to   Laguimani 

Bay,  S.  coast  of  Tayabas,  Luzon. 

BASlXl'ANG  (bah-syah'-wang),  ver.;  small  br 
and  point  on  SW.  shore  of  Cotabato,  Mind 
nao,  affording  after  Port  Lebak  best  shelt 
on  this  coast  in  all  weathers.  Small  crec 
enters  bay  on  N..side  of  remarkable  hill  en 
nected  with  mainland  bv  low  mangrov 
covered  neck. 

BASIBl'LI  (bah-see-boo'-lee),  ver.;  islet  S.  of  Tai 
Tawi  L,  Sulu  A.,  near  Banaran  I. 

channel  of  W.  of  Bosibuci,  in  Tawi  Ta^ 

grp.,  Sulu  A. 

BASIC  (bah-sick'),  ver.;  island  in  chain  stretc 
ing  across  Bay  of  Islands,  E.  coast  of  Palawa: 

BASIGAJON  (bah-see-gah-hohn'),  ver.;  extren 
NW.  point  Siquijor  I.,  5  m.  W.  of  Siquijo 
is  E.  headland  of  narrowest  part  of  sea  cha: 
nel  between  Siquijor  and  Negros. 


BASIL  AN    (GROUP),    SOUTH    OF    ZAMBOANGA, 
MINDANAO. 

*  (Bah-see'-lahn,  ver.) 

Capital:  Isabela  (de  Basilan),  lat.  6°  40^  N.,  Ion.  121°  56^  E. 
Area:  Basilan,  304  sq.  m.;  56  dependent  islands,  50  sq.  ni.;  total,  354  so   m 
Race:  Moro. 
Languag-e:  Moro. 
Population:  estimated  1901,  8,000. 
Military  Department  of  Mindanao: 


Headquarters,  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 


From  Isabela  to— 
Manila,  N.  bv  W 
Sulu.  SW. ..."..... 
Zamboanga,  N... 


Table  of  distances. 


LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

The  group  of  islands  known  as  Basilan  and  constituting  a  district  of  Mindanao 
during  the  jurisdiction  of  Spain,  lies  off  the  extreme  S.  coast  of  the  peninsula  a 
/-amboanga  from  which  it  is  separated  by  the  Strait  of  Basilan,  10  m.  in  width;  o? 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


333 


334  GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 

the  E.  is  the  Celebes  Sea;  on  the  S.  Balanguingui,  the  NE.  of  the  groups  of  tht 
Sulu  Archipelago;  and  on  the  W.  the  Sulu  Sea;  lat.  6°  32'  N.  and  Ion.  122°  E.  intersecti 
near  the  center  of  Basilan  I.  Basilan  and  its  adjacent  islands  at  one  time  were 
regarded  as  a  province  of  Sulu,  but  subsequently  under  a  more  satisfactory  arrange- 
ment were  made  a  district  of  Mindanao. 

AREA.  ' 

The  group  covers  a  sea  surface  extending  from  6°  15'  SCK'  N.  to  6°  45'  N.,  and  Ion. 
121°  19'  E.  to  122°  25'  E.,  or  29J  m.  N.  and  S.  and  66  m.  E.  and  W.,  or  1,9-47  sq.  m. 
Land  area,  Basilan,  304  sq.  m. ;  56  dependent  islands,  50  sq.  m. ;  total,  354  sq.  m. 

PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 

The  larger  islands  are  volcanic,  and  high  and  salubrious  in  climate.  The  chief 
summit,  rising  out  of  the  center  of  Basilan  I.,  has  an  elevation  of  3,348  ft.  The 
smaller  islands  are  generally  superimposed  upon  foimdations  of  coral.  The  rivers 
afford  drainage  for  the  mountain  system  during  the  wet  season  and  are  generally 
dry  during  the  remainder  of  the  year.  The  Pasagan  Riv.,  a  small  stream  of  good 
water,  enters  the  port  of  Isabela,  near  the  naval  station. 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

Navigation  among  these  islands  presents  no  difficulty,  the  water  being  clear,  the 
bottom  is  visible  at  a  depth  from  8  to  10  fms.  The  weather  is  generally  fine  and 
vessels  can  anchor  anywhere  along  the  coast  on  coral  bottom.  The  following  are 
the  bays  and  harbors. 

Isabela;  a  roadstead  between  the  islands  of  Malamaui  and  Lampinitan,  with  6  to 
16  fms.  The  town  of  that  name  is  on  the  channel  between  the  former  island  and 
the  mainland  of  Basilan. 

Malusa;  on  the  W.  side  of  Basilan  I.  formed  by  2  islands.  Great  and  Little 
Govenen.  It  has  good  anchorage.  A  river  enters  the  head  of  the  bay,  the  bar  of 
which  dries  at  low  water,  but  within  has  a  depth  of  9  ft.  wide  enough  for  boats. 
The  natives  on  the  shore  have  a  reputation  for  piracy. 

ROADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 

With  the  exception  of  ]Malusa,  all  the  villages  of  the  group  lie  along  the  channels, 
which  afford  means  of  transi)ortation  for  both  traffic  and  travel.  There  is  inter- 
course with  Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  across  the  channel  by  boat  daily. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

The  population  estimated  at  8,000  and  stated  at  1,119  by  the  census,  is  given  by 
another  authority,  the  church,  at  1,421  for  1895.  The  inhabitants  reside  almost 
entirely  on  the  island  of  Basilan,  from  which  expeditions  are  conducted  to  the  neigh- 
boringlslands  for  fishing  and  the  gathering  of  shells  and  pearls.  In  tlie  capital  poor 
Spanish  is  extensively  used.  The  interior  is  almost  entirely  occupied  by  Moros  and 
friendly.  Among  the  natives  of  the  islands  Moro,  Samal,  and  Moro-Jacan  are  the 
dialects  spoken.  Native  busine.'^s  is  generally  transacted  through  the  Datos.  There 
is  no  slavery.     There  are  500  Filipinos  on  the  island. 

The  following  is  the  return  of  the  population  of  the  onlv  pueblo  of  Basilan,  accord- 
ing to  the  census  of  1887:  Men,  561;  women,  397;  totalj  985.  Estimated  1901  for 
the  entire  island,  8,000. 

The  following  are  the  towns: 

Isabela;  the  capital  of  the  group  on  the  NW.  shore  of  Basilan  I.,  situated  on  a  fine 
port  4  m.  inland,  with  an  average  width  of  about  one-half  m.  and  capable  of  shelter- 
ing a  good-sized  fleet.  Under  Spanish  jurisdiction  it  was  a  naval  station  with  a  dry 
dock  for  gunboats,  a  crane  with  a  capacity  for  20  tons,  carpenter  and  iron  shops,  an 
iron  and  ])ronze  foundry,  a  magazine  and  machinery  worked  by  steam.  On  the 
island  of  Malamaui  was  a  coaling  station  with  sheds  for  2,000  lbs.  Also  a  station  for 
all  shi])s  of  the  naval  division  of  the  South  Chorrillo.  Climate  good.  A  small  stream 
furnishes  excellent  water,  conveyed  to  the  station  by  an  aqueduct  since  November, 
1900.    The  fort  known  as  Isabel  II ,  65  ft.  above  the  sea,  has  bastions  at  the  angles  and  is 

\ 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  335 


Ffrounded  by  a  moat.  It  Avas  designed  to  dominate  the  channel,  and  as  a  defense 
iiinst  the  Moros.  There  is  also  a  hospital  at  the  mouth  of  the  river  Pasajan,  in 
i)nt  of  the  station.  The  Moros  have  their  own  schools  and  teach  the  Koran,  and 
;-gely  read  and  write  their  own  language.     Pop.,  985. 

San  Pedro;  on  the  NE.  shore  of  Basilan  I. 

Santa  Barbara;  on  the  NW.  shore. 

Nipa  Balas;  on  the  N. ;  Lamitan,  Baas,  and  Ugbung  on  the  E. ;  Aguada,  Amehui, 
}d  Govenen  on  the  S.;  Libuc  and  Tatayan  on  the  W.  coasts,  and  Malusa  in  the  cen- 
r,  ai'e  the  chief  villages. 


DEPENDENT  ISLANDS. 


The  following  constitute  the  islands  of  this  group: 

Basilan;  the  largest  and  name  island  is  24  m.  NW.  and  S.  and  36  m.  E.  and  W. 
lies  along  the  S.  side  of  the  strait  of  the  same  name,  and  has  23  peaks  in  its  moun- 
in  system,  from  741  to  3,348  ft.  high.  There  are  several  rivers  navigable  for  a  short 
:stance  by  native  boats.  The  inhabitants  were  notorious  in  earlj^  days  for  their 
ratical  enterprises.  They  are  largely  engaged  in  fishing.  Area,  304  sq.  m. 
The  remaining  islands  of  the  group  are: 

sq.m. 

ilug:  one  of  the  Pilas  cluster,  .525  ft.  high 3 

hintinusa;  S i 

limtinusa;  low,  wooded,  less  than  1  m.  off  S.  coast i 

ibuan;  off  the  S.  coast,  794  ft.  high ; 2 

lubhi ;  22  m.  NW 2 

; ludlud;  one  of  the  Pilas  cluster 2 

lug;  one  of  the  Pilas  cluster 

nhuaman;  one  of  the  Pilas  cluster,  S\V 1 

1  uluangan;  SE 2 

co:  N 1 

.ijafigan  (Pilas  I.) 

'lilt i 

isalon  {Pilas  I.) 2 

lUian:  W i 

I  ivenen:  Groat  and  Little 1 

ihat  Lahat 1 

impinigan;  200  ft.  high i 

|inauan;  S.  Bubuan.    It  has  2  hills,  218  and  394  ft.  high.    N.  side  of  the  Island  is  inhabited J 

ingasmati;  2  islands  off  the  W.  coast,  65  ft.  high i 

jinhil;  the  extreme  NE.  island,  558  ft.  high 1 

lalamaui:  off  the  capital,  Isabela,  and  forms  shelter  to  the  Isabela  roads.     It  is  538  ft.  high  and 

is  wooded  with  valuable  timber 8 

'  amanac  ( Pilas  I. ) 1 

amangat  (Pilas  I. ) 

ataja(PilasI.) i 

inis(PilasI.) 

nro;  in  the  W.  entrance  to  Isabela  roadstead,  65  ft.  high i 

'  1 i 

■  k'  Liebre  (hare's  ears) ;  one  of  the  extreme  NW.  islands  of  the  group 1 

1  uMn  ana  PAsig-Posi  ( Pilas  I. ) .'. 

-:   :  rluster  of  islands  10  m.  off  the  extreme  W.  point  of  Basilan 

lias:  the  main  island  of  the  cluster  and  the  largest  of  the  islands  near  Basilan;  on  the  N.  are  2 
hills  522  and  918  ft.  high;  on  the  W.  side  are  several  small  islands  with  good  anchorages,  espe- 
cially on  the  NW.  of  Pilas,  5fms.  depth 4 

ilkulkit A 

ilipin;  off  extreme  S.  point  of  Basilan IJ 

ingbois;  cluster;  2  islands  841  and  .585  ft.  high,  which  serve  as  landmarks  for  navigators  when 
the  summits  of  Basilan  are  obscured  by  clouds;  they  lie  21  m.  NW.  of  Basilan  and  occupy 

the  center  of  a  chain  of  5  islands  from  NE.  to  SW 2 

iitioldgit  (Salculasit) 1 

ibago;  the  ea.stemmost  of  the  group,  736  ft.  high 1 

agutu  (Pilas  I. ) 

aicalA;  W.  of  Malusa  Bay,  Basilan 

:al6n  PisA;  the  most  S.  of  the  group 2 

lamic;  180  ft.  high,  off  SW.  coast li 

apian  Tana;  cluster  of  4  islands  lying  6i  m.  S.  of  extreme  S.  point  of  Basilan;  on  its  W.  side  is  a 

hill  938  ft.  high;  the  W.  side  is  inhabited 2 

f inga;  the  NW.  of  the  group 1 

eiiiga  Lacit 

eingolan;  W.  of  Malu.sa  Bay i 

iepono 

umajuban '. 1 . .   ......[[........[.][[.[... []\.\. [[[.[[[[[] 

iguilabun 

imbungan x 

Total— dependent  Islands,  57;  area 354i 

VEGETABLE  PRODUCTS. 

The  agricultural  pursuits  consist  chiefly  in  raising  rice,  sugar  cane,  coffee,  cocoa, 
otton,  corn,  hemp,  and  tobacco  for  domestic  use,  and  are  confined  almost  entirely  to 
he  principal  island. 


336 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE   PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


MINERALS. 


The  interior  being  but  little  explored,  no  indications  of  mineral  wealth  are  reportj, 
ed  in  Basilan. 

FORESTS. 

The  larger  islands  are  well  wooded.     In  Basilan  are  fine  forests  of  valuable  w( 
The  timber  on  the  island  of  Malamaui  is  superior  to  that  of  the  other  islands, 
sisting  of  molave,  a  hard  yellow  wood  resembling  pine,  palo  maria  or  brij 
(one  of  the  guttifer£e  or  gamboge  family),  and  poon.     Much  lumber  is  cut  by 
natives. 

FRUITS. 

Mangosteens,  sapotes,  oranges,  bananas,  and  other  fruits  of  the  latitude  flour 
in  Basilan. 

INDUSTRIES. 

The  chief  occui^ation  of  the  people  (^Vloros)  is  fishing.     A  little  weaving  of  hes 
and  cotton,  by  primitive  methods,  is  carried  on  for  domestic  use.     Lumber,  mc 
cheap,  is  shipped  to  Manila  and  Zamboanga. 

UNITED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 

There  are  no  military  posts  in  this  group,  the  island  being  a  United  States  na 
station  and  is  garrisoned  by  United  States  marines. 

CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 


The  "provincial  government  act"  has  not  been  extended  to  this  group.  The  dat< 
does  not  admit  vassalage  to  the  Sultan  of  Sulu  nor  of  Mindanao.  The  people  of  Isabeli) 
petitioned  early  for  local  municipal  government. 


/^ 


BASILAN  (bah-see'-lahn),  ver.;  largest  and  name 
island  of  the  Basilan  grp.;  lat.  6°  32'  N.  and 
Ion.  122°  E.  intersect  immediately  E.  of  it.s 
loftiest  peak;  is  36  m.  E.  and  W.  and  24  m. 
N.  and  S.,  extreme  distances,  or  about  304 
sq.  ra."  Lies  along  S.  side  of  Basilan  Strait, 
which  separates  it  from  extreme  S.  end  of 
Zamboanga  Peninsula  of  Mindanao,  and 
NE.  of  Sulu  I.  49  m.,  numerous  islands  and 
islets  of  Balanguingui  grp.  intervening.  Phy- 
sical aspects  of  island  present  charming  diver- 
sity of  forest-clad  mountain  summits  and 
fertile  valleys  and  plains.  There  are  23  dis- 
tinct peaks,  highest  in  center  of  island  being 
3,348  ft.;  another  6  m.  SW.,  end  of  small  in- 
terior range,  being 2,970 ft.;  another N.  1,811  ft. 
In  extreme  E.  end  of  island,  overlooking 
Matanal  Pt.,  is  cone-like  summit  2,126  ft., 
which  not  only  forms  conspicuous  headland 
of  approach  on  S.  side  of  Celebes  Sea  entrance 
to  Ba.silan  Strait,  but  is  landmark  at  great 
distance  to  navigators  heading  N.  from  Java 
and  adjacent  islands,  along  E.  coast  of  Borneo, 
through  strait  of  Macassar,  across  Celebes  Sea, 


into  Sulu  Sea,  and  thence  into  China  Sea  to 
Manila  or  ports  of  China.  This  same  mountain 
series  at  narrowest  point  of  Basilan  Strait  fur- 
nishes another  important  landmark  to  navi- 
gation along  route  described,  in  peak  741  ft. 
high,  immediately  on  N.  point  of  island.  On 
extreme  W.  point  is  another  landmark  942 
ft.  high.  Shores  of  island  are  low,  wooded, 
and  girt  by  sand  and  (onil  d(Jbris  50  to  100 >. 
yds.  wide,  soiintiinr>  ((.MTcd  at  high  tidetr 
and  forming  nniiiLcrdVi'  >\Mimps.  There  are 
several  rivers  with  wide  moiiths  and  accessi-  L  ijAgiKj4^]y(j  (bah-see'-rung),  nat.;  point  and eree 
ble  by  boats  at  high  water,  but  a  few  miles'  w.  shore  of  Misamis  port,  Misamis,   Minda 

inside  suddenly  dimmish  to  rivulets,  flowing  j^j^g  2^  m.  W.  of  Misamis. 

among  rocks  and  obstructed  by  fallen  trees.  '    >    a     •      • 

Chmate  is  generally  good  and  coast  clear  of^  JJASKO  (bahs'-coh),  nat.;  island  in  entrance  t 
dangers,  so  that  navigation  around  island  is  S.  arm  of  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  Cota 

not  subject  to  usual  dangers.    Water  is  so  bato,  Mindanao. 


BASILA\— Continued. 

clear  that  bottom  can  be  seen  from  48  to  60  f1 
Inhabitants,  numbering  8,000  (estimated; 
belong  to  same  race  and  speak  same  lang^uag 
as  of  other  islands  of  Sulu  A.,  which  partake 
more  of  Philippine  than  Malay  charactei 
There  is  also  an  intermixture  of  Visayar 
Owing  to  convenient  estuaries  on  coast  an 
advantages  of  situation  in  early  days  of  coir 
mercial  enterprise  in  these  waters,  Baaila 
was  notorious  for  thieves  and  X)i  rates.  ThCi 
were  boldest  and  fiercest  of  archipelago.  8,' 
daring  had  become  their  operations  thatt^ 
1848  Spanish  Government  took  possession  aft'l 
established  garrison  on  island  and  annexed  ij 
to  Zamboanga,  Mindanao.  Chief  pueblo  c! 
island  and  capital  of  group  is  Isabela  d: 
Basilan,  on  NW.  shore  of  island,  with  popu' 
lation  of  1,300,  1896.  ( 

strait  8  m.  wide  and  24  m.  long  betweei 

Zamboanga,  extreme  SW.  of  peninsula  c 
Mindanao,  and  N.  point  of  Basilan  I.,  con 
necting  Celebes  and  Sulu  seas.  Santa  Cru 
Is.  and  banks  on  Mindanao  side  divide  i 
into  2  deep  channels,  both  equally  navigB- 
ble.  N.  channel,  although  narrowest,  is  pre 
ferred  by  sailing  vessels  as  affording  advan 
tages  of"  anchoring  in  calm  without  beinl 
carried  away  by  current. 

NW.  peak  of  island  of  that  name,  942  fi 

high,  on  W.  shore  S.  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao 

BASINU  (bah-seeing'K  nat.;  cascade  emptyin 
on  E.  side  of  Casul  Bay,  N.  coast  of  Misamit 
Mindanao. 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  337 

tASLAI  (bus-lie'),  nat.:  island  off  Dumunig  Pt.,  L/UASSA  (bah'-sah),  ver.;  point  at  NVV.  extreme  of 
E.  head  to  Cataingan  port,  SE.  shore  of  T  Sdmal  I.  and  E.  head  at  N.  entrance  to  Faki- 
Masbate  I.,  Visayas.  putan  Strait  connecting  N.  waters  and  W. 

SASOD  (bah-saud'),  ver.;  to^vn  in  Ambos  Cama-  ^^^^  °f  ^^'"''^  '^^l^-  ^^*^'*0'  Mindanao. 

Fines,  Luz6n,  on  main  road,  2i  m.  SSW.  of  |  BASl'D  (bah-sood'),  nat.;  pueblo  in  Ambos  Cama- 
Diet.    Pop.,  1,874.  rines  (Norte),  Luz6n.    Pop.,  1896, 1,608. 

8AS0L  (bah-saulM,  ver.;  island  lying  3  m.  NE.J'^ASfX  (bah-.soon'),  ver.;  channel  among  islands 


by  E.  A  E.  of  Bilan  Pt.  and  in  S.  passage  oH         Nusa  Lakit,  Nasa  Takbu  A.  and  Basiin,  off  N, 
Surigao  Strait,  between  extreme  N.  coast  of  coast  of  Tawi  Tawi  I.,  Sulu  A. 

Mindanao   and    offlving   islands  to  SW.  of      2  wooded  islands,  ^m,  W.  of  Nusa  Is.,  off  N. 

Dindgat  I.  shore  of  Tawi  Tawi,  Sulu  A. 

BASOT(bah-sought'),  ver.;  i.sland  E.  of  Lahuyl.,      BASUMIAY  (bah-soon-high'),  nat.;  hamlet  on  W. 
N.  of  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur).  Luzon.  '  cojst  of  Negros  Occidental. 

||  BATAAN,  LUZ6n,  PROVINCE   OF. 

(Bah-tah-ahn',  Tag.) 

Capital:  Balanga,  lat.  14°  2F,  Ion.  120°  33^ 
Area:  434  sq.  m.;  6  dependent  islands,  2  sq.  m.;  total,  436  sq.  m. 
Population:  50,761,  estimated,  1901. 
Race:  Tagiilog. 
■    Language:  Mostly  Tagiilow,  althoug:h  some  Pampango  is  spoken. 
Military  Department  of  Luzon:  Headquarters,  Manila,  Luzon. 

TahU  of  distances. 
From  Balanga  to —  m. 

Manila.  ESE 29 

Iba,  NNW 82 

Lingay^n  N.  (Gulf  of  Lingayen) 96 

LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

The  province  of  Bata;in  forms  the  extreme  S\V.  jiart  of  N.  Luzon.  It  is  bounded 
on  the  X.  V)y  Zambales,  on  the  E.  for  a  distance  of  8  m.  by  Pampanga,  and  thence 
by  the  W.  waters  of  Manila  Bay,  on  the  S.  by  the  Boca  Chica  entrance  to  Manila 
Bay,  and  on  the  W.  by  the  China  Sea. 

AREA. 

The  province  is  a  peninsula,  projecting  from  its  N.  boundary  to  its  extreme  S. 
point  a  distance  of  37  m.  NW.  to  SE.,  and  from  E.  to  W.  21  m.  between  the  waters 
r  of  Manila  Bay  on  the  E.  and  the  China  Sea  on  the  W.     It  has  an  area  of  434  sq.  m., 
\  mainland,  and  6  dependent  islands,  2  sq.  m. ;  total,  436  sq.  m. 

PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 

As  a  whole  the  surface  is  mountainous,  but  in  the  S.  extremity,  where  the  Mari- 
'  veles  Kange  rises  to  summits  3,21-5  and  4,678  ft.  high,  there  are  extensive  plains. 
,  Mt.  Kedondo,  immediately  N.  of  that  range,  has  an  elevation  of  1,991  ft.  These 
lofty  heights  afford  conspicuous  landmarks  for  navigators  entering  or  departing  from 
Manila  Bay.  The  central  crest  of  the  main  range,  which  takes  a  trend  from  the 
NW.  to  the  SE.,  midway  between  the  bay  and  seacoast,  distributes  the  drainage 
about  equally  in  the  same  directions.  A  few  of  the  streams,  which  are  numerous 
and  named,  are  navigable  for  small  native  boats,  but  are  chiefly  unimportant,  being 
raging  torrents  in  the  wet  season  and  dry  during  the  rest  of  the  year. 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

Although  Batajin,  except  on  its  X.  boundary,  is  surrounded  by  water,  its  bays  and 
harbors  are  not  numerous.  What  it  has  afford  both  shelter  and  anchorage  for  ves- 
sels of  all  sizes  and  in  nearly  all  winds.  On  the  Manila  Bay  shore,  a  distance  of  28 
m.,  are  no  anchorages  except  open  to  the  winds. 

The  harbor  at  Orani  is  very  good  for  light-draft  vessels.  Those  at  Balanga  and 
Orion  are  very  poor  and  vessels  bringing  supplies  can  not,  ordinarily,  approach  nearer 
•  than  li  miles  and  must  be  discharged  by  native  cascoes. 

On  the  S.  coast  opens  the  Mariveles  Bay,  on  the  N.  side  of  the  entrance  (Boca 
Chica )_ to  Manila  Bay.  It  is  2  m.  wide,  and  extends  2h  m.  inland,  affording  anchor- 
age ( 17  fms. )  and  shelter,  except  from  the  SE.,  for  vessels  of  any  size.  Vessels  may 
here  procure  fine  water. 


*  S.  Doc.  280 23 


338 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


On  the  W.  coast  fronting  31  in.  on  the  China  Sea,  beginning  on  the  X.  is:  Binangu 
or  INIinangas,  the  first  bight  to  the  S.  of  tlie  entrance  to  Subig  Bay.  Vessels  may 
anchor  in  4  fnis.  inside,  near  the  shore,  sheltered  from  all  winds  except  from  the  W. 
and  SW. 

At  Napo  Pt.,  9  m.  S.,  Bagac  opens  off  the  town  at  its  head,  affording  5^  to  11  fms. 
On  the  extreme  .SW.  coast  is  the  bay  of  Guay,  which  affords  good  anchorage  in  the 
NE.  monsoon.  It  is  the  favorite  resort  for  vessels  waiting  for  fair  winds  to  enter 
Manila  Bay. 

ROADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 

The  towns  of  the  province  are  united  ]jy  wagon  roads.  The  principal  runs  from 
Dinalupijan  to  Limay,  bnt  is  not  passable  south  of  Orion  owing  to  the  destruction 
bridges.  From  Limay  to  IMariveles  is  a  trail  hardly  passable  for  horses,  and  nothing 
but  bad  trails  from  Balanga  to  Bagac  and  Moron."  A  fair  trail  extends  from  Orion 
to  Bagac.  Communication  with  Manila  is  by  water;  with  Zaml)ak'S  by  land;  and 
from  Moron  and  Dinalupijan  to  Santa  Rita  and  Pampanga  by  way  of  Florida  Blanca. 


POPITLATION  AND  TOWNS. 

The  registered  population  of  Bataan  is  50,743,  mostly  Tagalos.     In  the  towns  to 
the  NE.  are  many  Pampangos.     The  mountains  contain  numerous  Negritos.     Vei 
few  of  these  live  in  villages,  or  are  registered  in  the  civil  records.     Most  of  the  ci 
lized  natives  speak  Tagalog,  although  some  use  Pampango.    The  Negritos,  who  co: 
down  to  trade,  understand  and  speak  either  one  or  the  other  of  these  languages. 

The  following  is  the  division  of  Bataan  into  pueblos  and  respective  populatioi 
according  to  the  official  cen.sus  of  1887: 


to 

1 


Province  and  pueblos. 

Men, 

Women. 

Total. 

Batato: 

2,400 
1,022 
4,305 
2,013 
1,873 
942 
885 
1,377 
3,015 
3,784 
1,862 
2,402 

2,392 

975 

4,003 

1,771 

1,718 

915 

805 

1,276 

2,934 

3,648 

1,887 

2,469 

4,798 

Bagac                                                                                  

1,997 

8,308 

3,784 

3,  .591 

1,857 

1,690 

2,6.53 

Orani 

5, 949 

Orion 

7  429 

Pilar 

3,749 

4,938 

Total 

25,850 

24,893 

50  748 

Estimated,  1901,  50,761. 

The  towns  number  12,  and  Negrito  villages  8.  Of  the  former  may  l)e  mentioned 
(the  population  of  1896  is  given): 

Abucay;  on  the  main  road,  3  m.  N.  of  Balanga.     Pop.,  7,185. 

Balanga;  the  capital,  on  main  road  at  the  crossing  of  the  Tagapao,  about  H  m. 
from  the  shore  of  Manila  Bay.  It  is  well  built.  The  streets  are  straight  and  wide, 
with  a  public  square  in  the  center.  There  is  a  government  house,  city  hall,  and 
prison.     It  lies  30  m.  WNW.  of  IManila,  across  the  bay.     Pop.,  9,000. 

Bagac:  at  the  head  of  the  bay  of  that  name  on  the  China  Sea  coast,  13  m.  SW.  of 
Balanga.     Before  the  war  the  population  was  about  2,500. 

Dinalupijan;  on  the  main  road,  in  the  extreme  NE.,  13  m.  N.  of  Balanga.  Pop., 
2,600. 

Hermosa;  sometimes  called  Liana  Hermosa  on  account  of  the  beautiful  plains 
surrounding  it.  It  is  situated  on  the  main  road  10  m.  N.  of  Balanga  and  2  m.  AV.  of 
the  extreme  NW.  angle  of  Manila  Bay.     Pop.,  2,649. 

Mabatang;  on  the  main  road,  4  m.  N.  of  Balanga.     Pop.,  1,766. 

Mariveles;  a  telegraph  and  military  station  on  the  NW.  shore  of  the  bay  of  the 
same  name,  19  m.  S.  by  W.  of  Balanga.  It  furnishes  large  quantities  of  wood  and 
water  to  vessels  passing  in  and  out  of  ilanila  Bay.  Pop.,  1,429.  Under  former  juris- 
diction INIariveles  was  an  important  meteorological  and  seismographical  station. 

Moron;  on  the  China  Sea  coast,  4  m.  S.  of  Binanga  Bay  and  20  m.  due  W.  of 
Balanga.     Pop.,  2,622.  , 


j  GAZETTEEE    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  339 

i  Orani;  a  coastwise  port  in  the  extreme  NW.  corner  of  Manila  Bay.  It  is  8  m.  N. 
i  Balanga  on  tlie  main  highway,  and  carries  on  an  important  trade  witli  Pamjianga 
;  1  the  NE.  and  Zambales  on  the  N\Y.,  besides  its  local  traffic  with  Bataan  and  in 

le  coast  trade  of  Manila  Bay.     Pop.,  6,400. 

Orion;   on  the  main  highway  near  the  Manila  Bay  shore,  5  m.  S.  of  Balanga. 

op.,  10,373. 

Pilar;  on  the  main  highway,  Ij  m.  inland  from  Manila  Bay  shore,  2w  m.  S.  of 

alanga.     Pop.,  3,471. 

Samal;  on  the  main  highway,  6  m.  N.  of  Balanga.     Pop.,  5,233. 

DEPENDENT  ISLANDS. 

Although  Corregidor  and  Caballo  Is.  lie  immediately  off  the  SE.  shore  of  this 
rovince,  their  geographical  and  strategical  position  at  the  entrance  to  Manila  Bay 
ives  them  distinct  importance,  which  will  be  considered  elsewhere. 

The  only  dependent  islands  are — 

Los  Cochinos  (Lechones);  Slow  rocks  above  water,  f  m.  SW.  of  Point  Mari- 
eles,  Pulo,  Monti  and  Cochino  being  the  easternmost.  This  cluster  of  islets  lies 
est  of  the  entrance  to  Mariveles  Bay. 

La  Monja  (the  Nun  or  Haycock);  it  bears  W.  by  S.  3^  m.off  Corregidor.  It  con- 
sts  of  a  high  rock  with  27  fms.  within  i  m.  all  round. 

Tubu-Tubu;  narrow  stretch  of  land  2  m.  long,  in  the  extreme  NW.  angle  of 
[anila  Bay,  off  the  mouth  of  Orani  Riv.  The  island  is  covered  with  trees  and  is 
ften  overflowed  by  the  tide.  There  are  other  islets  in  this  \icinity.  The  area  of 
ependent  islands  adds  practically  nothing  to  the  area  of  the  province. 

I  VEGETABLE  PRODUCTS. 

■  The  cultivation  of  rice  is  carried  on  extensively,  while  sugar-cane,  indigo,  and 
'eneseed  are  also  important. 

MINERALS. 

.  In  the  mountains  are  quarries  of  valuable  marble,  and  white  and  red  jasper 
:aarked  with  wavy  lines. 

FORESTS. 

;  Manila,  Bulacan,  and  other  adjacent  provinces  look  to  Bataan  for  wood  for  the 
onstruction  of  boats  and  for  building. 

FRUITS. 

The  banana,  in  several  varieties,  is  the  most  abundant  fruit,  although  oranges, 
emons,  papaya,  mangas,  and  pineapples,  the  sapote,  and  other  fruits  grow  in  large 
juantities. 

INDUSTRIES. 

In  the  town  of  Orion  the  main  industry  is  fishing  and  drying  fish.  There  is  much 
;apital  invested  in  the  large  fishing  bancas  and  the  fleet  from  that  town  is  the  largest 
)n  Manila  Bay.  In  the  town  of  Orani  is  a  pottery,  where  jars  for  sugar  and  alcohol 
ire  made.  In  Abucay,  a  brickyard ;  in  Balanga,  2  alcohol  distilleries,  and  another 
n  Pilar.  On  the  road  from  Orani  to  Hermosa  is  a  place  called  Lamina,  where  boloa 
ire  made.     Salt  drying  is  quite  an  industry  in  Abucay,  Pilar,  and  Orion.    ^ 

UNITED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 

After  the  establishment  of  the  military  Department  of  N.  Luzon,  the  operations 
!U  Bataan  were  devoted  to  the  suppression  of  a  guerrilla  warfare. 
On  February  15,  1902,  Batadn  was  garrisoned  by  United  States  troops  as  follows: 
Mariveles. 

CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 

The  province  of  Batadn  was  created  under  the  " provincial  government  act"  of 
February  6,  1901,  by  enactment  of  the  Philippine  Commission,  March  2,  1901. 


340 


GAZETTEEE   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


PROVINCIAL  OFFICERS. 

and  expenses  in  United  States  money.] 


Governor $]  500 


Secretary 
Treasurer . . 
Supervisor . 
Fiscal 


1,  100 

- 1,  800 

1, 500 

1, 100 

Allowance  for  necessary  and  actual  traveling  expenses,  not  exceeding  §2  per  day, 
as  prescribed. 

The  presidentes  or  alcaldes  of  the  municipalities  of  the  province  to  meet  and 
organize  on  the  third  ^londay  in  January,  April,  July,  and  October,  to  consider 
improvements  needed  in  the  province,  and  for  other  purposes  prescribed  ])y  law. 

CONDITIONS. 

The  governor  of  Bataan  found  the  people  entirely  in  accord  with  the  government  as 
established,  and  expressing  freely  their  approval  of  the  forms — municipal,  provincial, 
and  insular — now  existing.  There  has  not  been  a  single  abuse  or  breach  of  trust 
committed  by  an  official  since  the  establishment  of  civil  government,  March  2,  190L 
The  financial  accounts  are  in  a  healthy  condition;  all  the  towns  are  accumulating 
money  in  the  treasuries,  some  having  |3,000  at  the  end  of  last  month  (November) 
on  hand,  with  the  intention  of  building  schoolhouses  first,  and  other  public  improve- 
ments next.  English  is  being  taught  in  all  the  towns.  The  public  schools  are 
encouraged  and  aided  by  the  people  and  the  officials,  the  attendance  being  larger 
than  the  limited  number  of  teachers  can  instruct  with  best  results.  This  province  is 
free  from  any  taint  of  insurrection,  there  being  no  garrison  except  one  company  at 
Mariveles,  placed  there  on  account  of  Government  property  and  port.  Land  is  1  leing 
generally  cultivated  with  good  yields;  farms  and  town  improvements  are  constantly 
being  made,  and  the  people  rapidly  recovering  from  losses  from  the  wars.  (Official 
report  of  the  provincial  governor  of  Bataan,  December,  1901. )  \ 


bXtAC  (bah-'tuck),  nat.;  pueblo  Ilocos  Norte, 
Luz6n,  on  coast  highway  10  m.  S.  of  Laoag. 
Pop.,  pueblo,  1887,  16,981. 

BATACHAC  (BALACBAC)  (bah-tuck'-huck,  bah- 
laek-back'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Benguet,  Luzon, 
6  m.  N.  of  Trinidad.    Pop.,  688. 

BATAG  (bah-tug').  ver,;  island  6  by  3i  m.in  area, 
2  m.  off  N.  coast  of  S4mar.  Nearest  approach 
of  W.  sweep  in  curve  of  dividing  line  be- 
tween Asia  and  Oceanica,  passes  about  900 
naut.  m.  E.  of  this  island.  Its  SW.  point  on 
PaMpag  port  lies  in  lat.  12°  38'  15"  N.,  Ion. 
129°  59'  55"  E. 

BATAGUAS  (bah-tah'-gwahs),  nat.;  hamlet  in 
Simar,  7  m.  W.  of  Borongan. 

BATALAN  (bah-tah'-lahn),  nat.;  mountain  1,.>S47 
ft.  high  inland  from  Guai  Pt.,  coast  of  Zam- 
bales,  Luzon. 

'BATAL0MP6n  (bah-tah-lohm-pohn'),ver.;  point 
in  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

BATALOXG  (bah-tah-long'),  nat.;  hamlet  in 
CagayAu,  Luz6n,  in  pueblo  of  Amulung,  on 
banks  of  Grande  de  CagayAn  Riv. 

BATXn  (bah-ton'),  nat.;  largest  of  4  islands  off 
E.  coast  of  Albay,  Luzon;  is  15  by  6.7  m., 
with  area  of  31  sq.  m.;  separated  from  Rapu 
Rapu  on  SE.  by  channel  1  i  m.  wide  and  from 
Cacraray  on  NW.  by  another  of  same  width; 
nearest  point  is  21  m.  E.  of  Albav,  across 
Albay  Gulf.    On  NW.  side  of  island  is  little 


BATiX— Continued. 

bay  of  Gaba;  its  most  important  town  is 
Batiln,  in  vicinity  of  which  are  several  coal 
mines  in  operation. 

pueblo  on  island  of  same  name,  off  E.  coast 

of  Albay,  Luzon;  is  center  of  important  coal- 
mining"industry. 

bay,  port,  aud  town  on  N.  coast  of  C'apiz, 

Panay,  opening  12  m.  SE.  of  AkdAn  Pt.  and 
Uk  m.  W.  of  Cdpiz.  Port  BatAn  Is  lat.  11° 
35' -40"  N.,  Ion.  122°  29'  40"  E.  Upon  its  E. 
shore  stands  Batan,  second  largest  town  in 
province  and  inland,  number  of  other  towns 
and  hamlets  representing  large  native  popu- 
lation, and  important  industries.  Entrance 
to  port  is  recognized  by  Okbok  Hillits  2  m.  to 
E.    Pop.,  pueblo,  1896, 12,908. 

largest  and  name  island  of  Batanes  grp. 

lying  in  S.  waters,  0  m.  XNE.  and  SSW.  and 
4J  m.  greatest  width  E.  and  W.,  with  an  area 
of  27  sq.  m.  Is  nicist  important  of  Batanes 
grp.,  and  upon  its  NW.  .shore  is  situated  Santo 
Domingo  de  Basco,  the  capital.  Island  pre- 
sents peculiarly  picturesque  aspect  from  sea. 
On  its  N.  extremity  rises  Mt.  Irada,  3,806  ft., 
apparently  extinct  volcano  and  thickly  cov- 
ered with  majestic  trees.  Rest  of  island  is 
mountainous  and  has  several  broad  and  cul- 
tivated spots.  High  rock  lies  about  i  mile 
NE.  of  island.  Anchoragesare  Santo Domlni- 
go  Bay,  San  Carlos,  and  San  Vicente,  port  of 
Ibana.  During  SW.  monsoon  shelter  is  lound 
under  NE.  part  of  Sabtdn  I.  On  E.  side  of 
BatAn  are  2  large  bays,  N.  and  better  named 
Sonson,  the  other  Manani6n,  but  both  some- 
what encumbered  with  rocks. 


BATANES  (G-ROUP),  PROVINCE  OF  CAGAYAN,  LUZ6n. 

(Bah-tah'-nays,  nat.) 

Capital;  Santo  Domingo  de  Basco,  Batdn  L,  lat.  20°  18'  N.,  Ion.  120°  58'  E. 

Area;  81  sq.  m. 

Population;  10,533  (census  of  1887). 

Race  and  language;  Batan. 

Military  Department  of  Luzon:  Headquarters,  Manila,  Luzon. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


341 


i- 


342  GAZETTEEE    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

Table  of  distances. 

From  Santo  Domingo  de  Basoo  (BaUn  I.)  to—  m. 

Aparri  (N.  coast  of  Luz6n)  150 

Formosa  (South  Cape) 126 

Hongkong,  China 527 

Manila  (direct  line) 410 

Port  Pio  V  (Camiguin  I. ,  Babuyanes  grp. ) 110 

LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

To  the  N.  of  Luzon  and  SSE.  of  Formosa  lie  2  groups  of  islands,  the  most  N.  called 
Batanes  and  the  8.  and  nearest  to  the  N.  coast  of  Luzon  tlie  Babuyanes.  The  first 
of  these,  the  BatuneH,  lie  hetwivn  Bachi  and  Balingtdn  channels  connecting  the  I 
Pacific  Ocean  and  tlie  Cliina  Sea,  and  along  tlie  one  hundred  and  twenty-second  ' 
meridian  of  longitude,  hetween  lat.  20°  18^  N.,  and  21°  06^  N.  The  most  N.  island  of 
the  Philippine  Archipelago  is  Y'Ami,  which  lies  23  m.  S.  of  the  N.  line  of  boundary  of 
the  United  States  possession  in  E.  Asia,  as  defined  by  the  treaty  of  December  10, 1898: 
"Through  the  middle  of  the  navigable  channel  of  Bachi  from  118°  to  the  127°  merid- 
ian of  longitude  E.  of  Greenwich."  The  name  Bachi  comes  from  an  intoxicating 
liquor  much  used  by  the  natives.  The  group  consists  of  2  clusters,  Ibayat,  Diego, 
and  the  Bachi  being  the  N.,  and  Batiin,  Sabtiln,  Ibugos,  and  Dequez  forming  the  S. 

AREA. 

The  land  area  is  81  sq.  rn.  embraced  within  sea  limits  from  lat.  20°  18^  to  21°  15' 
(N.  Bachi  Rocks)  N.,  Ion.  121°  48^  to  122°  6'  E. 

PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 

The  physical  characteristics  of  the  Batanes  group  indicate  volcanic  origin  of  the 
larger  islands.  Ibayat,  Batan,  and  Sabtdn  are  particularly  mountainous  with  inter- 
vening valleys  and  plains  sloping  to  the  seashore  and  well  watered  by  small  rivers. 
The  smaller  islands  are  generally  low  and  rest  upon  foundations  of  coral.  The  cli- 
mate of  all  the  islands  is  celebrated  for  its  salubrity.  The  prevalent  winds  of  this 
region  are  NE.,  149  days  of  wind  from  that  quarter,  89  from  the  N.,  45  from  the  W., 
32  from  the  NW.,  16  from  the  SW.,  13  from  the  E.,  and  11  each  from  the  E.  and  SE. 
during  the  year  1898. 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

These  islands  afford  several  excellent  harbors  of  refuge  for  vessels  traversing  the 
vast  waters  of  the  Pacific  to  the  E.  and  China  Sea  to  the  W.  Of  these  may  be 
mentioned: 

Nag-atad;  S.  of  Santo  Domingo,  Bati'm  I.,  suitable  for  small  vessels. 

Nananion;  on  the  NE.  coast  of  Batdn  I.,  very  deep  and  well  sheltered. 

Santo  Doming-o;  on  tlie  NW.  coast  of  Batan,  affording  excellent  anchorage,  and 
safe  except  during  the  SW.  monsoon.  United  States  vessels  utilize  this  as  a  cruising 
station  in  these  waters. 

Sonson;  on  the  NE.  coast  of  Bat;ln  I.,  with  safe  anchorage  for  vessels  of  any  size 
and  well  sheltered. 

ROADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 

Communication  between  the  islands  is  extremely  difficult  owing  to  the  strong  cur- 
rent in  the  channels  and  scarcity  of  anchorages.  Intercourse  by  means  of  native 
craft  with  the  rest  of  the  islands  to  the  southward  is  even  more  difficult.  The  inter- 
island  commerce  is  carried  on  in  native  boats,  but  is  much  restricted  by  the  heavy 
seas  which  wash  the  islands.  The  exports  consist  chiefly  of  lard,  cocoanut  oil,  hogs, 
horses,  goats,  and  a  small  output  of  valuable  woods. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

The  population  of  the  islands  is  10,533,  census  1887.  The  language  of  the  inhabit- 
ants called  Batdn  somewhat  resembles  a  dialect  of  this  region  known  as  Ibdnag.  Most 
of  the  islands  of  the  group  are  occupied  only  during  certam  seasons  by  fishing 
settlements. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


343 


The  following  are  the  municipal  divisions  of  the  Batanes,  with  their  respective 
populations,  according  to  the  census  of  1887: 


Group  and  pueblos. 


Batanes: 

San  Bartolomti  do  Calayan 

San  Carlos  de  Magosa  (Marigatoa) 

San  Jose  de  Ibana 

Santo  Maria  de  Ibayat 

Santo  Domingo  de  Basco 

San  Vicente  de  SabtAn 

Total 


086 

596 
1,135 

377 
1,620 

853 


1,355 
1,236 
2,237 
715 
3,269 
1,721 


5,260 


5,273 


The  following  are  the  towns:  __— 

Ibana;  see  San  Jose  de  Ibana. 

San  Antonio;  on  the  S.  coast  of  Batan  I.,  7  m.  S.  of  Santo  Domingo. 

San  Bartolome.     Pop.,  1,722. 

San  Carlos  de  Marigatao  (Magosa) ;  on  the  W.  coast,  2\  m.  S.  of  Santo  Domingo. 
Pop.,  1,229. 

Santo  Domingo  de  Basco;  the  principal  town  of  the  group,  on  the  NW.  shore  of 
Battin  I.,  at  the  foot  of  Mt.  Irraya.  It  contains  some  fine  buildings.  The  people 
are  engaged  in  coasting  trade  among  the  islands  and  in  shell  fishing.     Poi^.,  2,981. 

San  Jose  de  Ibana;  on  the  extreme  SW.  coast  of  Batitn  I.,  6^  m.  S.  of  Santo 
Domingo.     Pop.,  1,951. 

Santa  Lucia;  on  the  SE.  coast  of  Ibayat  I. 

Santa  Maria;  on  the  NE.  coast  of  Ibavat  I.,  near  a  fine  forest  of  building  wood. 
Pop.,  1,855. 

San  Rafael;  on  the  W.  coast  of  Ibayat  I. 

Santa  Rosa;  on  the  extreme  N.  coast  of  Ibayat  I. 

San  Vicente;  on  the  W.  coast  of  Batdn  I.,  4 J  m.  S.  of  Santo  Domingo. 
Pop.,  1,753. 

The  inhabitants  of  the  islands  partake  of  many  of  the  characteristics  of  the  Chinese 
and  native  races  of  Formosa.  Their  peculiar  language  increases  their  exclusiveness. 
This  has  been  strengthened  by  the  heavy  ocean  currents  and  consequent  difficulties 
of  intercourse  with  the  mainland  of  Luzon  to  the  S.  This  would  add  a  physical 
reason  for  racial  alliance  toward  Formosa  and  China  rather  than  toward  Luzon 
and  the  S. 

ISLANDS. 

This  group  comprises  ll  islands  and  rocks,  as  follows: 

sq.m. 

Bachi  Rocks;  52  m.  N.  by  E.  of  Santo  Domingo 

BatAn  (Basay);  central  and  most  important  island  of  the  Batanes  group,  10  m.  from  N.  to  S. 
and  3i  from  E.  to  W.  In  N.  part  rises  Mt.  Irada,  3,806  ft.  high,  visible  for  60  m.  at  sea  in  all 
directions,  forming  an  excellent  landmark  for  vessels  plying  between  the  United  States  and 
Asia,  and  passing  through  the  BalingtAn  channel;  to  VV.  of  this  mountain  is  the  peak  of  Irraya. 
Surface  of  the  entire  island  is  mountainous,  between  which,  however,  are  extensive  cultivated 
plains;  there  are  6  towns  on  the  coast 27 

D6quez  (Goat);  NW.  and  close  to  Ibugos  I.,  14  m.  SW.  of  Santo  Domingo 

Diamis  Rocks;  near  Batftn  I 

Diego  (Redonda) ;  1,848  ft.  high,  5  m.  E.  of  the  S.  point  of  Ibayat  I.,  16  m.  N.  of  Santo  Domingo;  is 
surrounded  by  4  smaller  islands  on  N 1 

Ibayat  (Orange);  17  m.  N.  by  W.  of  BatAn  I.;  10  m.  N.  and  S.  and  5  m.  E.  and  W.;  has  2  peaks, 
one  at  N.,  Santa  Rosa,  714  ft.  high,  the  other  in  the  extremes.,  810  ft.  high;  its  chief  town,  San 
Rafael,  is  on  NW.  shore;  soil  is  very  fertile  and  furnishes  quantities  of  sweet  potatoes,  corn,  and 
other  food  products  for  the  neighboring  islands;  1  m.  W.  of  SabtAn,  13  m.  SW.  of  Santo  Domingo.    35 

Ibugos  (Bachi);  1  m.  W.  of  SabtAn  I.,  10^  m.  SSW.  of  Santo  Domingo;  inhabited 2 

North  I.;  2im.SSW.  of  Y' Ami,  40  m.  N.  of  Santo  Domingo 1 

Mabudis;  midway  between  Ibayat  and  Y'Ami.themostN.  of  the  group,  29  m.  N.  of  Santo  Domingo.      1 

Misanga;  a  cluster  of  rocks  about  the  center  of  the  group 

Sabtdn  (Seminanga);  the  most  S.  of  the  group,  3  m.  SW.  of  Bat&n.  Is  7  m.  N.  and  S.  and  3 J-  m.  E. 
and  W.;  is  well  inhabited,  and  the  people  are  engaged  in  agriculture  and  fishing 12 

Siayan;  cluster  of  4  islets  off  the  SW.  point  of  Mabudis  I.,  28  m.  N.  of  Santo  Domingo 1 

Tanan;  cluster  of  rocks  N.  of  BatAn 

Y'Ami;  most  N.  of  the  islands  of  the  Philippine  possessions  of  the  United  States,  42  m.  N.  of  Santo 
Domingo,  and  468  m.  N.  by  E.  Manila 1 

14  islands  and  islets,  total  area 81 

BACHI  ISLANDS. 

The  group  name  of  a  cluster  of  small  islands  within  sight  of  the  Batanes,  and  inhab- 
ited by  savages  of  the  Bachi  race.  Their  language  is  peculiar  to  themselves,  but 
with  certain  words  in  common,  the  inhabitants  of  the  Batanes  and  Bachi  Is.  under- 
stand each  other.  In  the  list  of  the  Batanes  group,  Mabudis,  Misanga,  Siayan,  Tanan, 
and  Y'Ami,  all  inhabited,  belong  to  the  Bachi  group. 


344  GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

VEGETABLE  PRODUCTS. 

The  soil  of  these  islands,  particularly  of  Batan,  is  famed  for  its  fertility,  and  produces 
in  al)undance  yams,  sweet  potatoes,  corn,  maize,  onions,  garlic,  rice,  and  grain.  A 
small  supply  of  sugar  cane  is  grown  for  home  consumption.  The  inhabitants  raise 
sugar  cane,  out  of  which  they  make  a  drink  called  jialec.  Potatoes,  wheat,  and  vege- 
tables and  other  products  of  the  United  States  in  the  lower  latitudes,  can  be  success- 
fully produced. 

MINERALS. 

The  larger  islands  abound  in  sandstones  and  lime  of  an  excellent  quality. 

FORESTS. 

The  islands  except  Ibayat  are  not  heavily  timbered,  and  what  forests  do  exist  are 
generally  of  the  more  valuable  woods  used  for  cabinet  purposes,  whereas  building 
timber  is  not  abundant. 

FRUITS. 

There  is  not  a  great  variety  of  fruit,  although  the  pineapples  of  the  Batanes  are 
superior  both  in  size  and  quality  to  that  fruit  in  other  parts  of  the  archipelago. 
The  grape  is  also  grown. 

INDUSTRIES. 

The  chief  industry  of  the  inhabitants  is  raising  cattle,  hogs,  goats,  and  horses, 
which  grow  to  a  remarkable  size,  and  on  account  of  their  superior  quality  are 
exported  in  large  numbers  to  the  mainland.  The  manufacture  of  lard  and  cocoanut 
oil  is  important.  In  the  vicinity  of  the  towns  are  usually  extensive  cocoanut  plan- 
tations, especially  at  Ibayat,  the  extraction  of  oil  being  an  important  industry. 

UNITED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 

The  U.  S.  S.  Princeton  took  formal  possession  of  the  Batanes  Is.  at  Santo  Domingo  de 
Basco,  the  capital,  on  January  11,  1900.  Since  that  time  that  port  has  been  one  of 
the  cruising  stations  for  the  United  States  Navy.  The  military  forces  have  not  garri- 
soned the  islands. 

CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 

These  islands  under  the  ' '  provincial  government  act ' '  established  for  the  province 
of  Cagaydn,  Luzon,  by  act  P.  C.  August  22,  1901,  were  annexed  to  that  province. 

BATAl^AN  (bah-tung'-ahn),  nat.;  hamlet  on  SW. 
coast  of  Ddvao,  Mindanao,  96i  m.  SW.  of  D4vao. 
mountain  in  Mindoro. 

BATANGAS,  LUZ6n,  PROVINCE  OF. 

(Bah-tan'-g.is,  Tag.) 

Capital:  Batangas,  lat.  13°  W  30'''  N.,  Ion.  121°  03'  E. 

Area:  1,108  sq.  m. 

Population:  311,180. 

Race:  Tagalog. 

Languages:  Tagdlog. 

Military  Department  of  Luzon:   Headquarters,  ^Manila,  Luz6n. 

Table  of  distances. 

From  Batangas  to —  m. 

Cabra  light,  via  Verde  pa.ssage 75 

Calamba,  N.  on  Laguna  de  Bay 33 

Manila,  N 59 

Manila,  via  Verde  passage Ill 

Verde  I.,  S.  in  Verde  passage 13 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  345 

LOCATION  AND  BOTTNDARIES. 

The  province  of  Batangas,  name  derived  from  batangan,  a  cane  used  in  banca 
(boat)  bnilding,  occupies  the  SW.  sea  front  of  the  main  body  of  Iaizou.  It  is  bounded 
•on  the  N.  by  Cavite  and  Laguna;  on  theNE.  by  Laguna  and  Tayabas;  on  the  E.  by 
the  Tayabas  Gulf  waters  of  the  Mindoro  Sea;  on  the  fS.  by  the  Verde  Passage,  and 
on  theW.  by  the  China  Sea. 


In  length  from  SE.  to  NW.  between  the  Mindoro  and  China  seas,  it  measures  72  m. 
and  from  NE.  to  SW.,  between  the  Laguna  boundary  and  Verde  Passage,  39  m. 
Area,  including  Lake  Bombon,  1,080  sq.  m.,  or  691,200  acres,  nearly  half  tlie  size  of 
the  State  of  Delaware.     Dependent  islands,  28  sq.  m.;  grand  total,  1,108  sq.  m. 

PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 

From  the  sierras  of  Tagaytay  and  Siirigay  the  surface  slopes  to  the  sea  through 
wide  valleys  between  spurs  which  end  in  peninsulas  separating  the  China  Sea  from 
the  Balayi^n  and  Batangas  bays.  It  has  numerous  rivers  emptying  into  the  China 
Sea  on  the  W.,  the  Balayan  and  Batangas  Bay  and  Verde  passage  on  the  S.,  and  into 
Lake  Bombon  or  Taal  in  the  center.  A  few  drain  into  the  bay  of  Tayabas  on  the  E. 
through  the  Malaquing  Ilog.  The  Calumpan,  a  river  of  some  dimensions,  drains 
the  broad  valley  which  extends  inland  from  the  NE.  shore  of  Batangas  Bay.  About 
the  center  of  Batangas  is  situated  Lake  Taal  or  Bombon,  18  m.  from  N.  to  S.,  13  m. 
from  E.  toW.,  150  sq.  m.  in  area.  In  its  center  is  Volcitn  I.,  out  of  which  rises 
the  active  volcano  of  Taal.  The  shores  of  this  lake  are  overlooked  by  Mt.  Maco- 
lod,  2,500  ft.,  on  the  SE.;  Mt.  Masilo,  3,724  ft.,  on  the  NE.;  Tierra  Alta,  2,510  ft., 
on  the  NW.;  Mt.  Cairilao,  2,166  ft.,  and  Tamaun,  2,818  ft.,  on  the  W.  Dotting  the 
surface  of  the  waters  are  a  number  of  islands,  the  central  of  which,  forming  the 
active  volcano,  is  almost  circular  and  4J  m.  in  diameter.  The  smaller  islands  which 
lie  off  its  E.  side  are  Lagdanin,  Nabuin,  Tuc,  Duy,  and  Napayon.  Along  the  shores 
of  the  lake  are  several  small  bays,  on  the  E.  Lipa,  on  the  S.'  Bauan,  on  the  NW. 
Bayuyurigan,  and  on  the  NE.  Banadero.  The  country  in  the  immediate  vicinity  of 
Lake  Taal  is  badly  broken  by  ravines  and  canyons,  but  there  is  a  good  trail  down 
each  spur  to  the  lake.  The  outlet  of  Lake  Taal  is  the  Lemery  Kiv.,  a  stream  navi- 
gable for  cascoes,  and  in  the  rainy  season  for  vessels  of  draft  up  to  3J  ft.  This  river 
is  about  5  m.  long,  and  leaves  Lake  Taal  at  its  SE.  corner.  The  climate,  on  arcount 
of  the  high  elevation,  is  much  superior  to  that  of  Manila,  being  about  10  degrees 
cooler,  with  the  rain  better  distributed  throughout  the  year.  The  country  is  very 
healthy,  and  with  the  advent  of  railroads  promises  to  be  the  garden  spot  of  Luzon. 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

The  Verde  I.  passage,  which  extends  the  entire  length  of  the  S.  coast  of  this 
province,  is  the  strait  which  separates  the  S.  coast  of  Luzon  from  the  N.  coast  of 
Mindoro.  It  is  constantly  used  by  vessels  trading  between  Manila,  Iloilo,  Cebu,  and 
other  ports  in  the  Philippines,  and  is  the  W.  entrance  of  the  route  through  San 
Bernardino  strait  between  Manila  and  tbe  United  States.  Along  the  N.  waters  of 
this  passage  are  several  fine  bays,  among  them — 

Balayan;  which  opens  17  m.  and  is  not  only  perfectly  free  from  danger,  but  the 
shores  are  so  steep  that  vessels  must  approach  close  to  get  anchoring  depth,  at  a  dis- 
tance of  1-1  m.  from  the  sea.  The  bay  of  Balaydn  does  not  permit  anchorage  of  large 
vessels  near  to  Calaca  or  Balaydn  on  account  of  shallow  water.  It  does  allow  good 
anchorages  near  to  Taal,  Lemery,  and  San  Luis.  At  certain  seasons  of  the  year  it  is 
difficult  for  native  sailing  vessels,  which  are  of  light  draft,  to  approach  Taal  and 
Lemery  on  account  of  the  prevailing  winds;  at  others  the  wind  sets  constantly  inshore, 
and  it  is  difficult  for  them  to  beat  out  of  the  bay. 

Batangas;  on  the  SE.  of  Balayan,  from  which  it  is  separated  by  a  peninsula  10  m. 
long  and  2  to  3  m.  wide.  It  fronts  10  m.  on  the  Verde  passage  and  penetrates  11  m. 
to  the  N.  Its  shores  are  steep,  rocky,  and  wooded,  and  can  be  skirted  at  a  distance 
of  one-third  of  a  mile  without  danger.  Numerous  little  rivers  enter  it,  chiefly  the 
Balito,  Bauan,  Batangas,  and  Calumpttn. 

Coloconto;  on  the  extreme  SE.  shore,  1  m.  wide  and  extending  1  m.  iniand.  It 
affords  shelter  to  small  craft  in  SW.  gales. 

Janaojanao;  an  indentation  on  the  E.  shore  of  Balaydn  Bay  and  resorted  to  by 
small  craft  in  bad  weather. 


840 


GAZETTEEE   OF   THE   PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS, 


Mainaga;  a  deep  bight  on  the  NW.  shore  of  Batangas  Bay. 

Pag'apas;  on  the  W.  coast  of  Balaydn  Bay,  immediately  with  the  light  on  Cape 
Santiago. 

Patungan;  between  Limbones  I.  and  Restinga  Pt.,  on  the  S.  side  of  the  entrance 
to  ^Manila  Bay.  The  boundary  between  Cavite  and  Batangas  pro\ances  has  its  NW. 
terminus  on  the  shores  of  this  bay.  Inland  it  is  overlooked  by  2  summits,  one  2,270 
and  the  other  2,098  ft. 

lilGHT-HOUSES. 

ADout  60  yds.  X.  of  the  extreme  S.  point  of  Cape  Santiago  stands  one  of  the  impor- 
tant lights  which  guide  the  way  between  San  Bernardmo  Strait,  Yerde  passage,  and 
Manila  Bay.  It  is  also  one  of  the  signal  stations  of  steamers  passing  to  and  fro, 
being  in  telegraphic  communication  with  Manila  via  Batangas  on  that  bay,  Calamba 
on  Laguna  de  Bav,  Ca^-ite,  and  ^Manila.  It  is  75  m.  from  ■Manila  by  water,  in  lat. 
13°  46'  X.,  Ion.  120°  40^  E.,  90  ft.  above  sea  level  on  a  tower  51  ft.  high,  and  is  vis- 
ible 18  m.  at  sea.  On  the  same  coast  of  this  province,  4.3  m.  ESE.  on  Malabrigo  Pt., 
lat.  13°  36'  N.,  Ion.  121°  16'  E.,  is  another  light  marking  the  E.  approach  to  Verde 
passage,  185  ft.  above  the  sea,  on  a  red  brick  tower  with  white  lantern  rising  from 
center  of  keeper's  dwelling  49  ft.,  visible  23  m. 

ROADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 

The  roads  are  all  good  during  the  dry  season,  but  iu  the  rainy  period  many  of 
them  become  impassable  on  account  of  the  character  of  the  soil,  which  is  clay.  Two 
main  cart  roads  extend  from  Batangas,  the  capital,  one  to  the  NE.  and  the  other  to 
the  N. ,  connecting  through  other  highways  with  Manila.  The  cart  roads  into  Laguna 
run  by  way  of  Santo  Tomas  and  Calamba;  into  Tayabas  by  way  of  Rosario  and 
Taysaii,  and  to  Cavite  by  way  of  Balaydn  to  Tuy;  thence  a  footpath  over  the  sierra 
extends  to  the  village  of  Caitiriga,  from  which  point  there  is  an  excellent  road  via 
Alfonso  and  Bailen  to  Ternate,  where  it  joins  the  Manila  Bay  road  via  Cavite  to 
Manila.  This  province,  from  its  important  seaports,  is  in  communication  by  sea 
with  the  entire  archipelago. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

This  province  has  a  population  of  311,180,  and,  according  to  the  census  of  1887,  of 
312,386.  In  each  barrio  is  a  cluster  of  houses,  usually  strmig  along  a  central  road, 
in  which  all  the  inhabitants  live.  The  cultivated  land' lies  on  both  sides  of  the  road, 
back  of  the  houses.  Most  of  these  houses  are  built  of  bamboo,  with  grass  thatches; 
some  have  plank  floors,  usually  of  mahogany,  and  a  few  have  galvanized-iron  roofs. 
In  the  towns  some  of  the  houses  are  built  of  stone.  The  churches  and  convents  are 
usually  of  stone.  They  are  always  located  in  commanding  situations,  as  if  built  with 
a  \'iew  to  defense,  and"  are  nearly  all  loopholed  and  arranged  as  fortresses.    The  race 


^panis 


■poken 


few  of  the  better 


and  language  is  almost  entirely  Tagalog. 
■class  at  the  commercial  ports. 

The  following  are  the  divisions  into  jxieblos,  with  their  population,  according  to 
the  official  census  of  1887: 


Province  and  pueblos. 

Men. 

Women. 

Total. 

Batangas: 

Balavfin                                                                    

7,978 
17,617 
17,282 
6,219 
996 
2,674 
4,3.53 
7,676 
2,488 
22,494 
2,575 
4,062 
7,194 
4,845 
5,631 
2,831 
5,505 
10,657 
3, 529 
10, 332 
3,516 
5,608 

8,236 
17, 814 
18,363 
6,044 
1,007 
2,970 
4,664 
7,710 
2,389 
20,583 
2,550 
3;  776 
7,182 
5,028 
5,537 
3;  068 
5,534 
11,382 
3,276 
10,120 
3,688 
5,403 

16, 214 

35, 431 

35, 645 

Calaeii                                                                    

12, 263 

2,003 

5,644 

9,017 

15,386 

Lian    '                                                                                                    

4,877 

Lipa..                    

43,077 

Loboo                                                         

5, 125 

Nasugbu                                                                               

14, 376 

9,874 

San  Juan                                                                    

11,168 

5,899 

11,039 

22,039 

Talisay                                                                                -"-- 

6,805 

20,452 

7,204 

Tuy                                                      .     . .  .        

11,011 

Total 

156, 062 

156,062 

312,  iS6 

GAZETTEER    OF    THE   PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  847 

The  total  number  of  towns  is  22,  villages  720,  and  hamlets  7.  The  province  con- 
tains the  greatest  number  of  tovk'us  of  the  largest  population  in  the  archipelago.  The 
most  important  of  these  are  the  following  (pop.  of  1896  is  given  generally): 

Batangas;  capital  of  the  province,  a  coastwise  port,  telegraph  and  military  sta- 
tion on  the  NE.  shore  of  the  bay  of  the  same  name,  in  the  S.  central  part  of  the  prov- 
ince. It  lies  near  the  r.  bank  of  the  river  of  the  same  name,  about  1  m.  from  its 
mouth,  and  is  navigable  for  native  boats.  It  has  some  fine  buildings,  such  as  a  gov- 
ernment house,  city  hall,  a  church,  convent,  prison,  and  many  private  residences. 
Pop.  of  city,  about  8,000;  pop.  of  municipality,  39,358. 

Balayan;  port  of  entry,  telegraph  and  military  station  at  the  mouth  of  the  river  of 
the  same  name,  7  m.  N.  of  San  Pedriiio  Pt.  It  has  an  anchorage  to  the  eastward  of 
the  river  mouth,  sheltered  from  all  winds  but  the  south.  The  bar  has  3  ft.  of  water. 
Mt.  Balayan,  which  lies  4  m.  NE.  of  the  town,  serves  as  a  guide  to  anchorage. 
Pop.  of  town,  6,000;  pop.  of  municipality,  24,747. 

Bauan;  telegraph  and  military  station  at  the  head  of  Batangas  Bay,  4  m.  NW. 
of  Batangas.  The  town  contains  about  5,000  inhabitants  and  the  municipality  29,659. 
It  has  a  fine  market  and  is  a  center  of  pina  cloth  embroidery. 

Calaca;  telegraph  and  military  station  on  the  N.  coast  of  Balayan  Bay,  20  m.  NW. 
of  Batangas.  Pop.  of  municipality,  8,288.  The  town  contains  about  2,500  inhabit- 
ants. There  are  large  sugar  interests  here,  and  the  town  is  noted  for  its  cleanliness 
and  healthfulness. 

Cuenca;  1  m.  SW.  of  the  shore  of  Lake  Taal  and  10^  m.  N.  of  Batangas,  at  the  foot 
of  Mt.  Macolod.     Pop.  of  municipality,  6,375.     Pop.  of  town,  about  2,000. 

Calatag-an;  near  the  W.  shore  of  Balayiln  Bay,  16  m.  N.  of  Cape  Santiago  light 
and  27  m.  WNW.  of  Batangas.     Pop.,  964. 

Ibadn;  military  station,  7  m.  NE.  of  Batangas.     Pop.,  8,900. 

Liemery;  on  the  NE.  coast  of  Balayan  Bay,  15  m.  NE.  of  Batangas,  on  the  r.  bank 
of  the  Pansipit  Riv.,  connecting  Lake  Taal  with  the  sea.  Pop.  of  town,  13,000. 
The  municipality  is  a  very  large  one,  containing  about  60,000  people.  The  town  has 
fine  markets,  good  schools,  large  commerce  with  all  parts  of  the  archipelago  and  with 
Taal  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  Pansipit  Riv.  It  forms  one  large  city  of  about  20,000 
inhabitants. 

Lian;  in  extreme  W.  part  of  the  province  near  the  1.  bank  of  the  river  of  the  same 
name,  3  m.  above  its  mouth,  3  m.  SSE.  of  Nasugbu,  and  33  m.  NE.  of  Batangas. 
Pop.,  5,889. 

liipa;  telegraph  and  military  station,  15  m.  NNE.  of  Batangas.  This  is  one  of  the 
largest  towns  in  the  province  and  the  seat  of  important  trade,  being  in  wagon-road 
communication  with  both  Laguna  und  Tayabas  provinces.  The  principal  roads  from 
Lipa  in  all  directions  are  old  military  roads,  and  are  in  very  good  condition.  They 
are  always  passable  for  loaded  wagons.  A  great  deal  of  sugar,  corn,  and  tobacco  is 
produced  here.  There  are  also  fine  schools,  drug  stores,  and  markets.  The  town 
formerly  had  a  weeklv  newspaper.  The  people  are  very  intelligent  and  progressive. 
Pop.  of  town,  about  14,000.     Pop.  of  mmiicipality,  40,733. 

Iioboo;  on  the  SE.  coast  near  the  mouth  of  Pinacanauan  Riv.,  6  m.  NE.  of  Mala- 
brigo  light  and  18  m.  SE.  of  Batangas.  Pop.,  6,472.  Mount  Loboo  or  Malagundf, 
3,507  ft.  high,  rises  6  m.  ENE. 

Nasugbu;  military  and  telephone  station,  in  the  extreme  W.  part  of  the  province, 
2  m.  inland  from  the  China  Sea  coast,  85  m.  NW.  of  Batangas.  It  is  a  port  of  entry. 
Pop.,  8,263. 

Rosario;  an  important  road  center  13  m.  NE.  of  Batangas.  Pop.  of  municipality, 
12,435.     The  town  was  completely  destroyed  by  the  insurgents. 

San  Jose;  road,  telegraph,  and  military  station,  10  m.  NNE.  of  Batangas.  Pop., 
10,000. 

San  Juan  de  Bocboc;  on  the  W.  shore  of  Tayabas  Bay,  on  the  r.  bank  of  the  Sin- 
turis  or  Lanay  Riv.,  IJ  m.  S.  of  the  Tayabas  boundary,  and  25  m.  E.  by  N.  of 
Batangas.  There  are  two  towns,  the  old  and  the  new,  about  3  m.  apart.  The  old 
one  is  on  the  bay,  the  new  one  inland  on  the  river,  which  is  navigable  for  cascoes. 
Many  horses  are  raised  in  this  vicinity.  Pop.  of  town,  about  2,000.  Pop.  of  munici- 
pality, 14,017. 

San  liuis;  on  the  E.  shore  of  Balaydn  Bay,  11  m.  NW.  of  Batangas.  It  is  3  m. 
from  Taal,  and  has  good  schools  but  no  church.  It  is  a  fishing  village  and  has  a 
pop.  of  about  1,200.     The  municipality  has  a  pop.  of  5,201. 

Santo  Tomas;  an  important  road,  military,  and  telegraph  station,  4J  m.  within 
the  extreme  NE.  boundary  towards  Tayabas,  25  m.  NNE.  of  Batangas.  It  is  located 
at  the  base  of  Mt.  Maqufling,  is  very  healthy  and  has  good  schools.  Pop.  of  town, 
about  1,500.     Pop.  of  municipality,  10,769. 

Taal;  coastwise  port,  telegraph  and  military  station  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  Pan- 
sipit Riv.,  the  outlet  of  the  great  Lake  of  Taal  into  Balaydn  Bay,  13  m.  NE.  of 
Batangas.     The  important  town  of  Lemery  lies  on  the  opposite  bank  of  the  same 


348  GAZETTEEK    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

stream.  Taal  is  built  of  stone,  on  a  high,  terraced  hill  overlooking  Balaviin  Bay.  It 
is  one  of  the  largest  municipios  in  the  province,  and  is  a  very  important  milftary 
station.  It  has  tine  schools,  good  markets,  large  commerce,  and  very  intelligent  peo- 
ple.    Pop.  of  town,  about  6,000.     Pop.  of  municipality,  33,378. 

Talisay;  on  the  N.  shore  of  Taal  Bay,  li  m.  S.  ofthe  boundary  with  Ca%'ite  on 
the  N.,  26  m.  N.  of  Batangas.  It  is  a  little  fishing  village,  important  only  by  reason 
of  its  location  near  a  pass  from  Batangas  to  Cavite.  Pop.  of  town,  about  600;  pop. 
of  municipality,  about  8,200. 

Tanauan;  road,  telegraph,  and  military  station  in  tlie  extreme  NE.  part  of  the 
province  near  the  Laguna  boundary,  24  m.  X.  by  E.  of  Batangas.  It  is  in  a  fine 
sugar  country;  also  great  tobacco  and  fine  fruit  country.  It  is  about  2^  m.  from 
Santo  Tomits  and  9  m.  from  Lipa.  It  contains  good  markets  and  schools,  and  the 
people  are  verv  intelligent.  Pop.  of  town,  about  2,000;  pop.  of  mimicipalitv,  about 
20,036. 

Taysan;  an  important  road  center,  near  the  1.  bank  of  the  Calumpdn  Riv.,  9  m. 
EXE.  of  Batangas.     Pop.  of  municipality,  about  6,971. 

Tuy;  in  tlie  W.  part  of  the  province,  connected  with  Balaydn  on  that  bay,  5  m. 
S.  by  road.  A  trail  also  extends  across  the  sierra  into  Cavite.  It  is  28  m.  NE.  of 
Batangas.  It  is  a  small  ^dllage,  surrounded  by  a  good  cattle  and  farming  countrv. 
Pop.  10,150. 

DEPENDENT  ISLANDS. 

The  extended  sea  front  of  Batangas  is  exceptionally  free  from  islands  as  well  as 
from  submerged  dangers  of  navigation,  there  being  but  8,  as  follows: 

sq.m. 

CaMn;  E.  of  the  N.  point  of  MaricaMn  1 1 

Fortun;  9  m.  ofl  the  W.  coast,  fronting  the  mouth  of  the  Lian  Riv.,  6  m.  S\V.  of  Fuego  Pt 2 

Limbones  or  Carabao:  2  rocky  islets  on  the  S.  side  of  the  entrance  to  Manila  Bay i 

MaricabSn;  about  2i  m.  S.  of'Point  Cazador.  the  extreme  of  the  peninsula  dividing  Balayin  and 
Batangas  bays.  The  island  is  8  m.  long  ESE.  and  WXW.  and  2^  m.  wide.  About  700  yds.  S. 
is  an  islet  about  2,100  ft.  in  extent.    Malajibomanok  lies  f  m.  to  the  E.,  with  an  intervening 

channel  of  22  fms 17 

Sombrero;  i  m.  N.  of  the  N.  point  of  Maricabdn,  to  which  it  is  joined  by  a  chain  of  rocks.    It  is 

40  ft.  high 1 

Verde;  one  of  the  best-known  islands  in  the  P.  A.,  1,500  ft.  high,  well  wooded,  with  2  peaks  \nsible 
48  m. ,  situated  about  the  middle  of  the  strait,  between  Luz6n  and  Mindoro.    It  divides  the  strait 
into  two  passages,  either  of  which  is  clear  of  obstructions.    On  the  N.  side  of  the  island  is  a 
bav  10  to  15  fms.,  near  the  shore,  affording  shelter  in  S.  ivinds.    The  island  is  5  m.  NW.  to  SE.  ' 
and  3  m.  NE.  to  SW 7 

Total  area,  8  dependent  islands 28 

VEGETABLE  PRODUCTS. 

Batangas  is  one  of  the  most  fertile  and  well-cultivated  provinces  of  the  archipelago. 
Its  staple  products  are  coffee,  sugar,  rice,  hemp,  chocolate,  corn,  and  cocoanuts.  It 
has  other  products  of  agriculture  less  important.  Recent  statistics  give  the  annual 
product  of  coffee  at  100,000  piculs,  equal  to  13,800,000  lbs.,  and  sugar  at  150,000 
piculs,  equal  to  20,850,000  lbs.  The  inhabitants  are  also  largely  engaged  in  pas- 
toral pursuits,  the  Batangas  horses  being  the  most  famous  all  over  the  archipelago. 
The  same  authority  estimates  the  live  stock  at  146,576  head,  valued  at  $1,691,282. 
The  cinchona  tree  is  found  growing  near  Taal  and  does  well  here. 

MINERALS. 

The  province  is  rich  in  mineral  waters;  besides  the  sulphur  waters  of  the  volcano  of 
Taal  are  numerous  springs.  Near  San  Luis,  at  a  place  called  Mainit  (hot),  jets  of 
hot  water  gush  from  the  ground,  leaving  a  deposit  of  iron.  Near  Lemery  the  waters 
of  the  brook  Panipil  are  densely  laden  with  sulphur  and  are  used  with  good  results 
by  the  natives  for  cutaneous  diseases.  Near  Calacil,  at  a  place  called  Matasnabayan 
(high  town),  are  springs  of  medicinal  properties.  In  the  mountains  of  Taysan  are  hot 
springs,  used  by  the  natives  with  good  results  for  diseases  of  the  bladder  and  skin. 
To  the  SE.  of  Bauan,  near  Cazador  Pt.,  is  one  of  the  most  celebrated  springs  in  the 
archipelago  on  account  of  its  healing  properties.  It  is  the  resort  of  large  numbers  of 
natives  afflicted  with  rheumatism  and  paralysis.  In  the  crater  of  the  volcano  of  Taal 
itself  is  a  small  lake  of  water  heavily  charged  with  sulphuric  acid.  Near  the  interior 
crater  and  toward  the  E.  is  a  small  lake  from  the  dark  green  waters  of  which  rise 
clouds  of  sulphurous  vapors  and  whose  shores  consist  of  lava  and  salt,  notably  mag- 
nesia, lime,  and  soda.  The  extent  of  this  interior  lake  is  about  200  ft.  in  diameter. 
The  interior  crater  has  a  circumference  of  about  300  ft.  In  the  bottom  may  be  seen 
yellowish  liquid  in  a  state  of  violent  ebullition  which,  with  subterranean  noises, 
appears  and  disappears  and  gives  rise  to  columns  of  vapor  which  ascend  from  the 
center  ot  the  larger  crater. 


GAZETTEEK    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  349 

FORESTS. 

The  mountains  alwund  in  forests  of  line  wood,  tliose  in  tlie  vicinity  of  San  Juan, 
Santo  Tomas,  and  Rosario  being  mentioned  as  particularly  suitable  for  buijding 
purposes  and  the  manufacture  of  furniture. 

FRUITS. 

The  fruits  common  to  the  provinces  of  S.  Luzon  thrive  in  Batangas.  Among  these 
may  be  mentioned  the  manga,  banana,  in  large  variety,  oranges,  lemons,  etc. 

INDUSTRIES  AND  COMMERCE. 

Many  varieties  of  cloth  of  the  finest  texture,  made  of  silk,  hemp,  and  cotton, 
brightly  dyed,  are  produced  in  looms  of  the  most  simple  construction,  and  at  a  very 
slight  cost.  Almost  every  shack  has  its  loom,  often  two.  The  weaving  is  done  by 
the  women.  The  country  offers  great  inducements  to  the  cattle  raiser,  the  farmer, 
and  the  manufacturer,  as'soon  as  it  is  safe  to  invest  capital. 

UNITED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 

On  February  15,  1902,  Batangas  was  garrisoned  by  United  States  troops  as  follows: 

Ambulong.  Cuenca.  San  Juan  de  Bocboc. ''  Tanauan. " 

Balayan. ''  Ibadn.  '^  Santo  Tomc4s. "  Tuy. 

Batangas.  ^ "  Lipa.  *  Spanish  Fort.  ** 

Bauan.  *»  Nasugbu.  ^  Taal. " 

Caladc. "  San  Jose.  ^  Talisay. 

CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 

The  province  of  Batangas  was  erected  under  the  "provincial  government  act" 
of  February  6,  1901,  May  2,  1901,  to  embrace  that  territory  in  the  island  of  Luzon 
and  small  adjoining  islands  known  as  the  province  of  Batangas.  The  province  is 
divided  into  municipios,  much  as  a  State  is  divided  into  counties.  Each  municipio 
ha.s  a  central  town  of  the  same  name,  which  is  its  seat  of  government.  The  muni- 
cipios are  divided  into  barrios,  as  a  county  is  divided  into  townships. 

PEOVINCLIL  OFFICERS. 

[Salaries  and  expenses  in  United  States  money.] 

Governor $2,  250. 00 

Secretary 1,  500.  00 

Treasurer 2,  500.  00 

Supervisor 2, 000.  00 

Fiscal 1, 500.  00 

Allowance  for  necessary  and  actual  traveling  expenses,  not  exceeding  $2.50  per  day, 
as  prescribed. 

The  presidentes  or  alcaldes  of  the  municipalities  of  the  province  to  meet  and 
organize  on  the  third  Monday  in  January,  April,  July,  and  October,  to  consider 
improvements  needed  in  the  province,  and  for  other  purposes  prescribed  by  law. 

By  act  of  the  Philippine  Commission  July  17,  1901,  Batangas  was  restored  to  mili- 
tary government.  Under  General  Orders, 'December  3,  1901,  its  ports  were  closed 
(December  10)  until  further  orders.  On  May  1,  1902,  its  ports  were  opened  for 
resumption  of  trade.  On  July  4,  1902,  the  province  was  returned  to  the  full  powers 
of  local  civil  government. 

CONDITIONS. 

Batangas  in  the  past  has  been  a  very  rich  province.  Its  coffee  was  famed,  and  a 
great  many  large  landowners  made  money  out  of  the  crop.  An  insect  for  a  time 
destroyed  the  crop,  and  that  industry  therefore  languishecl  and  was  almost  entirely 
destroyed.  While  it  lasted,  however,  it  made  the  people  so  rich  that  their  wealth 
became  a  byword  in  the  islands.  The  town  of  Lipa  is  said  to  be  more  like  an 
European  city  because  of  the  beauty  of  its  residences.  The  first  hostility  to  Ameri- 
can occupation  is  yielding  to  the  influence  of  stable  government  and  schools. 
(Offical  report  of  the  provincial  governor  of  Batangas,  December,  1901.) 

"  Telegraph.  i"  Telephone.  $  Post-office. 


350 


GAZETTEER    OF    'IHE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


BATA>OAS  (bah-tan'-gahs),  Tag.;  capital  of  prov- x 
ince  of  that  name,  pueblo,  post-office,  &n<r 
money-order  station,  Luz6n,  72  m.  from  Ma- 
nila, with  which  it  is  connected  by  telegraph. 
Situated  on  E.  shore  of  Ratangas  Bay;  has  spa- 
cious harbor  well  sliclti  i\(l;  (  alumpdn  Riv. 
enters  bay  at  this  jioiiit.  I'op.,  pueblo,  1896, 
39,358.  Is  important  cenler  of  industry  and 
trade.  During  February  agricultural  and  in- 
dustrial fairs  are  held;  large  numhers  of 
inhabitants  congregate  and  prize:;  are  award- 
ed. Palace,  convent,  and  tribunal  are  fine 
structures.  There  are  4,000  dwellings,  some 
with  pretensions  to  architecture. 

bay  in  Batangas,  Luzon,  Si  m.  between 

points  Cazador  and  Malocot  and  9  m.  iniand. 
Rivers  Balito,  B4uang,  Batangas,  and  Calum- 
pftn  have  their  outlets  in  this  bay.  Island 
of  Maricabdn  forms  shelter  on  SW.  of  its 
opening. 

river  emptying  in  bay  of  same  name;  en- 
ters to  E.  near  town  also  of  same  name.  Very 
shallow. 

BATA^EN  (bah-tung'-ayn),  ver.;  pueblo  in  Am- 
burayan,  Ilocos  Sur,  Luz6n.  Pop.,  pueblo, 
1896,  433. 

BATANiqi'I  (bah-tah-nee'-key)  ver.;  point  at  SW. 
shore  of  Tayabas  Bay,  Batangas,  Luz6n. 

BAXiS  (bah-tahs'),  ver.;  island  W.  of  Bohol, 
Visayas. 

BATASAN  (bah-tah'-son),  nat.;  hamlet  in  low- 
lands, E.  of  Grande  de  Pampanga  Riv. ,  in  Pam- 
panga,  Luzon,  18  m.  NE.  of  Bacolor,  on  cross 
roads  between  Candaba  and  San  Miguel  de 
Mayumo. 

village  in  BulacAn,  Luzon,  near  San  Miguel 

de  Mayumo. 

BATBAXiX  (but-bah-ton'),  ver.;  island  31  m.  N. 
to  S.,  IJ  m.  E.  to  W.,  and  450  ft.  high,  9^  m. 
ofT  W.  coast  of  Pauiiy,  from  Lipata  Pt.,  and 
11  ni.  WNW.  of  Colasi.on  same  coast. 

BATIiATO  (hut-bah-toh'),  nat.;  pueblo  Ambu- 
rayan,  liocos  Sur,  Luzon.  Pop.,  pueblo,  1896, 
119. 

BATE  (bah'-tay),  nat.;  channel  in  NW.  waters  of 
BaUbac  grp.,  3  m.  between  Secam  I.  on  N. 
and  Cape  Disaster,  N.  point  of  Ramos  I.  on  S., 
and  opening  on  E.  into  BalAbac  Strait. 

BATfliV  (bah-ten'),  nat.;  hamlet  in  CApiz,  Panav, 
2  m.  NW.  of  Sigma. 

mountain  in  Ilocos  Sur,  Luzon,  between 

pueblos  of  Santo  Domingo  on  SW.  and  Ma- 
singal  on  NW. 

BATEBIA  (bah-tay-ree'-ah),  Sp.;  point  on  which 
stands  Fort  of  Puerto  Princesa  and  headland 


^ 


of  that  town,  on  angle  of  Princesa  port,  N. 
shore,  E.  coast  of  Palawan. 

BATGOl^ON  (but-gohng'-ohn),  ver.;  island  of 
Canahauan  grp.,  off  W.  coast  of  S^mar. 

~  village  and  hill  243  ft.  high,  on  E.  shore  of 

island  of  that  name,  of  Canahauan  I.,  off  W.  ■ 
coast  of  SAmar. 
ATIANAO  (but-yah'-now),  ver.;  point  on  E.  coast 
of  Mindanao,  near  Lamigan  Pt.,  entrance  to 
Pujada  Bay,  7  m.  SE.  of  Mati,  Ddvao,  Min- 
danao. 

hamlet  in  CApiz,  Panay,  1  m.  S.  of  Mam- 

busao. 

hamlet  in  Cdpiz,  Panay,  24  m.  S.  of  May6n. 

BATIO  (bah-tig'),  ver.;  mountain  in  Bohol,  Vi- 
sayas, 12  m.  SE.  by  E.  of  Calape. 

BATIGA  (bah-tea-'gah),  nat.;  hamlet  in  Abra,  Lu- 
z6n,  on  1.  bank  of  Ulip  Riv.,  near  Lepanto 
boundary. 

BATIGUAGIJAN  (bah-tea-gwah'-gwahn),  ver.  {See 
Balambon,  Cebu.) 

BATILAO  (bah-tea-lah'-oo),  ver.;  hamlet  in  cen- 
tral Concepcion,  Iloilo,  Panay,  2i  m.  SW.  of 
Sara. 

BATIXO  (bah-tea'-noh),  ver.;  town  in  Masbate, 
Visayas. 


BATO  (bah-taw';  in  Tagdlog,  means  stone),  nat.; 
town  on  port  BarAs  at  mouth  of  that  river, 
on  SE.  shore  of  Catanduanes  I.,  Luz6n. 

river  in  Catanduanes  I.,  Luzon,  emptying 

into  Bards  port. 

pueblo  NW.  shore  of  Bat6  Lake,  in  Ambos 

Camarines  (Sur),  Luz6n,  23  m.  SE.  of  Nueva 
CAceres.  Fine  road  connects  with  several 
important  towns.    Pop.,  pueblo,  1896,  4,861. 

hamlet  on  1.  bank  of  Blcol  Riv.  in  Ambos 

Camarines  (Sur),  Luzon. 

lake,  3  by  5  m.,  on  boundary  between  Albay 

and  Ambos  Camarines,  Luzon.  Receives 
Inaya  Riv.  from  SE.  and  is  discharged  through 
Bicol  and  Naga  Riv.— same  streams  by  dif- 
ferent names— to  NW.  into  bay  of  San  Miguel, 
Pacific  Ocean.  Lake  is  subject  to  extreme 
rises,  overflows,  and  falls  during  rainy  and 
dry  seasons.  Its  margins  are  beautifully 
overgrown  with  water  plants,  among  them 
delicate  seaweed  as  tine  as  horsehair  yet  in  its 
growth  so  closely  interwoven  that  it  affords 
sufficient  support  for  largest  sea  fowl.  They 
alight  in  large  numbers  on  these  natural  plat- 
forms and  hop  from  one  to  the  other,  feeding 
on  shellfish  and  prawns,  which  swarm  among 
these  delicate  but  strong  meshes.  Cicular 
belt  caused  by  subsidence  of  waters  in  dry 
season, about  1  ft.  in  width,  forms  tangled  sea- 
weed into  matting-like  covering  over  shore, 
causing  a  singular  effect.  Large  quantity  of 
rice  is  grown  along  shores. 

town  of  importance  on  SW.  coast  of  Leyte, 

62  m.  SW.  of  Tacloban  and  27  m.  across  sea 
channel,  NE.  of  Bohol  I.,  Visayas.  Pop., 
pueblo,  1896,  3,651. 

mountain  in  Leyte,  6  m.  E.  of  N.  of  Baytay. 

point  on  S.  shore  of  Leyte,  3  m.  SE.  of 

Maasin. 

hamlet  on  E.  shore  of  Taiion  Strait,  2  m. 

SW.  of  Toledo,  W.  coast  of  Cebii. 

hamlet  on  N.  coast  of  SAmar,  5i  m.  E.  of 

Mondragon. 

N.  point  of  Gulf  of  Asid,  on  S.  shore  of  Mas- 
bate  I.,  Visayas. 

hamlet  on  head  of  bay  on  NE.  shore  of 

Basilan  I.,  off  S.  coast  of  Zamboanga,  Min- 
danao. 

BATOAN  (bah-too'-ahn),  nat.;  bay  on  E.  coast  of 
Ticao  I.,  Visayas. 

BATOAXU  (bah-twang');  islet  in  Cdpiz,  Panay,  in 
Duyag  anchorage. 
ATO.BAT(i  (bah-toh'-bah-toh'),nat.;  hamlet  on 
E.  shore  of  D^vao  Gulf,  Diivao,  Mindanao. 

BAKi-LAQUilV  (bah-toh'-lah-kwan'),  ver.;  river 
in  Siimar. 

BATON  (bah-tohn'),  nat;  river  emptying  on  SE. 
shore  of  Silbic  Bay,  SE.  coast  of  Zambales, 
Luzon. 

IjATOTIXDOC  (bali-toh-tin-dock'),  nat.;  point  at 
N.  head  U>  Sihuco  Bay,  W.  coast  of  Zam- 
boanga, Miniianao. 

W.  coast  hamlet  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao, 

30^  m.  N.  of  Zamboanga. 

BATSIJE  (bat-sce'-hay),  ver.;  river  rising  in  Cor- 
dillera central  and  emptying  into  sea  on  W. 
coast  of  Cebii. 

BATTANG  (but-tung'),  ver.;  mountain  on  bound- 
ary between  Ilcos  Sur  and  Abra,  Luzon. 

BATul  (bah-twah'),  ver.;  mountain  1,284  ft.  high 
on  Tawi  Tawi  I.,  Sulu  A.,  overlooking  port 
Dos  Amigos. 

hamlet  on  coast  of  S4mar,  1^  m.  SE.  of 

Santa  Margarita. 

BATUijf  (bah-twahn'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  central 
Concepci6n,  Iloilo,  Panay,  6  m.  S.  of  W.  of  San 
Dionisio. 

hamlet  of  Bohol,   Visayas,   3   m.  NW.  of 

Vilar. 

BATUANilV  (bah-twah-nuu'),  ver.;  Pueblo,  in 
Bohol,  Visavas  45  m.  NNE.  of  Tagbilaran. 
Pop.,  1896,  1,270. 


.^ 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE   PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 


I 

'BATUANiN  (bah-twah-nun'),  nat.;  hamlet  in 
Cebii,  near  coast. 

BAXtfBOC  (bah-too'-bock),  Tag.;  mountain  in 
Rizal,  Luzon. 

BATUEC'AS  (bah-tway'-cahs),  Sp.;  port  on  S\V. 
coast  of  Bucas  I.,  NW.  of  Sibonga  port,  off 
NE.  coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao. 

BATING  (bah-toog'),  ver.;  town  in  Ilocos  Norte, 
Luzon.^ 

BATULAKI  (bah-too-lah-key')  nat.:  hamlet  on  ex- 
treme S.  shore  of  Dtlvao,  Mindanao,  on  bay 
of  same  name,  102  m.  S.  by  W.  of  DAvao. 
—  small  open  bay  to  SW.  on  extreme  S.  shore 
of  Ddvao,  Mindanao.  Hamlet  of  same  name 
is  on  its  shore. 

KATULAMPXn  (bah-too-lum-pun'),  ver.;W. point 
of  Mindanao,  steep,  with  a  flat  crown,  15^  m. 
WNW.  of  Zamboanga.  Shore  is  low  and  cov- 
ered with  trees.  Coasters  going  from  Zam- 
boanga W.  often  land  their  crews  and  track 
their  vessels  to  Pt.  Caldera. 

BAT15lA0  (bah-too'-lah-oo);  mountain  in  Batan- 
g.is,  Luzon,  in  range  which  divides  provinces 
of  Cavite  and  Batangas,  along  N.  shore  of 
Taal  (Bombon)  Lake. 

BATULAYOL  (bah-too-lah-yoll'),  ver.;  point  at 
E.  entrance  to  Sarangani  Strait,  on  extreme 
N.  end  of  Sarangani  I.,  8  m.  SE.  of  Guay 
Ft.,  on  mainland  of  DAvao,  Mindanao. 

BATULIXAO  (bah-too-lee-now'),  ver.;  point  on 
W.  side  of  NE.  peninsula  of  Cagaydn,  Luzon. 

BATti  MA>'Di  (bah-too'  mun-dee'),  ver.;  rock 
awash  2  m.  W.  of  Tatalon,  Balanguingui  grp., 
Sulu  A. 

BATUXAN  (bah-too'-nun),  ver.;  hamlet  on  W. 
coast  road  of  Antique,  Panay,  4  m.  S.  of  Colasi. 

island  off  S.  coast  Busuanga  I.,  Calamianes 

grp., in  approach  to  Mangle  Bay. 

BATl'KAUE  (bah-too-rah'-way),  ver.;  river  in 
Leyte. 

BATUURAPA  ([bah-too-rrah'-pah),  ver.;  one  of 
cluster  of  islets,  ^  m.  E.  and  W.,  separated 
from  Tankan  I.  by  narrow  channel  and  sur- 
rounded by  dangerous  rocks  off  NE.  coast 
of  Tawi  Tawi  I.,  Sulu  A.,  on  W.  side  of  N.  en- 
trance to  Tambiluanga  channel. 

BATl1  TAXDOK  (bah-too'  tun-dock'),  ver.;  high 
point  9  m.  S.  by  W.,  h  m.  W.  of  CAuit  Pt.,  with 
flat  summit,  on  \V.  shore  of  Zamboanga  Penin-, 
sula,  Mindanao.  At  130  yds.  from  it  is  small 
pointed  rock  called  Horn"  Rock.  {See  Boton- 
tilot.) 

BATYAX  (but-yun'),  nat.;  island  off  S.  coast  of 
Mindanao  in  lat.  7°  41'  N. 

BAUAX  (bah'-wahn),  nat.;  point  on  E.  shore  of 
extreme  SE.  SAmar. 

pueblo   in    Batangas,   Luz6n.    Pop.,  1896, 

39,659,  est. 

BiUAA'U  (bah'-wang),  nat.;  town  of  importance 
next  to  capital,  from  which  it  is  4  m.  NW.,  in 
Batangas,  Luzon.  It  is  connected  with  inte- 
rior by  several  good  roads.  Rivers  Manguiras 
and  Lagnas,  between  which  it  is  situated^ 
enter  Batangas  Bay  at  this  point.    Pop. ,  39,659. 

broad  river  rising  in  Benguet  and  after  E. 

course  emptying  into  China  Sea  at  town  of 
same  name  in  Union,  Luzon. 

town  of  7,701  inhabitants.  Union,  Luzon," 

on  N.  side  of  mouth  of  river  of  same  name,  at 
crossing  of  coast  highway  and  5  m.  S.  of  San 
Fernando.  Has  brisk  coast  and  river  trade. 
Pop.,  pueblo,  1896,  8,619. 

BXuaNG,  or  BAOANO  (bah'-wong,  bah'-wang), 
nat.;  hamlet  in  PangasinSn,  Luzon,  in  barren 
regions  between  mountains  on  E.  and  sea  on 
W.,  near  banks  of  one  of  delta  outlets  into 
Manila  Bay. 

BAUAl'E   (bah-wah'-way),  ver.;    town    in   Qui- 

aiigdn  comandancia,  Luzon. 
;BAIIBA0\  (bow-bah'ohn),  nat.;  point,  head  to 
Inamucan  port,  on  VV.  shore  of  Iligan  Bav, 
Misamis,  Mindanao. 


851 


BAUBl'HAX  (bow-boo'-hahn),  ver.;  mountain  in 

Bohol,  Visaj-as. 
BAl'C'ALOCAX  (bow-cah-law'-cahn),  ver.;  small 

stream  emptying  into  seaS.  of  Zamboanguita, 

SE.  coast  of  Negros  Oriental. 
BAUCO  (bow'-coh),  ver.;  town  in  Lepanto,  Luz6n. 
BiUD  (bah'-ood),  ver.;  hamlet  on  SW.  shore  of 


BAtiJAN  (bah-oo'-hahn),  ver.;  most  N.of  3  islets? 
m.  off  Paciflc  shore  of  SAmar,  opposite  Parac, 
atmouthofUlutRiv.    (SeeLinaoand  Fulln.) 

BAIIl  (bah-ool'),  Sp.;  i.slet  3  m.  S.  of  Cabanisan 
Pt.,  S.  coast  of  Sdmar,  Visavas.  (See  Mani- 
cani  I.) 

BAUSAC  (bow-suck'),  ver.;  mountain  in  W. coast 
range  of  Bohol,  Visayas,  5  m.  NW.  of  Carmen. 

BAUTISTA  (bah-oo-tees'-tah),  Sp.;  railroad  and 
post-office  station  in  Pangasindn,  Luzon. 

BAVERSTOCK,  for.;  point  in  approach  to  Dal- 
rymple  Harbor,  N.  shore  of  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A. 

BAXASA  (balk-sah'-sah),  nat.;  point  on  E.  coast 
of  island  of  same  name,  on  gulf  of  LingaySn. 

BAY(bah-ay'  [nat.  pron.] ,  by'  [Sp.  pron.] ) ;  pueblo 
in  Laguna,  Luzon,  on  S.  shore  of  Laguna  de 
Bay,  11  m.  SW.  of  Santa  Cruz.  Pop.,  pueblo, 
1896,  1,796. 

island  3U7  ft.  high,  largest  of  group  in  en- 
trance to  Jibboom  Bay,  W.  coast  of  Palawan. 

2  islands  in  Imuruan  Bay,  larger  500  ft.  high 

and  1  m.  in  length.,  NW.  coast  of  Palawan. 

head  of  bay  into  which  Cooks  Channel 

opens  on  N.,  on  E.  coast  of  Palawan. 

point  on  SW.  coast  of  S&mar. 

BAYA  (bah'-yah),  Sp.;  hamlet  on  1.  bank  of  An- 
tigas,  3  m.  NE.  of  Catbalogan,  Sdmar. 
^.^AYABA  (bah-yah'-bah),nat.;  river  in  Mindanao. 

BAYABAS  (bah-yah'-bus),  nat.;  hamlet  in  Panga- 
sinAn,  Luzon,  on  Agno  Riv.  road,  13  m.  S.  of 
Lingay6n.    Also  BayAbag. 

range  of  mountains  in  Benguet,  Luzon. 

peak  in  Caraballos  Sur,  Ambos  Camarines, 

Luzon. 

hamlet  in  Ilocos  Sur,  Luzon. 

BAYIbaY  (bah-yah'-by),  ver.;  small  stream  emp- 
tying into  sea  on  S.  coast  of  Tayabas,  Luzon. 

BAYAGUA  (bah-yah'-gwah);  point  in  Mindanao. 

BAYALNXN  (bah-yull-nun'),  ver.;  narrow  island 
4  m.  long,  central  of  Ginatuan  grp.,  4  m.  S. 
of  DinAgat  I.,  off  NW.  extreme  of  SAmar. 
Channel  between  this  and  Ginatuan  safe. 

BAY'AMBAN  (bah-yum-bahn'),  ver.;  pointinZam- 
bales,  Luzon. 

BAYAMBANG  (bah-yam-bang'),  ver.;  pueblo  of 
PangasinAn,  Luzon,  21  m.  SE.  of  Lingayto,  on 
railroad  from  Dagupan  and  Manila  at  its 
crossing  of  Agno  Riv.  and  also  at  converging 
point  and  crossing  of  same  stream  by  several 
main  roads  from  N.  and  thence  to  Manila. 
Pop.,  pueblo,  1896,  8,505. 

BAYAN  (bah-yahn');  hamlet  in  Lanao,  scene  of 
an  engagement  with  Moros  in  spring  of  1902. 

BAYAAAN  (bah-yah'-nahn);  pueblo  in  Negros 
Oriental. 

BAYANiiA  (bah-yahng'-ah),  ver.;  hamlet  on  1. 
bank  of  CagayAn  Riv. ,  7  m.  S.  by  W.  of  CagayAn 
de  Misamis,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

BAYAjVtlAJJ  (bah-yahng'-ahn),  ver.;  river  in  Ne- 
gros Oriental,  entering  small  bay  3  m.  N. 
of  Ayungon,  E.  coast. 

BAYAS  (bah'-yus),Sp.;  small  river  emptying  into 
sea  on  S."  coast  of  Tayabas,  Luzon,  SE.  of 
Mabio  Pt. 

group  of  4  islets,  3|  m.  SE.  of  Capo  Pt.,  E. 

coast  of  Concepci6n,  Hollo,  Panay.  They  ex- 
tend 1|  m.  from  E.  to  W.  Name  islet  of 
group  is  1  m.  long  and  2  m.  off  shore.  Small 
crafts  find  sheltered  anchorage  in  all  winds. 

BAYATDXn  (cah-yut'-dunn),  nat,;  hamlet  in 
Albay,  Luz6n,  on  plain  at  foot  of  Bulang  Mt. 


352 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


BAYATIX  (hah-yah-tin'),  TaR.;  hamlet  on  main 
highway  15  in.NW.of  TArlac,  in  Tdrlac,  Luz6n. 

BAYATXAX  (bah-yut-nun'),  ver.;  one  of  Guntuan 
I.  lying  to  SE.  of  name  island,  NE.,  of  Min- 
danao and  S.  of  Dindgat  I.  It  is  4  sq.  m. 
in  area.  Channel  between  this  island  and 
Guntuan  is  2  m.  wide,  but  greatly  reduced  by 
number  of  islets  in  S.  end.  It  is  practicable, 
however,  for  steamers,  which  is  not  the  fact 
in  passages  between  W.  islands  of  cluster  and 
coast  of  Mindanao. 

BAYAl'AX  (bah-yah'-wahn);  pueblo  of  Negros 
Oriental,  on  K.  shore  of  Tolon  Bay,  SW.  coast 
of  Kegros  I.,  29  m.  W.  of  Dumaguete,  on  oppo- 
site coast. 

BAIBAT  (bv-bv'),  nat.;  town  in  Leyte,  on  W. 
coast,  40  m.  E.  of  S.  of  Tacloban  and  17  m.  E. 
of  Camote  I.,  opposite  across  sea  channel. 
Pop.,  pueblo,  1896,  17,367. 

hamlet  on  N.  shore  of  Leyte,  6i  m.  NE.  of 

Barugo. 

inlet  in  same  province. 

■ hamlet  2  m.  W.  by  N.  of  Borongan,  in  Siimar. 

river  in  Luzon. 

BAYO  (bah'-yoh) ,  Sp.;  mountain  6  m.  NE.  of  Cat- 
balogan,  in  S^mar. 

BAYOt'AX  (bah-voh'-cahn),  nat.:  summit  318  ft. 
E.  by  W.  of  Subic,  N.  shore  of  Siibic  Bay,  SE. 
coast  of  Zambales,  Luz6n. 

BAY03IB0XG)  bah-yom-bong'),nat.;  capital, p.o., 
pueblo  of  Nueva  Vizcaya,  Luzon,  on  Magat> 
Riv.  and  main  highway  and  telegraph  line, 
about  125  m.  X.  by  E.  of  Manila,  and  is  in  tele- 
graphic communication.  Province  is  but 
sparsely  inhabited,  capital  is  in  center  of  in- 
dustry, and  has  population  of  3,691.  At  this 
point  main  liighway  via  San  Isidro  to  Manila 
crosses  Magat  Riv.,  pursuing  r.  shore  until  it 
approaches  Aritao  where  it  returns  to  1.  banli. 

river  in  Leyte. 

BAYOXAX  (bah-yoh'-nun),  nat.;  river  in  Iloilo, 
Panay,  passing  near  town  of  San  Joaquin,  in 
pueblo  of  that  name. 

BAYONGA-DACO  (bah-yong'-ah-dah'-coh),  ver.; 
hamlet  on  extreme  SW.  coast  of  Antique, 
Panay,  I5  m.  N.  of  Anini-y. 

BAYOBIA  (bah-yoh-ree'-ah),  Hisp.;  point  on  is- 
land of  Sibuydn,  Rombl6n. 

BAY  PEAK,  for.;  conical  hill  1,800  ft.  high,  5  m. 
beyond  Barbacan  Pt.,  E.  coast  of  Palawan. 

BAYUCON  (bah-you'-cohn),  nat.;  point  E.  head 
of  Malavinuan  Cove,  S.  coast  of  Ddvao,  Min- 
danao. 

BAYUMBOXAX  (bah-yoom-boh'-nun),  ver.;  river 

'        in  Misamis,  Mindanao,  rising  on  N.  coast,  flows 

E.  to  W.  and  empties  into  Panguil  lagoon. 

,  BAYUYO  (bah-you'-yoh);  hamlet  of  pueblo  of 
Tandag,  Surigao.  Mindanao,  on  E.  coast,  near 
Cavite  Pt.  and  bay  inclosed  by  it  on  S. 
BAYL'YL'XtJAN  (bah-j'ou-yoong'-ahn),  ver.;  vil- 
lage near  NW.  shore  of  Taal  Bay,  Batangas, 
Luzon. 


BAZOL  (bah-yohl'),  nat.;  bay  on  W.  coast  of  Zam- 
bales, Luzon,  formed  between  Caiman  Pt.,  N., 
and  HermanosI.,S.  Its  entrance  is  obstructed 
by  Culebra  I.,  and  many  rocks;  it  also  receives 
several  streams  from  Zambales  Mts.  (See 
Dasol.) 

BE  ATA  (bay-ah'-tah),  Sp.;  village  in  E.  part  of 
suburb  of  Pandacan,  Manila  municipality. 

BEAUFORT,  for.;  peak  of  Peel  Mt.,  3,680ft.  high, 

E.  coast  of  Palawan,  on  NW.  shore  of  Puerto 

Prlncesa  Bay. 
mountain  3,680  ft.  high,  on  W.  coastof  Pala- 
wan.   (See  Long  Pt.) 
BEEHIVE,  for.;  point  S.  head  to  Taguipa  Inlet,  E. 

shore  Ulugan  Bay,  W.  coast  Palawan. 
BEGONA  (bay-goh'-nyah),  Sp.;  former  fort  in  Isa- 

bela,  Luzon. 
BEGUIS    (bay-geese'),    ver.;    hamlet    in   Abra, 

Luzon,  on  r.  bank  of  Abra  Riv.,  2  m.  N.  of 

Bangued. 
>-BfijAR  (bay'-har),  Sp.;  town  of  importance  on 

NW.  shore  of  Ddvao  Gulf,  Dfi,vao,  Mindanao. 

Is  situated  1^  m.  SW.  of  mouth  of  Tagum 

Riv.,  stream  of  considerable  importance. 
BEKTASAX  (bek-tah'-sahn),  ver.;  hamlet  on  SW. 

coast  of  Ddvao,  Mindanao,  102  m.  SW.  of 

Diivao. 
^ELAX  (bay'-lahn),  ver.;  point  opposite  Diang- 

appik  Pt.,  forming  marks  of  Sulu  roadstead. 

SuluL,  Sulu  A. 
BELAL'AX  (bay-lah'-oo-ahn),ver.;  one  of  Salames 

I.,inBalanguingui  gp.,  Sulu  A.  (See  Bulanl.) 

BEL^X  (bay-layn'),  Sp.;  town  on  1.  shore  of  DA- 
vao  Riv.,  5  "m.  E.  of  boundary  with  Misamis, 
18^  m.  NW.  byN.of  DAvao,  Dfi,vao,  Mindanao. 


hamlet  in  Iloilo,  Panay,  4i  m.SW.  by  W.  of 

Banate. 

hamlet  on  r.  bank  of  small  stream  empty- 
ing into  sea  1^  m.  below  Colasi,  W.  coast  of 
Antique,  Panay. 

hamlet  in  Leyte,  3  m.  SE.  of  Leyte. 

hamlet  in  Ilocos  Sur,  Luzon,  in  pueblo  of 

San  Ildefonso. 

BELK,  or  Hl'MMOCK,  for.:  one  of  Serangani  I., 

off  extreme  S.  coast  of  DAvao,  Mindanao.    {See 

Balut  L) 
BELISOX  (bay-lee-sone'),  Sp.;  hamlet  on  N.  side 

of  mouth  of  Sibalom  Riv.,  W.  coast  of  Autique, 

Panay. 
BELITA  (bay-lee'-tah),  Hisp.;  point  on  SW. coast 

of  Negros  Occidental,  26  m.  SE.  of  Inayauan. 
BELLU   (bay'-lyoh),  Sp.;  N.  point  to  entrance, 

Port  Belio,  bay  on  W.  shore  of  Ormoc  Bay,  W. 

coast  of  Leyte.    (See  Port  Bello. ) 
BEXAGALET  (bay-nah-gah-layf),  ver.;  W.  point 

of  Calumpan  Peninsula,  rock  bluff  between 

Balay^n  and  Batangas  bays,  Batangas,  Luzon. 
BEXAXG  (bay-nung')  nat.;   hamlet  in  Singuey 

Mts.,  Abra,  Luzon. 


BEXDO   (bayn'-dau),   Hisp. 
lage.) 


(See   Mutanay  vil- 


BENGUET,  LUZON,  PROVINCE  OF. 

( Ben-get',  nat.) 

Capital:  Baguio,  lat.  16°  32^  N.,  Ion.  120°  38^  50"'  E.  approximately 

Area:  990  sq.  111. 

Population:  15,871  (census  of  1887). 

Race:  Ilocanosand  Igorrotes  called  Benguetanos. 

Language:  Ilocano  and  Benguetano. 

Military  Department  of  Luzon:  Headquarters,  Manila,  Luzon. 


Table  of  distances. 
From  Baguio  to —  ni- 

Manila,  S 143 

San  Fernando,  W.  bv  N 25 

Trinidad,  SW ." 8  . 


GAZETTEEK    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


353 


LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

The  province  of  Benguet  is  one  of  the  inland  provinces,  near  the  W.  coast  of  Luzon. 
It  is  bounded  on  the  N.  by  Union  and  Lepanto,  on  the  E.  by  Nueva  Vizcaya,  on 
the  S.  by  Pangasindn,  and  on  the  W.  by  Union. 

AREA. 

It  measures  55  m.  from  N.  to  S.,  'and  l'(i  ni.  from  E.  to  W.     Area,  990  sq.  m. 

PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 

The  province  Hes  in  a  pocket  pointing  N.  ]>etween  the  higti  summits  of  branches 
of  the  great  Caraballo  chain,  some  of  the  peaks  reaching  an  elevation  of  7,000  ft. 
Owing  to  the  altitude,  the  climate  very  much  resembles  the  temperate  zone,  and  its 
capital,  Bagulo,  is  the  proposed  site  for  a  sanitarium  for  the  troops  from  the  S.  prov- 
inces. The  source  of  the  Agno  Riv.  lies  across  the  N.  point  of  this  province,  near 
Mt.  Bansa,  and  within  2  m.  of  the  iVlagat,  the  main  tributary  of  the  Grande  de 
Cagayiln  Riv.,  which  empties  on  the  N.  coast.  The  main  stream  of  the  Agno  flows 
the  entire  length  of  the  province,  from  N.  to  S.,  into  Pangasindn,  and  thence  into 
the  gulf  of  Lingaycn  (China  Sea).  The  country  is  very  mountainous,  covered  with 
grass  and  fine  forests  of  large  trees,  with  no  underbrush.  In  many  particulars  the 
landscape  resembles  an  American  park.  The  water  is  of  excellent  quality,  and 
alnmdant. 

CLIMATE. 

A  comparison  between  the  temperature,  relative  humidity,  and  rainfall  at  Baguio, 
Benguet,  and  Manila  shows  the  following  results: 


Temperature,  August: 

Maximum °  F. . 

Minimum °  F. . 

Mean °  F. . 

Mean  daily  maximum °  F. . 

Mean  daily  minimum °  F. . 

Mean  daily  variation °  F. . 

Humidity,  August: 

Maximum pur  cent. . 

Minimum do 

Mean ' do 

Rainfall inches. . 

Mean  temperature: 

September °  F. . 

October °  F. . 

Mean  humidity: 

September" jier  cent. . 

October do 

Rainfall: 

September i  nches. . 

October do 


95.3 

72.4 

81.4 

87 

75.8 

11.3 

95 

81 

28!  5 

81.5 
81 


11.32 
C.9 


Baguio. 


63.5 
5.46 


12. 16 
4.96 


Differ- 
ence. 


18.5 
13.4 
15.5 
17.7 
12.3 
5.84 

2.4 
2.6 
4.7 
8.54 


.84 
1.94 


YEARLY  TEMPERATURE. 


Manila. 

Baguio. 

Maximum 

o  Y 

96.8 
60.8 
77 

29.7 
64 
160 
78-118 

75  2 

OF.. 

OF  . 

Barometer,  menu  [ires-sure  . 

inches 

25  2 

60 

S.  Doc.  280- 


-23 


354 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


ROADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 

The  means  of  conimunicatir)n  is  ])y  horse  trail  or,  in  the  mountains,  in  chairs  swung 
on  hamboo  poles  and  borne  by  men.  The  products  of  the  country  are  transported 
in  the  same  manner.  The  road  along  the  coast  from  San  Fernando  de  la  Union  to 
Naguiling,  and  thence  by  trail  to  Trinidad,  is  good,  the  latter  easily  convertible  into 
a  wagon  road  from  the  highway.  The  construction  of  55  m.  of  railroad,  already  sur- 
veyed, will  open  a  health  resort  on  the  elevated  tablelands  of  Benguet,  free  from 
tropical  vegetation,  covered  with  forests  of  pine,  and  having  the  climate  of  the 
N.  temperate  zone.  Baguio  is  132  m.  in  a  straight  line  from  Manila;  by  the  Manila 
and  Dagupan  Railroad  route  to  Dagupan,  120  m.,  and  thence  by  shortest  railroad 
route  to  Baguio,  55  m. — total,  175  m. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

There  are  15,175  registered  inhabitants,  mostly  Igorrotes  called  Benguetanos, 
speaking  that  language  and  Ilocano.  A  school  report  of  population  gives  total  of  17 
pueblos,  818  Ilocanos,  14,630  Igorrotes;  school  population,  2,173;  number  able  to 
read  and  write,  405.  The  Ilocano  population  is  practically  confined  to  the  pueblos 
Galiano  and  Trinidad. 

The  following  is  the  division  of  Benguet  into  pueblos  and  their  population: 


Proviuce  and  pueblos. 

Total  population,  combining 
residents  present  and  ab- 
sent, native  and  Spanish, 
census  1887. 

Men. 

Women. 

Total. 

Benguet: 

Abundao .    . 

133 
318 
287 
726 
330 
362 
370 
521 
581 
533 
516 
451 
402 
137 
541 
201 
320 
770 
583 

138 
313 
249 
692 
325 
320 
346 
592 
655 
561 
478 
419 
283 
112 
474 
191 
223 
819 
599 

271 

Adaoay. 

631 

1,418 
655 

Baguio . 

Baubac 

682 

Bocot 

Buguias . . 

1  113 

Cabayan 

1  236 

Daclan 

994 

Galiano 

870 

Itogon 

249 

Loo 

1  015 

Palina 

Sabldn 

Trinidad 

1  589 

Tublay 

Total 

8,082 

7,789 

15,871 

Ambuclao  not  reported  in 
Estimated  1901,  15,175. 


Pop.,  1896,  202. 


The  following  are  the  principal  towns: 

Bag-uio;  the  capital  under  the  organic  act,  established  on  the  banks  of  the  Agno 
Riv.,  at  the  junction  of  one  of  its  tributaries,  8  m.  NE.  of  Trinidad,  the  former  cap- 
ital.    Pop.,  32  Ilocanos,  811  Igorrotes. 

Ag-no;  near  the  river  of  that  name,  celebrated  for  its  potatoes  and  beans. 

Carao;  on  the  W.  slope  of  the  mountain  boundary  between  the  province  and 
Nueva  Vizcaya,  16  m.  NE.  of  Baguio. 

Galiano;  at  the  head  of  a  diverging  pass  in  the  SW.  part  of  the  province,  near 
the  boundary  with  Union.  These  deliles  admit  of  the  passage  of  two  of  the  tribu- 
taries of  one  of  the  rivers  of  Uniun,  which  enters  the  China  Sea  at  Aringay.  The 
soil  in  this  vicinity  is  very  fertile.     Pop.,  397  Ilocanos,  102  Igorrotes. 

Sudab;  in  the  vicinity' of  important  copper  mines. 

Taquian;  celebrated  for  its  potatoes  and  beans,  which  are  not  excelled  in  quality 
in  America. 

Tavao;  in  the  vicinity  of  important  copper  mines. 

Trinidad;  situated  on  a  plain  near  a  small  lake  3  m.  in  circumference.  It  is  8  m. 
SW.  of  Baguio.  The  country  is  high,  the  climate  salubrious,  and  the  situation 
picturesque.     Pop.  in  1901,  304  Ilocanos,  1,467  Igorrotes. 


GAZETTEER    OE   THE    PHILIPriNE    ISLANDS. 


355 


VEGETABLE  PRODUCTS. 

The  soil  in  the  valleys  is  fertile  and  productive  and  adapted  to  the  crops  of  the  tem- 
perate zone.  Among  the  principal  crops  are  wheat,  rice,  coffee,  tea,  and  corn.  The 
sweet  potatoes  (camotes)  and  beans  grown  in  the  vicinity  of  Agno  and  Taquian  are 
equal  in  quality  with  those  jiroducts  of  America.  Vegetables  also  grow  successfully. 
The  camote  is  the  chief  article  of  food  of  the  natives  and  is  raised  in  large 
quantities. 

MINERALS. 

In  the  vicinity  of  Tavao,  Sudab,  and  Baguio  are  mines  of  copper,  which  have  been 
successfully  worked  by  natives.     Gold,  iron,  coal,  limestone,  and  clay  also  exist. 

FORESTS. 

The  province  is  covered  with  large  areas  of  pine  lands,  oak,  camagon,  narra,  calant^s, 
(cedar),  and  molave.  Also  gigantic  ferns.  The  rush  from  which  comes  the  pith 
manufactured  by  the  Chinese  into  wicks  for  cocoanut-oil  lamps,  and  known  in  the 
Philippines  as  "Tinsin,"  grows  in  abundance  in  the  forests.  Also  the  sarsaparilla 
and  wild  mulberry. 

FRUITS. 

The  pineapple  and  strawberry  of  excellent  varieties  are  the  principal  fruits. 
INDUSTRIES. 

The  manufacture  of  bags  and  hats  at  Carao  and  the  weaving  of  fabrics  for  home 
use  are  the  chief  industries.  There  are  also  fine  ranges  for  grazing  cattle,  the  num- 
ber of  which  before  the  war  was  placed  at  5,000. 

UNITED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 

This  province  was  occupied  during  the  first  campaign  in  N.  Luzon,  and  in  the 
.  departmental  organization  was  garrisoned  by  United  States  troops  at  Trinidad.  In 
the  general  pacification  this  station  was  withdrawn. 

CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 

This  province  was  created  by  enactment  of  the  Philippine  Commission,  November 
23,  1900,  to  embrace  that  territory  in  the  island  of  Luzon  known  as  the  "province  of 
Benguet."  The  inhabitants  being  almost  wholly  non-Christian  Igorrotes  special 
provisions  for  provincial  and  municipal  administration  were  applied. 

PROVINCIAL  OFFICERS. 


[Salaries  and  expenses  in  United  States  money.] 

Governor $1, 500 

1,000 

400 


Secretary 
Inspector , 

"These  officers  to  reside  and  have  their  offices  in  the  township  of  Baguio,  which 
is  declared  the  capital  of  the  province."  The  chief  of  the  bureau  of  forestry  is 
required  to  assign  a  forester  to  the  province,  to  reside  at  Baguio  and  to  perform  the 
duties  prescribed  by  general  law  for  forestry,  except  that  he  shall  collect  no  revenue 
for  firewood  used  by  native  residents  for  household,  house  buildmg,  or  fencing 
purposes.  The  act  also  provides  other  details  for  local  government  within  this 
province. 


BEANENG  (ben-neng'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Benguet, 

Luzon.    Pop.,  500. 
BENNET,  for.:  bank  above  water,  12  m.  SW.  of 

Bagupaniao  Pt.,  Masbate  I.,  Visayas. 
BEMOAN  (ben-twahn'),  ver.;  peak  1,730  ft.  high, 

S.    of   Sangbauen  and    landmark   of   small 

inlet  of  Ulugan  Bay,  Palawan,  1  m.  inland 

from  point  of  same  name. 


BENTOAN;    point  W.  coast  of   Palawan  and  E. 

head  to  Ulugan  Bay,  peak  of  same  name,  N. 

1  m.  E.,  is  landmark. 
BEUMEJO  (ber-may  hoh),  Sp.:  hamlet  near  SE. 

ceast  of  Cebii,  3  m.  WNW.  of  Nueva  CAceres. 
BEBO  (bay'-rau),  ver.;  stream  on  W.  coast  of  Gui- 

mar&s  I.,  off  Hollo,  entering  strait  of  Hollo  at 

Nagaba. 


356 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


y 


y 


EKKUtlOSA  (ber-roo-goh'-sah),  Sp.;  point  at  S. 

entrance  to  bay  on  NW.  coast  of  Dinagat  I. 

and  headland  of  approach  to  Surigao  Strait. 

Also  lies  at  end  of  narrow  peninsula  which 

divides  2  important  bavs  on  NW.  coast  of 

Dinagat  I.    Twins  islets  lie  2^  m.  NNE.  of  this 

point. 
BESAO  (bay-.sah'-oo),  Sp.;  pueblo  in  Lepanto,  Lu- 

z6n,  18  m.  from  Cervantes.    Pop.,  660. 

mountain  in  same  province. 

BESSIE,  for.;  middle  of  3  low  islands,  1  m.  from 

each  other,  NE.  from  Crawford  Cove  I.  Bay, 

E.  coast  of  Palawan. 
BETBET  (bayt-bayf),  ver.;  point  2^  m.  NE.  of 

Capsalai  I.,  NW.  coast  of  Palawan. 
BETIS  (bay'-tis),  Sp.;  pueblo  in  Pampanga,  Lu- 
zon, 11  m.  SW.  of  Biicolor.    Pop.,  1,160. 
BETIS   (SAX    FERNAADO)    (bay'-tis,   .sahn-fayr- 

nahn'-doh),  Sp.;  river  of  Pampanga,  Luzon. 
BETUAGAN  (bay-twah'-gun),  ver.;  pueblo  of  Bon- 

toc,  Luzon,  14  m.  from  Bontoc.    Pop.,  285, 

township  having  366. 
BIASONG  (bee-ah-song'),  ver.;  hamlet  and  point 

on  NW.  shore  of  Ormoc  Bay  on  S.  coast  of 

Leyte,  4  m.  E.  of  Ormoc. 
point  on  W.  side  of  bay  on  S.  shore  of  Libu- 

can,  Daco  I.,  off  W.  coast  of  SAmar. 
S.  headland  to  bay  on  S.  coast  of  Leyte,  2 

m.  N.  of  Merida. 
lAUI  (byah'-we),  ver.;  point  on  E.  side  of  en- 
trance to  Panguil  Bay  and  port  Misamis,  in 


BIUX;  town  in  Catanduanes  I, 

Luzon,  on  bank  of  Oeo  Riv 

on  N.  coast.  (Al.so  Viga.) 
BIGAX  (bee-gah-ah'),  nat.;  mountain  9  m.  W 

Tabug,  in  central  S4mar. 
hamlet   in   Antique,    Panay,   4   m.   E 

Barbaza. 


off  E.  coast  of 
3  m.  S.  of  Payo, 


of 


SW.  angle  of  Iligan  Bay,  N.  coast  of  Misaiiiis,    ^ihuaXGA  (bee-hoo-ahng- 
Mindanao.  ^r     e.  shore  of  Macajalar  ] 


BIBITO  ( bee-bee'- toh),  nat.;  hamlet  in  pueblo 
Sipocot,  in  Ambos  Camarines  (Norte),  on 
tributary  of  Sipocot. 

BICAL  (bee-cull'),  nat.;  river  of  Ilocos  Sur, 
Luzon,  in  S.  of  pueblo  of  Lapog. 

BICOBIAN  (bec-coh-bee'-ahn),  ver.;  port  on  E. 
coast  of  Isabela,  Luzon.  Anbareda  Pt. ,  E.  side 
of  its  entrance  on  Spanish  survevs,  1859,  lies 
in  lat.  17°  15'  20"  N.,  long.  122°  24'"  E. 

BICOL  (bee'-coll),  ver.;  tortuous  stream  leaving 
Bato  Lake  on  N.  side,  flowing  NW.  across 
Ambos  Camarines  (Sur)  as  far  as  Bay  San 
Miguel.  Is  channel  of  large  trade  in  rice 
between  Albay  and  Ambos  Camarines,  car- 
goes being  conveyed  in  boats  as  far  as 
Quinali,  thence  to  destination  by  buffalo 
carts.  Stream  is  lined  with  luxuriant  vegeta- 
tion, forests  abounding  in  monkeys,  and  river 
bank  in  water  fowl.  River,  receiving  drain- 
age of  extensive  mountain  mass  through  nu- 
merous tributaries,  has  converted  valley  into 
extensive  rice  field.  (See  Quinali  and  inaya 
rivers.)     (^;.so  Vicol.) 

principal  river  of  S.  Luzon.    Rises  on  slopes 

of  Mt.  Isarog,  Ambos  Camarines,  and  flows 
toward  SW.,  dividing  into  2  branches,  smaller 
one  taking  SE.  cour.se  until  it  ein|ities  into 
lake  of  Bato,  while  main  luaiuh  fdllciws  SW. 
direction,  and  passing  throiitch  Nucva  CA- 
ceres,  San  Nicolas,  and  Panon,  emptit^'s  after 
course  of  112  m.  at  Cabusan  into  Bay  of  San 
Miguel.  Its  tributaries  on  1.  bank  rise  in  Co- 
lasi  Mts.  and  Mt.  Amtig.  River  forms,  with 
Quinali  and  Lipocot,  basis  of  hydrography  of  y 
province,  and  is  of  no  small  importance  to 
geology  of  Ambos  Camarines. 

BICOL-BICOL  (bee'-call-bee'-call);,  hamlet  at 
junction  of  main  roads  in  Nueva  Ecija,  Luzon, 
8  m.  NE.  of  San  Isidro. 

.BICUNfeAX,  or  BACUXGaN  (bee-coong'-ahn,  bah- 

coong'-ahn);   hamlet  on  1.  bank  of  TAgum 

Riv.,  3J  m.  above  its  mouth  on  NW.  shore  of 

Ddvao  Gulf,  Ddvao,  Mindanao. 
.BIDE   (bee'-day),   ver.;    hamlet  on  Celebes  Sea 

coast  of  Cotabato,  Mindanao,  7^  m.  SW.  of 

Cotabato. 
BIGA  (bee-gah'),  nat.;  hamlet  in  Nueva  Ecija  on 

road  near  1.  bank  of  upper  Pampanga  Riv. 

25  m.  NE.  of  San  Isidro. 


pueblo  in  Bulac4n,  Luzon,  on  r.  bank  of 

one  of  outlets  of  Pampanga  delta,  2i  m.  N.  of 
BulacAn,  also  on  Manila  R.  R.,  which  here  also 
crosses  one  of  outlets  of  Pampanga  Riv.  Pop., 
Cn.,  1896,  7,561;  1898,  8,120,  est. 

BIGAAX  ( bee-gah '-ahn),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Antique, 
Panay,  2  m.  NE.  of  Antique. 

BIGAX  (bee'-gahn);  hamlet  in  CApiz,  Panay,  1 
m.  SW.  of  Numancia. 

BIGBIGA  (big-bee'-gah),  nat.;  hamlet  of  Ilocos 
Sur,  Luzon. 

BIGXIAN  (big-nee'-ahn),  ver.;  hamlet  on  W.  coast 
of  Polillo  I.,  off  coast  of  Infanta,  Luzon,  254  m. 
ENE.  of  Binangonan  de  Lampon. 

BIG6  (bee-goh'),  ver.;  small  tributary  on  S.  of 
Ulut  Riv.,  Samar. 

hamlet  on  N.  coa.st  of  Siimar,  Z\  m.  SE. 

across  channel  from  Laguan. 
■'BIGIIaX  (bee-goo'ahn),  ver.;  hamlet  on  E.  shore 
of  liana  Bay,  Cotabato,  Mindanao,  Cabalata 
peak  overlooks  hamlet. 
ifilHIXTIXl'SA  (bee-hin-tee-noo'-.sah),  ver.;  is- 
land i  sq.  m.  E.  of  Manghal  Pt.,  off  S.  shore 
of  Basilan  I.  Sulu  A. 


-ah),  ver.;   hamlet  on 

Macajalar  Bay,  N.  coast  of  Misa- 

lis,  Mindanao,  31i  m.  N.  by  E.  of  Cagayan  de 

Misamis. 

BIJUTAX   (bee-hoo'-tahn),   nat;    islet  of  Cuyos 

grp.  on  W.  of  Cuyo  I.    Lat.  10°  48'  N. 
BIJUTAN,   IRAO,  or  CULEBRA    (bee-hoo'-tahn, 
ee-rah'-oh,  coo-lay'-brah),  ver.;  i.sland  \  sq.  m. 
in  area,  Sj  m.  off  S.  point  of  Dalupiri  I.  of 
Babuyanes  grp.    Ocean  current  between  this 
and  Euga  and  Mabac  Is.  rushes  with  velocity 
of  a  mill  race  and  with  great  violence. 
BILAA  (bee-lah-ah'),  ver.;  extreme  NW.  point  of 
Mindanao  and  forms  conspicuous  headland 
on  SE.  shore  of  Surigao  Strait,  NW.  or  op- 
posite .shore  atCaybiran  Pt,  Leyte  being  12  m. 
BILAD    (bee-lad'),   ver.;    point  in  Negros  Occi- 
dental. 

village  in  TArlac,  Luzon. 

^ILAM-BILAJI,   or  BITAXBILAX    (bee-lam-bee- 
''^       lam',  bec-lahn-bee'-lahn),    ver.;    port   lying 


1  m.  S.  ol  Surigao,  N.  coast  of  Mindanao, 
affording  anchorage  for  few  small  coasters 
trading  at  Siargao;  open  bay  to  E.  is  main 
anchorage,  which,  however,  is  much  exposed. 
^IL.iX,  or  BILAA  (bee-lahn',  bee-lah'-ah),  ver.; 
^  point  at  N.  extremity  of  Mindanao,  13  m.  S  W. 
of  mainland  of  DinAgat  I.  Several  islands  lie 
in  intervening  channel.  Point  is  also  termi- 
nation of  range  of  hills  which  approaches  from 
S.  Also  forms  SE.  head  of  Surigao  Strait,  14  m. 
wide,  separating  it  from  extreme  SE.  point  ol 
Panaon  I.,  off  SE.  extreme  of  Leyte. 

BILAXAGAX  (bee-lah-nah'-gahn),  ver.;  town  mi 
NW.  shore  of  Mayo  Bay  and  at  land  end  of 
Guanguan  Peninsula,  on  E.  coast  of  Ddvao, 
Mindanao,  48  m.  SE.  by  E.  of  Ddvao. 

BILAX-BILAX  (bee-lahn-bee'-lahn),  ver.;  points 
m.  SW.  of  Bilaa,  extreme  NW.  land  of  Min- 
danao. 

BILAO  (bee-lah'-oh),  nat.;  small  stream  entering 
sea  on  W. coast  of  Antique,  Panay,  1  m.  S.of 
Pacci  Pt. 

BIL.iKAXG-HIPOX  (bee-lah'-rung  hee'-pohn). 
Tag.;  village  immediately  across  NE.  boun- 
dary of  Manila  municipality,  on  road  toward 
Balic-Baiic  in  SampiUoc  district. 

BILAT  (bee-lahf),  nat.;  river  emptying  on  NW. 
shore  of  Nin  Bay,  SW.  coast  "of  Masbate, 
Visayas. 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


357 


PORT   OF  BIKORIAJS 

Kixiin   p.  Sj.niush   Governnienl   Survey  1850 
f^^^i^fif^  t    \l^  122  24    O    Ej  '^'■''■^' 


358 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PIIILIPPINE    I8LANDS. 


/^ 


BILAT:  commanding  point  on  E.  shore  of  Sun 
IViiro  Buy,  y  ni.  8E.  of  Biisey,  Silmar. 

BILATAX  (bee-lah'-ttihn),  nat.;  liamlet  on  E. 
coast  of  Panaon  I.,  SE.  of  Lcvte,  on  Snrigao 
Strait. 

inland  3;  m.liy  2  m.in  extent,  on  E.si(k>  of 

great  Bilok  Hilok  Reef,  S.  of  Tawi  Tawi  I., 
Snlu  A.  There  an' larjre  villaj^res  in  interior 
and  extensive  IraiU'  in  native  l)oatswith  Tawi 
Tawi  J.  and  islands  to  S\V.  There  is  diain  of 
islets  extending  S\V.  of  Bilatan  9  m. 

island  of  Tawi  Tawi  grp.,  Snln  A.,  4  m.  N  V.. 

to  S\V.  and  5  m.  SE.  of  Tawi  Tawi. 

})oint  on  island  of  Pana6n,  SE.  of  Leyte. 

BILXtaMI  (bcc-lah'-tang),  ver.;  river  of  some 
size  in  Ilocos  Norte,  Luz6n.  Pasuquin  town 
is  at  its  mouth. 

BILIBILI  (bce-lee-bce'-lee),  ver.;  hamlet  on  1. 

bank  of  Abalan  Riv.,  2  m.  above  Paminnitan 

at  its  mouth,  SW.  coast  of  Bohol,  Visayas. 

^-BILIMTIXI'SA  (bee-lim-tee-noo'-sah),  ver.;  small 

""^         low  island,  sandy  and  wooded,  less  than  1  ni. 

from  S.  coast  of  i?asilan,  Sulu  A. 

BILIItAN'  i^bee-lee'-ralnO.  ver.;  island  of  Visayan 
grp.,  separated  from  Siiniar  on  XE.  by  Unfam 
Channel,  ^l^l  m.,  and  on  SW.  from  Leyte  by  sea 
channel,  2  m.  wide.  Island  is  22  \\\.  froiii  SE. 
to  NW.,  and  14  m.  from  NE.  to  SW.  Surfai'e 
is  rugged,  being  ]iart  of  mountain  system  of 
i'hilippines,  which  from  submarine  ranges 
have  their  outcro]!  in  islands  ni  archipelago. 
Bilirangqi.  is  continuation  of  these  altama- 
rine  elevations  fi'om  Luzon  and  thev  continue 
througli  Lcylc  and  Panaon  into  Mindanao. 
Valleys  of  Kiliran,coi>iously  watered, produce 
large  yields  of  products  of  islands,  and  give 
employment  and  comfort  to  large  populatit)n. 
Has  deposits  of  sulphur  of  excellent  <iuality. 
Chief  portsareCaibiran,E.;  Biliran.S.;  Naviil 
and  Almeria,  N.  coasts.  Islaiul  is  divided  into 
2  districts,  N.  and  S.,  by  line  extending  from 
Caibiranon  E.  across  island  to  Navalon  W'. 
coast. 

pueblo  of  island   of  that  name,  on  SW. 

coast,  fronting  on  sea  channel,  3  m.  wide,  to- 
ward Leyte.    Pop.,  6,201. 

small  stream  entering  sea  at  Malitbog,  W. 

shore  S6god  Bay,  Le>'te. 

anchorage  in  island  of  Biliran. 

channel  between  NW.  point  of  Levte  and 

SW.  coast  of  Biliran. 

BILITAX  (bee-lee'-tahn),  ver.;  islands  in  Tawi 
Tawi  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

BILLAXGtiAJf  (bee-lyahn-goo'-ahn),  ver.;  island 
J  m.  long,  IS  m.  SW.  of  Dok-Kan,  Laparan 
grp.,  Sulu  A.    Is  low  and  covered  with  trees. 

BILOAN  (bee-law'-ahn),  ver.;  inlet  in  island  of 
Biliran,  N.  of  Leyte, 

BILSATI  (beel-sah'-tea),  ver.;  hamlet  on  SW. 
coast  of  Biliran,  \  m.  NW.  of  Biliran,  on  sea 
channel  separating  it  from  Leyte. 

BILUG  (bee'-loog"),  nat.;  hill  in  Sdmar  near  S. 
bank  of  Matinao  Riv.,  7  m.  NW.  of  Tubig. 

BIMAl'.AX  (bee-mah-cahn'),  ver.;  hamlet  near 
XW.  coast  of  Bohol,  Visavas,  3  m.  E.  of 
Tubig6n. 

BIMUNSaN  (bee-moong'-ahn),  ver.;  peak  in 
ridges  of  Ilocos  Norte,  Caraballos  Oceidenta- 
les,  Luz6n,  3,900  ft.  high. 

BIMl'XXix  (bee-moon-tahn'),  nat.;  range  ot 
mountains  inN.Luz6n, defining  boundariesbe- 
tween  provinces  of  Cagaydn,  Abra,  and  Ilocos 
Norte.  Its  E.  extreme  begins  at  first  prov- 
ince, and  extends  to  SW'.  between  Ilocos 
Norte  and  Abra  and  thence  S.  between  Abra 
and  Ilocos  Sur,  and  contains  several  of  grand 
peaksof  Caraballos Occidentales,  which  forms 
part  of  Cordilleras  del  Norte. 

BDirXTUAXG  (bee-moon-twahng'),  nat.:  liamlet 
of  pueblo  of  Catiibig,  Sdmar. 


/ 


BINAAXG  (bee-nah-ang'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  S. 
shore  of  Leyte,  2  m.  SE.  of  Quiot. 

BIXABALIAX  (bee-nah-bah-lcc'-ahn),  nat.;  point 
and  village  on  SW.  shore  oi  Santiago  I.,  oti 
extreme  Nl'^.  coast  of  Zamliales,  Luzon.  It 
consists  of  rockv  clilV  sT  it.  high  used  as  land- 
nnu-k  tlu-on-h  center  of  cliannel  which  has 
least  depth  (^'9  fms.  in  cnlrance  proper,  lead- 
ing lo  anchorage  of  Holinaoon  extreme  N. 
point  of  Zamhak's,  Luzon.  In  heavy  N. 
weather  tlu're  is  an  area  of  licavv  seas  about 
Cp  m,  NW.  of  entrance  to  i.orl.  .\nchoiage  SK. 
and  E.  of  Binabalian  I't.  alVords  jierfect  pro- 
tection from  all  directions.  Channel  between 
islands  is  about  500  yds.  wide  with  depth  from 
9  to  19  fms.  Fresh  water  mav  be  obtained 
from  large  spring  on  shore  S.  and  opposite 
point. 

BIXABASALAX  (bee-nah-bah-sah'-lahn) ;  island 
olT  S.  coast  of  .''^amar,  E.  of  Gigoso  Pt.,  in  line 
with  aiiproach  to  N.  entrance  to  Gniuan. 

lUXACA  ()>ee-nah'-cah),  nat.;  hamlet  in  Panga- 
siiu'in,  Luzon. 

BIXACAEX  fbee-nah-cah'-enn),  nat.;  summit 
828  ft.  high,  SE.  shore  of  Siibic  Bay,  SE.  coast 
of  Zambales,  Lnz6n,  inland  from  Kubi  Pt. 

BIXAOAYAX  (bee-nah-cah'-yahn).  Tag.;  village 
on  S.  shore  of  Bacoor  Bay,  SE.  of  mouth  of 
Imus  Riv.,  Cavite,  Luz6n. 

town  in  Cavite,  Luz6n,  on  road  to  and  2 

m.  .^E.  of  Cavite  across  bay,  6  m.  by  highway, 
and  at  starting  point  of"  road  across  prov- 
ince to  Talisay,  in  Batangas,  on  N.  shore  of 
Lagnna  de  Taal. 

BIXAOLIGAX  (bee-nah-clee'-gun),  nat.;  summit 
240  ft.  on  1.  bank,  S.  branch  of  river  of  same 
name,  SE.  shore  of  Subic  Bay,  SE.  coast  of 
Zambales,  Luz6n. 

river  with  2  outlets  emptying  on  E.  shore 

of  Siibic  Bay.  SE.  coast  of  Zambales,  Lnz6n, 
opposite  Rivera  Pt. 

BIXADIL  (bee-nah-dill'),  ver.;  port  and  inlet  in 
Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luz6n. 

BIXAG  (bee-nug'),  nat.;  hamlet  in  Abra,  Luz6n, 
situated  among  spurs  of  Caraballos  Occiden- 
tales, in  lat.  ld°  28'  N. 

BIXAG ATAX  (bee-nah-gah'-tahn),  nat.;  Mountain 
in  Pamjiauga,  Luz6n,  on  boundary  of  Zam- 
bales. It  is  one  of  most  elevated  "of  Cordi- 
llera of  that  name  E.  of  peaks  of  Siibic. 

BIXAGBAG  (bee-nuy-bug').  Tag.;  Hamlet  of  Bu- 
lacAn,  Luz6n. 

BIXAGMAXx  (bee-nag-mah-ahn'),  ver.;  point  on 
W.  shore  of  Leyte,  3  m.  W.  of  Quiot. 

BIXAG<iX(bee-nah-gone'),  nat.;  point  on  W'.  shore 

of  Romblon  port,  Rombl6n,  Visayas. 
BIXAGTIXOAX      (bee-nag-tee-noh'-ahn),      ver.; 

mountain  in  Central  Range  of  Leyte,  10  m. 

SW.  of  Abuyog,  on  E.  coast. 
BIXAGIIOJAX      (bee-nah-gee-oh'-hahn),      ver.;  i 

mountain  in  Cordillera  Central,  8  m.  E.  of  | 

Dnmangue,  on  W.  coast  of  Cebii. 
BIXALABA  (bee-nah-lah'-bah),ver. ;  northea-stern- 

most  of  Linapacan  chain,  11  m.NE.  of  Lina- 

pacan  I.,  NE.  of  Palawan. 

BIXALAC  (bee-nah-lak'),  ver.;  N.  pointatE.  end 
of  San  Juanico  Strait,  in  SSmar,  opposite 
Tacloban,  Leyte.  Strait  is  but  1  m.  wide  at  this 
point. 

BIxiLAO  (bee-nah'-lah-oo),  nat.;  Point  on  SW. 
coast  of  Siimar. 

BIX.ALAY  (bee-na-ll') ,  ver.;  hamlet  on  SE.  coast  of 
S:\mar,  4^  m.  SSW.  of  Hernani. 

BIXALBAGAX  (bee-nal-bah'-gahn),  SW.  point  of 
Bat^n  I,,  off  E.  coast  of  Albay,  Luz6n. 

pueblo  on  shore  of  Guimards  Strait,  W.  coast 

of  Negros  Occidental,  Visayas,  at  mouth  of 
river  of  stime  name,  and  on  coast  road  38  m 
S.  ofBac61od.    Pop.,  5,135. 

BIXXlIG  (bee-nah'-Iig) ;  mountain  in  S^mar. 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 


359 


BlSihOl  (bee-nah'-lfx-k),  ver;  liamlet  in  Simar, 

on  E.  shore  of  San  Juanico  Strait,  inside  its 

E.  outlet,  4  m.  W.  of  Basey. 
BISALO>A>"  (bee-nah-law'-nahn),  pueblo  of  Pan; 

gasinin,  Luzon,  and  important  center  of  •'> 

roads,  24  m.  E.  of  Lingay<-n.    Pop.,  10,295. 
BINALOTAN  (bee-nah-law'-tahn),  ver.;  liamlet  in 

Simar,  on  river  15  m.  S\V.  of  Pambujon. 
/felNAMBAMJAX      (bee-nam-bahng'-ahn),      nat.; 

hamlet  on  W.  coast  of  Cotabato,  Mindanao, 

28  m.  SW.  of  Cotabato. 
BI.\AXA>   (bee-nah'-nun),  ver.;     point   on  SE. 

shore  of  Catanduanes  I.,  E.  coast  of  LuzOn. 
2  islets  in  middle  of  Ajui  Bay,  near  SE. 

roast  of  Panay. 
island  1  m.  Bq.,  i  m.  S.  of  S.  coast  of  Ck>n- 

f  epci6n,  Iloilo,  Panay,  2  m.  ESE.  of  Aqui. 
BI.\A.\bX>  (l>ee-nahn-bahn'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  W. 

part  of  Antique,  Panay,  2  m.  NE.  of  Barbaza. 
BI.NA.NO   (bee-nung),  nat.;  a  pueblo  of  Laguna, 

Luzon.     Pop.,  Cn.,  18%,  7,:i5«. 
HINANfci  (lK.'e-nung-ah'),  nat.;    bay  and  point 
its  N. head)  and  river  emptying  on  NE.  shore 

i.f  bay  on  SE.  coast  of  Siibic  Bay,  SE.  coast  of 

Ziimbales,  Luz6n. 
IHVANGX    or    MINAXGAS    (bee-nang-ah',   mee- 


iiahn'-gass).  Tag.;    port   at  E.  entrance   to    .BINBIT  (bin-brx)t'),  nat.;  hamlet  on  E.  Bhore  of 
.Subie  Buy.    \V.  boundary  between  Zambales*  Lake  I  ' ~' 


on  N.  and  BataAn  on  S.  terminates  at  head  of 
this  port. 

BI>A!fl«AX  (bee-nang'-ahn),  ver.;  hamlet  in 
.Siimar,  7  m.  E.  of  Basey. 

BlXANliOXAN  (bee-nahng-ob'-nahn),Tag.;  point 
S.  of  entrance  to  Lamij6n  port,  on  coast  of 
Infanta,  Luzon. 

rocky  islet  ofl  E.  coast  of  Nueva  Ecija,  Lu- 

z/jn,  S.  of  Pinagpandian  Pt. 

pueblo  in  Rizal,  Luz6n.  Quarries  in  vi- 
cinity furnish  fine  quality  of  marble.  Pop., 
Cn.,  1896,  8,3.>1. 

mountain  in  Infanta,  Luz6n,  9i  m.  SW.  by 

S.  of  Inaguican  Pt.  and  4J  m.  inland  from  W. 
shore  of  Lamp<jn  Bay,  for  which  it  is  impor- 
tant landmark  entering  between  Polillu  I. 
and  mainland. 

to^vn  on  bav  road  in  Rizal,  Luz6n,  4i  m. 

SW.  of  MOrong,  12  m.  by  road.    Pop.,  7,624. 

BI>a;?60XA>'  DE  LAMPOX  (bee-nang-^jh'nahn 
day  lam-pohn';.  Tag.;  capital  and  pueblo  of 
Infanta,  Luzon,  2i  m.  K.  by  E.  of  head  of 
Lamp6n  port  or  bay.  50  m.  NE.  by  K.  of  Ma- 
nila across  country^  and  33  m.  NE.  of  M6rong, 
one  of  nearest  points  on  Laguna  de  Bay  on 
way  to  Manila.  Intervening  Cordillera,  how- 
ever, makes  communication  with  W.  prov- 
inces exceedingly  difficult.  Town  jxjp. ,  7,557, 
is  center  of  industry  and  trade  of  fertile  sea- 
board valleys  and  has  imjwrtant  coastwise 
trade  with  mainland  settlements,  and  among 
industrious  inhabitants  of  Polillo  grp.  and 
other  nearby  islands. 

BIXAXI  (bee-nah'-nee),  nat.;  point  on  E.  shore 
and  E.  head  of  Misamis  port,  Misamis,  Min- 
danao. 


KIXATA3ffcAX  (bee-nah-tang'-ahn),  nat.;  chief 
U)\vn  of  former  comandancia  of  Binataili^an, 
now  part  of  Principe,  Luz6n. 

former  comandancia  bounded   on  N.  by 

tsabela,  on  E.  bv  Principe,  on  S.  by  Nueva 
Ecija,  and  on  W.by  Nueva  Vizcaya.;  is  com- 
I>o,sed  of  villages  of  llongotes  (Italones  or 
Ibilaos)  and  some  wandering  Negritos.  There 
are  about  6.000  pagans  and  less  than  370  Chris- 
tians in  district.    It  is  now  part  of  Principe. 

BIXATICXX,  or  KOITH  PASSAGE  (bee-nah-tee- 
cahn'),  nat.;  island  IJ  m.  N.  and  S.  in  offing 
of  Tay  Tay  Bay,  5  m.  SE.  of  N.  point  of  Tay 
Tay,  E.  coast  of  Palawan. 

BIXATI3?fcAN  (bee-nah-ting'-ahn);  mountain  in 
Leyte. 

BINAT15mAL  (bee-nah-too'-mal),  ver.;  point  on 
SW.  end  oi  Masbate  1.,  Visayas. 

BIXAl'AX  (V>ee-nah'-oo-ahnK  ver.;  island,  E.  of 
Panay;  also  inlet  in  S.  shore  of  Daram,  W.  of 
Si  mar. 

BIXAl'AXliAX  (bee-nau-ooang'-ahn)  .Tag.;  riverin 
BulacAn,  Luz6n,  empties  in  Manila  Bay  near 
Obando. 

BINAY  (bee'-ni).  nat.;  point  on  N.  coast  of  S4mar. 
(.SeeOac4n.) 

mountain  in  Batangas,  Luz6n,  near  coast. 


BIXAXTAL  (be-nahn-taP),  ver.; 
Ulut  Riv.   '  ' 

BIXAXlfAX 


N.  tributary  of 


fbee-nah-noo'-ahn),  ver.;  hamlet  in^ 
Iloilo,  Panay.  li  m.  NE.  of  Igbaras.  ^ 

BIXAOGAXAX  (bee-now-gah'-nunj.  nat.;  estuar>- 
on  N.  shore  of  Manila  Bay,  formed  by  Pam- 
panga  Chico  Riv..  in  province  of  that  name, 

Luz6n. 

BIXABAYAX  ibee-nah-rah'-yahn),  rer.;  islet  off 
NE.  coa.st  of  .Simar,  3  m.  E.  of  Alibangbang  Pt. 

BIX-iXAC  (bee-nah'-tack),  nat.;  N.  head  to  E.  en- 
trance to  San  Juanico  Strait,  SW.  coast  of 

Sdmar. 
point  in 


Lake  Lanao,  Misamis,  Mindanao.  River  en- 
ters lake  on  N.  side  of  this  hamlet. 

BINGABOX  ( bin-gah'-bone) ,  ver.  (.See  Taal  Lake, 
Batangas,  Luzon.) 

BL^AY  (bing-i');  l>oint  in  SorwgOn,  LuzOn. 

BIXG6  (bin-gau'),  ver.;  mountain  in  central 
Samar,  which  di\'ideB  fountain  tributaries  of 
Oras  and  Ulut  Kiv. 

BINGSLSAX  (bing-soo'-sun),nat.;  village  on  NW. 
shore  of  bight  on  S.  coast  of  S&mar,  Visayas, 
NW.  of  Cabanisan  Pt. 

BINLAStiAX  (bee-nee-ang'-ahn).  ver.;  central 
fountain  tributary  of  Oras  Riv.,  S4mar. 

BIXItT'IT  (lx-e-nee-kf>o-eet'),  ver.;  hamlet  of  Ne- 
gros  Occidental,  li  m.  SW.  of  Suay. 

BIXIGSIAX    (bee-nig-sea'-ahn),   ver.;   point   on 

coast  of  Negros  Occidental,  near  Inayauan 

and  opposite  I>anjugan  I. 
BIXILIEAX  bee-nee'-lee-rahn)  nat. ;  town  in  Am- 

t»08  Camarines  (Sur),  Luz6n. 
BIXIPTIt'AX  (bee-nip-tee'-cahn),  ver.;  point  on 

extreme  S.  of  Zambales.  Luz6n,  and  on  W. 

side  S.  of  entrance  to  Subic  Bay. 
^IXKU^AX  (tjin-koong'-ahn),  ver.;  hamlet  on 
-r        1.  bank  of  Tagiln  Ri  v.,  3  m.  above  its  entrance 

intfj  head  of  Divao  Gulf,  D^vao,  Mindanao, 

23i  m.  NE.  by  N.  of  DSvao. 
BIXLAXA   (been-lah'-nah).  Tag.;  peak  in  Mari- 

veles  range,  Luz6n. 
BINLOC  (been-lock'),  ver.;  river  emptying  into 

Lingay^n  Gulf,  4  m.  below  San  FabiAn,  arm  of 

Agno  Riv.,  Pangasinin,  Luz6n. 
BIXLUAY  (been-luoi'),  ver.;  mountain  in  Sorso- 

gon,  Luz6n. 
BINMALEY  (been-mah-lay').  ver.;  pueblo  in  Pan- 

gasinAn,  Luzon,  on  S.  shore  of  Gulf  of  Linga- 

v4n,at  one  of  mouths  of  Agno  Riv.,  3  m.  E.  of 

Lingay6n.    Pop.,  13,787. 
BIXXAHAX  (been-nah'-hahn),  ver.;  river  enter- 
ing port  Isabela,  Basilan  I.,  Sulu  A.,  nearNE. 

entrance. 
BIXOBOXG  (bee-noh-bong'),  nat.;  river  emptying 

on  NE.  shore  of  Nin  Bay,  SW^  coast  of  Mas- 
bate  L,  Visayas. 
BIXOBFSAX    (bee-noh-boo'sun).  Tag.;    mineral 

spring  in  Batangas,  Luzon,  near  town  of  Lian. 
BINOGUIOHAX     (bee-nau-gee-oh'-hahn),     ver.; 

river  entering  sea  channel  on  W'.  coast  of 

Leyte,  3  m.  N.  of  PalompOn. 
BIXOLO  0>ee-nau'-lau),  yer.;  hamlet  in  S&mar, 

7  m.  N.  of  Basey. 


300 


GAZETTEEE   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


BIXOLOCiX  (bee-nau-lau-cahn'),  ver.;  extinct 
crater  in  Simar,  6  m.  NW.  of  Balangiga. 

BINOXDO  (bee-non'-dau),  Hisp.;  suburb  of  Ma- 
nila and  center  of  its  commercial  and  mer- 
cantile activity.     (See  Manila  municipality.) 

BIXOAXrciX  (bee-non-too-cahn'),  ver.;  hamlet 
in  Cdpfz,  Panay,  3^  m.  SE.  of  Pontevedra. 

BI\OR<)>'  (bee-noh'-rohn),;  point  on  E.  coast  of 
Catanduanes,  lat.  13°  41'  N. 

BINOKONliAJi  (bee-nau-rong'-ahn),  ver.;  point 
on  E.  shore  of  Albay,  Luzon,  S.  of  Bulusan. 

BIXORUXdiAX  (bee-nau-roong'-ahn);  point  on  S. 
side  of  bay  on  extreme  E.  shore  of  Albay, 
Luzon. 

fort  in  Bon  toe,  Luz6n. 

BI>"OY  (bee-noy'),  ver.;  hamlet  3^  m.  S.  of  Catar- 
man,  SAmar. 

BIXTAl'AX  (bin-tah'-oo-ahn),  ver.;  river  of  Nueva 
Vizcaya,  Luzon,  tributary  toMagat  fromSW. 

town  of  Nueva  Vizcaya,  Luzon,  7  m.  N.  of 

Bayombong  by  road  on  river  of  same  name. 

BIMU:  (been-tick'):  hamlet  of  Bohol,  in  pueblo 
of  Calapa. 

BINTICAY  (been-tee-ki'),  nat.;  mountain  on  S. 
coast  of  Sorsog6n,  Luz6n;  extends  to  NW., 
ending  on  SE.  shore  of  Sorsog6n  port. 

BI>'TI(j6i>'  (been-tee-coin'),  ver.;  mountain  in 
Albay,  Luz6n. 

BIXTO  (bin'-taw).  Tag.;  hamlet  in  Bulacdn,  Lu- 
zon, 7  m.  N.  of  BulacAn. 

BIXTOt',  BARRA  DE  {bin-toe',  bah-rrah'  day), 
Hisp.;  mouth  of  Dagupan  and  E.  outlet  of 
Agno  Riv. ,  PangasinAn,  Luz6n. 

BIXTOD  (bin-tod'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  E.  coast  of 
Cebii,  5  m.  S.  of  Sibongo. 

BIXTOULAN  (bin-tau-oo-lahn'),  ver.;  island  of 
Cinapusan  grp.,  Sulu  A.,  is  separated  from 
Cinapusan  by  narrow  channel,  and  is  unin- 
habited except  by  fishing  expeditions  from 
Tabawan.  Pearl  oyster  is  found  on  sur- 
rounding banks. 

BINXrX  (bin-toof),  ver.;  one  of  N.  islets  i  .«q.  m.. 
about  6  m.  N.  bet.  Romelikan  and  Bohan  Is., 
off  Cagayin  Sulu  grp.;  consists  of  almost  solid 
block  of  sandstone. 
.  BIXTIT  BISlI  (bin-toof  bee-soo'),  ver.;  N.  islaud 
in  Cagaydn  Sulu  grp.  (See  Bisu  Bintut.) 
^^BIXTI:T  MAXDAH  (been-toof  man-dah'),  ver.; 
one  of  N.  islets  of  Cagaydn  Sulu  grp.,  (q.  v.) 
consisting  of  peak  283  ft.  high. 

BIKI:AHAX  (bee-nwah'-hahn),  nat.;  river  enter- 
jT  ing  on  S.  shore  of  Isabela  channel,  opposite 

Calut  I.,  N.  coast  of  Basilan,  S.  of  Zamboanga,  - 
Mindanao. 

BIJftfAN  (bee-noo'-ahn),  nat.;  river  emptying  on 
W.  shore  of  Siibic  Bay,  SE.  coast  of  Zainbales, 
Luz6n. 
^BIXUAXGA  (bee-noo-ang'-ah),  nat.;  to\vn  in  Min- 
^         danao. 

BIXl'AXGix  (bee-nooang-ahn'),  nat.;  bold  point 
on  extreme  NW.  land  of  Mindoro,  3  m.  N. 
of  Calavite  Cape,  14  m.  SSE.  of  Nanog  Pt., 
Lvibang  I.,  and  12i  m.  NW.  by  N.  of  Paliian. 

BIXUGAYAX  (bee-noo-gah'-vahn),  ver.;  point  in 
extreme  end  of  E.  projection  of  S&mar. 

BIXULBULAX,  or  CLEOPATRA  (bee-nool-boo'- 
lahn,  clay-oh-pah'-trah);  island  2^  m.  in  ex- 
tent, 3  m.  SW.  of  Hoc  I.,  Si  m.  off  NE.  coast  of 
Palawan. 

BINULIN  (bee-noo'-leen)\  ver.;  river  on  W.  shore 
of  samal  I.,  emptying  into  Pakiputan  Strait, 
opposite  Ddvao,  Mindanao. 


y 


BIXUl^AX  (bee-noong'-ahn);  mountain  in  Ilocos 
Norte,  Luz6n. 
/bIXUXI  (bee-noo'-nee),  nat.;  point  on  S.  shore  of 
Iligan  Bay,  midway  between  Iligan  and  Misa- 
mis  port,  on  N.  coast  of  Misamis.  Mindanao. 
Bight  of  coast  between  it  and  Iligan  Riv.  is 
bordered  by  sand  beaches,  with  some  rocks, 
and  receives  waters  of  several  rivers. 
BlXUXSALliX    (bee-noon-sah-lee-ahn'),   ver.; 
point  on  E.  coast  of  Palawan,  5J  m.  S.  of 
Puerto  Princesa. 
BIXrXTtfAX   (bee-noon-too'-ahn),   ver.;    hamlet 
on  r.  bank  of  Catublg  riv.,  in  N.  Sdmar,  5  m. 
S.  of  Catubig. 
— ——  point  in  W.  SAmar. 

BINAXG  (bee-nyang').  Tag.;  town,  landing  of 
United  States  cable,  and  road  center  on  W. 
shore  of  Laguna  de  Bay,  Lagiina,  Luz6n,  23 
m.  W.  by  N.  across  bay  from  Santa  Cruz.  Has 
fine  roads,  one  19  m.  to  Manila.  Pop.,  19,786. 
BISCAY  (bee-oh'-ki),  ver.;  river  on  E.  coast  of 

Leyte,  entering  sea  5^  m.  S.  of  Dutag. 
BIOSO  (bee-oh'-soh) ;  village  on  N.  coast  of  Buad 

I.,  off  W.  coast  of  SAmar. 
BIP^LOD    (bee-pau'-lod),    ver.;    several    small 
islands  of  Salames  cluster  of  Balangiiingui 
grp.,  Sulu  A. 
BKJLl'x  (bee-keen'),  ver.;   point  on  E.  coast  of 

Panglao  I.,  Bohol,  Visayas. 
BIRAC  (bee-rack'),  ver.;  chief  town  Catanduanes 
I.,  off  coast  of  Ambos  Camarines,  and  de- 
pendency of  Albay,  Luzon. 
BIBAYOX   (bee-rah'-yohn),  nat.;  point  on  SW. 

coast  of  SAmar,  in  lat.  12=  29'  30"  N. 
BIRI,  or  YIRI  (bee'-ree,  vee-ree),  ver.;  island  off 
Corandagos  I.  (see  Cauayan  I.),  in  Sulu  Sea, 
between  Palawan  and  Cuyos  grp. 

N .  and  largest  of  Balicuatro  Is. ,  6  m .  off  N  W. 

shore  of  SAmar,  4  by  4  m.  in  area,  and  E.  of 
Pacificward  entrance  to  San  Bernardino 
Strait,  its  central  cone  forming  landmark  of 
approach. 

liamlet  on  S.  shore  of  island  of  that  name, 

of  Biilii-urttro  Is.,  off  W.  coast  of  SAmar,  70  m. 
N\\'.  of  Catbalogan. 

village  on  NW.  shore  of  island  of  same 

name,  SE.  of  NW.  point,  off  N.  coast  of  SAmar. 
BIRUIXGAAX  (bee-roo-een-gah'-ahn),  ver.;  ham- 
let on  E.  coast  of  Concepcion,  Hollo,  Panay. 
BISAYAX  (bee-sah'-yahn),  ver.;  point  in  Mindoro. 
BISAYAS  (bee-sah'-yas);  group  of  islands  in  cen- 
ter of  archipelago.      (See  Visayas. ) 
BISLIU  (bees-leeg'),  nat.;  bay  opening  to  NE.  be- 
tween Bislig  Pt.  on  N.,  and  Sancop  Pt.  on  S., 
7  m.,  on  E.  coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao.    An- 
chorage is  before  to^vn  and  sheltered  from  all   ! 
winds.   Cultivation  of  rice  and  raising  of  buf- 
faloes are  chief  industries  of  people.    In  mid- 
channel  of  entrance  to  bay  is  Masaluron  I. 

pueblo  on  SW.  shore  of  bay  of  that  name  and   I 

on  r.  bank  of  mouth  of  river  in  Surigao,  Min-    j 
danao.     Town   during  Spanish  jurisdiction    ' 
was  military  residence,  with  population  in   ; 
1898,  7,583,  est. ,  enjoys  trade  along  coast.  River 
is  accessible  for  few  miles  within  its  mouth 
to  coasters  drawing  about  7  ft.  of  water.    Set- 
tlement of  Moros  is  in  vicinity. 

river  of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  in  pueblo  of 

.same  name,  flowing  ENE.  and  emptjing  into 
sea  in  lat.  8°  5'  N. 
BISNCCO  (bees-noo'-coh),  nat.;  village  of  Hocos 
Sur,  Luz6n,  in  pueblo  of  Santa,  on  road  to 
Abra,  passing  N.  of  hills  of  Tetas  de  Santa  Aga. 
BISOD  (bee-sohd' 
Mindanao. 


ver.;  mountain  in  Dapitan, 


BIXl'LUAXGAX,  or  BALIX  (bee-noo-loo-ang'-ahn, 

bah'-leen),  ver.;  island  fronting  Baeal  Bay,  4    /BIStf  BIXTUT  (bee-soo' bin-toot'),  ver.;   one  of 
m.  long,  itsS.  point,  Cago,  almost  adjoining  N.  islets  E.  of  Bintut  of  CagayAn  Sulu  grp., 

NE.  coast  of  Panay.  6  m.  N.  of  Cagaydn  Sulu,  Sulu  Sea. 

BIXIIXCALAX  (bee-noon-cah'-lahn),  ver.;  point      BlSt!  BOHiX  (bee-soo'  bau-hahn')  ver.;  one  of 
on  E.  coast  of  Cebii,3im.  N.  of  Carmen.       .    /       N.  islets  of  CagayAn  Sulu  grp.,  Sulu  Sea. 


GAZETTEER    OV    THE    rHILIlTINE    ISLANDS. 


301 


SAN-nFB-»!Aiii>rNo  «5Tn.vrr  >''""^ 

lURI   ISI.AN'i:)  i 


Am.og'crtadaPt 


362 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


BIStfCAY  (bee-soo'-ki),  ver.;  island  2  m.  in  extent 
li  m.  SW.  of  Cuyo,  Cuyos  Is.,  Sulu  Sea. 

BITA  (bee-tah'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Cdpiz,  Panay,  2J 
m.  SE.  of  Dao. 

BITAD  (bee-tad'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Concepci6n, 
Iloilo,  Panay,  10  m.  S.  of  Corles. 

BITADTf  >'  (bee-tad-toon'),  ver.;  river  and  ham- 
let, former  entering  sea  on  \V.  coast  of  Panay, 
3  m.  N.  of  Colasi. 

BITANBILAKliAN  (bee-tahn-bee-lang'-ahn),  ver.; 
islet  12  m.  N.  of  LT)ay,  NE.  coast  of  Bohol, 
Visayas. 

BITAXll'AA'  (bee-tah-nee'-ooahn),  ver.;  point  on 
SW.  coast  of  Leyte,  7  m.  N.  of  Inopacan. 

BITAXJUiX  (bee-tan-hoo-ahn'),  ver.;  point  in 
Leyte. 

BITANYUXk  (bee-tan-ywahn'),  ver.;  mountain  in 
Sdmar. 

BITAOYAN  (bee-tah-oh-yahn'),  ver.;  hamlet  in 
Iloilo,  Panay,  3  m.  NW.  of  Miagao. 

BITXS,  or  VlxiS  (bee-tabs',  vee-tahs').  Tag.; 
village  on  S.  side  of  sea  channel  of  that  name, 
extreme  NW.  point  in  boundary  of  muni- 
cipality of  Manila. 

NW.  channel  of  boundary  between  munici- 
pality of  Manila  and  province  of  Rizal  (M6- 
rong). 

BITINAN  (bee-tee'-nahn),  nat.;  island  li  m.  in 
extent,  720  ft.  high,  in  Sulu  grp.,  Sulu  A.,  NE. 
of  Capual  I.,  from  which  it  is  separated  by 
clear  channel  1  m.  wide. 
, BITINl'SA  (bee-tee-noo'-sah),  ver.;  channel  in 
Basilan  grp.,  between  Zamboanga,  Mindanao, 
and  Sulu  A. 


y^-BITO  (bee'-toh),  nat.;  \-iIlage  on  1.  bank  of  S.  arm 
/         of  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  Cotabato,  Min- 
danao. 

hamlet  on  NW.  shore  of  Lanao  Lake,  Mis- 
amis,  Mindanao.  Outlet  of  lake  into  Iligan 
Bay  lies  2  m.  to  NE. 

hamlet  on  1.  shore  of  Grande  Riv.  of  Min- 
danao, G  m.  above  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

mountain  lake,  4  bv  2  m.  in  area,  in  Leyte, 

41  m.  NW.  of  Abuvog!  Receives  E.  drainage 
of  Mt.  Talisayan  and  other  summits  on  Cen- 
tral Range  arid  is  emptied  of  its  surplus  waters 
through  river  entering  sea  through  lagoon  2 
m.  N.  of  Abuyog,  on  E.  coast.  (See  Guintag- 
bucan. ) 

river  in  I  evte  rising  in  lake  of  that  name 

and  emptj-inginto  sea  at  Abuyog  ^  i,BLIK  (blic),  for.;  one  of  3  mountain  summits 

river  emptying  into  sea  on  NE    coast  of^  j,T^y    se.,  and  Sugar  Loaf,  13  m.  SE.  of  Tapian 


/^ 


Negros  Occidental,  at  Narvdez  hamlet. 

BITO  (on  the  English  charts  SAGAI  orCABEY) 
(bee'-toh,  sah-guy',  cah-ray'-ee);  point  on  ex- 
treme NE.  coast  of  Negros  Occidental,  li  m. 
S.  of  Panagsagon  and  4  m.  E.  of  Arguelles. 

BITOC  LAXA  (bee-tAUc'lah'-nah),  ver.;  river  of 
Negros  Oriental,  emptying  into  sea  4i  m.  N. 
of  GuipUugan,  E.  coast. 
ITOGAN  (bee-taw'-gahn),  ver.;  hamlet  on  E. 
shore  of  bay  on  W.  coast  of  Zamboanga,  Min- 
danao, 42J  "m.  N.  of  Zamboanga. 

BIT(i>'  (bee-tawn'),  ver.;  bay  on  SE.  coast  of 
Ticao  Bay,  Ticao  I.,  Visayas.  Island  in  en- 
trance fo'rms  shelter  against  winds  of  San 
Bernardino  Strait. 

BITOOX  (bee-taw-on'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  r.  bank 
of  Badbaran  Riv.,  3  m.  N.  of  Dumar,  in  cen- 
tral Cdpiz,  Panay. 

hamlet  on  SE.  coast  of  Iloilo,  Panay,  3i  m. 

N.  of  Iloilo. 

point  and  hamlet  on  E.  shore  of  Taii6n 

Strait,  W.  coast  of  Cebii,  3  m.  N.  of  Dumangue. 

BIUMACA  (biew-mah'-cah),  ver.;  mountain  in 
Benguet,  Luz6n. 

BIUTACAN  (bee-oo-tah'-cahn),  ver.;  river  of  Isa- 
bela,  Luz6n,  rising  in  foothills  of  Moises 
Mts.,  in  Grand  Cordillera  Oriental. 


BIVOl'Al',  for.;  Met  160  ft. high,  i  m.  NNE.  of 

Reef  islet,  with  rocky  head  on  W.  .side  of  Cook 

channel,  off  E.  coast  of  Palawan. 
sandy  islet  off  Truce  head  of  Eran  Bay, 

SW.  coast  of  Palawan. 
point  C  m.  east  of  Relief  Pt.,  where  stream 

of  water  breaks  through,  E.  coast  of  Palawan. 
Bli.iCK  CAP,  for.;  peak  seen  over  S.  extreme  of 

Ilanura  I.,  bearing  E.  i  N.  approaching  Mala- 

iiut  Bay,  W.  coast  of  Palawan. 
BLACK  BOOK,  or  ('ABKZA    DK   >EGK1T0  (call 


bay'-thah  day  na^ 
rocks  between  M: 
to  SE.  forming  N., 


clustei 
Magearagui  Is., 
t  ween  Ticao  and 


Masbatels.,  Visayas. 

BLA>'CA  (blahn'-cah),  Sp.;  hamlet  11  m.  NNE.  of 
Catbalogan,  in  Sdmar. 

point  on  W.  side  of  Lingay^n  Gulf,  in  Zam- 

bales,  Luzon. 

point  on  N.  coast  of  Ilocos  Norte,  Luz6n, 

E.  of  Negra  Pt. 

point  forming  E.  head  of  great  bay  clear, 

and  with  good  anchorages  stretching  NE.  11 
m.  to  Sicayac  It.,  on  NW.  coast  of  Dapitaii, 
Mindanao."  Three  rivers,  their  mouths  de- 
fended by  fort,  enter  bay.  Country  inland  is 
extremely  mountainous.  This  point  is  one 
of  most  "remarkable  features  of  NW.  coast 
of  Mindanao,  being  perpendicular  cliff  of 
white  stone  200  ft.  high.  It  forms  horizon- 
tal table  covered  by  gra.ss  with  no  trees 
upon  it.  During  rainy  season  rivulet  of  ex- 
cellent water  forms  beautiful  waterfall  from 
this  tablohiiid  visible  from  sea.  Anchorage 
lies  E.  of  point  and  also  in  bay  between 
Blanca  and  Bauit  Pts.  Important  towns  of 
Dipolog,  Lubungan,  Pinialan,  and  Dohonob 
lie  along  shores  of  this  bay. 


S.  point  of  bav  on  NW.  coast  of  Leyte,  1  m. 

N.  of  Villaba. 

BLA>CA,  or  HAMBALALOJT  (blahn'-cah, cahm- 
bah-lah'-lone),  Sp.;  point  on  extreme  NE. 
shore  of  Iloilo,  Panay. 

BLAM'O  (blun-coh'),  Sp.;  mountain  in  Pam- 
panga,  Luzon,  forming  1  of  E.  spurs  of  Gran 
Cordillera,  which  extends  into  Zambales.  It 
gives  rise  to  numerous  small  streams  which 
discharge  their  waters  into  Pampanga  Chico. 

BLA>'('0  AVROKA  (blahn'-coh  ah-oo-roh'-rah), 
Sp.;  on  r.  bank  of  San  Josl>  branch  of  Gilndara 
Riv.  New  native  village  being  built  on  site 
of  old  town,  12  m.  by  river  above  Gdndara. 


Pt.,  on  lllana  Bay,  starting  point  of  range 
of  mountains  on  W.  shore  of  Cotabato,  Min- 
danao, S.  of  S.  branch  of  Grande  Riv.  of 
Mindanao, trending  SE. and  NW. ,  terminating 
at  CasUaran  Bay,  on  W.  coast  of  Ddvao  Gulf, 
Diivao,  E.  coast  "of  Mindanao. 

BLIND  HARBOR,  for.;  bay  and  port  on  NW.  shore 
of  Bakibae  I.,  Balabac  grp.     (See  Ciego  port.) 

BLO('K.U)E,  or  BLOQl'EO  (blow-kay'-oh),  for.; 
deep  strait  f  m.  wide,  S.  of  Tuluran  I.,  enter- 
ing Malampava  Sound,  N  W.  coast  of  Palawan. 
In  entrance  "lie  Entrance  Rock  and  White 
Roimd  islets. 

BLOMFIELD,  for.;  tableland  upward  of  2,000  ft. 
high  and  steep  cascades  down  its  sides,  San 
Pablo  Bay  hing  to  E.,  on  W.  coast  of  Pala- 
wan. 

BLOC^UEO  (blow-kay'-oh),  Sp.;  strait  on  W.  coast 
of  Palawan,  in  which  is  situated  island  of  Ma- 
lapina. 
.BLUFF,  for.:  point  on  China  Sea  shore  of  penin- 
sula of  Ulugan,  W.  coast  of  Palawan. 

point  at  SW.  extreme  of  Boayan  I.,  NW. 

coast  of  Palawan. 

bold  point  1,G70  ft.   high,  on  E.  side  of 

approach  to  Sarangani  Bay  from  S.,  on  S. 
coast  of  Ddvao,  Mindanao,  lat.  5°  21'  50"  N. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


3G3 


■0t'  A 


EANTCQAST  OF  IICKIAS  I 

"  I-     PORT  BOCA  ENCiANO, 


la 


■'MS^ 


■v\ 


^^ 


364 


GAZETTEER    OP    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


HMTF;  point  2  m.  E.  of  Cuckold  hill,  W.  coast  of 
Palawiui;  tht-nce  coast  hills  extend  along 
sliorc  to  Mdorsoni  head,  3  m. 

point  13  m.  NE.  of  Anipahan  Pt.,  formed 

by  spur  from  Mount  Herschel  and  has  bay 
to  N.  Halfway  between  this  and  Table  Pt. 
lie  Hen  and  Chickens  islets,  W.  coast  of 
Palawan. 

B^AC  ( bau'-ac) ,  ver. ;  puebloand  p.  o.,Marinduque, 
i;  ni.  inland  on  1.  bank  of  river  of  same  name 
which  enters  sea  S.  of  Pt.  Datinuana.  Town 
carries  on  brisk  trade  with  JManila  and  is 
place  of  call  for  island  l.v  iiitcrisland  steam- 
ers at  intt-rvals  of  w  et-k  or  Kt  days.  There  is 
stone  fort  at  mouth  of  rivLT  at  which  there  is 
good  anchorage  2  cables  from  shore  in  12  fms. 
Is  45  m.  E.  of  Calapan  and  has  fine  roads  to 
Gasan  and  Magpog  on  island.  Pop.,  14,722. 
Town  is  100  m.  SE.  of  Manila  in  direct  line. 
Sea  route  by  way  of  Mindoro  is  about  160  m. 

anchorage  and  river  in  same  island. 

B(>AOA  (boh-ah'-gah),  nat.;  point  on  S.  shore  of 
peninsula,  on  N.  coast  of  Mindoro,  projecting 
into  Verde  passage  opposite  Verde  I.  and 
forming  E.  head  to  Varadero  Bay,  NE.  coast  of 
Mindoro. 

^OAI  (boh-ah 
I.,  oft-  SE. 
Bolai.) 
j«OAL  (bau-aP),  ver.;  hamlet  on  JJ.  shore  of  Suln 
I.,  Sulu  A.,  20  m.  E.  by  S.  of  Sulu. 

BOALAJf  (bwah'-lahn),  nat.;  hamlet  in  Zam- 
boanga,  Mindanao. 

BOAT  ROCK,  for.;  i.sland  in  entrance  of  North 
East  Bay,  E.  of  Malapina,  Malampaya  Sound, 
Palawan. 

BOAT  (bau-i'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  SW.  coast  of  Bo- 
hol,  Visayas,  2  m.  N.  of  Tagbilaran. 

port  in  S.  Mindanao. 

BOAYA  (bwah'-yah),  nat.;  point  1^  m.  SE.  of 
Escarceo  Pt.,  forming  NE,  with  Varadero, 
SW.  heads  to  Varadero  Bay,  N.  coast  of  Alin- 
doro. 

point  in  island  of  Marinduque. 

/  BOAYAEN  (bau-ah-yah'-en),  ver.;  hamlet  at 
mouth  of  river  on  N.  shore  of  Sarangani  Ba\-, 
S.  coast  of  DAvao,  Mindanao,  73  m.  S.  by  W 
of  ^' 


e);  port  on  W.  side  of  Sarangani  . 
oast  of  DAvao,  Mindanao.     (See 


^BOAYAIV  (bwah'-yahn),  ver.;  star-shaped  island, 
"  910  ft.  high,  4^  by  3J  m.  in  extent,  frontiiit; 

opening  of  Barton  Bay,  W.  coast  of  Palawan, 
and  3i  m.  NE.  of  Caanipa;  is  very  irregular 
m  outline.  Innumerable  small  islands  are 
found  between  bav  of  Cruz  de  Mavo  and  N. 
point  of  Palawan. 

creek  emptying  on  SE.  shore  of  Police  Har- 
bor, Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

^  branch  of  Damabalasan  tributary  of  Bacat 

Riv.,  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

BOBOL  (boh-ball'),  nat.;  pueblo  of  Zambales 
Luz6n.     {Sec  San  Felipe  de  Bobol.) 

BOB()N  (bau-bawn'),  ver.;  pueblo  on  N.  shore  of 
Sdmar,  at  mouth  of  river  of  same  name  rising 
in  Paunos  Mt.,  59  m.  NVV.  of  Catbalogan  and 
23  m.  E.  of  Balicuatro,  extreme  NW.  point  of 
island.  Cabauan  Grande,  or  Cabacugan  I., 
liesSm.  NW.    Pop.,  4,830. 

.  entrance  point  to  anchorage  of  Mercedes, 

"  -' 3f  €    ■  


on  W.  shore  of  extreme  SE. 

island  off  N.  coast  of  Siimar,  S.  of  Cabauan 

Grande.    Navigation  dangerous  on  account  of 
coral  patches. 

BOBOYAON  (baw-baw-yah'-awn),  ver.;  moun- 
tain in  extreme  NE.  Sdmar,  5  m.  inland  from 
MarjucPt.,SW. 

y'  BOOA   (boh'-cah),   Sp.;    point  on  Upper  Grande 
Riv.  of  Mindanao,  Lanao,  Mindanao. 
BOCABOC  (boh-cah-bohk'),  ver.;  passage  at  N.  en- 
trance to  strait  of  Taii6n,  after  Bocaboc  I 
between  NE.  coast  of  Negros  and  Cebti. 


-'t  in  Cavite,  Luz6n,  , 


BOCA  CHICA  (l)oh'-cah  chee'-cah),  Sp.;  N.  chan- 
nel (.1  ciitraiice  to  Manila  Bay,  between  Ba- , 
taan,  Lii/oii,  and  La  Monja  and  Corregidor  ' 
I.,  nioutli  iiarrowingto2  m.;  submarine  cable 
from  Hongkong,  China,  to  Manila  enters  Ma- 
nila Bay^rom  China  Sea  by  this  channel. 
BOCA  E>(iANO  (boh'-cah  ayn-gah'-nvoh ) ,  nat  ■ 
port  on  E.  coast  of  Burias  I.,  off  W.  coast  of 
Albay,  Luz6n,  and  harbor  of  refuge  between  '< 
Ragay  Gulf  and  ports  of  Visayan  Sea. 

S.  point  at  entrance  to  bay  on  E.  shore  of  ' 

Burias  I.^W.  coast  of  Albay,  Luz6n. 
BOCA  EXCiANOSA  (boh'-cah  en-gah-nyaw'-sah) 
Sp.    Mistaking  of  this  head  for  passage  be- 
tween Burias  and  Masbate  I.  has  caused  loss 
of  many  vessels  and  has  given  rise  to  name 
"False."     (.fee  Burias  I.;  Engaiiosa.) 
BOCA  GRANDE  (boh'-cah  gran'-dav),  Sp.;  chan- 
nel in  cut  ranee  of  Manila  Bav,  iTet  ween  Corre- 
gidor and  mainland  oiCavitc,  Luzon. 
BOCAL  (bau-car),Tag.;  liaml 

18  m.  SW.  of  Cavite. 
BOCAAA  DE  RCMOLiS  (ban-cah'-nah  day  room- 
glass'),  Hisp.;  hamlet  of  Concepci6ii,  Hollo. 
Panay,  S.  coast,  2.i  m.  E.  of  Aqui. 
-BOCA>-  (»UA\(i  (l)oli'-cfthn oil-rang'),  nat.;  mouth 
of  SaloK  i;]v.,oii  extroiiic  W.  shore  of  Pan- 
guil  Bay,  SW.  end  of  Misamis  port,  Misamis 
Mindanao. 
BOCAKl'T  (boh-cah-root'),nat.;  hamlet  in  pueblo 
of  Bangui,  Ilocos  Norte,  Luz6n,  situated  on 
bank  of  Balo,  tributary  of  Bocarut  near  its 
confluence,  in  N.  part  of  province. 

—  river  of  Ilocos  Norte,  Luzon,  which  runs 

from  E.  to  W.  across  N.  part  and  empties  into 
sea  near  pueblo  of  Bangui. 
BOCATOR  (boh-cah-tohr'),  nat.;  point  and  creek 
on  NW.  shore  of  Panguil  Bay,  SW.  end  of 
Misamis  port,  Misamis,  Mindanao,  11  m.  SW. 
of  Misamis. 

BOCACE(bau-kah'-way),Tag.;  puebloon  Manila 
road  in  Bulac.4n,  Luz6n,  on  Manila  and  Dagu- 
l>an  R.  R.,  3  m.  E.  of  Bulacdn.     Pop.,  10,345. 

hamlet  in  Bulacdn,  Luz6n. 

BOCBOC,  or  BAULItiUI  (bock-bock',  bah-oo-lee'- 
gee);  point  on  E.  shore  of  Pigbalao  Bav,  E. 
arm  of  Coloconto  Bay,  SE.  coast  of  Batarigas. 
BOCLIMAN   (bohk-lee'-mahn),  nat.;  summit  271 
ft.  on  r.  bank  of  Calaclan  Riv.,  on  W.  shore 
of  Subic  Bay,  SE.  coast  of  Zambales,  Luz6n. 
BOCOLO   (bau-cau'-law),  ver.;  small  stream  ii. 
Negros  Oriental,  with  Calagealog  emptying 
into  strait  of  Tan6n  at  Burgosa  hamlet,  3^  m. 
S.  of  Ayuiigon. 
BOCOT    (boh-caughf).    ver.;    pueblo   Benguet. 
Luz6n,  11  m.  NE.  of  Trinidad,  on  W.  slope  of 
Gran  Cordillera  Central,  near  Nueva  Vizcaya 
boundary.    Pop.,  448. 
BOCT(i  (bohk-toh'),  nat.;   point  on  N.  coast  of 
Mindoro,  lat.  13°  26'  N.    It  is  1  of  spurs  of  con- 
spicuous range  of  mountains  which  termi- 
nates in  Calavite  Cape. 

/BODACi  (bau-day-kah'),  ver.:  hamleton  extreme 
NE.  shore  of  Damanguilas  Bay,  in  Zamboanga, 
Mindanao,  95^  m.  NE.  of  Zamboanga. 
BODEOA,  PUNTA  DE  LA  (boh-day'-gah.  poon'; 
tah  day  lah),  Sp.;  head  to  San  Jacinto  portj 
E.  coast  of  Ticao  I. 


r. ;  N.  point  of  entrance  to  Tat 
coast  of  Palawan. 


BOG  (bohg),  V( 
yug  Bay,  W 

BOtiBOG  (bohg-bohg'),  nat.;  summit,  777  ft., 
E.  shore  of  Subic  Bay,  SE.  coast  of  ZambalesJ 
Luz6n. 

BOGEADOR,  or  BOJEADOR  (boh-hay-ah-dohr'),| 
Sp.;  on  extreme  NW.  shore  of  Ilocos  Norte 
as  well  as  of  island  of  Luz6n.  It  is  first  land 
sighted  on  approach  of  vessels  from  N,  Chic 
ports,  and  has  one  of  finest  lights  for  benefiti 
of  commerce  in  oceans  surrounding  Philip 
pine  A. 


GAZETTEER    OI'    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


865 


B<H«NAY  (bohg-ni'),  nat.;  hamlet  in  pueblo  o 

Igbaras,   1  m.  from  town  of  that  name  in 

Iloilo,  Panay. 
BO<iO  (bau-gau'),  ver.;  E.  point  of  entrance  to 

harbor  of  Bogo,  on  E.  coast  of  Cebd,  2^  m.  NE. 

of  that  town. 

—  pueblo  and  bay  on  NE.  shore  of  Cebu,56m. 
N.  of  Cebii.  Its  harbor  is  fine.'^t  in  island,  and 
is  connected  with  opposite  shore  at  Remigio 
by  canal  of  Daijagon.    Pop.,  16,350. 

—  hamlet  on  r.  bank  of  Sibalom  Riv.,  An- 
tique, Panay. 

B0(>L'10X  (boh-gee-ohn'),nat.;  hamlet  in  pueblo 
of  Calumpit,  Bulacdn,  Luz6n. 


f  L^OHAX   (bah-hahn'),   ver.;    thickly  wooded   N. 

-^  island  of  CagaydnSulugrp.,3gm.  N.  of  Lapmi 
Lapun  anchorage.  It  lies  between  Bisii  Bin- 
tut  and  Bisii  Bohdn.  W.  point  of  Bohdn  is  in 
line  with  W.  point  of  Pomelikan  I. 


BOHXn    BlSti     (ban-hahn'    bee-soo'),    ver.;    N. 
•^      island,  66  ft.  high,  Cagayto  Sulu  grp.     (See 
Bisvi  Boh^n.) 

BOHOG  (bau-haug'),  nat.;  river  rising  in  moun- 
tains of  Cabeza  de  Bondog,  which  form  cape 
of  same  name  extreme  S.  point  of  Tayabas, 
Luzon;  flows  SW.  and  empties  into  sea  in  lat. 
13°26'N.     (yl?so  Bohag.) 


BOHOL  (VIS  AY  AN  ISLANDS),  PROVINCE  OF. 

(Boh-ohP,  nat.) 

Capital:  Taj^^bilaran,  lat.  9°  38'  N.,  Ion.  123°  50'  \"  E. 

Area:   1,400  ^q.  m.  mainland;  dependent  islands  2132  sq.  m.;  total  1,613^  sq. 

Population:  200,000,  including  the  islands  of  Siquijor  and  Panglao. 

Race:  Boliol- Visa  van. 

Language:   Visa  van  modified  (Boholano  or  Bohol-Visaj'an). 

Military  Department  of  Visayas:  Headquarters,  Hollo,  Iloilo,  Panay. 


T(Me  of  distances. 


From  Tagbilaran  t< 
Cebii 

Manila- 
Water  


LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

The  island  of  Bohol  (the  word  meaning  "knot"),  which  belongs  to  the  AHsayan 
group,  lies  about  the  center  of  the  inland  waters  in  the  SE.  angle  of  the  archipelago; 
Leyte  lying  16  m.  to  the  NE.,  Cebii  18  m.  to  the  NW.,  and  the  Misamis  coast  of 
Mindanao  50  m.  to  the  SE.  and  09  in.  to  the  SW. 

AREA. 

The  province  measures  40  m.  N.  and  S.  and  58  m.  E.  and  W.,  extreme  measure- 
ments, or  1,400  sq.  m.  (896,000  acres);  dependent  islands,  213^  m.;  total,  1,613^ 
sq.  m.  (1,032,000  acres),  being  363J  sq.  m.  larger  than  the  State  of  Rhode  Island. 

PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 

The  interior  presents  no  regular  system  of  mountain  chains,  but  rLses  in  10  detached 
ridge.s.  The  S.  part  is  hilly  and  rocky,  while  in  the  N.  are  tracts  of  level  ground. 
The  culminating  point,  Mt.  Copton,  in  the  extreme  NE.,  attains  its  highest  eleva- 
tion, 10,150  ft.  above  the  sea,  according  to  the  Derrotero  and  United  States  charts, 
2,870  ft.  according  to  another  authority,  and  still  another  placing  it  at  309  meters 
(1,751  ft. );  JNIt.  Corte,  in  the  NW.,  is  617  ft.,  and  Mt.  Canmanoc,  in  the  SW.,  505  ft. 
The  othei'  higher  elevations  are  Alimario  and  Bumican,  in  the  vicinity  of  Tubig<jn; 
Mahanguin  and  Lunday,  near  (Tuindulman;  Carabahol  and  Calohiian,  near  Nagua, 
and  Campu.'^ii  and  Canloix),  in  the  vicinity  of  Catigbian.  These  ranges  form  a  number 
of  valleys  through  which  the  drainage  reaches  the  coast,  which  is  low  and  sandy. 
In  the  center  of  the  islands  are  several  large  caves,  with  stalagmites  and  stalactites. 
The  rivers,  although  short,  owing  to  the  small  area  of  the  province,  and  usually  dry 
after  the  rainy  season,  are  numerous.     Among  those  of  importance  may  be  mentioned : 

Abatan;  emptying  on  the  SW.  coast  through  a  mouth  of  good  width  with  5J  ft. 
on  the  bar  at  low  water  and  marked  by  stakes  to  Paminuitan,  1  m.  above. 

Alihanon;  emptying  on  the  SE.  coast  near  Nauco  Pt. 

Cabidian. 

Fragata;  emptying  on  the  N.  coast  E.  of  Talibon,  tpil  being  the  chief  town  on  its 
course. 

Gabayan;  a  branch  of  the  Napo. 
^  Inabonga;  its  most  distant  tributary,  under  the  name  Pamagsalan,  rising  near  the 
SE.  coast  and  flowing  NW.,  unites  with  the  Maliglioo,  forming  the  Ulagig,  thence  7^ 
m.  below  entering  the  main  current  of  the  Inabonga,  and  emptying  through  several 
mouths  on  the  W.  coast  E.  of  Lauis  Pt. 


36G  GAZETTEER    OF    THE    THILirPINE    ISLANDS. 

Lagumay. 

Loay;  rising  on  the  E.  slope  of  the  central  range,  follows  the  valley  and  empties 
lit  tiie  town  of  the  same  name  on  the  S.  coast. 

Maasin. 

Manaba;  formed  of  a  number  of  tributaries  and  emptying  on  the  S.  coast  E.  of 
Garcia-Hernundez. 

Mandaui;  a  tributary  of  the  Soca-Vilar. 

Muquid. 

Nape;  emptying  into  the  bay  opposite  the  island  of  Lumittis,  on  the  E.  coast. 

Salin;  atril)utaryof  an  important  stream  I'lnptyiugon  theSW.  coast  of  Paminuitan. 

Soca-Vilar;  the"  largest  of  the  streams  of  the  ])ruvince,  rising  in  the  central  ranges, 
and  emptying  on  the  S.  coast  at  Loay  through  the  river  of  that  name. 

Taguinting-;  emptying  on  the  W.  coast  N.  of  Pampang. 

It  is  generally  claimed  ]\v  scientists  that  physically  Bohol  should  he  grouped  with 
Samar  and  Leyte,  a  claim  "which  they  regard  as  sustained  by  the  line  of  shallow 
soundings  which  connect  it  with  the  latter  island. 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

The  intricacies  of  the  channels  among  the  numerous  islands  and  coral  banks  of 
Danajon  renders  the  approach  to  the  N.  ports  of  Bohol,  even  with  native  vessels 
with  local  pilots,  very  dangerous.  There  are  two  openings,  the  N.  between  Mt. 
Copton  and  Three  Peaks  on  Poro  1.,  and  the  other  NW.  of  Mt.  Corte,  both  1  m. 
wide  and  8  fms.  deep.  There  are  no  anchorages  other  than  in  the  roads  off  the 
coast.  The  depths  between  the  banks  and  the  mainland  range  from  5  to  17  fms.  - 
The  E.  coast,  less  encumbered  with  islands,  presents  three  coves. 

Copton;  opening  N.  of  the  peninsula  of  Pugatin  and  contiguous  to  it,  with  9 
fms.  entrance,  and  partly  sheltered  by  Lumittis  I.  and  a  smaller  inshore  island. 

Guindulman;  23  fms.,  opening  to  the  S.  and  formed  by  the  peninsula  of  this 
name. 

Tintiman;  sheltered  by  the  island  of  this  name  and  having  8  fms.  on  its  N.  chan- 
nel.    On  the  S.  coast  the  anchorages  are  in  the  coves  at  the  mouths  of  rivers. 

Guinaguanan;  bay,  the  only  one  of  any  importance,  is  formed  by  the  W.  point  of 
the  mouth  of  the  river  at  Loay. 

Tagbilaran;  on  the  strait  of  that  name,  which  can  only  be  navigated  by  vessels 
drawing  less  than  6  ft.   of  water.     The  entrance  is  from  the  W.,  marked  by  stakes. 

There  are  other  bends  which  can  serve  as  anchoraging  grounds,  although  the 
entrances  thereto  are  difficult;  Copton  is  one  of  these.  On  the  W.  coast  are  the 
anchorages  of — 

Catagbacan;  sheltered  by  the  islands  of  Cabilao,  Sandiugan,  Calape,  and  the 
mainland. 

Maribojoc;  in  the  bend  of  the  E.  coast  of  Point  Cruz. 

The  coasts  are  low  and  sandy,  and  as  a  rule  do  not  offer  security  to  ships,  although 
there  are  some  good  ports  or  bays  which,  however,  will  not  admit  ships  of  much  draft. 

ROADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 

The  facilities  for  land  transportation  by  carriage  or  cart  are  good.  A  main  road 
parallels  the  W.  and  NW.  coasts  from  Tagbilaran  to  Talibon,  a  distance  of  about  75 
m.,  connecting  the  important  towns  of  Paminuitan,  Maribojoc,  Loon,  Calape,  | 
Tubigon,  Inabonga,  Getafo  to  terminal.  Thence  it  extends  in  a  SE.  direction  ' 
inland  to  Ipil,  on  the  Fragata  and  thence  E.  to  Ubaj',  the  mainland  port  of  the 
island  of  Lapinin  Grande  or  ]\Iinoc,  on  the  NE.  Another  main  highway  follows  the 
entire  extent  of  the  S.  coast,  a  distance  of  50  m.,  connecting  the  ports  of  Baclayon, 
Alburquerque,  Loay,  Lila,  Dimiao,  Valencia,  Garcia-Hernandez,  .Tagna,  Duero,  to 
Guindulman  on  the  E.  coast.  From  this  point  several  trails  extend  to  tlie  interior 
towns,  some  of  which  have  river  transportation  to  the  coast  during  the  rainy  season. 
From  Baclayon  a  road  takes  a  NNE.  direction  to  Corella,  Balilijan  and  Catigl)ian, 
17^  m.  There  are  numerous  trails  throughout  the  interior  over  which  hemp  and 
copra,  the  staples  of  commerce,  and  the  products  of  local  trade,  are  brought  down  to 
the  coast.  On  the  island  of  Panglao  a  main  road  extends  from  Dauis  on  the  NE.  to 
Panglao  on  the  SW.  The  island  of  Siquijor  (Sikijor)  is  also  well  supplied  with 
trails  between  its  chief  towns. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

The  inhabitants,  who  number  260,000,  estimated  350,000,  are  notable  for  their 
activity,  industry,  and  initiative,  in  which  respect  they  occupy  an  advanced  position 
among  the  races  of  the  other  islands  of  the  archipelago.     Their  skill  in  the  use  of 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


367 


the  lance  is  as  famous  as  that  of  the  warlike  Moros  in  wielding  the  campilan.  The 
Moros  have  always  held  their  valor  in  great  respect.  Spanish  is  spoken  among  the 
foreigners  and  a  few  of  the  higher  class  of  natives,  but  Visayan,  with  so  many  modi- 
fications as  to  be  known  as  Boholano  or  Bohol- Visayan,  is  the  language  of  the  prov- 
ince.    The  following  are  the  principal  towns  (population  of  1896  is  given ) : 

Tagbilaran;  capital,  port  of  entry,  military  and  telegraph  station,  in  the  SW. 
part  of  the  province,  1  m.  opposite  the  important  dependent  island  of  Panglao,  from 
which  it  is  separated  by  a  strait  1  m.  wide  and  6  ft.  deep.  Pop.,  8,638.  The  inhabi- 
tants are  chiefly  engaged  in  agriculture  and  turtle  fishing.  The  distances  and  direc- 
tions of  the  following  towns  are  from  Taglnlaran,  the  provincial  capital. 

Alburquerque;  on  the  S.  coast  midway  between  Baclayon  and  Loay.    Pop.,  6,604. 

Anda;  on  the  SE.  coast,  50^  m.  E.  by  N.     Pop.,  4,036. 

Antequera;  inland  12  m.  N.  by  E.     Pop.,  5,842. 

Baclayon;  4  m.  E.  by  S.  on  the  S.  coast.     Pop.,  8,048. 

Balilijan;  inland  11  m.  N.  by  E.     Pop.,  1,860. 

Batuanan;  7^  m.  inland  from  the  E.  coast.     Pop.,  1,270. 

Calape;  a  small  port  on  the  W.  coast,  opposite  the  island  of  that  name,  19  J  m.  N., 
and  on  the  S.  part  of  the  cove  of  Catagbacan.     Pop.,  10,100. 

The  following  is  the  division  of  Bohol  into  pueblos  and  their  population: 


Province  and  pueblos. 


Total  population,  combining 
residents  present  and  ab- 
sent, native  and  Spanish, 
census  1887. 


Men.       Women.      Total 


Bohol: 

Alburquerque 

Anda 

Antequera 

Baclayon 

Balilijan 

Batuandn  

Calape 

Candijay 

Canoan  (Siquijor  I.) . 

Carmen 

Catigbian 

Corella 

Dauis 

Dimiao 

Duero 

Garcia  HernCmdez. . . 

Getafe 

Gunduhi'ian 

Inabongan  

Ipil 

Jagna  

Lauis 

Lila 

Loay 

Loboc  

Lo6n 

Maria 

Maribojoc 

Paminuitan 

Panglao 

San  Juan 

Se  villa 

Sierra-Bullont'.s 

Siquijor  (Siquijor  1.) 

Tagbilaran 

Talibon 

Tnbigon 

tibay 

Valencia 

Vilar 


1,675 
3,104 
4,110 
■2, 36G 
643 
4,163 
1,761 
4,387 
1,553 
1,010 
1, 922 
3,761 
4,005 
2,967 
3,010 


3,400 
5, 104 

604 
6, 359 
3,663 
2,243 
3,273 
5,606 
6,237 
2,476 
5,190 
2,796 
1,837 
2,761 
2,614 

717 
4,660 
3,858 
1,962 
5,750 
1,600 


6,093 
3,432 

5,777 
7, 901 
5,072 
1,288 
8, 155 
3,834 
8,828 
3,170 
2,005 
3,735 
7,248 
7,901 
5,727 
5,768 


6,737 
10, 344 
1,183 
12,267 
7,188 
4, 255 
6,353 
10, 756 
12,321 
4,976 
10,286 
5,199 
4,272 
5,428 
5,337 
1,460 
9,211 
7, 628 
4,011 
11,612 
3,639 
7,032 
6,243 


Total 

Estimated  1901 


246,515 
2G0, 000 


Candijay;  inland  near  the  junction  of  the  Napo  and  Gabayan  Riv.,  on  the  E. 
coast,  45  m.  ENE.     Pop.,  7,872. 
Carmen;  in  the  center  of  the  province,  27  m.  NE.     Pop.,  3,300. 
Catigbian;  inland  29  m.  NNE.     Pop.,  2,141. 
Corella;  inland  7  m.  NE-  by  N.     Pop..  4,215. 
Cortes;  inland,  midway  bet.  Paminuitan  and  Corella,  in  the  SW.     Pop.,  6,018. 


o(>8  GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

Dauis;  on  the  N.  shore  of  Panglao  I.,  opposite  Tagbilaran.     Pop.,  8,992. 

Dimiao;  on  the  S.  coast,  21  m.  E.  by  S.     Pop.,  8,014. 

Duero;  on  the  SE.  coast,  40  m.  E.  by  N.     Pop.,  7,14.3. 

Garcia  Hernandez;  on  the  S.  coast,  28i  m.  E.  ))v  S.     Pop.,  5,064. 

Getafe;  on  the  XW.  coast,  42^  m.     Pop.",  3,397. 

Guindulman;  on  the  SE.  coast,  44  m.  E.  by  N.  Opened  to  coasting  trade  by  G.  O. 
90,  June  22,  1'M){),  closed  Fet)raary  26,  1901,  in  consequence  of  the  withdrawal  of  the 
United  States  ^^ariison.     Pop.,  8,063. 

Inabongan;  a  yxn-t  opened  to  coasting  trade  June  22,  1900,  closed  Feb.  26,  1901, 
in  consciincncc  of  the  withdrawal  of  the  United  States  garrison,  3  in.  inland  from 
the  W.  coast,  Ml  in.  NNE.     Pop.,  9,957. 

Ipil;  inland  on  the  1.  liank  of  the  Fragata  Riv.,  5  m.  from  its  outlet  on  the  N. 
coast.     Pop.,  1,745. 

Jagna;  on  the  SE.  coast,  35^  m.  E.     Pop.,  11,162. 

Lila;  on  the  S.  coast,  17  m.  E.  by  S.     Pop.,  4,470. 

liOay;  on  the  S.  coast,  11  m.  E.  by  S.     Pop.,  7,169. 

Loboc;  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  Soca-Vilar-Loay  Riv.,  3  ni.  from  its  outlet  at  Loay. 
Pop.,  10,174. 

Loon  (Laon);  centrally  located  for  trade  on  the  extreme  W.  coast,  13  m.  N., 
opposite  Dalaguete,  Cebu.  The  mole  is  328  yds.  long,  the  town  being  reached  by 
steps  cut  in  the  rock.  Betwet'u  this  mole  and  Sandingan  I.  is  a  sheltered  bay  with 
3J  to  9  fms.  where  vessels  can  anchor.  The  town  is  on  the  W.  slope  of  Canmanoc 
hill  and  has  an  unoccui)ieii  ))astion.  It  is  very  picturesque  from  the  .sea.  Pop., 
15,365.     It  is  the  largest  town  in  the  province. 

Maribojoc;  on  the  bay  of  the  same  name,  W.  coast,  7J  m.  N.     Pop.,  10,852. 

Paminuitan;  in  tlie  SW.  on  a  hill  overlooking  the  Abatun  Riv.,  1  m.  above  its 
mouth.     Pop.,  7,500. 

Pang-lao;  on  the  SW.  coast  of  Panglao  I.,  8  m.  SW.     Pop.,  6,795. 

Sevilla;  in  the  SW.,  14  m.  NE.     Pop.,  5,920. 

Sierra  Bullones;  about  the  center  of  the  island  near  the  r.  V)ank  of  the  Pamag- 
salan  Riv.,  34  m.  NE.  by  E.     Pop.,  2,119. 

Talibon;  on  the  N.  coast,  about  the  center,  49  m.  NE.     Pop.,  7,321. 

Tubigron;  about  the  center  of  the  W.  coast,  24i  m.  NE.     Pop.,  15,855. 

TJbay;  on  the  NE.  coast,  53^  m.     Pop.,  3,552. 

Valencia;  on  the  S.  coast,  25  m.  E.  by  S.     Pop.,  6,904. 

Vilar;  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  Soca-Yilar  Riv.,  31  m.  NE.  l)y  E.     Pop.,  6,665. 

DEPENDENT  ISLANDS. 

North  coast  islands  (Bohol) ;  the  Danajon  ))ank  forms  the  outer  limit  of  the 
coral  reef  which  borders  the  N.  coast  of  Bohol,  at  a  distance  from  5  m.  on  the  NW., 
and  12  m.  in  the  center,  and  10  m.  NE.  of  Lapinin  I.  The  waters  between  this  and 
the  mainland  are  covered  with  a  number  of  islands,  and  show  soundings  from  a  few 
feet  to  23  fms. 

[Where  not  given,  the  area  is  less  than  i  sq.  m.] 

Sq.  m. 

Balingui 

Bahanay 

Banacon 2^  • 


Bilanbilangan li 

Bulan 

Cabantuan i 

Cabulan 2 

Calituban ^ 

Cubijan j 

Dajuntajun |      I 

Danajon i 

Gaus 

Jandayaii 2 

Jau 3 

Jidulpan 

Junutangan i 

Lapinin  Chieo  ( Lapinig)  is  almost  united  to  the  larger  island  on  the  SW.  coast I 

Lapinin  Grande  ( Lapinig)  or  Minoe,  off  the  NE.  extremity  of  Bohol,  separated  by  a  narrow  chan- 
nel Si  to  7  fms.  deep;  is  9  m.  long,  flat,  and  covered  wiih  mangrove  and  brambles 18 

Macaina 

Mahanay 5 

Malingui 

Manacan 

Masingil ] 

Maumdun 

Nanu i 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  369 


I'nmWn i 

.^ui^asay 

TaljiKui 

Tajuii-tajun i 

Talaban 1 

Tainbii I 

Tinuibo,  SE.,  2^  m.  from  the  N.  point  of  Lapinin  I.;  12  fms.  between  these  islands i 

East  coast  islands  (Bohol);  this  coast  has  but  3  islands,  is  steep-to  and  clear; 
the  only  shallow  waters  If,  -ih  to  8  fms.  between  Libas  and  Centinela  Pts.,  off  the  NE. 

Sq.m. 

Tabon i 

Tintiman li 

Lumittis 1 

South  coast  islands  (Bohol);  the  S.  coast  of  Bohol  is  almost  clear  of  islands 
having  V)ut  4,  with  the  exception  of  Panglao,  lying  in  the  open  sea  and  with  no 
soundings. 

Sq.  m. 

Balicasag,  5  m.  SE.  of  Panglao  I.,  and  14  m.  SE.  of  Tagbilaran 1 

Pamilacan,  12  m.  SE.,  no  great  height;  is  a  favorite  resort  of  the  inhabitants  of  Bohol  to  fish  for 

beche  de  mer  and  turtle 2 

Panglao,  a  low  flat  island  with  but  one  little  hill,  lOJ  m.  NE.  to  SW.,  and  3J  m.  NW.  to  SE.;  It  is 
almost  joined  to  Bohol  as  the  channel  of  Tagbilaran,  which  separates  it;  dries  at  low  water;  no 
anchorage  off  the  island;  abounds  in  cocoanut  palms;  2  towns;  coast  is  without  shelter  for  boats 

at  anchor 30 

Siquijor  (also  Sikijor )  126 

siaxriJOB  (ALSO  sikijor  )  island,  bohol. 

(See-key-hor',  ver.) 

Chief  town:  Siquijor,  lat.  9°  12^  N.,  Ion.  12.3°  31^  E. 

Area:   126  sq.  ni. 

Population:  41,746. 

Race:  Bohol. 

Language:  Boholano  or  Bohol  Visayan. 

Table  of  distances. 
From  Siquijor  to—  m. 

Dumaguete,  Negros 16 

Tagbilaran,  Bohol 38 

Taii6n,  S.  point  of  Cebii 17 

LOCATION  AND  BOUNDAKIES. 

The  island  of  Siquijor  is  the  most  important  and  populous  of  the  province,  except 
Bohol  itself.  It  is  situated  30  m.  SW.  of  Bohol,  17  m.  SE.  of  the  S.  point  of  Cebii; 
14  m.  E.  of  Negros,  and  30  m.  N.  of  SillaPt.  on  the  N.  coast  of  Misamis,  Mindanao, 
on  the  1.  of  the  channel  connecting  the  Sulu  with  the  V^isayan  Sea,  and  about  14  m. 
SE.  of  the  S.  entrance  to  Taiion  Strait. 


The  island  is  16|  m.  from  WNW.  to  ESE.  and  12i  m.  from  N.  to  S.,  having  an  area 
of  126  sq.  m. 

PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 

The  island  is  moderately  high,  with  a  much  broken  surface  consisting  of  a  central 
mountain  from  whose  sides  small  streams  flow  in  all  directions.  To  the  NE.  of  the 
central  summit  is  Mt.  Cudtingan,  1,394  ft.  high,  whose  sides  form  Pts.  Sandugan  and 
Dacjuit. 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

There  are  several  small  ports  or  harbors. 

Canoan;  the  only  port  of  refuge  on  the  N.W.  shore  of  Siquijor  I.,  being  6  cables 
(4,320  ft.)  inland,  the  head  of  which  dries  at  low  tide,  reducing  the  area  to  4  cables. 
The  entrance  sounds  14  fms.,  decreasing  to  3 J  fms.  off  the  mole. 

Lacy;  on  the  S.,  is  clear  and  deep. 

Minalutan;  on  the  SE.  is  much  obstructed  by  a  reef.  The  water  around  the 
island  shows  soundings,  from  13  to  128  fms.,  the  coast  being  clear  and  steep-to. 

Siquijor;  on  the  N.  coast,  is  the  best. 

S.  Doc.  1^80 24 


370  GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 

ROADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 

The  coast  and  inland  towns  are  connected  by  good  roads. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

The  population  is  of  the  same  race  and  language  as  on  the  mainland  of  the  province. 
At  the  ports  Spanish  is  the  only  foreign  tongue  used.  The  following  are  the  chief 
towns,  with  population  estimated,  1901: 

Canoan;  NW.  coast,  population 9, 380 

Lacy;  S.  coast,  population 6, 448 

~San  Juan  de  Macapilay;  SW.  coast,  population 6, 979 

Santa  Maria  de  Carmifia;  E.  coast,  population 6, 556 

Sitiuijor;  chief  town,  N.  coast,  population 11,788 

Total 39, 131 

This  island  is  the  most  densely  populated  of  its  size  in  the  archipelago,  it  having 
331  inhabitants  to  the  sq.  m. 

VEGETABLE  PRODUCTS. 

The  products  are  tobacco  of  an  excellent  quality,  rice,  corn,  hemp,  and  chocolate, 
which  is  exchanged  for  wax  and  cotton. 

INDUSTRIES. 

A  large  amount  of  a  coarse  variety  of  hemp  cloth  or  sinamay  is  manufactured  for 
export.  Large  quantities  of  tortoise  shell,  sea  cucumbers  (beche  de  mer),  and  salan- 
gani  are  found.     Edible  bird's  nests  of  an  inferior  quality  are  collected. 

BOHOL— Continued. 

West  coast  islands  (Bohol);   the  entire  side  of  the  channel  toward  Cebii  is 

fronted  by  numerous  islands,  with  depths  ranging  from  9  to  6(5  fms. 

sq.  m. 

Ambugan 

Bagambanua,  S  m.  off  the  coast  of  Bohol  and  terminates,  to  the  SW.,  the  great  Danaj6n  bank; 
about  2  m.  off  this  island  and  between  it  and  the  mainland  are  numerous  islets  and  shoals.. 

Bagatusan 

Batas 

Butlang 

Banon 

Cabilao,  2^  by  U  ni.,  separated  from  the  Islands  of  Calape  and  Sandingan  by  a  wide,  deep  chan- 
nel ;  surface  rocky 3 

CabgAn 

Calape,  5  m.  long  and  |  m.wide,  of  moderate  height,  near  the  coast,  between  Lo6n  and  Oalape. .      4 

Canicabuyan 

Coamen 

Jayaang 

Maagpit 

Malicaboc,  8  m.  off  mainland  and  terminates  the  great  Danajon  bank,  from  which  it  is  .separated 
by  a  channel  a  mile  wide  and  very  deep i 

Mantacao 

Sandingfan,  between  Lo6n  and  Calape 2 

Silsitoan 

Yuanoan 

Total  area  dependent  islands,  213^  sq.  m. 

VEGETABLE  PRODUCTS. 

The  soil  of  Bohol  is  not  particularly  fertile,  but  with  careful  tillage  produces  con- 
siderable quantities  of  rice,  coffee,  cocoa,  hemp,  tobacco,  sugar  cane,  cotton,  corn, 
millet,  sweet  potatoes,  and  other  useful  jiroducts  of  agriculture,  besides  pasturing 
cattle,  horses,  sheep,  and  hogs. 

MINERALS. 

The  province  presents  indications  of  commercial  quantities  of  phosphate,  of  iron, 
gold,  copper,  and  coal.  There  are  also  a  number  of  mineral  springs  possessing  cura- 
tive properties  and  resorted  to  by  the  inhabitants.  Coal  is  found  in  the  SE.  and  E. 
parts  of  the  island. 

FORESTS. 

There  are  forests  of  excellent  woods  suitable  for  building  and  other  economic  pur- 
poses, but  their  extent  is  limited. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  371 

FRUITS. 

The  fruits  of  the  Visayan  latitudes  of  the  archii:)elago  are  found  in  quantities  suf- 
ficient for  local  consumption. 

INDUSTRIES  AND  COMMERCE. 

The  people  have  made  much  advance  in  mechanical  industries,  particularly  in  the 
weaving  of  various  fabrics,  such  as  silk,  pineapple  (pifia  cloth),  and  cotton,  besides 
.'^pfrialties,  such  as  serviceable  blankets  and  napkins,  a  good  quality  of  sinamay, 
and  mats  made  from  the  rush  called  "  ticay."  The  women  of  Bohol  are  famous  for 
the  making  of  excellent  breadand  biscuits.  The  exports  are  cocoanuts,  sugar,  copra, 
sea  cucumbers  (beche  de  mer),  -wax,  sea  shells,  and  pearls. 

UNITED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 

The  United  States  military  operations  in  the  Visayan  Islands  began  as  early  aa 
December  28,  1898,  but  eighteen  days  after  the  signing  of  the  treaty  of  peace,  by  taking 
possession  of  Iloi'lo  Harbor  on  that  date.  The  city  was  occupied  l>y  United  States 
troops  on  February  11  following,  Bohol  being  in  the  line  of  insurrectionary  com- 
munications between  I^uzon,  the  six  larger  islands  of  the  group,  and  ^lindanao.  This 
island  was  included  among  the  objective  points  of  the  campaign  in  that  part  of  the 
archipelago. 

On  February  15,  1902,  the  following  were  the  military  stations  in  Bohol: 
Calape,  ■'  Loboc,  ^  Tagbilaran,  " 

Guindulman,  •■'  Loon, "  Tubigon. "" 

CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 

The  mainland  of  Bohol  and  neighboring  islands,  l)y  enactment  April  20,  1901,  of 
the  United  States  Philippine  Commission,  in  pursuance  of  the  "act  for  the  organiza- 
tion of  provincial  government  in  the  Philippine  Islands,"  dated  February  6,  1901, 
were  constituted  a  province  of  that  name  with  the  following  civil  officers: 

PROVINCIAL  OFFICERS. 

[Salaries  and  expenses  in  United  States  money.] 

Governor $1, 500 

Secretary 1, 000 

Treasurer 1, 800 

Supervisor 1,  600 

Fiscal 1, 100 

Acting  under  specific  regulations  and  allowances  i^rescribed. 

Presidentes  or  ak-aldes  of  the  municipalities  of  the  province  to  meet  quarterly  on 
the  third  Monday  in  January,  April,  July,  and  October,  electing  their  own  chairman 
each  quarter  session;  to  consider  improvements  needed  in  the  province  and  for  the 
provincial  government,  and  to  make  recommendations  to  the  provincial  board;  to  be 
called  by  the  provincial  secretary,  who  acts  as  secretary  to  the  convention  and  certi- 
fies its  recommendations  to  the  provincial  board. 

By  act  of  the  Philijipine  Commission,  July  17,  1901,  Bohol  was  restored  to  military 
government  and  excluded  from  the  benefits  of  coastwise  trade.  On  April,  1,  1902 
(act  P.  C,  March  3),  Bohol  was  restored  to  civil  government,  and  also  ports  opened 
to  coastwise  trade. 

CONDITIONS. 

The  civil  governor  of  the  province  of  Bohol  reported  as  follows,  January  9,  1902: 
Unfortunately  20  pueblos  were  completely  reduced  to  iishes  during  the  war.  Thanks 
to  tlie  efforts  of  this  government,  most  of  these  20  pueblos  are  beginning  to  recover, 
so  much  so  that  the  pueblos  of  Loon,  Balilijan,  Sevilla,  and  Anda  have  already  their 
municipalities  organized  under  the  municipal  code,  and  the  other  pueblos  will  soon 
be  reorganized  also,  as  they  have  sent  representatives  to  this  government  asking  for 
instructions  in  view  of  new  municipal  elections.  In  exchange  for  concessions  respect- 
ing the  c^dula  tax  of  1  peso  during  the  year  1902,  and  the  forestry  tax  on  the  wood 
necessary  for  the  rebuilding  of  their  houses  during  three  years,  the  inhabitants 
agreed  to  take  charge  of  the  preservation  of  the  roads  and  the  reconstruction  of  the 
bridges  which  had  been  destroyed  during  the  war. 

*  Telegraph  station. 


372 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS 


nat.;  mountain  in  Bohol 


BOHOL  (bcau-lia 

Visayas. 
BOJEADOlt  (boh-hay-ah-dor'),  Sp.;  cape  on  ex- 
treme NW.  point  of  Luzon,  low,  withi  reef  of 
breakers  extending  seaward;  higli  coast 
range,  whicli  begins  at  gulf  of  Lingayen  about 
150  m.  S.  of  cape,  treuas  KK.,  lnrming  entire 
distance  spacious  plain  burdiriiiK  Chiiui  Sea 
coast.  Caiieisc-onspicuousdlijuctolapi.rdach 
from  China  W.,  and  Formosa  dnu  .\.,  about 
240  m.  Ciiast  to  (.'aliicuiiKun  I'l.  is  witliout 
soundings  until  near  shore,  wiili  several  riv- 
ers. Country  inland  is  mountainous.  There 
is  light-house  on  this  cape.  (Hee  Light- 
houses.) 

■ bight  on  W.  coast  of  Ilocos  Norte,  Luzon, 

from  Bojeador  C.  to  Laoag  Riv.,  and  shows 
regular  soundings  from  13  to  7  fms. 
BOJIO  (bau-hee'-aw),  Sp.;  point  on  N.  coast  of 

Mindoro,  W.  of  Abra  de  Hog. 

BOKWILLO;  summit,  882  ft.  E.  by  S.  of  Subic,N. 

shore  of  Subic  Bay,  SE.  coast  of  Zambales, 

Luzon. 

BOLABOC  (bau-lah-bauk'),  ver.;  point  on  SW. 

coast  of  Sibuyan  I., of  Romblon  grp.,  Visayas. 

BOLABOG   (bau-lah-bog'),  ver.;    hamlet   on   N. 

shore  of  Port  Sorsogon,  Sorsogon,  Luzon. 
BOLAHO   (bau-lah'-haw),   ver.;    hamlet   at    Pa- 
mang  Pangon  Pt.,  on  extreme  SW.  coast  of 
Siimar,  7  m.  SE.  of  Guiuan. 
.BOLAL  or  IJOAI  (bau-li',  bcili-ah'-ee),  ver.;  small 
/         portiin  W.side  of  Sarangani  I.,Saragani  grp., 
Dtlvao,  Mindaiiaii,  opening  on  sea  channel 
toward  Balut  L    Only  suitable  for  small  craft. 
S.  entrance  head  lies  in  lat.  5°  25'  57"  N.,  Ion. 
125°  25'  37"  E. 
BOLALACAO   (boh-lah-lah'-cow),  nat.;   town  in 

Mindoro.     (.S«;  BulalAcao.) 
BOLALO  (,boh-lah'-loh),  nat.;  bay  on  W.  side  of 
Palawan. 

deep  inlet,  i  m.  wide  to  2^  m.  deep,  on  S. 

shore  of  Blockade  Strait,  head  being  separated 
from  N.  port  of  Inlulutoc  Bay,  N\V.  coast  of 
Palawan,  bv  narrow  isthmus.  Cone  I.  and 
Largon  rocks,  237  ft.  high,  lie  in  approach  to 
bay.  Chinongab,  sharp  peak  1,216  ft.  bigh, 
lies  off  E.  shore  of  this  bay. 
BOLXs  (ban-las'),  ver.;  islet  4  m.  off  NW.  coast 

of  Bohol,  Visaya.s,  4^  m.  N.  of  Tubigon. 
BOLAVANAX  (bau-lah-vahnahn'),  ver.;  NE. 
island  on  this  part  of  coast  of  Ambos  Cama- 
rines  (Sur),  Luzon,  is  high  and  surrounded 
by  rocks. 
BOLD,  for.;  point  on  E.  coast  of  central  Palawan, 
High  Triple  Hill  bearing  NE. 

commanding  point  with  double  hill  over 

it,  14  m.  E.  of  Castle  Pt.  and  forming  NE. 
extremity  of  Deep  (Honda)  Bay,  E.  coast  of  1/ 
Palawan.    From  Bold  Pt.  hills  of  coast  range  ^ 
trend  N.    At  3  m.  N.  of  point  is  Bold  Peak, 
upward  of  3,000  ft.  high. 
BOLDHEAI),  for.;  S.  point  of  Mantinloc  I.,  NW. 

coast  of  Palawan. 
BOLD  PEAK,  for.;  summit  of  chain  of  mountains 
3,000  ft.  high  on  E.  coast  of  N.  Palawan,  3  m. 
N.  of  Bold  Pt.    Abreast  of  this  peak  are  N. 
and  S.  Green  Is. 
BdLIC  (boh'-lick),  nat.;  island  2  by  1  m.  off  W. 
shore  of  extreme  SE.  projection  of  S&mar,  and 
sheltering  anchorage  of  Mercedes. 
BOLILA    (boh-lee'-lah) ,    ver.;    point  in   Negros/p 

Occidental. 

BOLILAO  (boh-lee-lah'-oo),  ver.;  hamlet  on  SE. 

coast  of  Hollo,  Panay,4im.  NE.  of  Dumangas. 

BOLINA  (bau-lee'-nah),  Sp.;  islet  in  chain  NE. 

of  Linapacanl.,  to  ward  Calamianeslf;  between 

Busuaiiga  I.  and  NE.  extreme  of  Palawan. 

B0L1XA>'G  (beau-lee-nung');  pueblo  in  Bontoc, 

Luz6n.  Pop.,  in  1887,  389. 
BOLlX.iO  (bau-lee-now'),ver.;  important  cape  at 
NW.  extremity  of  peninsula  of  Zambales, 
Luz6n,  which  forms  W.  coast  of  Gulf  of  Lin- 
gav6n;  is  thickly  wooded  and  moderately 
high,  with  Piedra  Pt.,  Cape  Bolinao  of  old 
charts,  on  its  west  side.    A  semaphore  stati(  m 


BOLINAO— Continued. 

has  been  established  at  Piedra  Pt.;  submarine 
cable  from  Hongkong  formerly  landed  here. 

narrow  channel  on  N  W.  point  of  Zambales, 

Luzon,  between  cape  nf  that  name  and  low 
island  of  Santiago  (ir  Piiini.  In  Zambales, 
Luzon,  73  m.  N.  of  Iba,  shore  end  of  sub- 
marine telegraph  caljle  from  Hongkong ori  ,- 
inally  lauded  in  Crtble-house,  lat.  16°  10' N., 
Ion.  119°  54'  55"  E.,  clo.-e  to  W.  shore.  Town 
is  situated  near  Cai>e  Balantia.say,  7  m.  distant 
E.  by  S.  Upon  United  .States  taking  po.s.ses- 
Biou  of  islands,  this  landing  was  abandoned 
and  cable  reaches  Manila  direct.  ]Municipal 
district  embraces  13  islands  off  NW.  coast, 
Santiago  being  largest.  There  is  meteorolog- 
ical and  semaphore  station  and  dock  yard 
for  coast  vessels.    Pop.,  4,075. 

pueblo  in  Zambales,  Luzon ,  on  extreme  NE. 

coast,  fronted  by  island  of  Purra,  from  which 


it  i.s  separated  by  narrow  channel  connecting 

China    Sea    and    NW.   waters  of   Lingay6n 

Gulf. 
rocky  i.slet  off  NE.  point  of  Zambales,  Lu- 
zon, opposite  town  of  same  name  and  on 

W.  .sick-  of  entrance  to  gulf  of  Lingayen. 
BOLIXOG   (bau-lee-nog'),  ver.;    river  rising  on 

SW.  slope  of  mountains  overlooking  Bay  of 

Poliqui,  in  S.  waters  of  Gulf  of  Albay,  and 

flowing  S.  across  neck  of  land,  enters  Port 

Putiao  on  S. 
^OLIPOXGPOXG      (bau-lee-poug-pong'),      ver.; 
r         island  of  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A.     (.S'ee  Bulipong- 

pong. ) 
BOLJOON  (ball-haw-on'),  ver.;  pueblo  and  bay 

on   SE.  coast  of  Cebii,  54  m.  SW.  of  Cebii; 

bluff  is  white-peaked  rock  of  good  height,  on 

which  is  stone  tower  used  as  signal  station; 

town  is  .surrounded  by  wall  and  fortification. 

P<.p.,  7,413. 
yBOLIiOl'   (bau-lyock'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  shore  of 
'^       important  river  emptying  into  Laguna  de 

Liguasan,  on  N.  side,  in  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 
BOLO  (bau'-law),  Hisp.;  hamlet  in  Central  Range 

of  Panay,  Iloilo,10  m.  W.  by  N.  of  Janiuay. 
point  on  shore  of  pueblo  of  Tiui,  Tivi,  or 

Tibi,  on  E.  coast  of  Albay,  Luzon,  near  point 

of  same  name. 
BOLOANG    (bau-lwahng'),  ver.;  island  of  Cana- 

hauan  grp.,  oft"  W.  coast  of  SSmar,  12  m.  S.  of 

Tarangndn. 
,/B0L0B0T6  (bau-law-bau-taw'),  ver,;  point  on 
/  NW.  coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  23  m.  S.  of 

Bilan  Pt. 
BOLOD  (bau-laud'),  ver.;  2  islets  lifting  out  of 
■  sea,  E.  to  height  of  597  ft.  and  W.  643  ft.,  in 

Balanguingui  grp.  of  Sulu  A. 
BOLOX  (bau-lawn'j,  ver.;  hamlet  on  E.  shore  of 

Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  16s  m-  NNE.  of  Zam- 

boanga. 
^eOLOXG  (bau-long'),  ver.;  town  2  m.  inland  from 

SE.  coast  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  18i  m. 

NE.  of  Zamboanga. 
-i anchorage  near  town  of  same  name,  SE. 

coast  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 
BOLOSAX  (boh-loh'-sun),nat.;  hamlet  in  pueblo 

of  Calumpit,  BulacAn,  Luzon. 
BOLUD  (bau-lood');  point  on  SE.  shore  of  Pan- 

glao  L,  Bohol,  Visayas. 
BOMAYAS  (bau-mah'-yas),ver.:  hamlet  on  r.  r«uik 

of  river  entering  Lake  Lanao  from  SK.,  In 

Misamis,  Mindanao. 
BOMBOX  (bom-bone'),  nat.;  mountiiin  ham'et  ol 

Negros  Occidental,  10  m.  E.  of  Ginigaran. 
pueblo  in  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luzon. 

Pop.,  2,656. 
point  7  m.  NW.  of  Polo  Pt.,  N.  coast  of 

Misamis,    Mindanao.     Intermediate     point 

formed    with    Pt.   Polo,  a    little    bay   into 

which    flows    river   TabuKan,    and    where 

anchorage  may  be  had  .sheltered  from  W. and 

S.  winds.    This  point  has  three  rocky  islets 

formed  to  its  NW.  shore. 
point  on  extreme  S.  end  of  Aiad  I    NW  of 

Romblon,  Visayas. 


■-"i"^ 


.x-^ 


S  Do    ^S'C  57 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  373 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  373 


374 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 


BOMBdN;  peak  830  ft.  high,  N.  shore  of  Cnyn  I., 
Cuyos  grp.,  Mindoro  (Sulu)  Sea. 

B0Mb6n,  or  TAAIi  (bom-bone',  tah-ahl'):  bike 
in  NE.  part  of  Batangas,  second  in  impor- 
tance among  bikes  of  Luz6n.  It  has  circum- 
ference 75  m.,  being  17  m.  from  N.  to  S.  and 
12i  m.  from  E.  to  W.  It  communicates  with 
sea  through  Riv.  Pansipit,  which  has  very 
slight  inclination,  there  being  but  little  dif- 
ference between  level  of  lake  and  of  sea. 
Notwithstanding  its  small  size,  depth  of  this 
lake  in  places  is  106  fms.  but  short  distance 
from  shore.  In  midst  of  it  is  the  celebrated 
volcano  of  Taal,  the  crater  of  which  supplies 
immense  quantities  of  sulphur.  It  was  ac- 
tive; deposits  marked  1745,  1749,  1780. 

BOMBOMX  (bohm-boh'-nun) ,  nat.;  point  on  \V. 
coast  of  Rombl6n,  Visayas.    Lat.,  12°  35'  N. 

BOMBONAY  (hom-bau-ni'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  r. 
bank  of  Abra  Riv.,  in  Abra,  Luz6n. 

BOMBOAtiAN  (bohm-bong'-ahn).  Tag.;  mineral 
spring  near  Pagsanjdn,  in  Laguna,  Luz6n. 

BOMBONtiN  (bom-bau-non');  extreme  SE.  point 
of  Negros  Oriental,  at  entrance  to  port  of 
Bombon6n,  on  NW.  shore  of  which  lies  ham- 
let of  Bombonon,  6  m.  SW.  of  Zamboanguita. 

port  and  a  hamlet  in  same  place. 

BONDOti  (bon-dog'),  nat.;  point,  S.  extremity  of 
great  Peninsula  of  Tayabas,  Luzon,  between 
Ragay  Gulf  on  E.  and  Tayabas  Bay  on  W. ;  is 
rocky.  Region  inland  abounds  in  bufifalos 
and  antelopes  and  affords  fine  hunting  for 
those  animals,  which  graze  upon  luxuriant 
pasturage  of  plains.  Point  also  marks  W. 
entrance  to  Ragay  Gulf. 

hamlet  of  Tayabas,  Luz6n,  on  bank  of  riv- 
er which  empties  into  sea  S.  of  Quinapunoan 
Pt.,  near  cape  of  Cabeza  de  Bondog. 

peak  in  Caraballos  Sur,  in  Tayabas,  Luz6n. 

BONDULAN  (bon-doo'-lahn);  point  417  ft.  high 
on  island  of  Guimar^s,  S.  shore  of  Hollo  Strait, 
opposite  Hollo,  Panay.    (See  Cabugao  Pt.) 

point  in  Sdmar. 

BO]VETE(bau-nay'-tay),  Sp.;  point  in  Batangas, 
Luz6n,  on  \V.  side  of  peninsula  which  sep- 
arates bav  nf  H.-ilayan  W.  fmin  l.iay  of  Batan- 
gas E.,  and  lie;iil'land  of  cliannel  between 
mainland  of  Batangas  and  Mancaban  I.,  S. 

point  on  NW.  coast  of  Palawan. 

BONUA  (baun'-gah),  Hisp.;  from  nat.  buiJga;  islet 
off  N.  shore  of  Loyte,  opposite  Baybay  hamlet. 

hamlet  on  NW.  coast  of  Antique,  Panay,  i 

m.  NW.  of  Pand&n. 

hamlet  on  1.  bank  of  Malinannang  Riv.  in 

Ci'ipiz,  N.  Panay,  3  m.  SE.  of  Mambilsao. 

mountain  in  SAmar. 

BOMJABOK  (bong-ah'-bon).  Tag.:  pueblo  on  up- 
per Pampanga  Riv.,  in  Nueva  Ecija,  Luz6n, 
24  m.  NE.  of  San  Isidro.    Pop.,  3,848. 

river  rising  in  mountains  of  interior,  flows 

to  W.  across  pueblo  of  Cabanatuan,  in  Nueva 
Ecija. 


BOI?(iAB0X;  a  pueblo   in  Mindoro.     Pop.,  Cn. 

isyo,  679. 

BONCJABOX,  orSOCOL  (bong-ah'-bon,  sow-col'), 
Tag.;  town,  point,  mountain,  and  river  on  E. 
coast  of  Mindoro  51  m.  SSE.  of  Calapdn. 
Pop.,  271. 

BOSliADECAN  (bong-ah-day'-cahn),  nat.;  point 
on  E.  coast  of  Albay,  Luzon.  Lat.  12°  53'  N. 
Sea  end  of  Cordillera  which  forms  sea  front 
of  this  part  of  province  and  island. 
-BOi^AO  (bong-ah'-oo),  ver.;  port  formed  by  is- 
lands Boiigao,  Sanga  Sanga,  and  Papabag, 
off  extreme  SW.  end  of  Tawi  Tawi  I.,  Sulu  A. 
There  is  village  of  same  name  (7.  v.)  on  shore. 

island,  most  SW.  of  Tawi  Tawi  grp.,  Sulu 

A.,  2?  m.  long  by  1}  broad,  with  its  highest 
peak  1,151  ft.  and  others  nearly  same  altitude. 
All  these  peaks  are  cliffy  to  N.  and  present 
curious  appearance.  Summit  of  island  was 
apparently  broken  up  by  volcanic  agency 
Except  cliffs,  island  is  densely  wooded,  jungle 
being  impenetrable  after  few  yards.  Unin- 
habited. 

island  of  Balanguingui  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

pueblo  on  island  of  same  name,  SW.  of  Tawi 

Tawi,  Sulu  A.,  occupied  by  Spanish  in  1881, 
who  established  garrison  there,  erected  fort, 
store,  quarters  for  officers  and  garrison  and 
few  merchant  houses.  Beacons  mark  shoals 
in  inner  port. 

narrow    channel    separating    Tawi    Tawi 

from  Saiiga  Saiiga  I.,  in  Tawi  Tawi  grp., 
Sulu  A. 

BONOL^  (bon-glaw'),  nat.;  hamlet  in  Bulac&n, 
Luz6n,  4  m.  E.  of  Bulac^n. 

BON(iB()  (bohn-groh'),  nat.;  in  pueblo  of  Namac- 
pacAn,  Union,  Luz6n. 

hamlet  in  pueblo  of  San  Ildefonso,  Uocos 

Sur. 

B0NG6  (bon-gaw'),  nat.;  bay  and  channel  4i  m. 
>^      wide  between  that  island  and  mainland  of 
Cotabato,   Mindanao,  leading  up  to  Polloc 
Harbor. 

also  point  on  E.  coast  at  Albay,  Luz6n. 

island  300  ft.  high,  densely  wooded,  7  m. 

NE.  and  SW.  and  2  m.  wide,  and  300  ft.  high 
and  thickly  wooded,  fronting  Polloc  Harbor, 
Illana  Bay,  Mindanao.  lOi  m.  off  .shore. 
Channel  between  this  island  and  Pangil  Pt., 
4i  m.  wide,  is  150  to  240  ft.  deep. 

BOSTjOICAUAYAN  (bong-oy-kah-wah'-yahn), 
nat. ;  summit  305  ft.  high  on  SE.  shore  of  Sdbic 
Bay,  SE.  coast  of  Zambales,  Luz6n. 

BONLEO  (bon-lay'-aw),  river  rising  in  summit  of 
Malolo  Mt.;  takes  N.  direction,  entering 
Bonleo  Bay  on  N.  shore  of  Polillo  I.,  off  In- 
fanta, Luz6n. 

E.  of  2  central  bays  on  N.  shore  of  Polillo 

I.  off  Infanta,  Luz6n. 

BONTX  (bon-tah'),  ver.;  point  in  W.  shore  Polillo 
I.,  off  Infanta,  Lnz6n.  j 

BOJiT^S  (bon-tavs'),  nat.;  small  stream  emptying  ' 
into  sea  on  extreme  SE.  coast  of  Negros  Orien- 
tal, li  m.  N.  of  Dauin. 


BONTOC,  LUZON,  SUBPROVINCE  OF  LEPANTO-BONTOC. 

(Hohn-toek',  nat.) 

Capital:  Bontoc,  lat.  17°  U^  SO'^  N.,  Ion.  121  °  02^  10''  K.,  approx. 

Area:  480  sq.  m. 

Population:  13,985. 

Race:  Igorrotes,  Ifugaos,  and  offshoots. 

Language:  Ilocano,  Igorrote,  and  a  number  of  analogous  dialects. 

Military  Department  of  Luzon:  Headquarters,  Manila,  Luzon. 

Table  of  distances. 

Bontoc  to—  ™. 

Dagupan,  on  Manila  and  Dagupan  Railroad,  SW »y 

Iligan,  on  the  Grande  de  Cagay&n  Riv ^„ 

Isabela,  E ,^2 

Manila,  S.  bv  E l»l 

Vigan,  Ilocos  Sur,  China  Sea  coast,  NW 48 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHlLirJ'lNE  ISLANDS. 


37.0 


376 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

The  province  of  Bontoc  emljraces  the  region  in  the  SE.  part  of  Abra,  Luzon.  It 
lies  in  the  spurs  of  the  E.  slopes  of  the  Gran  Cordillera  Central  and  is  bounded  on 
the  N.  by  Abra;  on  the  NE.  for  a  distance  of  6  m.  by  Cagaydn;  on  the  E.  by  Isabela; 
on  the  S.  by  Nueva  Vizcaya  and  Lt'jiant-i,  and  on  the  ^V.  by  Lej^anto  and  Abra,  all 
provinces  of  Luzon.  Its  boundaries  form  a  complete  anipliitheater  of  lofty  moun- 
tain sunnnits,  among  which  rise  tributary  streams  of  the  main  current  of  the  Grande 
de  Cagaydu  Kiv.  on  the  E. 

AREA. 

The  province  at  its  greatest  dimensions  is  26  m.  from  NW.  to  SE.,  and  30  from 
NW.  to  SE.     It  is  21  m.  from  N.  to  S.  and  32  m.  from  E.  to  W.     Area:  480  sq.  m. 

PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 

Its  physical  features  consist  of  a  number  of  detached  spurs  from  the  high  moun- 
tain to  the  N.  and  W.  Its  rivers  form  the  sources  of  the  Chico  and  other  tributaries 
of  the  Grande  de  Cagaydn.  The  climate  is  temperate  and  moist,  owing  to  the  moun- 
tain elevations  which  constitute  its  entire  surface.  There  are  also  numerous 
mineral  springs,  especially  saline. 

ROADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 

There  are  no  roads  and  but  few  trails,  owing  to  the  mountainous  character  of  the 
country  and  small  population.  The  transportation  of  the  few  commodities  of  the 
country  is  carried  on  in  small  boats  on  the  rivers,  where  practicable. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

The  population  is  given  at  13,985,  and  by  other  authorities  at  24,502,  divided 
among  two  pueblos  and  a  number  of  ranchen'as.  On  account  of  the  scattered  condi- 
tion of  the  wild  races  over  this  region,  the  estimates  are  as  high  as  82,500. 

The  inhabitants  are  Ifugaos,  Igormtcs,  Busaos,  Itetaiianes,  Calingas,  Gaddanes, 
and  Dayadas.  A  number  of  analogous  dialects  are  spoken,  including  Ilocano,  Suffin, 
Itetapdn,  and  Igorrote.  There  are  :!;!  puehlos,  Sagada  W.,  Sacasacan  N.  by  E., 
and  Basio  in  the  same  direction  from  Bontoc,  on  the  banks  of  the  Chico  de  Cagayan, 
being  the  most  prominent. 


The  following  is  the  division  of  Bontoc  into  pueblos,  and  their  populations  under 
the  census  of  1887: 


.Subprovinee  and  pueblos. 

Total  population  combining 
residents  present  and  ab- 
sent, natives  and  Spanish, 
census  1887. 

Men. 

Women. 

Total. 

Bontoc: 

Ill 
384 
94 
136 
156 

140 
298 
112 
150 
173 

Alap.  . 

682 

200 

Antado 

329 

92 
•253 
177 
117 
187 
510 

74 
176 
•235 
101 
319 

62 

94 
3'29 
212 
155 
202 
471 
116 

82 
163 
208 
145 
360 

72 

Balugan .                                          

582 

Banauc 

389 

272 

389 

Bontoc 

987 

Canco 

215 

156 

Cunugun  

339 

Dalican 

443 

Fidilizan 

246 

679 

Inapuy  

134 

GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


377 


Subprovince  and  pueblos. 


Total  population  combining 
residents  present  and  ab- 
sent, natives  and  Spanish, 
census  1887. 


Men.       Women. 


Total. 


Bontoc— Continued 

Mainit 

Maleeon 

Piquigan 

Poquitan 

Quinaquil 

Sacasaean 

Sandanga  

Sagada  

Sanqui 

Taccon  

Talubing 

Tanulon 

Tetepan 

Tutucan 

Total 


290 
95 
5G8 

1,090 
532 
341 
611 
251 

1,037 


13,775 


Estimated,  1901  (not  included  in  Abra),  13,S 


VEGETABLE  PRODUCTS. 

The  soil  is  fertile  along  the  streams.  The  staples  are  cotton,  sugar  cane,  c;orn,  and 
rice. 

MINERALS. 

In  Dalican,  W.  of  Bontoc,  is  found  an  al)undance  of  iron  pyrites.  At  Tanoro  is  a 
bed  of  argentiferous  galena.     Traces  of  gold  are  also  reported. 

FORESTS. 

The  country  is  covered  with  extensive  forests,  the  value  of  which,  however,  has 
not  been  estimated  on  account  of  the  inaccessibility  of  the  region  and  lack  of  trans- 
portation. 

FRUITS. 

Bananas  and  oranges  grow.  The  climate,  on  account  of  the  elevation,  is  reported 
as  suitable  to  the  growth  of  many  of  the  fruits  of  the  United  States. 

INDUSTRIES. 

The  only  occupation  of  the  people  beyond  the  requirements  of  home  consumption 
is  the  manufacture  of  salt  from  the  springs  of  Mainit,  NW.  of  Bontoc.  The  waters  are 
reported  clear,  hot,  without  odor,  and  salty. 

UNITED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 

The  peaceful  tendency  of  the  people  of  this  region  lias  not  necessitated  military 
occupation  nor  military  stations. 

CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 

On  May  23,  1902,  Bontoc,  the  former  Spanish  comandancia,  was  reported  by  the 
Commission  as  one  of  the  regions  outside  of  the  Moro  country  not  under  civil  gov- 
ernment; that  no  armed  insurrection  existed  there;  that  there  was  no  reason  why 
civil  government  might  not  be  esta1:»lished;  that  special  government  for  Bontoc, 
inhabited  exclusively  by  peaceful  Igorrotes,  would  be  organized  in  a  few  days. 

This  was  carried  into  effect  by  act  of  Philippine  Commission  May  28,  1902.  [See 
Lepanto-Bontoc,  Province  of. ) 


BONTOC  (bohn-tock'),  nat.;  capital  and  pueblo  of 
same  name  in  Luzon,  situated  among  sum- 
mits of  Gran  Cordillera  Central  in  W.  part 
and  somewhat  inaccessible  on  account  of  the 
scarcity  of  roads,  means  of  travel  being  chiefly 
by  mountain  trail.  Lies  but  12  m.  NE.  of 
Caydn,  capital  of  Lepanto,  and  46  m.  N.  by 
W.  of  Bayombong,  Nueva  Vizcava,  which  is 
125  m.  from  Manila.    Pop.,  in  1887,  987. 

■ hamlet  on  W,  shore  of  Li6n  Bay,  Leyte,  4 

m.  SW.  of  S6god  Nueva. 


IJONTOD  (bohn-tohd'),  nat.;  cove  on  N.  .side  of 

entrance  to  Sorspgon  port,  between  Saclayan 

and  Tumalaitai  Pt.s.,  Sorsogon,  Luzon. 
barren  i.sland  off  NE.  coast  of  Masbate,  N. 

of  bay  of  Mobo,  fnintins  imebloof  PaUuog. 
BONTOATILOT,  or  HATl  -TAMMX:  (bon-ton-tee- 

lot',  bah'-too  taliii-dock'j,  vcr.;  point  on  W. 

coast  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  and  forming 

N.  head  of  Sibuco  Bay. 
BOOL  (bau-awl'),  nat.;  hamlet  on  S.  shore  of  Dum- 

aran  I.,  off  N.  Palawan. 


378 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


BOl'ToX  (bop-too-ah'),  ver.;  N. point  of  entrance 
to  anchorage  of  Guiuan,  on  W.  shore  of  ex- 
treme SE.  SAmar. 

BOUABE  (boh-rah'-bay).  nat.;  hamlet  in  pueblo 
of  Lagonoy,  Ambos  Camarines,  on  river  which 
empties  into  bay  of  Lagonoy. 

BORABO  (boh-rah'-boh),nat.;  islet  in  opening  of 
bight  on  S.  coast  of  SAmar,  Visayas,  7  m.  NVV. 
of  Guiuan  port. 

bOrAC  (boh'-rackK  nat.;  extreme  SE.  point  of 
Jimanoe  I.,  off  Basey.  SW.  coast  of    ' 


BOROBALOTO     (bo-rough-bah-law'-toh), 
islet  off  NW.  coast  of  Timpasan  I.,  in 


narrow  port  on  E.  coast  of  Busuanga  I., 

Calamianes  grp.,  well  sheltered  by  Dinaran 
and  Matayan  Is. 

BOBBIN  (bohr-bone'),  Sp.;  town  on  1.  bank  of 
Gibong  Riv.,  in  Surigao,  Mindanao,  28  m.  SE. 
of  Butiian. 

pueblo  of  Cebii,  61  m.  from  Cebii.    Pop., 

2,805. 

BORUiB;  river  entering  extreme  S.  .shore  Libds 
port,  E.  coast  of  S4mar,  SE.  of  Lib4s. 

BOBIN  (boh-reen'),  nat.;  mountain  of  Albay, 
Luz6n,  in  lat.  13°  06'  N.;  one  of  N.  spurs  which 
run  along  S.  coast  of  bay  of  Albay,  which 
it  follows,  terminating  opposite  island  of 
Cacraray. 

BORJA  (bor'-hah),  Sp,;  hamlet  of  Negros  Occi- 
dental, 9  m.  NW.  of  Guiniganan. 

ver.; 
Cana- 
hauan  grp.,  at  entrance  to  Daram  channel, 
7  m.  SW.  of  Tananguan,  off  W.  coast  of  Sdmar. 
BOROBO  (boh-roh'-boh),  nat.;  river  emptying  on 
SW.  shore  of  Lagiian  Bay,  N.  coast  of  Sdmar. 

BOROCO  (bo-rough '-can),  ver.;  extinct  volcano  in 
extreme  SE.  Sdmar,  4  m.  NE.  of  Quinapundan. 

B0R(5\  (boh-rohn'),  nat.;  islet  off  NE.  shore  of 
Putiao  port,  SW.  shore  of  Sorsog6n,  Luz6n. 

BORO^A  (bau-rong'-ah),  ver.;  point  in  Panay. 

BOROXGiN  (bo-rong'-ahn),  ver.;  lat.  11°41'N.; 
pueblo  on  E.  coast  of  Samar,  33  m.  E.  by  S.  of 
Catbalogan  on  opposite  shore  of  island. 
Stands  on  shore  of  small  bay  about  1  m.  wide 
and  nearly  1  m.  inland.  River  Buruhan 
discharges  into  this  bay,  entrance  to  which  Is 
between  Ando  and  Divinulx)  Is;  depth  be- 
tween these  islands  is  222  ft.  and  33  ft.  close 
to  shore.  Between  Borongan  and  Lanang  are 
extensive  cocoanut  plantations  for  manufac- 
ture of  oil.    Pop.,  9,4-48. 

river  and  bay  on  E.  coast  of  SAmar,  S.  from 

Ando  I.  Has  good  anchorage  in  heavy 
weather. 

BORl'C-BOBUO  (bo-rooc'-bo-rooc'),  ver.;  hamlet 
on  W.  coast  of  Antique,  Panay,  U  m.  S.  of 
Tibiao. 

.BOSItONG  (boh-see'-cong),nat.;  creek  emptying 
on  N.  shore  of  Panguil  Bay,  SW.  end  of  Misa- 
mis  port,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

BOSOBOSO  (bau'-saw-bau'-saw).  Tag.;  pueblo 
W.  part  of  Kizal,  Luz6n,  at  headwaters  of  S. 
branch  of  San  Mateo  Riv.,  9  m.  N.  of  Morong 
and  19  m.  ENE.  of  Manila;  town  formerly 
was  seat  of  important  iron  mines  and  fur- 
naces.   Pop.,  855. 

BOSOU  (boh-sogh'),  nat.;  mountain  in  Panay. 

BOSWELL,  for.;  islet  in  cluster  N.  of  MalabuctAn 
I.,  off  NE.  coast  of  Palawan. 

B0TAL6n  (boh-tah-lone'),  Sp.;  bay  In  \V.  Pala- 
wan. 

BOTIC  (bau-teek'),  ver.;  island  of  S.  coast  of  S&- 
mar,  NW.  of  Guiuan  port. 

BOTOBOLO  (bau-taw-bau'law),  ver.;  point  on 
extreme  SE.  coast  of  Pana6n  I.,  SE.  of  Leyte, 
on  Surigao  Strait. 

BOTOCA\  (bau-tau-kahn'),  tag.;  river  forming  E. 
branch  of  Pagsanjan.  It  rises  across  bound- 
ary of  Laguna,  in  Tayabas,  Ltiz6n. 


BOTOCXN;  waterfall  formed  by  river  Camatian. 
This  river  having  its  rise  in  Banfijao  Mt.,  at 
Salto,  9  111.  distant,  takes  plunge  into  cliasm 
so  deep  that  water  rises  considerable  distance 
in  form  of  spray.    (.Sfe  Majayjay.) 

BOT()(i.(x  (boh-toh-gahn'),  nat.;  point  on  S. 
lieail  of  Dapitan  Bay,  N.  coast  Dapitan,  Min- 
danao. 

BOTOLAN  (bau-taw'-lahn),  ver.;  mountain  1,847 
ft.  high  on  coast  of  Zambales,  Luzon,  near 
point  of  that  name.  Inland  double  range  of 
high  mountains  runs  nearly  N.  and  S.  On 
coast  side  is  extensive  flat  plain  named  I'laya 
Honda.  Of  inner  range,  Pinalubo  is  6,040  ft. 
high. 

pueblo  on  coast  highway  in  Zambales,  Lu- 

z6n,  5  m.  SE.  of  Iba,  near  mouth  of  Botongl^pot 
Riv.    Pop.,  4,565. 

BOTOLAN,  or  Gl'AI  (boh-toh'-lahn,  gwah'-ee), 
nat.:  point  6  m.  SSE.  of  Iba  Pt.,  Zambales, 
Luzon.  Mt.  Botolan,  formed  by  2  hills,  the 
higher,  1,S47  ft.,  is  excellent  mark  for  coast. 

BOTOXG  (bau-tong'),  ver.;  point  on  NW.  coast 
of  Mi.-amis,  Mindanao,  lat.  8°  31'  N. 

BOTO>GLAP0T  (bau-tong-lah'-pot),  ver.;  broad 
river  in  Zambales,  Luzon,  which  rises  in 
mountains  of  W.  boundary  and  empties  into 
sea,  S.  of  Botolan. 

BOTUBUT  (boh-too'-boot);  hamlet  in  pueblo  of 
Balaoan  or  Balauang,  Union,  Luzon. 

BOTl'RAWE  (bau-too-rah'way);  river  rising  in 
E.  slopes  of  Central  range"  of  Leyte,  entering 
sea  at  Abuyog. 

BOWE>,  for.;  round  islet  1  m.   off  N.  point  of 
Bugsuk,  BalAbac  grp.,  SW.  of  Palawan. 
r^OYAX  (boh'-yun),  nat.;  bay  on  S.  coast  of  Min- 
danao, lat.  4°  47'  N. 
JJRASS,  for.;  settlement  of  Moros  on  plains  which 
r         form  E.  shore  of  bav  of  Illana,  Mindanao,  lat. 
7°  30'  F. 

BBIYOOX,  for.:  point  on  S.  head  of  Honda  or 
Deep  Bay,  E.  coast  of  central  Palawan. 

BROKEX,  for.;  E.  islet  of  group  NW.  of  Mala- 
buctiin  I.,  off  Aletas  de  Tiburon  Bay,  E.  coast 
of  N.  Palawan. 

head  at  entrance  to  Ulugan  Bay,  1,030  ft. 

high,  W.  coast  of  N.  Palawan. 

BROOKE,  SIR  J.,  for.;  point  on  SW.  coast  of  Pa- 
lawan, at  X.  head  to  Ipolote  Bay.  From  Seg- 
yam  I.  coast  trends  ENE.  13  m'.  to  this  point; 
shore  is  well  poimlated. 

BROTHEKS  NORTH  and  801 1'H,  for.;  2  islets  in 
N.  part  of  Daracotan  Bay,  1  m.  SE.  of  opening 
between  Cabul  and  Palawan. 

BROl'GHTO>",  for.;  extreme  point  of  Boayan  I., 
NW.  coast  of  Palawan. 

BROW,  for.;  mountain  in  central  Palawan,  3} 
m.  inland  from  Steep  Pt. 

BROW  CONE,  for.;  peak  on  N.  face  of  Gap  Range, 
1,180  ft.  high,  overlooking  Bluff  Pt.,  W.  coast 
of  Palawan.  « 

BROW  SHOILDEU.  for.:  peak  in  central  Pala- 
wan ;-!,s4ii   ft.  lii.ijh,  in   (iaji   liange,  forming 

and   attaining    highest    elevation    of    about 
5,000  ft. 

summit  3,840  ft.  high,  one  of  group  reach-  j| 

ing  elevation  of  5,000  ft.,  SE.  coast  of  Moor-  ;1 
some  head,  W.  coast  of  N.  Palawan. 

BRliCE,  for.;  point  on  NE.  shore  of  Malampaya 
Sound,  N  W.  coast  of  Palawan:  countrv  inland 
rises  to  1,400  ft. 

/BBDt'H,  for.;  inland  town  4^  m.  W.  of  Bislig  Bay, 
"        E.  coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  126  m.  SSE.  of 
Surigao. 

BRUJO  (broo'-hoh),   Sp.;   barren  island  m   Su- 

riago,  Mindanao,  off  E.  coast. 
BRYSOX,  for.;  point  on  S.  limit  of  Honda   Bay, 

E.  coast  of  central  Palawan. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


379 


^1    >      V 


2 1? 

0  ^    S    8 

m 

2ii 


m 


%t,v-. 


""Mff 


•%, 


Sv;r^^ 


u 


■4 


•?v 


«**u#t: 


a' vie 


""^WJ,-*!^,,. 


380 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


BUAIJI'A  (boo-ah-boo'-ah),  ver.:  hamlet  on  W. 
shore  of  extreme  SE.  S^mar,  2  m.  SE.  of  Sal- 
cedo. 

BUAIUW  (bwah'-boon),  nat.;  village  on  E.  shore 
of  bight  on  S.  coast  S&mar,  8  m.  NNW.  of 
Guiuan  port. 

BUAD  (bwahd'),  ver.;  island  7  by  4  m.  greatest 
distances,  at  entrance  to  Maqueda  Bay,  6  m. 
SE.  of  Catbalogan,  SSmar;  is  mountainous, 
central  peak  rising  to  1,155  ft. 

channel  i  m.  wide  at  its  narrowest  point, 

between  Daram  I.  on  NVV.  and  mainland  of 
Siunar  on  SE.;  u.sed  by  small  coasters  from 
Biliraii  I.  aeros.s  Daram  Channel,  E.  through 
Buad  Channel,  thence  between  Buad  I.  N. 
anil  Lintaiican  I.  S.  thence  N.  by  Villareal 
and  Macnudii  bays  to  Catbalogan. 

hauikt  on  island  of  same  name  off  W. 

coast  of  Siimar,  S.  across  channel  from  Catba- 
logan. 

BUAGAN  (boo-ah-gahn'),  nat.;  point  in  Ilocos 
Norte,  Luzon. 

BUA(<AO  (boo-ah-gow');  river  emptying  into  Ban- 
qui  Bay,  NW.  coast  of  Ilocos  Norte,  Luz6n. 
_  Bl'AL  (bwahl'),  ver.;  point  and  river  entering 
Celebes  Sea  at  its  base,  on  SW.  coast  of  Diivao, 
Mindanao,  23^m.  ESE.  of  Bacud  Pt. 

BL'AX  (bwahn'),  nat.;  island  in  bay  of  Tawi  Tawi, 
•^       N.  of  Balambing  and  near  coast  of  Tawi  Tawi 
I.,  Sulu  A.    It  is  of  some  height,  well  culti- 
vated, and  has  good  water. 

point  7  m.  S.  of  Bunga  Pt.,  on  E.  coast  of 

Miiulanaci.  Low  and  sandy.  Small  river 
which  can  be  entered  by  boats  only  passes 
through  cogonal  at  point. 

village  on  NE.  shore  of  Siasi  I.,  Tapul  grp., 

Sulu  A. 

BUANGSI5    (boo-ang-soo') ,  ver.;    hamlet   on   S. 
y      shore  of  great  bight  on  N.  coast  of  Sulu  I., 
Sulu  A.,  7^  m.  E.  by  S.  of  Sulu. 

BUANOY  (boo-ah-noy'),  ver.;  point  and  river  en- 
tering strait  of  Tafl6n  2  m.  S.  of  Balamb&n, 
W.  coast  of  Cebii. 

BUAO  (boo-ah'-oo),  ver.;  hamlet  near  one  of  W. 
tributaries  of  Bac-hao  Bangahon  Riv.,  S.  cen- 
tral Sdmar. 

Bl'AOAN  (buah'-wahn)  nat.;  a  summit  on  ex- 
treme N.  coast  of  Ilocos  Norte,  Lui!6n,  be- 
tween spurs  of  Mt.  Patapat  on  E.  and  Bangui 
on  W. 

BUARTIA  (boo-ar'-tee-ah),  ver.;  island  in  Balan- 
guingui  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

BCAS  (boo-as'),  ver.;  point  on  SW.  shore  of  Taal 
Lake.    Mts.  Macolot  and  Vigan  rise  inland. 

BIIATA>'   (boo-ah'-tahn),  ver.;    hamlet  midway 

^         bet  Willi   Lanai)  Lake  and  Iligan  Bay,  Mi.sa- 

mis,  Mimlaiia... 

UATON   (iHxi-ah'-tawn),  ver.;   hamlet  on  high 

road  from  Zamboanga  to  Las  Mercedes,  in 

Tetuan  township,  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

BlIAYA  (boo-ah'-yah),  nat.;  island  2  m.  long,  off 
NP".  Leyte,  in  W.  entrance  of  sea  channel 
leading  to  San  Juanico  Strait. 

hamlet  on  SE.  shore  of  Villareal  Gulf,  in 

Siimar. 

BUBIAN  (boo-bee-ahn'),  ver.;  hamlet  of  Cdpiz, 
Panay,  on  NE.  coast,  i  m.  W.  of  Nava.s. 

BUBLAKA>'  (boo-blah'-rahn),ver.;  point  in  island 
of  Buad,  off  Catbalogan,  W.  coast  of  S4mar. 

BlIBCiBi  (boo-bon'),  Sp.;  hamlet  in  Benguet,  Lu- 
zon, «  m.  N.  of  Trinidad,    Pop.,  169. 

lat.  10°  29'  N.,  Ion.  119°  5' E.,  entrance  point 

of  Barton  Bay,  NW.  coast  of  Palawan. 

^UBUXN  (boo-boo-ahn'),  ver.;  island  1^  m.  in 
diameter,  79-1  ft.  high;  most  N.  of  Basilan 
grp.,  S.  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

island  794  feet  high,  2  sq.  m.  in  extent,  3J 

m.  S.  of  Manghal  Pt.,  S.  shore  of  Basilan  I., 
Sulu  A.,  li  m.  N.  of  Tapiantana  I. 


^ 


Bl'BrXX;  most  NW.  island,  498  ft.  high  and  2  sq. 
m.  in  area,  of  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A.  On  S.  side  are  2 
islets:  channel  which  separates  it  from  Cabu- 
kan  into  a  parts,  each  about  500  yds.  wide,  by 
little  islet  Lahat  Lahat. 

northeasternmost  of  Tawi  Tawi  grp.,  on  W. 

side  of  Tapaam  passage,  Sulu  A.;  Island  is  3i 
by  2  m.  in  extent  and  457  ft.  high;  narrow 
channel,  i  m.,  separates  it  from  Moniakolat 
I.;  it  is  covered  with  trees,  and  from  highest 
peak  chain  of  hills  extends  to  E.,  terminat- 
ing at  N.  point.  On  W.  side  of  Bubudn,  in 
shallow  lagoon  sheltered  by  bar.  numerous 
fishing  prawls  seek  protection  from  stress  of 
weatherand  Into  it  they  crowd  upon  approach 
of  steam  vessel.  It  is  reported  by  H.  M.  S. 
Nasmn  that  fully  200  of  these  boats  were  ob- 
served dredging  for  pearl  oysters  S.  and  E.  of 
this  island. 

•BtlBl'G  (boo'-boog),  nat.;  village  on  r.  bank  of 
N.  arm  of  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  Cota- 
bato,  Mindanao,  above  Sandy  Pt. 

^BL'Bi;>ArAX  (boo-boo-nah'-oo-ahn),  ver.;  river 
in  Mindanao. 

^UBl'Ml'GAN  (boo-boon-too'-gahn^,  ver.;  ham- 
let on  E.  shore  of  Makajalar  Bay,  1  m.  N.  of 
Jasaan,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 
Bl'CACAX  (boo-cah-cahn'),  ver.;  river  in  Leyte, 
rising  in  Calauinan  Mt.  and  emptying  into 
sea  2  m.  N.  of  Hindang. 

^I'CAGAX  (boo-cah'-gun),  nat.;  conspicuous  hill 
'        at  mouth  of  Malamban  Riv.,  li  m.  SW.  of 
Misamis,  Misamis  port,  Misamis,  Mindanao, 
for  which  it  is  landmark. 

BL't'ALAG  (boo-cah-lag'),ver.;  hamlet  at  mouth 
of  stream  egiptying  on  E.  shore  of  Maqueda 
Bay,  1^  m.  NE.  of  San  Sebastidn,  W.  coast  of 
Sfi.mar. 

BlICAO  (boo-eow'),  nat;  hamlet  in  Iloilo,  Panay, 
2  m.  S.  of  Santa  Barbara. 

river  in  Zambales,  Luz6n. 

river  emptying  on  NE.  shore  of  Laguinic 

Bay,  W.  coast  of  Sdmar. 

hamlet  in    Abra,    Luz6n,    in    pueblo   of 

Tayum,  on  river  Tinog. 
^UCAS  (boo-cahs'),  nat.;  3  islands  so  close  to- 
'  gether  as  almost  to  form  one,  off  NE.  coast  of 
Surigao,  Mindanao.  S.  or  Great  Bueds  is 
irregular  in  outline,  14  m.  N.  and  S.,  and  6  m. 
greatest  width;  area  about56sq.  m.;  through- 
out its  entire  length  traversed  by  range  of 
high  hills.  Tugas  Pt.,  on  mainland  of  Min- 
danao, lies  5  m.  to  S.  Middle  Bucds  is  3^  m. 
from  N.  to  S.,  and  2i  m.  from  E.  to  W.,  with 
area  of  5  sq.  m.  Conical  hill,  984  ft.  high, 
rises  on  SE.  side.  E.  island,  3  m.  E.  and  W., 
and  1^  m.  N.  and  S.,  area  3  sq.  m..  completes 
group.  Tills  island  is  separated  from  Siargao 
I.  on  N.  by  channel  1  m.  wide.  Port  Sibonga 
is  its  chief  anchorage. 

mountain  1,700  ft.  high,  on  SE.  shore  of 

Misamis  port,  Misamis,  Mindanao,  E.  byS.  of 
Sibuco  Pt. 

cone  984  ft.  high,  on  S.  shore  of  Bucds  I., 

off  NE.  coast  of_Surigao,  Mindanao,  and  ap- 
proaching Sibonga  port  from  N. 

BtfCAY  (boo'-ki),  ver.;  pueblo  in  Abra,  Luzon,  11 
m.  SE.  of  Bangued,  on  1.  liaiik  of  Abra  Riv. 
Pop.,  2,461. 

mountain  in  Abra,  Luzon. 

rBlt'lT  (boo-sif);  point  on  SE.  coast  of  DAvao, 
Mindanao,  SW.  of  Guay  Pt. 

BUt'JAOX  (book-hah'-awn),  ver.;  mountain  In 
Sdmar. 

Bi;t'KliE,  for.;  point  on  NE.  .side  of  which  is  situ- 
ated Puerto  Princesa,  E.  coast  of  Palawan. 

BUt'ONG  (boo-cong')  ver.;  point  on  S.  shore  of 
Guimarda  Strait,  li  m.  W.  of  Isid,  Negros 
Occidental. 

Bl'CTAl  AN  (booe-tah'-oo-ahn),  ver.;  hamlet  in 
Benguet,  Luz6n,  7  m.  N.  of  Trinidad. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILirriNE    ISLANDS. 


381 


BITTIN  (book-toon'),  nat.;  pointoii  W.  coast  of 

Ylin  I.,  in  lat.  Vl°  l.V  N. 
«!(  ri>  (t">i)  coofl'),  iiiit.;  point  SW.  coast  DAvao, 

Miiiilaiiad,  S.  liy  E.  toBulahtan  Pt.;  hasmany 

inlets  and  mountains  near  coast. 
Br«  TLHAIMi  (boo-cool-bah-taw'),  Tag.;  hamlet 

in  Hulacrtn,  Luz6n,  12^  m.  NE.  of  Bnlac^n. 
Bl'd'TfA  (l>i)()-coo-too'-ali),  ver.;  one  of  Silma- 

les  Is.,  Balanguingui  grp.,  Sulu  A. 
BK  TTIIaN,    or    BUKUTlU     (boo-coo-too'-ahn, 

1 « lo-coo-too'-ah) ,  ver. :  island  in  Balanguingui 

k'rp.,  Sulu  A.,  3  m.  long  and  IJ  wide. 
BIIMAXJ,    or     BADIAN    (boo-dee-ahng',    bah'- 

lUcaliu),  nat.;  hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Moalboal 

.Mualbual),Cebu. 

BIKK    (bwaid'),    ver.;    stream    in    side   valley 

I  hrougli  which  it  is  proposed  to  bring  railway 

from  Dagupan  to  Baguio,  Benguet,  Luz6n. 
Bl  KNABUKJO    (boo-ayn'-ah-bree'-gaw)     (means 

Kond  shelter),  Sp.;  point  and  anchorage  on 

W.  ccuist  of  Cebii,  5i  m.  N.  of  Asturias. 
Bl  i;.\AVISTA  (bway-nah-vees-taw),  Sp.;  hamlet 

(ui  \V.  coast  of  Antique,  Panay,  3  m.  N.  of 

Srhaste. 

— pueblo  in  Hollo,  Panay. 

mountain  in  pueblo  of  Baliuag,  BulacAn, 

Luzon. 
crater  in W.  Antique,  Panay,  near  boundary 

of  CApiz,  18  m.  NW.  of  Tibiao. 
— hamlet  on  NE.  shore  of  Manicani  I.,  off 

(iuiuan,  on  S.  shore  of  SE.  Siimar,  Visayas. 
town  in  NW.part  ofGuimarAsI.,onr.  bank 

I  if  S.  tributary  of  Potiocan  bato,  emptying  into 

Iloilo  Strait,  1  m.  inland  E.  of  Iloilo  Strait 

and  3  m.  E.  of  Hollo,  Panay.     Pop.,  3,497. 

■  ■ hamlet  in  Cavite,  Luzon,  13  m.  S.  of  Cavite. 

BUEMjI  (boo-ayn-lee'),  Hisp.;  creek  in  Tayabas, 

Luzon. 
BlIEMtETlBO  (bwayn-ray-tee'-roh),Sp.;  hamlet 

in  pueblo  ot  Negros  Occidental. 
BUEA'ASENAL  (bway-nah-say-nyal'),  Sp.;  Lsland 

E.  of  Malhon  or  Jomonjol  I.  and  SW.  of  Sungi 

Pt.,  Sftmar. 
BUEN  SUCESO  (bo-ayn'soo-thay-saw'),  Sp.;  ham- 
let in  Pampanga,  Luzon,  12  m.  N.  of  Bacolor. 

(Also  Nuestra  Sefioradel  Buen  Suceso.) 
BUFITES  (boo-fee'-tays);   several  islets  NE.  of 

Potol  Pt.,  Panay,  adjacent  to  coast  of  CApiz. 
BUOA  (boo-gah'),  nat.;  point  on   SE.  coast  of 

Cebii,  2  m.  S.  of  Alcoy. 
point  on  E.  side  of  San  Miguel  I.,  off  E. 

coast  of  Albay,  lat.  30°  22'  N. 
BUGiCAY  (boo-gah'-ki),  ver.;  hamlet  in  SAmar, 

4^  m.  NW.  of  Borongan. 
.BUGAKlX  (boo-gah-kee-ah'),  ver.;  hamlet  at  foot 

of  peak  on  N  W.  extreme  of  Macajalar  Bay,  N. 

coa.st  of  Misamis,  Mindanao,  35  m.  N.  by  E.  of 

Cagayftn  de  Misamis. 
BUGXn  (boo-gahn'),  ver.;  river  entering  sea  on 

W.  coast  of  Antique,  Panay,  1  m.  S.  of  PandAn. 
BUGALON  (boo-gah'-lone),nat.;  Lsland  in  channel 

between  Masbate  on  NW.  and  Leyte  on  SE. 

BUGAS  (boo'-gus),  nat.;   headland  and  port  of 

island  of  SAmar,  lat.  11°  50'  N.,  at  mouth  of 

Pagbabagnan  Riv.,  on  E.  coast. 
BIjGAS6n  (boo-gah-sawn'),  Sp.;  pueblo  W.  coast 

of  Antique,  Panay,  24  m.  N.  of  San  Jos6  de 

Buenavista;  largest  in  district.    Pop.,  14,104. 
BUGASUNGAN  (boo-gah-soong'-ahn) ,  ver.;  small 

stream  in  Cdpiz,  Panay,  entering  Buruanga 

Riv.  at  Buruanga  at  its  mouth,  NW.  coast. 
BiGAYA  (boo.gah'-yah) ,  ver.;  point  in  SW.  Sdmar. 
BUGBIIG  (boog-boog'),  nat.;  hamlet  on  E.  shore 

of  Ddvao  Gulf,  Ddvao,  Mindanao,  44  m.  SE. 

by  S.  of  DAvao. 
^LGOAOK  (boog-cah'-on),  ver.;  town  in  one  of 

E.  ranges  in  Misamis,  Mindanao,  31  m.  SSE. 

of  CagayAu  de  Misamis. 


town    in    Benguet, 


BUGIAO     (boo-hee-ah'oh); 
Luzon,  N.  of  Baguio. 

BUGJAON  (boog-hah'-on),ver.;  mountain  inNW. 
Leyte,  7  m.  NE.  of  Villaba. 

BUGLUG  (boog-loog'),  ver.;  islet  SE.  of  Pan  de 
Azticar,  with  which  it  is  connected  by  stretch 
of  land,  and  one  of  group  E.  of  San  Dionisio, 
E.  coast  of  Concepci6n,  Iloilo,  Panay. 

BUGNAI  (boog-nye'),  nat.;  bay  on  NW.  coast  of 
Carogo  or  Puro  I.,  Nin  Bay,  SW.  coast  of  Mas- 
bate,  VLsayas. 

point  on  E.  shore  of  bay  of  same  name  on 

NW.  coast  of  Carogo  or  Puro  I.,  SW.  coast  of 
Masbate,  Visayas. 

river  entering  bay  of  same  name,  SE.  of 

point  of  same  name  on  NW.  coast  of  Carogo 
or  Puro  I.,  Nin  Bay,  SW.  coast  of  Masbate, 
Visayas. 

hamlet  iti  Iloilo,  E.  Panay,  in  lateral  range 

of  iiKMuitains  on  boundary  with  CApiz,  6i  m. 
NW.  by  N.of  I'assi. 

BIJGAAYOA'  (b(Hig-nah-yon'),  ver.;  pointin  Panay. 

BUGNEY  (boog-nav'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Iloilo, 
SW.  Panay,  3  m.  NW.  of  Igbaras. 

BllGO  (boo-gau'),  ver.;  point  and  town,  5^  m.  S. 
of  Bantolinao  Pt.,  E.  coast  of  Cebu.  Town 
stands  on  rising  ground,  surrounded  by  hills. 

BUGSANGX  (boog-sung-ah'),  nat.;  point  on  W. 
coast  of  Mindoro,  N.  of  bay  of  Mangerin,  lat. 
12°  21'  N.,  and  terminus  of  a  spur  of  S.  ranges 
that  forms  in  center  of  island. 

BUGSIT  (boog-sif),  nat.;  stream  of  Pampanga, 
Luzon,  which  ri.ses  about  center  of  province 
and  empties  into  Pampanga  Chico  Riv. 

village  in  province  of  Pampanga,  Luzon, 

on  main  road  and  on  stream  of  same  name, 
tributary  of  Pampanga  Chico. 

BUGSIIaN  (boog-soo'-ahn),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Abra, 
Luzon,  near  r.  bank  of  Abra  Riv.,  14  m.  SE.  of 
Bangued. 

BUGSUK  (boog-sook'),  ver.;  island  off  SE.  coast 
of  Palawan,  at  Church  Pt. 

second  largest  island  of  BalAbac  grp.,  9^  m. 

N.  and  S.  and  6^  m.  E.  and  W.  It  almost 
touches  Pandanan  I.  on  NW.,  channel  being 
but  3h  cables  (2,520  ft.)  wide,  and  less  than 
4^  m.  SE.  of  extreme  SE.  coast  of  Palawan. 

BUGTASAIV  (boog-tah'-sun),  nat.;  river  emptying 
on  SW.  shore  of  inlet  on  NE.  coast  of  SAmar, 
between  Laguan  and  PalApag  channels. 

BUGTON  (bug-tohn')  nat.;  extreme  S.  point  of 
BatAn  I.,  off  E.  coast  of  Albay,  Luzon. 

BCGTll Vboog-too');  point4  m.  NE.  of  Mondragon, 
N.  coast  of  SAmar."  River  enters  sea  E.  of 
point  near  Pambujan  but  having  no  connec- 
tion with  it. 

BUGTIIn  (boog- toon'),  nat.;  islet  off  SE.  shore  of 
Masbate  I.,  Visayas. 

inlet  on  N.  coast  of  Ilocos  Norte,  Luz6n, 

which  receives  river  having  its  source  in  Mt. 
Patapat  and  empties  into  Bangui  Bay. 

BUGTUNA  (boog-too'-nah),  nat.;  point  on  SW. 
coast  of  SAmar,  in  lat.  12°  17'  30"  N. 

BUGl]BAS(boo-goo'-bas),ver.;  river  in  Mindanao. 

BUGIIEY  (boo-gay'),  ver.;  N.  pueblo  of  CagayAn, 
Luz6n,  8  m.  SE.  of  Aparri  and  56  m.  N.  of 
Tuguegarao  and  connected  by  2  roads  with 
main  highway  at  Camalaniugan  and  Lal-16 
to  SW.  It  enjovs  considerable  local  trade. 
Pop.,  1,120. 

BUGUEY,  or  DELGADA  (boo-gay',  dayl-gah-dah'), 
nat.;  point  on  W.  of  large  bay  on  N.  coast  of 
CagayAn,  Luzon,  lat.  18°  22'  N. 

town  in  pueblo  of  same  name,  CagayAn, 

Luzon. 

BlIGUI  (boo'-gee),  ver.;  extreme  NW.  point  of 
Masbate  I.,  Visayas. 

hamlet  of  Lepanto,  Luzon,  at  headwaters 

of  stream  which  empties  into  China  Sea 
although  but  4  m.  W.  of  Abra  Riv.,  and  20  m. 
NW.  of  CayAn. 


382 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


BUGl'  I ;  river  in  SW.  SAmar,  about  25  ni .  Ioiir,  flow- 
ing S.  and  emptying  into  San  I'tdro  Bay  on 
N.  shore,  6  m.  E.  of  Bixsey. 

islet  ^sq.m.,  Ijm.  NE.  of  Culion,  Calamidn 

I.,  Calamianes  grp. 

hamlet  in  Mindanao,  on  small  bay  in  hit. 

7°  11'  N. 

BUtiUlXS  (boo-gee-as'),  nat.:  round,  flat  topped 
islet  in  SW.  portion  of  Tabaeo  Bay  in  entrance 
to  Sala  or  Sulu  Channel,  between  Albay  and 
Caeraray  I.,  Luzon. 

pueblo  in  Benguet,  Luz6n,  17  m.  NE.  of 

Trinidad.    Pop.,  650. 

BUfcSUIS  (boo'-geese),  ver.;  point  in  S.  Mindanao. 

BUCriTAI  (boo-gee'-tie),  ver.;  island  1  .sq.  m. 
fronting  large  bay  on  NE.  coast  of  Polillo  1., 
oflf  Infanta,  Luzon. 

BUGULAYAN  (boo-goo-lah'.yahn),  ver.;  point  in 
Tablas  I.,  Visayas. 

BUGUT  (boo-goof):  portonX.  sideof  DanasRiv., 
W.  coast  of  Cebvi.    (See  Carmen.) 

BlIHI  (boo'-hee),  ver.;  lake  3  by  U  m.  in  Yriga 
Mts.  in  SE.  corner  of  Ambos  Camarine.s 
(Sur),  Luz6n,  25  m.  SE.  of  Nueva  C^ceres. 
Lake  is  300  ft.  above  sea,  surrounded  on  all 
sides  by  hills  1,000  ft.  high.  On  its  W.  shore 
are  remains  of  Yriga  volcano.  On  January  4, 
1641,  this  volcano  burst  forth,  its  summit  pre- 
viously conical,  fell  in,  forming  lake.  Inhab- 
itants of  village  of  Buhi,  migrated  to  shores 
of  new  lake,  hence  its  name.  Igorrotes  are 
largely  settled  in  this  neighborhood.  (Also 
Buji.) 

pueblo  of  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur)  on  S. 

shore  of  lake  of  that  name.  Jiigor,  German 
scientist,  report-s  upon  arrival  at  this  point 
priest  had  it  proclaimed  by  sound  of  drum 
that  newly  arrived,  stranger  wanted  to  ob- 
tain all  kinds  of  animals  whether  of  earth, 
air,  or  water  for  which  cash  would  be  paid. 
He  was  .soon  overstocked  with  moths,  cen- 
tipedes, and  other  vermin,  but  nothing  use- 
ful. Town  is  on  fine  road  29  m.  SE.  of  Nueva 
CAceres.    Pop.,  10,000. 

river  in  Ambos  Camarines   (Sur),  Luz6n, 

taking  its  rise  in  lake  of  that  name,  flows 
NW.  and  enters  Bicol  Riv. 

mountain   in  Albay,  Luz6n,  near  Ambos 

Camarines  (Sur)  boundary,  20  m.  NNW.  of 
Albay  and  4^  m.  E.  of  Buhi  Lake.  (See  Ma- 
linao.) 

mountain  using  above  town  of  same  name 

in  Ambos  Camarines,  Luzon. 

BUHIA  (boo-hee-ah'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  N.  shore 
of  S4mar,  l^m.  E.  of  Mondrag6n. 

BUH1SA>  (boo-hee'-sahn),  ver.;  point  on  S.  end 
of  E.  coast  of  Panaon  I.,  SE.  of  Ley  te. 

BIJHOY  (boo'-hov),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Iloilo,  Panay, 
2  m.  E.  of  Le6n. 

BUHU  (boo'-hoo),  nat.;  town  on  SW.  shore  of  a 
small  bay,  SE.  side  of  Lapun  Lapun  anchor- 
age, on  N.  coast  of  CagaySu  Sulu.  Good  water 
is  to  be  had  at  this  point. 

BUHUGAN  (boo-hoo'-gun),  nat.;  village  of  pueblo 
of  Basey  SW.  coast  of  SAmar. 


BLIOAG    MUMI    (boo-yong'  moon-tee'),    nat.: 

point  on  E.  shore  of  entrance  to  Stibic  Bay,  SE- 

coast  of  Zambales,  Luz6n. 
BUJATAN  (boo-hah'-tahn),  nat.;  village  on  NE. 

shore  of  Sorsog6n  port,  Sorsog6n,  Liaz6n,  2i  m. 

ESE.  of  Sorsog6n. 
BUJIMBA  (boo-him'-bah),  ver.;  mountain,  897  ft. 

high,  in  Tawi  Tawi  L.  Sulu  A. 
BUJU   (boo'-hoo),  nat.;  island  on    W.  shore  of 

Ticao  I.,  Visayas,  near  its  N.  limit. 
BUJUTAN    (boo-hoo'-tun),    nat.;  village    on    N. 

shore  of  Albay  Gulf,   Albay,  Luzon,   E.  of 

Li  bog. 
BUKAJOJi  (boo-kah-hon'),  ver.;  hill  in  range  with 
^     S.  angle  of  fort  at  Misamis  port,  on  Panguil 

Bay,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 
BUKIR  (boo-keer').  nat.:  barren  island  on  SE. 

coast  of  Palawan.    Lat.  9°34'N. 
BIJKIT  (boo'-kit),  nat.;   hamlet  on  shore  of  Sa- 
^     rangani  Strait,  extreme  S.  coast  of  D4vao, 

Mindanao,  101  m.  S.  of  Diivao. 
^UKUD,  or  BACIID  (boo-cood',  bah-cood'),  ver.; 

point  on  SW.  coast  of  DAvao,  Mindanao,  18^ 

m.  ESE.  of  Polo  Pt. 
BUKUTKIIT    (boo-coot-coof)    ver.;    reef,    from 

which  rise  islets  and  rocks  of  Tabuan  cluster, 

Cinapuran  grp.,  Sulu  A. 
BUKUTIJA,  or  BlIClITtJA  (boo-eoo-too'-ah),  ver.; 

one  of  larger  of  the  Samales  Is.  of  Balan- 

guingui  grp..  Sulu  A.    It  is  157  ft.  high,  and 

separated  from  Bulan    by   channel    720   ft. 

wide.     Channel     between     Bukutua     and 

Tatalon  is  2^  m.  wide. 
BULA  (boo'-lah),  nat.;  town  at  junction  of  one  of 

main  E.  tributaries  of  Bicol  Riv.  and  pueblo  in 

Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luz6n,  14  m.  SE.  of 

Nueva  CAceres,  connected  by  fine  road.    Pop., 

2,800. 
hamlet    in    CApiz,   Panay,  2i  m.  NW.  of 

Mambiisao. 
point  on  E.  trend  of  coast  of  Negros  Occi- 
dental, S.  shore  of  GuimarSs  Strait. 
BULABOT  (boo-lah-bof),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Cdpiz, 

Panay,  5^  m.  S.  of  Malinao. 

river  in  Panay. 

BIJLAC  (boo'-luck),  nat.;  hamlet  on  1.  bank  of 

Binalbagan  Riv.,  6^  m.  NE.  of  Binalbagan, 

Negros  Occidental. 
hamlet  in  Negros  Oriental,  at  headwaters 

of  stream  emptying  at  Danin,  8^  m.  SW.  by 

S.  of  Dumaguete. 
point  15^  m.  S.  by  E.  of  S.  entrance  to  Port 

Sorsog6n,  Sorsogon,  Luzon  at  mouth  oi  Bulan 

Riv. 
hamlet  in  Bulac^n,  Luz6n,  on  main  road, 

18  m.  N.  of  Bulacan. 

river  in  S.  Leyte. 

BULACABO  (boo-lah-cah'-boh),  nat.;  barren  is- 
land on  N.  coast  of  Negros  Occidental.    Lat. 

11°  02'  N. 
BULACAL  (boo-lah-caP),  ver.;   hamlet  in  Cilpiz, 

piz,  Panay,  2  m.  NE.  of  Pontevedra. 
BULACAHUI  (boo-lah-cah'-hooy),  nat..  point  In 

N.  Leyte,  on  sea  channel  toward  Biliraa,  4i 
!  m.  NE.  of  Leyte. 


bulacAn,  luz6n,  province  of. 

(Boo-lah-cahn',  Tag.) 

Capital:  Malolos,  lat.  140°  51^  N.,  Ion.  120°  48'  E. 

Area:  841  sq.  m. 

Population:  239,464,  Tagtilog. 

Race:  Tagalog. 

Langnage:  Tagtllog.     Spanish  is  also  spoken  among  the  educated. 

Military  Department  of  Luzon:  Headquarters,  Manila,  Luzon. 

Table  of  distances. 
From  Malolos  to—  m. 

Angeles,  NW 23 

LingaySn,  NW »! 

Manila,  SE 20 

Siibic,  China  Sea  coast 89 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    I'HILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


383 


LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

Bulacdn  (biilac,  cotton;  bulacdn,  a  place  where  cotton  is  grown)  was  formerly  called 

Meycauayan,  the  town  of  Bulacc4n  being  its  former  capital.     It  is  bounded  on  the 

by  Nueva  Ecija;  on  the  E.  by  Nueva  Ecija  and  Infanta,  from  which  it  is  separated 

ay  the  almost  impassable  Cordillera  Grande  Oriental;  on  the  S.  by  Rizal  and  Manila 

•iBay,  and  on  the  W.  by  Pampanga. 

AREA. 

It  measures  48  m.  from  NE.  to  .SW.,  and  49  m.  from  NW.  to  SE.  Area,  841  sq.  m., 
ir  .">:!s,240  acres. 

PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 

On  account  of  its  natural  beauty  and  abundant  productiveness,  Bulacan  is  some- 
times called  "the  garden  of  the  Philippines."  The  surface  of  the  province,  except 
toward  the  Infanta  Ijoundary  on  the  E.,  is  flat,  with  numerous  rivers.  The  vegeta- 
tion is  luxuriant.  The  principal  summits,  Mts.  Silao  and  Pahalang,  parallel  the 
lofty  Cordilleras  and  with  them  form  a  valley  through  which  the  Quiiigua  finds  its 
tortuous  way  into  the  Pampanga  Grande.  All  the  streams  flow  to  the  W.  into  the 
: majestic  Pampanga,  or  SW.  into  its  many  outlets  across  the  delta  of  the  same 
I  name.  This  delta  occupies  the  extreme  SW.  corner  of  the  province,  a  distance  of 
jl9  m.  along  Manila  Bay  and  from  6  to  12  m.  inland.  Across  this  low,  populous,  and 
prfxluctive  area  the  volume  of  the  Pampanga  Grande  finds  its  outlet  through  14 
distinct  mouths.  The  network  of  its  channels  forms  44  distinct  islands,  some  of  con- 
siderable size.  One  of  the  most  celebrated  natural  features  of  the  archipelago  is  the 
cave  of  Biac-na-bato,  in  this  province.  It  is  the  ])lace  where  the  insurrection  of 
1897  against  Spain  was  ended.  About  8  m.  NE.  of  Sun  INIiguel  de  Mayumo,  in  the 
NW.  portion,  are  the  springs  of  Sibul,  the  healing  jiroperties  of  whicli  are  so  widely 
known  that  large  numbers  of  people  from  the  neighboring  provinces  go  there  to 
"find  relief  from  their  infirmities. 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

The  province  is  without  harbors  in  a  strict  sense  of  the  word,  notwithstanding  ita 
position  on  the  NE.  shore  of  Manila  Bay.  The  numerous  outlets  of  the  Grande  de 
Pampanga  Riv.  afford  communication  between  the  bay  and  the  interior. 

ROADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 

The  contiguity  of  the  province  and  proximity  of  its  former  capital  to  Manila  bring 
this  region  into  constant  intercourse  with  that  chief  center  of  administration  and 
industry.  There  is  a  daily  steamer  direct  to  Manila.  The  jirovince  is  in  communi- 
cation by  rail  and  wagon  road  with  Manila  on  the  S.,  and  Pampanga,  Tdrlac,  and 
Pangasinan  on  the  NW.,  and  by  wagon  road  from  San  Miguel  to  Polo  and  Penaranda, 
in  Nueva  Ecija.  During  the  rainy  reason  the  roads  in  the  vicinity  of  San  Miguel 
de  Mayumo  are  impassable  for  wagons.  The  numerous  rivers,  most  of  them  navi- 
gable for  native  boats,  also  facilitate  the  transportation  of  the  products  of  the  province. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

The  number  of  registered  inhabitants  of  Bulacdn  is  239,221,  almost  wholly  of  the 
Tagiilog  race.  The  Tagdlog  language  is  universal,  Spanisla  only  being  used  in  the 
channels  of  trade  between  natives  and  foreigners. 

The  following  is  the  division  of  Bulacdn  into  pueblos  and  their  population  accord- 
ing to  the  official  census  of  1887: 


I'roviuce  and  putblos. 

Total  population  combining 
residents  present  and  ab- 
sent, native  and  Spanish, 
census  1887. 

Men. 

Women. 

Total. 

Bulacdn: 
Angat . 

4,108 
8,663 
4,691 
3,911 
4, 280 
5, 945 
3,366 

4,044 
8,660 
4,809 
3,904 
4,320 
6,946 
3,431 

8  152 

Barasodiii .             ... 

9  500 

Biga&.. 

7,816 
8,600 

Bustos 

6,797 

384 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


Province  iiiii 


Total  population  combining 
residents  present  and  ab- 
sent, native  and  Spanish, 
census  1887. 


Bulac^n— Continued. 

Calumpit 

Guiguinto 

Hagonoy  

Malolos 

Marilfto 

Meyeauayan 

Norzagaray 

Obando 

Paombong 

Polo 

Pulilan 

Quingua 

San  Ildefonso 

San  Jose 

San  Miguel  de  Mayumo. 

San  Rafael 

Santa  Isabel 

Santa  Maria 


5,774 
2,596 
9,104 
7,826 
2, 344 
4,610 
3,114 
3,692 
4,025 
4,963 
4,836 
3,632 
3,686 
1,422 
9,742 
5,084 
3,216 
4,692 


i,  538 

7;880 
2,222 
4,646 
2,997 
3, 8.S4 
4, 152 
5,199 
5,033 
3,680 
3,576 
1,338 
9, 655 
5,065 
3,304 
4,884 


11,613 
5,134 

18,500 

16,706 
4,566 
9,256 
6,111 
7,576 
8,177 

10, 162 

7,' 312 
7,202 
2,760 
19,397 
10, 149 


Total 119,122 


Census  of  1896  complete 114, 962 

Estimated  1901 239, 222 


The  pueblos  number  25,  villages  360,  and  hamlets  365.  Of  the  first  the  following 
are  the  most  important,  the  population  in  1896  being  given: 

Malolos,  the  provincial  capital,  a  railroad,  telegraph,  and  military  station,  sit- 
uated on  a  branch  of  the  Pampanga  Riv.  at  the  head  of  the  delta  of  that  stream;  6  m. 
NW.  of  Bulacan,  the  former  capital,  and  a  jioint  of  considerable  imi)ortance  in  the 
trade  of  the  region.     Pop.,  14,599. 

Ang-at;  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  Quingua  Riv.,  aV^out  25  m.  above  its  junction  with 
the  Pampanga  Riv.  at  Calumpit  and  15  m.  NE.  of  Malolos.  It  is  one  of  the  richest 
timber  towns  of  the  province.     Mining  is  also  carried  on.     Pop.  of  town,  8,050. 

Baliuag;  on  the  r.  bank  of  the  (iuiiigna  l\iv.,  about  22  m.  above  its  junction  with 
the  Pampanga  Grande,  and  10  m.  NN1<].  of  .Malolos.  It  is  within  2  m.  of  the  Pam- 
panga l)oundary  and  nearer  the  SE.  margin  of  the  ("anda])a  swamp.  It  is  one  of  the 
largest  towns  in  tlie  province  and  includes  among  its  iidiabitants  a  large  number  of 
very  rich  meichants and  rice  raisers.  It  is  a  market  for  all  the  surrounding  country 
and  is  celebrated  for  the  bamboo  hats  that  are  made  there  in  great  quantities.  Pop., 
14,122. 

Barasoain;  adjoining  Malolos  on  the  N.     Pop.,  9,675. 

Bigaa;  7  m.  ESE.  of  Malolos.     Pop.,  8,120. 

Bocaue;  8  m.  SE.  of  Malolos.     Pop.,  10,345. 

Bulacan;  the  former  capital  of  the  province,  7  m.  SE.  of  Malolos.  It  stands  in 
the  center  of  one  of  the  islands  of  the  Pampanga  delta,  and  is  well  built  and  laid  out 
in  wide  streets.     It  has  a  monument  to  the  Botanist  Blanco.     Pop.,  13,386. 

Bustos;  On  the  1.  bank  of  the  Quiiigua  Riv.,  near  the  border  of  the  swamp  of 
Candaba,  on  the  W.  boundary,  11  m.  NE.  of  Malolos.     Pop.,  7,025. 

Calumpit;  7  m.  NW.  of  Malolos,  at  the  outlet  of  the  QuiiTgua  Riv.  into  the  Pam- 
panga Grande,  and  also  at  the  forks  of  two  of  the  delta  outlets  of  that  stream.  Pop., 
15,072. 

Guiguinto;  2  m.  W.  of  the  Manila  and  Dagupan  Railroad  and  5  m.  of  Malolos. 
Pop.,  5,515. 

Hagonoy;  in  the  extreme  SW.  corner  of  the  province,  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  W. 
branch  of  the  Pampanga  Grande  Riv.  at  its  division  into  the  Nabao  Grande  and 
Chico  outlets  into  Manila  Bay,  from  which  it  is  3  m.  inland.  It  is  7  m.  SW  of 
Malolos.     Pop.,  20,120. 

Marilao;  on  the  Manila  and  Dagupan  Railroad,  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  E.  outlet  of 
the  Pampanga  Grande,  5  m.  inland  from  Manila  Bay  and  10  m.  SE.  of  Malolos. 
Pop.,  5,075. 

Meycauayan;  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  W.  outlet  of  the  Pampanga  Riv.,  13  m.  SE. 
of  Malolos.     Pop.,  8,119. 

Norzagaray;  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  Quingua  Riv.,  about  the  center  of  the  province 
and  16  m.  NE.  of  Malolos.  It  is  nearer  the  mountains  than  any  other  town  in  the 
province  and  has  more  resources.  The  timber  is  good,  and  can  be  cut  and  s'.id 
into  the  Quiiigua  Riv.  and  floated  without  trouble  to  Manila.     Gold  has  sometimes 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  385 

been  waslied  from  the  sti-eams,  and  large  nuggets  have  been  brought  from  the 
mountains.  On  the  1.  Ixink  of  the  river  is  a  rich  rice  comitry,  and  on  the  r.  bank  a 
fertile  corn  country.  (.Quantities  of  iron  are  found  in  the  mountains,  and  fruit  grows 
al  lundantly.  There  is  a  splendid  sulphur  pool  and  spring  near  the  town.  Pop.  of 
town,  5,305. 

Obando;  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  W.  outlet  of  the  Pami^anga  Riv.,  3  m.  above  its 
outlet  in  :\ranila  Bay,  13  m.  SE.  of  Malolos.     Pop.,  7,948. 

Paombong-;  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  central  delta  outlet  of  the  Pampanga  Grande, 
2  m.  \V.  of  Malolos.     Pop.,  10,297. 

Polo;  on  the  W.  arm  of  the  Pampanga  Riv.  3  m.  inland  from  the  Bay  of  Manila, 
and  13  m.  SE.  of  Malolos.     The  town  of  Obando  adjoins  it  on  the  S.     Pop.,  7,945. 

Pulilan;  on  the  r.  bank  of  the  Quiiigua,  5  m.  above  its  junction  with  the  Pam- 
panga Urande,  and  5  m.  NNE.  of  Malolos.     Pop.,  10,058. 

Q,uingua;  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  river  of  same  name,  7  m.  above  its  mouth  and 
5  m.  NE.  of  INlalolos.  The  town  is  a  health  resort  for  the  surrounding  provinces  on 
arcnunt  of  the  crystal  pure  water.     Pop.,  8,854. 

San  Ildefonso;  near  the  W.  bomi clary  of  the  province,  2  m.  E.  of  the  swamp  of 
Candaba,  17  m.  NNE.  of  Malolos.  It  is  situated  on  a  high  knoll  above  the  surround- 
ing rice  lands,  and  is  celebrated  for  its  healthy  location.     Pop.,  6,601. 

San  Jose;  in  the  extreme  SE.  part  of  the  province,  at  the  head  of  a  tributary^  of 
tlie  Santa  ]\Iaria,  15  m.  ESE.  of  Malolos.  It  was  destroyed  by  the  Spanish  during 
the  war  ami  went  to  the  insurgents.  What  few  people  live  in  the  town  now  are  in 
teiuiinrary  nipa  houses.     The  land  of  the  surrounding  country  is  very  rich.     Pop., 

San  Miguel  de  Mayumo;  on  the  r.  bank  of  a  stream  which  crosses  the  E. 
biuindary  3  m.  distant,  emptying  into  the  swamp  of  Candaba,  and  situated  23  m. 
NNE.  of  Malolos.  Its  inhabitants  are  rich,  there  being  so  many  large  rice  growers 
living  there.  The  land  is  very  fertile  and  all  cultivated.  The  San  Miguel  Riv.  is 
navigable  for  bancas  and  was  the  means  of  commerce  before  the  insurrection.  It  is 
also  a  commercial  center.  The  mountains  contain  the  finest  timber  in  the  world 
and  easily  gotten  out.  It  is  noted  for  its  iron  mines  and  the  curative  springs  of 
Sibul,  about  8  m.  from  San  Miguel.  It  is  also  a  fine  cattle  and  fruit  country,  and 
the  climate  is  especially  healtlay.  It  suffered  greatly  during  the  insurrection  on 
account  of  its  proximity  to  the  mountains.     Pop.,  20,460. 

San  Rafael;  on  the  r.  bank  of  the  Quirigua,  13  m.  NE.  of  Malolos.  The  jjopula- 
tion  is  8,469,  consisting  almost  entirely  of  rice  growers. 

Santa  Isabel;  pop.,  .S,  125. 

Santa  Maria  de  Pandi;  on  the  r.  bank  of  the  Santa  Maria  Riv.,  3  m.  above  its 
outlet,  and  10  m.  E.  of  Malolos.  It  was  a  l)eautiful  and  rich  town,  but  the  insurrec- 
tion almost  wiped  it  out  of  existence.  It  was  the  military  center  for  the  insurrection- 
ists, and  consequently  was  burned  Ijy  the  American  troops.  The  town  itself  now 
consists  of  temporary  nipa  houses.  It  is  a  rich  rice  and  fruit  country.  Its  good 
roads  and  its  proximity  to  Manila  and  the  railroad  makes  the  land  very  valuable. 
It  also  has  river  transportation.     Pop.,  10,508. 

VEGETABLE  PRODUCTS. 

The  soil,  kept  in  high  cultivation,  produces  aljundant  crops  of  rice,  corn,  sugar 
indigo,  beneseed,  cacao,  coffee,  and  vegetables  in  great  variety. 

MINERALS. 

The  province  is  abundantly  supplied  with  magnetic  ore,  coal,  copper,  lead,  and 
silver.  In  the  beds  of  the  rivers  gold  is  found.  There  are  also  good  quarries  of 
slate  and  flint.  In  the  town  of  Angat  exist  large  quantities  of  iron  ore,  as  yet 
undeveloped. 

FORESTS. 

The  mountains  are  covered  with  valuable  woods,  among  these  sibucao,  trees  pro- 
ducing gum,  also  ginger;  the  tarigantaiigan,  from  which  oil  for  lamps  is  extracted; 
Balao,  from  which  varnish  is  made,  and  large  numbers  of  nipa  palm,  from  which 
alcohol  is  manufactured.  The  castor  bean  is  raised  extensively.  In  the  vicinity  of 
.  Angat,  the  ebony,  palotinto,  sibucao,  and  other  valuable  woods  for  cabinet  and  build- 
ing purposes,  and  narra,  the  beautiful  redwood  used  so  extensively  in  native  houses, 
and  similar  in  appearance  to  mahogany,  grow  abundantly. 

S.  Doc.  2S0 25 


386  GAZETTEEll    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

FRUITS. 

Almost  every  variety  <if  fruit,  indifrenons  ami  exotic,  is  grown  in  Luzon,  including 
the  banana,  the  nia])oIo,  the  8ai)ote,  the  f^antol,  boboa,  papaya  (from  this  fruit  pep- 
sin is  extracted)  of  the  two  sexes,  oranfres,  and  lemons;  also  the  nangca,  which  has 
the  reputation  of  producing  the  largest  fruit  in  the  world,  and  chicos,  mangas,  pine- 
apples, and  limes. 

INDUSTRIES. 

Bulacdn,  in'  some  lines,  has  world-wide  renown.  It  is  famous  for  its  "pifia" 
goods,  manufactured  in  Hagonoy  and  Bulaciin.  It  is  here  that  the  finest  quality  of 
petates  de  nito,  which  have  been  awarded  premiums  in  international  expositions 
and  are  celebrated  in  the  principal  cities  of  Europe,  are  manufactured.  Reed  hat 
making  and  silk  weaving  are  carried  on  extensively  at  Baliuag,  wdiich  is  also  cele- 
brated for  its  superior  quality  of  petates.  At  Angat  iron  pots  and  kettles  of  native 
pattern  are  turned  out  in  large  quantities.  Cotton  cloth,  sinamay,  and  other  fabrics 
are  also  largely  woven. 

UNITED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 

One  of  the  earliest  fields  of  military  operations,  after  the  occupation  of  Manila  and 
the  outbreak  of  the  insurrection  which  followed,  was  Bulacan.  After  the  depart- 
mental organization  in  May,  1900,  Bulaciln  and  Xueva  Ecija  became  the  resorts  of 
numerous  guerilla  bands.  Driven  out  of  their  mountain  haunts,  they  sought  refuge 
in  the  network  of  tide-water  channels  of  the  Pampanga  delta,  where  they  were 
finally  overcome  and  dispersed.  Since  then  the  province  has  been  quiet.  On  Feb- 
ruary 15,  1902,  the  following  were  the  military  stations  in  Bulacihi: 
Angat,*'  Bulacan,^  Hagonoy,''  Norzagaray, ''  San  Miguel, '' 

Baliuag, ''  Calumpit, * '=  Malolos," ''  Quiiigua, ^  Santa  Maria. 


CrVIIi  GOVERNMENT. 

The  province  of  Bulacan  was  created  under  the  "provincial  government  act "  of 
February  6,  1901,  by  enactment  of  the  Philippine  Commission,  February  27,  1901,  to 
include  "That  territory  in  the  island  of  Luzon  known  as  the  province  of  Bulacdn," 

PEOVINCIAL  OFFICERS. 


[Salaries  and  expenses  in  United  States  money.] 

Governor $1, 500 

Secretarv 1, 150 

Treasurer 2, 100 

Supervisor 1,  700 

Fiscal 1 ,  300 

Allowances  for  necessary  and  actual  expenses,  not  exceeding  $2  per  day,  as  pre- 
scribed. 

The  presidentes  or  alcaldes  of  the  municipalities  of  the  province  to  meet  and  organ- 
ize on  the  third  Monday  in  January,  April,  July,  and  October,  to  consider  improve- 
ments needed  in  the  province,  and  for  other  purposes  prescribed  by  law.  The 
provincial  board  has  authority  to  unite  with  the  board  of  Pampanga  and  Tiirlac  and 
with  the  manager  of  the  Manila  and  Dagupan  Railroad,  in  the  employment  of  an 
engineer,  to  devise  an  economical  plan  for  protecting  the  roads  and  agricultural  land 
and  towns  of  the  three  provinces  and  tiie  roadway  and  bridges  of  the  said  railroad 
from  the  destructive  effect  of  floods  in  the  Tarlac,  Bambdn,  and  Grande  de  la  Pam- 
panga Riv.,  by  means  to  be  determined  upon,  the  expenditures  of  the  province  on 
that  account  being  limited  to  $1,000.  Final  action  subject  to  the  approval  of  the 
commission. 

CONDITIONS. 

The  governor  of  Bulacdn,  a  native,  in  his  annual  report  dated  at  Malolos,  Decem- 
ber 18,  1901,  declares  himself  convinced  of  the  gratitude  and  loyalty  of  the  people 
to  the  Government  of  the  United  States,  by  the  fact  that  scarcely  a  month  had 
passed  since  the  establishment  of  civil  rule  under  the  most  liberal  laws  yet  kno^^^l 

"  Telegraph.  *>  Telephone.  "'  Railroad  station. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


387 


ill  the  country,  when  the  most  bitter  of  the  revolutionary  chiefs  still  in  the  moun- 
tains of  Angat,  Norzagaray,  and  San  Miguel  de  Mayumo  presented  themselves 
lief'ue  the  authorities  and  took  the  oath  of  fealty  and  allegiance  to  American  sov- 
ereignty. From  that  time  the  province  of  Bulaciin  has  been  enjoying  an  unbroken 
peace.  Its  inhabitants  have  been  contented  with  the  establishment  of  civil  rule  in 
the  Philippines,  and  are  doing  all  they  can  to  strengthen  that  peace  as  a  necessary 
basis  for  their  happiness,  thus  showing  their  appreciation  of  the  Government  which 
now  so  wisely  rules  the  destinies  of  this  country.  With  regard  to  the  march  of 
administrative  affairs  in  the  jn-ovince,  it  is  in  the  highest  degree  satisfactory.  Up  to 
the  present,  in  spite  of  the  fact  that  this  was  the  first  province  in  the  archipelago  to 
be  the  seat  of  war,  it  has  been  able  to  meet  its  every  need.  The  local  governments 
organized  under  the  new  munit-ipal  code  are  being  carried  on  with  fair  regularity, 
and  the  puel)los  are  extremely  contented  with  the  personality,  liberty,  and  responsi- 
bility of  their  municipids,  as  in  all  democratic  countries. 

In'a  letter  of  February  28,  IDOl,  (governor  Taft,  to  the  Secretary  of  War,  said: 
•■  Hulacan  is  one  of  the  former  Tagalog  provinces,  and  a  sister  province  of  Cavite, 
inlningthe  cradle  of  the  two  insurrections,  and  the  people  of  the  province  have 
lieen  harder  to  conciliate  and  stiffer  to  bend  to  the  American  rule  than  those  of  any 
other  province,  except  Batangas  and  Cavite." 

Bl'LACiN   (boo-lah-cahn'),  nat.;  former  capital 

of  BulacAn,  Luzon,  on  Panipanga  delta,  15  m. 

NW.  of  Manila,  at  head  of  one  of  main  out- 
lets of  Grande  de  Pampanga  Riv.    It  is  well 

built,  having  town  hall,  church,  2,000  stone 

houses,  and  population  of  13,186.     It  enjoys 

important  inland  trade  by  river,  and  is  in  di- 
rect communication  with  Manila  Bay.    In 

1859,  with  the  exception  of  church  and  few 

stone  houses,  town  was  destroyed  by  lire. 
■ point  on  W.  coast  of  Guimards  I.,  off  Iloilo, 

Pa  nay. 
Bl'L.4('Al'E  (boo-lah-cah'-way),  ver.:  pointat  ex- 
treme NE.  projection  of  Panay,  21i  m.  due  S. 

of  extreme  SW.   point  of   Masbate  I.,  63  m. 

WNW.  of  N.  point  of  Cebi'i,  and  40  m.  N.  of 

most  N.  point  on  coast  of  Kegros.    Is  formed 

of  spur  from  Sibala,  and  sharp  peak.    Point 

itself  is  low,  and  terminates  in  sand  spit  with 

rocks  at  end. 
BtfLAC-BtL.4C  (boo'-luck-boo'-luck),  nat.;  point 

and  village  in  island  of  Burlas,  Visayas. 
BULACTIJf  (boo-luck-tin'),  ver.;  pointonSE.  coast 

of  Iloilo,  Panay,  6  m.  S.  of  San  Joaquin. 
BtLAti  (boo'-lag),  ver.:  bay  on  SW.  coast  of  Sor- 

sogon,  Luzon,  SE.  of  Angil  Pt. 

creek  in  Sorsogon,  Luzon. 

hamlet  in  Ilocos  Sur,  Luzon,  in  pueblo  of 

Bantay. 
BULAGAO    (boo-lah-gow'),   ver.;    mountain    in 

Ilocos  Sur,  Luz6n,  3,629  ft.,  and  landmark  of 

Lapug  Bay. 

BULALXcAO  (boo-lah-lah'-cow),  ver.;  hamlet  in 
Iloilo,  Panay,  2  m.  SW.  of  Igbards. 

pueblo  on  N.  shore  of  Bulaliicao  Bav,  SE. 

coast  of  Mindoro,  74i  m.  S.  by  E.  of  Calapdn; 
3  rivers  enter  bay  near  town.    Pop.,  .516. 

• bav  on  SE.  coast  of  Mindoro,  between  Pan- 

d4n  (NE.)  and  Buruncan  (SW.)  Pt-s.,  10^  m. 
SW.  by  W.  It  oflfers  shelter  to  all  sizes  of  ves- 
sels, except  from  S.  winds.  It  shoals  from 
138  ft.  at  entrance,  72  ft.  in  middle,  to  24  ft. 
near  sand  beach,  where  3  rivers  enter  near 
village  of  same  name.  E.  coast  is  covered 
with  trees.  On  that  side,  in  cove,  Laurigan, 
there  is  shelter  at  13  to  16  fms.  from  all  winds. 

crater  in  Leyte,  2  m.  SE.  of  Leyte. 

narrow  crescent-shaped  Island,  2i  m.  be- 
tween points,  most  E.  of  cluster,  4J  m.  E.  of 
CalamiAn  I.  of  Calamianes  grp. 

point  on  E.  shore  of  strait  of  Taiion,  W. 

coast  of  Cebil,  3  m.  N.  of  Alegria. 

BULALAX  (boo-lah'-lahn),  nat.;  point  on  ex- 
treme S.  coast  of  Negros  Oriental,  E.  of  Bom- 
bonon  Pt.    Lat.  9°  6'  X. 

BULALAQl'E  (boo-lah-lah'-kav),  nat.;  point  on 
NW.  coast  of  Cebu.    Lat.  io°  59'  N. 


BULALAqUI  (boo-lah-lah'-key),  nat,;  extreme  N. 

point  of  Cebii,  29m.  S.  of  Cadunuan,  extremes. 

point  of  Masbate  I.,  VLsaj-as. 
Bl'L.iLt'AX  (boo-lah-loo'-ahn),  ver.;  point  on  S. 

coast  of  DAvao,  Mindanao,  and  N.  headland 

at  W.  head  of  entrance  to  Sarangani  Bay. 

BULAX  (boo'-lahn),  nat.;  islet  74  m.  N.  of  llbay, 
NE.  coast  of  Bohol  I.,  Vi.sjiyas. 

hamlet  in  Ambos  Camarines  (Norte),  Lu- 
zon, in  pueblo  of  Lupi. 

formerly  Gata:  pueblo  in  Sorsogon,  Luzon, 

on  .shore  of  San  Bernardino  Strait  and  1.  bank 
and  mouth  of  river  of  that  name  which  de- 
bouches at  Bulak  Pt.  Coasting  steamers  call 
here.    Pop.,  11,000. 

one  of  larger  of  Samalesl.,  1,1K4  ft.  high, 

closely  adjoining  Bukutiia  I.  on  NW.  in  Ba- 
langu'ingui  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

yBULAXAKAX  (boo-lah-nah'-cahn),  ver,;  hamlet 
on  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  19^  m.  SE.  of 
Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

BTIL.\>'ASA  (boo-lah-nah'-sah),  nat.;  river  enter- 
ing on  N.  shore  of  Basilan  I.,  S.  of  Zambo- 
anga,  Mindanao.  Laminigan  I.  lies  about  2 
m.  N.  of  mouth  of  river. 

BULAM^X  (boo-lah-na\-n'),  ver.;  hamlet  of  Pan- 
gasindn,  on  1.  bank  of  Dagupan  Riv.  at  cross- 
ing of  highway,  17  m.  E.  of  Lingayen. 

BULAXW  (boo-lung') ,  nat.;  small  system  of  moun- 
tains in  S.  part  of  Luzon,  in  which  is  famous 
volcano  of  Albay,  or  Mayon. 

^BL'LAXtiOLAX,  or  BALASGOXAX  (boo-lang-aw'- 
'         lahn,  bah-lang-oh'-nahn),  ver.;  point  on  N. 

.side  of  opening  of  Port  Santa  Maria,  Zambo- 

anga,  Mindanao. 

-Bl'LAXGSI  (boo-lang-see'),  ver.;  point  in  Sulu  I., 
"^        Sulu  A. 

BULAXJAO  (boo-lahn-how').  ver.;  important  red- 
dish range  of  hills  attaining  elevations  of  3,500 
ft.  E.  of  Canipan  Hill  and  nearly  in  center  of 
SW.  Palawan,  which  i>  here  about  13  m.  from 
coast  to  cnast.  Most  conspicuous  peak  is  Low- 
hock  or  Low  sharp  Bulanjao. 

BILAXJAO,  (OKDILLEKA  DE  (boo-lahn-how', 
cordee-lyay'-rah  day)  S.  end  of  central  range 
of  S.  Palawan,  beginning  inland  from  Buli- 
luyan  Cape  at  S.  extreme  of  island  and  trend- 
ing NE.  as  far  as  Gantung  Mt.,  S.  of  Calasian 
hamlet,  52  m. 

BrL.40  (boo-lah'-oo),  ver.;  mountain  in  Coast 
Range,  Leyte,  4  m.  NE.  of  San  Isidro. 

hamlet  in  Concepcion,  Iloilo,  Panay,  12  m. 

S.  of  Carlt>s. 

hamlet  10  m.  E.  of  Gdndara  in   central 

S^jnar. 


388 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


lU'LAOX  (boo-lah'-ohn),  nat.;  river  risini;  in 
Nueva  Ecija,  Luz6n,  ami,  takiiitc  S\V.  course, 
enters  Pampanga,  receives  uuintur  of  tribu- 
taries in  its  eourse  with  Tartaro  River,  and 
later  receiving  name  San  Miguel. 

BULASA  (boo-lah'-sah),  ver.:  hamlet  on  E.  coast 
of  Cebu,  3i  m.  S.  of  Sibonga. 

BULAl'A  (boo-lah' oo-ah).  ver.:  point  on  N\V.  ex- 
treme of  Linapacan  I.  and  NE.  headlanrt  of 
Linapacan  Bay,  off  NE.  extreme  of  Palawan. 

BL'LAYAX  (boo-lah'-ynnV  nat.;  one  of  central 
mountains  of  N.  Luzon,  at  entrance  to  valley 
of  Quiang^n. 

BILBLLAKX  (bool-boo-lah-rah'),  nat.;  hamletm 
Ilocos  Sur,  Luzon. 

BVLI  (boo'-lee),  nat.;  hamlet  in  Abra,  Luz6n. 

Bl'LIlTTIX  (boo-lee-coo-tin'),  ver.;  island  off  N. 
shore  of  Sulu  I..  Sulu  A.,  2^  m.  E.  by  S.  of 
Tul.iyan  I.  Town  of  Carancaran  lie.s  to  E.  on 
mainland. 


l/llLl' 


Bl'LIHAX  I  boo-lee'-hahn),  Tag.;  hamlet  in  Bula-    ^BLLl'KAX  (boo-loo'-run),  ver.;  active  volcano  in 
r.-'jTi   T  ii'/An  *>i  m   M  nf  Rniflciin  '  Mindanao. 

i   at    yBL'LL'SAX  (boo-loo'-sun),  nat.;  point  on  E.  shore 
Fing^  '^        of  Illana  Bay,  W.  coast  of  Cotabato,  Minda- 


cAn,  Luzon,  6i  m.  N.  of  Bulacto. 

BULILl'YAX  (boo-lee-loo'-yahn),  ver.;  capi 
extreme  S.  end  of  Palawan,  low  shelving 
point  fmiitid  by  mangroves.  Island  of  Ca-' 
mcran  of  liahibac  grp.  lies  3  m.  to  SW.,  and 
Pandan.in.  wiiieh  overlaps  SE.  coast  of  Pal- 
awan. Hi  s  2i  m.  SE.  Entire  Baldbac  grp. 
stretches  to  S.  toward  Borneo. 

Bl'LIPOKGPOSy,  BOLIPONGPONJJ,  or  LIHU  S 
(boo-lee-pong-pong',  boh-lee-pong-pong',  loo'- 
goose),  ver.;  second  largest  island,  tj  by  Sj  ni. 
in  extent,  with  conical  peak  984  ft.  higli,  in 
Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A.  Itis  very  fertile  and  well 
cultivated,  8  m.  S.  of  Cabalian  Ft.,  Sulu  I. 
yBlTLlTALVX  (boo-lee-tah'-loon),  nat.;  point  on 
^         extreme  W.  islet  off  Balanguingui  I.  and  grp., 

Sulu  A. 
^^VLITOX  (boo-lee'-ton),  nat.;  islet  off  SE.  coast 
of  Siasi  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

BULLOC  (boo-lyock'),  ver.;  river  in  N.  Luzon. 

Bl'LO  (boo'-loh),  nat.;  river  of  Pampsjnga,  Luzon, 
rising  within  limits  of  Nueva  Ecija,  across 
which  it  flows,  receiving  Capalangau,  and 
later  unites  with  the  San  Miguel. 
^BULOAX  (boo-loh'-ahn),  nat.;  lake  in  central 
Mindanao  (lat.  6°)  surrounded  by  moun- 
tains.    (S'ecBuluan.) 

BILOC    0>oo-lnck'),  uat.;    hamlet   in    Benguet, 
Luzon,  5  m.  NE.  of  Trinidad. 

Bl'LOD    (boo'-lod).  ver.:  moimtain  in  CApiz,  Pa- 
nay,  6  m.  SW.  of  Tapas. 

BULOX  (boo-lone'),ver.;  hamlet  in  Iloilo.Panay, 
li  m.  N.  of  Pa  via. 


Panay,  5  m.  NE.  of  Tigbanan. 


BVLOT  (boo-lohf),  nat.:  point  on  SE.  shore  of 
Panguil  Bay,  MisamLs,  Mindanao. 

river  entering  Panguil  Bay.  SE.  shore,  at 

point  of  that  name,  Misiimis,  Mindanao. 

BULllX  (boo-lwah')  nat.;  hamlet  in  Ambos  Cam- 
arines  (Sur),  in  pueblo  of  Bato,  on  SW.  shore 
of  Bato  Lake. 

BULUAWAN,  or  SAXTA  ANA  (boo-lwah'-gun, 
sahn'-tah  ah'-nah),  nat:  point  on  W.  coast  of 
Guimanis  I.,  off  Iloilo,  Panay. 

river  of  Mindoro  which  rises  in  hills  in 

center  of  island,  takes  NW.  course  and 
empties  into  sea  at  lat.  lo°  17'  30"  N. 

BULtAX  (boo-loo'-ahn),  ver.;  lake  12  m.  N.  and 
/*  S.  and  9|  m.  E.  and  W.,  in  SE.  Cotabato,  Min- 
danao. This  body  of  water  receives  drainage 
of  encircling  range,  which  begins  at  Cabalata 
Mt.,  on  Celebes  Sea  shore  at  Biquan,  on  W'. 
coast  Si  m.  SW'.  of  Cotabato  and  sweeps  sack- 
like SE.  and  NE.,  taking  in  Dikalungan  Mt. 
and  summits  terminating  in  Apo  Volcano, 
10,312  ft.  high,  inland  from  E.  coast  13  m.  W. 
of  S.  of  Lapados  Pt.,  on  Ddvao  Gulf.  Depth 
ranges  from  10  to  21  ft. 

bay  on  E.  coast  of  Palawan,  N.  of  Taytay. 


Lf  AX;  town  on  r.  shore  of  outlet  of  Jake  of 
hat  name  in  SE.  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

mall  i.sland  .surrounded  by  rocks  in  NW. 

waters   of    Sibuguey    Bay,   in    Zamboanga, 

Mindanao. 

river  in  Mindanao.    (See  Agusan.) 

Bl'LlAXliAX  (boo-loo-ang'-ahn),  ver.;  mountain 

and  camp  (sitioi,  former  3  m.  inland  and 

latter  on  N.  shore  of  Santa  Ana  port,  W.  coast  ■", 

of  Guimanis  I.,  off  Iloiio,  Panay. 
BlLrBABLiX  (boo-loo-bah-deeahn'),  nat.;  isletJP" 

off  Estancia,  NE.  coa.st  of  Iloilo,  Panay. 
Bl'Ll'BADIAMJ.iX    (boo-loo-bah-dee-ang-ahn'), 

ver.;  triangular  island  2  by  2  m.  3  m.  E.  of 

Concepcion,  Iloilo,  Panay,  and  2  m.  SSE.  of 

point  of  Pan  de  Aziicar. 
BlLrBlTr    (boo-loo-boo-too'),    nat.;    point 

Zambales,  Luzon. 
-BULULAXAX  (boo-loo-lah'-nun),  ver.;  mountain 

in  Mindanao. 


nao,  on  approach  to  mouth  of  Mindanao 
Riv.  Great  tripod  and  white  cage  stand  on 
point  of  that  river. 

—  mountain  in  pueblo  of  San  NicoMs,  Cebti. 

—  pueblo  in  SE.  Sorsogon,  Luzon,  19  m.  SSE.' 
of  Sorsogon  and  10  m.  N.  of  Panddn  Pt.,  on  r. 
bank  of  river  which  takes  its  ri.se  in  B. 
slopes  of  BuliLsan  Volcano  (q.  v.).  Pop., 
5,280. 

—  ham^let  at  foot  of  E.  slope  of  volcano  of  that 
name,  Sor.sog6n,  Luz6n,  in  grove  of  cocoa 
trees. 

—  point  on  S.  shore  of  entrance  to  S, 
of  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  Cotabato,  Min- 
danao. 

—  active  volcano,  5  m.  inland  from  SE.  coast 
01  .-^orsogou,  Luzon,  in  lat.  12°  4G'  40"  N.,  Ion. 
124°  2'  K.  from  Greenwich,  visible  tJOm.  at  i 
and  one  of  landmarks  of  San  Bernardino 
Strait.  Seen  from  E.  it  appears  to  be  single 
peak,  wliich  is  crater  of  volcano,  and  which 
appears  to  have  an  altitude  eijual  to  tliat  of 
Mayon  as  seen  from  NW.  Seen  irom  ,^SW.  it 
seems  to  have  2  peaks,  and  very  much  resem- 
bles Vesuvius.  It  is  almost  extinct,  but  at 
times  emits  abundance  of  watery  vapor  and 
sulphurous  fumes.  Large  quantities  of  pum- 
ice are  found  in  deep  ravine  in  vicinity.  , 
After  having  been  at  rest  for  some  years, 
Bulusan  broke  forth  again  in  1862. 


district  in  SE.  part  of  Albay,  Luzon. 
BDLOXG  (boo-long'),  hamlet  on  S.  coast  of  Iloilo,  Ubi1LI:TAKA1  (boo-loo-tah'-ki),  ver.;  peak  in  Apo 
^  r—   ^-T,     i„^.  w.,  Raii^e,   13   m.  S.   of   Apo  Volcano,    Davao, 

Mindanao. 

n),  ver.;  point  in  S. 


Bin  Tl  AX  (boo-loo-too' 

■^  Mii..|.i,i.ir> 


/!U  MA.VAX  (boo-mah'-nahn),  ver.;  town  at  juno- 
tioii  of  tributary  paralleling  Linao  Lake,  and 
entering  Daguu  Lake  on  NE.  shore,  52  m.  S. 
bv  E.  of  Buti'ian,  and  pueblo  of  Surigao,  Min- 
danao.   Pop.,  1887,  585. 

Bl'MBrXfi  (boom-boong'),  nat.;  one  of  SW. 
islanils  of  Cagayanes  grp.,  Sulu  Sea,  off  SW. 
coa^t  of  Negros  Occidental. 

Bl'JllCAX  (boo-mee'-cun),  ver.;  mountain  in  Bo- 
hol,  Visayas. 

BUMti'lM  (boo-moo'-coom),  ver.;  region  in 
Lepanto,  Luzon,  abounding  in  copper. 

BL'MUBAGA  (boo-moo-rah'-gah),  ver.;  peak  in 
Caraballos  Occidentales,  in  Abra,  Luzon. 

BL'MUBATAX  (boo-moo-rah'-yahn),  ver.:  moun- 
tain peak  of  Gran  Cordillera  Central,  in  hue 
of  boundary  between  Cagaydn,  E.,  and  .\bra, 
W.,  Luzon. 

BUXALAl'AX  (boo-nah-lah'-cahn),  nat.:  bend  in 
'  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  at  Liong,  Cotabato, 
Mindanao. 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE   PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


S89 


BUNAUAN  (boo-nali'-walin),  ver. ;  summit  7S7  ft. 
high,  on  r.  bank  of  Agusan  Kiv.,  opposite  town 
of  same  name,  in  Surigao,  Mindanao. 

—  hamlet  on  1.  bank  of  Agusan  Riv., opposite 
mountain  of  same  name,  in  Surigao,  Minda- 
nao, 53  m.  SE.  by  S.  of  But\ian,  at  mouth  of 
that  stream. 

—  river  in  Mindanao. 

—  village  E.  of  Cujao  Pt.,  S.  of  Catbalogan, 
W.  coast  of  SAmar. 

BUN-BfiN  (boon-boon'),  ver.;  town  on  NE.  shore 

of  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A,  opposite  island  of  Bancung- 

an,  which  forms  shelter  for  vessels  from  NE. 

winds;  lies  llj  m.  E.  of  Sulu.    To  SVV.  4?  m. 

rises   one  of  loftiest  peaks  of  island,  2,7G6  ft. 

Small  island  of  Pangana  lies  to  E. 
BUNllACiAX  (boon-cah'-gahn);  bay  on  W.  shore 

of  bight  on  N.  coast  of  Cdpiz,  Panay,  3  m.  NE. 

of  I'ontevedra. 
BUXOALiiiV  (boon-cah-lone'),  ver.;  point  in  Am- 

bos  Camarines  (Norte). 
BUXDA(i<>T   (boon-dah'-got),  ver.;  hamlet  in 

I'ampanga,  Luz6n,  15^  m.  N.  of  Bacolor. 
BUNDAYON  (boon-dah'-yohn),  nat;  point  on  SW. 

coast  of  Ticao  I.,  Visayas,  lat.  12°  23'  20"  N. 
BUNENU  (boo-neng')  nat.;  hamlet  of  Ilocos  Sur, 

Luzon,  in  pueblo  of  Magsingal. 
BLMiA  (boong'-ah),  nat.;  point  lOi  m.  S.  of  Pusan 
'       Pt.,  on  E.  coast  of  Mindanao.    It  is  lirst  point 

which  is  not  mountainous  met  on  sailing  N. 

from  Cape  San  Agustin.    There  is  bay  S.  of 

point  on  shore  of  which   stands  village  of 

Manay .    Little  fort  is  surrounded  by  cogonals 

of  red  color. 
hamlet  on  W.  coast  of  Siimar,  4  m.  SE.  of 

TarangnAn. 
point  2  m.  S.  of  Silaiigan  Pt.,  on  SW.  coast 

of  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A. 
town  on  W.  coast  of  Siimar,  in  NE.  angle 

of  bight  N.  of  Mancaris  Pt.;  Canaguall6n  la. 

lie  off  town. 
point  on  S.  shore  of  Ylln  I.,  off  SW.  coast  of 

Mindoro,  lat.  12°  08'  30"  N. 
^l!N(jlAAN  (boong-ah'-ahn) ,  ver.;   coast  hamlet 

on  E.  side  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  50  m. 

NE.  of  Zamboanga.    The  island  of  Tigbaon 

lies  opposite. 
BUNCJABIN  (boon-gah'-bin),  ver.;  hamlet  of  Ne- 

gros  Occidental  on  r.  bank  of  Binalbagan 

Riv.,  5  m.  NE.  of  town  of  that  name. 
^UNTjADON  (boong-ah'-dawn);  mountain  in  E. 

Mindanao. 
BlINllALON  (boong-ah'-lone),  nat;  point  in  NE. 

part  of  Ambos  Camarines  (Norte),  Luzon,  in 

spur  of  Sierra  Bagacay. 
BlING-BUNG  (boong-boong')  ver.;  hamlet  in  E. 

Concepci6n,  Iloilo,  Panay,  3^  m.  NW.  of  San 

Dionisio. 
BUNGBlIl?t)AYAN   (boong-boong-ah'-yahn),  ver.; 

mountain  in  CApiz,  I^anay,  3  m.  SE.  of  Balete. 
BUN(i!l'A>'Al!AY  (boong-cah-now'-i),  ver.;  point 

in  SW.  Masbate,  Visayas. 
BUXOLAS  (boon-glass'),  ver.;  river  in  Negros  I. 

river  in  Panay  I. 

BUNOIIIAO  (boon-gee-ah'-oh),  ver.;  mountain  in 

NW.  Luzon. 
BrXtil'L  (boong-ooP),  nat.;  point  off  W.  coast  of 

l)!iram  I.,  N.   of   entrance  to  bay   of   same 

name  off  W.  coast  of  Siimar. 
.nniall  bay  on  NW.  shore  of  Daram  I.,  S.  of 

Bui%ul  Pt.,  off  W.  coast  of  Siimar. 
point  5  m.  SE.  by  E.  of  Caramaan  Pt.,  on 

E.  coast  of  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luzon. 
BUJJOO  BAT(i  (boo-nohg'  bah-toh'),  nat.;  point 

on  SW.  of  Bugnai  Bay,  NW.  coast  of  Carogo 

or  Puro  I.,  Nin  Bay,  SW.  coast  of  Masbate, 

Visayas. 
BLNOP  (boo-nop'),  ver.;  point  on  coast  of  Zam- 

bales,  Luz6u,  S.  head  of  Dasol  Bay. 


BIINOT  (boo-naughf),  nat.;  point  on  N.  coast  of 
Samar,  Visayas,  W.  of  Mondrag6n. 

point  on  E.  side  of  port  of  that  name  on 

extreme  S.  coast  of  Albay,  Luz6n.  (Also  Tag- 
irang.) 

small  port  E.  of  Langas  Pt.  and  outlet  of 

river  entering  from  between  2  high  moun- 
tains on  S.  coast  of  Albay,  Luz6n. 

^UNOT  PASIL  (boo-naughf  pah-sill'),  nat.;  one 
of  Balanguiiigui  grp.,  Sulu  A.,  W.  of  name 
island. 
BlINTOOLAIV   (boon-toh-oh'-lahn)   nat.;    hamlet 
of  Ilocos  Norte,  Luz6n,  in  pueblo  of  Pidig. 

BUNTUX  (boon-too-ah'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Central 
Siimar,  7  m.  SE.  of  San  Sebastian. 

BlINWUT  (boo-noof),  nat.;  island  in  small  bay  on 
E.  shore  of  Illana  Bay,  between  Bongo  I.  and 
mainland. 

BUOL,  or  BOAL  (boo-all',  bow-ahl'),  ver.;  town  on 
N.  side  of  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A.,  near  Dalrymple  Har- 
bor. In  1872  it  was  partially  destroyed  by  the 
Spaniards.  From  this  point  Sulu  coast  trends 
ESE.,  forming  deep  bight  S.  of  Tulidn,  then 
ENE.  to  Petley  Pt.,  S.of  which  is  large  village 
of  Carang  Carang. 

BUPSAPA  (boop-sah'-pah),  ver.;  hamlet  in  moun- 
tains of  central  Basilan,  8  m.  SSE.  of  Isabela. 

Bl^QLlD  (boo'-kid),  nat.;  hamlet  of  Ilocos  Sur, 

Luzon,  in  pueblo  of  Bantay. 
BHUA  (boo-rah'),  ver.;  point  in  E.  S4mar. 
BlIKAAN    (boo-rah'-ahn),    nat.;    bay   of    Ilocos 

Norte,  Luz6n,  formed  in  mouth  of  Balbalon 

Riv. 

BURXbOT  (boo-rah'-bot),  ver.;  hamlet  on N.  coast 
of  Siimar,  4  m.  SW.  of  Lagiian. 

BURAC  (boo-rac'),  ver.;  point  and  extinct  vol- 
cano in  extreme  SE.  SAmar,  a  m.  NW.  of  Sal- 
cedo. 

BUBACAN  (boo-rah'-cahn),  nat.;  laker  of  Pam- 
panga,  Luz6n,  in  pueblo  of  Ardyat.  It  is 
formed  by  drainage  of  mountain  after  which 
pueblo  takes  its  name. 

BUBACAY  (l>i>()-rah-ki');  town  on  SE.  shore  of 

island  of  tlmt  iiiime,  oft"  extreme  NW.  point 

(Tabun)  of  Capiz,  Panay. 
island  2  m.  NW.  of  Potol  and  same  distance 

W.  of  Tabv'in  Pts.,  Panay  I.,  and  extends  4  m. 

NW.    Summit  is  436  ft.  high  and  shore  safe. 

Channel  between  it  and  Potol  Pt.,  mainland 

of  Panay,  is  clear. 

BURANOjCn  (boo-run-cahn'),  nat.;  point  on  ex- 
treme S.  end  of  Mindoro.  Bulalilcao  Bay 
opens  to  NE.  and  Pandarochan  Bay  to  W. 

BUBANW  (boo-rung'),  nat.;  bay  on  N.  coast  of 
Ilocos  Norte,  Luzon,  formed  in  outlet  of  river 
which  flows  across  pueblo  of  Nagpiartian,  in 
lat.  18°  34'  N.,  lying  on  SW.  within  point  of 

Savit. 

BIIBAO,  or  CIIbAO  (boo'-rah-oo,  coo'-rah-oo),ver.; 
mountain  forming  divide  between  headwa- 
ters of  Ulutand  Matinao  Riv.,  in  central 
Siimar. 

BURAUKN  (boo-rah'-wen),  ver.;  pueblo  in  Leyte, 
on  N.  branch  of  Dao  Riv.,  20  m.  SSW.  of  Taclo- 
ban,  and  connected  by  road  with  Dagami. 
On  S.  rise  Manacagan  Mts.,on  farther  slope  of 
which  are  important  sulphur  deposits.  In 
vicinity  is  also  basin  25  ft.  broad .  From  cavern 
in  white  decomposed  rock  petrifying  water 
containing  silicious  acid  flows  abundantly. 
Roof  of  cavern  is  hung  with  stalactites  which 
are  either  covered  with  sulphur  or  consist 
entirely  of  that  substance.    Pop.,  21,290. 

BUBAYOT   (boo-rah-yof),    ver.;   point  on   NW. 

shore  of  Ilocos  Norte,  Luzon. 
BLREMGO  (boo-rayn'-gaw),  ver.;  hamlet  in    N. 

Siimar,  on  river  8  m.  inland  from  Lagvian. 


390  GAZETTEER    OF   THE   PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


IJT'KCiOS  (boor'-gause),  Sp.;  hamlet  on  main  road 

ill  Kizal,  Luz6n,  15  m.  NE.  of  Manila. 
Bl'liCiOS,   or  CALAG-CALAG   (boor'-gause,  cah- 

hihg'-eah-lahg')_^  hamlet  of  Negros  Oriental, 

85  m.  S.  of  Ayiingos,  E.  coast. 
BVBGOS,  SANTO  CBISTO  DE  (boor'-gause,  sun'- 

toh  crees'-toh  day),  Sp.;  village  in  pueblo  of 

Sinait,  Ilocos  Sur,  Luz6n,  and  seat  of  ancient 

sanctuary. 
BURJ  (boo-ree'),  nat.;  hamlet  in  Leyte,  on  road 

between   Dagami  and   Buranen,  2  m.  N.  of 

latter  place. 


BUBI;  point  on  E.  shore  of  Ragay  Bay.  Ambos 
Camarines  (Sur),  Luz6n.  Sharp  peaked  rock 
lies  off  point. 

point  in  S.  Batangas,  Luz6n. 

point  in  SE.  shore  of  Corregidor  I.,  entrance 

to  Manila  Bay. 
island  off  \V.  coast  of  S^mar,  4  m.  NW.  of 

Catbalogan. 

village  on  extreme  S.  point  of  Buri  I.,  op- 
posite Anas  Pt.,  W.  coast  of  S4mar,  N.  of  Cat- 


BURIAS  ISLAND,  VISAYAS. 

(Boo'-ree-ass,  nat.) 
One  of  the  coiistituent  islands  of  the  province  of  Mashate. 

Capital:  Ma.sbate,  island  of  Masbate.     Chief  town,  San  Pascual,  Burias  I.,  lat.  13° 
7^  30'^  X.,  Ion.  122°  V  E.,  approximately. 
Area:  mainland,  258  sq.  m. ;  dependent  islands,  10  sq.  m.     Total,  268. 
Population:  1,703. 
Language:  Visayan. 
Military  Department  of  Luzon:   Headquarters,  Manila,  Luzon. 

Table  of  distances. 
From  San  Pascual  to—  m. 

Manila,  \na  Verde  Passage 248 

Masbate,  Masbate  I. ,  SE 69 

Pasacao,  SW.  coast  Ambos  Camarines,  Luzon,  X.  by  E.  across  entrance  to  Ragay  Gulf 26 

LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

The  island  of  Burias,  on  tlie  X.  side  of  the  steamer  channel,  Itetween  San  Bernar- 
dino Strait  and  Verde  Pa-ssage  to  ]Manila,  is  narrow  and  long,  extending  from  NW. 
to  SE.,  and  situated  in  the  strait  which  separates  Masbate,  9  m.  S.,  from  Albay, . 
Luzon,  8  m.  X.  To  the  X.  opens  the  bay  of  Ragay,  with  the  shores  of  Ambos 
Camarines  23  m.  to  the  XE.,  and  Arena  Pt.  on  the  peninsular  of  Tayabas,  Luzon, 
17  m.  to  the  XW.,  and  to  the  extreme  XW.  end  of  Ticao,  14  m.  E.  by  S. 

AREA. 

It  is  the  most  X.  of  the  large  islands  of  the  Visayan  pro\'ince  of  Masbate,  43  m. 
NW.  to  SE.,  11  m.  E.  and  W.,  and  embraces  an  area,  mainland,  258  sq.  m.,  165,120 
acres.     Dependent  islands,  10  sq.  m.     Total,  268,  or  171,200  acres. 

PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 

The  interior  is  mountainous  and  craggy,  and  from  the  center  rises  Mt.  Enganoso. 
A  mountain  range  traverses  the  island  from  XW.  to  SE.  Toward  the  SW.  is  the 
little  island  of  Gorrion,  which  seems  to  be  a  continuation  of  this  mountain  range. 
On  the  XE.  and  W.  coasts  are  level  lands  under  cultivation.  A  summit  85.''  ft.  high 
overlooks  the  extreme  S.  point,  and  is  an  important  mark  for  navigators  clearing  the 
X.  point  of  Ticao  I.  approaching  San  Bernardino  Strait.  There  are  no  rivers  in 
Burias,  the  beds  of  the  streams  simply  serving  as  drainage  for  the  highlands  during 
the  rainy  season.     The  same  may  ])e  said  of  Ticao. 

RIVERS  AND  HARBORS. 

On  the  N.  coast  is  the  ])ay  of  Busin  or  San  Pascual,  \\hich  affords  shelter  to  vessels 
entering  or  leaving  the  (iulf  of  Ragay,  in  Luzon.  On  the  NE.  coast  Busainga  also 
offers  shelter  for  vessels  leaving  San  Bernardino  Strait  for  Verde  passage,  and  on  the 
W.  coast  is  Alimango  to  the  S.  of  Cueva  Pt. 

LIGHTS. 

Busin  islet,  W.  entrance  to  port  Busin,  lat.  13°  08^  X.,  Ion.  132°  58'  E.,  visible 
23  m.    A  fixed  white  light  is  shown  on  the  Molehead. 

Busainga  port,  Piedras  Pt.,  lat.  13°  07'  30"  X.,  Ion.  123°  03'  E.,  one  F.  The  light 
marks  entrance  to  harbor. 


I 


..--"I 


^ifhC. 


B 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  391 

Colorado  Pt.,  lat.  13°09M0"N.,  Ion.  123°  04^  04''E. 

Engaiio  mouth  near  the  SE.  pomt  of  the  island.  <5ne  FI.     The  light  marks  the 
entrance  to  the  harbor. 
Malaquing-ilog,  one  F.  blue. 

ROADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 

Land  travel  is  by  mountain  trailn.  The  chief  means  of  transportation  is  by  coast- 
ing craft. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

The  inhabitants  are  Bicol,  Tagalog,  and  Yisayan,  and  speak  those  languages. 

San  Pascual,  on  the  NW.  extremity,  is  the  chief  town.  It  has  a  port  fronting  the 
little  island  Busin,  and  is  surrounded  by  a  multitude  of  islands  and  shoals,  forming 
narrow  channels.  It  has,  together  with  the  village  of  Claveria,  a  population  of  1,690; 
these  with  the  few  others  in  the  five  little  villages  iiot  far  distant,  constitute  the  total 
population,  1,703,  estimated.  Bulacbulac  lies  on  the  S.  shore  of  a  small  bay  on  the 
E.  coast.  At  the  beginning  of  the  nineteenth  century  the  island  was  inhabited  by 
Moros. 

The  total  population,  combining  residents  present  and  absent,  native  and  Spanish, 
1887,  was:  San  Pascual  (pueblo),  men,  879;  women,  811:  total,  1,690. 

DEPENDENT  ISLANDS. 

(Where  not  mentioned  the  area  is  less  than  h  sq.  m. )  With  the  exception  of 
Gorrion,  off  the  SW.,  the  coasts  of  Burias  are  free  from  danger,  except  on  the  NW. 
in  the  channel  entering  Eagay  Gulf,  as  follows: 

sq.m. 

Anima  Sola,  NE I 

Arena,  NW i 

Basin  (Busin),  NW 4 

Gorrion,  SW i 

Inaguaran,  NW < 

Inaguaran  Grande,  NW i 

Sombrero,  2  islets i 

Tanguingui J 

Tcmplo 3 

Tinalisayan,  2  islets 

12  islands,  total  area 10 

VEGETABLE  PRODUCTS. 

The  island  produces  tobacco  in  small  quantities.  Also  hemp,  sugar  cane,  chocolate, 
rice,  and  cocoauuts. 

MINERALS. 

No  mineral  deposits  in  conunercial  quantities  have  been  reported. 

FORESTS. 

This  island  is  covered  with  extensive  forests  of  fine  building  woods,  but,  owing  to 
the  difiiculties  of  transportation  to  the  coast,  are  not  worked. 

INDUSTRIES. 

The  manufacture  of  bayones,  sugar  sacks  of  buri,  a  palm  abundant  in  the  forests 
and  which  gives  the  island  its  name,  raising  live  stock  which  is  exported  to  Manila, 
and  fishing  are  the  chief  industries  of  the  inhabitants. 

MILITARY  OCCUPATION  AND  CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 

The  island  is  in  the  local  military  jurisdiction  of  Masbate,  and  in  civil  government 
belongs  to  the  same  province.     {See  Masbate.) 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  391 

Colorado  Pt.,  lat.  13°09M0''N.,  Ion.  123°  04'  04'-'  E. 

Engano  month  near  the  SE.  point  of  the  island,  one  Fl.     Tin-  light  marks  the 
entrance  to  the  harbor. 
Malaquing-ilog,  one  F.  blue. 

BOADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 

Land  travel  is  by  mountain  trails.  The  chief  means  of  transportation  is  by  coast- 
ing craft. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

The  inhal:)itants  are  Bieol,  Tagdlog,  and  Visayan,  and  speak  those  languages. 

San  Pascual,  on  the  NW.  extremity,  is  the  chief  town.  It  has  a  port  fronting  the 
little  islanil  Busin,  and  is  surrounded  by  a  multitude  of  islands  and  shoals,  forming 
narrow  channels.  It  has,  together  with  the  village  of  Claveria,  a  population  of  1,690; 
these  with  the  few  others  in  the  five  little  villages  iiot  far  distant,  constitute  the  total 
population,  1,703,  estimated.  Bulacbulac  lies  on  the  S.  shore  of  a  small  bay  on  the 
E.  coast.  At  the  beginning  of  the  nineteenth  century  the  island  was  inhabited  by 
Moros. 

The  total  population,  combining  residents  present  and  absent,  native  and  Spanish, 
1887,  was:  San  Pascual  (pueblo),  men,  879;  women,  811:  total,  1,690. 

DEPENDENT  ISLANDS. 

(Where  not  mentioned  the  area  is  less  than  J  sq.  m. )  With  the  exception  of 
Gorrion,  off  the  SW.,  the  coasts  of  Burias  are  free  from  danger,  except  on  the  NW. 
in  the  channel  entering  Eagay  Gulf,  as  follows: 

sq.m. 

Anima  Sola,  NE i 

Arena,  NW i 

Basin  (Busin), NW 4 

Gorrion,  SW i 

Iiiiiguaran,  NW i 

Inaguaran  Grande, NW i 

Sombrero,  2  islets i 

Tanguingui i 

Templo - 3 

Tinalisayan,  2  islets 

12  islands,  total  area 10 

VEGETABLE  PRODUCTS. 

The  island  produces  tol)acco  in  small  quantities.  Also  hemp,  sugar  cane,  chocolate, 
rice,  and  cocoanuts. 

MINERALS. 

No  mineral  deposits  in  commercial  quantities  have  been  reported. 

FORESTS. 

This  island  is  covered  with  extensive  forests  of  fine  building  woods,  l)ut,  owing  to 
the  difiiculties  of  transportation  to  the  coast,  are  not  worked. 

INDUSTRIES. 

The  manufacture  of  bayones,  sugar  sacks  of  buri,  a  palm  abundant  in  the  forests 
and  which  gives  the  island  its  name,  raising  live  stock  which  is  exported  to  Manila, 
and  fishing  are  the  chief  industries  of  the  inhal)itants. 

MILITARY  OCCUPATION  AND  CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 

The  island  is  in  the  local  military  jurisdiction  of  Masbate,  and  in  civil  government 
belongs  to  the  same  province.     (See  Masbate.) 


392 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


BIIUIAS  (boo'-roe-as);  hamlet  in  Cdpiz,  N.  Panay, 
4  m.  NW.  of  Mambusao. 

town  on  island  of  same  name.    (See  Burias 

Province,  Masbate  group,  Visayas.) 

BURICS  (boo-ricks') ,  nat.;  village  in  Abra,  Luzon, 
in  mountains  of  Cordillera  del  Norte  which 
extend  into  Ilocos  Sur.  It  is  inhabited  by  a 
number  of  wild  tribes. 

BIIRIJA>'  (boo-ree'-hahn),  Tag.;  creek  in  Verde 
I.,  on  truns-arehipelago  steamer  route  by 
I)assiige  of  that  name  between  Batangas,  Lu- 
z6n,  N.,  and  Mindoro,  S. 
'BIIRIL  (boo-reeP),  Sp.;  islet  in  Bay  of  Aqui,  5  m. 
S.  of  that  town,  Concepcion,  Iloilo,  Panay. 

hamlet  on  SE.  shore  of  Sibuco  Bay,  W.  coast 

of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

point  4  m.  S.  of  Batu  Tandok  Pt.,  W.  coast 

of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  forming  S.  head- 
land of  Sibuco  Bay.  Hamlet  of  Buril  lies  on 
SE.  shore  of  bay. 

BURINXilV,  or  SOUTH  (boo-reen-tahn'),  nat.; 
point  on  extreme  S.  coast  of  Mindoro.  (See 
Buruncdn  Pt.) 

BURlVAlVfeAN  (boor-nang'-ahn),  ver.;  small  river 


L^ISBIjS;  river  in  Siasi  I.,  Sulu  A.,  midway  be- 
'  tween  Tolen  Pt.  and  town  of  Siasi. 

Bl'SH,  for.;  point  on  N.  shore  of  Puerto  Prince.'<a 
Harbor  (Port  Royalist),  E.  coast  of  Palawan. 

islet  near  shore  of  Deep  Bay,  N.  of  Man- 
grove Inlet,  E.  coast  of  Palawan. 

island  in  Taytay  Bay,  off  E.  coast  of  Pala- 
wan. 

BUSIAD  (boo-see-ad'),  ver.;  stream  in  Negros 
Occidental,  entering  Guimards  Strait  2^  \V. 
of  Isid. 

BUSILAC  (boo-see'-luck),  nat.;  river  in  pueblo  of 
Bangar,  Union,  Luzon,  rising  in  NW.  of  pueblo 
iss  which  it  iiows,  empties  into  sea. 


on  W.  shore  of  S^mar,  emptying  into  sea   B4>t]CT,TTf.  /koos  lookM 
channel  N.  of  Moropora  Pt.  J  ^^'^'^.^^^t^l 


BTJBNAT  (boor-ni'),  ver.;  mountain  landmark  of 
intersection  of  boundary  between  Ilocos 
Norteand  Sur  from  s\V.  ninl  X.  and  S.  lineof 
boundarvbetWfi'Ti  \\i',-  piox  inc-esonW.  and 
Cagayan.  At  this  jioint  :-\\  wing  of  Gran 
Cordillera  Central  l(,-avi>  hiumi  range.  It  is 
1,913  ft.  high. 

BtiROC-BtfROC  (boo'-rock-boo'-rock),ver.;  ham- 
let on  W.  coast  of  Antique,  Panay,  3  m.  N.  of 
San  Pedro. 

BURUAXiA  (boo-roo-ahn'-gah),  ver.;  river  and 
pueblo  at  its  mouth  in  Cilpiz,  Panay,  extreme 
NW.  coast,  62  m.  NW.  of  CApiz.    Pop.,  3,967. 

pueblo  in  Cdpiz,  Panay. 

BUBCHAN  (boo-roo'-hahn),  nat.;  river  in  Silmar, 
rising  in  lat.  11°  39'  40"  N.,  flows  W.  to  E.; 
empties  into  sea  on  E.  coast  at  Bororigan. 

BtiRCL  (boo'-rool).  Tag.;  hamlet  in  Bulacdn, 
Luz6n,  31  m.  N.  of  BulacAn. 

BCRUMBAN  (boo-room-bahn^),  ver.;  river  in 
SAmar,  empties  into  Borougan  Bay,  near  tovn\ 
of  that  name. 

BURUSCAX  (boo-roon'-cahn),  ver.;  S.  point  of 
Mindoro,  forming  dividing  headland  between 
BulaMcao  Bay  on  E.  and  Pandarochan  on 
W.,  831  m.  S.  by  E.  of  Calapan,  on  N.  coast. 
It  is  free  from  danger  and  can  be  passed 
close  to. 

BURUX«BURU(JAN  ( boo-roong-boo-roo'-gahn ), 
ver.;  mountiiin  in  SAmar. 

Lsland  off^Amar. 

BrRUi\«BlIRi:X«A\  (boo  -  roong-boo  -  roong'- 
ahn),  ver.;  mountain  S.  of  forks  of  Matinao 
Riv.,  9  m.  NE.  of  Paranas,  on  W.  coa-st  of 


BUBUTAN  (bo-roo'-tahn) ;  island  of  Visayas  grp. 

BURT  (boo-ree'),  ver.;  pointin  Masbate,  Visayas. 

BUSAC  (boo-sack');  hamlet  in  Bohol,  Visayas,  41 
m.  SW.  of  Sierra  Bullones. 

hamlet  in  pueblo  of  San  NicolAs,  Cebii. 

BUSAIIVGA  PORT  (boo-sing'-ah) ,  ver.;  inlet  1  m. 
by  1  cable  (720  ft.),  sheltered  from  wind  and 
sea,onNE.  coast  of  Burias  I.,  Luzon.  Between 
ports  Busin  and  Bu.sainga,  31  m.  SE.,  coast 
forms  bay,  also  bay  5  m.  long  SE.  by  S.  of  Port 
Busainga  on  E.  coast. 

BUSAI^AX  (boo-slng-ahn),  ver.;  hamlet  on  ex- 
treme E.  shore  of  Albav,  Luz6n,  43  m.  SE.  of 
Albay. 

BlISAV  'boo'-si),  ver.;  mountain  in  Leyte,  21  m. 
SE.  jf  Babatugon. 

BVSBtiS  (boos-boos'),  nat.:  point  on  the  NW. 
shore  of  Siasi  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

point  S.  of  Tolen  Pt.,  Tapul  I.,  Sulu  A. 


BUSm  (boo-seen'),  ver.;  port  on  NW.  end  of  Bu- 
rias I.,  19  m.  SPl  from  Arena  Pt.,  Tayabas, 
Luz6n,  across  W.  entrance  to  Ragay  Gulf, 
Luzon.  Port  is  formed  by  channel  31  m.  long 
and  1,0S0  ft.  \\ide,  which  separates  Busin  from 
Burias  1.     (.See  San  Pascual.) 

island  21  liy  1  m.  in  area,  off  NW.  shore  of 

Burias  I.,  and  forms  with  that  island  a  shel- 
tered anchorage. 


ver.;  point  J  m.  W.  by  S.  of 
Luangat  Pt.,  Lapac  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 
It  is  formed  of  huge  rocks  separated  from 
mountain  inland. 
BUSTOS  (boos'-tos),  Sp.:  important  road  center 
in  BulacAn,  Luzon,  12m.  N.  of  BulacAn.  Pop., 
7,02.5. 

BL'SDAIVCA  (boo-.soo-ang'-ah),  ver.;  large.'^t 
island  of  Calamlanes  grp.;  is  37  m.  from 
NW.  to  SE.,  and  its  S.  end  25  m.  E.  and  W.; 
area,  33S  sq.  m.,  approximately.  Forms  SW. 
land  along  Mindoro  Strait,  coa.stof  Mindoro 
lying  92  m.  E.  by  N.  off  Coconongon  Pt.,  and 
is  surmunded  by  number  of  small  islands, 
besides  Penon  de  Coron  and  CalamiAn,  of 
.some  size,  on  .'1;  coast  line  is  irregular  and 
presents  some  deep  bays;  island  which  fronts 
its  NE.  side  forms  W.  side  of  Apo  W.  Pass  or 
Northumberland  Strait,  W.  channel  of  Min- 
doro Strait.  Coast  of  Busuanga  is  encircled 
by  range  of  crests  having  average  height  of 
1,200  ft.;  most  conspicuous  seen  from  N.  is  a 
3-headed  peak,  1,880  ft.  high;  Mount  Tunda- 
lara,  lat.  12°  6"  N.,  Ion.  120'=  16'  E.,  to  the  S., 
is  2,152  ft.  high.  Over  Coconon;g6n  Pt.  is  a 
cone  1,300  ft.  high,  and  Culion  Peak  in  SW. 
part  of  island;  N.  end  for  distance  of  6  m.  S.  is 
low.     (AlsoBusuagan.) 

point  on  SW.  coast  of  Mindoro,  at  town  of 

that  name. 

town,  and  river  entering  sea  2  m.  NW.  by 

N.  of  town,  on  W.  coast  of  Mindoro. 

town  at  mouth  of  river  emptjing  into  bay 

on  NW.  coast  of  Busuanga  I.,  Calamlanes 
grp.,  opposite  Talampulan  I.,  3J  m.  NNW.  af 
Cor6n. 

yBUSJDBlJSUG  (boo-soo-boo-soog'),  ver.;  hamlet  7 
'^  m.  NV.'.  of  Cape  San  Agustin,  extreme  S.  point 
of  SE.  peninsula  of  Mindanao,  and  61  m.  SSE. 
of  DAvao  across  DAvao  Gulf. 

BUTA  (boo'-tah),  ver.;  mountain  3  m.  E.  by  N.of 
Dumangue,  near  W.  coast  of  Cebu. 

BIItAG  (boo'-tag),  ver.;  bay  1  m.  wide  and  1  m. 
to  NE.,  E.  of  Angas  Pt.,  on  extreme  SW.  coast 
of  Albay,  Luzon. 

BUTAUAO  (boo-tah-gah'-oo),  nat.;  one  of  promi- 
nent elevations  of  Gran  Cordillera  de  los 
Caraballos  Orientales,  in  central  Abra,  Luzon. 

BUTAGBALAG  (boo-tug-bah-lug^),  nat.;  river  of 
Ambos  Camarines  (Norte),  LuzOn,  rising  in 
Cordilleras  which  form  N.  part  of  province; 
after  circuitous  course  empties  into  Papaloilga 
River 

BUTAIRA  (boo-ti'-rah),  ver.; 

BUTALONG  (boo-tah-long'), 

gayAn,  Luzon,  between  Grande  and  Chico  de 
CagayAn  Riv. 


nlet  in  S; 

hamlet  of  Ca- 


S  Doc  2.^.(2  .  57    1 


1^        A  N  D 

HABBORS  ^^iPr 

BUSUANGA  ISLAND 


■  r 


S  Doc  ^^(P    57 


GAZETTEEE    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


393 


S^.^^"l^.,-..4> .^f% 


W'^^if 


S.H.Tt' 


BxoiasI.N.E. 

PORT  BFSAIKGiL 

Ihom  a  Spanish  Smyey 
1841 

BocaMands  {'^^i^^f]^^^ 
Eigh  Water  F.&.C.Ji^ZCf?- Tt3es  rise  6  feet. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


393 


'si 

r% 


a 

PL     '  i^-hi  ''       -^Si'    JO  "it 

^■^^>  M.  ....M.„  ,f5\ 


s  :e:  T^^ 


3' 


\ 


./: 


Biirias  I.N.E. 

POORT  BFSAXKGA. 

J'Jwm-  a  Spanish  Survey 
1841 

Bocalslan£.g,|:^J;|^,. 
£i^A.  Tfk&r  FSb  C  XII?^30»?^  Jiifej  me  6  feet. 


394 


GAZETTEER   OF    THE   PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 


/^ 


BlITANAN  (boo-tah'-nun),nat.;  point  on  extreme 
SE.  shore  of  Calagn&n  I.,  off  NE.  coast  of 
Uoilo,  Panay. 

BtfTAO   (boo'-t!xh-oo),    ver.;    Luz6n.     (See  Abra 
Riv.) 
.  BUTOiS   (boot-gas'),  ver.;    hamlet  on  coast  of 
/         peninsula  of  Mindanao,  Ddvao,  76  m.  S.  of 
DAvao. 

BLTIANG  (boo-tee-ang'),  ver.;  islet  3J  m.  W.  of 
Tubigon,  W.  coast  of  Bohol,  Visayas. 

BIITIBIIY  (boo-tee'-booy),  nat.;  creek  emptying 
oil  1.  bank  of  N.  arm  of  Grande  Riv.  of  Min- 
danao, Cotabato,  Mindanao,  above  Cotabato. 

BUTKJHllHlG  (boo-teeg-hoo'-hig),ver.;  tributary 
of  Tabaren  Riv.,  Ambos  Camarines  (Norte), 
Luz6n. 

BLTIGUE  (boo-tee'gay),  ver.;  hamlet  of  Isabela, 
Luz6n,  6  m.  W.  of  Grande  de  Cagaydn  Riv. 
^^LTILAN  (boo-tee'-lahn),  nat.;  stream  entering 
on  1.  bank  of  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  Cota- 
bato, Mindanao,  below  Liguasaii  Lagoon. 

BUTILAO  (boo-tee-lah'-oo),Tag.;  towninBata&n, 
Luz6n. 

peak  4,414  ft.  high  in  Mariveles  range,  Ba- 

taAn,  Luz6n. 

BLTIN  (boo-tin'),Tag.;  hamlet  in  central  Cavite, 
Luz6n,  23  m.  SW.  of  Cavite. 

BUTIRA  (boo-tee'-r^ih),  nat.;  hamlet  in  pueblo  of 
Cabiao,  Nueva  Ecija,  Luz6n. 
UTIRAN  (boo-tee'-run),  nat.:  stream  which  rises 
in  Mandaui  Lagoon  and  empties  into  headwa- 
ters of  Calayan  tributary  of  S.  arm  of  Grande 
Riv.  of  Mindanao,  In  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

BLTLOT  (boot-lot'),  ver.;  mountain  in  Cordi- 
llera Central  of  Cebi'i,  6  m.  SE.  of  Mualbual. 

Bl'TNAG  (boot-nahg');  town  in  Sorsog6n,  Luz6n. 

BUTOG  (boo-tog'),  nat.;  river  of  Abra,  Luzon, 
which  rises  in  mountains  in  central  part  of 
province;  empties  into  Yemin,  which  flows 
into  Abra. 

BUTTON,  for.;   islet  off  Relief  Pt.,  E.  coast  of 
Palawan. 
y,  BI]T15aN  (boo-too'-ahn),  ver.;  hamlet  on  E.  coast 
of  Illana  Bay,  Cotabato,  Mindanao,  22^  m. 
NNW.  of  Cotabato. 

river  on  NW.  coast  of  Negros  Occidental. 

(SeeMalugo.) 

pueblo  on  1.  bank  of  river  of  same  name  in 

Surigao,  Mindanao,  21  m.  above  its  mouth 
and  at  head  of  delta.  Inhabitants  are  chiefly 
engaged  in  working  gold  mine  in  vicinity. 
Water  at  this  point  on  river  is  fresh  and  pala- 
table. Anchorage  at  mouth  of  river  on  small 
bay  in  SE.  angle  of  Butuan  Bay  is  frequented 
by  traders  from  adjacent  shores  and  also  from 
Visayan  Is.  on  N.  Sago,  rice,  poultry,  pigs, 
and  cattle  are  raised  by  inhabitants.  Town  is 
celebrated  in  history  as  being  place  where 
Magellan  landed  after  his  anchorage  near 
Limasaua  I.,  and  where  he  celebrated  first 
mass  in  Philippines.    Pop.,  1898,  10,543  est. 

large  bay  on  N.  coast  of  Mindanao,  open- 
ing 28  m.  to  NW.,  Dlnata  Pt.  being  its  W. 
head,  and  24  m.  deep  to  SE.  Its  S.  shore 
between  river  Butilan,  which  enters  SE. 
angle,  and  town  of  Nasipit,  15^  m.  to  W.,  is 
low  and  covered  by  mangroves.  Buti'ian  is 
on  SE.  shore,  10  m.  above  mouth  of  river  of 
that  name.  Nasipit  is  on  small  inlet  on  SW. 
shore  of  bay. 

one  of  most  important  rivers  in  Mindanao, 

taking  its  rise  through  Agusan  Riv.  in  SE.  pen  - 
insula  of  Mindanao.  One  of  its  arms  near 
mouth  communicates  with  lake  16^  m.  NNE. 
of  town  of  Butiian;  2  points  which  form  en- 


BUTfAN— Cnntinned. 

truiicc  to  liay  had  forts  upon  them.  Island 
40  11.  hii,'h  with  trees  divides  mouth  of  river 
into  2  cliaiim-ls,  navigable  channel  shifting 
according  to  freshets  and  carrying  from  12  to 
16  ft.  at  high  tide.  Strong  current  during 
rainy  season  brings  down  large  trunks  of  trees 
of  valuable  wood,  showing  productions  of  in- 
terior. Butuan,  chief  town  of  district,  is  on 
its  1.  bank  at  head  of  delta. 

BLTrcXN  (boo-too-eahn').  Tag.;  waterfall  bi-- 
twoeti  Maubau  and  Lu.'haii,  Tavah.is  Luzon, 
olY  hiKli  road.  I(  c.Misivts  ni  .i,oi,-  yuUune 
of  water  lictwrcn  '2  n.(k\  li.iii  ks  covered  with 
vegetation,  and  lenjis  Iniin  ledye  of  volcanic 
rocks  into  ravine  300  ft.  deep,  stream  reaching 
solid  lava,  plunges  into  deep  chasm  which 
it  has  worked  in  course  of  ages. 
^BUTULAKE  (boo-too-lah'-kay),nat.;  cove  on  SW. 
''  coast  of  Ddvao,  Mindanao,  between  Cape  Sa- 
rangani  and  Tampal  Pt.  It  is  safe  anchor- 
age, with  21  to  05  fms.,  in  NE.  monsoon. 
Fresh  water  is  to  be  had. 

BUTULAN  (boo-too'-lahn),  ver.;   anchorage  out 
^      of  swell  of   sea  between  Guay  and  Baiios 
Pts.,  SE.  coast  of  Ddvao,  Mindanao.  Mountain 
range  of  same  name  lies  inland. 

extinct  volcano  in  S.  Mindanao. 

range  of  mountains  paralleling  E.  coast  of 

T>&va.o,  Mindanao,  from  S.  shore  of  Casilaran 
Bay  to  Tinaka,  extreme  S.  point  of  Mindanao, 
distance  of  70  m.,  and  maintaining  general 
trend  of  coast  from  6  to  7  m.  inland.  Saddle 
Peak  near  S.  end  is  3,600  ft.  high.  Another 
summit  about  i  distance  is  4,520  ft.;  entire 
series  of  crests  do  not  fall  much  below  this 
elevation. 

volcanic  mountain  N.  of  PanguiAn  Pt.,  in 

S.  part  of  DAvao,  Mindanao. 

BUTA  (l>oo'-yah),  ver.;  hamlet  1  m.  E.  of  Pucio 
I't.,  Antique,  NW.  coast  of  Panay  and  W. 
hamlet  on  island,  18  m.  W.  of  Panddn. 

BlIVABAT  (boo -yah-but'),  ver.;  town  in  Lsabela, 
Luzon. 

BUYACAN  (boo-yah'-cahn),  ver.;  river  on  W. 
coast  of  Cebv'i,  entering  Strait  of  Taii6n  at 
Guianon  Pt. 

BUYALLAO  (boo-ya-lyah'-oo);  islet,  1^  m.  NW. 
and  SE.,  densely  wooded,  1  m.  NE.  by  N.  of 
point  of  same  name  on  SE.  coast  of  Mindoro. 
2  sharp-pointed  rocks  are  at  its  NE.  end. 

■ — •  point  of  peaked  rocks  covered  with  trees, 

on  NE.   head  of  Soguicay  Bay,  SE.  coast  of 
Mindoro;  interior  shows  several  picturesque 
hills. 
^BLYATAX  (boo-yah'-tohn),  nat.;  hamlet  of  Misa- 
^       mis,  Mindanao. 

BUAYO  FATIOSK)  (boo-ah-yau  fah-tee-oh'-see 
oh),  ver.;  hamlet  of  Abra,  Luz6n,  3  m.  SE.  of 
Bangued. 

BUYAON  (boo-yah'-on),  ver.;  hamlet  on  E.  shore 
of  bay  of  Matutinao,  li  m.  N.  of  that  town,  W. 
coast  of  Cebi'i . 

BUYO  (boo'-yaw),  ver.;  hamlet  on  E.  coast  of 
Ticaol.,  Visayas. 

BIIyOC  (boo'-yock),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Iloilo,  SE. 
Panay,  1^  m.  NE.  of  San  Miguel. 

BI5Y0G  (boo'-yog),  ver.;  hamlet  in  S&mar,  4.^  ni. 
SE.  of  Laguan. 

BUYPAGUI  (boov-pah'-gee),  vor.;  hamlet  on  S. 
coast  of  Leyte,  2  m.  SE.  of  Mac  ('ml ion. 

BUYtJAN  (boo-voo'-ahn),  ver.:  lianilel  on  S.  coast 
of  Hollo,  Panay,  1  m.  W.  of  I  iyliauaii. 

BYAN  (bee'-ahn),  ver.;  one  of  3  islands,  1  sq.  m. 
in  extent,  1  m.  E.  of  Manlagule  I.,  NE.  of  Ba- 
l&bac  I.    (SeeGabung  I.) 


gazettet:r  of  the  Philippine  islands. 


395 


CAlBiOAX  (kah-ah-bah'-wahn),  ver.;  crater  in 

NE.  Leyte,  4  m.  S.  of  Babatugon. 
(JA-AGA    (kah-ah'-gah),    nat.;   small    stream  in 

S.  Leyte,  entering  sea  2  m.  S.  of  Malitbog. 
CAAGSAMAN  (cah-ag-sah'-man),  ver.;  mountain 

in  S.  Silmar. 
CA-ALANG-ALAXG  (cah-ah-lung-ah'-lung),  nat.; 

river  entering  on  S.  shore  of  Ayat  Bay,  S.  part 

of  Gavet  Bay,  E.  shore  of  Loog  Bay,  and  SE. 

arm  of  Nin  Bay,  W.  coast  of  Masbate,  Vi.sayas. 
CAAMBONIJA  (kah-am-bong'-ah),  nat.;  hamlet  at 

mouth  of    Bachao  Bangalion,  W.  coast   of 

Silmar. 
CAAMPA  (cah-ah-nee'-pah),  nat.;  small  island  off 

W.  coast  of  Palawan,  at  entrance  of  Bay  of 

Cruz  de  Mayo. 
CAANTALAN  (cah-ahn-tah'-lahn),  ver.;  mountain 


C'AATIt'OY   (cah-ah-tee-coy'),  ver.;  mountain  in 

Silmar. 
CAAYABA  (cah-ah-yah'-bah),  ver.;  mountain  in 

central  S^mar,  at  one  of  springs  of  Bac-hao 

Bailg^hon  Riv. 
CABX    (cah-bah'),    nat.;    river   of   PangasinAn, 

Luz6n,  rising  in  Tonglon  Mt.,  takes  W.  course 

and  empties  on  NE.  shore  of  LingaytJn  Gulf. 
pueblo  on  coast  highway  in  Union,  Luzon, 

12  m.  S.  of  San  Fernando.    Pop.,  4,164. 
CABAB  (cah-bub'),  ver.;  mineral  spring  in  Le- 

panto,  Luz6n. 
^CABXViy   (cah-bah-cahn'),   nat.;    mountain    in 

E.  Ilocos  Sur,  Luzon. 
town   in   district   of   Amburayan,   Ilocos 

Sur,  Luz6n. 
river  in  Mindanao,  tributary  of  Mandago, 

in  Cotabato. 
point  on  mainland  of  W.  arm  of  Dilvao 

Gulf,  DAvao,  Mindanao. 
UABAl^AUAN  (cah-bah-cow'-ahn),  ver.;  hamlet  in 

Central  range,  Iloilo,  Panay,  at  headwaters 

of    tributary  of   Jalaur   Riv.,  6h  m.  W.  of 

Maa.sln. 
crater  in  SW.  Leyte,  4  m.  N.  of  Ormoc  and 

2  m.  NW.  of  Aslum  Peak,  which  is  higher  and 

more  conical.    Both  mountains  abound  in 

sulphur  and  copperas. 
t'ABACBATAN  (cah-back-bah'-tahn),  ver.;   point 

on  NE.  shore  of  Ragay  Gulf,  Ambos  Camar- 

ines  (Norte),  Luzon. 
CABAOdNANG  (eah-bah-coh'-nung) ,  nat. ;  bay  and 

point  on  its  S.  side,  W.  coast  of  Carogo  or 

Puro  I.,  SE.  shore  of  Nin  Bay,  W.  coast  of 

Masbate,  Visayas. 
(^ABACONtlAN   (cah-bah-cong'-ahn),   ver.;   point 

on  W.  coast  of  Tablas  I.,  Visayas,  N.  of  Tin- 

garac. 
CABACO:StiON   (eah-bah-cong'-on),  ver.;  hamlet 

in  hills  of  NW.  Sdmar. 
CABACIIaN  (eah-bah-coo'-ahn),  ver.    (.S'ec  Simoga,. 

Pt.Samar.) 
CABAGUGAN  (cah-bah-eoo'-gun),  ver.;  island  off 

N.  coast  of  S&mar,  NW.  of  pueblo  of  Bob6n 

(■See  Cabaun  Grande  I.) 

(;ABACUJAN(cah-bah-coo'-hahn),nat.;  point  SW. 
extreme  of  Carogo  or  Puro  I.,  N.  .side  of  N. 
channel  to  Loog  Bay,  W.  coast  of  Masbate, 
Visayas. 

CABAL'UNGAN  (cah-bah-coong'-ahn) ,  nat.;  Moro 
village  in  Misamis,  Mindanao. 


CABACUNGAN;  river  on  boundary  between  Ilo- 
cos Norte  and  Cagayiln,  Luz6n,  which  rises 
in  Cordilleras  which  separate  the  two  prov- 
inces, flows  to  N.,  and  enters  .sea  in  lat.  18° 
39'  10"  N. 

point  on  N.  coast  of  Ilocos  Norte,  Luz6n. 

CABADIA  (cah-bah-dee-ah'),  ver.;  point  at  SW. 
extreme  of  Cacraray  I.,  off  E.  shore  of  Albay, 
Luzon. 

CABADIANCXn  (cah-bah-dee-ahn-cahn'),ver.;  N. 
point  of  small  bay  on  W.  coast  of  Daram  I.,  on 
channel  of  that  name,  off  W.  coast  SAmar. 

CABADLONlJAN  (cah-bud-long'-ahn),  nat.;  point 
on  SW.  shore  of  Calicoan  I.,  off  extreme  SE. 
coast  of  Sftmar,  Visayas. 

CABAG  (cah-bahg'),  ver.;  mountain  midway  be- 
tween Suribao  and  Lanang  Riv.  in  SE.  S4- 
mar. 

E.  central  point  of  Romblon  I.,  Visayas. 

CABAGAC  (cah-bah-gack'),  ver.;  town  in  Catan- 
duanes  I.  NE.  of  Albay,  Luzon. 

C'ABAGXN  (cah-bah-gahn'),nat.;  point  in  Batadn, 
Luz6n. 

village  in  vicinity  of  Tuguegarao,  Cagaydn, 

Luz6n,  on  bank  of  river  of  same  name,  tribu- 
tary of  Grande  de  Cagay^n  Riv. 

river  in  CagayAn,  Luz6n,  rising  in  lat.  17° 

28'  50"  N.;  after  receiving  a  number  of  afflu- 
ents, emptying  into  Grande  de  Cagaydn  Riv. 

CABAGXn  NCEVO  (cah-bah-gahn'noo-ay'-vau), 
Hisp. ;  pueblo  of  Isabela,  Luzon ,  at  confluence 
of  river  of  same  name  with  Grande  de  Ca- 
gayAn  Riv.,  20  m.  N.  of  Ilogan  and  on  main 
through  highway.    Pop.,  6,240.    Post-office. 

CABAGAIV  VIEJO  (cah-bah-gahn'  vee-ay'-hoh), 
Hisp.;  pueblo  of  Isabela,  Luzon.    Pop.,  3,633. 

CABAGXoAK  (cah-bah-gah'-wahn),  nat.;  former 
politico-military  comandancia,  bounded  on 
N.  by  pueblos  of  Pamplona,  Claveria,  and 
Abiilug;  on  E.  by  comandancia  of  Apayaos, 
on  S.  by  Abra,  and  on  W.  by  Ilocos  Norte.  It 
Is  now  part  of  province  of  Cagaydn,  Luz6n. 

CABAG  is  (cah-bah-gas').  Tag.;  small  river  empty- 
ing into  ocean  NW.  of  Pinaccapulan  Pt.,  on 
S.  coast  of  Tayabas,  Luzon. 

CABAGAYXN   (cah-bah-gah-yahn'),  nat.;    island 
N.  of  Sftmar. 
,XIABAGLAt!SAN     (cah-bah-glah-oo'-sahn),     ver.; 
'^        hamlet  on  Pacific  shore  of  extreme  SE.  pen- 
insula of  DAvao,  Mindanao,  61  m.  SE.  of  DAvao. 

t'ABAGOYAN  (cah-bah-gau'-yahn) ,  ver. ;  tributary 
of  Grande  de  Cagaydn  Riv.  from  E.,  which 
rises  in  Cresta  Mt.  of  Grand  Cordillera  Orien- 
tal, Isabela,  Luzon. 

CABAHAN  (cah-bah'-hahn),  ver.;  island  off  SE. 
coast  of  Tablas  I.,  Visayas,  with  .several  other 
islets  to  NW.  nearer  shore.  This  island,  with 
Calat6n  Pt.  bearing  NE.,  forms  fine  bay. 

CABAIOGAN  (cah-bah-yoh'-gun),nat.;  village  be- 
tween Mati  and  Camansi  Pt.,  NW.  shore  of 
Pujada  Bay,  SE.  coast  of  D.lvao,  Mindanao. 

CABAKIXn,  or  TABLIAKA  (cah-bah-key-ahn', 
tah-boo-yah'-cah),  ver.;  island  (if  ("nip  cluster 
on  E.  side  of  Surigao  Struil,  <jir  W .  coast  of 
DinAgat  I.,  N.  of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  2^  m. 
long,  i  m.  wide,  and  lies  2  m.  SE.  and  inshore 
from  Sibanog  I.  of  same  group. 

CABAKSLLAN  (cah-back-soo'-lahn),  ver.;  river  of 
Zamboanga  Pen.,  Mindanao,  entering  small 
bay  on  NE.  shore  of  Sibuguey  Bay,  opposite 
Cabut  I. 


y" 


396 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


/" 


^ 


ABALAAN  (cah-bah-lah'-ahn),  vcr.;  hamlet  on 
E.  shore  of  Mainit  Lake,  in  NW.  Surigao,  Min- 
(hinao. 

CABALAONXn  (cah-bah-lag-nahn'),  ver.;  pointon 
extreme  SE.  coast  of  San  Pedro  Bay,  S\V.  S4- 
mar,  \\\  m.  SE.  of  Basey. 

hamlet  on  S.  shore  of  GuiinardsI.,ofl  Iloilo, 

Panay,  16  m.  S.  of  Nagaba. 

CABALA (liXAO  (cah-bah-lag-now');  small  stream 
emptying  into  Guimar&s  Strait  2  m.  N.  of  Su- 
mag.Negros  Occidental. 

CABALAX  (cah-bah'-lahn),  uat.;  summitSCl  ft. on 
1.  bank  Calaclan  Riv.,  on  NE.  shore  of  Si'ibic 
Bay,  SE.  coast  of  Zambales,  Luz6n. 

CABALAMU  (cah-bah-lang'-ah),  ver.;  hamlet  on 
river  of  same  name  in  Ambos  Camarines 
(Sur),  Luzon. 

river  6  m.  E.  of  Cabusao,  emptying  into  San 

Miguel  Bay,  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luzon. 

CABALAMIAJi  (cah-bah-lahn-hahn'),  ver.;  moun- 
tain in  Sdmar  in  dividing  range  extending 
W.  between  Ulut  Riv.,  N.,  and  Matina,  S. 

CABALAXTIAN  (eah-bah-lahn-tee'-ahn),  ver.; 
mountain  in  SAmar. 

CABALAKIAX  (cah-bah-lah-ree'-ahn),  nat.;  islet 
in  opening  of  bight  on  S.  shore  of  Ssimar,  Vi- 
sayas,  6  m.  \V.  by  N.  of  Guiuan  port. 

islet  in  channel  between  Manicani  I.  and 

SW.  shore  of  Sftmar. 

CABALAS,  or  CATALAT  (cah-bah-las',  cah-tah- 
laht'),Ter.;  larger  of  2 islands,  \\  m.  in  length, 
on  SW.  side  of  entrance  to  Mayday  Bay,  NW. 
coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

CABALASAX  (cah-bah-lah'-sahn),  ver.;  river  in 
Leyte. 
ABALATA  (cah-bah-lah'-tah),  ver.;  mountain 
on  SE.  shore  of  Illana  Bay,  Cotabato, 
Mindanao;  hamlet  of  Biguan  lies  at  its 
foot.  This  mountain  is  9J  m.  NE.  of  Tapian 
Pt.,  E.  entrance  headland  of  Illana  Bay,  and 
important  landmark  of  approach  to  anchor- 
age of  Cotabato  and  Polloc  Harbor:  peak  of 
this  name  3^  m.  from  S.  entrance  of  river,  and 
higher  than  neighboring  islands;  is  excel- 
lent mark  for  navigation  of  Mindanao  Riv. 

CABALATAN  (cah-bah-lah'-yahn),  ver.;  moun- 
tain in  SW.  Pangasindn,  Luzon. 

CABALETE  (cah-bah-lay'-tav),  ver.;  Lsland  5  m. 
long,  3  m.  off  NW.  end  "of  Alabat  I.,  Lam6n 
Bay,  N.  of  Tayabas,  Luzon,  forming  with 
Alabat  I.  well  sheltered  port. 

CABALIAN  ( eah-bah-lee'-ahn ) ,  nat. ;  pueblo  on  ex- 
treme SE.  shore  of  Levte,  in  pueblo  of  same 
name,  70  m.  S.  by  E.  "of  Tacloban.  Pop.  of 
pueblo,  1887,  4,121. 

mountain  3,130    ft.   high  in    SE.   part   of 

Leyte,  3  m.  N.  of  Cabalian. 

point  on  S.  coast  of  Sulu  I.,  5  m.  SE.  of 

Silaiigan  Pt.  and  8  m.  N.  of  Tapul  I.,  Sulu  A. 

Point  at  SE.  extremity  of  Tablas  I.    (.<-re 

South  Pt.),  Visayas;  mountain  range  inland 
affords  landmark;  beach  is  sandy  and  low. 

CABALIC  (cah-bah-lick'),  ver.;  point  on  Gui- 
mards  I.,  off  Iloilo,  Panay,  3^  m.  SW.  by  W.  of 
Bondulan  Pt.;  coast  turns  S.  4^  m.  to  port 
Santa  Ana  and  is  bold  with  several  islets 
close  to  it. 

CABALKiXiN  (cah-bah-lig-nun'),  ver.;  mountain 

in  Panay. 
CABALISIAN  (cah-bah-lee-see'-ahn),  ver.;  moun- 
tain in  SW.   Nueva  Vizcaya,  Luz6n,  toward 

boundaries  of  PangasinAn. 
CABALITIAN   (cah-bah-lee-tee'-ahn),  nat.;  high 

island  off  W.  .shore  of  LingaytJn  Gulf,  11  m. 

NW.  of  Lingay^n,  in  Pangasiniin,  Luzon. 
CABALITO  (cah-bah-lee'-toh),   Sp.;  hamlet  near 

Namacpacdn,  in  Uni6n,  Luz6n. 
CABALITOCAN    (cah-bah-loe-toh'-cahn),    nat.; 

hamlet  in  pueblo  of   Namacpacdn,    Union, 

Luzon. 


CABALLETE  (cah-bah-lyay'-tav),  Sp.;  mountain 
in  extreme  SE.  part  of  Din<4gat  I.,  N.  of  Suri- 
gao,  Mindanao.    At  this  point  coast  range 
disappears  beneath  intermediate  .sea  channel, 
elevated  islet  peaks  of  BayalnAn,  Ginatuan, 
and  Cabsugan  alone  showing  above  surface 
.  and  rises  again  in  towering  altitudes  of  ex- 
,  treme  NW.  Mindanao;  is  1,791  ft.  high  and 
'  makes  excellent   mark   for  navigators   ap- 
proaching entrance  to  Gipd6  passage. 

CABALLO  (cah-bah'-lyoh)  Sp.;  smallriver  empty- 
ing into  China  Sea,  in  Batadn,  Luzon. 

bluff  rock,  420  ft.  high,  covered  with  ver- 
dure, and  about  3  m.  S.  of  Buri  Pt. ,  E.  extremity 
of  Corregidor  I.,  in  Boca  Grande  or  S.  entrance 
to  Manila  Bay.  Light-house  on  island  and 
other  marks  furnish  guidance  for  navigators. 
It  was  channel  between  this  island  and  main- 
land, being  without  defenses,  which  was  used 
bv  United  States  squadron  in  entering  Manila 
Bay. 

point  8J  m.  W.  of  Zamboanga,  on  S.  coast  of 

Zamboanga,  Mindanao.    Town  of  San  Mateo, 
with  anchorage,  is  near  point. 

CABALO  (cah-bah'-loh).  nat.;  village  at  head- 
waters of  Bacat  Riv.,  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 
(See  Taimanok.) 

creek  draining  marshy  ground  of  Ligua.san 

Lagoon  into  Bacat  Riv.,  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

CABALAS  (cah-bah-laws'),  ver.;  mountain  in  N. 
Cftpiz,  Panay,  5  m.  SW.  of  Tangalan. 

t'ABALf  A  (cah-bah-loo'-ah).  ver.;  island  1  sq.  m. 
fronting  large  bay  on  NE.  coast  of  Polillo  I., 
off  Infanta,  Luzon,  and  N.  end  of  channel  be- 
tween Polillo  and  Teolong  Is. 

CABALf  .AX  (cah-bah-loo'-ahn)  ver.;  river  in  Zam- 
bales, Luzon. 

CABALl'NGAX  (cah-bah-loong'-ahn);  hamlet  in 
central  Negros  Occidental,  9  m.  E.  of  Giniga- ' 
ran. 

CABALl'YAX  (cah-bah-loo'-yun),  nat.;  island  in 
Zambales,  Luz6n,  in  vicinity  of  Bolinao. 

CABAXASAX  (cah-bah-nah'-sahn),  ver.;  hamlet 
in  W.  Sdmar,  6  m.  NE.  of  TarangnSn. 

CABAX.ATI:AX  (cah-bah-nah-too-ahn').  Tag.; 
pueblo  of  Nueva  Eeija  on  1.  bank  of  Grande 
de  la  Pampanga  Riv.  at  important  crossing  by 
main  road,  13  m.  N.  of  San  Isidro.  Is  also 
connected  with  surrounding  towns  by  roads. 
Here  road  divides — one  crosses  the  Pampanga 
to  Talavera,  other  continues  along  river  to 
Bongabong,  then  over  divide  to  Bongabong 
on  down  W.  Cagaydn  to  N.  side  of  island. 
Pop.,  12,000. 

river  in  pueblo  of  same  name,  Nueva  Ecija, 

Luz6n,  tributary  of  Grande  de  Pampanga  Riv. 

CABAXATAXO  (cah-bah-nah'-yung),nat.;  hamlet 
in  pueblo  of  Magsingal,  Ilocos  Sur,  Luz6n. 

CABAXCALAX  (cah-bahn-cah'-lahn),nat.;  pueblo 
of  Negros  Occidental  on  W.  bank  of  Hog  Riv., 
1 J  m.  below  j  unction  of  Nitamayan,  4  m.  above 
mouth  of  main  stream  and  46i"m.  S.  of  Bac6- 
lod.    Pop.,  7,636. 

hamlet  in  Central  range  of  Hollo,  Panay,  9 

m.  W.  by  N.  of  Janiuay. 

hamlet  in  NW.  part  of  Negros  Occidental, 

2|  m.  NE.  of  Silay. 

CABAXtiA  (eah-bahng-ah'),nat.;  townin  NW.  part 
of  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luzon,  on  S.  slope 
of  Colds  Mt.  and  on  tributary  of  NagaRiv.,  21 
m.  NW.  of  Nueva  Cdceres. 

CABA^AN  (cah-bang-ahn'),nat.;  pueblo  on  coa.st 
road  in  Zambales,  Luz6n,  13  m.  S.  of  Iba. 
Pop.,  2,798. 

bay  on  coast  of  Zambales,  Luzon,  between 

Butulan  and  Capones  Pts. 

point  on  N.  shore  of  Siibic  Bay,  SE.  coast 

of  Zambales,  Luz6n,  W.  of  Subic  and  mouth 
of  Guagadi  Riv. 

CABAXGBAKAX  (cah-bang  bah'-nahn)  nat  ,  ham- 
let on  SE.  coast  of  Iloilo,  Panav,  lU  m.  \V.  of 
Iloilo. 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


397 


lUAKOBANliAX     (cah-bung-bung'-ahn),     nat.; 
luunlet  in  Pampanga,  Luzon,  in  pueblo  of 

Bacolor. 


«U{AMJi;SA  (cah-bung-oo'-sah),  ver.;  hamlet  on  jJUABATlViN  (cah-bat-nahn'),  yer.;  hamleton  SE. 
NK.  side  of  NW.  point  of  CApiz,  Panay,  -1  m.  ^       shore  of  Mainit 


NE.  of  MAlay 

CABAXLAN  (cah-bah-nee'-ahn),nat.;  poiutonSW. 
shore  of  Calic6an  I.,  off  extreme  SE.  coast  of 
SAmar,  Visayas. 

OABAMSAK  (cah-bah-nee'-sahn);  point  on  S. 
shore  S;\mar,  Visayas.    {Sec  Cabarasan.) 

CABANKAl'AN  (cah-bahn-cow'-ahn).  vor.;  island 
1  m.  to  S\V.  of  2  yimalak  I-.,  oft"  N.  foast  of 
Tawi  Tawi  I.,  Sulu  A.  This,  with  2  Sinialak 
Is.  rests  on  great  coral  reef,  which  almost 
dries  at  low  water,  and  extends  1^  m.  to  NE. 
of  Little  Simalak  {see  Simalak  Is.).  Bakun 
Pt.,  on  main  land  of  Tawi  Tawi  I.,  is  opposite 
this  island.  Anchorage  E.  of  this  island 
affords  shelter  from  all  winds. 

CABA^Ll'lTANCi  (cah-bahn-loo'-tang),nat.;  moun- 
tain hamlet  of  Negros  Oriental,  5  m.  W.  of 
Bais. 

CABANO  (cah-bah'-nau),  ver.;  hamlet  on  E.  coast 
of  Guimaras  I.,  off  Iloilo,  Panay,  9  m.  SE.  of 
Nagaba,  at  mouth  of  Tinabteban. 

CIBANTIAN  (rali-ban-ti'f'-ahn),  ver.;  point  on 
SE.  shore  of  15oh(il,  Visayas,  and  headland  of 
approach  from  SW.  to  Guindulman,  3  m.  dis- 
tant. 

CABANTIGriAi\ES    (cah-bahn-tee-gee-ah'-nays),yf' 
Hisp.;  islands  W.  of  Sdmar. 

CABANTO^WAN  (cah-bahn-tong'-ahn) ,  ver.;  point 
on  SW.  shore  of  SK  projection  of  SAmar. 

CABANTfAN  feah  Iiahn-too'-ahn),  ver.;  i,slet4  m. 
NI-:.  of  'i'alil"'.ii,  N.  coast  of  Bohol,  Visayas. 


/!ABAUI1AN  iruh-liah-kev-ahn'),ver.;  island2m. 
long  olY  SW.  coast  of  Diniigat  I.,  N.  of  Surigao, 

Mindanao.  |>f  ABEXUBENllA  (cah-beng-bayng'-ah),  ver.;  ham- 

untainy  ■  -  -     •■       ^       ™  ,,      ^.-^  -. 


CABARAGAX  (cah-bah-rah'-gun),  vor.;  m 
in  Abra,  Luz6n. 

CABABAXAN  (cah-bah-rah'-nahn),  ver.;  creek 
and  point  in  S.  Sorsogon,  Luz6n. 

CABARASAN,  or  I'UBANISAN  (cah-bah-rah'-sahn, 
coo-bah-nce'-sahn),  nat.;  point  on  S.  shore  of 
SE.  Sftmar,  7  m.  SW.  of  Salcedo. 

OABABAUAIN  (cah-bah-rah'-wahn),  ver.;  point 
on  S.  shore  of  Sorsog6n,  Luz6n,  overlooking 
San  Bernardino  Strait. 

CABAROAN  (cah-bah-roh'-ahn),  nat.;  hamlet  in 
pueblo  of  Piddig,  Ilocos  Norte,  Luzon. 

village  in  pueblo  of  Magsirigal,  Luz6n. 

CABAROTAN  (cah-bah-raw'-tahn),  ver.;  hamlet 
in  central  Negros  Occidental,  6  m.  E.  of  Gini- 
garan. 

CABABRUTAN  (cah-bah-rroo'-yahn),  ver.;  island 
off  W.  shore  of  Lingayen  Gulf  in  Zambales, 
Luz6n,  7  m.  from  N.  to  S.  and  4  m.  greatest 
breadth.  Off  its  NE.  and  NW.  points  are  2 
smaller  islands.  Is  moderately  high  and  cov- 
ered with  wood. 

■r.;   river  in 


CABATINGAN  (cah-bah-ting'-ahn) ,  ver.;  peak  in 
Carafmllos  Occidentales,  in  Abra  and  Ilocos 
Sur,  Luz6n. 


Lake,  Surigao,  Mindanao,  SOi 
m.  S.  by  E.  of  Surigao. 

I'ABATIIaN  (calvbah-too'-ahn),  nat.;  pueblo  in 
SE.  Iloilo,  Panay,  2  m.  S.  of  S.  branch  of 
Jalaur,  19  m.  NW.  of  Iloilo.    Pop.,  18,177. 

hamlet  in  N.  central  Siimar  on  1.  bank  of 

river  rising  in  NW.  divide  and  entering  sea 
at  Catarnian  on  N.  coast. 

CABAl  AN  «;i!AM)E,  or OABAOIKJAN  (cah-bah'-oo- 
ahn  gran'-dav,  cah-bah-coo'-gahn),  Hisp.;  is- 
land -1  bv  4  111'.,  ;^i  m.  oa  coast  of  N.  SAmar,  W. 
and  ')  m.  SE.  of  Balicuatro  Is.  to  which  group 
it  belongs,  and  E.  of  Biri.  Navigation  is  diffi- 
cult on  account  of  coral  patches. 

CABAYA  (eah-bah'-yah),  ver.;  island  SE.  by  S.  of 
Mindoro.     {Sec  Caluya  I.) 

CABAYAN  (cah  bah'-yahn),  nat.;  pueblo  in  Ben- 
guet,  N.  of  Bagui6,  Luz6n,  12  m.  NE.  of  Trini- 
dad.    Pop.,  844. 

point  and  N.  head   to  Lacutan  Bay,  W. 

shore  of  Pujada  Bay,  SE.  coast  of  Ddvao,  Min- 
danao. 

C'ABAYIKJAN  (cah-bah-yoo'-gahn),  ver.;  hamlet 
in  PangasinAn,  Luzon,  on  Agno  Riv.  road,  14 
m.  S.  of  Lingayen. 

I'ABCABAN  (cab-cah'-bahn),  nat.;  hamlet  on  W. 
shore  of  Basilan  I.,  Sulu  A.,  16  m.  SW.  by  S. 
of  Isabela. 

CABCABE  (cab-cah'-bay).  Tag.;  point  on  E.  coast 
of  BataAn,  Luzon. 

CABCABEK  (cab-cah'-ben),  nat.;  hamlet  in  pueblo 
of  Mariveles,  BataAn,  Luzon. 

CABCAO  (cab-cow'),  ver.;  hamlet  inland  3i  m. 
SE.  of  Mercedes,  in  SE.  extreme  of  SAmar. 


CABARSANA  (cah-bar-.sah'-nah) , 

Panay. 
CABARtiAlV  (cah-bah-roo'-ahn),  ver.;  hamleton  r. 

SE"of'Bangu''ed^'''"  '"^  ^^''''  ^'  ^'^^"'  ^°  '^'   L/ABGXN  (eab-gahn') ,  ver.,  isletSm.  NE.  of  Tubi- 


CABARUGA  (cah-bah-roo'-gah),  ver.;  hamlet  of 
Abra,  Luzon,  on  1.  bank  of  Abra  Riv.,  imme- 
diately E.  of  point  where  boundary  of  Ilocos 
Sur  crosses  that  stream. 
^CABASABAN  (cah-bah-.sah'-rahn),  ver.;  hamlet 
^  in  valley  of  lligan  Riv.,  near  its  outlet  from 
Lake  Lanao,  m  m.  SE.  of  lligan,  Mlsamis, 
Mindanao. 

CABASBATAK  (cah-bas-bah'-tahn),Tag.;  point  in 
SE.  Tayabas,  Luzon. 

•  CABATIANAGAN  (cah-bah-tee-ah-nah'-gahn), 
ver.:  mountain  in  NE.  Leyte,  7  m.  WNW.  of 
Tacloban. 


lei  on  S.  shore  of  Basilan  I,,  off  S.  coast  of 
Zamboanga  Pen.,  Mindanao. 

CABETICAN  (cah-bay-tee'-cahn),  nat.;  hamlet  in 
pueblo  of  Bacolor,  I'ampanga,  Luzon. 

IIABEZA  (cah-bay'-thah),  Sp.;  point  in  island  of 
Tablas,  Visayas. 

I'ABEZA  DE  BONDOG  (cah-bay'-thah  day  bohn- 
dog'),  Hisp.;  mountain  1,2.50  ft.  high  at  S.  end 
of  peninsula  of  Tayabas,  Luz6n,  from  which 
in  clear  weather  headlands  of  Burias  I.,  Vi- 
sayas, to  E.  may  be  distinctly  seen  and  visible 
30  m.  from  sea. 

CABEZA  DE  NEGRITO  (cah-bay'-thah  day  nay- 
gree'-tau),  Sp.;  passage  S.  of  Ticao  I.,  Visayas. 

CABEZA  DEL  DIABLO  (cah-bay'-thah  del  dyah'- 
bleau),  Sp.;  mountain  in  S.  Palawan. 

CABEZA  NEGUA  (cah-bay'-thah  nay'-grah),  Sp.; 
mountain  in  S.  Palawan. 

CABEZO  DE  TABLAS  (cah-bay'-thau  day  tah'- 
blas),  Sp.;  bold  headland  at  NE.  extreme  of 
Tablas  I.,  Visayas.  Several  smaller  islands 
lie  along  S.  shore. 

CABGX  (cab-gah'),  ver.;  islet  off  W.  coast  of 
Leyte,  5  m.  S.  of  Palompon. 


n,  NW.  coast  of  Bohol,  Visayas. 

island  in  opening  of  Port  Palomp6n,  NW. 

coast  of  Leyte. 

island  3  m.  S.  of  Nagubat  islets,  and  U  m. 

from  NE.  coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  fronting 
bav  on  which  lies  town  of  Bacuag.  Group 
of  4  rocks  lies  3  m.  SE.  of  this  island. 

point  on  extreme  W.  .shore  of  Panguil  Bay, 

SW.  end  of  Misamis  port,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 
Bocana  Orang  entrance  to  Salog  Riv.  lies 
on  S. 

CABLANG6n  (eah-bee-ang-on'),  ver.;  river  empty- 
ing into  Taii6n  Strait,  'ii  m.  S.  of  Toledo,  W. 
coast  of  Cebil. 


398 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE   PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


CABIAO  ((•ah-bce-ah'-oo),Tag.;  pueblo  on  l.bank 
and  roart  along  Grande  de  Pampanga  Riv.  to 
Manila,  5  m.  S.  of  San  Isidro  in  Nueva  Ecija, 
Luzon.     Pop.,  7,924. 

river  in  Nueva  Ecija,  Luz6n,  emptying  into 

Grande  de  Pampanga  Riv. 

(,'ABlBIA>'(i  (cah-bee-beeahng'),  nat.;  village  on 
riverenteringAlancao,  Napangpang  Bay,  NE 
arm  of  Panlatuan  port,  SW.  coast  of  Sorsogo: 
Luzon. 

CABIBIJABAX,  orVIXAS (cah-bee-bee-hah'-bahn, 
vee'-nahs),  ver.;  river  emptying  into  head  of 
Ragay  Gulf,  its  mouth  being  SE.  terminus  of 
boundary  between  Ambos  Caniarines  (Norte) 
on  NE.,  and  Tayabas  on  SW.,  Luzon. 

CABI('lIA(iA>'  (cah-bee-coong'-ahn),  ver.;  river  of 
Cagaydn,  Luz6n,  35  m.  in  length,  immedi- 
ately E.  of  boundary  line  of  Ilocos  Norte, 
which  it  follow.s  its  entire  length.  It  receives 
several  tributaries  from  E.  slopes  of  Gran 
Cordillera  Central,  one  descending  from 
Notable  Mt.  Mouth  of  river  marks  sea  end 
of  boundary  between  2  provinces  named,  near 
which  is  also  town  of  Claveria. 

point  on  N.  coast  of  Cagayiin,  Luzon,  next 

to  Mayraira  Pt.,  from  which  it  is  E.  by  S.  13 
m.;  highest  extreme  of  land  in  Philippines. 
Claveria  town  lies  2  m.  SW.  Is  blufif,  steep 
point  of  white  cliffs,  having  mass  of  high 
mountains  called  Patapa  contiguous  to  it. 
To  E.  is  round  hill  called  Pata  Pt.  (See  Cape 
Bojeador.) 

CABICUNliAK,  ort'LAVEBlA  (cah-bee-coong'-ahn, 
clah-vay-ree'-ah),  Sp.;  town  in  NW.  Cagayta, 
Luzon. 

CAB  ID  IAN  (cah-bee-dee'-ahn),  ver.;  river  in  Bo- 
hol,  Visayas. 

t'ABIGOHiX  (cah-bee-gau-hahn') ,  ver.;  hamlet  in 
SW.  SAmar,  9  m.  NE.  of  Basey. 

CABIJAX  (cah-bee'-hajin),  nat.;  islet  10  m.  N.  of 
Getafe,  on  N.  coast  of  Bohol,  Visayas. 

CABILAGAN  (cah-bee-lah'-gahn),  ver.;  hamlet  in 

SW.  SAmar,  9  m.  ENE.  of  Basey. 

^  CABILiN  (cah-bee-lahn'),  nat.;  cluster  of  4  i.slets 

f  occupying  area  of  i  m.  in  extent  W.  of  Din4- 

gattown,DinagatI.,  N.of  Surigao,  Mindanao. 

group  of  3  small  islets  off  SW.  shore  of  Di- 

nigat  I.,  N.  of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  S.  of 
adjacent  island  of  Cabaguidn. 

CABILAO  (cah-bee'-lah-oo),  ver.;  islet  2i  by  li  m. 
5  m.  W'SW.  of  Calape,  on  W.  shore  of  Bohol, 
Visayas. 

t'ABILAUAJJ  (cah-bee-lah'-wahn),  ver.;  island 
4i  m.  NW.  to  SE.  and  1  m.  NE.  toSW.  in  deep 
bight  on  NE.  coast  of  Busuanga  I.,  Cala- 
mianes  grp. ,  N.  of  Paragua,  Palawan,  between 
Coconongon  Pt.  and  Calton  port. 

islet  off  E.  end  of  Uson  I.,  S.  Busuanga  I., 

Calamianes  grp.,  N.  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

CABILIAX  (eah-bee-lee'-ahn),  ver.;  mountain  in 
SE.  Sdmar,  4  m.  NW.  of  Salcedo. 

mountain  at  headwaters  of  Yabasan  Riv., 

S.  NNW.  of  Boroiigan  in  E.  SAmar. 

CABILISAN  (cah-bee-lee'-.sun),nat.;  point  on  NE. 
coast  of  Masbate,  Visayas,  ui  pueblo  of  Pala- 


^^^ 


CABILOAGAN  (cah-bee-lwah'-gun),  nat.;  summit 
827  ft.  high,  on  N.  shore  of  Subic  Bay,  SE. 
coast  of  Zambales,  Luzon. 

I'ABILOXAN  (cah-bec-law'-nahn),  ver.;  point  on 
NW.  coast  of  Daram  I.  and  headland  on  E. 
of  N.  entrance  to  Daram  channel,  W.  coast 


CABIXGAAX  (cah-bing-ah'-ahn),  ver.;  NE.  and 
low,  flat  island  of  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A.,  3^  m. 
in  extent  and  7  m.  E.  of  Tapul  I. 

NE.  island  of  Tapul  grp. 

CABIXG-AN  (cah-beeng'-ahn),  ver.;  high  and 
fertile  island  in  Sulu  A.,  in  lat.  5<^  38'  N.;  in 
earlier  days  resort  for  pirates. 


I'ABIXTI  (cah-been'-tee),  ver. ;  pueblo  In  Laguna, 
Luzon.     Pop.,  Cn.  1887,  .5701.     {Also  Cuvinti.) 

I'ABIBIOiX  (cah-bee-ree-oh-ahn'),  ver.;  hamlet 
on  1.  bank  of  Bac-hao  Bangah6n  Riv.,  inSW. 
SSmar. 

CABISILANG    (cah-bee-see'-lung),  ver.;    hamlet 

iu  pueblo  of  Cand6n,  Ilocos  Sur,  Luz6n. 
'ABITOAGAN   (cah-bee-toh-ah'-gahn),  ver.;  an- 
chorage in    position  formerly  chartered  as 
Anunanga,  off  E.  shore  of  D&vao  Gulf,  Min- 
danao. 

hamlet  on  E.  shore  of  DSvao  Gulf,  Divao. 

Mindanao,  50  m.  SSE.  of  DAvao. 

l'ABLAGXA(cah-blag'-nah),ver.;  point  on  S.  coast 
of  Sdmar  and  E.  head  to  anchorage  of  Balan- 
giga,  separating  Higoso  and  Capines  Pts.  and 
forming  2  clean  bays  with  deep  water  in 
them.  Villages  along  coast  are  poor  and 
offer  few  resources.  In  1861  H.  M.  S.  Sphinx 
struck  on  shoal  1  m.  S.  of  this  point. 

CABO  (cah'.-bau),  Sp.;  hamlet  on  main  road  in 
Nueva  Ecija,  Luzon,  12  m.  NE.  of  San  Isidro. 

I'ABO-CABO  (cah-beau-cah'-beau),  ver.;  town  in 
N.  Sdmar. 

CABOAX,  SAXTA  MABIA  DE  (cah-boh'-ahn,  san- 
tah  mah-ree' ah  day),  Hisp.;  pueblo  in  ex- 
treme NE.  of  Laguna,  Luz6n:  town  of  same 
name  being  on  main  road  to  Mabitak  at  NE. 
head  of  Laguna  de  Bay. 

CABODIAX&AX  (cah-bau-dee-ang'-ahn),  ver.; 
point  on  farthest  W.  land  of  Sibuyta  I.,  of 
Romblon  grp.,  Visayas. 

CABOG  (cah-baug'),  ver.;  point  in  E.  coast  of 
island  of  Romblon,  Visayas. 

CABOLAXGAX  (cah-bau-lahng'-ahn),  ver.;  river 
in  Ambos  Camarines  (Norte),  Luz6n,  empty- 
ing into  Ragay  Gulf  near  Cabungahan  Pt. 

I'ABOXliAHAX  (cah-bong-ah'-hahn),nat.:  moun- 
tain in  extreme  SW.  Simar,  11  m.  W.  by  N. 
of  Balangiga. 

CABOXGOX  (cah-baung'-on);  river  on  E.  coast  of 
Mindoro,  emptying  into  sea  S.  of  Masi  Pt. 

t'ABOTOS  (cah-beau'-tohs),  ver.;  mountain  in 
Panay. 

CABBA,  or  GOAT  (cah'-brah),  Sp.;  small  island 
westernmost  of  Lubang  grp.,  NW.  of  Min- 
doro. {See  Lubang  I.)  Area:  2  m.  long,  low, 
200  ft.  high,  and  wooded.  Channel  between  it 
and  Lubang  is  1^  m.  and  free;  near  W.  ex- 
treme is  exhibited  a  light. 

'  •  Silanga  "  in  Lubang  grp.  at  China  Sea  en- 
trance to  Verde  passage,  NW.of  Mindoro. 

CABSUGAX  (cab-soo'-gahn),  ver.;  southernmost 
of  Guntiian  (Ginatuan)  Is.,  off  NE.  coast  of 
Surigao,  Mindanao,  and  S.  of  DinAgat  I.  on 
S.  .side  of  S.  entrance  of  Gipdo  Passage;  area 
about  8  sq.  m.,  being  5^  m.  in  length  from 
NW.  to  SE. 

CABUALLAX  (cah-bwah'-lyahn),  nat.;  river  in 
Cdpiz,  Panay,  rising  lat.  11°  03'  N.  and  emp- 
tying into  sea  at  lat.  11°  30'  N. 

CVBtiAX  (cah-boo'-ahn),  ver.;  hamlet  in  S.  cen- 
tral Bohol,  Vi.sayas,  5  m.  W.  of  Sierra  Bullones. 

t'ABl'AYAX  (cah-boo-ah'-yahn),  ver;  mountain  in 
W.  Leyte,  10  m.  N.  of  E.  of  Palompon. 

CABUCABTjAN  (cah-boo-cah-boo'-ahn),nat.:  river 
emptying  in  N.  shore  of  Panlatuan  port,  SW. 
coast  of  Sorsogon,  Luzon. 

t'ABUt'JA  (cah-book-hah'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  E. 
bank  of  arm  on  SW.  shore  of  Camansi  Bay  in 
Cdpiz,  Panay. 

il'ABl'C(i  (cah-boo-kaw'),  ver.;  seacoast  hamlet  of 
Cotabato,  Mindanao,  18i  m.  SW.  of  Cotabato. 

t'ABUDGAYAX  (cah-bood-gah'-yahn),  ver.;  ham- 
let on  S.  shore  of  Biliran  I.,  N.  of  Leyte,  7  m. 
E.  of  Biliran. 

I'ABrG  (cah-boog'),  nat.;  islet  of  Gigantes cluster, 
13  m.  E.  of  Bulacaue,  NE.  point  of  Concepci6n, 
CApiz,  Panay. 


GAZETTEER    OB'    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


CABriti;  point  on  E.  shore  of  island  E.  of  Caropo 
or  Puro  I.,  N.  side  of  Loog  (Canaynt)  Bay,  W. 
shore  of  Masbate,  Visayas. 

CABUGAXn  (cah-boo-gah-ahn'),  ver.;  chister  of 
3  inshore  islands  off  E.  coast  of  Zamboanga, 
Mindanao,  between  Vitali  and  Curiian. 

CABUGAE  (cah-boo-gah'-ay),  nat.;  stream  in 
Tavabas,  Luz6n,  which  rises  in  lat.  13°  55'  N. 
and  empties  into  sea  on  S.,  lat.  13°  51'  30"  N. 

CABUGAN   (cah-boo'-gun),  nat.;  largest  of  Mur- 
ci61agos  Is.,  a  chister  of  10  small  islets  at  NE. 
entrance  of  Murci61agos  Bay,  W.SW.  of  Ba- 
lato  Pt.,  N.  Dapitan,  Mindanao. 
—  Island  3  m.  off  W.  coast  of  Palawan. 

CABUGAX  I'HICO  (cah-boo-gun  chee'-coh),  Hisp., 
or  SAX  TEDKO  (sahn  pay'-draw),  Sp.;  i.slet 
off  E.  coast  of  Leyte,  2  m.  NE.  of  Hinunarigan. 

CABUGAN  GRAXDE  (cah-boo'-gohn  gran'-day), 
Hisp.,  or  SAX  PABLO  (sahn  pah'-blau),  Sp.; 
island  2^  m.  long^off  E.  coast  of  Leyte,  6  m.  E. 
of  N.  of  Hinunangan. 

CABfGAO  (cah-boo'-gah-oo),  nat.;  hamlet  in  is- 
land of  Catanduanes  belonging  to  Albay,  Lu- 
zon. 

hamlet  in  NE.  CApiz,  Panay,  on  main  road, 

3  m.  SE.  of  Panay. 

island  NE.  of  Panay. 

pueblo  in  Ilocos  Sur,  Luzon,  at  mouth  of 

river  of  same  name,  on  coast  highway,  is  m. 
N.  ofVigan.    Pop.,  8,259. 

hamlet  on  NE.  shore  of  San  Pedro  Bay, 

S\V.  Sdmar,  7  m.  E.  of  Basey. 

town  and  inlet  in  S.  Catanduanes  I.,  N.  of 

Albay,  Luzon. 

point  of  GuimarAs  I.,  off  Iloilo,  Panay. 

CABUGAOAX  (eah-boo-gow'-ahn),nat.;  town  and 
former  comandancia  in  N.  Luzon. 

tABUGAUAX  (cah-boo-gah'-wahn),  nat.;  moun- 
tain in  N.  Leyte,  5  m.  SW.  of  Capoocan. 

N.  point  of  entrance  to  San  Juanico  Strait, 

SW.  Samar. 

CABUGBUXAX  (cah-boog-boo'-nun),  nat.;  moun- 
tain in  N.  Leyte. 

CABUG-l'ABUG  (cah-boog-cah-boog'),  ver.;  ham- 
let in  NE.  Cdpiz,  Panay,  2^  m.  SW.  of  Pilar. 

CABUJAX  (cah-boo'-hahn),  nat.;  bay  between 
Cabug  and  Arado  Pts.,  E.  shore  of  Carogo  or 
Puro  I.,  Loog  (Canayat)  Bay,  W.  coast  of 
Masbate,  Visayas. 

CABUKAX  (cah-boo'-cahn),  ver.;  one  of  N\V.  is- 
lands of  Sulu  grp.,  Sulu  A.,  3^  m.  In  extent, 
NW.  of  Sulu  I. 

island,  4  m.  ENE.  and  WSW.,  50  ft.  high 

and  flat;  largest  of  group  off  NW.  shore  of 
Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A. 

OABl'LAX    I>E   noUOL  (cah-boo'-lahn  day  boh- 
ohl'),  hisp.;    i>let  in   sea   channel  between    jii 
Bohol  and  Ctlm,  9  m.  W.  of   Getafe,  NW.  ^ 
coast  of  BoIkjI,  Vis;iyas. 

CABL'LAO  (cah-boo-lah'-oo),  nat.;  village  in  Cebii. 

CABULATAX  (cah-boo-lah'-tahn),  ver.;  small 
stream  entering  sea  1^  m.  N.  of  Tayasan,  E. 
coast  of  Negros  Oriental. 

CABULiCX,  or  SOMBRERO  (cah-boo-lah'-oon, 
sohm-bray'-roh),  ver.;  name  island  and  west- 
ernmost of  Cabuldun  Is.,  2i  m.  in  length, 
with  hill  of  moderate  height,  and  small  baj^"^ 
on  SW.  side,  54  m.  NE.  of  Taytay,  Paraguay 
Palawan. 

group  of  5  islands— Cabuldun  3,  Canaron  1, 

Nangalao  2,  Salimbucbuc  1,  Solitario  1— and  3 
islets  of  1  sq.  m.  total,  9  sq.  m.;  lat.  11°  20'  N. 
and  Ion.  120°  15'  E.  intersecting  about  center, 
and  covering  area  of  ocean  surface  15  m.  N. 
and  S.,  and  18  m.  E.  and  W.,  or  270  sq.  m.; 
con.sisting  of  i-slands  belonging  to  larger  Ca- 
lamianes  grp.  Name  island  of  group,  upon 
which  there  is  small  settlement  of  same  name, 
lies  54  m.  NE.  of  Taytay,  Paragna,  N.  Pala- 
wan; 17  m.  E.  of  Taratahd  Pt.  of  Linapucan 


t'ABl  LAI  X,  or  SOMBRERO— Continued. 

1.;  2U^  m.  .SSE.  of  CalamiAn,  Calamianes 
grp.,  and  69  m.  NW.  of  Cuyo,  at  Cuyos  grp. 
Inliiiljitantsare  chiefly  fishermen  for  trepang 
and  hunters  for  edible  birds'  nests,  visiting 
islands  on  expeditions  from  Palawan,  Mindo- 
ro,  and  Calamianes,  and  speak  dialects  of  Ca- 
lamianes and  Visayan.    Pop.,  100,  estimated. 

CABULI  (cah-boo'-lee),  ver.;  lat.  11°26'N.,  Ion. 
119°  29' E.;  i.sland  li  m.  NW.  to  SE.,  560  ft. 
high,  i  m.  off  extreme  NW.  point  of  Paragua, 
Palawan. 

OABfiLIC  (cah-boo'-lick),  nat.;  point  on  Guima- 
rAs  I.,  off  Iloilo,  Panay. 

CABfiLIG  (cah-boo'-lig),  nat.;  bay  formed  in  el- 
bow of  Macajalar  bay,  on  E.  shore,  N.  coast 
of  Misamis,  Mindanao.  Town  of  Jasaan  lies 
toN. 

CABULIGAX  (cah-boo-lee'-gun),  nat.;  village  on 
island  of  BalAbac,  off  SW.  extreme  of  Pala- 
wan. 

CABULILIAX  (cah-boo-lee-lee'-ahn);  village  in 
pueblo  of  Pitogo,  Tayabas,  Luzon,  on  SW. 
coast  at  mouth  of  small  river. 

I'ABULUAXG  (cah-boo-lwang'),  nat.;  bay  forming 
E.  arm  of  Nin  Bay,  W.  coast  of  Masbate,  Vi- 
sayas. 

river  entering  bay  of  same  name  on  SE. 

shore,  W.  coast  of  Masbate,  Visayas. 

CABUXAX  (cah-boo'-nahn),  ver.;  island  off  Bohol, 
Visayas. 

CABUXGA  (cah-boon'-gah),  nat.;  hamlet  on  Ulut 
Riv.,  S^mar,  above  Macajucad  cascade. 

CABUXGAXAX  (cah-boong-ah'-nahn),  ver.;  point 
on  E.  shore  of  Ambos  Camarines  (Norte), 
Luzon. 

t'ABUXGBUXGAX  (cah-boong-boong'-ahn),  nat; 
mountain  in  Leyte. 

{'ABUXGdXx  (cah-boong-dahn'),  ver.;  hamlet  in 
SW.  SAmar,  on  bav  opening  into  San  Juanico 
Strait,  3  m.  NW.  of  Santa  Rita. 

I'ABUXGEOEX,  or  CABIJXGEOAX  (cah-boon-hay- 
au-ain',cah-boon-hay-au-ahn'),  ver.;  extreme 
E.  island,  IJ  by  1  m.  in  extent,  of  cluster  off 
E.  coast  of  Polillo  I.,  off  Infanta,  Luzon. 

I'ABllXIAX  (cah-boo-nee'-ahn),  ver.;  mountain  in 
N.  Union,  Luz6n. 

CABUXU'AX  (cah-boo-nee'-cahn),  ver.;  hamlet  2 
m.  NW.  of  Giindara,  in  SW.  Sdmar. 

t'ABCXTUG  (cah-boon-tug'),  ver.;  pueblo  on  ex- 
treme SE.  point  of  Siargao  I.,  off  NE.  coast 
Surigao,  Mindanao,  46i  m.  E.  of  Surigao;  islets 
Guiang  and  Daco  on  N.  side  of  E.  entrance  to 
Dap^  channel  lie  off  town.  Pop.,  4,175.  Also 
Cabuntog. 

CABURAX  (cah-boo'-rahn),  ver.;  anchorage  in  S. 
Mindanao. 
ABl^BAO,   or    PASAGE    fcah-boo'-rah-oo,    pah- 
sah'-hay ) ,  nat. ;  one  of  numerous  small  islands 
off  N.  coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao. 

island  about  12  m.  off  E.  coast  of  Leyte. 

CABURTAXGA  (cah-boor-tung'-ah),  nat.;  moun- 
tain in  Ilocos  Norte,  Luzon,  in  pueblo  of  Nag- 
partian. 

peak  in  Caraballos  Occidentales,  in  Ilocos 

Norte,  Luz6n. 

ABUSA  (cah-boo'-sah),  ver.;  point  on  SE.  coast 
of  D&vao,  Mindanao,  13  m.  S.  of  Cali^u  Pt. 

CABUSAO  (cah-boo-sah'-oo),  ver.;  fishing  village 
on  r.  bank  of  mouth  of  river  of  same  name 
emptying  into  San  Miguel  Bay,  in  Ambos 
Camarines  (Sur),  Luz6n. 

river  entering  San  Miguel  Bay  in  Ambos 

Camarines  (Sur),  Luzon,  discharging  through 
low  shore;  is  720  ft.  wide,  20  ft.  deep  at  its 
mouth,  and  carries  15  ft.  inland  distance  of 
24  m.  to  Nueva  CAceres,  provincial  capital. 

I'ABUSILAX  (cah-boo-see'-lahn),  ver.;  range  of 
mountains  in  Zambales,  Luz6n. 


400 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


J^:^^- 


^.--t'AlJUT  (cah-boof),  vcT.;  small  island  in  indenta- 
tion on  NE.  coast  of  Sibuguey  Bay,  H.  coast  of' 
Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  olT  mouth  of  Cabac- 
sulan  Kiv. 

CABUTAA>'  {(■ah-boo-tah'-ahn),vcr.;  crater  on  N. 
shore  of  Lcyte,  2  m.  NW.  of  Capoocan. 

CABUTBUTAN  (cah-boot-boo'-tahn),  nat.;  moun- 
tain in  Cebii;  to  E.  exist  mines  of  coal. 

fABUTIJAN  (cah-boo-tee'-hahn)  (means  kind- 
ness), Tag.;  village  on  S.  coa.st  of  Tayabas, 
Luzon,  NW.  of  Maybeo  Pt. 

t'ABlJYAO  (cah-boo'-yah-oo),  Tag.;  pueblo  in  La- 
guna,  Luzon,  20  m.  due  W.  across  Laguua  de 
Bay.    Pop.,  8,888. 

CABIJYOC  (cah-boo'-yock),vcr.;  point  in  E.  Marin- 
duque,  off  SW.  coast  of  Luz6n. 

CACABUSAN  (cah-cah-boo'-sun),  nat.;  hamlet  of 

Ilocos  Norte,  Luz6n. 
CACAMATACXn    (cah-cah-mah-tah-cahn'),     ver.; 

point  on  mainland  of  Barton  Bay,  W.  shore  of 

Paragua,  Palawan. 

CACAN^YAT  (cah-cah-nah'-yat),  ver.;  S.  waters  of 
double  bay  6  m.  deep,  on  W.  coast  of  Masbate 
I.,Visayas. 
JAC'AO  (cah-cow'),  nat.;    hamlet  in  Siargao   I., 
off  NE.  coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao. 

CACA6n  (cah-cah-awn'),ver.;  hamlet  on  r.  bank 

^     of  Cagay^n  Riv.,  1.5i  m.  above  Cagaydn  de 

Misamis,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

CACATAiN  (cah-cah-tah-ahn'),ver.;  flat  wooded 

y         island  105  ft.  high  and  1  m.  long  in  Sigboye 

•^  passage,  19^  m.  NE.  of  Tawi  Tawi  I.,  Tawi 

Tawi  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

(JACBALISAY  (cac-bah-lee'-si),  ver. ;  one  of  Cala- 
guas  I.  {q.  ('.)  off  NE.  coast  Ambos  Camarines, 
Luzon. 

CACBOLO  (cac  baw'-law),  ver.;  i.sland 400 f t.  high, 
IJ  m.  off  NW.  coast  Paragua,  Palawan,  at 
opening  of  Mayday  Bay,  NE.  of  Jibboom  or 
Tibbvon  Bay. 

t'AL'BUCAO  (cac-boo-cow'),  ver.;  islet  2§  m.  off 
extreme  N.  point  of  DumarAn  I.,  off  E.  coast 
of  Paragua,  Palawan,  and  on  E.  side  of  N. 
entrance  to  Cook  channel. 

CACINJIA  (cah-thin-hee-ah'),  ver.;  dependent 
island  of  Palawan. 

CACMPA,  or  HIGH  (cac-nee'-pah),  ver.;  islands^ 
m.  in  diameter,  1,050  ft.  elevation,  off  entrance 
to  Barton  port  N.  and  Mayday  Bay  S.,  on  W. 
coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

CACRABAY  (cah-crah-ri'),  ver.;  islandSm.  N.  and 

S.  and  75  m.  greatest  width,  area  3,0-59  sq.  m., 
forming  E.  shore  ( if 'I'abacd  P.ay,  Allj.-iy,  Luzon, 
from  which  it  is  siimrale'l  Ijv  iliaii'iiel  Am. 
wide.  In  NW.  lies  San  Mii^'ini,  ami  SK.  Bat:in 
Is.  It  is  hilly,  and  lias  iialiratimis  of  c.iii- 
mercial  quantities  of  coal,  w  liidi  alHunicls  mi 
adjacent  islands  of  Batan  and  liapu  i;a|ai; 
has  no  town  of  importance;  is  sciiaralrd  fnpiii 
San  Miguel  I.  on  NW.  by  Casulgau  channel, 
li  m.  wide. 

point  at  extreme  SE.  land  of  island  of  that 

name  off  Albay,  Luzon. 

"Silanga,"  between  islands  of   Cacraray 

and  Batdn,  Pacific  Ocean,  off  Albay,  Luzon. 

€ACUB  (cah-coob'),  ver.;  hamlet  and  port  with 
good  anchorage  on  SW.  shore  of  Siargao  I., 
off  NE.  coast  Surigao,  Mindanao.  On  NE. 
side  of  entrance  to  DapA  channel  the  coast  is 
a  mass  of  rocks  dry  at  low  water. 

river  on  W.  coast  of  Siargao  I.,   NE.  off 

Mindanao,  near  \\\  entrance  to  Dapd  channel 
and  N.  of  Sibonga  port,  Bucfc  I.  {Aim 
Kakub.) 

CADAC-iN  (cah-duek-ahn'),  ver.;  river  in  island 
'    of  Leyte. 

CADACLXn  (cah-dah-clan'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Isa- 
bela,  Lviz6n,  near  boundary  with  Bontoc. 


'rAI»A<irX  (lali  dah'-goon),  ver.;    lake  in  island 

of  Mindanao. 

,t'AI).VI,l.\  (eah-dah'-leen)  ver.;  extreme  S.  point 
of  .'■^ulii  i.,  and  W.  head  of  large  bay  on  S. 
coast  of  that  island,  Sulu  A. 

I'ADANAC  (cah-dah-nack'),  nat.;  village  at  mouth 
of  stream  of  same  name  on  SE.  shore  of  Sor- 
sogon  port,  Sorsogon,  Luzon. 

CADANAN  (cah-dah'-nahn),  ver.;  hamlet  of  Le- 
panto,  Luzon,  10  m.  from  Cervantes.    Pop.,  488. 

CADANGLAAJf  (cah-dunn-glah'-ahn),  nat.;  village 
in  pueblo  Magsingal,  Ilocos  Sur,  Luzon. 

L'AD^l'UG  (cah-dah'-poog),  ver.;  hamletat mouth 
of  river  on  W.  coast  of  Antique,  Panay,  1  m. 
S.  of  Nalupa  Nuevo. 

I'ADBATAN  (cad-bah'-tahn),  ver.;  point  at  S.  en- 
trance to  Barrera  port,  NE.  coast  of  Masbate 
I.,  Visayas. 

lAUBUBAUAN,  or  PAl^ANIBAN  (cad-boo-rah'- 
oo-ahn,  pang-ah-nee'-rahn),  ver.;  low  wooded 
point  at  extreme  SW.  end  of  Albay,  Luzon, 
and  on  E.  side  of  entrance  to  Ragay  Gulf, 
opposite  Burias  I.,  Visayas. 

CADIAN  (cah-dee-ahn'),  ver.;riverinW.  Antique, 
Panay,  rising  in  lofty  elevations  of  Nangtud 
Mts.  and  taking  SW.  direction,  rei-civini;  <'^n- 
garanan  Itiv.,  and  ii.assing  Valderraiiia.  and 
many  ham  I  els,  enti'rssea  on  W.  coast  midway 
lietwcen  Buga.son  and  Caritan,  5  m.  apart. 

I'.ilHTAN  (cah-dee'-tahn),nat.;  hamletat  mouth 
of  u  river  on  W.  coast  of  Sorsogon,  Luzon,  5  m. 
S.  of  entrance  to  Sorsogon  Bay,  N.  of  Ibalong 
I't.,  I'J  m.  SW.  of  Sorsogon. 

t'AlHZ  MKVO  (cah'-deeth  nway'-voh),  Sp.; 
town  on  1.  shore  of  mouth  of  Gitalong,  on  N. 
coast  of  Negros  Occidental,  31  m.  NE.  of  Ba- 
colod.    Pop.,  7,046. 

river  in  Negros. 

CADIZ  TIEJO  (cah'-deeth  vee-ay'-hoh),  Sp.;  most 
N.  pueblo  of  Negros  Occidental,  li  m.  NW. 
of  Sicaba. 

(,'ADJXx  (cad-hahn'i,  ver.;  small  stream  empty- 
ing into  Strait  of  Taii6n,  on  W.  coast  of  Cebii. 

CAB  LAO, .  .r  TABLE  TOP  (cad-lah'-oo) ,  island  2,000 

ft.  iiijii,.  ;  !.;.  .  111.  in  extent,  off  NW.  coast  of 
I'..  .  '  wan,  and  N.  of  entrance  to 
I'.a  ,  I  I:  .  iv.isi  lown  of  Baquit, andO  m. 
N.  "I  (  ii-h  .I)..  I't.,  \\',  extreme  of  -Baquit 
(Bucuitj  Bay.  Table  land  rises  in  center, 
deep  gorge  forming  2  peaks  E.  and  W.  logger- 
heads. Some  of  coast  overhangs  sea  line. 
There  is  a  bay  on  N.  side  with  Mitre  islet  in  it. 

CADMON  (cad-mawn'),  ver.;  pueblo  and  point  on 
E.  coasst  of  Cebii,  29  m.  N.  of  Cebii.  Pop.,  6,098. 
Also  Catmon. 

CADO-OCAN  (cah-daw-au'-cahn)  ver.;  point  on 
NW.  coast  of  Pana6n  1.,  SE.  of  Leyte,  upon 
which  Liloan  is  situated,  and  also  S.  neadland 
of  W.  entrance  to  Panaon  Strait. 

ilDUAYAN  (cah-doo-ah'-yan),  ver.;  hamlet  on  W. 
coast  of  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A. 

CADtCDULi,  or  TABUNAN  (cah-dooc-doo-lah', 
tah-boo'-nahn) ,  ver. :  point  on  extreme  SW. 
coast  of  Antique,  Panay,  5  m.  E.  of  Anini-y. 

CADUCUAYAJf  (cah-doo-cwah'-yun),  ver.;  moun- 
tain in  Sclmar. 

CADUHAiPf  (cah-doo-hah-ahn')  ver.;  mountain 
in  central  range  in  S.  Leyte,  11  m.  SW.  of 
Abiiyog. 

CADURIjAN  (cah-doo-roo'-ahn),  nat.;  point  at 
extreme  S.  end  of  Masbate  I.,  Visayas,  in 
direction  of  NE.  extremity  of  Cebii  I. 

town  in  SE.  Masbate,  Visayas. 

CAFAG  (cah-fag'),  nat.;  stream  in  CagayAn,  Lu- 
zon, tributary  to  Cagay^n  Riv.,  having  its 
source  in  lat.  17°  02'  30"  N. 

CAGABtiA  (cah-gah-boo'-ah),  ver.;  hamlet  in  N. 

SAmar,  4  m.  S.  of  Catarman. 


./ 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


401 


(  A(iAMf  (cah-gah-moo'),  nat.:  point  on  extreme 
S\V.  coast  of  Tavaba-s,  Luz6n,  3  m.  S.  of  Ayoni 
Hay. 

lACAX,  or  BAXfJA  (cah'-gahn,  bahng'-ah),  ver.; 
point  on  E.  coast  of  Albay,  Luzon. 

l'A(iA>'AYA>'  (cah-gali-nah'-yahn),  ver.;  town  in 
Abra,  Luzon,  at  iieadwators  of  tributary  of 
Abra  Riv.,  near  boundary  of  Iloeos  Korte,  15 
m.  N,  of  Bangued. 


t'A(iAXIBOX(i  (cal^-gah-nee-bong')  ver.;  hamlet 
7  m.  S.  inland  from  Laguan,  N.  SAmar. 

rA<iA>'IBO>'Y  (cah-gah-nee-bow'-nee),ver.;  ham- 
let at  headwaters  of  Pagsaban  Riv.,  Sdmar. 

CAGABAY  (cah-gah'-ri),  ver.;  extinct  volcano  in 
extreme  SE.  Sdmar,  3  m.  S.  of  Quinapundan. 

CAGATAX  (cah-gah'-tahn),  nat.;  small  S.  tribu- 
tary of  Ulut  Riv.,  in  E.  Siimar. 


C  AG  AY  AN,  LUZON,  PROVINCE  OF. 

(Cah-gah-yahn',  nat.) 

Capital:  Tuiiuegarao,  lat.  17°  37^  30'^  N.,  Ion.  121°  38^  2(K''  E..  approximately. 

Area:  ^lainland,  5,022  sq.  m. ;  Babuyanes,  179  sq.  m. ;  Batanes,  81  sq.  m. ;  other 
dependent  i;«lands,  9  sq.  m. ;  total,  5,291  sq.  m. 

Population,  1901:  96,367,  estimated. 

Race :  Ca^ayanes,  Negritos,  Apayaos,  Itaves,  and  other  local  races. 

Language:"  Dialects  of  their  own;  Ibanag  (nearly  the  same  as  Cagayan)  by  the 
cultivated  races. 

Military  Department  of  Luzon:  Headquarters,  Manila,  Luzon. 

Table  of  distances. 

From  Tuguegarao  to —  m. 

Aparri,  N.  coa.st,  Cagayan 51 

Manila,  S.  by  W 211 

Vigan,  Ilocos  Sur,  W.  China  Sea  coast 85 

LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

The  province  of  Cagayan  occupies  the  extreme  XE.  portion  of  the  island  of  Luzon, 
being  bounded  on  the  N.  by  the  Pacific  Ocean,  the  Babuyanes  group  lying  between 
its  N.  shore  and  Balingtang,  channel  connecting  the  Pacific  Ocean  and  the  China 
Sea;  on  the  E.  l)y  the  Pacific  Ocean;  on  the  S.  by  Isabela  and  Abra,  with  a  small 
portion  of  Bontoc  touching  its  extreme  SW.  boundary  between  the  two  provinces 
named;  on  the  W.  by  Abra  and  Ilocos  Norte. 

AREA. 

It  is  100  m.  from  NE.  to  SW.  and  105  m.  from  NW.  to  SE.  Area,  mainland  5,022 
sq.  m. ;  Babuyanes  grp.,  179  sq.  m.;  Batanes  grp.,  81  sq.  m.;  8  dependent  islands,  9 
sq.  m. ;  total, "5,291  sq.  m.,  or  larger  than  Connecticut,  nearly  twice  the  size  of  Dela- 
ware, and  four  times  that  of  Rhode  Island.  Within  these  boundaries  are  the  former 
comandancias  of  Apayaos  on  the  E.  side  of  the  Grand  Cordillera  Central  in  the  NW. 
portion  of  the  province,  with  a  population  of  16,000  in  40  villages,  the  principal 
Fotol  and  Capinatan;  of  Cabugaoau,  between  Apayaos,  Abra,  and  Ilocos  Norte,  and 
of  Itave.^,  along  the  borders  of  Abra  and  Bontoc,  with  more  than  15,000  inhabitants, 
Magaogao  being  the  principal  town.  In  this  region  are  more  than  126  villages,  chiefly 
of  Calanas,  who  speak  the  Itaves  language. 

PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 

The  country  is  much  l^roken  with  high  mountains,  the  Sierra  Madre  or  Grand  Cor- 
dillera Oriental  following  tlie  Pacific  coast  line  and  the  Cordilleras  del  Norte  and 
Central  on  its  W.  l)oundary. 

Valley  of  the  Cagayan;  the  Cagaydn  Eiv.  is  a  magnificent  waterway  for  light- 
draft  steamers  and  can  be  made  much  more  etficient  by  dredging  out  three  or  four 
bars  which  in  dry  weather  interfere  with  the  transportation. 


The  enormous  capacity  for  development  of  this  valley  of  the  Cagaydn,  which  includes  the  provinces 
of  Isabela  and  CagayAn,  can  hardly  be  exaggerated.  It  is  a  common  thing  for  the  luitlves  to  use 
their  land  seven  or  eight  months  in'a  year  for  tobacco  and  then  to  derive  two  successful  crops  of  corn 
in  the  four  or  five  remaining  months  of  the  year.  There  are  some  very  large  haciendas  owned  by 
tobacco  companies,  but  after  Spain  ceased  to  conduct  her  monopoly  of  the  tobacco  business,  she 
divided  up  much  of  the  tobacco  land  among  the  tenants  and  there  are  now  in  both  provinces  a  great 
number  of  .small  holders  working  their  own  land,  and  the  great  bu.siness  of  the  valley  is  tobacco  buy- 
ing. Tobacco  firms  are  now  holding  on  to  the  tobacco  for  a  higher  price  than  that  which  is  offered, 
and  there  is  considerable  feeling  between  the  companies  and  the  foreigners.  The  companies  are 
'  ^-      '  ■        .    ,  „.  .  ,,  :  they  say  that  the  natives  will  not  labor 


exceedingly  anxious  to  have  Chinese  labor  admitted 
though  offered  a  peso  a  day,  which  is  considered  very 
Secretary  of  War,  August,  1901.) 


wages  here.    (Letter  of  Goveruor  Taft  to 


S.  Doc.  280- 


-26 


402  GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

Between  these  ranges  lies  the  great  valley  of  the  Grande  Eiv.  of  Cagayiln,  open- 
ing 80  HI.  Ix'tween  the  extremes  of  those  ranges,  on  the  N.  coast  of  Luzon. 

The  liighest  suiiniiits  in  the  Sierra  Madre  are  Dos  Cuernos  (Two  Horns),  4,008  ft; 
Cetiiceo,  tlie  volcano  of  Caua,  3,995  ft.;  2  peaks  3,451  and  2,086  ft.  high,  and  3  peaks 
overlooking  I'^.scarpada,  the  extreme  NE.  point  of  the  mainland  of  Luzon.  Inland 
from  Caliicniigan  I't.  at  the  extreme  W.  is  a  volcano  of  that  name  4,326  ft.  high,  and 
following  the  Cordillera  del  Norte  along  the  W.  boundary  is  a  summit  called  Cal- 
vario,  2,149  ft.,  and  Pacsdn,  in  the  same  mountains,  7,330  ft.  high,  at  the  intersection 
of  the  boundary  between  Ilocos  Norte  and  Ilocos  Sur  and  Cagayan.  Between  the 
intervening  lower  hills  are  extensive  valleys  with  a  calcareous  soil.  There  are  about 
50  rivers,  the  most  important  the  Grande  de  Cagayan,  which  divides  the  province 
from  N.  to  S.  into  two  almost  equal  parts.  Its  main  tributaries  within  the  province 
are  the  Chico  de  Cagaydn,  Pinacanauan  de  Tuguegarao,  Maguaris,  and  Dumunduiigan. 
The  most  important  rivers  entering  on  the  N.  coast  are  the  Pamplona  and  the  stream 
which  empties  the  Lake  Cagaydn,  a  body  of  water  in  the  extreme  NE.,  10  m.  from 
NW.  to  SE.  and  6i  m.  from  NE.  to  SW.,  and  emptying  into  an  inlet  on  the  coast. 
Another  lake  10  m.  in  length  and  2  m.  in  width  lies  in  the  mountains  between  the 
Grande  de  Cagaydn  and  Abra  boundary. 

BAYS   AND   HARBORS. 

The  soundings  off  the  beach  along  this  coast  are  from  5  to  10  fms.  a  mile  off,  and 
from  4  to  7  fms.  at  the  same  distance  in  the  bight  of  the  bay.  A  number  of  rivers 
enter  the  coast  which  afford  small  anchorages.     Among  them  are: 

Grande  de  Cagayan;  one-third  m.  wide;  16  ft.  can  be  carried  from  the  bar  at 
the  mouth  10  m.  upstream;  12  ft.  to  Lal-16,  18  m.,  which  is  the  head  of  deep-sea  nav- 
igation and  from  whence  the  largest  quantity  of  tobacco  of  the  valley  is  shipped. 
There  is  tide  to  the  mouth  of  the  Rio  Chico  tributary,  35  m.,  to  which  point  6  ft.  of 
water  can  be  carried.  During  the  rainy  season  the  river  is  navigable  for  light-draft 
vessels  for  200  m.,  the  current  being  swift.  At  times  freshets  occur,  causing  a  rise  of 
several  feet  in  a  few  hours,  which  renders  it  unsafe  to  remain  anchored  in  the  stream 
The  tobacco  shippers  tie  their  boats  to  the  bank  if  caught  in  a  freshet,  larger  vessels 
being  i-('(juired  to  go  to  sea. 

Maria  Antonia;  cove  on  the  extreme  NE.  coast,  S.  of  Escarpada  Pt. 

Pasumacanan;  on  the  extreme  NE.  coast,  S.  of  Escarpada  Pt. 

San  Vicente;  between  an  island  of  the  same  name  and  Palaui  I.,  and  the  main- 
land in  the  extreme  NE.  i^eninsula,  35  m.  NE.  of  Aparri.  There  are  12  to  15  fms.  of 
water  in  the  main  entrance,  the  anchorage  having  7  fme.  It  has  room  for  3  or  4  ves- 
sels and  is  the  only  safe  typhoon  harbor  N.  of  Bolinao. 

LIGHT-HOTJSES. 

The  NE.  approach  to  Luzon  from  the  Pacific  is  lighted  as  follows: 
Aparri;  the  light  stands  NW.  from  town,  at  mouth  of  Grande  de  Cagaydn  Riv., 
about  278  yards  from  the  sea,  and  1,684  yards  from  the  1.  bank  of  the  river.  Its 
position  is  lat.  18°  23^  50^'  N.,  Ion.  121°  33^  E.,  having  1  flash  every  second,  37  ft. 
above  the  sea,  cylindrical  iron  tower  surmounted  l>y  the  lantern  and  the  balcony,  all 
painted  white  and  gray.  Height  of  tower  30  it.,  vih;ii)le  13  m.  (Position  is  approxi- 
mate; keeper's  dwelling  is  near  by.)      (»SW' Light-houses,  p.  110. ) 

Engano,  cape,  on  sunnnit  of  hill  at  N.  point  of  Palaui  I.  which  forms  Cape  Engano, 
lat.  18°  35'  N.,  Ion.  122°  06'  E.,  1  flash  every  30  seconds;  2  flashes  in  succession;  316 
ft.  a])ove  the  sea,  tower  47  ft.  high,  light  visible  31  m.     (See  Light-houses,  p,  110. ) 

ROADS  AND   COMMUNICATIONS. 

A  wagon  road  and  telegraph  line  parallel  the  r.  bank  of  the  Grande  de  Cagaydn 
Riv.  from  Aparri  to  Tuguegarao,  at  which  point  it  crosses  that  stream,  thence  pro- 
ceeding into  Isabela  Province,  and  affords  mad  communication  through  to  Manila. 
"\Vag<_>n  roads  and  trails  bring  the  towns  of  t!ie  interior  into  communication  with  this 
main  highway.  The  larger  rivers  and  trilnitaries  are  utilized  for  transportation  of 
tobacco  and  otlu-r  products  to  the  coast.  The  roads  which  lead  from  Tuguegarao  to 
Cabagiin  in  Isabela,  from  Lal-16  to  Aparri,  from  Lal-16  to  Alcalii  and  to  Tuguegarao, 
from  Tuguegarao  to  Carig,  from  Tuao  to  Piat,  and  from  Piat  to  Tabang,  are  always 
in  good  condition  and  permit  of  the  passage  of  carriages.  Those  which  unite  the 
other  towns  with  each  other  can  be  used  only  by  horses.  These  paths  and  roads 
are  impassal)le  during  the  rainy  season.  Rivers  are  crossed  by  means  of  bridges  of 
balsas  or  rafts. 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILirPINE    ISLANDS. 


403 


~1 

MXXBAJS-AO                                                 ;   1 

c  AG  ATIVAN"  Axcnoii  ac;e         // 

Yrova  a  survey  itiDpcemLtoi  li)00                 ',.    .•*  i 

lirv-theoifi.ccr')  of  theTJSSCoiicoid,     (     VlH-^    ;*      66  a* 
Coiudi  n  G  O  Colin  I'"  S  TST  coirLuniwlini;   I                                          ,62 

,.,     ,p/Lat  S  -10(00") -N-              /                         ,,  ,, 
^^^'^^^\Longl?4-40(301E          /              ^ .    ^^             ^^^      ,80    ,,, 

(           r  ,7  ^Cjmid.    S  s  7j,A  sft '!oth  /                      -'^          M4 

f    '°r^2          138 '62                2,0           256 

C  u     I     - 

/  l2    ■   ,'                                '92 

Wu^lMX.'r,      C^ 

■'   ./se       120                                 no 

*'^k        '30  B6      >20                -°      2.8 

^^."-^               96                186                                      ,,lj. 

^^^>^            2       ^0                '38                     j^     2T0 

io 

M        />^ 

)          '■' 

''  :.    '02       '-  .:r-- ,„,„„ 

."OO-EflsOO       - 

0         N2             '^             OS.""-  

stations/    ^ 

/                                                                  \.       ''                             ,32        '68'>^^     /        306             .           --O 

.       /                                                                                  --"",62        r/ 

\>^ 

.i> 

-:/'A                                                     ...—  .6           ,32           ''/' 

>        S'\        .                                                                    '3    :       1      ,2                       '62                                288 

?A,    ^  J-.  >Ul-,,                                                   I   i        >                                              204                         306 

('"\                                                                           :        '.                  132 

;; .  ^v\                   'b  36  \     ,38  '^  222 

■"V^'!':^,'^                          U'*  ^  '°« 

;^-''"'4|\                                                                  l-f     '°'                          228,^282 
^.                        ;4l                                                                   SV    b2  90               '^^80              246 

,.                         '<«'l                                                                             '                       156 

%V.-l                                                                             \             108 

V  •    ,>             ,     "-A                                                            '         \^                                  234 

,/v.-        '            \                                          i<ia   \         '^^ 

T)«vat.,..-  t^J                                                                      s/f                      168                    264 

;      ]                                                  '?:     /          120 

'       ■       i                                                           .^^     I    ^2 

\        ,  ;:     '^;'a' 

Yards 

VH.     00       0                100             voo             300             Mjo             500 

L_ 

404 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 


The  population  of  thin  province  is  96,;]67,  estimated  1901,  made  up  of  various 
races,  the  Aetas  or  Negritos  inhabiting  the  E.  chain  of  the  Sierra  Madre  Mts.  on  the 
Pacific  side;  the  Irayas,  the  W.  side  of  this  chain;  the  Gaddanes,  the  country  between 
the  Chico  and  Magat  Kiv.;  the  Cahngas,  between  the  Rio  Grande  and  the  Apayao 
Riv.  and  Mount  Abulug;  the  Apayaos,  in  the  great  central  chain  of  Luzon;  the 
Itaves,  toward  the  8.  of  tlie  province;  the  Calanas,  Nabaguyanes,  Catalanganes,  Ite- 
tapanes,  and  Dayadas  in  the  mountain  regions;  the  Guinaanes,  in  the  highest  moun- 
tains between  Abra  and  Cagaj'an.  The  Christian  natives  are  called  Cagayanes.  A 
number  of  immigrants  from  Ilocos  are  also  found.  Many  of  the  civihzed  inhabi- 
tants are  descendants  of  this  race;  others  come  from  other  races  and  provinces  of  the 
archipelago,  and  constitute,  with  the  Cagayanes,  the  nucleus  of  the  population  of 
the  towns.     The  natives  are  pacific  and  affable. 

The  following  are  the  dialects  sj^oken:  In  the  vicinity  of  Tuguegarao,  Ibanag;  the 
people  of  the  town  speak  Itaves,  and  the  Negritos,  Idayan  or  Aeta;  on  the  opposite 
side  of  the  river  from  Tuguegarao,  in  the  vicinity  of  Eurile,  Gadddn;  in  Alcahl,  as 
most  of  the  families  constituting  the  population  have  immigrated  from  Ilocos,  the 
Ilocano  almost  exclusively;  in  the  N.  and  on  the  E.  branch  of  the  Rio  Grande, 
Ibanag,  the  language  of  the  most  cultivated  people,  and  is  the  same  as  the  Cagaydn 
in  many  parts  of  the  province;  in  the  hamlets  on  the  W.  side  of  the  river,  Itaves, 
Apayao;  and  Mandaya  and  Mahineg  in  the  8.  part. 

The  division  of  Cagaydn  into  pueblos  and  their  respective  populations  according  to 
the  census  of  1887  was: 


Province  and  pueblos. 

Total  population,  combin 
ing  residents  present  and 
absent,  native  and  Span- 
ish, census  1887. 

Men. 

Women. 

Total. 

CagayAn: 

Abiilug 

3,210 
2, 973 
3,476 

2,006 
1,928 
2,715 

592 
2,319 
2,199 
1,474 

473 
2,478 
1,2.53 

3;  177 
2,358 
9,977 

3,080 
3,083 
3,232 
3,931 

578 
2,188 
1,726 
2,488 

619 
2,190 
2,095 
1,473 

491 
2,4.51 
1,338 
1,614 
2,910 
2,442 
9,300 

6  290 

AlcaM 

6  056 

Aparri 

7  620 

Buguev 

1  202 

Claveria 

3  651 

Enrile 

5  203 

lii-io: 

4  294 

MaWneg 

Pamplona      . .  . 

4,929 
2,591 

Piat 

Solana 

6  087 

Sanchez  Mira^ 1896 

2,988 

Total 

48,610 

47, 229 

95, 839 

'  Organized  after  1887 


Estimated,  1901,  96,367. 

There  are  22  towns,  180  hamlets,  and  143  settlements  of  the  wild  races.  The  fol- 
lowing are  the  principal  towns  (papulation  in  1896  is  given): 

Tuguegarao;  the  capital,  a  telegraph  station,  near  the  r.  bank  of  the  Grande  de 
Cagaytin  Riv.  and  on  the  main  road.  Its  public  square  is  very  large  and  there  are 
governmental,  religious,  and  many  business  and  residential  structures  of  stone. 
Pop.,  1896,  16,826." 

Abulug;  on  the  N.  coast,  15  m.  NW.  of  Aparri.     Pop.,  1896,  5,580. 

Alcala;  on  the  r.  bank  of  the  Grande  de  Cagayan  Riv.  and  main  road,  32  m.  S. 
of  Aparri  and  19  m.  N.  of  Tuguegarao.     Pop.,  1898,  5,471,  estimated. 

Amulung;  on  the  r.  bank  of  the  Grande  de  Cagayan  Riv.,  on  the  main  road  and 
telegraph  line,  36  m.  S.  of  Aparri  and  15^  m.  N.  of  Tuguegarao.     Pop.,  1887,  6,708. 

Aparri;  on  the  N.  coast,  open  to  coastw'ise  trade  and  place  of  call  for  steamers, 


C+AZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  405 

3  m.  within  the  month  of  the  Grande  de  Cagayan  Riv.,  51  m.  N.  of  Tuguegarao. 
(See  descrijition  of  this  great  river  under  bays  and  harbors.)     Pop.,  1896,  11,262. 

':  Aparri  is  bounrt  in  the  future  to  be  a  great  city.  It  is  situated  at  the  mouth  of  the  greatest  water- 
way in  the  nnliiiiolago,  which  will  become  the  highway  for  all  the  products  of  an  enormously  rich 
valley,  which  lias  now  hardly  been  touched.  The  first  thing  we  shall  do  after  reaching  Manila  is  to 
mak("  piovisidii  for  the  purchase  of  a  dredge  to  make  a  respectable  harbor  inside  the  mouth  of  the 
river,  which  wduld,  liy  cloariiiET  away  throe  or  four  sand  bars  up  the  river,  make  it  navigable  for 
steamers  like  Ihuse  (in  the  Mis-issi|iiii  Kiv.  for  nearly  200  miles.  Then,  we  must  buy  at  least  one 
flat  bottom  side-wlieel  siiamer  to  make  cDnimunication  on  the  river  regular.  (Letter  of  Governor 
Taft  to  the  Secretary  of  War,  AUKUst,  I'.IUI.) 

;     Buguey;  on  the  N.  coast,  14  m.  SE.  of  Aparri.     Pop.,  1898,  1,120,  estimated. 
I     Camalaniug-an;  on  the  r.  bank  of  the  Grande  de  Cagaydn  Riv.,  5  m.  above  Aparri, 
connected  by  road.     Pop.,  1898,  4,198,  estimated. 

Claveria;  on  the  N.  coast  at  tlie  mouth  of  the  CabicuiTgan  Riv.,  3  m.  E.  of  Ilocos 
;  Norte  l)oundary,  36  m.  WNW.  of  Aparri.     Pop.,  1898,  4,641,  estimated. 

Enrile;  near  1.  l)ank  of  the  Grande  de  Cagaydn  Riv.,  near  the  crossing  of  tlie  main 
iroad  and  telegraph,  5|  m.  SSW.  of  Tuguegarao.     Pop.,  1898,  7,000. 

Gattaran;  on  the  r.  bank  of  the  Grande  de  Cagaydn  Riv.  and  on  the  main  road, 
21  m.  S.  of  Aparri.     Pop.,  1896,  805. 

Iguig;  on  tlie  r.  bank  of  the  Grande  de  Cagayan  Riv.  and  a  military  road  and  tele- 
graph station,  44  m.  S.  of  Aparri  and  10  m.  N.  of  Tuguegarao.  Pop.,  1898,  4,000, 
estimated. 

Iial-16;  on  the  r.  l)ank  of  the  Grande  de  Cagayiln  Riv.,  11  m.  above  Aparri, 
connected  ))y  road  and  telegraph.     Pop.,  1896,  5,409. 

Linao;  on  the  1.  bank  at  the  mouth  of  the  Grande  de  Cagaydn  Riv.,  4  m.  NW.  of 
Aparri. 

Malaneg;  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  Chico  de  Cagaydn  Riv.,  29  m.  NE.  of  Tuguegarao. 
I'op.,  1898,  3,819,  estimated. 

Nagsiping;  on  the  r.  bank  of  the  Grande  de  Cagaydn  Riv.  opposite  the  mouth  of 
the  (Jhico  de  Cagaydn  Riv.  tributary  on  the  main  road  and  telegraph  line,  33  m.  S. 
..I  Aparri.     Pop.,  1898,  1,023  estimated. 

Pamplona;  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  river  of  the  same  name,  emptying  on  the  N. 
cnast,  22  m.  WNW.  of  Aparri.     Pop.,  1898,  2,404. 

Plat;  a  military  station  on  the  r.  bank  of  the  Chico  de  Cagaydn  Riv.,  19  m.  NE. 
nf  Tuguegarao.     Pop.,  1898,  2,716,  estimated. 

Sanchez  Mira;  ])op.,  2,998. 

Santo  Nino;  a  military  station  on  the  r.  bank  of  the  Chico  de  Cagaydn  Riv.,  5J  m. 
above  its  continence  with  the  Grande  de  Cagaydn  Riv.     Pop.,  2,891. 

Solana;  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  (irande  de  Cagaydn  Riv.,  2i  m.  NE.  of  Tuguegarao. 
Pop.,  5,578. 

Taban;  on  the  r.  bank  of  the  Chico  de  Cagaydn  Riv.,  17  m.  NW.  of  Tuguegarao. 

Tuao;  in  Itaves  district,  18  m.  NW.  by  W.  of  Tuguegarao.     Pop.,  1896,  4,986. 

DEPENDENT  ISLANDS. 

There  are  few  islands  off  the  Pacilic  shores  uf  Cagaydn  toward  the  E.  and  but  few 
off  the  N.  coast  as  follows: 

sq.  m. 

Cabo  (Islas  de)  or  Big  I^aja;  largest  and  most  N.  of  2  islands  NE.  of  Cape  Engaiio,  Cagaydn, 
Luzon;  is  an  inaccessible  square  of  lava  i  m.  long  and  can  be  seen  27  m.  at  sea;  surrounding 
waters  are  from  50  to  67  ft.  deep 1 

Escucha;  high,  wooded  island  seen  beyond  Rona  I.  from  W.  through  E.  entrance  off  extreme 
NE.  coast  of  Cagaydn,  Luz6n,  between  Escarpada  Ft.  and  Engafio  Cape. 

Hermanos  (Los) ;  off  Engafio  Cape,  Palaui  I.,  NE.  coast  of  Cagaydn,  Luz6n 1 

"Twin  Sisters;"  2  rocks  off  Palaui  I.,  extreme  NE.  coast  of  Cagaydn,  Luz6n;  larger  and  most 
N.  is  i  m.  in  diameter  and  J  m.  from  Cape  Engafio. 

Palaui;  off  extreme  NE.  peninsula  of  Cagaydn,  Luzon;  is  6  m.  in  extent,  moderately  elevated, 
and  lies  contiguous  to  NW.  point  of  promontory  which  form  NE.  extremity  of  Luz6n;  point  of 
San  Vicente  is  formed  between  this  island  and  coast;  off  point  are  "Twin  Sister.s"  rocks 7 

Rofia  I.;  low,  wooded  island,  with  base  of  sand  and  rock  off  Palaui  I.,  and  prominent  landmark. 

Eight  dependent  islands,  total  area 9 

VEGETABLE  PRODUCTS. 

The  most  valuable  product  of  this  province  is  tobacco,  the  annual  export  of  which 
is  300,000  bales,  valued  at  upward  of  $1,000,000.  The  finest  quality  is  produced  in 
the  vicinity  of  Itaves.  The  other  staples  are  rice,  corn,  and  nipa.  Owing  to  the 
large  employment  of  labor  in  the  cultivation  of  tobacco  much  rice  and  other  food 
stuffs  are  imported. 


406  GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

MINERALS. 

But  little  attention  has  been  paid  to  the  investigation  of  the  mineral  possibilities 
of  the  mountain  region.  Copi)er  mines  are  being  worked  in  the  volcanic  chain  of 
Magnipit.     There  are  stone  quarries  in  the  vicinity  of  the  larger  towns. 

FORESTS. 

Some  fine  forests  are  found  in  this  province.  The  principal  woods  are  camalayed, 
brenga,  pamalalian,  and  afin,  which  are  employed  in  the  construction  of  small  boats, 
molave,  ipil,  narra,  camagon,  cedro,  ebano,  palo  marfa,  and  others,  which  are  employed 
in  the  construction  of  houses  and  furniture.  A  small  quantity  of  these  woods  ia  ' 
transported  to  the  towns  by  means  of  dragging  with  carabaos  to  the  rivers  or  creeks, 
from  whence  it  is  floated  in  rafts  or  barangayes  to  destination. 

FRUITS. 

The  pineapple,  oranges,  lemons,  and  other  fruits  of  the  N.  portion  of  Luzon  grow 
abundantly. 

INDUSTRIES. 

The  mechanical  industries  are  well  represented,  including  weaving  of  fabrics  used 
for  clothing,  the  manufacture  of  mats  from  Buri,  rice  milling,  salt  making,  distilla- 
tion of  wine  from  nipa,  blacksmiths,  and  carpenter  shops.  In  the  raising  of  live 
stock  recent  figures  show  32,000  carabaos,  31,000  cattle,  14,000  hogs,  and  13,000 
horses.     Along  the  coast  are  a  number  of  fishing  settlements. 

UNITED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 

In  May,  1899,  the  U.  S.  8.  Onicord,  after  a  reconnoissance  of  the  N.  coast  of  Luzon, 
anchored  off  the  town  of  Aparri,  and  took  formal  possession. 
The  military  garrisons  of  Cagayan  province  February  15,  1902,  were: 

Abulug,  Aparri,  ='§  Tuguegarao.  * 

Alcald, "  Ilagan, 

CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 

The  provisions  of  the  " provincial  government  act"  of  February  6,  1901,  and 
amendments  thereto  were  extended  by  enactment  of  the  Philippine  Commission 
August  22,  1901,  to  that  territory  in  the  island  of  Luzon  known  as  the  province  of 
Cagayiln,  and  including  the  Batanes  and  Babuyanes  Is.,  lying  to  the  N.  of  Luzon. 

PROVINCIAL  OFFICERS. 

Governor $1,  800 

Secretary 1, 300 

Treasurer 2, 100 

Supervisor 1,  700 

Fiscal 1,300 

Allowance  for  necessary  and  actual  expenses  not  exceeding  $3  per  day  as  pre- 
scribed. The  presidentes  or  alcaldes  of  the  municipalities  to  meet  and  organize  on 
the  third  Monday  in  January,  April,  July,  and  October  to  consider  improvements 
needed  in  the  province,  and  for  other  purposes  prescribed  ])y  law. 

CONDITIONS. 

"The  municipal  elections  which  have  just  been  held  have  allowed  me  to  appreciate 
the  general  enthusiasm  of  the  province.  *  *  *  i  -was  splendidly  received  in  all 
the  municipalities  which  I  visited  as  the  representative  of  the  Government  for  the 
purjxi^^c  of  ( irganizing  the  pueblos  under  the  municipal  code.  The  people  understand 
the  benehts  which  they  derive  from  the  right  to  vote,  and  the  enthusiasm  increased 
when,  after  and  before  the  elections,  I  explained  the  importance  of  the  municipal 
offices,  the  sovereignty  of  the  people,  and  the  liberal  and  instructive  provisions  of 
the  code,  as  the  eloquent  proof  of  the  good  wishes  of  America  toward  the  Philip- 
pines.   *    *    * 

*  Telegraph.  $  Post-office. 


fftSXSS 


CA( 


Siri.U     SEA    • 

CAGAYAN  SULU 

.\>'D  ADJACENT  ISLANDS 


*^^ 


^:,„^j^  4^ 


/'■   V)'-^( 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


407 


"  In  the  municipalities  which  have  American  teachers  the  schools  are  assiduously 
visited  by  children  and  <j;ro\vn-up  people,  not  only  of  the  pueblo,  but  of  the  neigh- 
boring pueblos  which  have  no  American  teachers,  and  the  latter  are  begging  the 
superintendent  of  instiuction  to  provide  such  teachers. 

"  Such  is  tlie  geneial  state  of  peace  and  tranquility  in  the  province. 

"The  inhal)itantH  are  ))U!sy  with  their  usual  occupations,  which  are  mostly  agricul- 
tural."    (Odicial  report  of  provincial  governor,  December,  1901. ) 


0A(JAYX\  (cah-gali-yahn') ,  nat.;  river  14  m.  SE. 

of  Abiilug,  Cagayiln.   (See  Grande  do  Cagayftn 

Kiv.) 
lake  in  NE.  region  of  province  of  that 

name,  Luz6n,  with  length  of  10  m.  by  7  m.  in 

width. 

river  in  NE.  Misamis,  Mindanao,  which 

enters  head  of  Macajalar  Bay  on  N.  coast. 
Above  its  mouth  6  m.  is  Cagaydn  de  Misamis, 
capital  of  province  of  that  name.  Owing  to 
bar  with  but  C  ft.  at  low  water  town  is  only 
accessible  to  native  crafts;  depth,  however,  is 
greater  during  rainy  season  as  river  pours  out 
an  immense  quantity  of  water.  Anchoratre 
for  larger  vessels  is  ^  m.  to  NE.  of  mouth  of 
river. 

■ most  S.,  largest,  and  name  island  of  Caga- 

yanes  group  in  Sulu  Sea,  off  SW.  coast  of 
Negros  Occidental. 

I'AGAyXn,  «BANDE  de  (grahn'-day  daycah-gah- 
yahn'),  Hisp.;  called  Tajo  by  Spaniards,  hold- 
ing first  place  among  rivers  of  Luz6n  on  ac- 
count of  its  length  and  volume.  Compared 
with  rivers  of  archipelago  it  is  second  to  none, 
unless  it  be  Grande  Riv.,  Mindanao.  It 
drains  region  between  W.  Caraballos,  Sierra 
Madre,  and  S.  Caraballos,  having  its  source  on 
N.  slope  of  S.  Caraballos  to  E.  of  starting  point 
of  Mamparan  Mt.  range,  taking  NE.  direc- 
tion; after  receiving  waters  from  E.  slope  of 
Mamparan  range  and  from  W.  slope  of  Sierra 
Madre,  it  continues  in  sjime  general  direction 
for  distance  of  00  m.  until  it  reaches  Tumau- 
ini  about  half  of  its  course,  having  received 
on  its  1.  bank,  in  neighborhood  of  Gamii, 


CAGATAN,  GRANDE  DE— Continued, 
largest  of  its  affluents,  river  Maga 
by  Ilagan  and  Tumauini,  it  continues  in  N, 
direction,  and  having,  with  great  windings, 
fertilized  districts  of  Cabagiln  Nuevo,  Iguig, 
Amu  lung,  AlcalA,  Gattaran,  and  Lal-16,  it 
reaches,  in  a  broad  and  navigable  current, 
town  of  Aparri,  located  near  its  mouth,  where 
it  empties  into  China  Sea  on  N.  coast  of  Lu- 
z6n.  Numerous  tributaries  pour  into  Caga- 
ydn  on  both  .sides,  Magat,  Bangag  or  Chico, 
and  Siffii  or  Sibbtl  emptying  on  1 .  bank.  From 
W.  slope  of  Sierra  Madre  descend  other 
tributaries  of  CagayS.n,  on  its  r.  bank;  princi- 
pal being  Disabungan,  Ditulay,  Catalangan, 
Tarretic,  Masagan,  Pinacanauan  de  Tumau- 
ini, Pinacanauan  de  Cabagdn,  and  Pinaca- 
nauan de  Tuguegarao.  They  are  all  short, 
longest  not  exceeding  30  m.  (.See  Valley  of 
the  Cagaydn  in  description  of  Cagayin 
Province. ) 
jt'AOAYiN  DE  MISAMIS  (cah-gah-yahn'  day  mee- 
>T  sah'-mees),  Hisp.;  capital  of  Misamis,  Min- 
danao, on  river  and  pueblo  same  name,  6  m. 
above  its  entrance  on  S.  shore  of  Macajalar 
Bay.  Small  vessels  can  ascend  river  to  town. 
Large  amount  of  trade  is  carried  on  by 
native  craft  Avith  various  towns  not  only  on 
adjacent  bays,  but  along  N.  coast  of  Minda- 
nao and  acro.ss  channel  by  way  of  Camiguin 
I.  to  Bohol  and  other  S.  islands  of  Visayan 
grp.  Post-olBce  and  money-order  station. 
Pop.,  1898,  9,40.5.  Placer  gold  is  found  in  ad- 
jacent mountain  range  on  E.  and  S.  Anchor- 
age in  bay  is  i  m.  to  NE.  of  mouth  of  river 
and  is  well  sheltered  except  from  N.  to  W. 
Another  anchorage  is  near  Vantay  Pt. 


CAGAYAN  sulu  (GROUP),  SULU  SEA. 

(Cah-gah-yahn'  soo'-loo,  nat.) 

Chief  town:  Cagaydn  Sulu,  Lapun  Lapun  Anchorage,  lat.  7°  2'  N.,  Ion.  118°  32^  E. 

Area:  46^  sq.  m. 

Population:  250. 

Race:  Malay-Moro. 

Language:  Moro-Suluano. 

Military  Department  of  Mindanao:  Headquarters,  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

Table  of  distances. 

Cagayfi,n  Sulu  to —  m. 

_  .  Bal&bac,  BaUbac  1 112 

^^  Manila,  Luzon 538i 

^B  Puerto  Princesa,  Palawan 188 

^R  Siasi,  NW.  shore  of  Lubuc  Bav,  nearest  land  of  Borneo 65 

■I  Sulu,  Sulu  1 183 

^r  Tawi  Tawi,  Sulu  A 158 

K  LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

The  group  (Cagaydn  Sulu  I.)  lies  in  the  Sulu  Sea  95  m.  SW.  of  the  angle  of  lat. 
7°  40^  N.,  Ion.  119°  35^  E.,  boundary  under  the  treaty  of  cession  to  the  United  States. 
About  midway  between  Palawan  on  the  NW.  and  the  Sulu  Archipelago  on  the  SE. 
British  Borneo,  Lubuc  Bay,  is  65  m.  SSW. 

AREA. 


The  group  comprises  14 
the  entire  land  surface. 


islands,  Cagayan  Sulu  having  43  out  of  tlie  46J  sq.  m.  of 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


407 


"In  the  municipalities  which  have  American  teachers  the  schools  are  assiduously 
visited  by  children  and  grown-iip  people,  not  only  of  the  pueblo,  but  of  the  neigh- 
boring pueblos  which  have  no  American  teachers,  and  the  latter  are  begging  the 
superintendent  of  instruction  to  provide  such  teachers. 

"Such  is  the  general  state  of  peace  and  tranquility  in  the  province. 

"The  inhabitants  are  busy  with  their  usual  occupations,  which  are  mostly  agricul- 
tural."    (Official  report  of  provincial  governor,  December,  1901.) 


CAIJAYXN  (cah-gah-yahn'),  nat.;  river  14  m.  SE. 

of  Abi'ilug,  Cagaviin.    (.See  Grande  dc  Cagaydii 

Riv.) 
lake  in  NE.   region  of  province  of  that 

name,  Luz6n,  with  length  of  10  m.  by  7  m.  in 

width. 

river  in  NE.  Misamis,  Mindanao,  which 

enters  head  of  Macajalar  Bay  on  N.  coast. 
Above  its  mouth  6  m.  is  CagayAn  de  Misamis, 
capital  of  province  of  that  name.  Owing  to 
bar  with  but  6  ft.  at  low  water  town  is  only 
accessible  to  native  crafts;  depth,  however,  is 
greater  during  rainy  .season  as  river  pours  out 
an  immense  quantity  of  water.  Anchorage 
for  larger  vessels  is  h  m.  to  NE.  of  mouth  of 
river. 

most  S.,  largest,  and  name  island  of  Caga- 

yanes  group  in  Sulu  Sea,  off  SW.  coast  of 
Negros  Occidental. 

CAGAlXiX,  (JRANDE  DE  (grahn'-day  day  cah-gah- 
yahn'),  Hisp.;  called  Tajo  by  Spaniards,  hold- 
ing first  place  among  rivers  of  Luz6n  on  ac- 
count of  its  length  and  volume.  Compared 
with  rivers  of  archipelago  it  is  second  to  none, 
unless  it  be  Grande  Riv.,  Mindanao.  It 
drains  region  between  W.  Caraballos,  Sierra 
Madre,  and  S.  Caraballos,  having  its  source  on 
N.  slope  of  S.  Caraballos  to  E.  of  starting  point 
of  Mamparan  Mt.  range,  taking  NE.  direc- 
tion; after  receiving  waters  from  E.  slope  of 
Mamparan  range  and  from  W.  slope  of  Sierra 
Madre,  it  continues  in  same  general  direction 
for  distance  of  60  m.  until  it  reaches  Tumau- 
ini  about  half  of  its  course,  having  received 
on  its  1.  bank,  In  neighborhood  of  GamU, 


CAWAYiN,  GUANDE  DE— Continued. 

largest  of  its  affluents,  river  Magat.  Passing 
by  Ilagan  and  Tumauini,  it  continues  in  N, 
direction,  and  having,  with  great  windings, 
fertilized  districts  of  CabagiVn  Nuevo,  Iguig, 
Amulung,  Alcald,  Gattaran,  and  Lal-16,  it 
reaches,  in  a  broad  and  navigable  current, 
town  of  Aparri,  located  near  its  mouth,  where 
it  empties  into  China  Sea  on  N.  coast  of  Lu- 
z6n.  Numerous  tributaries  pour  into  Caga- 
ydn  on  both  sides,  Magat,  Bangag  or  Chico, 
and  Siffii  or  Sibbii  emptying  on  1.  bank.  From 
W.  slope  of  Sierra  Madre  descend  other 
tributaries  of  Cagayftn,  on  its  r.  bank;  princi- 
pal being  Disabungan,  Ditulay,  Catalangan, 
Tarretic,  Masagan,  I^inacanauan  de  Tumau- 
ini, Pinacanauan  de  Cabagftn,  and  Pinaca- 
nauan  de  Tuguegarao.  They  are  all  short, 
longest  not  exceeding  30  m.  (See  Valley  of 
the  Cagaydn  in  description  of  Cagaydn 
Province. ) 

JtAOAYiN  DE  MISAMIS  (cah-gah-yahn'  day  mee- 
■yr  sah'-mees),  Hisp.;  capital  of  Misamis,  Min- 
danao, on  river  and  pueblo  same  name,  6  m. 
above  its  entrance  on  S.  shore  of  Macajalar 
Bay.  Small  vessels  can  ascend  river  to  town. 
Large  amount  of  trade  is  carried  on  by 
native  craft  with  various  towns  not  only  on 
adjacent  bays,  but  along  N.  coast  of  Minda- 
nao and  across  clmnuel  by  way  of  Camiguin 
I.  to  Bohol  and  other  S.  islands  of  Visayan 
grp.  Post-office  and  money-order  station. 
Pop.,  1898,  9,40.5.  Placer  gold  is  found  in  ad- 
jacent mountain  range  on  E.  and  S.  Anchor- 
age in  bay  is  J  m.  to  NE.  of  mouth  of  river 
and  is  well  sheltered  except  from  N.  to  W. 
Another  anchorage  is  near  Vantay  Pt. 


CAGAYAn  sulu  (GROUP),  SULU  SEA. 

(Cah-gah-yahn'  soo'-loo,  nat.) 

Chief  town:  Cagaydn  Sulu,  Lapun  Lapun  Anchorage,  lat.  7°  2^  N.,  Ion.  118°  32^  E. 

Area:  46^  sq.  m. 

PopiQation:  250. 

Race:  Malay-Moro. 

Language:  Moro-Suluano. 

Military  Department  of  Mindanao:  Headquartei-s:,  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

Table  of  distances. 

Cagayfln  Sulu  to—  m. 

»  Barbae,  Baldbac  1 112 
Manila,  Luzon 638i 
Puerto  Princesa,  Palawan 188 
Siasi,  NW.  shore  of  Lubuc  Bay,  nearest  land  of  Borneo 65 
Sulu,  Sulu  1 183 
Tawi  Tawi,  Sulu  A 158 

LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

The  group  (Cagaydn  Sulu  I.)  lies  in  the  Sulu  Sea  95  m.  SW.  of  the  angle  of  lat. 
7°  40^  N.,  Ion.  119°  35^  E.,  boundary  under  the  treaty  of  cession  to  the  United  States. 
About  midway  between  Palawan  on  the  NW.  and  the  Sulu  Archipelago  on  the  SE. 
British  Borneo,  Lubuc  Bay,  is  65  m.  SSW. 

AREA. 


The  group  comprises  14  islands,  Cagaydn  Sulu  having  43  out  of  the  46^  sq.  m.  of 
the  entire  land  surface. 


408  GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 

PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 

The  islands  are  both  volcanic  and  coral,  their  greatest  elevation  being  1,105  ft. 
Cagayiin  Siilu,  the  largest  of  the  group,  has  three  distinct  peaks.  Its  structure 
and  vegetation  are  picturesque  as  well  as  scientifically  interesting.  {See  Cagayan 
8ulu  I. )  There  are  also  two  peculiar  lakes,  one  of  fresh  and  the  other  of  salt  water, 
separated  by  a  very  narrow  natural  breast.  At  tlie  cliaiu^Mng  of  the  monsoons  there 
is  a  good  deal  of  wet  weather  on  the  islands  and  tlie  tciiii»erature  is  comparatively 
low  during  cloudy  days. 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

The  onlj^  anchorage  in  the  group  is  Lapun  Lapun,  on  the  NW.  shore  of  the  main 
island.     At  no  point  in  the  vicinity  is  there  less  depth  than  4  to  9  fms. 

ROADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 

The  main  island  has  several  trails  to  points  from  the  anchorage  to  the  S.  coast,  but 
intercourse  is  generally  had  by  native  boat. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

The  only  inhabited  island  of  the  group  is  Cagayan  Sulu,  the  others  being  resorted 
to  by  native  craft.  The  inhabitants  are  a  seafaring  race  of  Moro  blood,  tljeir  language 
being  Suluano  and  Malay.  These  islands  were  formerly  a  dependency  of  Sulu. 
Becoming  independent,  they  were  governed  Ijy  half-breed  Arabs  descended  from 
early  Mohammedan  marauders  of  these  seas.  Cagayan  Sulu  was  colonized  originally 
from  Sulu,  the  date  being  uncertain.  The  United  States  of  America  and  Spain, 
desiring  to  remove  any  ground  of  misuiidei>tanding  growing  out  of  tiie  interj)retation 
of  the  treaty  of  peace,  ap})()inted  jilenipott^'iitiarics  wlm  met  at  \\'ashingt(in  and  agreed 
upon  an  article  in  which  Spani  relincjuisluMl  to  tlu'  Initcd  States,  Iiy  treat}^  signed  at 
Washington  November  7,  1900,  all  title  to  any  and  all  islands  belonging  to  the  Phil- 
ippine Archipelago  lying  outside  the  lines  described  in  Article  III  of  that  treaty,  and 
particularly  to  the  islands  of  Cagayan  Sulu  and  Sibutu  and  their  dependencies,  and 
agreed  that  all  such  islands  shall  be  comprehended  in  the  cession  of  the  archipelago 
as  fully  as  if  they  had  been  expressly  included  within  those  lines.  In  consideration 
of  this  cession  the  United  States  allowed  to  Spain  the  sum  of  $100,000  as  a  gratuity 
for  Cagayiin  Sulu  and  Sibutu  and  dependent  islands.  Ratifications  advised  by  the 
Senate  January  22, 1901;  ratified  by  the  President  January  30, 1901;  ratified  by  Spain 
February  25, 1901 ;  ratifications  exchanged  at  Washington  March  23, 1901 ;  proclaimed 
March  23,  1901.  This  diminutive  group  in  the  SW.  corner  of  the  Sulu  Sea,  away 
from  the  routes  of  commerce  and  overlooked  in  the  description  of  the  lines  of  boundary 
by  the  treaty  of  peace  with  Spain,  has  been  the  subject  of  much  interesting  scientific 
and  descriptive  literature.     {See  Cagaydn  Sulu  I.) 

DEPENDENT  ISLANDS. 

The  islands  of  the  Cagaytin  Sulu  group  are  as  follows: 

sq.  m. 

Bintut I 

Bisu  Bintut 

Bisu  Bohan 4 

Bohan i 

Cagaydn  Sulu 43 

Cinapuran \ 

Green 

Lapun  Lapun  

Mandah i 

Muligi  (2) i 

Pomelikan \ 

Tanjong  Tavo  Tavo 

South 

Total 46i 

PRODUCTS. 

The  main  island  is  covered  with  forests  in  the  interior.  The  fruits  of  the  latitude 
are  abundant.     The  shores  and  smaller  islands  are  a  mass  of  mangrove. 


GAZETTEER    OK   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


409 


DJ-DUSTRIES. 

Fishing  and  turtle  catching,  the  shell  forming  an  article  of  barter,  together  with 
the  f<irest  products  of  cocoanuts  and  cocoanut  oil,  and  a  limited  cultivation  of  yams, 
rite,  tobacco,  etc.,  to  meet  the  wants  of  the  sparse  population,  are  the  industries. 

UNITED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 

The  group  has  not  been  formally  (rarrisoiieil. 

CIVIL,  GOVERNMENT. 

In  the  earlier  days  of  Spanish  jurisdiction  it  formed  ])art  of  the  Sulu  Archipelago 
in  the  Balanguingui  group,  then  more  comprehensive  than  now,  but  later,  for  con- 
venience of  administration,  it  was  assigned  to  the  Baldbac  group,  from  which  island 
it  lies  112  m.  to  the  SE.,  this  being  more  convenient  as  to  distance,  which  is  158  m.  from 
Tawi  Tawi  to  the  NW.     No  local  municipal  government  has  been  established. 


<CAGAYiN  SULU  (cah-gah-yahn' soo'-loo),  nat.: 
largest  island  of  Cagayftngrp.;  its  geographical 
position  at  a  spring  on  SW.  shore,  being  lat.  7°  0' 
38"  E.,  Ion.  118°  26'  5.5"  E.,  8  m.  E.  and  W.  and 
5  m.  N.  and  S.,  or  43  sq.  m.  Interior  is  hilly, 
rising  to  3  peaks,  highest,  Mt.  Leban,  reach- 
ing 1,105  ft.  on  E.  side  and  thence  falling 
to  sea.  Is  thinly  popnlated  and  has  favor- 
able soil  and  climate.  Hemp-palm,  tobacco, 
sugar  cane,  yams,  banana.s,  frnit,  and  vegeta- 
bles are  raised.  Inhabitants,  however,  de- 
pend largely  upon  fish  and  rice  from  Palawan, 
which  they  exchange  for  cocoanuts  and  oil. 
There  are  few  horses  and  bullocks  and  abun- 
dance of  fowls.  Copious  spring  at  landing 
place  of  SW.  anchorage  and  inside  crater 
lake  on  S.  side  of  island  furnishes  good  water. 
(See  Cagay^n  Sulu  grp.)  Accounts  given 
by  scientists  and  navigators  represent  group, 
and  especially  island,  a.s  pos.«essing  many  at- 
tractions. Admiral  Keppel,  of  English  navy, 
who  visited  Cagaydn  Sulu,  1847,  says:  "This 
island,  from  its  size  and  population,  is  next 
In  importance  to  Sulu  itself.  Scenery  is  per- 
fection of  tropical  beauty,  with  sufficient  cul- 
tivation to  redeem  it  from  appearance  of 
wildness."  Capt.  Sir  Edward  Belcher  men- 
tions, on  S.  .side  of  CagayAn  Sulu,  circular 
inlet  of  very  deep  water,  entrance  to  which 
is  by  gap  50"yds.  wide,  but  cut  off  by  bank  of 
coral  which  admits  little  of  anything  larger 
than  canoe.  Inside  is  magnificent  circular 
lake  of  blue  water,  3  m.  in  circumference, 
completely  encircled  by  perpendicular  sand- 
stone cliffs  upward  of  "200  ft.  in  height,  cov- 
ered with  trees  and  shrubs.  Says  the  Admiral, 
"Nothing can  be  more  beautiful  than  growth 
of  jungle  trees  of  every  description,  their 
trunks  and  branches  covered  with  endless 
variety  of  beautiful  creepers  in  brilliant  blos- 
soms, hanging  in  festoons  to  very  water's 
edge."  Overhead  flew  numerous  pigeons, 
while  on  shores  were  parrots  of  every  hue. 
From  height  of  about  90  ft.  this  same  party 
discovered  another  lake  similar  to  first,  sepa- 
rated by  sort  of  natural  sandstone  wall,  in 
which  water  was  perfectly  fresh,  inner  lake 
being  50  ft.  Jiigher  than  outward,  English 
traveler  St.  John  was  also  charmed  with 
teauty  of  island,  which  he  characterized  as 
"gem  of  the  ocean,"  with  3  wooded  peaks  cov- 
ered with  cocoanut  and  fruit  trees,  revealing 
scattered  houses  and  villages.  Guillemard, 
naturalist  of  cruise  of  the  Marchesa,  speaks  of 
inner  lake,  which  he  regarded  as  extinct 
volcano,  highest  elevation  on  its  shores  being 
1,100  ft.  The  mat-shed  houses  are  .shaded  in 
groves  of  bananas,  cocoanut,  jack  fruit,  and 
durian  trees.  There  was  but  little  agricul- 
ture, although  yams,  sweet  potatoes,  and 
tapioca  were  grown.  Islanders  preferred  to 
live  on  fruit  and  fish,  latter  being  caught  in 
large  numbers  by  native  coasters.  Number  of 
birds  and  insects  as  to  species  was  not  large.   | 


CAGATAX  SULU— Continued. 

In  cocoanut  groves  was  found  brilliant  star- 
ling (Calomis  panayensis.  Scop.),  with  blood- 
red  iris  and  plumage  of  metallic  green  inter- 
spersed with  violet.  On  beach  were  large 
numbers  of  blue-and-white  kingfishers;  tiny 
lorikeets  fed  on  fig.s  and  other  fruits,  while 
Arachnotheras  .searched  the  corollas  for  heav- 
ily blossomed  trees  for  their  insect  prey. 
There  was  great  wealth  of  ferns  and  epi- 
phytes. Among  flowering  plants  jessamine, 
wliich,  while  resembling  our  own,  appeared 
larger  and  to  have  more  fragrant  flowers; 
mussaenda,  with  striking  white  bracfs,  con- 
trasted with  green  foliage;  also  abundance 
of  orange  flowers  in  their  season.  Island 
suffered  greatly  from  Moro  pirates  as  late 
as  18fi3,  their  stronghold  being  among  laby- 
rinth of  shoals  on  S.  of  Tawi  Tawi  I. 
After  much  difficulty  Spaniards  put  end 
to  their  depredations.  Only  trade  of  island 
Is  in  cocoanut  oil.  Soil,  which  is  extremely 
fertile,  would  be  suitable  for  raising  cotton, 
tobacco,  coffee,  cacao,  and  sugar.  Women 
perform  greater  part  of  agricultural  work, 
men  being  engaged  in  fishing,  managing 
their  dugout  canoes  with  great  dexterity. 
They  also  make  use  of  rafts  constructed  out 
of  large  bamboos  wrapped  together  in  form 
not  seen  elsewhere.  Among  crowns  of  palm 
trees,  40  or  more  ft.  above,  may  be  seen  innu- 
merable little  sunbirds,  witli  their  bright 
metallic-colored  violet  plumage,  which  la 
also  found  in  greater  part  of  Malaysia.  {See 
Cagayan  Sulu  grp. ) 

CAGATAXCILLO  (cah-gah-yahn  -  thee'-lyaw), 
Hisp.;  island  in  Cagayanes  grp.,  Sulu  Sea,  off 
SW.  coast  of  Negros  Occidental. 

pueblo  in  Antique,  Panay.    Pop.,  3,000. 

CAGATAXES  (cah-gah-yah'-nays),  Hisp.;  group 
of  7  small  islands — Cagaydn,  Amiling,  Bum- 
bung,  Cagayancillo,  Calusa,  Mandonai,  and 
Manucan— and  several  islets  in  waters  of  Sulu 
Sea,  63  m.  SW.  of  Naso  Pt.,  extreme  SW.  land 
of  Panay,  and  70  m.  W.  of  Matatindoc  Pt.,  W. 
coast  of  Negros  Occidental,  between  lat.  9°  30' 
N.  and  10°  N.,  Ion.  between  121°  03'  E.  and 
121°  23'  E.  Group  lies  in  SW.  approach  to 
channel  betweon  Panav  and  Negros,  which 
divides  into  Iloilo  Strait  on  NW.  and  Gui- 
marfc  Strait  on  SE.,  island  of  latter  name  lying 
between.  Islands  are  generally  low,  Calusa, 
one  of  the  smallest  being  60  feet'  high .  Sea  in 
vicinity  ranges  from  lOO  to  1,000  fms.  depth. 
Immed'iately  N.  of  group  is  the  Sultana  Bank, 
which  shoals  in  some  places  to  2i  fms.  and  is 
dangerous  to  navigation. 

CAGBABAXAG  (cag-bah-bah'-nag),  ver.;  hamlet 
near  N.  shore  of  Sfi 


CAGBABIXG  (cag-bah'-beeng),  ver.;  mountain  in 
SW.  Lej-te. 


410 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


I'AUBALISAT  (cag-bah-lee'-si),  ver.;  point  on  W. 
shore  of  Albay  Bay,  Albay,  Luz6ii. 

island  N.  of  Ambos  Camarines,  Luz6n. 

CAUBANLIO  (oag-bahn'lvoh);  islet  on  S.  coast  of 
S&mar,  lat.  11°  03°  03''  N. 

tAWBAN6  (cag-bah-noh'),  ver.;  mountain  in  S. 
Leyte,  8  m.  W.  of  S6god  Nuevo. 

CACJBATAN  (eag-bah'-tahn),  ver.;  islet  S.  of  E. 
end  of  Uson  I.,  S.  coast  of  Busuanga  I.,  Ca- 
laniianes  grp.,  between  Mindoro  and  Pala- 
wan. 

CAUBITI  (cag-bee'-vee),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Ambos 
Camarines  (Sur),  Luz6n,  on  1.  bank  of  Naga 
Riv.,  6  m.  E.  by  N.  of  Nueva  C^ceres. 

i;A(iBOIS(iA  (cag-bong'-ah),  nat.;  hamlet  4  m.  W. 
of  Borongan  in  E.  Sdmar. 

(.;A(iB(»Ll6  (eahg-bohn-liew'),  nat.;  island  4  m. 
NW.  of  Higoso  Pt.,  S.  coast  Sdmar,  Visayas. 

DAOBUBtfRAC  (cag-boo-boo'-rack),  ver.;  hamlet 
on  E.  coast  of  S4mar,  3  m.  SE.  of  Tiibig. 

rA(i<'A>'ASA?f  (cag-cah-nah'-sahn),  ver.;  hamlet 
in  S\V.  of  Abra,  Luz6n,  18  m.  S.  of  Bangiied. 

t'A(il)l  LLCiji  (cag-doo-lyawn'),  ver.;  island  7  m. 
W.  by  N.  of  Catbalogan,  off  W.  coast  of  Sdmar. 

tAUDtjRAO  (cahg-doo'-rah-oo),  nat.;  village  on 
N.  shore  of  Candolu  I.,  opposite  Salangan  vil- 
lage on  Leleboon  I.,  S.  of  Calicoan  1.,  off  ex- 
treme SE.  coast  of  Sdmar,  Visayas. 

t'AGUXLOSU  (cag-hah'-long),  ver.;  hill  on  E. 
coast  of  SAmar,  few  miles  inland,  between 
mouths  of  Ulut  and  Matinao  Riv. 

hamlet  in  one  of  E.  sources  of  Pagsaban 

Riv. 

CAGMAXA  (cag-mah'-nah),  ver.;  hamlet  on  1. 
bank  of  Naga  Riv.  in  Ambo.s  Camarines  (Sur), 
Luzon,  5  m.  NW.  of  Nueva  Cdceres. 

CAGMIPl'S  (cag-mee-pees'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  W. 
coast  of  Sdmar  at  mouth  of  Sambugtun  Riv., 
6  m.  NW.  of  Wevler. 

t'AOJJIPAO  (cag-nee'-pah-oo  )ver.;  hamlet  on  W. 
coast  of  Sdmar. 

CAGO  (cah-gaw'),  ver.;  S.  of  Banco!  Bay,  4^  m. 
S.  of  Camboloton  bluflE,  E.  coast  of  Concep- 
ci6n,  Iloilo,  Panay. 

CAtiOCO  (cah-gaw-eaw'),  ver.;  mountain  in  SE. 
Bohol,  Visayas,  2  m.  NW.  of  Duero. 

CAGOG  {cah-gawg'),ver.;  point  in  island  of  Lug- 
bung,  NW.  Romblon,  Visayas. 

i;AGONC<iN  (cah-gawn-cawn'),  ver.;  river  in  S. 
Albay,  Luz6n,  flowing  SW.  unites  with  Don- 
sol  in  lat.  13°  1'  60"  N.,  which  empties  into 
sea  on  SW.  coast  near  the  boundary  with  Sor- 
sogon. 

CAG0S6aX  (cah-gaw-saw'-ahn),  ver.;  point  at  ex- 
treme NE.  end  of  SE.  sea  front  of  Homonh6n 
or  Malh6n  I.,  SW.  of  extreme  SE.  end  of 
Sdmar. 

CAGPOG  (cag-pawg'),  ver.;  point  in  E.  island  of 
Marinduque. 

CAGSAI:ALA  (cag-sah-cah'-lah),  ver.;  hill  on  S. 
bank  of  Ulut  Riv.,  E.  Sdmar,  11  m.  above  its 
mouth. 

CAGSAUAA,  or  DABAGA  (cag-sah-wah'-ah,  dah- 
rah'-gah),  nat.;  pueblo  in  Albay,  Luz6n,  li 
m.  W.  of  Albay;  lies  in  midst  of  fine  hemp- 
growing  district.  The  former  town  on  sides 
of  May6n  volcano  higher  up  than  Daraga, 
its  successor,  was  destroyed  in  eruption  of  1841 
and  rebuilton  site  of  then  hamlet  of  Daraga. 
Pop.,  1896,  22,186. 

volcano  N.  of  Albay  in  Albay,  Luz6n. 

CAGTA  (cag-tah'),ver.;  tributary  of  Ulut  Riv.  in 
E.  Sdmar. 

CAGTOAGAX  (cag-twah'-gahn),  ver.;  tributary 
from  E.  of  Bolinog  Riv.,  Albay,  Luz6n. 

CAGTONG  (cag-tong'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  SE.  coast 
of  Bohol,  Visayas,  4i  m.  SE.  of  Candijay. 


CAGUA  (cah'-gwah),  ver.;  mountain  (volcano) 
2,086  ft.  high  in  N.  extremity  of  Gran  Cor- 
dillera Oriental,  11  m.  SW.  of  Iligan  Pt., 
NE.  coast  of  Cagaydn,  LuzAn,  13  m.  S.  of  Es- 
carpada  Pt.,  forming  landmark  of  approach 
for  navigators  from  E. 

CAGUXlT  (cah-gwah'-eet),  ver.;  town  on  E.  shore 
of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  SE.  of  Lambill6n  Pt., 
80  m.  SE.  of  Surigao. 

t'AGfAN  (cah-goo'-ahn),  nat.;  point  and  river  to 
SE.  on  NW.  shore  of  Si'ibic  Bay,  SE.  coast  of 
Zambales,  Luzon. 

inlet  and  river  in  Zambales,  Luz6n. 

TAGIIAYAN  (cah-goo-ah'-yahn),  ver.;  port  and 
point  in  Sorsogon,  Luzon. 

I'ACil'BATAX  (cah-goo-bah'-tahn),  ver.;  hamletin 
Lepanto,  Luzon,  4  m.  SE.  of  Caydn.    Pop.,  114. 

CACillGl'l'RAJi  (cah-goog-coo'-rahn),  ver.;  hamlet 
in  Cdpiz,  Panay,  9  m.  SW.  of  Tapas. 

t'AGlINAX  (cah-goo'-nun),  ver.;  town  in  former 
comandancia  of  Amburayan,  Ilocos  Sur, 
Luzon. 

I'AGl'^KAI  (cah-goo'-rye),  nat.;  point  at  N.  head 
of  Lalauigan  Bay,  on  Mindoro  side  of  channel 
between  mainland  and  Ilin  I. 

t'AHABAJAN  (cah-hah-bah'-hahn) ;  village  in 
pueblo  of  Calinog,  Iloilo,  Panay. 

I'AILWAGAX  (cah-hah-yah'-gahn),  nat.;  island 
15  by  1  m.,  N.  of  Lagiian  I.,  forming  W.  line 
of  entrance  to  Paldpag  port,  off  N.  shore  of 
Sdmar.  Owing  to  dangerous  reef  3  m.  W. 
breakers  can  be  seen  5  m.  On  NW.  point  lies 
Rocky  Islet. 

CiHOY  (cah'-hoy),  nat.;  village  on  SW.  shore  of 
Calicoan  I.,  off  extreme  SE.  coast  of  Sdmar, 
Visayas,  i  m.  N.  of  Cabanian  Pt. 

CAHl'AYAX  (cah-hwah-'-yahn),  nat.;  point  on 
NE.  coast  Parasdn  I.,  off  W.  coast  Sdmar, 
fronting  Catbalogan. 

mountain  in  Lepanto,  Luz6n. 

CAIU^IT  (cah-hoo'-cet),  ver.;  island  off  E.  shore 
of  San  Miguel  Bay  opposite  Tinambog,  in 
Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luzon. 

I'.VlBA.iX  (cah-ee-bah-ahn'),  nat.;  mountain  9  m. 
E.  i)f  Hindang,  in  SW.  Leyte. 

CAIBAIU)  ^■ili-(i-bah'-baw),Tag.;  point  on  sea- 
coast  Ml  15al;ian,  Luzon. 

CAIBA(;(»  (call  o(-bah'-gaw),  nat.;  mountain  in 
W.  central  Sdmar,  N.  of  Dinagdn  peak. 

CAIBIRAN  (cah-ee-bee'-rahn),  ver.;  pueblo  on 
Daram  channel,  E.  coast  of  Biliran  I.,  opposite 
Sdmar,  at  mouth  of  Mapuld  Riv.,  10  m.  NE. 
of  Biliran,  across  island.  It  carries  impor- 
tant interisland  and  Manila  trade.  Pop. 
of  pueblo,  1898,  4,153  (estimated). 

mountain  in  SE.  Sdmar. 

tAIBUXA  (ky-boo'-nah),  nat.;  point  extreme  E. 
Ambil  I.,  Liibang  Is.,  NW.  of  Mindoro. 

CAICALLAC  (ky-cah-lj-ack'),  nat.;  small  bay  SW. 
shore  Ambil  I.,  Lubang  Is.,  NW.  of  Mindoro. 

point,  N.  head  of  bay  of  .same  name,  SW. 

shore  Ambil  I.,  Lubang"ls.,  NW.  of  Mindoro.  *" 

CAlCAYiiN  (cah-ee-cah-yahn'),  ver.;  river  in  S. 
Cagaydn,  Luz6n. 

C'AIHOLO  (ky-hoh'-loh),  nat.;  range  with  9  de- 
fined peaks  on  SW.  shore  of  Ulugan  Bay,  W. 
coast  of  Palawan,  near  S.  boundary  of  Par- 
agua. 

river  emptying  on  SW.  shore  of  Ulugan 

Bay,  W.  coast  of  Paragua,  near  boundary  be- 
tween it  and  Moro  Palawan,  at  N.  end  of 
range  of  same  name. 

mountain  in  range  of   same  name  near  r; 

boundary  between  Paragua  and  Moro  or  S. 
Palawan. 

CAIMA  (cah-ee'-mah),  ver.;  creek  in  Ambos  Ca- 
marines, Luz6n. 

CAIMXx  (cah-ee-mahn'),  Sp.;  bay  between  Sa- 
boon  I.  and  Bantuin  or  Galvahey  Pt.,  8  m.  to 
SE.,  on  E.  coast  of  Ragay  Gulf,  Ambos  Ca- 
marines (Sur),  Luz6n. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


411 


CAIMiN;  bay  in  W.  Palawan. 

point  in  Zambalcs,  Luz6n. 

^CAIMANERA  (ky-mah-nay'-rah),  Sp.;  village  on 
\  NE.  pcnnt  of  Bongao  I.^Tawi  Tawi  grp.,  Sulu 
A.,  opposite  Sailgd  SangA  I.  on  N.  and  Pjipa- 
hag  I.  on  E. 

^AIMANES  (cah-ee-mah'-nays),  Sp.;  tributary  of 

'         Grande    Riv.    of  Mindanao,    entering  that 

stream  84  m.  above  Cotabato,  Mindanao.    Is 

also  called  Libungan. 

HAINALANAN  (ky-nah-lah'-nahn);  rock  off  S. 
shore  of  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luz6n,  i; 
Lagonoy  Bay. 

CAINGIN  (kine-heen')  hamlet  in  pueblo  of  HagO; 
noy,  Bulaedn,  Luz6n. 

CAINIJUIN  (cah-ceng-een'),  nat.;  pointon  E.  coast 
of  Panaun  I.,  SE.  of  Leyte. 

CAINOG  (cah-ee-nog'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  extreme 
SE.  part  of  Albay,  Luz6n,  37  m.  SE.  of  Albay. 

CAINTA  (cah-een-tah'),  Tag.;  pueblo  in  NW.  cor- 
ner of  Rizal  (M6rong),  Luzon,  near  PdsigRiv., 
outlet  of  Laguna  de  Bay,  and  on  main  road 
along  bay  shore  19  m.  to  M6rong  or  10  m. 
across  country,  W.  by  N.  from  same  point. 
Pop.  of  pueblo,  2,275. 

river  emptying  into  Pdsig  Riv.,  3  m.  below 

the  Laguna  de  Bay  outlet,  Rizal,  Luz6n. 

CAIRAMXn  (ki-rah-mahn'),  ver.;  river  in  island 
of  Panay. 

CAIRAXAX  (ki-rah'-nahn),  ver.;  mountain  in 
Antique,  Panay,  9  m.  E.  of  Tibiao. 

CAIBILAO  (ky-ree-lah'-oo);  mountain  of  Batan- 
gas,  Luz6n,  in  pueblo  of  Nasugbu. 

CAISABO  (ki-sah'-baw).  Tag.;  river  in  Cavite, 
Luz6n. 

CAISIAN,  or  COLLINSON  (ki-see'-ahn),  ver.;  SE. 
and  smallest  3^  m.  in  circumference  of  group 
of  4  islands  and  several  smaller  ones,  5  m.  E. 
of  Maytiaguid  I.,  off  NE.  coast  of  Paragua, 
Palawan.  Settlement  of  same  name  is  on 
SW.  shore. 

CAITAMBO  (ky-tahm'-boh);  river  in  Cavite, 
Luz6n,  rising  in  Cordilleras  of  interior,  which 
divide  province  from  Batangas;  takes  NNE. 
direction,  uniting  with  Natumpisan,  which 
flows  across  pueblo  of  Indang  and  empties 
into  sea  at  that  point. 

CAITAK  (ky'-tahn);  river  in  Cavite,  Luz6n,  ris- 
ing in  mountains  which  separate  that  prov- 
ince from  Batangas;  taking  northerly  direc- 
tion divides  into  2  arms,  E.  uniting  with  Lim- 
bon  and  W.  forming  affluent  of  Patillo  and 
cros.sing  pueblo  of  Indang,  emptying  into 
sea. 

DAITINOA  (ky-teen'-gah);  river  of  Batangas,  Lu- 
z6n;  rising  at  foot  of  Butulao  Mt.  joins  Mala- 
liuanag  and  crosses  and  empties  into  sea  in 
pueblo  of  Lian. 

t"AlTITl>'«Ai\(ky-tee-teen'-gahn);riverof  Cavite, 
Luz6n,  a  tributary  of  Sinaliao  and  following 
along  SW.  boundary  between  Cavite  and 
Batangas,  empties  into  sea  in  pueblo  of 
Margonddn,  Cavite. 

tAITlXJA  (kl-teen-hah'),Tag.:  hamlet  in  Cavite, 
Luz6n,  28  m.  SW.  of  Cavite. 

CAIUJA  (kah-you'-hah),  nat.;  point  extreme  NE. 

Ambil  1.,  Lubang  Is.,  NW.  of  Mlndoro. 
OAItVA  (cah-you'-vah),  nat.;  point  extreme  SE. 

Ambil  I.,  Lubang  Is.,  NW.  of  Mindoro. 

CAIVIRAN  (ky-vee'-rahn);  point  on  E.  shore  of 
Pana6nI.,SE.  of  Leyte. 

tAJAOUAiN  (cah-hah-gwah-ahn'),  ver.;  port  and 

pueblo  on  SW.  coast  of  Leyte,  72  m.  SW.  by  S. 

of  Tacloban  and  20  m.  NE.  of  mainland  of 

Bohol.    Pop.,  260. 
small  bay  SW.  coast  of  Leyte  at  the  town 

of  the  same  name. 

CAJIDIOCAN  (cah-hee-dee-aw'-cahn).  ver.; 
pueblo  in  Rombl6n,  Visayas.    Pop.,  3,636. 


.-^^ 


CAJIDIOCAN;  village  and  point  on  E.  central 
shore  of  SibuyAn  I.,  of  Romblon  grp.,  Visayas. 
{Alifo  Casidiocan.) 

CAJOA(UN(cah-hwah'-gahn),  nat.;  i.sland  off  N. 
coast  of  SAmar,  near  Cabauan  Grande,  in  ap- 
proach of  Cataruian  [N.  M.]. 

island  7  m.  off  N.  coast  of  SAmar,  opposite 

Mondrag6n. 

CAJOJVSON  (cah-hon-sawn'),  ver.;   E.  branch  of 
headwaters  of  Donsol  Riv.  in  Albay,  Luz6n. 
JULUGAN    (cah-hoo-loo'-gahn);      hamlet    in 
Misamis,  Mindanao. 
AKUB  (cah-koob'),  ver.;  port  about  100  yds.  in 
width  at  entrance,  onSW.  coast  of  Siargao  I., 
off  NE.  coast  Surigao,  Mindanao.    Coast  be- 
tween DapA  inlet  and  this  port  is  ma.ss  of 
rock,  dry  at   low  water.    There  is  anchor- 
age in  front  of  entrance  to  port. 
KLT  fcah'koot),  ver.;  hamlet  on  W.  coast  of 
Siargao  I.,  off  NE.  coast  of  Surigao,  Minda- 
nao, S.  of  Sdpao;  group  of  low  islands  and 
eeveral  rocks  lie  off  this  part  of  coast. 

CALaXn  (cah-lah-ahn'),  ver.;  point  in  Sorsog6n, 
Luz6n. 

CALAXsaO  (cah-lah-ah'-sag),  ver.;  .stream  empty- 
ing into  San  Pedro  Bay,  E.  Leyte,  at  Dutag. 

CALABA  (cah-lah'-bah),  nat.;  hamlet  1  m.  N.  of 
Bangued,  in  Abra,  Luz6n. 

hamlet  on  main  road  and  1.  bank  of  Grande 

de  la  Pampanga  Riv.,  in  Nueva  Ecija,  Luz6n. 

island   in  entrance  to  Laguimanoc   Bay, 

off  S.  coast  of  Tayabas,  Luz6n. 

CALABADliN,  orTAYTAY  (cah-lah-bah-dee-ahn', 
tie-tie'),  ver.;  southernmost  of  islands  front- 
ing Taytay  Bay,  1  m.  N.  of  Icadambanauan, 
E.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

CALABAGO  (cah-lah-bah'-gaw),  ver.;  point  in  E. 
Rombl6n,  Visayas. 

CALABALLO  (cah-lah-bah'-lyoh),  port  on  W. 
coast  of  Siimar,  lat.  12°  30'  N. 

hamlet  on  shore  of  port  of  same  name,  W. 

coast  of  SAmar. 

CALABAAGA,  or  CALABANGAN  (cah-lah-bang'- 
ah,  cah-lah-bahn'-gahn),  ver.;  pueblo  3  m. 
inland  from  S.  shore  of  San  Miguel  Bay,  in 
Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luz6n,  7^  m.  N.-by 
E.  of  Nueva  CAceres.    Pop.  of  pueblo,  5,704. 

river  rising  in  E.  slopes  of  Sierra  Madre 

and  flowing  into  Ragay  Bay,  Luz6n. 

CALABAZA  (cah-lah-bah'-thah),  Sp.;  hamlet  in 
Pampanga,  Luzon,  11  m.  N.  of  Bacolor. 

point  at  extreme  N.  land  of  Basilan  I.,  S. 

of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  narrowest  part  of 
Basilan  Strait,  of  which  it  is  important  land- 
mark; is  also  headland  of  approach  to  Isabela 
toSW. 

CALABAZAS  (cah-lah-bah'-thas),  Sp.;  2  islets  of 
little  height  and  extent,  S.  of  Sal  islets  and  3 
m.  off  SE.  coast  of  Panay. 

narrow  islet  1  m.  long  at  opening  of  bay  on 

GuimarAs  Strait,  S.  coast  of  Concepci6n,  Iloilo, 
Panay. 

CALABOGA  (cah-lah-boh'-gah),  nat.;  pointon  E. 
coast  of  Rombl6n,  Visayas,  NW.  of  Rombl6n. 

CALABOSO,  or  LIISAN  (cal-lah-boh'-soh,  loo'- 
sahn),  nat.;  river  of  Laguna,  Luz6n,  rises  lat. 
14°  15'  N.  and  taking  N.  course  passing  to  E. 
of  Vlnang,  empties  into  Laguna  de  Bay. 

CALABOZO  (cah-lah-boh'-thoh),  Sp.;  port  on 
Pagapas  Bay,  on  SW.  side  of  BalayAn  Bay, 
Batangas,  Luzon.    Frequented  by  coasters. 

L'ALABtiCAY'  (cah-lah-boo'-ki),  ver.;  islet  midway 
between  N.  point  of  Paly  I.,  NW.  of  DumarAn 
I.  and  E.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

CALABL'CTUNllAN  (cah-lah -book-toong'-ahn), 
nat.;  group  of  2  islets  between  N.  point  of 
Tacbolo  and  headland  on  E.  side  of  Inner 
Strait  to  Malampaya  Sound,  W.  coast  of 
Paragua,  Palawan. 


412 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


^ 


TALACA  (cah-lah-cah'),  Tag.;  pueblo  23  m.  NW. 
from  Batangas,  in  province  of  that  name, 
Luz6n,  on  road  to  Balaydn,  NW.  shore  of  bay 
of  that  name.    Pop.  of  pueblo,  8,288. 

OALiCAI  (cah-lah'-ky),  nat.;  point  forming  S. 
head  to  Butulan  cove,  SE.  coast  of  Dftvao, 
Mindanao.   Good  anchorage  and  fresh  water. 

CALAl!LAN  (cah-luck-lahn'),nat.;  S.  summit  364 
ft.  high  and  river  emptying  at  point  of  same 
name  on  NE.  shore  of  S\ibic  Bay,  SE.  coast  of 
Zambales,  Luzon. 

point  on  NE.  shore  of  Siiljie  Bay,  in  Zam- 
bales, Luz6n. 

DALADAN  (cah-lah'-dahn),  ver.;  point  in  Zam-., 
bales,  Luzon. 

CALADAlWiA  (cah-lah-dang'-ah),  ver.;  hamlet  in 
Abra,  Luz6n,  11  m.  SE.  of  Bangued. 

CALADliS  (cah-lah-dee-ahs'),  ver.;  mountain  in 
S.  central  range  of  Negros,  18  m.  WSW.  of  Du- 
maguete. 
ALADIS  (cah-lah-dees'),  ver.;  mountain  on 
tongue  of  land  between  Dumanquilas  Bay 
on  E.,  Port  Sibulan,  inlet  on  SW.  side  of 
same  Ijay,  and  on  S.  coast  of  Zamboanga, 
Mindanao. 

CALADMAN  (cah-lud'-mahn),  ver.;  point  in  island 
of  Cebi'i. 

CALAWAXn  (cah-lah-gah-ahn'),  nat.;  mountain 
in  E.  central  Bohol,  5  m.  ENE.  of  Sierra  Bu- 
llones. 

CALAGATtJAN  (cah-lah-gah-too'-ahn),  ver.;  ham- 
let on  E.  shore  of  Stlmar,  1  m.  S.  of  Borongan. 

CALA«-CALAG,  or  BURGOS  (eah-lag'-cah-lag', 
boor'-gohs),  nat.;  hamlet  of  pueblo  of  Taya- 
san,  on  E.  coastof  Negros  Oriental,  atmoutliof 
Bacol-lo  Calag.    {See  Burgos,  Negros.) 

CALAGAUAN  (cah-lah-gah'-wahn),  ver.;  point  in 
N.  island  of  Ylin,  off  SW.  Mindoro. 

CALAGEALAG  (cah-lah-hay-ah-lag'),  ver.;  river 
in  Negros  Oriental,  with  Bacol-lo  Calag,  emp- 
tying into  Strait  of  Tan6n,  at  Burgos,  3j  m. 
S.  of  Ayurig6n.     (.S'ee  Calag-Calag. ) 

CALAGIAN  (cah-lah-hee'-ahn),  ver.;  island  3J  m. 
by  2  m.,  E.  of  Patnanongan  Pt.  of  Polillo  grp., 
oil  Infanta,  Luz6n. 

CALAGNXn  (cah-lag-nahn'),  ver.;  island  4  m. 
long  NE.  and  SW.  and  3  m.  wide,  1  m.  off  NE. 
coast  of  Concepcion,  Iloilo,  Panay,  separated 
from  Balin  by  channel  nearly  1  m.  wide  at 
NE.  end  and  almost  closed  at  SW. 

CALAGUA  (cah-lah'-gwah),nat.;  one  of  Calaguas 
Is.,  off  NE.  coast  of  Am  bos  Camarines  (Norte), 
Luz6n. 

town  in  Tayabas,  Luz6n. 

CALAGUAGUIN  (cah-lah-gwah'-geen),  ver.;  bay 
on  coast  of  Zambales,  Liiz6n. 


CALAGUAS  (cah-lah'-gwahs),  Hisp.;  group  of  8 
islands  and  several  islets,  of  wnich  Tinagu  is 
largest  and  central,  N.,  Pinaguapan;  E.,  Cala- 
gua,  Cacbalisay;  S.,  Siapa,  Yngalan,  Guin- 
tinua;  W.,  Maculabo  and  Samun  in  Pacific 
Ocean,  17  m.  off  N.  coast  of  Ambos  Cama- 
rines (Norte),  Luz6n,  and  25  m.  N.  of  Diet. 
Maculabo,  highest,  may  be  seen  24  m.  at  sea. 

CALAGUINAX,  or  CALAGUIMAN  (cah-lah-gee'- 
nahn,  cah-lah-gee'-mahn),  Tag.;  hamlet  of 
pueblo  of  Abiicay,  on  NW.  shore  of  Manila 
Bay,  5  ra.  N.  of  Balanga,  in  Bata^n,  Luz6n. 

ITALAGUNBIXn  (cah-lah-goon-beeahn'),  nat.; 
Jf  river  emptying  on  N.  shore  of  Pujada  Bay, 
SE.  coast  of  Ddvao,  Mindanao,  1  m.  W.  of 
Mati. 

('ALAHXn  (cah-lah-hahn'),  ver.;  hamlet  4  m. 
below  junction  of  May6n,  with  Malinannang 
Riv.,  2  m.  S.  of  Panitan,  in  N.  Cdpiz,  Panay. 

CALAITAN  (cah-lah-ee'-ton),  nat.;  cluster  of  6 
•^  islands  and  channel  on  W.  shore  separating 
them  from  Tiguiigun  I.,  off  NE.  coast  of  Tawi 
Tawi  I.,  Sulu  A. 

CALXjIT  (cah-lah'-hit),  nat.;  islet  1  m.  S.  of  Bili- 
ran,  in  sea  channel  between  Biliran  I.  and 
Leyte,  Visayas. 

UALALA  (cah-lah'-lah),  ver.;  mountain  of  D&vao 
near  Ddvao  Gulf,  end  of  E.  coast  range  o 
Surigao,  Mindanao. 

UALALANAG  (cah-lah-lah-nag'),  ver.;  island  of 
Ambos  Camarines  (Norte),  Luz6n. 

CALAMBA,  or  UALABIBA  (cah-lam'-bah  [Sp. 
pron.],  cah-lam-bah'  [nat.  pron.]).  Tag.;  a 
pueblo  and  road  center  on  S.  shore  of  La- 
guna  de  Bay,  17  m.  SW.  of  Santa  Cruz.  Pop., 
11,470.  Lag'una,  Luzon,  is  post-'office  and 
money-order  station. 

CALAMBAYA^A  (cah-lum-bah-young'-ah),  ver.; 
island  off  Ambos  Camarines  (Norte),  Luz6n. 

UALAMiXn  (cah-lah-myahn'),  ver.;  largest  island 
of  Calamianesgrp.,  NE.  of  Paragua,  Palawan, 
24  111.  from  NNW.  tdSSE.,  and  12  m.  from  E.  to 
W.  at  widest  ]>art.  Area,  I'.IL'  sq.  m.  Is  moun- 
taiiKius,  ciivcrcil  witli  valuable  forests,  and 
coasts  are  ijideiited  with  many  inlets  afford- 
ing anchorage  for  native  craft,  and  excel- 
lent fishing.  Chief  town,  Culi6n,  occupies 
point  on  E.  coast  between  2  fine  bays  fronting 
on  cliannel  between  Calamidn  on  S.  and  Bu- 
siianga  on  N.,  and  connecting  Mindoro  (Sulu) 
and  China  seas.  Inhabitants  are  Visayans, 
or  Calamianes,  or  Tagbaniias,  and  almost 
wholly  pagans,  and  largely  engaged  in 
gathering  edible  birds'  nestsi  trepang,  and 
other  products  of  .surrounding  waters.  (See 
Calamianes  grp.) 

(;ALAMI4NES  (cah-lah-myah'-nays),  Hisp.;  group 
of  islands  in  SW.  part  of  archipelago,  be- 
tween Mindoro  and  Palawan  (</.  v.). 


CALAMIANES  OR  CULI6n  (GROUP),  CHINA  SEA. 

(Cah-lah-myah-nays,  coo-lyohn',  Hisp.) 

Province  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

Chief  towns:  Coron,  BusuaiTga  I.;Culi6n,  Calamiiln  I.;  lat.  12°  3' 30'^  N.,  Ion. 
119°  58^  E.  (Coron). 
Area:  98  islands,  677  sq.  m. 
Population:  16,338,  estimated  1901. 
Race:  Calamidn  and  Visayan. 

Language:  Calamic4n  and  Visayan  dialects  of  Malayan. 
Military  Department  of  Visayas:  Headquarters,  lloilo,  lloilo,  Panay. 


Table  of  distances. 
From  Cor6n  to—  m- 

Agutaya,  SE 92 

Manila,  N.  by  E ■ 197 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


413 


LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

The  Calamianes  or  Culion  group  lie  on  the  China  Sea  border  of  the  archipelago 
between  Mindoro,  49  in.  on  the  NE.,  the  strait  of  that  name  flowing  between  them, 
and  Paragua,  Palawan  36  m.  on  the  SW.,  with  the  Mindoro  Strait  and  Sea  on  the  N. 
and  E.,  and  the  Mindoro  and  China  seas  on  the  S.  and  W. 

AREA. 

The  group  lies  between  lat.  11°  39'  and  12°  20'  N.,  and  Ion.  119°  47'  and  120°  23' 
E.,  47  m.  N.  and  S.  and  41  m.  E.  and  W.,  or  covering  a  sea  area  of  1,927  sq.  m.  The 
land  surface,  comprising  98  islands,  has  an  area  of  677  sq.  m. 

PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 

The  islands  of  this  connecting  chain  between  Mindoro  and  Paragua  are  of  volcanic 
origin,  Busuaiiga  in  the  NW.,  Culion  on  the  S.,  and  Tundalara  on  the  SE.  shore,  ris- 
ing to  a  height  of  2,152  ft.,  being  the  principal  peaks.  The  climate  is  hot  and 
unhealthful,  intermittent  fevers  and  cutaneous  diseases  prevailing,  due  to  excessive 
moisture  and  the  bad  quality  of  the  drinking  water. 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

The  channels  of  the  group,  which  are  generally  deep  and  more  or  less  sheltered, 
afford  anchorages  for  both  native  and  foreign  craft  engaged  in  interisland  trade. 

Baquit;  on  the  S.  coast  of  Busuaiiga. 

Borac;  a  large  and  well-sheltered  port. 

Busuanga;  numerously  indented  with  gulfs  and  bays. 

Calamian  or  Culion;  with  a  good  port  at  the  town  of  the  latter  name,  being  shel- 
tered by  an  island,  with  22  fms.  in  the  entrance.    " 

Coron;  formed  by  Coron  on  the  E.,  Busuanga  on  the  N. 

Culion;  on  the  W.,  and  several  small  islands  on  the  S.,  is  13  m.  wide  and  very 
deep. 

Lucayan;  a  cove  W.  of  the  bay  of  Baquit. 

ROADS  AND   COMMUNICATIONS. 

A  few  trails  on  the  larger  islands  bring  the  inhabitants  of  the  interior  in  commu- 
nication with  the  coast.  The  main  lines,  however,  of  intercourse  and  traffic  are  by 
water. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

The  registered  inhabitants  number  14,291,  principally  Visayans  and  Calamianes  or 
Tagbanuas,  an  offslioot  of  the  Malayan  race,  speaking  a  Malayan  dialect.  In  the 
mountains  of  Calamiiin  and  Busuaiiga  dwell  a  remnant  of  the  Negrito  race.  There 
are  but  three  permanent  towns  and  but  few  villages,  the  inhabitants  generally  living 
in  fishing  settlements  along  the  coast. 

The  following  is  the  division  of  Calamianes  into  pueblos,  with  the  population  of 
each,  census  of  1887: 


Group  and  pueblos. 


Total  population,  combining 
residents  present  and  absent, 
native  and   Spanish,  census 

1887. 


Men.      Women. 


Total. 


Calamianes: 

Agutaya  (Cuyos  group,  Mindoro  Sea) 

Culion  (Calamianes  group) 

Cuyo  (Cuyos  group,  Mindoro  Sea) 

Total 


2, 351 
4, 112 


1,251 
1,920 
1,791 


Census,  1896,  13,240;  estimated,  1901,  : 


2,198 
4,277 


15,378 


The  chief  towns  are — 

Agutaya;  on  the  E.  shore  of   the  island  of   the  same  name,  N.  islands  of  the 
Cuyos  group. 


414  GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

Busuanga;  at  the  mouth  of  a  river  emptying  about  the  center  of  the  W.  shore  of 
the  ishind  of  the  same  name,  and  sheltered  from  the  sea  by  three  islands. 

Coron;  on  a  hay  on  the  SW.  shore,  Busuanga  I.;  divides  with  Busuanga  almost 
the  entire  population  of  the  island,  the  inhabitants  of  both  towns  being  engaged  in 
occupations  of  the  sea. 

Culidn;  on  a  fine  bay  at  the  extreme  E.  peninsula  of  Calamidn  I.,  with  a  fine  port 
Pop.,  2,100. 

Cuyo;  SW.  shore  of  island  and  group  of  the  same  name. 

DEPENDENT  ISLANDS. 

The  following  are  the  islands  and  charted  islets  named  of  the  Calamianes  group: 

sq.  m. 

Aguada;  off  N.  coast  of  Busuanga,  6  m.  W.  of  Coconoilgon  Pt i 

Bantac;  9m.N.  by  E.  of  extreme  E.  point  of  Busuanga;  800  ft.  high Ij 

Batunan; 

Bugui;  off  NE.  point  of  Calamianes,  N,  of  Culion | 

Bulaldcao;  midwav  between  S.  point  of  Coron  and  SE.  point  of  Calamiftn;  crescent-shaped,  5  m. 
between  the  point  which  extends  N. :  3  smaller  islands  lie  in  the  concavity  of  N.  shore;  6  islands 

lie  off  its  shore;  inhabited 5 

Busuailga:  N.  and  largest  of  group;  38  m.  NW.  to  SE.  and  22  m.  from  NE.  to  SW.:  its  NE.  coast 
forms  SW.  shore  of  Apoo,  W.  half  of  Mindoro  Strait;  this  channel  is  also  known  as  Northumber- 
land; island  is  mountainous;  Busuanga,  Culion,  and  Tundalar^,  the  latter  2,152  ft.,  are  chief 
summits;  the  soil,  though  fertile,  is  but  little  cultivated,  inhabitants  being  chiefly  engaged  in 
gathering  beche  de  mer  (trepang)  and  edible  birds'  nests;  3  viljages  are  situated  on  SW.  shore. .  388 

Cabilaun;  in  deep  bay  on  N.  coast  of  Busuail&a,  SW.  of  Coconongon  Pt.;  inhabited 4 

Cagbatan; 

Calamidn;  S.  of  SW.  shore  of  Busuanga  at  a  distance  of  5  m.;  22  m.  N.  and  S.,  10^  m.  E,  and  W.; 
island  is  al.so  known  by  name  ot  Culion;  its  chief  town,  Culion,  on  a  flue  port  on  NE.  shore,  is 
center  of  important  fishins  of  island;  soil  is  fertile,  but  only  cultivated  to  extent  of  home 

demand,  ricebeincr  tlif  -t.ipl-':  inhabitants  are  a  seafaring  people.... _. 176 

Calanhayaun;  500  ft.  liiuli;  >  m.  X.  by  E.  of  extreme  E.  point  of  Busuanga 1 

Calumbuyan;  N.  of  Canijiu  ami  f,  m.  SE.  of  Calamidn 1 

,  Camangfl;  3  islands  6  m.  N.  of  Busuanga 4 

Canipo;  8  m.  E.  of  extreme  S.  point  of  Calamidn;  inhabited 3 

Canitanan; 
Cavpavan; 

Cheron;  S.  of  Tanipal  I.,  E.  of  Cilamito i 

Chindoman;  otT  NK.  i)iiint  ni  Calamianes,  N.  of  Culion 2 

Coconong6n:  1,3(hj  ft.  lii^'li,  :!  ni.  (pIY  point  of  that  name i 

Coloconto  (N(irth  Kucki;  in  in.  XXE.  of  NW.  point  of  Busuailga,  100  ft.  high i 

Cor6n,  Penon  de;  off  SE,  coast  of  Busuanga;  very  high,  rocky,  and  very  little  vegetation;  12  m.  N. 

andS.,  6im.  E.  and  W.;  highest  point  is  1,200  ft 42 

DeMn;  460  ft.  high,  3  ni.  E.  of  S.  point  of  Coron;  inhabited 2 

Dibanca;  off  E.  coast  of  Calamianes 1 

Dibatalo; 

Dibatuc;  4  islands  SE.  of  Basuanga,  highest  300  ft 1 

Diboyoyan;  4i  m.  N.  of  Busuanga i 

Dicalatan; 

Dichilem  (North  Rock); 

Dimaciat;  off  NE.  coast  of  Busuanga 

Dinalgngot; 

Dimipac;  4i  m.  N.  of  extreme  N.  point  of  Busuanga;  inhabited 2 

Dinar^n;  2i  m.  E.  of  Busuanga,  500  feet  high 2 

Dipalian;  off  SE.  coast  of  Calamianes i 

Ducabaita;  S.  and  clo.se  to  the  extreme  S.  point  of  Calami^n 1 

Dumunpalit  (Turret),  4  islands,  highest  816  ft.,  10  m.  N.  of  Busuanga 4 

Dunaun;  off  E.  coast  of  Calamidn,  fronting  Culi6n  on  SE.;  inhabited 4 

Galoc;  long  and  narrow,  541  ft.  high,  1  m.  off  extreme  N W.  point  of  Calamianes 24 

Guinlepen;  E.  of  Calamianes 

Guintungauan;  E.  of  BulaUcao,  153  ft.  high 

Inulucut; 

Lagat;  ENE.  of  Coconoilg6n  Pt 4 

Lago;  off  NE.  coast  of  Calamianes 

Lubutglubut;  13  m.  E.  of  Busuanga 4 

Luz6n; 

Macinit; 

Malaj6n  (Haycock);  753  ft.  high,  14  m.  E.  of  extreme  E.  point  of  Busuaiiga,  and  6  m.  off  town  of 

that  name 1 

Malbinchilao; 

Malapo!5o;  2  islands  34  m.  S.  of  BulalAcao J 

Malcatop; 
Maltatayoc; 

Maguinit 1 

Marily;  E.  of  N.  point  of  CalamiSn  I ^ 4 

Mataya;  24  m.  E.  of  extreme  E.  point  of  Busuanga 4 

Mangleb;  in  channel  between  Busuanga  and  Calamidn,  NE.  of  latter k 

MinangA;  off  E.  coast  of  Busuanga 4 

Mininlay;  S.  of  BulaWcao i 

Mitbit;  off  NE.  coast  of  Busuanga 4 

NangS;  3  islands,  highest  944  ft.,  8  m.  N.  of  Busuanga 2 

Nalaut  (Green);  10  m.  off  W.  coast  of  Busuanga,  240  ft.  high 4 

North  Rock  (Dichilem);  6  ft,  higli  and  6  m.  N,  of  NW,  point  of  Bu5uan|ra 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    THILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  415 

sq.  m. 

Pamalican;  off  center  or  E.  coast  of  Busuaiiga 

Pedregosa; 
Piedra  Blanca; 
Pinas; 

Pinnacle;  6  m.  E.  of  extreme  NW.  point  of  Busuanga i 

Popototan;  N.  of  Galoc  I 

Sail  Kock;  3^  m.  N.  of  NW.  pointjjf  Busuaiiga 

SilaiiKado;  oil'  E.  coast  i>t  Busuan^a 1 

TalainiMilan;  off  W.  coast  of  ISiisuaiiga,  opposite  town  of  that  name;  inhabited 1 

Tain  lion;  1  ni,  NK.  of  cxtninc  iioint  of  Calamianes;  inhabited 8 

Tanijial;  in  channel  between  S.  i»>int  of  Cor6n  and  E.  coast  of  CalamiAn;  inhabited 2 

Tara;  730  ft.  high,  10  m.  NE.  of  Busuanga;  1  small  I.  lies  NE.and  3  W.;  inhabited 5 

Tan( )bt6n;  2^  m.  E.  of  NW.  point  of  Busuan|;a i 

Tangat;  inhabited 2 

Uson;  at  W.  entrance  to  straits  of  Coron;  inhabited 1 

98  dependent  islands;  total  area 677 

In  addition  to  tliese  islands  are  upward  of  55  of  varying  sizes,  from  mere  rocks  to 
2  and  3  m.  in  length,  which  have  ])een  charted,  but  are  unnamed,  lying  off  the 
coasts  of  the  larger  members  of  the  group. 

VEGETABLE  PRODUCTS. 

The  inhabitants  of  the  group  )>eing  employed  in  gathering  products  of  the  sea, 
take  little  advantage  of  the  fertile  soil  of  the  islands.  A  small  quantity  of  rice,  sugar 
cane,  tobacco,  and  other  staples  for  domestic  use  are  grown. 

MINERALS. 

All  the  islands  are  mountainous.  No  indications  of  mineral  deposits  of  any  kind 
are  reported. 

FORESTS. 

The  islands  are  generally  covered  with  forest  trees  of  more  or  less  value  for  local 
use.  On  the  islancl  of  Calamian  grows  a  special  variety  of  bamboo,  which  is  in  much 
demand.  The  forests  abound  in  deer,  wild  liog,  and  rapacious  birds,  which  commit 
great  de))redations  on  the  crops.  Also  wild  honey  and  wax  is  gathered,  especially 
in  Calamidn. 

FRUITS. 

The  most  common  of  the  fruits  is  the  banana;  pineapples  and  mangosteens  also 
grow  successfully. 

INDUSTRIES. 

The  limestone  caverns  along  the  shores  and  the  coral  formations  beneath  the  chan- 
nels of  this  group  furnish  an  al)undance  of  edible  birds'  nests  (salangane),  sea 
cucumbers  (trepang),  tlie  gathering  of  which  together  with  turtles,  shells,  and  a 
few  pearls  constitutes  the  principal  industry.  The  cattle  raised  on  these  islands 
have  a  high  reiiutation  in  the  nuirkets  of  the  archipelago.  It  is  the  practice  of  ves- 
sels loading  to  run  close  in  shore.  Being  driven  into  the  water  by  means  of  a  rope 
expertly  thrown  over  the  horns,  with  the  aid  of  a  donkey  engine  on  board,  the 
cattle  are  quickly  loaded,  despite  furious  kicking  and  bellowing  during  the  operation. 

UNITED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 

There  is  no  formal  military  occupation  of  these  islands. 
CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 

The  provincial  government  act  was  extended  to  this  group  June  23,  1902,  as  part  of 
the  province  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

(lALAMlXs   (cah-lah-meeahs'),   nat.;   hamlet   in  i  CALAMPITA  (cah-lam-pee'-tah),  ver.;  hamlet  on 

pueblo  of  Iba^n  of  Batangas,  Luzon.  i         SE.  coast  of  Hollo,  Panay,  2  m.  NE.  of  Gimbal. 

CALAMITIAN,  or  SAMILO  (cah-lah-mee-tee'-ahn,  CALAMLTAN  (cah-lah-moo'-tahn),  nat.;  river  of 

sah-mee'-loh).  nat.;  point  on  LingayiJn  Gulf,  Moro  Palawan  rising  lat.  9°  10'  N.,  takes  an  E. 

N.  coast  of  PangasinAn,  Luz6n,  in  pueblo  of  [          course  and  empties  into  sea  in  lat.  9°  2'  30"N. 

niTimni'vT        <M¥iTiifnixT/><  /     1,1  /       1  i  tALAN  (cah-lahn'),  uat. ,   islet  off  SW,  shore  of 

CAIAMPAN,  or  lALUMPANG  (cah-lum-pun',  cah-  Siasi  I    Tanul  grn    Sulu  A 

lum-pahng'),  nat.;  river  of  pueblo  of  Rosario,  |  '      ''       t*     6  f-. 

Batangas,  Luz6n,  emptying  at  port  of  Batan-      CALANAOOAN  (cah-lah-now'-gahn),  ver.;  hamlet 


gas,  in  bay  of  same  name.  |         5  m,  NE.  of  Tarangn^n,  W.  Sdmar. 


416 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


f-"- 


/I'ALAXAUAX    (cali-lah-nah'-wahn),    luit.;    Moro 
lianik't  in  Misamis,  MiiKhuiao.. 

CALA.NCALAN  ((•ah-laliii-cali'-lahn),  iiat.;  point 
on  hay  uf  Albay,  Albay,  Lu^on. 

CALANi;ALAN(iiAN(cah-lahn-cali-lung'-ahn),nat.; 
f  narrow  channel  from  10  t_o  29  ft.  deep  sepa- 

rating Calupag  from  Tiguugun  I.,  off  NE.  coast 
of  Tawi  Tawi  I.,  Sulu  A. 

l.'ALANCj(N(eah-lahn-cahn'),  ver.;  inland  hamk'l 
in  W.  capiz,  Panay,  li  m.  N.  of  Libacao. 

inlet  in  N.  island  of  Marinduque. 

river  in  Panay. 

I'ALAXDANAN  (cah-lahn-dah'-nahn),  nat.;  creek 
entering  Cnlasian  roadstead  S.  of  Jerv6is  Pt., 
SW.  coast  of  Moro  Palawan. 

CALAND6rAX(1  (cah-lahn-daw'-rang),  ver.;  town 
ou  shore  of  bay  of  same  name,  E.  coast  of 
BaUbac,  foot  of  overhanging  highland  upon 
which  Is  situated  light-house;  has  barracks, 
hospital,  warehouse,  armed  fort,  and  cluster 
of  houses  In  fringe  of  luxuriant  vegetation 
which  comes  dov/n  to  very  edge  of  tide. 

CALAMXiKANti,  or  PUERTO  DEL  PRINCIPE 
ALFONSO  (cah-lahn-daw'-rang,  pwayr'-toe 
dale  preen'-thee-payahl-fohn'-soh);  bay  6  m. 
N.  of  Dalauan  Bay,  on  E.  coast  of  Baldbac  I., 
i  m.  wide  between  Sarmiento  and  Espina 
Pts.;  on  S.  point  of  entrance  on  Almiraute 
Gil,  105  ft.  high,  is  fixed  white  light,  lat.  7°  59' 
56"  N.,  Ion.  117°  04'  21"  E.,  268  ft.  above  .sea; 
tower,  13  ft.  from  base  to  vane,  being  square 
with  white  and  red  base  and  red  lantern,  vis- 
ible 10  m.  Bay,  which  is  extremely  pic- 
turesque, is  surrounded  bv  moutitains  from 
900  to  1,300  ft.  high,  with  hamlet  of  that  name 
on  shore  at  their  foot. 

CALANG  (cah-lahng');  town  in  Tayabas,  Luz6n. 

CALAiVtiALAN  (cah-lung-ah'-lun),  nat.;  peak  in 
Caraballos  Sur  Mts.,  Albay,  Luzon. 

CALANGAJIAN  (cah-lahn-gah'-mahn),  nat.;  islam 
2  m.  N.  71°  E.  of  Naylon  Pt.,  E.  coast  of  Cebu. 

CALANHAYAIIN  (cah-lahn-hah-yah'-oon),  ver.; 
islet  flat  topped  and  .500  ft.  high,  1  .sq.  m.,  in 
E.  of  Calamianes,,Jlli  m.  E.  by  S.  of  Coco- 
nongon  Pt.,  Busuanga  I.,  in  Mindoro  Strait. 

XALAXOTAN  (cah-lah-naw'-tahn),  ver.;  mountain 
j/*^       on  E.  shore  of  Zamboanga  Pen.,  Mindanao,  6 
m.  N.  of  Bolon. 

CALANTiS  (cah-lahn-tas'),  nat.;  bank  S.  \,  W.  2 
m.  from  Culasi  Pt.,  formed  of  large  black 
rocks  and  coral.  N.  head  is  flat  rock,  5  ft. 
above  water,  with  -10  ft.  of  water  near  it,  and 
increases  to  N. 

hamlet  in  Pampanga,  Luzon,  8  m.  W.  of 

Bacolor. 

CALAMSIAN,  or  REINA  MERCEDES  (cah-lah 
noo-see'-ahn,  ver.,  ray'-nah  mayr-thay-days, 
Sp.);  town  of  Isabela,  Luzon,  on  S.  side  of 
Magat  Riv.,  at  crossing  of  main  road  from 
Ilagan,  10  m.  N.  to  Bayombong.      Pop.,  3,286. 

cXlAO  (cah'-lah-oo),  nat.;  river  of  pueblo  of  An- 
gadan^n,  Isabela,  Luzon,  and  tributary  of 
Grande  de  Cagaydn  Riv.  from  E. 

peak  in  Abra,  Luz6n. 

CALAOAG  (cah-lah-wag').  Tag.;  pueblo  on  SE. 
shore,  opposite  Alabat  I.,  of  E.  channel  to 
Lam6n  Bay,  NW.  coast  of  Tayabas,  Luz6n. 
Pop.,  1896,  2,652. 

CALAOCALAO  (cah-lah-oo-cah'-lah-oo),  nat.; 
point  in  E.  part  of  Albay,  Luzon. 

CALAOCAN  (cah-lah-oh'-cahn),  ver.;  town  in  NW. 
SAmar. 

CALAPA  (cah-lah'-pah),  nat.;  hamlet  in  pueblo  (^ 
Taytay,  Paragua,  Palawan. 

CALAPAC15AN  (cah-lah-pah-eoo'-ahn),  nat.;  point 
and  Tillage  same  name,  E.  head  of  anchorage 
of  Svibic,  on  N.  shore  of  Silbic  Bay,  SE.  coast 
of  Zambales,  Luz6n. 

C'ALAPijf  (cah-lah-pun'),  nat.;  small  island  in 
channel  between  BAtag  and  Lagiian  Is.,  off 
extreme  NE,  coast  of  S&mar. 


CALAPAX ;  bay  on  N.  coast  of  Mindoro,  on  S.  shore 
of  which  is  situated  Calapd,n,  capital  of  Min-  ■ 
doro. 

CALAPAX,  or  TIBAO  (cah-lah-pahn',  tee-bow'), 
low  wooded  point  with  cogonal  or  reed  plan- 
tation on  summit,  near  Calapan,  N.  coast  of 
Mindoro.  About  1  m.  E.  off  shore  lies  Silonay 
of  islets  of  that  name. 

capital  and   pueblo  of   Mindoro  on  NE. 

coast,  2i  m.  SE.  of  Balete  Pt.,  14  m.  SSE.  of 
Arenas  Pt.,  and  85  m.  ESE.  of  Manila,  or  120  m. 
by  sailing  route.  Small  river  enters  bay  at  W. 
of  town.  Group  of  unnamed  islets  lies  8  m.N. 
off  moiith  of  bay.  Being  no  sheltered  anchor- 
age surf  runs  so  heavily  in  front  of  town  that 
during  months  of  October,  November,  and 
December  steamers  are  unable  to  land  mails. 
Town  is  defended  by  fort  of  regular  construc- 
tion and  has  about  500  houses,  those  of  dura- 
ble construction  being  church  and  parish 
houses,  court-house,  jail,  and  casa  real.  Pop., 
is'jii,  4,:a:>.  Inhabitants  are  engaged  in  hunt- 
ing, fishing,  and  ordinary  weaving.  Com- 
merce is  unimportant.  Sand  banks  extend 
in  front  of  town  to  distance  of  ^  m.  Ap- 
proaching these  is  depth  which  rapidly  les- 
sens, however,  toward  .shore.  Vessels  can  an- 
chor with  safety  in  8  to  10  fms. 

CALAPE  (cah-lah '-pay),  ver.;  pueblo  and  port  on 
W.  coast  of  Bohol,  19  m.  N.  of  Tagbilaran. 
Arga,  on  E.  coa.st  of  Cebii,  lies  18  m.  \V.  across 
sea  channel.    Pop.,  pueblo,  Cn.  1896,  10,283 

— —  island  4  m.  long  and  1  m.  wide,  \  m.  off  W. 
shore  of  Bohol,  opposite  Calape. 

CALAPIAX  (cah-lah-pee-ahn'),  ver.;  point  on  S. 
shore  of  Panaon  Strait,  NE.  coast  of  Panaon 
I.,  off  SE.  coast  of  Leyte,  3i  m.  E.  of  Liloan. 

CALAPOCAX  (cah-lah-paw'-cahn),  yer.;  point  at 
head  of  Siibic  Bay,  in  Zambales,  Luzon. 
ALAPSiX'  (cah-lap-seen'),  ver.:  hamlet  on  W. 
shore  of  D^vao  Gulf,  D^vao,  Mindanao,  37  m. 
S.  of  Dfivao. 

CALAPUITAX  (cah-lah-poo-ee'-tahn),  nat.:  ham- 
let, near  which  is  cavern  with  stalactites, 
one  of  the  finest  in  the  world.  Described  by 
Jiigor. 

CILAR  (eah-lahr'),ver.;  mountain  near  SW.  coast 
of  Leyte,  9  m.  SE.  of  Albuera. 

CALARABAYAX  (cah-lah-rah-bah'-yun);  moun- 
tain in  Leyte. 

CALXrAI  (cah-lah'-rye),  nat.;  point  on  E.  coast 
of  Sdmar,  in  lat.  11°  42'  N. 

CALARAX  (cah-lah'-rahn),  ver.;  hamlet  in  cen- 
tral Sdmar,  12  m.  NE.  of  G&ndara. 

CALASAdGAX  (cah-lah-sug'-gun),  nat.;  point  on 
E.  coast  of  Palawan. 

CALASAXAX  (cah-lah-sah'-nun),nat.;  pointonE. 
coast  of  Palawan,  in  lat.  9°  18'  N. 

CALASGAX  (cah-lahs-gun'),nat.;  point  on  coast 
of  Zambales,  Luzon,  in  pueblo  of  Iba. 

CALASCiASAX  (cah-las-gah'-sahn),  ver.;  pueblo 
in  .\mbosCamarines  (Sur),  Luzon.    Pop.,  813. 

CALASIAX  (cah-lah-.see'-ahn),  ver.;  point  on  E. 
end  of  coast  of  Negros  Occidental,  5  m.  W. 
of  Isio,  S.  shore  of  Guimards  Strait,  opposite 
Panay. 

town  on  SE.  shore  of  Eran  Bay,  W.  coast  of 

Palawan,  82  m.  SW.  of  Puerto  Princesa. 

CALASIAO  (cah-lah-see-ah'-oo),  ver.;  pueblo  in 
Pani,'asin;'ui,  Luzon,  on  r.  bank  of  Dagupan 
Riv.,  ',»  ni.  !•:.  (if  Lint;avcn,  on  main  highway 
to  Manila.     I'op,  jiucli'lo,  Cn.  1896,  14,053. 

CALASTMiAY  (cah-lah-soong'-i),  nat.;  inland 
town  6  m.  WNW.  of  r.  bank  of  Pulangui,  E. 
Misamis,  Mindanao,  28  m.  SSE.  of  Cagaydn 
de  Misamis. 

CALATAGAX  (cah-lah-tah-gun'),  nat.;  point  in 
pueblo  of  same  name,  on  W.  coast  of  Batan- 
gas,  Luz6n. 

pueblo  in  Batangas,  Luzon,  near  SW.  shore 

of  Balaydn  Bay,  27  m.  from  town  of  Batangas. 
Pop.,  964. 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


417 


1»^ 


''V>.;,,      ..-: 

S' 

■   3l 

y^^^-.i^ 

-  V"-# 

,'.  i■?•^'.'^_■■ 

\-w. 

S.  Doc.  280 '21 


418 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


^^CALATAX  (cah-lah-tahn'),  nat.;  mountain  in 
Mindanao,  lat.  7°  30',  on  bank  of  Lanao  Riv., 
which  empties  into  lake  of  same  name. 

S.  branch  of  Sipalav  Riv.,  Negros  Occiden- 
tal; rises  on  SW.  watershed  of  Puente  de 
Patioito. 

CALATAYAN  (cah-lah-tah'-yahn),Tag.:  point  and 
town  of  .same  name  on  AV.  coast  of  Batangas, 
Luz6n. 

CALAT-CALAT  (cah-lat-cah-laf),  nat.;  mountain 
in  central  range  of  Kegros,  12  m.  NW.  of 
Guijulugan,  E.  coast. 

fALATCAT  (cah-lat-cat'),nat.:  tributary  of  San 
Enrique  Riv.,  Xegros  Occidental. 

CALATCiX  (cah-lah-tawn'),  ver.;  con.spicuous 
headland  of  small  peninsula  which  advances 
li  m.  from  SE.  coast  of  Tablas  I.,  Visayas. 
Point  and  Cabahan  I.  to  S.  form  bay. 

inlet  and  mountain  in  Tablas  I.,  Visayas. 

inlet  in  S.  Tayabas,  Luzon. 

CALATOXG   (cah-lah'-tohng),  nat.;    point  on  S. 

coast  of  Tayabas,  Luz6n,  in  pueblo  of  Gumacft. 

-CALATRAVA  (cah-lah-trah'-vah),  Sp.;  pueblo  on 

y"^        NW.  .'Shore  of  DAvao  Gulf,  Ddvao,  Mindanao, 

3 J  m.  NE.  of  DAvao. 

town  on  Tablas  I.,  Visayas. 

pueblo  on  strait  of  Tafl6n,  Negros  Occiden- 
tal, on  NE.  coast  of  island  at  mouth  of  Glu- 
bang  Riv.,  32  m.  E.  of  Baeolod  on  opposite 
coast  W.  Pop.  pueblo,  1898,  12,720,  estimated. 
In  1879  layers  of  coal  were  discovered  outcrop- 
ping in  rivers  which  enter  sea  near  this  town 
and  Talabe. 
•  CALATUNGAN  (cah-lah-toong'-ahn) ,  mountain  in 
^          N.  Mindanao. 

CALAUAG  (cah-lah-wahg'),nat.;  village  in  pueblo 
of  Taytay,  Paragua,  Palawan. 

CALACAGAN,  LAGL'XA  DE  (lah-goo'-nah  day  cah- 
lah-wah'-gahn),  nat.;  small  lake  near  coast 
in  Union,  Luzon. 

point  in  island  of  BatAn,  off  Albay,  Luzon. 

CALjCuAXG  (cah-lah'-wang);  pueblo  of  Laguna, 
Luz6n  between  Los  Baiios  and  San  Pablo, 
near  S.  shore  of  Laguna  de  Bay,  15  m.  SW.  of 
Santa  Cruz,  with  several  small  lakes  and 
empty  volcanic  basins  in  vicinity.  Pop. 
pueblo,  1898,  3,107,  estimated. 

point  on  island  of  Daram,  W.  of  Sfimar. 

CALAl'IXAN  (cah-lah-we'-nahn) ,  ver.;  mountain 
in  S.  Leyte,  7  m.  NE.  of  Hindang. 

CALXL'IT  (cah-lah'-oo-eet),  nat.;  point  on  ex- 
treme NW.  coast  of  Busuanga  I.,  Calamianes 
grp.,  NE.  of  Paragua,  Palawan,  and  SW.  head 
to  N.  entrance  to  W.  Apo  pass  of  Mindoro 
Strait. 

CALAljXAX  (cah-lah-oo'-nun),nat.;  Ubleland  in 

the  pueblo  of  Matnog,  Sorsogon,  Luzon. 
CALAl^TIT    (cah-lah-oo'-teet),    nat.;    hamlet    in 

pueblo  of  San  Ildefonso  llocos  (Sur),  Luzon. 
t'ALAVATAN  (cah-lah-vah'-yun),  nat.;  islet  off  E. 

coast  of  Palawan. 
CALATERA  (cal-lah-vay'-rah),  Sp.;  bay  and  river 

on  E.  shore  of  Taii6n  Bav,  4  m.  NE.  of  Toledo, 

W.  coast  of  Cebij. 

t'ALAVITE  (cah-lah-vee'-tay),  nat.:  islet  N.  of 
Busuanga  in  channel  (Mindoro  Strait)  be- 
tween that  island  and  SW.  coast  of  Mindoro. 
Inhabitants  are  engaged  in  shell  fishing. 

mountain  on  extreme  NW.  coast  of  Min- 
doro, slope  of  which  forms  CapeCalavite  and 
N.  slope  of  Del  Monte  Pt.  Summit  about 
2,000  ft.  high  appears  dome-shaped  when  seen 
from  W.,  but  from  N.  or  S.  it  shows  long  ridge 
fairly  level.  W.  end  is  highest  part  and  is 
visible  at  great  distance  in  clear  weather  at 
NW.  entrance  to  Verde  I.  pa.ssage. 

.  cape  (lat.  13°  26'  N.,  Ion.  120°  18'  E.)  at  ex- 
treme NW.  point  of  Mindoro,  on  China  Sea, 
99  m.  SW.  by  S.  of  Manila,  18  m.  S.  of  Lubang 


CALAVITE— Continued. 

I.  and  60  m.  W.  of  CalapAn.  Cape  is  sea  front 
of  W.  end  of  promontory  2,000  ft.  high  of  same 
name,  while  Del  Monte  Pt.  is  N.  sea  front. 

CALAYXx  (cah-lah-yahn'),  nat.,  island  of  Babu- 
yanes grp.,  off  N.  coast  of  CagayAn,  Luzon, 
12^  m.  E.  and  W.  and  4  m.  N.  and  S.,  with  an 
area  of  30  sq.  m.,  lying  Lt  m.  NE.  of  Dalupiri 
I.  Formed  of  mountainous  and  uneven  land, 
highest  in  center,  with  low  gaps  in  some 
places.  It  is  steep-to,  but  without  safe  an- 
chorages. Some  rocks  above  water  extend 
about  a  mile  from  its  S.  point.  About  2 
m.  off  NE.  point  is  Panuitan  I.  Owing  to 
lofty  elevation  of  its  central  peak,  this  Is- 
land is  visible  at  distance  of  52  m.  at  sea  in 
clear  weather.  The  U.  S.  S.  Princeton,  Jan- 
uary 10,  1900,  visited  it,  taking  formal  posses- 
sion and  hoisting  American  flag  in  name  of 
United  States. 

hamlet  on  island  of  same  name,  near  cen- 
ter of  E.  coast.    Pop.,  584  Batdn  Indians. 

town  in  Cagaydn,  Luz6n. 

mountain  in  Cagaydn,  Luzon. 

anchorage  in  Tayabas,  Luzon. 

mountain  in  Lsabela,  Luzon. 

CALAYAXAX  (cah-lah-yah'-nahn),  ver.;  point  on 
NW.  extreme  of  Ylin  I.,  5  m.  SW.  by  S.  of 
Mangarin,  Mindoro. 

tALAYLAYAX  (;cah-li-lah'-yahn),  Tag.;  village  at 
mouth  of  river  emptying  into  sea  on  S.  shore 
of  Tayabas,  Luz6n. 

CALAYO  (cah-lah'-j'oh);  extinct  volcano  in  Cota- 
bato,  Mindanao;  also  called  Siigut,  lies  ESE. 
of  Macaturin,  about  50  m.  from  sea. 

CALAYO,  or  FUEGO  (eah-lah'-yoh.  Tag.;  fway'- 
goh,  Sp.);  point  in  W.  Batangas,  Luz6n. 

river  in  Sdmar.     {See  Siigut.) 

point  in  S4mar. 

t'ALBALETE  (cal-bah-lay'-tay;,  nat.;  island  in 
opening  of  Lamon  Bay,  off  NE.  coast  of  Taya- 
bas, Luzon,  belonging  to  pueblo  MaubAn.  It 
is  covered  with  valuable  woods  and  has  area 
of  about  1  sq.  m. 

CALBXyOG  (cull-bah'-yohg),  nat.;  river  on  W. 
coast  of  Siimar;  a  fixed  white  light,  lat. 
12°  04'  N.,  Ion.  124°  35'  E.,  approximately,  has 
been  established  on  SE.  point  of  entrance  to 
river;  visible  12  m.     fN.  M.] 

pueblo  on  SW.  coast  of  Sdmar,  28  m.  NW.  of 

Catbalogan,  on  shore  in  bend  of  coast  near 
river  of  same  name.  Anchorage  opposite 
town,  1  m.  from  shore,  in  24  ft.  of  water,  is  not 
good  during  SW.  monsoon.  Steamers  from 
Manila  call  here  fortnightly;  has  a  church. 
Pop.  of  pueblo,  1896,  13,216.  Coast  trends  SE. 
for  25  m.,  as  far  as  Catbalogan,  and  is  broken 
into  bays  with  little  depth  and  exposed  to 
SW.  River  emptying  into  these  bays  can  be 
entered  by  small  coasters  at  half  tide. 

inlet  on  SW.  coast  of  Sdmar. 

CALBAYOGOS  (cal-bah-yoh'-gohs),  ver.;  point 
in  NE.  Leyte. 

CALBIGA  (cal-bee'-gah),  ver,;  pueblo  in  SW.  Sd- 
mar on  river  and  2  m.  inland  from  Villa- 
real  Gulf,  13  m.  SE.  of  Catbalogan.  Pop.  of 
pueblo,  1896,  4,091. 

point  on  NE.  coast  of  Ambos  Camarines 

(Norte),  Luz6n. 

CALBUCiOS  (cal-boo'-gohs),  ver.;  mountain  in 
Leyte. 

I'ALCUT,  or  Cl'TCl'T  (cahl-coof,  coot-coot'),  nat.; 
point  on  SW.  coast  of  Sorsogon,  Luzon,  divid- 
ing entrance  to  Panlatiian  port  on  E.,  from 
Putiao  port  on  W. 

(.'ALDERA  (cal-day'-rah),  Sp.;  point  on  SW. ex- 
treme of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao.  Coasters 
between  Zamboanga  and  this  point,  when 
wind  and  tide  are  against  them,  land  their 
crews  and  track  their  vessels.  Coast  trends 
Si  m.  SE.  of  Pt.  Caballo,  W.  of  town  of  Zam- 
boanga. Vessels  can  anchor  in  front  of  town 
of  San  Mateo. 


GAZETTEEK    OF    THE    PHlLIPriNE    ISLANPS.  419 


'^ 


Caldera  BAY.approaclies  to  Zamboanga,  Mindanao.    (No.  1831.) 


I 


420 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


/^;ALDEBA;  bay  and  port  to  E.  of  point  of  that 
name  \V.  of  Zamboanga,  in  SW.  coast  of  Zam- 
boanga  Pen.,  Mindanao.  Landmark  is  sum- 
mit, 1,752  ft.  higli,  which  overlooks  bay.  (See 
Caldera  Pt.)  Inner  port  will  accommodate 
but  4  or  5  ve.'fsels  of  6  ft.  draft.  Entrance 
channel  is  but  200  ft.  wide  and  12  ft.  deep. 

t'ALEBO  (cah-lay'-ro'l,  nat.;  village  on  Manila 
Bay  shore  in  Tondo  district,  Manila. 

CALliN  (cah-lee-ahn'),  ver.;  important  point, 
y  broad  and  somewhat  remarkable,  on  E.  shore 
of  D4vao,  Mindanao.  It  is  most  E.  projection 
of  land  into  Celebes  Sea  on  this  part  of  coast 
and  from  WSW.,  with  San  Agustln  C,  35  m. 
ENE.,  forms  heads  to  great  Ddvao  Gulf.  It 
is  60  m.  S.  of  D^vao.  Coast,  Baiios  Pt.  to 
Cali^n,  6  m.,  trends  N.  by  E.  with  series  of 
high  points.    Good  anchorage  off  point. 

hamlet  on  E.  coast  of  S.  peninsula  of  I>&- 

vao,  Mindanao,  5^  m.  NW.  of  point  of  that 
name  and  60  m.  S.  of  D^vao. 

hamlet  in  SE.  Iloilo,  Panay,  i  m.  SE.  by 

S.  of  Pototan. 

small  stream  emptying  into  Mansalay  Bay, 

SE.  coast  of  Mindoro. 

CALIAMN  (cah-lee-ah'-neen),  ver.;  hamlet  of 
BulacAn,  near  one  of  E.  tributaries  of  Grande 
de  la  Pampanga  Riv.,  NE.  of  Pulilan. 

CALIATjCn  (cah-lee-ah-tahn'),  ver.;  channel  be- 
•^         tween  Caluitano  and  Great  Calupug  Is. ,  to  E. 
of  Tawi  Tawi  I. ,  Sulu  A.    Only  practicable  for 
vessels  of  6  ft. 

CALIBAN  (cah-lee'-bahn),  ver.;  point  on  N. shore 
^        of  Illana  Bay,  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

CALIBANBAGAA,  or  HASTI\GS(cah-lee-ban-bah'- 
gahn),  ver.;  island  3  by  2  m.,  8  m.  E.  of  N. 
point  of  Paragua  (Palawan),  and  between  it 
and  Linapacan  I.    N.  are  2  peaked  islets. 

CALIBO  (cah-lee'-bow),  nat.;  pueblo  in  CApiz, 
Luzon .     ( Also  Calivo. ) 

t'ALIBD(il()N  (cah-lee-boo-gawn'),  ver.;  table  sum- 
mit, 1,793  ft.  high,  in  Cordillera  Pulute,  W.  by 
S.  of  Corumi  Mt.,  7^  m.  in  S.  Palawan. 
ALIBUHASSAN  (cah-lee-boo-has'-sahn),  ver.; 
hamlet  on  1.  bank  of  Salhug  Riv.,»DAvao, 
Mindanao,  15^  m.  above  mouth  of  TAgum,  its 
oiitlet  into  DAvao  Gulf,  and  36  m.  NNE.  of 
Ddvao. 

CALIBUTBUT  (cah-lee-boot-boof),  nat.;  hamlet 
of  Pampanga,  Luz6n,  in  pueblo  of  Bacolor. 

CALIBUTO  (cah-lee-boo'yaw),  Tag.;  hamlet  on 
bay  road,  Cavite,  Luz6n,  12  m.  SVV.  of  Cavite. 

CALICLXN  (cah-lee-clan'),  ver.;  hamlet  of  C^piz, 
Panay,  extreme  NW.  coast,  3  m.  NE.  of  Malay. 

CALICOAN  (cah-lee-coh'-ahn),  nat.;  island  10  m. 
from  NW.  to  SE.  and  2^  m.  from  NE.  to  SW.; 
area  20  sq.  m.  Island  has  central  ridge  of  low 
elevations,  NE.  and  E.  coasts  being  low,  and 
opposite  coast  formed  of  range  of  bluffs. 

CALIDIXn  (cah-lee-dee-ahn').  ver.;  river  in 
Bohol,  Visayas. 

CALIGAHAN  (cah-lee-gah'-hahn),  ver.;  inlet  in 
island  of  BatAn,  off  E.  coast  of  Albay,  Luz6n. 

CALIGXnIJANO  (cah-lee-gang'-ahng),  ver.;  point 
on  extreme  NE.  shore  of  Pana6n  I.,  SE.  of 
Leyte,  at  entrance  of  small  bay. 

CALIGDAOHAPi  (cah-lig-dah-oh'-hun).  Tag.; 
mountain  in  Batangas,  Luzon. 

tAIilLIDAN  (cah-lee-lee'-dahn),  ver.;  pointonW. 
.shore  of  DAvao  Gulf,  D^vao,  Mindanao,  NNW. 
of  CaliAn  Pt. 

CALIM  (cah-leem'),  nat.;  hamlet  of  Nueva  Ecija, 
Luzon,  in  pueblo  of  GapAn. 

CALIMBAJAJf  (cah-lim-bah'-hun),  ver.;  moun- 
tain in  Sftmar. 

CALIMIIGTONG  (cah-lee-moog-tong'),  nat.;  ham- 
let of  Ilocos  Sur,  Luz6n,  in  pueblo  of  Cand6n. 

CALIMUTAN  (cah-lee-moo'-tahn),  nat.;  river  emp- 
tying on  SE.  shore  of  Laguan  I.,  off  N.  coast 
of  Sdimar. 


y 


CAL1N(}()  (cah-leen-goh'),nat.;  island  on  E.  coa.st 
of  Ambos Camarines  (Norte),  Luz6n,  between 
islands  of  Canimo  and  Cant6n. 

hamlet  of  Hollo,  Panay,  on  bank  of  river 

of  .same  name,  rising  at  foot  of  mountains 
which  separate  provinces  of  Antique  and 
CApiz. 

river  in  Hollo,  Panay,  rising  in  Cordilleras, 

forming  line  of  boundary  between  Antique 
and  Cdpiz,  passes  number  of  pueblos  in  its 
course  and  affords  transportation  in  small 
craft  to  port  of  Hollo,  into  which  it  empties. 

CALINOCi  (cah-lee-nog'),  ver.;  pueblo  in  E.  central 
Iloilo,  Panay,  26  m.  N.  by  W.  of  Hollo.  Pop. 
of  pueblo,  Cn.  1896,  6,497. 

CALINKiN  (cah-lin-tawn'),  ver.;  S.  of  3  Ticlln  Is., 
off  SE.  coast  of  Sorsog6n,  Luzon. 

CALIOAQUIO  (cah-lee-wah'-kew),  nat.;  village, 
originally  missionary  station  of  Ilocos  Sur, 
Luzon,  in  pueblo  of  Santa  Lucia. 

CALJPA  (cah-lee'pah),  Tag.;  hamlet  of  Nueva 
Ecija,  Luz6n,  on  main  road,  22  m.  N.  of  San 
Isidro. 

CALIPAjiN  (cah-lee-pah-hahn'),Tag.;  hamletof 
Nueva  Ecija,  Luzon,  20  m.  N.  of  San  Isidro. 

CALIPAPA  (cah-lee-pah-pah'),  ver.;  hamlet  and 
.small  river  on  SW.  coast  of  Negros  Occi- 
dental, 29  m.  SE. of Inayauan. 

CALIPASOHAN  (cah-lee-pah-,soh'-hun),  Tag.; 
mountain  in  SW.  Batangas,  Luz6n. 
L'CALIPAYAN  (cah-lee-pah'-yahn),  ver.;  town  on 
E.  side  of  mountain  range  which  extends  S. 
from  Macajalar  Bay,  in  E.  Misamis,  Min- 
danao, 11  m.  SE.  of  CagayAn  de  MLsamis. 

CALIPAYAN,  or  ALEGBIA  (cah-lee-pah'-yahn, 
ah-lay-gree'-ah);  hamlet  in  Cdpiz,  Panay,  at 
mouth  of  Bugasumgan  on  NW.  coast. 

CALK^UID  (cah-lee-kid'),  ver.;  crater  in  central 
Capiz,  Panay,  6^  m.  S.  of  Jamindao. 

TALIBUJAN  (cah-lee-roo'-hahn),  nat.;  point  on 
NW.  shore  of  Nin  Bay,  W.  coast  of  Masbate, 
Visayas. 

CALLS  (cah'-lis),  nat.;  sharp,  steep  point  at  S. 
extreme  of  Pefi6n  de  Cor6n,  Calamianes 
grp.,  one  of  headlands  approaching  along  NE. 
coast  of  Paragua  from  SW.  along  Palawan 
into  Mindoro  Strait,  and  landmark  entering 
Culion  Bay. 

CALISELAN  (cah-lee-say'-lahn),  nat.;  river  in 
Principe,  Luzon. 

CALISIN  (cah-lee-sin'),  ver.;  point  on  E.  coast  of 
CalamiAn  I.,  Calamianes  grp.,  NE.  of  Para 
gua,  Palawan,  3  m.  S.  of  Culion  town. 

CALISOCXn  (cah-lee-saw-cahn'),  ver.;  small  N. 
tributary  of  Ulut  Riv.,  SAmar. 

I'ALISON  (cah-lee'-sohn);  hamlet  of  Bulacdn, 
Luzon,  in  pueblo  of  Calumpit. 

CALITAN  (cah-lee'-tahn),  nat.;  island256  ft.  high, 
i  m.  off  NW,  extreme  point  of  Paragua, 
Palawan,  SW.  of  Cabuli  Pt. 

fALITUBAIV  (cah-lee-too'-bahn),  ver.;  island  7* 
m.  NW.  of  Talibon,  on  N.  coast  of  Bohol, 
Visayas. 

CALIDAUAN  (cah-lee-wah'-wahn),  ver.;  point  on 
W.  coast  of  Leyte,  2  m.  SW.  of  Hindang. 

CALII^S  (cah-lieus',),  nat.;  village  in  pueblo  of 
GapAn,  Nueva  Ecija,  Luzon. 

CALIVO  (cah-lee'-vaw),  ver.;  hamlet  in  E.  SAmar, 

4  m.  W.  of  Borongan. 
pueblo  on  1.  bank  of  Acdan  Riv.,  which 

enters  sea  3  m.  below  on  N.  coast  of  CS,piz. 

Pop.  of  pueblo,  Cn.  1896,  10,314. 
CALIZAS  ESCABBOSAS   (cah-lee'-thahs  ays-cah- 

braw'-sahs),Sp.;  group  of  islands  off  W.  coast 

of  Palawan,    most  important   of   which   is 

Tapintdn. 
CALLAGAN    (cah-lyah'-gahn),    ver.;    hamlet  in 

Pangasindn,  Luzon,  on  AgnoRiv.  road,  7Jm. 

S.  of  Lingay^n. 


GAZETTEEK    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


421 


I    CAL-LIAT    (cal-lyahf),    nat.;   hamlet  of  Ilocos 

Sur,  Luz6n. 
I    CAL6   (cah-loh'),    nat.;    river  of  Cavite,  Luz6n, 

rising  at  foot  of  mountains  forming  central 
,  Cordilleras,   which    in   part    on   S.    divides 

Cavite  from  Batangas. 
I    CALOAN  (cah-law'-ahn);  river  in  Leyte,  Visayas. 

:    mountain  in  Sdmar. 

CALOBA(cah-law'-bah),  ver.;  hamlet  on  W.  coast 

of  S.  Antique,  Panay,  1  m.  SE.  of  Antique. 
I    CALOBDOB  (cah-lohb-cohb'),  nat.;  riverdf  Cavite, 

Luzon,  rising  in  Cordilleras  which  .separate 
I  that  province  from  Batanga.s  on  .'^.  and  taking 

N.  cdurse  unites  with  the  Jasuan,  both  in 

pufblodf  Silang. 
'M^'AliCX  Al,6(cah-law-eah-law'),nat.;  hamlet  on  r, 

l)imk  of  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  Cotabato, 

Mindanao,  65  m.  SE.  of  Cotabato. 
I'ALOCAN  (cah-loh'-cahn),  nat.;  river  of  Silmar, 

rising  in  mountains  in  lat.   12°  21'  20"  N.; 

empties  into  sea  on  W.  side  of  island  in  lat. 

12°  21'  05"  N. 
('Ali(K'0  (cah-law-caw').  Tag.;  hamlet  in  Cavite, 

Luz6n,  19  m.  S.  of  Cavite. 
CAI.CMi  (cah-log'),  nat.;  point  in  island  of  Rom- 

l)16n,  Visayas. 
t'AL(U<AN&AN   (cah-loh-gung'-ahn),   nat.;    point 

on  W.  coast  of  SAmar,  lat.  11°  10'  N. 
CALOHIIAN   (cah-law-hoo'-ahn),  ver.;   mountain 

in  Bohol,  Visayas. 
t'ALOLBONU,  or  KIALOLBON  (eah-lol-bong',  ee- 

cah-lol-bone'),   ver.;  pueblo  on  SW.  shore  of 

Catanduanes  I.,  NE.  of  Albav,  Luz6n,  E.  of 

Agojo  Pt.    Pop.  of  pueblo,  1S98,   4,382,  esti- 
mated. 
CAL0MP6jN-<cah-lohm-pohn'),   nat.;    village  in 

pueblo  of  Calbiga,  Siimar. 
CALONHO«(iN  (eah-lon-haw-gawn'),  ver.;  W.  of 

2  small  islands  in  one  of  channels  of  Malam- 

paya  Sound,  W.  coast  of  Paragua  (Palawan). 

Bartoc  is  E. 
CALONOOJJ    (cah-loh-noh'-ohn),   nat.;    river  of 

Negros  Occidental,  rising  in  lat.  10°  47'  N.  and 

taking  W.  direction  through  pueblo  of  Silay 

empties  into  sea  near  that  town. 
CALOOCAN  (cah-law-aw'-cahn).  Tag.;  pueblo  on 

Manila  and  Dagupan  R.  R.  in  Rizal,  Luzon, 

4  m.   N.  of  Manila.    Pop.   of   pueblo,   1896, 

7,289. 
CALOS  (cah'-laws),  ver.;  peak  in  Caraballos  Oc 

cidentales,  Abra,  Luz6n. 
IIALOUANO     (cah-lau-wang'),     ver.;    important 

headland  on  Daram  Channel,  SW.  coast  of 

Daram   I.,  off  W.  coast  Sdmar,   pointing  to 

Buad  Channel. 
CALSIUIIARAN  (cahl-see-gwah'-run),  nat.;  island 

of  chain  stretching  along  N.  shore  of  Sorsog6n 

port,  Sorsogon,  Luzon,  approaching  Sorsogon 
t'ALTOM  (cal-tawm'),  ver.;  port  on  NW.  shore  of 

deep  bight  between  Coconong6n_  Ptn.  an(' 

point  and  mainland  W.  of  Basuanga  I.,  Cala- 

mianesgrp.,  between  Paragua  (Palawan)  and 

Mindoro. 
t'ALUXN  (cah-lwahn'),  ver.;  river  in  N.  Luz6n. 
hamlet  on  S.  shore  of  lake  in  valley  of 

Llanura  de  Imuc.    Fine  vein  of  dolorite  in 

neighborhood. 
t'ALUiN,    or    t'AULUNtUN     (cah-lwahn',    cow- 

loong'-ahn);  low  Island  2  sq.  m.  in  area,  off 

SE.  point  of  Basilan  I.,  Sulu  A. 
CALUBAIA    (cah-loo-bah'-yah),    ver.;    mountain 

near  E.  shore  of  Sftmar,  11  m.  SW.  of  Hernani. 
CALUBtUB  (cah-loob-coob'),  nat.;  village  in  N. 

or  outlying  districts  of  Sampaloc,  near  NE. 

boundary. 

"       '  "  "       "  to 


JM.LVBI  (cah-loo'-bee),  nat.;  point  at  E.  head 

Tactacan  Bay,  Dapitan,  Mindanao 
CALUBLC  (cah-loo-blue'),  ver.;  2  islands  2  sq.  m. 
^•'  in  chain  on  KW.  limits  of  Basilan  grp.,  off  S. 
•^      coast  of  Zamboanga  Pen.,  Mindanao. 


IJALUDLUD  (cah-lood-lood'),  ver.;  low  island  1 
^•"^      sq.  m.  at  SW.  end  of  outlying  chain  in  NW. 
waters  of  Basilan  grp.,  off  SW.  Zamboanga 
Pen.,  Mindanao,  37^  m.  W.  by  N.  of  Isabela. 

CALUU  (cah-loog'),  ver,;  hamlet  in  Concepci6n, 
Iloilo,  Panay,  E.  coast,  i  m.  S.  of  San  Dionisio. 

hamlet  on  W.  coast  of  Antique,  Panay,  1  m. 

NW.  of  Bugas6n. 

CALIIgAO  (cah-loo'-gow),  ver.;  bay  11  m.  wide 
between  Taguntun  and  Nagumbuayan,  on  S. 
sideof  Catanduanes  L,  Luzon.  River  of  same 
name  empties  into  it,  and  town  of  same  name 
is  on  its  shore. 

river  in  S.  part  of  Catanduanes  I.,  NE.  of 

Albay,  Luz6n,  which  enters  bay  of  that 
name;  fronted  by  2  islets. 

town  on  W.  side  of  mouth  of  river  of  that 

name,  on  S.  shore  of  Catanduanes  I.,  NE.  of 
Albay,  Luz6n. 
UeALUWMANAUE  (cah-loog-mah-nah'-way),  nat.; 
^  village  in  Misamis,  Mindanao,  originally  es- 
tablished as  station  among  Moros  of  that 
region. 

CALUGTAINO  (cah-loog-tahng'),  ver.;  Visayan 
group  of  islands,  dependent  of  Panay,  off 
NE.  coast. 

CALUGUIN  (cah-loo-geen').  Tag.;  hamletin  Bula- 
Ciln,  Luzon,  13  m.  N.  of  Bulac^n. 

tALUUUPAN  (cah-loo-goo'-pahn),  ver.;  point  in 
N.  Leyte,  Visayas. 

DALLHAICABLO  (cah-loo-high-cah-boog'),  ver.; 
mountain  in  SE.  Sdmar. 

CALUHXN  (cah-loo-hahn'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  N. 
shore  of  Maqueda  Bay,  2  m.  NW.  of  Paranas, 
in  W.  Sdmar. 

OALtil  (cah-looy'),ver.;  point  at  SE.  end  of  Rom- 
bl6n  I.,  Visayas,  in  Taal  Bay. 

tIALUJA  (cah-loo'-hah),  nat.;  one  of  islands  of 
Cagayanes,  off  SW.  coast  of  Negros  Occi- 
dental, in  lat.  9°  22'  40"  N. 

tALULUBA  (eah-loo-loo'-rah),  nat.;  point  on  W. 
coast  of  S^mar,  lat.  11°  30'  N. 
AHJMAN(cah-loo'-mahn),ver.;  small  island  SW. 
of  Siasi  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

CALUMANGAN  (cah-loo-mang'-ahn),  ver.;  river, 
and  town  at  its  mouth,  emptying  into  Gui- 
mards  Strait,  2J  m.  NE.  of  Bago,  Negro.s  Occi- 
dental. 

CALUMATAN  (cah-loo-mah'-tahn),ver.;  mountain 
in  NE.  Leyte,  4  m.  SW.  of  Tacloban. 

t'ALUMBAGAN  (eah-loom-bah'-gahn),ver.;  island 
of  Calamianes  grp..  NE.  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

CALUMBCYAN  (cah-loom-boo'-yahn),  ver.;  islet  1 
sq.  m.  S.  by  W.  of  Bulalacao  I.,  E.  of  Cala- 
mi^n,  Calamianes  grp.,  NE.  of  Paragua,  Pal- 
awan, cone-shaped  with  reddish  brown 
appearance,  and  landmark  of  neighboring 
waters. 
ALLMPXn  (cah-loom-pahn'),  nat.;  point  on  S. 
coast  of  Batangas,  Luzon,  lat.  13°  37'  30"  N. 

point  on  shore  of  Balaydn  Bay,  W.  coast 

of  Batangas,  Luz6n,  lat.  13°  49'  30"  N. 

point  on  SW.  coast  of  DAvao,  Mindanao, 

NW.  of  Tampal  Pt. 

hamlet  in  Bulacto,  Luz6n,  8  m.  NW.  of 

BulacAn. 

hamlet  on  E.  coast  of  Guiman'is  I.,  12J  m. 

SE.  of  Nagaba. 

river  of    Batangas,   Luzon,   emptying  on 

E.  side  of  Batangas  Bay  at  Batangas.  Brings 
down  volcanic  ashes  and  pumice  stone;  lat- 
ter abounds  in  valley. 

point  on  S.  coast  of  Masbate  I.,  Visayas. 

OALUMPANG  (cah-loom-pang'),  nat.;  islet  off  E. 
coast  of  S.  Palawan,  lat.  9°  26'  N. 

hamlet  on  1.  bank  of  Grande  de  la  Pam- 

panga  Riv.,  in  pueblo  of  Calumpit,  Bulacdn, 
Luz6n,  2  m.  above  junction  of  Chico  Riv., 
Pampanga,  and  on  main  road  llj  m.  NE.  of 
Bacolor. 


'y^ 


'^■^ 


422  GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPI^fE    ISLANDS. 

(ALlMPIJAJi    (cah-loom-pee'-hahnj,   ver.;   i?let  lALlTIT  (fah-l(x>-til'),  nat.;  mountain  in  pueblo 

at  E.  entrance  to  sea  channel  f>et\veen  Bili-   i  of  Pasuquin,  Ilocos  Korte,  Luzon. 

ran  I.  on  X.  and  Leyte  on  S.                                 1  I'ALI'TIA  (cah-loo-too-ah'),  ver.;  mountain ham- 

TALl'MPIT  (cah-loom-pif).  nat.;  river  in  puebliTJ  let  on  W.  branch  of  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao, 

of  same  name  of  Bulacan,  Luzon,  and  one  of  i  in  Cotabato,  21  m.  SSE.  of  Cotabato. 

affluents  of  Grande  de  la  Pampanga  Riv.  t'ALlYA  (cah-loo'-yah),  ver.;  pueblo  on  E.  coa-st  of 
pueblo  of  Bulaciin,  Luzon,  at  junction  of  |  Caluya  I.,  in  Semerara  grp.,  SE.  by  S.  of  Min- 

Quing^ua  and  Pampanga  riv.,  near  entrance  '  doro.    Pop.  of  pueblo,  Cn.  18%,  722. 


to  delta,  27  m.  XW.  of  Manila,  over  good  road 
shaded  by  fruit  trees,  cocoa  and  Areca  palm.i, 
and  3  m.  from  Manila  and  Dagupan  R.  R. 
Town,  which  i.s  11  m.  XW.  of  BulacAh,  pro- 
vincial capital,  i.s  well  built  and  stands  on 
fertile  plain,  made  productive  by  frequent 
overflowing  of  two  rivers.  Mt.  Arayat  may 
be  seen  inland.  Pop.  of  pueblo,  Cn.  18%, 
15,712. 

I'ALUMlt'AX  (cah-loo-moo'-cahn),  nat.;  village 
of  Ilocos  Sur,  Luzon,  in  pueblo  of  Santiago. 

CALtfx6AI  (cah-loong'-i )  nat.;  river  entering  N. 
side  of  inlet  on  N.  shore  of  Putiao  port,  S\V. 
coast  of  Sorsogon,  Luzon. 

l'ALl'>G.iLA>ti  (ea  i-loong-ah'-lung),  ver.; moun- 
tain in  Ambos  Camarines  (Norte),  Luzon. 

l'ALLXG.4X  (cah-loong'-ahn),  nat.;  S.  point  on  W. 
extreme  of  S.  coast  of  Leyte,  3  m.  SW.  o; 
Merida  and  5i  m.  NNW.  of  Poson,  north- 
easternmost  of  Camotes  Is. 

river  in  Leyte  emptying  near  point  of  that 


CALUYA,  or  I'ABAYA  ( cah-loo'-yah.  cah-bah'-yah); 
island  of  Semerara  grp.,  623  ft.  high  on  S.,  aj 
by  2  m.  in  extent,  26  m.  SE.  by  S.  of  Pandin 
Pt.,  Mindoro,  and  17  m.  W.  "of  Naisog  Pt., 
Panay.  Island  of  Sebaton  lies  l^m.X.  There 
is  bay  on  W.,  in  which  there  is  anchorage. 

t'ALl'YAJAN  (cah-loo-yah'-hahn),  nat.;  peak  116 
ft.  high  on  SE.  shore  of  Carogo  or  Puro  I.,  N. 
side  of  Loog  (Canayat;  Bay,  W.  eoa.st  of  Mas- 
bate,  Visayas. 

t'ALVABlO  (cal-vah'-ree-au),  Sp.;  mountain  in 
central  ridge  of  peninsula  end  of  Zambales, 
Luzon,  inland  from  Arenas  Pt. 

mountain  in  Lagnna,  Luz6n. 

I'ALl'EB,  for.;  point  on  E.  coa.«t  of  Palawan,  SJ  m. 
SW.  of  Maltby  I.,  and  overlooked  by  lofty  Vic- 
toria peak,  8i  m.  inland. 

L'ALyiJA  (cal-vee'-hah),  Sp.:  lake  in  island  of  .Si- 
mar;  receives  the  mountain  drainage  through 
a  number  of  small  streams  and  forms  the 
source  of  the  Calbiga  Riv.    {Also  Calbigo. ) 
^^^^/  V.  .    ^,    -,  T>       -    iKf  ALTLIO  fcal-vee'-haw).  Sp.;  town  on  E.  shore 

point  at  E.  approach  to  Ca.silaran  Bay.  in/  of  Sadocun  Lake,  about  midway  between  2 


SW.  angle  of  Ddvao  Gulf,  Mindana  <. 

CALU>'GBOYA>"  (cah-loong-boh'-yahn);  lake  in 
Ilocos  Norte,  Luzon,  N.  of  pueblo  of  Batac. 
On  its  shores  are  pueblos  of  San  Nicoids  and 
Sarrat,  first  on  S.  and  second  on  N. 

CALUX&L'X  (eah-loong'-oon),  ver.;  peak  in  Cara- 
ballos  Sur,  Ambos  Camarines,  Luzon. 

t'ALU>&l'SAX  (eah-loong-oo'-sun),  nat.;  village 
in  pueblo  oi  Bulacdu,  Luzon,  in  province  of 
same  name. 

I'ALUXJ.iX  (cah-loon-hahn'j,  ver.;  point  NE.  of 
Freshwater  Pt.,  W.  coast  of  Palawan. 

tALLPAAX  (cah-loo-pah'-ahn),  Tag.;  hamlet  in 
Nueva  Ecija,  Luzon,  40  m.  N.  of  Sau  Isidro. 

t'AH^PAG,  LOWER;  island  offNE.  coast  of  Tawi 
Tawi.     I  .See  Tigungun.j 

CALl'PAG,  or  KALI  PAG,  GREAT  (cah-loo'-pag), 
/^  ver.;  island  590  ft.  high,  divided  into  2  parts 
by  narrow  channel  Calanhalangan  and  form- 
ing E.  side  of  Nochebuena  and  W.  side  of 
Calaitan  channels,  off  E.  coast  of  Tawi  Tawi 
I.,  Sulu  A.,  1^  m.  N.  and  S.  on  NE.  side  of 
entrance  to  Tambiluanga  channel,  off  NE. 
coast  of  Tawi  Tawi  I.,  Sulu  A.  On  NW.  shore 
are  3  peaks,  397,  .554,  and  475  ft.  high;  on  SE. 
shore  2  peaks,  S.  591  ft.  high.  Island  is  sepa- 
rated from  Tigungun  or  Lower  Calupag  I.  by 
Calanhalari&an.  narrow  channel  from  10  to 
29  ft. 

fALtPAG,  or  KALU  PAG,  LITTLE;  Jm.fromNW. 
to  SE.,  with  2  peaks,  N  W.  371,  SE.  3.>t  ft.  high, 
off  XE.  shore  of  main  island  of  same  name 
2  m.  XW.  of  Pasegan  S4mal,  off  E.  coast  of' 
Tawi  Tawi  I.,  Sulu  A. 

t' ALU  PAN  (cah-loo'-pahn),  nat.;  point  in  island  of 
Mindoro. 

CALl'POCAN  (cah-loo-paw'-cahn),  ver.;  moun- 
tain in  SW.  Leyte,  7  m.  SW.  of  S6god  Nuevo, 

(.'ALLSA  (cah-loo'-sah),  ver.:  island  60  ft.  high 
and  most  W.  of  Cagayanes  grp.,  Sulu  Sea,  off 
SW.  coast  of  Xegros  Occidental. 

CALl'T  (eah-loot'j,  nat;  islet  in  X.  part  of  Isabela 
^^^.''^       channel,  BasUan,  off  S.  coast  of  Zamboanga, 
Mindanao. 

CALITAGAN,  or  t'ALATAGAX  (cah-loo-tah'-gun, 
cah-lah-tah'-gun),  nat.;  hamlet  of  pueblo  of 
same  name  near  W.  shore  of  Balayto  Bay, 
Balangas,  Luzon. 

CALl'TAN  (cah-loo'-tahn);  islet  off  NW.  coast  of 
Biliran,  N.  of  Leyte,  U  m.  SW.  of  Sulung  Pt. 


streams  which  connect  that  lake  with  Linao 
Lake  to  SE.,  distance  of  3  m.,  in  SE.  Surigao, 
Mindanao. 
CAMA  (cah'-mah),  Sp.;  hamlet  in  XE.  CApiz,  Pa- 
nay,  2i  m.  S.  of  May6n. 

vt'AMAt'HIN  (cah-mah-chin'),  nat.;  mountain  be- 

^        tween  Bulaon  and  Gorlau,  in  SE.  Cotabato, 

Mindanao.  Importantveinsof iron areiouiul. 

!  tA-UAGAN  (cah-mah-gahn'),  ver.;  river  and  ham- 
let at  its  mouth,  on  SW.  coast  of  Xegros  Orien- 
tal, 10  m.  W.  oi  Bayauan. 

I   I'AMAGO  (cah-mah'-gaw),  ver.;  island  in  X.  en- 
'  trance  of  Endeavor  Strait,  Malampaya  Sound, 

W.  Paragua,  Palawan. 

j  tAMAGUIXfeAX  (cah -mah-geeng' -  ahn),  ver.; 
mountain  in  island  of  Leyte. 

CAMAIXSI  (cah-mah-inn'-see),  ver.;  pointathead 
of  Pujada  Bay,  SE.  Divao,  E.  coast  of  Min- 
danao. 

lAMALAMl'GAX  (cah-mah-lah-new'-gahn), nat.; 
pueblo  of  Cagay4n,  Luzon,  on  r.  bank  of 
Grande  de  Cagay^n  Riv.,  8m.  S.  of  Aparri  at  its 
mouth,  and  connected  by  road  with  Buguey 
on  coast,  6  m.  XE.  and  46  m.  X.  of  Tugue'- 
garao.     Pop.  of  pueblo,  Cn.  18%,  5,088. 

C'AHALAOS  (eah-mah-lah'-aws^,  ver.;  hamlet  on 
tributary  of  Bac-hao  Bangahon  Riv.,  SW. 
central  Simar,  2  m.  XW.  of  Gdndara. 

VAlLkLlAN  (cah-mah-lee'-ahn),  nat..  coveSW.  of 
point  of  same  name,  SE.  coast  ol  Divao.  Min- 
danao, poor  anchorage;  fresh  water  to  i>- 
had. 

hamlet  at  point  of  same  nameon  SW.shor- 

of  S.  peninsula  of  Ddvao,  extreme  Mindauii'  ■ 

point  near  Guay  Pt.,  SE.  coast  of  Ddvu'  • 

Mindanao. 

t'AMALIG  (cah-mah'-lig),  nat.;  point  on  extreme 
S.  shore  of  inlet  at  E.  end  of  Lagiian  Chan- 
nel, XE.  coast  of  Simar. 

pueblo  in  Albay,  Luz6n,  near  r.  bank  of 

Inaya  Riv.,  on  main  road,  bi  m.  XW.  by  W. 
of  Albay,  and4i  m.WXW.  of  Cagsaua,  inhabi- 
tants of  surrounding  country  are  largely  en- 
gaged in  hemp  industrv.  Pop.  of  pueblo. 
Cn.  18%,  15,092. 

peak  446  ft.  high  on  E.  shore  of  Canahauan 

Dac6  I.,  of  Canahauan  Is.,  off  W.  coast  of 
Simar. 


/' 


GAZETTEEE    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


423 


CIHALIUAX  (cah-mah-lee'-gahn),  iiat.;  pueblo 
adjoining  Xueva  Caceres  on  \V.  in  Ambos 
Camarines  (Siir),  Luz6n.  Pop.  of  pueblo, 
1898,  5,049,  estimated. 

road  junction  7  m.  W.  of  Albay,  in  Albay, 

Luz6n. 

I'AMALISm'IS  (cah-mah-lis-kis-s'),  naf.;  moun- 
tain hamlet  7  m.  SE.  of  Murcia,  in  central 
range  of  Xegros  Occidental. 

CAMALOBAtiOAX  (cah-mah-law-bah-go'-ahn), 
ver.;  mountain  in  island  of  Biliran,  N.  of 
Leyte. 

I'AJIAJIAIAX  (cah-mah-mah'-vvahn),  nat.;  point 
on  Pacitic  side  of  extreme  SE.  peninsula  of 
Ddvao,  Mindanao,  7  m.  NE.  of  Cape  San 
Agustin. 

CAMAMOT  (cah-mah-mof),  nat.;  islet  245  ft. high 
in  sea  channel,  most  N.  of  Canahauan  grp. 
(q.  r.),  4i  m.  \V.  of  Tarangnan,  off  W.  coast 
of  SAmar. 

tAM.A\  (cah-mahn'),  nat.;  river  in  pueblo  of  Bu- 
lan,  So^^^og6n,  Luz6n,  rising  at  foot  of  volcano 
of  Bulusan,  takes  S.  direction,  and  unites 
with  Juban. 

hamlet  in  Pangasindn,  Luz6n,  on  Agno 

highway,  8i  m.  S.  of  Lingay^n. 

CAJIAXAllOL  (cah-mah-nah-hawP),  ver.;  moun- 
tain in  SW.  Siimar,  5  m.  SE.  of  Villareal. 

CAMAXAOSENtr  (cah-mah-now-seng'),  ver.; 
mountain  in  Abra,  Luzon. 

CA3IAX  CAJIAXli  (cah'-man  cah-mang'),  '  ver.; 
hamlet  9  m.  E.  of  Himamaylan,  Negros  Occi- 
dental. 

CAMAM'HITO  (cah-mahn-chee'-taw),  Hisp.;  river 
in  Cavite,  Luz6n. 

CAMAXDAir  (cah-mahn-dag'),  nat.;  island  in  sea 
channel,  13  m.  SW.  of  Calbayoc,  on  SW.  shore 
ot  SAmar. 

mountain  in  Bulacdn,  Luzon,  lat.  14°  47' N. 

CAMAXD.iYAC;  <cah-mahn-dah'-yag),  ver.;  moun- 
tain in  SW.  Samar,  10  m.  KE.  of  Santa  Rita. 

t'AMAXDO  (cah-mun-doh'),  nat.;  village  formerly 
pueblo  of  Iloilo,  Panay,  situated  in  valley 
watered  by  Sibalon  Riv.  and  smaller  stream 
Camando. 

small  stream  of  Iloilo,  Panay,  tributary  of 

Sibalon  Riv.  Village  of  same  name  is  sit- 
uated on  its  banks. 

I'AMAXDl'LAt'  (cah-mahn-doo-luck'),  ver.;  crater 
in  NE.  Leyte,  2  m.  SW.  of  Babatugon. 

CAMAX(J.4  (cah-mahn-gah').nat.;  village  on  NW. 
shore  of  bight  on  S.  coast  of  Sdmar,  11  m.  NW. 
of  Guiuan  port. 

cluster  of  islets  S.  of  Nanga  Is.  400  ft.,  high 

and  N.  off  CoconongOn  Pt.,  Busuaiiga  I.,  Cala- 
mianes  grp.,  SW.  of  Mindoro. 

t'AlLAXGAX  (cah-mahn-gahn'),  ver.;  mountain  in 
S.  central  Sdmar,  10  m.  NE.  of  Paranas. 

I'AMAXHALA,  or  MAt'OTO  (cah-mahn-hah'-lah, 
mah-caw-taw'),ver.,  creek  in  S.  Albay,  Luz6n. 

t'AMAXHIG  (cah-mahn-hig'),  nat.;  hamlet  in  S 
central  Sdmar,  7  m  E.  of  San  Sebastian. 


/^ 


t'AMAXITA  (cah-mah-nee-tah),  nat.;  village  on 
SW.  coast  of  Sdmar,  1  m.  W.  of  Basey. 

(.AMAXITOHAX  (eah-mah-nee-toh'-hahn),  nat.; 
river  entering  at  Manito  on  SE.  angle  of  Albay 
Gulf,  Albay,  Luz6n. 

t'A.MAXJAl'AX  (cah-mahn-hah'-wahn),ver.;  ham- 
let in  SW.  Iloilo.  Panay,  near  Antique 
boundary,  10  m.  SSE.  of  Sibalom. 

tAJIAXOt    (cah-mah-nauck'),   nat.;  point  in  E. 
part  of  Masbate  I.,  Visayas. 
AMAXSi  (cah-mahn-see'),  nat.;  fountain  tribu- 
tary from  N.  ol  the  Binalbagan  Riv.,  Negros 
Occidental. 

—  point  N.  head  of  Baligao  Bay,  NW.  .shore 
of  Pujada  Bay.  SE.  coast  of  Ddvao,  Mindanao. 

—  hamlet  on  W.  shore  of  bay  of  that  name, 
on  N .  coast  of  Cdpiz,  Panay. 


CAMAXSI  or  SAPIAX  (cah-mahn-see',  sah'- 
peeahn) ;  bay  3  m.  wide  and  same  in  depth 
on  N.  coast  of  Cdpiz,  Panay,  midway  between 
Nipa  Pt.  and  Batdn  Bay."  Is  wellsheltered 
from  all  winds  except  N. 

(^AMAXSUSU  (cah-mahn'-soo-soo),  nat.;  S.  point 
of  entrance  to  Canayat  (Loog)  Bav,  S.  arm 
of  Nin  Bay,  SW.  coast  of  Masbate,  Visayas. 

S.  point  of  entrance  to  Canayat   (Loog) 

and  Nin  Bays,  W.  coast  of  Ma.sbate"l.,  Visayas. 

l>AaLAO«A  (cah-mah-aw-gah'),nat.;  hamlet  on  S. 
'        coast  of  Diivao,  Mindanao,  3J  m.  E.  of  Balu- 
luan  Pt. 

t'AMABAdi  (cah-mah-rug') ,  nat.;  village  formerly 
pueblo  of  Nueva  Vizcaya,  Luzon. 

town  on  main  road  in  Isabela,  Luzon,  24 

m.  SW.  of  Ilagan. 

l^AMARIX  DE  CAYAGOX  (cah-mah-rin'  day  cah- 
yah'-gawn),  Hisp.;  hamlet  of  Negros  Occi- 
dental, on  E.  bank  of  Hitobano  Riv.,  near  its 
junction  with  Nitomayan,  12  m.  SE.  of  E.  of 
Cabancalan. 

I'AMABIX  DE  OBUG  (cah-mah-reen'  day  oh- 
boog'),  Hisp.;  point  on  coast  of  Ilocos  Norte, 
Luzon,  in  pueblo  of  Bangui. 

t'AMAKIXES  NORTE  and  Sl'R  (cah-mah-ree'-ness 
nohr'-tay,  soor),  Sp.;  2  ancient  provinces  of 
Luzon,  created  in  time  of  Guido  de  Labezares. 
(.See  Ambos  Camarines.) 

CAMASl'SU  (cah-mah-soo'-soo),  nat.;  point  on 
SW.  coast  of  Masbate,  Visayas,  forming  S. 
head  to  bay  of  Canavat  or  Loog,  S.  arm  of 
Nin  Bay,  lat.  12°  11'  N. 

island  522  ft.  high  in  middle  of  extensive 

bay  of  Canayat  or  Loog  on  S.  and  Nin  Bay  on 
N.,  SW.  coast  of  Masbate,  Luz6n.  Island 
marks  geographical  po.sition  of  Nin  Bay  and 
Mandaou  port,  lat.  12°  10'  3"  N.,  Ion.  123° 
12'  47"  E. 

CAMASUSU,  orMADIDIS  (cah-mah-soo'-soo,  mah- 
dee'-dees),  W.  of  2  islands,  extending  sea- 
ward between  Camasusu  and  Mariveles  Pts., 
and  separating  waters  of  Canayat  or  Loog 
Bay  on  S.,  and  Nin  Bay  on  N.,  SW.  coast  of 
Masbate  I.,  Visayas. 

t'AMATSIJI  (cah-mut-seem'),  nat.;  mountain  of 
Bulacdn,  Luz6n,  lat.  14°  59'  N. 

{,'AM.4UAXG,  or  CAXAUAY  (cah-mah'-oo-ang,  cah- 
nah'-oo-i),  ver.;  river  in  extreme  S.  of  Negros 
Oriental,  draining  central  mountain  cone  into 
sea  at  Siaton  on  S.  coa.st. 

t'AMAYAX  (cah-mah'-yahn),  ver.;  point  on  SE. 
shore  of  Siibic  Bay  and  E.  head  opposite 
Grande  I.,  coast  of  Zambales,  Luz6n. 

point  in  Zambales,  Luzon. 

CAMAY031  (cah-mah'-yohm),  nat.;  river  of  Am- 
bos Camarines,  Luz6n,  rising  in  lat.  13°  05' N. 
and  emptying  into  Donsol  Riv. 

CAMAZO  (cah-mah'-thaw),  Sp.;  small  island  i  sq. 

m.  in  area,  off  E.  coast  of  Ddvao,  Mindanao, 

between  Mapanda  and   Camamauan  Pts.  in 

extreme  SE. 

"    ^AMBA  (cam'-bah),  Sp.;  channel  connecting  C6- 

^  ^      lebes  and  Sulu  Seas  through  shallow  waters 


and  islands  immediately  E.  of  NE.  end  of 
Tawi  Tawi  I.,  Tawi  Tawi"  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

CAMBA  t  AMBi,  or  LIJAT,  or  LIJATLIJAT  (cam- 
bah  cam'-bah,  lee-hut',  lee-hut-lee'-hut), 
ver.;  channel  to  E.  of  Tawi  Tawi  grp.,  Sulu 
A.,  between  Tabuan  (Bukutkut)  to  E.  and 
Calaitan  to  W.,  2  m.  long,  J  m.  wide,  with  45 
ft.  depth. 

CAMBAGUI  (cam-bah'-gee),  ver.;  mountain  in  S. 
of  Bohol,  Visayas,  5  m.  N.  of  Lila,  on  S.  coast. 

t'AMBAIO  (cam-bah'-yaw),Tag.;  hamlet  in  Bula- 
cdn, Luzon,  8^  m.  N.  of  Bulacdn. 

CAMBAJAO  (cam-bah-how'),  ver.;  point  on  Sibu- 
ydn  I.,  in  Romblon  grp.,  Visayas. 

CAMBAJO  (cam-bah'-hoh),nat.;  river  of  Sibuydn 
I.,  Romblon,  Visayas,  rising  in  Central  Mts., 
flowing  SE.  and  emptying  on  E.  coast. 


424 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


Mac 


CAMBALA(iA  ifiun-liali-lali'-t,'iib 
of  S.  coast  ol'  Sicjiiijcir  ].,  S 
saya.s,  i  in.  M-:.  <il'  San  .luaii 

t'AMBALAGnO  (calini-bali-lali-gef-aw'),  ver.; 
point  on  SW.  shore  of  Siquijor  I.,  SW.  of 
Bohol,  Visayas,  and  headland  of  approach 
from  S. 

CAMBALAL(5n  (cum-bah-lah-lohn'),  nat.;  point 
on  extreme  NE.  shore  of  Iloilo,  Panay.  (See 
Blanca  Pt.) 

C'AMBALAYAN  (eam-bah-lah'-yahn),  ver.;  point 
extreme  K.  land  of  SibuyAn  I.,  Rombl6n  grp., 
Visayas. 

CAMBAXO  (eum-bung'),  ver.;  mountainin  Ilocos 
Sur,  Lnz6n. 

CAMBANOO  (cam-bah-nawg'),  ver.;  liamleton  N. 
shore  of  Negros  Occidental,  1^  m.  NE.  of 
Saravia. 

CAMBARI,  or  TREPAN(J  (cam-bah'-ree,  tray- 
pahng'),  ver.;  small  wedge-shaped  island  4  m. 
E.  of  Dumariin  1.,  off  E.  coast  of  Paragua, 
Palawan.  Is  so  named  on  account  of  abund- 
ance of  Beche  de  Mer,  "trepang"of  com- 
merce, found  among  coral  reefs  in  vicinity. 

CAMBASAG  (cam-bah-sag'),  ver.;  town  on  SW. 
coast  of  Siargao  I.,  off  NE.  coast  of  Surigao, 
Mindanao,  at  W.  end  of  Dapa  channel  and 
opposite  N.  point  of  Great  Bucas  I.,  5J  m.,37 
m.  E.  of  Surigao. 

S.  ])olnt  of  Siargao  I.,  off  NE.  coast  of  Suri- 
gao, Mindanao,  and  marks  narrowest  point 
of  Dapa  channel  between  it  and  E.  Bucas  I., 
distance  of  but  1  cable  (720ft.).  Near  point 
is  island  about  i  m.  long. 

CAMBASANG  (eam-bah-saug'),  ver.;  mountain  5 
m.  inland,  NE.  of  San  Pedro  Bay,  in  SW.  Sd- 
mar,  13  m.  E.  of  Basey. 

CAMBASINGAN  (cam-bah-sing'-ahn),  ver.;  islet 
in  channel  between  Manicani  I.  and  SW. 
shore  of  Silmar,  Visayas,  in  line  with  approach 
to  N.  entrance  to  Guiuan,  of  sand  and  rocks 
nearly  awash. 

CAMBIDS6S  (cam-bid-saws'),  ver.;  rock  IJ  m.  E. 
of  Dapdap  shoal  and  1  m.  N.  of  Timpasan  I., 
in  Canahanan,  off  W.  coast  of  Sdmar,  7  m. 
SW.  of  Taranguan. 

CAMBIJAN  (cam-bee'-hahn),  ver.;  SE.  point  of 
Sibuydn  I.  of  Romblon  grp.,  Visayas. 

CAMBISTA  (cam-bis'-tah),  Sp.;  point  on  E.  coast 
of  Sainar,  li  in.  SE.  of  Sulat. 

CAMB()L(»T(».\  (cam-baw-law-tawn'),  ver.;  bluff 
on  coast  of  ('oncepcion,  Iloilo,  Panay,  2J  m. 
SSE.  of  Balacaue,  on  Bancal  Bay. 

t'AMBl'l'ATAY  (cam-boo-cah-ti'),  ver.;  hamleton 
VV.  coast  of  Sdmar,  3  m.  E.  of  Taranguan. 

CAMBUCOL  (cam-boo-cohP),  ver.;  extinct  vol- 
cano in  extreme  S.  Silmar,  5  m.  N.  by  W.  of 
Balangiga. 

I'AMBUGSAT  (cam-boog-sl').  ver.;  mountain  in 
E.  Bohol,  Visayas,  G  m.  SE.  of  Ubay. 

CAMBULAYA  (cum-boo-lah'-yah),  nat.;  river  of 
Sibuyan  I.,  Romblon,  Visayas,  flowing  from 
W.  to  E.  and  emptying  into  bay  on  E.  coast. 

point  on  island  of  Sibuy&n,  Romblon,  Vi- 
sayas, at  mouth  of  Camba'io  Riv.,  lat.  12°  24' 
30"  N. 

CAMBULAYAN  (cam-boo-lah'-yun),  ver.;  point 
and  river  in  Sibuyftn  I.,  Romblon  grp.,  Visa- 
yas. 

CAMBULO  (cam-boo'-law),  ver.;  hamlet  of  Bon- 
toc,  Luz6n,  18  m.  SE.  of  Bontoc. 

tAMBULONG  (cam-boo-long');  ver.,  prominent 
point  on  Olutanga  I.,  off  S.  end  of  peninsula 
of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

CAMBUTAYAN  (cam-boo-tah'-yun),  ver.;  inlet  in 


CAMERAN  (cah-may'-rahn),  ver.;  sandy  island,  1 
.sq.  m.,  with  trees,  IJ  m.  NE.  oi  Patongong  and 
about  same  distance  SW.  of  Buhluyan,  ex- 
treme S,  point  of  Palawan. 


t'AMlXs  (cah-mee-ass').  Tag.;  hamletof  pueblo  of 
San  Miguel  de  Mayumo,  in  Bulac&n,  Luz6n,  25 
m.N.of  Bulaciln. 

t'AMR'AMIAN  (cah-mee-cah-mee'-ahn),  ver.;  is- 
land E.  of  Palawan. 

CAMIOUIN  (cah-mee-geen'),  nat.;  SE.  Lsland  of 
Babuyanes  grp.,  lat.  9<^  N.,  Ion.  121°  48'  E. 
Pacific  Ocean,  24  m.  NW.  of  Engano  C,  21 
m.  E.  of  Fuga,  and  31  m.  S.  of  Babuyan  Is. 
of  same  group;  is  13  m.  NNE.  and  SSW.  and 
7^m.E.andW.  Area, 65sq.m.  Was  formerly 
volcano;  N.  part  2,790  ft.  and  S.  2,450  ft.  high, 
with  lowland  close  to  sea  along  its  E.  and  N. 
sides;  W.  of  S.  mountain  are  some  steep,  white 
cliffs  which  front  sea  2k  m.  S.  of  S.  point  of 
port  San  Pio  Quinto.  In  different  parts  of 
island  are  ranches  of  Bat&n  Indians.  Chan- 
nel between  island  and  Engano  C.  is  20  m. 
wide.  Guinapak  and  Didikas  rocks  lie  to  NE. 
of  this  island.  U.  S.  S.  Charleston  was  wrecked 
on  uncharted  coral  reef  3  m.  N  W.  of  Guinapak 
rocks,  about  10  m.  to  E.  of  N.  end  of  Camiguin 
I.,  at  5.30  a.  m.  November  2, 1899;  ship  becom- 
ing total  wreck.  She  was  last  seen  Novem- 
ber 13  and  disappeared  in  heavy  typhoon. 

extinct  volcano  2,450  ft.  high  on  S.  end  of 

island  of  that  name,  in  Babuyanes  grp.,  off 
N.  coast  of  Luz6n. 

mountain  of  same  name  on  SE.  part  of 

Camiguin  I,  Babuyanes  grp.,  is  conspicuous 
object  to  navigators. 

• — —  island  lying  6J  m.  N.  of  Sipaca  Pt.,  Mi- 
samis,  Mindanao,  15  m.  from  NW.  toSE.  and 
9m.E.andW.  Area, 92sq.m.  Islandismoun- 
tainous,  having  central  summit  of  5,383  ft.,  vis- 
ible nearly70m.atsea.  OnN\V.,3m.  E.oftown 
and  anchorage  of  Catarman,  rises  double  peak 
4,797  ft.  Is  one  of  most  important  in  com- 
parison with  area  in  agricultural  industry  in 
Philippines.  Its  products  are  rice,  tobacco, 
wax,  and  cacao  in  abundance.  Among  its 
towns  are  Catarman,  Sogay,  Mahinoc,  Man- 
bajao,  and  Agajo  ((/.v.).  Small  island  lies 
off  NW.  coast.  Island  is  not  only  of  volcanic 
formation,  but  in  July,  1871,  was  scene  of 
active  volcanic  energy.  From  lowland  on  W. 
side  of  island  a  hill  |  "m.  long,  i  wide,  and  450 
ft.  high  was  thrown  up  in  2months,  and  rose  to 
950  feet,  and  still  rising.  During  thisactivity 
the  inhabitants  (then  numbering  11,000)  who 
escaped  took  refuge  on  mainland  in  Min- 
danao. Volcano  on  S.  side  is  dome-shaped 
mass  standing  on  seashore,  and  in  1875  was  red 
and  glowing  with  heat  cracks  at  summit  and 
sending  forth  smoke.  Lava  was  entirely 
trachytic.  There  was  no  crater,  but  mass 
ro.se  with  steep  walls  directly  from  soil  as  if 
trachytic  lava  had  issued  from  central  cavity 
and  boiled  over  until  set  in  form  of  immense 
mound.  Rocks  collected  were  amphibolic 
andesite,  containing  some  crystals  of  augite, 
andesite,  and  hornblende.  Twosmall  streams 
fed  by  hot  springs  issued  from  base  of  volcano. 

CAMILING,  SAN  MIGUEL  DE  (sahn  mee-gayl'day 
cahme-ling'),  Hisp.;  pueblo  on  main  road,  19 
m.  NW.  of  T&rlac,  in  Tftrlac,  Luzon.  Pop.  of 
pueblo,  23,410,  estimated. 

river  in  Central  Luz6n. 

CAMINCI  (cah-meen-see'),  nat.;  pueblo  of  Bula- 
cSn,  Luz6n.     (See  San  Rafael  Caminci  ) 

CA9IIMA  (cah-mee'-neeah),  nat.,  hamletof  pue- 
blo of  Canoan,  Siquijor  I.,  Bohol. 

CAMIXILA  (cah-me-nee'-lah),  ver..  hamlet  on  E. 
shore  of  San  Pedro  Bav,  in  SW.  SAmar,  10  m. 
SE.  of  Basey. 

t'AMIPITA(cah-mee-pee'-tah),ver..  extinct  crate? 
on  E.  coast  of  Silmar,  7  m.  S.  ot  Borongan. 

CAMIKIS  (cah-mee'-ris),  ver.;  point  on  E.  coast  ol 
Leyte,  atTanauan;  also  divisional  headland 
between  Camiris  (N  )  and  Tolosa  (S.)  Bays. 

bay  on  E.  coast  of  Leyte.  upon  whose  shores 

are  situated  towns  of  Palo  and  Tanaiian. 

CAMOAAN  ((•ah-mwah'-ahn),ver.,  hamlet  3  m.E. 
of  Layog  Mt.,  in  E.  Central  S^mar. 


GAZETTEEK    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


425 


5 1 31!:; 

ill      a 


426 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


I'AMOMOI  (cah-moh-moy'),  point  and  mountain 
■240  ft.  liiKli  on  SK.  shore  of  Loog  (Canayat) 
Bay,  SE.  arm  of  Nin  Bay,  W.  coast  of  Masbate, 
Visayas. 

CAMiU'KS  (eali-maw'-tays),  Hisp.;  group  of  3 
islands  from  5^  to  14  m.,  off  W.  extreme  of  S. 
coast  of  Leyte.  Posen  being  most  E.,  Poro 
central,  and  Pisigan  \V.,  with  outlving  islet 
(.If  \\V.  shore  of  latter.  Coast  of  LiVte  lies  14 
m.  !■;.,  Bohol  29  m.  S.,  ami  Ccbu  20  ni.  \V. 

CA.MI'.'k  (cum-pah'),  nat.;  hamlet  in  I'aiigasiniln, 
Luzon. 

{.'AMPA(Jl]\«AN  (cum-pah-goong'-ahn),  nat.; 
mountain  in  S.  Cebii. 

CAMPAIT  (cahm-pah-eef),  nat.;  bay  on  NE.  shore 
Panisun  I.,  oft  W.  coast  of  Silmar,  opposite 
Catlialogan.     . 

CAMPALAX)  (cnm-pah-lah'-naw),  ver.;  mountain 
in  Siimar. 

CAMI'ALILl  (cum-pah-lee'-lee);  mountain  in  SE. 
Mindanao. 

L'AMPXN  (cam-pahn'),  ver.;  small  bay  on  S\V. 
shore  of  Cotabato,  Mindanao,  and  at  sea  ter- 
minus of  boundary  between  Cotabato  and 
DAvao,  Mindanao,  6J  m.  NW.  of  Polo  Pt. 

1:AMPAM).\>  (cain-pahn-dahn'),  nat.;  point  on 
NE.  coast  of  Masbate  I.,  Visayas. 

I'AMPAO  (cam  jiah'-oo),  ver.;  point  on  SE.  coast 
of  Bohol,  Visayas,  1  m.  SW.  of  Jagna. 

CAMPASAV  (cum-pah'-sigh),  nat.;  point  on  SW. 
coast  of  Sibuyiin  I.,  Rombl6n  grp.,  Visayas. 

CAMPATOC  (cahm-pah-tawk'),  ver.;  point  and 
hamlet  on  extreme  NE.  coa.st  of  Cebu. 

mountain  in  SW.  Bohol,  Visayas,  10  m.  £. 

of  Calape. 

I'.iMPILlPA  (eam-pee-lee'-pah),  ver.;  point  in 
Da  ram  I.,  W.  of  Slmar. 

{•AMPIXAVl'CAN"  (.■;iiii-pcc-iialiyno'-,'ahn),  ver.; 
lianilrl  on  ..ii.'  oj  -louj.  of  .s  i^iiiids,  largest 
beiiiK  1  l.\  lin.iiiM/r,..iVW.roa-toiSiargaoL, 
between  polls  Saiiao  (N.j  and  ('aeup  (S.),NE. 
of  Surigao,  Mindanao. 

CAjHPOMANES  (cam-paw-mah'-nays),  Sp.;  ham- 
let on  S.  shore  of  Nobulao  Bay,  on  SW.  coast 
of  Negros  Occidental,  lb  m.  S.  of  Inayauan. 

CAMPOJIAXES  A>TI(JrO  (cam-paw-mah'-nays 
ahn-tec'-gwoh);  large  bay  and  hamlet  at  its 
head  on  SW.  coast  of  Negros  Occidental,  10^ 
m.  S.  of  Inayauan.  Bay  heads  between  Obou 
and  Luinbio  Pts.;  is  very  deep,  with  102  to 
168  ft.,  almpst  touching  shore. 

t'AMPOXASA  (cam-paw-nah'-sah),  ver.;  hamlet 
in  S.  Central  SAmar,  8  m.  N.  of  E.  of  Calbiga. 

l^AJIPONJOS  (cam-pa wn-hawn'),  ver.;  mountain 
in  E.  central  SAmar,  5  m.  SW.  of  Sulat. 

I'AJIPOPO  (cam-paw'-paw) ,  ver.;  bay  on  W.  coast 
of  Leyte.    (Nee  Tabango.) 

mountain  in  Leyte. 

€A3IP0SA>T0  (cahm-poh-suu'-toh),  Sp.;  river 
entering  inlet  on  N.  shore  of  Putiao  port,  SW. 
coast  of  Sor.sog6n,  Luzon. 

I'AJIPUXG  (cum-poong'),  nat.;  affluent  of  Pam- 
panga  Chico  Riv.,  in  province  of  same  name, 
Luzon. 

CAMPUSX  (eum-poo-sali'),  ver.;  mountain  in  Bo- 
hol, Visayas. 

CAMU  (cah-moo').  Tag.;  point  in  N.  Tayabas, 
Luz6n. 

tAJifXAY  (cah-moo'-ni).  Tag.;  peak  in  Caraba- 
llos  Sur,  in  Rizal,  Luz6n. 

t'A3H'>'U\A>'  (cah-moong-yahn'),  nat.;  3-peaked 
islet,  14U  ft.  high,  off  entrance  to  Ulugan  Bay, 
SW.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan.  (See  Three 
Peaks  I.) 

I'AMDMJHAN  (cah-moo-noo'-hun),  ver.;  moun- 
tain in  SW.  Leyte. 

CANA  (cah'-nah),  nat.;  island  6  m.  off  E.  coast  of 
Capiz,  Panay,  lat.  11°  26'  N. 


('A\.4;  point 


coast  of  Tavabi 
ng,  lat.  13°  46'  N. 
Sp.;   creek  entering  na 


Luzon,  on 


SW.  shore  of  Siasi  I.,  Tapul  grp. 
meters)  in  Sierra  Mad  re 


I'ANA  (call' 
channel 
Sulu  A. 

volcano  (1 

Luzon. 

t'A>Ai{  I  (  ali-iKili' I,  ver.;  mountain  on  boundary 
lieUM.ii  1 1.  ill  IS  Sur  and  Abra,  Luzon. 

CAXAfiA  (  ah  nali'-liali),ver.;  pointin  Siquijorl., 
SW.  ol  liohol. 

CAXABAY6n  (cah-nah-bah-yawn'),  ver.;  islet  off 
NE.  coast  of  Siimar,  1  m.  NE.  of  Alibangbang 
Pt. 

L'AXABUUl'iX  (cah-nah-boog-cahn'),  nat.;  point 
on  SE.  shore  of  Albay  Gulf,  Albay,  Luzon. 

CAXABlXtJAX  (cah-nah-boong'-ahn),  ver.;  island 
of  lioi-e-hoe  shape,  13  m.  long  and  j  m.  wide, 
L'  111.  ,-\\ .  Ill'  Maiilagule  l.,on  E.  side  of  N.  Ba- 
la i.ar  .^iniii,  and  5  m.  NE.  by  E.  of  NE.  coast 
_ol  Ualalxic  1. 

tANA(JAO  (cah-uyah-cow'),  Tag.;  bay  formed  by 
peninsula  of  Cavite,  between  .Sangley  Pt., 
where  there  is  a  light-house,  and  E.  point 
of  Cavite  Arsenal,  w  ell-sheltered  refuge,  from 

4  to25ft..lii.tli:  patent  sli|>  with  eapai'itvfor 
1,500  tons,  (a  \iie  lli.>],ital.  and  <oal  sheds  fur 
vessels  ol  war  are  oii  sliores  of  this  bay. 

village  on  NW.  shore  of  bay  of  same  name, 

about  1  m.  SW.  of  Sangley  Pt.;  patent  slip, 
coal  sheds,  and  hospital  of  Cavite  are  at  this 
point. 

CAXAt'HlN  (cah-nah-chin'),  ver.;  vUlage  in  Bula- 
ciln,  Luzon;  region  in  this  vicinity  contains 
large  deposits  of  iron,  worked  in  small  bloom- 
erics  and  manufactured  into  plow.shares. 

l'AXADIX(J  (cah-nah-ding'),  ver.;  mountain  in 
SW.  Leyte,  5  m.  N.  of  Malitbog. 

CANAG  (cah-img'),nat.;  port  at  mouth  of  river  of 
same  name,  NW.  coast  of  SAmar. 

CANAGAAYAN  (cah-nah-gah-ah'-yahn), ver.; point 
in  E.  Albay,  Luz6n. 

t'AXAGAX  (cah-nah'-gahn),ver.;  hamlet  in  Abra, 
Luz6n,  on  Matana  Riv.,  10  m.  NE.  of  Bangued. 

t'AXAGTAS  (cah-nug-tus'),  ver.;  mountain  in 
Leyte. 

(.'AXAGl'ALLOX  (cah-nah-gwah-lyohn'),  nat.; 
cluster  of  islands  fronting  bight  on  W.  coast 
of  Siimar,  N.  of  Mancari.s  Pt.,  NW.  of  Catba- 
logan;  Bunga  and  Mancaris  are  on  shore  of 
bight. 

L'AXAGUAN  (cah-nah'-gwahn),  ver.;  island,  Am- 
bos  Camarines  (Norte),  Luzon. 

CASAGUAYATi  (cah-nah-gwah'-yahn),  ver.;  river 
rising  in  Pauros  Mt.  in  NW.  Sdmar,  flowing 
W.  and  emptying  into  sea  on  W.  coast.  Nav- 
igable for  native  craft  some  distance  inland. 

point  on  W.  coast  of  Sdmar,  lat.  12°24'45"  N. 

point  N.  end  of  bight  on  W.  coast  of  Leyte, 

which  forms  Port  Palompon. 

t'AXAHAl'AX  (cah-nah-how'-ahn),  ver.;  group  of 

5  moderately  elevated  islands  and  several 
smaller  islets  on  E.  side  of  N.  entranee  to 
Daram  channel,  4i  m.  off  coast  of  Sainar; 
Borobaloto,  2.50ft.  high;  Timpaan,  489ft.  high; 
Canahauan  Dac6,  446  ft.  liigh;  Camamot,  2.^0 
ft.  high;  Boloang,  245  ft.  high.  They  afford 
shelter  in  depths  of  90  to  120  ft.  in  all  winds. 

CAiNAHAHAX  UAH)  (cah-nah-how'-ahn  dah- 
caw'),  ver.;  islet  of  Canahauan  grp.  at  N.  en- 
trance of  Daram  channel,  6  m.  SW.  of  Ta- 
ranguan,  off  W.  coast  of  Sdmar.  Its  central 
crest  is  446  ft.  high. 

t'AXAHAUAX-Gl'TIAY  (cah-nah-how'-ahn  goo- 
tee-i')  ver.;  one  of  islands  of  Canahauan 
grp.,  off  mouth  of  Bac-hao  Bongahon,  NW. 
coast  of  SAmar. 

t'AXAI  (ca-ni'),  ver.;  port  at  N.  entrance  to  small 
bay  of  same  name,  E.  coast  of  Surigao,  Min- 
danao, N.  of  Umanian  Pt.,  lat.  8°  50'  N. 


GAZETTEER   OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


427 


CANALASAN  COVE 

A-om.  a  Spaifuh  Govannunt,  Survm,  207 
Ambon  r?Lat6T4&'$cn^.  longJZSm'jdl^iappnaO' 


MINDANAO    I. 


/<^" 


VARIATION. 


Vp 


/■'/>. 


.fl3'E.(l902^         — 


Nautical  Mile 


428 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


CAXAI;  town  on  S.  shore  of  port  of  same  name,  on 
E.  coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  86  m.  SE.  by 
E.  of  Surigao. 

CANAL  (cah-nahl'),  Sp.;  hamlet  in  S.  part  of  Ne- 
gros  Oriental,  4  ni.  W.  of  Dumaguete. 

CANAL  PRINCIPAL,  or  GRAN  CANAL  (cah-nahl' 
prin-thee-pal',  grahn  cah-nahl'),  Sp.;  channel 
in  S.  Bal^ihac  I. 

CANALASAN  (cah-nah-lah'-sahn),  ver.;  cove  on 
SE.  shore  of  Sarangani  -Bay,  off  S.  coast  of 
D^vao,  Mindanao.  At  Glan  (Glan  Masila) 
Riv.,  S.  side  of  entrance  on  this  cove,  lat.  5° 
45'  30"  N.,  Ion.  125°  15'  E.,  is  light  33  ft.  above 
sea  level  on  tripod  5  ft.  high,  visible  6  m.  at 
sea. 

CAXALIGf  AN  (cah-nah-lee-goo'-ahn),  ver.;  moun- 
tain in  E.  central  CApiz,  Panay,  9s  m.  S.  of 
Dumar. 

CANAMAN  (cah-nah'-mahn),  ver.;  pueblo  in  Am- 
bos  Camarines  (.Sur),  Luzon,  on  main  road 
2  m.  N.  of  Nueva  Cflceres  and  on  small  tribu- 
tary of  Naga  Riv.    Pop.,  5,959. 

CANAMAT  (cah-nah-my'),nat.;  point  and  S.  head 
to  Bais  Bay,  off  town  of  that  name,  E.  coast 
of  Negros  Oriental. 

CANANAT,  or  ELANDLAI  (cah-nah-ny',  cahn- 
dwy');  i.sletonS.  side  of  Janabatas  channel, 
N.  coast  of  Leyte;  fixed  red  light  has  been  re- 
exhibited  on  this  island. 

CASaNDO  (cah-nyahn'-dah),  nat.;  point  in  pue- 
blo of  Palamas,  on  NE.  coast  of  Masbate. 

CANANGAY  ^cah-nang-1'),  ver.;  crater  in  E.  C&- 
piz,  Panay,  near  W.  boundary  of  Concepcion, 
Iloilo,  0  m.  W.  of  Lemery. 

CANANIXn  (cah-nah-nee-ahn'),  ver.;  hamlet  and 
small  port  on  N.  coast  of  W.  SAmar.  Several 
islets  lie  off  shore  toward  Ugamut  I. 

CANANTON(i-DAC<>  (cah-nah-nee-ong-dah-cow'), 
ver.;  point  in  Daram  I.,  W.  of  S4mar. 

CANAPIXn  (cah-nah-pee-ahn'),  ver.;  hamlet  near 
springs  of  Mayon  Riv.,  9j  m.  SE.  of  May6n,  in 
NE.  Cdpiz,  Panay. 

CANAPUNAN  (cah-nah-poo'-nahn),  ver.;  hamlet 
on  \V.  coast  of  Antique,  Panay,  4  m.  N.  of  Bar- 
baza. 

CANAPUY  (cah-nah-pooy'),  ver.;  X.  headland  of 
bay  leading  to  Villaba  on  W.  shore  of  Leyte. 

CANAREN  (cah-nah-rayn'),  nat.;  village  and 
river  on  SW.  coast  of  Ddvao,  Mindanao.  (See 
Craan.) 

CANAREN,  LAGl'NA  DE  (cah-nah-rayn',  lah-goo'- 
nah  day),  nat.;  lake  3^  by  4  m.  in  area  and 
river  on  boundary  between  Nueva  Ecija  and 
TArlac,  Luzon,  and  forms  source  of  Chico  de 
la  Pampanga  Riv.,  7  m.  NE.  of  Tdrlac. 

CANARIG  (cah-nah-rig'),nat.;  islet  off  E.  coast  of 
Palawan.  Waters  surrounding  it  abound  in 
fish. 

CAXAR6n  (cah-nah-rawn'),  ver.;  southernmost  of 
Cabulaun  Is..  12  m.  SE.  of  Cabulaun  I.,  300  ft. 
high.  Calamianes  grp.,  between  Busuailga 
and  N.  end  of  Palawan. 

CANASTILLA.  MONTE  DE  LA  (cah-nas-tee'-lyah, 
mohn'-tay  day  lah),  Sp.;  mountain  in  S.  Cen- 
tral Sfimar,  10  m.  E.  by  N.  of  Paranas. 

CANASLGAN  (eah-nah-soo'-gahn),  ver.;  hamlet 
on  SW.  coast  of  Siquijor  I.,  SW.  of  Bohol,  li 
m.  NW.  of  San  Juan. 

CANAllAN  (cah-nah'-wahn),  ver.;  mountain  in  E. 
Bohol,  6  m.  SE.  of  Sierra  Bullones. 

CANAl'AT    (cah-nah-waf),    ver.;     mountain    in 


CANXuAT  (cah-now'-I)  ver.;  river  in  S.  part  of 
Negros.    (SeeCamauang.) 

CANAL'AYAN  (cah-now-ah'-vahn),  ver.;  point  on 
W.  coast  of  Leyte  at  N.  headland  of  bay, 
upon  shore  of  which  is  situated  Palompfth; 
favorite  place  of  call  for  coasting  vessels  for 
supplies  of  beef,  vegetables,  and  water. 


CANAUAYAN';  hamlet  in  N.  central  Levte,  2  m 
NW.  of  Jaro. 

4  rocks  off  NE.  point  of  Sinipai  Dac6,  be- 
tween it  and  Sipina  I.,  Dapitan,  Mindanao. 

CANAUAYOR  (cah-now-ah-yawr');  islet  off  N. 
coast  of  Misamis,  Mindanao,  W.  of  Sipaca 
Pt.,  forming  anchorage  inshore  on  mainland 
side  of  channel  between  that  part  of  coast 
and  Mindanao  and  Camiguin  I. 

tANAYBON  (cah-nay-ee'-bone),nat.;  point  onN. 
shore  Libds  port,  E.  coast  of  SiVmar. 

CANBOBODLI  (cahn-baw-bod-lee'),  ver.;  hamlet 
1^  ni.  S.  of  Borongan,  on  E.  coast  of  S4mar. 

CANCABATO  (cahn-cah-bah-toh'),  nat.;  creek  in 
E.  Leyte. 

bay  li  m.  wide  at  its  entrance  on  N.  and  2 

m.  inland  on  NE.  coast  of  Leyte.  Along  its 
NW.  shore  stretches  E.  portion  of  Tacloban, 
capital  of  Leyte. 

CANCAHXnAG  (can-cah-hah'-nug),  ver.;  moun- 
tain in  Leyte. 

CAN'CAMANIN  (cahn-cah-mah-nin'),  ver.;  hamlet 
near  r.  bank  of  Abra  Riv.  in  Abra,  Luz6n. 

CAN-CO  (cahn'-coh) ,  ver.;  town  inBontoe,  Luz6n. 
Pop., -1887,  215. 

CANCRf  GAN  (cahn-crew'-gahn),  ver.;  inlet  in  S. 
Sftmar. 

CANDA  (cahn'-dah),  nat.;  river  in  Tayabas, 
Luz6n,  rises  in  mountains  of  interior,  flows 
across  pueblo  of  Sariaya  and  empties  into  sea 
on  S.  coast. 

CANDABA  (cahn-dah'-bah),  ver.;  pueblo  in  Pam- 
panga, Luz6n,  on  1.  bank  of  Grande  de  la 
Pampanga  Riv.,  13  m.  NE.  of  Bacolor.  Pop., 
14,585. 

CANDABA,  PINAC  DE  (pea-nuck'  day  cahn-dah'- 
bah),  Hisp.;  lagoon  on  S.  side  of  town  of 
same  name  in  Pampanga,  Luz6n,  and  empties 
into  Pampanga  Grande  Riv. 

CAXDAGA  (cahn-dah'-gah),  ver.;  hamlet  and 
point  S.  by  E.  of  Bantique  Pt.,  extreme  NW. 
part  of  Cebii,  4^  m.  from  Bulalaque  Pt. 

CANDAGAS  (cahn-dah'-gahs),  ver.;  extinct  vol- 
cano in  SW.  S4mar,  9  m.  E.  of  Penabacdao. 

CANDXgI'IT  (cun-dah'-geet),ver.;  mineral  spring 
in  Cebii. 

CANDAJIL6n  (cahn-dah-hee-lawn'),ver.;  moun- 
tain hamlet  of  E.  Negros  Oriental  in  S.  range, 
lOi  m.  W.  of  Amblan. 

CANDANARAN  (cahn-dah-nah'-rahn),  ver.;  island 
W.  BalAbac  I. 

CANDANAY  (cahn-dah-nl'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  S. 
part  of  E.  Negros  Oriental,  4  m.  SW.  of  Du- 
maguete. 

CAXDAQl'lT  (cahn-dah'-kit),  ver.;  hamlet  3  m. 
NW.  of  Pontevedra,  Negros  Occidental. 

CAXDAKAMAN  (cahn-dah-rah'-mahn),  ver.;  inlet 
i  m.  wide  at  its  E.  entrance,  averaging  i  m. 
throughout  its  distance  of  2^  m.  to  Sanz  I. 
and  separating  Ramos  I.  on  N.  from  Baldbac 
I.  W.  end  of  inlet,  until  its  outlet  into  Port 
Ciego,  is  almost  entirely  filled  by  Sanz  L 

CANDABANAN  (cohn-dahrah'-nahn),  ver.;  low 
island  off  S.  coast  of  Palawan,  2i  by  H  m.,  li 
m.  E.  of  N.  extreme  of  Balabac  L.  separated 
from  that  island  and  from  Caxisigau  by 
channel  ^  m.  wide. 

CANDAYA  (cahn-dah'-vah),  ver.;  po'int  in  island 

of  Cebii. 
CANDEA  (cahn-day-'ah),  nat.;  village  X.  coast  of 

Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A.,  SW.  of  Sulu. 

CAXDELAR  (cahn-day-lahr'),Sp.;  inland  hamlet, 
N.  Cdpiz,  Panay,  3^  m.  E.  of  Banga. 

CANDELABIA  (cahn-day-lah'-ree-ah),  Sp.;  hamlet 
in  E.  central  CSpiz,  Panay,  4  m.  NW.  of  Tapas. 

pueblo  on  road  between  Tiaong,  8  m.  NW-, 

and  Tavabas.  14  m.  NE.,  in  Tavabas.  Luz6n. 
Pop.,  Cn.  1896,  3,244. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


429 


CANDELARIA ;  pueblo  on  coast  of  Zambales,  Lu- 

z6n,  on  highway,  20  m.  N.  of  Iba.    Pop.,  2,865. 
CANDliN  (cahn-dee-ahn'),ver.;  river  in  Antique, 

Panay. 
CANDIJAY  (cahn-dee-hl'),  ver.;  pueblo  at  junc- 
tion of  Napa  and  Gagbayan  Riv.  in  SE.  Bohol, 

44  m.  E.  by  N.  of  Tabilaran,  and  3  m.  inshore 

W.  from  head  of  Cobton  Bay.    Pop.,  7,872. 
CANDINlaT   (cahn-ding'-it),  ver.;  hamlet  on  W. 

shore  of  Lanao  Lake,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 
t'ANDOAGA  (cahn-dwah'-gah);  river  entering  SE. 

shore    Cula.sian    road,    SW.  coast    Palawan. 

Spanish   fort   formerly  stood   at   mouth    of 

stream. 
CANDOCDOC  (cahn-dawk-dawk'),  ver.;  hamleton 

S.  and  larger  of  Bais  Is.,  2^  m.  off  coast  of  Ne- 

gros  Oriental,  opposite  Bais. 
CAND0L6n  (cahn-daw-lawn').  ver.;  point  on  S. 

shore  of  Siquijor  I.,  SW.  of  Bohol,  3  m.  SW.  of 

Lacy. 
CANDOLU  (cahn-daw'-loo),  ver.;  islet  in  Pacific 

Ocean,  i  m.  off  SE.  point  of  SAmar. 
CAND<3n  (cahn-dawn'),  ver.;    point  on  coast  of 

Ilocos  Norte,  Luzon.   Land  in  vicinity  is  high. 
hamleton  W.  shore  of  Catanduanes  I.,  NE.  of 

Albay,  Luzon,  on  Magueda  channel,  opposite 

mainland  of  Albay. 
river  of  Ilocos  Sur,  Luz6n,  emptying  into  sea 

SE.  of  point  of  that  name. 
pueblo  on  coast  highway,  25  m.  S.  of  Vigan, 

Ilocos  Sur,  Luz6n.    Pop.  15,797. 
CANDULO  (cahn-doo'-loh),  nat.;  island  off  S.  coast 

of  Sd.mar. 

CANEN  (cah'-nen),  nat.;  mountain  2,119  ft.  high, 
NW.  of  Libay,  SW.  shore  Murci61agos  Bay, 
Dapitan,  Mindanao. 

CANES  (cah'-ness),  nat.;  island  about  1  m.  off  E. 
coast  of  Palawan,  in  lat.  10°  61'  N. 

CANGAL  (cahn-gahP),  nat.;  point  on  E.  shore  of 
Siasi  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

tANGARANAN  (cang-ah-rah'-nahn),  ver.;  river  in 
E.  Antique,  Panay.  Rises  in  Baloy  Mt.,  in- 
tersecting point  of  boundary  of  Antique, 
Iloilo,  and  C^piz,  and  flowing  W.  forms  S. 
branch  of  CadiAn  Riv. 

CAStlATUGAlV  (cahng-ah-too'-gahn),  ver.;  moun- 
tain in  central  Leyte,  at  N.  headwaters  of  Dao 
Riv.,  5  m.  VV.  of  Burauen. 

CAStlATUYAN  (cang-ah-too'-yahn),  ver.;  small 
island  N.  of  Cabarruyan,  on  W.  side  of  Linga- 
y6n  Gulf,  in  Zambales,  Luz6n. 

CANtJilTGITAN  (cahng-it-hee'-tahn),  nat.;  Moro 
village  in  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

CAJfG-t'6  (cang-caw'),  ver.;  pueblo  of  Bontoc, 
Luz6n,  9  m.  from  Bontoc.    Pop.,  398. 

CANGLiS  (cahn-glass'),  ver.;  mountain  in  W. 
Leyte,  7  m.  NE.  of  Quiot. 

CANG-OUAC  (cang-oo-ac'),  ver.;  point  NW.  island 
of  SibuyAn,  W.  of  Rombl6n,  Visayan  Sea. 

t'ANGREJO  (cahn-gray'-hoh),  Sp.;  rock  off  NE. 
shore  of  S\ibic  Bay,  SE.  coast  of  Zambales, 
Luzon. 

CANGSmiN  (eahngs-mahn'),  ver.;  mountain  in 
e.xtreme  SW.  Sdmar,  10  m:  NW.  of  Balangiga. 

t;ANGtlBAY(cahn-oo'-by),ver.;  hamlet  near  NE. 
shore  of  San  Pedro  Bay,  in  SW.  SAmar. 

CANHUAMAN,  or  KANKUMAN  (cahn-hoo-ah'- 
mahn,  kahn-koo'-mahn) ,  ver.;  small  island 
offSW.  shores  of  Basilan  I.,  S.  of  Zamboanga, 
Mindanao,  1  m.  ESE.  of  Tamuk. 

CANHf^IAO  (cahn-hoo'-yah-oo),  ver.;  hamlet  in 
E.  S4mar,  2  m.  SW.  of  Tiibig. 

CANIBUN&AN  (cah-nee-boong'-ahn),ver.;  hamlet 
inland  from  SW.  shore  of  Basilan  I.,  S.  of 
Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

CANU'ABUVAN  (cah-nee-cah-boo'-yahn),  ver.;  is- 
let in  sea  channel  between  Bohol  and  Cebii, 
3  m.  W.  of  Lanes  Pt. 


CANIGAO    (cah-nee-gow'),    ver.;    island    W.    of 

Leyte. 
CANIGARAN    (cah-nee-gah'-run),  nat.;    islet  In 

opening  of  bight  on  S.  shore  of  S&mar,  Visa- 

yas,  4  m.  NW.  of  Guiuan  port. 
CANIGO  (eah-nee'-goh);  summit  508  E.  of  Subic, 

N.  shore  of  Siibic  Bay,  SE.  coast  of  Zambales, 

Luz6n. 
(;AN1m6  (cah-nee-maw'),  ver.;  rocky  island  2  m. 

long  N.   and  S.,   4  m.  off  shore  from  Ddet,  ■ 

Ambos  Camarines   (Norte),  Luzon.    Cant6n 

I.  lies  SE. 
CANINAO   (cah-nee-now'),   ver.;    island,   Ambos 

Camarines,  Luzon. 
CANlSTiltfAN  (cah-ning-oo'-ahn),  nat;  hamlet  in 

Hollo,  Panay. 
CANINOAN  (cah-nee-noh'-ahn),  ver.;  islet  N.  in 

channel,  between  Manicani  I.  and  SW.  shore 

of  SAmar,  Visayas,  and  in  line  with  approach 

to  N.  entrance  to  Guiuan,  5  m.  W.  of  Guiuan 

port. 
CANIOGAN    (cah-neeoh'-gahn),  nat.;    hamlet  in 

Rizal  (Manila),  Luzon,  on  1.  bank  of  Mari- 

quina  Riv.  near  its  outlet  in  Manila  Bay,  8 

m.  E.  of  Manila. 
CANIPAN  (cah-nee'-pun),nat;  point  on  SW.  coast 

of  Palawan,  lat.  9°  1'  N. 
bay  on  SW.  coast  of  Palawan  opening  be- 
tween Alimudin  and  Siacle  Pts.     Canipan 

Riv.  enters  on  E.  shore.    Malay  village  stands 

at  its  mouth. 
river  in  SW.  part  of  Palawan  emptying  into 

E.  side  of  bay  of  that  name.    Is  navigable  for 

boats  2  m.  above  its  mouth. 
hamlet  on  rising  ground  on  1.  bank  of  Ca- 
nipan Riv.,  SW.  Palawan. 
steep,  conical  hill,  976  ft.  high,  with  2  peaks 

on  E.  shore  of  Simagup  Bay  next  to  Bulanhan 

range.     Hill  is  most  conspicuous  object  on 

SW.  coast  of  Palawan. 
CANIPAYAN  (cah-nee-pah'-yahn),  ver.;  hamleton 

r.  bank  of  Cadita  in  Antique,  Panay,  6J  m.  E. 

of  Caritan. 
CANIPO  (cah-nee'-paw),  ver.,  island  3  sq.  m.,  3 

m.  ESE.  of  Calamianes  I.  of  Calamianes  grp., 

off  NE.  extreme  of  Palawan. 
island  517  ft.  high,  2  .sq.  m.,  16  m.  NNW.  of 

Cuyo,  Cuyos  I.,  Cuyo  grp.,  Mindoro  Sea. 
<'AiVITALIN  (cah-nee-tah'-lean),  nat.;  hamlet  in 

pueblo  of  Ar4yat,  Pampanga. 
CANITAXAN  (cah-nee-tah'-nahn],  ver.;  islet  on 

N.  side  of  channel  from  SW.  leading  to  Dipu- 

lao  and  Uson  ports.    S.  shore  of  Busuaiiga  I., 

off  SW.  coast  of  Mindoro. 
CANITO   (cah-nee'-toh) ,   ver.;  secondary  moun- 
tains in  Negros. 
CANIUAK  (cah-new'-ahn),  ver.;    SW.  hamlet  of 

Leyte,  4  m.  SW.  of  Cajaguaan. 
CANJAGABABAL   (cahn-ha-gah-bah-bahl'),   ver.; 

hamlet  on  NE.  coast  of  Cebii,  31  m.  N.  of  Bogo. 
IIANJALING  (cahn-hah-ling'),  nat.;  point  on  SE. 

coast  of  Sibuy&n  I.,  E.  of  Romblon,  lat.  12° 

21'  N. 
CANJALON  (cahn-hah-lawn'),  ver.;   hamlet  SW. 

of  Cambijan  Pt.,  on  SE.  shore  of  Sibuy^n  I., 

of  Romblon  grp.,  Visayas. 
CANJAMANKJPAAY   (cun-hah-mang-pah-i'),   ver.; 

mountain  in  NW.  Leyte. 
CANJAPIL  (cahn-hah'-peel),  ver.;  hamlet  in  SW. 

SAmar,  7  m.  E.  of  Ba.sey. 

CANJUAN  (cahn-hwahn'),  nat.;  on  W.  shore  of 
strait,  2  m.  SW.  of  Cebu,  Cebii,  Visayas. 

CANJUiS  (cahn-hwas'),  nat;  hamlet  in  pueblo  of 
Palanas,  Masbate. 

CANLA6n,  or  MALASPINA  (cahn-lah-awn'),  ver. 
(mah-las-pee'-nah),  Sp.;  active  volcano  8,192 
ft.  high  in  Negros  Oriental,  10  m.  NW.  of  Hi- 
bayo,  lat.  10°  25'  N.,  Ion.  123°  6'  E.  In  state 
of  eruption  1866,  1893. 


430 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


CAMilLIKO  (eahn-leij-ling'),  ver.;  river  in  Leyte. 

CAMiOAY  (pahn-lwi'),  nat.;  point  in  Sibuy^n  I., 
W.  of  Komblon,  Visayan  Sea. 

river  on  Sibuy^n  I.,  E.  of  Rombl6n,  which 

empties  into  sea  on  N.  shore. 

CAJfLOBO  (cun-law'-beau),  ver.;  mountain  in 
Bohol,  Visayas. 

t'AXMAASIX  (cahn-mah-ah'-sin),  nat.;  moun- 
tain in  E.  SSmar,  which  divides  lower  tribu- 
taries of  Oros  and  Ulut  Riv. 

1'A\3IA(;A  i(ahn-iimh-gah'),ver.;  hamlet  in  cen- 
tral 15.  .li.  il,  Visayas,  4  m.  N.  of  Vilar. 

t'ANMAHANA  (  cahn-mah-hah'-nah),  ver.;  bay  on 
S\V.  .shore  ot  Albay,  Luzon,  opposite  Bunas  I. 

CANMANOC  (cahn-mah-nauck'),  nat.;  mountain 
in  SW.  Bohol,  3  m.  S.  of  Loon,  on  W.  coast, 
showing  very  picturesquely  from  sea  2  peaks, 
764  and  l,820"ft.  high,  as  landmarks. 

CANMABIA  (cahn-mah-ree'-ah)  ver.;  hamlet  in 
central  Samar,  9  m.  E.  of  Gdndara. 

I'AXNOMAXD  ( (cahn-noh-mahn-dah'),  nat.;  point 
N.  head  to  Llbiis  port,  E.  coast  Siimar. 

CANOAX  (cah-noh'-ahn),ver.;  pueblo  on  bight, 
formed  on  NW.  shore  of  Siquijor  I..  SW. 
of  Bohol,  3^  m.  SW.  of  Tagbilaran,  Bohol,  22 
m.  SE.  of  Santander,  at  S.  extreme  of  Cebii, 
and  20  m.  SE.  of  Dumaguete,  SW.  coast  of 
Negros  Oriental.  Only  port  of  refuge  on 
island.    Pop.,  9,380. 

■ point  1^  m.  N.  of  town  of  that  name  on 

NW.  shore  of  Siquijor  I.,  SW.  of  Bohol. 

inlet  and  port  in  Cebu. 

river    in    Lsland    of   Siquijor    (Bohol)    in 

pueblo  of  same  name;  empties  into  sea  on  N. 
coast. 

CANOGAN  (cah-noh-gahn').  ver.;  hamlet  on  1. 
bank  of  Buqui  Riv.  in  SW.  SAmar,  10  m.  NE. 
of  Basey. 

tAXOGCAO  (cah-nog-cow'),  ver.;  hamlet  at  foot  of 
Alpuy  Mt.  in  E.  SAmar,  5  m.  NW.  of  Bororigan. 

CAX0G6X  (cah-noh-gawn'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  NW. 
shore  of  Bohol,  4^  m.  NE.  of  Tubig6n. 

CAXOMitLAG  (cah-noh-mah'-lag),bayon  extreme 
SW.  coast  of  Albay,  Luzon. 

point  in  S.  Sorsogon,  Luzon. 

(■AXOMPIT(cah-nom-pit'),ver.;  pointin  i.slandof 
Leyte. 

CAXOXCAXIT  (cah-nohn-cah-nif),  nat.;  village 
of  Pampanga,  Luzon,  on  road  between  pue- 
blos of  Dinalupijan  in  Batadn  and  Porac  in 
Pampanga. 

affluent  of  Orani  Riv.  in  Pampanga,  Lu- 
zon. 

t'AXOTOC  (cah-noh-toc'),  ver.;  point  in  NE. 
Leyte. 

CAXQUIXAXXXAG  (cahn  -  kee  -  nah  -  nah'  -  nag) , 
v er. ;  hamlet  in  N .  S^mar,  11  m.  S.  of  Pambuj an . 

CAXSAXADA  (cahn-sah-nah'-dah),  ver.;  hamlet 
in  E.  Leyte  on  Dagam  road,  7  m.  SW.  of  Ta- 
nauan. 

CAXSAPAL  (cahn-sah-pahP),  ver.;  point  SW.  of 
Sibuy^n  I.,  E.  of  Romblon,  Mindoro  Sea. 

CAXSABA31AX  (cahn-sah-rah'-mahn),  ver.;moun- 
tain  in  S.  Leyte,  6^  m.  NE.  of  Inopacan. 

CAXSILAX  (cahn-see'-lahn) ,  ver.;  W.  point  of 
Tol6n  Bay,  SW.  coast  of  Negros  Oriental,  9^  m. 
W.  of  Bayauan. 
CAXSILAIAX  (cahn-see-lah'-yahn),  ver.;  inland 
hamlet  of  Negros  Occidental,  2  m.  SW.  of 
Murcia. 

CAXSILOC  (cun-see-lock') ,  ver.;  mountain  in  Bi- 
liran  I.,  off  N.  coast  of  Leyte. 

CAXSIXA  (cahn-see'-nah),  ver.;  islet  on  S.  fringe 
of  numerous  bare  spots,  which  cover  sea  for 
distance  of  3  m.  to  E.  of  Siasi  I.,  Tapul  grp., 
Sulu  A. 

CAXSIIABES  (cahn-swah'-raj-s);  village  6  m.  E. 
by  N.  of  G&ndara,S4mar. 


I'AXSUMIAC  (cahn-soo-mee-ac'),  ver.;  point  on  X. 
central  coast  of  SibuydnI.,of  Rombl6n  grp., 
Mindoro  Sea. 

CAXSl'SU  (can-soo'-soo),  nat.;  mountain  in  Bo- 
hol, Visayas. 

CAXTAGAY  (cahn-tah-gl'),  ver.;  point  in  SE.  Bo- 
hol, Visayas. 

CAXTAGr  (cahn-tah'-goo),  nat.;  pointon  S.  shore 
of  Mactdn  I.,  off  coast  of  Cebd. 

t'AXTALIXG  (cahn-tah-ling'),ver.;  river  in  Leyte. 

t'AXTAMtfLIG  (eahn-tah-moo'-lig),  ver.;  moun- 
tain 9  m.  NNE.  of  W.  point  of  Bohol,  .5  m.  E. 
by  S.  of  Getafe. 

I'AXTXx  (cun-tun'),  ver.;  town  in  Antiqhe.Panay. 

I'AXTAXAUAX  (cun-tah-nah'-wahn),  ver.;  town 
in  Tayabas,  Luzon. 

CAXTAl^ri  (cahn-tah'-kee),  ver.;  hamlet  in  cen- 
tral Sdmar,  on  Canyaba  Mt.,  tributary  of 
Bac-hao  Bangahon  Riv. 

CAXTICAX  (cahn-tee'-cahn),  nat.;  islet  In  open- 
ing of  bight  on  S.  shore  of  Sdmar,  Visayas,  4J 
m.  NNW.  of  Guiuan  port. 

CAXTILAX  (cahn-tee'-labn),  nat.;  town  of  Siar- 
gao  I.,  off  province  of  Surigao,  Mindanao. 

pueblo  of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  at  mouth  of 

river  of  same  name,  6  m.  S.  of  Pt.  Capunui- 
pugan,  and  on  W.  shore  of  large  bight  on  NE. 
coast,  W.  of  Pt.  Cduit.  Pop.,  10,026.  Pilots 
for  Surigao  Strait  are  here  taken  aboard. 

river  entering  large  bight  on  NE.  coast  of 

Surigao,  Mindanao,  W.  of  Cftuit  Pt.  Town  of 
same  name  lies  on  1.  bank  of  its  mouth. 

mountain  on  1.  shore  of  Tubal  Riv.,  3  m. 

before  reaching  great  bend  in  that  .stream 
leading  to  its  outlet  in  Butiian  Bay,  Surigao, 
Mindanao. 

CAXTIXlJAS  (cahn-ting'-ass),  ver.;  point  on  SW. 
shore  of  Sibuy^n  I.,  of  Romblon  grp. 

CANTOAT  (cahn-twi'),  nat.;  point  on  N.  shore  of 
Sibuyftn  I.,  E.  of  Romblon,  lat.  12°  32'  N. 

I'AXTOl'TOC,  or  I'ABALIAX  (cun-tuc-tuek'),  ver. 
(cah-bah-lee'-ahn),  nat.;  mountain  in  SE. 
coast  of  Leyte,  2  m.  N.  of  Cabalian. 

1'AXT6x  (cahn-tawn'),  for.;  hamlet  in  E.  Sftmar, 
4  m.  W.  of  Boron|:an. 

rocky  island  8  m.  E.  of  V&et,  off  coast  of 

Ambos  Camarines  (Norte),  Luzon.  Canimo 
I.  jies  NW.    Rasas  Is.  lie  SW. 

CAXTOXICA  (cahn-taw-nee'-kah),  Hisp.;  moun- 
tain 7  m.  S.  of  Borongan,  in  E.  Sdmar. 

CAXTOBIA  (cahn-toh'-ree-ah),  ver.;  outlying 
town  of  Namacpacan,  in  Union,  Luz6n. 

moun- 
Suribao 
Riv.,  12  m.  E.  of  Santa  Rita. 

CANT0T6  (cahn-toh-taw'),  nat.;  point  on  SW. 
coast  of  Leyte,  Ig  m.  SW.  of  Matalom. 

t'AXTl'JAiiX  (cahn-too-hah-awn'),  ver.;  hamlet 
on  W.  coast  of  Leyte,  4^  m.  S.  of  Palomp6n. 

CAXTUMA,  or  CAXCAJL'BAX  (cahn-too'-mah, 
cahn-eah-hoo'-bahn),  ver.;  hamlet  on  E.  coast 
of  Cebu,  13  m.  N.  of  Carmen. 

L'ANTUTUT  (cahn-too-tooy'),  ver.;  point  on  S. 
coast  of  Leyte,  2  m.  W.  of  Mac-Crohon. 

CAXUGUAIOX  (cah-noo-goo-ah'-yawn),  ver.; 
point  and  port  on  N.  side  of  mouth  of  Cana- 
guayan  Riv.,  NW.  coast  of  SAmar,  opposite  S. 
end  of  Balupiri  I.,  in  which  vessels  of  all  sizes 
can  find  shelter  in  bad  weather.  Port  is 
formed  by  inlet  in  coast  with  2  islets  fronting 
it,  leaving  2  channels  for  entrance.  Great 
pass,  or  W.  channel,  is  1,000  ft.  wide. 

tANUlO  (can-noo'-yoh),  nat.;  bay  on  coast  of 
Tayabas,  Luzon,  between  Pts.  Calatong  and 
Salincap,  lat.  13°  50'  N. 

CAXUMAT  (cah-noo-my'),  Tag.;  mountain  in 
Rizal,  Luz6n. 

CAXUMBAO  (cah-noom-bah'-oo),  ver.;  point  in 
N.  Leyte. 


CAXTOBOGAX  (cahn-taw-raw'-gahn) ,  ver. ; I 
tain  in  SW.  SAmar,  at  headwaters  of  Sv 


GAZETTEER    OB^    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


431 


432 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


CANUMUO  (cah-noo-moog'),   ver.;    mountain  in 

SW.  Leyte. 
CANUNUHAN  (cah-noo-noo'-hahn),  ver.;   mmm- 

tain  in  S.  Leyte,  7  m.  SE.  of  Matalom. 
CANTITALi.'S  (eahn-vee-tah-11'),  Tag.;  hamlet  in 

Nueva  Ecija,  Luz6n,  on  E.  fountain  branch 

of  Grande  de  la  Pampanga  Riv.,  29  m.  NE.  of 

San  Isidro. 
CANYABA    (cun-yah'-bah),    ver.;    mountain    in 


CANYXoA    (cun-yah'-wah),    ver.;    mountain    in 

SAmar. 
CANtXoD  (cahn-yah'-od),  ver.;  hamlet  at  head- 
waters of  tributary  of  Bac-hao  Bangahon  Riv., 

in  SW.  SAmar. 
CAKa    (HARBOK)    (cah'-nyah),  Sp.;    island    off 

largest  opening  on  N.  shore  of  Princes  a  port, 

E.  coast  of  N.  Palawan. 
L'ANACAO    (cah-nyah-cow'),    Hisp.;    N.    bay    of 

Cavite,  in  Cavite,  Luzon, 
settlement  on  NW.  shore  of  bay  of  Canacao, 

Cavite,  Luzon,  8  m.  SW.  of  Manila. 
CASaS   (cah'-nyas),   Sp.;  inlet  on  SE.  coast  of 

Iloilo,  Panay. 
island  1  m.  E.  of  Calagnan  I.,  ^  m.  wide, 

off  NE.  coast  of  Concepci6n,  Hollo,  Panay. 

CASaS,  Pl'XTA  DE  (cah'-nyahs,  poon'-tah  day), 
point  on  coast  of  Batafin,  Luzon. 

CAOA YAN  ( cah- wah'-yahn )  ,nat. ;  hamlet  in  pueblo 
of  Balaoan  (Balauang),  Uni6n,  Luz6n. 

CAOOOTA  (cah-oh-goh'-tah),  nat.;  village  in  pue- 
blo of  Bulusan,  Sorsogon,  Luz6ft. 

Ca6n  (cah-on')  Tag.;  river  emptying  into  Balaydn 
Bay,  SW.  coast  of  Batangas,  Luz6n. 

CAOBBANXx  (cah-or-bah-nahn'),  ver.;  hamlet  on 
extreme  NE.  headwaters  of  river  in  N.  S^mar, 
emptying  into  bay  4  m.  SE.  of  Lagu4n. 

CAP,  for.;  island  of  Pangutarang  grp.,  Sulu  A., 
WSW.,  19  m.  to  N.  Ubidn. 

CAP,  or  CAPI  (cahp,  cah'-pee);  island  of  Laparan 
grp.  of  Sulu  A.,  6  m.  N.  and  S.,  7  m.  E.  of  La- 
paran. 

CAPACO  (cah-pah'-caw),  ver.;  hamlet  at  foot  of 
Catarman  Mt.,  13  m.  SE.  of  Catarman,  on  N. 
coast  of  SAmar. 

CAPALA^AX  (cah-pah-lung'-ahn),nat.;  affluent 
of  Bulo  Riv.,  Pampanga,  Luzon. 

CAPALIS  (cah-pah-lis'),  nat.;  hamlet  on  E.  coast 
of  Biliran  I.,  off  N.  coast  of  Leyte. 

CAPALON&A  (cah-pah-lawng'-ah),  ver.;  pueblo 
on  N.  coast  of  Ambos  Camarines  (Norte), 
Luz6n,  40  m.  NE.  of  Ddet.    Pop.,  1,698. 

river  of  Ambos  Camarines  (Norte),  Luz6n. 

CAPALCAN  (cah-pah-loo'-ahn),  nat.;  bay  on  SW. 

shore  of  Pagbilao  Grande  I.,  in  entrance  to 

bay  of  Capulafin,  on  N.  shore  of  Tayabas  Bay, 

S.  coast  of  Tayabas,  Luz6n. 
point  5  m.  N.  of  Lian  Pt.,  extending  well 

unto Ragay  Gulf  near  itshead,  Tayabas,  Luz6n. 

CAPANAtlNA  (cah-pah-nah-oo'-nah),nat.;  moun- 
tain in  S.  SAmar. 


CAPAN  Al' PC  YAN  ( cah-pah-nah-oo-poo'-yun ) ,  ver. ; 

point  in  E.  SAmar. 
CAPAXdXn  (cah-pahn-dahn');  point  in  Masbate 

I.,  VisayanSea. 
CAPANGXN  (cah-pang-ahn'),ver.;  pueblo  in  Ben- 

guet,  Luzon,  6  m.  NW.  of  Trinidad.    Pop., 583. 
ViVAO  (cah'-pah-ool.  Tag.;  hamlet  on  1.  bank  of 

Grande  de  la  Pampanga  Riv.,  Bulacd,n,  Luz6n, 

Hi  m.  NW.  of  BulacAn. 
CAPAP  (cah-pap'),  ver.;  creek  in  Panay. 
CAPAKASAX  (cah-pah-rah'-sahn),ver.;  hamlet  on 

SW.  coast  of  S4mar,  2  m.  SE.  of  Santa  Marga- 
rita. 
CAPAUAIINAN      (cah-pah-rah-oo'-nahn),      ver.; 

mountain  in  extreme  S  W.  peninsula  of  SAmar, 

13  m.  W.  of  Balangiga. 
CAPARISPISAX(cah-pah-ris-pee'-sun),  nat.;  point 

on  N.  coast  of  Ilocos  Norte,  Luz6n,  in  pueblo 

of  Bangui. 
CAPAS(cah'-pass),Tag.;  pueblo  on  line  of  Manila 

and  Dagupan  Railway,  12^  m.  S.  of  Tdrlac,  in 

Tilrlac,  Luz6n.    Pop.,  2,925. 
CAPEJAS      (cah-pay'-hass),     Sp.;     small      low 

wooded  island,  6  m.  N.  of  Buliluyan  C,  S. 

point  of  Palawan. 
CAPIAPI  (cah-pee-ah'-pea).  Tag.;   mountain  in 

Tayabas,  Luz6n. 
CAPIAS  (cah'-pee-ass),  low-lying  island  covered 

with  scrub,  off  W.  coast  of  Palawan,  6  m.  N. 

of  Buliluyan  C,  about  1  m.  from  shore. 

CAPIL  (cah-peeP);  small  S.  tributary  of  UlutRiv. 
in  E.  SAmar. 

CAPILAYAX  (cah-pee-lah'-yahn),Tag.;  hamlet  in 
BulacAn,  Luzon,  7  m.  NW.  of  Bulacdn. 

CAPIXATAX  (cah-pea-nah'-tan),  ver.;  town  in 
district  of  Apayaos,  CagayAn,  Luzon. 

CAPIXES  (cah-pee'-nays),Sp.;  point  on  S.  coast 
of  SAmar,  18  m.  W.  of  Higoso  (Gigoso)  Pt., 
11  m.  W.  by  S.  of  Balangiga,  E.  headland  to 
San  Pedro  and  San  Pablo  bays,  entrance  to 
San  Juanico  Strait. 

point  of  bay  on  E.  coast  of  SAmar,  4i  m.  S. 

of  Sorongon  Pt.,  S.  of  San  JuliAn. 

extreme  SW.  point  of   SAmar,  high   and 

wooded  headland  of  approach  on  E.  from  sea 
to  San  Pedro  Bay,  12  m.  E.  of  Balangiga. 

CAPIXYAYAX  (cah-pin-yah'-yun),  ver.;  moun- 
tain in  Biliran  I.,  off  N.  coast  of  Leyte. 

CAPIRAX  (cah-pee-rahn),  ver.;  hamlet  of  Concep- 
ci6n,  Iloilo,  Panay,  nearE.  coast,  2Jm.  NW.of 
San  Dionisio. 

CAPISAXAX  (cah-pea-.sah'-nun)  nat.;  summit  800 
ft.,  SE.  by  E.  of  SUbic,N.  shore  of  Siibic  Bay, 
SE.  coast  of  Zambales,  Luzon. 

CAPItXx  (cah-pee-tahn').  Sp.;  hamlet  on  port  of 
same  name  at  outlet  of  Iligan  Riv.  into  Iligan 
Bay,  N.  coast  of  Mi.samis,  Mindanao. 

hamlet  on  1.  bank  of  Pulangui  Riv.,  SE. 

Misamis,  Mindanao,  25^  m.  S.  of  Lepanto. 

CAPITAXCILLO  (cah-pee-tahn-thee'-lyoh),  Sp.; 
islet  2i  m.  off  E.  coast  of  Cebii  opposite 
Saak  Pt. ;  channel  between  island  and  Cebii 
is  generally  used  by  steamers. 


CAPIZ,  PANAY  (VISAYAS),  PROVINCE  OF. 

(CSh-pith,  ver.;  Pah-nie,  nat.;  Vee-sah-yas,  nat.) 


Capital:  Ciipiz,  lat.  11°  36^  N.,  Ion.  122°  42^  E. 

Area:  1,661  sq.  m. 

Population:  224,000. 

Race:  Visayan. 

Language:  Visayan. 

Military  Department  of  Visayas:  Headquarters,  Iloilo,  Iloflo,  Panay. 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  438 

Table  of  distances. 
From  CApiz  to—  m. 

Iloilo  by  sea 124 

Iloilo,  S 64 

Manila,  NW 242 

Manila,  via  Verde  passage 310 

Rombl6n,  N 75 

San  Jos6  de  Buena  Vista,  SW 81 

LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

The  province  of  Cdpiz,  with  the  exception  of  the  small  peninsula  of  Carlos  on  the 
Nl'].,  occupies  the  entire  N.  seacoast  of  the  island  of  Panay.  It  is  bounded  on  the  N. 
by  the  Visayan  Sea,  Tablas  I.  lying  6  m.  N.  of  its  NW.  extreme,  and  Masbate  26  m. 
N.  of  its  E.  limit;  on  the  E.  by  Concepcion,  district  of  Iloilo;  on  the  S.  by  Iloilo,  and 
_on  the  W.  by  Antique,  and  15  m.  of  coast  on  the  Mindoro  Sea. 

AREA. 

It  has  an  extreme  length  of  84  m.  from  NW.  to  SE.  and  breadth  of  47  m.  NE.  to  SW. 
rea,  1 ,643  m.  or  1,051,520  a. ;  dependent  islands,  18  sq.  m. ;  total,  1,661  sq.  m.,  or  411 
sq.  m.  larger  than  the  State  of  Rhode  Island. 

PHYSICAL.  FEATURES. 

The  land  boundary  of  the  province  is  formed  by  a  range  of  lofty  summits  from  the 
E.  limit  to  Pucio  Pt.  on  the  extreme  W.  Within  this  semicircular  outline  the  coun- 
try is  somewhat  broken  and  gradually  descends  to  the  seacoast.  Between  the  higher 
( areas  the  surface  is  flat  and  low  and  subject  to  frequent  floods.  The  soil  is  very 
I  fertile.  The  rivers  form  3  distinct  systems,  that  of  the  Capiz,  or  Panay,  occupying 
;  at  least  two-thirds  of  the  province  toward  the  E.  This  river,  with  a  high-tide  depth 
1  of  13  ft.  at  its  mouth  and  a  minimum  of  18  ft.  as  far  as  Ciipiz,  on  its  bank,  has  suffi- 
'  cient  depth  for  large  native  craft  a  considerable  distance  in  the  interior.  Its  main 
!  stream  is  fed  by  5  tributaries.  The  Maindan  rises  across  the  border,  joining  the  main 
stream  near  Cuartero.  The  Barbaran  and  another  large  tributary  to  the  W.  unite 
with  the  main  stream  near  the  same  point,  while  the  Malinannang  enters  from  the 
W.  Another  important  stream,  the  Aclan,  rising  near  the  Antique  boundary,  enters 
the  sea  with  a  depth  of  7  ft.  on  the  bar  off  Calivo.  The  Ibajay,  after  crossing  the 
Antique  boundary,  enters  the  sea  at  the  town  of  the  same  name. 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

The  following  are  the  bays  and  harbors  along  the  coast  of  this  pi-ovince : 

Aclan;  an  anchorage  at  the  mouth  of  the  river  of  that  name  near  the  town  of 
Calivo,  Sh  m.  SE.  of  Pt.  Agpsl.  The  bar  on  the  river  has  5  ft.  of  water  and  the  river 
within  affords  shelter  for  native  craft  except  from  NE.  winds. 

Batan;  12  m.  SE.  of  Aclan  is  a  deep  bight  surrounded  by  a  lowland.  The 
entrance,  open  to  the  NE.,  is  marked  by  Ocboc  Hill,  an  isolated  cliff  2 J  m.  E.  The 
channel,  2,100  ft.  wide,  is  6  fms.  deep.  The  interior  of  the  port  is  sheltered  from 
wind  and  sea.     The  anchorage  inside  has  5i  fms.  off  the  town  of  Batan. 

Buruanga;  on  AV.  coast,  affording  anchorage  in  a  small  bay,  with  a  depth  from  3^ 
to  4|  fms. 

Capiz;  a  roadstead  open  to  the  NW.,  with  anchorage  in  6  fms.  and  sheltered  from 
the  NE.  between  the  bar  and  river  of  the  same  name  and  Nipa  Pt.  The  river,  which 
has  13  ft.  at  high  water  and  3  fms.  inside  as  far  as  the  city,  is  used  by  native  vessels 
in  case  of  sudden  storms. 

Olutaya;  several  small  bays  on  this  island  with  3  to  4  fms.  are  used  by  coasters. 
There  are  7  fms.  of  water  around  the  island,  but  the  passage  between  it  and  the 
mainland,  not  quite  2  m.  in  width,  is  obstructed. 

Sapian;  the  most  E.  of  2  large  bays  about  the  center  of  the  coast.  It  is  4  m. 
between  heads  and  extends  the  same  distance  inland.  It  carries  4  fms.  at  the 
entrance  and  3  fms.  in  the  center  of  the  bay.     It  is  sheltered  from  all  winds  but  N. 

In  the  deep  bight  between  Pirara  and  Bulacaue  Pts.,  on  the  W.  shore,  are  a 
number  of  small  indentations,  Jamulaon,  Ocboc,  Atimonan,  Navitas,  and  Buncayao, 
which  afford  shelter  for  coasters.  At  the  head  of  this  bight  is  a  bay  2  m.  in  Avidth 
.  at  the  entrance  and  extending  4i  m.  inland,  which  is  protected  in  all  weather  by  the 
island  of  Banocay,  which  fronts  it.  The  waters  of  this  coast  are  sometimes  called  the 
sea  of  Ciipiz. 

S.  Doc.  280 28 


434 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


ROADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 


The  traffic  of  the  province  is  lartjely  1>>-  water,  either  between  the  many  towns  on 
tlie  coast  or  along  tlie  numerous  navi^rabie  ^^t  leanis.  There  are  cart  roads  connectitii; 
the  larger  towns,  but  those  of  the  more  distant  parts  are  reached  by  trail.  There 
are  a  few  passes  through  the  mountain  ))oundaries,  which  are  occupied  by  rivers, 
along  the  shores  of  which  trails  afford  communication. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

The  population  is  given  at  224,000,  exclusive  of  the  roving  tribes  scattered  through- 
out the  mountains  of  Balete,  Ibajay,  Libacao,  Madalag,  and  Tapds.  A  majority  of 
the  inhabitants  are  Visayans.  The  following  is  the  division  of  Cdpiz  into  pueblos 
and  respective  population,  according  to  the  census  of  1887: 


Province  and  pueblos. 


Total  population,  combining 
residents  present  and  ab- 
sent, native  and  Spanish, 

1887. 


Men. 


Women.      Total 


C&piz: 

Balete . 


Batan 

Buruanga  . . 

Calivo 

CApiz 

Cuartero 

Dao 

DumAlag  . . . 
Dumarao  . . . 

Ibajay 

Ibisan 

Jagnaya 

JamingdAn  . 

Jimeno 

Lezo 

Libacao 

Loctugan . . . 

Maayon 

Macat6 

Madalag 

Malinao 

Mambusao  . 

Navas 

Numancia . . 

Panay  

Panitan 

Pilar 

Pontevedra . 

Sapi^n 

Sigma 


1,171 
4,006 
5,533 
2,302 
6,102 
8,192 
2,453 
2,606 
3,731 
2,723 
6,258 
1, 472 
1,093 

465 
1,445 
2, 121 
1,940 
1,537 

996 
3, 405 
1,969 
3,403 
4,303 
2,179 
3,098 
9,686 
3,119 
2,453 
3, 227 
1,635 
2,381 
1,578 
1, 285 


10,019 
4,284 

12, 028 

16,692 
4,623 
5,277 
7,390 
5,150 

12, 162 
2,770 
2,095 
881 
2,940 
3,793 
3,783 
2, 920 
1,980 
6,589 
3,811 
6,686 
8, 525 
4,214 
6,111 

19, 343 
6,455 
4,833 
6,491 
3,181 
4,960 
3,137 
2,486 


Total 

Estimated,  1901 . 


95,335  I      99,867 


195,202 
224, 000 


There  are  33  towns  of  more  or  less  importance,  and  184  villages.  The  following 
are  the  names  of  the  towns  (population  of  1896  is  given): 

Capiz;  the  capital  of  the  province,  a  telegraph  and  military  station  on  the  1.  bank 
of  the  Capiz  or  Panay  Riv.,  4  m.  above  its  mouth.  The  river  is  navigable  to  the 
city,  having  from  4  to  13  ft.  on  the  bar,  and  a  depth  of  18  ft.  within  the  bar  and  up 
to  the  city.  It  is  well  built  and  has  a  small  fort  for  its  defense.  It  has  a  large  native 
trade,  particularly  in  rice,  and  is  a  place  of  call  for  steamers.     Pop.,  13,676. 

Banga;  on  r.  bank  of  Aclan  Riv.,  above  Calivo,  at  the  headwaters  of  a  stream 
emptying  into  Bat;in  port,  7  m.  inland  and  28  m.  W.  of  Capiz. 

Batan;  on  the  E.  shore  of  the  bay  of  that  name,  17  m.  W.  of  Capiz.     Pop.,  12,908. 

Balete;  at  the  headwaters  of  the  stream  emptying  into  Batdn  port,  25  m.  WSW. 
of  Cdpiz.     Pop.,  5,065. 

Buruanga;  on  a  small  bay  on  the  extreme  NW.  coast,  66  m.  WNW.  of  Capiz. 
Pop.,  3,967. 

Calivo;  a  military  station  on  the  main  N.  coast  road,  1^  m.  above  the  mouth  of 
an  important  river,  30  m.  W.  by  N.  of  Cdpiz.     Pop.,  10,865. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  435 

Cuartero;  on  the  r.  bank  of  the  Mainddn  Riv.,  15^  m.  SSW.  of  Cdpiz.  Pop.,  5,175. 
.  Dao;  a  miUtary  station  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  Maindan  Riv.,  near  its  junction  with 
the  Ciipiz,  15  m.  SW.  of  Ciipiz.     Pop.,  8,787. 

Dumarao;  a  mihtary  station  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  Badbaran,  tributary  of  the 
Cdpiz  Riv.,  20  m.  S.  of  Ciipiz.     Pop.,  5,085. 

Dumalag;  on  the  r.  bank  of  the  upper  Cd.piz  Riv.,  21  m.  SSW.  of  Capiz.  Pop., 
8,000. 

Ibajay;  a  miUtary  station  on  the  entrance  point  of  a  bay  48  m.  WNW.  of  Cdpiz. 
Pop.,  11,351. 

Ivisan;  2^  m.  E.  of  Sapitin  Bay,  and  5i  m.  SW.  of  Capiz.     Pop.,  5,000. 

Jagnaya;  on  the  r.  bank  of  the  Malinannang,  tributary  of  the  Cdpiz  Riv.,  34  m. 
SW.  of  Capiz.     Pop.,  2,500. 

Jimeno;  a  militarv  station  near  SE.  shore  of  Batin  port,  17  m.  WSW.  of  Capiz, 
Pop.,  3,278. 

Jamiug-dan;  at  the  headwaters  of  the  ]Malinannang,  the  W.  tributary  of  the  Ciipiz 
Riv.,  26  m.  WSW.  of  Capiz.     Pop.,  5,000. 

Lezo;  on  the  1.  bank  of  an  important  river,  2  m.  SE.  of  Numancia  and  30  m.  W. 
by  N.  of  Ctipiz.     Pop.,  5,500. 

Libacao;  on  the  r.  bank  of  an  important  river,  20  m.  above  its  mouth,  near  the 
boundary  of  Antique,  31  m.  WSW.  of  Capiz.     Pop.,  3,914. 

Loctugan;  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  Capiz  Riv.,  3  m.  S.  of  C^piz.     Pop.,  3,475. 

Maayon;  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  Maayon  tributary  of  the  Cdpiz  Riv.,  10  m.  S.  of 
Cdpiz.     Pop.,  1,616. 

Macatd;  a  militarv  station  on  the  1.  bank  of  a  river,  4  m.  from  the  coast  and  35  m. 
W.  by  N.  of  Cdpiz.     Pop.,  10,136. 

Madalag;  on  the  1.  liank  of  an  important  river,  13  m.  from  the  sea,  near  the  Antique 
boundary,  29  m.  WSW.  of  Capiz.     Pop.,  2,684. 

Malinao;  a  military  station  on  the  1.  bank  of  an  important  river,  5i  m.  above  its 
mouth  and  30  m.  W.  of  Capiz.     Pop.,  10,296. 

Mambusao;  a  military  station  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  Capiz  Riv.,  17  m.  SW.  of 
Capiz.     Pop.,  11,000. 

Navas;  on  the  SW.  shore  of  a  small  bay  50  m.  WNW.  of  Ciipiz  and  opposite  Ibajay, 
on  the  same  bay.     Pop.,  5,257. 

Numancia;  on  the  road  between  Calivo  and  Macato,  2^  m.  inland,  32  m.  W.  by  N. 
of  Cdpiz.     Pop.,  6,123. 

Panay;  3  m.  SE.  of  Cdpiz.     Pop.,  15,484. 

Panitan;  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  Cdpiz  Riv.,  7  m.  S.  of  Cdpiz.     Pop.,  10,020. 

Pilar;  on  the  E.  shore  of  a  large  bay,  18  m.  ESE.  of  Cdpiz.     Pop.,  2,895. 

Pontevedra;  13  m.  SE.  of  Cdpiz.     Pop.,  9,512. 

Sapian;  2  m.  inland  from  the  bay  of  the  same  name,  11  m.  SW.  of  Cdpiz.  Pop., 
4,863. 

Sigma;  on  the  r.  bank  of  the  Cdpiz  Riv.,  16  m.  SW.  of  Cdpiz. 

Tangalan;  at  the  mouth  of  a  river,  41  m.  WNW.  of  Cdpiz.     Pop.,  2,982. 

Tapas;  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  upper  Cdpiz  Riv.,  26  m.  SSW.  of  Cdpiz,  near  the 
Iloilo  boundary.     Pop.,  2,892. 

DEPENDENT  ISLANDS. 

The  dependent  islands  off  the  coast  of  Cdpiz  province,  Panay,  are — 

sq.m. 

Banocay;  in  the  entrance  to  a  bay  on  the  NE,  coast 2 

Batdn;  4  unnamed  islands  within  the  port  of  this  name 3 

Batoang  Bagi;  S.  of  Colasi  Pt 

Buracay;  14  m.  off  the  extreme  NW.,  4^  m.  N.  and  S.,  2  m.  E.  and  W.;  village  of  Buracay  occupies 

a  small  bay  on  the  SE.  shore  and  Manoc-Manoc  on  the  extreme  SW.  of  the  islandc 5 

Magatalijan;  1  m.  W.  of  Olutaya  I i 

Mahabang  Pulo;  a  small  islet  in  the  entrance  to  Sapidn  Bay 

M  alay ;  an  islet  in  SapiAn  Bay 

Maraoa;  an  island  in  the  entrance  toSapidn  Bay 

Masulag;  an  islet  off  the  entrance  to  Sapi&n  Bay 

Matalinga;  24  m.  E.  of  Nipa  Pt J 

Nagtig  (Naptig);  3  m.  NW.  of  Pirara  Pt 

Olutaya:  4  m.  N.  of  Pirara  Pt.;  coast  of  the  i-sland  forms  little  bays  in  which  coasters  find  anchorage 

in  3  to  4  fms 1 

Pandftn;  the  central  and  largest  island  of  a  group  of  6  islands  within  Batin  port,  24  by  14  m 3 

Tabon;  the  southernmost  of  a  group  of  6  islands  within  the  port  of  Bat^n 2 

Taguadlan,  3  islets  immediately  off  Tabon  Pt.  in  the  extreme  NW.  coast i 

Tua d ;  4  m.  SW.  of  Colasi  Pt | 

Also  the  following  islands;  Cabay,  Carabes,  Fued,  Mobary,  Nasamba. 

Dependent  islets  and  islands,  30;  total  area 18 


4db  GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPIISIE    ISLANDS. 

VEGETABLE  PRODUCTS. 

The  agricultural  products  are  rice,  sugar,  tobacco,  hemp,  indigo,  chocolate,  and 
corn.  Pastoral  pursuits  constitute  a  large  iiart  of  the  agricultural  wealth  of  the 
province.  The  statistics  show  45,624  head  of  cattle  and  horses,  with  an  approximate 
value  of  $324,504. 

MINERALS. 

There  are  working  mines  of  gold.     Iron  is  found  in  different  parts  of  the  province. 
FORESTS. 

The  forest  products  of  Cilpiz  are  al)undant,  there  being  not  less  than  87  species  of 
building  woods.     There  is  a  large  yield  of  pitch  and  resin. 

FRUITS. 

The  manga,  ates,  mangosteen,  tampoy,  aapote,  and  banana  in  great  variety  thrive 
abundantly. 

INDUSTRIES. 

The  manufacture  of  alcohol  is  of  special  importance,  the  annual  product  aggregat- 
ing more  than  $500,000  liters.  There  is  a  large  manufacture  of  sugar  sacks,  hats  of 
palm  leaf,  and  baskets;  also  fabrics  of  silk,  cotton,  and  hemp.  The  trade  of  the 
province  is  comlnctcd  at  weekly  fairs  hcM  on  indicated  days  in  all  the  towns.  The 
principal  articles  of  Iwrter  are  rice,  hemp,  pineapples,  fiber  cloth,  and  dried  fish.  In 
1886,  2,000,000  cabanes  of  palay  (rice)  was  produced  for  export  in  Pontevedra  on  20 
sugar  plantations.     The  nipa  groves  produced  125,000  arrobas  of  wine. 

UNITED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 

Cdpiz  was  occupied  by  the  forces  of  the  Visayan  military  district  in  the  summer  of 
1899.     On  February  15,  1902,  the  following  were  the  military  stations  in  Cdpiz: 
Calivo''  Cdpiz''. 

CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 

The  province  of  Cdpiz  was  created  under  the  "provincial  government  act"  of 
February  6,  1901,  by  enactment  of  the  Philippine  Commission  April  15,  1901,  to 
include  "  that  territory  in  the  island  of  Panay,  known  as  the  '  province  of  Cdpiz.'  " 

PROVINCIAL  OFFICERS. 

[Salaries  aud  expenses  in  United  States  currency.] 

Governor |1,  700 

Secretary 1,  200 

Treasurer 2, 000 

Supervisor 1, 800 

Fiscal 1,200 

Allowance  for  necessary  and  actual  traveling  expenses  not  exceeding  $2.50  per  day, 
as  prescribed.  The  presidentes  or  alcaldes  of  the  municipalities  of  the  province  meet 
and  organize  on  the  third  Monday  in  January,  April,  and  July,  to  consider  improve- 
ments needed  in  the  province  and  for  other  purposes  prescribed  by  law. 

CONDITIONS. 

"Ever  since  April  15,  1901,  when  the  honorable  civil  commission  established  civil 
government  in  this  province,  the  pueblos,  deeply  perturbed  by  the  successive  wars 
from  1897  to  1901,  entered  with  a  vim  into  civil  rule,  and  the  organization  of  the 
municipalities  in  the  34  pueblos  was  carried  out  without  any  disturbance  of  any 
kind,  as  though  the  people  had  been  accustomed  for  a  long  time  to  such  laws. 

*  Telegraph.  ^  Telephone. 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE   PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


437 


"So  pronounced  is  the  public  spirit  for  the  preservation  of  order  and  the  mainte- 
nance of  civil  institutions  that  at  the  beginning  of  October  last,  shortly  after  the 
unhappy  event  at  Balangiga,  island  of  Samar,  some  bad  patriots  with  perverse  inten- 
tions spread  the  rumor  that  40  revolutionists  from  Samar,  well  armed  with  rifles, 
had  disembarked,  and  that  on  the  1st  of  November  the  bolomen  were  going  to  cut 
the  throats  of  all  the  Americans  and  Americanistas.  These  rumors  found  attention 
in  the  military,  who  took  every  kind  of  precautions,  despite  the  fact  that  from  reports 
received  by  this  Government  the  whole  thing  was  false  and  intended  only  to  alarm 
the  people  and  see  if  the  pueblos  would  become  disturbed.  The  result  was  that  the 
pueblos  unanimously  were  vigilant  in  their  desire  to  maintain  ])eace  and  disposed  to 
sacrifice  themselves  in  the  interest  of  order,  as  was  repoited  by  the  presidentes  of  the 
pueblos  in  reply  to  recommendations  made  by  this  Government. 

"The  public  instruction  is  giving  very  favorable  results  through  the  appointment 
of  American  teachers  and  already  the  number  of  children  who  begin  Uj  ypeak  English 
is  quite  large,  and  all  of  them  are  anxious  to  become  acquainted  with  the  modern 
American  methods  of  instruction."  (Official  report  of  native  provincial  governor, 
December  20,  1901.) 


CiPIZ  (cah'-pith),  ver.;  one  of  most  important 
rivers  of  archipelago,  in  CApiz,  Panay. 
Formed  of  Malinaniiang  from  W.  and  Maayon 
from  SE.  Many  important  towns  lie  along 
its  banks  and  tributaries.  It  is  protected  at 
its  mouth  by  bar  having  13  ft.  Within  bar 
depth  becomes  18  ft.,  which  river  continues 
for  3  m.  to  Cdpiz,  which  carries  on  brisk  native 
trade,  chiefly  export  of  rice.  Steamers  from 
Manila  call  weekly. 

open  water  N.  of  Panay,  sometimes  called 

"Sea  of  Capiz."  Flood  stream  enters  from 
VV.  by  passage  between  Panay  and  Carabao 
and  Tablas,  and  also  by  passage  between 
Tablas  and  Rombl6n  and  Sibuyan,  and  ebbs 
in  reverse  direction  by  same  passages.  These 
islands  form  W.  and"  N.  boundaries  of  sea. 
Masbate  lies  on  E.  and  N.  coast  of  Panay  on  S. 

pueblo,  capital  of  province  of  same  name. 

Pop.,  13,676.     (See  C4piz,  province  of.) 

I'APXOIAX  (cap-naw'-yahn),  ver.;  island  449  ft. 
high,  1^  m.  in  diaineter,  9i  m.  SW.  of  Cuyo, 
Cuyos  grp.,  Mindoro  Sea. 

t'XPOAS  (cah'-poh-as),  ver.;  table  land  3,350  ft. 
high,  16  m.  NE.  of  Boayan  I.,  with  conspic- 
uous land  slip.  Rises  iiear  SE.  extremity  of 
extensive  peninsula  N.  of  Malampaya  sound, 
NW.  coast  of  Palawan. 

bold  projecting  cape,  7  m.  NW.  of  Emer- 
gency Pt.,  with  2  peaks  and  extreme  W.  point 
of  peninsula,  upon  which  Cdpoas  is  situated, 
NW.  coa.st  of  Palawan. 

CAPOCPOCA  JJAA  ( cah-poc-paw-cah'-nahn ) ;  island 
off  E.  coast  of  Sdmar,  6i  m.  S.  of  Hernani. 

CAPONES  (cah-paw'-nays),  Sp.;  i.sland  off  coast 
of  Zambales,  Luzon.  Largest  of  3  islands. 
Great  Capon es,  lies  2^  m.  WNW.  from  point  of 
same  name.  On  island  is  flash  white  light 
228  ft.  above  high  water;  house  53  ft.  high  of 
brick. 

point  on  most  W.  mainland  of  this  part  of 

Luz6n  coast  in  Zambales,  an  imjjortant  land 
mark  to  vessels  passing  along  coast  to  and 
from  China.  Bears  N.  60  m.  from  Cabra  or 
Goat  I.,  is  high,  hare,  and  reddish,  having  3 
islands  to  NW.  of  it,  largest  being  Great 
Capones. 

t'APOOt'AN  (cah-paw-aw'-cahn),  ver.;  mountain 
in  W.  central  Leyte,  11  m.  NNW.  of  Albuera. 

pueblo  on  N.  shore  of  Leyte,  22  m.  W.  of 

Taeloban.    Pop.,  1,622. 

CAPOTE  (cah-poh'tay),  Sp.;  mountain  in  Polillo 
I.,  off  Infanta  Luz6n. 

t'APOTOAJJ  (cah-paw-taw'ahn),  ver.:  mountain 
in  N.  central  Sdmar,  12  m.  S.  of  Catubig,  from 
which  flows  most  N.  spring  of  Bac-hao  Ban- 
gahon  Riv.,  which  empties  on  SW.  coast. 

CAPROCAN  (cah-proh'-cun),  ver.;  mountain  in 
Leyte. 

CAPSiLAT  (cap-sah'-lie),  ver.;  island  of  group 
forming  NE.  side  of  Barton  Bay,  on  W.  coast 
of  N.  Palawan. 


CAPSUEGAN  (cup-sway '-gun),  nat.;  central  of  4 
peaks  inland  from  Broken  Head,  E  shore Ulu- 
gan  Bay,  W.  coast  of  Palawan. 

CAPTIDABAN  (cap-tee-dah'-rahn),  ver.;  hamlet 
on  SE.  shore  of  Igan  Bay,  W.  coast  of  Guima- 
T&s  I,  oflf  Iloilo,  Panay,  12  m.  SSW.  of  Nagaba. 

CAPU  (cah'-poo):  village  on  NW.  shore  of  Sorso- 
gon  port,  Sorsog6n,  Luz6n,  SE.  of  mouth  of 
Palixct  Riv. 

CAPUA  (cah'-pwah),  nat.;  mountain  in  Palawan, 
lat.  10°  50'  N. 

CAPITAL,  orKAlIPAL  (cah-poo-aP),  ver.;  islands* 
m.  E.  and  W.  and  2i  m.  N.  and  S.,  1,036  ft. 
high,  1  m.  off  NE.  extreme  of  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A. 

CAPIICAN  (cah-poo'-can);  river  and  village  of 
Leyte.    See  Capoocan. 

CAPLL  (cah-pool'),  ver.;  island  8  by  2  m.,  one  of 
chain  on  S.  side  of  strait  of  San  Bernardino, 
stretching  from  SAmar,  E.,  %vith  which  it  is 
grouped,  toward  Ticao  I.,  W.  It  is  also  in 
center  of  channel  S.  to  Leyte  and  central 
islands  of  Visayan  grp.    Chief  town,  Capul. 

pueblo  of  island  of  that  name  in  San  Ber- 
nardino Strait,  on  bay  opening  toward  NE. 
Pop.  2,295. 

point  in  N.  island  of  Capul,  San  Bernardino 

Strait,  between  Sorsog6n  and  SAmar. 

CAPULAXn  (cah-poo-lah-ahn'),Tag.;  inletinSW. 
Tayabas,  Luz6n. 

CAPULAIV'  (cah-poo'-lahn),  nat.;  island  ofl  S. 
coast  of  Tayabas,  Luz6n. 

CAPDLAO  (cah-poo-lah'-oo),  ver.;  hamlet  on  E. 
coast  of  Bohol,  3  m.  N.  of  Libfts  Pt. 

CAPCLAl'O  (cah-poo-lah'-yoh),  nat.;  hamlet  of 
Ambos  Camarines  (Norte),  on  river  of  same 
name. 

river  of  Ambos  Camarines  (Norte),  Luz6n; 

rises  in  center  of  province -and  empties  into 
Guinayangan  Bay  on  S.  coast. 

CAPULGAJf  (cah-pool'-gan);  mountain  in  SW. 
Leyte,  10  m.  E.  of  Hilongos. 

CAPULfAX  (cah-poo-loo'-ahn),nat.;  point  in  SE. 
Tayabas,  Luzon. 

rocky  island  off  SE.  coast  of  Tayabas,  Lu- 

z6n,  in  Guinayangan  Bay. 

CAPULUJAN  (cah-poo-loo'-hahn),  ver.;  moun- 
tain in  central  range  of  Masbate  I.,  Visayas, 
12  m.  S.  of  Masbate. 

CAPCNttCNAN  (cah-poong-oo'-nun),  ver.;  moun- 
tain in  E.  Mindanao. 

CAPCMACAN  (cah-poon-tah'-cahn),  ver.;  low 
spur  in  Albay,  Luz6n,  off  volcano  of  Albay 
and  near  provincial  capital. 

CAPCNTUCAN  (cah-poon-too'-cahn) ,  nat.;  point 
at  mouth  of  Sabang  Riv.,  SE.  side  of  Legaspi, 
on  SW.  shore  of  Albay  Gulf,  Luz6n. 

CAPUNUYPUtiAN  (cah-poo-nooy-poo'-gahn),  ver.; 
point  on  NE.  coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  6  m. 
S.  of  Tugasand  17m.  NW.of  C^uit  Pts.,  form- 
ing headlands  and  extensive  bight  on  that 
shore. 


438 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


CAPUTANAN  (cah-poo-tah'-nahn),  Tag.;  hamlet 
in  Cavite,  Luz6n,  17  m.  SW.  of  Cavite. 

CAPUTIAN  (cah-poo-tee'-ahn )  (means whiteness), 
nat.;  mountain  on  W.  of  Yabasan  Riv.,  10  m. 
NW.  of  Sulat,  in  E.  Sdmar. 

CAPYXs  (cah-peeahs'),  nat.;  island  on  W.  coa.st 
of  Palawan,  lat.  8°  34'  N. 

t'ARA  (cah'-rah),  Sp.;  hamlet  in  Benguet,  Lnz6n, 
13  m.  NE.  of  Trinidad.    Pop.,  502. 

CAKABAHOL  (cah-rah-bah-hall') ,  ver.;  mountain 
in  Bohol,  Visayas. 

I'AKABALLO  (eah-rah-bah'-lyoh),  Hisp.;  river  in 
N.  Luz6n. 

mountains  in  Ambos  Camarines,  Luzon, 

taining  gold  and  iron. 

t'AUABALLO  (.'HR'O  (cah-rah-bah'-lyoh  chee'- 
coh),  Hisp.,  mountain  in  Ilocos  Norte,  Luz6n. 

CAKABALLO  \()KTE  (cah-rah-bah'-lyoh  nor'- 
tay),  Hisp.;  high  mountain  near  N.  coast  of 
Ilocos  Norte,  Luz6n. 

CAKABALLOS  DE  BALER  (cah-rah-bah'-lyohs 
day  biih-layr'),  Hisp.;  peak  in  Carballos  Sur, 
inNufva  Eei   i,  Luz6n. 

CABABALLOS  (XX'IDEKTALES  (cah-rah-bah'- 
lyhos  oke-thce-dayn-tah'-lace),  Hisp.;  one  of 
3  great  ranges  of  Luzon  trending  approxi- 
mately N.  and  divided  into  central  range, 
which  runs  three-fourths  of  its  length  i)efore 
it  separates  between  provinces  of  Abra,  Ilo- 
cos Norte,  and  CagayAn,  and  N.  range,  from 
division  mentioned  to  most  N.  part  of  Luz6n, 
called  Pt.  Pata.  Its  total  length  is  about  150 
m.,  separating  provinces  of  Pangasindn, 
Uni6n,  Abra,  and  district  of  Benguet  from 
Nueva  Vizeaya,  Isabela,  and  Cagay^n.  De- 
parting from  Cabalisan,  near  Caraballos  Sur 
toward  N.,  district  of  Benguet,  in  which  rise 
ridges  of  Pinos  and  Bayabas,  is  left  to  \V.  of 
principal  range.  In  1  range  of  hills  of  little 
importance  rise  rivers  Abra  and  Agno  Grande, 
which  flow,  former  toward  N.,  latter  toward 
S.  Mts.  Biumaca,  Tapan,  Cabuman,  Ton- 
glon  (2,261  meters),  Lugsen,  and  peak  of  Bay- 
abas  (1,520  meters)  are  most  important  of 
heights  between  Union  and  Benguet.  To  W. 
of  Caraballos  Sur,  about  one-half  distance 
from  this  mountain  to  Gulf  of  Casiguran,  is 
Mt.  Data  (2,500  meters),  one  of  most  con- 
spicuous of  whole  region.  Its  branches  run 
in  general  direction  of  N.  and  S.  Among 
them  rises  Sabagan  range  of  mountains,  which 
extends  toward  district  of  Bon  toe  to  E. ,  and 
also  chain  called  Polis,  highest  region  of  that 
country.  From  ridge  of  Polis,  giving  place 
to  valley  of  Sapan,  there  rise  in  turn  other 
branches,  which,  with  NE.  trend  extend  to 
Bontoc  and  Cagay^n,  and  unite  with  second 
principal  range.  In  this  range  are  sources  of 
several  tributaries  to  river  Abra  and  Agno.  At 
W.  boundary  of  district  of  Lepanto,  and  form- 
ing division' between  it  and  province  of  Ilocos 
Sur,  extend  ranges  of  Tilaand  Malaya,  which 
run  SE.,  entering  district  of  Benguet,  where 
they  join  spur  of  Data.  Boundary  between 
provinces  of  Abra  and  Ilocos  Sur  consists  of 
range  which  runs  parallel  to  principal  one 
from  S.  to  N.,  thus  holding  province  of  Abra 
between  2  large  ranges.  On  account  of  rough- 
ness and  wildness  of  these  2  crests  numerous 
tribes  of  Igorrotes  there  find  shelter.  From 
Caraballos  Norte,  which  forms  extreme  N. 
point  of  great  range,  starts  toward  W.  branch 
called  Caraballos  Chico.  From  last  extend 
2  ranges  of  mountains,  which,  running  par- 
allel toward  S.,  enter  province  of  Ilocos  Sur. 

CARABALLOS  SUB  (cah-rah-bah'-lyohs  soor), 
Hisp.;  E.  and  SE.  ranges,  third  in  importance 
in  Luz6n,  less  in  height  than  others;  its  direc- 
tion is  more  irregular,  and  its  length  twice 
that  of  Caraballos  Occidentales,  extending 
from  Caraballos  de  Baler  to  .strait  of  San 
Bernardino.  Its  trend  from  point  of  sepa- 
ration to  boundary  of  province  of  Laguna 
and  Tayabas  is  N.  and  S.  From  Banahao 
range  turns  to  SE.,  which  direction  it  main- 
tains invariably  until  near  Guinayangan,  in 


t'ABABALLOS  SUB— Continued, 

province  of  Tayabas,  where  it  divides  into  2 
spurs,  which  extend,  respectively,  one  more 
toward  S.  in  above-mentioned  province  to 
Pt.  Bondog,  where  it  ends,  and  the  other  to- 
ward NE.,  only  to  turn  later  again  to  E.,  in 
end  of  Calagua,  cross  province  of  Ambos  Ca- 
marines (Norte),  turn  again  toward  SE.,  enter 
province  of  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur)  and  Al- 
bay,  until  it  ends  in  spurs  of  volcano  Bulusan, 
facing  strait  of  San  Bernardino.  Among 
branches  of  this  great  range,  besides  division 
of  Tayabas,  which,  separating  from  Caraba- 
llos de  Baler,  takes  direction  of  NE.  until  it 
ends  in  Pt.  Encento,  on  S.  side  of  bay  of  Baler, 
are  tho.se  which  extend  through  provinces  of 
Bulacin  and  Rizal,  and  those  of  Colasi  and 
Bacaray,  in  province  of  Ambos  Camarines 
(Norte). 

t'ARABAO  (cah-rah-bah'-oo),  nat.;  island  718  ft. 
high,  C  by  4  m.,  between  Tablas  I.,  10  m.  on 
NE.,  and  Buracay  (Borokai)  I.,  5  m.  on  S.,off 
NW.  extreme  of  Panay  I. ;  anchorage  is  on  W. 
side,  near  West  Pt. 

island  off  shore  of  Cavite,  Luz6n,  on  S.  side 

of  main  channel  into  Manila  Bay,  33  m.  SW. 
of  Manila. 

inlet  in  NW.  Catanduanes  I.,  NE.  of  Albay, 

Luz6n. 

point  on  shore  of  Catanduanes  I.,  NE.  of 

Albay,  Luzon. 

UABABDAPAL  (cah-rub-dah-pahl'),  nat.;  point 
on  N.  coast  of  Simar,  and  E.  head  to  Laguan 
channel. 

CABABUUA  (cah-rah-boo'-eah),  ver.;  point  on  E. 
shore  of  Dumanquilas  Bay,  S.  coast  of  Zam- 
boanga,  Mindanao. 

UARACAYA  (cah-rah-cah'-yah),  ver.;  hamlet  in 
NE.  Capiz,  Panay,  8  m.  S.  of  May6n. 

t'ARAU  (cah-rug'),  nat.;  bay  formed  by  islands 
off  coast  of  Albay. 

UARAGA  (cah-rah'-gah),  ver.;  hamlet  on  N.  .side 
of  bay  of  same  name,  E.  coast  of  Surigao,  Min- 
danao, 190  m.  SSE.  of  Surigao. 

bay  semicircular  in  form  opening  to  E. 

between  Sankol  and  Pusan  Pts.,  2  m.,  and 
penetrating  inland  about  same  distance. 
Sankol  village  stands  on  shore  near  point 
with  cocoanut  plantation  adjoining  it.  An- 
chorage lies  WNW.  of  Pusan  Pt.,  but  is  much 
exposed.  Another,  ofT  Tubu,  on  S.  side  shel- 
tered from  S.  winds.  Only  place  on  S.  coast 
where  there  is  sand  beach. 

small  lake  in  N.  Mindanao. 

pueblo  on  shore  of  small  bay  on  E.  coast  of 

Surigao,  Mindanao,  NW.  of  Casoman  Pt.,  189 
m.  SSE.  of  Surigao.    Pop.,  8,690. 

CARAUAS  (cah-rah'-gahs),  ver.;  mountain  on  N. 
shore  of  W.  Sdmar. 

(JARAGAUAN  (cah-rah-gah'-wahn),ver.;  S. branch 
of  Bacog  Riv.  in  W.  Antique,  Panay. 

fARAGHiN  (cah-rug-hun'),  nat.;  village  on  S. 
shore  of  Sorsog6n  port,  Sorsog6n,  Luz6n. 

CARAHCMAK  (cah-rah-hoo'-mahn),  ver.;  hamlet 

3  m.  NW.  of  Calb^yoc,  S4mar. 
CARAi   (cah-rye'),  nat.;  river  entering  on  SW. 

shore  of  Bacul  Bay,  extreme  NE.  coast  of 

Iloilo,  Panay. 

t'ARAIMAN  (cah-rah-ee'-mahn),  ver.;  hamlet  in 
Sfimar,  1  m.  from  Santa  Margarita. 

(JARAMORAN  (cah-rah-moh'-run),  ver.;  pueblo 
on  W.  shore  of  Catanduanes  I.,  NW.  of  Albay, 
Luz6n,  22  m.  E.  of  town  of  same  name  on 
mainland  in  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur).  Pop., 
908. 

i'ABAMtfAN,  or  CABAMOAN  (cah-rah-moo'-ahn, 
cah-rah-moh'-an),  ver.;  pueblo  in  extreme 
SE.  part  of  Amboi  Camarines  (Sur),  Luz6n, 
on  1.  shore  ot  Manapol  Riv.  emptying  into  Pa- 
cific Ocean,  6  m.  W.  of  Caramuan  Pt.  and  48 
m.  ENE.  of  Nueva  C^ceres.    Pop.,  6,697. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


439 


CAKAJlfAX,  or  CARAMOAX;  peninsula  on  NE. 
shcire  of  Ambos  Camarines  connected  with 
main  body  of  island  by  isthmus  Vsarog. 

mountain  in  Ambos  Camarines,  Luz6n. 

point  NE.  shore  of  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur), 

Luzon,  4  m.  E.  of  Caramiian  port  and  oppo- 
i-ite  Catanduanes  I. 

peak  in  Caraballos  Sur,  in  Amboi  Cama- 
rines, Luzon. 

CARAXAX  (cah-rali'-nun),  nat.;  point  on  SW. 
coast  of  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luz6n,  in 
pueblo  of  Libanan. 

CARA>(,'ARAX  (cah-rahn-cah'-rahn),  nat.;  ham- 
let on  X.  shore  of  Sulu  I.,  Snlu  A.,  22  m.  E.  of 
Sulu.  Tulayan  I.  lies  to  NW.  and  shelters 
anchorage. 

CARANDAGA  (cah-run-dah-gah'),  nat.,  island  off 
E.  coast  of  Palawan. 

CARANDURIX  (cah-rahn-doo'-rin),  nat.;  village 
on  island  of  Baldbac,  off  SW.  extreme  of  Pala- 
wan. 

CARAXG  (cah'rung),  nat.;  mountain  in  Panay. 

CARA>'GAS  (cah-rang'-ass),  ver.;  S.  tributary  of 
riut  Riv.,  in  E.  Sdmar. 

CARAXGC.4RAXG  (cah-rang-cah'-rang),  nat.;  vil- 
lage S.  of  Petley  Pt.,  S.  .«ide  of  Sulu  I.,  on  S. 
shore  Dalrymple  harbor,  Sulu  A. 

CARAXG-DALTO,  or  KARAXGDATO  (cah-rang- 
dahl-taw',  cah-rang-dah'-toh),  ver.;  hamlet 
on  shore  of  Tutu  Bay,  S.  coast  of  Sulu  I., 
Sulu  A. 

—  point  in  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A. 

t'ARAXHAX  (cah-ran-hahn'),  ver.;  point  on  W. 
shore  of  Albav,  Luzon,  between  Calusi  and 
Candin  Pts. 

—  point  on  S.  side  of  entrance  to  Matnog  Bay, 
on  SE.  shore  of  Albay,  Luzon. 

t'ARANlSAX,  or  CARAXIOAX  (cah-rah-nee'-sahn, 
cah-rah-nee'-wahn),  ver.;  port'on  N.  coast  of 
Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luzon,  at  foot  of 
highest  mountain  on  that  part  of  coast. 

point  dividing  waters  of  Mambdrao  Bay  on 

W.  coast  of  Mindoro. 

CARANSAX  (cah-rahn-sahn'),  ver.;  hamlet  in 
Sorsogon,  Luzon.  In  vicinity  are  coal  veins, 
same  as  extend  mto  Catbalogan,  Sdmar. 

CARAXTiX  (cah-rahn-yahn'),  ver.:  hamlet  in 
Samar.  on  1.  shore  of  river  entering  .sea  at 
Catarmdn,  2h  m.  NE. 

CARAO  (cah-rah'-oo),  nat.:  town  in  Benguet, 
Luz6n. 

bay  on  NW.  coast  of  Catanduanes  I.,  Luz6n, 

offering  fair  anchorage,  and  only  one  on  W. 
coast. 

point  on  N.   side  of  bay  of   that  name, 

Catanduanes  I.,  Albay,  Luzon. 

CARAPADAS  (cah-rah-pah'-dahs),  point  on  NW. 

shore  of  Lib^s  port,  E.  coast  of  Simar. 
CARAPDAPAT  (cah-rap-dah-paf),  ver.;  point  in 

N.  Siimar. 
CAKATAYA    (cah-rah-tah'-yah),    ver.;    town    in 

CYipiz,  Panay. 
CARAUAX   (cah-rah'-wahn),  ver.;   point  on  ex- 
treme SW.  coast  of  Albay,  Luzon. 
CARAUiSAO   (cah-rah-we'-.sah-oo),  ver.;    hamlet 

in  W.  Antique,  Panay,  4  m.  SE.  of  Patnongon. 
OARAY   I'ARAY  (eah-ri-cah-ri'),  nat.;   stream  in 

W.  Biliran  I.,  N.  of  Leyte,  emptying  into  bay 

li  m.  S.  of  Naval. 

CIrCAR  (cahr'-cahr),  ver.;  pueblo  on  E.  coast  of 
Cebii,  23  m.  SW.  of  Cebii,  on  CArcar  Bay,  .shel- 
tered by  islet.    Pop.,  30,300. 

point  'Zi  m.  E.  of  town  of  that  name,  E. 

coast  of  Cebii. 

port  and  river  on  E.  coast  of  Cebii,  in  pueblo 

of  same  name. 

-CARDOXA  (cahr-daw'-nah),  Sp.;  pueblo  in  Rizal, 
Luz6n,  3  m.  S.  of  Morong.    Pop.,  2,641. 


I'AREY,  or  SAGXi,  or  BETO  (cah-ray',  sah'-gi, 
bay'-taw),  ver.;  NE.  extremity  of  Negros  I. 
(SfcBeto.) 

CARIDAD  (cah-ree-dad'),  Sp.;  pueblo  on  Manila 
road,  between  San  Roque  and  Cavite  el  Viejo, 
10  m.  SW.  of  Manila  in  direct  line,  and  3  m. 
SW.  of  Cavite,  in  Cavite,  Luzon.    Pop.,  1,2-58. 

I'ARIG  (cah-rig'),  ver.;  pueblo  in  S.  Isabela,  Lu- 
z6n,  on  main  road  from  Ilagan,  S.  to  Bayom- 
bong,  30  m.  SW.  of  former  point.    Pop.,  2,447. 

CARIGAX  (cah-ree-gahn'),  ver.;  point  on  SE.  coast 
of  Siquijor  I.,  SW.  of  Bohol,  2  m.  SE.  of  Lacy. 

I'ARIGARA  (cah-ree-gah'-rah),  ver.;  pueblo  on  N. 
shore  of  Leyte,  21  m.  WNW.  of  Tacloban. 
Pop..  13,732. 

inlet  in  N.  Leyte. 

CARIXGO  (cah-reen'-gaw),  ver.;  island,  Ambos 
Camarines  (Norte). 

t'ARITAX  (cah-ree'-tahn),  nat.;  pueblo  on  W. 
coast  of  Antique,  Panay,  19  m.  N.  of  San  Jos6 
de  Buenavista.    Pop.,  1,240. 

CARIUALA  (eah-ree-wah'-lah),  ver.;  hamlet  in 
SE.  Hollo,  Panay,  2  m.  S.  of  ZArraga. 

CARLAG.V  (cahr-lah'-gah),  nat.;  stream  entering 
on  N  E.  shore  of  Sorsog6n  port,  Sorsogon,  Lu- 
z6n,  2  m.  E.  of  Sorsogon. 

OABLATAX  (cur-lah-tahn') ,  nat.;  village  at  S.  out- 
let of  lagoon  of  same  name,  on  NE.  shore  of 
San  Fernando  harbor,  1  m.  N.  of  San  Fer- 
nando, Union,  Luzon. 

CARLOS  (car-lays'),  Sp.;  pueblo  of  Concep^ci6n, 
Iloilo,  Panay,  3  m.  SW.  of  Bulacaue,  extreme 
NE.  point  of  island,  2.5  m.  N.  of  Concepci6n. 
Pop.,  10,300. 

t'ARLOTA  (car-law'-tah),  Sp.;  one  of  Dos  Her- 
manas  Is.  (q.  v.) ,  E.  of  Mindoro  I. 

CABLOTA,  LA  (car-loh'-tah,  lah),  Sp.;  pueblo  in 
Negros  Oriental,  35  m.  from  Bac61od.  In- 
sular government  owns  plantation  of  2,000 
acres  at  this  point.    Pop.,  Cn.  1887,  6,386. 

t'ARLOTA,  orSIMAXtA  (car-law'-tah,  see-mahn'- 
cah),  Sp.;  inland  town  of  Negros  Occidental, 
18  m.  S.  of  Bacolod.    Pop.,  12,384. 

I'ARMELO  (car-may'-law),  Sp.;  point  and  hamlet 
on  E.  shore  of  strait  of  Tafl6n,  4  m.  SW.  of 
Tuburan. 

CARMEX   (car'-mayn),    Sp.;    pueblo   in    Central 

Bohol,  27i  m.  NE.  of  Tagbilaran.    Pop.,  3,300. 
town  on  E.  shore  of  Dftvao  Gulf,  Ddvao, 

Mindanao,  opposite  SAmal  I.,  and  28  m.  E.  of 

DAvao. 
hamlet  in  N.  Central  Cdpiz,  Panay,  4  m. 

W.  of  Cuartero. 
hamlet  in  Nueva  Ecija,  Luz6n,  10  m.  NW. 

by  N.  of  San  Isidro. 
island  surrounded  by  navigable  channels 

on  upper  Grande  Riv.  "of  Mindanao,  Lanao, 

Mindanao. 
I'ARMEX,  or  PORT  BUGUT  (car'-mayn,  boo-goot'), 

Sp.;  pueblo  on  E.  coast  of  Cebii,  22  m.  N.  of 

Cebii.    Pop.,  6,673.    Port  is  small  nook  3  m. 

NW.  of  Danao  Pt.,  sheltered  by  Papu  islet. 

Town  on  S.  side  consists  of  about  20  houses. 

t'ARMIXA  (car-mee'-nah),  Sp.;  to\vn  in  Siquijor 
I.,  SW.  of  Bohol. 

CARMOXA  (car-maw'-nah),  Sp.;  pueblo  on  W. 
.shore  of  Sftmal  I.,  Ddvao,  Mindanao,  7  m. 
SE.  by  E.  of  Ddvao,  across  strait  of  Pakiputan. 

pueblo  in  Cavite,  Luz6n,  15  m.  SE.  of  Ca- 
vite, near  Lagnna  boundary.    Pop.,  3,959. 

t'ARXASA  (car-nah'-sah),  ver.;  island  2  by  1  m.in 
midchannel,  13  m,  S.  of  Masbate  and  14  m.  N. 
of  Cebii. 

CAROLAX  (cah-roh'-lahn),  ver.;  hamlet  of  Ne- 
gros Occidental,  on  1.  bank  of  Nitomayan,  10^ 
m.  SE.  of  Cabancalan. 

I'AROLIXA  (cah-raw-lee'-nah) ,  Sp.;  hamlet  in 
SW.  Iloilo,  Panay,  U  m.  NW.  oi  Tubungan. 


440 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


tAROMATA   (pah-raw-mah'-tah),  Hisp.;    bav    on      CASIOXXx  (cah-sig-nahn'),  ver.;  town  iiiland  on 
NE.   shore  of  Illana  Bay,  m  Cotabato,  Min-  '  '        '  -  -        - 

danao. 


hamlet  on  NE.  shore  of  bay  of  sarae  name, 

on  Illana  Bay,  in  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

mountain  in  range  paralleling  Illana  Bay, 

12J  m.  W.  of  S.  shore  of  Lake  Lanao,  near 
boundary  between  Misamis  and  Cotabato  on 
S.,  in  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

CABOT  (cah-rof),  ver.;  mountain  on  r.  bank  of 
Yabasan  Riv.,  8  m.  W.  of  San  Julian. 

CARPIXETO  (car-pee-nay'-toh),  Sp.;  town  on  1. 
bank  of  river  entering  sea  on  E.  coast  of  Suri- 
gao,  Mindanao,  N.  of  San  Cop  Pt.,  118  m.  SSE. 
of  Surigao. 

CARRAXGLXx  (cah-rrahn-glahn').  Tag.;  pueblo 
of  NuevaEeija,  Luz6n,  on  highway  to  Manila, 
45  m.  NE.  of  San  Isidro,  at  headwaters  of 
Grande  de  la  Pampanga  Riv.    Pop.,  937. 

river  in  Nueva  Ecija,  Luz6n. 

CARRASt'AL  (cah-rras-eahl'),  Sp.;  pueblo  on  SW. 
shore  of  bay  on  NE.  coa-st  of  Surigao,  Min- 
danao, 38  m.  SE.  of  Surigao,  and  4  m.  inland 
from  Tugas  Pt.    Pop.,  1887,  1,929. 

CARSOGLXX  (car-saw-glahn'),  ver.;  mountain  N. 
of  and  eonneoting  with  Peel  Range,  midwav 
between  Table  Pt.  and  North  West  Head,  and 
forming  part  of  range  overlooking  Oyster  in- 
let, Ulngan  Bay.  On  peninsula  N.  these  hills 
form  head  of  inlets  of  Ulugan  Bay,  W.  coast 
of  Palawan. 

CARTAGENA  (ear-tah-hay'-nah),  Sp.;  hamlet  and 
bay  of  Negros  Occidental  on  W.  coast,  3  m.  S. 
of Inayauan. 

CARUDIAJfAXG  (cah-roo-dee-ah-nung'),ver.;  cra- 
ter in  \\.  Antique,  Panav,  at  headwaters  of 
Paliuan  Riv.,  10  m.  E.  of  Nalupa  Nuevo. 

CARUG^A.  or  CARrGr{cah-roo-goo'-ah,  cah-roo'- 
goo),  ver.;  river  on  N.  coast  of  Negros  Occi- 
dental. 

CAR^RAT  (cah-roo'-ri),  ver.;  hamlet  on  Inle't 
of  Tibbvon(Jibboom),W.  coast  of  N.  Palawan, 
46i  m.  NNE.  of  Puerto  Princesa. 

CARCTUCA  (cah-roo-yoo'-cah),  ver.;  point  in 
Leyte.     (,§fe  Rabin  Pt.) 

CASAGORA>"  (cah-sah-goh'-run),  ver.;  town  in 
island  of  Homonhon,  off  SE.  coa.st  of  Siimar. 

CASAGURAXSATABAG  (cah-sah-goo-run-sah-tah'- 
bug),  ver.;  mountain  in  Sdmar. 

CASALOHAX  (cah-sah-law'-hun),  nat.;  mountain 
in  Bohol. 

CASAXATAX  (cah-sah-nah'-yahn),  ver.;  hamlet 
on  great  bight  on  N.  coast  of  C&piz,  Panav,  6J 
m  JS'E.  of  Pilar. 

CASAXfeATAX  (cah-sang-ah'-yahn),  nat.;  point 
in  E.  Sdmar. 

CASAXOTA.  (cah-sah-naw'-vah),  Sp.;  town  in 
Nueva  Ecija,  Luzon. 

CASAXTAAX  (cah-sun-tal^'-ahn),  nat.;  village  on 
road  to  Dagupan,  2  m.  SE.  of  Santo  Tomfis, 
Union,  Luzon. 

CASACMAX  (cah-sah-oo-mahn'),  ver.;  lake  in 
Mindanao. 

point  in  E.  Mindanao. 

CiSAY  (cah'-si),  ver.;  hamleton  1.  bank  of  mouth 
of  Sinarugan  Riv.,  in  SW.  Antique,  Panav,  6^ 
m.  E.  by  N.  of  Anini-y. 

CASCADA  (cas-cah'-dah),  Sp.;  point  midway  be- 
tween Malinao  port  on  N.  and  Peninsula  Pt. 
on  S.,  on  E.  coast  of  DinAgat  I.,  N.  of  Surigao, 
Mindanao.  To  NW.  rises  .summit  1,726  ft. 
and  to  SW.  one  2,395  ft.  high. 

point  on  N.  side  of  bav  on  E.   coast  of 

Din^gat  I.,  off  N.  point  of  Surigao,  Mindanao. 


CASEBTO  BACO  (cah-sayr'-taw  bah'-caw),  ver.; 
hamlet  on  W.  coast  of  Biliran  I.,  off  N.  coast 
of  Leyte,  3  m.  NW.  of  Biliran. 


river  emptying  into    Baler    Bay,   Principe, 
Luz6n,  7  m.  NE.  of  Baler.    Pop.,  267. 


river  rising  in  E.  slopes  of  Sierra  Madre,in 

Principe,  Luzon,  and  emptving  into  bay  of 
Baler. 

CASIGIRAX  (cah-see-goo'-run),  nat.;  pueblo  near 
boundary  between  Principe  and  Isabela, 
Luz6n,  at  mouth  of  river  entering  head  of 
narrow  bay  of  same  name,  17  m.  long  and  at 
foot  of  one  of  loftiest  elevations  of  Sierra 
Madre,  crest  of  which,  12  m.  inland,  forms 
boundary  between  Principe  and  Nueva  Viz-- 
caya  provinces,  Luzon.  Is  42  m.  NE.  of  Baler. 
By  trail  28  m.  in  W.  direction  headwaters 
of  Grande  de  CagaySn  Riv.  can  be  reached. 
Stream  navigable  for  small  boats,  thence  tak- 
ing N.  course  passes  entirely  across  Luzon 
provinces  of  Nueva  Vizcava,  Isabela,  and 
Cagay^n,  and  empties  into  Pacilic  Ocean  on 
N.  coast.    Pop.,  Cn.  1896,  1,804. 

NE.  end  of  long  and  narrow  body  of  water 

carrj-ing  16  to  26  fms.  on  E.  coast  of  Prin- 
cipe, Luzon,  known  as  Casiguran  Sound.  Bay 
is  entered  toward  NE.  from  sound  by  very 
narrow  channel  with  peak  300  ft.  high  on 
E.  and  Sandy  Pt.  on  W. 

sound  14  m.  from  SW.  to  NE.,  and  9  m. 

at  entrance  between  Ildefonso  C,  extreme 
point  of  Ildefonso  Pen.,  which  paralleling 
mainland  separates  sound  from  Pacific  Ocean; 
90  fms.  in  entrance,  shallowing  to  26  fms.  at 
channel  to  bay  of  same  name.  Baltimore 
Peak.  600  ft.  high,  on  Ildefonso  Pen.,  is  land- 
mark of  approach. 

pueblo  on  SE.  shore  of  Sorsog6n  Bay,  Sor- 

sogon,  Luzon,  across  small  bay  6  m.  ^^•ide. 
W.  side  open  to  sea  and  is  protected  bv  Baga- 
lao  I.,  in  front  of  it.  Pop.,  Cn.  188f,  5.528. 
In  1850  quiclcsilver  was  discovered  on  part 
of  coast  now  covered  bv  sea.  Bed  of  de- 
posit consisted  of  stratum  of  clay  6  ft.  deep 
superimposed  over  layer  of  volcanic  sand 
and  pumice.  From  this  town  Mt.  Bulusan 
volcano  may  be  seen  in  SE.  and  Mt.  Mayon 
in  NW.  Sea  at  this  point  also  makes  great 
inroads  upon  coast. 

river  entering  on  SE.  shore  of  Sorsog6n  Bay 

at  town  of  .same  name,  in  Sorsogon,  Luzon. 

CASILAGAX  (cah-.see-lah'-gahn),  ver.;  point  in 
Zambales,  Luzon. 

CASILARAX  (cah-see-lah'-rahn),  ver.;  bavin  SW. 
angle  of  large  indentation  on  W.  shore  of 
Ddvao  Gulf,  Mindanao;  Malag  Riv.  enters  on 
SW.  and  forms  port  of  that  name. 

CASILIAX,  or  BADOC  (cah-see-lee'-ahn,  bah- 
dock'),  ver.;  river  in  Ilocos  Norte,  Luzon. 

CASILIHAX  (cah-see-lee'-hahn),  nat.;  mountain 
in  SW.  Leyte,  6  m.  ENE.  of  Matalom. 

CASIXA  (cah-see'-nah),  nat.:  islet  off  SE.  coast  of 
Siasi  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

CASIPITAX  (eah-see-pee'-ton),  nat.;  mineral 
spring  in  Cebii. 

CASIRAHAX,  or  CASTRAHAX  (cah-see-rah'-hahn, 
cahs-trah'-hahn),  ver.;  white  rock2im.  N.by 
W.  of  Corandagos  I.,  52  m.  off  E.  coast  of  Para- 
gua  (Palawan),  opposite  Taytay. 

CASIRUMAX  (cah-sce-roo'-mahn),  ver.;,  hamlet 
on  E.  coast  of  Leyte,  3i  m.  S.  of  Tacloban. 

CASISIGAX  (cah-see-see'-gun),  nat.;  island  off  E. 
entrance  to  Candaraman  inlet,  BalSbac  grp., 
off  SW.  point  of  Palawan. 

CASOLGAX  (eah-sol'-gahn),  ver.;  channel  Ij  m. 
wide,  separating  San  Miguel  from  Cacraray 
I.,  off  E.  coast  of  Albay,  Luz6n. 

point  on  extreme  NW.  .shore  of  Cacraray  I., 

off  E.  coast  of  Albay,  Luz6n. 

CASOXfeAT  (cah-song'-i),  nat.;  hamlet  in  SE. 
Sdmar,  6.5  m.  SW.  of  Bororigan. 

CASTELLAXO  (cas-tay-lyah'-noh),  Sp.:  hamlet 
on  main  road  on  1.  bank  of  Grande  de  la 
Pampanga  Riv.,  3  m.  NE.  of  San  Isidro. 


F©ET  CATAINGAK 


S  Doc  RJiC^  57    1 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE   PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 


441 


t'ASTILLA  (cas-tee'-lyah),  Sp.;  pueblo  on  NW. 
shore  of  Sorsog6n  Bay,  Sorsog6n,  Luz6n. 
Pop.,  2,353. 

port  between  reefs  on  N.  side  of  middle 

and  E.  Bueas  Is.,S.  side  of  DapA  channel;  open 
to  N.  by  narrow  passage  on  NE.  coast  of  Suri- 
gao,  Mindanao.  It  is  oval-shaped,  about  J  m. 
greatest  diameter,  and  affords  safe  anchorage 
for  vessels  of  light  draft. 

t'ASTILLEJOS  (cas-tee-lyay'-haws),  Sp.;  pueblo 
on  high  road  to  Subic  in  Zambales,  Luz6n,  28 
m.  SE.  of  Iba.    Pop.,  3,357. 

(.'ASTILLO  (eahs-tee'-lyoh),  Sp.;  pointand  village 
on  N.  shore  of  Putiao  port,  i  m.  E.  of  Pilar, 
SW.  coast  of  Sorsog6n,  Luz6n. 

CASTILLO,  DEL  (cahs-tee'-lyoh,  dayl)  Sp.;  point 
on  E.  coast  of  S.  Palawan,  forming  N.  head  of 
Honda  Bay. 

CASTLE,  for.;  point  on  N.  shore  of  Honda  (deep) 
Bay,  E.  coast  of  Palawan,  so  named  on  account 
of  protuberance  on  brow;  also  beginning  of 
bold  range  which  borders  coast  to  IslasVerdes 
or  Green  Island  Bay  to  NW.  About  24  m.  W. 
of  point  is  river  navigable  for  boats. 

on  one  of  N.  of  small  chain  of  wooded 

islands  lying  across  entrance  to  Taytay  Bay, 
E.  coast  "of  Paragua  (Palawan),  750  ft.  high 
and  about  1  m.  ^NW.  of  Icadambanauan. 

CASTLE  PEAK,  for.;  peninsula  forming  SE.  por- 
tion of  Maytiaguid  I.,  off  NE.  coast  of  Para- 
gua (Palawan). 

CASTLIN  (ca.s-tlin'),  ver.;  hamletand stream  1  m. 
E.  on  E.  trend  of  coast  of  Negros  Occidental, 
S.  shore  of  Guimards  Strait,  6i  m.  W.  of  Isio. 

CASTRAHAN  (cas-trah'-hahn),  ver.  (See  Casira- 
han,  of  Corandagosgrp.,  E.  of  Paragua  (Pala- 
wan). 

CASUAKINA  (cah-swah-ree'-nah),  ver.;  point  on 
E.  coast  of  Paragua  ( Palawan) ;  N.  end  of  Rosa 
or  Sombrero  1.  lies  IJ  m.  E. 

CASBDLANGXn  (cah-soo-dyang-ahn'),  ver.;  moun- 
tain in  SAmar. 

CASUL  (cah-sooP),  ver.;  bay  i  m.  wide  and  3  m. 
deep  to  S.  in  SE.  angle  of  Murcielagos  Bay; 
on  extreme  NW.  coast  of  Misamis,  Mindanao, 
a  hill  "120  ft.  high  rises  on  E.  shore  of  Mur- 
cielagos, Bay  between  Casul  Bay  and  Bomb6n 
Pt. 

CASULANtiOJAX  (cah-soo-lang-oh'-hun)  ver.; 
mountain  in  Leyte. 

CASl'LLAN  (cah-soo-lee'-ahn),  ver.;  i.slet  SE.  of  E. 
Bucds  Is.,  on  S.  side  of  entrance  to  Dapd  chan- 
nel which  separates  Siargao  I.  N.  from  E. 
Buc4s  Is.,  NE.  of  Surigao,  Mindanao.  (Also 
Casulan.) 

CASt^LCG  (cah-soo'-loog)  ver.;  hamlet  in  extreme 
NE.  of  Misamis,  Mindanao,  NE.  of  Sala,  34  m. 
NNE.  of  Cagaydn  de  Misamis. 

CASUMACPijf  (cah-soo-mack-pahn'),  ver.;  point 
and  hamlet  at  head  of  deep  estuary  formed 
on  NE.  shore  of  Homonhon  I.,  or  Malhon,  off 
extreme  SE.  point  of  Sdmar. 

CASCMALAC  (cah-soo-mah-luck'),  ver.;  point  on 
Sibuyto  I.,  SW.  of  Bohol. 

CATAABA,  or  CATUGBA  (eah-tah-ah'-bah,  cah- 
toog'-bah),  nat.;  port  i  m.  wide,  2^  m.  deep, 
S.  of  Pagauanen  Pt.,  NW.  coast  of  Paragua 
Palawan. 

CATABANA  (cah-tah-bah'-nah),  ver.;  hamlet  at 
headwaters  of  Ibajay  Riv.,  3i  m.  NW.  of  Ma- 
dalag,  in  Ciipiz,  Panay. 

CATABANGA  (cah-tah-bang-ah'),nat.;  small  river 
entering  Ragay  Bay,  E.  coast,  in  Ambos  Ca- 
marines  (Norte),  Luzon. 

bay  3  m.  SE.  of  Talkauayan  Bay  in  Ambos 

Camarines  (Norte),  Luzon,  4  m.  wide  between 
Guilbai  and  Bagutayok  Pts.,  E.  shore  of  Ragay 
Gulf. 

CATABATA>'  (cah-tah-bah'-ton),  nat.;  point  E. 
head  of  Barrera  port,  NE.  coast  Masbate, 


CATABAUAX  (cah-tah-bah'-wahn),Tag.;  creek  in 

Tayabas,  Luz6n. 
CATABLAS  (cah-tah'-blas),  ver.;  river  emptying 

into  Guimards  Strait,  1  m.  N.  of  Minuldan, 

Negros  Occidental. 

river  in  central  Luz6n. 

CATACAN  (cah-tah-cahn');  village  on  E.  shore  of 

Putiao  port,  SW.  coast  of  Sorsog6n,  Luz6n. 
CATADMiN  (cah-tad-mahn');  point  on  E.  coast 

of  Cebd.     ( See  Danao  Pt. ) 

point  on  Panglao  I.,  SW.  of  Bohol. 

town  on  N.  coast  of  SAmar  at  month  of 

river  of  same  name.     (.See  Catarm^n.) 
CATADONtUJi  (cah-tah-dong'-ahn),  ver.;  hamlet 

in  central  Sdmar,  E.  of  upper  waters  of  Bac- 

hao  Bangah6n  Riv. 
CATAGBACXn  (cah-tag-bah-cahn'),  nat.;  hamlet 

on  W.  coast  of  Bohol,  4^  m.  SW.  of  Calape. 
CATAGBAUAN   (cah-tag-bah'-rahn),  ver.;  moun- 
tain in  N.  Leyte,  7  m.  SW.  of  Capoocan. 
CATAGmXa    (cah-tug-mahn'),    ver.;    hamlet    at 

headwaters  of  Bac-hao  Bangah6n,  in  central 

SAmar. 
CATAGCPAN  (<ah-tah-goo'-pun),  nat.;  village  on 

island  of  BaMbac,  off  SW.  extreme  of  Pala- 
wan. 

CATA1jV([iAN  (cah-tah-eeng'-ahn),  ver.;  port  6  m. 
long  and  2  m.  wide,  formed  by  narrow  pen- 
insula on  Pacific  side,  SE.  coast  of  Masbate  I. 
Town  of  same  name  on  its  NW.  shores.  Bad- 
ley  Is.  lie  in  its  entrance  and  Del  Este  Pt.  is 
its  W.  head. 

pueblo  on  NW.  shore  of  port  of  that  name 

in  SE.  Masbate  I.  Lat.  12°  08"  N.;  Ion.  123° 
59'  25"  E.  Pueblo  also  embraces  Ticao.  Pop., 
Cn.  1887,  1,561. 

CATAISAIV  (cah-tah-ee'-sun),  nat.;  point  at  N. 
end  of  narrow  peninsula  forming  E.  shore 
of  Cancabato  Bay,  on  SE.  side  of  Taeloban, 
NE.  coast  of  Leyte. 

CATALA  (cah-tah'-lah),nat.;  mountain  in  Marin- 
duque. 

CATALABAX  (cah-tah-lah'-bahn),  nat.;  island  1 
m.  off  E.  coast  of  Sdmar,  4  m.  SE.  of  Tubig. 

CATXlAG  (cah-tah'-lag),  ver.;  village  on  bay  in 
SW.  part  of  Tablas  I.,  W.  of  Romblon,  Visayas. 

CATALAN&AN  (cah-tah-lang'-ahn),  ver.;  river  of 
Isabela.  Luz6n,  tributary  to  Grande  de  Ca- 
gaydn  Riv. 

CATXlAT  (cah-tah'-laht),  ver.;  island  on  W.  coast 
of  Palawan.     (See  CabaMs  I.) 

CATALO  (cah-tah'-low).  Tag.;  point  W.  coast  of 
Marinduque  I. 

CATALONGANA  (cah-tah-lon-gah'-nah),  ver.; 
hamlet  in  Abra,  Luz6n,  in  spurs  of  Battato 
Mts.  on  boundary  with  Ilocos  Sur,  10  m.  S.  of 
Bangued. 

CATALtfAN  (cah-tah-loo'-ahn),  nat.;  point  on  N. 
shore  of  Lion  Bay,  landmark  of  S6god  Nuevo, 
S.  Leyte. 

CATAPiAGUAS  (cah-tah-nah'-gwahs),  ver.;  islands 
2  m.  E.  of  Caranamoan  Pt.,  off  extreme  E. 
shore  of  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luz6n. 

CATANAUAN  (cah-tah-nah'-wahn).  Tag.;  baySm. 
ESE.  of  Pt.  Tuquian,  SW.  coast  of  Tayabas, 
Luzon,  50  m.  SE.  of  Tayabas.  Town  of  same 
name  is  on  its  NE.  shore. 

pueblo  on  SW.  coast  of  Tayabas,   Luzon, 

on  bay  of  same  name  and  on  1.  bank  of  .small 
river.  Mangrove  trees  grow  abundantly  on 
shore.    Pop.,  Cn.  1887  3  816. 

CATAXDALAN  (cah-tah-dah-lahn),  nat.:  prom- 
ontory on  SW.  coast  of  Albay,  Luz6n,  opposite 
SE.  end  of  Ticao  I.,  of  the  Masbata  grp.,  and 
headland  on  E.  shore  of  E,  channel  to  Ragay 
Gulf. 


GAZETTEER   OP   THE   PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 


441 


CASTILLA  (cas-tee'-lyah),  Sp.;  pueblo  on  NW. 
shore  of  Sorsog6n  Bav,  Sorsog6n,  Luz6n. 
Pop.,  2,353. 

■ port  between  reefs  on  N.  side  of  middle 

and  E.  Bucas  Is. ,  S.  side  of  DapS,  channel ;  open 
to  N.  by  narrow  passage  on  NE.  coast  of  Siiri- 
gao,  Mindanao.  It  is  oval-shaped,  about  J  m. 
greatest  diameter,  and  affords  safe  anchorage 
for  vessels  of  light  draft. 

CASTILLEJOS  (eas-tee-lyay'-haws),  Sp.;  pueblo 
on  high  road  to  Siibic  in  Zambales,  Luz6n,  28 
m.  SE.  of  Iba.    Pop.,  3,357. 

t'ASTILLO  (cahs-tee'-lyoh),  Sp.;  pointand  village 
on  N.  shore  of  Putiao  port,  ^  m.  E.  of  Pilar, 
SW.  coast  of  Sorsog6n,  Luz6n. 

t'ASTILLO,  DEL  (cahs-tee'-lyoh,  dayl)  Sp.;  point 
on  E.  coast  of  S.  Palawan,  forming  N.  head  of 
Honda  Bay. 

CASTLE,  for.;  point  on  N.  shore  of  Honda  (deep) 
Bay,  E.  coast  of  Palawan,  so  named  on  account 
of  protuberance  on  brow;  also  beginning  of 
bold  range  which  borders  coast  to  Islas  Verdes 
or  Green  Island  Bay  to  NW.  About  2i  m.  W. 
of  point  is  river  navigable  for  boats. 

on  one  of  N.  of  small  chain  of  wooded 

Islands  lying  across  entrance  to  Taytay  Bay, 
E.  coast  of  Paragua  (Palawan),  750  ft.  high 
and  about  1  m.  >,NW.  of  leadambanauan. 

CASTLE  PEAK,  for.;  peninsula  forming  SE.  por- 
tion of  Maytiaguid  I.,  off  NE.  coast  of  Para- 
gua (Palawan). 

CASTLIN  (cas-tlin'),  ver.;  hamletand stream  1  m. 
E.  on  E.  trend  of  coast  of  Negros  Occidental, 
S.  shore  of  GuimarAs  Strait,  6i  m.  W.  of  laio. 

CASTRAHAN  (cas-trah'-hahn),  ver.  (See  Casira- 
han,  of  Corandagosgrp.,  E.  of  Paragua  (Pala- 
wan). 

CASUABINA  (cah-swah-ree'-nah),  ver.;  point  on 
E.  coast  of  Paragua  ( Palawan) ;  N.  end  of  Rosa 
or  Sombrero  I.  lies  IJ  m.  E. 

CASBDIAISIiXn  (cah-soo-dyang-ahn'),  ver.;  moun- 
tain in  Sdmar. 

CASUL  (cah-sooP),  ver.;  bay  i  m.  wide  and  3  m. 
deep  to  S.  in  SE.  angle  of  Murci^lagos  Bay; 
on  extreme  NW.  coast  of  Misamis,  Mindanao, 
a  hill  420  ft.  high  rises  on  E.  shore  of  Mur- 
ci61agos.  Bay  between  Oasul  Bay  and  Bomb6n 
Pt. 

CASULANiBOJAlN  (cah-soo-lang-oh'-hun)  ver.; 
mountain  in  Leyte. 

CASIJLIAN  (cah-soo-lee'-ahn),  ver.;  islet  SE.  of  E. 
BucAs  Is.,  on  S.  side  of  entrance  to  DapA  chan- 
nel which  separates  Siargao  I.  N.  from  E. 
Buc4s  Is.,  NE.  of  Surigao,  Mindanao.  (Also 
Casulan.) 

CASt^LCO  (cah-soo'-loog)  ver.;  hamlet  in  extreme 
NE.  of  Misamis,  Mindanao,  NE.  of  Sala,  34  m. 
NNE.  of  Cagay^ln  de  Misamis. 

CASUMACPjCn  (cah-.soo-mack-pahn'),  ver.;  point 
and  hamlet  at  head  of  deep  estuary  formed 
on  NE.  shore  of  Homonhon  I.,  or  Malhon,  oft' 
extreme  SE.  point  of  Silmar. 

CASUMALAC  (cah-soo-mah-luck'),  ver.;  point  on 
Sibuydn  I.,  SW.  of  Bohol. 

CATAABA,  or  CATUGBA  (cah-tah-ah'-bah,  cah- 
toog'-bah),  nat.;  port  i  m.  wide,  2^  m.  deep, 
S.  of  Pagauanen  Pt.,  NW,  coast  of  Paragua 
I'aiawan. 

CATABANA  (cah-tah-bah'-nah),  ver.;  hamlet  at 
headwaters  of  Ibajay  Riv.,  3^  m.  NW.  of  Ma- 
dalag,  in  CApiz,  Panay. 

CATABANGA  (cah-tah-bang-ah'),nat.;  small  river 
entering  Ragay  Bay,  E.  coast,  in  Ambos  Ca- 
marines  (Norte),  Luzon. 

bay  3  m.  SE.  of  Talkauayan  Bay  in  Ambos 

Camarines  (Norte),  Luz6n,4m.  wide  between 
Guilbai  and  Bagutayok  Pts. ,  E.  shore  of  Ragay 
Gulf. 

.  CATABATAIV  (cah-tah-bah'-ton),  nat.;  point  E. 
head  of  Barrera  port,  NE.  coast  Masbate, 
Visayas. 


CATABATJAN  (cah-tah-bah'-wahn),Tag.;  creek  in 

Tayabas,  Luz6n. 
CATABLAS  (cah-tah'-blas),  ver.;  river  emptying 

into  Guimards  Strait,  1  m.  N.  of  Minulilan, 

Negros  Occidental. 

river  in  central  Luzon. 

CATACXn  (cah-tah-cahn');  village  on  E.  shore  of 

Putiao  port,  SW.  coast  of  Sorsog6n,  Luz6n. 
CATADJliN   (cah-tad-mahn');  point  on  E.  coast 

of  Cebi'i .     ( See  Danao  Pt. ) 

point  on  Panglao  I.,  SW.  of  Bohol. 

town  on  N.  coast  of  SAmar  at  mouth  of 

river  of  same  name.     {See  Catarmdn.) 
CATADONliAN  (cah-tah-dong'-ahn) ,  ver.;  hamlet 

in  central  SAmar,  E.  of  upper  waters  of  Bac- 

hao  Bangah6n  Riv. 
CATAGBACilV  (eah-tag-bah-cahn'),  nat.;  hamlet 

on  W.  coast  of  Bohol,  4^  m.  SW.  of  Calape. 
CATAOBARAN   (cah-tag-bah'-rahn),  ver.;  moun- 
tain in  N.  Leyte,  7  m.  SW.  of  Capoocan. 
CATAGMXn    (cah-tug-mahn'),  _ver.;    hamlet    at 

headwaters  of  Bac-hao  Bangah6n,  in  central 

Sftmar. 
CATAGUPAN  (.cah-tah-goo'-pun),  nat.;  village  on 

island  of  Baldbac,  off  SW.  extreme  of  Pala- 
wan. 

CATAlNtJAN  (cah-tah-eeng'-ahn),  ver.;  port  6  m. 
long  and  2  m.  wide,  formed  by  narrow  pen- 
insula on  Pacific  side,  SE.  coast  of  Masbate  I. 
Town  of  same  name  on  its  NW.  shores.  Bad- 
ley  Is.  lie  in  its  entrance  and  Del  Este  Pt.  is 
its  W.  head. 

pueblo  on  NW.  shore  of  port  of  that  name 

in  SE.  Masbate  I.  Lat.  12°  08"  N.;  Ion.  123° 
59'25"E.  Pueblo  also  embraces  Ticao.  Pop., 
Cn.  1887,  1,561. 

CATAISAN  (cah-tah-ee'-sun),  nat.;  point  at  N. 
end  of  narrow  peninsula  forming  E.  shore 
of  Cancabato  Bay,  on  SE.  side  of  Tacloban, 
NE.  coast  of  Leyte. 

CATALA  (cah-tah'-lah),  nat.;  mountain  in  Marin- 
duque. 

CATALABAX  (cah-tah-lah'-bahn),  nat.;  island  1 
m.  oft'  E.  coast  of  Sdmar,  4  m.  SE.  of  Tiibig. 

CAtXlAG  (cah-tah'-lag),  ver.;  village  on  bay  in 
SW.  part  of  Tablas  I.,  W.  of  Rombl6n,  Visayas. 

CATALAMAN  (cah-tah-lang'-ahn),  ver.;  river  of 
Isabela.  Luz6n,  tributary  to  Grande  de  Ca- 
gaydn  Riv. 

CATXLAT  (cah-tah'-laht),  ver.;  island  on  W.  coast 
of  Palawan.     (See  Cabalds  I.) 

CATALO  (cah-tah'-low).  Tag.;  point  W.  coast  of 
Marinduque  1. 

CATALONGANA  (cah-tah-lon-gah'-nah),  ver.; 
hamlet  in  Abra,  Luzon,  in  spurs  of  Battato 
Mts.  on  boundary  with  Ilocos  Sur,  10  m.  S.  of 
Bangued. 

CATALtAN  (cah-tah-loo'-ahn),  nat.;  point  on  N. 
shore  of  Lion  Bay,  landmark  of  Sogod  Nuevo, 
S.  Leyte. 

CATANAGUAS  (eah-tah-nah'-gwahs),  ver.;  islands 
2  m.  E.  of  Caranamoan  Pt.,  off  extreme  E. 
shore  of  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luz6n. 

CATAXAUAN  (cah-tah-nah'-wahn),  Tag.;  baySm. 
P:sE.  of  Pt.  Tuquian,  SW.  coast  of  Tayabas, 
Luzon,  50  m.  SE.  of  Tayabas.  Town  of  same 
name  is  on  its  NE.  shore. 

pueblo  on  SW.  coast  of  Tayabas,   Luzon, 

on  bay  of  same  name  and  on  1.  bank  of  small 
river.  Mangrove  trees  grow  abundantly  on 
shore.    Pop.,  Cn.  1887  3  816. 

CATANDALAN  (cah-tah-dah-lahn),  nat.;  prom- 
ontory on  SW.  coast  of  Albay,  Luz6n,  oppo.site 
SE.  end  of  Ticao  I.,  of  the  Masbata  grp^,  and 
headland  on  E.  shore  of  E.  channel  to  . 
Gulf. 


442  GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

CATANDUANES  ISLAND. 

(Cali-tahn-duah-necs,  luit.  j 

A  constituent  part  of  Albay,  LuzOn. 

Chief  town:  Birac  (Virac),  lat.  13°  34^  30'''  N.,  Ion.  124°  13'  E. 

Area:  Mainland,  704  sq.  m.,  17  dependent  islands,  area,  10  sq.  m. ;  total,  714  sq.  m. 

Population:  33,310. 

Race:   Bfcol. 

Language:  Bfcol. 

Military  Department  of  Luzon:  Headquarters,  Manila,  Luzon. 

Table  of  distances. 
From  Birac  to—  m. 

Manila,  WNW 232 

Legaspi,  Albav,  Luz6n,  SW 43 

Tabaco,  W 36 

LOCATION  AND  BOTTND ARIES. 

The  island  of  Catanduanes  lies  NE.  of  Albay,  off  the  extreme  E.  point  of  Ambos 
Camarines,  bounded  on  the  N,,  E.,  and  S.  by  the  Pacific  Ocean;  on  the  SW.  by 
Lagonoy  Gulf,  the  coast  of  Albay  lying  36  m.  SW.;  and  on  the  W.  by  the  Maqueda 
channel,  which  separates  it  from  Ambos  Camarines,  6  m.  distance,  and  the  Pacific 
Ocean. 

AREA. 

It  measures  44  m.  N.  and  S.  and  29  m.  E.  and  W.  at  its  S.  end;  area,  mainland, 
704  sq.  m. ;  17  dependent  islands,  10  sq.  m.;  total,  714  sq.  m. 

PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 

The  mountain  system  of  this  island  consists  of  3  ranges  starting  from  Mount  Catila- 
mong  in  the  center,  one  spur  radiating  to  the  N.,  reaching  the  sea  at  Yog,  the  extreme 
N.  point;  another  to  the  S.  at  Nagumbuayan,  the  extreme  S.  point;  the  third  to  the 
SW.,  reaching  the  coast  at  Agojo  Pt.  on' the  SW.  The  general  surface  is  covered 
with  low  hills,  and,  though  very  irregular,  the  soil  is  fertile  and  well  watered.  The 
more  important  rivers  are  the  Oco,  emptying  on  the  N.  coast  at  Payo;  another,  the 
Bato  or  Cabugao,  the  longest,  emptying  on  the  E.  shore  of  Cabugao  Bay  at  the  town 
of  the  same  name  on  the  S.  coast  (its  bar  nearly  dries  at  low  water);  another  at 
Birac,  the  capital,  on  the  same  bay.  Among  the  other  rivers  are  the  Tinago  and 
Jimoto  on  the  E. ;  the  Ilacaong,  Cadog,  Hitoma,  Mavalang,  and  Codon  on  the  W., 
and  Panddn  on  the  N. 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

The  W.  coast  is  in  general  safe  and  steep.  The  E.  coast,  bordered  by  little  islets, 
presents  some  bays  with  bad  anchorages.  Off  the  N.  coast  are  various  islets  and 
shoals  detached  from  shore  to  a  distance  of  10  m. 

Baras;  a  port  on  the  SE.  shore,  N.  of  Nagatsa  Pt.,  3  m.  between  heads,  and  shel- 
tered by  2  islands  in  the  entrance. 

Cabugao;  on  the  S.  shore,  13  m.  between  Nagumbua5'an  and  Taguntun  Pts.,  18 
fms.  deep,  shoaling  gradually  to  4  fms.  near  the  shore.  Birac,  the  chief  town,  is  on 
the  W.  shore. 

Carao  (Carabao);  the  larger  of  2  bays  on  the  NW.  coast,  between  Carabao  and 
Caramuan  Pts.  Palumbanes  Is.  lie  opposite  its  entrance.  South  Anchorage,  6  m. 
between  ^Minigil  and  Anajao  Pts.  on  the  NE.  coast  and  sheltered  by  small  island  of 
Panay  and  the  adjacent  islands,  Payo  and  Bagamanoc  are  on  its  shores. 

Jimoto;  on  the  E.  coast,  between  Panaranand  Nagatsa  Pts.,  6  m.  S.  of  the  former. 

Payo;  on  the  NE.  coast.  South  Anchorage  being  its  best  port.  It  is  sheltered  by 
Panay  and  2  smaller  islands. 

Teresa  (Boca) ;  a  roadstead  on  the  SW.  coast,  opposite  Calolbong. 

ROADS  AND   COMMUNICATIONS. 

The  means  of  land  communication  is  limited,  except  by  trail  or  river,  the  interior 
towns  being  situated  on  the  banks  of  the  main  streams.  A  cart  road  connects  Birac 
and  Calolbong  with  Bato  along  the  S.  shore. 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  443 

POPULATION   AND   TOWNS. 

The  population  is  33,310,  the  greater  part  having  many  characteristics  in  common 
yith  the  Visayas.  The  language  of  the  island  is  Bicol  (Vicol).  There  are  29  towns 
md  10  established  hamlets,  the  chief  towns  being — 

Bagamanoc;  at  the  mouth  of  a  river  entering  on  the  SW.  shore  of  South  Anchorage 
3ay  on  the  NE.  coast.     Pop.,  1,209. 

Bato;  on  the  NE.  shore  of  Cabugao  Bay  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  river  of  that  name. 

op.,  2,000. 

Biga;  on  the  1.  bank  of  Oco  Riv.,  3  m.  above  its  outlet  in  the  South  Anchorage  Bay 
m  the  N.  coast.     With  Payo  it  lias  a  population  of  2,896. 

Birac  (Virac);  a  port  open  to  trade  and  military  station,  at  the  mouth  of  a  river 
iutering  on  the  W.  shore  of  Cabugao  Bay.  The  chief  town  has  an  important  trade 
with  ]\Ianila,  Albay,  and  Am  bos  Camarines  on  the  mainland.     Pop.,  5,832. 

Cabugao;  S.  coast  on  the  N.  shore  of  a  bay  of  the  same  name  near  the  r.  bank  of 
the  mouth  of  the  Cabugao  Riv.,  and  fronted  by  2  small  islands.     Pop.,  2,000. 

Calolbong;  at  the  mouth  of  a  river  entering  Teresa  roadstead  on  the  SW.  coast, 
with  an  important  coastwise  trade  and  with  Albay  and  Ambos  Camarines  on  the 
mainland.     Pop.,  4,382. 

Caranioran;  near  the  W.  coast  on  the  r.  bank  of  the  Cadog  or  Biamlog  Riv. 
Pop.,  908. 

Pandan;  a  military  station  at  the  mouth  of  the  river  entering  the  bay  of  the  same 
name  on  the  extreme  N.  coast.  It  has  an  important  trade  with  the  neighboring 
islands  off  the  coast  of  the  mainland.     Pop.,  2,153. 

Payo;  at  the  mouth  of  the  Oc6  Riv.,  which  enters  what  is  known  as  the  "South 
Anchorage,"  a  deep  indentation  on  the  NE.  coast  fronted  by  Panay  and  several 
smaller  islands.  It  has  an  important  local  trade.  This  town,  situated  higher  up  the 
river,  has  a  population  of  2,800. 

Sula;  about  the  center  of  the  island  near  the  headwaters  of  the  Oco  Riv.,  10  m. 
■above  its  mouth,  in  the  South  Anchorage  Bay  on  the  N.  coast. 

DEPENDENT  ISLANDS. 

The  following  islands  lie  off  the  coast  of  Catanduanes: 

sq.  m. 

An^jao  (TamboiJg6n) ;  oflf  NE.  coast  in  S.  entrance  to  South  Anchorage  Bay i 

Biga;  island  in  N.  entrance  of  South  Anchorage  Bay  between  the  small  island  of  Panay  and  NK. 

shore 1 

An  island  fronting  J  imoto  Bay i 

Horadada;  3  rocks  40  ft.  high,  forming  chain,  5  m.  off  Yog,  extreme  N.  point 2 

Matulin;  5  m.  off  Yog  Pt.,  extreme  N.  end  of  island 

Minigil;  off  NE.  shore,  1  m.  N.  of  point  of  that  name  off  N.  entrance  to  South  Anchorage  Bay; 

small  island  lies  between  it  and  the  shore 

Palumbanes;  3  islanda  5  m.  off  NW.  shore,  fronting  Carao  Bay,  larger  of  which  is  2  m.  long  and  1 

m.  wide;  total  area  of  cluster 3 

Panay;  off  NE.  coast,  sheltering  entrance  of  South  Anchorage  Bay;  is  3  m.  NE.  to  SW.  and  IJ  m. 

fromNW.  to  SE 3 

2  islands  front  and  shelter  Bards  Bay,  SE.  coast 

2  islands  lie  opposite  mouth  of  Cabugao  Riv.  in  bay  of  same  name,  and  shelter  anchorage 
of  Bat6 

17  dependent  islands,  total  area 10 

VEGETABLE  PRODUCTS. 

The  staples  of  the  island  are  rice,  cotton,  corn,  hemp,  sesame,  abaed,  raised  in  suf- 
ficient quantities  for  domestic  uses,  and  indigo  and  cocoanuts  for  shipment  in  native 
boats  to  the  mainland. 

MINERALS. 

From  the  gravels  of  many  of  the  rivers  the  natives  gather  gold,  both  in  dust  and 

FORESTS. 

The  mountains  are  covered  with  timber  suitable  for  house  and  shipbuilding, 
including  molave  and  juniper. 

FRUITS. 

Mangosteens,  sapotea,  and  bananas  grow  both  in  a  wild  and  cultivated  state. 
M 


444 


GAZETTEEE    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


INDUSTRIES. 

The  chief  occupation  of  the  inhabitants  is  the  raising  of  liorses  and  cattle.  There 
is  an  important  fishing  industry  in  fishing  and  gathering  shells.  Also  a  brisk  trade 
in  Maqueda  channel  and  Lagonoy  Gulf  in  native  products  for  exchange  in  articles  of 
merchandise  at  the  ports  on  the  mainland. 

UNITED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 

After  the  occupation  of  Albay,  Legaspi,  and  Tabaco,  on  the  mainland,  garrisons 
were  established  on  the  island  of  Catanduanes,  but  these  were  abolished.  On  Feb- 
ruary 15, 1902,  there  were  no  garrisons  on  this  island. 


CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 

By  enactment  of  the  Philippine  Commission,  July  16,  1901,  the  island  of  Catan- 
duanes was  annexed  to  and  included  in  the  province  of  Albay,  Luzon,  the  inhabi- 
tants to  enjoy  the  same  privileges  and  rights  in  the  government  as  if  the  island  had 
been  originally  incorporated  in  the  province,  the  municipal  officers  of  the  towns  ia 
such  territory  to  have  the  same  relations  to  the  provincial  officers  as  are  prescribed 
by  the  "provincial  government  act,"  and  acts  amendatory  in  addition  thereto. 

L'ATANDUANES,     or     BAGAMANOC      (cah-tahn- 

dwah'-nes,    bag-ah-mah-noc'),  nat.;   pueblo 

and  port  of  Catanduanes  I.,  NE.  of  Albay, 

Luzon  {Sec  Bagamanoe.) 

(See  Bat6,  Catanduanes  I.) 

CATAONAX   (cah-tah-aw'-nahn),   ver.;  point  on 

NE.  shore  of  Panglao  I.,  Bohol. 
CATABBAGA>'  (eah-tar-bah'-gan),  ver.;  hamlet  of 

pueblo  of  Loon,  Bohol. 
I'ATABIAN    (cah-tah-ree'-ahn),   nat.;   stream   in 

Ilocos  Sur,  Luzon,  in  pueblo  of  Santa  Cruz. 
CATABIMING  (cah-tah-reen-ting'),  ver.;  point  on 

Buad  I.,  W.  of  Sdmar. 
tIATABMiN,  or  UATADMAN,  or  CALADMAN  (cah- 

tar-man',     cah-tad-mahn',     cah-lad-mahn'), 

ver.;  pueblo  on  N.  coast  of  Sdmar,  with  fine 

anchorage  between  2  low  points  and  also  in 

nook  to  S.  of  point  which  forms  limit  of  Ca- 

tarman  Bay.    2  peaks  E.  of  Catarmdn  serve 

as  guide,  in  1871  town  was  destroyed  by  vol- 
cano which  burst  forth  in  July  of  that  year 

from  low  land  on  W.  side  of  island,  and  in  2 

mniitlis  liad  tlirown  up  hill  |  m.  long,  |  m. 

wide,  and  aixput  4.50  ft.  high,  destroying  all 

vegetation  inr  miles  around,  and  also  village 

of  that  name.    At  time  of  visit  of  H.  M.  S. 

CJiidh  iiiirr,  in  January,  1875,  volcano  had  at- 
tained height  of  1,950  ft.  and  was  still  active, 

there  being  visible  columns  of  smoke  by  day 

and  series  of  small  fires  at  its  summit  by  night. 

Nearly  all  inhabitants  of  island,  which  num- 
bered at  that  time  11,000,  took  refuge  on  main- 
land.   ThereisgoodanchorageinlOfms.,  with 

bearings  on  Hiraps&n  and  Palijon  I.  Num- 
ber of  rocks  upon  which  breakers  may  be  seen 

lie  3 m. from Caioagan  Is.     [N.M.I    Pop.,Cn. 

1896,  9,052. 
mountain  SE.  of  town  of  that  name  at 

headwaters  of  fine  stream  entering  .sea,  19  m. 

E.,  on  N.   coast  of  SAmar.     (See  Catarmdn 

pueblo. ) 
town  on  bay  of  that  name,  on  W.  coast  of 

Camiguin  I.,  off  NE.  coast  of  Misamis,  Minda- 
nao, once  destroyed  by  earthquake.    7  m.  S.  is 

active  volcano  of  Camiguin;  21  m.  distant  is 

summit  on  NVV.  coa.st,  4,797  ft.  high,  and  7  m. 

SE.  another  .5,338  ft.;  2  m.  E.  Two  Peaks  Mt. 

forms  lofty  landmark  for  navigators  in  sur- 
rounding sea.    Pop.  4,874. 
point  on  SW.  coast  of  Leyte,  4  m.  S.  of 

Baybay. 
bay  on  W.  side  of  Camiguin  I.,  off  N.  coast 

of  Misamis,  Mindanao. 
river  on  N.  coast  of  SAmar,  rising  in  Cai- 

bagoand  Dinagdn  Mts.,  pursues  NW.  course 

through  well-populated  and  fertile  country 


1;ATABMAN,  etc.— Continued. 

and  empties  into  sea  at  tovnx  of  same  name, 
on  1.  bank  of  its  mouth.  Vessels  head  for 
river  mouth  when  town  bears  S.  Anchorage 
is  from  10  ft.  to  4  fms.  When  river  entrance 
is  impracticable  landings  may  be  made  in 
cove  to  E. 

point  on  E.  coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao, 

forming  with  Tambog  Pt.  on  N.  9  m.,  bay 
upon  which  is  situated  Linguig  town.  S.  of 
this  point  is  great  bank  which  dries,  and  to 
S.  of  it  are  2  islets  surrounded  by  roclvs. 

CATATO  (cah-tah'-toh);  hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Tay- 
tay,  Paragua  (Palawan). 

CATBALOGAN  (cat-bah-law'-gahn),  ver.;  capital 
and  pueblo  of  Sdmar,  post-office  and  money- 
order  station,  on  W.  coast,  on  shore  of  bay  at 
mouth  of  Antigas  Riv.  10  m.  to  SE.  is  Daram 
I.,  and  beyond  channel  of  that  name  most 
frequented  sea  passage  between  great  islands 
of  S&mar  and  Leyte  through  the  strait  of  San 
Juanieo,  in  direction  of  Mindanao.  W.  coast 
of  S&mar  here  recedes,  forming  large  estuary 
in  which  there  are  numerous  islands,  among 
them  Buad.  Town  has  large  trade  in  hemp 
and  cocoanut  oil  with  Manila  steamers  call- 
ing fortnightly.    Pop..  6,459. 

CATE  (cah-teh'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Santo 
Tomfts,  Batangas,  Luzon. 

t'ATEL  (cah-tayl'),  ver.;  pueblo  on  SE.  coast  of 
Surigao,  Mindanao,  on  bay  of  same  name  and 
at  mouth  of  river  also  of  same  name,  4i,  m. 
NW.  of  Tonguil  Pt.,  147  m.  SSE.  of  Surigao. 
Pop.,  3,500. 

river  emptying  into  sea  at  town  of  that 

name,  E.  coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  4i  m. 
NW.  of  Tonguil  Pt.  Coast  trends  S.  15  m.  to 
Cinablagon  Pt. 

CATETElVtiAN  (cah-tay-tayng'-ahn),  ver.;  hamlet 
in  pueblo  of  Tuguegarao,  Cagaydn,  Luzon. 

CATIXNING  (cah-tee-ah'-ning),  ver.;  hamlet  in 
Pampanga,  Luz6n,  12  m.  N.  of  Bacolor. 

CATIAO  (cah-tee-ah'-oo),  ver.;  E.  tributary  of 
stream  in  S.  SAmar,  emptying  into  sea  3  m.  E. 
of  Balangiga. 

l'ATIBAT(i  (cah-tee-bah-toh').  Tag.;  one  of  .small 
lakes  in  pueblo  of  San  Pablo,  in  SE.  of  La- 
guna,  Luzon. 

CATIGBIAN  (cah-tig-bee'-ahn),  ver.;  pueblo  in 
SW.  Bohol,  17  m.  NE.  of  Tagbilaran.  Pop., 
Cn.  1896,  2,180. 

CATILAMONG  (cah-tee-lah-mong'),  ver.;  moun- 
tain in  Catanduanes  I.,  NE.  of  Albay,  Luz6n. 

DATIMAG  (cah-tee'-mag),Tag.;  creek  i 
Luz6n. 


fBILlPFtNK        ISLABBS 


WEST  COAST   OF  SAMAR 


ATBALOGAN  AND   MCENIIT 

From    a     Spanish    survey     m     188'7    to  1889 
A«uadtt  Ft  ,  Lat.ll-.6  0G-N._  Ujh  j  1L''»  oi'SrE 


j^"! 


¥•' 


-%^JM 


^^. 


^ "  '  ^.\i  ^  ' 


S  Doc  ^..  .>  r    57    1 


m- 


fEST  COAST   OK  i 


0^^^ 


^SORTH     'Iritl^^El'J 


18«7  to  1889 


^~ 


w. 


'h,    iV"    .-> 


%; 


^rr?,r 


S  Doc  .V    ')(-    57 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


445 


•                       VABfATlON 

|-00'E.ri30H            — ^.  / 

-__                 NEARLY 

STATIONARY                   .,' 

%,., 

1 

4''Mi^'. 

'^>r 

0 

\                         eA.Titi«.s.iiJT  1.. 

/  -   ■.  -.caT-M^^ma:^' 

i       vAHCSOKAGE 

V^            >£  i,at.t>'32'(OO']JN..^l«n.g-.i2'±:?«'(OO0S. 

Tvra-.xbcal  MQea 

1          1          I          i          O                                            1 

GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


445 


x\VV 


.\A^ 


'■/•'//: 


'M, 


u. 


.\.\: 


^J'^-L,...-.a 


,''S^— 


CA-Tiiitixnrjr  i 


-I  2^JUL3"32'^^K^;:^r..-l^B.g^J2'i:?a■^o<r)s. 


!NaTxtical  Milea 


I        liiiiiiiiiniiiii    ~3iiiiiiMiiiii_ 

1  ?  2  I  O 


446 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


CATIMU  (cah-tee'-moo),  Tag.;  hamlet  in  Guina- 

yangan,  Tayabas,  Luzon. 
point  on  W.  port  of  head  of  Ragay  Gulf,  in 

Ambos  Camarines  (Norte),  Luzon. 
CATINIC  (cah-tee-nick'),  nat.;  point  of  approach 

on  SW.  coast  of  S^mar  to  E.  entrance  to  San 

Juanico  Strait. 
CATIT^A^  (cah-tee-too'-ahn),  ver.;  fort  in  Cota- 

bato,  Mindanao. 
I'ATIYOMAN  (cah-tee-yoh'-mahn),  ver.;  point  in 

Leyte. 
t'ATMdlV  (cat-mohn'),nat.;  river  in  Negros  Orien- 
tal emptying  into  strait  of  Tafion,  3  m.  N. 

of  Bais. 

crater  in  E.  Leyte,  4  m.  S.  of  Tolosa. 

bay;  point  on  its  S.  headland  and  river 

entering  sea  2  m.  S.  on  SW.  coast  of  Negro.s 

Occidental,  point  being  18  m.  S.  of  Inayauan. 
hamlet  on  SW.  coast  of  Biliran  I.,  off  NW. 

coast  of  Leyte,  2  m.  SE.  of  Naval. 

mountain  in  W.  Leyte,  3  m.  NE.  of  Albuera. 

pueblo,  point,  and  riveron  E.  coastof  Cebii, 

32  m.  N.  by  E.  of  Ceb\i.    Pop.  (town),  6,098. 

(.S'feCadmon.) 
river  rising  in  mountains  in  S.  part  of  Ca- 

vite,  takes  N.  course  and  joins  Bablio  Riv.  in 

pueblo  of  Maragond6n. 
2,047  ft.  high,  on  E,  shore  of  Misamis  port, 

Misamis,  Mindanao,  SE.  of  Sibuco  Pt. 
creek  emptying  on  E.  shore  of  Misamis 

port,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 
I'ATOAK  (cah-taw'-ahn),  ver.;  point  on  S.  coastof 

Mindanao. 
CATOBIL  (cah-toh-bill'),  nat.;  riveremptyinginto 

W.  entrance  to  Laguan  channel,  N.  coast  of 

S&mar. 

TAT^LOG  (cah-taw'-log), 
Panav. 


hamlet  in  Cipiz, 


town  in  S.  of  Tablas  I.,  Romblon  grp. 

CATPATEN  (caht-pah'-ten),nat.;  island  on  W.side 
San  Miguel  port,  NW.  coast  Ticao  I.,  Visayas. 

point  N.  extreme  of  island  of  same  name, 

N.  and  W.  head  to  San  Miguel  port,  NW.  coast 
Ticao  I.,  Vi.sayas. 

CATCbIG  (cah-too'-big),  nat.;  pueblo  N.  S4mar, 
near  source  of  river  emptying  into  bav,  3  m. 
SE.  of  Laguan,  and  46  m.  N.  of  Catbalogan. 
Pop.,  9,565. 

CATUGBA  (cah-tug'-bah),  ver.;  port  S.  of  Pagaua- 
nen  Ri v. ,  i  m.  wide,  2i  m .  deep,  formed  around 
island  like  pocket  between  small  peninsulas, 
that  on  S.  forming  N.  head  of  Malampaya 
sound  and  on  N.  S.  head  of  BAquit  Bay,  W. 
coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

('ATULAHAN  (cah-too-lah'-hahn),  ver.;  one  of 
group  of  peaks  overlooking  r.  bank  of  Agusan 
Riv.,  E.  and  SE.  of  Guadalupe  on  that  stream, 
in  Surigao,  Mindanao. 

CATL'iUPiN  (cah-toom-pahn'),  ver.;  point  on  W. 
shore  of  gulf  of  Asid,  Masbate  I.,  Visayas. 

I'ATUPiX  (cah-too-pahn'),  ver.;  point  in  Cavite, 
Luzon,  lat.  14°  16'  40"  N.,  on  SE.  side  of  en- 
trance to  Manila  Bay. 

L'AUA  (cah'-wah),  nat.;  river  rising  on  slope  of 
Caua  volcano,  extreme  NE.  part  of  Cagaydn, 
Luz6n. 

active  volcano  in  N.  part  of  Sierra  Madre 

range,  Cagaydn,  Luzon,  near  Cape  Engafio, 
in  extreme  NE.,  3,983  ft.  high,  and  com- 
monly considered  extinct,  although  Dr.  Sem- 
per claims  to  have  seen  from  Aparri  cloud 
of  smoke  issuing  from  this  crater. 

CAUAGAN  (cah-wah'-gahn),  ver.;  river  of  Ilocos 
Norte,  Luz6n,  rising  in  Caraballos  del  Norte, 
and  emptying  on  NW.  coast. 

CiUAL  (cah'-wahl),  ver.;  hamlet  inland  on  small 
stream,  N.  coast  of  Misamis,  Mindanao,  empty- 
ing on  p:.  shore  of  approach  to  Macaialar 
Bay  from  N. 


I'AUAMPIT   (cah-wam-pit';,     ver.;    point  in  W 

Leyte. 
CACAN   (cah'-wahn).   Tag.;    mineral    spring   in 

T4rlac,  Luzon. 
CAUANHALAN  (cah-wahn-hah'-lahn),  ver.;  poinli- 

on  E.  shore  of  Ragay  Bay,  in  Albay,  Luzon. 
CAUASIjAiX     (cah-wah-soo'-ahn),      ver.;      sma 


CiUAY  (cah'-oo-i),  ver.;  mountain  in  E.  Leyte, 71 
m.  inland,  W.  of  Tanauan.  ' 

t'AUAYAX(cah-wah'-yahn),  nat.;  pueblo  on  i.sland 
formed  by  central  outlet  of  Abra  Riv.  ii 
Ilocos  Sur,  Luzon,  and  2  m.  S.  of  Vigan.  witfl 
which  it  is  connected  by  road  and  telegrapM 
Its  port,  Pandan,  is  place  of  call  for  steaiS 
ers.    Pop.,  6,050.  j 

coast  hamlet  of  N.  CApiz,  Panay,  7  m.  NW, 

of  Balan. 

point  on  W.  shore  of  Sogod  Bav,  SE.  coast 

of  Leyte,  3  m.  SE.  of  Sogod  Antiguo. 

hamlet  on  NW.  coast  of  Biliran  I.,  off  N, 

coast  of  Leyte. 

town  at  mouth  of  stream  of  same  name, 

on  S.  shore  of  GuimarAs  I.,  off  Hollo,  Panav. 
Pop.,  4,644. 

pueblo  on  main  road,  Isabela,  Luzon,  16  m, 

S.  of  Ilagan.    Pop.,  2,115. 

coast  hamlet  of  Concepcion,  Hollo,  Panav 

2  m.  S.  of  CarltJs. 

island  827  ft.  high,   1^  m.  long,  off  NW. 

coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan,  N.  by  W.  of  ~ 
quit,  i  m.  N.  of  Cadlao. 

easternmost  of  Corandagos  L,  off  E.  coast 

of  Paragua  (Palawan),  7^  m.  £.  of  Dalanga^ 
nem.     (Also  Bird.) 

islet  230  ft.  high,  2  sq.  m.,  18^  m.  W.  bv  S.  of 

Agutaya,  Cuyos  grp.,  Sulu  Sea. 

two  points,  one  on  NE.  and  other  S.  coast  of 

Leyte. 

river  entering  on  SE.  shore  of  Baliangao 

Bay,  E.  of  Siilong  Pt.,  NE.  shore  of  Murci6- 
lagos  Bay,  N.  Misamis,  Mindanao. 
CAUCiOAN  (cah-oo-cah'-wahn),  ver.;  mountain 

of  central  Leyte,  10  m.  NNE.  of  Albuera. 
CAUCAVE  (cow-cah'-vay).  Tag;  point  on  S.  coast  of 
BataAn,  in  bay  of  Manila,  Luzon,  lat.  14° 26'  N. 
1;AUD  bXsAXG,  or  KAL'D  BiSAXG  (cah'-ood  bah'- 
sahng),  ver;  island  W.  of  Simaluk,  8  m.  N.  of 
extreme  NW.  point  of  Tawi  Tawi  I.  and  of 
that  group,  Sulu  A.;  not  inhabited,  but  favor- 
ite resort  for  fishing  prahus  on  account  of 
immense  numbers  of  fish  inside  reefs. 
CAUGDIHON  (cah-oog-dee'-hawn),  ver.;  crater  on 

W.  coast  of  Leyte,  3  m.  NE.  of  Inopacan. 
CiUlT  (cah'-wit)  nat.;  point  on  NE.  coast  of 
Surigao,  Mindanao,  formed  by  spur  of  E.  Cor- 
dillera jutting  into  Pacific  Ocean,  .seen  from 
N.  appearing  an  imposing  bluff,  From  this 
point  E.  coast  of  Mindanao  runs  S.  for  dis- 
tance of  226  m.  to  Cape  San  Agustin,  ex- 
treme S.  point  of  SE.  peninsula,  and  form.<! 
several  bays  open  to  NE.;  great  chain  of 
mountains  parallels  coast,  passing  this  point 
about  17  m.  Inland  on  its  way  to  extreme  N. 
point  of  island. 

peninsula  terminating  in  point  of  same 

name,  12  m.  long,  projecting  NE.  into  Pacific 
Ocean,  32  m.  S.  of  Siargao  I.,  and  22  m.  SE.  liv 
E.  of  Tugus  Pt.,  with  which  it  forms  head- 
lands of  expansive  bay. 

hamlet  on  NW.  coast  of  Cebii,  1^  m.  N.  of 

Medellin;  point  of  same  name  lies  6  m.  SW.  of 
Candaga  Pt.  Fine  wells  of  fresh  water  in 
neighborhood. 

W.  point  at  S.  entrance  to  Cebv'i  channel, 

Urn.  SW.  of  Cebii;  site  of  fortifications  erected 
by  Spaniards  for  defense  of  this  approach; 
coal  station. 

point  on  S.  shore  of  Albay  Gulf,  Albay, 

Luz6n. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    I'HILlPriNE    ISLANDS. 


447 


^ 


■WEST   OOJlST 


;:^ZZZ'~ Tni[rjjliitiliiniiillll!lj|[ill»M!IMailliIin^ 


448 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


ciUIT;  extreme  S.  point  of  S.  peninsula  of  Sibu- 
y^n  I.,  Romblon  grp.,  Visayas. 

higii   point  on  W.   coast  of  Zamboanga, 

Mindanao,  and  liead  of  bay  of  same  name; 
sea  face  composed  of  red  earth:  summit 
rounded  and  covered  with  forest.  From  this 
point  to  Batii-Tandoc  Pt.,  9  m.  S.  by  W.  h  W., 
shore  forms  little  bays  between  intermediate 
Pt3.  Piakan  and  Nanga;  aspect  frimi  sea  is 
beautiful,  shores  being  covered  witli  verdure 
and    cultivated   land,    with    many   native 


small  semicircular  bay  li  m.  wide  on  VV. 

coast  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  at  point  of 
siime  name.  Peak  overlooks  it.  Near  S.  shore 
is  islet  700  ft.  in  extent. 

town  in  Mariuduque. 

point  in  W.  coast  of  Marinduque. 

river  traversing  Ilocos  Norte,  Luz6n,  and 

pas.sing  between  Laoag  and  San  NicoUs, 
over  bar  of  its  name,  empties  into  China  Sea. 
Its  tributaries  are,  among  others,  Gant,  Guisi, 
Baybay,  Pagsdn,  and  Pagsambaran,  which 
descend  from  W.  slopes  of  N,  Caraballos. 

inlet  and  port  in  Cebti. 

point  in  island  of  Panaon,  SW.  of  Leyte. 

CiUlT  I'AtfX  (cah'-wit  cah-oot'),  ver.;  hamlet  on 
W.  coast  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  35i  m.  N. 
by  E.  of  Zamboanga. 

CAUITAN  (cah-wee'-tahn),  nat.:  small  stream 
emptying  into  Tolon  Bav,  SW.  coast  of  Negros 
Oriental,  li  m.  S.  of  Tolon. 

point  in  Negros  Oriental,  forming  S.  head 

of  Tolon  Bay,  SW.  coast. 

CAIILAYAX  (cow-lah'-yun),  Tag.;  point  in  Taya- 
bas,  Luzon. 

CAULUNGAN  (cah-oo-loong'-ahn),  ver.;  island  off 
SE.  shore  of  Basilan  I.,  off  S.  coast  of  Zam- 
boanga, Mindanao.    {See  Cauluan.) 

CAUXAAGAN  (cah-oo-nah-ah'-gahu),  ver.;  point 
in  island  of  Leyte. 

CAL'MPAN  (cow-nee'-pun),  ver.;  mountain  in 
Ambos  Camarines,  Luzon. 


CAUPASAN  (cah-oo-pah'-sahn),  ver.;  hamlet  in 
Abra,  Luzon,  on  Tineg  Riv.,  6  m.  N.  by  E.  of 
Bangued. 

CAURUSAN,  or  SIBUMA  (cah-oo-roo'-sahn,  see- 
roo'-mah),  ver.;  point  on  E.  shore  of  Ragay 
Bay,  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luzon;  5  m. 
SE!  of  this  point,  former  S.  boundary  of  S. 
Camarines  ends  on  shore. 

I'AUSILAN  (cah-oo-see'-lahn),  ver.:  point  in  Ne- 
gros I. 

CAVANAN,  or  I'AVANA  (cah-vah'-nun.  cah-vah- 
nah),  nat.;  mountain  in  Masbate  I.,  Visayas. 

t'AVANCALAX  (cah-vahn-cah'-lahn),  nat.:  pueblo 
in  Negros  Occidental.     (See  Cabancalan. ) 

i'AA'ANJiX  (cah-vahn-hahn'),  ver.;  point  en  E. 
coast  of  Tablas  I.,  W.  of  Romblon,  Visayas. 

CAVAXTIGUIANES  (cah-vahn-tee-geeah'-ness), 
Hisp. ;  cluster  of  small  Lslands,  largest  213, 138, 
and  136  ft.  high,  in  SW.  part  of  Canahauan  Is., 
off  W.  coast  of  Sdmar. 

CAVAYAX  (cah-vah'-yahn),  ver.;  hamlet  on  one 
of  tributaries  of  river  emptying  into  sea  on 
NW.  coast  of  Misamis,  Mindanao,  at  Pinialan, 
Ibi  m.  S.  by  W.  of  Dapitan.     (See  Blanea  Pt.) 

hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Catarmdn,  SSmar. 

hamlet  in  pueblo  of  llog,  Negros  Occi- 
dental. 

(,'AVERN,  for.:  CATERXA  (cah-vayr'-nah).  Sp.; 
island  350  ft.  high,  having  tall  pillar  rock 
and  detached  rock  30  ft.  high,  on  NW.  coast 
of  Paragua  (Palawan). 

I'AYILLI,  or  CAl'ELI  (cah-vee'-lyee,  cah-oo-ay'- 
lee),  ver.;  islands  forming  part  of  Cagayanes 
grp.,  off  SW' .  coast  Negros  Occidental. 

CAVINTI  (cah-vin-tee').  Tag.;  town  in  Lagnna, 
Luzon,  9  m.  ESE.  of  Santa  Cruz.    Pop.,  .5,515. 

CAVIT  (cah-veef),  Hisp.;  hamlet  of  CApiz,  Panay. 

I'AVITAX,  or  CAL'ITAN  (cah-vee'-tahn,  cah-wee'- 
tahn),  Hisp.;  point  on  SW.  coa.st  of  Negros 
Oriental,  lat.  9°  19'  30"  N. 


CAVITE,  LUZON,  PROVINCE  OF, 

(Cah-vee'-tay,  Hisp.) 

Capital:  Cavite  (with  authority  to  locate  elsewhere),  lat.  14°  28^  oS''  X.,  Ion.  120° 
54^  49"  E. 
Area:  Mainland,  510  sq.  m.;  dependent  islands,  100  sq.  m.;  total,  610  sq.  m. 
Population:  134,569. 
Race:  Tagalog. 
Language:  Tagiilog. 
Military  Department  of  Iiuzdn:  Headquarters,  Manila,  Luzon. 


Tabic  of  distances. 
Irom  Cavite  to—  m- 

Corregidor,  WSW 22 

Limbones  Pt.,  entrance  to  Manila  Bay 30 

Manila  by  bay 9 

Manila  via  road  from  Bacoor  opposite 13 

Manila  via  all  road \^ 

Mariveles,  Manila  Bay 29 

liOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

The  province  of  Cavite  divides  with  Batangas  the  area  of  the  SW.  projection  of 
the  island  of  Luzon.  It  is  bounded  on  the  NW.  and  N.  by  the  bay  of  INIanila,  upon 
which  it  has  a  frontage  of  30  m.,  on  the  N.  and  NE.  by  Manila  for  a  distance 
of  39  m.,  on  the  E.  by  Laguna  de  Bay  with  a  frontage  of  3  m.,  and  the  province  of 
Laguna  de  Bay  for  15  m.,  and  on  the  S.  by  Batangas,  from  which  it  is  separated  the 
entire  length  of  37  m.  by  the  volcanic  Sierras  de  Tagaytay  and  Siiiigay.     The  N. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  449 

shore  of  the  celebrated  volcanic  lake  of  Taal,  or  Bombon,  approaches  within  1  m.  of 
the  S.  boundary.  Next  to  Manila,  the  province  of  Cavite  is  the  most  important  in 
the  Philippine  Is.  Its  chief  town  and  fortress  of  Cavite  are  the  naval  headquarters 
of  the  United  States  in  Asia. 

AREA. 

It  measures  33  m.  from  NE.  to  SW.,  and  the  same  distance  from  E.  to  W.  Area. 
510  sq.  m.  (326,400  acres);  dependent  islands,  100  sq.  m. ;  grand  total,  610  sq.  m, 
(490,400  acres). 

PHYSICAL  FKATURES. 

The  country  in  the  SW.  and  S.  is  mountainous  and  constitutes  the  Manila  Bay 
watershed  of  the  Tagaytay  and  Suiigay  ranges.  The  NW.  part  rises  by  gradual 
elevations  and  forms  a  fertile  stretch  of  territory,  watered  by  many  streams  and 
pn Mincing  all  the  staple  crops  of  the  islands.  The  rivers  vary  in  volume,  according 
to  the  season. 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

Cavite  Bay  and  Bacoor  in  SW. ;  Canacao,  N.  of  Cavite  Arsenal,  and  Dalagican  in 
the  8 W.,  indentations  of  the  great  bay  named,  we  find  the  finest  anchorages  in  Manila 
Bay,  affording  a  depth  of  28  ft.  in  the  center,  gradually  growing  shallower  toward  tlie 
shore.  Owing  to  tlie  exposed  situation  of  Manila  road,  particularly  during  the  SW. 
monsoon,  vessels  upon  the  threatened  approach  of  storms  resort  to  the  sheltered 
anchorages  of  Cavite  Bay. 

LIGHT-HOUSES. 

On  Sangley  Pt.,  near  the  extremity  of  Cavite  Pen.,  is  a  fixed  red  light  36  ft.  above 
the  sea,  visible  9  m.  From  Piisig  RiV.  light  the  Sanglev  Pt.  light  bears  SW.,  distant 
13,464  yards. 

ROADS   AND    COMMUNICATIONS. 

The  province  is  well  supplied  with  good  roads,  many  of  which,  however,  are 
almost  impassable  during  the  rainy,  season.  They  connect  the  coast  with  the  interior 
towns  and  villages  in  all  directions.  Communication  with  ^Manila  is  by  bay  and  by 
land  along  a  well-built  highway  which  follows  the  coast.  The  latter,  after  crossing 
the  Imus  Riv.,  passes  through  Bacoor  and  Parafiaque,  thence  thi'ough  Malibay, 
Pasay,  Malate,  and  Ermita  to  the  walled  city  of  Manila,  a  distance  of  9  m.  in'a 
straight  line  and  15  m.  by  road.  At  Cavite  Viejo  this  road  extends  SW.  to  Ternate, 
on  the  S.  shore  of  the  entrance  to  Manila  Bay,  and  is  paralleled  from  that  point  to 
Manila  by  telegraph  line.  From  Ternate  the  high  road  parallels  the  SW.  and  SE. 
boundary  at  a  distance  of  about  5  m.,  connecting  the  towns  of  INIaragondon,  Bailen, 
Alfonso,  Mendez  Niifiez,  Indang,  Silang,  and  Carmona  with  San  Pedro  de  Tunasan 
on  the  shores  of  Laguna  de  Bay,  where  it  joins  the  Manila  road  and  telegraph  line. 
At  Silang  a  road  extends  NW.  by  way  of  Perez  Dasmarifias  via  Imus  to  tlie  Cavite 
and  jNIanila  road  at  Bacoor.  Road  communication  with  Batangas  Province  extends 
from  Alfonso  to  Tuy  and  from  Mendez  Nunez  to  Bayuyuiiganon  lake  Taal,  also  with 
Laguna  Province  between  Carmona  and  Bifiang. 

POPULATION   AND   TOWNS. 

The  population  of  Cavite  Province  is  134,569,  the  majority  being  Tagalog.  In  the 
ports  of  Cavite,  P^stanzuela,  and  San  Roque,  Spanish  is  the  chief  medium  of  inter- 
course in  business  and  private  life.  In  all  the  other  towns  Tagalog  is  the  prevailing 
language. 

S.  Doc.  280 29 


450 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


The  following  is  the  division  of  Cavite  into  pueblos  and  their  population: 


Province  and  pueblos. 


Total  population,  combin- 
ing residents  present  and 
absent,  native  and  Span- 
ish, census  1887. 


Cavite: 

Alfonso ■  8, 672 

Amadeo 1, 578 

Bacoor 6, 4.55 

Bailen 2, 495 

Caridad,  La 3, 

Carmona 2, 012 

Cavite 1, 376 

Cavite  Viejo 3, 216 

Imus 5, 1" 

Indang 5, 760 

Magallanes 1 ,  370 

Maragond6n |  4, 134 

M6ndez  Nunez |  1, 835 

Naic i  3, 485 

Noveleta i  1, 105 

Perez  Dasmariflas I  2, 160 

Rosario I  3, 

San  Francisco  de  Malabon 1  4, 248 

San  Roque 2, 875  i 

Santa  Cruz  de  Malabon I  4, 024  ' 

Sllang 

Temate '  1, 246 

Total 


Estimated  population,  1901,  134,569. 

There  are  23  towns  and  108  villages.  Among  the  most  important  of  the  towns  are 
the  following  (population  of  1896  is  given):     , 

Cavite;  the  naval  headquarters  of  the  Philippine  Archipelago;  and  the  present 
capital  of  Cavite  Province.  A  seaport  and  fortress,  in  water,  land,  and  telegraph 
communication  with  Manila.  It  is  situated  on  the  concave  shore  of  a  crescent-shaped 
peninsula  on  the  E.  shore  of  IManila  Bay.  The  Tagalogs  call  it  Cduit,  which  means 
"fishhook,"  on  account  of  the  shajie.  The  town'Cavite  is  more  frequently  known 
as  "the  port"  instead  of  by  its  name.  After  passing  Corregidor  at  the  entrance  to 
Manila  Bay,  a  NE.  course  leads  to  Sangley  Pt.,  the  landmark  of  that  part  of  the  coast. 
Within  this  jjoint  is  Canacao  Bay,  on  the  N.  shore  of  which  are  the  hamlets  of  Faro 
and  Canacao.  A  tongue  of  land  about  l]  m.  long  projecting  due  E.  separates  the 
waters  of  Canacao  Bay  on  the  N.  and  Bacoor  Bay,  the  inner  harbor  of  Cavite.  On 
this  projection  are  situated  the  fortifications  and  arsenal,  while  immediately  W., 
across  an  intervening  isthmus,  is  the  town  of  San  Roque,  and  on  the  S.  shore  of  Bacoor 
Bay,  Cavite  Viejo.  In  that  portion  of  Cavite,  within  the  walls,  the  streets  are  laid 
out  at  right  angles,  but  are  somewhat  narrow.  All  their  houses  are  of  masonry.  It 
has  a  parochial  church,  two  convents,  a  large  hospital,  a  well-equipped  arsenal,  dock- 
yard, dry  dock,  and  also  the  sanctuary  of  IS'uestra  Pefiora  de  Porta  Vaga,  also  several 
important  mechanical  industries.  Population,  which  consists  almost  entirely  of  the 
employees  of  the  arsenal,  exclusive  of  the  garrison,  is  8,000. 

Fortress;  the  gate  in  the  W.  wall  opens  upon  a  road  crossing  a  narrow  strip  of 
sand  to  the  town  of  San  Rocjue.  The  defenses  toward  the  N.  command  Canacao 
Bay.  Those  fronting  the  S.  sweep  Bacoor  Bay.  The  fortification  occupies  the  area 
at  the  E.  end  of  this  i)rojection  into  the  liay.  The  stronghold  of  the  position  is 
Fort  San  Felipe  on  the  land  side,  with  the  bastion  of  Guadalupe  on  the  extreme 
point,  and  conmianding  Cavite  Bay  on  the  E.  Tiie  stores,  workshops,  foundry, 
forge,  gun  factory,  and  other  buildings  of  that  character,  including  the  arsenal,  lie 
within  the  walls  on  the  Canacao  Bay  side.  Opposite  are  repair  slips,  landings,  head- 
quarters, and  hospitals.  About  3  m.  to  the  SW.  is  Tierra  Alta,  a  high  piece  of  land 
which  has  been  converted  into  a  resort  for  foreigners  seeking  recuperation  from  the 
effects  of  the  climate.  The  port  is  well  equipped  for  building  and  repairing  vessels, 
having  in  1898  a  slip  Avith  a  cradle  370  ft.  broad  and  hydraulic  power  capable  of 
drawing  2,000  tons.  There  was  also  a  dock  for  gunboats  and  a  larger  private  dock  in 
which  vessels  of  1,500  tons  have  been  constructed.  The  cove  has  about  20  ft.  of 
water  and  is  well  protected.  The  larger  vessels  anchor  off  this  cove  1  m.  from  shore 
in  5  fms.  It  was  here  that  the  Spanish  flotilla  took  position  in  the  engagement  with 
the  United  States  May  1,  1898. 


GAZETTEEK    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  451 

Alfonso;  an  important  road  center  near  the  Batangas  boundary,  24  ni.  S.  of  Cavite. 
Pop.,  7,660. 

Amadeo;  near  the  Batangas  boundary,  22  m.  SSE.  of  Cavite.     Pop.,  3,873. 

Bacoor;  on  the  SE.  shore  of  Manila  Bay  at  the  entrance  to  the  anchorage  of  Cavite, 
2^  m.  opposite  the  hitter  town,  on  the  bay  of  the  same  name.     Pop.,  13,113. 

Bailen;  near  the  Batangas  boundary,  25  m.  SW.  of  Cavite.     Pop.,  4,189. 

Caridad;  on  the  Manila  Bayside  of  Cavite  Pen.,  IJ  m.  W.  of  Cavite.     Pop.,  6,000. 

Carmoiia;  2.}  m.  inland  from  Laguna  de  Bay  and  16  m.  SE.  of  Cavite.     Pop.,  3,959. 

Cavite  Viejo  (Old  Cavite);  on  the  extreme  S.  shore  of  Bacoor  Bay,  3  m.  S.  of 
Cavite.     It  is  also  a  telegraph  and  military  station.     Pop.  9,484. 

Dasmarinas;  in  the  central  part  of  the  province,  14  m.  SE.  of  Cavite.     Pop.  4,696. 

Imus;  important  road  center,  7  m.  SE.  of  Cavite.     Pop.  14,676. 

Indang;  an  important  road  center,  21  m.  S.  of  Cavite.     Pop.  1,500. 

Magallanes;  near  the  Batangas  boundary,  26  m.  SW.  of  Cavite.     Pop.  1,200. 

Maragondon;  at  the  terminus  of  a  branch  of  the  Manila  coast  road,  21  m.  SW.  of 
Cavite.     Pop.  8,313. 

Mendez  Nuiiez;  near  the  Batangas  boundary,  25  m.  S.  of  Cavite.     Pop.  3,745. 

Naic;  on  tlie  Manila  coast  road,  18  m.  SW.  of  Cavite.     Pop.  9,215. 
!     Noveleta;  on  the  Manila  SW.  shore  road,  5  m.  SW.  of  Cavite.     Pop.  2,804. 
■     Perez  Dasniariiias.      {See  Dasmarinas. ) 

Hosario  (also  well  known  as  Salinas);  on  the  Manila  coast  road,  8  m.  SW.  of 
Caxitc.      I'op.,  6,385. 

San  Francisco  de  Malabdn;  well  built,  between  two  rivers,  7  m.  SSW.  of  Cavite, 
2  Ml.  from  Santa  Cruz  and  6  m.  from  Imus,  same  province.  Pop.,  9,055.  It  is  in 
good  road  communication  with  other  towns. 

San  Roque;  at  the  mainland  end  of  the  narrow  peninsula  occupied  by  the  fort- 
ress of  Cavite.     Pop.,  3,182. 

Santa  Cruz  de  Malabdn;  on  the  Manila  coast  road,  9  m.  SW.  of  Manila.  Pop., 
s,rii6. 

Silang;  road  center  near  the  SE.  ]>oundary,  19  m.  SE.  of  Cavite.     Pop.,  7,411. 

Ternate;  at  the  terminus  of  the  Manila  coast  road  and  telegraph  line,  15  m.  SW. 
of  Cavite.     Pop.,  1,828. 

DEPENDENT  ISLANDS. 

Under  the  enaliling  act  of  the  pi-ovince  of  Cavite,  the  Lubang  group,  previously 
among  the  dependent  islands  of  ^lindoro,  on  account  of  its  naval  and  commercial 
strategical  position,  was  embraceil  within  this  territorial  area.  In  June,  1902,  it 
was  madt^  ])art  of  I\Iarindu(iue  Province. 

The  only  dependent  island  is  El  Fraile  (the  Friar),  an  islet  2  m.  X.  of  Restinga  Pt., 
SW,  coast  of  Cavite,  Luzon,  the  S.  inner  head  of  Manila  Bay. 

VEGETABLE  PRODUCTS. 

The  soil  in  the  lowland  portion  of  the  province  produces  an  excellent  quality  of 
rice.  In  the  vicinity  of  Indang,  Silang,  and  Alfonso,  coffee  of  the  best  quality  is 
raised.     Sugar  is  also  a  staple  product.     Corn  and  chocolate  are  grown  to  advantage. 

The  people  are  largely  engaged  in  pastoral  pursuits.  Recent  figures  give  this 
province  15,000  carabaos,'  9,000  cattle,  6,000  hogs,  and  5,000  horses. 

MINERALS. 

Explorations  in  the  Sierras  on  the  S.  Ijordcr  have  not  shown  indications  of  min- 
erals of  commercial  value. 

FORESTS. 

In  the  SW.  region  are  fine  forests,  whose  woods  are  used  in  ))uilding  ships  and 
houses,  and  for  making  furniture. 

FRUITS. 

Bananas,  oranges,  lemons,  mangas,  and  other  fruits  of  this  region  are  found  in 
abundance.     The  Cavite  mangus  are  tlie  finest  in  the  archipelago. 

INDUSTRIES  AND  COMMERCE. 

The  principal  industries  in  the  towns  in  the  elevated  country  are  the  manufacture 
of  cloth  from  hemp  and  cotton,  and  the  production  of  sugar.  '  The  mills  devoted  to 
the  latter  numlier  150.  In  tlie  coast  towns  the  people  are  wholly  engaged  in  the 
fisheiies,  manufacture  of  salt,  and  the  cultivation  of  rice.  These  products  are  articles 
of  export  and  are  carried  by  water  to  Manila. 


452 


GAZETTEEK    OF   THE    PHILIPriNE    ISLANDS. 


UNITED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 

The  occupation  of  Cavite  was  tlie  first  land  event  after  the  naval  engagement  of 
Manila  Bay  May  1,  1898.  Under  the  articles  of  capitulation  United  States  occupation 
was  confined  to  the  harbor,  city,  and  bay  of  Manila.  The  United  States  fleet  held 
the  bay  and  naval  establishment.  The  army  occupied  Manila  August  13,  1898, 
which  it  held  until  active  operations  began  after  the  signing  of  the  Treaty  of  Paris. 
Maj.  Gen.  John  C.  Bates,  V.  S.  V.,  commanding  the  Department,  in  report  August 
15,  1900,  states  this  province  was  not  only  "the  l)irthplace  of  the  rebellion,  but  it 
had  been  the  hotbed  of  brigandage  for  centuries  under  Sjianish  rule." 

On  February  15,  1902,  the  following  were  the  military  stations  in  Cavite: 
Dasmariuas,  *  San  Francisco  de  ]\lalab6n, ""  ^laragondon, '' 

Naic,  *  Imus,*"  Silang." 

CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 

The  province  of  Cavite  was  created  under  the  "provincial  government  act"  of 
February  6,  1901,  l)y  enactment  of  the  Philippine  Commission,  June  11,  1901,  in 
that  territory  in  the  island  of  Luzon  known  as  the  province  of  Cavite,  together  with 
the  island  of  Lubang  and  with  the  smaller  islands  immediately  adjacent  to  the 
island  of  Lubang,  all  to  be  known  as  the  province  <jf  Ovite.  By  act  of  the  Commis- 
sion, June.  1902,  the  island  of  Lvibang  and  islands  immediately  adjacent  were  trans- 
ferred to  the  province  of  Marinduque. 

PROVINCIAL  OFFICERS. 


[Salaries  and  expenses  in  United  .States  currency.] 


Governor . . 
Secretary  . . 
Treasurer . . 
Supervisor . 
Fiscal 


$1, 800. 00 

1,  200.  00 

2,200.00 

1,800.00 

1,500.00 

AlloAvance  for  necessary  and  actual  expenses  not  exceeding  82.50  per  day,  as  pre- 
scribed. The  presidentes  or  alcaldes  of  the  municipalities  of  the  province  to  meet 
and  organize  on  the  third  Monday  in  January,  April,  July,  and  October  to  consider 
improvements  needed  in  the  province  and  for  other  purposes  prescribed  by  law. 
The  presidentes  at  their  meeting  to  be  held  on  the  third  Monday  in  October,  1902, 
if  a  majority  shall  so  determine,  may  change  the  capital  from  the  town  of  Cavite  to 
some  other  town  in  the  province,  "the  former  procedure  being  determined  in  the 
enabling  act. 

CONDITIONS. 

"During  the  trip  I  have  been  making  up  to  date,  to  the  moimtain  towns  of  this 
province  of  Cavite,  organizing  municipalities,  I  feel  that  I  ought  to  entertain  no 
doubt  of  the  desire  for  peace  entertained  by  all  its  inhabitants.  In  this  trip  I  have 
taken  steps  to  bring  about  the  surrender  of  some  small-armed  groups,  the  wake,  as 
it  were,  of  the  revolutionary  forces  already  surrendered,  which,  though  they  still 
continue  under  arms,  have  no  political  color,  and  the  proof  of  this  is  that  they 
devote  themselves  solely  to  holding  up  native  traders  to  get  their  money.  And  froiii 
the  steps  I  have  taken  I  am  in  hopes  that  within  a  few  days  all  these  small-armed 
parties,  that  are  nothing  more  than  highwaymen,  Avill  present  themselves  with  all 
their  arms.  I  can  also  assure  you  of  the  peace  and  order  in  my  province,  and  that 
the  civil  authorities,  with  the  constabulary  forces,  will  be  sufficient  to  maintain  and 
preserve  them."     (Official  report  of  provincial  governor  of  Cavite,  December,  1901.) 


CATITE  (cah-vcc'-tav ) ,  Hisp. :  lat.  14°  28' 55" N. ,  Ion. 
120°  .36'  19"  E.  Naval  headquarters  of  Philip- 
pine I.  and  capital  of  Cavite  province  (subject 
to  change),  pueblo,  post-office,  and  money-or- 
der  station,  on  inner  shore  of  crescent-shaped 
peninsula,  forming  natural  breakwater  at 
seaward  end  of  deep  bight  in  E.  side  of  Ma- 
nila Bay.  After  passing  Corregidor,  at  en- 
trance to  Jfanila  Bay,  NE.  course  leads  to 
Sangley  Pt..  light  and  landmark  of  that  part 
of  coast.    Within  this  point  is  Canacao  Bay, 


CAVITE— Continued. 

on  N.  shore  of  which  are  hamlets  Faro  and 
Canacao.  Tongue  of  land  about  U  m.  long, 
projecting  due  £.,  separates  waters  of  Caiia- 
cao  Bay  on  N.  and  Bacoor  Bay,  inner  harbor 
of  Cavite,  on  S.  On  this  projection  are  situ- 
ated fortifications  and  arsenal,  while  imme- 
diately W.  across  intervening  isthmus  is  town 
of  San  Roque,  and  on  S.  shore  of  Bacoor  Bay, 
Cavite  Viejo.  Fine  road  starts  from  nere  along 
bay  for  Manila.    After  crossing  Imus  Riv.  it 


'Telegraph. 


'Telephone. 


UAZKTTEKK    OF    THK    PHILIl'J'lNE    ISLANDS. 


4f)3 


454 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


CAVITE— Cnntinucd. 

pusses  thniuKli  Biiooorand  Parafiaqne,  thenec 
throiiKh  Muibav.  l-'ineda,  Malate,  Ermita,  to 
walled  city  of  Manila,  distance  of  8  m.  in 
straight  line,  and  fully  twice  that  distance 
by  road.  While  town  of  Cavite  is  walled, 
fortifications  are  at  end  of  land  projection, 
stronghold  of  position  being  Port  San 
Felipe  on  landward  line,  with  bulwarks  of 
Guadalupe  on  extreme  point  between  Cana- 
cao  and  Bacoor  bays,  and  sweeping  Cavite 
Bay  on  E.  In  addition  to  its  paraphernalia  of 
warlike  defense,  town  is  extremely  pictur- 
esque in  its  location.  It  is  in  telegraphic 
communication  with  all  points  on  islands. 
Buildings,  public  and  private,  are  of  stone: 
garrison  and  employees  of  arsenal  make  up 
population.  About  3  m.  to  SW.  is  Tierra  Alta, 
as  its  name  indicates.  It  is  a  favorite  resort 
of  foreigners  for  recuperation  from  effects  of 
climate.  "Roadstead"  of  Manila  being  un- 
safe at  certain  seasons  harbor  of  Cavite  affords 
protection.    Pop.,  Cn.,  1887,  2,392. 

town  on  S  W.  shore  of  small  bay  forming  on 

W.  of  Pt.  Silla,  N.  coast  of  Misamis,  Min- 
danao, 3  m.  NE.  of  Dapitan. 

CAVITE  VIEJO{old)  (cah-vee'-tay  vee-ay'-haw), 
Hisp.;  pueblo  on  S.  shore  of  Bacoor  Bay,  in  Ca- 
vite, Luzon,  9  m.  S.  of  Manila.  Pop.,  Cn., 
G,302;  1898,  9,489,  estimated. 

CAXISI(iA>'  (cag-see-see'-gahn),  ver.;  island  off 
inlet  of  Candaranan,  E.  of  NE.  shore  of  BalA- 
bac  I.,  separated  by  channel  i  m.  wide. 

CAYABACAN  (cah-yah-bah'-cahn),  ver.;  hamlet 
on  S.  coast  of  Antique,  Panay,  9  m.  \V.  of 
PandAn. 

1;A¥ABAYABA  (cah-yah-bah-yah'-bah),  ver.;  in- 
land hamlet  in  CApiz,  Panay,  3^  m.  SW.  of 
Malinao. 

CAYXn  (cah-yahn'),  ver.;  capital  of  Lepanto, 
Luzon,  in  SE.  central  portion,  4  m.  NE.  of 
Cervantes,  on  highway  NW.  to  Tiagan  and 
SE.  entering  Benguet.  Number  of  trails  con- 
nect Cay^n  with  surrounding  hamlets,  also 
highway  to  Bontoc,  11  m.  NE.    Pop.,  650. 

CAYAXti<')>'  (eah-yahng-own'),  ver.;  point  on  SE. 
coast  (if  Culiii,  2  m.  NE.  of  Nueva  Cftceres. 

t'AYAI'A  icali-yah'-pah),  ver.;  former  comandan- 
eia  along  slopes  of  Ambayanan  Riv.,  W.  of 
and  near  province  of  Nueva  Vizeaya,  Luzon. 
Area,  350  sq.  m.  Inhabited  by  various  races 
of  pagan  Ifugaos;  towns  are  San  Miguel  Ar- 
cingel,  with  population  of  2,249,  and  Santa 
Cruz  de  Ana. 


t^AYAl'O  (cah-yah'-poh),  Tag.;  mountain  in  Ba- 

taan,  Luz6n. 
(;AYAT.4()   (cah-yah-tah'-oo),   ver.;  mountain  in 

Masbate,  Visayas. 
CAYBlllAX  (ki-bee'-rahn),  ver.;  point  at  extreme 

SE.  coast  of  Panaon  I.,  off  SE.  coast  of  Leyte, 

and  NW.  headland  of  Surigao  Strait. between 

S.  end  of  Leyte  and  extreme  N.  end  of  Surigao, 

Mindanao. 
CAYBOBO  (ki-bow'-bow),   ver.;  point  formed  of 

spur    ot  Mariveles  Range  on    W.    coast   of 

BataSn,  Luzon. 
(lAYCAYAN  (ki-cah'-yahn),  ver.;  fountain  tribu- 
tary of  Chico  de  CagayAn  Riv.,  in  Isabela, 

Luzon. 
CAYCAYETANO    (ki -cah-yay  -  tah'-noh),    Tag.; 

mountain  in  Bata^n,  Luzon. 
(.'AYSliX  (k!-mahn'),  ver.;  point   on  W.  coast  of 

Zambales,  Luz6n,  lat.  16°  57'  30"  N. 
CAYXIPAO  (ki-nee-pow'),  ver.;   small   stream  of 

Silmar,  rises  in  lat.  12°  18"  N.  and  empties 

into  sea  on  W,  coast. 
CAYOAI  LNAAN  (cah-ywah-we-nah'-ahn),  ver.; 

mountain  in  central  range  of  S.  Leyte,  10  m. 

SW.  of  Abtiyog. 
CAYOS   (cah'-yaws),  Sp.;  hamlet  in  SE.  Hollo, 

Panav,  2  m.  above  mouth  of  Jalaur  Riv.,  2  m. 

SW.  by  W.  of  Duman^'as. 
CAYPAVA.N  I  kl-pah'-valiu),  ver.;  islet  at  entrance 

to  Luyiicaii  port,  W.  of  Uson  I.,  fronting  W. 

chainiel   to    Port   Uson,   on    S.   coast  of    Bu- 

suanga  I.,  Calamianes  grp.,  NE.  of  Paragua, 

Palawan. 
CAYQUIBA  (ki -key '-bah),  Tag.;  hamlet  in  Cavite, 

Luz6n,  23  m.  S.  of  Cavite. 
CAYSABAI  (ky-sah-by'),nat.;  river  emptying  into 

W.  entrance  to  Lagitan  channel,  N.  coast  of 

S^mar. 
CAYUAGAN,    or   CAYNAGAK    (cah-yoo-ah'-gahn, 

ky-nah'-gahn ) ,  ver. ;  river  on  SW.  coast  Negros 

Occidental, entering  bay  13^  m.  S.  of  Inayauan. 
islet  in  mid-channel  between  NW.  coast  of 

Bohol  and  SE.  coast  of  Cebii. 
CAYVOLO  (ki-vaw'-loh).  Tag.;  stream  in  Cavite, 

Luzon,  emptying  into  Manila  Bay  near  Naic. 
L'AZAIXMJ  (cah-thali-dor't   (means  hunter),  Sp.; 

point  at  extreme  S.  end  of  Calumpsin   Pen., 

Batangas,  Luzon,  separating  bays  of  Batangas 

(E.)  and  Balaydn  (W).    Island  of  MaricabAn 

liesljm.  S. 
€EB{1  (thay-boo'),  ver.;  "silanga"  between  is- 
lands of  Celju  and  Mactan.  and  forms  i)art  of 

Cebu. 


CEBU,  VISAYAS,  PROVINCE  OF. 

(Thay-boo',  Hisp.;  vee-sah'-yass,  nat.1 

Capital:  Cebu,  lat.  10°  18^  N.;  Ion.  123°  53^  05'^  E. 

Area:  mainland,  1,668  sq.  ni. ;  dependent  islands,  114  sq.  ni.;  total,  1,782  sq.  m. 

Population:  518,032. 

Race:  Yisayan. 

Language:  Visayan. 

Military  Department  of  Visayas :  IIeadqiiaiter.s,  Iloilo,  Iloflo,  Panay. 

Table  of  distances. 

From  Cebti  to—                                                         '  m. 

Manila 357 

Manila  via  Visayan  Sea,  Mindoro  Sea,  and  Verde  Passage 4(if; 

Misamis,  Mindanao li^ 

Tagbilaran,  Bohol 4(> 

LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 


The  province  of  Cebu  occupies  about  the  center  of  the  S.  members  of  the 
Visayan  Is.  It  is  surrounded  by  the  Visayan  Sea,  the  S.  point  of  Masbate  lying  30 
m.  to  the  N.,  Leyte  20  m.  to  the  E.,  and  the  Camotes  Is.  a  less  distance  in  the  same 
direction,  farther  S. ;  Bohol,  across  the  intervening  channel,  18  m.  to  the  SE. ;  the  sea 
of  IMindanao,  to  the  S.,  and  Tanon  Strait,  which  separates  it  from  Negros,  at  distances 
from  3  m.  to  27  m.  to  the  W. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  455 

AREA. 

It  measures  from  NNE.  to  SSW.  139  m.  and  from  E.  to  W.  24  m.  Area,  1 ,668  sq.  m. ; 
29  flepemlent  isilands— area,  114  sq.  m.;  total,  1,782  sq.  m.  (1,140,480  acres),  or  532 
t^q.  m.  larger  than  the  State  of  Rhode  Island. 

PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 

A  mountain  chain  called  the  Cordillera  Central  runs  from  XE.  to  SW.,  somewhat 
nearer  the  E.  than  the  W.  coast,  throughout  the  length  of  the  island.  This  chain 
becomes  wider  tir  narrower  according  to  the  configuration  of  the  island.  The  prin- 
cipal peaks  are  Cauit,  in  the  N. ;  Tesubig,  Mangilao,  Danao  (1,548  ft. ),  Sydlong,  Uling 
(2,172  ft.,  the  hi!.diest),  with  two  peaks  in  the  vicinity,  one  1,860  ft.  high;  Naga,  on 
the  coast  (l.-^--  f^-  '.  Balila,  Nagtagug,  Apo  (between  the  towns  of  Sibonga  and  Alciin- 
tara),  Mosangid,  Tiigas,  and  Tanaoan  (1,527  ft.). 

The  mountains,  while  onl}'  from  1,500  to  2,200  ft.  high,  interfere  with  communica- 
tion between  the  two  coasts;  the  island  being  narrow  the  ascent  is  steep.  The  best 
passes  are,  beginning  at  the  X.:  First,  from  Sogod  to  Putad,  6  m.  X.  of  Tuburan, 
on  the  W.  coast;'  second,  from  Cebii  and  INIandaue,  via  Pareil  Valley  and  the 
Batiguaguan  Riv.,  to  Asturias  and  Balamban,  on  the  W.  coast;  third,  from  the  city  of 
Cebu,  via  Mananga  Riv.  and  Sudlon  jNIt.,  to  Toledo;  fourth,  from  Xaga  and  San 
Fernando  to  Pinamuiigajan,  on  W  coast,  and  also  to  Toledo;  fifth,  San  Fernando  to 
Barili;  sixth,  Sibonga  to  Dumanjug,  over  which  a  temporary  wagon  road  was  con- 
.etructed  under  the  direction  of  United  States  military  officersin  the  summer  of  1900. 
This  is  the  best  pass  through  the  mountains.  S.  of  this  until  near  the  end  of  the 
island,  it  is  difficult  to  pass. 

The  rivers  of  the  island  are  of  little  importance.  The  longest  is  the  Batiguaguan, 
or  Balamban,  descending  from  the  central  mountains,  flowing  toward  the  W.  and 
NW.,  crossing  an  extensive  zone  of  calcareous  lands  and  emptying  into  the  sea.  The 
Cotcot,  on  the  W.  coast,  is  almost  as  large,  and  farther  S.,  also  on  the  E.  slope,  is  the 
longer  river  of  Mananga.  Other  rivers  are  the  Danao  on  the  E.,  which  descends 
from  Mt.  Mangilao  and  runs  to  the  X.  of  the  Cotcot,  the  Alpaco,  Minaga,  Cdrcar, 
Catmon,  Bao,  and  some  others.     The  Ginalauan  empties  on  the  W. 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

The  following  are  the  bays  and  harbors: 

Badian;  an  anchorage  S.'  of  the  island,  in  tlie  cove  of  the  village  of  the  same  name, 
W.  coast. 

Balamban;  on  the  ^X.  coast,  opens  S.  of  the  point  of  the  same  name,  with  fair 
protection  from  both  X.  and  S.  winds. 

Barili;  on  the  W.  coast,  3i  m.  SW.  of  Gorda  Pt.  The  town  of  that  name  is  at 
the  mouth  of  the  river  emptying  into  the  bay. 

Batauan;  on  the  W.  coast,  2^  m.  S.  of  the  river  Daligue.  Also  bay  at  mouth  of 
canal  of  Daijagon,  XE.  of  San  Remigio,  on  the  XW.  coast.  This  canal  extends  to 
Bogo,  on  E.  coast. 

Bogo;  in  the  angle  of  the  XE.  coast,  17  m.  S.  of  Bulalaqui,  the  extreme  point  of 
Cel)u.  Tortuous  cliannel,  making  it  difficult  for  long  vessels  to  enter.  Here  a  nat- 
ural high-tide  waterway  was  deepened  but  not  completed  by  the  Spaniards  with  a 
view  to  permitting  the  largest  "bancas"  to  pass  to  the  W.  coast.  The  expenditure 
of  a  few  thousand  dollars  at  two  points  would  give  a  channel  of  sufficient  width,  and 
9  ft.  deep  at  high  water. 

Passing  S.  on  the  E.  coast  the  other  bays  and  harbors  are  Tobogan,  Borbon,  and 
Sogod,  with  poor  protection  from  XE.  and  S.  winds;  Carmen,  with  fair  protection 
from  the  XE.  monsoon;  Danao,  where  Pts.  Danao  and  Lusunsacdlao  afford  some 
protection  from  X.  and  S.  winds;  Liloan,  protected  from  S.  winds. 

Boljo-6n;  on  the  E.  coast,  in  the  bend  of  the  same  name;  but  little  protection. 

Bugut;  E.  coast,  2  m.  X^.  of  Caladman  Pt. 

Buenabrigo;  W.  coast,  S.  side  of  the  point  of  this  name,  well  sheltered. 

Calavera;  W.  coast,  SW.  of  Balamban  Bay,  about  4  m.  XE.  of  Toledo.  Vessels 
also  frequently  anchor  off  and  unload  at  latter  place  in  still  weather. 

Cancan;  on  the  E.  coast,  sheltered  from  all  winds  except  from  the  XW.  to  the  W. 

Carcar;  on  the  E.  coast,  in  the  bend  of  that  name;  but  little  protection. 

Camt;  on  the  E.  coast,  at  the  port  of  that  name. 

Cebu;  the  anchorage  is  situated  SSW.  of  the  fort  of  Cebu,  N.  of  Cduit  Pt.,  on  the 
E.  coast.  Its  very  fine  harbor,  protected  by  Mactdn  I.,  is  one  of  the  best  in  the  Philip- 
pines, with  secure  anchorage  to  the  largest  vessels. 

Daijagon;  on  the  W.  coast,  between  the  point  of  that  name  andMatulinog,  ontheS. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  455 

AREA. 

It  measures  from  NNE.  to  SSAV.  139  m.  and  from  E.  to  W.  24  m.  Area,  1,668  sq.  m. ; 
29  dependent  islands — area,  114  sq.  m. ;  total,  1,782  sq.  m.  (1,140,480  acres),  or  532 
sq.  m.  larger  than  the  State  of  Rhode  Island. 

PHYSICAIi  FEATURES. 

A  mountain  chain  called  the  Cordillera  Central  runs  from  NE.  to  S\V.,  somewhat 
nearer  the  E.  than  the  W.  coast,  throughout  the  length  of  the  island.  This  chain 
becomes  wider  or  narrower  according  to  the  configuration  of  the  island.  The  prin- 
cipal peaks  are  Cauit,  in  the  N. ;  Tesubig,  Mangilao,  Danao  (1,548  ft. ),  Sudlong,  Uling 
(2,172  ft.,  the  highest),  with  two  peaks  in  the  vicinity,  one  1,860  ft.  high;  Naga,  on 
the  coast  (1,522  ft.  ),  Balila,  Nagtagug,  Apo  (between  the  towns  of  Sibonga  and  Alciln- 
tara),  Mosangid,  I'ligas,  and  Tauaoan  (1,527  ft.). 

The  mountains,  while  only  from  1,500  to  2,200  ft.  high,  interfere  with  communica- 
tion between  the  two  coasts;  the  island  being  narrow  the  ascent  is  steep.  The  best 
passes  are,  beginning  at  the  N. :  First,  from  Sogod  to  Putad,  6  m.  N.  of  Tuburan, 
on  the  W.  coast;"  second,  from  Cebu  and  INIandaue,  via  Pareil  Valley  and  the 
Batiguaguan  Riv.,  to  Asturias  and  Balamban,  on  the  \V.  coast;  third,  from  the  city  of 
Cebu,  via  Mananga  Riv.  and  Sudlon  Mt.,  to  Toledo;  fourth,  from  Naga  and  San 
Fernando  to  Pinamuiigajan,  on  W  coast,  and  also  to  Toledo;  fifth,  San  Fernando  to 
Barili;  sixth,  Sibonga  to  Dumanjug,  over  which  a  temporary  wagon  road  was  con- 
structed under  the  direction  of  United  States  military  officers  in  the  summer  of  1900. 
This  is  the  best  pass  through  the  mountains.  S.  of  this  until  near  the  end  of  the 
island,  it  is  difllicult  to  pass. 

The  rivers  of  the  island  are  of  little  importance.  The  longest  is  the  Batiguaguan, 
or  Balamban,  descending  from  the  central  mountains,  flowing  toward  the  AV.  and 
NW.,  crossing  an  extensive  zone  of  calcareous  lands  and  emptying  into  the  sea.  The 
Cotcot,  on  the  W.  coast,  is  almost  as  large,  and  farther  S. ,  also  on  the  E.  slope,  is  the 
longer  river  of  Mananga.  Other  rivers  are  the  Danao  on  the  E. ,  which  descends 
from  INIt.  Mangilao  and  runs  to  the  N.  of  the  Cotcot,  the  Alpaco,  Minaga,  C^rcar, 
Catmon,  Bao,  and  some  others.     The  Ginalauan  empties  on  the  W. 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

The  following  are  the  bays  and  harbors : 

Badian;  an  anchorage  S.  of  the  island,  in  the  cove  of  tlie  village  of  the  same  name, 
W.  coast. 

Balamban;  on  the  W.  coast,  opens  S.  of  the  point  of  the  same  name,  with  fair 
protection  from  both  N.  and  S.  winds. 

Barili;  on  the  W.  coast,  Sh  m.  SW.  of  Gorda  Pt.  The  town  of  that  name  is  at 
the  mouth  of  the  i-iver  emptying  into  the  bay. 

Batauan;  on  the  W.  coast,  2 J  m.  S.  of  the  river  Daligue.  Also  bay  at  mouth  of 
canal  of  Daijagon,  NE.  of  San  Remigio,  on  the  NW.  coast.  This  canal  extends  to 
Bogo,  on  E.  coast. 

Bogd;  in  the  angle  of  the  NE.  coast,  17  m.  S.  of  Bulalaqui,  the  extreme  point  of 
Cebu.  Tortuous  channel,  making  it  difficult  for  long  vessels  to  enter.  Here  a  nat- 
ural high-tide  waterway  was  deepened  but  not  completed  by  the  Spaniards  with  a 
view  to  permitting  the  largest  "bancas"  to  pass  to  the  W.  coast.  The  expenditure 
of  a  few  thousand  dollars  at  two  points  would  give  a  channel  of  sufficient  width,  and 
9  ft.  deep  at  high  water. 

Passing  S.  on  the  E.  coast  the  other  bays  and  harbors  are  Tobogan,  Borbon,  and 
Sogod,  with  poor  protection  from  NE.  and  S.  winds;  Carmen,  with  fair  protection 
from  the  NE.  monsoon;  Danao,  where  Pts.  Danao  and  Lusunsacdlao  afford  some 
protection  from  N.  and  S.  winds;  Liloan,  protected  from  S.  winds. 

Boljo-6n;  on  the  E.  coast,  in  the  bend  of  the  same  name;  but  little  protection. 

Bugut;  E.  coast,  2  m.  N.  of  Caladman  Pt. 

BuenalDrigo;  "W.  coast,  S.  side  of  the  point  of  this  name,  well  sheltered. 

Calavera;  W.  coast,  SW.  of  Balamban  Bay,  about  4  m.  NE.  of  Toledo.  Vessels 
also  frequently  anchor  off  and  unload  at  latter  place  in  still  weather. 

Cancan;  on  the  E.  coast,  sheltered  from  all  winds  except  from  the  NW.  to  the  W. 

Carcar;  on  the  E.  coast,  in  the  bend  of  that  name;  but  little  protection. 

Cauit;  on  the  E.  coast,  at  the  port  of  that  name. 

Cebu;  the  anchorage  is  situated  SSW.  of  the  fort  of  Cebii,  N.  of  C^uit  Pt.,  on  the 
E.  coast.  Its  very  fine  harbor,  protected  by  Mactdn  I. ,  is  one  of  the  best  in  the  Philip- 
pines, with  secure  anchorage  to  the  largest  vessels. 

Daijagon;  on  the  W .  coast,  between  the  point  of  that  name  and  Matulinog,  on  theS. 


456 


C4AZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


Dumanjug;  on  the  SW.  coa.st,  with  deep  water,  with  protection  from  NE.  mon- 
soon. 

Languyon:  on  the  W.  coast,  1  m.  S.  of  Tuburan  Pt. 

Matutinao;  on  the  "\V.  coast,  ]>etween  Badiiin  Pt.  on  the  N.  and  Guiuanonon  the 
S.,  the  (hstance  l)etween  these  being  7  m. 

Pinamungajan;  on  the  W.  loast,  halfway  between  Tajao  and  Gorda  Pts. 

Tuburan;  on  the  W.  coast,  off  town  of'same  name,  7  m.  SSW.  of  the  bay  of 
Batauan.     Good  protection  from  S.  winds. 

Tinaan;  on  the  E.  coast,  11  m.  SW.  of  Cebu. 

Lambusan;  XW.  coast,  S.  of  Mancao  Pt.,  protected  from  NE.  monsoon. 

The  followin;?  on  the  E.  coast,  S.  of  Cebu,  are  of  considerable  importance,  but 
have  little  or  iki  protection  from  the  NE.  monsoon  or  from  S.  winds:  Sibonga,  Argao, 
Dalaguete,  and  Oslob. 

lilGHT-HOTJSES. 

The  approaches  to  the  channel  upon  which  Cebu  is  situated  are  lighted  as  follows: 
One  fixed  light  on  Bagacav  or  Liloan  Pt.,  NE.  entrance  of  Port  Cebii,  lat.  10°  2V  N., 
Ion.  123°  59'  24'^  E.,  46  ft. 'above  the  sea;  tower,  21  ft.;  lisrht  visible  7  m.  One  fixed 
red  light  on  N.  point  of  Mactan  I.  approach,  lat.  10°  20'  N.,  loji.  123°  58'  E.,  39  ft. 
above  the  sea;  tower,  iron;  gray;  surmounted  by  two  uprights  25  ft.  high;  visible 
7  m.  One  fixed  light  on  San  Nicolas  church  tower,  visible  7  m.  One  fixed  red  light 
on  Fort  Cebu,  at  the  SE.  salient,  visible  2J  m.  One  fixed  red  on  Lipata  Bank, 
at  entrance,  lat.  10°  14'  30"  N.,  Ion.  123°  52'"20"  E.,  26  ft.  above  the  sea,  wooden 
tripod,  26  ft.  high;  visible  7  m.  One  fixed  green,  Lanis  Pt.,  lat.  10°  14'  30"  N.,  ion. 
123°  53'  45"  E.,  26  ft.  above  the  sea  level;  the  tower  is  a  wooden  tripod  26  ft.  high; 
visible  7  m. 

ROADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 

Along  almost  the  entire  E.  coast  is  a  highway  which  unites  21  towns  with  the  cap- 
ital; another  on  the  W.  coast  connects  many  of  the  towns  on  that  side  of  the  island, 
and  a  fairly  good  road  has  been  constructed"  between  Sibonga,  on  the  E.  coast,  and 
Dumanjug,  on  the  W.  coast,  a  distance  of  about  18  m.  The  E.  coast  road  from  Danao, 
to  the  N.,  to  Naga,  to  the  S.  of  the  city  of  Cebu,  is  in  fair  order.  On  the  W.  coast 
the  road  from  Barili  to  Aluguin,ean,  a  section  that  had  never  been  Ijuilt,  was  con- 
structed. The  town  of  Cebu  is  the  center  of  a  large  coast  trade  and  has  commercial 
intercourse  witli  Manila,  all  the  Visayan  islands,  Mindanao,  and  Palawan. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

The  population  of  the  province  under  the  census  of  1887  was  503,422;  about  the 
same  as  the  State  of  Washington  and  100,000  larger  than  the  State  of  New  Hamp- 
shire or  Rhode  Island,  distributed  among  52  towns  and  a  large  number  of  villages. 

The  division  of  Cebu  into  pueblos  and  population  according  to  the  census  of  1887, 
is  as  follows: 


Province  and  pueblos. 

Partial 
census, 
1896. a 

Total  population  combining 
re.sidents  present   and  ab- 
sent, native,  and  Spanish, 
census  1887 

Men. 

Women.      Total. 

Cebii: 

4,084 
5,155 
11,4.55 
5,  303 
:?2,8.59 
9, 393 
9,915 
ri(.24 
16,731 
22,  048 
1 7,  .560 
7,413 
4,  352 
6,640 
35,  203 
5,879 
18. 425 

1,6.36 
1,387 
4,672 
1,899 

11,577 
3,580 
3,  .554 
.S836 
6,861 
9, 230 
7,822 
2,5.53 
1,750 
2,744 

13,581 
3,273 
5. 730 

1,625 

3,261 

1,271 
4,205 
1.649 
11,545 
3,351 
3,819 

2,658 

Alegrla           

8,877 

Aloguinsan 

3  548 

23, 122 

Badidn.        .                                                              

7  .!?73 

Balambdn 

5  277  1        li   113 

7,037 

13,898 

Barili". "      

7!370 
2,514 
1,680 
2,685 
12,458 
3,065 
5.468 

Bog6 

15  192 

Boll 0  on 

5  067 

Borb6n 

3,430 

5,  429 
26  039 

C^rcar                                                                  .  . 

Carmen 

6  338 

Cebii 

11 ! 198 

'Census  of  population  of  Cebu  takes  under  the  direction  of  bishop  of  Cebii 


GAZETTEEE   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 


457 


Provinoe  and  p\ieblos. 


Partial 
census, 


Total  population  combining 
residents  present  and  ab- 
sent, native  and  Spanish, 
census  1887. 


Men.       Women.      Total 


Cebu— Continued. 

Compostela 

Consolaei6n 

C6rdoba  (MactAn  I. ) 

Daan-BantayAn 

Dalaguete 


Dumanjug 

Ginatilan 

Liloan , 

Malabi'iyoc 

Mandaue  

Medellin 

Minglanilla , 

Moalboal  (Mualbual) , 


NuevaCAceres 

Op6n  (Mact4n  I.). 

Oslob 

Pardo  (El) 

Pilar  (Camote.s  Is) 

Pinamuilgajan 

Poro  (Camotes  Is) 
Ronda  


San  Fernando 

San  Francisco  (Camotes  Is). 

San  NicoMs  de  Cebii 

San  Remigio 

San  Sebastidn 

Santa  F6 

Santander 

Sibonga 


Tabog6n  . . 
TalambAn. 

Talisav 

Toledo  . . . . 
Tuburan  . . 


4,232 
4,793 
6,781 
8,899 
20, 120 
15, 183 
4,217 
13, 284 
9,460 
13,005 
10, 556 
3,949 
10, 214 
16, 199 
15,093 
3,339 
11,155 
5,934 
9,621 
3,771 
9,880 
7,027 
5, 094 
7,018 
18,211 
6,182 
20, 690 
6,282 
3, 200 
3,955 
4,543 
23,855 
6, 826 
10,762 
7,423 
18,585 
10, 770 
12,570 


2,243 
2,145 
3, 256 
4,974 
10, 124 
7,014 
5, 106 
4, 595 
3,990 
3, 627 
4,877 
2, 599 
9, 342 
3,124 

5. 270 
2, 644 
.5,032 
2, 811 
4,931 
2, 103 

2. 271 
3, 530 
2, 240 
3,404 
6,678 
3,198 

11,234 
3,456 
1,191 
1,471 
1,868 

11,739 
3,084 
3, 874 
3,618 
8,395 
4,374 
4,119 


2, 188 
2,162 
3,073 
4,647 
9,145 
6,501 
4,622 
4,809 
4,051 
3,320 
5,241 
2,362 
8,562 
2, 805 
5,255 
2,460 
5, 235 
2, 853 
4,519 
2, 128 
2, 172 
3,402 
2,099 
3,648 
5, 289 
3,288 

10,352 
3,225 
1,251 
1,465 
1,952 

11,240 
2,788 

3^600 
7,694 
4,146 
4,145 


Total j    602,149 


4,431 
4,307 
6, 329 
9,621 

19,269 

13, 575 
9,728 
9, 404 
8,041 
6,947 

10, 118 
4,961 

17, 904 
6,929 

10,  .525 
5, 104 

10,267 
5,664 
9,450 
4,231 
4,443 

4,'  339 
7,088 

12, 967 
6,486 

21,586 
6,681 
2, 442 
2, 936 
3, 820 

22, 979 
5,872 
7,772 
7,218 

16,089 
8,520 
8,264 


503, 422 


»  Census  of  population  of  Cobv'i  taken  under  the  direction  of  bishop  of  Cebu  in  1896. 
Estimated,  1901,  518,032. 


Cebu;  capital,  pueblo,  port  of  entry,  post-office,  and  money-order  station.  On  the 
E-  coast  is  a  fine  harbor  formed  by  the  island  of  INIactiin  and  low  islands  and  coral 
reefs  S.,  which  protect  it  from  all  winds.  The  country  in  the  vicinity  is  level  and 
fertile;  the  town  contains  about  2,000  buildings.  Pop.,  Cn.,  11,198;  1898,  35,243, 
estimated.  The  streets  are  wide  and  are  laid  out  on  a  regular  plan.  The  gov- 
ernment house  is  a  good  building;  the  Episcopal  palace  is  large  and  noted  for  its 
interior  decorations.  The  "Kizal,"  a  small  building  on  the  plaza,  in  front  of  the 
gate  entering  the  grounds  of  Santo  Nino  church,  holds  the  cross  which,  according  to 
tradition,  was  planted  by  Magellan  in  Cebu  on  taking  possession  of  the  island.  The 
city  is  crossed  by  a  small  river  which  is  dry  the  greater  portion  of  the  year.  In  front, 
to  the  E.,  is  the  little  island  of  Mactan,  where  Magellan,  a  victim  of  his  rashness, 
terminated  his  days.  Outside  of  the  town  are  located  a  fine  cemetery,  a  large  leper 
hospital,  and  an  artillery  fort.  Other  suburbs  lying  within  a  radius  of  5  m.,  are 
Mandaue,  NE.,  with  a  population  of  10,556;  Talamban,  7,423;  El  Pardo,  SW.,  9,621, 
and  Talisay,  SW.,  18,585.  The  numbers  given  include  the  outlying  barrios  of  the 
towns  named — the  towns  proper  (centro  de  poblacion) — have  only  a  few  hundred 
in  each  case.  The  main  suburb,  San  Nicolas,  had  a  population  (including  its  coun- 
try barrios)  of  14,500  in  June,  1900,  but  the  insurgents  were  active  in  some  of  the 
barrios,  and  many  of  the  people  were  driven  out.  In  1896  San  Nicolas  had  a  popu- 
lation of  20,690.  Drinking  water  is  obtained  in  Cebii  by  sinking  wells  from  10  to  30 
feet.  There  is  no  artillery  fort  outside  of  the  town.  The  Spaniards  built  a  good 
earth  fort  at  Guadalupe,  5  m.  from  town,  but  the  fort  proper,  built  of  stone,  is  within 
the  city,  and  directly  on  a  point  in  the  harbor.  Like  other  old  Sjmnish  forts  it  is 
picturesque.  During  the  sunmier  of  1900  the  American  commander  of  tlie  district 
added  2  buildings  to  the  old  leper  hospital  and  forced  all  lepers  from  the  city  to  live 
there;  202  were  thus  collected. 


458 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


ITemp  receipts,  1868-1899,  at  the  port  of  Cebu. 
[From  the  report  of  the  Manila  Chamber  of  Commerce.] 

[Piculs.] 


18C8 70,095 

1869  83, 747 

1870  82,522 

1871 98,131 

1872  103, 092 

1873  129,042 

1874  154,104 

1875  100, 069 

1876  CO, 692 

1877  137, 258 

1878  124, 650 


1879 8",  958 

1880  131,182 

1881 170, 770 

1882 124,048 

1883 115,270 

1884 124,240 

1885 122,103 

1880 121,385 

1887  131,528 

1888  203, 270 

1889 161, 610 


113,63e 

193, 02C 

182,901 

205, 504 

244, 801: 

167,  40; 

1890 195,916' 

1897 147,701) 

1898 018,556 

1899 241,100. 


1891. 
1892. 
1893. 
1894. 
1,S95 


The  following  are  the  other  chief  towns  grouped  by  populations  (see  Cn.,  1896): 

Alcantara;  at  the  head  of  a  deep  bay,  41  m.  SW.  of  Cebu.     Pop.,  4,084. 

Alcoy;  a  barrio  of  ]\Ioalboal  on  the  SE.  coast,  50  in.  SSW.  of  Cebu.     Pop.,  5,155. 

AlegTia;  on  the  SW.  coast,  56  ni.  SW.  of  Cebu.  I'etroleum  exists  in  this  vicinity. 
Pop.,  11,455. 

Aloguinsan;  pop.,  5,303. 

Argao;  36  m.  SSW.  of  Cebu,  with  an  aggregate  population  of  34,859. 

Asturias;  alxjut  the  center  of  the  W.  coast,  22  m.  NW.  of  Cebu.  Petroleum  exists 
in  this  vicinity.     Pop.,  9,.393. 

Badian;  on  the  SE.  shore  of  a  large  bay  on  the  W.  coast,  47  ni.  SSW.  of  Cebii. 
Pop.,  9,915. 

Barili;  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  river  of  the  same  name,  2  m.  inland  from  the  SW. 
coast.     Pop. ,  20,914. 

Balamban;  about  the  center  of  the  W.  coast,  18  m.  W.  of  Cebii.  Also  open  to 
coast  trade.     Pop.,  12,694. 

Bantayan;  on  the  SW.  coast  of  the  island  of  that  name,  including  the  villages  of 
Ogton  and  Lanis,  62  m.  NNW.  of  Cebii.  Pop.,  16,731.  A  little  island  on  the  coast 
is  inhabited  entirely  by  lepei'S. 

Bogd;  open  to  coast  trade,  in  the  angle  of  the  NE.  coast,  54  m.  N.  of  Cebu.     I'o 
17,560. 

Boljo-dn;  on  the  SE.  coast,  54  m.  SSW.  of  Cebu.     Pop.,  7,413. 

Borbdn;  on  the  NE.  coast,  39  m.  N.  of  Cebu.     Pop.,  4,352. 

Carcar;  open  to  coast  trade,  on  the  E.  coast  road  near  the  head  of  a  Imv,  22  m. 
SW.  of  Cebu.     Pop.,  35,203. 

Carmen;  on  the  E.  coast,  21  m.  NNE.  of  Cebii.     Pop.,  5,879. 

Cadmon;  on  the  E.  coast  road,  31  in.  N.  of  Cebu.     Pop.,  6,640. 

Compostela;  on  the  E.  coast  road,  18  m.  NNE.  of  Cebu.      Pop.,  4,232. 

Consolacidn;  on  the  E.  coast  road  on  the  r.  bank  of  a  river  entering  the  bay,  7J 
m.  NE.  of  Celni.     Pop.,  4,793. 

Cdrdoba;  on  Mactan  I.,  off  E.  coast  of  Cebu.     Pop.,  5,189. 

Daan-Bantayan;'  on  the  extreme  NW.  coast,  69  m.  N.  of  Cebu.     Pop.,  8,899. 

Dalaguete;  on  the  E.  coast  road,  46  m.  SSW.  of  Cebii.     Pop.,  20,120. 

Danao;  commercial  coaling  station,  open  to  coastwise  trade  on  the  E.  coast  road, 
17  m.  NNE.  of  Cebii,  at  the  mouth  of  the  river  of  the  same  name.  There  are  coal 
mines  connected  by  tramway  3  m.  inland.     Pop.,  15,183. 

Dumanjug;  on  the  W.  coast  at  the  mouth  of  the  river  of  the  same  name,  open  to 
coastwise  trade,  a  telegraph  and  military  station,  37  in.  SW.  of  Cebii.     Pop.,  4,217. 

El  Pardo;  on  the  E.  coast  road,  4  m.  SW.  of  Cebii,  a  telegraph  and  military  station. 
Pop.,  9,621. 

Ginatilan;  on  the  extreme  SW.  coast,  65  m.  SSW.  of  Cebii.     Pop.,  13,284. 

Xiiloan;  on  the  E.  coast  road,  on  the  shore  of  a  bay,  10  m.  NE.  of  Cebii.  Pop., 
9,460. 

Mabolo;  2.V  m.  NE.  of  Cebii. 

Malaboyoc;  on  the  SW.  coast,  61  m.  SSW.  of  Cebii.     Pop.,  13,005. 

Mandaue;  on  the  E.  coast  road,  4  m.  NE.  of  Cebii.     Pop.,  10,556. 

Matutinao;  51  m.  SW.  of  Cebii,  on  SW.  coast. 

Medellin;  on  the  extreme  NW.  coast,  61  m.  NNW.  of  Cebii.     Pop.,  3,949. 

Minglanilla;  on  the  E.  coast  road,  SW.  of  Cebii.     Pop.,  10,214. 

Moalboal;  on  the  NE.  shore  of  a  large  bay  on  the  SW.  coast,  44  m.  SW.  of  Cebd. 
Pop.,  16,199. 

Naga;  open  to  coastwise  trade,  on  theE.  coast  road,  11  m.  SW.  of  Cebii.  Pop., 
15,093. 

Nueva  Caceres;  on  the  extreme  SE.  coast,  on  the  main  road,  61  m.  SSW.  of  Cebii. 
Pop.,  3,339. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  459 

Opdn;  on  the  NW.  coast  of  Mactun  I.,  3  m.  across  the  channel  K.  of  Cebii.  Pop., 
11,155. 

Oslob;  on  the  extreme  SE.  coast,  64  m.  SSW.  of  Cebu.     Pop.,  5,934. 

Pilar;  on  the  Camotes  I.     Pop.,  3,771. 

Pinamungajan;  on  the  W.  coast,  22  m.  W.  by  S.  of  Cebu.     Poj).,  9,880. 

Pore;  on  the  Camotes  I.     Pop.,  7,027. 

Ronda;  on  the  SW.  coast,  a  few  miles  S.  of  Dumanjug.     Pop.,  5,094. 

Samboan;  (in  the  extreme  SW.  coast,  67  m.  SSW.  of  Cel)u.     Pop.,  7,018. 

Santander;  on  the  extreme  S.  point,  opposite  Negros,  74  m.  SSW.  of  Cebu.  Pop., 
4,543. 

San  Fernando;  on  the  E.  coast,  17  m.  SW.  of  Cebu.     Pop.,  18,211. 

San  Francisco;  on  the  Camotes  I.     Pop.,  5,182. 

San  Nicolas;  a  suburb  now  incorporated  with  Cebu,  1  m.  W.  of  Cebu,  separated 
from  it  hv  the  Guadalupe,  about  40  yds.  wide,  frequently  dry  near  its  mouth.  Pop., 
20.690. 

San  Remig-io;  on  a  sharp  point  on  the  NW.  shore,  56  in.  N.  of  Cebu.     Poji.,  6,282. 

Santa  Fe;  on  Bantayan  1.     Pop.,  3,955. 

Sibonga;  on  the  E.  coast  highway,  open  to  coastwise  trade,  28  m.  SW.  of  Cebu. 
Pop.,  23,865. 

Sogod;  on  the  E.  coast  road,  33  m.  X.  of  Cebu;  destroyed  in  1900.     Pop.,  6,826. 

Tabagan;  47  m.  N.  of  Cebii,  on  E.  coast.     Pop.,  10,762. 

Talamban;  on  W.  coast  NW.  of  Cebii.  Outcroppings  of  coal  are  found  in  this 
barrio.     Pop.,  7,423. 

Talisay;  on  the  E.  coast,  6  ui.  SW.  of  Cebu.     Pop.,  18,585. 

Toledo;  about  the  center  of  the  W.  coast,  19  m.  W.  of  Celni.  Indications  of  petro- 
leum exist  in  this  vicinity.     Pop.,  10,776. 

Tuburan;  on  the  W.  coast,  30  m.  NNW.  of  Cebu.     Pop.,  12,570. 

DEPENDENT    ISLANDS. 

The  following  islands  lie  within  the  jurisdiction  of  this  province: 

sq.m. 
Bantaydn;  8  m.  W.  of  the  N.  point  of  Ceb\'i  and  22  m.  NW.  of  the  NE.  point  of  Negro-s;  is  low, 
tlie  highest  part  being  about  the  middle  of  the  E.  coast;  is  13  m.  from  NNW.  to  SSE.  and 
about  7  ni.  from  E.  to  W.  at  i^.  end;  Bantayan,  on  the  SW.  coa.st,  on  a  little  tongue  of  sandy 
land,  including  the  inhabitants  uf  the  \  iHaf4<-s  ni  oston  and  Lanis,  has  a  population  of  14,400, 
all  of  whom  areengaged  in  the  colleetidu  oi  iHurN,  mother-of-pearl,  tortoise  shell,  sea  cucum- 
bers, guraalon,  lagan,  and  in  the  nianufac-ture  of  u  line  grade  of  fine  cloth 40 

The  9  islands  which  comprise  a  group  off  the  coast  of  Bantayiln  are  surrounded  by  shoals 

which  are  dry  at  low  tide  and  permit  a  passage  on  foot  from  one  to  the  other :i 

Calangamdn;  15  m.  E.  of  Bogo  Pt.,  E.  coast,  and  WNW.  of  the  entrance  to  Port  Palompon i 

Camotes;  group  of  3  islands  and  1  islet,  under  Spanish  rule  part  of  Leyte,  now  of  this  province: 
Pasijan;  westernmost,  25  m.  off  the  coast,  10  m.  N.  and  S.,  5i  m.  E.  and  W.:  the  vil- 
lage of  SanFrancisco  is  on  the  SE.  shore;  island  is  mountainous  and  pniductive. .        40 
Ponson;  most  N.  and  14  m.  off  the  coast;  is  6  m.  N.  and  S.,  4  m.  E.  and  W.;  town  of 

Cduit  is  on  the  SW.  shore;  island  is  momitainous,  but  productive It 

Poro;  the  central  of  the  group,  17  m.  off  the  coast,  6  m.  N.  and  S.,  10  m.  E.  and  W.; 
town  of  Poro  is  on  SW.  shore;  inhabitants  are  engaged  in  agriculture  and  fishing; 

island  has  3  conspicuous  peaks 40 

Talong;  IJ  m.  off  the  NW.  point  of  Pasijan 1 

Total  area  of  the  group 95 

Capitancillo;  3^  m.  off  the  E.  coast  opposite  Pt.  Udlud i 

Chocolate;  2  m.  off  Bulalaqui,  the  extreme  NE.  point i 

Don  (Doong);  a  chain  of  7  islands  extending  13  m.  to  the  SW.  of  Bantay&n  I.  (Pasil  Pt.)  in  the 

direction  of  Bito.  the  extreme  NE.  point  of  Negros,  9  m.  distant 8 

Guintacan;  6  m.  NW.  off  Tapilon,  the  extreme  NW.  point  of  Cebii,  is  covered  with  trees,  is  low 

and  narrow,  6  m.  long 6 

Jibitnil;  1  m.  off  CAuitPt.,  NE.  coast 1 

Jilandargan;  near  the  Bantavdn  I.  shore  of  the  channel  between  that  island  and  theNW.  coast 

of  Cebii,  16  m ". 3 

Mactiln;  E.  coast  in  front  of  the  city  of  Cebi'i,  separated  by  a  channel  1  m.  wide;  is  10^  m.  NE. 
toSW.;  6  m.  from  E.  to  W.  at  the"  S.  end;  it  is  gently  undulating  and  partly  covered  with 
mangrove  swamps;  has  large  groves  of  cocoannt  trees;  Opon,  its  only  town,  with  a  population 
of  12,745;  also  Cordoba,  lies  4  m.  E.  across  the  channel;  inhabitants  are  extensively  engaged 
in  raising  corn,  fishing,  and  manufacture  of  salt;  on  the  NE.  jjoint  of  the  I.  is  a  monument  to 
Magellan,  the  discoverer  of  the  Philippine.s,  who  was  killed  here  in  a  skirmish  with  the 

natives 40 

Malapascua;  5  m.  off  Bulalaqui,  the  NE.  point  of  Cebu;  the  main  island  is  2  m.  from  N.  to  S.  and 
1  m.  wide;  it  is  surrounded  by  4  islets,  is  called  by  the  natives  "  Lugon  " ;  sea  cucumbers  (tre- 
pang)  and  tortoise  shells  are  taken  along  the  coast;  shores  are  covered  with  juniper  trees, 

locally  known  as  "agojos" 3 

Olango;  in  midchannel  between  Mactdn  I.,  (^ebii,  and  the  NW.  point  of  Bohol,  3§  m.  off  Mac- 
tan;  is  5  m.  from  NE.  toSW.  and  2  m.  from  E.  to  W.;  5  islands  lie  off  its  SW.  shore 7 

Pescador  (Agadagad);  on  the  SW.  coast  in  the  opening  of  the  bay  S.  of  Copt6n  Bay 

Sumilon;  4  m.  E.  by  W.  of  Taflon,  the  extreme  S.  point  of  Cebv'i,  180  ft.  high,  with  bluff  along 

the  shore J 

Zaragoza;  on  the  SW.  coast,  In  the  bay  S.  of  TongoPt.,  1  m 1 

29  dependent  islands,  total  area 114 


4C)0 


GAZKTTEKR    OV    THE    PHILTPinNK    ISLANDS. 


VEGETABLE  PRODUCTS. 

The  chief  products  are  rice,  a  superior  quahty  of  chocolate,  corn,  a  fair  grade  of    ' 
sugar,  coffee,  tobacco,  and  vegetables  in  spring;  cotton  is  also  raised  for  home  use. 
Scarcity  of  rain  retards  agricultural  development.     The  rains  of  July  and  Augus^t     , 
are  copious. 

MINERALS. 

Beds  of  coal  were  discovered  in  Cebu  in  1827,  the  first  known  in  the  archipelago. 
The  principal  deposits  are  those  of  Alpaco,  Uling,  Guylaguyla,  Naga,  Danao,  San 
Fernando,  and  Compostela,  and  near  Bahiniluui  and  Asturias.  P^xperiments  have 
developed  that  while  certainly  inferior  tu  special  grades  of  English  coal,  it  is  superior 
to  that  from  Australia  and  is  adapted  to  general  use.  Gold  and  silver  l>earing  lead 
ore  are  found  in  the  central  part  of  the  island  near  Consolacion,  Acsubing,  Asubig, 
and  Balamban.  At  these  points  the  .soil  shows  traces  of  ancient  washing.  Petroleum 
is  found  with  coal  at  Toledo  on  the  \V.  coast.  It  is  also  reported  from  Asturias  to 
the  N.  of  Toledo  on  the  same  coast  and  from  Alegria  to  the  S. 

FORESTS. 

The  mountains  are  covered  with  woods  suitable  for  house  and  ship  building,  among 
them  junipers,  molaves,  and  l)amboos  of  the  best  varieties.  Forests  abound  on  the 
W.  side  only.  In  the  low  lands  cocoanuts  grow  exclusively;  the  wood  is  much 
used  by  natives  in  building. 

FRUITS. 

The  mangosteen,  sapote,  bananas,  pineapples,  cocoanuts,  and  other  fruits,  both 
cultivated  and  wild,  abound,  except  mangoes  and  bananas,  which  are  few. 

INDUSTRIES. 

The  manufacture  of  sugar,  salt  (especially  on  the  island  of  MactAn  at  Opon),  cocoa- 
nut  wine,  pottery,  fabrics  of  silk,  sinamay,  hemp,  pifla  cloth,  and  cotton,  also  sugar 
sacks,  is  extensive.  The  cheese  of  Cebi'i'is  famous  throughout  the  archipelago.  In 
the  waters  along  the  coast  are  found  the  celebrated  Regadera  de  Cebu  (Euplectella, 
glass  sponge,  or  Venus  flower  baskets) ,  the  only  one  of  its  genus,  and  the  rare  and 
much  sought  shell,  gloria  maris.  The  fisheries  are  also  important.  The  interisland 
and  foreign  commerce  through  the  port  of  Cebu  is  very  large.  The  insurrection 
greatly  interfered  with  commerce  in  1899  and  the  early  part  of  1900,  but  after  the 
defeat  of  the  insurgents  at  Sudlon  ]\It.,  January  8,  1900,  business  commenced  to 
revive,  and  in  the  fall  of  the  latter  year  the  collector  of  customs  at  the  fort  of 
Cebu  reported  to  the  district  commander  the  following  important  commercial 
activity: 

Commerce  of  Cebu. 

During  the  period  between  September  1,  1899,  and  August  31,  1900,  there  were 
handled  at  Cebu: 


Packages. 

Weight. 

Rico  

982, 245 
439, 302 
186,210 
46,300 
3, 228, 497 

Powi'is. 

Hemp 

78  192  2«2 

.Sugar 

2'2,075,793 

Live  stock,  2,019  head. 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


461 


In  the  foregoing  are  not  included  any  merchandise  arriving  or  departing  in  vessels 
having  Government  property,  or  small  vessels  doing  coasting  trade  under  special 
permission. 

There  is  included  in  the  foregoing  statement  the  following  imports  and  exports: 


Packages. 

Weight. 

Hemp                                                         

123,226 
100,210 
46,300 
19,332 

469, 167 
7(kS,513 

Pounds. 
33,764,000 

13, 680, 188 

6,068,082 

223, 113 
84, 456, 255 

Imports: 

Kico 

13,127,691 

Total                                                             

1,526,748 

151  319,329 

During  this  same  period  the  total  customs  collections  were:  $834,219.17  (Mexican), 
more  than  one-half  of  which  was  collected  during  the  last  three  months  of  that  period. 

******* 

The  number  of  steamers  entered  during  said  period  was  580,  the  number  cleared  588. 
This  does  not  include  vessels  in  any  way  in  the  government  service. 

The  importation  of  flour  for  the  above  period  was  923,870  pounds,  90  per  cent  of 
which  was  American.  The  increase  in  the  importation  of  this  commodity  was  con- 
tinuous throughout  the  year,  and  with  proper  care  an  excellent  market  for  American 
flour  could  be  established. 

The  following  shows  the  hemj)  product  of  Cebu  (for  shipment  only),  1850-1899: 

[From  the  Manihi  Chamber  of  Commerce  report.] 
[Piculs.     1  pieul  =  1:37.9  Amerieaii  pounds.] 


1850 

14,027 

1867 

1868 

1869 

10,148 

18.51 

1852 

21,914 

2.^.424 

3,142 

60 

18M 

32,167 

16.934 

1871 

8  976 

1855 

1872 

1873 

1874 

15,178 

1857                                           '^''  664 

4  274 

1858 

1859 

^5,958 

1875 

1876 

1877 

14,386 

1860                                           :W  47;^ 

5  lis 

1861 

41,778 

:37,963 

18,284 

■y-A  7S<1 

1878 

1,208 

1S63 

1864 

hSsO 

1881 

5'  329 

1865 "2.  874 

1866 

9, 009 

1883 

1884 10,750 

188.5 6,860 

1886 11,838 

1887 57,138 

1888 86,942 

1889..... 28,370 

1890 17,206 

1891 20,962 

1892 28,:300 

1893 1.5,544 

1894 23,368 

1895 36,066 

1896 9,906 

1897 13,332 

1898 24,052 

1899 19,390 


The  following  represents  the  conuiiercial  movement  of  hemp  through  tlie  port  of 
Cebu,  1868-1899: 

[From  the  report  of  the  Manila  Chamber  of  Commerce.] 
[Piculs.] 


1868 70,695 

1869 83,747 

1870 82,522 

1871 98,131 

1872  103, 092 

1873 129,612 

1874 1.54,104 

1R75 100,659 

1876 66, 692 

1877  137,258 

1878  124,650 


I  1879 87,958 

■  1880 131,182 

1  1881 170,770 

1882  124, 648 

1883 11.5,276 

1884  124,246 

1885  122,103 

1886 121,. 385 

I  1887 131,528 

1888 203, 276 

1889  151,616 


1890 113,636 

1891 193,020 

1892 182,901 

1893 205,.50i 

1894 244,481 

1895 167,469 

1896 195, 916 

1897 147,706 

1898 618,556 

1899 241, 100 


462 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


The  following  represents  the  exports  of  sugar  and  copra  through  the  port  of  Cebu 
for  the  years  named : 

[From  till'  rc'iiort  (if  the  Manila  rhamlior  n{  Commerce.] 
[I'ieuls.] 


Year. 

Sugar. 

Copra. 

Year. 

Sugar. 

Copra. 

55,280 
140, 200 
294,220 
271,400 
163,172 

189^ 

213, 352 
123, 228 
347, 110 
159,469 
210, 780 

44, 352 
49  200 

1891 

1896                         

1892 

1897 

46,414 
10, 562 
66,282 

1894                     

19,504 

1899 

MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 

During  the  campaign  of  occupation  of  the  Visayan  Islands  in  the  spring  and  sum- 
mer of  1899  possession  was  taken  of  Cebu.  From  that  town  operations  were  con- 
ducted whicli  si)eedily  drove  the  insurgents  out  of  the  position  which  they  had  taken 
in  the  mountains  lioth  in  the  N.  and  S.  parts  of  the  island,  the  enemy  abandoning 
large  quantities  of  material  of  war,  including  cannon,  rifles,  and  ammunition.  Expe- 
ditions were  also  conducted  against  bands  of  robbers,  which  were  dispersed  and 
authority  established.  Cebu  was  garrisoned  by  United  States  troops  on  February 
15,  1902. 

CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 

The  province  of  Cebii  was  created  under  the  "provincial  government  act"  of  Feb- 
ruary 6,  1901,  by  enactment  of  the  Philippine  Commission,  April  18, 1901,  to  include 
"that  territory  in  the  island  of  Cebii  and  neighboring  islands  known  as  the  'prov- 
ince of  Cebu.'"  In  many  of  the  principal  towns  municipal  government  had  been 
established  under  General  Orders,  series  1900,  Office  of  the  Military  Governor,  P.  I., 
and  the  municiiml  code  enacted  by  the  Philippine  Commission. 

r>y  act  of  the  Philippine  Commission,  July  17,  1901,  Cebii  was  restored  to  mili- 
tary government  and  ports  closed.  On  January  1,  1902,  civil  government  was 
resumed  and  the  ports  reopened. 

PROVINCIAL  OFFICERS. 

[Salaries  and  expenses  in  I'nited  States  currency.] 

Governor $3, 000 

Secretary 1,  800 

Treasurer .3, 000 

Supervisor 2,  oOO 

Fiscal 1 ,  800 

Allowance  for  necessary  and  actual  traveling  expenses,  not  exceeding  §2.50  per 
day,  as  prescribed.  The  presidentes  or  alcaldes  of  the  municipalities  of  the  province 
to  meet  and  organize  on  the  third  Monday  in  January,  April,  .1  uly,  and  October,  to 
consider  improvements  needed  in  the  province  and  for  other  purjxises  prescribed  by 
law.  Under  the  enabling  act  tlie  j^ueblo  of  San  Nicohts  is  incorporateil  in  the  munici- 
pality of  Cebii  and  made  subject  to  the  goveinment  thereof.  The  act  al.'^o  contains 
provision  concerning  the  increase  of  ttoinu-ilors  and  rcgnlathig  details  resjHH-ting  any 
change  in  the  class  of  this  municipality  under  the  nnmiciiial  code.  The  municipal 
government  which  existed  de  facto  in  San  Nicolas  is  abnlished,  its  existing  public 
police  force  being  made  ])ait  of  the  police  of  Cebii  and  subject  to  the  orders  of  the 
presidente  of  Cebii  until  the  municiiial  council  shall  have  made  further  provisions. 

CONDITIONS. 


"  Ujxm  (;omijig  in  contact  with  the  pueblo.s,  I  became  convinced  that  all,  nr  the 
majority  of  them,  were  tired  of  tlie  war  and  of  the  abuses  and  vexations  to  which 
they  were  subjected  bj' the  insurgents;  that  they  were  anxious  for  peace,  and  sulv 
mitted  to  the  exigencies  of  the  revolutionists  only  through  fear."     *    *     *     "The 


GAZETTEEE    OF    THE    PHlLirriNE    ISLANDS.  468 

nsnrgents  did  not  opiwse  the  wishes  of  the  pueblos;  they  left  them  at  liberty  to 
irganize.  They  felt  sure  that  so  long  as  the  pueblos  were  defenseless  they  would 
•(wtinue  lending  them  assistance  whenever  they  needed  it.  In  other  places,  how- 
■ver,  it  seems  that  the  insurgents  had  their  own  way  entirely." 

*****  -X-  * 

'■  The  pue])los,  already  predisposed  toward  peace,  upon  seeing  the  largo  bodies  of 
\iiuTican  troops,  that  some  of  the  pueblos  had  been  burnt,  and  that  the  insurgents 
lid  not  and  could  not  defend  them,  concluded  to  go  over  to  the  side  of  the  Ameri- 
■an  army.  The  pueblos  began  at  once  to  furnish  correct  information  of  the  insur- 
,'ent  movements,  and  some  of  them,  Argao  among  them,  voluntarily  offered  to  tight 
■he  insurrection  in  company  with  the  army.  Many  pueblos  notified  the  insurgents 
if  their  determination  and  sent  copies  of  their  resolutions  to  Maxilom. 

"  In  order  to  facilitate  communii-ation  with  the  men  in  the  field,  I  called  together  a 
ueeting  in  Cebu,  which  resulted  in  the  appointment  of  a  peace  commission.  *  *  * 
"  The  conditions  of  surrender  presented  by  the  commission  were  ncai-ly  all  accepted 
3y  General  Hughes,  and  as  a  result  Maxilom  and  all  his  fonns  hn  nnic  law-abiding 
'.itizens,. and  so  complete  had  become  the  estal)lishment  of  jh'Ucc  in  (his  province 
•.hat  not  a  single  gun  belonging  to  insurgents  has  remained  in  tiu-  Held,  and  those 
who  surrendered  are  giving  proofs  of  this  patriotism  and  await  resignedly  for  the 
ime  when  peace  shall  be  declared  to  reign  throughout  the  entire  archijielago,  when 
they  will  recover  the  exercise  of  their  political  rights. 

When  I  entered  upon  my  duties  as  governor  of  this  province  on  April  18,  1901, 
15  pueblos  (of  the  57  constituting  the  same)  were  organized  into  municipalities. 
Nine  of  these  were  organized  luider  order  No.  40,  issueil  by  tlir  military  governor  of 
the  Ignited  States  in  these  islands  on  March  29,  1900.  Tlir  six  >  it  hers  were  organized 
imdcr  the  new  municipal  code  some  time  before  the  arrival  in  Cebu  of  the  civil  com- 
mission, and  therefore  before  the  establishment  in  this  province  of  the  regime  intro- 
iliiccd  l)y  No.  116,  making  aTl  the  provisions  of  the  provincial  law  applicable  to  the 
pr(  >\  ince  of  Cebu  and  incorporating  the  pueblo  of  San  Nicolas  in  the  municipality  of 
Cclni,  approved  on  the  18th  of  April,  1901. 

'In  the  months  of  May,  June,  July,  and  August  last,  1901,  33  pueblos  were  organ- 
ized under  the  new  nnmicijial  code.  *■  *  *  In  those  remaining  elections  are  about 
to  he  held.  With  the  advent  of  peace  nearly  all  the  inhabitants  have  now  returned 
to  Iheir  respective  i)ueblos  and  have  begun  erecting  new  homes." 

The  report  shows  satisfactory  progress  in  the  promotion  of  education,  increasing 
familiarity  with  methods  of  election  and  administration  of  affairs  of  numicijiaiities, 
the  improvements  of  public  buildings  and  schoolhouses,  roads,  streets,  squares, 
wharves,  and  bridges  which  suffered  from  neglect  or  the  ravages  of  war,  and  gradual 
rejiair  of  losses  from  the  rinderpest  and  locust  plague. 

The  improvement  of  the  commercial  interests  of  the  province  by  the  deepening  of 
the  canal  of  Daijagon  and  measures  against  the  spread  of  leprosy,  which  is  quite 
common  in  this  island,  are  among  the  recommendations  for  the  benefit  of  the 
province.      (Ofiicial  report  of  provincial  governor  of  Cebu,  January,  1901.) 

CEBfi  (thay-two'),  ver.;  port  or  bay  formed  by  :   CELKP'.KS— ('nntiniuHl. 

concave  trend  of  NE.  shore  of  MactAii  I.  and   \  Snriuit,Miii  Is.,  ciif  DAvao,  Mindanao,  and  ex- 

Ceh\\  opposite.    From  this  bay  sea  channel  1   j  tend  in  diain  to  S.  and  W.  to  strait  of  Macas- 

to  2  m.  wide  extends  SVV.,  making  its  outlet  sar,  loniiectinKCclobps  Sea  and  Indian  Ocean 

at  end  of  Mactfln  I.    On  r.  shore  on  main-  I  toN.  and  W.  Austnili.i;  iln  ncc  toN.  coast  of 

land  near  this  point  stands  Cebvi,  capital  of  '  Borneo,  forming  its  W  slior^'  as  far  as  Alice 

province  and  island  of  same  name.  I  channel,  between  Sil>\itii  ( I'nitrd  States)  and 

■apital  of   island  and  province  of  same  I  N.  Bomeo  (Britisli ),   that^  channel  forming 


name,  pueblo,  post-ofiice,  and  money-order 


extreme  W.  water  route  between  Celebes  and 


ation                                   '  I          ^^^^"  ^^^*-    ^^  connected  with  Sulu  Sea  by 

'  r  I,    i.  T  1.*  J         ^     ■     Tii,-i-      •  !          number  of  channels  between    Basilan  and 

-one  of  best  lighted  ports  in  Philippines.  guj^j  a.,  from  Zamboanga  and  Borneo,  Basi- 

(*fl   Light-houses.)      Its    cathedral  of   San  ,          lan  Strait  on  extreme  NE.  and  Sibitu  passage 

NicoWs  IS   fine   building   with   white   coral  ^n  extreme  SW.  being  most  important.    Is 

tower  surmounted  by  red-tile  dome,  and  is  60  |          connected  with  Java  Sea  by  straits  of  Macas- 

ft.  high;  new  city  hall  is  large  white  struc-  ^ar.   Steam  route  from  Hongkong  and  Manila 

"     5*?°yi,!°!!5„'^l/i?5'l'^L';?"^'S^'^"?"A."H:  by  way  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  crosses  this 

^  ^^  passage  to  Australian  ports. 


ject  on  jetty  extending  about  100  ft.  from 
shore,  30  ft.  high,  and  constructed  of  coral 
blocks,  whitewashed,  and  tapers  with  3  bal- 
conies to  small  cupola.  {See  Cebu,  Cebii 
Province,  "Population  and  towns.") 
CfiLEBKS  (thav'-lay-bavs);  sea  373  st.  m.  from 
NW.  to  SE.  and  528  st.  m.  from  NE.  to  SW., 
N.  coast  of  which  is  formed  by  S.  coasts 
of  DAvao,  Cotabato,  and  Zamboanga,  Minda- 
nao, Basilan  I.,  and  SE.  shores  of  Sulu  A. 
Its  E.  limits  by  chain  of  small  islands.    On  S 


Islands  of  Celebes  A.  begin  about  120  m.  S.  of  i  Arguellcs. 


CENTRO  OCCIDENTAL  (then'-traw  oc-thec-dcn- 
tahl'),  Sp.;  mountain  system  in  Mindanao. 

(;E]VTROORIENTAL(then'-trawoh-reu-ain-tahl'), 
Sp. ;  mountain  system  in  Mindanao. 

CERRO,  DEL  (davl  thav'-rroh),  Sp.;  point  on  E. 
coast  of  Cebii. 

CERVANTES  (thayr-vabn'-tays),  Sp.;  Iiamlot  on 
NE.  coast  of  Negros  Occidental,  6  m.  SE.  of 


464 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPFINE    ISLANDS. 


t'ERVANTKS;  hamlet  11  m.  SSK.  nf  Cutiirman,  N. 
coast  of  S^mar,  on  remains  <if  larfje  town  on 
E.  tributary  of  Catannan  I\iv.,  navigable  at 
this  point  for  small  launches  at  high  tide. 

small  N.  tributary  of  Ulut  Riv.,  in  S4mar. 

capital  and  pueblo  of  Lepanto,  Luzon,  un- 
der Spanish  rule,  seat  of  district  of  Cavftn,  4 
m.  SVV.  of  Cayan,  foniicr  capital  of  province. 
It  is  on  higliway  leading  into  Kcnguct  and  7« 
m.  NE.  of  Dagupan,  nearest  jxiint  on  railway, 
105  m.  to  Manila.    Pop. ,  Cn.  1887, 16,026. 

mineral  spring,  near  pueblo  of  same  name, 

Lepanto,  Luz6n. 

I'ERVEBA  (thayr-vay'-rah),  Sp.;  pueblo  on  W. 
shore  on  Sftmal  I.,  Divao,  Mindanao,  7^  m. 
SE.  of  DAvao,  across  strait  of  Pakiputan. 

point  on  E.   central  shore  of   Tablas  I., 

Rombl6n,  grp.,  Visayas. 

C'ETACEO  (thay-tah'-thay-aw),  Sp.;  mountain 
3,451  ft.  high  in  CagaySn,  Luzon,  in  Gran 
Cordillera  Oriental,  35  m.  SE.  of  Iligan  Pt., 
and  conspicuous  object  to  navigators. 

CHAGUIE  (chah'-gee-ay),  ver.;  S.  point  of  Santo 
Domingo  Bay,  W.  shore  of  Bat4n  I.,  Batanes 
grp.,  off  N.  coast  of  Liaz6n. 

village  on  W.  shore  of  Batdn  I.,  Batanes 

grp.,  N.  of  Luzon. 

CHABLK,  or  CHARUK  CHARl'K  (chah-rook'), 
ver.;  islet  290  ft.  high,  off  NE.  Tawi  Tawi  L, 
Sulu  A.,  in  channel  sej>a rating  Little  Calupag 
from  N.  point  of  (ireat  Calupag,  and  which 
it  divides  into  2  narrow  passages. 

CHERIF  (chay-reef),  Sp.;  cluster  of  3  small  is- 
lands in  entrance  to  Dumanquilas  Bay,  S. 
coast  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  and  dividing 
passage  into  2  channels. 

CHBR<i\  (chay-rawn'),  ver.;  islet  off  SE.  of  Tarn- 
pel  I.,  in  S.  entrance  to  Coron-Calami^n 
channel,  Calamianes  grp.,  NE.  of  Paragua, 
Palawan. 

CHICO  (chee'-coh)  (means  little),  Sp.;  small  river 
in  S\V.  Laguna,  Luzon,  emptying  into  Laguna 
de  Bay  on  SW.  shore. 

hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Gap&n,  Nueva  Ecija, 

Luz6n. 

CHINA  SEA,  (  HI\ESE  T(M)>ILVI  ( toon-hah-i), 
or"EASTKK>  SKA."  or  MKH  OUIK.VTALE; 
an  extensix  e  indentation  on  .Vsiatie  shore  of 
Pacific  Ocean  between  Formosa  on  N.  and 
Borneo  on  S.,  Philippine  A.  on  E.and  China 
and  Siam  on  W.;  extensive  gulfs  of  Tonqnin 
and  Siam  lie  on  its  W.  border,  and  Lingayen 
and  Manila  bays  on  its  E.  Is  connected 
with  Whang-Hai  (Yellow  Sea)  by  straits  of 
Formosa,  with  Pacific  Ocean  by  Bachi  and 
Balingtan  channels  on  N.,  Verde  Passage 
and  San  Bernardino  Strait  on  S.,  and  with 
Indian  Ocean  by  "The  Straits"  (Singapore) 
to  the  W.  Its  waters,  whieh  bouml  Philippine 
A.  through  its  entire  W.  limits  and  separate 
it  from  SE.  coast  line  of  Asia,  from  S.  of 
Hongkong  to  extreme  S.  point  of  Cochin 
China,  distance  due  W.  of  Manila  12°  or  834 
St.  m.  and  W.  of  Balftbac  the  same.  Chief 
cities  opposite  are  Kiungchau,  Hainan  I.,  and 
Hue  and  Saigon,  on  mainland  of  Indo-China. 

CHINDONAN  (chin-daw'-nahn),  ver.;  wooded  is- 
land 400  ft.  high,  2  by  1  m.  in  area,  1^  m.  off 
Culion,  Calamito  1.,  Calamianes  grp.,  NE.  of 
Paragua,  Palawan. 

CHINELA(chee-nay'-lah),  Sp.;  islet  in  Zapata  grp., 
in  mid-channel  of  Jintololo  passage,  .separat- 
ing Masbate  from  NE.  point  of  Panay. 


I'HINONOAB  (ehee-nohn-gahb'),  ver.;  peak  on  W. 
shore  of  peninsula  between  Inlulutoc  Bay  W. 
and  Malampaya  Sound,  NW.  coast  of  Paragua, 
Palawan. 

CHOCOLATE  (choh-coh-lah'-tay),  Sp.;  islet  li  m. 
N.  of  Bulalaqui,  extreme  N.  point  of  Cebii. 

I'HONGOS,  or  PA>'Dj(n  (chon'-gohs  (means  mon- 
keys), pahn-dahn'),  Sp.:  anchorage  sheltered 
in  all  winds  on  S.  side  of  SangaSanga  I., off  SW. 
coast  of  Tawi  Tawi  I.,  Sulu  A.  People  live  in 
most  abject  conditions,  depending  entirely 
upon  few  fish  they  catch  for  subsistence. 

CHRISTMAS,  for.;  or  LA\GOI(lahn'-goh'-ee);SW. 
island,  4  m.  E.  of  Langcan  inlet,  SE.  coast 
of  Dumar^n  I. ,  off  E.  coast  Paragua,  Palawan. 

CHURCH,  for.;  point  5  m.  E.  of  Reception  Pt.,  SE. 
coast  of  Palawan.  Between  these  points  are 
2  bights  in  coast. 

CIBItiAHAN  (see-bee-gah'-hahn),  nat.;  river  en- 
tering on  N  W.  .shore  of  Sorsog6n  port,  Sorso- 
g6n,  Luzon. 

CIDAMAK,  or  KIDAMAK  (thee-dah-mack',  kee- 
dah-mack'),  ver.;  bay  on  N.  side  of  Polloc 
harbor,  E.  shore  of  Illana  Bay,  Cotabato, 
Mindanao.  Along  its  shores  is  small  native 
population. 

CIDAMID  (see-dah-mid')  nat.;  point  on  W.  side 
of  inner  entrance  to  Putiao  port,  SW.  coast  of 
Sor.sog6n,  Luzon. 

CIDEPIL  (thee-day-peel')  ver.;  \^^  point  of  Cota- 
bato, Mindanao,    {See  Quidapil  Pt.) 

CIEGO  (thce-ay'-goh)  (means  blind);  Sp.;  port 
at  W.  entrance  to  Candaraman  inlet,  NW. 
shore  of  Ifal&bac  grp.,  SW.  of  Palawan. 
Opening  is  2  m.  wide  between  NW.  coast  Ba- 
Mbac  and  Ramos  Is.  Iranzo  Pt.,  let.  8°  5' 
20"  N.,  Ion.  116°  59'  43"  E. 

CIEN  ISLAS  (thee-ayn' ees'-las)  Sp.;  cluster  of 
islets  and  rocks,  reputed  100,  hence  its  name, 
on  W.  side  of  Lingayen  Gulf,  off  NE.  coast 
of  Zambales,  Luzon.  Also  known  as  Capa- 
lupulan  Is. 

anchorage  in  islets  of  same  name,  LingaySn 

Gulf,  Zambales,  Luzon. 

CILANLAD  (thee-lahn-lahd'),  ver.;  mountain  in 
E.  Misamis,  Mindanao,  IS  m.  inland  from  S. 
shore  of  Macajalar  Bay  at  Gusdn. 

CILLBEDAIV  (thee-loo-bay-dahn')  ver.;  SE.  ter- 
minal summit  of  Rahgaydn  Mt.,  Cotabato, 
Mindanao. 

CINABLAOXX,  or  (jlINABLAiXUN  (thee  nah- 
blah-gahn',  kee-nah-blahn-gahn')  ver.;  town 
on  E.  coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  on  S.  side 
of  point  of  same  name,  163  m.  SE.  by  S.  of 
Surigao. 

river  entering  on  E.  coast  of  Suriagao,  Min- 
danao, S.  of  point  and  town  of  same  name. 

high  wooded  point  resembling  an  island  at 

distance,  on  E.  coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao, 
15  m.  S.  of  Tonguil  Pt.  There  i.s  exposed 
anchorage  near  .shore.  River  and  town  of 
same  name  lie  on  S.  side  of  point. 

CIXABCHAX  '(see-nah-boo'-hahn)  ver.;  outlying 
summit  on  W.  slope  of  E.  coast  range  of  Min- 
danao, in  SE.  part  of  Surigao. 

{'INA«BACBA(JOX  (see-nug-buck-bah'-gun)  nat.; 
point  about  center  of  SW.  coast  of  Lubang  I. 
(See  Quinacbacbagan.) 

CINiLONG  (see-nah'-long)  ver.;  anchorage  on  E. 
ghore  of  Iligan  Bay,  N.  of  Iligan.  Iligan  Riv. 
enters  in  SE.  angle  of  bay  short  distance 
below,  and  is  stream  of  great  importance. 
Anchorage  is  well  sheltered. 

CINAMALIGAN  (sec-nah-mah-lee'-ghan),  nat. 
(See  Sauang.) 


7'/// 


.^' 


\\\ 


i 


1      Caaisi«ea|S>     .'^^ 


AND 


iZ£Z. 


SDoc^i^<^-57    1 


I         &         L  A         N  1) 


i.       A       N       D 


BALABAC     ISLAND 

PORT   CIEGO 


t  D       HAR  B  0  T 


/r67 


S  Doc  ^S'l^  57   1 


C4AZETTEER    OF    THE    PHIElPriNE    ISLANDS. 


465 


CINAPUSAN  (CINAPURAN)  CLUSTER,  TAWI  TATVI 
G-ROUP,    SULU   ARCHIPELAGO. 

(See-nah-poo'-salm,  ver. ) 

Chief  town:  Cinapu.«an  (Cinapuran),  lat.  5°  14^  X.,  Ion.  120°  35'  E. 

Area:   lo  sq.  in. 

Population:  Included  in  Sulu  group. 

Race:  ^loro-Malay. 

Language:  Moro-Sulnano. 

Military  Department  of  Mindanao:   Headiinarteri^,  Zaniboanga,  ^Mindanao. 

Tabic  of  distances. 
Cinapusaii  to—  m. 

Sulu 60i 

TatAii 41 

A  flutter  of  10  islands  of  the  Tawi  Tawi  group,  Sulu  Archipelago,  lying  on  SW. 
side  of  Sigboye  passage,  between  the  Celebes  Bea  to  the  SE.  and  Sulu  Sea  to  the  NW. 

Iskuids  of  the  C'inapitson  c/nslcr. 


Cinapusan  (Ciiiapui 

Cunilan 

Luran 


U 

i 

^lanote i 

Secubaun 3 

Tabawan U 


Tubuan  (cluster)  , 

Tandubas 

Ubian 


Total 


The  islands  are  generally  flat  and  covered  with  tangled  tropical  vegetation.  The 
fishermen  of  the  archijjelago  cruise  among  them,  but  have  no  fixed  habitation.  The 
island  of  Tabawan  is  inhabited,  while  Bintulan  and  Cinapuran  are  only  resorted  to 
for  fishing,  the  chief  occupation  of  the  natives  of  the  group  and  the  main  dependence 
for  subsistence.  A  considerable  pearl-lishing  industry  is  carried  on  in  native  boata 
from  Tabawan.  The  inhabitants,  who  speak  a  IMalayan  dialect,  at  one  time  were 
notorious  for  acts  of  piracy,  for  which  the  Spanish  squadron  destroyed  Tabawan. 
Since  the  people  have  been  harmless  and  inoffensive.     {See  Tawi  Tawi  group. ) 


a>APl'SAX,  or  CIXAPURAN  (see-nah-poo'-sahn, 
see-nah-poo'-rahn),  ver.;  northeasternmost  of 
group  of  several  islands  marking  S.  side  of 
entrance  to  Sigboye  passage  between  Celebes 
and  Sulu  seas,  in  Cinapusan  grp.,  Sulu  A. 
Area,  li  sq.  m. 

. N,  island  of  CagaySn  Sulu  grp.;  lies  ENE. 

and  WSW.:  i  m.  long  and  311  ft.  high  and  9^ 
m.  N.  of  Lapun  Lapun  anchorage,  CagaySn 
Sulu  I. 

tliXASTlLlOHAX  (see-nahs-tee-lyoh'-hahn),  nat.; 
(Fronton)  point,  W.  head  to  Boca  Engano, 
SE.  coast  of  Burias  I.,  Visayas. 

CISCO  PICOS  [Five  Peaks!  (theen'-coh  pee'- 
cohs),  Sp.,  NE.  of  Port  Silanguin.  Zambales, 
Luzon,  highest  2,999  and  lowest  1,030  ft. 
There  are  two  others  detached,  2.500  ft.  May 
also  be  seen  on  W.  entrance  to  Subic  Bay, 
making  fine  landmark. 

ClMiABO  (sin-gah'-beau),  ver.;  hamlet  in  N.  S&- 
mar,  12  m.  SE.  of  Catarman. 

CIRAGOSXdS  (see-rah-gohs-nohs'),  nat.;  point 
forming  N.  head  of  entrance  to  Panlatiian 
port,  SW.  coast  of  Sorsog6n,  Luzon. 

ClStLAK  (thee-soo'-luck).  ver.;  hamlet  on  E. 
shore  of  Macajalar  Bay,  N.  coast  of  Misamhs, 
Mindanao,  29  m.  N.  by  E.  ol  Cagaydu  de 
Misamis. 

CITABIS  (see-tah'-bis).  ver.;  point  on  SE.  coast  of 
Davao,  Mindanao,  83|  m.  S.  ot  DSvao. 

^  S.  Doc.  280 30 


CLABEXDOX,  for.:  bay  j  m.  NE.  of  Cape  Melville, 
extreme  SE.  coast  of  Baldbac,  1  m.  in  length 
and  J  m.  wide.  British  gun  vessel  Avon  used 
this  bay  as  shelter  from  SW.  gales  while  re- 
covering guns  and  stores  from  wreck  of  Gjuxt, 
1  1869,  on  reef  in  vicinity  and  named  from  this 
disaster. 

CLAUDIO  (clah'-oo-dee-oh),  Sp.;  point  on  Bdquit 
Bay,  NW.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

CLAVEKIA  (clah-vay-ree'-ah),  Sp.;  hamlet  in 
Abra,  Luzon,  on  road  from  San  Quintin  to 
coast  highway,  9  m.  SW.  of  Bangued. 

hamlet  on  W.  slope  of  NE.  range  of  Misa- 
mis, Mindanao,  7^  m.  inland  from  Jasaan,  on 
I          E.  shore  of  Macajalar  Bay. 

town  on  island  of  Burias,  N.  of  Masbate, 

Visayas. 

j  most  N.  pueblo  on  mainland  of  Luz6n,  on 

extreme  NW.  corner  of  CagaySn,  on  coa-^t  of 
Pacific  Ocean,  1  m.  E.  of  mouth  of  Cabicungan 
Riv  ,  mouth  of  which  marks  N.  terminus 
of  boundary  between  CagayAn  and  Ilocos 
Norte  provinces,  on  W  ,  and  at  foot  of  N.  ter- 
minal elevations  of  Gran  Cordillera  Central. 
Mayraria  Pt..  15  m.  to  W.,  extreme  N.  point  of 
land  of  Luzon  jutting  into  China  Sea  toward 
Formosa,  is  les-s  than  2  m.  higher  in  latitude. 
Cabicungan  Pt.,  2  m.  NE.,  bears  1  m.  N. 
Town  is  70  m  NW.  of  Tuguegarao,  but  with- 
out direct  road  communication  Intercourse 
IS  by  trail  or  by  native  coasters  36  m.  to  mouth 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    3'HIX.irPINE    ISLANDS. 


465 


CINAPUSAN  (CINAPURAN)  CLUSTER,  TATVI  TATVI 
GROUP,    SULU   ARCHIPELAGO. 

(See-nah-poo'-sahn,  ver.) 

Chief  town:  CinapuHau  (Cinapuran),  lat.  5°  14^  N.,  Ion.  120°  35^  E. 

Area:  13  sq.  m. 

Population:  Included  in  Sulu  group. 

Race:  Moro-]\IaIa}\ 

Language:  INIoro-Suluano. 

Military  Department  of  Mindanao:   Hi'adciuarter!^,  Zandjoanga,  Mindanao. 


Tabic  of  (Ustancei<. 


Cinapu.saii  to— 

Sulu 

TatAii 


60i 

41 

A  cluster  of  10  islands  of  the  Tawi  Tawi  group,  Sulu  Archipelago,  lying  on  SW. 
side  of  Sigboye  passage,  between  the  Celebes  Sea  to  the  SE.  and  Sulu  Sea  to  the  NW. 


Mauds  of  tli/'  Cliiapitsan  chiskr. 


Clnapusan  (Cinapuran ) li 

Cunilan a 

Luran i 

Manote J 

Secubaun 3 

Tabawan li 

Tnbuan  (cluster) 1 J 

Tandubas - 2 

Ubian li 


Total 


The  islands  are  generally  flat  and  covered  with  tangled  tropical  vegetation.  The 
fishermen  of  the  archipelago  cruise  among  them,  but  have  no  fixed  habitation.  The 
island  of  Tabawan  is  inhabited,  while  Bintulan  and  Cinapuran  are  only  resorted  to 
for  fishing,  the  chief  occupation  of  the  natives  of  the  group  and  the  main  dependence 
for  subsistence.  A  considerable  pearl-fishing  industry  is  carried  on  in  native  boats 
from  Tabawan.  The  inhabitants,  who  speak  a  Malayan  dialect,  at  one  time  were 
notorious  for  acts  of  piracy,  for  which  the  Spanish  squadron  destroyed  Tabawan. 
Since  the  people  have  been  harmless  and  inoffensive.     {See  Tawi  Tawi  group.) 


tlXAPUSAiV,  or  CINAPURAA  (see-nah-poo'-sahn, 
see-nah-poo'-rahn),  ver.;  northeasternmost  of 
group  of  several  islands  marking  S.  side  of 
entrance  to  Sigboye  passage  between  Celebes 
and  Sulu  seas,  in  Cinapusan  grp.,  Sulu  A. 
Area,  1^  sq.  m. 

■ N.  Island  of  Cagaj'An  Sulu  grp.;  lies  ENE. 

and  WSW.:  i  m.  long  and  311  ft.  high  and  9^ 
m.  N.  of  Lapun  Lapun  anchorage,  Cagaydn 
Sulu  I. 

tlNASTILlOHAX  (see-nahs-tee-lyoh'-hahn),  nat.; 
(Fronton)  point,  W.  head  to  Boca  Engano, 
SE.  coast  of  Burias  I.,  Visayas. 

LIKCO  Pll'OS  [Five  Peaks]  (theen'-coh  pee'- 
cohs),  Sp.,  NE.  of  Port  Silanguin,  Zambales, 
Luzon;  highest  2,999  and  lowest  1,030  ft. 
There  are  two  others  detached,  2,500  ft.  May 
also  be  seen  on  W.  entrance  to  Siibic  Bay, 
making  fine  landmark. 

tlMUBO  (sin-gah'-beau),  ver.;  hamlet  in  N.  SA- 
mar,  12  m.  SE.  of  Catarman. 

CIRAG0SN6s  (see-rah-gohs-nohs'),  nat.;  point 
forming  N.  head  of  entrance  to  Panlatiian 
port,  SW.  coast  of  Sorsog6n,  Luzon. 

CISfLAK  (thee-soo'-luck),  ver.;  hamlet  on  E. 
.shore  of  Macajalar  Bay.  N.  coast  of  Misamis, 
Mindanao,  29  m.  N.  by  E.  ol  Cagaydu  de 
Misamis. 

t'lTABlS  (see-tah'-bis),  ver.;  point  on  SE.  coast  of 
Dftvao,  Mindanao,  83i  m.  S.  ot  D&vao. 


CLARENDON,  for.;  bay  J  m.  NE.  of  Cape  Melville, 
extreme  SE.  coast  of  BalAbac,  1  m.  in  length 
and  i  m.  wide.  British  gun  vessel  Avon  used 
this  bay  as  shelter  from  SW.  gales  while  re- 
covering guns  and  stores  from  wreck  of  Ghtnt, 
1869,  on  reef  in  vicinity  and  named  from  this 
disaster. 

CLAUDIO  (clah'-oo-dee-oh),  Sp.;  point  on  BAquit 
Bay,  NW.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

CLAVERIA  (ciah-vay-ree'-ah),  Sp.;  hamlet  in 
Abra,  Luzon,  on  road  from  San  Quintin  to 
coast  highway,  9  m.  SW.  of  Bangued. 

hamlet  on  W.  slope  of  NE,  range  of  Misa- 
mis, Mindanao,  74  m.  Inland  from  Jasaan,  on 
E.  shore  of  Macajalar  Bay. 

town  on  island  of  Burias,  N.  of  Masbate, 

Visayas. 

most  N.  pueblo  on  mainland  of  Luz6n,  on 

extreme  NW.  corner  of  Cagay^n,  on  coa-st  of 
Pacific  Ocean,  1  m.  E.  of  mouth  of  Cabicungan 
Riv  ,  mouth  ot  which  marks  N.  terminus 
of  boundary  between  CagayAn  and  Ilocos 
Norte  provinces,  on  W.,  and  at  foot  of  N.  ter- 
minal elevations  of  Gran  Cordillera  Central. 
Mayraria  Pt..  16  m.  to  W.,  extreme  N.  point  of 
land  of  Luzon  jutting  into  China  Sea  toward 
Formosa,  is  less  than  2  m.  higher  in  latitude. 
Cabicungan  Pt.,  2  m.  NE.,  bears  1  m.  N. 
Town  is  70  m  NW.  of  Tuguegarao,  but  with- 
out direct  road  communication.  Intercourse 
is  by  trail  or  by  native  coasters  36  m.  to  mouth 


S.  Doc.  280- 


-30 


466 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILirPINE    ISLANDS. 


CLAVEKIA— Continued. 

of  Grande  do  Cagayun  Riv.  at  Aparri,  where 
highway  and  telegraph  line  start  S.  Pop., 
4,641. 

CLEOPATRA  (clay-oh-pah'-trah)  Sp.;  series  of 
mountains  on  E.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan, 
SW.  of  Barbacan  range  and  in  which  Fpur 
Peaks  are  conspicuous  summits. 

island  olT  NE.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

(.SVcBcnulhulan.) 

CLEOPATKA'S  >EE1»LE,  for.;  sharp  peak,  5,200 
ft.,  soutliernmost  and  highest  of  range  ex- 
tending 5i  m.  in  NE.  direction  from  Ulugan 
Bay  and  9  m.  N.  of  S.  boundary,  Paragua, 
Palawan. 

CLERIS  (clay'-rees);  hamlet  in  pueblo  of  San 
Jacinto,  Pangasindn,  Luz6n. 

CLIFF,  for.;  point  so  named  from  ridge  of  low 
hills,  Barbacan  range,  which  joins  E.  coast  of 
Paragua,  Palawan. 

point  on  China  Sea  shore  of  peninsula  of 

Ulugan,  W.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 
Eleven  islets  lie  off  this  coast. 

head,  on  long  wooded  promontory  termi- 
nating in  steep  cliff  350  ft.  high,  9  m".  NE.  of 
Cape  Sangbauen  and  forming  N.  extremity 
of  San  Pablo  Bay,  NW.  coast  of  Paragua, 
Palawan. 

small  red  point  N.  of  Siakel  Cape,  SW. 

coast  of  Palawan. 

hill  374  ft.  high  on  S.  shore  of  Ramos  I., 

off  N.  point  of  BaUbac  I.,  SW.  of  Palawan, 
with  bearings  on  BaUbac  peak  and  Secam  I. 
in  navigating  N.  BalAbac  Strait,  and  over- 
looking Candaraman  inlet. 

CLOTILDE,  for. ;  rock  between  6  and  7  m.  from  Ya- 
ganac  I. ,  CagayAn  Sulu  grp.     ( See  Yaganac  I. ) 

CLUBilV  (clew-bahn'),  ver.;  hill  2  m.  SE.  of 
Tubigon,  W.  coast  of  Bohol. 

COABO  (ewah'-boh),nat.;  river  and  village  on  W. 
shore  of  Balete  port,  W.  shore  of  Pujada  Bay, 
SE.  coast  of  DAvao,  Mindanao. 

COALIG  (cwah-league'),  ver.;  mountain  in  Panay. 

COAMEJf  (coh-ah'-mayn),  ver.;  islet  in  sea  chan- 
nel between  Bohol  and  Cebii,  11^  m.  E.  of 
Getafe. 

COAKT(i  (coh-ahn-taw'),  Tag.;  hamlet  in  Cavite, 
Luzon,  16  m.  S.  of  Cavite  on  main  road. 

COBADIAKWA  (coh-bah-dee-ang'-ah),  ver.;  ham- 
let on  bank  of  Pagsanh&n  Riv.,  5  m.  NW.  of 
Calbdyog,  Sftmar. 

COBBADOR  (coh-brah-dor'),  Sp.;  island  1  m.  in 
diameter,  3i  m.  N.  of  island  of  Romblon. 

COBTCilV  (cob-tohn'),  ver.;  bay  N.  of  Pugaten  Mt., 
on  E.  coast  of  Bohol,  between  Pts.  Llbas  and 
Namanuco.  Town  of  Candijay  lies  3  m.  in- 
shore at  its  head  on  W. 

COCHINOS,  LOS  (lohscoh-chee'-navirs),Sp.;  clu.s- 
ter  of  islets  and  rocks  off  Mariveles  Bay,  S. 
coast  of  Bata.'in,  Luzon,  on  W.  side  of  entrance 
to  Manila  Bay.  Corregidor  I.  lies  about  3^  m. 
E.  by  S. 

COCINA  (coh-thee'-nah),  Sp.;  lake  in  Mindanao. 

COCO  (coh'-coh),  Sp.;  islet  489  ft.  liiKh  in  mid- 
channel  of  Celebes  Sea  entrance  t(i  Basilan 
Strait  at  narrowing  point  between  Basilan  I. 
and  Zamboanga,  Mindanao.  It  is  1  m.  NW. 
and  SE.,  490  ft.  high,  wooded,  4i  m.  from  coast 
of  Basilan  I.;  islet  lies  i  m.  to  NW. 

C0C0N0Ntii(5N  (coh-coh-nong-awn'),  ver.;  point 
at  endj:)f  narrow  peninsula  on  NE.  coast  of 
Busuanga  I.,  Calamianes^grp.,  NE.  of  Para- 
gua (Palawan).  Coconongon  hill  is  a  land- 
mark for  islands  N.  Point  lies  52  m.  W.  by  S. 
^  of  W.  coast  of  Mindoro,  across  Mindoro  Strait. 
Chain  of  3  islands  stretches  along  coast,  6  m. 
SE.  by  S.  of  point  and  in  front  of  bight  formed 
in  NE.  coast.  Over  this  point  is  conspicuous 
cone  1,300  ft.  high. 

• point  in  N.  island  of  Burias,  N.  of  Masbate, 

Visayas. 


COCORO  (coh-coh-raw'),  ver.;  island  1  sij.  m.  12^ 
m.  E.  by  N.  of  Cuyo,  Cuyos  Is.,  Mindoro  Sea. 

COCOS  (coh'-cohs),  Sp.;  point  on  E.  shore  of  San- 
tiago I.,  in  gulf  of  Lingay6n,  Zam  bales,  Luz6n. 

island  4  m.  NE.  of  Basilan  I.,  off  S.  coast  of 

Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

('0("T6  (cock-toh'),  ver.;  town  in  W.  Cebil. 

CODINWLE  (coh-din'-glay),  ver.;  mountain  in  E. 
central  C.lpiz,  Panay,  at  headwaters  of  tribu- 
tary of  BadbarAn,  7  m.  S.  of  Dumar.  On  its 
W.  slope  rises  one  of  fountain  branches  of 
Jalan  Riv. 

CODOX  (caw'-don),  ver.;  river,  hamlet  at  its 
mouth,  and  point  in  pueblo  of  Virac  (Birac), 
1 J  m.  S.,  on  SW.  coast  of  Catanduanes  I.,  N.  of 
Albay,  Luzon. 

(:0(«DOX  (cog'-don),  ver.;  hamlet  on  S.  shore  of 
Siimar,  3  m.  SW.  of  Salcedo,  across  head  of  bay. 

COGON  (caw'-gone),  nat.;  hamlet  in  NE.  CApiz, 
Panay,  on  main  road,  4  m.  SE.  of  Panay. 

village  in  SE.  peninsula  of  Sdmar,  Visaya.s, 

2  m.  NE.of  Guiuani)ort. 

COGOXAL,  or  (A  HA  LATA  (coh-goh-nahl',  cah- 
bah-lah'-tah  I,  lliNp.;  jieak  on  W.  shore  of  Co- 
tabato,  Mindanao,  S.  of  mouth  of  Grande  Riv., 
of  Mindanao. 

hamlet  of    Negros   Oriental,  3  m.   W.  of 

Ayungon. 

COtiONAN  (coh-gaw'-nahn),  nat.;  hamlet  on  trib- 
utary of  Cagay.4n  Riv.,  19  m.  S.  of  Cagayftn  de 
Misamis,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

COLACOX  (coh-lah-cawn'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  E. 
shore  of  Dumanquilas  Bay,  in  Zamboanga, 
Mindanao,  89^  m.  ENE.  of  Zamboanga. 

COLAGO  (coh-lah-gaw'),  ver  ;  town  in  Abra,  Lu- 
zon, at  headwaters  of  Tineg  Riv.,  13  m.  NE. 
of  Bangued. 

COLj(n  (coh-lahn'),  ver.;  river  in  E.  part  of  Am- 
bos  Camarines  (Sur) ,  Luz6n,  tributary  to  Lago- 
noy. 

COLANSA  (coh-lahng'-ah),  ver.;  mountain  in 
Gran  Cordillera  Central,  in  NW.  Y>art  of  Isa- 
bela,  Luzon. 

COLAPIj(N  (coh-lah-pee-ahn'),  ver.;  point  on 
Panaon  I.,  SE.  of  Leyte. 

COLAPSIN  (coh-lap'-sin),  ver.;  point  on  E.  of 
entrance  to  Casilaran  Bay,  on  W.  shore  of 
Ddvao  Gulf,  Ddvao,  Mindanao. 

COLASI  (coh-lah'-see),  nat.;  point  on  SW.  coast 

of  Cebi'i,  inside  S.  entrance  to  Straitof  Taiion. 

From  this  point  to  Liloan.  extreme  SW.  point 

of  Cebii,  coast  is  sandy  and  very  steep,  with 

rocks  close  to  shore. 
peak  in  Caraballos  Sur,  in  Ambos  Cama- 
rines, Luzon. 
point  formed  by  slope  of  Colasi  hill  on  E. 

coast  of  Ambos  Camarines  (Norte),  Luz6n. 
W.  point  at  entrance  of  San  Miguel  Bay, 

Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luzon. 
bay  between  point  of  that  name  and  peaked 

hill  SW.  of  it,  in  Ambos  Camarines  (Norte). 

Lnz6n. 
extreme  SE.  point  of  Homonhon  or  Mal- 

hon  I.,  S.  of  SAmar. 
point  i  m.  N.  of  Dulag.  port  of  CApiz,  N. 

coast  of  C4piz,  Panay,  headland  approaching 

from  NW. 
town  in  extreme  SE.  part  of  Luzon,  near 

NW.  shore  of  San  Miguel  Bay,  12  m.  SE.  of 

Diiet,  place  of  call  for  steamers  and  enjoys 

considerable  trade,  valuable  sulphur  deposits 

exist  in  vicinity. 
volcano  in  Ambos  Camarines  (Norte),  Lu- 

z6n,  lat.  13°  58'  N.,  Ion.  122°  59'  E. 
point  at  S.  head  of  Mansiol  Bay,  in  bight  on 

SE.  coast  of  Mindoro. 
important  town  on  W.  coast  of  Antique, 

Panav,  47  m.  N.  of  San  Jos6  de  Buenavista. 

Pop.  ,"10,553. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    THILirriNE    ISLANDS. 


467 


BALAEAC   I. 


GLAREHDO^  BAY 

£>•  A.Dooriy.lico'f'Midf'rR.N. 
rufer  fc-ve  diresacxi  c^ Staff  OsrSJMRetdiee?. 
fr«<i^+  Lat.7?4§K.-Lons!:.n7?i:2r"S. 


S 


-"""V::::^:^;^ 


i/y'r^^ 


^a'SJT 


468 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


COLASI:  hamk't  in  Concepci6n,  Iloilo,  Panay,  ex- 
treme SE.  foasl,  8  m.  SW.  of  Aqul. 

COLCOH  (tohl-cohl)');  stream  inTayabas,  Luzon, 
rising  in  lat.  13°  37'  30"  N.  and  empties  on  the 
E.  coast  in  the  bay  of  Gninhalinan. 

c6lC0L  (call'-call),  ver.;  mountain  in  N.  Min- 
danao. 

tOLIAN  (coh-lee'-ahn),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Abra.  Lu- 
zon, on  Matana  Riv.,  11  m.  XK.  of  Bangued, 
with  which  it  is  connected  by  foot  path. 

l'OH>'A  (coh-lee'-nah),  Sp.;  village  center  of 
I'son  I.,  off  Busuariga  I.,  Calamianes  grp.; 
hill  452  ft.  high  lies  to  E. 

IX)LI>A  DE  BURIAS  (coh-lee'-nah  day  boo'- 
ryass),  Hi.sp.;  mountain  on  Burias  I.,  N.  of 
Masbrtte,  Visayas. 

t'OLI>'DRES(coh-lin'-drays),  ver.;  hamlet  on  X. 
side  of  junction  of  Maimbong  with  Bacalan, 
in  Antique,  Panay. 

COLIXTAX  (coh-leen'-tahn);  i.sland  off  coast  of 
Sorsogon,  Luz6n,  overlooking  straits  of  San 
Bernardino. 

COLLIXSOX,  for.:  island  off  Maytiaguid  I.,  NE. 
coa.st  of  Paragua,  Palawan.     (.Sec  Caisin.) 

€0h6  (coh-law'),  nat.;  .small  river  of  Negro.s 
Oriental,  emptying  into  .S.  entrance  to  strait 
of  Tanon  at  Ayuquitan. 

COLOBE  (coh-law'-bay).  ver.:  rivulet  1  m.  S.  of 
Pine  Pt.,  Sepangow  Bay,  SW.  Palawan. 

COLOCAl'ATAX  (coh-loh-cah-oo-ah'-yahn),  nat.; 
coast  hamlet  of  Negros  Occidental,  1^  m.  SW. 
of Inayauan. 

COLOCOMii  (coh-loh-eohn-toh'),ver.;  inlet  |m. 
wide  and  1  m.  inland,  1^  m.  NW.  of  Bantiki 
Pt.,  inside  E.  shore  of  Sogod  Bay,  S.  .shore  of 
Leyte;  islet  covered  with  trees  lies  in  entrance 
and  affords  shelter  to  small  crafts  in  SW.  gales. 

COLOCOT(i,  or  NORTH  ROCK  (coh-loh-coh-taw'), 
ver.;  NW.  and  highest  of  4  large  black  rocks, 
highest  100  ft.,  next  60  ft.  Colocoto  is  north- 
ernmost of  islands  on  N.  side  of  Busuanga  I., 
Calamianesgrp.,NE.  of  Paragua,  Palawan,  9 
m.  NE.  by  N.  of  Caliiuit  Pt.,  and  may  be  seen  14 
m.  at  sea. 

L'OLOMA  DE  SAXTA  ISABEL  (coh-law'-mah  day 
sahn'-tah  ee-sah-bell')  Sp.;  pueblo  in  Isabela, 
Luzon.    Pop.,  Cn.  1S87,  1,602. 

COLORADA,  or  PUMA  XORTE  (coh-loh-rah'-dah 
[means  red] ,  poon'-tah  nor'-tay),  Sp.;  N.  cape 
of  Burias  I.,  N.  of  Masbate,  Visayas,  higher 
than  Busin  I.,  with  massive  bluffs  and  yellow 
patches  among  trees  which  cover  cape:  a 
fixed  white  light  is  on  this  point.  (See  Light- 
houses.) 

COLORADO  (coh-loh-rah'-doh),Sp.;  point  at  end 
of  peninsula  forming  N.  entrance  to  Barrera 
port,  Masbate  I.,  Visayas. 

point  on  W.  coast  of  Zambales,  Luzon. 

COLOT  (coh-lohf)  (means  curly),  nat.:  moun- 
tain summit  in  Abra,  Luzon,  with  foothills  in 
great  bend  of  Abra  Riv.,  5  m.  S.  of  Bangued. 

COLOVl'D  (coh-loh-yood'),  ver.;  small  stream 
emptying  into  sea  on  extreme  SE.  coast  of 
Negros  Oriental,  1  m.  SW.  of  Dauin. 

COLUMELA  (coh-loo-may'-lah),  Sp.;  hamlet  on 
N.  coa.st  of  Negros  Occidental,  2  m.  WNW.  of 
Cidiz  Nuevo. 

COMAS  (coh'-mass),  Sp.;  island  off  W.  shore  of 
Lingayen  Gulf,  PangasinAn,  Luzon. 

COMEIAN,  or  COMEI  (coh-may'-ahn,  cohmay'), 
ver.;  low  island  off  SE.  coast  of  Palawan. 
(See  East  I.) 

CO.MILL.AS  (coh-meo'-lyass),Sp.;  town  on  l.bank 
of  most  N.  of  outlets  on  delta  of  Agusan  Riv.. 
2|  m.  from  Butiian  Bay,  N.  coast  of  Surigao, 
Mindanao,  22  m.  N.  of  Butuan. 

mineral  spring  in  Lepanto,  Luzon. 

C03IIXAHUET  (coh-mee-nah'-oo-ayt),  ver.:  point 
with  peak  inland  overlooking  narrow  chan- 
nel between  mainland  of  Mindoro  and  Ylin 
I.,  off  SW,  coast. 


COMlXtiiAX  (coh-ming'-ahn),  ver.;  mountain  in 
Aljra,  Luz6n. 

COMIRAX  fcoh-mee'-rahn),  ver.;  island  80  ft. 
high  of  Bal4bac  grp.,  11  m.  E.  by  N.  of  Da- 
lauan  Bay  head,  E.  coast  of  BaMbac  I.,  off  SW. 
end  of  Palawan.  Channel  of  this  name,  ■ 
through  surrounding  reefs,  pa.sses  on  S.  be- 
tween it  and  Lumbucan  I.,  5  m.  S. 

fairway  Sj  m.  wide,  entering  Sulu  Sea  NE. 

from  straits  of  BaMbac  between  Comiran  and 
Lumbucan  Is.  and  adjacent  reefs. 

CO.MOCUTI'AX  (coh-moh-coo-too'-ahn),  ver.;  pre- 
cipitous island,  928  ft.  high,  on  W.  .side  of  B&- 
quit  Bay,  NW.  coast  of  Paragua.  Palawan. 

COMPOSTELA  (cohm-pos-tay'-lah),  Sp.;  town  on 
E.  coast  of  Cebti,  14  m.  NE.  of  Cebu.  Pop., 
4.393. 

town  on  l.bankof  junction  of  one  of  smaller 

hmdwatvr  nibutaries  of  Agu.san  Riv.  in 
SuriKUi).  Miiiilanao,  93  m.  S.  by  E.  of  Butuan. 
Tt.iwu  lies  l.'i,')  m.  S.  by  E.  of  Surigao,  4  m.  NE. 
of  boundary  \rith  Di'ivao,  and  15  m.  N.  by  E. 
of  Javier  oii  extreme  N.  head  of  Ddvao  Gulf, 
on  S.  coast  of  Mindanao. 

COXCEPCIOX  (cohn-thayp-thee-ohn'),  Sp.:  pue- 
blo at  junction  of  4  roads,  12  m.  S.  of  Tarlac  by 
road,  in  T&rlac,  Luzon.    Pop.,  13,499. 

formerly  a  district  in  NE.  part  of  Panav, 

38  m.  from"Bulacaue  Pt.,  NE.  to.  SW.  at  inter- 
section of  S.  boundary  of  CApiz,  and  17  m. 
from  coast  at  Concepcion,  then  the  capital, 
NW.  to  point  on  boundary  with  Cfipiz,  1^ 
m.  X.  (if  .\i:ns  Bay.  Its  E.  shore,  along  sea 
eiiiranrc  tuward  Guimards  Strait,  is  strewn 
witli  luiiiu'idus  island.?.  Along  NW.  and  W. 
boundary  extends  Cdpiz  to  SE.,  sea  and 
channel  to  GuimarAs  Strait.  Its  N.  point 
(Bulacaue)  is  20 J  m.  S.  of  extreme  S.  point  of 
Masbate  1.,  and  on  SW.  is  bounded  by  Iloilo, 
of  which  it  is  now  part.  Its  land  boundary 
with  Cipiz  and  Iloilo  followed  ridge  of  range 
of  mountains  trending  SW.  Country  slopes 
SE.  toward  sea,  and  is  interspersed  with  fer- 
tile vallevs  in  which  products  of  latitude  are 
grown.  Area,  683  m.,  and  pop.,  19,342.  Be- 
fore its  incorporation  its  capital  was  Concep- 
cion, and  chief  port  towns  Carlos,  the  larg- 
est on  extreme  N.;  San  Dionisio  on  the  E.; 
Aqui  on  the  S.  coast,  and  Sara  and  Lemery 
in  interior. 

former  capital  of  Concepcion,  now  a  pueblo 

of  Iloilo,  Panay,  on  E.  coast,  47  m.  NE.  of 
Iloilo.  Port  and  anchorage  is  formed  by  Tago 
Bulubadiangdn  and  several  smaller  islands 
off  E.  coast.    Pop.,  6,736. 

hamlet  on  E.  shore  of  approach  to  Maca- 

jalar  Bay,  3  m.  NE.  of  Gorda  Pt.,  N.  shore  of 
Misamis,  Mindanao. 

hamlet  of  Negros  Occidental,  6  m.  NE.  of 

Bacolod. 

hamlet  in  E.  range  of  Guimards  I.,  off  E. 

coast  of  Iloilo,  Panay,  12  m.S.  by  E.  of  Nagaba. 

hamlet  in  central  Cdpiz,  Panay,  2  m.  SW. 

of  Dumalay. 

mountain  town  on  E.  slope  of  dividing 

range  between  Surigao  and  Misamis,  ^Jinda- 
nao,  55  m.  S.  by  W.  of  Butiian. 

pueblo  of  3.53  inhabitants  in  former  co- 

mandanciaof  Tiagfin,  Abra,  Luzon. 

hamlet  in  Lepanto,  Luzon,  13  m.  W.  of 

CayAn. 

COXCEPCIOX  AXTIGUA  (cohn-thayp-thee-ohn' 
ahn-tee'-gwah),  Sp.;  hamlet  on  1.  bank  of 
Ords  Riv.,  near  its  source  in  NE.  Sdmar. 

COXCEPCIiiX,  or  SIBALI  (cohn-thayp-thee-ohn', 
see-bah'-lee) ,  Sp.;  point  on  SE.  coast  of  Maes- 
tre  de  Campo  I.,  off  W.  coa.st  of  Mindoro. 

COXCIEXCIA  (con-thee-avn'-thee-ah),  Sp.;  ham- 
let in  Capiz,  Panay,  2  m.  SE.  of  CApiz. 

COXCO^OX  (cohn-cohng'-ohn).  ver.;  hj^ll  at 
point  of  peninsula  of  that  name.  Busuanga  I., 
Calamianes  grp.,  NE.  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 
One  of  fixed  bearings  for  navigators  along 


GAZETTEKR    OK    THK    I'HILIPJ'INE    ISLANDS.  469 


470 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


CONCONiJON— Continued . 

that  coast  or  amon^  islands  immediately  N. 
It  shows  conspicuous  cone  1,300  ft.  high. 

t'ONCOKDIA  (con-cor'-dee-ah),  Sp.;  town  on  1. 
bank  of  tributary  of  Agusan  Riv.,  Surigao, 
Mindanao,  19  m.  S.  of  Butuan. 

CONE,  for.;  conspicuous  elevation  near  the  10° 
parallel  of  lat.,  boundary  between  Paragua 
and  More  Palawan.  Mount  Peel,  3,600  ft. 
high,  just  N.  of  same  boundarj-,  lies  SW.  At 
this  point  Palawan  is  C  m.  wide  from  Ulugan 
Bay,  NW.,  on  China  Sea,  to  BabuyAn,  on 
Honda  Bay,  SW.,  on  Sulu  Sea  coast.  Bound- 
ary between  Paragua  and  Moro  Palawan, 
passes  between  from  E.  to  W.  From  top  of 
cone  both  seas  may  be  seen. 

CONFITES  (cohn-fee'-tace);  cluster  of  small  is- 
lands off  E.  coa.st  of  Nueva  Ecija,  Luz6n. 

CONFLAGRATION  HILL,  for.;  conical  island  2 
m.  SE.  of  Capoas  C,  off  W.  shore  of  Malam- 
paya  Pen.,  W.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 
Name  is  from  overtaking  of  observation  party 
by  fire  accidentally  started  in  long  grass  before 
they  could  reach  summit.  It  proved  fatal  to 
one  of  boat's  crew  and  nearly  so  to  officer  in 
charge. 

CONFUSION,  for.;  rock  40  ft.  high  i  m.  NW.  of 
Pagdanam  Pt.,  NW.  coast  of  Paragua,  Pala- 
wan. 

CONOCONG  (cohng-cohng'),  ver.;  mountain  in 
central  range  of  Iloilo,  Panay,  near  Antique 
border,  9  m.  W.  of  Igbariis. 

CONGLONBOG  (cong-lawn-bawg'),  ver.;  point  in 
N.  Sibuydn  I.,  Romblon  grp.,  Visayas. 

CONGOUAK  (con-goo-ak'),  ver.;  point  on  NW. 
coast  of  Sibuyiin  I.,  Romblon  grp.,  Visayas; 
town  of  Magallanes  lies  SE. 

c6nIC0  (coh'-nee-caw),  Sp.;  mountain  on  Sibu- 
y^n  I.,  Rombl6n  grp.,  Visayas. 

CONJOSI  (con-haw'-see),  ver.;  point  on  extreme 
NE.  of  Sibuy^n  Pt.,  Romblon  grp.,  Visayas. 

CONO  (caw'-naw),  Sp.;  group  of  islands  oflf  W. 
coast  of  Palawan. 

mountain  in  Palawan. 

island  belonging  to  group  of  same  name, 

off  W.  coast  of  Palawan. 

CONOGON  (coh-noh'-gone),  nat.;  hamlet  in 
pueblo  of  Inaban&an,  Bohol. 

CONSOLACION  (con-soh-lali-thee-awn'),  Sp.; 
hamlet  in  SE.  Iloilo,  Panay,  IJ  m.  NW.  of  San 
Miguel. 

on  N.  shore  of  Llan  Bay,  S.  coast  of  Leyte. 

(.See  S6god  Nuevo. ) 


CONSOLAf'lON;  pueblo  near  SE.  coast  of  Cvhn, 
7  m.  NE.  of  Cebv'i.    Pop.,  4,616. 

hamlet  on  W.  coast  of  Cebii,  4  m.  NE.  of 

Toledo. 

CONSTANCIA  (cons-tahn'-thee-ah) ,  Sp.;  hamlet 
in  interior  of  Guimarfi,s  I.,  off  Iloilo,  Panay,  6 
m.  SE.  of  Nagaba. 

CONSUELO  (con-sway'-law),  Sp.;  town  on  N. 
coast  of  Misamis,  Mindanao,  W.  of  DiuataPt., 
47  m.  NE.  of  Cagayto  de  Misamis.  " 

CONSUMALA  (con-soo-mah'-lah),  nat.;  point  on  j 
N.  coast  of  Sibuydn  I.,  Romblon  grp.,  Visayas. 

CONTONG  (cohn-tohng');  hamlet  in  pueblo  of) 
Guindulmta,  Bohol,  Visayas. 

CONVERSION  (con-ver-see-awn'),  ver.;  hamlet  in 
Nueva  Ecija,  Luz6n,  40  m.  NE.  of  Pan  Isidro. 

COOK,  for.:  or  DUMARiN  (doo-mah-rahn') ; 
mainland  of  channel,  3|  m.  wide,  separating 
Dumardn  I.  on  E.  from  Paragua,  Palawan, 
on  W.  In  N.  part  of  channel  lie  several  small 
islands.  Also  opens  into  fine  bay  on  N.  On 
W.  are  4  small  and  1  larger  island,  latter  200 
ft.  high,  nearly  W.  2  m.  from  center  island  on 
opposite  side.  "Fronting  are  Reef  and  Bivouac 
islets. 

COPIA  (coh'-peah).  Sp.;  island  3^  m.  S.  SE.  of 
mouth  of  Hijo  Riv.,  Dfi,vao  Gulf,  Mindanao; 
covered  by  trees  and  mangroves;  passage  be- 
tvveen  itand  mainland  practicable  by  schoon- 
ers; anchorage  between  this  and  Pahdasan  I. 

COPTON  (cohp'-town),  ver. ;  point  at  Taii6n  Strait, 
extremity  of  peninsula  which  .separates  Alcto- 
tara  town  and  bay  from  Mualbual  town  and 
bay  on  S.,  2  m.  W.  coast  of  Cebii. 

summit  nearNE.  extremity  of  central  range 

of  Bghol,  gives  an  altitude  of  10,150  ft.  in 
Derrotero,  and  2,870  on  chart. 

town  in  E.  Bohol,  Visayas. 

CORACOBAAN  (coh-rah-coh-rah'-ahn),ver.;  point 
on  E.  shore  of  Homonhon  I.,  off  SE.  coast 
SAmar. 

CORAL  (coh-rahP),  Sp.;  bay  on  SE.  coast  of  Pala- 
wan, between  Rawnsleyand  Madripore  Pts., 
5  m. 

point  and  head  on  S.  side  of  entrance  to 

Oyster  inlet,  SW.  shore  of  Ulugan  Bay,  N. 
coast  of  Palawan,  near  boundary  of  Paragua. 

between   Search  Pt.  and  Buliluyan  and 

Church  Pt.  on  extreme  SE  coast  of  Palawan. 
Arreclfe  or  Reef,  about  1  sq.  m..  lies  in  open- 
ing and  3  islands  of  about  same  size  in  S. 
part. 


CORANDAGOS    G-ROUP,   SULU   SEA. 

(Coh-rahn-dali'-gohs,  Hisp.) 

Area:  4^  sq.  ni. 

Population:  300,  estimated. 

Race:  Of  Malayan  extraction. 

Language:  Dialect  of  Calaiuiano  and  Malayan. 

Chief  town:  Tudula,  island  ol  Dalaganem. 

A  group  of  islands,  Corandagos  (N. )  and  Dalanganem  (S.),and  islets  Indong, 
Cauayan,  and  Casirahan,  ENE.  from  Dumanin  I.,  off  theE.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan, 
17  to  18 J  m.,  and  about  midway  between  that  island  and  Cuvos  Is.,  E.  by  N. 

Corandagos  I.,  926  ft.  high,  the  mostN.,  lies  about  lat.  10°"45'  N.,  Ion.  120°  15'  E,, 
the  rest  of  the  group  being  bunched  within  4  m.  ot  the  same  island. 

The  inhabitants  are  fearless  rovers  of  the  surroundmg  seas  in  search  of  edible 
bird's  nests,  beche  de  mer  (trepang),  and  other  productsof  land  and  water  m  their 
island  haunts. 


CORANDAGOS,  or  MADUKANG  (coh-rahn-dah'- 
gohs,  mahdoo-cahng'),  Hisp.;  most  N.  of 
Corandagos  Is.,  IJ  m.  in  extent,  926  ft.  high, 
2  m.  N.  of  Dalanganem  and  18  m.  ENE.  of 
Dumaran  I.,  off  Paragua,  Palawan. 

CORCCEBA  (cor-cway'-rah),  Sp, ;  pueblo  in 
Rombl6n,  4  m.  from  town  of  tbat  name. 
Pop,,  1,995. 


CORCCERA:  hamlet  on  SW  shore  of  Simaral., 
NW.  ol  Romblon,  Visayas. 

hamlet  on  £.  shore  of  llianaBay,  Cotabato, 

Mindanao,  ^9  m.  NW.  by  N.  ol  Cotaoato. 

CORDELIA  (cor-day'-lee-ah),  Sp.:  pouit  at  en- 
trance on  NW.  shore  of  Olugan  Bay,  and  N. 
head  to  inlet  on  W.  coast  of  Paragua,  Paia 


GAZETTEER   OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


471 


CORDILLERA  GRAXDE  (cor-dee-lyay'-rahgrahn- 
daj'),  Sp.;  general  designation  of  great  moun- 
tain range  of  N.  Luzon,  nucleus  of  which  is 
Caraballos  Occidental,  dividing  into  Cordi- 
lleras Norte  and  Central,  form  China  Sea  coast 
range. 

t'6BD0BA  (cor'-doh-bah),  Sp.;  pueblo  in  Cebu. 
Pop.,  5,009. 

town  in  CagayAn,  Luzon. 

■ pueblo  in  S\V.  Iloilo,  Panav,  12  m.  W.  of 

Iloilo.    Pop.,  2,744. 

I'OBDOx  (cohr-dawn'),  Sp.;  pueblo  in  Isabela, 
Luzon.    Pop.,  Cn.  1887,  97G. 

CORELLA  (coh-rav'-lvah).  Sp.;  inland  pueblo  in 
SW.  Bohol,  7m.  NE.  of  Tagbilaran.  Pop.,  4,215. 

CORETl  (coh-ray'-tee),  ver,;  N..head  of  Simagup 
Bay,  SW.  coast  of  Palawan. 

C0R6i\  (caw-rohu'),  ver.;  chief  town  on  SW. 
coast  of  Busuanga  I.,  Calamianes  grp.,  SW. 
coa.st,  on  bav  .sheltered  by  several  i.slands  in 
front,  9Ci  m.  NNE.  of  Taytay,  Paragua  (Pala- 
wan). 


('0B6N:  island  of  Calamianes  grp.,  NE.  of  Para- 
gua (Palawan),  celebrated  for  unrivaled 
quality  of  its  edible  bird's  nests.  {See  Peiion 
de  Cor6n.) 

strait  IJ  m.  wide  between  Busuaiiga  (N.) 

andCoron  (S.),  Calamianes  grp.,  NE.  of  Para- 
gua (Palawan).  It  is  used  by  steamers  trad- 
ing between  Culi6n  and  Manila.  Is  sinuous 
and  narrow,  having  greatest  width  of  j  m. 

great  bay  on  NE.  shore  of  Coron  I.,  Calamia- 
nes grp.,  NE.  of  Paragua  (Palawan),  included 
between  islands  of  Coron,  Busuaiiga,  Culidn, 
and  BulaUcao.  S.  entrance  is  between  Calls 
and  Guintungauan  islet. 

COROXADA  (coh-roh-nah'-dah),  Sp.;  bay  S.  of 
point  of  same  name,  sheltered  from  all  winds 
but  SW.,  on  W.  coast  of  Zamboanga  Pen., 
Mindanao. 

high  and  steep  point  on  extreme  NW.  end 

of  Zamboanga  Pen.,  Mindanao,  6  m.  SE.  of 
Gorda  head.  Both  monsoons  blow  with 
strength,  coast  being  very  much  exposed. 
It  is  also  frequently  visited  by  violent  squalls 
from  mountains,  causing  considerable  danger 
' ;  under  sail. 


CORREG-IDOR  AND  ADJACENT  ISLANDS,  LUZON. 

(Coh-rray-hee-dohr',  Sp.) 

[Entrance  to  Manila  Bay.] 

Chief  town:  San  Jose,  lat.  14°  22^  N.,  Ion.  120°  32'  W  E. 

Area:  Corregidor,  2  .sq.  m. ;  dependent  islands,  2  sq.  m. ;  total,  4  sq.  m. 

PopvQation:  420. 

Race:  American,  Spanish,  Filipinos. 

Language:  English,  Spanish,  Tagalog. 

Military  Department  of  Luzon:  Headqnaiters,  ^Manila,  Luzon. 

Table  of  distancff:. 


"roni  San  Josi?  to— 


Cabra  Light.  SW  of  entrance  to  Manila  Bay 
Capones  Light,  NW.  of  entrance  to  Manila  I 

Cavite  NE 

Manila,  NE.  (mouth  of  PdsigRiv.) 


LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

The  island  of  Corregidor  lies  in  the  entrance  to  the  bay  of  Manila.  It  is  the  first 
ot  the  inner  line  of  defense  of  the  capital  of  the  archipelago.  It  divides  the  entrance 
from  the  China  Sea  into  2  channels,  the  N.,  Boca  Chica,  3  m.  wide,  separating  it 
from  Batadn,  on  the  mainland,  and  the  SE.,  the  Boca  Grande,  6i  m.  M'ide,  from  Cavite, 
also  Oil  the  mainland. 

AREA. 

It  is  4  m.  from  E.  to  W.  between  Horadada  and  Buri  Pts.,  2J  m.  of  which  is  a 
long,  low,  narrow  sandy  strip  extending  into  the  S.  channel.  The  W.  end  of  the 
island  is  11  m.  from  N.  to  S.,  the  E.  part  from  i%  m.  to  a  point  at  Buri.  Area,  2  sq.  m. ; 
5  dependent  islands,  2  sq.  m. ;  total,  4  sq.  m. 


PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 

The  W.  part  of  the  island  is  composed  of  elevated  crests,  the  highest  639  ft.,  and 
bluffs  frequently  cut  by  deep  fissures.  It  offers  shelter  for  vessels  to  defend  the 
entrance  to  the  bay.  The  soil  is  red  claj^  covered  with  rocks.  On  the  W.  part  is  an 
abundant  supply  of  excellent  water,  furnished  by  3  springs  near  the  anchorage  with 
convenient  facilities  for  supplying  Jiips.  This  climate  is  even,  temperate,  and 
healthy. 


472  GAZETTEEK    OF    THE    PPIILiri'INE    ISLANDS. 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

On  the  N.  shore,  at  the  starting  point  of  the  narrow  neck  projecting  to  the  E.,  is 
a  small,  but  deep  and  well-protected  anchorage  for  all  classes  of  ships  during  the 
SW.  and  NE.  monsoons.  The  chief  town,  San  Jos6,  is  situated  on  the  SW.  shore. 
There  is  also  an  anchorage,  almost  entirely  inclosed,  formed  by  the  E.  extremity  of 
Corregidor  and  Pulo  Caballo,  a  small  island  to  the  S.,  between  Buri  and  Caballo  Pts. 

lilGHT-HOUSES. 

Corregidor  Light;  occupies  the  converging  point  of  2  angles  of  approach  to 
Manila  Bay  from  the  China  Sea,  that  from  Capones  I.  bearing  about  SE.,  and  the 
Cabra  bearing  NE.  on  the  same  point. 

Corregidor  Island  Light;  on  the  highest  part,  lat.  14°  23^  5''  N.,  Ion.  120°  33' 30^' 
E. ;  1  flash  white  and  red,  alternate  flashes  every  10  seconds,  separated  by  total 
eclipses;  631  ft.  a])ove  the  sea,  on  a  cylindrical  tower,  painted  gray,  with  keeper's 
dwelling  surrounding  the  base;  height,  42  ft.;  visible  21  naut.  m.  or  24  st.  m. 

Corregidor  Island;  W.  mole  head,  1  fixed  light,  house  white. 

Caballo  Island;  on  the  NE.  part  of  the  island,  lat.  14°  22^  7''  N.,  Ion.  120°  35' 
50"  E.,  1  fixed  light,  96  ft.  above  the  sea,  in  a  cylindrical  tower,  painted  gray,  11  ft. 
high,  visible  10  naut.  m.  or  llf  st.  m. 

The  semaphore  station  of  the  port  of  Manila  to  signal  the  approach  of  vessels  from 
the  sea  occupies  the  highest  elevation,  from  which  there  is  an  unobstructed  range  of 
vision  for  miles  seaward  and  bayward. 

ROADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 

There  are  water  or  road  or  both  means  of  communication  with  Manila,  Cavite; 
Mariveles,  on  the  bay  of  that  name,  on  the  S.  coast  of  Bata<4n,  7  m.  WNW.;  and 
with  Naig,  13  m.,  on  the  Cavite  shore  main  road  to  Cavite  and  Manila. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

The  fixed  population  is  about  500.     Tliere  is  Init  one  town. 

San  Jose;  on  tlie  NE.  sIkhv  nf  tlio  island,  witli  an  cxct'lk-nt  anchorage  on  a  small 
bay.  Tlie  inhaliitants  are  Americans  and  J<liipinus,  and  the  language  English,  Span- 
isli,  and  Tagalog. 

The  group  is  embraced  in  one  pueljlo  with  poi>ulation  as  follows: 


Island  and  pueblo. 

Total  i)Oiinlation,  <'iiin 
dents  iircseiit  and  a) 
and  .Spanish,  census 

biniiig  resi- 
sfiit,  native 

l.s«7 

Men. 

Women. 

Total. 

Corregidor,  San  Jos6 

237 

221 

458 

DEPENDENT  ISLANDS. 

The  following  are  the  dependent  islands  of  Corregidor: 

sq.m. 

Fralle,  El  (the  friar);  a  rugged,  rocky  islet  on  the  S.  side  of  the  Boca  Grande,  4  m.  S.  of  Pulo 
Caballo,  65  m.  SSE.  of  Corregidor,  and  2  m.  N.  of  Restinga  Pt.,  on  Cavite  shore  and  S.  head  of 
Manila  Bay;  close  around  it  are  depths  from  10  to  11  fms.,  increasing  to  13  fms.  a  short  distance 
to  W. ;  is  sometimes  included  in  Cavite i 

Horadada;  i  m.  off  NW.  point  of  Corregidor. 

Monja,  La  (the  nun),  or  Haycock;  rock  133  ft.  high,  2^  m.  WSW.  of  the  W.  part  of  Corregidor, 
with  27  fms.  within  i  m.  around  it;  soundings  decrease  regularly  to  20  fms.  within  i  m.  to 
N.  shore  and  deepen  to  29  to  30  fms.  near  NW.  part  of  Corregidor,  where  there  are  2  rocks  ...  5 

Pulo  Caballo;  a  dish-shaped  bluff  rock  420  ft,  high,  partially  covered  with  verdure,  lying  about 
J  m.  S.  of  Buri,  and  E.  extreme  point  of  Corregidor;  channel  between  the  2  islands  is  about 
2,880  It.  wide  and  has  a  depth  of  7i  fms.  in  the  middle.  Has  a  light-house  on  its  NE. 
extremity 1 

Santa  Amalia,  i  m.  off  extreme  W.  point  of  Corregidor, 

5  dependent  islands,  total  area 2 

VEGETABLE  PRODUCTS. 

The  exposure  to  the  ocean  storms  renders  the  cultivation  of  the  soil  unjjrofitable. 
In  sheltered  localities  rice,  corn,  and  sweet  potatoes  are  raised. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


473 


MINEBALS. 

A  fair  variety  of  granite  unitonnly  hard  is  found  <m  the  island 
FRUITS. 

A  few  bananas  and  pineapples  are  cultivated  in  the  gardens  around  the  dwellings 
of  the  inhabitants. 

INDUSTRIES. 

The  chief  occupation  of  the  few  inhabitants  not  engaged  in  the  bay  trade  is  lisli- 
ing.     The  island  pasturage  feeds  about  200  head  of  cattle. 

UNITED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 

After  the  destruction  of  the  Spanish  fleet  on  May  1,  1898,  affairs  in  the  bay  were 
held  under  naval  control  until  the  arrival  of  the  land  forces  of  the  United  States, 
when  a  military  station  was  established  on  Corregidor,  which  was  maintained  during 
the  pendency  of  the  protocol  of  August  12. 

CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 

The  provisions  of  the  "provincial  government  act"  have  not  been  extended  to 
these  islands. 


CORREGIDOR  (coh-rray-hee-dor' ) ;  extinct  vol- 
cano in  Batadn,  Luzon,  lat.  14°  '23'  N.,  Ion. 
120°  32'  E.,  640  ft.  high,  composed  of  andesite. 

group  comprising  islands  of  Corregidor,  La 

Monja,  and  Pulo  Caballo  in  entrance  to  Ma- 
nila Bay,  Luzon,  between  Cavite  Province 
on  SE.  and  BataAn  Province  on  NW.  {See 
Corregidor,  or  Mariveles  T.)  Area,  16  sq.  m. 
Pop.,  569.  Inhabitants  are  chiefly  employees 
of  light-house.  Chief  town,  San  Jos6,  post- 
office  and  money-order  station,  28  m.  SW. 
of  Manila. 

tORBEGIDOR,orMARIVELES(coh-rray-hee-dor', 
mah-ree-vay'-lays),  Sp.:  N.  and  larger  of  2 
islands  which  divide  entrance  to  Manila  Bay 
and  form  N.  or  Boca  Chica  and  S.  or  Boca 
Grande  channels,  639  ft.  high,  3^  m.  in  length 
E.  and  W.  and  1^  m.  N.  and  S.  Near  N.  shore 
on  N.  side  is  small  bay  protected  by  break- 
water affording  good  anchorage  for  coasting 
vessels.  Buri  Pt.  is  on  E.  Fine  spring  of 
fresh  water  is  under  cliff  at  W.  end.  Light- 
house stands  on  summit  of  island  and  other 
signals  for  navigators.  50  fms.  of  water  in 
channel,  decreasing  to  15  fms.  within  i  m.  of 
shore. 

CORRIiN,  or  COBRIO  (coh-rreen',  coh-rree'-oh), 
ver.;  hamlet  of  Moros  in  Lanao,  Mindanao, 
lat.  7°  34'  N. 

i:ORT.\,  LA  (lah  cor'-tah);  hamlet  in  Tayabas, 
Luzon. 

CORTADUBA,  DE  LA  (cor-tah-doo'-rah,  day  lah), 
Sp.;  mountain  in  S.  Palawan. 


COBTE  (cor'-tay),Sp.;  pueblo  near  W.  coast  of  Bo- 

hol,  6  m.  E.  of  N.  of  Tagbilaran  and  2  m.  SE.  of 

Paminuitan.    Pop.,  6,018. 

point  and  mountain  in  NW.  Bohol,  Visayas. 

I'ORTES  (cor-tays'),  Sp.:  pueblo  3m.  SW.  of  Ciluit 

Pt.,  E.  coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  62J  m.  SE. 

of  Surigao.    Pop.,  1,861. 
(JORDAN  (coh-roo'-ahn),  ver.;  point  and  port  on 

SE.   coast  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  on  W. 

side  of  entrance  to  Si*uguey  Bay.    Chain  of 

small  islands.    Cabugadn  and  Panubijan  lie 

off  port.    [See  Curuan.) 
L'iiRUJJl  (coh'-room),  ver.;  Malay  settlement  W.  of 

Nose  Pt.,  SE.  coast  of  Palawan. 
CORUMI    (coh-roo-mee'),  ver.;   conical  summit 

1,600  ft.  high  in  central  range  of  Palawan,  11 

m.  W.  by  S.  of  Aboabo,  and  2^  m.  NE.  of  Cali- 

bug6n  Mt. 
town  on  SW.  coast  of  Palawan,  SW.  of  No.se 

Pt. 
COSAOHAN  (coh-sah-aw'-hahn),  ver.;  mountain 

in  N.  central  Bohol,  9  m.  S.  of  Getafe. 

(;OSt'OSlVON(i  (cohs-cohs-nohng'),  nat.;  hamletof 
pueblo  of  Santa  Cruz,  Ilocos  Sur,  Luz6n. 

COSINA  (coh-see'-nah),  nat.;  hamlet  near  junc- 
tion of  2  headwater  branches  of  Cagayan  Riv., 
18^  m.  S.  of  Cagay^n  de  Misamis,  Misamis, 
Mindanao. 

COSME  (cos'-may),  Sp.;  point  on  NE.  coast  of 
Ticao  1.  on  San  Jacinto  port  near  town,  port 
of  San  Jos6  bearing  SE.  by  E. 


COTABATO,  MINDANAO,   PROVINCE    OF. 

(Coh-tah-bah'-toh,  meen-dah-noW,  nat.) 


Capital:  Cotabato,  lat.  7°  12'  N.,  Ion.  124°  16'  E. 

Area:  mainland,  8,332  sq.  m. ;  9  dependent  islands,  12  sq.  m. ;  total,  8,344  sq.  m. 

Population:  4,148. 

Race:   Moros. 

Language:  Moro-Maguindanao  and  many  tribal  dialects. 

Military  Department  of  Mindanao:  Headquarters,  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 


474  gazkttkp:r  ob^  the  Philippine  islands. 

Table  of  dhlaaces. 
From  Cotabato  to —  m. 

Manila,  NW.  by  N 552 

Miiiiila  via  Celebes  Sea,  Basilaii  Strait,  Sulii  and  Mindoroseas,  Mindoro  Strait  and  China  Sea..  748 

[lava...  ESE 93 

Sulu,  WSW 255 

Zauiboanga,  \V.  by  S 147 

LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

The  former  province  of  Cotabato  occupies  a  central  position  along  the  S.  coast 
of  Mindanao,  being  bounded  on  the  N.  by  Lanao,  part  of  the  former  Spanish 
province  of  Misamis  and  from  which  it  is  separated  by  the  Dicaluiigan  Mt. ;  on  the 
E.  and  S.  by  Diivao  and  on  the  W.  by  the  Celebes  Sea,  Illana  Bay,  and  Zamhoanga. 

.    AREA. 

It  measures  168  m.  from  NW.  to  SE.  and  91  m.  from  NE.  to  SW.  at  its  S.  part. 
Area,  mainland,  8,332  sq.  m.;  9  dependent  islands,  12  sq.  m.;  total,  8,344,  a  little 
larger  than  Massachusetts  or  New  Jersey. 

PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 

A  range  of  high  mountains  follows  the  line  of  boundary,  beginning  on  the  bay  of 
Campdn  and  extending  to  Flechas  Pt.  Within  these  encircling  crests,  the  highest 
attaining  an  elevation  of  5,000  ft.  inland  from  Illana  Bay,  are  lower  mountains 
toward  the  coast,  and  between  which  are  extensive  valleys.  Within  4  m.  of  the 
Davao  border  is  Lake  Buluan,  11  m.  in  diameter,  and  11m.  toward  the  NE.  the 
larger  lake  of  Liguasan,  18  m.  from  NW.  to  SE. 

In  tlie  S.  part  lies  the  basin  of  the  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  or  Pulangui  Riv., 
above  the  lakes,  not  only  tlie  great  river  of  Mindanao,  but  the  first  in  the  archi- 
pelago in  length  and  volume.  This  stream  rises  on  the  S.  slope  of  Malatucan 
Mt.,  in  the  extreme  NE.  corner  of  Misamis,  13  m.  S.  of  Gingoog,  on  the  N.  coast  of 
Mindanao,  and  after  a  S.  course  of  96  m.  under  the  name  Pulangui,  in  a  direct  line 
crossing  into  Cotabato,  trends  SW.,  receiving  the  waters  of  the  two  lakes  mentioned, 
thence  suddenly  turning  NW.  it  takes  the  name  Grande  Riv.,  and  enters  the  sea 
through  a  number  of  mouths,  on  one  of  which  is  situated  Cotabato,  the  capital. 
With  the  exception  of  a  few  small  streams,  flowing  seaward  from  the  coast  range  on 
the  SW.,  this  great  river  receives  the  entire  drainage  of  the  greater  part  of  the 
province.  In  the  Cordillera  of  Rangaya,  or  Siigut,  which  lies  about  27  m.  E.  of 
PoUoc  harbor,  is  the  volcano  of  Macaturin,  last  active  in  1872.  This  eruption  was 
followed  by  an  earthquake,  which  partially  destroyed  PoUoc,  Cotabato,  and  the 
villages  on  the  bank  of  the  Grande  Riv. 

BAYS  AND   HARBORS. 

The  following  are  the  bays  and  harbors  along  the  Cotabato  coast: 

Basianan  or  Basiauang;  in  SW.  coast  8  m.  N.  of  Tuna  Bay,  with  2  anchorages 
sheltered  in  all  weather,  in  10  to  13  fms. 

Carom^ata;  on  the  NE.  shore  of  Illana  Bay,  49  m.  NW.  of  Cotabato. 

Cotabato;  a  harbor  in  the  mouth  of  the  Grande  Riv.  of  Minclanao,  opposite  the 
town  of  that  name,  with  3  fms. 

Illana;  on  the  S.  coast  opening  from  Flechas  Pt.  on  the  W.  to  Quidapil  Pt.  on 
the  SE.,  48  m.,  comprising  the  bays  of  Matubug,  Pagarian,  Sigayan,  Marga,  and 
Caromata  on  the  N.  and  Barras  INIatimus,  Lusaydn,  and  Parang  Parang  (Polloc)  on 
the  E.  Its  extreme  N.  shore  is  but  15  m.  from  the  nearest  pomt  on  Pangull  mlet,  of 
Iligan  Bay,  on  the  N.  coast. 

Lebac;  W.  coast  affords  good  shelter  in  all  weather,  having  11  to  15  fms.  in  the 
S.  part  of  the  bay. 

Linao;  a  bay  on  the  W.  coast  extending  from  Quidapil  Pt.  to  Lebae  Pt.,  sheltered 
by  a  small  island  at  the  entrance,  with  bh  fms. 

Matubug;  on  the  W.  shore  of  Illana  Bay,  formed  by  Tambulidn  Pt.  on  the  S. 
and  Dapuhsan  on  the  N. 

Pagarian;  in  the  NW.  angle  of  Illana  Bay.  It  includes  the  entrance  of  Dapulisan 
and  Tigna. 

Polloc  or  Palac;  on  the  E.  coast  of  the  bay  of  Illana  between  Panga  Pt.  to  the 
N.  and  Marigabato  (red  rock)  to  the  S.,  5  m.     Open  to  the  W.,  protected  from  the 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


475 


winds  of  the  bay  by  Bonga  I.,  l^efore  the  entrance.  On  the  N.  side  are  the  bays 
of  Cidamac  and  Siigut  and  on  the  S.  side  a  larger  bay,  in  which  are  the  anchorages  of 
Polloc  and  Parang  Parang;  in  the  latter  was  a  Spanish  naval  station.  Pollo(;  stiuids 
on  the  S.  shore  of  the  anchorage  of  the  bay. 

Sangarayan;  W.  coast  of  lllana  Bay,  S.  of  Matiibug  Bay. 

Sambulauan;  S.  coast  N.  of  Tambatan,  off  the  cove  of  Matubug. 

Sigayan;  S.  coast  on  the  NE.  shore  of  lllana  Bay,  between  the  point  of  that  name 
to  the  S.  and  Saniaruga  Pt.  on  the  N. 

Tuna;  a  cove  on  the  S.  coast  opening  about  6  m.  S.  of  Lebac  Pt.,  with  15  fms.  in 
the  NW.  point. 

Tucuran;  opposite  the  town  and  past  the  monntain  of  that  name. 

LIGHT-HOUSES. 

Parang  Parang,  on  Polloc  Harbor  on  the  mole  head,  lat.  70°  2V  30'''  N.,  Ion. 
124°  13^  40''''  E.,  located  1  flash  red  and  1  flash  green  light;  11  ft.  above  the  sea;  visible 
4  m.     The  Polloc  light  is  red  and  the  Parang  Parang  light  green. 

ROADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 

There  are  few  roads  and  bridle  paths  to  the  interior,  the  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao 
and  tributaries  furnishing  the  means  of  communication  in  the  cultivated  district. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

The  province,  one  of  the  largest,  most  fertile,  and  well  watered,  is  also  the  most 
sjtarsely  settled  portion  of  Mindanao.  Its  4  towns  lie  within  a  radius  of  14  m. 
There  are  50  hamlets,  mostly  along  the  l)anks  of  Grand  river  and  on  the  coast. 
During  the  Spanish  jurisdiction  a  numljer  of  small  military  detachments  were  scat- 
tered over  the  country  to  keep  the  few  people  in  subjection,  but  these  have  been  dis- 
continued. The  population  under  the  census  of  1887  was  4,148,  and  the  languages 
jMoro-Maguindanao,  Tiruray,  Dulaiigan,  Manobo,  Ata,  Bilan,  and  Tagabili.  Sjmnish 
is  much  spoken.     The  inhabitants  are  almost  entirely  Moros. 

The  following  is  the  division  of  Cotabato  into  pueblos  and  their  populations  under 
the  census  of  1887: 


Province  and  pneblos. 

Total  popnlation  compris- 
ing   residents    present 
and  absent,  native  and 
Spanish  censns,  1887. 

Men.       Women,  i  Total. 

Cotabato: 

Cotabato    

556             337 
217              173 
656              602 

893 

Polloc 

390 

1,258 

Total .....                       .          . 

1,429           1,112 

2,541 

Estimated,  1901,  4,148. 


The  following  are  the  towns  (estimated  population  in  1896  is  given) : 

Cotabato  or  Kota-bato  (stone  fort);  open  to  coast  trade  on  the  1.  bank  of  the 
Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  about  7  m.  from  its  mouth,  connected  with  Polloc  Harbor 
])y  a  causeway  of  stone.  It  has  a  fort  or  castle  on  the  hill  overlooking  the  town. 
Tlie  Chinese  control  the  commerce  of  the  place.  Pop.,  3,000.  The  river  is  16  ft. 
deep  off  the  town  with  good  anchorage.     Steamers  call. 

Lebungan;  on  r.  bank  of  small  river  near  the  coast,  15  m.  S.  of  Cotabato. 

Malabang;  on  the  bay  of  lllana,  17  m.  NW.  of  Polloc,  with  a  large  stone  fort 
about  I2  in.  from  the  coast,  and  3  blockhouses  occupying  vantage  points  nearer  the  sea 
shore,  and  on  the  crest  of  a  rocky  knoll  from  the  base  of  which  issue  springs  of  the 
purest  cool  water.  At  a  trading  post  near  the  fort  a  market  is  held  two  days  in  each 
week  where  Moros  from  Lake  Lanao  bring  their  produce  of  coffee,  gutta  percha,  and 
copra  to  trade  with  the  Chinese  merchante. 

Parang  Pa,rang;  on  the  E.  shore  of  Polloc  Harbor,  2  m.  across  the  bay  from  Po- 
lloc. Beef  and  other  food  supplies  may  be  obtained.  Barracks  for  200  men  and  good 
quarters  for  officers.     Also,  good  stone  pier,  stone  blockhouses.     The  town  is  well 


470  GAZETTKER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

laid  out  and  government  1)nildini,'sJ  in  good  repair.     There  are  excellent  springs  and 
masonry  washing  and  ]>alliing  jiools. 

Tucuran;  on  NE.  shore  of  J  liana  Baj%  about  25  m.  from  Malabang,  with  a  stone 
and  wooden  fort  on  the  summit  of  the  high  hills  sloping  to  the  sea  ^  m.  distant. 

PoUoc;  on  the  S.  shore  of  the  bay  of  the  same  name  fronting  on  the  larger  bay  of 
lUana,  is  well  sheltered  and  free  from  danger,  being  protected  from  the  W.  by  Bonga 
I.  in  front  of  the  entrance.  A  naval  station  with  a  stone  mole  established'  at  this 
point  by  Spain  has  been  continued.  The  town  derived  its  name  from  the  Moro  word 
Palac,  meaning  "separated,"  being  situated  on  an  island  of  the  same  name,  separated 
from  the  mainland  by  the  narrow  channel  Sampinitan,  having  but  18  inches  of  low 
water.     Town  is  well  built,  with  fine  water.     Pop.,  472. 

Sianan;  near  the  E.  shore  of  Illana  Bay,  11  m.  SSW.  of  Cotabato. 

Tamontaca;  on  the  r.  bank  of  a  river  of  considerable  importance  which  parallels 
for  some  distance  the  Grande  Riv.  at  3  or  -1  m.  About  2  m.  S.  of  Cotabato.  Pop., 
1,900. 

DEPENDENT  ISLANDS. 

The  following  are  the  islands  off  Cotabato: 

sq.m. 
Bonga;  S.  coast  off  E.  shore  of  Illana  Bay,  7  m.  N.  and  S.  and  2  m.  E.  and  W.,  300  ft.  high,  and 

thickly  woodeti;  forms  the  shelter  to  Polloc  harbor;  channel  between  island  and  Panga  Ft.  on 

mainland,  5  m.,  has  30  to  40  fms 8 

Danauang;  W.  coast  olY  Basiauang  Bay J 

Ibus;  a  small  island  in  front  of  the  inlet  of  Baras,  N.  off  the  NE.  shore  of  Illana  Bay ^ 

Palac;  2  islands,  S.  coast  E.  shore  of  Illana  Bay  and  in  the  entrance  of  the  harbor  of  the  same 

name i 

Puan;  an  island  in  the  bay  of  Matubug,  \V.  shore  of  Illana  Bay 1 

Sagarayan;  S.  of  the  point,  N.  of  the  bay  of  uinas i 

Ticala;  S.  of  the  point,  N.  of  the  bay  of  Dinas i 

Timaco;  hill  forming  an  island,  covered  with  forest  and  situated  at  the  mouth  of  the  Grande  Riv. 

of  Mindanao;  this  and  Pico  and  Cogonal  hills  serve  as  landmarks  to  the  mouth  of  the  river | 

9  dependent  islands,  total  area V2 

VEGETABLE   PRODUCTS. 

The  staples,  rice,  sugar  cane,  cotton,  coffee,  tobacco,  corn,  sweet  potatoes,  and  veg- 
etables, are  grown  in  quantities  suflk-ientfor  home  consumption. 

MINERALS. 

The  mountain  region  being  almost  entirely  unexplored,  nothing  is  known  of  the 
mineral  possibilities  of  the  province. 

FORESTS. 

The  extensive  forests,  in  which  useful  woods  abound  without  means  of  reaching 
the  coast,  are  of  no  present  value  to  commerce.  The  gutta-percha  tree  is  found  in 
this  province. 

FRUITS. 

Pineapples,  mangosteens,  and  all  the  fruits  of  the  island  grow  wild. 

INDUSTRIES. 

The  mechanical  employment  of  the  inhabitants  is  limited  to  their  own  wants.    The 
jtta-percha  trade  has  become  quite  large,  ar 
siderable  (iuantities  of  beeswax  are  gathered. 

UNITED   STATES   MILITARY   OCCUPATION. 


gutta-percha  trade  has  become  quite  large,  and  is  controlled  by  the  Chinese.     Con- 
■ '     ibl 


The  earliest  establishment  of  military  stations  in  this  part  of  Mindanao  was  at 
Cotabato  December  12,  at  Polloc  December  21,  1899,  and  at  Parang  Parang  Janu- 
ary 5,  1900,  smce  which  time  garrisons  have  been  maintained  and  the  country  kept 
under  military  control. 

On  February  15,  1902,  the  following  were  the  military  stittions  in  Cotabato: 

Cotabato.'         Maldban,  naval  station. "         Parang  Parang. "»         Polloc.'' 
'  Telegraph.  ^  Telephone. 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE    FHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


477 


CIVIL    GOVERNMENT. 


The  provisions  of  the  "  provincial  government  aet' 
portion  of  Mindanao. 


have  not  been  extended  to  this 


tOTABATO,  or  TAVIRAX  (coh-tah-bah'-toli,  tah- 
v€«'-rahn);  extinct  volcano  in  Cotabato,  Min- 
danao, lat.  7°  6'  N.,  long.  124°  18'  E. 

COTABATO,  or  KOTA-BATO  (coh-tah-bah'-taw) 
(means stone  fort),  nat.:  chief  town  of  district 
of  that  name,  pueblo,  post-office,  and  m,oney 
order  station.  Mindanao  on  island  on  delta 
at  outlet  of  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  6i  m. 
from  \V.  coast  on  Illana  Bay.  Town  was 
partially  destroyed  in  1879  by  violent  erup- 
tion of  Macaturin  volcano,  followed  by  earth- 
quake. During  Spanish  jurisdiction  was 
residence  of  governor-general  of  Mindanao; 
is  connected  with  Palac  harbor  by  causeway 
of  stone;  river  is  16  ft.  deep  off  town  and 
affords  anchorage  for  vessels,  being  careful 
to  avoid  snags  carried  down  by  current.  It 
is  place  of  steamers'  call  fortnightly.  Pop., 
3,000. 

COT-COT  (coht-cohf),  nat.;  point  on  river  in 
E.  Cebu. 

COTTAS  (coht'-tahs),  Hisp.:  hamlet  on  S'E.  shore 
of  Lake  Tapao  and  within  1  m.  of  boundary 
of  Misamis  and  Cotabato  on  S.  in  Misamis, 
Mindanao. 

COUATAN  (coh-wah'-yan) ,  nat.;  river  of  Mindoro 
rising  in  pueblo  of  Bongabong,  lat.  12°  40'  N., 
empties  into  sea  on  E.  coast. 

COVADOXGA  (coh-vah-dawn'-gah),  Sp.;  town  at 
headwaters  of  one  of  tributaries  of  Pulangui 
Riv.  in  E.  Misamis,  Mindanao,  37  m.  S.  by  E. 
of  CagayAn  de  Misamis. 

hamlet  in  W.  Concepcion,  Iloilo,  Panay, 

18  m.  SW.  of  Carlos. 

COVETA  (coh-vay-'tah),  Sp.;  mountain  of  Ilocos 
Sur,  Luzon,  in  pueblo  of  Santiago. 

CBAAN  (crah'-ahn),  ver.;  village  on  river  of 
same  name,  SW.  coast  of  DAvao  Mindanao, 
6  m.  E.  of  Pola  Pt.  Near  this  village  layers 
of  coal  in  commercial  quantities  have  been 
found. 

hamlet  on    small  river  on  SW.   coast  of 

DAvao,  Mindanao,  106i  m.  SW.  of  D4vao, 
(Also  Kraan.) 

CRAAX,  or  CANAREN  (crah'-ahn,  cah-nah'-rayn), 
nat.;  river  entering  on  SW.  coast  of  D4vao, 
Mindanao,  6  m.  E  of  Pola  Pt.  (See  Craan 
hamlet.) 

CBA>\  orEBAN  (crun,  ay'-rahn),  ver.;  bay  on  W. 
coast  of  Palawan.     {See  Eran  Bay.) 

CRAWFORD,  for.;  cove  1  m.  in  length,  11  m.  NE. 
of  Nose  Pt.,  E.  coast  of  S.  Palawan.  Davie 
hill  lies  2  m.  to  S. 

point  on  extreme  NW.  coast  of  Paragua, 

Palawan,  1  m.  S.  of  Lalutaya  I.,  and  abreast 
which  island  is  but  8  m.  wide.  From  this 
point  Palawan  contracts,  forming  at  N.  ex- 
tremity promontory  3i  m.  in  length  by  \k  in 
breadth.  Near  termination  height  is  493  ft. 
Two  rocky  islets  lie  N.  of  point.  (See  also 
Talindac.) 

(KEEK,  for.;  point  on  W.  shore  of  Puerto  Prin- 
cesa  (Port  Royalist)  Harbor,  opposite  Tide- 
Pole  Pt.,  E.  coast  S.  Palawan. 

CKESTA  (crays'-tah),  Sp.;  one  of  summits  of  Gran 
Cordillera  Oriental  in  Isabela,  Luzon,  and 
overlooking  Pacific  Ocean  on  E. 

CRESTA  DE  (JALLO  (cray.s'-tah  day  gah'-lyaw), 
Sp.;  bare  rock  6.J  m.  SE.  of  CAuit  Pt.,  SibuyAn 
I.,  Romblon  grp.,  Visayas. 

CRISTIAXO  (crees-tee-ah'-noh),  Sp.;  pueblo  in 
Bontoc,  Luzon.     Pop.,  Cn.  1887,  156. 

CRISTINA  (cris-tee'-nah),  Sp.;  hamlet,  formerly 
Spanish  military  settlement  2  m.  inland  on 
small  stream  entering  on  extreme  S.  shore  of 
Panguil  Bay,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 


CRISTI>'A;  pueblo  on  Davao  Gulf,  W.  shore  of 
Davao,  Mindanao,  llj  m.  SSW.  of  Diivao. 

hamlet  in  W.  Antique,  Panay,  3  m.  NE.  of 

San  Jos6  de  Buenavista. 
CRISTO  (crees'-toh),   Sp.;  hamlet  in  pueblo  of 

Nueva  Ecija,  Luzon. 
CRISTOBAL  (crees-toh'-bahl),  Sp.;  extinct  vol- 
cano in  Laguna,  Luzon,  lat.  14°  3'  N.,  Ion. 
121°  24'  E.,  5,288  ft.  high,  of  basalt. 
CRISTOBAL,  SAX  (sahn  crees-toh'-bahl),  Sp.; 
mountain  in  Luzon,  forming  part  of  boundary 
of  Batangas,  Laguna,  and  Tayabas,  in  lat.  14° 
3'  30"  N. 

CRUZ  (crooth),  Sp.;  cluster  of  islands  off  NE. 
coast  of  Samal  I.,  N.  waters  of  Dilvao  Gulf, 
DAvao,  Mindanao. 

pointon  W.  coast  of  Bohol,  3  m.  W.  of  Mari- 

bojoc  and  4^  m.  S.  of  Loon  Pt. 

CRUZ  DE  MAYO  (crooth  day  mah'-yoh) ,  Sp.;  bay 
on  W.  coast  of  Palawan. 

CUABO  (cwah'-boh),  ver.;  town  on  small  bay  on 
E.  shore  of  gulf  of  D4vao,  in  DAvao,  Min- 
danao, opposite  SSmal  I.,  23i  m.  E.  by  S.  of 
Dilvao. 

CUADBADO  (coo-ah-drah'-doh)  (means  .square), 
Sp.;  mountain  on  W.  boundary  of  Pampanga, 
Luzon. 

CLAOUTMiN  (cwah-goot-man'),  ver.;  mountain 
in  SW.  S&mar. 

CUAiXOLE  (cwahn'-glay),  ver.;  hamlet  in  E.  cen- 
tral capiz,  Panay,  3  m.  S.  of  Dumar. 

CUARTERO  (coo-ar-tay'-raw),  Sp.;  pueblo  on  1. 
bank  of  Maindang  Riv.,  \\  m.  below  junction 
of  Badbardn,  in  NE.  Cftpiz,  Panay.   Pop.,  5,175. 

CUATl  (cwah'-tee),  nat.;  mountain  in  Pampanga, 
Luz6n,  lat.  15°  6'  N. 

CUATRO  ISLAS  (coo-ah'-traw  ees'-la.ss),  Sp.; 
group  of  4  islands,  Daquio,  Mahaba,  Apit,  and 
Hinuguitan,  from  4  to  7  m.  off  W.  coast  of 
Leyte  at  Inopacan.       ^ 

CUBACUNGAN,  orCABACUNGAN  (coo-bah-coong'- 
ahn,  cah-bah-coong'-ahn),  nat.;  point  form- 
ing one  of  salients  of  NW.  coast  of  SAmar,  on 
straits  of  San  Bernardino,  in  pueblo  of  Bobou. 

CUBCCB  (coob-coob')  nat.;  islet  off  W.  .shore  of 
Diuiigat  I.,  N.  of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  17i  m.  S. 
of  Esconchada  Pt. 

CUBCUBBUSSIT  (coob-coob-boo-sif),  nat.;  ham- 
let in  pueblo  of  Santa  Lucia,  Ilocos  Sur, 
Luzon. 

CUBUAYAM  (coo-boo-ah'-yahn),  ver.;  river  on  E. 
coast  of  DAvao,  Mindanao. 

CUBL'G  (coo-boog'),  ver.;  hamlet  2^  m.  SE.  of 
Carlota,  Negros  Occidental. 

CUBIIgAO  (coo-boo'-gow),  nat.;  point  If  m.  SSW. 
opposite  mouth  of  Dumangas  Riv.,  Panay;  N. 
end  of  Guimards  I.,  from  which  coast  trends 
about  SW.  for  7i  m.,  forming  capes  and  bays 
to  Bondulan  Pt.,  opposite  Iloilo. 

island  inshore  on  bight,  midway  between 

Catarman  and  Tonguil  Pt.,  E.  coast  of  Suri- 
gao, Mindanao. 

CUBUXG  CUBUNG  (coo-boong'  coo-boong'),  nat.; 
hamlet  in  W.  Cebii,  5  m.  S.  of  Tuburan. 

CUBY  (coo'-bee),  ver.;  pointon  W.  shore  of  Subic 
Bay,  in  Zambales,  Luzon. 

CUCKOLD,  for.;  hill  280  ft.  high,  3  m.  from  Steep 
Pt.  and  close  to  W.  coast  of  central  Palawan. 
Immediately  N.  copious  stream  ot  fresh  wa- 
ter enters  sea. 

CUCURRAYAN  (coo-coo-rrah'-yahn),  ver.,  islet 
near  Ambolon  I.,  E,  of  Ylin,  off  SW.  coast  ot 
Mindoro.  Lies  at  entrance  to  small  harbor 
of  that  name. 


478 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


CUCl'BRAYAX;  point  on  S.  coast  of  Ambolon  I., 
E.  headland  to  E.  channel  of  entrance  to  Apo 
;,  N.  along  W.  shore  of  Mindoro. 


CL'DARANllAX  (coo-dah-rahng'-ahn),  ver.;  eleva- 
tion among  central  mountains  of  Cotabato, 
Mindanao,  9  m.  NE.  of  Liguasan  Lake. 

t'l'DlOXAN  (coo-dee-aw'-nahn),  ver.;  .small 
stream  of  Concepcion,  Iloilo,  Pauay,  E.  coast, 
4  m.  N.  of  San  Dionisio. 

Cl'DTIiVGAN  (cood-ting'-ahn),  ver.;  mountain 
1,394  ft.  high  in  N.  part  of  Siquijor  I.,  SW.  of 
Bohol,  2  m.  E.  of  Canoan,  on  VV.  coast. 

t'lIEN'CA  (cuen'-cah),  Sp.;  town  in  Batangas. 
Luzon,  connected  with  provincial  capital,  s 
m.  by  road.    Pop.,  6,735. 

t'UEUNOS,  DOS  (daws  coo-ayr'-naws)  (mean."! 
two  horns),  Sp.;  mountain  of  Gran  Cordi- 
llera Oriental,  3,995  ft.  high,  SE.  corner  of 
CagaySn,  Luzon,  50  m.  SW.  of  Iligan  Pt.,  over- 
looking Pacific  shore  and  landmark  for  navi- 
gators. 

t'UERNOS  DE  NE(JRO  (coo-ayr'-naws  day  nay'- 
graw)  (means  negro's  horns),  .Sp.;  mountain 
in  S.  part  of  Negros  Oriental,  W.  of  Nueva 
Valencia. 

tUEVA  (cway'-vah)  (means  cave),  Sp.;  islet  E.  of 
Talusan  Pt.,  Pagbilao  Grande  I.,  off  S.  coast 
of  Tayabas,  Luzon. 

NW.  point  of  Burias  I.,  Luzon.    Temple  I. 

lies  2i  m.  NW. 

CIJKVA  DE  I(jAM  (cway'-vah  day  ee-gam'),  Sp.; 
celebrated  cave  in  mountains,  3  m.  S.  of 
Mayon,  in  NE.  Cdpiz,  Panay. 

t'UlTAJf  (coo-ee'-tahn),  ver.;  point  on  S.  head- 
land of  Tolon  Bay,  SW.  coast  of  Negros 
Oriental,  5  m.  S.  of  Tolon;  at  mouth  of  Mano- 
bongan  Riv. 

ClUAO  (coo-how'),  ver.;  point  on  W.  coast  SAmar, 
1  m.  S.  of  Catbalogan. 

t'ULABA  (coo-lah'-bah),  ver.;  town  on  Danim 
channel,  E.  coast  of  Biliran,  N.  of  Leyte,  2  iii. 
S.  of  Mambajab  Pt. 

tULAMAN  (coo-lah'-mahn),  nat.;  river  in  Min- 
danao. 

(jClaNO  (coo'-lang),  nat.;  hamlet  on  W.  coast  of 
Antique,  Panay,  2  m.  S.  of  Tibiao. 

CULASI  (coo-lah'-.see),  nat.;  inlet  and  point  in 
SE.  Sorsogon,  Luz6n. 

mountain  in  Leyte. 

pueblo  in  Antique,  Panay,     (.sceColasi.) 

— —  point  on  W.  coast  of  Antique,  Panay,  lat. 
11°  23'  40"  N. 

ClJLASl,  or  COLASl  (coo-lah'-see,  coh-lah'-see), 
nat.;  bay  in  island  of  Capul,  off  NW.  coast  of 
S^mar,  lat.  12°  27'  N.,  in  W.  entrance  to  straits 
of  San  Bernardino. 

point  on  i-sland  of  Capul,  in  pueblo  of  Capul, 

off  NW.  coast  of  SAmar,  in  W.  entrance  to 
straits  of  San  Bernardino. 

stream  in  Antique,   Panay,  in   pueblo  of 

same  name. 

tL'LASIAX  (coo-lah-see'-ahn),  nat..  hamlet  of 
Misamis,  Mindanao. 

bay  on  SW.  coast  of  Palawan,  with  Wash- 
ington Head  SE.  i  S.,  and  Lita  Lita  I.  SSVV. 

hamlet  on  bay  of  same  name,  at  mouth  of 

river  of  same  name,  SW.  coast  of  Palawan. 
Observation  spot  lat.  8°  51'  6"  N.,  Ion.  117°  27' 
6"E. 

CI' LASSKIN  (coo-lah-sain' ),  ver. ;  one  of  N.  islands, 
3s  m.  in  extent,  of  Pangutarang  grp.,  Sulu  A., 
about  4J  m.  N.  of  Pandukan,  and  joined  to  it 
by  chain  of  black  rocks  on  bed  of  white  sand. 

C'l^LAT  (coo-laht),  ver  .  hamlet  E.  of  Malatuna 
Pt.,  on  SW  coast  of  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

island  in  channel  of  Port  Isabela,  Basilanl., 

off  Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  with  creek  enter- 
ing i  m.  distant  on  Basilan  shore. 


/' 


tX'LAl'A  (coo-lah'-yah),  nat.;  island  2  m.  off  NW. 
coast  of  Cdpiz,  Panay,  lat.  11°  45'  30"  N. 

CULCUL,  or  CL'TCL'T  (cool-cool',  coot-coot'),  ver.; 
outside  point  of  E.  entrance  to  Patiao  port, 
Albay,  Luzon. 

rULEBRA  (coo-lay'-brah),  Sp.;  island  of  Babu- 
yanes grp.,  35  m.  off  S.  point  of  Dalupiri  I. 
(.SeeBijutan  I.) 

island,  4  m.  off  Negros  Occidental,  lat.  10° 

29'  N.,  on  opposite  side  of  straits  of  Guimar&s. 

island  200  ft.  high,  midway  between  Si- 

cogon  and  Pan  de  Aziicar  Is.,  11  m.  off  E. 
coast  of  Concepcion,  Hollo,  Panay. 

island  off  central  coast  of  Zambales,  Luzon, 

separated  from  Guiman  Pt.  by  a  narrow  chan- 
nel which  leads  to  Tamboye  roads  and  port 
Santa  Cruz;  small,  with  trees  and  a  sandy 
beach,  passage  between  it  and  Guiman  Pt.  is 
If  m.  broad  and  clear  of  danger  with  60  fms. 
(Also  Adder.) 

CULIAMN  (coo-lee-ah'-nin).  Tag.;  hamlet  in 
Bulacdn,  Luzon,  8  m.  N.  of  Bulacdn. 

t'ULIAT  (coo-leeahf),  nat.;  pueblo  in  Pampanga, 
Luzon,  lat.  15°  16'  30"  N. 

CULILI  (coo-lee'-lee),  nat.;  point  and  mountain 
in  Iloeos  Norte,  Luzon,  in  pueblo  of  Paoay. 

OULIOX  (coo-leeohn'),  nat,;  port  on  sheltered  in- 
let on  NE.  coast  of  Culion  I.,  in  Coroii  Bay; 
town  of  same  name  is  on  N.  side;  good  an- 
chorage, from  15  to  18  fms.,  but  not  much  room 
in  which  to  handle  vessel;  large  inlet  on  W. 
coast,  about  4  m.  from  S.  point  of  Culion  I.: 
accessible  through  narrow  channel  in  reef 
of  Culion  L,  about  li  m.  from  its  N.  extrem- 
ity, with  20  fms.  About  12  islands  in  this 
bay  afford  protection  from  all  winds. 

■  mountain  on  SW.  coast  of  Busuanga  I., 

Calamianes  grp.,  NE.  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

point  on  NE.  coast  of  Calamiiln  I.,  Cala- 
mianes grp.,  on  bay  of  same  name,  NE.  of 
Paragua,  Palawan. 

CULlOX,   or   CALAMIAN    (coo-leeohn',   cah-lah- 

•  meeahn'),  nat.;  lat.  11°  53'  53"  N.,  Ion.  120°  0' 
53"  E.  at  fort;  pueblo  and  chief  town  of  Cala- 
mi&n  I.,  Calamianes  grp.,  on  E.  coast  and  on 
N.  of  same  name,  sheltered  byseveral  islands 
off  its  opening,  81  m.  NNE.  of  Taytay,  Para- 
gua, Palawan;  occupies  tongue  of  "land  on  N. 
shore  of  port  of  same  name,  and  has  100  houses 
built  on  posts,  mole,  coal  store,  church,  and 
star  port  on  point.  Pop. ,  3, 500.  Trade  consists 
of  tobacco,  turtle-shell,  trepang,  pearl  shell, 
and  bird's  nests;  fowls,  pigs,  and  cattle  are  to 
be  had;  steamers  visit  port  going  and  return- 
ing between  Manila  and  Cuyo  and  Zam- 
boanga. 

t'DLl(i\  VIEJO  (coo-leeohn'  vee-ay'-hoh),  Hisp.; 
small  bay  SE.  of  Culion,  Calami&n  I.,  Cala- 
mianes grp.,  NE.  of  Paragua,  Palawan 

CULIS  (coo'-lees),  nat.;  river  rising  at  foot  of 
Cordillera  in  central  part  of  Batdn,  Luzon, 
and,  uniting  with  several  smaller  streams, 
enters  Orani  Riv. 

CUMALIRAiNG  (coo-mah-lah'-rang),  ver.;  stream 
practicable  for  light  craft  at  high  water,  N. 
by  E.  of  Fatimo  I.,  Dumanquilas  Bay,  S.  coast 
of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

CUMBRE  (coom'-bray),  Sp.;  mountain  on  DinSgat 
I.,  N.  of  Surigao,  Mindanao. 

C'UMI  t'l'Ml-AX  (coo'-mee  coo-mee'-ahn),  nat., 
island  about  12  m.  off  E.  coast  of  S  Palawan, 
lat.  8°  57'  N. 

CUNILijf  (coo-nee-lahn'),  ver.  island  1  by  k  m 
in  extent,  I5  m.  SW.  of  Usada  in  PaiJgutA- 
ranggrp.,  Sulu  A. 

CrXlOLAGAX  (coo-nyoh-lah'-giui),  ver  .  moun- 
tain in  Leyte. 

t'l]NL'()iL'X(coo-noo'-goon),ver.,  puebloiti  Bontoc, 
Luz6n.     Pop.,  Cn,  l»s7.  339 

tU-ODBASSAi>G  (coo-ond-bah  .sung),  nat.  island 
2  m.  N.of  Tawi  Tawi  l.,m  Sulu  A.,  lat  6° 
24'  N. 


.^^^' 


Hu 


©» 


S  Doc  R  Sc  hi   1 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  479 


.>^3^7  '  - 


o 


PORT  KUIiON  M    \\\\3^  ]  1" 


I 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  479 


■i 

r 

./'■■" 

" 

L    '  ' 

V 

fe...C  X^%-'^'- 


480 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


tlU'ANG  (foo-pnng').  nat.;  hamlet  in  pueblo  of 
Oalumpit,  BulacAn,  Luz6n. 

hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Santo  Tom  As,  Union, 

Luz6n. 

river  of  Bulacto,  Luz6n,  rising  in  moun- 
tains of  Camachin.  Carries  quantities  of  gold 
in  its  sands,  which  is  washed  out  by  natives. 
,CIIPIAT  (coo-pee-af)  ver.;  islet  ^m.  in  area  front- 
ing small  bay  at  extreme  N.  end  of  Ddvao 
Gulf,  DAvao,  Mindanao. 

hamlet  on  NE.  shore  of  DAvao  Gulf,  Davao, 

Mindanao,  32  m.  NE.  of  DAvao. 

CUKANliUX  (foo-rung'-oon),  nat.;  rock  olT  NE. 
coast  of  Albay,  Luzon,  ESE.  of  pueblo  of  Tivi, 
lat.  13°  27'  N. 

ClIKAO  (coo-rah'-oo)  ver.;  mountain  in  central 
SAmar  in  pueblo  of  Catiibig.,  lat.  12°  11'  N. 
(See  Burao,  or  Hurao. ) 

ClIUBULAHAN  (coor-boo-lah'-hahn),  nat.;  islet  10 
m.  S.  of  CalamiAn,  of  Calamianes  grp.,  NE. 
of  Paragua,  Palawan,  lat.  11°  35'  N. 

CUUIANAS  ( coo- ree-ah'-nass) ,  Hisp. ;  group  of  islets 
E.  of  Patoyac,  off  extreme  NE.  corner  of  Lina- 
pacan  I.,  NE.  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

CURO  CAOAYAN  (coo'-raw  cah-wah'-yahn),  ver.; 
island  in  Libucan  grp.,  7  m.  off  mouth  of  Bac- 
hao  Bai)gah6n,  W.  coast  of  SAmar. 

CUKIMMAO  (coo-rree-mah'-oo),  ver.;  point  at 
mouth  of  small  river  emptying  N.  of  Gan  Bay, 
Ilocos  Norte,  Luzon. 

inlet  and  port  in  pueblo  of  Paoay,  Ilocos 

Norte,  Luzon,  lat.  18°  1'  30"  N. 

CUBtiAN,  or  COKOAN  (coo-roo'-ahn,  coh-roh'- 
ahn),  ver.;  town  on  SE.  coast  of  Zamboanga, 
Mindanao,  21 J  m.  NE.  by  N.  of  Zamboanga, 
in  approaches  to  SibugueyBay. 


CCSA  (coo'-sah),  nat.;  mountain  peak  15  m.  8.  of 
Burnay  Mt.  in  Gran  Cordillera  Central,  Caga- 
ykn,  Luzon,  in  boundary  between  latter  and 
Abra  on  W. 

CUSTODIO  (coos-taw'-dee-oh),  Sp.;  point  5  m.  N. 
of  Tuluran  I.,  at  extremity  of  promontory 
which  form.?  W.  shore  of  Bdquit  Bay,  Paragua, 
Palawan. 

CUTCUT  ( coot-coot'),  nat.;  hamlet  in  Pampanga, 
Luzon,  b\  m.  NW.  of  Bacolor. 

CUTCUT,  or  CALCUT  (coot-coof,  cahl-coot'), . 
nat.:  point  on  SW.  coast  of  Sorsogon,  Ltizon, ' 
dividing  entrance  to  Panlatuan  port  on  E. 
from  Putiao  port  on  W 

CIITIPAXAN  (coo-tee-pah'-nun),  ver.;  island,  Am- 
bos  Camarines  (Norte). 

(X'TTER,  for.;  i)oint  on  SE.  coast  of  S.  Palawan, 
S.  by  W.  of  Village  Bay. 

t;L'TACI]B  (coo-yah-coob').  Tag.;  point  in  S. 
Tayabas,  Luz6n. 

(IITAPE  (coo-yah'-pay),nat.;  river  in  Ilocos  Sur, 
Luzon,  rises  in  mountains  of  Tetas  de  Santa 
Iloquefia,  near  boundary  toward  Abra,  in 
pueblo  of  Narvacdn,  and  empties  into  bay  of 
Nalbu. 

CUTIPIAO  (coo-yah-pee-ah'-oo),  ver.;  hamlet 
near  bank  of  Sibalon  Riv.,  Antique,  Panay, 
8  m.  E.  of  Patnongon. 

VM\kv6  (coo-yah-paw').  Tag..;  pueblo  at  forksof 
highwav  in  NW.  Nueva  Ecija,  Luzon,  33  m. 
NW.  of  San  Isidro.    Pop.  9,350. 

JJUYO  (coo'-yoh),  ver.;  capital  of  Cuyosgrp.  and 
•^  pueblo  on  small  bay  on  SW.  sIkhc  of  ('\iv<)  I., 
22  m.  N.  of  Agutaya,  chief  town  of  N.  islands 
of  group,  and  99i  m.  E.  of  Taytay,  Palawan. 
It  is  defended  by  battery  and"ha.s  important 
trade  in  cocoanut  oil,  rice,  edible  bird's  nests, 
and  trepang.    Pop.,  8,258.    («eeSlug.s.) 


CUYOS  (GROUP),  PROVINCE  OF  PARAGUA,  MINDORO 

SEA. 

(Coo-yobs',  nat.) 

Capital  (of  province):  Cuyo,  lat.  10°  47^  N.,  Ion.  121°  h'  E. 

Chief  town:  N.  islands,  Agutaya,  lat.  11°  1'  W  N.,  Ion.  120°  58'  iV  E. 

Area:  63  sq.  m. 

Population:  8,500,  estimated. 

Race:  Visayans  and  Calamianes,  or  Tagbanuas,  and  a  ^Malayan  race  in  Agutaya. 

Languag-e:  Spanish  and  a  dialect  of  the  Calamij'm. 

Military  Department  ofVisay  as:  Headquarters,  Iloflo,  lloi'lo,  Panay. 

Table  of  distances. 

From  Agutaya  to—  m. 

Manila. ." 238 

Manila,  via  Mindoro  Strait 262 

From  Cuyo  to— 

Manila 257 

Puerto  Frincesa,  Palawan 172 

LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

The  Cuyos  group  of  islands  lies  in  the  N.  waters  of  the  Sulu  or  Mindoro  Sea,  lying 
between  lat.  10°  40'  to  11°  30'  N.,  and  Ion.  120°  35'  to  121°  20'  E.,  approx.  The 
great  island  of  Mindoro  lies  66  m.  to  the  N. ;  Panay  63  m.  to  the  E. ;  the  Sulu  Sea  to 
the  S.,  and  the  N.  end  of  Palawan  65  m.  to  the  W. 

These  islands  occupy  a  position  within  about  2°  in  lat.  and  the  same  in  Ion.  of  the 
geographical  center  of  the  American  i)Ossessions  in  the  E.  archipelago  of  the  Asiatic 
waters  of  the  Pacific  Ocean. 

AREA. 

The  group  covers  an  ocean  area  of  53  m.  N.  and  S.  and  42  m.  E.  and  W.,  or  2,226 
sq.  in.,  and  a  land  area  of  63  sq.  m. 


PtUUPPiNE  iSLANl>S 

i .  i '  Z  C) K  WE  S T  COAST 

FORT  CURRIMi^i 


(M 


Variation  O^iZlm  !90i ^    ^t 

Annual  increase  I '  --Z      J 

~:^  si 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  481 

PHYSICAL  FEATTJUES. 

The  larger  islands  of  the  group  are  volcanic,  invarial;ly  with  central  cones,  ranging 
from  230  to  950  ft.  in  height.  The  smaller  islancLs  are  generally  low,  sandy  areas 
superimposed  on  coral. 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS  AND  LIGHTS, 

There  are  no  bays  of  importance,  owing  to  the  suiallness  of  the  islands.  The  water 
among  them,  however,  is  from  14  to  40  fms.  The  route  to  the  E.  is  generally  used 
in  the  NE.  monsoon  from  Mindoro  to  Basilan  Strait. 

Cuyo;  an  anchorage  in  7  fms.  W.  of  the  town  of  that  name,  and  used  by  steamers 
from  Manila,  Aguado  peak  forming  the  landmark.  A  fixed  red  light,  vi.sible  about 
2  m.,  is  shown  from  the  old  tower  on  the  pier  W.  side  of  the  island,  lat.  10°  oV  2W 
K,  Ion.  121°  25"  E. 

Agutaya;  an  anchorage  on  the  SW.  coast  in  14  fms.  with  a  summit  of  Dit  islet  in 
line  with  the  W.  extreme  of  Agutaya. 

LIGHT-HOXrSE. 

Cuyo  Island;  fixed  red  light  visible  about  2  m.  is  shown  from  old  tower  on  pier 
W.  side  of  Cuyo  I.,  lat.  10°  51'  W  N.,  Ion.  121°  25'''  E.     [N.  M.] 

ROADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 

The  only  means  of  communication  among  the  islands  is  Ijy  paraos  and  cascos 
engaged  in  native  traffic.  There  is  steamer  connection  with  Manila,  Cuyo  being 
the  point  of  call. 

POPULATIONS  AND  TOWNS. 

The  population  accredited  to  the  only  two  towns  is  8,364,  which  probably,  in  a 
general  way,  represents  the  total  for  all  the  islands.  The  Agutainos  of  Agutaya  I.  are 
a  special  Malayan  race,  the  settlements  elsewhere  being  but  transient.  The  follow- 
ing are  the  towns: 

Cuyo;  thechief  town  of  this  group,  on  the  SW.  shore  of  the  island  of  the  samename 
and  under  Spanish  domination,  the  capital  of  all  the  Calamianes.  The  people  live 
by  gathering  the  products  of  the  sea,  which  are  abundant.  The  town  is  well  built, 
the  houses  being  raised  on  piles  and  painted  or  whitewashed.  The  streets  are  regu- 
lar and  lined  with  cocoanut  palms.  A  fort  occupies  the  land  spit  near  the  town  and 
was  used  in  former  times  against  pirates.     Pop.,  8,258. 

AgTitaya;  on  the  E.  point  of  the  island  of  the  same  name.  Pop.,  2,046.  Calami^n, 
Vicol,  and  Visayan  are  spoken,  the  latter  especially  on  the  Cuyos  Is.,  which  are 
nearest  to  Panay.  After  Calamian  and  Tagbaniia,  it  is  the  language  most  generally 
used  in  the  Calamianes.  The  island  of  Agutaya  has  a  special  dialect  called  Agutaino. 
Coyuno  is  spoken  in  the  islands  nearest  to  Palawan. 

ISLANDS  OF  THE  CUYOS  GROUP. 

The  islands  of  the  Cuyos  group,  occupying  an  area  of  53  m.  X.  and  S.,  42  ra.  E. 
and  "W.,  with  Cuyo,  the  chief  town,  within  8  ni.  of  the  S.  limit,  the  distances,  maybe 
approximated  without  reference  fnnn  that  point.     The  following  are  the  islands: 

Agiitaya;  about  the  center  of  the  group,  4  m.  long,  bold  and  precipitous  on  all 
siiles  except  the  SW.,  and  surrounded  by  a  number  of  small  islands.  In  the  SW.  is 
a  summit  450  ft.  high;  in  the  NE.,  3  hilfs,  the  highest  of  which  is  956  ft.  The  town 
of  the  same  name  is  on  the  W.  shore.     Area,  8  sq.  m. 

sq.  m. 

Baranin;  W.  of  Cuyo,  321  ft.  high i 

Bisucag;  close  to  SW.  shore  of  Cuyo,  386  ft  high,  and  afford  shelter  during  SW.  monsoon;  used 

only  by  coasters .' 3 

Bombon;  bordering  Cuvo. 

Canaron;  300  ft.  high,  between  Cuvos  and  N.  point  of  Palawan,  Mindoro  Sea,  5  island.s 1 

Canipo;  8  m.  NW.  of  Cuyo,  517  ft.  high 2 

Capnovan;  in  the  S.,  449  ft.  high.    Inhabited 2 

Cauayan;  in  the  W. ,  230  ft.  high i 

Cocora;  this  island  is  almort  united  to  Tayanayan 1 

Cuyo;  sometimes  called  Grand  Cuyo.  the  most  important  of  the  group  including  Bombon  which 
is  connected  with  it  bv  a  low,  narrow  neck  covered  with  trees,  is  8  m.  from  NE.  to  SW.  and  5 
m.  from  E.  to  VV.;  a  central  peak  named  Aguado  rises  608  ft .  at  N.  point  of  island  is  another 
peat  830  ft.  high;  island  is  very  fertile;  chief  town  of  same  name  is  on  SW.  shore 20 

S.  Doc.  280 31 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  481 

PHYSICAL.  FEATURES. 

The  larger  islands  of  the  grouiaare  volcanii',  invariably  with  central  cones,  ranging 
from  230  to  950  ft.  in  height.  The  smaller  islands  are  generally  low,  sandy  areas 
superimposed  on  coral. 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS  AND  LIGHTS. 

There  are  no  bays  of  importance,  owing  to  the  smallness  of  the  islands.  The  water 
among  them,  however,  is  from  14  to  40  fms.  The  route  to  the  E.  is  generally  used 
hi  the  NE.  monsoon  from  Mindoro  to  Basilan  Strait. 

Cuyo;  an  anchorage  in  7  fms.  W.  of  the  town  of  that  name,  and  used  by  steamers 
from  Manila,  Aguado  peak  forming  the  landmark.  A  fixed  red  light,  visible  about 
2  m.,  is  shown  from  the  old  tower  on  the  pier  W.  side  of  the  island,  lat.  10°  51'  26^'' 
N.,  Ion.  121°  25"'  E. 

Agutaya;  an  anchorage  on  the  SW.  coast  in  14  fms.  with  a  summit  of  Dit  islet  in 
line  with  the  AV.  extreme  of  Agutaya. 

LIGHT-HOUSE. 

Cuyo  Island;  fixed  red  light  visible  about  2  m.  is  shown  from  old  tower  on  pier 
W.  side  of  Cuyo  I.,  lat.  10°  51'  26''  N.,  Ion.  121°  25"  E.     [N.  M.] 

ROADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 

The  only  means  of  comnmnication  among  the  islands  is  by  paraos  and  cascos 
engaged  in  native  trafhc.  There  is  steamer  connection  with  Manila,  Cuyo  being 
the  point  of  call. 

POPULATIONS  AND  TOWNS. 

The  population  accredited  to  the  only  tw<)  towns  is  8,364,  which  j^robablj',  in  a 
general  way,  represents  the  total  for  all  the  islands.  The  Agutainos  of  Agutaya  I.  are 
a  special  ^lalayan  race,  the  settlements  elsewhere  being  but  transient.  The  follow- 
ing are  the  towns: 

Cuyo;  thechief  town  of  this  group,  on  the  SW.  shore  of  the  island  of  the  samename 
and  under  Spanish  domination,  the  capital  of  all  the  Calamianes.  The  people  live 
by  gathering  the  products  of  the  sea,  which  are  abundant.  The  town  is  well  built, 
the  houses  being  raised  on  piles  and  painted  or  whitewashed.  The  streets  are  regu- 
lar and  lined  with  cocoanut  palms.  A  fort  occupies  the  land  spit  near  the  town  and 
was  used  in  former  times  against  pirates.     Pop.,  8,258. 

Agutaya;  on  the  E.  point  of  the  island  of  the  same  name.  Pop.,  2,046.  Calami^n, 
Vicol,  and  Visayan  are  spoken,  the  latter  especially  on  the  Cuyos  Is.,  which  are 
nearest  to  Panay.  After  Calamian  and  Tagbanua,  it  is  the  language  most  generally 
used  in  the  Calamianes.  The  island  of  Agutaya  has  a  special  dialect  called  Agutaino. 
Coyuno  is  spoken  in  the  islands  nearest  to  Palawan. 

ISLANDS  OF  THE  CUYOS  GROUP. 

The  islands  of  the  Cuyos  group,  occupying  an  area  of  53  m.  X.  and  S.,  42  m.  E. 
andW.,  with  Cuyo,  the  chief  town,  within  S  m.  of  the  S.  limit,  the  distances,  maybe 
approximated  without  reference  from  that  i^oint.     The  following  are  the  islands: 

Agutaya;  about  the  center  of  the  group,  4  m.  long,  bold  and  precipitous  on  all 
sides  except  the  SW.,  and  surrounded  by  a  number  of  small  islands.  In  the  SW.  is 
a  summit  450  ft.  high;  in  the  XE.,  3  hills,  the  highest  of  which  is  956  ft.  The  town 
of  the  same  name  is  on  the  W.  shore.     Area,  8  sq.  m. 

sq.  m. 

Baranin;  W.  of  Cuyo,  321  ft.  high i 

Bisucag;  close  to  SW.  shore  of  Cuyo,  386  ft  high,  and  afford  shelter  during  SW.  monsoon;  used 

only  by  coasters ." 3 

Bombon;  bordering  Cuyo. 

Canaron;  300  ft.  high,  between  Cuvos  and  N.  point  of  Palawan,  Mindoro  Sea,  5  islands 1 

Canipo:  8  m.  NW.  of  Cuvo,  517  ft.  high 2 

Capnovan;  in  the  S.,  449  ft.  high.    Inhabited 2 

Cauayan;  in  the  W.,  230  ft.  high h 

Cocora;  this  island  is  almost  united  to  Tayanayan 1 

Cuyo;  sometimes  called  Grand  Cuyo,  the  most  important  of  the  group  including  Bombon  which 
is  connected  with  it  bv  a  low,  narrow  neck  covered  with  trees,  is  8  m.  from  NE.  to  SW.  and  5 
m.  from  E.  to  W.;  a  central  peak  named  Aguado  rlse.s  608  f t  .  at  N.  point  of  island  is  another 
peat  830  ft.  high;  island  is  very  fertile;  chief  town  of  same  name  is  on  SW,  shore 20 

S.  Doc.  280 31 


482  GAZETTEER   OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

Dit;  N.  Of  AgUteya,  860  ft.  high. 

Gninlabo;  in  the  center  of  the  group,  223  ft.  high i 

Imalagun;  SE.  of  Cuyo,  303  ft.  high i 

Imanlan;  NW.  of  Cuyo,  466  ft.  high 1 

Indagami;  off  Cuyo.    A  rock  10  ft.  high  lies  WSW.  1  m. 

Le6n;  in  the  NW.,  210  ft.  high 4 

Liibic;  in  the  W.,  478  ft 1 

Malcatop;  SW.  of  Cuyo i 

Manamoc;  the  NW. ,  714  ft.  high 4 

Maracano;  in  the  NE.,  .500  ft.  high | 

Matarabi.s;  in  the  E.,  4.57  ft.  high 1 

Oc6n;  in  the  NW.,  356  ft.  high i 

Pamalican 1 

Pamitinan 1 

PandAn J 

Pangatatan ;  SW.  of  Cuyo i 

Patunga;  in  center,  450  ft.  high I 

Paya;  W.  island,  90  ft.  high,  composed  of  basalt,  and  has  only  pandanus  growing  at  the  top  ..  1 

Piitic;  on  the  reef  bordering  Cuyo  and  Bombon  I.  I 

Quininalin;  N.  cluster,  consisting  of  9  islands,  the  largest  having  a  central  hill  981  ft.  high.    The 

island  is  inhabited 6 

Quimlnalin;  in  extreme  SW.;  different  from  all  other  islands,  being  limestone;  adjoining  2  islets, 
Chicos,  are  of  crystalline  limestone.    They  are  almost  inacce.s.sible,  rising  abruptly  from  a 

depth  of  30  fms.,  and  are  underworn  to  a  height  of  14  ft.  from  the  water.    In  the  Chicos,  the  j 
water  has  worn  some  curious  caves,  which  are  the  favorite  resort  of  the  swift. 

Silat ;  in  S. ,  449  ft.  high 4 

Siparay;  NNE.,  has  a  remarkable  pinnacle  rock,  apparently  left  standing  while  the  rest  of  the  i 

islands  were  washed  away. 
Solitario;  40  ft.  high,  about  the  middle  of  the  Mindoro  Sea  between  this  group  and  the  N.  point  of 

Palawan h 

Tabac  rock;  8  ft.  high.    A  group  of  rocks. 

Tacbubuc;  N.  by  E.  of  Cuyos 4 

Tagauayan;  2  islands  NE.  of  Cuyos 2 

White  rock;  in  the  N.,  24  ft.  high,  is  interesting  as  the  landing  place  of  sea  birds | 

47  islands  total  area 63 

VEGETABLE  PRODUCTS. 

The  islands,  except  Cuyo,  are  generally  unproductive  except  in  products  of  the  sea, 
Cuyo  is  fertile  and  grows  cacao,  coffee,  cotton,  maize,  rice,  cocoanuts.  Cattle,  horses, 
pigs,  and  fowls  are  also  raised. 

MINERALS. 

On  some  of  the  islands  gold  is  found. 

FORESTS. 

There  are  no  forests,  owing  to  the  exi:)osed  situation  of  the  islands. 

FRUITS. 

Oranges,  bananas,  and  pineapi:»les  abound. 

INDUSTRIES. 

There  is  a  limited  manufacture  of  wine  and  cloth,  especially  from  hemp,  and  a 
small  export  of  bamboo,  cocoanut  oil,  wax,  and  of  late  years  cliCcolate,  the  cultiva- 
tion of  which  is  increasing.  The  principal  industriarand  connnerciul  activity  of 
these  islands  consists  in  the  collection  of  turtle  and  pearls,  and  the  gathering  and 
preparation  of  edible  bird's  nests  {Sahnxjinui)  and  "trepang"  (sea  slugs).  The 
small  swallow-like  swift  of  the  genus  Collocalia  {Esculenta),  which  builds  these  edible 
nests,  known  to  commerce  as  "Salangana,"  aboimd  in  these  islands.  The  coral  reefs 
of  the  Cuyos  are  also  peculiarly  adapted  to  the  growth  of  the  sea  product  commonly 
known  under  the  names  sea  slugs,  sea  cucumbers,  sea  pudding,  and  beche  de  mer, 
or  scientifically  Holothuria  edulis  and  commercially  "trepang."  The  slug  resembles 
a  worm  and  often  reaches  24  to  36  in.  in  length.  Another  branch  of  this  industry 
in  these  islands  is  curmg  the  catch  for  commerce,  which  consists  in  splitting  open, 
gutting,  boiling,  drying  in  the  sun,  smoking,  and  packing  in  bags.  Among  Chinese 
and  other  oriental  peoples  of  the  wealthy  class  the  "trepang"  is  in  high  favor.  The 
trade  is  very  extensive  throughout  the  eastern  archipelago,  the  gathering  extending 
southward  as  far  as  the  shores  of  Australia.  The  Holothuria  has  no  economic  value 
among  the  peoples  of  the  west.  The  trade  of  their  preparation  is  of  Malayan  origin. 
Fleets  of  native  craft  from  the  Visayan  and  other  islands  of  the  Philippines",  Macassar, 
in  the  Dutch  Celebes,  etc.,  make  annual  cruises  to  capture  this  prized  sea  product. 


GAZETTEEE   OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


483 


CUYO  I.ANCHORAGE 

Suryerfrd  by  Cnpt'^JFMnjde-ar-  andoffxccri  ot'H  M.S.Flyiny  Fish,I886. 

Ob»r  Spot  La£.10?f,i:?6'y..Long  ISi'o:  ZCt'E. 

H  Vr.F*  C^Xi}'.^0'^SpriruJa  rvsc  6  fart. 

Cable*  lO  O  1 2  3*6  Sea. 

'"     ■       I  »•'" "'■'  ■  ■■'"'         ^^^  Wiles 


32       ^  -     ^     ralJaubuk^ 


Kaiiipo^ 


484 


GAZETTEER   OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


The  annual  catch  runs  from  400  to  500  tons,  the  product  bringing  from  7  to  50  cents 
per  pound  in  the  markets  of  China.  The  "trepang"  is  very  glutinous  and  is  used 
as  an  ingredient  for  soups.  The  Psolns  complanatus  and  another  species  are  found 
in  the  Philijipine  Islands.  The  Stichopus  variegatus  is  found  in  the  United  States 
island  of  Tutuila,  Samoa.  The  Philippine  Islands  "trepang"  is  regarded  as  the 
choicest.  The  slug  found  in  the  Cuyos,  Corandagos,  and  others  of  the  off-lying 
groups  of  tlie  Philippine  Archipelago  attains  an  enormous  size,  specimens  as  large  as 
3  ft.  in  length  and  8  in.  in  thickness  l)eing  taken.  These  islands  also  abound  in 
many  and  Ijeautiful  forms  of  infusoria,  jelly  fishes,  sea  anemones,  corals,  starfishes, 
etc.,  found  in  the  tropical  seas. 


MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 


The  group  is  without  a  United  States  garrison. 


CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 


Civil  government  was  applied  to  this  group  as  a  constituent  part  of  Paragua,  Pala 
wan,  by  act  of  the  Philippine  Cdimnission,  June,  1902.  Cuyo,  the  chief  town  of  the 
N.  islands,  was  designated  as  capital  of  the  province  of  Paragua  and  Calamian. 


CUYO  (coo'-yoh),  nat.;  island,  highest  peak  being 
830  ft.,  8  m.  NE.  and  SW.  and  5i  m.  E.  and 
W.,  being  large.st  and  name  island  of  group. 
Area,  20  sq.  m.  Chief  town  of  same  name 
situated  on  small  bay  on  SW.  coast;  island 
occupies  center  of  S.  islands  of  grOup;  is  10^ 
m.  S.  of  Agutaya  I.,  and  37  m.  E.  of  Taytay, 
Paragua,  Palawan;  is  ttiickly  populated  and 
has  small,  safe  harbor  defended  by  battery. 
Pop.,  8,258.    Population  consists  of  90  per  cent 


fill' 0— Continued. 

women,  owing  to  roving  disposition  of  Malay- 
ans, of  whicli  race  inhaljltants  are  an  offshoot, 
and  owiiiK  to  (lilVuiilty  of  finding  means  of 
living  yiiiniK  mi'ii  ami  even  boys  flee  island 
upon  calling  vessels  or  native  craft.  Shipsen- 
gaged  in  trade  are  furnished  with  fruit,  chick- 
ens and  eggs,  and  other  supplies  entirely  by 
women. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


485 


D. 


DAAX  BAJiTATA>  (dah-ahn'  bahn-tah-yahn'), 
nat.;  pueblo  on  extreme  NW.  coast  of  Cebii,  1 
m.  S.  of  Bantique  Pt.,  and  65  m.  N.  of  Cebu. 
Pop.,  8,530. 

DiBUG  (dah'-boog),  ver.;  inland  hamlet  on  W. 
slope  of  central  range  of  Zamboanga  Pen., 
Mindanao,  24J  m.  N.  by  E.  of  Zamboanga. 

DABUN  (dah'-boon),  ver.;  hamlet  in  SE.  Iloilo, 
Panay,  3^  m.  SW.  by  S.  of  Lambunao. 

DACi  (dah-cah'),  nat.;  point  forming  N.  head  to 
Balete  port,  \V.  shore  of  Pujada  Bay,  SE.  coast 
of  DAvao,  Mindanao. 

DACXn  (dah-cahn'),  ver.;  crater  near  E.  shore  of 
Biliran  I.,  off  N.  coast  of  Leyte,  5  m.  NW.  of 
Caibiran. 

DACLiN  (dah-clan'),  ver.;  pueblo  in  Benguet, 
Luz6n,  13J  m.  from  Trinidad.  Pop.,  %7.  Fine 
sulphur  deposits  are  found  in  vicinity. 

DACO  (dah-coh'),  nat.;  hamlet  on  extreme  NW. 
point  of  bight  on  N.  coast  of  Capiz,  Panay. 

island  about  ^  sq.  m.  in  area,  33  m.  off  SE. 

coast  of  Siargao  I.,  and  landmark  of  approach 
on  N.side  of  DapA  channel  between  Siargao  I. 
and  Bucas  Is. 

DACl'LA  (dah-coo'-lah),  ver.;  oneof  many  islands 
in  Dumanquilas  Bay,  S.  coast  of  Zamboanga, 
Mindano;  Piratas  1.  lies  1  m.  E. 

DAClIMBAM'lA(dah-coom-bah-noo'-ah), ver.;  town 
on  E.  coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  8  m.  SW.  of 
Catarman  Pt.  and  155  m.  SSE.  of  Surigao. 

DAt'lITAN  (dah-coo'-tahn),  nat.;  hamlet  in  pue- 
blo of  Magsingal,  Ilocos  Sur,  Luz6n. 

DADO  (dah'-doh),  Sp.;  i.sland  NW.  of  iloc,  off  E. 
coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

dXet  (dah'-ayt),  ver.;  former  capital  of  Cama- 
rines  Norte  and  pueblo  in  Luz6n,  on  D&et 
Riv.,  which  empties  into  Pacific  Ocean 
through  small  bay  on  NE.  shore  of  province. 
It  is  radiating  point  of  several  roads  and  138 
m.  SE.  of  Manila  in  direct  line;  place  of  call 
for  steamers  from  Manila.    Pop.,  10,650. 

river  rising  in  SE.  corner  of  Ambos  Cama- 

rines  (Norte),  Luzon,  empties  into  Pacific 
Ocean  6  m.  SSE.  of  Indang  (Quinamanokdn) 
I.;  carries  11  it.  of  water  at  mouth  and  16  ft. 
inside.  On  W.  shore  are  ruins  of  old  Spanish 
lort,  shore  is  covered  with  mangroves;  town 
of  same  name  is  at  its  mouth. 

DAGACAGTXiV  (dah-gah-cahg-tahn'),  nat.;  river 
in  Zambales,  Luzon,  rising  m  Malasimb6  Mt., 
empties  into  Orani  Riv. 

DAGAHBAL  (dah-gum-bahP),  ver.;  mountain  in 
Mindanao. 

DAGAMl  (dah-gah'-me),  ver.;  pueblo  and  road 
centerln  Leyte,  inland  15  m.  W.  of  S.  of  Taclo- 
ban  and  connected  with  Tanauan  on  coast, 
15  m.  distant  by  road.    Pop.,  25,000. 

dXgaT  NA  MATABAXG  (dah'-gat  nah  mah-tah- 
bang'),  Tag.;  Tagal  name  for  great  lake  of 
LagunadeBay,  E.  of  Manila,  central  Luz6n. 

DAGATAX  (dnh-gah'-tahn).  Tag.;  small  volcanic 
lake  in  Laguna,  Luzon,  near  Los  Banos, 
fringed  with  forests.  Said  by  natives  to  be 
enchanted. 

DAGDAGUJf  (dag-dah'-goon)  ver.:  point  on  E 
coast  of  Ambos  Camarines,  Luz6n. 

DAGDALtJ  (dag-dah-loo'),  ver.,  mountain  in, 
reaches  of  E.  coast  range  of  Surigao,  Minda- 
nao, 35m  NE.  of  head  of  Dfivao  Gull.  One 
fif  tributaries  of  Agusan  Riv.,  upon  which 
town  of  Gerona  Is  situated,  takes  its  rise  in 
this  mountain 


WAGDAP  (dag-dap'),  Tag.;  point  on  SE.  entrance 
of  Lamon  Bay  and  extreme  N.  projection  of 
Tayabas,  Luzon,  into  Pacific  Ocean. 

DAGXIA>  (dag-nee-ahn'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Le- 
panto,  Luzon,  11  m.  W.  of  Caydn  on  Deagan- 
Cervantes  highway.    Pop.,  8o4. 

DAGOLOAX  (dah-goh-loh'-ahn),  nat.;  river  in 
Lanao,  Mindanao,  flows  S.,  empties  into 
Illana  Bay. 

DAGONDALAJOX(dah-gohn-dah-lah'-hohn),ver.; 
hamlet  at  one  of  headwater  branches  of  Ca- 
gaydn  Riv.,  18  m.  above  Cagaydnde  Misamis, 
Misamis,  Mindanao. 

DAGSAXn  (dag-sah-ahn'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  NW. 
coast  of  Guiinaras  I.,  off  Iloilo,  Panay. 

VAUVV.T  ((liili'-Kuyt),  nat.;  point  of  white  sahd 
coviTt  il  with  low  wood,  on  S.  side  of  Baganga 
Bay,  SE.  coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao.  From 
this  point  coast  trends  17^  m.  S.  to  Caraga 
Bay,  presenting  several  low  points  and  small 
rivers,  besides  few  villages  on  shore. 

DAGUN  (dah'-goon),  ver.;  lake  8  m.  N.  and  S.  and 
4  m.  E.  and  W.,  in  chain  of  inland  waters  in 
central  Surigao,  Mindanao,  SE.  of  Lake  Pi- 
nayat,  into  which  it  discharges  its  surplus 
waters.    (See  Pinayat.) 

DAGUI'AN  (dah-goo'-pahn),  nat.;  river  of  Luz6n 
which  rises  in  summits  of  S.  Union,  near  Ben- 
guet boundary,  entering  PangasinAn  it  takes 
due  W.  course,  receiving  numerous  small 
tributaries  increasing  to  con.siderable  width, 
and  after  course  of  45  m.  enters  gulf  of  Lin- 
gayOn  at  town  of  same  name. 

pueblo,  important  road  center,  post-office, 

money-order  station,  and  N.  terminus  of  Ma- 
nila and  Dagupan  Railroad  in  Pangasindn, 
Luzon,  on  1.  bank  of  riverof  same  name,  near 
its  embouchure  in  gulf  of  Lingay^'^n,  and  8  m. 
E.  of  Lingay6n,  capital,  on  coast  highway. 
Pop.,  16,000. 

DAGl'PAN.  or  BIXMALEY  (dah-goo'-pahn,  been- 
mah-lay'),  nat.;  town  and  river  6  m.  .S.  of  San 
Faoidn]  Pangasindn.  Luz6n.  River  is  arm  of 
Agno  Riv.  Town  is  near  mouth  and  accessi- 
ble to  small  crafts.  Tower  of  church  is  land- 
mark to  navigators.  Frequent  communica- 
tion with  Manila.  Light-house  is  at  harbor 
entrance. 

DAIGAJrtX,  or  DA1JAG6N  (die-gah-hone',  die- 
hah-gohn').  nat..  narrow  sea  channel  about 
4  ft.  deep,  2  m  long,  acro.ss  neck  of  extreme 
N.  peninsula  of  Cebii,  connecting  bays  of  Bog6 
on  E.  and  of  Remigio  (Daijagon)  on  W. 
Saves  40  m.  navigation  by  native  barotos 
craft  by  open  sea  route  between  those  towns. 
Canalization  of  straits  was  recommended 
by  assembly  of  presidentes  held  on  October 
22,1901.  '"This  canal  connects  pueblos  of  Bo- 
g6,  San  Remigio,  and  Medelliu  and  properly 
canalized  wouid  lacilitate  communication 
between  one  coast  and  other  of  island. 
Steamer,  instead  of  s|iending  16  hours  in  trip 
from  Cebu  to  Medt-llin,  running  at  si.eed  of 
7  m.  an  hour  would  siJi-nd  only  ^<  hours,  for 
from  Bogo  to  Medellin,  doubling  point  of 
Bulalaque,  is  matter  of  only  8  hours,  same 
time  that  is  needed  to  go  from  Cebu  to  Bogo; 
and  besidesinstormy  weather  it  is  impossible 
to  make  journey  between  Bulalaque  and 
island  of  Chocolate,  as  passage  is  dangerous 
and  boats  have  to  run  up  to  island  of  gate, 
and  then  trip  lakes  11  hours.  Furthermore, 
by  dredging  bar  at  Dagosorigan,  which  is 
point  of  exit  from  canal  to  opposite  coast, 
province  would  Have  2  ports  of  refuge  in  N. 


486 


C4AZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


DAl(iAJ(iX,  or  DAIJAOON— Continued. 

for  ships — one  Bog6  on  this  coast,  and  other 
Dagosoilgan,  on  other  side  of  island."  (Hear- 
ings before  Com.  on  P.  I.) 

bay  on  N\V.  cinist  of  <'rli\i.    From  interior 

of  bay  tortuous  cliiiiiinl  cnniinuin'cMtfs  with 
Bog6Bayon  K.  cdaM,  irMuriu-  isthimis  here 
to  approximately  .;  m.  \\U\v  tu  necli  of  land, 
720  ft.  Natives  pa.ss  their  barotos  from  one 
coast  toother  in  both  monsoons, avoiding  go- 
ing around  by  Bulalaque. 

point  in  Cebij  at  W.  entrance  to  channel  of 

that  name. 
DAIJAOAIV  (die-hah'-gahn),  nat.;  point  on  N\V. 
coast  of  Masbate  I.,   Vi.sayas;    Majaba  and 
Nabugtnt  I.«.  lie  off  this  part  of  coast. 
niLUPAQl'lT  (dah-ihm-pah'-kit)  ver.;  point  on 

Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A. 
DAli\  (dah'-een),ver.;  hamlet  in  Lepanto,  Luz6n, 

2  m.  from  Cervantes.    Pop.,  500. 
DA.TA  (dah-hah'),  ver.;  inland  hamlet  of  C4piz, 
Panay,  1  m.  N.  of  Madalag,  at  headwaters  of 
Ibajay  Riv. 
— —  hamlet  on  NW.  coast  of  Leyte,  4.h  m.  N\V. 

of  San  Isidro. 
DAJA-I)A06  (dah-hah' dah-ciuv'),  ver.;  point  on 

NW.  coast  of  Leyte. 
DAJA-DlrtXAY  (dah-hah' dee-oh'-tie),  ver.;  point 
on  NW.  shore  of  Leyte,  4  m.  NW.  of  San 
Isidro. 
DAJIt'AA  (dah-hee'-cahn),  nat.;  several  small 
islands  in  entrance  to  Port  Mambulao,  on 
Pacific  shore  of  Ambos  Camarines  (Norte), 
Luzon. 

point  in  Tayabas,  Ltizon. 

D.4JUGAN  (dah-hoo'-gahn),  ver.;  group  off  ex- 
treme SW.  coast  Negros  Occidental,  between 
Sojoton  and  Matatindoc  Pts.,  former  E.  head 
to  SW.  sea  front  to  Hollo  (NW.)  and  Guimariis 
(SE. )  straits. 
DAJU?fTAJi:N  (dah-hoon-tah'-hoon),  ver.;  island 

N.  of  Bohol,  Visayas. 
DALADILA  (dah-lah-dee'-lah),  ver.;  hamlet  near 

W.  shore  of  SAmar,  6i  m.  E.  of  Tarangndn. 
DALACii  (dah-lag').  nat.;  hamlet  on  N.  coast  of 

Sdmar,  1  m.  NE.  of  Bobon. 
DALAtJll'AN   (dah-lah-hee'-cahn).  Tag.;  bay  on 
Cavite  Pen.,  partly  uncovered  at  low  tide,  in 
Cavite,  Luzon. 
point  at  S.  end  of  narrow,  marshy  penin- 
sula, E.  entrance  to  Dalagican  Bay. 
DALAGUXN    (dah-lah-gwahn'),    ver.;    river    in 

Panay. 
DALAGUETE  (dan-lah-gay'-tay),  ver.;  pueblo, 
point,  and  river  on  SE.  coast  of  Cebi'i,  9  m. 
SW.  of  Argao  Pt.  and  44  m.  SW.  of  Cebu. 
River  rises  in  Ung.ls  Mts.  and  empties  into 
sea  at  town  and  point  of  same  name.  Church 
is  visible  at  great  distance.  Pop.,  21,323. 
DALA(ilIISSE>'    (dah-lah-gee'-.sayn),  ver.;   town 

in  Abra,  Luzon,  on  r.  bank  of  Abra  Riv. 
DALAHICAX  (hah-lah-hee'-cahn),  Tag.;  bay  in 
pueblo  of  San  Roque,  Cavite,  Luz6n.  {See 
Bacoor  Bay.) 
DALA\A  (dah-lah'-nah),  nat.;  creek  entering  on 
r.  bank  of  Upper  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao 
above  Pulugai  Pt.,  Lanao,  Mindanao. 

DALAXAO  (dah-lah-now'),  ver.;  river  in  Panay. 

DALANAS  (dah-lah'-nass),  ver.;  river  in  Panay. 

DALAXDEM  (dah-lan-dem');  peak  in  Caraballos 
Occidentales,  S.  Nueva  Vizcaya,  Luzon. 

DALA^AJf  (dah-lahng'ahn),  nat.;  hamlet  in 
Benguet,  Luzon,  4  m.  NW.  of  Trinidad. 

DALAXtiiXEM  (dah-lahng-ah'-naym),  ver.;  most 
S.  of  Corandagos  Is.,  3  m.  from  N.  to  S.,  hav- 
ing high,  precipitous,  conical  head,  with  islet 
off  its  N.  extremity.  Tudela  hamlet  is  situat- 
ed abou'  ceater  of  island. 


1)ALAX->'ABA(J0  (dah-lahn-nah-bah'-gaw),  ver.; 
hamlet  in  Pampanga,  Luzon,  12  m.  NW.  of 
Bacolor. 
DALAPUAX  (dah-lah-poo'-ahn),  nat.;  hamlet  on 
bank  of  river  of  same  name  in  hit.  7°  5'  30" 
N.,  Mindanao. 
DALAUAJi  (dah-lah'-wahn),  nat.;  bay  1  m.  be- 
tween entrance  points  5^  m.  NE.  of  Clarendon 
Bay,  SE.  coast  of  BaLlbac  I.,  with  shelter  in 
SW.  monsoon.  Stream  with  shifting  channel 
owing  to  freshets  enters  SW.  comer  N.  of 
White  Rock,  navigable  for  boats.  Several 
prominent  j^iiks  are  visible  a  short  distance 
from  shore,  niiKint,'  them  North  Bay  hill,  880 
ft.  high,  Transept  hill,  1,300  ft.  high,  and 
South  Bay  hill,  960  ft.  high.  Observation  spot 
at  watering  place  on  stream  entering  N.  of 
White  Rock  is  lat.  7°  53'  48"  N.,  Ion.  117°  3' 
50"  E. 

village  on  shore  of  bay  of  that  name,  E. 

shore  of  BalAbae  I.,  off  ex'treme  SW.  point  of 
Palawan. 
DALAUANA  (dah-lah-wah'-nah),  nat.;  point  SE. 
of  Pasacao  anchorage,  E.  shore  of  Ragay  Gulf, 
In  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luz6n. 
DALAYAP  (dah-lah-yahp';,  ver.;  mountain  in  E. 

Siimar. 
DALAYAT  (dah-lah-yaht'),nat.;  hamlet  in  pueblo 

of  Pidigan,  Abra,  Luzon. 
DALl'OL  (dull-call'),  ver.;  mountain  in  E.  Zam- 

bales,  Luzon. 
DALDAOAN   (dahl-dah'-gahn),   nat.;    hamlet  in 

pueblo  of  Cand6n,  Ilocos  Sur,  Luz6n. 
DALlt'AX  (dah-lee'-cahn),  ver.;  town  of  Bontoc, 
Luz6n,  7  m.  from  Bontoc.    Pop.,  457,  town- 
ship having  587. 
DALILIGUAX  (dah-lee-lee-goo'-ahn),Tag.;  moun- 
tain of  Bandjao  system,  NW.  Tayabas,  Luz6n. 

W.   branch  of  Pagsanjto  Riv.,  rising  in 

Laguna,  Luz6n. 
DALI3IA  (dah-lee'-mah),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Abra, 
Luz6n,  7  m.  S.  of  Bangued,  with  which  it  is 
connected  by  trail  by  way  of  Pidigan. 
DALIPE  (dah-lee'-pay),  ver.:  hamlet  on  W.  coast 
of  Antique,  Panay,  Ij  m.  N.  of  San  Jos6  de 
Buenavista. 

point  on  W.  coast  of  .\ntique,  Panay,  5  m. 

S.  of  Sibalom  Riv.,  2  m.  N.  of  San  Jose  de 
Buenavista. 

hamlet  in  SW.  part  of  Concepci6n,  Iloilo, 

Panay,  3i  m.  S.  of  Lemery. 
DALLXs  ((lah-lyass'\  ver.;  town  half  league  from 
Lai")  in  Lain)  Mts.    In  vicinity  lead  glance 
and  ircilil  are  lnund. 
DALKY.MPLK.nr  POUT  Tl  LIAX,  for.;  harbor  on 
NE.  coast  of  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A.,  formed  bv  island 
of  Tulianou  .\.  and  S.  coast  of  Sulu  to  S.    Only 
wellprniectid  harbor  in  this  fertile  island", 
and  is  likely  inider  American  auspices  to  be- 
come place  of  importance  in  this  part   of 
United  States  Asiatic  possessions.    Consider- 
able native  population  is  settled  on  its  shores. 
DALRY5IPLE,  for.;  point  E.  shore  of  Ulugan  Bay. 
W.  coast  Palawan,  and  N.  head  to  Tagnipa 
inlet. 
DALl'GDIJG  (dah-loog-doog'),ver.;  pointinLeyte. 
DALl'MAX  (dah-loo'-mahn),  ver.;  island  1^  m.  SE. 
of  Ba.s  Bas,  off  E.  coast  of  Tawi  Tawi  I.,  Sulu  A. 
DALl'PIRI  (dah-loo-pee'-ree),  nat.;  most W.  island 
of  Babuyanes  grp,,  8  m.  N.  and  S.  and  5  m.  E. 
and  W.,  with  area  of  20  sq.  m.    Island  lies  9 
m.  N.  of  W.  end  of  Fuga  I.;   has  level  ap- 
pearance and  may  be  seen  from  distance  of 
35  m.  at  sea.    .\bout  3  m.  off  its  S.  point  is 
Bijutan  islet,  with  deep  water  in  intervening 
channel.    Formation  is  volcanic  with  cen- 
tral cone  and  2  lower  peaks  on  either  side 
N.  and  S. 

DALUPIBI,  or  DlLAittPIBI,  or  PIERCOS  (dah- 
loo-pee'-ree,  nat.;  doo-lahm-pee'-ree.  nat., 
pwayr'-cohs,  Sp.) ;  island  8  m.  long  and  2  m 


IJAIMJI^  Bj^1 


SDoc.iar<2  57    1 


SULU    ISLAND  -  3«  E 

DALRYMPLE 

.   ■' 

BrlomTWChmiinoRJl  .i>Hti«Of»«r,      ' 

Mea  t.Tnlju  UL«t  e- 2  soil    Loop  121*.  1 

ttWF*C  Yrf-SO-Zt-. 

.«,i..o,..  *  ™,rrt.o„  /f,^  „   3>™.^   C.^^ 

« 

"  ^^  '^ :  .  .^^ 

«        -  ':.  - -*-'  'o    «  «,  'T 

WHITE    P 

M             "                                        S                           ■'< 

;?.,,^v^ 

B          a 
1                                                                --     -. 

.           ^                  „"                    ^        ^^^^ 

!                                        -»-- 

31          Ij 

1 

<                        J,        «                              9 

1                    :  --- 

?;-      r'  •  - 

"'"  "      vw^                   _JL~-^—^'     '       '                   "                 '.               S                          V«J      Ij 

-  "      "'^-'T^C^r.      '       "                   "  '                        '          1 

''^•?^^«\''"^      .,".-    "       i 

;                                 ,   '          •'              ,;          .' 

1                              /              ^.'■-. .,-i-*      J 

1             /      ^.*:?,  ■-- ---^.'t^^ 

1                               1                         ^'          4r^-  ■ 

!                                    ''                                              ^-- 

i                            /                                      J-.. 

/'                                     ^                         ! 

^"^  CARASG  CAR.VJJG 

[ 
1 

i 
i 

! 

'^*-  ^^-1^' 

S  Doc  ^S.C   57    1 


DALRYMPLE   HARBOR  "  ^ 


0^        '.'     "        , 


^<LJ) 


?i$%./%l> 


S  Doc  R.SC   57    1 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE   PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 


487 


DALl  PIRI,  or  DULAMPIRI,  or  PUERCOS— Con. 

wide,  3  m.  off  W.  coast  of  Sdmar,  S.  of  San 
Bernardino  Strait  and  opposite  mouth  of 
Mauo  Riv.  Named  Puercos  on  account  of 
numVjer  of  wild  hogs  roaming  over  its  hills, 
and  celebrated  for  abundance  of  game.  In 
center  of  island  is  large  lake  swarming  with 
alligators.  Hamlet  of  same  name  is  on  NW. 
shore. 

DALUT  (dah-loof),  ver.:  river  on  E.  coast  of  Ne- 
gros  Occidental,  emptying  into  Guimards 
Strait  0  m.  SW.  of  Manapla. 

DAMABALASAN  (dah-mah-bah-lah'-san),  nat.; 
tributary  of  Bacat  entering  at  Bantai,  Cota- 
bato,  Mindanao. 

DAMAl'AX  (dah-mah'-cahn),  nat.;  point  in  Cacra- 
ray  I.,  off  extreme  K.  coast  of  Albay,  Luzon. 

DAMACLIX  (dah-mah-clin'),  ver.;  hamlet  about 
midway  between  Butuan  Lake  and  Ligua.san 
lagoon  in  SE.  Cotabato,  Mindanao,  on  stream 
which  connects  those  bodies  of  inland  water. 

DAMALOl'  (dah-mah-loke');  river  in  Zamboanga, 
Mindanao,  which  empties  into  sea  on  SW. 
coast. 

DAHAO  (dah-mow'),  ver.;  island  i  m.  long,  226 
ft.  high,  on  S.  limit  of  Inner  Strait,  Malampaya 
Sound,  W.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

DAMAQl'lT  (dah-mah-kif),  ver.;  point  on  VV. 
si<le  of  entrance  to  Putiao  port,  W.  coast  of 
Albay,  Luzon. 

DAMBLl'E  (dam-blew'-av),  ver.;  small  stream 
flowing  into  Tan6n  Strait,  3  m.  NE.  of  Toledo, 
W.  coast  of  Cebii. 

DAMIAN,,  SAX  (sahn  dah-meeahn').  Sp.;  hamlet 
in  pueblo  of  Gapdn,  Nueva  Ecija,  Luzon. 

DAMITA  (dah-mee'-tah),  Sp.:  island  3  m.  SE.  of 
Weyler,  off  W.  shore  of  Sdmar,  NW.  of  Tactac 
Pt.^ 

DA5IJIA,  or  DA9IMI  (dam-mah',  dam'-me),  ver.; 
diamond-shaped  island,  most  E.  of  Laparan 
grp.,  Sulu  A.,  -li  by  3  m.  in  extent. 

DAMXO  (dam-noh'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  road  be- 
tween Villasis  and  Malasiqui,  in  E.  Pangasi- 
nAn,  Luzon,  23  m.  SE.  of  Lingay^n. 

DAMOC'AX  (dah-moh'-cahn),  ver.;  islet  J  m.  NW. 
of  Pata  ( Pala)  I.,  off  S.  coast  of  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A. 

DAMPAL.iX  (dam-pah-lahn'),  ver.,  town  on  1. 
bank  of  W.  branch  of  Dapitan  Riv.,  NE.Dapi- 
tan,  Mindanao,  9j  m.  SE.  by  S.  of  Dapitan. 

DAMPIER,  for.;  point  9  m.  from  N.  end  of  En- 
deavor Pt.,  and  forms  W.  extremity  of  bay 
between  Dumardn  and  Paragua,  Palawan, 
into  which  Cook  channel  opens  on  N.  point. 
Peak  900  ft.  high  lies  inland,  and  i.'i  a  com- 
mandingheadland  entering  bay  and  channel. 

DAMPILASAX  (dum-pee-lah'-sahn),  nat.;  hamlet 
in  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

DAMPOL  (dum-paul'),  nat.;  hamlet  in  pueblo  of 
Quingua,  Bulac^n,  Luzon. 

DAMULAAX  (dah-moo-lah'-ahn),  ver.;  hamlet  on 
S.  coast  of  Leyte,  entering  sea  8  m.  SE.  of 
Albuera. 

DAMUXIL  (dah-moo-nil'),  ver.;  river  in  Abra, 
Luzon,  near  S.  boundary  and  tributary  from 
E.  to  Abra  Riv. 

DAXA  BASOT  (dah'-nah  bah-sought'),  nat.;  point 
on  SE.  shore  of  PaUnog  port,  NW.  coast  of 
Masbate,  Visayas. 

DAXAl'ALAX  (dah-nah-cah'-lahn),  ver.;  hamlet 
at  head  of  port  on  N.  shore  of  Sdmar. 

DAXAI  (dah'-nie),  nat.:  creek  emptying  into 
China  Sea,  N.  coast  of  Liibang  I.,  off  Batangas, 
Luz6n,  NE.  of  Tilig  port. 

DAXAJOX  (dah-nah-hawn'),  ver.;  islet  NE.  of 
Bohol  I.,  8  m.  N.  of  Lapinin  Grande  or 
Minoc  I. 

DAXXX  (dah-nahn'),  ver.;  active  and  solfataric 
volcano  in  Leyte,  lat.  10° 54'  N..  Ion.  124°53'  E., 
composed  of  andesite  and  contains  sulphur. 

DAXAO  (dah-now'),  nat.:  hamlet  on  S.  bank  of 
Ulagig  Riv.,  in  N.  central  Bohol. 


DAXAO;  pueblo  on  E.  coast  of  Cebil,  4  m.  N.  of 
Compostela,  17^  m.  N.  of  Cebii.  Anchorage 
is  not  good.    Pop.,  1.5,483. 

river  of  importance  in  NE.  part  of  Negros 

Occidental,  ri.sing  in  crater  of  Solitario,  flows 
E.  and  empties  into  small  li;ty,iin  X.  sliore  of 
which  is  situated  Escalante.  Month  has 
depth  of  16  ft.  on  bar  at  low  water,  and  33  ft. 
up  stream. 

hamlet  on  W.  coast  of  S.  Antique,  Panay,  4 

m.  N.  of  Dao. 

mountain  lake  in  W.  Leyte,  2i  m.  in  length, 

S.  of  Panangua  craterand  7  m.  N.  of  Albuera. 

peak  in  Caraballos  Occidentales,  in  Ilocos 

Norte,  Luzon. 

DAXAO,  or  CATADMiX  (dah-nah'-oh,  cah-tahd- 
mahn');  point  and  river  on  E.  shore  of  Cebii, 
4  m.  E.  of  Carmen.  Signal  station  on  point. 
River  enters  bay  2  m.  N, 

DAXAODAXAUAN  (dah-now-dah-now'-ahn),  ver.; 
islet  in  E.  waters  of  Surigao  Strait,  off  SW. 
coast  of  Dinslgat  I.,  N.  of  Surigao,  Mindanao. 

island  about  1^  m.  NW.  of  Gipdo  I.,  on  E. 

side  of  Surigao  Strait,  between  N.  point  of 
Surigao  and  Din&gat  I.,  N.  of  Surigao,  Min- 
danao. 

DAXXUAXG  (dah-nah'-wahng),  ver.:  small  island 
fronting  Basiiinang  Bay,  on  SW.  coast  of  Co- 
tabato, Mindanao. 

DAXOALAX  (dahn-cah'-lahn),  nat.;  point  on  E. 
coast  of  Albay,  Luz6n. 

point,  extreme  E.  of  Sor-sogon,  Luz6n,  and 

N.  approach  to  Giibat  port. 

point  on  SW.  coast   of  Lubang  I.,  NW.  of 

Mindoro. 

town  of  Negros  Occidental,  on  1.  bank  of 

Malanao  Riv.,  2  m.  above  its  mouth  on  S. 
shore  of  Guiman'is  Strait,  46i  m.  S.  of  Bacolod. 
Pop.,  1,445. 

DAXCALAO  (dahn-cah-lah'-oh);  river  in  Batan- 
gas, Luzon,  rising  in  mountains  of  Batulao 
and  emptying  into  bay  of  Balay&n  on  S.  coast. 

DAXDUGAN  (dahn-doo'-gahn),  ver.;  point  on 
coast  of  Cebii. 

DANSAL  (dang-ahl'),  nat.;  point  on  E.  coast  of 
Paragua,  Palawan. 

DAXfeXx  (dahng-ahn'),  nat.:  hamlet  on  W.  coast 
of  Zamboanga  Pen.,  Mindanao,  40^  m.  N.  of 
Zamboanga. 

DAXGAl  (dahng-i'),  ver.;  hamlet  of  Lanao,  Min- 
danao, on  S.  shore  of  Lake  Lanao.  Lake 
Tapao  lies  3  m.  to  S. 

DAXtilSEX  (dung-ee'-senn).  ver.;  hamlet  in 
pueblo  of  Cabugao,  Ilocos  Sur,  Luzon. 

DAXGLA  (dahn  glah'),  ver. :  town  in  Abra,  Luzon, 
7  m.  N.  of  Bangued,  on  Tineg  Riv. 

DAXGLASS  (dun-glass'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  pueblo 
of  Tayum,  Abra,  Luzon. 

DAXGLAY  (dun-glie'),  nat.;  mountain  1,145  ft. 
high,  1  m.  N.  ot  Binitac  Pt.,  N.  head  ot  E. 
entrance  to  San  Juanico  Strait,  NE.  coast  of 
Leyte. 

mountain  in  SW.  Sdmar. 

DAXliOX  (dahng'ohn),  ver..  hamlet  on  1.  bank 
of  Maasin  Riv.,  3  m.  NE.  of  Maasin. 

DAXdlSMAX,  orCAXGSMAX  (dangs-mahn',  cangs- 
mahn').  ver.:  mountain  in  extreme  SW.  of 


DAXGSllD  (dahngsood'),  ver..  hamlet  on  r.  bank 
of  Jalaur  Riv.,  1  m.  SW.  by  S.  of  Barotac 
Nuevo. 

DAXtil'SUXtJAX  (dang-oo-soong'ahn),  ver.;  river 
rising  in  coast  range  on  E.  coast  and  empty- 
ing into  sea  on  NE.  .shore  of  bay  of  Remigio. 

DAXll'AP  (dah-nee-cup'),  ver.:  mountain  in  E. 
central  Bohol,  6  m.  NE.  of  Sierra  BuUones 

DAXIK  (dah  neek'),  nat.;  creek  entering  on  S. 
bank  6f  S.  arm  of  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao, 
Cotabato,  Mindanao,  E.  of  Bulusan  Pt. 


GAZETTEEE    OF   THE   PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


487 


DALUPIBI,  or  DULAMPIRI,  or  PCERCOS— Con. 

wide,  3  m.  off  W.  coast  of  S&mar,  S.  of  San 
Bernardino  Strait  and  opposite  mouth  of 
Mauo  Riv.  Named  Puercos  on  account  of 
number  of  wild  liogs  roaming  over  its  hills, 
and  celebrated  for  abundance  of  game.  In 
center  of  i.sland  is  large  lake  swarming  with 
alligators.  Hamlet  of  same  name  is  on  NW. 
shore. 

DALIIT  (dah-loof),  ver.;  river  on  E.  coast  of  Ne- 
gros  Occidental,  emptying  into  Guimar^s 
Strait  5  m.  SW.  of  Manapla. 

DAMABALASAX  (dah-mah-bah-lah'-san),  nat.; 
tributary  of  Bacat  entering  at  Bantai,  Cota- 
bato,  Mindanao. 

DAMAl'AX  (dah-mah'-cahn),  nat.:  point  in  Cacra- 
ray  I.,  off  extreme  E.  coast  of  Albay,  Luzon. 

DAMAl'LIIV  (dah-mah-clin'),  ver.;  hamlet  about 
midway  bitweenButiian  Lake  and  Ligua.san 
lagoon  "in  SK.  Cotabato,  Mindanao,  on  stream 
which  lonnt'Cts  those  bodies  of  inland  water. 

DAMALOC  (dah-mah-loke');  river  in  Zamboanga, 
Mindanao,  which  empties  into  sea  on  SW. 
coast. 

DAMAO  (dah-mow'),  ver.;  island  i  m.  long,  226 
ft.  high,  on  S.  limit  of  Inner  Strait,  Malampaya 
Sound,  \V.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

DAMAQUIT  (dah-mah-kif),  ver.;  point  on  W. 
side  of  entrance  to  Putiao  port,  W.  coast  of 
Albay,  Luz6n. 

DAMBLUE  (dam-blew'-av),  ver.;  small  stream 
flowing  into  Tan6n  Strait,  3  m.  NE.  of  Toledo, 
W.  coast  of  Cebii. 

DAMIAN,  SAN  (sahn  dah-meeahn'),  Sp.;  hamlet 
in  pueblo  of  Gapdn,  Nueva  Ecija,  Luzon. 

DAMITA  (dah-mee'-tah),  Sp.:  i.sland  3  m.  SE.  of 
Wevler,  off  W.  shore  of  Sdmar,  NW.  of  Tactac 
Pt." 

DAMM.4.  or  DAMMI  (dam-mah',  dam'-me),  ver.; 
diiiinond-sliaped  island,  most  E.  of  Laparan 
grp.,  Suhi  A.,  U  by  3  m.  in  extent. 

DAM>'(>  (dam-noh'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  road  be- 
tween Villasis  and  Malasiqui,  in  E.  Pangasi- 
n&n,  Luzon,  23  m.  SE.  of  Lingay6n. 

DAMOCAN  (dah-moh'-cahn),  ver.;  islet  i  m.  NW. 
of  Pata  ( Pala)  I.,  off  S.  coast  of  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A. 

DAMPALAiN  (dam-pah-lahn'),  ver.,  town  on  1. 
bank  of  W.  branch  of  Dapitan  Riv.,  NE.  Dapi- 
tan,  Mindanao,  9^  m.  SE.  by  S.  of  Dapitan. 

DAMPIEB,  for.;  point  9  m.  from  N.  end  of  En- 
deavor Pt.,  and  forms  W.  extremity  of  bay 
between  Dumarfln  and  Paragua,  Palawan, 
into  which  Cook  channel  opens  on  N.  point. 
Peak  960  ft.  high  lies  inland,  and  is  a  com- 
manding headland  entering  bay  and  channel. 

DAMPILASAN  (dum-pee-lah'-sahn),  nat.;  hamlet 
in  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

DAJIPOL  (dum-paul'),  nat.;  hamlet  in  pueblo  of 
Quingua,  Bulacdn,  Luzon. 

DAML'LAAN  (dah-moo-lah'-ahn),  ver.;  hamlet  on 
S.  coast  of  Leyte,  entering  sea  3  m.  SE.  of 
Albuera. 

DAJIl'ML  (dah-moo-nil'),  ver.;  river  in  Abra, 
Luzon,  near  S.  boundary  and  tributary  from 
E.  to  Abra  Riv. 

DANA  BASOT  (dah'-nah  bah-sought'),  nat.;  point 
on  SE.  shore  of  Paltoog  port,  NW.  coast  of 
Masbate,  Vi.sayas. 

DANACALAN  (dah-nah-cah'-lahn),  ver.:  hamlet 
at  head  of  port  on  N.  shore  of  Sdmar. 

DANAI  (dah'-nie),  nat.;  creek  emptying  into 
China  Sea,  N.  coast  of  Liibang  1.,  off  Batangas, 
Luz6n,  NE.  of  Tilig  port. 

DANAJCiN  (dah-nah-hawn'),  ver.:  islet  NE.  of 
Bohol  I.,  8  m.  N.  of  Lapinin  Grande  or 
Minoc  I. 

DAXiN  (dah-nahn'),  ver.;  active  and  solfataric 
volcano  in  Leyte,  lat.  10°54'N..  Ion.  124° 53'  E., 
composed  of  ande.site  and  contains  sulphur. 

DANAO  (dahnow'),  nat.;  hamlet  on  S.  bank  of 
Ulagig  Kiv.,  in  N,  central  Bohol. 


DAJJAO;  pueblo  on  E.  coast  of  Cebv'i,  4  m.  N.  of 
Compostela,  17i  m.  N.  of  Cebii.  Anchorage 
is  not  good.    Pop.,  15,483. 

river  of  importance  in  NE.  part  of  Negros 

Occidental,  rising  in  crater  of  Solitario,  fl(jws 
E.  and  empties  into  small  bay,  on  N.  shore  of 
which  is  situated  ICscalantc.  Mouth  has 
depth  of  16  ft.  on  bar  al  low  water,  and  33  ft. 
up  stream. 

hamlet  on  W.  coast  of  S.  Antique,  Panay,  4 

m.  N.  of  Dao. 

mountain  lake  in  W.  Leyte,  2i  m.  in  length, 

S.  of  Panangua  crater  and  7  m.  N.  of  Albuera. 

peak  in  Caraballos  Oceidentales,  in  Ilocos 

Norte,  Luzon. 

DAKAO,  or  CATADMiN  (dah-nah'-oh,  cah-tahd- 
mahn');  point  and  river  on  E.  shore  of  Cebii, 
4  m.  E.  of  Carmen.  Signal  station  on  point. 
River  enters  bay  2  m.  N, 

DANAODANAIIAIV  (dah-now-dah-now'-ahn),  ver.; 
islet  in  E.  waters  of  Surigao  Strait,  off  SW. 
coast  of  DinAgat  I.,  N.  of  Surigao,  Mindanao. 

island  about  H  m.  NW.  of  Gipdo  I.,  on  E. 

side  of  Surigao  Strait,  between  N.  point  of 
Surigao  and  Din^gat  I.,  N.  of  Surigao,  Min- 
danao. 

DAnXuA>'G  (dah-nah'-wahng),  ver.;  small  island 
fronting  Basiduang  Bay,  on  SW.  coast  of  Co- 
tabato,  Mindanao. 

DANCALAM  (dahn-cah'-lahn),  nat.;  point  on  E. 
coa.st  of  Albay,  Luz6n. 

point,  extreme  E.  of  Sorsog6n,  Luzon,  and 

N.  approach  to  Gvibat  port. 

point  on  SW.  coast   of  Lubang  I.,  NW.  of 

Mindoro. 

town  of  Negros  Occidental,  on  1.  bank  of 

Malanao  Riv.,  2  m.  above  its  mouth  on  S. 
shore  of  GuimarAs  Strait,  46i  m.  S.  of  Bacolod. 
Pop.,  1,445. 

DANCALAO  (dahn-cah-lah'-oh);  river  in  Batan- 
gas, Luzon,  rising  in  mountains  of  Batulao 
and  emptying  into  bay  of  Balay&n  on  S.  coast. 

DANDIIUAN  (dahn-doo'-gahn),  ver.;  point  on 
coast  of  Cebu. 

DAN&AL  (dang-ahl'),  nat.;  point  on  E.  coast  of 
Paragua,  Palawan. 

DANIjAN  (dahng-ahn'),  nat.;  hamlet  on  W.  coast 
of  Zamboanga  Pen.,  Mindanao,  40?  m.  N.  of 
Zamboanga. 

DAN(JAV  (dahng-i'),  ver.;  hamlet  of  Lanao,  Min- 
danao, on  S.  shore  of  Lake  Lanao.  Lake 
Tapao  lies  3  m.  to  S. 

DANGISKN  (dung-ee'-senn).  ver.;  hamlet  in 
pueblo  of  Cabugao,  Ilocos  Sur,  Luzon. 

DANGLA  (dahn  glah'),  ver  ;  town  in  Abra,  Luzon, 
7  m.  N.  of  Bangued,  on  Tineg  Riv. 

DANdLASS  (dun-glass'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  pueblo 
of  Tayum,  Abra,  Luzon. 

DANGLAY  (dun-glle'),  nat.;  mountain  1,145  ft. 
high,  1  m.  N.  ot  Biniitac  Pt.,  N.  head  ol  E. 
entrance  to  San  Juanico  Strait,  NE.  coast  of 
Leyte. 

mountain  in  SW.  S^mar. 

DAX(JO.\  (dahng'-ohn),  ver..  hamlet  on  1.  bank 
of  Maasm  Kiv.,  3  m.  NE.  of  Maasin. 

DAKUSMXn,  orCANGSMAJN  (dangs-mahn',  cangs- 
mahn').  ver.;  mountain  in  extreme  SW.  of 
S&mar. 

DANGSIID  (dahng-sood'),  ver..  hamlet  on  r.  bank 
of  Jalaur  Riv.,  1  m.  SW.  by  S.  of  Barotac 
Nuevo. 

DANGl'SUMJAN  (dang-oo-soong'  ahn),  ver.;  river 
rising  in  coast  range  on  E.  coast  and  empty- 
ing into  sea  on  NE.  shore  of  bay  of  Remigio. 


DANIK  (dab  neck'),  nat.:  creek  entering  on  S. 
bank  ftf  S.  arm  of  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao, 
Cotabato,  Mindanao,  E.  of  Bulusan  Pt. 


488 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


DANIM  (rtah-ncem),  ver.;  point  on  SE.  roast  of 
Negros  Oriental,  12  m.  S.  by  W.  of  Dumagucte 
and  same  distance  NE.  of  Bonibonon,  extreme 
SE.  end  of  Kegros. 

DAKJlICiAN  (dahn-hoo'-gahn),  vcr;  island  1  m. 
long,  2  m.  N.  of  IJiiiiusian  I't.,  N.  of  Inayauan, 
W.  coast  of  Ni'gids  Occidental. 

DANKXk  (dnnn-cahn'),  nut.:  point  ami  village 
to  N.  on  SW.  shore  of  Lapac  I.,  Tapnl  grp., 
Sulu  A. 

DAMjKjI  (dahn-leeg'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  extreme 
E.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan,  with  good  har- 
bor on  W.  side  of  N.  waters  of  Cook  channel, 
separating  Dumar.ln  I.  from  mainland,  23  m. 
SSE.  of  Taytay. 

pueblo  on  E.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan, 

on  shore  of  channel  between  mainland  and 
Dumarin  I.,  21  m.  SSE.  of  Tavtav.  Pop.,  Cn. 
1887,  569. 

DANSALAK,  or  DIMAMPAN  (dahn-sah'-lahn,  dee- 
mahm'-pahn),  ver.;  hamlet  at  SW.  of  2  out- 
lets of  Liguasan  Lagoon,  Cotabato,  Minda- 
nao, 31i  m.  SE.  of  Cotabato. 

creek  carrying  drainage  of  Liguasan  La- 
goon into  Kobulanang  tributary  of  Bacat  Riv., 
Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

hamlet  on  NW.  shore  f)f  jiort  Sorsogon,  E. 

of  Sorsog6n. 

tributary  of  the  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao. 

(.SfC  Bacat  Riv.) 

DANTALCiN  (dahn-tah-lawn'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  S. 
shore  of  Liguasan  Bay,  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

DANUISOJiO  (dah-nwe'-song),  ver.;  hamlet  on  E. 
coast  of  Mindanao,  7  m.  SW.  of  CAuit  Pt. 

DAO  (dah'-oo),  nat.;  pueblo  1  m.  above  junction 
of  Maindang  with  Malinannang  Riv.,  in  C&- 
piz,  Panay,  19  m.  SW.  of  Cdpiz.    Pop.  8,785. 

river  rising  in  central  range  of  S.  Leyte, 

and  running  E.  enters  sea  2  ni.  S.  of  Dntag. 

— hamlet,  Pampanga,  Luz6n,13  m.  N.  of  Ba- 

color. 


DAO :  pueblo  at  mouth  of  river  of  same  name  oti 
W.  coast  of  S.  Antique,  Panay,  15  m.  S.  of  San 
Jos6  de  Buenavista.    Pop.,  7,948. 

mountain  in  central  range  of  Negros  Occi- 
dental, 9  m.  E.  of  Suay. 

DAOO-DAO(ii  (dah-og-dah-og'),  ver.;  mountain  in 
SW.  Leyte,  8  m.  E.  of  Inapacan. 

DAPX  (dah-pah'K  nat.;  channel  hetwceii  Siargao 
and  Bucus  1^..  sale  and  (lc,|,.  l,.;isl  uidtli  1 
cable  (7-J()  fl.)  bciwccu  i-l;iii<l  olV  I't.  Cambi'i- 
sak,  S.  pciinl  ol'  Siargao,  and  N.  coast  of  E. 
Bueds. 

pueblo  on  SW.  shore  of  Siargao  I.  and  N. 

side  of  Dapil  channel,  41  m.  E.  of  Surigao; 
anchorage  in  narrow  channel  between  DapA 
reef  and  shore.  Inlet  NW.  of  Dapd  also  for 
boat  navigation.    Pop.,  1,200. 

DAPDAI*  (dahp-dahp'),  nat.;  point  forming  E. 
head  to  entrance  to  Panlatiian  Pt,  SW.  coast 
of  Sorsog6n,  Luz6n. 

point  on  S.  side  of  Iloilo  Strait,  NW.  shore 

Gnimarfl.s  I.,  opposite  Iloilo,  Panay. 

town  10  m.  NE.  of  Cebvl, adjoining  Liloan, 

E.  coast  of  Cebu,  and  with  it  numbers  S,3S0 
inhabitants. 

town  on  E.  coast  of  S4mar,  2  m.  X.  of  Paric. 

Pop.,  2,634. 

.shoal  upward  of  1  m.  S.  of  Layalaya  islets, 

olT  W.  coast  of  Ssimar,  opposite  Tarangnsin. 

hamlet  of  Ciipiz,  Panav,  NW.  coast,  4>  m. 

SE.  of  Tangalan. 

hamlet  1  m.  N.  of  TarangnAn,  W.  coast  of 

SAinar. 

hamlet  in  SW.  Iloilo,  Panay,  2.;  in.  NW.  of 

Cordoba. 

town  in  Surigao,  Mindanao. 

point  in  N.  Burias  I.,  Masbate  grj>.,  Vi.sayas. 

point  in  Tayabas,  Luz6n. 

DAPDAPAN  (dahp-dah'-pahn),nat.;  inland  ham- 
let of  N.  Cipiz,  Panay,  3  m.  SE.  of  Sapidn. 


DAPITAN,  MINDANAO. 

(Dah-pee'  tahn,  mcen-dah-now',  nat.) 

Chief  town:  Dapitan,  lat.  8°  :W  N.,  Ion.  123°  24^  E. 

Area:  2,386  sq.  m. ;  mainland,  2,383  sq.  m.;  6  dependent  islands,  3  sq.  m. 

Population:  17,273,  official;  3,000,  estimated;  total,  20,273. 

Race:  Moros  chiefly. 

Language:  IMoro,  Malay-Moro,  Visayan-Sibnyano,  and  local  dialects. 

Military  Department  of  Mindanao:  Headquarters,  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

7)ihlr  of  distances. 

From  Dapitan  to—  m. 

Cebii,  Cebd,  N.  by  E 118 

Dumaguete,  Negros,  N 47 

Iloilo,  Panay,  N 176 

Manila,  Luzon,  NN W 443 

Manila,  via  Sulu  and  Mindoro  seas,  Mindoro  Strait,  and  China  Sea 524 

Surigao,  Mindanao,  NE.  across  the  Sea  of  INIindanao 164 

Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  SW.  via  Sulu  Sea 151 

LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

The  portion  known  as  the  comandancia  of  Dapitan  occupies  the  NW.  coast  of 
Mindanao  between  the  NW.  angles  of  boundary  of  Misamls  and  NE.  of  Zamboanga, 
and  is  bounded  on  the  N.  by  the  Sulu  Sea,  E.  I)y  Misamis  and  Lanao,  S.  by  Cotabato 
and  Zamboanga,  and  W.  by  Zamboanga  and  the  Sulu  Sea. 


AREA. 

Dapitan  is  triangular  in  shape,  52  m.  along  its  E.  and  101  m.  Irom  E.  to  W.  along 
its  S.  boundary;  total,  2,386. 


LA         N      D 


\vS\' 


N\^^ 


-'^^^'l^-^^l^^-^lVvVU^/WvAXAj-V 


■  >j*r        ButLiahas 


\ 


Doc  >^  ^y:'  57    1 


S        I         A        R         G       A         O 


AND 


Doc  /?  Sr  57 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  489 

PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 

The  E.  and  S.  regions  of  this  territory  are  composed  of  high  mountains,  the  Gran 
Malindang  extending  along  tlie  E.  boundary  forming  the  watershed  of  rivers  flowing 
into  Iligan  and  I'auguil  liays  on  the  E.,  Sindaiigan  and  tlie  Dapitan  bays  on  the  NW. 
and  W.     The  rivers  in  the  SE.  part  also  find  their  outlets  in  the  Bay  of  Panguil. 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

The  Dapitan  shore  is  indented  with  several  bays,  the  best  of  which  are: 

Capul;  a  sheltered  inlet  on  the  8E.  angle  of  Murcielagos  Bay,  N.  coast. 

Dapitan;  between  Tagolo  on  the  N.  and  Sicayac  Fts.  on  the  S.,  8  m.  apart. 
Sheltered  from  all  winds  but  the  W.  with  17  fms.  at  the  entrance  and  4^  fms.  at  the 
inchorage  before  the  town. 

Murcielagos;  between  Bombon  Pt.  in  Misamis  and  Silla  Pts.  in  Dapitan,  14  m., 
with  S(iundings  from  4^  to  8  fms.     Safe  anchorages  among  the  islands. 

Sindaiigan;  l)etween  DauiganPt.  (N.)  and  Sindaiigan  Pt.  (S.  ),21  m.  The  shores 
of  this  bay  are  very  steep,  the  only  anchorages  being  S.  of  Dauigan  Pt.  in  3  fms.  and 
E.  of  Sindaiigan  Pt.  iu  11  fms. 

Talaguilong;  ])ort  in  the  N.  part  of  the  Dapitan  Bay,  about  1  m.  in  diameter, 
completely  shut  in  and  convenient  for  vessels  of  all  sizes,  with  a  depth  from  5J  to  8  fins. 

LIGHT-HOUSES. 

The  channel  between  Sulu  and  Mindoro  seas  is  lighted  from  Dapitan  Bav  at — 
Tubud  (Tagolo);  point,  lat.  8°  42'  N.,  Ion.  123°  23'  N.,  1  fixed  red  light  43  ft.  above 

the  sea,  height  of  tower,  20  ft.,  iron,  on  stone  base,  lead  color,  keeper's  dwelling 

attached,  visible  12  m. 

ROADS  AND  COMMTTNICATIONS. 

The  means  of  transportation  for  native  iiroducts  is  by  coast  waters  and  rivers  navi* 
gable  for  small  l)oat.s,  all  the  settlements  lying  within  access  to  this  means  for  trans- 
portation. From  Dapitan  to  Dipolog,  the  farthest  town,  is  a  horse  road,  and  in 
many  parts  suitable  to  cart  travel. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

The  population  of  Dapitan  officially  stated  at  17,273,  and  3,000  estimated  wild, 
or  total  of  20,273,  is  almost  entirely  Moro,  speaking  Moro,  ]Malay-Moro,  Visayan- 
Sil)uyano,  and  dialects.     The  following  are  the  towns: 

Dapitan;  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  river  of  the  same  name,  navigable  for  lanchas, 
which  can  enter  from  Dapitan  Bay  at  high  water.  It  has  an  important  trade  in 
cacao,  wax,  and  maize.  Cattle  are  also  to  be  had  in  abundance.  Pop.,  7,627,  includ- 
ing the  villages  of  Barcelona.  Conquista,  Danpolan,  Ilaya,  and  Lebay. 

Dipolog;  on  the  coast,  7h  m.  SW.  of  Dapitan.  Pop.,  4,611,  with  dependent  vil- 
lages Polanco  and  Sianib. 

Lubuiigan;  at  the  mouth  of  a  river,  10  m.  SW.  of  Dapitan.  Pop.,  5,157,  with  the 
villages  of  Dahinop,  Laiigitian,  Manocdn,  Matan,  ]\Iiatan,  Tabao,  Toocaan,  and  Sera. 

Matan;  on  the  N.  coast,  14  m.  SW.  of  Dapitan; 

Padua;  on  the  W.  slope  of  Gran  Malindang  Mt.,  25  m.  ESE.  of  Dapitan. 

DEPENDENT  ISLANDS. 

The  dependent  islands  lying  off  the  coast  of  Dapitan  are: 

sq.m. 

Aligbai;  11 1  m.  XNW.  of  Dapitan  Bay 1 

Murcielagos;  several  small  islands  X.  of  Cipit  Pt.,  8  m.  E.NE  ot  the  coast  end  of  the  boundary 
between  Dapitan  and  Zamooanga.    They  are  generally  low.  the  largest,  the  E.,  being  2,160 

ft.  in  length.  The  channels  between  them  are  clear,  with -1^  to  »  and  18  Ims  1 

Silino,  3  small  islands  lying  inshore  on  Murcit'lagos  Bay,  N.  coast,  8  m.  N.  by  E.  ol  Tagolo  Pt J 

6  dependent  islands,  total  area 2^ 

VEGETABLE  PRODUCTS. 

The  staple  products  of  agriculture,  incJuding  hemp,  cotton,  corn,  sugar,  coffee, 
cocoa,  tobacco,  and  vegetables,  are  cultivated  by  primitive  methods  lor  domestic 
consumption. 


GAZETTEEK    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  489 

PHYSICAL  FEATUBES. 

The  E.  and  S.  regions  of  thin  territory  are  composed  of  high  mountains,  the  Gran 
Malindang  extending  along  the  E.  boundary  forming  the  watershed  of  rivers  fiovving 
into  Ihgan  and  Pangnil  liays  on  the  E.,  SindaiTgan  and  tlie  Dapitan  bays  on  theNW. 
and  W.     The  rivers  in  tlie  i^E.  part  also  find  their  outlets  in  the  Bay  of  Panguil. 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

The  Papitan  shore  is  indented  with  several  bays,  the  best  of  which  are: 

Capul;  a  sheltered  inlet  on  the  8E.  angle  of  Murcielagos  Baj',  N.  coast. 

Dapitan;  between  Tagolo  on  the  N.  and  Sicayac  Pts.  on  the  S.,  8  m.  apart. 
Sheltered  from  all  winds  but  the  W.  with  17  fms.  at  the  entrance  and  4^  fms.  at  the 
anchorage  before  the  town. 

Murcielagos;  between  Bombon  Pt.  in  Misamis  and  Silla  Pts.  in  Dapitan,  14  m., 
with  soundings  from  4h  to  8  fms.     Safe  anchorages  among  the  islands. 

Sindangan;  between  DauiganPt.  (N.)  and  Sindaiigan  Pt.  (S. ),  21  m.  The  shores 
of  this  l>ay  are  very  steep,  the  only  anchorages  being  S.  of  Dauigan  Pt.  in  3  fms.  and 
E.  of  Sindaiigan  Pt.  in  11  fms. 

Talaguilong-;  jiort  in  the  N.  part  of  the  Dapitan  Bay,  about  1  m.  in  diameter, 
C(.)mpletely  shut  in  and  convenient  for  vessels  of  all  sizes,  with  a  depth  from  5J  to  8  fms. 

LIGHT-HOUSES. 

The  channel  between  Sulu  and  Mindoro  seas  is  lighted  from  Dapitan  Bav  at — 
Tubud  (Tagolo);  point,  lat.  8°  42'  N.,  Ion.  123°  23'  N.,  1  fixed  red  light  43  ft.  above 

the  sea,  height  of  tower,  20  ft.,  iron,  on  stone  base,  lead  color,  keeper's  dwelling 

attached,  visible  12  m. 

ROADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 

The  means  of  transportation  for  native  products  is  by  coast  waters  and  rivers  navi- 
gal)le  for  small  boats,  all  the  settlements  lying  within  access  to  this  means  for  trans- 
portation. From  Dapitan  to  Dipolog,  the  farthest  town,  is  a  horse  road,  and  in 
many  parts  suitable  to  cart  travel. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

The  population  of  Dapitan  officially  stated  at  17,273,  and  3,000  estimated  wild, 
or  total  of  20,273,  is  almost  entirely  Moro,  speaking  ]\Ioro,  Malay-Moro,  Visayan- 
Sibnyano,  and  dialects.     The  following  are  the  towns: 

Dapitan;  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  river  of  the  same  name,  navigable  for  lanchas, 
which  can  enter  from  Dapitan  Bay  at  high  water.  It  has  an  nnportant  trade  in 
cacao,  wax,  and  maize.  Cattle  are  also  to  be  had  in  abundance.  Pop.,  7,G27,  includ- 
ing the  villages  of  Barcelona.  Conquista,  Danpolan,  Ilaya,  and  Lebay. 

Dipdiog;  on  the  coast,  7*  m.  SW.  of  Dapitan.  Pop.,  4,611,  with  dependent  vil- 
iges  Polanco  and  Sianib. 

Lubungan;  at  the  mouth  of  a  river,  10  m.  SW.  of  Dapitan.  Pop.,  5,157,  with  the 
villages  of  Dahinop,  Laiigitian,  Manocan,  Matan,  Miatan,  Tabao,  Toocaan,  and  Sera. 

Matan;  on  the  N.  coast,  14  m.  SW.  of  Dapitan; 

Padua;  on  the  W.  slope  of  Gran  Malindang  Mt.,  25  m.  ESE.  of  Dapitan. 

DEPENDENT  ISLANDS. 

The  dependent  islands  lying  off  the  coast  of  Dapitan  are: 

sq.  m. 

Aligbai;  11 1  m.  NNW.  of  Dapitan  Bay 1 

Murcielagos;  .several  .small  islands  N.  of  Cipit  Pt.,  8  m.  ENE  ot  ttie  coast  end  of  the  boundary 
between  Dapitan  and  Zamboanga.    Tlie y  are  generally  low.  the  largest,  the  E.,  being  2,160 

ft.  in  length.   The  channels  between  them  are  clear,  with  4 J  to  S  and  18  Ims  1 

Silino,  3  small  islands  lying  inshore  on  Murcielagos  Bay,  N.  coast,  8  m,  N.  by  E.  of  Tagolo  Pt k 

6  dependent  islands,  total  area 2^ 

VEGETABLE  PRODUCTS. 

The  staple  products  of  agriculture,  including  hemp,  cotton,  corn,  sugar,  coffee, 
cocoa,  tobacco,  and  vegetables,  are  cultivated  by  primitive  methods  lor  clomestic 
consumption. 


490 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPIKE    ISLANDS. 


MINERALS. 


The  existence  of  gold,  coal,  copper,  i)latinum. 
established,  but  to  what  extent  is  not  known. 

FORESTS. 


and  sulphur  in  i\Iindanao  has  bee: 


I 


Except  along  the  sea  coast  of  Dapitan  these  territories  are  covered  with  extensive 
forests  of  woods  useful  in  house  and  ship  building  and  furniture  making.  The 
rivers  during  the  rainy  season  afford  facilities  for  reaching  the  coast,  particularly 
through  the  main  stream  and  tributaries  of  the  Pulangui.  The  forests  of  ebony  are 
particularly  valuable. 

FRUITS. 

The  fruits  of  the  islands,  particularly  bananas,  pineapples,  grow  aliundantly. 
INDUSTRIES. 

The  collection  of  forest  products,  especially  gums,  wax,  and  honey,  the  weaving 
of  fabrics  lor  domestic  use,  the  manufacture  of  cacao,  and  the  raising  of  cattle  are 
the  industries.  These  articles,  in  small  quantities,  are  exported  through  the  porta 
of  Cotabato  and  Dapitan. 

UNITED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 

The  only  garrisoned  point  is  at  Dapitan,  estaljlished  April  1,  1901. 

CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 
The  provincial  government  act  has  not  been  extended  to  this  portion  of  Mindanao. 


DAPITAN  (dah-pec'-tahn),  nat.;  bay  on  extreme 
NW.  coast  of  Dapitan,  Mindanao,  opening  be- 
tween Tagolo  Pt.  on  N.  and  Sieayac  Pt.  to  S., 
8  m.,  and  .i^lieltered  from  all  winds  but  W.  N. 
coast  of  bay  is  bigh.  Pt.  Tubud  (Tugod),  li 
m.  S.  of  Pt.  Tagolo,  is  remarkable  by  having 
over  it  isolated  conical  hill.  Town  of  Dapi- 
tan lies  on  E.  shore  where  river  of  same  name 
enters  bay.  Little  port  of  Talaguilong  is  in 
N.  part  of  bay.  Anchorage  is  before  town. 
There  is  also  fixed  light  on  Pt.  Tubud  (q.  v.). 
On  peninsula  between  Silla  Pt.  on  N.  and  Da- 
pitan Bav  on  W.  coasts  is  conspicuous  hill, 
1,397  ft.  high. 

pueblo  in  former  comandancia  of  Dapitan, 

Mindanao,  on  1.  bank  on  main  outfli)W  of  river 
of  same  name  into  Dapitan  Bay.  Town  en- 
joys large  export  trade  in  cacao,  wax,  and 
maize.  Surrounding  region  is  populous,  and 
soil,  which  is  very  fertile,  is  extensively  cul- 
tivated. Large  herds  of  fine  cattle  are  raised 
for  local  and  export  trade.  Port  is  important 
coaling  place  for  vessels  passing  from  Duma- 
guete  and  ports  of  Visayan  Is.  along  coast  of 
Mindanao,  SW.  to  Zam'boanga  and  Sulu  A. 
Pop.,  .5,700. 

river  rising  in  Gran  Malindang  Mt.,  and 

taking  NW.  course  of  19  m.  enters  Dapitan 
Bay  through  2  mouths,  between  which  is 
town  of  same  name.  Bar  of  river  has  very 
little  water  at  low  mark,  but  lanchas  used 
along  this  coast  in  traffic  of  local  produce 
can  enter  stream  and  moor  at  wharves  of 
town  at  high  water. 

DAPXAX  (dap-nahn'),  ver.;  pueblo  of  E.  coast  of 
Surigao,  Mindanao,  N.  of  Bagadga  Bav,  171 
m.  SSE.  of  Surigao.    Pop.,  500. 

DAPO  (dah'-poh),  nat.;  point  SW.  coa.stof  Sdmar. 
(See  Sua.) 

DAPUX  (dah-pwah'),  nat.;  point  on  E.  shore  of 
Binanga  Bay,  on  SE.  coast  of  Subic  Bay,  SE. 
coast  of  Zambales,  Luz6n. 

DAPULISAN  (dah-poo-lee'-sahn),  ver.;  point  on 
N.  side  of  Matiibug  Bay,  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 


D.\(^riDA(jriD  (dah-key-dah-kid'),  nat.;  island 
off  coa.-t  of  Masbate,  Visayas. 

DAQl'IO  (dah-kee'-oh),  ver.;  islet  of  Cuatro  grp., 
off  W.  coast  of  Leyte,  6  m.  NW.  of  Inopacan. 

DAQUIT  (dah-kif),  ver.;  point  on  extreme  pro- 
jection of  E.  coa.st  of  Siquijor  I.,  SW.  of  Bohol, 
Visayas. 

DAKAl'OTAX  (dah-rah-caw'-tahn),  ver.;  bay  2^ 
m.  between  heads,  2i  m.  N.  of  Santa  Monica, 
on  extreme  NE.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 
Tiniguiban  hamlet  is  on  its  NW.  shore  and 
island  of  same  name  opposite.  {See  Crawford 
Pt.) 

island  in  that  bay,  1  m.  off  shore  on  ex- 
treme NE.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

point  at  S.  extremity  of  bay,  2|  m.  N.  of 

Santa  Monica,  NE.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

DARAUA  (dah-rah'-gah),  nat.;  hamlet  at  mouth 
of  river  of  that  name,  on  SW.  .shore  of  Masbate 
I.,  Visayas. 

town  in  Surigao,  Mindanao. 

DABA(U  or  t'AGSAUA  (dah-rah'-gah,  cahg-sah'- 
wah) ;  town  at  foot  of  Albay  volcano,  near 
headwaters  of  Sabang  Riv.,  about  2  m.  E.  of 
Legaspi,  and  5  m.  N.  of  Albay,  Luzon.  Hills 
in  vicinity  and  of  Albay  are  covered  with 
extensive  groves  of  cocoa  palms.    Pop.,  25,000. 

DARAJIAY  (dah-rah-whyM,  nat.;  group  of  3 
islets  2  m.  SW.  of  Catbalogan,  off  W.  coast  of 
Sdmar. 

DAKAM  (dah-rahm'),  ver.;  channel  leaving  San 
Bernardino  Strait,  SE.  between  Daram  I.  E. 
and  Biliran  I.  W.,  12  m.  wide,  which  ends  in 
spacious  estuary  formed  on  N.  shore  of  Leyte, 
and  finds  outlet  to  SE.  through  narrow  strait 
of  San  Juanico,  20  m.,  averaging  1  m.  wide 
between  SW.  Sdmar  and  NE.  Leyte. 

island  W.  of  S4mar. 

mountain  in  Sdmar. 

DARAXTjAX  (dah-rang'-ahn) ,  nat.;  hamkt  in 
Misamis,  7 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


491 


P»T.go»o 


.c^^^' 

'"!'''. 

ci\ 

/fi. 

%. 

,\>' 

lor     Talasfu.long 


/^l|\ 


'jC^s 


"i^it^^ 


MINDANAO  I 


SUDAFITAIJ  BAY 

CAFT\lNCLAlIDIOMO>T>RO    Sparu^i^  fTmcr 


Long    123"2S  Sfl'i: 


■^%^' 


492 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


I)AR(jfrAN  (dar-goo'-ahn).  vcr.:  hamlet  on  SE. 
shore  of  Panguil  Bay,  G7  ui.  SW.  by  W.  of 
Cagayiin  de  Misamis,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

DARKJAYOS  (dah-ree-gah'-yohs),  inlet  and  river 
on  China  Sea,  Union,  Luzon,  11  m.  N.  of  San 
Fernando. 

town  and  point  on  W.  coast  of  Uni6n,  on 

main  road  between  San  Fernando,  Bagnotan, 
and  Namagpaciin. 

DAKIMIBO  (dah-ree-mee'-bean),  ver.;  island  E. 
of  Siimar. 

I>AKI({ri  (dah-ree'-key),  ver.;  river  on  NW.  part 
of  J  locos  Norte,  Luz6n,  emptying  into  bay  of 
that  name. 

DAKO  (dah-raw'),  vcr.;  hamlet  in  SE.  part  of 
Ncgros  Oriental, 'J  m.  NW.  of  Dumaguete. 

DAROMA(>A.\(i,  or  DUKl  MA>A\  (dah-roh-mah'- 
wahng,  doo-roo-mah'-nahu),  nat.;  point  and 
river  emptying  on  its  E.  side,  SE.  .shore  of 
Panguil  Bay,  SW.  end  of  Misamis  port,  Misa- 
mis, Mindanao. 

DARRKNA  (dah-rray'-nah),  ver.;  point  in  Ilocos 
Norte,  Luzon. 

dXrSENA  (dar'-say-nah),  Sp.;  point  and  S.  islet 
of  Los  Naranjos  grp.  in  San  Bernardino  Strait, 
S.  of  Sorsogon,  Luzon,  toward  Masliate  I. 

DARUjM  (dah-room');  hamlet  on  W.  shore  of  chan- 
nel between  Sdmal  I.  and  iiiainhmd,  Ddvao, 
Mindanao,  11^  m.  SSW.  of  Ddvao. 

DARUMAIIAN  (dah-roo-mah'-wahn),  nat.;  river 
entering  extreme  SE.  shore  of  Misamis  port, 
Panguil  Bay,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

DASAAN  (dah-sah'-ahn),  ver.;  SE.  of  Laparan 
grp.,  Sulu  A.,  oflE  S.  point  of  Dammd  I. 

DASALABJ  (dah-sah'-lahn),  nat.;  low  island  2  sq. 
m.  in  extent  in  outlying  N  W.  chain  of  Basilan 
grp.,  S.  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  33|  m.  W. 
by  N.  of  Isabela. 

DA80L  (dah-saul'),  ver.;  bay  between  Caimdn 
and  Santa  Cruz  Pts.  on  W.  coast  of  Zambales, 
Luzon.  Town  of  same  name  situated  3  m. 
inland. 

pueblo  in  Zambales,  Luz6n,  on  main  high- 
way between  gulf  of  Lingav6n  and  Dasol 
Bay,  13i  m.  SSE.  of  Agno,  23  m.  WSW.  of  Lin- 
gayen,  on  gulf  of  that  name,  and  46  m.  N.  of 
Iba.  Coast  road  S.  starts  at  this  point.  Pop., 
2,404. 

DAStJ  (dah-soo'),  ver.;  town  in  CagayAn,  Luz6n. 

DATX  (dah-tah'),  ver.;  an  extinct  volcano,  lat. 
16°  67'  N.,  Ion.  120°  55'  E.,  7,364  ft.  high,  in 
Gran  Cordillera  Central,  in  SW.  of  Lepanto, 
Luzon.    Compo.sed  of  trachyte. 

hamlet  in  Lepanto,  Luz6n,  in  summits  of 

Gran  Cordillera  Central,  near  Bontoc  bound- 
ary, S  m.  NE.  of  Caydn.    Pop.,  471. 

IIATAGAN  (diih-tah'-gahn),  ver.;  hamlet  at  head- 
waters of  river  entering  sea  on  N.  coast  of 
Misurais,  Mindanao,  SE.  of  Dapitan.  Hamlet 
lies  23^  m.  S.  of  that  town. 

DATDALAYAi;(daht-dah-lah-yahc'),  ver.;  moun- 
tain in  pueblo  of  Tayum,  Abra,  Luz6n. 

DATINAUA  (dah-toe-nah'-wah),  ver.;  pointonW. 
coast  of  Marinduque  I. 

DATO  (dah'-toh),  ver.;  hamlet  on  S.  shore  of  Tawi 
Tawi  I.,  Sulu  A.,  5  m.  W.  of  Giltang. 

DATU  BAT6  (dah'-too  bah-toh'),  nat.;  island  of  1 
sq.  m.  in  NE.  waters  of  Laparan  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

DATUPI(i  (dah-too-pee-oh'),  ver.;  fountain  tribu- 
tary rising  in  central  range  and  flowing  NW., 
emptying  into  sea  through  Lagasan  Riv.,  Ne- 
gros  Occidental. 

DAUAJAIV  (dah-wah'-hahn),  ver.;  islet  off  W. 
shore  of  Leyte,  3  m.  NNW.  of  Villaba. 

DAIIAN  (dah'-wahn),  nat.;  islet  off  Maluso  Bay, 
W.  shore  Basilan  I.,  S.  of  Zamboanga,  Min- 
danao. 


DACBL'HAN  (dah-oo-boo'-hahn) ,  ver.;  mountain 
in  S.  central  Bohol,  8  m.  N.  of  Valencia,  on 
coast. 

DAUIUAA'  (dah-Wb'-gahn),  ver.;  high,  steep  point 
witli  flat  to]i,  forming  N.  head  of  Sandaiigan 
Bay,  on  NW.  coast  of  Dapitan,  Mindanao. 
Aiieliorage  in  S.  angle  of  bay  between  jwint 
and  Taboonan. 

inlet  on  NE.  coast  of  Sandangan  Bay,  SE. 

of  point  of  that  name,  W.  coast  of  Dapitan, 
Mindanao. 

DAUILICAN  (dah-we-lee'-cahn),  nat.;  river  and 
town  in  SE.  part  of  I.sabela,  Luzon,  river 
emptying  into  DiMsac  Bay,  or  port  of  Tu- 
mango. 

DAUIK  (dah'-win),  ver.;  pueblo  and  point  in  Ne- 
gros  Oriental,  on  extreme  SE.  coast,  9  m.  S.  of 
Dumaguete  and  14  m.  W.  across  sea  channel 
from  nearest  W.  shore  of  Siquijor  I.,  SW.  of 
Bohol.  Within  radius  of  4  m.  to  W.  and  NW. 
are  numerous  hot  and  .sulphur  springs  pos- 
sessing excellent  curative  properties.  Vol- 
cano of  Magaso  lies  8  m.  NW.  of  Dauin.  Pop., 
8,000.     (^?«oDavin.) 

DAUIS  (dah'-wees),  ver.;  pueblo  on  N.  coast  of 
Panglao  I.,  1  m.  across  sea  channel,  S.  of  Tag- 
bilaran,  Bohol.    Pop.,  8,992. 

dXlIT  (dah'-wit),  ver.;  point  on  NW.  coast  of 
Misamis,  Mindanao,  overlooked  by  hill  re- 
sembling obelisk. 

DACL  (dah-ool'),  ver.;  river  entering  .sea  on  E. 
coast  of  Mindoro,  midway  between  Mayllague 
and  Balate  Pts. 

DaCLI  (dah-oo'-lee) ,  ver.;  point  on  NW.  shore  of 
Dasol  Bay,  NE.  of  Caimdn  Pt.,  Zambales,  Lu- 
z6n. 

DAULIG,  or  DANLIO  (dah-oo-leeg',  dahn-leeg'), 
ver.;  town  on  E.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 
Pop.,  Cn.  1887,  569. 

DAtJTAN  (dah-oo'-tahn),  ver.;  small  stream  2  m. 
NW.  of  Guilhungan,  Negros  Occidental. 

DiVAO  (dah'-vow-),  ver.;  extensive  bay  on  S. 
shore  of  Mindanao,  having  its  entrance  be- 
tween Califln  Pt.  on  W.  and  San  Agustin  C. 
on  E.,  35  m.,  and  inland  to  N.  09^  m.  Large 
island  of  SAmal  nearly  tills  N.  part.  Capital, 
Ddvao,  lies  on  W.  shore,  and  opposite  Sdmal  I., 
3|  m.  across  Pakiputan  Strait.  Shore  of  en- 
tire gulf,  from  Calidn  to  San  Agustin,  is  in- 
dented with  small  islets  and  bays,  upon 
which  are  many  towns  and  hamlets,  besides 
large  agricultural  population  in  surrounding 
region.  From  Caliiin  Pt.  coast  runs  almost 
due  N.  42  m.  as  far  as  Casilaran,  on  NW. 
shore  of  which  is  Malalag  port,  and  Mercedes 
on  S.  shore,  thence  NNE.  30^  m.  enters  river 
Dftvao  or  Vergara,  at  mouth  of  which  stands 
D5,vao,  capital.  Entire  length  of  shore  is 
clean  and  very  steep  near  shore.  Port  of 
Malalag  is  stated  in  Spanish  Derrotero  to  be 
capable  of  holding  vessel  of  any  size.  From 
Hijo  Riv.  coast  runs  nearly  S.  by  E.  as  far  as 
C.  San  Agustin.  Many  anchorages  in  inden- 
tations along  this  shore,  but  much  exposed 
to  swell  which  sets  in  with  S.  winds. 

dXvAO,  or  VERGARA  (dah'-vow,  vayr-gah'-rah) ; 
river  of  considerable  size  rising  in  numerous 
branches  in  dividing  range  in  Misamis,  Min- 
danao, between  watersheds  of  D&vao  Gulf  on 
E.  and  Illana  Bay  on  W.  After  SE,  course 
enters  Gulf  of  DAvao  N.  of  Dlvao,  capital. 

capital  of  district  of  that  name  and  pueblo, 

Mindanao,  on  bay  on  head  of  W.  arm  of 
Di'ivao  Gulf,  formed  by  SAmal  I.  on  E.,  at 
mouth  of  river  of  sanie  name.  Town  was 
founded  in  1847.  Pop.,  3,308.  At  N.  point  of 
entrance  to  Riv.  Ddvao,  lat.  7°  1'  30"  N., 
Ion.  125°  35'  1",  stands  light-house  built  of 
iron,  on  stone  base,  with  keeper's  dwelling 
attached.  Height  27  ft.  above  sea  level,  and 
tower  from  base  to  base  20  ft.,  visible  12  m. 
Regular  steamer  from  Manila,  Zamboanga, 
and  Polloc  calls. 


t 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


498 


494  GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHIUmNE    ISLANDS. 

DAvAO,  MINDANAO. 

(Diih'-vow,  meen-rlah-iiow',  nat.) 

Chief  town:  Ddvao,  lat.  7°  1'  N.,  Ion.  125°  V  E. 

Area:  Mainland,  8,976  sq.  m. ;  islands,  195  sq.  m. ;  total,  9,171  sq.  m. 

Population:  33,668. 

Race:  Malay-Moros. 

Language:  Moro,  Visayan,  and  a  number  of  local  dialects. 

Department  of  Mindanao:  Headquarters,  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 


i 


Table  of  distances. 

From  DAvao  to—  ™- 

Cutabato,  W.  by  N 94 

Manila,  NW 610 

Manila,  via  DAvao  Gulf,  Sarangani  and  Basilan  straits,  Sulu  Sea,  Mindoro  Strait,  and  China 

Sea 995 

Surigao 194 

LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

The  unorganized  province  of  Dih'ao  occupies  the  SE.  part  of  Mindanao.  It  was 
formerly  known  as  Nueva  Guipuzcoa,  and  extends  from  Mayo  Bay,  on  the  Pacific 
Ocean,  to  Campiin  Bay,  on  the  Celebes  Sea.  It  is  bounded  on  the  N.  by  Surigao, 
on  the  E.  by  the  Pacific  Ocean,  on  the  S.  by  the  same  and  Celebes  Sea,  and  on  the 
NW.  and  W.  by  Cotabato  and  the  detached  part  of  Misamis. 

AREA. 

It  is  145  ni.  from  N.  to  S.,  and  127  m.  from  E.  to  W.,  between  San  Agustin  Pt. 
and  Campiln  Bay.  Area:  Mainland,  8,976  sq.  m.;  25  dependent  islands,  area  195 
sq.  m.;  total  area,  9,171  sq.  m.  (5,869,440  a.),  or  7  times  the  size  of  Rhode  Island,  4 
times  the  size  of  Delaware,  1,000  sq.  m.  larger  than  New  Jersey,  and  856  sq.  m.  more 
than  Massachusetts. 

PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 

The  range  which  begins  <in  the  N.  coast  at  Diuata  Pt.,  after  forming  the  bound- 
ary between  Surigao  and  Misamis,  continues,  after  leaving  the  intersection  of  the 
N.  boundary  between  Davao  and  Surigao,  to  form  the  boundary  between  the  former 
province  and  MivSamis  and  Cotabato.  At  its  intersection  with  DicaluiTgan  Mt.,  mak- 
ing a  W.  trend,  the  range  terminates  on  the  Celebes  Sea  coast  at  Camptln.  Its  high- 
est summit,  Apo  volcano,  20  m.  WSW.  of  Davao,  is  10,312  ft.  high.  The  rest  of  the 
range  has  a  number  of  summits  from  2,000  to  6,000  ft.  All  the  rivers  having  their 
rise  in  this  range,  some  of  them  across  the  border  in  Misamis  and  Cotabato,  flow  into 
the  bay  of  Ddvao,  Pacific  Ocean,  and  the  Celebes  Sea. 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

The  coast  of  Davao  forming  the  SE.  shore  of  Mindanao  has  many  bays  and  inlets, 
two  of  them  being  the  finest  in  the  archipelago.  The  following  are  the  bays  and 
harbors: 

Balete  (Valete);  E.  coast;  a  deep,  sheltered  inlet  on  the  W.  shore  of  the  port  of 
the  same  name  on  Pujada  Bay. 

Campan;  SW.  coast;  the  boundary  between  Davao  and  Cotabato  terminates  at  the 
head  of  this  bay. 

Canalasan;  S.  coast;  an  inlet  on  the  E.  shore  immediately  inside  the  entrance  to 
Sarangani  Bay. 

Casilaran;"  a  fine  bay  in  the  angle  of  the  cove  on  the  W.  side  of  Ddvao  Bay  after 
turning  Caluiigan  Pt.     It  is  well  sheltered  and  has  a  light-house. 

Davao;  S.  coast;  a  great  bay  between  Caliiin  Pt.  on  the  E.  coast  of  the  peninsula  of 
Sarangani  and  C.  San  Agustin  on  the  S.  extremity  of  D:lvao  Pen.,  33  m. 

Lanig-an;  E.  coast,  2\  m.  N.  of  San  Agustin  C,  opposite  the  port  of  the  same 
name,  and  accessible  for  small  craft  only. 

Malipano;  S.  coast,  between  the  island  of  that  name  and  Sdmal  I.,  in  the  N.  waters 
of  Ddvao  Bay.  It  was  a  naval  station  under  the  Spanish.  Its  conditions  are  good, 
being  protected  by  Talicud  I. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


495 


:  ■••>i.v-rr. 


•■.;j^"^i<;^^<-?-v 


k 


^mmimisg;!<';s ^. . . 


Wk- 


496 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


Mayo;  E.  coast;  the  N.  and  E.  boundary  between  Surigao  and  Diivao  terminates 
on  the  E.  head  of  this  bay.  It  is  6  m.  at  the  entrance  and  penetrates  8  m.  inland  to 
the  W.  A  peak  1,853  ft.  high  marks  the  approach  and  terminates  the  narrow  penin- 
sula which  i^eparates  it  from  Pujada  Bay  on  the  S. 

Pasiputan;  strait  between  Siimal  I.  and  the  mainland,  forms  a  safe  anchorage  with 
17  fms.  off  Diivao  capital. 

Pujada;  W.  coast;  5  m.  between  heads,  with  a  high  island  of  the  same  name  in  the 
entrance.  It  extends  12  m.  inland.  It  has  an  extreme  width  of  7  m.  Sheltered  from 
all  winds,  with  20  to  55  fms.,  and  with  a  head  1,853  ft.  high  marking  the  approacli. 
A  narrow  peninsula  divides  it  from  Mayo  Bay  on  the  N. 

Sarangani;  S.  coast;  8  m.  between  heads,  wider  within  and  trending  17  m.  inland. 
It  has  18  fms.     A  light-house  stands  on  the  E.  side  of  its  entrance. 

Sigaboy;  on  the  E.  coast  of  Diivao  Bay,  in  front  of  the  town  of  the  same  name. 

Tumanao;  on  the  W.  side  of  Sarangani  I.,  18  fms. 

Yucatan;  E.  coast;  inside  Mayo  Bay,  2i  m.  ^V.  of  Tugubum  Pt. 

LIGHT-HOUSES. 

Glan  ( Glan-Masila)  Riv.,  S.  side  of  river  entrance,  Canalasan  Cove,  lat.  5°  45' 
3(y'  N.,  Ion.  125°  15^  E.;  1  flash  light;  83  ft.  above  the  sea;  tower,  5  ft.  high;  visible 
7  m. ;  tripod. 

Davao;  N.  point  of  entrance  to  Diivao  Eiv.,  lat.  7°  V  30'''  N.,  Ion.  125°  35'  V  E.; 
1  flash  light,  red,  27  ft.  above  the  sea;  tower,  iron  on  stone  base,  lead  color;  keeper's 
dwelling  attached,  20  ft.  high;  visible  12  m. 

KOADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 

With  the  exception  of  the  immediate  vicinity  of  Diivao,  all  the  towns  and  villages 
are  on  the  coast.  A  few  have  intercourse  by  navigable  river  or  wagon  road,  but  gen- 
erally communication  is  by  sea.  Much  good  work  has  been  done  on  roads  by  the 
United  States  troo^js,  many  miles  of  communication  having  been  opened  from  Dtlvao 
both  N.  and  S. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

The  population  represented  by  30  towns  is  33,668,  which,  however,  does  not 
include  the  total  number  within  the  boundaries  of  this  former  province.  The  domi- 
nant race  is  more  distinctively  Indonesian  than  any  of  the  races  of  the  archipelago, 
the  4  representative  branches  being  Bagobos,  Tagacaolos,  Kalaganes,  and  Guiangas. 
The  inhabitants  are  much  divided  into  tribes,  having  dialects  of  their  own.  The 
tribes  are  Mandayas  (principal),  Sdmales,  many  Visayans  in  the  principal  towns. 
The  chief  dialects  are  Bisaya,  Bagobo,  Guianga,  Tagbana,  Tagacaolo,  Ata,  Calagan, 
Manobo,  Moro,  Tagabili,  Bilan,  and  Sanguil. 

The  following  is  the  division  of  Diivao  into  pueblos  and  their  population: 


Province  and  pueblos. 

Total  population  combining 
residents  present  and  ab- 
sent, native  and  Spanish, 
census  1887. 

Men. 

Women. 

Total. 

D&vao: 

Astorga 

97 
803 
108 
278 
364 
322 

76 
670 
125 
2.57 
3o0 
291 

173 

DAvao  . . 

1,473 

Mali 

535 

Santa  Cruz  . 

714 

Sigiboy 

Total 

1,972 

1,709 

Estimated,  1901,  33,668. 

The  principal  towns  are — 

Belen;  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  river  at  the  mouth  of  which  Diivao  is  situated,  21  m. 
above  that  town. 

Bilanagan;  on  the  W.  shore  of  Mayo  Bay,  47  m.  ESE.  of  Diivao. 

Boayagan;  at  the  mouth  of  a  river  entering  on  the  N.  -ashore  of  Sarangani  Bay. 
Quite  a  number  of  villages  lie  along  the  E.  and  W.  shores  from  this  point. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  497 

Calatrava;  on  the  Pasiputan  Strait,  6  m.  NE.  of  Davao. 

Caraga;  on  tlie  E.  peninsula  in  the  former  comandaneia  of  Mati.     Pop.,  8,B90. 

Cateel;  on  the  E.  peninsula  in  the  former  comandaneia  of  Mati.     Pop.,  3,500. 

Davao  (Vergara);  the  capital,  on  the  NW.  shore  of  Davao  Bay,  opposite  the 
island  of  Samal.  It  is  well  laid  out  with  broad  streets  and  has  a  numl)er  of  well- 
built  houses.  There  are  35  towns  within  a  radius  of  17  m.  Pop.,  3,308,  embracing 
a  number  of  <lependent  villages. 

Glan;  on  Canalasan  Cove,  inside  of  Sumlnin,  the  E.  point  of  Sarangani  Bay.  A 
summit  1,670  ft.  rises  inland. 

Hig-o;  on  the  N.  shore  of  an  inlet  in  the  extreme  N.  waters  of  D;ivao  Bay.  Cupiat 
I.  lies  in  the  entrance  to  the  inlet. 

Lalang;  on  the  mainland  of  Pasiputan  Strait,  3  m.  NE.  of  Davao. 

Macar;  on  the  W.  shore  of  Sarangani  Bay,  81  m.  SSW.  of  Davao. 

Malalag;  situated  on  one  of  the  finest  ports  in  the  archipelago,  well  sheltered, 
with  a  good  depth. 

Mati;  on  the  N.  shore  of  Balete  Pt.,  46  m.  ESE.  of  Davao.  Pop.,  2,475.  Good 
quarters  for  50  men,  pier  for  small  boats,  etc.  Best  harbor  in  Mindanao.  Outcrop- 
ping of  coal,  also  gold  exists. 

Mercedes;  on  the  Casaliran  Bay,  W.  shore  of  Davao.  The  towns  of  Vera  and 
Santa  Isabel,  on  the  river,  lie  in  the  vicinity,  24  m. 

Nanay;  on  the  Vj.  peninsula  in  the  former  comandancia  of  Mati.     Pop.,  2,649. 

Penaplata;  on  Siimal  I.,  9  m.  NE.,  opposite  Davao.  Pop.,  1,848,  including  a 
number  of  hamlets. 

Pilar;  on  the  SE.  point  of  the  SE.  extreme  of  the  E.  peninsula,  58  m.  SE.  of 
D;ivao. 

San  Alfonso;  E.  coast,  N.  of  San  Agustin  C.',  58  m.  SE.  of  Davao. 

Santa  Cruz;  situated  on  one  of  the  finest  ports  in  the  archipelago,  with  a  good 
depth  and  sheltered  from  all  winds,  14  m.  S.  by  W.  of  Djivao.     Pop.,  Cn.  1887,  714. 

Sigaboy;  on  the  E.  shore  of  Davao  Bay,  sheltered  by  the  island  of  that  name,  43 
m.  SE.  of  Davao.  A  number  of  small  towns  lie  along  the  shore  of  the  bav  N.  and 
S.  ofSigaboy.     Pop.,  2,217. 

Tabaquil;  on  the  N.  shore  of  Mayo  Bay,  40  m.  ESE.  of  Davao. 

DEPENDENT  ISLANDS. 

The  following  are  the  islands  adjacent  to  the  Davao  coast  of  Mindanao: 

sq.m. 
Balut  (Masih'i,  large);  the  westernmost  of  the  Sarangani  Is.,  6  m.  N.  and  S.  and  7  m.  E.  and  \V. 
It  is  covered  with  vegetation  and  inhabited  by  Sanguiles  and  Bilanes.    Its  central  cone  is  a 

volcano  3,117  ft.  high,  from  wliieli  smoke  occasionally  ascends 25 

A  small  island  40  ft.  lii,i;h  lies  oil'  its  SW.  shore i 

Camazo;  E.  coast,  1.5^  m.  N.  of  San  Agustin  Pt i 

Cupiat;  S.  coa.st,  2  islands  in  the  entrance  to  an  inlet  on  the  extreme  N.  shore  of  Davao  Bay, 

fronting  Higo s 

Dumalag;  S.  coast  fronting  Matina  in  the  S.  entrance  to  Pasiputan  Strait k 

Malipano;  {  small  island  olY  the  SW.  coast  of  Samal  I.,  DAvao  Bay a 

Olanivan;  N.  of  Sanni,;i:ani  I.,  or  Little  Paint,  liO  ft.  lush i 

Pandasan;  a  small  island  near  the  cuast  of  Siimal  I.,  DAvaoBay i 

Pujada;  E.  coast  in  the  entrance  to  the  bay  of  that  name,  200  ft.  high,  3  small  islets  lie  off  the 

SE.  shore.    Opposite  to  the  mainland  rises  a  simimit  7.s7  ft.  high 1 

Sftmal;  S.  coast,  820  ft.  high,  in  the  N.  waters  of  DAvao  Bay,  17  m.  N.  and  S.,  13  m.  E.  and  W.  It 
is  thickly  populated,  having  7  villages.  The  soil  is  fertile  and  produces  excellent  chocolate, 
which  is  cultivated.    This  island  forms  the  E.  shore  of  Pasiputan  Strait,  and  also  shelters  the 

harbor  of  D^ivao 140 

Santa  Cruz;  S.  coast,  2  islands  off  the  NE.  shore  of  SAmal  I.,  in  the  channel  between  that  and 

the  mainland 2 

Sarangani;  the  easternmost  of  the  islands  of  that  name,  820  ft.  high,  off  the  extreme  S.  point  of 
Mindanao,  8  m.  N.  and  S.  and  3  m.  E.  and  W.,  sometimes  known  as  Balut- Parido  (or  Little). 

Tumanao  and  Patucu  villages  are  on  its  N.  shore 16 

Sarangani;  2  islands  and  an  islet  7  m.  off  the  extreme  S.  point  of  Mindanao,  and  form  the  S. 
shore  of  the  strait  of  that  name;  the  channel  between  the  islands,  3  m.  wide  has  12  fms.  The 
natives  call  the  larger  island  Balut-Masiia  and  the  smaller  Balut-Parido;  the  former  is  high 
and  covered  with  vegetation  and  inhabited  by  a  ntimber  of  Sanguiles  and  Bilanes. 

Sig^boy;  S.  coast,  E.  side  of  DAvao  Bay,  S.  of  the  port  of  that  name 1 

Talicud  (Guisoc);  S.  coast  off  the  SW.  shore  of  Sfimal  I.,  6  m.  long  and  1  m.  wide;  2  small  islands 
lie  in  the  N.  entrance  to  the  channel  between  it  and  Malipano.  It  is  low  and  covered  with 
forests  and  uninhabited  on  account  of  the  absence  of  fresh  water;  excellent  tobacco  is  grown 

upon  the  island 6 

Tres  Arboles;  S.  shore  at  the  head  of  Ddvao  Bay,  near  mouth  of  the  river  Higo i 

25  dependent  islands,  total  area 195 

VEGETABLE  PRODUCTS. 

Hemp,  coffee,  sugar  cane,  tol)acco,  rice,  indigo,  corn,  and  sweet  potatoes  are  staples. 
The  cinnamon  ti'ee,  cloves,  and  nutmegs,  the  betel  nut  and  betel  pepper,  the  chew- 
ing gum  of  the  East,  grow  spontaneously. 

S.  Doc.  280 32 


498 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHIUPPmE    ISLANDS. 


MINERALS. 

Indications  of  important  deposits  of  coal  are  rc'i)orteil  in  the  vicinity  of  INIati.  Tliis 
town,  at  the  head  of  Port  Balete,  on  I'ujada  i>ay,  one  of  the  l)est  sheltered  and 
accessible  on  the  coast,  affords  tide-water  facilities.  Gold,  copper,  and  phitinnm  are 
also  reported.  The  precions  metal  at  Coraja  and  alon<;  the  E.  coast  i.s  supposed  to 
be  abundant,  as  the  natives  are  said  to  have  had  many  gold  ornaments  made  of  native 
gold. 

FORESTS. 

The  mountains  are  covered  with  valuable  forests  of  teak,  iron  wood  (manconi), 
ipil,  sibucao,  ebony,  juniper,  bamboo  (boga),  and  rattan.  The  proximity  of  the 
shore  of  Ddvao  Bay  affords  advantages  for  shipment. 

FRUITS. 

The  pineapijles,  mango,  and  bananas  of  Davao  are  celebrated  on  accomit  of  their 
quality. 

INDUSTRIES. 

The  mechanical  industries  are  limited  to  home  demand.  Large  numbers  of  cattle, 
horses,  carabaos  and  hogs,  are  raised.  Tiie  grazing  Vjeing  excellent  on  the  island  of 
Sdmal  a  fine  quality  of  chocolate  is  manufactured. 

UNITED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 

The  occupation  of  Mindanao,  within  the  boundary  of  this.former  Spanish  province, 
took  place  on  December  20,  1899,  at  Davao,  the  capital,  at  which  point  a  garrison  has 
been  maintained. 

On  February  15,  1902,  the  following  were  the  military  stations  in  Ddvao: 
Ddvao.  Macar. 


CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 

The  provisions  of  the  "provincial  government  act"  have  not  been  extended  to  this 
province. 


DAVKRSTOCK,  for.;  point  on  W.  side  of  Dalrym- 

l.le  Harbor,  N.  coast  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A. 
DAVIIO  (dah'-vee-ay),  ver.;  hill  2  m.  S.  of  Nose 

Pt.,  SE.  coast  of  S.  Palawan.    On  N.  side  of 

cove  is  S.  extremity  of  coast  range. 
DAVIL  DAVIL  (dah-vill'dah-vill'),  nat.;  island  of 

Balauguingui  grp.,   Sulu  A.,   W.   of   Balan- 

guingui  I. 
dXvILA  (dah'-vee-lah),  Sp.;  hamlet  in  W.  Leyte, 

near  W.  shore  of  Bao  Riv.,  3  m.  NW.  of  Ormoc. 
DAY  (die),  ver.;  hamlet  ih  m.  W.  of  Boro:Tgan,  in 

E.  Samar. 
DAYAGdlV  (dah-yah-gohn'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Con- 

cepcion,  Hollo,  Panay,  1  m.  S.  of  Carles. 
hamlet  on  SE.  shore  of  deep  bight  on  NE. 

coast  of  Iloilo,  Panay,  3  m.  SW.  of  Carl6s,  Con- 

cepcion,  and  8  m.  NE.  of  Pilar,  CApiz. 
prominent  point  on  E.  coast  of  Mindoro,  58 

m.  SSE.  of  Calapdn  and  3m.  S.  by  E.  of  Boiiga- 

bon. 
hamlet  in  extreme  NE.  Negros  Occidental, 

4  m.  E.  of  Arguelles. 
DATAJAN  (dah-yah'-hahn'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  Inu- 

nukan  Bay,  W.  coast  of  Masbate  I.,  Vi-sayas. 
DAYANA  (dah-yah'-nah),  ver.;  island  on  S.  coast 

of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao,    WNW.  lie  point 

and  village  of  Silupa. 
dXyAP  (dah'-yahp)  (meanslemon), nat.;  pointon 

Laguna  de  Bay,  in  Laguna,  Luz6n,  in  pueblo 

of  Bay. 
point  forming  SE.   head  of  Polo  Bay,  on 

NE.  coast  of  Mindoro. 

inlet  in  N.  Mindoro. 

DAYAPAN  (dah-yah'-pahn),  nat.;  river  in  Batan- 

gas,  Luzon,  rising  in  Macolod  or  Macolot  Mt. 

empties  into  Calumpdn  Riv. 


I>AYHA>'(iOX  (die-hang'-ohn),  ver.;  hamlet  on 
SW.  coast  of  Bohol,  2  m.  S.  of  Paminuitan. 

I>Xy(>(j  (dah'-yog),  ver.;  hamlet  in  W.  Sftmar,  10 
m.  NNE.  of  Catbalogan. 

DAYO  (dah'-yoh),  Tag.;  mountain  in  W.  Rizal, 
Luzon. 

DAYOS  (dah'-yohs),  ver.;  peak  in  CaraballosOcci- 
dentak'S,  Ilocos  Norte,  Luzon. 

I)EA(i.i>  (day-ah'-gahn),ver.;  island  off  entrance 
to  Naro  Bay,  E.  coast  of  Masbate  I.,  with  Vigia 
Pt.  forms  S.  channel  between  Ticao  and  Mas- 
bate  Is.,  Visayas. 

DEANS,  for.;  wooded  limestone  head  overlook- 
ing Tagnipa  inlet,  Ulugan  Bay,  SW.  Paragua, 
Palawan. 

DECALATXn  {day-cah-lah-talm'),ver.;  cneof  islet 
grouji  in  Cornn  Passage  between  Busuari^ra 
and  Calami;! M  Is.,  Calamiancs  grp.,  NE.  of 
Para.i;ua,  Palawan. 

DECEPCION  (day-thayp-thee-ohn'),  Sp.;  point  on 
extreme  SE.  coast  of  Palawan,  2J  m.  NE.  is 
Madripore  (Madr^pora)  Pt. 

DECTCiX  (deck-tohn'),  ver.;  river  on  extreme 
SW.  coast  of  Antifjue,  Panay,  emptying  into 
sea  3k  m.  N.  of  Anini-v. 

DEEP,  for.;  bay  on  E.  coast  of  S.  Palawan,  imme- 
diately N.  of  Puerto  Princesa.  (See  Honda 
Bay.) 

DEEP  BAY,  for.;  low  wooded  point,  41  m.  SW.  of 
Steep  Pt.,  S.  Palawan,  and  of  valley  formed 
on  N.  by  spur  of  Victoria  Peak.  W.  coast  of 
Palawan  here  trends  NE.  18  m.  to  Long  Pt. 

DELAPON  (day-lah'-pon),  nat.;  garrisoned  town 
in  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luzon. 

DELGADA  (dayl-gah'-dah),  Sp.;  point  on  E.  coast 
of  Principe,  Luz6n,  in  center  of  bay  of  Baler, 


GAZETTEER   OF    THE   PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


499 


DELliN  (day-lee-ahn'),  ver.;  islet  450  ft.  high, 
3i  m.  NE.  of  Calia  Pt.,  S.  end  of  Peii6n  de  Coron 
I.  of  Calamianes  grp.  Shores  are  steep  to  and 
clean. 

DEL  MEDIO  (dayl  may'-dee-oh),  Sp.;  middle 
feland  of  Los  Naranjos  grp.,  off  S.  coast  of  Sor- 
sogon,  Luz6n. 

DELONdi  (day-long'),  ver.;  mineral  spring  in  Le- 
panto,  Luz6n. 

DENOWAN  (day-noh'-wahn),  ver.;  point  on  SW. 
coa.st  of  Mindanao,  lat.  6°  55'  N. 

island  off  SW.  coast  of  Mindanao,  opposite 

point  of  same  name. 

DEOTO-BATA  (day-oh'-toh-bah'-tah),  ver.;  island 
E.  of  Laparan  I.,  Laparan  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

DtQUEZ,  or  (iOAT  (day'-kayth) ;  small  and  rather 
low  island,  i  sq.  m.  in  area,  about  i  m.  W.  of 
NW.  point  of  Ibugos  I.,  Batanes  grp.,  off  N. 
coast  of  Cagay^n,  Luzon. 

DESEADA  (day-say-ah'-dah),  Sp.;  point  on  E. 
coast  of  Luzon. 

DES0LACi6n  (dah-.soh-lah-thee-ohn'),  Sp.;  ex- 
treme N.  point  of  land  on  Dindgat  I.  across 
sea  channel,  18  m.  SW.  of  Homonhon  I.  and 
34  m.  SW.  of  SAmar. 

point  at  N.  extreme  of  Dindgat  I.,  off  N. 

coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  and  head  to  nav- 
igators entering  Surigao  Strait  from  N.,  36  m. 
S.  of  Siingai  Pt.,  extreme  SE.  point  of  Sdmar, 
with  Malhon  I.  lying  in  midchannel. 

DESPUJOL  (days-poo-hall'),  Sp.;  pueblo  on  Ta- 
blas  I.,  Romblon,  Visayas. 

DESTACADA  (de.ss-tah-cah'-dah),  Sp.;  island  E. 
of  Masbate,  Visayas. 

DESTACADO  (dess-tah-cah'-doh),Sp.;  2  boat-look- 
ing rocks  W.  by  S.  of  opening  between  Guntao 
Is.  and  mainland,  NW.  Paragua,  Palawan. 

DEVIL'S  CAP,  for.;  peak,  part  of  same  ridge  with 
Sult&n  Peak  SE.,  terminating  long  table  spur 
overlooking  Island  Baj;,  SE.  Palawan. 

DEVIL'S  CUP, for.;  peak  720  ft.  high  N.  of  Deep 
Bay  Pt  ,W.  coast  of  S.  Palawan,  near  Paragua 
boundary. 

DIABLO  (dee-ah'-bloh),  Sp.;  islet  off  N.  coast  of 
Masbate  I.,  VLsayas. 

point  in  Ticao  I.,  Ma.sbate  grp.,  Visayas. 

peak  in  Caraballos  Occidentales,  on  bound- 
ary between  Abra  and  Ilocos  Sur,  Luz6n. 

DIABLO,  PASO  1>KL  (pah'-soh  dayl  dee-ah'-bloh), 
Sp.:  clmnnil  between  S.  end  of  W.  peninsula 
and  Tnliiii  1..  in  Laguna  de  Bay,  off  S.  coast 
of  Rizal,  Luzon. 

DIACACAN  (dee-ah-cah'-cahn),  ver.;  hamlet  on 
W.  coast  of  Antique,  Panay,  4  m.  N.  of  Sebaste. 

DIADI  (dee-ah'-dee),  ver.;  hamlet  in  SW.  corner 
of  Abra,  Luzon,  20  m.  S.  of  Bangued. 

pueblo  near  N.  boundary  of  Nueva  Viz- 

caya  with  Isabela,  Luzon,  on  main  highway, 
18  m.  NE.  of  Bayombong.    Pop.,  109. 

mountain  tributary  of  one  of  branches  of 

Grande  de  Cagaydu  Riv.,  in  Lsabela,  Luzon. 

DIAFILA  (dee-ah-fee'-lah),  ver.;  island  on  N..side 
of  Base  Bay,  N.  of  Pasco  inlet,  1  m.  off  extreme 
NW.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

DIAGO  (dee-ah'-goh),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Abra,  Lu- 
z6n,  near  r.  bank  of  Abra  Riv.,  3  m.W.  of  Ban- 
gued. 

DIALAO  (dee-ah-lah'-aw),  ver.;  point  E.  of  May- 
raira  Pt.,  Ilocos  Norte,  Luzon.  With  Negra  Pt. 
9  m.  SW.  marks  deep  bay.  Port  of  Bangui  is 
on  its  shore. 

DIALIUANAN  (deeah-lee-\vah'-nahn),  nat.;  point 
on  E.  coast  of  Nueva  Eciia,  Luzon,  lat.  17°  45' 

N. 

DIAN  (dee-ahn'),  ver.;  river  in  NE.  Tayabas,  Lu- 
z6n,  emptying  into  Lamon  Bay  at  Felisa  Pt. 

DIANA  (dee-ah'-nah),  Sp.;  hamlet  on  E.  coast  of 
Cebu,  1  m.  SW.  of  CArcar. 


DIANOAPPIK  (dee-ahn-gap'-pick),  ver.;  point  at 
N.  limit  of  Sulu  roadstead,  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A, 

DIAA'tJ  LIT  (deeahn-gleef) ,  nat. ;  islet  off  SW.  shore 
of  Busuanga  I.,  Calamianes  grp. 

DIANIGAYOS  (dee-ah-nee-gah'-yos),  ver.;  point 
on  China  Sea  coast  of  Ilocos  Sur,  Luzon,  26 
m.  S.  of  Cand6n  Pt.  Low  and  covered  with 
trees. 

DIAO  (dee-ah'-aw) ;  bay  on  coast  of  Ilocos  Sur,  Lu- 
zon, hit.  17°  30'  N. 

DIAPILA  (dee-ah-pee'-lah),  ver.;  island  off  ex- 
treme NW.  point  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

DIBANCA  (dee-bahn'-cah),  ver.;  island  2  by  }  m. 
in  bight  on  E.  coast  of  Calamito  I.,S.  of  Cu- 
lion,  Calamianes  grp.,  off  NE.  coast  of  Para- 
gua, Palawan. 

DIBATALO  (dee-bah-tah'-law),  ver.;  islet  off  SE. 
coast  of  Busuaniga  I.,  Calamianes  grp.,  SW.  of 
Mindoro.    (SceDibitac.) 

DIBAYABAT  (dee-bah-yah-by'),  nat.;  point  and 
river  in  Principe,  Luzon. 

DIBINISA  (dee-bee-nee'-sah),  ver.;  point  in  Isa- 
bela, Luzon. 

DIBlNliBO  (dee-bee-noo'-beau),  nat.;  island  off 
E.  coast  of  Silmar,  6  m.  SE.  of  Borongan. 

DIBITAC,  or  DIBATALO  (dee-bee-tack',  dee-bah- 
tah'-law)  ,  ver.;  islet  300  ft.  high,  off  SE.  coast 
of  Busuanga  I.,  Calamianes  grp.,  SW.  of  Min- 
doro. 

DIBOAYAIV  (dee-boh-ah'-yahn),  ver.;  islet  in  NW. 
entrance  to  Busuanga-Calamita  channel, 
Calamianes  grp.,  NE.  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

DIBOYOYAN  (dee-boh-voh'-yahn),  ver.;  islet  Si 
m.  ESE.  of  CalAuit  Pt.,  Busuanga  I.,  Cala- 
mianes grp.,  W.  of  S.  point  of  Mindoro. 

DIBlKJUi  (de-boog-hah'),  nat.;  island  on  NW. 
shore  of  Sorsogon  port,  Sorsogon,  Luzon,  NE. 
of  inlet  NE.  of  Saclayan  Pt. 

DIBULIJAN  (dee-boo-loo'-ahn),  ver.;  island  SW. 
of  Lagen,  entering  Bdquit  Bay,  NW.  coast  of 
Paragua,  Palawan. 

DIBDT  (dee-boof),  ver.;  bay  in  Principe,  Luz6n. 
(See  Dingalan.) 

DICADAI'TO  (dee-cah-dah-ee'-toh),  nat.;  off  ex- 
treme S.  point  of  Calamidn  I.,  Calamianes 
grp.,NE.  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

DICALAYO  (dee-cah-lah'-yoh).  Tag.;  mountain 
in  Nueva  Ecija,  Luzon,  lat.  16°  60'  N. 

IH(:ALIIN(«A\  (dee-cah-loong'-ahn),  ver.;  central 
part  of  range  of  mountains  in  S.  DAvao,  Min- 
danao, beginning  N.  of  Apo  volcano,  near 
Di'ivao  Gulf  on  E.,  takes  concave  trend  to  SW., 
thence  W.  as  Decalungan  Mts.,  thence  NW. 
to  Mt.  Cabalata  at  S.  mouth  of  Grande  Riv.  of 
Mindanao,  155  m.,  forms  divide  of  drainage  of 
S.  Mindanao  into  DAvao  Gulf  and  Celebes  Sea 
on  E.  and  S.  and  SW.,  and  into  valley  of  Bu- 
luan  and  Liguasan  lakes  and  lower  part  of 
Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao  into  Illana  Bay. 
Apo  volcano  is  10,312  ft.  Entire  range  "ig 
marked  by  lofty  elevations  at  close  intervals 

DICAP^N  (dee-cah-pen'),  ver.;  river  in  Luzon. 

DICAPILARIN  (dee-cah-pee-lah'-rin),  ver.;  point 
in  coast  of  Principe,  Luz6n. 

DlCAPINISAN(dee-cah-pee-nee'-sahn) ,  nat. ;  point 
forming  with  Dibayabay  entrance  to  bay  of 
Diotoring,  on  E.  coast  of  Nueva  Ecija,  Luzon, 
lat.  15°  30'  30"  N. 

DICAPULULAN  (dee-cah-poo-loo'-lahn),  ver.;  is- 
land in  chain  between  Busuaiiga  grp.  and 
Linapacan  I.,  NE.  of  latter  island,  off  NE. 
coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

DICAYO  (dee-cah'-yoh),  nat.;  river  in  Misamls, 
Mindanao,  emptying  into  sea  on  N.  side,  lat. 

8°  32'  N. 

hamlet  in   pueblo  of   Lubuiigan,  Lanao, 

Mindanao. 

DICEN  (dee'-thayn);  inland  hamlet  li  m.  N.  of 
Lubungan,  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 


500 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE   PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 


DIimiLEM,  or  NORTHWEST  (dee-chee'-laym), 
ver.;  large  Vilncl;  nick  U  "i.  NW.  of  Sail  Rock, 
Im.NW.  of  I)iiiiiiiacl..an(l  7  m.  NW.byN.of 
Cali'iuitrt.,  liusuiuiKal.,  Calamiaiiesgrp.,  NE. 
of  Paraffua,  raluwan. 

DICAI'l'lLAO  ( (Ic. -cah-poo'-lah-aw),  ver.;  town  on 
shore  111  Balii-  Bay,  coast  of  Principe,  Luzon, 
7  m.  NE.  of  BakT. 

DIDICA  (dee-dee'-cah),  nat.;  cluster  of  4  sharp- 
pointed  rocks,  known  as  Northern  Pillars,  8^ 
ni.  NE.  of  Dinapac  Rocks,  much  higher  than 
latter  and  when  seen  at  considerable  dis- 
tance appear  like  ships  under  sail;  are  2J  m. 
in  extent  NE.  and  SW.  with  area  of  5  sq.  m.; 
among  tliem  many  rocks  of  various  sizes 
which  render  aiiimuich  dangerous  to  naviga- 
tion. Ocean  current  runs  strongly  to  N.  in 
SW.  monsoon,  an<l  as  there  are  no  soundings 
near  their  approach  by  vessels  is  dangerous 
in  light  winds.  With  small  low  islands  tlioy 
form  group  of  some  200  ft.  high  and  1  m.  in  cir- 
cumference. On  its  N.  coast  is  active  voh'ano, 
lat.  19°  2'  N.,  Ion.  122°  9'  E.,  height  700  ft. 
Between  the.se  and  Dinapac  Rocks  SW., 
U.  S.  S.  Charleston  went  to  pieces.  (See 
Dinapac. ) 

DIENTE  (dee-avn'-tay).  Sp.;  p..iut  at  XW.  e.x- 
tremitv  of  ('aiioas  IVn.,  c.  111.  X,  (if  Capoas 
C,  and  W.  limit  n\  jiriiiciiial  cliaimel  to 
Malampaya  Sound,  \\.  I'arugua,  Palawan. 

DIFUN  (dee-foon'),  ver.;  mountain  range  cros.s- 
ing  boundary  between  Isabela  and  Nueva 
Vizcaya,  Luzon.  Grande  de  Cagay^n  Riv. 
flows  at  its  base. 

mountain  hamlet  in  SW.  Isabela,  Luz6n. 

DIGPfAYAN  (dig-nah'-yahn),  ver.;  mountain  in  E. 
part  of  Ilocos  Sur,  Luzon. 

DIGO  (dee'-gaw),  ver.;  hamlet  near  Tagabulin 
Pt.  on  W.  shore  of  DAvao  Gulf,  in  Davao, 
Mindanao,  IS  m.  S.  by  W.  of  DAvao. 

DltiOLIilKIN  (dec  .L^iih-lycc-rccir),  ver.;  river  in 
Isalicla,  Luzim,  lisiiii,^  in  !■:.  slopes  of  Sierra 
Madre  and  eniiityinK  iniu  Pacific  Ocean. 

DIGOS  (dee'-gaws),  ver.;  hamlet  on  W.  shore  of 
DAvao  Gulf,  Ddvao,  Mindanao,  23|  m.  S.  of 
D4vao. 

DKiOSAjV  (dee-gaw'-sahn),  ver.;  river  in  Min- 
danao. 

DIG  pi  (deeg-pee'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  E.  point  of 
Tulu  Bay,  S.  coast  of  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A.,  20  m. 
SE.  of  Sulu. 

DIGl'IG  (dee-geeg'),  Tag.;  hamlet  in  pueblo  of 
Carrangliln,  Nueva  Ecija,  Luzon. 

DIJAO  (dee'-how);nat.;  hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Goa, 
Ambos  Camarines,  Luz6n. 

DIKALABCaN  (dce-cah-lah-boo'-ahn),nat.;  point 
on  Upper  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  below 
mouth  of  Tampto  Creek,  Lanao,  Mindanao. 

DIKALI  (dee-kah'-lee),  ver.;  .summit  in  Dica- 
lungan  Mt.  in  Cotabato,  near  line  of  bound- 
ary with  DAvao,  Mindanao. 

DILA  (dce'-lah)  (means  tongue),  nat.;  river  in 
Mindanao. 

DILXiN  (dee-lah'-in).  Tag.;  mineral  spring  in 
Norzagaray,  Bulaci'm,  Luz6n. 

DILAO,  SAN  FERNANDO  DE  (sahn  fayr-nahn'-doh 
day  dee-lah'-oo),  Hisp.;  district  of  city  of 
Manila. 

DILXsaC  (dee-lah'-sahck),  ver.;  bay  on  coast  of 
Principe,  Luz6n.  Charted  Yumango  by 
Spanish. 

DILASO  (dee-lah'-saw) ,  ver.;  peak  in  Caraballos 
Occidentales,  Ilocos  Norte,  Luz6n. 

DILE  (dee'-lay),  ver.;  point  off  coast  of  Ilocos 
Sur,  Luzon,  most  prominent  point  on  coast, 
sheltering  Vigan  roads. 

DILIAN  (deelee'ahn),  nat.;  one  of  numerous  is- 
lets of  Calamianes  grp.,  NE-  of  Paragua, 
Palawan. 

DILCLAP  (dee-loo'lap),  ver.,  riverof  SE.  Isabela, 
Luz6n,  tributary  to  Desabungan  Riv.,  which 
drains  into  Grande  de  CagayAn  Riv. 


DI.^ALANSAN  (dec-mah-Iahn-sahn'),  ver.;  port 
in  I.sabela,  Luz6n,  at  S.  head  of  deep  bight  on 
NW.  coast,  17  m.  SE.  of  boundary  with  Caga- 
y^n  on  N.;  Estagno  and  Gay  Is.  lie  on  en- 
trance.   {Also  Dimasalansan. ) 

DIMAIjXsAG  (dee-mah-lali'-sag);  ver.;  hamlet  on 
1.  bank  of  Pulangui  Riv.,  6  m.  after  it  crosses 
boundary  into  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

DIMALGLOT  (dee-mahl-glof),  ver.;  islet  off  S. 
shore  of  Uson  I.,  S.  coast  of  Busuanga  I.,  Ca- 
lamianes grp.,  NE.  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

DIMALOOd  (dee-mah-loh-ohk'),  nat.;  bay  and 
creek  W.  shore  of  Misamis  port,  Misamis, 
Mindanao,  6  m.  SW.  of  Misamis. 

DIMAMPXu,  or  DANSALAN  (dee-mahm-pow', 
dahn-.sah'-lahn),  nat.;  village  on  NW.  shore 
of  Liguasan  Lagoon.    (See  Dansalan.) 

DIMANCAL  (dee-mahn-cahP),  ver.;  islet  of  Lina- 
pacan  chain,  9^  m.  NE.  of  Linapacan,  NE.  of 
Paragua,  Palawan. 

DIMANGLET  (dee-mahn-glayf),  ver.;  islet  3  m. 
NNW.  of  extreme  NW.  point  of  Linapacan  I. 
of  that  chain,  NE.  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

islet  250  ft.  high  off  Us6n   I.,  off  S.  shore  of 

Busuanga  I.,  Calamianes  grp.,  off  SW.  coast 
of  Mindoro. 

DIMACJUIAT  (dee-mah-kee-af);  islet  SJ  m.  SE.  by 
E.  of  Calftuit  Pt.,  Busuanga  I.,  Calamianes 
grp.,  W.  by  S.  of  Mindoro. 

DIMASANl'AY  (dee-mah-sahn-ki'),  ver.;  hamlet 
at  headwaters  of  branch  of  Grande  Riv.,  in 
Cotabato,  Mindanao,  22  m.  E.  of  Cotabato. 

DIMATADMCi  (dee-mah-tahd-moh'),  nat.;  point 
on  E.  coast  of  Nueva  Ecija,  Luzon,  lat.  16°  47' 
30"  N. 

DIMIAO  (dee-mee-ah'-aw),  ver.;  pueblo  on  NE. 
shore  of  Badbalao  Bay,  S.  coast  of  Bohol,  21 
m.  W.  of  Tagbilaran.    Pop.,  8,014. 

DIMIPAC,  or  HIGH  ISLAND  (dee-mee-pahck'), 
ver.;  N.  island  of  Calamianes  grp.,  2i  m.  NE. 
to  SW.,  2J  m.  off  extreme  N.  coast  of  Bu- 
suanga I.,  SW.  of  Mindoro.  1  m.  NW.  are  rocks 
above  water,  one  of  which  named  Sail  Rock, 
140  ft.  high,  is  remarkable.  Also  li  m.  NW. 
large  black  rock  named  Northwest  Rock,  or 
Dichilem.  > 

DIMPAO  (dim-pah'-aw),  ver.;  point  in  S.  Minda- 
nao. 

DINACSAAN  (dee-naek-.sah'-ahii),  nat.:  point  N. 
shore,  SW.  arm  of  Barrera  port,  NE.  coast  of 
Masbate. 

DINAG.iN  (dee-nah-gahn'),  nat.;  mountain  in  W. 
central  SAniar  forming  one  of  spurs  NW.  of 
center  range,  trending  from  NE.  to  SW.,  abut- 
ting on  coast  at  Santa  Margarita.  Caibago 
peak  rises  to  N. 

DINXgAT  (dee-nah'-gat),  nat.;  pueblo  on  SW. 
shore  of  island  of  same  name,  15  m.  across 
Gipdo  Passage,  NE.  of  Surigao,  on  N.  extreme 
of  Surigao,  Mindanao;  chief  industry  of  town 
and  siirronnding  regions  extraction  of  gold 
from  mine  in  terminal  spur  of  E.  coast  range 
of  island  in  that  vicinity.  Pop.,  1,200.  {Also 
Dinagad.) 

island  43  m.  N.  and  S.  and  14  m.  E.  and  W., 

with  average  width  of  6  m.  and  area  of  258 
sq.  m.,  lying  N.  of  extreme  N.  point  of  Suri- 
gao, Mindanao,  across  intervening  channel, 
A\  m.  Chain  of  mountains  traverses  island 
along  E.  coast,  beginning  inland  from  Deso- 
laci6n  Pt..  on  extreme  N.,  at  Peak  Redondo 
reaching  height  of  3,337  ft.  Another  eleva- 
tion about  center  of  range,  1,726  ft.,  inland 
from  Port  Malinao;  another,  2,395  It.,  inland 
from  Cascada  Pt.;  another  proceeding  S  ,  of 
2,074  ft.,  inland  from  Peiiascales  Pt.,  and  an- 
other at  extreme  S.  end,  1,791  ft.  high,  NE.  of 
Port  Gabo.  Coastsare  bold  and  steep-to,  with 
numerous  small  harbors.  On  W.  side  of  S. 
point  are  2  islands  almost  forming  part  of 
main  Island,  being  separated  by  very  narrow 
channel.  Conical  mountain  1,060  ft  fiigti  rises 
in  southernmost  ot  these  2  islands  Town  of 
Nonok  is  at  S.  end  ot  this  island,  and  25  m.  S. 


GAZETTEEK    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


501 


"WESTERN  BIGHT  OE 

DILASAKBAY 

Fx-oxo-a.  stucvey  in.  Juoue,  1900, 
"byth-e  oi!6ue«ES  oftheU.S.S.QiiipoS 
A®^LaLt.l6"^3'(00'JN.Xojig.l22''l0'(3O";E 


0          s^ 

u    //. 

U  axcdc  al  Iklil  ea 


502 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE   INLANDS. 


DINXGAT— Continued. 

of  this  point  lies  flat  island,  which  forms  N. 
side  of  E.  passage  of  Surigao  Strait.  On  N. 
lies  passage  89  in.  wide  from  Pacific  Ocean 
leading  to  Sail  IVilm  and  San  Pablo  Bay  on 
NW.  and  SnriKa..  Strait  to  S\V.  On  E.  is 
Pacific  Ocean,  with  Siargao  I.  and  intervening 
islets  21  m.  E.  of  S.  extreme.  On  S.  are  Gipdo 
and  S.  passage  of  Surigao  Strait,  on  W.  by  sea 
channel  between  Dindgat  and  Tanon  I.  and 
S.  extreme  of  Leyte,  17i  m.  wide. 

point  on  SW.  coast  of  DinAgat  I.,  N.  of  Su- 
rigao, Mindanao,  approaching  from  Surigao 
Strait. 

OIXAK  (dee-nack'),  nat.;  island  in  lower  reach  of 
S.  arm  of  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  Cotabato, 
Mindanao. 

DIXALIIPIJAIV  (dee-nah-loo-pee'-hahn).  Tag., 
pueblo  and  po.st-ofliee  on  N.  borders  of  Bata^n; 
Luz6n,  13  m.  N.  of  Balanga.    Pop.,  733. 

DINANO  (dee-nah'-noh),  ver.;  fountain  tributary 
rising  in  S.  slopes  of  volcano  of  Bulu.san,  in 
Sorsogon,  Luzon,  and  forming  river  talcing  N. 
course,  finding  its  outlet  in  Port  Sorsogon, 
near  Jubdn. 

DIi\APA(J,  or  OUINAPAK  (dee-nah-pack',  gee- 
nah-pack'),  ver.;  2  tower-like  rocks,  1  larger 
than  other,  with  some  smaller  rocks  contigu- 
ous, lOi  m.  E.  by  S.  from  N.  point  of  Camiguin 
I.,  Babuyanes  grp.,  off  N.  coast  of  Cagaydn, 
Luzon.  iSetween  them  and  nearest  part  of 
Camiguin  I.  is  channel  7  m.  wide.  September 
27,  1899,  U.  S.  S.  Charleston  sailed  from  Cavite 
on  cruise  and  running  survey  to  N.  of  Luzon; 
November  2  struck  rock  2J  m.  N.  of  Dinapac 
Rock  and  became  total  wreck. 

DIKAPASO  (dee-nah-pah'-soh),nat.;  river  in  Sor- 
sogon, Luzon,  affluent  of  Jubdn. 

DIKAPIQUl  (dee-nah-pee-key'),  ver.;  point  in 
Isabela,  Luzon. 

DINAltiN  (dee-nah-rahn'),  ver.;  saddle-shaped 
island,  2  sq.  m.,  with  2  summits,  each  580  ft. 
above  sea,  oft'  E.  coast  of  Busuanga  I.,  Cala- 
miaues  grp.,  W.  by  S.  of  Mindoro. 

DINAS  (dee'-nahs),  nat.;  village  on  stream  emp- 
tying on  W.  shore  of  Illana  Bay,  opposite 
Puan  I.,  Cotaliuto,  Mindanao. 

port  and  hanil<t  on  W.  shore  of  Matubug 

Bay,  S.  coast  (il  ('(itabato,  Mindanao,  67i  m. 
WNW.  of  Cotabato.  Port  is  formed  by  open- 
ing in  reef  which  borders  S.  of  Pt.  Pisan. 

DIKATADMO  (dee-nah-tad-moh'),  ver.;  point  in 
Isabela,  Luzon. 

DIM:11LAN  (diii-coo'-lahn),  nat.;  point  on  S.  shore 
of  Busuanga  I.,  Calamianes  grp.,  W.  by  S.  of 
Mindoro. 

DINDAY  (dni-die'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  S.  Negros 
Oriental,  J  ni.  S.  of  AmblAn,  on  coast  at  en- 
trance to  Tanoii  Strait. 

DINliALA.V,  or  DIBIT  (ding-ah'-lahn.  dee-boot'), 
Tag,;  bay  at  end  of  boundary  between  Prin- 
cipe and  Infanta,  Luzon.  Round  point  pro- 
jects from  bottom  of  bay  with  10  islets  off  it. 

DINGLE  (din'-glay),  ver.;  pueblo  on  r.  bank  of 
Jalaur  Riv.,  in  E.  Iloilo,  Panay,  18  m.  N.  of 
Iloilo.    Pop.,  11,000. 

DINGRXs  (din-grass'),  ver.;  pueblo  on  1.  bank  of 
Grande  de  Laoag  Riv.,  10  m.  overland  from 
Laoag,  Ilocos  Norte,  Luzon.    Pop.,  12,000. 

DIMANAN  (dee-nee-ah'-nahn),  ver.;  lead  moun- 
tain i  league  N.  by  E.  of  Mambulao,  N.  coast 
of  Ambos  Camarines  (Norte) ,  Luz6u. 

DIKID  (dee'-need),  ver.;  point  at  extreme  S.  end 
of  Panaon  I.,  off  SE.  coast  of  Leyte,  and  head- 
land of  entrance  to  Surigao  Strait. 

DINIGmXn  (dee-nig-mahn'),  ver.;  most  S.  of  3 
rivers  in  extreme  N.  of  Infanta,  Luzon,  rising 
in  Cordillera  or  E.  coast  range,  and  emptying 
into  Pacific  Ocean. 

DINO  (dee'-noh),nat.,  isletoff  NE.  coast  of  Leyte, 
lat.  11"^  13'  N. 


DIXOOO  (dce-noh-gaw'),  nat.;  crater  in  E.  Cdpiz, 
Panay,  at  one  of  S.  headwater  tributaries  of 
Mainilang  Riv.,  13  m.  S.  of  May6n. 

DIODIO  (dee-oh-dee-oh'),  ver.;  mountain  in  NE. 
Leyte. 

DIOGO,  or  REDOMA  (dee-oh'-gaw  (means  high), 
ray-dohn'-dah),  ver.;  island  of  Batanes  grp., 
rising  848  ft.  high  and  lying  4  m.  E.  of  Ibayat, 
with  distinct  appearance  of  shoal  water  be- 
tween several  small  islets  off  its  E.  side,  the 
outermost  being  short  i  m.  distance. 

DIOTORIA'G  (dee-oh-toh-ring'),  ver.;  bay  on  E. 
coast  of  Nueva  Ecija,  Luzon,  its  entrance 
between  Dibayabay  and  Dicapinisan  Pts. 

island  in  bay  of  same  name  off  coast  of 

Nueva  Ecija,  Luzon. 

point  on  bay  of  same  name,  Nueva  Ecija, 

Luz6n. 

DIPALIAN  (dee-pah-lee'-ahn),  ver.;  islet  about 
i  sq.  m.  area,  off  extreme  SE.  coast  of  Cala- 
midn  I.,  Calamianes  grp.,  NE.  of  Paragua, 
Palawan. 

DIP6L0G  (dee-poh'-log),  ver.;  pueblo  on  NW. 
coast  of  Misamis,  Mindanao.  6^  m.  SW.  of 
Dapitan.    Pop.,  4,611.     (See  Blanca  Pt. ) 

river  in  NW.  Mindanao. 

DIPUL  (dee-pool'),  ver.;  2  islets  Im.NE.  of  Buldn, 
E.  and  larger  249  ft.  high,  in  Balanguingui 
grp.,SuluA. 

DIPULX  (dee-poo-lah'),  nat.;  tributary  of  Kakal- 
mund  outlet  of  Liguasan  Lagoon  into 
Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao. 

DIPULAO  (dee-poo'-lah-oo),  ver.;portin  N.  water 
of  Port  Uson,  off  S.  coast  of  Busuanga  I.,  Ca- 
lamianes grp.,  W.  by  S.  of  Mindoro.  Bdquit 
I.  stretches  along  its  S.  front. 

hamleton  E.  bank  of  Bacbac  Riv.,  entering 

E.  side  of  port  of  same  name,  S.  Busuanga  1., 
Calamianes  grp.,  W.  by  S.  of  Mindoro. 

DIPULISA>'  (dee-poo-lee'-sahn),  nat.;  point  on 
SW.  shore  of  Pagarian  Bay,  NW.  shore  of  Illana 
Bay,  Cotabato,  Mindanao.  Observation  spot 
for  this  anchorage,  in  56.  to  65  fms.,  is  lat.  7°  43' 
38"N.,  Ion.  123°25'45"E. 

DIPIILIIT  (dee-poo-loof),  ver.;  island  of  Balan- 
guingui grp.,  Sulu  A. 

DIRIQUE  (dee-ree'-kay),  ver.;  stream  in  Ilocos 
Norte,  Luzon,  entering  bay  of  same  name  3  m. 
S.  of  C.  Bojeador. 

port  and  bay  on  extreme  NW.  coast  of  Ilo- 
cos Norte,  Luzon. 

town  on  r.  bank  at  mouth  of  small  stream, 

and  on  sliore  of  bay  of  same  name,  17  m.  N.  of 
Loog  and  3  m.  S.  of  C.  Bojeador. 

DlSABlINliAN  (dee-.sah-boong'-ahn),  ver.;  river 
rising  in  Gran  Cordillera  Oriental,  in  Isa- 
bela, Luz6n,  and  empties  through  other 
streams  into  Grande  de  Cagaydn  Riv. 

DISACAN  (dee-sah'-eahn),  ver.;  town  atmouth  of 
small  river  entering  sea  on  NW.  coast  of  Mi- 
samis, Mindanao,  28  m.  WSW.  of  Dapitan. 

DISASTER,  for.;  cape  at  extreme  N.  point  of 
Ramos  I.,  N.  part  of  Balabac  I.,  from  which 
separated  by  very  narrow  channel,  and  17^  m. 
SW.  of  Buliluyan  C,  extreme  SW.  point  of 
Palawan. 

DISCAPULUM  (dis-cah-poo'-loom),  ver.;  Islet, 
most  N.  of  Linapacan  chain,  3  m.  SW.  of  Du- 
cabaita,  southernmost  of  Calamianes  grp.,  12 
m.  NE.  by  N.  of  Linapacan,  oS  NE.  coast  of 
Paragua,  Palawan. 

DISIASI  (dee-see-ah'-see),  ver.;  extreme  SE.  point 
of  Batdn  I.,  Batanes  grp.,  off  N.  coast  of  Ca- 
gaydn,  Luzon,  N.  headland  of  entrance  to 
channel  between  Batdii  I.  on  N.  and  Sabtdn 
I.  on  S. 

DISUMA^IT  (dee-soo-mang-if),  ver.;  point  and 
island  off  coast  of  Isabela,  Luz6n. 

DIT  (deet),  ver.;  island  860  ft.  high,  of  Cuyos  Is., 
Mindoro  Sea,  2i  m.  NW.  to  SW.,  2 J  m.  N 
of  Agutaya. 


GAZETTEER   OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


PORT  OF  DIMALANSAN 

From,  a  Spaniah.  Govemiueat  Surviey  1859. 


122.  uaoM.I'^'^ 

iSem 

.mmii4|ii;'nivuMa« 


504 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


DITORIXn  (dec-taw-rec-ahn'),  ver.;  island  of 
Balanes  grp.,  off  N.  coast  of  Cagaydn,  Luz6n. 
(Also  Ditorean.) 

DITIILAY  (dee-too-lie'),  nat.;  river  in  Isabela, 
Luz6n,  tributary  to  Grande  de  CagayAn  Riv. 

DIUALAN  (dee-wah'-lalin),  ver.;  low  point  cov- 
ered by  mangrove.s  on  W.  shore  of  Iligan  Bay, 
Misamis,  Mindanao,  midway  between  Misa- 
mis  and  Polo  Pts. 

BIUATA  (dee-wah'-tah),  nat.;  low,  sandy  point 
and  W.  headland  to  Butiian  Bay,  NW.  shore 
of  Surigao,  Mindanao;  alsomarl£sN.  tenninn.s 
of  line  of  boundary  between  Surigao  on  E. 
and  Misamis  on  W. 

volcanic  peak  forming  part  of  E.  range  of 

Mindanao,  between  towns  of  Lianga  and 
Hinatiian. 

one  of  series  of  summits  rising  out  of  lateral 

range  of  mountains  beginning  at  Cduit  Pt., 
taking  trend  S.  by  W.,  and  joining  hills  which 
parallel  E.  shore  of  Agusan  Riv.  in  Surigao, 
Mindanao. 

DIUR  (dee-oor'),ver.;  point  on  W.  shore  of  NW. 
peninsula  of  Cagaydn,  Luzon. 

DIUTU  (dee-ew'-you),  nat.:  river  entering  on  SE. 
shore  of  Mufcielagos  Bay,  N.  coast  of  Misa- 
mis, Mindanao. 

DIVAI'T  (dee-vah-if),  nat.;  point  on  NW.  coast  of 
Misamis,  Mindanao,  lat.  8"  30'  N. 

DIVAlXlS  (dee-vah-lah'-is),  ver.;  point  in  N. 
Mindanao. 

DIVATA  (dee-vah'-tah),  nat.;  point  on  NE.  coast 
of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  lat.  9°  6'  30"  N. 

DIVILACAN  (dee-vee-lah'-cahn),  ver.;  bay  on  E. 
coast  of  Isabela,  Luz6n. 

DIVIKISA  (dee-vee-nee'-sah),nat.;  point  on  coast 
of  Isabela,  Luz6n,  lat.  16°  57'  30"  N. 

DIVOT  (dee-vohf),  nat.;  point  on  NE.  coast  of 
Misamis,  Mindanao,  lat.  H°  20'  N. 

DIXON,  for.;  point,  W.  entrance  (White  Passage) 
to  Dalrymple  Harbor,  NE.  coast  of  Sulu  I., 
Sulu  A.  Bual  orBoal,  N.  shore  of  Sulu  I.,  lies 
immediately  E.  of  this  point. 

DOAIVO  LANSOD  (daw-ahnglahn-sod'),  ver.;  ham- 
let on  SW.  coast  of  Negros  Oriental,  5  m.  N.  of 
Bayauan. 

DOBJXA'  (dob-hahn'),  ver.;  mountain  near  Para- 
cale,  in  Ambos  Camarines  (Norte),  Luzon, 
containing  deposits  of  gold  worked  by  natives. 

DOBLE  PItO(doh'-blaypee'-coh),Sp.;  mountain 
in  W.  Cagayfin,  Liiz6n. 

mountain  in  NE.  Mindanao. 

DOCCXn  (dock-cahn'),  ver.;  island  of  Laparan 
grp.,  of  Sulu  A.,  off  SW.  shore  of  Laparan, 
from  which  it  is  separated  by  channel  i  m. 
wide.  In  center  is  larg-e  lagoon  with  several 
islets  in  it. 

DOCUG  (doh-coog'),  nat.;  point  on  coast  of  Zam- 
bales,  Luzon,  lat.  16°  22'  30"  N. 

DOHINOB  (doh-hee-nob'),  ver.;  town  on  shore  of 
large  bight  on  NW.  coast  of  Mi.samis,  Min- 
danao, 18  m.  WSW!  of  Dapitan.  (See  Blanca 
Pt.) 

DOLORES  (doh-loh'-rays),  Sp.;  pueblo  of  Abra. 
Luzon,  6i  m.  NE.  of  Bangued,  connected  bv 
road.    Pop.,  2,970. 

hamlet  in  Pampanga,  Luzon,  10  m.  NW.  of 

Bacolor. 

hamlet  in  central  Pampanga,  Luzon,  4  m. 

N.  of  Bacolor. 

pueblo  in  NW.  Tayabas,  Lnz6n,  near  La- 

guna  boundary;  connected  with  San  Pablo 
5  m.  NW.  by  road,  and  14  m.  W.  of  Tavabas. 
Pop.,  2,571. 

hamlet  in  central  C^piz,  Panav,  3i  m.  WSW. 

of  Dumarao. 

■ river  entering  sea  on  E.  coast  of  SAmar,  6 

m.  S.  of  Oris.  Boats  drawing  7  ft.  may  enter 
in  good  weather.  Inside  water  deepens  to  5 
fms.    Stream  is  na\'igable  for  7  ft.  draft  for  32 


DOLORES— Continued. 

m.  above  its  mouth.  River  runs  through 
mountains  with  sharp  turns  and  high  and 
rocky  banks.  Current  swift,  trees  in  many 
places  overhanging  stream  50  ft. 

DOLORES,  or  PARIC  (doh-loh'-rays,  pah-reek'); 
town  at  mouth  of  Ulut  (Carolina)  Riv.,  E. 
Sdmar. 

DOLORES,  or  TERMAS  fdoh-loh'-ravs,  tavr'- 
mahs),  Sp.;  hamlet  in  SW.  Leyte,  9  m.  NW.of 
Albuera. 

DOMALOANO  (doh-mah-law-ang'),  ver.;  hamlet 
E.  of  Bac-hao  Bangahon  Riv.,  in  S.  central 
Si'imar. 

DOME  (doh-may'),  ver.;  island  off  Maytiaguid  I., 
E.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan.  (See  Pinachiu- 
yan.) 

D0M0ND6N  (doh-mon-dohn').  Tag.;  stream  in 
SW.  Tayabas,  Luzon. 

DON  (dawn),  ver.;  chain  of  5  islets,  largest  2  m. 
from  E.  to  W.,  extending  SW.  from  Banhayan 
I.  tiir.iiiat;s,it,'(in,  extreme  NE.  point  of  Negros 
Occidfiiial,  IJ  111.  distant. 

DONA  A.NA  Mluh'  iiy;ihah'-nah},Sp.;  island  inside 
Cidumid  I't.,  \V.  shore  Putiao  Port,  SW.  coast 
of  Sorsogon,  Luzon. 

DONiUANG  (doh-nah'-wang),  ver.;  island  off  Ba- 
siduang  Pt.,onW.  coast  of  Cotabato.Mindanao. 

DOJVliAL  (dong-ahl'),  ver.;  point  on  SE.  coast  of 
Albay,  Luz6n. 

DOl^UL  MOUNT;  point  NE.  by  E.  of  San  Antonio 
(Rocky)  Bay,  SE.  coa.st  of  Palawan. 

DONliAN  (dohng'-ahn),  nat.;  river  of  Sdmar  emp- 
tying into  sea  on  E.  coast. 

DONGDONG  (dong-dong'),  ver.;  low,  flat  island  in 
channel  between  Pala  (Pata)  I.  and  S.  shore 
of  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A. 

DONGEON  (dawn-hay-awn'),  ver.;  mountain  in 
N.  Pangasindn,  Luzon. 

DONIjON  (dohng-awn'),  ver.;  town  on  NW.  shore 
of  narrow  bay  of  same  name  heading  NE. 
from  Palompon  Pt.,  China  Sea  coast  of  Min- 
doro,  .57  m.  SSW.  of  Calapdn.  River  of  same 
name  empties  into  sea  34i  m.  E.  of  point. 

bay  on  W.  coast  of  Mindoro,  7  m.  SSE.  of 

Sablayan  Anchorage  and  8  m.  NW.  of  Iriron 
Bay,  and  E.  of  point  of  that  name.  Vessels 
can  anchor  protected  from  N.  winds. 

point  on  W.  coast  of  Mindoro  at  entrance 

to  bay  of  that  name. 

point  on  E.  coast  of  Sorsog6u. 

hamlet  in  SW.  Sdmar,  on  E.  shore  of  San 

Juanico  Strait  near  its  E.  outlet,  3  m.  W.  of 
Ba.se  y. 

DONSOL  (dohn-saul'),  ver.;  river  formed  by  sev- 
eral tributaries  in  central  Albay.  Luzon,  and 
emptying  into  sea  on  its  SW.  coast.  Bar  of 
river  has  3  ft.  at  low  water  and  5  to  11  ft.  in- 
side for  1  m. 

])Ueblo  on  NW.  coast  of  Sorsogon,  Luzon, 

oil  r.  bank  of  Donsol  Riv.  nearitsmouth,  18m. 
SW.  by  W.  of  Albay.  Carries  on  lively  trade 
in  abacA  (Manila  hemp),  palm  mats,  and 
cocoanutoil  with  Manila.  Steamers  call  fort- 
nightly.   Pop.  5,500. 

DOOG  (doh-og'),  ver.;  point  on  SW.  coast  of  Ne- 
gros Occidental,  28  m.  SE.  of  Inayauan. 

DOROGAN  (doh-roh'-gahn);  hamlet  in  pueblo  of 
Donsol,  Sorsogon,  Luz6n. 

DORON&AN  (doh-rong'-ahn),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Al- 
bay, Luzon,  near  r.  bank  of  Bolinog  Riv.,  11 
m.  S.  of  Albay. 

DOSAMIGOS  (dohsah-mee'-gohs),Sp.;  port  6  m. 
E.  of  Bakun  Pt.  Entrance  is  between  Ta- 
kanhiand  Lamnuyan  Pts.,  i  m.  on  N.  coast  of 
Tawi  Tawi  I.,  Sulu  A. 

DOS  4'IIERNOS  (dohs  coo-ayr'-nohs),  Sp.:  peak 
(1,204  meters)  in  Sierra  Madre,  SE.  Cagayan, 
Luzon. 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


505 


Huins^ 


PORT  DIRIQTJE 

Trom.  SL  sruirverjrin-Dec.lSOO.Ti-y 
ilae  officers  o£the  TJ.S.S.Samar 


"^- 


^^ 


?0O       300       'iOO        SCO        600 


500 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


DOSHEEMAXAS(dohsayr-mah'-nahs),  Sp.:  2  flat 
islets  of  rocks  138  ft.  high  named  Isabel  (E.) 
and  Carlota  (W.),  in  mid  sea  channel  28  m.  E. 
by  S.  of  Mindoro  I.,  16  m.  NN  ,V.  of  Tablas  I. 
and  13  m.  S.  by  W.  of  Marinduque  I. 

group  of  .5  islets  off  N.  point  of  Santiago  I., 

W.  head  of  entrance  to  Lingav(5n  Gulf,  off  ex- 
treme N.  end  of  Zambales,  Luzon. 

DOS  HERMAXOS  (dohsayr-mah'-nohs),Sp.;  ham- 
let of  Negros  Occidental,  2^  m.  NE.  of  Minu- 
li'ian. 

DOS  PU'OS  (dohs  pee'-cohs),  Sp.;  mountain  in 

Cavite,  Luzon. 
DOl'BLE,  for.;  2  low,  flat  islands  fronting  an  in- 
dentation  in  SW.   coast  of  Palawan,  N.   of 
Treacherous  Bay. 

islet  NW.  of  Linapacan  I.  in  chain  between 

Calamianes  grp.  and  Paragua,  Palawan. 

island  km.  in  length  near  W.  extreme  of 

Capsalai  I.,  Barton  Bav,  NW.  coast  of  Para- 
gua, Palawan. 
DOUBLE  PEAK,  for.;  elevation  1,400  ft.  high  on 
E.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan,  inland  from 
Danlig  hamlet,  on  N.  Cook  Channel. 

elevation  between  Maynit  Lake  on  S.  and 

Tendido  Mt.  to  N.,  in  W.  range  terminating  to 
N.  part  of  Surigao,  Mindanao. 
DKA«<ilV    (drah-gohn'),   Sp.;    point    on    Pacific 

coast  of  CagayAn,  Luzon. 
DRAKE  PEAK,   for.;    summit   1,.300    ft.  high   of 
range  extending  N.  from  Squall  Pt.  {q.v.},  E. 
coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 
DBOMKDAHK*    (dnih-mav-dah'-rce-oh),   Sp.- 
gr(ai|>  <ii  1  peaks,  highest  i,S04  ft.,  in  center  of 
TawiTawil.,Sulu  A. 
DBYBAAK,  for.;  southernmost  of  2  banks,  1  dry 
at  all  tides,  other  at  half  tide,  wthin  bav  and 
fronting  Maibun  Riv.,  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A. 
DUANDXn  (doo-ahn-dahn'),  ver.;  mountain  in  W 

Mindanao. 
DIJOA  (doo-cah'),  ver.;   inland  hamlet  between 
Libungan  and  Sianan,  12  m.  SW.  by  S.  of 
Cotabato,  in  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 
DUCABAITA  (doo-cah-bah-ee'-tiih),  ver.;  island 
1^  m.  E.  and  W.,  1  m.  S.  off  S.  point  of  Cala- 
miiln  I.  and  most  S.  of  Calamianes  grp.,  10  m. 
NE.  by  E.  of  nearest  part  of  Linapacan  I.  off 
Paragua,  Palawan. 
DUtUS  (doo'-coos),  ver.;  town  near  headwaters 
of  tributary  of  Pulangui  Riv.,  38i  m.  S.  by  E 
of  Cagayan  de  Misamis,  Mindanao. 
DUDOt'  (doo-dock'):  river  rising  in  W.  hills  of 
Gran    Cordillera    Central,    and    flowing  W 
empties  into  Abra  Riv.  below  San  Jos^   iii 
Abra,  Luzon. 
DUEMO  (doo-ay'-maw),ver.;  hamlet  in  Pampan- 

ga,  Luzon,  14  m.  NE.  of  Bacolor. 
DUENAS  (doo-ay'-nyass),  Sp.;  pueblo  in  E.  Iloilo, 
Panay,  at  junction  of  N.  tributarv  with  Ja- 
laur,  21  m.  N.  of  Iloilo.    Pop.,  7,130. 
DUEBO  (doo-ay'-roh),  Sp.;  pueblo  on  coa.st  road 
SE.  shore  of  Bohol,  40  m.  E.  of  Tagbilaran. 
Pop.,  7,143. 
DUGA  (doo-gah'),  ver.;  mountain  in  S.  SAmar  3 

W.  of  N.  of  Balangiga. 
DLoXn  (doo-gahn'),  ver.;  small  river  entering 
S\\  .  angle  of  Bislig  Bay,  E.  coast  of  Surigao, 
Mindanao.    River  takes  its  rise  in  E.  slopes 
of  Magdiuta  Mt. 

DUGAXliAX  (doo-gang'-ahn),  ver.;  hamlet  in  S 
central  Siimar,  10  m.  NE.  of  Catbalogan. 

DUGAS  (dpo'-gahs),  nat.;  river  rising  in  Ambos 
Camannes,  and  emptying  into  sea  across 
pueblo  of  Tabaco,  Albay.  Luzon. 

DL'GLio  (doo-glee'-oo),  ver.;  point  in  island  of 
Tanglao,  SW.  of  Bohol,  Visayas. 

DUCiLCN  (doo-gloon'),  nat.;  village  on  SW.  shore 
Tara  I.,  off  N.  coast  of  Siasi  I.,  Tapul  grp 
Sulu  A.  >       f      b  f  , 


DUGMiX  (doog-mahn'),  ver.;  ham'et  in  Concep- 
ci6n,  Iloilo,  Panay,  3^  m.  WNW.  of  San  Dio- 
nisio. 
DI:G()   (doo-gawh')    (means  blood).  Tag  •    river 
emptying  into  Manila  Bay,  in  Cavite,  Luzon. 
Dr<;OLA.i>,    or   DUGI'LAXx  (doo-goh-lah-ahn', 
(l<ii)-gi»o-lah-ahn'),  ver.;  point  on  N.  shore  of 
Illaiia  Bay,  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 
DLLA<J  (doo'-lahg),  ver.;  pueblo  near  Manacagau 
Mt.,  in  Leyte.    Extensive  deposits  of  sulphur 
are  found  in  vicinity.    Pop.,  10,113. 
DI:LAMA  (doo-lah'-mah),  ver.;  riverin  Mindanao. 
Dl'LAMPIRI  (doo-lam-pee'-ree),  ver.;  islands. of 
straits  of  San  Bernardino,  off  W.  coast   of 
SAniar  I.     (See  Dalupiri. ) 
DULAiy  (doo'-lahn),  nat.;  river  entering  extreme 

S.  inlet  of  hihAs  port,  E.  coast  of  S4mar. 
DI;laXGA\  (doo-lahn'-gahn);  hamlet  in  CApiz 

Panay. 
DULAXGOX  (doo-lang'-awn),ver.;  river  emptying 
into  Bay  of  Sabaang,  NE.  of  town  of  Sabaang 
on  N.  coast  of  Mindoro. 
Dl'LAXlS  (doo-lah-nis'),  ver.;  river,  24  m     verv 
rapid,  in  Panay,  rises  in  ridge  between  An- 
tique and  Iloilo,  empties  between  Santa  Bdr- 
bara  and  Tibiao. 
DULAYAIV  (doo-lah'-yahn),  ver.;  town  of  Nueva 
Vizcaya,  Luz6n,  15  m.  N.  of  Bayombong  by 
road. 
DULAYAP  (doo-lah-yahp'),  mountain  in  E.  Abra. 

Luzon. 
DULJO  (dool-hoh'),  ver.;  point  on  NW.  coast  of 
Panglao  I.,  SW.  of  Bohol;  covered  with 
cocoanut  palms. 
DLLJL'GAN  (dool-hoo'-gahn),  ver.;  hamlet  in  ex- 
treme SW.  angle  of  extreme  W.  shore  of 
Leyte,  3  m.  W.  of  Quiot. 

low,  thinly  wooded  point  at  extreme  SW. 

corner  of  extreme  W.  shore  of  Leyte,  3  m.  W. 
of  Quiot;  also  N.   headland  of  sea  channel 
setting  E.   between  Leyte  and  Camotes  Is. 
Port  Dupon  lies  2  m.  E. 
DtfLOXG  CAUIT  (doo'-long  cah'-wit),  Tag.;  point 
on  Laguna  de  Bay,  in  Rizal,  Luz6n,  at  N.  end 
of  Talim  I. 
DLLIIGAN  (doo-loo'-gun),  nat.;   river    entering 
SE.  shore  SW.  arm  of  Barrera  port,  NE.  coast 
of  Masbate. 
DlJLlIMA(ji:iA.\'   (doo-loo-mah-kev-ahn').   ver  • 
hamlet  on  stream  emptying  Buliiaii  Lake  into 
Ligua.san  Lagoon,  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 
DrLrMBAYAX  (doo-loom-bah'-yahn),  ver.;  dis- 
trict in  Santa  Cruz,  Manila,  Luzon.  N.  of  Bililid 
prison. 

DlJLrXGlIX,  or  BALAXGLIN  (doo-loon-geen', 
bah-lahn-geen'),  ver.;  point  on  NW.  coa.<*t  of 
Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  on  S.  side  of  opening 
of  Port  .Santa  Maria.  Between  point  and 
Santa  Maria  are  4  detached  rocks. 

Dl'MA(;.\S  (doo-mah-gahs').  Tag.;  riverin  Nueva 
Ecija,  Luzon,  emptying  into  Dingalan  Bay. 

DUMAGSAX  (doo-mug-sahn'),  Tag.;  river  in  Ba- 
tangas,  Luzon. 

DUMAGSAYX  (doo-mag-sah-yah'),  ver.;  mountain 
among  N.  elevations  of  central  range  of  Ne- 
gros, 16  m.  NW.  of  Calatrava. 

DUMAGl'ETE  (doo-mah-gay'-tay), ver.;  capital 
and  pueblo  and  post-oflice  of  Negros  Oriental, 
N.  of  point  of  same  name  on  SE.  coast,  6k  m 
SE.  of  Tagbd  Pt.  entrance  to  Strait  of  Taiion, 
66  m.  E.  of  S.  of  Bacolod  and  13  m.  NW.  of 
nearest  point  of  Siquijor  I.  Pop.,  13,584- 
tmynship  having  13,618.  Inhabitants  are 
chiefly  engaged  in  gathering  turtle  shells 
and  trading  in  cotton. 

point  and  secondarv  mountains   in  SE. 

Negros. 

DUMXgUIT  (doo-mah'-geet),  nat.;  point  on  SW. 
coast  of  Sorsogon,  Luzon,  at  W.  head  to  Putiao 
port,  its  geographical  position  for  port  being 
lat.  12°  52'  10"  N.,  Ion.  123°  38'  IS"  E. 


I 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


507 


\M    M^3^ 

■jo  t  • 

.J, 

^62  sg^^e^ 

^  %;■ 

"    IS* 

«  ^'%- 

V5t 

ra 

pwn.rypngf   ISLANDS    STTWT  ABTHXPEUkGO 

NOKTH  COAST  OP  XAWI  TAWl 

PORT  DOS  AMIGAS 

From  a  Spanish  survey  in  187& 
Tofcanld  PC.  Lat.  S'Jfi  (i5")  N      long- 120'  04' (00*)  E. 


c?^3  „  " :  ■ '°  ^iJ^«^»^:  ^^>^i.-: 


508 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


DUSLCGUIT:  town  on  N.  coast  of  Cdpiz,  Panay,  on 
NW.  side  of  entrance  to  BatAn  port,  21  m.  \V. 
of  Cdpiz. 

DUMiLAtI  (doo-mah'-lag),  ver.;  island  off  Matina 
hamlet  at  head  of  W.  arm  of  Ddvao  Gulf, 
Ddvao,  Mindanao. 

pueblo  in  central  C&piz,  Panay,  on  r.  bank 

of  tributatv  of  Badbaran  Riv.,  21m.  SSW.  of 
CApiz.    Pop.,  8,000. 

DUMALAGUI  (doo-mah-lah'-gee),  ver.;  river  in 
Mindanao. 

Dl'MALAXtilN  (doo-mah-lung'-inn),  nat.;  ham- 
let in  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

DliMALAYLAY  (doo-mah-lie-lie'),  ver.;  river  in 
Panay. 

DEMALI  (doo-mah'-lee),  nat.;  point  and  most 
conspicuous  headland  on  extreme  E.  coast  of 
Mindoroand  formed  bv  termination  of  shoul- 
der of  Dumali  Mt.,  31  m.  SE.  by  E.  of  Calapin. 
Maestre  de  Campo  I.  lies  13  m.  SE.,  Dos 
Hermanas  (Carlota)  21  m.  ESE.,  and  Marin- 
duque  I.  24  m.  NE.  by  E. 

high-peaked  mountain  in  NE.  of  Mindoro, 

inland  from  point  of  that  name,  which  forms 
lofty  promontory,  and  is  visible  lonirdistance 
at  sea  by  great  whitr  jiatih  hmmi.  nt.ovesea. 

I)rMALIK,orDl'MAL<»-  (,l,,o-iiiali'-liii.  .Ino-mah'- 
lohn),  ver.;  point  and  haiukt  on  I'xireme  SW. 
coast  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  W.  bv  N.  of 
Caldera  Pt. 

DUBLANGAS  (doo-mahn'-gahs),  river  entering  S. 
part  of  Dingalan  Bay,  in  Infanta,  Luz6n. 

pneblo  on  1.  bank  of  Dumangas,  reaches  of 

Jalaur  Riv.,  ii  m.  above  its  outlet  in  Hollo 
Strait,  E.  Hollo,  Panay,  13  m.  XE.  of  Hollo. 
River  is  shallow,  but  boats  can  enter  at  high 
water.    Pop.,  14,114. 

river  in  Hollo,  Panav,  1}  m.  from  Cabugao 

Pt. 

point  on  SE.  coast  of  Iloilo,  Panay.    From 

Banate  to  this  point  shore  trends  to  S.  13  m. 
and  then  to  river  Dumangas. 

point  and  creek  on  SE.  shore  of  Lapac  I., 

Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 
DUMAKJl'G  (doo-mahn-hoog').  ver.;  pueblo  and 

point  on  Strait  of  Taiion,  W.  coast  of  Cebu. 

Town  is  35  m.  SW.  of  Cebu.    Pop.,  13,171. 
DUMiKLOG  (doo-mahn'-log),  ver.;  mountain  in 

Sdmar. 
DUMAXt^riLAS  (doo-mahn-key'-lahs),  nat.;  bay 

in  SE.  part  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  12J  m. 

between  heads,  19  m.  deep.    Waters  of  bay 

are  much  taken  up  by  number  of  islands,  14 

of  which  are  charted  and  afford  good  shelter. 
point     on     SE.    coast     of     Zamboanga, 

Mindanao. 
hamlet  on  deep  estuary  on  E.  shore  of 

Dumanquilas  Bay,  Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  94 

m.  NE.  of  Zamboanga. 
point  on  bay  of  .same  name,  with  Triton 

I.  marking  entrance,  E.  end  of  S.  shore  of 

Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 
river  entering  bay  of  that  name  by  several 

mouths  opposite  Igat  I.,  S.  coast  of  Zambo- 
anga, Mindanao. 
DLMAQl'IT  (doo-mah-kif),  ver.;  hamlet  on  N. 

coast  of  CApiz,  Panay,  5  m.  NW.  of  BalAn. 

extreme  W.  point  of  entrance  to  Putiao 

port,  on  SW.  shore  of  Albay,  Luzon. 

Dl'MABA  (doo-mah'-rah),  ver.;  mountain  in  W. 
Antique,  Panay,  15  m.  E.  of  Barbaza. 

DUMARAX  (doo-mah-rahn');  thickly  wooded 
island  600  ft.  high,  18  m.  N.  and  S.  and  15  m. 
E.  and  W.,  area  128  sq.  m..  off  E.  coast  of 
Paragua,  Palawan,  from  which  it  is  separated 
by  Dumariin  or  Cook  Channel,  3^  m.  wide  at 
Endeavor  Pt.  Chief  town  Araceli,  on  SE.  coast. 
Three  small  islands  front  SE.  side  of  Dumardn 
I.,  Langoi  (Christmas) ,  Quimitad,  and  another 
unnamed.  South  Hill  is  important  landmark 
on  S.  shore.    Ou  N.  extreme  is  white  cliff,  vis- 


DL'MARAX— Continued. 

ible  long  distance  at  .sea.  Well  peopled,  and 
has  much  arable  land;  goats  and  hogs  are 
abundant;  fruits  of  latitude  grow  in  abun- 
dance. 

(Cook  Channel);  sea  way  3J  m.  wide,  be- 
tween Dumardn  I.  and  mainland  of  Paragua, 
Palawan. 

pueblo  on  W.  coast  of  island  of  that  name 

and  E.  shore  of  Cook  Channel:  lies  4^  m.  N. 
of  Barton  Pt.  at  head  of  small  bay  abreast 
Endeavor  Pt.  Fort,  with  church  forming  part 
of  its  equipment,  stands  close  to  landing  place. 
Village  itself  stands  among  cocoanut  trees. 
Large  body  of  land  in  vicinity  is  under  culti- 
vation, yielding  rice,  maize,  sweet  potatoes, 
tobacco,  and  cotton  for  home  consumption; 
and  of  ship  supplies,  pigs,  goats,  and  fowls  are 
raised  in  abundance.    Pop.,  Cn.  1887,  2,032. 

DL'MARAO  (doo-mah-rah'-aw),  ver.:  pueblo  on  1. 
bank  of  Badbardn  Riv.,  central  Capiz,  Panay, 
21  m.  WSW.  of  Cdpiz.    Pop.,  5,083. 

DUMATAYTAY  (doo-mah-tie-tie'),  ver.:  hamlet 
in  W.  CApiz,  Panay,  5  m.  E.  of  Libacao. 

DIIMATULUXG  (doo-mah-too'-loong),  nat.;  creek 
on  r.  bank  of  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  Cota- 
bato,  Mindanao,  opposite  Ponos  islets. 

DUMBELL,  or  TAL.iKAXEX  (tah-lah-kah'-nen), 
nat.;  remarkable  double-headed  island  of 
Taytay  Bay,  E.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

DUMGA  (doom-gah'),  ver.;  inland  hamlet  of  Cd- 
piz, Panay,  li  m.  NW.  of  Macat6. 

DUMINI  (doo-mee'-nee),  ver.;  inlet  in  S.  S4mar. 

DUMULUG  (doo-moo'-loog),  ver.;  river  in  central 
Luzon. 

DUMCX  (doo'-moon),  ver.;  mountain  in  Cagayto, 
Luzon,  on  tributarv  of  Grande  de  Cagavdn 
Riv. 

DTJMUXPALIT  (doo-moon-pah-lif),  ver.  [turret]; 
island  8  m.  NE.  of  Caliiuit  Pt.,  Busuanga  L, 
Calamianes  grp.,  W.  bv  S.  of  Mindoro,  and 
bearing  S.  50°  E.,  7i  m."from  North  Rock,  816 
ft.  high,  having  several  detached  rocks  about 
it  and  a  remarkable  hummock  on  its  SW. 
point,  somewhat  resembling  a  turret. 

DUMrRr  (doomno'-roo),  nat.;  river  in  SE.  Mas- 
bat.'  I.,  Visavas,  emptving  into  W.  side  of 
Catain-gaii  ixirt. 

Dl'MlRl^;.  KAST  (doo-moo'-roog),nat.;  point  at 
extremity  of  peninsula,  formnig  E.  shore  of 
Cataingaii  port,  SE.  Masbate  I.,  Vi.sayas. 

river  entering  NW.  shore  CataiiTgan  port, 

S.  of  CataiiTgan,  SE.  shore  Masbate  I.,  Vi- 
sayas. 

DUX  (doon),  ver.:  small  stream  emptying  into 
sea  on  SE.  coast  of  Cebii,  3^  m.  SW.  of  Oslob. 

DIINAO  (doo-now'),  ver.;  islet  between  Malari^a- 
ban  and  Bulubudlangan  Is.  in  group  off  E. 
coast  of  Concepcion,  Iloilo,  Panay,  7  m.  E.  of 
Concepcion. 

DUXAUX  (doo-nah'-oon),  ver.;  island  3i  m.  NW. 
to  SE.,  Ih  m.  NE.  to  SW.,  SE.  of  Culion,  Cala- 
midn  I.,  Calamianes  grp.,  NE.  of  Paragua, 
Palawan;  peaked  hill  on  NE.  marks  approach 
to  Port  Culion  from  S. 

DUXG  (doong),  nat.:  anchorage  off  village  of 
Saavedra,  E.  shore  of  Balut  I.,  Sarangani  grp., 
S^.  of  Mindanao. 

DUXfiAL  (doong-ahl'),  ver.;  point  at  sea  end  of 
mountain  of  same  name,  SE.  coast  of  Pala- 
wan. 

DU^iS  (doong-ass'j,  ver.;  point  at  N.  extreme 
of  Sftmal  I.,  head  of  Ddvao  Gulf,  DAvao,  Min- 
danao. 

DUXGl';?  (doong-oon'),  ver.;  point  at  extreme 
NW.  end  of  Leyte. 

hamlet  on  E.  coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao, 

5  m.  N.  by  W.  of  Tugubun  Pt.,  SE.  terminus 
of  boundary  between  Surigao  and  Ddvao  dis- 
tricts, and  209  m.  SSE.  of  Surigao. 

DUXOL  (doo-nohl') ,  ver.;  bay  on  extreme  S.  coas-t 
of  Albay,  Luzon. 


GAZETTEEE    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


509 


DUPAGAX  (rtoo-pah'-Rahn),  ver.;  hill  town  in 
extreme  SW.  of  Cagay<'in,  Luz6n,  on  W.  slope 
of  Gran  Cordillera  Central,  near  boundary 
with  Abra. 

DtJPAX  (doo'-pahx),  ver.;  pueblo  of  Nueva  Viz- 
caya,  Luzon,  14  m.  S.  of  Bayombong,  con- 
nected by  road.    Pop.,  2,229. 

DlJP(iN  (doo-pawn'),  Sp.;  port  on  extreme  SW. 
point  of  Leyte,  2  m.  E.  of  Duljagan,  with  re- 
mains of  port  on  SW.  headland.  Quiot  is 
near  its  head. 

bay  and  river  in  W.  Leyte. 

point  in  Panay. 

DUPULISAN  (doo-poo-lee'-sahn),  ver.;  point  form- 
ing S.  head  of  Pagadian  (Pagarian)  Bay,  on 
extreme  NW.  shore  of  Illana  Bay,  Cotabato, 
Mindanao. 

DUQl'IXO  (doo-key'-noh),  ver.;  island  of  Cuatro 
Islas  grp.,  W.  of  Leyte. 

DUQl'lS  (doo'-kiss),  ver.;  town  in  district  of  Am- 
burayan,  Ilocos  Sur,  Luzon. 

DURAlVfeAX  (doo-rang'-ahn),  ver.;  island  386  ft. 
high,  i  m.  in  length,  in  center  of  channel  be- 
tween Passage  I.  and  Balula  Pt.,  on  W.  shore 
Malampaya  Bay,  Paragua,  Palawan. 

DIIBI^N  (doo-ree-ayn'),  ver.;  river  of  Ilocos  Sur, 
Luzon,  after  passing  pueblo  of  Cand6n  emp- 
ties into  sea  in  lat.  17°  4'  N. 

DUBOZ  (doo-roth'),  Sp.;  hamlet  in  SE.  Iloilo, 
Panay,  1  mile  S.  of  Pavla. 


DURUMANAN  (doo-roo-mah'-nahn),  nat.;  point 
and  river  on  SH  shore  of  Panguil  Bay,  SW. 
end  of  Misamis  port,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 
(See  DaromAoang.) 

hamlet  on  SE.  shore  of  terminal  basin  of 

Panguil  Bay,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

DURUXDE^'N  (doo-roon-day-ayn'),  ver.;  point  on 
W.  coast  of  Palawan,  N.  of  Tagbayug  Bay. 
Malanut  lies  to  SW.,  on  bay. 

mountain  in  central  range  of  Palawan, 

inland  from  Tagbayug  Bay  and  SW.  of  Sultan 
Peak. 

DURUSliAO  (doo-roong-ah'-oo),  Tag.;  point  on 
BalayAn  Bay,  S.  coast  of  Batangas,  Luzon. 

DURUII^AX  (doo-roo-oong'-ahn),  nat.;  river  en- 
tering bight  on  W.  coast  of  Sdmar,  NE.  of 
Moroporo  Pt. 

DUTAG  (doo'-tahg),  ver.;  town  of  importance  on 
W.  shore  of  San  Pedro  Bay,  E.  Leyte,  and 
coast  road  18  m.  S.  of  Taclobnii.    Pop.,  10,113. 

DIJYAG  (doo'-yahg),  ver.;  hamlet  in  N.  CApiz, 
Panay,  on  E.  shore  of  anchorage  of  C&piz, 
capital  2  m.  SE.  inland,  with  which  it  is  con- 
nected by  fine  road. 

DIIIAGAIV  (doo-yah'-gahn) ,  ver.;  point  in  E. 
Mindoro. 

DtJYANG  (doo'-vang),  ver.;  hamlet  on  S.  coast  of 
W.  Antique,  Panay,  8  m.  W.  of  of  Pandto. 

DUYO  (doo'-yoh).  Tag.;  peak  in  Caraballos  Sur,  in 
Rizel,  Luzon. 

DUYUNtiAfi  (doo-yoong'-ahn),  ver.;  small  river 
of  Negros  Occidental  emptying  into  bay  4  m. 
S.  of  Inayauan. 


GAZETTEEK    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


511 


E. 


CHAftiJE  (ay-chah'-gway),  Sp.;  pueblo  of 
bela,  Luzon,  on  W.  bank  of  Grande  de  Ci 


EAST,  for. ;  low  coral  island  off  SE.  coast  of  Pala- 
wan, also  known  as  Gomel,  Comeian  orTaga. 
linog,  in  lat.  8°  63'  N.,  Ion.  118°  14'  E.  or  ESE- 
of  Eustasia  Pt.,  i  m.  in  extent,  covered  with 
trees,  tops  of  which  are  visible  20  m.  at  sea. 

point  on  E.  shore  of  Tablas  I.,Visayas. 

EASTEBN,  for.;  passage  between  NE.  coast  of 
Mindanao  and  S.  points  of  islands  DinAgat 
and  Bucas.     (See  Ginatiian.) 

EAST  PEAK,  for.;  summit,  1,890  ft.  high,  4^  m. 
NE.  of  Talindac,  and  very  conspicuous  from 
N.  and  W.  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

EBA  (ay'-bah),  ver.;  hamlet  in  S\V.  SAmar,  9  m. 
ESE.  of  Basey. 

EBRO  (ay'-brawh),  Sp.;  town  on  1.  bank  of  Gibong 
Riv.,"in  central  Surigao,  Mindanao,  33  m.  SE. 
by  S.  of  Buti'ian. 

EBl'S  (av'-boos),  nat.;  hamlet  in  Lanao,  Minda- 
nao, iat.  7°  30'  30"  N. 

Isa- 
Jaga- 

yAn  Riv.  and  connected  with  highway  by  2 
roads,  one  near  Carig,  10  m.  SVV.,  and  other 
at  Angadaniin,  5  m.  N\V.    Pop.,  5,700. 

EGANA  (ay-gah'-nyah),  Sp.;  pueblo  of  Antique, 
Panav,  5  m.  E.  of  San  Jos6  de  Buenavista. 
Pop.,  1,995,  pueblo  having  3,807. 

ELCANO  (ayl-cah'-noh);  remains  of  small  town 
on  branch  of  GAndara  Riv.,  2  m.  by  river 
above  town  of  Tivaran. 

ELEFAXTE  (ay-lay-fahn'-tay),  Sp.;  island  off 
Marinduque,  with  extinct  volcano  resem- 
bling Yriga,  but  less  in  height,  covered  with 
fine  pastures  and  trees;  abounds  in  half-wild 
cattle  .shipped  to  Manila,  where  they  com- 
mand t'ood  i^rice. 

ELEPHANT,  fdv.;  one  of  N.  of  small  group  of 
islands  lying  across  entrance  of  Taytay  Bay, 
off  E.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan,  about  i  m. 
N.  of  Castle  1. 

islet,   J  m.  S.   of   Pt.  Sabaa,  is  sugar-loaf 

rock,  almost  bare,  on  Marinduque  I.  Good 
anchorage. 

ELISARIO  (ay-lee-sah'-ree-oh),  Sp.;  mountain  in 
Ambos  Camarines,  Luzon. 

ELIZABETH,  for.;  point  on  SW.  coast  of  Pala- 
wan, 4  m.  NNE.  of  Eran  Bay.  Peak  3,067  ft. 
high  rises  8  m.  inland. 

EL  PARDO  (avl  pahr'-doh),  Sp.;  pueblo  in  Cebii. 
Pop.,  10,647. 

EL  REAL  (ayl  ray-ahl'),  Sp.;  village  on  E.  shore 
of  Laguan  I.,  at  N.  entrance  to  Laguan  chan- 
nel.  Calomatan  Riv.  empties  S.  of  this  village. 

EL  SALVADOR  (ayl  sahl-vah-dohr'),  Sp.;  pueblo 
in  Misamis,  Mindanao.    Pop.,  2,845. 

EMERGEM'IA  (ay-mcr-hayn'-thee-ah) ,  Sp.;  point 
in  W.  Paragua. 

E31MEL1XE,  for.;  southernmost  of  chain  of  small 
islands  on  Mantaknln  Bay,  E.  coast  of  Pala- 
wan. 

EMMIT,  for.;  point  on  E.  coast  of  Paragua,  Pala- 
wan, with  High  Triple  Hill  bearing  NE.  in- 
land. 

small  wooded  island  170  ft.  high,  with  2  pil- 
lar rocks  at  its  N.  end,  on  NW.  coast  of  Para- 
gua, Palawan,  midway  between  Talindac  and 
Crawford  Pts. 

•  EMPINADA  (em-pee-nah'-dah),  Sp.;  range  of  sec- 
ondary mountains  in  BalAbac  I.,  SW.  of  Pa- 
lawan, 


EM'AMPMENT,  for.;  point  on  NE.  shore  of  Ramos 
I.,  SE.  of  C.  Disaster,  1^  m.,  in  BalAbac  grp., 
SW.  of  Palawan. 

ENCANTO  (en-cahn'-toh),  Sp.;  point  on  E.  coa.st 
of  Principe,  Luzon,  in  pueblo  of  Baler. 

EKCARXADA  (en-car-nah-dah)  (means  red),  Sp.; 
point  at  N.  entrance  to  small  bay  on  W.  side 
of  Lingayt'U  Gulf,  in  Zambales,  Luzon. 

EXD,  for.;  peak  4,512  ft.  high  on  S.  end  of  Vic- 
toria peak  range  in  Paragua,  Palawan. 

E>DEATOR,  for.;  point  at  narrows  of  Cook  chan- 
nel, 12  m.  NE.  of  High  Pt.,  low  and  densely 
wooded,  E.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

shallow  strait,  1,000  ft  wide,  E.  of  Tuluran 

I.,  entering  Malampaya  Sound,  NW.  coast  of 
Paragua,  Palawan. 

island  near  head  of  Barton  Bav,  NW.  coast 

of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

point  on  E.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan,  and 

W.  head  of  Cook  channel.  From  here  shores 
of  Palawan  assume  very  different  character, 
being  fronted  by  islands  and  rocks,  not  one  of 
which  partakes  of  features  of  those  farther  S. 

ENGANO  (en-gah'-nyoh),  Sp.;  cape  E.  i  S.,  54  m. 
from  Pala  Pt.  on  N.  point  of  Palaui  I.,  off  NW. 
extreme  of  Cagaydn,  Luzon,  forming  ex- 
pan.sive  bay.  Landmark  of  approach  for  nav- 
igators to  E.  coast  of  N.  Luz6n  from  China 
Sea,  front  being  intersected  by  several  fine 
rivers,  including  Pamplona  and  Grande  de 
CagayAn.  Channel  between  cape  and  Cami- 
guin  I.,  to  NNW.,  is  20  m.  wide,  clear  of 
danger.    {See  also  Escarpada  Pt. ) 

ENGANOSO  (en-gah-nyoh'-soh),  Sp.;  highest  peak 
situated  in  center  of  Burias  I.,  Masbate  grp., 
Visayas,  dividing  highlands  of  N.  from  low 
lauds  of  S.  Coast  of  Burias  I.  here  makes  bend 
called  Boca  Enganosa,  dominated  by  hill  of 
that  name. 

rock  off  W.  coa.st  of  Burias,   I.,.  Visayas, 

about  1  m.  from  Gorion  islet. 

EXIARAN  (ay-nee-ah'-rahn),  ver.;  island  off  W. 
coast  of  Pas.sage  I.,  Malampaya  Sound,  NW. 
coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

EMttEDIO  (en-may'-dee-oh);  channel  SE.  of  BalA- 
bac  I.,  SW.  of  Palawan. 

EXORUAX  (ay-noh-roo'-ahn),  nat.;  islet  i  m.  SW. 
of  Guintulan  Pt.,  Basey,  SW.  coast  of  Samdr. 

ENRILE  (en-ree'-lay),  Sp.;  pueblo  of  Cagaydn, 
Luzon,  near  bank  of  Grande  de  Cagaydn  Riv., 
immediately  N.  of  boundary  with  Isabela,  7 
m.  SW.  of  Tuguegarao.    Pop.,  7,000. 

EJiRKJL'ETA  (ayn-ree-kav'-tah) ,  Sp.;  hamlet  on 
SW.  shore  of  Biri  I.,  Sdmar. 

village  at  mouth  of  small  estuary  on  W. 

coast  of  Biri  L,  Sdmar,  in  strait  of  San  Ber- 
nardino. Barin  L  lies  opposite  on  W.  side  of 
channel. 

ENTABLADO  (en-tah-blah'-doh).,Sp.;  road  center 
in  pueblo  of  Cabiao,  Nueva  Ecija,  Luzon,  op- 
posite San  Antonio  crossing  of  Grande  de  la 
Pampaijga  Riv.,  2  m.  SW.  of  San  Isidro  in 
Nueva  Ecija,  Luzon. 

ENTALIILA  (en-tah-loo'-lah),  ver.;  island  off  NW. 
coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan,  opposite  opening 
of  Bacuit  Bay. 

EXTILAN  (en-tee'-lahn),  ver.;  point  in  E.  Albay, 
Luz6n. 

ERAN,  or  CRAN  (ay'-rahn,  crahn),  ver.;  first  bay 
on  coast  of  SW.  Palawan,  affording  anchorage 
in  SW,  winds  p,nd  furnishing  wood,  water, 


512 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


EItA\,  or  (:KAN— Continued. 

and  supplies;  4  m.  wide  at  entrance  and 
n\,vn  to  N.;  Eran  Riv.  enters  in  SVV.  corner 
and  IS  navigable  for  boats  short  distance. 

;:P"'t  '"1  ^y.  ^idr  of  entrance  to  that  bay, 

—  rivereiii|iiyiii-  iin,,sw.  corner  of  that  bay, 

SW._ coast  <it  I'alawan,  with  good  water  an'd 
navigable  for  boats.  At  entrance  of  river  is 
excellent  seining. 

settlement  on  shore  of  Eran  Bay,  SW.  Pa- 
lawan. Region  in  vicinitv  is  inhabited  by 
Dusuns  or  hill  people,  mixture  of  Malay  under 
self-styled  Panjiran.  They  sell  beeswax 
fowls,  goats,  sweet  potatoes,  etc.,  or  barter 
their  products  for  bolos  and  few  articles 
known  to  their  .simple  wants. 

EKA\  (^roiN,  for.;  quoin-shaped  hill  518  ft.  high, 
named  by  natives  Palepaikan,  rising  out  of 
plain  midway  between  Low  and  Eran  Pts., 
SW.  coast  of  Palawan. 

ERElVAS(ay-ray'-nahs),  Sp.;  hamlet  on  NW.  coast 
of"' 


EREXAS  T  MALAYAT  (ay-ray'-nahs  ee  mah-lah- 
yat');  hamlet  on  SW.  coast  of  Zamboanga, 
Mindanao. 
ERMITA  (ayr-mee'-tah),  Sp.;  districtof  city  of  Ma- 
nila. On  river  bank  E.  of  monument  of  Ma- 
gallanes  are  barracks  of  fort,  and  ascending 
that  streaui  t,'rcat  tobacco  factoriesof  Arroce- 
nis,  i^uiiita  market,  and  military  hospital, 
jatiii  ill  l.,n:i(.  de  la  Concepcion.  Bridge 
here  in.sNcs  1',-isig  to  suburbs  of  San  Miguel. 
Iiii.iniry  Ijiinacics  stand  immediately  S.  of 
basil. Ill  ni  Sail  ( ;.ihiii.l,  near  gate,  and  where 
road  In  l'a(<i  stalls,  ('hurch  and  convent  of 
hniiita  mmiun  hi,i,'liway  which  extends  from 
Manila  to. Malatetlirniiicli  Kimita  I'lii.  7  ■■r.o 
NK.  (if  Manila,  in  Ermita.  a.liiiiiiing  eit'v  jukI 
fronting  on  IVisig,  is  seetion  kiinwii  as  .\'rroce- 
ros,  or  rice  mills.  Most  iiii|iiirtaiit  resort  of 
native  population,  beiii.Lc  crntcr  .if  threat  to- 
bacco factories.  In  oiie.if  iIkm'  alduc  over 
7,000  women  are  constantly  iireupied.  In  this 
section  is  also  observatory,  botanical  gardens 
kiosko,  dance  hall,  and  other  resorts  for  peo- 
ple, and  slaughter  house. 

hamlet  of  CagayAn,  Luz6n,  from  which 

trails  lead  across  Chico  de  Cagaydn  Riv  to 
Mauaman,  Tuao,  and  Tuguegarao,  latter  18 
m.  di.stant. 
ERNESTIN  (err-ness-tin').  Sp.;   circular  lake  of 
fre-sh  water,  a  m.  in  diameter,  on  S.  shore 
of  Cagayan  Sulu.    Small  barrier  of  200  yds 
separates  n  from  another  circular  lake  to  W 
called  Singiian.    Country  in  vicinity  is  com- 
posed of  low  hills  about  800  ft.  in  height. 
ESCALAXTE    (es-cah-lahn'-tav),    Sp.;    town    on 
strait  of  Taflon,  on  extreme  NE.  coast  of  Ne- 
gros  Occidental,  on  bay  at  mouth  of  Danao 
Riv.,  42  m.  E.  of  Bacolod,  on  opposite  side  of 
island.    Pop.,  3,000. 
ESI;ARCE0    (es-cahr-thay'-oh),     Sp.;     point     so 
named  from  tide  rips  off  it,  covered  with  trees 
on  extreme  N.  end  of  peninsula,  on  N.  coast  of 
Mindoni,  1  1  .11.  NW.  by  W.  ,,f  Calapan.    Galera 
lii's.inlaiKJ,  nil,,iil,is|,eiiiiisiila.     l'ointis3J 
m.  acniss  iim,,   \-,.r,i,.   i.   j,,  mid.'liaunel  be- 
tween Mindiini  and  Bataiigas,  Luzon. 
ESl'AKPADA  (ays-cahr-pah'-dah),  Sp.;    point    S 
head  Port  SanPioQuinto,W.  coast  Camiguin  I. 

—extreme   NE.    point  of   CagayAn,  Luz6n. 

Fr.im  Sail  Vieente  e.iast  niiis  K.  5  m.  to  this 
point,  which  m  .-liaits  and  sailing  directions 
nas  iisiially  been  divti,,i,r,|i^i,^^.,i  ^s  Engaiio. 
Coast  turns  abruptly  to  .SE.  12  m.  tolligan  Pt. 

i.sland  of  Naranjos  grp.,  off  S.  coast  of  Sor- 

sogon,  Luzon. 

—.point  on  SW.  coast  of  Ticao  L,  Masbate, 

Visayas. 


E.StAKPADO  (ays-cahr-pah'-doh),Sp.;  settlement 
on  1.  bank  of  ludhit  Riv.  entering  Princesa 
port,  E.  coast  of  S.  Palawan. 

point  and  mountain  in  S.  Palawan. 

ES{'(}\rHADA  (es-con-chah-dah'),  Sp.;  point  on 
W  .  shore  of  Dindgat  I.,  N.  of  Surigao,  Minda- 
nao, and  SW.  of  Berrugosa  Pt.,  forming  im- 
portant headland  on  E.  .side  of  Surigao  Strait. 
To  N.  of  this  point  are  2  bays  on  NW.  shore  of 
DinAgat  I.  separated  by  Berrugosa  Pt.  Islets 
"Twins"  lie  2^  m.  NNE.  of  latter  point. 

S.  point  or  headland  of  bay  on  NW.  coast 

of  Dindgat  I.,  N.  of  Surigao,  Mindanao. 

ESDIICHA  (e.s-coo'-chah),  Sp.;  small  i.sland  E.  of 
Palaui  L,  off  extreme  NE.  point  of  Cagayiln 
Luzon,  and  N.  of  Negra  Pt.  on  adjacent 
mainland. 

ESFrElJZO,  DEL  (dayle.s-fwayr'-thoh),Sp.;  point 
on  W.  coast  of  Palawan.  "    i^i 

strait  toward  E.  of  Tuluran,  Palawan. 

ESMERALDA  (es-may-rahl'-dah),  Sp.;  mountain 
of  Negros  Occidental,  one  of  most  N.  summits 
of  central  range,  11  m.  S.  of  Manapla  on 
N.  coast. 

ESPANA  (es-pah'-nyah) ,  Sp. ;  small  stream  empty- 
ing into  sea  on  SW.  coast  of  SibuyAn  I.,  Rom- 
blon  grp.,  Vi-sayas;  small  island  lies  near  its 
mi.iutli. 

town  in  Sibuyiln  L,  Romblon  grp.,Vi.sayas. 

ESPEUAAZA  (e.s-pay-rahn'-thah)  (means  hope) 
Sp.;  town  on  r.  bank  of  Agusan  Riv.,  Surigao! 
Mindanao,  10^  m.  SSE.  of  Butiian. 
ESPINA  (ess-pea'-nah),  Sp.;  point,  S.  head  to 
Calandorang  Bay,  BalAbac  I.,  SW.  of  Pala- 
wan. On  point  is  coal  store  and  small  iettv 
and  fresh  water. 
ESPIRITU  SAXTO  (es-pee'-ree-too  sahn'-toh) 
(means  Holy  Ghost),  Sp.;  cape  on  NE.  extrem- 
ity of  coast  of  Sdmar,  11  m.  ESE.  of  PalApag 
I  ort,  important  point  of  approach  from  Pa- 
cihc  Ocean.  High  and  visible  in  clear  weather 
40  m.,  thus  serving  as  excellent  mark  for 
working  strait  of  San  Bernardino.  Mt.  Me.sa 
de  PalApag,  10  m.  SW.  of  this  cape,  is  always 
visible  at  42  m.  ^ 

ESTAfiNO  (es-tahg'-noh),  Sp.;  island  E.  of  Isabela, 

Luzon.    (.S'feLimalansan.) 
ESTAMPA  (ess-tahm'-pah),   Sp.;    summit  856  ft 
high  on  NW.  shore  of  Siibic  Bav,  SE.  coast  of 
Zambales,  Luzon. 

point  on  SE.  shore  Iloilo  Strait,  NW.  shore 

GuimarAs  I.,  opposite  Iloilo,  Panay. 
ESTANCIA  (es-tahn'-thee-ah),  Sp.;  pueblo  and 
anchorage  on  NE.  coast  of  Iloilo,  Panay,  7  m. 
S.  of  Carlos.  Anchorage  S.  of  Cayo  Pt.  be- 
tween islet  of  Luginot  (SW.  of  Calagnan)  and 
Bayas  Is.  Town  of  Estancia  is  1  m.  inland  l 
and  connected  with  coast  by  good  road.  * 

river  in  Panay,  known  also  as  Panisian.        |;' 

ESTANZUELA,  or  CARIDAD  (ess-tan-thway'-lah,  li 
cah-ree-dahd') ,  Sp.;  village  on  W.  shore  of  f< 
Bacoor   Bay,   SSW.   of    San   Roque,   Cavite, 
Luz6n. 
ESTE  (ay.s'-tay),  Sp.;  point  forming  E.  extreme 
of  Tablas  I.,  Rombl6n  gl-p. 


ESTELLA  (ays-tay'-lvah),  Sp. 
Luzon. 


town  in  Isabela, 


ESTILETE    (ays-tee-lay'-tav),  Sp. 
IlocosSur,  Luz6n. 


mountain  in 


EULALIA  (ay-oo-lah'-lee-ah),Sp.;  hamlet  on  NE. 
coast  of  Leyte,  3  m.  across  sea  channel  from 
Biliran  I. 

El'STASIA  (ay-oos-tah'-see-ah) ,  Sp. ;  point  on  SE. 
coast  of  Palawan,  S.  by  W.  of  Scolt  Pt. 

EWIIG,  for.;  river  entering  Puerto  Princesa,  E. 
coast  of  Palawan.     (See  luahit  Riv.) 


I 


GAZETTEER    UF   THE    PHIUPFINE    ISLANDS. 


513 


FALD<^>'  (fahl-dawn'J,  Sp.:  creek  entering  on  r. 
hank  of  P.  arm  of  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao, 
('i)tabato,  Mindanao. 

FALSE  SHARP,  for.;  peak  2,814  ft.  high.  S.  of  Gan- 
t ung  M:., overlooking Eran Bay,  SW.  Palawan 

FALTABAN  (fahl-tah'-bahn),  Sp.;  island  off  Tabu- 
nan,  extreme  N\V.  point  of  Ticao  I.,  Visayas, 
at  E.  .side  of  N.  entrance  to  Port  San  Miguel. 

FAUALIOXES  (fah-rah-lyoh'-ness),  Sp.r  cluster 
of  islets  in  bay  of  San  Miguel,  near  coaet  of 
Ambos  Camarines  (Norte),  Luzon,  between 
islands  of  Canimo  and  Canton. 

FARALLONS  (fah-rah-lyons'),  Sp.;  6  islets  1  m. 
SW.  of  S.  entrance  to  Port  Silanquin,  coast  of 
Zambales,  Luzon. 

FARO  (fah'-roh),  Sp.;  hamlet  at  Sangley  Pt.,  N. 
shore  of  Canacao  Bay  (see  Cavite),  8i  m.  SW. 
of  Manila,  Luzon. 

FAROL  (fah-roP),  Sp.;  island  of  Balanguiiigui 
grp.,  Sulu  A. 

point  in  E.  Mindanao. 

!'"AT1.>IA  (fah-tee'-mah),  Sp.;  island  in  range  of 
approach  to  Dumanquilas  Bay,  E.  end  of  S. 
shore  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

FATIMO  (fah-tee'-moh),  ver.;  cluster  of  islands 
which  fills  head  of  Dumanquilas  Bay,  S.  coast 
of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao.  Surrounding 
banks  are  nearly  dry  at  low  water. 

FAUML  (fow-neeP);  stream  entering  on  1.  bank 
of  S.  arm  of  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  Cota- 
bato,  Mindanao. 

FELICES  (fay-lee'-thays),  Sp.:  cluster  of  islets  E. 
of  Basilan,  off  S.  coast  of  Zamboanga,  Min- 
danao. 

FEBXAXDEZ  (favr-nahn'-davth),  Sp.;  hamlet  in 
NE.  Capiz,  Panay,  2  m.  XW.  of  Mayon. 

point   at   entrance   to    Port   Concepcion, 

Maestre  de  ("ampo  L,  E.  of  Mindoro. 

mountain  in  E.  Zambales,  Luz6n. 

FIDELIS.AX  ( fee-da y-lee-sahn'i,  nat.;  pueblo  of 
Bontoc,  Luzon,  16  m.  from  Bontoc.    Pop.,  478. 

FILAMROPIA  (fee-lahn-troh-pee'-ah),Sp.;  point 
on  SE.  coast  of  Palawan.     (See  Philanthropy. ) 

FIX  (feen),  Sp.;  sharp  pinnacle  in  central  moun- 
tain range  in  S.  Palawan.     (Pagoda  Cliff.) 

FISH,  for.;  point  on  SE.  coast  of  Palawan,  4  m. 
N.  by  E.  of  Nose  Pt. 

bay  on  W.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan,  over- 
looking Mt.  Airy. 

F'ISHERMAX,  for.;  point  on  E.  coast  of  Palawan, 
just  S.  of  Paragua  boundary,  SE.  of  Babuyan; 
hill  1,22.5  ft.  lies  inland. 

FL.U'A  (flah'-cah),  Sp.;  point  W.  of  Yucatin  Pt., 
on  Mayo  Bay,  E.  coast  of  D&vao,  Mindanao. 

F'LAT,  for.;  low,  tree-covered  island  2  m.  in  extent 
N.  and  S.,  6  m.  E.  of  Bivouac  Pt.and  fronting 
Mantakwin  Bay,  E.  coast  of  S.  Palawan. 

one  of  largest  islands  in  Green  Island  Bay, 

E.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

FLECHA  (fiay'-chah),  Sp.;  narrow  peninsula 
through  which  extends  from  NW.  to  SE.,  E. 
boundary  of  Zamboanga  with  Cotabato,  Min- 
danao.    (.See  Buganian  Pen.) 

F'LEl'HAS  (fiay'-chahs),  Sp.;  promontory  at  ex- 
treme SE.  end  of  narrow  peninsula  jutting 
into  Celebes  Sea,  at  S.  extreme  of  line  of 
boundary  between  Cotabato  on  E.  and  Zam- 
boanga on  W.,  Mindanao;  also  headland 
marking  division  of  great  bays  of  Illana  on  E. 
and  Dumanquilas  on  W.,  S.  coast  of  Cotabato 
and  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 


F'LEt'H.lS;  conspicuous  point  on  E.  coast  of  Pa- 
ragua, Palawan,  12  m.  SW.  of  Endeavor  Pt. 
(HighPt.) 

FLORES  (floh'-rays)  (means  flowers) ,  Sp.;  ham- 
let 8  m.  W.  inland  from  W.  coast  of  Antique, 
Panay. 

FLORIDA  BLAXIA  (floh-ree'-dah  blahn'-cah), 
Sp. ;  pueblo  in  SW.  Pampanga,  Luzon,  9  m. 
W.  of  Bacolor.    Pop.  7,6.54. 

FOXDEADO  (fon-day-ah'-doh),  Sp.;  island  4  m. 
SE.  by  S.  of  BabuySn.  on  E.  coast  of  N.  Pala- 
wan, immediately  S.  of  Paragua  boundary. 

FOXT,  Sp.;  islet  in  middle  of  entrance  to  Port 
San  Pio  Quinto,  W.  shore  of  Camiguin  I., 
Babuyanes  grp.,  about  li  sq.  m.  in  area; 
has  on  each  side  safe  channel  leading  to  port, 
N.  1  m.  wide  and  S.  2  m.  wide.  In  S.  channel 
water  presents  remarkable  discoloration  of 
iron  caused  by  profuse  boiling  spring  of  salt 
water  to  S.;  evidences  of  recent  volcanic 
action  is  discernible  throughout  island,  lead- 
ing to  conclusion  that  this  natural  curiosity 
is  of  same  origin;  best  anchorage  is  E.  of 
island  abreast  small  stream  of  fresh  water 
which  bears  ENE.  Island  is  inhabited  dur- 
ing small  part  of  year,  when  people  are 
engaged  in  excellent  fishing  on  its  shores. 
Preliminary  landing  of  crew  and  saved  equip- 
ment and  boats  of  wrecked  U.  S.  S.  Cliarlestan 
having  been  made  on  lee  side  of  Camiguin  I., 
in  plain  sight  of  scene  of  disaster,  ship  was 
abandoned  at  8  a.  m.  November  2, 1899,  landing 
at  12.30p.m.;  party  reembarked  and  proceed- 
ed to  Font  I.,  about  5  m.  distant,  effecting  land- 
ing in  safety  with  equipments,  rifles,  machine 
guns,  etc.,  about  2  p.  m.;  natives  next  morn- 
ing brought  supplies  of  chickens,  cocoanuts, 
and  oranges.    No  drinking  water  on  island. 

FORMOSA  (for-moh'-sah),  Sp.;  town  on  shore  of 
bay  on  NE.  coast  of  Ticao  I.,  Ma.sbate  grp., 
Visayas. 

FORTUX  (for-toon'),  Sp.;  island  1  m.  in  extent, 
6i  m.  SW.  of  Fuego,  off  Talin  Pt.,  W.  coast  of 
Batangas,  Luzon. 

FOTOL  (foh-talP),  ver.;  town  in  district  of 
Apayaos,  Luzon. 

FOUR  PEAKS,  for.;  peaks  on  shore  of  upper 
Grande  Riv.,  Mindanao.     (.S'eeTiniptiban.) 

•  summits  in  Cleopatra  Range,  inland  from 

Green  Island  Bay,  SE.  coast  of  Paragua,  Pa- 
lawan. 

range,  with  summits  4,730,  4,800,  4,900,  5,200 

ft.,  E.  of  St.  Pauls  Mt.,  of  which  Cleopatra's 
Needle,  5,200  ft.,  is  southernmost  and  highest 
in  S.  Paragua,  Palawan. 

FRAGATA  (frah-gah'-tah).  Sp.;  river  rising  in 
mountain  ranges  of  Bohol,  having  its  outlet 
to  sea  through  Ispil. 

FRAILE  (frye'-lay)  (the  friar),  Sp.;  rock  which 
appears  like  sail,  3J  m.  S.  from  Caballo  light 
and  2  m.  from  S.  shore  of  Manila  Bay.  De- 
pendent island  of  Cavite. 

FRAILES,  LOS  (lohs  frve'-less),  S.;  cluster  of  4 
islands  off  SW.  shore  of  Silanguin  I.,  off  SW. 
coast  of  Zambales,  Luzon. 

FRAXCES  (frahn-thais'),  Sp.;  island  E.  of  Mala- 
buctiin  I.,  off  E.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan, 
NE.  entrance  to  Aletas  de  Tiburon  Bay. 

ERASER,  for.;  island  in  N.  waters  of  Honda  Bay, 
E.  coast  of  Palawan,  S.  of  Paragua  boundary. 

FRESHWATER,  for.,orAGUADA  (ah-gwah'-dah), 
Sp.;  point  at  N.  head  of  arm  of  Eran  Bay,  on 
SW.  coast  of  Palawan. 


S.  Doc.  280- 


-33 


514 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILirPINE    ISLANDS. 


FrK<iO  (fwiiy'-K(.h),  S]).;  point  on  W.  const  of 
BatanKiis,  Lu/6ii,  7  ni.  S.  of  Linibone.s  Pt. 
Elevated  and  rocky,  with  small  islands  in  its 
vicinity. 

FUENTE  DE  A(iUA  DULCE  (fwayn'-tay  day  ah'- 
gwah  (lool'-tlmy),  Sji.:  celebrated  natural 
outtiow  of  water  issiiiiif,'  from  mountains  on 
N.  coast  of  Misamis,  .Mindanao,  NK.  of  Salay. 

FlIEUTE  qUlMAXA  (fwayr'-tay  kin-tah'-nah), 
Sp.;  hamlet  in  Cavite,  Luzon,  15  m.  S.  of 
Cavite. 

FL'tJA  (foo'-gah),  Sp.;  one  of  S.  islands  of  Babu- 
yanes grp.,  16^  m.  N£.  of  Pt.  Cabicungan,  on 
N.  coast  of  Luzon,  and  21  m.  W.  of  Camiguin 
I.  Lower  and  of  more  even  appearance,  par- 
ticularly in  E.  part,  than  any  of  other  larger 
islands  of  group;  11  m.  E.  and  W.,  and  3  m. 
N.  and  S.;  area  of  27  sq.  m.    Its  only  town  is 


FL'UA — (Continued. 

Musa  on  bay  on  S.  shore.  Strongly  marked 
tide  rip  extends  from  C.  Bojeador  to  this  i.s- 
land,  broken  water  of  which  is  similar  to 
line  of  breakers  entire  distance,  49  m.  in  ENE. 
direction. 

FUGAY  (foo-gi'),  ver.;  point  on  N.  coast  of  Ca- 
gaydn,  Luzon,  in  pueblo  of  Buguey. 

FULAY  (foo-lie'),  ver.;  river  in  Cagaydn,  Luzon, 
rising  in  Gran  Cordillera,  lat.  17°  52'  N.,  and 
taking  course  to  W.  empties  into  CagayAn 
Riv.  in  pueblo  of  Alcala. 

FULIN  (foo-lin'),  ver.;  S.  of  3  islets  7  m.  off  E.  V 
coast  of  Sdmar,  opposite  mouth  of  Ulut  Kiv.  5 
(.See  Banjiin  and  Linao.) 

FUUAO  (foo-rah'-aw),  ver.;  town  in  pueblo  of 
Gami'i,  Isabela,  Luzon,  on  N.  side  of  crossing 
of  Magat  Riv. ;  by  main  road  8  m.  S.  of '" 


( 


L 


/J . 


\ 


\\f  ■ 


..,•:.■^l 


FORT  GALE3SA 

AHD 

VAHAJDER©  BAY 


Doc  ZSc  57 


gazp:tteer  of  the  Philippine  islands. 


515 


G. 


(iABA  (gah'-bah),  ver.;  small  bay  on  X\V.  sl<k-  uf 
Batiin  I.,  Albay,  Luz6n:  channel  1  m.  wide, 
which  separates  Batiln  from  Cacraray,  con- 
nects Gaba  with  great  Albay  Bay  on  S.' 

GABAMBiLAXi  fgah-bam-bah'-lang),  ver.;  ex- 
treme point  at  angle  of  SW.  coast  of  Xegros 
Occidental,  taking  trend  E.,  and  S.  head- 
land of  deep  bight  of  Gnimaris  Strait. 

GABAO  (gah-bah'-oh),  ver.;  hamlet  in  pueblo  of  ' 
.Santiago,  Ilocos  Sur,  Luzon. 

GABAOX  (gah-bah'-o\vn),  ver.;  peak  in  Caraba- 
llos  Occidentales,  Ilocos  Xorte,  Luzon. 

GAB.dOXG  (gah-bah'-yong),  ver.;  river  in  E. 
central  Leyte,  rising  in  ]^.  slopes  of  Anadining 
Mt..  flows  "N.  by  Alang-Alang  and  San  Miguel 
and  enters  bay  4  m.  SW.  of  Babatugon. 

GABI  Cgah-bee'),  nat.:  mountain  in  Pauaon,  SE. 
of  Leyte. 

GABO  (gah-baw'),  ver.;  port  at  SE.  end  of  Dini-  j 
gat  I.,  off  N.  coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao;  well  ] 
sheltered  from  N.  bv  high  mountains  Caba- 
Uete,  and  to  S.  by  Mt.  Lapa  on  island  SW.  I 
of  Dindgat.  Port  is  1^  m.  wide  and  pene-  i 
trates  1^  m.  to  W..  where  it  forms  an  elbow,  j 
turning  into  Galx)  Passage;  anchorage  is  ■ 
in  this  angle,  sheltered  by  islet  joined  to  S. 
shore.  I 

"silanga"  between  Dindgat  and   islands  I 

of  Ginatuan  grp.,  off  NE.  coast  of  Surigao,   i 
Mindanao,  and  connects  Pacific  Ocean  with 
Surigao  Strait. 

GABdX,  or  DAtTEB  (gah-bawn',  dah-cwayr'), 
ver.;  mountain  in  Ilocos  Norte,  Luzon. 

GABOT  (gah-bot'),  ver.:  point  on  China  Sea  coast 
of  Ilocos  Norte,  Luzon,  between  Gan  Bay  N. 
and  mouth  of  Grande  de  Badoc  Riv. 

bay  on  coast  of  Ilocos  Norte,  Luzon,  in 

pueblo  of  Badoc.  between  Gabot  and  Mangla- 
nis  Pt.:  N.  is  port  of  Currimao. 

GABl'XG  'gah-boong'),  ver.;  island  2  m.  E.  and 
W.  and  1  m.  N.  and  S.,  2  m.  E.  of  Manlagule 
of  BaWbac  grp.,  SW.  of  Palawan,  and  central 
of  3  islands,  Apo,  Gabung,  and  Byan,  like 
stepping-stones  in  sea  channel,  5  m.  "wide,  be- 
tween larger  islands  of  Bugsuk  and  Manla- 
gule.    (Also  Gabunc.) 

GACAT  (gah-cahf),  ver.;  mountain  in  SE.  Leyte, 
7  m.  SE.  of  Sogod  Antique. 

GACIB  DE  JIPPA  fgah-coob' day  hoop'-pah), 
Hisp.;  mountain  in  SW.  Leyte. 

GADAM  (gah-dah'-nee),  ver.;  hamlet  on  1.  bank 
of  and  crossing  Abra  Riv.  in  Abra,  Luz6n,  5 
m.  ENE.  of  Bangued. 

GAGALAXfelX  (gah-gah-lahng-inn).  Tag.;  suburb 
of  Manila,  Luz6n,  by  act  of  Jan.  29, 1902,  made 
part  of  district  of  Tondo. 

GADGABAX  fgad-gah'-rahn),  ver.;  hamlet  in  E. 
S^mar,  b  m.  SW.  of  Tiibig. 

GAGBAYAX  ^gag-bah'-yahn),  ver.;  S.  tributary  of 
Napo  Riv.,  which  "it  joins  at  Candijav,  SE. 
Bohol. 

GAGO  (gah'-goh),  ver.;  mountain  settlement  in 
Cotabato,  Mindanao,  23  m.  SE.  by  E.  of  Cota- 
bato. 

GAHILOXfcAX  fgah-hee-long'-ahn),  ver.;  hamlet 
in  E.  Sdmar,  2  m.  NNW.  of  Boroiligan. 

GALXZA  (gah-in'-thah),  Sp.;  pueblo  in  Ambos 
Camarines  (Surj,  Luzon.    Pop.,  2,631. 

GAIOTAX  (gah-yoh'-tahn),  ver.;  hamlet  li  m.  S. 
of  Calannan,  Sdmar, 


(iAJO  (gah'-hoh),  Sp.;  jxMnt  in  Albay,  Albay, 
Luz6n,  on  S.  shore  of  entrance  to  Albay  Bay. 
{Also  S&jo.) 

GALAXGALAX  (gah-lan-gah'-lahn),  ver.;  moun- 
tain in  Sorsogon,  Luzdn. 

GALIs  (gah-lahs').  Tag.;  mineral  spring  near 
Mabitae,  in  Laguna,  Luz6n. 

GALAUIT  (gah-lah'-oo-eet) ,  ver.;  hamlet  of  Nueva 
Vizcaya,  Luzon,  on  road  between  Ibung  and 


GALBAX  (gal-bahn'),  Sp.;  point  on  SE.  coast  of 
Batangas,  Luzon.  E.  of  Malabrigo  on  Verde 
Passage.    {Also  Malagundi.) 

GALEBA  (gah-lay'-rah),  Sp.;  point  on  NW.  coast 
of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao.  {See  Kipit  Pt.) 
Murcielagos  islets  lie  2  m.  N. 

port  formed  by  promontory  on  NW.  side  of 

extreme  N.  peninsula  of  Mindoro.  forming  its 
SE.  and  E.  shores,  and  Islands  of  Del  Medio  and 
Paniquian  its  shelter  toward  NW.  Balateros 
Chico  and  Grande  are  2  coves  on  S.  shore; 
is  10  m.  SW.  by  S.  of  Malacot  Pt.,  E.  headland 
of  Batangas  Bay,  S.  coast  of  Batangas,  Luzon, 
and  refuge  for  coasters  from  points  of  Visaya 
to  Manila.  Islets  at  entrance  of  bay  close"it 
to  W.  Port  itself  is  canal  or  silanga,  with  2 
passages,  one  to  N.  and  other  to  NW.  Verde 
I.,  which  gives  name  to  passage,  on  S.  shore 
of  which  Galera  port  opens,  lies  about  5  m.  to 
NE.  From  Abra  de  Hog  to  Galera  port  coast 
is  moderately  high  and  picturesque,  with  2 
beautiful  water  courses  descending  in  cas- 
cades from  highland  to  coast.  Coast  is  safe 
within  i  m.  of  shore. 

GALERA,  PUERTO  (pwayr'-toh  gah-lay'-rah), 
Sp.;  town  on  neck  of  N.  peninsula  with  Del 
Varadero  Bavon  SE.  and  Galera  port  on  NW. 
side.     Pop.,  1,912. 

GALLAXO  (gah-lee-ah'-noh),  Sp.;  pueblo  in  Ben- 
guet,  Luzon,  8  m.  WSW.  of  Trinidad,  and  con- 
nected by  highway.    Pop.,  1,330. 

GALUXA  (gah-lyee'-nah),Sp.;  hamlet  on  E.  coast 
of  Mindanao,  79  m.  SE.  of  Surigao. 

GALLIXA,  LA,  Y  POLLOS,  LOS  (lah  gah-lyee'- 
nah  ee  los  poh'-lyohs)  (means  hen  and  chick- 
ens), Sp.;  several  scattered  islands  in  front  of 
bay,  just  N.  of  Mount  Herschel,  off  W.  coast 
of  S.  Palawan,  near  S.  boundary  of  Paragua. 

GALLO  MALO  (gah'-lyoh  mah'-loh)  (bad  cock), 
Sp.;  channel  between  Tandubata  and  E.  coast 
of  Tawi  Tawi  I.,  Sulu  A.  Can  be  penetrated 
by  gunboats  2  m.  from  N.  end;  sides  are  high 
and  forest  clad.  Many  creeks  open  into  it. 
Mapait,  native  settlement,  is  on  its  shores. 

GALOC  (gah-lohck'). long,  narrow  island,  2isq.m., 
941  ft.  high,  close  off  NW.  extreme  of  Cala- 
midn  I.,  Calamianes  grp.,  NE.  of  Paragua, 
Palawan.  Close  off  its  N.  shore  lies  Popoto- 
t^nl. 

GALViX  (gal-vahn'),  Sp.;  small  river  in  SE.  Ba- 
tangas, Luz6n. 

GALVAXEY  (gal-vah-nay'),  Sp.;  2  islets  1  m.  NW. 
of  that  point,  off  E.  shore  of  Ragay  Gulf, 
Ambos  Camarines  (Sur;,  Luzon. 

GALVAXEY,  or  BAXTUIX  (gal-vah-nay,'  bahn'- 
tween),  Sp.;  point  on  E.  shore  of  Ragay  Gulf, 
Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luz6n,  8  m.  SE.  of 
Saboon  I.;  point  is  high  and  steep  and  con- 
nected with  mainland  by  neck  of  low  land. 

GASLAY  (gah-m!'),  ver.;  point  on  Daram  Channel, 
E.  land  of  Biliran  I.,  N.  of  Leyte 

GAMBAL  (giun-bahl'),  nat.;  village  on  1.  bank  of 
N.  arm  of  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  Cota- 
bato, Mindanao,  S.  of  Sandy  Pt. 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


515 


O. 


(JABA  (gah'-bah),  vur.;  .small  bay  on  NVV.  side  of 
BaWn  I.,  Albay,  Luzon;  channel  1  m.  wide, 
which  separates  BatAn  from  Cacraray,  con- 
nects Gaba  with  great  Albay  Bay  on  S. 

(jABAMBXlAMi  (gah-bam-bah'-lang),  ver.;  ex- 
treme point  at  angle  of  SW.  coast  of  Negros 
Occidental,  taking  trend  E.,  and  S.  head- 
land of  deep  bight  of  GuimarAs  Strait. 

(iABAO  (gah-bah'-oh),  ver.;  hamlet  in  pueblo  of 
Santiago,  Ilocos  Sur,  Luzon. 

GABAON  (gah-bah'-own),  ver.;  peak  in  Caraba- 
llos  Occidentales,  Ilocos  Norte,  Luz6n. 

GABXyONG  (gah-bah'-yong),  ver.;  river  in  E. 
central  Ley  te,  rising  in  N.  slopes  of  Anadining 
Mt,  ilows  N.  by  Alang-Alang  and  San  Miguel 
and  enters  bay  4  m.  SW.  of  Babatugon. 

GABI  (gah-bee'),  nat.;  mountain  in  Pana6n,  SE. 
of  Leyte. 

GABO  (gah-baw'),  ver.;  port  at  SE.  end  of  Dind- 
gat  I.,  off  N.  coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao;  well 
sheltered  from  N.  by  high  mountains  Caba- 
llete,  and  to  S.  by  Mt.  Lapa  on  island  SW. 
of  Din&gat.  Port  is  1^  m.  wide  and  pene- 
trates 1^  ni.  to  W.,  where  it  forms  an  elbow, 
turning  into  Gabo  Passage;  anchorage  is 
in  this  angle,  sheltered  by  islet  joined  to  S. 
shore. 

"silanga"  between  DinAgat  and   islands 

of  Ginatuan  grp.,  off  NE.  coast  of  Surigao, 
Mindanao,  and  connects  Pacific  Ocean  with 
Surigao  Strait. 

(iAB^N,  or  DACUER  (gah-bawn',  dah-cwayr'), 
ver.;  mountain  in  Ilocos  Norte,  Luz6n. 

GABOT  (gah-bof),  ver.;  point  on  China  Sea  coast 
of  Ilocos  Norte,  Luz6n,  between  Gan  Bay  N. 
and  mouth  of  Grande  de  Badoc  Riv. 

bay  on  coast  of  Ilocos  Norte,  Luzon,  in 

pueblo  of  Badoc,  between  Gabot  and  Mangla- 
nis  Pt.;  N.  is  port  of  Currimao. 

GABUNG  (gah-boong'),  ver.;  island  2  m.  E.  and 
W.  and  1  m.  N.  and  S.,  2  m.  E.  of  Manlagule 
of  BaUbac  grp.,  SW.  of  Palawan,  and  central 
of  3  islands,  Apo,  Gabung,  and  Byan,  like 
stepping-stones  in  sea  channel,  6  m.  wide,  be- 
tween larger  islands  of  Bugsuk  and  Manla- 
gule.    {Also  Gabunc.) 

GACAT  (gah-cahf),  ver.;  mountain  in  SE.  Leyte, 
7  m.  SE.  of  Sogod  Antique. 

GACUB  DE  JIIPPA  (gah-coob' day  hoop'-pah), 
Hisp.;  mountain  in  SW.  Leyte. 

GADAM  (gah-dah'-nee),  ver.;  hamlet  on  1.  bank 
of  and  crossing  Abra  Riv.  in  Abra,  Luz6n,  6 
m.  ENE.  of  Bangued. 

GAGALAN&IX  (gah-gah-lahng-inn),  Tag.;  suburb 
of  Manila,  Luz6n,  by  act  of  Jan.  29, 1902,  made 
part  of  district  of  Tondo. 

GADGABAN  (gad-gah'-rahn),  ver.;  hamlet  in  E. 
S^mar,  5  m.  SW.  of  Tubig. 

GAGBAYAN  (gag-bah'-yahn),  ver.;  S.  tributary  of 
Napo  Riv.,  which  it  joins  at  Candijay,  SE. 
Bohol. 

GAGO  (gah'-goh),  ver.;  mountain  settlement  in 
Cotabato,  Mindanao,  23  m.  SE.  by  E.  of  Cota- 
bato. 

GAHILONGAN  (gah-hee-long'-ahn),  ver.;  hamlet 
in  E.  Samar,  2  m.  NNW.  of  Boroilgan. 

GAINZA  (gah-in'-thah),  Sp.;  pueblo  in  Ambos 
Camarines  (Sur),  Luzon.    Pop.,  2,631. 

GAIOTAN  (gah-yoh'-tahn),  ver.;  hamlet  1^  m.  S. 
of  Catarman,  S^mar. 


(JAJO  (gah'-hoh),  Sp.;  point  in  Albay,  Albay, 
Luz6u,  on  S.  shore  of  entrance  to  Albay  Bay. 
{AlsoSajo.) 

GALANGALAN  (gah-lan-gah'-lahn),  ver.;  moun- 
tain in  Sorsog6n,  Luzon. 

GALjCS  (gah-lahs').  Tag.;  mineral  spring  near 
Mabitac,  in  Laguna,  Luz6n. 

GALiUIT  (gali-lah'-oo-eet) ,  ver.;  hamlet  of  Nueva 
Vizcaya,  Luz6n,  on  road  between  Ibung  and 
Bagdbag. 

GALBjCN  (gal-bahn'),  Sp.;  point  on  SE.  coast  of 
Batangas,  Luz6n,  E.  of  Malabrigo  on  Verde 
Passage.    (^Zso  Malagundi.) 

GALEKA  (gah-lay'-rah),  Sp.;  point  on  NW.  coast 
of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao.  (See  Kipit  Pt.) 
Murci61agos  islets  lie  2  m.  N. 

port  formed  by  promontory  on  NW.  side  of 

extreme  N.  peninsula  of  Mindoro,  forming  its 
SE.  and  E.  shores,  and  islands  of  Del  Medio  and 
Paniquian  its  shelter  toward  NW.  Balateros 
Chico  and  Grande  are  2  coves  on  S.  shore; 
is  10  m.  SW.  by  S.  of  Malacot  Pt,  E.  headland 
of  Batangas  Bay,  S.  coast  of  Batangas,  Luzon, 
and  refuge  for  coasters  from  points  of  Visaya 
to  Manila.  Islets  at  entrance  of  bay  close  it 
to  W.  Port  itself  is  canal  or  silanga,  with  2 
passages,  one  to  N.  and  other  to  NW.  Verde 
I.,  which  gives  name  to  passage,  on  S.  shore 
of  which  Galera  port  .opens,  lies  about  5  m.  to 
NE.  From  Abra  de  Hog  to  Galera  port  coast 
is  moderately  high  and  picturesque,  with  2 
beautiful  water  courses  descending  in  cas- 
cades from  highland  to  coast.  Coast  is  safe 
within  i  m.  of  shore. 

GALERA,  PUERTO  (pwayr'-toh  gah-lay'-rah), 
Sp.;  town  on  neck  of  N.  peninsula  with  Del 
Varadero  Bay  on  SE.  and  Galera  port  on  NW. 
side.    Pop.,  1,912. 

GALIANO  (gah-lce-ah'-noh),  Sp.;  pueblo  in  Ben- 
guet,  Luzon,  8  m.  WSW.  of  Trinidad,  and  con- 
nected by  highway.    Pop.,  1,330. 

GALLINA  (gah-lyee'-nah),  Sp.;  hamleton  E.  coast 
of  Mindanao,  79  m.  SE.  of  Surigao. 

GALLINA,  LA,  Y  POLLOS,  LOS  (lah  gah-lyee'- 
nah  ee  los  poh'-lyohs)  (means  hen  aud  chick- 
ens), Sp.;  several  scattered  islands  in  front  of 
bay,  just  N.  of  Mount  Herschel,  off  W.  coast 
of  S.  Palawan,  near  S.  boundary  of  Paragua. 

GALLO  MALO  (gah'-lyoh  mah'-loh)  (bad  cock), 
Sp.;  channel  between  Tandubata  and  E.  coast 
of  Tawi  Tawi  I.,  Sulu  A.  Can  be  penetrated 
by  gunboats  2  m.  from  N.  end;  sides  are  high 
and  forest  clad.  Many  creeks  open  into  it. 
Mapait,  native  settlement,  is  on  its  shores. 

GALOC  (gah-lohck'), long,  narrow  island,  2isq.m., 
941  ft.  high,  close  off  NW.  extreme  of  Cala- 
mito  I.,  Calamianes  grp.,  NE.  of  Paragua, 
Palawan.  Close  off  its  N.  shore  lies  Popoto- 
tan  I. 

GALViN  (gal-vahn'),  Sp.;  small  river  in  SE.  Ba- 
tangas, Luz6n. 

GALTANEY  (gal-vah-nay'),  Sp.;  2  islets  1  m.  NW. 
of  that  point,  off  E.  shore  of  Ragay  Gulf, 
Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luzon. 

GALVANEY,  or  BAMCIIV  (gal-vah-nay,'  bahn'- 
tween),  Sp.;  point  on  E.  shore  of  Ragay  Gulf, 
Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luz6n,  8  m.  SE.  of 
Saboon  I.;  point  is  high  and  steep  and  con- 
nected with  mainland  by  neck  of  low  land. 

GAMAY  (gah-mi'),  ver.;  pointon  Daram  Channel, 
E.  land  of  Biliran  I.,  N.  of  Leyte 

GAMBAL  (gum-bahl'),  nat.;  village  on  1.  bank  of 
N.  arm  of  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  Cota- 
bato, Mindanao,  S.  of  Sandy  Pt. 


.10 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


liAMHAXCJ  (giiliiii-bung');  mountain  in  Abra,  Lu- 

z6n. 
(iAMC  (gah-moo'),  nat.;  pueblo  on  W.  shore  of 

Grande  de  CagayAn  Riv.,  2  m.  below  mouth 

of  Magat  and  8  m.  SE.  of  Ilagan,  in  Isabela, 

Luz6n.    Pop.,  6,101. 
point  on  N.  coast  of  Tayabas,  Luzon,  on 

Lamon  Bay,  in  pueblo  of  GumacA. 
(JAN  (gahn),  ver.;  bay  between  Culili  Pt.  and  Ba- 

doc  I.,  Ilocos  Norte,  Luzon,  near  N.  boundary 

of  Ilocos  Sur;  Badoc  is  on  its  SE.  shore. 
UAXDARA   (gahn'-dah-rah),    Sp.;    pueblo   on    1. 

bank  of  Bac-hao  Bangah6n,  W.  SAmar,  17  m. 

N.  of  Catbalogan.    Pop.,  15,.563. 
military  station  and  depot  for  stores  on 

San  Jos6  branch  of  Gdndara  Riv.,  8  m.  above 

GAndara  by  river.    New  nipa  shacks  built  to 

house  troops  and  stores  summer  of  1901. 
GANDLA  (gahn-dee'-ah),  Sp.;  town  on  bank  of 

Agusan  Riv.,  77  m.  S.  by  E.  of  Butuan,  Suri- 

gao,  Mindanao. 
GAKDOL  (gun-dohl'),  nat.;  one  of  cluster  of  4 

islets  about  center  of  Tambiluanga  Channel, 

off  NE.  coast  of  Tawi  Tawi  I.,  Sulu  A. 
(iAN(JA  (gahn'-gah),  Sp.;  point  at  end  of  neck  of 

land  2  m.  long,  separating  Igan  Bay  on  S. 

from  port  Santa  Ana  on  N.,  on  W.  coast  of 

GuimarAs  I.,  off  Hollo,  Panay. 
(JANli   (gah-nceah'),   nat.;   tributiiry    of   Bacat 

Riv.,  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 
GAX.IAM   (gahn-ham'),   ver.;    mountain  in  NW. 

Leyte,  2  m.  N.  of  Leyte. 
(i!AN(iN  (gah-non'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  Pitogo  Bay 

between    Tandik^n    and   Tandu    Pts.,    SE. 

coast  of  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A. 
GAXOSl    (gah-noh'-see)    ver.;    hamlet    on   SW. 

shore  of  Lake  Lanao,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 
(jANOY  (gah-noy'),  ver.;  lake  in  SAmar. 
(JANTAGAY  (gan-tah-gi'),  ver.;  point  on  SE.  coast 

of  Bohol,  2  m.  SW.  of  Yagna. 
GAl\'T<iN  (gahn-tone').  Tag.;  hamlet  in  BulacAn, 

Luzon,  20  m.  N.  of  Bulac&n. 
GANTIIIVG  (gan-toong'),  ver.;  mountain  5,868  ft. 

high  in  Central  Cordillera  of   S.  Palawan. 

One  of  highest  in  range,  extending  from  Man- 

talingahan  Mt.  NE.  to  parallel  of  9°  10'  N. 
GAP,  for.;  rangeoverlookinghillsof  Valley  Cone, 

on  W.  coast  of  Palawan. 
GAPiN  (gah-pahn').  Tag.;  pueblo,  foad  center, 

3^  m.  E.  of  San  Isidro,  in  Nueva  Ecija,  Luzon. 

Pop.  20,216.     {Also  Gapang.) 
river  in    Luzon,  tributary  of    Grande  de 

Pampanga  Kiv.,  in  Nueva  Ecija,  Luz6n. 
GAPARANliO  (gah-pah-rang'-oh),  ver.;  hamlet  on 

N.  shore  of  SAmar,  2^  m.  SE.  of  Pambujan. 
GAPiS  (gah-pahs'),  Tag.;  mineral  spring  in  vi- 
cinity of  Balayfin,  Batangas,  Luz6n. 
GAPASGAPAS    (gah-pahs-gah'-pahs),    nat.;    SE. 

point  islet  off  SW.  shore  Mactdn  I.,  Cebii,  Vi- 

sayas,  2  m.  S.  of  Cebu. 
GAPAY  (ga-pi'),  ver.;  river  in  Mindanao. 
GAP(i  (gah-poh'),  ver.;  passage,  NE.  of  Surigao, 

Mindanao. 
GAPUS  (gah'-poos),  nat.;  mountain  426  ft.,  its  S. 

peak  472  ft.  high,  on  shore  of  Sanig  Bay  and 

Manda6n  port,  E.  arm  of  Nin  Bay,  W.  coast 

of  Masbate,  Visayas. 
GARAN  (goo'-rahn),nat.;  point,  W.  shore  of  Misa- 
mis port,  Misamis,  Mindanao,  8^  m.  SW.  of 

Mi.samis. 
GARAl^DATO  (gah-rang-dah'-toh) ,  ver.;  extreme 

S.  point  of  E.  end  of  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A. 
GARCIA  (gar-thee'-ah),  Sp.;  hamlet  in  W.  Cdpiz,. 

Panay,  3  m.  S.  of  Jamindaos. 
hamlet  in  central  C4piz,  Panay,  4^  m.  SW. 

of  Tapas. 
GARCIA    HERNANDEZ    (gar-thee-'ah    ayr-nan'- 

daith),  Sp.;  pueblo  on  S.  coast  of  Bohol,  29  m. 

E.  of  Tagbilaran.    Pop.  5,064. 


(iARDINER,   for.;    low   Islands,  outheriimost 

chain  of  3,  lying  in  NE.  direction  from  Cra 

ford  Cove,  fronting  island  Bay,  SE.  coast  o 

S.  Palawan.  Aboabo  hamlet  lies  on  mainlanr 

opposite. 
GARDOQri{gahr-doh'-key),Sp.;  point  on  bank  o 

mouth  of  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  on  \\ 

shore  of  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 
point  on  N.  side  of  entrance  to  S.  arm  o 

Grande  Riv.  of   Mindanao,  Cotabato,  Min 

danao. 
GARELLANO  (gah-ray-lyah'-noh),  Sp.;  pueblod 

Ddvao,  Mindanao,  16J  m.  SW.  by  S.  of  DAx-.m 
GARGAY  (gar-gi'),  ver.;  town  in  NE.  Sflmar. 
GARLIT   (trahr-leef),   ver.;    hamlet   in    TArl.K 

Luzon,  lilt.  15°  28' 30"  N. 
GAROT  (gali-r(it'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  mountains  o 

XW.  Antique,  Panay,  4  m.  W.  of  Pandar. 
GARTAN   (gahr'-tahn),  river  in  pueblo  of   Sui 

Miguel,  Pampanga,  Luz6n,  tributary  to  Piniu 

de  Candaba. 
GARZA  (gar'-thah),  Sp.;  low,  sandy,  tree-coverec 

Lsland,  2^  m.  SW.  of  Buruncan  Pt..  S.  coast  o 

Mindoro,  on  SE.  side  of  Pandarocan  Bay. 
point   on    SW.  coast  of    Marinduque,  ir 

pueblo  of  Gas^n. 
GASAKAN  (gah-sah'-cahn),  nat.;  point  W.  short 

of  Illana  Bay,  Cotabato,  Mindanao,  and  S 

head  of  MaMbug  Bay. 
hamlet  on  S.  coa-st  of  Cotabato,  Mindanao 

on  inlet  on  W.  shore  of  entrance  to  Illam 

Bay. 
GASAK    (gah-sahn'),  ver.;    mountain  in  Marin 

duque. 
pueblo  2  m.  inlan<l  mi  sinall  river  empty- 
ing into  sea  on  SW.  (•(..ist  m'   Marinduque  I.. 

48  m.  E.  by  S.  of  Calai>:iii,  M  iinloro,  across  ses 

channel.    Pop.,  4,785.     (.1/su  Gazdn.) 
GASGAS    (gas'-gas),   ver.;    mountain    of    Ilocof 

Norte,  Luz6n,  in  pueblo  of  Santiago. 
GASPAR  (gahss-pahr') ,  Sp.;  creek  enters  on  -r 

bank  of  S.  arm  of  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao, 

Cotabato,  Mindanao. 
island  of  Tres  Reyes  grp.,  SW.  of  Marin- 
duque. 
GATA  (gah'-tah),  Sp.;  sierra  in  SW.  of  Sorsogon. 

Luzon,  inland  from  Buliin. 
island  350  ft.  high,  off  NW.  coast  of  Levte. 

20  m.  W.  of  port  of  Dajcl-Dac6.    (Also  Gato. ) 
hamlet  on  tributary  of  Pulangui  Riv.,  3j 

m.  within  boundary  between  Cotabato  and 

Misamis,  Mindanao. 
GATA,  or  BULAG  (gah-tah,  Sp.;  boo-lag,  nat.): 

point  in  SW.  Sorsogon,  Luzon. 
GATABl'CA   (gah-tah-boo'-cah),   ver.;  hamlet  in 

pueblo  of  Calumpit,  Bulacdn,  Luzon. 
GItANG  (gah'-tang),  nat.;  hamlet  on  S.  shore  oi 

Tawi  Tawi  I.,  Sulu  A.  ' 

GATTARAN     (gat-tah'-rahn),     ver.;     pueblo    oi 

Cagayiln,  Luzon,  on  r.  bank  of  Grande  de 

Cagavi'm  Riv.,  and  on  main  river  and  road  to 

Tuguegarao,  33  m.  S.    Pop.,  805. 
GATBAGOS   (gat-bah'-gohs),  ver.;   mountain  in 

central  NW.  Leyte,  8  m.  ENE.  of  Villaba. 
GATB(!)  (gat-beau'),  ver.;  village  SE.  of  Sugot  in 

Albay,  Luzon.    Valuable  layer  of  coal  equal 

in  quality  to  Australian  product  has  been 

discovered.    Sugot,  port  of  outlet. 
GATE  (gah'-tay),  ver.;  hamlet  in  pueblo  of  BulAn, 

Sorsogon,  Luz6n. 
GATIMUYrn   (gah-tee-moo-yood'),  nat.;  hamlet 

in  pueblo  of  Cand6n,  Ilocos  Sur,  Luzon. 
GATO,   or   SlIMANCABIBI   (gah'-toh,  soo-mahn- 

kah-bee'-bee),  ver.;   island  off  W.   coast  of 

Masbate,  Visayas,  off  Daijagan  Pt. 
(lAUI  (gah'-oo-ee),  ver.;  hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Bol- 

joon,  Cebii. 
(iAl'MASAN  (gah-oo-mah'-sahn),  ver.;  hamlet  in 

pueblo  Tuao,  Cagaydn,  Luz6n. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


17 


DINAGAT  I . 

F©ET  GAB  6 

Survared/  under  the,  tbrectiorL  of 

CAPTAIN  CLAUDIO  MONTERO     Spajd,hNayy 

1864 

M'.  Caballeto.Lat.  9"  63". 5"N.  Long.  12b*43'.20"E//fppro. 


■^■''i™»»ftffvW^'?'5S»KiS»' 


.'■f*  /nho]!/-'^ 


I*?     <t 


K  K  "^.__/. 


f  / 


/ 


^^K 


S. 


■."\, 


-  k.;- 


\   ^ 


H_. 


":> 


•■"•^'M'aog)..-:— ^ 

...4TAT10HARY  . 


„\^^ 


&:% 


KtCaUeso^lSeiLi 


518 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


OAUISAN  (gah-oo-ee'-sahnj,  ver.;  mountain  in 
extreme  SW.  corner  of  Leyte,  3  m.  ESE.  of 
Cajaguaftn. 

(lAlJS  (gah-oos'),  ver.:  island  in  NE.  Boliol,  4  in. 
N.  of  Lapinin  Grande. 

GAVET  (gah-vef),  nat.;  river  entering  at  Pin- 
gano  Pt.,  N.  liead  of  Gavet  Bay,  on  NE.  shore 
of  Loog  Bay,  SE.  arm  of  Nin  Bay,  W.  coast  of 
Masbate,  Visayas. 

bay  on  E.  side  of  Loog  Bay,  SE.  arm  of  Nin 

Bay,  W.  coast  of  Masbate,  Visayas. 

GAVILXx  (gali-vee-lahn'),  Sp.;  point  on  SW. 
coast  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  between  Ba- 
liua.san  and  San  Mateo. 

OAVIOTA  (gah-veeoh'-tah) ,  Sp.;  rock  off  NE. 
shore  of  Subic  Bay,  SE.  coast  of  Zambales, 
Luz6n. 

GAY  (gl),  Sp.;  island  ofl  entrance  to  port  Dima- 
lans^n,  Isabela,  Luz6n. 

GAYAGATA  (gah-yah-gah'-yah),  Tag.;  hamlet  in 
Bulacin,  Luzon,  11  m.  E.  of  Bulacln. 

CAYO  (eah'-yoh),  ver.;  island  among  Tavtav  Is., 
S.  of  Tawi  Tawi,  Sulu  A. 

GAZAN,  or  BAXO  (gah-than',  bah-'noh),  ver.; 
point  on  SW.  shore  of  Marinduque  I.,  town  of 
that  name  inland. 

GELABIOt'  (hay-lah-beock'),  nat.;  river  entering 
outer  channel  on  S.  side  of  Sorsog6n  port,  Sor- 
80g6n,  Luz6n. 

GEMELOS  (hay-may'-lohs)  (means  twins),  Sp.; 
2  rock  i.slets  1  m.  N.  of  Crawford  Pt.,  1^  m.  off 
extreme  NW.  shore  of  S.  Palawan. 

■ island  off  extreme  NW.  point  of  Paragua, 

Palawan. 

GENERAL  (hay-nay-raP),  Sp.;  largest  and  highest 
of  cluster  of  3  islands  and  several  rocks  of  NE. 
coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  off  Capunuipu- 
gan  Pt.,  6  m.  SE.  of  Tugas  Pt.,  from  which  it 
Is  separated  by  deep  narrow  channel  showing 
several  rocks  above  water,  including  Triton 
rock  and  Anki  islet,  2i  m.  to  SE.  Anchorage 
SW.  of  island  near  shore. 

largest  island,  2  by  2  m.,  of  group  of  that 

name,  of  4  islands — General,  Trit6n,  Aukiri, 
Unamaa— and  rocks  Ijong  NE.  of  Capunui- 
pugan  Pt.,  off  NE.  coast  of  Mindanao,  5  m.  SE. 
of  Tugas  Pt. 

GEMiRUAN  (hay-noo-roo'-ahn),  ver.;  island  off 
NW.  coast  of  Biliran  I.,  N.  of  Leyte,  opposite 
Cauayan  hamlet. 

GEO  (hay'-oh),  ver.;  town  in  Ambos  Camarines, 
Luz6n. 

GERONA  (hay-roh'-nah),  Sp.;  town  at  headwa- 
ters of  smaller  streams  forming  Agusan  Kiv., 
in  S.  part  of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  91  m.  SSE.  of 
Butiian,  and  162  m.  SSE.  of  Surigao,  in  ex- 
treme N.  end  of  district. 

pueblo  in  Tdrlac,  Luzon,  on  Manila  and 

Dasfupan  Railroad,  9  m.  N.  of  T4rlac.  Good 
road  facilities.    Pop.,  9,261. 

GETAFE  (hay-tah'-fay),Sp.;  pueblo  on  coast  road 
on  extreme  NW.  end  of  Bohol,  41  m.  NE.  of 
Tagbilaran.    Pop.,  3,397. 

GIBAGjVAN  (hee-bag-nahn')  ver.;  hamlet  on  SW. 
coast  of  Leyte,  1^  m.  N.  of  Matalom. 

GIBOX  (hee'-bohn) ,  ver.;  hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Bu- 
tiian, Surigao,  Mindanao. 

GIBOXG  (hee'-bong),  ver.;  river  in  central  Suri- 
gao. Mindanao,  formed  by  2  branches  rising 
in  E.  range,  and  entering  into  Pinayat  Lake 
on  its  N.  shore. 

GIBUSON  (hee-boo'-sohn),  ver.;  island 4J  m.  NW. 
of  Berrugosa  Pt.,  off  NW.  coast  of  Dinfigat  L, 
N.  of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  3  m.  long  NW.  and 
SE.,  of  irregular  shape,  and  2^  sq.  m.  in 
extent. 

GIGAXTAXtJAN  (hee-gahn-tang'-ahn), ver.;  island 
2  m.  in  length  and  7  m.  wide,  2  m.  off  NW. 
point  of  Leyte.    (.-l/so  Gigantangan.) 


GIGAXTE  NORTE,  or  SIBl  LA<  BABAI  (hee 
gahn'-tay  nohr'-tay,  see-boo-lahk'  bah'-bye), 
Sp.,  most  N.  of  Gigantes  Is.,  and  second 
in  size,  is  conspicuous  landmark  in  sea  chan- 
nel between  Mindanao  and  S.  Visayas  and 
Verde  Passage  route  to  Manila.  Light-house 
s;tands  on  its  NE.  point.    (See  Gigantes  grp. ) 

GIGAXTES  (hee-gahn'-tays),  Sp.;  group  of  9  is- 
lands off  extreme  NE.  point  of  Panay,  as 
follows:  Antonia,  extreme  S.;  Balbagan,  ex- 
treme W.;  Bantigui,  in  SE.;  Cabugao,  in  SE.; 
Sand,  in  SW.;  Sibulac-Babae  (N.  Gigante): 
Sibulac-Lalake  (S.  Gigante);  Tulumannai'm, 
extremeSW.:  Uaibajon, extreme NK.  X.uimI 
S.  Gigante,  latter  larger,  have  cacli  i'  ip.ak-. 
N.  island  lies  12  m.  E.  of  Bulacaue.  extrtine 
NE.  point  of  Panay.  On  NE.  shore  of  X. 
Gigante  is  light-house  marking  ocean  chan- 
nel across  Visayan  Sea  between  S.  Visayan  Is. 
and  Mindanao  and  Verde  Passage  route  to 
Manila. 

GIGiqUIT  (hee-gah'-kit),  ver.;  pueblo  on  NE. 
coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  27A  m.  SE.  of 
Surigao.  Island  of  Biicsis  lies  12i  m.  across 
sea  channel  to  E.    Pop.,  7,116. 

GIGOSO,  or  HIGOSO  (hee-goh'-soh,  or  ee-goh'- 
soh),  ver.;  point  and  village  on  SW.  coast  of 
SAmar,  13  m.  WNW.  of  Guiuan,  on  SW.  shore 
an  inlet  which  receives  Quinapundan  Riv., 
and  ESE.  of  Balangiga. 

GIOUAX  (hee-goo'-ahn),  ver.;  island  SE.  coast  of 
S&mar. 

GIGIJASAYAX  (hee-gwah-.sah'-yahn),  ver.;  river 
in  Tayabas,  Luz6n,  emptying  into  bay  of 
Guinayangan. 

GILIGAOX  (hee-lee-gah'-ohn),ver.;  small  stream 
and  hamlet  at  its  mouth  on  SW.  shore  of 
Negros  Occidental,  9  m.  NW.  of  Siaton  Pt. 

GILLAXG  (hee-lvahng'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  NE. 
Cotabato,  Mindanao,  in  lat.  V'  14'  30"  N., 
near  Lanao  boundary. 

GI3I  (him),  ver.;  river  in  Cebii. 

GIMAGDAXAX  (hee-mag-dah'-nun),  ver.;  moun- 
tain in  Cebil. 

GIMALALFD  (hee-mah-lah-lood'),  ver.;  hamlet 
in  pueblo  of  Tayasan,  Negros  Oriental. 

GIMALIC  (hee-mah-lick');  point  3&4  ft.  high  on 
S.  shore  of  Iloilo  Strait,  NW.  coast  of  Guima- 
r^s  I.,  opposite  Iloilo,  Panay. 

GIMAXOC  (hee-mah-nock'),  nat.;  island  W.  of 
Sdmar. 

GIM£xEZ  (hee-may'-nayth),  Sp.;  i-sland  off  E. 
shore  of  Malabucti'in  I.,  off  Maytiaguid  I.,  off 
NE.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan." 

pueblo  in  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

GIMEXO  (hee-may'-noh) ,  ver.;  hamlet  in  Misamis, 
Mindanao. 

GIMOGiX  (hee-moh-gahn'),  ver.;  river  in  NW. 
part  of  Negros  Occidental,  emptying  into  sea 
on  N.  coast  3^  m.  SE.  of  Guimugahan  Pt. 

GIXAC  (hee-nahck'),  ver.;  inlet  on  coast  of  Gui- 
mar^s  I.,  off  Iloilo,  Panay. 

GIXA3I0C  (hee-nah'-mock.),  ver.;  islet  near  S. 
coast  of  S4mar,  lat.  11°  15'  30"  N. 

GIXATAG  (hee-nah'-tag),  nat.;  hamlet  in  N. 
Samar,  near  source  of  river  emptying  into 
Pacific  Ocean  at  Bobon. 

GIXATILAX  (hee-nah-tee'-lahn),  ver.;  river  and 
pueblo  at  its  mouth,  on  Strait  of  'ran6n,  SW. 
coast  of  Cebii,  65  m.  SW.  of  Cebii.  Hill  of 
Tuburan  ls  its  landmark.    Pop.,  12,144. 

GIXATiJAX  (hee-nah-too'-ahn) ,  ver.;  largest  island 
of  group  of  that  name,  3  by  2  m.,  3  m.  SE.  of 
Dinfigat  I.,  off  N.  coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao. 

pueblo  in  Surigao,  Mindanao.    Pop.,  2,277. 

GIXATUAX,  or  GUXTUAX  (hee-nah-too'-ahn, 
goon-too'-ahn);  group  of  islands  between  S. 
end  of  DinAgat  I.,  fronting  approach  toGipd6 
Passage,  and  NE.  coast  of  Mindanao,  distant 
8  to  12  m.,  comprising  Ginati'ian,  Bayalndn, 
Cabsugau,  and  smaller  islaud.    Channel  be- 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISI.ANDS. 


519 


(iI\ATf  A>",  or  GUXTl^AX— Continued. 

tween  first  two  is  practicable  for  steamers. 
Channels  on  Mindanao  side  are  not. 

narrow  and  tortuous   pa.ssage  comprised 

between  NE.  coast  of  Mindanao  and  S.  points 
of  Dinflgat  and  Bucds  Is.  Passage  is  ex- 
tremely difficult  on  account  of  strength  of 
current  and  tide  whirl.s  off  S.  end  of  Dlnd- 
gatl. 

(■'IXC;<iO(<  (hin-goh'-og),  ver.;  pueblo  on  shore  of 
bight  on  N.  coast  of  Misamis,  Mindanao,  be- 
tween Diuata  and  Sipaka  I'ts.,  44  m.  NE.  by 
X.  of  CagayAn  de  Misamis.    Pop.,  1,433. 

■ ■  mountain  in  N.  Mindanao. 

(iIMGARAN  (hee-nee-gah'-rahn),  ver.:  pueblo 
and  river  on  E.  shore  of  GuimarSs  Strait,  in 
Negros  Occidental,  29  m.  S.  of  Bacolod.  Pop.. 
13,620. 

(UXOBATAX  (hee-noh-bah'-tahn),nat,;  river  en- 
tering on  E.  shore  Barrera  port,  NE.  coast 
Masbate,  Visayas.  Peak  902  ft.  high  rises 
inland  about  2  m. 

(ilMIGLAX  (hin-tee-hee'-ahn),  nat.;  river  enter- 
ing on  SE.  shore  of  Barrera  port,  NE.  coast 
Masbate. 


of  Basilan  I.,  off  S.  coast  of  Zamboanga,  Min- 


(JION  (hee-on'),  ver.;  interior  hamlet  in  S.  part 
iI.,o 
danao. 

(ilPDO  (hip-doh'),  ver.:  island  1,030  ft.  high,  on 
E.  side  of  Surigao  Strait,  between  N.  point  of 
Surigao  and  Liindgat  I.,  off  N.  coast  of  Surigao, 
Mindanao. 

pas.sage  separating  Diniigat  I.,  off  N.  coast 

of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  from  2  l.slands  to  SW., 
about  400  yds.  wide.  S.  entrance  is  at  Port 
Gabo,  and  N.  about  3^  m.  S.  of  Dindgat  town. 
About  middleof  this  distance  another  channel 
branches  off  to  WSW.,  separating  2  islands. 

(ilTALOXG  (hee-tah-long'),ver.:  river  on  N.  coast 
of  Negros  Occidental,  falling  into  sea  atCMiz 
Nuevo. 

(jiLAK  (glahn) ,  ver.;  hamlet  on  SE.  shore  of  Cana- 
lasan  Cove,  Sarangani  Bay,  S.  coast  of  DAvao, 
Mindanao,  88  m.  S.  by  W.  of  DSvao:  town, 
stands  on  bank  of  river,  2  m.  from  its  mouth. 
Light  is  on  S.  side  of  entrance  to  river,  33  ft. 
above  sea,  and  may  be  seen  at  distance  of  6  m. 

GLAX-MASIL.A,  (glahn-mah-see-lah'),  ver.;  river 
entering  Canalasan  Cove  at  (Han,  on  SE. 
shore  of  Sarangani  Bay,  S.  coast  of  DAvao, 
Mindanao.  Light  is  located  at  S.  side  of  river 
entrance  for  navigators  entering  bay.  (See 
Canalasan  Bay.) 

(JLl'BAXiJ  (gloo-bang'),  ver.;  important  river 
rising  in  NE.  slopes  of  central  range  of  Ne- 
gros, near  Mt.  Dumagsaya,  and  emptying  into 
sea  at  Calatrava. 

UOA  (goh'-ah),  ver.;  pueblo  in  E.  part  of  Ambos 
Camarines  (Sur),  on  main  road  20  m.  E.  of 
Nueva  Cdceres.    Pop.,  7,748. 

town  in  island  of  SAmar. 

GOAT,  for.;  i.sland  on  NE.  side  of  Cook  Channel, 

Dumardn    I.,   off    Paragua,    Palawan.      (See 

Mayabacan.) 
small  island  W.  of  NW.  point  of  Ibugos  I., 

Batanes  grp.,  off  N.  coast  of  Cagayan,  Luz6n. 

{See  Dequez.) 

UOATIG  (goh-ah'-tig),  ver.;  mountain  in  W. 
range  of  Panay,  on  line  of  boundary  between 
Antique  and  Iloilo. 

GOGO  (goh'-goh),  nat.;  point  on  NE.  coast  of 
Hollo,  Panay,  at  S.  entrance  to  Bacul  Bay,  N. 
of  Estancia. 

hamlet  on  NE.  coast  of  Concepcion,  Hollo, 

Panay,  2  m.  SE.  of  Carl6s. 

GOLO  (goh'-loh),  ver.;  high,  narrow  strip  of  land 
8J  m.  WNW.  to  ESE.,  southeasterumost  of 
Lubang  Is.,  oft"  NW.  point  of  Mindoro,  and 
separated  from  name  island  of  group  to  WNW. 
by  channel  2,880  ft.    SE.  point  bears  8  m.  N. 


GOLO— Continued. 

of  Del  Monte  Pt.,  toward  W.  end  of  N.  coast 
of  Mindoro.  C.  Santiago,  SW.  coast  of  Batan- 
gas,  Luz6n,  lies  18^  m.  NE.  by  E. 

"silanga  "  in  Lubang  grp.,  off  coast  of  Ba- 

tangas,  Luzon,  and  NW.  of  Mindoro. 

passage  between  extreme  SE.  end  of  Lu- 
bang I.  on  NW.  and  NW.  point  of  Golo  I.  on 
I          SE.,  NW.  of  Mindoro. 

I  (iOMAGAMOT  (goh-mah-gah-mohf),  nat.;  creek 

i  emptying  on  SE.  shore  of  Panguil  Bay,  SW. 

end  of  Misamis  Port,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

(Jl'iMEZ  (goh'-mayth),  Sp.;  bay  and  point  on  SW. 

coast  of  Mindoro.     (See  Lalangau  Bay.) 

I  GOXDOL  (gon-dawl'),  nat.;  verdure-clad  island 

I  and   mark    for   navigators   in    Noehebuena 

I  Channel,  E.  of  Tawi  Tawi  I.,  Sulu  A. 

GOBDA  (gohr'-dah)  (means  fat),  Sp.;  point  high- 
j          est  on  coast,  on  E.  shore  of  Taiion  Strait,  3  m. 
i         N.  of  Barili,  W.  coast  of  Cebu. 
I  point  on  S.  coast  of  Bohol,  1  m.  SW.  of  Gar- 
cia Hernilndez. 

point  on  W.  shore  of  Ragay  Gulf,  ]i  m.  N. 

by  W.  of  Pasgo  Pt.,  Tayabas,  Luz6n. 

point  on  E.  shore  of  Macajalar  Bay,  N. 

coast  of  Misamis,  Mindanao.  From"  Pt. 
Bagdcay  N.  coast  of  Mindanao  trends  to  S., 
forming  slight  inflection  with  8  towns  on  it. 
At  distance  of  19  m.  Ls  Pt.  Gorda,  E.  of  2  points 
of  that  name  on  this  coa.st. 

prominent  head  and  point  at  extreme  NW. 

land  of  Zamboanga,  3i  m.  SW.  of  terminus  of 
Sulu  Sea  coast  boundary,  between  Zambo- 
anga and  Misaniis,  Mindanao.  N.  coast  of 
Mindanao,  approaching  from  NE.,  here  takes 
sudden  S.  trend  to  Pedru.scos  Pt.,  rounding 
thence  to  SE.  into  Basilan  Strait  to  Zambo- 
anga. Coronada  Pt.  lies 6  m.  to  SE.  Exposed 
position  of  head  causes  monsoons  to  blowM'ith 
great  force  off  this  part  of  coast. 

point  W.  of  Yucat;4n  Pt.,  on  Mayo  Bay,  E. 

coast  of  Ddvao,  Mindanao. 

point  in  Batain,  Luzon,  on  N.  shore  of  en^ 

trance  to  Manila  Bay. 

point  in  Batangas,  Luzon. 

GOBITA  (goh-ree'-tah),  Sp.;  hamlet  on  1.  bank  of 
Abra  Riv.  in  Abra,  Luz6n,  5  m.  SW.  of  Ban- 
gued. 

GORLAX  (gohr'-lahn),  ver.;  hamlet  in  SE.  Cota- 
bato,  Mindanao.  Region  in  vicinity  is  ex- 
tremely mountainous  and  important  deposits 
of  iron  are  reported. 

G0R6a  (goh-roh'-ah),  ver.;  point  on  extreme  SE. 
coast  of  Calamidn  I.,  Calamianes  grp.,  NE.  of 
Paragua,  Palawan. 

GORBlOx  (goh-rree-ohn'),  Sp.;  islet  in  Boca 
Engaiiosa,  off  W.  shore  of  Burias  I.,  Luzon. 

GOSO  (goh'-soh),  ver.;  hamlet  in  S.  central  Sii- 
mar,  near  headwaters  of  Ulut  Riv. 

GOTTA  (got'-tah),  ver.;  hamlet  of  Concepci6n, 
Iloilo,  Panay,  at  E.  point  of  entrance  to  bay 
on  S.  coast. 

GOVEXEX  (gau-vav-navn'),  ver.;  2  conical  is- 
lands—Great, 308  ft.  high,  and  Little,  59  ft. 
high — on  E.  side  of  Moluso  Bay,  W.  by  S.  of 
mouth  of  Moluso  Riv.,  W.  coast  Basilan  I.,  S. 
of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

GBACIA  (grah'-thee-ah),  Sp.;  town  on  r.  bank  of 
headwaters  of  river  entering  Sadocun  Lake  in 
S.  Surigao, Mindanao,  55m.  S.  by  W.  of  Butuan 

GBAXADA  (grah-nah'-dah),  Sp.;  hamlet  on  E. 
coast  road  of  Cebi'i,  2  m.  S.  of  Boljo-6n. 

GRAXD  COBDILLEKA.     (See Cordillera  Grande. ) 

pueblo  of  Negros  Occidental,  6  m.  SE.  of 

Bac61od.     Pop.  2,864. 

(JBAXDE  (grahn'-day),  Sp.;  river  emptying  into 
Matnog  Gulf,  SE.  coast  of  Sorsogon,  Luz6n. 

island  167  ft.  high,  k  ni.  from  N.  to  S.  and 

less  E.  to  W.  in  entrance  to  Siibic  Bay,  Zam- 
bales,  Luzon,  S.  point  of  island.    On  .July  8, 


i2n 


(}AZP]TTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPIN^E    ISLAISTDS. 


t.lt.V.VDK— ('<intinnc(l. 

ISD.s,  MM-ral  \,-^,N.,i'  Iiiit.il  States  squadron 
took  iM>v^(-^-iiiii  cf  ihis  islaiiii.  (icrman  gun- 
boat liiif  wliirli  had  1m (11  liulding  commu- 
nication Willi  natives  sudck-iily  left  bay. 

point  on  NE.  shore  of  Camasusu  I.,  S.  head 

to  N.  entrance  to  Loog  Bay,  W.  coast  of  Mas- 
bate,  Visayas. 

«;RA\DE,  RIO  (ree'-oh  gran'-day),  Sp.;  river  of 
Mindanao,  large  volume  of  which  stream  has 
its  origin  in  Buluan  Lake  near  SE.  boundary  of 
Cotabato  with  D4vao,  Mindanao,  finding  its 
outlet  in  narrow  channel,  pursues  course  of 
12  m .  to  NW. ,  where  it  enters  Liguasan  Lagoon, 
NW.  outlet  of  which  in  2  streams  forms  source 
of  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao.  Uniting  8^  m. 
farther  on  its  course,  after  pursuing  distance 
of  12  m.,  river  again  divides,  forming  delta,  r. 
arm  oi  stream  passing  Cotabato  capital, 
reaches  sea  at  Paiuan.  Left  arm  has  its  outlet 
S.  of  Timaco  I. 

(iRAlVJA,  LA,  orGUlNTiS  (lah  grahn'-hah,  geen'- 
tAhs),  Sp.:  hamlet  on  W.  coast  of  S.  Antique, 
Fanay,  3  m.  S.  of  Antique. 

iJRAN  LAJA  (grahn  lah'-hah),  Sp.:  islet  i  m.  off 
Palaui  I.,  E.  of  Hermanos  I.,  off  NE.  coast  of 
Luz6n,  square  steep,  mass  of  lava  about  ^  m. 
in  extent  which  may  be  seen  27  m.  at  .sea. 

(JRAVELI\AS  (grah-vay-lee'-nahs),  Sp.:  hamlet 
in  Abra,  Luzon,  4  m.  S.  of  Bangued. 

(iRAY,  for. ;  E.  entrance  to  Dalnmple  Harbor,  NE. 
coast  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A. 

(■REE>',  for.:  islet  at  entrance  to  W.  crater  on 
CagayAn  Sulu  I.,  CagayAn  Suln  grp.,  distant 
about  1 m. 

island,  Calamianes  grp.,  N.  off  Paragua, 

Palawan.     (See  Nalaut.) 

point  on  S.  side  of  Langcdn  port,  E.  shore 

of  Dumardn  I.,  off  E.  coast  of  Paragua,  Pala- 
wan. 


GREEN;  2  islands,  N.  and  S.,  lying  near  shore  to- 
gether, 4  m.  in  length.  Country  inland  is 
very  bold.  N.  are  2  smaller  islands,  Reinanl. 
(.See  Bold  Peak.) 

GREEX  HILL,  for.:  point  on  SW.  Leyte  shore,  12 
m.  SW.  of  Bato. 

GREEX  ISLANDS,  for.,  or  ISLAS  VEBDES  (ees'- 
lahs  vayr'-days).  Sp.;  bay  NE.  of  Green  Is., 
with  several  low  coral  islands,  SE.  coast  of 
Paragua,  Palawan. 

GREEN.  NORTH  AND  SOUTH,  fotr.;  islands  G  m. 
E.  of  Johnson  I.,  SE.  coast  of  Paragua,  Pala- 
wan.   (See  Verde  Is.) 

expansive  bight  on  E.  coast,  Palawan,  and 

strewn  with  many  islets. 

(JUADALUPE  (gwah-dah-loo'-peh),  Sp.;  hamlet 
on  W.  coast  of  Leyte,  2  m.  N.  of  Inopacan. 

hamlet   in  W.   C&piz,   Panay,  1  m.  S.  of 

Libacao. 

hamlet  in  Rizal,  Luzon,  on  1.  bank  of  Pasig 

Riv.,  5  m.  SE.  of  Manila. 

hamlet  in  pueblo  of  San  Miguel,  Cebii. 

town  on  r.  bank  of  AgusAn  Riv.,  Surigao, 

Mindanao,  16  m.  S.  by  E.  of  Butu^n. 

hamlet  at  mouth  of  Nabinealan  Riv.,  7  m. 

S.  of  Calatrava,  E.  coast  of  Negros  Occidental; 
end  of  N.  divisional  line  between  Oriental 
and  Occidental  Negros  touches  sea  2  m.  SW. 
of  this  hamlet,  or  8  m.  SW.  of  Calatrava, 
Negros  Occidental,  and  5i  m.  NE.  of  Hebayo, 
Negros  Oriental. 

GTJADI  (gwah'-dee),  nat.;  river  emptying  on  NW. 
.shore  of  Siibic  Bay,  SE.  coast  of  Zambales, 
Luzon,  W.  side  of  Subic. 

fiUAGUA  (gwah'-gwah),  ver.;  puefelo  in  Pam- 
panga,  Luzon,  at  In  ad  of  one  of  main  clian- 
nelsof  Pani|iaii,L:a  didta,  'JJ  m.SW.  of  Baciilor, 
port  of  Bacol.ir.  and  in  direct  water  commu- 
nication witli  Manila.     Pop.,  10,722. 


G-UAM  (UNITED  STATES). 

(GfHi-ahm',  nat. ) 

[One  of  the  Mariana  or  Ladrone  Islands.    .\n  insular  Pacific  outpost  of  the  Philippine  Archipelago.] 

Capital:  Sta.  Cruz  Fort  (S.  Luis  d'Apra),  lat.  18°  25'  Ab"  N.,  Ion.  144°  39'  2W'  E. 

Area:  224  sq.  m. 

Population:  Cn.  1887,  8,353;  approximately,  1901.  9,000. 

Race:  CharnorrosJ,  interinixeil  with  Tagalnu  and  Spanish. 

Language:  A  uuxed  dialect  of  Tagalog  and  Si.aiii.-li. 

Naval  station  of  the  Asiatic  fleet,  L'nited  State.^  uf  America. 

TaJile  of  (listanceti. 

From  Guam  (San  Luis  d'Apra)  to—  m. 

Hongkong  (Briti.sh),  China 1, 823 

Honolulu  (United  States) 3, 337 

Manila  ( United  States),  N.  route 1, 750 

Manila  (United  States),  S.  route 1, ,506 

Midway  Islands 3, 302 

Nagasaki,  Japan 1, 440 

Pellew  Islands  (Germany) 710 

Samoa  (United  States) 3, 097 

Shanghai,  China 1, 700 

Yokohama,  Japan 1, 342 

LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 


The  United  States  island  of  Guam,  Guahan,  or  Guajan,  lat.  13°  25'  45''  N.,  Ion.  144° 
39'  28"  E.  (Santa Cruz,  Fort  San  Luis  d'Apra) ,  is  the  largest  and  southernmost  of  the 
Maria,  Mariana,  Ladrone,  or  Eobber  Is.  of  the  Micronesian  chain  of  N.  Pacific  groups. 
It  lies  21°  (1,260  naut.  m.,  1,460  stat.  m.)  E.  of  the  San  Bernardino  Strait  light. 
The  nearest  land  of  the  Philippine  Archipelago  is  the  Visayan  island  of  Siimar  (Binu- 


GUAM  OR  GUA.IAN  ISLAND 


^TiOQ,2S0    57     1 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  521 

•2a\an  Pt. ),  near  the  mouth  of  the  On'is  Riv.  It.  occupies  the  strate2;ic  center  of  a 
stiiiirircle  of  raihus  W.  with  Yokohama,  Japan,  1,842  naut.  m.  to  the  N.,  and  Tosres 
.Strait,  York  ('.,  N.  Australia,  1,380  naut.  m.  to  the  S.  China  and  Indo  China 
anil  Dutch  jiossessions  in  Asia  form  the  W.  mainland  and  archipelagoes  fronted  by 
the  NW.  and  S.  coastline  of  the  Philippine  Is.  The  remaining  12  smaller  islands  of 
the  Mariana  group,  between  lat.  14°  5'  and  21°  N.,  Ion.  144°  and  146°  E.,  for  a 
money  consideration  paid  to  Spain  by  Germany,  have  been  transferred  to  the  pro- 
tection of  the  latter  power.  The  nearest  of  these  islands  to  Guam  is  Rota  I.,  800  ft, 
high,  30  naut.  m.  (34|  st.  m.)  NNE. 

AREA. 

The  island  is  32  st.  m.  N.  by  E.  to  S.  by  W.,  and  9  m.  E.  and  W.,  extreme 
measurements.     Area,  224  sq.  m. 

PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 

The  N.  part  of  the  island  rises  to  a  summit  upward  of  1,000  ft.  high,  known  as 
Santa  Rosa.  From  Agafia,  about  the  center,  to  Merizo,  in  the  SW.,  a  range  of  low 
elevations — Pacpac,  Reconnaissance,  and  Tin  Kio,  the  latter  a  landmark  for  San  Luis 
d'Apra — follows,  a  few  miles  inland,  the  W.  coast.  The  shore  is  generally  rocky, 
except  on  the  SE.,  wdiere  it  is  low  and  coral.  The  climate  is  excellent,  with  two 
seasons,  the  rainfall  being  distril)uted  throughout  the  year.  Destructive  typhoons 
sometimes  visit  the  island  and  occasionally  an  earthquake. 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

The  coasts  of  Guam  are  indented  by  a  number  of  fine  bays  and  harbors,  as  follows: 

San  Luis  d'Apra,  or  Caldera;  on  the  W.  coast,  the  finest  harbor  in  the  entire 
archipelago,  is  3  naut.  m.  NE.  to  SW.  at  the  entrance  and  3  m.  from  N.  to  S.,  formed 
by  the  Orote  Pen.  on  the  S.  and  Apa  or  Cabras  I.  on  the  N.,  the  latter  affording 
shelter.  The  bay  has  from  4  to  27  fms.,  with  good  anchorage.  Fort  Santa  Cruz 
occupies  a  small  island  about  the  center  of  the  inner  harbor.  In  1899  the  U.  S.  S. 
Bennington  made  a  survey  of  tlie  harV)or. 

Atatano  and  Abo  are  coves  on  the  E.  and  S.  shores  of  this  port. 

Pago,  Ylic,  Tarofofo,  Ynarajan  (Inarajan)  on  the  E.,  Ajayan  and  Merizo  on 
the  S.,  and  Umata,  Agata,  Agafla,  Tunnin,  and  Falcon  bays  on  the  W.  afford 
anchorages  more  or  less  exposed. 

ROADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 

Tlie  transportation  of  the  export  products  of  the  island  to  San  Luis  d'Apra,  the 
point  of  steamer  call,  is  generally  by  native  craft.  There  are  also  a  few  good  roads, 
one  extending  from  the  landing  ®f  Apra  across  the  neck  of  the  Orote  Pen.  to  Ayat 
Bay,  about  1  m.  S. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

The  Spanish  census  of  1887  gives  the  aggregate  of  population  represented  by  the 
pueblos  of  Guam  I.,  men,  4,053;  women,  4,300;  total,  8,353;  estimated  increase  to 
1900,  647;  total,  9,000.  The  Spanish  census  figures  for  1887  for  the  13  islands  of  the 
group  now  under  (Terman  protection  are:  Rota,  491;  Saipan,  836;  Tinian,  234;  total, 
1,61 1.  Total  for  the  group,  9,964.  The  United  States  has  upward  of  one-half  the  area 
and  about  84  per  cent  of  the  population  of  the  former  jurisdiction  of  Spain  in  this 
archipelago.  The  aboriginal  inhabitants  were  of  the  Chamorro  Indonesian  stock, 
now  almost  lost  in  a  fusion  of  Tagsllog  and  Spanish.  The  language  is  a  Malayan  dia- 
lect, modified  by  Tagalog  and  Spanish.  There  are  4  pueblos  with  a  number  of  sur- 
rounding villages. 

Agana,  chief  town,  lies  on  the  S.  shore  of  the  bay  of  that  name,  about  9  naut.  m. 
via  Tepungan  Sound,  N.  of  San  Luis  d'Apra.  Alupan  I.  affords  shelter  in  the  NE. 
angle.  It  is  a  town  of  considerable  local  trade,  well  situated  at  the  mouth  of  a  small 
river,  and  well  built.     Pop.,  1887,  men,  3,021;  women,  3,164;  total,  6,185. 

Ayat;  on  the  E.  shore  of  bay  of  the  same  name,  W.  coast,  8  m.  SW.  of  Agaiia  and 
1  m.  S.  of  San  Luis  d'Apra,  the  Orote  Pen.  separating  it  from  the  important  port  of 
"that  name  on  the  N.  An  extensive  trade  overland  is  carried  on  over  the  highway 
which  connects  the  two  towns.     Pop.,  1887,  men,  553;  women,  572;  total,  1,125. 


522  GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

Inarajan,  or  Ynarajan;  14  m.  S.  of  Agafia,  on  the  bay  of  that  name,  RE.  coast, 
and  inchides  tlie  villages  of  Agfayan  Bay,  on  the  S.  Pop.,  1887,  men,  179;  women, 
218;  total,  897. 

Merizo;  16  ni.  SSW.  of  Agana,  SW.  coast,  on  the  port  of  that  name.  Cocoa  I. 
forms  u  .shelter  to  the  SW.     Pop.,  men,  303;  women,  346;  total,  649. 

Pago;  on  the  port  of  that  name,  about  the  center  of  the  E.  coast;  is  included  in 
the  pueblo  of  Inarajan,  5  m.  SE.  of  Agana,  across  the  island. 

San  Luis  d'Apra;  lies  in  a  cove  in  the  extreme  SE.  of  the  fine  bay  of  that  name, 
8  m.  SW.  of  Agana.  A  road  extends  S.  across  the  neck  of  the  peninsula  from  the 
town  to  Ayat  Bay.  It  is  the  chief  commercial  port  of  the  island,  on  account  of  its 
fine  bay.     It  is  included  in  the  district  of  Agana. 

Tepungan;  on  the  sound  of  that  name,  W.  coast,  between  San  Luis  d'Apra  and 
Agana. 

Ylic;  on  the  bay  of  that  name,  in  the  pueblo  of  Inarajan,  E.  coast,  7  m.  S.  of  Agana. 

A  number  of  villages  stretch  along  the  coast  the  entire  circuit  of  the  island;  the 
inhabitants  being  engaged  in  raising  the  necessaries  of  life  and  fishing. 

DEPENDENT  ISLANDS. 

The  following  islets  lie  off  the  coast: 

Agrigan;  at  the  entrance  to  Ajayan  port,  SE.  coast. 

Aloupan,  or  Alutung;  off  Bangue  Pt. ,  W.  coast. 

Alupan;  in  the  N.  waters  of  Agana  Bay. 

Anaya;  N.  of  Faxpi  Pt.,  W.  coast. 

Eali;  off  the  NE.  point  of  Cocoa  I.,  between  it  and  the  SW.  mainland. 

Cabra;  in  the  NE.  opening  of  San  Luis  d'Apra  port,  W.  coast. 

Cocoa;  off  the  SW.  shore,  and  forms  port  Merizo,  with  the  mainland. 

Faxpi;  off  the  point  of  that  name,  W.  coast. 

Gapan;  off  Assan  Pt.,  W.  coast. 

Peladgi;  in  the  opening  of  Ayat  (Agat)  Bay,  W.  coast. 

Tchiaoude;  off  the  S,  coast,  opposite  Liquan  Pt. 

VEGETABLE  PRODUCTS. 

The  cultivation  of  the  soil  is  devoted  to  the  raising  of  maize,  sugar  cane,  potatoes, 
yams,  and  other  products  of  agriculture  for  home  consumption.  A  few  cocoanuts 
are  also  grown. 

MINERALS. 

The  island  jiresents  no  indications  of  mineral  deposits. 

FORESTS. 

Willie  the  N.  and  W.  iiortTons  arc  wooded,  the  timber  is  of  value  only  for  Iniilding 
l>urpo^i(■s  alter  the  style  of  tiie  island. 

FRUITS. 

Bananas  and  oranges  and  a  few  iiineapides  are  grown. 
INDUSTRIES. 

The  mecluinical  industries  are  coiilined  to  the  rudest  arts  of  weaving  of  home 
products. 

UNITED  STATES  OCCUPATION. 

The  island  was  discovered  by  Magellan  in  1531,  occupied  by  Spain  in  1688,  and 
renamed  Marianne  (Mariana),  after  the  Empress  Marie  Anne,  of  Austria.  During 
the  war  between  the  United  States  and  Spain,  June  21,  1898,  the  commanding  officer 
of  the  U.  S.  S.  Charleston  received  the  formal  surrender  of  the  island.  It  was 
included  in  the  territory  ceded  to  the  United  States  under  the  Treaty  of  Paris  Decem- 
ber 10,  1898,  and  since  has  been  a  port  of  call  for  vessels  between  the  United  States 
and  Manila. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS, 


523 


CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 


The  affairs 
StatcH  Navv. 


)f  the  island  are  administered  bv  a  .irovernor  assif^ned  from  the  United 


(il  AMiO  (gW!ihii'-goh),  nat.;  point  on  SE.  shore 
of  entrance  to  Pujada  Bay,  SE.  coast  of  Dd- 
vao,  Mindanao,  opposite  N.  point  of  Pujada  I. 

GlAMitfAX  (gwahn-goo'-ahn),  nat.;  pointonNE. 
.shore  of  Puiada  Bay,  SE.  coast  of  Dilvao, 
Mindanao,  and  N.  head  of  estuary  and  river 
entering  bay  at  this  point. 

long  peninsula  on  E.  coast  of  Diivao,  Min- 
danao, separating  Mayo  Bay  on  N.  from  Pu- 
jada Bay  on  S.    Terminates  at  Lamigau  Pt. 

tilASAX  (gwah-sun'),  ver.;  mountain  in  X.  Ben- 
guet,  Luzon. 

(il'AT  (gwi),  nat.;  low  point  on  extreme  SE. 
coast  of  DAvao,  Mindanao,  and  N.  headland 
to  E.  entrance  to  Sarangani  Strait. 

bay  on  coast  of  BataAn,  Luzon;  place  of 

refuge  for  vessels  waiting  for  fair  wind  to 
enter  Manila  Bay. 

(JIBAX,  BAJO  DE  (bah'-hoh  day  goo'-bahn), 
Hisp.;  point  on  S.  shore  of  Sorsogon  port,  Sor- 
sogon,  Liiz6n. 

(il  BAT  (goo'-baht) ,  nat.;  bay  12  m.  N.  of  Bulusjin, 
on  E.  coast  of  Sorsogon,  Luzon. 
—  pueblo  on  E.  shore  of  Sorsogon,  Luzon,  on 
NW.  side  of  port  of  that  name,  near  tongue  of 
land  which  divides  bay  in  2  parts.  Manila 
steamers  call  11  m.  SE.  of  Sorsogon.  Pop., 
13,359.  Waters  formerly  were  infested  by 
pirate.s  who  not  only  pillaged  town  and  ter- 
rorized region  but  carried  off  tishermen  as 
captives. 

UUBATAN  (goo-bah'-tahn),  ver.;  hamlet  in  S. 
ConcepciOn,  Iloilo,  Panay,  i  m.  N.  of  Aqui. 

GUEBMCA(gayr'-nee-cah),  Sp.;  puebloon  r.  bank 
of  river  entering  Ddvao  Gulf,  W.  shore  Min- 
danao, 12  m.  \VX\V.  of  Diivao. 

(JUGAX  (goo-gahn'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  SE.  coast  of 
Iloilo,  Fanay,  2^  m.  SE.  of  Leganes. 

iiVix  (gee'-ah)  Sp.;  hamlet  in  NE.  Capiz,  Panay, 
on  tributary  of  Mayon,  2^  m.  E.  of  that  town. 

Gl'IAXASAX  (gee-ah-nah'-sahn),  ver.;  mountain 
in  Biliran  I.,  N.  of  Lej-te. 

(jL'IAXG,  ortiLlXJAXG  (gee-ahng',geen-hahng'), 
ver. ;  islet  1  m.  SE. of  Siargao  I. ,  NE. of  Surigao, 
Mindanao,  and  off  town  of  Cabuutug. 

OriBAXDAX  fgee-bahn-dahn'),  ver.;  mountain 

on  E.  shore  of  Leyte,  i  m.  S.  of  Tacloban. 
(■L'IBAKKA  (gee-bah'-rrah),  sp.;  inland  hamlet 

m  SW.  Cotabato,  Mindanao,  18  m.  SW.  by  S.  of 

Cotabato. 
tiUIBAi'AJi  (gee-bah'-wahn),  ver.;  town  in  Basi- 

lanl.,  N.  of  Leyte. 
mountain  in  Ba.silan  I.,  N.  of  Leyte,  known 

also  as  Lamutun. 
CilIIBL'XGAS  (gee-boong'-ahn),  ver.;  hamlet  on 

NW.  coast  of  Guimar;is  I.,  oft'  Iloilo,  Panay. 

pueblo  in  Benguet,  Luzon.    Pop.,  085. 

Gl'lCALOLOAX      (gee-cah-loh-loh'-ahn),       ver.; 

mountain  in  Sdmar. 
GL'IDADALAO  (gee-dah-dah-lah'-aw),  nat.;  point 

on  SE.  shore  and  E.  head  of  Panguil  Bay, 

SW.  end  of  Misamis  port,  Mi.samis,  Mindanao, 

6  m.  SW.  by  S.  of  Misamis. 
liUIDAFijf  (gee-dah-feen'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  W. 

coast  of  Cotabato,  Mindanao,  4f  m.  S.  by  E. 

of  Quidapil  Pt. 
GUIGAAM6x  (gee-gah-ah-mohn'),  ver.;  point  in 

Cebii. 
GCIGUIBIXAN  (gee-gee-bee'-nahn),  ver.;  hamlet 

53  m.  S.  of  Catarman,  Sdmar. 
GL'IGLIXTO    (gee-geen-toh').    Tag.;   pueblo   on 

Manila  and  Dagupan  Railroad  in  Bulacdn, 

Luzon,  2i  m.  N.  of  Bulacdn.    Pop.,  5,115. 
GL'IHALIXAX  (gee-hah-lee'-nahn),  ver.;  point  in 

E.  Tayabas,  Luzon. 


GUIJALO  (gee-hah'-law),  ver.;  inlet  in  Ambos 
Camarines  (Sur),  Luz6n. 

Gl'IJULl'GAX  (gee-hoo-loo'-gahn),  ver.;  pueblo 
and  river  of  Negros  Orientiil  emptying  into 
strait  of  Tafion,  on  which  it  is  situated,  E. 
coast,  42  m.  SE.  of  Bacolod  and  13  m.  across 
sea  channel,  NW.  of  Dumangue,  W.  coast  of 
Cebii.    Pop.,  7,000.     (.lAsoGuihuljugan.) 

GUILAMGAN  (gee-lahm'-gahn),  ver.;  hamlet  in 
pueblo  of  Dancalan,  Negros  Oriental. 

GUILBAY  (geel-by'),  ver.;  point  on  N.  side  of 
Catabanga  Bay,  Ambos  Camarines  (Norte), 
Luzon,  E.  shore  Ragay  Gulf. 

GUILHUNliAX  (geel-hoong'-ahn),  ver.;  pueblo 
and  stream  in  Negros  Occidental  emptying 
on  its  N.  border,  on  S.  shore  of  Guimards 
Strait,  50  m.  S.  of  Bac61od.  Pop.  of  town,  Cn. 
1887,  2,375. 

(il'lLOXG  (gee-long'),  ver.;  mountain  hamlet  in 
central  range,  SW.  Leyte,  0  m.  E.  by  S.  of 
Matalom. 

point  on  NE.  shore  of  Lugbung  I.,  W.  of 

Romblon,  Visayas. 

GDILLTUGAN  (gee-loo-too'-gahn),  ver.;  islet  in 
gulf  of  Asid,  10  m.  off  Bary  Pt.,  W.  coast  of 
Masbate  I.,  Visa}'as. 

GUIMAMPAG  (gee-mahm-pahg');  point  on  E. 
coast  of  Negros  Oriental,  in  pueblo  of  Tanhay. 

GLOIAAAN  (gee-mah-nahn'),  ver.;  point  at  ex- 
treme of  projection  of  land  forming  bay  of 
Dasol,  on  coast  of  Zambales,  Luzon. 

(iUIMARAS  (gee-mah-rass'),  ver.;  island  20^  m. 
NE.  to  SW.,  and  12  m.  E.  to  W.  in  front  of 
Iloilo  and  forms  with  Panay  I.  strait  of 
Iloilo,  5  m.  wide  at  its  entrance  at  N.  end, 
and  25  m.  wide  at  SW.  entrance,  its  narrowest 
channel  being  1  m.  between  Iloilo  and  Na- 
gaba.  On  E.  it  is  separated  from  Negros  by 
strait  of  GuimarAs,  its  entrance  at  N.  end  of 
island  15  m.,  and  at  S.  end  20  m.,  narrowest 
part  of  channel  7  m.  between  Panddn  Pt.,  W. 
coast  of  Negros,  and  nearest  shore  of  Gui- 
mards,  opposite.  Mountain  range  extends 
along  E.  coast  in  which  summits  of  Jaljat, 
Pand&n,  and  Akdan  are  visible  across  Guima- 
rds  Strait  from  opposite  shore  of  Negros.  W. 
slope  is  open  and  fertile,  gradually  descend- 
ing to  shore  of  Iloilo  Strait.  With  exception 
of  distance  of  10  m.  between  Alegria  and  Santo 
Guisi,  island  coa.st  is  completely  paralleled 
by  fine  highway,  at  no  point  over  2  m.  inland, 
and  along  which  lie  important  towns  of 
Nagaba  and  Buenavista  and  number  of  ham- 
lets. SE.  coast  is  bordered  by  number  of 
small  islands  which  render  approach  from 
that  direction  dangerous.  Igam  Bay  and 
Port  Santa  Ana  on  W.  coast  are  among  an- 
chorages along  coast. 

strait  between  Negros,  E.,  and  Panay,  W., 

7  m.  wide  at  its  narrowest  between  points. 
Passage,  however,  is  reduced  to  li  m.  by 
small  islands  of  Inampulugan,  Lalunga,  and 
Nadalao. 

GUIJIBI  (geem-bah'),  ver.;  hamlet  near  N.  shore 

of  Lake  Lanao,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 
—river  and  '  illage  N.  .side,  on  N.  shore  of 

PoUoc  Harbor,  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 
cove  SW.  angle  of  Calandorang  Bay,  W.  of 

Baldbac  I. 
GL'IMBi,  SAX  JUAX  DE  (sahn  whahn  day  geem 

bah'),   ver.;    hamlet   in    pueblo   of   Tdrlac, 

Luz6n. 
GUIMBAL  (geem-bahP),  ver.;  pueblo,  port,  and 

point  on  SE.  coast  of  Iloilo,  Panay,  17  m.  W.  of 

Iloilo.    Pop.  of  pueblo,  10,958. 

(iUIMBALAON  (geem-bah-lah'-on),  ver.;  pueblo 
on  r.  bank  of  .Saniayas  Riv.,  9  m.  NE.  of  Baco- 
lod, Negros  Occidental. 


524 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


tilllSlBXN   (geem-bahn') ,   ver.;  river  in  Ambos 

Camarines  (Sur),  Luz6n,  tributary  to  Lago- 

noy,  and  flowing  E.  empties  into  Lagonoy 

Bay.  ^ 
0UIMBAN(;A>'  (geem-bang'-ahn),  ver.;  hamlet  in 

Antique,  Panay,  3  m.  E.  of  San  Jos6  de  Buena- 

vista. 
«L'IJIBAR6tO(J  (geem-bah-roh'-tog),  ver.;  moun- 
tain in  extreme  NW.  Cdpiz,  Panay,  4  m.  E.  of 

Buruanga. 
(JI'IMPALIDXx  (geem-pah-lee-dahn'),  ver.;  ham- 
let in  E.  central  Iloilo,  Panay,  2  ra.  N.  by  W. 

of  Calinog. 
GUIMPUNNAN  (geem-poon'-nahn),  ver.;  point  on 

E.  coast  of  S&mar,  11°  7'  30"  N. 
GlJIJirGAHAN   (gee-moo-gah'-hahn),  ver.;  point 

on  N.  coast  of  Negros  Occidental,  4  m.  ENE.  of 

Cadiz  Nuevo. 
OUINA-AXG  (gee-nah-ahng'),  ver.;  one  of  larger 

of  many  small  town.s  of  Bontoc,  Luzon,  9  m. 

from  Bontoc.    Pop.,  1,071. 
GLllVABARAXAX    (gee-nah-bah-rah'-nnn),   ver.; 

point  in  NW.  Sdmar. 
GUIXABASAX  (gee-nah-bah'-.sahn),  ver.;  hamlet 

and  river  on  W.  coast  of  Cebii,  6  m.  N.  of 

Asturias. 
Gl'IXABASAN,   or  BUEXABRIGO  (gee-nah-bah'- 

sahn,  ver.;  bwayn-ah-bree'-goh,  Sp.);  point  in 

W.  Cebu. 
GUINAD  (gee-nahd'),  ver.;  pointon  S.  shore  of  en- 
trance to  Igam  Bay,  coast  of  Guimaris  I.,  off 

Iloilo,  Panay. 
GUINAGABO    (gee-nah-gah'-boh),    ver.;    hamlet 

near^N.  coast  of  Negros  Occidental,  2  m.  E. 

of  Cddiz  Nuevo. 
GUINAGAUiN    (gee-nah-gah-wahn'),  nat.;   town 

in  E.  Leyte,  on  Dagam  road,  6  m.  SW.  of 

Tanduan. 
GUIXAGDOTfG  (gee-nahg-dong'),  nat.;  point  and 

river    W.   shore  of   Misamis   port,   Misamis, 

Mindanao,  3s  m.  SW.  of  Misamis. 
point  on  NE.  shore  of  Masbate  I.,  10  m. 

across  channel,  SW.  by  S.  of  extreme  point  of 

Burias  I.,  Visayas. 
GUIXAGUANAX  (gee-nah-gwah'-nahn),  ver.;  bay 

on  S.  coast  of  Bohol,  immediately  E.  of  an- 
chorage of  Loay. 
GIIINALAXAX  (gee-nah-lah'-nahn),  ver.;  hamlet 

on  coast  of  Guimar^s  Strait,  2  m.  N.  of  Mina- 

liian,  Negros  Occidental. 
GL'I>'AL1>A>'  (gee-nah-lee'-nahn) ,  ver.;  hamlet 

on  W.  coast  of  Antique,  Panay.  1^  m.  N.  of 


GUIXAMBiN  (gee-nam-bahn'),  ver.;  NW.  point 
of  San  Miguel  I.,  off  E.  shore  of  Albay,  Lu- 
zon; across  channel  1  m.  wide,  communi- 
cating between  Lagonoy  Gulf  on  N.  and 
Tabaco  Bay  on  S.,  and  is  extreme  NW.  point 
of  chain  of  important  dependent  islands  31 
m.  in  extent,  trending  SE.  to  Ungay  Pt.,  SE. 
extreme  of  Rapu  Rapu;  between  Lagonoy 
Gulf  on  N.  and  Albay  Bay  on  S. 

GlIINAMIG  (gee-nah-noog'),  ver.;  point  on  E. 
coast  of  Sdmar,  4  m.  SE.  of  Soroiigon  Pt. 

Gl'lNA(iX  (gee-nah-ohn'),  ver.;  pueblo  in  Bon- 
toc, Luzon.    Pop.,  Cn.  1887,  679. 

GUiXAPAC  (gee-nah'-pack),  ver.;  2  tower-like 
rocks  lOJ  m.  E.  by  S.  of  N.  point  of  Camiguin 
I.  of  Babuyanes  grp.  U.  S.  S.  Charleston, 
struck  on  this  cluster  of  rocks  5.30  a.  m.  No- 
vember 2, 1899,  and  was  total  loss.  (See  Cami- 
guin I.) 

GUIXABEXO  (gee-nah-ray'-noh),  ver.;  hamlet  in 
E.  Leyte  on  main  road,  2|  m.  S.  of  Dagam  I. 

GUIXABUX  (gee-nah'-roon) ,  nat.;  river  entering 
on  SE.  shore  of  Paliinog  port,  NW.  coast  of 
Masbate  I.,  Visayas. 

GUIXAUAYAX  (gee-nah-wah'-yahn),  ver.;  islet  off 
SW.  coast  of  Masbate  I.,  Visayas. 


(iUIXAYAXGAX  (gee-nah-yahng'-ahn) ,  Tag.; 
pueblo  at  E.  terminus,  on  head  of  Raguy 
Gulf,  of  highway  across  head  of  Tayabas 
Pen.,  Luzon,  beginning  at  Tayabas,  capital, 
thence  proceeding  NW.  to  Laguna  de  Bay 
and  Manila,  and  E.  through  Tayabas  towns 
of  Pagbilao^Atimonan,  Gumacd^  and  L6pez 
toGuinayangan;  total  distance  from  Tayabas 
46  m.  From  Guinayangan  highway  contin- 
ues around  N.  shore  of  Ragay  Bay  and  thence 
entire  length  of  Ambos  Camarines  and  Albay, 
terminating  at  Albay,  provincial  capital,  dis- 
tance of  upward  of  100  m.  Pop.,  2,000.  Ward 
Catimo  is  its  business  center. 

(iDIX'BI  (geen-bee'),  ver.;  mountain  in  SW. 
Bohol,  3  m.  SE.  of  Sevilla. 

(il'lXBUAXtiAX  (geen-bwang'-ahn),  ver.;  hamlet 
on  N.  coast  of  Cdpiz,  Panay,  5  ni.  NE.  of 
Panay. 

(iUIXDAHAAX  (geen-dah-hah-ahn'),  ver.;  moun- 
tain In  Leyte. 

Gl'IXDAXAX  (geen-dah'-nahn),  ver.;  point  in  is- 
land of  Daram,  W.  of  Siimar. 

GUIXDUGAXAX  (geen-doo-gah'-nahn),ver.;  point 
6  m.  S.  of  Cueva  Pt.,  Burias  I.,  Masbate  grp. 

GUIXDI'LILAX  (geen-dool'-mahn) ,  ver.;  pueblo  at 
head  of  inlet  of  same  name  on  SE.  shore  of 
Bohol.  S.  coast  road  begins  at  this  point,  43^ 
m.  E.  of  Tagbilaran.    Pop.,  8,003. 

mountain  in  island  of  Cebii. 

GUIXGAPl'GAX  (geen-gah-poo'-gahn),  ver.;  ham- 
let on  S.  shore  of  SE.  Sftmar,  4  m.  SE.  of  Quina- 
pundan. 

GUIXGUI  (geen'-gee).  Tag.;  mountain  in  NW. 
Luz6n. 

GUIXHALIXAX  (geen-hah-lee-nahn'),  Tag.;  point 
on  W.  shore  of  Ragay  Bay,  Tayabas,  Luzon. 

GUIXHAXDAXG  (geen-hahn-dahng'),  ver.;  moun- 
tain in  NE.  Leyte. 

GUINIBIAX  (gee-nee-bee'-ahn),  ver.;  mountain 
in  Bohol,  Visayas. 

GL'INJAXG  (geen-hang'),  ver.;  islet  off  SE.  coast 
of  Siargao  I.,  NE.  of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  oppo- 
site Cabuntug  town.     {See  Guiang.) 

GUlXL.i  (geen-lah'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  SW.  shore 
of  Malampaya  Bay,  NW.  Paragua,  Palawan, 
85  m.  NE.  by  E.  of  Puerto  Princesa. 

(JUIXLABAGAX  (geen-lah-bah'-gahn),  ver.;  islet 
in  gulf  of  Asid,  8  m.  W.  of  Bary  Pt.,  W.  coast 
of  Masbate  I.,  Visayas. 

GUIXLABO  (geen-lah'-boh),  ver.;  islet  IJ  m.  off 
S.  shore  of  Agutaya  I.,  Cuyos  grp.,  3  m.  SSW. 
of  Agutaya,  Mindoro  Sea. 

GUIXLAXAGAX  (geen-lah-nah'-gahn),  ver.;  town 
in  SE.  Leyte. 

GUIXLAXTL'TAX  (geen-lahn-too'-yahn),  ver.; 
point  in  Island  of  Daram,  off  W.  coast  of 
SAmar. 

GU1XLA<5X  (geen-lah-on'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  N. 
shore  of  Port  Sorsogon,  in  Sorsogon,  Luzon, 
E.  of  Sorsogon. 

GUIXLAPAIx  (geen-lah-pah-ahn'),  ver.;  moun- 
tain in  E.  Bohol,  5  m.  NE.  of  Batuandn. 

GCIXLATl'YAX  (geen-lah-too'-yahn),  ver.;  point 
on  W.  coast  of  Daram  I.,  oil  Daram  Channel, 
off  W.  coast  of  S^mar. 

GUIXLEPEX  (geen-lay'-pen),  ver.;  islet  off  SE. 
coast  of  Calamiln  I.,  Calamianes  grp.,  2  m.  S. 
of  Calisin  Pt.,  N.  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

GUIXLUTHAGAX  (geen-loot-hah'-gahn),  ver.; 
islet  in  gulf  of  Asid,  7  m.  W.  of  Malbug  Pt., 
Masbate  I.,  Visayas. 

GUIXOAHOBAXiJA  (gee-noh-ah-hoh-bang'-ah), 
ver.;  hamlet  in  E.  Sdmar,  5  m.  WNW.  of  Bo- 
rongan. 

GCINOBATAX  (gee-noh-bah'-tahn),  nat.;  pueblo 
in  Albay,  Luz6n,  on  1.  bank  of  Inaya  Riv.,  9 
m.  W.  by  N.  of  Albay  and  4^  m.  SE.  of  Ligao. 
Pop.,  20,600. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


525 


526 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


(U  l.\(»I{ATA>:  town  of  about  10,000  inhaVjitants 
on  lianks  of  Quinali  Riv.,  in  Ambos  Camar- 
ines,  Luz6ii. 

river  in  ilasbate  I.,  Visayas. 

Gl'lXOJOAX  (gee-noh-hoh'-ahn),  nat.;  point  ex- 
treme SE.  of  Lugljiing  I.,  W.  of  Romblon, 
Visayas,  and  W.  liead  to  Romblon  port  from  S. 

Gl'IXOLAB.UN  (gee-noh-lah-bah'ahn),  ver.; 
mountain  in  central  range  of  S.  Leyte,  10  m. 
SE.  of  Albuera. 

GUIXSILITA>'  (geen-see-lee'-ton),  ver.:  pueblo  in 
Misilmis,  Mindanao.    Pop.,  1,875. 

OUIXTACAX  (geen-tali'-cahn),ver.;  island  44  m. 
N.  and  S.,  and  1^  m.  E.  and  W.,  10  m.  NW.  of 
Medellin,  on  NW.  coast  of  Cebii. 

(JUIXTAGBrCAN  (geen-tag-boo-cahn'),  ver.:  la- 
goon on  E.  shore  of  Leyte,  1  m.  N.  of  Abilyog, 
through  which  river  outflow  of  Bito  Lake,  SJ 
m.  inland,  reaches  sea. 

GCLNTAHAN  (geen-tah'-hahn),  ver.;  river  of  Ne- 
gros  Occidental.    {See  Guisdn.) 

GUINT^S  (geen-tass'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  W.  coast 
of  S.  Antique,  Panay.     {See  Granja,  La.) 

Gl'IXTIGAX  (geen-tee'-gahn),  ver.:  hamlet  in 
Concepcion,  Iloilo,  Panay,  i  m.  S.  of  Carlfe. 

GL'IXTIGUAX  (geen-tee-gwiihn),  ver.:  hamlet 
and  bay  on  E.  coast  of  Tablas,  Visayas,  in 
Romblon  grp. 

GUINTIGCIAX  (geen-tee-gee'-ahn),  ver.;  hamlet 
on  E.  coast  of  Sdmar,  3^  m.  S.  of  Borongan. 

GUIXTIX  (geen-teen'),  ver.:  point  on  NE.  coast  of 
Taal  Bay,  Batangas,  Luzon. 

GUIXTIXf  A  (geen-tee-noo'-ah),  ver.;  second  in 
size,  2  by  5  m.,  of  Calaguas  Is.,  N.  of  Ambos 
Camariiies  (Norte),  Luzon,  in  S.  approach  to 
Lamon  Bay. 

Gl'IXTO  (geen'-toh),  ver.;  stream  in  pueblo  of 
Batangas,  province  of  same  name,  lat.  13° 
&5'  50"  N. 

Gl'IXTULAX  (geen-too'-lahn),  nat.;  point  on  S\V.. 
coast  of  SSmar,  on  \V.  side  of  Basey.  An  islet 
lies  in  channel  off  point. 

GUlMliXGAL'AX  (geen-toong-ah'-wahu),  ver.; 
islet  i  m.  E.  and  W.,  153  ft.  high,  E.  of  Bula- 
lAcao  I.,  E.  of  CalamiAn  I.,  Calamianes  grp., 
N.  of  Paragua,  Palawan,  and  important  land- 
mark entering  Coron  Bay  from  S. 

island  \\  m.  W.  of  Pangutasian  I.,  ofT  NW. 

coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

GL'IXTURILAX  (geen-too-ree'-lahn),  ver.;  hamlet 
of  Negros  Occidental,  4  m.  SE.  of  Valladolid. 

GriXUIjAlTAX  (gee-noo-lah'-wahn),  ver.;  hamlet 
in  Cebii. 

Gl'IXZADAX  (geen-thah'-dahn),  ver.;  hamlet  in 
Lepanto,  Luzon,  7  m.  ESE.  of  CayAn.  Pop., 
762. 

GUIOX  (geeohn'),  Sp.;  hamlet  at  mouth  of  river 
of  that  name  in  SW.  Masbate,  Visayas. 

GU1B(^X  (gee-rohn'),  ver.;  active  volcano  in  1852, 
Solfatoric,  lat.  11°  32'  N.,  Ion.  124°  28' E.,  in 
Billran  L,  N.  of  Leyte. 

GUISAX,  or  GUIXTAHAX  (gee'-sahn,  geen-tah'- 
hahn), ver.;  riverof  Negros  Occidental,  fornied 
by  Planiplan  and  other  tributaries,  and  enters 
sea  li  m.  N.  of  Himamaylan. 

GDISGCIS  (gees-gees'),  ver.;  river  in  Tayabas, 
Luzon;  rises  in  Cordillerasof  interior,  receives 
various  affluents,  and  empties  into  sea  on  S. 
coast. 

Gl'ISIJAX  (gee-see'-hahn),ver.;  pueblo  at  mouth 
of  Paliuan  Riv.,  on  W.  coast  of  Antique,  Panay, 
27  m.  N.  of  San  Jos4  de  Buenavlsta.  Pop., 
6,247. 

(ilJISO  (gee'-soh).  ver.:  hamlet  in  E.  central  Ilo- 
ilo, Panay,  3  m.  ENE.  of  Calinog. 

GL'ISSAX  (gees'-sahn),  ver.;  island  ofT  coast  of 
Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A. 

GL'ITAt'OB  (gee-tah-cor'),  ver.;  mountain  in  Si- 
buy  ^n  I.,  RomblCn  grp.,  Visayas. 


GL'lTIGl'ITIX,  or  SIBUTAX  (gee-tee-gee-tcen', 
see-boo-yahn'),  ver.;  mountain  in  Sibuy^n  I., 
Romblon  grp.,  Visayas. 

GCITUAGAX  (gec-twah'-gahn),  ver.;  hamlet  at 
NW.  headwaters  of  Bac-hao  Bangihon  Riv., 
in  SW.  Sdmar. 

GUIUADXOX  (gee-wad-nohn'),  ver.;  river  enter- 
ing sea  on  NE.  coast  of  Negros  Occidental,  4 
m.  S.  of  Escalante. 

GUICAX  (gee'-wahn),  ver.;  peniiLsula  in  SW.  S<'i- 
mar.  Near  edge  of  reef  several  sulphur 
springs,  covered  at  high  water,  gush  forth  but 
are  not  brackish.    Town  of  Guiuan  is  near  by. 

pueblo  and  port,  lat.  11°  1'  30"  N.,  Ion.  125° 

33'  14"  E.,  on  extreme  S.  coast  of  S^mar,  with 
church  and  2  flat-topped  hills  as  landmarks, 
and  anchorage  in  4  to  7  fms.  Good  tjTihoon 
anchorage  for  vessels  drawing  15  ft."behind 
an  unnamed  island  from  Tubabao  I.  Chan- 
nel carries  10  fms.  to  .small  islet  N.  of  island, 
then  4  fms.  78  m.  SE.  of  Catbalogan.  Higoso 
Pt.  lies  13  m.  WNW.    Pop.,  11,311. 

GUIUAXdX  (gee-wah-non'),  ver.;  island,  2m. NW. 
to  SE.,  li  m.  off  S.  coast  of  Guimarfc  I.,  ofl 
Iloilo,  Panay. 

point  and  hamlet  2^  m.  NE.,  on  E.  shore  of 

strait  of  Taiion,  W.  coast  of  Cebu,  S.  side  of 
entrance  to  bay  of  Matutinao. 

GUJAXGAX  (goo-hang'-ahn),  ver.;  .small  low- 
island  ofif  NE.  coast  of  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A. 

GULA  (goo'-lah),  Sp.;  hamlet  on  1.  bank  of  Grande 
de  la  Pampanga  Riv.,  in  Pampanga,  Luzon, 
13  m.  NE.  of  Bacolor. 

GULAXYALAX  (goo-lahn-yah'-lahn),  ver.;  moun- 
tain of  Sorsogon,  in  pueblo  of  Bulin,  Luzon. 

GULATAX  (goo-lah'-yahn),  nat.;  river  in  Bohol, 
Visayas. 

GULOS  (goo'-laws),  ver.;  mountain  group  in  SW. 
spur  of  Gran  Cordillera  Central,  in  Abra, 
Luzon. 

GUMAC.i  (goo-mah-cah'),Tag.:  pueblo  on  S.  shore 
of  bay  26  m.  E.  of  Tayabas,  in  that  province. 
Luzon,  on  highway  between  toivns  on  head 
of  Tayabas  on  W.  and  Ragay  Gulf  on  E.  Pop. , 
7,571. 

GUMAI  (goo'-my);  river  entering  sea  on  E.  coast 
of  SAmar;  3  fms.  may  be  carried  within  1,000 
yds.  of  its  mouth,  with  an  anchorage  to  S.  of 
islet;  2  ft.  of  water  on  bar  at  low  water:  noth- 
ing larger  than  steam  launch  can  enter 

GUMALAC  (goo-mah-lahck'),  nat.;  island  off  W. 
coast  of  Leyte.     (See  Babugon.) 

GUMALABAXG  (goo-mah-lah'-rahng),  nat.;  river 
entering  on  S.  shore  of  San  Rafael  Bay,  N. 
coast  of  Basilan,  S.  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 
Used  by  shipping  in  outer  road  of  Isabela 
port.  Basilan.  Fresh  water  may  be  obtained 
about  I  m.  inland. 

river  emptying  into  San  Rafael  Bay  on  S. 

shore,  used  by  shipping  in  outer  road  of  Isa- 
bela port,  Basilan,  off  S.  coast  of  Zamboanga, 
Mindanao. 

GUMALiSAC  (goo-mah-lah'-sahk).  Tag.;  small 
river  of  Tayabas,  Luz6n,  on  W.  shore  of  Ragay 
Bay. 

GUMAY  (goo-my'),  ver.;  2  hamlets  of  same  name 
in  NE.  Sdmar,  one  at  mouth  and  other  in- 
land on  river  which  takes  its  rise  in  Mesa  de 
Pal4pag  and  flowing  SE.  empties  into  Pacific 
Ocean.    One  in  pueblo  of  Catiihig. 

inlet  in  Siimar. 

GUMILAX  (goo-mee'-lahn),  ver.;  island  of  Tawi 
Tawi  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

GUXALIXAO  (goo-nah-lee-nah'-oo),  ver.;  riverof 
Tayabas,  Luz6n,  emptjing  into  bay  of  Gui- 
nayangan. 

GUXDUHCaX  (goon-doo-hoo'-ahn),  ver.;  pueblo 
in  Bohol.    Pop.,  Cn.  1887,  6,737. 

Gl'XG-iiGOXG  (goong-oo'-gong),  ver.;  town  of 
Bont6c,  Luz6n,  12  m.  from  Bon  toe.    Pop.,  716. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


527 


eUMLO  (gno-nec'-loh),  ver.:  hamlet  in  pueblo  of 

Taytay,  Paragua,  Palawan. 
GBMTIGl'AX  (goo-nee-tee'-gwahn),  ver.;  hamlet 

in  pueblo  of  Rombl6n,  Visayas. 
CJUXJAXfcAX  (goon-habng'-ahn),  ver.;  small  low 

island  oj  m.  NW.  of  Tulian,  Sulu  grp.,  Sulu  A. 
GCXXOXO  (goon'-nong),  ver.;  point  on  W.  coast 

of  Palawan.     (See  Baja. ) 
(jL'XO  (goo'-nob),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Mindanao,  on 

banks  of  Tumbo  Riv. 
iiUXTAO  (goon-tah'-oo),  ver.;  narrow  i.sland  and 

westernmost  of  group  lying  off  entrance  to 

Bacuit  Bay,  \V.  coast  of  I'aragua,  Palawan. 

N.  island  is  reddish  brown,  1  m.  by  300  yds. 

S.  is  broader  and  higher. 

OUNTIJAX,  or  (JIXATUAX  (goon-too'-ahn,  hee- 
nah-too'-ahn),  ver.;  cluster  of  islands  front- 
ing E.  approach  to  Gipd6  Passage  to  Surigao 
Strait;  lie  about  lOi  m.  off  coast  of  Surigao, 
Mindanao,  in  NE.  direction  toward  Siargao 
I.  Deep  channel,  3  m.  wide,  between  them 
and  S.  coast  of  Din&gat  I .  Guntuan  I. ,  which 
gives  its  name  to  cluster,  is  largest,  3  m.  long 
N\V  and  SE.,  and  has  small  island  off  its  N. 
point.  Bayalnan  (Bayatuan)  is  next  island  of 
cluster  to  SE.    Channel  between  it  and  main 


{iVXTl'AX,  or  GIXATIIaX— Continued. 

island  is  2  m.  wide,  with  several  islets  which 
reduce  passage  to  i  m.  Channel  is  practi- 
cable to  steamers,  but  passages  between  W. 
island  of  cluster  and  coast  of  Mindanao  are 
not  practicable.  Cab.sugan  is  S.  island  of 
cluster.    Nagubat  islets  lie  8  m.  to  S. 

(iUBAX  (goo'-rahn),  ver.;  mountain  in  Mindanao. 

G€Sii  (goo-sah'),  ver.;  pueblo  on  S.  shore  of 
Macajalar  Bay,  2  m.  N.  by  E.  of  Cagayto  de 
MisAmis,  Misdmis,  Mindanao.  Pop.,  C"n.  1896, 
790. 

(lUSU  (goo'-soo),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Zamboanga, 
Mindanao,  4 J  m.  NE.  of  Zamboanga. 

GUSrX  (goo'-soon),  nat.;  islet  between  Laminusa 
and  Siasi  Is. ,  off  E.  coast  of  Siasi  I. ,  Tapul  grp. , 
Sulu  A. 

bank  of  .sand  and  coral  which  divides  into 

2  passages  channel  which  separates  Lami- 
nusa from  Siasi  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

(iUSL'XAX  (goo-soo'-nahn),  ver.;  river  in  W.  Min- 
doro,  entering  sea  at  Sablaydn  town  and 
point. 

GUTE  (goo'-tay),  ver.;  hamlet  on  r.  bank  of  BuUn 
Riv.,  in  extreme  S\V.  Sorsogon,  Luzon,  2^  m. 
SW.  of  Sorsogon. 


I 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


b2\) 


HAISA  (hah'-bah),  nat.;  point  on  N.  side  of  en- 
trance of  Bacayacan  Bay,  E.  coast  of  Silmar. 

IIAISASAX  (hah-bah'-sahn),  vcr.;  hamlet  in  Sdmar 
mar  month  of  Matinao  Riv.,  3  m.  SW.  of 
i'oric. 

HAIUYA  (hah-bah'-yah),  ver.;  hamlet  on  SW. 
coast  of  Samar,  9  m.  SW.  of  Villareal. 

BACOP  (hah-cohp'),ver.;  mountain  in  S.  Sdmar, 
8  m.  KNE.  of  Balaugiga. 

HAl'POAX  (hack-poh'-ahn),  ver.;  hamlet  in  N. 
Samar,  6^  m.  S.  of  Catarman. 

IIAGOXOY  (hah-goh-noy'),  Tag.;  pueblo  on  1. 
bank  of  Nayo  Grande  Riv.,  outlet  of  Grande 
de  la  Pampanga  Riv.,  in  BulacAn,  Luz6n, 
10  m.  W.  of  Bulacdn.    Pop.,  20,120. 

lake  peculiar   to   Philippine  Is.,  covered 

with  water  during  rainy  season  and  which 
can  be  cultivated  during  dry.  Situated  in 
pueblos  of  Hagonoy  and  Calumpit,  Bulaciin. 

formerly  name  of  that  part  of  course  of 

Grande  de  la  Pampanga  Riv.  which  passes 
through  Bulacdn,  Luzon,  forming  drainage  of 
lake  of  Hagonoy,  in  pueblos  of  Calumpit  and 
Hagonoy.  Grande  de  la  Pampanga  Riv.  is 
now  name  applied,  to  entire  stream  from  its 
.source  in  Nueva  Ecija  to  its  mouth  on  N. 
shore  of  Manila  Bay. 

tlAGRAY  (hah-gri'),  ver.;  point  on  E.  coast  of  ex- 
treme SE.  S&mar. 

IIALABX  (hah-lah-bah'),  ver.;  point  in  island  of 
Leyte. 

HALClilV  (hahl-cohn') ,  Sp.,  or  WILHELMIJiA. 
for.;  outlying  rock  in  extreme  NW.  waters  of 
SAmales  Is.,  Balanguingui  grp.,  Sulu  A. 
—  mountain  in  N.  central  Mindoro  2,702  ft. 
high  (China  Sea  Directory  says  8,865  ft.),  17  m. 
SW.  of  Calapita.  One  of  known  summits  of 
interior  Cordilleras,  which  begin  at  Calavite 
Mt.,  near  extreme  NW.  coast.  Main  crest 
trends  SE.,  paralleling  coast  until  it  reaches 
Halcon,  thence  elevations  form  plain  with 
summits  which  spread  over  interior  to  S. 

lIAIySKY,  for.;  harbor  of  CalamiAn  or  Culion  I., 
Calamianes  grp.,  NE.  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

H  A  M  A  H  AM  A  AXU  (hah-mah-hah-mah-ahng'  i, 
nat.;  islet  on  E.  .side  of  Tambiluanga  channel 
between  NW.  shore  of  Tiguillrun  and  Sibaloc 
Is.,  on  NE.  coast  of  Tawi  Tawi  I.,  Sulu  A. 

HAMIIRAUAX  (hah-moo-rah'-wahn),  ver.;  point 
on  NW.  shore  of  Hom.ouh6n  or  Malhon  I.,  S. 
of  SAmar. 

HAXA(JD6n  (hah-nahg-dawn'),  ver.;  mountain 
in  Leyte. 

HAXDIO  (han-dig'),  ver.;  extreme  N.  point  of  Ho- 
monh6n  or  Malh6n  I.,  11  m.  SW.  across  sea 
channel  from  SE.  extremity  of  SAmar. 

HANI  P0L6iV  (hah-nee-poh-lawn')  ,ver.;  mountain 
in  Leyte. 

HAXOPOL  (hah-noh-pohl'),  ver.;  mountain  in 
Ambos  Camarines,  Luzon. 

UAPIDAN  (Imh-pee'-dahn),  ver. ;_  hamlet  on  r. 
bank  of  mouth  of  Bac-hao  Bangahon  Riv.,  in 
SW.  Sdmar. 

HAPDNAN  (hah-poo'-nahn),  nat.;  hamlet  on  E. 
coast  of  SAmar  at  Pangpang  Pt. 

HARBOR,  for.;  Island  in  N.  part  of  Puerto  Prin- 
cesa  Harbor,  E.  coast  of  S.  Palawan.    {See 
■      Cana  I.) 

hill  9(i0  ft.  high,  overlooking  LHugan  Bay, 
,  Palawan. 


IIAUBOU  HILL,  for.;  summit  900  ft.  high,  in 
Marabay  range,  1  m.  inland  from  Busli  Pt.,  E. 
shore  of  Ulugan  Bay,  W.  coast  of  Paragua, 
Palawan. 

HARE'S  EARS,  for.;  2  islands  in  outlying  NW. 
waters  of  Basilan  Is.,  S.  of  Zamboanga,  Min- 
danao.   (See  Sangboi  Is. ) 

HASSAAN  (hahs-.sah'-ahn),nat.;  town  on  E.  .shore 
of  Macajalar  Bay,  N.  coast  of  Misamis,  Min- 
danao.   Pop.,  5,000. 

HASTINGS,  for.;  island  off  NE.  extreme  of  Para- 
gua, Palawan.     (See  Calibangbagan.) 

HATABA  (hah-tah'-bah),  ver.;  point  on  W.  coast 
of  Daram  I.,  at  entrance  to  small  bay. 

HADE  (hah'-way),  ver.;  mountain  in  central 
range  of  S.  Leyte,  10  m.  NW.  of  S6god  Nuevo. 

HAUTE  (how'-tay),  ver.;  islet  off  W.  coast  of 
Paragua,  Palawan,  lat.  10°  28'  30"  N. 

HAYCOCK,  for.;  island  W.  coastof  Busuaiiga,  lat. 
12°  9' N.,  Calamianes  grp.,  N.  of  Paragua,  Pala- 
wan; abounds  in  edible  bird's  nests.  (.Sec 
Malaj6n.) 

HAY-IPUT  (high-ee-poof),  ver.;  mountain  in 
SW.  Bohol,  3  m.  W.  of  Sevilla. 

HEGAD  (hay'-gad),  ver.:  low,  flat  island  off  N. 
shore  of  Svilu  I.,  Sulu  .\.,  separated  from  Pan- 
gaturan  and  Babiian  bv  safe,  deep  channels. 
(Also  Higad.)  v 

HEX  AXD  CHICKEXS,  for.;  group  of  islets  and 
rocks  li  m.  off  NW.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan, 
midway  between  Bluff  Point  Bay  and  Table 
Pt.,  6  m.  beyond.  NW.  islet  is  80  ft.  high. 
[See  Gallina,  La,  y  los  Polios.) 

HERALD,  for.;  partly  submerged  portion  of  W. 
coast  of  Mindoro,  off  Sablayto  Pt.,  Panddn  I., 
lat.  12°  46' 15"  N. 

HERMAXA  MAYOR  (ayr-mah'-nah  mah-yor') ,  Sp.; 
island  and  small  islet  3^  m.  E.  of  coast  of 
Zambales,  Luzon,  called  Hermanas  (Sisters) 
Is.,  low,  woody,  and  sandy.  Hermana  Mayor 
is  6i  m.  S.  of  Culebra.  Hermana  Menor  ( Ma- 
calira)  lies  3  m.  SSE.  of  Mayor  and  W.  of 
Santa  Cruz  Pt.and  Harbor,  Zambales,  Luzon, 
with  which  it  forms  8-fm.  channel. 

HERMAXA  MEXOR,  or  MACALIRA  (ayr-mah'-nah 
may-nor',  Sp.;  mah-cah-lee'-rah,  ver.) ;  i.sland 
3  m.  SSE.  of  Hermana  Mayor,  and  W.  of  Santa 
Cruz  port,  with  which  it  forms  8-fm.  channel. 

HERMAXAS,  DOS  (dohs  ayr-mah'-nohs),  Sp.; 
group  of  islets  N.  of  Santiago  I.,  at  W.  en- 
trance to  gulf  of  Lingay6n,  in  Zambales, 
Luzon. 

2  islands,  the  E.  136  ft.  high,  24  m.  E.  by  S. 

of  Dumali  Pt.,  E.  coast  of  Mindoro,  in  chan- 
nel from  Visayan  Sea  and  Verde  Passage, 
between  S.  point  of  Marinduque  and  Banton 
I.,  N.  of  Tablas,  Romblon  grp. 

HERMAXOS,  LOS  (lohs  ayr-mah'-nohs),  Sp.; 
islets  off  C.  Engano,  on  N.  shore  of  Palaui  I., 
NW.  of  NW.  peninsula  of  Cagaydn,  Luzon. 

HERMITA  (ayr-mee'-tah),  Sp.;  hamlet  in  pueblo 
of  Piat,  CagayAn,  Luzon.     {See  Ermita.) 

HERMOSA,  or  LLAXA  HERMOSA  (ajT-moh'-sah, 
lyah'-nah  ayr-moh'-.sah),  Sp.;  pueblo  and 
post-office  on  main  road  N.  to  Pampanga,  in 
extreme  NE.  part  of  BataAn,  Luz6n,  near  ex- 
treme NW.  angle  of  Manila  Bay. 

HERXiXDEZ  (ayr-nahn'-dayth),  Sp.;  hamlet  on 
SE.  coast  road  of  Cebii,  4^  m.  SW.  of  Argao. 

HERXANI  (avr-nah'-nee),  Sp.;  pueblo  in  SE. 
Sfimar,  52  m.  SE.  of  Catbalogan.    Poji.,  2,5.55. 


S.  Doc.  280 34 


530 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE   PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


HKRO.N.  for.;  point  on  SW.  sihon-  of  Puerto  Prin- 
ci'sa  Harbor,  E.  coast  of  S.  Palawan,  S.  across 
bay  from  Tide  Pole  Pt. 

HKKSCHKL.  for.;  mountain  2,316  ft.  high,  on  W. 
coast  of  S.  Palawan,  S.  of  Paragua  boundary. 

{Srr  Long  Pt.) 

IIIAHOi\(i   ihee-ah-bong'),   vcr.;    town  on   NW. 

shore  of  Maqueda  Bay,  W.  coast  of  SAmar,  5 

m.  SE.  of  Catbalogan.    Pop.,  3,579. 
HUGO  (hee-ah-goh'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  SW.  S:'imar, 

4  m.  NE.  of  Basey. 
HIAGUIMTAJf  (hee-ah-gee-nee'-tahn),  ver.;  small 

N.  tributary  of  Ulut  Riv.,  in  E.  S4mar. 
HIAMLONH  (hee-ahm-long'),  ver.;  river  in  Catan- 

duanes  I.,  off  coast  of  Luz6n,  NE.  of  Albay, 

rising  in  center  of  island  flows  W.  and  empties 

into  sea . 
HIBA  (hee'-bah),  ver.;  hamlet  on  headwaters  of 

W.  tributary  of  Bac-hao  Ban]^ah6n  Riv.,  in 

SW.  Si'imar. 
HIBAPSAN  (hee-bahp'-sahn),  ver.;  island  X.  of 

Sflmar. 
HIBAYA  (hee-bah-yah'),  ver.;  hamlet  of  Negros 

Oriental,  5  m.  W.  of  Guijulugan. 
HIBAYO   (hee-bah'-yoh),  ver.;  town  of  Negros 

Oriental,  on  strait  of  Tanon,  on  E.  coa.«t,  28^ 

m.  SE.  of  Bac61od. 
HIBOG  (hee-bog'),  ver.;  river  in  island  of  Panay. 
HIBUGAT  (hee-boo-gi'),  ver.;  mountain  in  Leyte. 
HIBll>'G  (hee-boong'),  hamlet  on  NE.  coast  of 

CSpiz,  Panay,  5  m.  NW.  of  Navas. 
HIBIITAN  (hee-boo'-tahn),  ver.;  point  and  hamlet 

on  S.  shore  of  S^mar,  NW.  of  mouth  of  Pagsa- 

ban  Riv. 
HIEBBA  (yayr'-bah),  Sp.     (,S(c  Manglar.; 
HIGiN  (hee-gahn'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  Pitogo  Bay, 

between  Pts.  Tandikan  and  Tandu,  SE.  coast 

of  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A. 
HIGAX,  orlLlGAX  (hee-gahn',  ee-lee'-gahn),  ver.; 

point  on  E.  coast  of  Cagay4n,  Luz6n. 
HIGANIjIGAM  (hee-gahn-lee'-gahm),  ver.;  point 

on  S.  coast  of  Leyte,  4i  m.  SE.  of  Maasin. 
HIGASaXa  (hee-gah-sah-ahn'),  ver.;  river  who.se 

headwater    tributaries     rise    in     adjacent 

springs,  flow    in    opposite   directions,    and 

coursing  on  a  Avindingwav  among  mountains 

of  central  range   E.  slopes,  unite  5   m.  of 

Abiiyog,  and  find  their  outlet  in  sea  immedi- 
ately S.  of  that  town. 
HIGH,  for.;  island  off  NW.  coast  of  Paragua,  Pala- 
wan.   {See  Caenipa  I.) 
island  4  m.  E.  of  Ibayat,  Batanes  grp.     {See 

Diogo  I.) 
HIGH  ISLAND,  for.;  island  2  m.  N.  of  N.  point  of 

Busuariga  I.,   Calamianes  grp.,  SW.  of  Min- 

doro.    (See  Dimapac.) 
HIGH  MPPLE,  for.;   peak  1,2.54  ft.  high  on  W. 

coast  of  Palawan,  1  m.  S.  of  Sangbauen  Pt. 
HIGH  POIM,  for.;  bold  headland  forming  NE. 

limit  of   Green    Island   Bay,    SE.    coast   of 

Paragua,  Palawan.    Coast  trends  NE.  12  m. 

to  Endeavor  Pt.,  Ls  low  and  densely  wooded. 

(.SVeFlechasPt.) 
HIGH   TRIPLE   HILL,  for.;    elevation  3,652  ft. 

high  of  Four  Peak  Range,  central  Palawan. 
HIGOSA  (ee-goh'-sah),  Sp.;   point  and  hamlet  on 

S.  shore  of  SE.  SAmar,  5^  m.  S.  of  Quinapun- 

dan,  18  m.  E.  of  Capines  Pt.    {See  Gigoso.) 
HIGUNUNUN  (^hee-goo-noo-noon'),  ver.;  low  islet 

6  m.  E.  of  Pag.sanifln   Pt,  on  NE.  coast  of 

Sdmar.     {Also  Higunum.) 
HIHAX  (hee'-hun),  ver.;  point  at  S.  entrance  to 

Quinangcang  Bay,  NW.  coast  of  Pana6n  I., 

off  SE.  point  of  Leyte. 
HIJO,  or  MJO  (ee'-hoh,  nee'-hoh),  Sp.;  town  in 

DAvao,  Mindanao,  at  head  of  bay  on  extreme 

N.  shore  of  Ddvao  Gulf,  27  m.  NNE.  of  D<1vao. 

(SeeNiJo.) 
river  in  Mindanao. 


HILABAN  (hee-lah'-bahn),  nat.;   island  off  NW. 

coast  of  Sdmar.     {See  also  Talabat,  Tubabao.) 
island  2  bv  1  m.  in  area,  S.  of  Binugavan 

Pt.,  E.  coast  of  Sdmar.     {See  Or^s  Riv.) 
HILOXG-HILONG    (hee-long-hee'-long),  ver.; 

mountain  of  N.  Mindanao,  35  m.  inland,  SE. 

of  Cduit  Pt. 
mountain  summit  in  Surigao,  Mindanao, 

6  m.  ESE.  of  Manobos,  on  bend  of  Tubai  Riv. 
HILOMiOS  (  hie-long'-ohs),  ver.:  pueblo  on  SW. 

coast  of  Leyte,  62  m.  SW.  of  Tacloban,  and  27 

m.  across  sea  channel  NE.  of  mainland  of 

Bohol  I.    Pop.,  13,813. 
point  and  river  in  SW.  Leyte,  rising  in  cen- 
tral mountain  range  and  emptying  mto  sea. 

li  m.  E.  of  town  and  point  of  that  name. 
HILUGCIKAiV    (hee-loo-gee'-rahn),   ver.;    moun- 
tain in  E.  spurs  of  central  range  of  S.  Levte, 

6  m.  SW.  of  Abu  yog. 
HILU.1IX0G  (hee-loom-nohg'),  ver.;  point  on  S. 

side  of   SE.   coast  of   Leyte,   1^    m.  SE.  of 

Cabalian. 
HIMAGAA.N   (hee-mah-gah'-ahn),    nat.;    hamlet 

in  pueblo  of  Donsol,  NW.  Sorsogon,  Luzon. 
HIMALASAGAN    (hee-mah-lah-.sah'-gahn) ,    ver.; 

mountain  in  S.  central  range  of  Leyte,  4  m. 

S.  of  Burauen. 
HIMALXyOM    (hee-mah-lah'-yom),  ver.;  hamlet 

in  SE.  Leyte,  on  coa.st,  2^  m.  W.  of  Cabalian. 
HIMAMAILAX  (hee-mah-my'-lahn),  nat.;  on  W. 

coast  of  Negros  Occidental.    {See  Jimamav- 

lan.) 
HIMAMAYL.AX  (hee-mah-my'-lahn),  ver.;  river  1 

m.  N.  and  town  at  mouth  of  Talaban-diot 

Riv.,  in  Negros  Occidental,  E.  shore  of  Gui- 

mar^s  Strait,  37  m.  S.  of  Bacolod.    Pop.,  6,758. 
H13IABAYA   (hee-mah-rah'-yah),  ver.;  point  on 

SE.  coast  of  Albay,  near"  Sorsogon  boundary, 

and  W.  head  to  Sogod  Bay,  on  NE.  coast  of 

Sorsogon,  Luzon. 
HIMBUrGiX    (him-book-gahn') ,   vcr.;    point  in 

Biliran  I.,  N.  of  Leyte. 
HIMOXIX  (hee-moh-nin'),  vcr.;  hamlet  on  Pag- 

saban  Riv.,  SAmar. 
HDIOTO   (hee-moh'-toh),   ver.;  river  in   Catan- 

duanes  I.,  off  coast  of  Luzon,  NE.  of  Albay. 
HI3Ii;(^UITAN  (hee-moo-kev'-tahn),  ver.;  i.slet  of 

Ciiatro  grp.,  off  W.  coast  of  Leyte,  6  m.  WSW. 

of  Inopacan. 
HIXABAY  (hee-nah-by'),  ver.;  mountain  in  cen- 
tral chain,  S.  Leyte,  8  m.  E.  of  Inopacan. 
HIXABLAIV  (hee-nah-blahn'),  ver.;   extreme  W. 

point  of   Homonhon,  or   Malhon    I.,    S.  of 

S&mar. 
HINADOX   (hee-nah'-dawn),  ver.;   hamlet  10  m. 

E.  of  Tarangunan,  W.  S^mar,  in  pueblo  of 

that  name,  10  m.  SE.  of  S.  mouth  of  Bac-hao 

Bangahon  Riv. 
HIXAGDAXAX  (hee-nahg-dah'-nahn),  nat.;  ham- 
let in  SAmar,  5  m.  SW.  of  pueblo  of  Pambujan. 
HIXALXyAD.  or  JIXALAD  (hee-nah-lah'-yad.hee- 

nah-lahd'),  ver.;  river  in  extreme  S.  part  of 

Negros  Oriental,  draining  Caladias  Mt.  into 

sea  at  Sibac  hamlet. 
HIXALGiX  (hee-nahl-gahn'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  N. 

SAmar,  9  m.  SW.  by  S.  of  Pambujan. 
HlXAMOl-    (hee-nah-mock'),    nat.;    islet   in    N. 

waters  of  San  Pedro  Bay,  SW.  Sdmar,  3  m. 

SE.  of  Basey. 

HIXAXATAX  (hee-nah-nah'-tahn),ver.:  hamletin 
N.  Sdmar,  on  river  16  m.  SW.  of  Pambujan. 

HIXAXTAX(JAX  (hee- nahn- tang'-ahn),  ver.; 
mountain  in  central  range,  S.  Levte,  10  m. 
E.  of  HiloiI|:os,  in  jaieblo  of  Hilongos. 

HIXAUAXAX  (hee-nah-wah'-nahn),  ver.;  moun- 
tain in  Panaon  I.,  SE.  of  Leyte. 

HIXAULIGAN  (hee-now-lee'-gahn),  ver.;  point  in 
Leyte. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THK    PHIL1^PI^'E    ISDANDS. 


531 


532 


GAZETTEER   OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


UlNAYANGAN  (hec-nah-yahng'-ahn),  ver.;  liam- 
let  on  E.  shore  of  S6god  Bay,  on  S.  coast  of 
Leyte,  10  m.  SE.  of  S6god  Antiguo. 
HINDANG  (hin-dahng'),ver.:  pueblo  on  SW.  coast 
of  Leyte,  57  m.  W.  of  Tacloban  and  30  m.  NE. 
of  mainland  of  Bohol.    Pop.,  5,314. 

hamlet  in  SE.  S4mar,  4  m.  SSW.  of  Bo- 

rongan. 
lIIlVtiAXTIlVtiAL  (hing-ahn-ting-ahl'),  ver.;  river 

in  S.  Leyte. 
HINGASAX  (hing-ah'-sahn),  ver.;  mountain  in  S. 
Leyte,  5  m.  NW.  of  S6god  Nuevo. 

hamlet  on  NW.  shore  of  Lion  Bay,   inlet 

in  NW.  angle  of  Sogod  Bay,  S.  coast  of  Leyte, 
^^  m.  W.  of  S6god  Nuevo. 

HlXGATUl^AN  (hing-ah-toong'-ahn),  ver.;  point 
in  Leyte. 

HINGOO  (hin-goh'-oh),  ver.;  hamlet  in  pueblo  of 
Butnan,  NW.  Surigao,  Mindanao. 

HIXGUANA  (hin-gwah'-nah),  ver.;  elevation  in 
mountain  system  of  Panaon  1. 

HIMGARAN  (hee-nee-gah'-rahn),  ver.;  river  in 
Negros  Occidental,  W.  coast. 

IIIXOGACAX  (hee-noh-gah'-cahn),  ver.;  hamlet 
atheadwatersof  Ulut  Riv.,  in  S.  central  S4mar. 

HIMJBjCuN  (hee-noo-bah'-oon),  ver.;  hamlet  on 
SW.  coast  of  Negros  Occidental,  22  m.  S.  of 
Inayauan. 

HINCNANGAN  (hee-noo-nahng'-ahn), ver.;  pueblo 
at  head  of  bay  of  same  name,  on  1.  bank  of 
Malaga  Riv.,  on  E.  coast  of  Leyte,  61  m.  S.  bv 
E.  of  Tacloban.  I'op.,  7,899.  (AlsoHinanan^- 
an.) 

inlet  in  E.  Leyte. 

HIMINDATAN  (hee-noon-dah'-yahn)  ,ver.;  pueblo 
on  bay  of  same  name,  on  SE.  coast  of  Leyte, 
63i  m.  S.  by  E.  of  Tacloban.    Pop.,  3,896. 

HINUMIl'AN  (hee-noo-noo'-cahn),  ver.;  point  on 
E.  coast  of  Leyte,  13  m.  duo  N.  of  Hinu- 
narigan,  in  pueblo  of  Hinunangan, 

HIPAPAD  (hee-pah-pahd'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  pue- 
blo of  Catubig,  SAmar. 

IIIPARAYAN  (hee-pah-rah'-yahn),ver.;  hamlet  in 
N.  samar,  7  m.  SW.  of  Pambujan. 

HIPTOLES  (hip-toh'-less),  ver.;  tributary  of 
stream  in  S.  S4mar  emptying  into  sea  3  m.  E. 
of  Balangiga. 

HIPUDICis  (hee-poo-deeohs'),  nat.;  village  at 
mouth  of  stream  entering  on  N.  shore  of  inlet 
3  m.  E.  of  Balangiga,  S.  coast  Sdmar. 

HIRAPSiji  (hee-rahp-sahn'),  ver.;  one  of  Tala- 
bones  Is.,  off  N.  coast  of  S4mar,  in  approach 
to  anchorage  of  Catarman.  Channel  at  S. 
end  carries  5  fms. 

HIRI  (hee-ree'),  nat.;  point  NE.  coast  Lubang  I., 
off  W.  coast  Batangas,  Luzon. 

HIRIGATUIVGAX  (hee-ree-gah-toong'-ahn),  ver.; 
conspicuous  headland  of  approach  to  E.  coast 
of  Leyte,  12  m.  N.  of  Hinunangan. 

HIRUJiCAN  (hee-roon'-cahn),  ver.;  river  of  SA- 
mar,  taking  N.  course  empties  into  sea  on  N. 
coast. 

HITAASAN  (hee-tah-ah'-sahn),  ver.;  hamlet  on 
SE.  shore  of  Maqueda  Bay,  W.  coast  of  S&mar, 
3  m.  S.  of  San  Sebastian. 

HITOAG  (hee-toh-ahg'),  ver.;  mountain  in  SW. 
Leyte. 

HITOBANG  (hee-toh-bahng'),  ver.;  river  in  cen- 
tral Negros  Occidental,  rising  in  main  range, 
7  m.  ENE.  of  Isabela,  flows  S.,  joining  Nito- 
mayan,  tributary  of  flog,  1  m,  W.  of  Cama- 
rin  de  CayagAn,  near  Negros  Oriental 
boundary;  24  m.  before  its  junction  stream 
makes  descent  of  manv  feet,  known  as  La- 
plan  Falls. 

HITUMKOG  (hee-toom-nohg'),  ver.;  point  in  SE. 
Leyte. 

BIUTO  fhcw'-toh),  ver.;  hamlet  in  S&mar,  i;  m, 
S.  of  Catarman. 


HIUTO;  mountain  7  m.  inland  from  N.  coast  of 

Simar,  at  Mondrag6n. 
HOA^(i>'  (hoh-ahng-ohn'),  ver.;    point  on   W. 
shore  of  deep  estuary  in  S.  Leyte,  3  m.  NNE. 
of  Malitbog. 

HOBXn  (hoh-bahn'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  SE.  shore  of 
anchorage  and  1  m.  SW.  of  town  of  Mercedes, 
in  extreme  SE.  Sdmar. 

HODLOAGOK  (hod-long-awn'),  ver.;  mountain 
in  Leyte  near  SW.  coast,  6i  m.  S.  of  Bay- 
bay. 

HOG,  for.;  island  300  yds.  in  extent,  3  m.  N.  of 
Green  I.,  and  same  distance  from  shore,  off 
E.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

HOGXAT  (hohg-ni'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  one  of  W. 
tributaries  of  Bac-hao  Bailgahon  Riv.,  in  SW. 
SAmar. 

HOLE  (haw'-lay),  ver.;  town  in  S.  SAmar. 

HOMOXH<)jf,  or  JOMOXJOL,  or  MALH()X  (hoh- 
mohn-hohn',  hoh-mohn-hawl',  mahl-hohn'), 
ver.;  island  10  m.  from  NW.  to  SE.,  and  5  m 
greatest  width  NE.  to  SW.,  11  m.  SW.  across 
sea  channel  between  extreme  SE.  point  of 
S^lmar  and  nearest  NE.  point  of  Homonhon, 
or  Malhon  I.;  lies  midway  in  sea  channel,  36 
m.  wide  between  SE.  point  of  S4mar  and  N. 
point,Desolation  (Desolaci6n),of  Dindgatl.,  S. 

HONDA  (awn'-dah),  Sp.;  bay  on  E.  coa.st  of  Pala- 
wan, N.  of  Priucesa  port,  abreast  Ulugan  Bav 
on  opposite  side  of  S.  Palawan,  plain  inter- 
vening, on  either  side  of  which  mts.  Peel 
and  Cone  are  conspicuous,  being  here  only  6 
m.  wide;  number  of  low  coral  islands  covered 
with  trees  intersperse  waters  of  bay 

HONDO  (awn'-doh),  Sp.;  small  river  emptying 
into  Basilan  Strait,  E.  by  S.  of  fortress  and 
cemetery  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

HONG  (hohng),  ver.;  mountain  among  N.  eleva- 
tions of  dividing  range  of  Negros  Occidental, 
15  m.  W.  of  Calatrava.  E.  coast. 

HONOB-hOnOD  (hoh-nob-hoh'-nod),  ver.;  ham- 
let on  r.  bank  of  Danao  Riv.,  NE.  Negros 
Occidental,  6  m.  SW.  of  Escalante. 

HONOP  (hoh-nop');  mountain  3  m.  SW.  of  La- 
nang,  in  SE.  Sdmar. 

hamlet  in  SW.  Samar,  44  m.  NE.  of  Basey. 

HORADADA  (aw-rah-dah'-dah),  Sp.;  island  and 
point  W.  of  Corregidor,  in  entrance  to  Manila 
Bay,  Luz6n. 

3  rocks  N.  31°  W.  of  Yot  Pt.,  Catanduanes 

I.,  off  coast  of  Luzon,  N.  of  Albay. 

HORCJAPILOTOS  (ohr-cah-pee-loh'-tohs),  nat.; 
islet  surrounded  by  sunken  rocks  off  Balete 
Pt.,  on  N.  coast  of  Mindoro,  opposite  pueblo 
of  CalapAn. 

HORMIGA  (awr-mee'-gah),  Sp.;  island  situated 
on  W.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan,  E.  of  chan- 
nel between  Cauayan  and  Cadlao.  Near  N. 
end  of  Paragua  are  islands  of  Gemelos,  Dia- 
pila,  Calitan,  andCabuli. 

HORN  ROCK,  for.;  pointed  projection  above 
water,  130  yds.  off  Batu  Tandoc  Pt.,  W.  coast 
of  Zamboanga  Pen.,  Mindanao.  Between 
this  and  Nanga  Pt.  is  anchorage. 

HORN,  THE,  for.;  curiou.sly  formed  peak  1,250 
ft.  high  on  Matinloc  I.,  NW.  coast  of  Paragua, 
Palawan. 

HORNOS  (ohr'-nohs),  Sp.;  point  at  S.  end  of 
BataAn,  Luz6n,  on  China  Sea,  N.  of  Boca 
Chica  entrance  to  Manila  Bay. 

HOWLET,  for.;  SW.  island  inshore  of  Johnson  I. 
and  1}  m.  off  E.  coast  of  Palawan. 

HOYA  DE  IBA  (aw'-yah  day  ee'-bah),  Hisp.; 
anchorage  and  point  in  Zambales,  Luz6n. 

HCBANG  (hoo-bahng'),  ver.;  point  and  pueblo  of 
Bulusan,  Sorsog6n,  Luz6n.     {Also  Hubag.) 

HCBASAN  (hoo-bah'-.sahn),  ver.;  hamlet  on  W. 
shore  of  Sdmar  I.,  oppo.site  Balupiri  I. 

HUG  PA  (hoog-pah'),  ver.;  crater  in  SW.  part  of 
Biliran  I.,  off  S.  point  of  Zamboanga,  Min- 
danao, 4  m.  NE.  of  Biliran. 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


533 


HVLUBI,  or  HUB!  (hoo-loo'-bee,  hnn'-bee),  ver.; 
hamlet  on  SW.  shore  of  Cotabato,  ^[iiidaiKKi, 
about  3  m.  NW.  of  sea  end  of  line  cif  bound- 
ary between  Cotabato  and  Davao,  Mindanao. 

HULUGADliN  (hoo-loo-gah-dyahn'),  ver.;  ham- 
let on  SW.  coast  of  Negros  Occidental,  9  m. 
S.  of  Inayauan. 

HUM  (hoom),  nat.;  islet  in  Laparan  cluster,  Sulu 
A. 

HlMKiAX^HAXG  (hoo-mah-gah-noh'-hahng), 
ver. ;  mountain  in  Lej'te. 

HUJIAXliAN  (hoo-mung'-ahn),  ver.;  point  in 
Ambos  Camarines  (Norte),  Luzon. 


Hl'MATAN  (hoo-uuih'-yalni),  ver.;  river  in  Min- 
danao. 

Hl'MKi.iX  (hoo-mee-gahn'),  Tag.;  town  at  head- 
waters of  Agno  Riv.,  in  Nueva  Ecij&,  Lu26n, 
42  m.  N.  of  San  Isidro.  Pop.,  5,848.  (Also 
Umigan. 

UUMMOl'K,  for.;  point  10  m.  NE.  of  Elizabeth  Pt.. 
SW.  coast  of  Palawan;  biglits  of  bays  along 
this  coast  usually  have  streams  of  fresh  water. 
Point  Hill,  560  ft.  high,  is  its  chief  mark. 

HUMINOCK  (hoo-noo-nohck') ;  point  off  W.  coast 
of  Palawan  forming  little  bay  in  which  are 
situated  islands  of  Blanglar  and  Hierba. 

Hl'RAO,  or  I'URAO  (hoo-rah'-aw,  coo-rah'-aw), 
ver.;  mountain  in  Sdmar. 


GAZETTEER    OK    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


535 


iXTIXG  (ee-ah'-ting),  ver.:  mountain  in  Concep- 
L-iou,  Iloilo,  Panay,  16^  m.  S\Y.  of  Carlos. 

IBA  (,ee'-bah~i,  ver.;  pueblo,  capital  of  Zambales, 
Luzon,  on  peninsula  formed  by  river  2^  m. 
from  its  mouth  and  point  of  that  name;  at  foot 
of  Iba  Mt.  on  coast  road  S.  to  Siibic  Bay,  and 
85  m.  in  direct  line  XW.  of  Manila;  has  sev- 
eral fine  public  buildings,  church,  meeting 
hall,  and  parish  house,  and  is  well  built. 
Pop.,  3,572. 

mountain  in  Zambales,  Luzon,  inland  from 

provincial  capital  of  province  of  that  name. 

point  on  coa.st  of  Zambales,  Luzon,  near 

capital  of  province  of  that  name. 

hamlet  of  Pampanga,  Luzon,  on  boundary 

with  Tdrlac  and  on  main  road,  18  m.  XW.  of 
Baeolor. 

point  on  N\V.  shore  of  Ragay  Bay,  Tayabas, 

Luzon. 

IBAAX  (ee-bah-ahn'),  Tag.;  pueblo  on  Malaquin- 
tubig  Riv.,  5  m.  from  Batangas  in  that  prov- 
ince. Luzon,  connected  bv 2  highroads.  Pop., 
8,900. 

IBIII'AY  (ee-by-ki'),  ver.;  point  in  Panay. 

IBAJAY  (ee-bah-high'),  ver.;  important  river  in 
Capiz,  Panay,  rising  in  Cdpiz  in  E.  spurs  of 
Bacalan  Mt',  parallels  central  range  along 
borders  of  Antique,  flows  in  NW.  direction 
and  turning  N.,  W.  of  Cabalos  Mt.  enters  sea 
at  town  of  Ibajay.  Along  its  course  are  many 
thriving  villages. 

point  in  Panay. 

— —  pueblo  at  mouth  of  river  and  on  point  of 
same  name  on  NE.  coast  of  Cdpiz,  Panay,  42| 
m.  NW.  of  Capiz.    Pop.,  11,351. 

IBALOXG  (ee-bah-long'),  ver.;  point  on  W.  shore 
of  Albay,  Luzon,  S.  of  Sorsogon  port. 

IBAX  (ee'-bahn),  ver.;  islet  off  XE.  shore  of  Leyte 
in  W.  entrance  of  sea  channel  leading  to  San 
Juanico  .Strait. 

hamlet  at  mouth  of  Quinabasahan  Riv., 

tributary  of  Bicol,  in  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur ), 
Luzon,  7  m.  S.  of  Nueva  Caceres. 

IBANAO  (ee-bah'-now),  ver.:  hamlet  in  Lepanto, 
Luzon,  7  m.  E.  of  Caydn.    Pop.,  318. 

IBASAX  (ee-bah'-sahn):  hamlet  in  puebloof  Lof- 
tugan,  Cdpiz,  Panay. 

IBATAXES  (ee-bah-tah'-nays),  Hisp.;  hamlet  in 
Benguet,  Luz6n,  6  m.  NE.  of  Trinidad.  Pop., 
480. 

IBAY  (ee-by'),  ver.;  to^vn  in  N.  Cebu. 

IBAYAT    (ee-bah-yaf),    nat.;    mountain   in    \V.   i 
range  of  Antique,   Panay,  at  headwaters  of 
one  of  tributaries  of  Cangaranan  Riv.,  7i  m.   ! 
E.  of  Valderrama. 

central  island  of  Batanes  grp.,  9  m.  NNE.   ' 

and  SSW.  and  3^  m.  E.  and  W.;  area,  27  sq.  m; 
16  m.  XNW.  of  Batdn,  channel  between  free 
from  danger.  On  X.  rises  Mt.  Santa  Rosa 
680  ft.  and  on  S.  Mt.  Riposet  800  ft.  above  sea. 
Island  is  most  fertile  of  all  Batanes.  As  , 
viewed  from  seaward  it  presents  barren  out-  ' 
line  defying  disembarkation  to  any  but  those 
acquainted  with  locality.  It  is  w'ithout  an- 
chorages. Interior  is  highly  cultivated,  and 
in  many  places  shows  fine  timber. 

IBIyoU  (ee-bah'-yog);  mountain  in  Panay. 

IBOBOR  (ee-boh-bohr'),  ver.;  one  of  group  of  is- 
lets inshore  between  Paly  I.  and  E.  coast  of  I 
Paragua,  Palawan,  SE.  of  Taytay.  i 


IBOXAX  (ee-boh'-nahn),  Tug.;  river  in  Xueva 
Ecija,  Luzon,  rising  in  E.  slopes  of  Sierra 
Madre,  empties  into  bay  of  Dingala,  Pacific 
coast. 

IBUGAY  (ee-boo-gi'),  ver.;  mountain  in  central 
Leyte,  3  m.  S\V.  of  Dagami. 

IBUtiOS,  or  BASHl  (ee-boo'-gohs,  bah'-shee), 
ver.;  small  island  of  Batanes  grp.,  2  sq.  m.  in 
extent,  W.  of  Sabtan  I.,  from  which  separated 
by  channel  li  m.  wide.  Island  is  generally 
low  except  on  S.  end,  where  there  is  hill,  at 
foot  of  which  lies  village.  Small  stream  emp- 
ties inside  SW.  point  of  SabtAn,  which  may 
be  entered  by  boats.  Reefs  on  both  sides  of 
channel  have  gaps  through  which  boats  enter 
in  fine  w-eather. 

IBL'JO  (ee-boo'-hoh),  ver.;  town  in  E.  Leyte. 

IBl'LAO  (ee-boo-lah'-oh),  ver.;  river  in  Xueva 
Vizcaya,  Luzon,  rising  at  foot  of  Guingui  Mt. 
and  emptying  into  Magat  Riv.,  branch  of- 
Grande  de  Cagayan. 

IBUNG  (ee-boong'),  ver.;  pueblo  of  Nueva  Viz- 
caya. Four  roads  leave  it,  one  connecting 
with  main  highway  at  Bagabag.    Pop.,  980. 

IBUS  (ee'-boos),  ver.;  islet  in  inlet  fronting  ham- 
let of  Baras,  on  NE.  shore  of  Illana  Bay,  in 
Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

K'ADAMBAXAL'AX,  or  TAYTAY  (ee-cah-dam-bah- 
nah'-wahn,  tie-tie'),  ver.;  island  2^  m.  bv  1 
m.  in  extent,  610  ft.  high,  3J  m.  E.  of  Taytay, 
Paragua,  Palawan,  and  separated  from  S. 
point  of  that  bay  by  channel  1  m.  wide. 

IDIAYAX  (ee-dee-ah'-yahn),  rer.;  small  stream 
entering  sea  on  extreme  SW.  coast  of  An- 
tique, Panay. 

IDIO  (ee'-dee-oh),  ver.;  hamlet  on  W.  coast  of 
Antique,  Panay,  1  m.  N.  of  Sebaste. 

small  stream  in  Antique,  Panay,  emptying 

into  sea  at  Pandan. 

lETIMi  ^ee-ay'-ting),  ver.;  point  on  SE.  shore  of 
San  Pedro  Bay,  SW.  Samar,  12  m.  SE.  of  Basey. 

IGABO  (ee-gah'-boh),  ver.;  hot  spring  NE.  of 
Malinao  Mt.,  not  far  from  Tibi,  in  Ambos  Ca- 
marines.  In  middle  of  plot  of  turf  encircled 
by  trees  is  bare  spot  100  by  70  paces,  covered 
with  stones  rounded  by  attrition  to  size  of 
man's  head.  Hot  water  bubbles  out  of  ground 
and  discharges  into  brook.  Women  cook  by 
means  of  nets  in  which  they  suspend  food  in 
water,  which  contains  no  traces  of  alum  and 
very  slight  traces  of  sulphur. 

IGAIBAX  (ee-gah-ee-rahn'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  ex- 
treme S.  coast  of  Daram  I.,  off  W.  coa.st  of 
SAmar. 

IGAX  (ee'-gahn),  nat.;  islet  in  Upper  Grande  Riv. 
of  Mindanao,  below  Kalipubuan,  Lanao, 
Mindanao. 

bay  2  m.  at  its  entrance  and  2  m.  deep  on 

W.  shore  of  Guimards  I.,  off  Iloilo,  Panay, 
immediately  S.  of  Santa  Ana  port. 

hamlet  near  1.   bank  of    Pulangui   Riv., 

Cotabato,  Mindanao,  16  m.  EXE.  of  Liguasan 
Lake. 

IGAXEGA  (ee-gah-nay'-gah),  ver.;  hamlet  on 
shore  of  San  Juanico  Strait,  in  SW.  Sdmar,  2 
m.  E.  of  Santa  Rita. 

IGASAX  (ee-gah'-sahn),  ver.;  point  3  m.  XW.  of 
Tak  Tak  Pt.,  S.  shore  of  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A. 

UiXT  (ee'-gat),  ver.;  bay  X.  of  Igat  I.,  well  shel- 
tered in  X.  waters  of  Dumanquilas  Bay.  Du- 
manquilas  Riv.  enters  bay  opposite  by  sever- 
al mouths.    Locality  extremely  unhealthy. 


53G 


GAZETTEER   OV   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


KiAT;  point  on  mainland  S.  of  Zamboanga,  Min- 
danao, opposite  Davana  I.  in  Dumanquilas 
Bay. 

island  marking  entrance  to  Dumanquilas 

Bay,  separated  from  mainland  by  narrow 
channel  on  S.  coast  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

islet  N.  of  Matalvi  I.,  off  W.  coast  of  Zam- 

bales,  Luzon. 

lUAL'AX  (ee-gah'-wahn),  ver.;  small  stream  en- 
tering sea  on  SW.  coast  of  Leyte,  6  m.  N.  of 
Inopaean. 

lOBABOX  (eeg-bah-bohn'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  W. 
coast  of  Antique,  Panay,  2  m.  NE.  of  Patnon- 
gon.  ^ 

ItiBALAMiAO  (eeg-bah-lang'-ah-oh),  ver.;  ham- 
let in  Antique,  Panay,  2^  m.  S,  of  Bugason. 

UiBAMJl'T  (eeg-bang-oof),  ver.;  mountain  in  W. 
range  of  Panay,  on  line  of  boundary  between 
Antique  and  Il'oilo,  14  m.  ENE.  of  Va"lderrama. 

KiB.iXKi  (eeg-bah'-nig),  ver.;  mountain  in  Pa- 
nay. 

IUBARXs  (eeg-bah-ras'),  ver.;  pueblo  in  SW. 
Iloilo,  Panay,  18  m.  W.  of  Hollo.    Pop.,  12,140. 

river  of  Iloilo,  Panay,  rising  in  mountains 

which  divide  Hollo  from  Antique,  and  pass- 
ing across  pueblo  of  Tubungan  empties  in 
Hollo  Strait. 

KiBARAFAN'  (eeg-bah-rah'-wahn),  ver.;  hamlet 
on  W.  coast  of  Antique,  Panay,  1  m.  N.  of 
Caritiin. 

KiBLRI  (eeg-boo-ree'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Antique, 
Panay,  8  m.  E.  of  Patnongon. 

IGCAGX  (eeg-cah-gah'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  SW.  shore 
of  W.  Antique,  Panay,  llj  m.  W.  of  Panddn. 

KiCAHOL.A  (eeg-cah-hoh'-lah),  ver.;  hamlet  in  ex- 
treme S.  Antique,  Panay,  3  m.  NE.  of  Anini-y. 

I(i('AR(3>'  (eeg-cah-ron');  ver.;  mountain  in  SW. 
Iloilo,  Panay,  12  m.  E.  of  Miagao. 

IGUALAi^riT  (eeg-dah-lah-kit'),ver.;  hamlet  on 
small  bay  on  SW.  coast  of  Antique,  Panay,  2^ 
m.  N.  of  Anini-y. 

IG-IAXtiOT  (eeg-yahng-of),  ver.;  mountain  in 
Panay. 

lGLAB6X(ee-glah-bohn'),  ver.;  river  in  extreme 
W.  Antique,  Panay,  with  Veuy  at  its  mouth. 

IGLUSIA  (ee-glay'-see-ah)  (means  church),  Sp.; 
point  on  SE.  coast  of  Palawan,  at  N.  end  of 
bight  which  ends  in  Coral  Bay. 

IGMIXTO  (eeg-meen'-toh),  ver.;  mountain  in 
Panay. 

IGOD  (ee'-god),  ver.;  river  rising  in  Tauig-oid 
Mt. ,  falling  into  sea  on  S.  coast  of  W.  Antique, 
Panay,  near  Magaba. 

IGRADIOS  (ee-grah'-dee-cs),  ver.;  mountain  in 
W.  range  of  Antique,  Panay,  near  headwat- 
ers of  one  of  W.  tributaries  of  Cadian  Riv. 

IGS6B0T  (eeg-.soh'-roht),  ver.;  hamlet  on  1.  bank 
of  Piliuan  Riv.,  in  W.  Antique,  Panay. 

IGUAIT  (ee-gwah'-it),  ver.;  hamlet  on  W.  shore 
of  Port  Princesa,  E.  coast  of  Palawan,  2i  m. 
W.  of  Puerto  Princesa. 

IGL'AX'A  (ee-gwah'-nah),  Sp.;  long  spit  of  sand  in 
middle  of  E.  entrance  of  Iloilo  Strait  between 
Dumangas  Pt.,  SE.  coast  of  Panay,  and  coast 
of  Guimarjis  I.  Shallowest  part  is  9  ft.  Larg- 
est of  Siete  Pecados  bears  NW.  by  W.  J  m. 

ItillAXO  (ee-gwah'-noh),  Sp.  (See  Apulit  I.,  off 
Taytay  Bay,  E.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan.) 

IGL'AM.At'AX  (ee-gwahn-tah-cahn'),  ver.;  ham- 
let in  W.  C^piz,  Panay,  4J  m.  SW.  of  Jamin- 


IGl'lt'OX  (ee-gee'-cohn).  ver.;  extreme  SE.  of 
numerous  islands  lying  off  Polillo  I.,  off  In- 
fanta.   Area  IJ  sq.  m. 

IGl'IG  (ee-geeg'),  ver.;  pueblo  of  Cagay^n,  Lu- 
zon, nearr.  bank  of  Grande  de  Cagay^n  Riv., 
on  main  higluvav,  10  m.  N.  of  Tuguegarao. 
Pop.,  4,000. 


HilJIGAX  (ee-gee'-gahn),  ver.;  hamlet  on  ba\ 
which  sets  up  from  head  of  San  Juanici 
channel  in  SW.  Sam4r,  6  m.  SSE.  of  Villa 
rreal. 

ILACAOXG  (ee-lah-cah-ohng')  point  on  W.  short 
of  Gatanduanes  I.,  NE.  of  Albay,  in  pueblo  oi 
Carmoran. 

ILAGAX  (ee-lah'-gahn),  ver.;  pueblo,  capital  oi 
Isabela  Province,  and  post-office,  in  forks  oi 
Grande  de  Cagaydn  and  Pinacanauan  Rivs., 
on  main  highway  84  m.  S.  by  E.  of  Aparri,  at 
mouth  of  Grande  de  CagayAn  Riv.,  on  N.  sea- 
coast;  20  m.  S.  of  Tuguegarao,  capital  of  Ca- 
gay^n;  60  m.  NE.  of  Bayombong,  capital  of 
Nueva  Vizcaya,  to  which  points  it  is  in  river 
as  well  as  road  connection,  and  275  m.  NNE. 
of  Manila,  by  road  or  via  Aparri  by  river  and 
sea.  Pop.,  13,811,  besides  large  tran.sient  ele- 
ment engaged  in  extensive  trade  of  river  and 
surrounding  country.  Stands  near  head  of 
vast  valley  of  Grande  de  Cagayin  Riv 
which,  beginning  at  elevated  crest  dividing 
drainage  of  that  stream  into  Pacific  Ocean 
on  N.  and  of  Grande  de  la  Pampanga  Riv. 
into  Manila  Bay  on  S.,  sweeps  N.  past  nu- 
merous towns  and  hiimlets  with  extensive 
population  engaged  in  agricultural  and  pas- 
toral pursuits  and  numerous  mechanical  in- 
dustries. Pacific  port  of  city  is  Palandn,  on 
that  coast,  36  m.  E.  by  S. 

IliAGAOX  (ee-lah-gah'-ohn);  hamlet  in  pueblo  of 
Siaton,  Negros  Oriental. 

ILAXG-ILAXG  (ee'-lang-ee'-lang),  nat.;  one  of 
many  streams  which  have  their  sources  in 
central  Cavite,  Luz6n,  and  flowing  N.  empty 
into  Manila  and  Bacoor  (Cavite)  bays. 

I  LAX  IN  (ee-lah'-neen),  nat.;  river  emptying  on 
SE.  shore  of  Siibic  Bay,  SE.  coast  of  Zambales, 
Luzon. 

bay  inside  entrance  to  Siibic  Bay,  E.  side 

Zambales,  Luzon. 

ILAXOD  (ee-lah-nohd');  river  in  Nueva  Vizcaya, 
Luzon,  tributary  to  Magat  branch  of  Grande 
de  Cagaydn. 

ILAIIE  (ee-lah'-way),  ver.;  mountain  in  SW. 
Leyte. 

ILAYA  (ee-lah'-yah) ,  nat.;  hamlet  at  head  of 
Taguinting  Riv.,  in  NW.  Bohol,  4  m.  SE.  of 
Inabanga. 

hamlet  in  N.  central  Leyte,  li  m.  SW.  of 

Jaro. 

town  in  Lanao,  Mindanao.    Pop.,  1,099. 

river  entering  sea  S.  of  Sablaydn,  W.  coast 

of  Mindoro. 

ILAYA,  SAX  LOREXZO  DE  (sahn  loh-rayn'-thoh 
day  ee-lah'-yah);  hamlet  2  m.  SE,  of  Dapitan, 
and  same  distance  inland  from  SW.  angle  of 
Murci61agos  Bay,  Dapitan,  Mindanao. 

ILDEFOXSO  (eel-day-fohn'-.soh),  Sp.;  cape  atsea- 
ward  end  of  pen.  separating  bay  of  Casiguran 
from  Pacific  Ocean,  Principe,  Luzon. 

ILDEFOXSO,  SAX  (sahn  eel-day-fohn'-soh),  Sp.; 
town  in  pueblo  of  Bantay,  Ilocos  Sur,  Luz6n. 

ILIAX  (ee-lee'-ahn),  ver.;  hamlet  on  r.  bank  i  m. 
above  mouth  of  river  of  same  name,  5J  m. 
NE.  of  High  Pt.,  E.  coast  of  Paragua,  Pala- 
wan, 89^  m.  NE.  of  Puerto  Princesa. 

ILIGAX  (ee-lee'-gahn),  ver.;  pueblo  SE.  angle  of 
Iligan  Bay,  Misamis,  Mindanao,  in  fertile 
plain  on  r.  bank  of  river  of  same  name, 
through  which  flow  waters  of  extensive  in- 
land lake  Lanao  or  Maguindanao  (Malanao), 
and  which  carries  trade  of  large  population, 
settled  in  towns,  hamlets,  and  plantations  on 
its  encircling  shores.    Pop.,  6,020. 

hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Dumardn,  on  island  of 

that  name,  off  E.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

river  in  SE.  angle  of  Iligan  Bay  and  stream 

of  great  importance.  Connects  that  bay  with 
Lanao  or  Maguindanao  (Malanao)  Lake,  16| 
m.  inland  S. ;  surrounded  by  number  of  towns, 
among  which  and  with  great  bay  on  N.  there 
is  extensive  local  trade.    Entrance  to  river 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 


537 


lllGAX— OontiniK-d. 

and  river  itself,  as  well  as  bay,  admit  of  pas- 
sa_ge  of  native  vessels  of  considerable  size, 
lligan,  situated  in  fertile  plain  NE.  of  r.  bank 
of  river,  22  m.  from  lake  to  bay. 

arm  of  sea  on  N.  coast  of  Mindanao,  on  S. 

shore  of  sea  channel  between  that  island  and 
Visayan  grp.  on  N.  Opens  to  N.  between  Pa- 
na6ri  Pt.  E.  and  Bomb6n  Pt.  W.,  37^  m.  across 
and  231  jjj_  ^eep  to  S.  On  its  shores  are  num- 
ber of  small  bays  and  large  port,  Misamis, 
formed  by  channel  12  m.  long  and  2^  m.  wide 
in  SW.  angle.  Shores  of  bay  are  generally 
safe  and  steep-to.  Also  number  of  fine  towns 
along  its  borders  and  numerous  fine  streams 
of  fresh  water  drain  into  it. 

ILIGAIV,  or  HIGAIV  (ee-lee'-gahn,  ee'-gahn),  ver.; 
point  on  E.  coast  of  CagayAn,  Luz6n,  which 
here  forms  extensive  bight  S.  to  headland 
Moises,  which  bears  S.  by  E.,  distant  64  m. 

ILIHAN  (ee-lee'-hahn);  mountain  in  SE.  Leyte. 

ILI.IAN  (ee-lee'-hahn),  nat.;  hamlet  in  NW.  part 
of  Cdpiz,  Panay,  2^  m.  S.  of  Navas. 

inlet  and  point  in  S.  Batangas,  Luzon. 

point  in  Cebii. 

point  W.  shore  Panaun  I.,  off  SE.  jioint  of 

Leyte,  in  approach  to  S6god  Bay. 

•  hill  420  ft.  high  on  NE.  coast  of  Casul  Bay, 

on  Diuyu  Riv.,  SE.  part  of  Murcielagos  Bay, 
N.  coast  on  the  boundary  between  Misamis 
and  Dapitan,  Mindanao. 

lliLWIHO  (ee-lee-iiiei''-bi)h);  hamlet  near  N.  coast 
(if  SAiiiar,  :;J  111.  K.  of  Catarman. 

IIJM,  (ir  IIJ'X,  (,r  YIJ\'  (ee-leem',  ee-leen'),  nat; 
village  oil  \V.  shore  of  island  of  same  name 


lliiai,  or  ILIN,  or  ILIN— Continued. 

off  SW.   point  of  Mindoro,  with  anchorage 
for  small  vessels  and  good  .supply  of  water. 

7  well-defined  peaks,  Mt.  Ilin  8.50  ft.  high, 

on  NW.   shore,  are  landmarks  of  Ilin  I.  ap- 
proaching SW.  coast  of  Mindoro. 

1LL\AN  (ee-lee'-nahn),  nat.;  bay  on  SE.  coast  of 
Subic  Bay,  SE.  coast  of  Zambales,  Luz6n,  NE. 
of  KamayAn  Pt. 

ILINU  (ee-leeng'),  nat.;  hamlet  in  pueblo  of 
Mangarin,  Mindoro.    Pop.,  427. 

ILINGUIN  (ee-leen-geen');  summit  733  ft.  on  NE. 
shore  of  Svibie  Bay,  SE.  coast  of  Zambales, 
Luzon. 

llilXID  (ee-lee-need'),  ver.;  point  in  Leyte. 

HilNllV  (ee-lee-neen').  Tag.;  S.  point  of  BinangA 
j  Bay,  at  entrance  to  Subic  Bay,  in  Batadn, 

Luz6n. 

ILLXN  (ee-lyahn'),  Sp.;  detached  hill  600ft.  high 
covered  with  wood,  1  m.  inland  within  Town- 
send  Pt.,  SW.  coa.st  of  Palawan. 

ILLANA  (ee-lyah'-nah),  Sp.;  bay  on  S.  coast  of 
Cotabato,  Mindanao,  opening  into  Celebes  Sea 
on  SW.  between  TapiAn  Pt.  on  E.  and  Flechas 
Pt.  on  W.,  58  m.  to  NW.  from  Tapidn  Pt.; 
separated  from  Panguil  Bay,  inlet  of  lligan 
Bay,  on  N.  side  of  Mindanao,  by  isthmus 
15^  m.  wide;  number  of  rivers  and  lagoons 
open  into  bay  and  on  shores  are  many  vil- 
lages. 

ILLIJAN  (ee-lyee'-hahn),  ver.;  crater  in  NE. 
capiz,  Panay,  1  m.  SE.  of  Pilar. 

ILOC  (ee'-lock),  nat.,  or  AUSTIN,  for.;  island  4  m. 
in  extent,  IJ  sq:  m.  area,  5  m.  NW.  of  Bag; 
banguin,  NE.  coast  of  Paragna,  Palawan. 


ILOCOS  NORTE,  LUZON,  PROVINCE  OF 

(Ke-l(ih'-eojis,  nat.:  iiolir'-tay,  Sp.) 

Capital:  Laoag,  lat.  18°  i:y  5''  N.,  Ion.  120°  P.G'  E. 

Area:  1,265  sq.  m. 

Population:  163,349. 

Race:  Lai-gely  Uocanos,  with  a  few  IgorroteH  and  other  tribes. 

Language:  Principally  Ilocano. 

Military  Department  of  Luzon:  Headquarters,  Manila,  Luzon. 

Table  of  diMancei^. 
From  Laoag  to—  m. 

Manila,  S 211 

Vigan,  S.,  Ilocos  Sur 47 

Aparri, E.  by  N., Cagayau 68 

LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

The  province  of  Ilocos  Norte  occupies  the  NW.  corner  of  Luzon.  It  is  bounded  on 
the  N.  by  the  China  Sea;  on  the  E.  by  Cagayan  and  Abra,  from  which,  it  is  separated 
by  the  Cordillera  del  Norte  and  its  SW.  spur;  on  the  S.  by  Ilocos  Sur,  and  on  the 
W.  by  the  China  Sea.  The  province  lies  entirely  within  the  embrace  of  the  W. 
slopes  of  the  Cordilleras  and  the  sea.  It  is  beautifully  diversified  with  mountains 
and  broad  valleys  of  great  fertility,  and  watered  by  fine  rivers,  particularly  the 
Grande  de  Laoag,  which  spreads  fan-like  over  the  entire  central  part  and  empties 
into  the  sea  8  m.  below  the  capital  of  that  name. 

AREA. 


Its  greatest  length  from  NNE.  to  SSW.  is  79  m. 
prises  a  wedge-like  strip  but  7h  m.  wide  and  16  ni. 
on  the  W.  and  hemmed  in  by  Abra  on  the  E. 
Mainland,  1,264  sq.  m.,  4  dependent  islands,  1  sq. 
larger  than  Rhode  Island. 


A  portion  of  this  distance  corn- 
long,  shut  out  from  the  China  Sea 
and  from  E.  to  W.  25  in.  Area: 
m.;  total,  1,265  sq.  m.,  or  15  sq.  m. 


538  GAZETTKER    OF    THE    nilLll'I'lNE    ISLANDS. 

PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 

A  chain  of  high  mountains  inland,  which  commences  near  San  Fabian,  in  the  gulf 
of  Lingayen,  extends  parallel  to  the  coast,  gradually  diminishing  in  height  and 
stretching  inland  about  28  m.  to  the  S.,  off  C.  Bojeador,  leaves  a  spacious  plain 
frontin<j  the  sea.  Another  chain  of  hills  begins  about  8  or  9  m.  from  the  shore, 
and  cxtciKls  X.  parallel  to  the  coast  line.  Mt.  Cauit,  on  the  crest  of  which  are 
some  tri'cs,  fnrnis  a  conspicuous  mark  on  this  low  coast.  The  Laoag  Riv.  discharges 
to  the  S.  of  the  mount;  its  mouth  is  closed  by  a  bar  forming  a  bank  which 
extends  some  distance  seaward;  the  town  of  Laoag  stands  near  the  bank  of  the 
river,  about  5  m.  inland.  Among  the  most  noted  peaks  are  Quebrada,  3,040  ft. 
high  in  the  N.,  Sugar-loaf,  2,500  ft.  in  the  center,  with  a  peak  to  the  N.,  3,881 
ft.,  and  another  to  the  E.,  4,828  ft.  Mt.  Patapat,  on  the  N.  coast,  and  another  sum- 
mit, 1,945  ft.,  inland  from  Dialao  Pt.,  are  the  landmarks  for  navigators  rounding  the 
extreme  NW.  point  of  Luzon.  The  surface  of  the  province,  hemmed  in  between 
these  Cordilleras  and  the  China  Sea,  is  much  broken  by  foothills,  but  the  soil  is 
fertile  and  watered  by  a  number  of  streams,  all  emptying  into  the  China  Sea,  the 
most  important  being  the  Pagsiln  and  Guisi,  forming  the  Laoag,  to  the  N.,  and  the 
Tasilan  or  Badoc  to  the  S.  The  climate  is  salubrious  and  particularly  beneficial  to 
foreign  residents  resorting  thither  from  the  heats  of  the  more  S.  provinces  and 
islands  for  liculth.  Among  the  natural  wonders  of  the  province  is  a  grotto  of  great 
beauty  and  39  acres  in  extent,  situated  in  Lice  I\lt. 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

The  coast  N.  of  Mt.  Cauit  is  generally  low,  and  S.  high,  with  a  sandy  shore. 
On  the  extreme  NW.  land  of  this  province  is  C.  Bojeador,  the  first  land  sighted 
by  vessels  approaching  Luzon  from  the  N.  ports  of  China.  The  coast  is  generally 
clear.     The  following  are  the  principal  bays  and  anchorages: 

Bangui;  forming  a  deep  bight  on  the  extreme  NW.  coast,  lOj  m.  between  Dialao 
and  Negra  Pts. 

Cauit;  17  m.  S.  of  C.  Bojeador,  and  an  anchorage  from  5  to  10  fms.,  off  the 
village  of  same  name,  on  the  roadstead  of  Laoag,  on  the  river  Laoag,  10  m.  above  its 
mouth. 

Currimao;  on  the  W.  coast,  an  inlet  in  the  bight  of  Gan,  with  an  anchorage  in  4 
fms.     Coasting  steamers  call  at  this  point. 

Diriqui;  on  the  NW.  coast,  5  m.  S.  of  C.  Bojeador.  This  bay  affords  good 
ancliorage  during  the  NE.  monsoon  with  bearing  on  the  cape  light-house,  with  12 
to  15  fms.  outside  and  6  to  10  fms.  inside,  with  room  for  a  ship  250  ft.  long  to  swing. 

Gan;  a  bight  on  the  W.  coast  between  Culili  and  Solod  Pts.  and  Badoc  I.,  li  m. 
Currimao  port  is  in  the  N.  part  of  this  bay. 

Suad;  on  the  W.  shore  of  the  extreme  NW.  pen.,  S.  of  Dialao  Pt. 

LIGHT-HOUSES. 

At  C.  Bojeador  is  the  most  W.  of  the  3  great  lights  on  the  N.  coast  of  Luzon, 
The  Bojeador  light  is  situated  on  the  summit  of  the  hill,  1,750  yds.  E.  from  the  NW. 
extreme  of  the  cape,  lat.  18°  30'  18^''  N.,  Ion.  120°  35'  E.,  the  light  having  1  flash 
every  minute;  360  ft.  above  the  sea;  height  of  tower  65  ft.  and  ligh  visible  32  m. 
The  light-house  is  a  stone  tower  with  a  white  cupola,  the  average  period  of  the  light 
is  about  59  seconds,  duration  of  light  about  14  to  15  seconds,  eclipse  about  44  to  46 
seconds.     A  military  station  was  established  at  this  point. 

ROADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 

The  trail  which  leaves  Aparri  at  the  mouth  of  the  Grande  de  Cagayiln,  following 
the  N.  coast  through  Abiilug,  Pamplona,  and  Claveria,  after  leaving  the  latter  town 
continues  to  C.  Bojeador  and  thence  along  the  W.  coast  to  Pasuquin  Pt.  From 
here  to  Laoag  it  becomes  a  fine  wagon  road;  thence  S.  into  Ilocos  Sur,  and  continues 
along  the  coast  to  the  gulf  of  Lingayen,  where  it  takes  a  SE.  course  to  ^Manila. 
From  C.  Bojeador  the  road  is  paralleled  by  a  telegraph  line  the  entire  distance,  and 
is  also  the  projected  route  of  a  railroad  to  be  continued  N.  from  Dagupan,  the 
present  terminus  of  the  road  from  Manila.  From  Bdtac  the  road  extends  to  Paoay 
to  the  W.  and  Port  Currimao,  the  best  anchorage  in  the  province.  Another  road 
runs  to  the  E.  through  the  town  of  San  Miguel,  where  it  divides,  leading  to  Piddig 
and  Solsona  toward  the  E.  and  to  Dingras  and  Bann;l  to  the  SE. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  51^9 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

The  population  is  163,349,  a  inajority  f)f  the  inhaliitants  beino:  Ilocanos,  although 
a  uumtier  of  Apayaos,  Tinguianes,  and  Igorrotes  also  inhahit  tliis  jtiovince.  Ilocano 
is  generally  spoken.  The  Tinguianes  living  near  tlie  principal  town;^,  although  hav- 
ing their  own  dialects,  speak  Uocano. 

The  follow  ing  is  the  division  of  Ilocos  Norte  into  pueblos  and  their  respective  popu- 
lations, according  to  the  census  of  1887: 


Province  and  pueblos. 

Total  population,  combining 
residents  present  and   ab- 
sent, native  and  Spanish, 
census  1887. 

, 

Men.     1  Women. 

Total. 

Iloeos  Norte: 

Batarrd 

7, 062 
G,099 
4,020 
2, 200 
8,446 
6,006 
15, 324 
1,804 
6,138 
3,623 
4,049 
5,676 
6,524 
2, 119 
4,626 

6,887 
5,518 
3,744 
1,912 
8,535 
5,663 
15, 546 
1,673 
6,009 

3;  779 
5,575 
6,532 
2,031 
4, 552 

13, 949 
11  617 

Bailor 

Bangui 

7  794 

Biitac. 

16,981 
11  669 

Dingras 

:M,840 
3,477 
12, 147 

Nagpartian 

Paoav 

Piddig 

7,828 
11  251 

San  Miguel 

San  Nieol&H 

13,056 
4  150 

Solsona 

Vintar . 

q  178 

Total 

83, 716 

81,595 

It"   "11 

Estimated,  1901,  1G3,:W9. 

There  are  15  towns,  mostly  situated  near  the  sea  shore,  and  119  villages,  also  56 
rancherias  of  wild  races. 

The  following  are  the  towns: 

Iiaoag-;  the  capital,  a  port  open  to  coastwise  trade,  on  the  r.  bank  of  the  river  of 
the  same  name,  5  m  above  its  mouth.  It  is  beautifully  situated  on  an  extensive  plain 
stretching  along  the  river  shore  for  several  miles,  with  a  picturesque  backgi-ound  of 
hills.  Its  name  signifies  "  clearness,"  on  account  of  the  sky  and  atmosphere,  which 
are  almost  continuously  clear.     The  town  is  well  built.     Pop.,  37,094. 

Badoc;  on  the  SE.  shore  of  Gan  Bay,  on  the  coast  road,  21  m  S.  of  Laoag.  Pop., 
10,846. 

Bacarra;  on  the  main  road,  3  m.  N.  of  Laoag.     Pop.,  13,735. 

Bangui;  on  the  SE.  shore  of  the  bay  of  that  name,  on  the  extreme  NW.  coast,  25 
m.  XNK.  of  Laoag.     Pop.,  6,129. 

Banna;  at  the  fork  of  Burnay  tributary  of  the  Pagsdn  branch  of  the  Laoag  Riv., 
14  m.  SK.  of  Laoag,  with  which  it  is  connected  by  road.     Pop.,  2,146. 

Batac;  on  the  main  road,  10  m.  S.  of  Laoag.  It  has  an  important  trade,  having 
upward  of  19,000  inhabitants,  and  the  largest  town  in  the  province.  Pop.,  16,981 
(in  1887). 

Currimao;  a  port  open  to  coastwise  trade,  16  m.  S.  by  W.  of  Laoag  and  8  m.  SW. 
of  Batac,  of  which  it  is  the  seaport.  Steamers  call  here  frequently.  Pop.,  5,000, 
estimated. 

Dingras;  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  Pagstln  Riv.,  before  its  entrance  to  Laoag,  8  m. 
ESE.  of  Laoag.     Pop.,  12,600. 

Nagpartian;  on  the  coast  trail  inland  from  Negra,  the  extreme  NW.  point  not 
only  of  the  province  but  of  Luzon,  5^  m.  NE.  of  C.  Bojeador  and  19  m.  N.  of  Laoag. 
Pop.,  1,985. 

Paoay;  on  the  main  highway,  11  m.  S.  of  Laoag.     Pop.,  11,848. 

Pasuquin;  on  the  main  road,  8  m.  N.  of  Laoag^     Pop.,  5,616. 

Piddig;  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  Guisi  Riv.,  near  its  junction  with  the  Pagsan,  form- 
ing the  Laoag,  9  m.  E.  of  Laoag.     Pop.,  10,579. 

San  Miguel;  on  the  r.  bank  of  the  Laoag  Riv.,  4  m.  above  Laoag.     Pop.,  9,015. 

San  Nicolas;  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  Laoag  Riv.,  opposite  the  town  of  same  name. 
Pop.,  9,578. 


540  GAZETTEER    OE    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

Solsona;  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  Guisi  Riv.,  13  m.  E.  by  S.  of  Laoag.     Pop.,  3,991. 

Vintar;  6  m.  NE.  of  Laoag,  on  the  1.  bank  of  Bacarni  Riv.,  connected  with  the 

main  highway  at  the  town  of  same  name.     Pop.,  11,803. 

DEPENDENT  ISLANDS. 

There  are  bnt  4  islands  of  geographical  imijortance  off  the  coast  of  Ilocos  Norte: 

sq. 

Badoc,  a  tableland  of  bold  outline  and  moderate  height,  not  wooded,  off  the  W.  coast  at  Solod 
Ft.,  and  in  the  S.  approach  of  Gan  Bay.  The  passage  between  it  and  the  mainland,  i  m.  wide, 
has  from  11  to  16  fms.  The  boundary  between  Ilocos  Norte  and  Ilocos  Sur  terminates  on  the 
coast  2  m.  to  the  SE 

Three  islands  lie  off  Mayrayra,  the  most  N.  point  of  the  mainland  of  Luz6n  ^ 

Four  dependent  islands,  total  area 1 

VEGETABLE  PRODUCTS. 

The  soil  yields  bountifully  all  the  grains  and  fruits  adapted  to  that  genial  climate. 
The  pasturage  of  fine  herds  of  cattle  is  one  of  the  main  sources  of  wealth.  In  all 
parts  of  the  province  rice  and  cotton  of  superior  quality  are  raised,  also  corn,  sugar- 
cane, and  a  fair  grade  of  tobacco.  In  the  vicinity  of  Bangui,  in  the  extreme  N.,  a 
large  amount  of  tobacco  and  chocolate  is  grown.  Experiments  in  the  cultivation  of 
wheat  and  other  products  of  the  temperate  zone  have  been  very  successful. 

MINERALS. 

There  are  fine  deposits  of  iron  ore  and  cojaper  in  different  parts  of  the  province, 
the  latter  having  been  worked  by  the  natives  from  time  immemorial. 

FORESTS. 

In  tlie  mrmntains  arc  found  the  very  best  of  the  indigenous  woods  of  the  Philippines, 
besides  tlie  pine  and  oak  and  other  woods  of  the  temperate  zone,  much  of  it  being 
shipped  t<i  ^Manila.  Pitth,  honey,  and  wax  are  found  in  abundance.  The  forests 
also  abound  in  wild  carabaos,  boars,  deer,  jungle  owls,  pigeons,  and  many  other 
varieties  of  birds. 

FRUITS. 

The  pineapple,  orange,  and  lemon  are  the  principal  fruits. 
INDUSTRIES. 

The  inhabitants  are  among  the  most  progressive  and  industrious  of  any  of  the 
native  races  of  the  Philippines.  The  male  portion  of  the  inhabitants  are  chiefly 
occupied  in  agriculture,  horse  and  cattle  raising,  and  fisliing  in  the  rivers  and  along 
the  coast  where  fish  are  abundant.  The  women  are  principally  occupied  in  spinning 
and  weaving.  Paoay  is  particularly  celebrated  for  the  manufacture  of  a  specialty 
known  throughout  the  archipelago  as  the  "blankets  of  Ilocos,"  which  are  entirely 
the  work  of  the  women  of  the  province. 

UNITED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 

The  establishment  of  military  control  was  one  of  the  earliest  events  in  American 
occupation,  owing  to  the  particular  necessity  of  the  maintenance  of  the  light-house 
at  C.  Bojeador.  On  February  15,  1902,  the  following  were  the  military  stations  in 
Ilocos  Norte: 

Currimao,  ^  Dingras,  *  Laoag,$*  Paoay. 

CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 

The  province  of  Ilocos  Norte  was  created  under  the  "provincial  government  act" 
of  February  6,  1901,  by  enactment  of  the  Philippine  Commission  of  August  20,  1901, 
to  embrace  "that  territory  in  the  island  of  Luzon  known  as  the  province  of  Ilocos 
Norte." 

"  Telephone.  $  Post-oflice. 


GAZETTEER   OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  541 

PROVINCIAL  OFFICERS. 
[Salaries  and  expenses  in  United  States  currency.] 

Governor $1,  800 

Secretary 1,  300 

sasiirer 2, 100 

Supervisor 1,  700 

Fiscal 1,  300 

Allowance  for  necessary  and  actual  traveling  expenses  not  exceeding  $2.50  per  day 
as  prescribed. 

The  presidentes  or  alcaldes  of  the  municipalities  of  the  province  shall  meet  on  the 
third  Monday  in  January,  April,  July,  and  October,  to  consider  improvements 
needed  in  the  province,  and  for  other  purposes  prescribed  by  law. 

CONDITIONS. 

"The  establishment  of  the  provincial  government  *  *  *  and  entry  upon  office 
of  the  pro^^ncial  officials  *  *  *  caused  a  feeling  of  general  satisfaction  among  the 
itihabitants,  who  have  seen  in  it  a  favorable  change  in  their  political  situation. 
Their  conviction  was  furthermore  confirmed  by  the  organization  of  the  municipali- 
ties of  the  province,  to  all  of  which  the  benefit  of  the  new  regime  was  extended. 
"  *  *  The  establishment  of  provincial  government  with  its  provincial  board,  and 
of  the  municipal  governments  with  their  municipal  councils  have  been  and  are 
most  favorably  received  by  all  the  inhabitants."  (Official  report  of  the  provincial 
governor  of  Ilocos  Norte,  January,  1902. ) 

ILOCOS  SUR,  LUZON,  PROVINCE  OF. 

(Ee-!()li'-cohs,  nat.;  soQr,  Sp.) 

Capital:  Vigan,  lat.  17°  35^  N.,  Ion.  120°  25^  E. 

Area:  Mainland,  490  sq.  m. ;  2  dependent  islands,  1  sq.  ni.:  total,  491  sq.  m. 

Population:  185,792. 

Race:  Principally  Ilocano. 

Lang-uag-e:  Ilocano. 

Military  Department  of  Luzon:  Headquarters,  Manila,  Luzon. 

Table  of  distances. 
From  Vigan  to—  "  m. 

Bangued 15 

Laoag,  Ilocos  Norte,  N 47 

Manila,  S JIO 

San  Fernando,  Union 67 

LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

The  province  of  Ilocos  Sur  is  the  central  of  the  three  stretching  along  the  W.  coast 
of  Luzon  between  the  extreme  N.  and  the  gulf  of  Lingaj-en.  It  is  bounded  on  the 
N.  by  Ilocos  Norte;  on  the  E.  by  Ilocos  Norte,  Abra,  and  Lepanto;  on  the  S.  by 
Union,  and  on  the  W.  by  the  China  Sea. 

AREA. 

The  territory  consist.s  of  a  narrow  strip  70  m.  from  N.  to  S.,  5k  m.  from  E.  to  W. 
on  its  N.  boundary  and  21  m.  in  the  same  direction  on  its  S.  boundary,  its  least 
width  being  Ijut  2j  m.  from  the  sea  coast  to  the  Ilocos  Norte  boundary,  S.  of  Sinait, 
in  the  N.     Area:  Mainland,  490  sq.  m. ;  2  dependent  islands,  1  sq.  m. ;  total,  491  sq.  m. 

PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 

The  entire  E.  boundary  is  formed  by  the  coast  line  of  mountains,  which  fall  in 
graceful  terraces  toward  the  seacoast.  The  streams  are  small  and  their  volume  regu- 
lated entirely  by  the  season.  The  Amburayan  Great  Riv.,  which  forms  part  of  the 
boundary  between  this  province  and  Union  on  the  S.,  is  the  largest  stream  in  the 
pro\'ince.  The  highest  summits  are  Nagapii,  4,154  ft.,  inland  from  Salomague  Bay, 
and  Bulagao,  3.629  ft.,  at  the  intersection  of  the  E.  boundary  with  the  E.  line  of 
Ilocos  Norte,  which  here  comes  to  a  point.  This  mountain  stands  about  the  same 
distance  from  Vigan  and  Bangued,  the  capital  of  Abra.  Another  summit  SE.  of 
Vigan  is  1,408  ft. ;  Mt.  Estilete,  inland  from  Santa  Lucia,  4,446  ft.,  and  Mt.  Monserrat, 
a  few  miles  farther  S.  on  the  boundary,  5,617  ft.  high.  The  Abra,  a  river  of  great 
volume,  crosses  its  N.  half  in  a  distance  of  10  m.  and  enters  the  sea  at  Vigan,  the 
provincial  capital. 


542 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


BAYS   AND  HARBORS. 

The  coast  of  Jlocos  8tir,  69  m.  from  N.  to  S.  in  a  diivrt  line,  i.«  indented  with  a 
number  of  l>ayR  and  roadhiteads  shehered  from  the  winds  of  the  NE.  monsoon,  as 
follows : 

Lapuc,  or  Lapug,  or  Salut-Salut  (Sol6n-Sol6n  on  some  charts);  S.  of  Salo- 
mague  port,  sejiarated  1)v  a  point  and  sheltered  from  the  same  winds,  with  7  fms. 
Mt.  P^uhi-ao,  ;!,()2;)  ft.  hiiih,  is  situated  to  the  SE. 

Salomague;  sheltered  from  all  winds  except  between  SW.  and  WNW.  The  island 
of  the  same  name  stretches  along  the  N.  side  of  the  port.  This  port  is  convenient 
for  vessels  in  the  vicinity  of  Vigan  during  the  SW.  monsoon,  at  which  season  landing 
at  that  point  is  inaccessible.  The  anchorage  is  7  fms.  Coast  steamers  call  here 
monthly. 

Solbec;  8  m.  NW.  of  Narvacdn  and  12  m.  S.  of  Dile  Pt.  The  coast  highw^ay  touches 
the  shore  of  this  l)ay  at  the  village  of  the  same  name.  Small  vessels  can  anchor  in 
front  of  the  town  sheltered  from  all  except  SW.  winds. 

Vigan;  a  roadstead  sheltered  from  N.  winds  by  Dile  Pt.,  but  exposed  to  the  S. 
and  W.  Anchorage  10  to  12  fms.,  near  the  shore,  with  the  river  bearing  to  the  E. 
About  10  m.  inland  to  the  ENE.  is  a  chasm  between  2  mountains  named  Abra  de 
Vigan,  or  Gap  of  ^'igan,  a  mark  used  by  navigators. 

ROADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 

The  coast  highway  traverses  this  ]n-ovinc«'  fiom  N.  to  S.,  on  the  way  touching  sev- 
eral conveiiient  ports,  and  with  but  one  cxct'iition  connecting  the  towns  and  most  of 
the  villages.  There  are  a  number  of  pcrmaiifnt  bridges  of  wood,  brick,  and  cane. 
A  railroad  has  been  projected  along  the  route  of  this  highway. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

The  population  of  Ilocos  Sur,  Cn.  1887,  179,903,  the  greater  part  being  Ilocanos. 
There  are  a  few  hamlets  of  Tinguianes  in  the  mountains,  each  with  its  own  dialect. 
The  former  comandancia  of  Amburayan,  in  the  S.  part  of  the  province,  adjoining 
the  boundary  with  Union,  comprising  30,000  inhabitants,  mostly  Igorrotes,  distributed 
among  34  towns  and  76  hamlets,  Alilem  being  the  chief,  and  Luyo  and  Cabacan 
towns  of  less  importance,  under  act  of  May,  1902,  was  constituted  "a  subprovince  of 
Lepanto-Bontoc. 

The  former  comandancia  of  Tiagdn,  also  in  the  S.  part  of  the  province,  comprises 
5,889  inhal)itants,  divided  among  25  hamlets  and  53  villages,  the  principal,  San 
Emilio,  with  a  population  of  1,668. 

The  following  is  the  division  of  Ilocos  Sur  into  pueblos  and  their  respective  popu- 
lations, according  to  the  census  of  1887: 


Province  and  pueblos. 

Total  population,  combining 
residents  present  and  ab- 
sent, native  and  Spanish, 
census  1887. 

Men. 

Women. 

Total. 

Ilocos  Sur: 

2,924 
6,127 
8,774 
3,136 
3,515 
4,717 
8,550 
225 
809 
1,362 
1,311 
2,637 
4,127 
2,571 
3,847 
3,562 
6,281 
2,049 
4,056 
767 
3,719 
6,718 
7,018 

51855 
9,197 
2,208 
3,311 
41,817 
9,843 
210 
993 
1,459 
1,273 
2,832 
4,573 
2,596 
3,809 
4,004 
6,341 
2, 074 
4, 058 
728 
3,784 
7,079 
7,231 

Cabflgao 

11  982 

Candon 

17, 971 
5,344 

Magsingal 

9,534 
18, 393 

Narvac&n 

San  Esteban  . . . 

2,821 
2,584 
5,469 
8,700 
5  167 

San  Ildefonso. 

Santa 

Santa  Catalina. 

7,566 
12,622 
4  123 

Santa  Maria 

Santiago 

8,114 

Sevilla 

Sinait 

7  503 

Tagudin 

13, 797 

Total 

88  801  1      11  ini 

179  903 

• 

Estimated,  1901,  216,792, 


GAZETTEER    OB'    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  543 

There  are  22  towns  and  587  villages  or  hamlets  and  55  hamlets  of  mountain  races 
ill  Il(ic(is  Sur,  exclusive  of  the  former  comandancias. 

Vig-an;  the  capital  of  the  province,  open  to  coastwise  trade,  on  the  main  highway, 
near  tlie  r.  bank  of  the  N.  outlet  of  the  Abra  Riv.  It  was  founded  by  Salcedo,  and 
wf.s  originally  known  as  Villa  Fernandina.  It  has  fine  streets  and  many  Ijuildings 
of  durable  construction,  including  local  government  edifices,  liarracks,  prison,  semi- 
nary, and  several  imposing  ecclesiastical  structures.     Pop.,  19,000. 

Bantay;  on  the  main  highway,  1  m.  N.  of  Vigan.     Pop.,  6,449. 

Cabiigao;  on  the  coast  highway,  17  m.  N.  of  Vigan.     Pop.,  8,259. 

Candon;  a  port  open  to  coastwise  trade,  on  the  main  road,  25  m.  S.  of  Mgan,  lieing 
the  third  in  the  province.     Pop.,  15,797. 

Caoayan;  on  the  r.  bank  of  the  N.  outlet  of  the  Abra  Riv.,  1  m.  S.  of  Vigan. 
Pop.,  6,050. 

Lapo;  (in  the  main  higlnvay,  13  ni.  X.  of  Vigan.     Pop.,  6,000. 

Magsingal ;  on  the  main  highway,  9  m.  N.  of  Vigan.     Pojj.,  8,446. 

Narvacan;  on  the  main  road,  13  m.  8SE.  of  Vigan.  The  largest  town  in  the 
province.     Pop.,  16,500. 

Salcedo;  near  the  E.  boundary,  toward  Lei^anto,  31  m.  S.  bv  E.  of  Vigan.  Pop., 
914. 

Saloniague;  on  the  port  of  that  name,  15  m.  N.  of  Vigan. 

San  Esteban;  on  the  main  highway  and  on  the  port  of  that  name,  17  m.  >SSE.  of 
Vigan.     Pop.,  2,132. 

San  Ildefonso;  on  the  main  highway,  3  m.  N.  of  Vigan.     Pop.,  2,033. 

Santa;  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  Abra  Riv.,  3  ni.  E.  ©f  Vigan.     Pop.,  8,532. 

Santa  Catalina;  on  a  small  river  between  Vigan  and  the  coast,  3  m.  W.  of  the 
former.     Pop.,  5,100. 

Santa  Cruz;  on  the  main  highway,  34  m.  S.  of  Vigan.     Pop.,  5,876. 

Santa  Iiucia;  on  the  main  highway  and  coast,  30  m.  S.  of  Vigan.     Pop.,  7,113. 

Santa  Maria;  on  the  main  highway,  15  m.  SSE.  of  Vigan.     Pop.,  10,030. 

Santiago;  on  the  main  road  and  on  the  port  of  the  same  name,  18  m.  S.  of  Vigan. 
P(^p.,  4,087. 

Santo  Domingo;  on  the  main  highway,  6  m.  N.  of  Vigan.     Pop.,  8,931. 

San  Vicente;  on  the  main  highway,  2  m.  NW.  of  Vigan.     Pop.,  5,237. 

Sinait;  a  military  and  telegraph  station  and  the  most  N.  town  in  the  province, 
near  Ilocos  Norte  boundary,  on  the  coast  highwav,  and  22  m.  N.  of  Vigan.  Pop., 
7,936. 

Tagudin;  a  military  station  on  the  main  higlnvay,  2  m.  N.  of  Union  boundary,  47 
m.  S.  of  Vigan.     Pop., "^  4,055. 

DEPENDENT  ISLANDS. 

There  are  but  2  islands  of  any  importance  off  this  portion  of  the  China  Sea  coast 
of  N.  Luzon: 

sq.  m. 
Pinget;  low  and  covered  with  forests,  opposite  Magsiiigal,  NW.  of  Santo  Domingo  Pt.;  point 

and  island  form  a  small  anchorage i 

Salomague;  on  the  N.  side  of  the  port  of  same  name J 

2  dependent  islands,  total  area 1 

VEGETABLE  PRODUCTS. 

The  soil  is  fertile,  producing  all  the  crops  adapted  to  the  latitude.  Of  the  434  sq. 
kilometers  under  cultivation  in  this  province,  according  to  late  statistics,  282  were  in 
rice,  55  in  corn,  1  in  wheat,  34  in  indigo,  29  in  sugar,  2  in  chocolate,  2  in  maguey 
tiller,  65  in  vegetables,  and  64  in  peanuts.  The  Igorrotes  and  tribes  called  Buric  and 
Busao  of  the  mountains  cultivate  rice,  coffee,  chocolate,  corn,  sugar  cane,  sweet 
potatoes,  cotton,  and  vegetables. 

MINERALS. 

The  mountains  abound  in  copper,  which  is  worked  in  a  rude  way  by  the  Igorrotes. 
FORESTS. 

The  principal  woods  are  panorapin,  palo  de  china,  casisguis,  deran,  banaba,  aculao, 
and  busilising.     Its  mountains  also  abound  in  plants  of  medicinal  value. 


544  gazp:tteer  of  thk  piiilipi'ine  islands. 

FRUITS. 

I'iiieappU'H  and  bananas  are  tlie  most  a))nn<laiit  of  llic  fruits  of  this  province. 
INDUSTRIES. 

The  industries  consist  of  weaving  of  cotton  cloth  and  the  manufacture  of  baskets, 
hats,  card  cases,  and  pipes.  There  is  scarcely  a  town  in  Ilocos  Sur  which  is  without 
its  looms,  managed  entirely  by  women,  who  weave  cotton  cloth  for  domestic  use. 
The  most  prominent  towns  in  this  line  of  industry  are  Bantay,  near  Vigan,  the 
capital;  Narvacan,  San  Ildefonso,  and  San  Vicente.  In  these  towns  are  also  a  num- 
ber of  furniture  shops.  In  Vigan  is  a  large  carriage  manufactory  which  turns  out 
carriages  of  all  classes  and  prices.  In  all  the  larger  and  many  of  the  smaller  towns 
one  day  in  the  week  is  set  apart  for  market,  called  ' '  Tiangue, ' '  when  the  staples,  vege- 
tables, and  fruits  of  the  country,  cloth,  silk,  and  cotton  manufactured  in  the  province, 
pottery,  and  cloth  made  in  China  are  bought  and  sold.  There  is  also  a  considerable 
outside  traffic,  the  chief  articles  of  export  being  indigo,  cocoanut,  sugar,  brown  sugar, 
sweet  potatoes,  cotton,  and  maguey  fiber.  The  im]iorts  are  rice,  the  production  not 
equaling  the  local  demand,  preserves  from  Europe,  dried  fish,  iron  and  manufac- 
tures thereof,  oil,  alcohol,  and  indigo  seed. 

A  chief  source  of  wealth  is  the  enormous  number  of  cattle  and  swine  raised. 

UNITED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 

The  establishment  of  military  posts  in  this  province  kept  pace  with  the  earliest 
occupation  of  N.  Luzon. 

On  February  15,  1902,  the  following  were  the  military  stations  in  Ilocos  Sur: 

Salomague.''  Santa  Man'a.'"'  Vigan.  S'^ 

CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 

The  jirovince  of  Ilocos  Sur  was  created  under  the  "])rovincial  government  act"  of 
February  6,  1901,  by  enactment  of  the  Philippine  Commission  of  August  16,  1901,  to 
embrace  that  territory  in  the  island  of  Luzon  known  as  the  province  of  Ilocos  Sur. 

PROVINCIAL  OFFICERS. 

[Salaries  and  expenses  in  United  States  currency. J 

Governor $] ,  SOO 

Secretary 1,  :]00 

Treasurer _ 2, 100 

Supervisor 1,  700 

Fiscal 1, 400 

Allowance  for  necessary  and  actual  traveling  expenses  not  exceeding  $2.  50  per 
day  as  i)rescril»ed. 

Tlie  jiresideutcs  or  alcaldes  of  the  municipalities  of  the  province  shall  meet  on  the 
third  Monday  in  Jaimary,  April,  July,  and  October  to  consider  improvements 
needed  in  the  province  and  for  other  purposes  prescribed  by  law. 

CONDITIONS. 

"  Since  the  surrender  *  *  *  this  province  has  been  completely  pacified,  and 
from  that  time  until  the  present  all  the  pueblos  have  enjoyed  the  tranquility  and 
personal  security  of  normal  times  before  the  outbreak  of  the  insurrection  against 
Spain.  *  *  *  As  a  consequence  of  this  pacification,  the  natives,  as  well  as  the 
Americans,  military  and  civil,  inhabitants  of  this  province,  can  now  visit  all  the 
pueblos  with  entire  freedom  and  safety,  without  any  fear  whatever  of  even  male- 
factors and  road  agents,  which  fortunately  do  not  exist  in  this  province. " — (Official 
report  of  the  provincial  governor  of  Ilocos  Sur,  December,  1902. ) 

"  Telegraph.  ^  Telephone.  |  Post-ofiice. 


GAZETTEEK    OF    THE    rillLirPINE    ISLANDS. 


54; 


ILOG  (ee'-log),  nat.;  important  river  of  Negros 
Occidental,  formed  by  junction  of  Tablas  ris- 
ing in  Puente  de  Patioto  tableland  and  E. 
branch,  having  its  springs  in  Tipasi  or  Ang, 
among  S.  mountains  of  Negros  Oriental,  14  m. 
inland  from  its  mouth,  on  S.  shore  of  jGui- 
mnris  Strait,  2  m.  NW.  of  San  Juan  de  Hog, 
on  its  r.  bank. 

—  river  descending  from  Mt.  Malarayat  and 
flowing  into  bay  of  Tayabas,  Luzon. 

ILOO,  AHIU  DE  (ah'-brah  day  ee'-log),  Hisp.; 
cove  between  2  hills  on  N.  coast  of  Mindoro, 
high,  thickly  wooded,  and  bordered  by  sand 
beaches,  toward  Del  Monte  Ft.  Shore  of  cove 
is  low  and  sandy,  and  3  m.  across.  Anchor- 
age shelters  vessels  of  all  sizes  in  SW.  winds. 


IL(Mi,  ABRA  DE— Continued. 

Two  rivers  enter,  E.  of  which,  2  m.  inland,  is 
Ilog,  which  may  be  reached  by  small  coasters 
and  bancas  at  high  water. 

town  at  junctiiiii  of  2  rivers,  2  m.  above 

mouth  of  main  stream,  entering  bay  of  Ilog 
on  N.  coast  of  Mindnm,  211  m-  W.  of  Calapi'm; 
21  m.  E.  by  S.  of  Del  ^lonte  Pt.;  24  m.  SSE. 
of  Santiago  C,  S.  coast  of  Batangas,  Luzon. 
Town  can  only  be  reached  from  bay  by  small 
coasters  and  bancas  at  high  water.   Pop.,  1,272. 

ILOG,  SAX  JUAN  DE  (sahn  hwan  day  ee'-log), 
Hisp.;  pueblo  near  W.  coast  of  Negros  Occi- 
dental, at  E.  mouth  of  river  of  same  name. 
Pop.,  6,070. 


ILOILO,  PANAY,  VISAYAS,  PROVINCE  OF. 

(Ee-loh-ee'-loh,  ver.) 

Capital:  Iloilo,  lat.  10°  42^  N.,  Ion.  122°  35^  E. 

Area:  Mainland,  1,776  sq.m.;  dependent  islands,  326  sq.  ni.;  total,  2,102  sq.  ni. 

Population:  462,444. 

Race:  Visayan. 

Language:   Visayan. 

Military  Department  of  Visayas:  Headquarters,  Iloi'lo,  Iloilo,  Panay. 

Table  of  distances. 
From  Iloilo  to —  m. 

Manila,  N.  W 297 

Manila,  via  Iloilo  and  Mindoro  straits 440 

Puerto  Princesa,  Palawan,  across  Sulu  Sea 276 

Romblou,  N isi 

Zamboanga,  via  Sulu  Sea 276 

LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

The  province  of  Iloilo  includes  all  of  the  E.  and  SE.  coast  of  the  island  of  Panay 
from  Pt.  Bulacane,  lat.  11°  34'  N.  to  Nasog  Pt.,  lat.  10°  34'  N.,  and  has  a  coast  line, 
140  ni.  It  is  bounded  on  the  N.  by  Caiiiz  and  the  Visayan  Sea;  on  the  E.  by  the 
Visayan  Sea  aiid  the  strait  of  Iloilo;  on  the  S.  by  Mindoro  Sea,  and  on  the  W.  by 
Antique. 

AREA. 

Its  greatest  length  is  111  m.  from  NE.  to  SW.,  and  34  m.  from  NW.  to  SE. 
PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 

The  range  of  mountains  follows  the  line  of  l^oiuidary  with  Capiz  and  Antique  witli 
an  elevation  ranging  from  951  to  5,200  ft.  in  the  S.  and  from  1,959  (Sibala  Mt. )  to 
2,815  ft.  (Agudo  Mt. )  in  the  NE.  From  this  range  the  surface  descends  over  an 
undulating  country  to  the  coast.  There  are  numbers  of  fine  rivers,  the  most  impor- 
tant of  which  are  the  Jalaur  and  its  branches,  and  the  Jaro  (formed  by  the  junction 
of  the  Tigon  and  Aganan),  which  enters  the  strait  N.  of  Iloflo,  and  the  Iloilo,  which 
enters  at  the  city  of  that  name.  The  general  asjiect  of  the  country  is  that  of  a  well- 
cultivated  and  planted  park. 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 


The  coast  ajiproaching  Iloflo  Strait  from  the  N.  is  indented  with  a  number  of  bays 
sheltered  l)y  numerous  islands.  Iloilo  Strait,  between  Guimanis  I.  and  the  main- 
land, has  several  l)ays  sheltiTcd  by  that  island.  Vessels  of  15  ft.  can  ascend  the  Iloilo 
Kiv.,  an  arm  of  the  sea,  to  the  town  of  that  name.  Large  vessels  anchor  outside 
near  the  spit.  Within  the  bar  the  depth  increases  from  iB  to  23  ft.  The  indenta- 
tions in  the  coast  S.  of  the  strait  are  practically  open  roadsteads.  ()n  Guimanis 
Strait,  between  that  island  and  Negros  7h  m.  wide,  the  channel  being  reduced  to  2 
m.  by  the  islets  and  banks  at  the  S.  entrance,  there  are  several  small  bays  shel- 
tered by  the  island  off  the  SE.  coast.  The  E.  coast  of  this  island  is  clear  and  has  a 
depth  of  52  fms.  at  a  distance  of  1  m. 


S.  Doc.  280- 


-6i) 


546 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


LIGHT-HOUSES. 

The  Iloilocoa.st  of  Panay  is  one  ot  the  l)e.st  liglited  in  the  archipelago,  as  follows: 

Calabazas;  8.  extremity  of  the  h.  island,  lat.  11°  4'  30''  N.,  Ion.  123°  E.;  1  flash 
as  follows:  Every  15  seconds  3  flashes  in  qnick  succession,  with  total  eclipses;  lUO 
ft.  ahove  the  seaf  tower  39  ft.  high;  light  visible  18  m. 

Gig-ante  I.;  on  the  salient  point  of  the  N.  extremity,  lat.  11°  39'  N.,  Ion.  123°  21' 
20"  ]■;. ;  1  flash,  white  and  red,  as  follows:  Every  15  seconds  3  white  flashes,  followed 
i)y  1  red  flash;  light  78  ft.  above  sea  level;  tower  38  ft.  high,  cylindrical  on  square 
base,  light  grav  color;  visil)le  16  m. 

Guimaras  I.;  SW.  extremity,  5|-  m.  N.  24°  30'  W.  from  Lusarang  Pt.,  lat.  10°  28' 
20"  N.,  Ion.  122°  27'  4"  E. ;  Tflash,  white  and  red,  as  follows:  Every  15  seconds 
group  of  3  white  flashes,  followed  by  1  red  flash;  112  ft.  above  the  sea;  height  of 
tower  5S  ft. ;  visible  17  ni.  The  structure,  cylindrical  iron  tower,  white  and  gray, 
in  front  i;f  rectani:ular  dwelling,  with  which  it  is  connected  by  2  lateral  pavilions. 

Iloilo;  r.  point  of  entrance  to  Iloi'lo  Riv.,  lat.  10°  41'  51"  N.,  Ion.  122°  35'  29"  E.; 
1  flasli  light  red;  28  ft.  above  the  sea;  23  ft.,  height  of  tower;  visible  7  m. 

Manigonigo;  islet  off  the^'E.  extremity  of  Panay  I.,  lat.  11°  37'  X.,  Ion.  123°  11' 
15"  E.;  light,  1  flash  every  5  seconds;  69  ft.  above  the  sea;  tower  29  ft.  high;  light 
vi.'-ible  16  111.;  structure,  cylindrical  iron  tower  with  balcony  around  lantern;  gray; 
stands  at  the  middle  of  rear  face  of  main  building. 

Siete  Pecados;  Ilodo  Strait,  lat.  10°  46'  4"  N.,  Ion.  122°  40'  14"  E.;  light,  1  flash 
with  red  sector;  98  ft.  above  the  sea;  29  ft.  height  of  tower;  visible  13  m.  Structure 
cylindrical;  iron;  surmounting  keepers'  dwelling. 

HOADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 

The  province  of  llo/lo  lias  some  of  the  l>est-1)uilt  gravel  roads  in  the  archipelago. 
The  prini'ipal  towns  are  in  cart-road  communication  with  Iloi'lo,  and  the  rest  of  the 
settlements  are  in  communication  with  these  highways  by  means  of  trails.  The 
larger  rivers  are  navigable  for  native  boats,  especially  in  the  rainy  season,  some  of 
them  to  the  foot  of  the  mountains.  By  means  of  these  communications  the  products 
of  the  country  are  largely  concentrated  at  Iloilo. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

The  city  of  ^Manila,  separated  from  the  contiguous  territory,  makes  Iloilo  the  most 
populous  province  of  tlie  archipelago,  having,  according  to  the  official  census  of  1887, 
42;j,4(i2  iniial)itants.  Jn  the  coast  towns  are  many  European  and  Chinese  half-castes. 
There  are  also  many  Chinese.  In  the  mountains  separating  the  province  from  Capiz 
and  Antique  are  numbers  of  families  of  Ni'gritos,  of  Aetas,  and  others.  These  are  in 
race,  language,  an<l  customs  largely  Visayan.  The.se  Montescos  or  Monteses  (moun- 
taineers) have  as  a  rule  but  one  name,  family  name  being  lacking;  have  never 
embraced  the  Catholic  religion,  practice  polygamy,  and  are  very  much  feared  by  the 
average  Visayan  on  account  of  their  lack  of  respect  for  human  life.  Among  the 
Visayans  they  occupy  a  place  similar  to  that  occupied  by  the  Apaches  in  this  coun- 
try. In  the  former  province  of  Concepcion  the  population  in  1897  was  38,982, 
making  an  aggregate  of  462,444  inhabitants.     The  language  spoken  is  Visayan. 

The  following  is  the  division  of  Iloi'lo  into  pueblos,  and  their  populations  accord- 
ing to  the  census  of  1887: 


Province  and  pufblos. 

Total  population,  conibininK 
residents  present  and  ab- 
.':ent,  native  and   Spanish, 
census  l!s.S7. 

Men. 

Women. 

Total 

Iloilo: 

Aiuv... 

4,718 
5,092 
1,839 
1,596 
3,216 
6,378 
3,456 
2,970 
9,942 
3,876 
5,441 

4,670 
5,705 
1,620 
1,690 
3,036 
6,357 
3,120 
3,002 
10, 342 
3,879 
4,993 

9  388 

Aliiiiodii^n 

Ar^valo 

3  '.s6 

Banate  .... 

6  '25'' 

Barotac  Viejo 

6  576 

Buenavista 

5,972 
20  2S4 

Cabatiiau...  . 

Calinog 

Carles 

7,751 
10,234 

GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


547 


Proviuce  and  {lueblos. 

Totol  poi)ulation,  combining 
residents  present  and  ab- 
sent, native  and  Spanish, 
census  1887. 

Men. 

Women. 

Total. 

Iloilo— Continued. 

2,017 
1,618 
6,297 
3,423 
8,282 
5,818 
4,872 
6,184 
12,712 

3;895 
2,265 
1,231 
6,362 
2,597 
5,194 
2,599 

10, 348 
2,458 
3,636 
2, 804 
7, 332 
4,330 
3, 959 
1,908 

10, 325 
2,195 
1,526 
6,349 
3,373 
7,536 
3,246 
■    5,066 
2,621 
2,830 

1,855 
1,600 
6,503 
2,916 
8,454 
6,744 
5,080 
5,780 
13, 031 
5,610 
3,832 
2,288 
1,262 

2I8O6 
6, 282 
2,640 

10, 384 
2,662 
3,645 
2,987 
7,235 
4,299 
3,966 
1,964 

10, 687 
2,180 
1, 558 
6,167 
3,457 
7,631 
3,204 
4,838 
2,696 
2,867 

3,872 

Cordoba                                                                  

3,218 

Dingle <. 

12, 800 

6,339 

Dumanijas                                        

16, 736 

11  562 

9,952 

Iloilo                                       

11,364 

25, 743 

10, 993 

7, 727 

Leganos                                                                             

4  553 

2,493 

13, 059 

Lucena                                                                        .           

6  403 

10, 476 

5,259 

Miagao                                                                             

20, 732 

Mina 

5  720 

Molo 

7,281 

5,794 
14, 567 

8,629 

Pavia        .                                                             .     . -^ 

7, 924 

Paz  La 

3  872 

20, 912 

San  Enrique 

3  084 

12, 516 

6,830 
15  167 

Panta  Barbara 

Sara 

6,451 
9,904 
6  317 

Tubungan 

Zftrraga 

5  687 

Total 

210, 957 

210, 911 

421  868 

Estimated,  1901,  462,444. 


Iloilo;  the  provincial  capital,  a  port  of  entry,  department  headquarters,  telegraph 
and  military  station,  stands  on  a  low  sandy  flat  near  the  r.  bank  of  the  river  of  that 
name.  Vessels  drawing  15  ft.  of  water  can  reach  the  city  at  all  times  and  have  pro- 
tection against  all  storms.  It  is  built  on  an  irregular  plan,  its  two  principal  streets 
following  the  course  of  the  river.  Its  public  buildings  and  private  houses  are  of  good 
constructi(jn.  Next  to  Manila  it  is  the  most  important  commercial  town  in  the 
Philippines  in  exports  and  imports,  the  former  consisting  of  tobacco,  rice,  coffee, 
hides,  and  hemp,  and  the  latter  Australian  coal  and  general  merchandise.  The  place 
is  not  subject  to  the  severe  visitations  of  typhoons  that  occur  in  many  other  places  in 
the  archipelago.  Pop.,  13,000  (authority  of  Lieutenant  Grant),  and  of  Molo,  a  sub- 
urb, 1,600. 

Ajuy  ( Ahui);  on  the  N.  shore  of  a  bay  opening  on  Iloilo  Strait,  41  m.  N.  of  Iloflo. 
Pop.,  1,000. 

Alimodian;  on  the  r.  bank  of  the  Tigon  Riv.,  13  m.  NW.  of  Iloilo.     Pop.,  11,387. 

Anilao;  on  the  coast  road,  22  m.  NNE.  of  Iloilo.  Was  destroyed  by  fire  in  1900. 
Pop.,  en.  1887,  8,459. 

Arevalo;  pop.,  3,594. 

Balasan;  in  the  ISTE.  of  Concepcion  district,  62  m.  from  Iloilo. 

Banate;  on  the  N.  shore  of  a  bay,  22  m.  N.  of  Iloilo.     Pop.,  6,764. 

Barotac  Nuevo;  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  Jalaur,  near  the  junction  of  au  important 
tributary,  16  m.  NNE.  of  Iloilo.     Pop.,  11,805. 

Barotac  Viejo;  on  the  1.  bank  of  a  river  entering  Iloflo  Strait,  30  m.  NE.  of  Iloilo. 
P(.l>.,  5,590. 

Batad;  near  the  shore  of  a  bay  in  Concepcion  district,  61  m.  NNE.  of  Iloilo. 
Pop.,  12,964,  with  Estancia. 

Buenavista;  near  the  NW.  shore  of  Guimaras  I.,  4  m.  opposite  Iloilo.     Pop.,  3,497. 

Cabatiian;  on  a  tributarv  of  the  Suague  Riv.,  15  m.  NW.  of  Iloilo.     Pop.,  18,177. 

Calinog;  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  Jalaur  Riv.,  27  m.  NNW.  of  Iloilo.     Pop.,  8,860. 


548  GAZETTEER    OF    THE    nilLirPINE    ISLANDS. 

Carles;  on  the  W.  shore  of  the  extreme  NE.  peninsula,  69  m.  N.  of  Iloflo.  Pop., 
10,300. 

Colasi;  on  the  shore  of  the  strait,  in  the  S.  of  Concepcion  district,  37  m.  NE.  of 
Iloilo.     roj).,  (),L>2.s,  with  Ajuy. 

Concepcion;  on  the  W.  channel  by  Sombrero  I.  ti>  Iloi'lo  Strait  and  opposite  the 
S.  part  of  that  island,  50  m.  NE.  of  Iloilo,     Pop.,  5,736. 

Cordoba;  between  2  brandies  of  an  important  river,  14  m.  W.  of  Iloi'lu.  Pop., 
2,744. 

Dingle;  on  the  r.  bank  of  the  Jalaur  Riv.,  20  m.  NW.  of  Iloilo,  on  the  main  road 
N.  from  Iloilo  through  Jaro,  Santa  Barbara,  find  Pototan.  A  tire  in  December,  1900, 
destroyed  all  buildings  except  a  very  lai-ge  stone  church.  Town  was  rebuilt,  l)ut 
structures  were  of  bamboo  and  nipa,  owing  to  the  difficulty  of  obtaining  lumber. 
Pop.,  11,000. 

Duenas;  on  the  main  road  between  Dingle  and  Passi,  near  the  junction  of  the 
Ulian  with  the  Jalaur  Pviv.,  22  m.  N.  of  Iloilo.     Pop.,  7,130. 

Dumangas;  near  the  r.  bank  of  the  Jalaur  Riv.,  2  m.  above  its  outlet  in  Iloilo 
Strait,  14  m.  NE.  of  Iloilo.  Famous  for  its  church  l)uil(ling  and  convent  built 
of  pressed  brick,  marble,  and  iron.  A  town  of  considerabk'  importance,  and  early 
engaged  in  active  particii>ation  in  the  insurrection  against  the  Spaniards.  Totally 
destroyed  by  fire  in  June,  1900,  during  a  fight  between  the  insurgents  and  a  detacii- 
mentof  the  Twenty-sixth  Volunteer  Infantry.  Rebuilding  began  in  May,  1901,  imme- 
diately after  the  surrender  of  the  last  band  of  insurgents  in  Panay  I.     Po]).,  14,114. 

Estancia;  on  the  channel  opposite  Calagnan  I.,  66  m.  N.  of  Iloilo.  Poi^.,  12,964, 
with  Batad. 

Guimbal;  at  the  mouth  of  a  river  emptving  into  the  strait,  28  ni.  W.  by  S.  of 
Iloilo.     Pop.,  en.  1887,  11,562. 

Igbaras;  on  the  r.  bank  of  a  river  emptving  into  the  strait  19  m.  W.  of  Iloilo. 
Pop.,  12,140. 

Janiuay;  in  the  hill  country  between  the  Jalaur  and  its  Suague  tributary,  19  in. 
WNW.  of  Iloilo.     Pop.,  28,738. 

Jaro;  on  a  plain  along  the  r.  bank  of  the  large  river  of  the  same  name,  navigable 
for  bamboo  rafts  and  Hat  boats  engaged  in  river  trade.  It  was  cros,-e(l  l)v  a  massive 
stone  brid-e,  sweiit  away  in  a  Hood  about  1898.  The  town,  4  m.  NW.  of  l|,,il,,,  is  one 
of  the  earliest  of  the  S[ianish  settlements  in  the  archipelago,  having  heeii  IouikUmI  in 
1584.  In  isihy  it  was  made  an  episcopal  see,  separating  it  from  Cebu  by  bull  of  I'ius 
IX.     The  town  has  some  good  buildings.     Pop.,  10,33S. 

Lambunao;  near  the  foot  of  the  W.  boundary  range,  26  m.  NW.  by  N.  of  Iloilo. 
Pop.,  7,989. 

La  Paz;  near  the  head  of  the  bay,  2i  m.  NW.  of  Iloilo,  and  practicallv  part  of 
that  city.     Pop.,  3,641. 

Leganes;  near  the  strait  coast,  7^  m.  N.  of  Iloilo.     Pop.,  2,875. 

Lemery;  in  the  district  of  Concepcion,  near  the  Ciipiz  boundarv,  43  m.  NE.  of 
Iloilo.     Pop.,  3,677. 

Leon;  near  the  bank  of  one  of  the  large  rivers,  15i  m.  WNW.  of  Iloilo.  Pop., 
13,950. 

Lucena;  on  main  road  between  Santa  Barbara  and  Pototan,  at  tlie  junction  of  the 
Suague  with  the  Jalaur,  15  m.  N.  of  Iloilo.     Pop.,  6,511. 

Maasin;  at  the  headwaters  of  a  tributary  of  the  Suague  branch  of  the  Jalaur  Riv., 
19  m.  NW.  of  Iloilo.     Pop.,  9,674. 

Mandurriao;  on  the  1.  bank  of  a  river  entering  Iloilo  Bay,  5  m.  NW.  of  that 
town.      Pop.,  6,749. 

Miagao;  on  the  S.  shore  of  Iloilo  Strait,  36  m.  W.  of  Iloilo.     Pop.,  22,100. 

Mina;  at  the  junction  of  two  tributaries  of  the  Suague  Riv.,  between  Pototan  and 
Janiuay,  17  m.  N.  of  Iloilo,     Pop.,  4,357. 

Molo;  near  the  W.  shore  of  the  strait  of  Iloilo,  1.^  m.  NW.  of  that  city. 
Pop.,  9,547. 

Nagaba;  on  a  small  bay  on  the  NW.  shore  of  Guimaras  I.,  3  m.  S.  of  Iloilo,  across 
the  strait.     Pop.,  8,000. 

Otdn;  on  the  shore  of  the  strait,  7  m.  W.  of  Iloilo.     Pop.,  13,363. 

Passi;  at  tlie  junction  of  the  Mah'nao  and  Jalaur  Rivs.,  25  m.  N.  of  Iloilo. 
Pop.,  13,802. 

Pavia;  at  the  junction  of  the  Tigon  and  Aganan  Rivs.,  8  m.  NW.  of  Iloilo. 
Pop.,  10,221. 

Pototan;  well  laid  out,  with  a  large  church,  convent  and  dwellings,  on  the  r. 
bank  of  the  Jalaur,  17  m.  N.  of  Iloilo.     Pop.,  14,512. 

San  Dionisio;  on  the  N.  channel  of  Iloilo  Strait,  19  m.  NE.  of  Iloflo.     Pop.,  1,782. 

San  Enrique;  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  Jalaur,  24  m.  N.  of  Iloilo.     Pop.,  3,015. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPriNE    ISLANDS.  549 

San  Joaquin;  on  the  coast  of  the  S.  approach  to  Iloilo  Strait,  31  ni.  W.  l)y  S.  of 
Uoilo.     Pop.,  13,918. 

San  Miguel;  on  a  tributary  of  a  river  entering  the  strait,  10  in.  N^Y.  of  Iloilo. 
Pop.,  7,300. 

Santa  Barbara;  near  the  r.  bank  of  Tigon  Riv.,  12  m.  N.  by  W.  of  Iloilo. 
P(jp.,  13,000. 

Sara;  in  Concepcion  district,  2^  ni.  NVV.  of  that  town  and  49  ni.  NE.  of  Iloilo. 
Pop.,  10,950,  with  5  other  towns. 

Tigbauan;  on  the  shores  of  the  S.  approach  to  Iloilo  Strait,  15  ni.  W.  of  Iloilo. 
Pop.,  9,109. 

Tubungan;  on  the  r.  bank  of  a  river,  17  m.  WNW.  of  Iloilo.     Pop.,  4,368. 

Zarraga;   on  the  r.  bank  of  the  Janipaan,  11  m.  N.  by  E.  of  Iloilo.     Pop.,  5,208. 

DEPENDENT  ISLANDS. 

The  E.  and  S.  coasts  of  this  ])rovince  on  the  island  of  Panay  are  generally  clear, 
except  opposite  the  distrit't  of  Oonce])ci6n,  N.  of  the  entrance  to  Iloilo  Strait,  and  off 
the  S.  coast  of  the  large  island  of  Guimarus.  The  following  is  a  list  of  the  dependent 
islands: 

sq.m. 
Anauiiyan;  in  the  N.  entrance  to  Iloilo  Strait,  2i  m.  E.  by  S.  of  Tagubanhan  I.;  it  is  336  ft.  high 

and  visible  15  m.  off;  intervening  channel  is  15  fms 

Antonia;  one  of  the  most  S.  of  tlie  Gigantes  Is.,  12  m.  E.  of  Carles  Pen.;  intervening  channel  6  to 

K  fills 

Bal);11od;  one  of  a  cluster  of  7  islets  and  rocks  in  the  opening  of  Igdn  Bay,  VV.  coast  of  Guimarfts..        1 
B^iKiibu;  neartheS.  point  of  Tagil;  channel  betweenitand  Bulubadiangan,  2  m.  wide,  is7  fms.. 
Balliagan;  the  most  VV.  of  the  Gigantes  Is.,  9  m.  E.of  Bulacaue  Ft.,  100  ft.  high;  depth  of  channel 

7  to  16  fms.;  N.  passage  being  the  better  for  vessels  of  large  craft J 

Baliguian;  10  m.  E.  of  Bulubadiaiigan;  100  ft.  high;  around  it  are  15  to  20  fms.;  it  is  one  of  the 
best  natural  marks  for  vessels  making  Iloilo  Strait  from  the  N.  and  from  the  E.  to  clear  the 

numerous  shoals  about  the  route 

Bantigui;  one  of  the  Gigantes  Is.,  13  m.  E.  of  Carl6s  Pen 

Bay^is;  group  of  4  islets  of  little  height,  3  m.  off  the  mainland  and  2  m.  SE.  of  Calagndn  1 2 

Binauan;  2  small  islets  in  the  middle  of  the  bay  near  the  coast,  with  41  fms.  around  it J 

Binuluangan  (Balin);  off  the  NE.  coast,  oppo.site  the  Estancia  Pen 3 

Buglug:  I  m.  SE.  of  Pan  de  Azucar  I J 

Bulubadiangan;  one  of  the  E.  of  the  group  of  islands  at  the  N.  entrance  to  Iloilo  Strait,  3  ni.  fill' 

Concepcion 4 

Buri;  an  inshore  island  at  the  N.  entrance  to  Iloilo  Strait J 

Cabilgao;  one  of  the  Gigantes  Is.,  12^  m.  E.  of  CarMs  Pen 

Calabazas;  2  islets  of  little  height,  S.  of  Sdloc  islet,  i  m.  from  the  mainland,  with  5^  to  7  m. 

between  them  on  the  coast;  one  of  the  lights  to  the  N.  entrance  to  Iloilo  Strait i 

CalagnAn;  2  m.  off  the  NE.  shore,  3  m.  N.  and  S.,  3  m.  E.  and  W 9 

Caiias;  2  m.  E.  of  Calagni'in  1.;  the  channel  is  from  7  to  11  fms i 

Culebra;  65  m.  E.  of  the  mainland  and  4i  m.  NE.  of  Pan  de  Azucar,  200  ft.  high I 

Dunao;  one  of  the  N.  islands  in  the  entrance  to  the  strait  of  Iloilo;  the  channels  have  from 

3i  to  4  fms i 

Gigantes  or  Sibuluac;  2  islands  of  moderate  height,  with  islets  and  sharp-detached  rocks,  off  the 
extreme  NE.  coast  of  Panay.  (Islands  of  this  group  are  arranged  alphabetically  in  the  general 

list) 

Gigantes  Norte,  or  Sibuluac  Babay,  the  most  NI  of  a  group  of  7  islands,  9  m.  E.  of  the  extreme 

NE.  point  of  Panay,  2  m.  long  and  1  m.  wide 2 

Gigantes  Sur,  or  Sibuluac  Lalaqui;  i  m.  S.  of  the  N.  island,  with  a  channel  from  li  to  6  fms.; 

3  small  islets  lie  2,400  ft.  SE 1 

GuimarAs;  is  27  m.  long  and  18  m.  wide,  situated  at  the  S.  entrance  of  the  strait  which  sep- 
arates Panay  and  Negros;  it  is  very  flat  in  front  of  the  coast  of  Iloilo,  with  which  it  forms 
the  channel  of  this  name;  interior  is  mountainous,  the  summits  of  Jaljat,  Pandan,  and 
AcdAn  being  visible  from  Negros,  about  30  to  40  m.  distant:  the  soil  is  fertile  and  pro- 
duces rice,  hemp,  cotton,  corn,  and  tobacco  in  small  quantities;  most  important  towns  are 
Buenavista,  with  4,383  inhabitants;  Nagabd,  with  6,279,  besides  a  large  number  of  small  vil- 
lages; chief  occupations  are  agriculture  and  fishing;  there  is  considerable  manufacture  of 
fabrics;  island  with  the  mainland  forms  the  Strait  of  Iloilo,  SE.  coast  is  bordered  by  a  num- 
ber of  islets,  which  render  navigation  very  difficult 243 

Guiuanon;  a  narrow  strip  2  m.  long,  3  m.  off  the  S.  shore  of  Guimards 2 

Inampulugan;  in  mid-channel  between  Guimards  and  Negros,  3  m.  off  the  coast  of  the  former; 

is3rn.  N.  and  S.,  and  the  same  E.andW 6 

Lalunga;  in  the  channel  between  Guimarfis  I.  and  Negros,  3  m.  off  the  coast  of  the  former 2 

Luginot;  in  the  channel  between  Calagn^n  and  the  mainland,  off  Estancia i 

LulugbAn.     (.See  Nabvinut). 

LusarAng;  1  m.  N\V.  of  the  S.  point  of  Guimar&s  I 

Magoisi;  2  m.  N.  of  Pan  de  Azucar ^ 

Malangaban;  NE.  point  of  the  islands  in  the  N.  entrance  to  Iloilo  Strait,  U  m.  SE.  of  Pan  de 

Azi'icar,  with  an  islet  near  the  SW.  part;  channels  are  from  9  tol2  fms 3 

Mnnigonigo;  90  ft.  high,  2i  m.  E.  of  Bulacaue,  the  extreme  NE.  point;  intervening  channels  are 

23  to  4  fms.,  and  only  suitable  for  small  craft;  a  light-house  station i 

Nabunut,  or  Lulugbftn;  4  m.  W.  by  S.  of  Pt.  Bulacaue,  the  extreme  NE.  point  of  Panay;  100 

ft.  high i 

Nadv'ilao;  in  mid-channel  between  Guimarfc  I.  and  Negros,  4  m.  from  either  coast 2 

Nagarao;  in  the  channel  between  Guimarus  and  Inampulugan i 

Nalibos;  in  channel  between  GuimarAs  and  Inampulugan,  1  m.  off  coast  of  former 4 

Nauai;  3  m.  off  SE.  coast  of  Guimards i 


550  GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

sq.  m. 
Panabulon;  in  channel  between  Guimards  and  Guiuanon  Is.,  4  m.  off  coast  of  former;  another 

island  lies  in  channel  between  this  and  mainland;  area  aggregating 2 

Pan  de  Azi'icar  (sugar  loaf) ;  2  m.  off  E.  coast,  largest  of  5  N.  islands,  at  N.  entrance  of  chan- 
nel to  Iloilo;  is  4  by  2^  m.  long;  one  of  the  2  conspicuous  peaks  which  are  loftiest,  and 

has  an  elevation  of  2,037  ft.  above  sea 8 

Pepitas;  a  cluster  of  black  rocks  7  ft.  high,  2  m.  S.  of  Calabazas;  vessels  can  pass  between 

them  and  the  latter  island,  and  also  mainland 

Ragalumbi;  off  coast  of  Estancia 4 

Si'iloc;  an  inshore  island  at  N.  entrance  to  Hollo  Strait 

Sibuluac  Lalaqui;  Gigantes  Sur  Is.,  12  m.  E.  of  Bulacaue  Pt 3 

Sioogon;  high,  and  7  m.  E.  of  Estancia  Pen.,  3  m.  NE.  and  SW.;  channel  between  it  and 
Calagm'ui,  J  m.  wide,  7  to  12  fms.  deep,  clear  and  safe,  and  recommended  for  ves.sels  making 

for  Iloilo  Strait 5 

Siete  Pecados;  a  group  of  several  large  rocks  situated  in  the  middle  of  channel  from 
Iguana  bank  and  a  little  before  reaching  the  sheltered  water  formed  by  the  N.  point 
of  Guimaras  and  coast  of  Panay;  highest  of  these  Is  about  25  ft.  above  water,  and  all  of 
them  are  precipitous;  straits  at  this  point  are  but  4  m.  wide;  channel  between  them  and 
mainland,  i  m.  wide,  is  from  9i  to  20  fms.  deep,  and  that  between  them  and  GuimarAs,  of 

same  width,  is  7  to  10  fms.;  there  is  a  light  on  one  of  these  islands i 

Sombrero;  one  of  the  larger  islands  of  the  group  in  the  middle  of  the  N.  entrance  to  Iloilo 
Strait;  its  S.  point  is  opposite  Concepci6n,  the  former  capital  of  the  district  of  that  name; 

channel  is  6^  fms 3 

KuSan;  in  the  channel,  4  m.  wide  between  Guimards  and  Inampulug&n ^ 

Tacubanhan;  one  of  the  larger  islands  in  the  N.  entrance  to  Iloilo  Strait,  a  little  more  than  1 
m.  SE.  of  Bacahnan  headland  on  the  Panay  coast,  with  which  it  forms  a  straitcalled  Apiton; 

is 4  m.  NNE.  and  SSW.  and  2  m.  wide;  2  m.  off  the  .shore 8 

Tagil;  between  Pan  de  Aziicar  and  Bacahuan  headland,  4  m.  long  and  of  moderate  height;  the 

passage  between  the  island  and  the  coast  is  from  IHo  2J  fms 2 

T  go;  in  mid-cliannel  between  Bulubadiangan  and  Sombrero  Is.,  in  the  N.  entrance  to  Iloilo 

Strait i 

Tandog;  2  m.  NNW.  of  Lu.sariing  Pt.  and  i  m.  off  the  extreme  S.  point  of  Guimards;  in  the 

vicinity  are  a  number  of  Islets  and  rocks 4 

TiniguibAn;  one  of  7  islets  in  the  entrance  to  Igdn  Bay,  W.  coast  of  Guimaras 

Tuhinanaun;  in  SW.  of  the  Gigantes  Is.,  4^  m.  E.  of  Carlos  Pen.,  200  ft.  high  and  1  m.  long  NE. 

and  SW.:  channel  is  2.V  to  4  fms 1 

Tumaquin;  1  m.  NE.  of  Hiiogon  I i 

Uaidajon:  700  yds.  E.  of  the  NE.  extremity  of  Gigante  Norte;  3  detached  rocks  within  the 

channel  lie  between  it  and  other  channels  having  from  51  to  9  fm.s 

Unisan;  a  group  of  rocks  9  m.  SE.  of  Lusarang,  the  extreme  S.  point  of  Guimaras;  islets  and  the 
passages  occupy  3  m.;  soundings  in  the  neighborhood  show  6^  to  8  fms.  to  the  N.,  and  20  fms. 

within  1  m.  E 

The  following  islands,  unnamed  on  the  chart^lie  off  the  coast  of  Concepci6n  district:  Adcalayo, 
Baybong.  Bitad,  Nasichuan,  Pangalancalangan,  Pulupantao 1 

80  dependent  islands,  total  area 325J 

VEGETABLE  PRODUCTS. 

The  products  are  sugar  cane,  corn,  rice,  coffee,  chocolate,  tobacco,  hemp,  and  others 
for  home  consumption.  According  to  recent  statistics  there  were  37,552  farm  hands 
emjiloyed.  The  pasturing  of  cattle,  carabaos,  sheep,  and  horses,  is  an  important 
occupation  throughout  tlie  province.  At  the  time  of  the  outbreak  of  the  war  with 
Spain  there  were  153,439  head  of  hve  stock,  the  greater  i^art  being  cattle. 

MINERALS. 

Mines  of  gold,  iron,  and  otlier  metals,  and  quarries  of  fine  stone  are  found  in  the 
province. 

FORESTS. 

There  are  extensive  forests  of  valuable  woods  for  V)uilding,  dyeing,  and  other 
purposes. 

FRUITS. 

The  fruits  consist  of  man<rosteens,  Viananas,  oranges,  and  other  varieties  common 
to  the  island  of  Panay. 

IISTDUSTRIES  AND  COMMERCE. 

The  inhaliitants  (partiiularly  of  Molo)  make  excellent  fabrics  of  pineapple  fiber 
(pifia),  jnsi,  sinamay,  and  cdtton.  There  are  300  looms  in  o])eration.  In  Concepcion 
the  ])rincipal  iii(Ui.-try  is  tht'  manufacture  of  sugar.  The  port  of  Iloilo,  the  second  in 
the  archipelago  in  commercial  activity,  was  thrown  ppen  to  commerce  in  1855. 


?iver, 


^'°"^^^0^i^ir :- 


ILOIIO    STRAlff^? 

Iloik.  Fort  Lat.lO"4r32N_  Long  I.l    It  r    I  '■^'^'■^'W'^    '  ^ 


ILOILO 


From  a  survey.  1900    1901 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    nilLUTINE    ISLANDS. 


551 


I  UNITED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 

Tlie  First  Battalion  of  the  Sixth  Infantry,  in  the  spring  of  1899,  was  landed  at 
1 1(  >i  1( ),  where  it  was  held  as  a  reserve  subject  to  calls  from  the  subdistrict  commandery, 
in  acconnt  of  better  embarking  facilities  than  on  the  coast  of  Negros,  opposite.  The 
roops  occupied  Iloilo  and  the  suburbs  of  Jaro  and  Molo.  The  enemy,  numbering 
il)(iut  4,000,  were  located  from  Oton  to  Ba]angtiln,  with  Santa,  Barbara  as  headquarters. 
)perationH  were  connnenced  imincdiatcly,  resulting  in  the  dispersion  of  this  force 
iiid  the  estabUshmeiit  of  order  and  authority. 

On  February  15,  ]<»02,  the  following  were  the  military  stations  in  Iloi'lo: 


late,  ■' 

Jaro,  ■' 

Pototan, " 

Sara,  =' 

)ariis, " 

Lambunao, 

San  Joaciufn, 

Tigbauan, '' 

flo,!" 

Maasin,  •' 

Santa  Barbara, '' 

Tubuiigan. 

CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 

Tiie  province  of  Iloilo  was  created  under  the  "  jirovincial  government  act"  of 
February  (>,  1901,  by  enactment  of  the  Philijipine  Connnission,  April  li,  1901,  to 
end)race  "that  territory  in  the  island  of  Panay  known  as  the  'province  of  Iloilo," 
including  the  comandancia  of  Concepcion. 

PEOVINCIAL  OFFICERS. 


[Salaries  anrl  expei 


in  United  States  money.] 


Governor $3, 000 

Secretary 1,  800 

Treasurer 3,  000 

Supervisor 2,  200 

Fiscal 1, 800 

Allowance  for  ne(;essary  and  actual  traveling  expenses,  not  exceeding  $2.50  per 
day,  as  ])r*'scribed. 

The  presidentes  or  alcaldes  of  the  municipalities  of  the  province  to  meet  and  orga- 
nize on  the  third  Monday  in  January,  April,  July,  and  October,  to  consider  improve- 
ments needed  in  the  i^rovince  and  for  other  purposes  prescribed  by  law. 

CONDITIONS. 

"The  civil  rule  esta])lished  here  has  satisfied  the  people  and  completed  the  work 
of  pacification  commenced  by  the  military  government.  It  may  be  asserted  that 
the  people,  convinced  of  the  advantages  of  this  rule,  have  forgotten  all  the  past  in 
order  to  think  only  of  their  advancement  materially,  morally,  and  politically.  High- 
way robbery,  which  is  the  sequence  to  every  war  and  famine,  far  from  taking  hold 
in  this  province,  is  decreasing."  (OflScial  report  of  the  provincial  governor  of  Iloilo, 
December,  1901.) 


ILOILO  (ee-loh-ce'-loh),ver.;  capital  of  province 
of  same  name,  Panay.  p.  o.  and  money- 
order  station,  fort,  lat.  10°  41'  32"  N.,  Ion. 
122°  35'  17"  E.,  on  low,  sandy,  flat  point 
projecting  into  channel  of  Iloilo  Strait, 
which  contracts  to  1  m.  to  W.  shore  of  Gui- 
mards  I.  opposite.  At  end  of  this  spit  is  fort, 
close  to  which  is  deep  water.  River  of  same 
name  has  its  outlet  on  N.  side  of  town. 
Vessels  with  15  ft.  draft  can  ascend  river 
short  distance  and  lie  alongside  wharves 
which  comniunicate  with  merchant  houses. 
Large  ve.ssels  anchor  outside.  There  is  a 
large  trade  with  Manila  and  other  i.sland 
ports  as  well  as  foreign.  Principal  houses 
are  well  built,  and  poorer  cla.sses  of  nipa  on 
4  strong  posts.  There  are  many  industries, 
chiefly  niiuuifacture  of  pifia,  jusi.  ;ind  sina- 
may,  besi(ies  water  and  land  tnitlic  and  lisli- 
ing".  Chief  imjiorts  are  Australiiin  coal,  and 
general  merchandise  from  Europe.  Chief 
exports  are  .sugar,  tobacco,  rice,  coffee,  hides, 
sapan  wood,  and  hemp.  There  is  regular 
weekly  communication  besides  casual  steam- 
ers in  local  interisland  trade.  Iloilo  claims 
to  be  not  only  second  town  of  archipelago  in 
commercial  importance,  but  center  of  culture 
and  civilization  in  Visayan  grp.  and  S.  Philip- 
pine A.    Pop.,  en.  1887,  11,364;  en.  1896,  6,429. 


ILOILO;  important  river  in  Iloilo,  Panay,  on  r. 
bank  of  mouth  of  which  is  situated  important 
city  of  same  name.  Kisesiniiutlyin^v  Iv  sierras 
of  central  range, and  llou  ing  .'SK.  ciiicr,;  l|,,ili) 
strait.  Erom  lloil..  lown  1^.  sim  rivr  makes 
2  sharp  bends  and  flows  with  gri\it  itnvti 
to  E.  On  entrance  chaiuiel  near  S.  end  is 
house  of  port  pilots.  Vessels  drawing  less 
than  13  ft.  anchor  within  river  off  jetty  near 
warehouse.  Those  of  greater  draft  outside. 
Entrance  is  lighted. 

strait  between  island.?  of  Panay  and  Negros, 

Visayan  Sea. 

river  in  Infanta,  Luz6n,  ri.sing  on  E.  crest 

of  Cordillera  or  E.  coast  range  and  emptying 
into  Pacific  Ocean. 

1L0N(«  (ee-long'),  nat.;  mountain  in  Negros. 

ILONGOS  (ee-lawn'-gohs),  Hisp.:  town  in  W. 
Leyte. 

ILOY  (ee'-loy),  ver.;  river  in  Negros  Occidental, 
emptying  on  W.  coast. 

ILtJAN  (ee-loo'-ahn),  ver.;  hamlet  near  NE.  head- 
waters of  Lagasdn  Riv.,  13  m.  E.  of  Bago,  Ne- 
gros Occidental. 

IMILAGUN  (ee-mah-lah'-goon),  ver.;  islet  303  ft. 
high,  3^  m.  SE.  by  S.  of  Cuyo,  Cuyos  Is.,  Min- 
doro  Sea. 


*  Telephone. 


'Telegraph. 


$  Post-oflace  and  money-order  office. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


551 


UNITED  STATES  MIIilTARY  OCCUPATION. 


h''  First  Battalion  of  the  Sixth  Infantry,  in  the  spring  of  1899,  was  landed  at 
j  .1'  I,  where  it  was  held  as  a  reserve  subject  to  calls  from  the  snbdistrict  commandery, 
(  iictiiunt  of  better  embarking  facilities  than  on  the  coast  of  Negros,  opposite.  The 
I  jps  (tocupied  Iloilo  and  the  suburbs  of  Jaro  and  Molo.  Tlie  enemy,  numbering 
a  (Ut  4,000,  were  located  from  Oton  to  Balangtan,  with  Santa  Barbara  as  headquarters, 
(orations  were  connnenced  immediately,  I'esulting  in  the  dispersion  of  this  force 
al  the  establishment  of  order  and  authority. 

>n  February  15,  1902,  the  following  were  the  military  stations  in  Iloilo: 


Banate,  '^ 

Jaro, " 

Pototan, " 

Sara,  '^ 

Igbaras, " 

110110,$" 

Lambunao, 

San  Joa((uin, 

Tigbauan,  *" 

Majisin,  ■■' 

Santa  Barbara,  *' 

Tubuiigan. 

CIVIL,  GOVERNMENT. 


U.^... .„._.. 

ffDruary  G,  1901,  by  enactment  of  the  Philippine  Connnission,  April  11,  1901,  to 
tbrace  "that  territory  in  the  island  of  Panay  known  as  the  'province  of  Iloilo," 
i  luding  the  comandancia  of  Concepcion. 


PROVINCIAL  OFFICERS. 

[Salaries  aurt  expenses  in  United  States  money.] 


(vernor 


$3, 000 


e;retarv 1,  800 

':?asuier 3,  000 

S'pervisi  )r 2,  200 

heal 1,  800 

Allowance  for  necessary  and  actual  Iraveling  expenses,  not  exceeding  $2.50  per 
(Y,  as  pr<'scril)ed. 

The  i>resi(lentes  or  alcaldes  of  the  municipalities  of  the  province  to  meet  and  orga- 
i:e  on  the  third  Monday  in  January,  April,  July,  and  October,  to  cimaider  improve- 
r;nts  needed  in  the  province  and  for  other  purposes  prescribed  by  law. 

CONDITIONS. 

'The  civil  rule  estal)lished  here  has  satisfied  the  people  and  completed  the  work 
I  pacification  commenced  by  the  military  government.  It  maybe  asserted  that 
ii  people,  convinced  of  the  advantages  of  this  rule,  have  forgotten  all  the  past  in 
iler  to  think  only  of  their  advanceuient  materially,  morally,  and  politically.  High- 
\y  robbery,  which  is  the  sequence  to  every  war  and  famine,  far  from  taking  hold 
!  this  province,  is  decreasing."  (Official  report  of  the  provincial  governor  of  IIoi'lo, 
:cember,  1901.) 


:)ILO  (ee-loh-ee'-loh),  ver.;  capital  of  province 
.  of  same  name,  Panav,  p.  o.  and  money- 
order  station,  fort,  lat.  10°  41'  32"  N.,  Ion. 
122°  35'  17"  E.,  on  low,  sandy,  flat  point 
projecting  into  channel  of  Iloilo  Strait, 
which  contracts  to  1  m.  to  W.  shore  of  Gui- 
mariis  I.  opposite.  At  end  of  this  spit  is  fort, 
close  to  which  is  deep  water.  River  of  same 
name  has  its  outlet  on  N.  side  of  town. 
Vessels  with  15  ft.  draft  can  ascend  river 
short  <listiince  and  lie  alongside  wharves 
which  coinnninicjile  with  merchant  houses. 
Large  vessels  anchor  outside.  There  is  a 
large  trucie  with  Manila  and  other  island 
ports  as  well  as  foreign.  Principal  houses 
are  well  built,  and  poorer  classes  of  nipa  on 
4  strong  posts.  There  are  many  industries, 
chiefly  manufacture  of  piiia,  jusi,  and  sina- 
may,  besides  water  and  land  traffic  and  fish- 
ing. Chief  imports  are  Australian  coal,  and 
general  merchandise  from  Europe.  Chief 
e.xports  are  sugar,  tobacco,  rice,  coffee,  hides, 
sapan  wood,  and  hemp.  There  is  regular 
weekly  communication  besides  casual  steam- 
'  ers  in  local  interisland  trade.  Iloilo  claims 
to  be  not  only  second  town  of  archipelago  in 
commercial  importance,  but  center  of  culture 
and  civilization  in  Visayan  grp.  and  S.  Philip- 
pine A.    Pop.,  en.  1887,  11,364;  en.  1896,  6,429. 


ILUILO;  important  river  in  Iloilo,  Paiiay,  on  r. 
bank  of  mouth  of  which  is  situated  important 
city  of  same  name.  Risesinoutlying  Ivsierras 
of  central  range,  and  flowing  SE.  enters  lluilo 
Strait.  From  Iloilo  town  t.i  sim  river  makes 
2  sharp  bends  and  flnws  witli  great  force 
to  E.  On  entrance  channel  near  S.  end  is 
house  of  port  pilots.  Vessels  drawing  less 
than  13  ft.  anchor  within  river  off  jetty  near 
warehouse.  Those  of  greater  draft  outside. 
Entrance  is  lighted. 

strait  between  island."?  of  Panay  and  Xegros, 

Visayan  Sea. 

river  in  Infanta,  Luz6n,  rising  on  E.  cre-^t 

of  Cordillera  or  E.  coast  range  and  emptying 
into  Pacific  Ocean. 

ILONG  (ee-long'),  nat.;  mountain  in  Negros. 

ILOXUOS  (ee-lawn'-gohs),  Hisp.;  town  in  W. 
Leyte. 

ILOY  (ee'-loy),  ver.;  river  in  Negros  Occidental, 
emptying  on  W.  coast. 

ILf  AN  (ee-loo'-ahn),  ver.;  hamlet  near  NE.  head- 
waters of  Lagasdn  Riv.,  13  m.  E.  of  Bago,  Ne- 
gros Occidental. 

IIHALAGUN  (ee-mah-lah'-goon),  ver.;  islet  303  ft. 
high,  33  m.  SE.  by  S.  of  Cuyo,  Cuyos  Is.,  Min- 
doro  Sea. 


'  Telephone. 


"  Telegraph. 


$  Post-oflSce  and  money -order  office. 


552 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


IMHALABA  (im-bah-lali'-bah),  vcr.;  island  J  iii. 
off  NVV.  sliore  of  I'aragua,  Palawan,  E.  of  Cad- 
lao  I. 

IMBAYA  (im-bah'-yah),ver.;  hamlet  in  S.  central 
Bohol,  3  m.  S.  of  Carmen. 

hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Vilar,  Bohol,  on  trail 

between  Guindulnian  and  Carmen,  at  head 
of  one  of  tributaries  of  Vilar  Riv. 

IMI'ASUGON  (im-pah-soo'-gohn),  ver.;  town  on 
1.  bank  of  important  stream  emptying  into 
Macajalar  Bay  at  Taguloan,  21  m.  SE.  of  Ca- 
gaydn  de  Misaniis,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

mPONAN(im-ii(ili'-naliin,  ver.:  village  near  NW. 
coast  of  Misaiiiis,  Mimlaiiao  I.,  on  river  empty- 
ing into  estuary  uf  Maeajalar;  center  of  gold 
district. 

IMUBUAN  (ee-moo-roo'-ahn),  ver.;  bay  between 
Boayan  I.  and  Emergency  Ft.,  on  W.  coast  of 
Paragua,  Palawan,  12  m.  wide  at  its  entrance; 
fine  seining. 

■ islet  in  N.  waters  of  bay  of  that  name,  W. 

coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

IMUS  (ee'-moos),  Tag.;  river  entering Bacoor  Bay 
from  SE.  in  Cavite,  Luzon. 

imeblo  on  silang  road  in  Cavite,  TjUz6n,  8 

111.  SI-:.  (It'  ('.'niti':  strnii-hold  ol'  insurrection, 
l.s'.n;;  in  ils  prinripal  l.uildiii.i^-  ilirirk)  Agui- 
nalduan.l  otlur  clii.'ist.stal.lishfd  tlieir  head- 
quarters and  resisted  authuritv  of  Spain. 
Pop.,  14,696. 

INAASAN  (ee-nah-ah'-sahn),  ver.;  mountain 
stream  in  W.  Leyte,  rising  in  Caucaoan  Mt. 
and  emjitying  into  Lake  Danao. 

INABAMiA.  or  IXABAGAX  (ee-nah-bang'-ah,  ee- 
nah-ba!i'-gahn),  ver.;  pueblo  near  NVV.  coast 
of  Bohol,  30  m.  NE.  of  Tagbilaran.  Pop., 
9,957. 

IaVABASAX  (ee-nah  bah'-sahn),  ver.;  hamlet  in  S. 
central  Iloilo,  Panay,  2^  m.  NW.  of  Cabatuan. 

IXABLXN  (ee-nah-blahn'),  ver.;  small  river  in 
extreme  S.  of  Albay,  Luzon,  emptying  into 
San  Bernardino  Strait,  W.  of  Dunol  Bay. 

INABONfeA  (ec-nah-bong'-ah) ,  ver.;  river  rising 
in  Pinoonan,  and  flowing  N.  falls  into  sea  at 
Lviuis  Pt.,  NW.  coast  of  Bohol. 

IXABl'Y.ATAN  (ee-nah-boo-yah'-tahn),  ver.; 
northernmost  of  3  islands  on  E.  shore  of 
Biuuit  Bay,  1,130  ft.  high,  conspicuous  on 
entering  and  resembling  elephant  on  his 
haunches,  NW.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

IXAC  (ee-nack'),  ver. ;  hamlet  on  W.  coast  of  Cota- 
bato,  Mindanao,  44^  m.  SSW.  of  Cotabato. 

IXAOAi'AX  (ee-nah-cah'-wahn),  nat.;  point  in 
W.  Sorsogon,  Luz6n. 

INAtiAl'AN  ( ee-nah -gah'-wahn),  nat.;  town  on 
E.  coast  of  Palawan,  10^  m.  SSW.  of  Puerto 
Princesa. 

INAflATAN  (ee-nah-gah'-yahn),  ver.:  inlet  in 
Bilaran  I.,  N.  of  Leyte". 

IXA(JII1A\AX  (ee-nah-gee-ah'-nahn),  ver.;  river 
in  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luzon,  rising  in 
Isarog  Mt.  and  emptving  N.  into  San  Miguel 
Bay. 

IXAGCICAX  (ee-nah-gee'-cahn),  ver.;  E.  point  of 
island  off  E.  shore  of  Infanta,  Luz6n,  and  NW. 
entrance  head_  to  Lamon  Bay.  Provincial 
capital.  Binangonan  de  Lainp6n,  lies  on 
mainland  opposite  this  island.  Nearest  land 
of  Polillo  I.  is  9i  m.  E. 

IXAIillXOAX  (ee-nah-loong'-ahn),  ver.;  town  at 
foot  of  E.  slope  of  Gran  Cordillera  Central, 
near  headwaters  of  Saltto  Riv.,  in  SW. 
Cagayan,  Luz6n,  30  m.  W.  of  Tuguegarao. 

IXAMBLAX  (ee-nam-blahn'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  W. 
coast  of  Cebi'i,  2  m.  N.  of  Malabuyoc. 

IXAMBtiYOD  (ee-nam-boo'-yod),  ver.";  island  NE. 
of  Matinloc,  NW.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 
Cliflf  and  Crown  islets  lie  on  N.  Mushroom 
rock,  named  from  its  shape,  lies  i  m.  off  its 
SE.  face. 


IXAMPUUKJAX  (ee-nam-poo-loo'-gahn),  ver.; 
island  2i  by  3  m.,  and  hamlet  on  its  extreme 
E.  coast  in  Guimards  Strait,  H  m.  off  SE.  shore 
of  Guimards  I.  Between  this  island  and  Gui- 
marAs  are  6  steep  rocks  with  flat  summits,  on 
which  are  trees. 

IXAML'CiX  (ee-nah-moo-cahn'),  nat.;  port  on  W. 
shore  of  Iligan  Bay  at  its  entrance  from  W., 
N.  coast  of  Mi.samis,  Mindanao,  between 
Bomb6n  and  Polo  Pts. 

point  at  W.  entrance  to  port  of  same  name 

Misamis,  Mindanao. 

IXXn  (ee-nahn'),  nat.;  river  tributary  to  Pineda 
Riv.  entering  on  NE.  shore  of  Pntiao  port, 
SW.  coast  of  Sorsogon,  Luzon. 

IXAPUY  (ee-nah-pooy'),  nat.;  pueblo  of  Bontoc, 
Luzon,  17  m.  froni  Bontoc.    Pop.,  417. 

IXARARAX  (ee-nah-rah'-rahn),  ver.;  point  on  W. 
shore  of  Sorsogon,  Luzon,  N.  of  Buldn  Riv. 

INARCXx  (ee-nar-cahn'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  W. 
coast  of  Cotabato.  Mindanao,  N.  by  E.  of 
Cidepil  (Quidapil)  Pt.,  31i  m.  S.  by  W.  of 
Cotabato. 

IXARIJAX  (ee-nah-ree'-hahn),  ver.;  river  in  Am- 
bos Camarines,  Luzon. 

IXATXX  (ee-nah-tahn'),  nat.;  river  entering  on 
S.  shore  of  Sdmar,  SE.  of  Balangiga. 

IXATOLIRAX  (ee-nah-toh-lee'-rahn),ver.;  moun- 
tain in  Sdmar. 

IXATULAX  (ee-nah-too'-lahn),  nat.;  islet  on  SW. 
side  of  opening  of  bight  on  S.  shore  of  Sdmar 
Visayas,  2  m.  W.  off  Guiuan  port. 

INAUAYAX  (ee-nah-wah'-yahn),  ver.;  pointonW. 
coast  of  Tablas  I.,  Romblon  grp.,  Visayas. 

IXAULAX  (ee-nah-oo'-lahn),  ver.;  hamlet  on  bay 
setting  in  from  San  Juanico  Strait,  in  SW. 
Sdmar. 

IXAURIAX  (ee-nah-oo-ree'-ahn),  ver.;  tributary 
from  E.  of  Bolinog  Riv.,  in  Albay,  Luzon,  3  ui. 
above  its  mouth  in  Port  Putiao. 

INAUSUGAX  (ee-nah-oo-soo'-gahn) ,  ver.;  inlet  in 
Biliran  I.,  N.  of  Leyte. 

IXAt^TAX  (ee-nah-oo'-tahn) ,  ver.;  hamlet  in  Abra, 
Luzon,  4  m.  S.  of  Bangued. 

IXAYA  (ee-nah'-yah),  ver.;  river  rising  in  SE. 
Albay,  Luzon,  and  empties  into  Lake  Bat6. 

INAYAUAX  (ee-nah-yah'-wahn),  nat.;  town  and 
river  IJ  m.  N.  on  SW.  coast  of  Negros  Occi- 
dental, 68  m.  SE.  of  Bacolod. 

hamlet  in  pueblo  of  San  Nicolds,  Cebi'i. 

Under  P.  C.  act  of  April  18,  1901,  incorpora- 
ted in  the  municipality  of  Cebu. 

IXDAGAMY  (een-dah-gah'-me),  nat.;  islet  158  ft. 
high,  W.  of  N.  end  of  Cuyo  I.,  Cuyos  grp., 
Mindoro  Sea.    Smaller  islet  to  NE.  rises  85  ft. 

IXDAGUA  (een-dah-goo'-ah),  nat.;  one  of  cluster 
of  4  islets,  about  center  of  Tambiluanga  chan- 
nel, off  NE.  coast  of  Tawi  Tawi  I.,  Sulu  A. 

IXDj(N  (in-dahn'),  ver.;  pueblo  in  Ambos  Cama- 
rines (Norte),  Luz6n,  on  r.  bank  of  Laro  Riv. 
Pop.,  5,800. 

IXDAXG  (een-dahng'),Tag.;  pueblo  and  road  cen- 
ter in  Cavite,  Luz6n,  21  m.  S.  of  Cavite.  Pop., 
1,500;  township,  13,344. 

low  point  on  E.  coast  of  Ambos  Camarines 

(Norte),  Luzon. 

town  in  pueblo  of  Hilongos,  on  SW.  coast 

of  Leyte, 4^  m.  SSE.  of  Inopacan. 

IXDAXG,  or  JIXDAX  (een-dahng',  heen'-dahn), 
river  of  Ambos  Camarines  (Norte),  Luzon, 
emptying  into  Pacific  Ocean,  NVV.  of  In- 
dang  I. 

IXDAXG,  or  QUIXAJIAXOKAX  (een-dahng',  kee- 
nah-mah-noh'-kahn),  nat.;  island  in  Pacific 
Ocean,  off  E.  coast  of  Ambos  Camarines,  Lu- 
z6n. 

IXDOXG  (een-dong')nat.;  islet  of  Corandagos  Is. 
connected  with  SE.  side  of  Corandagos,  off 
Dumardn  1.,  off  E.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 


ft  ?-    \ ,!.../    ■-:? 


-4/%.^^ 


PORT  INAMICAN 


S  Doc  /?i"<7    57 


(JA'/K'ITKKK    OK    TIIK    IMlll.irriNK    1S1..\N1>S.  55.'^ 

INFANTA.  LUZON  iINCLUDING  POLILLO  GROUP).  SUB- 
PROVINCE  OF  TAYABAS. 

^Koii  iMlur  I.-ih.  Sp.l 

Capitnl:    rwnanlriMiaii  .1.'  Liiuimu;  Int.  11'^  W  N.,  l..n,  I'.M"^  ;?;)'  K. 

Aroa:    Mninhin.l,  17- sq.  in.;  tloiuMulont  isl:in.ls,   lO.'i  st).  iii.;  total.  S77  sij.  in. 

Population:    li>.79'>. 

Rai'o:    Tairaloir. 

Lauoiini^o:  'Paiialoi:. 

Military  Dopjvrtuiont  of  L\i/.du:   1  K;ul«|uaii»>rs.  Manila,  l.n/.on. 

Kri>m  Himnfl^Mitin  do  Unin>iin  t«>—  m. 

Hiilor.  l"riiu'ipi>,  N 77 

Miiuiln.W Jfi 

I'olilUi,  NK 18 

LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

'V\\'\>^    fornn'i-  coinauilancia   i-onsisis  of  a  narrow  strip  ol'  Ii>rrilorv  o\\   the  I'ai'ilic 
ast.  honn<ltvl  on  llio  N.  I«y  Nnova  Ki'ija.  on  tlio  V..  1>.'   tin-   I'acilic  Oci-an.  on  tlu>S. 
by  Tayabas.  and  on  ilu-  W.  hy  l^\irin>a,  KizsU  (^  Moronii),  an<l   I'.nhu'an. 

AREA. 

It  nioasnros  (l;;  ni.  from   N.  to  S..  ITi  n\.  from  K.  to  W.  on  iho   N.,  u;  m.  ahont  tl>o 
iMitiM-.  an.l  ;;  m.  (ho  s;nni>  iliivction  aloni;  lln>  S.   hoim.lary.      Aioa:    Mainland,   I7"J 
s>(.  m.;  '2'2  dciuMulont  islamis,  -105  sq.  n>.:  total.  S77  sq.  m, 

PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 

Tho  snrfai-o  iso\tnMi\olv  rnuiiod.  ihi>  n\onnlain  ihain  of  r.aniiangan  i^Siorra  Mailiv). 
which  forms  tlu>  i-ntiro  \\\  l>oniulary.  sending  ont  a  nnmlu-r  of  spni-s,  hotwoon  whii-li 
the  v..  slopes  aro  drainoil  into  tho  rarilic  hy  many  stroan\s.  from  5  to  torn,  in  liMiirlli. 
and  diminisiunc  to  rivnU>ts  dnrini^-  tlu>  N  Iv  or  dry  monsoon,  Tho  torrilory  is 
oiuiri'ly  \vitl\ont  rivors  of  any  si/.i>. 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

riic  shoiv  of  this  portion  of  Luzon  is  hut  littU>  known.  Tho  latost  charts  in.lioati> 
tlio  roast  to  ln>sovoral  milo.s  out  oi  truo  position,  and  partionlarly  tlu>  location  of 
Toidlo  I.  InaiTuican  Pt.  is  ri>portod  ;{  m.  to  llu'  W.  and  :>  m.  to  tlio  S.  of  its  pioscnt 
ihartod  position.     On  tho  ooast  uro  sovond  hays.     Tho  most  important: 

Bouloo;  narrow,  on  N.  coast  of  rolillo.      l\ivor  of  samo  namo  onti>rs  on  S.  coast. 

Dins"Jvlan;  a  hijjlit  hotwocn  Sua  ^A,irria'^  and  Posoada  I'ts..  rocoivin-r  si-voral 
streams,  and  o\j>osod  to  tho  W. 

Lampou,  Roal  do;  '2  m.  lH>twot>n  heads,  with  a  N.  tivnd  inland  t>  m.  It  is  known 
rts  tho  royal  port.  In  tho  so\ontt>onlh  oontnry  it  was  a  harhor  o(  tlu'  iralli>on.>< 
I  l)otW(>on  Manila  and  Now  Spain.  iKMns^'  t-onsidorod  a  sjifor  way  of  oommiuiioation 
than  liy  tho  narrow  strait  of  San  In-rnardino. 

Mataoon;  a  hay  on  tlio  N.  coast  of  Tolillo. 

Pinavisaf^au;  a  slu'lti-rod  hav  on  tho  Nil.  co:ist  of  Tolillo. 

Polillo;  on  the  \\'.  coast  of  tho  island  of  tho  sanu>  namo. 

Santa  Mdnioa  and  Misma;  L'  anchoraijos  on  tlu>  coast  hnt  lilllo  known, 

Upata;  hay  on  tho  N\V.  coast  of  folillo.  Sh!.  of  Tanampalan  Pt. 

ROADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 

Tlu>  precipitous  charactt'r  of  tho  «'onntry.  and  tho  mtnmtains  and  rivoi-s  which 
nnist  ho  crossed.  rondt>rtho  I'onstrnction  of  roads  in\possihlo,  except  at  a  t-ost  not 
warnvntod  hy  thoconunon-o  of  the  roi^ion.  There  are  siworal  trails  over  the  n\onn- 
tains  to  the  central  provinces,  that  to  Siniloan  at  thoontlel  of  tho  Salandiat<io  Kiv. 
in  thi'  Nl'l.  oornor  of  l,ai,nina  do  Pay  hoini;  •_"_'  m.  SW..  and  n.sed  hy  mail  carriers  and 
travoloi-s.     To  the  hoadwatei-s  of  the  Salainhatoe  Kiv.  tho  dislanoe  is  1,">  m. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

Tho  iviristoro.l  population  of  Infanta  is  5),lH)r>,  an.l  of  Polillo,  l,7lX>:  total,  10.75)5, 
in  lu>lhca.ses  th«'  ract>and  lan,u:na,ire  hoimi  Tairiiloj:.  In  tln>  niouiituinsof  P>inair>,'onaii 
Hr»>  a  lew  Nt\>,'rilos. 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  553 

INFANTA,  LUZON  (INCLUDING-  POLILLO  GROUP),  SUB- 
PROVINCE  OF  TAYABAS. 

(Een-fahn'-tah,  Sp.) 

Capital:  Binaiigonan  de  Lamp6n;  lat.  14°  40^  N.,  Ion.  121°  39'  E. 

Area:  Mainland,  472  sq.  ni.;  dependent  island?,  405  sq.  ni.;  total,  877  sq.  m. 

Population:  10,795. 

Race:  Tagjilog'. 

Language:  Tagalog. 

Military  Department  of  Luzon:  Head(juaiter8,  Manila,  Luzon. 

Tahh'ofdistdnces. 
From  Binailgonan  de  Lanip6n  to —  m. 

Baler,  Principe,  N 77 

Manila,  W 46 

Polillo,  NE 18 

LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

This  former  comandancia  consists  of  a  narrow  strip  of  territory  on  the  Pacific 
coast,  bounded  on  the  N.  by  Nueva  Ecija,  on  the  E.  by  the  Pacific  Ocean,  on  the  S. 
by  Tayabas,  and  on  the  W.  by  Laguna,  Eizal  (Morong'),  and  Bulacdn. 

AREA. 

It  measures  63  m.  from  N.  to  S.,  15  m.  from  E.  to  W.  on  the  N.,  10  m.  about  the 
center,  and  3  m.  the  same  direction  along  the  S.  bonndary.  Area:  Mainland,  472 
sq.  m.;  22  dependent  islands,  405  sq.  m.;  total,  877  sq.  m. 

PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 

The  surface  is  extremely  rugged,  the  mountain  chain  of  Bangangan  (Sierra  Madre), 
which  forms  the  entire  W.  boundary,  sending  out  a  number  of  spurs,  between  which 
the  E.  slopes  are  drained  into  the  Pacific  by  many  streams,  from  5  to  15  m.  in  length, 
and  diminishing  to  rivulets  during  the  NE.  or  dry  monsoon.  The  territory  is 
entirely  without  rivers  of  any  size. 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

The  shore  of  this  portion  of  Luzon  is  but  little  known.     The  latest  charts  indicate 
the  coast  to  be  several  miles  out  of  true  position,  and  particularly  the  location  of 
!j  Polillo  I.     Inaguican  Pt.  is  reported  3  m.  to  the  W.  and  3  m.  to  the  S.  of  its  present 
I  charted  position.     On  the  coast  are  several  bays.     The  most  important: 
i      Bonleo;  narrow,  on  N.  coast  of  Polillo.     River  of  same  name  enters  on  S.  coast. 

Dingalan;    a  bight  between  Sua  (Agria)  and  Deseada  Pts.,   receiving  several 
!  streams,  and  exposed  to  the  W. 

\      Lampon,  Real  de;  2  m.  between  heads,  with  a  N.  trend  inland  6  m.     Itis known 
I  as  the  ro\-al  port.      In  the  seventeenth  century  it  was  a  harbor  of  the  galleons 
[  lietween  ^lanila  and  New  Spain,  being  considered  a  safer  way  of  communication 
than  l)y  the  narrow  strait  of  San  Bernardino. 

Matacdn;  a  l)ay  on  the  N.  coast  of  Polillo. 

Pinavisagan;  a  sheltered  bay  on  the  NE.  coast  of  Polillo-. 

Polillo;  on  the  W.  coast  of  the  island  of  the  same  name. 

Santa  Monica  and  Misma;  2  anchorages  on  the  coast  but  little  known. 

Upata;  bay  on  the  NW.  coast  of  Polillo,  SE.  of  Panampalan  Pt. 

ROADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 

The  i)recipitous  character  of  the  country,  and  the  mountains  and  rivers  which 
must  be  crossed,  render  the  construction  of  roads  impossible,  except  at  a  cost  not 
warranted  by  the  commerce  of  the  region.  There  are  several  trails  over  the  moun- 
tains to  the  central  provinces,  that  to  Siniloan  at  the  outlet  of  the  Salambatoc  Riv. 
in  the  NE.  corner  of  Laguna  de  Bay  being  22  m.  SW.,  and  used  by  mail  carriers  and 
travelers.     To  the  headwaters  of  the  Salambatoc  Riv.  the  distance  is  15  m. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

The  registered  population  of  Infanta  is  9,095,  and  of  Polillo,  1,700;  total,  10,795, 
in  both  cases  the  race  and  language  being  Tagitlog.  In  the  mountains  of  Binarigouan 
are  a  few  Negritos. 


554 


GAZETTKEU    UF    THE    riilLIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


Tlie  following  is  the  divii-ion  of  Infanta  into  jmeblos  and  respective  population, 
according  to  the  census  of  1887: 


Men. 

Women. 

Total. 

Infanta: 

Binaiigonan 

3,043 
530 

2,982 
564 

6,025 

Polillo 

Total . 

3,593 

3,546 

7  139 

Estimated,  1901,  10,795. 

The  chief  and  onlj-  towns  on  the  mainland  and  island  are: 

Binangonan  de  Lampon;  2  m.  N.  of  the  N.  ])oint  of  Lampon  Bay.  This  was 
the- seventeenth  century  jiort  for  the  galleon  trading  between  New  Spain  (Mexico) 
and  Manila.     Pop.,  7,557,  which  includes  the  territory  and  vicinity. 

Polillo;  on  a  bay  on  the  SW.  shore  of  the  island  of  the  same  name.  It  carries  on 
considerable  trade  with  Baler  Bay  on  the  N.  and  Lanion  Bay  on  the  S.     Pop.,  1,400. 

DEPENDENT   ISLANDS. 

The  mainland  of  Infanta  is  free  from  islands.  Off  the  W.  shore  of  the  island  of 
Polillo,  17  in.  E.  of  Inaguican  Pt.,  on  the  mainland,  are  a  number  as  follows: 

sq.  m. 
Balesin;  19  m.  S.  of  Polillo,  50  ft.  high  in  the  channel  between  Polillo  and  Alabat  Is.,  in  Lamon 

Bay 

Binangonan;  off  the  E.  shore  near  Binaiigonan,  de  Lampon,  separated  Irom  the  mainland  by  a 

channel  abont  i  m.  wide;  is  7  m.  NW.  to  SE.  and  4  m.  from  NE.  to  SVV 25 

Cabungeoen;  one  of  the  cluster  E.  of  Polillo  1 1 

Calagian;  between  Patnanongan  and  Iguicon  Is.:  a  chain  of  5  islands  extending  from  NE.  to 

SW.  from  the  E.  point  of  Cabungeo(5n  to  Patnanongan  Is 4 

also  2  islands  lie  in  the  channel  between  Malaguinoan  and  Cabungeoen  on  the  E.  and  Pala- 

san  on  the  W.;  another  in  the  opening  to  the  bay  on  the  NE.  coast,  and  Bantd  Pt.  on  the  main- 
land   

Iguicon;  the  southeast  I  •nun  list  "f  islands  off  the  E.  shore  of  Polillo 1 

JomAlig;  4m.N.an<l  s     i:;iii.  I :  and  W.,  11  m.  SE.  of  Polillo,  lying  in  the  entrance  to  Lamon  Bay 

between  Polillo  and  (  ulaijiias  Is 52 

Lantao;  3m.  E.  of  Jomalig  1.,  in  the  E.  entrance  to  Lamon  Bay ^ 

Malaguinan;  between  Telong  and  Cabungeoen  Is.,  E.  of  Polillo  I i 

Malanay ;  between  Jomdlig  and  Calaguas  Is.,  in  the  E.  entrance  of  Lamon  Bay 

Nelaguinuan;  between  Cabungeoen  and  Palasan,  E.  of  Polillo 1 

Palasan;5m.  N.  and  S.,  2  m.  E.  and  W.,2m.  off  the  E.  coast  of  Polillo 9 

Patnanongan;  8  m.  N.  and  S.,  2  m.  E.  and  W.,  IJ  in.  E.  »i  Atrta,  the  extreme  S.  point  of  Pollillo. .  16 
Polillo,  next  to  Catanduanes,  the  largest  island  olY  tlic  coavt  df  Luz6n,  being  separatetl  from  the 
coast  of  Infanta  by  a  channel  17  m.  wide  beiwem  Inauniiaii  I't.  and  the  SW.  coast  of  the  island: 
measures  28  m.  from  N.  to  S.  and  23  m.  from  E.  tn  W.  ai-ioss  its  X.  line;  is  formed  of  a  central 
moinitain  of  medium  height,  the  chief  summits  Malulinl  nn.l  Cai.nti:  and  fdvorcd  with  I'nrests; 
on  the  N.  and  E.  are  several  bays  and  openings.  The  K.  lua-i  i~  iiint,'fd  with  islandsand  dan- 
gerous reefs.  On  the  W.  the  water  is  deep,  excejit  in  front  oi  the  jiort  of  Polillo,  where  there  is 
an  extensive  reef,  parallel  with  the  island,  which  forms  a  narrow  canal  open  on  the  N  W.,  with  a 
depth  from  77  to  93  ft.,  which  leads  to  the  port  of  Polillo:  chief  town  of  same  name  lies  on  the 
SE.  shore  of  a  deep  bav;  its  chief  trade  is  the  sale  of  balate  gum  and  wax;  coal  is  also  found  . .  294 

Telong;  S.  of  Banta  Pt.,"NE.  coast  of  Polillo 1 

Tumalic;  rocky  and  uninhabited,  SE.  of  PoliUo 

22  dependent  islands,  total  area 405 

VEGETABLE  PRODUCTS. 

The  sparse  population  is  chiefly  engaged  in  the  rudest  agriculture,  the  cultivation 
of  rice,  cocoanut,  chocolate,  and  cofltt'  nccupying  the  greater  portion  of  the  popula- 
tion; also  fishing  among  the  coast  p(i]itilati(in.  There  is  also  trade  with  the  more 
populous  and  arable  provinces  of  Ambos  C'aniarines  (Norte)  and  Tayabas,  which 
surround  the  adjacent  bay  of  Lamon  on  the  E.,  S.,  and  W. 

MINERALS. 

Coal  is  found  on  the  island  of  Polillo,  l)iit  is  not  worked  on  account  of  the  difficul- 
ties of  reaching  the  coast.  There  are  indicatii:)ns  of  coal  and  iron  on  the  mainland, 
but  no  investigation  has  been  made  as  to  their  quality  or  quantity. 

FORESTS. 

This  region  is  well  timbered  from  the  summits  of  the  mountains  to  the  coast,  and 
the  same  may  be  said  of  Polillo.  Among  the  trees  of  great  conunercial  value  is  the 
balate,  which  produces  what  is  known  to  commerce  as  balate  gum,  a  variety  between 
the  caoutchouc  and  gutta-percha.     This  tree,  formerly  common  in  tropical  America, 


OAZETTEEK    OF    THE  a'llILllM'INE    ISLANDS. 


tnnn  the  Antilles  to  Guiana,  han  become  scarce  in  that  re.uion.     The  extent  of  its 
growth  in  I'olillo  therefore  becomes  a  (juestion  of  commercial  importance. 


FRUITS. 


Pineapples  and  bananas  grow  \vi! 


INDUSTRIES. 

rh(»  manufacture  of  nipa  wine  at  Binaiigonan  is  the  most  important  industry, 
ior  to  the  hurricane  of  1882  there  was  a  large  manufacture  of  cocoanut  oil,  which 
was  paralyzed  l)y  the  hurricane  of  that  year. 

UNITED  STATES  MIIilTARY  OCCUPATION. 

There  have  been  no  mihtary  posts  established  in  this  region. 


CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 

Tnder  act  of  V.  C.  June  12,  1!)02,  Jnfanta  was  annexed  to  the  province  of  Tayabas, 
Luzon,  the  inhabitants  to  enjoy  the  same  rights  and  privileges  as  if  the  said  territory 
had  beeii  originally  incorporated  in  the  province  of  Tayabas.  The  municipal  officers 
in  the  towns  included  in  the  territory  to  have  the  same  relations  to  the  provincial 
oihcers  of  the  province  of  Tayabas  as  prescribed  by  the  provincial  government  act 
and  the  enabling  act  of  province  of  Tayabas,  as  j)rovided  for  the  municipal  officers 
'  the  towns  of  the  said  province. 


CONDITIONS. 


No  report  for  1901. 


INFANTA  (een-fahn'-tah),  Sp.;  pueblo  of  Znm- 
bak's,  Luz6n,  41  m.  from  Iba.    Pop.,  3,415. 

I.\(;ALAN  (een-gah'-lahn),ver.;  one  of  Calagulas 
Is.,  (iff  N.  coast  of  Ambos  Camariiies  (Norte), 
Luzon. 

1N'(;KSA  (een-hay'-sah),  Tag.:  village  on  S.  eoast 
(jf  Tayabas,  Luzon. 

JNUil'LlN  (ee-nee-gee'-ahn),  nat.;  point  ami 
ereek  emptying  on  SE.  .shore  of  Panguil  Bay, 
.SW.end  of  Misamis port,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

INI.JANO  (ee-nee'-hahng),  nat.;  mountain  508  ft. 
high  on  peninsula  between  NE.  shore  of  Niu 
Bay,  W.,  and  Alas  Bay,  E.,  W.  coast  of  Mas- 
bate,  Visayas. 

INITAN  (oe-nee'-tahn),  nat.;  river  tributary  to 
Sibalom,  2^  m.  above  that  town  in  Antique, 
Panay. 

IMTAO  (ee-nee-tow'),  ver.;  small  bay  on  N.  side 
of  Maputi  Pt.,  E.  shnre  of  Iligan  Bay,  N.  coast 
Misamis,  Mindanao,  into  which  small  craft 
can  enter  and  lind  sheltered  anchorage  in 
front  t)f  pueblo  of  Inilao. 

point  in  N.  Mindanao. 

pueblo  on  E.  shore  of  Iligan  Bay,  N.  coast 

of  Misamis,  Mindanao,  26  m.  W.  bv  N.  of 
Cagaydn  de  Misamis.     Pop.,  Cn.  1SS7,  1,252. 

INlTOJiG  (ee-nee'-tohiiK),  nat.;  j.r.ik  lli)  ft.  high 
in  S.  point  of  peniiisuhi  hi  t^tcn  Xjn  and 
Cabuluang  bays,  W.  vt m-t  of  .M asl la I r,  Visayas. 

IM,A><iA>'  (een-lahng'-ahn),  ver.;  hamletinNuc- 
va  Vizeaya,  Luzon,  11  m.  S.  of  Bayombong. 

INU'LI'KK;  (in-loo-]oo-toc'),ver.;  largest  of  sev- 
eral liays,  1§  by  2J  m.  on  China  S.'a,  shore  of 
peninsula,  dividing  waters  of  Imunian  and 
Malampava  Ijavs.  \V.  eoast  of  Paragua,  Pala- 
wan. OnitsN.'side  Saddle  Hill,  1,000 ft.  high, 
is  conspicuous. 

INJIAN'  (een-mahn'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  1.  liank  of 
Bolinog  Riv.,  in  Sorsogon,  Luzon. 

INXEU  STRAIT,  for.;  channel  3im.  long  and  2h 
in.  wide  to  Malampaya  Sound,  Paragua,  Pala- 

vian. 

1N()('I>  (ee-noh-thin'),  ver.;  town  in  extreme  S. 
part  of  Albay,  Luz6n,  in  S.  foothills  n!  volca- 
no of  Bulusan.    Pop.,  5,254. 


IXOGAN  (ee-noh-gahn'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  N. 
SAmar,  4  m.  SE.  of  Mondragon. 

INOGBIIn  (ee-nohg-boon'),  nat.;  village  on  N. 
shore  of  San  Antonio  Bay  between  San  .luan 
Pt.  and  MaraiigAs,  SE.  coast  of  Palawan. 

IXOPAt'AJi'  (ee-noh-pah'-cahn),  nat.;  pueblo  and 
road  center  of  importance  on  SW.  coast  of 
Leyte,  58  m.  SW.  of  Tacloban.    Pop.,  4,239. 

inlet  in  W.  Leyte. 

INOSLOBAN  (ee-no.s-loh-bahn'),  ver.;  village 
midway  between  Tanauan  and  Lipii,  Batan- 
gas,  Luzon,  and  fork  of  2  roads. 

INSHORE  CliANWr:!,.  fur;  small  pa.ssage  between 
Balabac  anil  (;ri:i(  \u-vf  I-.,  lieing  very  nar- 
row and  full  of  dangers  t.  navigators. 

INSIO  (een-seeg')  (means  Cliinrsf),  Tiat.;  small 
stream  on  W.  coast  of  ('clai,  cnipuing  into 
straitof  Tan6n,  4  m.  NE.  olTuhnran. 

INTERlNSliLAR,  name  for  interisland  waters  of 
Visayaii  Sea. 

liN'TERIOR,  name  for  interLsland  waters  of  Visa- 
yan  Sea. 

INlIdlURAN  (ee-noo-goo'-bahnj,  ver.;  hamlet  on 
S.  bank  of  Gagbay&n  Riv.,  in  E.  Bohol,  4^  m. 
SW.  of  Batuanan. 

INDGUY  (ee-noo-gooy'),  nat.;  hamlet  near  1. 
shore  of  Piilangui  liiv.  in  Cotabato,  Mindanao, 
lOi  m.  N.  by  E.  of  Lignasan  Lake. 

INUMklUT  (ee-noo-loo'-coot),  ver.;  islet  in  Culion 
port,  1  m.  NE.  of  that  town,  Oalamidn  I., 
Calamianes  grp.,  Mindoro  Sea. 

IXUNIICAN  (ec-noo-noo'-cahn),  ver.;  larire  hnvon 
W.  eoast  of  Masliate  I.,  hetwini  fiiiitat  and 
Basupaniao  Pts.,  chain  ni'  i>irts.  Napaya- 
gnan,  Bagunbanna,  Nabu.i^lmi  ami  Majiiba 
acro.ss  its  entrance,  forming  a  shelter  for  its 
waters. 

INYAUAN"  (in-yah'-wahn),  ver.;  small  stream 
and  hamlet  at  its  mouth  in  extreme  W.  part 
of  Antique,  Panay. 

lOATAlV  (yoh-ah'-tahn),  ver.;  hamlet  in  SW.  SA- 
mar,  near  E.  shore  of  San  Pedro  and  San  Pa- 
blo Bay,  11  in.  SE.  of  Basey. 

lOT  (yot),  ver.;  point  on  N.  .shore  of  Catanduanes 
I.,  dependency  of  Albay,  Luzon. 


550 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILirPINE    ISLANDS. 


irAYO  (oo-prJi'-yoh),  ver.;  hamlet  near  1.  bank 
15;iilK;ihon  Kiv.,  1  m  N.  (if  GAndara, 


W. 


liar. 


IPAVCM;  (t'r-i)ali-.v()hk'),  ver.;  river  falling  into 
sea  (in  \V.  coast  of  Antique,  Panay,  immedi- 
ately X.  of  Sebaste. 

irili  ;  ■(■'-|icel),nat.;  seaward  reach  of  numerous 
tributaries  draining NK.  .section  of  Bohol,and 
having  its  outlet  2  m.  E.  of  Talibon,  on  N. 
coast. 

— pueblo  of  N.  Bohol,  on  r.  bank  of  river  of 

same  name,  at  junction  of  Fragata,  46^  m.  NE. 
of  Tagbilaran.    Pop.,  1,74.5. 

hamlet  on  W.  coast  of  Antique,  Panay,  'J^ 

ni.  N.  of  Barbaza. 

extreme  NW.  point  of  .SibuyAn  I.,  Kombloii 

grp. 

bay  in  E.  SAmar. 

mountain  in  Abra,  Luz6n. 

IIMACJ  (('Op-hag'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  E.  central 
I^cvlc,  :it  hoail waters  of  Gabayong,  6  m.  SW. 
(if  Al.iiilr-Ahiiig. 

II'OAN  (II  pdh'-ahn),  ver.;  .small  stream  entering 
.Magal  Kiv.  above  Bambang,  in  Nueva  Viz- 
caya,  I^uzou. 

IPOIiOTK  (ee-poh-loh'-tay),  ver.;  bay  4i  m.  be- 
tween iR'ads  Brooke  and  Pinanasan,  SE.  coast 
Palawan. 

IPONAN  (ee-poh'-nahn),  ver.;  pueblo  in  NE. 
Misainis,  Mindanao,  on  river  entering  Maca- 
jalar  Bav,  and  iOi  m.  W.  of  Cagavdn.  Pop., 
5,586. 

point  on  SW.  .shore  of  Macajalar  Bay,  W.  by 

N.  of  month  of  CagayAn  Riv.,  N.  coast  of 
MisainJH,  Mindanao. 

KMISVX  I  eo-kev'-sahn),  ver.;  hamlet  on  extreme 
W.  siKire  of  SAmar,  4  m.  SW.  of  Villareal. 

liiAPA  te  -rah'-dah),  Sp.;  mountain  on  N.  ex- 
tremity <.f  Batdn  I.,  Batanesgrp.,  3,806  ft.  high. 
apjiarently  old  volcano,  and  thickly  covered 
with  trees. 

IKANZA  (ee-rahn'-thah),  Sp.;  point  on  Ciego  or 
Uliiul  Harbor,  NW.  ciiast  Baiabacl.  Observa- 
tion spot,  lat.  8°  5'  20"  N.,  Ion.  116°  59'  43"  E. 

IKAN'ZO  (ec-rahn'-thoh),  Sp.;  point  at  SW.  ex- 
treme (it  Ramos  I.,  BalAbac  grp.,  and  N.  en- 
traiue  head  from  W.  to  Candaraman  inlet, 
SW.  of  Palawan. 

IRAO,  cr  CL'LEBRA  (ee-rah'-oo,  coo-leh'-brah), 
ver.;  island  of  Babuyanes  grp.,  3|  m.  off  S. 
point  of  Dalupiri  I.,  off  N.  coast  of  Cagayi'm, 
Luzon.     (,SVc  Bijutan  I. ) 


IRAOAHAN  (ee-rah-oh-ah'-hahn),  ver.;  hamlet  in 

N.  Samar,  on  river  emptying  into  bay  3^  m. 

SE.  of  Laguan  and  1  m.  NE.  of  inland  town 

of  Catiibig. 
IRAYA  (ee-rah'-yah),  nat.;  village  on  NW.  shore 

of  entrance  to  Alankao  Napangpang  Bay, 

SW.  .shore  of  Sorsog6n,  Luzon. 
hamlet  in  N.   end  of  SAmar,  63  m.   from 

Catbalogan. 
I  RIGA  (ee-ree'-gah),  ver.;  pueblo  on  main  road 

and  r.  bank  of  Buhi  Riv.,  Ambos  Camarines 

(Sur),  Luzon,  23  m.  SE.  of  Nueva  Cdceres. 

Pop.,  17,094. 
mountain  3,976  ft.  high,  N.  of  Buhi  Lake, 

22  m.  SE.  of  Nueva  CAceres,  in  Ambos  (;ama- 

rines   (Sur),  Luzon.    Extinct  volcano,  basalt 

and  andesite,  lat.  13°  26'  N.,  Ion.  123°  26'  E. 
IRIRON  (ee-ree'-ron),  ver.;  island  off  bay  of  same 

name,  W.  coast  of  Mindoro. 
pueblo  near  S.  side  of  mouth  of  river  of 

same  name  on  W.  coast  of  Mindoro,  57  m.  S. 

by  W.  of  CalapAn.    Pop.,  143. 
bay  about  8  m.  SE.  of  Dong6n  Bay  and 

20m.N.  of  Mangarin,  with  good  anchorage 

in  NE.  monsoon  on  W.  coast  of  Mindoro. 
lR<)>(i!-iRONG  (ee'-rong-ee'-rong),  ver.;  point  in 

W.  Samar. 
IROMROX   (ee-roh-nee'-rohn),  nat.;  point  ESE. 

of  Moroporo  Pt.,  W.  coast  of  Sdmar,  N\\'.  of 

Catbalogan. 

IROSIN  (ee-roh-seen'),   ver.;  point  in  Sorsog6n, 

Luzon. 
pueblo  in  Sorsogon,  Luzon.    Pop.,  5,224. 

IRRAYA  (ee-rrah'-yah),  ver.;  mountain  of  BatAn 
I.,  of  Batanes  grp.,  N.  of  CagayAn,  Luz6n. 

IRUSAX   PAKCiASAHAN  (ee-roo'-sahn  pahng-ah- 
sah'-hahn),  nat.;  channel  and  village  on  W. 


shore  of   Basilan  I. 
danao. 


S.  of  Zamboanga,  Min- 


ISABEL  (ee-sah-beP),  Sp.:  point  on  W.  coast  of 

Palawan,  N.  of  Eran  Bay. 

one  of  Dos  Hermanas  Is.,  E.  of  Mindoro. 

island  in  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  Cota- 

bato,  Mindanao.     (See  ICabaksalAn  I.) 
point  at  end  of  narrow  neck  of  land,  2  m. 

NW.  of  Remigio,  on  NW.  coast  of  Cebu. 

ISABEL,  INFANTA  (in-fahn'-tah  ee-sah-bel'),  Sp.; 
settlement  in  NW.  part  of  Cotabato,  Min- 
danao, N.  of  Tuaran,  near  N.  shore  of  Illana 
Bav. 


ISABELA,  LUZON,  PROVINCE  OF. 

(I^e-.sah-boh'-lah,  Sp.) 


Capital:  Ilagan,  lat.  17°  8^  50'''  N.,  Ion.  121°  50'  E.,  apjiroximately. 

Area:  Mainland,  5,394  sq.  m.;  2  dependent  islands,  1  s^cj.  m.;  total,  5,395  sq.  m. 

Population:  4S,302. 

Race:'  llocaiios,  iLCorrotes,  and  other  races,  including  Tagdlogs. 

Lang'uag-e:  iIii(;ino,  Ibanag,  Tagdlog,  and  dialects. 

Military  Department  of  liuzon:   Headquarters,  Manila,  Luzon. 

Table  of  distances. 
From  Ilagan  to—  '  '  m. 

Bayomboiig,  SW 71 

^hlnila,  SsW 168 

Tuguegarao,  CagayAn,  N 34 

LOCATION  AND  EOUND ARIES. 

The  province  of  Isabela  is  the  central  of  the  3  lying  along  the  Pacific  coast  of 
N.  Luziai.  It  is  bounded  on  the  N.  by  Cagayiin;  on  the  E.  by  the  Pacific  Ocean;  on 
the  S.  by  Prfiiciix'  and  Nueva  Ecija,  and  on  the  W.  by  Nueva  Vizcaya,  Lepanto- 
Bontoc,  and  Abra. 


gazettep:k  of  the  i'iiilippine  islands. 


557 


^      Enlarged 


A> 


19  ^  K 


558  GAZETTEKK    OV    THE    I'UlLirriNE    ISLANDS. 

ABEA. 

It  is  tlu'  larj^'fpt  of  tlu'  provinces  of  Luzon,  118  m.  from  NE.  to  SW.,  and  82  m.  from 
N\V.  to  SE.  Area,  5,894  sq.  m.  (including  comandancias  of  Saltan  and  of  l^lavac), 
and  2  dependent  iislands,  area  1  sq.  m.,  total  5,395  sq.  m. ;  400  sq.  m.  larger  than 
Connecticut,  over  twice  as  large  a.s  Delaware,  and  four  times  as  large  as  Rhode  Island. 

PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 

Inland  a  short  distance  from  the  Pacific  shore  extends  the  Sierra  Madre  range. 
Tlie  country  is  broken  by  low  hills,  extensive  plains  and  fertile  valleys.  Mt.  Moises, 
inland  from  Palandn  Bay,  is  4,209  ft.  high.  The  Grande  de  Cagaydn  Riv.  takes  its 
rise  in  the  extreme  SW,  part,  near  the  border  of  Nueva  Ecija,  and' thence  flows  in  a 
N.  direction  across  the  entire  province,  receiving  numerous  tributaries  on  the  way, 
the  most  important  l)t'ing  the  Gandon  or  Gaddano,  rising  in  Xueva  Yizcaya;  the 
Magat,  a  fine  stream  al^^i  >  ri.-^ing  on  the  W.  border  of  Nueva  Vizcava;  the  Pinacanauan, 
and  the  Siffu.  Tlie^^e  triljutaries  and  the  main  stream  receive  the  drainage  of  the 
entire  province,  the  streams  on  the  Pacific  slope  of  the  sierras  being  short  and  of  no 
importance. 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

The  coast  presents  numerous  small  sheltered  coves  utilized  by  native  ])ancas. 
Steamers  in  fair  weather  can  lie  close  inshore  discharging  into  boats.  The  l)ays 
and  coves  are  I)ut  imperfectly  known,  but  do  not  seem  adapted  to  vessels  of  large  size. 

The  following  are  tne  bays: 

Bicobian;  S.  of  Dimalansan,  penetrates  2  m.  inland,  is  about  2,000  ft.  wide,  with 
9  to  11  fms.  It  furnishes  a  comj)]etely  land-locked  harbor  with  10  fms.  Safe  as  a 
typhoon  anchorage,  with  amjile  room  for  turning  ships. 

Dig-oUirin;  a  small  inlet  about  the  center  of  the  coast. 

Dilasac;  8  m.  l)etween  heads,  on  the  coast  near  the  Principe  boundary  on  the  S. 
This  l)ay  is  sometimes  known  as  Port  Tumango.  It  has  two  sheltered  inlets,  one  of 
which  is  Palan;in.  The  bight  at  the  SW.  end  of  this  bay  forms  a  completely  land- 
locked harbor  with  5  fms.     The  E.  end  of  the  bight  is  open  to  the  NE.  monsoons. 

Dimalansan;  a  small  port  S.  of  Divilacan  Bay,  penetrates  3  m.  inland,  is  720  ft. 
wide  and  15  ft.  deep.  Vessels  can  safely  discharge  cargoes  at  this  anchorage. 
Estagno  I.  lies  in  its  entrance,  which  is  narrow,  but  for  small  craft  it  furnishes  abso- 
lute shelter. 

Divilacan;  on  the  NE.  coast.  A  bight  indented  by  several  smaller  bays  near  the 
boundary  of  Cagayan  with  9  to  17  fms.  ]\Its.  Cresta  and  INIoises  are  the  landmai-ks. 
Th.e  anchorage  is  exposed  to  the  NE.  monsoons,  but  being  protected  by  a  reef,  is 
reasonably  safe  under  all  conditions.     Gay  I.  is  on  the  E. 

Falanan;  on  the  N.  ])art  of  the  coast,  7  m.  between  heads,  with  7  to  27  fms.  Mt. 
IMoises,  WNW.,  4,209  ft.  high,  is  a  mark  for  all  the  ports  in  this  vicinity.  It  is 
exposed  to  NE.  winds.  For  landing  supplies  this  l)ay  affords  facilities.  The  river 
entering  it  allows  floating  large  native  boats  well  inland. 

ROADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 

The  main  highway  which  parallels  the  Grande  de  Cagayan  Riv.  from  Aparri  to 
Manila  crosses  this  province  and  connects  all  its  principal  towns.  It  crosses  the 
main  stream  twice  and  the  ]Magat  trilmtaries  once  :md  enters  Nueva  Vizcaya  5  m. 
SW.  of  Estella.  The  telegra]ih  line  follows  the  mad.  The  ( iiande  de  Cagayan  and 
its  larger  tributaries  also  afford  lacilitics  for  transpurtatiou  nt  jtroducts. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

The  registered  inhabitants  number  48,302,  Cn.  1887,  46,884.  Besides  these  are 
various  races  of  Igorrotes,  Togades,  who  live  between  Echagiie.and  Angadanan,  Gad- 
danes,  Mayaoaos,  Ilongotes  or  Ibilaos,  Bujuanes,  Silipianes,  Binanganes,  Bunginanes, 
the  Isanayes,  the  Buayas,  who  inhabit  the  Delim  country,  the  Catalanganes,  and  in 
the  E.  mountains  Negritos.  There  are  also  a  number  of  Tagtllogs.  In  this  province 
are  found  the  largest  number  of  Avild  races.  The  languages  are  Ilocano,  Ibanag, 
Cagayiln,  Gaddan,  and  Tagdlog. 

In  the  former  comandancia  of  Saltan  are  Gaddanes  who  speak  Ibanag,  Gadddn, 
Yaga,  and  Iraya  languages. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


559 


The  following  m  the  division  of  Isa])ela  into  towns  and  their  reppet'tive  jiopnla- 
tion,  according  to  the  census  of  1887: 


Province  and  pueblos. 

Total  population,  combining 
residents  present  and  ab- 
sent, native  and  Spanish, 
census  1887. 

Men.     1  Women.  |    Total. 

Isubelade  Luz6n: 

i 

Angadanan. 

Cabagan  Nuevo 

Cabagan  Viejo 

Carig 

Caua van 

Coloiiia  de  Santa  Isabela . 

Cordon 

Echagiie 

Gamu 

Uagan 

Palandn 

Reina  Mercedes 

Santa  Maria 

Tumauini 

Total 


1,081 

1,104 

2,188 

■1, 953 

2, 890 

5,843 

1,771 

1, 725 

3,496 

700 

637 

1,337 

1,148 

1,011 

2,159 

823 

779 

1, 602 

506 

470 

976 

2,233 

1,753 

3,986 

1,824 

2,198 

4,022 

5,816 

5,459 

11,275 

483 

497 

980 

976 

831 

1,807 

1,463 

1.379 

2,842 

2,082 

437 

24,069 

22,815 

46,884 

Estimated,  1001,  4.s,302. 

This  province,  the  largest  in  area,  is  one  of  the  least  populated,  there  being  but  22 
towns  and  63  villages.  All  the  towns  except  2  are  on  the  banks  of  the  Grande  de 
Cagayiin  Riv. 

Ilagan;  the  capital,  on  an  elevation  at  the  junction  of  the  Pinacanauan  witii  the 
Grande  de  Cagavdn  Riv.,  84  m.  S.  of  Aparri  at  its  mouth.  It  enjoys  a  delightful 
climate.     Pop.;  13,049. 

Angadanan;  on  the  main  road,  3  m.  W.  of  the  Grande  de  Cagavan  and  29  m.  S. 
of  Ilagan.     Pop.,  2,739. 

Cabagan  Nuevo  and  "Viejo;  on  the  r.  bank  of  the  Grande  de  Cagavan  Riv.,  on 
the  main  road,  ^i  m.  S.  of  the  boundary  of  Cagayan  and  21  m.  NW.  of  Ilagan. 
The  main  road  here  crosses  the  Grande  de  Cagayan  Riv.  Tutjuegarao  is  but  14  m.  N. 
Pop.,  9,000. 

Carig;  on  the  main  road  on  one  of  the  tributaries  of  the  main  stream  between 
Grande  de  Cagayan  Riv.  and  Magat,  39  m.  SSW.  of  Ilagan.     Pop.,  2,477. 

Cauayan;  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  Grande  de  Cagayan  Riv.,  and  on  the  main  road 
17  ni.  8.  by  AV.  of  Ilagan.     Pop.,  2,115. 

Echagiie;  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  Grande  de  Cagavan  Riv.,  34  m.  8.  of  Ilagan.  Pop., 
5,700. 

Estella;  (in  the  main  road  (3  ni.  from  Nueva  Mzcaya  l)oundary,  42  m.  SSW.  of 
Ilagan. 

Gamu;  on  the  main  road,  3  m.  S.  of  the  junction  of  the  Magat  and  on  the  1.  bank 
of  the  Grande  de  Cagaytin  Riv.,  8  m.  S.  of  Ilagan.     Pop.,  5,320. 

Palanan;  on  a  small  river,  emptying  into  the  bay  of  the  same  name,  5  m.  above 
ite  mouth.  It  lies  at  the  foot  of  the  Sierra  Madre  Mts.,  37  m.  E.  of  Ilagan.  Pop., 
1,137. 

Reina  Mercedes;  on  the  r.  bank  of  the  Magat  at  the  crossing  of  the  main  road, 
13  m.  SSW.  of  Ilagan.     Pop.,  3,82B. 

Santa  Maria;  on  the  main  road,  3  m.  S.  of  Cagavan  boundary,  near  the  crossing 
of  the  Grande  de  Cagayan  Riv.,  24  m.  N.  by  W.  of  Ilagan.     Pop.,  2,607. 

Tumauini;  on  the  r.  bank  of  the  Grande  de  Cagavdn  Riv.,  on  the  main  highway, 
10  m.  NNW.  of  Ilagan.     Pop.,  with  Balasag,  4,814. 

DEPENDENT  ISLANDS. 

The  coast  of  Isabela  has  l)een  but  little  explored,  but  is  aiiparently  free  from 
islands.     There  are  but  two  off  its  extreme  NE.  coast,  charted  as  follows:" 

S'l.m. 

Gay;  off  the  point  between  Divilacan  and  Dimalansiin,  Estagno  I.  lies  across  the  entrance i 

Estagno;  off  the  E.  head  of  DimalansAn  port,  Gay  I.  being  off  the  opposite  point i 

2  dependen  t  i^-lands,  total  area .,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 1 


560  GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILirPINE    ISLANDS. 

VEGETABLE  PRODUCTS. 

Tlie  chief  staples,  rice,  sugar  cane,  chocolate,  coffee,  corn,  and  ve<;etal)les  grow 
with  very  little  (;are.  The  corn  crop  is  a  specialty  among  the  inhabitants,  as  it  takes 
the  place  of  rice  when  the  latter  commands  a  high  price.  Tobacco  is  raised 
extensively. 

MINERALS. 

Nothing  is  known  of  the  mineral  wealth  of  tiiis  province,  although  it  is  1)elieved 
to  contain  important  deposits  of  iron. 

FORESTS. 

The  vast  timber  growth  which  covers  the  mountain  regions,  although  l)ut  little 
investigated,  shows  many  valuable  woods  particularly  useful  for  furniture  making. 
There  is  also  an  abundance  of  molave  (molaue),  ipii,  narra,  camagon,  and  other 
building  woods. 

FRUITS. 

Pineapples  and  oranges  grow  wild. 

INDUSTRIES. 

The  most  important  industry  is  the  growth  and  treatment  of  tobacco,  which  is  not 
only  produced  in  large  quantities,  but  is  regarded  as  the  best  in  the  Philippines.  It 
is  the  chief  article  of  export,  and  constitutes  the  w-ealth  of  the  country.  The  raising 
of  cattle  is  also  an  important  industry. 

UNITED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 

The  establishment  of  military  posts  at  Ilagan  and  other  strategic  points  in  the 
province  followed  soon  after  tlie  (lepurtmental  organization. 

()n  Febiuary  15,  1902,  the  following  were  the  military  garrisons  in  Isabela: 
Angadanan,        Carig,        Cauayan,  '        Cordon,        Echagiie,        Ilagan,"        Solano. 

CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 

The  ])rovince  of  Isabela  was  created  under  the  "provincial  government  act"  of 
February  6,  1901,  by  enactment  of  the  Philippine  Commission,  August  24,  1901,  to 
embrace  that  territory  in  the  island  of  Luzon  known  as  the  "province  of  Isabela." 

PROVINCIAL  OFFICERS. 

[Salaries  and  expenses  in  United  States  money.] 

Governor $1, 500 

Secretary 900 

Treasurer 1,  800 

Supervisor 1, 500 

Fiscal 1, 200 

Allowance  for  necessary  and  actual  traveling  expenses,  not  to  exceed  $3  per  day,  as 
prescril)ed. 

The  jiresidentes  or  alcaldes  of  the  muncipalities  of  the  province  to  meet  on  the  third 
Monday  in  .lanuary,  April,  July,  and  ()rtol)er,  to  consider  improvements  needed  in 
the  province  and  for  other  purposes  prescriljed  by  law. 

CONDITIONS. 

"No  armed  insurgents  heard  of  in  province  for  six  months.  Non-Christian  tribes 
friendly,  some  hostile  to  Christians  penetrating  territory.  Cagaytln  Valley  com- 
pletely tranquilized;  no  escorts  used  now  by  civil  officers.  *  *  *  People  friendly 
to  American  Government.  Province  safe  and  quiet  as  any  State  in  Union."  (Official- 
report  of  the  provincial  governor  of  Isabela,  December,  1901. ) 

^^  Telegraph. 


^ 


#■'■':'"■  .,J/^' 

S~^^ '''   „  "  ■**-^'' 

'  ^y;-f/:r^^ 

■  "<-%-...  ■ 

"^    - 

-^ 

r- 


L.I 


A"    ■  -'•■®x.j 


i  i 


SDoc.^.5<2.-57    1 


BASll.AN    ISLAND 

APPROACHES    TO 

PORT    I  SAB E LA 


A\ 


M 


S  Doc  ffSC   57 


GAZETTEEK    OB^    THE    rHILllTINE    ISLANDS. 


561 


;sABELA  (ee-sah-bch'-lah),  Sp.;  narrow  water- 
way between  Malamaui  and  Basilan  Is.,  on  S. 
shore  of  which  stands  Isabela  de  Basilan,  S. 
of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

pueblo  of  Negros  Occidental,  3G  m.  S.  of 

Bac61od.    Pop.,  11,104. 

inlet  on  S.  coast  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

"silanga"  between  Malamaui  and  Basilan 

Is.,  off  S.  coast  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao; 
forms  port  of  I.sabela  de  Basilan. 

{S.iBKLA  DK  ISASILAN  (oc-suh-beh'-lah  deh  bah-. 
sce'-lahn),  Sp.;  j)uel)li>,  cai)ital  of  Basilan grp., 
on  N\V.  coast  of  Basilan  I.,  lat.  6°  42"24"  N., 
Ion.  121°  5S'  E.,  off  S.  coast  of  Zamboanga, 
Mindanao,  569^  m.  S.  of  Manila.  Roadstead 
is  between  Malamaui  and  Lampinigan  Is., 
with  36  to  96  ft.  Has  naval  hospital,  mole, 
and  number  of  well-built  houses.  Naval  sta- 
tion is  Isabela  on  S.  side  of  channel,  at  en- 
trance of  I'asahan  Riv.  Fort,  65  ft.  above 
sea,  commanding  both  entrances  of  chan- 
nel, is  at  little  distance  S.  of  establishment, 
and  at  its  E.  port  are  barracks.  Is  small 
store  and  repairing  yard  with  workshops  for 
machinery  and  slip  capable  of  hauling  up 
gunboat  of  200  tons.  Also  wooden  ho.spital, 
erected  18.s5  on  poles  over  reef  at  entrance 
of  Pasahan  Riv.    Pop.,  1,300. 

ISABELA,  or  PASAHXn  (ee-sah-beh'-lah,  pah-sah- 
hahn');  river  entering  Isabela  channel,  W. 
of  I.siibela,  on  N.  coast  of  Basilan,  S.  of  Zam- 
boanga, Mindanao. 

ISAROG  (ee-sah-rog'),  ver.;  extinct  volcano,  lat. 
i;^°  41'  N.,  Ion.  123°  21'  E.,  6,450  ft.  high,  36 
m.  in  circumference,  about  center  of  Am- 
bos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luz6n,  between  San 
Miguel  Bay  and  Lagonoy  Gulf,  forming  apex 
of  irregular  mountain  system  which  sends 
its  drainage  into  Lagonoy  Bay  on  E.,  San 
Miguel  Bay  on  NW.,  and  the  Bicol  Riv.  on 
S.,  flowing  around  base  to  N.  Well-built  road 
makes  complete  circuit  at  its  foot. 

ISIAX  (ee-see'-ahn),  ver.;  hamlet  in  SVV.  Iloilo, 
Panay,  2  m.  E.  of  Tubungan. 

ISIO  (ee'-see-oh),  ver.;  pueblo  and  river  f)U  E. 
trend  of  coast  of  Negros  Occidental,  S.  shore 
of  Guimaras  Strait,  55  m.  SSW.  of  Bac61od. 
Pop.,  1,596. 

ISLAND  BAY,   for.,  or  BAIIIA   DE    LAS   ISLAS 

(bah-ee'-ahday  lahsees'lahs),  Sp.;  number  of 
low  coral  islands  in  open  bight,  with  depth 
from  2  to  38  fms.,  19  m.  in  extent,  N.  of  Craw- 
ford Cove  and  fronting  E.  shore  of  Palawan, 
about  lat.  9°  5'  N.  Aboda  lies  on  S\V.  shore. 
Pliiin  on  mainland,  which  e.Mcnds  across 
island  to  Tagbayug  Bay  about  "Jm.,  is  culti- 
vated m  many  parts  aiid  broken  by  number 


ISLAND    BAY,  for.,  or  HAHIA  DE    LAS    ISLAS— 

Continued, 
of  conical    hills  backed   by  Saddle    Hill  of 
Pulute  and  Steep  Cliff  on  Malanut  range. 

ISLAS  VERDES  (ees'-lahsvayr'-days),  Sp.;  bay  on 
E.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan.  {AUo  Green 
Islands  Bay.) 

ITAVES  (ee-tah'-vess),  ver.;  former  politico-mil- 
itary comandancia,  organized  in  1889; 
bounded  on  N.  by  Apayaos  tribe,  and  on  E. 
by  limits  of  towns  of  Reina  Mercedes,  Gamu, 
llagan.  Hacienda  de  Santa  Isabela,  Fumanin, 
Cabagan  Nuevo  and  Viejo,  Santa  Maria,  En- 
rile,  Solano,  Fuao,  Piat,  and  Manaleg,  in  its 
W.  mountains,  which  join  with  Apayaos 
tribe  on  S.  at  boundary,  along  watershed  N. 
of  mountains  of  Bunginan,  on  W.  by  bounda- 
ries of  Abra  and  Bontoc.  Contains  15,208 
inhabitants;  principal  town  is  Magaogao. 
There  are  in  Itaves  more  than  126  villages, 
formed  for  most  part  by  Calanas,  who  spetik 
Itaves  language.  Now  embraced  in  province 
of  Cagayan,  Luzon. 

ITLtJS  (it-loos'),  ver.:  several  rivulets  of  fre.sh 
water,  so  named  I)y  natives;  situated  E.  of 
Truce  head,  Eran  Bay,  SW.  coast  of  Palawan. 

ITOGON  (ee-toh'-gohn),  ver.;  pueblo  in  Benguet, 
Luzon.    Pop.,  609. 

ITOM(ce'-tom);  small  stream  in  SW.  Leyte,  3  m. 
S.  of  Matalom. 

IuXliT,  orE-WI-IO  (ee-wah'-lit,ay-we-ceg),  ver.; 
river  entering  port  opposite  Puerto  Princesa, 
Palawan.  Oppo-site  its  mouth  is  small  island 
fDel  Rio).  River  is  navigjible  for  boats 
about  3  m;  J  m.  above  is  Palineras,  thriving 
hamlet  with  several  settlements,  doing  a  live- 
ly trade  in  beeswax,  rice,  maize,  and  other 
products  of  neighborhood.  At  low  water  mud 
dries  nearly  i  m.  from  entrance,  through 
which,  however,  is  boat  channel  on  either 
side  of  Isla  del  Rio. 

IVANA  (ee-vah'-nah),  ver.;  town  on  an  open 
roadstead  on  SW.  shore  of  Batan  I.  of  Batanes 
grp.,  N.  of  CagayAn,  Luzon.  San  Vicente 
hamlet  2  m.  NNE.  affords  shelter  for  ship- 
ping. SabtAn  I.,  another  member  of  same 
grp.,  lies  to  SW.    {See  San  Jose  de  Ibana.) 

IVISAN  (ee-vee'-.sahn),  ver.;  pueblo  in  N.  Ciipiz, 
Panay,  1^  m.  inland  from  SE.  shore  of  bay, 
with  which  it  is  connected  by  road,  5^  m. 
SW.  of  Capiz.    Pop.  5,000. 

I-WI-IG,  SIERRA  DE  (sce-ay'-rrah  deh  ee-we-ig'), 
Hisp.;  short  series  of  elevations  near  8W. 
coast  of  Palawan  coming  down  shores  of  Ma- 
rasi  Bay,  between  Simagup  and  McLean  Pt. 
Highest,  1,814  ft.     {Also  E-wi-ig.) 

IZqillERDO  (ith-kee-ayr'-doh),Sp.;  hamlet  in  E. 
C&inz,  Panay,  2  m.  N.  of  Dumalag. 


S.  Doc.  280- 


-yo 


GAZETTEEK    OF    THE    THiLirriNE    ISLANDS. 


161 


2SABELA  (ee-sah-bch'-lah),  Sp.;  narrow  water- 
way between  Malamaui  and  Basilaii  Is.,  on  S. 
shore  of  which  stands  Isabela  de  Basilan,  S. 
of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

pueblo  of  Negros  Occidental,  36  m.  S.  of 

Bac61od.    Pop.,  11,104. 

inlet  on  S.  coast  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

"silanga"  between  Malamaui  and  Basilan 

Is.,  off  S.  coiist  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao; 
forms  port  of  Isabela  de  Basilan. 

ISABKLA  DE  BASILAN  (oe-.sah-beh'-Iah  deh  bah-. 
scc'-lahn),Sp.;  pueblo,  capital  of  Basilan  grp., 
OH  N\V.  coast  of  Basilan  I.,  hit.  6°  42' 24"  N., 
Ion.  121°  58'  E.,  oil  S.  coast  of  Zamboanga, 
Mindanao,  569i  m.  S.  of  Manila.  Roadstead 
is  between  Malamaui  and  Lampinigan  Is., 
with  36  to  96  ft.  Has  naval  hospital,  mole, 
and  number  of  well-built  houses.  Naval  sta- 
tion is  Isabela  on  S.  side  of  channel,  at  en- 
trance of  Pasahan  Riv.  Fort,  65  ft.  above 
sea,  commanding  both  entrances  of  chan- 
nel, is  at  little  distance  S.  of  establishment, 
and  at  its  E.  port  are  barracks.  Is  small 
store  and  repairing  yard  with  workshops  for 
machinery  and  slip  capable  of  hauling  up 
gunboat  of  200  tons.  Also  wooden  hospital, 
erected  1885  on  poles  over  reef  at  entrance 
of  Pasahan  Riv.    Pop.,  1,300. 

ISABELA,  or  PASAHXn  (ee-sah-beh'-lah,pah-sah- 
hahn');  river  entering  Isabela  channel,  W. 
of  I.sal)ela,  on  N.  coast  of  Basilan,  S.  of  Zam- 
boanga, Mindanao. 

ISAUOd  (ee-sah-rog'),  vcr.;  extinct  volcano,  lat. 
13°  41'  N.,  Ion.  123°  21'  E.,  6,450  ft.  high,  36 
m.  in  circumference,  about  center  of  Ani- 
bos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luz6n,  between  San 
Miguel  Bay  and  Lagonoy  Gulf,  forming  apex 
of  irregular  mountain  system  which  sends 
its  drainage  into  Lagonoy  Bay  on  E.,  San 
Miguel  Bay  on  NW.,  and  the  Bicol  Riv.  on 
S.,  flowing  around  base  to  N.  Well-built  road 
makes  complete  circuit  at  its  foot. 

ISIAN  (ee-sec'-ahn),  ver.;  hamlet  in  SW.  Iloilo, 
Panay,  2  m.  E.  of  Tubungan. 

ISIO  (ee'-see-oh),  ver.;  pueblo  and  river  on  E. 
trend  of  coast  of  Negros  Occidental,  S.  shore 
of  Guimaras  Strait,  55  m.  SSW.  of  Bacolod. 
Pop.,  1,596. 

ISLAND  BAY,   for.,  or  BAHIA   DE    LAS    ISLAS 

(bah-ee'-ahday  lahsees'lahs),  Sp.;  number  of 
low  coral  islands  in  open  bight,  with  depth 
from  2  to  38  fms.,  19  m.  in  extent,  N.  of  Craw- 
ford Cove  and  fronting  E.  shore  of  Palawan, 
about  lat.  9°  6'  N.  Aljuda  lii.-<  on  SW.  shore. 
Plain  on  mainland,  wliicli  rxlvuds  iicross 
island  to  Tagbayn.Lc  Hay  iiliniu  'j  m.,  is  culti- 
vated in  many  parts 


S.  Doc.  280- 


■okni 

-36 


ISLAND    BAY,  for.,  or  BAIIIA  DE    LAS    ISLAS— 

Continued, 
of  conical  .hills  backed   by  Saddle    Hill  of 
Pulute  and  Steep  Cliff  on  Malanut  range. 

ISLAS  VERDES(ees'-lahsvayr'-days),Sp.;  bay  on 
E.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan.  {Also  Green 
Islands  Bay.) 

ITAVES  (ce-tah'-vess),  ver.;  former  politico-mil- 
itary comandancia,  organized  in  1889; 
bounded  on  N.  by  Apayaos  tribe,  and  on  E. 
by  limits  of  towns  of  Reina  Mercedes,  Gamu, 
Ilagan,  Hacienda  de  Santa  Isalu  la,  Fumanin, 
Cabagan  Nucvo  and  X'irjci,  !-^anta  Maria,  En- 
rile,  Solano,  Fuao,  I'iat,  and  Manalcg,  in  its 
W.  mountains,  which  jo'ii  with  Apayaos 
tribe  on  S.  at  lioimdary,  ali.ii,^'  watershed  N. 
of  mountains  of  BiinKina!!,  un  W.  hvljounda- 
ries  of  Abra  and  P.oiiic.c  Contaiiis  1,^,208 
inhabitants;  principal  town  is  Magaogao. 
There  are  in  Itaves  more  than  12(1  villages, 
formed  for  most  part  by  Calanas,  who  speak 
Itaves  language.  Now  embraced  in  province 
of  Cagayan,  Luzon. 

ITLtJS  (it-loos'),  ver.;  several  rivulets  of  fresh 
water,  so  named  by  natives;  .situated  E.  of 
Truce  head,  Eran  Bay,  SW.  coast  of  Palawan. 

ITOGON  (ec-toh'-gohn),  ver.;  pueblo  in  Benguet, 
Luzon.    Pop.,  609. 

ITOM  (ee'-tom);  small  stream  in  SW.  Leyte,  3  m. 
S.  of  Matalom. 

IUjClIT,  or  E-WI-IG  (ee-wah'-lit,  ay-we-ceg),  ver.; 
river  entering  port  opposite  Puerto  Princesa, 
Palawan.  Opposite  its  mouth  is  small  island 
(De\  Rio).  River  is  navigable  for  boats 
about  3  m;  i  m.  above  is  Palnieras,  thriving 
hamlet  with  several  settlements,  doing  a  live- 
ly trade  in  beeswax,  rice,  maize,  and  other 
products  of  neighborhood.  At  low  water  mud 
dries  nearly  J  m.  from  entrance,  through 
which,  however,  is  boat  channel  on  either 
side  of  Isla  del  Rio. 

IVANA  (ee-vah'-nah),  ver.;  town  on  an  open 
roadstead  on  SW.  shore  of  BatAn  I.  of  Batanes 
grp.,  N.  of  Cagaydn,  Luzon.  San  Vicente 
hamlet  2  m.  NNE.  affords  shelter  for  ship- 
ping. SabtAn  I.,  another  member  of  same 
grp.,  lies  to  SW.    {See  San  Jose  de  Ibana.) 

IVISAN  (ee-vee'-sahn),  vcr.;  pueblo  in  N.  Ciipiz, 
Panay,  1^  m.  inland  from  SE.  shore  of  bay, 
with  which  it  is  connecteil  by  road,  5^  m. 
SW.  of  Cfipiz.    Pop.  5,000. 

I-WI-IG,  SIEURA  DE  (see-ay'-rrah  deh  ee-we-ig'), 
Hisp.;  short  series  of  elevations  near  SW. 
coast  of  Palawan  coming  down  shores  of  Ma- 
rasi  Bay,  between  Simagup  and  McLean  Pt. 
Highest,  1,811  ft.     (Aho  E-wi-ig.) 

IZqUIEKDO  (ith-kec-ayr'-doh),  Sp.;  hamlet  in  E. 
CApiz,  Panay,  2  m.  N.  of  Dumalag. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILirPINE    ISLANDS. 


563 


JAAYA  (hali-ali'-yah),  vtT.;  point  on  const  of  1'a.g- 
bilao  Bay,  N."  inlet  of  Tayabas  Bay,  Tayabas, 
Luzon. 

JABOMJA  (hah-bong'-ah),  ver.;  pueblo  on  SW. 
shore  of  Maynit  Lake  at  its  outlet  in  channel 
to  Butuan  Bay,  NW.  coast  of  Surigao,  Min- 
danao.   Pop.,  1,644. 

JABl'ALLA  (hah-bwah'-lyah),  ver.;  island  W.  of 
S:iinar. 

JAIUJAB  (hah-boo-hahb'),  ver.;  point  on  E.  coast 
of  Biliran  I.,  off  NW.  coast  of  Leyte,  5  m.  N. 
of  Caibardn. 

JACBA<i  (hahk-bahg'),  nat.;  point  on  E.  shore  of 
Taiion  Strait,  1  ni.  SW.  of  Barili,  W.  coast  of 
Cebu. 

JACLl'GAN  (bahk-loo'-giihn),  ver.;  bay  in  E. 
Leyte. 

JALX  (hah-ayn'),  Sp.;  puebloonr.  bank  of  Grande 
<le  la  I'ampanga  Riv.,  Nueva  Ecija,  Luzon,  2  m. 
N.  by  E.  of  San  Isidro.     Pop.,  4,651. 

JA(JD.4.\  (hag-dahn')  (means  ladder),  nat.;  point 
in  Panay. 

JA(i>A,  or  MAGNA  (hag'-nah),  ver.;  pueblo  on 
main  road  on  SE.  coast  of  Bohol,  36  m.  E.  of 
Tagbilaran.    Pop.,  1,162;  township,  13,491. 
—  point  on  E.  coast  of  Bohol,  in  pueblo  of  same 
name. 

JAGNAYA  (hag-nah'-yah),  ver.;  pueblo  on  S. 
bank  of  Malinannang  Riv.,  CApiz,  Panav,  21 
m.  SW.  of  Cdpiz.    Pop.,  2,500. 

JAGIAYA  (hah-gwah'-yah),  ver.;  mountain  in  ex- 
treme SE.  Sdmar,  3  m.  NW.  of  Salcedo. 

JALA  (hah'-lah),  Tiig.;  point  in  S.  Rizal,  Luz6n, 
on  Laguna  de  Bay. 

JALA,  orJALAJALA(hah-lah-hah'-lah),Tag.;  ex- 
treme S.  point  of  E.  peninsula  jutting  into 
Laguna  de  Bay  and  S.  terminus  of  boundary 
between  Rizal"  and  Laguna. 

pueblo  in   Rizal,  on  W.  shore  of  E.  of  2 

peninsulas  extending  S.  into  Laguna  de  Bay, 
21  m.  SE.  of  Morong.  Shore  line  is  overgrown 
with  grass  and  prickly  sensitive  plants  8  ft. 
high,  affording  excellent  pasture  for  buffa- 
loes. Vast  fields  of  rice  and  sugar  stretch 
away  to  base  of  hills.  On  N.  is  Sembrano  Mt. 
Pop.,  1,735. 

JAL.i.\  (hah-lahn'),  Tag.;  hamlet  in  Cavite,  Lu- 
z6n,  195  iQ.  S.  of  Cavite. 

JALAl'R  (hah-lah'-oor),  ver.;  river  of  Hollo, 
Panay,  rising  in  ndountain  boundary  with 
Capiz. 

JAL!A\  (hah-lee'-ahn),  ver.;  island  ^  sq.  m.  in 
mid-channel  between  Siargao  and  DiuAgat 
Is.,  off  N.  coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  8  m. 
NE.  of  Port  Gabo,  SE.  shore  of  Dindgat  I. 
Smaller  island  lies  NE. 

JALKiDUJrY  (hah-leeg-doo-whee');  cascade  near 
mouth  of  Ulut  Riv.,  to  SE.  of  mountain  of 
Baraydn,  on  E.  coast  of  Sdmar. 

JALIGl'E  (hah-lee-gay)  (meanspillar),  nat.:  river 
S.  of  Manca  Pt.,  W.  coast  of  Cebu,  which  can 
be  entered  by  small  coasters. 

point  in  W.  Cebu. 

JALJAT  (hahl-hahf),  ver.;  summit  on  E.  coast 
range  of  Guimards  I.,  off  Iloilo.  Panay,  visible 
from  W.  coast  of  Negros  opposite,  acro>s  Gui- 
mards Strait,  on  clear  day. 

JALO  (hah'-loh),  ver.;  river  in  Panay. 

JALOH(K\,  or  BAO  (6ah-loh-bone',  bah'-aw),ver.; 
rivor  with  5  ft.  of  water  on  bar  at  low  water, 
and  deeper  within,  entering  Ormoc  Bay  SE. 
of  Ormoc,  Leyte. 


boo -yog),  ver.;  moun- 


JAMlUBl'YOG(hahm 

tain  in  S.  Cebu. 

JAMBUJXx  (hahm-boo-hahn'),  nat.;  hamlet  in 
pueblo  of  Dolores,  Tayabas,  Luzon. 

JAMELO  (hah-may'-loh),  Sp.;  port  on  W.  coast  of 
Batangas,  Luzon,  on  SE.  side  of  bay  of  same 
name,  4^  m.  S.  of  Limbones  I.  Mangroves 
grow  near  mouth  of  river  which  discharges 
at  head  of  port. 

JAMINDXn  (hah-mean-dahn'),  nat.;  hamlet  in 
pueblo  of  Mambiisao,  Cdpiz,  Panay. 

pueblo  at    headwaters   of    Malinannang 

Riv.,  in  W.  part  of  Cdpiz,  Panay,  25  m.  SW.  of 
Cdpiz.    Pop.,  5,000. 

JAMUBAON  (hah-moo-rah'-ohn),  ver.;  point  on 
S.  side  of  bay  of  that  name,  E.  side  of  Ragay 
Gulf,  in  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luzon. 

bay  in  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luzon,  E. 

shore  of  Ragay  Gulf.    Inland  ismountainous. 

hamlet  and  bay  on  SW.  shore  of  bight  on 

N.  coast  of  Cdpiz,  Panay,  Pirara  Pt.  being  N. 
headland,  5  m.  E.  of  Panay. 

JANABATAS  (hah-nah-bah'-tass),  ver.,  channel 
on  W.  end  of  strait  of  San  Juanieo,  which 
separates  Sdmar  and  Leyte  on  SW.  and  con- 
nects through  that  strait  Visayan  Sea  and 
Pacific  Ocean. 

JANABON  (hah-nah-bohn'),  ver.;    island  W.  of 


JAA'AOJAXAO   (hah-now-hah-now'),  ver.;  creek 

in  S.  Batangas,  Luzon. 
point  on   NE.  coast  of  Maricabdn  I.,  ofl 

Batangas,  off   dividing   peninsula    between 

Balavdn  and  Batangas  bays,  S.  coast  of  Ba- 
tangas, Luzon,  lat.  13°  38'  50"  N. 
JANDAYAX  (han-dah'-yahn),  ver.;  narrow  island 

3  m.  long,  li  m.  N.  of  Getafe,  off  N.  coast  of 

Bohol. 
JAKGAX  (han-gahn'),  nat.:  point  and  hamlet  on 

W.  shore  of  gulf  of  Asid,  Masbate  I.,  Visayas. 
JAMOG    (hah-nyog'),    ver.;    mountain    in    SW. 

Leyte. 
JANIPAAN  (hah-nee-pah-ahn'),  ver.;  most  S.  of 

tributaries  of  Jalaur  Riv.,  pueblo  of  Pototan, 

in  SE.  Iloilo,  Panay. 
JAMDAY  (hah-nee-wi'),  ver.;  pueblo  in  Iloilo, 

Panay,  18  m.  NNW.  of  Ilo-ilo.    Pop.,  28,738. 

Petroleum  reported. 
JANLOD  (hahn-lod'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  r.  bank  of 

river  emptying  into  S.  end  of  Madalay  Lake, 

in  W.  Cdpiz,  Panay. 
JANSOL  (hahn-saul'),  ver.;  hamlet  of  NE.  Cdpiz, 

Panay,  1  m.  N.  of  Pontevedra. 
JANTO   (hahn' toll),  ver.:  island    N.   of  Ambos 

Camarines  (Norte). 
JAPITAN"  (hah-pee'-tahn),  ver.;  point  on  N.  side 

of  small  bay  opposite  Palaton  Pt.,  2  m.  W.  of 

Barili,  W.  coast  of  Cebu. 

JAPUXAN  (hah-pooh'-nahn),  nat.;  hamlet  in 
pueblo  of  Catiibig,  Sdmar. 

JinO  (hah'-roh),  Sp.;  pueblo  on  tributarv  of 
Tigon  Riv.,  SE.  Iloilo,  Panay,  3  m.  W.  of  N.  of 
Iloilo.    Pop.,  10,333. 

river  in  Iloilo,  Panay. 

pueblo  in  N.  central  Leyte.  15  m.  W.  Ijv  S. 

of  Tacloban.     Pop.,  12,475. 

lake  in  Leyte. 

JASAA.\,or  IIASAAN  (hah-sali-ahn'),  nat.;  pueblo 
on  E.  shore  of  Macajalar  Bay,  Misamls, 
Mindanao.    Pop.,  9,444. 


564 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


JASAiiV,  or  HASAXN:  river  in  Cavite,  Luz6n,  tak- 
ing N.  course  unites  its  waters  with  San 
Agustin  Riv. 

jXtIVA  (liah'-toe-vah),  Sp.;  town  on  r.  banlc  of 
Agusiln  Kiv.  in  central  Surigao,  Mindanao, 
05  m.  S.  by  E.  of  Surigao, 

JAU  (iiow),  ver.;  island  3  m.  long  off  Tabigui  Ft., 
N.  coast  of  Bohol,  2  m.  NE.  of  Talibdn. 

JAIITO  (how'-law),  ver.;  island  in  Pacific  Ocean, 
(ilT  Capalonga  in  Ambos  Camarines  (Norte), 
Luz6n. 

JAVIKL    (hah-veeayl'),  Sp.;  2  peaks,  1,863  (E.), 

1  ,(i:;0  ( \V. )  ft.  high,  on  E.  shore  of  Misamis  port, 
Misamis,  Mindanao,  E.  by  S.  of  Sibuco  Pt. 

JAVIKIl   (hah-vee-ayr'),  Sp.;   town  on  extreme 

NE.  shore  of  Ddvao  Gulf,  D&vao,  Mindanao, 

30  m.  NE.  of  DAvao. 
JAYAANG  (hah-yah-ang'),  ver.;  islet  3  m.  W.  off 

Tubigon,  NW.  coast  of  Bohol. 
JK.IIUriU't'  (liem-boo-book'),  vcr.;  mountain  in 

Cordillera  Central,  S.  Cebu,  5  m.  SE.  of  Mala- 

buyoc. 
JKIJVOIS,  or  SIKOT,  for.;   point  forming  with 

Cajic  Washington,   1}   m.  SW.,  entrance  to 

Culasian  Bay,  on  SW.  coast  of  Palawan. 
JESIJS   (hay-soos'),  Sp.;    point  on   extreme    N. 

coast  of  Ambos  Camarines  (Norte),  Luzon. 
point  and  port  2  m.  SE.  of  Paron  Pt.,  on  S. 

shore  of  Albay  Gulf,  Albay,  Luzon. 
point  forming  W.  head  of  anchorage  of 

Catbalogan,  W.  coa.st  of  S4mar. 
JLVBOX(;  (hee-ah-bohng'),  ver.;  pueblo  in  SW. 

Samar. 
JIBALO  (hee-bah'-law),  ver.;  hamlet  in  SE.  Ilo- 

ilo,  Panay,  1  m.  NE.  by  N.  of  Janiuay. 
JIBATO  (hee-bah-toh'),  nat.;  hamlet  in  E.  Capiz, 

Panay,  near  headwaters  of  Badbar&n  Riv.,  10 

m.  SE.  of  Dumarao. 
JIBBOOM,  for.  (TIBBVONJ);  bay  between  Cliff 

Head  and  Peaked  Pt.,  4h  m.  N.  on  NW.  coast 

of  Paragua,  Palawan.    Head  of  bay  affords 

shelter   for   steam   ves.sels.     Ranges  inland 

attain  altitude  upward  of  2,000  ft. 
JIUITML  (liee-bit-neel'),  vcr.;  islet  2  m.  N.  and 

S.  in  sea  cliannel  2  m.  NW.  of  Mcdellin,  on 

NW.  coast  of  Cebu.    Passage  between  it  and 

mainland  less  than  1  m. 
JIBi'iN  (hee-bawn'),  Sp.:  summit  overlooking  E. 

bank  of  Agusan  Riv.,  central  Surigao,  Min- 
danao. 
JIDI'LPAN  (hee-dool'-pahn),  ver.;   island  N.  of 

Bohol,  Visayas. 
JHi1AB6  (hee-gah-boh'),  ver.;  mineral  spring  in 

vicinity  of  Tibi,  Albay,  Luzon. 
JlGSIl'AN  (hig-see'-cahn),  ver.;  hamlet  on  NW. 

shore  of  Port  Princesa,  2^  m.  NW.  by  W.  of 

Puerto  Princesa,  E.  coast  of  Palawan. 
JICjUSO  (hee-goo'-soh),  ver.;  point  on  S.  coast  of 

SAmar^lat.,  11°  ■!' N. 
JILA(iTi;M]iAN(hee-lag-toong'-ahn),  ver.;  2 islets 

2  m.  apart  in  sea  channel  between,  2^  m.  SE. 
of  MactAn  I.,  off  SE.  coast  of  Cebil. 

JILAITIN   (hee-lah-ee'-teen),  ver.;   hamlet  and 

point  on  E.  coast  of  Negros,  6  m.  S.  of  Hibago. 

Point  is  3  m.  farther  S. 
JILAIVBAIVG'AN,   or   JILANTAGtlAK   (hee-lahn- 

bang'-ahn,  hee-lahn-tah-goo'-ahn),   ver.;   is- 
land 2  m.  N.  and  S.  and  2  m.  E.  of  Bantay  I. 

and  9  m.  WNW.  of  Medellin,  on  NW.  coast 

of  Cebu. 
JILA^'DAROiX  (hee-lahn-dar-gahn'),  vcr.;  island 

NW.  of  Cebii, 
JILAMAGUAN   (hee-lahn-tah-goo'-ahn),  ver.; 

island  off  NW.  coast  of  Cebii.    (See  Jilan- 

bangan.) 
JIIiAULPXx  (hee-lah-ool-pahn'),  ver.;  islet  6^  m. 

NW.  of  Talib6n,  on  N.  coast  of  Bohol,  Visayas. 
JllilPO  (heo-lee'-poh),  ver.;  hamlet  in  SW.  Isa- 

bela,  Luzon. 
JlLOdiTUC   (hee-log^took'),  ver.;    hamlet   on  E. 

shore  of  Tafiou  Strait,  2  m.  N.  of  Barili,  W. 

coast  of  Ceb\l. 


JILSAGASAN  (hccl-sah-gah'-.sahn),  ver.;  small 
stream  entering  strait  of  Tan6n,  1  m.  SE.  of 
Gorda  Pt.,  W.  coast  of  Cebd. 

JILUAN  (hee-loo'-ahn),  ver.;  mountain  in  cen- 
tral C^piz,  Panay,  near  Antique  boundary,  10 
m.  SW.  of  Jamindao. 

JIMALiC  (hee-mah-lah'),  ver.;  point  on  E.  coast 
of  Cebu,  3  m.  S.  of  Sibonga. 

river  in  Batangas,  Luz6n,  taking  S.  direc- 
tion and  emptying  E.  of  Balavin,  into  Balayan 
Bay. 

JIMALALA  (hee-mah-lah-lah'),  ver.;  hamlet  of 
Negros  Oriental,  li  m.  S.  of  Jimalalud. 

JIMALXlOT  (hee-mah-lah'-loht),nat.;  hamlet  i 
pueblo  of  Tanjay,  Negros  Oriental. 

JIMALALUD  (hee-mah-lah-]ood'),ver.;  pueblo  of 
Negros  Oriental,  on  strait  of  Taii6n,  50  m.  SK. 
by  S.  of  Bac61od  and  12  m.  across  sea  channel, 
W.  of  Mualbual,  Cebu.     I'op.,  5,559. 

JIMAJUYLAN,  or  HIMAMAILA>  (hce-mah-mi'- 
lahn),  vcr.;  puelilo  on  W.  coast  of  Negros  Oc- 
cidental, 41  m.  S.  by  W.  of  Bac61od,  near  mouth 
of  Palawan  Riv.    Pop.,  6,758. 

JIMATAO  (hee-mah-tah'-aw),ver.;  riveremptying 
on  N.  shore  of  BalayAn  Bay,  SW.  coast  of  Ba- 
tangas, Luz6n. 

JIMENEZ  (hee-may'-nayth),  Sp.;  port  and  pueblo 
on  1.  bank  of  mouth  of  river  entering  Pali  Ian 
bay,  an  indentation  of  Iligan  Bay,  from  W.  at 
Pt.  Tabvi.  Blockhouse  and  warehouse  mark 
landing  place;  good  road  leads  to  town  about 
1  m.;  harbor  difficult  to  enter.    Pop.,  8,707. 

JIMENO  (hee-may'-noh),  Sp.;  pueblo  in  CApiz, 
Panay.    Pop.,  3,278. 

JIMOXIXI  (hee-moh-nee'-nee),  ver.;  hamlet  in 
pueblo  of  Catarman,  Sdmar. 

JIMOTO  (hee-moh'-toh),  ver.;  river  in  Catan- 
duanes  1.,  dependency  of  Albay,  Luzon, 
emptying  on  E.  coast  into  inlet  of  same 
name. 

inlet  on  E.  coast  of  Catanduanes,  dejien- 

dency  of  Albay,  lat.  13°  45'  30"  N. 

JIMTIGI'IT  (hce-moo-geet'),ver.;  point  on  E.coast 
of  Cebu,  15  m.  S.  of  Nayilcn;  river  of  same 
name  enters  sea  about  2  m.  N.  of  Bugod  Pt. 

JIKABUTAiV  (hee-nah-boo'-yahn),  ver.;  hamlet 
at  head  of  bay  on  W.  shore  of  Leyte,  2  m.  N. 
of  Viilaba. 

JINADCG  (hee-nah-doog'),  nat.;  point  on  W. 
shore  of  Panguil  Bay,  IJ  m.  SW.  of  Misamis, 
Misamis  port,  Mindanao. 

JINAGDANAN  (hee-nahg-dah'-nahn),  nat.;  ham- 
let in  pueblo  of  Catarman, 


JINALAD  (hee-nah-lad'),  ver.  {See  Cinalayad 
Mt.  in  S.  Negros.) 

JINAMOC  (hee-nah-mock'),  nat.;  island  1  m. 
from  NW.to  SE.,  i  m.  wide,  opposite  Basey, 
SW.  coast  of  Sdmar. 

island  in  San  Pedro  Bay,  E.  coast  of  Leyte. 

JINAABLAN  (hee-nan-blahu'),  ver.;  hamlet  on 
NE.  shore  of  Matutinao,  2i  m.  N.  of  that  town, 
W.  coast  of  Cebu. 

JINATILAN,  or  GINATIIAN  (hee-nah-tee'-lahn), 
nat.;  hamlet  on  E.  coast  of  Cebu. 

JI>'ATUAM  (hee-nah-too'-ahn),  ver.;  town  on  1. 
shore  of  river  emptying  into  sea,  on  E.  coast 
of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  immediately  N.  of  San 
Cop  Bay,  114  m.  SSE.  of  Surigao. 

JINACPAXG  (hee-nah-oo-pang'),  ver.;  point  in 
Cebu. 

JINAY  (hee'-nie);  nat.;  hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Bu- 
lAn,  Sorsog6n,  Luz6n. 

JIJiE  (hee-nay'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  SE.  Iloilo,  Pa- 
nay, near  1.  bank  of  Janipaan  Riv.,  2  m.  NE. 
of  Z&rraga. 

JINlfiS  (bee-nays'),  Sp.;  hamlet  in  SW.  Hollo, 
Panay,  3^  m.  SW.  of  Maasin. 

.J1N0B0A>  (heo-noh-boh'-ahn),  nat.;  hamlet  in 
pueblo  of  Tanjay,  Negros  Oriental. 

JINO-LAXAN  (hee-noh-lah'-nahn),  ver.;  riverris- 
ing  in  W.  spurs  of  Cordillera  Central  and 
emptying  into  strait  of  Tafi6n,  2  m.  N.  of  To- 
ledo, W.  coast  of  Cebii. 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


565 


\^^ 


rjs.ziLAJ<r  BAry^ 


-Meuirc 


Reef 


MTMJfANAO 


i     FORT  JIMET^EZ.     s  ;::r:>TaLuPoi.at 

- -   3r. S.-J^^^r.  ..__  - 

iNautici.lTvr.lo 

r-  I  miiiiiirjuiiiimnii'iairiiiiiiiaMiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiwii'i 

t'  3  i  i 


^/l  Bn.No.3 


566 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


JINTOTOLO  (hin-toh-toh'-loli),  nat.;  passage  be- 
tween SVV.  i)oint  of  Mtisbateand  NE.  point  of 
Panay.  Jintotolo  I.  divides  channel,  that 
between  Jintotolo  1.  and  Zapatas  being  gen- 
erally used. 

island  2  m.  long,  1^  m.  wide,  in  Jintotolo 

channel,  4  m.  S.  off  Palanaiita,  extreme  S. 
point  of  Masbate  I.,  15  m.  N.  of  Bulacane, 
extreme  NE.  point  of  Panay  I.  Zapatas  lie 
0  m.  SW. 

point  NW.  of  SW.  extremity  of  Masbate  I., 

V.isayas.    Jintotolo  I.  lies  :,  m.  S. 
■JSMj'UAiN    (hee-no(i-bah-alin'),    vcr.;    river    of 
Negros  Oriental  omptyiiiK  into  small  bay  at 
Santa^Maria,  5  ni.  i\.  of  JinuUahid,  E.  coast. 
JlXn'ANGAiV  (bee-noo-tang'-ahn),  ver.;  islet  12 
m.  N.  of  Ubay,  on  NE.  coast  of  Bohol,  Visayas. 
JlMJYAN  (hee-noo'-yahn),  ver.;  river  in  Negros 
Oriental  emptying  into  sea,  7  m.  N.  of  Guiiu- 
lugan,  E.  coast. 
JIP  (hip),  ver.;  cluster  of  interesting  limestone 
rocks y.=i  ft.  high,  i  m.  NE.of  Guintungauanl., 
NW.  co.i-t  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 
JITIJIIUU    ih(i-tim-boor'),   ver.;    point   on  W. 
coast  (if  Mas))ate  I.,  Visayas,  lat.  12°  35'  40"  N. 

island  oiT  W.  coast  of  Masbate,  Visayas,  in 

lat.  12°  25'  40"  N. 
JIWATA  (hee-wah'-tah),  vcr.;  circular  lake  open- 
ing into  Snlu  Sea,  about  i  m.  in  width  and 
from  14  to  55  fms.  in  depth.  W.  of  3  lalics— 
Singuan  in  center  and  Ernestin  on  K.— re- 
garded by  scientists  as  natural  wonder---,  hav- 
ing appearance  of  extinct  ciMtn-  ami  -nr- 
rounded  by  range  of  hills  on  I,,  i.sj  ii  in-h- 
onN.2peak.s,  Basut  and  Ban^ha.  ,s:;()  an.l  ...;1 
ft.  high.  Tti  ciitrnnce  to  Jiwata  is  islet  -.'l  it. 
high.  (Joo.l  uat.  1-  is  to  be  had  from  fresh- 
water lake  adjniniiii;-. 
JOBO  (hoh-lioli';;  liainlet  on  E.  coast  of  Surigao, 
Mindanao,  on  N.  shore  of  Liangd  Bay,  95  m. 
SE.  of  Surigao. 

small  island  on  N.  side  of   entrance  to 

LiangA  Bay,  E.  coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao. 

point  in  E.  Mindanao. 

JOHNSOX,  for.;  SE.  island  i  m.  in  extent,  in 
(jreen  Island  Bay,  E.  coast  of  Paragua.  Pala- 
wan, 19  m.  SE.  from  Bold  Pt.,  and  4  m.  from 
shore.  Rosa  I.  on  Spanish  charts. 
JOL(>  (how-la\v'),nat.;  archipelago, pueblo,  cap- 
ital, island,  and  sea.  (Sir  Sulu.) 
J<)L(>\(JA'jO(i  (hoh-lohu-ffah'-hog),  ver.;  hamlet 
ot  NK.  Ciipii!,  Panay,  2.;  m.  SSE.  of  Ponteve- 
(ira. 

JOMALUi  (hoh-mah'-lig),  ver.;  narrow  Island  in 
Pacific  Ocean,  13  m.  E.  and  W.  and  2i  to  4  m 
N.and  S.,  10^  m.  SE.  of  Polillo  I,,  17  m.  K.  of 
Infanta,  off  Inaguican  Pt.,  and  olf  X\\ .  sliore 
of  AmbosCamarines  (Norte),  Lu/,iiii.  iJes  in 
middle  of  NE. opening  of  Laniou  Kav,  v.h'cli 
It  assists  with  Polillo  I.  in  shcUerhig'irom  N. 
winds  of  Pacific.  Small  islands,  Lanlao  and 
Manlanat,  lie  to  E.  Island  is  hilly  and  with- 
out permanent  po]iulatioii. 

JOMOXJOL,  or.MALIIsi.V  (holi-niolm-liaH'  niahl- 
hoiili'),  ver.:  island  in  iindeliaiiiiel  hefvveen 
Suiigi,  SE.  point  of  .'-^rniiar  and  1  ieM,i,iei,-,n 
N.  point  of  Dinagat  I.,  off  NK.  e,,asi  of  Min- 
danao. 

JONOC-JONOt!  (hoh-nock-hoh-nock'),  mountain 
in  Negros  Occidental. 

JOROAN  (hoh-roh'-ahn),  nat.;  hamlet  in  pueblo 
of  Tini  orTibi,  Albay. 

JOVELLAK  (hoh-vay-lyar'),  Sp.;  pueblo  in  Al- 
bay, Luzon,  10  m.  from  Albay.    Pop.,  5,279. 

town  in  extreme  SE.  part  of  Surigao,  Min- 
danao, 214  m.  SSE.  of  Surigao,  boundary  be- 
tween that  province  and  Ddvao  passes,  Ii  m 
W.  of  this  town. 


JIJABUYATAN  (hwah-boo-yah'-tahn),  ver.;  island 
off  W.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan,  forming 
group  with  several  others  at  entrance  of 
Bacuit  Bay. 

JUAC  (hoo-ack'),  nat.;  central  of  3  Ticlin  Is., 
strait  of  San  Bernardino,  off  SE.  coast  of  Sor- 
sogon,  Luz6n. 

JUAmXn  (hwah-mahn'),  ver.;  mountain  in  Pa- 
nay. 

JUAMBl'YOD  (liwahm-boo-vod'),  ver.;  island  off 
W.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan,  NE.  of  Ma- 
.sinloc. 

JUBALAX  (hoo-bah'-lahn),  ver.;  port  in  S.  Min- 
danao. 

JUBXN  (hoo-bahn'),  nat.;  small  bay  at  S.  extrem- 
ity of  Capul  I.,  San  Bernardino  Strait,  SE.  of 
Sorsogon,  Luzon.  On  W.  point  of  entrance  is 
remarkable  pyramidal  rock. 

JUBAX,  LOWER  (hoo-bahn');  point  on  S.  shore 
of  Sorsog6n  port,  Sorsog6n,  Luzon,  5  m.  W.  of 
Jubdn. 

pueblo  on  SE.  shore  of  Sorsogon  Bay,  Sor- 
sogon, Luzon.    Pop.,  6,000. 

JUBAS  (hoo'-bass),  ver.;  point  on  E.  shore  of 
Sogod  Bay,  S.  coast  of  Leyte,  i  m.  S.  of  Sogod 
Antiguo. 

hamlet  in  N.  central  Leyte,  G  m.  S.  of  Ba- 

rugo. 

JUBAY  (hoo-by'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  NW.  coast  of 
Leyte,  4^  m.  NW.  of  Villalon. 

JUBIIBIIC  (hook-boo-book') ,  ver.;  island  of  Cu\  ^-: 
grp.,  MindoroSea. 

JIILAOAN  (hoo-lah'-gahn),Tag.;  hamlet  in  Ca- 
vite,  Luzon,  8  m.  SW.  of  Cavitc. 

JULXn  (hoo-lahn'),Tag.;  river  in  pueblo  of  Ro- 
sario,  Cavite,  Luzon. 


JUIiliX  (hoo-lce-ahn'),  Sp.;  river  in  pueblo  of 

Iinns,  Cavite,  tributary  of  Binacayan. 
JULIA.N.W  (hoo  leeah'-nahn),  ver.;  stream  emp- 
tying int(j  .Masinloc  Riv.   from  N.  in  Zam- 
boaiigu,  .MinUanao. 
JULISA  (hoo-lee'-sah),  ver.;  hamlet  in  E.  Leyte, 

4  m.  E.  of  Burauen. 
JULOAN  (hoo-loo'-ahn),  ver.;  river  in  SE.  Iloilo 
Panay,  from  tributaries  in  NW.  angle  of 
transverse  range  of  mountains  which  consti- 
tute boundary  between  Iloilo  and  Capiz  on 
N.  and  uniting  in  main  stream  flows  SE  • 
at  Lucena  receives  W.  braneh  which  ri-cs  in 
numberoismall  streams  h,i\  m-  tlieirsonices 
in  central  range  on  E.  slo|ics  nlont,'  lionndar^- 
with  Antique.  Continuint;  its  conrse  (i'  iii 
in  direct  line  ^V...  it  receives  .lanipaa'n,  and 
thence  making  eoniplete  horseshoe  to  M 
empties  into  Iloilo  Strait  directlv  opposite 
N.  point  of  Gniman'is  I;  entire  cour.se  of  main 
stream  and  tributaries  flows  throng'^  fertile 
and  populous  region. 

JlJ.L'CiAS  (hoo-loo'-gass),  ver.;  town  in  W.  Cebu. 

JUMAXTKAL  (hoo-mahn-tral'l,  ver.  (See  Ho- 
monhon  or  Malhon  I.,  S.  of  Sdmar.) 

JUXCLO  (hoon-claw'),  ver.;  bay  on  E.  coast  of 
Catanduanes  I.,  dependency  of  Albay,  Luz6n. 

JL'XEXO  (hoo-nay'-noh),  ver.;  town  1  m.  inland 
from  SE.  shore  of  Batan  Bay,  N.  coastof  Capiz, 
Panay,  17  m.  W.  of  Capiz.  "Pop.,  3,278. 

JUNES  (hoo'-nay.s) ,  ver.;  mountain  in  SE.  An- 
tique, Panay,  on  line  of  boundary  with  Iloilo. 

JIIXOJA   (hoo-noh'-hah),  ver.;   hamlet  on  main    i 
road  in  .VIIj.iv,  Luzon,  19  m.  N.  of  Albay. 

JUX(>J(>  (hoo  noii'-hoh),  ver.;  hamlet  in  pueblo    ! 
of  Tibi,  Albay,  Luzon. 

JUKAO-.Il'KAO  (hoo-rah'-aw-hoo-rah'-aw),  nat.; 
island  1  m.  off  extreme  SW.  coast  of  Panay, 
2  m.  SE.  of  Siroan  Pt. 

JUKI  (hoo-ree'),nat.;  point  NE.  coa.st  Lubang  I., 
off  W.  coast  Batangas,  Luz6n. 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


567 


KAlJAKiX  (kah-bah-kahn'),nat.:  creek  entering 
Upper  Grande  Riv.  uf  Mindanao,  and  village   I 
of  same  name,  "Jj  m.  up  that  stream,  Lanao, 
Mindanao. 
KABAKSALAN,  or  ISABEL  (kah-bakh-sah-lahn'. 
ee-sah-bell'),  nat.;  island  l^  m.  long  in  Grande 
Riv.  of  Mindanao,  at  Kakalmund,  outlet  ot 
Liguasan  lagoon. 
KABAKl'MiAN     (kah-bah-coong'-ahn),    nat.;    3 
wooded  summits  E.  of  Kalipubudn  bend.  Up- 
per Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  Lanao,  Min- 
danao. 
KABALOCAX  (kah-bah-loh'-cahn),  nat.;  amphi- 
theater of  wooded  hills  between  Baodt  and 
Grande    Riv.  of   Mindanao,   Cotabato,  Mni- 
danao. 
KABIMiAX    (kah-beeng'-ahn),    ver.:    island    of 

Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A.    (.See  Cabingaan.) 
KABl'ttAO  (kah-boo'-gah-oo),ver.;  river  of  Iloeoa 

Sur  empties  into  China  Sea. 
KABl'VOK  (kah-boo'-yok),ver.;  point  on  E.  ooa^t 

of  Marinduque  I.,  SVV.  of  Salomague  Ft. 
KAI-HO-LO    (ki-hoh'-law),  ver.;  high  range  on 
shores  of  Ulugan  Bay,  W.  coa.st  of  Paragua,   | 
Palawan.  ' 

river  emptying  into  SW.  corner  of  Ulugan 

Bay,  W.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan;  breaking 
through  mangrove  between  high  ranges  of 
Carsoglan  and  Kai-ho-lo;  navigable  for  boats 
inside  its  mouth. 
KAK.i   (cah-cah'),   nat.;  \-illage  on  1.  bank    of 
Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,    Cotabato,   near 
X\V.  shore  of  Liguasan  Lagoon. 
k\KAL  LlPl'LOX  (kah-kahl'lee-poo'-lohn),  nat.; 
.reek  entering  on  r.  bank  of  Taloya  tributary 
of  (iramle  Kiv.  of  Mindanao,  Colabato,  Min- 
(lana(5,  4  m.  above  Toviran. 
KAKILMIND  (kah-kahl-moond').  nat.;  N\V.  out- 
let of  Liguasan  Lagoon  into  Grande  Riv.  ot 
Mindanao,  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 
KAKATAAX  (kahkah-tah'-ahn ),  nat.;  island  105 
ft   hiuh  at  NVV.  entrance  to  Sigboye  Passage, 
NE. .  .1"  Tawi  Tawi  L,  between  Bubudn  I.,  SE., 
and  Miunanu  L,  XW.,  Sulu  A. 
KALAILAYAN  (kah-lie-lah'-yahn),  Tag.;  town  on 
small  river  entering  sea  N.  of  Silankapo  Pt., 
VZ  m.  from  Laguimanok,  Tayabas,  Luz6n. 
KALAKL.4N    (kah-lah-klahn'l,  ver.;  K.  point  of 
Olongapo  port,  Siibic  Buy,  Zambales,  Luzon. 
KALA511U(iA>  i  kah-lum-boo'-gahn),  nat.;  ham- 
let on  E.  shore  of  Misamis  port,  Misamis,  Min- 
danao, opposite  Misamis. 
KALAM;  1">'AN ( kah-lahng-oo'-nahn ) ,  nat.; .xtream 
on  delta,  having  outlet  in  both  X.  and  S.arms 
of  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  Cotabato,  Min- 
danao. 
KALBU(iA>,  or  AMAXIALII  (kahl-boo'-gahn,  ah- 
niah-nee-ime'),  nut.;  village  at  mouth  of  Ka- 
kalmund outlet  of  Liguasan  Lagoon,  Cota- 
bato, Mindanao. 
KALlPAP.i  (kah-lee-pah-pah'),  nat.;  hamlet  of 
Misamis,  Mindanao,  on  r.  bank  of  Pulangui 
Riv.,  6  m.  from  boundary  with  Cotabato. 
KALIPAPAX    (kah-lee-pah-pahn'),    nat.;    creek 
entering  on  r.  bank  of  Upper  Grande  Riv.  of 
Mindanao,  Lanao,  Mindanao. 
KALl'BLU  (  kah-loo-bloo'),  ver.;  island  of  Basilan 

grp..  off  S.  coast  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 
KALUBLL'B  (kah-loobloob'),  nat.;  cluster  of 
rocks  between  Da-saan  L  on  S\V.,  Tienga  on 
N.,  and  Lampinigan  NE..  XNW.  of  extreme 
W.  point  of  Basilan  I.,  ott'  S.  oast  of  Zambo- 
anga, Mindanao. 


KALUDA  (kah-loo'-dah),  nat.;  creek  entering  on 
1.  bank  of  Talayan  tributary  of  S.  branch  of 
Grande  Riv.  of    Mindanao,   Cotabato,  Min- 
danao. 
KAM'KATf   (kah-loo-kah-too')   nat.;  village  on 
r.  bank  of  X.  arm  of  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao, 
Cotabato,  Mindanao,  1  m.  below  Tumbao. 
KA3IALAD.i.\  (kah-mah-lah-dahn'K  ver.;  bay  on 
E.  side  of  Sibuguey  Bay,  Zamboanga,  Min- 
danao.   On  W.  of  its  opening  is  Luiangan  I., 
and  on  E.  islet  of  Malebegas. 
KAXDABAXGAX     (kahn-dah-rahng'-ahn),     nat.; 
hill  and  former  port,  now  a  Moro  village  on 
r.  bank  of  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  Cota- 
bato,   Mindanao,  opposite    Bacat   port   and 
mouth  of  Bueat  or  Dansaldn  Riv. 
KAXKUMAN   {kahn-koo'-mahnK    nat.;   island   1 
m.  ESE.  of  Tamuk,  SW.  of  Ba.silan  L,  off  S. 
coast  Zamboanga,  Mindanao.    (.4?so  Canhua- 
man.) 
KAPPO  (kahp'-poh),nat.;  village  on  Baeat  trib- 
utary of  Upper  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao, 
Cotabato,  Mindanao. 
KAPl'AL  (kah-pwahl'),  ver.;  island  of  Sulu  grp., 

Sulu  A.    {Also  Capual. ) 
liABAX(i.4N    (kah-rahn-gahn'),  nat.;  islet  N.  of 

Tawi  Tawi  I.,  Sulu  A.,  lat.  5°  53'  30"  N. 
KARANii  DATO  (kah-rang'  dah-toh'),  ver.;  ham- 
let and  point  in  Sulu  L,  Sulu  A.     (SeeCarang- 
dato.) 
KABOGO  (kah-roh'-goh),  ver.;  island  separating 
Nin  Bay  (q.  v.)  from  Magaguayag,  Masbtile 
L,  Visjiyas. 
KASIBOI  (kah-see-boy').  ver.;  mountainin  Leyte. 
Its  crater,  lat.  10°  55'  N.,  Ion.  124°  52'  E.,  in- 
dicates seismic  disturbance  at  comparatively 
recent  period.    Jagor  says:  "Just  S.  of  crater 
of  Kasiboi  in  Levte,  where  sulphur  is  made, 
hot  spring  50°  R.  12  ft.  broad  flows  from   E. 
depositing  siliceous  siniter  at  its  edges.    In 
the  ravine  farther  S.  with  sides  100  ft.  high, 
vegetation    ceased,  rock   being  of   dazzling 
white  or  colored  by  sublimated  sulphur.    In 
numerous  places  thick  clouds  of  vapor  burst 
from  ground  with  strong  smell  of  sulphurateil 
water.     At  .some  thousand  paces  farther  si- 
liceous springs  break  through  loose  clay  earth 
which   is    permeated  with  sulphur.    At   E. 
there  is  number  of  small  boiling  quagmires 
which,  on  forcing  stick  into  matted  ground, 
send  forth  water  and  steam." 
KATlKTf  AX  (kah-tik-too'-ahni,  nat.;  town  on  r. 
bank  of  X.  arm  of  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao, 
Cotabato,    Mindanao,    below    confluence  of 
Caimanes  or  Libungan. 
KATCLUXGAX  (kah-too-loong'-ahn),  nat.;  creek 
entering  Talayan  tributary  of   S.  outlet  of 
Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao. 
K.ATl'XGI  (kah-toon-hee'),  nat.;  hamlet  on  bank 
of   river   emptying  into   Liguasan   Lagoon, 
Cotabato,  Mindanao. 
KATUXOL  (kah-too-nohP),  nat.;  river  emptying 
ing  on  E.  shore  of  Misamis  port,  Misamis, 
Mindanao.     Kilambugan  ranch  lies   on   X. 
bank  of  its  mouth. 
KAUIT  (kah'-weet),  nat.:  point,  low  and  sandy, 

on  W.  coast  of  Marinduque. 
mountain  16  m.  S.  of  Cape  Bojeador,  com- 
mencing near  San  Fabiiln,  ingulf  of  LingayiJn 
forming  conspicuous  landmark  for  naviga- 
tors. 
KAUKUATE(kow-kwah'-vay),ver.;  point  bearing 
W.  1  m.  from  shoal,  on  which  American  ship 
Sea  Witch  grounded  in  1884. 


50)8 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


KIKO  (key'-kaw),  ver.;  rock  in  middle  of  en- 
trance to  Bapd,  channel,  off  SW.  coast  of 
Siargao  I.,  oft"  NE.  coast  Surigao,  Mindanao. 

KILAMBIT.AX  (kee-lam-boo'-gahn),  nat.:  bight 
on  E.  shore  of  Misamis  port,  Misami-s,  Min- 
danao, opposite  Misamis.  Kilambugau  ranch 
IS  at  N.  end. 

KlXAl'VSSix  (kee-nah-puhs-.sahn'),  nat.;  island 
of  group  of  same  name,   Snlu  A.,  between 
island  of  Bubudn  on  NE.,  Tabawan  on  S 
and  Bintoolan  on  W.     ( ^/so  QuinapusAn.)     ' 

KIMXABAtJAKA>  (kee-nee-nah-bah-gah'-rahn) 
ver.;  point  on  NW.  shore  of  Samar  I.  (Also 
Barobodiangan. ) 

KIXKEHAX  (keen-kay-hahn'),  ver.;  island  30  m. 
^ .  ot  Tawi  Tawi  I.,  Parigutdrang grp.,  Sulu  A. 

KIXTBEDXx  (key-noo-bay-dahn'),  nat.;  2  sum- 
mits of  Lanao,  Mindanao,  in  lat.  7°  20'  N.  13 
m.  W.  of  Tumbao  Pt.,  on  Upper  Grande  Riv. 
of  Mindanao,  Lanao,  Mindanao. 

KIPIT,  or  Ql'IPIT  (key-pit'),  ver.;  river  of  Min- 
danao, which  enters  bav  to  E.  of  point  of 
same  name,  XW.  coast  ofZamboanga. 

KlPlT,  or  (^riPIT,  or  (JALKKA  (kev-pif,  gah- 
lay'-rah),  ver.;  low,  flat,  sandy  point  forming 
W.  headland  of  bay  on  NW.  coast  of  Zam- 
boanga,  Mindanao,  SW.  of  Sindangan  Bay. 
River  of  same  name  enters  bav.  Surrounding 
country  is  low;  eoa.vt  to  W.  of  point  bordered 
by  sandy  beaches,  separated  bv  rockv  head- 
lands, and  pierced  by  mouths  of  ".several 
rivers.  Agojos,  wood  similar  to  the  pine  of 
Europe,  grows  abundantly.  High  mountains 
rise  inland,  and  hills  are  covered  -vvith  coso- 
nal. 

KLIN,  for.;  river  entering  Celebes  Sea  on  SW. 
coast  of  DAvao,  Mindanao. 

KNOB,  for.;  island  NW.  of  Malabuctiin  I.,  off 
NE.coa.stof  Paragua,  Palawan.   ( iS'ee  Balds  I. ) 

KOBl  LANANd  (koh-boo-lah'-nahng),  nat.;  trib- 
utary on  1.  bank  of  Bacat  Riv.,  Cotabato 
Mindanao. 


KOLXn,  orKOLAIT  (koh-lahn',  koh-lah'-it)  ver  ■ 
low  mountain  at  N.  end  of  Iloilo  Strait  e' 
coast  of  Panay. 

KOLAT  (koh-lahf)  ver.;  low  mountain  in  SE 
coast  of  Panay.     {See  Koldn.) 

KOLINDO  (koh-lean'-doh),  nat.;  creek  entering 
on  r.  bank  of  Upper  Grande  Riv.  of  Minda- 
nao, i  m.  below  Kalipapdn  Pt. 

KBANG  (krahng),  ver.;  hamlet  on  SW.  coast  of 
Cotabato,  Mindanao,  between  Denowan  Pt 
N.,  and  Tuna  Pt.,  S.,  lat.  6°  29'  N. 

KUADB.ASANG  (kwad-bah'-sahng),  ver.;  island 
7  m.  N.  of  extreme  N.  point  of  Tawi  Tawi  I., 
Tawi  Tawi  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

KCBI  (koo-bee').  ver.;  S.  pointand  inner  head  of 
Olongapo  Bay,  Sftbic  Bay,  Zambales,  Luzon. 

Kl'DAL  (koo-dahl'),  nat.;  island  in  Upper  Grande 
Riv.  of  Mindanao,  3  m.  below  Balumis,  Cota- 
bato, Mindanao. 

KUHANGAN  (koo-hahn'-gahn),  ver.;  island  NE 
of  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

KULALD^N  (kwee-ahl-dahn'),  ver.:  hamlet  on  W 
shore  of  Lanao  Lake,  MisamLs,  Mindanao. 

KlIINULAUAN  (kwee-noo-lah'-rahn)  ver.;  ham- 
let on  extreme  NW.  shore  of  Dumanquilas 
Bay,  in  Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  94]  m.  NE  of 
Zamboanga. 

KULASKJAN  (koo-lah-.say'-hahn),  nat.;  pointand 
river  emptying  on  E.  shore  of  Misamis  port 
Misamis,  Mindanao. 

KL'LASSUN  (koo-lahs'-soon;,  ver.;  cluster  of 
Lslands  of  Pangutdrang  grp.,  Sulu  A.  (Also 
Kulassian.) 

KULILI  (koo-lee'-lee),  nat.;  point  8  m.  S.  byW 
of  JSIt.  Kduit,  high  with  sjindy  shore. 

KL'NILAAN  (koo-nee-lah'-ahn),nat.;  isletinPaiTg- 
utdrang  grp.,  Sulu  A.,  between  U-sada  I.  6u 
NE.  and  Bas-Bds  on  SW.,  lat.  G°  3'  N. 

KIJPAN<i  (koo-pang'),  ver.;  hamletand>eat  of  lui 
iron  foundry  NNE.  of  Angat. 


GAZETTEEK    OF    THE    PHILIPl'lNE    ISLANDS. 


5GU 


LAA  dah-ah'),  ver.:  island  of  coral  formation, 
covered  with  trees,  1^  m.  from  NW.  edge  of 
Tiji  Tiji  bank,  S.  of  Tawi  Tawi  I.,  Sulu  A. 

LAAB  (lah-ahb'),  ver.;  mountain  in  W.  central 
Le>-te,  12  m.  S.  of  Carigara. 

LAAG  (lah-ahg'K  ver.;  hamlet  in  Abra,  Luz6n,  9 
m.  E.  of  Bangned. 

LAAL  (lah-ahl'),  nat.;  mountain  in  Pampanga, 
Luz6n,  of  considerable  elevation. 

LAAKA>'(wA>"  (lah-ah-rahn'-gahn),  ver.;  pueblo  in 
Misamis,  Mindanao. 

L.\BA>'(iAN  (lah-babng'-ahn),  ver.;  river  in  SE. 
SAmar,  rising  in  Mapilit  and  Paogas  Mts.  and 
emptying  into  Pacific  Ocean  at  Lanang,  E. 
coast  of  Sftmar. 

LABXnIjAO  (lah-bang'-ah-oh),  nat.;  island  off  N. 
coast  of  Sc'imar,  opposite  Pt.  Oot,  or  Lauigau. 

LABANtiOK  (lah-bang'-ohn),nat.;  bay  on  S.  coast 
of  Mindanao. 

LABAO  (lah-bah'-oh),  ver.;  town  at  headwaters 
of  tributary  of  river  entering  great  bay  E.  of 
Blanca  Pt.  {q.v.),  NW.  coast  of  Misamis,  Min- 
danao. 

LABXyAO  (lah-bah'-yah-oh),  ver.;  hamlet  2i  m. 
NW.  of  Calbdyoc,  Samar. 

LABK6  (lab-noh'),  nat.;  i.slet  off  Gogo  Pt.,  NE. 
coast  of  Iloilo,  Panay,  in  channel  between 
Binuluailgan  and  Calagniin  I. 

IjABO  (lah-boh'),  nat.;  pueblo  on  1.  bank  of  In- 
dang  Riv.,  in  Ambos  Camarines  (Norte), 
Luz6n,  on  main  road,  10  m.  NW.  of  Diet. 
Gold  is  found  in  Labo  Hills  in  this  vicinity. 
Pop.,  4,213. 

pueblo  in  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

point  at  entrance  to  Port  Misamis,  opposite 

fort  tower  in  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

river  in  Ambos  Camarines  (Norte),  Luzon; 

flows  across;  pueblo  of  same  name  and  empties 
into  sea  on  NE.  coast. 

port  on  W.  coast  of  Ilocos  Norte,  Luz6n,  in 

l>Ufbl(i  of  Badoc,  S.  of  Gabot  Pt. 

to^vIl^<llip    in  Ambos   Camarines  (Norte), 

I.uzon,  in  wliich  gold  i,«  found.  Near  village 
of  LabO,  on  that  river,  platinum  and  possibly 
iead  glance  are  found  in  mountain  of  that 
name. 

—  point  1  m.  NE.  of  Mi.sami.s,  and  W.  head  to 

Misamis  port,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

LABO  TEXAS  DE  POLAMUNA  (lah'-boh  tay'-tas 
day  poh-lalin-t(Hi'-]iah),  Sp.;  extinct  volcano 
5.uy2  ft.  higli,  of  audesite,  in  S.  part  of  Ambos 
<'ainarines  (Norte),  Luzon,  lat.  14°  1'  N.,  Ion. 
122'^  4t;'  E.;  One  of  peaks  of  range  of  loftv  ele- 
vations which  stretches  from  NW.  to  SE. 
liiross  province,  and  divides  watersheds  of 
Piicific  Ocean  on  N.  and  Ragay  Gulf  on  S. 

LAIKU'  dah-boik');  town  in  S.  Bohol,  Visaya.s. 

LAB<f>  (lali-bohn'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  1.  shore  of 
Abra  Riv.,  in  Abra,  Luzon,  7  m.  SE.  of  Ban- 
gned. 

LAliOMJAN  (lah-bong'-ahn),  nat.:  river  empty- 
ing on  S.  shore  of  Busuaiiga  I.,  Calamianes 
grp.,  NE.  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

LABOOX  (lah-boh'-ohn),  ver.;  hamlet  on  l.bank 
of  Maasin  Riv.,  4  m.  NE.  of  Maasin,  Leyte. 

LABfA  (lah-boo'-ah) ,  ver.;  mountain  in  S.  cen- 
tral Leyte,  9  m.  NE.  of  Albuera. 

LABUAGAN  (lah-bwah'-gahn),  ver.;  rive*'  enter- 
ing arni  on  N.  .shore  of  Port  Uson,  S.  coast  of 
Bu.suanga  I.,  Calamianes  grp.,  oil'  NE.  coast 
of  Paragua,  Palawan. 


LABf  AX  (lah-boo'-ahn),  ver.;  hamlet  on  W.  shore 
of  Sibuguey  Bay,  in  Zamboanga,  Mindanao, 
62  m.  NXE.  of  Zamboanga. 

liABUANG  (lah-bwang'),  ver.;  mountain  in  E. 
Samar,  G  m.  W.  of  San  JuliAn. 

LABUYO  (lah-boo'-yoh),  nat.;  creek  emptying  on 
N.  shore  of  Panguil  Bay,  S.  end  of  Misamis 
port,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

point  on  E.  coast  of  Talim  I.,  in  center  of 

Laguna  de  Bay,  Rizal,  Luzon. 

LAtAGA>'  (lah-cah'-gahn),nat.;  hamlet  in  pueblo 
of  Taya.san,  Negros  Oriental. 

LACALA  (lah-cah'-lah),  ver.;  hamlet  in  pueblo  of 
Tayabas,  Tayabas,  Luzon. 

LACAJiGAT  (lah-cahng-ahf),  nat.;  village  on  NE 
shore  of  Siasi  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

LACA(3x  (lah-cah-awn');  mountain  in  Panay. 

LA  t'ARIDAD  (lah  cah-ree-dahd'),  Sp.;  pueblo  in 
Cavite,  Luzon,  between  San  Roque  and  isth- 
mus of  Dalahican.    Pop.,  1,256. 

LA  I'AKLOTA,  or  SIMAM'AS  -(lah  car-loh'-tah, 
see-mahn'-cahs),  Sp.;  pueblo  in  Negros  Occi- 
dental.   Pop.,  12,384. 

LAl'AROX  (lah-cah-rohn'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  W. 
shore  of  Dflvao  Gulf,  Diivao,  Mindanao,  43i 
m.  S.  of  Dilvao  and  2  m.  N.  of  Malita  Pt. 

LAtAT-LACAT  (lah-kl-lah-ki'),  ver,;  point  on  ex- 
treme N.  shore  of  Ilocos  Norte,  Luz6n,  with 
Patapa  Mt.  inland.  Boundary  between  Ca- 
gayftn,  E.,  and  Ilocos  Norte,  W.,  terminates  at 
coast  4  m.  E.  of  this  point. 

LACICTIPAl!  (lah-seek-tee-pahk'),  nat.;  islet  off 
SE.  coast  of  Siasi  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

LA  I'OKTA  (lah  cohr'-tah),  Sp.;  hamlet  in  Taya- 
bas, Luz6n. 

LA  I'RrZ  (lah  crooth'),  Sp.;  hamlet  in  SE.  Iloilo, 
Panay,  4i  m.  NW.  by  N.  of  Dumangas. 

LACrXG  (lah-coong'),  nat.;  hamlet  in  Pangasi- 
ndn, Luzon. 

LAt'l'P  (lah-coop'),  ver.;  town  at  headwaters  of 
Tineg  Riv.,  in  Abra,  Luzon,  20  m.  ENE.  of 
Bangued,  with  which  it  is  connected  by  foot- 
path. 

LACllxix  (lah-coo'-tahn),nat.;  bay  on  NW.  shore 
of  Pujada  Bay,  SE.  coast  of  Ddvao,  Mindanao, 
between  Cabaydn  and  Tataidaga  Pt. 

LACY  (lah'-thee),  Sp.;  pueblo  and  bay  on  SE. 
coast  of  Siquijor  I.,  30  m.  SE.  of  Tagbilaran, 
Bohol.     Pop.,  6,448. 

LAG  A  (lah'-gah),  nat.;  rock  1  m.  off  W.  shore  of 
Maripipi  I.,  E.  of  S.  extremity  of  Masbate. 

LAGABARIQl'E  (lah-gah-bah-ree'-kav),  ver.;  cra- 
ter 1  m.  NE.  of  San  Isidro,  in  NW.  Leyte. 

LAGABAY,  or  SIGABOY  (lah-gah-by',  see-gah- 
boy'),  ver.;  pueblo  on  E.  .shore  of  Diivao  Gulf, 
in  DAvao,  Mindanao.    Pop.,  en  1887,  613. 

LAGiLIT  (lah-gah'-lit),  nat.;  hamlet  in  pueblo 
of  San  Ildefonso,  Ilocos  Sur,  Luz6n. 

LA(JiX  (lah-gahn'),  ver.;  point  on  E.  coast  of 
Ticao,  Visa'  is,  at  entrance  to  bay. 

LAGAOIN  (lah-gah'-aw-inn),  ver.;  point  4J  m. 
SW.  of  Dayagan,  E.  coast  of  Mindoro.  La- 
gaoin  banks  lie  off  coast.     (See  Ticlin  Pt.) 

LAGASAX   (lah-gah'-sahn),  nat.;  hamlet  on  W. 

shore  of  Jlaimbiin  Bay,  S.  coast  of  Sulu  I., 

Sulu  A.,  lOJ  m.  S.  of  Suiu. 
river  in   Negro-;  Occidental,  formed  of  ^ 

main  branches  wliich  rise  in  central  range, 

and  uniting  i-nter  strait  of  GuimarSs  2k  m. 

N.  of  Valladolid. 


570 


GAZETTEEK    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


LA(iAS\ALlLA  ilah-gas-nah-leo'-lah),  Tag.;  point 
at  extrume  S.  end  of  Burias  I.,  Visayas. 

LX<iAT  (lali'-gat),  ver.;  islet  334  ft.  high,  S.  7° 
W.  of  Tara  I.,  NE.of  Busuariga  I.,  Calamianes 
grp.,  olY  N.  end  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

LAOATA  (lah-gali'-tah),  ver.;  coast  hamlet  in 
N.  CApiz,  Panay,  6  m.  SE.  of  Calvo. 

!,A(iAri  (lah-gah'-we),  ver.;  pneblo  in  former 
conianilanoia  of  Quidngan,  Nueva  Vizcaya, 

I.ACiAlT  (lah-gah'-oot),  ver.;  hamlet  on  S.  shore 

of  SE.  end  of  Siimar,  C  m.  SW.  of  Salcedo. 
village  4  m.  NE.  of  Cabanisan  Pt.,  S.  shore 

of  Stimar,  Visayas. 
LAUAYXn  (lah-gah-yahn'),nat.;  hamletin pueblo 

of  Bangued,  Abra,  Luz6n,  on  Tineg  Riv.,  9  m. 

NE.  of  Bangued. 
LAOAYA'N.   LAGVNA  DK   (liih-KOu'-nah  day  lah- 

Kuh-valiii'),  Hisp.;  mountain  lake  (1  by  S  m.  in 

\V.  elevations   of  (iran   Ciinliilcra   Oriental, 

(Janayan,  Luzon,  S   ni.    inland   from   l^aeific 

Oeeaii   and  connected  with  it  by  tortuous 

outlet. 
LA(iAYUAY   (lah-guy-ri') ,   ver.;    hamlet  in  SW. 

Samar,  10  m.  NE.  of  Basey. 
LAiaBlI  (lug-boo'),  ver.;  mountain  in  NE.  Union, 

Luzon. 
LAGfiN   (lah-hen'),  ver.;   island,  1,140  ft.   high, 

S.  and  largest  of  3  islands  on  E.  side  of  Bacuit 

Bay,  NW.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 
IjA(JIN  (lah-heen'),  nat.;  creek  emptying  on  r. 

Itank  of  N.  arm  of  Grande  Kiv.  of  Mindanao, 

I'otaliato,  Mindanao. 
LAGIM'I'  (lah-hee-nif),  nat.;  pointon  W.  coast  of 

Siimar,  opposite  Aokon  I.,  in  Daram  channel. 
LA<iIiA(i   (lahg-lahg'),    nat.;  hamlet    in    Iloilo, 

Panay. 
LA0>'A'S  dahg-nass')  uat.;  river  in  Taval.as,  Ln- 


leli 


Kiv. 


ontugan  ft., 

Catuncluaneai 
leral-bearingl 
Batall,   audi 


LAIJO  (lah-goh'),  Sp.;  island  with^^cone-shaped 
summit,  450  ft.  high,  in  Busuanga-Calami;'in 
channel,  Calamianes  grp.,  off  NE.  coast  of 
Paragua,  Palawan. 

i<A(iOA(i«)A  (lah-goh-ah-goh'-ah),  ver.;  moini- 
tain  in  Abra,  Luz6n. 

LA(i01u'A\  (lali-yoh-dee'-ahn),  nat.;  village  ^ii:<-^ 
of  Mali.  X\V.  shore  of  Pujada  Bay,  SE.  coast 

of  li.avao,  Mindanao. 

l,A(iJ(»>BATO  (lah-gohn-bah-toh'),  nat.;  point,  S. 
shore  of  (Jalagnan  I.,  off  NE.  coast  of  Iloilo, 
Panay. 

LA(i<>M,(>\(i  ilah-gohn-long'),  ver,:  jaiel.lo  at 
inoiuli  of  river  emptying  on  K.  -horenf  ii|i- 
in-oaehto  MaeajalarBay,  N.  coast  of  Misamis, 
Mindanao,  24  m.  N.  by  E.  of  Cagaydu  de 
Misamis.     Pop.,  1,834. 

IiA(i<)>(»Y  (lah-goh-noy'),  ver.;  river  in  Ambos 
Cnmarines  (Sur),  Luz6n,  flowing  E.  enters 
Albay  and  empties  into  Lagonoy  Bay. 

].uelilo  in  SE.  part  of  Ambos  Camarines 

(Sur),  Luzon,  near  Albay  boundary,  onr.  side 
(if  river  of  that  name,  23  m.  E,  of  Nueva 
Cdceres.    Pop.,  8,500. 

giilf  on  SE.  coast  of  Luz6n,  shores  of  which, 

beginning  at  Maqueda  channel,  on  N.  form 


LAGONOY— Contiiuied. 

semieircle  of  aljout  100  m.  to  Montugan  ft., 

entirelv  within  Albay,  Luzon. 

I.  lies  NE.of  its  mouth  and  4  mi 

Islands,   San  Miguel,  Cacraray 

Rapurapu,  along  its    S.  shore.    It  also  has 

several  fine  bays,  Tabaco  and  Albay  among 

them  along  its  coast. 

LA  (iRAAJA  (lah  ^laii'  hah),  Sp.;  puebloonNVV. 
coast  of  S:iiiiar,  at  mouth  of  Sabangan  Riv., 
(i'.l  111.  XW.  of  Calbalogan.  Anchorage  has  10 
fms.  but  not  well  sheltered.     Pop.,  3,413. 

town  in  Anticjue,  Panay. 

town  in  Negros. 

LAGSAD^N  (lahg-sah-dawu'),  ver.;  mountain  in 
Mindanao. 

LAGSIG  (lag-sig'),  Tag.;  mountain  in  Nueva 
Ecija,  on  boundary  of  Benguet,  15  m.  SW.  of 
Caraballo  (Sur)  Mt. 

LAGUXN  (lah-gwahn'),  nat.;  island  separated 
from  N.  coast  of  Sdmar  by  narrow  channel, 
which  communicates  with  Port  Bnldpag. 
Town  of  Lahuan  stands  on  SW.  shore. 

channel  b(;tween  Samar  and  Laguaii  1. 

hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Paldpag,  Sdraar. 

island  off  NE.   coast  of  Sdmar.     Stream 

enters  bay  of  same  name  about  1^  m.  S.  of 
Livds  Pt.  Soundings  are  from  8  fms.  decreas- 
ing to  3  off  river  mouth,  where  there  are 
many  fish  weirs. 

town  and  p.  o.  on  eminence  on  SW.  shore 

of  narrow  island  of  that  name,  7  by  14  m.  off 
N.  coast  of  S;iiiiar  ami  wliieli  forms  W. shore 

small  St  learn  wliieli, with  Quiapo  Riv.,  forms 

tributary  of  Lipajan  Riv.  on  N.,  in  Tayabas, 

Luz6n. 
bay  between  LivAs  Pt.  on  W.  side  of  Laguan 

I.  offering  good  anchorage  in  35  ft.,  sheltered, 

however,  Irom  E.  and  NE.  winds  only. 
LA(il  .is  (lah-gwass'),    nat.;    river  in  ptieblo  of 

Bauan,  Batangas,  Luz6n,  emptying  into  Ba- 

tangas. 
LAGUI  (lah'-gee),  nat.;  island  off  E.  coast  of  Am- 
bos Camarines  (Sur),  Luz6n. 
LA  (JUIA  (lahgee'-ah),  Sp.;  town  on  NW.  shore 

of  Balete  (Valete)  port,  on  E.  coast  of  Ddvao, 

Mindanao,  434  m.  SE.  of  DAvao. 
LAGriMANOC  (lah-gee-mah-noek'),  Tag.;  port  in 

S.  Tayabas,  Luzon. 
lioiiitou  K.  shore  of  bay  of  same  name,  S. 

coast  of  Tayabas,  Luz6n. 
bay  on  N.  sliore  of  Tayabas  Bay,  Tayabas, 

Luzon,  formed  between  Tagbilao  Grande  and 

Chieo  Is.  and  the  mainland  on  E.    Talaljan 

I.  alicait  center  is  lat.  13°  55' 30"  N.,  Ion.  121° 

4S' 10"  E. 
LA(;riMI(A>Ti  (lah-geem-bahn-tah'),  ver.;  liam- 

let  on  1.  bank  of  Ibajay  Riv.,  2  m.  S.  of  Ibaja y 

at  its  mouth,  in  Cdpiz,  Panay. 
LAGl'iX  (lah-geen')  ver.;  creek  and  inlet  in  \V. 

Si'imar. 
LAGl'IO   (lah-gee'-oh),    ver.;    stream   rising   in 

pueblo    of  Gumacd,    Tayabas,    Luz6n,    and 

emptying  into  bay  of  Lam6n. 
LAGriSlT(lah-gee'-sit),  nat.;  riverof  Pangasindn, 

Luzon,  tributary  to  Agno  Grande. 
LAGIIM.4  (lah-goo-mah'),  ver.;  point  on  E.  coast 

of  Leyte,  6  m.  N.  of  Hinunangan. 


LAGUNA,  LUZON,  PROVINCE  OF. 

(Lah-goo'-nah,  Sp.) 

Capital:  Santa  Cruz,  lat.  14°  18^  N.,  Ion.  121°  24'  30''  E. 

Area:  Mainland,  750  sq.  m.;  4  dependent  islands,  2  sq.  in.;  total,  752  sq. 

Race:  Taualoj;. 

Lang-uag-e:  Tagtiloa;. 

Population:   !(;!•, !»s:;. 

Military  Dejjartment  of  Luzon:   Headquarters,  Manila,  Luzon. 


^ 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


.71 


Lnzon  I.  -_   South  Coast 

1.AGUINWANOK   BAS 

From  a  Spanisb  Survey 
1866 

TalabanI.Lal.l3?56'30N..Loiig.l21°47:33F.. 


;■!«■■ 


n79 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


Table  of  distances. 
From  Santa  Cniz  to —  m. 

Bataiigas,  bv  road  on  Batangas  Bay  (S.  coast  Verde  Passage) 47 

Cavite,  KNW ,>3 

ManbSn  on  Lam6u  Bay  E.,  Pacific  coast  ESE '20 

Manila,  NW 84 

Manila  via  Laguna  rte  Bay  and  PSsig  Riv 41 

Manila  by  road 52 

LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

The  province  of  Laguna  lies  along  the  E.  and  S.  shores  of  Laguna  de  Bay,  from 
which  it  takes  its  name.  On  the  SE.  boundary  begins  the  great  peninsula  of  SE. 
Luzon,  from  Tayabas  to  Soi-sogon.  It  is  Iwiunded  on  the  N.  by  Laguna  de  Bay  and 
Rizal  (]M6rong) ;  on  the  E.  by  Infanta  and  Ta_\a))as;  on  the  S.  by  Tayabas  and  Batan- 
gas; on  the  W.  by  Cavite  and  Rizal  (formerly  ^Manila). 

AREA. 

It  forms  a  crescent  on  2  sides  of  the  lake,  and  measures  from  its  NE.  point,  in  a 
S\V.  direction,  50  m.,  and  from  its  SW.  point,  E.  and  W.,  21  m.  Area,  750  sq.  m. 
(land).  4  dependent  islands,  2  sq.  m.;  total  area,  752 sq.  m.;  about  ^  the  size  of  the 
State  of  Delaware. 

PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 

The  country  is  mountainous  in  the  N.  part,  having  a  peak  on  the  peninsula  which 
extends  into  the  lake,  terminating  opposite  Santa  Cruz,  2,579  ft.  high.  In  the  SW. 
rises  the  celebrated  Mt.  MaquiHng,  3,606  ft.  high.  It  has  a  number  of  rivers 
which  irrigate  the  fertile  soil.  On  the  E.  the  bay  forms  an  ann  about  6  m.  wide  and 
separates  the  body  of  the  province  from  a  jieninsula,  through  the  center  of  which 
extends  not  only  a  range  of  mountains  but  the  boundary  between  Laguna  and  Rizal. 
A  mong  the  natural  curiosities  are  the  waterfall  at  Botociln .  also  the  grotto  at  JNIaquiling. 

Among  its  celebrated  mineral  springs  are  those  at  Lubii,  near  Jalajala;  Galas,  near 
Mabitac;  BomboiTgan,  near  Pagsanjdn ;  Aguas  Santas,  near  Los  Bauos;  atPansol,  near 
Calamba,  and  at  Calamba  (Botal). 

ROADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 

The  region  is  well  provided  with  roads.  One  extends  from  IMamasanan  S.  t<> 
Mabitac,  near  the  N.  shore  of  the  E.  arm  of  Lagmui  de  Bay;  thence  it  folh.ws  tlu' 
ccast  of  the  bay  to  Santa  Cruz;  from  this  point  a  highway  and  telegraph  line  extends 
til  3Iaja>  jay  and  thence  into  Tayabas.  From  Santa  C^ruz  amain  road,  telegraph  lint', 
and  projected  railroad  follows  the  shore  of  the  bay  to  Binang,  22  m.  opposite,  and 
thence  continues  to  Cavite  and  Manila.  Calauang  and  San  Pablo  are  also  important 
road  centers.  From  Calamba,  on  the  main  shore  road,  extends  a  main  highway,  tele- 
graph line,  and  projected  railroad  S.  into  Batangas,  and  across  that  province  to 
Batangas  town,  on  the  bay  of  that  name,  in  the  Verde  Passage  between  the  Mindoro 
and  China  seas.  The  lake  (Laguna  de  Bay)  affords  excellent  water  facilities  to 
Manila  city  and  bay  by  way  of  the  Pilsig  Riv. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 


The  ]  population  is  169,983.  Tlie  inhabitants  are  chiefly  Tagdlog,  which  is  the  only 
langua,i;e  sjioken. 

Tlie  iiiilowing  is  the  division  of  Laguna  into  pueblos  and  their  respective  popula- 
tion, according  to  tlie  census  of  18S7: 


Province  and  pueblos. 

Total  population,  combining 
residents  present  and  ab- 
sent, native  and  Spanish, 
census  1887. 

Men. 

Women. 

Total. 

Laguna  (La); 

2,374 
1,349 
1,179 
7,a58 
4,428 
4,G2S 
1,607 

2, 292 
1,404 
1,175 
8,094 
4,601 
4,180 
2, 153 

4,666 

•  2, 753 

Bav ... 

2, 354 
15  452 

Bifiang 

Calamba 

8, 808 

Calauang 

3,760 

GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


573 


Province  and  pueblos. 


Lagiina  (La) — Continueil. 

Cavinti 

Lilio 

Longos .  „ 

Luisiana 

Lnmbang 

Mabltac 

Magdalena 

Majayjay 

NagcarUn 

Paste 

Pagsanjun 

Parigil 

PAquil 

Pila 

San  Antonio 

San  Pablo 

San  Pedro  de  Tunasdn 

Santa  Cruz 

Santa  Maria 

SantA  Rosa 

Siniloan 

Total 


Total  population,  combining 
residents  present  and  ab- 
sent, native  and  Spanish, 
census  1887. 


Men. 

Women. 

Total. 

2, 900 

2,804 

5, 704 

2,  990 

2,  985 

5,975 

041 

785 

1,426 

2,221 

2,388 

4,609 

2,423 

2,  528 

4, 951 

701 

694 

1,398 

1,478 

1,665 

3,143 

3,554 

8,632 

7,176 

6,342 

7,244 

13, 586 

1, 438 

1,491 

2,929 

3,535 

3,589 

7,124 

1,432 

1,362 

2, 794 

935 

891 

1,826 

3, 058 

3,103 

6,161 

783 

890 

1,673 

9,726 

9, 639 

19, 365 

2, 227 

2, 177 

4, 404 

6,417 

6,523 

12, 940 

433 

422 

855 

4,709 

4,646 

9, 3.55 

2,621 

2,667 

5,288 

),504 


Estimated,  1901,  169,683. 

The  province  has  33  towns,  15  villap;es,  and  abont  400  hamlets. 

Sa,nta  Cruz;  capital,  on  the  SE.  shore  of  Laguna  de  Bay.  It  has  fine  municipal, 
ecclesiastical,  mercantile,  and  private  buildings.  It  is  a  place  of  important  trade, 
and  in  road  and  telegraphic  communication  with  Manila,  Cavite,  Batangas,  and  Mau- 
b:in,  on  the  different  coasts  of  Luzon.  It  is  the  terminus  of  a  projected  railroad  from 
IManila.     Pop.,  13,141. 

Alaminos;  on  the  road  between  San  Pablo  and  Tanauan,  in  Batangas,  20  m.  SW. 
of  8anta  Cruz.     Pop.,  4,600. 

Bay;  on  main  road,  S.  shore  of  Laguna  de  Bay,  11  m.  SW.  of  Santa  Cruz.  Pop., 
1,790. 

Binang;  on  the  W.  shore  of  Laguna  de  Bay,  on  the  main  road,  telegraph  line, 
and  projected  railroad,  at  the  N.  terminus  of  the  boundary  between  this  province 
and  Cavite.     It  is  the  largest  town  in  Laguna.     Pop.,  19,786. 

Cabuyao;  on  the  1.  bank  of  Laguna  de  Bay,  on  the  main  road  and  telegraph  line, 
and  projected  railroad,  20  m.  WSW^  of  Santa  Cruz.     Pop.,  8,888. 

Calamba  (Calamba) ;  on  the  SW.  shore  of  Laguna  de  Bay,  at  the  mouth  of  the 
San  Juan  Riv.,  on  main  road  between  Santa  Cruz  and  Manila,  it  it  also  on  the 
projected  railroad  between  these  towns  and  the  starting  p(jint  of  a  projected  branch 
railroad  to  connect  the  main  line  and  Laguna  de  Bay  witli  Batangas,  on  tliat  bay,  on 
the  S.  side  of  the  island.  This  is  the  birthplace  of  the  champion  of  the  Filipinos  and 
martyr  Dr.  Jose  Rizal  y  Mercado.     Pop.,  11,476. 

Calauang;  on  the  San  Pablo  road  at  the  crossing  of  a  river  entering  Laguna  de 
Bay,  near  Bay,  12  m.  SW.  of  Santa  Cruz.     Pop.,  3,107. 

Cavinti;  on  the  1.  bank  of  a  branch  of  the  Lamoc  Riv.,  7  m.  ESE.  of  Santa  Cruz. 
Pop.,  5,515. 

Iiilio;  on  the  main  road  between  Majayjay  and  Nagcarldn,  12  m.  .S.  of  Santa  Cruz. 
Pop.,  5,000. 

liOs  Bancs;  on  the  S.  shore  of  Laguna  de  Bay  and  the  main  road  and  projected 
railroad,  15  m.  SW.  of  Santa  Cruz  and  34  m.  SE.  of  Manila.  In  the  vicinity  are  some 
of  the  finest  mineral  springs  in  the  archipelago,  which  are  a  favorite  resort  for  inva- 
lids from  Manila.     Pop.,  2,756. 

liongos;  on  the  main  road,  7  m.  N.  by  E.  of  Santa  Cruz,     Pop.,  1,413. 

Luisiana;  at  the  headwaters  of  the  S.  branch  of  the  Lamoc  Riv.,  near  the  Tayabas 
boundary,  10  m.  SE.  of  Santa  Cruz.     Pop.,  3,802. 

Lumbang;  on  the  main  road,  4  m.  E.  of  Santa  Cruz.     Pop.,  4,293. 

Mabltac;  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  river,  near  its  mouth,  on  the  E.  shore  of  Laguna  de 
Bay,  11  m.  N.  of  Santa  Cruz.     Pop.,  1,431. 

Magdalena;  on  the  main  road  between  Santa  Cruz  and  Majayjay,  6  m.  S.  of  Santa 
Cruz.     Pop.,  3,143  (in  1887). 

Majayjay;  important  road  center  11  m.  S.  of  Santa  Cruz.  Pop.,  6,528.  Near  this 
town  is  the  famous  waterfall  of  Botoc^n  formed  by  the  Camatian  Riv.    This  stream. 


574  GAZETTEER    OB^    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

having  its  source  to  the  E.  of  INIt.  Banajao  (7,326  ft.  high),  receives  during  its  cour.-e 
of  9  m.  several  lai-ge  branches  until  it  reaches  Salto,  at  which  point  it  enters  a  canyon 
466  ft.  deej).  The  river  at  a  width  of  90  ft.  here  takes  a  perpendicular  plunge  and 
rises  again  in  a  c'loud  of  vapor,  which  j^resenls  beautiful  color  illusions  from  the  rays 
of  the  run. 

Nag-carlan;  on  the  roatl  ])etween  Majavjay  and  8an  ral)lo,  12  m.  S.  of  Santa  Cruz, 
Pop.,  12,1)76. 

Paete;  road  center  on  the  E.  shore  of  Lacuna  de  Bav,  7  m.  N.  bv  E.  of  Santa 
Cruz.     Pop.,  2,887. 

Pagsanian;  on  the  main  road  at  the  crossing  of  the  Lamr)c  Riv.,  8  m.  E.  of  Santa 
Cruz.     Pop.,  6,327. 

Pangil;  on  the  main  road,  E.  shore  of  Laguna  de  Bay,  10  ni.  N.  oi  Santa  Cruz. 
Pop.,  2,459. 

Paquil;  on  the  main  road  on  the  E.  shore  of  Laguna  de  Bav,  S  ni.  N.  of  Santa 
Cruz.     Pop.,  1,719. 

Pila;  on  the  main  road,  6  m.  SSW.  of  Santa  Cruz      Pop.,  5,987. 

San  Antouio;  on  the  road  midway  between  Paete  and  the  Tavabas  boundary, 
10  m.  NE.  of  Santa  Cruz.     Pop.,  1,649. 

San  Pablo;  important  road  center,  17  m.  S.  by  W.  of  Santa  Cruz.  In  this  vicinity 
are  5  small  mountain  lakes.     Pop.,  19,537. 

San  Pedro  de  Tunasan;  near  the  boundary  of  Rizal,  on  the  road  from  Manila  to 
Binang,  31  m.  \V.  by  N.  of  Santa  Cruz  across  the  bay.     Pop.,  3,700. 

Santa  Rosa;  on  the  AV.  shore  of  Laguna  de  Bay,  and  on  the  main  road,  telegraph 
line,  and  jjrojecteil  railroad,  21  m.  W.  of  Santa  Cruz,  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  lake. 
Pop.,  9,434. 

Santa  Maria;  in  the  mountains  on  the  main  road,  5  m.  N.  of  the  E.  arm  of 
Laguna  de  Bay  and  16  m.  N.  of  Santa  Cruz.     Pop.,  840. 

Siniloan;  on  the  main  road  at  the  mouth  of  the  Salamabatoc  Kiv.,  in  the  NE. 
angle  of  the  E.  arm  of  Laguna  de  Bay,  12  m.  N.  of  Santa  Cruz.     Pop.,  6,659. 

DEPENDENT  ISLANDS. 

The  following  islands  in  Laguna  de  Bay  lie  off  the  coast  of  this  province. 

Caimanes;  in  the  bight  of  Los  Banos,  2^  m.  W.  of  that  town i 

Pulo  Bay;  in  S.  waters  of  Laguna  de  Bay,  2  m.  off  coast  near  town  of  Bay i 

Pulo  Calamba;  in  opening  to  deep  bight  in  S.  waters  of  Laguna  de  Bay,  4  m.  NNW.  of  Los  Baiios.  | 

Island  at  moutli  of  river  whicli  enters  E.  arm  of  bay,  4  m.  N.  of  Santa  Cruz i 

4  dependent  ishinds,  total  area 2 

VEGETABLE   PRODUCTS. 

This  province  is  considered  the  garden  of  the  Philippines.  Its  soil  and  climate  are 
adapted  to  the  successful  growth  of  every  variety  of  tropical  plant  and  tree  known  to 
the  archipelago.  The  staple  products  of  domestic  use  and  commercial  value  are 
sugar  cane,  rice,  corn,  cotton,  tobacco,  indigo,  cocoanut,  betel  nut,  and  vegetables. 
Kecent  statistics  show  that  upward  of  one-fifth  of  the  province  is  under  cultivation. 

MINERALS. 

The  volcanic  structure  of  the  mountain  regions  and  the  presence  of  numerous 
springs  strongly  impregnated  with  iron  indicate  the  presence  of  that  mineral.  Inves- 
tigation has  not  yet  revealed  the  existence  of  that  or  any  other  metal. 

FORESTS. 

The  forest  area  is  less  extensive  than  in  the  other  provinces.  The  growth  f)f  wood 
suitable  for  house  and  native  boat  building  and  furniture  making  is  sufficient  both  in 
variety  and  ijuantity  to  meet  home  demands. 

FRUITS. 

The  lanson  (lanzon)  and  chico  mame,  among  the  most  delicious  of  the  fruits  of  the 
archipelago,  are  cultivated  in  great  abundance.  The  sweet  pineapple,  mangosteen, 
sapote,  banana,  orange,  lemon,  and  otlier  fruits  are  raised  with  equal  success  and 
constitute  an  important  article  of  trade  with  JManila. 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


575 


INDUSTRIES. 

There  is  considerable  development  (if  mechanical  industries.  In  the  list  are  210 
mills  for  the  extraction  of  cocoanut  oil,  a  large  number  of  distilleries  for  the  manu- 
facture of  cocoanut  wine,  and  several  establishments,  which  make  large  numbers  of 
bolos,  the  knife  which  takes  the  place  of  the  machete  of  the  West  Indies.  The  cab- 
inet shops  turn  out  furniture  of  the  finest  designs  and  handiwork.  Blacksmithing, 
boat  building,  and  other  trades  are  carried  on  with  success.  The  cheese  rivals  in 
quality  that  of  Cebu.  The  output  of  these  industries  is  exported  from  the  towns 
along  the  lake  to  Manila  and  thence  to  all  parts  of  the  archipelago.  The  pastoral 
industry  is  also  important,  there  being  reported  more  than  45,000  head  of  live  stock, 
including  horses,  cattle,  buffaloes,  sheep,  and  goats. 

UNITED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 

During  the  movement  of  the  troops,  immediately  after  the  signing  of  the  treaty  of 
peace,  in  the  provinces  contiguous  to  Manila  a  force  was  sent  into  Laguna  to  take 
possession  of  strategic  points  along  the  shores  of  Laguna  de  Bay. 
On  February  15, 1902,  the  following  garrisons  were  established  at  Luguna: 
Alaminos.  Cavinti.  ^  Nagcarlan. ''  Santa  Cruz. " 

Bay.  ^  Lilio. ''  Paete.  ^  Santa  Rosa.  =* 

Bifiang.  *  Los  Bafios.  ^  Pagsanjiin. '' 

Cabuyao.  Luisiana. ''  Pila. '' 

Calamba. " "  Magdalena.  *"  San  Pablo.  ' 

CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 

The  provisionsof  the  "provincial  government  act  "  on  July  1,  1902,  were  extended 
to  that  territory  in  the  Island  of  Luzon,  known  as  "the  province  of  Laguna." 

PROVINCIAL   OFFICERS. 

[Salaries  and  expenses  in  United  States  money.] 

Governor $1,  400 

Secretary 1,  200 

Treasurer 2,  200 

Fiscal 1,400 

Inspector 1,  800 

All  provincial  officers  are  allowed  necessary  and  actual  traveling  expenses,  not 
exceeding  $2.50  per  day,  while  absent  from  the  capital  of  the  province  on  official 
business. 


LAUUXA  (lah-goo'-nah),  Sp.;  hamlet  on  1.  shore  of 
river  emptying  into  sea  E.  of  Cotabato,  Min- 
danao. 

hamlet  in  Bulacdn,  Luzon,  6i  m.  NW.  of 

Bulacdn. 

. hamlet  on  N.  bank  of  Bacong  Riv.,  9  m. 

ENE.  of  Tibiao,  W.  coast  of  Antique,  Panay. 

LAGUNA  DE  BAI  or  BAT  (Lagoon  Bay),  (lah-goo'- 
nah  day  by),  Hisp.;  purse-shaped  lake  of 
fresh  water  in  heart  of  Luzon,  connected  with 
Manila  Bay  bv  narrow  channel  known  as 
Pclsig  Riv. ,'32  in.  from  NVV.  to  SE.  and  28  m. 
from  E.  to  W., and  has  coast  line  lOHm.  OnNW. 
and  N.  extends  province  of  Rizal.  on  E.  and 
S.  Laguna,  which  separates  it  from  Pacific 
Ocean,  13  m.  distant  from  Siniloan,  its  NE. 
angle,  and  on  W.  by  Laguna,  Cavite,  and 
Rizal;  its  nearest  point  to  Manila  Bay  6  m.  W. 
at  Las  Penas.  In  center  is  Talim  I.,  9  by  3 
m.,  between  which  and  Rizal  Pen.  on  N.  is 
strait  of  Quinabulu^an.  There  are  .several 
other  small  islands,  PuloInsAn,  Pulo01gip<4n, 
and  Pulo  Calamba;  also  Pulo  Bay.  In  its  N. 
waters  are  3  gulfs  and  2  peninsulas,  and  on 
its  shores  many  fine  towns  and  capital  Santa 
Cruz  de  la  Laguna.    Receives  waters  of  15 


LAGUXA  DE  BAI,  or  BAY-Continuel. 

rivers.  It  has  appearance  of  fresh-water  sea. 
Among  its  fish  are  "'corvinas"  (kind  of  con- 
ger), very  abundant  and  celebrated.  Coast 
towns  carry  on  large  trade  of  products  of  in- 
terior with  Manila. 

LAGUNDI  (lah-goon-dee'),  nat.;  point  on  SW. 
shore  of  Ticao  I.,  Visayas,  7  m.  distant  from 
Masbate  I.,  across  intervening  channel. 

hamlet  in  Bulac4n,  Luzon,  8^  m.  NVV.  of 

Bulacdn. 

pueblo  in  Rizal,  formerly  Morong,  Luzon. 

LAHAXU  (la-hahng'),   ver.;  mountain  in  Sdmar. 

LAHAT-LAHAT  (lah-haht-lah-hahf),  nat.;  islet 
in  channel  between  Bubuan  and  Cabucan 
Is.,  off  NW.  shore  of  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A. 

— ■  low  wooded  island  in  Laparan  grp.,  Sulu 

A.,  NE.  of  BillangTian  and  Bambannan. 

several  islands  off  SW.  coast  of  Basilan  I., 

Sulu  A. 

LAHI  (lah'hee),  nat.;  river  entering  DAvao  Gulf 
on  E.  shore  opposite  SAmal  I.,  Ddvao,  Min- 
danao. 

LAHUA>'  (lah-whan'),  nat.;  island  off  S.  coast  of 
Sdmar,  E.  of  Alipata  Pt. 


Telegraph. 


'Telephone. 


•  Post  and  money-order  office. 


570 


(JAZKTTEER    OF   THE   PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 


LAICrV  (lah-hooy'),  vcr.;  islaml  N.  of  Ambos 
Ciimarines  (Siir),  Liiz6n,  4m.  long,  whoseNW. 
extremity  terminates  in  sharp  peak  like  sugar 
loaf,  rising  above  smaller  islands  around  it. 
3  m.  NW.  of  sugar  loaf  lies  group  of  4  islands. 

LAIS  (lah-ees'),  ver.;  town  at  mouth  of  small 
river  on  W.  shore  of  DA  vac  Gulf,  DAvao,  Min- 
danao, 57  m.  S.  of  Dclvao. 

LAJA  (lah'-hah),  Sp.:  island  off  NE.  coast  of  Am- 
bos Camariues  (Sur),  Luz6n. 

LAJiX  (lah-hahn') .  ver.;  low  point  covered  with 
mangroves  at  NE.  extreme  of  Balut  I.  of  Sa- 
rangani  grp.  About  2  m.  S.  is  anchorage  .shel- 
tered from  SW.  and  exposed  to  NE.  Hot 
spring  on  shore  covered  at  high  water. 

extreme  NE.  point  of  Balut  I.,  Sarangani 

grp.,  S.  of  Mindanao. 

LAJANOSA  (lah-hah-noh'-sah),  Hisp.;  island  oft 
NE.  coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  lying  S.  of 
Siargao  1.,  and  E.  of  S.  Bucas  Is.,  2i  m.  NE.  of 
Anajanan  I.  Passage  between  this  island 
and  reef,  SE.  of  Siargao,  is  5  m. 

LAJAS  (lah'-hass),  Sp.;  cluster  of  3  islets  on  S. 
side  of  entrance  to  Port  Santa  JIaria,  NW. 
coast  of  Zamboanga  Pen.,  Mindanao. 

LAKAMiAN  (lah-kang'-ahn),  ver.;  river  entering 
on  S.  shore  of  Iligan  Bay,  SW.  of  Binuni  Pt., 
N.  coast  of  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

LALA  (lah'-lah),  nat.;  creek  emptying  on  SE. 
shore  of  Panguil  Bay,  SW.  end  of  Misamis 
port,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

LALAB  (lah'-lab)  ver.;  hamlet  on  W.  shore  of 
bav  of  BalAn,  N.  coast  of  CSpiz,  Panay,  4  m. 
NE.  of  Balete. 

LALABUAX  (lah-lah-boo'-ahn),  ver.;  hamlet  on 
E.  sliore  of  Illana  Bay,  N.  of  Matimas  Pt., 
Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

LALABrXlillEN  (lah-lah-boon'-gayn),  ver.;  inlet 
iu  S.  Mindanao. 

!,ALAJAX)lah-lah'-hahn),vcr.;  towninW.  Panay. 

LALAXO.-VX,  or  GOMEZ  (lah-lahn-gahn',  ver., 
goh'-mayth,  Sp.);  bay  on  SW.  coa-st  of  Min- 
doro,  about  middle  of  strait  between  Ilin  I. 
and  mainland,  suitable  for  coasters  drawing 
li  fms. 

LALAQUIHUAX  (lah-lah-kee-whan'),  ver.:  ham- 
let in  pueblos  of  Samal,  Bataiin,  Luz6n. 

mountain  in  S.  Nueva  Vizcaya,  Luzon. 

LALAUIWAX  (lah-lah-wee'-gahn)  nat.;i.sland  off 
SE.  coa-^t  of  Samar.  between  Masisingi  to 
NE.  and  Puapunan  Is.  to  SW. 

bay  on  N.  coast  of  SAmar,  in  pueblo  of 

Pambnjiin. 

pdiiit  on  E.  coast  of  SAmar,  lat.  11°  38'  N. 

LALAl'KJUIN  (lah-lah-wee'-geen),  nat.;  bay  and 
point  on  its  S.  end  on  mainland  .side  of  chan- 
nel between  Mindoro  and  Ilin  I.;  watering 
place  for  vessels  is  on  this  bay. 

LALAWAX  (lah-lah'-wahn),  nat.;  town  in  E.  Cebil. 

LALAYAN  (lah-lah'-yahn),  ver.;  river  in  Min- 
danao. 

LALATA^tA  (lah-lah-yung'-ah),  nat.;  point  on 
E.  shore  of  Polloc  Harbor,  Cotabato,  Minda- 
nao. 

LALAYl'XtiA  (lah-lah-yotmg'-ah),  ver.;  point  in 
S.  Mindanao. 

LALAY-YAGAN  (lah-li-yah'-gahn),  ver.;  point  in 
island  of  Buad,  W.  of  SAmar. 

LALIG  (lah-lig'),  ver.;  river  of  Tayabas,  Luzon, 
in  pueblo  of  Tiaong,  taking  SW.  course  and 
entering  Tiaong  Riv. 

L.iLlT  (lah'-lit),  ver.;  tributary  of  Malanao  Riv. 
in  W.  Tayabas,  Luz6n. 

LAL-L6  (lahl-law'i,  ver.;  pueblo  and  p.  o.  on  r. 
bank  of  Grande  de  CayagAn  Riv.,  Cayagfln, 
Luz6n,  14  m.  from  its  mouth  and  connected 
with  coast  at  Buguey,  11  m.  NE.  and  42  m.  of 
Tuguegarao.    Vv.p.,  6,475. 

LALOP  (lah-lop'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  SE.  coast  of 
Basilan  I.,  Sulu  A. 

lALUXGA  (lah-loon-gah'),  nat.;  island  1  m.  in 
diameter  in  GuimarAs  Strait,  2  ra.  off  E.  coast 
of  Guimariis  I.,  opposite  Iloilo,  Panay. 


lALCTATA  (lah-loo-tah'-yah) ,  ver.;  island  i;  m. 
long,  407  ft.  high,  3  m.  NE.  of  Crawford  Pt..  H 
m.  off  extreme  NW.  coast  of  Paragua,  I'ala- 
wan. 

LAMABA  (lah-mah'-bah),  ver.:  hamlet  in  Aljia, 
Luzon,  10  m.  S.  of  Bangued. 

LXmAG  (lah'-mag),  ver.;  town  of  Abra,  Luz6n. 
13  m.  NE.  of  Bangued. 

LAMALAXA  (lah-mah-lah'-nah),  nat.;  point  on 
SE.  shore  of  Misamis  port,  Misamis,  Min- 
danao. 

LAMAMG  (lah-mah-nig'),  nat.;  bay  in  SW.  part 
of  S.  arm  of  Loog  Bay,  W.  coast  of  Masbate, 
Visayas. 

LAMAO  (lah-mah'-aw),  nat.;  hamlet  in  central 
SAmar,  9  m.  S.  of  Catubig. 

point  on  W.  shore  of  Bataan,  Luzon. 

LAMASAXA  (lah-mah-sah'-iiah);  i.sland  on  S. 
coast,  2  m.  SE.  of  S.  point  of  Leyte,  long  and 
narrow,  44  m.  from  N.  to  S.,  and  1  m.  in 
breadth.  Has  2  to^vns,  San  Bernardo  and 
Triana. 

LAMBACAN  (lam-bah'-cahn),  ver.;  island  SE.  of 
BalAbac,  off  SW.  end  of  Palawan. 

LAMBAjdX  (lam-bah-hohn').  ver.;  jjoint  on  N. 
side  of  Baganga  Bay,  E.  coast  of  Surigao, 
Mindanao. 

LAJIBAXliAX  (lam-bahng'-ahn),  ver.;  river  in 
island  of  Marinduque. 

LAMBILL()X  (lam-bee-lyon'),  ver.;  point  at  N. 
entrance  to  small  bay  on  NE.  coast  of  Surigao, 
Mindanao.  Town  of  Caguait  (Gigaquit)  on 
SW.  shore. 

LAMBIT,  PLEBLO  TIEJO  DE  (pway'-bloh  vyay'- 
hoh  day  lahm-bit'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Iloilo, 
central  Panay,  2  m.  W^  of  Calinog. 

LA3IBUL  (lam-bull'),  ver.;  islet  of  Saragani  clus- 
ter, off  S.  end  of  peninsula  of  DAvao,  Minda- 
nao.   (.See  Olanivanl.) 

LAMBfXAO  (lam-boo'-now),  ver.:  pueblo  in 
Hollo,  central  Panay,  29  m.  NW.  of  Hollo. 
Pop.,  7,989. 

river  in  Panay.    {See  Taland  Riv.) 

LAJIBUSAX  (lam-boo'-sahn),  ver.;  river  entering 
sea  near  Mancao  Pt.  and  6  m.  S.  of  Remigio, 
W.  coast  of  Cebv'i. 

IxiMIDAX  (lah-mee-dahn'),  ver.;  hamlet  SW.  of 
Califln  Pt.,  E.  coast  of  Ddvao,  Mindanao,  69^ 
m.  S.  of  DAvao. 

LAMIGAX  (lah-mce'-gahn),  nat.;  point  and  divi- 
sional headland  of  peninsula  of  Guanguan, 
101  m.  NW.  to  SE.,  separating  Mayo  Bay  on 
NE.  from  Pujada  Bay,  on  SW.  coast"of  DriVao, 
Mindanao.  At  sea  front  of  peninsula  summit 
853  ft.  conspicuous  landmark  for  vessels  on 
this  coast. 

point  in  S.  Mindanao. 

LiMIXA  (lah'-mee-nah),  Sp.;  hill  SE.  of  Bacat, 
Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

LAMIXfeAO  (lah-meeng-ah'-aw),  ver.;  island  olT 
W.  coast  of  Sdmar,  opposite  pueblo  of  I'iua- 
bagdao. 

LAJliXTAO  (lah-meen'-tow),  nat.;  point  on  SW. 
coast  of  Mindoro. 

LAMIXrSA  (lah-raee-noo'-.sah),  ver.;  island  in 
Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A.,  i  m.  E.  of  E.  point  of 
Siasi  I.;  low  and  covered  with  mangroves;  on 
NW.  port  village  and  cocoanut  plantation; 
anchorage  between  this  island  and  E.  point  of 
Siasi  well  sheltered.  Place  was  pillaged  and 
wrecked  in  1884  at  time  of  civil  war  after 
death  of  Sultan;  native  town  at  that  time 
contained  2,000  inhabitants.  Depths  range 
from  18  to  60  ft.  Island  is  one  of  numerous 
elevated  spots  of  drj'  land  on  reef  which  ex- 
tends E.  from  coast  of  Siasi  I.,  one  of  best 
grounds  of  marine  pearl-breeding  moUusks. 

LAMIT  (lah-mif);  island  off  N.  shore  of  Ambos 
Camarines  (Sur),  Luzon,  W.  of  Qninal.lsag. 

LAMITAX  (lah-mee'-tahn),  ver.;  hamlet  in  cen- 
tral Basilan  I.,  Sulu  A. 

LAMMUY'AX  (lam-moo'-yahn),  ver.;  point  on  N. 
shore  of  Tawi  Tawi"  I.,  Sulu  A.,  and  E.  head 
to  Amigas  port. 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


577 


•    '  .  *.  ^%  T '      ,  ^^      ^i'-;^  *.*%m^.:  '    ,   ■^.><.f•■' 


^^*«a^4.&_J 


8.  Doc.  280 37 


578 


GAZETTEEE    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


LAM6n  (lah-mohn').  nat.;  landlocked  bay  on 
Pacific  coast  of  Luz6n,  protected  from  N. 
winds  by  Polillo,  Patnanongan,  and  JomS-lig 
Is.  On  W.  and  S.  shores  lie  Infanta,  Laguna, 
and  Tayabas,  and  on  S.  and  E.  Tayabas  and 
Ambos  Camarines  (Norte).  Alabat  I.  and  sev- 
eral smaller  islands  form  an  inner  bay  on  S. 

point  on  E.  coast  of  Mindanao,  5  m.  S.  of 

Lianga  Bay. 

bay  in  Lagnna,  Luz6n.    (See  Maub^n.) 

lAMOiVAEAX  (lah-moh-nah'-wahn),  ver.;  moun- 
tain, one  of  peaks  of  Gran  Cbrdillera  Central, 
on  line  of  boundary  between  Abra  and 
Cagay^n,  between  Mts.  Bumurayan  and  Puca. 

LA  MONJA  (lah  mon'-hah),  Sp.  (Nun  or  Hay- 
cock): high  rock  in  middle  of  entrance  to 
Manila  Bay,  3  m.  W.  of  Corregidor  I. 

LAMOATANA  (lah-mohn-tah'-nah),  Hisp.;  hamlet 
in  pueblo  of  Tayasan,  Negros  Oriental. 

LAMPAY  (lam-pie'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Iloilo,  2  m. 
NNE.  of  of  Callnog. 

LAMPINIGAN  (lam-pce-nee'-gahn),  ver.;  island 
200  ft.  high  off  N\V.  shore  of  Basilan  I.,  S.  of 
Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  with  Malamaui  I. 
forming  roadstead  of  Isabela,  capital. 

island  in  N.  waters  of  Imuriian  Bay,  W. 

coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

LAMPON  (lahm-pohnM.Tagj  port,  well  sheltered, 
with  5  to  12  fms.  (Binangonan),  in  NW.  part 
of  Lamon  Bay,  in  Infanta,  Luzon.  Shores 
are  overgrown  by  dense  ^i^getation  and  cov- 
ered by  remarkable  Binangonan  Mt.;  several 
rivers,  where  good  water  may  be  obtained, 
flow  into  port.  Port  celebrated  in  Philippine 
history  as  depot  during  part  cf  sixteenth 
century  of  Spanish  galleons  ami  tnuHirrs  (if 
Manila,  it  being  in  more  dusiiiii'.!'  jh  .siiinn 
for  communication  with  New  Sjijiin  than  any 
port  in  then  little-known  and  ditticult  strait 
of  San  Bernardino. 

LAMPOiX,  REAL  DE  (rray-aW  day  lahm-pohn'), 
Hisp.;  deep,  narrow  point  on  E.  coast  of  In- 
fanta^Luzon,  trending  N.  5  m.  within  1  m.  of 
Binangonan  de  Lampon,  provincial  capital. 


LAMPdN,  REAL  DE— Continued. 

Several  rivers  enter  it  from  N.  and  W.  I'aca- 
pateon  hamlet  lies  on  W.  side  of  its  entrance. 

LAMPOiVO  (lahm-pong').  Tag.;  lake  in  pueblo  of 
Barfis,  Rizal,  Luz6n. 

LAMl't'L'HAX  (lah-moo-coo-hahn'),  ver.;  moun- 
tain in  S.  Leyte,  3  m.  W.  of  Malitbog. 

LAMl'.wXx  (lah-moon-yahn'),  nat.;  point  E. 
head  to  Dos  Amigas  port,  N.  coast  Tawi  Tawi 
grp.^  Sulu  A. 

LAMUTI  (lah-moo-tee'),Tag.;  mountain  in  Rizal, 
Luzon. 

LAMUTUN,  or  C^UIBAl'AN  (lah-moo'-toon,  gee- 
bah'-wahn),  ver.;  mountain  in  Basilan  I.,  oft 
S.  coast  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

LAMUYiiX,  or  SOLITARIO  (lah-moo-yohn',  ver.; 
soh-lee-tah'-ryoh,  Hisp.);  island  S.  of  Albay, 
Luz6n. 

LAXAD  (lah-nahd'),ver.;  peak  in  Zambales  range, 
Luzon. 

LAXAHfAX  (lah-nah-hoo'-ahn),  ver.;  i.sland  7  m. 
S.  of  Manghal  Pt.,  S.  coast  of  Basilan  I.,  Sulu 
A.,  off  S.  coast  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao;  has 
2  hills,  318  and  394  ft.  high;  N.  side  is  inhab- 
ited. 

LANAX  (lah-nahn'),nat.;  point  and  river  entering 
narrow  channel  of  Barrera  port,  between  Pa- 
montaldn  I.  and  mainland,  NE.  coast  Mas- 
bate,  Visayas. 

town  on  E.  Tablas  I.,  Romblon  grp.,  Visa- 
yas.    (See  Taun.) 

LANANG  (lah-nahng'),  ver.;  river  and  bay  on  E. 
coast  of  SAmar,  with  anchorage  with  10  ft. 
to  8  fms.  about  800  yds.  from  river's  mouth; 
bad  in  heavy  weather. 

town  in  N.  Masbate,  Visayas,  on  r.  bank  of 

river  rising  in  Bagasimbahan  Mts.  and  emp- 
tying into  Barrera  port  2J  m.  below.  Pop., 
1,294. 

hamlet  on  W.  shore  of  narrow  channel  of 

Pakiputan  Strait,  which  separates  main  shore 
of  DAvao,  Mindanao,  from  S4mal  I.,  3^  m.  NE. 
of  Ddvao. 

pueblo  on  bay  on  E.  coast  of  Sdmar,  44  m. 

SE.  of  Catbalogan,  across  island.    Pop.,  4,479. 


LANAO,  MINDANAO. 

(La-now',  meen-dah-now',  ver.) 

Chief  town:  Batu,  near  Lake  Lanao.     Lat.  7°  50'  N.,  Ion.  124°  20'  E. 

Area:  3,900  sq.  m. 

Population:  100,000  (estimated.) 

Race:  Moros. 

Languag-e:  More,  Malay-I\Ioro,  and  local  dialects. 

Military  Department  of  Mindanao:  Headquarters,  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

In  defining  the  boundaries  of  the  new  civil  province  of  Misamis,  under  the  "  pro- 
vincial government  act,"  a  large  portion  of  the  former  territory  of  that  name  was  cut 
off  S.  of  lat.  8°  and  now  constitutes  the  district  formerly  known  as  Lanao,  which  lies 
in  the  heart  of  Mindanao,  and  is  bounded  on  the  N.  by  the  8th  parallel  of  lat.;  on 
the  E.  by  Surigao  and  Ddvao;  on  the  S.  by  Cotabato,  and  on  the  \V.  by  Dapitan. 

AREA. 


The  district  of  Lanao  measures  70  m.  N.  and  S.  along  its  E.,  and  130  m.  E.  and  W. 
along  its  S.  boundaries.     Area,  3,900  sq.  m. 

PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 

The  regi-^n  within  the  boundaries  of  Lanao  and  the  E.  part  of  Dapitan  is  traversed 
bv  the  Rangaya  or  Sugut  range  and  its  spurs,  the  highest  summit  of  which  in  Lanao 
is  5,200  ft.  W.  of  Lanao  Lake,  and  8,580  ft.  and  5,427  ft.  in  the  Gran  Malindang, 
along  the  E.  boundary  of  Dapitan.     From  these  elevations  the  rivers  of  Lanao  fall 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  579 

N.  into  Pangiiil  and  Iligan  bays,  and  in  Daijitan  W.  into  tlie  Sulu  Sea.  The  Pulangui 
or  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao  traverses  the  great  valley  of  the  E.  part  of  Lanao  from 
N.  to  S.  The  line  of  Ijoundary  between  Lanao  and  Misamis  crosses  the  Laguna 
de  Malano,  or  Lanao,  from  which  the  district  takes  its  name.  This  lake  is  16  m. 
from  N.  to  S.  and  IO2  m.  from  PI  to  W.,  at  least  four-fifths  of  its  length  from  N. 
to  8.  lying  within  this  district.  It  is  from  18  to  30  ft.  in  depth,  and  has  6  islands, 
the  largest  of  which,  Nuza,  is  inhaliited.  The  lake  empties  over  a  waterfall  into 
Iligan  Riv. 

ROADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 

There  are  few  roads,  but  numerous  trails  connecting  the  various  Moro  settlements. 
The  towns  and  villages  along  the  shores  of  Laguna  de  Lanao  use  that  waterway  and 
tributaries  as  means  of  tiaMie  among  themselves  and  to  the  adjoining  regions  of  Misa- 
mis and  to  tide  water  at  iligan  J>ay.  Paths  over  the  mountains  which  separate  the 
district  from  Cotahato  on  the  S.  are  also  in  connection  with  rivers  flowing  S.  across 
Cotabato  inti  •  1  liana  Bay.  The  region  between  Lake  Lanao  and  the  mountain  bound- 
aries of  Surigao  and  Davao  draining  into  the  Panguil,  not  only  forms  means  of  trans- 
portation into  that  river,  but  also  through  it  has  an  outlet  to  the  sea  by  way  of  the 
continuation  of  that  stream,  known  as  the  Pulangui  or  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

The  region  comprehended  under  the  name  Lanao  is  occupied  liy  Moron  of  the  Mala- 
nao  tribes,  Bato  alone  having  a  population  of*  4,000.  It  is  estimated  tliat  the  inhab- 
itants along  the  banks  of  the  Pulangui  Riv.  and  Lanao  Lake,  wiiicli  is  surrounded  by 
over  60  towns  and  villages,  will  approximate  upward  of  100,000.  The  languages 
spoken  are  the  Malanao  dialects  of  the  Moros.  In  Dapitan  the  inhabitants  in  towns 
number  17,273.  The  wild  tribes  are  estimated  at  3,000.  Total,  20,273  of  Moro  blood, 
speaking  dialects  of  Malay-Moro,  Visayan-Cebuano,  and  Montes. 

The  following  are  the  principal  towns  of  Lanao: 

Bato;  the  chief  Moro  settlement  near  Lanao  Lake.     Pop.,  4,000  (estimated) . 

Covadonga;  at  the  headwaters  of  a  tributary  of  the  Pulangui  Riv.,  near  the  Misa- 
mis boundary. 

Ducus;  on  the  1.  bank  of  a  tributary  of  the  Pulangui  Riv.,  near  the  Misamis 
boundary. 

Lepanto;  on  the  r.  bank  of  the  Pulangui,  2  m.  S.  of  Valencia. 

Marahui,  or  Marahuit;  a  former  Spanish  military  station,  with  a  native  settle- 
ment in  the  vicinity. 

Nuza;  a  village  of  .500  nipa  huts  on  an  island  in  Lanao  Lake. 

Sevilla;  on  the  r.  bank  of  the  Pulangui,  6  m.  S.  of  its  crossing  of  the  boundary 
from  Misamis. 

Valencia;  on  the  r.  bank  of  the  Pulangui,  Si  m.  S.  of  the  Misamis  boundary  and 
15j  m.  E.  of  Lanao  Lake. 

VEGETABLE    PRODUCTS. 

The  soil,  of  great  fertility  and  well  watered  by  the  main  channel.^  of  the  Pulangui, 
its  tributaries,  and  the  lake,  produces  bountiful  crops  of  hemp,  cotton,  sugar,  coffee, 
corn,  cacao,  tobacco,  and  vegetables  for  home  consumption.  The  spices,  gutta-percha, 
and  rubber  grow  wild. 

MINERALS. 

There  are  reports  of  gold  in  the  hills,  also  indications  of  coal,  but  nothing  is  known 
of  the  quantity  or  value. 

FORESTS. 

Some  of  the  most  valuable  woods  and  forest  products  of  Mindanao  are  reported  to 
exist  in  this  province. 

FRUITS. 

Bananas,  mangoes,  pineapples,  and  other  species  of  the  lower  latitudes  of  the 
archipelago. 

INDUSTRIES. 

The  inhabitants  are  chiefly  engaged  in  gathering  forest  products,  weaving  for  home 
use,  and  raising  cattle.  Trade  is  carried  on  by  the  lake  and  also  by  the  Pulangui 
and  tributaries  to  Cotabato. 


580 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPriNE    ISLANDS. 


UNITED   STATES    MILITARY   OCCUPATION. 


I 


On  Fel)ruary  15,  1902,  there  were  no  military  garri^^ons  in  Lanao,  altliough  thi 
countrv  was  occupied  l)y  troops. 

CIVIL    GOVERNMENT. 

The  provisions  of  the  " provincial  government  act"  have  not  been  extended  to 
Lanao. 

LAlVtilDEN;  mountain  in  Aljra,  Luzon,  in  pueblo 
of  La  Paz. 

LAXGLX  (lahng-lah'),  nat.;  liamlet  in  pueblo  of 
GapAn,  Nueva  Ecija,  on  bank  of  Cabanatu^n 
Riv. 

LANCJLAD  (lahn-glad'),  nat.;  hamlet  in  pueblo  of 
_Naga,  Cebu. 

LAXWOS  (lahng'-os),  ver.;  hamlet  near  Paracale, 
in  Ambos  Camarines  (Norte),  Luzon.  De- 
posits of  gold,  worked  by  natives,  and  red  lead 
^xist  in  vici-nity. 

LANGOT  (lahng-oy'),  nat.;  SW.  i.slet,  4  m.  E.  of 
LangCiln  inlet  on  SE.  coast  of  Dumardn  I., 
off  E.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan.  {Also 
Christmas.) 

LANfeOYON  (lang-oh'-yon),  ver.;  point  of  prom- 
inence on  E.  side  of  Sindangan  Bay,  SW. 
coast  of  Dapitan,  Mindanao. 

LANGTANAG  (lahng-tah-nahg'),  nat.;  point  on 
NE.  shore  "f  Lnog  Bav,  SE.  arm  of  Nin  Bay, 
W.  cdast  of  .Masbate,  Visayas. 

LA\Grn>K>  ilahii-we-dayn')  ver.;  hamlet  on  r. 
bank  (if  A)jia  Uiv.,  in  Abra,  Luzon,  4  m.  SW. 
of  Bangued. 

LANGIIIPAO  (lahn-gee-pah'-aw),  ver.;  island  off 
NE.  coast  of  Ambos  Camarines,  Luzon. 

LANGUION  (lahng-oo-yohn'),  ver.;  point  mid- 
way between  Baganga  and  Caraga  bays,  E. 
coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao. 

point  at  S.  of  entrance  to  harbor  of  Tubu- 

ran  and  river  entering  1  m.  SE.  of  point,  W. 
coast  of  Cebu. 

LAiSHIL  (lahn-hill'),  ver.;  NE.  island  of  Basilan 
grp.,  S.  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  558  ft.  high, 
about  1  sq.  m.  in  area,  in  middle  of  entrance 
to  Basilan  Strait,  10^  m.  N.  by  E.  of  Matanal, 
E.  point  of  Basilan  I.,  and  li  m.  to  NW.  of 
Sibago  I. 

LANIG  (lah-nig'),  ver.;  mountain  in  Bontoc,  Lu- 
z6n. 

LABflGAN  (lah-nee'-gahn),  nat.;  anchorage  2^  m. 
N.  of  C.  San  Agustin,  S.  end  of  SE.  peninsula 
of  Mindanao.  Only  accessible  to  very  small 
craft  and  well  .sheltered  from  N.  and  S. 
Stream  of  fine  water  enters  S.  of  anchorage. 
(Also  Lauigan.) 

river  in  Panay. 

LAKIGAX,  or  LAUIGAN  (lah-nee'-gahn,  lah-wee'- 
gahn);  port  (anchorage)  on  E.  shore  of  Ddvao 
Gulf,  DAvao,  Mindanao,  inside  San  Agustin 
Pt.,  E.  head  to  gulf,  lat.  6°  15'  N.,  Ion.  126° 
5'E. 

lam's  (lah-niss'),  ver.;  SW.  point  of  Mact;m  I. 
off  Cebu,  with  light  to  S.  entrance  to  Cebu 
port,  Cebu. 

ledge  on  W.  end  of  small  islet  about  60  by  40 

ft.,  upon  which  is  light-house  and  group  of 
nipa  houses  occupied  by  light-keeper  and 
pilots  for  harbor  of  Cebii 

LANOW  (lah' now)  (also  Lanao),  ver.;  hamlet  in 
S.  part  of  Mindanao 

LANOY  (lah-noy),  ver.;  river  of  Nueva  Vizeaya, 
Luzon,  tributary  to  stream  entering  Magai 
Riv. 

LAXSOGCiX  (lahn-soh-gohn'),  ver..  hamlet  on  1. 
bank  of  Bac-hao  Baiigah6n  Riv.,  W.  Samar. 

LANTAG  (lahn-tahg'),  nat.;  hamlet  of  Abra, 
Luzon,  between  Pusulguan  and  Gineg  Rivs., 
which  unite  S.  of  point  of  same  name. 

LANTAO  (lahn-tah'-oh),  ver.;  small  island  off  E. 
end  of  Jomfllig  I.,  in  entrance  to  Lamon  Bay, 
off  coast  of  Ambos  Camarines,  Luz6n. 


LANAO,  or  MALANAO,  or  MAGIIINDANAO  (lah 
now',  mah-lah-now',  mah-geen-dah-now'), 
ver. ;  lake  22  m.  NE.  to  SW.,  and  from  15  to  16^ 
m.  wide  in  Misamis,  Mindanao.  Waters  empty 
into  Iligan  Bay  on  N.  through  river  of  same 
name,  16^  m.  long.  Bay  fed  by  number  of 
streams  draining  surrounding  elevations.  On 
S.,  connected  by  stream  about  2  m.,  is  Lake 
Tapao,  its  SW.  shore  within  16  m.  of  NE. 
shore  of  Illana  Bay,  on  S.  coast  of  Mindanao. 
Lake  occupies  extensive  basin  with  Lake 
Tapao  and  surrounded  by  villages  at  inter- 
vals of  2  or  3  m.,  comprising  large  popula- 
tion engaged  in  agriculture  and  trade. 

hamlet  on  NW.  shore  of  Sarangani  Bay,  S. 

DAvao,  Mindanao,  77?  m.  S.  by  W.  of  Dflvao. 

hamlet  on  NE.  coast  of  Cebu,  2i  m.  SE.  of 

Dafln  Bantay,  on  NW.  coast  opposite. 

hamlet  on  E.  coast  road,  6  m.  SW.  of  Argao, 

Cebu. 

LANAS  (lah'-nahs),  Sp.;  hamlet  on  W.  shore  of 
Sarangani  Bay,  S.  coast  of  D^vao,  Mindanao, 
78  m.  SSW.  of  DAvao. 

mountain  in  Cebu. 

LANAVAN  (lah-nah'-vahn),  nat.;  island  off  S. 
coast  of  Basilan  I.,  S.  of  Zamboanga,  Min- 
danao. 

LANAY  (lah-nie'),  ver.;  river  inBatangas,  Luzon, 
rising  in  Mt.  Bartolina,  flowing  NNE.,  thence 
turning  to  E.  and  emptying  into  Rosario  Riv. 

LANDAKGUN  (lahn-dar'-goon),  ver.;  one  of  high- 
est, 5,397  ft.,  and  mo.st  remarkable  of  peaks 
of  central  mountain  range,  extending  NE. 
from  Mantalingahan  Mt.  and  11  m.  inland 
from  Pcscado  Pt.,  S.  Palawan. 

LANDICAN  (lahn-dee'-cahn),  ver.;  point  in  S. 
Mindanao. 

LANDUN&AN  (lahn-doong'-ahn),  ver.;  point  on 
SE.  coast  of  Ceb\i,  1  m.  S.  of  Nueva  Cdeeres. 

LANtiANGlLAN  (lang-ahn-hee'-lahn),  ver.;  ham- 
let in  Abra,  Luz6n,  9  m.  NE.  of  Bangued  and 
on  trail  S.  along  Abra  Riv. 

L.iNGAO  (lang'-ah-oh),  nat.;  point  on  W.  side 
of  Bunut  Port,  S.  .shore  of  Albay,  Luzon. 

hamlet  on  r.  bank  of    Cagaydn  Riv.,  9i 

m.  above  Cagay&n  de  Misamis,  Misamis, 
Mindanao. 

LANtJARAN  (lang-ah'-rahn),  ver.;  town  and  port 
on  NW.  shore  of  Iligan  Bav,  Misamis,  Min- 
danao, 17  m.  E.  of  Dapitan.  Lat.  8° 37' N.,  Ion. 
123°  41' E.     Pop,  11,779. 

river  emptying  on  N.  shore  of  Iligan  Bay 

at  town  of  same  name  on  its  r.  bank,  Misa- 
mis, Mindanao. 

LANGASMATE  (lan-gass-mah'-tay),  ver,;  2  flat 
islands  covered  with  vegetation,  W.  of  Malu- 
so  Bay,  W.  coast  of  Basilan  I.,  S.  of  Zam- 
boanga, Mindanao 

2  islands  of  Maluso  Bay,  WSW    of  mouth 

of  Maluso  Riv.,  W.  coast  of  Basilan  I.,  S.  of 
Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

LANGAYANtiAN  (lahn-gah-yahng'-ahn),  ver., 
mountain  in  Abra,  Luzon. 

LANGCAN  (lang-cahn'),  ver.;  port  and  point  on 
SE.  coast  of  Dumardn  I.,  off  Paragua, 
Palawan. 

LANGEE  (lahn-hay'-ay),  ver.;  point  on  extreme 
S.  shore  of  Luz6n,  in  Albay. 

LANGIDEN  (lahn-gee'-den),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Abra, 
Luz6n,  in  pueblo  of  La  Paz. 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPl'INE    ISLANDS, 


581 


MINDANAO.  NORTH  COAST 

PORT  LANGARA^' 

Scale  7200 
iieccTvnaissanc^  by  officers  of  the.  U  5-S  Leyta- 
Position  (appro)  Lat.  8°  37'N,  Long  IZS"*!-  E  of  Gr 


,A^V\' 


..-^•^^^^ 


'7'/'/. 


582 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


LANTlifi  (lahn-iee-ahn'),  ver.;  point  on  Rom- 
bl6n  I.,  Visayas. 

LANTOO  (lahn-tog'),  ver.;  mountain  in  W.  cen- 
tral Cordillera,  Cebii,  6^  m.  W.  of  Argao. 

LANt6n  (lahn-tonn'),  ver.;  hamlet  of  Cotabato, 
Mindanao,  near  borders  of  Misamis,  32  m. 
NE.  of  Cotabato. 

LANTl'BA  (lahn-too'-bah),  nat.;  point  E.  shore  of 
Barrera  I.,  Barrera  port,  NE.  coast  of  Masbate, 
Visayas. 

LAjNUGAN  (lah-noo'-gahn),  ver.;  islet  1  m.  from 
SW.  coast  of  Albay,  Luz6n. 

LANlJMANtJ  (lah-noo-mang'),  ver.;  riverinPanay. 

LANIIZA  (lah-noo'-thah),  Sp.;  pueblo  on  SW. 
shore  of  bight  W.  of  Cduit  Ft.,  NE.  coast  of 
Surigao,  Mindanao,  55  m.  SE.  of  Surigao. 
Pop.,  en.  1887,  2,207. 

LA0A6  (lah-wag'),  ver.;  river  of  Ilocos  Norte, 
Luz6n,  enters  China  Sea  S.  of  Mt.  Ciluit: 
mouth  closed  by  bar.  Anchorage  off  river 
is  good  in  7  fms.,  with  Cduit  Mt.  bearing  NE. 

pueblo,  P.O.,  and  capital  of   Ilocos  Norte, 

Luz6n,  4  m.  from  mouth  of  Grande  de  Laoag 
Riv.  on  coast  road.    Pop.,  37,094. 

LAOANG  (lah-wang'),  ver.;  pueblo  in  Silmar. 
Pop.,  8,129. 

river  in  SAmar  emptying  on  SW.  coast,  in 

pueblo  of  Basey. 

hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Balangiga,  on  S.  coast 

of  S4mar. 

LAOAlVtJAN  (lah-wang'-ahn),  ver.;  hamlet  on  N. 
coast  of  Sclmar,  4^  m.  WSW.  of  Pambujto. 

LAOG  (lah-og'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  SE.  shore  of  San 
Pedro  and  San  Pablo  Bay,  SW.  S^mar,  12^  m. 
SE.  of  Basey. 

hamlet   in    pueblo   of    Angat,    BulacAn, 

Luz6n. 

LAOIS  (lah-oh'-ees),  Hisp.;  hamlet  in  pueblo  of 
Santo  TomAs,  Uni6n,  Luzon. 

LAPA  (lah-pah'),  ver.;  mountain  1,060  ft. high  on 
island  SW.  of  DinAgat  I.,  off  NE.  coast  of 
Surigao,  Mindanao;  mark  to  navigators  ap- 
proaching S.  entrance  to  Gipd6  Passage  from 
Port  Gabo. 

mountain  on  SE.  shore  of  Gab6  port,  Dinil- 

gat  I.,  off  N.  coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao. 

LAPAC  (lah-pack'),  ver.;  village  on  island  of  that 
name,  Tapul;grp.,  Sulu  A.  Supplies  of  bul- 
locks, goats,  and  fowls  are  abundant,  but 
vegetables  scarce. 

island  J  m.  W.  of  Siasi  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu 

A.,  6  by  3i  m.  and  1,344  ft.  high.  Has  2 
conspicuous  peaks,  with  great  dip  between, 
giving  at  di-stance  appearance  of  2  islands. 
On  NW.  are  8  peaks,  highest  1,010  ft.  altitude; 
on  SW.  are  2  peaks,  Mt.  Lapac,  most  N.,  1,305 
ft.,  and  other  1,043  ft.  high.  This  island,  like 
Siasi,  is  surrounded  by  villages,  in  which 
chief  occupation  of  people  is  pearl  and  shell 
fishing. 


-lah-oo),  nat.;  creek  entering 


LAPALAU  (lah- 

on  bank  of  Talayan,  tributarv  of  S.  branch 
of  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  Cotabato,  Min- 
danao. 

LAPABX  (lah-pah-rah'),  ver.;  hamlet  near  Para- 
cale  in  Ambos  Camarines  (Norte),  Luzon. 
Deposits  of  gold  worked  by  natives  exist  in 
this  vicinity. 

LAPAEAN  (lah-pah'-rahn),  nat.;  largest  island  of 
group  of  that  name,  Sulu  A.,  7  m.  NE.  to  SW. 
and  4  m.  E.  and  W.,  66  m.  W.  by  S.  of  Sulu 
and  23  m.  WSW.  of  Malicut  of  Pangutaran 
grp.,  Sulu  A.     (See  Tawl  Tawi  grp.) 

LAPAT  (lah-paf),  nat.;  point  on  Dumanquilas 
Bay,  SE.  coast  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

LAPAIOK  (lah-pah'-yohn),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Iloilo, 
SE.  Panay,  3  m.  W.  of  ZArraga. 

LA  PAZ  (lah  path),  Sp.;  town  at  headwaters  of 
stream  entering  Agusan  Riv.,1  m.  below  out- 
let of  Pindyat  Lake,  in  Surigao,  Mindanao, 


LA  PAZ— Continued. 

34  m.  S.  by  W.  of  Butiian.  Town  lies  in  foot- 
hills of  dividing  range  between  Surigao  on  E. 
and  Misamis  on  W. 

'pueblo  in  Hollo,  SE.  Panay,  2  m.  NNW.  of 

Iloilo.    Pop.,  3,641. 

pueblo  on  Tineg  Riv.,  in  Abra,  Luz6n,  in 

foothills  of  SW.  .spur  of  Gran  Cordillera  Cen- 
tral, 7  m.  NE.  of  Bangued,  with  which  it  is 
connected  by  footpath.    Pop.,  2,869. 

hamlet  in  E.  Leyte,  7  ra.  S.  of  Burauen  and 

Hi  m.  N.  of  Bito  Lake. 

pueblo  and  road  center  in  Tdrlac,  Luz6n, 

9  m.  SE.  of  TArlac,  near  r.  bank  of  Chico 
(small)  de  la  Pampanga  Riv.    Pop.,  2,805. 

hamlet  in  Pampanga,  Luz6n,  6  m.  NNE.  of 

Bacolor. 

LA  PAZ  VIEJA  (lah  path  vee-ay'-hah),Sp.;  ham- 
let on  r.  bank  of  Chico  de  la  Pampanga  Riv., 
at  jiinction  of  4  roads  and  crossing  of  that 
stream  in  Tilrlac,  Luzon,  12  m.  SE.  of  Tiirlac. 

LAPGAO  (lahp-gow'),  nat.;  pueblo  in  Nueva 
Vizcaya,  Luzon. 

LAPINIG  (lah-pee-nig'),  nat.;  creek  emptying  on 
extreme  SW.  shore  of  Panguil  Bay,  SW.  end 
of  Misamis  port,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

LAPINIG,  or  LAPINIT  (lah-pee-nig',  lah-pee- 
neet'),  nat.;  point  on  NE.  coast  of  Sdmar. 

LAPIXIX  (lah-pee-neen'),  ver.;  2  islands  NE.  of 
Bohol,  Visayas. 

LAPIjVIN  chico  (lah-pee-neen' chee'-coh),  Hisp.; 
island  l.m.  off  SW.  shore  of  Lapinig,  and  2  m. 
NE.  of  Ubay,  NE.  coast  of  Bohol,  Vi.sayas. 

LAPIXIN  GRANDE,  or  MINOC  (lah-pee-neen' 
grahn'-dav,  mee-noke'),  Hisp.;  island  9  m. 
from  NE.  to  SW.  and  5  m.  from  NW.  to  SE., 
lying  at  NE.  extremity  of  Bohol,  Visayas,  and 
separated  by  sea  channel  1  m.  wide  and  18  to 
21  ft.  deep. 

LAPIRAUAN  (lah-pee-rah'-wahn),  ver.;  hamlet 
on  W.  shore  of  Dumanquilas  Bay,  Zamboanga, 
Mindanao.  Off  hamlet  lies  group  of  6  small 
islands  in  entrance  to  this  bay.  79J  m.  NE.  of 
Zamboanga. 

LAPITAN  (lah-pee'-tahn) ,  nat.;  point  on  NE. 
shore  of  Illana  Bay,  in  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

LiPIZ  (lah'-pith),  Sp.;  hamlet  on  N.  shore  of 
Polloe  port,  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

LAPLXN  (lah-plahn'),  ver.;  falls  in  Hitobano 
Riv.,  Negros  Occidental. 

LAPOG  (lah-pog'),  ver.;  pueblo  on  coast  highway 
in  Ilocos  Sur,  Luz6n,  14  m.  N.  of  Vigan. 
Pop.,  6,000. 

bay  on  coast  of  Ilocos,  Sur,  Luzon,  S.  of 

port  Salomague,  on  old  charts  Solot-Solot  or 
Sol6n-Sol6n  by  others.  Well  sheltered.  Land- 
mark, Mt.  Bulagao,  3,629  ft.  high  on  SE. 

LAPOGAN,  or  SIBUG  (lah-poh-gahn',  see-boog'), 
nat.;  river  in  Isabela,  emptying  into  Grande 
de  Cagayan  Riv. 

LAPO-LAPO  (lah-poh-lah'-poh).  Tag.;  hamlet  in 
pueblo  of  Iba;in,  Batangas,  Luz6n. 

LAPUN  LAPl'Sf  (lah-poonlah'-poon),  nat.;  islet 
135  ft.  high,  NW.  of  anchorage  of  that  name, 
off  N.  coast  of  Cagaydn  Sulu  I.,  Cagaydn 
Sulu  grp.,  Sulu  Sea. 

anchorage,  18  fms.,  off  N.  coast  of  CagayAn 

Sulu  I.,  Cagaydn  Sulu  grp.,  Sulu  Sea.  Geo- 
graphical position,  "observation  spot,"  S. 
shore  of  anchorage  between  Toa  Bulingis 
and  Toa  Solot,  lat.  7°  02'  45"  N.,  Ion.  118° 
28'  37"  E. 

LARA  (lah'-rah),  Sp.;  hamlet  4^  m.  W.  of  Cota- 
bato, Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

LARAC  (lah-rahk'),  ver.;  island  off  S.  coast  of 
Mindanao. 

LARASXn  (lah-rah-sahn'),  ver.;  river  in  pueblo 
of  Tiaong,  Tayabas,  Luz6n,  rising  at  foot  of 
San  Cristobal  and  empties  into  Tiaong  Riv. 

LARGA  (lahr'-gah),  Sp.;  point  on  W.  coast  of 
Paragua,  Palawan.    (See  Long  Pt.) 


'  'X-^4^  ^^^v^v:^^}  ■'  - 


;„   »<'".=  :-?: 


•  ".f  J?  ft  » 


S  Doc  ^,.8,i2  57    1 


'    V 


W 


t- 


x^m^-i 


^r:y^:?      r    -^   ^.>25?^i^^^'=^^P»^ 


® 

I , APA C  'aNT)"'sIAS C^ri S L AN D  J 


S  Doc  ^S.i    57 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPWE    ISLANDS. 


583 


:^^^C 


^^ 


:  A  •*  ■ 


':^i'^ 


^:8f?  s 


-"   r  ",  S- i:--n 

^1 

,%^-m-i 

s  S  ^  .a  iti 

JV, 

m  m 

^-;^' 

■  S  rj     ,  ,    ,  ,     ;     ^-     1    ,  , 

^'^  <  -=^k^ 

^  J  f-i'^ 

l.-l-' 

^.   •-:; 

f: 

GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


583 


jS    s^ 


=  -,sr8\2^ 


Ss 

■•lfici-n. 

= 
i 

^ 

s 

*r3i 

1 

„  •?,-. '  ^j,,_  i 

4 

^^^^ci: 


-  'a  SS        s 

2  -       a  " 

B       i 
41  «  B 

« 


,P^ 


■^ 


e:r 


^..i^?^iij&fc 


M^ 


584 


GAZETTEER    OP   THE    PBILTPPmE   ISLANDS. 


LARO  (lah-roh'),  nat.;  river  in  AmbosCamarines 
(Norte),  Luz6n,  rising  in  Labo  Mt.  flows 
^^•^^emptymg  into  Pacific  Ocean  opposite 

LARUTIN  (lah-roo-teen'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  An- 
tique, Panay,  12  m.  W.  of  Pand4n. 

LASAI(lah-si'),ver 
bate  I.,  Visayas 

LASAXG  (lah-sahng') 
Mindanao. 


point  SE.  of  Naro  Bay,  Mas- 
ver.;  point  and  river  in  S. 


LAStDOX  (lah-say-dawn'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  1. 
shore  of  one  of  outlets  of  Grande  Riv.  of  Min- 
danao, Cotabato  Mindanao,  5  m.  W.  by  S. 

LASISI  (lah-see'-see),  Tag.;  point  in  SE.  Batadn, 
Luzon.  ' 

LAS  MERCEDES  (lahs  mer-thay'-days),  Sp.:  pue- 
blo near  mouth  of  small  river,  on  SE.  coast 
of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  13  m.  NE.  of  Zam- 
boanga.    Pop.,  2,372. 

pueblo  in  Dftvao,  Mindanao. 

LASNAS6n  (lahs-nah-sohn'),  ver.;  small  stream 
entering  sea  on  SE.  coast  of  Cebii  between 
Nueva  Cdceres  and  Oslob,  li  m.  S. 

LAS  NATAS  (lahsnah'-vahs),  Sp.;  town  in  central 
Surigao,  Mindanao,  on  W.  foot  of  coast  range 
89  m.  SSE.  of  Surigao.  Town  lies  near  head- 
waters of  Gibong  Riv.,  tributary  of  Lake 
Pmdyat. 

LAS  NIEVES  (lahs  nee-ay'- vess),  Sp.;  town  on  r 
bank  of  Agusan  Riv.,  in  Surigao,  Mindanao, 
n  m^  S.  by  E.  of  Butiian. 

LAS  PINAS( lahs  pee'-nyass)  Sp.;  pueblo  on  E. 
shore  of  Manila  Bay,  in  Rizal,  Luzon,  8  m  S 
of  Manila.    Pop.,  4,000.  '    ' 

LASSXn  (lahs-sahn'),  ver.;  river  of  D^vao  Min- 
danao, entering  DAvao  Gulf  on  NW  shore 
(SeePanacdn  Riv.) 

LASUXn  (lah-soo-ahn'),  ver.;  2  islets  of  same 
name,  2im.  apart,  in  mid  channel  between 
NW.  coast  of  Bohol  and  SE.  coast  of  Cebi5  4^ 
m.  SE.  of  Mactdn  I.,  off  SE.  coast  of  Cebii!    " 

^^'^^^i^i^&^'^-ti^^^g'),  nat.:  hamlet  in  pueblo  of 
Santiago,  Iloeos  Sur,  Luzon. 

LATING  (lah-ting'),ver.;  mountain  in  NE.  Panay. 

LATITUDE,  for.;  island  off  S.  end  of  Montero  I. 
oft  NE.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

LATOl^OJV  (lah-tohng'-ohn),  nat.:  point  and 
raountam  1  m.  to  SW.,  1,297  ft.  high,  on  NW 
shore  of  Murci61agos  Bay,  Dapitan,  Mindanao.' 

LA  TORRE  (lah  toh'-rray),  Sp.;  hamlet  2  m.  E  of 
Bayombong  Nueva,  Vizcaya,  Luzon. 

LA  TRAXtA  (lah  trahn'-cah),Sp.;  village  on  Ma- 
nila Bay,  coast  of  Cavite  Pen.,  SW.  of  Cavite 
Luzon.  ' 

LA  TRIXIDAD  (lah  tree-nee-dad'),  Sp.;  pueblo 
and  former  capital  of  Benguet,  Luzon,  in  N 
central  part  of  province.    Pop.,  2,108. 

LATUiN  (lah-too-ahn'),  ver.;  island  4  m  SE  of 
E.  peninsula  of  Tawi  Tawi  L,  Sulu  A.,  and 
with  Secubrun  I.  forms  Paragua  channel. 

LATtfN  (lah-toon'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Abra,  Luz6n 
16m.S.  of  Bangued. 

LAUAiK  (lah-wah-ahn'),  ver.;  islet  off  S.  coast  of 
hamlet  on  mainland  and  river  of  same  name 
in  S.  Sdmar. 


LAUEG  (lah-weg'),  nat.;  hamlet  in  Abra,  Luz6n 
on  bank  of  river  at  foot  of  spur  of  Cordillera 
Central. 

LAIJG  (lah-oog'),  nat.;  village  on  BaUbac  I.,  off 

extreme  SW.  point  of  Palawan. 
LAUGXn    (lah-oo-gahn'),    ver.;    hamlet  on  W 

coast  road,  4h  m.  S.  of  Colasi,  Antique,  Panav.' 
LAUIGA  (lah-we'-gah);  point  on  E.  coast  of  Min- 

LAIIIGAN  (lah-we'-gahn),  ver.;  hamlet  on  ex- 
treme SE.  coast  of  Iloilo,  Panay,  11  m  SW  of 
San  Joaquin. 

point  on  N.  coast  of ! 


port  on  E.  coast  of  gulf  of  mvao,  Minda- 
nao.   (.s'ceLavigan.) 

LAIIING  (lah-wing'),ver.;  creek  in  Ambos  Cama- 
rines,  Luz6n. 

LAl^S  (lah'-wis),  ver.;  hamlet  on  N.  point  of 
Bantayan  I.,  17  m.  NW.  of  Medellln,  on  NW 
coast  of  Cebu. 

—pueblo  and  point  on  NW.  coast  of  Bohol 

Visayas,  9  m.  SW.  of  Getafe.    Pod.,  en.  1887 


—  mountain  in  E.  Leyte 
Alang. 


E.  of  Alang- 
—mountain  on  Biliran    I.,   off  N.  coast  of 

LAUXn,  or  LABAN  (lah-wahn',  lah-bahn'),  nat.; 

hamlet  m  pueblo  of  Bant6n,  Rombl6n  Rom- 

blon  grp.,  Visayas. 
77. bay  on  E.  coast  of  Tablas  I.,  Romblon  grp., 

■  hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Baleno,  Masbate  Ti- 

cao  I.,  VLsayas. 

—  liamlet  in  pueblo  of  Rombl6n,  Tablas  I 

Rombl6n  grp.,  Visayas. 

town  in  Hollo,  Panay. 

''^'^^^''^  (lah-wang'),  ver.;   town   and   river  in 

Masbate  I.,  Visayas. 


Getafe.    Pop.,  en.  1887,' 

LAULAN  (lah'-oo-lahn),  nat.;  creek  entering  on 
r  bank  of  S.  arm  of  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao 
Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

LAt5N,  orLAXAN  (lah-oon',  lah-nahn') ,  ver.;  town 
on  E.  coast  of  Tablas  I.,  Rombl6n  grp.,  Vi- 
sayas, off  E.  coast  of  Mindoro,  5  m.  N.  of 
C^laton  Pt. 

LAtiNGAN  (lah-oong'-ahn),  ver.;  mountain  in  W 
Lepanto,  Luzon. 

LAUREL,  for.;  rock  between  6  and  7  m  from 
Yaganac  I.,  Cagaydn  Sulu  grp.  (See  Yaea- 
nacl.)  r-     X-  6 

LAURIGAN   (lah-oo-ree'-gan),  ver.;  point  on  S 

coast  of  Mindoro,  on  .small  inlet,  Bulacdn. 
cove  on  E.  shore  of  Bulaldcao  Bay,  SE 

coast  of  Mindoro,  sheltered  from  all  winds 

with  from  13  to  16  f ms. 
LAVAMPi  (lah-vahm-pah'),  nat.;  island  in  inner 

entrance  to  Sorsog6n  port,  Sorsog6n,  Luzon, 

E.  off  Saclaydn  Pt. 

LAVEZARES  (lah-vay-thah'-ress),  Sp.;  pueblo  on 
N.  shore  of  S4mar,  W.  fronting  Balicuatro 
Is.,  64  m.  N.W.  of  Catbalogan.    Pop.,  3,480. 

LAVIBIAIV  (lah-vee-bee'-ahn),  Tag,;  river  in  W. 
Laguna,  Luz6n,  empt>ing  into  Laguna  de 
Bay,  W.  shore.     (Also  Basal.) 

LAVIGAN  (lah-vee'-gahn),  ver.;  point  on  E. shore 
of  Ddvao  Gulf,  2  m.  NW.  of  C.  San  Agustin, 
SE.  coast  of  DAvao,  Mindanao. 

LAVIGAX,  or  LAIVIGAN,  or  LAUIGAN  (lah-vee'- 
gahn,  lah-nee'-gahn,  lah-wee'-gahn),  ver  • 
port  (anchorage)  on  E.  shore  of  DAvao  Gulf' 
Davao,  Mindanao,  inside  San  Agustin  Pt  E 
head  to  gulf,  lat.  6°  15' N.,  Ion.  126°  5' E.    ' 

LAVILAVl  (lah-vee-lah'-vee),nat.;  point  extreme 
\\ .  of  Ambil  I.  and  E.  head  of  N.  entrance  to 
Ambil  Passage,  NW.  of  Mindoro. 

^^^1,4  (\ah'-wah),  ver.;  hamlet  at  Calilidan  Pt 
W.  shore  of  DAvao  Gulf,  Ddvao,  Mindanao,  66 
m.  S.  of  Ddvao. 

LAYAAN  (lah-yah'-ahn),  ver.;  inland  hamlet  in 
Ciipiz,  N.  Panay,  1  m.  S.  of  Cdpiz. 

LAYABAJf  (lah-yah'-bahn),  ver.;  point  N.  of  Alo- 
ran  and  8  m.  SSE.  of  Polo  Pt.,  W.  shore  of 
Iligan  Bay,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

lXyAC  (lah'-yahk),  Tag. ;  tributary  which  empties 
into  Manila  Bay  through  Orani  Riv.,  in  Ba- 
tadn,  Luzon. 

LAYAG  (lah-yag'),  nat.;  mountain  in  Antique, 
W.  Panay,  at  head  waters  of  Sibal6n  Riv..  4 
m.  SE.  of  Valderrama. 

mountain  in  Masbate,  Visayas,  about  cen- 
ter of  island,  S.  of  Port  Barrera. 

LAYAGON  (lah-yah'-gawn),  ver.;  hamlet  on  r. 
bank  of  tributary  of  Jalaur  Riv.,  in  Iloilo 
\\ .  Panay,  2  m.  NW.  of  Maasin. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPJ'INE    ISLANDS. 


585 


c^^' 


'■/'/v 


/>> 


Hl 


,.iN^^' 


It  an.gr  ovej^y^ 


Ptxtchcs  of  sand,  madrepore  arui 
coraZ,  dry  or coveredvithZess  than' 
6  in.oh.es  ofyvater 


'26      """      la     5 


^(CV  yit^-nfv 


y- 


y 


586 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


LATA-LAYA  (lah-yah-lah'-yah),  ver.;  2  islets  1  m. 

SE.  of  Libucdn  Daco,  in  Libucdn  grp.,  off  W. 

coast  of  Samar. 
LAYANLAYAXG      (lah-yahn-lah-vahng'),     Tag.; 

hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Angat,  Bulacto,  Luz6n. 
LAYAPAt'  (lah-yah-pahk'):  point  in  Buad  I.,  W.  of 

Sdmar. 
LAYAl'A>'  (lah-yah'-wahn),  nat.;  hamlet  in  Misa- 

mis,  Mindanao. 
LAYLAY  (lie-lie'),  Tag.;  river  in  Marinduque  I. 
LAYO    (lah'-yoh),  nat.;  river  entering  on  NW. 

shore  of  Libds  port,  E.  coast  of  samar. 
LAYOAN  (lah-yoh'-ahn),    ver.;    hamlet  near   1. 

bank  of  Bac-hao  Bangahon  Riv.,  3  m.  NE.  of 

G&ndara,  SW.  Sdmar. 
Li  YOG  (lah'-yog),  ver.;   hamlet   in  Iloilo,   SE. 

Panay,  7  m.  W.  of  Janiuay. 
mountain  3  m.  SW.of   Sulat,  E.  coast  of 

Samar. 

hamlet  on  E.  coast  of  Albay,  Luzon,  35  m. 

SE.  of  Albay. 

LAYCGA>  (lah-yoo'-gahn),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Abra, 
Luz6n,  on  1.  bank  of  Abra  Riv.,  8  m.  SE.  of 
Bangued. 

LEAN  (lay-ahn'),  ver.;  mountain  and  islet  off 
Palawan. 

LEALGiX  (lay-o\v-gahn'),  for.;  hamlet  in  Lanao, 
Mindanao. 

LEBAC  (lay-back'),  ver.;  port  between  Lebac  and 
Nara  Pts.,  on  W.  coast  of  Cotabato,  Mindanao 
24  m.  S.  by  E.  of  Quidapil  Pt.;  affords  good 
shelter  in  all  weathers,  but  sea  sets  in  with 
W.  winds. 

port  W.  coast  of  Cotabato,  Mindanao,  ap- 
proaching lUana  Bay;  easy  of  access  and 
suitable  for  vessels  of  anv  size;  on  NE.  shore 
is  village. 

island  off  Lebac  Pt.,  SW.  coast  of  Cotabato, 

Mindanao. 


LEDiX  (lay-dahn'),  nat.;  mountain  with  3  peaks 
N.  1,000  ft.,  S.  1,10.5  ft.,  and  SE.  926  ft.  high  in 
NE.  comer  of  CagaySn  Sulu,  3  making  land- 
marks of  approach  to  island  from  Sulu  Sea. 

LEGAX^S  (lay-gah-ness'),  Sp.;  pueblo  in  SE. 
Iloilo,  Panay,  7  m.  N.  of  Iloilo.    Pop.,  2,875. 

LEGASPI  (lay-gas'-pee),  Sp.;  mountain  of  Suri- 
gao,  3,888  ft.  high,  at  N.  end  of  great  range 
paralleling  E.  coast  of  Mindanao.  It  com- 
mands Jugas  Pt.  and  surrounding  region. 

hamlet,  Negros  Oriental.  1  m.  S.  of  JilaitAn 

Pt.,  9  m.  N.  of  Guijulugan,  E.  coast. 

island  off  SW.  coast  of  Sflmar,  in  strait  of 

San  Juanico. 

pueblo,  p.  o.,  and  m.  o.,  and  port  of  Albav, 

capital  of  Albay,  Luzon.  Roadstead  expo.se"d 
to  NE.  storms;  useless  in  winter.  Season  of 
most  active  trade  with  Manila  between  Jan- 
uary and  October.  During  autumn  months 
native  water  communication  ceases.  Town 
is  li  m.  NE.  of  Albay  and  4  m.  from  Mavon 
or  Albay  Vol.  It  shares  with  Tabaco  hemp 
shipment  of  the  province.    Pop.,  6,830. 

LELAriGAX  (lay-lah-we'-gahn).  ver.;  island  ofif 
E.  coast  of  Sitmar,  5  m.  S.  of  Hernani. 

LELEB<>()X  (lay-Iay-boh-ohn')  nat.;  island  |  m. 
in  diameter  between  Condohi  and  extreme 
S.  point  of  Calicoan  I.,  off  extreme  S.  coast  of 
Sdmar,  Visayas. 

LE3IERY  (lay-may-ree'),  Sp.;  pueblo  in  SW.  part 
of  Concepcion,  Iloilo,  Panav,  12  m.  E.  of  Con- 
eepcion.    Pop.,  3,677. 

pueblo  15  m.  from  Batangas,  Luz6n,  on  W. 

shore  of  Pansipal  Riv.,  which  connects  that 
lake  with  Balaydn  Bay.  At  this  point  high- 
way crosses  stream  bv  native  ferrv  and  road 
toBalayto.  Pop.,  2,890.  Township  has  14,000 
inhabitants  and  is  center  of  agriculture,  fish- 
ing, and  trade,  inland  and  coast. 

LENE  (lay'-nay),  ver.;  stream  cmptving  into  San 
Miguel  Bay,  E.  shore,  in  Ambos  Camarines 
(Sur),  Luzon. 

LEAGA  (layn-gah'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Lepanto, 
Luz6n,  6  m.  SSE.  of  Cay  to.    Pop.,  200. 

LEXO  (lay'-noh),  ver.;  bay  on  W.  coast  of  Cota- 
bato, Mindanao.     (See  Linao  Bay.) 

LEXUXtiAX  (lay-noong'-ahn),  ver.;  island  in 
opening  of  bay  on  E.  coast  of  Cotabato,  Min- 
danao, 17i  m.  S.  of  Ciuit  Pt.  Tandd  lies  at 
mouth  of  SW.  shore  of  bay. 

LE<iX    (lay-awn'),   Sp.;    pueblo    in    SW.   Iloilo. 

Panay,  14  m.  NW.  of  Iloilo.    Pop.,  13,950. 
hamlet  in  W.  Antique,  Panay,  2i  m.  SE.  of 

Nalflpa  Nueva. 
islet,  210  ft.  high,  of  Cuvos  grp.,  Mindoro 

Sea,  21  m.  WNW.  of  Agutaya. 

LEPAXTO  (lay-pahn'-toh),  Sp.;  town  on  Tiagan- 
Cervantes  highway,  9  m.  E.  of  Caydn,  on 
headwaters  of  Abra  Riv.,  in  Lepanto,  Luzon. 

town  on  r.  bank  of  Pulangui  Riv.,  41i  m. 

SSE.  of  Cagayun  rte  Misami>.,  Mindanao.  ' 

LEPANTO,  QUIANGAN,  LUZON,  AND  SUBPROVINCE  OF 
LEPANTO-BONTOC. 

(.Sef  Lepanto-Bontoc,  Luzon,  province  of.) 

LEPANTO-BONTOC,  LUZON,  PROVINCE  OF. 

(Lay-pahn'-toh-bohn-talk',  ver.) 

Ar?a-^l' 232™^^'  ^^^'  ^"°  ^'  ^^''  ^"  ^°""  ^^^°  ^^  ^^'  approximately. 
Population:  Lepanto,  16,026;  Bontoc,  13,985;  Amburayan,  30,000;  total,  60  Oil 
Race:  Itutraos  and  lirorrotes.  .      >       >       >  ,      ,     x. 

Language:   ihu-ano,  lirorrote,  and  Ifiigao. 
Military  Department  of  Luzon:  Headquarters,  Manila,  Luzon. 


N.  point  at  entrance  to  port  of  that  name 

on  SW.  shore  of  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

one  of  several  rivers  entering  port  of  that 

name  E.  of  anchorage.  Natives  along  shores 
have  reputation  of  u.sing  poisoned  arrows. 

LEBAXG  (lay-bahng'),  ver.;  mountain  in  SW. 
Benguet,  Luzon. 

hamlet  in  L'nion,  Luzon. 

LEBIK  (lay-book'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  SW.  shore  of 
Basilan  I.,  off  S.  coast  of  Zamboanga,  Minda- 
nao, 17i  m.  S.  by  W.  of  Isabela. 

LEBL'^AX  (lay-boong'-ahn),ver.;  town  in  SW. 
Cotabato,  Mindanao,  15  m.  SSW.  of  Cotabato. 

LECHOXES  (lay-choh'-nays),  Sp.;  point  in  S. 
Batafin,  Luzon. 

LEDTf  AX  (lec-too'-ahn),  nat.;  point  on  SE.  end  of 
Balanguingui  I.,  Balanguingui  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

LEDAf  day-dahk'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Ilocos  Sur 
Luz6n. 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


587 


588 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE   PHLLIPPTNE    ISLANDS. 


Table  (jf  distances. 

From  Cervantes  to —  m 

Bontoc,  NE 15J 

Bayombong,  Nueva  Vizcaya,  SSE 41 

Manila,  S ." 170 

San  Fernando,  SW.,  Union 45 

Vlgan,  Ilocos  Sur,  NW 49 

LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

The  province  of  Lepanto-Bontoc,  comprising  the  former  comandancias  of  Lepanto, 
Bontoc,  Amburayan,  and  Quiangan,  ocicnpies  the  W.  center  of  N.  Luzon,  and  is 
bounded  on  the  N.  by  Abra,  E.  by  Cagayiln,  Isabela,  and  Nueva  Vizcaya,  S.  by 
Nueva  Vizcaya  and  Benguet,  and  W.  by  Union  and  Ilocos  Sur. 

AREA. 

The  3  subprovinces  united  measure  approximately  56  m.  from  NW.  to  SE.  and  33 
m.  from  NE.  to  SW.;  area,  1,232  sq.  m.  or  the  size  of  Rhode  Island. 

PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 

The  E.  half  is  very  rugged,  being  covered  by  the  main  range  and  W.  spurs  of  the 
Cordillera  Central,  whilerits  W.  boundary  is  formed  of  the  luftv  t^ummits  of  Langoh- 
goan,  Estilete,  4,440  ft.,  Mon^errat,  r),tjl/'  ft.,  and  Girayaii,  0,280  ft.  high.  Within 
their  borders  on  the  E.  watershed  rise  the  N.  tributaries  of  the  Magat,  emptying 
through  the  Grande  de  Cagayan  into  the  Pacific  on  the  W.,  while  the  W.  watershed 
drains  through  the  Abra  Riv.  into  the  China  Sea  on  the  W. 

ROADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 

The  country  thinly  settled  is  without  roads,  all  transportation  being  by  trail,  except 
to  Vigan,  in  Ilocos  Sur,  which  is  a  drive  of  about  12  hours  from  Caydn. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

The  registered  population  of  Lejmnto  is  16,152  and  of  Quiaiigan  30,000,  the  latter 
distributed  among  a  large  number  of  hamlets  of  which  218  are  known.  The  inhab- 
itants of  the  former  are  made  up  of  various  races  of  Ifugaos  and  Busaos,  Igorrotes  the 
most  numerous.  The  languages  are  Ilocano,  Catoan,  Igorrote,  Ifugao,  and  other 
dialects. 

The  following  is  the  division  of  Lepanto  into  pueblos  and  their  population  accord- 
ing to  the  census  of  1887: 


Province  and  pueblo. 

Total  population,  combining 
residents  present  and  ab- 
sent, native  and  Spanish, 
census  1887. 

Men. 

Women. 

Total. 

Lepanto: 

Cervantes 

8,146 

7,880 

16  0'^6 

The  census  of  1896  states  in  detail  the  population  of  the  towns 
organized  after  1887,   as  contained  in  the  iollowing  additional 
table: 

734 
1,180 
263 
385 
520 
450 
2, 055 

149 
671 
920 
336 

841 
203 

Bagn6n 

Balaca 

Banguitan 

Besao 

Cagubalan 

Cay&n  



Dain  

Data 

Gayto 

GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


589 


Province  aud  pueblo. 

Total  population,  combining 
residents  present  and  ab- 
sent, native  and  Spanish, 
census  1S87. 

Men. 

Women. 

Total. 

Lepanto— Continued. 

749 
630 
276 
431 
690 
1,174 
1  469 

r    ,,c,^,y) 

Masla 

525 

186 
568 

Otucan 

483 
271 
164 
738 
171 
739 
565 
614 
442 
735 
185 
628 

Pilipil 

Pinsad 

Sabangaii 

Taebac                                                                 



TadlAn 

tJlulin 

Vila                                                       

Total 

21,608 

Estimated,  1901,  46,152. 


The  following  are  the  chief  towns: 

Cervantes;  capital  of  the  province,  3  m.  SE.  of  Cayan,  in  Lepanto,  about  the 
center  of  Lepanto,  on  the  divide  between  the  headwaters  of  the  Caicayan,  a  branch 
of  the  Grande  de  Cagayan  to  the  NE.,  the  Abra  to  the  NW.,-  and  the  Grande  Agno 
to  the  S.     Pop.:  Of  the  town  proper,  920;  of  the  pueblo,  16,026. 

Cayan;  sometimes  Cagayan,  the  former  capital  of  Lepanto,  lies  3  m.  NE.  of  Cer- 
vantes, now  the  present  seat  of  local  government.     Pop.,  671. 

Bag-nen;  9  m.  N.  by  E.  of  Cervantes,  at  the  headwaters  of  the  N.  branch  of  the 
Abra  Riv.  with  the  Bontoc  boundary.     Pop.,  1,180. 

Besao;  on  the  N.  branch,  near  its  source,  of  the  Aljra  Riv.,  11  m.  N.  by  E.  of  Cer- 
vantes. 

Donaue;  in  the  former  Quiarigan  comandancia. 

Lagaui;  in  the  former  Quiaiigdn  comandancia. 

Magulang;  in-Quiaiigan  comandancia. 

Mancayan;  SE.  of  Cayan,  in  Lepanto,  and  celebrated  for  its  copper  mines. 

Mangaoa;  in  QuiaiTgsin  comandancia. 

Quiangan;  the  principal  town  of  the  former  comandancia  of  the  same  name,  in 
the  valley  also  of  the  same  name,  which  extends  from  N.  to  S.  from  Lepanto  to 
Nueva  Yizcaya,  following  the  Abulao  branch  of  the  Magat  Riv. 

Sagao;  in  Quiarigdn  comandancia. 


VEGETABLE  PRODUCTS. 

The  crop  for  home  consumption  is  rice,  tobacco,  sugar  cane,  corn,  and  vegetables. 
ICENEBALS. 

The  region  abounds  in  copper  almost  pure.     At  one  time  the  mines  of  Mancayan 
produced  annually  more  than  4,000  quintals  (220  lbs.  avoirdupois=l  quintal). 

FORESTS. 

The  molave  (molaue),  banaba,  pine,  oak,  sabine,  elm,  strawberry  tree,  and  casBi- 
mont  grow  in  extensive  forests. 

FRUITS. 


There  are  no  cultivated  fruits,  oranges  and  lemons  being  found  wild.     The  country 
I  adapted  to  the  growth  of  fruits  of  the  S.  portion  of  the  temperate  zone. 


590  GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

INDUSTRIES. 

Mininu;  copper  is  the  only  indii^trv  of  any  importance. 

UNITED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 

On  February  15,  1902,  the  following  were  the  military  stations  in  Lepanto: 
Cervantes."  San  Emilio. 

CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 

[Under  act  of  May  2.s,  1902,  P.  C] 

The  territory  hitherto  comprised  in  the  comandancias  of  Lepanto,  Bontoc,  and 
Amburayan,  together  with  the  territory  lying  between  tiie  boundaries  of  Abra, 
Cagayiin,  and  Bontoc,  and  not  hitherto  included  within  the  limits  of  any  province 
organized  under  the  provincial  government  act,  was  constituted  a  province,  to  be 
known  as  the  province  of  Lepanto-Bontoc,  divided  into  3  subprovinces  as  follows: 

The  subprovince  of  Lepanto,  to  comprise  the  territory  hitherto  included  in  the 
comandancia  of  Lepanto. 

The  subprovince  of  Bontoc,  to  comprise  the  territory  hitherto  included  in  the 
comandancia  of  Bontoc,  and  that  limited  by  the  boundaries  of  Abra,  Cagayan,  and 
Bontoc,  and  not  hitherto  included  within  the  boundaries  of  any  province  organized 
under  the  provincial  government  act. 

The  subprovince  of  Amburayan,  which  shall  comprise  the  territory  hitherto 
included  in  the  comandancia  of  Amburayan. 

The  provisions  of  act  iS^o.  337,  entitled  "An  act  providing  for  the  organization  of 
a  i)rovincial  government  in  the  province  of  Nueva  Vizcaya,"  and  of  act  No.  388, 
amendatory  thereof,  are  made  applicable  to  the  jjrovince  of  Lepanto-Bontoc:  Provided, 
That  the  officers  of  the  provincial  government  shall  be: 

PROVINCIAL  OFFICERS. 

[Salaries  and  expenses  in  United  States  money.] 

Provincial  governor $1,  800 

Lieutenant-governor  for  the  subprovince  of  Bontoc;  office,  pueblo  of  Bontoc.  1,  400 
Lieutenant-governor  for  the  su])province  of  Amburavan;  office,  pueblo  of 

Alilem \ 1,  200 

Secretary -treasurer 1,  200 

Supervisor 1, 500 

Fiscal 1,  500 

The  provincial  officers,  except  for  Bontoc  and  Amburayan,  are  required  to  reside 
and  keep  their  offices  at  Cervantes,  in  the  subprovince  of  Lepanto,  which  is  declared 
the  capital  of  the  province  of  Lepanto-Bontoc.  The  lieutenant-governors,  in  the  exer- 
cise of  their  duties  in  their  respective  subprovinces,  are  subject  to  the  supervision  of 
the  provincial  governor,  as  set  forth  in  acts  337  and  388.  They  are  also  eligible  to 
appointment  as  deputies  of  the  provincial  secretary-treasurer.  The  governor  and 
lieutenant-governors  ai'e  constituted  justices  of  the  peace  ex  officio. 

LEBIMJANAN  (lay-ring-ah'-nahn),  ver.;  hamlet  LETAYEN    (lay-tah'-yayn),  ver.;   island  at    en- 

of  Cotabato,   Mindanao,  71  m.  SW.   of   Le-  trance  to  Sibulan  Bay.  and  off  that  island,  S. 

burigan.  coast  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

LESA  (lay'-sah),  Sp.;  inlet  in  S.  Mindanao. 

LESSEP   (les-sayp'),  ver.;    hamlet  in    Lepanto,  LETl'C  (lay-took'),  nat.;  point  E.  head  of  Cana- 

Luzon.    I'op.,  2G3.  losan  cove,  Sarangani  Bay,  Ddvao,  Mindanaij. 

LEYTE,  VISAYAS,  PROVINCE   OF. 

(Lay'-tay,  vee-sah'-yas,  nat.) 

Capital:  Tacloban,  lat.  11°  15'  N.,  Ion.  124°  59'  30"  E. 

Area:  Mainland,  3,872  sq.  m.;  dependent  islands,  342  sq.  m.;  total,  4,214  sq.  m. 

Population:  270,491. 

''Telephone  station. 


ft 


-^^i^---  I,. 


PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS 
LEYTK.  EAST  COAST 

TACLOBAN  HARBOR 

SAN  PEDRO  AND  SAN   PABLO  BAY 


590 


Mi 


On 


Th 
Ambi 
Caga; 
organ 
know 

Th. 
coma 

Th( 
coma) 
Bontc 
undei 

Th( 
inclut 

Tht 
a  pro 
amen< 
That 


Provii 
Lieut€ 
Lieutf 
Alii 
Secret 
Super- 
Fiscal 

The 
and  k( 
theca] 
cise  of 
the  pri 
appoin 
lieuteii 

LEBlNti 

of  C 

bun; 

LESA  (i: 

LESSEr 

Luz( 


Capi 
Are? 
Popi 


GAZETTEER   OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  591 

jRace:  Visayan. 

Language:   Visayan. 

Military  Department  of  Visayas:  Headquarters,  Iloilo,  Iloilo,  Panay. 

Table  of  distances. 

From  Tacloban  to—  m. 

Cebu  via  Surigao  Strait 207 

Manila 360 

Manila  via  San  Jiianico  Strait;  Daram  Passage,  San  Bernardino  Strait,  Mindoro  Sea,  and  Verde 

Passage 414 

Misamis,  Mindanao,  via  Surigao  Strait 207 

LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

The  province  of  Leyte  comprises  the  island  of  that  name.  It  occupies  a  central 
position  among  the  SW.  members  of  the  Visayan  grp.  It  is  bounded  on  the  N.  by 
the  waters  leading  up  to  San  Bernardino  Strait,  the  SE.  point  of  Masbate  lying  20 
m.  opposite  the  extreme  NW. ;  on  the  NE.  by  Sumar,  from  which  it  is  separated  by 
the  narrow  strait  of  San  Juanico;  on  the  E.  by  San  Pedro  and  San  Pal)lo  Bay,  the 
Pacific  Ocean  and  Surigao  Strait  which  separates  it  from  Dinagat  I.;  on  the  S.  by 
Panaon,  one  of  the  dependent  islands;  S(Sgod  Bay  and  the  ISE.  arm  of  the  Sulu  Sea, 
Mindanao  lying  30  m.  to  the  SE. ;  on  the  W.  by  the  Visayan  Sea,  Bohol  lying  16  m. 
to  the  SW.  and  Cebu  22  m.  to  the  W. 

AREA. 

Its  extreme  length  of  mainland  is  121  m.  from  NW.  to  SE.,  and  52  m.  NE.  to  SW. 
Area,  mainland,  3,872  sq.  m. ;  40  dependent  islands,  342  sq.  m. ;  total,  4,214  sq.  m. 
It  is  within  776  sq.  m.  as  large  as  Connecticut;  over  half  the  area  of  Massachusetts; 
nearly  twice  that  of  Delaware,  and  4  times  that  of  Rhode  Island. 

PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 

The  interior  of  the  island  is  mountainous,  there  being  a  number  of  craters  of  extinct 
volcanoes,  among  them  elevations  6  m.  NE.  of  Campucan,  4,245  ft.  high;  6  m.  S.  of 
Carigara  Bay,  4,025  ft.  high,  overlooking  Biliran  Strait  on  the  N.,  2,074  ft.;  Cabalian 
Mt.  in  the  extreme  SE.,  3,130  ft.;  a  peak  overlooking  Tacloban,  1,047  ft.;  and 
Mt.  Sacripante,  3,911  ft.  high,  in  the  SW.  The  island  is  traversed  by  many  very 
fine  rivers,  among  them  the  Palaoay,  the  Apanican,  and  Leyte  entering  a  long, 
narrow  cove  in  the  NW.  The  latter  stream  is  an  outlet  for  a  portion  of  the  waters 
of  Danao  Lake.  The  Cabayong  receives  through  the  Cantepopo  the  waters  of  2 
interior  lakes,  Amanbiuing  and  Danao,  which  empty  on  the  E.  shore  of  Carigara 
Bay  and  several  into  San  Pedro  and  San  Pablo  Bay;  the  Bay  bay  into  the  bay  of 
that  name  and  the  Bao  through  a  delta  into  Bello  port. 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

The  irregular  coast  line  of  Leyte  is  indented  by  numerous  bays,  some  of  them 
among  the  finest  of  the  archipelago.     The  following  may  be  mentioned: 

Arevalo;  on  the  NW.  coast,  13  m.  S.  of  Rabin  Pt. 

Baganito;  on  the  coast  of  Biliran  I. 

Baybay;  on  the  W.  coast  about  the  center. 

Biliran;  the  channel  of  Biliran  separating  the  island  from  the  NW.  promontory  of 
Leyte,  15  m.  long  and  7  m.  wide  at  its  N.  and  less  than  y  m.  at  its  S.  entrance,  has 
an  anchorage  of  5  fms.  in  front  of  the  town  of  Biliran. 

Biloan  (Biliran);  on  the  N.  shore  of  Biliran  I.,  W.  of  Anas  Pt. 

Cajagnaan;  on  the  extreme  SW.  coast,  NE.  of  Taguiis  Pt. 

Camiris;  on  the  E.  shore  of  the  bay  of  San  Pedro  and  San  Pablo,  N.  of  Tanauan. 

Campopo;  on  the  W.  coast  separated  from  Tabango  by  Pt.  Liglio  and  peninsula,  6 
ni.  wide.     It  is  larger  and  deeper  than  the  Tabines. 

Cancabato;  a  cove  8.  of  Tacloban  near  the  E.  entrance  of  San  Juanico  Strait. 

Capalis  (Biliran) ;  on  the  E.  shore  of  Biliran  I.,  fronting  the  channel  of  Daram,  S. 
of  Jabujab  Pt. 

Carigara;  a  deep  bight  in  the  N.  coast,  23  m.  between  heads  and  extending  11  m. 
inland. 

Dupdn;  on  the  W.  coast  between  Sacaysacay  Pt.  on  the  NW.  and  Capiyoman  on 
the  SE. 

Hilongos;  on  the  SW.  coast,  E.  of  Pontod  Pt. 

Hinunangan;  on  the  SE.  coast,  with  15  fms.  in  the  middle  and  5.V  fms.  off  the 
town.  The  2  islands  Cabugan  in  the  N.  part  afford  shelter,  the  channels  being  1  m. 
wide  and  15  to  25  fms.  deep. 


592 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


Hintmdayan;  on  the  SE.  coast  opposite  Dini'tgat  I.  and  S.  of  the  island  of  Cabugan 
Grande  and  Chico,  or  San  Pedro.  It  is  small,  with  1 1  fms.  in  the  passages  on  either 
side  of  the  island  and  S.}  fnis.  within. 

Inagayan;  on  the  extreme  NW.  coast  of  Biliran  1.,  E.  of  Pintado  Pt. 

Inopacan;  S.  of  Bitanguan  Pt. 

Isidro;  on  the  extreme  NW.  coast,  12  m.  S.  of  Rabin  Pt. 

Jaclugan;  formed  by  the  E.  coast  of  a  bmall  peninsula  E.  of  Tanauan. 

liiloan;  a  sheltered  port  on  the  W.  coast  of  Panaon  1.  From  7  to  9  fms.  deep.  It 
has  2  entrances,  the  E.  very  narrow,  with  2|  to  4^  fms.  in  Panaon  Strait,  and  the  W. 
from  7  to  9  fms.     At  the  NW.  of  the  entrance  point  the  depth  is  56  fms. 

Lidn;  at  the  extreme  NW.  angle  of  Sogod  Bay. 

Maasin;  on  the  extreme  SW.  coast,  W.  of  Bato  Pt. 

Ormoc;  on  theW.  coast  E.  of  Calmiangan,  15  m.  between  heads,  with  2|  to  9 
fms.  It  is  the  only  safe  anchorage  on  the  S.  coast  of  Leyte  during  the  typhoons. 
Port  Bello  is  in  the  NW.  angle. 

Panaluran;  formed  by  the  N.  coast  of  the  small  peninsula  of  Tacloban. 

Palompdn;  a  port  on  the  W.  coast  S.  of  Pt.  Canaguayan.  The  only  entrance  is 
to  the  N. 

Quinangcang;  on  the  W.  coast  of  Panaon,  near  its  NW.  point. 

Romano;  on  the  E.  shore  of  Panaon  I. 

San  Agustin;  on  the  W.  coast,  about  the  center,  N.  of  Baybay. 

San  Pedro  and  San  Pablo;  formed  by  the  SW.  coast  of  Siimar  and  the  E.  of 
Leyte.  It  is  13  m.  between  heads  opening  into  the  Pacific  Ocean.  It  extends  12  m. 
N.'to  the  entrance  of  San  Juanico  Strait.  One  of  the  most  capacious  harbors  of  the 
archipelago. 

Siapon;  on  the  W.  coast,  2.  m.  E.  of  Dupon  port,  sheltered  from  all  winds  except 
from  the  S.  and  SE.     It  is  15  fms.  at  the  entrance  and  gradually  lessening  inward. 

Sogod;  on  the  S.  coast  of  Leyte,  22  m.  between  Taancan  or  Ninipo,  the  S.  point 
of  Leyte  and  Narigayao  on  the  W.  coast  of  Panaon  I.  opposite,  and  extending  26  m. 
inland  to  the  N.  It  is  surrounded  by  a  number  of  fine  anchorages.  It  has  78  fms. 
at  the  entrance,  32  fms.  in  the  center,  and  64  in  the  N.  waters. 

Sonog;  on  the  SW.  shore  of  Panaon  I.,  S.  of  the  point  of  that  name. 

Tabango;  on  the  W.  coast  separated  from  Campopo  by  Pt.  Liglio,  6  m.  wide. 
Is  larger  and  deeper  than  the  Tabines. 

Tabin  Chico;  on  the  NW.  coast  N.  of  Tabin  Grande.     Depth  7  to  11  fms. 

Tabin  Grande;  across  the  dividing  peninsula,  2  m.  S.,  and  9  m.  S.  of  the  NW. 
end  of  Leyte.     Depth  is  7  to  11  fms. 

ROADS  AND  COMMTJNICATIONS. 


Along  the  E.  coast,  especially  between  Tacloban  and  Abuyog  are  numerous  roads 
suitable  for  carriage  and  wagon  transportation  at  all  seasons  of  the  j-ear.  The  W. 
coast  is  paralleled  by  roads  or  trails  almost  the  entire  distance  from  N.  to  S.  The 
numerous  rivers  furnish  inland  transportation.  On  the  coast  communication  is 
more  frequent  by  sea.  The  large  number  of  gulfs  and  bays,  although  they  often 
cause  breaks  in  the  road,  furnish  coastwise  as  well  as  interior  waterways. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 


The  number  of  registered  inhabitants  is  270,491,  almost  all  Visayans.  The  lan- 
guage of  the  province  is  Visayan. 

The  following  is  the  division  of  Leyte  into  pueblos  and  their  respective  population 
according  to  the  census  of  1887: 


Province  and  pueblos. 

Total  population  combining 
residents  present  and  ab- 
sent, native  and  Spanish, 
census  1887. 

Men. 

Women. 

Total. 

Leyte: 

Alang-Alang 

3,145 
1,523 
1,240 

4,199 

1,275 

5,848 

882 

2,958 
1,307 
1,160 

654 
4,094 
1,337 
5,596 

785 

6  103 

Almeria 

2,400 

Babatungon 

1  322 

8, 293 

Bato 

2,612 

Baybay 

11,444 

BUiran 

1,667 

GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


593 


I'roviiice  and  pueblos. 


Leyte— Continued. 

Burauen 

Cabalian 

Caibirtin 

Cajagna;\n 

Capoocaii 

Carigara 

Dagami 

Diilaff 

Hilongos , 

Hindang  

Hinunangan  

Hinundayan  

Inopacan 

Jaro 

Leyte 

Liloan 

Maasin 

Mac  Crohon 

Malibago 

Malitbog 

Maripipi , 

Matalom , 

M^rida 

Kaval 

Ormoc 

Palo 

Palompoii 

Quiot 

San  Isidro  del  Campo 

San  Miguel 

San  Ricardo 

S6god  

Tacloban 

Tanauan  

Tolosa 

Villaba 

Total 


Total  population,  combining 
re.si dents  pre.sent  and  ab- 
sent, native  and  Spanish, 
census  1887. 


138, 471 


6,692 
1,947 
2,011 


6,127 
11,929 
4,454 
5,827 
2,180 
3,370 
1,774 
1,315 
4,504 
1,673 
1,419 
7,120 
2,329 

390 
3,579 

722 

"'849 
1,360 
6, 539 
7,826 
2,9&1 
1,066 
1,461 

l!375 

2i394 


13, 9M 
4,121 
4,445 
1,134 
1,345 

12,680 

23,748 
9,093 

13, 675 
4,415 
6,752 
3,562 
2,792 
9,228 
3, 211 
2,986 

14,473 
4,985 
815 
7,466 
1,529 
4,671 
1,712 
2,835 
1,315 

16, 055 
5,765 
2,025 
3,145 
2,048 
3,077 
4,484 
4,899 

14, 624 
4,885 
2,495 


755 


Estimated,  1901,  270,491. 


There  are  50  towns  of  populations  from  1,850  to  25,000;  also  130  villages.  The 
following  are  the  towns: 

Tacloban;  the  capital,  open  to  coast  trade.  On  the  W.  of  the  entrance  to  the  nar- 
row strait  of  San  Jiianico,  in  the  NW.  entrance  to  San  Pedro  and  San  Pablo  Bay.  It 
is  well  built  and  has  an  important  trade.  It  is  a  perfectly  protected  port,  wdth  4 
different  wharves  for  ships.     Pop.,  11,000. 

Abiiyog';  on  the  E.  coast,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Xalibunan  Riv.,  34  m.  S.  of  Taclo- 
ban.    l\)p.,  9,112. 

Alang-Alang;  near  the  r.  bank  of  the  Cabavong  Riv.,  11  m.  WSW.  of  Tacloban. 
Pop.,  8,602. 

Albuera;  on  the  W.  coa.«t,  31  m.  SW.  of  Tacloban.     Pop.,  4,555. 

Almeria;  on  the  W.  coast  of  Biliran  I.,  50  m.  NW.  of  Tacloban.     Pop.,  3,216. 

Babatuiigon;  on  the  S.  shore  of  the  Janabatas  channel,  end  of  San  Juanico  Strait, 
15J  m.  NW.  of  Tacloban.     Pop.,  2,213. 

Barug-o;  open  to  coast  trade.  On  the  SE.  shore  of  Carigara  Bay,  20  m.  W.  by  N. 
of  Tacloban.     Pop.,  12,322. 

Bato;  on  the  SW.  coast,  l^etween  Hilongos  and  Matalom,  64  m.  SSW.  of  Tacloban. 
Pop.,  3,651. 

Baybay;  open  to  coast  trade,  on  the  W.  coast,  at  the  mouth  of  Pagbaiigauan  Riv., 
40  m.  SSW.  of  Tacloban.     It  is  also  an  important  hemp  port.     Pop.,  17,367. 

Biliran;  on  the  S.  coast  of  Biliran  I.,  40  m.  WNW.  of  Tacloban.     Pop.,  6,201. 

Burauen;  near  the  1.  bank  of  the  Dao  Riv.,  21  m.  S.  bv  W.  of  Tacloban.  Pop., 
21,290. 

Cabalian;  on  the  extreme  SE.  point,  70  m.  S.  by  E.  of  Tacloban.     Pop.,  4,785. 

Caibiran;  on  the  E.  coast  of  Biliran,  on  the  Daram  channel,  37  m.  NW.  of  Tac- 
loban.    Pop.,  4,153. 

Cajagnaan;  on  the  SW.  coast,  75  m.  S.  by  W.  of  Tacloban.     Pop.,  3,000, 

S.  Doc.  280 38 


594  GAZETTEEK    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

Capoocan;  on  the  S.  shore  of  Carigara  Bay,  25  m.  E.  of  Tacloban.     Pop.,  3,000. 

Carigara;  open  to  coast  trade,  on  the  S.  shore  of  the  bay  of  the  same  name,  22  m. 
W.  of  Tac-l()])an.     Pop.,  13,732.     It  is  also  an  important  hemp  port. 

Cauit;  on  the  SW.  shore  of  Ponson  I.,  Camotes  grp. 

Dagami;  on  the  r.  bank  of  the  headwaters  of  the  Binahaan  Riv.,  16  m.  SSW.  of 
Tacloban.     Pop.,  25,000. 

Diilag;  on  tlie  E.  coast,  at  the  mouth  of  Catbassag  Riv.,  19  m.  8.  of  Tacloban. 
Pop.,  10,113. 

Hilongos;  on  the  SAV.  coast,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Salog  Riv.,  62  m.  S.  by  W.  of 
Tacloban.     Pop.,  13,813. 

Hindang;  on  the  W.  coast,  60  m.  SSW.  of  Tacloban.     Pop.,  5,314. 

Hinunangan;  on  the  W.  coast,  at  the  mouth  of  Paso  Riv.,  62  m.  S.  of  Tacloban. 
The  Cabugan  Is.  lie  off  this  coast.     Pop.,  7,899. 

Hinundayan;  on  the  SE.  coast,  S.  of  Panddn  Pt.,  65  m.  S.  by  E.  of  Tacloban. 
Pop.,  3,986. 

J§,ro;  9  m.  SE.  of  Carigara,  on  the  shore  of  tliat  bay,  15  m.  W.  of  Tacloban. 
Pop.,  12,475. 

Inopacan;  on  the  W.  coast,  55  m.  SSW.  of  Tacloban.     Pop.,  4,239. 

Leyte;  on  the  E.  side  of  the  narrow  arm  of  Biliran  Strait,  trending  S.,  37  m.  W. 
l.y  X.  of  Tacloban.     Pop.,  6,719. 

Iiiloan;  on  the  N.  point  of  Panaon  I.,  on  Panaon  Strait,  76  m.  S.  of  Tacloban. 
Pop.,  3,982. 

Maasin;  open  to  coast  trade,  on  the  extreme  SW.  coast,  at  the  mouth  of  the 
river  of  the  same  name,  78  m.  S.  by  AV.  of  Tacloban.  It  is  a  hemp  port,  and  a 
beautiful  and  well-built  city.     Pop.,  9,674. 

Mac  Crohon;  W.  of  side  extreme  SE.  point,  18  m.  S.  of  Tacloban-.     Pop.,  5,780. 

Malibago;  on  the  S.  shore  of  the  N.  entrance  to  San  Juanico  Strait,  13  m.  NNW. 
of  Tacloban.     Pop.,  1,119. 

Malitbog;  on  the  AV.  shore  of  Sogod  Bay,  74  m.  S.  of  Tacloban.     Pop.,  7,906. 

Maripipi;  on  the  SE.  coast  of  the  island  of  that  name,  58  m.  NAV.  of  Tacloban. 
Pop.,  1,988. 

Matalom;  on  the  SW.  coast,  67  m.  S.  by  W.  of  Tacloban.     Pop.,  6,146. 

Merida;  on  tlie  AV.  shore  of  the  approach  to  Port  Bello,  42  m.  SW.  of  Tacloban. 
Pop.,  1,897. 

Naval;  on  the  SW.  coast  of  Biliran,  on  the  strait,  22  m.  AVNW.  of  Tacloban. 
Pop.,  3,183. 

Ormoc;  open  to  coast  trade,  on  the  NE.  shore  of  the  bay  of  Port  Bello,  near  the 
delta  of  the  Bao  Riv.,  36  m.  SW.  of  Tacloban.  It  is  also  an  important  hemp  port. 
Pop.,  8,107. 

Palo;  at  the  mouth  of  a  river  entering  on  the  AV.  shore  of  San  Pedro  and  San  Pablo 
Bay,  6i  m.  S.  of  Tacloban.     Pop.,  17,736. 

Palompon;  open  to  coast  trade,  on  the  AA\  coast  of  a  bav  fronted  by  Pasologon  I., 
45  m.  AA^SAV.  of  Tacloban.     Pop.,  7,858. 

Pastrana;  at  the  headwaters  of  a  river  entering  into  San  Pedro  and  San  Pablo 
I '.ay,  14  m.  SW.  of  Tacloban.     Pop.,  2,841. 

Quiet;  on  the  SAV.  coast,  at  the  mouth  of  a  river,  45  m.  SAV.  of  Tacloban.  Pop., 
2,422. 

San  Isidro  del  Campo;  on  Tabin  Chico  Bay,  NW.  coast,  45  m.  AV.  by  N.  of 
Tacloban.     Pop.,  3,352. 

San  Miguel;  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  Cabayugan  Riv.,  6i  m.  above  its  mouth  and 
12  m.  AV.  by  N.  of  Tacloban,     Pop.,  4,126. 

San  Ricardo;  on  the  extreme  SAA^.  point  of  Panaon  I.,  93  m.  S.  of  Tacloban.  It 
is  the  most  S.  town  of  the  province.     Pop.,  Cn.  1887,  3,077. 

Sdgod  Antiguo;  on  the  E.  shore  of  Sogod  Bay,  65  m.  S.  of  Tacloban.     Pop.,  4,722. 

Sogod  Nuevo;  in  the  NE.  angle  of  Sogod  Bay,  60  m.  S.  of  Tacloban.     Pop.,  2,840. 

Tabon-tabdn;  a  small  village  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  Raquid  Riv.,  16  m.  S,  by  AV. 
of  Tacloban. 

Tanauan;  on  the  AV.  shore  of  the  entrance  to  San  Pedro  and  San  Pablo  Bay,  9  ni. 
S.  of  Tacloban.     Pop.,  18,509. 

Tetal;  at  the  headwaters  of  a  river  entering  into  Carigara  Bay,  5  m.  S.,  about 
21  m.  AV.  of  Taclol)an. 

Tolosa;  on  the  AV.  shore  of  the  entrance  to  San  Pedro  and  San  Pablo  Bay,  11  m. 
S.  of  Tacloban.     Pop.,  5,587. 

Villaba;  on  the  AV.  coast  42  m.  S.  of  Canapuy.     Pop.,  3,257. 

Villaldn;  in  the  extreme  NW.,  on  Biliran  Strait,  47  m.  NNW.  of  Tacloban. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


595 


DEPENDENT  ISLANDS. 


The  coast  of  Leyte  is  generally  free  from  islands.     Those  which  lie  off  its  shores 
are  found  in  groups.     The  following  is  a  list: 

sq.  m. 

Bacol;  an  island  formed  by  a  channel  at  the  N.  entrance  to  San  Juanico  Strait 3 

Babugon,  or  Gumlac;  off  the  W.  coast  N.  of  Cabga  1 1 

Badung-Badung;  in  the  bay  of  San  Pedro  and  San  Pablo 

Biliran;  16  m.  from  NW.  to  SE.,  and  13  m.  from  E.  to  W.  It  is  mountainous,  quite  high  and  has 
a  small  mountain  chain  which  divides  it  longitudinally.  The  highest  peak  of  this  chain 
is  in  the  W.  part.  The  most  important  towns  are  Almeria,  Naval,  and  Biliran  on  the  W. 
coast,  and  Caibir<4n  on  the  E.  coast;  also  a  multitude  of  little  villages  along  the  shore.  The 
island  is  noted  for  its  sulphur  springs  in  the  mountains 144 

Buaya;  2  islands  of  this  name,  one  on  the  N.  side  of  the  W.  entrance  to  Janabatas  channel,  the 
other  at  the  E.  entrance  to  this  channel  to  San  Juanico  Strait 

Cabga;  close  to  the  W.  shore  N.  of  Binagnaan 

Cabugan  Chico  or  San  Pedro;  2  m.  S.  of  Cabugan  Grande  and  2  m.  off  the  E.  coast 

Cabugan  Grande  or  San  Pedro;  2  m.  off  the  E.  coast.  These  islands  lie  in  the  N.  part  of  Hinu- 
nangan  Bay 2 

Calaji;  in  the  channel  between  Biliran  I.  and  the  mainland  of  Leyte 

Calangaman;  off  the  S.  shore  of  the  W.  entrance  to  Janabatas  channel,  N.  coast 

Calumpijan;  2  m.  off  the  VV.  shore  of  Carigara  Bay,  N.  coast.    The  peak  Pacduhanan  overlooks  it. 

Calutan ;  off  Acta  Pt.,  W.  shore  of  Biliran  I 

Canigao;  5  m.  N.  of  Panaon  Pt.,  2  m.  off  the  W.  coast 

Cuatro;  the  only  group  of  islands  near  the  coast,  between  Ormoc  and  Inopacan,  as  follows: 

Apit;  4  m.  off  the  W.  shore ] 

Daquio;  the  most  N.,  5  m.  off  the  W.  coa-st I       . 

Himuquitan;  the  most  S.,  4^  ra.  off  the  W.  shore | 

Mababas;  the  most  W.,  7  m.  off  the  W.  shore J 

Daujan;  off  the  W.  coast,  N.  of  Blanca  Pt 

Faro;  in  the  middle  of  the  Janabatas  channel,  between  Leyte  and  S&mar 

Gigantangan;  1 J  m.  from  Rabin  Pt.,  extreme  NW.  of  Leyte.    It  is  2  m.  long  from  N.  to  S 2 

Ginuruan;  1  m.  off  the  N.  shore  of  Biliran  I 

Iban;  in  the  channel  of  Janabatas,  between  Leyte  and  S^mar a 

Jinamoc;  in  the  N W.  of  San  Pedro  and  San  Pablo  Bay 1 

Lamasaua;  on  the  S.  coast,  2  m.  SE.  of  the  S.  point  of  Leyte,  is  long  and  narrow,  4^  m.  from  N. 
toS.  and  1  m.  in  breadth.    It  has  2  little  towns,  San  Bernardo  and  Triana 4 

Mahaba;  in  Janabatas  channel,  between  Leyte  and  SAmar •. . . . 

Maripipi;  5^  m.  off  the  NW.  coast  of  Biliran  I.,  4  m.  N.  and  S.,  and  4i  m.  E.  and  W.  It  is  the 
most  N.  of  the  dependent  islands  of  Leyte.  It  has  a  central  cone,  2,992  ft.  high,  covered  with 
vegetation 11 

Mariquitdiquit;  in  the  opening  of  the  bay  of  San  Pedro  and  San  Pablo 

Pana6n;  is  separated  from  the  SE.  part  of  Leyte  by  the  strait  of  the  same  name.  It  is  moun- 
tainous, long  and  narrow,  and  extends  over  19  m.  from  NW.  to  SE.  It  is  6  m.  from  E.  to  W. 
The  E.  coast  has  a  picturesque  appearance,  with  beautiful  cascades  and  many  little  creeks. 
It  is  well  populated,  the  principal  towns  being  Silvan,  in  the  N.,  and  San  Rieardo,  in  the  S. 
Gold  is  found  near  Pinutan  Pt 70 

Pasolog6n,  orTaboc;  1  m.  off  the  shore,  S.  of  Canauagan 1 

Sambabuas;  a  cluster  of  small  islands  off  the  N.  coast 

Tagampul;  4  m.  W.  of  N.  point  of  Biliran  I.,  3  islets  lie  off  the  coast 

Tanubulun;  in  the  NE.  waters  of  San  Pedro  and  San  Pablo  Bay 

Tincansan;  1  m.  off  the  extreme  W.  point  of  Biliran  I 

Tolosa;  2  m.  off  the  NW.  point  of  Biliran  I 

There  are  no  islands  of  importance  on  the  E.  coast. 

40  dependent  islands,  total  area 342 


VEGETABLE  PRODUCTS. 


The  province  of  Leyte  is  one  of  the  best-cultivated  islands  in  the  archipelago. 
Of  572,000  hectares  (1  hectare  =  2.471  a.),  250,000  are  under  cultivation,  the 
remainder  being  mountain  or  grazing  land.  The  most  important  product  is  hemp. 
These  plantations  having  been  under  cultivation  for  upward  of  40  years,  require  but . 
little  work,  the  crop  being  permanent,  al)undant,  and  of  excellent  quality.  The 
other  products  are  sugar,  valued  at  |50,000;  rice  for  home  consumption,  chocolate, 
oil,  coffee,  cotton,  corn,  cattle,  hor.ses,  hogs  to  the  value  of  $63,000,  wax,  honey,  bird's 
nests,  shell,  sponges,  and  pearls. 

The  following  are  the  hemp  statistics  of  Leyte,  1850-1899,  from  the  report  of  the 
Manila  Chamber  of  Commerce: 

[Piculs.] 


15,984 

26,289 

37,554 

37,361 

45,353 

32,724 

55,973 

60,850 

63  255 

1876 

78,407 

1889 

1890 

1891 

265,516 

1851 

1852 

1864 

1865 

1866 

1867 

1868 

71,165 

60,014 

43, 781 

37,916 

63, 082 

1877 

1878 

1879 

1880 

1881 

1882 

1883 

1884 

1885 

73,014 

92,686 

97,573 

112,729 

101,383 

119,006 

252,366 

137,804 

118,777 

266,118 

288  013 

18.53 

1854 

1855 

1892 

1S93 

1894 

1895 

329,763 

118,507 

318,602 

1856 

1869 

66,111 

349,988 

359,346 

1858 

1871 

1872 

1873 

1874 

1875 

85,264 

91,532 

89, 701 

103,740 

90,660 

1897  .  ..  . 

....  346,296 

1869 

63,063 

1898 

354,947 

63,828 

1886 

1887 

1888 

160,866 

163,898 

238.156 

1899 

170,219 

1861 

1862 

596  GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

The  total  for  all  the  hemp  districts  of  the  archipelago,  1S99,  was  Ui^r>Jy2'2  jiiiMil.-. 
A  picul  represents  137.9  American  i)onn(ls. 

MINERALS. 

In  the  craters  of  the  volcanoes  large  quantities  of  sulphur  and  other  products  of 
volcanic  action  are  found.  The  sulphur  of  Leyte  supplied  the  gunpowder  works  at 
INIanila  under  Spanish  rule.  Gold,  iron,  magnetite,  lead,  and  silver  are  also  found. 
There  are  indications  of  petroleum. 

FORESTS. 

There  are  large  forests  of  wood  of  economic  value  producing  pitch,  honey,  and 
sugar;  also  hard  woods  and  ship  timbers.  The  yield  of  dammar,  the  brea  or  pitch 
of  the  Spaniards,  is  the  most  important  in  the  archipelago.  The  central  mountain 
districts  and  W.  coast  near  Albuera  are  said  to  contain  the  finest  hard-wood  forests 
in  the  archipelago. 

FRUITS. 

A  large  variety  of  bananas,  mangosteens,  oranges,  lemons,  and  otlier  fruits  of  the 
Visayan  Is.  thrive  in  Leyte. 

INDUSTRIES. 

The  manufacture  of  fabrics  of  abaca  and  cabonegro,  or  black  boat  cables,  from  the 
hemp,  and  the  extracting  of  cocoanut  oil  are  the  leading  industries.  In  the  towns 
on  the  E.  coast  the  women  are  skillful  in  the  manufacture  of  delicate  fabrics  and  in 
embroidering.  There  are  large  shiijyards  at  Tacloban,  where  several  hundred.?  are 
constantly  employed,  and  many  good-sized  schooners  are  constantly  built. 

UNITED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 

The  occupation  of  Leyte  by  the  troops  of  the  United  States  was  part  of  the  military 
operations  of  the  spring"  and  summer  of  1899. 
On  February  15,  1902,  the  following  were  the  military  stations  in  Leyte: 

Alang-Alang,         Baybay,  *        Jaro,  ='  Ormoc, '^  Tanauan,  =" 

Dulag,"''  INIaasin, «        Tacloban.?'' 

CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 

The  province  of  Leyte  was  created  under  the  provisional  government  act  of  Feb- 
ruary 6,  1901,  by  enactment  of  the  Philippine  Commission  April  22,  1901,  embracing 
"  that  territory  in  the  island  of  Leyte  and  adjoining  islands  known  as  the  'jirovince 
of  Leyte'  under  Spanish  sovereignty." 

PROVINCIAL  OFFICERS. 

[Salaries  and  expenses  in  United  States  currency.] 

Governor $2,  000 

Secretary 1,  500 

Treasurer 2, 500 

Supervisor 2, 000 

Fiscal 1,600 

Allowance  for  necessary  and  actual  expenses,  not  exceeding  §2.50  per  day,  as 
pre.scribed. 

The  presidentes  or  alcaldes  of  the  mimicipalities  of  the  province  to  meet  and  organize 
on  the  third  Monday  in  January,  April,  July,  and  October  to  consider  improve- 
ments needed  in  the  province  and  for  other  purposes  prescribed  l)y  law. 

CONDITIONS,  DECEMBER,  1901. 

"  Prior  to  the  first  of  this  month  there  were  20  towns  in  this  province  garrisoned 
by  American  troops,  but  within  the  past  2  weeks  9  of  these  towns   have  been 

"  Telegraph.  $  Post  and  money-order  office. 


S  T>oc2Sc  57 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


597 


evacuated,  withdrawing  310  men.  These  towns  are  now  protected  by  the  constabu- 
lary and  the  municipal  police.     *     *     * 

"  The  people  generally  are  anxious  for  civil  government,  and  the  officials  elected 
in  the  various  towns  are  developing,  as  a  general  rule,  a  very  high  degree  of  intelli- 
gence in  the  performance  of  their  respective  duties.     *    *    * 

"That  the  great  majority  of  the  people  are  happy  and  contented  with  their  present 
condition  is  evidenced  by  the  renewed  activity  displayed  in  all  branches  of  industry. 
Agi-icultural,  commercial,  and  manufacturing  industries  are  taking  on  new  life 
throughout  the  province,  while  the  people  are  rebuilding  their  towns  and  homes,  and 
are  erecting,  in  many  instances,  substantial  and  comfortable  buildings,  instead  of 
nipa  shacks.     *    *    * 

"  One  of  the  most  gratifying  and,  to  my  mind,  one  of  the  most  encouraging  indi- 
cations as  demonstrating  their  appreciation  of  our  institutions,  as  well  as  the  popu- 
larity of  the  same,  is  the  intense  interest  manifested  among  the  masses  to  acquire  a 
knowledge  of  the  English  language."     *    *    *     ( Report  of  provincial  governor. ) 


LEYTE  (lay'-tay),  ver.;  pneblo  at  head  of  deep 
bay  setting  in  from  Biliran  Strait,  S.,  NW. 
coast  of  Lcyte,  34  m.  NW.  of  Tacloban.  Pop., 
6,719. 

river  in  Leyte,  rising  in  lake  W.  of  Jaro, 

and  empties  near  city  of  same  name. 

hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Carigara,  on  N.  coast 

of  Leyte. 

LEZO  (lay'-thoh),  Sp.;  pueblo  of  N.CApiz,  Panay, 
261  m.  W.  of  Ciipiz.    Pop.,  5,500. 

LIAN  (lee-ahn'),Tag.;  point  on  W.shoreof  Ragay 
Gulf,  Tayabas,  Luzon,  N.  point  of  Piris  Bay. 

bay  on  W.  coast  of  Batangas,  Luzon.    Port 

San  Diego  is  its  headland  on  S.;  Lian  Riv. 
enters  bay  on  SE.,  town  standing  about  5  m. 
above  its  mouth. 

river  discharging  into  Nasvigbu  Bay,  Ba- 
tangas, Luz6n.  Town  of  same  name  inland 
near  river. 

pueblo  of  Batangas,   Luzon,   36  m.   frojn 

provincial  capital,  connected  by  high  roads 
with  Tuy  and  Nasugbu.  Pop.,  5,889.  {Also 
Laang.) 

L1A\gX,  or  LIAlVfcJAN  (leeahng-ah',  leeahng'- 
ahn),  nat.;  bay  opening  to  E.  on  E.  coast  of 
SuTJgao,  Mindanao,  on  bay  of  same  name, 
between  Umanum  (Umainan)  and  Baculin 
Pts.  Coast  is  extremely  rocky  and  landing 
difficult.  Town  of  same  name  lies  on  SW. 
and  Otieza  on  NW.  shore.  Small  river  enters 
head  of  bay.  Rice  is  extensively  grown  in 
vicinity,  arid  buffalo  are  also  raised  in  large 
numbers. 

pueblo  on  SW.  shore  of  bay  of  that  name 

on  E.  coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  103  m.  SE. 
by  S.  of  Surigao.  Rice  and  buffaloes  are  ex- 
tensively raised.    Pop.,  6,340. 

LIAN&AN  (leeahng'-ahn),  nat.;  point  on  NE. 
shore  and  near  E.  head  of  Misamis  port, 
MLsamis,  Mindanao.  River  of  same  name, 
with  ruins  of  former  Spanish  fort  at  its 
mouth,  empties  2  m.  E.  by  N.  of  point. 

hamlet  in  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

hamlet  on  SE.  shore  of  Panguil  Bay,  61  m. 

SW.  of  Cagayan,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

—point  on  E.  side  of  entrance  to  Panguil 

Bay  in  SW.  angle  of  Iligan  Bay,  N.  coast  of 
Misamis,  Mindanao.  From  Binuri  Pt.  shore 
trends  WSW.  4 J  m.,  low  and  covered  with 
mangroves.    Village  on  shore. 

hamlet   on    SE.  shore   near   entrance  of 

Panguil  Bay,  SE.  arm  of  Iligan  Bay,  N.  coast 
of  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

hliS  (Ice-ass'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  NE.  Bontoc, 
Luzon,  at  headwaters  of  Sibug  tributary  of 
Grande  de  Cagaydn  Riv.,  boundary  of  Isabela. 

LiBAt'AO  (lee-bah-cow'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  NE.  of 
Capiz,  Panay,  2k  m.  SW.  of  Pilar. 

pueblo  in  W.  central  Cftpiz,  Panay,  near 

headwaters  of  Akdin  Riv.,  which  flows  N. 
through  populous  valley,  with  4  large  towns, 
Madalag,  Malinad,  Numancia,  and  Calivo, 
and  many  hamlets,  on  its  bank,  falling  into 
sea  at  AkdAn  Pt.,  3  m.  S.  of  latter  town,  28 
m.  W.  by  S.  of  dpiz.    Pop.,  3,914. 


LIBAOAIV  (lee-bah'-gahn),  ver.;  hamlet  on  E. 
shore  of  Sogod  Bay,  on  S.  coast  of  Leyte,  1^  m. 
S.  of  Sogod  Antiguo. 

LIBAtJANON  (lee-bah-gah'-nohn),  ver.;  river  ris- 
ing across  boundary  of  DCivao  with  Misamis, 
Mindanao.  Forms  W.  branch  of  Tagum  Riv., 
entering  Ddvao  Bay  on  its  NW.  shore,  in 
Dilvao,  Mindanao.  Fountain  sources  of  this 
branch  are  but  3  m.  over  summit,  on  W.  slope 
of  which  one  of  principal  tributaries  of  Pu- 
langui  or  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao  finds  its 
.source,  and  entering  that  river  empties  into 
Illana  Bay,  capital  of  Cotabato  on  W. 

LIBAGAO  (lee-bah-gah'-oo),  ver.;  island  2  m.  N. 
and  S.  in  Sulu  Sea,  6  m.  SE.  by  S.  of  Panddn 
Pt.,  Mindoro;  410  ft.  high  at  its  N.  part,  S. 
low  and  sandy,  terminating  in  reef  more  than 

1  m.  seaward. 

LIBANAN  (lee-bah'-nahn),nat.;  puebloin Ambos 

Camarines.    (See  Libmanan.) 
LIBAxN'CABANAN  (lee-bahn-cah-bah'-nahn),  nat.; 

island  off  coast  of  Masbate. 
LIBANG  (lee-bang'),  ver.;  hamletofCApiz, Panay, 

2  m.  SW.  of  Macato. 

LIBA8  (lee-bahs');  hamlet  on  SW.  shore  of  Lib^s 
port,  on  E.  coast  of  SAmar,  1  m.  E.  of  San 
Julidn. 

islet  2  m.  NE.   of  Pambujan,  N.  coast  of 

Samar.     {Also  Liv^s.) 

point  and  hamlet  on  E.  coast  of  Bohol, 

hamlet  4  m.  ENE.  of  Candijay. 

hamlet  on  E.  coastof  GuimarasI.,of[  Iloilo, 

Panay,  9  m.  SE.  of  Nagaba. 

hamlet  of   CApiz,  Panay,    3  m.    SW.    of 

Madalag. 

point  S.  of  Talisay  Pt.  and   Bay,  at  S. 

entrance  to  Loog  Bay,  W.  coast  of  Masbate, 
Visayas. 

largest  of  cluster  of  15  islets  off  point  of 

same  name  at  W.  entrance  to  LaguAn  Bay,  N. 

coast  of  Siimar. 
town  and  river  to  N.  on  SW.  shore  of  port 

Libds,  about  center  of  E.  coast  of  SAmar,  lat. 

11°  46'  25"  N.,  Ion.  125°  25'  34"  E.    Port  opens 

from  Pacific  ocean  between  Cannomandaaud 

Najibel  Pts. 
point  at  W.  head  to  Lagudn  Bay,  NE.  coast 

of  Samar. 
LIBAl',orLIBAI  (lee-by'),  ver.,  town  on  W.  shore 

of  Murci61agos  Bay,  NE.  coast  of  DapitaJi, 

Mindanao,  3  m.  NE.  of  Dapitan. 
lilBERAiN'AlV  (lee-bay -rah'-nahn),  ver.;  point  on 

E.  coast  of  Leyte,  2  m.  N.  of  Dutang,  on  W. 

entrance  to  San  Pedro  and  San  i  ablo  Bay. 
LIBJO  (lib-haw'),  ver.;  town  on  SE.  shore  of  bay 

opening  on  Surigao  Strait  from  Dindgat  I., 

off  NE.  coast  Surigao,  Mindanao. 
LIBLID  (lib-leed'),  ver.;  mountain  in  E.  part  of 

Ambos  Camarines,  Luzon. 

LIBMANAN,  or  LIBANAN  (lib-mah'-nahn,  lee- 
bah'-nahn),  ver.;  pueblo  on  main  road  on  1. 
bank  of  Polanluna  Riv.  near  its  confluence 
with  Naga,  in  Ambos  Camarines,  Luzon,  10  m. 
NW.  of  Nueva  CAceres.    Pop.,  14,512. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


597 


evacuated,  withdrawing  310  men.  These  towns  are  now  protected  by  the  constabu- 
lary and  the  municipal  police.     *     *     * 

'"'  The  people  generally  are  anxious  for  civil  government,  and  the  officials  elected 
in  the  various  tow^ns  are  developing,  as  a  general  rule,  a  very  high  degree  of  intelli- 
gence in  the  performance  of  their  respective  duties.     *    *    * 

"That  the  great  majority  of  the  people  are  happy  and  contented  with  their  present 
condition  is  evidenced  by  the  reninved  activity  displaynl  in  all  branches  of  in<lustry. 
Agricultural,  commercial,  and  nuumfacturing  industrii-s  are  taking  on  new  life 
throughout  the  province,  while  the  jH'ople  are  rebuilding  tlieir  towns  and  homes,  and 
are  erecting,  in  many  instances,  substantial  and  comfortable  buildings,  instead  of 
nipa  shacks.     *    *    * 

"  One  of  the  most  gratifying  and,  to  my  mind,  one  of  the  most  encouraging  indi- 
cations as  demonstrating  their  appreciation  of  our  institutions,  as  well  as  the  popu- 
larity of  the  same,  is  the  intense  interest  manifested  among  the  masses  to  acquire  a 
knowledge  of  the  English  language. "     *    *    *     (Report  of  provincial  governor. ) 

LEYTE  (lay'-tay),  ver.;  puoblo  at  head  of  deep 

bay  setting  in  from  Biliran  Strait,  S.,  NW. 

coast  of  Lcyte,  3-1  m.  NW.  of  Tacloban.    Pop., 

6,719. 
river  in  Leyte,  rising  in  lake  W.  of  Jaro, 

and  empties  near  city  of  same  name. 
hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Carigara,  on  N.  coast 

of  Leyte. 
LEZO  (lay'-thoh),  Sp.;  pueblo  of  N.Cdpiz,  Panay, 

26t  m.  W.  of  Cdpiz.    Pop.,  6,500. 
LIAX  (lee-ahn'),Tag.;  point  on  W.  shore  of  Ragay 

Gulf,  Tayabas,  Luzon,  N.  point  of  Piris  Bay. 
bay  on  W.  coast  of  Batangaa,  Luz6n.    Port 

San  Diego  is  its  headland  on  S.;  Lian  Riv. 

enters  bay  on  SE.,  town  standing  about  5  m. 

above  its  mouth. 
river  discharging  into  Nasugbii  Bay,  Ba- 

tangas,  Luz6n.    Town  of  same  name  inland 

near  river. 
pueblo  of  Batangas,   Luz6n,   36  m.   from 

provincial  capital,  connected  by  high  roads 

Avith  Tuy  and  Nasugbu.    Pop.,  5,889.     {Also 

Liang.) 
LlAN(ii(,   or   LIANGAN   (leeahng-ah',    leeahng'- 

ahn),  nat.;  bay  opening  to  E.  on  E.  coast  of 

Smigao,  Mindanao,  on  bay  of  same  name, 

between  Umanum  (Umainan)  and  Baculln 

Pts.    Coast  is  extremely  rocky  and  landing 

difficult.    Town  of  same  nam'e  lies  on  SW. 

and  Otieza  on  NW.  shore.    Small  river  enters 

head  of  bay.    Rice  is  extensively  grown  in 

vicinity,  and  buffalo  are  also  raised  in  large 

numbers. 
pueblo  on  SW.  shore  of  bay  of  that  name 

on  E.  coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  103  m.  SE. 

by  S.  of  Surigao.    Rice  and  buffaloes  are  ex- 
tensively raised.    Pop.,  6,340. 
LIANliAN   (leeahng'-ahn),    nat.;  point   on   NE. 

shore  and   near  E.  head  of  Misamis  port, 

Misamis,  Mindanao.    River  of  same  name, 

with    ruins   of   former   Spanish    fort  at   its 

mouth,  empties  2  m.  E.  by  N.  of  point. 

hamlet  in  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

hamlet  on  SE.  shore  of  Panguil  Bay,  61  m. 

SW.  of  Cagayau,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 
point  on  E.  side  of  entrance  to  Panguil 

Bay  in  SW.  angle  of  Iligan  Bay,  N.  coast  of 

Misami.i,  Mindanao.    From  Binuri  Pt.  shore 

trends  VVSW.  45  m.,  low  and  covered  with 

mangroves.    Village  on  shore. 
hamlet   on    SE.  shore   near   entrance  of 

Panguil  Bay,  SE.  arm  of  Iligan  Bay,  N.  coast 

of  Misamis,  Mindanao. 
LliiS   (lee-ass'),  ver.;    hamlet   in    NE.    Bontoc, 

Luzon,  at  headwaters  of  Sibug  tributary  of 

Grande  de  Cagayiln  Riv.,  boundary  of  Isabela. 
LIBACAO  (lee-bah-cow'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  NE.  of 

CApiz,  Panay,  2i  m.  SW.  of  Pilar. 
pueblo  in  W.  central  Ci'ipiz,  Panay,  near 

headwaters  of  Akddn  Riv.,  which  flows  N. 

through  populous  valley,  with  4  large  towns, 

Madalag,    Malinad,   Numancia,  and  Calivo, 

and  many  hamlets,  on  its  bank,  falling  into 

sea  at  Akdiin   Pt.,  3  m.  S.  of  latter  town,  28 

m.  W.  by  S.  of  Cdpiz.    Pop.,  3,914. 


LIBAGAiV'  (lec-bah'-gahn),  ver.;  hamlet  on  E. 
shore  of  S6god  Bay,  on  S.  coast  of  Leyte,  1^  m. 
S.  of  Sogod  Antiguo. 

LIBAtJAKON  (lee-bah-gah'-nohn),  ver.;  river  ris- 
ing across  boundary  of  Di'ivao  with  Misamis, 
Mindanao.  Forms'W.  branch  of  Tagum  Riv., 
entering  DAvao  Bay  on  its  NW.  shore,  in 
DAvao,  Mindanao.  Fountain  sources  of  this 
branch  are  but  3  m.over  summit,  on  W.  slope 
of  which  one  of  principal  tributaries  of  Pu- 
langui  or  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao  finds  its 
source,  and  entering  that  river  empties  into 
Illana  Bay,  capital  of  Cotabato  on  W. 

LIBAGAO  (lee-bah-gah'-oo),  ver.;  island  2  m.  N. 
and  S.  in  Sulu  Sea,  6  m.  SE.  by  S.  of  Pandftn 
Pt.,  Mindoro;  410  ft.  high  at  its  N.  part,  S. 
low  and  sandy,  terminating  in  reef  more  than 

1  m.  seaward. 

LIBANAN  (lee-bah'-nahn),nat.;  puebloin  Ambos 

Camarines.     {See  Libmanan.) 
lilBAiNCABANAN  (lee-bahn-cah-bah'-nahn),  nat.; 

island  off  coast  of  Masbate. 
LI  BANG  (lee-bang'),  ver.;  hamletofCApiz,  Panay, 

2  m.  SW.  of  Macato. 

LIBAS  (lee-bahs');  hamlet  on  SW.  .shore  of  LibAs 

port,  on  E.  coast  of  Sdmar,  1  m.  E.  of  San 

Juli.ln. 
islet  2  m.  NE.   of  Pambujan,  N.  coast  of 

Samar.     {Also  Livds.) 
point  and  hamlet  on  E.  coast  of  Bohol, 

hamlet  4  m.  ENE.  of  Candijay. 
hamlet  on  E.  coast  of  Guimards  I.,  off  Iloilo, 

Panay,  9  m.  SE.  of  Nagaba. 

hamlet  of   CApiz,   Panay,    3  m.    SW.    of 

Madalag. 

point  S.  of  Talisay  Pt.  and   Bay,  at  S. 

entrance  to  Loog  Bay,  W.  coast  of  Masbate, 
Visayas. 

largest  of  cluster  of  15  islets  off  point  of 

same  name  at  W.  entrance  to  Lagu^n  Bay,  N. 

coast  of  Samar. 
town  and  river  to  N.  on  SW.  shore  of  port 

Libiis,  about  center  of  E.  coast  of  S.lmar,  lat. 

11°  46'  25"  N.,  Ion.  125°  25'  34"  E.    Port  opens 

from  Pacific  ocean  between  Cannomandaaud 

Najibel  Pts. 
point  at  W.  head  to  LaguAn  Bay,  NE.  coast 

of  Samar. 
LIBAV,  orLIBAI  (lee-by'),  ver.,  town  onW.  shore 

of  Murci61agos  Bay,  NE.  coast  of  DapitaJi, 

Mindanao,  3  m.  NE.  of  Dapitan. 
LIBEKANAjV  (lee-bay-rah'-nahn),  ver.;  point  on 

E.  coast  of  Leyte,  2  m.  N.  of  Dutang.  on  W. 

entrance  to  San  Pedro  and  San  i  ablo  Bay. 
LIBJO  (lib-haw'),  ver.;  town  on  SE.  shore  of  bay 

opening  on  Surigao  Strait  from  Dindgat  1., 

off  NE.  coast  Surigao,  Mindanao. 
LIBLID  (lib-leed'),  ver.;  mountain  in  E.  part  of 

Ambos  Camarines,  Luzon. 

LIBMANAN,  or  LIBANAN  (lib-mah'-nahn,  lee- 
bah'-nahn),  ver.;  pueblo  on  main  road  on  1. 
bank  of  Polanluna  Riv.  near  its  confluence 
with  Naga,  in  Ambos  Camarines,  Luz6n,  10  m. 
NW.  of  Nueva  Cilceres.    Pop.,  14,512. 


598 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


LIBiMANAN,  or  LIBANAA;  town  in  Sdmar. 

— •  near  mountain  of  Yamlili  (Amtlc  Hantu), 

taking  its  name  from  a  black  ant  about  size 
of  wasp.  Contains  many  caverns  witli  beau- 
tiful stalactites. 

LIB(>(i  (lee'-bog),  nat.;  pueblo  on  N.  shore  of 
Albay  Bay,  E.  coast  of  Albay,  Luz6n,  7^  m. 
N.  by  E.  of  Albay,  and  immediately  S.  of 
Sulu  port,  and  well  pmtccted.  One  of  coast- 
wise native  lienip  pints.     I^op.,  6,569. 

LIBUHO,  or  LIBJO  (lee-boli-lioh',  leeb-hoh'), 
ver.;  town  on  W.  shore  of  Dinigat  I.,  oflE  NE. 
coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  about  halfway 
between  Cubcub  islet  on  S.  and  Esconchada 
Pt.  on  N.;  port  opening  on  Surigao  Strait. 
Palotes  rock,  from  S.  point  halfway  across 
entrance  is  steep  to,  steep  islet  lies  1  m.  SW. 
of  S.  point. 

hamlet  on  r;  bank  of  the  Jalaur  Riv.,  E. 

Iloilo,  Panay,  1  m.  NW.  of  Dingle. 

LIBON  (lee-bohn'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  NK.  C<1piz, 
Panay,  4^  m.  NW.  of  Pontevedra. 

1,IB0K(J  (lec-bong'),  ver.;  pueblo  in  Albay,  Lu- 
z6n,  on  1.  bank  of  Inaya  Riv.,  Zh  m.  ESE. 
of  its  outlet  into  Bat6  Lake,  on  boundary 
toward  Ambos  Caniarines  (Sur),  22  m.  NW. 
of  Albay.    Pop.,  5,449. 

LIBKO  (lee'-broh),  (means  book),  Sp.;  hamlet  4 
m.  SW.  of  Catarman,  S^mar. 

lilBLCAN  (lee-boo'-cahn),  ver.;  group  of  6 islands, 
Libucan,  Bac6,  Tangao,  Curo,  Cacauan,  Tag- 
daranan  and  several  islets  6  m.  W.  of  Taran- 
guan  and  same  distance  SW.  of  Bac-hao 
Baugah6n  Riv.,  off  W.  coast  of  S^mar. 

LIBUCAN  DACO  (lee-boo'-cahn  dah-coh'),  ver.- 
largest,  3  by  2  m.,"of  Libucan  grp.,  5  islands 
off  mouth  of  Bac-hao  Bailgahon  Riv.,  W.  coast 
of  SAmar. 

LIBUCAN  GUTIAY  (lee-boo'-cahn  goo-tee-i'),  ver.; 
islet  in  Libucan  grp.,  off  W.  coast  of  S^mar, 
opposite  Taranguan. 

LIBt^NAO  (lee-boo'-now),  nat.;  hamlet  in  pueblo 
of  Pinabagdao,  Sdmar. 

LIBUNOAN  (lee-boong'-ahn),  ver.;  hamlet  on  r. 
bank  of  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  8  m.  above 
Cotabato,  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

town  on  r.  bank  of  N.  arm  of  Grande  Riv.  of 

Mindanao,  Cotabato,  Mindanao,  at  conflu- 
ence of  river  of  same  name,  7  m.  above  Cota- 
bato. 

LIBUN«AN,  or  KAIMANES  (lee-boong'-ahn,  ky- 
mah'-nays);  river  emptying  on  the  r.  bank 
of  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  at  town  of  same 
name. 

LIBIJTAB  (lee-boo'-tahb),  nat.;  hamlet  in  pueblo 
of  ArAyat,  Pampanga,  Luzon. 

LIBUTU  (lee-boo'-too),  nat.;  creek  entering  on  1. 
bank  of  Talayan,  tributary  of  S.  branch  of 
Grande  Eiv.  of  Mindanao,  Cotabato,  Min- 
danao. 

LUIAB  (lee-cab'),  Tag.;  pueblo  on  1.  baijk  of 
Chico  de  la  Pampanga  Riv.,  in  Nueva  Ecija, 
Luz6n,  on  line  of  boundary  with  T^rlac;  also 
junction  of  2  roads,  17^  m.  NW.  of  San  Isidro. 

LICE  (lee'-thay),  ver.;  mountain  in  I  locos  Norte, 
Luz6n,  in  which  is  one  of  finest  grottos  in 
world,  having  area  of  39  a.  traversed  by 
sparkling  mountain  cascades  and  grown  with 
many  varieties  of  coniferous  and  deciduous 
plants  of  island. 

LIUIAO  (lee-thee-ow'),  ver.;  point  on  N.  coast  of 


LIUO  (lee-coh'),  nat.;  hamlet  on  E.  coast  of 
Negros  Oriental,  4J  m.  N.  of  Guijulugan. 

village  in  Tondo  .suburb,  3  m.  N.  of  city  of 

Manila,  Luzon. 

hamlet  near  r.  bank  of  Buqui  Riv.,  in  SW.   I 

Siimar,  9  m.  NE.  of  Basey. 

LICOC  (lee-cohk'),  ver.;  point  on  NE.  shore  of 
Pujada  Bay,  SE.  coast  of  DAvao,  Mindanao, 
and  S.  head  to  estuary  and  river  entering 
bay  at  this  point.  | 


LICOHXN  (lee-coh-hahn'),  nat.;  village  W. shore 
of  Misamis  port,  Misamis,  Mindanao,  5  m.  SW. 
of  Misamis. 

LIOO-LICO  (lee-coh'-lee-coh'),  ver.;  stream 
emptying  into  sea  on  S.  coast  of  Negros  Orien- 
tal, Hi  m.  NW.  of  Siat6n  Pt. 

LIt'USON  (lee-coo'-sohn),  ver.;  point  on  NE.  coast 
of  Masbate  I.,  Visayas,  N.  of  port  of  Tangay 
and  E.  of  pueblo  of  Mobo. 

LIDLIDA  (leed-lee'-dah),  ver.;  liamlet  in  pueblo 
of  Candon,  Ilocos  Sur. 

LIOOM  (lee-dom'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  E.  central 
Cdpiz,  Panay,  5  m.  S.  of  Dumar. 

LIDTIDDA  (lead-teed-'dah),  ver.;  hamlet  in  in- 
terior of  Ilocos  Sur,  N.  Luzon,  near  bound- 
ary with  A  bra,  and  on  road  into  Lepanto. 

LIGiN  (lee-gahn'),  ver.;  river  in  Tayabas,  Luz6n, 
rising  in  N.  peak  of  Banajao  roeeives  many 
tributaries  and  empties  into  bay  of  Lam6n. 

LIGAO  (lee-gah'-oh),  nat.;  pueblo  on  main  road  in 
Albay,  Luz6n,  near  b^nik  of  Inaya  Riv.,  22 
m.  NW.  by  W.  of  Albay,  in  one  of  finest  hemp- 
growing  district  in  islands.    Pop.,  17,900. 

LIGAO  OiS  (lee-gah'-oh  oh-ass');  town  of  10,000 
inhabitants,  on  Quinali  Riv.,  in  Ambos  Cama- 
rines,  Luz6u. 

LIGXs  (lee-gass'),Tag.;  hamlet  in  Cavite,  Luz6n, 
8  m.  SE.  of  Cavite. 

LIGLIO  (lig-lee'-ho),  ver.;  point  at  end  of  narrow 
tongue  of  land  separating  Tabango  and  Cam- 
popo  Bays,  on  W.  coast  of  Leyte. 

LIGPO  (lig-paw').  Tag.;  point  in  Batangas, 
Luz6n. 

LIGUXN  (lee-goo-ahn'),  nat.;  hamlet  in  Abra, 
Luz6n,  on  headwaters  of  Matara  Riv.,  16  m. 
E.  of  Bangued. 

LIGUASAN  (lee-gwah'-sahn),  nat.;  lagoon  and 
lake  9i  m.  N.  and  S.,  13  m.  E.  and  W.,  in  SE. 
Cotabato,  Mindanao.  On  S.  it  receives  over- 
flow of  Buluan  Lake  12  m.  S.;  on  N.  waters  of 
Maridago  Riv.  through  2  mouths  tortuous 
stream  rising  in  heart  of  Mindanao  NE.  of 
Cilabedan  Mt.  On  its  NW.  shores  is  drained 
through  2  affluents  which  form  main  stream 
of  Palangui  or  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao. 
Tongue  of  land  projecting  from  N.  shore  di- 
vides lake  into  2  parts,  from  which  6  islets 
continue  to  mouth  of  inflow  from  Bultlan 
Lake;  depth  ranges  15  to  27  ft. 

LIGUiXN  (lee-gee-ahn'),  ver.;  E.  coast  hamlet  of 
Zamboanga  Pen.,  Mindanao,  at  head  of  inlet 
on  W.  .shore  of  Sibuguey  Bay,  49J  m.  NE.  by 
N.  of  Zamboanga. 

LI.IAN  (lee-hahn'),  ver.;  point  on  SE.  coast  of 
Cebi'i,  1^  m.  N.  of  Boljo-6n. 

LfjAT-LIJAT  (lee-haht'-lee-hahf),  ver.;  number 
of  rocks  off  NW.  extreme  of  Tabilan  I.,  Ta- 
bv'ian  cluster,  Cinapusan  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

LIJAT-LIJAT,  or  UAMBA-CAMBA  (lee-haht  lee'- 
haht,  cahm-bah-cahm'-bah),nat.;  channel  E. 
of  Tandubds  I.,  off  NE.  coast  of  Tawi  Tawi  I., 
Sulu  A. 

LILA  (lee'-lah),  Sp.;  pueblo  on  S.  coast  of  Bohol, 
17  m.  E.  of  Tagbilaran.    Pop.,  4,470. 

point  in  SAmar. 

LILAO  (lee-lah'-ow),  nat.;  hamlet  in  pueblo  of 
Butuan,  Surigao,  Mindanao. 

LILIBUTAN  (lee-lee-boo'-tahn),nat.;  pointonE. 
coast  of  Sdmar,  in  lat.  11°  32'  30"  N. 

LILIO  (lee'-lee-oh),  ver.;  river  in  Laguna,  rising 
in  mountain  of  Majayjay,  flows  across  pueblo 
of  that  name,  and  empties  into  river  of  Santa 
Cruz. 

pueblo  in  central  Laguna,  Luz6n,  10  m.  S. 

of  Santa  Cruz.    Pop.,  5,000. 

LILOAN  (lee-loh'-ahn),  nat.;  hamlet  of  Clpiz, 
Panay,  on  1.  bank  of  river  passing  Malinao, 
1  m.  below,  and  7J  m.  from  coast. 

point  on  extreme  SW.  coast  of  Ceb\l,  at  S. 

entrance  to  strait  of  Tafi6n.  Tagba  Pt.,  W. 
head  to  strait  opposite  on  coast  of  Negros  is 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    THILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


599 


I ILOAX— Continued. 

but  3  m.  distant.  On  Liloan  Pt.,  2^  m.  S.  of 
Colasi  Pt.,  is  stone  fort  and  signal  station 
which  communicates  with  Cola.si.  Vessels 
can  anchor  near  point  in  7  to  14  fms. 

. pueblo  and  river  on  E.  coast  of  Cebii,  11  m. 

NE.  of  Cebii.  Town  is  situated  on  1.  bank  of 
river  of  same  name,  and  with  Dapdap  near 
by  has  population  of  8,380.  River  can  be 
entered  by  launches  at  high  water. 

low,  sandy  point  covered  with  cncoanut 

palm  on  NVV.  shore  of  Panaon  I.,  off  SE.  coast 
of  Leyte. 

portwith 2 entrances  leadingoutof  Panaon 

Strait  on  extreme  N\V.  coast  of  Panaon  I. 
Water  is  extremely  clear,  bottom  being  visi- 
ble to  depth  of  from  12  to  30  ft.  Shores  are 
covered  with  beautiful  groves  of  cocoanut 
palm.  Verdurcd  mountains  of  Leyte  may  be 
seen  rising  to  NW.  across  intervening  waters. 

pueblo  on  plain  on  shore  of  port  of  that 

name,  at  extreme  NW.  point  of  Panaon  I., 
SE.  of  Leyte,  and  at  W.  entrance  to  Pana6n 
Strait,  75  m.  S.  of  Tacloban.    Pop.,  3,982. 

LIMAB11a>  (lee-mah-boo'-ahn),  ver.;  inland 
hamlet,  Cdpiz,  Panay,  1  m.  NE.  of  Malinao. 

LIMANA  (lee-mah'-nah),ver.;  hamlet  on  entrance 
to  E.  coast  of  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A.,  28  m.  ESE.  of 
Sulii. 

LIMANSi  (lee-mahn-see'),  nat.;  point  at  E.  head 
to  Balangunan  Cove,  S.  coast  of  Ddvao,  Min- 
danao. 

LIMAPXtAU,  or  RANCiUNDUIVOAN  (lee-mah-pah'- 
tahg,  rahn-goon-doon'-gahn),  nat.;  creek  on 
delta  emptying  on  r.  bank  of  S.  arm  of 
Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  near  its  mouth, 
Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

LIMAPATIN  (lee-mah-pah'-tin),  nat.;  creek  enters 
on  1.  bank  of  S.  arm  of  Grande  Riv.  of  Minda- 
nao, Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

LIMAKAOiS  (lee-mah-rah-gass'),  ver.;  riveremp- 
tying  into  San  Miguel  Bay,  E.  side,  in  Ambos 
Camarines  (Sur),  Luz6n. 

LIMASAUA  (lee-mah-sah'-wah),  ver.;  island  6  m. 
by  H  m.  in  area,  extending  SE.  off  Taancan 
or  Ninipo,  extreme  SE.  point  of  Leyte,  from 
which  it  is  separated  by  sea  channel  2  m.  wide. 
S.  point  is  W.  headland  of  approach  to  Surigao 
Strait.  From  this  island  Magellan,  the  dis- 
coverer of  Philippines,  sailed  for  bay  and 
town  of  Butilan,  21  m.  inland,  on  N.  coast, 
and  where  he  celebrated  first  mass  in  Philip- 
pine Is. 

i,I.>rASll\  (lee-mah'-soon),  ver.;  hamlet  on  SW. 
coast  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

iJMAY  (lee-my'),  Tag.;  hamlet  and  river  on  W. 
shore  of  Manila  Bay,  in  Batadn,  Luz6n. 

■  point  on  W.  shore  of  Manila  Bay,  Batadn, 

Luz6n. 

LIMBANf  AUA YAN  (lim-ban-cah-wah'-yahn )  ,nat. ; 
island  3^  m.  N.  and  S.  and  4  m.  E.  and  W.,  in 
sea  channel  between  SAmar  and  Masbate,  14 
m.  SW.  of  CalbAyog,  on  SW.  coast  of  S4mar. 

LIMBON'ES  (lim-boh'-nays),  Hisp.;  island  and 
point,  latter  S.  point  of  entrance  to  Patungan 
Bay,  Batangas,  Luzon,  W.  of  boundary  be- 
tween Cavite  and  Batangas. 


LLIIBUAG  (lim-bwag'),  ver.;  town  on  river  enter- 
ing Macajalar  Bay  at  Opol,  on  SW.  shore  of 
Misamis,  Mindanao. 

LIMIjVABUAIA  (lee-mee-nah-bwah'-yah),  nat.; 
pointon  SW.  coast  of  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur), 
Luzon. 

LIMlSTiAO  (lee-ming-ah'-aw),  ver.;  island  in  Vi- 
llarreal  Gulf,  off  W.  coast  of  Simar,  12  m.  S.  of 
Catbalogan. 

LIMPX  (lim-pah'),  ver.;  hamlet  near  W.  boundary 
in  Lepanto,  Luzon. 

LIMUAY  (lee-mwi'),  nat.;  mountain  in  Ilocos 
Norte,  Luzon,  spurof  Caraballos  Norte;  inhab- 
ited by  Apayaos. 

LIMlHiAN  (lee-moo'-lahn),  Tag.;  mountain  in  E. 
Rizal,  Luzon. 

LIMUT^IV  (lee-moo-ten').  Tag.;  peak  in  Caraba- 
llos Sur,  Rizal,  Luzon. 

LIXABO  (lee-nah'-boh),  nat.;  town  in  W.  Misamis, 
Mindanao,  5i  m.  E.  of  1.  bank  of  Pulangui  Riv., 
31  m.  S.  by  E.  of  CagaySn  de  Misamis. 

LIXABU  (lee-nah'-boo),  nat.;  river  of  Mindoro, 
rising  in  mountains  of  interior,  flows  across 
pueblo  of  Calapdn,  and  empties  into  sea  on 
NE.  coast. 

LIXAl'APAN  (lee-nah-cah'-pahn),  nat.;  largest 
island  of  group  between  NE.  coast  of  Paragua, 
Palawan,  and  CalamiAn  I.,  12  m.  from  latter; 
10  m.  from  N.  toS.;  N.  coast  forms  2  deep  bays; 
on  E.  side  are  seen  various  bold  conical-formed 
points;  in  angle  to  SW.  is  little  town  of  San 
Nicolds. 

hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Culi6n,  Calamidn  I., 

Paragua,  Palawan. 

LlNADASAJf  (lee-nah-dah'-sahn),ver.;  hamleton 
E.  coast  of  S.  peninsula  of  Mindanao,  6Gi  m. 
S.  of  DAvao. 

LIXAO  (lee-now'),  nat.;  town  in  Surigao,  Min- 
danao, at  junction  of  tributary  of  main  stream 
of  Agusan,  4  m.  from  its  entrance  into  Sadoeun 
Lake,  51  m.  S.  of  Butiian. 

most  S.  of  chain  of  inland  waters  in  central 

Surigao,  Mindanao,  4  m.  SE.  of  Sadoeun  Lake, 
with  which  it  is  connected  by  several  chan- 
nels leaving  it  on  NW.  shore;  towns  of  Bu- 
manan,  Trento  Viruela,  and  Linao  lie  on  its 
shore. 

hamlet  on  W.  shore  of  Grande  de  Cagayin 

Riv.,  at  mouth  of  river  of  same  name. 

point  at  head  of  wide  bay  on  W.  shore  of 
'  I.,  nearly  opposite  D.lvao,  Mindanao. 

central  of  3  islets,  7  m.  off  E.  coa.st  of  SAmar, 

opposite  mouth  of  Ulut  Riv.  (.See  Baujin  and 
Fulin.) 

river  in  N.  Cagaydn,  emptying  into  Grande 

de  Cagaydn  Riv.  on  W.  side,  near  its  mouth. 

point  in  E.  Batain,  Luz6n. 

LIXAO,  or  LENO  (lee-nah'-oh,  lay'-noh);  small 
bay  In  m.  wide)  on  W.  coast  of  Cotabato, 
Mindanao,  9k  m.  SE.  of  Quidapil,  well  shel- 
tered from  all  winds  but  SW. 

LIJJA^N  (lee-nah-ohn'),  ver.;  bay  and  hamlet 
1  m.  S.  on  W.  coast  of  Negros  Occidental,  7  m. 
N.  of  Inayauan. 


LINAPACAN  (GROUP),  PARAGUA,  PALAWAN. 

(Lee-nah-pah'-cahn,  nat.;  pah-rah'-gwah,  Sp.;  pah-lah'-wahn,  nat.) 


Chief  town:  Linapacan,  NW.  shore  of  the  island  of  that  name. 
Area:  -18  .sq.  m. 
Population:  300,  estimated. 
Race:  Calamiano. 
Language:  Calamiano. 

Military  Department  ofVisayas:  Headquarters,  Iloilo,  Iloi'lo,  Panay. 
A  chain  of  islands,  lat.  11°  20'  to  11°  3T  N.,  and  Ion.  119°  38'  to  119°  55'  E. 
consisting  of  12  large  and  small  islands  off  the  NE.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 


600 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE   PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


The  following  constitute  the  group : 


Square 
'     milfs. 


Alerta 

Alijara 

Balungungan 

Binalaba 

Calibangbagan 

Dicapulun 

Dimancal 

Dimanglet 

Linapaean 

Malubutglubut,  758  ft.  high. 

Nauga  

Patoyac 

Vanguardla 


40  i  Lhiapacan. 


These  islands  are  situated  between  the  Calamianes  grp.  on  the  N.  and  the 
extreme  N.  point  of  Palawan  on  the  8W.,  in  the  channel  34  miles,  connecting  the 
China  and  Mindoro  seas.  The  Cabulaun  grp.  lie  to  the  E.  17  m.  The  inhabitants 
are  chiefly  engaged  in  hunting  edible  birds'  nests,  Ashing  for  and  curing  trepang  and 
gathering  turtle  shells.     There  is  a  little  agriculture  on  the  largest  island. 


LIXAPAt'AM  (lee-nah-pah'-cahn),  ver.;  large  bay 
on  N.  shore  of  that  island.  Chief  town,  of 
same  name,  Is  on  SE.  shore. 

Island  of  Calamianes  grp.,  NE.  of  Paragna, 

Palawan. 

■ ■  island  9i  m.  N.  and  S.,  and  8|  m.  E.  andW., 

13J  m.  E.  by  N.  off  extreme  N.  point  of  Pala- 
wan, and  largest  of  extensive  chain-like  gronp 
from  which  name  is  taken.  It  lies  about  cen- 
ter of  chain,  13  m.  SW.  of  Calamidn,  of  Cala- 
mianes grp.,  and  about  same  distance  NE.  of 
N.  extreme  of  Palawan.  On  N.  side  are  2 deep 
bays,  E.  characterized  ),y  '2  lari^c  hrads,  and 
on  its  SE.  shore  is  cliici  Imwh.  Liii.iiiui'.-iu  or 
San  Nicoh'is,  comprisiiiL;  ^lock.nlc  and  few 
houses.  On  S.  coast  is  fine  bay  of  Balulo.  To 
NNE.  of  island  stretches  continuous  chain  of 
islands  and  Islets  to  Calamidn,  S  W.  of  2  larger 
islands  of  Calamianes  grp. 

chief  town  nf  iliain  of  islandsof  thatname 

on  SE.  sliiir.'  oi  K.  1m\  ,  on  NW.  coast  of  island 
of  that  iianic.  It  i-al-o  known  as  San  Ni co- 
Ms  and  lias  stocUado  and  few  houses. 

LINDERO  (lin-day'-roh),  Sp.;  inland  hamlet  in 
extreme  N.  of  Antique,  Panay,  16  m.  WNW. 
of  Pandftn. 

LI>'D05I  (lin-dom'),  ver.;  stream  falling  into  sea, 
S.  of  Cervantes  hamlet,  on  NE.  coast  of  Negros 
Occidental. 

LIIVDUG  (lin-doog'),  ver.;  river  in  NE.  Leyte. 

LIXEK  (lee-neck'),  nat.;  ranch  village  on  W. 
shore  of  Cotabato,  Mindanao,  S.  of  S.  mouth 
to  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao. 

hamlet  on  VV.  coast  of  Cotabato,  Minda- 
nao, 9  m.  SE.  of  Cotabato. 

LIA'WATING  (lean-gah'-ling),  nat.;  liamlet  in 
Misamis,  Mindanao. 

LINGAUAY  (lin-gah-wy'),  ver.;  pointin  W.  Leyte. 

LINGAYXn  (lin-gah-yahn'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  E. 
central  Leyte  at  headwaters  of  Malo. 

LINGAYl^N  (lin-gah-yayn');  p.  o.  pueblo,  and  m. 
o.,  capital  of  Pangasindn,  Luzon,  on  delta  of 
Agno  Riv.,  between  one  of  its  outlets  and  gulf 
of  Lingay(?n,  8  m.  W.  of  Dagupan  and  station 
on  Manila  and  Dagupan  Railroad;  has  fine 
parish  church  and  main  avenue  along  which 
are  3,500  houses,  some  of  stone;  city  of  impor- 
tant coast  and  land  trade,  at  converging  point 
of  several  important  highways.    Pop.,  18,886. 

gulf  on  W.  coast  of  Luz6n,  N.  of  Manila  Bay, 

20  m.  across  entrance,  from  San  Fernando  P"t. 
to  Santiago  I.,  30  ft.  deep,  with  provinces  of 
Uni6n  on  E.,  Pangasindn  on  S.,  and  Zambales 
on  W.  On  E.  coast  are  mountain  elevations 
of  Ilocos;  St.  Thomas,  7,418  ft.  high.    W.  coast 


MXGAYEX— Continued. 

is  level  and  less  elevated,  l.mt  rises  again  to 
S.  into  mountains.  W.  coast  is  fringed  by 
islands,  low  and  wooded  ami  navigable  be'- 
tween  tliein  by  native  coasters.  Typhoons 
prevail  in  September  and  October. 

LIXGE  (lean'-hay),  ver.;  mountain  in  SE.  Zam- 
bales, Luz6n. 

LIMGIG,  or  LINGIII  (lean-hig',  lean'-gee),  nat.; 
hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Bislig,  Surigao,  Minda- 
nao. 

LINtilON  (ling-ce-ohn'),  ver.;  hamlet  li  m.  E.  of 
Cagaydn  Riv.,  15  m.  S.  of  Cagay&n  de  Misa- 
mis, Misamis,  Mindanao. 

LIXTJilSAlV  (ling-ee'-sahn),  nat.;  islet  off  SE.  coast 
of  Siasi  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

HNG6  (lean-goh'),  nat.;  peak  (5,530  ft.)  in  Ca- 
busilan  range,  Luzon. 

LINGUIG  (lean-geeg'),  ver.;  puebloon  E.  coastof 
Mindanao,  Surigao,  12  m.  S.  of  Sancop  Pt. 
and  137  m.  SSE.  of  Surigao.    Pop.,  6,340. 

lilNGUIX  (leen-geen'),  nat.;  summit  on  S.  bank 
of  Yaua  Riv.,  555  ft.  high, about  1  m.  NW.  of 
Legaspi,  Albay,  Luzon. 

isolated  hill  in  Albay,  Luzon,  sheltering 

Albay,  provincial  capital  from  volcano  of 
thatname,  which  destroyed  old  city  during 
eruption  of  1814. 

LININBO  (lee-nin-beau'),  ver.;  crater  in  E.  cen- 
tral C.'ipiz,  Panay,  3  m.  E.  of  Tapos. 

L1N1TA>'  (lee-nee'-tahn),  nat.;  island  off  S.  coast 
of  Mindanao. 

LlNlANfeA  (lin-lahng-'ah),  ver.;  island  off  W. 
coastof  S:imar,2  by  2  m.  its  greatest  measure- 
ment, in  SW.  channel  to  Villareal  Gulf,  11 
m.  S.  of  Catbalogan. 

LINLUKAN  (leen-loo'-cahn),  nat.;  unites  with 
Damabalasan  tributary  of  Bacat  Riv.  of  Cota- 
bato, Mindanao. 

LINO  (lee'-noh),  Sp.;  hamlet  in  BulacAn,  Luzon, 
10  m.  NW.  of  Bulac;ln. 

hamlet  in  SW.  Sslmar,  on  E.  shore  of  San 

Pedro  and  San  Pablo  Bay,  10  m.  SE.  of  Basey. 

LINOA  (lee-noh'-ah),  ver.;  island  off  SE.  coast  of 
SAmar,  in  opening  of  deep  bay  of  which  Pt. 
Matarinao  is  E.  head. 

UNOK  (lee-nock'),  ver.;  hamlet  short  distance 
S.  of  mouth  of  river  entering  Lake  Lanao  on 
its  E.  shore,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

LINOSAHAX  (lee-noh-sah'-hahn),  ver.;  hamlet 
in  N.  Stlmar,  on  river,  9  m.  S.  of  Lagudn. 

LINOSUDAN  (lee-noh-soo'-dahn),  ver.;  point  on 
N.  entrance  to  Batoan  Bay,  E.  coast  of  Tieao, 
Visayas. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


601 


LINTANCAN  (lin-Uihn'-cahn),  ver.;  island  near 
Buad  I.,  W.  coast  of  S4mar. 

LINTANfeAN  (leen-tahng'-ahn),  ver.;  hamlet  at 
mouth  of  small  river  in  Zamboanga,  Min- 
danao, 16i  m.  NNW.  of  Zamboanga. 

IINTIAN  Heen-tee'-ahn),  nat.;  point  on  NW. 
coast  of  Romblon  I.,  Visayas,  and  E.  head  to 
N.  entrance  of  chniinel  to  port  Romblon,  be- 
tween Romblon  and  Alad  Is. 

island  9  m.  in  area  and  1,161  ft.  high,  separ- 
ated from  SE.  sh(»re  of  Tawi  Tavvi  I.,  Sulu  A., 
on  W.  side  of  S.  entrance  to  Gallo  Malo  chan- 
nel. 

NE.  point  of  Romblon  I.,  Visayas. 

LINTOOi  (lin-toh-gah'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  r.  bank 
of  river  entering  on  extreme  SW.  shore  of 
Pangnil  Bay,  on  N.  coast  of  Misamis,  Minda- 
nao. 

LIN'TOCiO  (leen-toh'-goh),  nat.;  river  entering 
extreme  SW.  shore  of  Pangnil  Bay,  Misamis 
port,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

LINKKIOD  (leen-toh-gaud'),  ver.;  port  on  N. 
coast  of  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

LINKKJUT  (lin-toh-goof),  river,  village,  and 
ranch  on  extreme  SW.  shore  of  Panguil  Bay, 
SW.  end  of  Misamis  port,  Misamis,  Mindanao; 
16  m.  SW.  of  Misamis. 

LINUAO  (leen-wag'),  ver.;  mountain  in  Ilocos 
Norte,  Luzon. 

LINUdiUS  (lee-noo'-goos),  ver.;  town  of  Misamis, 
3  m.  S.  of  Diuata  Pt.,  52  m.  NE.  by  N.  of  Oa- 
gaydn  de  Misamis. 

Ll6(ifLI0U  (lee-oh'-glee-ohg),  ver.;  point  on  Lin- 
tancan  I.,  W.  coast  of  Sdmar,  in  Buad  chan- 
nel. 

LIOKO  (lee-oh'-coh) ,  ver.;  islet  off  SW.  coast  of 
Dindgat  I.,  off  N.  coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao. 

LION  (lee-ohn'),  ver.;  inlet  on  W.  coast  of  Sogod 
Bay,  S.  Leyte,  on  N.  shore  of  which  is  sit- 
uated important  town  of  S6god  Nuevo. 

one  of  chain  of  high-wooded  islands  lying 

across  entrance  to  Taytay  Bay,  E.  coast  of 
Paragua,  Palawan,  between  which  and  May- 
tiaguid  I.  steam  ves.sel  can  pass. 

LIONO  (lee-ong'),  nat.;  former  SpanLsh  fort  on  1. 
bank  of  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  Cotabato, 
Mindanao,  7  m.  above  Zumbao. 

hamlet  on  W.  coast  of  Cotabato,  Mindanao, 

23  m.  SW.  by  S.  of  Cotabato. 

LIPA  (lee-pah'),  nat.;  mountain  near  Paracale, 
Ambos  Camarines  (Norte),  Luzon,  in  which 
valuable  deposits  of  gold  are  found. 

bay  on  E.  shore  of  Taal  Bay,  Batangas, 

Luzon. 

river  in  Batangas,  Luzon,  crossing  pueblo 

of  Lipa  and  empties  into  Taal  Lake. 

river  of  Cavite,  tributary  to  Macavayan  Riv. 

point  on  E.  shore  of  Taal  Bay,  Batangas, 

Luz6n. 

town  on  N.  shore  of  mouth  of  Paliian,  oppo- 
site town  of  Paluan,  E.  side  of  bay  of  same 
name,  NW.  coast  of  Mindoro.  Numerous  rice 
fields  inland. 

pueblo  SW.  of  Lake  Taal,  SE.  Batangas,  Lu- 
zon, 18  m.  N.  of  Batangas  city,  junction  of  3 
highway.s.    Pop.,  40,733. 

LIPADU  (lee-pah'-doh),  ver.;  point  on  W.  shore 
of  DAvao  Gulf  on  channel  of  approach  to  Dd- 
vao,  DS,vao  Mindanao. 

MPA(JO  (lee-pah'-goh),ver.;  small  .stream  empty- 
ing into  sea  on  extreme  SE.  coast  of  Negros 
Oriental,  1  m.  N.  of  Dauin. 

LlPAJAN(lee-pah'-hahn),Tag.;  riverwithltshead 
stream,  Malaunac,  about  40  m.  in  length  W. 
branch  of  latter  rising  in  Maycap  Lake  and  E. 
of  San  Pablo,  in  slopes  of  San  Cristobal  Mt., 
Laguna,  Luz6n.  Stream  becomes  quitea  vol- 
ume after  receiving  tributary  from  S.,  whence, 
under  name  Lipadan  about  12  m.  from  its 
mouth,  it  enters  Ragay  Gull.    From  junction 


LIPAJAN-Continued. 

of  latter  stream  it  clo.sely  follows  boundary  be- 
tween Tayabas  and  Batangas,  Luz6n. 

LIPATA  (lee-pah'-tfxh),  nat.;  point  extreme  S.  of 
Sicogon  I.,  off  NE.  coast  of  Iloilo,  Panay. 

point  on  coast  of  Cebii  at  S.  entrance  to  port 

Cebu,  Cebii  I. 

points,  extreme  of  Pagbilao, Chico  I.,  form- 
ing W.  head  of  Laguimanoc  port  and  E.  head 
of  Capuhian  Bay,  S.  coast  of  Tayabas,  Luz6n. 

bank   upon    which    is   located   light   to 

entrance  to  Cebti,  Cebv'i  I. 

hamlet  on  W.  shore  of  extreme  NW.  pro- 
jection of  Samar  I.,  06  m.  NW.  of  Catbalogan. 

— —  hamlet  on  1.  bank  of  Sabangan  Riv.,  ex- 
treme NW.  SAmar  I. 

bank  and  point  3  m.  off  Cauit  Pt.,  E.  coast 

Cebu,  in    middle  of  SW.   entrance    to  Cebii 
channel.    On  point  formerly  stood  stone  fort. 

point  covered  with  mangroves  on  SW.  coast 

of  Tayabas,  Luz6n. 

— - —  point  at  extremity  of  neck  of  land  project- 
ing 2  m.  into  .sea  on  W.  coast  of  Antique, 
Panay,  3  m.  NW.  of  Colasi. 

point  on  W.  coa.st  of  Silmar,  3^  m.  N.  of 

Baroljodiangan  Pt.,  high  and  rocky. 

mountain  in  S&mar. 

LIPATA,  or  BARUUA  (lee-pah'-tah,  bah-roo'-gah); 
point  at  S.  side  of  entrance  to  Butay  Bay,  on 
SW.  coast  of  Sorsog6n,  Luz6n. 

LIPI)AN(J-BI;T  (lip-dang-boot'),ver.;  crater  in  S. 
central  range  of  Panay,  9  m.  WSW.  of  San 
Joaquin,  extreme  SW.  Iloilo. 

LIPl'TEN  (lee-poo-ten'),  ver.;  peak  in  Caraballos 
Occidentales,  in  Abra,  Luzon. 

LIROAN  (lee-roh'-ahn),  ver.;  hamlet  1  m.  S.  of 
Gdudara,  W.  Sfi,mar. 

LIKllAN  (lee-roo'-ahn),  ver.;  hamlet  in  SW.  S&- 
mar,  5  m.  NE.  of  Basey. 

LISUB  (lee-soob'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  extreme  SW. 
Antique,  Panay,  on  r.  bank  of  Sinarugan  Riv., 
6  m.  ENE.  of  Anini-y. 

LITABANilAN  (lee-tah-bang'-ahn),  ver.;  point  in 
W.  Mindanao. 

LITA-LITA  (lee-tah'-lee-tah'),  ver.;  bushy  islet 
i  ni.  off  N.  point  of  Marasi  Bay,  SW.  coast  of 
Palawan.  From  this  islet  NE.  13^  m.  to  Pam- 
pangduyang  Pt.  coast  is  low,  with  rivulets 
of  fresh  water. 

LITAPAN  (lee-tah'-pahn),  nat.;  creek  entering  on 
W.  shore  of  Misamis  port,  Misamis,  Mindanao, 
SW.  of  Tabid  Pt. 

LlTNfi  (lit-nay').  Tag.;  hamlet  in  Nueva  Ecija, 
Luzon,  28  m.  N.  of  San  Isidro. 

LIVXN  (lee-vahn'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  SW.SAmar,  on 
N.  shore  of  San  Pedro  and  San  Pablo  Bay,  1 
m.  W.  of  Basey. 

LIZA  (lee'-thah),  Sp.;  point  in  Negros  I. 

LLAMAS  (lyah'-mass),  Sp.;  hamlet  in  S.  hills  of 
Tetas  de  Santa,  Ilocos  Sur,  Luzon. 

hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Narvacdn,  Ilocos  Sur, 

Luzon. 

LLANO  DE  BINALBANG  (lyah-noh  day  bee-nahl- 
bahng'),  Hisp,;  plane  at  foot  of  Palali  Mt.,  E. 
part  of  Nueva  Vizcaya,  Luzon,  on  which  rises 
Gand6n  or  Gaddano,  one  of  W.  tributaries  of 
Grande  de  Cagaydn  Riv. 

LLANA.HEKMOSA(lyah'-nah-ayr-moh'-sah),Sp.; 
pueblo  on  Sacay  branch  of  Orani  Riv.  in  Ba- 
tadn,  Luzon,  11  m.  N.  of  Balanga.    Pop.,  2,049. 

LLANLKA  BAJA  (lyah-noo'-rah  bah'-hah),  Sp.; 
low  fiat  island  on  N.  of  Malanut  Bay,  inlet  of 
Tagbayug,  W.  coast  of  Palawan. 

LLANUUA  DE  CABADIANOAN  (lyah-noo'-rah  day 
cah-bah-dee-ang'-ahn),  tableland  in  central 
S.  Negros.    (See  Llanura  de  Tablas. ) 

LLANURA  DE  CABAMBANXn  (lyah-noo'-rah  day 
cah-bam-bah-nahn'),  Hisp.;  tableland  in  S. 
part  of  Negros.     (See  Llanura  de  Tablas.) 


602 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS, 


LLANURA  DE IMUC  (lyah-noo-rah  day  ee'-mook), 
Hisp.;  valley  of  Dolente  on  road  between 
CalAuang  and  San  Pablo.  Fine  coffee  was 
formerly  cultivated  here.  Vegetation  is  very 
dense,  soil  volcanic  and  marshy.  Near  San 
Pablo  lies  Tiqui-Mere,  covered  with  rapelli 
or  pulverized  dross  and  ashes  of  volcanoes. 

LLAM!BA  DE  TABLAS  (Ivah-noo-rah  day  tah'- 
blass),  Hisp.;  central  of  elevated  tablelands  in 
S.  central  Negros,  Llanura  de  Cabadiangan 
crossing  it  from  NW.  to  SE.,  Llanura  de 
Cabambanan  and  Sierra  Canito  lying  on  N 
and  Puente  de  Patioito  on  SE.  Also  apex  of 
drainage  system  of  entire  S.  end  of  Negros  I. 

LLAVAC  (lyah-vahc'),  ver.;  former  military  co- 
mandancia  was  located  in  Isabela  with 
object  of  restraining  inroad.s  of  Igorrotes  and 
other  pagans.  Now  in  province  of  Bontoc 
Luzon. 

LLOKENTE  (lyoh-rayn'-tay),  Sp.;  mountain  in  W. 
range  of  Panay  in  line  of  boundary  between 
Antique  and  Iloilo,  9  m.  SE.  of  Valderrama. 

LOAY  (loh-i')  ver.;  pueblo  on  S.  coast  of  Bohol 
Visayas,  11^  m.  ESE.  of  Tagbilaran.    Pup., 

river  of  Tayabas,  Luz6n,  emptying  into 

sea  on  SW.  coast. 
point  on  S.  coast  of  Bohol,  Visayas,  and 

headland  of  approach  to  town  of  same  name. 

river  in  Bohol,  Visayas. 

LUBAS  (loh'-bass),  Sp.;  fountain  tributary  of  In- 

dang    Riv.    in    Ambos    Camarines    (Norte), 

Luzon.  ' 

LOBI  (loh-bee'),  ver.;  mountain  in  Leyte. 

LOBO  (loh'-boh),  Sp.;  hamlet  1  m.  S.  of  Remigio 
on  NW.  coast  of  Cebii. 

hamlet  in  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

LOBOC  (loh-boek'),  ver.;  pueblo  in  S.  Bohol,  2  m. 
inland  on  main  road  from  coast  toward  Loay 
and  12i  m.  E.  of  Tagbilaran.    Pop.,  10,174. 

LOBOO  (loh-boh-oh').  Tag.;  pueblo  in  SE.  Batan- 
gas,  Luz6n,  near  Sigayiin  Riv.,  short  distance 
inland  and  20  m.  E.  of  Batangas.    Pop.,  6,472. 

LOBOrt,  or  PUNAS  (loh-boh-oh',  poo'-nass)  Tag  • 
point  in  S.  Batangas,  Luzon. 

—  volcanic  peak,  3,451  ft.  high,  lat.  13°  39'  N., 

Ion.  121°  16'  E.,  in  Maquiling  range,  S.  part  of 
Batangas,  Luz6n. 

L0B06,  SIERRAS  DE  (see-ay-rrass'  day  loh-boh- 
oh  ),  Hi.sp.;  E.  part  of  Batangas,  Luzon,  bold 
headland  between  Malabrigo  (W.)  and  Mala- 
gundi  (Galbdn)  Pts.  (E.),near  beach,  3,363  ft. 
high. 

LOBSO  (lohb-soh'),  nat.;  summit  on  NE.  shore  of 
Subic  Bay,  SE.  coast  of  Zambales,  Luzon. 

LOBUT  (loh-boof),  nat.;  point  on  SE.  shore  of 
Lapac  L,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

LOCO- LOCO  (loh'-coh-loh'-coh),Sp.;  point  in  Ba- 
tangas, Luz6n.     (.See  Sigaydn  Pt.) 

LOCTUOAN  (loc-too-gahn),  ver.;  pueblo  on  1 
bank  of  Maninannang  Riv.,  in  Cdpiz  Panav 
Sk  m.  S.  of  Cdpiz.    Pop.,  3,475. 

LOCIILAN  (loh-eoo'-lahn),  nat.;  port  2i  m  NNE 
of  Misamis,  Panguil  Bay,  Misamis,  Mindanao.' 

pueblo  at  mouth  of  river  and  point  of  same 

name,  on  N.  ot  entrance  to  Misamis  port 
Misamis,  Mindanao,  at  road  connects  witli 
Misamis,  4  m.  S. 

point  3i  m.  N.  of  W.  side  of  opening  to 

Panguil  Bay,  on  VV.  shore  of  Iligan  Bav, 
Misamis,  Mindanao.  To  Tabu  Pt.  shore  is 
generally  low,  2  rivers  enter.  Spanish  had 
fort  at  anchorage  of  Loculan. 

town  in  Misamis,  Mindanao.    Pop.,  2,110. 

LOftEOL  (loh-hay-awl').  ver.;  hamlet  at  mouth 
?m"^^'xT°.?  ^;  ^^'^^^  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao, 
30'  m.  NE.  of  Zamboanga. 

LO««ER  HEADS,  for.;  E.  and  W.,  NW.  coast  of 
Paragua,  Palawan.    (See  Cadlao  1.) 


LOGHI  (log-hee'),  ver.;  mountain  in  SW.  SAmar 

15  m.  E.  of  Villarreal. 
LOtfSOiiX  (log-soh-ohn'),  nat.;  W.  head  to  Balan- 

giga  anchorage,  S.  coast  of  Sdmar,  Visayas. 

(.See  Lucson.) 
point  on  S.  coast  of  Sdmar,  IJ  m.  SW.  of 

Balangiga. 
LOISA  (loy'-sah),  Sp.;  town  onE.  arm  of  channels 

of  Pampanga  delta,  in  Bulacdn,  Luzon,  7  m 

SE.  of  Bulacdn. 
LOLOJIBOY  (loh-lom-boy') ,  Tag.;  hamlet  at  head 

of  Pampanga  delta,  in  Bulac^n,  Luz6ii  4  m 

E^  of  Bulac&n. 

LOMATOD  (loh-mah'-tod),  ver.;  hill  near  E.  coast 
of  Samar,  3  m.  NE.  of  Tiibig. 

LOMBAY  (lom-by'),  ver.;  interior  hamlet  of  NE 
Cftpiz,  Panay,  3  m.  E.  of  Panay. 

LOMBOY  dohm-boy'),  nat.;  hamlet  in  pueblo  of 
Santo  Tomsls,  Union,  Lu7.6n. 

LO.nO(;LOC  (loh-mohc-lohc'),  nat.;  i.sland  off 
SW.  coast  of  Sdmar. 

L0>({,  for.;  point  ending  in  hill  2,01.5  ft  high 
abreast  Bay  I.,  Jibboom  Bav,  W.  coast  of 
Paragua,  Palawan. 

point  on  N.  shore  of  Puerto  Prince.sa  Har- 
bor (Port  Royalist),  E.  coast  of  Palawan. 

LONG,  for.,  or  LARGA  (lahr'-gah),  Sp.;  point 
bearing  o^  m.  NE.  of  Moorsom  Head  W 
coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan.  Within  point 
are  2  peaks  N.  of  Anipahan.  To  N.,  over- 
looking deep  valley,  summit  3,636  ft.  high 
begins  another  range  extending  to  Ulugaii 
Bay.  Surrounding  region  is  high,  with  sev- 
eral interesting  peaks.  Stovelv,  3  930  ft 
high,  ri.ses  like  needle  from  center  of  table 
top.  Farther  N.  Thumb  Peak,  4,260  ft.,  south- 
ernmost and  highest  of  range,  and  Beaufort 
which  appears  cleft  in  highest  part.  It  theii 
slopes  away  toward  Herschel  and  Peel  Mt^^ 
1  m.  off  shore  and  3  and  5  m.  NE.  of  Long  Pt 
lie  S.  and  N.  rocks,  former  20  ft.  high  and  lat- 
ter nearly  covered.  Several  streams  enter 
bay  abreast  of  these  rocks. 
LONGBAC  (long-bahck'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Abra, 
Luzon,  on  r.  bank  of  Abra  Riv.,  at  great  W 
Jjend  of  that  stream. 
LONGOS  (long'-ohs).  Tag.;  pueblo  in  Laguna, 
Luzon,  /  m.  NE.  of  Santa  Cruz.    Pop.,  1,413. 

—  hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Calumpit,   Bulacdn, 

Luzon.  ' 

Poi'it  on  NE.  coast  of  Ambos  Camarines 

(Norte),  Luzon. 

r  hamlet  in  pueblo  of   San  Isidro,  Nueva 

Ecija,  Luz6n. 
LONI  (loh'-nee),  ver.;  river  in  Tayabas,  Luzon 

emptying  on  SW.  coas 
L0()  (loh-oh'),  ver.;  pueblo  on  headwaters  of 

Agno  Riv.,  in  Benguet,  Luz6n,  17  m.  NE.  of 

Trinidad,  near  boundary  of  Lepanto.    Pop., 

LOOC  (loh-ohk'),  nat.;  river  of  Sdmar  rising  in 
mountains  on  E.,  flows  SW..  empties  into 
Sojot6n. 

point  and  hamlet,  n  m.  N.,  latter  2  m.  S. 

of  Malabuyoc,  on  strait  oJ  Tan6n.  W.  coast  of 

Cebu. 

town  in  Batangas,  Luzon. 

inlet  in  NW.  Batangas,  Luz6n. 

hamlet  on  extreme  SW.  coast  of  Leyte  2 

m.  W.  of  Maasin.  ' 

hamlet  in  S.  of  Negros  Oriental,  U  m.  W 

of  Sibulan. 

pueblo  in  Tablas  I.,  Rombl6n  grp.,  Visayas 

(.SceLoog.)  •'     ■ 

LOOG  (loh-ohg'),  nat.;  bay  E.  side  of  Lubang  I 
covered  by  Ambil  I.,  affords  .safe  retreat  for 
vessels  if  needed  in  passing  Calavite,  or  nav- 
^ating  Verde  Passage.  At  village  of  San 
Rafael,  on  W.  shore,  fine  stream  of  water  en- 
ters.    Lat.  13°  43'  48"  N. ,  Ion.  120°  16'  48"  E 


GAZKTTICKll    <)F    TllK    I'Hl  J.ll'l'lN  K    ISLANDS.  C.OIi 


TADI.AS  tULAtlD 


PORT   LUK 


•^/„ 


f-i  ■'  ■.■--■#■■■ 


G04 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


LOO(i;  pueblo  and  port  of  Tablas  I.,  lat.  12°  15' 

51"  N.,  Ion.  121°  57'  28"  E.,  in  Rombl6n  grp., 

Visaj^as,  at  N.  end  of  iine  harbor  on  SW. 

coast.    Only  sheltered  port  on  W.  side  in  SW. 

monsoon,  4  by  3  m.  in  extent.    Entrance  1  m. 

wide.    Near  N.  side  of  town  is  river  of  good 

water  in  which  light  boats  mav  enter.    Pop. 

4,600.  ■  ^  ' 
^.  river  entering  Antabaan  Bay,  SE.  arm  of 

Loog  Bay,  on  SE.  shore  of  W.  coast  of  Masbate 

Visayas. 
basin  forming  NE.  arm  of  Banacalau  port 

NW.  shore  of  Marinduque  I. 
bay  on  SW.  coast  of  Tablas  I.,  Visayas.    Ob- 
servation spot  on  N.  entrance  head  lat.  12° 

15'  51"  N.,  Ion.  121°  57'  23"  E. 
hamlet  on  N.  shore  of  Tutu  Bay.  Sulu  I.. 

Sulu  A.,  17i  m.  ESE.  of  Sulu. 
point  on  S.  shore  of  entrance  to  bay  of 

Loog,  upon  which  town  of  that  name,  on 

Tablas  I.,  is  situated. 
mountain  in  S.  central  Sdmar,  18  m.  E.  of 

Lilnang. 

bay  in  NW.  Marinduque  I. 

LOOG,  or  SAX  RAFAEL  (loh-ohg',  sahn  rah-fah- 
ehl'),  nat.;  pueblo  on  SE.  coast  of  Lubang  I., 
on  N.  shore  of  Loog  Bav,  20  m.  SW.  of  Lubang 
66  m.  WNW.  of  Calapfin.  People  are  indus- 
trious. Bullocks,  poultry,  and  vegetables  are 
abundant.    Pop.,  1,204. 

L06y  (loh-ohn'),  pueblo,  point,  and  anchorage 
on  W.  coast  of  Bohol,  Visayas,  12^  m.  N  of 
Tagbilaran,  and  18^  m.E.  across  sea  channel 
from  Dalaguete,  Cebii.  Mole  328  vds.  long 
extends  to  towTi,  which  is  reached"  by  steps 
cut  in  rock.  It  is  situated  on  W.  slope  of 
Cammanoc  hills,  and  presents  beautiful  ap- 
pearance from  sea.  Has  old  Spanish  fort 
with  bastions  at  angles.    Pop.,  15,365. 

LOPE  DE  TE«A  (loh'-pay  day  vay'-gah),  Sp.; 
hamlet  on  S.  slope  of  Salta  Sangley.  W.  cen- 
tral S^mar. 

L<iPEZ  (loh'-peth),  Sp.;  pueblo  on  SE.  shore  of 
bay,  32  m.  E.  of  Tayabas  and  25  m.  W.  of 
Guinayangan,  terminals  of  Tavabas  and  Ra- 
gay  Gulfs,  extremes  of  trans-provincial  high- 
way. Cart  road  and  trail  also  extends  to  N. 
Pop.,  6,414. 

mountain  in  E.  Zambales,  Luzon. 

LOPUTAN  (loh-poo'-tan),  ver.;  town  in  Misamis. 
Mindanao. 

LOQL'ILOCOJf  (loh-key-loh'-eohn),  ver.;  moun- 
tain m  SAmar,  forming  one  of  spurs  of  hills  in 
pueblo  of  Paranas. 

LOBXn  (loh-rahn'),  ver.;  island  between  Sigboye 
and  Camba  channels,  in  Cinapusan  grp.,  Sulu 
A.,  NW.  point  of  island  is  6^  m.,  near  S.  point 
of  Tagao,  n  m.  NW.  to  SW.,  i  m.  wide,  and 
rises  158  ft.  above  sea.  Inhabited  and  parti- 
ally cleared  and  cultivated. 

LORETO  (loh-ray'-toh),  Sp.;  pueblo  on  1.  bank  of 
river  in  Surigao,  Mindanao,  is  about  2  m. 
above  its  entrance  on  W.  shore  of  Sadocun 
Lake. 

LORO  (loh'-roh),  Sp.;  peak  in  Cavite,  Luz6n. 

LOS  ARCOS  (los  ar'-cos),  Sp.;  town  at  headwaters 
of  GIbong  Riv.,  Surigao,  Mindanao,  but  12  m 
W.  across  summit  of  mountain  range  from 
head  of  Diangi  Bay,  on  Pacific  coast. 

LOS  BaS^OS  (los  bah'-nyoss),Sp.;  pueblo,  S.  coast 
of  Laguna  de  Bay,  Laguna,  Luz6n,  accessible 
by  boat  or  highway,  35  m.  from  Manila. 
Wamed  from  numerous  thermal  springs  at 
foot  of  volcanic  Mt.  Maquiling.  Resort  for 
natives  and  Spaniards  for  curative  benefits  of 


LOS  BaKoS— Continued. 

waters,  which  vary  in  temperature  from  boil- 
ing to  cold;  are  mentioned  in  Spanish  records 
as  early  as  1739.  In  vicinity  are  extensive  de- 
posits of  kaolin,  also  valuable  ochres,  which 
are  purified  and  sold  in  Manila  for  paint 
Pop.,  2,756. 

volcanic  mountain  in  E.  Laguna,  Luzon 

abounds  in  thermal  springs  and  other  vol- 
canic action.  Famous  resort,  Los  Banos  i- 
at  its  foot. 

LOS  (OCHINOS  (los  coh-chec'-noss),  Sp.;  5  low 
roiks  al.nve  water,  li  m.  off  W.  point  of 
Manvelis  jMirt,  on  S.  coa.st  of  Bata;'in,  Luzon, 
roinifliiig  into  Manila  Bav.  Monti  islet  is 
E.,  Los  Cochinos  Pt.  is  at  SSE.  extremity  of 
peninsula,  conspicuous  bv  2  hills.  Coa-s't  is 
steep. 

LOS  COXFITES  (los  cohn-fee'-tays),  .Sp.;  islands 
E.  of  Principe,  Luzon. 

LOS  TRES  REYES  (los  travs  rav'-ves>,  Sp.;  3  is- 
lands of  moderate  height,  peaked  and  clean 
named  Ga.'^parE.,  Melchor,  and  Balta-sar,  oft 
SW.  coast  of  Marinduque  I. 

LOSl^N  (loh-soon'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  E.  shore  of 
Ddvao  Gulf,  Diivao,  Mindanao,  49  m.  SE.  bv 
S.  of  Ddvao. 

LOTOAG  (loh-tong'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  extreme 
SE.  coost  of  Negros  Oriental,  2  m.  NE.  of 
Zamboanguita. 

LOTUM  (loh-toom'),  nat.;  village  on  SE.  shore  of 
Siasi  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

LOW,  for.;  island  in  Upper  Grande  Riv.  of  Minda- 


point  near  Erin  Bay,  SW.  coasrt  of  Palawan. 

LUAix  (loo-ah-ahn'),  nat.;  hamlet  9  m.  E.  of 
Gdndara,  in  W.  Sdmar. 

Ll'AGXE  (loo-ahg-nay'),ver.;  river  emptying  into 
.sea  in  pueblo  of  Janiuay,  Iloilo,  Panay. 

LL'A1>L.4>'  (Iwah-in-lahn'),  ver.;  town  in  Misa- 
mis, Mindanao. 

LCAS  (Iwahn),  nat.;  point  N.  end  of  islet,  on  W. 
side  of  entrance  to  Matalvi  port,  W.  coast  of 
Zambales,  Luzon. 

hamlet  on  SW.  coa.st  of  D^vao,  Mindanao, 

102J  m.  SW.  of  Ddvao,  8  m.  E.  of  Pola  Pt. 

LUAXGAT  (loo-ahng-af),  ver.;  N.  point  of  bold, 
rocky  projection,  Lapac  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu 
A.,  with  small  hill  inland. 

LUATON  (loo-ah'-yohn),  ver.;  hamlet  on  E. coast 
of  Ddvao,  Mindanao,  73  m.  S.  of  Diivao.  Sum- 
mit of  Butulan  Coast  range  lifts  8  m.  inland. 

hamlet  on  E.  coast  of  S.  peninsula  of  D4vao, 

Mindanao,  67  m.  S.  of  Diivao. 

er.;  point  in  S.  Min- 


LUBAI.AX  (loo-bah'-lahn), 
danao. 

LI'bX.\  (loo-bahn'),  nat.;  point  on  Pacific  coast 
of  Ddvao,  Mindanao,  16^  m.  N.  by  E.  of  San 
Agustin  C,  extreme  SE.  coa.st  of  island.  Ofl 
this  point  is  .small  round  islet  and  small  bay 
to  N.  of  point  in  which  vessels  anchor  in  33 
ft.  of  water,  with  excellent  shelter  during  SW. 
monsoon  while  waiting  for  favorable  weather 
to  round  San  Agustin  C. 

LUBAXG  (loo-bang'),  nat.;  largest  and  most  im- 
portant of  islands  of  that  group,  17  bv  3^  m. 
in  extent.  High  inland  and  low  on  coa.st. 
Chief  town,  Lubang,  on  N.  coast.  Onlv  port 
safe  in  all  seasons  is  Lilig,  on  NE.  coast.  There 
are  other  bays.  Distance  from  Manila,  72  m. 
SW.    Pop.,  in  1879,  3,000. 

puebio  on  N.  shore  of  Lubang  I.;  enjoys 

considerable  native  trade;  11  m.  N W.  of  Loog, 
on  SE.  coast  and  78  m.  WNW.  of  Calapiin. 
Pop.,  6,541. 


f4AZETTKER    OF    THK    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


()0r) 


fT 


:r 


>»  "  »       95  fy^S'^, 


^  3  3 


#^ 


606  GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

LUBANG  (GROUP),  CHINA  SEA. 

(Loo-bang',  ver.) 

Constituent  part  of  Marinduque  Province. 

Chief  -own:  Lubang,  on  the  NE.  coast. 

Area:  76  sq.  m. 

Population:  3,000. 

Race :  Tagalog  and  Visayas. 

Iianguage:  Tapllog  an(i  Yisayan. 

Military  Department  of  Luzon:  Headquarters,  Manila,  Luzon. 

Table  of  distances. 
From  Lubang  to—  m. 

Manila 75 

Boac,  Marinduque 121 

Puerto  Galera,  Mindoro 60 

LOCATION. 

This  group  occupies  an  important  position  46  m.  8W.  of  the  entrance  to  Manila 
Bay,  at  the  China  Sea  or  W.  entrance  to  the  Yerde  Passage  between  Luzon  (Tayabas) 
on  N.  and  Mindoro  on  the  S.,  the  great  steamer  track  through  the  archipelago 
between  Manila  and  United  States  Pacific  points.  It  is  also  at  the  W.  entrance  of 
Mindoro  Strait  into  the  N'isayan  Sea  between  ^Mindoro  on  N.  and  BnsnaiTga,  Calamia- 
nes,  and  Paragua,  I'alawan,  and  the  outside  route  between  all  the  sontliern  i.^lands  of 
the  archipelago  and  jNIanila  l>y  the  Mindoro  Strait.  The  intervening  channel  l)etween 
these  islands  and  Mindoro  is  out  of  the  ordinary  track  of  vessels  passing  up  and 
down  either  the  Visayan  or  the  China  seas,  but  is  of  importance  as  the  inside  passage 
between  Manila  and  Mindoro  and  all  the  S.  islands. 

ISLANDS. 

The  Lubang  grp.  consists  of  7  islands.     Lat.  130°  52^  N.,  Ion.  120°  W  E. 

sq.  m. 
Ambil  (Amul );  K.  ^^i  I.ulMiig,  is  5  m.  from  NW.  to  SE.,  and  5  m.  from  E.  to  W.,  2,600  ft.  high  ...  10 
Cabra  (Goat);  ini»t  W.,  2  in.  NW.  of  the  point  of  Lubang  I.,  with  a  deep  channel  between;  is 

occupied  by  one  (It  t ho  mast  important  light-houses  off  the  coast  of  Luz6n,  lighting  the  way 

into  the  Verde  Passage  on  the  E.  and  Mindoro  Strait  on  the  W ".        2 

Golo;  the  most  E.  of  the  group.    A  narrow  strip  lOi  m.  long,  stretching  SE.  of  Lubang  into  the 

entrance  of  Verde  Passage  between  Batangas  and  Mindoro 11 

Lubang;  the  largest  and  only  inhabited  island  of  the  group.    It  is  17  m.  from  NW.  to  SE.,  7  m. 

in  breadth.    The  town  of  same  name  is  on  N.  shore 51 

Malavatuan;  3^  m.  N.  of  Ambil,  about  700  yds.  in  extent  and  covered  with  brush a 

Mandaui;  NE.  of  Ambil,  1  m.,  composed  of  two  small  hills  of  unequal  height 1 

Talinas;  fronting  the  channel  between  Lubang  and  Golo  on  the  E 4 

Number  of  dependent  islands  7,  total 76 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

In  the  Lubang  grp.  are  the  following  anchorages  utilized  ])y  vessels  between  the 
Yerde  I.  Passage  and  Manila  Bay: 

Akcaguayan;  on  the  E.  coast,  formed  by  points  Napula  and  Antipolo,  sheltered 
from  all  winds  but  those  from  the  NE.  to  the  SW.,  and  is  protected  from  the  sea  by 
several  reefs. 

Balakias;  to  the  W.  of  the  island  of  Ambil,  and  ends  on  the  E.  at  Tagbanan  Pt. 

Tilig-;  situated  on  the  NE.  coast,  affords  safe  anchorage  for  vessels  of  all  sizes  at 
all  seasons.  The  land  in  the  interior  as  far  N.  as  the  parallel  of  Tilig  is  low  and 
level,  and  from  this  point  S.  broken  and  mountainous,  the  highest  mountain  being 
near  Guntin  on  the  "W.  coast,  SSE.  of  the  town  of  Lubang. 

Loog;  a  safe  port  on  the  E.  end  of  Lubang,  covered  by  Ambil  I.,  affords  safe 
retreat  in  event  of  accident  in  passing  Calavite  Pt.  or  during  navigation  of  the  Yerde 
Passage.  There  is  a  village  with  a  rivulet  of  fine  water  on  its  shore.  The  chief  town 
of  the  pueblo,  Lubang,  on  the  N.  coast,  3  m.  from  Sala  Pt.,  has  estimated  popula- 
tion of  6,541 — Cn.  1887,  3,71(5 — mostly  Tagdlog,  engaged  in  agricultural  pursuits  and 
hunting  and  fishing.  During  certain  seasons  of  the  year  a  large  number  of  turtles 
and  brush  turkey  eggs  are  found  along  the  shore  and  used  for  food. 


i  I 


v=^  .,^ 


<%s<^ 


l>rBAN(i  A^\)  AMIUl 

ISLANDS 


'4^^ 


t 


\,: ,. .  ;. -fi^/-. I 


S  Doc  ^  $.0.  57 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


607 


LIGHT-HOUSES. 

( »n  Cabra  I.,  off  the  XW.  point  of  Lubang:  I.,  lat.  13°  53'28''''N.,  Ion.  120°  (V  55'^ E., 
alx>ut  656  yds.  from  the  sea,  near  the  W.  point  of  the  i.sland,  is  a  light  whicii  marks 
the  counre  of  steamers  between  Verde  Passage  and  the  Boca  Grande  entrance  to 
Manila  Bay.  The  light,  which  is  one  fla«h,  has  an  illuminating  apparatus  consisting 
of  1  refracting  lense  of  the  first  order.  Every  minute  shows  two  fia.shes,  each  of  S'' 
duration,  separated  by  an  interval  of  7",  the  groups  being  separated  by  an  interval 
of  37".  The  light  is  217  ft.  above  the  sea  and  is  visible  29  m.  The  house,  which  is 
67  ft.  high,  consists  of  a  square  brick  tower  on  the  W.  angle  of  a  rectangular  dwelling. 

CIVIIi  GOVERNMENT. 

This  group,  included  in  the  provincial  government  act  for  Ca\-ite,  June  11,  1901, 
by  enactment  of  June  23,  1902,  was  detached  from  Cavite  and  annexed  to  the  jirov- 
ince  of  ^larinduque,  as  established  by  act  No.  125  and  of  the  provincial  government 
act.     (See  Marinduque  Civil  Government.) 


LIBANG  (loo-bang'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  NW.  shore 
of  Maibun  (Maimbun)  Bay,  SW.  coast  of  Sulu, 
Sulu  A.    Hill  918  ft.  high  rises  IJ  m.  N.  by  W. 

—  point  in  N.  Mindoro. 

—  channel  between  Lubang  Is.  and  NW. 
coa.«t  of  Mindoro,  connecting  Verde  Passage 
with  China  Sea. 

LUBIO  (loo-bah'-aw),  ver.;  pueblo  in  Pampanga, 

Luzon,  5  m.  SW.  of  Bacolor.  on  extreme  NW. 

channel  of  Pampanga  Delta.    Pop.,  21,17.5. 
LLBAB.4>  (loo-bah-rahn'i,Tag.:  hamlet  in  Nueva 

Ecija,  Luzon,  12  m.  N.  of  San  Isidro. 
Ll'BAS  (loo'-bass),  nat.:  hamlet  in  Union,  Luzon, 

inhabited  by  Igorrotes. 

—  hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Talisay,  Cebii. 
LfBK'  (loo'-beek),  ver.;  islet  478  ft.  high,  20  m. 

NW.  by  W.  of  Cuyo,  Cuyos  Is.,  Mindoro  Sea. 

Ll'BIJA>  (loo-bee'-hahn),  ver.;  hamlet  near 
headwaters  of  river  paralleling  Cagaydn  on 
W.  and  entering  Macajalar  Bay  1-5  m.  SW.  of 
Cagayan  de  Misamis,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

LIBIBA> AX  (loo-bee-rah'-nahn),  nat.;  mountain 
in  Leyte. 

LIBLIB  (loob-loob'),  nat.;  hamlet  in  SE.  Iloilo, 
Panay,  Zi  m.  NW.  by  N.  of  Dumangas. 

hamlet  on  r.  bank  of  Cadidn  Riv.,  W.  An- 
tique, Panay,  10  m.  E.  of  Bugason. 

LUB<)  floo-boh'),  nat.;  point  on  E.  shore  of  bav 
in  SE.  Lejne,  4^  m.  SE.  of  Sogod  Antiguo. 

mineral  spring  in  Laguna,  Luz6n. 

LUBOG  (loo-bog'),  nat.;  village  on  NE.  shore  of 
Sibuydn  I.,  Romblon  grp.,  Visayas. 

inlet  in  Sibuydn  I.,  Romblon  grp.,  Visajas. 

LrB6x  (loo-bon'),  ver.:  hamlet  in  Lepanto, 
Luz6n,  2i  m.  N.  of  Cayin,  with  which  it  is 
connected  bv  trail.  It  has  road  to  Bontoc,  9 
m.  NE.    Pop.,  700. 

LlBl*  (loo-boo'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  NE.  coast  of 
Cebii,  3  m.  SE.  of  Daan  Bantay,  on  opposite 
coast. 

Ll'Bl'CAX  doo-boo-cahn'),  nat.;  moderately  ele- 
vated island.  6  m.  E.  of  Tangao  I.,  Sulu  A. 
Passage  between  island  and  Tawi  Tawi  i.<  dry 
at  low  water.  Between  island  and  Balambing 
Pt.  is  deep  bight  with  island  of  Samanput  in 
center,  to  W.  forming  sheltered  anchorage. 

LIBU>G  (loo-boong'),  ver.;  island  and  point  of 
Romblon  grp.,  Visayas. 

LUBrXliAN  (loo-boong'-ahn),  ver.;  pueblo  on  S. 
shore  of  bay  on  NW.  coast  of  Dapitan,  Min- 
danao. 1-5  in.  SW.  of  Dapitan.  Pop.,  5,157. 
(SeeBlanca  Pt.) 

river  in  Dapitan,  Mindanao,  empties  into 

gulf  of  Dapitan. 

LCBlTGLl'Bl'T  ( loo-boot-gloo-boot') .  ver.;  is- 
land 660  ft.  high,  very  bold,  off  NE.  coast  of 
Paragrua,  Palawan,  to  S.  off  NE.  coast  of  Bu- 


LIBITGLUBIT— Continued. 

suariga  I..  Calamianes  grp.  Group  of  rocks, 
380  ft.  high,  without  name  on  Spanish  chart, 
lies  S.  Ij  m.  off  Lubutglubut. 

LUCAGt'ETE  (loo-cah-gay'-tay),  ver.;  hamlet  on 
Agno  Riv.  road  in  PangasinAn,  Luzon,  11^  m. 
S.  of  Lingayen. 

LIC'ATAX  (loo-cah-tahn'),  nat.;  town  2  m.  N.  of 
Tuguban  Pt.  in  extreme  SE.  part  of  Surigao, 
Mindanao,  214  m.  SSE.  of  Surigao.  SE.  end 
of  boundary  between  Surigao  and  DAvao  pass 
within  1  m.  W.  of  this  town  and  SE.  end  of 
line  reaches  ocean  shore  at  Tuguban  Pt. 
about  li  m.  to  SE. 

mountain  in  E.  Mindanao. 

LUCBiX,  orLUGBAXG  dook-bahn'.  loog-bahng'). 
Tag.:  pueblo  in  Tayabas,  Luzon,  SE.  of  Ma- 
jayjay  and  8  m.  NW.  of  Tayabas,  capital; 
btimed  in  18-59.  Chief  industry  of  inhabitants 
weaving  of  fine  straw  hats  from  fiber  of  leaf 
of  buri  palm  tree,  manufacture  pandanus 
mats,  and  conduct  profitable  trade  at  Mau- 
bdn  with  gold  washers  of  Ambos  Camarines 
(Norte).  It  is  in  heart  of  mountain  region 
between  Banajao  and  Daliliguan.  There  are 
roads  to  Alfonso  XII,  Majayjay  and  Maub4n 
Country  around  rice  growing  on  sawas  or  ter- 
races on  hillsides,  as  on  inland  sea  of  Japan, 
is  large  industry.    Pop.,  Cn.  1899,  12,755. 

Ll'CBlTVX  (look-boo'-toon),  ver.:  hamlet  on  ex- 
treme N.  shore  of  Basilan  I.  off  S.  coast  of 
Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  3  m.  NE.  of  Isabela 
and  on  S.  shore  of  Basilan  Strait. 

Ll'CEXA  (loo-thay'-nah),  Sp.;  pueblo  on  r.  bank 
at  junction  of  S.  branch  with  Jalaur  Riv.  in 
S.  central  Iloilo,  Panav,  18  m.  N.  of  Iloilo. 
Pop.,  6,511. 

pueblo,  p.  o.,  and  m.  o.,  Tavabas,  Luzon, 

8  m.  from  Tayabas.    Pop.,  7,000. 

Llt'SlX  (look-sin'),  nat.:  hamlet  in  Union,  Lu- 
zon. 

LVt'SdX,  or  LOGSOdX  (look-sohn',  logso-ohn'), 
nat.;  point  W.  head  of  anchorage  of  Balan- 
giga,  S.  coast  Sdmar,  Visayas. 

LUt'SUHIX  (look-sooh-heen').  Tag.;  hamlet  in 
pueblo  oflbaAn,  Batangas,  Luzon. 

island  off  NE.  coast  of  Ambos  ("amarines 

(Sur).  Luzon. 

LUCTUGAX  (looc-tooh'-gahn),  nat.:  hamlet  on 
bank  of  Panay  Riv.,  in  C^piz,  Panay. 

Ll'l'l'T.iX  (loo-coo-tahn"),  nat.;  hamlet  in  Pan- 
gasinin.  Luzon. 

LUDICAX  iloo-dee'-cahn),  ver.;  point  in  Sulu  I., 
Sulugrp.,  SuJu  A. 

Ll'EGAS  (loo-ay'-gass),  ver.;  island  off  W.  coast 
of  Antique^  Panay. 

LUGAIT  (loo-gah-eef),  ver..  town  in  Misamis, 
Mindanao.'  on  E.  shore  of  Iligan  Bay,  30  m. 
WSW,  of  Cagay6,n  de  Misamis. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


607 


LIGHT-HOUSES. 

On  Cabra  I.,  off  the  NW.  point  of  Liibang  I.,  lat.  13°  53^  2?>"  N.,  Ion.  120°  0^  hh"  E., 
about  656  yds.  from  the  sea,  near  the  W.  point  of  the  island,  is  a  Hght  which  marks 
'the  course  of  steamers  between  Yerde  Passage  and  the  Boca  Grande  entrance  to 
\  Manila  Bay.  The  light,  which  is  one  flash,  has  an  illuminating  apparatus  consisting 
of  1  refracting  lense  of  the  first  order.  Every  minute  shows  two  flashes,  each  of  8"* 
duration,  separated  by  an  interval  of  1" ,  the  groups  being  separated  by  an  interval 
of  Ti".  The  light  is  217  ft.  above  the  sea  and  is  visible  29  m.  The  house,  which  is 
67  ft.  high,  consists  of  a  square  brick  tower  on  the  W,  angle  of  a  rectangular  dwelling. 

CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 

This  group,  included  in  the  provincial  government  act  for  Cavite,  June  11,  1901, 
liy  enactment  of  June  23,  1902,  was  detacheil  from  Cavite  and  annexed  to  the  jirov- 
iiuf  of  Marinduque,  as  established  by  act  No.  125  and  of  the  provincial  government 
act.     (tS'ee  Marinduque  Civil  Government.) 


HBAXfi  (loo-bang')!  ver.;  hamlet  on  NW.  shore 
I  if  Maibiin  (Maimbun)  Bay,  SW.  coast  of  Sulu, 
siilu  A.    Hill  918  ft.  high  rises  1^  m.  N.  by  W. 

point  in  N.  Mindoro. 

channel    between    Lubang  Ls.  anrt    NW. 

ciiast  of  Mindoro,  connecting  Verde  Passage 
Avith  China  Sea. 

LIHAO  (loo-bah'-aw),ver.;  pueblo  in  Pampanga, 
Luzon,  5  m.  SW.  of  Bacolor,  on  extreme  NW. 
channel  of  Pampanga  Delta.    Pop.,  21,175. 

LI'HAKXn  (loo-bah-rahn'),Tag.;  hamletinNueva 
Ecija,  Luzon,  12  m.  N.  of  San  Isidro. 

L115AS  (loo'-bass),nat.;  hamlet  in  Union,  Luzon, 
inhabited  by  Igorrotes. 

hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Talisay,  Cebu. 

LIMBIC  (loo'-beek),  ver.;  islet  478  ft.  high,  20  m. 
NW.  by  W.  of  Cuyo,  Cuyos  Is.,  Mindoro  Sea. 

LUBIJAN  (loo-bee'-hahn),  ver.;  hamlet  near 
headwaters  of  river  paralleling  CagayAn  on 
W.  and  entering  Macajalar  Bay  15  m.  SW.  of 
Cagay:'in  de  Misamis,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

LL'BIBA>'A\  ( loo-bee- rah'-nahn),  nat:;  mountain 
in  Leyte. 

LUBLVB  (loob-loob'),  nat.;  hamlet  in  SE.  Iloilo, 
Panay,  3^  m.  NW.  by  N.  of  Dumangas. 

hamlet  on  r.  bank  of  Cadi&n  Riv.,  W.  An- 
tique, Panay,  10  m.  E.  of  Bugason. 

HJB6  (loo-boh'),  nat.;  point  on  E.  shore  of  bay 
in  SE.  Leyte,  \\  m.  SE.  of  Sogod  Antiguo. 

mineral  spring  in  Laguna,  Luz6n. 

LUBOG  (loo-bog'),  nat.;  village  on  NE.  shore  of 
Sibuyfin  I.,  Romblon  grp.,  Visayas. 

inlet  in  Sibuydn  I.,  Romblon  grp.,  Visa,j-as. 

LUB(iN  (loo-bon'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Lepanto, 
Luzon,  2^  m.  N.  of  Cayftn,  with  which  it  is 
connected  bv  trail.  It  has  road  to  Bontoc,  9 
m.  NE.     Pop.,  700. 

LIJB15  (loo-boo'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  NE.  coast  of 
Cebu,  3  m.  SE.  of  Daan  Bantay,  on  opposite 
coast. 

LUBUCAN  (loo-boo-cahn'),  nat.;  moderately  ele- 
.vated  island,  6  m.  E.  of  Tangao  I.,  Sulu  A. 
Pas.sage  between  island  and  Tawi  Tawi  is  dry 
at  low  water.  Between  island  and  Balambing 
Pt.  is  deep  bight  with  island  of  Samanput  in 
center,  to  VV.  forming  sheltered  anchorage. 

LDBUNG  (loobooug'),  ver.;  island  and  point  of 
Romblon  grp.,  Visayas. 

LTJBr^AN  (loo-boong'-ahn),  ver.;  pueblo  on  S. 
shore  of  bay  on  NW.  coast  of  Dapitan,  Min- 
danao, 15  in.  SW.  of  Dapitan.  Pop.,  5,157. 
(SeeBlanca  Pt.) 

river  in  Dapitan,  Mindanao,  empties  into 

gulf  of  Dapitan. 

LCBl'TGLrBUT  (loo-boot-gloo-boof),  ver.;  is- 
land 660  ft.  high,  very  bold,  off  NE.  coast  of 
Paragua,  Palawan,  to  S.  off  NE.  coast  of  Bu- 


LUBUTGLUBUT— Continued. 

Buaiiga  I.,  Calamianes  grp.  Group  of  rocks, 
880  ft.  high,  without  name  on  Spanish  chart, 
lies  S.  \\  m.  off  Lubutglubut. 

LUCAGUETE  (loo-cah-gay'-tay),  ver.;  hamlet  on 
Agno  Riv.  road  in  PangasinAn,  Luz6n,  11^  m. 
S.  of  Lingayen. 

LL'CATXn  (loo-cah-tahn'),  nat.;  town  2  m.  N.  of 
Tuguban  Pt.  in  extreme  SE.  part  of  Surigao, 
Mindanao,  214  m.  SSE.  of  Surigao.  SE.  end 
of  boundary  between  Surigao  and  DAvao  pass 
within  1  m.  W.  of  this  town  and  SE.  end  of 
line  reaches  ocean  shore  at  Tuguban  Pt. 
about  1 5  m.  to  SE. 

mountain  in  E.  Mindanao. 

LUCBiN,  or  LUGBANG  (look-bahn',  loog-bahng'). 
Tag.;  pueblo  in  Tayabas,  Luzon,  SE.  of  Ma- 
jayjay  and  8  m.  NW.  of  Tayabas,  capital; 
burned  in  1859.  Chief  industry  of  inhabitants 
weaving  of  fine  straw  hats  from  fiber  of  leaf 
of  buri  palm  tree,  manufacture  pandanus 
mats,  and  conduct  profitable  trade  at  Mau- 
bAn  with  gold  washers  of  Ambos  Camarines 
(Norte).  It  is  in  heart  of  mountain  region 
between  Banajao  and  Daliliguan.  There  are 
roads  to  Alfonso  XII,  Majayjay  and  Maubin 
Country  around  rice  growing  on  sawas  or  ter- 
races on  hillsides,  as  on  inland  sea  of  Japan, 
is  large  industry.    Pop.,  Cn.  1899,  12,755. 

LL'CBL'TUN  (look-boo'-toon),  ver.;  hamleton  ex- 
treme N.  shore  of  Basilan  I.  off  S.  coast  of 
Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  3  m.  NE.  of  Isabela 
and  on  S.  shore  of  Basilan  Strait. 

LUCENA  (loo-thay'-nah),  Sp.;  pueblo  on  r.  bank 
at  junction  of  S.  branch  with  Jalaur  Riv.  in 
S.  central  Hollo,  Panay,  18  m.  N.  of  Iloilo. 
Pop.,  6,511. 

pueblo,  p.  o.,  and  m.  o.,  Tayabas,  Luzon, 

8  m.  from  Tayabas.    Pop.,  7,000. 

LL'CSIN  (look-sin'),  nat.;  hamlet  in  Union,  Lu- 
zon. 

LUCSCiN,  or  L0GS06n  (look-sohn',  log-so-ohn'), 
nat.;  point  W.  head  of  anchorage  of  Balan- 
giga,  S.  coast  Sdmar,  Visayas. 

LUCSUHIN  (look-.sooh-heen'),  Tag.;  hamlet  in 
pueblo  of  IbaAn,  Batangas,  Luzon. 

island  off  NE.  coast  of  Ambos  (Camarines 

(Sur),  Luzon. 

LUCTCGAN  (looc-tooh'-gahn),  nat.;  hamlet  on 
bank  of  Panay  Riv.,  in  C4piz,  Panay. 

LUCUTXn  (loo-coo-tahn'),  nat.;  hamlet  in  Pan- 
gasindn.  Luz6n. 

LUDU'AiX  (loo-dee'-cahn).  ver.:  point  in  Sulu  I., 
Sulu  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

LUEGAS  (loo-ay'-gass),  ver.;  island  off  W.  coast 
of  Antique,  Panay. 

LUGAIT  (loo-gah-eef),  ver..  town  in  Misamis, 
Mindanao,  on  E.  shore  of  Iligan  Bay,  30  m. 
WSW,  of  Cagayto  de  Misamis. 


()08 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


LUiiJA'ii  (loo-gah'-loog),  nat.:  hamlet  in  TTni6n, 
Luzon,  in  pueblo  of  Balaoan  (Balduang). 

LUGAN  (loo-gahn'),  nat.;  hamlet  in  pueblo  of 
Tayum  (Tayun),  Abra,  Luzon. 

— —mountain  in  pueblo  of  Tayum  (Tayun), 
Abra,  Luzon. 

LL'UATOl',  or  TALAGDAYAN  (loo-gah-tawk',  tah- 
lag-dah'-yahn),  ver.;  mountain  in  N.  Zam- 
bales,  Luz6n. 

LUGAUAN  (loo-gah'-wahn),  nat.;  point  in  Misa- 
mis,  Mindanao,  N.  of  Oroquieta,  on  W.  shore 
of  Iligan  Bay. 

LUGBAX  (loog-bahn');  island.  (See  Lugbung  L, 
Romblon.) 

LL'GBdN  (loog-bohn'),  ver.;  point  in  Rombl6n  I., 
Visayas. 

LUGBUXN  (loog-boo-ahn'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  NE. 
coast  of  Cuvo  I.,  Cuyos  Is.,  Mindoro  Sea,  3J  m. 
ENE.  of  Cuyo. 

LUGBUNG  (loog-boong'),  nat.;  island  off  NE. 
shore  of  Romblon,  Visayas,  1^  m.  from  NE.  to 
SW.  and  i  m.  from  E.  to  W.;  area,  1  sq.  m. 
Island  has  2  peaks,  one  at  N.  and  other  at  S. 
end,  which  form  conspicuous  landmarks  for 
vessels  approaching  Romblon  port.  This 
island  also  forms  shelter  on  W.  for  this  port. 
{Also  LugbAn.) 

LUGINOT  (loo-hee-nof) ,  ver.;  islet  1  m.  off  NE. 
coast  of  Panay. 

LUGMADALf  N  (loog-mah-dah-loon'),  ver.;  moun- 
tain in  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

LUGMATAN  (loog-mah'-yahn),  point  at  extreme 
SW.  corner  of  Guimards  J.,  off  Iloilo,  Panay, 
and  headland  between  Iloilo  Strait  on  N.  and 
Guimarfts  Strait  on  S. 

LUGXiS  (loog-nass'),  ver.;  river  of  Batangas, 
Luzon,  emptying  into  Batangas  Bay  near 
BauAn  town. 

LUGO  (loo'-goh),  Sp.;  hamlet  in  Cordillera  Cen- 
tral of  Cebii,  11  m.  NE.  of  Tuburan. 

LUGOT  (loo-gof);  town  inland  in  Ilocos  Norte, 
N.  of  boundary  with  Ilocos  Sur,  Luzon, 
li  m.  where  it  terminates  on  China  Sea  coast. 

point  in  Ilocos  Norte,  Luzon. 

LUGSEN  (loog'-sayn),  ver.;  mountain  in  E.  Ben- 
guet,  Luzon. 

LUGSIIN  (loog-soon').  Tag.;  river  of  Cavite,  Lu- 
zon, rising  in  Cordilleras,  which  divide  that 
province  from  Batangas,  flows  N.,  and  emp- 
ties into  San  Agustin  Riv. 

LUGTAN  (loog-tahn'),  ver.;  mountain  in  NE. 
Cdpiz,  Panay,  near  Concepci6n  boundary,  4 
m.  S.  of  Pilar. 

LUGUI  (looh-gwee'),  ver.;  river  of  Sdmar,  tribu- 
tary to  Sojoton. 

LUGUS  (loo'-goose),  ver.;  second  largest  island  of 
Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A.     {See  Bulipongpong. ) 

point  in  S.  Mindanao. 

LUGIS,  or  BULIPONGPOXG  (loo'-goose,  boo-lee- 
pohng-pohng'),  ver„;  island  in  Sulu  (Tapul) 
grp.  Clear  and  steep-to  on  SW.  coast.  1,010- 
foot  hill  on  N.  end  of  Lapac  I.  forms  land- 
mark. 

LUGUT  (loo-goof),  ver.;  point  in  S.  Mindanao. 

LUlMBli  (loo-eem-bee-ah'),ver.;  point  in Negros. 

LUIRBI6  (loo-ir-bee-oh'),  ver.;  point  on  SW. 
coast  of  Negros  Occidental  and  dividing 
headland  of  2  bays,  6^  m.  S.  of  Inayauan. 

LUIS,  SAX  (sahn  loo-ees'),  Sp.;  hamlet  on  SE. 
coast  of  Mucabog  I.,  3  m.  NE.  of  Negros  Occi- 
dental. 

LUISIAXA  (loui-see-ah'-nah),  Sp.;  pueblo  in  La- 
guna,  Luz6n,  11  m.  SE.  of  Santa  Cruz.  Pop., 
3,802. 

hamlet  of  pueblo  of  Majayjay,  Laguna, 

Luz6n. 

LUISIJAX  (loui-see'-hahn),  ver.;  town  In  An- 
tique, Panay. 


LUK  (look),  ver.;  bay  on  SE.  coaat  of  Lubang  I. 
(.See  Loog.) 

LIIlAB  (loo'-Iab),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Benguet,  Lu- 
zon, 16  m.  NE.  of  Trinidad. 

LULUGBAX  doo-loog-bahn'),  ver.;  island  off  NE. 
point  of  Iloilo,  Panay.     (See  Nabunut.) 

LUMXbAXG  (looh-mah'-bang),  nat.;  hamlet  in 
pueblo  of  Bayombong,  Nueva  Vizcaya,  Luzon. 

LUMAGUS  (loo-mah'-goose),  ver.;  river  in  Min- 
danao. 

LUMAMPA  (loo-mahm-pah').  Tag.;  hamlet  in  Ca- 
vite, Luzon,  22  m.  S.  of  Cavite. 

LUMANCApX  (loo-mahn-cah-pah'),  ver.;  point  on 
extreme  N.  shore  of  Siquijor  I.,  SW.  of  Bohol, 
19  m.  SW.  of  Taburuc  Pt.,  in  extreme  SW.  of 
Panglao  I. 

LUMAXGO  (loo-mang'-aw),  nat.;  point  at  extreme 
NE.  end  of  N.  coast  of  Siquijor  I.,  SW.  of  Bo- 
hol, 27  m.  SW.  of  Tagbilaran,  on  mainland  of 
Bohol. 

LUMAXOX  (loo-mah'-nohn),  nat.;  hamlet  on  W. 
coast  of  Leyte,  4^  m.  N.  of  Palompon. 

LUMBACAX  (loom-bah'-cahn),  ver.;  channel  E. 
of  island  of  Baldbac,  opening  into  Sulu  Sea. 

LUMBAXG  (loom-bang'),  nat.;  pueblo  in  Laguna, 
Luzon,  6  m.  E.  of  Santa  Cruz.    Pop.,  4,293. 

river  entering  on  SW.  shore  of  Palanog 

port,  NW.  coast  of  Masbate,  Visayas. 

LUMBIAX  (loom-bee'-ahn),  ver.;  island  off  S. 
shore  of  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A.,  near  Patita  I. 

LUMBUCAN  (loom-boo'-cahn),  ver.;  island  100  ft. 
high,  1  m.  in  length,  15  m.  E.  by  N.  of  Cape 
Melville,  S.  point  of  BalAbac.  Channel  of 
Lumbucan  passes  on  S.  and  Campiran  on  N. 

channel  S.  of  Lsland  of  same  name  ap- 
proaching Baldbac,  E.  of  Cape  Melville,  S. 
end  of  Baldbac  I.,  and  from  BalAbac  Strait  in 
NE.  direction  into  Sulu  Sea. 

LUMBUYAX  (loom-boo'-yahn),  nat.;  hamlet  in  W. 
Antique,  Panay,  6  m.  NE.  of  Barboza. 

LUMHIM  (loom-him'),  nat.;  point  N.  shore  San 
Antonio  (Rocky)  Bay,  SE.  coast  Palawan,  W. 
by  N.  of  Marangas. 

LUMIXTAX  (loo-meen'-tahn),  ver.;  point  and  river 
emptyiflg  into  sea,  6^  m.  SSW.  of  Iriron,  on 
SW.  coast  of  Mindoro. 

LUMiXTAO(loo-meen'-tah-oh),ver.;  town  in  Min- 
doro. 

LUMITIAD  (loo-mee-teeh-ahd'),  Tag.;  river  of 
Tayabas,  Luzon,  emptying  into  Lam6n  Bay, 
between  Maguitig  and  Minanucan  Pts. 

LUMITTIS  (loo-mit'-tis),  ver.;  islet  2  m.  S.  of  Li- 
b4s  Pt.,  E.  coast  of  Bohol,  on  ocean  front  of 
Cobton  Bay. 

LUMP,  for.;  N.  of  2  islands,  S.  of  Boayan  I.,  NW. 
coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

LUMCCLUC  (loo-mook-look'),  nat.;  river  empty- 
ing on  NW.  shore  of  Barrera  port,  NE.  coast 
of  Masbate,  Visayas;  cascade  about  i  m.  above 
its  mouth  furnishes  good  water. 

LUMUXO  (loo-moo'-noh),  ver.;  river  in  extreme 
SE.  Cebu,  emptying  into  sea  1  m.  S.  of  Bol- 
jo-6n. 

LUMtiPUG  (loo-moo'-poog),  nat.;  village  on  r. 
bank  of  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  Cotabato, 
Mindanao,  4  m.  above  Tumbao. 

LUX  (loon),  ver.;  hamlet  on  NE.  .shore  of  Saran- 
gani  Bav,  S.  coast  of  Ddvao,  Mindanao,  74  m. 
S.  by  W."  of  DAvao. 

LUXAGAX  (loo-nah'-gahn),  ver.;  river  entering 
bay  of  Illigan  on  S.  shore,  SE.  of  Binuni  Pt., 
N.  coast  of  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

LUXAS  (loo'-nahs).  Sp.;  mountain  on  SW.  shore 

of  Leyte,  9  m.  N.  of  Baybay. 
hamlet  in  S.  central  Cebil,  Apo  Mt.,  13  m. 

E.  of  Alcantara. 
hamlet  at  headwaters  of  Maasin  Riv.,SW. 

Leyte. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS, 


609 


Ll!>'AY  (loo-nl'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  SE.  shore  of 
Camiiiisi  Bay,  N.  coast  of  Cdpiz,  Panay,  2  m. 
NE.  of  Sapidn. 

■  small  lake  through  which  Bao  Riv.  passes 

ill  Leyte. 

LUNBIIJAX  (loon-booh'-halm),  iiat.;  tributary  of 
Ulut  Riv.,  Silmar. 

point  W.  head  of  CataiiTgan  port,  SE.  coast 

Masbate  I.,  Visaya.s. 

LtfXDAY  (loon'-dye),  ver.;  mountain  in  Bohol, 
Visayas. 

LUMilB  (loong-ib'),  nat.;  point,  N.  shore  at  en- 
trance to  SW.  arm  of  Barrera  port,  NE.  coast 
of  Masbate  I.,  Visayas. 

LUNGl'D  (loon-good'),  nat.;  hamlet  of  Ilocos  Sur, 
Luzon. 

LUXUAY  (loo-noo-i'),  nat.;  mountain  of  Ilocos 
Norte,  Luzon,  forming  part  of  Cordillera 
del  Norte. 

LU<K'A\A>'  (loo-oh-cah'-nahn),  ver.;  mountain 
in  Leyte,  7  m.  E.  of  Villaba. 

LIIPA  (loo'-pah),  nat.;  island  to  E.  of  Balambing 
I.,  SW.,  coast  of  Tawi  Tawi,  Sulu  A.,  from 
which  it  is  separated  by  an  unnavigable 
channel. 

LUPA  BL'AX  (loo'-pah  bwahn),  ver.;  S.  coast  of 
Tawi  Tawi,  Sulu  A.,  and  10  m.  NE.  of  Balam- 
bing. Tliis  place  sprang  up  after  attack  of 
Spanish  gunboats  on  Balambing  in  1871. 
Famous  for  building  native  boats. 

LtiPAC  (loo'-pack),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Lepanto, 
Luz6n;  mountains  in  vicinity  contain  copper. 

LllPAXU(loo'-pang),  ver.;  village  near  Los  Banos, 
S.  coast  of  Laguna  de  Bay,  Laguna,  Luzon, 
has  deposit  of  fine  white  siliceous  earth 
(ochre),  carried  to  Manila  as  early  as  1859-60 
and  there  purified  into  paint. 

Li:PAO  (looh-pah'-oh),  T,ag.;  river  in  pueblo  of 
.same  name,  Nueva  Ecija,  Luzon,  flows  into 
Chico  de  la  Pampanga  Riv. 

pueblo  in  Nueva  Ecija,  Luzon,  40  m.  N.  of 

San  Isidro.    Pop.,  608. 

LtPI  (loo'-pee),  ver.;  pueblo  in  Ambos  Camari- 
iies  (Sur),  Luzon,  midway  between  DAet 
and  Nueva  CAceres,  capitals  of  former,  N. 
and  S.  Camarines  Provinces,  respectively,  22 
m.  NW.  of  latter,  on  tributary  of  Polauluua 
Riv.    Pop.,  765. 

LIIPIT   ( loo-pit'),  ver;    hamlet  in  W.  Antique, 

Panay,  7k  m.  SE.  of  SibAlom. 
river  entering  Guimards  Strait,  1  m.  S.  of 

Bacolod,  Negros  Occidental. 
LfPl'T  (loo'-put),  ver.;  point  inS.  Mindanao. 
LUUOWO  (loo-raw'-go) ,  ver.;  mountain  in  S.'imar. 

LL'SXX,  or  CALABOSO  (loo-sahn',  cah-lah-boh'- 
soh),  Tag.;  riverin  Laguna,  Luzon,  emptying 
into  Laguna  de  Bay. 

Ll'SARAN  (loo-sah-rahn'),ver.;  extreme  SW.  point 
of  (iuimards  I.,  off  lloilo,  Panay,  and  islet  2  m. 
N.  Iietween  entrance  to  Guimards  Strait  on  S. 
and  lloilo  on  N. 

LUSAUAXO  (loo-sah-raug'),  ver.;  island  S.  of 
Panay. 


LUSAY  (looh-sT),  nat.;  point  on  E.  coast  of  Mas- 
bate,  Visayas,  in  pueblo  of  Palanas. 

LUSUO  (loo-soog'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  E.  shore  of 
strait  of  Tanon,  5  m.  SW.  of  Pinamungajan, 
W.  coast  of  Cebi'i. 

LUSUNSACXtAO  (loo-soon-sah-cah'-tah-oh),  ver.; 
point  on  E.  coast  of  Cebii,  2^  m.  N.  of  Com- 
postela. 

LrSrrNGXx  (loo-sooh-oon-gahn'),  nat.;  river  of 
Sdmar  emptying  on  E.  coast. 

LUTAB  (loo-tab'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Benguet, 
Luzon,  12  m.  NE.  of  Trinidad.    Pop.,  415. 

LUTANGAN  (loo-tang'-ahn),  ver.;  extreme  S. 
point  of  Olutanga  I.,  of!  S.  coast  of  Zamboan- 
ga,  Mindanao.  Also  E.  headland  of  Sibaguey 
Bay,  Celebes  Sea,  front  of  which  opens  384  m. 
due  W.  to  E.  shore  of  Zamboanga  Pen., 
opposite. 

LUTAOS  (looh'-tah-ohs),nat.;  hamlet  in Cebu. 

LtfXAT  (loo'-tie),  ver.;  small  river  in  Negros 
Oriental,  Ij  m.  S.  of  Tayasan. 

LUTAYA,  or  OLflAY  (loo-tah'-yah,  oh-loo'-tie), 
ver.;  island  1  m.  NE.  and  SW.,  N.  of  Ma- 
gatalijan,  2i  m.  off  N.  coast  of  Capiz,  Panay. 
Between  this  island  and  Bulacaue,  214  m.  E., 
lies  great  bay  with  no  good  anchorage. 

LUTII>'«  (loo-toong'),  ver.;  island  of  NE.  coast  of 
Panay.     (See  Nabiinut.) 

LUVXs  (loo-ba.ss'),  nat.;  point  on  SW.  shore  of 
Albay  Gulf  and  W.  head  to  Piliqui  Bay,  Al- 
bay,  Luzon. 

port  on  Bay  of  Albay,  in  Albay,  Luzon. 

LUYA  LUYA  (loo'-yah  loo'-yah);  riverof  Tayabas, 
Luzon,  rising  in  Banajao  Peak,  on  N.,  and 
empties  into  Lamon  Bay. 

LUY^N  (loo-yahn'),  ver.;  hamlet  of  500  people, 
S.  of  Panalipan.  Chief  occupation  of  people 
is  cutting  wood  for  Cebii  market. 

LIIYOS  (loo'-yohs);  hamlet  in  pueblo  of  C^biao, 
on  bank  of  river  of  same  name,  Nueva  Ecija, 
Luzon. 

affluent  of   Chico  de  la  Pampanga   Riv., 

rising  in  Nueva  Ecija,  Luz6n,  flows  ENE.  and 
unites  with  river  named. 

LUYL't'AX  (loo-yoo'-cahn),  ver.;  bayjan  W.  .side 
of  Us6n  port,  S.  coast  of  Busuanga  I.,  Cala- 
mianes  grp.,  NE.  of  Paragua,  Palawan,  and 
opposite  NW.  coast  of  Peiion  de  Coron. 

LUYl'^E  (loo-yoo'-ay),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Lepanto, 
Luzon,  15  m.  from  Cervantes.    Pop.,  750. 

LIIZOX  (loo-thon'),  Hisp.;  point,  SW.  extremity 
of  Batadn,  Luzon,  on  China  Sea,  forming 
Bagac  Bay,  at  head  of  which  is  village  of 
Bagac.  Shores  are  low,  but  point  is  rocky, 
and  coast  indented  by  several  small  bays, 
largest  being  Guai  Bay. 

low    islet   in   Coron     Passage    between 

Busuanga  and  Calamidn  Is.,  Calamianes  grp., 
NE.  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

■  river  rising  in  NE.  range  of  Negros  Occi- 
dental, and  flowing  E.  falls  into  sea  on  E. 
coast  of  Sagunto  hamlet. 

pueblo  on  SE.  shore  of    Ddvao  Gulf,  SE. 

peninsula  of  Davao,  Mindanao,  494  m.  SE.  by 
S.  of  Ddvao.    Pop. ,  Cn.  1887,  233. 

mountain  in  Benguet,  Luz6u. 


LUZON  ISLAND,  PHILIPPINE  ARCHIPELAG-O 

(Loo-thon',  Hisp.) 

Capital:  Manila  (Observatory),  lat.  14°  34'  42'^  N.,  Ion.  120°  58'  8''  E.  {See 
pp.  183-194.) 

Area:  mainland,  43,075  sq.  m. ;  311  dependent  islands,  1,160  sq.  m.;  total,  44,235 
sq.  m. 

Population:  Luzun,  3,727,488. 

Races:  the  Cagaydn,  in  the  NE.  part  of  the  island;  the  Ilocano,  in  NW.;  the  Pan- 
gasindn  and  Sambal,  along  the  China  Sea  coast;  the  Painpango,  in  the  portion  lying  N. 

S.  Doc.  280 39 


GIO  GAZETTEER    (IF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

of  ^Manila  Bay;  the  Tagalog,  in  the  center  provinces,  and  the  Bi'col  (Vi'col),  in  the 
SE.  portion,  are  the  most  important. 

Language:  the  principal,  Tagdlog;  Pampango,  Bicol  (Yi'col),  Pangasinan,  Ilocano, 
and  Cagayiin. 

Military  Department  of  Luzon:  Headquarters,  Manila,  Luzon. 

Tahh  of  distances.     (Also  see  pp.  129-131. ) 

From  Manila  to—  naut.  m. 

Auckland,  New  Zealand,  via  Torres  Strait.* 5, 0'x; 

Bangkok,  Siaiu 1,  -1  lo 

Batavia.  Java,  via  Singapore 1,  o-Sti 

Batavia  via  Maca.ssar  Straits 1 ,  5C0 

Brito,  Kicaragua  (Canal ) 8, 760 

Calcutta,  Hindoostan,  India 3, 016 

Canton,  China 703 

Guam,  Ladrones  Islands,  N.  route 1, 750 

Guam,  Ladrones  Islands,  S.  route 1, 506 

Hongkong,  China : 628 

Honolulu,  Pacific  Ocean,  United  States,  N.  route 4, 950 

Honolulu,  Pacific  Ocean,  United  States,  S.  route 4, 843 

Kagasakl,  Japan 1, 365 

New  Orleans  via  proposed  Nicaragua  Canal 10, 096 

Kew  Orleans  via  proposed  Panama  Canal 10, 130 

New  York  via  Cape  Good  Hope,  direct .*•  13, 771 

New  York  via  Cape  Horn 16, 971 

New  York  via  proposed  Nicaragua  Canal 10, 697 

New  York  via  proposed  Panama  Canal 10, 731 

New  York  via  Suez  Canal  and  Gibraltar 11, 601 

Port  Darwin,  N.  coast  Australia 1, 692 

Port  ToAvnsend.  United  States,  ^^a  Yokohama 5, 920 

Saigon.  Indo-China 930 

San  Francisco  via  Guam 6, 943 

San  Francisco  via  Yokohama 6, 471 

Shanghai,  China 1, 080 

Singapore 1 ,  386 

Svdnev.  Australia 3, 772 

Tientsin,  thina 2, 409 

Pekin,  China,  via  Tientsin  and  Peiho  Riv 2, 529 

Vladivostok,  E.  Siberia,  Russia 2, 010 

Wake  Island,  United  States 2, 646 

Wellington  via  Torres  Straits 4, 612 

Y'okohama,  New  Zealand,  Japan 1, 630 

LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

The  most  N.  of  the  islands  of  the  P.  A.,  situated  between  lat.  12°  32^  and  18°  39'  X., 
and  Ion.  119°  42'  and  124°  S'  E.  In  form  it  is  very  irregular,  elongated  from  X.  to 
S.  and  SE.,  much  wider  at  X.  than  at  S.  It  narrows  at  lat.  14°  30'  where  the 
bay  of  Manila  is  situated;  much  more  at  14°,  where  an  isthmus  unites  the  larger  and 
W.  part  of  the  island  with  the  E.  It  is  bounded  on  the  N.  by  the  Bachi  (Baschi) 
channel,  connecting  the  Pacific  Ocean  and  China  Sea,  which  separates  it  from  For- 
mosa, 248  m.  to  the  X.,  the  coast  of  Japan  lying  1,060  m.  to  the  XXE.,  and  China  435 
m.  to  the  XXW.;  on  the  E.  by  the  Pacific  Ocean,  Guam,  United  States,  lying  1,376 
m.  to  the  E. ;  on  the  S.  by  the"  San  Bernardino  Strait  separating  it  from  Sllmar;  the 
N.  channels  of  the  Visayan  Sea  dividing  it  from  the  islands  of  Ticao,  Masbate,  Burias, 
Sibuyan,  Eomblon,  and  Tablas;  the  Tayabas  Gulf  from  [Marinduque  and  Verde  Pas- 
sage dividing  it  from  ^lindoro,  and  on  the  W.  by  the  Cliina  Sea,  the  coast  of  Indo- 
China  lying  683  m.  opposite  to  the  W.  The  island  lies  in  the  main  pathway  of 
commerce  between  India  via  the  British  and  Dutch  possessions  in  the  "Straits," 
and  Java  Sea  on  the  S  W. ;  Australia  Ada  the  Molucca  and  Celebes  Is.  and  Borneo  on 
the  S.,  and  China  and  Japan  on  W.,  N.,  and  NW. 

AREA. 

The  mainland  of  Luzon  is  283  m.  due  S.  to  Manila,  and  thence  255  m.  SE.  along 
the  peninsula  to  Babnlgun  Pt.,  the  SE.  extreme  of  Sorsogon,  on  San  Bernardino 
Strait,  or  489  m.  from  X\V.  to  SE.  At  its  widest  point,  about  the  center  of  X.  Luzon, 
it  is  138  m.  from  the  Pacific  Ocean  to  the  China  Sea,  8  m.  at  its  narrowest  point  in 
the  neck  of  Tayabas,  between  Lamon  Bay  in  the  Pacific  and  Tayabas  Bay  on  the 
Visaj-an  (China)  seaside  it  is  8  m.  The  area  of  the  mainland  is  43,075  sq.  m. ;  of  its 
311  dependent  islands  1,160  sq.  m. ;  total,  44,235  sq.  m.,  and  including  Marinduque 
681  sq.  m. ;  total,  44,916  sq.  m.  This  island  lies  within  10  m.  of  the  Luzon  coast, 
and  is  a  province,  but  in  race  and  language  is  the  same  as  the  Tayabas  mainland, 
which  encircles  it  on  3  sides.     The  mainland  of  Luzon  comprises  27,568,000  a.     It 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  611 

is  625  sq.  m.  larger  than  the  State  of  Virginia,  and  but  2,140  sq.  m.  less  than  the 
area  of  Pennsylvania. 

The  island  is  divided  into  3  territorial  divisions,  as  follows: 

North  Luz6ii;  includes  the  provinces  of  Cagaydn,  in  the  extreme  NE. ;  Ilocos 
Norte,  in  the  extreme  N\V. ;  Ilocos  Sur,  Abra,  Lejjanto-Bontoc,  including  the  sub- 
provinces  Amlnirayan,  Bontoc,  Lepanto;  Isabela,  Union,  Benguet,  Nueva  Vizcaya, 
and  Principe,  subprovince  of  Tayabas. 

Center  Luzon;  includes  the  jjrovinces  of  Infanta,  a  subprovince  of  TayaVjas; 
Bulacan,  Pampanga,  Tarlac,  Nueva  Ecija,  Pangasindn,  Zambales,  Batadn,  Manila 
municipality,  Cavite,  Rizal  (Manila  and  Morong),  Laguna,  and  Batangas. 

South,  Luzon;  includes  the  provinces  of  Tayabas,  Ambos  Camarines,  Albay,  and 
iSorsogon. 

These  provinces  are  described  in  their  places  alphabetically  arranged. 

The  mountain  system  of  Luzon  is  composed  principally  of  3  large  ranges,  the  nucleus 
of  which  is  the  Caraballo  Sur,  whose  highest  peak  (4,666  ft.)  is  situated  in  lat.  16°  9^ 
N.,  Ion.  121°  4''  E.  from  Greenwich.  The  chief  ranges  are  known  as  Caraballos  Occi- 
dentales,  which  form  the  Pacific  and  China  Sea  watersheds  of  N.  Luzon,  and  extends 
a  distance  of  alwut  150  m.  N.  and  S.  The  Sierra  3Iadre,  which  forms  a  continuous 
chain  of  mountains  from  Caraballos,  and  longer  than  the  Caraballos,  runs  to  Cape 
p]ngaiio,  having  a  SK.  trend.  The  third  range,  beginning  at  the  same  point,  the 
Caraballo  Sur,  extends  N.  and  S. ;  at  Banahao  it  turns  to  the  SE.  into  the  province 
of  Tayabas,  where  it  divides,  one  trending  to  the  S.  and  the  other  to  the  NE.  for  a 
shortdistance;  thence  to  the  E.  across  the  Camarines;  thence  to  the  SE.  into  Albay, 
and  terminates  in  the  spurs  of  the  volcano  of  Bulus^n,  facing  the  straits  of  San  Ber- 
nardino. This  range  has  several  important  branches,  one  ending  on  the  S.  side  of 
the  bay  of  .Baler.  The  most  important  mountains  of  the  system  of  the  Caraballos, 
aside  from  the  Caraballo  Sur,  are  the  following:  In  the  range  of  the  NW.,  or  Cara- 
ballos Occidentales,  the  peaks  of  Sagsig,  Cabal isian,  Salacsa,,  Dalandem,  Mingolit, 
and  Saludn,  between  the  provinces  of  Nueva  Vizcava,  Nueva  Ecija,  Pangasinan,  and 
the  district  of  Benguet;  those  of  Data,  8,3.'33  ft.  (2,o00  meters);  Tila,  4,516  ft.  (1,355 
meters);  Mitra,  5,«89  ft.  (1,737  meters),  and  Tantaguan,  5,779  ft.  (1,737  metersj,  in 
the  district  of  Lepanto;  those  of  CaVjurtanga,  Galxjn  or  Dacuer,  Dilaso,  Danao,  Dayos, 
Narapijan,  and  the  craggy  Andang,  in  Ilocos  Norte;  those  of  Posdey,  4,866  ft. 
(1,430  meters);  Mamagued,  Mabulu.sa,  Liputen,  Abra,  Colango,  Bumuragan,  Bala- 
tinan,  Molinga,  Pico,  and  Calos,  within  the  limits  of  Abra;  those  of  Balago,  5,353 
ft.  (1,606  nieters);  Cabatingan,  Diablo,  Maguinalem,  Tibangran,  and  Bumay, 
6,376  ft.  (1,913  meters),  within  the  provinces  of  Abra  and  Ilocos  Sur;  and  in  the 
ridges  of  Ilocos  Norte,  from  the  extreme  S.  to  Point  Pata  on  the  N.  coast,  those  of 
Agaumala,  4,700  ft.  (1,410  meters);  Pan  de  Aziicar,  2,530  ft.  (762  meters);  Bimun- 
gan,  3,843  ft.  (1,183  meters);  and  that  of  Quebrada,  2,787  ft.  (927  meters),  with  the 
line  of  heights  which  form  the  Caraballo  Norte.  The  elevation  of  the  peaks  of  the 
Sierra  Madre  is  estimated  as  follows:  The  Dos  Cuernos,  4,013  ft.  ( 1,204  meters) ;  the 
Moises,  4,276  ft.  (1,283  meters);  the  volcano  Cana,  3,8.30  ft.  (1,195  meters),  and 
several  others  whose  elevation,  like  that  of  others  which  we  have  mentioned,  it  has 
not  yet  been  possible  to  determine.  Following  the  range  o^f  the  E.  and  SE.  are  the 
Caraballos  de  Baler  and  Subani,  in  the  province  of  Nueva  Ecija;  Silas,  Angat,  Paha- 
lang,  Orion,  and  Tayabasan,  in  that  of  Bulacan;  Simuten,  Camunay,  and  Duyo,  in 
the  district  of  Morong;  Malagion,  Malang,  Rizal,  Maqufling,  3,670  ft.  (1,133  meters), 
and  San  Cristobal,  in  Lajruna,  until  we  reach  the  Ma«alacay  and  Bondog,  in  the 
province  of  Tayaba.«;  those  of  Colasi,  Calungun,  Bayabas,  Sabro,  4,373  ft.  (1,552 
meters);  Baao,  Puliamey,  Paratucan,  and  Caramuan,  in  those  of  Ambos  Camarines; 
and  in  that  of  Albay  those  of  Buhi  or  MaUnao,  Masaraga,  3,513  ft.  ( 1,354  meters) ; 
]\Iay6n  or  volcano  of  Albay,  7,566  ft.  (2,522  meters) ;  Pocdol,  Calangalan,  and  of  the 
volcano  Bulusan. 

BIVEBS. 

Four  principal  rivers  in  Luzon  which  run  in  opposite  directions  nearly  the  whole 
length  of  the  N.  part  of  the  island,  are:  The  Grande  de  Cayagdn,  the  Agno,  the  Abra, 
and  the  Grande  de  la  Pampanga.  Their  basins  are  determined  by  the  3  great  moim- 
tain  ranges,  which  belong  to  the  system  of  the  Caraballos.  These  streams  are 
described  in  the  pro\lnces  through  which  they  run  and  in  their  alphabetical  places. 

BAYS  AND  HARBOBS. 

The  coast  presents  a  great  number  of  irregularities.  Near  the  centerand  on  the  S. 
are  large  bays  and  excellent  ports  and  harbors.  From  Point  Negra,  at  the  extreme 
NW.  of  the  island,  the  coast  extends  S W.  to  Cai)e  Bojeador;  it  then  turns  to  the  SSE. 


612  GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

and  SSW.  and  continues  in  this  direction  as  far  as  Point  Dile.  In  this  part  are  the 
bay  of  Dirqtie,  bar  (roadstead)  of  C:iuit,  Point  CuUli,  port  Currimao,  gulf  of  Gan, 
island  of  Bad(K-,  and  Point  Solot,  all  belonging  to  the  coast  of  Ilocos  Norte.  The 
island  and  pcjrt  of  iSalomague  and  the  island  of  Pinget  belong  to  the  coast  of  Ilocos 
Sur.  From  Point  Dile  the  coast  forms  a  curve  toward  the  E.,  in  whicli  are  the  1)ay 
of  Soll)et  and  ports  San  Esteban  and  Santiago.  Continuing  S.,  before  reaching  Dari- 
gayos  at  the  mouth  of  the  river  Amburayan,  Sur  Ilocos  ends  and  Union  Ijcgins  and 
extends  almost  in  a  straight  line  to  the  S.,  with  a  slight  inclination  toward  the  W., 
terminating  at  Point  San  Fernando.  Here  the  gulf  of  Lingayen  begins.  Toward  the 
E.  end  of  this  gulf,  and  near  the  mouth  of  the  river  Rabong,  Pangasinan  begins. 
The  provincial  boundary  between  Pangasinan  and  Zaml)ales  starts  opi)Osite  the  island 
of  Ca]>ilitian.  From  the  vicinity  of  the  island  of  Santiago,  or  I*urra,  the  coast 
advances  to  the  W.  and  SAY.,  forming  Cape  Bolinao,  and  then  continues  toward  the  S. 
without  other  notaljle  vai-iation  than  Point  Arenas,  the  bay  of  Agno,  and  Point  Tam- 
bobo.  At  Point  Caiman,  fronting  Culebra  I.,  it  turns  to  the  E.  to  form  the  bay  of 
Dasol,  Points  Bayamban,  Banop,  and  Santa  Cruz,  in  front  islands  Older  and  Younger 
Sisters  (Hermana  Mayor  y  Menor,  or  IMacalire).  S.  of  the  shoal  of  Sabalay  are  Points 
Arenas  and  Bani,  purt^lasinloc,  the  San  Salvador  and  ^lacalabo  Is.,  and  the  points  and 
reefs  of  Palaing.  From  here  it  inclines  to  the  SE.  and  SSE.  as  far  as  the  n)ountainous 
peninsula,  which  is  hemmed  in  on  the  W.  by  the  Capones,  Tabones,  and  Frailes  Is., 
which  likewise  includes  on  the  W.  the  port  of  Sul)ic.  On  the  SE.  of  this  peninsula 
is  the  port  of  Silangui'n.  Within  the  port  of  Siibic  is  Olongapo,  where  Bataan  begins, 
forming,  with  the  peninsula  which  limits  it  on  the  W.,  the  bay  of  Manila,  whose 
coasts  belong  to  the  provinces  of  Bataan.  Pampanga,  Bulaciln,  Manila,  and  Cavite. 
Leaving  the  bay  of  Manila  toward  the  S.  is  found  the  gulf  of  Patungan,  with  the 
Carabao  an<l  Limbones  Is.  At  the  head  of  tliis  bay  Batangas  begins.  Farther  to  the 
S.  Port  Jamelo,  Point  Fuego,  Fortun  I.,  Point  San  Diego,  Talin,  and  Cape  Santiago 
are  found.  From  this  point,  about  lat.  13°  45'  N.,  the  S.  coast  of  Luzon  presents  the 
gulf  of  Pagapas,  the  Ijay  of  Balayan,  Point  Cazador,  the  island  of  Maricaban,  the  bay 
of  Batangas,  Points  Malocot,  Arenas,  Talajib,  Rosario,  Malabrigo,  Punas,  Malagundi, 
and  Loco  Loco,  and  the  little  gulf  of  Coloconto.  At  Point  Punas  the  coast  turns 
toward  the  KNE.  and  E.  to  form  the  great  gulf  of  Tayabas.  At  the  N.  of  San  Juan 
de  Bogbog,  at  the  bar  of  Nayon,  the  coast  of  Tayabas  begins.  From  here  it  stretches 
to  the  SE.  and  S.,  and  Point  Tuguian,  the  bay  of  Catananan,  the  island  of  Mompog, 
the  port  of  Mulanay,  the  gulf  of  Agoin,  Aguasa  Bay,  and  Point  Bondog,  this  being 
the  extreme  S.  jwint  of  the  great  peninsula  which  bounds  the  bay  of  Ragay  on  the 
W.,  at  which  point  to  the  N,  and  E.  the  coast  of  Tayabas  ends  and  that  of  Ambos 
Camarines  (Sur)  begins.  The  E.  coast  of  this  bay  advances  to  the  S.  at  Point  Cad- 
burauan,  where  to  the  N.,  and  not  far  from  Point  Talo,  is  the  boundary  between 
Camarines  Sur  and  Albay.  After  doubling  this  point,  Cadburauan,  called  also  Point 
Panganiran,  the  coast  extends  to  the  E.  and  SE.  and  forms  an  irregular  peninsula 
whose  S.  end  is  the  extreme  S.  point  of  the  island.  Along  this  coast  are  the  islands 
of  Lamuyon  or  Solitario,  the  promontory  of  Catandalan,  the  port  of  Putiao,  the 
great  port  of  Sorsogon,  and  several  small  bays.  Doubling  Points  Langao  and  Babul- 
gan,  in  the  strait  of  San  Bernardino,  the  IC.  coast  of  Luzon  begins.  The  islands  of 
Calinton,  laac,  and  Ticli'n  are  first  seen,  and  to  the  N.  the  prominent  point  of  Bino- 
rongan  and  otliers,  as  far  as  Bingay,  where  the  I'oast  turns  to  the  W.  to  form  the  bay 
of  Albay,  shut  in  on  the  N.  l:)y  the  islands  of  Rapu-Rapu,  Batan,  and  Cacraray.  This, 
with  the  island  of  San  Miguel  and  the  coast  N.  of  the  peninsula,  which  bounds  the 
N.  part  of  this  bay,  forms  the  bay  of  TaVjaco.  Again  the  coast  takes  a  direction  N. 
and  NW.,  and  at  Punta  Gorda,  somewhat  to  the  S.  of  the  island  of  A'talayan,  is  the 
E.  boundary  of  Albay  and  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur).  The  coast  then  turns  to  form 
the  bay  of  Lagonoy  and  continues  to  the  E.  as  far  as  the  straits  of  Maqueda  and 
Tacbun,  where  the  bay  of  Lugon  and  the  Canaguan  Is.  are  seen.  At  Point  Pana- 
honga,  near  the  Pitogo  Is.,  the  coast  inclines  toward  the  W.,  and  continues  in  this 
direction  of  WXW.  with  great  irregularities,  as  far  as  the  bay  of  Lamon.  Along  this 
distance  are  curved  successively  the  islands  of  Matatarad,  Lanquipao,  Lugsunin, 
Lahuy,  and  Quinabugan,  Point  Tinajuagan,  the  port  of  Sisiran,  the  islands  of  Quina- 
liisag,  Bacaca}',  Lamit,  Sibanan,  and  Paniqui,  the  point  and  port  of  Tambang,  Point 
(iuinabucasan,  the  islands  of  Siruna,  Canton,  Caringo,  Camino,  and  others,  at  the 
entrance  to  the  great  bay  of  San  Miguel.  Along  the  W.  coast  of  this  bay  is  the 
boundary  between  Ambos  Camarines  and  the  island  of  Quinamanucan,  the  Calaguas 
Is.,  Cape  Baluagan,  and  Points  Pinagdungan,  Paranquirdn,  and  Tailon,  Pulumbato, 
and  Tunco  Is.,  the  bay  of  Mambulao,  and  various  small  islands;  also  the  island 
of  Jaulo  and  the  bay  of  Sugot,  at  the  head  of  which  is  the  boundary  between  N. 
Camarines  and  Tayabas.  The  N.  are  the  islands  of  Jomalig,  the  peninsula  which 
terminates  in  Point  Dappal,  the  Balegin,  Pasig,  and  Alabat  Is.,  and  the  bay  of  Apal. 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  613 

From  the  l)ay  of  Lamon,  fronting  the  island  of  Calbalete,  the  coast  of  Luzon  contin- 
ues from  8.  to  N.  with  some  inclination  to  NNE.,  corresponding  to  the  province  of 
Infanta.  Tiie  most  notable  features  are  the  ports  of  Lampon  and  Point  Inaguican, 
fronting  the  S.  part  of  the  i-sland  of  Polillo.  Passing  tlie  N.  boundary  of  Infanta, 
along  the  coast  of  Nueva  Ecija,  the  bay  of  Dingala  is  found,  to  the  N.  of  which,  3  m. 
N.  of  Point  Sua,  the  S.  boundary  of  Principe  begins.  Here  the  coast  inclines  more 
to  the  NE.,  and  along  it  are  Point  Diotoring,  the  bay  of  Dil)ut,  Point  Encanto,  the 
bay  of  Baler,  the  bay  of  Casiguran,  and  the  strait  and  long  peninsula  which  termin- 
ates with  the  Cape  Sau  Ildefonso.  N.  of  this  peninsula  the  coast  of  Isabela  begins. 
Here  are  the  bay  of  Dihisac,  or  port  of  Tumango,  and  the  l)ay  of  Palanan.  Thence 
almost  due  N.,  interrupted  only  by  the  small  peninsula  of  Point  Aubarede,  it  forms 
the  port  of  Dimalansau  and  the  bay  of  Divilican,  to  its  NW.  head  near  Dos  Cuernos 
(2  horns),  4,008  ft.  high,  which  marks  the  initial  point  on  the  Pacific  coast  where  Isa- 
bela ends  and  Cagayiln  begins.  Without  notable  variation  it  passes  lat.  18°,  turns  to 
the  NE.  to  form  a  curve,  and  takes  a  W.  direction  at  Point  Escarpada.  On  the  coast 
of  Luzon,  from  this  point,  are  passed  the  island  of  Palaui  and  Cape  Engafio,  forming 
a  great  bay  or  curve  toward  the  S.,  where  the  mouth  of  the  Cagayj'in  Riv.  is,  and 
farther  to  the  NW.  the  mouth  of  the  Pami^lona  Riv.  is  seen.  It  continues  to  the 
NPl  as  far  as  Point  Cabicungan,  and  at  that  point  to  Mayraira,  farther  to  the  W., 
which  are  the  most  N.  points  of  Luzon.  Between  these  two  points,  somewhat  nearer 
the  former,  is  the  boundary  between  Cagayan  and  Ilocos  Norte.  Farther  on, 
between  Points  Dialao  and  Negra,  is  seen  the  bay  of  Bangui. 

ROADS  AND  COMMTTNICATIONS. 

There  are  a  number  of  line  roads  on  the  island  which  connect  Manila  with  remote 
points  and  also  a  railroad  which  unites  the  bay  of  Manila  and  the  gulf  of  LingayeU; 
to  the  N.     These  are  described  in  the  provinces  through  which  they  extend. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

The  poplilation  of  Luzon  and  its  deiiendent  islands,  including  its  22  civil  and 
•5  sul (provinces  and  municii>ality  of  ^Manila,  under  the  census  of  1887,  was  3,727,488, 
and  estimated  not  counted,  distril)uted  among  districts  of  savages.  {See  Popula- 
tion Luzon.)  The  most  important  of  its  native  races  with  their  estimated  population 
are:  Tagulogs,  1,663,900,  occupying  the  provinces  of  central  Luzon  and  the  munici- 
pality of  INIanila;  the  Bicoles  or  Vicoles,  518,000,  on  the  SE.  peninsula  of  Luzon; 
llocanos,  441,700,  in  N.  and  S.  Ilocos;  Pangasinanes,  365,500,  in  Pangasindn;  Pam- 
pangos,  337,900,  inPampanga;  Cagayanes,  166,300,  inCagaydnand  Isabela;  Igorrotes 
population  not  known,  but  numerous  in  many  of  the  provinces  between  Pangasinan 
and  Ambos  Camarines;  Tinguianes,  16,000,  in  Lepanto  and  Abra.  Among  the  infe- 
rior races  and  generally  uncivilized  are  the  Aetas  of  Pangasinan  and  Zambales;  Attas 
of  the  Pacific  coast  chain  of  mountains;  Buquils  of  Zambales;  Negritos,  generally  in 
the  China  Sea  coast  provinces;  Apayaos,  in  the  Cordilleras  of  Ilocos  JSorte;  Balugas  in 
the  mountains  of  Ilocos  Norte  and  Sur,  Nueva  Ecija,  Zambales,  Pampanga,  and  Taya- 
bas;  Catalanganes along  Ilagan  Riv.;  Gaddaues  in  Caga.yun;  Guinaanes,  about  6,000, 
in  Abra;  Ibilaos,  about  4,000,  and  Ilongotes,  about  4,000,  in  the  Pacific  provinces  of 
Principe,  and  the  Irayas,  about  3,000,  in  Nueva  \Mzcaya,  Isaliela,  and  Cagayan. 
These  races  are  mentionecl  in  connection  with  the  provinces  in  which  they  dwell, 

DEPENDENT  ISLANDS. 

The  dependent  islands  of  Luzon,  not  including  those  of  lai-ge  area  and  not  included 
in  the  provincial  organization,  number  311,  Avith  an  area  of  1,160  sq.  m.  The  most 
important  of  these  dependent  islands  are  the  Batanes  and  Babuyanes  grps.  off  the  N. 
cMiist;  Polillo,  Calaguas,  Catanduanes,  San  Miguel,  Cacraray,  Bataan,  and  Rapu-Rapu 
off  the  E.  coast;  the  independent  Visayan  Is.  of  Samar,  SE.,  and  Ticao,  Burias, 
Marinduque,  Mindoro,  and  Lubang  off  the  S.  and  SW.  coasts.  There  are  no  islands 
of  any  dimensions  off  the  W.  coast.  All  these  islands  which  are  dependent  are 
described  in  the  provinces  to  which  they  belong,  and  those  not  dependent  in  their 
places  in  the  alphabet. 

VEGETABLE  PRODUCTS. 

All  the  staples  of  the  archipelago  grow  in  abundance.  Hemp  (abacd),  the  most 
valuable  of  the  exports,  is  raised  in  great  abundance  in  the  S.  provinces  of  Ambos 
Camarines,  Albay,  and  Sorsogon.     Tobacco  is  the  chief  product  of  Cagayan  and 


614  GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

Isabela,  sugar  in  all  the  central  and  S.  provinces.  Coffee  is  most  successfully  cultivated 
in  the  higher  regions  of  Benguet,  Abra,  and  the  surrounding  provinces.  Rice  in  Pan- 
gasindn,  Bulacdn,  and  Cavite.  All  the  cereals  and  vegetables  of  the  United  States 
can  be  successfully  raised  in  the  mountainous  regions  of  N.  Luzon.  Indigo,  copra, 
and  vegetables  in  "large  varieties  are  also  grown.  The  vegetable  products  will  appear 
more  fully  in  the  description  of  the  P.  I.  and  in  the  provinces  in  which  they  are  raised. 

MINERALS. 

The  chief  minerals  are  copper,  gold,  asphalt,  clays,  coal,  gypsum,  iron,  kaolin, 
lead,  lithographic  stone,  marble,  rock  salt,  turpentine,  zinc,  as  will  more  fully  appear 
in  the  description  of  the  P.  I.  and  in  the  provinces  in  which  found. 

FORESTS. 

In  the  forest  wealth  of  the  P.  I. ,  Luzon  holds  a  conspicuous  place.  In  all  the  woods 
useful  for  house  and  shipbuilding  and  cabinet  work  and  other  economic  and  artistic 
purposes,  in  addition  to  which  may  be  added  the  gum-producing,  medicinal,  and  dye 
trees  and  plants.  A  list  of  these  will  be  found  in  the  description  of  the  different 
provinces  and  also  in  the  general  description  of  the  P.  I. 

FRUITS. 

The  cultivated  and  wild  fruit  indigenous  to  the  N.  zone  of  the  island  grow  in  great 
abundance  and  variety.  In  the  mountain  provinces  of  Benguet,  Abra,  Lepanto,  and 
Luzon  generally,  the  small  fruit  and  nuts  of  the  United  States  may  be  successfully 
grown.  Among  the  native  fruits  may  be  mentioned  the  banana,  lanzon  (lanson), 
lemons,  manga,  oranges,  papaya,  pineapples,  santol,  and. other  species  mentioned  in 
the  provinces  where  they  grow. 

INDUSTRIES. 

The  mechanical  industries  of  the  island  are  chiefly  the  development,  into  the 
advanced  forms  of  manufacture,  of  the  products  of  the  field,  forest,  soil,  and  sea. 
Each  province  has  its  industries  for  home  supply,  and,  in  many  instances,  important 
staples  of  commerce,  which  give  employment  to  the  inhabitants,  not  only  in  convert- 
ing the  raw  material,  but  in  transportation  to  tide  water.  This  applies  ])articularly 
to  the  great  staples — hemp,  toltacco,  rice,  ('(iffce,  sugar,  and  copra.  The  extensive 
native  coastwise  and  interisland  tra-le  i^iws  rise  t(j  building  of  native  river  and  coast- 
going  craft,  and  their  navigation  Ix-tween  tlio  towns  along  the  shore.  The  grazingof 
horses,  cattle,  carabaos  is  important  in  many  of  the  provinces.  The  mechanical 
industries  are  almost  wholly  confined  to  Manila. 

UNITED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 

The  possession  of  the  bay  of  Manila  and  Cavite,  the  storming  and  occupation  of 
the  city  of  Manila  and  surrender  of  the  colonial  authorities  of  Spain,  the  maintenance 
of  the  status  quo  mider  the  protocol  and  the  transfer  of  sovereignty,  jurisdiction, 
and  administration  were  events  associated  witli  the  island  of  Luzon,  the  first  in  the 
archipelago  wliich  frit  the  jxiwer  of  tlie  Inited  States,  the  scene  of  the  earliest  mili- 
tary operations  against  a  tui'l)ulent  faction,  and  the  base  of  operations  for  campaigns 
of  occupation  of  the  other  islands.     {See  General  description  of  the  P.  I.) 

CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 

The  installation  of  the  machinery  of  civil  government  under  United  States  auspices 
in  the  Philippines  was  coincident  with  the  occupation  of  Luzon  and  was  exploited 
and  extended  in  scope  and  area  with  the  progress  of  the  victorious  American  arms 
upon  that  island.  The  seat  of  authority  of  civil  government,  as  well  as  of  military 
domination  of  the  entire  archipelago,  representing  the  supreme  jurisdiction  of  the 
United  States  of  America,  is  Luzon.  The  exercise  of  civil  authority  and  legislation 
in  the  P.  I.,  as  a  whole,  is  centered  at  the  city  of  Manila  as  its  capital,  under 
orders  from  Washington,  to  the  provinces  as  subdivisions  of  the  governing  author- 
ity, and  to  the  municipality  as  the  unit  of  local  administration  and  the  coostituent 
body  representing  the  people.  The  provinces  of  Luzon  described  will  be  found  iu 
their  places  in  alphabetical  arrangement. 


GAZETTEEE    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  615 

The  following  is  a  list  of  provinces,  the  entire  island  of  Luzon  being  under  civil 
government: 


Abra. 

Cagayan. 

Pangasindn 

Albay. 

Ilocos  (Norte  and  Sur) 

Rizal. 

Ambos  Camarines  (Norte  and 

Isabela. 

Sorsogon. 

Sur). 

Laguna. 

Tftrlac. 

BataAn. 

LepantQ-Bontoo. 
Nueva  Ecija. 

Tayabas. 

Batangas. 

Union. 

Benguet. 

Nueva  Vizeaya. 

Zambales. 

Bulac^n. 

Pampanga. 

Total,  22. 

Subprovinces  of  Luz6n:  Subprovinces  of  Luzon— continued. 
Amburayan  of  Lepanto-Bontoe.  Infanta  of  Tayabas. 

Bontoc  of  Lepanto-Bontoc.  Principe  of  Tayabas. 

Lepanto  of  Lepanto-Bontoc.  Total,  5. 

Manila  municipality. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


617 


M. 


]tIAA(i  (mah-ag'),  vor.;  mountain  in   Leyte,  i)  '.n. 

N\V.  of  Hinunaiigan. 
MAAliOS  (mah-ah'-gos),  Tag.;  hamlet  in  pnoblo 

of  Hagonoy,  Bulacan,  Luzon. 
MAAGPIT  (mah-ag-pif),  vor.;  island  W.  of  Bo- 

hol. 
MAANAUL  (mah-ah-nah'-ool),  ver.;  mountain  in 

Cebii. 
MAANGX  (mah-ahn-gah'),  ver.;  mountain  2  m.  N. 

of  Quiot,  in  extreme  SW.  part  of  Leyte. 
MAAMJIB    (mah-ahng-ib');     mountain    in    SW. 

Leyte,  7i  m.  NE.  of  Matalom. 
MAANTiID   (mah-ahng-eed'),  ver.;    mountain   in 

Cebv'i. 
MiAO  (mah'-ah-oh),   ver.;    branch  of    Lagasdn 

Riv.,  Negros  Occidental. 
MAXsIM  (mah-ah'-seem),  nat.;  river  on  W.  coast 

of  Mindoro  which  empties  into  sea,  2  m.  S.  by 

E.  of  Iriron. 
MAASIN  (mah-ah'-sin),  nat.;  pueblo  of  Leyte,  on 

extreme  SW.  coast,  76  m.  SSW.  of  Tacloban 

and  19  m.  NE.  of  mainland  of  Bohol  I.    Pop., 

18,499;  Cn.  1887,  1-1,473. 
point  on  SW.  coast  of  Leyte,  in  pueblo  of 

same  name. 
river  rising  in  S.  slopes  of  central  mountain 

range,  in  S.  Leyte,  flows  S.  and  enters  sea  1^ 

ra.  E.  of  town  of  same  name. 

inlet  in  S.  Leyte. 

hamlet  in  Bulaciin,  Luzon,   IG  m.  W.  of 

Bulacdn. 
town  in  central   Iloilo,   Panay,  on  tribu- 
tary to  S.  branch  of  Jalaur  Riv.,  18  m.  NW.  of 

Hollo.    Pop.,  9,674. 

river  in  Bohol. 

MAATIIbAMJ  (mah-ah-too'-bang),  ver.;  hamlet  in 

E.  Ci'ipiz,  Panay,  34  m.  SE.  of  Dumar. 
MAAYOCOC  (mah-ah-yoh-cock'),  ver.;  mountain 

in  SW.  Leyte,  4  m.  E.  of  Ormoe. 
MAATON  (mah-ah'-vohn),  nat.;  pueblo  and  river 

in  Cdpiz,  Panay.    Pop.,  1,616. 
MABABA  (mah-bali'-bah),  nat.;  oneof  Cuatrogrp. 

off  W.  coast  of  Leyte,  opposite  Inopacan. 
MABXb<Ki!  (mah-bah'-bog),  ver.;  mountain  in  E. 

Pangasinan,  Luzon. 
MABAC  (mah-back'),  ver.;  island  i  sq.  m.  in  area, 

li  m.  off  NW.  point  of  Fuga  I.,  and  with  it 

forming  anchorage  in  Babuyanes  grp.    (See 

Musa  Bay.) 
MABADIS  (mah-bah'-rtis),  vor.;  island  of  Bachi 

(Baschi)  cluster  o£  Batanes  grp.,  lying  7  m. 

NNE.  from  N.  end  of  Ibayat  I.,  1^  m.  NE.  and 

SW.    Area,  1  sq.  m.    Channel  between  it  and 

SiayAn  I.,  1  m.  SSW.,  is  unsafe  on  account  of 

detached  rocks. 
MABAUON  (mah-bah'-gawn),  ver.;  mountain  in 

SW.  Leyte,  near  coast,  5  m.  S.  of  Baybay. 
MABAHAU    (mah-bah-hag'),  nat.;    islet  off   NE. 

shore  of  Leyte,  2  m.  NW.  of  Mallbago. 
MABAJO    (mah-bah'-hoh),     nat.;    mountain    in 

Mindoro. 
MABALXCAT   (mah-bah-lah'-caht),   ver.;   pueblo 

on  main  road  in  Pampanga,  Luzon,  16  m.  N. 

ofBacolor.    Pop.,  10,600. 
9IABALAN  (mah-bah'-lahn).  Tag.;  point  on   W. 

shore  of  Manila  Bay,  in  Batadn,  Luzon. 
MABANtiA   (mah-bahng-ah'),  nat.;  mountain  in 

Pangasinto,  Luzon. 


MABAlVfeAI  (mah-bahng'-i),  nat.;  summit  53.'3  ft. 
NE.  of  Subic,  N.  shore  of  Subic  Bay,  SE.  coast 
of  Zam bales,  Luzon. 

MABATANG  (mah-bah-tang').  Tag.;  pueblo  and 
p.  o.  on  NW.  shore  of  Manila  Bay,  in  Bata&n, 
Luzon,  4  m.  N.  of  Balanga.    Pop.,  1,766. 

MABATIGUl  (mah-bah-tce'-gee).  Tag.;  mountain 
in  Rizal,  Luzon. 

MABATO  (mah-bah-toh').  Tag.;  point  on  shore  of 
Laguna  do  Bay,  in  pueblo  of  Jalajala,  Rizal, 
Luzon. 

mountain  of  Polillo  I.,  off  Infanta,  Luz6n. 

MABATOBATC')  (mah-bah-toh-bah-toh'),  nat.;  pue- 
blo at  S.  foot  of  Isarog  Mt.,  in  Ambos  Cama- 
rines  (Sur) ,  Luzon,  15 m.  SE.  of  Nueva Cilceres, 
on  main  road.    Pop.,  849. 

■ —  mountain  in  Nueva  Vizeaya,  Lnz6n. 

MABATUI  (mah-bah-tooy'),  ver.;  point  on  W. 
shore  of  Batan  I.,  Batanes  grp. 

MABAtlHA  (mah-bah-oo'-hah),  ver.;  point  in 
island  of  Pana6n,  off  SE.  coast  of  Leyte. 

MABAYABAS  (mah-bah-vah'-bass),  nat.;  summit 
514  ft.  E.  by  S.  of  Subic,  N.  shore  of  Subic  Bay, 
SE.  coast  of  Zambales,  Luzon. 

MABAY<i  (mah-bah-yoh'),  nat.;  river  emptying 
in  SE.  corner  of  BenangA  port,  SE.  shore  of 
Subic  Bay,  SE.  coast  of  Zambales,  Luz6n. 

MABAYIJAN  (mah-bah-yoo'-ahn),  nat.;  summit 
(384  ft.)  on  r.  bank  of  Calaclan  Riv.,  NE. 
shore  of  Subic  Bay,  SE.  coast  of  Zambales, 
Luzon. 

MABGIIBAN  (mahb-goo'-bahn),  nat.;  river  enter- 
ing SE.  angle  of  Barrera  port,  E.  of  Sibuca 
Pt.,  NE.  coast  of  Masbate,  Visayas. 

MABIAO  (mah-bee-ah'-aw),  ver.;  river  and  moun- 
tain in  Leyte. 

MABILOG  (mah-bee'-log),  nat.;  hamlet  on  E. 
coast  of  Cdpiz,  Panay,  3  m.  SE.  of  Calvo. 

MABLNTAX  (mah-bin'-tahn),  ver.;  mountain 
1,614  ft.  high  to  E.  of  Maibiin  (Maimbun) 
and  NE.  by  E.  of  Parang  I't.,  SW.  shore  of 
Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A. 

MABI6  (mah-beeoh'),Tag.;  hamlet  in  pueblo  of 
Angat,  Bulacdn,  Luzon. 

point  on  SW.  coast  of  Tayabas,  Luzon,  lat. 

13°  44'  30"  N. 

point  on  S.  coast  of  Tayabas,  Luz6n. 

MABITAC  (mah-bee'-tack).  Tag.;  pueblo  in  La- 
guna, Ltiz6n.    Pop.,  1,431. 

MABO  (mah-boh'),  ver.;  creek  in  Marinduque  I. 

river  in  SA,mar,  flowing  to  W.  and  empty- 
ing into  sea  opposite  island  of  Puerto  or 
Dalnpiri. 

hamlet  on  river  of  same  name  on  W.  coast 

of  Sdmar. 

MABOA  (mah-boh'-ah),  nat.;  island  of  Babuyanes 
grp.  (q.  v.),  off  N.  coast  of  Cagaydn,  Luz6n. 

point  at  mouth  of  Matiao  Riv.,  SE.  of  Mati, 

N.  shore  of  Pujada  Bay,  SE.  coast  of  Ddvao, 
Mindanao. 

MABOC  (mah-bock'),  ver.;  stream  entering  .sea 
S.  shore  of  Guimarils  Strait,  1  m.  E.  of  Caua- 
yan,  Negros  Occidental. 

MABOLO   (mah-boh'-loh),   nat.;    hamlet    on  W. 

coast  of  Oebii,  6  m.  SW.  of  Tuburan. 
summit  318  ft.  NE.  of  Subic,  N.  shore  at 

Svibic  Bay,  SE.  coast  of  Zambales,  Luz6n. 


618 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


MABOLO ;  town  on  N.  coast  of  Cebi'i  channel,  1 J  m. 
N.  of  Cebi'i,  on  E.  coast  of  Cebii.  Pop.,  6,000, 
estimated. 

MAlidlAHi  (mah-boh'-log),  ver.;  point  in  SibuyAn 
I.,  of  Romblon  grp. 

MALIGO,  orSATtf  Blft  (mah-lee'-go,  .sah-too'-big), 
nat.;  town  and  perfectly  landlocked  anchor- 
age in  E.  extremity  of  Dumanquilas  Bay  and 
E.  end  of  S.  shore  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 
Deep  water  close  to  beach  and  small  stone 
pier.  Harbor  is  one  of  best  in  islands,  with 
from  12  fms.  at  anchorage  to  40  fms.  well  ofE 
shore  and  no  shoals  in  track. 

MABUGNAO  (mah-boog-now'),  nat.;  point  on  S. 
shore  of  MurciiJlagos  Bay,  N.  coast  of  Dapitan, 
Mindanao,  W.  of  Narburos  I. 

MABUI  (mah-bwee') ,  ver.;  mountain  in  Biliran  I., 
off  N.  coast  of  Leyte. 

MABULUSAN  (mah-boo-loo'-sahn),  nat.;  peak  in 
Caraballos  Occidentales,  Abra,  Luz6n. 

MABIIX&AN  (mah-boong'-ahn),  nat.;  hamlet  on 
W.  coast  of  Antique,  Panay,  4  J  m.  N.  of  Tibiao. 

hamlet  on  channel  between  large  bav  on 

NE.  shore  of  Polillo  I.,  off  Infanta,  E.  coast 
Luz6n,  opposite  Cabalua  I. 

BIABUNTOT  (mah-boon-tof),  nat.;  hamlet  on  r. 
bank  of  Abra  Riv.,  in  Abra,  6  m.  W.  of  Ban- 
gued. 

mountain  in  W.  Abra. 

MABrNTUC  (mah-boon-took'),  nat.;  hamlet  in 
pueblo  of  Pidigan,  Abra,  Luzon. 

MABtfSAO  (mah-boo'-sah-oo),  ver.;  river  in  Panay. 

MACAiBl'T  (mah-cah-ah'-boot),  nat.;  river  in 
Silmar  emptying  on  SE.  coast. 

MACA.iS  (mah-cah-ass'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  NW. 
shore  of  Bohol,  3  m.  E.  of  Tubigon. 

MAl'ABABAY  (mah-cah-bah-by'),  ver.;  point  in  S. 
Zambales,  Luz6n. 

MACABALAN  (mah-cah-bah'-lahn),  nat.;  point  N. 
of  anchorage  of  Cagaydn  de  Misamis,  Min- 
danao. 

MACABALO  (mah-cah-bah'-loh),  nat.;  hamlet  on 
1.  bank  of  river  of  same  name  in  pueblo  of 
MagAlang,  Pampanga,  Luzon. 

MAl'ABAR  (mah-cah-bar'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  pueblo 
of  Giibat,  Sorsogon,  Luzon. 

MACABASA  (mah-cah-bah'-sah),  nat.;  point  on 
NW.  coast  of  Romblon  at  S.  head  to  Romblon 
port  from  S. 

MACABEBE  (mah-cah-bay'-bay),  nat.;  pueblo  at 
head  of  Pampanga  Delta  in  Pampanga,  Lu- 
zon, 6  m.  SE.  of  Bacolor.     Pop.,  10,400. 

river  in  pueblo  of  same  name,  Pampanga, 

Luz6n. 

MACABUXn  (mah-cah-boo-ahn'),  nat.;  hamlet  in 
C4piz,  Panay,  1  m.  S.  of  Panitan. 

MAt'ABDfi  (mah-cah-boog'),  ver.;  mountain  in 
SE.  Sftmar. 

MAl'ABl'HAO  (mah-cah-boo-how'),  ver.;  moun- 
tain in  SE.  S4mar,  8  m.  S\V.  of  Hernani. 

MACAGA  (mah-cah-gah'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  1.  bank 
of  Bac-hao  Bangah6u  Riv.,  in  SW.  Sdmar. 

MACAGXN  (mah-cah-gahn'),  ver.;  river  of  Negros 
Occidental,  entering  GuimarAs  Strait  at  Silay. 

MAt'AGCAYAG  (mah-kah-goo-ah-yag'),  ver.;  bay 
immediately  S.  of  Nin  Bay  (q.  v.),  Masbate 
I.,  Visayas. 

MACAGUIT  (mah-cah-geef),  ver.;  point  on  sea- 
ward shore  of  peninsula,  forming  division  be- 
tween Imuruan  and  Malampaya  bays,  W. 
coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

JIACAHILAG  (mah-cah-hee'-lag),  ver.;  mountain 
near  W.  coast  of  Leyte,  8  m.  SE.  of  Albuera. 

MACAIXA  (mah-cah-ee'-nah),  ver.;  isletTm.  NW. 
of  Ubay,  NE.  coast  of  Bohol. 

HACAJALAR  (mah-cah-hah-lar'),  ver.;  extensive 
bay  open  to  NW.  between  Gorda  and  Sulauang 
Pts.,21  m.and  I85  m.  deep  to  the  SE.,  on  N. 
coast  of  Misamis,  Mindanao.  Number  of 
towns  along  its  shore. 


MAtAJALAK;  estuary  on  N.  coast  of  Mindanao  I. 
MAOAJILA  (mah-cah-hee'-lah),  nat.;  hamlet  on 

SW.  coast  of  Leyte,  6i  m.  SE.  of  Albuera. 
MAt'AJDCAD(mah-cah-hooh-cahd'),  ver.;  cascade 

in  Ulut  Riv.,  Sdmar,  between  Cabunga  and 

Diit  of  same  river. 
MACALABX  (mah-cah-lah-bah'),  ver.;  island  off 

coast  of   Zambales,   Luz6n,   at    entrance  to 

channel  leading  to  port  Matalvi. 
MAt'AIiATE   (mah-eah-lah'-tay),    ver.;    point   in 

Zambales,  Luzon. 
MACALATA  (mah-cah-lah'-yah),  ver.;  hamlet  on 

NW.  shore  of  entrance  to  Sorsog6n  port,  Sor- 

sog6n,  Luzon. 
MACALATO  (mah-cah-lah'-yoh),  nat.;  island  off 

E.  coast  of  SAmar. 
MACALELOx   (mah-cah-lay-lohn').  Tag.;  pueblo 

at  mouth  of  Balcayaguin  Riv.,  S.  coast  of 

Tayabas,  Luz6n,  4  in.  from  Tayabas.    Pop., 

3,000. 
MACALIXO   (mah-cah-lee'-noh),  ver.;   point  on 

Buad  I.,  off  W.  coast  of  Silmar. 
MACALISOX  (mah-cah-lee'-sohn),  nat.;  island  off 

W.  coa,st  of  Panay,  lat.  11°  25'  30"  N. 
MACALOXGO  (mah-cah-lawng'-oh),  ver.;  moun- 
tain in  S4mar. 
MACAMBOL  (mah-cam-ball'),  ver.;  town  on  W. 

shore  of  DAvao  Gulf,  D4vao,  Mindanao,  37  m. 

SE.  of  Ddvao;  town  of  similar  name  lies  on 

SW.  shore  of  port  Valete,  5  m.  across  SE.  of 

Mindanao  Pen. 
point  on  S.  side  of  Pujada  Bay,  E.  coast  of 

Mindanao.    On  this  part  of  coast  are  plan- 
tations of  cocoanuts  and  pldtanos. 
MACAXAO   (mah-cah-now'),  ver.;    small  stream 

emptying  into  Magat  Riv.  near  its  outlet,  Isa- 

bela,  Luzon. 
MAtlAXGAXI  (mah-cahn-gah'-nee),  ver.;  island  2 

m.  long,  off  E.  coast  of  Mindanao,  11  m.  S.  of 

Cduit  Pt. 
MACAXTUY  (mah-cahn-tooy'),  ver.;  .small  river 

emptying  on  N.  shore  Balayto  Bay,  SW.  coast 

of  Batangas. 
MACAO. (mah-cow'),  ver.;  hamlet  near  tributary 

of  Hog  Riv.,  4  m.  S.  of  CabancalAn,  Negros 

Occidental. 

point  in  E.  Mindanao, 

MACAOXAX  (mah-cah-oh'-nahn),  ver.;  point  on 

E.  coast  of   Ddvao,  Mindanao,  S.  by  W.  of 

Tumadgo  Pt.,  entrance  to  Pujada  Bay. 
MACAPAGA  (mah-cah-pah'-gah) ,  ver.;  islet  on  E. 

side  of  entrance  to  Nano  Bay,  Masbate  I., 

Visayas. 
MACAPAT  (mah-cah-paf),  nat.;  cascade  on  Ulut 

Riv.,  Siimar,  between  Hagisagan  and  Dacun. 
MACAPD6S  (mah-cap-dos'),  ver.;  point  on  SW. 

coast  of  Semerara  I.,  Sulu  Sea,  SE.  of  Min- 

doro. 
MACAPILAI,  or  MACAPILAO   (mah-cah-pee'-lie, 

mah-cah-pee-lah'-aw);  point  on  W.  coast  of 

Siquijor  I.,  SW.  of  Bohol. 
hamlet  of  pueblo  of  Siquijor,  on  island  of 

Siquijor,  SW.  of  Bohol,  Visayas. 
MACAPILAY  (mah-cah-pee'-lie),  Tag.;  hamlet  in 

Bulacdn,  Luz6n,  on  main  road,  19  m.  N.  of 

Bulacdn. 
MACAK   (mah-car'),  ver.;  town  on  W.  shore  of 

Sarangani  Bay,  S.  Ddvao,  Mindanao,  81  m.  S. 

by  W.  of  DAvao.    No  soundings  until  within 

100  yds.  off  shore  and  then  17  fms. 
MACARAGUI  (mah-cah-rah'-gee),  ver.;  island  off 

NE.  coast  of  Masbate,  Visayas,  lat.  12°  15'  N. 
MACARATO   (mah-cah-rah-toh'),  ver.;   point  on 

SE.  shore  of  San  Pedro  Bav,  SW.  Siimar,  12  m. 

SE.  of  Basey. 

MACAREXA  (mah-cah-ray'-nah),  Sp.;  hamlet  in 
Antique,  Panay,  6  m.  SW.  of  Valderrama. 

MACARIBAO  (mah-cah-ree-bah'-aw),  ver.;  river 
in  Negros. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


619 


a-L 


^caU  NVi»-<=». 


620 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


MACAS/LO(i  (raah-cali-sah'-log),  nat.;  tributary 
of  Hog  Kiv.,  Ncgros  Occidental. 

MAt'ASILAO  (mah-cah-scc'-lah-aw),  nat.;  tribu- 
tary from  N.  of  Giliibang  Riv.,  entering  on 
NE.  coast  of  Negros  Oriental. 

mountain  in  Negros  Occidental,  10  m.  N. 

of  Calatrava. 

MAl'ASr>'(iIA()  (iiiah-cah-soon-hee-ah'-oh),  nat.; 
ishuid  oir  S\V.  ciast  of  Samar. 

MACATXn  (iiiah-cali-tahn'),  vcr.;  hamlet  on  W. 
coast  of  Antitiuu,  I'anay,  l.j  m.  S.  of  San  I^e- 
dro. 

MACATI  (mah-cah-tee'),  nat.;  island  3  m.  off  E. 
coast  of  Sdmar,  opposite  Tubig  town. 

MACATIRA  (niiili-cali-tcc'-rah),  ver.;  island  off 
coast  of  ZaiiiliaK's,  i.iiz('in. 

MADATO  (mali-cali-tdh'i,  ver.;  pueblo  of  Cilpiz, 
Panay,  30  m.  \VN\V.  of  OApiz  on  1.  bank  of 
river"  emptying  on  N.  coast  3  m.  distant. 
Pop.,  10,136. 

MACATUIi  (mah-cah-tool'),  nat.;  point  E.  shore 
Barrera  port,  NE.  coast  Masbate,  Visayas. 
Peak,  1,171  ft.  high,  lies  inland  about  U  m. 

cascade  in  UlntRiv.,  S&mar,  between  Buac 

and  Lumbujan  Riv.,  emptying  into  Ulut, 
former  to  S.  and  latter  to  E.  of  cascade. 

MACATURIN  (mah-eah-too-reen'),  ver.;  active 
volcano  in  N.  Cotabato,  highest  point  of  Ran- 
gayau  Mts.  in  Sugut  range,  lat.  7°  36'  N., 
Ion.  124°  26'  E.,  in  territory  of  Buhayen, 
about  25  m.  from  I'olloc,  Mindanao.  Maca- 
turin,  in  fonncr  liiius,  gave  evidence  of  ac- 
tivity, thro\',  iim  oiil  iiiorDious  masses  of  ig- 
neous rock,  such  :is  .IK'  now  seen  in  port  of 
Polloc.     {Ah'i  I'dlldc,  Snjutorlllana.) 

MACAUILI  (mah-cah-wc'-lee),  nat.;  .summit  at  N. 
end  of  central  range  of  Negros,  16J  m.  WNW. 
of  Calatrava,  E.  coast. 

MAOAl^LIT  (mah-cah-oo'-lit),  nat.;  river  in  Miu- 
doro. 

MACAVAYAN,  or  MACAHAYAN  (mah-cah-vah'- 
yan,  mah-cah-whah'-yan).  Tag.;  river  in  Ca- 
vite,  Luz6n,  tributary  to  Lipa. 

MAC  CKOHON,  for.;  pueblo  and  road  center  on  S. 
side  of  Leyte,  79  m.  S.  of  Tacloban  and  well 
situated  on  lines  of  steamer  and  sail  traffic  by 
Surigao  Strait,  on  W.  sea  channel  route  to 
Manila.    Pop.,  5,780. 

MACHIBAT  (mack-hee'-baht),  nat.;  point  on  NE. 
shore  of  Camiguin  I.,  of  Babuyanes  grp.,  off 
N.  coast  of  Cagaydn,  Luzon. 

MACINCOLA  (mah-thin-coh'-lah),  ver.;  islet  of 
Tawi  Tawi  grp.,  Sulu  A.,  lat.  5°  27'  N. 

MACIMT  (mah-see-nif),  nat.;  cluster  of  islets 
on  E.  entrance  head  to  Us6n  port,  S.  shore 
of  Busuaiiga  I.,  Calamianes  grp. 

MACLAYAA'AS  (mah-clah-yah'-nas),  ver.;  point  2 
m.  S.  of  Liloan,  NW.  coast  of  Panaon  I.,  off 
SE.  coast  of  Leyte. 

MACLAYAO  (mah-clah-yah'-oh).  Tag.;  mount^iin 
in  Tayabas,  Luzon. 

MACOLOO  (mah-coh-lock'),  nat.;  hamlet  on  1. 
bankof  Bac-hao Bangah6n  Riv., in  SW.SAmar. 

MACOLOD  (mah-coh-laud'),  Tag.;  peak  3,200  ft. 
high  in  front  of  Taal  volcano,  on  \V.  coast  of 
Lake  Bomb6n,  Batangas,  Luzon. 

MAOOSOLdN  (mah-coh-soh-lawn'),  ver.;  moun- 
tain on  W.  boundary  of  Cdpiz,  Panay,  4.;36:3  ft. 
high,  one  of  loftiest  summits  of  main  W. 
range  of  Panay,  7  m.  S.  of  Libacao. 

MAC0T6  (mah-coh-toh'),  point  S.  of  Pasacao 
anchorage,  E.  shore  of  Ragay  Bay,  Ambos 
Camarines  (Sur),  Luz6n.  Of  moderate  height; 
islet  lies  to  SE. 

MAC0T6,  or  CAMANHALA  (mah-coh-toh',  cah- 
mahn-hah'-lah),  ver.;  creek  and  point  in  W. 
Albay,  Luz6n. 

MAr-qillT  (mac-kif),  ver.;  mountain  on  E.  coast 
of  Iloilo,  Panay,  SE.  of  Banate,  2h  m. 


a;'),   nat.;    hamlet  in  E. 
NW.  by  N.  of  Bar6tac 


MAC'TAX  (mac-tahn'),  ver.;  coral  island  S  to  10 
ft.  above  sea  level,  lOg  m.  E.  and  W.,  and  4  m. 
N.  and  S.  off  Cebii,  from  which  it  is  separated 
by  sea  channel  1  to  2  m.  wide.  Also  forms 
seaward  shelter  of  port  of  Cebvi.  On  its  N. 
point,  fronting  entrance  to  sea  channel  be- 
tween Cebi'i  and  Bohol,  is  monument  to 
memory  of  death  of  Magellanes  in  1521, 
the  di.seoverer  of  the  P.  I.,  who  was  killed 
in  that  year  in  skirmi.sh  with  natives. 
Harbor  light  is  exhibited  on  N.  extreme  of 
island  visible  7  m.  Island  is  covered  with 
mangroves  and  higher  parts  with  cocoanut 
plantations.  Channel  between  Mactdn  and 
Olango  is  li  m.  wide,  clear  and  deep.  Op6u 
is  town  on  island. 

MACTAdN  (mac-tah-ohn'),  vcr.;  mountain  in  S. 
central  SAmar  in  which  JTalasan  Riv.  takes 
Its  rise,  10  m.  W.  of  Borongan. 

MAt'TldN  (mac-tee-ohn') ;  island  near  Buad  I.,  W. 
coast  of  Silmar. 

MACUGIL  (mah-coo-hill'),  vcr.;  point  on  S.  shore 
of  entrance  to  Sorsogon  port,  Sor.sog6n,  Luz6n. 

MACULABO  (mah-coo-lah'-boh),  ver.;  loftiest  of 
Calaguas  Is.,  off  NE.  coast  of  Ambos  Cama- 
rines, Luz6n,  visible  at  sea  24  m. 

MACULI  (mah-coo-lee'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  SW. 
coast  of  D&vao,  Mindanao,  2  m.  inland  from 
Pola  Pt.,  1051  m.  SW.  of  DAvao,  lies  between 
2  important  rivers  on  coast. 

MAOULMACUL  (mah-cool-mah-eool'),;  near  La- 
guftn  I.,  N.  coast  of  SAmar.  Vessels  drawing 
14  ft.  may  enter  and  anchor  J  m.  E.  of  Llvils  Pt. 
in  7  fms. 

MACUPAO  (mah-coo-pah'-oh) ,  ver.;  mountain  in 
N.  elevations  of  central  range  of  Negros,  16 
m.  E.  of  Calatrava,  on  NE.  coast  of  Negros 
Occidental. 

MADALAU  (mah-dah- 
Ilollo,  Panay,  4  r 
Viejo. 

pueblo  27  m.  WSW.  of  CApiz,  Panay,  at 

head  of  inland  lake  3  m.  long.  This  lake 
forms  part  of  channel  of  Aedan  Riv.,  rising 
higher  up  in  Macosolon  Mts.,  flowing  N., 
having  on  its  shore  5  large  towns,  besides 
many  hamlets,  and  emptying  into  sea  3|  m. 
NE.  ofCalivo.    Pop.,  2,684. 

KIAOXlIG  (mah-dah'-lig),  nat.;  hamlet  in  pueblo 
of  Magsingal,  IlocosSur,  Luzon. 

MADAM'PAY  (mah-dah-lce'-pie),  hamlet  on  1. 
bank  ui  A)>ni  Kiv.,  9  m.  SE.  of  Bangued. 

MAI)AL(M)  (iniili-(lah'-log),  nat.;  point  on  NW. 
coast  of  Uapitan,  Mindanao,  11  m.  SW.  by  S. 
of  Blanca  Pt.,  W.  head  of  bay  SW.  of  Dapitan 
Bay. 

MADALOKOT  (mah-dah-loh-naughf),  nat.;  vil- 
lage and  point  S.  of  Catbalogan,  W.  shore  of 
Sdmar. 

MADXn  (mah-dahn'),  nat.;  river  entering  on  SE. 
shore  of  Malamaui  road,  N.  shore  of  Basilan, 
S.  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao.  Peak,  807  ft. 
high,  rises  SE.  of  river. 

MADXNACj!  (mah-dah'-nag),  ver.;  hamlet  on  1. 
bank  of  Bac-hao  BaiTgah6n  Riv.  in  SW. 
Silmar. 

MADAX(i  (mah-dang'),  ver.;  mountain  on  Daram 
I.,  off  W.  coast  of  Silmar. 

point   on    W.  coast   of    SAmar,   opposite 

Daram  I. 

MADAON  (mah-dah'-ohn),  nat.;  S.  of  4  peaks  SE. 
of  Broken  Head,  E.  shore  Ulugan  Bay,  W. 
coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

MADAUM  (mah-dah'-oom),  ver.;  river  and  an- 
chorage, in  S.  Mindanao. 

MADEKENA  (mah-day-ray'-nyah),  Sp.;  mountain 
and  hamlet  3J  m.  SW.  of  Salal,  E.  central 
Sdmar. 

MADIAis  (mah-dee-ah-ass'),  ver.;  mountain  in 
Antique,  Panay,  on  boundary  with  CApiz, 
one  of  loftiest  elevations  of  W.  range  of  Pa- 
nav,  one  of  its  summits  4  m.  to  W.,  7,152  ft. 
high,  13  m.  W.  of  Tibiao. 


GAZETTEEB    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


621 


MADIAC(mah-dyack'),  ver.;  mountain  in  Piinay. 

MADIDIS,  orCAMASUSU  (mah-dee'-dis,  cah-mali- 
soo'-soo),  ver.;  island  in  Nin  Bay,  Masbate  I., 
Visayas. 

MADILAO  (mah-dee-lah'-aw).  nat.;  jioint  :ii  in. 
S\V.  of  Bilan  Pt.,  formitit,'  with  lattrr  l..iy 
extending  insliore  abont  1  in.  and  nildrdini,' 
anchorage  sheltered  from  NK.  to  S\V.  Slmre 
from  thi.s  point  to  Butuan  Bay  i.s  parallel  in- 
land liy  W.  slope  of  2  ranges  "of  lofty  moun- 
tains.   Town  of  Anauauon  on  S.  shore  of  bay. 

MADRE,  SIERRA  (see-ay'-rrah  mah'-dray),  Sp.; 
oue  of  names  of  Gran  Cordillera  of  Luzon. 

MADREPORA  (mah-dray'-poh-rah),  Sp.;  point  at 
N.  end  of  Coral  Bay,  extreme  SE.  coast  of 
Palawan. 

MADRIDEJOS  (mah-dree-day'-hose),  Sp.;  pueblo 
in  Cebii. 

MADIILAG  (mah-doo'-lahg),  nat.;  hamlet  in  pue- 
blo of  Bangci,  CApiz,  Panay. 

MADDLANliO  (mah-doo-lang'-oh),  ver.;  town  in 
Abra,  Luzon,  16  m.  E.  of  Bangued. 

MADULDALEC  (mah-dool-dah-lcg'),  ver.;  moun- 
tain in  Ilocos  Norte,  Luzon. 

MADUXGAA  (mah-doon'-gahn),  nat.;  mountain 
of  Ilocos  Norte,  Luzon,  lat.  18°  3'  30"  N. 

MADUNPASAN  (mah-doon-pah-sahn'),  ver.;  ham- 
let in  mountains  of  E.  Misamls,  Mindanao, 
in  one  of  great  bends  of  Pulangui  Riv.,  5  m. 
N.  of  Lepanto. 

MAEBAT6,or  MALBATi')  (mah-ay-bah-toh',  mahl- 
bah-toh'),  nat.;  village  on  S.  .shore  of  Bu- 
suanga  I.,  Calamiaiies  grp.,  NE.  of  Paragua, 
Palawan.  Us6n  I.  lies  in  front  of  port  giving 
shelter  from  S. 

MAEMBIS  (mab-em-bis')  ver.;  river  of  Laguna, 
Luzon,  rising  in  mountains  of  Majayjay  and 
emptying  into  river  of  Pagsanjiln  (or  Pag- 
sanh^m). 

MAESTRE  DE  CAMPO  (mah-ays'-tray  day  cam'- 
poh),  Sp.;  W.  island  of  Rombl6n  grp.,  Visayas. 

island  13  m.  from  SE.  shore  of  lofty  prom- 
ontory formed  by  Dumali  Mt.,  in  Mindoro,  of 
circular  form,  3^  m.  in  diameter,  mountainous 
and  thickly  wooded,  with  very  .steep  shores. 
Summit  of  Maestre  de  Campo,  when  seen  from 
E.,  appears  like  ridge,  with  3  distinct  hillocks 
700  ft.  high.  Port  Concepcidn  on  SE.  side 
is  principal  anchorage,  f  m.  wide  at  mouth, 
between  San  Martin  and  Ferndndez  Pts. 
Tongue  of  land  divides  it  into  2  bays.  On 
W.  most  is  anchorage  for  small  vessels  in  60 
ft.  in  front  of  town  of  Concepcion.  On  ex- 
treme S.  point,  li  m.  SW.  of  Pt.  Concepci6n 
or  de  Sibali.  Island  lies  in  sea  channel  off 
Balete  Pt.,  and  is  conspicuous  landmark  to 
vessels  making  passage  between  E.  and  N. 
coasts  of  Mindoro,  Tablas,  and  Marinduque 
Is.,  and  S.  shore  of  Batangas,  Luz6n,  Verde  I. 
being  landmark  in  latter  on  inside  voyage  be- 
tween Manila  and  S.  islands  of  archipelago. 

MAGAXn  (mah-gah-ahn')  nat.;  town  on  SW.  coast 
of  Albay,  Luz6n,  19  m.  SW.  of  Albay. 

MAGAiVAO  (mug-ah-ah'-yah-aw), nat.;  mountain 
in  Biliran,  oiff  NW.  coast  of  Leyte. 

MAGABA  (mah-gah'-bah),  ver.;  hamlet  on  S. 
coast  of  W.  Antique,  Panay,  6  m.  W.  of 
Panddn. 

MAGXbaO  (mah-gah'-bah-oh),  ver.;  island  in- 
shore, S.  of  opening  of  small  bay,  11  m.  SE. 
of  Tanda  Pt.,  E.  coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao. 

point  on  extreme  SE.  coast  of  Negros  Orien- 
tal, 1  m.  S.  of  Dauin. 

MACJABUN  (mah-gah'-boon),  ver.;  point  in  Bili- 
ran I.,  off  NW.  coast  of  Leyte. 

MAGAGILAN  (mah-gah-hee'-lahn),  nat.;  islet  off 
Macatul  Pt.,  SE.  shore  of  Barrera  port,  Mas- 
bate,  Visayas. 

nAGAI  (mah-gl'),  nat.;  village  on  n.  shore  of 
Siasi  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 


MAGALA>'(i  (mah-gah'-lang),  nat.;  point  on  E. 
shore  of  BalayAn  Bay,  SW.  coast  of  Batangas, 
Luzon. 

— •  road  center  and  pueblo  in  Pampanga,  Lu- 

zAn,  11  m.  N.  of  Bacolor.    Pop.,  8,262. 

Mi«iAI,I>.(\  (in.ili-irahl-dahn'),  nat.;  hamlet  on 
Aiiuatatau  i;i\ .,  in  Pangasin&n,  Luzon. 

MAGAIJT  (mah-gah-leet'),  nat.;  estuary  formed 
on  Manila  Bay  by  rivers  Pandaeaquit  and 
Balaydn,  Pampanga,  Luzon. 

MAGALLANES  (mah-gah-lyah'-nays),  Sp.;  bay  in 

■      NW.  Sibuydn  I.,  Rombl6n,  Visayas. 

point  in  S.  Batangas,  Luzon. 

pueblo  on  E.  side  of  outer  entrance  to  port 

Sorsogon,  in  Sorsog6n,  Luz6n.    Pop.,  2,377. 

■  point  on  bay  on  W.  coast  of  Batangas, 

Luzon. 

hamlet  on  NE.  coast  of  Negros  Oriental,  li 

m.  NW.  of  Arguelles. 

pueblo  on  N.  coast  of  SibuyAn  I.  of  Rom- 

blon  grp.,  Visayas.    Pop.,  1,055. 

pueblo  in  Cavite,  Luzon,  25  m.  SW.  of  Ca- 

vite.    Pop.,  1,200. 

MAGALLON  (mah-gah-lyon'),  Sp.;  town  in  Ne- 
gros Occidental. 

MAGALO  (mah-gah'-loh),  ver.;  point  in  Leyte. 

MAGAMiNOC  (mah-gah-mah'-nok).  Tag.;  town 
in  NE.  part  of  Catanduanes  I.,  NE.  of  Albay, 
Luzon,  at  mouth  of  river  on  W.  shore  of  port 
of  .same  name. 

MAGAMANOK,  or  BAGAMANOK  (mah-gah-mah'- 
noek,  bah-gah-mah'-nock),Tag.;  port  on  NE. 
coast  of  Catanduanes  I.,  NE.  of  Albay,  Luz6n, 
with  2  anchorages — S.  between  Panay  I.  and 
Anajao  Pt.,  N.  at  S.  end  of  channel  between 
Minigil  Pt.  and  off  Panay  I.  opposite  town  of 
Magamftnoc;  2  small  islands  lie  in  entrance 
SW.  of  Panay  I. 

MAGAN  (mah-gahn'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  E.  shore 
of  small  bay  on  S.  coast  of  Leyte,  3  m.  S.  of 
MiSrida. 

MAGANGAN  (mah-gang'-ahn),  ver.;  hamlet  in 
Benguet,  Luz6n,  9  m.  NE.  of  Trinidad. 

MAGANO  (mah-gah'-noh),  nat.;  islet  in  waters 
between  Paldpag  and  Laguan  channels,  off 
NE.  coast  of  Sdmar. 

9IAGA0GA0  (mah-gah-oh-gah'-oh),  ver.;  town  in 
district  of  Itaves,  Luzon. 

MAGAPII  (mah-gah'-poo),  nat.;  point  on  NE. 
shore  of  Illana  Bay,  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 
In  small  bight,  i  m.  to  E.  of  point,  is  an- 
chorage. Near  mouth  of  river  entering 
near  by  is  Moro  settlement. 

MAGARAO  (mah-gah'-rah-aw),  nat.;  pueblo  in 
Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luz6n,  on  main 
road,  4  m.  N.  of  Nueva  CAceres.    Pop.,  5,744. 

MAGASAN  (mah-gah'-sahn),  ver.;  N.  tributary  of 
Gilubang  Riv.,  Negros  Occidental,  emptying 
into  sea  at  Calatrava  on  NE.  coast. 

MAGASiUANG  -  TIIbIG  (mag-ah-sah'-wang-too'- 
big).  Tag.;  river  in  Mindoro,  takes  N.  course 
and  empties  on  NE.  coast. 

MAGAS6  (ma-gah-soh'),  nat.;  volcanic  mountain 
in  Sierra  de  Dumaguete  range,  near  town  of 
Bacon,  on  SE.  coast  of  Negros  Oriental. 

volcano  and  hamlet  at  its  E.  base  in  SE. 

Negros  Oriental.  Volcano  stands  11  m.  SW. 
of  Dumaguete,  10  m.  W.  of  Bacon,  and  9  m. 
NW.  of  Dauin.    Lat  9°  15'  N.,  Ion.  123°  9'  E. 

MAGAT  (mah-gaf),  ver.;  NW.  of  2  important 
headwaters  of  Grande  de  Cagaydn  Riv. 
Source  in  Caraballo  SurMts.,  and  15  m.  from 
Its  source  becomes  river  of  i  m.  in  width. 
Bayombong,  capital  of  Nueva  Vizcaya,  is  on 
its  1.  bank  and  21  m.  below  that  point  it  en- 
ters Isabela,  flowing  across  its  SE.  corner,  and 
joins  Grande  de  Cagaydn  Riv.  9  m.  above  Ila- 
gan. 

MAGATALIJAN  (mah-gah-tah-lee'-hahn),  ver.; 
islet  1^  m.  off  N.  coast  of  Ciipiz,  Panay,  4  m. 
NW.  of  Pirara  Pt. 


622 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE   PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


MAGXtaO  (mah-Rah'-tah-oh),  ver.;  town  3  m.  S. 

of  Santo  Domingo  de  Basco,  on  W.  fihore  of 

Batan  I.;  port  suitablo  for  small  vessels. 
MAGAf  HAN  (mah-gah-oo'-hahn),  ver.;  river  in 

Leyte. 
MA<jAY  (mah-gi'),  ver.;  headland  of  approach  to 

Lila  on  S.  coast  of  Bohol. 
MAGBOBOCAS   (mag-boh-boh-cas'),  nat.;  moun- 
tain in  central  range  of  Negros  Occidental,  10 

m.  E.  of  CabancaUn. 
MAGCANiUAY  (mahg-cah-nah'-wl),  nat.;  village 

and  creek  on  SW.  shore  of  Maloro  bay,  W. 

shore  of  Misamis  port,  Misamls,  Mindanao. 
MAGDALENA  (mag-dah-lay'-nah),  Sp.;  pueblo  in 

Laguna,   Luz6n.    Country  is  hilly.     It   has 

high  roads  leading  to  Santa  Cruz,  Majayjay, 

Lilio  and  Nagcarldn.    Pop.,  2,352. 
pueblo  on  NW.  shore  of  Masbate  I.,  Visayas, 

9  m.  NW.  of  Masbate  I.    Pop.,  S71. 
port  on  NE.  shore  of  Masbate  I.,  Visayas,  at 

head  of  bay  SW.  of  Bagubaud  Pt. 
'-  hamlet  in  extreme  SW.  Antique,  Panay, 

5  m.  E.  of  Anini-y. 
pueblo  in  Ambos  Camarines,  Luz6n.    Pop., 

2.352. 
MAGDAM6  (mag-dah-moh'),  nat.;    hamlet  on  r. 

bank  of  W.  branch  of  Bac-hao  Bangahon  Riv., 

in  SW.  Sdmar. 
MAGDANGAR     (mahg-dahng-ahr'),    nat.;    point 

NW. shore  SW.  arm  of  Barrera  port,  NE.  coast 

Masbate  I.,  Visayas. 
MAGDjCyAO  (mag-dah'-yah-oh),  ver.;  hamlet  on 

r.  bank  of  Initan,  in  Antique,  Panay,  2^  m.  SE. 

of  Sibalom. 
MAGDIUATA  ( mag-dee- wah'-tah),  yer.;  mountain 

in  E.  coast  range  of  Surigao,  Mindanao.    Wa 

ters  of  Dugfin  Riv.  on  E.  slope  enter  Bislig 

Bay  on  E.  coast,  streams  on  W.  slope  being 

tributary  to  Agusto,  which  empties  on  N. 

coast  and  W.  side  of  Mindanao. 
MAGDOC  (mag-dock'),  ver.;  mountain  in  Cebit. 
MAGDUi  (mahg-dooh-ah'},  nat.;  point  on   NE. 

coast  of  Ambos  Camarines  (Norte),  Luzon. 
MAGDI]>6A0   (mag-doong-ah'-oh),   ver.;  moim- 

tain  in  E.  Iloilo,  Panay,  ENE.  of  Pass!  7  m. 
MAGEAKAGUI  (mah-hay-ah-rah'-gee),ver.;  island 

on  N.  side  of  S.  middle  channel,  between 

Ticao  and  Masbate  Is.,  Visayas.    Black  rock 

forming  N.  side  of  this  channel. 
MAGINASU    (mah-hee-nah'-soo),    ver.;   point  in 

Leyte. 
MAGINOC  (mali-liC(-iiock'),nat.;  hamlet  at  foot 

of  peak  •''i.;'.:;^  fi.  lii^li  "H  E. coast  of  Camiguin 

I.,ofEN.  cii.i-t  oi  Mi-,;iiiis,  Mindanao.    Itcar- 

ries  on  arti\('  ii;iti\  r  trade.    Pop.,  4,111. 
MAGLABAB(ilN,  or  MAGLAGABilV  (mag-lah-bah- 

bohn',    mag-lah-gah-bahn'),  ver.;   point  on 

NW.  coast  of  Sdmar. 
MAGLABXn  (mag-lah-bahn'),nat.;  pointon  coast 

of  Zambales,  Luzon. 
MAGLABIT  (mag-lah-bit'),ver.,  point  in  E.  Min- 


MAGLAKOB  (mag-lah-cob'),  ver.;  town  of  Pan- 
gutarang  I.  that  group  Sulu  A.  on  E.  side  of 
island. 

MAGLALABON  (mag-lah-lah'-bohn),  nat.;  point 
on  SW.  coast  of  Sdmar. 

MAGLXN  (mag-lahn');  town  in  Marinduque. 

MAGLIBA()LIBXS(mag-lee-bah-oh-lee-bas'),ver.; 
mountain  on  boundary  between  Negros 
Oriental  and  Occidental,  13  m.  W.  of  Jima- 
lalud. 

MAGLITAD  (mag-lee'-tahd),  nat.:  river  in  Sdmar, 
emptying  into  sea  near  LibAs. 

MAGLOLOB  (mahg-loh-lohb'),  nat.;  village  NW. 
of  Lueson  (Logso6n)  Pt.,  and  in  pueblo  and 
W.  of  Balangiga,  S.  shore  Sdmar,  Visayas. 

MAGLOOTGAN  (mahg-loh-oht'-gahn),  nat.;  islet 
of  Tawi  Tawi  grp.,  Sulu  A. 


MAGLUBII\  (mag-loo-boon'),  ver.;  point  on  E. 
coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  4}  m.  S.  by  W. 
of  Buan  Pt.;  10  m.  N.  of  boundary  betwsen 
Surigao  and  Di'ivao  and  Mayo  Bay.  Several 
villages  stand  on  this  part  of  coast,  which  is 
mucn  exposed  to  sea. 

hamlet  near  poiiit  of  same  name,  E.  coast 

of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  206  m.  SSE.  of  Surigao. 

MAGLUMBX  (mag-loom-bah'),  ver.;  small  island 
123  ft.  high,  off  Maniakola  I.,  and  in  narrow- 
est part  of  TapaAn  Passage,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

MAGMATAONG  (mag-mah-tah-ong'),  ver.;  moun- 
tain in  SE.  Sdmar. 

MAGMANtfA  (mag-mah-noo'-ah),  ver.;  mountain 
and  point  on  W.  shore  of  LibAs  port,  E.  coast  of 
Sdmar. 

MAGNOC  (mahg-nock'),nat.:  hamlet  in  pueblo  of 
Bulusan,  Sorsog6n,  Luzon. 

MAGOISI  (mah-goh-ee-see'),  ver.;  most  N.  islet 
of  group,  5  m.  off  E.  coast  of  Concepci6n,  Iloilo, 
Panay,  7  m.  NE.  of  San  Dionisio.  Channel 
1  m.  wide  .separates  it  from  Pan  de  Azucar 
onS. 

MAG0L6  (mah-goh-loh'),  nat.;  volcano  in  DAvao, 
Mindanao,  lat.  6°  19'  N.,  Ion.  125°  6'  E. 

MAGPA.IO  (mahg-pah'-how),  nat.;  cascade  in 
Ulut  Riv.,  S4mar,  N.  of  Loquiloc6n. 

MAGPEOS  ( mag-pay '-ohs),  ver.;  island  S.  of  Bu- 
budn,  in  waters  between  Tapaftn  and  Sigboye 
passages  between  Celebes  and  Sulu  seas. 
Perfect  cone  418  ft.  high,  22  m.  ENE.  of  Tawi 
Tawi  I.,  N.  of  Tawi  Tawi  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

MAGPIT  (mag-pif),  ver.;  islet  3  m.  NE.  of  Tubi- 
gon,  on  NW.  coast  of  Bohol. 

MAGPOG  (mag-pog'),  ver.;  town  in  Mindoro. 

MAGSAJON  (mag-sah'-hohn),  ver.;  hamlet  on  SW. 
coast  of  SAmar,  1  m.  SE.  of  Santa  Margarita. 

MAGSALIN  (mag-sah'-lin),nat.;  point  on  S.  shore 
of  Guimarfe  Strait,  3g  m.  W.  of  Cauayan,  Ne- 
gros Occidental. 

MAGSAl^liX  (mag-sang-ah'),  nat.;  mountain  In 
W.  Leyte,  4  m.  ESE.  of  Palomp6n. 

MAGSATAO  (mag-.sah-yah'-oh),  nat;  mountain  in 
Biliran  I.,  off  NW.  coast  of  Leyte. 

MAGSINGAL  (mag-seen-gahl'),  ver.;  pueblo  in 
Iloeos  Sur,  Luz6n.    Pop.,  8,446. 

MAGSUBAY  (mag-soo'-bye),  ver.;  mountain  in  E. 
Mindanao. 

MAGSTIJUN  (mahg-soo'-hoon),  nat.;  hamlet  on 
SW.  coast  of  Siimar. 

MA(iSlIlVtUN  GRANDE  (mag-soong'-ahn  grahn' 
day),  Hisp.;  river  emptying  into  GuimarSa 
Strait,  2  m.  S.  of  Bacolod,  Negros  Occidental. 

MAGTA(^N  (mahg-tah-ohn'),  nat.;  mountain  of 
SAmar,  in  lat.  11°  43'  30".  SW.  sources  of 
Yubasan  Riv.  have  their  origin  on  NE.  slope 
of  this  mountain. 

MAGTULINOG  (mahg-too-lee-nog'),  ver.;  narrow 
tongue  of  land  on  which  are  several  flat- 
crowned  rocks,  W.  coast  of  Cebu,  S.  of  Remi- 
gio. 

MAGUAO  (mah-gwah'-aw\  nat.;  village  and  river 
on  SE.  coast  of  Mindoro,  SW.  of  Bulalacao 
Bay. 

MAGTIbaY  (mah-goo'-bi),ver.;  hamlet  in  pueblo 
of  Catarman,  SAmar,  IJ  m.  S.  of  Oquendo. 

MAGUDAYAN  (mah-goo-dah'-yahn),  ver.;  hamlet 
on  S.  shore  of  Lake  Lanao,  or  Malanao, 
short  distance  E.  of  river  connecting  this 
larger  sheet  of  water  with  small  Lake  Tapao, 
3  m.  to  S. 

MAGUEYMEY  (mah-gay-may'),  ver.;  hamlet  in 
Lepanto,  Luzon.    Pop.,  118. 

MAGUICAN  (mah-gee'-cahn),  ver.;  point  in  S. 
Mindanao. 

MAGUIGTIG  (mah-geeg-teeg'),Tag.;  pointon  NE. 
coast  of  Tayabas,  Luz6n. 

MAGIIILAT  (mah-gee'-laht),  Tag.;  mountain  in 
Batangas,  Luz6ii. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


623 


r~F^ 


GULF  Oi  MAC  XOK 

Jhntad 


From  a  Sp<tTa3K  3  ^ 


«*ff^{jrr#if  "'' 


TUdinl.^ 


dTxakTL 


(Hee  Matuog.) 


624 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


MAdilllNALKM  (niali-gee-nah-lem'),  ver.;  peak  in 

Caraballos  Occitlentalcs,  in  Abra  and  Ilocos 

Sur,  Luz6n. 
MAOUINAO  (mah-gee-now'),Tag.;  river  in  pueblo 

of  BauAn,    Batangas,    Lnz6n,  flows  S.  and 

empties  into  Bay  o£  Batangas  S.  of  pueblo 

named. 
MAWUINAVA    (mah-gee-nah'-yah),    nat.;     river 

emptying  on  NE.  shore'  of  Si'ibic  Bay,  SE. 

coast  of  Zambales,  Luzon. 
MAGIJINDALEA'  (mah-geen-dali'-layn),ver.;  ham- 
let in  pueblo  of  I'iddig,  Ilocos  Norte,  Luzon. 
MA(iiri\()(;    (mah-gee-nock'),    Tag.:    hamlet   in 

Bulacrtn,  Luzon,  15^  m.  N.  of  Bulacdn. 
MAGtJLAKG   (mah-goo'-lahng),  nat.;    pueblo   of 

former  comandancia  of  QuiangAn,  now  part 

of  Lepanto,  Luz6n. 
MAGULIAP  (mah-goo-lyap').  Tag.;  mountain  in 

Batangas,  Luzon. 
MAGULLKJUIAN  (niah-goo-lyee-gee'-ahn),  ver.;  S. 

point  of  Linaon  Bay,  on  SW.  coast  of  Negros 

Occidental,  7  m.  N.  of  Inayauan. 
MAGIjN  (mah-goon'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  S.  shore  of 

S.  entrance  channel  to  Pujada  Bay,  E.  coast 

of  DAvao,  Mindanao.    Summit  787  ft.  rises  in 

vicinity. 
point  E.  of  Macambol  Pt.,  where  there  is 

poor  anchorage  exposed  to  sea. 
MAGUSA,  or  MAGIISXn  (mah-goo-sah',  mah-goo- 

sahn'),  nat.;  hamlet  of  Zamboanga,  Minda- 
nao, at  extreme  N.  point  of  Dumanquilas  Bay, 

88  m.  NE.  of  Zamboanga. 
MAHIBA    (mah-hah'-bah)    (means    long),  nat; 

islet  of  Cuatro  grp.,  off  W.  coast  of  Leyte,  8  m. 

W.  of  Inopacan. 
island  4  m.  S.  of  Catbalogan  in  midchannel 

entering  Maqueda  Bay  from  NW.,  off  W.  coast 

of  Sftmar. 
M AHABAXii  1,1 'BID     (mah  -  hah  -  bang  -  loo'-  bid) 

(means  Imii,'  cdnl),  Tag.;  hamlet  of  N.  Panay, 

Ci'ipiz  L'i  111.  SW.  of  Malinao. 
M AH ABONG  A>  I'V  LE   ( mah  -  hah  -  bong-ahn-poo'- 

lay),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Cdpiz,  N.  coast  of  Panav, 

3  m.  N.  of  Ivisan. 
MAHACOP  (mah-hah-cop');  hamlet  on  W.  shore 

of  SAmar,  6  m.  NW.  of  Catbalogan. 
MAHAGONAS    (mah-hah-goh-nass'),   ver.:    river, 

one  of  mouths  of  Pampanga  delta  emptying 

into  Manila  Bay. 
MAHALACX  (mah-hah-lah-cah'),  ver.:  mountain 

in  Negros. 
MAHALBON  (mah-hal-bohn'),  ver.;  mountain  in 

central  range  of  Negros  Occidental,  10  m.  E. 

of  Suay. 
MAHALIN  (mah-hah-leen'),  nat.;  river  rising  in 

central  range  of  Negros  Occidental,  flows  VV. 

and  falls  into  strait  of  GuimarAs  at  Ponte- 

vedra. 
MAHANAY  (mah-hah-ni'),  nat.;  island  ofTN.  coast 

of  Bohol,  Visayas. 
MAHAXGIN  (mah-hahn-hin'),  ver.;  point  on  SW. 

coast  of  Marinduque,  lat.  13°  15'  N. 
MAHANGLAD    (mah-han-glad'),    ver.;    river    in 

Leyte. 
MAHANGDIN  (mah-hahn'-geen),  ver.;  mouTitain 

in  Bohol,  Visayas. 
9IAHIA0  (mah-hee-ah'-aw),   nat.:   mountain  in 

\V.   Leyte  from   which  Masarayoc  Riv.,  E. 

tributary  of  Bao,  takes  its  rise. 
MAHINOG,   or   MAHIIVOC   (mah-hee-nog'.  mah- 

hee-nock') ,  nat. ;  pueblo  and  point  on  E.  coast 

of  Camiguin  I.,  off  N.  coast  of  Misamis,  Min- 
danao.   Has  fine  anchorage.    5^  m.  off  town 

is  low  sandy  island  with  bushes  on  it.    Pop., 

4,687.    (^Zso  Maginog.) 
MAHUJA  (mah-oo'-hah),  ver.;  mountain  on  Sulu 

I.,SuluA. 

MAIATUSA  (mah-yah-too'-sah),  ver.;  N.  branch 
of  Bacong  Riv.,  rising  in  W.  hills  of  Buena- 
vista  crater. 


MAIBX  (mah-ee-bah'),  Tag.;  mountain  500  ft. 
high  in  Laguna,  Luzon. 

MAIBATO  (mi-bah-toh'),  nat.:  mountain  in  Anti- 
que, Panay,  5  m.  NE.  of  Sibalom. 

MAIBU  (mah-ee'-boh),  nat.;  river  emptying  on 
NE.  shore  of  Misamis  port,  Misamis,  Min- 
danao. 

.^lAIBUG  (mi-boog),  ver.;  mountain  in  SE.  SAmar, 
U  m.  NW.  of  Salcedo. 

MAIBUN  (my-boon'),  ver.;  town  at  head  of  bay 
of  that  name  on  S.  shore  of  Sulu  L,  Sulu  a". 
About  6  m.  W.  rises  mountain  2,10G  ft.  high. 
Town  at  one  time  was  residence  of  Sultan 
of  Sulu.  Houses  are  built  on  piles  on  outer 
edge  of  bar  with  1  ft.  of  low  water.  Had  con- 
siderable trade  with  Laban  and  island  and 
rivers  of  Borneo.  Country  in  vicinity  grows 
native  fruits  in  great  variety  in  their  seasons, 
but  has  very  little  cultivation,  even  of  vege- 
tables. 

river  emptying  into  head  of  that  bav,  on 

SW.  shore  of  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A. 

bay  on  SW.  shore  of  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A.,  much 

frequented  during  NE.  monsoon,  but  subject 
to  heavy  swell  during  SW.  monsoon  .setting 
in  in  June.  Bav  is  8  m.  between  Cabalian 
Pt.  to  W.  and  Putic  Pt.  to  E.,  and  2  m.  inland 
to  N.  At  head  are  town  and  river  of  same 
name.  W.  coast  is  wooded,  with  cleared 
spaces;  hamlets  of  Lagasan  and  Lubang  on 
this  shore.  On  E.  side,  near  I*utic  Pt.,  is 
hamlet  of  Punungan. 

MAIL  ABA  X  (my-lah'-bahn),  nat.;  bay  on  NE. 
shore  of  Nin  Bay,  W.  coast  of  Masbate,  Vi- 
sayas. 

MAILABU  (mah-ee-lah'-boo),  nat.;  river  entering 
on  NW.  angle  of  Barrera  port,  NE.  coast  of 
Masbate,  Visayas. 

MAILAO(mah-ce'-lah-aw),  nat;  hamlet  at  mouth 
of  river  from  W.  entering  DAvao  Gulf,  on  W. 
shore,  23i-  m.  SSW.  of  DAvao,  Mindanao. 

MAILLAGU.A  (my-lyah'-gwah),  Hisp.;  point  on  E. 
coast  of  ISIindoro,  lat.  12°  50'  10"  E. 

MAILOX  (my-lohn'),  nat.;  town  on  NE.  coast  of 
Cebii.     (.s'eeMayil6n.) 

aiAI.IIBOXG  (mah-im-bong'),  ver.;  tributary  of 
Bacalan  Riv.,  in  N.  Antique,  Panay. 

MAIMBTJX  (mime'-boon),  nat.;  town  and  port  at 
head  of  deep  bay  about  center  of  S.  shore  of 
Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A.  Anchorage,  lat.  5°  54'  45"  N.; 
Ion.  121°  40"  E.,  approximately,  is  sheltered 
from  all  winds  but  S.  Town  lies  on  N.  shore 
of  bay  between  2  rivers.  Hamlet  Lubang 
lies  on  NW.  shore  of  bay  SW.  of  Maimhnn, 
about  2  m.  Anchorage  is  in  from  2  to  10  fms. 
NW.  of  bay,  summit  918  ft.  high  is  landmark. 

MAINAGA  (my-nah'-gah).  Tag.;  creek  in  Batan- 
gas, Luz6n. 

MAINDAJiG  (mine-dang');  river  in  NE.  CApiz 
Panay,  rising  in  crater  of  Agbintft  across  bor- 
der in  Concepcion,  Iloilo,  flows  NW.  and 
enters  Malinannang  1  m.  below  Dao. 

MAINIT  (mah-ee'-nit),  nat.;  circular  lake  C<  m.  in 
diameter  in  W.  coast  range  elevations  in  N  W. 
Mindanao.  Its  waters  are  discharged  through 
Tubay  Riv.  into  sea.  Lake  is  also  known  by 
name  of  Saponga. 

pueblo  of  Bontoc,  Luzon,  9  m.  from  Bon- 

toc.    Pop.,  417;  township,  .547. 

hamlet  at  headwaters  of  river  entering  sea 

at  Suauan  Pt.  on  N.  coast  of  Misamis,  Min- 
danao, 22  m.  SW.  of  CagayAn  de  Misamis, 
Misamis,  Mindanao. 

hot  spring  in  S.  mountain  system  of  Negros 

Oriental,  5  m.  WNW.  of  Nueva  Valencia. 

MA1X0N6x  (my-noh-nohn'),  ver.;  point  in  NE. 
Albay,  Luz"6n. 

MAIPAT  (mv-paf),  ver.;  narrow  channel  between 
Tabuluiiga  and  Tawi  Tawi  Is.,  Sulu  A. 

MAITIAGI'IT  (my-tee-ah-geef),  ver.:  island  and 
village  N  E.  coast,  off  Paragua,  Palawan.  {See 
also  Maytlaguid.) 


GAZETTEKli    OK    THE    I'lIILIPl'lNE    ISLANDS. 


625 


o     -  - 


■/ 


s  i  I !  I 

?  I  i" 


<-f 


U" 


9 


3 


^    "  «;  a 

3    X 


■i  1 1 

V^'/^      OJ       .  ft 


S.  Doc.  280 40 


626 


GAZETTEEK    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


MAITIIM  (my-tdom')  (means  black),  nat.;  point 
on  K.  coast  of  Cobu,  2  m.  SE.  of  Nayilan. 

MAJABA  (mah-hah'-bah),  nat.;  N.  of  chain  of  4 
islets  across  entrance  to  Inunukan  Bay,  W. 
coast  of  Masbate  I.,  Visayas. 

MAJABAGO  (mah-hah-bah'-goh),  nat.;  river  in 
CApiz,  Panay,  flowing  NE.  and  emptying  on 
N.  coiist. 

MAJABAAG  (mah-hah-bang').  Tag.;  hamlet  in 
Cavitc,  Luz6n,  22  m.  S.  of  Cavite. 

M  AJABAA  (SALAAG  ( mah  -  hah  -  bang  -  sah-lang') , 
Tag.;  river  in  Infanta,  Luz6n,  rising  on  S. 
side  of  Palis,  flows  E.  and  empties  into  sea  (ii 
m.  S.  of  entrance  to  Lampon  port. 

MAJABlBr.T.UUIV  (mah-hah-bee-boo-hah'-been), 
Till,'.;  I'liiiiton  NE.  coast  of  Tayabas,  Luzon. 

MAJAUILIN  I  mah-hah-bee'-lin),  nat.;  point  on 
VV.  shore  of  Sv'ibic  Bay,  Zambales,  Luz6n. 

MAJACOB  (mah-hah-cohb'),nat.;  town  in  pueblo 
of  Catbalogan  stretching  along  W.  shore  of 
SAmar,  NE.  of  Moroporo  Pt.  Island  of  same 
name  to  SW.  forms  shelter  for  anchorage. 

triangular  islet  SW.  of  town  of  same  name 

and  off  Moroporo  Pt.,  W.  coast  of  Sdmar,  NW. 
of  Catbalogan. 

cascade  in  Ulut  Riv.,  SAmar,  W.  of  Paric 

Mt. 

MAJAJAtiUL  (mah-bah-hah  ,<;()ol'),nat.;  point  on 
NE.  coast  of  ('a'4ay:iii,  Luzon. 

MAJAJAqUlN  (inali-liali  liah  keen'};  hamlet  in 
Tayabas,  Luzon,  on  SI':,  shore  of  Lam6u  Bay, 
lat.  15=^  68'  20'  N. 

MAJAYJAT  (mah-hi-hi').  Tag.;  pueblo  in  SE. 
Laguna,  Luzon,  in  hill  country  10  m.  S.  of 
Santa  Cruz.  Near  place,  CdO  ft.  above  sea, 
viaduct  carries  road  across  ia\  inc  llUccl  with 
ferns.  Laguna  de  l!a>  sticiclus  to  NK.;  in 
di.stance  is  peninsula  oi'  .lalajala  and  island  of 
Talim  from  which  rises  Si')son-l)a]a,^a  vol- 
cano. Along  lake  .arc  Lirovcs  of  c(jcoa  trees; 
toward  S.  sloj.c  <it'  Kicaind  ^vow^  smldenly 
steeperand  precipitons,  rising  to  conical  hill, 
Banajao  or  Majayjay  Volcano;  by  its  side 
mountain  San  Crist6bal  rears  its  bell-shaped 
summit.    Pop.,  6,528. 

volcano  near  SE.  coast  of  Laguna,  Luz6n, 

7,382  ft.  high;  lat.  14°  2'  N.;  Ion.  121°  27'  E. 
Last  eruption,  1730.     {Also  Banajao.) 

MAJILAYAN  (mah-hee-lah'-yahn),  nat.;  river  in 
Ambos  Camarincs  (Norte),  Luzon,  rising  in 
mountains  of  Tayabas  and  empties  into  bay 
of  Lam6n. 

HAJ6n  (mah-hohn'),  ver.;  small  stream  of  Negros 
Oriental,  emptying  into  sea  2i  m.  N.  of  Duma- 
guete. 

SIAJONO  (mah-haw'-noh),nat.;  hamlet  in  pueblo 
of  Pal&pag,  SCimar,  N.  coast. 

MAJOYOT  (mal*haw'-yot), nat.;  hamletin  pueblo 
of  AmbLln.  near  E.  coast  of  Negros  Oriental. 

MAJULAT  (mah-hoo-laf),  ver.;  point  on  SibuyAn 
I.,  Romblon  grp.,  Visayas. 

MAJUYAO  (mah-hoo-yag'),  mountain  in  Leyte,  9 
m.  inland  from  Albuera,  on  SW.  coast. 

MAKAPOL  (mah-kah-pauP),  ver.;  hamlet  on  Pa- 
cific coast  of  Mindanao,  near  extreme  SE. 
point,  64  m.  SE.  by  S.  of  DAvao. 

MAKIN  (mah-keen'),  nat.;  river  emptying  on  E. 
shore  of  Polloc  Harbor,  Cotabato,  Mindanao, 
N.  of  Parang-Parang. 

MAKMAM'  (mak-mah-nee'),  nat.;  point  on  SW. 
shore  of  Subic  Bay,  SE.  coast  Zambales, 
Luzon. 

MALA,  or  PORO  (mah'-lah,  poh'-roh),  Sp.,  island 
2  m.  from  NW.  to  SE.,  1  m.  from  NE.  to  SW. 
Area,  1  sq.  m.,  in  SW.  part  of  Sorsog6n  port, 
Sorsog6n,  Luz6n. 

MALABAB6n  (mah-lah-bah-bone'),  ver.;  point  in 
Sorsog6n,  Luz6n. 


MALABA<JO  (mah-lah-bah'-goh),  ver.;  hamlet  on 
Manila  and  Dagupan  Railroad,  9  m.  from 
Lingay6n  and  31  m.  from  Dagupan,  in  Pan- 
gasiniln,  Luzon. 

island  off  E.  coast  of  Iloilo,  Panay. 

hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Giibat,  E.  coast  of  Sor- 

sog6n,  Luz6n. 

MALABAHOC  (mah-lah-bah-hawk'),  ver.;  moun- 
tain in  central  Siquijor  L,  SW.  of  Bohol,  Vi- 
sayas, 3  m.  W.  of  Santa  Maria  de  Carmina. 

MALABAN  (mah-lah'-bahn),  nat.;  river  emptv- 
ing  on  N.  shore  of  Polloc  Harbor,  Cotabato, 
Mindanao. 

MALABANG  (mah-lah-bang'),  ver.;  river  entering 
Illana  Bay,  on  E.  shore  at  town  of  same  name, 
navigable  for  small  pulling  boats  to  fort,  li 
m.  inland. 

hamlet  at  mouth  of  river  of  same  name  on 

E.  shore  of  Illana  Bay,  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 
Has  2  while  l^lockhouses  and  large  fort  about 
IJ  m.  inlaiKi,  with  good  anchorage  of  place. 

point  on  E.  shore  of  IHana  Bay,  in  Cota- 
bato, Mindanao,  in  Rangaydn  or  Siigut  Mts., 
16i  m.  inland. 

town  in  Cotabato,  Mindanao,  on  bay  of 

Illana,  17  m.  NW.  of  Polloc,  with  large,  new 
stone  fort  at  head  of  plain,  about  1^  m.  from 
coast,  and  3  blockhouses  placed  at  vantage 
points  nearer  seashore.  First  stone  structure 
particularly  adapted  to  defense,  capacity  200 
men,  laiilt  in  castellated  style,  with  towers, 
minarets,  and  pierced  walls,  from  base  of 
knoll  gush  magnificent  springs  of  purest  cool 
Avater,  of  volume  forming  stream  flowing  into 
sea  and  navigable  for  small  boats  to  foot  of 
rock  on  which  fort  is  built.  Along  river 
Moros  and  few  Filipinos  have  built  number 
of  nipa  houses.  On  beach,  in  front  of  fort,  is 
Moro  trading  post,  where  market  Is  held  2 
days  each  week.  Moros  from  Lake  Lanao 
here  bring  their  produce  of  coffee,  gutta 
percha,  and  copra  to  trade  with  Chinese 
merchants. 

anchorage  with  good  holding  ground  in- 
side point  of  same  name,  16  m.  N.  of  Polloc, 
Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

MALABATAI  (mah-lah-bah-tie'),  nat.;  village  on 
NW.  shore  of  Subic  Bay,  SE.  coast  of  Zam- 
bales, Luzon. 

MALABIAO  (mah-lah-bee-ah'-aw),  ver.;  hamlet 
in  NE.  Capiz,  Panay,  2  m.  SE.  of  Pontevedra. 

MALABIN  (mah-lah-been'),  ver.;  mountain  in 
Marinduque. 

MALABLANE  (mah-lah-blah'-nay).  Tag.;  hamlet 
in  Nueva  Ecija,  Luzon,  on  tributary  of  Agno 
Riv.,  46  m.  N.  of  San  Isidro. 

flLALABO  (mah-lah'-boh),  nat.:  mountain  in  S. 
part  of  Negros  Oriental,  on  SE.  margin  of  large 
lake,  12  m.  W.  of  Sibulan. 

MALABOC  (mah-lah'-bock).  Tag.;  river  in  Taya- 
bas, Luz6n,  rising  In  S.  slopes  of  Majayjay 
Mt.  and  empties  into  sea. 

MALXbOG  (mah-lah'-bog) ,  nat.;  hamletin  Albay, 
Luzon,  on  main  road,  2  m.  NW.  of  Albay. 

MALAB(')N,  SAN  FRAMIISCO  DE  (sahn  frahn- 
this'-coh  day  mah-lah-bohn').  Tag.;  town  in 
Cavite,  Luz6n. 

MALAB6n,  SANTA  CRUZ  DE  (sahn'-tah  cruth 
day  mah-lah-bohn'),  Tag.;  town  in  Rizal, 
Luz6n,  center  of  cigar-manufacturing  indus- 
try. 

MALABOSO  (mah-lah-boh'-soh),  nat;  town  on  S. 
shore  of  Giibat  port,  E.  coast  of  Sorsog6n, 
Luz6n,  SE.  of  Gubat. 

MALABBIGO  (mah-lah-bree'-goh),  Sp.;  point  on 
S.  coast  of  Batangas,  Luz6n,  W.  end  of  Sierras 
de  Lobo. 

MALABIJCTtfN,orGIMlENEZ(mah-lah-book-toon', 
hee-mav'-neth),  nat.;  largest  and  NW.  of 
group  off  Mavtiaquid  I.,  off  NE.  coast  of 
Paragua,  Palawan,  4  m.  N.  and  S.,  2  m.  E.  and 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


627 


HAIiABU€Ti;iV,  or  GIMENEZ— Continued. 

W.;  area,  6  sq.  m.;  1  m.  N.  of  Mobauen,  and 

from  it  several  islands  extend  in  N.  direction 

toward  Knob,  Triple,  and  Smith  Is. 
MALABUNG  (mah-lah-hoong'),  nat.;  bay  in  NW. 

angle  of  Sambulanun  port,  W.  shore  of  Illana 

Bay,  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 
MALABIIyOC  (mah-lah-boo'-yock),  ver.;  pueblo 

at  mouth  of  Malutuoc  Riv.,  on  shore  of  strait 

of  Taii6n,  W.  coast  of  Cebii,  60  m.  SW.  of  Cebil. 

Pop.,  13,113. 
MALACA  (mah-lah'-cah),  nat.;   hamlet  in  Bula- 

cftn,  Luzon,  near  Manila  and  Dagupan  Rail- 
road, 7  m.  E.  of  Bulac4n. 
MALAl'ABA   (mah-lah-cah'-bah),  ver.;  island  off 

coast  of  Zambales,  Luzon.     {See  Macalaba  I.) 
MALAi'ABANG    (mah-lah-cah-bang'),  ver.;   ham- 
let on  W.  coast  road,  2  m.  S.  of  Colasi,  Auticiue, 

Panay. 
MALACA^O    (mah-lah-cah'-noh),  ver.;  island, 

area,  3  sq.  m.,  of  Cuyo  grp.,  Mindoro  Sea,  lat. 

11°  14'  E. 
HALACIMBO   (mah-lah-seem'-boh) ,  ver.;   island 

near  S.  shore  of   Sorsogon   port,   Sorsog6n, 

Luzon. 
MAIiAI'SXn   (mah-lack-sahn'),  ver.;    small   lake 

in  Leyte  from  which  sulphur  is  obtained. 
MALAFATfBIG    (mah-lah-fah-too'-big),    nat.; 

stream  in  Sdmar,  lat.  12°  9'  30"  E.,  taking  SW. 

course  and  empties  into  sea. 
HIlAGA  (mah'-lah-gah),  Sp.;    town   of    Negros 

Oriental,  4  m.  N.  of  Majuyod,  E.  coast. 
river  rising  in  S.  slopes  of  Patyacan  Mt., 

winds  around  its  base  toW.  and  enters  sea  on 

E.  coast  of  Leyte  immediately  S.  of  Hinu- 

nangan. 
hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Cabalian,  E.  coast  of 

Leyte. 
small   river   emptying  on   N.  shore   into 

BalayAn  Bay,  N.  Batangas,  Luz6n. 
stream  in  SSmar,  flowing  W.  and  emptying 

on  that  coast. 
bay  on  E.  coast  of  Leyte  extending  3  m.  to 

W.,  lat.  10°  17' 30"  N. 
.TlALAGABiBUY  (mah-lah-gah-bah'-booy),  nat.; 

mountain  in  NW.  CagayAn,  Luzon. 
MALAGABAXG    (mah-lah-gah-bahng') ,    nat.;  is- 
land, area  1  sq.  m.,  of  Calamianes  grp.,  off 

NE.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 
MALAGABE  (mah-lah-gah'-bay),  nat.;   hamlet  ^ 

m.  N.  of  junction  of  Maindang  and  Bad- 

bardn  Riv.  in  E.  central  C4piz,  Panay. 
MALAGABCiJf  (mah-lah-gah-bon'),  ver.;  point  in 

S4mar. 
MALAGAX  (mah-lah'-gahn),  nat.;  point  on  SW. 

shore  of  Ulugan  Bay,  W.  coast  of  Paragua, 

Palawan. 
IHALAGASAN  (mah-lah-gah'-sahn),  Tag.;  hamlet 

in  Cavite,  Luzon,  9  m.  SSE.  of  Cavite  on  main 

road. 

MALAGl   (mah-lah'-heeh),  Tag.;    island  off  SE. 

shore  of  Talim  I.,  U.  S.  military  prisons.     {See 

Maligi.) 
MALAGI6bJ    (mah-lah-hee-ohn'),  Tag.;    peak  in 

Caraballos  Sur,  in  Laguna,  Luzon. 
MALAGIT    (mah-lah-hif),  ver.;   hamlet  in   NE. 

Cfipiz,  Panay,  ^  m.  S.  of  Pontevedra. 
MALAGUA  (mah-lah'-gwah),  Sp.;  hamlet  on  N. 

coast  of  Ambos  Camarines  (Norte),  Luz6n. 
MALAGVi   (mah-lah-gee');  hamlet  in  pueblo  of 

Tayun,  Abra,  Luzon. 
point  NE.  coast  of  Ambos  Camarines,  Lu- 

z6n,  lat.  14°  14'  N. 
MALAGUIKOAN,  or  MALOGINOAN  (mah-lah  gee 

noh'-ahn,    mah-loh-hee-noh'-ahn).    Tag.; 

round  island  about  2  sq.  m.  E.  of  Polillo  1., 

off  coast  of  Infanta,  Luzon. 
HALXgUIT  (mah-lah'-geet),  ver.;  hamlet  on  N. 

shore  of  Leyte,  3  m.  NE.  of  Barugo. 


MALAGUNDI,  or  GALBXn  (mah-lahgoon-dee', 
nat.;  gal-bahn',  Sp.);  point  on  E.  coast  line, 
end  of  Sierras  de  Loba,  Batangas,  Luz6n. 

MALAGUNUAN  (mah-lah-gpon- wahn');  i.sland 
near  E.  coast  of  Nueva  Ecija,  Luzon. 

MALAGUSAN  (mah-lali-goo'-sahn),  ver.;  point  on 
SE.  coast  of  Leyte,  4  m.  S.  of  Hinundayan. 

MALAGUTAN  (mah-lah-goo'-tahn),  nat.;  river  on 
SW.  coast  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  NW.  of 
Zamboanga. 

MALAHO  (mah-lah'-haw),  nat.;  point  on  SW. 
coast  of  SAmar,  lat.  12°  7'  20"  N. 

MAL'AHUIT  (mah-lah-wheaf),  nat.;  river  enter- 
ing SW.  shore  of  Lumanig  Bay,  S.  arm  of 
Loog  Bay,  W.  coast  of  Masbate,  Vi.sayas. 

MALAIBO  (mah-lah-ee'-boh),  ver.;  tributary  of 
Hog.  Riv.,  Negros  Occidental. 

MALAINAIN  (mah-lie-nah'-in).  Tag.;  river  in  Ca- 
vite, Luz6n,  one  of  many  small  streams  drain- 
ing heavy  rainfall  into  Manila  Bay  from  SE. 

MALXjOC,  or  MALAYOG  (mah-lah'-hock,  mah- 
lah'-yohg),  nat.;  point  on  \V.  coast  of  Sdmar, 
lat.  12°  22'  N.,  SE.  of  Sambugtun  Riv. 

MALAJON,  or  HAYIIOCK  (mah-lah-hohn'),  ver.; 
rockj  islet  7.53  ft.  high,  3  m.  off  coast  of  Bu- 
suanga  I.,  Calamianes  grp.,  off  NE.  coast  of 
Paragua,  Palawan,  10^  m.  W.  of  Busuanga. 
Resembles  haycock  from  N.  or  S.  Formed  of 
limestone,  and  edible  birds'  nests  abound  in 
its  cavernous  sides. 

MALALAE  (mah-lah-lah'-ay),  ver.;  hamlet  of  Ne- 
gros Oriental,  on  1.  shore  of  Tanhay  Riv.,  1^ 
m.  W.  of  Tanhay. 

MALALAG  (niah-lah'-lag),  ver.;  portonNW. shore 
of  Casilaran  Bay,  DAvao,  Mindanao.  Port  is 
capable  of  holding  vessels  of  any  size. 

town  in  Ddvao,  Mindanao. 

river  entering  Casilaran  Bay  on  it.s  SW. 

shore  at  port  of  MaUlag,  W.  shore  DAvao 
Gulf,  DAvao,  Mindanao. 

BULALAG  GKAKDE  (mah-lah'-lag  grahn'-day); 
river,  and  Malag  Chico,  branch  on  NW.  part 
of  Negros  Occidental,  emptying  into  Guima- 
r^s  Strait,  2  m.  below  Saravia. 

MALXlANG  (mah-lah'-lang),  ver.;  mountiiin  in 
W.  central  Leyte,  6  m.  S.  of  Carigara. 

MALXlOD  (mah-lah'-lohd),  ver.;  mountain  in 
Polillo  I.,  off  coast  of  Infanta,  Luzon. 

MALALUNO  ( mah-lah- loo'-noh),  ver.;  point  on 
SW.  coast  of  Cotabato,  Mindanao,  20^  m.  NW. 
of  Polo  Pt. 

MALAMAUI  (mah-lah-mah'-wee),  nat.;  island  4J 
by  2i  m.,  538  ft.  high,  clo.se  to  and  off  NW. 
shore  of  Basilan  I.  of  that  group,  off  S.  coast 
of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  thickly  wooded. 
Timber  is  superior  to  any  found  in  neighbor- 
hood for  spars  and  building,  being  molaue, 
(hard  yellow  wood),  poon,  palo  maria  or  bi- 
tankal  (one  of  the  guttiferx  or  gamboge 
family),  and  mangrove.  Coal  sheds  on  this 
island  opposite  naval  establishment  of  Isa- 
bela,  with  storage  capacity  of  2,000  tons. 

roadstead  on  N.  shore  of  Basilan,  S.  of 

Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  W.  of  Isabela  de 
Ba.silan. 

MALAMOC  (mah-lah- mohk').  Tag.;  stream  rising 
E.  of  Cavite  Viejo  in  pueblo  of  that  name 
makes  great  bend  first  to  N.  and  after  to  W., 
emptying  into  Bacoor  Bay,  S.  of  Cavite,  Luzon. 

MALAMOY  (mah-lah-moy').  Tag.;  point  on  E. 
coast  of  Nueva  Ecija,  Luzon,  lat.,  18°  15'  N. 

MALAMPAYA  (mah-lahm-pah'-yah),  nat.;  sound 
on  NW.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan,  trending 
24  m.  SE.  and  from  3  to  6  m.  wide;  formed  on 
NE.  side  by  Capoas  Pen.  One  of  finest  har- 
bors in  Philippine  Is.,  free  from  sunken 
dangers,  and  containmg  along  its  shores 
many  bays  and  inlets  capable  of  affording 
accommodation  to  fleets  of  world  and  of 
greatest  draft.  Entirely  landlocked,  en- 
tered by  Blockade  and  Endeavor  straits,  2 


Ti'iS 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


MALAilirAYA— Continued. 

narrow  channels  on  either  side  of  Tuluran  I. 
About  4  m.  within  Blockade  Strait  sound  is 
contracted  by  long  projecting  headlands 
from  either  shore,  forming  second  strait  con- 
taining several  islands,  which  dpiiis  into  ex- 
panse of  water  9  m.  in  length  and  4  m.  in 
width  named  Inner  Sound,  with  dei>ths  of 
36  to  54  ft.  Hamlets  of  Pancol  and  Baulao 
are  on  Inner  Sound.  Entrance  and  Pillar 
rocks,  30  ft.  high,  lie  in  enlranee  NK.  of 
Diente  Pt.,  while  Round  Islet  and  Pyramid 
Rock,  .50  ft.  high,  lie  off  W.  side  of  Tuluran  I. 
One  of  sounds  proposed  for  naval  station 
in  Philippines. 

port  on  W.   coast  of  Paragua,   Palawan. 

{See  Malampaya  Sound.) 

river  emptying  on  E.  side  of  Malampaya 

Sound,  Paragua,  Palawan,  3  m.  S.  of  Pancol. 
Headwaters  in  central  range  rise  less  than  1 
m.  from  drainage  over  summit  into  Taytay 
Bay  on  E.  coast,  entire  distance  being  scarcely 
3  m.  Malutone  I.  lies  in  entrance  to  Pancol. 
River  is  navigable  for  boats  for  2  m.,  and  from 
its  head  footpath  leads  over  mountain  to  Tay- 
tay, 3  m. 

MALAMLS  (mah-lah'-moos),  ver.;  N.  tributary  of 
Ulut  Riv.,  SAmar. 

MALA>AH11A]V  (mah-lah-nah-hoo'-ahn),  ver.;  W. 
of  2  i.slands  in  entrance  to  Sorsog6n  port,  on 
SW.  coast  of  Sorsogon,  Luzon. 

MALANAO  (mah-lah-now'),  Tag.;  point  on  SW. 
shore  of  Taal  I.,  in  lake  of  same  name,  Ba- 
tangas,  Luz6n. 

river  in  Luzon. 

lake  in  Mindanao,  more  commonly  known 

as  Lanao. 

MALAIVAO,  or  DE  ARENA  (mah-lah-now',  nat.; 
dayah-ray'-nah,  Sp.);  island,  2im.  in  length, 
off  E.  coast  of  central  Palawan,  S.  of  Tabla 
Pt.  and  NE.  of  coast  town  of  Absolan. 

MALANAT,  or  MAMAXAT  (mah-lah-naht',mahn- 
tah-naht'),  ver.;  island  i  sq.  m.,  3J  m.  E.  by  S. 
of  Jomftlig  I.,  and  fronting  NE.  entrance  to 
Lam6n  Bay,  N.  of  Ambos  Camariues  (Norte), 
Luz6n. 

MALAX('AUAS(mah-lahn-cah'-vvahs),  nat.;  moun- 
tain, 367  ft.  high,  on  NW.  shore  of  Nin  Bay, 
W.  coast  of  Masbate,  Visayas. 

MALANDAY  (mah-lan-die'),  Tag.;  hamlet  in 
Rizal,  Luzon,  10  m.  NE.  of  Manila. 

hamlet  on    Pampanga  delta  in  Bulacan, 

Luz6n,  7  m.  SE.  of  Bulaciln. 

MALANDO  (mah-lan-daw'),  Tag.;  river  in  Cavite, 
Ltizon,  flows  N.  and  empties  into  Tinalay 
Riv. 

MALjCNEO  (mah-lah'-naig),  ver.;  pueblo  on  1. 
bank  of  Saltan  Riv.,  33  m.  N W.  of  Tuguegarao, 
Cagaydn,Luz6n.   Pop.,  3,819.   (Also  MtLl&ueg.) 

MALANG  (mah-lahng).  Tag.;  peak  in  Caraballo 
Sur,  in  Laguna,  Luzon. 

MALANitiABAN  (mah-lang-ah'-bahn),  ver.;  island 
1|  m.  SE.  of  Pan  de  Azucar  and  one  of  group 
7  m.  E.  of  San  Dionisio,  Concepci6n,  Iloilo, 
Panay.  Area,  1^  m.  NE.  to  SW.,  and  1^  m.  N  W. 
toSE. 

MALAlSdCAUAN  (mah-lahng-cah'-wahn),  ver.; 
mountain  in  Panaon  I.,  off  SE.  point  of  Leyte. 

MALAMJI  (mah-lahng'-ee),  nat.:  summit  164  ft. 
high,  on  SE.  shore  of  Subie  Bay,  SE.  coast  of 
Zambales,  Luz6n,  inland  from  Cubi  Pt. 

MALAMPA  (mah-lah-nee'-pah),  Sp.;  largest  of 
small  group  of  3  islands,  1  sq.  m.  in  area,  391 
ft.  high,  5  111.  SE.  of  Sakol  (Saccal)  I  ,  11?  m. 
E.  ol  extreme  SE.  point  of  Zamboanga  Pen  , 
Mindanao.  NE.  headland  ot  approach  to 
Basilan  Strait  from  Celebes  Sea 

MAIiA.\JAPAO  (mah-lahn-hahpah'  aw), ver;  cra- 
ter in  central  range  of  Panay,  10  m.  SW.  of 
San  Joaquin. 


MALAMA  (mah-lahn-tah'),  nat.;  point  and  vil- 
lage NW.  on  SW.  shore  of  Lapac  I.,  Tapul 
grp.,  Sulu  A. 

MALANUT  (mah-lah-noof),  ver.;  bay  in  W.  part 
of  Tagbdyug  Bay,  W.  coast  of  Palawan,  afford- 
ing shelter  in  either  monsoon  for  vessels  of 
moderate  draft.    Malanut  is  on  SE.  .shore. 

river  discharging  in  SE.  part  of  Tagb&yug 

Bay  at  W.  extremity  of  sandy  beach  about 
^  m.  W.  of  hamlet  of  that  name.  About  1  ui. 
above  is  landing  place  on  r.  bank  whicli 
leads  into  open  tract  of  country  extensively 
cultivated;  goats,  fowls,  yams,  and  vegetables 
being  offered  in  barter. 

range  6  m.  inland,  14  m.  long  and  1,630  ft. 

high,  stretching  acio.ss  central  Palawan  from 
Malanut,  on  S.  side  of  Tagb^yug  Bay,  on  N  W. 
to  f  of  way  to  Ab6ab6,  on  Bay  of  Islands  on 
SE.,  where  it  terminates  in  conical  Mound 
Malanut,  1,290  ft.  high. 

hamlet  on  SE.  shore  of  Tagbdyug  Bay,  W. 

coast  of  Palawan. 

MALAO  (mah'-lah-aw),  nat.;  hamlet  in  pueblo  of 
Dapitan,  NW.  coast  of  Dapitan,  Mindanao. 

MALAO,  or  MAXGITAXAN  (mah'-lah-aw,  mahn- 
hee-tah'-nahn),  ver.;  river  iiiE.  Cebii,  rising 
in  central  range  and  entering  strait  of  Tanon 
2  m.  S.  of  Manjuyod. 

MALAPACUN  (mah-lah-pah'-koon),  ver.;  wooded 
island  340  ft.  high  covered  with  forests,  with 
double  summit,  Ij  m.  E.  and  W.,  172  m.  off 
W.  coast  of  Palawan,  SW.  of  Tagbayug  Bay, 
and  3  m.  W.  by  S.  of  Hummock  Pt.  Round 
islet  lies  500  yds.  S. 

JIALAPALAGA  (mah-lah-pah-lah'-gah),ver.;  ham- 
let ill  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luzon,  on  1. 
bank  of  Inaga  Riv.,  0  m.  NW.  of  Nueva 
Cdceres. 

MALAPAO  (mah-lah'-pah-aw),  ver.;  hamlet  in 
Pamjianga,  Luzon,  3^  m.  NE.  of  Bacolor. 

MALAPAll  (mah-lah-par'),  ver.;  small  stream 
emptying  into  sea  on  SW.  shore  of  Negros 
Oriental,  10^  m.  N  W.  of  Siatou  Pt. 

MALAPASC'UA,  or  MALAPACUA  (mah-lah-pass'- 
cwah,  mah-lah-pah'-cwahj  (bad  Christmas), 
Sp.;  narrow  island  2  m.  long,  5  m.  NE.  of 
Bulalaque,  extreme  NE.  coast  of  Cebvi. 
Area,  5  .sq.  m.;  lat.,  11°  17'  N.  2  islets  lie  off 
its  N.  and  2  oft'  its  S.  shore. 

channel  between  Malapascua  and  Choco- 
late Is.,  off  NE.  point  of  Cebii,  in  main  chan- 
nel between  Cebii  and  NW.  point  of  Leyte. 

MALAPATAKO  (mah-lah-pah'-tang),  ver.;  N. sum- 
mit of  central  dividing  range  of  Negros.  (See 
Silay  Mt.) 

MALAPAY  (mah-lah-pie'),  nat.;  mountain  in  N. 
Mindanao. 

MALAPINA  (mah-lah-pee'-nah),  ver.;  island  156 
ft.  high,  E.  of  Tenabian  1.,  Malampaya  Sound, 
i'aragua,  Palawan,  inside  strait  of  Bloqueo 
(Blockade  Strait). 

MALAPOOTBAS  (mah-lah-paw-ot'-bass),  ver.;  is- 
land in  Sulu  grp.,  Sulu  A.    Lat.,  6°  1'  30"  N. 

aiALAPOSO  (mah-lah-poh'-soh),  nat.;  one  of 
largest  of  that  cluster  of  islands  in  SE.  waters 
of  Calamianes  grp.,  off  NE.  coast  of  Paragua, 
Palawan,  175  ft.  high,  cone  shaped,  and  com- 
posed of  rock  and  clay  of  reddish-brown  color, 
one  of  most  conspicuous  marks  in  vicinity. 

MALAQUI  (mah-lah-key'),  nat  ;  small  river  in 
Ambos  Camarines  (Norte),  Luzon,  emptying 
into  Pacific  Ocean  at  Capaloiiga. 

point  on  N.  coast  of  pueblo  of  Indan,  Am- 
bos Camarines  (Norte),  Luzon. 

MALAOUING  (mah-lah-king').  Tag.;  river  de- 
stendingfrom  MalarayatMt.and  flowingiuto 
bay  01  layabas,  Luzon. 

MALAQL'lNTf'BlG  (mahlah-kin-too'-big).  Tag.; 
river  rising  m  Macolog  Mt.,  flows  S.,  receiving 
on  1  bank  Panoan  Riv.,  and  becomes  tribu- 
tary of  Calumpau  Riv.,  Batangas,  Luz6n. 
(.i^AoSulsuquin.) 


GAZETTEER    (»K    THE    I'HILIPI'IXE    1-LANDS. 


029 


630 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE   PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 


MALAm'IT  {mnh-lah-kitM,nftt.;  mountain  in  Am- 
bos  Camariues,  Luzon;  contains  gold. 

village  of  Ambos  Camarines,  Luz6n,  10  m. 

N.,  in  mountains  of  same  name;  lead  and 
lead  glance  exist  in  vicinity. 

MALXraD  (mah-lah'-rahd),  ver.;  island  off  NE. 
coast  of  Amboa  Camarines,  Luz6n. 

MALAKiYAT,  or  SOSONt'AXBINO  (mah-lah-rah'- 
yalit,  soh-sohn-cahn-bing'),  Tag.;  mountain 
and  extinct  volcano  in  NE.  Bativngas,  Luz6n, 
N.  of  Lipa  lat.  13°  58'  N.,  Ion.  121°  11'  E. 

peak  on  boundary  of  Tayabas  and  Batan- 

gas,  in  same  mountain,  Luzbn. 

MALASAllOT  (mah-lah-sah-cof).  Tag.;  mountain 
in  Tayabas,  Luz6n. 

MALASAO  (mah-lah-sah'-oh),  Sp.;  small  stream 
entering  Pacific  Ocean  on  E.  coast  of  S4mar, 
2  m.  N.  of  Paric. 

MALASIMBO  (mah-lah-seem'-beau),  ver.;  moun- 
tain in  SE.  Zambales,  Luz6n. 

MALASIMIl!  (mah-lah-see'-mic),  ver.;  hamlet  in 
pueblo  of  Iba&n,  Batangas,  Luz6n. 

MALASINA  (mah-lah-see'-nah),  ver.;  mountain 
in  pueblo  of  Dolores,  Tayabas,  Luz6n. 

MALASIf^L'I  (mah-lah-see'-key),  ver.;  pueblo  in 
Pangasindn,  Luzon,  15  m.  SE.  of  Lingay^n  at 
converging  point  of  3  main  roads,  at  railway 
station  bet^veen  Manila  and  Dagupau.  Pop., 
8,900. 

MALASPINA,  or  (,'ANLA6x  (mah-lass-pee'-nah, 
Sp.;  cahn-lah-awn',  ver.);  volcano  in  cen- 
tral range  of  Negros,  10  m.  \V.  by  N.  of  Hi- 
bayo,  on  E.  coast;  lies  in  NW.  angle  of  bound- 
ary between  Oriental  and  Occidental  Ne- 
gros, where  range,  leaving  seacoast  on  E.  at 
Bagauines,  Negros  Oriental,  takes  W.  course 
of  12  m.  and  then  turns  S.,  terminating  2  m. 
W.  of  San  Sebastian,  Negros  Oriental,  form- 
ing boundary  between  2  Negros  provinces 
entire  distance. 

3IALASUS0  (mah-lah-sooh'-saw),nat.;  mountain 
in  pueblo  of  Bangued,  Abra,  Luz6n. 

MALATAW  (mah-lah-tag') ,  nat.;  hamlet  and  point 
on  E.  shore  of  Sogod  Bay,  9  m.  SE.  of  Sogod 
Antiguo,  Leyte. 

MALATXN  (mah-lah-tahn'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  1. 
bank  of  outlet  of  Lake  Lanao  into  Iligan 
Kiv.,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

MALATANA  (mah-lah-tah'-nyah),  ver.;  river  in 
Tayabas,  Luzon,  flowing  W.  and  emptying 
into  sea  in  pueblo  of  Mulanay. 

MALATAXDAX  (mah-lah-tahn-dahn'),Tag.;  point 
on  S.  coast  of  Tayabas,  Luz6n. 

MALATAXGUIT  (mah-lah-tahn-geet'),Tag.;  point 
in  Batangas,  Luzon. 

MALATE  (mah-lah'-tay),  Hisp.;  districtin  Manila, 
Luz6n,  2  m.  SE.  of  Manila,  on  E.  shore  of  Ma- 
nila Bay,  adjoining  Ermita  on  S.  Crossed 
by  highway  from  Manila  through  Ermita  to 
Cavite.  Has  commodious  barracks  on  main 
highway  fronting  on  Manila  Bay.  About 
center  of  town,  also  facing  on  bay,  is  church 
and  convent  of  Malate  and  in  rear  cemetery 
of  Ermita  and  Malate.  At  S.  end  of  town  on 
bay  shore  is  magazine  of  San  Antonio  deAbad. 
Women  are  famous  for  their  excellent  em- 
broideries. Name  Malate  is  derived  from 
Ma-Alat,  meaning  place  where  salt  is  found. 
Pop.,  2,319. 

MALATIGBAO  (mah-lah-tig-bah'-aw),ver.;  moun- 
taui  in  SE.  Leyte,  12  m.  N.of  S6god  Nuevo. 

MALATPUSO,  or  SNAKE  (mah-lat-poo'-soh),  ver.; 
rock  60  ft.  high,  3^  m.  E.  of  N.  Taytay  I.,  off 
E.  coast  of  I'aragua,  Palawan. 

MALATU^-aN  (mah-lah-too-cahn'),  ver.;  moun- 
tain in  extreme  NE.  part  of  Misamis,  Min- 
danao, N.  of  Sinalayao  Mt.,  near  boundary 
with  Surigao,  and  40  m.  NE.  of  Cagayin  de 
Misamis. 

MALATO'A  (mah-lah-too'-nah),  Sp.;  point  on 
SW.  coast  of  Cotabato,  Mindanao,  21  m.  NE. 
of  Pol6  Pt.    (See  Malaluno. ) 


MALAtB.\X(i  (mah-lah-oo'-bahng) ,  nat.;  river 
entering  on  W.  shore  of  Misamis  port,  Mi- 
samis, Mindanao,  1  m.  SW.  of  Mi.samis;  Buca- 
g4n  hill  lies  on  river  bank  near  mouth. 

MALAlJEtl  (mah-lah-oo'-eg),  nat.;  pueblo  in 
Cagayfi,n,  Luz6n,  on  1.  bank  of  Chico  de 
Cagay^n  Riv. 

MALAL'IGI  (mah-lah-we'-hee),  ver.;  point  on  S. 
coast  of  Marinduque,  lat.  13°  15'  N. 

MALAVATtAX  (mah-lah-vah-too'-ahn),  ver.;  is- 
land 3  m.  NE.  of  Ambil,  2,160  ft.  in  extent 
and  covered  with  brushwood.  Steep-to  with 
passage  IJ  m.  between  it  and  Mandaui  I. 
(.SceLubang  I.) 

MALAVIXAX  (mah-lah-vee'-nahn),  ver.;  exposed 
roadstead  E.  of  Tinaca  Pt.,  extreme  S.  coast 
of  DAvao,  Mindanao. 

MALAVlXtfAX  (mah-lah-vee-noo'-ahn),  nat.:  is- 
land on  N.  side  of  Sarangani  Strait,  E.  of 
Tinaca  Pt.,  S.  coast  of  D4vao,  Mindanao. 

cove  on  S.  coast  of  Ddvao,  Mindanao,  be- 
tween Bayucon  and  Lamansi  Pt.  Good  an- 
chorage. 

MALAUXAXl  (mah-lah-aw-nah'-nee),  ver.;  island 
off  S.  coast  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  lat.  C° 
45'  N.,  NW.  of  and  near  Basilan  I.  (.See 
Malamaui  I.) 

MiLAY  (mah'-lie),  nat.;  town  of  Nabaoy,  C4piz, 
Panay,  on  NW.  coast,  near  mouth  of  river,  00 
m.  NW.  of  Cfipiz. 

MALAYA  (mah-lah'-yah),  Hisp.;  hamlet  in  Le- 
panto,  Luz6n,  8  m.  from  Cervantes.    Pop.,  684. 

hamlet  on  W.  shore  of  Lanao  Lake,  Misa- 
mis, Mindanao. 

island  off  N.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

range  of  mount^iins  in  W.  Lepanto,  Luz6n. 

point  N.  head  of  Golo  Passage  from  E.  Lii 

bang  Is.,  NW.  of  Mindoro. 

MALAYAG  (mah-lah-yag'),  nat.;  hamlet  in  Nueva 
Ecija,  Luzon,  on  main  road,  21  m.  NNE.  of 
San  Isidro. 

mountain  in  Nueva  Vizcaya,  Luz6n. 

MALAYAL  (mah-lah-yal'),  ver.;  islet  in  Camansi 
Bay,  N.  coast  of  Cdpiz,  Panay. 

MALAYLAY  (mah-lie-lie'),  nat.;  river  entering  sea 
channel  on  N.  coast  of  Mindoro  on  E.  shore 
of  Baco  Riv.  and  W.  of  town  of  Bac6. 

MALAYOG  (mah-lah'-yog),  ver.;  point  on  SW. 
coast  of  Sdmar,  in  pueblo  of  Catbalogan,  lat. 
11°  49'  N. 

MALAYtJAX  (mah-lah-yoo'-ahn),  ver.;  hamlet  of 
Concepci6n,  Iloilo,  Panay,  SE.  coast,  6^  m. 
SW.  of  Aqui. 

MALAZIMB6(mah-lah-theem-boh');  earlier  name 
for  Simb6  I.,  on  S.  side  of  Sorsog6n  port,  Sor- 
sog6n,  Luzon. 

MALAZOX  (mah-lah-thon'),  ver.;  point  on  NE. 
coast  of  Tayabas,  Luz6n,  bay  of  Lam6n,  lat. 
14°  13'  N. 

3IALBAT6,  orMAEBAXO  (mahl-bah-toh',  mah-ay- 
bah-toh'),  nat.;  hamlet  at  head  of  Dipulao 
port,  S.  coast  of  Busuanga  I.,  Calamianes  grp., 
off  NE.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

MALBINl'HILAO  (mal-bni-chee-lah'-ohK  ver.; 
islet  150  ft.  high  in  Coron  Passage,  between 
Busuanga  and  Calamidn  Is.,  Calamianes  grp., 
off  NE.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

MALBUG  (mal-bog'),  nat.;  point  on  E.  shore  of 

Tan6n  Strait,  W.  coast  of  Cebii,  1.^  m.  N.  of 

Alegria. 
river  of  Tayabas,  Luz6n,  emptying  into 

Ragay  Bay,  E.  coast. 
MALBIIG  (mal-boog');  mountain  in  Sdmar.     (.See 

Villal6n,  Leyte.) 
point  and  hamlet  on  E.  shore  of  gulf  of 

Asid,  S.  coast  of  Masbate  1.,  Visayas. 
MALBUG,  OLD;  hamlet  and  river  on  S.  coast  of 

Masbate  I.,  Visayas,  2k  m.  N.  of  Malbug  Pt. 
MALBUKAX  (mal-boo'-rahn),  ver.;  river  in  Leyte. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILII'PINE    ISLANDS. 


631 


w^^^msmm^^'"^'W:''w^- 


^^0im^/<^l^ 


m'j.    '-5'     ...-* 


'■^^ 


Et.ThuixaiikilaB  '*^ 


<\^\' 


.<^^'\ 


'■/'/■/ 


/■%, 


'V, 


-'-•-id^fit,'^ 


,iV^^ 


SOtlTn    COAST 

MALIGAI  BAY 

Mu  Piu»agia.<.l.7"30  0<f  K-Long  123f  17'  C 


r^  f'.  -' 


iNimlirna  Mik-e 


632 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE   PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


MALt'AMPO  (mahl-cahm'-poh),  Sp.;  hamlet  on 
shore  of  Green  Island  Bay,  E.  coast  of  Para- 
gua,  Palawan,  56  m.  NE.  of  Puerto  Princesa. 

hamlet  on  NW.  coast  of  Leyte,  7  m.  NW.  of 

Vlllaba. 

MALCATOP  (mal-cah-top'),  ver.:  islet  150  ft. 
high,  3^  m.  N.  of  CalamiAn  I.,  Calamianes  grp., 
off  NE.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

MALEBEGAS  (mah-lay-bay'-ga.ss),  ver.;  island 
near  S.  coast  of  Mindanao,  lat.  7°  14'  N.,  lou. 
122°  53'  39"  E. 

MALc^BOL  (mah-lay-ball'),  ver.;  river  in  Min- 
danao. 

MALEt'ON  (mah-lay-cohn'),  Sp.;  pueblo  and 
point  in  Bontoc,  Luz6n.    Pop.,  Cn.  1887,  561. 

point  SW.  shore  inside  entrance  to  Pujada 

Bay,  SE.  coast  of  DAvao,  Mindanao. 

MALEPLT  (mah-lay-puf),  ver.;  river  in  Min- 
danao. 

MALHON  (mal-hawn'),  ver.;  island  off  SE.  coast 
ofSdmar.     (See  Homonh6n). 

MALHOn,  or  JOMONJOL  (mal-hawn',  hoh-mobn- 
hohl'),  ver.;  island  12  m.  SW.  of  Sungi  Pt., 
SE.  land  of  Sdmar,  crescent  shape,  9i  m.  long, 
of  moderate  height,  with  small  islet  Nan  tuna 
near  W.  point,  bay  on  NE.  side,  island  lies  in 
mid-channel  between  SungI  Pt.,  SAmar,  and 
Desolaci6n  Pt.,  Dihagat  I.,  off  N.  coast  of 
Surigao,  Mindanao,  nearer  Sdmar,  35  m. 

MALIAO  (mah-lee-ah'-oh),  ver.;  mountain  in 
central  C^piz,  Panay,  12  ni.  W.  of  TapAs. 

river  in  Panay. 

MALIBAGO  (mah-lee-bah'-goh),  nat.;  pueblo  in 
extreme  N.  Leyte  at  W.  entrance  to  San 
Juanico  Strait,  12m.  NNE.  of  Tacloban.  Pop., 
1,119. 

river  entering  on  NW.  shore  of  Libds  port, 

E.  coast  of  Sfl.mar. 

point  on  E.  coast  of  Masbate  I.,  Visayas. 

MALIBAT6  (mah-lee-bah-toh');  extinct  volcano 
in  DAvao,  Mindanao,  lat.  6° 8'  N.,  Ion.  125°  2'  E. 

MALIBAY  (mah-lee'-by).  Tag.;  pueblo  on  E. 
shore  of  Manila  Bay,  6  m.  S.  of  Manila,  in 
Rizal,  Luz6n.    Pop.,  2,890. 

MALIBOBOC  (mah-lee-boh-bock'),  ver.;  moun- 
tain in  SW.  Pangasindn,  Luz6n. 

MALIBOG  (mah-lee'-bohg),  Tag.;  river  of  Min- 
doro,  emptying  on  E.  coast,  NW.  of  pueblo  of 
Bongab6n. 

town  in  Negros  Occidental. 

MALICABOG  (mah-lee-cah-bog'),  nat.;  islet  off 
NW.  coast  of  Bohol,  10  m.  W.  of  Lauis  Pt. 

MALl'CAY  (_mah-lee'-kl),  ver.;  bay  in  extreme  SE. 
part  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  forming  in- 
dentation at  land  end  of  narrow  peninsula  be- 
tween Zamboanga  and  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 
Entrance  lies  immediately  off  E.  opening  of 
bay  of  Dumanquilas.  Hamlet  of  Banganga 
is  situated  on  this  bay. 

MALICBLO  (mah-lick'-boog),  ver.;  inland  ham- 
let on  r.  bank  of  important  stream  emptying 
into  Macajalar  Bay  on  SE.  shore,  12^  m.  above 
Tagoloan  at  its  mouth  and  17^  m.  E.  of  Caga- 
y&n  de  Misamis. 

MALIUAI  (mah-lee'-gi),  nat.;  point  onW.shore 
of  Lapac  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

bay  and  anchorage  on  SE.  coast  of  Zam- 
boanga, Mindanao.     (.S'eeMaligay  Bay.) 

9LALIUA?(  (mah-lee'-gahn),  ver.;  hamletinPam- 
panga,  Luz6n,  14  m.  N.  of  Bacolor. 

MALIGAY,  or  MALIGAI  (mah-lee'-gi),  nat.;  bay 
on  extreme  SE.  coast  of  Zamboanga,  Minda- 
nao, separated  from  Illana  Bay  on  E.  by 
peninsula  which  forms  boundary  between 
Cotabato  and  Zamboanga;  on  W.,  separated 
by  Dumanquilas  Pt..  lies  Dumanquilas  Bay, 
deep  indentation  on  this  coast  of  Zamboanga. 
Anchorage  lies  W.  of  Mt.  Panaga,  geographi- 
cal position  of  port  in  lat.  7°  30'  4"  N.,  Ion. 
123°  17'  4"  E.    Fiechas  Pt.,  over  which  rises 


MALKJAY,  or  MALIGAI— Coneinued. 

summit  visible  24  m.  at  sea,  is  on  SE.  shore  of 
this  bay  and  marks  division  with  lUana  Bay 
on  E.  Lungigi  I.  and  Maculai  I.  lie  along 
N  W.  shore  of  bay.  Cabalan  Riv.  empties  into 
bay  on  SW.  shore. 

MALIGAYLIGAY  (mah-lee-gi-lee'-gl),  ver.;  ham- 
let in  central  Concepci6n,  Hollo,  Panay,  7  m. 
NW.  of  San  Dionisio. 

MAIJ'GBOC  (mah-lig'-boc);  N.  branch  of  Ulagig 
Kiv.  in  N.  central  Bohol,  Visayas. 

MALKil  (mah-lee-hee'),  nat.;  river  emptying  in- 
to San  Rafael  Bay,  SE.  shore  of  Malamaui 
Road,  N.  coast  of  Basilan,  S.  of  Zamboanga, 
Mindanao. 

island  off  SE.  shore  of  Talim  I.,  Laguna  de 

Bay,  Luzon.  Seat  of  United  States  military 
prisons.  By  order  of  Secretary  of  War  official 
title,  "Island  of  Maligi  Military  Prisons." 
(^i;.soPuloMalagI.) 

MALHiOSATtJBKJ  (mah-lee-goh-sah-too'-big), 
nat.;  settlement  on  shore  of  estuary  on  W. 
side  of  Dumanquilas  Bay,  Zamboanga,  Min- 
danao, 93  m.  NE.  by  E.  of  Zamboanga. 

MALIHAO  (mah-lee'-how),  ver.;  river  entering 
Guimards  Strait,  on  N.  coast  of  Negros  Occi- 
dental, 0  m.  SW.  of  Manapla. 

MALIKUT  (mah-lee-koof) ,  nat.;  small  island,  i 
by  i  m.,  3J  m.  SW.  of  Ubidn  I.  Pangutdrang 
grp.,  Sulu  A. 

MALlLl'POT  (mah-lee-lee'-pot),  nat;  pueblo  on 
gulf  road,  W.  shore  of  Tabaco  Bay,  in  Albay, 
Luzon,  13  m.N.of  Albav  and  2  m.  S.  of  Tabaco. 
Pop.,  5,995. 

MALIMALiOKG  (mah-lee-mah-lah'-ong),  ver.; 
mountain  in  SE.  Siimar,  9  m.  SW.  of  Hernani. 

MALDIBO  (mah-leem'-boh),  nat.;  river  in  Pam- 
l)anga,  Luz6n,  fiows  S.  in  pueblo  of  Hagonoy 
and  empties  into  bay  of  Manila. 

MALIMPAO  (mah-leem-pah'-aw),nat.;  stream  in 
SAniar,  rising  on  W.  of  Poric  Mt.  and  unites 
with  Ulut  Riv. 

MALOlf  S,  or  MATIMAS  (mah-lee-moos',  mah-tee- 
mass'),  nat.;  point  on  E.  shore  of  Illana  Bay, 
in  Cotabato,  Mindanao,  forming  N.  side  with 
Bongo  I.  to  SW.  of  entrance  to  Polloc  Harbor, 
and  sheltered  anchorage  of  Cotabato. 

MALINALU  (mah-lee-nah'-looh),  nat;  hamlet  in 
pueblo  of  Bacolor,  Pampanga,  Luz6n. 

MALI>AXXAX(<(mah-lee-nan-nahng'),nat.;  river 
in  N.  C;ipiz,  Panay,  rising  on  E.  slopes  of  di- 
vide between  Jamindao  (E.)  and  Libacao 
(W.);  flows  E.  passing  Jagnaya,  Mambiisao, 
and  Siquia  towns  to  hamlet  of  Calahdn,  where 
it  abruptly  turns  N.,  passing  Panitan  and 
Loctugan  towns,  besides  number  of  hamlets, 
and  enters  sea  on  N.  coast  2  m.  S.  of  Nipa  Pt. 

MALINAO  (mah-lee'-now),  nat.;  port  on  narrow 
bay  3  m.  inland,  E.  coast  of  Dindgat  I.,  off 
NE.  coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  15  m.  S.  of 
Desolacion  Pt. 

— ■ river  in  Albay,  Luz6n,  rising  in  Buhi  Mts., 

flows  E.  into  Lagonoy  Gulf. 

pueblo  on  main  road  on  SW.  shore  of  La- 
gonoy Gulf,  in  Albay,  Luz6n,  18  m.  N.  by  W. 
of  Albay,  5^  m.  S.  of  Tibi  (Tivi).    Pop.,  11,849. 

pueblo  of  CApiz,  Panay,  on  1.  bank  of  Ak- 

don  Riv.,  entering  sea  6^  m.  below  and  27  m. 
W.  of  Capiz.    Pop.,  6,771. 

small  stream  entering  Guimards  Strait  6^ 

m.  NE.  of  Guilhungan,  Negros  Occidental. 

river  in  Panay. 

hamlet  3  m.  SW.  of  Puerto  Prince.sa,  across 

Port  Royalist  Bay,  E.  coast  of  Palawan. 

MALIXAO,  or  BUHI,  or  TAKIT  (mah-lee'-now, 
boo'-hee,tah-kit');  mountain  on  boundary  be- 
tween Ambos  Camarines  and  Albay,  Luz6n; 
lat  13°  26'  N.,  Ion.  123°  34'  E.;  18  m.  NNW. 
of  Albay;  rises  out  of  marshy  meadows,  base 
of  slippery  clay  mergnig  higher  up  into  vol- 
canic sand,  moist  undergrowth  swarms  with 
small  leeches,  resembling  linen  thread,  which 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


633 


^p.ASi^.-:-'.:^;3>^^...k^-;.',:.;:-.....-  -     '    ■.    ArAA^ 

y-    .                                      ■      ■         MINI.AXAO                                              '        . 

[                     DAVAO   GVLF-SAMALl. 

W^MAUPANO   ANCHORAGi; 

Y                  *A,Luti;:.n-:(Hi    N.l.„,.:;Ur.-^l:ii(i   K. 

„                                                                                                                           \.                                               1!,.-,.|     ,ljr    „bn,lt   (if.-.T 

■-'" 

\     «                                                                                                                                                        \                                                                                                             "'"",■ 

ee~"-                                                                                                                                                                       ' 

(y-\ 

^                                :  '■      "~^- 

'^  ^fely "  '''-"     ^    V''  >  "^^ 

-^--•■.:>~--                  ',   :---      '   .^ 

IS!         ■       ~  .  -   D      ■                         :      y                                I 

«•         3,  "ue.„,      ,    ••-'■..                ■,      V                                      ,;      ^ 

"'^T'C'"",,          \  ^^- 

V  ,          .      -^",A       A  '",      A] 

.*",  ,,  ■        ^            '.    ; 

.-:^,         .   ^^^C^«^^^ :::::„,<  ^     '=■  -^  /  :  .  . 

,h                   =«    ?'            3          10  -"  -.                                "^          ,     ,|; 

.?i     ^        J9      ^   "                    ■,    ,                 .31                          ,  ;         '       , 

i?-.«  .           ''           _..,_       ?3    «     ,!»                           —  1 ;. 

^'^"^.  \    '■'■A.     ^■'^"     •A    ■ 

■*<*.. J                                             .     \                                                 .-^"eS6^     K     K),     35    .,^^^'       ^                '          ' 

y\^ ■^■■Xa  '"^-  ""  "% 

x/                           1^..-'    ,/:                  "'.r^                     "5  c,,,,^^ 

/ 

E-^      '£:.--.   4 

A^ 

"A.           --Ay't 

aT" 

.,.,  ^:              N          '     '         \    • 

"•'«Tl!» 

j_              .t.»i. 

■  ^" '»!;!» — :—                           V      .           '-'_^^       ,9                  \        ■ 

^^^                                                                                    ^^»                                                                                                         ■^'''                    '^                                    ,,            '3     ,3       ■            '    ■                '  '■  •'    ^ 

u..  ..u„                                              ^„       -i          'J,|,o  tV_^.>--'                         "e        K               /        - 

L-1l:^A>J-   ^.i^^.\ 

634 


GAZETTEEE   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 


MALIXAO,  or  BUHI,  or  TAKIT— Continned. 

attach  themselves  to  nose,  ears,  and  eyes,  or 
any  exposed  part  of  body,  gorging  them- 
selves with  blood  until  they  resemble  small 
cherries.  These  annulates  are  common  in 
Ceylon,  India,  frequently  causing  death  of 
animals;  most  severe  after  wet  season.  Wood 
in  vicinity  of  mountain  is  fig,  which  bears 
bunches  of  fruit  6  ft.  long,  between  grow 
ferns,  aroids,  and  orchids;  pass  from  \V.  to  E. 
side  of  mountains  is  2,803  ft.  above  sea;  forests 
on  E.  side  are  more  magnificent  than  on  W.; 
mountain  also  affords  fine  view  of  sea;  island 
of  Catanduanes  37  m.  NE.,  and  plain  of  Ta- 
baco  to  SE. 

MALIM'UBAN  (mah-lin-coo'-rahn),  ver.;  hamlet 
on  1.  bank  of  Pulangui  Riv.  in  E.  Misamis, 
Mindanao. 

JMALINDAXtl,  GRAN  (grahn  mah-lin-dahng'), 
nat.;  group  of  lofty  elevations,  central  summit 
of  which  reaches  elevation  of  8,560  ft.  in  N. 
portion  of  Misamis,  Mindanao,  151  m.  inland 
from  W.  shore  of  Iligan  Bay;  divides  drain- 
age between  that  bay  on  E.  and  channel  be- 
tween Mindanao  and  Negros  on  N.;  15  m.  W. 
by  N.  of  this  summit  is  another  8,580  ft.  high; 
17  m.  to  NW.  rises  another  summit  5,427  ft. 
high.  Another  group  of  .same  range,  32  m.  to 
SW.,  with  same  name,  rises  9  m.  N.  of  Tres 
Reyes  Mts.,  which  form  line  of  boundary  be- 
tween Misamis  and  Zamboanga  on  the  S. 

MALINGDANG  (mah-ling-dahng'),  nat.;  peak  of 
range  of  same  name,  7,892  ft.  high,  NW.  of 
Mi.samis,  on  E.  shore  of  Misamis  port,  Misa- 
mis, Mindanao.  S.  peak  of  same  range,  3s  m. 
S.  by  E.,  is  6,838  ft.  high. 

mountain  7,892  ft.  high,  NW.  of  Misamis, 

Misamis,  Mindanao. 

range  W.  of  Misamis,  S.  peak,  5,838  ft. 

MAIilXDISG  (mah-lean-ding'),  ver.;  mountain  in 
Mindoro. 

MALINtilN  (mah-ling'-in),  ver.;  hamlet  in  NE. 
Cdpiz,  Panay,  4^  m.  SE.  of  Panay,  on  main 
CApiz  road. 

MALIXIjOK  (mah-ling-ohn'),  nat.;  mountain  in 
Daram  I.,  off  W.  coast  of  Simar. 

MAIilJJGIJI  (mah-lin-gee'),  ver.;  islet  8  m.  NW. 
of  Ubay,  NE.  coast  of  Bohol,  Visayas. 

MAHN-MALIN  (mah-lean-mah'-lean),  nat.;  is- 
land near  S.  coast  of  SAmar,  lat.  11°  N. 

MALlNSASiTAO  (mah  -  lean  -  sah  -  sah'-  yah-aw) ; 
mountain  in  Negros  Oriental. 

MALINSONO  (mah-lin-soh'-noh),  nat.;  small 
high  island  on  coral  spit,  1^  m.  off  NE.  point 
of  Manlagule  I.,  BalAbae  grp.,  off  SW.  point 
of  Palawan. 

MALIPANO  (mah-lee-pah'-noh),  nat.;  hamlet  on 
island  of  S4mal,  N.  waters  of  1)4 vao  Gulf, 
D4vao,  Mindanao. 

island  S.  of  Mindanao. 

anchorage  protected  from  all  winds,  Si  m. 

S.  of  Bimulin  Riv.,  on  W.  shore  of  Sdmal  I., 
gulf  of  Ddvao,  Mindanao,  7  m.  ESE.  of  !)&- 
vao. 

MALIPU  (mah-lee'-poo);  bay  separated  from  Al- 
ligator Bay  by  range  of  hills  of  which  Balulu 
Pt.  is  N.  extremity.  Hunch  Hill,  454  ft.  high, 
lies  on  SE.  side  and  Chinicaran  I.  near  W.  shore 
of  Malampaya  Sound,  Paragua,  Palawan. 

MALl'PL'T  (mah-lee'-put),nat.;  village  NW. shore 
San  Antonio  Bay,  SE.  coast  Palawan,  at 
mouth  of  Pirate  Riv. 

Mali's  (mah-Uss'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  pueblo  of 
Guiguinto,  Bulacftn,  Luz6n. 

MALI8B6  (mah-lis-boh'),ver.;  hamlet  on  Malugo 
Riv.,  N.  part  of  Negros  Occidental. 

MALISBCG  (mah-lis-boog'),  ver.;  river  of  Negros 
Occidental,  formed  by  junction  of  Nabaluan 
and  Samavao  Rivs.,  and  enters  Guimar&s 
Strait  2  m.  N.  of  Si  lay. 

MALITA  (mah-lee'-tah),  Sp.;  point  on  W.  shore 
of  D4vao  Gulf,  D&vao,  Mindanao. 


VX  (mah-lyah'-gwah),  Hisp.;  pointon  E. 
;  of  Mindoro  in  pueblo  of  Naujiln. 


MALITA:  hamlet  at  mouth  of  stream  on  W.  .shore 
of  Diivao  Gulf,  Ddvao,  Mindanao,  50  m.  S.  of 
D4vao. 

MALITAIV  (mah-lee'-tahn).  Tag.;  stream  in  SE. 
Batangas,  Luz6n,  flows  W.  and  empties  in 
bay  of  Batangas,  lat.  13°  43'  N. 

MALITBOG  (mah-lit'-bog),  nat.;  pueblo  on  W. 
shore  of  E.  estuary,  S.  coast  of  Leyte,  79  m.  S. 
of  Tacloban.    Pop.,  7,90(3. 

river  in  Mindanao. 

mountain  in  Panay. 

MAL1TBI'<1  fmah-lit'-boog),  nat.;  hamlet  in  Mi- 
samis, Mindanao, 

MALITCOXG  (mah-lit-cong'),  ver.;  town  of  Bon- 
toe,  Luzon,  8  m.  from  Bontoc.  Pop.,  651; 
township,  777. 

MALITHl'G  (mah-lit-hoog'),  ver.;  mountain  in 
E.  central  C^piz,  Panay.  near  N.  springs  of 
Jalau  Riv.,  7  m.  SW.  of  Dumar. 

MALIDYA  (mah-liew'-yah),nat.;  island  of  Balad, 
NE.  coast  of  Iloilo,  Panay. 

MALIXI  (mah-lig-see'),  nat.;  inland  town  on  E. 
slope  of  coast  range  of  Mindanao,  near  head- 
waters of  stream  entering  sea  N.  of  Sancop 
Pt.,  Surigao,  Mindanao,  115i  m.  SE.  by  S.  of 
Surigao. 

MALIYIAX  (mah-lee-yee-ah-ah'),  ver;  small  trib- 
utary of  Abra  Riv.  rising  in  peak  of  .Santo 
Domingo,  in  Abra,  Luz6n. 

MALLAGUA  (mah-lyah'-gwah),  Hisp 
coast  I 

MALLARATONE,  for.;  island  im.  long  and  about 
200  yds.  wide  in  Malampaya  Sound,  Paragua, 
Palawan.    Ibelbel,  smaller  island,  lies  SE. 

MALLAROIS,  for.;  islet,  93  ft.  high,  200  yds.  long, 
S.  of  Vinalo  I.,  in  Malampaya  Sound,  Para- 
gua, Palawan. 

MALO  (mah'-loh),  Sp.;  river  rising  in  mountains 
N.  of  Pastrana,  Leyte,  and  after  tortuous 
course  empties  on  W.  shore  of  San  Pedro 
and  San  Pablo  Bay  at  Palo. 

MALO,  or  TALUXG  (mah'-loh,  tah-loong'),  Sp.; 
small  stream  emptying  into  sea  4  m.  NW.  of 
Siaton  Pt. ,  extreme's,  coast  of  Negros  Oriental. 

MALOBAGO  (mah-loh-bah'-goh),  nat.;  hamlet  7 
m.  S.  of  Catarman,  Sdmar. 

MALOBOG  (mah-loh-bohg'),  nat.;  point  and  river 
W.  shore  of  Misamis  port,  Misamis,  Minda- 
nao, 8  m.  SW.  of  Misami-s. 

MALOCONAN  (mah-law-coh'-nahn),nat.;  hamlet 
in  pueblo  of  Siaton,  Negros  Oriental. 

MALOCOT  (mah-low-cof),  Tag.;  pointon  E.  side 
of  entrance  to  Batangas  Bay,  S.  shore  of  Ba- 
tangas, Luz6n. 

MALOHAGOXN  (mah-low-hah-gwahn'),  ver.; 
mountain  in  NW.  Sdmar. 

MAL(iLIC  (mah-law'-lick),  ver.;  town  in  W. 
Masbate,  Visayas. 

MAL0L6  (mah-law-law').  Tag.;  mountain  peak 
in  heart  of  Polillo  I.  which,  rising  out  of 
luxuriant  vegetation  on  its  symmetrical, 
cone-like  sides,  presents  not  only  command- 
ing object  to  navigators  approaching  from 
Pacific  Ocean,  but  also  along  coastof  Infanta, 
Luz6n,  19  m.  distant,  and  in  entering  spa- 
cious bay  of  Lam6n,  which  deeply  indents 
the  Infanta,  Tayabas,  and  Ambos  Camarines 
(Norte),  Pacific  shores  of  Luz6n;  from  central 
crest  lOdivergingridgesextend  tocoast,  each 
intervening.valley  having  its  river  carrying 
drainage  of  heavy  rainfall  of  SW.  monsoon  to 
sea,  and  is  seat  of  agricultural  activity. 

MALOLOS  (mah-law'-laws).  Tag.;  capital  of 
Bulacdn,  Luz6n,  pueblo  and  p.  o.,  at  head  of 
one  of  inlets  of  Pampanga  delta,  6  m.  NW. 
of  Bulacftn.    Pop.,  14,599. 

MALONAY  (mah-loh-ni'),  ver.;  mo-ntain  in  S. 
central  part  of  Negros  Oriental,  S.  border  of 
large  lake  fed  by  surrounding  summits,  10  m. 
E.  of  Tol6n. 


S  Doc  2>.S.^-.  57    i 


S  Doc  ZS(:    57 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


635 


IIALONCON  (mah-lawn'-cawn),  nat.;  island  2sq. 

m.  off  E.  coast  of  Nueva  Ecija,  lat.  18°  l-l'  N. 
IIALOXDO    (mah-lohn-doh'),     nat.;    hamlet   of 

Fampanga,  Luz6n. 
(lALOXDOJfO  (mah-lon-dong'),   ver.;   mountain 

in  N.  Cdpiz,  Panay,  3^  ni.  S.  of  Macat6. 

lALONTOD  (mah-lon-tod'),  ver.;  point  on  NE. 
coast  of  Cebii,  85  m.  of  Bog6. 

IIAL06  (mah-la\v-oh'),  ver.;  town  in  Dapitan, 
Mindanao. 

BALOOXO  (mah-loh-ong'),  ver.;  hamlet  of  Basi- 
lan  I.,  off  S.  coast  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao, 
3  m.  SE.  of  Isabela. 

lALORO  (mah-loh'-roh),  nat.;  bay  and  creek 
emptying  in  W.  shore  of  Misamis  port,  Misa- 
mis,  ilindanao,  W.  of  Silanga  Pt. 

aALUZA  (mah-loh'-thah) ,  Hisp.;  hamlet,  S.  shore 
of  Basilan,  I.  off  S.  coast  of  Zamboanga,  Min- 
danao. 

IIALP.U;A0  (mal-pah'-cow),  ver.;  ridge  of  lime- 
stone, 1  m.  SE.  of  Inabuyatan  I.,  NW.  coast  of 
Paragua,  Palawan. 

aALPASO  (mal-pah'-soh),  Sp.;  hamlet  in  NE. 
Cotabato,  Mindanao,  14  m.  NE.  of  Liguasan. 

ttALTATAYOC  (mal-tah-tah-yok'),  ver.;  islet  150 
ft.  high,  in  group  in  Cor6n  Strait,  N.  of  Cala- 
Tsxi&n  I.,  Calamianes  grp.,  off  NE.  coast  of 
Paragua,  Palawan. 

♦lALTBY,  for.;  island  i  m.  in  extent,  4  m.  NNE. 
of  Thirtieth  of  June  I.,  E.  coast  of  Palawan, 
S.  of  Puerto  Princesa;  Victoria  Peak,  5,680  ft. 
high,  overlooks  it,  and  mountain  range 
filled  with  deep  gorges  and  picturesque  val- 
leys is  fronted  by  wooded  plain. 

tIALTO  (mal'-toh),  ver.;  hamlet  at  headwaters  of 
Ulut  Riv.,  central  S&mar. 

ttALLAYOJJ  (mah-luah'-yohn),  ver.;  hamlet  on 
SE.  coast  of  Ddvao,  Mindanao,  89^  m.  S.  of 
DAvao. 

HALUBXBOt'fmah-loo-bah'-rock),  ver.;  point  on 
N.  coast  of  Sa,mar,  lat.  12°  31'  N. 

HALUBUO,  or  MATUBL'O  (mah-loo-boog',  mah- 
too-boog'),  nat.;  bay  forming  W.  shore  of 
Illana  Bay,  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

ttALUBlITGLUBUT  (mah- loo- boot -gloo-boot'), 
ver.;  (observatory)  island  of  Linapacau 
chain,  off  NE.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan,  2i 
m.  in  extent,  758  ft.  high,  2  m.  NW.  of  Lina- 
pacan  1.,  and  ENE.,  12  m.  from  N.  extreme  of 
Palawan.    At  its  N.  extreme  is  water  course. 

ttALUC  (mah-look'),  ver.;  anchorage  in  S.  Min- 
danao. 

MALUCU  (mah-loo'-coo),  ver.;  town  of  NE.  Misa- 
mis, Mindanao,  24  m.  E.  by  S.  of  Cagay^n  de 
Misamis. 

HALUGAN  (mah-loo-gahn'),  ver.;  town  on  SW. 
shore  of  Macajalar  Bay,  Misamis,  Mindanao, 
i:i  m.  NW.  by  W.  of  Cagayiin  de  Misamis. 

HALU(j>'()N  (mah-loog-nohn') ,  nat.;  hamlet  in 
pueblo  of  Mambula,  on  peninsula  of  N.  coast 
AmbosCamarines  (Norte),  Luz6n. 
—  point  on  N.  coast  of   Ambos  Camarines 
(Norte),  Luz6n,  lat.  14°  20'  10"  N. 

IHALUUO,  or  BUTCAN  (mah-loo'-goh,  boo-too'- 
ahn),  ver.;  river  and  hamlet  of  Negros  Occi- 
dental, 9  m.  above  its  mouth  on  straits  of 
Guimarfc,  7  m.  SE.  of  Saravia. 

MALUJAN  (mah-loo-hahn'),  ver.;  point  on  SW. 
shore  of  Macajalar  Bay,  N.  coast  of  Mindanao. 

MALUMAHIJAN  (mah-loo-mah-hoo'-ahn),  ver.; 
island  1  m.  from  N.  to  SE.  of  Bantique  Pt.,  W. 
side  of  entrance  to  Sorsog6n  port,  Sorsog6n, 
Luz6n. 

IHALUNAtillE  (mah-loo-nah'-gay),  ver.;  hamlet 
on  W.  coast  of  Cebii,  5  m.  NE.  of  Tuburan. 

MALUJiOY  (mah-looh'-noy),  Tag.;  pueblo  on  SW. 

coast  of  Tayabas,  Luz6n,  lat.  13'^  51'  40"  N. 
MALL  FA  (mah-loo'-pah),  nat.;  town  in  Antique, 

Panay. 


MALUPALI  (mah-loo-pah'-lee),  ver.;  river  in 
Mindanao. 

MALUPUG  (mah-loo-poog'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  cen- 
tral Cdpiz,  Panay,  near  Iloilo,  border  74  m. 
S.  of  TapAs. 

MALUSO  (mah-loo'-soh),  ver.;  town  at  head  of 
bay  of  same  name,  on  W.  shore  of  Ba.silan  I., 
off  S.  coast  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

bay  on  W.  shore  Basilan  I.,  off  S.  coast  of 

Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  lat.  6°  32'  50"  N.,  Ion. 

121°  52'  43"  E. 
river  entering  on  E.  shore  of  bay  of  that 

name  below  town,  country  in  vicinity  much 

cultivated. 
bay  and  anchorage  on  W.  side  of  Basilan  I., 

off  S.  coast  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  formed 

by   2   islands,    Great   and    Little   Govenen. 

River  navigable  for  boats  enters  head  of  bay; 

resort  for  natives. 
mIlUT  (mah'-loot),  ver.;  point  on    E.  coast  of 

Mindoro,  in  pueblo  of  Naujdn. 
MALUTUGAUI  (mah-loo-too-gah'-we),  nat.;  clus- 
ter of  islets  SE.  of  Cujao  Pt.,  S.  of  Catbalogan, 

W.  coast  of  SAmar. 
MALUTUOC   (mah-loo-too-awk'),   ver.;    river   in 

SW.   Cebii,  falling  into  strait  of  Tan6n  at 

Malab^yoc. 
MALUYA    (mah-loo'-yah),  ver.;    crater   in    SW. 

Leyte,  oi  m.  SE.  of  Inopacan. 
point  on  W.  coa.st  of  Lubang  I.,  NW.  of 

Mindoro. 
MAMAD    (mah-mahd'),  ver.;    islet  128  ft.  high, 

U  m.  W.  of  Baku  Tua,  Balanguingui  grp., 

Sulu  A. 
MAMAGUEU    (mah-mah-ged'),    ver.;    mountain 

group  in  Abra,  Luzon,  between  Gran  Cordi- 
llera and  SW.  spur  of  same,  11  m.  N.  of  Ban- 

gued. 
MA9IAILAN    (mah-my'-lahn),  ver.;    point  in  E. 

Mindanao. 
MAMAJE  (mah-mah'-hay),  ver.;  hamlet  in  pueblo 

of  Boljo-6n,  on  S.  coast  of  Cebii. 

9IA9IALI  (mah-mah'-lee),  nat.;  river  of  Mindoro 
entering  sea  at  Mayllague  Pt.  on  E.  coast. 

MAMALIN,  or  BAMJOL  (mah-mah'-lean,  bahn- 
cohl').  Tag.;  river  in  Laguna,  Luzon,  rising 
on  N.  slopes  of  Majayjay  Mt.,  flows  N.  through 
pueblo  of  Lilio,  then  NW.,  receiving  number 
of  attlueuts,  and  empties  into  Laguna  de  Bay. 

MAMiLOT  (mah-mah'-lot),  nat.;  river  in  Ambos 

Camarines   (Norte),  Luzon,  flowing  N.  and 

emptying  into  sea. 
MAMALlli  (mah-mah-lwee'),  nat.;  creek  on  delta 

connecting  two  tributaries  on  1.  bank  of  N. 

arm  of  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  Cotabato, 

Mindanao,  near  its  mouth. 
MAMAMAMA  (mah-mah-mah'-mah),  nat.;  village 

on  NW.  shore  of  Siasi  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

MAMiNAO  (mah-mah'-now),  ver.;  point  in  Rapu- 
rapu  I.,  off  SE.  of  coast  of  Albay,  Luz6n. 

MAHANGX  (mah-man-gah'),  nat.;  river  in  Min- 
doro I. 

MAMAXOC  (mah-mah-nock'),  nat.;  island  in  Ba- 
languingui grp.,  Sulu  A. 

MAMANOOL  (mah-mah-noh'-ohl),  ver.:  islet  in 
Sulu  grp.,  Sulu  A.,  lat  0°  2'  N. 

MAMAMLK  (mah-mah-nuhk'),  nat.;  island  1  sq. 
m.  in  SW.  of  Pilas  Is.,  Basilan  grp.,  off  S. 
coast  of  Zamboanga,  29  m.  WSW.  of  Isabela. 

low  wooded  island  in  SE.  of  LaparAn  grp., 

Sulu  A.,  NW.  of  Billanguan  I. 
MAMATAD   (mah-mah-tahd'),  ver.;    hamlet  In 

pueblo  of  Cabiao,  Nueva  Ecija,  on  1.  bank 

of  Cabiao  Riv. 
MAMAY   (mah-my'),  ver.;  hamlet  in   pueblo  of 

Namacpacan,  Uni6n,  Luz6n. 
MAMAYBLnAY  (mah-my-bah'-nie),  ver.;  town  in 

E.  central  Leyte.    (See  Pastrana. ) 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


635 


MALONCON  (mah-lawn'-cawn),  nat.;  island  2sq. 

m.  off  E.  coast  of  Nucva  Ecija,  lat.  18°  W  N. 
MALONDO    (mah-lohn-doh'),     nat.;    hamlet   of 

Pampanga,  Luz6n. 
MALONDONO  (mah-lon-dong').   ver.;  mountain 

in  N.  Ciipiz,  Panay,  SJ  m.  S.  of  MacatO. 

MALONTOD  (mah-lon-tod'),  ver.;  point  on  NE. 
coast  of  Cebu,  8i  m.  of  Bog6. 

MAL06  (mah-lavv-oh'),  ver.;  town  in  Dapitan, 
Mindanao. 

MALOONG  (mah-loh-ong'),  ver.;  hamlet  of  Basi- 
lan  I.,  off  S.  coast  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao, 
3  m.  SE.  of  Isabela. 

MALORO  (mah-loh'-roh),  nat.;  bay  and  creek 
emptying  in  W.  shore  of  Misamis  port,  Misa- 
mis,  Mindanao,  W.  of  Silanga  Pt. 

MALUZA  (mah-loh'-thah),  Hisp.;  hamlet, S.  shore 
of  Basilan,  I.  off  S.  coast  of  Zamboanga,  Min- 
danao. 

MALPj(t!AO  (mal-pah'-cow),  ver.;  ridge  of  lime- 
stone, 1  m.  SE.  of  Inabuyatan  I.,  NW.  coast  of 
Paragua,  Palawan. 

MALPASO  (mal-pah'-soh),  Sp.;  hamlet  in  NE. 
Cotabato,  Mindanao,  14  m.  NE.  of  Liguasan. 

MALTATAYOC  (mal-tah-tah-yok'),  vur.;  isslet  150 
ft.  high,  in  group  in  Cor6n  Strait,  N.  of  Cala- 
midn  I.,  Calamianes  grp.,  off  NE.  coast  of 
Paragua,  Palawan. 

MALTBY,  for.;  island  i  m.  in  extent,  4  m.  NNE. 
of  Thirtieth  of  June  I.,  E.  coast  of  Palawan, 
S.  of  Puerto  Princesa;  Victoria  Peak,  5,680  ft. 
high,  overlooks  it,  and  mountain  range 
filled  with  deep  gorges  and  picturesque  val- 
leys is  fronted  by  wooded  plain. 

MALTO  (mal'-toh),  ver.;  hamlet  at  headwaters  of 
Ulut  Riv.,  central  Sdmar. 

MALUAYON  (mah-luah'-yohn),  ver.;  hamlet  on 
SE.  coast  of  B&v&o,  Mindanao,  89i  m.  S.  of 


MALUBiBOt  (mah-loo-bah'-rock),  ver.;  point  on 
N.  coast  of  Samar,  lat.  12°  31'  N. 

HALUBUO,  or  MATLBUO  (mah-loo-boog',  mah- 
too-boog'),  nat.;  bay  forming  W.  shore  of 
Illana  Bay,  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

MALUBLTULUBUT  (mah- loo- boot -gloo-boot'), 
ver.;  (observatory)  island  of  Linapacan 
chain,  off  NE.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan,  2^ 
m.  in  extent,  758  ft.  high,  2  m.  NW.  of  Lina- 
pacan I.,  and  ENE.,  12  m.  from  N.  extreme  of 
Palawan.    At  its  N.  extreme  is  water  course. 

MALUC  (mah-look'),  ver.;  anchorage  in  S.  Min- 
danao. 

MALtOU  (mah-loo'-coo),  ver.;  town  of  NE.  Misa- 
mis, Mindanao,  24  m.  E.  by  S.  of  CagayAn  de 
Misamis. 

MALUGXn  (mah-loo-gahn'),  ver.;  town  on  SW. 
shore  of  Macajalar  Bay,  Misamis,  Mindanao, 
1:5  m.  NW.  by  W.  of  Cagayftn  de  Misamis. 

MALlJG^6N  (mah-loog-nohn') ,  nat.;  hamlet  in 
pueblo  of  Mambula,  on  peninsula  of  N.  coast 
Ambos  Camarines  (Norte),  Luz6n. 

point  on  N.  coast  of   Ambos  Camarines 

(Norte),  Luz6n,  lat.  14°  20'  10"  N. 

MALUGO,  or  BUTCAN  (mah-loo'-goh,  boo-too'- 
ahn),  ver.;  river  and  hamlet  of  Negros  Occi- 
dental, 9  m.  above  its  mouth  on  straits  of 
Guimar&s,  7  m.  SE.  of  Saravia. 

MALUJAN  (mah-loo-hahn'),  ver.;  point  on  SW. 
shore  of  Macajalar  Bay,  N.  coast  of  Mindanao. 

MALLMAHIIaN  (mah-loo-mah-hoo'-ahn),  ver.; 
island  1  m.  from  N.  to  SE.  of  Bantique  Pt.,  W. 
side  of  entrance  to  Sorsog6n  port,  .Sorsog6n, 
Luz6n. 

HALUNAUUE  (mah-loo-nah'gay),  ver.;  hamlet 
on  W.  coast  of  Cebu,  5  m.  NE.  of  Tuburan. 

MALUNOY  (mah-looh'-noy),  Tag.;  pueblo  on  SW. 

coast  of  Tayabas,  Luz6n,  lat.  13-^  51'  40"  N. 
HALUPA  (mah-Ioo'-pah),  nat.;  town  in  Antique, 

Pauay. 


MALllPALI  (mah-loo-pah'-lee),  ver.;  river  in 
Mindanao. 

MALUPl'G  (mah-loo-poog'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  cen- 
tral CApiz,  Panay,  near  Iloilo,  border  7i  m. 
S.  of  TapAs. 

MALUSO  (mah-loo'-soh),  ver.;  town  at  head  of 
bay  of  same  name,  on  W.  shore  of  Basilan  I., 
off  S.  coast  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

bay  on  W.  shore  Basilan  I.,  oft"  S.  coast  of 

Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  lat.  6°  32'  50"  N.,  Ion. 

121°  52'  43"  E. 
river  entering  on  E.  shore  of  bay  of  that 

name  below  town,  country  in  vicinity  much 

cultivated. 
bay  and  anchorage  on  W.  side  of  Basilan  I., 

off  S.  coast  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  formed 

by   2   islands.    Great   and    Little    Govenen. 

River  navigable  for  boats  enters  head  of  bay; 

resort  for  natives. 
MiLUT  (mah'-loot),  ver.;  point  on   E.  coast  of 

Mindoro,  in  pueblo  of  Naujdn. 
MALUTLGAUI  (mah-loo-too-gah'-we),  nat.;  clus- 
ter of  islets  SE.  of  Cujao  Pt.,  S.  of  Catbalogan, 

W.  coast  of  SAmar. 
MALUTUOO   (mah-loo-too-awk'),  ver.;    river   in 

SW.   Cebii,  falling  into  strait  of  Tan6n  at 

MalabAyoc. 
MALUYA    (mah-loo'-yah),  ver.;    crater   in   SW. 

Leyte,  3s  m.  SE.  of  Inopacan. 
point  on  W.  coast  of  Lubang  I.,  NW.  of 

Mindoro. 
MAMAD    (mah-mahd'),  ver.;    islet  128  ft.  high, 

1^  m.  W.  of  Baku  Tua,  Balanguingui  grp., 

Sulu  A. 
MAMAGUEU    (mah-mah-ged'),    ver.;    mountain 

group  in  Abra,  Luzon,  between  Gran  Cordi- 
llera and  SW.  spur  of  same,  11  m.  N.  of  Ban- 

gued. 
MAMAILAN    (mah-my'-lahn),  ver.;    point  in  E. 

Mindanao. 
MAMAJE  (mah-mah'-hay),  ver.;  hamlet  in  pueblo 

of  Boljo-6n,  on  S.  coast  of  Cebii. 

MAMALI  (mah-mah'-lee'),  nat.;  river  of  Mindoro 
entering  sea  at  Mayllague  Pt.  on  E.  coast. 

MAMALIN,  or  BAACOL  (mah-mah'-lean,  bahn- 
cohl').  Tag.;  river  in  Laguna,  Luz6n,  rising 
on  N.  slopes  of  Majayjay  Mt.,  flowsN.  through 
pueblo  of  Lilio,  then  NW.,  receiving  number 
of  affluents,  and  empties  into  Laguna  de  Bay. 

MAJliLOT  (mah-mah'-lot),  nat.;  river  in  Ambos 

Camarines   (Norte),  Luzon,  flowing  N.  and 

emptying  into  sea. 
MAMALUi  (mah-mah-lwee'),  nat.;  creek  on  delta 

connecting  two  tributaries  on  1.  bank  of  N. 

arm  of  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  Cotabato, 

Mindanao,  near  its  mouth. 
MAMAMADIA  (mah-mah-mah'-mah),  nat.;  village 

on  NW.  shore  of  Siasi  1.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

MAMiJfAO  (mah-mah'-now),  ver.;  point  in  Rapu- 
rapu  I.,  off  SE.  of  coast  of  Albay,  Luz6n. 

MAMANGi  (mah-man-gah'),  nat.;  river  in  Min- 
doro 1. 

MAMAMOC  (mah-mah-nock'),  nat.;  island  in  Ba- 
languingui grp.,  Sulu  A. 

MAMAN6oii  (mah-mah-noh'-ohl),  ver.:  islet  in 
Sulu  grp.,  Sulu  A.,  lat  6°  2'  N. 

MAMANLK  (mah-mah-nuhk'),  nat.;  island  1  sq. 
m.  in  SW.  of  Pilas  Is.,  Basilan  grp.,  off  S. 
coast  of  Zamboanga,  29  m.  WSW.  of  Isabela. 

low  wooded  island  in  SE.  of  Lapardn  grp., 

Sulu  A.,  NW.  of  Billanguan  I. 
MAMATAD   (mah-mah-tahd'),  ver.;    hamlet  In 

pueblo  of  Cabiao,  Nueva  EciJa,  on  1.  bank 

of  Cabiao  Riv. 
MA9IAY   (mah-my'),  ver.;  hamlet  in   pueblo  of 

Namacpacan,  Uni6n,  Luz6n. 
MAMAYB^NAY  (mah-my-bah'-nie),  ver.;  town  in 

E.  central  Leyte.     (See  Pastrana.) 


636 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


MAM1?A(!I  (liiuin-bah'-hec),  ver.;  town  on  E. 
(iiiist  (if  Cihii,  mid-distance  between  Dala- 
giK'tfiin.l  15(.ljo-6n. 

MA3I11AHE>  Al'lIAN  (mam  -  bah  -  hay  -  nah  -  oo'- 
hahn),  ver.;  outlying  island  in  SW.  corner  of 
Sulu  Sea,  29  m.  S.  of  Cagay^n  Sulu,  and  49J 
m.  SW.  to  Punderas  Pt.,  nearest  mainland  of 
Borneo.  High  brown  rock,  with  brushwood 
and  trees  on  summit,  and  uninhabited.  By 
proximity  it  would  belong  to  Cagaydn  Sulu 
grp.    Lat.  C°  33i'  N.,  Ion.  118°  31^'  E. 

MAMBAJAB  (mam-bah-hab'),  ver.;  NE.  point  of 
Biliran  I.,  ofi  N.  coast  of  Leyte,  at  entrance 
to  Daram  channel. 

MAMBiJAi)  (mam-bah'-how),  ver.;  town  and 
point  on  N  W.  shore  of  Camiguin  I. ,  off  N .  coast 
of  Misamis,  Mindanao.  From  this  point  coast 
is  rocky  as  far  as  Mahinoc,  G  m.  to  S.  Pop., 
18,000. 

MAMBXiV  (mam-bahn'),  ver.;  hiimlet  on  1.  bank 


of  Tigon  Riv.,  in  SE.  Iloih 
of  Alimodian. 


'anay,  2  m.  NW. 


MAMBANG  (mam-bang'),  ver.;  hill  near  E. coast 
of  Sdmar,  inland  from  Tambadon  Pt.,  between 
it  and  great  bend  in  Matiuao  Riv. 

MAMBANI  (mani-bah'-nee),  ver.;  tributary  of  Ilog 
Riv.,  Negras  Occidental. 

MAMBAMJANdl  (mahm-bah-noo-ahng'),  ver.; 
hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Gap&n,  Nueva  Ecija,  Lu- 
z6n. 

MAMBAO  (mam-bah'-aw),  ver.;  mountain  in  cen- 
tral Leyte,  11  m.  S.  of  Carigara. 

MAMBABII  (mahm-bah'-roo),  nat.;  river  in  An- 
tique, Panay,  rising  SE.  of  Pandin,  flows  W. 
and  empties  into  sea  on  W.  coast. 

MAM  BAT  (mam-bahf),  Tag.;  hamlet  in  Cavite, 
Luz6n,  on  Manila  boundary,  7  m.  SE.  of 
Cavite.^ 

MAMBINONOA  (mam-bee-nong'-ah),  ver.;  river 
with  Mindangan  forming  tributary  of  Ilog 
Riv.  (q.  v.),  Negros  Occidental. 

MAMBITANAK  (mam-bee-tah'-nahn),  ver.;  ham- 
let in  E.  Iloilo,  Panay,  near  boundary  with 
Cilpiz,  N.  of  Passi,  3s  m. 

MAMBOO  (mahm-boh-oh'),  nat.;  hamlet  on  S. 
coast  of  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A. 

MAMBllCAO  (mam-boo'-cow),  nat.;  hamlet  in 
pueblo  of  Catarman,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

MAMBIILAO  (mam-boo'-lah-aw),  nat.;  pueblo  at 
head  of  port  and  at  mouth  of  river  of  that 
name,  on  N.  shore  of  Ambos  Camarines 
(Norte),  Luzon,  25  m.  NW.  of  Ddet  and  cele- 
brated for  red  lead  ore  found  in  vicinity. 
Half  league  from  town  are  indications  of 
gold  and  remains  of  native  copper  mines. 
Pop.,  1,182. 

port  between  Pinandungan  Pt.  and  Daji- 

kau  Is.,  on  N.  coast  of  Ambos  Camarines 
(Norte),  Luz6n,  sheltered  from  all  winds. 
Fishing  inclosures  within  harbor  much  ob- 
struct navigation. 

point  on  NE.  shore  of  Ragay  Gulf,  Ambo.s 

Camarines  (Norte),  Luzon. 

MAMBdllAO  (mam-boo'-rah-aw),  nat.;  point  on 
NW.  coast  of  Mindoro,  in  pueblo  of  same 
name. 

river  in  Mindoro  flowing  and  emptying 

on  W.  coast  of  town  of  same  name. 

pueblo  situated  on  bay  and  point  at  mouth 

of  river,  all  of  same  name,  on  W.  coast  of 
Mindoro,  43^  m.  WSW.  of  Calapiin.    Pop.,  499. 

hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Puerto  Galera,  N.  coast 

of  Mindoro. 

MAMBfSAO  (mam-boo'-sah-aw),  ver.;  pueblo  on 
1.  bank  ef  Malinannang  Riv.,  in  C^piz,  Pa- 
nay, 17  m.  SW.  of  Ciipiz.    Pop.,  11,000. 

MAMDXiN  (mam-dahn'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  NE. 
CApiz,  Panay,  0  m.  SE.  of  Cuartero. 

MAMEBEL  (mah-may-belP),  ver.;  river  in  Luzon. 

MAMPA(JUT  (man-pah'-goot),nat.;  hamlet  on  N. 
shore  of  Leyte,  4  m.  NE.  of  Barugo. 


MAMPAHtlBUO  (mam-pah-hoo'-boog),  nat.; 
mountain  hamlet  in  central  Negros  Occi- 
dental, 10  m.  E.  of  Binalbagan. 

MAMPAKAX    (mam-pah'-rahn),  ver.;    range   of  I 
mountains  in  Nueva  Vizcaya,  Luzon. 

MANABA  (mah-nah'-bah),  ver.;  river  rising  in  S. 
central  range  of  Bohol,  flowing  S.  enters  sea 
1  m.  E.  of  Garcia  Hernandez. 


MAXABAN  (mah-nah'-bahn),  ver.;  mountain  in  j 
W.  range,  S.  Antique,  Panay,  8  m.  NE.  of  Dao.  , 

MANABO,  SAN  JOS£  DE  (sahn  hoh-say' day  mah-. 

nah'-boh),   ver.;  town  in  pueblo  of  I5ucay, 

Abra,  Luz6n,  near  r.  bank  of  AbraRiv.,  12  m.-  ■ 

SE.  of  Baugued. 
MAN'ABURE  (mah-nah-boo'-ray),  nat.;  village  on 

extreme  NE.  shore  of  peninsula  of  Ulugan, 

W.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 
MANACNAC  (mah-nuck-nuck'),  nat.;  point  and 

bay  to  SW.  on  SE.  shore  of  Loog  (Luk)  Bay, 

SE".  arm  of  Nin  Bay,  W.  coast  of  Masbate, 

Visayas. 
MANADI  (mah-nah-dee'),  ver.;  island  in  opening 

of  Ijuy  in  front  of  Mangarin  hamlet,  W.  coast 

of  Mindoro. 
MANAMA  (mah-nah'-gah),  ver.;  point  on  E.  coast 

of  Cebvi,  3  m.  SW.  of  San  Fernando. 

MANAOAYSAN  (mah-nah-guy'-sahn),  nat.:  point 
on  NE.  coast  of  Masbate  I.,  Visayas. 

MANAiilxiN  (mah-nag-dawn'),  ver.;  mountain  in 
W.  central  Leyte,  12  m.  N.  of  Albuera. 

MANAUDB   (mah-nah-goob'),  ver.;  mountain  in 

Panay. 
MANA«U16n   (mah-nah-gee-ohn'),  Tag.;  bay  in 

Batai'in,  Luzon. 
MANALIPA  (mah-nah-lee-pah'),  nat.;  island  394 

ft.  high,  off  E.  coast  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

{Also  Malaripa.) 
MANALLMO   (mah-nah-loo'-moh) ,  ver.;  point  in 

SAmar. 
MANAMIL   (mah-nah-mill'),  nat.;  i.slet   off    SW. 

shore  of  Balut  I.,  Sarangani  Is.,  S.  of  Minda- 
nao. 
MANAMO  (mah-nah'-moh),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Iloilo, 

Panay,  1|  m.  NW.  by  W.  of  Dingle. 
MANAMOC  (mah-nah-moc'),  ver.;   islet,  2  m.  N. 

and  S.  and  E.  and  W.,  21  m.  NW.  by  N.  of 

Agutaya,  Cuyos  grp.,  Mindoro  Sea. 

MANAMONTJON  (mah-nah-mong'-awn),ver.;  rivor 

emptying  into  Tolon  Bay,  on  SW.  shore  of 

Negros  Oriental,  3  m.  S.  of  Tol6n. 
MANXnAY  (mah-nah'-ni),  ver.;  island,  5  by  1  m., 

3  m.  N.  of  Getafe  and  2  m.  off  N.  shore  of 

Bohol. 
MANAN(j!A  (mah-nahn-ga'),  nat.;  river  in  Cebii. 

MANANfciULA  (mah-nahn-goo'-lah),  nat.;  poiaton 

E.  shore  of  Illana  Bay,  approaching  moutlis 

of  Grande  de  Mindanao  Riv.  (Cotabato)  and 

Polloe  Harbor  (Polloc  and  Parang  Parang), 

Cotabato,  Mindanao. 
MANANION  (mah-nah-niohn'),  ver.;  S.  of  2  bays 

on  E.  shore  of  But&n  I.,  Batanes  grp.,  oflf  N. 

coast  of  Cagaydn,  Luz6n. 
MANAOAii  (mah-nah'-wag),  nat.;  pueblo  and  road 

center  in  Pangasindn,  Luz6n,  18  m.  E.  of  Lin- 

gayOn.    Pop.,  17,500. 
MANAOL  (mah-nah'-ohl),  ver.;  river  in  pueblo  of 

Mansalay,  SE.  coast  of  Mindoro,  emptying 

into  bay  of  Mansalay  3  m.  below. 
MANAPA  (mah-nah'-pah) ;  isletof  Babuyanes  grp., 

off  N.  coast  of  Cagayin,  Luzon,  NE.  of  Fuga  I. 

MANAPLA  (mah-nah'-plah),  ver.;  river  on  N. 
coast  of  Negros  Occidental  and  emptying  into 
GuuuarAs  Strait  at  Manapla  town. 

pueblo  in  Negros  Occidental,  most  N.  on 

island,  near  mouth  of  river  of  same  name,  26 
m.  NE.  of  Baeolod  and  15  m.  SE.  of  Aqui,  on 
mainland  of  Panay,  across  Guimaris  Strait. 
Pop.,Cn.  1887,4,309. 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


637 


MANABAGAN  (mah-nah-rah'-gahii),  ver.;  moun- 
tain in  Leyte,  near  Burauen.  Contains  valu- 
able sulphur  deposits. 

MANASXOG  (mah-nah-sah'-og),  ver.;  hamlet  in 
N.  part  of  Guimards  I.,  off  Hollo,  Panay. 

—  crater  near  hamlet  of  same  name,  Gui- 
marfc  I.,  off  Hollo,  Panay. 

MAXAT  (mah-naht')>  ver.;  river  in  Mindanao. 
MAN'AUA   (mah-nah'-wah),    ver.;    mountain    in 

SAmar,  on  1.  bank  of  Yubasan  Riv.,  12  m.  SW. 

of  Salut. 
MANAUT  (mah-nah-uf),  nat.;  river  emptying  on 

W.  shore  of  Subic  Bay,  Zambales,  Luz6n. 

MANAY  (mah-ni'),  ver.;  town  on  r.  bank  of  mouth 
of  small  bay  on  E.  coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao, 
197  m.  SSE.  of  Mindanao;  has  remains  of  little 
fort  erected  by  Spaniards. 

—  town  in  DAvao,  Mindanao. 

—  river  in  Mindanao. 
MANAYAO,    or   SATAO    (mah-nah-yah'-oh,    sah- 

yah'-oh),  ver.;  point  on  E.  coast  of  Cebii,  11 

m.  S.  of  Nayilon. 
MANj(YOXG   (mah-nah'-yong),  nat.;   hamlet   in 

pueblo  of  Namacpacan,  Uni6n,  Luz6n. 
MAXBAYAXUi     (mahn-bah-yahn-bah').    ver.; 

hamlet,  Misamis,   Mindanao,  at  headwaters 

of  tributary  of  Pulangui  Riv.,  IO5  m.   S.   of 

Ducus. 
MANBlIT6iV(mahn-boo-tohn'),ver.;  hamlet  on  r. 

bank  of  Paniplftn  Riv.,  7  m.  NE.  of  Himamay- 

lan,  Negros  Occidental. 
MA\CAHUB()N  (mahn-cah-hoo-rohn'),  ver.;  clus- 
ter of  Lslets  lying  in  indentation  on  E.  coast 

of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  S.  of  Sancop  Pt. 
MANCAO  (mahn-cow'),  ver.;  point  on  NW.  coast 

of  Cebii,  4^  m.  SW.  of  Remigio. 
MA>'CABIS  (mahn-cah-ris'),  nat.;  town  of  SAmar 

on  SE.  shore  of  bay,  N.   of  point  of  same 

name,  NW.  of  Catbalogan. 

—  point  forming  S.  head  of  bight  on  W.  shore 
of  SAmar,  NW.  of  Catbalogan;  town  of  same 
name  lies  In  SE.  angle  of  bight,  NE.  of  point. 

MAJfCAStiAN  (mahn-cah-.soo'-ahn),  nat.;  point 
NE.  coast  of  Leyte  in  pueblo  of  Babatungon. 

MANCAYIN  (mahn-cah-yahn'),  ver.;  town  in  Le- 
panto,  Luz6n.    Contains  copper  in  vicinity. 

—  town  in  S.  Lepanto,  Luzon,  on  highway  S. 
into  Benguet,  6  m.  S.  of  CayAn. 

MAXCAYAXGlll  (mahn-cah-yahn'-gee),  ver.;  is- 
land, 4J  m.  in  entrance  to  Tanda  Bay,  WNW. 
of  Tanda  Pt.,  E.  coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao; 
2  rocky  islets  lie  off  its  S.  end. 

MANDHA  (mahn'-chah),  Sp.;  peak  3  m.  inland 
from  NE.  coast  of  CagayAn,  Luz6n. 

MANCHA  BLAM'A  (mahn'-chah  blan'-cah),  Sp.; 
village  on  SE.  shore  of  Subic  Bay,  SE.  coast 
of  Zambales,  Luzon. 

MANCIOL(mahn-theohl'),  ver.;  hamlet  and  river 
upon  which  it  is  situated,  in  pueblo  of  Nauj  An, 
Mindoro. 

MANt'OG  (mahn-cog'),nat.;  hamlet  near  N.  coast 
of  CApiz,  Panay,  U  m.  S.  of  Jimeno. 

SIA>'DAi)AGSi(  (mun-dah-dahg-sah'),  nat.;  mo  n- 

tain  in  E.  Mindanao. 
MANDAGUMAN      (mahn-dah-goo'-mahn),      ver.; 

hamlet  near  one  of  tributaries  of  Pulangui 

Riv.,  in  SE.  Misamis,  Mindanao,  15  m.  S.  of 

Ducus. 
MANDAH  (mah-n-dah'),  ver.;  peak  2S3  ft.  high,  in 

CagayAn  Sulu  grp.,  Sulu  Sea. 

—  one  of  N.  islands  of  ('agayAn  Sulu  grp.,  283 
ft.  high,  between  Bisu  Bintut  and  Bisu  Bo- 
han,  4i  m.  NE.  of  Lapun  Lapun  anchorage, 
thickly  wooded. 

"MANDAI  (mahn-die'),  nat.;  creek  emptying  on  1. 
bank  of  N.  arm  of  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao, 
Cotabato,  Mindanao,  on  W.  side  of  Cotabato, 
capital. 


MANDALAGAN  (mahn-dah-lah'-gahn),  ver.; 
mountain  among  N.  summits  of  central  range 
of  Negros,  19  m.  W.  of  Calatrava,  on  E.  coast. 

hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Minuliian,  W.  coast  of 

Negros  Occidental. 

MANDALUGAN  (mahn-dah-loo'-gahn),  ver.;  river 
in  Negros. 

MANDALIIYON  (mahn-dah-loo'-yon).  Tag.;  ham- 
let on  1.  bank  of  PAsig  Riv.,  Rizal,  Luz6n. 
(Sec  Guadalupe.) 

MANDANITAO  (mahn-dah-nee-tah'-oo),  ver.; 
mountain  ol  Concepcion,  Hollo,  Panay,  near 
E.  coast,  12i  m.  S.  of  Carlos. 

MANDAO  (mahn-dah'-aw),  nat.;  hamlet  in  pueblo 
of  Mobo  at  mouth  of  MandAon  Riv.,  on  ex- 
treme NE.  shore  of  Nin  Bay,  Masbate,  Visayas. 

port  on  NE.  inlet  of  Alag,  NE.  arm  of  Nin 

Bay,  SW.  coast  of  Masbate,  Visayas. 

hamlet  3  m  SW.  of  Tubigon,  on  W.  coast 

road,  Bohol. 

MANDAON  (mahn-dah-awn'),  ver;  river  empty- 
ing into  NE.  head  of  Nin  Bay,  W.  shore  of 
Masbate  I.,  Visayas. 

town  on  W.  coast  Masbate,  Visayas,  on  N. 

shore  of  Nin  Bay,  26  m.  WSW.  of  Masbate. 

point  on  E.  shore  of  Nin  Bay  and  N.  head 

of  entrance  to  Manda6n  port  and  Cabuluang 
Bay,  W.  coast  of  Masbate,  Visayas. 

port  on  W.  shore  of    Cabuluang  Bay,  E. 

arm  of  Nin  Bay,  W.  coast  of  Masbate,  Visayas. 
Geographical  position,  Camasusu  Peak  on 
Camasusu  I.,  lat.  12°  10'  3"  N.,  Ion.  123°  12' 
47"  E. 

MA!VDA(ilV,  or  ALAG  (mah-daw-awn',  ah-lahg'); 
inner  part  of  Nin  Bay,  Masbate,  Visayas. 

MANDASIG  (mahn-dah'-sig),  ver.;  hamlet  on  r. 
bank  of  Pampanga  Riv.,  in  Pampanga,  Luzon, 
9i  m.  NE.  of  Bacolor. 

MANDAUE  (mahn-dah'-way),  nat.;  pueblo  on  N. 
shore  of  Cebii  channel,  E.  coast  of  Cebi'i,  and 
4  m.  NE.  of  Cebu.    Pop.,  15,307. 

MANDAUl  (mahn-dah'-we),  ver.;  river  in  Bohol, 
Vi.sayas. 

MANDALI,  or  MUNDARI  (mahn-dah'-we,  muhn- 
dah'-ree) ;  island  of  Lubang  grp.,  U  m.  NE.  of 
Ambil;  1  m.  in  extent  with  2  hills  of  unequal 
height. 

MANDAVI  (mahn-dah'-vee),  nat.;  lagoon  5  m. 
SW.  of  Bacat  port,  Cotabato,  Mindanao.  Bu-. 
tirAn  Creek  carries  its  surplus  waters  into 
TalayAn,  tributary  of  S.  arm  of  Grande  Riv.  of 
Mindanao,  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

MANDAYO  (mahn-dah'-yoh),  nat,;  hamlet  on  N. 
shore  of  Lake  Lanao,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

MANDAYON  (mahn-dah'-yohn).  ver.;  hamlet  on 
E.  shore  of  bay  of  BadiAn,  W.  coast  of  Cebu. 

MANDILi  (mahn-dee-leeh'),  ver.;  hamlet  in 
pueblo  of  San  Miguel  de  Mayumo,  BulacAn, 
Luz6n. 

MANDICING  (man-dee-wing'),  ver.;  mountain  in 
Leyte. 

MANDONAl  (mahn-doh'-nah-i);  long,  narrow  is- 
land in  SE.  waters  of  Cagayanes  grp.,  Sulu 
Sea,  off  SW.  coast  of  Negros  Occidental. 

MANDON&A  (mahn-dong'-ah),  ver.,  point  in  Min- 
danao. 

MANDIIACA  (mahn-doo-ah'-cah),  ver..  hamlet  on 
SE.  shore  of  San  Pedro  Bay,  S.  SAmar,  14  m. 
SE.  of  Basey. 

MAKDLAO  (mahn-dwah'-aw).  Tag;  mountain  in 
Nueva  Ecija,  Luzon. 

MANDUCAL  (mahn-doo-cahl'),  ver.;  mountain 
hamlet  3  m.  SW.  of  Sibonga,  E.  Cebii. 

MANDUG  (mahn-doog') ,  ver.;  small  river  empty- 
ing into  bay  4  m.  W.  by  N.  of  Catarman  Pt., 
E.  coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao. 

.IIANDUBRIAO  (mahn-doo-rree-ah'-oh),  ver.; 
pueblo  in  Iloilo,  Panay,  on  1.  shore  of  river 
emptying  into  Hollo  Strait,  at  Iloilo,  4  m.  be- 
low.   Pop.,  6,749. 


638 


GAZETTEER   OF    THE   PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 


MAAELLA  (mah-uay'-lyah),  Sp.;  town  on  N.side 
of  mouth  of  small  stream  entering  Iligan 
Bay  on  W.  shore  of  Misamis,  Mindanao,  2i  m. 
N.  of  Point  Lngauan,  68  m.  W.  by  N.  of  Ca- 
gayrtn  rte  Jlisamis. 

MAN(JA  I  iiiiiliii-Kiih')  (means  mango), nat.;  stream 
entcriiitr'iniiniin'isStrait,  2  m.  W.  of  Cauayan, 
NeKiiis  (iccidontal. 

hamlet  in  NW.  Albay,  Luz6n,  174  m.  NE. 

of  Albany. 

hamlet  in  pueblo  of  San  Isidro,  Nueva 

Eeija,  Luz6n. 

hamlet  on  SW.  coast  of  Bohol,  3J  m.  N.  of 

of  Tagbilaran. 

MANGXbOL  (mahn-gah'-ball),  ver.;  lake  peculiar 
to  Philippine  I.  filled  with  water  in  wet  and 
arableindryseason,  E.  ofBayambang.Tdrlac, 
Luz6n,  more  than  15^  m.  in  circumference  at 
point  of  intersection  of  N\V-  angle  of  bound- 
ary of  T&rlac  and  Nueva  Ecija  and  Pangasi- 
n;ln;  its  surface  extending  into  each  of  these 
provinces,  Luz6n. 

MAKOAD  (mahn-gahd'),  nat.;  river  in  SAmar 
emptying  on  SE.  coast. 

MANtiAHAN  (mahn-gah'-hahu);  village  about 
center  of  rurai  district  of  Sampaloc,  suburb  of 
Manila. 

MANtJAL  (mahn-gahl'),  Hisp.;  low  and  sandy 
point  on  extreme  S.  shore  of  Basilan  I.,  off  S. 
coa-st  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

MAA'GALDAN  (mahn-gahl-dahn'),  ver.;  pueblo  of 
Pangasin&n,  on  coast  highway,  13  m.  ENE.  of 
Lingay6n.  Radiating  point  of  number  of 
roads  to  towns  of  interior.    Pop.,  16,143. 

MAXGALINOKlViN  (mah-gah-lec-nohk-neen'), 
nat.;  point  on  NE.  shore  of  Siibic  Bay,  SE. 
coast  Zambales,  Luzon. 

MAlVtlALIS  (mahng-ah-lis'),  nat.;  point  SW.  of 
Sulu,  N.  coast  of  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A. 

MANGAOA  (mahng-ah-oh'-ah),  ver.;  town  in  dis- 
trict of  Linangan,  Pangasindn,  Luzon. 

MANGABIN  (mahn-gah-reen'),  nat.;  pueblo  on  N. 
shore  of  bay  of  same  name,  on  SW.  coast  of 
Mindoro,  7^  m.  S.  by  W.  of  Calap&n.  Only 
accessible  to  boats.  Climate  is  unhealthful 
owing  to  surrounding  marshes.  Inhabitants 
engaged  in  raising  cattle  and  horses.  Pop., 
2,289. 

deep  bay,  3  m.  between  heads,  13  m.  SE.  of 

Lumintan  Pt.and  NE.  of  Ylin  I.,  sheltered  by 
that  island  and  long  peninsula  ending  in 
Mangarin  Pt. 

point  on  W.  side  of  inlet  on  SW.  mainland 

of  Mindoro,  N.  of  Ilin  (Ylin)  I. 

MANGAS  (mahn'-gass),  Hisp.;  point  on  S.  .side  of 
entrance  to  Sual  port,  Pangasindn,  Luzon. 

S.  point  of  small  bay.   Port  Sual,  on  W. 

shore  of  Lingay6n  Gulf,  Pangasin&n,  Luzon. 

MANGATABEN  (mahn-gah-tah'-ren),  ver.;  pueblo 
on  Agno  Riv.  road  in  Pangasindn,  Luz6n, 
18  m.  S.  of  Lingayen.    Pop.,  10,146. 

MAXGXtAO  (mahng-ah'-yah-oh),  ver.;  N.  head- 
land at  entrance  to  Pana6n  Strait  from  W. 
and  1  m.  N.  of  Liloan  on  extreme  NW.  point 
of  Pana6n  I.,  and  16  m.  SE.  of  S6god  Nuevo, 
at  head  of  Lion  Bay,  S.  shore  of  Leyte. 

MANGCAO  (mahng-cow'),  ver.;  point  in  W.  Cebii. 

MANGCOVA  (mahng-coh'-vah),  ver.;  point  on  E. 
coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan,  in  pueblo  of  Tav- 
tay,  lat.  11°  1'  40"  N. 

MANGEL  (mahn-hayP),  ver.;  point  on  W.  shore 
of  port  San  Jacinto,  Ticao  I.,  Visayas. 

MANGILAO  (man-hee-lah'-oo),  nat.;  mountain  in 
Cebii. 

MAlVtilLl  (mang-ee'-lee),  ver.:  hamlet  on  E. 
coast  of  DAvao,  Mindanao,  75^  m.  S.  of  Ddvao. 
Peak  4,520  ft.  high  in  E.  Butulan  range  rises 
8  m.  inland. 

MANGIL(i  (mang-ee-law'),  nat.;  small  stream  en- 
tering ,sea  on  extreme  SW.  coast  of  Leyte,  li 
m.  W.  of 


MANGINAO  (mah-hee'-now).  Tag.;  point  on  Ba- 
tangas  Bay,  Batangas,  Luz6n,  lat.  13°  4(i'  20"  N. 

MANGLA  (mahn'-glah);  W.  head  opposite  Nabu- 
ros  I.  to  channel  of  Casul  Cay,  large  inlet  in 
SW.  part  of  MurcicSlagos  Bay,  N.  coast  of  Dapi- 
tan,  Mindanao. 

MAXGLAR,  or  HIERBA,  or  XACODA,  (mahn- 
glahr',  ee-ayr'-bah,  nah-coh-thah'),  Sp.;  on 
W.  coast  of  Palawan,  2^  m.  from  Point  Hunn- 
nok,  forming  little  bay,  in  which  are  islands 
of  Manglar  and  Hierba.  Low  and  of  littl' 
area.  Most  N.  of  these  has  to  NE.  small 
island  called  Nacoda,  which  terminates  in 
little  conical  cape.  Near  this  cape  rises 
island  of  Sepulcro  (grave),  280  ft.  high. 

MAXliLAVlS  (mahng-lah'-vis),  ver.;  point  in 
pueblo  of  Paoay,  W.  coast  of  Ilocos  Norte, 
formed  from  Pan  de  Aziicar  (sugarloaf)  Mt. 

MAXGLE  (mahn'-glay),  Sp.;  small  inlet  _}V.  of 
Luyucan  port,  on  S.  coast  of  Busuanga  I., 
Calamianesgrp.,  NE.  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

island  off  Gogo  Pt.   NE.   coast  of  Iloilo, 

Panay.  In  channel  between  Binuluangan 
and  Calagndn  I. 

point  on  1.  of  mouth  of  Santa  Barbara 

Riv.,  entering  port  of  San  Jacinto,  Ticao  I., 
Masbategrp.,  Visayas. 

MANTiLUS  (mahng'-loos),  nat.;  point  in  pueblo  of 
Tv'ibig,  E.  coast  of  S^mar. 

MANGO  (mahn'-goh),  Sp.;  point  on  NE.  shore 
of  Marinduque,  landmark  of  Santa  Cruz  de 
Napo  Harbor.  Observation  spot,  lat.  13°  29' 
5"N.;  Ion.  122°  5' 34"  E. 

MANGOGOYO  (mahn-goh-goh'-yoh),  ver.;  hamlet 
on  SE.  shore  of  bight  on  N.  coast  of  C4piz, 
Panay,  1^  m.  NE.  of  PiWn. 

MANGOLBL'XGOT  (mahn-gaul-boon-gof),  ver.; 
conspicuous  headland  of  Daram  channel,  on 
W.  shore  of  Daram  I.,  SAmar. 

MANGOS  (mahn'-gos),  Hisp.;  point  at  entrance 
to  port  of  Sual,  in  SW.  angle  of  Lingayen 
Gulf,  Pangasin^n,  Luzon. 

MANGPEOS  (mahng-pay'-oss),  ver.;  islet  of  Tawi 
Tawi  grp.,  Sulu  A.,  lat.  5°  19'  N. 

MANGROVK,  for.;  narrow  channel  on  land  side 

leading  to  anchorage  of  Culi6n,  Calami^n  I., 

Calamianes  grp.,  oS  NE.  coast  of  Paragua, 

Palawan. 
inlet  on  shore  of  Deep  Bay,  E.  coast  of  cen- 
tral Palawan. 
point  on  W.  coast  of  Palawan,  N.  of  Tag- 

b^yug  Bay. 
point  and  S.  head  to  S.  mouth  of  Grande 

Riv.  of  Mindanao  on  W.  shore  of  Cotabato, 

Mindanao. 
MANGSEE  (mahng-say'-ay),  ver.;   channel  SW. 

of  Enmedio,  SE.  of  island  of  Bal4bac,  off  SW. 

point  of  Palawan. 
MANGSEE  DEL  SUK  (mahng-say'-ay  day  1  soor), 

Hisp.;  island  SE.  of  Barbae,  off  SW.  point  of 

Palawan. 
MANGUGUIN    (mahn-goo'-geen),    ver.;  point  on 

W.  coast  of  Daram  1.  and  one  of  headlands  of 

Daram  channel,  off  W.  coast  of  SAmar. 
MANGUIXN    (mahn-gee-ahn'),    nat.;    hamlet 

Binaguiojan  in  E.  Cebu,  4  m.  NW.  of  Sibonga. 
MANGIIL>'A  (mahn-gee'-nah),  nat.;  river  of 

tangas,  Luz6n,  emptying  into  Batangas  Bay. 
— — ■  river  in  Mindanao. 
MANGUICi  (_mahn-gee-oh'),  ver.;   river  entering 

strait  of  Tan6n,  3^  m.   S.  of  BalambAn,  W. 

coast  of  Cebii. 
MANGUIRIN  (mahn-gee-reen'),   ver.;  pueblo  in 

Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luz6n,  8  m.  NE.    ' 

Nueva  Cdceres.    Pop.,  1,300. 
MANtiULO  (mang-oo'-law),  nat.;  S.  tributary  of 

Mahalin  Riv.,  Negros  Occidental. 
MANtlCRUCKKlJ    (mang-oo-roo-coo-roo'),     ver.; 

hamlet  in  Concepci6n,  Iloilo,  Panay,  on  W. 

coast  of  Ajui  Bay,  3  m.  SW.  of  that  town. 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


639 


MANHILALA  (mahn-hec-lali'-hih),  iiat.;  bciul  in 
Upper  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  4  ni.  above 
Tumbao,  Cotabato,  Mindanao,  at  point  divi- 
sion of  main  stream  into  "2  branches. 

HANHIRO  (raahn-hce'-roh),  Tag.;  islet  near  E. 
coast  of  Tayabas,  Luzon. 

HiNIB  (mah'-nib),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Misamis,  Min- 
danao. 

MAN  I  BIO  (mah-nee'-bceoh),  ver.;  mountain  in  E. 
S^mar,  .'Sm.  W.  of  San  Julicln. 

MANIBIIKE  (mah-nee-boo'-ray),  ver.;  NW.  head 
of  Ulugan  Bay,  SW.  Paragua,  Palawan. 

MANlCAA(mah-nee-cah-ah'),  ver.;  river  in  Panay. 

MANICAHAN  (mah-nee-cah-hahu'),  ver.;  town  on 
SE.  coast  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

MANItANI  (mah-nee-cah'-nee),  nat.;  island  ofl 
S.  coast  of  S.tmar,  with  central  hill  2  by  2  m., 
4i  m.  SW.  of  Guiuan.  Islets  Baul  and  Bina- 
basalam  lie  off  this  island.  Vessels  of  all  sizes 
find  anchorage  under  shelter  of  these  islets. 

island  off  S.  coast  of  S^mar,  9  m.  SE.  of 

Higoso  (Gigoso)  Pt.,  2  m.  from  N.  to  S.,  3  m. 
from  E.  to  W.,  area  4  m.  Buenavista,  on  ex- 
treme E.  shore,  is  only  village  on  island. 

MANCAYO  (mahn-cah'-yoh),  nat.;  point  on  SW. 
coast  of  Negros  Oriental. 

MAKK'IIIN  (mah-nee-chin'),  ver.;  hamlet  on 
main  road,  6  m.  NE.  of  San  Isidro,  Nueva 
Ecija,  Luz6n. 

MANICLINU  (mah-nick-ling'),  Tag.;  hamlet  in 
pueblo  of  Gap4n,  Nueva  Ecija,  Luz6n. 

MANICOLAT  (mah-nee-coh-laf),  ver.;  thickly 
wooded  island,  W.  of  Tapailn  Passage,  near 
Bubuiln  I.,  in  S.  waters  of  Tawi  Tawi  grp., 
Sulu  A.,  1^  m.  N.  and  8.  and  }  m.  E.  and  W., 
with  peak  773  ft.  high,  perfect  cone  from 
every  point  of  view  from  surrounding  sea. 
Islet,  60  ft.  high,  wooded,  lies  i  m.  W.  of  SW. 
extreme  of  Mamakolat,  Another  i.slet,  E.  by 
N.  from  N.  point,  350  yds.  long  and  150  ft. 
high,  separated  from  BubuAn  1.  by  narrow 
channel. 

MANIUAL  (mah-nee-gahP),  ver.;  coast  hamlet,  2 
m.  N.  of  Pontevedra,  Negros  Occidental. 

MAMGIL  (mah-nee-hillM,  ver.;  island  NE.  Ca- 
tanduanes,  NE.  of  Albay,  Luzon. 

MAMGOA  (mah-nee-gaw-ah'),  ver.;  hamlet  on 
port  PaWpag,  on  W.  shore  of  BAtac  I.,  off  N. 
coast  of  ~' 


MANIGONIGO  (mah-nee-goh-nee-goh'),  ver.;  islet 
IJ  m.  N.,  10  m.  E.  of  Bulacaue,  extreme  NE. 
point  of  Concepcion,  Iloilo,  Panay;  conical, 
small,  and  sandy,  90  ft.  high,  and  surrounded 
by  rocks;  channel  between  it  and  point  is 
from  16  to  24  ft.  deep,  and  only  fit  for  small 
craft. 

MANIGIJIN  (mah-nee-geen'),  ver.;  island  13  m.  to 
SW.  of  Pueia  Pt.,  Panay,  with  elevation  of 
150  ft.  in  center;  on  SW.  side  is  village. 

MANIKI  (mah-nee'-key),  ver.;  point  2|  m.  E.  by 
S.,  i  m.  S.  from  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

MANILA  (mah-nee'-lah),  Hisp.;  largest  bay  in 
Philippine  Is.,  and  one  of  finest  in  world,  30m. 
in  extent  N.  and  E.  and  E.  and  W.;  on  its  N. 
shore  lie  Pampanga  and  BulacAn,  on  E.  Bu- 
lacAn  and  Manila,  on  S.  Cavite,  and  W.  Ba- 
tain,  with  entrance  between  latter.  Many 
rivers  empty  into  bay;  most  noted  is  Grande 
de  la  Pampanga  Riv.  with  its  numerous 
mouths,  and  PAsig  at  Manila  City;  land  on 
both  sides  of  entrance  to  bay  is  high  and 
covered  with  vegetation,  while  shores  at  head 
are  low,  marshy,  and  intersected  by  numerous 
small  rivers,  estuaries,  and  tidal  lakes.  Is- 
lands of  Corregidor  or  Mariveles  and  Pulo 
Caballo  divide  the  entrance  into  2  channels. 
(See  Bays  and  Harbors,  De.scription  of  Philip- 
pine Is.,  and  Manila  Bay,  municipality  of 
Manila.) 

capital  of  Philippine  A.,  m.  o.,  p.  c,  and 

seat  of  jurisdiction  of  United  States  of  Amer- 
ica  in  islands.     For  description  of  city  see 


MANILA— Continued. 

"  Municipality  of  Manila,"  pp.  183-194.     Also 

"Commerce  of  Philippine  Is.,  pp.  112-126  and 

200-203.    Pop.,  1902,  297,152,  est.    Sec  p.  184. 
MANILOC  (mah-nee-lock'),  ver.;  Lsland  3h  m.  in 

circumference,  E.  of  Matinloc,  NW.  coast  of 

Paragua,  Palawan. 
MANIMBULAO   (mah-nim-boo-lah'-aw)  (wedge), 

ver.;  islet   180  ft.  high,  thickly  wooded  in 

offing  NW.  of  opening  of  Imuri'ian  Bay,  W. 

coast  of  N.  Paragua,  Palawan,  4^  m.  SW.  of 

Emergency  Pt. 
MANINA  (mah-nee'-nah),  ver.;  one  of  group  (Ani- 

boyas)  of  islands,  off  NE.  coast  of  Marinduque. 

(Also  Maninagan.) 
MANINAGAN  (mah-nee-nah'-gahn).  Tag.;  largest 

and  central  of  group  of  3  islands  and  several 

islets,  off  NE.  coast  of  Marinduque. 

MANINAN  (mah-nee'-nahn),  ver.;  hamlet  in 
C&piz,  Panay,  3  m.  NW.  of  Sigma. 

MANINILA  (mah-nee-nee'-lah),  ver.;  river  in 
Antique,  Panay,  tributary  to  Sibalom.  It 
rises  in  W.  range  across  boundaries  in  CApiz, 
and  flows  W.  entering  main  stream  4  m. 
above  San  Remigio. 

MANIOLOBOG  (mah-nee-oh-low-bog'),  ver.; 
mountain  in  SS,mar. 

MANIPIIL  MANDARIN  (mah-nee-pooP  mahn-dah- 

rin'),  Hisp.;  village  on  Upper  Grande  Riv.  of 

Mindanao,  at  mouth  of  outlet  of  Laguasan 

Lagoon,  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 
MANIPULOS  (mah-nee-poo-lohn'),  nat.;  islet  1a 

m.  SE.  of  Estancia,  NE.  coast  of  Iloilo,  Panay. 
MANISBASl'O    (mah-nis-bahs'-coh),   nat.;    point 

on  W.  shore  of  Siibic  Bay,  E.  coast  of  Zam- 

bales,  Luz6n. 
MANITAO  (mah-nee-tah'-oh),  ver.;  pueblo  on  E. 

shore  of    Paliqui  Bay,   and  arm  of    Albay 

Gulf,  in  Albay,   Luzon,  10  m.  E.  of  Albay. 

Pop.,  2,369. 
MANJAO  (mahn-how'),  ver.;   river  in  Mindoro, 

between  Ticlin  and  BulalAcao. 

river  in  island  of  Marinduque. 

hamlet   in  pueblo  of   Mambulao,  Ambos 

Camarines  (Norte),  Luz6n. 
MANJIID  (mahn-hood'),  ver.;  point  in  pueblo  of 

PaUpag,  on  NE.  coast  of  Sdmar,  E.  of  Cape 

Espiritu  Santo. 
MANJfJYOD    (mahn-hoo'-yawd),     ver.;     pueblo, 

river,  and    point  2i  m.   N.  on  E.  coast  of 

Negros  Oriental,  24  m.  NNW.  of  Dumaguete. 

Pop.,  7,486. 
MANKA  (mahn'-kah),   ver.;    2  small  i.slands  in 

SW.  of  Tawi  Tawi  grp.,  Sulu  A.,  10  m.  E.  of 

Manuc  I.,  28  m.  S.  of  TatAn.    Lie  but  1^  m.  N. 

of  this  part  of  S.  boundary  line  of  American 

possessions  in  Asia. 
MANLABU    (mahn-lah-boo'),   nat.;    cascade    on 

river   Ulut,   S4mar,   between    Palagun    and 

Pipiac6n. 
MANLAGULE,  or  MANTANGULE  (mahn-lah-goo'- 

lay,  mahn-tahn-goo'-lay),  ver.;  island  on  E. 

side  of  N.  BalAbac  Strait,  5  by  2  m.  in  extent, 

3  m.  SE.  of  Bancalan  I.,  and  7  m.  ENE.  of 

Cape  Di-saster,  N.  point  of  Barbae  I.,  off  SW. 

ponit  of  Palawan. 
iMANLALEC  (mahn-lah-leck'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  E. 

shore  of  Bacuit  Bay,  NW.  coast  of  Paragua, 

Palawan.    Malapacas  lies  off  shore. 
MANLANAT  (mahn-lah-nahf),  ver.;  island  off  N. 

coast  of  Ambos  Camarines,  Luz6n. 
MANLAOBO   (mahn-lah-oh'-beau),  ver.:   hamlet 

near  r.  bank  of  CadiAn  Riv.  in  Antique,  Pa- 
nay, 3  m.  NE.  of  Valderrama. 
MANLACI  (mahn-lah'-we),  ver.;  stream  rising  in 

W.  coast  range,  SE.  of   Catigbidn,  in  SW. 

Bohol,  and  flowing  S.  falls  into  sea  at  Loay  on 

S.  coast. 
MANUOGLIOG  (mahn-leeohg-leeohg'),  nat.;  SW. 

point  of  Sicogon  I.,  off  NE.  coast  of  Hollo, 

Panay. 


640 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


MAXLOOBOC    (nmn-log-bock'),   ver.;    mouiiUiu 

in  W.  Zaiiil lilies,  Luzon. 
MAXLlMiOl'  dnalm-loh-gop'),  ver.;  mountain  in 

\V.  fentrnl  Leyte,  13  m.  S.  of  Capoocan. 

MANLOV  (mahn-loy');  mountain  in  S\V.  Leyte,  3 
m.  SE.  of  ~     ■ 


MANLrLUA<J  (mun-loo-lwag'),  nat.;  mineral 
spring  in  vicinity  of  Mangataren,  Pangasi- 
nAn,  Luzon. 

MANMATAO>'G  (mahn-mah-tah-ong'),  ver.;  moun- 
tain in  S. 


MA\>'A  (mahn'-nah),  ver.;  hamlet  on  \V.  coastof 
Antique,  Panay,  in  N.  of  Nalupa  Nuevo. 

MAKOBiN  (mah-noh-bahn'),  ver.;  point  on  SVV. 

coast  of  Negros  Occidental,  b  m.  N.  of  Ina- 

yauan. 
MANOBOS   (mah-noh'-boss),   Hisp.;    town  on  1. 

shore  of  Tubai  Riv.  at  its  bend  to  VV.,  9J  m. 

above  its  outlet  into  Butiian  Bay,  N.  coast  of 

Surigao,  Mindanao. 
MANOC  (mah-nock')  (means  cock),  nat.;  islet  in 

gulf  of  Asid,  7  m.  WSW.  of  Malbug   Pt.,  S. 

shore  of  Masbate,  Visayas. 
islet  in  mid-channel  between  Canduruan, 

extreme  S.  point  of  Masbate,  9  m.  N.,  and 

Bulalaque,  N.  point  of  Cebii,  20  m.  S. 

point  in  W.  Leyte. 

point  in  S.  of  Sibuyiin  I.,  of  Romblon  grp., 

Visayas. 
MA.\0C-3IA?{0C(mah-nock-mah-nock'),  nat.;  vil- 
lage on  S.  coast  of  Buracay  I.,  oS  extreme 

NVV.  point  of  CApiz,  Panay. 
MANO(J  (mah-nohg'),   nat.;  port  on  SE.  of  San 

BeriiardiiKi  Strait,  shore  of  Sor.sog6n,  Luz6n, 

WSW.  (.1  'i'icliii  I.     {Also  Matnog.) 
MANOLKiAO   (iiiah-noh-lee-gah'-aw);  hamlet  in 

pueblo  of  Bislig,  Surigao,  Mindanao. 

M.iX<)>'(«OL  (mah-nawn-gohl'),  nat.;  river  in 
pueblo  of  Bacon,  on  NE.  coast  of  Sorsog6n, 
Luzon,  rising  in  Pocdol  Mt.,  flowing  NE., 
passing  W.  of  Bac6n  and  empties  into  outer 
waters  of  gulf  of  Albay. 

MAKOP  (mah-nop'),  ver.;  hamlet  near  N.  coast 
of  CApiz,  Panay,  2  m.  SE.  of  BalAn. 

itIA>'OKIGAO  (mah-noh-ree-gah'-oh),  ver.;  town 
on  E.  coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  5  m.  N.  of 
Casoman  Pt.,  185  m.  SSE.  of  Surigao. 

MAXOTE  (mah-noh'-tay),  ver.;  island  S.  of  Lo- 
T&n  I.,  of  Cinapusan  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

MAN()YAOSATAO(mah-noh-yah-oh-sah-yah'-oh), 
ver.;  point  in  Cebii. 

MANPAXON  (mahn-pah'-nohn),  ver.;  hamlet  3i 
m.  SW.  of  Buan  Pt.,  on  E.  coast  of  Surigao, 
Mindanao;  river  enters  sea  at  this  point,  but 
owing  to  exposed  situation  no  anchorage,  207 
m.  SSE.  of  Surigao. 

MAN^CIBLA  (mahn-key'-blah),  ver.;  hamlet  in 
mountains  of  Cotabato,  Mindanao,  25|  m. 
NE.  of  Cotabato. 

MAXqUINDAYA  (mahn -keen- dah'- yah),  ver.; 
river  in  BataAn,  Luzon,  emptying  into  Subic 
Bay. 

MANSALANGUi  (mahn-sah-lahn-gee'),  ver.;  river 
on  S.  shore  of  Masbate  I.,  Visayas,  emptying 
into  gulf  of  Asid. 

MANSALAY  (mahn-sah-lie'),  ver.;  land-locked  bay 
on  E.  coast  of  Mindoro;  town  of  same  name 
and  on  river  of  same  name  lie  IJ  m.  VV.  Ves- 
sels of  all  sizes  can  anchor,  sheltered  from  all 
winds  except  SE.  On  N.  coast  of  bay  is  high 
hill  with  2  remarkable  peaks  and  visible  at 
sea  from  S. 

pueblo  on  river  of  same  name,  IJ  m.  above 

its  outlet  into  bay  of  same  name,  on  E.  coast 
of  Mindoro,  61  m.  SSE.  of  CalapAn.    Pop.,  379. 

MAXSALI  (mahn-sah'-lee),  ver.;    river  entering 

sea  on  E.  coast  of  Mindoro,  S.  of  Balete  Pt. 
MAJiSANtii  (mahn-sang-ah'),  nat.;  riv.  in  Leyte. 


MAXSIOL  (mahn-see-awP),  ver.;  bay  on  E.  coast 
of  Mindoro  opening  between  Pts.  Mansiol 
(NE.),  and  Colasi  (SW.),  3}  m.  SW.  Coasters 
can  anchor  in  33  ft. 

wooded  point  on  dividing  headland  be- 
tween Mansalay  Bay  (N.)  and  Mansiol  Bay 
(S.),  E.  coast  of  Mindoro.  Distinguished  by  2 
islets  near  it  to  ENE.,  both  surrounded  bv 
rocks. 

hamlet  in  SE.  Mindoro,  4^  m.  W.  of  bav  of 

that  name  and  6  m.  SW.  of  ."' 


MAXSIQUl  (mahn-see'-key),  ver.;  hamlet  of  cen- 
tral Lepanto,  Luz6n,  near  r.  bank  of  Abra 
Riv.,  13  m.  NW.  of  Cayftn.    Pop.,  176. 

MAXSIBAYAT  (mahn-.see-rah'-yat),  ver.;  hamlet 
on  r.  bank  of  Pulangui  Riv.  in  S.  Lanao, 
Mindanao,  13  m.  S.  of  Lepanto. 

MAXSl^RAT  (mahn-soo'-rat),  ver.;  hamlet  on  1. 
bank  of  Pulangui  Riv.,  in  E.  Lanao,  Mindanao. 

MANX  (mahnt);  stream  emptyin.g  into  sea  on  S. 
coastof  Negros  Oriental,  5  ni.NW.of  Siaton  Pt. 

MANTX  (mahn-tah'),  nat.;  point  on  N.  shore  of 
Siasi  1.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A.,  S.  head  of  E.  en- 
trance of  channel  between  Siasi  and  Tara  Is. 

MAXTABIIaN  (mahn-tah-boo'-ahn),  ver.;  i.sland 
center  of  chain  off-lying  SE.  coast  of  Tawi 
Tawi  I.,  Sulu  A.,  beginning  at  Manuka  I.  and 
trending  in  NE.  direction  across  Tapaftn  Pas- 
sage, where  chain  forms  islands  of  Tapul  grp. 

MAXTACAO  (mahn-tah-cow'),ver.;  i.sland7m.  W. 
of  Tubigon,  W.  coast  of  Bohol. 

MANTAG  (mahn-tag'),  ver.;  point  on  W.  shore  of 
Albay,  Sorsogon,  Luz6n,  S.  of  entrance  to 
Sorsog6n  port. 

MAXTAHAf  K  (mahn-tah-hah-ook'),  nat.;  wooded 
hill  N  !•:.  of  Tambilaban,  on  r.  bank  of  Grande 
Riv.  of  Mindanao. 

MAXTAKWIN  (mahn-tah-queen'),ver.;  bay  afford- 
ing good  shelter  from  NE.  winds,  fronted  by 
Flat  I.,  6  m.  E.  of  Bivouac  Pt.,  SE.  coast  of 
Paragua,  Palawan. 

MAXTALIXGi  (mahn-tah-ling-ah'),  nat.;  i.sland 
off  N.  coast  of  CApiz,  Panay,  2  m.  E.  of  Nipa  Pt. 

MANTALIXtJAJAX  (mahn-tah-ling-ah'-hahn); 
mountain  6,843  ft.  high  of  reddish  barren 
aspect,  in  central  range  of  S.  Palawan,  C  m. 
NW.  of  Manangas,  on  SE.  coast. 

MANTALLIOS  (mahn-tah-lyos'),  ver.;  hamlet  in 
pueblo  of  Dolores,  Tayabas,  Luzon,  on  1.  bank 
of  Larasin  Riv. 

MANTAXGIGUI  (mahn-tang-ee'-gee),  ver.;  hamlet 
onE.  coastof  GuimarAs  I.,  off  Iloilo,  Panay, 
8  m.  E.  of  Nagaba,  on  W.  coast  opposite  Iloilo. 

MANTAXIL  (mahn-tah-neel'),  ver.;  hamlet  near 
1.  bank  of  Pulangui  Riv.,  E.  Misamis,  Min- 
danao, 9  m.  SE.  of  Lepanto. 

MAXTEBti,  CTEVA  DE  (coo-ay'-vah  day  mahn- 
tay-boo'),  Hisp.;  W.  coast  hamlet  of  Zambo- 
anga,  Mindanao, 36m.  N.  by  E.  of  Zamboanga. 

MAXTIl'AO  (mahn-tee-cow'),  ver.;  town  on  E. 
shore  of  Iligan  Bay,  28  m.  \V.  by  S.  of  Ca- 
gayAn  de  Misamis,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

MAXTITIXAO  (mahn-tee-tee-now'),nat.;  river  in 
SW.  Leyte. 

MAXTOCOXAX,  or  XAXTIIXA  (mahn-toh-coh'- 
nahn,  nahn-too'-nah),  ver.;  islet  W.  of  Ho- 
monh6n  I.,  S.  of  SAmar. 

MAXTUXA  (mahn-too'-nah),  ver.;  island  i  sq.  m- 
area,  near  W.  point  of  Malhon  I.,  S.  of  SAmar. 

MAXTI:6n  (mahn-too-awn'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  SE. 
end  of  Bohol,  4  m.  SE.  of  Guindulman. 

MAXl'  (mah'-noo),  ver.;  hamlet  on  SW.  shore  of 
PagadianBay,  S.  coast  of  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

MAXl'BAL  (mah-noo-bahP),  ver.;  fishing  hamlet 
on  NE.  side  of  island  of  that  name,  Tapul 
grp.,  Sulu  A.,  in  vicinity  of  Siasi. 

—  island  SE.  of  Lapac  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A., 

with  large  fishing  village  on  NE.  side. 

MAXUBO  (mah-noo'-boh),  nat.;  island  of  Tapul 
grp.,  Sulu  A. 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS, 


641 


MANUBUL  (mah-noo-bool'),  nat.;  island  off  SW. 
shore  of  Siasi  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

MANl!l!AN  (mah-noo'-cahn),  nat.;  one  of  the  E. 
islets  of  CagayAn  Sulu  grp.,  Sulu  Sea,  W.  of 
SW.  c-oa.st  of  Negros  Occidental. 

MAMKiAN  (mah-noo'-gahn),  nat.;  town  SW.  of 
Blanca  Pt.,  on  NW.  coast  of  Dapitan,  Min- 
danao, 28  m.  W.  by  S.  of  Dapitan. 

MANrK  MANKi  (mah-nook'  mahn-kah'),  ver.; 
one  of  2  largest  and  S.  off-lving  islands  of 
Sulu  grp.,  Sulu  A.,  3^  m.  N.  of  S.  boundary  of 
United  States  possessions  in  P.  A.,  and  I65  m. 
S.  of  Sulu  I.  Extreme  SW.  angle  of  bound- 
ary of  United  States  possessions  is  but  11  m. 
W.  by  S.  and  Sibutu  I.  21  m.  W.  Nearest 
shore  of  Borneo  is  47J  m.  KW.  by  W.  Island 
4  m.  E.  and  W.  and  2^  m.  N.  and  S.  and  100 
ft.  high;  is  thickly  inhabited.  Forms  N.  head- 
land to  Sibutu  Passage  between  Celebes  and 
Sulu  seas. 

MANUK  MAXL'KAX  (mah-nook' mah-noo'-kahn), 
nat.;  S.  island,  32  ft.  high,  of  St.  Michael 
grp..  Sulu  Sea,  2^  m.  N.  of  lat.  7°  40'  N.,  line  of 
boundary  of  United  States  possessions  in  SE. 
Asia,  between  meridians  116°  E.  and  119°  35' 
E.,  WSW.,  5J  m.  from  NE.  point  of  Bankawan, 
another  to  NW.,  123  ft.  high,  in  E.  part  of 
same  group. 

MANtiNttUT  (mah-noong'-oot) ,  ver.;  hamlet  in 
SW.  SAmar,  6  m.  ESE.  of  Santa  Rita. 

island  in  SW.  waters  of  Balanguingui  grp., 

Sulu  A.,  between  Bangalao  and  Simisa  Is. 

MANYAYiOMl  (mahn-yah-yah'-ohng).  Tag.; 
point  in  pueblo  of  Pagbalao,  on  S.  coast  of 
Tayabas,  Luz6u. 

MANZALE  (mawn-thah'-lay),  ver.;  stream  in  Min- 
doro  emptying  on  E.  coast,  lat.  12°  51'  30"  N. 

MANZANILLA  (mann-thah-nee'-lyah),  Sp.;  ham- 
let on  W.  coast  of  Antique,  Panay,  li  m.  NE. 
of  Patnongon. 

MAO,  or  SOGOD  NUEVO  (mah'-aw,  ver.;  soh'- 
god  nway'-voh,  Hisp.);  pueblo  on  Lion  Bay, 
•  S.  coast  of  Leyte. 

MAOO  (mah-og'),  ver.;  small  stream  entering 
Malmao,  at  Dancalan,  Negros  Occidental. 

MAOYO  (mah-oh'-yoh),  ver.;  point  on  E.  shore  of 
Panaon  1.,  off  SE.  end  of  Leyte. 

MAOYTAB  (mah-oy-tahb'),  ver.;  mountain  in 
Leyte. 

MAPABAN  (mah-pah'-bahn),  ver.;  mountain  in 
central  range  of  ,Iloilo,  Panay,  8  m.  NW.  of 
San  Joaquin. 

MAPAGAB  (mah-pah-gab'),  ver.;  mountain  in  W. 
range  in  S.  Antique,  Panay,  7  m.  NE.  of  Dao. 

MAPAGPUO  (mah-pahg-poog'),ver.;  mountain  in 
Nueva  Ecija,  Luz6n. 

MAPAIT  (mah-pah-if),  nat.;  hamlet  on  shore  of 
Gallo  Malo  channel  to  E.  of  Tawi  Tawi  I., 
Sulu  A. 

river  in    Batangas,    Luzon,    tributary    of 

Bulan. 

MAPiLlT  (mah-pah'-lit).  Tag.;  mountain  in 
Rizal,  formerly  Morong,  Luzon. 

MAPjCLUG  (mah-pah'-loog),  Tag.;  mountain  in 
Rizal,  formerly  M6rong,  Luz6n. 

MAP  ANAS  (mah-pah'-nass),  nat.;  point  on  NE. 
coast  of  Sdmar,  lat.  12°  31'  10"  N. 

MAPAKDE  (mah-pahn'-day) ,  ver.;  point  on  E. 
coast  of  SE.  peninsula  of  DAvao,  Mindanao, 
6i  m.  S.  of  Pujada  Bay. 

MAPANliA  (mah-pahng'-ah),  ver.;  bay  on  E. 
shore  of  DAvao  Gulf,  Ddvao,  Mindanao. 

MAPAONA  (mah-pah-oh'-nah),  nat.;  hamlet  on  r. 
bank  ot  Tagun  Riv.,  DAvao,  Mindanao. 

MAPXtAG  (mah-pah'-tag) ,  nat.;  point  on  SW. 
coast  of  Antique,  Panay. 

MAPILIO  (mah-pee'-lew).  Tag.:  point  in  Batan- 
gas, Lvizon,  lat.  13°  45'  40"  N. 

MAPILIT  (mah-pee'-lit),  nat.;  mountain  in  S. 
SAmar  at  headwaters  of  Lanang  Riv.,  16  m. 
WSW.  of  that  town. 

S.  Doc.  280 41 


MAPINJOR  (mah-pin-hor'),   ver.;  point  on  SE. 

shore  of  Lam6n  Bay  in  Ambos  Camarinos 

(Norte),  Luz6n. 
MAPISOn   ,(mah-pee-sohn').  Tag.;   mountain  in 

NuevaEcija,  Luz6n,  SE.  of  GapAn. 
hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Gapdn,  NNW.  of  moun- 
tain of  same  name. 
MAPISTE   (mah-pis'-tay),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Abra, 

Luz6n,  17  m.  E.  of  Bangued,  connected  by 

trail. 
MAPITA  (mah-pee'-tah),  nat.;  mountain  in  Zam- 

bales,  in  Cordillera,  which  divides  it  from 
In,  Luz6n. 


MAPOLA  (mah-paw'-lah) ,  nat.;  hamlet  in  pueblo 
of  Butuan,  Surigao,  Mindanao. 

MAP(iN  (mah-pohn'),Tag.;  river  in  Laguna,  Lu- 
z6n,  9  m.  from  LucbAn,  flows  under  natural 
bridge  of  rock  formed  of  prismatically-shaped 
pillars,  then  through  bed  of  round  pebbles 
composed  of  volcanic  stone  and  white  lime  as 
hard  as  marble,  in  which  impressions  of  shell- 
fish and  coral  can  be  traced;  strata  also  con- 
tains imprints  of  leaves  and  mussel  fish, 
including  fossil  melania;  river  at  this  point  is 
500  ft.  above  sea.  Aleaque,  beyond  Maubdn, 
town  on  Map6n  Riv.,  has  tribunal  or  common- 
house.  Festivals  of  fruit  and  pastry  are  held 
here;  cabezas  wear  special  regalia  for  the 
occasion;  town  formerly  carried  on  brisk 
trade  in  molaue  (wood  akin  to  teak)  with 
China.    (SceMaubAn.) 

MAPOTAO  (mah-poh-tow'),  nat.;  i.slet  in  Casul 
Bay,  SE.  inlet  of  Murci61agos  Bay,  N.  coast  of 
Dapitan,  Mindanao. 

MAPUAPANTAN  (mah-pwah-pahn-tahn'),  nat.: 
point  on  W.  shore  of  LacutAn  Bay,  NW.  shore 
of  Pajuda  Bay,  SE.  coast  of  Dilvao,  Mindanao. 

MAPULA  (mah-i'oo-lah'),  nat.;  small  stream  en- 
tering Darani  channel  at  Caibir&u,  W.  coast  of 


MAPIIpUG  (mah-poo'-poog).  Tag.;  mountain  in 
Bulacdn,  Luzon,  lat.  14<^  59'  46"  N. 

MAPL'SA  (mah-poo'-sah),  nat.;  village  on  S.  shore 
of  Port  San  Miguel,  NW.  coast  of  Ticao  I., 
Visayas. 

MAPUSODJUXOD  (mah-poo-sod-hoo-nod'),  ver.; 
hamlet  in  E.  CApiz,  Panay,  on  S.  tributary 
of  Malinannang  Riv. 

MAPLTI  (mah-poo-tee'),  nat.;  point  on  E.  shore 
of  Iligan  Bay,  N.  coast  of  Misamis,  Mindanao. 
Coast  from  Sulauang  Pt.  curves  around  to 
SW.  16j  m.  to  this  point,  which  is  broad  and 
rugged.  On  N.  side  of  point  is  little  bay  of 
Initao. 

MAPUTIAN,  or  ARENAS  (;mah-poo-tee'-ahn,  nat; 
ah-ray'-nas.s,  Sp.);  point  in  S.  Mindanao. 

MAPUYA  (mah-poo'-yah),  ver.;  hamlet  on  N. 
coast  of  Biliran  I.,  off  NW.  coast  of  Leyte. 

MAPUYO  (mah-poo'-yoh),  ver.;  point  in  Biliran 
I.,  off  NW.  coast  of  Leyte. 

MA(iNAi;iT  (mak-nah'-wit),  ver.;  tributary  of 
Malinao  Riv.,  N.  coast  of  Negros  Occidental. 

MAQUEDA  (mah-kay'-dah),  Sp.;  bay  6^  m.  at  its 
entrance  and  7  fms.  deep,  shallow  inside, 
on  W.  coast  of  SAmar,  3  m.  S.  of  Catbalogan. 
On  its  shores  are  towns  of  Hiabong,  Paranas, 
and  San  Sebasti&u. 

channel  6  m.  wide,  between  extreme  NE. 

point  of  Albay,  Luz6n,  and  Catanduanes  I., 
in  Pacific  Ocean. 

MAQUILAO  (mah-key-lah'-oh),  nat.;  point  and 
creek  on  W.  shore  of  Misamis  port,  Misamis, 
Mindanao,  and  N.  head  to  Panguil  Bay,  10 
m.  SW^  of  Misamis. 

MAQUILING  (mah-key'-ling).  Tag.;  mountain, 
3,724  ft.  high,  lat.  14°  8'  N.,  Ion.  21°  10'  E., 
in  SW.  part  of  Laguna,  near  boundary  with 
Batangas,  Luzon;  one  of  3  volcanic  peaks- 
Santo  Tom&s,  Maquiling,  and  Los  Banos; 
lies  NE.  of  Taal  Volcano,  in  Tagaytay  range, 
which  divides  provinces  of  Batangas  and  La« 


642 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


MAOIJILING— Continued. 

guna;  its  crater  inside  presents  very  abrupt 
walls,  most  marked  toward  N.,  where  they 
are  almost  vertical,  and  have  elevation  of 
1,666  ft. 

peak,  4,7S3  ft.  high,  in  Maquiling  range, 

between  Batangas  and  Laguna,  Luz6u. 

peak,  3,777  ft.  high,  in  Caraballo  Sur,  in 

Laguna,  Luz6n. 

MAqi'ILiqriAN  (mah  kL-y-lee-kee'-ahn),  vtT.: 
j)()int  in  Negros. 

MAQlIILiqUlL  (mah-key-lee-kill'),  ver.;  point 
on  E.  shore  of  Guimards  Strait,  Negros  Occi- 
dental, 1  m.  N.  of  Ginigaran. 

MAQUIXAG  (mah-key-nahg'),  ver.;  point  and 
village  in  Camiguln  I.,  N.  of  Misamis,  Mni- 
danao. 

MAQUIXALO  (mah-key-nah'-law),  ver.;  hamlet 
in  pueblo  of  Catarman,  N.  coast  of  SAmar. 

MAqUINATEiV  (mah-key-nah'-tayn),  ver.;  moun- 
tain in  NW.  Abra.  Luzon,  on  boundary  with 
llocos  Sur.     {Also  Maguinalin. ) 

MAOUINIT  (mah-key'-nit),  nat.;  cluster  of  islets 
m  channel  between  Coron  (S.)  and  Busuanga 
(N.),  approaching  Port  Us6n  from  E.,  Cala- 
mianes  grp.,  off  NE.  coast  of  Paragua,  Pala- 
wan. 

MARAAT  (mah-rah-af),  ver.;  hamletonNW. coast 
of  Cebu,  11  m.  S.  of  Remigio. 

MAUABAO  (mah-rah-bah'-oh),  ver.;  moimtain  in 
central  range  of  Leyte,  9  m.  E.  of  Albuera. 

MARABAT  (mah-rah-by').  nat.;  range  of  moun- 
tains inland  1  m.  froiu  Bush  I't.,  E.  .shore  of 
Ulugan  Bay,  W.  coast  of  I'alawan.  Harbor 
hill,  960  ft.  high,  stands  at  X.  point  of  range, 
which  here  divides,  one  branch  extending 
SE.,  other  SW. 

point  on  E.  shore  of  Ulugan  Bay,  1|  m.  NW. 

of  range  of  same  name,  W.  coast  of  Paragua, 
Palawan. 

MARABGAS  (mah-rab-gass'),  ver.;  mountain  E.  of 
Yubasto  Riv.  in  E.  SAmar. 

MARAC  (mah-rack'),  ver.;  small  stream  on  SW. 
coast  of  Leyte,  entering  sea  at  Inopacan. 

MARACANAO  (mah-rah-cah-nyah'-oh),  ver.;  islet 
500  ft.  high  in  Cuyos  grp.,  Mindoro  Sea,  4^  m. 
NE.  by  E.  of  Agutaya. 

JIARACITDACIT  (mah-rah-thit-dah-thif);  island 
near  Buad  I.,  W.  coast  of  SS,mar. 

MARADIOXAJf  (mah-rah-dee-oh'-nahn),  ver.; 
hamlet  on  W.  coast  of  Antique,  Panay. 

SLVRADISON  (mah-rah-dee'-.sawn),  nat.;  island 
olf  W.  coast  of  Antique,  Panay,  lat.  11°  21'  N. 

MARAGAXDiN  (mah-rah-gahn-dahn'),  ver.;  trib- 
utary of  San  Enrique  Riv.,  Negros  Occidental. 

MARAGO  (mah-rah'-goh),  ver.;  town  in  Negros 
Occidental. 

MARAGONDOn  (mah-rah-gawn-dawn').  Tag.; 
pueblo  in  Cavite,  Luz6n,  on  main  road,  18  m. 
SW.  of  Cavite.    Pop.  8,313. 

river  in  Cavite,  Luzon,  in  pueblo  of  same 

name. 

river  in  NW.   part  of    Batangas,   Luz6n. 

(See  Patugan  Cove.) 

MARAGUE  (mah-rah'-gay),  ver.;  hamlet  of  Ca- 
gay4n,  Luz6n,  on  1.  shore  of  Cagaydn  Riv.,  4 
m.  SW.  of  Tuguegarao  and  connected  by  cart 
road. 

JHARAGUSAN  (mah-rah-goo'-sahn) ,  nat. ;  point  on 
E.  coast  of  Leyte,  lat.  10°  13'  N. 

MARAHCI  (mah-rah-hooy'),  ver.;  hamleton  NW. 
shore  of  Lanao  Lake,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

MARAJItAC  (mah-rah-hah'-tack) ,  nat.;  hamlet 
in  pueblo  of  Tandag,  Mindanao. 

MARiLAG  (mah-rah'-lahg).  nat.;  point  on  NW. 
coast  of  Dapitan,  Mindanao,  lat.  8°  17'  50" 
N.,  Ion.  122°  46'  39"  E. 

MARXlANG  (mah-rah'-lahng) ,  nat. ;  river  on  W. 
coast  of  Catanduanes,  NE.  of  Albay,  Luz6n. 


MARALI-BALI  (mah-rah-lee-bah'-lee).  Tag.; 
hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Mor6n,  Batadn,  Luzon, 
near  W.  coast. 

MARALISON  (mah-rah-lee'-sohn),  ver.;  island  1 
m.  E.  and  W.,  4  m.  SW.  of  Lipat<aPt.,and  3  m. 
E.  of  Colasi,  on  W.  coast  of  Antique,  Panay. 

MARAMA  (mah-rah'-mah),  ver.;  river  in  Min- 
danao. 

.MARANDING  (mah-rahn-ding'),  nat.;  river  en- 
tering extreme  SE.  sliore  of  Panguil  Bay, 
Misamis  port,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

MARA^iXS  (mah-rahng-ahs'),  nat.;  village  ( a 
SE.  coast  of  Palawan,  shore  of  Ipolote  Bay, 
formerly  of  some  trade. 

settlement  on  mainland  of  Sulu  I.,Sulu  A., 

near  capital.  Inhabitants  are  chiefly  en- 
gaged in  pearl  fishery  in  channel  between 
settlement  and  Sulu  anchorage. 

MARAXtiAY  (mah-rang'-i),  nat.;  point  on  ex- 
treme SE.  coast  of  Leyte  and  N.  headland  of 
entrance  to  Panaon  Strait,  from  Surigao  Strait 
onE. 

MARA^Sfi  (mah-rang-say'),  ver.;  hamlet  at  head 
of  Panglatan,  tributary  of  Ulut  Riv.,  in  cen- 
tral Sdmar. 

MARAIVTAO  (mah-rahu-tah'-oh),  ver.;  island  247 
ft.  high,  1  m.  W.  of  Hummock  Pt.,  W.  coast 
oi  Palawan. 

MARAMOW,  for.;  point  on  extreme  SE.  coast  of 
Palawan. 

MARAOA  (mah-rah'-wah),  ver.;  islet  off  opening 
of  Camansi  Bay,  N.  coast  of  Cilpiz,  Panay. 

MARAPATAXG  (mah-rah-pah-tang'),  ver.;  anchor- 
age in  S.  Muidanao. 

MARAC^UITDiqUlT  (mah-rah-kit-dah'-kit),  nat.; 
point  on  E.  coast  of  Leyte,  lat.  11°  5'  N. 

MAR.ARA  (mah-rah-rah'),Tag.;  creek  in  Verde  I., 
S.  of  Batangas,  Luzon. 

MARASI  (mah-rah'-see),  ver.;  bay  formed  from 
Rock  Pt.,  where  coast  trends  E.  4  m.,  SW. 
coast  of  Palawan. 

MARASIKGAN  (mah-rah-sing'-ahn),  ver.;  hamlet 
on  1.  bank  of  small  river  entering  Sibuguey 
Bay  on  NE.  shore,  H  m.  inland,  SE.  of  Cabut 
I.,  Zamboanga  Pen.,  Mindanao.  Near  this 
village  layers  of  coal  have  been  found. 

MARATAG  (mah-rah-yag'),  ver.;  mountain  in  E. 
coast  range  of  Panaon  I. ,  off  SE.  point  of  Leyte. 

MARAYAT,  or  MARARATAP  (mah-rah'-yaht,  mah- 
rah-rah-yap'),  Tag.;  mountain  in  Luzon 
marking  limits  between  Batangas  and  Taya- 
bas.    Is  very  extensive  and  elevated. 

MARATO  (mah-rah'-yoh),  ver.;  hamlet  1  m.  SE. 
of  Pontevedra,  Negros  Occidental. 

MARATOC  (mah-rah'-yock),  ver.;  E.  tributary  of 
Bao  Riv.,  in  W.  Levte,  taking  rise  in  Mahiao 
Mt. 

MARCILLA  (mar-thee'-lyah),  Sp.;  village  on  E. 
coast  of  Busuailga  I.,  Calamianes  grp.,  NE.  of 
Paragua,  Palawan,  immediate  S.  of  Alon-6n 
Pt.,  and  22i  m.  E.  across  island  from  Coron, 
chief  town. 

MARCUS,  or^VEEKS,  for.;  outlying  island  in  N. 
Pacific  Ocean,  lat.  24°  14'  N.,  Ion.  153°  4'  E., 
780  naut.  m.  NE.  by  N.  of  Guam  (U.  S.),  1,170 
naut.  m.  SE.  of  Yokohama  (,Iapan),  l,440naut. 
m.NW.  of  Marshall  I.  (German).  Itliesabout 
300  naut.  m.  N.  of  and  about  halfway  Ijy 
steam  route  between  Manila  via  San  Bernar- 
dino Strait,  Guam  (U.  S.),and  Midway  Is.  to 
San  Francisco;  150  naut.  m.  N.  of  steam  route 
from  Balingtan  channel  to  Hawaii  (U.  S.); 
920  naut.  m.  E.  by  N.  of  Babuyanes  grp.  off 
NE.  coast  of  CagavAn,  Luzon;  2,940  naut.  m. 
W.  by  N.  of  Hawaii  (U.  S.);  240  naut.  m.  S.  and 
about  midway  on  circle  route  between  Hono- 
lulu and  Manila  or  Hongkong.  It  is  on 
steam  route  of  full-powered  vessels  between 
Yokohama  and  Tutuila,  Samoa  (U.  S.),  via 
Marshall  I.  (German).  It  is  810  naut.  m. 
NW.  of  Wake  I.  (U.  S.),  on  steam  route 
between  Guam  and  Honolulu.    Island  isli 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


643 


MARCrS,  or  WEEKS— Continued. 

m-  N.  and  S.,  f  m.  E.  and  W.,  60  ft.  high,  and 
safely  api>roached  from  all  sides.  It  is  cov- 
ered with  vegetation,  and  reports  of  1901 
mention  village  on  its  shore.  It  is  referred 
to  as  early  as  1864  by  American  missionary 
brig  Morning  Star.  Alleged  notification  of 
July  24, 1898,  by  governor  of  TokioFu  (Japan), 
alludes  to  island  as  part  of  Bonin  grp.  on  steam 
route  between  Yokohama  (Japan),  and  Guam 
(U.  S.). 

MAROA  (mar'-gah),  ver.;  inlet  in  S.  Mindanao. 

MARGAJO  (mahr-gah'-hoh),  Sp.;  point  NE.  end 
of  Carogo  or  Puro  I.,  E.  head  of  NE.  channel 
to  Loog  Bay,  \V.  coast  of  Masbate,  Visayas. 

MARGOT  (mar-goy'),  ver.;  hamlet  of  N.  Cdpiz, 
Panay,  2^  m.  S.  of  Sigma. 

MARGUILLES  (mar-gee'-lyays),  Sp.;  hamlet  on 
E.  coast  of  S.  peninsula  of  Ddvao,  Mindanao, 
75  m.  S.  of  DAvao. 

MARIA  (mah-ree'-ah),  Sp.;  hamlet  in  W.  Antique, 
Panay,  IJ  ni.  E.  of  Guisijan. 

■  islet  in  midchannel  between  Masbate  (N.) 

and  Cebii  (S.),  1  m.  E.  of  Carnasa  I. 

pueblo  in  Negros  Oriental.    Pop.,  5,415. 

pueblo  in  island  of  Bohol.    Pop.,  in  1887, 

4,976. 

MARIA  iXGELES  (mah-ree'-ah  ahn'-hay-lays), 
Sp.;  hamlet  at  mouth  of  Matinao  Riv.,  3  m. 
SW.  of  Paric. 

MARIA  ANTOMA  (mah-ree'-ah  ahn-toh'-neeah), 
Sp.:  port  in  NE.  Cagaydn,  Luz6n. 

MARIA  CRISTIXA  (mah-ree'-ah  cris-tee'-nah), 
Sp.;  hamlet  at  head  of  bay  on  NW.  coast  of 
Leyte,  7  m.  N.  of  Villaba. 

pueblo  in  Misamis,  Mindanao.    Pop.,i40. 

MARIAAAS  (mah-ree-ah'-nass),  Sp.;  hamlet  on  N. 
coast  of  Negros  Occidental,  at  Guimugahan 
Pt.,  6  m.  NW.  of  Arguelles. 

river  in  Negros  Occidental,  with  wide  arm 

Tanao,  empties  on  N.  coast. 

.^lARIBOJOC  (mah-ree-boh-hock'),  nat.;  pueblo 
and  important  road  center  ou  SVV.  coast  of 
Bohol,  8  m.  N.  of  Tagbilaran,  22  m.  E.  across 
sea  channel  from  Dalaguete,  Cebii;  town  on 
NE.  shore  of  Maribojoc  Bay  is  situated  on 
high  ground;  river  Abaldn  enters  bay  2^  m. 
SE.  of  town.    Pop.,  10,853. 

bay  in  elbow  E.  of  Cruz  Pt.,  SW.  coast  of 

Bohol;  town  of  Maribojoc  is  on  NE.  shore. 

MARICA  (mah-ree'-cah),  Sp.;  river  entering  S. 
coast  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  SE.  of  Zam- 


MARICABXx  (mah-ree-cah-bahn'),  Tag.;  village 

on  shore  of  Manila  Bay,  li  m.  N.  of  Parafiaque, 

Rizal,  Luz6n. 
island    lying  in  bight  of   coast  between 

Hummock  Pt.  and  Albi6n,  head  of  Tagba- 

yug  Bay,  W.  coast  of  Palawan. 
^.  passage  N.  of  Maricabdn,  between  Mari- 

cab4n  I.  and  Batangas,  Luzon. 
S.  passage  S.  of  Maricab^n,  between  islands 

of  MaricabAn  and  Mindoro. 


MARICABXN,  island  7  m.  NW.  to  SE.  and  2J  m. 

NE.  to  SW.,  and  several  smaller  ones  lying  U 
m.  S.  off  Cazador  Pt.,  Calumpan  Pen.,  Batan- 
gas, Luz6n. 

MARICALON  (mah-ree-cah-lawn'),  ver.;  hamlet 
on  S.  shore  of  bay  on  SW.  coast  of  Negros  Oc- 
cidental, II5  m.  S.  of  Inayauan. 

MARICHIXIT  (mah-ree-chee-nif), ver.;  mountain 
on  Buad  I.,  off  Maqueda  Bay,  W.  coast  of  S&- 
mar. 

MARIDAGAO  (mah-ree-dah-gow'),  nat.;  village 
and  river  \  m.  E.  on  r.  bank  of  upper  Grande 
Riv.  of  Mindanao,  Lanao,  Mindanao. 

MARIDAGO  (mah-ree-dah'-goh),  ver.;  tortuous 
river,  rising  in  center  of  Mindanao,  enters  Li- 
guasan  Lagoon  through  2  mouths  on  N.  side 
in  SE.  Cotabato,  Mindanao;  on  r.  shore  are 
several  conspicuous  islands,  one  of  which  is 
499  ft.  high. 

MARIGA-BATtf,  or  RED  ROCK  (mah-ree-gah-bah- 
too'),  nat.;  S.  point  of  entrance  to  Polloc  Har- 
bor, E.  coast  of  Illana  Bay,  Cotabato,  Min- 
danao. 

MARIGAL  (mah-ree-gahP),  ver.;  E.  head  at  open- 
ing of  Palawan  Bay,  NW.  coast  of  Mindoro. 
Town  of  Paluan  lies  2J  m.  N.  on  NE.  shore. 

MARIGATD.iX  (mah-ree-gat-dahn'),  ver.;  point 
on  W.  shore  of  San  Pedro  and  San  Pablo  Bay, 
E.  coast  of  Leyte. 

MARIGIL  (mah-ree-hill'),  ver.;  poi  tin  Mindoro. 

MARIG0ND6n  (mah-ree-gohn-dawn'),  ver.;  town 
on  SW.  coast  of  Albay,  Luzon,  10  m.  N.  of 
point  of  same  name,  22  m.  WSW.  of  Albay. 

river  in  Cavite,  Luz6n,  in  pueblo  of  same 

name. 

— ■ rocky  steep-to  point  on  SW.  coast  of  Albay, 

Luz6n,  opposite  Burias  I. 

MARIJATAC  (mah-ree-hah-tack'),  ver.;  town  on 
SE.  shore  of  bay  immediately  N.  of  Lianga 
Bay,  E.  coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  86  m.  SE. 
of  Surigao. 

MARILAO  (mah-ree-lah'-oh),  Tag.;  pueblo  and 
station  on  Manila  and  Dagupan  Railroad, 
on  1.  bank  of  one  of  outlets  of  Pampanga 
delta,  in  BulacAn,  Luzon,  5  m.  SE.  of  Bulac&n. 
Pop.,  5,075. 

MARILISAN  (mah-ree-lee'-sahn),  ver.;  small 
island  opposite  village  of  Colasi,  Antique,  W. 
coast  Panay;  gypsum  and  marl  exist  in  vi- 
cinity. 

MARILV  (mah-ree'-lee),  ver.;  island  thickly 
wooded,  300  ft.  high,  3  by  2  m.,  in  Busuanga- 
Calamiin  channel,  Calamianes  grp.,  off  NE. 
coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

MARINAO  (mah-ree-now'),  ver.;  mountain  in  SE. 
Leyte,  6  m.  WNW.  of  Hinunangan. 

MARIA AP  (mah-ree-nap'),  ver.;  bay  SE.  of  Bulag 
Bay,  on  extreme  SW.  coast  of  Sorsog6n, 
Luzon. 

point  between  Bulag  and  Marinap  bays, 

SW.  coast  of  Sorsog6n,  Luzon. 

MARIXAS  (mah-ree'-nass),  Sp.;  point  at  SE.  shore 
Ramos  I.,  N.  of  Baldbac  I.,  Baldbac  grp.,  off 
SW.pointof  Palawan  and  N.  head  atentrance 
to  Candaraman  inlet. 


MARINDUQUE,  PROVINCE  OF,  OFF    TAYABAS  COAST, 

LUZON. 


(Mah-reen-doo'-kay,  Sp.) 

Capital:  Boac,  lat.  13°  2V  N.,  Ion.  121°  W  E. 

Area:  Mainland,  667  sq.  m.;  dependent  islands,  14  sq.  m.;  total,  681 

Population:  48,000. 

Race:  Tagalog. 

Language:  Almost  entirely  Tagdlog. 

Military  Department  of  Luzon:  Headquarters,  Manila,  Luzon. 


sq.  m. 


644  GAZETTEER   OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

Table  of  distances. 
From  Boac  to —  m. 

Manila 97 

Manila  via  Verde  Passage 157i 

Pagbilao,  Tayabas,  Luz6n 37 

LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

The  island  province  of  Marinduque  occupies  a  central  position  in  the  N.  waters  of 
Mindoro  Sea  on  N.  side  of  the  Yerde  Passage  route  between  Manila  and  San  Bernar- 
dino Strait  route  to  Guam,  Hawaii,  and  San  Francisco  (U.  S. ),  and  to  the  A'isayan 
and  S.  islands.  It  is  completely  encircled  from  NW.  to  SE.  by  the  opposite  coast 
of  Tayabas,  Luzon,  at  distances  ranging  from  29  m.  to  the  NW.,  llj  m.  to  the  NE., 
and  25  m.  to  the  E.,  opposite  the  extreme  S.  Tablas  I.  lies  36  m.  S.,  and  Mindoro 
23  in.  nearest  point  W. 

AREA. 

The  island  is  nearly  circular  in  shape,  its  greatest  measurements  24  m.  N.  and  S., 
and  23  m.  E.  and  W.  Area,  667  sq.  m.  mainland;  dependent  islands,  14  sq.  m. ;  total, 
681  sq.  m.     Under  its  jurisdiction  is  the  great  island  of  Mindoro  and  the  Lubang  grp. 

PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 

The  mountain  system  consists  of  a  principal  range  running  from  N.  to  S.  from  the 
most  N.  part  to  Dumali,  in  the  extreme  S.  part.  From  Mt.  San  Antonio,  situated 
in  the  center  of  the  range,  there  are  various  spurs  running  E.  and  W.,  one  of  which 
terminates  at  the  Bay  of  Sagao.  The  principal  peaks  are  Marlanga,  or  Tablazo, 
Catala,  Gasun,  Tapian,  and  Pagun.  These  summits  are  used  as  landmarks  by 
navigators  of  the  Mindoro  Sea  and  particularly  by  steamers  passing  between  San 
Bernardino  Strait  and  the  Verde  Passage  en  yoyage  between  the  United  States  and 
Manila. 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

There  are  2  bays  on  the  N.  coast,  between  Pts.  San  Andres  and  Santa  Cruz, 
their  waters  separated  by  Trapichihan  Pt.,  the  W.  (Sugayo)  having  22  fms.  and  the 
E.  (Calancan)  10  fms.  Marlanga,  on  the  E.  coast,  between  Pts.  Salomague  and 
Marlanga,  affords  12  fms. 

Boac;  the  anchorage  is  SW.  of  the  stone  fort  at  the  mouth  of  the  river.  At  high- 
water  boats  enter  the  Laylay  and  discharge  inside. 

Loog;  an  arm  of  Port  San  Andres,  or  Banacalan;  has  shelter  from  the  SW. 
Calancan  and  Sayo  are  coves  on  the  W.  coast. 

San  Andres,  or  Banacalan;  on  the  NW.  coast,  surrounded  by  a  high  wooded 
country;  affords  shelter  in  all  weather  at  10  and  12  fms.  The  inner  harbor  entrance, 
1  cable  (720  ft. )  wide,  with  an  islet  in  the  middle,  is  |  m.  in  extent  and  has  5^  to  8  fms. 
A  vessel  inside  is  not  only  sheltered,  but  completely  hidden  from  the  sea.  Vessels 
drawing  5  ft.  or  more  should  keep  outside  the  small  island  off  W.  projection. 

Santa  Cruz  de  Napo;  has  a  safe  and  commodious  harbor  and  excellent  holding 
ground,  specially  important  as  a  harbor  of  refuge  for  vessels  overtaken  by  bad 
weather  while  making  the  passage  between  Manila  and  San  Bernardino  straits.  The 
landing  place  to  communicate  with  the  town  is  on  the  N.  side  of  the  stream,  3  m. 
from  the  anchorage. 

These  bays  afford  fairly  safe  anchorages  according  to  the  direction  of  the  prevail- 
ing monsoon. 

ROADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 

The  chief  towns  are  connected  by  a  regularly  constructed  road,  along  the  W. 
coast,  from  Buena  Vista  to  Boac,  and  a  trail  E,  from  Boac,  across  the  island,  to 
Santa  Cruzde  Napo,  thence  to  TorrijosS.  along  the  E.  coast,  thence  across  the  S.  part 
of  the  island  to  Buena  Vista.     Steamers  call  at  the  island  weekly. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

The  inhabitants  are  almost  wholly  Tagdlogs.  The  population,  48,000,  is  repre- 
sented by  a  large  proportion  in  the  towns,  the  rest  being  scattered  along  the  coast. 
The  following  are  the  chief  towns: 

Boac;  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  Boac  Riv.,  2  m.  from  its  mouth.  A  large  stone  church, 
built  on  a  hill,  and  strongly  fortified  by  bastioned  walls  and  natural  cliffs  of  rock, 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  645 

is  the  central  building  of  the  place.  Below  it  the  town  proper  is  well  laid  out,  with 
streets  at  right  angles,  bounded  by  the  river  on  one  side  and  neighboring  rice  lields 
on  the  other,  beyond  which  rise 'the  foothills  of  the  San  Antonio  range.  An  old 
Spanish  road,  with  stone  culverts,  runs  due  W.  to  the  seashore,  along  which  are 
built  the  nipa  shacks  of  the  poorer  native  class.  Many  houses  in  the  town  are  built 
of  wood,  aiad  6  or  8  masonry-walled  structures,  comparing  favorably  with  substantial 
l)uildings  in  ]Manila.  On  the  r.  bank  of  the  river  are  3  hamlets,  of  from  200  to  300 
inhabitants  each,  and  several  small  fishing  villages.     Pop.,  14,722. 

Buena  "Vista;  on  the  SW.  coast,  18  m.  S.  of  Boac,  well  laid  out,  and  contains  8 
or  10  wooden  houses.  Connected  with  Torrijos  by  a  verj^  good  trail,  passable  at  all 
seasons  of  the  year  to  pack  ponies,  passing  through  the  mountain  village  of  Mala- 
brigo,  of  about  500  inhabitants.  This  village  is  in  the  grazing  country  at  the  foot  of 
the  N.  slope  of  Marlanga.  From  a  point  on  the  mountain  side  1  m.  S.  of  the  village, 
both  the  E.  and  W.  coasts  of  the  island  can  be  seen.  The  highroad  ends  at  the  town 
of  Buena  Vista,  7  or  8  m.  below  Gasiin.  S.  of  this  the  spurs  of  Mount  Marlanga 
terminate  in  steep,  rocky  cliffs,  cutting  off  all  communication  along  the  seashore.  A 
difficult  mountain  trail  leads  through  a  pass,  and  connects  Buena  Vista  with  a  small 
fishing  village  situated  on  a  little  bay  S.  of  the  cliffs.  The  entire  shore  of  this  bay 
is  coral  formation. 

Cauit;  about  5  m.  S.  of  the  mouth  of  the  Boac  Riv.,  on  the  main  road  along  the 
coast,  with  a  wooden  church  and  several  wooden  houses,  among  them  a  large  hemp 
storehouse.  Along  this  old  Spanish  road,  which  in  times  past  has  had  good  bridges, 
both  of  wood  and  stone,  has  been  repaired,  the  nipa  shacks  extending  for  J  m.  or 
more  in  each  direction.  The  coast  villages  and  towns  extend  from  N.  to  S.  along  the 
highroad,  as  the  foothills  behind  and  the  sea  in  front  stop  any  attempt  at  lateral 
growth.  Wherever  the  river  breaks  through  the  hills  a  \dllage  is  foimd  1  m.  or  so 
inland,  the  shacks  built  near  the  water. 

Dauis;  a  hamlet  of  Gasdn,  1  m.  inland  and  3  m.  S.  of  Gasdn.     Pop.,  300,  estimated. 

Gasan;  11  m.  S.  of  Boac  on  the  main  coast  road,  is  a  substantial  town,  with  a 
church  and  several  church  buildings  of  stone.  The  church  is  strongly  fortified  and 
built  upon  a  con:imanding  cliff  overhanging  the  town,  a  picturesque  site  and  a  formi- 
dable miUtary  position.  In  a  small,  ruined  stone  tower  are  3  Spanish  cannon  of 
great  age,  so  firmly  imliedded  in  the  rock  and  debris  that  the  Filipinos  have  been 
unable  to  remove  them.  Before  the  insurrection  this  town  was  an  important  trad- 
ing center  for  all  the  farming  country  around  Mount  Marlanga  and  the  fertile  valleys 
of  the  interior.  Around  it  are  numerous  barrios  connected  by  wide  trails  of  easy 
grade  located  near  the  branches  of  the  Gasiln  Riv.  and  making  it  a  popular  town  for 
the  local  native  trade  in  hemp  and  rice,  as  contrasted  to  the  difficulties  of  transpor- 
tation as  offered  by  the  steep  mountain  country  around  Torrijos  on  the  E.  coast. 
Off  the  coast,  somewhat  to  the  S.  of  the  mouth  of  the  Gasan  Riv.,  are  "The  Three 
Kings,"  3  small  islands  with  many  families  living  on  them  belonging  to  the  pueblo 
of  Gasan  and  adding  to  its  trade.  Shoals  and  sandbars  offer  the  same  difficulty  to 
landing  merchandise  as  are  encountered  off  the  coast  at  Boac.  A  small  steamer 
drawing  6  or  8  ft.  can  approach  within  1,000  yds.  of  the  town  by  keeping  due  E. 
of  the  white  stone  storehouse  at  the  mouth  of  the  river  at  the  N.  end  of  the  town. 
Pop.,  2,500,  estimated  March,  1901. 

Mog'pog';  1  m.  from  the  NW.  coast  and  3  m.  N.  of  Boac,  built  amid  the  rice  fields 
^  m.  inland,  on  the  main  trail  from  Boac  to  Santa  Cruz.  No  other  town  on  the  W. 
coast  N.  of  Mogpog,  but  a  number  of  fishing  villages  near  the  anchorage  of  San 
Andres.     Pop.,  5,214. 

Santa  Cruz  (de  Nape);  port  of  entry  for  coasting  vessels,  3  m.  from  the  anchor- 
age, Ih  m.  from  the  shore,  and  18  m.  W.  of  Boac.  The  anchorage  is  safe,  ships  com- 
ing in  between  the  island  and  the  mainland  and  anchoring  in  perfectly  quiet  water 
with  good  holding  ground  in  8  to  12  fms.  There  is  difficulty,  however,  in  landing 
from  a  steamer  by  small  boat  to  a  point  in  the  river  1 J  m.  from  the  town,  owing 
to  the  narrow  channel,  deviation  from  which  of  a  few  feet  either  way  causes 
grounding  the  boat  in  light  tide.  An  unfinished  stone  breakwater  runs  for  over 
1,000  yds.  from  the  landing  place.  The  town  is  not  as  well  liuilt  as  Boac,  but  is  the 
best  place  for  a  town  on  the  island,  as  it  is  surrounded  by  a  fertile  country,  and 
especially  as  it  has  the  safest  anchorage  for  steamers  anywhere  within  6  hours'  run. 
Pop.,  15,"797. 

Torrijos;  pueblo  on  the  SE.  coast,  18i  m.  ESE.  of  Boac,  is  connected  with  Santa 
Cruz  by  a  well-traveled  trail  running  through  a  fertile  valley  for  5  m.,  and  crossing 
the  range  SW.  of  Santa  Cruz  and  the  high  hills  N.  of  Torrijos.  This  valley  lies 
between  the  2  ranges  4  or  5  m.  E.  of  the  coast  line  of  Pt.  Salomague,  which  is  one 
vast  mangrove  swamp.  A  small  bay,  not  more  than  300  yds.  wide,  has  a  good 
anchorage  directly  in  its  center  of  6  fms.  On  both  sides  of  the  bay  of  Torrijos  a 
coral  reef  extends  for  J  m.  from  the  shore.     There  are  between  10  and  15  hamlets  of 


646  GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

Torrijos,  extending  to  Malabrigo,  5  m.  S.  to  the  mountain  barrios  in  the  W.  moun- 
tains beyond  Torrijos  and  bordering  on  the  N.  by  the  S.  barrios  of  Santa  Cruz.  S.  of 
Torrijos,  along  the  coast,  are  barrios  of  from  200  to  400  po])ulation  each.  They  are 
surrounded  ])y  extensive  rice  fields.     Pop.,  3,119. 

Interior  towns;  there  is  no  large  town  in  the  interior  of  the  island,  but  many 
hamlets,  several  of  them  being  nicelj'  laid  out  with  one  long  street,  with  bamboo 
fences  around  the  houses  and  beds  of  colios,  which  is  the  favorite  plant  of  these 
people  for  ornamental  purposes.  The  rice  and  hemp  are  collected  in  these  mountain 
hamlets  and  brought  into  the  coast  towns  to  sell. 

DEPENDENT   ISLANDS. 

.sq.  m. 
ABibayas;  cluster  of  3  moderately  hilly  islands,  off  the  NE.  coast  before  the  port  of  Santa  Cruz, 


Santa  Cruz 2^ 

Maninayan 3 

Mompog 2^ 

Banol;  in  the  entrance  to  Calanc^n  Bay ^ 

Elephant;  sugar  loaf  rock  with  a  few  trees,  i  m.  S.  of  Pt.  Sabin,  S.  coast 

Engafio;  barren  rock  on  the  NW 

San  Andres;  2  islets  1  m.  W.  of  the  NW.  point  of  the  island i 

Santa  Cruz,  or  Anibayas;  at  the  N.  raouth  of  the  port  of  that  name 

Ties  Reyes;  oflf  the  SW.  coast— 

Baltasar  ( SW. ) i 

Gaspar  (central) 2 

Melchor(NE.) 1 

(Of  moderate  height,  peaked  and  clean,  except  Gaspar,  which  has  rocks  on  its  E.  side.) 

An  island  E.  coast,  off  Torrijos 1^ 

Total 14 

VEGETABLE   PRODUCTS. 

The  chief  products  of  the  province  are  rice,  cocoanuts,  and  hemp.  Camotes  form 
a  staple  article  of  diet. 

MINERALS. 

The  mountains  give  marked  indications  of  the  existence  of  lead,  silver,  and  argen- 
tiferous galena,  the  latter  particularly  in  the  vicinity  of  Torrijos. 

FORESTS. 

The  island  is  covered  with  woods  and  undergrowth  in  tropical  variety. 

FRUITS. 

Fruits  abound  and  are  an  important  article  of  diet  among  the  people. 

INDUSTRIES  AND  COMMERCE. 

The  chief  pursuit  of  the  island  is  the  raising  of  rice,  which  is  exported  in  large 
quantities.  There  is  also  a  large  production  of  cocoanuts  for  conversion, into  copra. 
Hemp  is  also  cultivated  to  a  large  extent  for  weaving  the  hemp  of  Marinduque  vari- 
ety of  peculiar  fine  quality.  The  slopes  of  Mt.  Marlanga,  at  the  S.  end  of  the 
islands,  are  covered  with  fine  grazing  grounds.  Many  hundred  cattle,  carabaos,  and 
horses  are  found  here.  The  adv;intaircnus  jtosition  of  the  island,  with  respect  to  the 
chief  lines  of  local  sea  communication  b«'tween  Manila  and  the  N'isayas  and  Minda- 
nao, makes  its  chief  towns,  Boac  and  Santa  Cruz  de  Napo,  freciuent  ports  of  call  for 

UNITED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 

The  occupation  of  Marinduque,  the  first  important  position  after  leaving  Verde 
S.,  was  one  of  the  earliest  expeditions  during  the  winter  of  1898-99  to  take 
of  the  Visayan  Is.  and  Mindanao.     On  February  15,  1902,  the  following 
were  the  military  stations  in  Marinduque: 

Boac."  Gasdn  (Gazd.n).'' 

"  Telegraph.  ''  Telephone. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  647 

CIVIL    GOVERNMENT. 

The  territory  in  the  island  of  Marinduque  and  small  islands  immediately  adjacent 
were  created  a  jirovince  ]\Iay  1,  1901,  under  that  name  and  conformable  to  the  pro- 
visions of  the  general  enabling  act  of  February  6,  1901. 

PROVINCIAL  OFFICERS. 

[Salaries  and  expenses  in  United  States  money.] 

Governor $1,  000 

Secretary 300 

Treasurer 1, 500 

Supervisor 1 ,  300 

Fiscal 300 

And  the  necessary  traveling  expenses  while  absent  on  duty  not  to  exceed  $1  jaer 
day.  Presidentes  or  alcaldes  of  the  municipalities  to  meet  and  organize  on  the 
third  ]\Ionday  in  January,  April,  July,  and  October  to  perform  the  duties  prescribed. 

On  June  23,  1902,  the  provisions  of  the  provincial  government  act  and  its  amend- 
ments were  extended  to  Mindoro  by  incorporating  that  island  with  the, province  of 
Marinduque.  By  the  same  act  "The  small  islands  adjacent  to  Mindoro,  including 
the  island  of  Lubang,  which  were  detached  from  the  province  of  Cavite,  to  which  it 
then  belonged,  were  annexed  to  the  province  of  Marinduque." 

The  provincial  secretary,  provincial  treasurer,  provincial  sujjervisor,  and  provin- 
cial fiscal  for  the  existing  province  of  Marinduque  were  declared  to  be,  respectively, 
the  secretary,  treasurer,  supervisor,  and  fiscal  of  the  said  province  as  enlarged.  The 
provincial  governor  of  Marinduque  was  continued,  but  without  executive  or  other 
power  over  any  portion  of  the  territory  incorporated  in  the  province  of  Marinduque 
by  this  act.  A  military  governor  was  required  to  be  appointed  by  the  major-general 
commanding  the  division,  over  Mindoro,  until  the  election  of  a  new  governor  for  the 
consolidated  province  of  Marinduque,  the  governor  so  elected  to  have  jurisdiction 
over  the  whole  province  of  Marinduque,  as  established  by  this  act.  The  capital  of 
the  consolidated  province  to  contmue  at  Boac.  The  provincial  board  of  Marinduque 
remained  as  constituted  by  the  original  act. 

The  provincial  board  of  Mindoro  and  adjacent  islands  to  consist  of  the  governor  of 
island  of  Mindoro  and  the  provincial  treasurer  and  provincial  supervisor  of  the  con- 
solidated province.  In  all  other  matters  of  administration  the  two  islands  were  to 
remain  distinct  until  after  the  election  of  a  provincial  governor  in  February,  1904,  as 
provided  by  the  provincial-government  act. 

CONDITIONS. 

"The  presidentes  and  other  municipal  officials  are  conscientious  and  diligent  in 
the  performance  of  their  duty.  They  take  kindly  to  our  advice,  and  new  methods 
as  suggested  by  us  are  put  into  execution  as  soon  as  practicable. 

"As  for  the  people  they  are  busily  engaged  in  their  different  lines  of  agriculture 
and  gathering  of  hemj^,  an  extraordinary  amount  of  which  has  Ijeen  exported  from 
these  ports  in  the  last  3  months.  On  all  roads  are  daily  seen  lines  of  pack  ponies 
and  carabao  sleds  loaded,  not  as  of  yore  with  insurgent  chow  and  ammunition,  but 
with  large  bundles  of  beautiful  white  hemp  for  the  Manila  market,  which,  when  dis- 
posed of,  places  pesos  in  the  pocket  of  the  poorer  classes.  Taxes  of  all  kinds  are  paid 
good-naturedly  and  without  complaint." — Report  of  provincial  treasurer,  December, 
1901. 

MARINOn  (mah-ree-nohn'),  ver.;  islet  off  S.  shore  i  MABIQUI  point  E.  of  mouth  of  riverof  thatname 
of  Uson  I.  on  S.  coast  of  Busuanga  I.,  Cala-  on  S.  shore  of  Zamboanga  Pen.,  Mindanao,  2 

mianes    grp.,    off    NE.    point    of    Paragua,   ]  m.  E.  of  Zamboanga. 

«.^t!^^n";      T,    •    .     1  ,.  •   .         ^TT.    [  MABIQCINA(mah-ree-key'-nah),  Tag.;  pueblo  in 

MABINTOC  (mah-rin-tock'),  ver.;  point  on  NE.   ,  r>-     i   t      -      -,  „    f    „  nf  „,-i     At       t,     ^ 

coast  of  Masbate  I    VisaVas  '  Rizal,  Luzon,  7  m.  from  Manila  City.    Road 

coast  ot  Masbate  1.,  Visayas.  connects  it  with  Caloocan.    Pop.,  10,313. 


MABIPIPI  (mah-ree-pee-pee'),nat.:  pueblo  in  N. 

Leyte,  1  m.  from  Leyte.    Pop.,  1,998. 
island  3  by  4  m.,  16  m.  E.  of  SE.  point  of 

Masbate,  Visayas.     Town  of  same  name  on 

E.  shore. 

MAEIQl'I  (mah-ree'-key),  ver.;  small  river  emp- 
tying into  Basilan  Strait,  IJ  m.  E.  by  S.  of 
Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 


river  in  Rizal,  Luz6n,  emptying  into  La- 

guna  de  Bay  on  its  NW.  shore,  at  inlet  of 
Pdsig  Riv.  Is  connecting  stream  between 
Laguna  de  Bay  outlet  and  San  Mateo  Riv. 

MARIQUIT  (mah-ree-kif),  nat.;  mangrove  island 
on  bight  of  coast  between  Hummock  Pt.  and 
Albi6n  head  on  W.  coast  of 
proaching  Tagbdyug  Bay. 


648 


GAZETTEEE    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


MAUIQIIIT,  point  on  Daram  channel,  on  E.  coast 
of  Biliran  I.,  ofE  NW.  coast  of  Leyte,  1  m.  N. 
of  Culaba. 

MAKIRKJ  (mah-ree-rig'),  nat.;  islet  on  N.  side  of 
entrance  to  Sorsog6n  port,  Sorsog6n,  Luz6n, 
off  Saklay4n  Ft. 

MARITAN  (mah-ree'-tahn),  nat.;  summit  249  ft. 
high,  on  SE.  shore  of  Siibic  Bay,  SE.  coast  of 
Zambales,  Luz6n. 

MARIUR  (mah-ree-oor'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  SE. 
shore  of  Iligan  Bay,  S.  side  of  S.  arm  of  outlet 
of  Iligan  Riv.,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

MARIVELES  (mah-ree-vay'-lace);  mountain  and 
extinct  volcano  4,078  ft.  high,  crest  of  group 
of  elevations  in  S.  end  of  Batata,  Luz6n,  dis- 
tant 7  m.  from  bay  of  Manila  on  E.  and  China 
Sea  on  W.,  lat.  14°  31'  N.,  Ion.  120°  26'  E. 
(.4?so  Nagouliat.) 

port  on  N.  side  of  entrance  to  Manila  Bay 

and  S.  land  of  Batain,  Luzon. 

pueblo  in  BataAn,  Luz6n,  on  NW.  shore  of 

port  of  that  name,  at  entrance  to  Manila  Bay, 
16  m.  S.  of  Balanga.    Pop.,  1,429. 

N.  entrance  point  of  Nin  and  Cacanayat 

bays,  W.  coast  of  Masbate  I.,  V 


MARLAIVe  (mahr-lang'),  ver.;  river  of  Catan- 
duanes  Is.,  NE.  of  Albay,  Luz6n,  emptying  on 
W.  coast. 

MARLANGA,  or  TABLAZO  (mar-lahn'-gah,  ver.; 
tah-blah'-thoh,  Sp.);  mountain  in  Marin- 
duque  I.,  in  extreme  SE.,  forming  point  of 
same  name  on  coast. 

point  on  E.  coast  of  Marinduque  I.  {see 

Salomague  Pt.),  dominated  by  high  moun- 
tains, affording  excellent  landmark. 

bay  on  E.  coast  of  Marinduque  I. 

town  on  Marinduque  I. 

MAROG  (mah-rohg'),  nat.;  point  on  E.  coast  of 
Sorsog6n,  Luzon,  overlooking  San  Bernardino 
Strait. 

MAR()NGAS(mah-rong'-ass),  ver.;  island  1sq.m., 
285  ft.  high,  i  m.  SW.  of  Pangasindn,  off  N. 
shore  of  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A.  Shelters  roadstead 
of  Sulu. 

MAROONGAS  (mah-roh-ohn-gass'),  nat.;  island 
of  Sulu  grp.,  Sulu  A.,  off  NW.  coast  of  Sulu  I. 

MAROPORO  (mah-roh-poh'-roh);  Island  near 
Buad  I.,  W.  coast  of  SAmar. 

MARQUES  (mahr-ke.ss'),  Sp.;  creek  entering  on  1. 
bank  of  S.  arm  of  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao, 
Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

MARQUIL  (raar-keel'),  nat.,  point  on  SE.  coast  of 
Iloilo,  Panay,  lat.  10°  57'  N. 

MARRA  (mah'-rrah),  Sp.;  hamlet  in  S.  part  of 
Cotabato,  Mindanao,  lat.  6°  18'  30"  N.,  Ion. 
124°  36'  E. 

MARTELO  (mar-tay'-loh),Sp.;  hamlet  on  E.  coast 
of  Negros  Oriental.  2  m.  N.  of  Jimalalud. 

MARTliV,  for. ;  hill  374  ft.  high  on  S.  shore  of  Ramos 
I.,  N.  of  BalAbac  I.  of  that  group,  off  SW.  point 
of  Palawan. 

MARTINEZ  (mar-tee'-nayth),  Sp.;  point  at  ex- 
treme end  of  narrow  peninsula  on  NW.  shore 
of  BalAbac  I.,  BaUbac  grp.,  off  SW.  end  of 
Palawan,  and  forming  W.  shore  of  Ciego  port, 
with  frontage  on  China  Sea  of  2i  m.  to 
Iranzo  Pt. 

point  on  SE.  extreme  of  Bongao  I.,  Tawi 

Tawi  I.,  Sulu  A.,  W.  head  of  channel  be- 
tween it  and  Papahag  and  Sanga-sanga  Is. 

hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Bucay,  Abra,  Luzon. 

MARTI>S,  for.;  bluff  on  Tulldn  I.,  off  S.  shore  of 
Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A.,  noar  Carang  Carang  hamlet. 


MARUNC6  (mah-roon-coh').  Tag.;  hamlet  in  Bu- 

lacAn,  Luz6n,  at  forks  of  roads,  13  m.  NE.  of 

BulacAn. 
MARUPINAS   (mah-roo-pee'-nass),  ver.;    hamlet 

on  S.  shore  of  St.  Pauls  Bay,  SW.  coast  of 

Paragua,  Palawan. 
MARCRUGAO  (mah-roo-roo'-gah-oh),  ver.;  river 

in  Mindanao. 
MASACA  (mah-sah-cah'),  Tag.;  point  on  E.  coast 

of  Batadn,  bay  of  Manila,  Luz6n. 
MASACIT  (mah-sah-thit'),nat.;  hill  138  ft.  high  on 

r.  bank  of  Upper  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  i 

m.  below  bend  of  that  name. 
MASiDIT    (mah-sah'-deet),    nat.;    mountain   in 

pueblo  of  Bucay,  Abra,  Luz6n. 
MASAGAUAT  (mah-sah-gah-rahf) ,  ver. ;  mountain 

in  Leyte. 
MASAG6    (mah-sah-goh'),    nat.;    hamlet  on  W. 

coast  of  S.  Antique,  Panay,  1^  m.  N.  of  Dao. 
MASAGl'lSl   (mah-sah-gee'-see),  Tag.;   river  on 

Marinduque  I. 
MASAHIN  (mah-sah'-heen).  Tag.;  river  in  Batan- 

gas,  Luz6n,  emptving  into  sea  on  E.  coast, 

lat.  13°  47'  10"  N. 
MASALA  (mah-.sah'-lah),  nat.;  point  on  E.  coast 

of  Dfivao,  Mindanao,  S.  of  Pujada  Bay. 
MASALACAY    ('mah-sah-lah-ki').    Tag.;    peak  in 

Caraballo  Sur,  in  Tayabas,  Luzon. 
MASALACOT  (mah-sah-lah-caught'),Tag.;  moun- 
tain in  pueblo  of  Dolores,  Tayabas,  Luz6n, 

S.  of  Majayjay. 
MASALATSAT    (mah-.sah-lie-sigh'),    Tag.;    peak 

2,807  ft.  high,  in  Maquiling  range,  between 

Cavite  and  Batangas,  Luz6n. 
MASALUPA    (mah-sah-loo'-pah),    nat.;    river  in 

Nueva  Vizcaya,  Luz6n,  rising  N.  of  Caraballo 

Sur  and  emptying  into  Magat  Riv. 
MASANTOL   (mah-sahn-tall'),    nat.;    hamlet   in 

pueblo  of  Macabebe,  Pampanga,  Luz6n. 
MASANAY  (mah-sah'-ni),  nat.;   river  in  Negros 

Occidental  emptying  on  NW.  coast  in  lat.  10° 

33' N. 
MASAPA  (mah-sah'-pah),  nat.;  river  in  extreme 

SE.  part  of  Negros  Oriental,  falling  into  sea 

1  m.  SW.  of  Dauln. 
MASAPILIT   (mah-.sah-pee'-lit),   nat.;  hamlet  in 

Pampanga,  central  Luz6n,  nearN.  boundary, 

16  m.  from  Bacolor. 
point  in  Buad  I.,  off  Maqueda  Bay,  W.  coast 

of  SAmar. 
MASARAGA  (mah-sah-rah'-gah),  ver.;  mountain 

and  extinct  volcano  4,442  ft.  high,  in  NE.  Al- 
bay, Luz6n,  about  7  m.  inland  from  Tabaco 

Gulf  and  13  m.  NW.  of  Albay,  lat.  13°  18'  N., 

Ion.  123°  35'. 
MASASUNJIOC(mah-sah-soon-heeock'), nat.;  islet 

off  NW.  shore  of  Burl  I.,  W.  coast  of  SAmar. 
MASAYX  (mah-sah-yah').  Tag.;  river  in  Luz6n. 
MASAYNET  (mah-sah-ee'-net),  nat.;  summit  394 

ft.  SE.  of  Subic,  N.  shore  of  Sdbic  Bay,  SE. 

coast  of  Zambales,  Luz6n. 
MASAYOC  (mah-sah-yoc')  ver.;  river  in  Leyte. 
MASBXn  (mas-bahn')  Tag.;  river  emptying  into 

China  Sea  in  Batadn,  Luz6n. 
MASBATE  (mahs-bah'-tay),  ver.;  passage  between 

Masbate  and  Ticao  Is.,  Visayan  Sea. 
river  of  same  name  emptying  on  S.  coast, 

Masbate,  Visayas. 
MASBATE  (mass-bah'-tay),  ver.;  pueblo,  p.  o., and 

capital  of  Masbate  l",  on  E.  shore  of  Paldnog 

port,  lat.  12°  20'  2"  N.,  Ion.  123°  30'  8"  E.,  ap- 
proximately.   Pop.,  2,345. 


MASBATE,  VISAYAS,  PROVINCE  OF. 

(Mass-bah'-tay,  Vee-sah'-yass.) 

Capital:  Masbate,  lat.  12°  33^  N.,  Ion.  12.^°  37^  E. 

Area:  Burias,  268  sq.  m.;  Masbate,  1,315  sq.  in.;  Ticao,   149  sq.   m.;   total,   1,732 
sq.  m. 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


649 


Population:  23,089. 

Bace:  Vicol,  Tagalog,  and  Visayan. 

Language:  Yicol,  Tagalog,  and  Visayan. 

Military  Department  of  Luzon:  Headquarters,  Manila,  Luz6n. 

Table  of  distances. 
From  Masbate  to —  m. 

Manila  (NW.) 285 

Manila  via  Verde  Passage 300 

San  Pascual  Burias  I.  (NW.) 69 

San  Jacinto  Ticao  I.  (NE.) 15 

LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

The  3  main  and  65  dependent  islands  composing  this  province  lie  in  the  E.  waters 
of  the  Visayan  Sea.     {See  Burias  and  Ticao,  Islands  of. ) 

Masbate;  the  largest  and  name  island  of  the  province,  beginning  10 J  m.  SW.  of 
the  S.  point  of  Burias  I.,  continues  with  a  SE.  trend  from  6  to  lOi  m.  off  the  SW. 
shore  of  Ticao,  and  thence  fronting  San  Bernardino  Strait  26i  m.  W.  of  Capul  light 
and  the  NW.  shore  of  Sdmar  to  within  20J  m.  of  the  extreme  NW.  point  of  Leyte. 
The  Visayan  Sea  and  Asid  Gulf  lie  on  the  S.  The  extreme  SW.  point  of  Masbate 
(Pulanauta)  reaches  within  30  m.  of  Panay.  To  the  W.  is  the  Romblon  grp. 
occupying  about  the  middle  of  the  Mindoro  Sea  between  Bugui,  the  extreme  N.  point 
of  Masbate,  and  Ticlin  Pt.,  Mindoro,  118 J  m.  due  W.  The  greatest  length  of  the 
province,  including  the  intervening  waters,  from  Arena  I.,  lat.  13°  9^  30^^  N.,  Ion. 
122°  48'  E.,  to  Cadunian  Pt.,  lat.  11°  43'  N.,  Ion.  124°  5'  E.,  is  143  m.  NW.  by  SE. 


ABBA. 

The  greatest  width,  inter\'ening  waters  included,  is  62  m.  In  its  geographical  rela- 
tion to  the  entire  archipelago  the  province  lies  in  the  center  as  to  latitude  and  83  m. 
E.  of  the  axis  of  longitude.  (For  details,  see  also  Burias  and  Ticao  Is.)  Masbate,  the 
most  W.  and  S.  island  of  the  province,  is  82  m.  NW.  to  SE.  and  45  m.  NE.  to  SW. 
Area  mainland,  1,230  sq.  m.;  dependent  islands,  85  sq.  m. ;  total,  1,315  sq.  m.  The 
aggregate  area  of  the  pro^^nce  mainland  and  dependent  islands,  including  Burias 
and  Ticao  Is.,  is  1,732  sq.  m.     It  is  482  sq.  m.  larger  than  the  State  of  Ehode  Island. 

Main  islands  of  the  province  of  Masbate. 


Island. 

Capital  or  chief  town. 

Area, 
mainland. 

Area, 
islands. 

Number 
of  islands. 

Total. 

Popula- 
tion. 

Burias 

San  Pascual 

258 

1,230 

140 

Sq.  m. 
10 

85 
8 

12 
46 
9 

Sq.  m. 

268 

1,315 

149 

1  703 

1      21,366 

Total 

1,628 

103 

67 

1,732 

23,069 

Masbate  is  very  momitainons,  there  being  a  high  central  chain  which  follows  a 
semicircular  direction  and  terminates  in  the  SW.  and  SE.  points  of  the  island, 
throwing  out  spurs  to  the  NW.,  which  go  to  form  Pt.  Bugan.  Other  points  of  less 
importance  are  formed  by  spurs  from  this  chain.  A  summit  1,171  ft.  rising  NE. 
gives  bearings  entering  that  port.  Between  Mobo  and  Uson  bays  are  peaks  1,256, 
1,687,  and  1,323  ft.  high.  A  number  of  peaks  also  line  the  shores  of  Asid  Bay. 
Vigia  and  Napulusan  overlook  the  E.  shore,  the  others  the  W.  In  the  W.  portion, 
between  Lumljang  and  Milagros,  and  in  the  SE.  portion,  between  Cataiiigan,  Daraga, 
and  Placer,  there  are  extensive  grazing  lands  well  watered. 

The  large  island  of  Masbate  has  a  number  of  streams  of  some  size,  one  in  the  NW. 
emptying  into  Barrera  Bay,  another  into  Port  PaUinog,  W.  of  Masbate,  on  the  E. 
coast.  On  the  W.  coast  the  jNIandaon  empties  into  Port  Alag.  The  Asid,  Manca- 
langui,  Tigbao,  Pacao,  Malbug,  Guion,  Naindain,  Daraga,  and  Dumurot  are  streams 
discharging  into  Asid  Bay  on  its  E.  shore,  or  into  the  sea  farther  S. 


BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

All  the  islands  have  convenient  harbors  of  refuge  in  stress  of  weather,  particularly 
along  the  channels  used  by  the  numerous  vessels  passing  between  San  Bernardino 
Strait  and  Verde  Passage  on  the  E.,  and  in  the  waters  of  the  Visayan  Sea  on  the  W. 
{See  Burias  and  Ticao  Is. ) 

On  the  NE.  coast  is  Barrera,  an  extensive  port  with  52  fms.  at  the  entrance,  and 
good  anchorage.     The  depth  in  the  middle  is  18  to  24  fms.     About  19  m.  SE.  of 


650 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE   PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


Port  Barrera  is  Magdalena,  small  but  safe  at  all  seasons.  Vessels  can  moor  to  the 
trees  without  danger  in  winds.  The  bay  of  PaMnog  is  small,  deep,  and  well  sheltered 
from  winds.  The  entrance  is  2,100  ft.  wide.  The  depth  at  the  entrance  is  18  fms., 
lessening  regularly  to  4J  fms.  The  capital  is  on  its  E.  shore.  The  harbor  of  Mobo 
is  3  m.  wide,  but  almost  closed  by  a  bank,  and  situated  immediately  S.  of  the  penin- 
sula upon  the  opposite  side  of  which  stands  the  capital.  Two  bays,  Uson  and  Nin, 
on  the  E.  coast  open  to  the  NW.,  are  separated  by  a  broad,  hilly  headland,  Pt. 
Labunan,  which  extends  4  m.  in  the  same  direction  from  the  coast.  Uson,  1  m. 
wide  and  2  m.  long,  has  14  fms.  at  the  entrance,  lessening  to  2^  fms.  Naro  has  18 
fms.  at  the  entrance  and  7  fms.  within.  A  long,  narrow  inlet  named  Catairigan, 
separated  from  the  sea  by  a  peninsula  6  m.  long,  and  at  its  land  end  scarcely 
^  m.  wide,  is  the  best  typhoon  anchorage  in  the  vicinity.  The  great  gulf  of  Asid 
indents  the  S.  coast  of  the  province,  having  a  sea  front  of  42  m.  between  Naindain 
and  Pulanauta  Pts.  E.  and  W.  and  22  m.  inland  to  the  N.  The  greatest  depth 
is  37  fms.,  with  an  average  of  7  fms.,  except  in  small  isolated  places,  where  it 
lessens  to  2f  fms.  The  bay  of  Nin  is  divided  into  two  parts  by  the  islets  Camasusu 
and  Carogo;  the  N.  part  or  Nin  Bay  proper  is  safe  and  well  sheltered.  A  little 
channel  2^  m.  leads  to  a  small  interior  port,  Alag,  with  1 J  to  4i  fms.  The  entrance 
to  the  S.  bay,  Canayat  or  Macaguayuk,  is  obstructed  by  a  shoal.  To  the  N.  of  Nin 
is  Too' Bay. '  There  are  several  indentations  on  the  same  coast  to  the  N.,  fronted  by 
Majaba,  Nabugbut,  and  2  islands,  the  N.  of  which  is  Inunukan  Bay. 

LIGHT-HOTJSES. 

The  channels  between  the  islands  of  Masbate  province  and  mainland  of  S.  Luzon' 
on  the  highway  of  commerce  between  San  Bernardino  Strait  and  the  Verde  ~ 
are  well  lighted. 

Masbate  Island;  on  highest  ^oint  of  Bugui  Pt.,  about  190  yds.  E.  from  the 
extremity.  Lat.  12°  36^  N.,  Ion.  123°  15'  15'''  E.,  one  flash  white  and  red  alternating 
every  30  seconds.  Light  aliove  the  sea  level  219  ft.  Height  of  tower  49  ft.,  visible 
25^  m.  House,  truncated  conical  tower  ol  gray  stone;  upper  part  and  lantern,  white; 
keepers'  dwelling  at  base  of  tower. 

ROADS  AND  COJilMTJNICATIONS. 

There  are  few  roads  or  even  trails  on  the  island.  The  towns  and  villages  on  or 
near  the  coast  carry  on  intercourse  by  water  in  native  craft.  A  road  extends  from 
the  head  of  the  Lumbang  Eiv.  to  JNIilagros. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

The  population  of  the  entire  province  is  estimated  at  23,069,  of  which  number  the 
census  of  1887  gives  Masbate  and  Ticao,  21,366.  In  the  central  parts  the  people  are 
Vi'cols  and  in  the  S.  Visayans.  Although  the  population  of  Masbate  and  Ticao  is 
fairly  homogeneous,  the  same  can  not  he  said  of  the  language.  Vicol,  Tagdlog,  and 
Visayan  are  spoken,  according  to  the  distances  of  the  towns  from  the  provinces  of 
these  dialects.  Thus,  in  Baleno  and  Lanang,  Tagdlog  is  spoken  by  preference;  in 
Ticao  and  Uson,  Vicol;  and  in  Palan,  CataiiTgan,  and  Milagros,  Visayan. 

The  following  is  the  division  of  the  province  of  Masbate  {see  also  Burias)  into 
pueblos  and  their  respective  population  according  to  the  census  of  1887: 


Province  and  pueblos. 

Total  population,  combining 
residents  present  and  ab- 
sent, native  and  Spanish, 

1887. 

Men. 

Women. 

Total. 

Masbate  and  Ticao: 

Baleno,  Masbate 

848 

427 
1,203 
1,480 

884 
1,079 

744 
1,289 
1,215 
1,037 

713 

419 

1,081 

1,505 

1,054 

707 

1,331 

1,2.>4 

929 

1,378 

1,561 

846 

Masbate,  Masbate 

2,284 

Milagros,  Masbate 

2,985 

Mob6,  Masbate 

1,783 

2,133 
1,451 

San  Agustin,  Masbate  ..                 

2,620 

UsAn,  or  Us6n,  Masbate 

1,966 

Total ...  . 

10,904 

10, 512 

21  476 

Estimated,  1901, 23,069. 


GAZETTEER    OP   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  651 

The  island  of  Masbate,  the  largest  member  of  the  provincial  group,  lias  a  number 
of  towns,  the  most  important  of  which  are: 

Masbate;  Masbate  (Pahlnog),  the  provincial  capital,  port  of  entry,  and  p.  o,,  situ- 
ated on  the  bay  of  the  same  name,  and  on  a  peninsula  which  divides  the  waters  of 
Pahlnog  port  on  the  W.,  and  Mobo  Bay  on  the  E.  It  has  a  church,  schoolhouse, 
and  some  better  class  of  buildings.     Pop.,  2,345. 

Aroroy;  town  near  the  E.  entrance  point  to  Port  Barrera. 

Baleno;  between  Canpandan  and  Bagubaud  Pts.  on  the  E.  coast,  3  m.  N.  of  Port 
Magdalena.     Pop.,  823.     Vegetables,  poultry,  and  honey  are  furnished  to  vessels. 

Cataingan;  at  the  head  of  the  port  of  that  name,  E.  coast.  A  peak,  also  of  that 
iiafme,  rising  7h  m.  to  the  N\V.,  marks  the  entrance.     Pop.,  Cn.  1887,  1,561. 

Lanang;  3  m.  inland,  on  the  r.  bank  of  a  river  entering  Barrera  port. 

Magdalena;  on  NE.  coast,  8  m.  NW.  of  Masbate.     Pop.,  1896,  971. 

Mandadn;  on  the  narrow  peninsula  which  separates  Nin  Bay  from  the  inner  port 
of  Alag,  W.  coast.     It  lias  few  inhabitants. 

Milagros;  on  the  NE.  shore  of  Asid  Gulf,  If  m.  N.  of  the  mouth  of  Asid  Riv. 
Pop.,  1,789.     Several  villages  lie  along  the  shores. 

Mobo;  J  in.  inland,  on  the  r.  bank  of  the  river  of  that  name,  emptying  into  Mob6 
Bay  on  the  NE.  coast.     Pop.,  1,896.    The  soil  in  the  vicinity  is  hilly  and  very  fertile. 

Naro;  near  the  mouth  of  a  river  of  that  name  entering  within  the  bay,  E.  coast. 

Palanas;  2i  m.  SE.  of  Tiguijan  Pt.,  E.  coast.     Pop.,  2,749. 

Palanog  {see  Masbate);  the  vicinity  is  overrun  with  half-starved  wild  dogs,  which 
often,  in  droves,  attack  men  and  animals. 

San  Agustin;  at  the  head  of  Port  Barrera,  N.  coast.     Pop.,  1,129. 

There  are  no  settlements  of  any  size  on  the  S.  and  W.  shores. 

OTHER   TOWNS   IN    MASBATE. 

Towns:  Guion,  S\V.  coast,  pop.  about  1,800;  Daraga,  SW.  coast,  pop.  about  800; 
Malbug,  SW.  coast,  pop.  about  500,  and  Placer,  SW.  coast,  pop.  about  1,000. 

Small  visitas:  Masbaranan,  SW.  coast;  Alegria,  NE.  coast;  Limbugan,  NE.  coast, 
and  Nimtoc,  NE.  coast. 

DEPENDENT  ISLANDS. 

The  following  are  the  islands  off  the  coast  of  Masbate: 

Dependent  islands,  E.  coast:  sq.m. 

Adayagan .    ( See  Deagan . ) 

Bablao,  extreme  NE I 

Badlay,  2  small  islands  in  the  entrance  to  Catain|:an  port i 

Balanguingue,  off  the  SE.  coast h 

Bugtun,  in  the  port  of  Cutairigan li 

Cabeza  de  Negrito,  in  mid-channel  betweeri  S.  Ticao  and  Naro  Bay,  Masbate,  a  mere  point  of 

rock  most  of  the  time  embarrassing  and  dangerous  to  those  not  familiar  with  the  channel.  ^ 

Cadbatan,  on  the  S.  side  of  the  entrance  to  Port  Barrera 4 

Capul,  on  the  S.  side  of  the  channel  of  San  Bernardino  Strait 9 

Dalupiri  or  de  Puercos;  the  easternmost  of  this  province,  S.  of  the  main  channel  of  San  Ber- 
nardino Strait,  28  m.  NE.  from  Naro  Bay,  off  the  mainland  of  Masbate 14 

Deagan,  off  Naro  Bay 2J 

Los  Naranjos,  a  cluster  of  7  islands  of  some  size  on  the  S.  side  of  San  Bernardino  Strait,  26  m. 
E.  of  Masbate,  the  provincial  capital — 

Aguada,  the  S 3 

Darsena,  the  SE li 

Destacada,  detached  to  the  S 2J 

Escarpada,  W 2 

Medio  (del ) ,  central Is 

Rasa,  SW 1 

San  Andr6s 3 

Macapaga,  off  Naro  Bay 3 

Magearagui,  off  Naro  Bay 1 

Pan  de  Azilcar,  off  Naro  Bay h 

Sibugay,  13  m.  off  shore  E 1 

Tagapula,  6J  m.  off  shore  E.,  1,942  ft.  high 14 

22  islands,  total 61 

Dependent  islands,  S.  coast  (all  the  islands  off  the  S.  coast  of  Masbate,  except  Chinela,  Jintotolo, 
Zapato  Mayor,  and  Zapato  Menor,  front  Asid  Gulf): 

Chinela,  between  Masbate  and  Panay,  17  m.  SW.  in  mid-channel h 

Gorri  ta 4 

Guilutugan 4 

Guinauayan 4 

Guinlabagan 4 

Guinluthagan 4 

Jintotolo,  3J  m.  off  GW.  Pt.  Pulanduta  toward  Panay 3 

Manoc i 

Nabugtu 5 

Nagarao i 

Naguban 4 


652  GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 

Dependent  islands,  S.  coast  (all  the  Islands  off  the  S.  coast  of  Masbate,  except  Chinela,  Jintotolo, 
Zapato  Mayor,  andZapato  Menor,  front  Asid  Gulf) — Continued.  sq.m. 

Namatian ^ 

Naro  Ohico 1 

Naro  Grande o 

Pina 1 

Pobre 1 

Zapato  Mayor,  13|  m.  SW.  in  mid-channel  between  Masbate  and  Panay 1 

Zapato  Menor,  18  m.  SW.  in  mid-channel  between  Masbate  and  Panay ^ 

18  islands,  total 16 

Dependent  islands,  W.  coast: 

Camasusu >. 1 

Carogo '1 

(Two  islands  separating  the  waters  of  Nin  and  Canayat  bays.) 

Majaba,  fronting  Inunukan  Bay 1 

Mapayagnan  and  a  smaller  island  off  the  W.  coast  S.  of  Nabugbut 2 

Nabugbut 1 

An  island  W.  of  Majaba 1 

6  dependent  islands,  total 8 

Total  dependent  islands  of  Masbate,  4G;  area 85 

VEGETABLE  PRODUCTS. 

The  agricultural  products  of  Masbate  are  sugar  cane,  cotton,  chocolate,  and  hemp. 
Rice  is  raised,  but  not  in  sufficient  quantities  for  the  home  demand.  In  the  vicinity 
of  Magdalena,  Masbate,  and  Cataiiigan,  Masbate,  and  San  Jacinto,  Ticao,  tobacco 
noted  for  its  strength  is  raised.  While  much  prized  by  the  Vicols,  its  price  in  the 
Manila  market  is  low. 

PASTORAL  PURSUITS. 

This  island  is  famous  for  its  herds  of  cattle,  horses,  and  hogs,  which  form  an  impor- 
tant article  of  trade  with  Manila.  One  of  the  chief  sources  of  wealth  is  grazing.  Since 
the  American  occupation  this  pursuit  has  increased  to  large  proportions.  In  normal 
times  the  island  supplied  monthly  to  Manila  and  other  parts  of  the  Philippines  more 
than  1,000  head  of  cattle,  the  bulk  going  to  Manila.  Large  number  of  carabaon 
were  also  exported  to  Luzon  and  Negros.  The  principal  ports  for  the  shipment  of 
cattle  are  PaMnog,  Cataiiigan,  Uson,  and  Mandaon.  The  rinderpest  during  the  past 
few  years  has  committed  great  havoc. 

MINERALS. 

Gold  is  found  in  the  sands  of  the  rivers,  and  a  fine  quality  of  lignite  in  the  earth 
of  Masbate. 

FORESTS. 

The  vicinity  of  Port  Barrera  furnishes  excellent  woods  for  Ijuilding.  The  shores 
are  covered  with  mangroves. 

FRUITS. 

The  fruits  found  in  the  islands  of  the  Visayan  group  are  the  same  as  on  the  large 
islands  of  this  province. 

INDUSTRIES  AND  COMMERCE. 

The  main  mechanical  industry  is  the  manufacture  of  bayones,  sugar  sacks  of  hwri,  a 
palm  which  grows  very  abundantly  on  the  island  and  from  which  the  island  receives  its 
name,  and  the  manufacture  of  palm  mats.  The  latter,  on  account  of  the  superiority 
of  workmanship  and  the  durability  of  colors,  have  attracted  attention  at  European 
expositions.  The  people  of  Masbate  and  Ticao  are  extensively  engaged  in  the  rais- 
ing of  live  stock,  gathering  of  forest  products,  fishing,  hunting,  and  weaving.  There 
is  quite  an  extensive  trade  in  agricultural,  pastoral,  and  forest  products  with  Manila 
and  other  porta.  Masbate  is  in  direct  route  of  all  vessels  going  to  the  S.  of  Luzon, 
Sdmar,  and  Leyte,  and  there  is  not  a  great  deviation  of  vessels  going  to  Cebu,  and 
Iloilo.  Paldnog  is  about  36  hours  from  Manila  by  coasting  steamers,  and  Cata- 
fngan  8  hours  longer.     Cataiiigan  is  about  15  hours  from  Cebd,  Iloilo,  and  Bacolod. 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  653 

UNITED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCXJPATION. 

Paldnog,  the  port  of  Mas])ate,  the  capital,  was  occupied  by  United  States  troops  on 
May  2, 1900.  On  February  15,  1902,  Masbate  AA'as  garrisoned  by  United  States  troops 
as  follows: 

Masbate.* 

Civil.  GOVERNMENT. 

Under  the  general  act  of  February  6,  1901,  by  enactment  of  the  Commissioners 
.March  18,  1901,  a  provincial  government  was  established  "in  the  territory  of  the 
islands  of  Masbate,  Ticao,  and  Burias,  and  all  the  small  outlying  adjacent  islands 
before  known  as  the  District  of  Masbate." 

PROVINCIAL  OFFICERS. 

[Salaries  and  expenses  in  United  States  money.] 

Governor $1 ,  200 

Treasurer 1,200 

Supervisor 720 

Fiscal  (province  of  Romblon) 200 

Fiscal  (province  of  Masbate)  (act  212, 1901 ) 800 

Provincial  officers  are  allowed  necessary  and  actual  traveling  expenses  not  exceed- 
ing $2  a  day  while  absent  from  the  capital  on  pro\ancial  business  as  prescribed.  The 
presidentes  or  alcaldes  of  the  municipalities  to  meet  on  the  third  Monday  in  January, 
April,  July,  and  October  to  organize  and  transact  business  according  to  law.  The 
organic  act  (sec.  6)  further  provides  "That  the  governor  of  Masbate  shall  discharge 
the  duties  of  provincial  secretary,  and  that  the  duties  of  provincial  fiscal  shall  be 
discharged  by  the  provincial  fiscal  of  Romblun  for  the  annual  sum  stated,  payable 
from  the  treasury  of  the  province  of  Masbate,  and  traveling  expenses  between  Romblon 
and  Masbate.  By  amendatory  act  (221),  September  5,  1901,  a  pro\incial  fiscal  for 
Masbate  was  added. 

CONDITIONS. 

"Perfect  peace  is  enjoyed  in  the  whole  province  and  the  inhabitants  are  displaying 
unusual  activity  in  the  fisheries,  agricultural  work,  and  timber  cutting,  the  latter 
constituting  their  principal  resource,  as  well  as  that  of  the  municipal  and  provincial 
governments.  It  also  furnishes  an  occupation  to  the  needy  classes,  which  helps  con- 
siderably to  preserve  tranquility  and  good  order  in  the  pueblos."  (Report  of  pro- 
vincial governor,  December,  1901.) 

"Peace  is  so  completely  established  in  the  province  that  there  is  not  so  much  as  a 
gang  of  robbers  in  the  whole  territory.  The  provincial  government  and  the  muni- 
cipalities are  doing  their  work  with  regularity,  and  the  people  are  deeply  thankful 
for  the  benefits  derived  from  the  civil  regime.  The  exploitations  of  the  forestry 
products  are  the  life  of  the  province,  and  commerce  is  prosperous  as  compared  with 
former  years."     (Official  report  of  provincial  governor  of  Masbate,  January,  1901.) 

MASGiB\0  (mass-gah'-rah-oh),  ver.;  hamlet  in   i   MASIEU,  for.;  town  in  Lanao,  near  S.  boundary 

W.  CAplz,  Panay,  1^  m.  S\V.  of  Jamindao.  j  of  Misamis,  Mindanao,  in  Saltanate  of  Baco- 

MASI  (mah'-see),  ver.;  river  on  E.  coast  of  Min-  1°^     In  summer  of  1902  large  body  of  Moros 


made  place  base  of  operation  against  column 
of  American  troops  sent  into  country  to  com- 
pel obedience. 

MASILAO  (mah-see'-lah-oh),Tag.;  hamlet  in  pue- 
blo of  Silang,  Cavite,  Luz6n,  on  bank  of  Pasan- 
Cabullo  Riv. 

MASIK  (mah'-seen),  nat.;  river  emptying  into 
Mamburao  Bay,  on  NW.  coast  of  Mindoro,  5 
m.  ESE.  of  Mamburao. 


doro  emptying  into  sea  2  m.  SE.  of  point  of 

that  name.  Cluster  of  3  islets  lie  off  its  mouth. 

In  elbow  of  coast  NW.  of  Bongab6n  Pt.,  off 

Masi  Riv.,  is  safe  shelter  for  vessels  in  SW. 

gales. 
hamlet  in  Cagavdn,  Luz6n,  lat.l8°28'  20"  N., 

Ion.  121°  15'  4.y'  E. 
point  on  SW.  coast  of  Leyte,  at  mouth  of 

river  of  same  name. 
point  on  E.  coast  of  Mindoro,  4^  m.  XW.      mountain  in  Bulacdn,  Luzon. 

by  X.  of  Bongabon  Pt  river  in  Tayabas,  Luzon,  rising  in  Masalacot 

town  in  Ilocos  Korte,  Luzon.  ^";  fnd  empties  iiito  Quiapo  Riv. 

MICIR4V  /„,„h  o«„/ v,,-\    *„;^  i„  at; i„       island  m  E.  side  ot  opening  to  BulaMcao 

\nnii?.    nit    ;•  ^'rr         R  Misamis,  g^,    g^.  coast  of   Mindoro.    On  W.  side  is 

Mindanao,  between  Iligan  Bay  on  N.  coast,  i.-^f,'  i,„,.  ;„  ,vhinh  constprs  cnn  Anchor 

lllana  Bav  on  S.  coast,  Lanao  Lake  on  SE.,  ''"l®  ^^?    Vu\      '^°^^^^'^''  ^*°  anchor. 

and  Panguil  Bay  on  NW.    Center  of  region      "ver  m  Bohol. 

of  great  fertility  and  of  numerous  towns  and  j  river  entering  sea  on  SW.  coast  of  Zambo- 

hamlets.  "  '  anga,  NW.  of  Zamboauga,  Mindanao. 


■  Telegraph. 


654 


GAZETTEER    OK    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


.IIASINAN  (mah-see'-naliii),  nut.:    point  on  SW 

coast  of  Sorsog6n,  Luzon,  lat.  12°  :W  10"  N. 
JIASINAO  (mah-see'-now),  Ta;,'.:  liwriii  Lagiina 
Luz6n,  rising  in  mountains  in  wliicli  aresitu- 
atcd  iron  mines  of  Calunipan,  Hows  across 
pueljlo  of  Santa  Maria. 
MASINAY  (inah-see'-ni),  vor.;  hamlet  on  S.  shore 
of  Tapao  Lake,  1  m.  N.  of  boundary  of  Misa- 
mis  witli  Cotabato  on  S.,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 
MASINOAL  (mah-seeng-alil');  town  on  coast  high- 
way in  Ilocos  Sur,  Luzon,  10  m.  N.  of  Viffan 
Pop.,  8,446.  ® 

^ay  in  Ilocos  N6rte,  Luz6n. 

MASINttlL  (mah-seeng-ill'),  nat.;  islet  in  sea 
channel  between  Bohol  and  Cebu,  4  m.  NW 
of  Getafe,  and  on  NW.  coast  of  former. 
MASINGLOC  (mah-seeng-loc'),  ver.;  river  and 
anchorage  in  extreme  S.  of  Zamboanga,  Min- 
danao, lat.  6°  55'  4"  N.,  Ion.  122°  11'  E.- 
empties  into  sea  on  E.  coast.  Island  of  Vila- 
vildn  occupies  its  mouth,  leaving  2  narrow 
channels  of  exit  into  Celebes  Sea.  N.  of  Tik- 
tauan  channel  and  ;;i  m.  from  Mariki  narrow 
inlet  runs  2i  ni.  to  \VX\V.,  witli  several  rivers 
flowing  into  it.  Island  of  Vilavilan  divides 
inlet  into  2  arms,  8.  of  which  is  navigable 
and  is  outlet  of  Masingloc  Riv. 
MASINIT  (mah-see'-nit),  ver.;  islet  in  Coron  Pa.s- 


MASINLOC  (mah-seen-lock'),  nat.;  port  VV.  coast 
Zambales,  Luzon.  Bani  Pt.,  N.  head  of  port 
is  in  lat.  15°  34'  48"  N.,  Ion.  119°  54'  13"  E.  ap- 
proximately. 

pueblo  on  coast    highway   in    Zambales, 

Luzon,  18  m.  N.  of  Iba.    Pop.,  2,945. 

point  on  coast  of  Zambales,  Luzon,  near 

town  of  that  name. 

mountain    in    central    Zambales,    Luz6n, 

near  coast;  prominent  object  to  navigators. 

island  off  NW.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan, 

E.  of  Tapiutdn.     {Also  Pefion  Matinloc.) 

and  Matalavi  Is.,  between  Bani  Pt.  and 

Makalaba  I.,  off  Zambales,  Luzon,  are  sepa- 
rated by  San  Salvador  I.  to  port  of  Iilasinloc. 

MASI\0  (mah-see'-noh),Tag.;  affluent  of  Quiapo 
Riv.,  Tayabas,  Luzon,  taking  its  rise  in  cen- 
tral part  of  Malasino  Mt. 

MASINCjUE  (mah-seeu'-kay),  nat.;  point  on  SW 
coast  of  Tayabas,  Luzon,  in  pueblo  of  Cata- 
nauan. 

MASIPIIi(mah-see'-peel),  nat.;  river  in  Misamis, 
Mindanao,  having  its  source  8  m.  S.  of 
Diuata  Pt.,  sea  end  of  boundary  between 
Misamis  and  Surigao,  and  empties  into  sea  in 
lat.  8°  50'  N.,  Ion.  124°  55'  39"  E. 

MASISBOONG  (mah-sees-boh-ohng'),  nat.-  ham- 
let in  pueblo  of  Pasuquin,  Ilocos  Norte,  Luzon. 

MASISI  (mah-see'-see),nat.;  small  town  at  mouth 
of  river  emptying  into  sea  on  N.  coast  of  Ca- 
gaysin,  Luz6n. 

inner  point  on  coast  of  Batadn,  Luz6n, 

N.  shore  of  entrance  to  Manila  Bay.     (Also 
Lasisi.) 
MASISINGI  (mah-see-seeng'-ee),  ver.;  islet  off  E 

coast  of  Sdmar,  4  m.  S.  of  Hernani. 
MASLA  (mass-lah'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Lepanto,  Lu- 
zon, 2i  m.  N.  of  Cay<1n,  connected  by  road,  also 
by  high  road  to  Bontoc.    Pop.,  530. 

MASLIC  (mass-lick'),  ver.;  point  in  E.Mindanao. 

MASLOW  (mass-log'),  nat.;  small  N.  tributary  of 
Ulut  Riv.,S4mar. 

MASOG  (mah-sog'),  ver.;  point  on  shore  of  Biliran 
I.,  off  N W.  coast  of  Leyte.     (See  Pauican  Pt. ) 

MASOXSON  (mah-sohn-sohn'),  nat.;  hamlet  in 
central  Concepci6n,  Hollo,  Panay,  5  m.  E  of 
San  Dionisio. 

MASTEUSON,  for.;  point  3^  m.  N. of  Village  Bay 
E.  coast  of  Palawan. 


MASULAG  (mah-soo-lag'),  ver.;  islet  off  opening 

of  Camansl,  N.  coast  of  CApiz,  Panay. 
MASUUH'OT    (mail  -  sooh  -  law'  -  caught)     ver  • 

mountain  in  Taj-abas,  Luzon,  lat.l3°58'20"N.' 
MASp'AV  (inali-s,,oli'-nie),nat.;  river  in  Negros 

Ueriili  i](;il,  rises  S.  of  Mandalagan,  flows  W. 

anil  ciiiptics  into  sea  on  W.  coast. 
MASIIPE  (mail  sooh'-pay),  nat;  hamlet  in  pueblo 

of  Balaoan  (Balduang),  Union,  Luzon. 
MAT  (maht),  ver.;  town  in  Leyte,  Luzon. 
MATABAG  (mah-tah-bahg').  Tag.;  hamlet  in  Ca- 

vite,  Luzon,  20  m.  SW.  of  Cavite. 
MATABAHOC  (mah-tah-bah-hoc'),  ver.-   hamlet 

in  N  central  Slquijor  I.,  SW.  of  Bohol,  2  m. 

SE.  of  Canoan. 

MATABAL  (mah-tah-bahl'),nat.;  river  entering 
on  E.  shore  of  Illana  Bay,  SW.  of  TapiAn 
Pt.,  approaching  mouths  of  Grande  Riv.  de 
Mindanao  from  SW. 

—  river  entering  Celebes  Sea  on  W.  shore  of 

Cotabato.  Mindanao,  N.  by  E.  of  Quidapil  Pt. 

MATABXn  (mah-tah-b'ahn'),  ver.;  hamlet  on 
shore  of  Tan6n  Strait,  6  m.  NE.  of  Toledo  W 
coast  of  Cebii.  '     ' 

MATABANG  (mah-tah-bang'),  nat.;  river  of  Ne- 
gros Occidental,  emptying  into  Guimards 
Strait,  3  m.  N.  of  Bacolod. 

mountain  in  Mindoro. 

MATABAO  (mah-tah-bah'-aw),  ver.;  island  2  sq 
m.,  off  extreme  S.  of  Ticao  I.,  Masbate  grp 
yisayas,  separated  by  narrow  channel  with 
from  8  to  11  fms.  of  water. 

hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Guinobatan,  Albay 

Luz6n,  near  bank  of  Inaya  Riv. 

MATABEL  (mah-tah-bell'),  nat.:  river  emptving 
on  W.  shore  of  Cotabato,  Mindanao,  S.  of  &\ 
mouth  of  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao. 

MATABLXn  (mah-tah-blahn'),  nat.;  river  in  Lu- 
z6n. 

MATABOLIBfON  (mah-tah-boh-lee'-nohn),  nat  • 
hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Cagsaua,  Albay,  Luzon. ' 

MATACOX  (mah-tah-cohn'),ver.;  bay  on  N.  shore 
of  Pohllo  I.,  off  coast  of  Infanta," Luzon,  NW 
of  Bonleo  Bay,  and  7i  m.  E.  of  Panampalan 
Pt.  River  enters  on  8.  shore  of  bay  from  one 
of  valleys  radiating  N.  from  central  crest  of 
Malolo. 

town  in  Albay,  Luzon. 

MATAGDA  (mah-tahg-dah'),  nat.;  i.slet  N.  side  of 
entrance  to  Sorsogon  port,  off  Saklayan  Pt 
Sorsog6n,  Luz6n. 

MATAGOB  (mah-tah-gob'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  SE. 
Iloilo,  Panay,  2  m.  N.  by  E.  of  Janiuay. 

"•^^AV,*^'*"  (niah-tah-goog'),  ver.;  mountain  of 
NW.  Leyte,  3  m.  ENE.  of  San  Isidro. 

MATAGUI  (mah-tah'-geeh),  nat.;  river  in  Ambos 
Camarines  (Norte),  Luzon,  flowing  E.  of  pue- 
blo of  Capalonga  and  empties  into  sea. 

MATAGUINAO  (mah-tah-gee-now');  mountain  in 
SAmar. 

MATAHA  (mah-tah'-hah),  nat;  islet  off  W.  coast 
of  Basilan,  S.  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

MATAID(mah-tah-id'),ver.;  extinct  volcano  in  S. 
SAmar,  on  bay  shore,  4  m.  NW.  of  Balangiga. 

MATAIGAN  (mah-tah-ee'-gahn) ,  ver.;  hamlet  2  m 
inland  from  Bual,  on  S.  coast  of  Ddvao,  Min- 


MATAIN  (mah-tah-inn'),  nat.;  river  and  village 
at  its  moutli.on  NE.  shore  of  Subie  Bav,  SE. 
coa.st  (if  Zambales,  Luzon. 

JIATAIl'TXAG  (mah-tie-uht-nahg'),  Tag.;  river 
in  Batangas,  Luz6n,  rising  in  Batula  Mt., 
Sierra  de  Taytay,  unites  its  waters  with  Obis- 
po, and  empties  into  Balaydn  Bav  at  Bala  vdn, 
on  NW.  shore. 

MATAJA  (mah-tah'-hah),  ver.;  low,  flat,  wooded 
island  E.  of  Pilas  channel,  off  Baluk  I.,  W.  of 
Basilan  I.,  off  S.  coast  of  Zamboanga,  Min- 
danao. 


PORTS  MASU 


7% 


'  '  \- 


S  Doc  ZSa  57    1 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


655 


TumagaRivo   "^ 


Tilanvilajx     I 


"1  .*■       , 


^^^   ^  % 


\tdsinr/lof. 


Masinr/loh     J  tyct  •} 


r%.  " 


yf^ 


SOUTUl COAST 

Mi^SlNGT.OK   A"NCn()HA(;K 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


655 


Tumagaliivci   "* 


MASINGT.OK   ANCnORACiE 

Ti&j-  77<y.  t7„„d  yOrxja  scts  ti.tAc  SoiOhwat  a/iU  tha 
ebb  sti-cojn  Uj  Ot/:2for-dwyl^tattJi£.  sotho  hxna  etsal  Zani^ 

■N:jmlU>:.l  Mfle 


656 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDg. 


MATALA  (mah-tah'-lah),  Tag.;  hamlet  in  pueblo 
of  Ibaiin,  Batangas,  Luz6n. 

MATALilS  (mah-tah-lah'-iss),  nat.;  islet  of  Cuyos 
grp.,  Mindoro  Sea,  lat.  11°  11'  11"  N. 

MATALAN  (mah-tah'-lan),  nat.;  island  of  Cuyos 
grp.,  Mindoro  Sea,  lat.  10°  8'  N.,  Ion.  121° 
3'  39"  E. 

MATALANCi  (mah-tah-lang'),ver.;  river  in  Luz6n. 

MATALAIVTAL^N  (mah-tah-lahn-tah-lahn'),  nat.; 
point  on  W.  shore  Barrera  port,  NE.  coast  of 
Masbate. 

MATALANTAiV  (mah-tah-lahn-tahn'),  Tag.;  afflu- 
ent of  Cabiao  Riv.,  Nueva  Ecija.  Luz6n;  rises 
in  Mapi-son  Mt.,  flows  SW.,  and  unites  its 
waters  with  river  named  N.  of  pueblo  of 
San  Miguel  de  Mayumo,  in  BulacAn. 

MATALIA  (mah-tah-lee'-ah),  ver.;  island  off  W. 
coast  of  Basilan,  S.  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao, 
lat.  6°  33'  N. 

MATALOM  (mah-tah-lom'),  ver.;  pueblo  on  SW. 
coast  of  Leyte,  65  m.  SSE.  of  Tacloban  and 
20  m.  NE.  of  nearest  mainland  of  Bohol. 
Pop.,  6,146. 

MATALONDON  (mah-tah-lawn'-dohn),  ver.;  point 
on  S.  coast  of  Tayabas,  Luz6n,  lat.  13°  61' 
30"  N. 

MATALVI  (mah-tahl'-vee),  nat.;  island,  forms 
with  mainland  of  Zambales,  Luz6n,  on  S., 
Matalvi  port, 

point  at  S.  entrance  to  bay  on  coast  of 

Zambales,  Luz6n. 

port    S.    of    Masinloc,    Zambales,    Luz6n 

{see  San  Salvador  I. ) ,  formed  between  Matalvi 
I.  and  coast. 

MATAMBAO  (mah-tam-bahg'),  nat.;  hamlet  in 
NE.  Sdmar,  6  m.  S.  of  Paldpag. 

MATAMPOT  (mah-tahm-poy'),  nat.;  point  and 
creek  on  SE.  shore  of  Panguil  Bay,  SW.  end 
of  Misamis  port,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

river  emptying  on  1.  bank  of  N.  arm  of 

Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  Cotabato,  Min- 
danao, at  Cotabato.  Laghbun  creek  con- 
nects its  headwaters  at  Sambran  with  S.  arm 
of  Grande  Riv. 

MATXN  (mah-tahn'),  ver.;  town  near  bay,  E.  of 
Blanca  Pt.,  NW.  coast  of  Dapitan,  Mindanao. 

MATAXA  (mah-tah'-nah),  ver.;  river  in  Abra,  Lu- 
zon, tributary  to  Abra  from  N. 

MATANAL  (mah-tah-null') ,  ver.;  point  on  Sakol 
I.,  off  SE.  coast  of  Zamboanga  Pen.,  Min- 
danao. 

MATANANAP  (mah-tah-nah-nap'),  nat.;  hamlet 
in  pueblo  of  Tabaco,  Albay,  Luzon. 

MATANAYE  (mah-tah-nah'-yay),  nat.;  islet  W.  of 
opening  of  San  Rafael  Bay,  N.  shore  of  Basilan 
I.,  S.  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

MATANDi,  or  NAY^N  (mah-tahn-dah',  nah- 
yawn'),  Tag.;  point  on  NE.  coast  of  Mindoro, 
lat.  13°1S'N. 

MATAiVDAMATEN  (mah-tahn-dah-mah'-tayn), 
ver.;  island  off  NE.  coast  of  Ambos  Cama- 
rines  (Norte),  lat.  14°  18'  40"  N. 

MATANDAMILI  (mah-tahn-dah-mee'-lee),  ver.; 
mountain  in  Abra,  Luz6n. 

MATAADOO  (mah-tahn-dog') ,  ver.;  coast  hamlet 
and  river  in  S.  Antique,  Panay,  2  m.  N.  of 
Antique;  river  enters  bay  upon  N.  extremity 
of  which  stands  San  Jos6  de  Buenavista, 
and  on  S.  Antique. 

MATANDUMATAN  (mah-tahn-doo-mah'-tahn), 
ver.;  islet  10  m.  SE.  of  Cacbalisay,  eastern- 
most of  Calaguas  grp.,  and  25  m.  NE.,  off  coast 
of  Ambos  Camarines  (Norte),  Luzon.  Mid- 
way between  this  island  and  Cacbalisay  are 
2  rocky  islets  charted,  but  unnamed. 

miXANG  (mah'-tang),  nat.;  hamlet  in  pueblo  of 
Siilat,  Stoiar,  on  E.  coast  on  bank  of  river 
near  its  mouth. 

MATAJJGAHA  (mah-tahn-gah-hah'),  ver.;  small 
N.  tributary  of  Ulut  Riv.,  S4mar. 


MATANGAL  (mah-tan-gahl'),  nat.;  extreme  E. 
point  of  Basilan  I.  of  that  group,  off  S.  coast  of 
Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  projecting  into  Ce- 
lebes Sea,  with  Caulan  forms  large  bay;  coun- 
try above  this  point  rises  to  mountain  2,136  ft. 
high. 

mountain  in  Basilan  I.,  off  S.  coast  of  Zam- 
boanga, Mindanao. 

MATAQUI  (mah-tah'-key),  nat.;  river  in  Ambos 
Camarines  (Norte),  rising  N.  of  pueblo  of 
Capaloiiga  and  empties  E.  of  town  of  that 
name. 

MATAKABIS  fmah-tah-rah'-bees),  ver.;  islet  457 
ft.  high,  of  Cuyos  grp.,  Mindoro  Sea,  12^  m.  E. 
of  Agutaya. 

MATARIJi'AO  (mah-tah-ree-now'),  ver.;  point  on 
E.  side  of  a  bay  in  SE.  S^mar  in  pueblo  of 
Quinapundan. 

hamlet  on  N.  shore  of  SE.  extreme  of  S&- 

mar,  6j  m.  NE.  of  Quinapundan. 

MATASXABAYAN  (mah  -  tass  -  nah  -  bah'-  yahn) , 
Tag.;  hamlet  in  Batangas,  Luzon,  in  pueblo 
and  on  shore  of  BalayAn  Bay,  SW.  coast. 

MATATA\GIL  (mah-tah-tahn-heel').  Tag.;  point 
on  Balay&n  Bay,  SW.  coast  of  Batangas, 
Luz6n. 

MATATIAX  (mah-tah-tee'-ahn),  nat.;  affluent  of 
Chico  de  la  Pampanga  Riv.,  Pampanga, 
Luz6n. 

MATATIXDOG  (mah-tah-tin-dog'),  ver.;  river  in 
SW.  Negros  Oriental. 

MATAYA  (mah-tah-yah'),  nat.;  island  2k  m.  SE. 
of  Dinaran  I.,  off  E.  coast  of  Busuanga  I.,  Ca- 
lamianes  grp.,  off  NE.  coast  Paragua,  Pala- 
wan. 

MATAYAXAY  (mah-tah-yah'-ni),  ver.;  tributary 
of  Glubang  Riv.,  NE.  coast  Negros  Occidental. 

MATAYdX  (mah-tah-yohn'),  nat.;  point  on  E. 
shore  of  narrow  peninsula  forming  E.  shore 
of  Cataingan  Bay,  SE.  shore  Masbate,  Visayas. 

MATI  (mah'-tee),  ver.;  .small  town  of  DAvao, 
Mindanao,  standing  in  wide  prairie  land  sur- 
rounded by  picturesque  scenery.  Has  fine 
supply  of  excellent  water;  surrounding  coun- 
trv,  however,  is  but  little  cultivated.  Pop., 
600. 

pueblo  on  N.  shore  of  Pujada  Bay,  E.  coast 

of  D4vao,  Mindanao.  Small  creek,  3^  m.  ESE. 
of  Mati,  leads  to  isthmus  40  yds.  wide  separat- 
ing bays  of  Pujada  and  Mayo.  At  this  point 
natives  have  portage  where  they  haul  their 
canoes  across  neck  of  land  and  launch  them 
in  INIavo  Bay.  Steamers  from  Zamboanga  and 
Polloc  make  Mati  point  of  call  on  their  voy- 
ages. 

MATIAO  (mah-tee-ah'-oh),  nat.;  anchorage  and 
river  on  NE.  shore  of  D^vao  Bay,  opposite 
S&mal  I.,  in  DAvao,  Mindanao,  21  m.  E.  of 
Ddvao. 

hamlet  on  E.  shore  of  Ddvao  Gulf,  DAvao, 

Mindanao,  opposite  Sdmal  I. 

river  entering  on  N.  Shore  of  Pujada  Bay, 

SE.  coast  of  DAvao,  Mindanao. 

MATIGBOC  (mah-tig-boc'),  ver.;  river  in  Bohol, 
Visayas. 

MATIGUM  (mah-tee'-goom).  Tag.;  stream  in  La- 

guna,  Luzon,  emptying  into  Laguna  de  Bay, 

W.  of  pueblo  of  Mabitac. 
MATILINQUITAN  (mah-tee-leen-key'-tahn),  ver.; 

hamiet  on  tributary  of  Pulangui  Riv.,  in  SE. 

Misamis,  Mindanao. 

JLATILOC  (mah-tee-loc'),  ver.;  one  of  outlying  S. 
elevations  of  SW.  spur  of  Gran  Cordillera 
Central,  9  m.  SW.  of  Bangued  and  on  line  of 
boundary  between  Abra  and  Ilocos  Sur,  E.  of 
Tetas  de  Santa. 

MATIMUS  (mah-tee'-moos),  ver.;  point  at  end  of 
narrow  projection  in  lllana  Bay  N.  of  Tuga- 
pang  Pt.,  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

inlet  in  S.  Mindanao. 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


657 


5IATI>'A  (mah-tee'-nah),  ver.;  pueblo  on  W.  shore 
of  D^vao  Gulf,  5  m.  W.  of  D&vao,  Mindanao. 

MAT1>'A0  (mah-tee-now'),  ver.;  mountain  in  SE. 
Leyte. 

MATIlfiJAO  (mah-ting-ah'-oh),  ver.;  mountain  in 
SW.  Leyte. 

JIATI>'GUB  (mah-teen-goob),nat.;  island  off  NE. 
coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao. 

bav  on  SE.  shore  of  island  of  same  name 

off  NE.  coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao. 

port  on  island  of  same  name,  off  NE.  coast 

of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  formed  by  island  in 
vicinity,  and  well  protected  from  NE.  andSE. 

MATI>LOC  (mah-tin-loc'),  ver.;  island  fornyid  of 
narrow  ridge  of  limestone,  4^  m.  in  length  N. 
and  S.,  at  entrance  to  Bacuit  Bay,  W.  coast  of 
Paragua,  Palawan;  Horn,  1,250  ft.,  rises  in  cen- 
ter and  resembles  its  name;  Bacuit  Bay  on  E. 
side.     (Also  Peiion,  Matinloc.) 

MATITIG,  or  3IAT1CTIC  (mah-tee-tig',  mah-tick- 
tick').  Tag.;  hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Angat,  Bu- 
lacAn,  Luz6n. 

5IATITIT  (mah-tee-teef).  Tag.;  river  in  Tayabas, 
Luzon,  rising  in  S.  elevations  of  Marayat  Mts., 
flows  SSE.  and  unites  its  waters  mth  Purin 
Riv. 

MATITIXAO  (mah-tee-tee'-now),  ver.;  creek  in 
W.  Cebii. 

MAT>'AO  (mat-now');  river  in  S.  central  Simar, 
rising  but  11  m.  NE.  of  Catbalogan,  on  W. 
coast,  flows  NE.,  receiving  many  tributaries, 
and  empties  into  Pacific  Ocean  on  E. 

MATNOG  (mat-nog'),  ver.;  pueblo  in  extreme  SE. 
part  of  Sorsogon,  Luzon,  44  m.  SE.  of  Albay. 
Pop.,  3,745.     (See  Magnok,  p.  623.) 

open  bay  N.  of  Colasi  Pt.,  lat.  12°  31'  30"  N., 

Ion.  124°  6'  45"  E.,  on  E.  shore  of  San  Bernar- 
dino Strait,  Sorsogon,  Luzon,  opposite  Ticlin  I. 

MATOCO  (mah-toh-eoh'}.  Tag.;  mountain  in  Ba- 
tiingas,  Luz6n,  on  S.  coast  and  forms  point  of 
same  name. 

point  on  S.  coast  of  Batangas,  Luz6n,  and 

forms  E.  head  to  bay  of  Batangas. 

'-  point  E.  headland  to  Batangas  Bay,  Batan- 
gas, Luz6n;  high  and  wooded.  Shores  are 
covered  with  palo  maria,  tree  of  order  Gutti- 
ferse,  which  yields  valuable  gum. 

MATONDO  (mah-tohn-doh'),nat.;  hamlet  in  pue- 
blo of  MagAlang,  Pampanga,  on  bank  of  river 
of  same  name. 

MATOXOC  (mah-toh-noek'),  nat.;  mountain  in  S. 
central  Bohol,  7  m.  N.  of  Valencia,  on  coast. 

MA.TOPA  (mah-toh'-pah),  nat.;  hamlet  10  m.  S.  of 
Mondrag6n,  Sdmar. 

MATOBA>AX  (mah-toh-rah'-nahn),  ver.;  hamlet 
on  W.  shore  of  Samar,  1  m.  S.  of  mouth  of  Bac- 


MATOS  (mah'-tohs),  Sp.;  point  on  Papahag  I.,  in 
approach  to  Bongao  I.,  Ta^ri  Tawigrp.,  Sulu  A. 

MATSAM  (mat-sahm'),  ver.;  river  in  AmbosCama- 
rines  (Sur),  Luzon,  rising  in  Isarog  Mts.,  and 
under  several  names  pursues  E.  course  emp- 
tying into  Lagonoy  Bay. 

MATUBIBOG  (mah-too-bah'-rohg),  nat.;  point  on 
N.  coast  of  Sdmar  in  pueblo  of  Pambujan. 

MATCBUG  (mah-too'-boog),  ver.;  bay  in  Cotabato, 
Mindanao.    (See  Maliibug.) 

SIATIIBUL  (mah-too'-bool),  nat.:  river  on  SW. 
coast  of  Cotabato,  Mindanao,  emptying  into 
bay  of  Illana. 

MATU«UiNAO(mah-too-gee-now') ;  hamlet  and  re- 
mains of  military  station  and  nipa  shacks 
built  for  troops  in  summer  of  1901,  on  1.  bank 
of  Matuguinao  branch  of  Gandara  Riv.,  8  m. 
by  river  above  Tivaran,  Sdmar. 

mountain  of   considerable   height   in    N. 

Sdmar. 


MATCLIMOG  (i 

Cebu. 


-too-lee-mog'),  ver  ;  point  in 


MAirLIX  (mah-too'-lin),  nat.;  island  3  m.  ENE. 
of  Yot  Pt.,  Catanduanes  I.,  NE.  of  Albay,  Lu- 
E6n,  center  of  dangerous  reef  2  m.  in  diameter. 

MATUMAHIIAX  (mah-tooh-mah-hoo'-ahn),  nat.; 
islet  in  entrance  to  port  of  Sorsogdn,  Sorsog6n, 
Luz6n. 

MATl'Jiri  (mah- too-moot'),  ver.;  river  in  Luz6n. 

MAlf  X  (mah-toon'),  nat.;  bend  in  Upper  Grande 
Riv.  of  Mindanao,  2  m.  above  Tumbao,  Cota- 
bato, Mindanao,  at  point  division  of  main 
stream  into  2  branches. 

MATING  (mah-toong'),  ver.;  point  in  Leyte. 

MATCXtiAO  (mah-toong-ah'-oh),  ver.;  mountain 
in  NW.  Leyte. 

hamlet  in  pueblo  of   Bulacta,  Bulacdn, 

Luz6n. 

MATl'XGO  (mah-toong-oh'),  Tag.;  N.  headland 
of  Little  Tabin  Bay,  leading  to  San  Isidro,  in 
NW.  Leyte. 

MATUXTtiX  (mah-toon-toon'_).  Tag.;  mountain 
and  point  in  island  of  Biliran,  off  NW.  coast 
of  Leyte. 

MATUTIXAO  (mah-too-tee-now') ,  ver.;  town  on 
E.  shore  of  Tan6n  Strait,  W.  coast  of  Cebii, 
and  river  at  mouth  of  which  it  is  situated, 
49  m.  SW.  of  Cebii. 

MATCTIXDOG  (mah-too-tin-dog'),  ver.;  point  on 
SW.  coast  of  Negros  Occidental,  9  m.  S.  of 
Inayauan.  Steep,  with  flat  crown,  and  is  .sur- 
rounded by  rocks,  one  of  which  has  appear- 
ance of  vessel  under  sail. 

MATIJTOM  (mah-too'-toom),  ver.;  shore  series  of 
elevations  which  leave  lofty  Dicalungan 
range  where  it  turns  to  W.  and  pursuing  NE. 
course  35  m.  end  on  S.  shore  of  Casilaran  Bay, 
inlet  of  Ddvao  Gulf.  This  mountain  with 
Apo  range,  to  point  of  junction  with  Matu- 
tum  and  Dicalungan  ranges,  forms  narrow 
pocket  which  drains  into  Davao  Gulf  between 
SAmal  I.  and  Casilaran  Bay.  Main  summit 
lies  22  m.  N.  of  Sarangani  Bay  on  S.  coast  of 
Mindanao,  is  very  high  and  can  be  seen  at 
great  distance. 

extinct  volcano  N.  of  bay  of  Sarangani, 

DAvao,  Mindanao,  near  sea,  lat.  6°  11'  N.,  Ion. 
125°  10'  E. 

aiATUTAX  (mah-tooh'-yan),  nat.;  point  on  N. 
coast  of  CagayAn,  Luz6n. 

ilAUA  (mah'-wah),  nat.;  village  on  NE.  shore  of 
Siasi  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

MAUAXAX  (mah-wah'-nan),  ver.;  hamlet  in 
pueblo  of  MaUueg,  in  Cagaydn,  Luz6n,  21 
m.  NNW.  of  Tuguegarao,  near  banks  of 
Chico  de  Cagaydn  Riv. 

MAUBiX  (mah-oo-bahn').  Tag.;  anchorage  on 
NE.  coast  of  Lamon  Bav,  Tayabas,  Luzon,  lat. 
14°  11'  24"  N.,  Ion.  121°  48' 48"  E.,  formed  by 
Alabat  and  Cabalete  Is.,  and  affording  shel- 
tered harbor  of  good  holding  ground. 

pueblo  situated  in  NE.  corner  of  Tayabas, 

Luz6n,  on  Pacific  coast,  17  m.  NE.  of  Tayabas, 
in  midst  of  deep  ravines  and  masses  of  lava 
at  foot  of  Majavjay  range,  in  midst  of  vege- 
tation of  great  beauty.  Town  lies  opposite 
island  of  Alabad.  Road  from  Lucbin  to 
Maubdn  winds  along  Mupon  Riv.,  with  ter- 
raced rice  fields  on  either  .side,  and  occasional 
forests,  trees  of  which  are  covered  with 
anoides  and  creeping  ferns,  among  them  An- 
giopteris,  Pandanas  and  large  varietj-  of  fan 
palms.     Pop.,  9,278. 

MAUCALIAX  (mah-oo-cah-lee'-ahn),  ver.;  hamlet 
in  Pampanga,  Luzon,  9  m.  NW.  of  Bacolor. 

MAIIS  (mah'-wiss),  ver.;  island  E.  of  Mindanao. 

SIAllLA  (mah-oo'-lah) ,  Ter.;  hamlet  of  Nueva 
Vizcaya,  Luz6n,  near  W.  bank  of  Magat 
Riv.,  "ll  m.  NE.  of  Bayombong,  near  main 
through  highway. 

SIACLAXA  (mah-oo-lah'-nah),  nat.;  cove  on  NW. 
shore  of  Lapac  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

MAULAXAT  (mow-lah-nahf),  nat.;  islet  off  coast 
of  Ambos  Camarines  (Norte),  Luzon. 


S.  Doc.  280 42 


658 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


MAIILINOON  (mah-oo-ling-ohn'),  nat.;  point  on 
NE.  side  of  bay  of  same  name  on  extreme 
NW.  shore  of  Nin  Bay,  W.  coast  of  Masbate, 
Visayas. 

MAIJLUN  (mah-oo'-loon),  nat.;  hamlet  on  W. 
shore  of  Sflmar,  2  m.  NW.  of  Catbalogan. 

point  W.  coa.st  of  SAmar,  opposite  Buri  I., 

NW.  of  Catbalogan. 

MAUmXuN  (mah-oo-mah'-oon),  ver.;  islet  8^  m. 
NW.  of  ITbay,  NE.  coast  of  Bohol. 

MAUNXn  (mah-oo-nahn'),ver.;  town  in  CagayAn, 
Luz6n. 

MAUNON  (mow'-nohn),  nat.;  island  in  small  bay 
S.  shore  Us6n  I.,  off  S.  coast  Busuanga  I., 
Calamianes  grp.,  in  sea  channel  between 
Mindoro  and  Paragua,  Palawan. 

MAUO,  or  MOBO  (mah'-oo-oh,  moh-boh'),  ver.: 
river  and  hamlet  at  its  month,  4  m.  NW.  of 
Canuguaion  Pt.,  in  NW.  SAraar.  River  is 
fed  by  beautiful  waterfall,  }  m.  from  its 
mouth,  which  can  be  reached  by  boat,  and 
flows  from  valley  between  2  high  hills  of 
black  rock.  Shores  are  covered  by  trees  of 
nipa  palm.  River  is  100  yds.  wide  at  mouth. 
,  Also  affords  good  anchorage  for  vessels  draw- 
ing 9  ft.  and  not  more  than  140  ft.  long. 
Driftwood  from  river  is  dangerous  in  storms. 
2  fms.  may  be  carried  to  falls,  1  m.  Vessels 
of  1,000  tons  anchor  in  10  and  7  fms. 

MAUKANO  (mah-oo-rah'-noh),  ver.;  hamlet  in 
Albay,  Luzon,  9  m.  W.  of  Albay. 

MAUBARO  (mo  w-rah'-roh ) ,  nat. ;  hamlet  in  pueblo 
of  Guinobatan,  Albay,  Luz6n. 

MAtfRU  (mah-oo'-roo),  nat.;  islet  off  NE.  shore 
of  Balut  I.,  Sarangani  Is.,  S.  of  Mindanao. 

MAUSASAL  (mah-oo-sah-sal');  ver.;  hamlet  2  m. 
E.  of  Tagbilaran,  on  S.  coast  of  Bohol. 

MAUYOC  (mah-oo-yock'),  ver.;  mountain  on  r. 
bank  of  Yubasan  Riv.,  9  m.  S.  W.  of  Sulat,  E. 
SAmar. 

MAVXCAT  (mah-vah'-caht).  Tag.;  mountain  in 
extreme  NE.  of  Batiingas,  Luz6n,  forming 
boundary  in  part  between  that  province  and 
Laguna. 

MAVOTAS  (mah-voh'-tass),  Tag.;  river  in  Taya- 
bas,  Luz6n,  emptying  on  S.  coast. 

MAY,  for.;  river  in  Leyte,  flowing  E.  and  divid- 
ing into  2  arms;  empties  into  sea  on  E.  coast. 

MAYA  (mah'-yah),nat.;  town  on  inland  of  Ibayat 
of  Batanes  grp.  Situated  in  region  of  great 
fertility.  Near  by  are  valuable  forests  of  rich 
cabinet  wood,  but  little  lumber  useful  for 
buildings  grows  on  island.    Pop.,  1,080. 

hamlet  on  coast  road,  E.  Leyte,  6  m.  N.  of 

Abviyog. 

river  in  Leyte  31  m.,  rises  in  lake  Bito, 

empties  in  Pacific  Ocean,  7  m.  N.  of  Abilyog, 
E.  coast. 

MAYABACAN  (mah-vah-bah'-cahn),  ver.;  (Goat) 
N.  island,  380  ft.  high,  on  E.  .side  of  Cook  chan- 
nel, NNE.  2i  m.  from  South  Channel  I.,  off 
coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

MAYABANO  (mah-yah-bah'-noh),  ver.;  river 
emptying  on  S.  coast  of  Negros  Oriental. 
(See  Mond6n.) 

MAYABO    (mah-yah-boh'),   ver.;    hamlet   on    r. 

bank  of  Abra  Riv.  at  mouth  of  Ulip,  in  Abra, 

Luz6n,  20  m.  SSE.  of  Bangued. 
river  in  Tayabas,   Luz6n,  passing  SE.  of 

pueblo  of  Pitogo,  empties  into  sea  on  SW. 

coast,  near  that  town. 

MAYAlVtJA  (mah-yahng'-ah),  ver.;  island  in  Sribic 
Bay,  Zambales,  Luz6n. 

MAYAN  HAC  (mah-yahn-hack');  mountain  in 
Leyte. 

MAYANPAYAN  (mah-yahn-pah'-yahn),  nat.;  is- 
land off  S.  shore  Busuanga  I.,  Calamianes  grp., 
in  sea  channel  between  Mindoro  and  Para- 
gua, Palawan. 


MAYAMOC  (mah-yahn-tock'),  nat.;  mountain  in  i, 
W.  Zambales,  Luzon.  | 

Mj(YAO  (mah'-yah-oh).  Tag.;  small  river  on  SE.  ^ 
coast  of  Tayabas,  Luzon,  emptying  into  Taya-  ' 
has  Bay. 

MAYASAS  (mah-yah'-sass),  ver.;  village  on  W. 
shore  of  Pusgo  Bay,  Tayabas,  Luzon. 

bay  5  m. deep  to  NW.,  on  W.  coast  of  Ragay 

Gulf,  Tayabas,  Luz6n,  near  Pusgo  Bay. 

MAYAT<i  (mah-yah-toh'),  ver.;  point  on  W.  shore 
of  deep  estuary,  on  S.  coast  of  Leyte. 

MAYBANCO  (my-bahn'-coh),  ver.;  mountain  in 
SW.  Antique,  Panay,  in  line  of  boundary 
with  Iloilo. 

MAYBATO  (my-bah-toh'),  nat.;  hamlet  on  W. 
coast  of  Antique,  Panay,  1  m.  E.  of  San  JosO 
de  Buenavista. 

MAYBINGAG  (my-been-gahg'),  nat.;  hamlet  in 
pueblo  of  Jfambujan,  SAmar,  on  N.  coast. 

MAYCALBiN  (my-cal-bahn'),  ver.;  hamlet  in 
central  Sdmar,  9  m.  E.  of  Gdndara. 

MAYCAP  (my-cahp').  Tag.;  lake  S.  of  CalAuang, 
in  Laguna,  Luzon.  From  its  N.  side  may  be 
seen,  to  NE.,  peak  of  San  Cri.stobal.  Banks 
are  sometimes  80  ft.  high.  Small  sluices  sup- 
ply a  canal.  Surrounding  soil  consists  of 
rapilli  and  lava,  covered  with  forests. 

MAYDAY  (my-die'),  ver.;  bay  3^  m.  wide  at  en- 
trance, between  Cabalaiias  and  Cacbolo  Is., 
and  5i  m.  in  length,  on  NW.  coast  of  Para- 
gua, Palawan,  more  convenient  anchorage 
for  wood  and  water  than  any  to  S. 

MAYDOLAN  (my-doh'-lahn),  ver.;  hamlet  on  S. 
shore  of  bay,  on  E.  coast  of  SAmar,  5  m.  NW. 
of  Lanang. 

MAY-Dt!LUNO  (my-doo'-loong),  nat.;  hamlet  in 
pueblo  of  Laoang,  SAmar,  near  E.  coast. 

MAYDUUJI  (my-dooh'-oohn),  nat.;  island  nearE. 
coast  of  SAmar,  SE.  of  Burujan  Pt.,  and  N.  of 
AgdaAn  I. 

MAY  J  AN  (my'-hahn),  nat.;  town  on  E.  shore  of 
Sorsogon  port,  Sorsogon,  Luz6n,  at  mouth  of 
Albiiyog  Riv.,  3  m.  SE.  of  Sorsogon. 

MAYLEC  (my-leck'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Lepanto, 
Luzon.     Pop.,  164. 

MAYLIGBAO  (my-lig-bah'-oh),  ver.;  hamlet  on  E. 
coast  of  SAmar,  2  m.  SE.  of  Tubig. 

MAYLLAGUE  (my-lyah'-gay),  ver.;  point  on  E. 
coast  of  Mindoro,  22  m.  S.  by  W.  of  Dumali  Pt. 

MAYMAGUl  (my-mah'-gee),  ver.;  mountain  in  W. 
range  of  Antique,  Panay,  at  headwaters  of 
Cangaranan  Riv. 

MAYNAGA  (my-nah'-gah).  Tag.;  inlet  on  S.  coast 
of  Batangas,  Luz6n,  on  shore  of  larger  bay  of 


MiYNlT  (my'-nit),  nat.;  lake  10|  m.  N.  and 
S.  and  75  m.  E.  and  W.  in  extreme  N.  part 
of  Surigao,  Mindanao.  Lies  considerably 
elevated  above  seacoast  4i  m.  to  W.  and 
among  some  of  highest  peaks  of  coast  range 
of  N.  Mindanao,  among  them  Tendido  Peak, 
3,251  ft.  high,  11  m.  to  NW.;  Mt.  Legaspi. 
3,883  ft.,  9  m.  E.  by  S., and  another  peak  over- 
looking lake  on  W.,  1,115  ft.  high.  Lake  finds 
outlet  on  S.  border  through  Tubal  Riv.  5 
towns  besides  considerable  rural  population 
on  its  shores. 

pueblo  on  N.  shore  of  lake  of  that  name  in 

Surigao,  Mindanao,  23^  m.  S.  by  E.  of  Suri- 
gao.   Pop.,  4,550. 

MAYO  (mah'-yoh),  Sp.;  bay  of  6  m.  front  on  Pa- 
cific coast  of  Mindanao,  between  Tugubun 
Pt.  and  Lamigan,  and  trending  8^  m.  inland, 
in  extreme  N.  part  of  DAvao,  boundary  be- 
tween it  and  Surigao  abutting  on  Pacific 
Ocean  at  Tugubun,  N.  head  of  bay.  Over- 
looking its  SW.  shore  is  peak  858  ft.  high  on 
small  peninsula  separating  that  bay  from 
Pujada  Bay  on  SW. 

mountain  in  SE.  Mindanao. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


659 


-,       :  LUZn>-  r.-E.\ST  COAST  J,   ^ 

Wk  MAUBAN  BAY     '-    ,^^^  */^^ 


^^FH^ 


r 


L^^l^i^^££^ 


-t.afe.  '^2 .  ^      — \ 


AJfOV         SAl 


660 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


MAYO,  point  SW.  of  BanHki  Pt.,  S.  coast  of  Taya- 
bas,  Luz6n. 

MAYiijf,  or  TfBIG  (mah-yohn',  too'-beeg),  nat.; 
hamlet  on  extreme  SE.  coast  of  Negros  Ori- 
ental, 4  m.  NE.  of  ZamboangTiita,  at  mouth 
of  Maytiibig  Riv. 

river  in  Cdpiz,  Panay,  rising  in  N.  foothills 

of  Agotayan  Mt.,  flows  NW.,  entering  Mali- 
nannang  Riv.  3j  m.  below  May6n,  at  its  sud- 
den deflection  N. 

volcano  in  N.  part  of  Albay,  Luz6n,  in  lat. 

13°  15'  30"  N.  and  Ion.  123°  40'  18"  E.  Most 
notable  of  all  volcanoes  of  archipelago,  rising 
from  center  of  great  plain  to  height  of  8,274  ft. 
above  sea  level.    (See  Albay  Volcano.) 

to%vn  in  CApiz,  Panay,  on  1.  bank  of  May6n 

Riv.,  10  m.  S.  of  C4piz,  3i  m.  above  its  junc- 
tion with  Malinannang  Riv. 

MAT6n,  CUESTA  DE  (coo-ess'-tah  day  mah- 
yohn'),  Hisp.;  peak  2,132  ft.  high  in  W.  range 
of  Antique,  Panay,  in  line  of  boundary  be- 
tween Antique  and  Uoilo,  11|  m.  E.  of  Si- 
Italom. 

MAY0>'d6n  (mah-yohn-dawn'),  Tag.;  point  on 
N.  shore  of  Laguna  de  Bay,  Laguna,  Luz6n,  N. 
of  pueblo  of  Los  Baiios. 

MAYOXTOC  (mah-yohn-tock'),  Tag.;  hamlet  in 
/       Bulacdn,  Luzon,  28  m.  N.  of  Bulacto. 

SIAYORGA  (mah-yor'-gah),  Sp.;  hamlet  on  coast 
road,  E.  Leyte,  8  m.  S.  of  Dulag. 

MAYOYAO  (mah-yo-yah'-oh),  ver.;  mountain  of 
Bontoc,  Luz6n,  in  transverse  range  which 
extends  E.  from  Gran  Cordillera  Central  and 
divides  water.«heds  of  Grande  de  Cagay&n 
Riv.  and  Magat  tributary  of  that  stream. 
Bontoc  lies  10  m.  NW. 

MAYPAXDA  (my-pahn-dah'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  pue- 
blo of  Borongan,  near  E.  shore  of  SAmar,  2 
m.  N.  of  Borongan. 

aiAYPILIT  (my-pee'-lit) ,  nat.;  stream  in  SAmar, 
NW.  of  Mt.  Paric  and  tributary  to  Ulut  Riv. 

MAYRAIRA  (my-rah-ee'-rah),  ver.;  point  20  m. 
NE.  of  Cape  Bojeador,  most  N.  land  of  Ilocos 
Norte.  Island  of  Formosa  lies  due  N.  about 
85°,  or  about  ;^40  st.  m.  W.  or  China  Sea  coast 
of  Luz6n  here  begins  to  trend  to  SW. 

MAYSfLAO  (my-soo'-lah-oh),  Tag.;  hamlet  in 
pueblo  of  Calumpit,  Bulac&n,  Luz6n. 

MAYTIAGUID  (my-tee-ah-geed');  hamletonW.or 
channel  side  of  island  of  same  name,  16  m. 
NNE.  of  Taytay,  Paragua,  Palawan. 

Island  8  by  4  ra.  in  extent,  area  24  sq.  m., 

close  to  NE.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan,  form- 
ing E.  shore  of  Silanga  Bay,  and  between 
Taytay  Bay  on  S.  and  Aletas  de  Tiburon  or 
Shark's  Fin  Bay  on  N.,  connected  by  narrow 
channel  between  it  and  mainland".  Castle 
Peak  Pen.  forms  SE.  portion.  Hamlet  of 
same  name  is  on  SW.  shore. 

MAYTIOBAO  (my-teeg-bah'-oh),  nat.;  hamlet  in 
pueblo  of  Sulat,  SSmar,  on  E.  coast. 

MAYTO  (my'-toh),  Tag.;  hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Ca- 
lumpit, Bulaein,  Luzon. 

MAYT^BIG  (my-too'-big),  nat.;  river  rising  in 
Magasao  Mt.,  SE.  Negros  Oriental,  and 
empties  into  sea  at  Mayon  hamlet,  4  m.  NE. 
of  Zamboanguita. 

MAYTI'N,  or  MAYTUM  (my-toon',  my-toom'). 
nat.;  hamlet  in  W.  Bohol,  6  m.  E.  by  N.  of 
Catigbian. 

MAYl'GA  (mah-yoo'-gah),  ver.;  point  in  SE.  Ley- 
te, on  E.  shore  of  bay,  4  m.  SE.  of  S6god 
Antiguo. 

MATUSA>'  (mah-yoo'-sahn),  Tag.;  hamlet  in  Ca- 
vite,  Luz6n,  14  m.  SE.  of  Cavite. 

MATL'T  {mah-yoot'),ver.;  river  in  Laguna,  Luz6n, 
rising  at  foot  of  Majayjay  Mt.,  takes  N.  direc- 
tion through  pueblo  of  Majayjay  and  empties 
into  Pagsanjftn  Riv. 

MAZADU  (mah-zah'-doo) ,  nat.;  mountain  in  Abra, 
Luzon. 


MAZADU,  hamlet  at  foot  of  mountain  of  same 

name,  in  Abra,  Luz6n. 
MEABE   (may-ah'-bay),  ver.;   mineral  spring  in 

Benguet, "Luzon. " 
MEADE,  for.;  river  entering  Halsey  Harbor  on 

N  W.  coast  of  Culi6n  I. ,  Calamianes  grp. ,  China 

MEAHOB  (may-ah-ho^vr'),  ver.;  peak  3  m.  E.  of 
Tagbilaran,  on  extreme  S.  shore  of  Bohol. 

MEAXDEB,  for.;  reef  in  Sulu  Sea,  64  m.  ENE.  of 
Manuk  Manka  islet  of  St.  Michael  grp.  About 
31^  m.  ESE.  are  rocks  "as  large  as  boats." 
Parallel  of  lat.  7°  40'  and  meridian  of  Ion. 
119°  35'  E.,  forming  SW.  angle  in  line  of 
boundary  of  U.  S.  Philippine  possessions,  in- 
tersect 23J  m.  SSW.  of  these  "rocks,"  which 
consist  of  Sand  Cav,  180  yds  WSW.  and  ESE., 
50  yds.  wide  and  6  ft.  high,  in  lat.  8°  7'  W., 
Ion.  119°  18'  50"  E.  It  is  frequented  by  im- 
mense numbers  of  sea  birds. 

MEABA  (may-ah'-rah),  ver.;  i.slet  in  N.  waters  of 
Honda  Bay,  E.  coast  of  Palawan. 

MEDAPA  (may-dah-pah'),  nat.;  hamlet  in  Cota- 
bato,  Mindanao,  lat.  6°  .32'  N.,  Ion.  124°  38' 
29"  E. 

MEDELANDT  (may-day-lah-noof),  ver.;  moun- 
tain in  NE.  Leyte,  5  m.  SSE.  of  Babatugon. 

MEDELLIN  (may-day-lyeen'),Sp.;  pueblo  on  NW. 
coast  of  Cebii,  58  m.  N.  of  Cebu.    Pop.,  8,221. 

MEDINA  (may-dee'-nah),  Sp.;  hamlet  at  mouth 
of  Lutay  Riv.,  E.  coast  of  Negros  Oriental, 
3  m.  S.  of  Tayasan. 

inland  hamlet  in  CApiz,  Panay,  5  m.  SW. 

of  Maliuao. 

hamlet  on  bight  between  Diuata  and  Si- 

paea  Pts.,  on  N.  coast  of  Misamis,  Mindanao, 
40  m.  NNE.  of  Cagaydn  de  Misamis. 

MEDIO,  DEL  (davlmav'-deeoh),  Sp.;  island  1  m. 
long  NNW.  and  SSE.,  li  m.  W.  of  Escarceo 
Pt.,  off  N.  coast  of  Mindoro.  Lies  on  N.  side 
of  entrance  to  Galera  port,  and  has  24  ft.  at 
less  than  1  cable  (720  ft.)  from  shore.  AtN. 
is  great  tide  race. 

MEENIS  ( may-ay '-nis),  ver.;  islet  in  Sulu  grp., 
Sulu  A.,  lat.  6°7'30"N. 

MEIBALI  (mav-ee-bah'-leeh),  nat.;  mountain  in 
Ilocos  Norte,  Luzon,  lat.  18°  3'  30"  N. 

MELCHOB  (mell-chor'),Sp.;  i.sland  of  Tres  Reyes 
grp.,  SW.  of  Marinduque. 

MELIAJJ  (may-lee-ahn'),  ver.;  river  in  Batangas, 
Luzon,  flowing  W.  and  emptying  into  bay  of 
Batangas. 

MELILLA  (may-lee-lyah'),Sp.;  town  inland  from 
Pt.  Tagabulin,  on  W.  shore  of  Da,vao  Gulf, 
D&vao,  Mindanao,  26  m.  SW.  by  S.  of  Ddvao. 

MELVILLE,  for.;  cape  at  S.  extreme  of  Baldbac  I. 
From  octagonal  tower  90  ft.  high,  1^  m. 
NW.  of  this  cape,  is  exhibited  at  elevation  of 
297  ft.  above  sea  flash  light  everj'  20  seconds, 
visible  from  S.  63°  W.  through  N.  to  S.  32°  E. 
from  distance  of  28  m.;  beacon,  as  it  were,  of 
American  institutions  toward  the  islands  and 
regions  of  Indian  Sea.  United  States  gun- 
boat Isla  de  Luzon  touched  at  cape  June  18, 
1900,  while  on  cruise. 

MENDEZXti^EZ  (men'-dayth  noo'-nyayth),  Sp.: 
pueblo  in  Cavite,  Lu26n,  24  m.  S.  of  Cavite. 
Pop.,  3,745. 

MEXGANILLA  (men-gah-nee'-lyah),  Sp.;  hamlet 
in  SW.  part  of  Concepci6n,  Iloilo,  Panay,  4i 

m.  S.  of  Lemery. 

MEXOB  (mav-nor'),  Sp.;  islet  in  China  Sea,  off 
W.  coast  of  Mindoro,  2i  m.  ENE.  of  Apo 
islet. 

MEOLMEOL  (mav-ohl-may-ohl'),  ver.;  point  on 
W.  coast  of  Sdmar,  lat.  12°  34'  20"  N. 

MERCEDES  (mayr-thay'-days),  Sp.;  town  10  m. 
inland  on  r.  bank  of  riv"er  emptying  into  bay 
on  E.  coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  188  m.  SSK. 
of  Surigao. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


661 


MERCEDES,  town  on  S.  shore  of  deep  inlet  of 
Casilaran  Bay,  in  SW.  angle  of  DAvao  Gulf, 
DAvao,  Mindanao,  33^  m.  S.  by  W.  of  Ddvao. 

hamlet  at  headwaters  of  one  of  branches  of 

Ibajay  Riv.,  CApiz,  Panay. 

pueblo  on  W.  shore  of  extreme  SE.  projec- 
tion of  SAmar,  72^  m.  SE.  of  Catbalogan.  At 
this  point  extreme  SE.  neck  of  SAmar  is  but 
2  m.  from  sea  to  sea.    Pop.,  3,068. 

hamlet  on  N.  side  of  mouth  of  Antiguas 

Riv.,  on  W.  shore  of  Sdmar,  2  m.  NW.  of  Cat- 
balogan. 

MEUEIRA  (may-ray'-ee-rah),  Sp.;  point  on  N. 
coast  of  Ilocos  Norte,  Luz6n,  formed  of  one  of 
spurs  of  Caraballo  Norte,  in  lat.  18°  42'  20"  N. 

M^IIIDA  (may'-ree-dah),  Sp.;  pueblo 2^ m. inland, 
on  T.  bank  of  river  emptying  at  head  of  estu- 
ary on  W.  shore  of  Leyte,  8J  m.  N.  across 
sea  channel  of  Ponson  I.,  Camotes  grp.,  and 
42  m.  SW.  by  W.  of  Tacloban.    Pop.,  897. 

MESA,  DE  LA  (day  lah  may'-sah),  Sp.;  point  on 
W.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan,  11  m.  SW.  of 
Noroeste  Pt.,  W.  head  of  Ulugan  Bay. 

island  W.  of  SAmar. 

island  SE.  of  Masbate,  Visayas,  lat.  11°  61' 

30"  N. 

MESA  DE  PALiPAG  (may'-sah  day  pah -lah '- 
pag),  Hisp.;  tableland  in  NE.  SAmar,  on  Pa- 
cific shore,  10  m.  SW.  of  Esplritu  Santo  C. 
PamangpangAn  and  Boboyaon  Mts.  form 
landmarks  on  coast  and  stretch  W.  to  Catu- 
big,  near  river  flowing  N.  into  bay  SE.  of 
Lagudn,  visible  42  m.  at  sea. 

MESETA  (mav-sav'-tah),Sp.;  tableland  in  Sorso- 
g6n,  Luz6n,  lat.  12°  42'  40"  N. 

METOC  (may-toe'),  ver.;  river  in  Ambos  Cama- 
rines  (Sur),  Luz6n,  rising  on  S.  slopes  of 
Quituinan  Mt.,  flows  SE.,  and  empties  into 
Camayon  Riv. 

MEXICO  (may'-hee-coh),  Sp.;  pueblo  in  Pam- 
panga,  Luz6n,  5^  m.  NE.  of  Bacolor.  Pop., 
17,099. 

MElCAlIAYiX,  or  MAYCAUAViX  (may-ee-cah- 
wah-yahn',  mah-ee-cah-wah-yahn').  Tag.; 
pueblo  and  station  on  Manila  and  Dagupan 
R.  R.,  on  E.  outlet  of  Pampanga  delta.  Ma- 
""  nila  R.  R.  here  crosses  into  Bulacdn,  Luz6u, 
6i  m.  SE.  of  Bulacdn.    Pop.,  8,119. 

METS,  or  AlITOR  (mays,  ow-tor'),  Sp.;  hamlet  in 
pueblo  of  Bulacdn,  of  that  province,  Luzon. 

MIAtiA  (mee-ah'-gah),  ver.;  river  in  Mindanao. 

MIAGAO  (mee-ah-gah'-oh),  ver.;  pueblo  on  SE. 
coast  of  Hollo,  Panay,  22  m.  W.  of  Iloilo. 
Pop.,  22,100. 

river  of  Hollo,  Panay;  after  receiving  num- 
ber of  tributaries,  passing  through  pueblo  of 
same  name,  empties  into  sea  on  SE.  coast. 

MIASSIN  (mee-ass-sin'),  ver.;  river  in  Cotabato, 
Mindanao,  flowing  S.,  and  empties  into  bay 
of  Illana. 

MIATXn  (mee-ah-tahn')  ver.;  town  on  1.  bank  of 
river  entering  bay  E.  of  Blanca  Pt.,  NW.  coast 
of  Misanii-s,  Mindanao. 

MIGt'ANIGlIlPJ  (mig-cah-nee-geen'),  nat.;  point 
on  E.  shpre  Misamis  port,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

MIGPANGUIL,  or  PANGIIIL  (mig-pahn-gill', 
pahn-gill'j  nat.;  river  emptying  on  W.  shore 
of  Panguil  Bay,  SW.  end  of  Misamis  port,  Mis- 
amis, Mindanao. 

MILAGBIGA  (mee-lag-bee-gah'),  ver.;  creek  in 
Sorsog6n,  Luzon. 

MILAGROS  (mee-lah'-grohs),  Sp.;  pueblo  on  NE. 
shore  of  gulf  of  Asid,  S.  coast  of  Masbate  I., 
Visayas,  on  bank  of  Asid  Riv.,  12  m.  S.  of 
Masbate.    Pop.,  1,789. 

town  on  r.  bank  of  one  of  lower  tributaries 

of  AgusAn  Riv.,  Surigao,  Mindanao,  17  m.  S. 
of  Butilan. 

MILXn  (mee-lahn'),  Sp.;  hamlet  in  SW.  part  of 
Concepci6n,  Hollo,  Panay,  2i  m.  NE.  of 
Lemery. 

hamlet  in  W.  CApiz,  Panay,  at  headwaters 

of  Malinannang  Riv.,  li  m.  N.  of  Jamindao. 


MILAOR  (mee-lah-or'),  ver.;  pueblo  in  Ambos 
Camarines  (Sur),  Luz6n,  2  m.  from  Nueva 
Cflceres.    Pop.,  6,720. 

MILINANO  (mee-lee-nahng'),  nat.;  summit,  695 
ft.,  on  N.  shore  of  Subic  Bay,  SE.  coast  of 
Zambales,  Luz6n,  N.  of  Siibic. 

MILIROXG  (mee-lee-rong'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  E. 
Leyte,  on  inland  road,  1^  m.  W.  of  Palo. 

MILO  (mee'-law),  Sp.;  mountain  in  SE.  Leyte,  9 
m.  NW.  of  Hinanangan. 

MIMANGLET  (mee-mahn-glef),  ver.;  wooded  is- 
land, 250  ft.  high,  in  Coron  Passage,  between 
Busuaii^a  and  Calamidn,  Calamianes  grp.,  off 
NE.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

MIMPATUTE  (mim-pah-too'-tay),  ver.;  hamlet 
near  Paracale,  in  Ambos  Camarines  (Norte), 
Luz6n.  Deposits  of  gold,  worked  by  natives, 
exist  in  vicinity. 

MIMLL  (mee-mool'),  nat.;  point  on  S.  shore  of 
Lapac  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

MINA  (mee'-nah),  Sp.;  pueblo  on  tributary  of  S. 
branch  of  Jalaur  Riv.,  16  m.  N.  by  W.  of  Iloilo. 
Pop.,  4,357. 

MINAXnUD  (mee-nah-ah'-nood),  nat.;  island  off 
E.  coast  of  SAmar,  in  lat.  11°  28'  N. 

MINADCON  (mee-nahd'-ca\vn),nat.;  island  off  SE. 
coast  of  S&mar,  lat.  11°  10'  30"  N. 

MINAG  (mee-nahg'),  nat.;  hamlet  in  pueblo  of 
Lubungan,  Dapitan,  Mindanao. 

MIXAGA  (mee-nah'-gah),  ver.;  river  and  point  in 
Cebil. 

MINALABAC  (mee-nah-lah-bahk'),  ver.;  pueblo 
on  1.  bank  and  crossing  of  Bicol  (Vicol)  Riv., 
Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luz6n,  6^  m.  S.  of 
Nueva  CAceres.    Pop.,  3,869. 

MIXALAR  (mee-nah-lahr'),  ver. ;  island  off  coast  of 
pueblo  of  Pambujan,  S.  coast  of  Sdmar,  lat. 
11°  10'  10"  N.,  Ion.  125°  27'  29"  E. 

MINALIN  (mee-nah'-lin),  ver.;  pueblo  in  S.  Pam- 
panga, Luz6n,  2^  m.  SE.  of  Bacolor.  Pop., 
6,386. 

MINALOS  (mee-nah'-laws),  ver.;  point  and  ham- 
let on  E.  shore  of  Tan6n  Strait,  W.  coast  of 
Cebil,  4  m.  NE.  of  Dumangue. 

MINALLTAN  (mee-nah-loo'-tahn),  ver.;  point  in 
Siquijor  I.,  Visayas,  SW.  of  Bohol. 

MINAKDA  (mee-nahn-dah'),  ver.;  coast  hamlet 
on  E.  shore  of  Guimards  Strait,  2  m.  S.  of  Pon- 
tevedra,  Negros  Occidental. 

MINANGI  (mee-nan-gah'),  nat.;  hamlet  13  m.  E. 
of  Ilagan,  Isabela,  Luz6n,  on  Abutuan  Riv. 

MIKANGANALAXDXn  (mee-nahn-gah-nah-lahn- 
dahn'),  nat.;  Moro  town  on  1.  bank  of  Upper 
Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  Cotabato,  Min- 
danao, li  m.  above  Masakit  bend. 

MINAXGiS  (mee-nahn-gass'),  nat.;  islet  ^  sq.  m. 
in  bay  of  same  name,  E.  of  Silangado  I.,  off 
E.  coast  of  Busuanga  I.,  Calamianes  grp., 
China  Sea,  between  Paragua  (Palawan)  and 
Mindoro. 

bay  SE.  by  S.  of  Coconorig6n  Pt.,  E.  coast 

of  Busuanga  I.,  Calamianes  grp.,  China  Sea, 
between  Paragua  (Palawan)  and  Mindoro. 

point  on  SW.  coast  of  Batadn,  Luz6n,  lat. 

14°  46'  N. 

MINANGiS,  or  BINANGA  (mee-nahn-gass',  bee- 
nahn-gah).  Tag.;  port  in  W.  coast  of  BataAn, 
Luz6n. 

MINAMIECAN  (mee-nah-nway'-cahn),  ver.;  poin, 
on  shore  of  Lamon  Bay,  NE.  coast  of  Tayabast 
Luzon,  lat.  14°  59'  20"  N. 

MINANLT  (mee-nah-noof)  ver.;  island  1  by  1  m. 
in  area,  on  E.  coast  of  SAmar,  1  m.  N.  of  La- 
nangan,  forming  shelter  to  anchorage  of  that 
town. 

MINASAIV&AN  (mee-nah-sang'-ahn),  ver.;  islet 
off  E.  coast  of  Siimar;  6  m.  N.  of  Lanang. 

MINASANGAT  (mee-nah-sahn-guy),  nat.;  islet  off 
E.  coast  of  Siimar,  opposite  mouth  of  Bulala- 
cay  Riv.,  lat.  11°  31'  N. 

MINATA  (mee-nah'-tah),  ver.;  hamlet  U  m.  S. 
of  Bob6n,  on  N.  shore  of  W.  S^mar. 


662 


GAZETTEER    OP   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


MINDANAO,  ISLAND  OF. 

(Meen-dah-now',  nat.) 

Capitals:  Basilan,  Isabela;  Cotabato,  Cotabato;  Duvao,  Davao;  Dapitan,  Dapitan; 
Lanao,  Bato,  chief  Moro  town;  Misamis,  Misamis;  Surigao,  Surigao;  Zamboanga, 
Zamboanga. 

Area:  Mainland,  45,356  sq.  m.;  264  dependent  islands,  1,165  sq.m.;  total,  46,521 
sq.  m.     (See  areas  of  provinces.) 

Population:  495,659. 

Race:  In  Surigao  and  Misamis,  the  Visayan;  in  the  remaining  parts  of  the  island 
not  under  civil  government,  the  Moro-Malay  stock. 

Language;  Spanish  corrupted;  Moro  and  the  dialects  Joloano,  Sdmal,  Yacam, 
anil  JNIaguindanao;  the  dialects  of  the  coast  of  Ddvao,  the  Visayan,  Cebuano,  Bagobo, 
Taiiactilo,  I'.ih'in,  Months,  Mamanna,  Tiruray,  Tagabili,  and  Dulangan. 

Military  Department  of  Mindanao:  Headquarters,  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

The  great  island  of  Mindanao  occupies  the  SE.  corner  of  the  United  States  posses- 
sions in  E.  Asia,  Baculfn  Pt.,  at  the  town  of  that  name  in  Surigao,  the  extreme  E. 
land,  lying  within  32  naut.  m.  of  the  meridian  of  Ion.  127,  the  E.  treaty  boundary, 
and  its  most  S.  islands,  Sarangani  (Balut),  within  36  naut.  m.  of  the  S.  boundary. 
The  SE.  angle  of  the  treaty  limits  lies  but  102  naut.  m.  ESE.  of  these  islands.  The 
line  of  boundary  between  the  United  States  and  Dutch  possessions  crosses  the  fifth 
parallel  of  lat.  N.,  from  E.  by  N.  to  W.  by  S.,  23  naut.  m.  S.  of  the  Sarangani  group 
of  islands  (Balut),  Mindanao.  The  nearest  of  the  Dutch  islands  is  Ariaga  (de  la 
Silla),  the  most  N.  of  the  Carcaralong  group,  37  naut.  m.  due  S.  of  the  islands  named, 
in  the  Celebes  Sea.  Mindanao  is  bounded  on  the  N.  by  the  sea  of  Mindanao,  Negros, 
Cebii,  Bohol,  and  Leyte,  of  the  Visayan  group,  lying  opposite  from  W.  to  E. ;  also 
by  an  arm  of  the  Pacific  Ocean,  beyond  which,  64  m.,  the  S.  coast  of  Sdmar  lies;  on 
the  E.  by  the  Pacific  Ocean;  on  the  S.  by  the  Pacific  Ocean,  Celebes  Sea,  and  Sulu 
Archipelago,  and  on  the  W.  by  the  Sulu  Sea.  The  shore  line  is  1,592  m.  (2,562 
kilometers). 

AREA. 

The  mainland  and  dependent  islands  lie  between  lat.  5°  21^  N.  (Tapundo  Pt.,  Balut 
I.)  and  lat.  10°  28^  N.  (Desolation  Pt.,  Dinagat  I.),  5°  6',  or  306  geog.  m.,  352  st. 
m.,  and  from  Ion.  121°  53^  E.  (Pedrusco  Pt.,  Zamboanga)  to  126°  28^  E.  (Baculfn 
Pt.,  Surigao),  or  5°  35^,  335  geog.  m.,  386  st.  m.  The  mainland  of  the  island  extends 
from  lat.  5°  35^  N.,  Tinaca  Pt.,  to  Bilas  Pt.,  9°  50^  or  270  st.  m.  N.  and  S.,  and,  as 
above  indicated,  386  m.  E.  and  W. 

The  following  table  gives  provinces,  local  governments,  capitals,  areas,  populations, 
and  dependent  islands,  and  aggregate  for  Mindanao  as  a  whole: 


Province. 

Local  governments. 

Capital. 

Area. 

Popula- 
tion. 

Depend- 
ent is- 
lands. 

Area. 

Naval  station 

No  civil  govt 

do 

do 

.      do. 

Isabela  de  Basilan.. 
Cotabato  . 

s<j.  m. 

.S,344 
2,386 
9,171 
3,900 
5,879 
13,201 
3,486 

8, 000 
4,148 
20,273 
33, 668 
100,000 
126,942 
86,125 
117,503 

56 
9 
6 

26 

Sq.  m. 
60 

Cotabato 

12 

Ddvao 

Davao 

196 

Lanao 

Misamis 

Civil,  May  15,  1901.. 

Misamis 

5 
83 
80 

115 

Zamboanga 

No  civil  govt 

Zamboanga. 

128 

Total 

46,521 

495,659 

264 

1 

GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  603 

The  area  of  Mindanao  as  above  stated,  in  comparison  with  publications  supposed 
to  be  authoritative,  shows  a  margin  of  difference  plus  8,272  to  12,521  sq.  m.,  as  follows: 

[1  sq.  in.  =2.59  sqnare  kilometers.] 


Square  kil- 
ometers. 


Gazetteer  of  the  Philippine  Island.s  (compiled  in  the  War  Department,  Bureau 
of  Insular  Affairs),  based  on  latest  United  States  hydrographic  and  British 
Admiralty  charts 

El  Arohipi^lago  Filipino,  Colecci6n  rte  Datos,  Observatorio  de  Manila,  1900,  Ins- 
tltuto  Geogrdfleo  y  de  Estadistica 

Atlas  de  Filipinas,  Coleccl6n  de  30  Mapas,  Observatorio  de  Manila,  1899 

United  States  Senate  Document  No.  171,  Fifty-sixth  Congress,  first 
above  figures  assumed 


120, 954 

99,450 
93,864 

93,854 


CLIMATE. 

The  whole  island  of  Mindanao  being  less  than  10°  from  the  equator  the  climate 
is  generally  hot  and  humid,  but  more  equable  than  Luzon.  The  thermometer  is 
the  shade  varies  between  22°  and  30°  C.  (72°  and  86°  F.);  the  winds  from  the  sea 
are  sometimes  excessively  hot;  the  land  winds,  on  the  contrary,  are  fresh  and 
invigorating.  The  latter  prevail  most  of  the  time,  as  in  Borneo.  Rains  are  frequent 
and  heavy  throughout  the  island,  increasing  during  the  months  of  October  and 
November.  In  the  valley  of  the  Agusiin  Riv.  they  hardly  cease  between  December 
and  February.  In  Linao,  a  point  in  the  NE.,  the  fall  of  rain  in  1  year  has  been  as 
heavy  as  3  meters  (118  inches),  and  the  floods  rise  to  the  floors  of  the  native  houses, 
lasting  often  as  long  as  25  or  30  days,  for  which  reason  the  natives  do  not  raise  cattle 
of  any  kind.  The  bodies  of  those  who  succumb  in  the  flood  appear  later  suspended 
in  the  trees  on  account  of  the  lack  of  dry  earth  in  which  to  bury  them.  The  much 
feared  cyclones,  called  baguios,  which  cause  such  terrible  damage  in  the  tropics,  are 
felt  in  Mindanao  only  as  far  as  the  8th  degree  of  latitude  on  the  E.  coast.  It  is 
under  the  influence  of  the  monsoons  of  the  N.  hemisphere,  but  beyond  the  region 
of  typhoons. 

PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 

The  mountain  system  of  Mindanao  has  been  much  affected  by  the  eruption  of  vol- 
canoes and  the  destructive  action  of  earthquakes.  The  volcano  of  Apo,  10,312  ft.  high, 
near  the  W.  shore  of  Duvao  Bay  in  the  SE.,  and  Malindang,  8,560  ft.  high,  in  the  NW., 
form  the  chief  summits  of  the  principal  ranges,  which  give  rise  to  many  fine  rivers. 

The  island  is  drained  chiefly  by  2  great  rivers.  The  Grande  de  Mindanao  Riv., 
which  enters  the  sea  across  an  extensive  delta  at  Cotabato,  in  the  S.  part  of  Illana 
Bay,  drains  an  extensive  plain  with  several  large  lakes,  which  receive  their  supply  of 
water  through  the  Pulangui  Riv.  (upper  waters  of  the  Grande  de  Mindanao).  The 
Pulangui  or  Grande  de  Mindanao  Riv.  in  length  and  volume  is  the  largest  in  the 
archipelago.  The  other  great  stream,  Butiian,  the  mouth  of  which  is  in  Butiian  Bay 
on  the  N.,  receives  its  waters  from  the  Agusan,  which  rises  not  far  from  the  head  of 
Diivao  Bay  on  the  S.  There  are  numerous  other  streams  and  tributaries.  The  island 
has  9  large  mountain  lakes,  Mainit,  Pinayat,  Dagun,  Sadocun,  and  Linao,  in  Surigao; 
Liguasan  and  Buliian,  in  Cotabato;  Tapao,  in  Lanao,  and  Lanao  or  Malanao,  the 
largest,  21  by  12  m.  in  area,  on  the  Ijoundary  between  the  latter  province  and  Misamis. 
At  Surigao,  in  Surigao,  are  the  celebrated  iron  springs  at  Placer.  Mainit  (Mapaca), 
in  the  same  province,  and  Balingasag,  in  Misamis,  are  famous  for  sulphur  springs, 
while  the  thermal  waters  of  Malibato  are  resorted  to  on  account  of  their  curative 
qualities. 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

The  coast  line  is  very  uneven  and  much  indented  with  deep  bays  and  inlets,  those 
of  Iligan,  on  the  N.,  and  Illanaor  Lanun,  on  the  S.,  leaving  an  isthmus  between  them 
little  more  than  35  m.  wide  and  not  more  than  14  m.  between  the  SW.  extreme  of 
Panguil  (a  long,  narrow  inlet  in  the  SW.  angle  of  Iligan  Bay)  and  Illana  Bay.  On  its 
coasts  are  some  of  the  largest  and  finest  bays  in  the  archipelago — Sindangan,  Dapi- 
tan,  Iligan,  Macajalar,  and  Buttian  on  the  N. ;  Dilvao  (the  largest),  Sarangani, 
Illana,  Dumanquilas,  and  Sibuguey  on  the  S.,  and  Sibuco  on  the  W. 


GAZETTEEE    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  663 

The  area  of  Mindanao  as  above  stated,  in  comparison  with  publications  supposed 
to  be  authoritative,  shows  a  margin  of  difference  plus  8,272  to  12,521  sq.  m.,  as  follows: 

[1  sq.  in.=2.f)9  square  kilometers.] 


Square    Square  kil- 
miles. 


ometers. 


Gazetteer  of  the  Philippine  Island.s  (compiled  in  the  War  Department,  Bureau 
of  Insular  Affairs),  based  on  latest  United  States  hydrographic  and  British 
Admiralty  charts 

EI  Archipi(?lago  Filipino,  Colecei6n  de  Dates,  Observatorio  de  Manila,  1900,  Ins- 
titute Geogrdfico  y  de  Estadlstica 

Atlas  de  Filipinas,  Colecci6n  de  30  Mapas,  Observatorio  de  Manila,  1899 

United  States  Senate  Document  No.  171,  Fifty-sixth  Congress,  first  session; 
above  figures  assumed 


99,450 
93,854 


36, 237 


CLIMATE. 

The  whole  island  of  Mindanao  being  less  than  10°  from  the  equator  the  climate 
is  generally  hot  and  humid,  but  more  equable  than  Luzon.  The  thermometer  is 
the  shade  varies  between  22°  and  30°  C.  (72°  and  86°  F. );  the  winds  from  the  sea 
are  sometimes  excessively  hot;  the  land  winds,  on  the  contrary,  are  fresh  and 
invigorating.  The  latter  prevail  most  of  the  time,  as  in  Borneo.  Rains  are  frequent 
and  heavy  throughout  the  island,  increasing  during  the  months  of  October  and 
November.  In  the  valley  of  the  AgusAn  Riv.  they  hardly  cease  between  December 
and  February.  In  Linao,  a  point  in  the  NE.,  the  fall  of  rain  in  1  year  has  been  as 
heavy  as  3  meters  (118  inches),  and  the  floods  rise  to  the  floors  of  the  native  houses, 
lasting  often  as  long  as  25  or  30  days,  for  which  reason  the  natives  do  not  raise  cattle 
of  any  kind.  The  bodies  of  those  who  succumb  in  the  flood  appear  later  suspended 
in  the  trees  on  account  of  the  lack  of  dry  earth  in  which  to  bury  them.  The  much 
feared  cyclones,  called  bagufos,  which  cause  such  terrible  damage  in  the  tropics,  are 
felt  in  Mindanao  only  as  far  as  the  8th  degree  of  latitude  on  the  E.  coast.  It  is 
under  the  influence  of  the  monsoons  of  the  N.  hemisphere,  but  beyond  the  region 
of  typhoons. 

PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 

The  mountain  system  of  Mindanao  has  been  much  affected  by  the  eruption  of  vol- 
canoes and  the  destructive  action  of  earthquakes.  The  volcano  of  Apo,  10,312  ft.  high, 
near  the  W.  shore  of  Davao  Bay  in  the  SE.,  and  Malindang,  8,560  ft.  high,  in  the  NW., 
form  the  chief  summits  of  the  principal  ranges,  which  give  rise  to  many  fine  rivers. 

The  island  is  drained  chiefly  by  2  great  rivers.  The  Grande  de  Mindanao  Riv., 
which  enters  the  sea  across  an  extensive  delta  at  Cotabato,  in  the  S.  part  of  Illana 
Bay,  drains  an  extensive  plain  with  several  large  lakes,  which  receive  their  supply  of 
water  through  the  Pulangui  Riv.  (upper  waters  of  the  Grande  de  Mindanao).  The 
Pulangui  or  Grande  de  Mindanao  Riv.  in  length  and  volume  is  the  largest  in  the 
archipelago.  The  other  great  stream,  Butuan,  the  mouth  of  which  is  in  Butiian  Bay 
on  the  N.,  receives  its  waters  from  the  Agusdn,  which  rises  not  far  from  the  head  of 
Davao  Bay  on  the  S.  There  are  numerous  other  streams  and  tributaries.  The  island 
has  9  large  mountain  lakes,  Mainit,  Pinayat,  Dagun,  Sadocun,  and  Linao,  in  Surigao; 
Liguaaan  and  Buliian,  in  Cotabato;  Tapao,  in  Lanao,  and  Lanao  or  Malanao,  the 
largest,  21  by  12  m.  in  area,  on  the  l)oundary  between  the  latter  province  and  Misamis. 
At  Surigao,  in  Surigao,  are  the  celebrated  iron  springs  at  Placer.  Mainit  (Mapaca), 
in  the  same  province,  and  Balingasag,  in  Misamis,  are  famous  for  sulphur  springs, 
while  the  thermal  waters  of  Malibato  are  resorted  to  on  account  of  their  curative 
qualities. 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

The  coast  line  is  very  uneven  and  much  indented  with  deep  bays  and  inlets,  those 
of  Iligan,  on  the  N.,  and  Illanaor  Lanun,  on  theS.,  leaving  an  isthmus  between  them 
little  more  than  35  m.  wide  and  not  more  than  14  m.  between  the  SW.  extreme  of 
Panguil  (a  long,  narrow  inlet  in  the  SW.  angle  of  Iligan  Bay)  and  Illana  Bay.  On  its 
coasts  are  some  of  the  largest  and  finest  bays  in  the  archipelago — Sindangan,  Dapi- 
tan,  Iligan,  Macajalar,  and  Butiian  on  the  N. ;  D;ivao  (the  largest),  Sarangani, 
Illana,  Dumanquilas,  and  Sibuguey  on  the  S.,  and  Sibuco  on  the  W. 


664  GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

LIGHT-HOUSES. 

There  are  5  lights  on  this  coast.  One  is  Zamboanga,  lighting  the  Basilan  Strait 
between  the  Sulu  and  Celebes  seas;  at  Dapitan,  N.  coast,  lighting  the  channel  between 
the  Sulu  and  Mindanao  seas;  on  Pujada  Bay,  SE.  coast,  lighting  Mati  in  the  vicinity 
of  coal  deposits;  Parangparang,  E.  coast  of  Illana  Bay,  lighting  to  Polloc  Harbor, 
and  at  Glan,  in  the  extreme  S.,  on  the  E.  head  to  Sarangani  Bay.  The  Ughts  will  be 
described  with  the  locaUty. 

ROADS  AND  C0MMT7NICATI0NS. 

There  are  few  wagon  roads  except  in  the  immediate  vicinity  of  the  provincial  cap- 
itals. The  towns  are  situate<l  either  along  the  sea  coasts  or  on  the  banks  of  the  great 
rivers  and  lakes,  like  the  Agug;in  and  lakes  in  Surigao;  the  Pulangui,  or  Grande,  and 
its  great  lakes  in  ^lisamis,  Lanao,  and  Cotabato,  and  the  great  Lake  Lanao  and  its 
outlet  in  Lanao  and  Misamis. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

The  population  under  the  official  census  of  1887 — 209,087 — did  not  include  the 
natives  of  the  interior,  nor  represent  the  sum  of  its  own  figures  as  given,  with  res- 
pect to  provinces.  This  aggregate  is  495,659.  The  inhabitants,  although  of  Moro 
stock,  are  divided  into  a  number  of  tribes,  each  of  which  has  a  dialect  of  its  own,  as 
follows:  Moro  and  its  dialects,  Joloano,  S:imal,  Yacam,  ^Nlaguindanao,  and  the  dia- 
lect of  the  coast  of  Diivao,  Yisaya,  Cebuano  and  Bagobo,  Tagacaolo,  BiMn,  Montes, 
Mamanna,  Tiruray,  Tagabiii,  and  Dulangan.  Spanish,  somewhat  corrupted,  is  also 
spoken.  There  are  no  large  towns  on  this  island.  Zamboanga,  which  is  department 
and  district  headquarters  for  the  Ignited  States  troops  in  Mindanao,  is  not  the  largest 
town  in  population.  There  are  124  towns,  having  from  500  to  13,874  inhabitants,  the 
latter  number  being  the  population  of  Davao,  the  capital  of  the  province,  on  the  bay 
of  that  name.     There  are  about  400  Aillages. 

DEPENDENT  ISLANDS. 

Of  the  264  dependent  islands,  those  of  geographical  importance  are:  Basilan,  304 
sq.  m.,  with  navigable  rivers,  a  large  population,  and  industry;  Dinagat,  387  sq.  m., 
with  its  valual)le  native  gold  mines  and  forest  products;  Siargao,  190  sq.  m. ;  Samal, 
104  sq.  m.,  producing  superior  chocolate;  Camiguin,  113  sq.  m.,  with  24,000  popula- 
tion, producing  cacao  and  other  valuable  products;  Olutanga,  90  sq.  m.,  with  its  fine 
harbors;  Saccol,  16  sq.  m.,  and  Sarangani,  off  the  extreme  S.  point. 

VEGETABLE  PRODXTCTS. 

It  is  claimed  that  properly  exploited  the  vegetable  products  of  Mindanao  vriW  exceed 
those  of  any  of  the  islands  of  the  archipelago.  Xotwithstanding  its  large  area  and 
comparativelv  sparse  population,  it  ranked  fifth  in  1899  among  the  hemp-producing 
sections:  Albay,  265,366;  Sdmar,  148,988;  Leyte,  118,507;  Sorsogon,  101,629,  and 
Mindanao,  59,974,  all  in  piculs. 

Hemp  receipts,  1850-1899,  of  Mindanao,  taken  from  the  report  of  the  Manila  Chamber  of 

Commerce. 

[Piculs.    1  picul  =  137.9  lbs.] 


1850 

4,048 

3,740 

2,920 

3,780 

1861 

1862 

1863 

1864 

1865 

1866 

18,140 

18,481 

15,893 

12,395 

3,098 

778 

1872 

1874. 

468 

480 

1889 

36,074 

1851 

1890 

53  747 

1852 

191 

1891 

85.7« 

1853 

1881 

4,887 

1892 

8,180 

9,925 

14,958 

12,612 

14,835 

1882 

530 

18  354 

1855 

189i 

1895 

116  442 

1856 

1867 

1868 

1869 

1870 

1871 

1,512 

632 

1,808 

600 

430 

1884 

25  325 

1  '3  015 

18.57 

24,458 

1896 

1897 

18.58 

1859 

1886 

1887 

1888 

29,844 

57,118 

45,263 

123,296 

5'  732 

1860 23.818 

59.974 

Among  the  vegetable  products  of  special  commercial  value  on  this  island  are  the 
famed  "spices,"  cloves,  nutmegs,  cinnamon  and  its  valuable  products,  pepper,  betel 
nuts,  betel  peppers,  etc.  The  staples  are  rice,  sugar  cane,  cotton,  cabo  negro,  corn, 
tobacco,  indigo,  coffee,  sweet  potatoes,  cocoanut,  and  vegetables.  Thus  5lindanao 
produces  not  only  all  the  products  of  the  other  islands  of  the  archipelago,  but  also 
of  the  famed  "spice"  islands  of  the  Moluccas,  Celebes,  and  other  tropical  groups  of  the 
Indies  of  the  Far  East. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  665 

MDfERAIiS. 

The  mineral  wealth  is  doubtless  great,  from  the  evidences  given  by  outcroppings 
of  the  native  products.  For  many  years  the  natives  in  the  N.  have  presented  gold 
in  exchange  for  articles  of  trade.  The  auriferous  zone,  l3etween  the  Caturan  Riv.  to 
the  E.  and  the  Iligan  Riv.  on  the  AV.,  and  along  the  beds  of  Bulalacao,  Iparan,  Paga- 
yan,  Bigaan,  and  Catman  Rivs.,  is  well  known.  Coal  deposits  exist  in  the  vicinity 
of  Sibuguey,  Surigao,  and  Mati.  Sulphur  is  plentiful  in  the  neighborhood  of  the 
volcanoes.  "  Copper  and  platinum  are  also  reported.  The  provinces  of  Misamis,  Suri- 
gao, and  Cotabato  are  known  for  their  mineral  possibilities. 

FORESTS. 

The  island  is  covered  with  forests  of  the  most  valuable  woods  of  the  archipelago, 
useful  for  economic  purposes,  j^articularly  naval  construction,  house  building,  and 
furniture  making.  The  molave  (molaue )  narra,  a  large  article  of  export,  resemblingthe 
yellow  pine  of  the  United  States;  teak,  one  of  the  most  valuable  of  shipbuilding  timbers, 
especially  for  deck  purposes;  manconi  or  ironwood,  bamboos,  fpils,  junipers,  ebony, 
cypress,  the  varied  gum,  resin,  wax,  and  honey  producing  trees,  and  medicinal 
and  dye  plants  grow  in  great  abundance.  The  forests  also  abound  in  animal  life,  207 
s]>ecies  of  birds  having  been  scientifically  classified,  of  which  number  17  species  are 
jieculiar  to  ^Mindanao  and  Basilan,  while  13  others  occur  in  these  islands  and  range 
to  the  N.,  but  not  into  the  Sulu  Tawi  Tawi  group.  The  highland  avifauna  is  still 
unknown.  Among  these  the  singular  calao  or  horn  bills,  parrots,  cockatoos,  jmigle 
fowls,  kingfishers,  pigeons,  doves,  among  the  latter  the  pmialada  (named  on 
account  of  the  bright  red  spot  on  its  breast),  are  numerous;  also  'monkeys  and  the 
(.urious  caguang,  a  combination  of  monkey  and  bat.  Deer  and  wild  hogs  also 
abound.  "Iguana,"  the  giant  lizard,  sometimes  between  6  and  7  ft.  in  length; 
snakes,  the  boa  particularly,  of  great  size;  scorpions,  and  leeches  infest  the  forests 
and  crocodiles  the  rivers. 

FRUITS. 

Fruits  in  great  variety  and  abundance  grow  wild  in  the  forests  and  on  the  planta- 
tions; among  them  the  pineapple,  mangosteen,  sapote,  banana,  orange,  lemon,  etc. 

INDTJSTRIES. 

Large  herds  of  horses,  cattle,  and  carabaos  are  raised.  Owing  to  the  dominant 
Mohammedan  religion  there  are  few  domesticated  hogs,  although  the  forests  abound 
in  the  wild  variety.  There  is  a  little  wea\"ing  of  hemp  and  cotton  fabrics,  suflicient 
for  home  use.  The  most  important  industry  is  the  production  and  shipment  of  hemp 
and  forest  and  sea  products.  The  edible  bird's  nests  (salangane)  are  gathered  in  large 
quantities  from  the  caves  along  the  coasts  of  the  mainland  and  islands. 

inaTED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 

The  Twenty-third  United  States  Infantry,  detached  from  the  forces  in  Sulu,  made 
the  first  United  States  military  occupation  of  Mindanao  at  Zamboanga  in  November, 
1899.  This  was  followed  by  the  establishment  of  regimental  headquarters,  Thirtj'- 
first  United  States  Infantry,"  at  the  same  point,  the  second  battalion  at  Cotabato  and 
the  third  at  Davao,  during  the  month  of  December,  1899.  Stations  were  established  at 
Polloc,  Mati,  Parangparang,  Baganga,  Surigao,  Cagaydn,  Iligan,  Misamis,  and  Dapitan 
1  )etween  that  date  and  April  4, 1900.  From  that  period  garrisons  have  been  stationed  at 
strategic  points  and  operations  were  conducted  on  the  Is .  coast  against  ho.stile  insur- 
gents and  on  the  S.  and  E.  coa.sts  for  the  purpose  of  reestablishing  order  and  govern- 
naent,  to  regulate  intercourse  between  the  Filijjinos  and  Moros,  and  to  secure  and 
maintain  the  confidence  and  control  of  the  alien  races.  The  names  of  military  sta- 
tions in  Mindanao  will  be  found  in  the  description  of  the  proAince  in  which  located. 

LOCAL  GOVERNMENTS. 

Of  the  7  subdivisions  of  the  island,  Misamis  and  Surigao*  are  civil  and  the  rest 
are  without  civil  goA'ermnent. 


666 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


MINDAXAO  (meen-dah-now').  "at.;  point  on  N. 
shore  of  Sarangani  I.,  off  extreme  coast  of 
Ddvao,  Mindanao. 

MINDAJiAO,  GRAKDE  DE  (grahn'-day  day  meen- 
dah-now'),  nat.;  great  river  which  disem- 
bogues 6  m.  to  S.  of  Polloc  Harbor,  through  2 
wide  arms,  on  N.  of  which  is  town  of  Cotabato, 
about  6^  m.  from  mouth.  River  is  navigable 
for  70  m.  by  vessels  of  3i  ft.  draft.  It  flows 
through  beautiful  valley  35  m.  in  width  which 
scarcely  shows  any  change  of  level.  This 
magnificent  section  is  capable  from  its  fertile 
soil  of  producing  tobacco,  cacao,  sugar,  maize, 
and  cotton.  Course  of  river  lies  SE.  for  52  m. 
from  its  mouth  to  lake  of  Liguasan  out  of 
which  it  flows.  From  other  side  of  lake  direc- 
tion of  river  is  NNE.  to  its  source  in  Ranga- 
ydn  Mt.  At  25  m.  from  N.  mouth  river  divides 
into  2  arms,  which  enter  sea  4J  m.  apart,  be- 


MINDANAO,  GRAXDE  DE— Continued. 

tween  them  it  forms  great  delta.  These 
branches  communicate  with  each  other  by  4 
small  channels.  N.  arm  is  widest,  deepest, 
and  most  navigable;  S.  one  is  norrow  with 
only  5  ft.  of  water.  It  is  divided  at  its  en- 
trance into  2  arms  by  islet  which  can  not  be 
passed  on  S.  side.  River  banks  are  numer- 
ously peopled  by  Moros.  Elevated  range 
of  volcanic  mountains  dominated  by  cen- 
tral peak  of  Dikalungan,  DAvao,  extends 
some  70  m.  to  S.  nearly  parallel  to  river. 
Peak  of  Calabata,  3i  m.  from  S.  entrance  of 
Mindanao  Riv.,  is  another  mark  used  by 
navigators  for  that  stream.  From  S.  entrance 
of  Mindanao  Riv.  coast  trends  about  SW.  27 
m.  to  Quidapil  Ft.,  most  salient  projection  of 
this  part. 

MIXDAKfeAM  (min-dang'-ahm),  ver.;  tributary  of 
IlogRiv.  (q.  v.),  Negros  Occidental. 


MINDORO   ISLAND,    SUBPROVINCE  OF    MARINDUQUE. 

(Meen-doh'-roh,  ver.) 

Capital  of  the  consolidated  province:  Boac,  Marinduque;  capital  of  Mindoro, 
Puerto  Galera,  lat.  13°  32^  N.,  Ion.  120°  56'  E.,  approximately. 

Area:  4,040  sq.  m.  mainland;  26  dependent  islands,  68  sq.  m.;  total,  4,108  sq.  m. 

Population:  67,656,  registered;  including  wild  races,  106,200. 

Race:  Malayan  stock  and  a  few  Visayans. 

Language:  Visayan,  Manguiano,  and  Tagdlog. 

Military  Department  of  Luzon:  Headquarters,  Manila,  Luzon. 

Table  of  distances. 
From  Puerto  Galera  to —  m. 

Baldbac,  BaUbac,  SW 472 

Batangas,  Luz6n,  N.  by  E 18 

Slanila  (sailing  route,  110  m. ),  S 72 

Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  SSE 441 

LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

The  island  of  Mindoro  occupies  a  position  a  little  N.  of  the  center  of  the  entire 
archipelago.  On  the  N.,  across  the  sea  channel,  lies  the  S.  coast  of  Batangas,  Luzon, 
the  distance  being  7*  m.  between  Escarceo  (Mindoro)  and  Malocot  (Luzon)  Pts. 
The  island  of  Luhang  lies  15  m.  NW.  of  Del  Monte  or  Santo  Tomils  Pt. ;  Marin- 
duque I.  23  m.  to  the  E.  of  the  N.,  and  Tablas  I.  31  m.  to  the  E.  of  the  S.  ends. 
Panay,  36^  m.  SE.,  between  Pandiin  (Mindoro)  and  Naisog  (Panay)  Pts.,  and  Bu- 
suaii^a,  the  beginning  of  the  Palawan  chain,  33  m.  to  the  SW. 

AREA. 

The  island  is  110  m.  NW.  to  SE.  and  56  m.  NE.  to  SW.,  averaging  81  m.  N.  and 
S.  and  50  m.  E.  and  W.  Estimated  area,  4,050  sq.  m. ;  26  dependent  islands,  58. 
sq.  m.;  total,  4,108  sq.  m.,  being  423  sq.  m.  larger  than  the  combined  area  of  Dela- 
ware and  Rhode  Island,  nearly  half  the  size  of  Massachusetts,  and  more  than  half 
that  of  New  Jersey.     The  coast  line  is  322  m. 

PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 


The  display  of  Mindoro  from  Marinduque  across  the  sea  channel  is  exceedingly 
grand.  Out  of  the  high  elevations  rises  Halcon  Mt.,  over  8,800  ft.,  in  the  N.  cen- 
tral part,  the  mountain  sides  being  covered  with  forests  of  primeval  grandeur  to 
the  very  summit.  The  general  topographical  features  of  the  island  consist  of  several 
high,  broken  ranges,  forming  an  elevated  plain  in  the  interior.  Calavite  Mt.,  in  the 
extreme  NE.  part,  is  the  beginning  of  a  range  trending  SE.  to  Halcon  Mt.,  in  the 
N.  central  section.  From  this  elevated  area  a  number  of  sierras  extend  in  different 
directions,  dropping  toward  the  coast,  where  the  land  becomes  low  and  marshy  and 
ill  suited  to  long  residence  by  the  white  race.  On  the  W.  coast  inland  are  double 
and  treble  chains  of  mountains  which  extend  through  the  island;  from  them  low 
points  of  land  project  into  the  sea.  Between  these  central  elevations  and  the  W. 
coast  along  Mindoro  Strait  are  beautiful  stretches  of  prairie  covered  with  nutritious 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  667 

while  E.  of  the  same  cuhiiinating  altitude,  down  to  the  very  line  of  the  tidal 
risings  of  the  Visayan  Sea  are  unbroken  primeval  forests  of  valuable  woods.  The 
many  rivers  rising  in  the  center  of  the  island  and  following  the  sinuosities  of  the 
surface  fall  into  the  sea  without  reference  to  the  general  fluvial  system  made  up  of 
a  main  stream  and  tributaries  so  advantageous  to  the  wants  and  activities  of  man. 
The  rainfall  is  very  great. 

CLIMATE. 

The  climate  of  Mindoro  is  very  variable  and  subject  to  monsoons.  The  W.  coast 
is  healthy  and  temperate;  the  N.  and  E.  coasts  and  towns  of  Marinduque  and 
Luljan  are  very  warm.  The  proximity  of  forests  to  the  coast  towns  makes  them 
unhealthy.     Intermittent  fevers  turn  into  typhoid.     Consumption  also  prevails. 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

The  coasts  of  Mindoro  are  indented  with  a  number  of  fine  bays  and  harbors,  as 
follows: 

Balateros  Chico;  N.  coast,  E.  of  Balateros  Grande. 

Balateros  Grande;  N.  coast,  1  m.  E.  of  the  port  of  Minolo. 

Bulalacao;  E.  coast,  opens  between  Pt.  Tambilambi  to  the  W.  and  the  penin- 
sula of  Pandiin  to  the  SSE. 

Calapan;  N.  coast  between  Pt.  Baliti  to  the  S.,  and  Pt.  Calapan  or  Tibao  on  the 
NE.,  and  3  m.  in  extent. 

Dayap;  N.  coast,  1  m.  to  the  SW.  of  the  point  of  the  same  name. 

Dongon;  7  m.  S.  of  Sablaydn  on  the  W.  coast,  affording  shelter  for  vessels  of  all 
sizes. 

flog,  Abra  de;  about  the  center  of  the  N.  coast. 

Iriron;  on  the  W.  coast,  inclosed  between  point  of  that  name  and  Lumintan. 

Lalangan  (Gomez);  W.  coast  formed  near  the  middle  of  the  channel  of  Ylin. 

Loguicay ;  on  the  S.  coast,  between  the  peninsula  of  Pandun  and  S.  of  Pt.  Buyallao. 

Mamburao;  an  elbow  within  the  mouth  of  the  same  name  on  the  W.  coast. 

Mansalay;  on  the  E.  coast,  10^  m.  to  the  N.  of  Pt.  Buyallao. 

Mansiol;  on  the  E.  coast,  between  the  point  of  the  same  name  and  Pt. 
Colasi,  SE. 

Pandan;  on  the  W.  coast,  N.  of  the  point  of  the  same  name. 

Pandarochan;  Ijetween  the  clear  and  accessible  point  of  Buruncan,  the  S. 
extremity  of  the  island,  and  the  SE.  point  of  Ylin. 

Pinamalayan;  S.  of  the  NE.  extremity  of  the  island,  E.  coast,  })etween  Pts. 
Balete  and  Uumali. 

Pola;  to  the  NW.  of  Mt.  Dumali,  between  Anahaoan  and  Dayap. 

Puluan;  W.  coast  S.  of  Mt.  Calavite,  between  Pt.  Pantocomi  and  IMarigil.  A 
good  depth  at  the  entrance  and  better  in  the  interior  up  to  2  m.  inshore. 

Sablayan;  W.  coast,  N.  of  Dorigon  Pt. 

Sagincay;  E.  coast,  between  Bulalacao  and  Panddn  Pts.,  SE. 

Subaang;  W.  of  the  point  of  that  name,  on  the  N.  coast. 

Tubile;  W.  coast,  N.  of  the  point  of  the  same  name. 

Varadero;  Ih  m.  SW.  of  Pt.  Escarceo,  N.  coast. 

ROADS  AND    COMMUNICATIONS. 

There  are  few  roads,  the  inland  villages  being  reached  by  mountain  trails  or  in 
canoes  if  accessible  by  river.  Along  the  coast  native  sailing  crafts  carry  the  greater 
share  of  the  local  traffic.  All  of  the  products  of  shipment  to  Manila  or  the  other 
islands  are  concentrated  at  ports  of  call  for  steamers  and  thence  distributed  to 
destination.     Road  travel  and  traffic  is  by  sleds  or  rude  carts  drawn  by  buffaloes. 

POPULATION   AND   TOWNS. 

The  registered  inhabitants  number  67,656;  including  the  wild  tribes  of  the  interior 
the  population  is  estimated  at  106,200.  The  dominant  race  of  the  interior  is  the 
Manguianes.  The  rest  of  the  inhabitants  of  the  interior  belong  to  the  Bangot, 
Buguil,  Tadianan,  Durugmunan  Beribi,  Buctulan,  Riron,  and  Lactdn  tribes,  with  a 
few  Negritos  in  the  vicinity  of  Halcon.  On  the  N.  coast  the  lagalogs  prevail  and 
on  the  S.  inhabitants  from  the  neighboring  Visayan  Is.  The  languages  spoken  are 
Tagalog  in  the  N.,  Visayan  in  the  S,,  and  Manguidn  in  the  center  of  the  island. 


668 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


The  following  is  the  division  of  Mindoro  into  pueblos  and 
tion,  according  to  the  census  of  1887: 


their  respective  popula- 


Province  and  pueblos. 


Total  population,  combining 
residents  present  and  ab- 
sent, native  and  Spanish, 

1887. 


Men. 


Women. 


Total. 


Mindoro:»     , 

Abra  de  Ilog.. 

Aling 

Bac6 

Boac 

Bongab6n  

Bulal&cao 

Calap^n 

Caluya , 

Gas^n 

Iriron 

Looc 

Lubang 

Mangarin  

Mambiirao 

Mansalay 

Mogpog 

Naujdn 

Paliian 

Pinamalayan.. 

Pola 

Puerto  Galera  , 


Santa  Cruz    

Santa  Cruz  de  Napo  . 

Semerara , 

Sibay 

Subaang 

Tielin 

Torrijos 


Total 


544 
234 
290 

6, 823 
262 
276 

2,014 
254 

2,701 
93 
645 

1,850 
167 
186 
180 

2,660 

2,090 
804 
250 
462 


81 
7,730 
123 
198 
191 
124 
1,443 


4,103 

539 

5,436 

191 

1,309 

3,716 

357 

408 

353 

5, 173 

4,367 

1,677 

559 

939 

792 

864 

199 

15, 568 

271 

399 

403 

275 

2,909 

67,631 


Estimated,  1901,  106,200. 

»  According  to  the  enumeration  above  the  towns  of  the  island  of  Marinduque  and  of  Lubang  fell 
under  the  political  jurisdiction  of  Mindoro. 

All  the  towns,  19  in  number,  are  situated  along  the  coast.  The  villages  of  the 
interior  are  inhabited  entirely  by  the  wild  tribes.  The  following  is  a  list  of  the 
towns: 

Puerto  Galera,  capital;  on  a  well-sheltered  harbor  of  the  same  name,  on  the  N. 
coast.     Pop., ^1,912. 

Abra  de  Ilog;  on  a  river  near  the  bay  of  the  same  name,  on  the  N.  coast,  28  m. 
W.  of  Calapan.     Pop.,  1,272. 

Baco;  at  the  mouth  of  the  river  of  the  same  name,  on  the  N.  coast,  4  m.  W.  of 
Calapan.     Pop.,  440. 

Bongabdn;  on  the  E.  coast,  56  m.  SE.  of  Calapan.     Pop.,  271. 

Bulalacao;  on  the  extensive  bay  of  that  name  on  the  peninsula  of  Pandiin,  75  m. 
S.  by  E.  f)£Calapan.     Pop.,  516. 

Busuanga;  near  the  mouth  of  the  river  of  that  name,  69  m.  S.  by  W.  of  Calapan. 

Calapan;  the  capital  on  the  NE.  coast  of  the  bay  of  the  same  name,  sheltered  ])y 
the  Bacos  islets.  Batangas,  Luzon,  lies  16  m.  to  the  N.  across  Verde  Passage.  Pop. , 
5,585. 

Iriron;  on  the  W.  coast  of  the  bay  and  river  of  the  same  name,  56  m.  SSW.  of 
Calapan.     Pop.,  143. 

Mambiirao;  at  the  mouth  of  the  river  and  on  the  N.  shore  of  the  bay  of  that  name, 
W.  coast,  43  m.  WSW.  of  Calapan.     Pop.,  499. 

Mangarin;  on  the  extensive  bay  of  that  name  in  the  extreme  SW.  part  of  Min- 
doro, 75  m.  S.  of  Calapan.     Pop.,  2,289. 

Mansalay;  on  the  sheltered  bay  of  that  name,  E.  coast,  63  m.  SSE.  of  Calapdn. 
Pop.,  379. 

Naujan;  on  the  NE.  coast,  at  the  mouth  of  the  river  of  the  same  name,  and  the 
seat  of  important  trade  of  the  region  in  the  vicinity  of  the  lake  of  that  name,  13  m. 
SE.  of  Calapdn.     Pop.,  8,312. 

Paluan;  an  important  town  on  the  NE.  coast  of  the  bay  of  that  name,  46  m.  AV. 
by  S.  of  Calapdn.     Pop.,  1,561. 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  669 

Pinamalayan;  on  the  river  and  bay  of  the  same  name,  E.  coast,  33  m.  SE.  of 
Calapitn.     fop.,  292. 

Pola;  at  the  mouth  of  the  river  on  the  extensive  bay  of  the  same  name,  NE.  coast, 
25  m.  SE.  of  Calapan.     Pop.,  572. 

Sablayan;  on  the  AV.  coast,  on  the  bay  of  Panddn,  sheltered  by  the  island  of  that 
name,  49  m.  SW.  of  Calaptln. 

Santa  Cruz;  on  the  W.  coa.st,  at  the  mouth  of  Talabasi,  and  E.  of  that  point,  40 
m.  SW.  of  Calapan.     Pop.,  300. 

Subaang;  on  the  N.  coast,  at  the  mouth  of  the  river  of  the  same  name,  5  m.  W. 
of  Calapan.     Pop.,  397. 

DEPENDENT  ISLANDS. 

Ihe  dependent  islands  and  groups  near  the  mainland  of  Mindoro  are: 

m. 

Alibatan;  on  the  W.  approach  to  Bulaldcao  Bay,  off  the  S.  coast  of  Mindoro 

Ambol6n;  on  the  S.  coast,  and  one  of  the  Ylin  group,  1  m.  E.  of  the  island  of  that  name,  4^  m.  N. 
and  S.,  3  m.  E.  and  W.  It  is  separated  from  Ylin  (Ilin)  I.  by  a  narrow  channel  of  the  same 
name.    Aguada  is  a  village  on  its  NW.  coast 8 

Anaganahao;  off  N.  coast  and  S.  of  Silonay  I 

Apo;  a  small  island  on  the  W.  coast  in  Mindoro  Strait,  24  m.  W.  of  Sablayto  Pt.  and  town.  The 
island  divides  and  gives  its  name  to  the  E.  and  W.  passages  of  the  Mindoro  Strait 1 

Bacos;  3  islets  on  the  N.  coast,  fronting  the  approach  to  CalapAn,  2  m.  N W.  of  Calapan  Pt 1 

Buyallao;  on  the  SE.  coast,  N.  of  the  point  of  the  same  name 

Caliiya;  on  the  S.  coast,  10  m.  SE.  of  Semerara,  and  a  member  of  that  group,  4  m.  from  N.  to  S.,  li  m. 
fromE.  to  W.    The  S.  part  is  623  ft.  high 6 

Donjon;  NW.of  Ylin  (Um),  off  Busuanga  Pt.,  SW.  coast  of  Mindoro 

Gaza;  on  the  S.  coast  in  the  approach  to  Bulal&cao  Bay  and  town 

Illn.     (See  Ylin.) 

Iriron;  in  the  bay  of  the  same  name,  off  the  SW.  coast  of  Mindoro 

Libagao;  on  the  E.  coast,  off  the  entrance  to  BulaUcao  Bay  and  town,  410  ft.  high 1 

Lubang;  group  N  W.  of  Mindoro,  part  of  Marinduque 

Manadi;  in  €he  channel  between  the  N.  coast  of  Y'lin  (Ilin)  I.  and  theSW.  mainland  of  Mindoro, 
off  Busuanga  Pt 

Masi  Riv. ;  3  small  islets  at  its  mouth,  between  Masi  and  Bongab6n  Pts 

Masin;  on  the  S.  coast  in  the  entrance  to  BulaMcao  Bay  and  town 

Menor;  an  island  on  the  W.  coast  in  Mindoro  Strait,  22  m.  W.  of  Sablaydn  Pt.  and  town,  3  m.  N. 
of  Apo  I '. 

Medio;  fronting  Puerto  Galera  on  the  N.  coast,  W.  of  Escarceo  Pt.;  6  m.  S.  by  VV.  of  Verde  I.,  in 
the  passage  of  that  name 1 

Nagiibat;  2  islets  on  the  S.  coast  belonging  to  the  Semerara  group,  4  m.  E.  by  N.  of  Semerara 

Panagatan;  on  the  S.  coast,  in  the  extreme  SW.of  the  Semerara  group,  off  the  S.  coastof  Mindoro, 
surrounded  by  reefs  and  covered  with  bushes. 1 

PandAn;  W.  coast,  2  islets  in  the  bay  of  that  name  N.  of  SablayAn  town,  point,  and  anchorage 

Paniqulan;  a  small  island  off  the  N.  coast,  fronting  Puerto  Galera,  and  S.  of  Medio  I 

Semerara;  on  the  S.  coast;  group  includes  the  islands  of  Semerara,  Nagubat,  Libagao,  Sibolon, 
Sibat6n,  Caluya,  Sibay,  and  Panagatan;  Semerara  situated  10  m.  SE.  of  Pt.  Burancan,  S. 
extremity  of  Mindoro,  is  10  m.  from  NNW.  to  SSE.,  and  4J  m.  wide  on  the  S.,  its  point  of 
greatest  breadth.  Island  is  mountainous,  but  of  medium  height,  and  has  irregular  coasts;  it 
has  one  town  situated  in  the  NE.  part,  inhabited  by  150  people,  who  are  engaged  in  collecting 
the  sea  cucumbers  from  the  shallows  which  surround  the  bay.  The  channel  between  this 
island  and  Mindoro  is  reported  free  from  rocks.  Coal  is  found  near  the  shore  at  a  depth  of 
1  foot.  In  the  N.  part  it  is  of  good  quality,  in  the  S.  part  of  but  medium  grade.  The  island  has 
3  peaks,  the  highest  being  512  ft 30 

Sibaton;  on  the  S.  coast,  and  one  of  the  Semerara  Is.,  10  m.  SSE.  of  Semerara,  12^  m.  W.  of  Panay, 
111  ft.  high 2 

Sibay;  on  the  S.  coast,  and  one  of  the  southernmost  of  the  Semerara  Is.,  7i  m.  S.  of  the  island  of 
that  name,  2i  m.  SE.  of  Caluya,  7^  m.  from  E.  to  W.,  4  m.from  N.  to  S.;  218  ft.  high 15 

Sibolon;  on  the  S.  coast,  the  easternmost  of  the  Semerara  Is.,  S.  of  Mindoro,  13  m.  E.of  Semerara, 
and  Sim.  N.  of  Sibaton;  148  ft.  high 1 

Silonay;  1  m.  NE.  of  Calapto  Pt.,  NN.  coast s 

Tambaron;  on  the  S.  coast  in  the  E.  approach  to  BulaUcao  Bay  and  town 1 

Ylin  (Ilin);  group  and  principal  island  off  the  extreme  SW.  coast  of  Mindoro,  10  m.  from  NW.  to 
SE.  Land  is  high  and  mountainous,  especially  the  E.  coast,  which  is  covered  with  trees  and 
extensive  mangrove  swamps,  reaching  to  the  shore,  except  at  the  point  on  the  SE.  just  oppo- 
site a  rough  and  jagged  rock.  Only  town,  called  Ilin,  has  a  population  of  500  Tagalogs  and 
Visayans  engaged  in  fishing;  their  food  is  mostly  fish,  turtle,  and  bolate  (sea  cucumbers).  In 
front  of  the  middle  of  the  E.  coast  is  Ambol6n  I.,  which  is  of  medium  height  and  surrounded 
with  reefs 


Total  area. 


VEGETABLE  PRODUCTS. 


In  the  days  of  greatest  activity  in  the  islands,  before  the  decay  of  the  Spanish  mon- 
archy, the  abundance  of  the  rice  yield  gave  Mindoro  the  name  of  "  the  granary  of 
the  Philippines."  The  prosperity  of  the  law-abiding  natives  on  the  coast  soon 
attracted  the  rapacity  of  the  piratical  Moros  from  the  S.,  who,  like  the  Buccan- 
neers  of  the  Indies  of  the  W.,  captured  and  looted  their  towns  and  murdered  their 
people.  A  train  of  disasters  followed  in  an  epidemic  among  the  carabaos,  their 
main  reliance  in  the  tillage  of  the  soil.     What  remained  of  the  inhabitants  took  to 


670  GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPIXE   ISLANDS. 

the  forest.*,  while  the  seated  of  squalor  on  the  coast  V>ecame  the  resort  of  criminals  and 
desperate  characters  from  Luzt'm,  the  N'isayas,  and  nearer  islands.  Annyij:  the  cul- 
tivatetl  products  are  rice,  sugar  cane,  toha<.-co,  hemp,  ground  nuts,  co<oa,  sweet  pota- 
toes, jx'as,  etc.  The  climate  and  soil  is  particularly  suitable  to  the  growth  of  coffee. 
The  cultivation  of  hemp  is  increasing.  Within  the  past  few  years  the  cultivation 
of  sugar  cane  in  the  vichiity  of  Calapan  received  attention.  Alira  de  Jlog  and  Mam- 
burao  in  18W  exi>.>rted  1,L'00  piculs.  The  cultivation  of  tobacco,  long  e.<tablished  in 
the  towns  of  Sablay;in  and  Santa  Cruz,  yields  a  quality  similar  to  that  f>f  the  Igo- 
rrotes.  Cotton  is  raisetl  for  home  consumj>ti<.n,  there  being  a  small  exiK>rt  to  the 
island  of  ipil.  Grazing  is  the  occuiiation  of  the  inhabitants  in  tlie  vicinity  of  Abra 
de  ilog,  Naujdn,  and  Mangarin  for  home  supply. 

mNERAXS. 

The  ancient  name  of  the  island  was  Mait,  its  ]»resent  designation  l)eing  of  Spanish 
origin,  from  Mina  de  oro,  or  "Mine  of  gold,"  from  the  tales  of  fabulous  mineral 
wealth  in  the  moiuitainous  inland  circulated  among  the  early  Spanish  explorers  by 
the  natives,  doubtless  in  order  to  placate  the  ferocity  of  these  forerminers  of  W. 
occupation.  For  over  3J  centuries  this  auriferous  wealth  ha:?  remained  as  much 
of  a  mystery  as  ever,  although  the  island  is  reputed  to  possess  coal,  gold,  and  cop- 
per. The  mineral  resources  have  been  but  little  known.  As  far  as  the  island  has 
lieen  explore<l  it.-j  mountains  show  commercial  quantities  of  copper,  gold,  and  coal. 
The  latter  is  found  in  Bulalacao,  in  the  extreme  SE.  part  of  the  island.  Sulphur  in 
lai-ge  quantities  is  found  in  the  pueblo  of  Sablayan.  There  are  also  valuable  beds  of 
g\7>sum  and  important  deposits  of  ocher  (mineral  paint)  near  Naujan,  and  Hint,  an 
article  of  export  from  Baco. 

An  exhibit  of  the  mining  bureau  ( August,  liHX> )  shows  34  coal  claims  under  conces- 
sions issued  under  royal  decree,  representing  5,100,000  sq.  meters,  and  4  claims  in 
progress  of  demarc-ation,  as  providt"d  by  royal  decree  and  regulations  thereunder, 
aggr^ating  600,000  sq.  meters  (1  sq.  imur  =  10.704  sq.  ft.). 

FORESTS. 

In  Mindoro  and  Palawan  it  is  estimated  that  there  are  5,000,000  a.  of  virgin 
forests  formerly  owne<l  by  the  Crown  of  Spain,  and  which,  by  the  transfer  of  juris- 
tliction,  bec-ame  the  property  of  the  Unitetl  States.  Of  the  uj^ward  of  450  tree 
spec-ies  known  to  the  fore.stry  bureau  of  the  P.  1.  (August,  11*00),  ^lindoro 
has  its  full  share,  inchxling  cedar,  ebony,  ironwood,  mahogany,  logwood,  saj^n- 
wood,  valuable  gums  (camphor),  rubber,  anil  gutta-percha,  dyewoods,  bamboo, 
areca  and  cocoanut  palms,  dye  and  perfume  woods,  and  calinga,  a  species  of 
cinnamon.  In  this  island,  as  in  others  of  the  Philippine  group,  there  grows  a  tree 
somewhat  similar  to,  though  a  reversal  of,  the  banyan  of  Ceylon.  In  this  case  the 
roots  grow  in  separate  i)ai-ts,  sometimes  20  ft.  out  of  the  groimd  l^fore  uniting  in  the 
main  trunk,  and  these  roots  often  stand  30  ft.  ai)art.  The  til>er  l)eing  compact  tiie  wood 
is  very  sonorous;  the  trunk  when  struck  by  a  club  gives  out  a  deep  reverberating 
sound  which  can  be  heard  at  a  lung  distance.  Among  the  natives  of  Mindoro,  these 
sounds  are  recogniztnl  as  signals  which  are  exchanged,  notifying  the  i>eople  of 
approach  of  friendly  jiarties  or  danger,  etc.  The.se  singular  sounds,  booming  through 
the  dense  fore.«ts  from  different  jioints,  are  always  a  wonder  to  strangers  in  the  coun- 
try until  they  bec-ome  aware  of  the  cause. 

FRUITS. 

Among  the  fruits  are  mangoes,  plantains,  mangosteeus,  and  most  of  the  products 
of  tropical  latitudes  of  the  E.  shores  of  the  Asiatic  continent, 

INDUSTRIES. 

Near  the  principal  to-wns  wooilcutting  and  rattan  splitting  for  the  Manila  market 
is  the  chief  indu.stry,  particularly  from  the  towns  of  Paluan,  Mambiirao,  Iriron, 
Bulalacao,  Pola,  Pinamalayan,  Naujan,  ami  the  capital.  The  traffic  is  carried  on  in 
small  ships  running  to  Manila  and  Batangas.  The  town  of  Pola  has  extensive  nipa 
groves,  whose  products  are  exported  to  Batangas,  Tayabas,  and  the  island  of  Marin- 
duque.  Rattan,  diliman,  raja.",  buri,  honey,  forest  gums,  and  wax,  which  is 
obtained  from  the  towns  of  Puerto  Galera,  Paluan,  and  Mambiirao;  tortoise  shell, 
which  is  obtainetl  from  the  little  bordering  islands;  large  canoes,  made  from  a  single 
piece  of  wockI,  which  are  constructeil  in  the  towns  of  Baco  and  Subaang;  sibucao, 
which  isexportetl  from  Puerto  Galera;  balao  oil,  pitch,  nigui,  and  cabo  negro  are  the 
principal  articles  of  export.     There  is  also  a  large  production  of  sago. 


GAZETTEER    <»F    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


(^71 


TJNTTED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 


7 


,  1  .-l-niJiry  \^k  V. 


'   Min(]or<-i  Uxik  jilac*  Ironi  Maruia,,  in  .Inly.  IfXil, 
•((mmurikation  lietn-ec^i  Calapan,  Mindofo,   aad 
.n  Aiitni(«-t  following, 
was  garriHoriw]  by  UnJtfMl  8la.ti**f  tTfM»]-is,  a^  folJom^: 


Mariptrin, 

Nauj^D, 


Pal  nan, 
Piriarjtalayaa, 


Pola, 

Puert/j  GaJera. 


CIVIL  GOVERJTMEMT. 

Tender  act  of  the  Phiilippine  Oommiivtion  June  23,  lfl02,  Uie  "prorincuil-povem- 
mcnl   aft"   and  it^  amendment*'  were  extf-nded  t/-)  the  iHlan.l  of  Miri'lMro  ajil   ibe 
wnaDer  jf<la.ndf  ad jfl^*«)t  thereto,  including  the  inland  of  1' 
fri'ovinfe  of  OaA-ite,  t.o  i^hich  it  then  iK^longed,  andJne.or|, 

y>T-. , >  i . , /..   ,  ,f  M  .  f, ,  „  1 1  „ ,  ne.     TTie  firovincial  HecTetan- .  r-'-'  •  ^  .1 

HI);.  M-jal  fjwa,]  f.f  the  jtroAnnee  of  ^' 

rev  'aiy,  treaHurer,HU]K^T-\w»r,and  ' 

will)  hai^r,.-  HI  ill--  late  originally  fixwi.     The  pro\jjj.  .-n  i.'..v. 

wat-  fftntiiiijed  a*<  governor  <»f  the  enlargt^d  province,  )>nt  w^tholll  r 

now er  over  aij>'  porti<"<n  oi  the  lerrit.r>n-  incor]>ora1ed  int<-)  the  ]>r< ■ .  < 

riy  the  acl.  The  appointment  of  a  goverTJor  ffir  the  inland  oi  MinoMj. .  a.iMj  in,  !-:ii,all 
ifjandf  aydjacent  tfieret^i,  to  >>e  an  officer  of  the  Amjy  <")f  tiie  Unit^^d  StAt^w,  to  f»e 
det.fiili-1  f'lr  thai  piirpone  Vty  the  major-general  ectmmanding  the  l^jxiwcin  of  the 
Ph  .1-  a.nthori/.e.(l,  in  hf)ld  office  until  a  new  governor  for  the  criTjHoli- 

d;ii'  ■)  Marin'luque  should  ]>c  e)fv1.fAd,  untler  the  prfixiRonp  of  the  provin- 

cja    J  1  a^-t.     The  provincial  l>oard  of  Mindoro  wai-  declan^d  t^t  conniHt  of 

tin-  gowijjo;  for  the  i^^Und    f»f  Mindoro,  the  provincial  treAFurer,  and   proAincLal 
Huix-r^THor  of  the  <tf»nHolidat<x3  province.     The  preBJdentf*  of  municipalitif^fs  in  the 
iHJand  of  Mindoro  and  Hrnall  adjacent  inlands  were  not  re<juired  Ui  atlend  the  im-.  t- 
ingH  <A  the  prt-tKidwit**  of  municipalitieH  until  after  the  election  of  a  pronncjai  j 
nor.     The  cit]>itAl  of  the  connr^hdated  pro-xinee  wan  retained  at  Boac.,  Marii 
and  of  Mindoro  waf-'  (intaTdinhf^d  at  Puerto)  (ralera.     lentil  the  elw-lion  of  anew  ^-    . ;  ; 
noi  for  the  e^»nHolidat<Ad  province  the  fundH  a.fvTuing  from  taxation  in  eaf;h  iHiand 
were  U)  >«  kejtt  eejiaratdy,  and  prov-isionfi  were  rrtaiie  for  their  disliurHcment. 

CONDITIONS. 


iliip  r»rovinfie.     JuhI  rrtumed  frf>m  tir/ur  over  CTid  of  prov- 
irj'  retary  onl.\  while  men  in  the  jiarly;  no  danger;  condi- 

tio -  favorable  t^»  Americitns."     (  Rejwrt  of  pro^-incial  gover- 

nor ui  Maidoro,  iktix^iulnn,  14)01.) 


WIMKUtO      rr.i 


>ntw<'cji   ]yijr/)iijUTj    fi,,  Miri- 
-f,ti  It..  BuHimilfeM  J.,  6iv)<iiMi 

, ,  .    .  I >^  i,r  by  Apo  ] .  aijfi  reef.    ( Set  Apo 

I'iiHHUi;'-.  I 

N.  wjiUiT^  of  Suln  Sea,  Quiring  im  their  JS. 

)ir;i  1  M  .'■■'■.•■•.    ).    fi,r.i.\  iirjf]   [iurl  o)  XeR-rfm, 
"  Vr'fiX'r 

11"^  "»g'i.  Jioi...  over  JTJ   Miwunin, 

.',>  E.  aij<5  CT/irrtien  iuto  Hen  iu 

WIVi.AO   ;uiJtibiin-hii''Oh},  ver.:  town  in  TirAlo, 

I'M  my. 

9IN<>LAWILLA  fmiTi-jrlah-nee'-lyah), 6p.;  pOf>blfi 
on  E.  wjHHt  of  CcNiO ,  hi  Tfj.  P W.  of  Cebii,  in  c^w- 
terf/f  bayfon/jf/J  hctwtierj  Lipataand  Tinaiij 
Ptn.,  till.  Wf^W.     J'of,,.  (i,iSli). 


ltn>'«<»liIT  (nriiTi-srr>h-Ut').  ver.;  river  Jti  R  Nweva 

Vizcaya.  hviz/m. 
j>eak  in  riarabalJi"*  (xv^iAMiikktu,  hnxOu. 

UlSW   (r/i'i'' ni' 1:'.    v(  I     xD' fioriit'f    ju    Zmrjbo- 
aiura  ^    "  '  • 


IIM 


>,Ui.f.M/i  J  .  :•;  ir 

Tniaii«»^)2Tr).,bfi 

Min(5f(rf>. 


on  W .  writ-  o)  entraw*  tfj 

\-i  1     h), rrjJct  in  PaDjjiar^ga, 

Mfj.  m.  fi,  of  Bn- 
I  :alaiui&ii,  Cala- 

■<  T!  )'i..ni;'iiij  I  Pala'i^'an )  and 


■IMS  fnjW:''-niHf/,_vCT.:  nc/rtbenimfwl  of  Ewajj 
1  Hi,  in  extwjt,  low  ax/d  flat. 


frf  iwlanflu  fiff  KTA'.  «bort  r/f  BiiJa  1,,  HuTu  A.., 


wnaJ]  iwlatwa  In  BuJu  grf..,  i^lti  A.,  7  m.  ». 

of  Sulu  I. 
Mni>TlfT*'ft  (inln-Tiliig'^  vw.;  hamlH  of  JStut'^'a  Vlz- 

oaya,  LuzOn,  f/n  road   between  Tbung  aitd 

Bagabag. 


Tek^raph 


672 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


MI>0  (mee'-noh),  Sp.;  island  off  NE.  coast  of  Bo- 
hol,  in  channel  between  that  island  and  Cebii. 

MINOC  (mee-nock'),  ver.;  island  NE.  of  Bohol  I. 
(SceLapinigl.) 

MIJfOLI  (mee-noh'-lee),  ver.;  river  in  Nueva  Viz- 
caya,  Luz6n.     (See  Anir  or  Minoli.) 

MINOLO  (mee-noh'-loh),  ver.;  point  2  m.  W.  of 
Puerto  Galera,  N.  coast  of  Mindoro,  covered 
Avith  trees,  with  anchorage  on  E.  side,  shore 
being  steep. 

MINSCiN  (meen-sohn'),  ver.;  inland  hamlet  on  1. 
bank  of  important  stream  emptying  into 
Macajalar  Bay  on  SE.  shore  7^  m.  above  Ta- 
goloan,  at  its  mouth,  and  12  m.  E.  by  N.  of 
Cagaydn  de  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

port  on  E.  coast  gulf  of  Lagonov,  Albav, 

Luz6n,  lat.  13°  40'  N. 

MIXTAO  (meen-tahg'),  nat.;  point  inner  head  W. 
side  entrance  to  Cataingan  port,  SE.  coast 
Masbate  I.,  Visayas. 

MINTINGOAN  (min-tin-goh'-ahn),  nat.;  exposed 
rock  near  SW.  shore  of  Lubang  I.,  between 
Naguianc6  and  Sabftn  Pts. 

MINULIJAA  (mee-noo-loo"-ahn),  ver.;  pueblo  of 
Negros  Occidental,  on  E.  shore  of  GuimarSs 
Strait,  5  m.  N.  of  Bac61od  and  25  m.  acro.ss 
strait  K.  of  Hollo,  Panay.    Pop.,  11,338. 


MINUSUANG  (mee-noo-swang'),  ver.;    river    in 

N.  Lej'te. 

MIOGA  (mee-oh'-gah),  ver.;  mountain  in  central 
range,  S.  Leyte,  7  m.  SE.  of  Baybay,  on  W. 
coast. 

MIPA>'GriL  (mee-pahn-geeP),  nat.;  river  empty- 
ing into  terminal  basin  of  Panguil  Bay  from 
W.,  in  Misamis,  Mindanao.  Hamlet  of  Baca- 
ran  is  on  r.  bank  of  main  stream,  near  its 
source. 

JIIKA  DE  VIGAX  (mee'-rah  day  vee'-gun),  Hisp.; 
mountain  in  Ilocos  Sur,  Luz6n. 

MIKIGIL  (mee-ree-hilP),  ver.;  point  onSW.  coast 
of  Mindoro,  forming  E.  head  to  Pahian  Bay, 

lat.  13°  20'  K. 

cove  on  E.  shore  of  Paluan  Bay,  NW.  coast 

of  Mindoro. 

river  entering  cove  of  same  name  on  E. 

shore  of  Paluan  Bay,  NW.  coast  of  Mindoro. 


—  point  E.  head  to  Paluan 
Mindoro. 


ly,  NW.  coast  of 


MIKO  (mee'-roh),  ver.;  hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Cau- 
ayan,  Ilocos  Sur,  Luz6n,  lat.  17°  23'  30"  N. 


MISAMIS,  MINDANAO,  PROVINCE   OF. 

(.Mec-sah'-mis,  ver.) 

Capital:  Cagayan  de  Misamis,  lat.  8°  11^  N.,  Ion.  124°  4V  E.,  approximately. 
Area:  Mainland,  5,764  sq.  m. ;  dependent  islands,  115  sq.  m.;  total,  5,879  sq.  m. 
Population:  126,942. 

Race  and  language:  Visayan  and  Malay-Moro,  speaking corrapt  Spanish  and  15 
dialects. 
Military  Department  of  Mindanao:  Headquarters,  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

Table  of  distances. 
From  Misamis  to—  m. 

Cebu 145 

Dumaguete 87 

Manila 493 

Manila,  via  Iligan  Bav,  Sulu  Sea,  Mindoro  Strait,  and  China  Sea 569 

Surigao 162 

Zamboanga 148 

Zamboanga,  via  Sulu  Sea 142 

LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

The  province  of  Misamis  lies  in  the  center  of  the  N.  shore  of  Mindanao  between 
Diuata  anil  Balato  Pts.,  115  m.     It  is  bounded  on  the  N.  by  Mindoro  Sea,  on  th 
E.  by  Surigao,  on  the  S.  by  territory  formerly  within  this  province  S.  of  the  eighth 
parallel  of  latitude,  and  on  the  W."^by  other'  portions  of  the  same  territory.     The 
boundaries  include  the  Filipino  and  not  the  Moro  pojiulation. 

AREA. 

It  is  70  m.  from  N.  to  S.  along  its  E.  and  131  m.  along  its  S.  boundaries.  Area, 
3,406  sq.  m.;  dependent  islands,  115  sq.  m.;  total,  3,521  sq.  m.,  nearly  3  times  the 
size  of  Rhode  Island  and  about  1,200  sq.  m.  larger  than  Delaware. 

PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 


In  the  E.  portion  from  Diuata  Pt.  to  the  S.  extends  the  central  E.  range,  the 
most  important  summits  of  which  are  the  Diuata,  Palampad,  and  Quitanlag,  which 
obtain  elevations  of  upward  of  5,000  ft.  On  the  W.  boundary  extends  another  of 
the  main  ranges  with  a  summit  of  5,427  ft.  JNIt.  jSIalindang,  8,560  ft.  high,  lies  12 
m.  NW.  of  Misamis.  The  province  has  a  number  of  rivers  emptying  into  the  ]\Iaca- 
jalar  and  Iligan  bays  on  the  N.  The  Grande  or  Pulangui  Riv.  rises  in  the  NE.  part 
of  this  province  arid  crosses  into  Cotabato.  Lake  Lanao  extends  over  the  S.  border 
within  these  limits. 


Jiuu-ne^ 


PHILIPPINE  ISLANDS 
MINDANAO,    NOBTH  COAST 

PORT  JIMENEZ 

ILIGAN  BAY 

Scdc     ,„*.o 


"A,..^^ 


■Doc/?Pc>  57    1 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


678 


CLIMATE. 

The  climate  of  Misamis  oscillates  between  76°  and  90°  F.  The  region  is  free  from 
baguios  (cyclones),  although  the  adjoining  province  of  Surigao  is  frequently  swept 
by  them. 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

The  N.  shore  of  the  province  is  indented  by  3  l)ays.  In  the  extreme  NE., 
between  Sipaca  and  Diuata  Pts.,  the  latter  separating  it  from  Butuan  Bay  in  Suri- 
gao, is  a  bay  17  m.  between  heads  and  13  m.  inland,  with  anchorage  in  2|  and 
3^  fms. 

Iligan;  in  the  W.  part  of  the  province,  37  m.  between  heads  and  23  ni.  inland,  is 
an  arm  of  the  sea,  open  to  the  N.  and  clear  of  danger. 

Macajalar;  the  central  of  the  3  N.  bays,  20  m.  between  heads,  opening  to  the 
NW.,  10  m.  inland.     The  center  is  deep. 

Panguil;  20  m.  long  and  1  to  2J  m.  wide.  An  inlet  in  the  SW.  angle  of 
Iligan  Bay,  included  between  Binuni  and  Tabu  Pts.,  which  form  an  entrance  to 
the  harbor  of  Misamis.  On  the  W.  shore  of  this  inlet  is  Mt.  Grande  Malindang, 
8,560  ft.  On  the  S.  side  of  the  port  are  3  hills,  the  highest  2,312  ft.  The  anchor- 
ages range  from  45  fms.  in  the  entrance  to  8  fms.  in  the  inlet. 

ROADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 

The  intercourse  between  towns  on  the  coast  is  almost  entirely  by  native  craft. 
Those  inland  are  reached  by  river  or  trail.     There  are  no  good  roads  of  any  extent. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

The  estimated  population  of  Misamis  is  126,942,  and  the  language  of  its  people 
Visayan-Cebuano,  Monies,  and  Malay-Moro. 

The  division  of  Misamis  into  pueblos,  and  their  respective  population  according  to 
the  census  of  1887,  is  as  follows: 


Province  and  pueblc 


1  population  combininier 
lidents  present  and  ab- 


Total  .    . 
residents  present  c..^..  c..^ 
sent,  native  and  Spanish, 
1887. 


Men.       Women.      Total 


Agus4n 

AlorS-n 

Alubijid.... 
Balingasag  . 

Cagaydn 

Catarman  .. 

Dapitan 

Dipolog 

Gingoof 

GuinsilibAn 


Haya . . 
Iligan  . 
Initao . . 
Iponan . 


Jasa4n. 

Jimenez 

Lagonlong 

Langaran 

Loculan 

Lubungan 

Maginog 

Mambajao 

Maria  Cristina 
Mi 


Naandn 

Oroquieta 

Quinuguit&n 


Salay 

Salvador  .. 
Santa  Ana. 
Tagoloan . . 
Talisayan.. 


542 
1,442 
1,269 
2, 433 
3,  iO^ 
2,005 
1,910 
1, 634 
1,239 

8G4 

359 

735 
1,487 

582 
2,3.50 
1,791 
2, 840 

789 
2,683 
2,108 
1,256 
2,032 
4,257 
65 
1,955 

576 

553 
3,601 

664 
1,576 

747 
1,605 
1,167 
2,877 
1,130 


1,113 
3,059 
2,549 
4,948 
0,  626 
4, 099 
3,788 
3,355 
2,. 560 
1,699 

704 
1,472 
3,037 
1, 252 
4,746 
3,611 
5,990 
1,618 
5,661 
4,373 
2,565 
4,173 
8,737 

138 
3,944 
1,170 
1,200 
7,374 
1,415 
3,154 
1,635 
3, 293 
2,242 
5,791 
2,392 


Total 


56,528         115,463 


Estimated,  1901,  126,942. 

S.  Doc.  280- 


-43 


GAZETTEER   OF    THE    FiULlPPINE    ISLANDS. 


073 


CLIMATE. 

The  climate  of  Misamis  oscillates  between  76°  and  90°  F.  The  region  is  free  from 
bagui'os  (cyclones),  although  the  adjoining  province  of  Surigao  is  frequently  swept 
by  them. 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

The  N.  shore  of  the  province  is  indented  by  3  bays.  In  the  extreme  NE., 
between  Sipaca  and  Diuata  Pts.,  the  latter  separating  it  from  Butdan  Bay  in  Suri- 
gao, is  a  bay  17  m.  between  heads  and  13  m.  inland,  with  anchorage  in  2|  and 
3i  fms. 

Iligan;  in  the  W.  part  of  the  province,  37  m.  between  heads  and  23  m.  inland,  is 
an  arm  of  the  sea,  open  to  the  N.  and  clear  of  danger. 

Macajalar;  the  central  of  the  3  N.  bays,  20  m.  between  heads,  opening  to  the 
NW.,  10  m.  inland.     The  center  is  deep. 

Panguil;  20  m.  long  and  1  to  2 J  m.  wide.  An  inlet  in  the  SAV.  angle  of 
Iligan  Bay,  included  between  Binuni  and  Tabu  Pts.,  which  form  an  entrance  to 
the  harbor  of  Misamis.  On  the  W.  shore  of  this  inlet  is  Mt.  Grande  Malindang, 
8,560  ft.  On  the  S.  side  of  the  port  are  3  hills,  the  highest  2,312  ft.  The  anchor- 
ages range  from  45  fms.  in  the  entrance  to  8  fms.  in  tlie  inlet. 

ROADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 

The  intercourse  between  towns  on  the  coast  is  almost  entirely  by  native  craft. 
Those  inland  are  reached  by  river  or  trail.     There  are  no  good  roads  of  any  extent. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

The  estimated  population  of  Misamis  is  126,942,  arid  the  language  of  its  people 
Visayan-Cebuano,  Monies,  and  Malay-Moro. 

The  division  of  Misamis  into  pueblos,  and  their  respective  population  according  to 
the  census  of  1887,  is  as  follows: 


Province  and  pueblc 


Total  population  combining 
residents  present  and  ab- 
sent, native  and  Spanisli, 
1887. 


Men.       Women. 


Total. 


Misamis: 

Agusa,n 

AlorAn 

Alubijid 

Balingasag  . 

CagayAn 

Catarman  .. 

Dapitan 

Dipolog 

Gingoog 

Guinsilibdn 

Gusd 

Haya 

Iligan 

Initao 

Iponan  

Jasa&n 

Jimenez 

Lagonlong  . 


Loeulan 

Lubungan 

Maginog 

Mambajao 

Maria  Cristina 

Misamis 

Malugan 

Naandn  

Oroquieta 

QuinuguitAn  . . 

Sagay  

Salay 

Salvador 

Santa  Ana 

Tagoloan 

Talisayan 


571 

1,617 

1,280 

2,515 

3, 221 

2,094 

1,87« 

1,701 

1, 321 

835 

345 

737 

1,550 

(110 

2,396 

1, 820 

3,150 

829 

2,978 

2,265 

1,309 

2,141 

4,480 

73 

'594 
647 

3,773 
751 

1,578 


1,075 
2,914 
1,262 


542 

1,442 

1,269 

2,433 

3,405 

2, 005 

1,910 

1, 634 

1, 239 

8G1 

359 

735 

1,487 

582 

2,  350 

1,791 

2,840 


2,108 
1,256 
2,032 
4,257 
65 
1,955 

576 

553 
3,601 

664 
1,576 

747 
1,605 
1,167 
2,877 
1,130 


1,113 
3,069 
2,549 
4, 948 
G,  626 
4, 099 
3, 788 
3,  355 
2, 560 
1,699 

704 
1,472 
3,037 
1, 252 
4,746 
3, 611 
5, 990 
1,618 
5, 661 
4,373 
2, 565 
4,173 
8,737 

138 
3,944 
1,170 
1,200 
7, 374 
1, 415 
3, 154 
1,635 
3, 293 
2,242 
6,791 
2,392 


Total 


56,528 


Estimated,  1901,  126,942. 

S.  Doc.  280- 


-43 


674  GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILiri'lNE    I8LAND8. 

There  are  44  towns  and  about  100  villages.  Of  the  towns  the  foll(  )wing  are  the  most 
important: 

Cag-ayan  do  Misamis;  tlie  capital  of  the  province,  on  the  banks  of  the  river  of 
the  same  name,  near  its  mouth,  2^  m.  from  the  sea,  on  the  S.  shore  of  Macajalar 
Bay.  Its  public  and  private  buildings  are  well  constructed.  Pop.,  with  village  of 
Gusii,  9,405. 

Aloran;  on  the  N.  shore  of  Iligan  Bay,  22  m.  N.  of  Misamis.     Pop.,  2,700. 

Alubijid;  on  the  point  between  Macajalar  and  Iligan  bays,  56  m.  NE.  of  Misamis. 
Pop.,  6,716. 

Baliangao;  on  the  extreme  NW.  shore  of  Iligan  Bay  and  near  the  present  bound- 
ary, 55  m.  NNW.  of  Misamis.     Pop.,  2,061. 

Baling-asag;  <>n  tiie  E.  shore  of  Macajalar  Bay,  81  m.  NE.  of  Misamis,  surrounded 
by  the  villages  of  Casulag,  Canal,  San  Roque,  Rosario,  Lagonlong,  and  Concepcion, 
with  a  population  of  11,491. 

Catarman;  on  the  SW.  shore  of  Camiguin  I.,  100  ra.  N.  of  Misamis.  It  waa 
destroyed  in  1871  by  volcanic  eruption.  In  1875  this  volcano  was  still  active.  It 
still  smokes  and  shows  signs  of  activity.     Pop.,  4,874. 

Gingoog-;  at  the  head  of  the  E.  bay,  109  m.  NE.  of  Misamis.  Pop.,  1,433.  Ad- 
joining are  the  hamlets  of  Medina,  Minlagas,  Oduyugan,  Linugus,  San  Juan,  Con- 
suelo,  San  Roque,  and  Asturias. 

Iligan;  on  the  bay  of  the  same  name,  34  m.  E.  of  Misamis.     Pop.,  6,020. 

Initao;  on  the  NE.  shore  of  Iligan  Bay,  41  m.  NE.  of  Misamis.  Pop.,  1,252  (in 
1887). 

Iponan;  on  the  SW.  angle  of  Macajalar  Bay,  59  m.  NE.  of  Misamis.     Pop.,  5,588. 

Jasaan;  on  the  E.  shore  of  Macajalar  Bay,  74  m.  ENE.  of  Misamis.     Pop.,  9,444. 

Jimenez;  on  the  SW.  shore  of  Iligan  Bay,  15  m.  N.  of  Misamis,  with  which  it  is 
connected  by  telephone,  and  also  with  Oroquieta,  15  m.  farther  N.     Pop.,  8,707. 

Langaran;  on  the  NW.  shore  of  Iligan  Bay,  33  m.  N.  of  Misamis.     Pop.,  11,779. 

Mahinoc;  on  the  E.  shore  of  Camiguin  I.,  with  an  anchorage  of  9  fms.,  98  m. 
NE.  of  Misamis.     Pop.,  4,687. 

Malucu;  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  river  emptying  into  Macajalar  Bay,  76  m.  NE.  of 
Misamis. 

Malugan;  on  the  SW.  shore  of  Macajalar  Bay,  56  m.  NE.  of  Misamis. 

Mambajao;  pop.,  18,000. 

Manella;  on  the  W.  shore  of  Iligan  Bay,  26  m.  N.  of  Misamis. 

Manticao;  on  the  E.  shore  of  Iligan  Bay,  36  m.  NE.  of  Misamis. 

Misamis;  the  former  capital,  on  the  W.  shore  of  Panguil  Bay,  with  a  land-locked 
anchorage  suitable  for  vessels  of  all  sizes,  which  can  moor  close  to  shore.  The  town 
on  the  N.  side  of  the  port  occupies  a  tongue  of  land  cut  by  a  canal,  which  empties  N. 
of  the  fort.     Pop.,  6,075. 

Naanan;  on  the  E.  shore  of  Iligan  Bay,  38  m.  NE.  of  Misamis. 

Opol;  on  the  SW.  shore  of  Macajalar  Bay,  59  m.  NE.  of  Misamis. 

Oroquieta;  on  the  W.  shore  of  Iligan  Bay,  30  m.  N.  of  Misamis.     Pop.,  9,000. 

Portolin;  on  the  W.  shore  of  the  E.  bay," 99  m.  NE.  of  Misamis. 

Sagay;  on  the  S.  point  of  Camiguin  I.,  with  an  anchorage  of  5^  fms,  92  m.  NE. 
of  Misamis.     Pop.,  1898,  5,066. 

Sagay  or  Salay;  on  the  E.  shore  of  Macajalar  Bay,  84  m.  NE.  of  Misamis.  Pop., 
1,816. 

Salvador;  pop.,  in  1887,  3,923. 

Santa  Ana;  near  the  r.  bank  of  a  river  entering  into  the  SE.  angle  of  Macajalar 
Bay,  84  m.  NE.  of  Misamis.     Pop.,  881. 

Silipon;  at  the  headwaters  of  a  river  emptying  into  Macajalar  Bay,  72  m.  E.  of 
INIisamis. 

Sumilao;  near  the  headwaters  of  the  river  emptying  into  the  SE.  angle  of  Maca- 
jalar Bay,  72  m.  P].  of  Misamis.     Pop.,  2,061. 

Taglimao;  near  the  S.  shore  of  Macajalar  Bay,  56  m.  NE.  of  Misamis. 

Tagoloan;  a  military  station  on  the  E.  shore  of  Macajalar  Bay,  on  the  N.  coast, 
75  in.  ENE.  of  Misamis.     Pop.,  3,378. 

Talisayan;  on  the  extreme  point  of  the  peninsula,  which  divides  the  E.  and 
Macajalar  bays,  96  m.  NE.  of  Misamis.  Poi).,  5,877.  Adjoining  are  the  hamlets 
of  Balinguan,  Quinuguitan,  Santa  Incs,  San  ^Migu^el,  and  Portolin. 

Tudela;  W.  of  the  entrance  to  Panguil  Bay,  8  m.  N.  of  Misamis. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  675 

DEPENDENT  ISLANDS. 

The  following  islands  are  adjacent  to  the  coast  of  ^lisamis: 

sq.  m. 

Bantigui:  5  m.  off  the  E.  coast  of  Camigum  I 

Camiguin;  6^  m.  N\Y.  of  Bagacay  Ft.,  14  m.  NW.  and  SE.,  and  9  m.  XE.  to  SW.;  it  is  very  moun- 
tainous, having  7  peaks,  the  highest  of  which  is  5,338  ft.  and  visible  69  m.  at  sea;  on  the  NW., 
3  m.  E.  of  the  town  and  anchorage  of  Catarman,  rises  a  double  peak  4,797  ft.  high;  the  island 
produces  rice,  tobacco,  wax,  and  cacao  in  abundance;  Mambajao  on  the  N.  coast,  Catarman  on 
the  W.  coast,  Sagay  on  the  SW.,  and  Maginoc  are  the  towns:  after  the  outburst  of  the  volcano 
in  1871  the  population,  which  then  numbered  11,000,  abandoned  the  island.  Pop.,  24,122,  mostly 
engaged  in  agriculture  and  fishing;  abaca  (hemp)  is  the  chief  product;  area '.  113 

Canauayor;  E.  of  Sipaca  Pt i 

Lapinag;  between  Bagacay  and  Gorda  Pts.  on  the  N.  coast;  the  island  is  mountainous  and 
very  picturesque  from  the  sea a 

Sipaca;  off  the  point  of  that  name,  formed  by  a  conical  mountain 1 

Five  dependent  islands;  area 115 

VEGETABLE  PRODUCTS. 

The  staples  of  agriculture  are  hemp,  chocolate,  coffee,  cotton,  sugar  cane,  rice, 
tobacco,  corn,  sweet  potatoes  of  several  varieties. 

MINERALS. 

The  mineral  deposits  of  this  province  include  gold,  coal,  sulphur,"  copper,  and 
platinum. 

FORESTS. 

Among  the  valuable  woods  are  molave,  manconi  or  ironwood,  bamboo,  teak,  and 
other  woods  valuable  for  naval  construction  and  building  purposes.  Gums  and 
resinous  trees  grow  in  abundance. 

FRUITS. 

Bananas,  mangosteens,  and  pineapples  are  the  principal  fruits.  Cocoanuts  grow 
in  abundance. 

INDUSTRIES. 

Manufacture  of  fabrics  for  home  consumption  in  dress  and  sacks  for  packing 
purposes. 

UNITED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 

On  April  1,  1900,  the  territory  of  Misamis  was  occupied  by  United  States  military 
forces  without  opposition.  On  February  15,  1902,  Misamis  was  garrisoned  by  United 
States  troops  as  follows: 

Aloran,  '^  Jimenez,  ^  Iligan, ''  Misamis. ''  " 

CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 

The  province  of  Misamis  was  created  under  the  "provincial-government  act"  by 
act  of  the  P.  C,  May  15,  1901,  to  embrace  "that  territory  in  the  island  of  Mindanao, 
beginning  at  a  point  1  m.  W.  of  the  W.  boundary  of  the  barrio  of  Xaboras  on  Balato 
Pt.,  on  Murcielagos  Bay,  N.  coast  of  Mindanao;  thence  running  due  S.  to  the  8th 
parallel  of  latitude;  thence  E.  on  the  8th  parallel  of  latitude  to  the  boundary  as 
established  under  Spanish  sovereignty  between  the  comandancia  of  Butuan  and  the 
former  province  of  Misamis;  thence  X.  on  said  boundary  to  Diuata  Pt. ;  thence  fol- 
lowing theX.  coast  line  of  ^Mindanao  to  the  point  of  beginning,  and  including  therein 
the  island  of  Camiguin  and  small  adjacent  islands,  to  be  known  as  the  province  of 
Misamis."  On  the  S.  of  the  8th  parallel  of  latitude  dwells  the  large  population  in 
the  vicinity  of  Lake  Lanao. 

*  Telephone.  ''Telegraph.  "Post  and  money  order  office. 


676 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


PROVINCIAL  OFFICERS. 

[Salaries  and  expenses  in  United  States  currency.] 


Governor $1,  700 

Secretary 1, 200 

Treasurer: 2, 300 

Supervisor 1, 800 

Fiscal 1, 440 

Allowance  for  necessary  and  actual  expenses,  not  exceeding  $2.50  per  day  as  pre- 
scribed. The  presidentes  or  alcaldes  of  the  municipalities  of  the  province  to  meet  and 
organize  on  the  third  Monday  in  April  and  October  to  consider  improvements  needed 
in  the  province  and  for  other  purposes  prescribed  by  law.  The  provision  of  the 
enabling  act  of  the  province  of  Surigao  affecting  the  pagan  tribes  apply  equally  to 
this  province. 

CONDITIONS. 


"Geographically,  although  not  officially,  the  province  is  divided  into  two  parts 
by  the  deep  bay  of  Panguil,  with  a  population  of  Moros,  from  Iligan  to  Misamis;  offi- 
cial or  private  communications  between  the  two  parts  of  the  province  are  rare  and 
difficult,  as  it  is  impossible  to  pass  by  land,  and  we  have  no  boats  large  enough  to 
to  make  such  a  long  and  dangerous  trip  by  sea.  From  Iligan  to  Ging(jog,  includ- 
ing the  island  of  Camiguin,  that  is  to  say,  in  the  E.  region,  in  which  Cagayan,  the 
capital,  is  situated,  the  perfect  tranquility  of  normal  times  is  enjoyed,  rarely  inter- 
rupted by  some  evil  deed  on  the  part  of  the  Moros  of  the  Laguna  de  Lanao,  in  the 
neighborhood  of  Iligan  exclusively,  as  has  been  their  practice  in  all  times." 
(Report  of  the  provincial  governor  of  Misamis,  December,  1901.) 


MISAMIS  (mee-sah'-miss),  ver.:  pueblo,  p.o.,  and 
m.  o.  of  Misamis,  Mindanao,  lat.  8°  8'  25"  N., 
Ion.  123°  50'  18"  E.,  on  KW.  shore  of  Panguil 
Bay.  Surrounding  country  generally  low, 
soil  fertile,  and  considerable  agricultural  in- 
dustry in  neighborhood.  Anchorage  is  on  \\. 
shore,  between  point  of  fort  and  Pulut  Pt.,  1 
m.  to  SW.  Completely  sheltered  from  sea. 
Vessels  can  lie  along  shore  and  put  out  a 
plank  in  front  of  town  in  27  ft.  of  water. 
Pop.,  6.075  inhabitants,  divided  into  old  and 
new  town,  220  yds.  apart  and  united  by  bridge. 

inlet  and  port  on  NW.  shore  of  long,  nar- 
row channel  trending  to  SW.  from  Iligan 
Bay  and  known  as  Panguil  Bay.  Sides  of 
port  are  low  and  covered  by  mangroves. 
Town  of  Misamis  lies  on  N.  shore  of  inlet. 

MISA>BA  imee-sang-ah'),  ver.:  islet  of  Bachi 
cluster  of  Batanes  grp.,  off  N.  coast  of  Ca- 
gaySn,  Luzon,  between  Y'Ami  on  N.  and 
Mabudis  on  S. 

MISERIC'OKDU  (me-say-ree-cor'-dee-ah),  Sp.; 
town  in  valley  of  Agus^n,  Surigao,  Minda- 
nao, 9  m.  S.  by  W.  of  Butiian. 

MISIBIS  (mee-see'-bis),ver.;  point  in  NE.  Albay, 
Luzon. 

MITALAGIB  (me-tah-lah-hib'),  nat.;  pueblo  in 
Misamis,  Mindanao. 

MITBIT  (meat-beat'),  ver.;  cluster  of  islets,  off 
NE.  coast  of  Busuadga  I.,  Calamianes  grp., 
between  Paragua  (Palawan)  and  Mindoro, 
6i  m.  SE.  by  E.  of  Caluit  Pt. 

MITRA  (mee'-trah),  Sp.;  peak,  5,786  ft.  high,  in 
Caraballos  Occidentales,  Lepanto,  Luzon. 

peak,  285  ft.  high,  NW.  shore  of  Pagbilao 

Grande,  S.  shore  of  Tayabas,  Luz6n. 

MITBAMTA  (mee-tram'-tah),  ver.;  peak,  28.5  ft. 
high,  on  Pagbilao  Grande  I.,  in  bay  of  Taya- 
bas, off  S.  coast  of  Tayabas,  Luz6n. 

MITBE,  for.;  islet,  N.  side  of  Cadlao  I.,  affording 
good  anchorage,  NW.  coast  of  Paragua,  Pala- 
wan.   (See  Cadlao  I.) 

MIUT  (mute),  ver.;  hamlet  at  mouth  of  river  on 
NW.  shore  of  Sarangani  Bay,  S.  coast  of  DA- 
vao,  Mindanao,  74i  m.  SSW.  of  D4vao.  (See 
Mutul.) 

MOALBOAL  (moh-ahl-boh-ahP),  nat.:  pueblo  on 
W.  coast  of  Cebu,  42  m.  SW.  of  Cebii.  (See 
Mualbual. ) 


MOBAXEN.  or  MOXTERO  (moh-bah'-nen,  ver.; 
mon-tay'-roh,  Sp.);  island  3fm.  N.and  S.,  in 
SE.  approach  to  Aletas  de  Tiburon  or  Shark's 
Fin  Bay,  off  E.  coast  of  N.  Paragua,  Palawan. 

MOBABY  (moh-bah'-ree),  ver.;  island  off  coast  of 
Panay. 

MOBO  (moh-beau'),ver.;  puebloof  Masbate  I.,on 
1.  bank  of  mouth  of  river  emptying  into  sea 
3i  m.  SE.  of  Masbate.    Pop.,  1,896. 

river  flowing  W.  and  emptying  into  chan- 
nel formed  by  island  of  Daliipiri  or  Puerco 
( so  called  on  account  of  number  of  wild  hogs ) . 
off  extreme  NW.  coast  of  Simar,  lat.  12°  29'  N., 
Ion.  127°  55'  30"  E. 


MOCABARI   imoh-cah-bah'-ree),  ver.;  hamlet  in 

Sorsogon,  Luzon,  lat.  12°  49'  30"  N. 
point  on  E.  caost  of  Sorsogon,  Luzon,  near 

hamlet  of  .same  name. 
MOCAt'LAT  (moh-cah-oo'-lie),  ver.;  hamlet  on  E. 

shore  of  Dumanquilas  Bay,  88  m.  ENE.  of 

Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 
MOl'POt'  (mock-pock'),  nat.;  pueblo  in  Marindu- 

que,  on  bank  of  river  near  sea  on  NW.  coa.st. 

(See  Mogpoc.) 
MODAl'X  (moh-dah'-oon),  ver.;  river  entering  on 

N.  shore  of  Ddvao  Gulf,  DAvao,  Mindanao. 
MOELMOEL  (moh-el-moh-el'),  ver.;  point  on  W. 

coast  of  Sdmar,  in  pueblo  of  Catarman. 
MOGAPA  (moh-gah-pah') ,  ver.;  hamlet  in  Iloilo, 

Panay,  2i  m.  NW.  of  Janiuay. 
MOGPOl'   (mohg-powk'),  ver.;    pueblo  on  NW. 

coast  of  Marinduque  I.    Lies  on  .small  river 

entering  sea  at  that  point.    Pop.,  5.214. 
MOISTS    (moy-says'),  Sp.;    mountain    in    Gran 

Cordillera    Oriental,    Isabela,     Luz6n,    near 

coast,   inland  from    Dimalansan    port,  4.209 

ft.  high  and  conspicuous  mark  for  navigators 

on  this  part  of  coast. 
peak  4,276  ft.  high  in  Sierra  Madre,  Luz6n. 

M0J6n  (moh-hohn'),  Sp.;  hamlet  on  extreme  S. 
coast  of  Negros  Oriental,  4  m.  NE.  of  Siaton. 

mountain  in  NW.  Simar. 

village  on  road  to  Misamis,  1  m.  S.  of  Locii- 

lan,  W.  shore  of  Misamis  port,  Misamis,  Min- 
danao. 


S  Doc  2SC    57    1 


0 

PORT   MISAMIS 


^/ 


S  Doc  SSC    57    1 


GAZETTEEK    OF    THE    PHILIPI'INE    ISLANDS. 


677 


3'^^'  ''""^j^^^Murcielagbs Islets 

zl'E      ^5 1^36 
92 


,:"^'-;feTt:Eipit  (orGalera;) 


KUIiCIEI^AaoS    rSLI^TS 

Th.e  layfer  islet,  Lai,.' 8°  07  44  K-llongl^'i    2i'>' 3?' 


l^fEUiUoalMilf 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


677 


33 

^^%i   ^"'^(^  Moxcielagbs Islets 

26  4^^ 

^6- 


,  ■  •^■■;er  tjnpit  (or  Galera) 


:ir o n-TJETWE  s  t  c  oa;s  i 


MITIiCIELAaoS    rS]LF.TS 

Tlie  lui-g'e^- islet,  l.a.t.'s' 0744 K-;Loxig.l^'i    '.it>  3?' 


l^TaatlcaL  Milt 


r>78 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


HOKO   (moh'-koh),  ver.;  small  bay  2  in.   E.  of 

Bakun   Pt.,  on  N.  shore  of    Tawi  Tawi    I., 

Sulu  A. 
MOLAUKN  (moh-lah'-wayn),Tag.;  pointonLake 

Taal,  Butangaa,  Luz6n,  lat.  13°  52'  40"  N. 
MOLAVE  (moh-lah'-vay),  Hisp.;  river  in  Cavite, 

Liiz6n,   taking  its  rise  in  pueblo  of  Santa 

Cruz,  flowing  N.  and  emptying  into  bay  of 

Bacoor,  SSW.  of  Cavite. 
MOLBOt!  (moll-bock'),  ver.;  point  in  Cebii. 
MOLEOTO  (moh-lay-oh'-toh),  ver.;  river  entering 

on  NW.  coast  of  Port  Uson,  on  S.  coast  of 

Busuanga  I.,  Calamianes  grp.,  between  Para- 

gua  (Palawan)  and  Mindoro. 
MOLING  AN  (moh-ling'-ahn),  ver.;   mountain  in 

Grand  Cordillera  Central,  in  NW.  corner  of 

Isabela,  Luz6n. 
MOLINO  (moh-lee'-noh),  Sp.;  hamlet  in  Cavite, 

Luz6n,  11  m.  S.  of  Cavite. 
MOLO   (moh'-loh),  ver.;   pueblo  near  shore  of 

Iloilo  Strait,  in  S.  Iloilo,  Panay,  1^  m.  W.  of 

Iloilo.    Pop.,  9,547. 
MOLOCONAN    (moh-loh-coh'-nahn),  ver.;  point, 

hamlet,  and  river  3i  m.  N.  on  SW.  coast  of 

Negros  Oriental,  point  9  m.  and  hamlet  and 

river  6  m.  S.  of  Tol6n. 
MOLOVOLO  (moh-loh-voh'-loh),  ver.;  hamlet  in 

pueblo  of  Boljo-6n,  Cebii. 
MOLUOAN  (moh-loo'-gahn),ver.;  hamlet  in  Misa- 

mis,  Mindanao. 
MOLUGUN  (moh-loo'-goon),  ver.;  pueblo  in  Misa- 

mis,  Mindanao.    Pop.,  1,044. 
M0MB(5n  (mohm-bohn'),  nat.;  island  surrounded 

by  rocks  in  pueblo  of  Guiuan,  on  SE.  coast  of 

SAmar. 
MOMPOG  (mohm-pohg'),  ver.;  one  of  Aniboyas 

Is.,  off  S.  coast  of  Tayabas,  Luz6n,  near  Tu- 

guifi,n  Pt.,  on  latter  shore. 
passage  between  Pt.  Tugui;'in  (Luz6n)  and 

Mompog  I.,  E.  of  N.  end  of  Marinduque. 
MONCADA  (mon-cah'-dah),  Sp.;  pueblo  in  Tdrlac, 

Luzon,  18  m.  from  Tftrlac.    Pop.,  7,601. 
bay  on  E.  shore  of  D4vao  Gulf,  D&vao, 

Mindanao. 
MONCAYO  (mon-cah'-yoh),  Sp.;  town  at  junc- 
tion of  important  tributary  on  r.  shore  of 

AgusAn  Riv.,  69  m.  S.  by  E.  of  Butuan,  Suri- 

gao,  Mindanao. 
MONDEO,  or  MATABANO  (mon-day'-oh,  mah-yah- 

bah'-noh),  ver.;  riverdraining  S.  central  cone 

of  Negros  into  sea  on  extreme  SE.  coast,  li  m. 

SW.  of  Zamboanguita,  Negros  Oriental. 
MONDIVIN  (mohn-dee'-vin),  ver.;  mountain  in 

pueblo  of  Palompon,  Leyte. 
MONDRAOON  (mohn-drah-gohn');  pueblo  on  N. 

coast  of  SS.mar,  53  m.  NNW.  of  Catbalogau. 

Pop.,  1,550. 
MONGALAO  (mohn-gah-lah'-oh),  ver.;  i.slands  in 

Calamianes  grp.,  off  NE.  coast  of  Paragua, 

Palawan. 
MONGOS-MONGOS  (mohn-gos-mohn'-gos),  Hisp.; 

island  W.  of  Luzon. 
MONJA,  LA  (lah  mohn'-hah),  Sp.;  island  N.  side 

of  entrance  to  Manila  Bay,  W.  of  Corregidor 

and  S.  off  S.  coast  of  Bata^n,  Luz6n. 


MONK  and  FRIAR,  for.;  island  2i  m.  N.  of  Du- 
marta,  off  E.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan, with 
barren  rock  60  ft.  high,  about  1  m.  SSW. 

MONLOGBOC  (mohn-log-bock'),  ver.;  mountain 
in  Zambales,  Luz6n. 

MONSEBRAT  (mohn-say-rrahf),  Sp.;  town  on  E. 
shore  of  Ddvao  Gulf,  Ddvao,  Mindanao,  484 
m.  SE.  by  S.  of  D&vao  and  in  S.  extreme  of 
SE.  peninsula  of  Mindanao. 

mountain  in  Ilocos  Sur,  Luz6n. 

mountain  in  SW.  Leyte. 

MONTALBXn  (mohn-tal-bahn'),  Sp.;  pueblo  in 
Rizal,  Luz6n,  16  m.  NE.  of  Manila.  Pop.,  3,055. 
Possesses  extensive  quarries  of  fine  marble, 
which  have  been  worked  since  1888. 


MONTE,  DEL,  or  SANTO  TOMXS  (dayl  mobn'-tay, 
sahn-toh  toh-mass'),  Sp.;  point  on  NW. coast 
of  Mindoro,  51  m.  W.  by  N.  of  CalapAn,  46  m. 
SSW.  from  Jamilo  Pt.,  S.  headland  of  Manila 
Bay;  23  m.  SW.  from  Santiago  C,  Batangas, 
Luzon. 

MONTERO(mohn-tay'-roh),Sp.;  island E. of  May- 
tiaquid  I.,  off  NE.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 
(.S'ceMobanen.) 

MONTES  DE  SAN  MATEO  (mohn'-tess  day  .sahn 
mah-tay'-oh),  Sp..;  secondary  mountain  sys- 
tem in  E.  Bulac&n,  Luz6n. 

MONTIN-ILOG  (mohn-teen-ee'-lohg).  Tag.;  river 
in  Laguna,  Luz6n,  flowing  N.,  then  E.,  unites 
its  waters  with  Lusacan  or  Calaboso  Riv. 

MONTINTIJBIG  (mohn-teen-too'-big).  Tag.;  river 
rising  on  S.  slopes  of  Batulao  Mt.  and  uniting 
its  waters  with  Calumpan,  empties  into  Ba- 
layAn  Bay  on  SW.  coast  of  Batangas,  Luz6n. 

MONTtJFAR  (mohn-too'-far),  Sp.;  town  and  point 
on  NE.  coast  of  Sorsog6n,  Luz6n,  S.  of  S.  head- 
land to  Albay  Bay. 

MONTL'GAN  (mohn-too'-gahn),  ver.;  S.  point  of  E. 
entrance  to  gulf  of  Albay,  9^  m.  N.  of  Giibat, 
Sorsogon,  Luz6n. 

MONTUYO  (mohn-too'-yoh),  ver.;  river  in  Negros 
Oriental,  emptying  into  sea  2  m.  NW.  of  Sia- 
ton  Pt.,  SW.  coast. 

MONUANGON  (moh-nwang'-ohn) ,  nat.;  creek 
emptying  on  extreme  SE.  shore  of  Panguil 
Bay,  SW.  end  of  Misamis  port,  Misamis,  Min- 
danao. 

MOOLIGI,  or  MULIGI  (moh-oh-lee'-hee,  moo-lee'- 
hee),  ver.;  2  islets,  highest  410  ft.,  8  m.  off 
SW.  .shore  of  Cagay&n  Sulu  grp.,  Sulu  Sea. 

MORANON  (moh-rah'-nohn),  nat.;  river  entering 

extreme  S.  shore  of  Libds  port,  E.  coast  of 

Sdmar. 
MORELLA  (moh-ray'-lj'ah),  Sp.;  pueblo  a  few  m. 

inland  from  W.  shore  of  D4vao  Gulf,  3J  m. 

W.  of  Ditvao,  D&vao,  Mindanao. 
MORIONES   (moh-ree-oh'-nays),  Sp.;   pueblo  in 

TArlac,  Luz6n,  3  m.  from  T^rlac.    Pop.,  1,289. 

MORO  (moh'-roh),  Sp.;  low  island  covered  with 
trees  50  to  65  ft.  above  water  in  Port  Isabela 
channel,  Basilan  I.,  Sulu  A.;  visible  7  m. 

MOBOBARA  (moh-roh-bah'-rah),  ver.;  small 
stream  and  hamlet  on  W.  coast  of  Antique, 
Panay,  4  m.  N.  of  Colasi. 

MOR(iN  (moh-rohn'),  Sp.;  pueblo  on  seashore  in 
BataAn,  Luzon,  28  m.  W.  of  Balanga.  Pop., 
2,622. 

hamlet  in  Laguna,  Luz6n.    Foundry  for 

casting  iron  cannon  ball  for  the  Spanish  was 
established  at  this  place. 

mountain    in    Nueva    ilcija  and   in  part 

forming  boundary  with  PangasinAn,  Luzon. 

m6R0NG  (moh'-rong).  Tag.;  pueblo  and  capital 
of  Rizal,  formerly  Morong,  Luzon,  on  N. 
shore  of  central  of  3  large  indentations  which 
Laguna  de  Bay  makes  to  N.,  19  m.  ESE.  of 
Manila.  Although  one  of  smallest  in  area 
province  is  one  of  most  enterprising  and  pro- 
ductive.   Pop.,  9,430. 

MOROPORO  (moh-raw-poh'-raw),  ver.;  point  on 
W.  coast  of  S&mar,  8  m.  NW.  of  Catbalogan. 

MOBBO,  or  PIAPl  (moh-rraw',  Sp.;  pee-ah'-pee, 
ver.);  point  on  Pacific  coast  of  Luzon,  in  La- 
guna, near  its  N.  boundary. 

MORSOOM,  for.;  prominent  headland  S^m.NE.  of 
Bluff  Pt.,  W.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan,  near 
S.  boundary;  fine  stream  enters  sea  N.  of  this 
head;  ranges  inland  reach  height  of  5,000  ft. 

MOSIQUIT  (moh-see-kif),  ver.:  stream  emptying 

into  sea  3  m.  NW.  of  Siaton  Pt.,  SW.  coast  of 

Negros  Oriental, 
MOTO  (moh'-toh),  ver..  hamlet  in  central  Con- 

cepci6n,  Iloilo,  Panay,  3^  m.  W.  ol  San  Dio- 

nisio. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    THILll^PlNE    ISLANDS. 


679 


FUCA    I. 

MUSABAY 

by 

Captain  George  Baker 

1759. 

Sp,rut  6  A. 


680 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


MOUNT  AIUY,  for.;  double-top  summit  at  foot  of 
Mt.  Peel,  3,600  ft.  high,  ;m<l  (ivcrlo.^king  Fish 
Bay,  W.  coast  of  N.  J'ahuvan.    'I'his  summit 
stands  on  parallel  10°,  N.  b(iuii(iaiy  line  be- 
tween Paragua  and  S.  or  Moro  Palawan. 
MOUNT  I)ON(UL  (dohng-ahl'),nat.;  point  NE.  by 
E.  of  San  Antonio  (Rocky)  Bay,  SE.  coast  o"f 
Palawan. 
MUAIi  (mwahl) ;  inlet  in  S^mar. 
MUALBUAL,    or    MOALBOAL     (mwahl-bwahP, 
moh-ahl-boh-ahl'),  ver.;  pueblo  on  S.  side  of 
inland  end  of  peninsula  which  separates  it 
and  its  bay  from  Alcantara  and  its  bay,  2  m. 
N.,  on  W.  coast  of  Cebu,  42  m.  SW.  of  Cebi'i. 
Pop.,  9,509. 
MUALOn  (mwah-lohn'),  ver.;  hamlet  3i  m.  NJ". 

of  Lo6n,  W.  coa.st  of  Bohol. 
MUAT  (mwaht),  ver.;  mountain  in  Daram  I.,  off 

W.  coast  of  Sdmar. 
MUBU  (moo'-boo),  ver.;  point  N.  of  Sulu  I.,  Sulu 
A.:  celebrated  for  remarkable  tree  (ficus) 
used  as  landmark  for  Sulu  roadstead,  and 
associated  with  native  history  and  supersti- 
tion; native  fair  is  held  around  tree  once  a 
week;  also  fine  spring  on  beach,  water  bub- 
bling up  in  strong  stream  between  high  and 
low  water  mark  into  sort  of  rocky  basin  over- 
hung by  gnarled  branches  of  large  ficus. 
MUCjCbOG  (moo-cah'-bog),  ver.;  point  on  extreme 
E.  coast  of  Negros  Occidental,  li  m.  N.  of  Es- 
calante,  and  7  m.  SW.  of  Bito  Pt. 

island  2  m.  long,  3  m.  NE.  of  Panagsagon, 

extreme  NE.  point  of  Negros  Occidental;  has 
several  islets  and  rocks  W.  of  it. 
MUDA  (moo'-dah),  Sp.;  island  on  Dumanquilas 

Bay,  S.  coast  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 
.  MUGEN  (niooh'-hen),  ver.;  hamlet  in  central  Cor- 
dilleras of  Abra,  Luz6n. 
MUtid   (moo-goh'),  ver.;  tableland   NW.  of  pue- 
blo of  GapAn,  Nueva  Ecija,  Luzon. 
MUJAI  (moo'-hi),  nat.;  point  on  NW.  coast  of 

Guimards  I.,  off  Iloilo,  Panay. 
MUJUBA  (moo-hoo'-bah),  nat.;  islet  off  W.  coast 

of  Sdmar,  N.  of  Buad  I.,  lat.  11°  -l'-!'  20"  N. 
Mil  LAO  (moo'-lahg),  ver.;  mineral  spring  in  Cebu. 
MULANAY.  or  BEN'DO  (moo-lah-ni',  ben'-doh). 
Tag.:    piirlilo  i;  m.  S.  of  Catanauan,  on  SW. 
shore  <.i    I'.iyiil.as,  Luz6n.    Anchorage  is  in 
bight   t.SI';.  (if  Ajus  Pt.    River  enters  sea  at 
bottom  (if  bight  with  town  of  Mulanay,  or 
Bendo,  on  its  1.  bank.    Pop.,  325. 
Ml'I.ID  (moo-lid'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  S.  headwater 
branch  of  MalinannangRiv.,W.Cdpiz,  Panay, 
li  m.  SE.  of  Jamindao. 
MlILKil   (moo-iec'-hee),    ver.;  2  S.    islands   of 
Cagayan  Sulu  grp.,  S.  410  and  N.  232  ft.  above 
sea;  S.,  larger,  is  i  m.  long  and  i  m.  wide;  lie 
8  m.  to  S.  of  Tan  Jong,  Tavo  Tavo,  with  clear 
channel  5  m.  between  and  12,^  m.  S.  of  Lapun- 
Lapun  anchorage;  uninhabited  but  resorted 
to  by  natives  for  fish.     {Also  Muleegi.) 
MULITA  (moo-lee'-tah),  Sp.;  river  in  Mindanao. 
MUDIBARI  (moom-bah'-ree),  ver.;    river  in  An- 
tique, Panay,  flowing  W.  and  emptying  into 
sea  on  W.  coast. 
MIInaY  (moo'-nl),  ver.;  hamlet  2  m.  inland  from 
S.  shore  of  Iligan  Bay,  48i  m.  SW.  of  Cagav,4n 
de  Misamis,  Mi.samis,  Mindanao. 
MUNOABON  (moon-gah'-bohn),  ver.;   mountain 

in  W.  SAmar,  4  m.  N.  of  Paranas. 
MUXGAJUiV  (moohn-gah'-hoon),  nat.;  mountain 

in  Sdmar,  lat.  11°  54'  30"  N. 
MUN«lXn    (moon-glahn'),    nat.;    mountain    in 

Uni6n,  Luz6n,  E.  of  Luesin. 
MUNGLAO  (moon-glah'-oh),nat.;  hamletin  Abra, 

Luz6n. 
MUNGUIA  (moon-gee'-ah),  ver.;  pueblo  in  Bon- 
toe,  Luz6n. 

MUNOZ  (moo-nyoth'),Sp.;  town  in  Nueva  Ecija, 
Luz6n. 

MUNTINGTIJBIG  (moon-ting-too'-big), Tag.;  ham- 
let in  pueblo  of  Ibadn,  Batangas,  Lnz6n. 


MUNTINLUPA,  orMUNTINGLUPA  (_moon-tin-loo'- 
pah,  moon-ting-loo'-pah)  (small  land).  Tag.; 
pueblo  in  Rizal,  Luz6n,  on  W.  shore  of  La- 
guna  de  Bay,  9  m.  SE.  of  Manila.    Pop.,  5,068. 

MUqUID  (moo-kid'),  ver.;  river  in  Bohol,  Visayas. 

MUBAYAS  (moo-rah'-yas),  ver.;  hamlet  near  1. 
bank  of  Iligan  Riv.,  3^  m.  above  its  outlet 
into  Iligan  Bay,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

MUKCIA  (moor'-thee-ah),  Sp.;  pueblo  of  Negros 
Occidental,  near  headwaters  of  Lagasan  Riv. 
8i  m.  E.  of  Sumag,  8  m.  SE.  of  Bac6Iod.  Pop.' 
8,000.  ^  ' 

town  in  TArlac,  lAiz6n,  6^  m.  S.  of  Tdrlac, 

near  Manila  R.  R.  Pop.,  Cn.  1887,  2,316. 
MURClfiLAGOS,  or  CABUGAN  (moor-thee-ay'-lah- 
gohs,  cah-boo'-gahn) ,  Sp. ;  consisting  of  Cabu- 
gan  and  10  smaller  islets  WSW.  of  Balato 
Pt.,  at  NE.  entrance  to  Murci^lagos  Bay  N 
coast  Dapitan,  Mindanao. 

clu,ster  of  small  islands,  3  m.  N.  from  Kipit 

Ft.,  NW.  coast  of  Mindanao,  between  Sindan- 
gan  Pt.  and  Gorda  head.  Low;  largest,  east- 
ernmost, about  i  m.  in  length.  Channel  be- 
tween them  and  Kipit  Pt.  is  deep  and  clear. 

bay  opening  between  Bomb6n  Pt.  on  E 

and  Silla  on  W.,  11  m.  on  N.  coast  of  Misamis 
Mindanao.  On  W.  coast,  S.  of  Silla  Pt.,  are  3 
islets.  Anchorage  near  river  enters  E.  angle 
of  bay,  elsewhere  no  bottom  at  45  fms. 
MURIG0D(5lV  (mooh-ree-goh-dawn'),  ver.;  point 
on  SW.  coast  of  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur) 
Luzon,  lat.  12°  52'  30"  N. 
MUSA  (moo'-sah),  Sp.;  bay  formed  between  W. 
end  of  Fuga  I.  and  2  small  adjacent  islands, 
Bari  and  Mabac.  Babuyanes  Is.  into  bay 
is  from  S.  between  Bari  and  W.  point  of  Fuga 
from  direction  of  town  of  Musa.  Bay,  al- 
though sheltered  from  sea,  resorted  to  only 
in  case  of  necessity  on  account  of  its  coral 
bottom.  Best  anchorage  near  NE.  side  of 
Bari  I.  May  3,  1899,  U.  S.  S.  Concord,  during 
N.  cruise,  anchored  in  this  bay  for  2  days, 
days.  Musa  Bay  is  one  of  cruising  ports  "of 
United  States  Navy  among  these  outlying 
groups  of  American  possessions  in  N.  waters  of 
P.  A.  U.  S.  S.  Yorkmvn,  in  Januarv,  1901, 
anchored  in  this  bay  between  Mabac  and 
Bari  Is.,  in  heavy  northeaster  and  found 
anchorage  insecure. 

town  in  :^_'abuyanes  grp.,  on  S.  shore  of  Fuga 

I.,  of  consic  erable  local  importance  and  cruis- 
ing station    for  United   States  fleet  during 
visits  to  these  waters.    Pop.,  200.    (SccFugal. 
and  Musa  Bay.) 
MUSINLOG  (moo-sin-lohg'),  nat.;  river  in  Zam- 
boanga, Mindanao,  emptying  on  SE.  coast. 
MUSPfiN  (moos-nahn'),  ver.;  mountain  in  Misa- 
mis, Mindanao. 
MUSO  (moo'-soh),  nat.;   town  on  SW.  shore  of 
Siasi  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A.,  S.  of  Sisipan  Pt. 
MUTlXs  (moo-tec;-ass'),  Tag.;  hamlet  in  N.  cen- 
tral Nueva  Ecija,  huz(m,  on  headwaters  of 
E.  tributary  of  Chico  de  la  Pampanga  Riv.,  27 
m.  N.  of  San  Isidro. 
MUTILAG  (moo-tee-lahg'),  nat.;  villageonl.  bank 
of  N.  arm  of  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  Cota- 
bato,  Mindanao. 
MUTIONG  (moo-tee-oug'),nat.;  hamlet  in  pueblo 

of  Paranas,  SAmar,  lat.  11°  46'  40"  N. 
MiItUL  (moo'-tool),  ver.;  hamlet  near  mouth  of 
stream  entering  Sarangani  Bav,  extreme  NW. 
shore,  DAvao,  Mindanao,  119  m.  S.  by  W. 
of  DAvao.  Volcano  of  Matutum  lies  22  m. 
N.  by  E.  of  town  and  can  be  seen  from  great 
di.stance.  Mvitul  anchorage  is  in  angle  of  bay 
N.  of  town.  Communication  between  Mutul 
and  Buliian  Lake  across  mountains  in  Cota- 
bato  occupies  2  and  3  days. 
MUTUNSaG     (moo-toong-ag');    crater    in    NW. 

Leyte,  2  m.  NW.  of  San  Isidro. 
MUY'O    (moo'-3-oh),    nat.;    district   included    in 
I>neblo  of  GapAn,  Nueva  felja,  Luz6n. 


'^.^y 


XOKTH 

MURCI 


S  Doc  .^1^.  57    1 


,\'^- 


'C 

,.^, 


fsT-o 


Ml  IK  li  I  \GOS    I{\y 


..-%      i^ 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


681 


:sf. 


NAA\AN  (neh-ah-nahn'),  ver.;  puebloon  E.  shore 
of  Iligan  Bay,  at  mouth  of  river,  45  m.  W.  of 
CagayAii  de  Mis-amis,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

i\ABAGBA(U  (nah-bahg-bah-gah'),  nat.;  point  at 
extreme  SW.  end  of  Lugbung  I.,  W.  of  Rom- 
bl6n  I.,  Visayas. 

NABALXs  (nah-bah-lass'),  nat.;  hamlet  on  NE. 
coast  of  GuimarAs  I.,  off  Iloilo,  Panay. 

NABALH5aN  (nah-bah-lee-oo'-ahn),  ver.;  branch 
of  Malisbug  Riv.,  Negros  Occidental,  empty- 
ing into  Guimaris  Strait  2  m.  N.  of  Silay. 

XABALOAN  (nah-bah-loh'-ahn),  nat.;  hamlet  on 
W.  coast  of  Antique,  Panay,  3  m.  NW.  of  Salde. 

NABALOTO  (nah-bah-law'-toh),  nat.;  hamlet  in 
central  Concepci6n,  Iloilo,  Panay,  3^  m.  NE. 
of  Lemery. 

NABXNOC  (nah-bah'-nock),  ver.;  point  on  W. 
coast  of  large  bav  on  S.  coast  of  Leyte,  1  m. 
NE.  of  M<§rida. 

NABAO  (nah-bah'-oh).  Tag.;  river  in  Bulac&n, 
Luz6n,  discharging  on  N.  coast  of  Manila  Bay. 

NABiOY  (nah-bah'-oy),  ver.;  river  in  CApiz,  Pa- 
nay, entering  sea  on  extreme  NW.  shore,  1^ 
m."\V.  of  Malay. 

NABASAN  (nah-bah'-sahn),  ver.;  point  in  Zam- 
bales,  Luz6n. 

XABATA  (nah-bah'-tah),  ver.;  river  and  hamlet 
at  its  mouth,  on  S.  coast  of  Antique,  Panay,  10 
m.  W.  of  Panddn. 

NABATXS  (nah-bah-tass'),  ver.;  .point  and  hamlet 
on  W.  coast  of  Sdmar,  on  Daram  channel,  8 
m.  SW.  of  Villareal. 

NABAYA  (nah-bah'-yah),ver.;  hamlet  in  Antique, 
Panay,  on  1.  bank  of  Paliuan  Riv.,  5  m.  NE. 
of  Bugason. 

JiABBUANGAN  (nahb-bwang'-ahn),  ver.;  river  in 
Luzon. 

NABELIA  (nah-bay'-lyah),  ver.;  hamlet  on  r.  of 
NW.  branch  of  Bac-hao  Bangahdn  Riv.,  SW. 
Silmar. 

NABILOU  (nah-bee'-lohg),  nat.;  island,  1  sq.  m., 
near  W.  coastof  Masbate, Vi.sayas,  lat.  12° 28' N. 

NABINCALXn  (nah-bin-cah-lahn'),ver.;  river  ris- 
ing in  central  range  of  Negros,  empties  into 
.sea  at  Guadalupe  on  NE.  coast  of  Negros  Oc- 
cidental,?^ m.  S.  of  Calatrava. 

NABIRIKAYA  (nah-bee-ree-nah'-yah),Tag.;  point 
on  NW.  shore  of  Taal  Bay,  Batangas,  Luzon. 

NABOCLOT  (nah-boh-clohf),  nat.;  mountain  in 
Camarines,  Luz6n. 

NABOLISAG  (nah-boh-lee-sag'),  ver.;  mountain 
4  m.  NE.  of  Paranas,  in  W.  Sdmar. 

XABOBXS  (nah-boh-rass').  ver.;  town  at  sea  end 
of  small  peninsula  which  forms  N.  shore  of 
inlet  on  SE.  angle  of  Murei61agos  Bay,  N. 
coastof  Misamis,  Mindanao,  11  m.  E.  of  Dapi- 
tan. 

XABOTAS  (nah-boh'-tass),  nat.;  river  in  Mindoro, 
on  its  shores  settlement  of  Mangui&n,  re- 
ported by  party  of  explorers,  showed  excep- 
tional conditions.  12  native  houses  of  which 
it  consisted  were  built  in  a  semicircle  with 
larger  one  in  center,  used  by  headmen  as 
council  house  and  place  of  festivity. 

■ hamlet   in  pueblo   of   Tambobon,   Rizal, 

Luzon,  on  river  of  same  name. 

NABUA  (nah'-bwah),  ver.;  pueblo  on  r.  bank  of 
Buhi  Riv.,  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luz6n, 
on  main  road  21  m.  SE.  of  Nueva  CAceres,  i 
hour's  ride  over  good  road  from  Batii.    Inter- 


NABUA— Continued. 

vening  country  is  flat  with  rice  fields  on  both 
sides,  intersected  by  several  small  streams, 
whose  waters,  pouring  down  the  E.  hills, 
form  lake  which  empties  into  BIcol  Riv. 
Pop.  17,789. 

NABUALiJi  (nah-bwah-lahn'),  nat.;  hamlet  in 
Abra,  Luz6n. 

NABUBDSOG  (nah-boo-boo-sog'),  nat.;  mountain 
in  Sdmar. 

NABUDfON  (nah-boo-doq'-ohn),  ver.;  stream  en- 
tering sea  on  SE.  coast  of  Iloilo,  Panay,  5  m. 
SW.  of  San  Joaquin. 

KABDGAT  (nah-boo-gaf),  ver.;  island  of  me- 
dium height  in  Semerara  grp.,  1  m.  NE.  of 
Semerara,  in  channel  between  latter  and 
Libagao,  to  NE.  11  m.  SE.  of  Buruncan  Pt., 
Mindoro. 

NABUGTll  (nah-boog-too') ,  ver.;  islet  5  m.  off 
SW.  shore  of  Masbate  I.,  Visayas. 

NABl'LAO  (nah-boo-lah'-oh),  ver.;  riverinS.  part 
of  Negros  Occidental. 

NABULIJAN  (nah-boo-loo'-ahn),  ver.;  river  in 
Mindoro. 

NABl'NUT,  or  LL'TUXG,  or  LULUGBAN  (nah-boo- 
noot',  loo-toung',loo-loog'-bahn),  nat.;  island 
1  m.  long,  100  ft.  high,  3i  m.  E.  of  Bulacaue, 
extreme  NE.  point  of  Concepcion,  Iloilo,  Pa- 
nay, 5  m.  N.  of  Pan  de  Azticar,  surrounded 
by  rocks. 

NABURAOBl!  RAO  ( nah-boo-rah-oh-boo-rah'-oh ) , 
ver.;  hamlet  on  E.  coast  of  SAmar,  3  m.  NW. 
of  Lanang. 

XABUROS  (nah-boo'-ross),  nat.;  island  1  m.  long 
at  entrance  to  Casul  Bay,  SE.  inlet  of  Murci6- 
lagos  Bay,  N.  coast  of  Dapitan,  Mindanao,  is 
high  with  3  peaks,  one  in  N.295  ft.  high;  hav- 
ing name  of  island. 

NABURUT  (nah-boo-roof),  nat.;  oft  NW.  coast  of 
Pan  de  Azucar  I.,  NE.  coast  of  Iloilo,  Panay. 

NABUTAS  (nah-boo'-tas),  nat.;  river  in  Mindoro, 
emptying  into  sea  on  N.  coast. 

NACABiN  (nah-cah-bahn'),Tag.;  point  in  W.  Ba- 
taAn,  Luz6n. 

NACBXtAL  (nac-bah'-tahl),  ver.;  hamlet  in  N. 
Samar,  inland  9i  m.  S.  of  Pambujan. 

J(ACL<3n  (nah-clohn');  ver.;  mountain  in  Cebii. 

NACODA  (nah-koh'-dah),  ver.;  island  200  ft.  high 
in  bight  of  coast  between  Hummock  Pt.  and 
Albi6n  Head,  off  Tagbayug  Bay,  W.  coast  of 
Palawan. 

cove  on  W.  coast  of  Moro  Palawan,  formed 

by  Mariquit,  Nacoda,  and  Sirinao  Is.,  en- 
trance between  Nacoda  and  Sirinao  Is.,  i  m. 

NACODA,  or  MACODA.     {See  Manglar. ) 

NACOL  (nah-coU'),  ver.;  hamletat  headwaters  of 
Ulut  Riv.,  in  S.  central  Sdmar. 

NACOPOL  (nah-coh-pohP),  nat.;  point  on  NE. 
shore  of  Laguftn  I.,  aTid  W.  head  to  Lagudn 
channel,  NE.  coast  of  Stoiar,  Visayas. 

NAtURAN  (nah-coo'-rahn),  ver.;  mountain  in 
Panay. 

NADIIlAO  (nah-doo'-lah-oh),  ver.;  island  1^  m. 
NW.  to  SE.  and  2  detached  islets  in  mid-chan- 
nel of  GuimarAs  Strait,  3^  m.  off  Pandta  Pt., 
Negros  Occidental,  on  E.,  and  4  m.  ofTGuima- 
T&s  I.  on  W. 

NAGA  (nah'-eah),  nat.;  hamlet  in  SW.  S&mar,  on 
N.  shore  of  San  Juanico  Strait  near  its  E.  out- 
let in  San  Pedro  and  San  Pablo  Bay,  5  m.  W. 
of  Basey. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILirPINE    ISLANDS. 


681 


]^. 


NAANAN  (neh-ah-nahn'),  ver.;  pueblo  on  E.  shore 

of  Iligan  Bay,  at  mouth  of  river,  45  m.  W.  of 

Cagay^ii  de  Misamis,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 
N.4.BAGBAGA  (nah-bahg-bah-gah'),  nat.;  point  at 

extreme  SW.  end  of  Lugbung  I,,  W.  of  Rom- 

bl6n  I.,  Visayas. 
NABALXS  (nah-bah-lass'),  nat.;  hamlet  on  NE. 

coast  of  Guimards  I.,  oflf  Iloilo,  Panay. 
NABALlfAN  (nah-bah-lee-oo'-ahn),  ver.;  branch 

of  Malisbug  Riv.,  Negros  Occidental,  empty- 
ing into  GuimarAs  Strait  2  m.  N.  of  Silay. 
NABALOAN  (nah-bah-loh'-ahn),  nat;  hamlet  on 

W.  coast  of  Antique,  Panay,  3  m.  NW.  of  Salde. 
NABALOTO  (nah-bah-law'-toh),  nat.;  hamlet  in 

central  Concepci6n,  Iloilo,  Panay,  3i  m.  NE. 

of  Lemery. 
NABiNOC    (nah-bah'-nock),   ver.;    point  on  W. 

coast  of  large  bay  on  S.  coast  of  Leyte,  1  m. 

NE.  of  Merida. 
NABAO   (nah-bah'-oh),  Tag.;   river  in  Bulac^n, 

Luz6n,  discharging  on  N.  coast  of  Manila  Bay. 
jVABXOT  (nah-bah'-oy),  ver.;  river  in  C^piz,  Pa- 

nav,  entering  sea  on  extreme  NW.  shore,  li 

m."\V.  of  Malay. 
NABASAX  (nah-bah'-sahn),  ver.;   point  in  Zam- 

bales,  Luz6n. 
NABATA   (nah-bah'-tah),  ver.;  river  and  hamlet 

at  it.s  mouth,  on  S.  coast  of  Antique,  Panay,  10 

m.  W.  of  Panddn. 
NABATXS  (nah-bah-tass'),  ver.;  .point  and  hamlet 

on  W.  coa.st  of  S4mar,  on  Daram  channel,  8 

m.  SW.  of  Villareal. 
NABAYA  (nah-bah'-yah),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Antique, 

Panay,  on  1.  bank  of  Paliuan  Riv.,  5  m.  NE. 

of  Buga.son. 
JiABBUA^AN  (nahb-bwang'-ahn),  ver.;  river  in 

Luzon. 
KABELIA  (nah-bav'-lyah),  ver.;  hamlet  on  r.  of 

NW.  branch  of  Bac-hao  Bangah6n  Riv.,  SW. 


NABILOU  (nah-bee'-lohg),  nat.;  island,  1  sq.  m., 
nearW.  coastofMasbate,  Visayas,  lat.  12°28'N. 

NABINCALjCn  (nah-bin-cah-lahn'),ver.;  riverris- 
ing  in  central  range  of  Negros,  empties  into 
sea  at  Guadalupe  on  NE.  coast  of  Negros  Oc- 
cidental, 7s  m.  S.  of  Calatrava. 

NABIRINAYA  (nah-bee-ree-nah'-yah),Tag.;  point 
on  NW.  shore  of  Taal  Bay,  Batangas,  Luzon. 

NABOCLOT  (nah-boh-clohf),  nat.;  mountain  in 
Camarines,  Luz6n. 

NABOLISAG  (nah-boh-lee-sag'),  ver.;  mountain 
4  m.  NE.  of  Paranas,  in  W.  SAmar. 

NABOBXS  (nah-boh-rass'),  ver.;  town  at  sea  end 
of  small  peninsula  which  forms  N.  shore  of 
inlet  on  SE.  angle  of  Murci61agos  Bay,  N. 
coast  of  Misamis,  Mindanao,  11  m.  E.  of  Dapi- 
tan. 

NABOTAS  (nah-boh'-tass),  nat.;  river  in  Mindoro, 
on  its  shores  settlement  of  Mangui&n,  re- 
ported by  party  of  explorers,  showed  excep- 
tional conditions.  12  native  houses  of  which 
it  consisted  were  built  in  a  semicircle  with 
larger  one  in  center,  used  by  headmen  as 
council  house  and  place  of  festivity. 

hamlet   in  pueblo   of   Tambobon,   Rizal, 

Luzon,  on  river  of  .same  name. 

NABUA  (nah'-bwah),  ver.;  pueblo  on  r.  bank  of 
Buhi  Riv.,  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luz6n, 
on  main  road  21  m.  SE.  of  Nueva  CAceres,  J 
hour's  ride  over  good  road  from  Batii.    Inter- 


A'ABUA— Continued. 

vening  country  is  flat  with  rice  fields  on  both 
sides,  intersected  by  several  small  streams, 
whose  waters,  pouring  down  the  E.  hills, 
form  lake  which  empties  into  BIcol  Riv. 
Pop.  17,789. 

NABUALiN  (nah-bwah-lahn'),  nat.;  hamlet  in 
Abra,  Luz6n. 

NABUBDSOG  (nah-boo-boo-aog'),  nat.;  mountain 
in  Sftmar. 

XABCDt^ON  (nah-boo-doo'-ohn),  ver.;  stream  en- 
tering sea  on  SE.  coast  of  Iloilo,  Panay,  5  m. 
SW.  of  San  Joaquin. 

NABUGAT  (nah-boo-gaf),  ver.;  island  of  me- 
dium height  in  Semerara  grp.,  1  m.  NE.  of 
Semerara,  in  channel  between  latter  and 
Libagao,  to  NE.  11  m.  SE.  of  Buruncan  Pt., 
Mindoro. 

NABUGTll  (nah-boog-too') ,  ver.;  islet  5  m.  off 
SW.  shore  of  Masbate  I.,  Visayas. 

NABULAO  (nah-boo-lah'-oh),ver.;  riverinS.  part 
of  Negros  Occidental. 

NABULtiAN  (nah-boo-loo'-ahn),  ver.;  river  in 
Mindoro. 

NABUNUT,  or  LUTUXG,  or  LULUGBAX  (nah-boo- 
noot',  loo-toung:',loo-loog'-bahn),  nat.;  island 
1  m.  long,  100  ft.  high,  3i  m.  E.  of  Bulacane, 
extreme  NE.  point  of  Concepcion,  Iloilo,  Pa- 
nay, i  m.  N.  of  Pan  de  Azilcar,  surrounded 
by  rocks. 

NABURAOBURAO  (nah-boo-rah-oh-boo-rah'-oh), 
ver.;  hamlet  on  E.  coast  of  SS,mar,  3  m.  NW. 
of  Lanang. 

NABUBOS  (nah-boo'-ross),  nat.;  island  1  m.  long 
at  entrance  to  Casul  Bay,  SE.  inlet  of  Murci6- 
lagos  Bay,  N.  coast  of  Dapitan,  Mindanao,  is 
high  with  3  peaks,  one  in  N.295  ft.  high;  hav- 
ing name  of  island. 

NABURUT  (nah-boo-roof),  nat.;  off  NW.  coast  of 
Pan  de  Aziicar  I.,  NE.  coast  of  Iloilo,  Panay. 

NABUTAS  (nah-boo'-tas),  nat.;  river  in  Mindoro, 
emptying  into  sea  on  N .  coast. 

NACABXN  (nah-cah-bahn'),Tag.;  point  in  W.  Ba- 
ta4n,  Luzon. 

NACBXtaL  (nac-bah'-tahl),  ver.;  hamlet  in  N. 
S^mar,  inland  9i  m.  S.  of  Pambujan. 

NACL^N  (nah-clohn');  ver.;  mountain  in  Cebd. 

NACODA  (nah-koh'-dah),  ver.;  island  200  ft.  high 
in  bight  of  coast  between  Hummock  Pt.  and 
Albi6n  Head,  off  Tagbayug  Bay,  W.  coast  of 
Palawan. 

cove  on  W.  coast  of  Moro  Palawan,  formed 

by  Mariquit,  Nacoda,  and  Sirinao  Is.,  en- 
trance between  Nacoda  and  Sirinao  Is.,  ^  m. 

NACODA,  or  MACODA.     (See  Manglar.) 

NACOL  (nah-colP),  ver.;  hamlet  at  headwaters  of 
Ulut  Riv.,  in  S.  central  Sdmar. 

KACOPOL  (nah-coh-pohP),  nat.;  point  on  NE. 
shore  of  Laguftn  I.,  and  W.  head  to  Lagudn 
channel,  NE.  coast  of  S&mar,  Visayas. 

NACURAN  (nah-coo'-rahn),  ver.;  mountain  in 
Panay. 

NADllLAO  (nah-doo'-lah-oh),  ver.;  island  1^  m. 
NW.  to  SE.  and  2  detached  islets  in  mid-chan- 
nel of  Guimar^s  Strait,  3^  m.  off  Pandin  Pt., 
Negros  Occidental,  on  E.,  and  4  m.  ofEGuima- 
T&s  I.  on  W. 

NAGA  (nah'-eah),  nat.;  hamlet  in  SW.  Simar,  on 
N.  shore  of  San  Juanico  Strait  near  its  E.  out- 
let in  San  Pedro  and  San  Pablo  Bay,  5  m.  W. 
of  Basey. 


082 


GAZETTEER    OP    THE   PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 


XAGA;  pueblo  on  E.  coast  of  Cebii,  12  m.  SW.  of 
Cebu.  Steam  vessels  and  coasting  craft,  using 
S.  passage  to  Cebii,  make  Naga  point  of  en- 
trance and  departure.    Pop.,  10,926. 

river  in  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luz6n. 

During  its  course  it  receives  3  names.  Rises 
in  mountains  of  Albay  within  4  m.  of  Pacific 
seacoast  in  SE.,  and  within  2  m.  of  headwa- 
ters of  stream  entering  into  Albay  Gulf,  at 
Albay,  capital.  After  gathering  several 
branches,  pursues  NW.  course  of  about  25  m. 
in  straight  line,  until  it  empties  into  Bat6 
Lake  on  boundary  between  Albay  and  Ambos 
Camarines  (Sur).  Over  this  part  of  its  course 
it  is  known  as  Inaya  Riv.,and  on  its  banks 
are  several  large  towns.  Broad  current  which 
carries  volume  of  waters  of  Bat6  Lake  toward 
sea,  receives  name  Bicol  (Vicol)  Riv.,  as  it 
enters  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  and  continues 
as  far  as  Nueva  C^ceres,  distance  of  25  m.  in 
straight  line  NW.  During  this  part  of  its 
course  it  receives  several  important  tributa- 
ries from  E.,and  on  its  banks  are  several  im- 
portant towns.  This  part  of  its  course  is  navi- 
gable for  craft  of  considerable  size.  From 
Nueva  C&ceres,  provincial  capital,  river  re- 
ceives name  Naga.  Vessels  150  to  200-tons 
can  ascend  it  as  far  as  Nueva  CAceres,  distance 
of  10  m.  in  direct  line.  About  midway  in  its 
course,  which  is  generally  NW.  and  then  NE., 
to  sea  it  makes  a  sweep  in  shape  of  horseshoe 
of  6  m.  and  le.ss  than  1  m.  between  upper  and 
lower  heels.  On  lower  half  Polanluna  con- 
tributes drainage  of  great  valley  which  em- 
braces entire  NW.  part  of  province,  except 
narrow  fringe  on  seaward  shores  NE.  and 
SW.  River  has  its  outlet  on  S.  shore  of  San 
Miguel  Bay. 

point  in  W.  Albay. 

river  in  Cebii. 

river  and  summit,  160  ft.  high,  S.  shore  of 

Loog  Bay,  SE.  arm  of  Nin  Bay,  W.  coast  of 
Masbate,  Vi.'^ayas. 

affluent  of  Chico  de  la  Pampanga  Riv.,  in 

NE.  Pampanga,  Luzon. 

point  on  E.  coast  of  Rombl6n  I.,  Visayas. 

NAGA,  or  NUEVA  CACERES  (nah'-gah,  nway'- 
vah  cah'-thay-race),nat.;  pueblo  and  p. o. in 
Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  on  Bicol  Riv.  Called 
Nueva  CAceres  in  honor  of  Captain-General 
D.Francisco  de  Saiide,  native  of  Ciceres, 
who  founded  Naga,  157S,  near  Indian  village. 
Formerly  Naga  was  principal  town  in  whole 
district  of  Luz6n,  E.  of  Tayabas,  and  on  ac- 
count of  its  population  was  divided  into  N. and 
S.  Camarines  and  Albay.  Region  is  inhabited 
by  Vicol  Indians,  entirely  distinct  in  speech 
and  customs  from  the  Tagals  on  W.  and  Visa- 
yans  on  islands  S.  and  E.  Vicols  are  only 
found  in  this  district  and  near-by  islands. 
Pop.,  Cn.  1887, 9,251. 

NAGABA  (nah-gah'-bah),  nat.;  small  cluster  of 
islets  forming  chain  of  8,  close  to  Tagonito 
Pt.,  and  extending  4^  m.  WNW.  and  ESE.  S. 
islet,  Amagadpagat,  lies  nearly  in  middle  of 
channel  between  coast  of  Mindanao  and  S. 
point  of  Bucas  I.,  off  NE. coast  of  Surigao, 
Mindanao. 

pueblo  on  island  of  Guimar^s,  on  W.  coast 

opposite  Iloilo,  Panay,  on  strait  of  that  name 
at  this  point  1  m.  wide.  By  act  P.  C.  July  22, 
1902,  upon  application  of  municipal  council, 
name  changed  to  Jordan.    Pop.,  8,000. 

NAG  ABAKAN  (nah-gah-bah'-rahn),  ver.;  town  of 
Abra,  Luzon,  in  foothills  of  SW.  of  Gran  Cor- 
dillera Central. 

NAGANAGA  (nah-gah-nah'-gah),  nat;  peak  1,300 
ft.  high,  3  m.  SW.  of  Tacloban,  NE.  coast  of 
Leyte. 

river  entering  Panalarum  Bay  on  its  S. 

shore,  San  Juanico  Strait,  NE.  coast  of  Leyte. 

NAGAPTJ  (nah-gah'-poo),  nat.;  mountain  in  ex- 
treme S.  part  of  Ilocos  Norte,  Luz6n,  whose 
springs  feed  S.  tributaries  of  Grande  de  Laoag 


4 


NAG  APU —Continued . 

Riv.,  lies  in  SW.  spur  of  Gran  Cordillera  Cen- 
tral at  N.  end  of  boundary  between  Abra  and 
Ilocos  Sur  and  its  intersection  with  S.  bound- 
ary of  Ilocos  Norte. 

NAGABAO  (nah-gah-rah'-aw),  nat.;  islet  SW.  of 
Masbate  I.,  Visayas,  7  m.  off  shore. 

islet  SE.  of  Panay. 

NAGAS  (nah'-gas),  ver.;  point  on  E.  coast  of  Dd-fk 
vao,  Mindanao,  S.  of  Pujada  Bay. 

town  in  Albay,  Luz6n. 

NAGASUMBAOCAN(nah-gah-soom-bah-oh'-cah 
nat.;  hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Magsiiiigal,  lie 
Sur,  Luzon. 

NAGAYICAGAN  (nah-gah-vee-cah'-gahn),  nat.T 
point  nearCape  Bojeador,  NW.  coastof  Ilocos 
Norte,  Luz6n. 

NAGBAXGEDAN  (nahg-bahn-hay'-dahn),  ver.; 
hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Bangued,  Abra,  Luz6n, 
SE.  of  town  in  mountain  of  same  name. 

mountain  in  pueblo  of   Bangued,  Abra, 

Luz6n. 

NAGBUBl'jRAC  (nahg-boo-boo'-rahc),  nat.;  rivei 
in  SAmar,  flowing  ENE.  and  emptying  intc 
sea  on  E.  coast,  in  pueblo  of  Sulat. 

NAGBUDASAN  (nah-boo-dah'-sahn),  Tag.;  point 
in  Batangas,  Luz6n. 

NAGBUGBUT  (nag-boog-boof),  ver.;  islet  at  en 
trance  to  Inunukan  Bay,  3  m.  off  W.  coast  o) 
Masbate,  Visayas. 

NAGBl'T  (nag-boof),  ver.;  2  islets  8  m.  S.  of  sum 
mit  of  Ginatuan  I.  and  5  m.  N.  of  Mindanao, 
in  E.  opening  of  channel  between  N.  main 
land  of  Mindanao  and  Dindgat  I. 

NAGOABiN  (nag-cah-bahn'),  nat.;  point  on  SE 
shore  of  Svibig  Bay,  SE.  coast  of  Zambales 
Luzon. 

summit,  282  ft.,  on  SE.  shore  of  Subic  Bay 

SE.  coast  of  Zambales,  Luzon. 

NAGCARLj(N(nag-car-lahn'),Tag.;  pueblo  in  can 
tral  Laguna,  'Luz6n,  between  headwaters  o 
Santa  Cruz  Ri  v.  ( E. )  and  San  Diego  ( W. ) ,  11  m 
S.  of  Santa  Cruz.    Pop.,  12,976. 

NAGCUBXLANG(nag-coo-rah'-lang), nat.;  hamle 
in  pueblo  of  Paoay,  Ilocos  Norte,  Luz6n. 

NAGCCRIIbANG  (nag-coo-roo'-bang),  ver.;  moun 
tain  in  Antique,  Panay,  4  m.  SE.  of  Dao. 

NAGHILO  (nahg-hee'-loh),  nat.;  point  E.  shori 
Laguimanoo  Bay,  S.  coast  Tayabas,  Luz6n. 

NAGLABO  (nah-glah'-boh),  nat.;  river  in  Bohol 

NAGLAGBONG  (nah-glahg-bong'),  ver.;  minera 
spring  in  Albay,  Luzon. 

NAGLEGBENG  (nah  -  gleg  -  beng') :  stalactiti 
.springs  NE.  of  Malinao  Mt. ,  near  Tibi.  Then 
exist  masses  of  silicia  of  infinite  variety  o 
form,  shallow  cones  with  cylindrical  summit' 
pyramidal  flights  of  steps,  round  basins  witl 
ribbed  margins,  and  ponds  of  boiling,  bu 
mineral  waters.  Issue  of  water  deposits  am 
formations  are  most  remarkable,  and  knowi 
as  the  white  and  red  cones.  In  vicinity  of  sili 
ceous  springs  are  deposits  of  white,  yellow 
red,  and  bluish-gray  clays  overlaying  i) 
strata  like  variegated  marl,  products  of  disir 
tegrated  volcanic  work. 

NAGL(iN  (nah-glohn') ,  ver.;  point  in  S.  Leyte. 

NAGO  (nah'-goh),  ver.;  point  on  SE.  coast  c 
Romblon  I.,  Visayas. 

NAGOS  (nah'-gos),  ver.;  point  on  N.  part  c 
Guiuan  Pen.,  forming  small  bay  in  extrem 
SE.  of  SAmar. 

NAGOSXiN  (nah-gos-tahn'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  Ni 
coast  of  CApiz,  Panay,  3  m.  NW.  of  Navas. 

NAGOULIAT  (nago-oo-lee-yaf),  ver.;  extinct  vo 
cano,  4,678  ft.  high,  in  BataAn,  Luz6n,  lat  14 
31'  N.,  Ion.  120°  26'  E.     (Also  Mariveles.) 

NAGPABUHAN  (nahg-pah-booh'-hahn);  port  o 
NE.  coast  of  Tayabas,  Luz6n,  in  bay  of  Ginbf 
linan,  on  NW.  shore  of  Ragay  Gulf",  near  Piri 
Bay. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


683 


AGPAKTIAN  (nag-pnr-tee'-ahn),  ver.;  pueblo  on 

coast  road  in  extreme  S  W.  part  of  Ilocos  Norte, 

Luz6n,  21  m.  N.  of  Laoag.    Pop.,  1,985. 
AHBEBEAN  (nah-gray-bav'-ahn)  ,ver.;  hamlet  in 
I    pueblo  of  Balaoan  (Balduang) ,  Uni6n,  Luz6n. 
IGSABABAN    (nag-sah-bah'-rahn),   ver.;   river 

empty  ingin to  sea  on  NW.  coast  of  Ilocos  Norte, 
I    Luz6u. 

' hamlet    in    pueblo    of   Pasuquin,  Iloco.s 

j    Norte,  Luz6n. 

AGSIXGCAUAX  (nag-sing-cah-wahn')  nat.;  ham- 
:  let  in  pueblo  of  Cabugao,  Ilocos  Sur,  Luz6n. 
AGSIPIXG  (nag-see'-piug),  nat.;  pueblo  of  Ca- 
.  gayfin,  Luz6n,  on  r.  bank  of  Grande  de  Ca- 
:  gavfin  Riv.  and  opposite  mouth  of  Chico  de 
'    Cagaviln    Riv.,   27    m.    N.    of    Tuguegarao. 

Pop.,  1,923.     (ylZso  Nassiping.) 
AGSULAN  (nag-soo'-lahn),  ver.;  hamlet  of  Con- 

cepci6n,  Iloilo,  Panay,  1^  m.  NE.  of  Lemery. 
IGxi  (nag-tah'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  1.  bank  of  Sa- 

lug  Riv.,  Divao,  Mindanao,  42  m.  NNE.  of 

Ddvao. 
VGTACiN  (nag-tah-cahn'),  nat.;  hamlet  on  N. 

shore   of   outlet  of    Tig6n  Riv.  into  Iloilo 

Strait,  2i  m.  N.  of  Iloilo,  Panay. 
AGTAGUG  (nag-tah-goog'),  ver.;  mountain  in 

Cebu. 
\GTA>'GL.(X  (nahg-tan-glahn'),  ver.;  mineral 
:    spring  in  Pozorrubio,  Pangasin4n,  Luz6n. 
VGTAO  (nag-tah'-aw),  ver.;    point  at  NE.  pro- 
jection of  Panglao  I.,  separated  from  main- 
;    land  of  Bohol  by  narrow  sea  channel,  1  m. 
.    wide. 
VGTIG  (nag-tig'),  ver.;  island  off  N.  coa.st  of  C&- 

piz,  Panay,  3  m.  NW.  of  Pirara  Pt. 

: point  in  Panay. 

VGTCYO  (nahg-too-yoh');  river  in  BataAn,  Lu- 

z6n,  tributary  to  Santa  Rita. 
LGUANG    (nah-gwang'),    ver.;     mountain     in 

Leyte,  on  W.  side  of    Bao  Riv.,  10  m.  E.  of 

Paiomp6n. 
IGUBAJf    (nah-goo'-bahn),   ver.;    island    S.  of 

Masbate  I.,  Visayas. 
:iGI5baT  (nah-goo'-bat),  nat.;   2   rocky   islets, 

9i  m.  S.of  Guntiian  I.,  between  NE.  mainland 
(   of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  and  that  island. 

' flat  islet  of  Semerara  Is.,  lOi  m.  SE.  by  E. 

'   off   Buruncan    Pt.,    SE.    coast   of   Mindoro. 
'   Channels  between  It  and  Libagao  and   Se- 
'    merara  are  deep. 
iGUlAXtO  (nah-gee-ahn-coh'),  nat.;  point  on 

NW.  shore  of  Lubang  I.,  S.  of  Paldpag  Pt., 
',  where  coast  lakes  trend  to  SE.  Exposed 
^  cluster  of  rocks  lies  off  point.  Islet  also 
•  lies  near  shore  about  halfway  to  Sisuntam  Pt. 
'lOCIBA  (nah-gee-bah'),    nat.;    point  on    NE. 

coast  of  Mindoro,  8  m.  SE.  of  Calapiln  Pt. 
aGCILIAN   (nah-gee-lee'-ahn),  ver.;  pueblo  on 
I   S.  side  of  Bauang  (Baoang)  Riv.,  4  m.  above 
J  its  mouth  in  Uni6n,  Luz6n.    Pop.,  10,405. 

'• town  in  Lsabela,  Luz6n.    Pop.,  2,172. 

' pueblo  in  Uni6n,  Luzon. 

iGUIOXCA  (nah-gee-on'-cah),  ver.;  point  near 
.  NW.  extreme  of  Lubang  I.,  China  Sea,  NW.  of 
'   Mindoro. 

iGUMBUAYAX  (nah-goom-boo-ah'-yahn),  ver.; 
point  in  SE.  Catanduanes  I.,  NE.  of  Albay, 
Luz6n. 

iGCBAX  (nah-goo'-rahn),  ver.;  island  in  N. 
waters  of  gulf  of  Asid,  6  m.  S.  off  Bato  Pt., 
Masbate  I.,  Visayas. 

iGl'YAX  (nah-goo'-yahn),ver.;  hamlet  in  Ca- 
'   vite,  Luz6n,  16i  m.  S.  of  Cavite,  on  Bifiang- 
Silang  road. 

iBlIAX  (nah-hoo'-ahn),  nat.;  island  282  ft. 
high  S.  of  Tandubatu  I.,  off  E.  coast  of  Tawi 
Tawi  I.,  Sulu  A.,  mark  for  Nochebuena  chan- 
nel. 


NAIU'AX;  island  in  Tambihnlga  channel,  sepa- 
rated from  Taruc  1.  on  W.  by  channel  6  to  33 
ft.  deep,  off  NE.  coast  of  Tawi  Tawi  I.,  Sulu  A. 

NAIG,  or  XAIC  (nah'-eeg,  nah'-eec).  Tag.;  pueblo 
in  Cavite,  Luz6n,  at  junction  of  bay  shore 
road  and  Indang  and  other  extensions,  16 
m.  SW.  of  Cavite.    Pop.,  9,215. 

river  in  Cavite,  Luz6n,  rising  in  Cordillera 

which  divides  that  province  from  Batangas, 
flows  NNW.,  pa.ssing  S.  of  pueblo  of  same 
name,  emptying  into  bay  of  Manila  on  NW. 
coast  of  province. 

NAILOG,  or  SILLA  HEXDIDA  (nah-ee'-log,  nat.; 
see'-lyah  ayn-dee'-dah,  Sp.);  mountain  in 
Sibuydn  I.,  Rombl6n  grp.,  Visayan  Is. 

hamlet  on  N.  coast  of  Sibuyin  I.,  Rombl6n 

grp.,  Visayas. 

point  and  river  in  Sibuydn  I.,  Rombl6n 

grp.,  Visayan  Is. 

XAILOX  (m-lawn'),ver.;  stream  entering  sea  on 
SE.  coast  of  Cebii,  2  m.  SW.  of  Oslob. 

point  in  Cebii.     {Also  Najalin.) 

point  in  Panay. 

mountain  in  Cebu. 

XAILOXG  (ni-long'),  nat.;  hamlet  on  Sfi.  shore 
of  bay  on  N.  coast  of  CApiz,  Panay,  li  m.  NW. 
of  Ivisan. 

XAIXDIiX  (nah-in-dah'-in) ,  ver.;  point  on  SW. 
shore  of  Masbate  I.,  Visayas. 

XAISOG  (nah-ee-sog'),  ver.;  NW.  point  of  Cdpiz, 
Panay;  wooded  bluff,  718  ft.  high,  with  Pucia 
Pt.,  S.,  most  salient  marks  of  approach.  Pro- 
montory forming  this  part  of  coast  of  Panay 
rises  to  1,857  ft. 

XAISOT  (ni-sof),  ver.;  creek  and  village  in 
Panay. 

XAISUG  (nl-soog'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  N.  coast  of 

CApiz,  Panay,  3  m.  SE.  of  Ibajay. 
XAJAXLOT  (nah-hahn-lohf);  river  emptying  on 

N.  coast  of  CApiz,  Panay. 
NAJIBIL  (nah-hee-bill'),  nat.;  point  forming  S. 

head  to  Libds  port  from  Pacific  Ocean,  E. 

coast  of  SAmar. 
NALASIN  (nah-lah-sin'),  nat.;  hamlet  in  pueblo 

of  Magsingal,  Ilocos  Sur,  Luz6n. 
hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Pasuquin,  Ilocos  Norte, 

Luz6n. 
hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Vigan,  Ilocos  Sur,  Lu- 

z6n. 
NALATAS  (nah-lah'-tahs),  ver.;  town  in  W.  S4mar. 
NALAJ5t,  or  GBEEN  (nah-lah-oof),  ver.;  island, 

242    ft.    high,    westernmost    of    Calamianes 

grp.;  Nalaiit  E.,  144  ft.  high,  3  m.  ENE.,  off  W. 

coast  of  Busuanga,  Calamianes  grp.,  between 

Paragua  (Palawan)  and  Mindoro,  8  and  5  m., 

respectively,  E.  off  Coron,  chief  city  of  Bu- 

suanga  I.    First  is  covered  with  trees  and 

visible  15  m. 

NALBA  (nahl-bah'),  nat.;  lake  in  pueblo  of  Na- 
macpacan,  Uni6n,  Luz6n. 

NALBO  (nahl-boh'),  nat.;   hamlet  in  pueblo  of 

Magsingal,  Ilocos  Sur,  Lnzdn. 
hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Namacpacan,  Ilocos 

Sur,  Luz6n. 


I,  ver.;   hamlet  on 
Lingay6n,  in  Pan- 


NALBOGAN  (nahl-boh'-| 
Agno  Riv.  road,  6  m. 
gasindn,  Luz6n. 

NALBll  (nahl-boo'),  nat.;  bay  on  coast  of  Ilocos 
Sur,  Luz6n,  lat.  17°  17'  30"  N. 

NALIBOS  (nah-lee'-boss),  ver.;  island  SE.  of 
Panay. 

NALIBUNAX  (nah-lee-boo'-nahn),  ver.;  hamlet 
on  E.  coast  of  Leyte,  and  mouth  of  river  same 
name,  adjoining  Abdyog  on  SE. 

XALOXDAX  (nah-lawn-dahn') ,  ver.;  hamlet  on 
N.  shore  of  Tol6n  Bay,  2  m.  W.  of  Bayauan, 
SW.  coast  of  Negros  Oriental. 


684 


GAZETTEEK    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


NALUMPISAN  (nah-loom-pee'-sahn),  Tag.;  river 
in  Cavite,  Luz6n,  rising  in  mountains  form- 
ing  boundary  with  Batangas,  unites  with 
Caitambo  Riv. 
NALUNGA  fnah-loon-gah'),  nat.;  island  off  coast 

of  Panay. 
NALUPA  (nah-loo'-pah),  ver.;  hamlet  in  E.  cen- 
tral Iloilo,  Panay,  in  mountain  range  of 
boundary  with  CApiz,  Si  m.  N.  by  W  of 
Calinog. 
NALUPA  NUEVO,  SAN  AMONIO  DE  (sahn  ahn- 
toh'-nyoh  day  nah-loo'-pah  nway'-voh), 
Hisp.;  pueblo  near  mouth  of  river  on  \V. 
coast  of  Antique,  Panay,  28  m.  N.  of  San 
Jos6  de  Buenavista.    Pop.  2,972. 

island  off  W.  coast  of  Antique,  Panay,  lat. 

11°36'N. 
NAMAGPACXX  (nah-mag-pah-cahn'),  ver.;  pueblo 
on  coast  highway.  Union,  Luz6n,  17  m.  N.  of 
San  Fernando.  Pop.  8,630.  In  vicinity  are 
hamlets  Caballito,  Oaqui,  Cantoria,  and 
Puerto  de  Darigayos.    (Also  NamacpacAn.) 

inlet  on  coast  of  Uni6n,  Luz6n. 

point  in  pueblo  of   same   name.   Union, 

Luz6n. 
NAMAGUIA  (nah-mah-gee'-ah),  nat;  river  rising 
in  pueblo  of  Santiago,  Ilocos  Sur,  Luz6n,  and 
emptying  on  W.  coast. 
NAMALPALAX  (nah-mahl-pah'-lahn),  nat.;  ham- 
let m  pueblo  of  Magsingal,  Ilocos  Sur,  Luz6n. 
NAMAMBAFIII  (nah-mam-bah-fooy'),  ver.;  moun- 
tain in  SW.  Isabela,  Luz6n. 
NAMAXLTO  (nah-mah-noo'-coh),  ver.;  S.  pointof 
Cobton  Bay,  E.  coast  of  Bohol  I. 

mountain  in  Bohol,  inland  from  point  of 

same  name  on  E.  coast. 

hamlet  on  point  of  that  name,  SE.  coast  of 

Cobton  Bay,  E.  coast  of  Bohol. 
NAMARABAB    (nah-mah-rah'-bar),    ver.;   moun- 
tain in  pueblo  of  Bangued,  E.  of  town  in 
Abra,  Luzon. 
NAMXtEC  (uah-mah'-teck),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Le- 
panto,  Luz6n,  19  m.  from  Cervantes.    Pop., 

NAMATIAX  (nah-mah-tee'-ahn),  ver.;  islet  in  gulf 

of  A.sid,  6  m.  SW.  of  Malbug  Pt.,  W.  coast 

of  Masbate  I.,  Visayas. 
NAMBLI  (nam'-blee),  ver.;   hamlet  on  1.  bank  of 

Pulangui  Riv.  in  Cotabato,  Mindanao,  15  m 

N.  of  Liguasan  Lake. 
NAMBOONtlAN      (nahm-boh-ohn'-gahn),      nat  • 

hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Santo  Tomds,   Uni6n' 

Luz6n. 
NAMILPIT  (nah-mill-pif),  ver.;   hamlet  in  Le- 

panto,  Luz6n,  9  m.  from  Cervantes.    Pop.,  605. 
NAMILIIGEN  (nah-me-loo'-hen),  ver.;  mountain 

in  pueblo  of  Tayum,  Abra,  Luz6n. 

NAMPICtlAN  (nahm-pee-coo'-ahn),  Tag.;  pueblo 
of  Nueva  Eeija,  Luz6n,  34  m.  from  San  Isidro 
Pop.,  3,241. 

NAMULL'GPtfLUG  (nah-moo-loog-poo'-loog)  ver  • 
extreme  NW. point  of  Bacuit  I.,  Port  Us6n,  at 
W.  extreme  to  Port  Dipulao  on  S.  coast 
of  Busuanga  I.,  Calamianes  grp.,  between 
Paragua  (Palawan)  and  Mindoro. 

NANCA  (nahn-cah'),  nat.;  point  at  E.  head  of 
Balucbujan  Bay,  S.  shore  of  Murci61agos  Bay 
N .  coast  of  Dapitan,  Mindanao. 

-lake  formed   by  San  Mateo  Riv.,   Rizal, 

Luz6n,  situated  parallel  to  Ampit  Riv  and 
marks  boundaries  between  pueblos  of  San 
Mateo  and  Mariquina. 

NANG  (nahng),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Iloilo,  Panay  2 
m.  bE.ol  Lucena  and  midway  between  main 
Jalaur  and  its  Janipaan  tributary. 

NANGi  (nahn-gah'),.ver.;  2  small  wooded  islets 
2sq  m.  oft  Calamianes  grp.,  between  Paragua 
(labiwan)  and  Mindoro,  8J  m.  NNE.  of  Coco- 
nong6n  Pt.,   \V.   coast  of   Busuan~ga   I.,    in 


NANGi— Continued. 

W.  waters  of  Mindoro  Strait.  15  m.  ESE.  of 
North  Rock,  about  14  m.  to  NNE.,  is  black 
rock  above  water.  Largest  of  Nangas  is  344 
ft.  high. 
point  on  W.  coast  of  Zamboanga,  Minda- 
nao, between  CAuit  and  Batu  Tandoc  Pts 
distance  of  104  m.  Coast  presents  varied 
scene  of  verdured  hills  and  cultivated  val- 
leys, with  numerous  houses.  Hamlet  of  this 
name  is  near  point. 
NAXGABA  (nahn-gah'-bah),  ver.;  chain  of  8  islets 
from  1  to  2  m.  off  Tagonito  Pt.,  NE.  coast  of 
S4mar,  extending  44  m.  WNW.  and  ESE.; 
Alincacadao  to  W.  and  Amagadpagat  to  E 
largest,  latter  lying  nearly  in  middle  of  chan- 
nel between  Bucas  I.  and  off  NE.  coast  of 
Surigao,  Mindanao. 
Xli^^ALAO  (nang-ah-lah'-oh),  ver.;  northern- 
most of  Cabulaun  Is.,  Mindoro  Sea  S  by 
W.  of  Mindoro  and  E.  of  NE.  coast  of  Paragua 
Palawan,  44  m.  NE.  of  Cabulaun,  2  m.  in 
length,  and  rises  to  central  hill  500  ft.  high. 
Has  small  bay  on  S.  shore  and  3  islets  off  its 
SW.  coast. 
XAXGAX  (nahng'-ahn),  ver.;  hamlet  on  W.  coast 
of  Zamboanga.  Miii<laiino,  ;3l  m.  N.  of  Zam- 
boanga. Small  i-lami  lies  immediately  off 
coast,  which  is  inculiaiiy  picturesque  in  ver- 
dure and  cultivation,  with  numerous  houses. 
NAXGAOX  (nan-gah-wah'),  nat.;  town  in  district 

£f  Quiangto,  Nueva  Vizcaya,  Luzon. 
NANGAYCAYAN  (nang-i-cah'-yahn),  nat.;  moun- 
tain in  pueblo  of  Bangued,  Abra,  Luzon. 
NAXGEO  (nahn-hay'-oh),  ver.;  rapids  in  Tiibay 
Riv.,  NW.  Mindanao,  midway  between  Siga 
^nd  Suan  tributaries. 
NANtii  (nahng-ee'),  nat.;  town  on  NE.  coast  of 
Cagayiin   Sulu.    Mt.    Ledto,  1,105  ft.  high, 
rises  to  SE.    Another  peak,  about  4  m.  NE 
is  1,000  ft.  high.  ' 

NANGTUD  (nang-tood'),  ver.;  mountain  6,725  ft. 
high,  in  W.  range  of  Panay,  on  line  of  bound- 
ary between  Antique  and  Cdpiz.  Cadidn 
^iv.  takes  its  rise  in  this  mountain. 
NAAGIIaN  (nang-oo'-ahn),  ver.;  hamlet  at  head- 
waters of  Maridago  Riv.,  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 
NANGUXA  (nahng-oo'-nah),  nat.;  hamlet  2  m  S 

of  CabatiYan,  in  Iloilo,  Panay. 
NANKi  (nahn-cah'),  nat.;  village,  E.  shore  Siasi 
I.,  Sulu  A. 

NAXLAMPALAY'   (nan-lam-pah'-lie),   ver.;    point 

on  extreme  NE.  land  of  Batdn  I.,  off  E.  shore 

of  Albay,  Luz6n. 
NANOC  (nah-nock'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  1.  bank  of 

Maasin  Riv.,  SW.  Leyte,  64  m.  NE.  of  Maasin. 

point  in  N.  Mindanao. 

NANOG  (nah-nog'),  ver.;  point  on  extreme  SE. 

end  of  Lubang  I.,  134  m.  NNW    of  nearest 

NW.  coast  of  Mindoro. 

NAN-PULO  (nan-poo-law'),  Tag.;  point  at  S.  head 
ot  Catanauan  Bay,  Tayabas,  Luz6n. 

XANU  (nah'-noo),  ver.;  islet  9  m.  NE.  of  Talib6n. 
N.  coast  of  Bohol. 

NAXFDDALAN  (nah-nood-dah'-lahn),  ver.;  cen- 
tral tributary  forming  Pamplona  Riv.,Caga- 
yftn,  Luz6n. 

mountain  in  CagayAn. 

NANUNGAN  (nah-noong'-ahn),  ver.;  hamlet  on 
extreme  NW.  coast  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao, 
at  mouth  of  river  emptying  into  Sulu  Sea,  63a 
m.  N.  of  Zamboanga. 

NANIINTUGAX  (nah-noon-too'-gahn),  ver.;  island 
NE.  of  Sdmar. 

XAOHA]V(  nah-oh'-hahn )  ,nat. ;  hamlet  in  Mindoro, 
on  1.  bank  of  river  of  same  name,  near  NE. 
coast. 

XAOLOOLON  (nah-oh-loh-aw'-lawn),ver.;  moun- 
tain in  W.  Leyte,  10  m.  NE.  of  Ormoc. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


685 


NAPACAO  (nab-pah'-oow),  nat.;  point  and  ham- 
let on  extreme  SE.  end  of  Bohol,  ou  E.  side 
of  bay  leading  up  to  Guindulman,  4  m.  N\V. 
•  Camiguin  I.,  oflE  N.  coast  of  Misamis,  Min- 
danao, lies  33  m.  SE.  of  this  point,  across  sea 
channel. 

NAPALISAN  (nah-pah-lee'-sahn),  nat.;  islet  off 
S\Y.  coast  of  Sdmar. 

KAPALUMiAX  (nah-pah-loong'-ahu),  ver.;  point 
in  Buad  I.,  W.  of  Simar. 

NAPAXIPA  (nah-pah-nee'-pah),  nat.;  point  and 
creek  to  SE.,  on  narrow  channel  on  SVV.  shore 
of  Siasi  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

NAPARAAX-SA-DtiLAXG  (nah-pah-rah-ahn'-sah- 
doo'-lung),  nat.;  mountain  in  Sdmar. 

NAPASET  (nah-pah-sef),  ver.;  hamlet  in  pueblo 
of  Balaoan  (Bal^uang),  Ilocos  Sur,  Luzon. 

XAPAYAUAX  (nah-pah-yah'-wahn),  ver,;  islet 
1  m.  off  Urutat  Pt.,  Inurukan  Bay,  W.  shore 
of  Masbate  I.,  Visayas. 

hamlet  at  mouth  of  river  on  W.  shore  of 

Masbate  I.,  Visayas. 

NAPIDAD  (nah-pee'-dad),  nat.;  mountain  in 
pueblo  of  Bangui,  E.,  of  town,  Ilocos  Norte, 
Luzon. 

NAPINDiN  (nah-pin-dahn').  Tag.;  \illage  on  1. 
bank  of  Pitsig  Riv.,near  outlet  of  Laguna  de 
Bay,  Rizal,  Luz6n. 

NAPIBES  ( nah-pee-rays' )  ,ver. ;  hamletinN.Sdmar, 
7  m.  SE.  of  Mondragon. 

NAPNAP  (nahp-nahp'),  nat.;  river  S.  shore  of 
Loog  Bay,  SE.  arm  of  Nin  Bay,  W.  coast  of 
Masbate, "visayas. 

NAPXOD  (nap-nod'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  Hollo  Strait, 
Iloilo,  Panay,  4i  m.  N.  of  Hollo. 

NAPO  (nah'-poh),  nat.;  pueblo  on  NE.  coast  of 
Marinduque.     (See  Santa  Cruz  de  Napo. ) 

river  rising  in  E.  slopes  of  mountain  divide 

of  Bohol,  flows  E.,  passing  Candijay,  and  en- 
ters extensive  bay  on  E.  coast. 

hamlet  near  N.  shore  of  S4mar,  2  m.  S.  of 


point  on  China  Sea  coast  of   Zambales, 

Luzon. 
XAPOCGLOJAX  (nah-pohk-gloh-han') ,  nat.;  islet 

off  SW.  coast  of  SAmar,  lat.  11°  50'  N. 
NAPBAPON   (nah-prah'-pohn),  ver.;   hamlet  in 

Iloilo,  Panay,  1  m.  S.  of  Cordoba. 
XAPIJ DUT  (nah-poo-doof ) ,  ver. ;  mineral  spring  in 

Rosales,  Nueva  Ecija,  Luzon. 
NAPULA     (nah-poo'-lah),    nat.;    point   on    NE. 

shore  of  Lubang  I.,  in  China  Sea,  NW.  of 

Mindoro,  Luzon,  on  W.  side  of  Ambil  Passage. 

NAPULISAX  (nah-poo-loo'-sahn),nat.;  mountain 
inland  NE.  from  Palabao  Pt.,  Masbate  1.; 
forms  landmark  for  E.  waters  of  gulf  of  Asid. 

NARA  (nah'-rah),  ver.;  S.  point  of  Port  Lebak, 
small  inlet  on  SW.  coast  of  Cotabato,  Min- 
danao. 

XARANJOS  (nah-rahn'-hos)  (orange  trees),  Sp.; 
islands  in  Visayan  grp.,  7  m.  SW.  of  coast  of 
Sorsogon,  S.  end  of  Luz6n,  on  S.  .side  of  W. 
entrance  to  San  Bernardino  Strait,  6  in  num- 
ber: San  Andres  NW.,  Medio  center,  Escar- 
pada  E.,  Rasa  W.,  D^rsena  SW.,  Aguada 
SE.;  seventh  island,  Destacado,  (detached), 
lies  3i  m.  SE.  of  Aguada;  also  in  channel 
between  Simar  and  Masbate;  islands  are  of 
moderate  height  and  rocky. 

NABAPIJAN  (nah-rah-pee'-han),  ver.;  peak  in 
Caraballos  Occidentales,  in  Ilocos  Norte, 
Luz6n. 

NABBAGAN  (nar-bah-gahn'),  nat.;  mountain  in 
Nueva  Vizcaya,  Luz6n,  lat.  16°  22'  N. 

NARIGTl'D  (nah-rig-tood'),  ver.;  town  in  island 
of  Panay. 

NARITOX  (nah-ree'-tohn),  ver.;  hamlet  .in  An- 
tique, Panay,  2  m.  E.  of 


NABIZ  (nah-rith')  (means  nose),  Sp.;  point  on 
SE.  coast  of  Moro  Palawan,  IJ  m.  SW.  of 
Pescado  Pt. 

NARO  (nah'-roh),  ver.;  hamlet  in  pueblo  of 
Paranas,  near  mouth  of  river  and  inlet  of 
same  name,  on  E.  coast  of  Masbate  I., 
Visayas,  21  m.  SE.  of  Masbate. 

bay  on  NE.  coast  of  Masbate  I.,  Visayas, 

sheltered  by  chain  of  islands  extending  into 
channel  NW.  toward  Ticao  I.,  Masbate  grp., 
Vi.sayas,  Tabunan  headland  separates  its 
entrance  from  that  of  Uson  on  W. 

X ARO  CHICO  (nah'-roh  chee'-coh) ,  Hisp. ;  isletSm. 
W.  of  Naindain  Pt.,  W.  coast  of  Masbate  I., 
Visayas. 

XAKO  (iKAXDE  (nah'-roh  grahn'-day),  Hisp.; 
iHlaiirl  Ix'iirinfT  f,  m.  SW.  of  Vigia  Mt,  SW. 
slioronf  Masbati'I.,  Visayas. 

XAROSOHAX  (nah-niw-saw'-dahn),  ver.;  moun- 
tain about  center  of  pueblo  of  Bangui,  Ilocos 
Norte,  Luzon. 

XARRA  (nah'-rrah),  Sp.;  small  island  on  W.  side 
of  Lingaycn  Gulf,  between  Cabarruyan  and 
Santiago  Is.,  in  Zambales,  Luzon.  Small  is- 
land lies  between  it  and  mainland. 

NARTACAX  (nar-vah-cahn'),  ver.;  puebloou  high 
road,  13  m.  SE.  of  Vigan,  in  Ilocos  Sur,  Luz6n. 
Pop.,  16,500. 

XARVAEZ  (nar-vah'-ayth),  Sp.;  hamlet  on  NE. 
coast  of  Negros  Occidental,  4^  m.  SE.  of  Ar- 
guelles. 

XASIPAX  (nah-see'-pahn),  nat.;  point  on  SW. 
shore  of  Murci61agos  Bay,  Dapitan,  Mindanao. 

XASIPIL  (nah-see'-pill),  ver.;  small  stream 
emptying  into  sea  8^  m.  NW.  of  Siaton  Pt., 
Negros  Oriental. 

XASIPIT  (nah-see'-pit);  S.  branch  of  river  rising 
in  E.  slopes  of  Cordillera  Central  of  Cebii  and 
entering  sea  li  m.  NE.  of  Cdrcar,  on  E.  coast,  19 
m.SSW.  of  Cebii. 

hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Butiian,  Surigao,  Min- 
danao, on  SE.  shore  of  small  inlet  in  SW. 
angle  of  Butuan  Bav,  9i  m.  SSE.  of  Diuata 
Pt.,  30  m.  NW.  of  Butuan. 

port,  lat.  8°  57'  N.,  Ion.  125°  15'  E.,  in  SW. 

angle  of  Butuan  Bay,  9^  m.  SSE.  of  Diuata 
Pt.,  Surigao,  Mindanao. 

XASXi  (nah-neeh'),  nat.;  hamlet  on  banks  of 
river  in  Sorsog6n,  Luzon,  lat.  12°  58'  30"  N. 

NASO  (nah'-saw),  Sp.;  extreme  SW.  point  of 
Panay.     (See  Siroan  Pt. ) 

XASOG  (nah-sog'),  nat.;  point  on  NW.  coast  of 
Panay. 

XASOKE  (nah-soh'-kay),nat.;  point  on  SVV.  shore 
of  Lubang  I.,  China  Sea,  NW.  of  Mindoro, 
forming  SE.  head  of  bight  with  Pinag- 
dagaian  Pt. 

XASU-AX  (nah-soo-ahn'),  nat.;  town  in  island  of 
Mindoro. 

hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Iligan,  Misamis,  Min- 
danao. 

NASIIBATA  (nah-soo-bah'-tah),  ver.;  channel  4J 
m.  wide  between  Comiran  and  reefs  to  E.,  off 
E.  coast  of  Baiabac  I.,  off  SW.  extreme  of 
Moro  Palawan. 

island  1  sq.  m.,  6J  m.  off  E.  coast  of  Baldbac 

I.,  off  SW.  extreme  of  Moro  Palawan;  of 
sandstone  formation. 

XASL'DtfAX  (nah-soo-doo'-ahn),  nat.;  N.  of  4 
peaks  Inland  from  Broken  Head,  Ulugan  Bay, 
VV.  coast  of  Palawan, 

XASUGBU  (nah-soog-boo').  Tag.;  bay  and  an- 
chorage 5  m.  S.  of  Fuego  Pt.,  Batangas,  Lu- 
zon. 

point  on  W.  coast  of  Batangas,  Luzon. 

pueblo  of  Batangas,  Luz6n,  on  W.  coast  and 

r.  bank  of  Lian  Riv.,  44  m.  NW.  of  Batangas, 
connected  by  highroad.    Pop.,  8,627. 

NASUGt'l  (nah-.soo'-gee),  ver.;  point  in  Albay, 
Luzon,  N.  of  BuMn  Riv. 


686 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


NASUNOGAN  (nah-soo-noh'-gahii),  nat.;  crater 
in  extreme  SE.  S4mar,  li  m.  SW.  of  Quiua- 
pundan. 

inland  hamlet  of  CApiz,  Panay,  -i;   m.  N. 

of  Balete. 
,  NATABAO  (nah-tah-bah'-aw),  ver.;  stream  enter- 
ing sea  on  W.  coast  of  Antique,  Panay,  2  m. 
N.  of  Sebaste. 

.\ATABO  (nah-tah'-boh),  nat.;  hamlet  on  bay,  5i 
m.  E.  of  LaguAn,  N.  Sdmar. 

NATABTAB  (nah-tahb-tahb'),  Tag.;  hamlet  in 
pueblo  of  Hagonoy,  Bulac^n,  Luz6n. 

NATANAOfAN  (nah -tah-nah-goo'-ahn),  ver.; 
point  on  mainland  of.  Albay,  Luz6n,  on  W. 
side  of  W.  entrance  to  Tabaco  Bay. 

NATIMBrNAN  (nah-tim-boo'-nahn),  ver.;  hamlet 
on  W.  shore  of  Masbate  I.,  Visayas,  N.  of 
Bagupaniao  Pt. 

NATIVE,  for.;  point  on  SE.  coast  of  Moro  Pala- 
wan, 5  m.  E.  by  N.  of  Flat  I. 

NATIVIDAD  (nah-tee-veedad'),  Sp.;  hamlet  in 
Iloilo,  Panay,  SW.  by  W.  of  Barotac  Viejo, 
Im. 

NATO  (nah'-tah),  Sp.;  hamlet  near  Siroan,  ex- 
treme SW.  point  of  Antique,  Panay,  2  m.  E. 
of  Anini-y. 

river   in    pueblo    of    Rosario,     Batangas, 

Luzon. 

NATOC  (nah-tock'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  N.  coast  of 
Cfipiz,  Panay,  4i  m.  ESE.  of  Batiin. 

NATUAGAN-i(UANG(nah-twah'-gahn-ah'-wahng), 
nat.;  mountain  in  pueblo  of  Bangui,  Ilocos 
Norte,  Luz6n,  NE.  of  town. 

NATtNTVJ  (nah-toon-too'),  nat.;  island  off  NE. 
coast  of  Sdmar,  lat.  12°  19'  66"  N. 

NATl'iNTUGAN  (nah-toon-too'-gahn),  ver.;  islet 
NE.  coast  of  SAmar,  1^  m.  N.  of  Alibang- 
bang  Pt. 

NAUALAMPiLAY,  or  NAUALAMPAY  (nah-wah- 
lam-pah'-lie,  nah-wah-lam-pie'),  nat.;  point 
on  NE.  shore  of  BatAn  I.,  off  E.  coast  of  Albay, 
Luz6n. 

NiUAY  (nah'-wi),  ver.;  island  SE.  of  Panay. 

NAtBAY  (nah-oo'-by),ver.;  S.  branch  of  Tonguip 
Riv.  in  SE.  S^mar,  empties  into  Pacitie  Ocean 
2  m.  SE.  of  Lanang. 

NAUCO  (now'-coh),  ver.;  point  on  SE.  coast  of 
Bohol,  2  m.  E.  of  Jagna. 

point  on  SW.  shore  of  Masbate  I.,  Visayas. 

hamlet  on  SW.  shore  of  Masbate  I.,  Vi- 
sayas, 39  m.  from  Masbate. 

NAtJDL'X  (nah-oo'-koon),  ver.;  river  of  Negros  Oc- 
cidental rising  on  N.  tablelands  of  Llanura  de 
Cabadcangan,  flows  SW.,  falling  into  sea  on 
W.  coast,  6  m.  S.  of  Inayauan. 

NAUGA  (nah-oo-gah'),  nat.;  cluster  of  4  islands 
and  tew  peaked  rocks  from  Ih  to  2  m.,  oft'  SW. 
shore  of  Malubutglubut  I.,  Linapacan  chain, 
off  NE.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

NAUJAN  (now-hahn'),  ver.;  pueblo  in  NE.  Min- 
doro  on  1.  bank  of  river  of  same  name,  2  m. 
above  its  mouth,  15m.  SE.  of  Calapan.  Inter- 
vening coast  is  low  with  beaches  of  sand  and 
thick  wood,  cut  into  by  rivulets  and  estuaries 
which  can  only  be  entered  at  high  water. 
Pop.,  8,312. 

river  discharging  surplus  water  of  lake  of 

that  name  and  W.  of  Adlobaug  Riv.,  the 
larger,  also  drainage  of  mountain  spurs  of  N. 
central  Mindoro,  12^  m.  SE.  by  S.  of  Halcon 
Mt.  Trends  to  NE.  coa.st  where  it  falls  into 
sea.  Can  be  entered  by  boats,  mouth  1  cable 
(720  ft.)  wide  and  fronted  by  extensive  bar 
with  from  3  to  12  ft.  of  water.  Rivers  to  NW. 
of  Nauj^n  send  out  sand  banks  with  less  than 
18  in.  of  water  at  500  yds.  off  shore. 

anchorage  and  point  in  NE.  Mindoro. 

lake  2^  m.  inland  from  NE.  coast  of  Min- 
doro, 3J  m.  S.  of  town  on  E.  branch  of  Naujiin 
Riv.,  and  17  m.  SE.  of  Calapdn.    Lake  10  by 


NAUJiN— Continued. 

6  m.  receives  several  tributaries  which  rise  in 
elevations  S.  and  W.  and  empties  through 
sluggish  outlet  into  Adlobang  Riv.  from 
E.  In  event  of  sudden  rise  in  Adlobang 
current  instead  of  expending  its  surplus 
waters  into  sea  sets  back  into  lake.  From  its 
shore  lofty  summit  of  Mt.  Halc6n,  at  dis- 
tance of  20i  m.,  rises  in  beautiful  outline  on 
clear  sky,  while  often  it  is  veiled  in  fleeting 
mists.  Shores  of  lake  abound  in  several 
strange  birds,  among  them  kaselees  or  snake 
birds  swimming  in  placid  waters  with  only 
their  heads  and  long  wriggling  necks  show- 
ing, their  bodies  completely  submerged.  Sur- 
face seemingly  covered  with  reptiles,  these 
birds  rise  out  of  water,  wing  to  great  heights, 
soaring  in  circles  over  lake,  then  suddenly 
drop  again  into  the  water,  their  second  native 
element.  This  lake  also  abounds  in  gallosde 
agua  or  water  cock  and  great  variety  of  wad- 
ing species  of  feathered  family  which  stand 
along  its  muddy  banks  like  sentinels.  An- 
other variety  of  bird  quick  of  wing  and  nim- 
ble of  foot,  also  aquatic,  makes  its  search  for 
food  running  over  acres  of  broad  leaves  of 
beautiful  lotus  near  shore  of  lake,  and  upon 
alarm  drops  into  water  with  only  head  barely 
distinguishable  above  the  surface  among 
leaves.  Singularly,  this  feathered  species  is 
armed  with  spurs  on  wings.  Several  varieties 
of  ducks  are  also  abundant.  Waters  of  Lake 
NaujAn  being  almost  stagnant  become  very 
warm  from  heat  of  sun  during  day  and  small 
radiation  at  night.  It  is  also  abundantly 
supplied  with  sharks  which,  entering  from 
sea  during  rainy  season,  are  unable  to  make 
their  way  back  "over  bars  of  Adlobang  when 
flood  subsides.  Crocodile  also  finds  lake  con- 
genial habitat.  They  are  caught  by  natives, 
each  capture  being  occasion  of  feast.  Tama- 
rao  also  abounds  in  surrounding  region. 
Around  lake  are  number  of  native  shelters, 
inhabitants  gathering  there  for  convenience 
of  subsistence,  but  not  visible,  being  hidden 
from  view  by  thick  undergrowth. 

NAUJiiN  (now-hawhn');  hamlet  on  W.  coast  of 
Antique,  Panay,  li  m.  N.  of  Sebaste. 

NAtfLI  (nah-oo'-lee) ,  Tag.;  range  of  secondary 
mountains  in  Rizal,  Luz6n. 

NAIjLID  (nah-oo'-lid),  nat.;  hamlet  on  SE.  coast 
of  Iloilo,  Panay,  2  m.  NE.  of  Miagao. 

NAILING  (nah-oo'-ling),  nat.;  hamletin  Antique, 
Pangy,  1 m.  N. of  PandAn. 

NAIjXAX  (nah-oo'-nahn),  nat.;  hamlet  in  pue- 
blo of  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

NAUSANG  (now-sang'),  ver.;  mountain  in  central 
Capiz,  Panay,  10  m.  SW.  of  Jamindao.    " 

NAVAL  (nah-vahP),  Sp.;  pueblo  on  W.  coast  of 
Biliran  I.,  on  sea  channel  between  it  and 
NW.  coast  of  Leyte,  and  46  m.  NW.  of  Taclo- 
ban.    Pop.,  3,183. 

NAVALAS  (nah-vah'-lahs),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Iloilo, 
Panay. 

NAVAS  (nah'-vass),  Sp.;  pueblo  of  CApiz,  Panav, 
on  NE.  coast,  47  m.  NW.  of  Cdpiz.    Pop.,  5,257. 

NAVAS,  LAS  (lahs  nah'-vass);  town  in  SAmar. 
Pop.,  2,830. 

NAVASAN  (nah-vah'-sun),  nat.;  point  and  N. 
head  of  Ilanin  Bay,  on  SE.  shore  of  Subic 
Bay,  SE.  coa.st  of  Zambales,  Luzon. 

NAVITAS  (nah-vee'-tass),  Sp.;  hamlet  on  W. 
coast  of  bight  on  N.  coast  of  C^piz,  Panay,  Sj 
m.  N.  of  Pontevedra. 

bav  on  NE.  coast  of  Cdpiz,   Panav,   6  m. 

NW.  of  Pilar. 

NATO  (nah'-voh),  ver.:  bay  off  Masbate  I.,  Vi- 
sayas, with  sheltered  anchorage. 

NAVOS£n  (nah-voh-sayn'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Le- 
panto,  Luz6n,  8  m.  WSW.ofCaydn.    Pop.,  344. 

NAVOTAS,  SAN  JOSlfi  DE  (sahn  hoh-say'  day  nah- 
voh'-tass).  Tag.;  pueblo  5  m.  N.  of  Manila,  in 
Rizal,  Luz6n,  on  small  island  on  one  of  outlets 
of  small  river.    Pop.,  9,154. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLAND8. 


687 


7i  JTT  IT  AN       BAY 


\% 


■kt.    <. 


J^  °  MINDANAO.  NORTH  COAST 

|.     PORT  NASIPIT 

■;■'  Scale  le'soo 

Recortncassanoe.  by  officers  of  the  US.  S.Leyte. 

Pos.tion(approx^  Lat  8°  57' N,  Long.  l25°  15'E.ofGi 


U  S-Coasiand  Geodetic  Survey.  0  HTiitmanr,,  Superintendent, 
Manila  Syb-Office,  Advance  Pnnt,  Sept.  1901 


688 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


NAVOTAS,  SAN  JOS£  DE;  river  in  island  of 
Mindoro. 

NAVrijfAN  (nah-voo-loo'-ahn),  ver.;  river  in 
Mindoro. 

NAYA  (nah'-yah),  ver.;  point  of  Rombl6n  I.,  Vi- 
sayas. 

NAYILOX,  or  MAILOX  (nah-yee'-lawn,  my'-lohn), 
ver.;  town  on  NE.  coast  of  Cebu,  2  m.  SE.  of 
Bogo  Pt.,  51i  m.  N.  of  Cebii.     {Also  Naylon.) 

NAYJAX  (ni'-hahn),  ver.;  hamlet  on  E.  shore  of 
Sorsog6n  port,  Albay,  Luz6n. 

SAYLOX  (nigh'-lohn);  point  on  NE.  coast  of 
Cebu,  head  of  Bogo  Harbor.     (^?so  Nayilon.) 

XAYOGRAXDE  (nah'-yohgrahn'-day),  Hisp.;  one 
of  the  mouths  of  Grande  de  "la  Pampanga 
Riv.,  into  Manila  Bay  and  S.  end  of  boundary 
between  Bulacin  and  Pampanga,  Luzon. 

NAYOX  (nah'-yohn),  nat.:  river  entering  China 
Sea  1^  m.  N.  of  Santa  Cruz,  Zambales,  Luz6n. 

XAYl'X  (nah-yoon'),  Tag.;  river  of  Tayabas,  Lu- 
zon, emptying  into  sea  6  m.  from  Kolokonto 
Bav.    Mouth  affords  shelter  ii)r  coasters. 


XAZABET  (nah-thah-retf),  Sp.;  town  onE.  shore 
of  Divao  Gulf,  in  extreme  S.  of  SE.  penin- 
sula of  DAvao,  Mindanao,  52  m.  SSE.  of  Ddvao. 

XAZASA  (nah-tha'-sah),  ver.;  anchorage  and  in- 
let in  S.  Zambales,  Luz6n. 
point  on  SW.  coast  of  Zambales,  Luz6n. 

XEGKA  (nay'-grah),  Sp.;  NW.  point  of  peninsula 
of  Cagaydn,  Luzon,  on  Pacific  Ocean. 

central  of  conspicuous  headlands  of  May- 

raira,  NE.  and  Bojeador  C,  on  coa.st  of  Ilocbs 
Norte,  Luzon,  6  m.  SW.,  sighted  by  naviga- 
tors heading  S.  from  N.  China^  Japan,  and 
Formosa,  on  W.  side  of  Luzon,  for  Manila.  Is 
W.  point  of  deep  bay  (Banguiu)  bearing  9  m. 
NE  to  Dialao  Pt. 

point  on  extreme  N.  shore  of  NE.  penin- 
sula of  CagayAn,  Luzon,  and  with  Verde  Pt., 
on  Palaui  I.,  opposite,  forming  entrance  head- 
lands to  sea  channel  between  Palaui  L  and 
mainland. 

point  on  W.  side  of  entrance  to 

Bay,  E.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan 


NEGROS,  VISAYAS,  ISLAND  OF. 

(Nay'-grohs,  Sp.) 

Capitals:  Bacolod,  lat.  10°  -iV  N.,  Ion.  122°  56^  E.;  Diimaguete,  lat.  9°  18^  SCK^  N., 
Ion.  123°  18'  E. 

Area:  Mainland,  4,839  sq.  m. ;  17  dependent  islands,  15  sq.  m.;  total,  4,854  sq.  in. 

Population:  372,010. 

Race:  Negros  Occidental,  Visayans,  Negritos  in  mounta,ins;  Negros  Oriental, 
Visayans. 

Lang'uage:  Yisayan. 

Military  Department  ofVisayas:  Headquarters,  Iloilo,  lioi'lo,  Panay 

liOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 


the  fourth  island  in  size  in  the  P.  A.  (lat.  9°  4'  to  11°  V  N.,  Ion.  123°  34' 
to  122°  24'  E. )  occupies  the  SW.  angle  of  the  Visayan  group,  between  Panay  on  XW. 
and  Cebti  on  SE.  The  nearest  point  of  Masbate  I.,  on  the  N.,  lies  64  m.  distant 
across  an  open  stretch  of  sea  channel  (Visayan  Sea),  between  a  portion  of  Cebii  on 
the  E.  and  Panay  on  the  W.  On  the  E.,  almost  its  entire  length,  is  Tanon  Strait, 
110  m.,  with  Cebii  forming  the  opposite  shore  at  a  distance  from  3  to  25  m.  On  the 
SE.,  S.,  SW.,  and  W.  is  the  Sulii  Sea,  and  on  the  W.  for  a  distance  of  80  m.  Guimards 
Strait,  with  the  island  of  that  name  and  Panay  forming  the  opposite  shore  at  dis- 
tances from  8  to  29  m. 

AREA. 

The  greatest  length  of  the  island  from  X.  to  S.  is  134  m.,  and  breadth  E.  to  W. 
33  m.  The  coast  line  measures  386  m.  The  following  table  gives  the  statistics  of 
the  island: 


Province. 

Date   of   or- 
ganization. 

Capital. 

Total 
area. 

Area  of 
main- 
land. 

Dependei 
Number. 

It  islands. 
Area. 

Popula- 
tion. 

Negros  Occidental.. 
Negros  Oriental 

Apr.  20,1901 
..do 

Bac61od.... 
Dumaguete. 

n-.Ti2 

1,742 

^s.Tos 

1,734 

14 
3 

Sq.m._ 

8 

231,512 
140.498 

Total 

4,854 

4,839 

17 

15             372.010 

In  area  Negros  Occidental  is  800  sq.  m.  larger  than  Delaware,  and  Oriental  500 
sq.  m.  larger  than  Rhode  Island.  The  combined  area  of  the  two  provinces  is  9  sq.  m. 
larger  than  Connecticut. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  689 

PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 

From  Esmeralda  Mt.,  12  m.  S.  of  tlu-  rxtivme  N.  i)oint,  to  Caladias,  14  in.  inland 
from  the  S.  coast,  a  range  of  mountains  oxtends  from  N.  to  S.  a  little  E.  of  the  center, 
with  a  series  of  sierras  and  tal^lehinds  (  Llanura  de  Cambaml)anan,  Llanura  de  Cada- 
biaiigan,  Tablas,  and  Puente  de  Patioitu)  deflecting  to  the  W.  and  the  Sierra  Duma- 
guete  forming  the  terminal  elevations  in  the  S.  Near  the  N.  end  of  the  range,  25  m. 
S.  of  Esmeralda,  is  the  celebrated  Canlaon  volcano,  better  known  as  Malaspina, 
8,192  ft.  high.  In  S.  summits  of  the  Sierra  Dumaguete,  14  m.  W.  of  the  capital  of 
that  name,  are  2  remarkable  mountain  lakes,  the  larger  5  by  2j  m.,  and  smaller  2  by 

1  m.  About  5  m.  SE.  of  the  larger  lake  and  10  m.  W.  of  Dumaguete  are  the  famous 
hot  springs  of  Mainit,  while  8  and  10  m.  SW.  of  Dumaguete,  near  the  coast  near 
Dduin,  are  numerous  thermal  and  sulphur  waters.    This  range  divides  the  island  into 

2  almost  equal  political  divisions,  and  practically  precludes  intercourse  between  them 
by  land.  Near  the  Malaspina  volcano,  a  lateral  spur  trends  E.  to  the  coast.  This, 
with  the  main  range  continuing  S.,  constitutes  the  boundary  between  the  2  Negroa 
provinces.  The  spurs  from  these  mountains  form  large  valleys,  inhabited  on  the  W. 
side  from  Sajotas  to  Silay,  and  on  the  N.  and  NE.,  where  the  extensive  plains  are 
intersected  by  rivers  of  good  size.  Although  the  country  is  rugged,  it  is  very  fertile 
in  the  cultivated  part,  because  of  the  numerous  streams. 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

The  straits  on  either  side  of  the  island  form  a  protection  from  the  winds  of  the 
ocean.  The  coasts  afford  numerous  roadsteads  and  few  bays,  the  anchorages  being 
generally  under  shelter  of  the  adjacent  islands.  {See  Bays  and  harbors,  Negros 
Occidental  and  Oriental. ) 

ROADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 

The  coast  is  paralleled  by  a  wagon  road  or  trail,  there  being  very  few  communi- 
cating with  the  interior,  as  all  the  towns  of  any  consequence  are  on  the ,  seashore. 
The  only  defiles  through  the  mountain  chain  are  at  Tij)an,  where  the  Ilog  Riv., 
rising  on  the  E.  side,  flows  W.  into  the  opening  of  (Tuimanis  Strait,  and  at  Ilibayo, 
where  a  mountain  path  crosses  to  the  headwaters  of  the  Ililabano,  and  thence  by 
way  of  Isabela  to  the  Guimaras  Strait,  on  the  W.  side,  at  Himamailan. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

The  total  population  of  the  island,  under  the  census  of  1887,  was  241,374;  esti- 
mated, 1901,  Occidental,  231,512;  Oriental,  140,498;  total,  372,010.  The  unexplored 
forests  of  the  interior  are  roamed  over  by  savages.  The  Occidental  province  has  the 
numbers  of  Montana,  and  the  Oriental  nearly  that  of  Delaware.  Aggregately  the 
population  is  but  28,000  less  than  the  State  of  Vermont.  The  people  are  Visayans 
along  the  coast  and  Panayanos  in  the  mountains,  and  speak  languages  known  by  the 
same  names.  The  language  most  spoken  is  Visayan.  The  Occidental  province  has 
30  towns  and  upward  of  100  villages.  The  capital,  Bacolod,  a  port  open  for  coasting 
trade,  lies  at  the  mouth  of  the  Lupit  Riv.,  opposite  the  junction  of  Guimards  and 
Iloilo  straits.  It  has  .some  fine  public  and  private  buildings  and  a  population  of 
11,624.  The  remaining  towns  range  from  4,000  to  9,100  inhabitants.  Negros  Oriental 
has  24  towns,  all  but  1  on  the  coast,  and  63  villages,  also  on  the  coast  except  4  in 
the  vicinity  of  Bais,  and  5  in  the  neighborhood  of  Dumaguete.  The  capital,  Duma- 
guete, is  a  port  open  to  coasting  trade  immediately  S.  of  the  S.  entrance  to  Tanon 
Strait.  It  is  connected  by  a  road  or  trail  with  all  parts  of  the  coast,  and  has  a  popu- 
lation of  14,352. 

DEPENDENT  ISLANDS. 

The  coasts  are  exceptionally  free  fron^  islands,  but  14  lying  off  Occidental  and  3 
off  Oriental  Negros,  the  aggregate  area  being  l)ut  17  sq.  m. 

VEGETABLE  PRODUCTS. 

Although  the  surface  is  very  uneven,  the  soil  is  fertile  and  produces  fine  crops  of 
the  products  of  the  country.  While  there  are  no  large  rivers,  there  are  numerous 
streams  which  are  utilized  for  irrigation,  which  the  natives  well  understand.  The 
vegetable  products  are  abundant.  The  chocolate  is  of  the  best  quality  grown  in  the 
Visayas.  Among  the  other  crops  are  sugar  cane,  coffee,  rice,  tobacco,  wax,  wheat, 
cotton,  hemp,  bago,  sibucao  (medicinal  and  dye  plant),  corn,  etc. 

S.  Doc.  280 4A 


690  GAZETTEER    OF    THE    nilLIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

MINERALS. 

The  interior  having  been  Httle  exploivd,  notliing  is  known  of  the  mineral  wealth 
which  may  lie  hidden  in  the  mountain  masses.  Coal  deposits  are  reported  on  the 
W.  slopes  of  the  central  range. 

FORESTS. 

The  interior  is  covered  with  vast  forests  of  valuable  woods,  the  chief  of  which  is 
teak,  one  of  the  best  timbers  used  in  shipljuilding  in  Western  nations. 

FRUITS. 

The  manga,  sapote,  custard  apple,  banana,  mabolo,  and  oranges — the  latter,  how- 
ever, not  of  a  superior  quality — grow  luxuriantly.  j 

INDUSTRIES.  i 

The  chief  manufactures  are  abacd  and  cabo  negro,  of  which  boat  cables  are  made. 
Large  numl^ers  of  catties,  horses,  carabaos,  and  hogs  are  raised.     Next  to  the  agricul-      j 
tural  industries  are  the  fisheries.     The  products  of  the  waters  of  the  island  consist      ] 
of  fish,  tortoise  shell,  sea  cucumbers,  and  sea  shells.  I 

I 
UNITED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 

This  island  was  occupied  during  the  Visayan  campaign  of  the  spring  and  summer 
of  1899.  After  the  departmental  organization  of  1900,  the  troops  were  actively 
engaged  in  the  suppression  of  brigandage,  and  particularly  of  the  Tulisanes  or  organ- 
ized bands  of  outlaws  and  robbers.  {See  United  States  military  occupation,  Negros 
Occidental  and  Oriental. ) 

CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 

In  March,  1899,  the  military  governor  of  the  island  organized  a  battalion  of  200 
native  police  at  Bacolod,  the  capital.  A  constitutional  convention  was  later  held  at 
the  same  place.  In  July,  same  year,  a  form  of  constitution  or  "  fundamental  laws" 
for  the  island  having  been  decided  upon  in  constitutional  convention,  was  submitted 
to  the  military  governor  and  by  him  forwarded  to  the  military  governor  of  the  P.  I., 
who  transmitted  it  to  the  President  of  the  United  States  for  the  consideration  of 
Congress.  On  July  22  (G.  O.,  No.  30)  the  military  governor  of  the  P.  I.  proclaimed 
a  form  of  civil  government  pending  action  by  the  President  or  Congress  on  the 
Bacolod  constitution.  It  provided  a  military  governor  appointed  by  the  military 
governor  of  the  P.  I.  to  command  the  troops,  and  a  civil  governor  and  advisory 
council  elected  by  the  people,  and  secretaries  of  treasury,  interior,  agriculture,  public 
instruction,  attorney-general,  and  auditor  appointed  by  and  acting  under  the  military 
governor.  The  details  for  the  holding  of  elections  and  defining  powers  and  duties 
and  raising  revenue  were  set  forth.  Schools  were  also  to  be  established.  This  native 
movement  was  the  first  attempt  to  institute  provincial  government  in  the  P.  I.  The 
civil  government  for  Negros  established  by  the  P.  C.  April  20,  1901,  is  the  same  as 
that  provided  for  other  provinces  under  the  provincial  government  act  of  February 
6,  1901.     {See  Civil  government,  Negros  Occidental  and  Oriental). 

NEGROS  OCCIDENTAL,  VISAYAS,  PROVINCE  OF. 

i  Nay '-gross  ock-thec-dayn-tahl',  Hisp.) 

Capital:  Bacolod,  lat.  10°  4F  N.,  Ion.  122°  56'  E. 

Area:  Mainland,  3,105  sq.  m.;  dependent  islands,  7  sq.  m.;  total,  3,112  sq.  m. 

Population:  231,512. 

Race:   Visayans;  Negritos  in  mountains. 

Language:  Visayan. 

Military  Department  of  Visayas:  Headquarters,  Iloilo,  Iloilo,  Panay. 

Table  of  distances. 
From  Bac61od  to—  '  "?• 

Duniaguete - '^ 

Dumaguete,  by  sea ^^ 

Iloi  lo.  by  sea ^ 

Maiiila ^° 

Mauila,  via  GuimarAs  Strait,  Mindoro  and  China  seas olo 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    VHILTPl'INE    ISLANDS.  691 

LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

The  province  of  Negros  Occidental  (western)  occuijies  the  entire  N.  and  greater 
portion  of  the  W.  shore  of  the  island  of  Negros.  It  is  bounded  on  the  N.  by  the 
Visayan  Sea,  on  the  E.  by  Tanon  Strait,  wliich  separates  it  and  Negros  Oriental 
from  Cebu;  on  the  S.  by  Negros  Oriental;  on  the  SW.  by  the  Sulu  Sea;  on  the  W.  by 
Guimanis  Strait,  which  separates  it  from  that  island,  and  Iloilo  Strait,  which  separates 
it  from  Panay  on  the  W.  and  NW.,  the  nearest  point  being  9  m. 

AREA. 

It  measures  120  m.  from  NE.  to  SW.,  and  38  m.  from  NW.  to  SE.  Area  of  main- 
land, 3,105  sq-.  m.;  14  dependent  islands,  7  sq.  m.;  total,  3,112  sq.  m.  (1,991,680  a.) 
or  nearly  1,000  sq.  m.  larger  than  Delaware  and  more  than  twice  as  large  as  Rhode 
Island. 

PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 

A  range  of  high  mountains  begins  at  Solitario,  in  the  extreme  NE.  After  a  SW. 
trend  of  37  m.  it  reaches  the  NW.  angle  of  boundary  between  the  2  provinces; 
thence  pursuing  a  SW.  course  it  forms  the  E.  boundary.  Its  loftiest  summit  is 
Malaspina  or  Canlaon,  8,192  ft.  high,  a  partially  extinct  volcano  in  the  S.  central 
portion  of  chain. 

From  this  range  lateral  spurs  extend  toward  the  coast,  forming  numerous  valleys, 
watered  by  many  rivers,  the  most  important  being  the  Gilubang,  Tail  on,  Luzon  or 
Salamanca,  and  Danao  on  the  E.  coast,  and  the  Lagasan  or  Bago,  Binalbagan,  and 
Ilog  on  the  W.  coast.  This  stream  and  the  Binalbagan  penetrate  the  mountains 
between  Negros  Oriental  and  Occidental.  The  Ilog  has  its  source  in  the  former 
province,  NW.  of  Dumaguete.  It  has  from  1  to  2  fms.  at  its  mouth,  and  is  navi- 
gable with  lorchas  about  7  m.  from  mouth.  Other  rivers  of  importance,  but  of  no 
great  length,  are  Sicaba,  Malogo,  Ginigaran,  Aguisan.  The  Sipalay  in  the  SW.  is 
about  35  m.  long  and  rises  in  the  interior  near  Ilog  Riv.  It  empties  into  the  sea 
about  700  yds.  N.  of  town  of  the  same  name.  All  portions  of  country  in  S.  of  Negros 
are  cut  up  by  small  streams,  and  therefore  very  rough  and  hilly;  not  passable  except 
by  difficult  trails.     No  plateau  exists  in  this  portion  of  the  island. 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

On  the  N.  coast  of  Negros  Occidental  is  tlu>  so-called  Saco  de  Negros,  bounded  on 
the  W.  by  the  group  of  Pan  de  Azucarand  the  S.  part  of  the  group  of  Gigantes,  and 
on  the  E.  by  the  island  of  Bantayun  and  the  chain  of  small  islands  which,  starting 
from  the  last  named,  runs  SW.  to  the  NE.  end  of  Negros.  Of  the  coves  and  anchor- 
ages the  following  may  be  mentioned : 

Antal;  the  anchorage  of  Inayauan,  on  the  SW.  coast,  open  to  winds  and  sea;  use- 
less as  anchorage  during  SW.  monsoon. 

Bito;  a  small  inlet  on  the  extreme  NE.  coast;  useless  during  NE.  monsoon. 

Campomanes;  S.  of  Matulindog,  on  the  SW.  coast,  with  17  to  28  fms.  almost 
touching  the  shore. 

Cartag-ena;  on  the  W.  coast,  S.  of  Inayauan,  with  deep  water. 

Catmon;  one  of  a  succession  of  partly  sheltered  anchorages,  between  the  mouth  of 
Panaon  Riv.  and  Sangui  Pt.,  at  the  boundaries  between  the  provinces,  on  the  SW. 
coast. 

Guimugahan;  an  open  )>ight  on  the  N.  coast. 

Linaon;  on  the  W.  shore,  off  the  town  of  that  name;  useless  as  anchorage  during 
SW.  UKinsoon. 

Mabiilao;  at  the  mouth  of  the  river  of  the  same  name  on  the  SW.  coast,  S.  of 
Campomanes. 

Mucaboc;  on  the  extreme  NE.  coast,  3  m.  between  Bais  and  Escalante,  and  very 
near  the  SE.  shore. 

Panagsagon;  on  the  extreme  NE.  coast.     Arguelles  lies  on  the  SE.  shore. 

Refugio;  in  the  N.  water  of  Taiion  Strait,  formed  by  the  island  of  that  name  and 
the  mainland,  near  the  N.  boundary  of  Negros  Oriental;  anchorage  for  San  Carlos. 

Suay;  near  the  angle  of  the  W.  coast  curving  to  the  W.  and  sheltered  from  all 
winds  but  the  NE. ;  useless  during  SW.  monsoon.  Lorchas  (a  kind  of  wooden 
boat  especially  made  for  freight  purposes)  can  enter  the  Binicuit  Riv.  at  any  time; 
anchorage  inside  very  good. 


692 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


ROADS  AND   COMMUNICATIONS. 

The  E.  coast  trail  of  Negros  Oriental,  along  the  Tafiun  Strait,  continues  into  Negros 
Occidental,  at  the  crossing  of  that  stream,  thence  it  continues  to  Escalante.  At 
Sicaba,  on  the  extreme  N.  point,  begins  a  cart  road  which  follows  the  shores  of 
Iloilo  and  Guimards  straits  as  far  as  Isio,  near  the  W.  point  of  the  island.  This 
road  is  iiiii)assalil('  during  the  rainy  season  except  that  portion  lying  between  Saravia 
an<l  r.a(V,|,Hl,  Valladolid,  and  San  Enrique,  and  by  pack  animals  only.  The  trails 
along  the  coast  S.  and  W.  of  Isio  are  covered  by  the  sea  at  high  tide.  This  renders 
them  useless  and  makes  water  transportation  for  all  journeys  on  this  coast  absolutely 
necessary.  There  are  a  number  ( if  n  >ads  heading  into  the  interior  from  this  main  line. 
The  larger  rivers  afford  communication  with  the  coast. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

The  population  of  Negros  Occidental  is  231,512,  almost  wholly  of  the  Visayan  race. 
There  are  2  dialects  of  the  Visayan  language  spoken  on  the  island — the  Panayano 
and  Cebuano.  In  the  W.  coasts  and  portion  of  the  island  Panayano  is  spoken,  but 
in  the  N.  and  E.  Cebuano. 

The  following  is  the  division  of  the  whole  island  of  Negros  into  pueblos  and  their 
respective  population,  according  to  the  census  of  1887.  The  island  at  that  time  was 
not  divided  into  two  provinces: 


Island  and  pueblos. 


Total  population,  combining 
residents  present  and  ab- 
sent, native  and  Sp 
1887. 


Men.      Women.       Total 


Negros  (Oriental  and  Occidental) 

AmblAn 

Arguelles 


Ayuquitan 
Bacolod  . . . 
Bac6n  


Binalbagan  . 
Cabancalan  . 
Cadiz  Nuevo 
Calatrava  . . . 

Cauayan  

Carlota(La). 

Dancalan 

Dauin 

Dumaguete.. 
Escalante  ... 
Ginigaran  . . . 

Granada 

Gui, 


julugan.. 
Guilhungan  . 


Isabela 

Isio 

Jimamaylan 

Jimalalud 

Manapla 

Manjilyod 

Minuluan 

Murcia 

Nueva  Valencia. 

Pontevedra 

San  Enrique 


Siat6n 

Sibulan 

Silay 

Suay 

Siimag 

Tanhay 

Tayasan 

Tol6n 

Valladolid  .... 
Zamboanguita 


Total , 


Estimated,  1901: 
Occidental.. 
Oriental  . . . . 


2,091 
1,132 

340 
1,100 
3,391 
3,354 
4,176 
2,349 
2,494 
2, 912 
1,633 
5,517 
1,048 
3,016 
1,483 
3,383 
6,749 
1,844 
4, 465 

696 

560 
1,161 
2, 316 
4,220 
1,153 
3,467 
1,536 
1,947 
2,305 
3,620 
1,336 
2,884 
3,229 
1,660 
4,392 
4,002 
2,920 
3,346 

761 
2,063 
5,143 


1,326 
5,065 
2,403 


4,179 
2, 391 
693 
2,243 
6, 842 
7,050 
8, 427 
4,971 
5, 269 
5,780 
3,554 

12, 161 
2,194 
6,386 
2,984 
6,751 

13,244 
3,892 
8,969 
1,460 
1,154 
2, 375 
4,557 
9,218 
2,487 
7,073 
3, 057 
4,309 
4,547 
7,561 
2,768 
5,576 
6,901 
3,410 
9,556 
8, 210 
5,857 
7,654 
1,598 
4,425 

10,300 
1,381 

lo',  207 
4,869 


241,371 


231,572 
140,498 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  693 

The  towns  He  chiefly  on  tlie  coast.  The  villages,  upward  of  100  in  number,  are 
distributed  iH'twcen  the  base  of  the  mountains  and  the  shore. 

Bacolod;  tiie  capital,  on  the  NW.  shore,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Lupit  Riv.  and 
opposite  the  junction  of  Unimanis  and  Ihu'lo  straits.  It  is  an  important  road  center 
and  has  some  tine  public  and  private  buildings.     Pop.,  6,268. 

Arguelles;  on  the  extreme  NE.  coast,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Quinalusan  Riv.,  43  m. 
NE.  ( .f  Bac(')lod.     Pop. ,  2, 391 . 

Bago;  on  the  W.  coast  road,  12.5  m.  SW.  of  Bacolod.     Pop.,  7,092. 

Binalbagan;  on  the  W.  coast  road,  at  the  crossing  of  the  river  of  the  same  name, 
35  m.  S.  of  Bacolod.     Pop.,  5,135. 

Cabancalan;  on  the  right  bank  of  the  Ilog  Riv.,  below  the  junction  of  the  Nito- 
mayan  Riv.,  6.>  m.  above  its  mouth  and  54.5  m.  S.  of  Bacolod.     Pop.,  7,636. 

Cadiz  Nuevo;  on  the  S.  shore  of  a  large  bight  on  the  N.  coast,  33  m.  NNE.  of 
Bacolod.     Pop.,  7,046. 

Calatrava;  on  the  E.  coast  of  Tafion  Strait,  34  m.  E.  of  Bacolod.     Pop.,  12,720. 

Cauayan;  on  the  coast  road,  55  m.  SSW.  of  Bacolod.  Pop.,  4,644.  Destroyed 
by  ladrones,  November,  1901. 

Danao;  on  the  river  of  the  same  name  in  the  extreme  NE.  part  of  the  province, 
41  m.  E.  of  Bacolod,  the  only  deep-water  port  on  the  island,  is  situated  at  mouth  of 
river,  which  is  navigable  by  small  launches  9  m.  from  mouth. 

Dancalan;  on  the  W.  coast  road,  46  m.  S.  of  Bacolod.     Pop.,  1,445. 

Escalante  Grande;  in  the  extreme  NE.,  about  1\  m.  from  mouth  of  the  Danao 
Riv.,  with  2J  fms.  on  the  bar  at  low  water  and  5 J  fms.  upstream.  It  is  a  place  of 
important  local  trade.     Pop.,  3,000. 

Ginigaran;  on  the  W.  coast  road,  at  the  mouth  of  the  river  of  the  same  name, 
29  m.  S.  of  Bacolod.     Pop.,  13,620. 

Granada;  on  the  headwaters  of  the  Lupit  Riv.,  7  m.  E.  of  Bacolod,  with  which 
it  is  connected  by  trails.     Pop.,  2,864. 

Guilhungan;  on  the  W.  coast  road,  62  m.  S.  of  Bacolod.     Pop.,  Cn.  1887,1,154. 

Guimbalaon;  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  headwaters  of  the  Malisug  Riv.,  11  m.  NE. 
of  Bacolod.     Pop.,  Cn.  1896,  5,571. 

Jimamaylan;  a  telegraph  and  military  station  on  the  W.  coast  road,  41  m.  S.  of 
Bacolod.     Pop.,  6,758. 

Ilog;  a  military  station  on  the  main  W.  coast  road,  at  the  crossing  of  the  impor- 
tant river  of  the  same  name,  45  m.  S.  of  Bacolod.     Pop.,  6,070. 

Inayauan;  on  the  W.  coast,  near  the  bay  of  Antal,  67  m.  SSW.  of  Bacolod. 

Isabela;  a  telegraph  and  military  station  and  important  center  of  trade  communi- 
cation, 37  m.  S.  of  Bacolod,  and  connected  with  the  coast  by  several  roads,  that  of 
Jimamaylan  being  9  m.     Pop.,  11,104. 

Isio;  on  the  coast  road,  near  the  W.  point  of  the  province,  53  m.  SSW.  of  Bacolod. 
Pop.,  1,596. 

La  Carlota;  a  telegraph  and  military  station  on  the  1.  bank  of  a  branch  of  the 
San  Enrique  Riv.,  18  m.  S.  of  Bacolod.  It  is  an  important  center  of  roads  and  trails 
between  different  parts  of  the  interior  and  the  coast  at  Bacolod  and  other  points. 
Pop.,  12,384. 

La  Castellana;  is  on  the  road  between  La  Carlota  and  Isabela,  and  is  important 
because  the  most  practicable  trail  across  the  mountains  ^begins  at  La  Castellana,  and 
continues  to  Valle  Hermoso.  La  Castellana  is  also  connected  with  Valle  Hermoso 
by  telegraph,  and  this  line  across  the  mountains  renders  telegraphic  communication 
with  Dumaguete  possible.     Pop.,  about  2,500. 

Manapla;  a  telegraph  and  military  station  on  the  NW.  coast,  8  m.  NNE.  of 
Bacolod.     Pop.,  6,000. 

Minuluan;  on  the  NW.  coast,  6  m.  N.  of  Bacolod.     Pop.,  11,338. 

Murcia;  a  military  station  at  the  headwaters  of  the  Lagasan,  8  m.  ESE.  of  Bacolod, 
with  which  it  is  connected  by  trails.     Pop.,  8,000. 

Pontevedra;  a  military  station  on  the  W.  coast,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Mangala 
Riv.,  24  m.  S.  of  Bacolod.     Pop.,  12,000. 

Sicaba;  on  the  N.  coast,  at  the  N.  terminus  of  the  coast  road,  31  m.  NE.  of  Bacolod. 

San  Enrique;  a  military  station  on  the  W.  coast  road,  near  the  mouth  of  the  river 
of  the  same  name,  in  road  communication  with  La  Carlota,  20  in.  S.  of  Bacolod. 
Pop.,  3,607. 

Saravia;  a  military  station  on  the  extreme  NE.  coast,  between  the  Matalag  Grande 
andChico  Rivs.,  16  m.  N.  of  Bacolod.     Pop.,  5,304. 

Silay;  a  large  and  rich  town  open  to  coasting  trade,  and  a  telegraph  and  military 
station  on  the  NW.  coast,  10  m.  N.  of  Bacolod.     Pop.,  14,537. 

Suay;  in  the  deep  angle  of  the  coast,  43  m.  S.  of  Bacolod.     Pop.,  2,972. 

Sumag;  on  the  W.  coast  road,  5  m.  S.  of  Bacolod.     Pop.,  4,332. 


694  GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

Toboso;  a  military  station  on  the  .shore  of  Tanun  Strait,  on  the  main  road  to  Esca- 
lantc,  at  the  crossing  of  the  Toboso  Riv.,  39  m.  E.  of  Bacolod. 

Valladolid;  a  miHtarv  station  on  the  W.  coast  shore,  16  m.  SSW.  of  Bacolod. 
I '..J..,  14,000. 

DEPENDENT  ISLANDS. 

The  coast  is  exceptionally  free  from  islands.     The  following  is  the  list: 

sq.  m. 

Bagubabanna;  3  m.  NW.  of  Macaboc  Pt.,  extreme  NE.  coast. 

Danpegan;  2i  m.  N.  of  Binigsian  Pt.,  on  the  SVV.  coast;  an  islet  lies  between  it  and  coast  with  an 
anchorage  in  9  to  17  fms.;  area 1 

Ilrtcoan;  off  the  extreme  N.  coast,  NE.  of  Manapla;  area i 

Inayauan  (Auajaungan);  with  4  islets  close  to  it,  off  the  town  of  that  name  on  SW.  coast;  area. . .      i 

Mucabog  (Bacaboe);  3^  m.  NE.  of  Bito  or  Sagai  Pt.,  N.  coast;  village  of  San  Luis  on  the  SE. 
shore ;  area 3 

Refugio  (orSipacay,  on  the  TaQon  Strait  coast  N.  of  the  N.  boundary  line  between  Negros  Occi- 
dental and  Oriental,  1  m.  off  shore.  It  is  2  m.  N.  and  S.  The  channel  between  it  and  the  main- 
land affords  anchorage  in  12  fms.;  area 2 

Sugac;  off  W.  coast,  between  Bito  and  Guimugahan. 

6  dependent  islands,  8  islets  of  rock;  total  area 7 

VEGETABLE  PRODUCTS. 

The  soil  is  fertile  and  produces  the  best  quality  of  cacao  in  the  Visayas,  besides 
rice,  maize,  sugar,  tobacco,  camotes,  cotton,  c-offee,  and  hemp.  Large  numbers  of 
cattle,  horses,  hogs,  and  carabaos  are  raised. 

MINERALS. 

Deposits  of  coal  exist  along  the  rivers  entering  the  sea  near  Calatrava  and  Talabe, 
on  the  E.  coast;  it  is  a  variety  of  lignite.  Further  discoveries  have  been  made  on 
the  W.  coast  near  the  mountains  of  Uling  and  Alpaco.  There  are  some  indications 
of  iron  between  La  Castellana  and  Isabela,  and  several  hot  and  warm  sjjrings,  those 
near  Mambucal  and  Isabela  being  very  largely  visited  for  their  medicinal  effects. 

FORESTS. 

In  the  forests  are  many  valuable  woods,  including  teak,  highly  prized  for  ship- 
building in  foreign  ship  yards,  and  the  ilang-ilang. 

FRUITS. 

The  fruits  consist  of  the  finest  varieties  of  the  mango,  sapote,  banana,  custard 
apple,  oranges  of  a  poor  variety  only. 

INDUSTRIES. 

Hydraulic  and  steam  machinery  for  tlie  manufacture  of  sugar  is  largely  used.  The 
fisheries  are  also  important,  besides  lish  embracing  sea  cucumbers,  gulaman,  sea 
shells,  etc.,  which  are  abundant. 

UNITED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 

This  portion  of  Xegros  I.  was  occujiied  during  the  oi)e<-ations  in  the  Visayas  in  the 
summer  of  1899. 

On  February  15,  1902,  Negros  Occidental  was  garrisoned  by  United  States  troops 
as  follows: 

Bacolod.^  Isabela.''  Valladolid. 

Cabancalan.  *  La  Carlota.  ^ 

Danao.  Silay. '-' 

CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 

The  province  of  Negros  Occidental  was  created  under  the  "provincial-govern- 
ment act"  of  February  6,  1901,  by  enactment  of  the  P.  C.  April  20,  1901,  to  embrace 
"that  territory  in  the  island  of  Negros  under  the  Spanish  sovereignty  known  as  the 
province  of  '  Negros  Occidental. ' ' ' 

^  Telegi-aph . 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  695 

PROVINCIAL  OFFICERS. 

[Salaries  and  expenses  in  I'nitefl  States  money.] 

Governor §2, 500 

Secretary 1 ,  500 

Treasurer 2,  500 

Supervisor 2,  200 

Fiscal 1,  500 

Allowance  for  necessary  and  actual  traveling  expenses  not  exceeding  $2.50  per  day 
as  prescribed.  The  presidcntes  and  alcaldes  of  the  nuniicipalitieH  of  tlie  ])r(ivince  to 
meet  and  organize  on  the  third  ]\I()nday  in  January,  April,  July,  and  Octoht-r  to  con- 
sider improvements  needed  in  the  i)r(ivince  and  for  other  ]iurposus  ])rescribcd  by 
law.  Under  this  enabling  act  all  of  G.  O.  No.  30,  issued  by  the  military  governor 
of  the  P.  I.  July  22, 1899,  except  relating  to  the  judiciary,  collection  of  customs,  postal 
matters,  and  Philijipine  interisland  trade  and  commerce,  was  repealed.  Also  legis- 
lation enacted  by  the  advisory  council  and  approved  1>y  the  nnlitary  governor  of  the 
islands,  repealed.  There  was  also  legislation  of  intcrjiretatidu  and  regulation 
concerning  free  schools.  Municipal  government  establi^^hed  under  G.  O.  No.  40, 1899, 
al)olisliing  the  cedula  tax  of  $'S;  regulating  the  cutting  of  timber,  internal  taxation, 
distribution  of  funds  between  the  provinces  on  the  island,  and  for  other  purposes 
necessary  to  uniformity  of  administration,  under  the  authority  of  the  P.  C. 

CONDITIONS. 

"Civil  government  was  established  9  months  ago,  and  although  this  is  a  short 
period  in  which  to  appreciate  the  character  of  a  political  epoch,  one  feels  already 
among  the  people  the  first  signs  of  an  era  of  contentment  and  love  for  a  regime  which 
had  been  so  long  desired,  which  can  not  fail  to  lay  for  the  future  the  stable  founda- 
tions of  a  radical  and  deeply  autonomous  constitution.  If,  while  war  was  raging  in 
other  provinces,  its  contagious  blasts  were  hardly  felt  here  before  they  were  extin- 
guished by  the  prudence  of  the  wise  governors  of  Negros,  and,  above  all,  by  the 
opinion  of  the  people,  which  has  shown  unanimously  that  it  is  opposed  to  an  irre- 
concilable policy;  if,  during  the  most  critical  moments  of  the  revolution,  Negros  was 
considered  by  natives  and  foreigners  as  a  paradise  of  tranquility,  it  is  useless  to 
describe  its  present  situation  under  the  auspices  of  civil  regime,  which  has  always 
been  the  object  of  all  the  inhabitants,  who  have  never  been  induced  to  wander  from 
the  road  which  they  have  so  happily  followed.  The  only  atmosphere  here  is  one  of 
peace,  and  hearts  only  beat  for  the  prosperity  of  the  province."  (Official  report  of 
provincial  governor  of  Negros  Occidental,  December,  1901. ) 

NEG-ROS    ORIENTAL,  VISAYAS,  PROVINCE    OF. 

(Nay'-groHS  oh-reeayn-tahl',  Hisp.j 

Capital:  Dumaguete,  lat.  9°  18'  30"'  N.,  Ion.  123°  18'  E. 

Area:  Mainland,  1,734  sq.  m.;  dependent  islands,  8  sq.  m.;  total,  1,742  sq.  m. 

Population:  140,498. 

Race:  Visayan. 

Language:  Visayan. 

Military  Department  of  Visayas:  Headquarters,  Iloi'lo  Iloiio,  Panay. 

Table  of  distances. 
From  Dumaguete  to —  m. 

Bacolod 98 

Baeolod  via  Sulu  Sea  and  Guimards  Strait 204 

Cebii 81 

Manila 414 

Manila  via  Tanon  Strait,  Visayan  and  Mindoro  seas,  and  Verde  Passage 518 

Misamis,  Mindanao 88 

Tagbilaran,  Bohol 90 

LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

The  province  of  Negros  Oriental  (eastern)  occupies  about  three-fourths  of  the  E. 
seacoast  of  the  island  of  Negros.  It  is  bounded  on  the  N.  by  Negros  Occidental;  on 
the  E.  by  Cebu,  from  which  it  is  separated  by  the  strait  of  Tanon,  3  m.  wide  on  the 
S.  and  21  m.  at  the  N.;  on  the  SE.,  S.,  and  S'W.  by  an  arm  of  the  Sulu  Sea,  and  on 
the  W.  by  Negros  Occidental. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


AREA. 

It  measures  103  m.  from  N.  to  S.,  and  49  m.  from  E.  to  W.  at  its  widest,  and  8  m. 
at  its  narrowest  points.  Area,  1,734  sq.  m.  mainland;  dependent  islands,  8;  total, 
1,743  sq.  m.,  or  1,114,880  acres,  or  one-fourth  larger  than  the  State  of  Delaware. 

PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 

A  range  of  mountains,  which  crosses  tlie  island  from  NW.  to  SW.  from  a  point  3 
m.  N.  of  the  volcano  of  Canlaon  or  Malasjiina,  forms  the  boundary  between  the  gen- 
eral divisions  of  the  island,  known  as  Negros  Oriental  and  Occidental.  The  most 
prominent  summits  on  this  side  of  the  boundary  are  the  volcano  Canlaon  referred 
to,  4,200  ft.;  Tipasi  or  Ang,  and  the  ridge  of  Dumaguete,  with  5  peaks,  the  most  S., 
9 J  m.  SW.,  being  6,244  ft.  high.  All  the  rivers  drain  the  E.  slope  of  the  dividing 
range  into  the  Tanon  Strait  or  the  Sulu  Sea.  The  principal  of  these  are  the  Tabon 
in  the  N.,  the  Bais  and  Panhay  in  the  S.,  and  the  Tolon  in  the  SW.  In  the  S.  lies 
the  mountain  lake  Balinsasayao,  6j  m.  N.  and  S.,  and  3  m.  E.  and  \V.  A  smaller 
lake,  about  2  m.  square,  lies  about  i  m.  to  the  E. 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

The  coast  along  Tanon  Strait,  except  at  Bais,  affords  only  open  roadsteads. 

Bais;  a  bay  11  m.  between  heads  extending  inland  on  the  SE.  coast  on  the  strait 
of  Taiion.     The  islands  of  this  name  afford  shelter  from  nearly  all  winds. 

Bonibondn;  on  the  extreme  S.  coast,  1  m.  NW.  of  the  point  of  the  same  name,  2 J 
m.  wide,  bh  fms.  deep.     It  is  completely  sheltered.     Several  small  rivers  enter  it. 

Capcap;  on  the  S.  coast,  small  but  deep  and  well  sheltered. 

Siyt;  on  the  extreme  SE.  coast,  small  and  well  sheltered,  3|  to  8  fms.  deep. 

Tolon;  on  the  SW.  coast,  12  m.  between  heads.  A  number  of  rivers  enter  it. 
Bayauan  and  Tolon  lie  on  its  si Knes. 

Tutuban;  on  the  S.  end  nf  the  island  and  well  sheltered. 

Also  the  following  anclioragcs,  ports,  and  roadsteads: 

Tanon  Strait:  Jilaitan,  S.  of  that  village;  Manjuyod,  at  that  town;  Palompon,  S. 
of  Bais  15ay;  Tal)on.  off  the  mouth  of  that  river. 

On  the  seacoast:  Magabo,  S.  of  Dauin. 

SW.  coast:  Canitan,  off  the  mouth  of  Manobongon;  Casilian,  off  Pagudban  vil- 
lage and  river;  Molocatan,  8.  of  that  town  and  river;  Sanqui,  near  the  Negros  Occi- 
dental boundarv;  Siaton,  or  Sabao,  E.  of  that  town. 


ROADS  AND  COMMTJNICATIONS. 

There  are  few  roads  or  trails  to  the  interior,  owing  to  the  mountainous  character 
of  the  country.  A  trail  follows  the  coast  from  the  NE.  boimdary  on  Tanon  Strait  to 
the  SW.  on  Sulu  Sea.  In  the  vicinity  of  Dumaguete  are  a  few  roads  extending  about 
5  m.  inland.  At  Bayauan,  on  the  Tolon  Bay,  SW.  coast,  a  road  starting  N.  crosses 
the  boundary  into  Negros  Occidental  and  terminates  at  Suay,  on  its  W.  coast.  All 
traffic  is  bv  the  straits  and  sea. 


POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

The  latest  information  gives  a  population  of  140,498,  entirely  Yisayan  in  race  and 
language.    ( For  population,  census  1887,  see  Population  and  towns  Negros  Occidental. ) 

The  following  is  a  list,  by  the  provincial  governor,  of  the  24  municipalities  of  Negros 
Oriental  organized  under  the  municipal  code,  with  the  population  of  each: 


Municipality. 


Ambl&n  . . . 
Ayuquitan 
Bac6n  ..... 

Bais ". . 

Bayauan  . . 

Canoan 

Dauin 

Dumaguete 
Guijulugan 
Jimalalud . 

Lacy 

Larena 

Libertad  .. 


Popula- 
tion. 


6,356 
2,992 
8,999 
5,671 
2,166 
5,801 

15;326 
4,024 
1,712 
8, 163 
4,126 
2,221 


Municipality. 


Manjdyod 

Maria 

Nueva  Valencia. 

San  Juan 

Siat6n 

Sibulan 

Siquijor 

Tayasan 

Taiihay 

Tolon 

Zamboanguita . . 


Total. 


Popula 
tion. 


6,144 
6,197 
6,009 
8,494 
6,360 
11,007 

li;592 
2,017 
5,665 


146,446 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  697 

All  but  one  (if  the  towns  are  on  the  coast,  ami  63  villajjes,  all  on  the  coast  except 
4  in  the  vicinity  of  Bais  and  5  in  the  neighliorhood  of  Duniaguete. 

Dumag-uete;  the  capital,  on  the  sea  end  oi  the  S.  entrance  to  Tanon  Strait,  con- 
nected l)y  roads  or  trails  with  all  parts  of  the  coast  line  and  Nueva  Valencia  iri*  the 
interior.     The  anchorage  has  7  fms.     Pop.,  13,613. 

Amblan;  near  the  S.  entrance  to  Taiion  Strait,  12J  m.  N.  by  W.  of  Dumaguete, 
with  an  anchorage  of  from  4  to  13  fms.     Pop.,  5,500. 

Ayungon;  on  the  Taiion  Strait,  36  m.  N.  of  Dumaguete.     Pop.,  1,107. 

Ayuquitan;  at  the  narrowest  point  of  the  S.  entrance  of  Taiion  Strait,  with  Cebu 
3  ni.  opposite,  and  8  m.  N.  by  W.  of  Dumaguete.     Pop.,  3,171. 

Bacon;  on  the  coast  road/SW.  shore,  opposite  Siquijor  I.,  6  m.  S.  of  Duniaguete. 
Pop.,  8,371. 

Bais;  on  the  bay  of  the  same  name,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Tamagon  or  Bais  Riv., 
21  m.  N.  of  Dumaguete.  At  this  point  the  coast  trail  changes  to  a  cart  road,  which 
continues  around  the  coast  to  Bombonon  Port,  on  the  extreme  S.     Pop.,  9,304. 

Bayauan;  on  Tolun  Bay,  SW.  coast,  29  m.  W.  of  Dumaguete.     Pop.,  1,000. 

Dauin;  on  the  coast  road,  12  m.  S.  of  Dumaguete.     Pop.,  Cn.  1887,  6,751. 

Guijulugan;  at  the  mouth  of  the  river  of  the  same  name,  55  m.  N.  of  Dumaguete. 
Pop.,  7,006. 

Hibayo;  on  the  strait  of  Taiion,  5  m.  S.  of  the  N.  boundary,  74  m.  N.  of  Duma- 
guete. 

Jimalalud;  about  the  center  of  the  Taiion  Strait  coast,  48  m.  N.  of  Dumaguete. 
Pop.,  5,559. 

Manjiiyod;  at  the  mouth  of  the  river  of  the  same  name,  23  m.  N.  of  Dumaguete. 
Pop.,  7,486. 

Nueva  Valencia;  inland  4J  m.  and  connected  by  a  fine  road  with  the  coast  at 
Dumaguete,  5  m.  NE.,  and  Bacon,  4  m.  SE.     Pop.,  6,316. 

Siatdn;  at  the  mouth  of  the  Canauang  Riv.  on  the  extreme  S.  coast,  27  m.  SW.  of 
Dumaguete.     Pop.,  8,142. 

Sibulan;  on  the  coast  road,  at  the  S.  entrance  to  Tanon  Strait,  4  m.  NNW.  of 
Dumaguete.     Pop.,  6,346. 

Tanhay;  on  the  coast  road,  near  the  S.  entrance  to  Taiion  Strait,  15  m.  NNW.  of 
Dumaguete.     Pop.,  12,408. 

Tayasan;  about  the  center  of  Taiion  Strait  coast,  43  m.  E.  of  Dumaguete.  Pop. 
1,569. 

Tolon;  on  the  E.  shore  of  the  bay  of  that  name,  at  the  mouth  of  Tolon  Riv.,  29  m. 
W.  of  Dumaguete.     Pop.,  1,514. 

Zamboanguita;  on  the  coast  road,  extreme  SE.  shore,  28  m.  SSW.  of  Dumaguete. 
Pop.,  5,603. 

DEPENDENT  ISLANDS. 

The  coast  of  Negros  Oriental  is  almost  entirely  clear  of  islands,  and  the  waters 
range  from  7  to  upward  of  110  fms.  in  depth.     The  following  are  the  islands: 

sq.m. 

Apo;  E.  of  Zamboangnita  Pt.,  300  ft.  high,  visible  34  m 2 

Bat-abac:  2i  m.  NE.  of  Sagay  Pt.,  and  divides  Tan6n  Strait  into  2  channels 1 

Bais;  a  cluster  of  high  islands  in  the  bay  of  the  same  name 5 

3  dependent  islands,  total  area 8 

VEGETABLE  PRODUCTS. 

The  island  produces  sugar  cane,  hemp,  rice,  chocolate,  coffee,  and  cotton.  In  the 
vicinity  of  Amblan  are  extensive  cocoa  plantations. 

MINERALS. 

In  both  provinces  of  this  island  exist  large  and  important  deposits  of  coal. 

FORESTS. 

The  mountains  inland  are  covered  with  extensive  forests  of  hard  wood,  suitable 
for  building  and  trade  requirements  of  the  towns  on  the  coast. 

FRUITS. 

Among  the  fruits  is  the  Philippine  variety  of  manga,  mabolo,  sapote, 
and  oranges. 


698  GAZETTEER    OF    'I'HK    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

INDUSTRIES. 

A  large  manufacture  of  sugar  and  sugar  sacks  is  carried  on.  The  most  notable  of 
the  mechanical  industries  is  the  manufacture  of  cotton  pillows,  which  are  carried 
away  for  use  on  steamers.     Turtle  shells  are  collected. 

UNITED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 

Negros  Oriental  was  one  of  the  first  islands  occupied  during  the  Visayan  campaign 
in  the  spring  and  summer  of  1899.  After  the  departmental  organization  in  the 
early  part  of  1900  the  troops  on  duty  in  this  province  were  engaged  in  the  suppression 
of  the  Tulisanes  organized  bands  of  robbers. 

On  February  15,  1902,  Negros  Oriental  was  garrisoned  by  United  States  troops  as 
follows: 

Dumaguete."  Ilaguinut."  Payao. 

CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 

The  province  of  Negros  Oriental  was  created  under  the  "provincial-government 
act"  of  February  6,  1901,  by  enactment  P.  C.  April  20,  1901,  to  embrace  "that  terri- 
tory of  the  island  of  Negros  known  under  the  Spanish  sovereignty  as  the  province  of 
Negros  Oriental." 

PROVINCIAL  OFFICERS. 

[Salaries  and  expenses  in  United  State.s  money.] 

Governor $2, 000 

Secretary 1, 200 

Treasurer 2,  000 

Supervisor 1, 800 

Fiscal 1,  200 

Allowance  for  necessary  and  actual  traveling  expenses  not  exceeding  $2.50  per 
day  as  prescribed.  The  presidentes  or  alcaldes  of  the  municipalities  of  the  province 
to  meet  and  organize  on  the  third  Monday  in  January,  April,  July,  and  October, 
to  consider  improvements  needed  in  the  province  and  for  other  purposes  prescribed 
by  law.  The  legislation  by  the  Commission  for  the  repeal,  interpretation,  and  regu- 
lation of  the  provision  of  former  military  order,  apply  reciprocally  to  Negros  Occi- 
dental (q.  v.).  The  military  governor  of  the  islands  during  the  earlier  occupation 
formulated  a  plan  for  a  representative  provisional  government,  G.  O.,  No.  30,  series 
1899,  which  was  jnit  in  operation  and  continued  until  superseded  by  civil  gov- 
ernment. 

CONDITIONS. 

"In  spite  of  the  difficulty  experienced  at  first  by  the  i)rovincial  treasurer,  to-day  the 
financial  status  is  as  follows: 

Gold: 

Assets $45, 441. 59 

Liabilities 27, 708. 66 

Surplus 17, 732. 93 

*  ■:>  it  *  ii  -.i  '.■■ 

"Notwithstanding  the  pueblos  have  suffered  terribly  from  the  locust  plague,  the 
last  crop  of  maize,  the  chief  article  of  food  of  the  natives,  was  very  abundant.  The 
provincial  government  voted  the  sum  of  $250  gold  out  of  the  provincial  fund  to 
fight  the  plague,  saving,  fortunately,  the  crop  of  the  last-named  pueblo  (Bais),  which 
is  estimated  at  110,000  i)iculs  of  sugar  (137.]  lbs.  =1  picul). 

"The  flourishing  condition  of  the  fields  of  maize,  palay  (rice),  hemp,  and  sugar, 
augurs  well  tor  the  future  j^rosperity  of  our  pueblos.  *  *  *  The  disposition  of 
the  pueblos  toward  the  new  regime  under  American  sovereignty  is,  on  the  whole, 
favorable."     (Official  report  of  provincial  governor  of  Negros  Oriental,   December 


19,  1901.) 


'Telegraph. 


S  Doc  PvS'C  57    1 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


699 


A'EllI  (nny'-ree),  Sp.;  pueblo  in  .Misamis,  Min- 
danao. 

NEGSON  (nug'-sohn),  ver.;  mountain  in  Zam- 
bales,  Luz6n,  near  W.  border.  One  of  tribu- 
taries of  Botonglipot  Riv.  rises  in  this  moun- 
tain. 

NEIBA  (nay'-bah),  ver.;  river  entering  sea  6  m. 
NVV.  by  W.  of  Naujftn,  on  NE.  coast  of  Min- 
doro. 

NENA  (nav'-nah),  Sp.;  hamlet  on  NW.  shore  of 
bay,  2J  m.  NW.  of  San  Juli&n,  on  E.  coast  of 
SAmar. 

AEPTIC  (nep-tick'),  ver.;  island  off  N.  coast  of 
CSpiz,  Panav,  3  m.  NW.  of  Pirara.  (See  Na- 
gliz.) 

NES  (ness),  nat.;  point  at  junction  of  N.  arm  of 
Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  and  Matampai, 
Cotabato,  Mindanao,  above  Cotabato. 

NEWSAM,  for.;  point  on  China  Sea  shore  of  Ulu- 
gan  Pen.,  W.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

NliARAG  (riga-rahg'j,  nat.;  hamlet  in  pueblo  of 
Cabagan  Vlejo,  Isabela,  Luz6n. 

MAPORAI  (nee-ah-poh'-ri),  ver.;  island  354  ft. 
high,  and  rock  in  channel  between  Pagdanan 
Pt.  and  Boayan  I.,  i  m.  from  latter,  NVV.  coast 
of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

NIASOG  (nee-ah-sog'),  ver.;  pointon  extreme  NVV. 
coast  of  Capiz,  Panay,  2i  m.  W.  of  Malay. 

NIAVES  (nee-ah'-vays),  ver.;  hamlet  in  pueblo 
of  Gapa,n,  Nueva  ficija,  Luzon. 

NIBABATAYAN  (nee-bah-bah-tah'-yahn),  ver.; 
luimlet  of  N.  S4mar,  8  m.  SE.  of  Mondrag6n. 

SIBOB^N  (nee-boh-bohn'),  ver.;  river  in  Luz6n. 

MCOL.iS  (nee-coh-lass'),  Sp.;  hamlet  on  SW. 
coast  of  Leyte,  5  m.  N.  of  Inopacan. 

NIGPA  (nig-pah'),  ver.;  mountain  in  Leyte. 

MGL'l  (nee'-gee).  Tag.;  hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Ha- 
gonoy,  Bulacdn,  Luz6n,  near  1.  bank  of  Ha- 
gonoy  Riv. 

NIJO  (nee'-hoh),  ver.;  town  at  head  of  Ddvao 
Gulf,  Mindanao.    (See  Hijo.) 

river  entering  inlet  and  hamlet  of  .same 

name  at  extreme  N.  end  of  DAvao  Gulf,  Min- 
danao, 5  m.  ENE.  of  Tdgum.  It  has  very 
little  depth  on  bar,  but  is  wide  for  2  m.  above 
its  mouth.  Banks  are  low,  marshy,  and  cov- 
ered with  mangrove.  Town  of  same  name 
is  most  important  on  gulf.    (See  Hijo.) 

NIJUIBON  (nee-hwee'-bohn),  ver.;  hamlet  on 
W.  coast  of  Cotabato,  Mindanao,  inland  from 
Uuidsipil  Pt.,  o6i  m.  SW.  by  S.  of  Cotabato. 

KILADIAIIAX  (nee-lah-deeah'-rahn),  ver.;  point 
on  W.  coastof  Ticao  I.,  Masbate  grp.,  Visayas. 

NIPJ  (neen),ver.;  S.  of  2  large  bays  on  W.  shore  of 
Masbate  I.;  CamasusuPeak,  onCamasusuI.,  is 
lat.  12°  10'  3"  N.,  lon^  123°  12'  47"  E.  At  N. 
entrance  is  Pambolongan  or  Tumalaitai  Pt., 
and  S.  Camasusu  or  Madedas  and  Carogo  Is., 
which  also  divide  Nin  Bay  on  N.  from  Maca- 
guayag  Bay  on  S.  From  Nin  Bay  through 
narrow  channel  to  E.  Mandaon  or  Alag  port; 
town  of  Mandaon  is  on  W.  shore  of  Nin  Bay. 

MNAM<3n  (nee-nah-mohn'),  ver.;  river  in  Misa- 
mis, Mindanao,  rising  in  Lake  Lanao,  lat.  8° 
6'  N.,  Ion.  124°  69'  E.,  flows  NNVV.,  entering 
on  S.  shore  of  bay  of  Iligan,  N.  coast.  (Also 
Ninanon6n.) 

NINIPO,  or  TAANCXn  (nee-nee'-poh,  tah-ahn- 
cahn'),  ver.;  extreme  SE.  point  of  Leyte,  8^ 
m.  SE.  of  Mac  Crohon. 

NINOG  (nee-nog'),  ver.;  hamlet  of  Pangasindn, 
Luz6u,  on  Agno  Riv.  road,  11  m.  S.  of  Linga- 
y6n. 

hamlet  in  Sdmar,  on  E.  coast. 

NIOG  (nee-og')( means  cocoanut),  nat.;  town  in 
Cavite,  Luz6n,  9  m.  S.  of  Manila,  on  road  to 
Cavite,  7  m. 

MOGAN  (nee-oh'-gahn).  Tag.;  hamlet  in  pueblo 
of  Angat,  Bulacdn,  Luz6n. 


jVIPA  (nee'-pah),  Sp.;  important  point  and  head- 
land on  N.  coast  of  Cdpiz,  Panay,  approach- 
ing anchorage  of  Cdpiz;  provincial  capital  is 
3  m.  SE. 

hamlet  in  extreme  NW.  part  of  Antique, 

Panay,  16  m.  W.  of  Panddn. 

NIPAAJf  (nee-pah'-ahn),  ver.;  hamlet  on  SW. 
coast  of  Dapitan,  Mindanao,  6i  m.  NE.  of 
Langoyon  Pt.,  E.  head  of  Sindangan  Bay. 

NIPA  BALiS  (nee'-pah bah-lass'),  ver.;  hamleton 
NE.  point  of  Basilan  1.,  S.  of  Zamboanga  Pen., 
Mindanao,  on  S.  side  of  entrance  to  Basilan 
Strait. 

NIPA-NIPA  ( nee-pah-nee'-pah) ,  ver. ;  hamlet  near 
E.  shore  of  San  Pedro  and  San  Pablo  Bay,  11 
m.  SE.  of  Basey,  Sdmar. 

MPEIN  (nee-pain'),  nat.;  village  on  1.  bank  of 
N.  arm  of  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  Cotabato, 
Mindanao,  above  Sandy  Pt. 

NIPPLE,  for.;  peak  2,930  ft.  high  in  Pulute  range, 
central  Palawan. 

NITOMAYAN  (nee-toh-mah'-vahn),  ver.;  main 
tributary  of  Hog  Riv.,  formed  by  Hitobano 
Riv.,  in  Negros  Occidental. 

MTIIANG  (nee-twang'),  ver.;  river  emptying  into 
Polloc  Harbor,  Cotabato,  Mindanao,  S.  by  W. 
of  Parang-Parang. 

NO  (noh),  Sp.;  mountain  in  NW.  Tablas  I.,  Rom- 
bl6n  grp.,  Visayas. 

NOBLE  (noh'-blay),  Sp.;  point  on  extreme  NE. 
of  TuliAn  I.,  Dalrymple  Harbor,  NE.  coa.st  of 
Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A.,  and  W.  head  to  Gray 
entrance  to  that  harbor. 

NOCHE  BUENA  (noh'-chay  bway'-nah)  (means 
Christmas  Eve),  Sp.;  channel,  6  m.  long,  a  m. 
wide  at  its  narrowest  part,  to  E.  of  Tawi  Tawi 
I.,  Sulu  A.,  between  Calupag  and  Tundubat6 
Is.,  which  allows  passage  to  S.  of  Tawi  Tawi 
without  leaving  archipelago  and  without  ex- 
posure to  open  .sea,  often  very  heavy  in  SW. 
monsoon.  Carries  19  ft.  through,  with  an- 
chorage everywhere  in  it. 

NOGUI  (noh'-gee),ver.;  small  stream  in  S.  Sdmar; 
empties  into  bay  2i  m.  NW.  of  Balangiga. 

NOLAGUINUAN  (noh-lah-gee-noo'-ahn),  ver.; 
island  1  sq.  m.  E.  of  Palasan  I.,  E.  of  Polillo  I., 
off  E.  coast  of  Infanta,  Luz6n. 

NONGALAO  (nohn-gah-lah'-ch);  island  NE.  of 
Cabulauan  and  belonging  to  Calamianes  and 
Cuyos  Is.;  is  of  medium  height  and  formed 
of  central  hill. 

n6N0C  (noh'-nock),  nat.;  point  on  W.  head  of 
N.  entrance  to  Loog  Bay,  SE.  arm  of  Nin 
Bay,  W.  coast  of  Masbate,  Visayas. 

southernmost  of  2  islands  Iving  off  W.  side 

of  S.  extreme  of  DinAgat  I.  and  NE.  across 
sea  channel  from  NE.  of  Surigao,  Mindanao. 

pueblo  at  S.  end  of  2  islands  lying  off  W. 

side  of  S.  point  of  Dindgat  I.,  off  N.  coast  of 
Surigao,  Mindanao.    Pop.,  541. 

NONOYAN  (noh-noh'-yahn),nat.;  hamleton  SW. 
coast  ot  Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  SE.  of  point 
of  same  name. 

point  on  SW.  coast  of  Zamboanga,  Minda- 
nao, NW.  of  hamlet  of  same  name,  lat.  70°  38' 
N.,  Ion.  121°  59'  39"  E. 

NONUGAN  (noh-noo'-gahn),  nat.;  point  on  W. 
coast  of  Masbate,  Visayas,  lat.  12°  15'  N. 

NOONANliAN  (noh-oh-nang'-ahn),  ver.;  hamlet 
between  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  and  impor- 
tant stream  of  SW.  in  Cotabato,  Mindanao, 
15^  m.  SE.  of  Cotabato. 


NOOSA  (noh-oh'-sah),  ver.;  island  in  Tawi  Tawi 
grp.,  Sulu  A.,  lat.  5°  5'  40"  N. 

NORA  (noh'-rah),  ver.;  point  in  S.  Mindanao. 

NORANGA  (noh-rahn'-gah),  nat.;  village  and 
ranch  on  S.  side  of  marshy  lagoon  at  head- 
waters of  Calayan  tributary  of  S.  arm  of 
Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  in  Cotabato,  Min- 
danao. 


700 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


AOKKSTK.  <ir  XOKTHKAST  !(noh-rays'-tay),  Sp.; 
l)()iiU  ill  isliuiil  (il  ralniii,  NE.  of  Luzon. 

NOKOKSTK,  or  .\0I!  TIIWKSI'  i  noh-raw-ays'-tay), 
Sp.:  point  at  ixtrciiii' LMiiiof  sharp  peninsula, 
forming  W.  shore  of  Ulugan  Bay,  W.  coast 
of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

NORTE  (nohr'-tay),  Sp.;  sea  fairway  among  reefs 
from  Calandorang  Bay,  between  E.  coast  of 
Bal^bac  I.  and  Nasubata,  in  NE.  direction 
into  Sulu  Sea. 

point  in  N.  of  Burias,  known  al.so  by  the 

name  of  Colorada,  Masbate  grp.,  Visayas. 

NOBTK,  (OIUHIJ.KUA  IH:L,  (.1  (  (»KItll-LEUA 
CEMHAI-  (.Mir  (k'r-lvay'-iah  dayl  iiolir'-tay, 
cor-dee-lyay'-rah  tliayii-tral'),  i^l'-;  this  range 
begins  from  Caraballo  Sur  to  Caraballo  Norte, 
separates  provinces  of  Union  and  A  bra  from 
that  of  Nueva  Vizcaya,  and  the  province  of 
Cagayiln  from  that  of  Ilocos  Norti-  and  Abra, 
and  forms  with  grand  range  (if  Siena  Madre, 
main  body  of  whole  system  oi  iiioniiiaiiis  in 
island  of  Luzon.  Lagsig  Mi.,  siluatid  m  Cara- 
ballo Sur,  is  place  from  whicli,  exieuding 
itself  to  N.  and  separating  above-mentioned 
provinces,  begins  Pata  Pt.  with  Caraballo 
Mts.  or  range  of  Caraballo  Norte.  Part  of 
this  range,  separated  in  province  of  Caga- 
y&n,  receives  name  of  Norte,  and  from  Cara- 
ballo Sur  to  boundary  of  province  of  Nueva 
Vizcaya  is  called  Central.  It  is  66  leagues  in 
extent  and  about  7  leagues  in  width,  making 
about  46'2  sq.  leagues  in  area.  Mo.st  impor- 
tant peaks  are  Lagsig,  Cabalisaq,  Pnitiam, 
Sangan,  Guinguln,  Posden,  Alipupu,  Uteg, 
Balatino,  Sagan,  Cusa,  Maquinaten,  Pibagran, 
Bimungran,  Meibali,  los  de  Camandigan,  los 
de  Gasgas,  AganmamaU,  Lunu&i,  Bimungan, 
Caburlanga,  Adang,  Caraballo  and  Patapa. 

NORTH,  for.;  island  of  Batanes  grp.,  lat.  21°  4' 
56"  N.,  Ion.  121°  58'  2-1"  E.,  2i  m.  SSW.  from 
Y'Ami.  High  and  ^teep-to,  except  on  its  E. 
side,  off  which  at  720  ft.  are  3  islets  and  some 
detached  rocks.  Channel  between  these 
islands  is  too  deep  for  anchorage. 

channel  formed  by  Lutao  reefs  on  ap- 
proach to  Catbalogan,'W.  coast  of  Samar. 

point  NW.  shore  of  S.  Bais  I.,  at  SE.  of 

channel  between  that  island  and  mainland, 
Negros  Oriental. 

inlet  on  NW.  shore  of   Ulugan  Bay,   \V. 

coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

NORTH  BAY,  for.;  hill  880  ft.  high  near  E.  shore 
of  BaUbac  I.,  off  S.  end  of  Palawan,  Bah'ibac 
Strait,  about  i  m.  N.  of  Dalauan  Bay.  Is  im- 
portant headland  to  navigators  entering  this 
bay.  South  Bay  Hill,  960  ft.  high,  occupies 
an  almost  corresponding  position  S.  of  bay. 

NORTH  CHANNEL,  for.;  island  i  m.  NW.  of  Bi- 
vouac islet  on  W.  side  of  Cook  channel,  off 
E.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

seaway  N.  of  Baldbac  I.,  off  S.  point  of 

Palawan,  4^  m.  wide  between  Nasubata  and 
Canabungan  Is.  and  5^  m.  between  Roughtpn 
reefs  and  reefs  extending  1^  m.  from  Byan 
and  Gabung  Is. 

NORTHEAST,  for.;  bay  in  Malampaya  Sound, 
W.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan,  in  which  are 
Northeast,  Crane,  Janet,  and  other  islets. 

NORTH  HILL,  for.;  summit  1,092  ft.  high  in  ex- 
treme NE.  of  peninsula  of  Paragua,  Palawan, 
visible  from  Darocatan  Bay  on  NE.  and  Base 
Bay  on  NW.  coast;  also  initial  elevation  in 
central  mountain  range  which  trends  SW. 
through  island. 

NORTHERN  PILLARS,  for.;  4  sharp-pointed 
rocks,  8J  m.  N.  of  Dinapac,  15  m.  E.  by  N.  of  N. 
point  of  Camiguin  I.,  Babuyanes  grp.,  off  N. 
coast  of  Cagay^n,  Luz6n.  (See  Didicao  Rocks. ) 

NORTH  ROCK,  or  C0L0C0T6  (coh-loh-coh-toh'), 
nat.;  one  of  4  large  black  rocks,  100  ft.  high, 
lying  15  m.  WNW.  of  Nanga  I.,  N.  off  Bu- 
suanga  I.,  Calamianes  grp.,  between  Paragua' 
Palawan,  and  Mindoro.  It  is^westernmost  of 
islands  on  N.  side  of  Busuanga,  and  may  be 
seen  14  m.  at  sea. 

NORTH  SPIT,  for.;  N.  head  of  entrance  to  Puerto 
Princesa  Harbor  (Port  Royalist),  E.  coast  of 
Palawan. 


NORTHL'MBERLAND,  for.;  W.  channel  of  Min- 
doro Strait,  also  known  as  Apo  West  Passage. 

NORTHWEST,  for.;  point  on  NW.  shore  of  Pa- 
laui  I.,  off  Cagayiln,  Luz6n,  SW.  of  Cape 
Engafio.  United  States  light-house  for  this 
portion  of  coast  stands  to  NE. 

hill  600  ft.   high  at  N.  point  (Northwest 

Head)  of  Ulugan  Pen.,  NW.  coast  of  Paragua, 
Palawan. 

anchorage  in  bight  between  Valucao  and 

Lavilavi  Pts.,  NW.  shore  Ambil  I.,  Lubang 
grp.,  China  Sea,  NW.  of  Mindoro.  Sheltered, 
except  from  NW.,  with  5  to  75  fms. 

—  point  opposite  Catpatin  I.  and  W.  head  to 

Port  San  Miguel,  NW.  coast  of  Ticao  I.,  Mas- 
bate  grp.,  Visayas. 

point  on  NW.  extreme  of   Biri  I.,  off  N. 

coast  of  Silmar,  in  San  Bernardino  Strait. 

point  on  head  to  PaUnog  port,  NW.  coast 

Ma.sbate  I.,  Visayas. 

NORTHWEST,  orMANIBURE  (mah-nee-boo'-ray); 
head  600  ft.  high,  forming  part  of  range  over- 
looking Oyster  Inlet,  in  Ulugan  Bay,  Paragua, 
Palawan.  Is  N.  extreme  of  peninsula  form- 
ing Ulugan  Bay.  Cluster  of  5  islets  lie  off 
head.  Is  also  W.  point  of  entrance  to  Ulugan 
Bay. 

NORTHWEST  ROCK,  for.;  N.  of  Busuanga  I.,  Ca- 
lamianes grp.,  between  Paragua,  Palawan, 
and  Mindoro.     (See  Dichilem  I.) 

NORZAIJARAY  (nor-thah-gah-rl'),  Sp.;  pueblo  in 
Bulacdn,  Luz6n,  13i  m.  NE.  of  Bulacdn. 
Pop.,  5,305. 

NOSE,  for.;  low,  wooded  point  with  small  hill 
back  of  it,  13  m.  ENE.  of  Sir  James  Brooke  Pt., 
SE.enast  (if  Palawan.  Immediate  land  is  low, 
dens(_'ly  w,,. nlid  i.lain,  well  populated,  with 
culti\at'ii  areas,  and  overlooked  by  high 
range  vi  .Mautaliiigajan. 

NOSPI  (nos'-pee),  ver.;  hamlet  on  r.  bank  of  Bo- 
linog  Riv.,  in  Albay,  Luz6n,  12  m.  S.  of  Albay. 

NOTABLE  (noh-tah'-blay),  Sp.;  peak  in  one  of 
W.  spurs  of  Cordillera  Norte,  in  Ilocos  Norte, 
Luz6n,  17  m.  E.  by  N.  of  Pasuquin,  on  China 
Sea  coast. 

NOVALICHES  (noh-vah-lee'-chess),  Sp.;  pueblo 
situated  10  m.  from  Manila,  in  Rizal,  con- 
nected bv  main  road  also  with  Caloocan. 
Pop.,  1,871. 

NOVELE  (noh-vay'-lay),  ver.;  town  on  1.  bank  of 
S.  branch  of  Gibong  Riv.,  7  m.  above  its  out- 
let on  N.  shore  of  Pinayat  Lake,  109  m.  S.  by 
E.  of  Surigao,  Surigao,  Mindanao. 

NOVELETA  (noh-vay-lay'-tah),  Sp.;  pueblo  in 
Cavite,  Luzon,  6  m.  SW.  of  Cavite,  on  bay 
sliore  road.    Pop.,  2,805.  ^ 

NUBA  (noo'-bah),  ver.;  town  in  Ambos  Camarines 
(Sur ) ,  Luz6n,  17  m.  from  Nueva  Cdceres.  Pop. , 
17,789. 

NUCAS  (noo'-cas),  Sp.;  island  Im.  off  extreme  SW. 
point  of  Panay  and  I5  m.  S.  of  Anini-y,  and 
forms  with  Anini-y  Pt.  narrow  channel  suit- 
able for  small  craft. 

NUESTRA  SENORA  DE  LA  VICTORIA  (nways - 
trah  sah-nyoh'-rah  day  lah  vic-toh'-ree-ah), 
Sp.;  town  in  Negros  Oriental.    Pop.,  2,030 

NUEVA  CACERES  (nway'-vahcah'-thay-ress; 


^ 


pueblo  on  SE.  coast  of  Cebil,  58^  m.  SW.  of 
Cebu.    Pop.,  3,339. 

(anciently  Naga);  capital,  p.  o.,  and  m.  o. 

station  in  Ainbos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luz6n,  on 
r.  bank  of  Naga  Riv.,  at  head  of  navigation 
for  vessels  of  300  tons;  10  m.  inland  from  San 
Miguel  Bay,  distance  being  much  greater  by 
.sinuous  course  of  river.  At  center  of  4  tine 
roads  extending  in  as  many  different  direc- 
tions, to  different  parts  of  province.  Well 
built.    Pop.,  11,550. 

NUEVA  COBON  (nway'-vah  coh-rohn'),  Hisp.; 
hamjet  near  N.  shore  of  E.  entrance  to  Us6n 
port,  S.  Busuanga  I.,  Calamianes  grp.,  between 
Paragua,  Palawan,  and  Mindoro. 

NUEVA  COVETA  (nway'-vah  coh-vay'-tah),  Sp.; 
pueblo  in  Ilocos  Sur,  Luzon.     Pop.,  789. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  701 

NUEVA  ECIJA,  LUZON,  PROVINCE  OF. 

(  X\v:iy'-V!ili  ay'-thet'-hiih,  Sji.  i 

Capital:  San  Isidro,  lat.  15°  18^  SO'''  X.,  Ion.  1L'0°  5F  30''  E. 
Area:  3,840  sq.  m. 
Population:  156,610. 

Race:  Ta,ir;ilogs,  some  Pangasinanes  and  Ilocanos. 

Language:  Tagalog,  Pangasiniin,  and  Ilocano,  generally,  with  some  Spanish  in 
the  lart^er  towns  and  racial  dialects  in  the  mountains. 

Military  Department  of  Luzon:  Headquarters,  Manila,  Luzon. 

Table  of  distances. 
From  San  Isidro  to—  m. 

Bacolor,  SW 26 

Iba,  on  the  China  Sea,  W 57 

Malolos,  S 33 

Manila,  S 52 

Lingay^n,  NW 68 

Pacific  coast,  E 35 

San  Fernando 23 

San  Fernando  by  road 30 

Caliunpit 24 

Calmnpit  by  road 35 

LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

The  province  of  Xueva  Ecija,  in  the  central  part  of  Lnz(3n,  is  bounded  on  the  N. 
by  Pangasimin  and  Xueva  Vizcaya;  on  the  E.  by  Isaljela  and  the  Pacific  Ocean,  along 
which  it  has  a  frontage  of  23  m.;  on  the  S.  by  Infanta,  Bulacdn,  and  Pampanga,  and 
on  the  W.  by  Pampanga,  Tarlac,  and  Pangasintln. 

AREA. 

Its  boundaries  measure  6-1  m.  from  N.  to  S.  and  48  m.  from  E.  to  W.  Area,  3,840 
sq.  m.  (2,457,600  a.),  it  being  the  third  in  size  among  the  Luzon  pro\nnces,  and 
nearly  three  times  the  area  of  Rhode  Island,  more  than  one-third  larger  than  Dela- 
ware, and  nearly  one-half  the  size  of  Massachusetts. 

PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 

The  province  occupies  the  great  valley  of  S.  central  Luzon,  between  the  Sierra 
Madre  and  the  coast  spurs  of  the  Gran  Cordillera  Central,  and  E.  of  the  Agno  and 
Canaren  and  the  Pampanga  Chico  Rivs.,  Pangasiniin,  Tiirlac,  and  a  portion  of  Pam- 
panga occupying  the  opposite  banks  of  those  streams.  The  surface  on  the  NE.  and 
S.  is  broken  by  the  foothills  of  the  Cordilleras,  while  in  the  central  portion  it  is  low 
and  subject  in  many  places  to  inundation  by  the  rivers  within  its  limits.  The 
Grande  de  la  Pampanga  Riv.  rises  in  the  Caraballo  Sur,  on  its  N.  boundar}',  and 
flows  in  a  S.  course  across  the  province,  leaving  it  in  the  SAV.  corner,  where  it  passes 
into  Pampanga.  In  its  75  m.  within  this  province  it  receives  44  tributaries,  not 
including  the  smaller  streams  which  feed  them.  Another  extensive  system  of  drain- 
age falls  into  the  Canaren  tributary  of  the  Agno  and  the  Pampanga  Chico,  which 
follow  the  W.  boundary,  the  former  X.  and  the  latter  S.  The  entire  surface  is  fer- 
tile, and  with  these  rivers  grows  all  the  products  of  Luzon.  The  Caraballo  Sur, 
which  forms  the  boundary  on  the  N.,  1,400  ft  ;  Caraballo  de  Baler,  about  the  center 
of  the  E.  bomidary,  1,200  ft.;  the  Valle  de  Sabang,  1,000  ft.;  and  the  Pico  Sangasa, 
1,000  ft.  high,  near  the  Pacific  coast,  are  the  only  elevations  of  any  importance.  The 
climate  is  salubrious  and  healthful. 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

Almost  the  entire  Pacific  shore  of  the  province  is  occupied  by  an  open  bight  14  m. 
between  heads  and  extending  6  m.  inland.  Of  the  17  Pacific  coast  streams  all  but 
two,  the  Ibonan  and  Emeria,  empty  into  this  bight. 

ROADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 

The  road  and  river  facilities  are  good.  During  the  dry  season  almost  the  entire 
comitry,  except  the  mountainous  portions,  which  cover  about  half  of  the  province, 
can  be  traversed  by  carriages.     In  many  places  the  mountainous  regions  can  not  be 


702 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


traversed  on  horseback — for  example,  the  pass  from  the  valley  of  the  Pampanga  to 
Baler  on  the  Pacific  coast.  The  Pampanga  is  paralleled  across  the  province  ])y  a  high- 
way and  telegrai)li  line.  This  stream  has  a  large  boat  traffic  and  with  its  numerous 
tril)utari('S  l)ringH  the  inhabitants  ciieap  transportation  for  the  products  of  soil  and 
forest  witliin  tbeir  own  province  and  with  ^lanila  Bay  across  the  provinces  of  Pam- 
panga and  Bulacan  to  the  S.  The  main  road  communication  with  adjoining  prov- 
inces is  from  Arayat,  in  Pampanga,  to  San  Isidro,  thence  by  way  of  Gapan  to  San 
Miguel  de  Mayumo,  in  Bulaciin.  Another  from  Santor,  on  the  Pampanga,  by  trail  to 
the  Pacific  coast,  crossing  the  coast  range,  thence  N.  into  Principe.  Another  from 
Carranghln  N.  along  the  headwaters  of  the  Pampanga  to  Aritao,  in  Nueva  Vizcaya. 
Another  from  San  Jose  in  a  N\V.  direction  to  Lupao,  thence  into  Pangasinan,  via 
Uraiiigan  and  the  towns  of  the  N.  portion  of  that  province  to  Mangaldan.  At  thiii 
point  this  road  joins  the  highway  along  the  China  Sea  coast  to  the  extreme  N.  of  the 
island.  Several  roads  leave  the  highway  near  the  Pampanga  Chico,  and  Canaren 
tributary  of  the  Agno;  above  Tarlac,  the  most  N.,  from  Cuyapo  to  Paniqui;  the  cen- 
tral from  San  Juan  de  Guiniba  to  Victoria,  and  S.  from  Zaragoza  to  Tarlac,  the 
capital. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

The  registered  population  is  156,610.  The  inhabitants  are  of  various  races.  The 
greater  part  of  the  registered  population  are  Tagillogs,  especially  in  the  S.  part;  toward 
the  N.  and  NE.  are  a  great  many  Pangasinanes  and  Ilocanos;  in  the  W.  a  large  num- 
ber of  Pampangos.  The  tribes  not  registered  inhabit  the  central  part  of  the  heights 
of  the  Caraballo  Mts.,  and  are  Igorrotes,  Balugas  or  Negritos,  Ibilaos  or  Ilongotes. 
In  the  S.  Tagdlog  is  spoken;  in  the  N.  and  NW.  Pangasindn  and  Uocano;  in  the  W. 
Pampango  and  Pangasinan,  although  Ilocano  and  Tagalog  are  somewhat  known.  The 
mountain  tribes  speak  their  respective  languages,  and  only  those  who  trade  with  the 
civilized  natives  understand  Tagdlog,  Ilocano,  or  Pangasinan. 

The  division  of  Nueva  Ecija  into  pueblos  and  their  respective  population  according 
to  the  census  of  1887  is  as  follows: 


Province  and  pueblf)s. 


Total  population,  combining 
residents  present  and  ab- 
sent, native  and  Spanish, 
1887. 


Women.      Total 


Nueva  Ecija: 

Allaga 

Balungao  (transferred  to  Pangasinan) . . . 

Bongabon 

Cabanatiian 

Cabiao 

Carranglan 

Cnyap6 

Gapto 

Ja6n 

Nampiciian 

PantabangAn 

Penaranda -. 

Puuc&n 

Rosales  (transferred  to  Pangasin&n) 

San  Antonio 

San  Isidro 

San  Juan 

San  Quintin  (transferred  to  Pangasinan) 

Santa  Rosa 

Santor 

Talavera 

Umin&an 

Valle 

Zaragoza  

Total 


10, 641 
1,785 
1,329 
5,047 
4,075 

856 
4,510 
10, 070 
3,190 
1,063 

672 
3,435 

280 
3,630 
4,106 
4, 706 
8,044 
3,817 
1,848 
1,599 
3, 216 
2,554 

279 
3,095 


9,707 
1, 724 
1,177 
4,560 
3,861 
702 
4,192 
10, 216 
3,225 

614 
3,491 

282 
3,538 
4, 221 
4,768 
2, 927 
3,761 
1,875 
1,500 
3,223 
2,460 

229 
2,812 


78, 747 


20,348 
3,509 
2,506 
9,607 
7,936 
1,558 
8,702 

20,286 
6,415 
2.046 
1,186 
6, 926 
562 
7,168 
8,327 
9,474 
5,971 
7,578 
3,723 
3,099 
6,439 
5,014 
508 
5,907 


Estimated,  1901,  156,610. 

The  total  number  of  towns  is  28  and  villages  118.  The  most  important  of  the 
towns  are: 

San  Isidro;  the  capital  (subject  to  change),  in  the  SW.,  7 J  m.  E.  of  the  terminus 
of  the  boundary  between  Tarlac  and  Pangasinan,  and  the  same  distance  N.  of  the 
corner  in  the  boundary  between  Nueva  Ecija  on  the  N.  and  Bulacan  and  Pampanga 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS;,  703 

on  the  S.  It  is  also  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  Pampanga  Grande,  12  m.  above  the  Pam- 
panga  Chico.  It  is  on  the  main  highway  of  the  province  and  in  road  communica- 
tion with  all  the  towns  as  well  as  the  provinces  in  the  vicinitv.  The  town  is  well 
built.     Pop.,  7,056. 

Aliaga;  on  the  Pampanga  Chico  road,  15i  m.  N.  of  San  Isidro.  It  occupies  an 
advantageous  position  toward  the  crossing  into  Tarlac,  between  the  Pampanga  Grande 
and  the  Pampanga  Chico.     Pop.,  17,000. 

Bongabon;  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  Pampanga  Grande,  3  m.  N.  of  the  jmiction  of 
the  8antor,  and  27  m.  N.  of  San  Isidro.     Pop.,  3,848. 

Cabanatuan;  on  the  main  road  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  Pampanga  Grande,  13  m.  X. 
by  E.  of  San  Isidro.     Pop.,  12,000. 

Cabiao;  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  Pampanga  Grande,  4  m.  NW.  of  the  intersection  of 
the  Bulacan  and  Pampanga  boundary  with  the  S.  line  of  Nueva  Ecija.     Pop.,  7,924. 

Cabo;  on  a  tributary  of  the  Pampanga  Grande,  12  m.  NNE.  of  San  Isidro. 

Carranglan;  at  the  junction  of  the  tributary  of  that  name  with  one  of  the  fountain 
branches  of  the  Pampanga  Grande,  49  m.  N.  of  San  Isidro.     Pop.,  1,000. 

Casanova;  on  the  Pampanga  Chico  road,  20  m.  N.  by  N.  of  San  Isidro. 

Cuyapd;  on  the  Pampanga  Chico-Canaren-Agno  road,  28  m.  NNW.  of  San  Isidro. 
A  road  leaves  this  town  crossing  the  boundary  stream  into  Tarlac,  where  it  intersects 
the  ^lanila  and  Dagupan  R.  R.  at  Paniqui.     Pop.,  9,350. 

Gapan;  at  the  junction  of  several  roads,  4  m.  E.  of  San  Isidro.  Pop.,  20,216,  the 
largest  town  in  the  pro\'ince. 

Hacienda  del  Valle;  on  the  Cabanatuan-Umingan  road,  at  the  crossing  of  a  tribu- 
tary of  the  Pampanga  Chico,  25  m.  N.  of  San  Isidro.     Pop.,  Cn.  1887,  508. 

Jaen;  on  the  r.  bank  of  the  Pampanga  Grande,  3  m.  N.  of  San  Isidro.     Pop.,  4,651. 

Licab;  on  the  Pampanga  Chico  boundary  with  Tarlac,  10  m.  NE.  of  Tarlac  and 
20  m.  XNW.  of  San  Isidro.     Pop.,  5,222. 

Lupao;  at  the  headwaters  of  a  tributary  of  Pampanga  Chico  Riv.,  near  the  boun- 
dary of  Pangasiniin,  41  m.  N.  of  San  Isidro.     Pop.,  608. 

Nampicuan;  a  jjueblo.     Pop.,  3,241. 

Pantabang-an;  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  upper  Pampanga  Grande,  42  m.  NNE.  of 
San  Isidro.     Pop.,  1,513. 

Penaranda;  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  Chico  Riv.,  which  enters  the  Pampanga  Grande 
at  San  Isidro,  and  8  m.  ENE.  of  that  town.     Pop.,  7,700. 

Puncan;  among  the  headwaters  of  one  of  the  main  tributaries  oi  the  Pampanga 
Chico,  46  m.  NNE.  of  San  Isidro.     Pop.,  501. 

Samon;  near  the  r.  bank  of  the  Pampanga  Grande,  at  the  crossing  of  the  main 
road  from  Cabanatuan  by  way  of  Lupao  into  Panga.?inan,  14  m.  N.  of  San  Isidro. 

San  Antonio;  near  the  r.  bank  of  the  Pampanga  Grande,  5  m.  SW.  of  San  Isidro. 
Pop.,  7,269. 

San  Jose;  road  center  in  the  N.  interior  of  the  province,  35  m.  N.  of  San  Isidro. 
Pop.,  852. 

San  Juan  de  Guimba;  on  the  main  road  connecting  the  Pampanga  Grande  with 
the  Agno,  27  m.  N.  by  W.  of  San  Isidro.  An  important  highway  leaves  this  town, 
crossing  the  Pamj^anga  Chico  2  m.  S.  of  the  outlet  of  Lake  Canar^n,  thence  extend- 
ing to  Tdrlac  via  Victoria.     Pop.,  2,994. 

Santa  Rosa;  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  Pampanga  Grande,  7  m.  N.  of  San  Isidro. 
Pop.,  4,324. 

Santor;  on  the  r.  bank  of  the  river  of  that  name,  4  m.  N.  of  its  junction  with  the 
Pampanga  Grande,  27  m.  NE.  of  San  Isidro.     Pop.,  2,921. 

Santo  Tomas;  in  the  central  part  of  the  province. 

Talavera;  on  the  Pampanga- Agno  road,  at  the  crossing  uf  a  tributary  of  the  Pam- 
panga Chico,  22  m.  N.  of  San  Isidro.     Pop.,  2,720. 

Zaragoza;  on  the  trail  and  road  between  San  Isidro  and  Aliaga,  2J  m.  E.  of  the 
Pampanga  Chico  and  11  m.  N.  by  AV.  of  San  Isidro. 

VEGETABLE  PRODUCTS. 

The  waters  descending  from  the  mountains  form  a  multitude  of  creeks,  which  in 
themselves  and  united  in  large  rivers,  suchastl'e  Pampanga  Grande,  Chico,  Canaren, 
Agno,  Managsac,  etc.,  frequently  overflowing,  fertilize  the  fields  with  deposits  brought 
down  by  their  currents,  somewhat  after  the  manner  of  the  Nile  in  Egypt.  The  soil 
is  well  suited  to  the  cultivation  of  the  best  products  of  +he  country.  In  the  central 
and  S.  parts  rice  is  raised  in  abundance,  more  than  500,000  cavanes  being  exported 
annually.  This  constitutes  the  principal  product.  Large  quantities  of  corn  are  also 
raised.     Along  the  rivers  tobacco  is  cultivated.     The  tobacco  of  Gapan  brings  the 


704  GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

highest  price  among  the  natives.  Sugar  cane  is  easily  produced,  and  some  planta- 
tions, where  its  cultivation  is  of  importance,  were  provided  with  steam  machinery 
for  manufacturing  and  refining  and  with  stills  for  the  extraction  of  alcohol,  but 
nearly  all  of  them  have  been  destroyed  by  the  insurgents.  In  the  N.  are  lands  under 
irrigation,  where  rice  is  cultivated,  while  others  are  suitable  for  chocolate  and  coffee, 
the  rjuality  of  the  latter  being  shown  by  that  which  is  gathered  in  the  village  of 
Mariquit.  '  In  the  central  part  of  the  province  are  excellent  grazing  lands,  where  the 
greater  part  of  the  cattle  for  the  J.'Ianila  market  are  pastured.  Along  the  Pacific 
coast  hemp  grows  spontaneously  in  abuiidance  and  is  of  superior  quality. 

MINERALS. 

There  are  good  indications  of  gold  found  in  alluvial  deposits  of  all  streams. 
FORESTS. 

The  level  part  of  the  province  has  been  almost  entirely  denuded  of  forests.  In  the 
mountainous  region,  however,  there  still  stand  forests  of  woods  useful  in  cabinet- 
making  and  in  the  construction  of  native  houses.  This  province  is  celebrated  as  the 
only  one  in  which  grows  the  calamusart,  from  the  fiber  of  which  the  Petaca  cigar 
cases  are  made. 

FRUITS. 

Mangas,  chicos,  limes,  pineapples,  papayas,  cocoanuts,  bananas,  oranges,  and 
lemons  grow  luxuriantly. 

INDUSTRIES. 

Nueva  Ecija  is  essentially  an  agricultural  province.  While  it  has  many  industries 
devoted  to  the  manufacture  of  fabrics  and  articles  for  domestic  use,  it  has  practically 
no  output  for  export. 

UNITED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 

On  October  19,  1S99,  San  Isidro  was  occupied  by  a  force  of  United  States  troops  as 
part  of  the  general  military  operations  in  the  P.  I. 

On  February  15,  1902,  Nueva  Ecija  was  garrisoned  by  United  States  troops  as 
follows: 

Borigabon.*  Pantabarigan."  San  Jose." 

Cuyapo.''  Peiiaranda.''  San  Juan  de  Guimba.^ 

Cabanatuan."  San  Isidro." "  Talavera. 

CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 

Tlie  province  of  Nueva  Ecija  was  created  under  the  "  provincial-government  act" 
of  February  6,  1901,  by  enactment  of  the  P.  C,  June  11,  1901,  to  include  that  terri- 
tory in  the  island  of  Luzon  heretofore  known  as  the  province  of  Nueva  Ecija,  except 
the  4  towns  of  Umiiigan,  Resales,  San  Quintinand  Balurigao,  heretofore  incorporated 
in  the  province  of  Pangasinan  by  act  passed  February  16,  1901. 

PROVINCIAL  OFFICERS. 

[Salaries  and  expenses  in  United  States  money.] 

Governor - $1 ,  600 

Secretarv 1, 100 

Treasurer 2,  000 

Supervisor 1, 600 

Fiscal 1,500 

Allowance  for  necessary  and  actual  expenses  not  exceeding  $3  per  day  as  pre- 
scribed. The  presidentes  or  alcaldes  of  the  municipalities  of  the  province  to  meet 
and  organize  on  the  third  Monday  in  May  and  November,  to  consider  improvements 
needed  in  the  province  and  for  other  purposes  prescribed  by  law.  The  capital  con- 
tinued at  San  Isidro  subject  to  change  by  vote  of  the  presidentes  at  the  meeting  of 
November,  1902,  to  take  effect  January  1,  1903.     Amended  by  act  of  May  9,  1902,  if 

"Telegraph.  ''Telephone.  <=P.  O.  and  M.  O.  ofiice. 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE   PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


705 


not  then  determined,  to  remain  the  permanent  capital.  There  are  also  provisions 
for  a  vote  upon  the  question  of  restoring  or  not  the  4  towns  ceded  to  Pangasinan. 
The  provincial  board  is  also  authorized  to  unite  with  those  of  Tiirlac,  Pampanga, 
and  Bulacan  and  with  the  manager  of  the  Manila  and  Dagupan  R.  R.  Co.  in  the 
employment  of  a  competent  engineer  to  devise  a  plan  for  the  protection  of  roads, 
agricultural  lands,  towns,  and  the  Manila  and  Dagupan  R.  R.  from  the  destructive 
effect  of  floods  in  the  Tarlac,  BamVjan,  and  the  Grande  de  la  Pampanga  Riv.,  $500 
being  the  limit  of  expenditure  for  this  i>rovince. 

CONDITIONS. 

"The  province  has  been  free  from  any  insurrectionary  movement  since  the  estab- 
lishment of  civil  government,  *  *  *  July  2,  1901.  Some  of  the  towns  were  pes- 
tered by  bands  of  armed  ladrones,  and  2  towns  were  held  up.  *  *  *  The  leader 
of  this  band  of  robbers  and  many  of  his  men  have  been  captured.  *  *  *  The 
people  display  considerable  interest  in  their  local  governments.  *  *  *  The  har- 
vest of  palay,  which  is  now  being  l)r(iughtin,  is  in  quality  above  the  average,  although 
lack  of  carabaos  has  preventeil  the  cultivation  of  much  land.  Nueva  Ecija  has  had 
a  good  fortune  this  year,  and  it  has  suffered  very  little  from  the  locusts  and  drought, 
and,  according  to  my  reports,  not  at  all  from  rinderpest."  (Oflicial  report  of  jiro- 
vincial  governor  of  Nueva  Ecija,  December,  1901. ) 

NVEVA  INVEXCIOn  (nway '-vah  een- vayn- 
theeohn'),  Sp.;  hamlet  in  Hollo,  Panay,  3im. 
N.  by  \V.  of  Barotac  Viejo. 

NUEVA  SEVILLA  (nway'-vali  say-vee'-lyah),  Sp.; 
hamlet  in  Hollo,  Panay,  1  m.  SE.  by  S.  of  Bar- 
otac Viejo. 


NUEVA  VALENCIA  (nway'-vahvah-layn'-theeah). 
Sp.;  hamlet  on  W.  coast  of  GuimarAs  I.,  off 
Iloilo,  Panay,  10  m.  S.  of  Nagaba. 

. — —  pueblo  in  SE.  part  of  Negros  Oriental,  5  m. 
SW.  of  Dumaguete.    Pop.,  (5,316. 


NUEVA   VIZCAYA,  LUZON,  PROVINCE    OF. 

(Nway'- vah  veeth-cah'-yah,  Sp.)  ^ 

Capital:  Bayombong,  lat.  16°  28^  N.,  Ion.  121°  ¥  30^''  E.,  approximately. 

Area:  1,075  sq.  m. 

Population:  Registered,  19,379;  wild  races,  41,249;  total,  60,628. 

Race:  Pangasinanes,  Igorrotes,  and  several  wild  races. 

Language:  Ilocano,  Paiigasiii:ln,  and  Idi-al  dialects. 

Military  Department  of  Luzon:  Ilead(iuarters,  Manila,  Luzon. 

Table  of  distances. 
From  Bayombong  to —  m. 

Aparri,  Cagaydn,  N.  by  E 143 

Bagnio,  Benguet,  W 25 

Ilagan,  Lepanto,  NW 70 

Manila,  Luzon,  S 134 

LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

The  province  of  Nueva  Vizca3'a  occupies  a  geographical  position  immediately  S.  of 
the  center  of  N.  Luzon.  It  is  bounded  on  the  N.  by  Lepanto  and  Isabela;  on  the  E. 
by  Isabela;  on  the  S.  by  Nueva  Ecija,  and  on  the  W.  by  Pangasimin  and  Benguet. 

AREA. 

This  province,  including  the  former  comandancia  of  Cayapa,  measures  43  m.  from 
N.  to  S.,  39  m.  from  E.  to  W.  Area,  1,075  sq.  m.  or  107,500  a.,  or  but  175  sq.  m. 
larger  than  Rhode  Island. 

PHYSICAL  FEATURES 

The  entire  surface  is  broken  by  the  foothills  of  the  Sierra  Madre  on  the  E.,  the 
Cordillera  Central  on  the  W.,  and  the  Caraballo  range  on  the  S.  It  is  traversed  by 
the  Magat  tributary  of  the  Grande  de  Cagaydn  from  the  SW.  to  the  NE.  The  flat 
cultivated  valley  from  mountain  to  mountain  is  well  irrigated  by  the  tributaries  of 
this  stream,  along  the  E.  bank  of  which  the  soil  is  sandy  and  on  the  W.  clayey  and 
more  productive.  The  Gandon  or  Gaddano  Riv.,  one  of  the  W.  tributaries  of  the 
Grande  de  Cagaydn  Riv.,  rises  on  the  Llano  de  Binalang,  at  the  foot  of  Palali  Mt.,  in 
the  E.  part  of  the  province,  and  finds  its  way  through  a  defile  in  the  mountain  range 
across  the  boundary  into  Isabela  province. 

S.  Doc.  280 45 


706 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


ROADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 

The  highway  and  telegrapli  line  between  Aparri  on  the  extreme  X.  and  Manila  on 
the  S.,  enters  this  province  from  Isabela  at  Diadi,  and  taking  a  88 \V.  direction,  enters 
Nueva  Ecija  E.  of  ]Mt.  ]\Iingolit.  This  road  is  well  cared  for  and  permits  of  the 
passage  of  carriages  except  in  the  rainy  season,  when,  on  account  of  floods  and  the 
difficulty  of  managing  the  rafts  in  the  strong  currents  of  the  river,  Bayombong, 
Dupax,  and  Aritao  are  cut  off  from  each  other.  The  capital,  Solano,  and  Bagdbag 
have  open  communication  during  the  rainy  season. 


POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

The  registered  population  is  19,379;  Igorrotes  in  the  mountains  to  the  N.,  12,000, 
estimated;  Tinguianes  in  the  NE.,  13,000,  estimated;  Ilongotes  or  Ibilaos,  4,000, 
estimated;  Isiniayas,  10,000;  and  Ifuagos,  of  Cayapa,  2,249;  total,  60,628,  speaking 
Gaddan,  Isinay,  Ilongote  or  Ibilao,  and  the  dialects  of  the  various  races  of  Ifugaos 
who  inhabit  the  country  between  Solano  and  the  great  central  chain.  The  former 
comandancia  of  Cayapa  lies  along  the  slopes  drained  by  the  Ambayanan  Riv.,  near 
the  province  of  Nueva  Ecija  on  the  S.,  with  an  area  of  about  2o4  sq.  m.  (660  sq. 
kilometers) ,  and  is  inhabited  by  races  of  the  Ifugaos.  Its  chief  towns  are  San  Miguel 
Arcangel,  pi>p.,  2,249;  and  Santa  Cruz  de  Ana. 

The  division  of  Nueva  Vizcaya  into  pueblos  and  their  respective  population  accord- 
ing to  the  census  of  1887,  is  as  follows: 

j  Total  population,  combining 
I      residents  present  and  ab- 
„      .  .  ,        ^,  sent,  native  and  Spanish, 

Province  and  pueblos.  igc^ 


Men. 

Women. 

Total. 

Nueva  Vizcava: 
Aritao ... 

618 
967 

1,422 

1,878 
50 

1,969 
273 

2,731 

.564 
905 

1,477 

1,769 
55 

1,837 
241 

2,554 

1  182 

1,862 
3' 647 

Bavombong  . 

Diadi 

Ibung  

514 

5,285 

Total 

9,903 

9,397 

19,300 

Estimated,  1901,  60,628. 

The  following  are  the  towns  of  Nueva  Yizoaya: 

Bayombong;  the  capital,  on  the  main  highway  and  1.  bank  of  the  Magat  Eiv., 
al:)out  the  center  of  the  province,  and  surrounded  by  a  productive  valley.    Pop.,  3,691. 

Aritao;  on  the  main  road,  W.  of  Dui^ax,  on  the  opposite  bank  of  the  W.  adjacent 
branch  of  the  Magat,  the  Minoli,  and  14  m.  S.  by  W.  of  Bayombong.     Pop.,  700. 

Bagabag;  on  the  main  road  and  1.  bank  of  the  Magat,  10  m.  NE.  of  Bavombong. 
Pop.,  1,915. 

Bambang;  on  the  r.  bank  of  the  ilagat,  on  the  main  road,  7h  m.  S.  of  Bavombong. 
Pop.,  3,387. 

Diadi;  on  the  main  road,  2  m.  W.  of  its  crossing  of  the  Isabela  boundary,  18  m. 
NE.  of  Bayombong.     Pop.,  2,114. 

Dupax;  on  a  trail  connecting  with  Aritao,  5  m.  W.  on  the  main  road,  and  13  m.  S. 
of  Bavombong.  It  lies  about  midway  between  2  of  the  headwater  branches  of  the 
Magat  Riv.     Pop.,  2,229. 

Ibung;  at  the  junction  of  2  of  the  W.  tributaries  of  the  Magat,  9  m.  NNE.  of 
Bayombong.     Pop.,  1,097. 

Solano;  the  largest  town  in  the  province,  a  military  and  telegraph  station  on  the 
main  road,  4  m.  NE.  of  Bayombong.     Pop.,  4,190. 

VEGETABLE  PRODUCTS. 

The  only  crop  liarvested  to  any  extent  is  rice,  although  sugar  cane,  chocolate, 
coffee  and  tobacco  are  raised,  but  not  in  sufficient  quantities  to  meet  the  needs  of  the 
inhabitants.     The  Igorrotes  raise  large  quantities  of  beans  and  other  vegetables. 


GAZETTEER   OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  707 

MINERALS. 

In  tlie  mountains  are  many  varieties  of  stone,  including  granite,  marble,  and  .sand- 
stone, suitable  for  building  purposes,  and  which  are  quarried  to  a  small  extent. 

FORESTS. 

The  most  prominent  of  the  woods  are  narra,  molave,  canutan,  and  l)agitulan. 
Kesins  and  gums  are  also  found,  but  are  not  gathered,  owing  to  the  difficulty  of  trans- 
portation.    The  forests  abound  in  large  game. 

FRUITS. 

The  pineapple,  orange,  lemon,  manga,  sapote,  and  banana  grow  in  both  a  wild  and 
cultivated  state. 

INDUSTRIES. 

The  industries  are  of  the  most  primitive  character,  consisting  chiefly  of  weaving 
fabrics  for  domestic  use.  Although  the  great  highway  of  Luzon  passes  through  this 
province  there  is  but  little  traffic  off  the  main  Hne  on  account  of  the  difficulty  of 
reaching  the  interior. 

UNITED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 

On  February  15, 1902,  tliere  were  no  military  garrisons  in  Nueva  Vizcaya. 

CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 

A  "civil  provincial  government"  was  estabUshed  for  the  province  of  Nueva Yizcaya, 
Luzon,  by  act  of  the  United  States  P.  C,  January  28,  1902. 

PROVINCIAL  officers: 

[Salaries  and  expenses  in  United  States  money.] 

Governor $2, 400 

Secretary-treasurer 1 ,  200 

Supervisor 1,  200 

Fiscal  (who  shall  be  also  provincial  fiscal  of  Isabela) 400 

These  officers  are  appointed  by  the  civil  governor,  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  United  States  P.  C.,  and  hold  office  during  his  pleasure.  They  must  reside  and 
have  their  offices  in  the  municipality  of  Bayombong,  which  is  declared  the  capital  of 
the  province.  The  act  provides  details  for  the"  efficient  administration  of  the 
province,  responsibility  of  officials,  promotion  of  public  improvements,  suspension  in 
case  of  disloyalty,  dishonesty,  oppression,  or  misconduct  in  office;  the  filling  of 
vacancies  and  the  payment  of  traveling  expenses. 

CONDITIONS. 

Under  the  act  of  April  9,  1902,  the  pueblos  of  Nueva  Vizcaya  not  being  in  condition 
to  organize  under  the  municipal  code,  a  special  form  of  municipal  government  was 
enacted  specifically  for  the  pueblos  of  IBayombong,  Bambang,  Diipax,  Aritao,  Solano, 
and  Bagabag,  with  the  same  boundaries  then  existing.  Each  pueblo  designated  as  a 
township  was  divided  into  barrios  for  jiurposes  of  election,  and  its  government  was 
vested  in  a  president,  vice-president,  and  council  composed  of  one  representative 
from  each  barrio  of  the  township  to  be  designated  "councilor;"  also  in  each  town- 
ship a  secretary,  treasurer,  and  such  other  nonelective  officers  and  employees  as 
the  provincial  board  should  authorize,  the  president  and  vice-president  to  be  chosen 
at  large  by  the  qualified  electors  of  the  township,  and  the  councilor  of  each  barrio 
by  the  qualified  electors  of  the  barrio,  the  term  of  office  for  each  2  years.  After 
providing  for  officers,  their  qualifications,  duties,  and  compensation,  taxation  and 
finance,  and  other  details  of  administration,  provision  was  made  for  the  non-Christian 
tribes,  which  constitute  a  large  majority  of  the  inhabitants  of  Nueva  Vizcaya,  by  the 
appointment  of  officers  from  among  them,  with  prescribed  powers,  the  placing  of 


708 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


such  tribes  on  unoccupied  public  lands  and  to  aid  them  in  the  acquisition  of  knowl- 
edge and  experience  necessary  for  successful  local  popular  government,  which,  when 
sufficiently  advanced,  shall  be  instituted  under  the  provisions  of  this  act.  (Official 
report  of  provincial  governor  of  Nueva  Vizcaya,  December,  1901. ) 

MJNOAY  (noong-i'),  ver.;  point  in  S.  Sorsog6n, 
Luzon. 

NUNSIKliAN  (noon-.sing'-ahn),  nat.;  one  of  sys- 
tem of  connected  lakes  in  Lanao,  Mindanao, 
lat.  7°  47'  N.,  Ion.  123°  46'  39"  E. 

NLNUN  (noo'-noon),  nat.;  point  extreme  N.  Ti- 
cao  I.,  Masbate,  Visayas,  and  E.  approach  to 
San  Miguel  port. 

NUNUYAN  (noo-noo'-yahn),  nat.;  point  on  SW. 
coast  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  lat.  7°  40' 
N.,  Ion.  122°  39"  E. 

NUSA  LAKIT  (noo'-sah  lah-kit'),  ver.;  wooded 
island  1  m.  WSW.  of  Cabankauan  I.,  off  N. 
coast  of  Tawi  Tawi,  Sulu  A. 

MJSA  TAKBii  (noo'-sah  tak-boo'),  ver.;  wooded 
island  lying  1  m.  WSW.  of  Cabankauan  I.,  off 
N.  coast  of  Tawi  Tawi  I.,  Sulu  A.;  al.so  navi- 
gable channel  by  this  name  among  adjacent 
reefs. 


NUIN  (noo-in'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  SE.  coast  of  D&- 
vao,  Mindanao,  95  m.  S.  of  DAvao. 

NULl^IN  (noo-ling'-inn),  nat.;  creek  emptying 
on  r.  bank  of  N.  arm  of  Grande  Riv.  of  Min- 
danao, Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

NLLUNCAX  (noo-loon'-cahn),  ver.;  point  at  SE. 
end  of  Biliran  I.,  NW.  of  Leyte,  entering 
Daram  Channel. 

NUMANCIA  (noo-mahn'-theeah),  Sp.;  pueblo  in 
C4piz,  Panay,  28  m.  NW.  of  Cdpiz,  on  1.  bank 
of  Akd4n  Riv.,  emptying  on  N.  coast,  4  m. 
distant.    Pop.,  6,123. 

inland  hamlet  of  Negros  Occidental,  on  r. 

shore  of  Lagasan  Riv.,  10  m.  ESE.  of  Bago. 

pueblo  on  one  of  numerous  small  inlets  on 

W.  coast  of  Siargao  I.,  off  NE.  coast  of  Suri- 
gao,  Mindanao,  midway  between  S&pao  on 
N.  and  Cambasag  on  S.,  20  m.  E.  of  Gabo, 
extreme  SE.  point  of  Dindgat  I.,  37  m.  ENE. 
of  Surigao.    Pop.,  4,111. 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


709 


O. 


OAG  (oh-ahg'),  ver.;  mountain  in  Abra,  Luz6n. 

OAMO-A>' (oh-ah-nee-oh-ahn'),ver.;  island  E.of 
Mindanao. 

OA(^l'I  (oh-ah'-key),  ver.;  hamlet  nearNamacpa- 
can,  in  Uni6n,  Luz6n. 

OiS  (oh-ass'),  ver.;  pueblo  on  main  road  in  Al- 
bay,  Luz6n,  on  r.  bank  of  Inaya  Riv.,  15  m. 
NW.  of  Albay,  between  Ligao  and  Polangui, 
surrounded  by  important  hemp-growing 
country.    Pop.,  15,987. 

hamlet  in  Uni6n,  Luz6n. 

OASUNDLAXlJA  (oh-ah-soon-dlang'-ah),  ver.; 
mountain  9  m.  WSW.  of  Borongan,  in  E.  Si- 
mar. 

OBANDO  (oh-bahn'-doh),  Sp.;  pueblo  on  one  of 
outlets  of  Pampanga  delta  in  Bulaciin,  Luz6n, 
7  m.  SE.  of  BulacAn.    Pop.,  7,948. 

pueblo  in  Bulacto,  Luzon,  on  border  of 

tidal  lake  of  same  name. 

OBELISK,  for.;  hamlet  on  E.  coast  of  Dina,gat  I., 
off  NE.  coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  6  m.  S.  of 
Penascales  Pt. 

landmark  on  E.  shore  of  Dinigat  I.,  off 

NE.  coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  taking  its 
name  from  elevation  of  that  form,  and  famil- 
iar to  navigators  of  sea  channel  between 
Surigao  and  Dindgat  to  N.portsof  Mindanao. 

hamlet  on  NW.  coast  of  Misamis,  Minda- 
nao, at  Diuit  Pt.  Takes  its  name  from  hill 
of  that  shape. 

OBlifi  (oh-beeahn'),  ver.;  island  of  Sulu  grp., 
Sulu  A.,lat.  6°5'30"N. 

OBISPO  (oh-bees'-poh)  (bishop),  Sp.;  river  in 
Cavite,  Luzon,  flowing  NE.  and  emptying 
into  bay  of  Manila. 

river  in  Batangas,  Luz6n,  rising  in  N.  side 

of  Batulao  Mt.,  flows  SW.  and  unites  with 
waters  of  Caitinga. 

OBOG  (oh-bohg'),ver.;  mountain  in  Ilocos  Norte, 
Luz6n,  NE.  of  Bangui. 

OBON  (oh'-bohn),  ver.;  point  on  SW.  coast  of 
Negros  Occidental,  at  N.  entrance  to  bay 
lOi  m.  S.  of  Inayauan. 

OBSEBVATIOK,  for.;  islet,  cluster  of  rocks  off 
extreme  SW.  point  of  Bongao  L,  Tawi  Tawi 
grp.,  Sulu  A. 

OBSEBVATOBY,  for.;  rocky  point  758  ft.  high, 
in  bay  on  W.  side  of  Malubutglubut  I.,  off 
NE.  coast  Paragua,  Palawan,  so  named  on 
account  of  observations  taken  there  by  otH- 
cers  of  "Royalist"  British  surveying  party; 
lat.  11° 30i'  N.,  Ion.  119°  39^'  E.;  northwestern- 
most  of  Linapican  chain. 

rock  45  ft.  high  upon  which  geographical 

position  of  Ulugan  Bay,  lat.  10°  6'  11"  N., 
Ion.  118°  46'  '24"  E.,  W.  coast  of  Palawan. 

OBUNW  (oh-boong'),  nat.;  point  on  W.  coast  of 
Marinduque,  lat.  13°  20'  10"  N. 

OCAN,orBINAY  (oh'-cahn,  bee-nigh'),  ver.;  point 
on  N.  coast  of  Simar,  5  m.  ESE.  of  Palipag. 

OtCIDEKTAL  (oke-thee-dayn-tahl'),  Sp.;  system 

of  mountains  in  W.  Mindanao. 
system  of  mountains  in  W.  Mindoro. 

Ot'6  (oh-coh'),  ver.;  islands  in  Cuyos  grp.,  Min- 
doro Sea,  off  S.  coast  of  Mindoro. 

OtX)N  (oh'-cohn),  ver.;  N.  point  of  Ragay  Bay,  E. 
shore  of  Ragay  Gulf,  Ambos  Camarines 
(Norte),  Luz6n. 


OCON;  islet  midway  NW.  between  Agutaya  and 

Manamoc  I.,  Cuyos  Is.,  Mindoro  Sea,  S.  of 

Mindoro. 
OCTES  (ock-tess'),  ver.;  river  in  Laguna,  Luz6n; 

rises  on  N.  slopes  of  Majayjay  Mt.  and  emp- 
ties into  Santa  Cruz  Riv. 
OCTOC  (ock-tock'),  ver.;  point  on  S.  entrance  to 

Ragay  Bay,  Ambos  Camarines  (Norte),  Luz6n. 
OCTOCl  (ock-tohg'),  ver.;   hamlet  in  pueblo  of 

Rombl6n,  on  island  of  Tablas,  E.  coast,  Rom- 

blon  grp.,  Visayas. 
point  on  SW.  coast  of  Ambos  Camarines 

(Sur),  Luz6n,  on  bay  of  Guinayangan,  form- 
ing with  Onion  Pt.  mouth  of  Ragay  Bay. 
OCBE  (oh'-cray),  Sp.;  point  on  E.  coast  line  of 

Negros  Occidental,  opposite  Macaboy,  N.  point 

of  entrance  to  Escalante  Bay.  "    • 

ODEL  (oh-dayl'),  Sp.;  small,  low,  wooded  island 

in  W.  waters  of  Basilan  grp.,  S.  of  peninsula 

of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 
O'DENA,   for.;  chief  town  of  district  of  Itaves, 

Cagayin,  Luz6n. 
ODENETE  (oh-day-nay'-tay),  Sp.;  peak  6,214  ft. 

high,  20  m.  inland,  in  W.  coast  range  of  Min- 
danao.   Siga  tributary  of  Tiibay  Riv.  rises  on 

its  S.  slopes. 
ODIMABANA  (oh-dee-mah-rah'-nah),  ver.;  small 

river  in  E.  Leyte,  entering  .sea  8  m.  S.  of  Dil- 

lag. 
6DI0N(i  (oh'-dee-ong),  nat.;  point  on  E.  coast  of 

Leyte,  Ik  m.  N.  of  Hinunangan. 
hamlet  on  S.  shore  of  BatAn  Bay,  Cdpiz, 

Panay,  4J  m.  SW.  of  Batdn. 
hamlet  of  Negros  Occidental,  7  m.  E.  of 

Ginigaran. 

point  on  E.  shore  of  Leyte. 

ODIONU     NUEVO      (oh-dee-ohng'     nway'-voh), 

Hisp.;  hamlet  in  Negros  Occidental,  8  m.  NE. 

of  Ginigaran. 
ODIONGAN    (oh-deeong'-ahn),     ver.;    hamlet  of 

Concepcion,  Iloilo,  Panay,  on  E.  coast,  6  m. 

N.  of  San  Dionisio. 
pueblo  on  Romblon  I,  Rombl6n  grp.,  Vi.sa- 

yas^ 
ODIONGON    (oh-dee-ong'-ohn),  ver.;   creek  and 

anchorage  on  Tablas  I.,  Romblon  grp.,  Vi- 
sayas. 
ODIlINtiAN    (oh-dee-oong'-ahn),   nat.;   town  on 

small  bay  on  central  W.  coast  of  Tablas  I., 

Romblon  grp.,  Visayas.    Pop.,  5,924. 
ODOC  (oh-doc'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  SW.  S4mar,  on 

E.  shore  of  San  Pedro  and  San  Pablo  Bay,  10 

m.  SE.  of  Basey. 
point  on  SE.  shore  of  San  Pedro  and  San 

Pablo  Bay,  SW.  SAmar,  12  m.  SE.  of  Basey. 
O'DONNELL,  for.;  pueblo  in  Tarlac,Luz6n,  14m. 

SW.  ofTdrlac.    Pop.,  1,988. 
OESTE  (oh-ess'-tay),  Sp.:   extreme  W.  point  of 

Baiabac  I.,  off  S.  extreme  of  Palawan.     (See 

West  Pt.,  that  island.) 
hamlet  on  W.  .shore  of  Dumanquilas  Bay, 

on  S.  coast  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  84^  m. 

NE.  of  Zamboanga. 
OESTE  DE  BANABAN  (oh-ess'-tay  day  bah-nah'- 

rahn),   Hisp.;   channel  in  Tawi  Tawi  grp., 

Sulu  A. 
OESTE  DE  BASIBULI  (oh-ess'-tay  day  bah-see- 

boo'-lee),  Hisp.;  channel  in  Tawi  Tawi  grp., 

Sulu  A. 


710 


(GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 


OUAD  (oh-gadd'j,  nat.;  town  in  pueblo  of  Don- 
sol,  on  SW.  coast  of  Sorsog6n,  Luz6n,  on  r. 
shore  of  mouth  of  river  of  same  name,  18  m. 
SW.  of  Albay. 

river  in  SW.  Sorsog6n,  Luzon, 

OGMUG  (ohg-moog'),  nat.;  hamlet  in  pueblo  of 
Palomp6n,  Leyte,on  W.  coast. 

OHET,  for.;  small  tributary  of  Ulut  Riv.,  S5mar. 

OKA  (oh'-cah),  ver.;  islet  N.  of  Imartian  I.,  in 
Cuyos  grp.,  Mindoro  Sea,  off  S.  coast  of  Min- 
dofo. 

(>KAY.4>'  (oh-cah-yahn'),  ver.;  point  on  SE.  coast 
of  Palawan,  NE.  of  Coral  Bay. 

OKBUK  (auk-bohk'),  ver.;  hill  or  isolated  cliff 
with  flat  top,  2  m.  E.  of  Batfi,n  port  and  bay, 
Cdpiz,  Panay. 

OLANDAN  (oh-lahn'-dahn),  nat.;  pointonS.  coast 
of  Mindanao,  lat.  C°  1'  15"  N.,  Ion.  124°  36' 
39"  E. 

OLA>'GO  (oh-lahn'-goh),  ver.;  island  5  m.  NE.  to 
SW.  and  1^  m.wide,  off  SW.  coast  of  Cebu, 
situated  in  mid-channel  2^  m.  SE.  of  Mact^n, 
toward  Bohol. 

OLA-XIVAX,  or  LAMBIL  (oh-lah-nee'-vahn,  lahm- 
bool'),  ver.;  wooded  island  |  sq.  m.  in  area, 
60  ft.  high,  off  N.  end  of  Sarangani  I.,  of  cluster 
of  that  name,  and  7  m.  SE.  of  Guay  Pt.,  on  ex- 
treme S.  end  of  Davao,  Mindanao."  Headland 
of  approach  to  E.  entrance  of  Sarangani 
Strait,  1^  m.  NNE.  from  N.  point  of  Saran- 
gani I. 

OLAYAX  (oh-lah'-yahn) ;  hamlet  on  extreme  W. 
(■(  last  of  Sdmar,  2  m.  SW.  of  Villarreal. 

OLD  CASTLE,  for.;  point  at  E.  extreme  of  Silanga 
Bay,  S.  shore  of  Maytiaquid  1.,  off  E.  coast  of 
Paragua,  Palawan,  N.of  Taytay  Bay. 

OLLOX  (oh-lyon'),  Tag.;  riverin  Laguna,  Luz6n, 
rising  in  mountain  on  N.  of  Majayjay  and 
empties  into  Pagsangan  Riv. 

OLO  (oh'-low),  nat.;  riverin  Luzon. 

OLOAG  (oh-loh-ag'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  SW.  S4mar, 
9i  m.  NE.  of  Basey. 

OLOAGl'SOX  (oh-loh-ah-goo'-sohn),  ver.;  moun- 
tain in  SE.  Mindanao. 

OLOLOO  (oh-law-law'-oh).  Tag.;  point  on  S.  coast 
of  Batangas,  Luzon,  lat.  13°  36'  N. 

OLOXGAPO  (oh-lon-gah-poh'),  ver.;  E.  harborof 
Siibic  Bay,  Zambales,  Luz6n. 

pueblo,  p.  o.,  and  m.  o.,  on  SE.  .shore  of 

Subic  Bay,  Zambales,  Luzon,  near  boundary 
with  BataAn. 

point  on  W.  shore  of  Subic  Bay,  in  Zam- 
bales, Luzon. 

OLOXGO  (oh-lon'-goh),  ver.;  hamlet  on  1.  bank 
of  river  entering  on  N.  coast  of  Misamis, 
Mindanao,  E. of  Pt.  Suauan,  18i  m.SW.  by  W. 
of  Cagay^n  de  Misamis. 

OLOKAX,  or  ALOBAX  (oh-loh'-rahn,  ah-loh'- 
rahn),  ver.;  town  of  importance  on  W.  shore 
of  Iligan  Bay,  Misamis,  Mindanao.  (See 
Aloran.) 

OLLTAXGA  (oh-loo-tang'-ah),  ver.;  low  island 
covered  with  mangroves,  llj  m.  E.  and  W., 
9~  m.  N.  and  S.,  and  having  area  of  36  sq.  m., 
S.  of  central  peninsula  of  Zamboanga,  Min- 
danao, between  Dumanquilas  Bay  on  E.  and 
opening  of  Sibuguey  Bay  on  W.;  channel 
separating  it  from  mainland  is  only  practica- 
ble for  boats. 

OLUTAYA  (oh-loo-tah'-yah),  ver.;  island  off  N. 
coast  of  Cdpiz,  Panay.     (See  Lutaya.) 

OMAGOXGOXG  (oh-mah-gon -gong'),  ver.;  hamlet 
on  S.  shore  of  bay  in  SE.  Sdmar,  2  m.  N.  of 
Quinapundan. 

OMBOC  (ohm-bohk'),  ver.;  bay  on  SW.  shore  of 
bight  of  C4piz,  Panav,  N.  coast,  2  m.  SE.  of 
Pirara  Pt. 

OMOX  (oh-mohn'),  nat.;  point  on  SW.  coa.st  of 
Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luz6n,  W.  of  pueblo 
of  Eagay. 


OXXS  (oh-na.ss'),  nat.;  point  on  extreme  SW. 
shore  of  S4mar,  5  m.  E.  of  Balangiga. 

islet  in  inlet  S.  of  Hipudi6s,  E.  of  Balau- 

^  giga,  S.  coast  of  Sdmar,  Visayas. 

ONATE  (oh-nyah'-tay),  Sp.;  islet  on  channel 
opening  E.,  between  Dindgat  and  Mindanao, 
off  NE.  coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao. 

OXDOY  (on-doy'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  NW.  Cdpiz, 
Panay,  2  m.  SW.  of  Ibajay. 

OXJOX  (on-hohn'),  ver.;  extreme  NW.  point  of 
Tabla.s  I.,  Romblon  grp.,  Visayas,  with  small 
island  lying  off  shore. 

OOT,  or  LAXIGAX  (oh-of,  lah-nee'-gahn),  ver.; 
point  at  N.  of  narrow  neck  of  land,  4  m.  NW. 
of  Pambujan,  N.  coast  of  Sdmar. 

OPAC  (oh-pack'),  ver.;  point  in  Zambales,  Luz6n. 

OPOL  (oh-paul'),  nat.;  pueblo  on  SW.  shore  of 
Macajalar  Bay,  Misamis,  Mindanao,  on  small 
bay  6  m.  W.  of  mouth  of  Cagaydn  Riv. 

point  2  m.  NE.  of  Misamis,  W.  shore  of 

Misamis  port,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

OPOL,  or  OPOT  (oh-paul',  oh-poht');  bay  6  m. 
W.  of  mouth  of  Cagaydn  Riv.,  Misamis,  Min- 
danao. Anchorage  in  front  of  town  of  Opol, 
N.  coast  of  Mindanao. 

OPOX  (oh'-pohn),  ver.;  pueblo  on  W.  shore  of 
Mactdn  I.,  across  channel  and  opposite 
Cebi'i.  Here  Magellan  was  killed  in  1521,  in 
conflict  with  natives,  after  making  first  pas- 
sage across  Pacific.    Pop.,  11,506. 

island  near  W.  coast  of  Leyte,  lat.  10°  21'  N. 

6pOXG  (oh'-pong),  ver.;  river  in  Sdmar. 

OQDEXDO  (oh-kayn'-doh) ,  Sp.:  pueblo  in  W. 
central  Sdmar  in  dividing  hills  of  Sagarag 
and  Sanglay,  whose  drainage  on  one  side  flows 
N.  into  Pacific  Ocean,  and  SW.  into  Dardm 
channel,  Visavan  Sea,  36  m.  NW.  of  Catbalo- 
gan.    Pop.,  5,200. 

0(JL'l'  (oh- key'),  ver.;  river  in  pueblo  of  Bangued, 
Abra,  Luzon,  and  tributary  to  Abra  Riv. 

ORA  (oh-rah'),  nat.;  river  in  Catanduanes  I., 
NE.  of  Albany,  Luz6n,  and  empties  into  sea 
on  N.  coast. 

OBAAX  (oh-rah'-ahn),  nat.;  island  in  Sulu  grp., 
Sulu  A.,lat.  5°41'N. 

ORAL  (oh-rahl'),  Sp.;  hamlet  of  Negros  Occiden- 
tal in  NW.  foothills  of  Malaspinas  Volcano, 
17  m.  E.  of  Valladolid. 

ORAX  (oh-rahn'),  Sp.;  pueblo  7|  m.  inland  from 
W.  shore  of  Ddvao  Gulf,  Ddvao,  Mindanao, 
14J  m.  WSW.  of  Ddvao. 

ORAXI  (oh-rah'-nee),  nat.;  rivet  in  Pampanga, 
Luz6n,  rises  on  S.  slopes  of  Ardyat  Mt.  and 
empties  into  NE.  shore  of  Manila  Bay. 

pueblo  and  p.  o.  in  Batadn,  Luzon,  on  r. 

bank  of  river  of  same  name,  at  its  entrance 
into  Manila  Bay  on  NW.  shore,  7  m.  N.  of 
Balanga.    Pop., "6,400. 

river  in  Batadn,  Luz6n. 

ORAS  (oh-rass'),  nat.;  river  24  m.  long,  rising  in 
mountains  of  NE.  Sdmar  and  taking  SE. 
course,  receiving  numerous  tributaries,  enters 
estuary  of  Pacific  Ocean  at  town  of  same 
name;  passage  between  Tubabat  and  Hila- 
ban  I.  is  2  m.  wide.  Small  sand  islet  with 
bushy  top  lies  at  entrance  to  river  and  high 
wooded  bluff  to  E.  Anchorage  has  5  fms.  of 
water.  Boats  drawing  6  ft.  may  go  up  to 
town,  leaving  islet  on  port  hand. 

inlet  and  point  in  E.  Sdmar. 

hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Catiibig,  Sdmar,  on  E. 

coast,  lat.  11°  10'  15"  N. 

river  in  Sdmar,  lat.  12°  20'  N.,  flows  SE. 

and  empties  into  sea  on  E.  coast. 

point  on  S.  coast  of  Sorsog6n,  Luz6n. 

pueblo  on  N.  shore  of  bay  which  receives 

waters  of  river  of  same  name  in  E.  Sdmar. 
Pop.,  5,067. 

point  and  village  on  tongue  of  land  pro- 
jecting into  Putiao  port,  on  NE.,  SW.  coast  of 
Sorsogon,  Luzon. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  7ll 


712 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


OBEJAS  DE  LIEBRE  (oh-ray'-hass  day  Iceay'- 
bray),  Sp.;  2  islands  in  chain  trending  NE.  to 
SVV.  in  NW.  waten  o'  Basilan  I.,  off  S.  coast  of 
Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

ORELLAM  (oh-ray-lyah'-nah) ,  Sp.;  hamlet  on  W. 
coast  of  Antique,  Panay,  2  m.  S.  of  Patnon- 
g6n. 

ORIENTAL  (oh-ree-ayn-tahl'),  Sp.;  range  of 
mountains  in  E.  Mindanao. 

range  of  mountains  in  E.  Mindoro. 

islet  about  10  m.  off  E.  coast  of  Palawan, 

lat.  8°  58'  N.,  Ion.  118°  32'  39"  E. 

ORI(j(iN  (oh-ree-gohn'),  ver.;  point  at  extreme 
N.  point  of  Tablas  I.,  Romblon  grp.,  Visayas; 
2  islands,  one  i,  other  i  m.  in  extent,  lie 
respectively  NVV.  and  N.  by  E.  of  point. 

ORIOn  (oh-ree-ohn'),  Sp.;  river  rising  on  N. sides 
of  Mariveles  Mt.,  flowing  NW.,  and  empty- 
ing into  W.  side  of  Manila  Bay,  in  Batafi-n, 
Luz6n. 

j)ueblo  and  p.  o.  town  on  W.  shore  of  Ma- 
nila Bay,  at  Panddn  Pt.,  7  m.  SE.  of  Balanga, 
Batadn,  Luz6n.    Pop.,  10,373. 

peak  in  Caraballo  Sur,  Bulacdn,  Luz6n. 

URMAD  (or-mud'),  ver.;  river  rising  on  E.  side  of 
Cordillera  Central,  empties  into  sea  1^  m.  N. 
of  Argao,  coast  of  Cebii. 

OBMOC  (or-mock'),  ver.;  large  bay  E.  of  Calu- 
nangan  Pt.,  SW.  coastof  Leyle,  in  NW.  part  of 
which  is  Porto  Bello.  Town  of  Ormoc  lies  on 
NE.  shore. 

pueblo,  lat.  10°  59'  48"  N.,  Ion.  124°  33'  36" 

E.,  on  NE.  shore  of  bay  of  same  name,  on  S. 
coast  of  Leyte,  34^  m.  SW.  of  Tacloban,  near 
shore  on  slope  of  Aslum  Mt.,  and  is  sur-' 
rounded  by  breastwork  of  stone  with  3  ruined 
forts.    Pop.,  8,107. 

ORMOT  (ohr-mohf),  nat.;  hamlet  in  pueblo  of 
Palompon,  on  W.  coast  of  Leyte. 

ORO  (oh'-raw),  Sp.;  river  rising  in  2  branches  in 
S.  spur  of  Malolo  Mt.,  uniting  near  coast,  en- 
ters at  head  of  bay  on  SW.  shore  of  Polillo 
I.,  off  coast  of  Infanta,  Luz6n.  Polillo,  chief 
town  of  island,  lies  on  W.  bank  of  its  mouth. 

OROC  (oh-rock'),ver.;  mountain  with  sharp  peak, 
at  N.  entrance  to  Hollo  Strait,  SE.  coast  of 
Panay,  serving  as  mark  for  E.  end  of  Iguano 
shoal. 

ORO(ilIlETA  (oh-roh-key-ay'-tah),  Sp.;  pueblo 
and  p.  o.  at  iiKuith  of  small  river  entering 
IliganBayoiiW.slKircdi'  Misamis,  Mimiauao; 
red  harbor  li^lit  is  disiilayed  in  fnmt  dl'  mu- 
nicipal building:  aiiinoximate  position,  lat. 
8°  31'  N.,  Ion.  123°  44'  E.,  and  leads  to  good 
anchorage.     Pop.,  9,000. 

ORTEUA  (or-tay'-gah),  Sp.;  hamlet  in  C&plz, 
Panay,  at  junction  of  headwater  branches  of 
important  stream,  3  m.  S.  of  Libaeao. 

OSAADA  (osah-ah'-dah),  island  of  Sulu  grp., 
Sulu  A.,  lat.  G°3'30"N. 


OStlARIZ  (os-cah-reeth'),  Sp.;  town  in  Isiibela, 
Luzon. 

OSLOB  (os-lob'),  ver.;  pueblo  and  point  on  SE. 
coast  of  Cebu,  02  m.  SW.  of  Cebii,  and  4  m. 
SW.  by  S.,  4  m.  from  Yuisan  Pt;  has  white 
fort  visible  at  distance.    Pop.,  6,013. 

OSLOT  (os-lohf),  nat.;  point  on  E.  coast  of  Cebvi, 
lat.  9°  34'  N. 

OSTRAS  (os'-tras),  Sp.;  creek  and  point  on  W. 
coast  of  Palawan. 

OT,  or  LAUIGAN  (oht),  ver.  (lah-we'-gahn),  nat.; 
point  on  E.  coast  of  S4mar,  lat.  11°  35'  20"  N., 
Ion.  124°  58'  59"  E. 

OTAKE  (oh-tah'-kay),  ver.;  bay  between  Bulac 
and  Angas  Pts.,  W.  shore  of  Albay,  Luz6n. 

OTiLORA  (oh-tah'-low-rah),  Sp.;  peak  on  SE. 
coast  of  CalamiAn  I.,  Calamianes  grp.,  be- 
tween Paragua  (Palawan)  and  Mindanao,  in- 
land from  Goroa  Pt.,  and  important  headland 
approaching  island-strewn  Coron-Calamiin 
channel  from  SE. 

OTAY  (oh-tie'),  ver.;  mountain  in  N.part  of  cen- 
tral range  of  Negros  Occidental,  17  m.  W.  of 
Calatrava,  E.  coast. 

hamlet  in  mountains  of  central  range  of 

Negros  Occidental,  8^  m.  SE.  of  Murcia. 

OTEIZA  (oh-tay'-thah),  Sp.;  pueblo  on  NW.  shore 
of  Lianga  Bay,  E.  coast  of  Sutigao,  Mindanao, 
99  m.  SE.  of  Surigao.    Pop.,  Cn.  1887,  1,541. 

OTEROS  (oh-tay'-rawsl,  Sp.;  hamlet  on  small  bay 
receiving  waters  o£  river  5  m.  SE.  of  Laguan, 
on  N.  shore  of  Sdmar. 

OTOK  (oh-tohn');  pueblo  on  bank  of  river  on  SE. 
coast  of  Iloilo,  Panay,  6  m.  W.  of  Iloilo.  Pop., 
13,633. 

name   by  which   interinland    waters   of 

Visayan  grp.  are  known. 

OTUCAN  (oh-too'-cahn),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Lepan to, 
Luzon,  6  m.  NE.  of  Cayiin.    Pop.,  381. 

OUINAUAN  (oh-we-nah'-wahn),  ver.;  hamlet  on 
■W.  coast  of  Silmar,  lat.  12°  11'  15"  N. 

OYANGUREN  (oh-yahn-goo'-ren),  Sp.;  pueblo  on 
1.  shore  of  Dilvao  Riv.,  Ddvao,  Mindanao,  12 
m.  NW.  of  DAvao. 

OYAllE  (oh-yah'-way),ver.;  hamlet  in  SW.  Iloilo, 
Panay,  4^  m.  SW.  of  Igbards. 

OYON  (oh-yohn'),  nat.;  bay  N.  of  Masingloc  and 
E.  of  Bani  Pt.,  central  coast  of  Zambales, 
Luz6n. 

point  E.  head  to  Masinloc  port,  Zambales, 

Luz6n. 

OYSTER,  for.;  S.  inlet  SW.  of  Rita  I.,  affording 
sheltered  anchorage,  on  W.  shore  of  Ulugan 
Bay,  trending  IJ  m.  WNW.  on  W.  coast  of 
Paragua,  Palawan.  Fine  quality  of  oysters 
are  found  on  bank  of  mud  and  rocks  which 
fringe  shore.  Inlet  affords  excellent  anchor- 
age for  steam  vessels,    (iicc  Ustras.) 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


713 


GAZETTEEE    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


715 


P. 


PAAN'DICABAO  (pah-ahn-dee-cah'-rah-oh),  Tag.; 

hamlet  iii  Bulacdn,   S.   Luz6n,  14^  m.  N.  of 

Bulaciln. 
PAAi\(i  BATO  (pah-ahng'  bah-toh'),  nat.;  hamlet 

on  NE.  coast  of  Cebi'i,  2  m.  N.  of  Bog6  and  at 

E.  outlet  of  Canal  de  Daijagon. 
PAAY  (pah-1'),  ver.;    river  entering  sea  on  W. 

coast  of  Mindoro,  5  m.  NNW.  of  Santa  Cruz. 
PABAU  (pah-bahg'),  ver.;  mountain  in  Sdmar. 
PABANliiN    (pah-bang-ahn'),   ver.;    hamlet    in 

Lepanto,  Luz6n. 
PABLO   (pah'-bloh),   Sp.:    mountain    hamlet  of 

Iloilo,  I'anay,  8  m.  E.  of  San  Joaquin. 
PABOLOMUN  (pah-boh-long'-ahn),  nat.;   point 

on  VV.  coast  of  Masbate  I.,  Visayas,  lat.  12°  19' 

30"  N. 
PACAGSIN  ,(pah-cag-.seen'),    Tag.;     hamlet    in 

Nueva  Ecija,  Luzon,  on  road  and  1.  bank  of 

Upper  Grande  de  la  Pampanga  Riv.,  28  m.  NE. 

of  San  Isidro. 
PAl'AHiN,    or    HABANG    (pah-cah-hahn',    hah- 

bang'),  ver.;   point  on  SE.  shore  of  Albay, 

Luz6n. 
PACAI  (pah-kie'),nat.;  island  in  NE.  partTapul 

grp.,  Sulu  A.     (See  Paqua.) 
PACAO  (pah-cow'),  ver.;  small  river  on  S.  shore 

of  Masbate  I.,  Visayas,  emptying  into  Gulf  of 

Asid  near  Palabao  Pt. 


PACAPATEON  (pah-cah-pah-tay-ohn'),ver.;  ham- 
let on  W.  shore  of  entrance  to  Lamp6n  port, 
8  m.  S.  of  Binaiigonan  de  Lampon. 

PACASAN  (pah-cah'-.sahn),  ver.;  port  on  SW. 
shore  of  Parasan  I.,  off  VV.  coast  of  S4mar. 

PACATANG  (pah-cah-tahng'),  nat.;  mountain  in 
S.  Leyte,  3  m.  SVV.  of  Malitbog. 

PACl'i  (pac-see'),  ver.;  point  on  W.  coast  of  An- 
tique, Panay,  1  m.  S.  of  Sebaste. 

PAt'DCHAXA\  (pac-doo-hah'-nahn),  ver.;  moun- 
tain in  N\V.  Leyte. 

PACIFIC,  for.;  ocean  water.s  which  wash  E.  shores 
of  P.  A.,  from  Batanes  Is.  in  extreme  N.  to 
Sarangani  I.,  S.  of  coast  of  D4vao  Pen.,  Min- 
danao, near  extreme  S.  international  bound- 
ary of  United  States  possessions  in  E.  Asia, 
from  lat.  5°  21'  30"  to  21°  6'  30"  N.,  or  from 
ocean  channel  connecting  Pacific  and  Celebes 
Sea  (Dutch  possessions)  on  S.  to  Bachi  chan- 
nel, between  Pacific  and  China  Sea  (Japanese 
on  N. 


PAl'LUYABAN  (pah-cloo-yah'-bahn),  ver.;  lime- 
stone island  approaching  Bacuit  Bay,  NW. 
coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan,  S.  of  MIniloc. 

PACO,  or  SAX  FERNANDO  DE  DILAO  (pah'-coh: 
Tag.;  sahn  fayr-nahn'-doh  day  dee-lah'-aw), 
Hisp.;  district  in  Manila  City,  Luzon,  on  1. 
bank  of  P^sig  Riv,,  2  m.  E.  of  Manila.  Lies 
E.  of  Ermita  and  Malate,  with  which  it  is  con- 
nected by  fine  road.  Has  church  and  convent 
and  general  and  town  cemeteries.  Population 
is  almost  wholly  of  artisans  skilled  in  native 
workmanship  and  laboring  class. 

PAl'O  (pah'-coh);  hamlet  on  S.  coast  of  Leyte, 
2  m.  E.  of  Maasin. 

PACIBALO  (pah-coo-bah'-law),nat.;  island  near 
N.  coast  of  Ambos  Camarines  (Norte);  area 
2  by  1  m.,  lat.  11°  22'  20"  N. 

PADADA  (pah-dah'-dah),  ver.;  hamlet  on  W. 
shore  of  D4vao  Gulf,  Mindanao,  38  m.  S.  of 
D4vao. 


PADADA;  point  on  E.  shore  of  DAvaoGulf,  DAvao, 

Mindanao;  S.  head  to  small  bay  leading  up 

to  hamlet  of  same  name. 
PADABA    (pah-dah-rah'),    ver.;    point   on    NE. 

shore  of  Diivao  Gulf,  Ddvao,  Mindanao. 
PADIDU,  or  PULANbl  (pah-dee'-doo,  poo-lahng'- 

ee),    nat.;    creek    emptying  on    r.    bank  of 

Upper  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  Cotabato, 

Mindanao,  near  Upper  Pagaluiigan. 
PADLAHAN  (pad-lah-hahn'),  ver.;  river  in  Leyte. 
PADNANTNtiAN    (pad -nah-nooug'-ahn),     ver.; 

point  on  E.  coast  of  CagayAn,  Luz6n. 
PADRE  (pah '-dray),  Sp.;  point  on  NW.  shore  of 

Baiabac  I.,  BalAbac  grp.,  off  SVV.  end  of  Moro 

Palawan,  and  S.  headland  of  VV.  entrance  to 

Candaraman  inlet. 
PADRES  (pah'-drays),  Sp.;  N.  channel  by  Dinaik 

I.,  of  S.  arm  of  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao, 

Cotabato,  Mindanao. 
PADUA  (pah'-dwahj,  Sp.;  town  at  headwaters  of 

W.  tributaries  of  river  emptying  into  bay  S.  of 

Sicayac  Pt.,  on  NW.  coast  of  Misamis,  Min- 

t    danao,  164  m.  S.  of  Dapitan.     (SeeBlanca  Pt.) 

PADCLOG  (pah-doo-log'),  ver.;  point  of  Sibuyiin 

I.,  Rombl6n  grp.,  V^isayas. 
PAET  (pah-ayf),  nat.;  extreme  S.  pt.  of  SAmal  I. 

and  divisional  headland  between  E.  and  VV. 

arms  of  Ddvao  Gulf,  S.  coast  of  Ddvao,  Min- 
danao. 
PAETE  (pah-ay'-tay),Tag.;  town  on  main  road  in 

Laguna,  Luzon,  Vj  m.  NE.  of  Santa  Cruz.    In 

vicinity   is   produced   best  lanson  (lanzon) 

fruit  in  islands.    Pop.,  2,887. 
PAGAANHAN    (pah-gah-ahn-hahn'),  ver.;    point 

on  NE.  coast  of  Sumar,  6  m.  SW.  of  Sila  Pt. 
PAGABAT  (pah-gah'-baht),  nat.;   hamlet  in  Si- 

buydn  I.,  Rombl6n  grp., Visayas,  lat.  12° 2'  N., 

on  SW.  coast. 
PAGADBiN    ( pah-gad- bahn'),    ver.;    river    and 

hamlet  at  its  mouth,  SW.  coast  of  Negros 

Oriental,  7  m.  VV.  of  Bayauan. 
PAGADIAN  (pah-gah-dee'-ahn);  bay  on  VV.  side 

of  Ulana  Bay,  Cotabato,  Mindanao.     (See  Pa- 

garian  Bay.) 
PAGAGUAYAN  (pah-gah-gwah'-yahn),  nat.;  one 

of  Cuyo  Is.,  Mindoro  Sea,  between  Matrabis, 

Cuyo,  and  Cocora  Is.,  lat.  11°  5'  N. 
PAGAHAT  (pah-gah-hahf),  ver.;  hamlet  in  E. 

Bohol,  2J  m.  SVV.  of  Batuanan. 
PAGALAC  (pah-gah-luck'),  nat.;  village  on  SW. 

coast  of  Sibuydn  I.,  of  Romblon  grp.,  Visayas. 
PAGALAMATON    (pah-gah-lah-mah'-tohn),   nat; 

creek  entering  on  r.  bank  of  S.  arm  of  Grande 

Riv.  of  Mindanao,  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 
PAGALIN   (pah-gah-leen'),   ver.;   hamlet  on   E. 

shore  oi  bay,  2  m.  SE.  of  Guindulman,  Bohol. 
PAGALUNGAX  (pah-gah-loong'-ahn),  nat.;  point 

and  hamlet  in  S.  Mindanao. 
town  on  1.  bank  of  N.  arm  of  Grande  Riv. 

of  Mindanao,  Cotabato,  Mindanao,  2  m.  below 

their  junction  at  Tumbao. 
PAGALUNGAN,   UPPER   (pah-gah-loong'-ahn), 

nat.;  village  on  r.  bank  of  Upper  Grande  Riv. 

of   Mindanao,  Cotabato,  near  boundary  of 

Lanao,  Mindanao. 

PAGiOAN  (pah-gah'-oh-ahn),  ver.;  mountain  in 
Ilocos  Norte,  Luzon. 

PAGAPiU   (pah-gah'-pack),  nat.;   point  on  SE. 
shore  of  Lapac  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 


716 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


PAGAPAS,  or  SAX  PEDRINO  (pah-gah'-pass,  Tag.; 
sahn  pay-dree'-nyoh,  Sp.);  creek  in  SW.  Ba- 
tangas,  Luz6n. 

PAtiiPAT  (pah-gah'-pat),  nat.;  hamlet  in  pueblo 
of  Quipayo,  on  r.  bank  of  river,  on  main  road, 
Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luz6n,  6^  m.  N.  of 
Nueva  C&ceres,  lat.  13°  37'  40"  N. 

PAtiABIAX  (pah-gah-ree'-ahn),  nat.;  bay  on  XW. 
shore  of  Illana  Bay,  on  S.  coast  of  Cotabato, 
Mindanao.  Dupulisan  Pt.,  on  SW.  shore,  is 
lat.  7°  43'  48"  N.,  Ion.  123°  25'  45"  E.  (See  Pa- 
gadian.) 

PAGAS  (pah'-gass),  ver.;  extinct  volcano  in  cen- 
tral mountain  system  of  Pana6n  I.,  off  SE. 
coa.«tof  Leyte. 

PACJATPAT  (pah-gaht-pahf),  nat.:  villageon  XW. 
shore  of  Sia-^i  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

PAtiATUN(iA>'  (pah-gah-toong'-ahn),  nat.;  ham- 
let near  1.  shore  of  Pulangui  Riv.,  2  m.  after 
it  crosses  Misamis  border,  in  Cotabato,  Min- 
danao. 

PAGAUAXEIV  (pah-gah-wah-nayn'),ver.;  points, 
of  Custodia  Pt.,  W.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

PAGBABAO'Xn  (pag-bah-back-nahn').  ver.;  ex- 
treme S.  point  of  Homonhon  (Malh6n)  I.,  oflE 
SE.  coast  of  S4mar. 

PAG BABAH OXAX  ( pag-bah-bah-ha w'-nahn ) ,  ver. ; 
mountain  in  i.sland  of  Leyte. 

PAGBABAJAX  (pag-bah-bah'-hahn),  nat.;  point 
on  W.  coast  of  Albay,  Luz6n,  lat.  13°  11'  30"  N. 

PAGBABAXljrXAX  (pah  -  bah  -  bang  -  oo'  -  nahn), 
nat.;  river  in  Sdmar. 

PAGBAGXAJf  (pahg-bahg-nahn'),nat.;  portonW. 
coast  of  Simar,  sheltered  from  NE.  winds,  in 
lat.  11°  51'  30"  N. 

point  on  W.  coast  of  Mindoro  and  S.  head- 
land of  S.  bight  of  Mamburao  Bav,  9^  m.  SE. 
by  E.  of  Tubile  Pt. 

point  on  W.  of  China  Sea  coast  of  Mindoro 

11  m.  ESE.  of  Tubile  Pt. 

river  in  Mindoro. 

PAGBILAO  (pag-bee-lah'-oh),  nat.;  bay  and  port 
between  Bantiqui  Pt.  and  Pagbilao  I.,  inlet 
on  NW.  shore  of  Tayabas  Gulf,  S.  coast  of 
Tayabas,  Luzon. 

pueblo  6  m.  E.  of  Tayabas  capital,  Luz6n, 

1  m.  inland  on  small  stream  empt\-ing  into 
head  of  one  of  estuaries  of  Tayabas  Bay,  near 
Angas  Pt.     Pop.,  5,75(5. 

PAGBILAO  I'HICO  (pag-bee-lah'-oh  chee'-coh), 
Hisp.;  1  of  2  islands  in  opening  to  Capulaan 
Bay,  inlet  of  Tayabas  Bay,  on  SW.  coast  of 
Tayabas,  Luzon.    (See  Pagbilao  Grande  I.) 

PAGBILAO  GRAXDE  (pahg-bee-lah'-oh  grahn'- 
day),  Hisp.;  island  off  W.  coast  of  Tayabas, 
Luz6n,  of  triangular  form  nearly  joined  to 
mainland,  having  bays  of  Pagbilao  (W.);  and 
Laguimanoc  (E.);  M"t.  Mitra  on  NE.  is  2a5 
ft.  high;  Pagbilao  Chico  is  united  to  larger 
island  by  strip  of  sand  forming  to  W.  bay  of 
Capaluan  at  mouth. 

PAGBIX  (pahg-been'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  SW.  shore 
of  great  bight  on  N.  coast  of  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A., 
12i  m.  E.  of  Sulu. 

PAGBULUXGAX  (pahg-boo-loong'-ahn),  nat.; 
point  and  inner  head  on  N.  side  of  Nin  Bay,  W. 
coast  of  Masbate,  Visayas.  Mountain  of  same 
name,  472  ft.  high,  lies  i  m.  to  XE. 

PAGDAXAM  (pahg-dah-nahm'),  ver.;  peninsular 
head  of  reddi.sh  a.spect  at  N.  extreme  of  that 
bay,NW.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

bay  between  Reef  Pt.and  Pagdanam  Pen., 

2^  m.  across  entrance  and  same  length.  Hills 
of  same  name  rise  2,000  ft.  at  back  of  bay. 

peninsula  along  Imuruan  Bay  Sh  m.,  form- 
ing continuous  sand  beach  with  small  rocky 
heads  here  and  there,  NW.  coast  of  Paragua, 
Palawan.  Coast  thence  is  bold  and  rocky  for 
2i  m.,  beyond  which  sand  beach  3  m.,  thence 
rocky  to  Emergency  Pt. 


h-loo-loo'-bahn),nat.;  village 
Lubang  I.,  few  miles  SE.  of 


PAGLALASrGAX  (pah-glah-lah-soo'-gahn),  ver.; 
point  in  SAmar. 

PAGLICAXtiAX  (pap)-glee-cahng'-ahn),  ver.;  point 
in  E.  Mindanao. 

PAGLLLL'BAX  ( 
on  N.  coast 
Lubang. 

PAGXAGATAX  (pahg-nah-gah'-tahn),  nat.;  island 
off  S.  coast  of  Mindoro,  in  lat.  11°  50'  30"  N. 

PAGODA  (pah-goh'-dah),  Sp.;  celebrated  cliff  in 
SW.  Moro  Palawan,  bi  m.  inland  from  Marasi 
Bay,  2,016  ft.  high,  with  table  summit  on  2 
clefts,  which  form  pinnacles  at  either  extrem- 
ity. Cliff  rises  immediately  above  plain.  {See 
TagararasMt.) 

PAGOL  (pah-gaul'),  ver.;  townof  Nueva  Vizcaya, 
Luz6n,  near  W.  bank  of  Magat  Riv.,  13  m."N. 
of  Bayombong,  by  road. 

PAGOXIPA  (pah-goh-nee'-pah),  ver.;  .smallstream 
emptj-ing  into  Tol6n  Bay,  on  SW.  coast  of 
Negros  Oriental,  2h  m.  S.  of  Tol6n. 

PAGCJl'IPUTAX  (pahg-key-poo'-tahn),nat.;  point 
on  W.  shore  of  strait  of  that  name,  6  m.  N.  of 
Ddvao,  Mindanao;  covered  by  trees  and  dense 
mangrove;  coast  runs  nearly  NNW.  for9|  m. 
and  then  NE.  as  far  as  Hijo  Riv.;  low,  isolated 
hill  presenting  8  distinct  peaks  and  only  land- 
mark on  coast  rises  between  Panacan  Riv. 
and  Lacsan. 

strait  li  m.  wide  at  its  narrowest  stretch 

between  mainland  of  Davao,  Mindanao,  and 
Simal  I.  and  9j  m.  long;  connects  NW.  arm  of 
Divao  Gulf  with  its  extreme  N.  waters,  and 
is  navigable  for  large  vessels  throughout,  but 
for  sailing  vessels  only  under  most  favorable 
conditions,  as  it  is  too  narrow  for  a  vessel  to 
work  in. 

PAGSABXx  (pagh-.«ah-bahn'),  ver.;  tributary  of 
river  rising  in  Sigarag  Mt.,  enters  sea  on  SW. 
coast  of  S&mar. 

PAGSABAXGA  (pahg-sah-bahng'-gah),  nat.;  point 
and  town  on  N.  shore  of  Laguimanoc  Bay,  S. 
coast  of  Tayabas,  Luz6n.  Peak  154  ft.  high 
rises  to  NE. 

PAGSAMACAX  AX  (pahg  -  sah  -  mah  -  cah'-nahn ) , 
nat.;  bay  on  N.  coast  of  CagayAn,  Luzon, 
formed  by  Cape  of  Engaiio  on  E.  and  point 
NE.  of  Palaui  I.    In  N.  lie  numerous  rocks. 

PAGSAX  (pahg-sahn'),  ver.;  mountain  and  river 
in  Abra,  Luz6n. 

PAGSAXGAHAX  (pahg-sahng-ah'-hahn).  Tag.; 
river  emptying  into  Gulf  of  Ragay  on  SE. 
shore  of  Tayabas,  Luz6n,  at  Tasayan  Pt. 

PAGSAXGAJAX  (pahg-sahn-gah'-hahn),  nat.; 
hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Baybay,  on  W.  coast  of 
Cebii.  ^ 

PAGSAXJAX  (pahg-sahn-hahn'),  nat.;  pueblo  in 
Laguna,  Luz6n,  4  m.  E.  of  Santa  Cruz.  Pop., 
6,327. 

river  of  Laguna,  Luz6n,  emptying  into  La- 
guna de  Bay,  5  m.  N.  of  Santa  Cruz. 

hamlet  in  N.  Sdmar,  on  river,  14  m.  SW.  of 

Pambujan. 

hamlet  1  m.  N.  of  mouth  of  Bac-hao  Bariga- 

hon  Riv.,  in  SW.  S4mar. 

PAGTAPAXAX  ( pahg- tah-pah'-nahn).  Tag.;  point 
on  S.  coast  of  Bata^n,  Luzon,  W.  of  Pt.  Cochi- 
nos,  lat.  14°  26'  N. 

PAGTIXiX  (pag-tee-nahn'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  S. 
central  Bohol,  7  m.  WSW.  of  Sierra  Bullones. 

PAGPALlJAX  (pah-gwah-loo'-ahn),  ver.;  river 
and  bay  of  Negros  Oriental,  1  m.  S.  of  Jima- 
lalud,  E.  coast. 

PAGIJIBIBA  ( pah-gee- ree'-rah),  ver.;  point  in  SE. 
Albay,  Luz6n. 

PAGl'L  (pah-gool'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  SW.  coast  of 
Ddvao,  Mindanao,  99  m.  SW.  by  W.  of  Ddvao 
and  6  m.  NW.  of  Bacud  Pt. 

PAGl'LAYA  (pah-goo-lah'-vah),  nat.;  {Kiint  on 
SE.  coast  of  Iloilo,  Panav,  lat.  10°  58'  N. 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


717 


■:^%-^- 


'% 


9^^   .    .    .^^^^^ 


110^    ^42 


134  164 


ssoiPt 


ii  ^  -^ 


^\^•\■' 


.\A 


7'n 


;N 


^^/^ 


/'/>. 


/^^. 


,\>\^^^ 


sorrTHi  coASx 
rLT.Ai^.A^  BAY 

TIGTJIVIA  A^ND   DTTPULlSA^fJ  ANCBOl^AGES 

TLDrvp-ulismi,  Lat.7°43  38  H-Lan^.l23  25(45)E. 


718 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


PAGfPf  (pah-goon'),  Tag.;  mountain  in  Marin- 
duque  I.,  off  Tayabas  coast  of  Luzdn. 

PAGUNHIILAN  (pah-goon-hoo'-lahn);  mountain 
in  extreme  S.  Leyte,  5  m.  SW.  of  Malitbog. 

PAHALAA<J  diah-hah-lahng'),  Tag.;  peak  in 
Caraballo  Siir,  UulacAn,  Luzon. 

PAHAT  (pali-lialii'),  iiat.;  hamlet  in  pueblo  of 
Sorsogon,  Luzon,  on  1.  bank  of  river,  on  E. 
coast  of  Port  Sor.sogon. 

PAIBAI  (pie-by'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  NE.  coast  of 
Cebu,  3  m.  SW.  of  Daan-Bantay.  (See  Pay- 
pay). 

PAIBOC  (pie-bock'),  ver.;  town  in  central  S&mar. 

PAlNAiV  (pah-ee'-nahn),  nat.;  village  on  1.  bank 
of  N.  arm  of  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  Cota- 
bato,  Mindanao,  near  its  mouth. 

PAlOrET  (pah-ee'-kayt),  nat.;  hamlet  of  Ben- 
guet,  Luzon,  bi  m.  N.  of  Trinidad.    Pop.,  622. 

PAIOIIID  (pah-ee'-kid),  nat.;  hamlet  in  N.  cen- 
tral SAmar,  6  m.  S.  of  Catubig. 

PAIBAN  (pah-ee'-rahn),  nat.;  suburb  on  N.  side 
of  Cebu,  Cebu,  Visayas.  Leper  hospital  is  be- 
tween Pairan  and  Mabolo  to  NE.,  i  m.  from 
either  point. 

PAITUDLAND  (pie-tood-lahnd'),  ver.;  point  on  S. 
shore  of  Pasijan  I.,  SW.  of  Camotes  Is.,  off 
W.  coast  of  Leyte,  lat.  10°  35'  N. 

PAllIAN  (pah-ee'-wahn),ver.;  hamlet  at  extreme 
of  delta  of  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  and  3i 
m.  N.  by  W.  of  Cotabato,  capital  of  that  prov- 
ince, Mindanao. 

PAJAK  (pah-har'),Sp.;peak826ft.  high  on  cluster 
of  summits  in  SW.  of  Boilgao  I.,  Tavvi  Tawi 
I.,  SuluA.     (See  VigiaMt.) 

PAJtlAN  (pah-hoo'-ahn),  nat.;  summit  226  ft.  on 
SE.  shore  of  Subic  Bay,  SE.  coast  of  Zambales, 
Luz6n. 

PAJUMAJAN  (pah-hoo-mah'-hahn),  ver.;  island 
112  ft.  high,  1  m.  E.  of  Bas-Ba,s,  off  E.  coast  of 
Tawi  Tawi  I.,  Sulu  A.  Off  S.  shore  are  2  great 
rocks  named  Pamakalan  and  Pamagbaran. 

PAJURINAN  (pah-hoo-ree'-nahn),  ver.;  point  in- 
side entrance  on  S.  shore  of  Albay  Gulf,  in 
Albay,  Luz6n. 

PAKli  (pah-key-ah'),  ver.;  island  of  Tapul  grp., 
Sulu  A.,  one  of  7  islets,  4J  m.  E.  of  Tapul  and 
off  NW.  shore  of  Cabingaan  I. 

PALA  (pah'-lah),  Sp.;  largest  of  off-lying  islands 

of  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A.,  and  fronting  Tutu  Bay; 

6  m.  in  diameter. 
point  on  SW.  coast  of  Tayabas,  Luzon,  with 

Sandoval  Pt.  forming  bay  of  Catanauan. 
round  hill  on  N.  coast  of  Cagay^n,  Luzon, 

inland  from  point  of  that  name  and  E.  of 

Claveria  town. 
hamlet  in  central  Pampanga,  Luz6n,  7i  m. 

NW.  of  Bacolor. 
hamlet  in  Bontoe,  Luz6ii,  on  S.  slopes  of 

Mayoyao  Mt.,  on  tributary  of  Magat  Riv.,  17 

m.  SE.  of  Bontoe. 

PALABAO  (pah-lah-bah'-aw),  ver.;  point  on  E. 
shore  of  Gulf  of  Asid,  Masbate  I.,,  Visayas. 

PALjCbIG  (pah-lah'-big),  Tag.;  point  on  SW. 
coast  of  Tayabas,  lat.  13°  27'  20"  N. 

PALACPACAN  (pah-lahc-pah'-cahn),  Tag.;  lake  in 
Laguna,  Luz6n,  near  Calauan,  near  Maypakc 
Lake,  and  abounds  in  flsh. 

PALADI  (pah-lah'-dee),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Sdmar,  4 
m.  S.  of  Catarman. 

PILADT  (pah-lah'-dee),  ver.;  small  tributary 
entering  stream  near  its  mouth  in  Maga"t 
Riv.,  in  Nueva  Vizcaya,  Luz6n. 

PALAO  (pah-lag'),  nat.;  creek  in  SE.  Ambos 
Camarines  (Sur),  Luz6n. 

PALXGAC  (pah-lah'-gack),  nat.;  hamlet  in  low- 
lands of  Pampanga,  Luz6n,  14^  m.  E.  of 
Bacolor. 


PALAJAMPXs  (pah-lah-ham-pass'),  nat.;  river 
rising  in  E.  slopes  of  central  range  in  Negros 
Occidental,  and,  flowing  E.,  empties  into  sea 
at  San  Carlos,  6  m.  S.  of  Calatrava,  E.  coast. 

PALALAGOYA  (pah-lah-lah-goh'-yah),nat.;  point 
on  E.  shore  of  Mi.samis  port,  Misamis,  Minda- 
nao, opposite  Misamis. 

PALALI  (pah-lah'-lee),  ver.;  mountain  in  W.  cen- 
tral Leyte,  4  m.  S.  of  Carigara. 

PALAMATX  (pah-lah-mah-tah'),nat.;  ranch  on  1. 
bank  of  S.  arm  of  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao, 
Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

PALAMPAD  (pah-lam-pad'),  ver.;  mountain  in 
NE.  Misamis,  Mindanao,  5  m.  SW.  of  Palan- 
pAn  and  6  m.  SE.  by  S.  of  Agusan,  on  S.  shore 
of  Macajalar  Bay. 

PALAX  (pah'-lahn),  nat.;  point  on  S.  shore  of 
Libds  port,  N.  of  San  Julita,  E.  coast  of  S&mar. 

PALAIVABiHAT  (pah-lah-nah-bah'-high),  nat.; 
mountain  in  Mindoro  I. 

PALANAGA  (pah-lah-nah'-gah),  ver.;  hamlet  1^ 
m.  S.  of  mouth  of  Bac-hao  Bangahon  Riv.,  W. 
coast  of  SAmar. 

PALANAN  (pah-lah'-nahn),  nat.;  hamlet  in  SE. 
corner  of  Isabela,  E.  coast  of  N.  Luz6n,  on  S. 
shore  of  DilAsac  Bay,  58  m.  SSE.  of  Ilagan  and 
15  m.  NE.  by  N.  of  Casiguran.  Has  small  trade 
with  settlements  in  fastnesses  of  connecting 
spurs  between  Sierra  Madre  and  Grand  Cor- 
dillera Oriental.  Mountain  trail  through 
defiles  of  coast  Sierra,  distance  of  14^  m.  W., 
makes  headwaters  of  E.  branch  of  central  or 
name  stream  of  CagayAn  Riv.  In  their  NW. 
and  S.  course  toward  Ilagan  both  trail  and 
river,  which  is  navigable  for  boats,  take  in 
number  of  towns  and  hamlets  and  considera- 
ble agricultural  population. 

Pacific  coast  pueblo  in  Catalanganes,  Isa- 
bela, Luzon,  at  head  of  tortuous  stream 
emptying  into  spacious  bay  of  same  name. 
Mountain  trail  takes  W.  direction  over  lofty 
ridges  of  Gran  Cordillera  Oriental,  or  E. 
coast  range;  strikes  headwaters  of  Masagan 
Riv.  at  distance  of  12  m.  This  stream  is  trib- 
utary of  Pinacanauan,  which  joins  main  cur- 
rent of  Grande  de  CagayAn  Riv.  at  Ilagan, 
capital  of  Isabela.  Palanan  (at  this  jMjint 
Aguinaldo  was  located  and  captured)  is  only 
town,  except  Casiguran,  of  any  size  on  Pacific 
coast  of  Luz6n  between  Baler  and  Cape  Enga- 
no,  therefore  seaport  for  coast  trade  in  prod- 
ucts of  this  region.  In  direct  line  Ilagan  is 
36  m.  W.  by  N.  from  coast  at  Palanan.  Pop., 
1,137. 

inlet  in  I.sabela,  Luz6n. 

inlet  in  Mindoro  I. 

river  in  Isabela,  Luzon,  rising  at  foot  of 

Sierra  Madre,  lat.  17°  2'  30"  N.,  flows  E.  and 
empties  into  bay  of  same  name. 

bay  on  B.  coast  of  Lsabela,  Luzon,  in  lat. 

17°  32'  N.,  and  receives  river  of  same  name. 

PALANAS  (pah-lah'-nas),  nat.;  inland  hamlet  of 
Negros  Oriental,  3  m.  NW.  of  Tanhay. 

river  on  S.  coast  of  Leyte,  entering  sea  2 

m.  SE.  of  Albuera. 

mountain  in  W.  part  of  Leyte. 

pueblo  on  E.  shore  of  Masbate  I.,  Visayas, 

25  m.  SE.  of  Masbate.    Pop.,  2,749. 

mountain  in  NW.  SAmar. 

mountain  in  SW.  SAmar. 

point  on  SW.  shore  ot  LibAs  port,  SE.  of 

LibAs,  E.  coast  of  Stlmar. 

PALANGAN  (pah-lang'-ahn),  Tag.;  hamlet  in 
Cavite,  Luzon,  18  m.  SSW.  of  Cavite. 

PALAlVtil  (pah-lang'-ee),ver.;  hamlet  8  m.  SSE. 
of  Catarman,  SAmar. 

PALANGIIITIIV  (pah-lahn-gee-tin'),  ver.;  point  in 
Zambales,  Luz6n. 

PALANOC  (pah-liih'-iioek),ver.;  hamlet  1  m.  SE. 
of  Paranas,  on  Maqueda  Bay,  W.  coast  of 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


719 


FOBT  PAIAPA 


720 


GAZETTEEK   OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


PALX>'0(i  (pah-lah'-nog),  ver.:  pueblo  and  port 
NE.  of  Masbate  I.,  Visayas,  lat.  12°  22'  10"  N., 
Ion.  123°  35'  58"  E. 

PALANPXn  (pah-lahn-pahn'),  nat.;  mountain  in 
NE.  Misamis,  Mindanao,  12  m.  inland  from 
AKUsiui,  tfiwn  on  SE.  shore  of  Macajalar  Bay. 

TALANqriTAS  i  pah-lahn-key'-tas),  Sp.;  point  in 
Zainljuk's,  Luzon.      {Also  Palanguitin.) 

PALAOCO  (pah-Iah-oh'-coh),  ver.;  hamlet  in  NW. 
Sdmar,  6  m.  S.  of  Bob6n,  on  N.  coast. 

PALAOPAO  (pah-lah-oh-pah'-oh),  ver.;  mountain 
in  Tablasl.,  Romblon  grp.,  Visayas. 

PALAPA  (pah-lah-pah'),  nat.;  channel  and 
mountain  in  N.  S&mar,  lat.  112°  26'  N. 

port  on  N.  coast  of  SAmar,  with  good  an- 
chorage in  heavy  weather  in  5  fms..  W.  and 
S.  of  SE.  point  of  Cahayagan  I.,  formerly 
Batag  I.,  N. 

PALXpaG  (pah-lah'-pag),nat.;  pueblo  on  N.  coast 
of  S&mar,  57  m.  across  island  from  Catbalogan. 
Pop.,  5,802. 

port  formed  by  Batag  I.  on  E  and  Caha- 
yagan and  Lagudn  Is.  on  W.,  off  N.  shore  of 
Sdmar. 

point  on  W.  coast  of  Sibuy4n  I.,  Romblon 

grp.,  Visayas. 

point  on  extreme  W.  coast  of  Lubang  I., 

WSW.  of  Sala  Pt.,  NW.  end  of  island. 

channel  entering  Laguan  channel,  off  NE. 

coast  of  S4mar. 

PALAPAI  (pah-lah'-pie),  nat.;  bight  and  point  to 
NE.  on  NW.  shiire  aiiproaching  Panlatiian 
port,  S\V.  coast  of  Sorsci^i'in,  Luzon. 

PALAPALAX  (pah-lah-pah'-lahn),  ver.;  river  en- 
tering on  E.  .shore  of  Sarangani  Bay,  S.  coast 
of  DAvao,  Mindanao. 

I'ALAPAT  (pah-lah'-pat),  ver.;  small  stream 
emptving  into  sea  on  SW.  coast  of  Negros 
Oriental,  6  m.  NW.  of  Siaton  Pt. 

I'ALASAN  (pah-lah'-sahn),  nat.;  narrow  island 
3  m.  off  E.  coast  of  Polillo  I.,  off  E.  coast  In- 
fanta, Luzon. 

island  5  m.  N.  and  S.  and  2  m.  E.  and  W., 

2  m.  off  E.  shore  of  Polillo  I.,  off  E.  coast  In- 
fanta, Luz6n. 


PALASPiS   (pah-las- pass'),   nat.;   point  on  NE, 

shore  of  entrance  to  Laguimanoc  Bay,  SW. 

coast  of  Tayabas,  Luz6n. 
PALXtAG   (pah-lah'-tag).  Tag.;    hamlet    on  W. 

shore  of    bay  of   Aqui,   Concepcion,  Iloiio, 

Panay. 
PALATOX  (pah-lah'-tohn),  ver.;  point  on  S.  side, 

opposite  Japitan  Pt.,  on  small  bay  at  Barili, 

E.  shore  of  Tanon  Strait,  W.  coast  of  Cebu. 
PALATtJAN  (pah-lah-too'-ahn),  ver.;  bay  to  E.  of 

Putiao  port,  on  SW.  shore  of  Sorsogon,  Luzon. 
PALAUAXAS    (pah-lah-wah'-na.ss),  ver.;  hamlet 

in  SW.  S^mar,  8|  m.  ENE.  of  Basey. 

PALAl'I  (pah-lah'-we),  ver.;  river  of  Cagaydn, 
Luzon,  ri-sing  in  mountains  which  form  Cape 
Engano,  flows  N.  and  enters  great  bight  on  N. 
coast  on  its  E.  shore,  NNE.  of  Pt.  Duir,  lat.  18° 
35'  N. 

point  opposite  N.  coast  of  peninsula  of  prov- 
ince of  CagayAn,  Luzon,  extending  to  NE. 
and  forming  Engano  C,  lat.  18°  35'  N. 

island  6  by  3  m.  area,  moderately  elevated 

NW.  of  and  connected  with  NW.  point  of 
large  promontory,  which  forms  mainland  of 
NE.  peninsula  of  CagayAn  and  N.  extremity 
of  Luzon.  Off  N.  coast  of  island  lie  Hermanas 
Is.  Palaui  I.  is  first  mainland  of  Luzon  ap- 
proached from  China  mainland  and  Formosa 
on  W.  and  NW.,  rounding  Cape  Engano  for 
ports  on  E.  coast  of  Luzon. 

PiLAl'lG  (pah-lah'-wig),  ver.;  pueblo  at  point 
of  that  name  in  Zambales,  Luzon,  8  m.  NW. 
of  Iba.    Pop.,  2,584. 

point  on  coast  of  Zambales,  Luzon,  in  front 

of  town  of  that  name. 

inlet  in  Zambales,  Luz6n. 

PALAIIIT  (pah-lah-wit'),nat.;  hamlet  on  W.  coast 
of  Simar,  3  m.  SE.  of  that  point.  Small  river 
of  that  name  enters  little  cove  with  30  ft. 
near  shore.  From  this  point  coast,  SSE.  7  m. 
to  Malayoc,  is  rocky. 

point  on  S.  side  of  mouth  of  Canaguayan 

Riv.,  W.  shore  of  Sdmar  I. 

hamlet  in  Zambales,  Luzon,  on  1.  bank  of 

stream  of  lat.  16°  26'  N. 


PALAWAN,  ISLAND  OF 

(Pah-lah'-wahn,  nat.) 
Paragua,  Taytay,  lat.  10°  49^  30'^  N 


Ion.  119° 
41^  .30^'  N. 


30'  30^'  E.,  approxi- 
,   Ion.    118°   45'   E., 


Chief  towns: 
mately;    Moro  Palawan,   Puerto  Princesa,   lat.  9^^ 
approximately.     See  Paragua  and  Moro  Palawan. 

Area:  4,368  sq.  m.,  mainland;  358  sq.  m.,  dependent  islands;  total,  4,726  sq.  m. 

Population:  50,000. 

Race:  Paragua,  Visayan;  S.  Palawan,  Moro. 

Language:  Paragua,  Yisayan,  Tagbanua,  and  Malayan  dialectal;  S.  Palawan, 
IMoro-]\Ialayan  or  Moro-Suluano,  allied  to  the  Moro  dialects  of  Mindanao  and  Sulu. 

Military  Department  of  Visayas:  "Including  all  of  Paragua,  E.  Palawan,  and 
adjacent  islands."     *    *    *    G.  O.  98,  Sept.  3,  1902. 

LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

The  island  of  Palawan  (native  and  present  name)  or  Paragua  (Spanish)  is  the 
western  and  south  westernmost  and  one  of  the  largest  of  the  P.  A.,  extending  NE. 
and  SW.  between  the  parallels  of  lat.  8°  22'  N.  and  11°  25'  N.,  and  E.  and  W.  between 
the  meridians  of  Ion.  117°  9'  E.  to  119°  43'  E.  On  account  of  its  geographical  posi- 
tion the  island  is  one  of  the  most  important  in  the  P.  A.  It  is  bounded  on  the  N. 
by  the  Calamianes  chain,  with  Busuaifga,  the  largest  of  those  islands,  intervening 
toward  Mindoro  129  m. ;  on  the  E.  by  the  Mindoro  Sea,  with  Panay,  Negros,  and 
Mindanao  opposite;  on  the  S.  by  the  United  States  island  of  Balabac  and  British 
North  Borneo,  93  m.,  and  on  the  W.  by  the  China  Sea,  Indo-China  lying  opposite. 
It  separates  the  China  from  the  Sulu  or  Mindoro  seas,  the  channels  connecting  them 
being  Mmdoro  Strait  (N. )  and  Bahibac  Strait  (S. ).  The  W.  line  of  international 
boundary  of  the  United  States  possessions  parallels  the  W.  coast  from  Cape  Buliluyan 
to  the  10th  parallel  from  25  to  34  m.,  and  thence  due  N.  from  46  to  105  m,  at  Cape 
Cabuli,  off  the  mainland. 


S  Doc  /?  <^C'  57 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHlLlPriNE    ISLANDS. 


721 


ABEA. 

The  island  is  278  m.  NE.  to  SW.  and  from  4^  m.  to  30  m.  NW.  to  SE.  in  width, 
long  and  narrow,  averaging  17  m.,  and  constituting  an  area  of  4,726  sq.  m.,  lacking 
less  than  200  sq.  m.  of  the  area  of  the  State  of  Connecticut,  being  over  twice  the  size 
of  Delaware  and  nearly  four  times  that  of  Khode  Island. 


Province. 

Governments. 

Capital. 

Area. 

Main- 
land. 

Depend- 
ent 
islands. 

Popula- 
tion. 

Palawan,  S.  of  lat.  10°  N 

Paragua,  N.  of  lat.  10°  N 

Military 

Provincial  — 

Puerto  Princesa . . 
Cuyo,  Cuyos  grp. . 

Sq.  m. 
3,091 
1,63.'S 

Sq.  m. 
3, 002 
1,366 

Sq.  m. 
89 
269 

25, 000 
25,000 

Total 

4, 72G 

4,368 

358 

50,000 

PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 

A  system  of  mountains  begins  at  Caluit  with  a  summit  2,230  ft.  high  in  the  extreme 
N.,  and  follows  the  trend  of  the  coast,  reaching  an  elevation  of  6,843  ft.  at  Manta- 
liiigahan  peak  in  the  S.,  and  maintaining  an  average  from  2,500  to  3,000  ft.  throughout, 
dividing  the  island  into  2  distinct  watersheds,  that  to  the  E.  into  the  Sulu  and  to 
the  W.  into  the  China  Sea.  Between  these  summits  spread  elevated  tablelands  and 
along  the  coast  numerous  valleys  and  plains.  Pagoda  cliff,  of  limestone  formation, 
rises  immediately  above  a  plain  which  extends  across  the  island,  separating  the  Bulan- 
jao  and  Mantaliiigahan  ranges.  Connected  with  the  latter  is  a  high  ridge  with 
many  peaks,  of  which  the  most  conspicuous  are  Panalin"gahan,  or  Hat  and  Fin.  Of 
the  smaller  ranges  tributary  to  the  main  central  one  nia\'  be  mentioned  Malanut, 
which  begins  near  Tagbayug  and  extends  to  the  S. ;  the  Pulute,  rising  about  the  mid- 
dle of  the  previous  range  and  extending  perpendicularly  to  it  for  20  m.  to  the  S.,  then 
inclining  to  the  W.,  and  the  Bulanjao,  which  rises  near  Coral  Bay  and  extends  to  the 
NE.  25  m.  The  rivers  are  all  short,  but  of  some  importance.  The  IguAhit  has  its 
source  in  the  Aldea  range,  flows  through  the  village  of  the  same  name  and  empties 
into  the  bay  of  Port  Royalist  (Puerto  Princesa)  on  the  E.  The  Cariiray,  having  its 
source  on  the  E.  side  of  the  central  mountains,  empties  into  the  China  Sea  near  Mag- 
dandn  Bay.  The  Canipan  empties  into  the  bay  of  the  same  name  on  the  SW.  shore, 
and  the  Pirate  into  the  bay  of  San  Antonio  on  the  SE.  coast.  A  lake  in  the  N.  opens 
to  the  sea  by  means  of  a  subterranean  river. 

CLIMATE. 

The  climatology  of  the  island  divides  into  two  seasons,  the  W.  or  SW.  monsoons, 
generally  corresponding  to  the  winter  in  temperate  latitudes,  and  the  dry  or  NE. 
monsoon  to  the  summer.  These  not  only  regulate  the  humidity,  but  the  extremes 
of  heat.     On  the  coast  in  many  places  malarial  fevers  are  '.;ommon. 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

In  a  commercial  point  of  view  the  mainland  forms,  with  the  island  of  Balabac,  the 
strait  of  that  name,  through  which,  at  certain  sea.sons  of  the  year,  sailing  vessels  are 
compelled  to  pass  and  steamers  take  for  shelter  this  course,  being  known  as  the 
"  Palawan  passage."  The  coast  is  indented  with  many  fine  sounds,  gulfs,  and  bays, 
notably  Malampaya  Sound  on  the  NW.  coast,  which  is  without  rival  in  the  Philip- 
pines in  the  characteristics  essential  to  a  great  naval  station.  The  best  known  other 
ports  are: 

Binunsalian;  on  the  E.  coast. 

Aldea;  E.  coast. 

Puerto  Princesa;  on  the  E.  coast.  A  fine  port,  well  sheltered  and  easy  of 
entrance,  with  deep  water  l^  m.  across.  On  the  E.  coast  near  the  shore  is  a  depth 
from  5  to  7  fms.     It  has  a  light-house. 

Ulugan;  on  the  W.  coast,  near  S.  boundary  with  S.  Palawan. 

ROADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 

There  are  no  regularly  built  roads,  except  a  few  portages,  but  a  number  of  horse 
and  foot  trails.  Many  "of  the  rivers,  although  short  and  often  violent  m  the  rainy 
season,  have  much  importance  as  furnishing  means  of  transportation  near  the  coasts. 

S.  Doc.  280 4G 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


721 


AREA. 

The  island  is  278  m,  NE.  to  SW.  and  from  4J  m.  to  30  m.  NW.  to  SE.  in  width, 
long  and  narrow,  averaging  17  m.,  and  constituting  an  area  of  4,726  sq.  m.,  lacking 
less  than  200  sq.  m.  of  the  area  of  the  State  of  Connecticut,  being  over  twice  the  size 
of  Delaware  and  nearly  four  times  that  of  Rhode  Island. 


Province. 

Governments. 

Capital. 

Area. 

Main 
land. 

Depend- 
ent 
islands. 

Popula- 
tion. 

Palawan,  S.  of  lat.  10°  N 

Paragua,  N.  of  lat.  10°  N 

Military 

Provincial.... 

Puerto  Princesa . . 
Cuyo,  Cuyosgrp.. 

1, 635 

1,366 

Sq.  m. 
89 
269 

25, 000 
25, 000 

Total  

4, 72G 

4,368 

358 

50,000 

PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 

A  system  of  mountains  begins  at  Caluit  with  a  summit  2,230  ft.  high  in  the  extreme 
N.,  and  follows  the  trend  of  the  coast,  reaching  an  elevation  of  6,843  ft.  at  Manta- 
liiigahan  peak  in  the  S.,  and  maintaining  an  average  from  2,500  to  3,000  ft.  throughout, 
dividing  the  island  into  2  distinct  watersheds,  that  to  the  E.  into  the  Sulu  and  to 
the  W.  into  the  China  Sea.  Between  these  summits  spread  elevated  tablelands  and 
along  the  coast  numerous  valleys  and  plains.  Pagoda  cliff,  of  limestone  formation, 
rises  immediately  above  a  plain  which  extends  across  the  island,  separating  the  Bulan- 
jao  and  Mantaliiigahan  ranges.  Connected  with  the  latter  is  a  high  ridge  with 
many  peaks,  of  which  the  most  conspicuous  are  Panaliiigahan,  or  Hat  and  Fin.  Of 
the  smaller  ranges  tributary  to  the  main  central  one  may  be  mentioned  Malanut, 
wdiich  begins  near  Tagbayug  and  extends  to  the  S. ;  the  Pulute,  rising  about  the  mid- 
dle of  the  previous  range  and  extending  perpendicularly  to  it  for  20  m.  to  the  S.,  then 
inclining  to  the  W.,  and  the  Bulanjao,  w^hich  rises  near  Coral  Bay  and  extends  to  the 
NE.  25  m.  The  rivers  are  all  short,  but  of  some  importance.  The  Iguahit  has  its 
source  in  the  Aldea  range,  flows  through  the  village  of  the  same  name  and  empties 
into  the  bay  of  Port  Royalist  (Puerto  Princesa)  on  the  E.  The  Caruray,  having  its 
source  on  the  E.  side  of  the  central  mountains,  empties  into  the  China  Sea  near  Mag- 
dandn  Bay.  The  Canipan  empties  into  the  bay  of  the  same  name  on  the  SW.  shore, 
and  the  Pirate  into  tiie  bay  of  San  Antonio  on  the  SE.  coast.  A  lake  in  the  N.  opens 
to  the  sea  by  means  of  a  subterranean  river. 

CLIMATE. 

The  climatology  of  the  island  divides  into  two  seasons,  the  W.  or  SW.  monsoons, 
generally  corresponding  to  the  winter  in  temperate  latitudes,  and  the  dry  or  NE. 
monsoon  to  the  summer.  These  not  only  regulate  the  humidity,  but  the  extremes 
of  heat.     On  the  coast  in  many  places  malarial  fevers  are  •common. 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

In  a  commercial  point  of  view  the  mainland  forms,  with  the  island  of  Balabac,  the 
strait  of  that  name,  through  which,  at  certain  seasons  of  the  year,  sailing  vessels  are 
compelled  to  pass  and  steamers  take  for  shelter  this  course,  being  known  as  the 
"Palawan  passage."  The  coast  is  indented  with  many  tine  sounds,  gulfs,  and  bays, 
notably  Malampaya  Sound  on  the  NW.  coast,  which  is  without  rival  in  the  Philip- 
pines in  the  characteristics  essential  to  a  great  naval  station.  The  best  known  other 
ports  are: 

Binunsalian;  on  the  E.  coast. 

Aldea;  E.  coast. 

Puerto  Princesa;  on  the  E.  coast.  A  fine  port,  well  sheltered  and  easy  of 
entrance,  with  deep  water  IJ  m.  across.  On  the  E.  coast  near  the  shore  is  a  depth 
from  5  to  7  fms.     It  has  a  light-house. 

Ulugan;  on  the  W.  coast,  near  S.  boundary  with  S.  Palawan. 

ROADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 

There  are  no  regularly  built  roads,  except  a  few  portages,  but  a  number  of  horse 
and  foot  trails.  Many  "of  the  rivers,  although  short  and  often  violent  m  the  rainy 
season,  have  much  importance  as  furnishing  means  of  transportation  near  the  coasts. 


S.  Doc.  280- 


-46 


722  GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

Tliu  transportation  of  the  products  of  the  island,  especially  to  the  coast,  is  by  men 
by  means  of  bamljoo  baskets  fitted  to  the  back  of  the  bearer,  where  it  is  held  in  place 
by  a  thong  round  the  neck  and  2  more  over  the  shoulders  and  under  the  arms. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

Owing  to  the  roving  lives  of  the  coast  inhaliitants  and  the  inaccessiljility  of  many 
of  those  in  the  mountains,  the  estimates  of  population  vary.  The  othcial  figures  of 
1887  give  5,543.  A  former  governor  estimates  the  Christian  inhabitants  in  the  N. 
part  of  the  island  not  to  exceed  10,000,  and  the  Mohammedans  dwelling  on  both 
coasts  of  the  S.  part  at  less  than  6,000.  Others  figure  a  total  from  28,000  to  30,000. 
The  native  population  can  be  divided  into  4  well-defined  groups:  The  Tagbanuas,  the 
most  numerous  of  all,  who  are  distinguished  for  their  sociable  and  peaceful  natures. 
They  inhaljit  the  part  of  the  island  between  Inagahuan  and  Dalig  on  the  E.  coast 
and  that  between  Ulugan  and  Apurahuan  on  the  W.  coast,  living  in  hamlets  along 
the  banks  of  the  rivers,  and  somewhat  resembling  the  Mohammedan  Malays  of 
Mindanao,  though  not  professing  the  same  religious  belief.  They  are  about  6,000 
in  number.  The  Negritos,  who  can  be  distinguished  on  account  of  their  darker  com- 
plexion, curly  hair,  and  )>etter  physical  d(neloi)ment,  who  inhabit  tlie  mountainous 
regions  lying  between  Babuydn  and  Bulacau  on  the  E.  coast,  and  number  about 
1,500  individuals.  The  Manguianes,  a  little-known  people,  who  inhabit  the  territory 
of  the  Moros  and  jirevent  tbem  from  trading  with  the  outside  world.  Physically 
they  are  more  like  the  Tagbanuas,  but  in  matters  of  custom  resemble  the  ]\Ioros. 
They  number  about  4,000  individuals.  The  Tandulanos,  who  inhabit  the  E.  coast 
between  the  bays  of  Malampaya  and  Caruray  and  are  believed  to  number  about 
1,000.  Spanish  is  spoken  by  the  few  Spaniards  living  in  the  island;  Moro-Suluano 
is  most  generally  used  in  Palawan,  though  each  one  of  the  4  groups  cited  has  its  own 
special  language.  Along  the  coasts  are  many  settlements  of  Malays  attracted  thither 
by  the  more  favorable  conditions  of  gaining  a  living  by  gathering  forest  or  sea  prod- 
ucts or  the  raising  of  supplies  for  barter  with  passing  vessels.  In  the  N.  sections  are 
tribes  of  Bulalacauanos,  and  on  the  E.  coast  Tandolanos  and  Tanitianos.  The  latter 
are  given  at  2,500  in  number.  In  the  S.  parts  the  Moros  dominate  and  in  the  central 
and  N.  the  Tagbanuas,  a  docile  race,  and  in  the  mountains  of  the  N.  the  Battaks.  The 
Tagbanuas  are  a  cross  with  the  Negritos,  the  understatured  black  aborigines  of  the 
archipelago,  and  the  brown-skinned  Malay,  the  hair  having  a  tendency  to  curl,  the 
men  wearing  clouts  and  the  women  the  native  camisas  of  cloth  from  the  waist  to  the 
knees.  The  population  of  Eran  and  the  neighboring  districts  on  the  SW.  coast  of 
Palawan,  estimated  some  years  ago  at  750,  consists  chiefly  of  Dusuno,  or  hill  people, 
with  a  mixture  of  Malays,  the  head  of  whom  styled  himself  Panjiran.  They  collected 
beeswax  and  cultivated  small  tracts  of  land.  The  forest  races,  particularly  the  Tag- 
banuas, also  engage  in  the  collection  of  honey  and  wax,  which  they  bring  down  to 
the  coast  and  barter  for  the  merchandise  of  commerce. 

DEPENDENT  ISLANDS. 

The  waters  of  the  coasts  of  the  N.  end  of  Palawan  are  strewn  with  numerous 
islands,  the  largest,  Dumardn,  having  an  area  of  128  sq.  m.  Off  the  S.  coast- 
the  islands  are  few  and  small.  The  Balabac  group  lies  to  the  SW.  The  depends 
ent  islands  will  be  found  under  the  subdivision  to  which  they  belong. 

VEGETABLE  PBODXTCTS. 

The  valleys  are  covered  with  luxurious  vegetation.  The  staples  are  rice,  tobacco, 
nutmegs,  sweet  potatoes,  cocoanuts,  and  other  food  products  for  home  consumption. 
Large  numbers  of  goats  and  fowls  are  raised  and  bartered  with  the  ships  along  the 
coast. 

MINERALS. 

This  island,  although  in  its  central  ranges  of  volcanic  formation,  is  not  among  the 
reputed  mineral-bearing  regions  of  the  Philippines.  Gold  is  reported  to  exist  in  the 
gulches  of  the  middle  ranges.  Lead  and  antimony  in  the  form  of  pyrites  are  found. 
There  are  indications  of  iron,  copper,  and  sulphur.  The  formations  of  slate  and 
granite  are  extensive,  but  the  latter  is  reported  to  be  soft  and  porous.  The  coral 
rock  so  abundant  is  manufactured  into  lime. 

FORESTS. 

The  mountain  sides  to  their  summits  are  covered  with  extensive  forests  of  valuable 
woods.  Forests  of  the  most  valuable  cabinet  dye,  medicinal,  and  building  woods, 
including  ebony,  narra,  sandal,  logwood,  camphor,  rattan,  bamboo,  Ipil  (a  very  hard 


GAZETTEEK    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  723 

wood,  turning  out  logs  80  to  90  feet  long),  calantas  (a  species  of  cedar),  camagon, 
molave,  banaba,  alopai,  aniuguis,  arsonan,  apiay  (unknown  in  Luzon),  cisbe,  mansa 
languin,  gum  mastic,  copal,  and  other  resins  exist  in  abundance.  Dammar,  a  vege- 
table gum,  which  exudes  from  a  large  tree,  in  many  places  is  found  in  deposits  in 
the  earth.  These  deposits,  both  in  Palawan  and  Mindanao,  are  known  to  be  very 
extensive,  but  have  never  been  fully  worked.  The  Fragosa  peregrina,  known  to 
the  natives  as  urung,  from  which  gum  mastic  is  obtained,  mitil  late  years  was 
unknown  in  the  Philippines.  A  numl)er  of  valuable  forest  trees  found  here  are 
unknown  elsewhere  in  the  archipelago.  The  mangrove  swamps  also  furnish  the 
bacauan,  tangal,  and  longhoray,  which  the  natives  utilize.  The  rattan  is  an  impor- 
tant article  of  export  from  Puerto  Princesa,  and  nipa  palm  completely  covers  the 
banks  of  the  rivers  and  estuaries. 

FLORA. 

The  island,  besides  its  forests  and  shrubs,  abounds  in  the  mountain  regions  in  plant 
life  of  an  extensive  and  varied  character,  including  ferns,  orchids,  and  pitcher  plants  of 
numerous  species,  many  entirely  new  to  science.  Among  these  is  a  trailing  variety 
of  pitcher  plant,  also  a  giant  species,  the  pitchers  of  which  will  hold  a  pint  and  a 
half  of  water. 

FAUNA. 

The  wild  animal  life  of  Palawan  is  not  very  varied  nor  extensive,  especially 
among  the  mammals.  The  birds  are  of  rather  novel  species.  The  porcupine  is  "a 
choice  article  of  diet.  The  jungle  fowl  caught  in  snares  is  also  a  delicacy.  Of  the 
monkey  species  there  are  many  varieties,  also  the  pakdti  or  big  ape.  The  alligator 
is  a  common  denizen  of  "the  lakes  and  swamps.  The  reptile  family  is  well  repre- 
sented. The  pythons  attain  an  almost  incredible  size,  specimens  22  ft.  6  in.  in 
length  and  weighing  375  lbs.  having  been  secured. 

FRUITS. 

All  the  fruits  of  the  islands  grow  luxuriantly. 

INDUSTRIES. 

Owing  to  the  excellent  pasture,  cattle,  carabaos,  goats,  and  hogs  are  raised  in  large 
numbers.  The  deep  caverns  on  the  coast  abound  in  the  celebrated  nests  of  the 
swift  known  to  commerce  as  salangane.  These  edible  bird's  nests  of  Palawan  are 
regarded  as  second  only  to  those  of  Penon  de  Coron  (q.  v. )  and  have  brought  in  the 
Chinese  market  $4,000  a  picul,  or  twice  their  weight  in  silver.  The  little  shells 
used  as  money  at  many  points  on  the  mainland  of  Asia  are  gathered  on  the  shores 
of  some  of  the  dependent  islands. 

UNITED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 

The  occupation  of  Palawan  took  place  during  the  earlj^  military  expeditions  for 
the  possession  of  the  S.  islands  of  the  archipelago,  a  garrison  being  established  at 
Puerto  Princesa,  and  still  maintained  February  15,  1902. 

CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 

The  establishment  of  civil  government  took  place  on  June  23,  1902,  by  the  exten- 
sion of  the  provincial-government  act  to  that  part  of  the  island  lying  N.  of  the  10th 
parallel  of  latitude.  (See  Paragua. )  That  part  of  the  island  S.  of  the  10th  parallel 
known  as  the  Country  of  the  Moros  is  without  civil  government. 

HISTORY. 

The  island  of  Palawan  prior  to  Spanish  occupation  was  part  of  the  sultanate  of 
Borneo.  In  the  early  part  of  the  18th  century  the  Spaniards  settled  the  N.  end 
as  a  protection  of  their  insular  dominions  to  the  N.  from  the  Mohammedan  Moro 
buccaneers,  who  had  already  established  a  foothold  in  the  S.  A  few  years  later 
the  Sultan  ceded  the  island  to  Spain.  A  garrison  was  located  at  Taytay.  In 
1885  the  Spanish  Government,  under  royal  order,  began  the  establishment  of  mili- 
tary posts  for  the  protection  of  settlements  anticipated  under  terms  of  exemp- 
tion from  tribute  for  6  years,  free  transportation,  seeds,  and  implements.  The 
provinces  of  Ilocos  Norte  and  Sur  were  ordered  to  send  25  native  families  each 


724  GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

year  to  Palawan,  the  inducement  being  the  cancellation  of  all  debts,  transportation 
for  themselves  and  cattle,  3  hectares  of  land,  and  to  be  supported  for  6  months,  each 
adult  to  receive  2  chupas  (IJ  pints)  and  10  centavos  and  each  child  1  chupa  of  rice 
each  day.  A  scheme  of  building  highways  and  the  opening  of  free  ports  was  also 
proposed.  The  entire  scheme,  however,  failed.  The  next  attempt  was  by  convict 
settlements.  The  Spanish  authority,  however,  was  only  recognized  along  the  coast, 
the  tribes  inland  being  in  a  most  abject  state  of  savagery. 

PALAWAN,  MORO  (S.  of  tenth  paraUel). 

(Pah-Iah'-wahn,  nat.) 

Chief  town:   Puerto  Princesa,  lat.  9°  41^  30'^  N.,  Ion.  118°  45'  E.,  approximately. 
Area:  mainland,  3,002  sq.  m. ;  dependent  islands,  89  sq.  m.;  total,  3,091  sq.  m. 
Population:  25,000. 
Race:  Moro. 

Language:  Moro-Malayan,  Moro-Suluano. 

Military  Department  of  Visayas,  "including  all  of  Paragua  [Palawan]  and 
adjacent  islands."    G.  O.,  98,  September  3, 1902.    Headquarters,  Iloilo,  Iloilo,  Panay. 

Table  of  distances. 
From  Puerto  Princesa  to —  "  m. 

Catbalogaii,  SAmar 460 

Iloilo,  Panay 146 

Manila,  Luzon 377 

Sulu.  Sulu 300 

Zamboanga,  Mindanao 306 

LOCATION    AND    BOUNDARIES. 

Moro  Palawan,  which  includes  the  S.  portion  of  the  island  of  that  name,  is  bounded 
on  the  N.  by  Paragua,  the  line  of  separation  being  the  10th  parallel  of  latitude;  on  the 
E.  by  the  Sulu  Sea;  on  the  S.  by  the  Baldbac  group,  from  which  it  is  separated  by 
a  narrow  channel  between  Cape  Buliluyan,  the  extreme  SW.  point  of  Palawan,  and 
Pandanan,  the  most  N.  of  the  Balabac  group,  and  on  the  W.  by  the  China  Sea.  The 
international  line  of  boundary  of  the  United  States  possessions  on  the  W.  parallels 
the  coast  at  a  distance  of  from  25  to  34  m. 

AREA. 

The  Moro  portion  of  Palawan  is  158  m.  from  NE.  (10th  parallel)  to  SW.  (Cape 
Buliluyan) ,  and  from  8  to  25  m.  from  the  Sulu  Sea  coast  on  the  E.  to  the  China  Sea 
coast  on  the  W.,  with  an  average  of  19  m.,  and  an  aggregate  area  of  3,002  sq.  m. 
mainland  and  dependent  islands,  near  the  coast,  89  sq.  m.;  total,  3,091  sq.  m. 

PHYSICAL  FEATURES: 

The  center  of  thi.«  part  of  Palawan  is  traversed  l)ya  range  of  mountains  of  considerable 
altitude,  the  nidst  important  peaks,  ])eirinnin<r  at  the  N.,  beintc  INIt.  Ilerschel,  2,316  ft. 
high;  2  peaks  to  the  SW.,  3,080  and  4,260  ft.;  Mt.  Stavelv,  inland  from  Puerto  Prin- 
cesa, 3,030  ft. ;  a  peak  to  the  SW. ,  3,000  ft. ;  Brow  Shoulder',  near  the  W.  coast,  3,840  ft. ; 
another  SE.,  5,000  ft;  A'ictoria  Peak,  inland  from  Calver  Pt.,  on  E.  coast,  5,680  ft.; 
Sultan  Peak,  inland  from  Mantacwin  Bav,  3,820  ft.;  Pulute  Kange,  inland  from 
Island  Bav,  3,067  ft. ;  Calibugon,  1,793  ft. ;  Gantung,  5,868  ft. ;  Mantalingahan,  XW.  of 
Ipolote  Bay,  6,843  ft. ;  and  Bulanjao  range,  3,500  ft.  The  latter  is  within  25  m.  of  the 
extreme  S.  point  of  the  island.  There  are  no  less  than  84  summits  from  1,000  to 
6,843  ft.  in  height.  The  mountains  fall  rapidly  toward  the  shore  on  both  coasts, 
although  in  some  parts,  particularly  in  the  vicinity  of  Washington  Head,  on  the  SW., 
the  coasts  are  bold  and  rugged.  There  is  no  river  system,  the  streams  being  short, 
swelling  into  torrents  during  the  rainy  season  and  diminishing  into  rivulets  during 
the  dry. 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

This  portion  of  Palawan,  particularly  on  E.  coast,  is  deeply  indented  with  large 
bays;  off  W.  coast  the  bays  are  smaller  and  for  distance  of  29  m.  from  coast  depth 
rarely  reaches  100  fms.,  about  40  fms.  being  the  average.  Among  important  bays  on 
E.  coast,  beginning  at  N.,  are: 

Deep;  with  from  3  to  24  fms.  and  open  to  E.  winds. 

Puerto  Princesa,  or  Port  Royalist;  aland-locked  harbor  with  from  10  to  24  fms. 


SiS 


S  Doc  Z  S<?  57    1 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  725 

Village;  S.  of  Masterson  Pt. 

Mantacwin;  sheltered  ])y  Flat  I. 

Island,  or  Bahia  de  Las  Islas;  so  named  on  account  of  the  large  number  of 
islands.     Depth  from  4i  to  40  fms. 

Crawford  Cove;  S.  of  Island  Bay. 

Ipolote;  X.  of  Pinaua.san  Pt. 

San  Antonio,  or  Rocky;  with  from  7  to  29  fms. 

Coral;  on  extreme  S.  of  E.  coast,  anchorage  sheltered  by  several  small  islands. 

On  W.  coast  proceeding  N. : 

Canipan,  Simubut,  and  Sepangow;  3  bays  between  Pinos  (N. )  and  Alimudi'n 
(S.),  a  distance  of  11  m. 

Marasi,  Eran  or  Cran;  Tagbayug,  or  Tebeyu,  and  Treacherous;  S.  of  Deep 
Bay  Pt.     Between  these  are  numerous  inlets. 

LIGHTS. 

Fixed  light  is  shown  from  Obando  Mole,  Puerto  Princesa,  in  wooden  tower  13  ft. 
high,  upper  part  white  and  lower  part  red;  also  at  Tide  Pole  Pt.,  lat.  9°  43'  43^'  N., 
Ion.,  118°  42'  12"  E.;  fixed  43  ft.  above  level  of  sea,  visible  3  m.  from  tower  painted 
white. 

ROADS  AND   COMMUNICATIONS. 

There  are  no  roads,  the  villages  on  the  coast  and  in  the  mountains  being  connected 
by  paths. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

The  inhabitants  have  never  been  enumerated  either  liy  census  or  parochial  regis- 
ter. Puerto  Princesa,  the  largest  and  most  important  of  the  towns,  had  but  1,345 
inhabitants  under  the  census  of  1887.  It  is  estimated  that  the  population  of  the 
16  towns  and  villages  will  not  exceed  25,000.  The  inhabitants  are  almost  wholly 
Moros,  descended  from  the  early  Arab  adventurers,  with  a  mixture  of  Malay  blood, 
and  professing  the  Mohammedan  religion.  The  language  is  Moro,  with  an  infusion 
of  Malayan,  Mindanao,  and  Sulu  dialects.  All  the  towns,  aa  far  as  known,  are 
situated  on  the  coast,  the  most  important  being: 

Puerto  Princesa,  or  Port  Royalist;  the  chief  town  of  Moro  Palawan,  on  the  E. 
coast,  IS  m.  S.  of  the  dividing  line  with  Paragua.  It  has  a  light-house.  During  the 
Spanish  domination  it  was  a  penal  colony,  and  was  beautified  by  penal  labor. 
There  is  no  good  water,  the  town  supply  being  brought  from  the  Iguiihit  Riv., 
across  the  bay.  Population  under  the  census  of  1887  was:  Men,  759;  women,  586; 
total,  1,345.  A  parish  register  gave  3,121  parishioners  in  the  imeblo;  the  government 
farm  is  located  outside  of  the  town. 

Among  the  other  towns  are  Inagauan,  Aboslan,  Aboabo,  Marangas,  on  the  E. 
coast;  Apurauan,  Malanut,  Calasian,  Simagup,  Canipan  from  N.  to  S.  on  the  W. 
coast. 

DEPENDENT  ISLANDS. 

The  coasts  of  Moro  Palawan  are  clear  of  islands  of  geographical  importance.  The 
following  are  the  names  of  those  lying  near  the  coast,  but  not  to  include  the  Baldbac 
group,  which  lies  off  the  SW.  extreme  of  the  island.     [See  Balabac  group). 

Anchorage;  an  inlet  in  the  X.  opening  of  Bahia  Honda  or  Deep  Bay,  E.  coast. 

Arena;  an  island  off  the  E., coast.     (See  Malanao  I.)     (^/so  called  Mai tby.) 

Arrecife;  E.  coast,  XW.  of  Ursula,  one  of  the  many  islands  of  Bahia  de  las  Islas. 

(reef)  an  islet  off  Coral  Bay,  the  extreme  SE.  coast.    3  islands  of  small  size  lie  to  the  SW., 

S.  of  Rawnsley  Pt.,  extreme  SE.  coast 

Balausungain;  several  islands  under  that  name,  off  the  W.  coast,  SW.  of  Marasi  Bav,  surrounded 

by  islets,  rocks,  and  reefs. 

Bdsic;  the  most  S.  of  the  clu.ster  of  the  islands  in  the  Bahia  de  las  Islas,  E.  coast 

Binunsalian;  an  islet  off  the  point  of  that  name,  E.  coast. 

Bowen;  islet  oS  N.  point  of  Bugsuc  I..  NE.  of  Cape  Disaster,  Baldbac,  in  the  channel  between 

Bugsuc  and  the  extreme  SE.  coast  of  Palawan. 
Calizas  Escabrosas;  a  cluster  of  small  islands  on  the  W.  coast. 
Cafia;  E.  coast  in  front  of  the  X.  entrance  to  Puerto  Princesa. 
Capias;  a  low  lying  island  on  the  W.  coast,  1  m.  off  shore,  covered  \vith  scrub,  and  6  m.  N.  of  Cape 

Buliluyan. 
Cataquin  or  Rasa;  E.  coast  ENE.  of  Divaque  Pt.,  2  m.  off  the  mainland. 
Comei,  Comeian  or  East;  a  low  islet  with  off-lying  rock,  E.  of  Nose  Pt.  and  S.  of  the  opening  to 

Island  Bav. 

2  islets  off  the  SE.  coast,  S.  of  Island  Bay.    (See  East.) 

Cono;  W.  coast,  in  front  of  Bolalo  Bay. 

Ea.st;  2  islets  off  the  SE.  coast.  S.  of  I.«land  Bay.     (See  Comei,  Comeian). 

Fondeado,  or  Anchorage;  an  islet  in  the  N.  opening  of  Bahia  Honda,  E.  coa.st  ^q.  v.). 

Fraser;  one  of  a  number  of  small  islands  and  rocks  in  Honda  Bay,  N.  of  Puerto  Princesa,  E.  coast. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  725 

Village ;  S.  of  Mastersoii  Pt. 

Mantacwin;  sheltered  bj^  Flat  I. 

Island,  or  Bahia  de  Las  Islas;  so  named  on  account  of  the  large  numl)er  of 
islands.     Depth  from  4 J  to  40  fms. 

Crawford  Cove;  S.  of  Island  Bay. 

Ipolote;  N.  of  Pinauasan  Pt. 

San  Antonio,  or  Rocky;  with  from  7  to  29  fms. 

Coral;  on  extreme  S.  of  E.  coast,  anchorage  sheltered  by  several  small  islands. 

On  W.  coast  proceeding  N. : 

Canipan,  Simubut,  and  Sepangow;  3  bays  between  Pinos  (N. )  and  Alimudin 
(S.),  H  distance  of  11  m. 

Marasi,  Eran  or  Cran;  Tagbayug,  or  Tebeyu,  and  Treacherous;  S.  of  Deep 
Bay  Pt.     Between  these  are  numerous  inlets. 

LIGHTS. 

Fixed  light  is  shown  from  Obando  Mole,  Puerto  Princesa,  in  wooden  tower  13  ft. 
high,  upper  part  white  and  lower  part  red;  also  at  Tide  Pole  Pt.,  lat.  9°  43'  43^'  N., 
Ion.,  118°  42'  12''  E.;  fixed  43  ft.  above  level  of  sea,  visible  3  m.  from  tower  painted 
white. 

ROADS  AND   COMMUNICATIONS. 

There  are  no  I'oads,  the  villages  on  tlie  coast  and  in  the  mountains  being  connected 
by  paths. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

The  inhabitants  have  never  been  enmnerated  either  by  census  or  parochial  regis- 
ter. Puerto  Princesa,  the  largest  and  most  important  of  the  towns,  had  but  1,345 
inliabitants  under  the  census  of  1887.  It  is  estimated  that  the  population  of  the 
16  towns  and  villages  will  not  exceed  25,000.  The  inhabitants  are  almost  wholly 
Moros,  descended  from  the  early  Arab  adventurers,  with  a  mixture  of  Malay  blood, 
and  professing  the  Mohammedan  religion.  The  language  is  Moro,  with  an  infusion 
of  Malayan,  Mindanao,  and  Sulu  dialects.  All  the  towns,  as  far  as  known,  are 
situated  on  the  coast,  the  most  important  being: 

Puerto  Princesa,  or  Port  Royalist;  the  chief  town  of  Moro  Palawan,  on  the  E. 
coast,  18  m.  S.  of  the  dividing  line  with  Paragua.  It  has  a  light-house.  During  the 
.Spanish  domination  it  was  a  penal  colony,  and  was  beautified  by  penal  labor. 
There  is  no  good  water,  the  town  supply  being  brought  from  the  Iguahit  Riv., 
across  the  bay.  Population  under  the  census  of  1887  was:  Men,  759;  women,  586; 
total,  1,345.  A  parish  register  gave  3,121  parishioners  in  the  pueblo;  the  government 
farm  is  located  outside  of  the  town. 

Among  the  other  towns  are  Inagauan,  Aboslan,  Aboabo,  Marangas,  on  the  E. 
coast;  Apurauan,  Malanut,  Calasfan,  Simagup,  Canipan  from  N.  to  S.  on  the  W. 
coast. 

DEPENDENT  ISLANDS. 

The  coasts  of  Moro  Palawan  are  clear  of  islands  of  geographical  importance.  The 
following  are  the  names  of  those  lying  near  the  coast,  but  not  to  include  the  Baldbac 
group,  which  lies  off  the  SW.  extreme  of  the  island.     {See  Balabac  group). 

sq.  m. 
Anchorage;  an  inlet  in  the  N.  opening  of  BahIa  Honda  or  Deep  Bay,  E.  coast.    {See  Fondeado  I.) 
Arena;  an  island  off  the  E.,coast.     (Sec  Malanao  I.)     (^iso  called  Maltby.) 
Arrecife;  E.  coast,  NW.  of  Ursula,  one  of  the  many  islands  of  Bahla  de  las  Islas. 
(reef)  an  islet  off  Coral  Bay,  the  extreme  SE.  coast.    3  islands  of  small  size  lie  to  the  SW., 

S.  of  Rawnsley  Pt.,  extreme  SE.  coast 1 

Balausungain;  several  islands  under  that  name,  off  the  W.  coast,  SW.  of  Marasi  Bay,  surrounded 

by  islets,  rocks,  and  reefs. 

Bdsic;  the  most  S.  of  the  cluster  of  the  islands  in  the  Bahla  de  las  Islas,  E.  coast 1 

Binunsalian;  an  islet  off  the  point  of  that  name,  E.  coast. 

Bowen;  islet  off  N.  point  of  Bugsuc  I.,  NE.  of  Cape  Disaster,  Balftbac,  in  the  channel  between 

Bugsuc  and  the  extreme  SE.  coast  of  Palawan. 
Calizas  Escabrosas;  a  cluster  of  small  islands  on  the  W.  coast. 
Cana;  E.  coast  in  front  of  the  N.  entrance  to  Puerto  Princesa. 
Capias;  a  low  lying  island  on  the  W,  coast,  1  m.  off  shore,  covered  with  scrub,  and  G  m.  N.  of  Cape 

Buliluyan. 
Cataquin  or  Rasa;  E.  coast  ENE.  of  Divaque  Pt.,  2  m.  off  the  mainland. 
Comei,  Comeian  or  East;  a  low  islet  with  off-lying  rock,  E.  of  Nose  Pt,  and  S.  of  the  opening  to 

Island  Bay. 

2  islets  off  the  SE.  coast,  S.  of  Island  Bay.    {See  East.) 

Cono;  W.  coast,  in  front  of  Bolalo  Bay. 

East;  2  islets  off  the  SE.  coast,  S.  of  Island  Bay.     {See  Comei,  Comeian). 

Fondeado,  or  Anchorage;  an  islet  in  the  N.  opening  of  Bahla  Honda,  E.  coast  (q.  v.). 

Fraser;  one  of  a  number  of  small  islands  and  rocks  in  Honda  Bay,  N.  of  Puerto  Princesa,  E.  coast. 


726  GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

Sq.  m. 
Gallina,  La;  W.  coast,  one  of  several  scattered  inlets  in  front  of  the  bay,  just  N.  of  Herschel  Mt. 
Gardiner;  the  most  SW.  of  the  islets  in  Bahia  de  las  Islas,  NE.  of  Scott  Pt.,  SE.  coast. 
Hen  and  Chickens;  a  cluster  of  islets  and  rocks  between  Table  and  Bluff  Pts.,  on  the  W.  coast, 

Mt.  Herschel,  2,316  ft.  high  rises  inland  to  the  S.;  Mt.  Peel  rises  3,600  ft.  high,  to  the  NE. 
Hierba;  W.  coast,  low,  in  a  bay  2i  m.  from  Hummock  Pt. 
Island  Bay;  E.  coast.    {See  Bahia  de  las  Islas.) 

Mackesl;  one  of  a  number  of  small  islands  and  rocks  in  Honda  Bay,  N.  of  Puerto  Princesa. 
Macobu;  W.  coast,  N.  of  Manglar  I.  and  terminating  in  a  conical  cape. 
Macoda;  one  of  4  islands  in  the  S.  approach  to  Tagbayug  Bay,  W.  coast. 
Malanao,  or  Arena,  or  Maltby;  E.  coast,  SE.  of  Aldea  Bay,  similar  to  Rasa  I.  and  same  size,  and 

NE.  of  Aboslan,  on  the  mainland  to  the  SW 3 

Malapacun;  W.  coast,  3  m.  W.  and  a  m.  SW.  of  Hummock  Pt.,and  1^  m.  off  the  mainland,  of 

medium  height,  S.  of  Tagbayug  Bay,  and  covered  with  forests 1 

Malapina;  W.  coast,  just  inside  the  Strait  of  Bloqueo. 
Maltby;  an  island  off  the  E.  coast.    (See  Malanao.)     (Also  called  Arena.) 
Manglar;  W.  coast,  low,  in  a  bay  2i  m.  from  Hummock  Pt. 
Maricahan;  off  the  W.  coast.  In  the  S.  channel  to  Tagbayug  Bay. 

Mariquit;  off  the  W.  coast,  in  the  S.  channel  to  Tagbayug  Bay 1 

Masinloc;  on  the  W.  coast,  E.  of  Tapintan. 

Meara;  one  of  a  number  f)f  islets  in  Honda  Bay,  N.  of  Puerto  Princesa,  E.  coast. 

Nacoda;  W.  coast,  near  Hniniiidck  I't. 

Palm;  several  small  islands  oil'  Treacherous  Bay,  SW.  coast. 

Pico,  or  Peaked;  2  small  islands  on  the  SW.  coast,  SW.  of  Port  Apuri'ian.    Brow  Shoulder  Mt.,  3,840 

ft.  high,  lies  inland  to  the  NE. 

Pirata,  or  Pirate;  an  islet  off  the  SE.  coast,  in  the  S.  approach  to  San  Antonio  Bay 1 

Polios,  Los;  one  of  a  few  scattered  islets  in  front  of  the  bay,  N.  of  Herschel  Mt.,on  the  W.  coast. 
Ramesmey ;  the  most  S.  of  a  number  of  small  islands  and  rocks  in  Honda  Bay,  N.  of  Puerto  Princesa. 
Rasa,  or  Cataquin,  or  Sombrero;  an  island  of  some  size,  E.  coast,  ENE.  of  Divaque  Pt.  or  Casuarina 

Pt.,  on  the  E.  coa.st,  off  the  mainland,  4  m.  from  NE.  to  SW.  and  2^  m.  from  NW.  to  SE 6 

Reef;  an  islet  of  Coral  Bay,  off  the  extreme  SE.  coast.    (See  Arrecife.) 

Sand;  an  island  surrounded  by  shoals  S.  of  Native  Pt.,  SE.  coast,  and  E.  by  N.  of  Flat  I. 

Sepulcro;  near  the  cape  of  the  adjacent  island  of  Nacoda,  W.  coast. 

Sombrero:  off  the  E.  mainland,  E.  of  Casuarina  Pt.    (See  Rosa  or  Flat  I.) 

Temple;  the  most  N.  of  the  islands  in  Bahia  de  las  Islas,  E.  coast. 

Tres  Picos,  or  Camungayan;  W.  coast,  1^  m.  NNE.  of  the  cape  on  the  NW.  extremity  of  Palawan. 

Triple  Cima  (triple  top)";  in  the  opening  of  Tagbayug  Bay,  W.  coast,  162  ft.  high. 

Tuft;  the  most  S.  of  a  cluster  of  islands  in  the  S.  end  of  Deep  Bay,  E.  coast. 

Ursula;  E.  of  Bowen,  off  E.  coast. 

Total,  85  named,  together  with  many  charted  but  unnamed. 

VEGETABLE  PRODUCTS. 

The  soil  is  fertile  and  produces  good  crops  of  rice,  tobacco,  and  sweet  potatoes,  but 
only  for  home  consumption.  Nutmegs  and  cocoaimts  are  also  among  the  natural 
products. 

MINERALS. 

Gold  is  reported  in  the  gulches  of  the  loftier  mountains;  also  lead,  antimony,  cop- 
per, sulphur,  slate,  and  granite,  but  whether  in  commercial  quantities  scientific 
exploration  will  determine. 

FORESTS. 

The  forests  are  luxuriant  in  growth  and  possess  many  varieties  of  valuable  woods, 
including  dyewoods,  camphor,  bamboo.     {See  Palawan  I.) 

FRUITS. 

Manga,  mangosteen,  and  other  fruits  of  the  tropical  latitudes  of  the  archipelago 
grow  in  abundance. 

INDUSTRIES. 

The  chief  occupation  of  the  inhabitants  is  raising  cattle,  carabaos,  and  goats.  The 
valleys  and  mountain  sides  afford  excellent  pasture.  The  mechanical  industries  are 
confined  to  primitive  manufactures  for  home  use. 

UNITED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 

Puerto  Princesa  was  occupied  by  United  States  troops  during  the  earlier  movements 
of  occupation  in  the  S.  islands  of  the  archipelago.     On  February  15,  1902,  Moro  Pala- 
wan was  garrisoned  by  United  States  troops  as  follows: 
Puerto  Princesa. 

CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 

In  the  extension  of  the  "  provincial -government  act,"  by  act  of  June  23,  1902,  to 
the  island  of  Palawan,  all  that  portion  S.  of  the  10th  parallel  of  latitude  was  excluded 
from  the  provisions  of  the  act,  remaining  without  civil  provincial  government. 


GAZETTEEE    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


727 


PALAWAN  PASSAGE,  for.;  in  1850 Captain  Bates, 
of  H.  M.  surveying  vessel  Royalist,  conducted 
an  experimental  survey  of  E  coast  of  Pala- 
wan, with  view  to  ascertaining  p'-acticability 
of  sailing  route  for  vessels  between  Singa- 
pore, Manila,  and  Hongkong,  in  preference  to 
usual  passage  on  W.  when  late  in  monsoon. 
Adoption  of  what  is  known  as  "Palawan 
Passage"  in  preference  to  China  Sea  route  on 
E.  side  followed.  Passage  from  Singapore  to 
China  by  E.  coast  of  Palawan  and  Luz6n 
during  strength  of  monsoon  is  made  particu- 
larly by  .sailing  vessels  in  December,  January, 
and  February,  these  being  months  of  gales, 
thick  weather,  and  rains,  lasting  2  or  3  day.s. 
Vessels,  sail  and  full-powered  steam,  leaving 
Singapore  Strait  and  coasting  W.  shore  of 
Borneo,  enter  Sulu  Sea  by  BalAbac  Strait,  be- 
tween BalAbac  I.  (United  States)  and  N. 
Borneo  (British  possessions),  and  following  E. 
coast  of  Palawan  leave  Mindoro  Sea  by  Min- 
doro  Strait,  thence  passing  Lubang  I.  on  star- 
board. Vessels  are  within  83^  m.  of  Manila 
and  about  800  m.  from  Hongkong  at  this 
point.  Superior  advantages  of  position  of 
Manila  over  Hongkong  with  reference  to 
navigation,  as  well  as  to  commerce  between 
Singapore  and  ports  of  China,  Japan,  and 
Corea,  are  fully  established  by  Palawan  Pas- 
sage. 

PALAYAJAN,  or  TALOCOY  (pah-lah-yah'-hahn, 
tah-loh-coy'),  ver.;  river  rising  in  central 
cone  of  S.  Negros;  empties  into  sea  through 
port  called  Bombon6n,  S.  coast  of  Negros 
Oriental. 

PALEAYOGIN  (pah-lay-ah-yoh-heen'),  ver.; 
stream  emptying  into  sea  SE.  of  Mabio  Pt., 
SW.  coast  of  Tayabas,  Luzon.  {Also  Balca- 
yaquin.) 

PALEMLEM  (pah-lem-lem'),  ver.;  mountain  in 
Ilocos  Norte,  Luz6n,  in  SE.  part  of  pueblo  of 


PALEPAIKAN  (pah-lay-pah-ee'-cahn) ,  ver.;  hill 
between  Low  and  Eran  Pts.,  SW.  coast  of 
Moro  Palawan.     {See  Eran  Quoin. ) 

PALGALDUiiV  (pahl-gahl-dwahn'),  nat.;  one  of 
Calamianes  Is.,  between  NE.  coast  of  Para- 
gua  (Palawan)  and  Mindoro,  lat.  11°  56'  30" 
N.,  about  2i  m.  N.  of  Linapacan  I. 

PALIBONIN  (pah-lee-boh'-nin),nat,:  summit  315 
ft.,  S.  by  E.  of  Subic,  N.  shore  of  Subic  Bay, 
SE.  coast  of  Zambales,  Luzon. 

PALIJ()\  (pah-lee'-hohn),  ver.;  one  of  Talabanes 
Is.,  6  m.  NE.  of  Catarman,  in  approach  to 
anchorage  of  Catarman,  N.  coast  of  Sdmar. 

PALINA  (pah-lee'-nah),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Benguet, 
Luzon,  13  m.  NNE.  of  Trinidad.    Pop.,  704. 

PALINTAAJiG  (pah-lin-tah-ahng'),  ver.;  hamlet 
in  Benguet,  Luzon.    Pop.,  900. 

PALIPABAN  (pahlee-pah'-rahn).  Tag.;  hamlet 
in  Cavitc,  Luzon,  14  m.  SSE.  of  Cavite. 

PALITA  (pah-lee-tah'),  ver.;  island  off  N.  coast 
of  Ambos  Camarines,  Luz6n. 

PALITON  ( pah-lee- tohn'),  ver.;  point  on  extreme 
SW.coastof  SiquijorI.,offSW.coastof  Bohol, 
14  m.  opposite  Dauin,  Negros  Oriental. 

PALIUAX  (pah-lee'-wahn);  river  in  W.  Antique, 
Panay,  rising  in  crater  of  Camdranan  and 
flowing  W.  falls  into  sea  at  Guisijan. 

point  in  Panay  I. 

PALIXET  (pah-lick-set'),nat.;  river  entering  on 
NW.  shore  of  Sonsogon  port,  Sorsog6n,  Luz6n, 
E.  of  Tubiaj6n  Pt. 

PALLAT  (pah-lyahf),  ver.;  hamlet  on  E.  shore  of 
Sorsogon  port,  Sorsogon,  Luzon. 

PALLIAGAJf  (pah-lyah'-gahn),  ver.;  island  3J  m. 
NE.  to  SW.  and  2  m.  NW.  to  SE.,  W.  of  Ma- 
rongas  I.,  and  7  m.  NW.  of  Sulu  I.  coast  at 
Sulu,  Sulu  A. 

PALM,  for.;  outermost  and  smallest  of  group  of 
4  islands  lying  between  3  and  4  m.  N.  of 
Treacherous  Bay,  100  ft.  high,  SW.  coast  of 
Moro  Palawan,  lat.  9°  21'  N. 


PALMA  (pahl'-mah),  Sp.;  pueblo  in  Benguet, 
Luzon. 

PALMA  BBAVA  (pahl'-mah  brah'-vah ) ,  Sp. ;  north- 
ernmo.st  of  Panubigan  cluster,  off  E.  coast  of 
Zamboanga  Pen.,  Mindanao.  Between  it 
and  Curvian  Pt.  is  small  anchorage. 

PALMAS  (pahl'-mass),  Sp.;  mountain  in  lat.  14° 
35'  10"  N.,  Ion.  121°  12'  9"  E.,  on  former 
boundaries  between  Morong  and  Manila, 
Luzon. 

PALMERAS  (pahl-may'-rass),  Sp.;  settlement  on 
1.  bank  of  luilhit  Riv.,  E.  coast  of  Moro  Pala- 
wan, immediately  S.  of  Puerto  Princesa. 

PALO  (pah'-loh),Sp.;  hamlet  in  Bulacdn,  Luzon, 
9  m.  NE.  of  Bulacdn. 

pueblo  and  important  road  center  on  shore 

of  Caniiris  Bay,  on  E.  coa.st  of  Leyte,  at  mouth 
of  Malo  Malo  Riv.,  6  m.  S.  of  Taeloban,  with 
which  it  is  connected  by  road  and  with  other 
coast  and  inland  towns  to  S.  and  W.  Pop., 
17,736. 

— - —  point  on  E.  shore  of  Ragay  Gulf,  in  Albay, 
Luzon,  lat.  13°  15'  N. 

river  in  E.  Leyte. 

pIlOG  (pah'-log),  nat.;  hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Bu- 
cay,  Abra,  Luzon,  lat.  17°  25'  30"  N. 

PALOMPOJJ  (pah-lohm-pohn'),  ver.;  2  islets  E.  of 
Bungas  Pt.,  separated  from  it  by  channel  li 
m.  off  E.  coast  of  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur), 
Luzon. 

island  1  m.  off  NE.  coast  of  Marinduque, 

SW.  of  Tayabas  coast  of  Luz6n,  lat.  13°  30"  N. 

point  at  extremity  of  peninsula  on  W.  coast 

of  Mindoro,  forming  bay  of  Dong6n. 

point  on  E.  coast  of  Negros  Oriental,  also 

important  headland  on  W.  shore  of  Tan6n 
Strait,  inside  S.  entrance,  4  m.  SE.  of  Bais. 

port  on  W.  coast  of  Leyte,  formed  by  nar- 
row channel  between  coast  S.  of  Canagnayan 
and  Paalogon  (Taboc)  I.;  town  of  same  name 
is  situated  on  NE.  shore. 

pueblo  on  port  of  that  name,  W.  coast  of 

Leyte,  44  m.  WSW.  of  Taeloban  and  27  m.  due 
E.  across  sea  channel  from  Bogo,  Cebii.  Sum- 
mit inland  is  landmark  for  harbor.  Pop., 
7,858. 

PALONPALOPf  (pah-lawn-pah'-lawn),  ver.;  ham- 
let in  SE.  Iloilo,  Panay,  4i  m.  NW.  of  Janiuay. 

PALOS  (pah'-lohs),  Sp.;  island  1  m.  off  E.  coast 
of  Leyte,  lat.  11°  11'  N. 

PALOYAC  (pah-loh-yack'),  ver.;  island  in  Cala- 
mianes grp.,  between  N.  coast  Paragua,  Pala- 
wan, and  Busuanga  I. 

PALTOC  (pahl-tock'),  ver.;  pueblo  in  district  of 
Tiagan,  Lepanto,  Luzon.    Pop.,  770. 

PALiJAN  (pah-loo'-ahn),nat.;  pueblo  on  NE.  shore 
of  bay  of  that  name,  on  1.  bank  of  mouth  of 
river  of  that  name,  off  extreme  NW.  projec- 
tion of  Mindoro,  45  m.  W.  of  CalapAn.  In- 
land soil  is  cultivated  in  rice  fields  in  many 
places.  Town  of  Lipa  stands  on  N.  shore  of 
mouth  of  same  river,  lat.  13°  23'  30"  N.,  Ion. 
120°  29'  18"  E. 

fine  bay  on  S.  shore  of  extreme  NW.  pro- 
jection of  Mindoro  into  China  Sea,  5J  m.  be- 
tween heads  Marigil  (E.)  and  Pantocomi 
(\V.),  points  of  entrance.  Paliian  lies  on  its 
E.  shore,  33  m.  WSW.  of  Puerto  Galera.  Bay 
forms  excellent  shelter  in  the  NE.  monsoon 
and  is  convenient  for  vessels  to  obtain  sup- 
plies when  passing  through  Mindoro  Strait 
going  S.;  5  m.  wide,  of  semicircular  form, 
running  back  3  m.  in  N.  direction.  There 
ire  no  dangers  in  it.  Small  river  disem- 
bogues immediately  on  N.  side  of  cliff. 

river  entering  Paluan  Bay  at  town  of  same 

uame,  NW.  coast  of  Mindoro. 

PALIIGPAGON  (pah-loog-pah-gone'),  ver.;  moun- 
tain in  Panay. 


728 


GAZETTEEE    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


PALUMBANES  (pah-loom-bah'-nays),  Hisp.; 
group  of  4  islets  4  m.  W.  of  Carao  Bay,  off  N W. 
coast  of  Catanduanes  I.,  NE.  of  Albay,  Luzon. 
Dangerous  shoal  4  m.  N. 

PALUMBAT6  (pah-loom-bah-toh'),  nat.;  moun- 
tain in  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

' point  on  S.  shore  of   PalAnog  port,  NW. 

coast  of  Masbate  I.,  Visayas,  opposite  PaUnog. 

PALUMPUNO  (pah-loom-poohng),  Tag.;  village 
in  Tondo  suburb,  Manila  municipality,  Luz6n. 

PALUN&AN  (pah-loong'-ahn),  nat.;  hamlet  in 
Pampanga,  Luzon. 

PALUNSATAN  (pah-loon-gah'-yahn),  ver.;  ham- 
let on  SE.  shore  of  Basilan  I.,  19  m.  SE.  of 
Isabela,  off  SW.  peninsula  of  Zamboanga, 
Mindanao. 

PALUSiPIT  (pah-looh-sah'-pit),,  Tag.;  hamlet  in 
pueblo  of  San  JosC',  Nueva  Ecija,  Luzon. 

PALUTAN  (pah-loo'-tahn),  ver.;  river  tributary  to 
Magat  from  SW.  in  Nueva  Vizcaya,  Luzon. 

PALY,  or  BABREX  (pah'-lee),  ver.;  narrow, 
rocky,  barren  island,  2J  m.  N.  and  S.  and  720 
ft.  high,  NE.  2  m.  off  Dampier  Pt.,  NE.  coa.st 
of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

PAMACPACAN  (paji-mac-pah'-cahn).  Tag.;  ham- 
let in  Nueva  Ecija,  Luz6n,  6  m.  NW.  of  San 
Isidro,  on  main  road. 

PAMAGSALAIV  (pah-mag-sah'-lahn),  ver.;  S. 
branch  of  Ulagig  Riv.  in  N.  central  Bohol, 
Visayas. 

PAMAGlJNAJf  (pah-mah-goo'-nahn),  nat.;  inlet 
on  NE.  shore  of  Siasi  1.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

creek  entering  sea  on  NE.  shore  of  Siasi  I., 

Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

PAMXLAT  (pah-mah'-lie),nat.;  mountain  in  Cor- 
dilleras which  separate  Zambales  from  Pam- 
panga, Luzon,  situated  in  latter  province. 

PAMALK'AN  (pah-mah-lee'-cahn),  ver.;  islet  3 
m.  off  W.  coast  of  Busuanga  I.,  Calamianes 
grp.,  15  m.  SW.  by  S.  of  Busuanga  town,  be- 
tween NE.  end  Paragua,  Palawan,  and  Min- 
doro. 

islet  of  Cuyos  Is.,  Mindoro  Sea,  22  m.  NW. 

of  Agutaya. 

PAMANO  (pah-mahng'),nat.;  point  on  SW. shore 
of  Calicoan  I.,  off  extreme  SE.  coast  of  Sdmar, 
Vi.sayas. 

creek  on  delta  and  entering  on  1.  bank  N. 

arm  of  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  Cotabato, 
Mindanao,  near  its  mouth. 

PAMANd'PAMiXx  ( ]iuli-mahng-pahng-ahu'),  ver.; 
innniit:iiii  n][  XI':.  coast  of  Sdmar,  4  m.  inland 
fn.iii  Ks|,irilu  Santo  C. 

PAMAN(i  PAMiOX  (pah-mahng'  pahng'-ohn), 
vur.;  point  on  extreme  SW.  coast  of  Sdmar. 

PAMANPANtJON  (pah-mahn-pahng'-ohn),  ver.; 
point  on  W.  coast  of  Leyte,  2  m.  SW.  of  Vi- 
llaba. 

PAMBXn  (pahm-bahn'),  nat.;  hamlet  on  N.  coast 
of  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luzon,  lat.  13°  54' 
N. 

PAMBOAJf  (pam-boh-'ahn),Tag.;  hamlet  on  main 
road  in  Nueva  Ecija,  Luz6n,  5  m.  NE.  of  San 
Isidro. 

PAMBUAN  (pahm-bwahn'),  ver.;  small  bay  on 
N.  shore  of  Ambos  (Camarines  (Sur),  Luzon. 

town  4  m.  inland  on  r.  bank  of  stream  emp- 
tying into  Sisiran  port,  on  N.  shore  of  Ambos 
Camarines  (Sur),  Luzon,  37  m  NE.  of  Nueva 
C&ceres. 


PAMBUG  (pahm-boog'),  nat.;  river  in  Albay, 
Luz6n,  rising  in  center  of  province  and  flow- 
ing SW.  empties  into  Inaya  Riv. 

PAMBUJAN  (pahm-boo'-hahn),  ver.;  pueblo  on 
N.  coast  of  S&mar,  55  m.  across  island  from 
Catbalogan.    Pop.,  7,423. 

good  typhoon  anchorage  on  E.  coast  of 

SAmar.  Town  lies  W.  of  small  island  W.  of 
Matariano  Pt.  Island  close  to  coast  and 
anchorage  is  directly  off  town.  Vessels  of 
2,000  tons  and  over  may  anchor  on  line  be- 
tween town  and  small  round-topped  islet. 
Smaller  craft  may  go  farther  inside  of  island. 
6  ft.  may  be  carried  12  m. 

hamlet  on  E.  coast  of  SAmar,  8  m.  SW.  of 

Hernani. 

bay  and  port  in  E.  S&mar. 

PAMliN,  orESTANCIA  <pah-mee-ahn',  ver.;  ays- 
tahn'-thee-ah,  Sp.);  river  in  Panay. 

PAMILACAN  (pah-mee-lah'-cahn),  ver.;  outlying 
.small  island,  1  m.  long  E.  and  W.,  11  m.  SE. 
of  Tagbilaran,  S.  coast  of  Bohol.  Fishermen 
of  Bohol  resort  there  to  fish  for  beche  de  mer 
and  turtle. 

PAMINTANGAN  (pah-meen-tahng'-ahn) ,  Tag.; 
point  on  coast  of  Marinduque,  off  SW.  coast 
of  Tayabas,  Luz6n. 

PAMINIIITAN  (pah-mee-nwee'-tahn),ver.;  pueblo 
on  SW.  coast  of  Bohol,  at  mouth  of  Abalon 
Riv.,  7  m.  N.  of  Tagbilaran  and  26  m.  across 
sea  channel  E.  of  Alcoy,  Cebi'i.  Pop.,  Cn. 
1887,  5,199.     {Also  Pamiguitan.) 

mountain  in  SW.  Bohol,  3  m.  NE.  of  Tag- 
bilaran. 

PAMITINAN  (pah-mee-tee'-nahn),  nat.;  i.sland 
NW.  of  Cuyo,  Cuyos  Is.,  Mindoro  Sea. 

mountain  in  pueblo  of  San  Mateo,  Rizal, 

on  r.  bank  of  San  Mateo  Riv.,  Luz6n,  lat.  14° 
45'  30"  N. 

cave  in  mountain  of  same  name,  Rizal, 

Luzon,  pueblo  of  San  Mateo. 
PAMOBOAN  (pah-moh-boh'-ahn),  ver.;  point  on 

E.  coast  of  Cebu,  6  m.  S.  of  Nayilon. 
PAMOCAJf  (pah-moh-cahn'),  nat.;  point  on  SE. 

shore  of  Siibic  Bay,  SE.  coast  of  Zambales, 

Luz6n. 
PAMONTALAN  { pah-mohn-tah'-lahn ),  nat. ;  island 

on  SE.  side  of  SW.  arm  Barrera  port,   NE. 

coast  Masbate,  Visayas. 
PAMOTUSO   (pah-moh-tooh-seen'),  ver.;  cove  9 

to  22  fms.,  on  W.  shore  Paluan  Bay,  NW.  coast 

of  Mindoro. 
PAMPjCN  (pam-pahn'),  nat.;  hamlet  on  E.  shore 

of  Dumanquilas  Bay,  SE.  shore  Zamboanga, 

Mindanao. 

town  in  N.  Bohol  I.,  Visayas. 

point  W.  shore  Tara  I.,  off  N.  coast  of  Siasi 

I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

PAMPANDllGANG  (pam-pahn-doo'-gang),  ver.; 
prominent  point  projecting  several  miles  into 
sea  on  W.  coast  of  Moro  Palawan;  coast  11^ 
m.  NE.  of  Eran  Pt.  is  low  and  densely  wood- 
ed, with  good  fresh  water.  {Also  Pampando- 
yan.) 

PAMPAXG  (pahm-pahng'),  nat.;  point  on  NE. 
coast  of  Silmar,  lat.  12°  15'  30"  N. 

hamlet  on  NW.  coast  of  Bohol,  G  m.  SW.  of 

Getafe. 


PAMPANG-A,   LUZ6n,    PROVINCE    OF. 

(Pahm-pahn'-gah,  Hisp.) 

Capital:  Bacolor,  lat.  15°  N.,  Ion.  120°  39^  E. 

Area:  2,209  sq.  m. 

Population:  223,922. 

Race:  Pampango. 

Language:  Pampango. 

Military  Department  of  Luzon:  Headquarters,  Manila,  Luzon. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


729 


'''•-. 


A^-V 


o\A 


'/'/ 


"  '^     '^ ^..     %"":  E. 

••• S:C :;->      ../f*  •         ^^ 


# 


%.    1  :       % 


1C-: 


^w.^ 


,\N^^'       "^r^.  \ 


^. 


SuT^vfoi   by 

D.MANUEL  HOLD, VN,   Sp<m„hJfcny 
1862 

JWomponflBi   Lai  n'2«'K.  Long  \Z*°21'4'V 


>Iaiit.<:;,1M. 


730  GAZETTEER    OP    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

Table  of  distances. 
From  Bacolor  to—  m. 

Bulac&n,  SE 20 

Dagupan,  NW 77 

Manila,  SE 35 

LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

The  province  of  Pampanga  is  situated  in  the  SW.  part  of  Luzon.  It  is  bounded 
on  the  N.  by  Tdrlac,  from  which  it  is  in  part  separated  by  the  Paruao  Kiv. ;  on  the 
NE.  by  Nueva  Eeija,  from  which  it  is  in  part  separated  by  the  Pampanga  Chico 
Riv.;  on  the  E.  by  Bulacan;  on  the  S.  l)y  the  bay  of  Manila,  and  on  the  W.  by 
Zambales  and  Bataan,  from  which  it  is  .«ei)arated  by  the  Cordillera  de  Cabusilan 
and  the  Aba  Riv. 

AREA. 

It  measures  37  J  m.  N.  and  S.  and  34  m.  E.  and  W.,  greatest  length  and  breadth. 
Area,  2,209  sq.  m.,  nearly  twice  the  size  of  Rhode  Island  and  less  than  200  sq.  m.  lesa 
than  the  area  of  Delaware. 

PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 

The  country  is  mountainous  in  the  AV.  part  and  near  the  boundary  of  Zambales, 
where,  besides  the  dividing  range,  is  that  of  Mabariga,  E.  of  Porac.  Other  moun- 
tain groups  lie  to  the  E.  of  Magdlang,  near  the  boundary  of  Tarlac.  The  province 
is  high  in  the  X.  and  low  in  the  S.  part.  In  the  N.  the  air  is  pure  and  the 
water  excellent,  the  temperature  being  cool  and  delightful.  In  the  lowland  in  the 
S.,  where  rice  i.s  grown,  there  is  great  humidity  and  heat.  Mt.  Ardyat,  near 
the  r.  bank  of  the  Pampanga  Chico,  is  878  ft.  high.  'Along  Manila  Bay,  and  for  12  m. 
inland  toward  the  N.,  the  country  is  covered  by  a  multitude  of  canals  and  estuaries, 
the  chief  outlets  into  the  bay  of  Pampanga,  in  the  N.  part  of  Manila  Bay,  being  the 
canals  of  Pasig,  or  Betis,  and  ]\Iaihagonas. 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

The  province  is  entirely  without  bays  or  harbors,  except  the  Bay  of  Pampanga  on 
the  S.  boundary.  The  entrances  from  that  body  of  water  are  by  means  of  the  out- 
lets of  the  delta. 

ROADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 

All  the  towns  nave  interior  communication  by  wagon  roads  and  trails,  and  many 
of  them  have  river  connections.  The  Manila  and  Dagupan  R.  R.  crosses  the  province 
from  the  SE.  to  the  NW.,  passing  through  the  important  towns,  and  has  been  the 
cause  of  great  development  of  industry  and  trade.  It  has  also  telegraph  communi- 
cation, one  station  in  San  Fernando  having  a  limited  service,  and  the  other,  at 
Bacolor,  being  one  of  the  chief  stations  of  the  line.  The  port  of  Guagua,  at  the  head 
of  one  of  the  delta  channels,  13  m.  from  the  sea  and  2  m.  S.  of  Bacolor,  with  which 
it  is  in  road  and  telegraphic  communication,  is  in  daily  steamer  communication  with 
Manila.  There  is  a  good  road  from  Guagua,  on  or  near  the  bay,  through  Bacolor  and 
San  Fernando  to  within  1  m.  of  Mexico,  a  distance  of  about  7  m.  The  road  system 
of  this ,  province  connects  ^Yith  the  provinces  of  Manila,  Cavite,  Bulacdn,  Tdrlac, 
Nueva  Ecija,  and  Bataan. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

The  population  numbers  223,922  inhabitants,  the  great  majority  Pampangos. 
There  are  a  few  Ilocanos.  In  the  mountains  are  a  few  Negritos  or  Aetas,  called 
Balugas  in  the  language  of  Pampanga.  The  Pampangos  have  their  own  language, 
which  is  used  exclusively  in  this  province.  The  natives  of  other  races  and  also  the 
Balugaa  who  trade  in  the  towns  are  familiar  with  Pampango. 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    THILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


731 


732 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


The  division  of  Pampanga  into  pueblos  and  their  respective  population  according 
to  the  census  of  1887  is  as  follows: 


Province  and  pueblos. 


Paiqpanga: 

Angeles 

Apdlit 

Ardyat 

Baeolor 

Betis 

Candaba  

Florida  Blanc; 

Guagua 

Lubao 

MabaUcat 

Macabebe 

Mag&lang 

M6xico 

Minalin 

P6rac 

San  Fernando 

San  Luis 

San  Miguel... 
San  Simon  . . . 

Santa  Ana 

Santa  Rita  . . . 
Santo  Tomds  . 
exmo£ 

Total 


Total  population,  combining 
residents  present  and  ab- 
sent, native  and  Spanish. 


Men.       Women.      Total 


113,330 


4,683 
5,  '298 
7,144 

'i  141 
5,859 
3,195 
5,091 
10,034 
4, 521 
6,538 
4,279 
7,199 
3,101 
4,074 
7,956 
5,384 
2,765 
3,566 
3,109 
3,692 
1,902 
2, 937 


111,064 


9,546 
10,598 
14, 040 
12,920 

4,207 
11, 542 

6,6.54 
10, 074 
20,344 

9,101 
12,845 

8, 799 
14, 721 

6,239 

8,594 
16,031 
10, 765 

5,585 

7,008 


224,  J 


Estimated,  1901,  223,922. 

There  are  25  towns,  328  villages,  and  297  hamlets  within  the  limits  of  Pampanga. 
The  principal  towns  are: 

Baeolor;  the  capital,  on  a  plain  on  the  r.  bank  of  the  Betis  Riv.,  35  m.  NE.  of 
Manila  and  5  m.  SW.  of  the  Manila  and  Dagupan  R.  R.,  with  which  it  is  connected 
by  wagon  road  and  telegraph.  It  does  a  large  supply  business  for  the  surrounding 
country.  The  town  is  well  built,  with  a  church,  convent,  and  court-houses.  It  has 
a  monument  to  the  memory  of  Anda  y  Salazar,  governor-general  of  the  island  in 
1762-1764  and  1770-1776.     Pop.,  10,642. 

Angeles;  11  m.  NW.  of  Baeolor.  A  considerable  trade  in  wholesale  and  retail 
groceries  is  carried  on  with  the  traders  of  the  surrounding  country.     Pop.,  9,000. 

Apalit;  on  the  r.  bank  of  the  Grande  de  la  Pampanga  Riv.,  1  m.  from  R.  R. 
station  of  same  name,  on  the  S.  side  of  the  crossing  of  the  M.  &  D.  R.  R.  It  is 
also  at  the  SW.  extreme  of  the  Pinac  de  Candaba.     Pop.,  11,753. 

Arayat;  in  the  NE.  i^art  of  the  province,  on  the  r.  bank  of  the  Pampanga  Grande 
Riv.,  2\  m.  S.  of  the  junction  of  the  Pampanga  Chico,  and  13  m.  N.  of  Baeolor,  with 
which  it  is  connected  by  road  and  telegraph.  It  has  good  road  and  water  communi- 
cation. The  wholesale  and  retail  grocery  business  of  the  merchants  of  Arayat  is 
very  important.     Pop.,  14,000. 

Betis;  2  m.  S.  of  Baeolor.     Pop.,  4,460. 

Calulut;  in  the  central  part  of  the  province,  65  m.  N.  by  E.  of  Baeolor.  Formerly 
a  suburb  of  San  Fernando. 

Candaba;  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  Pampanga  Grande  Riv.,  12 J  m.  NE.  of  Baeolor 
and  near  the  W.  margin  of  the  Pinac  de  Candaba.  It  has  road  and  water  communi- 
cation with  neighboring  regions.     Pop.,  14,585. 

Florida  Blanca;  8  m.  W.  of  Baeolor.     Pop.,  7,654. 

Guagua;  4  m.  SSW.  of  Baeolor.  An  extensive  wholesale  and  retail  business  in 
groceries  and  drugs  is  carried  on.  Has  communication  with  Manila  through  steam- 
boats making  the  trip  in  5  hours.     Pop.,  10,722. 

Libiitad;  in  the  extreme  NE.  part,  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  Pampanga  Grande  Riv., 
18  m.  from  Baeolor. 

liubao;  on  the  r.  bank  of  a  river,  2i  m.  N.  of  its  outlet  through  the  delta.  Pop., 
21,175. 

Mabalacat;  on  the  M.  &  D.  R.  R.,  2i  m.  S.  of  the  Tilrlac  boundary.     Pop.,  10,600. 

Macabebe;  in  the  SE.  part  of  the  province,  near  the  r.  bank  of  the  Pampanga 
Grande  Riv.,  9i  m.  N.  from  its  outlet  in  Manila  Bay  and  7.V  m.  SE.  by  E.  of  Baeolor. 
Pop.,  10,400. 


GAZETTEEE    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  733 

Magalang;  on  a  tributary  of  the  of  the  Pampanga  Chico  Riv.,  15  m.  NNE.  of 
Bacolor.     Pop.,  8,262. 

Me'xico;  9  m.  NE.  of  Bacolor.     Pop.,  17,099. 

Minalin;  in  the  8.,  near  the  head  of  the  delta,  3  m.  SE.  of  Bacolor.     Pop.,  6,386. 

Pdrac;  8  m.  NE.  of  Bacolor.     Pop.,  8,512. 

San  Fernando;  the  M.  &  D.  R.  R.  shipping  point  for  Bacolor,  3  m.  SW.  of  that 
city,  in  telegraphic  and  wagon  road  communication.  It  is  a  rich  and  important 
center  of  the  sugar  industry,  having  several  sugar  mills,  and  many  large  camarines 
(storehouses).  Large  areas  in  the  vicinity  are  in  rice  cultivation,  several  hundred 
acres  between  this  city  and  Bacolor  bearing,  by  means  of  irrigation,  2  crops  yearly. 
It  does  an  extensive  wholesale  and  retail  grocery  and  drug  business.     Pop.,  13,266. 

San  Simon;  on  the  r.  bank  of  the  Pampanga  Grande,  9  m.  E.  of  Bacolor.  Pop., 
7,817. 

San  Luis;  a  telegraph  station  and  garrison  in  the  E.  part,  on  the  r.  bank  of  the 
Pampanga  Grande  Riv.,  17  m.  ENE.  of  Bacolor.  It  has  fine  road  and  water  com- 
munication.    Pop.,  10,298. 

Santa  Ana;  11  m.  NE.  of  Bacolor.     Pop.,  6,132. 

Santa  Rita;  2J  m.  S.  of  Bacolor.     Pop.,  7,359. 

Santo  Tomas;  on  the  Pampanga  Grande  Riv.  and  the  M.  &  D.  R.  R.,  9  m.  E.  of 
Bacolor.     Pop.,4,.321. 

Sexmoan;  at  the  head  of  the  Pampanga  delta,  6  m.  SSW.  of  Bacolor.     Pop.,  7,969. 

VEGETABLE  PRODUCTS. 

The  inhabitants  are  extensively  engaged  in  agriculture,  the  principal  products  of 
which  are  rice,  sugar  corn,  sweet  potatoes,  gabe,  tobacco,  cotton,  and  a  small  amount  of 
indigo.  The  annual  value  of  these  crops  a  few  years  ago  was  estimated  at  $1,210,000. 
Grazing,  which  was  formerly  an  important  occupation,  has  of  late  years  been  much 
neglected  for  lack  of  pasturage. 

MINERALS. 

The  surface  of  Pampanga,  being  entirely  alluvial,  presents  no  indication  of  min- 
erals of  any  kind. 

FORESTS. 

The  forests  in  this  province  are  disappearing.  The  regions  in  the  vicinity  of 
Florida  Blanca,  Porac,  Magalang,  and  Ardyat  still  produce  a  considerable  quantity 
of  wood,  which  together  with  bamboo  and  palm  is  valued  at  $182,380  annually. 

FRUITS. 

The  principal  fruit  is  the  banana,  although  the  manga,  orange,  santol,  and  several 
other  varieties  of  native  fruits  are  grown  to  a  limited  extent. 

INDUSTRIES  AND  COMMERCE. 

Mechanical  industries  are  quite  extensively  developed.  The  following  represents 
the  condition  of  specified  industries  as  reported  just  before  the  Spanish-American 
war. 

Alcohol  stills 

Belt  factory 

Carpenter  shops 

Carriage  shops 

Looms 

Pottery  factory 

Shoe  .shops 


8 

365 

1 

8 

15 

12,577 

Sugar  mills: 

Hand  power 

Hydraulic 

445 
31 

9 

Steam  for  evaporating  sugar 

1 

For  the  past  few  years  the  fisheries  of  Pampanga  have  been  on  the  increase,  and 
although  not  having  attained  the  importance  of  that  industry  in  other  provinces, 
they  have  reached  an  annual  value  of  |l3,950.  A  large  local  commerce  is  carried  on 
in  manufactured  nipa,  firewood  called  Bacauan,  sugar,  honey,  indigo,  woods,  sacks, 
sleeping  mats,  lime,  tobacco,  and  rice. 

UNITED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 

After  the  general  campaigns  for  the  suppression  of  the  insurrection,  the  insur- 
gents having  broken  up  into  bands  of  outlaws,  operations  were  soon  confined  to  the 
mountains.  The  capture  of  a  large  quantity  of  insurgent  stores  near  Porac  put  an 
end  to  further  serious  operations,  and  was  followed  by  the  establishment  of  civil 
government. 


734 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


On  Fel^rnaiy  15,  1902,  Pampanga  was  garrisoned  by  United  States  troops  as  fol- 
lows: 

Angeles.''  ''  Aniyat."  San  Fernando.*  ''  '■ 

CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 

The  province  of  Pampanga  was  created  under  the  "provincial-government  act," 
by  enactment  of  the  P.  C,  February  13,  1901. 

PROVINICIAL  OFFICERS. 

[Salaries  and  expenses  in  United  States  monej'.] 

Governor .- $1,  600 

Seccetary 1, 000 

Treasurer 2, 400 

Supervisor 1,  800 

Fiscal - 1 ,  350 

Allowance  for  necessary  and  actual  traveling  expenses  not  exceeding  $2  per  day  as 
prescribed. 

The  presidentes  or  alcaldes  of  the  municipalities  of  the  province  to  meet  and  organ- 
ize on  the  third  INIonday  of  January,  April,  July,  and  OctoDer,  to  consider  improve- 
ments needed  in  the  province  and  for  other  purposes  prescribed  by  law.  Provisions 
are  also  made  for  the  employment  of  a  competent  engineer  to  devise  an  economical 
plan  for  protecting  the  roads  and  agricultural  lands  and  towns  of  the  2  provinces,  and 
the  roadways  and  bridges  of  the  IManila  and  Dagupan  R.  R.  from  the  destructive 
effects  of  floods  in  the  Tiirlac  Riv.,  the  Bambdn,  or  Paruao,  Riv.,  and  the  Grande  de  la 
Pampanga  Riv.,  by  levees  or  other  recognized  means  of  protection.  Expenditures 
in  this  preliminary  work  are  limited  to  $1,000  in  each  of  the  provinces  of  Pampanga 
and  Tdrlac.  All  recommendations  must  pass  through  the  military  governor  to  the 
Commission  for  further  enabling  legislation. 

CONDITIONS. 


"At  the  present  time  this  province  is  in  the  most  peaceable  condition.  Many  of 
the  natives  are  highly  educated,  and  since  the  introduction  of  the  public  schools 
under  the  United  States  Government,  a  great  improvement  is  noticed  among  the 
lower  classes.  The  finances  of  the  province,  as  shown  by  the  report  of  the  provincial 
treasurer,  show  a  balance  in  hand  of  over  $26,000  United  States  currency,  with  out- 
standing indebtedness  of  less  than  $3,000  United  States  currency.  Roads  and  bridges 
throughout  the  province  are  in  fairly  good  condition  and  work  on  same  is  being 
pushed  as  rapidly  as  possible.  Agricultural  and  other  industries  have  been  pros- 
trated on  account  of  the  last  insurrection,  but  are  picking  up  again.  Rinderpest  has 
also  caused  great  mortality  among  the  cattle.  The  few  remaining  malefactors  and 
bandits  in  this  j^rovince  are  being  constantly  traced  and  captured  by  the  insular 
police.  I  lielieve  that  this  province  is  in  better  condition  than  ever  before,  and 
under  the  present  system  of  government  will  continue  to  improve,  as  affording  an 
opportunity  and  inspiration  to  develop  its  resources."  (Official  report  of  the  pro- 
vincial governor  of  Pampanga,  Luzon,  December,  1901.) 

PAMPANGA  CHK'O  (pahm-pahn'-gah  chee'-coh); 
important  branch  of  Pampanga  Grande  Riv., 
Pampanga,  Luzon.  (Also  Rio  Chico  de  la 
Pampanga. ) 


PAMPANGA  GRANDE  (pahm-pahn'-gah  grahn'- 
day),  Hisp.;  river  having  its  source  in  sev- 
eral tributaries  which  drain  S.  slopes  of  S. 
Caraballos range  in  Lagsigand  Mingolit  Mts., 
on  opposite  slope  to  Magat  Riv. ,  which  belongs 
to  basin  of  CagayAn  Grande  Riv.  Its  gen- 
eral direction  is  from  N.  to  S.  through  Nueva 
Ecija  and  Pampanga.  In  first  part  of  its 
course  and  before  receiving,  near  Ardyat, 
Pampanga  Chico  Riv.,  it  waters  boundaries  of 
Bongab6n,  Santol,  Cabanatdan,  Ja^n,  San  Isi- 
dro,  and  Cabiao,  all  in  Nueva  Ecija.  From 
ArAyat  it  turns  toward  E.,  and  passing  near 
shores  of  Lake  Candaba,  continues  through 
San  Luis,  San  Sim6n,  and  Calumpit,  always 


PAMPANGA  GRANDE— Continued. 

toward  S.  and  having  divided  into  numerous 
branches,  forms  a  complicated  network  of 
channels  and  marshes,  which  empty  into 
Manila  Bay. 

PAMPAT  (pahm-pahf),  ver.;  point  in  S.  Min- 
danao. 

PAMPLONA  (pahm-ploh'-nah),  Sp.;  hamlet  on  1. 
bank  of  Tanhay  Riv.,  Negros  Oriental,  7  m. 
above  its  mouth,  in  Tanon  Strait. 

mountain  of  Negros  Oriental,  on  1.  bank  of 

Tanhay,  6  m.  W.  of  that  town. 

hamlet  at  headwaters  of  stream  emptying 

into  Macajalar  Bay  at  Tagoloan,  14^  m.  E.  of 
latter,  in  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

pueblo  on  1.  bank  of  Naga  Riv.,  Ambos 

Camarines  (Sur),  Luzon,  5  m.  W.  of  Nueva 
Cdceres  by  road.    Pop.,  3,647. 


'Telegraph. 


Railroad. 


"  Post  money  order. 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


735 


^-EST  COAST 

PAl>rABTrTA:N'  13  A\^ 


v%. 


LoTigKi  oc  '»:> 


736 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


PAMPLONA;  pucblo.of  Cagayin,  Luzon,  nearW. 
bank  of  river  of  same  name,  10  m.  from  coast, 
and  70  m.  N\V.  of  Tuguegarao.    Pop.,  2,404. 

hamlet  4  m.  SE.  of  Las  Pinas,  Rizal,  Luz6n. 

PAMPLONA,  BABBA  DE  (bah'-rrah  day  pahm- 
ploh'-nah),  Sp.;  low  island  at  mouth  of  river 
of  that  name  in  Cagay^n,  Luz6n. 

PAMPLONA,  or  SAN  JlIAi\(pahm-ploh'-nah,sahn- 
hwahn);  Important  river  14  ra.  SE.  by  E.  of 
Pala  Pt.,  in  NW.  Cagay&n,  Luzon,  having  its 
rise  in  5  branches  in  E.  foothills  of  Gran  Cor- 
dillera Central,  on  W.  borders  of  province; 
rivers  Aguibatangal  on  W.,  Nanuddalan  cen- 
ter, and  Apayagos  SE.,  uniting  25  m.  from  sea, 
form  main  stream  which  becomes  broad  river 
emptying  into  Pacific  Ocean  opposite  bar  of 
same  name. 

PAMtJNAC  (pah-moo'-nack),  ver.;  point  on  NW. 
shore  of  Homonh6n  I.,  off  SE.  coast  of  SAmar. 

PAMUNTANGAN  MUNTI  (pah-moon-tahng'-ahn 
moon-tee')>  nat.;  point  S.  shore  Banacalan 
port,  NW.  coast  Marinduque,  WSW.  of  Ba- 
cud  Pt. 

PAMUSPUTAN  (pah-moos-poo'-tahn),  ver.;  ham- 
let in  Benguet,  Luz6n,  7  m.  SE.  of  Trinidad. 

PAN  (pahn)  (bread),  Sp.;  river  in  NW.  Panga- 
sinan,  Luzon,  rising  over  border  in  Uni6n, 
flowing SW.,  passing  San  Juan,  empties  into 
Lingayto  Gulf  S.  of  San  Fabi&n. 

islet  S.  shore  Iligan  Bay,  N.  coast  of  Misa- 

mis,  Mindanao,  lat.  8°  5'  N.,  Ion.  124°  9"  E. 

PANAAN  (pah-nah'-ahn),  nat.;  hamlet  in  Pam- 
panga,  Luzon,  11  m.  W.  of  Bacolor. 

PANABtlAN  (pah-nah-boo'-ahn) ,  nat.;  creek  en- 
tering on  r.  bank  of  S.  arm  of  Grande  Riv.  of 
Mindanao,  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

PANABULAN  (pah-nah-boo'-lahn),  ver.;  island  in 
shore  on  W.  side  of  Sibuguey  Bay,  Zamboanga 
Pen.,  Mindanao. 

narrow  island  2i  m.  long  with  islet  at  its 

W.  end  and  hamlet  on  N.  shore  of  main  island, 
fronting  bay  on  S.  shore  of  Guimards  I.,  off 
Iloilo,  Panay. 

hamlet  on  N.  shore  of  main  island,  front- 
ing bay  on  S.  shore  of  Guimards  I.,  off  Iloilo, 
Panay. 

PANABUTAN  (pah-nah-boo'-tahn),  nat;  bay  on 
W.  coast  of  Zamboanga  Pen.,  Mindanao,  N.  of 
Ciuit  Pt.  Observation  spot  on  Panabutan  Pt., 
N.  head  to  bay,  is  lat.  7°  35'  9"  N.,  Ion.  122° 
6'  43"  E. 

hamlet  on  N.  .shore  of  bay  on  W.  coast  of 

Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  44  m.  N.  of  Zambo- 
anga. 

point  at  N.  head  at  entrance  to  bay  of  same 

name,  W.  coast  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao; 
islet  lies  off  this  port. 

river  entering  on  NW.  shore  of  port  of  same 

name  and  watering  place  for  vessels,  W.  coast 
Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

PANACXn  (pah-nah-cahn'),  ver.;  river  entering 
N.  shore  of  Ddvao  Gulf,  Divao,  Mindanao. 
Between  this  stream  and  that  of  Lassan  is  low, 
i.solated  hill,  presenting  8  distinct  peaks, 
which  forms  only  mark  for  navigators  on 
coast. 

PANADLIHAN  (pah-nahd-lee'-hahn),  ver.;  point 
in  SSmar. 

PANADOPANO  (pah-nah-doh-pah'-noh),  ver.; 
hamlet  of  Nueva  Vizcaya,  Luz6n,  3  m.  N.  of 
Ibung  by  road. 

PANAGATAN  (pah-nah-gah'-tahn),  nat.;  most  W. 
of  Semerara  Is.,  off  SE.  coast  of  Mindoro, 
largest  1^  m.,  25  m.  S.  by  E.  of  Buruncan  Pt. 
of  Mindoro  and  8^  m.  W.  of  Sibai  I. 

PANAGOCDOC  (pah-nah-goc-doc'),  ver.;  small 
stream  entering  .vea  1^  m.  N.  of  Matalon,  SV»'. 
coast  of  Leyte.  Gibagnan  hamlet  is  at  its 
mouth. 


PANAGSA(i()N  (pah-nag-sah-gohn'j,  ver.;  ex- 
treme NE.  point  of  land  of  Negros  Occidental, 
31  m.  across  sea  channel,  ESE.  of  Remigio, 
Cebi-i._ 

PANAHONGA  (pah-nah-hong'-ah),  ver.;  point  in 
Ambos  Camarines,  Luzon. 

PANAI  (pah'-ni),  nat.;  village  on  SE.  sh'.n-c  of 
Polloc  Harbor,  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

PANAIGAN(pah-nah-ee'-gahn),  nat.;  summit  230 
ft.,  SE.  of  Subic,  N.  shore  of  Siibic  Bay,  SE. 
coast  of  Zambales,  Luz6n. 

PANXiN  (pah-nah'-inn),  nat.;  points,  of  Calian 
Pt.,  on  E.  coast  of  Davao,  Mindanao. 

PANALABCM  (pah-nah-lah-room'),  nat.;  bay  on 
S.  side  of  San  Juanico  Strait  at  its  entrance 
into  San  Pedro  and  San  Pablo  Bay,  1  m.  NW. 
of  Tacloban,  Leyte. 

PANALID   (pah-nah-lid');  point  on  W.  coast  of 


lat.  12°  20'  20"  N. 

PANALIN&AHAN  (pah-nah-ling-ah'-hahn),  ver.; 
peak  near  Pagoda  cliff,  in  S.  Palawan. 

PANALIPAN,  orPIBULAKAN  (pah-nah-lee'-pahn, 
pee-roo-lah'-cahn),  ver.;  point  on  E.  coast 
of  Cebvl,  G  m.  N.  of  Carmen  and  7^  m.  S.  of 
Bugo  Pt. 

PANALISAN  (pah-nah-lee'-sahn),  nat.;  point  on 
W.  shore  of  Cotabato,  Mindanao,  on  N.  side  of 
N.  mouth  of  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  good 
anchorage  N.  of  point. 

PANALSALAN  (pah-nahl-sah'-lahn),  nat.;  creek 
emptying  on  N.  shore  of  Panguil  Bay,  SW. 
end  of  Misamis  port,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

PANALL'KAN  (pah-nah-loo'-rahn);  creek  and 
port  in  NE.  Leyte. 

PANAJUALON  (pah-nah-mah'-lawn),  ver.:  ham- 
let 5i  m.  inland,  E.  of  Lugait,  on  E.  shore  of 
Iligan  Bay,  N.  coast  of  Misamis,  Mindanao, 
22i  m.  SW.  of  Cagaydn. 

PANAMAO  (pah-nah'-mah-oh),  ver.;  mountain  in 
Biliranl.,  NW.  of  Leyte. 

PANAMABOS  (pah-nah-mah'-ross),  ver.;  hamlet 
in  Sdmar,  5  m.  SE.  of  Catarman. 

PANAMBliYAN  (pah-nahm-boo'-yahn),  ver.; 
mountain  in  Mindanao. 

PANAMPALAN  (pah-nahm-pah'-lahn),  ver.;  ex- 
treme NW.  point  of  Polillo  I.,  off  E.  coast 
Infanta,  Luzon,  and  headland  of  approach 
from  Pacific  Ocean  N.  to  sea  channel  between 
island  and  mainland,  19  m.  W. 

PANAMPiTAM  (pahn-nahm-pah'-tflhm),  nat.; 
point  on  W.  coast  of  Nueva  Ecija,  Luz6n,  lat. 
15°  10'  N. 

PANANAUAN  (pah-nah-nah'-wahn),  ver.;  moun- 
tain in  NW.  Leyte. 

PANANDAGAN  (pah-nahn-dah'-gahn),  nat.;  river 
entering  SE.  shore  opposite  Balaiuaca  Is., 
SW.  arm  Barrera  port,  NE.  coast  Masbate  I., 
Visayas. 

PANANGPANCANO  (pah-nahng-pahn-cah'-noh), 
ver.;  island  of  Tawi  Tawi  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

PANANGUI  (pah-nahn-gee') ,  ver. ;  mountain  ham- 
let in  extreme  SE.  part  of  Misamis,  Minda- 
nao, at  headwaters  of  small  tributary  of 
Pulangui  Riv. 

PANANPANGABI  (pah-nahn-pahng-ah'-ree),  ver.; 
islet  nearBanaran  I.,  S.  of  Tawi  Tawi,  Sulu  A. 

PANAOGtA  (pah-nah-oh-goo'-ah),  ver.;  moun- 
tain in  SW.  Leyte,  5m.  N.  of  Albuera. 

PANAAN  (pah-nah-ohn');  point  on  W.  coast  of 
island  of  that  name,  off  SE.  coast  of  Leyte. 

island  19  m.  long  and  5  m.  wide  at  its  W. 

part,  SE.  of  Leyte,  from  which  it  is  separated 
by  Pana6n  Strait,  i  m.  wide  and  NW.  of  Min- 
danao, Surigao  Strait,  12  m.  wide,  interven- 
ing. Island  topographically  is  formed  of 
central  range,  continuation  of  mountain  sys- 
tem of  Leyte  to  NW.  and  of  Mindanao  to  SE. 
Before  disappearing  beneath  Surigao  Strait 
to  SE.  end  of  Panaon  range  reaches  altitude 
of  2,313  ft.,  and  reappears  in  NW.  Mindanao 


Doc  (i  ^'(J  57    1 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPJ»INE    ISLANDS. 


737 


l'ANA()>'— Continued. 

at  heights  of  upward  of  3,300  ft.  in  Agudo  and 
peaks  of  Tonido  Mt.s.  E.  coast  is  high  and 
presents  many  cascades  of  water  of  best  qual- 
ity, while  W.  coast,  though  steep,  presents 
excellent  facilities  for  agriculture.  At  S.  end 
of  island  valuable  gold  quartz  veins  abound, 
one  of  which,  6  ft.  in  thickness,  has  yielded 
from  96  to  87  per  ton.  Merchantable  quality 
of  coal  is  also  found. 

strait  h  m.  at  its  narrowest  point,  between 

Leyte  and  Panaon  I.  Leyte  coast  trends 
N.  for  5i  m.,  then  turns  abruptly  lor  another 
5i  m.  to  Maragusa  Pt.,  rounded  headland 
formed  by  W.  slope  of  Cabalian  iMt.,  3,130  ft. 
high;  coast  line  then  continues  N.  8i  m.  to 
Ginungagan. 

PANAON,  orPAN«AYAUAN(pah-nah-ohn',  pahng- 
ah-yah'-wahn),  nut.;  point  on  E.  headland 
to  Iligan  Bay;  town  of  Panguyauan  lies  near 
this  point,  N.  coast  of  Misamis,  Mindanao. 


PANASATAN  (pah-nah-sah'-yahn).  Tag.;  hamlet 
in  SW.  Cavite,  Luz6n,  19  m.  SW.  of  Cavite. 

PANASII(]IAN  (pah-nah-soo'-gahn) ,  nat.;  moun- 
tain in  Leyte. 

PAiNATIWllAN  (pah-nah-tee-goo'-ahn),  nat.;  river 
entering  SE.  shore  of  PaMnog  port  opposite 
Paldnog,  NW.  coast  of  Masbate  I.  "' 


PANAY  (pah-nl'),  nat.;  river  in  CApiz,  Panay,  ris- 
ing on  E.  side  of  Tapas  Mt.,  runs  38  m.  and 
empties  into  sea. 

pueblo  in  Capiz,  Panay,  3  m.  Inland  from 

N.  coast  and  3  m.  SE.  of  CApiz.    Pop.,  15,484. 

island  off  NE.  shore  of  Catanduanes  I.,  NE. 

of  Albay,  Luz6n,  at  entrance  to  Bagamanoc 
port. 

point  on  SE.  shore  of  San  Pedro  and  San 

Pablo  Bay,  SW.  Sdmar,  11  m.  SE.  of  Basey. 

hamlet  on  SE.  shore  of  Polloe  port,  Cota- 

bato,  Mindanao,  9^  m.  N.  of  Cotabat<^. 


PANAY,  VISAYAS,  ISLAND  OF. 

(Pah-ni',  nat.) 


Capitals:  Antique,  San  Jose  de  Buenavista,  lat.  10°  44'  N.,  Ion.  121°  54'  E.; 
Cdpiz,  Capiz,  lat.  11°  36'  N.,  ion.  122°  42'  E.;  Iloilo,  Iloilo,  lat.  10°  42'  N.,  Ion.  122° 
35'  E. 

Area:  Mainland,  4,752  sq.  m. ;  islands,  351  sq.  ni. ;'  total,  5,103  sq.  m. 

Population:  801,878. 

Race:   Visayan. 

Language:'  Visayan. 

Military  Department  ofVisayas:  Headquarters,  llni'lo,  Iloilo,  Pan;iy. 


LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

The  island  of  Panay,  the  most  NW.  of  the  Visayan  group,  occupies  a  geographical 
position  about  85  ni.  SE.  of  the  center  of  the  archipelago.  On  the  N.  extends  the 
Tablazo  de  Capiz  or  the  Inland  Sea,  included  between  the  islands  of  Tablas,  Rom- 
blon,  Sibuytin,  and  Masljate;  on  the  E.  Iloilo  Strait,  which  separates  it  from  Negros, 
9  m.  distance;  on  the  S.  an  arm  of  the  Sulu  Sea,  and  on  the  W.  the  Mindoro  Sea. 

AREA  AND  POPULATION. 

The  territory  conforming  to  almost  insurmountable  barriers  of  lofty  mountains 
has  been  divided  into  3  provinces,  as  follows: 

Provinces  of  Panay. 


Antique 
Capiz  .. 
Iloilo.. 


Date  of 

organ  iza 

tion. 


1901. 
Apr.  13.. 
Apr.  15.. 
Apr.  11.. 


Capital. 


San  Jose  de  Buenavista 

C^piz 

Iloilo 


Sq.  m. 
1,340 
1,661 
2,102 


5,103 


Main- 
land. 


Sq.  m. 
1,333 
1,643 
1,776 


Popula- 
tion. 


752 


115,434 
224,000 
462, 444 


Sq.l 


Depend- 
ent is- 
lands. 


It  will  be  seen  that  the  smallest  province  is  larger  than  the  smallest  State  in  the 
Union,  and  tlie  island  as  a  whole  is  live-eighths  the  size  of  New  Jersey  or  Massa- 
chusetts, larger  than  Connecticut,  over  twice  the  size  of  Delaware,  and  4  times 
that  of  Rhode  Island.  In  population  it  is  100,000  more  than  Maine,  twice  that  of 
New  Hampshire,  more  than  Vermont  and  Rhode  Island  combined,  within  100,000 
of  Connecticut,  more  than  the  2  Dakotas,  twice  that  of  Oregon,  nearly  twice  that 
of  Washington,  and  almost  as  great  as  Wyoming,  New  Mexico,  Arizona,  Utah, 
Nevada  and  Idaho  together.  The  inhabitants  are  Visayans.  Several  thousand  wild 
Mundos  and  a  few  Negritos  dwell  in  the  fastnesses  of  the  mountains.  For  popu- 
lation and  towns,  see  Antique,  Capiz,  Iloilo. 

S.  Doc.  280 47 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPJ'INE    ISLANDS. 


737 


I'AXAON— Continued. 

at  heights  of  upward  of  3,300  ft.  in  Agudo  and 
peaks  of  Tonido  Mts.  E.  coast  is  liigh  and 
presents  many  cascades  of  water  of  Ijest  (jiial- 
ity,  while  W'.  coast,  though  steep,  pre.sonts 
excellent  facilities  for  agriculture.  AtS.  end 
of  islanil  valuable  gold  quartz  veins  abound, 
one  of  which,  6  ft.  in  thickness,  has  yielded 
from  S6  to  S7  per  ton.  Merchantable  quality 
of  coal  is  also  found. 

strait  i  m.  at  its  narrowest  point,  between 

Leyte  and  Panaon  I.  Leyte  coast  trends 
N.  "for  5i  m.,  then  turns  abruptly  for  another 
r>i  m.  to  Maragusa  Pt.,  rounded  headland 
formed  by  W.  slope  of  Cabalian  Mt.,  3,130  ft. 
high;  coast  line  then  continues  N.  Si  m.  to 
Ginungagan. 

I'AXAOX,  orPAXliAYAUAX(pah-nali-ohn',  pahng- 
ah-yah'-wahn),  nat.;  point  on  E.  headland 
to  Iligan  Bay;  town  of  Pangayauan  lies  near 
this  point,  N.  coast  of  Misamis,  Mindanao. 


PANASATAN  (pah-nah-sah'-yahn).  Tag.;  hamlet 
in  SW.  Cavite,  Luz6n,  19  m.  SW.  of  Cavite. 

PANASUOAN  (pah-nah-soo'-gahn),  nat.;  moun- 
tain in  Leyte. 

PANATlfcl iUn  (pah-nah-tee-goo'-ahn),  nat;  river 
entering  SE.  shore  of  PaUnog  port  opposite 
PalAnog,  NW.  coast  of  Masbate  I.,  Visayas. 

PANAY  (pah-ni'),  nat.;  river  in  C4piz,  Panay,  ris- 
ing on  E.  side  of  Tapas  Mt.,  runs  38  m.  and 
empties  into  sea. 

pueblo  in  Cdpiz,  Panay,  3  m.  inland  from 

N.  coast  and  3  m.  SE.  of  C4piz.    Pop.,  15,484. 

i.sland  off  NE.  shore  of  Catanduanes  I.,  NE. 

of  Albay,  Luz6n,  at  entrance  to  Bagamanoc 
port. 

point  on  SE.  shore  of  San  Pedro  and  San 

Pablo  Bay,  SW.  SAmar,  11  m.  SE.  of  Basey. 

hamlet  on  SE.  shore  of  Police  port,  Cota- 

bato,  Mindanao,  9}  m.  N.  of  Cotabato. 


PANAY,  VISAYAS,  ISLAND  OF. 

(Pah-ni',  nat.) 

Capitals:  Antique,  San  Jose  de  Buenavista,  lat.  10°  4V  N.,  Ion.  121°  54'  E.; 
Cdpiz,  Ciipiz,  lat.  11°  36'  N.,  ion.  122°  42'  E.;  Iloilo,  Iloflo,  lat.  10°  42'  N.,  Ion.  122° 
35'  E. 

Area:  Mainland,  4,752  sq.  m.;  islands,  351  sq.  m.;' total,  5,103  sq.  m. 

Population:  801,878. 

Race:   Visa  van. 

Language:  Visayan. 

Military  Department  of  Visayas:  Headquarters,  Iloi'lo,  Iloilo,  Paniiy. 

LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

The  island  of  Panay,  the  most  NW.  of  the  Visayan  group,  occupies  a  geographical 
position  ahout  85  ni.  SE.  of  the  center  of  the  archipelago.  On  the  N.  extends  the 
Tablazo  de  Capiz  or  the  Inland  Sea,  included  between  the  islands  of  Tablas,  Eom- 
blon,  Sibuyan,  and  Masbate;  on  the  E.  Iloilo  Strait,  which  separates  it  from  Negros, 
9  m.  distance;  on  the  S.  an  arm  of  the  Sulu  Sea,  and  on  the  W.  the  Mindoro  Sea. 

AREA  AND  POPULATION. 

The  territory  conforming  to  almost  insurmountable  l:)arriers  of  lofty  mountains 
has  Ijeen  divided  into  3  provinces,  as  follows: 

Provinces  of  Panay. 


Province. 

Date  of 
organiza- 
tion. 

Capital. 

Area. 

Main- 
land. 

Popula- 
tion. 

Area. 

Depend- 
ent is- 
lands. 

1901. 
Apr.  13.. 
Apr.  1.5.. 
Apr.  11.. 

San  Jose  de  Buenavista  . 
CApiz 

1,661 
2,102 

Sq.  m. 
1,333 
1,643 
1,776 

115,434 
224,000 
462, 444 

...... 

18 
326 

8 

t'iipiz 

30 

Iloilo 

Iloilo 

80 

Total  ...        ' 

5,103 

-1, 752 

801,878 

351 

118 

It  will  be  seen  that  the  smallest  province  is  larger  than  the  smallest  State  in  the 
Union,  and  the  island  as  a  whole  is  five-eighths  the  size  of  New  Jersey  or  Massa- 
chusetts, larger  than  Connecticut,  over  twice  the  size  of  Delaware,  and  4  times 
that  of  Rhode  Island.  In  population  it  is  100,000  more  than  Maine,  twice  that  of 
New  Hampshire,  more  than  Vermont  and  Rhode  Island  combined,  within  100.000 
of  Connecticut,  more  than  the  2  Dakotas,  twice  that  of  Oregon,  nearly  twice  that 
of  Washington,  and  almost  as  great  as  Wyoming,  New  Mexico,  Arizona,  Utah, 
Nevada  and  Idaho  together.  The  inhabitants  are  Visayans.  Several  thousand  wild 
Mundos  and  a  few  Negritos  dwell  in  the  fastnesses  of  the  mountains.  For  popu- 
lation and  towns,  see  Antique,  Cdpiz,  Iloilo. 


S.  Doc.  280- 


-47 


738  GAZETTEEK    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

PHYSICAL   FEATURES. 

A  range  of  mountains  traverses  the  island  from  the  peninsula  of  Buruanga,  in  the 
NW.,  to  Siraan  Ft.  in  the  extreme  S.,  and  forms  the  boimdary  between  Aiitique, 
Capiz,  and  Iloilo,  the  highest  summit  being  Madia-as,  7,264  ft.,  near  the  town 
of  Colasi.  From  Maymagui,  a  peak  5,667  ft.  high,  about  the  center  of  this  range, 
extends  a  series  of  alkali  elevations  to  the  E.  35  m.,  and  thence  deflecting  to  the  N., 
ending  on  the  W.  shore  of  Carles  Fen.,  divides  Capiz  from  Iloilo.  The  most  notable 
peaks,  in  addition  to  those  named,  are  Usigan,  4,300  ft.;  Balubac,  4,333  ft.;  Agotay, 
3,764  ft.,  and  Toctocan,  4,667  ft,  in  the  K;  and  Nangtud,  6,834  ft.;  Baloy,  5,767  ft; 
the  Tuno,  3,700  ft;  Igbanig,  4,343  ft.;  Llorente,  4,466  ft.;  Tiguran,  4,900  ft;  Cong- 
cong,  3,566  ft.,  and  Ticbayat,  3,367  ft.  high,  in  the  S.  Three  of  the  finest  rivers  in 
the  archipelago  form  the  drainage  system  of  Fanay.  These  are  the  Fanay,  Jalaur, 
and  Acldn.     Other  streams  less  important  are  the  Salug,  Ibajay,  and  Sibalom. 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

The  coa^t  is  well  indented  with  bays  and  harbors,  15  of  which  afford  safe  shelter 
for  vessels  of  all  sizes  engaged  in  the  coastwise  or  foreign  commerce. 

ROADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 

Within  the  limits  of  tlie  3  provinces,  and  particularly  Iloilo,  are  many  fine  roads 
connecting  the  important  centers  of  trade  and  trails  communicating  with  the  planta- 
tions in  the  interior.  Owing  to  the  rugged  character  of  the  mountains  intervening, 
traffic  between  the  provinces  of  the  island  is  carried  on  entirely  by  sea. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

There  are  132  towns,  ranging  in  population  from  2,000  to  26,000  population,  and  498 
villages.  The  most  importent  town,  though  not  the  largest,  is  Iloilo,  the  capital  of 
the  province  of  that  name,  a  port  of  entry  and  a  telegraph  station.  Vessels  drawing 
15  ft.  can  reach  the  city  by  the  river  of  that  name  at  all  times,  and  have  protection 
against  all  storms.  The  2  principal  streets  which  follow  the  course  of  the  river 
have  fine  public  and  private  buildings.  Next  to  Manila,  this  city  is  the  most  impor- 
tant, commercially,  m  the  Philippines,  both  in  exports  and  imports,  the  former  con- 
sisting of  tobacco,  rice,  coffee,  hides,  and  hemp,  and  the  latter  Australian  coal  and 
merchandise.     {See  population  and  towns  of  Antique,  Capiz,  and  Iloilo. ) 

DEPENDENT  ISLANDS. 

Of  the  dependent  islands,  Guimanis  alone  is  one-sixth  the  size  of  the  State  of 
Rhode  Island,  and  produces  rice,  hemp,  cotton,  corn,  and  tobacco.  It  also  has 
important  fishing  interests. 

VEGETABLE  PRODUCTS. 

The  vegetable  products  of  the  island  are  cotton,  corn,  chocolate,  pepper,  coffee, 
tobacco,  sugar  cane,  rice,  and  copra.  The  3  last  are  staples  in  quality  ancl  quantity. 
The  commercial  movement  of  sugar  and  copra  through  the  port  of  Iloilo  represented 
in  1899,  sugar,  1,197,700  piculs;  copra,  9,221  piculs  (1  picul  =  137.9  lbs.).  The 
maximum  shipment  of  sugar  was  in  1892,  aggregating  2,571,989  piculs,  or  the  enor- 
mous output  of  354,934,482  lbs.  On  the  grazing  lands,  which  cover  a  great  part  of 
Fanay,  are  raised  large  numbers  of  live  stock,  the  province  of  Cilpiz  alone  having 
upward  of  50,000  head,  mostly  carabaos.  The  horses  of  Iloilo  are  highly  prized 
throughout  the  archipelago. 

FORESTS. 

The  forests  represent  many  varieties  of  valuable  woods,  among  them  molaue,  ebony, 
and  sibucao,  of  which  large  quantities  are  annually  exported  to  China.  The  prov- 
ince niost  celebrated  for  the  value  of  its  forest  products  is  Capiz,  where  upward  of  87 
varieties  of  wood  of  economic  value  are  known.  Besides  the  woods,  large  quantities 
of  honey,  wax,  and  pitch  are  gathered. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  739 

MINERALS. 

The  mineral  resources  of  the  island  have  not  been  scientifieally  exploited.  Quick- 
silver and  copper  are  reported.  Beds  of  iron  ore  are  known  to  exist  in  the  moun- 
tains and  >;(ild  is  being  worked  in  the  vicinity  of  Dumarao,  Binatusan,  and  Lausan. 
There  are  indications  of  coal  or  lignite  in  Busuaiiga,  Balate,  Valderrama,  and  other 
localities.  Fine  marbles  and  a  beautiful  variety  of  tonalite,  equal  to  that  found  on 
the  l)()iders  of  Tyrol,  are  quarried  near  Morobozo,  Gutujan,  Timunan,  and  Igan. 
Deposits  of  gypsum  and  marl  exist.  Petroleum  and  natural  gas  are  reported  at 
Juniuay,  in  Iloilo. 

FRUITS. 

The  fruits  of  the  archipelago,  including  bananas,  pineapples,  mangosteens,  man- 
gas,  sapotes,  oranges,  lemons,  etc.,  are  abundant. 

INDUSTRIES. 

The  are  numerous  mechanical  industries  producing  beyond  the  supply  of  domestic 
wants.  Fine  fabrics  of  pineapple  fiber,  jusi,  sinamay,  and  cotton  are  manufactured 
in  Iloi'lo,  and  sugar  sacks,  hats,  palm-leaf  baskets,  and  textiles  of  silk,  cotton,  and 
hemp  in  Capiz.  The  province  of  Antique  is  particularly  celebrated  for  its  fabrics,  its 
looms  giving  employment  to  upward  of  12,000  women.  In  Iloi'lo  large  quantities  of 
lime  of  excellent  quality  are  manufactured,  particularly  at  Igbaras  and  in  Mt.  Tini- 
coan.  It  may  be  added"  that  the  rivers  abound  in  li.sh  of  great  vai'iety  and  crocodiles 
of  enormous  size,  and  the  waters  of  the  surrounding  seas  in  tortoise  and  other  shells 
of  commercial  value. 

UNITED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 

Under  the  original  movements  for  the  occupation  of  the  Visayan  Is.  in  the  spring 
of  181)9  a  base  of  operations  was  established  at  Iloilo  and  the  suburbs  of  Jaro  and 
Molo,  the  enemy  numbering  about  4,000,  occupying  a  line  from  Oton  to  Balang- 
dau,  with  Santa  Barbara  as  headquarters.  Active  operations  commenced  immedi- 
ately, resulting  in  the  dispersion  of  this  force  and  the  establishment  of  order  and 
authority  in  this  province.  In  the  summer  of  the  same  year  Capiz  was  occupied. 
In  January,  1900,  a  mixed  command  from  Iloilo  entered  that  province  through  the 
passes  of  the  lofty  mountains  intervening.  An  insurgent  force  attempting  to  dispute 
the  passage  of  the  defiles  after  a  sharp  engagement  were  dispersed  and  tlieir  guns 
captured.  The  cami)aign  ended  in  the  occupation  of  San  Jose  de  Buenavista  and  the 
clearing  of  the  country. 

CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 

Civil  government,  under  military  control,  was  established,  and  public  schools  put 
in  operation  and  maintained  until  the  permanent  order  of  things  was  instituted  by 
the  P.  C.     {See  Antique,  Capiz,  and  Iloilo  provinces.) 


PANAYTAYOiV  (pah-ni-tah'-yohn),  ver.;  hamlet 
U  m.  S.  of  Tiibig6n,  W.  coast  of  Bohol,  Visa- 
vas. 

PAXAYUICAN  (pah-nah-youee'cahn),  nat.;  ham- 
let in  pueblo  of  Santa  Rita,  W.  coast  of  Sdmar, 
lat.  11°  18'  N. 

PAJi'CiN  (pahn-cahn'),  nat..;  village  on  Baldbac 
I.,  off  extreme  SW.  point  of  Palawan. 

PANClXx  (pahn-thiahn'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  pueblo 
of  Bangui,  on  N.  coast  of  Ilocos  Norte,  Luzon. 

river  rising   in    Palempalem    Mt.,   flows 

across  pueblo  of  Bangui,  and  empties  into 
sea  on  N.  coast  of  Ilocos  Norte,  Luzon. 

PAXCOL  (pahn-cohl'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  high 
shore  of  one  of  NE.  arms  of  Malampaya 
Sound,  Paragua,  Palawan,  92  m.  NE.  by  N.  of 
Puerto  Prince.sa;  fronted  by  green,  isolated 


PANDACAX  (pahn-dah'-cahn).  Tag.;  pueblo  in 
Rizal,  Luzon,  2  m.  from  Manila.      Pop., 2,446. 

PA1VDA('A(JI'I  (pan-dah-cah'-kee),  nat.;  hamlet 
in  Pampanga,  Luzon,  13i  m.  N.  of  Bacolor. 

PAXDALUAX  (pahn-dah-loo'-ahn),  nat.;  island 
off  E.  coast  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  in  ap- 
proach to  Sibuguey,  1  m.  long  and  1  m.  wide. 
Area,  1  m. 

PA>DALi;SAN  (pahn-dah-loo'-sahn),  ver.;  small 
island,  moderately  high,  in  Sibuguey  Bay,  0 
m.  off  its  E.  coast,  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

PANDAMI  (pahn-dah'-mee),  nat.;  village  and 
island  1  m.N.,  on  W.  shore  of  Lapac  I.,  Tapul 
grp.,  S  lu  A. 

PANDXn  (pahn-dahn'),  nat.;  port  of  Cauayan, 
Ilocos  Sur,  Luz6n,  for  mail  and  merchant 
steamers;  also  seaport  of  Vigan,  capital  of 
Ilocos  Sur,  during  NE.  monsoon;  lies  on  N. 
shore  of  Abra  Riv.,  in  lat.  17°  32'  48"  N.,  Ion. 
120°  21'  30"  E. 


hill,  65  ft.  high,  on  which  was  built,  by 

ish,  stockade  in  lat.  10°  52'  N.,  Ion.  119*  23' 

E.;  natives  furnish  supplies,  and  fine  streams 

of  water  enter  on  either  side  of  the  stockade  '  point  on  W.  shore  of  Manila  Bav,  in  Ba- 

hill;  fish  are  plentiful.  I  tain  Bay,  Luzon. 

PANDACAtJUlT  (pahn-dah-cah'-geet),    nat.;   af-  i  river  in  Negros  Occidental,  emptying  into 

fluent  of  Magalit  Riv.,  Pampanga,  Luzon.        I  sea  1  m.  W.  of  Guimagahan  Pt.,  on  N.  coast. 


740 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


PANDAX;  point  in  Negros  Occidental. 

pueblo,  bay,  and  point,  lat.  11°  36' 30"  N. 

W.  coast  Antique,  Panay,  66  m.  N.  of  San 

Jos6  de  Buenavista.    Bugang  Riv.  enters  sea 

about  1  m.  S.    Pop.,  13,737. 

hill  in  E.  coast  range  of  GuimarAs  I.,  ofl 

Tloilo,  Panay,  visible  from  W.  coast  of  Negros 

Occidental,  across  Guimaris  Strait. 
hamlet  on  NW.  shore  of  Maqueda  Bay,  1 

m.  SW.  of  Hiabong,  SW.  coast  S4mar. 
i.slet  in  sea  channel  between  Bohol  and 

Cebu,  7  m.  NW.  of  Getafe,  NW.  coast. 
river  entering  Taiion  Strait  1  m.  S.  of  Ba- 

lambAn,  W.  coast  of  Cebil. 
— point  on  E.  coast  of  Leyte,  li  m.  N.  of 

Hinundayan. 

mountain  in  SW.  part  of  Leyte. 

pueblo  at  mouth  of  river  on  shore  of  bay 

on  N.  coast  of  Catanduanes  I.,  NE.  of  Albay, 

Luzon,  71  m.  NE.  of  Albay.    Pop.,  2,143. 
point  on  E.  shore  at  head  of  Ticlin  Strait, 

SE.  coast  of  Sorsogon,  Luzon. 
point  of  moderate  height  on  SE.  coast  of 

Mindoro,  ut  sea  end  of  Pandftn  Pen.,  dividing 

Soguicay  Bay  (NE. )  and  BulaUcao  Bay  (SW.). 

Most  conspicuous  headland  working  up  SE. 

coast  of  Mindoro  into  sea  channel  between 

that  island  ( W. )  and  Tablas  I.  (E. )  ( Loog  Pt. ) , 

41m. 
point  at  seaward  extremity  of  W.  coast  of 

Mindoro,  3  m.  SE.  by  S.  of  Pandto  I.,  and 

forming  N.  headland  of  SablayAn  Bay. 

bay  in  N.  Mindoro. 

penin.sula  on  SE.  coast  of  Mindoro,  sepa- 
rating Soguicay  Bay  on  N.  from  BulalAcao 

Bay  on  S.    Town  of  BulaMcao  is  on  inland 

shore  of  Bulaldcao  Bay  side  of  peninsula. 
2  islands  2  m.  long  and  36  m.  long,  respec- 
tively, NW.  by  N.  of  Sablay&n  Pt.,  W.  coast  of 

Mindoro,  and  2  and  2^  m.  off  shore. 
islet  of  NW.  shore  of  Bisucag,  3  m.  W.  of 

Cuyo,  Cuyos  Is.,  Mindoro  Sea. 
bay  on  SW.  coast  of  Tawi  Tawi  I.,  Sulu  A. 

Chongos  is  its  best  anchorage,  sheltered  from 

all  winds. 
point  on  extreme  NW.  shore  of  Catan- 
duanes I.,  NE.  of  Albay,  Luz6n. 
point  24  m.  S.,  20°  W.  of  Tomanton,  along 

low  coast  of  Guimarfts  I.,  off  Iloilo,  Panay, 

8  m.  to  W.  across  sea  channel;  forms  narrow 

part  of  Guimar&s  Strait. 
island  2  m.  NW.  to  SE.  in  Bat4n  Bay,  N. 

coast  of  CApiz,  Panay. 

island  off  Bohol,  Visayas. 

bay  and  village  on  NW.  shore  o£  Iligan 

Bay,  Misamis,  Mindanao,  NW.  of  Langaran. 
point  N.  head  to  Matnog  Gulf,  SE.  coast 

Sorsogon,  Luzon. 
islet  50 ft.  high,  W.  of  BLsucag  I.,  Cuyos grp., 

Mindoro  Sea. 
point  NE.  shore  of  Ambil  I.,  Lubang  Is., 

NW.  of  Mindoro. 
mountain  732  ft.  high,  on  peninsula  which 

forms  SW.  shore  of    Port  San  Miguel,  NW. 

coast  of  Ticao  I.,  Masbate,  Visayas. 
town  on  point  at  mouth  of  river  of  .same 

name,  SE.  of  Catbalogan,  W.  coast  of  S^mar. 
PANDANA  (pahn-dah'-nah),  ver.;  bay  formed  by 

islands  of  that  name  on  W.  coast  of  Mindoro, 

Sablay^n  lying  at  S.  point. 
PANDANAJf  (pahn-dah'-nahn),  nat.;  hamlet  SW. 

of  Otay  Mt.,  Negros  Occidental,  6  m.  SE.  of 

Murcia. 
• small  coral  island,  90  ft.  high,  W.  of  Tagao, 

Tawi  Tawi  grp.,  Sulu  A. 
island  6i  m.  long,  2i  m.  wide,  3i  m.  NE.  of 

Bancalan,  13  m.  NE.  by  E.  of  BaUbac  I.,  and 

separated  from  extreme  SE.  coast  of  Palawan 

by  channel  1  m.  wide. 


PAXDANAMj  (pahn-dah-nahng'),  ver.;  point  off  E. 
shore  of  Ambos  Camarines,  Luz6n. 

PANDAM  (pahn-dah'-nee),  ver.;  small  island  W. 
of  Lapac  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A.,  immediately 
off  village  of  Lapac;  good  anchorage  S.  and 
W.  of  island. 

PANDAXPAXDANU  (pahn-dahn-pahn-da  hng'), 
ver. ;  hamlet  on  E.  shore  of  Tutu  Bay,  S.  coast 
of  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A. 

PANDARAN  (pahn-dah'-rahn),  ver.;  point  on  E. 
shore  of  Catanduanes  I.,  NE.  of  Albay,  Luzon. 

PANDAKOCHAX  (pahn-dah-roh'-chahn),ver.;  bay 
on  SW.  coast  of  Mindoro,  between  Buruncan 
and  Ylin  Pts.,  8J  m.  apart,  S.  extremes  of 
Mindoro  and  Ylln  Is.,  re.spectively;  safe 
throughout,  affording  excellent  anchorage 
and  shelter  from  N.  winds  at  mouth  of  strait 
in  10  or  12  fms.  Garza  I.  and  shoal  afford 
shelter  from  E.  Strait  is  free  from  danger  but 
unsuitable  for  sailing  craft. 

PANDASAN  (pahn-dah'-sahn).  ver.;  island  4J  m. 
SE.  by  S.  of  mouth  of  Hijo  Riv.,  off  N.  shore 
of  Da,vao,  DAvao  Gulf,  Mindanao.  Densely 
covered  with  trees  and  mangroves.  Passage 
between  it  and  mainland  is  only  practicable 
by  schooners. 

PAXDAYA  (pahn-dah'-yah),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Le- 
panto,  Luzon,  9  m.  from  Cervantes.    Pop.,  269. 

PAN  DE  AZft'AK  (pahn  day  ah-thoo'-car)  (sugar 
loaf ) ,  Sp. ;  island  in  channel  between  Masbate 
and  SE.  end  of  Ticao  Is. ,  Masbate  grp. ,  Visayas. 

island  3  m.  off  coast  of  Concepcion,  Iloilo, 

Panay,  and  largest  of  group  of  5  islands,  at 
N.  entrance  of  Iloilo  Strait;  4  m.  long,  and 
has  2  remarkable  peaks;  highest,  2,037  ft. ;  nar- 
row channel  separates  it  at  SW.  from  Tago  I. 

island  E.  of  Luzon. 

peak  2,540  ft.  high,  in  ridges  of  Ilocos  Norte, 

Caraballos  Occidentales,  Luzon. 

PANDO,  or  MALOBOLO  (pahn'-doh,  Sp.;  mah- 
loh-boh'-law,  ver.);  hamlet  on  E.  coast  road 
of  Cebu,  li  m.  N.  of  Boljo-6n. 

PANDOROIVAN  (pahn-doh-raw'-nahn),ver.;  ham- 
let in  S  W.  part  of  Guimards  I. ,  off  Iloilo,  Panay, 
13  m.  SW.  of  Nagaba. 

PANDUC  (pahn-dook'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Iloilo, 
Panay,  2  m.  W.  of  Jaro. 

PANDUCAX  (pahn-doo'-cahn),  ver.;  narrow  tree- 
covered  island,  7  m.  long,  in  central  waters 
of  Pangutdrang  grp. ,  Sulu  A. ,  2^  m.  E.  of  Pailg- 
utdrangl.;  2  small  islands  lie  due  N.  between 
it  and  Culassein  I.,  4i  m. 

PANDUGAS  (pahn-doo'-gahs),  nat.;  islet,  off  SE. 
coast  of  Siasi  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

PANDULUJTGAN  (pahn-doo-loong'-ahn),  nat.; 
point  on  seaward  shore  of  peninsula  between 
Imuruan  and  Malampaya  bays,  W.'coast  of 
Paragua,  Palawan. 

PANG  (pahng),  ver.;  town  in  Abra,  Luzon,  14  m. 
NE.  of  Bangued,  in  foothills  of  SW.  range  of 
Gran  Cordillera  Central. 

PANGA  (pahng-ah'),  nat.;  point  on  mainland  of 
Cotabato,  Mindanao,  4^  m.  opposite  Bongo  I., 
off  Polloc  Harbor. 

PAN&ABtfAN  (pahng-ah-boo'-ahn),  nat.;  creek 
emptying  on  N.  shore  of  Panguil  Bay,  SW. 
end  of  Misamis  port,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

PANGADO,  or  PASIPIT  (pahng-ah'-doh,  pah-see'- 
pit),  Tag.;  river  in  Batangas,  Luzon,  flows 
SE.  and  unites  with  Calumpau. 

PANGAL  (pahng-ahl'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  SB.  tribu- 
tary of  Cagaydn  Grande  Riv.,  midway  between 
that  stream  and  Cagayiln  Chico  Riv.,  in  S. 
Cagaydn,  Luzon,  11  m.  W.  of  Tuguegarao. 

PANGALAAGAN  (pahng-ah-lah-ah'-gahn),  ver.; 
hamlet  on  Paliuan  Riv.,  Antique,  Panay,  6 
m.  E.  of  Bugason. 

P  A 1V6  A  L  A  N  C  A  L  A  NG  A  \  (pahng-ah-lahn-cah- 
lahng'-ahn),  nat.;  islet  SE.  off  Estancia,  NE. 
coast  of  Iloilo,  Panay. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


741 


I'ANSaLIBAN  (pahng-ah-lee'-bahn),  nat.;  river 
and  point  on  its  S.  bank,  on  E.  shore  of  Loog 
Bay,  SE.  arm  of  Nin  Bay,  W.  coast  of  Masbate, 
Visayas. 

PA^A>'A,  or  PANTUMAN  (pahng-ah-nah',  pahn- 
too'-matin),  nat.;  islet  ofE  SE.  coast  of  Siasi  I., 
Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

PAMJANAA  (paling-ali-nah-ah'),  ver.;  Isletlm.  E. 
of  Bancinigan,  oil  N.  shore  of  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A. 

PAINTjAXAC  (pahng-ah-nahk'),  nat.;  small  island 
1  m.  E.  of  Bancungan,  and  2  m.  off  NE.  coast 
of  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A.  Town  of  Bun  Bun  lies  on 
mainland  opposite,  toward  W. 

PAIVGj(KAT(pahn-gah'-naht),  nat.;  island  of  Sulu 
grp.,  Sulu  A.,  lat.  G°  30'  N. 

PAK&AA'DAUAN  (pahng-ahn-dah'-wahn),  ver.;  is- 
land SW.  of  Dicabaito  I.,  in  chain  between 
Calamianes  grp.  and  NE.  coast  of  Paragua, 
Palawan. 

PANG ANlrO  ( pahng-ah ng'-oh ) ,  ver. ;  river  rising  in 
crater  of  Buenavista,  takes  W.  course,  enter- 
ing sea  at  Tapican,  W.  coast  of  Antique,  Pa- 
nay. 

PAMJANIRAX,  orrAKBlUAXAX  (pahng-ah-nee'- 
rahn,  cad-boo-rah'-ualiii),  ver.;  point  in  Al- 
bay,  Luzon.     (.sVv  i:adi)uranaii  Pt.) 

PAi%AlVTA(pahng-ahn-tah'),  ver.:  hamleton  W. 
coast  of  Antique,  Panay,  1  m.  N.  of  Colasi. 


PAl^ANTAN  or  PAXAGATAN  (pahng-ahn'-tahn, 
pah-nah-gah'-tahn),  nat.;  group  of  4  small 
islands  in  Mindoro  Sea,  1  sq.  m.,  in  SW.  wa- 
ters of  Semorara  grp.,  25  m.  S.  of  Mindoro,  7 
m.  W.  of  Sibay  I.,  and  N.  of  Cuyo  Is. 

PANliiANUAN(pahng-ah-noo'-ahn,)ver.;clusterof 
islands  W.  of  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A. 

PAStlANURAN  (pahng-ah-noo'-rahn),  ver.;  point 
in  Mindanao. 

PANlJAO  (pahng-ah'-oh),  nat.;  hamlet  in  E.  spurs 
of  central  range  of  Iloilo,  Panay,  3  m.  SW.  of 
Lambunao. 


point  on  NE.  coast  of  Tayabas,  in  Lam6n 

Bay,  lat.  14°  3'  20"  N. 

PANGAPASAN  (pahn-gah-pah'-sahn),nat.;  isletin 
E.  part  of  Loog  Ba.sin,  NE.  angle  of  Banacalan 
port,  NW.  shore  of  Marinduque,  off  Tayabas 
coast,  Luzon. 

PAMJAS  (i>aliiiK-ass'),  ver.;  mountain  at  head- 
waters of  Lanang  Riv.  in  SW.  SAmar. 

—  hamlet  in  SW.  Sdmar,  8  m.  E.  of  Basey. 

PAXtlASAHAN  (pahng-ah-sah'-hahn),  ver.;  point 
on  W.  side  of  Basilan  I.,  oft'  S.  coast  of  Zam- 
boanga  Pen.,  Mindanao.  Small  inlet  near  by 
separated  from  coast  by  channel  1,000  ft.  wide 
in  which  small  craft  can  enter. 

PAXGASINXN  (puhn-gah-see-nuhn'),  nat.;  island 
548  ft.  high,  off  NW.  sliore  of  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A., 
i  m.  NW\  of  Marongas  I. 


PANG-ASINAN,  LUZON,  PROVINCE  OF. 

(Pahn-gah-see-nahn',  nat.) 

Capital:  Lingayen,  lat.  16°  V  N.,  Ion.  120°  W  E. 

Area:  1,316  sq.  m. 

Population:  802,178. 

Race:  Pangasinan. 

Lang-uage:  Paiigasinan. 

Military  Department  of  Luzon:  Headquarters,  Manila,  Lnzon. 

Table  of  distances. 
'From  Lingay6n  to—  m. 

Gipaculao,  Pacific  coast 86 

Iba,  Zambales 53 

Manila 112 

Tdrlac,  Tdrlac 45 

LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

The  province  of  Pangasinan  occupies  about  the  center  of  the  China  Sea  coast  of 
N.  Luzon,  the  great  gulf  of  Lingayen  connecting  it  with  those  waters.  It  is  bounded 
on  the  N.  by  a  small  part  of  Zambales,  the  gulf  of  Lingayen,  and  Union  and  Ben- 
guet;  on  the  NE.  by  Nueva  Vizcaya;  on  the  SE.  by  Nueva  Ecija;  on  the  S.  by  Tiir- 
lac,  and  on  the  W.  by  Zambales,  from  which  it  is  separated  by  the  Cordillera  de 
Cabusilan. 


AREA. 


It  is  33  m.  N.  and  S. ;  56  m.  E.  and  W. 
the  State  of  Rhode  Island. 


Area,  1,316  sq.  m.,  66  sq.  m.  larger  than 


PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 


The  topography  of  the  country  is  mountainous  in  the  NE.,  reacliing  1,000  ft.  in 
height  in  Salacsa,  and  W.,  where  a  number  of  summits  of  the  Cordillera  de  Cabusi- 
lan rise  along  the  boundary.  The  country  is  generally  fiat  in  the  central  and  S. 
parts,  particularly  in  the  vicinity  of  the  Agno  Riv.  The  surface  slopes  from  the 
mountains  to  the  sea  in  easy  undulations,  but  near  the  coast  is  very  low  and  sul)ject 
to  overflow  from  the  numerous  rivers,  unable  to  carry  off  the  rainfall  of  the  wet 


742  .  GAZETTEER   OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

season.  There  are  a  large  number  of  rivers,  all  of  which  empty  into  Lingayen  Gulf, 
direct  or  through  the  Agno  Riv.  The  latter,  a  river  of  importance,  after  rising 
beyond  the  extreme  N.  border  of  Benguet  and  flowing  the  entire  length  of  that 
province,  crosses  the  S.  boundary  into  Fangasinan;  thence  crossing  the  E.  portion  of 
that  province  for  a  short  distance  forms  a  part  of  the  boundary  with  Nueva  Ecija,  and 
again  beyond  forms  the  boundary  with  Tdrlae;  thence  takes  a  N.  course  emptying 
into  the  gulf  of  Lingayen  through  a  number  of  outlets  across  a  delta.  At  the  mouth 
of  one  of  these  stands  the  provincial  capital. 
The  coast  and  rivers  abound  in  fish. 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

The  gulf  of  Lingayen,  having  Union,  Pangasindn,  and  Zambales  on  its  shores, 
extends  about  35  m.  inland,  its  head  forming  half  of  the  N.  boundary  of  Pangasinan. 
It  is  23  m.  across  its  entrance  from  Santiago  1.  to  San  Fernando  Pt.  and  affords  excel- 
lent commercial  facilities  for  this  province.  Many  of  the  streams  are  navigable  for 
some  distance,  the  bar  at  the  mouth  of  the  Sinuncalan  can  be  relied  on  for  6  ft. 
Pilots  may  be  obtained  at  the  fishing  village  at  the  mouth.  The  native  buoys  are  of  • 
bamboo  poles  with  feathery  palm  leaves  at  their  heads.  Sual,  though  small  is  a 
harbor  protected  in  all  winds.  It  is  over  1  m.  N.  and  S.  and  nearly  1  m.  broad, 
with  4  to  8  fms.  depth.  The  entrance  is  narrowed  by  rocks  to  a  breadth  of  600  yds. 
Bamboo  poles  mark  the  shoal.  Vessels  not  wishing  to  enter  can  find  excellent 
anchorage  off  Portuguesa  Pt.  in  10  fms.  This  port  is  recommended  as  a  place  of 
secure  refuge  in  all  weather,  there  being  only  one  other  secure  harbor,  that  of 
Olongapo  between  Manila  and  Cape  Engano  on  the  extreme  NE.  point  of  Luzon. 

lilGHT-HOTJSES. 

There  are  light  houses  at — 

Dagupan;  NE.  side  of  Dagupan  Riv.,  entrance  on  Pt.  Guecet,  lat.  16°  5^  30^'  N., 
Ion.  120°  19^  E.  One  fixed  red  light  29  ft.  above  sea  level;  tower  iron,  7  ft.  high;  light 
visible  6  m. 

Sual;  on  Portuguesa  Pt.,  lat.  16°  d'  N.,  Ion.  120°  7'  E.  One  fixfed  red  light  79  ft. 
above  the  sea;  tower  iron,  20  ft.  high;  visible  12  m. 

ROADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 

AV ell-constructed  roads  traverse  the  province  in  all  directions  and  unite  tlie  towns, 
with  each  other  and  with  Nueva  Ecija  by  way  of  San  Quintin,  with  Union  l>y  way' 
of  San  Fabian  and  Santo  Tomas,  with  Tarlac  by  way  of  Paniqni  and  Bayatm,  anil 
finally  with  Zambales  by  way  of  Sual  and  Alamino.     The  ]Manihi  and  Dagupan  R.  R. 
also  traverses  this  province,  passing  through  the  important  towns  of  Bayambang, 
Malasiqui,  San  Carlos,  Calasiao,  and  Dagupan. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

The  province  of  Pangasinan  has  a  population  of  302,178,  the  greater  portion  of 
whom  belong  to  the  Pangasinan  race.  A  few  wandering  Negritos  live  in  the  moun- 
tains which  separate  this  province  from  Zambales.  There  arealso  some  Ilocanos, 
and  along  the  boundary  to  the  NE.  and  E.  a  few  Igorrotes.  The  language  generally 
spoken  is  Pangasinan,  although  in  some  towns  in  the  N.,  NE.,  and  SE.  Ilocano  is 
used.  The  Negritos  speak  Aeta,  1)ut  understand  Pangasindn,  as  do  the  Igorrotes  who 
trade  with  the  inhabitants.  This  province  has  from  2  to  3  times  more  population 
(1900)  than  the  District  of  Coknn]>ia  or  the  States  of  North  Dakota,  Montana,  Wyo- 
ming; (4  times)  New  Mexico,  Arizona,  Utah,  Nevada;  (8  times)  and  Idaho.  The 
State  of  Oregon  admitted  in  1859  has  but  100,000  more  population. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 


743 


The  following  is  the  division  of  Pangasinun  into  pueblos  and  their  respective  pop- 
ulation according  to  the  census  of  1887: 


Province  aiul  pueblos. 


Pangasinun: 

4guilar 

Alava 

Alcaic 

Asiilgang 

Bayambang  — 

Binalonan 

Bininaley 

Calasiao 

Dagupan  

Lingay^n 

Malasiqui 

Manaoag 

Mangaldta  — 
Mangatar6n  — 

Pozorrubio 

Salasft 

San  Carlos 

San  FabiAn — 

San  Isidro 

San  Jacinto  . . . 
San  Manuel . . . 
SanNieoMs.... 
Santa  Barbara. 
Santa  Maria . . . 


Tayug 

Urbiztondt 
Urdaneta., 
Villasis . . . 


Total 


Total  population,  combining 
residents  present  and  ab- 

sent, native  and 

Spanish, 

1887. 

Men. 

Women. 

Total. 

2,404 

1,819 

4,223 

2,142 

2,011 

4,153 

4,733 

4,283 

9,016 

5,907 

5,747 

11,654 

5,798 

5,591 

11, 389 

4,506 

4,620 

9,126 

7,569 

7,744 

15, 303 

7,734 

7,635 

15, 369 

9,138 

•     7, 662 

16,800 

8,233 

7,522 

15,755 

5,761 

6,994 

12,755 

4,714 

4,617 

9,331 

6,006 

6,784 

12,790 

5,443 

5,301 

10,744 

4  837 

4,767 

9,604 

2,938 

2,907 

5,845 

14,650 

15,498 

30, 148 

4,978 

4,433 

9,411 

2,279 

2,061 

4,340 

2,443 

2,419 

4,862 

5,223 

4,941 

10, 164 

6,613 

6,130 

12.743 

4,831 

9,667 

2,551 

2,390 

4,944 

2,121 

1,840 

3,961 

4,968 

4  836 

9,804 

2,981 

3,161 

6, 142 

8,350 

8,131 

16,481 

4,099 

3,289 

7, 388 

1     153,948 

149,964 

303,912 

Estimated,  1901,  302,178. 

The  total  number  of  towns  from  1,000  to  20,000  inhabitants  is  29,  and  villages  364. 
Of  the  former  the  following  are  the  most  important:     ,     ,  ^^      ,  ,,    ,         ^  i     +v, 

Linffaven;  the  capital  of  the  province,  on  an  island  of  the  delta  formed  by  the 
outlet  of  the  Agno  Riv.,  on  the  S.  shore  of  the  gulf  of  Lingayto.  It  has  a  arge 
number  of  well-constructed  buildings,  and  is  in  frequent  communication  with  Dagu- 
pan and  Manila.  The  Dagupan  or  Binmaley  Riv.,  through  which  vessels  from  the 
town  pass  into  Visavan  Gulf,  has  7  to  8  ft.  on  the  bar.     Pop. ,  18,886.  ^ 

Aguilar ;  on  the  main  highway,  W.  of  the  Agno  Riv. ,  11  m.  S.  of  Lingayen.     Pop. , 

'Alava;  on  the  r.  bank  of  the  Abimolong  Riv.,  18  m.  NE.  by  E.  of  Lingay6n. 

^  Aica/i!  i)etween  the  1.  bank  of  the  Agno  Riv.  and  the  Pinag  de  Mangabol,  in  the 
extreme  SE.  part  of  the  province,  22  m.  SE.  of  Lingayen      Pop.,  5,_47L  .^  ,    „^ 

Asi£gang;  on  the  main  road  between  San  Quintal  and  the  provincial  capital,  28 
m.  E.  by  S.  of  the  latter  point.     Pop.,  3,522. 

Bautista;  on  the  Manila  and  Dagupan  R.  R. 

Bayambang;  at  the  crossing  of  the  Manila  and  Dagupan  R.  R.,  on  the  AgnoRiv. 
It  is  also  on  tlie  road  from  Tdrlac  to  Lingayen,  21  m.  SE.  of  the  latter  point.     Pop., 

'  Bhialonan;  23  m.  E.  of  Lingayen.     Pop.,  10;295  ^ 

Binmaley;  on  the  delta  of  the  Agno,  2h  m.  E.  of  Lingayen.     Pop.,  13/87. 
Calasiaoron  the  Tolun  branch  of  the  Agno  Riv.,  at  the  crossing  of  that  stream 
by  the  railroad,  7h  m.  E.  by  S.  of  Lingayen.     It  is  a  town  of  important  industries 

"  D^igu^^^nrat^thVE.  m^'aTn 'ouliet  of  the  Agno  Riv.,  on  the  S^  shore  of  Lingayen 
Gulf  6  m  E  bv  N  of  Lingayen.  It  is  the  N.  terminus  of  the  Manila  and  Dagupan 
R.  R.,  and  a'place  of  important  sea  and  land  traffic.  It  has  main  road  connections 
with  all  the  surrounding  provinces.     Pop.,  16,691. 

Malasiqui;  on  a  branch  of  the  Agno  Riv.,  14  m,  SE.  of  Lmgay^n      Pop.,  8,900. 

Manaoag;  on  the  Malabolo  Riv.,  10  m.  E.  of  Lmgay^n     Pop.,  17,500. 

Mangaldan;  11  m.  E.  by  N.  of  Lingayen.     Pop.,  16,143. 


744  GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

Mangataren;  on  the  Agno  Riv.  road,  11  m.  S.  of  Lingayen.     Pop.,  10,146. 

Pozorrubio;  20  m.  E.  by  N.  of  Lingayen.     Pop.,  9,947. 

Salasa;  on  the  W.  arm  of  the  Agno  Riv.,  4  m.  S.  of  Lingayen.     Pop.,  7,607. 

San  Carlos;  on  a  tributary  of  the  Agno,  10  m.  SE.  of  Lingayen.     Pop.,  23,934. 

San  Fabian;  13  m.  NE.  by  E.  of  Lingayen,  on  the  W.  coast  of  Lingayen  Bay,  at 
the  mouth  of  the  A]jimolong  Riv.     Pop.,  9,018. 

San  Manuel;  28  m.  E.  of  Lingayen.     Pop.,  6,687. 

San  Nicolas;  near  the  L  bank  of  the  Agno  Riv.,  in  the  extreme  NE.  part  of  the 
province,  24  m.  E.  of  Lingayen.     Pop.,  10,204. 

Santa  Barbara;  12  m.  ESE.  of  Lingayen.     Pop.,  7,595. 

Santa  Maria;  near  the  1.  bank  of  the  Agno  Riv.,  32  m.  E.  by  8.  of  Lingayen. 
Pop.,  3,939. 

Sual;  on  the  W.  coast  of  Lingayen  Bay,  3  m.  S.  of  the  high  islet  of  Cabahtian.  It 
has  a  good  anchorage.  A  sailing  vessel  may  be  warped  into  port  in  case  of  severe 
storms  outside.  In  the  rear  of  the  town  is  Mt.  Verde,  1,208  ft.  high.  A  short 
distance  to  the  SE.  is  Mt.  Isidro,  2,250  ft.  high.     Pop.,  2,636. 

Tayug;  near  the  1.  bank  of  the  Agno  Riv.,  in  the  extreme  NE.  part  of  the  prov- 
ince, 33  m.  E.  of  Lingayen.     Pop.,  19,612. 

TJrdaneta;  on  the  Macdlang  tributary  of  the  Agno  Riv.,  20  m.  E.  by  S.  of  Lin- 
gayen.    Pop.,  16,588. 

Villasis;  in  the  SE.  part  of  the  province,  near  the  r.  bank  of  the  Agno  Riv.,  25  m. 
ESE.  of  Lingayen.     Pop.,  11,968. 

TJrbiztondo;  on  the  r.  bank  of  the  Agno  Riv.,  16  m.  S.  bv  E.  of  Lingayen.  Pop., 
5,182. 

DEPENDENT  ISLANDS. 

There  is  but  one  island  on  the  gulf  coast  of  the  province: 

Cabalitian;  in  the  SW.  angle  of  Lingayen  Bay,  off  the  extreme  NW.  point  of  the 
province,  area  5  sq.  m. 

VEGETABLE  PRODUCTS. 

The  staple  crop  of  the  province  is  rice,  although  it  is  frequently  subjected  to 
serious  losses  on  account  of  floods.  Sugar  cane,  corn,  tobacco,  and  cocoanut  are 
abundantly  cultivated.  The  natural  conditions  of  soil  and  climate  for  the  production 
of  indigo,  coffee,  and  chocolate,  particularly  of  the  first,  are  superior.  Extensive 
areas  of  the  province  are  covered  with  nrpa  palm.  Notwithstanding  the  importance 
of  this  growth  to  the  natives  and  the  acknowledged  danger  to  health  which  its  neg- 
lect involves,  the  production  does  not  receive  the  attention  which  it  deserves. 

MINERALS. 

In  addition  to  its  agricultural  wealth,  Pangasinun  is  much  favored  in  the  matter 
of  minerals.  The  deposits  of  common  salt  are  so  abundant  that  this  mineral  gives 
its  name  to  the  province,  "  Pangasindn "  signifying  "place  where  salt  is  made." 
Gold  and  co})per  are  also  obtained  by  the  Igorrotes  in  the  mountain  section.  Mines 
of  iron,  magnetite,  and  sulphur  in  a  pure  state  await  exploitation. 

FORESTS. 

There  is  an  abundance  of  wood,  some  of  very  fine  quality,  useful  for  the  construc- 
tion of  native  boats.  The  province  is  also  rich  in  gum.  The  forests  also  abound  in 
large  and  small  game. 

FRUITS. 

The  banana  and  manga  are  the  principal  fruits.  The  mampon  is  much  cultivated 
for  pickling  and  is  used  for  sweetmeats  and  preserves. 

INDUSTRIES  AND  COMMERCE. 

The  distillation  of  alcohol  from  the  nipa  palm  receives  considerable  attention, 
although  not  to  the  extent  warranted  by  the  luxuriant  growth  of  the  raw  material. 
Among  the  mechanical  industries  is  the  weaving  of  burf,  from  which  sleeping  mats, 
hats,  and  sacks  are  made.  The  people  are  famous  for  the  delicacy  of  the  work 
bestowed  upon  these  articles  of  manufacture,  and  particularly  their  firmness  of 
texture.  The  most  important  occupation  of  the  people,  however,  is  the  production 
of  rice,  wines,  and  sugar.  There  is  also  a  large  industry  in  native-boat  building,  the 
forests  furnishing  excellent  timber  for  that  purpose.  The  commerce  of  the  province 
is  almost  wholly  in  the  hands  of  the  Chinese.  Having  a  frontage  of  about  30  m.  on 
the  Gulf  of  lingayen,  it  enjoys  exceptional  advantages  for  coast  trade. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


745 


UNITED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 


After  the  closo  of  the  general  campaign  of  1899-1900  in  N.  Luzon  and  dispersion  of 
the  insurgents  and  ladrone  bands  of  outlaws,  peace  and  industry  were  fully  restored. 
On  February  15,  1902,  Pangasiniin  was  garrisoned  by  United  States  troops  as  follows: 

Humiiikan.  "^  San  Nicolds.  ^' 


Balungao. 
Bautista.  ^ " 
Bayambang. " ' 
Binalonan. '' 
Dagupan. 1^" 


Lingay6n.  "■ 
Pozorrubio. 
Resales.  "■ 
San  Fabian. 


Santa  Maria. 
Tayug.  »• 
Urdaueta.  ^ 


CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 


The 


province  of  Pangasinun  was  created  under  the  "provincial-organization  act" 
by  enactment  of  the  P.  C.,  February  16,  1901,  to  embrace  "the  territory  in  the  island 
of  Luzon  known  as  the  province  of  Pangasinan,  together  with  the  4  towns  of 
Umiiigan  (IIumiiTgan),  Resales,  San  Quintin,  and  Balungao,  which  are  now  a  part 
of  what  is  known  as  the  province  of  Nueva  Ecija,  which  towns  are  now  made  a  part 
of  the  province  of  Pangasiniin,  hereby  established."  The  provincial  supervisor  was 
required  to  run  the  Ijouudary  line  as  proposed  and  make  report  of  the  survey  to  the 
Commission. 

PROVINCIAL  OFFICERS. 

[Salaries  and  expenses  in  United  States  money.] 

Governor $2, 000 

Secretary 1 ,  500 

Treasurer 

Supervisor 

Fiscal - - 


2,500 

2,000 

- 1,500 

Allowance  for  necessary  and  actual  traveling  expenses  not  exceeding  |2.50  per 
day  as  prescribed. 

The  presidentes  or  alcaldes  of  the  municipalities  of  the  province  to  meet  on  the 
third  Monday  in  January,  April,  July,  and  October  to  consider  improvements 
needed  in  the  p'-ovince,  and  for  other  purposes  prescribed  by  law. 

CONDITIONS. 


"Since  the  civil  regime  has  been  established  the  inhabitants  enjoy  perfect  tran- 
quility and  comfort,  and  their  conditions  are  growing  better  every  day  under  the 
new  regime.  Peace  is  so  well  established  that  it  has  never  been  disturbed  in  the 
slightest,  although  we  have  discovered  some  small  remains  of  the  robber  bands, 
formed  of  coarse  and  ignorant  people,  which  existed  in  the  province  during  the  past 
revolutions  and  try  to  cover  their  misdeeds  with  some  sort  of  political  color,  but  the 
matter  has  no  importance  whatever."  (Official  report  of  provincial  governor  of 
Pangasinan,  Luzon,  December,  1901.) 


PANGATATAIV  (pahn-gah-tah'-tahn),  ver.;  islet 
VV.  of  Silat,  15  m.  SW.  of  Cuyo,  Cuyos  Is.,  Min- 
doro  Sea. 

PANGAYAUAIV,  or  PANACilV  (pahn-gah-yah'-wahn, 
pah-nah-ohn'),  nat.;  town  at  point  of  same 
name  on  N.  coast  of  Misamis,  Mindanao,  on  E. 
shore  of  Iligan  Bay,  21  m.  NW.  by  W.  of  Caga- 
ydn  de  Misamis. 

PANGDAN  (pahng-dahn'),  nat.;  mountain  on  N. 
shore  of  Lion  Bay,  S.  Leyte,  2  m.  N.  of  g6god 

Nuevo. 

PA^I  (pahng'-ee),  ver.;  inlet  in  S&mar. 

Pi^IL  (pahng'-ill]  (means  tusk),  Tag.;  pueblo 
of  Laguna,  Luzon,  on  E.  shore  of  Laguna  de 
Bay,  8^  m.  NNE.  of  Santa  Cruz,  16  m.  by  road. 
Pop.,  2,459. 

point  on  Taal  Lake,  lat.  13°  54'  50"  N.,  in 

Batangas,  Luzon. 


PANGLAO  (pahn-glah'-oh),  ver.;  low,  flat  island 
11  m.  NE.  to  SW.  and  6  m.  SE.  to  NW.,  off  SW. 
shore  of  Bohol,  from  which  it  is  separated  by 
sea  channel  1  m.  wide.    Has  several  peaks. 

pueblo  on  SW.  coast  of  Panglao  I.,  8  m.  SW. 

of  Tagbilaran,  Bohol.    Pop.,  6,795. 

bay  in  Bohol,  Visayas. 

PANGLAON  (pahn-glah'-ohn),  ver.;  hamlet  11m. 
NE.  of  Taranguan,  in  W.  Sdmar. 

PANGLATAN  (pahn-glah'-tahn),  ver.;  fountain 
tributary  from  S.  of  Ulut  Riv.,  in  E.  Sdmar. 

PANGMXn  (pahng-mahn'),  ver.;  W.  coast  hamlet 
off  Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  17^  m.  Nj  of  W.  of 
Zamboanga. 

PAlVllOY,  orSALUN&I  (pahng-oy',  sah-loong'-ee). 
Tag.;  point  on  W.  coast  of  Tayabas,  Luz6ri, 
lat.  13°  16'  N. 

I'AXGPANG  (pahng-pahng'),  nat.;  point  on  ex- 
treme E.  coast  of  SAmar,  7  m.  NW.of  Binuga- 
yan. 


Telegraph. 


'  Telephone. 


Railroad.  $  Post  money  order. 


746 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE   PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


PAKGPAl^tiON  (pahiig-pahng'-awn),  ver.;  river 
in  Pan  ay  I. 

PAJi'GTAlL  (pang-tah-ill'),  ver.;  point  on  W.  shore 
of  large  bay  on  SW.  coast  of  Lejte,  1  m.  NE. 
of  Merida. 

PANGlIAGAGTiN  (pabn-gwah-gag-tahn'),  ver.; 
mountain  at  headwater  tributaries  of  Yaba- 
san  Riv.,  S.  central  Sftmar. 

PANGUBATAX  (pahn-goo-bah'-tahn),  nat.;  ham- 
let on  S.  shore  of  Sdmal  I.,  near  Paet  Pt.,15i 
m.  SE.  of  DAvao,  Mindanao 

PANGri.4>'  (pahn-geeahn'),  ver.;  point  2  m.  NVV. 
of  Duvao,  Mindanao. 

PAXGIIL  (pahn-geel').  ver.;  long,  narrow  inlet 
in  SW.  angle  of  Iligan  Bay,  extending  12  m. 
to  SW.,  from  1  to  2i  m.  wide  and  ending  in 
shallow  basin  6  m.  in  diameter.  Opens  to 
NE.  between  Biaui  and  Loculan  Pt**.,  >>i  m., 
which  also  forms  entrance  to  Port  Misamis, 
N.  coast  of  Mindanao  Shores  of  inlet  or  bay 
are  extremely  picturesque,  being  formed  of 
beautiful  valleysand  slopes  of  lofty  mountains 
and  their  outlying  spurs,  Mt.  Malindang,  13 
m.  inland  to  'W.,  rising  8,560  ft.  Another 
summit,  13  m.  farther  \V.  by  N.,  rises  8..580  ft., 
al.so  number  of  lesser  elevations  to  .SSE.  of 
Port  MisamLs.  Of  3  of  these  summits  highe.st 
is  2,312  ft.,  another  1,762  ft.  Entire  region 
round  about  is  made  up  of  these  towering 
heights  with  intervening  valleys  and  jilainsof 
great  fertility,  in  tlieii-  i.ie-em  -tate  over- 
grown with  forests  an^l  le-v.i-  \ri:etation  of 
tropical  luxuriance   and  enuimereial  value. 


PAXGUIL— Continued. 

Extreme  S.  shore  of  this  inlet  lies  within  13 
m.  of  extreme  N.  shore  of  Illana  Bay,  in 
Cotabato,  on  S.  side  of  Mindanao.  Headwa- 
ters of  most  S.  stream  leading  into  bay  rises 
within  5  m.  Mountains  which  here  form 
boundary  between  Misamis  but  6  m.  S.  of  Pan- 
guil  Bay  and  Cotabato  constitute  dividing 
summit  of  drainage  between  N.  and  S.  coasts. 

town  in  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

PAXGL'IL,  or  MVGPAXGUIL  (pahn-geel',  moog- 
pahn-geel'),  nat.;  river  emptying  on  W.  shore 
of  Panguil  Bay,  SW.  end  of  Misamis  port, 
Misamis,  Mindanao. 

PAXGUIIi  BATl''  (pahn-geel'  bah-too') ,  nat. ;  point 
on  extreme  SW.  shore  of  Sarangani  I.,  off 
SE.  coast  of  Ddvao,  Mindanao. 

PANGEIPIITAA  (pahn-gee-poo'-tahn),  ver.;  point 
in  S.  Mindanao. 

PANGl'IRAS  (pahn-gee-rahn'),  ver.;  island  off 

N.  coast  of  Ambos  Camarines  (Norte),  Luz6n, 

lat.  14°  23'  N. 
PA>"GULMXn  (pahn-gool-mahn'),  nat.:  ranch  on 

1.  bank  of  Upper  Mindanao,  NW.  of  Liguasan 

Lagoon,  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

PAX&l'LO (pahng-oo'-law),nat.;  hamletin pueblo 
of  Albay,  Albay,  Luz6n,  on  bav  of  same  name, 
lat.  13°  5'  N. 

PANGUSAN  (pang-oo'-sahn),  nat.;  point  on  NE. 
shore  of  Mact4n  I.,  off  Cebu,  E.  coast  of  Cebil, 
lat.  10°  19"  50' K. 


PANGUTARANG  (GROUP),  SULU  ARCHIPELAGO. 

(Pahng-oo-tah'-rahng,  nat.) 

Chief  town:  Maglakob,  lat.  60°  24^  X.,  Ion.  120°  33'  E. 

Area:  72J  gq.  m. 

Population:  Included  in  Sulu  group. 

Race:  .Moros. 

Language:  Moro-Suluano. 

Military  Department  of  Mindanao:  Headquarters,  "^amlwanga,  Mindanao. 

Table  of  distanceti. 
ParigutArang  (N.  point)  to —  m. 

Sulu 874 

TatAn  (Tawi-Tawi) 72 

Zamboanga  (Mindanao) 110 

A  group  of  moderately  high  islands  in  the  shallow  waters  (31^  to  600  ft.)  off  the 
SE.  arm  of  the  Sulu  Sea,  55i  m.  ( Parigutdrang  I.)  E.  of  the  W.  line  of  the  United 
States  possessions  in  Asia,  in  lat.  6°  24''  N.,  Ion.  125°  33'  E.  On  the  N.  stretches  the 
Sulu  Sea,  on  the  E.  lie  the  Balanguingui  and  Sulu  groups,  on  the  S.  the  Laparan 
group  of  the  Sulu  Archipelago,  and  W.  the  Sulu  Sea. 

The  following  are  the  islands  of  the  Paiigutirang  cluster: 


Teomabal i 

Ticul i 

Tubalubak 2 

Tubig6n 1 

UbiSn  (North) 3 

Usada 2 


Has  Bas,  S.  by  E.  of  UbiAn  (North) i 

Culassun 3 

Gumilan  4 

Malikut i 

Panducan 14 

Pailgutfi^rang 44 

Sipang 

Vessels  entering  the  Sulu  Sea  bj'  the  Sibutu  Passage  from  the  Celebes  Sea  between 
Tawi  Tawi  group,  United  States,  and  Borneo,  or  leaving  it  by  this  route,  pass  this  and 
Laparan  groups  immediately  S.  and  E.  The  islands  are  heavily  wooded  and  moder- 
ately high.  The  inhaliitants  are  mostly  engaged  in  tishiug  or  the  rudest  agriculture, 
living  in  settlements  bitt  liaving  no  fixed  village.  There  are  islands  between  N. 
Ubidn,  Laparan,  and  Bambandn  not  surveyed  or  charted.  The  language  of  the 
inhabitants  is  Sulu  Moro.     {See  Tawi  Tawi  group. ) 


GAZETTEEE    OF   THE   PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 


747 


PANC&rXAUAXG  (pahng-oo-tah'-rahng),  ver.; 
largest  island,  11  m.  N.  and  S.  and  9  m.  E.  and 
W.,  1.310  ft.  high  and  NW.  and  name  island  of 
that  group  of  Sulu  A.  Low  and  level,  with 
little  more  than  trees  visible  above  water. 
Thickly  inhabited  and  has  considerable  trade 
^yith  Siilu.  Chief  town,  Maglakob,  inland  on 
E.  side.  Entire  island  is  surrounded  by  reef 
of  coral  and  sand  banks  between  which  on 
land  are  lagoons  to  which  there  is  entrance 
only  at  high  water.  Island  covered  with  for- 
ests and  numerous  groves  of  cocoanut  trees. 
Milk  of  cocoanut  is  used  for  drinking  and  do- 
mestic purposes  on  account  of  brackishness 
of  water  in  hot  season  and  its  black  color 
during  rains. 

inter-island  passage  of  group  of  that  name, 

33  m.  NE.  of  Laparan  I. ,  between  Pangut^rang 
I.  on  N.  and  UbiAn  and  Usada  Is.  on  S.,  with 
average  width  of  5  m.  and  very  deep. 

PANtlUT  ASIAN  (pahng-oo-tah-see'-ahn),  ver.; 
limestone  island  with  double  peak,  off  Cus- 
todia  Pt.,  NW.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

PAMGURAJf  (pah-nee-goo'-rahn),  nat.;  point  in 
Leyte. 

PAXIKIAX  ( pah-nee-key '-ahn),  nat.;  low  island 
5  m.  W.  of  Flechas  Pt.,  off  W.  shore  of  narrow 
projection  of  land  forming  extreme  SE.  land 
of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

PAMLAHAN  (pah-nee-lah'-hahn),  nat.;  small 
river  entering  sea  on  SW.  coast  of  Leyte,  3  m. 
NW.  of  Albuera. 

PAMMALAUA  (pah-nee-mah-lah'-wah),  nat.; 
.summit  554  ft.,  on  N.  shore  of  Silbic  Bay,  SE. 
coast  of  Zambales,  Luzon,  NNW.  of  Subic. 

PAMMISAX  (pah-nee-moo'-sahn) ,  ver. ;  point  on 
SW.  coast  of  Palawan,  Zi  m.  N.  of  Repose  Pt. 

PAXISGAYAN  (pah-ning-ah'-yahn),  ver.;  hamlet 
5  m.  inland  on  bank  of  river  of  same  name, 
G^  m.  WNW.  of  Colasi,  Antique,  Panay. 

river  entering  sea  2  m.  E.  of  Lipata  Pt.; 

hamlet  5  m.  inland  near  its  headwaters  and 
64  m.  WNW.  of  Colasi,  and  mountain  on  W. 
slopes  of  which  it  rises  in  Antique,  Panay. 

mountain  in  Antique,  Panay,  near  bound- 
ary with  CApiz  on  E.  Panii%ayan  Riv.  rises 
among  spurs  of  this  mountain  and  empties 
into  sea  E.  of  Lipata  Pt.,  W.  coast. 

hamlet  on  E.  shore  of  Magdalag  Lake,  1  m. 

SE.  of  Magdalag  inNW.  part  of  CApiz,  Panay. 

— —  hamlet  on  NW.  shore  of  Basilan  I.,  off  S. 
coast  of  Zamboanga  Pen.,  Mindanao,  2^  m. 
SW.  of  Isabela. 

PAXIXIHIAX  (pah-nee-nee-hee'-ahn),  ver.;  en- 
trance point  to  bav  on  E.  coast  of  SAmar,  3  m. 
NE.  of  San  JuliAn. 

PANIPLAX  (pah-nee-plahn'),  ver.;  branch  of  Gui- 
sAn  Riv.,  Negros  Occidental. 

PAXIQUE  (pah-nee'-kay),  nat.;  point  in  Marin- 
duque,  off  Tayabas  coast  of  Luz6n.  (See  Salo- 
mague  Pt.) 

point  on  NE.  coast  of  Masbate  I.,  Visavas, 

lat.  12°  15'  15"  N. 

hamlet  on  NE.  shore  of  Ma.sbate  I.,  Visayas, 

12  m.  SE.  of  Masbate. 

summit  262  ft.  on  NE.  shore  of  Subic  Bay, 

SE.  coast  of  Zambales,  Luzon. 

PAXICjUI  (pah-nee'-kee) ,  nat.;  island  off  NE. 
coastof  AmbosCamarines(Sur),Luz6n;  area, 
1sq.m.,  lat..  14°  41' N. 

pueblo  on  Manila  and  Dagupan  R.  R.  in 

TArlac,  Luz6n,  14  m.  NW.  of  Tdrlac;  has  good 
road  facilities.    Pop.,  8,712. 

island  N.  of  Ambos  Camarines,  Luz6n. 

PAXiqUIAX  (pah-nee-key'-ahn),  nat.;  island  1^ 
m.  longN.  and  S.,  on  S.  side  of  entrance  to 
and  forming  shelter  for  Galera  port. 

PAXIRAX,  or  CASCADA  (pah-nee'-rahn,  cahs- 
cah'-dah),  Hisp.;  hamlet  in  Zamboanga,  Min- 
danao, receiving  its  name  from  beautiful 
torrent  of  water  in  central  range  of  mountains 
NNE.  of  Zamboanga. 


PAMIUIGAX(pah-nce-roo'-gahn),  nat.;  pointand 
S.  head  of  entrance  to  San  Juanico  Strait,  i 
m.  NE.  of  Tacloban,  Leyte. 

PAXISIAX  (pah-nee-see'-ahn),  ver.;  mountain  in 
NW.  Mindanao. 

PAXITAX  (pah-nee'-tahn),nat.;  pueblo  on  1.  bank 
of  Malinannang  Riv.,Cdpiz,  Panay,  7  m.  S.  of 
Cdpiz.    Pop.,  10,020. 

PAXJAX  (pahn-hahn'J,  Tag.;  point  on  NW. shore 
of  Tayabas,  Luz6n,  lat.  14°  12'  20"  N.,  and  at 
NE.  entrance  to  inner  bay  of  Lam6n. 

PAXJUMAJAX  (pahn-hoo-mah'-hahn),  ver.;  clus- 
ter of  islands  of  Tawi  Tawi  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

PANJUBIXAX  (pahn-hoo-ree'-nahn),  nat.;  point 
on  NE.  coast  of  Sorsog6n,  Luz6n,  lat.  13°  4' 
30"  N.,  Ion.  124°  4' 39"  E. 

PAXLATtTAX  (pahn-lah-too'-ahn),  nat.;  port  ex- 
tending li  m.  NW.  inland  and  1  m.  wideNE. 
to  SW.  at  its  widest  part,  sheltered  from  all 
winds,  with  good  depth  and  fine  anchorage 
on  SW.  coast  of  Sorsogon,  Luzon.  Geographi- 
cal position,  at  DumAguit  Pt.,  i  m.  WSW.,  lat. 
12°  52'  10"  N.,  Ion.  123°  38'  18"  E. 

town  at  NE.  end  of  a  point,  small  penin- 
sula on  W.  side  of  entrance  to  port  of  same 
name,  SW.  coast  of  Sorsogon,  Luz6n. 

PAXLEltAX  (pahn-lay-you'-ahn),  ver.;  point  on 
inlet  NE.  of  Culcul  Pt.,  SW.  coast  of  Albay, 
Luz6n. 

PAXXAX  (pun'-nun),  ver.;  hamlet  on  E.  shore  of 
Maibun  (Maimbun)  Bay,  in  S.  shore  of  Sulu  I., 
Sulu  A. 

PAXXO  (pahn'-naw),  ver.;  point  on  SW.  shore  of 
Leyte,  4  m.  SW.  of  Cajaguaan  and  9  m.  across 
sea  channel,  E.  of  extreme  NE.  point  of  Lapi- 
nig  I.,  off  NE.  coast  of  Bohol. 

PAXOCOAX  (pah-noh-coh'-ahn),  nat.;  aflluent  of 
river  flowing  S.  in  pueblo  of  Paracale,  Am- 
bos Camarines  (Norte),  Luzon. 

PAN0C0H6x  (pah-noh-coh-hohn'),  ver.;  moun- 
tain in  Basilan  grp.,  oft"S.  coast  of  Zamboanga, 
Mindanao. 

PAXOGPOY  (pah-naug-poy'),  ver.;  mountain  in 
Cebrt. 

PAXOLIAX  (pah-noh-lee'-ahn),  nat.;  summit 
430  ft.  NE.  of  Subic,  N.  shore  of  Subic  Bay, 
SE.  coast  of  Zambales,  Luzon. 

PAX6X  (pah-nohn'),  ver.;  hamlet  at  mouth  of 
small  tributary  of  NagaRiv.,  in  Ambos  Cama- 
rines (Sur), Luzon,  7  m.  NW.  of  Nueva  CAceres. 

PAXOXG  (pah-nong'),  ver.;  hamlet  of  CApiz,  Pa- 
nay, on  extreme  NW.  coast,  1^  m.  E.  of  Malay. 

PAXOO  (pah-noh'-oh),  nat.;  hamlet  on  W.  coast 
of  S.  Palawan. 

PAXOOX  (pah-noh'-on),  nat.;  river  in  Mi-samis, 
Mindanao,  flowing  N.,  empties  into  sea  on  N. 
coast. 

PAXOYPAY  (pah-noy-pie'),  ver.;  hamlet  of  Cebil 
I.  Deposits  of  argentiferous  lead  are  found  in 
vicinity. 

PAXPAX  (pahn-pahn'),  nat.;  hamlet  on  E.  shore 
of  Dumanquilas  Bay,  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

PAXSiX  (pahn-sahn'),  nat.;  river  in  pueblo  of 
San  Jos<5,  Batangas,  Luz6n,  rising  in  moun- 
tains of  Macolog,  flows  S.  and  unites  with 
Malaguintubig  tributary  of  Calumpan. 

PAXSIGI'ICAX  (pahn-see-gee'-cahn),  ver.;  town 
in  S&mar. 

PAXSIPIT  (pahn-see'-pit),  Tag.;  river  in  Batan- 
gas, Luzon,  connecting  Lake  Taal  with  Bala- 
yto  Bay,  on  S.  coast,  lat.  13°  51'  30°  N.,  about 
1  m.  from  Taal. 

PAXSOL  (pahn-sauP),  Tag.;    mineral  spring  at 

town  of  Calambft,  Laguna,  Luz6n. 
river  in  pueblo  of  Lipa,  Batangas,  Luz6n. 

PAXTABA^tlXx  (pahn-tah-bahng-ahn').  Tag.; 
pueblo  in  Nueva  Ecija,  Luz6n.    Pop.,  1,613. 

PAXTAD  (pahn-tahd').  Tag.;  hamlet  in  pueblo  of 
Taytay,  Rizal,  Luz6u. 


748 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


PAXTAXO  (pahn-tah'-noh),  Sp.;  coast  hamlet  of 

Negros  Oriental,  1  m.  SE.  of  Tanhay. 
PANTAO    (pahn-tow'),    ver.;    town    N.    of    Pt. 

Cauanhanan,  E.  shore  of  Ragay  Gulf,  in  Al- 

bay,  Luzon. 

anchorage  in  W.  Albay,  Luz6n. 

PAX'TAOX(pahn-tah'-ohn),nat.;  hamlet  in  pueblo 

of  Libong,  Albay,  Luz6n,  nearSW.  coast. 

point  on  SW.  coast  of  Albay,  Luz6n,  in 

pueblo  of  Libong. 

river  in  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luz6n, 

emptying  into  Ragay  Gulf. 

PAXTAR  (pahn-tar'),  ver.;  hamlet  near  r.  bank 
of  Iligan  Riv.,  9  m.  SE.  of  Iligan,  Misamis, 
Mindanao. 

PAXTAY  (pahn-tie'),  nat.;  hamlet  in  pueblo  of 
Vigan,  Ilocos  Sur,  Luzon. 

PAXTIJAX  (pahn-tee'-hahn),  Tag.;  hamlet  In 
Cavite,  Luzon,  20  m.  SW.  of  Cavite. 

PAXTOCOMI  (pahn-toh-eoh'-mee),  ver.;  W.  point 
of  opening  of  Paliian  Bay,  NW.  coast  of  Min- 
doro.  Nine  cone-shaped  peaks  rise  near  coast 
on  bay  and  sea  side;  also  small  forms  in  vi- 
cinity inland. 

PAXTOt'l'XAX  (pahn-toh-coo'-nahn),  ver.;  circu- 
lar island  1  m.  in  diameter  3i  m.  NW.  of  Ca- 
bukan,  low  and  flat,  in  group  off  NW.  shore 
of  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A. 

PAXTOXGOX  (pahn-tong'-ohn),  ver.;  islet  1  m. 
long,  3  m.  NE.  of  Bacalan,  in  BalAbac  grp., 
off  SW.  coast  of  Palawan. 

PAXTIID  (pahn-tood'),  ver.;  point  in  E.  Panay. 

PAXTlHiOC  (pahn-too-gauk'),  nat.;  town  in  Al- 
bay, Luz6n. 

PAXf  AX  (pah-noo'-ahn),  ver.;  island  in  shape  of 
truncated  cone,  289  ft.  high,  off  E.  point  of 
Siasi  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

PAXllBIGAX  (pah-noo-bee'-gahn),  nat.;  moun- 
tain in  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

PAXUBIJ  AX,  or  PAXCBItiAX  (pah-noo-bee'-hahn, 
pah-noo-bee'-gahn),  nat.;  group  of  1.5  smalj 
inshore  islands  and  several  i-lrts,  all  wooded, 
fronting  ciiiriaii  mh  i;.  CMa-t  nt  Zamboanga, 
Mindanan.  N.  i-  Talma  Kiava;  anchorage 
in  2  little  bays  S.  ni  rannljigan  I.  From 
these  islands  coast  runs  XNE.  16i  m.  to 
Vitali  Pt.,  which  is  fronted  by  4  islets  and 
several  rocks  which  extend  out  for  31  m.  from 
point  to  Tigbaon  I. 

PAXUBL'LIX  (poo-noo-boo'-loon);  island  in  San 
Pedro  and  San  Pablo  Bay,  E.  coast  of  Leyte, 
SE.  of  Punubulu  cluster.    {Also  Punubulu  N., 

PAXIXHIX  (pah-noo'-chin),  ver.;  island  of  Ba- 
buyanes grp.,  off  N.  coast  of  CagayAn,  Luz6n. 

PAXUITAX  (pah-noui'-tahn),  ver.;  islet  1sq.m. 
in  area,  2  m.  NE.  off  coast  of  Calayto  I.  of 
Babuyanes  grp.,  off  N.  coast  of  Cagayfin, 
Luz6n. 

PAXUXAHUA  (pah-noo-nah'-hwah),  nat.;  island 
off  E.  coast  of  SAmar,  lat.  12°  40'  N. 

PAOAA  (pah-oh-ah'-ah),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Ilocos 
Norte,  Luzon. 

PiOAC  (pah'-oh-ack),  ver.;  hamlet  near  1.  bank  of 
Iligan  Riv.,  2i  m.  below  its  outlet  of  Lanao 
Lake,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 


PAOAY  (pah-oh-i'),  nat.;  hamlet  on  W.  coa.st  of 
Antique,  Panay,  2  m.  S.  of  Antique. 

pueblo  on  small  lake  W.  of  coast  highway, 

Ilocos  Norte,  Luz6n,  3  m.  inland  from  sea- 
coa.st  and  13  m.  S.  of  Laoag.  Lake  is  also 
known  bvname  of  Danum  (meaning  water). 
Pop.,  11,848. 

PAOAY,  or  DAXrUI  (pah-oh-i',  dah-noom'),  nat.; 
lake  in  Ilocos  Norte,  Luzon,  33  ft.  deep  and  7 
m.  in  extent. 

PAOMBOXO  (pah-ohm-bohng')  Tag.;  pueblo  in 
Bulac^n,  Luzon.    Pop.,  10,297. 

PAPABAG  (pah-pah'-bahg),  nat.;  one  of  islands 
of  Tawi  Tawi  grp.,  Sulu  A.,  lat.  5°  7'  N. 

PAPAliDAYAX  (pah-pahg-dah'-yahn),  ver.;  river 
entering  sea  on  E.  coast  "of  Mindoro,  1  m. 
NW.  of  Balete  Pt. 

PAPAHA(J  (pah-pah-hahg'),  ver.;  island  SW.  of 
Tawi  Tawi,  Sulu  A.,  S.  of  Sanga  Sanga  and 
E.  of  Bongao,  being  separated  from  each  by 
narrow  channel,  latter  shallow.  SW.  side  is 
well  planted  with  cocoanut  trees,  but  is  not 
thickly  settled.  Are  many  wild  cattle  on 
island. 

PAPAXAUAX  (pah-pah-now'-ahn),  ver.;  moun- 
tain in  W.  central  Leyte,  10  m.  S.  of  Cari- 
gara. 

PAPAXAYAX  (pah-pah-nah'-yahn),  ver.;  hamlet 
on  shore  of  bay  on  W.  coast  of  Zamboanga, 
Mindanao,  43  ni.  N.  of  Zamboanga. 

PAPAXAYAXG  (pah-pah-nah-yahng'),  Tag.;  point 
on  E.  side  of  Taal  Lake,  in  Batangas,  Luz6n. 

PAPAYA  fpah-pah'-yah),Tag.;  hamlet  in  pueblo 
of  Gapan,  Nueva  Ecija,  Luzon. 

PAPUGAS  (pah-poo'-gas),  ver.;  bay  between  Cape 
Santiago  and  San  Pedrino  Pt.,  N.,  in  extreme 
SW.  point  of  Batangas  and  W.  side  of  en- 
trance to  Balayto  Bay.  At  bottom  of  bay 
is  Port  Calaboso". 

PAQUX,  or  PACAI  (pah-coo-ah',  pah'-hie),  ver.; 
i.sland  1  .sq.m.  in  NE.  waters  of  Tapul  grp., 
Sulu  A.,  W.  of  Cabingaan  I. 

PAqi'EXDA  (pah-kayn'-dah),ver.;  island  in  Subic 
Bay,  near  its  head,  in  Zambales,  Luz6n. 

PAQl'IGAXG  (pah-kev'-gang),nat.;  town  of  Bon- 
toe,  Luzon,  12  m.  from  Bontoc.  Pop.,  304, 
township  having  319. 

PAC^UIL  (pah'-kill),  Tag.;  pueblo  in  Laguna, 
Luz6n,  on  E.  shore  of  Laguna  de  Bav,  7  m. 
NNE.  of  Santa  Cruz,  9  m.  by  road.    Pop.,  1,719. 

PAQUILAUA  (pah-key-lah-wah'),  nat.;  hamlet, 
at  mouth  of  Paquilon  Riv.,  NE.  coast  of  Cdpiz, 
Panay,  9^  m.  NW.  of  Navas. 

PAQUILOX  (pah-key'-lawn),nat.;  river  in  CApiz 
Panay,  entering  sea  on  NE.  coast,  9^  m.  NW, 
of  Navas. 

PARAAX  (pah-rah'-ahn),  nat.;  island  in  Sulu 
grp.,  Sulu  A.,  lat.  b°  26'  N. 

PAKACALE  (pah-rah-cah'-lay),  ver.;  W.  point  of 
bay  of  same  name,  Ambos  Camarines  (Norte), 
Luzon;  low  and  covered  by  mangroves. 

bay  in  Ambos  Camarines  (Norte),  Luz6n. 

pueblo    in    Ambos    Camarines     (Norte), 

Luzon.     Pop.,  3,211. 


PARAG-UA,  PROVINCE  OF,  PALAWAN. 

(Pah-rah'-gwah,  Sp.) 
[North  of  the  10th  parallel  of  N.  latitude.  Island  of  Palawan,  and  the  Calamianes  and  Cuyos  groups.] 

Capital:  Ciiyo,  Cuyos  group,  Mindoro  Sea,  lat.  10°  5V  N.,  Ion.  121°  4^  E. 

Area:  Mainland,  l,"366sq.  m.;  78  dependent  islands,  269  sq.  m. ;  total,  1,635  sq.  m. 

Population:  Paragua,  25,000;  Calamianes  group,  16,338;  Cuyos  group,  8,500. 

Races:  Tagbanuas,  Negritos,  Manguianes,  Tandulanos. 

Lianguage:  Spanish  by  a  few  Spaniards,  but  Moro-Suluano  is  the  most  general  in 
Paragua;  Calamian,  Bicol,  and  mostlj^  Visayan  in  the  Cuyos  group,  and  Calamitin  and 
Tagljamia  in  the  Calamianes  group. 

Military  Department  of  Visayas:  Headquarters,  Iloilo,  Iloilo,  Panay. 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  749 

Table  of  distances. 
From  Cuyos  to—  st.  m.' 

Manila  N 247 

Manila  by  sea 272 

Taytay  W 107 

Iloilo  E.  by  S 102 

Iloilo  by  water 113 

Zamboanga  S.  by  E 265 

LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

The  mainland  of  the  province  of  Paragua  (the  term  meaning  umbrella,  so  called 
on  account  of  the  peculiar  conformation  of  the  coast) ,  which  occupies  all  that  portion 
of  the  island  of  Palawan  lying  N.  of  the  10th  parallel  of  latitude,  is  bounded  on  the 
N.  by  the  China  Sea;  the  Calamianes  group  lying  to  the  NE.  among  the  numerous 
passages  between  the  mainland  and  Mindoro,  and  connecting  the  China  with  the 
Mindoro,  Visayan,  and  Sulu  seas;  on  the  E.  by  the  Sulii  Sea,  the  Cuyos  group  lying 
midway  between  the  mainland  and  Panay;  on  the  S.  by  Moro  Palawan,  and  on  the 
W.  by  the  China  Sea. 

AREA. 

It  is  106  m.  from  Pt.  Cabuli  to  the  10th  parallel  of  N.  latitude  from  NNE.  to  SSW., 
and  from  6  to  40  m.  from  E.  to  W.  Area  of  mainland,  1,366  sq.  m.;  dependent 
islands,  269  sq.  m. ;  total,  1,635  sq.  m.^about  600  sq.  m.  larger  than  the  land  area 
of  Rhode  Island,  and  within  ;!00  sq.  m.  of  the  land  area  of  Delaware. 

PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 

A  mountain  chain  extends  from  NE.  to  SW.  l)eginning  in  the  extreme  N. ;  over- 
looking Cabuli  Pt.,  rises  a  sumnut  upward  of  2,000  ft.;  10  m.  S.  another  sununit 
2,230  ft.;  inland  from  Pagdanan  Bay  a  peak  2,000  ft.,  and  in  succession  peaks  2.300 
ft.  and  4,800  ft.  to  Cleopatra  Needle,  5,200  ft.,  and  on  the  S.  boundary  Mt.  Peel, 
3,600  ft.  high.  There  are  45  summits  upward  of  1,300  ft.  high,  mostly  near  the  E.  and 
\\.  coasts,  forming  excellent  landmarks  for  navigators  cruising  in  these  waters. 
Pagoda  cliff,  of  limestone  formation,  rises  immediately  above  a  plain  which  extends 
across  the  island,  separating  the  Bulanjao  and  Mantaliiigahan  ranges.  Connected 
with  the  latter  is  a  high  ridge  with  many  peaks,  of  which  the  most  conspicuous  are 
PanaliiTgahan  or  Hat  and  Fin. 

A  lake  in  the  N.  opens  into  the  sea  by  a  subterranean  channel.  The  climate  is 
regulated  by  the  SW.  monsoon,  or  winter,  and  NE.  monsoon,  corresponding  to  the 
summer  of  the  N.  temperate  zone.  These  winds  regulate  the  extremes  of  humidity 
and  heat.  Owing  to  the  peculiar  formation  of  the  island,  the  rivers  are  short,  but  of 
importance  on  account  of  the  means  of  transportation  which  they  furnish  for  the 
products  of  the  country. 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

The  coasts  are  indented  with  a  number  of  fine  bays  and  harbors.  Beginning  at 
theNE.: 

Daracotan;  sheltered  by  a  small  island,  on  the  NE.  shore  of  which  is  the  hamlet 
of  Tiniguiban. 

Shark's  Fin;  sheltered  by  the  important  islands  of  Balas,  Malabuctiin,  and 
Maytiaguid. 

Taytay;  upon  the  SW.  shore  of  which  is  the  town  of  the  same  name. 

Cook  Channel;  sheltered  by  the  large  island  of  Dumaran. 

Green  Island  (Bahia  de  Islas  Verdes);  an  extensive  bight  open  to  the  SE.,  but 
with  sheltered  anchorages  under  cover  of  the  islands  which  lie  across  its  waters. 

Beginning  at  N.  on  W.  coast  are: 

Bacuit,  or  Baquit;  a  deep  indentation  strewn  with  islands  affording  shelter  from 
the  NW. 

Catug-ba;  between  Bacuit  (Biiquit)  and  Malampaya  bays. 

Malampaya;  22  m.  from  NW.  to  SE.,  Tuluran  I.  protecting  its  entrance  from  the 
China  Sea  and  several  small  islands  with  deep  channels  around  theifi.  The  inner 
waters  are  completely  landlocked.  This  bay  or  sound  is  one  of  the  finest  in  the 
archipelago  and  has  been  suggested  as  one  of  the  most  advantageous  locations,  for  a 
naval  station  on  the  China  Sea  coast  between  Bakibac  and  Manila. 

Imuruan;  the  S.  portion  of  an  extensive  bight  between  Macaguit  and  Pagdanan 
Pts.     Under  the  latter  point  is  a  bay  of  the  same  name. 


750 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


Inlulutoc;  on  the  China  Sea  side  of  the  peninsula  which  forms  the  W.  shore  of 
"Malainpaya  Sound. 

Barton;  to  the  SW.  of  Imuruan,  completely  sheltered  by  4  islands  in  its  entrance. 

Mayday;  separated  from  the  former  by  a  narrow  peninsula. 

Jibboom;  to  the  SW.  protected  by  Peaked  Pt. 

St.  Pauls  Bay,  or  San  Pablo;  immediately  to  the  SW.,  Piedras  Pt.  forming  its 
S.  lirad  and  point  of  separation  from  Ulugan  Bay  on  the  S. 

Ulugan;  opening  between  Piedras  and  Sangdauen  (N.)  and  Noroeste  (S. )  Pts.  6 
111.,  and  extending  inland  9  m.  to  the  SE.  The  S.  shore,  upon  which  stands  the 
village  of  Bahile,  is  less  than  2  m.  from  the  S.  boundary  of  the  province. 

ROADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 

There  are  })ut  few  roads,  the  chief  means  of  comnumication  and  transportaticjn 
being  mountain  trails  and  rivers  leading  to  the  coasts. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

The  estimated  population  is  25,000,  although  the  census  of  1887  gives  4,198  for  the 
4  pueblos  of  this  part  of  the  mainland,  and  including  the  island  of  Dumanin.  The 
inhaT)itants  are  divided  into  4  well-defined  groups.  The  Tagbaniias,  the  most  numer- 
ous and  peaceful,  live  in  hamlets  along  the  rivers,  in  many  of  their  charact<^ristics 
resembling  the  Mohammedan  Malays  of  Mindanao,  but  are  not  of  the  same  religious 
belief.  They  occupy  the  country  between  Inagahuan  and  Danlig  on  the  E.  coast 
and  Ulugan  and  Ampuranan  on  the  W.  coast,  extending  over  the  boundary  into 
Moro  Palawan,  estimated  aljout  6,000.  A  few  Negritos  occupy  the  momitains  near 
and  on  both  sides  of  the  S.  boundary,  estimated  about  1,500.  Manguianes,  resem- 
bling the  Tagbaniias  in  characteristics  and  the  Moros  in  customs,  inhabit  the  Moro 
country,  and  are  estimated  at  4,000.  The  Tandulanos  live  along  the  W.  coast 
between  Malampaya  and  Jibboom  bays,  figured  at  1,500.  Moro-Suluano  is  the  lan- 
guage common  to  the  inhabitants  in  general,  although  each  of  the  groups  named 
lias  its  own  dialect. 

The  following  is  the  division  of  Palawan  intcj  jnieljlos  and  their  resjiective  popula- 
tion, according  to  the  census  of  1887: 


Lslaiul  and  imeblos. 


Total  population,  combining 
residents  present  and  ab- 
sent, native  ai  '  ~ 
census  1887. 


Men. 


Women.      Total, 


Palawan: 

Danlig,  Paragua 

Dumarto  I.  (Paragua) 

Piierto  Princesa  »(Moro  Palawai 

Talind&u,  Paragua 

Tay tay ,  Paragua , 

Total , 


297 
1,075 
759 
372 
495 


569 

2,032 

1,345 

663 

934 


2,^ 


5,543 


pueblo  being  part  of  Moro 


»Not  included  under  the  provincial  government  act  of  Paragua,  tl 
Palawan,  to  which  civil  govornment  has  not  been  extended. 

Estimated,  1901,  50,000. 

There  are  4  towns  and  16  villages  on  the  mainland  and  2  towns  and  2  villages  on 
Dumaran  I.     The  most  important  as  follows: 

Araceli;  on  extreme  W.  coast  of  Dumaran  I.,  near  the  entrance  to  Langcdn  Port. 

Bacuit;  on  NE.  coast  immediately  N.  of  entrance  to  bay  of  that  name.  Pop., 
Cn.  1896,  1,210. 

Danlig-;  on  the  E.  shore  at  N.  entrance  to  Cook  or  Dumanin  Channel.  Pop.,  Cn. 
1887,  569. 

Dumaran;  on  SW.  shore  of  the  island  of  same  name,  on  Cook  or  Dumaran 
Channel.     Pop.,  Cn.  1887,  2,032. 

Taytay;  on  SW.  shore  of  bay  of  same  name,  on  E.  coast  of  mainland.  The  anchor- 
age is  well  sheltered  by  islands,  and  has  from  4  to  35  fms.  depth.  Pop.,  1,733;  Cn. 
1887,  934. 

Talindac,  or  Talindan;  on  the  NE.  shore  of  the  entrance  to  Sharks  Fin  Bay.  It 
is  well  sheltered  from  the  China  Sea  byCadlao  I.,  and  the  Rugged  Limestone  group. 
Pop.,  Cn.  1887,  663. 

Timtion,  or  Tinitian;  on  the  SW.  shore  of  Green  Island  Bay,  N.  of  Acantilada 
Pt.,  6  m.  N.  of  S.  boundary.     Pop.,  11,197.  i 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  "  751 

DEPENDENT  ISLANDS. 

The  following  are  the  islands  dependent  upon  that  portion  of  the  mainland  of 
Palawan  known  as  the  province  of  I'aragua.  Where  no  figures  are  given  the  area  is 
less  than  ^  sq.  m. : 

sq.  m. 
Albaguen;  in  the  opening  of  Port  Bartpn,  NW.  coast. 
Austin;  to  the  extreme  NE.  coast  {see  Iloc  I.),  in  the  channel  between  the  mainland  and  Linapa- 

can  I. 
Bagambanguin,  or  Bagambangan,  or  Smith;  off  NE.  coast  of  Iloc  I.  in  channel  between  Palawan 

and  Linapacan  I.    Islet  lies  off  SW.  point 2 

Balas,  or  Knob;  at  entrance  to  deep  bight  on  NE.  coast  between  Malabuctiin  I.  and  mainland, 

5  m.  from  NE.  to  SW.  and  3  m.  from  NW.  to  SE.    Several  islands  and  rocks  lie  between  it  and 

mainland  on  W.     {See  also  Knob  and  Triple  I.) 10 

Barren;  one  of  cluster  of  islands  in  bight  S.  of  Taytay  Bay,  E.  coast,  NW.  of  Dumar&n.     {See 

Paly.) 
Bay;  islet  in  opening  to  Jibboom  Bay,  SW.  coast. 

islet  about  center  of  Daracotan  Bay,  off  extreme  NE  coast. 

Binatican,  or  South  Passage;  off  opening  to  Taytay  Bay,  on  NE.  coast. 

Biuulbulan;  off  NE.  coast,  SW.  of  Iloc  I. 

Boa  van;  star-shaped  island,  900  ft.  high,  off  W.  coast,  5  m.  NE.  of  Caanipi,  5  m.  E.  to  W.  and  3^  m. 

NNE.  to  SSW.  to  point  and  bay  of  Pagdanan,  between  Imunian  Bay  and  Port  Barton 3 

Broken;  one  of  many  islets  and  islands  approaching  within  borders  of  Sharks  Fin  Bay,  SSE.  of 

Balas  I.,  NE.  coast.  • 

Bunul;  E.  coast,  N.  of  DumarAn. 
Busumbulan;  NE.  coast,  N.  of  DumarAn. 
Cabuli;  NE.  of  point  of  same  name  at  extreme  N.  end  of  mainland  of  Palawan,  660  ft.  high;  3 

islets  lie  ESE.  in  opening  of  bay  of  Daracotan 1 

Cacbolo;  off  NW.  coast,  N.  of  Jibboom  Bay,  in  opening  of  Mayday  Bay 1 

Cacbucao,  or  Monk  and  Friar  I.;  off  extreme  N.  point  of  Dumar^n  I.,  in  N.  approach  to  Cook 

channel,  E.  coast. 
Cacnipa;  off  W.  coast,  at  entrance  to  Cruz  de  Mayo  Bay,  forming  N.  channel  to  Mayday  Bay; 

1,050  ft.  high 1 

Cadlao;  off  W.  coast,  NW.  of  peninsula  of  Bacuit,  in  entrance  forming  N.  channel  to  Bacuit  Bay.      2 

Cagnipa;  off  the  opening  of  Barton  port,  NW.  coast. 

Caisian,  or  Collinson;  most  E.  of  group  of  islands  NE.  of  Palawan,  in  S.  channel  to  Sharks  Fin 

Bay 2 

CalabadiAn;  islet  off  Taytay  Bay,  E.  coast. 

Calabucay;  1  of  numerous  clusters  of  islets  in  bight  S.  of  Taytay,  E.  coast. 

Calibangbagan;  E.  of  Cabuli  Pt.,  extreme  NE.  coast 2 

Calitan;  an  i.slet  immediately  off  Pt.  Cabuli,  the  extreme  N.  point  of  the  mainland  of  Palawan. 

Cambari,  or  Trepang;  islet  6  m.  off  extreme  E.  point  of  Dumarfin  I..  E.  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

Camungayan,  or  Tres  Picos;  1a  m.  NNE.  of  cape  at  the  NW.  extremity  of  Palawan. 

Capsalay;  one  of  4  islets  in  Port  Barton,  W.  coast. 

Carandanga;  NE.  coast  between  DumarAn  and  the  N.  point  of  the  mainland. 

Casirahan;  the  most  N.  of  the  Corandagos  group. 

Cauayan;  one  of  Corandagos  Is.,  E.  of  Palawan,  827  ft.  high,  off  extreme  NW.  point. 

Caverna,  La;  W.  coast,  N.  of  Cadlao. 

Cimitat;  an  island  SSE.  of  Pirate  Head.     (See  Quimitad.) 

Collinson;  most  E.  of  group  of  islands  NE.  of  Palawan,  in  S.  channel  on  Sharks  Fin  Bay. 

Comoeutan;  W.  coast  on  the  W.  shore  of  Bacuit  Bay. 

Corandagos,  or  Carandagas;  one  of  the  N.  islands,  936  ft.  high,  off  the  group  of  that  name  in  the 

Sulu  Sea,  E.  of  Taytay,  Palawan. 
Corandagos;  group  of  islands  in  the  Sulu  Sea,  between  the  Cuyos  group  and  Dumardn,  off  the  NE. 

coast  of  Palawan.    (  See  Corandagos  Is.) 
Dado;  rock  in  channel  between  Linapacan  and  Iloc  Is.,  off  NE.  coast. 
Dala;  NE.  coast,  N.  of  Dumar&n  I. 
Dalangaanem,  or  Dalaganem;  one  of  the  Corandagos  group,  a  long,  narrow  island  E.  by  N.  of  the 

extreme  E.  point  of  Dumarto  I. ;  the  village  of  Tudela  is  on  the  W.  shore 2 

Diapila;  near  the  N.  end  of  the  island. 

Dumardn;  largest  of  islands  of  Palawan,  on  NE.  coast,  off  extreme  E.  point  of  mainland  of  Pala- 
wan, from  which  it  is  separated  by  Cook  channel,  3  m.  wide  at  narrowest  point;  6  islets  lie  in 

channel  between  NW.  shore  and  mainland  of  Palawan.    (See  Dumar4n  I.) 128 

-  Flat,  or  Rosa,  or  Sombrero;  islet  S.  of  BarbacAn,  in  Bahia  de  Islas  Verdes,  E.  coast 6 

Gauen;  E.  coast,  N.  of  Dumardn. 

Gim6nez;  islet  off  NE.  coast,  E.  of  Malabuctiin. 

Greene,  E.  coast,  one  of  a  group  of  small  islands  S.  of  Flechas  Pt.     (See  Verdes  Is.) 

Green  Naud;  S.  coast,  2  inshore  islands  at  the  S.  end  of  Bahia  de  Islas  Verdes.     (See  Verde  del 

Norte  and  del  Sur  Islas.) 
Guntao,  North  and  South;  2  Islands  off  S.  channel  to  Bacuit  Bay,  NW.  coast,  one  of  Rugged  Lime- 
stone group 1 

Hormiga;  W.  coast,  E.  of  N.  channel  between  Cauayan  and  Cadlao. 
Ibobor;  1  of  3  islets  in  SW.  angle,  in  bight  S.  of  Taytay,  on  E.  coast. 
Icadambanauan,  or  Taytay;  off  E.  coast,  in  S.  approach  to  Taytay  Bay;  Calabadita  I.  lies  N.; 

very  dangerous  ground  for  navigation  off  the  shore 2 

Iloc,  or  Austin;  NE.  of  mainland,  in  channel  between  Palawan  and  Linapacan  I.,  4  m.  from  NE. 

toSW.  and2im.  from  NW.  to  SE 3 

Imunian;  islet  in  NW.  angle  of  bay  of  same  name,  on  NW.  coast 5 

Jemelos;  near  the  NE.  coast  ot  Palawan. 

Johnson;  one  of  many  islets  in  Bahia  de  Islas  Verdes,  E.  coast. 

Juabuyatan;  W.  of  a  cluster  just  at  the  entrance  to  Bacuit  Bay. 

Juanbuyod;  an  island  just  NE.  of  Masinloc. 

Knob  and  Triple;  island  of  some  size  off  NE.  coast.    (See  Balas  I.) 

Lagen;  W.  coast,  on  the  S.  shore  of  Bacuit  Bay. 

Lalutaya;  W.  coast,  off  extreme  NE.  point 1 

Lampinagan:  in  NE.  angle  of  Imuruan  Bay,  NW.  coast 48 

Linapacan;  off  NE.  point. 

Malabuctiin;  off  NE.  coast,  in  entrance  to  bight  on  mainland,  between  Balas  and  Pinachiuyan 

Is.;  cluster  of  islets  lie  between  them  and  Balas  on  NW.,  4  m.  N.  toS.,  2  m.  fromE.  to  W 8 


752  "        GAZETTEEK    OF    THE    PHILIPriNE    ISLANDS. 

sq.m. 
Malampaya;  6  inshore  islands  in  bay  of  that  name,  NW.  shore.  ' 

Maniloc;  1  of  7  islands  in  Bacuit  Bay,  KW.  coast 3 

Manimbiilao,  or  Wedge:  in  NW.  of  Imuruan  Bay,  NW.  coast,  180  ft.  high. 

Mayabacon;  NE.  between  DumarAn  and  N.  point,  off  the  mainland. 

Waytiaguid;  close  to  NE.  coast,  and  largest  of  cluster  of  6  islands  of  some  size  and  large  number 

of  rocks  and  islets,  8  m.  from  N.  to  S.  and  4  m.  from  E.  to  AV.;  village  of  same  name  lies  on  W. 

shore  of  narrow  channel,  between  island  and  mainland;  village  of  Silanga  lies  to  NW.,  on  main 

shore 24 

Mobanen;  center  of  group  of  some  size  off  NE.  coast,  between  Pinachiuyan  and  Maytiaguid  Is. . .      3 
Monk  and  Friar;  an  island,  E.  coast,  N.  of  the  extreme  N.  point  of  Dumar^n.     (See  Cacbucao.) 
Paly,  or  Barren;  cluster  of  islands  in  the  bight  S.  of  Taytay  Bay,  E.  coast,  NW.  of  Dumar&n. 

Paly;  SE.  of  Taytay,  E.  coast 3 

Pen6n  Matinloc;  narrow  island  in  entrance  to  Bacuit  Bay 3 

Pinachiuyan;  E.  of  Maytiaguid  I.,  oft'  E.  coast 3 

Pinachiuyan;  one  of  a  group  of  islands,  off  the  NE.  coast  between  Caislan  and  Mobanen  I.;  an 

Islet  lies  to  the  NE. 
Quimitad,  or  Cimitat;  islet  SE.  of  extreme  E.  point  of  Dumardn,  E.  coast  of  Palawan. 
Rosa,  or  Flat,  or  Sombrero;  islet  off  SE.  ".oast,  immediately  N.  of  Bais  I.,  and  NE.  of  Stanlake  I. 

(Bahia  de  Islas  Verdes),  forming  bight  on  E.  coast  between  Flechas  and  Acantilada  Pts 1 

Reef;  1  of  group  of  small  islands  off  Flechas  Pt.,  in  Green  Islands  Bay,  off  E.  coast. 

Reinard;  1  of  2  N.  islets  in  an  inshore  chain  N.  of  Acantilada  Pt.,  E.  coast. 

Rita;  on  the  W.  coast,  W'.  of  Ulugan  Bay. 

Rugged;  cluster  of  islands  off  entrance  to  Bacuit  Bay. 

Shell;  islet  opposite  Malcampo  village,  E.  coast;  most  N.  of  Bahia  de  Islas  Verdes. 

Silanga;  N.^f  DumarAn  I.,  E.  coast. 

Smith;  off  NE.  coast,  SE.  of  Hoc  I.     (See  Bagambanguin.) 

Snake;  rock  60  ft.  high,  between  Binatican  and  Calabadi^n  Is.,  in  channel  of  Taytay  Bay,  NE. 

coast. 
Stanlake;  1  of  Bahia  de  Islas  Verdes  (Green  Is.),  Iving  totheSW.;  a  smaller  islet  of  cluster  lies 

3  m.  to  the  E. 
South  Passage;  off  the  opening  to  Taytay  Bay,  on  the  NE.  coast.     (See  Binatican.) 
Tapiutan;- long  narrow  strip  almost  nttacluii  tn  I\n6n  Matinloc,  in  entrance  to  Bacuit  Bay,  NW. 

coast.    There  is  more  vegetation  vu  it  iliaii  \hv  others.    It  is  also  a  member  of  the  Rugged 

Limestone  group  of  islets  off  this  bav;  1, 11.)  it.  high 2 

Tent;  islet  off  NW.  coast,  SSW.  of  W.  headland  of  Baquit  (Bacuit)  Bay. 

Three  Peaked;  cluster  of  rocks  off  entrance  to  Ulugan  Bay,  W.  coast. 

Trepang.     (See  Cambari,  islet  off  Dumardn. ) 

Tuluran;  W.  coast,  at  entrance  to  port  of  Malampaya,  4  m.  from  N.  to  S.,  andli  m.  from  E.  to  W..      4 

Verde;  islet  8  m.  SSW.  of  Flechas  Pt.,  E.  coast;  most  E.  of  Bahia  de  Islas  Verdes. 

islet  between  Caisian  and  the  S.  point  of  Maytiaguid  I.,  in  cluster  off  NE.  coast. 

Verde  del  Norte  and  del  Sur;  2  islets  close  to  the  E.  shore,  N.  of  Acantilada  Pt. 

Verdes  (green) ;  a  group  of  small  islands  S.  of  Flechas  Pt,  E.  coast. 

Verdes,  Islas;  a  cluster  of  islands— Verde,  Shell,  Rosa,  and  Stanlake— in  the  bight  between  Flechas 

and  Acantilada  Pts.,  on  the  E.  coast. 
Wedge;  in  N.  waters  of  Imurtian  Bay,  NW\  coast.    (See  Manimbulao.) 

63  named  and  adjacent  islands  included  aggregate  (approx.)  of  islets  named  above  and 
unnamed;  total  area 269 

VEGETABLE   PRODUCTS. 

The  staples  of  agriculture  are  tol^acco,  rice,  sugar,  and  vegetables.  Also  fine  pas- 
ture lands,  upon  which  large  numbers  of  cattle,  carabaos,  goats,  and  hogs  are  grazed. 
The  nutmeg  is  a  product  common  to  the  soil,  and  also  cocoanuts  and  sweet  potatoes. 

MINERALS. 

Gold,  lead,  antimony  in  the  form  of  pyrites  are  found;  also  indications  of  iron, 
copper,  and  sulphur.  Slate  also  of  good  quality  and  granite  of  a  somewhat  porous 
variety.     It  is  not  known  whether  these  minerals  exist  in  commercial  quantities. 

FORESTS. 

The  forests  on  the  mountain  sides  are  extensive  and  the  quality  of  the  wood 
excellent  for  economic  purposes.  Among  the  most  important  are  narra,  calandas  (a 
species  of  cedar),  ipil  (one  of  the  largest  growing  woods),  molave,  apiay  (a  wood 
not  known  in  Luzon),  uring  (Fragosa  peregrina),  from  which  gum  mastic  is  obtained. 
From  the  swamps  bacanan,  tangal,  and  langhoray,  the  3  principal  species  of  man- 
grove, are  obtained.  Rattan  of  the  finest  quality  grows  extensively,  and  also  nipa 
palm  on  the  banks  of  the  streams  and  estuaries. 

FRUITS. 

The  tropical  fruits  of  the  archipelago,  mangosteens,  mangas,  besides  many  com- 
mon to  the  more  N.  islands,  grow  luxuriantly. 

INDUSTRIES. 

The  industries  consist  of  weaving  the  native  textiles  for  home  use.  Grazing  and 
the  gathering  of  salangante,  the  valuable  edible  bird's  nests  are  also  an  important 
occupation.     The  nests  of  Penon  de  Coron,  one  of  the  Calamianes  group,  are  regarded 


GAZETTEEli    OF    THE    rHILIlTINE    ISLANDS. 


753 


as  the  most  valual)le  in  the  archipelago.  Those  of  greatest  glntinous  purity  it  is  said 
have  brought  as  high  as  $4,000  a  picul  (1  picnl=137.9  lbs.)-  The  cowries,  tlie  httle 
shell  used  as  money  in  Siam  and  other  points  on  the  E.  mainland  of  Asia,  are 
gathered  in  several  of  the  islands  and  constitute  an  important  item  of  commerce. 

UNITED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 

The  island  of  Palawan  was  occuiiicd  by  one  of  the  early  expeditions  sent  from 
Manila  to  take  possession  of  the  S.  islands.  On  February  15,  1902,  the  only  military 
stations  were  at  Alfonso  ( Alphonso)  XIII,  on  the  luiy  of  Tagbayug,  on  the  W.  coast, 
and  Puerto  Princcsa,  on  the  K.  coast,  of  the  Moro  portion  of  Palawan,  to  which  civil 
government  was  not  extended  under  the  provincial  troverninent  act.  On  that  date 
there  were  no  military  stations  within  that  part  which  is  now  the  province  of  Paragua, 
Palawan. 

CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 

Under  the  act  of  June  23,  1902,  provincial  government  was  extended  to  that  por- 
tion of  the  island  of  Palawan  (Paragua),  N.  of  the  10th  parallel  of  N.  latitude  and  to 
the  small  islands  adjacent  thereto,  including  Dumarun  and  the  islands  forming  the 
Calamianes  and  the  Cuyos  groups,  under  the  name  of  Paragua. 


PROVINCIAL  OFFICERS. 

[Salaries  and  expenses  in  United  States  money.] 

Governor $1, 600 

Secretary-treasurer 1, 500 

Supervisor 1,  200 

Fiscal 1 ,  000 

These  officers  are  required  to  be  appointed  by  the  civil  governor,  with  the  advice 
and  consent  of  the  United  States  P.  C. ,  and  may  be  removed  in  the  same  manner. 
The  law  also  provides  as  to  eligibility  for  either  of  these  offices.  The  offices  of  the 
above-named  officers  are  established  in  the  municii^ality  of  Cuyo,  Cuyo  I.,  Cuyos 
group,  Mindoro  Sea.  Among  other  requirements  under  the  act  the  provincial 
secretary-treasurer  is  required  to  be  able  to  read  and  write  the  Spanish  language  and 
after  January  1906,  the  English  language  also.  A  form  of  oath  is  prescribed.  The 
duties  and  powers  of  the  governor  and  the  other  provincial  officers  are  the  same  as 
provided  for  the  same  officers  and  the  provincial  board  in  the  province  of  Nueva 
Vizcaya,  Luzon. 

The  provincial  board  is  required  immediately  after  its  organization  to  proceed  with 
the  organization  of  each  of  the  pueblos  of  the  province  which  has  a  sufficient  Chris- 
tian or  civilized  population  to  warrant  the  maintenance  of  a  municipal  government 
therein,  and  to  report  the  same  to  the  civil  governor,  with  the  name,  civilized  popu- 
lation, and  boundaries  of  the  same.  The  provincial  governor  is  also  authorized  to 
deal  with  and  provide  for  the  government  of  non-Christiau  tribes,  including  Moros  in 
the  province. 


PAR.\GIIA,  or  PALAWAN  (pah-rah'-gwah,  Sp.; 
pah-lah'-wan,  nat.) ;  channel  between  N. 
coast  of  Palawan  and  Calamianes  grp.  Pala- 
wan Passage  route,  which  lies  along  W.  coast 
of  Palawan  I.  and  NW.  coast  of  Borneo,  is 
about  same  length  from  Manila  to  Singapore 
as  China  Sea  route. 

PARAIPABAI  (pah-rye-pah'-rye),  nat.;  river  en- 
tering Calasian  roadstead  S.  of  Jervois  Pt.  at 
base  of  Sidangdang  Hill,  SW.  coast  of  Pala- 
wan. 

PARAIVO  (pah-rah-ee'-voh),  ver.;  hamlet  on  E. 
shore  of  Leyte  Bay,  NW.  shore  of  Leyte,  3  m. 
N.  of  Leyte. 

PARAN  (pah'-rahn),  nat.;  N.  point  and  head  on 
S.  shore  of  Albay  Gulf,  in  Albay,  Luz6n,  being 
both  high  and  steep;  thermal  spring  near  it 
emits  volume  of  vapor  which  may  be  seen  at 
great  distance. 

hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Orani,  Bata4n,  on  r. 

bank  of  stream  flowing  SSW.,  lat.  14°  49'  N. 

PARASAqUE  (pah-rah-nyah'-kay),  Hisp.;  pueblo 
of  Rizal,  Luz6n,  on  E.  shore  of  Manila  Bay,  6^ 
m.  S.  of  Manila  city.    Pop.,  9,863. 


PARANAS  (pah-rah'-nas),  ver.;  town  in  pueblo 
of  Jiabong,  E.  shore  of  Maqueda  Bay,  VV.  coast 
of  Silmar,  10  m.  E.  of  Catbalogan.    Pop.,  7,366. 

pueblo  in  Sflmar. 

PiBAN(J  (pah'-rahng),  nat.;  hamlet  (in  point  of 
that  name  on  SW.  shore  of  Sulii  I.,  .Sulu  A.; 
consists  of  about  40  houses  in  line  Iniilt  on 
piles  in  sea,  each  house  having  its  own  com- 
munication with  shore  by  means  of  bridge  of 
palm  stems,  numerous  fishing  stakes  in  water 
mark  chief  occupation  of  natives,  inhabitants 
are  largely  engaged  in  jiearl  and  sliell  fisher- 
ies and  are  celebrated  lliidHKlidUt  II rehipelago 
and  wherever  known  for  marvelous  depth  to 
which  they  penetrate  in  their  diving  for  val- 
uable mollusks  of  commerce. 

inland  hamlet  on  Sulti  I.,  Sulu  A.^  8  m.  SE. 

by  S.  of  Suhi  and  11  m.  E.  by  N.  of  Pdrang  on 
same  island,  SW.  coast. 

hamlet  on  E.  .shore  of  Basilan,  off  S  coast 

of  Zamboanga  Pen.,  Mindanao,  2  m.  SW.  of 
Matangal  Pt. 

PiRAN«,  or  BUl^A  (pah'-rahng,  boong'-ah), 
nat. ;  point  on  borders  of  small  bay  on  extreme 
SW.  land  of  Suhi  I.,  Sulii  A.;  hamlet  of  Pdrang 

.     is  immediately  SE. 


S.  Doc.  280- 


-48 


754 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


PAKAlftlAAN  (pah-rahng-ah'-ahn),  ver.;  conical 
island  90  ft.  high,  on  SW.  side  of  Tapaan 
Passage,  Tawi  Tawi  grp.,  SuluA.;  covered 
with  grass.  4  m.  W.  is  small  flat-topped  islet, 
14  ft.  high. 

PABAlStiAN  (pah-rahng'-ahn),  nat.;  islet  off  SE. 
coast  of  Siasi  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

PARANGANO  (pah-rahn-gah'-noh),  ver.;  island  in 
Tawi  Tawi  grp.,  Sulii  A.,  lat.5°'  18'  30"  N. 

PABANNAHALAN  (pah  -  rahn  -  nah  -  hah'-  lahn ) , 
Tag.;  mountain  in  Laguna,  Luzon,  WNW.  of 
Mabitac;  lat.  14°  26' 30"  N. 

PARAN  PARAN  (pah-rahn-pah'-rahn),  nat.;  river 
entering  Polloc  Harbor,  E.  side  of  Illana  Bay, 
S.  shore  of  Cotabato,  Mindanao.  Can  be  en- 
tered with  difficulty  by  boats.  Water  is  good 
and  abundant.  Moro  hamlet  of  same  name 
is  on  N.  bank. 

Moro  hamlet,  on  N.  bank  that  river,  lat.  7° 

21'  30"  N.,  Ion.  124°  13'  40"  E.,  on  E.  shore  of 
Polloc  Harbor,  E.  coast  of  Illana  Bay,  Cota- 
bato, Mindanao.  On  mole  heads  are  red  and 
green  lights,  11  ft.,  above  sea,  visible  3  m. 
Polloc  is  red  and  Paran  Paran  light,  across 
the  bay,  green. 

PARAPAO  (pah-rah-pack'),  nat,;  mountain  inllo- 
cos  Norte,  Luzon,  about  center  of  pueblo  of 
Bangui. 

PARARA  (pah-rah'-rah),  ver.;  point  in  S.  Min- 
danao. 

PARASAN  (pah-rah'-sahn),  ver.;  hamlet  in  pue- 
blo of  Catbalogan,  on  W.  coast  of  SAmar; 
lat.  11°  42'  N. 

island  off  W.  shore  of  SAmar,  3  m.  long 

and  2  m.  wide;  low,  with  high  rocky  islets 
off  it,  8  m.  W.  of  Catbalogan,  and  separated 
from  NW.  .shore  of  DarAm  I.,  beyond,  by 
channel  less  than  1  m.  wide.  Pacasan,  on 
its  SW.  shore,  is  its  port. 

PARATl'CAN  (pah-rah-too'-cahn),  ver.;  moun- 
tain in  Ambos  Camarines,  Luz6n. 

PARAl'A  (pah-rah'-yah),  ver.;  mountain  in  N. 
Mindanao. 

PARilAO  (pah-rah'-yah-oh),  ver.;  hamlet  on 
main  road  from  Malasiqui  to  Lingayen,  6  m. 
from  latter,  in  Pangasindn,  Luz6n. 

PARDO  (pahr'-doh),  Sp.;  coast  town  of  E.  Cebii, 
inland  from  Ciiuit  Pt.  3  m.,  and  4  m.  SW.  of 
Cebii.    Pop.,  10,647. 

PARIAN(pah-ree'-ahn) ,  nat. ;  ward  in  city  of  Cebii. 
(^iso  Pairan.) 

PARIAN  KISAP  (pah-ree'-ahn  kee-sahp'),  nat.; 
stream  entering  sea  on  E.  shore  Siasi  I.,  Tapul 
grp.,  Sulu  A. 

village  E.  shore  Siasi  I.,  Sulu  A. 

PARIAN  LUKOtf  (pah-ree'-ahn  look-goo'),  nat.; 
stream  entering  on  SE.  shore  of  Siasi  I.,  Tapul 
grp.,  Sulu  A. 

village  E.  shore  Siasi  I.,  Sulu  A. 

pXRIC,  or  DOLORES  (pah'-rick,  ver.,  doh-loh'- 
ress,  Sp.);  pueblo  on  1.  bank  of  mouth  of  Ulut 
Riv.,  on  E.  coast  of  S^mar,  43  m.  across  island 
from  Catbalogan.    Pop.,  3,469. 

PARID  (pah'-rid),  nat.;  hamlet  in  pueblo  of 
Tubig,  SSlmar. 

PARIGAO  (pah-ree'-gah-oh),  nat.;  point  on  SW. 
coast  of  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luz6n,  lat. 

12°  57'  N. 

PARITAN  (pah-ree'-tahn),  ver.;  hamlet  in  E. 
Leyte,  on  Dagami  road,  1  m.  N.  of  Burauen. 

PARNO  (pahr'-noh),  ver.;  river  in  Pampanga, 
Luz6u,  rising  in  Binagatan  Mt.,  lat.  15°  10'  30" 
N.  Flows  NE.  and  empties  on  r.  bank  of 
Pampanga  Chico  Riv. 

PARO  (pah'-roh),  ver.;  hamlet  on  r.  bank  of 
Grande  de  la  Pampanga  Riv.,  in  Pampanga, 
Luz6n,  7  m.  ESE.  of  Bacolor. 

PARON  (pah-rohn'),  nat.;  point  on  E.  coast  of 
Albay,  Luzon,  on  bay  of  Albay. 


PAROOL  (pah-roh-ohl'),  ver.;  one  of  islands  of 
Sulu  grp.,  Sulu  A.,  lat.  G°  1'  N. 

PABPAGOJA  (pahr-pah-goh'-hah),  ver.;  town  on 
W.  coast  of  Tablas  I.,  Rombl6n  grp.,  Visayas. 

PARTIBAUAN  (pahr-tee-bah'-wahn),  nat.;  sum- 
mit 436  ft.  on  SE.  shore  of  Subic  Bay,  SE.  coast 
of  Zambales,  Luz6n. 

PABUAO  (pah-roo-ah'-oh),nat.;  river  tributary  to 
Chico  de  la  Pampanga  Riv.,  running  through 
T4rlac,  Luzon. 

PASA  (pah'-sah),  ver.;  mountain  in  W.  Abra, 
Luz6n,  near  boundary  with  Ilocos  Sur,  13  m. 
ESE.  of  Bangued. 

PASACAO  (pah-sah-cow'),  ver.;  bay  and  anchor- 
age on  E.  coast  of  RagayBay,  Ambos  Camari- 
nes (Sur),  Luz6n;  most  frequented  anchorage 
on  that  side;  place  of  call  for  steamers.  High 
flat  i.slet,  Refugio,  lies  i  m.  from  point. 

pueblo  on  SW.  coast  of  Ambos  Camarines 

(Sur),  shore  of  Ragay  Bay.    Pop.,  1,548. 

mineral  spring  near  Pasacao,  Ambos  Ca- 
marines (Sur),  Luz6n. 

PASAG  (pah'-sahg),  nat.;  river  forming  one  of  W. 
channels  of  Pampanga  delta  in  pueblo  of 
Porac,  Pampanga,  Luzon,  emptying  into  Ma- 
nila Bay. 

PASAIIAN  (pah-sah'-hahn),  nat.;  village  and  river 
entering  Port  Isabela,  Basilan  I.,  off  S.  coast 
Zamboanga  Pen.,  Mindanao.  Naval  estab- 
lishment of  Isabela  is  at  its  mouth. 

PASAL  (pah'-sahl),  nat.;  point  on  SE.  coast  of 
Semerara  I.,  off  SE.  coa.st  of  Mindoro. 

PASALEN  (pah-sah'-layn),  nat.;  river  in  Ilocos 
Norte,  Luzon,  rising  in  lat.  18°  39'  N.  and 
emptying  into  China  Sea. 

I'ASAN  (pah'-sahn).  Tag.;  point  on  N.  coast  of 
Maricaban  I.,  on  W.  side  of  entrance  to  Ba- 
tangas  Bay,  S.  coast  of  Batangas,  Luzon. 

PASANDUION  (pah-sahn-doo'-yohn).  Tag.;  ham- 
let in  pueblo  of  Catanauan,  Tayabas,  Luzon, 
on  SW.  coast,  lat.  13°  37'  30"  N. 

PASANHAN  (pah-sahn-hahn'),  nat.;  hamlet  in 
Basilan  I.,  off  SW.  peninsula  of  Zamboanga, 
Mindanao. 

PASANjiN  (pah-sahn-hahn').  Tag.;  point  in  S. 
Tayabas,  Luz6n,  NE.  of  Bondog  Pt. 

port  on  NE.  coast  of  Sdmar;  formed  on  N. 

by  SiU  and  S.  by  Alibuyon  Pt.,  lat.  12°  2.5' 
10"  N. 

PASAO  (pah-sah'-oh),  Sp.;  mountain  in  NE.  La- 
guna, Luz6n. 

pXSAV  (pah'-sigh).  Tag.;  village  near  shore  of 
Manila  Bay,  S.  of  Manila,  Rizal,  Luz6n. 

town  in  Rizal,  Luz6n;  upon  application 

of  municipal  council  of  Pineda,  name  was 
changed  to  PAsay,  by  act  of  P.  C,  September 
6,  1901. 

small  S.  tributary  of  Ulut  Riv.,  in  E.  Sdmar. 

small  lake  S.  of  Laoag,  Ilocos. Norte,  Lu- 

z6n,  between  highway  and  China  Sea  coast. 

PASAYAHON  (pah-sah-yah-hohn'),  ver.;  moun- 
tain in  S.  SAmar. 

PASCO  (pas'-coh),  Sp.;  point  on  S.  boundary,  E. 
coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan,  NE.  of  Deep  Bay, 
Moro  Palawan. 

channel  between  Green  Is.  and  shore,  i  m. 

wide,  SE.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

islet  in  the  SE.  angle  of  Basey  Bay,  NW. 

coast  of  Paragua;  Palawan. 

PASCOLOGA  (pass-coh-loh'-gah),  ver.;  hamlet  in 
Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luz6n. 

PASCL'AS  (pass'-kwahs),  Sp.;  mountain  in  W. 
Abra,  Luz6n. 

PASEGAiN'  (pah-say'-gahn),  ver.;  one  of  numer- 
ous small  islands  of  Tawi  Tawi  grp.,  Sulu  A., 
6  m.  E.  of  Tandubato  I. 

PASEGAN  GUlMBi  (pah-say'-gahn  geem-bah'), 
ver.;  island  1^  m.,  W.  of  Pasegan  SAmal,  Ta- 
budu  cluster,  Cinapusan  grp.,  Sulu  A. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


755 


PASEOAN  sXMAL  (pah-say'-gahn  sah'-mahl), 
ver.;  low  coral  island  90  ft.  high,  5  m.  WNW. 
of  UbiAn,  covered  with  trees,  in  TabuAn  clus- 
ter, Cinapusan  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

PASENKOAN  (pah-sayn-coh'-ahn),_nat.;  island 
^  m.  from  N.  to  S.,  in  Tambiluanga  channel, 
separated  from  Taruc  I.  on  W.  by  narrow 
channel,  10  to  26  ft.  deep,  off  NE.  coast  of 
Tawi  Tawi  I.,  Sulu  A. 

PASCiO  (pass'-goh).  Tag.;  point  at  extremity  of 
narrow  tongue  of  land  on  W.  coast  of  Ragay 
Gulf,  SE.  coast  of  Tayabas,  and  on  E.  side  of 
entrance  to  port  of  that  name.    (See  Mayasas.) 

PiSIB  (pah'-sib),  ver.;  tributary  rising  in  Pico 
de  caiao,  in  NW."corner  of  Isabela,  Luz6n, 
and  entering  CagayAn  on  N.  from  E.  course 
empties  into  Chico  de  Cagaydn  Riv. 

PASSIU  (pah'-sig),  nat.;  outlet  of  Laguna  de  Bay 
into  bay  of  Manila  at  city  of  that  name ;  has  sev- 
eral tributaries,  those  which  it  receives  from 
r.  bank  only  important  ones,  Caintft,  Grande 
de  San  Mateo,  and  San  Francisco  del  Monte. 
Those  which  unite  with  it  on  1.  bank  are 
small  streams  and  creeks,  short  in  length,  and 
carrying  little  water.  P4sig  Riv.  is  principal 
means  of  communication  between  Manila 
and  Laguna  de  Bay,  which  is  only  18  m.  dis- 
tant, and  provinces  on  its  borders.  Width  is 
from  340  to  6,700  ft.,  and  its  depth  is  also  va- 
riable, from  7^  to  20 J  ft.;  is  navigable  for  na- 
tive boats  and  light  craft  between  Laguna 
de  Bay  and  bay  of  Manila,  15  m.  Manila, 
capital  of  P.  I.,  is  on  1.  bank  of  its  entrance 
to  Manila  Bay.  On  opposite  side,  connected 
by  fine  bridges,  are  siiliurl>s  of  Binondo,  Santa 
CIruz,  Quiapo,  ami  Sail  .Miunel.  River  is  nav- 
igable 10  m.,  ami  is  ciiii  t  artury  of  communi- 
cation with  interior;  earries  11  ft.  on  bar  at 
low  water. 

capital,  p.  o.,  and  pueblo  of  Rizal,  Luzon, 

on  NVV.  shore  of  Laguna  de  Bay,  at  mouth  of 
Mariquina  Riv.,  8  m.  E.  of  Manila.  Pop., 
22,000. 

island  4  m.  E.  of  Tambadon  Pt.,  E.  coast  of 

SAmar. 

village   on    Baldbac    I.,  off   extreme  SW. 

point  of  Palawan. 

PASUjAJOJJ  (pah-see-gah'-hohn),  ver.;  point  on 
W.  coast  of  Siquijor  I.,  SW.  of  Bohol,  Visayas. 

PASIJAN  (pah-see'-hahn),  ver.;  westernmost  of 
Camotes  Is.,  9  by  6  m.,  14  m.  S.  of  Duljugan, 
SW.  coast  of  Leyte,  in  approach  to  Ormoc 
Bay;  port  is  San  Francisco,  on  S.  shore. 

PASIL  (pah'-sill),  Tag.;  point  in  S.  Tayabas, 
Luzon. 

PASLOOON,  or  TABOC  (pa,s-loh'-gohn,  tah-bock'), 
ver.;  islet  off  W.  coast  of  Leyte,  I5  m.  SW.  of 
Palompon. 

PASOdiUN  (pah-soh'-goon),  ver.;  river  on  W. 
coast  of  Mindoro,  falling  into  sea  4^  m.  N\V. 
of  Iriron. 

PASOS  (pah'-sohs),  Sp.;  point  on  W.  coast  of  Zam- 
bales,  Luzon. 

PASPASAQUI  (pa.ss-pah-sah'-key),  ver.;  hamlet 
in  Lepanto,  Luzon,  15  m.  NW.  of  CayAn. 

PASSAGE,  for.;  island  3  m.  in  circumference,  di- 
viding principal  channels  leading  to  Inner 
Malampaya  Sound,  W.  coast  of  Paragua,  Pala- 


PASSI,  or  PASSY  (pass'-see),  ver.;  pueblo  in  E. 
Iloilo,  Panay,  24  m.  N.  of  Iloilo.    Pop.,  13,802. 
river  in  Panay.    (See  Taland  Riv.) 

PASTOBA (pass-toh'-rah)  (shepherdess),  Sp. ;  point 
on  W.  shore  of  Lingayen  Gulf,  PangasinAn, 
Luzon. 

PASTRANA,  or  MAMAYBAXAY  (pas-trah'-nah, 
mah-my-bah-nigh'),  Sp.;  pueblo  in  E.  central 
Leyte,  14  m.  SW.  ot  Tacloban. 

PAStMBl^(^UlI)  (pah-soom-boo'-kid),nat.;  moun- 
tain in  NE.  Leyte,  7  m.  SE.  of  Babatugon. 


PASUqillN  (pah-soo-keen'),  nat.;  puol)l()  on  W. 
coast  highway,  on  S.  side  of  mouth  of  Bila- 
tang  Riv.,  in  NVV.  Ilocos  Norte,  Luzon,  10  m. 
N.  of  Laoag.    Pop.,  5,615. 

PATA  (pah'-tah),  Sp.;  island  1,434  ft.  high,  4^  m. 
E.  and  W.,  fronting  Tutu  Bay,  S.  coast  of 
Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A.  Small  island  1  sq.  m.  lies 
immediately  off  E.  coast. 

anchorage  on  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

point  on  N.  coast  of  Ilocos  Norte,  Luzon, 

lat.  18°  42'  50"  N. 

point  3  m.  SE  of  Cabicuiigan  Pt.,  CagayAn, 

Luzon,  one  of  4  N.  extremes  of  land  in  Luzon, 
Mayraira,  Cabicungau,  Dialao,  and  Pata. 
NW.  point  of  immense  bay.  From  here  coast 
trends  SE.  48  m.  and  thence  27  m.  to  Cape 
Engaiio,  forming  large  bay. 

hamlet  on  N.  coast  of  Cagaydn,  Luzon. 

PiTA«  (pah'-tahg),  nat.;  bay  on  E.  coast  of  Al- 
bay,  Luzon,  lat.  13°  42'  10"  N. 

PATAHAN  (pah-tah-hahn'),  nat.;  point  on  ex- 
treme E.  shore  of  Albay,  Luzon. 

PATALIjAN  (pah-tah-loo'-ahn),  ver.;  point  on 
main  shore  of  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A.,  1^  m.  from 
Tuliiln  I.,  S.  of  Silanga  Pt. 

PATANAOn  (pah-tah-nah-ohn'),  ver.;  island  S.  of 
Palawan,  between  that  island  and  BalAbac. 

PATANG  (pah'-tang),  ver.;  hamlet  of  Cagaydn, 
Luzon,  3  m.  inland  from  coast,  1^  m.  W.  of 
Pamplona  Riv.,  and  85  m.  N.  of  Pamplona. 

PATANOGAJi  (pah-tah-noh'-gahn),  ver.;  hamlet 
near  W.  headwaters  of  Bac-hao  Bangahon 
Riv.,  SW.  Samar. 

PATAOAN  (pah-tah'-oh-ahn),  ver.;  crater  in  cen- 
tral Capiz,  Panay,  7  m.  SW.  of  Jagnaya. 

PATA6n  (pah-lali-ohn'),  ver.;  town  on  E.  coast 
of  Ragay  Gulf  in  Albay,  Luz6n,  26  m.  E.  of 
Albay. 

hamlet  on  SW.  shore  of  Sindangan  Bay, 

2  m.  S.  of  Sindangan  Pt.,  NW.  coast  of  Misa- 
mis,  Mindanao. 

PATAPAT  (pah-tah-pahf),  nat.:  mountain  on  N. 
coast  of  Luzon  and  NE.  corner  of  Ilocos  Norte; 
prominent  object  for  navigators  among  Ba- 
buyanes Is.  and  contiguous  to  Mayraira  Pt. 

point  on  coast  of  Ilocos  Norte,  Luzon,  lat. 

18°  41'  50"  N. 

PATAIIAN  (pah-tah'-wahn),  ver.;  mountain  in 
central  Iloilo,  Panay, on  lineof  boundary  with 
Cdpiz,  4  m.  NW.  of  Calinog. 

PATA  WAN  (pah-tah'-wahn),  ver.;  island  of  Bald- 
bac  grp.,  off  SW.  coast  of  Palawan,  1  m.  E.  of 
Bancalan  I. 

PATAY  (pah-tie');  river  in  Batangas,  Luzon,  ri.s- 
ing  on  N.  side  of  Macolot  Mt.,  flows  S.  and 
SE.  and  empties  into  Calupan  Riv. 

Mountain  in  Cordilleras  which  divide  Ilo- 
cos Sur  and  Abra,  Luzon,  E.  of  pueblo  of  Santa 
Maria,  Ilocos  Sur,  lat.  17°  15'  N. 

PATAYAN  (pah-tah'-yahn),  inlet  174  ft.  high,  in 
Laguimanoc  Bay,  S.  coast  of  Tayabas,  Luzon. 

PATEAN  (pah-tay'-ahn),  ver.;  islandof  Sulugrp., 
Sulu  A.,  lat.  5°  47'  10"  N. 

PATELAX  (pah-tay'-lahn),  ver.;  island  immedi- 
ately inshore  of  Palm  I.,  N.  of  Treacherous 
Bay,  SW.  coast  of  Palawan. 

P.U'EKOS  (pah-tay'-ross),  Sp.;  pueblo  in  Rizal, 
Luzon,  at  Pasig  Riv.,  outlet  to  Laguna  de 
Bay,  8  m.  SE.  of  Manila.     Pop.,  2,842. 

river  emptying  into  Pdsig  Riv.,  on  S.  bank, 

Rizal,  Luzon. 

PATIAN  (pah-teeahn'),  ver.;  island  off  Maimbiin 
Bay,  with  bearing  on  that  anchorage,  SW. 
shore  of  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A.  Villanil,  curious 
rock,  lies  between  it  and  Putic  Pt. 

PATL4NAY  (pah-tyah-nigh'),  ver.;  mountain  in 
central  Aiubos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luzon,  form- 
ing divide  of  watersheds  toward  San  Miguel 
Bay  on  NW.  and  Lagonoy  Bay  on  SE.,  28  m, 
NE.  of  Nueva  Cdceres. 


756 


GAZETTEEE    OF    THE    rillLllTlI^E    ISLAJSDS. 


TATICOLO  (i>ali-tcc-coh'-loli),  vor.;  island  1  nq. 
m.  olY  N.  shore  of  Siilu  I.,  Sulii  A. 

hiimlot  on  N.  shore  of  Suhi  I.,  Snlu  A. 

I'ATlIiAN  (piih-teo'-lahn),  nat.;  point  on  W.  shore 
of  Saraiipmi  I.,  off  SE.  I'oast  of  Mindanao. 

TATILLO  a«ah-tee'-lyoh),  Sp.:  river  in  Cavite, 
Luz6n,  rising  in  Cordilleras  which  separate 
that  province  from  Batangas;  Hows  N.  and 
empties  intol'auan  Kiv. 

PATIO  (pah'-tyoh),  Sp.;  htxmlet  on  E.  shore  of 
Guiman^s  Strait,  Negros  Occidental,  2  m.  N. 
of  Valladolid. 

river  in  Cavite,  Luz6n,  rising  in  Cordille- 
ras which  separate  that  province  from  Ba- 
tangas and  uniting  its  waters  with  Alasau  Riv. 

I'ATLKO  (paht-lee-eoh'),  Tag.;  peak  of  range 
near  China  Sea  eoast,  VV.  Batangas,  Ln/.6n. 

I'ATMN'  ^pahl-leen'),  ver.:  river  iu  Pampanga, 
Ln/.6n.  rising  in  mountain  of  same  name, 
flows  Nl>;.,  passes  near  puehlo  of  Capas,  in 
Tarlac,  thence  Hows  SK.  and  empties  into 
Clncodela  I'amiianga  Kiv. 

mountain  in  S.  of  Ttirlac,  near  boundary  of 

Pampnnira,  l,\i/i'>n. 

PATLIMJ  U'iilil-l'-'eng'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  pueblo  of 
Tftrlae,  Luz6n,  on  bank  of  river  of  some 
name,  lat.  15°  IS'  N. 

rATNANO>^iAX  (paht-nah-nohng'-ahn),  ver.; 
island  8i  m.  N.  and  S.,  o  m.  E.  and  \V.,  3  m. 
E.  of  S.  end  of  Polillo  1.,  otf  eoast  of  Infanta, 
Luz6y. 

PATNOXiiON  (paht-nohng-ohn'),  ver.;  pueblo  on 
W.  coast  of  .\uliiine,  Panay,  12i  m.  N.  of  Sau 
Jose  de  Buenuvista.    Pop.,  5,911. 

PATOC  (iiah'-tohk  ),  nat.;  hamlet  iu  S.  of  pueblo 
of  Ban.nucil,  .Vl>ra,  Luzon. 

PATO(JA\  u'ah-taw'-galun,  Tag.;  point  on  NVV. 
coast  ol  Ca\iic,  t'ormeu  of  peak  of  Loro  on  r. 
of  entrance  lo  Manila  Bay,  lat.  11°  IS'  N. 

PATOIAC  U'ah-toh-yack'),  ver.;  island  2  m.  in 
extent.  1  ni.  oiT  NE.  puint  of  Linapacan  1.,  in 
Calamianes  chain,  olf  NE.  coast  of  I'aragua, 
Palawan. 

PATKOCIMO  (pah-troh-thec'-nyoh),  Sp,;  town 
on  r.  bank  of  Agusan  Uiv.,  in  central  Suri- 
gao,  Mindanao,  l.^i  m.  above  its  entrance  into 
Linao  Lake  and  ."I'.i  m.  S.  by  !■:.  of  Butiian. 

haiulct  on  \V.  slope  ui'  mountain  range  in 

E.  part  of  Misamis,  .Minilanao,  S  m.  E.  of 
Jasaan. 

PATTOO  (paht-tock'),  ver.;  hamlet  of  Lepanto, 
near  boundary  of  llocos  Sur,  20  m.  N\V.  of 
Cayiln. 

PATl!tA>>AY  (pnh-too-cahu'-nigh),  ver.;  hamlet 
in  pueblo  ol  Bangued,  Abra,  Luz6u,  in  moun- 
tains of  Nangaycayan. 

PATIH'O  (pah-too'-coh),  ver.;  port  close  to  N.  ex- 
tremity of  Sarangani  L,  oft"  S.  peninsula  of 
DAvao.  Mindanao;  entrance  is  recognized  by 
clift  ol  red  earth  N.;  inner  head  on  \V.  shore 
is  lat.  5^^  2'."'  10"  N.,  Ion.  125°  G'  29"  E.;  best 
anchorage  is  in  S.  part  of  port. 

PATr«A>  uiah-too-gahn'),  Tag.;  hamlet  iu  Ca- 
vite, Luzon,  22  m.  S\V.  of  Cavite. 

PATtfKAMJ  (p'di-too'-nahng),  ver.;  small  stream 
emptying  into  sea  on  NE.  coast  of  Negros 
Oriental,  IJ  m.  S.  of  Calatrava. 

PATUNtiA  (pah-toong'-ah),  ver.;  islet  455  ft.  high, 
14i  m.  S\V.  of  A^utava,  Cuvos  Is.,  Mindoro 
Sea. 

PATllNtJAN  (pah-toong'-ahn),  Tag.;  cove  be- 
tween Limbones  and  Carabao,  2  rock  islets 
on  S.  side  of  Boca  Grande  entrance  to  Manila 
Bay,  in  Cavite,  Luzon.  Boundary  between 
Cavite  and  Batangas  rinis  out  on  SIC.  shore 
this  cove.  Coast  is  high  and  clift'y  as  far  as 
Maragondon  Riv.,  which  forms  boundary  of 
highlands  of  Sierra  dc  Pico  de  Loro. 

PATf  PAD  (pah-too'-pahd),  nat.,  small  stream  en- 
tering Tanon  Strait  2  m.  N.  of  Japitan  Pt., 
W.  coast  of  Cebti. 


PAirRAX  (pnh-too'-rahn),  nat.;  i.sletolTs^E.  coast 

of  Siasi  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  .\. 
PATYACAN  (paht-yah'-cahn),  ver.;  headland  ap- 
proaching bay  of  Hinunaiigan,  town  on  E. 

coast  of  Leyte,  oi  m.  E.  of  that  town. 
mountain  on  E.  eoast  of  Leyte,  2  m.  SE.  of 

Hinunaiigan. 
PAVAIO.X  (pah-wyc'-ohn);    bay   on   S.  coast  of 

Mindoro  formed  bv  Buruncan  Pt.  on  E.  and 

Buifga   PI.,  on  Ylin  I.,  on  W.;  lat.  8°  20'  N. 

(Also  Pandarochan.) 
I'Al'l)   (pah'-ood),   ver.;    hamlet  on  Pimra   Pt.. 

NK.  coast  of  iVipiz,  Paiuiy,  .^  ni.  NE.  of  Panay. 
PAl(i()Tr(>TA>     ipah-oo-goht-coh'-tahn'l,     ver.; 

hamlet  near  Bengnet,  Benguet,  Luz6n;  gold 

mines  exist  iu  vicinity. 
PAUltAN,  or  MASOU  (pah-we'-cahn,  mah-sog'), 

nat.;  point  on  extreme  SE.  eoast  of  Biliran 

I.,  ofT    N\V.  coast  of  Leyte,    at    entrance  to 

Daram  channel. 
Point  on  Lubang  1.,  t'hina  Sea,  olf  \V.  coast 

Batangas,  Luz6n. 
hamlet  on  extreme  E.  coast  of  Biliran  1., 

off  NW.  coast  of  Leyte,  at  opening  to  Daram 

channel. 
PACLI  (pah-oo'-lee),  Tag.;   hamlet  Iti  pueblo  of 

San  Pablo,  Laguna,  Luz6n,  on  r.  bank  of  Ca- 

luang  Riv. 
river  in  Laguna,  Luz6n,  rising  on  N.  side  of 

San  Cristobal  Mt.,  flows  N.,  and  unites  its 

waters  with  Santa  Cruz  Riv. 
PAUN  (iiah'-oon),  ver.;  island  inshore  in  Matiibug 

Bay,  in  \V.  waters  of  lUana  Bay,  in  Cotabalo, 

Mindanao. 
PAUPAX,    or   PAMPUN    (pah-oo-pahn',    pahm'- 

poon),  nat.;  hamlet  on  NE.  shore  of  Duman- 

qnilas  Bay,  iu  Zamboauga,  Mindanao,  Wi  m. 

NE.  of  Zamboanga. 
PAfUOS  ipah-oo'-rohs),  ver.;  name  summit  of 

short  range  ruiniing  at    right  angles  to  \\'. 

coast  of  Saniar,  IS  m.  NW.  of  Callinyac. 
PAVIA  (pah-vee'-ah),  l^p.;  pueblo  in  SE.  Iloilo, 

Panay,  8  m.  NNW.  of  Iloilo.     Pop.  10,221. 
PAYA  (pah'-yah),  ver.;  islet  Ui  m.  SW.  by  W.  of 

Agutaya,  of  Cuyos  grp.,  Mindoro  Sea. 
-second  island  of  name  in  Cuyos  grp.,  Min- 
doro Sea,  90  ft.  high,  25i  m.  W.  of  Cuyo,  and 

most  W  of  gniup. 
one  of  many  islands  in  Dumanquilas  Bay, 

S.    coast   of    Zamboanga,    Mindanao;   \V.  is 

rock. 

PAYABON  (pah-yah'-bohn),  ver.;  hamlet  of  Ne- 
gros Oriental,  6  m.  N.  of  Manji'iyod,  E.  coast. 

PAYANX(;0Y  (pah-yah-nah'-coy),  ver.;  stream  of 
Negros  Occidental,  emptying  into  Guimarfts 
Strait  1  m.  N.  of  Sumag. 

PAYAO   (pah-yah'-oh),  nat.;    hamlet  of    Negros 

Occidental,  on  1.  bank  of  Guisan   Uiv.,  Oi  m. 

SE.  of  Binalbagan. 
river  of  Tavabas,    Luz6n,  emiitviui;   into 

Ragay  Gulf. 
river  entering  on  \V.  coast  of  SAmar,  N.  of 

Mauhni. 

PAYATA  (pah-yah'tah),  ver.;  hamlet  on  1.  bank 
of  Abra  Kiv..  in  Abra.  Luz6n,  7  m.  SE.  of 
Bangued. 

hamlet  in  jmcbloof  Lipa,  Batiingas, Luzon. 

PAYAliAX  U)ah-yah'-wahn),  ver.;  town  of  Nueva 
Vizcaya,  Luzon,  Vim.  N.  of  Bayombong. 

PAYAl'lT  (pah-yah'-wit),  ver.;  hamlet  in  pueblo 
of  Gubal,  in  SE.  part  of  Sorsog6n,  Luzon,  29 
m.  SE.  of  Albay. 

PAYJl'UIKAX  (pie-hoo-ree'-rahn),nat.;  point  on 
NE.  eoast  of  Albay,  in  pueblo  of  same  name. 

PAYO  (pah'-yoh),  Sp.;  pueblo  on  r.  bank  of  river 
entering  Port  Magamanoc,  in  Catunduanes 
I.,  NE.  of  Albay,  Luz6u.    Pop.,  2,800. 


gazettp:er  of  the  Philippine  islands. 


757 


I'AYO;  island  of  Catandiianes  grp..  NK.  i>f  Albny, 
composed  of  .S  pueblos,  3  davs'  sail  from  All)ay. 
Pop.,  2,800. 

TAYIMI',  or  l>AIBAI,  or  OLI)  BAMAVAX  (pie- 
pie',  pie'-by,  bahii-tah'-yahii),  nat.;  hamlet 
on  NW.  coast  of  CebU,  3  m.  SVV.  of  Daan  Bau- 
tay. 

point  in  E.  Mindanao,  called  also  Lamba- 

jan. 

I'AZ  ffJith),  Sp.;  island  J  sq.  m.,  off  SW.  shore  of 
Ramos  I.,  N.  of  Balabac,  BnWmc  grp.,  off  SW. 
coast  of  Palawan,  oi)posite  Iranzo  Pt. 

town  in  Tdrlac,  Luz6n. 

town  in  Iloilo,  Panay. 

hamlet  in  Pampanf,'a,  l.,uz6n,  on  r.  bank  of 

(iarlit  Riv.,  hit.  ].')°2'J'  N. 

I'DAV  (pdi),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Namanbafuy  Mts., 
N.  of  Magat  Riv.,  Isabela,  Luzon. 

I'KAKEI),  for.;  point  forming  N.  head  of  Jibboom 
Bay,  W.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

I'KAKKO,  or  PICO  (pue'-coh),  Sp.;  i.sland  110  ft. 
higli,  with  rock  23  ft.  high,  about  J  m.  on  W. 
c<m>t  III  Paragua,  Palawan.  River  enters  sea. 
Brow  SiKjuldcr  and  Mts.,  3,840  ft.  high,  rise 
(jn  coast  opposite. 

I'EAKKH  KOt'K,  for.;  island  between  Cliff  and 
Bhiir  Pts.,  China  Sea  shore,  off  Ulugan  Pen., 
\V.  coast  Paragua,  Palawan,  near  boundary. 

PKAiil.,  for.;  bank  in  Laparan  cluster,  Tawi  Tawi 
grp.,  Sulu  A.,  17  m.  E.  and  W.  and  averaging 
y.i  m.  N.  and  S.  In  center  is  circular  coral 
reef  18  m.  in  circumference,  with  dry  patches 
in  low  water;  has  several  small  islnfids,  high- 
est 140  and  40  ft.,  iimoiig  them  'i'aju  and  Zau; 
all  are  covered  witli  buslies;  Ijaiik  is  resoricd 
to  for  pearl  ovster,  which  abounds;  lies  97  m. 
W.  by  S.  of  Sulu  and  46  m.  NNW  of  Tawi 
Tawi  (Amigos  port). 

cluster  of  small  islands,  one  140  and  an- 
other 40  ft.  high,  rising  out  of  coral  banks,  in 
Laparan  claster  of  Tawi  Tawi  grp.,  Sulu  A. 
Tlie.se  islands  lie  on  both  sides  of  meridian 
of  Ion.  119°  35'  E.,  92  m.  W.  by  S.  ofSiihi. 
lY'arl  oyster  is  found  on  surrounding  banks. 
Depths  range  from  3G  to  80  ft.,  most  favorable 
depth  for  unhelmeted  divers,  while  imme- 
diately outside  of  their  periphery,  surrouml- 
Ing  sea  shows  from  720  to  2,400  ft.  {See  Pearl 
bank.) 

I'KDKKUALES  (pay-dray-gah'-le.ss),  Sp.;  point  on 
NW.  coast  ot  Zambales,  Luz6n,  SSW.  of  Boli- 
nao  C,  lat.  10°  18'  20"  N. 

PEDKEOOSA  (pay-dray-goh'-sah),  Sp.;  islet  in 
Port  Us6n,  on  S.  coast  of  Basuai^a  I.,  Cala- 
mianes  grp.,  off  SW.  coast  of  Mindoro. 

I'EDULSCOS  (pay-droos'-cohs),  Sp.;  point  on  W. 
coast  of  Zamboanga  Pen.,  Mindanao. 

I'EDTAD  (payd-tahd'),  ver.;  li'amlet  in  extreme 
SW.  corner  of  Mi.samis,  Mindanao,  4  m.  E.  of 
Pulangui  Riv. 

PEEL,  for.;  mountain  3,000  ft.  high,  inland  from 
Honda  Bay,  on  shore  of  Puerto  Princesa  ( I'ort 
Royalist),  W.  coast  of  Palawan,  with  peaks 
Beaufort  and  Thumb,  and  visible  from  both 
sides  of  i.sland.  Has  bold,  rocky  appearance. 
Ba-he  Peak,  on  E.  side,  rises  2,4U{)  ft. 

PEELAS  (pay-eh'-la.s.s),  ver.;   island  of  Basilan 

grp.,  off  S.  coast  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  5 

m.  in  length  and  2  m.  in  width,  lat.  fp  37'  N. 
PELIT  fpav-lit'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  SW.Samar,  5  m. 

NNE.  (if  Basey. 
PKLLEAX(JA>'  (pay-lyay-ahn'-gahn),  ver.;  one  of 

Sulu  grp.,  Sulu  A.,  2  m.  long  and  1  m.  wide, 

lat.  0°  5'  N. 
PELOTE  (pay-loh'-tay),  Sp.;  point  on  N.  coast  of 

Ilocos  Norte,  Luz6n. 
PENA  fpay'-nah),  Sp.;  hamlet  in  Capiz,  Panay,  H 

m.  KNE.  of  Cuartero. 
point  on  W.  coast  of  Busuailga  I.,  Calamia- 

nes  grp.,  between   Paragua,   Palawau,  and 

Mindoro,  lat.  12°  27'  N. 


PESa  BLANCA  (pay'-nyah  blahn'-cah)  Sp.;  town 
in  Cagayan,  Luz6n. 

PESa  KUAXCIA  (pay'-nyah  frahn'-theeah),  Sp.; 
hamlet  1  m.  NW.  of  Nueva  Cdceres,  Ambos 
Caniarines  (Sur),  Luz6n. 

PESA  PLATA  (pay'-nyah plah'-tah),Sp.;  town  on 
W.  shore  of  Siimal  I.,  iJj'ivao,  Mindanao,  4i  m. 
E.  by  N.  of  Udvao,  acro.ss  Pakiputan  Strait. 

pueblo  in  Ddvao,  Mindanao. 

PENA  PLATA,  or  COliOXADA  (pay'-nyah  plah'- 
tali,  coh-roh-uah'-dah),  Sp.;  hamlet  2i  m  SE. 
of  Gorda  Pt.,  in  NW.  corner  of  Zamboanga 
Pen.,  Mindanao. 

PESaUAXDA  (pay-nyah-rahn'-dah),  Sp.;  pueblo 
in  Nueva  Ecija,  IjUz6n. 

town  at  center  of  4  roads  in  Nueva  Ecija, 

J.uz6n,  8  111.  NE.  of  San  Isidro.    Pop.,  7,700. 

PENASt'ALES  (pay-nyas-cah'-less),  Sp.;  pointand 
port  12  m.  S.  by  E.  of  Malinao  port,  on  E.side 
of  Dindgat  i.,  off"  N.  coast  of  Surigao,  Minda- 
nao, at  entrance  on  W.  side  to  sea  channel 
between  Siargao  1.  on  E.  and  Dindgat  on  W. 
to  Surigao,  N.  coast  of  Mindanao;  inland 
rises  Mt.  Tristiin,  'J.OTl  ft.  high. 

PENASC'OSA  (pay-nyas-coh'-sah),  Sp.;  point  on 
W.  coast  of  Moro  Palawan,  13^  m.  NE.  of 
Long  Pt. 

PEXIXSLLA  (pay-neen'-soo-lah),  Sp.;  port  inside 
peninsula  of  same  name  on  K.  shore  of  Din&- 
gat  1.,  off'  NE.  coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  on 
way  S.  througli  sea  channel  leading  to  Suri- 
gao. 

point  at  end  of  projection  forming  port  of 

saaie  name  on  E.  shore  of  Dindgat  1.,  and 
shelter  for  vessels  entering  passage  leading  S. 
to  Surigao,  on  N.  coast  of  Mindanao. 

PENOX  l»K  «  OliOX,  orCKOWN  PEAK  (pay-nyohn' 
day  coh-rDlin'),  Hisp.;  rocky  and  precipitou.>) 
isl.iiid  about  1,200  ft.  high,  lO.J  by  0  m.,  S.  off 
K.  ind  of  Husuanga  1.,  Calamianes  grp.,  off 
Nh:.  roast  i'ara^na,  Palawan,  from  which  it  is 
scparalccl  by  ('(/nOij  Strait,  i;  m.  wide.  S.  end 
tci  iiiinaics  in  sliaip,  steep  point  named  Calls, 
whicli  ran  be  {.assrd  close  to;  89  m.  NE.  by 
N  of  Ta\tay,  Palawan.  Soil  is  Sterile,  but 
inhabitants  (iiid  profitable  employment  in 
gathering  famous  edible  bird's  nests,  for  which 
Chinese  pay  double  their  weight  in  silver. 
Swift  of  commerce  is  found  during  proper 
season  in  eaves  or  on  faces  of  inaccessible 
coasts  of  this  remarkable  island.  Gathering 
of  nests  is  attended  with  great  risk  on  account 
of  nature  of  coast.  Nests  are  made  from 
salivary  secretions  of  swift,  which  hardens 
quickly  and  resembles  white  glue.  Best 
nests,  for  which  Chinese  pay  enormous  prices, 
are  perfectly  clear  of  all  foreign  material. 
Birds,  however,  when  repeatedly  robbed, 
seem  to  bc'come  dispossessed  of"  suflicicnt 
salivary  scrictiuns,  in  wliidi  case  they  sujiple- 
ment  their  msts  with  grassand  moss.  Edible 
birds  of  Pefion  de  Corou  are  unrivaled  in 
market.  Tho.se  of  islands  of  Guimaris,  Siqui- 
jor,  and  Palawan  are  simply  fair  in  compari- 
.son. 

PES<)X  MATIXLOf  (pay-nyohn'  mah-tin-lock'), 
Hi.sp.;  narrow  island,  3J  m.  long,  olf  opening 
of  Bacuit  iBiiquit)  Bay,  W.  coast  of  Paragua, 
Palawan. 

PEPITAS  (pay-pee'-tahsj,  Sp.;  cluster  of  black 
rocks  7  ft.  high,  720  ft.  in  extent,  IJ  m.  to  S. 
of  Calabazas,  SE.  coast  of  Panay. 

PEijLEXA  (pay-kay'-nyah),  Sp.;  island  180  ft. 
high,  off  NE.  shore  of  Siibic  Bay,  SE.  coast  of 
Zambales,  Luz6n. 

I'EQl'ENO  PItO  (pay-kay'-nyoh  pee'-coh),  Sp.; 
mountain  in  Ambos  Camarines,  Luz6n. 

P^:UEK  DASMAUISas  (pay'-rayth  das-mah-ree'- 
nyas),  Sp.;  pueblo  in  Cavite,  Luz6n,  14  m.  S. 
of  Cavite,  on  main  road.    Pop.,  4,696. 

I'Eltlt'O  (pay-ree'-coh),  Sp.;  mountain  in  SW. 
Leyte. 


758 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE   PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS 


PERIS  (pay'-rees),  Sp.;  bay  13i  m.  NW.  by  N.  of 
Gorda  Pt.,  on  W.  shore  of  Ragay  Gulf,  Taya- 
bas,  ijuz6n. 


PESCADO  (pavs-cah'-doh)  (fish),Sp.:  pointonSE. 
"  ^  ■  ~-  SSW.  of  Estancia 


coast  of  Palawan,  6f 

(Eustasia)  Pt. 
PESCADOK  (pays-cah-dor')  (fisher),  Sp.;  islet  in 

Tafion  Strait,  4  m.  off  Mualbual  and  3i  m. 

SSW.  of  Copton  Pt..  W.  coast  of  Cebil. 
PETAMBF    (pay-tahm-boo'),   nat.;   point  on  W. 

shore  of  Svibic  Bay,  SE.  coast  Zambales,  Luz6n. 
PETISAK    (pay-tee'-sahn),   ver.;   point   on   NE. 

coast  of  Tavabas,  Luz6n,  on  Lam6n  Bay,  lat. 

14°  6'  i.y  N.' 
PETLEY,   for.;  point  at  ENE.  end  of  bight  S.  of 

Tulian  I.,  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A.    Hamlet  of  Carang 

Carang  lies  near  point. 
PETROLEO    (pay-troh'-lay-oh),   Sp.;   hamlet  on 

W.  coast  of  Leyte,  4  m.  X.  of  Villaba. 
PHAMOM,  for.:  islet  N.  of  Pt.  Bulaua,  Linapa- 

can  I.,  off  XE.  coast  of  I'aragua,  Palawan. 
PHILAXTHROPY,   for.,   or  FILAXTBOPIA   (fee- 

lahn-troh-pee'-ah),  Sp.;  point  on  SW.  coast  of 

Palawan,  li  m.  W.  of  Nose  Pt. 
PI.tCAN  (pee-ah-cahn'),  ver.;  high  and  rugged 

point  on  W.  coast  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

S.  headland  of  bight  18^  m.  S.  of  Dulunguin  Pt. 
towns  m.  inland  from  point  of  same  name, 

W.  coast  of  Zamboanga,  lilindanao. 
PIAGAO  (pee-ah-gow'),  nat.;  point  on  SE.  shore 

of  Camasusu  I. ,  N.  side  of  channel  to  Loog 

Bay,  W.  coast  of  Masbate,  Visayas. 
PIALUX' (pee-ah'-loon),  nat.;  creek  entering  on 

1.  bank  of  Talayan  tributary  of  Grande  Riv. 

of  Mindanao,  Cotabato,  ISIindanao. 
PIAO  (peeah'-oh),    nat.;    hamlet   in    pueblo  of 

Dapitan,  on  N.  coast  of  Dapitan,   Mindanao. 
PIAPI  (peeah'-pee).  Tag.;  point  at  sea  end  of  S. 

boundary   of   Infanta,    Luz6n.    Province  is 

liere  but  2i  m.  wide  E.  and  W.,  summit  of 

Cordillera  being  line;  coast  is  high  and  rug- 
ged; lat.  14°  20'  30"  N. 
PI  AS  (pee-ass'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  central  Pampan- 

gas,  Luzon,  6  m.  NW.  of  Bacolor. 
mountain  in  pueblo  of   Bangued,  Abra, 

Luzon. 
■ •  river  rising  in  mountain  of  same  name,  in 

pueblo  of  Bangued,  Abra,  Luzon. 
hamlet  on  r.  bank  of  Agno  Riv.,  in  E.  part 

of  Pangasin&n,  Luzon,  and  on  highroad  27  m. 

SE.  of  Lingayen. 
PIAT  (pee-ahf),  ver.;  pueblo  of  CagayAn,  Luzon, 

E.  of  Chico  de  Cagaydn  Riv.,  and  16  m.  W.  of 

Tuguegarao,  connected  by  trail.    Pop.,  2,716. 
PIBA>GRAN  (pee-bahn-grahn'),  ver.;  mountain 

in  Abra,  Luzon. 
PICAZO  (pee-cah'-thoh),  Sp.;   inland  hamlet  of 

Cdpiz,  Panay,  2  m.  N.  of  Madalag. 

PICO  (pee'-coh),  Sp.;  peak  in  Caraballos  Occi- 
dentales,  Abra,  Luzon. 

PICO  DE  CAGATix  (pee'- caw  day  cah-gah- 
yahn'),  Hisp.;  peak  in  extreme  SW.  corner  of 
Cagayftn,  Luzon.  In  these  mountains  inter- 
sects W.  terminus  of  S.  boundarv  of  Cagavdn 
with  Bontoc,  and  6  m.  NW.  S."  end  of  "Ca- 
gaydn  and  Abra;  also  with  E.  lines  of  Bontoc. 

PICO  DE  LA  BAHIA  (pee'-coh  day  lah  bah-ee'- 
ah),  Sp.;  mountain  in  Palawan. 

PICO  DE  LAS  REIXAS  (pee'-coh  day  lahs  rav'- 
nahs),  Sp.;  mountain  in  Palawan. 

PICO  DE  LORO  (pee'-coh  day  loh-roh),  Sp.;  ex- 
tinct volcano  1,519  ft.  high,  in  Cavite,  Luzon, 
lat.  14°  13'  N.,  Ion.  120°  36'  E. 

PICO  DE  LORO,  SIERRA  DE  (see-ay'-rrah  dav 
pee'-coh  day  loh'-roh),  Sp.:  highlands  on  NW. 
coast  of  Batangas,  Luz6n,  approaching  Ma- 
nila Bay. 

mountain  in  Ilocos  Norte,  Luz6n. 


PICO  TALACDAXfeAX,  or  LIGATOC  (pee'-coh 
tah-lack-dahng'-ahn,  Hisp.;  loo-gah-tohk', 
ver.) ;  mountain  in  N.  Zambales,  Luzon. 

PICOL  (pee'-cohl),  ver.;  point  in  W.  Panay. 

PICOS  (pee'-cohs),  Sp.;  mountain  in  Marin- 
duque,  off  Tayabas  coast,  Luz6n. 

PICOS  DE  GAXASI  (pee'-cohs  day  gah-nah'-see) , 
Hisp.;  mountain  in  NW.  Mindanao. 

PlCXix  (peak-tahn'),  nat.;  hamlet  in  pueblo  of 
Iligan,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

PICTAO  (peak-tah'-oh),  ver.;  town  on  1.  bank  of 
river  paralleling  Cagaydn.on  W.,  11^  m.  WSW. 
of  Cagaydn  de  Misamis,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

PICUDA  (pee-coo'-dah),  Sp.;  point  in  W.  coast  of 
Palawan. 

PICUDO  (pee-coo'-doh),Sp.;  mountain  in  DinAgat 
I.,  off  N.  coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao. 

PIDDIG  (pid-dig'),  ver.:  pueblo  8  m.  E. of  Laoag, 
Ilocos  Norte,  Luzon;  wagon  road  connects 
with  Laoag  and  San  Miguel  on  W.  and  Sol- 
sona  on  SE.    Pop.,  10,841. 

PIDENG  (pee-deng'),  ver.;  mineral  spring  in 
Villaviciosa,  Albay,  Luz6n. 

PIDIGAX  (pee-dee'-gahn),  ver.;  pueblo  of  Abra, 
Luzon,  3  m.  from  Bangued,  with  which  it  is 
connected  by  road  and  several  trails  in  dif- 
ferent directions  on  1.  bank  of  Abra  Riv. 
Pop.,  2,142. 

PIDILISAX  (pee-dee-lee'-sahn),  ver.;  hamlet  in 
Bontoc,  Luzon,  across  border  from  Lepauto, 
in  summits  of  Gran  Cordillera  Central,  8  m. 
W.  of  Bontoc. 

PIEDRA  (pee-ay'-drah),  Sp.;  point  on  SE.  coast 
of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  S.  of  Lamigan  Head 
to  Pujada  Bay. 

PIEDRA  BLAXCA  (pee-ay'-drah  blahn'-cah),  Sp.; 
islet  W.  by  N.  of  Animosa  rocks  in  Cor6n- 
CalamiAn  channel,  Calamianes  grp.,  between 
Paragua  (Palawan)  and  Mindoro. 

PIEDBAS  (pee-ay'-drahs),  Sp. ;  point  on  NW.  coast 
of  Zambales,  Luzon,  E.  of  Bolinao;  coast  S.  to 
Caimfln  Pt.  is  level,  of  moderate  height,  and 
sterile;  approach  is  bold  and  no  bottom  at  50 
fms.,  1  m.  off. 

PIEDRAS,  or  SAXGBAUEX  (pee-ay'-drahs,  sang- 
bah'-wayn),  Sp.;  point  and  port  on  NE. 
entrance  head  of  Ulugan  Bay,  W.  coast  of 
Paragua,  Palawan. 

PIEDRAS  PILAR  (pee-ay'-drahs  pee-lahr'),  Sp.; 
islet  Ih  m.  off  W.  coast  of  Biliran  I.,  off  NW. 
coast  of  Leyte,  opposite  Almeria. 

PIG,  for.;  point  N.  shore  of  Loog  Basin,  Banaca- 
lan  (San  Andrews)  port,  NW.  coast  of  Marin- 
duque. 

PIGBILAO  (pig-bee-lah'-oh),  nat.;  river  entering 
Bancul  Bay,  on  NE.  coast  of  Hollo,  Panay. 

PIGCARAXtJAX  (pig-cah-rahng'-ahn),  nat.;  river 
empyting  on  SE.  shore  of  Misamis  port,  Mi- 
samis, Mindanao,  SW.  of  Lamalana  Pt. 

PIGEOX,  for.;  islet  in  small  group  off  N.  side  of 
Maytiaguid,  NE.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

PIGUIL  (pee'-geel)  nat.;  mountain  in  pueblo  of 
Bangued,  Abra,  Luzon. 

river  rising  in  mountain  of  same  name, 

Abra,  Luzon;  flows  through  pueblo  of  Ban- 
gued. 

PIKIT,  or  CXAS  (pee-kif,  knahs),  nat;  hamlet 
on  r.  bank  of  Pulangui  Riv.,  Cotabato,  Min- 
danao, 10  m.  N.  of  Liguasan  Lake. 

PILA(pee'-lah),  Sp.;  puebla  of  Laguna,  Luz6n, 
near  seashore  of  Laguna  de  Bay,  on  highroad, 
6  m.  SW.  of  Santa  Cruz  toward  Calduang. 
Pop.,  5,987. 

PILAM  (pee-lam').  ver.;  hamlet  on  NE.  shore  of 
Putiao  port,  NW.  coast  of  Sorsogon,  Luz6n. 

PILAXDOG  (pee-lahn-dog'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  1. 
bank  of  mouth  of  river  entering  Sindangan 
Bay  on  S.  shore,  NW.  coast  of  Jlisamis,  Jlin- 
danao. 


GAZETTEEli    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


V59 


VfYl.n 


SIAllGAO  I. 

PORT  PILAR 


-  iP'03  -A-S  .  19  l2~ErW^ 


760 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPriNE    ISLANDS. 


PILAPINAHPAJAN{pee-lah-pee-nah-pah'-hahn), 

nnt.;  point  on  N.  coast  of  Ambos  Camarines 

(Xorti'  :  forms  with  Dapdap  Pt.  Sogod  Bay. 
PILAR  I  ]'•'!■  l,ihr'),Sp.;  pueblo  on  E.  shore  of  bay 

■-cttiiii;  inland  at  head  of  great  bightonN. 

coast  of  Cdpiz,  Panay,  174  m.  SE.  of  C^piz. 

Pop.,  2,895;  township,  8,905. 
pueblo  of  Abra,  Luz6n,  3  m.  from  Bangued. 

Pop.,  4,107. 
islet  between  Tomasoand  Llmbancanayan, 

in  sea  channel  between  SAmar  and  Masbate. 
hill  hamlet  at  head  waters  of  PagsabanRiv., 


pueblo  on  island  of  Cebii,  38  m.  from  Cebv'i. 

Pop.,  4,268. 

pueblo  and  p.  o.  on  W.  shore  of  Manila 

Bav,  in  Batato,  Luz6n,  3  m.  SE.  of  Balanga. 
Pop.,  3,471. 

town  of  Nueva  Vizcaya,  Luzon,  on  main 

highway,  16  m.  NE.  of  Bayombong. 

town  which  formerly  stood  on  1.  bank  of 

tributary  of  Agusan  Riv.,  central  Surigao, 
Mindanao,  67  m.  S.  of  Butvian.  Owing  to  in- 
accessibility and  unhealthful  surroundings 
town  was  abandoned  for  new  location  on 
main  stream,  about  7  m.  SE. 

important  town  on  extreme  SE.  shore  of 

SE.  peninsula  of  Di'ivao,  Mindanao,  NE.  of 
Camamauan  Pt.,  57i  m.  SE  by  S.  of  Ddvao. 

pueblo  on  E.  side  of  entrance  to  Port  Pu- 

tiao,  on  NW.  .shore  of  Sorsog6n,  Luzon,  18  m. 
SW.  of  Albay.    Pop.,  5,458. 

small  circular  port,  43i  m.  E.  by  N.  of  Suri- 
gao, about  ]  m.  in  diameter,  steep-sided,  with 
large  rock  on  S.  side,  on  E.  side  of  Siargao, 
off  NE.  coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao.  Anchor- 
age is  on  W.  of  this  rock. 

town  in  Siargao  I.,  off  NE.  coast  of  Surigao, 

Mindanao. 

PILAR,  DEL  (dayl  pee-lahr'),  Sp.;  hamlet  in 
Pampanga,  Luzon,  4  m.  NE.  of  Bacolor. 

PILAR,  EL  (ayl  pee-lahr'),  Sp.;  hamlet  on  ex- 
treme SE.  shore  of  Dalupiri  I.,  extreme  NW. 
coast  of  Sdmar. 

PILAS  (pee'-lass),  Sp.;  channel,  3  m.  wide,  be- 
tween that  island  to  W.  and  Baluc  and 
Mataja  to  E.  and  W.  of  Basilan  I.,  off  S.  coast 
of  Zamboanga  Pen.,  Mindanao. 

cluster  of  9  high  Islands  of  Basilan  grp., 

off  SW.  peninsula  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao, 
15^^  m.  W.,  off  W.  extreme  of  Ba.silan  I. 

main  island  in  clu.ster  of  that  name  and 

largest  near  Basilan,  in  Basilan  grp.,  off  SW. 
peninsula  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  24J  m. 
W.  by  S.  of  Isabela,  6  by  2h  m.  and  918  ft.  high. 
Population  consists  of  Moros.  Land  is  gener- 
ally low,  except  in  N.  are  2  hills  close  to- 
gether, 918  and  .522  ft.  high.  Good  anchor- 
age on  NW.  .shore. 

PILI  (pee'-lee),  nat.;  town  on  W^  shore  of  Ajui 

Bay,  SE.  coast  of  Panay. 
— ■ pueblo  in  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luz6n, 

9  m.  from  Nueva  Cflceres.    Pop.,  3,635. 
hamlet  of  Concepcion,   Iloilo,  Panay,  W. 

shore  of  bay  of  Ajui,  4i  m.  SW.  of  that  town. 

mountain  in  N.  Abra,  Luz6n. 

ward  in  municipality  of  Cebti. 

PILIGAN  (pee-lee'-gahn),  ver.;  town  in  Abra, 
Luz6n. 

PILILLA  (pee-lee'-lyah),  Sp.;  paeblo  on  Bay  road 
in  Rizal,  Luz6n,  5  m.  SE.  of  M6rong.  Pop., 
2,000. 

PILIPIL  (pee-lee'-pill),  ver.;  hamlet  of  Lepanto, 
Luz6n,  3  m.  S.  of  Caydn.    Pop.,  246. 

PILIS  (pee'-liss),  ver.;  creek  in  E.  Albay,  Luzon. 
PILISAN  (pee-lee'-sahn).  Tag.;  point  in  Tayabas, 

Luzon. 
PILIT  (pee'-lit),  nat.;  mountain  in  Sdmar. 


PI^A  (pee'-nyah),  Sp.;  island  and  inlet  S.  of 
Masbate,  Visayas. 

PINABXODAO  (pee-nah-bag'-dah-oh),  ver.;  pue- 
blo on  E.  shore  of  Villareal  Gulf,  in  SW.  S&- 
mar,  13  m.  SE.  of  Catbalogan.    Pop.,  1,975. 

PINABATAYAN  (pee-nah-bah-tah'-yahn),  ver.; 
town  in  E.  Mindoro. 

PIXABRICAJAIV  (pee-nah-bree-cah'-hahn),  nat.; 
river  entering  on  SW.  shore  of  entrance  to 
Putiao  port,  SW.  coast  of  Sorsog6n,  Luz6n,  be- 
tween Cidamid  and  Dumdguit  Pts. 

PIJfACANAl'iN  DE  CABAWAN  (pee-nah-cah-nah- 
wahn'  day  cah-bah  gahn'),  ver.;  river  in  Ca- 
gaydn,  Luz6n,  rises  in  Sierra  Madre,  lat.  17° 
44'  N.,  flows  W.  and  then  WSW.,  crossing 
pueblo  of  Tuguegarao,  and  empties  into  Ca- 
gaydn  Grande  Riv.  in  lat.  30°  40"  N.,  after 
course  of  about  25  m. 

PUVACAXAUXlV  DE  ILAGAN  (pee-nah-cah-nah- 
wahn'  day  ee-lah'-gahn),  Hisp.;  river  in  N. 
Luzon,  tributary  to  Grande  de  Cagayan  Riv. 

PINACAXALAJV  DE  TCGl'EGARAO  (pee  nah-eah- 
nah-wahn'  day  too-gay-gah-rah'-oh),  Hisp.; 
river  of  Cagaydn,  Luz6n,  tributary  to  Grande 
de  Cagaydn  Riv.  from  E.  On  r.  bank,  4  m. 
from  its  confluence  with  main  stream,  is  pro- 
vincial capital  Tuguegarao. 

PINACAXAUiX  DE  TUMAUIIVI  (pee-nah-cah-nah- 
wahn'  day  too-mah-oui'-nee),  Hisp.;  river  of 
Isabela,  Luzon,  emptying  into  Grande  de 
Cagayiin  Riv.  at  Tumauini. 

PIXACAPULAN  (pee-nah-cah-poo'-lahn),  Tag.; 
point  on  S.  coast  of  Tayabas,  Luz6n. 

PIXAt'HIXGUYAX  (pea-  nah  -  cheen-goo'-yahn), 
ver.;  island  2  by  li  m.,  1,020  ft.  high,  NW.  of 
Caisinl.,  off  Maytiaguid  I.,  off  NE.  coast  of 
Paragua,  Palawan.  Red  cliff  rock  is  phy- 
sical feature  of  island. 

PINACUAPAX  (pee-nah-cwah'-pahn),  ver.;  is- 
land and  point,  N.  coast  of  Ambos  Cama- 
rines, Luz6n. 

PIXACULAX  (pee-nah-coo'-lahn),  nat.;  point  on 
NE.  shore  of  Sorsog6n  port,  Sorsog6n,  Luz6n, 
W.  of  anchorage  of  3orsog6n. 

PIXADLIHiX  (pee-nad-lee-hahn'),nat.;  point  on 
N.  side  of  small  bay,  on  SE.  coast  of  S^mar,  on 
which  is  Hernani 

PIXAGAtflAX  (pee-nah-gah-oo'-yahn),nat.;  '. 
let  in  pueblo  of  Jasadn,  Misan  ' 
on  N.  coast. 

PIXAGBUCAX  (pee-nahg-boo-cahn'),  nat.;  point 
on  W.  coast  of  Albay  Gulf,  Albay,  Luzon. 

point  on  SE.  shore  of  Albay  Gulf  and  E. 

head  to  Poliqui  Bay,  Albay,  Luzon. 

PIXAGCALATAX  (pee-nahg-cah-lah'-tahn).  Tag.; 
hamlet  in  W.  Nueva  Ecija,  Luzon,  9  m.  NW. 
of  San  Lsidro,  in  district  of  small  lakes  be- 
tween main  and  Chico  currents  of  Grande  de 
la  Pampanga  Riv. 

PIXAGCURUSAX  (pee-nahg-coo-roo'-sahn).  Tag.; 
creek  and  point  on  Maricabdn  I.,  off  SW. 
coast  of  Batangas,  Luzon. 

PIXAGDAGATAX  (pee-nahg-dah-gah'-tahn).  Tag.; 
point  on  SW.  coast  of  Lubang  I.,  China  Sea. 
at  entrance  to  Verde  Passage,  off  SW.  coast  of 
s,  Luz6n. 


PIXAGHATA  (pee-nahg-hah'-yah),  ver.;  point  on 
E.  coast  of  Panaon  I.,  N.  of  Romano  Bay, 
Cebu. 

PIXAGMAGLAYAX  (pee-nahg-mah-glah'-yahn), 
nat. ;  river  in  Mindanao  emptying  on  E.  coast, 
lat.  13°  2'  N. 

PIXAGMUPtlAX  (pee-nahg-moo-poo'-ahn),  ver.; 
point  on  N.  shore  of  Leyte,  24  m.  NW.  of 
Capoocan. 

PIXAGPAXTLAX  (pee-nahg-pahn-tee'-ahn),  nat.; 
point  on  E.  coast  of  Principe,  Luzon. 

PIXAGTAXORAX  (pee-nag-tah-noh'-rahn).  Tag.; 
tributary  of  Calumpan  Riv.,  Batangas,  Luz6n. 


GAZETTEER   OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


761 


PINAGUAPAA(pee-nah-gwah-pah'-ah),  nat.;  one 
of  CalaKuas  Is.,  off  N.  coast  of  Ambos  Cania- 
rines  (Norte),  Luz6ii,  2  m.  long,  1  m.  wide, 
lat.  14°  28'  20"  N. 

PINAGUIDAYAN  (pee-nah-gee-dah'-yahn),  nat.; 
affluent  from  S.  of  Paracale  Riv.,  Ambos  Ca- 
marines  (Norte),  Luzon. 

PlNAtiUJAN  (pee-nah-goo'-hahn),  nat.;  hamlet 
in  pueblo  of  Mambiilao,  Ambos  Camarines 
(Norte),  Luz6n. 

point  on  N.  coast  of   Ambos  Camarines 

(Norte),  Luz6n,lat.  14°  20'  40"  N. 

PIXAOUXGULA  (pee-nah-goon-goo'-lah),  Tag.; 
hamlet  in  pueblo  of  San  JosiS,  Batangas, 
Luzon,  at  foot  of  Macolog  Mt.,  on  r.  bank  of 
Malaquintilbig  Riv. 

PIXALABf  AN  (pee-nah-lah-boo'-ahn ) ,  nat. ;  point 
on  SE.  shore  of  deep  bight,  on  N.  coast  of 
Cdpiz,  Panay,  6  m.  SW.  of  Bulacaue. 

PINXlAG-DUAN  (pee-nah'-lahg  doo-ahn'),  nat.; 
river  in  Tayabas,  Luz6n,  emptying  into 
Lamon  Bay. 

PINALAKAN  (pee-nah-lah-cahn')  nat.;  point  on 
E.  coast  of  Cebii.    (See  Panalipan.) 

PINALIX  (pee-nah'-leen),  nat.;  town  on  r.  bank 
of  N.  arm  of  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  Cota- 
bato,  Mindanao. 

PINALOBO  (pee-nah-loh'-boh),ver.;  mountain  in 
SE.  Zambales,  Luz6n. 

peak  6,137  ft.   high  in  Cabusilan  range, 

Luz6n. 

PliVALi'BO,  or  PINATIIBO  (pee-nah-loo'-boh, 
pee-nah-too'-boh),  nat.;  mountain  6,040  ft. 
high  in  NW.  angle  of  Pampanga,  Luz6n,  near 
intersection  of  boundary  of  Tarlac  and  Pam- 
panga with  Zambales;  3  m.  NE.  is  peak 5,167  ft. 
high;  same  distance  S.  Mt.  Negr6n,  5,453  ft., 
and  5  m.  farther  S.  Mt.  Cuadrado,  5,443  ft., 
while  22  m.  to  NW.  rises  Mt.  Iba,  5,262  ft. 
This  series  of  lofty  elevations  continues  S.  on 
Bata^n  Pen.,  ending  in  Marivele.s  summits, 
highest  4,678  ft.,  overlooking  Manila  Bay  on 
E.  and  China  Sea  on  W.,  group  forming  mag- 
nificent landmark  of  approach  from  Hong- 
kong and  N.  China  to  Manila  Bay. 

PINAMA  (pee-nah'-mah),  nat.;  village  W.  side  of 
mouth  of  Quinapunddn  Riv.,  entering  S. 
shore  of  Sdmar,  Visayas,  8  m.  E.  of  Balan- 
giga. 

PINAMALAYAX  (pee-nah-mah-lah'-yahn),  nat.; 
pueblo  on  E.  coast  of  Mindoro,  6  m.  SW.  of 
point  of  that  name. 

bay,  river,  and  town  on  their  shores  and 

point  5  m.  NE.  by  E.,  on  E.  coast  of  Mindoro, 
town  lying  33i  m.  SE.  of  CalapAn.    Pop.,  292. 

PIXAMAO  (pee-nah-mah'-oh),  ver.;  hamlet  on  S. 
shore  of  extreme  SE.  Sdmar,  4  m.  S.  of  Quina- 
punddn. 

PINAMITjCx  (pee-nah-me-tahn'),  nat.;  point  on 
E.  shore  of  SE.  extreme  of  Samar. 

PIXAMOXTrCANDO  LAUIS  (pee-nah-mawn-too- 
gahn'-doh  lah'-wis),  ver.;  point  on  SW.  coast 
of  Tayabas,  Luzon,  lat.  13°  14'  N. 

PIXAMUCXX  (pee-nah-moo-cahn'),  nat.;  inland 
hamlet  in  CApiz,  Panay,  4i  m.  NE.  of  BangA. 

— river  in  Batangas,  Luzon,  rising  in  lat.  13° 

40'  N.,  flows  W.  and  dividing  into  2  arms 
empties  into  Batangas  Bay  at  point  of  same 
name. 

PINAMUHAN  (pee-nah-moo'-hahn),  ver.;  stream 
in  NW.  Leyte,  entering  bay  5  m.  WNW.  of 
Capoocan. 

PINAMULACAN  (pee-nah-moo-lah'-cahn),  ver.; 
hamlet,  5i  m.  SE.  of  Catarman,  in  SAmar. 

PINAMUXTiAJAX  (pee  -  nah  -  moong  -  ah'-  hahn), 
ver.;  river  and  pueblo  at  its  mouth,  on  E. 
sliore  of  Taflon  Strait,  W.  coast  of  Cebu,  20  m. 
due  W.  of  Cebu  across  island.  Hibayo,  Negros 
Oriental,  lies  across  Tan6n  Strait,  29  m.  Pop., 
5,378. 

inlet  in  W.  shore  of  Cebii. 


PIXAMUNTAJf&AX  (pee  -  nah  -  moon  -  tang'-ahn), 
Tag.;  point  and  inlet  in  SW.  Tayabas,  Luz6n. 
Aguasa  Bay  lies  to  N. 

PIXAXAAX  (pee-nah-nah'-ahn),  ver.;  tributary  of 
Agusan  Riv.,  in  Surigao,  Mindanao,  about  7 
m.  above  junction  of  Tagabuka,  at  head  of 
delta. 

PlXAXABiCAO  (pee -nah -nah -bah' -cow),  nat.; 
hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Calbiga,  Siimar,  lat.  11° 
34' N. 

PIXAXAYAN  (pee-nah-nah'-yahn),  nat.;  hamlet 
of  pueblo  of  Catarman,  on  N.  coast  of  Sdmar. 

PlXAXDUXliAX  (pee-nahn-doong'-ahn),  nat.;  ex- 
treme N.  point  of  Ambos  Camarines  (Norte), 
Luzon,  and  E.  landmark  of  Mambulao  port. 

PIXAMiAYOXAX  (pee-nang-ah-yoh'-nahn),  ver.; 
niciiiutain  in  NW.  Mindanao. 

PIXAMXI)IX(i  (pee-nah-nin-ding').  Tag.;  point 
on  S.  (^oast  of  Tayabas,  Luz6n,  lat.  13°  52'  N. 

PIXAPAXAAX  (pee-nah-pah-nah'-ahn),  Tag.; 
hamlet  in  Nueva  Ecija,  Luzon,  17  m.  N.  of  San 
_Isidro. 

PINAS  (pee'-nyas),  Sp.;  islet  about  g  m.  long, 
in  Us6n  port,  S.  coast  of  Bu.suanga  I.,  Cala- 
mianesgrp.,  between  Paragua  (Palawan)  and 
Mindoro. 

PIXASIGBAHAX  (pee-nah-sig-bah'-hahn) ,  Tag.; 
hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Rosario,  Batangas,  Luzon. 

PIXATAYAX  (pee-nah-tah'-yahn),  nat.;  rock  off 
Matimas  Pt.,  between  Malabang  and  Polloc 
Harbor,  on  E.  shore  of  Illana  Bay,  Cotabato, 
Mindanao. 

PIXATUBO  (pee-nah-too'-boh),  nat.;  extinct  vol- 
cano in  lat.  15°  09'  N.,  Ion.  120°  19'  E. 
6,050  ft.  high  (another  authority  4,841  meters, 
or  6,137  ft.),  NW.  part  of  Pampanga,  Luzon. 
{See  Pinalubo  Mt.) 

PIXAUASAX  (pee-nah-wah'-sahn),  ver.;  S.  point 
of  Ipolote  Bay,  SE.  coast  of  Palawan. 

PIXAlJKAX  (pee-nah-oo'-rahn),  ver.;  point  on 
Sdmar  shore  of  San  Juanico  Strait,  where 
Bacal  L  reduces  width  of  main  channel  to 
tm. 

PIXAVISAGAN  (pee-nah-vee-sah'-gahn),  Tag.; 
bay  NW.  of  Banta  Pt.,  at  extreme  E.  point  of 
N.  shore  of  Polillo  I.,  off  Infanta,  Luzon. 

PIXAYAT  (pee-nah-yahf),  nat.;,  N.  of  chain  of  4 
inland  lakes  in  central  Surigao,  Mindanao, 
6  m.  N.  and  S.,  and  3  m.  E.  and  W.  After 
receiving  waters  of  Agusan  Riv.  through 
Linao,  Sadoeun,  and  l)agun  lakes  it  dis- 
charges surplus  waters  through  continuation 
of  same  stream  and  disembogues  into  SE. 
angle  of  Butiian  Bay  on  N.  coast  of  Mindanao. 

PIXDANGGAX-HO  (peen-dahng-ahn'-hoh),  ver.; 
native  name  for  town  of  San  Fernando,  capi- 
tal of  Union,  Luzon. 

PIXEDA  (pee-nay'-dah),  Sp.;  pueblo  on  E.  shore 
of  Manila  Bay,  in  Rizal,  Luz6n,  3i  m.  S.  of 
Manila.    Pop.,  9,825.     {See  P&s&y .) 

river  emptying  into  broad  stream  entering 

on  NE.  shore  of  Putiao  port,  SW.  coast  of 
Sorsog6n,  Luz6n. 

PIXGAMAX  (pin-gah'-mahn),  nat.;  creek  enter- 
ing on  1.  bank  of  Upper  Grande  Kiv.  of  Min- 
danao, 1  m.  above Bacat,  Cotabatd,  Mindanao. 

PIXGAXO  (pin-gah'-noh) ,  nat.;  point  and  moun- 
tain 374  ft.  high,  on  NE.  shore  of  Loog  Bay, 
SE.  arm  of  Nin  Bay,  W.  coast  of  Masbate, 
Visayas.    Point  is  N.  head  to  Gavet  Bay. 

PIXtJAT  (ping'-aht),  hamlet  in  Lepanto,  Luzon, 
15  m.  from  Cervantes.     Pop.,  914. 

PIXGET  (ping-ayf),  nat.;  island  at  S.  entrance 
to  Lapog  Bay,  S.  of  Salomague  port,  Ilocos 
Sur,  Luz6n. 

PING()OG  (pin-gaw'-ohg),  nat.;  hamlet  in  pueblo 
of  Butiian,  Surigao,  Mindanao. 

PIXIALAX  (pee-nee-ah'-lahnV  ver.,  town  short 
distance  inland  on  r.  bank  of  mouth  of  river 
entering  bay  on  NW.  shore  of  Misamis,  Minda- 
nao, 15  m.  SW.  of  Dapitan.    {Sec  Blanca  Pt, 


762 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


PIXITAN  (pee-nee'-tahn),  ver.;  point  at  E.  en- 
trance to  San  Miguel  Bay,  Ambos  Camarines 
(Sur),  Luz6n. 

PINNACLE,  for.;  peak  inland  from  Damayat  Ft., 
on  NW.  shore  Paluan  Bay,  NW.  coast  of  Palu- 
an,  extreme  NW.  point  of  Mindoro  I. 

rock  1  m.  off  extreme  XW.  coast  of  Bu- 

suanga  I.,  Calamianesgrp.,  between  Paragua, 
Palawan,  and  Mindoro. 

peak  in  NW.   part  of  Mindoro,   forming 

landmark  for  vessels  entering  Paliian  Bay. 

rock  awash  at  low  water,  oflf  Calcut  Pt., 

SW.  coast  Sorsog6n,  Luz6n. 

PINNACUCAJi  (peen-nah-coo'-cahn),  nat.;  ham- 
let in  pueblo  of  Manitao,  Albav,  Luzon,  on  S. 
coast  of  Albay  Bay,  lat.  13°  6'  30"  N. 

PIXOOXAX  (pee-noh-oh'-nahn).  ver.;  mountain 
in  NW.  Bohol,  2i  m.  N.  of  Carmen. 

PINOPO  (pee-noh'-poh),  ver.;  mountain  in  Pa- 
nay. 

PIXOQl'lS  (pee-noh'-kiss),  ver.;  mountain  in  N. 
Mindanao. 

PINOS,  or  PINE  (pee'-nohs),  Sp.;  point  at  N.  ex- 
tremity of  Sepangow  Bay,  8W.  Palawan. 

range  of  mountains  in  Abra,  Luz6n. 

PINTADA  (pin-tah'-dah),  Sp.;  island  near  Ultra 
I.,  in  W.  end  of  Nochebuena  channel,  to  E.  of 
Tawi  Tawil.,  Sulu  A. 

PINTIAN  (pin-tee'-ahn),  ver.:  tributary  of  Abaot 
Riv.,  in  Nueva  Vizcaya,  Luzon. 

PINTO  (peen'-toh),  Sp.;  hamlet  on  1.  bank  of  Pu- 
langui  Kiv.,  in  extreme  SE.  Misamis,  Minda- 
nao. 

PINTUGAN  (pin-too'-gahn),  ver.;  hamlet  on  SW. 
coast  of  Panaon  I.,  off  SE.  coast  Leyte,  3  m. 
NW.  of  San  Ricardo. 

PINUTAN  (pee-noo'-tahn),  ver.;  headland  on  S. 
entrance  to  Romano  Bay,  E.  coast  of  Panaon 
I.,  off  SE.  coast  Leyte. 

hamlet  on  SE.  shore  of  Romano  Bay,  E. 

coast  of  Paua6n  I.,  off  SE.  coast  Levte,  13  m. 
SE.  of  Liloan. 

PINZO  (peen'-thoh),  Sp.:  mountain  in  pueblo  of 
Tiaong,  Tayabas,  Luz6n. 

PIO  (pee'-oh),  Sp.;  hamlet  in  Pampanga,  Luz6n, 
9  m.  NE.  of  Bacolor. 

PIQUIGAN  (pee-key'-gahn),  ver.;  pueblo  in  Bon- 
toc,  Luzon.    Pop.,  Cn.  1887,  893. 

PliJUIT  (pee-kit'),nat.;  territorial  subdivision  of 
district  of  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

PKJUITO  (pee-key'-toh),  Sp.;  mountain  in 
Cavite,  Luzon. 

PIBAKA  (pee-rah-rah'),  ver.;  point  on  N.  shore 
of  bight  on  N.  coast  of  C£piz,  Panay,  19  m. 
W.  of  Bulacaue  Pt.,  extreme  NE.  point  of 
Coneepcidn,  Iloilo,  Panay. 

PIRATAN  (pee-rah'-tahn),  ver.;  river  in  Min- 
danao. 

PIRATAS  (pee-rah'-tahs),  Sp.;  rock  1  m.  E.  of 
Dakula  I.,  S.  coast  of  Zamboanga  Mindanao. 

PIRATE,  for.;  river  entering  San  Antonio  or 
Rocky  Bay,  on  SE.  coast  of  Palawan. 

island  less  than  1,500  ft.  S.  of  San  Antonio 

Bay,  5i  m.  NE.  of  Channel  Pt.,  and  If  m.  off 
coast  of  SE.  Palawan.  N.  of  this  island  lie 
rocks  and  sand  patches,  largest  1  m.,  2  m.  N. 
of  island  and  1  m.  from  mainland. 

bay  between  Blockade  Strait  and  inner 

entrance  and  W.  shore  of  Malampaya  Sound, 
W.  shore  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

head  on  E.  shore  of  Dumarto  I.,  oS  E. 

coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

PIRIS  (pee-rees'),  ver.;  inlet  on  NW. shore  of 
Bagav  Gulf,  Tavabas,  Luzon,  N.  of  Ginhali- 
nan  Pt.,  lat.  13°  40'  30"  N. 

PISA  (pee'-sah),  Sp.;  point  on  Batangas  Bav,  on 
S.  coast  of  Batangas,  Luzon,  lat.  13°  38'  N. 


PISACPISAC   (pee-sack-pee-sack'),  nat.;   -s-illage 

and  stream  on  SE.  shore  of  Siasi  I.,  Tapul  grp., 

Sulu  A. 
PISAN  (pee'-.sahn),  nat.;  point  on  W.  shore  of 

Illana  Bay,  Cotabato,  Mindanao.    Tikala  Is. 

lie  off  this  coast. 

river  in  Cotabato,  Mindanao,  2  m.  from 

mouth  of  which  lies  town  of  tiiat  name. 
Subject  to  inundations  5  ft.  during  rainy 
.season. 

hamlet  N.    of   anchorage  of  that  name, 

under  cover  of  point  of  river,  and  2  m.  from 
mouth  of  river  of  that  name,  W.  shore  of 
Illana  Bay,  Cotabato,  Mindanao.  Country 
in  vicinity  is  marshy  and  unhealthy.  During 
rainy  season  water  rises  5  ft.  above  surface. 

PISANAN  (pee-sah'-nahn),  nat.;  branch  of  river 
tributary  to  Sibalom  near  town  of  that  name, 
W.  Antique,  Panay. 

hamlet  on  tributary  of  Sibalom  Riv.,  An- 
tique, Panay,  -1  m.  SE.  of  Sibalom. 

PITALO  (pee-tah'-law),  ver.;  town  in  E.  Cebii. 

PITAS  (pee-tahs'),nat.;  point  SW.  coast  Cotabato, 
Mindanao,  S.  of  Nara  Pt. 

mountain  and  point  in  S.  Mindanao. 

PITO  (pee'-toh),  Sp.;  hamlet  in  Nueva  Vizcaya, 
Luzon,  in  mountains  of  Cordillera  Central. 

PITOOO  (pee-toh'-goh),  nat.;  mountain  in  cen- 
tral Concepcion,  Iloilo,  Panay,  14i  m.  SW.  of 
Carles. 

pueblo  on  S.  coast  of  Tayabas,  Luzon,  35  m. 

SE.  of  Tayabas,  between  Silankapo  and  Mabio 
Pts.,  2  m.  ENE.  of  latter.  Pop.,  3,011.  Con- 
nected by  road  with  Gumaco,  on  N.  coast. 

anchorage  in  S.  Tayabas,  Luzon. 

town  on  N.  shore  of  ^mall  bay  on  E.  coast 

of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  82  m.  SE.  by  E. 

bay  between  Corang-dato  and  Tandikan 

Pts.,  on  SE.  coast  of  Sulu  1.,  Sulu  A. 

"silanga"    between    Ambos    Camarines, 

Luzon,  and  Pitogo,  off  extreme  NE.  end  of 
peninsula  of  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  SE.  of 
Panahoriga. 

island  NE.  of  peninsula  of  Ambos  Cama- 
rines, Luzon. 

river  entering  sea  on  SW.  coast  of  Zam- 
boanga, NW.  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

PLAt'EK  ^plah-thayr'),  Sp.;  pueblo  on  W.  shore 
of  small  bay  on  NE.  coast  of  Surigao,  Min- 
danao.   Pop.,  Cn.  1887,  893. 

PLAYA  HONDA  (plah'-yah  ohn'-dah),  Sp.;  ex- 
tensive plain  in  Batalan  Mt.,  1,847  ft.  high,  on 
coast  of  Zambales,  Luz6n. 

PLl'S,  for.;  island  on  W.  waters  of  Nochebuena 
channel,  to  E.  of  Tawi  Tawi  I.,  Sulu  A.,  into 
great  bay  of  S. 

PLACIO  (plah'-see-oh).  Tag.;  mountain  in  NE. 
Laguna,  Luzon. 

POBRE  (poh'-bray),  Sp.;  island  6  m.  W.  of  Bary 
Pt.,  SW.  shore  of  Masbate  I.,  Visayas. 

POC'AAGl'A  (poh-cah-ah'-gwah),  Sp.;  bay  on  W. 
coast  of  Negros  between  Liuliva  and  Cauayan 
Pts.,  in  S.  lat.  10°  4'  N. 

POL'DOL  (pock-doll'),  ver.;  extinct  volcano  in 
SE.  part  of  Albay,  Luz6n,  lat  13°  05'  N.,  Ion. 
123°  54'  E.,  between  Albay  Gulf  on  N.  and 
Port  Sorsogon  on  S.  of  strip,  5  m.  wide  from 
Bacon  to  Sorsogon  towns,  respectively,  which 
connects  Sorsogon  with  main  body  of  Luzon. 

POL'OL  (poh-cohl'),  nat.;  small  stream  on  SW. 
coast  of  Leyte,  6i  m.  SE.  of  Albuera. 

PODOC  (paw'-dock),  nat.;  hamlet  in  pueblo  of 
San  Jacinto,  Ilocos  Sur,  Luzon. 

POEGTET  (poh-egg-tay'),  ver.;  mountain  in  Pan- 
gasindn,  Luzon. 

POGOTE  (poh-goh-tay'),  ver.;  point  on  NW.  coast 
of  Leyte,  lat.  11°  35'  N. 


GAZETTEEE   OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


763 


POINT,  for.;  hill  560  ft.  high,  on  TTnmmock  Pt.,in 
S\V.  Palawan.  Coast  5  m.  S\V.  continues  low 
range.  On  plain  to  SW.  of  this  range  is  pecul- 
iar wooded  mound  fronting  Corunii  range. 

peak  on  E.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan,  5 

m.  SSE.  of  Taytay,  abreast  of  Paly  I.  N.  of 
peak  is  inlet  3i  m.  in  length  with  2  islands 
at  entrance,  Shadewell  I.  being  1^  m.  off 
shore;  village  at  head  of  inlet. 

peak  9f)0 ft.  high,  inland  from  Dampier  Pt., 

on  L.  shore  of  Palawan, 

POK-ITAJfii  (pock-ee-tang'),  ver.;  town  of  Bon- 
toe,  Luzon.    Pop.,  543. 

POLX  (poh-lah'),  nat.;  low  point  and  important 
hesidland  for  navigators,  off  SW.  coast  of 
DAvao,  Mindanao,  75  m.  NW.  by  W.  of  Tinaka 
Pt.  and  21  m.  SE.  of  Malatuna  Pt.;  6  m.  E.  of 
Pold  Pt.  lie  village  and  river  of  Craan  (Cana- 
r(5n).  Coal  deposits  exists  in  this  vicinity. 
From  this  point  to  Sarangani  Bay  coast  is  low 
and  without  sheltered  anchorages. 

river  on  SW.  coast  of  Mindanao  entering 

Celebes  Sea  at  point  of  that  name,  and  5  m. 
SE.  of  W.  boundary  of  D&\ao  with  Cotabato. 

hamlet  near  point  and  mouth  of  river  of 

that  name,  SW.  coast  of  DAvao,  Mindanao, 
108  m.  SW.  of  Ddvao,  2^  m.  SE.  of  W.  boundary 
of  Diivao  with  Cotabato. 

bay  4}  m.  ESE.   between  Anahaoan  and 

Dayap  heads  and  3.J  m.  deep,  opening  to  NE. 
on  E.  coast  of  Mindoro.  24  m.  SE.  by  E.  of 
Calap&n. 

pueblo  at  mouth  of  river  emptying  into  bay 

of  same  name,  27  m.  SE.  of  Calapto,  Mindoro. 
Pop.,  572. 

p6hAV  (poh'-lack),  ver.;  creek  arid  town  NE. 
part  of  Marinduque  I,,  off  SW.  coast  of  Taya- 
bas,  Luzon. 


POLANAS  (poh-lah'-nahs),ver.;  hamleton  N.side 
of  bay  on  E.  coast  of  S4mar,  6  m.  NNW.  of 
Lanang. 

POLANCO  (poh-lahn'-coh),  Sp.;  town  on  r.  bank 
of  river  entering  bay,  S.  of  Sieayac  Pt.,  NW. 
coast  of  Misamis,  Mindanao,  6  m.  SW.  by  S.  of 
Dapitan.     {Sec  Blanca  Pt.) 

POLANGUI  (poh-lahn'-gee),  nat.;  pueblo  on  main 
road  in  Albav,Luz6n,  on  r.  bank  of  Inaya  Riv., 
18i  m.  NW.  of  Albay  and  11  m.  ESE.  of  Bat6 
Lake.    Pop.,  10,057. 

river  in    Mindanao,   tributary  to   Grande 

Riv.  of  Mindanao. 

town  in  Arabos  Camarines,  Luzon,  on  Qui- 

nali  Riv.    Pop.,  10,000. 

POLAKLIINA  (poh-lahn-loo'-nah),  ver.;  river  ris- 
ing in  LabaMt.,inAmbos Camarines  (Norte), 
Luz6n,  flows  SE.  through  Camarines  Sur,  re- 
ceiving many  tributaries,  and  empties  into 
Naga  Riv.  through  2  mouths,  7  m.  from  San 
Miguel  Bay,  on  N.  coast. 

POLANTUNA  (poh-lahn-too'-nah) ;  ver.;  river  in 
Ambos  Camarines  (Norte),  Luz6n,  rising  in 
peaks  of  same  name. 

POLABICAN  (poh-lah-ree'-cahn),  ver.;  hamleton 
W.  shore  of  Taytay  Bay,  7  m.  N.  by  W.  of 
Taytay,  E.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

POLXuIT  (poh-lah'-wit),  ver.;  point  on  W.  coast 

of  r- 


POLAY  (poh-lie'),  ver.;  river  of  Nueva  Vizcaya, 
Luz6n,  tributary  to  Magat  Riv.,  branch  of 
Cagayfin  Grande. 

POLDOC  (pohl-dohk')  nat.;  river  and  island  off 
its  mouth,  in  SE.  part  of  Alankao,  Napaug- 
pang  Bay,  SW.  coast  Sorsog6n,  Luzon. 


POLILLO  (GROUP),  OFF  INFANTA,  LUZON. 

(Poh-lee'-lyoh,  Sp.) 

(Annexed  to  Tayabas  Province,  Lnz6n.) 

Chief  town:  Polillo,  on  MW.  coast;  lat.  14°  45'  30''  N.,  Ion.  121°  55'  E. 

Area:  203  sq.  m. 

Population:  1,500,  estimated. 

Race:  Tagalog. 

Language:  Tagalog. 

Military  Department  of  Luzon:  Headquarters,  Manila,  Luzon. 

Table  of  distances. 
Prom  Polillo  to—  '  m. 

Atimonan,  Tayabas,  Luzon 59 

Binarigonan,  Infanta,  Luz6n 27 

Manila  via  Binangonan,  W 64 

A  group  of  islands  in  the  entrance  to  Lainon  Bay,  N.  side  of  the  Tayabas  and  Cama- 
rines Pen.,  and  E.  off  the  mainland  of  Infanta,  Luzon.  Lat.  15°  N.  and  Ion.  122°  E., 
intersect  in  the  NE.  center  of  Polillo  I.  On  the  N.  and  E.  sweeps  the  Pacific  Ocean, 
on  the  S.  across  Lamon  Bay  He  the  shores  of  Ambos  Camarines  (Norte)  and  Tayabas, 
and  on  the  W.  Infanta,  Luzon. 

ISLANDS. 


On  the  E.,  SE.,  and  S.  of  Polillo  lie  21  charted  islands  (1902),  as  follows 


Balesin 

Buguitai 

Cabulua 

Cabungeo6n  . 

Calagian 

Iguicon 

.TomAlig 

Lantao 

Malaguinoau 


sq.m. 

Malanat 1 

Nolaguinuan 1 

Palasan 10 

Patnanongan 17 

Polillo 131 

Teolong 3 

Total 203 


764 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 


The  formation,  like  nearly  all  the  groups  of  the  P.  A.,  is  volcanic,  the  Malolo  sum- 
mit being  the  central  cone.  "  The  N.  and  W.  sides  of  Polillo  are  clear  of  islands.  The 
inhabitants  are  largely  engaged  in  agriculture  and  fishing  for  home  consumption. 
The  soil  and  climate  "are  good.  The  island  of  Polillo,  included  in  the  district  of 
Infanta  by  act  of  P.  C.  June  12,  1902,  was  annexed  to  the  province  of  Tayabas,  Luzon, 
the  inhabitants  to  enjoy  the  same  rights  and  privileges  as  if  the  said  territory  had 
been  originally  incorporated  in  the  province  of  Tayabas.  The  municipal  officers  in 
the  town  included  in  the  territory  to  have  the  same  relations  to  the  provincial  offi- 
cers of  the  province  of  Tayabas  as  prescribed  by  the  provincial  government  act  and 
the  enabling  act  of  province  of  Tayabas  as  provided  for  the  numicipal  officers  of  the 
towns  of  the  said  province. 

POLILLO  (poh-Iee'-lyoh),  Sp.;  island,  lat.  15° X., 
Ion.  121°  53'  5"  E.,  30  m.  KW.  to  SE.  and  16  m- 
NE.  to  SW.;  area  131  sq.  m.;  oS  E.  shore  of 
Infanta,  Luz6n.  In  center  is  mountain  with 
wooded  slopes.  Lies  to  N.  of  Lamon  Bay  and 
protects  that  large  indentation  of  Pacitie 
shore  of  SE.  Luzon  from  N.  winds,  affording 
excellent  shelter.  Chief  port,  Polillo.  Off 
E.  shore  of  island  are  19  islands,  among  thtm 
Palasan  E.,  Patnonongan  E.  of  S.  end,  and 
Iguiean  E.  of  latter.  It  belongs  to  jurisdic- 
tion of  Tas-abas,  Luzon.  Its  topography  con- 
sists of  ceiitral  summit  (Malolo)  from  which 
diverging  ridges  descend  to  coast  at  all  points 
of  compass.  It  has  several  hamlets  and  to wn , 
Polillo,  on  fine  bay  on  SW.  coast.  Soil  is  fer- 
tile and  inhabitants  raise  crops  of  maize  and 
other  products  for  their  own  use,  beside  en- 
gaging in  fishing. 

port  on  \V.  shore  of  island  of  .same  name, 

with  11  fms.  depth  approach  and  24  m.  across 
channel  from  Binangonan,  Infanta,  Luzon. 
Pop.,  1,400. 

pueblo  on  SW.  coast  of  island  of  that  name, 

on  SE.  shore  of  Polillo  Bay,  on  N.  bank  of 
mouth  of  Oro  Riv.,  21  i  m.  E.  of  Binangonan 
de  Lamp6n,  Infanta,  Luzon,  across  interven- 
ing sea  channel. 


POLIQUI(poh-lee'-key),nat;  bay  in  extreme  SW. 

waters  of  Albay  Gulf,  Albay,  Luzon.    On  its 

E.  shore  is  town  of  Manito. 
village  on  NW.  shore  of  bay  of  same  name, 

SW.  side  of  Albay  Gulf,  Albay,  Luzon. 

POLIS  (poh'-lease),  ver.;  system  of  mountains  in 
Abra,  Luz6n. 

POLLOC  (poh-lyock);  pueblo  on  S.  shore  of  Po- 
lloc  port,  Cotabato,  Mindanao,  10  m.  N.  of 
Cotabato  (named  from  Moro  word  Palak, 
separated);  on  island  of  that  name  forming 
N.  point  of  bay  and  detached  from  mainland 
by  narrow  channel,  Sampiuitan,  with  but  Ih 
ft.  of  water.  Large  vessels  can  enter  harbor 
and  anchor  with  safety.  Town  was  partially 
destroyed  bv  an  eruption  of  ISIacaturin  Vol- 
cano in  1879."    Pop.,  On.  1SS7,  390. 

island  on  which  is  town  of  that  name,  on 

S.  side  of  point  of  harbor  of  that  name,  on 
E.  shore  of  Illana  Bay,  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

POLLOC,  or  PALAK  (poh-lyock',  pah-lac'),  ver.; 
port  on  E.  shore  of  Illana  Bay,  Cotabato,  Min- 
danao, elevations  of  Rangayan  or  Siigut  Mts. 
rise  14  m.  inland.  Harbor  opens  W.,  between 
Panga  Pt.  (N.)  and  Mariga-batu  (Red  rock) 
(S.)  4  m.,  and  is  protected  from  W.  winds  by 
Bonga  I.,  harbor  of  good  depth,  and  safe.  On 
N.  side  are  bays  of  Cidamak  and  Siigut  and 
on  S.  wider  bavs  in  which  are  anchorages 
Polloc  and  Paran  Paran.  Rangayan  Cor- 
dillera, and  Macaturin  Volcano,  which  burst 
forth  in  violent  eruption  in  1S79,  lie  28  m. 
E.  by  N. 

POLLOS,  LOS  (lohs  poh'-lyohs),  Sp.:  islands  off 
W.  coast  of  S.  Palawan,     (ike  GaUina. ) 

POLO  (poh'-loh),  Sp.:  pueblo  in  extreme  SE. 
corner  of  Bulacin,  Luzon,  7^  m.  SE.  of  Bula- 
Ciin.    Pop.,  7,549. 

hamlet  in  Nueva  Ecija,  Luz6n,  4  m.  S.  of 

San  Isidro,  on  road  to  Manila. 


POLO;  river  of  Mindoro  flowing  by  hamlet  and 
emptyfng  into  bay  of  same  nam'e. 

bay  on  NE.  coast  of   Mindoro  between 

Dumali  and  Amajao,  and  receives  waters  of 
river  of  same  name. 

■ island  X.  of  Leyte. 

lake  in  Leyte. 

point  8  m.  NNW.  of  Layaban  Pt.,  and  form- 
ing W.  head  to  Iligan  Bay  on  N.  eoa.st  of  Min- 
danao. Pointcomposed  of  dark  rocks  hea\-ily 
I          wooded;  S.  of  point  are  2  islets. 

island  off  S.  coast  of  Bohol,  lat.  9°  39'  40"  N. 

point  on  E.  coast  of  Negros  Oriental,  lat. 

9°  49'  20"  N. 

POLOAGSAMO  (poh-long-sahn-toh'),  ver.;  ham- 
let in  central  Pampanga,  Luzon,  7  m.  XW.  of 
Bacolor. 
j  POLOSAA'  (poh-loh'-sahn),  nat;  summit  nearN. 
shore  of  Sdmar,  about  8  m.  SW.  of  coast  town 
of  Bombon. 

POLOT  (poh-lof),  nat.;  river  entering  on  W. 
.shore  of  Misamis  port,  Misamis,  Mindanao,  2 
m.  SW.  of  Misamis. 

river  in  pueblo  of  Baleno,  Masbate,  Visa- 

yas,  emptjdng  on  NE.  coast. 

POMELIKAX  (poh-may-lee'-cahn),  ver.;  one  of 
N.  islands  of  Cagayfin  Sulu  grp.,  180  ft.  high, 
7  m.  N.  of  Lapun  -  Lapun  anchorage.  W. 
point  of  island  is  in  line  with  W.  end  of 
Mandah. 

PO^X'LIA^'  (pohn-clee-ahn'),  ver.; point  in  Leyte. 

POXGBASAX  (pohng-bah'-sahn),  nat.;  hamlet  in 
pueblo  of  Bangued,  Abra,  Luzon. 

P0>',GLO  (pong-loh'),  Tag.;  mountain  in  Nueva 
Ecija,  Luzon. 

POA&ON  (pong'-ohn),  ver.:  mountain  in  S.  cen- 
j  tral  Leyte,  IJ  m.  S.  of  Bito  Lake,  5  m.  WNW. 

of  Abu  yog. 

POXOX  (poh'-non),  ver.;  hamletin  Iloilo,  Panay, 
3  m.  W.  by  N.  of  San  Enrique. 
I   POXOS  (poh'-nohs),  islet  in  Grande  Riv.  of  Min- 
danao, Cotabato,  Mindanao,  8  m.  above  Tum- 
bao. 

POAOT  (poh'-noht)  ver.;  town  on  NW.  coast  of 
Dapitan,  Mindanao,  SW.  of  Blanca  Pt,  29  m. 
WSW.  of  Dapitan. 

POASOS  (pohn-sohn'),  ver.;  NE.  of  islands  of 
Camotes  grp.,  off  W.  coast  of  Leyte  and  in 
opening  to  Ormoc  Bay;  to^vn  of  Cduit  lies  on 
SW.  shore. 

POXT  (pohnt),  Sp.;  point  on  W.  .shore  of  NW. 

peninsula  of  Cagay4n,  Luzon. 
PONTADO  (pohn-tah'-doh),ver.;  point  in  Biliran 

I.,  off  NW.  coast  of  Leyte. 

PONTE^'EDBA    (pohn-tay-vay'-drah),   Sp.;  town 

in  Cdpiz,  Panav,  12  m.  SE.  of  CApiz.    Pop., 

9,512. 

river  in  Panay. 

pueblo  of  Negros  Occidental,  on  E.  shore  of 

Guimards  Strait,  22  m.  S.  of  Bac61od.    Pop., 

12,000. 
P0NT6  (pa^vn-taw'),  nat;  river  in  PangasinAn, 

Luz6n,  flowing  WSW.  and  entering  another 

river.,  lat.  15°51'N. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


765 


PONTOD  (pohn-tohd') ,  ver.;  point  on  SW.  coast  of 
Leyte,  2  m.  NW.  of  Hiloilgos. 

I'ONl'D  (poh-nood'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  N.  Sdmar, 
y  m.  SE.  of  Catarnian. 

POPONTOX  (poh-polin-tohn'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  N. 
central  Sdmar,  8  m.  S.  of  Cati'ibig. 

POPOTAN  (paw-paw'-tahn),  nat.;  hamlet  in  Ilo- 
ilo,  Panay. 

POPOTOTAN  (poh-poh-toh'-tahn),  ver.;  island  i 
m.  off  N.  shore  of  Galoc  I.,  Calamianes  grp., 
oft  NE.  coast  Paragua,  Palawan,  chain  of 
islands  extends  across  strait  separating  Cala- 
miAn  and  BusuaiJga. 

PO<iUITAjV  (poh-key'-tahn,  ver.;  pueblo  in  Bon- 
toc,  Luzon.    Top., -139. 

POBA  (poh'-rah),  ver.;  point  on  W.  shore  in  ex- 
treme NW.  waters  of  Illana  Bay.  Cotabato, 
Mindanao. 

POKAC  (poh'-rack),  ver.;  pueblo  in  Pampanga, 
Luz6n,  9  m.  NW.  of  Bacolor.    Pop.,  8,615. 

POBO  (poh'-roh)  Sp.;  central  of  Camotes  Is.,  7  m. 
N.  and  S.  and  9  m.  E.  and  W.;  N.  point  11  m. 
S.  of  mainland  of  Leyte.  Poro,  its  port,  is  on 
S.  shore. 

pueblo  and  anchorage  on  SW.  shore  of  Poro 

I.,  of  Camotes  grp.,  Cebu.    Pop.,  7,000. 

island  in  SE.  waters  of  Sorsogon  port,  Sor- 

sog6n,  Luzon,  E.  of  Macugil  Ft. 

hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Bulusan,   Sorsog6n, 

Luzon. 

river  in  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

islet  in  mid-channel  between  Biliran  I.  off 

NW.  coast,  and  mainland  of  Leyte,  1  m.  be- 
tween points. 

POKO  PAXAEN  (poh'-roh  pah-nah'-ayn),  nat.; 
islet  95  ft.  high,  in  middle  of  E.  entrance  to 
channel  between  Santiago  I.  and  NK.  coast  of 
Zambales,  Luzon. 

POKO  Sl'K  (poh'-roh  soor),  Sp.;  village  on  penin- 
sula terminating  in  San  Fernando  Pt.,  which 
forms  W.  .sliore  of  San  Fernando  Harbor, 
Union,  Luzon. 

POKT  ISABELA,  for.;  harbor  accessible  to  ves- 
sels of  all  sizes  in  channel  between  Malamaui 
I.  and  mainland  of  Basilan,  off  S.  coa.st  Zam- 
boanga,  Mindanao.  During  Spanish  ascend- 
ency it  was  S.  Spanish  naval  siation  of  P.  I., 
witharsenal  for  equipment  and  rrpairof  small 
vessels,  also  naval  hospital  and  wharf  with 
20  ft.  of  water;  is  now  K^irrisoned  by  U.  S. 
marines.  Channel  is  4  m.  long  and  14  cables 
(1,080  ft.)  wide.  Mangroves  on  either  side 
grow  to  water's  edge.   (*elsabelade  Basilan.) 

POBTOLIN  (pohr-toh-leen'),  Sp.;  town  on  bight 
between  Diuata  and  Sipaka  Pts.,  N.  coast  of 
Misamis,  Mindanao,  43  m.  NNE.  of  CagaySn  de 
Misamis. 

POimiU'ESA  ( polir-loo-gay'-sah  ),  Sp.:  pointN.of 
entranci'  to  I'ort  Sual,  in  I'an.yasinau,  Luzon. 
Has  small  round  toweron  its  hlull  and  beacon 
on  S.  edge  of  reef,  also  iron  light-house. 


POSDEY  (pohs-day').  ver.;  summit  in  (iran  Cor- 
dillera Central,  in  SE.  Abra,  Luz6n. 

peak  4,733  ft.  high,  in  Caraballos  Occiden- 

tales,  in  Abra,  Luz6n. 

POSEDAL  (poh-say-dahl'),  nat.;  village  at  mouth 
of  river  of  same  name  on  NW.  shore  of  Sorso- 


POSON  (poh-sohn'),  nat.;  northeasternmost  of 
Camote  Is.,  9  m.  S.  of  Merida,  on  S.  coast  of 
Leyte,  5  m.  N.  and  S.  and  4  m.  E.  and  W. 
Nearest  land  on  shore  of  Leyte  is  at  Calunan- 
gan  Pt.,  5i  m.  NNW. 

POTAXiiA  (poh-tang'-ah),  ver.;  mountain  in 
Abra,  Luzon. 

POTKjUE  (poh-tee'-kay),  ver.;  point  in  E.Albay, 
Luzon. 

POTOGO  (poh-toh'-goh);  hamlet  in  Iloilo,  Pa- 
nay,  on  river  emptying  into  sea  at  Valverde. 

POTOL  (poh-tohl'),  nat.;  point  on  NW.  extreme 
of  Panay,  3^  m.  VV.  of  Saboncogon  Pt.,  with 
which  it  forms  small  bay,  and  83  m.  WNW.  of 
Bulacaue  Pt.,  at  NE.  extreme  of  island.  E. 
of  Potol  Pt.,  at  less  than  1  m.,  are  7  rocky 
islets,  called  Taguadi&n  Is. 

POTOSAN  (poh-toh'-.sahn),  nat.;  river  entering  on 
E.  side  of  inlet  on  N.  shore  of  Putiao  port, 
SW.  coast  of  Sorsogon,  Luzon. 

POTOTAN  (poh-toh'-tahn),  nat.;  pueblo  on  1. 
bank  of  Jalaur  Riv.,  Hollo,  Panay,  16  m.  N. 
by  E.  of  Iloilo.    Pop.,  14,512. 

POTTIX  (pawt-tin'),  ver.;  river  in  Pampanga, 
Luzon,  flowing  SE.  by  hamlet  of  same  name; 
aflltieiit  of  Macandor,  tributary  of  Chico  de  la 
Pampanga  Uiv. 

POYAt'  (paw-yack'),  ver.;  river  of  Tayabas,  Lu- 
zon, emptying  on  E.  coast. 

POZO  (poh'-thoh),  Sp.;  village  on  W.  shore  of 
Canahauan  Dac6  1.,  of  Canahauan  Is.,  off'  W. 
coast  of  S&mar. 

POZO  DE  ITAN  (poh'-thoh  day  ee'-tahn),  Hisp.; 
mountain  10  m.  E.  of  Calape,  W.  coast  of 
Bohol. 

POZOKKLBIO  (poh-thoh-rroo'-byoh),  Sp.;  pue- 
blo in  PangasinAn,  Luzon,  22  m.  E.  of  Lin- 
gay(5n,  with  which  it  is  connected  by  high- 
way.   Pop.,  9,123;  township,  9,947. 

PBAHl]  (prah-hoo'),  ver.;  point  on  SE.  coast  of 
Palawan,  7^  m.  NE.  of  Ipolote  Bay.  Moro 
settlement  on  shore. 

PKEXSA  (prayn'-sah),  Sp.;  hamlet  in  Bulac4n, 
Luzon,  12  m.  E.  of  BulacAn. 

PBESA  aiAVOB(pray'-sahmah'-yohr'),Sp.;  ham- 
let at  junction  of  fountain  tributary  of  Tu- 
maga  and  branch  which  runs  S.  into  sea  by 
its  own  channel;  5  m.  N.  of  Zamboanga,  Zam- 
boanga,  Mindanao. 

PBINCESA  DE  ASTLBIAS  (preen-thay'-sah  day 
ahs-too'-ryahs),Sp.;  Spanish  nauu  for  Puerto 
Princesa,  or  Port  Royalist,  E.  coast  of  Pala- 
wan. 


PRINCIPE,  SUBPROVINCE  OF  TAYABAS,  LUZON. 

(Preen'-thee-pay,  Sp.) 

Capital:  Baler,  lat.  15°  W  &'  N.,  Ion.  121°  33^  E. 

Area:  Mainland,  1,216  sq.  m. ;  dependent  islands,  2  st^f.  m. ;  total,  1,218  sq.  m. 

Population:  Principe,  4,100;  Binatarigan,  6,370;  total,  10,470. 

Race:  Ilongotes,  Italones,  and  Negritos. 

Languages:  Tagdlog,  llucano,  and  Ilongote. 

Military  Department  of  Luzon:  Headquarters  Manila,  Luzon. 

Table  of  distances. 
Prom  Baler  to—  m. 

Manila,  SW 90 

San  Isidro,  SE 60 

Bongabon,  Nueva  Ecija  on  the  main  highway 31 

thence  to  San  Isidro 28 

—  59 


766 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPIJSE    ISLANDS. 


LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

The  subprovince  of  Principe  is  bounded  on  the  N.  by  Isabela;  E.  by  the  Pacific 
Ocean;  S.  by  Nueva  Ecija,  and  W.  by  Nueva  Ecija  and  Nueva  Vizcaya. 

AREA. 

It  measures  64  m.  from  NE.  to  SW.  along  tlie  Pacific  coast  and  43  m.  from  N.  to  S. 
along  the  meridian  of  Ion.  121°  30^  near  its  W.  border.  Area,  mainland,  1,216 
sq.  m. ;  dependent  islands,  2  sq.  m.;  total,  1,218  sq.  m.,  the  size  of  Rhode  Island. 

PHYSICAL   FEATURES. 

The  country  is  an  uninterrupted  succession  of  lofty  mountains  generally  inaccessible 
and  covered  with  dense  vegetation.  In  the  narrow  valleys  between  the  coast  range 
and  the  parallel  chain  forming  the  NW.  and  the  N.  boundaries,  the  Casignan  Riv.,  in 
a  number  of  tributaries,  carries  the  drainage  into  Baler  Bay  through  a  passage  in 
the  mountains  near  the  W.  border.  A  number  of  mountain  streams  in  the  S.  part 
form  the  Baler  Riv.,  which  enters  the  bay  of  that  name. 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

The  coast  off  this  province  is  but  little  known.     The  following  are  the  bays: 

Baler;  one  of  the  finest  on  the  Pacific  coast,  9  m.  between  Delgada  andEncanto 
Pts.,  with  7  to  68  fms.     Baler  is  situated  on  a  small  inlet  on  the  S.  shore. 

Casiguran;  a  sound  17  m.  in  length,  7  m.  between  heads,  between  Ildefonso 
Pen.  and  the  mainland  of  Principe,  with  from  17  to  90  fms.  Baltimore  Peak,  600  ft. 
high  near  the  point  of  the  peninsula,  is  the  headland  to  the  entrance.  The  NE. 
end  of  the  sound  forms  a  bay  of  the  same  name,  about  6  m.  in  diameter,  with  from  16 
to  26  fms.  It  is  entered  from  the  sound  by  a  channel  i  m.  wide.  On  the  SE.  shore 
is  a  landmark  300  ft.  high.  It  is  one  of  the  best  sheltered  bays  in  Luzon.  The  town 
of  Casiguran  lies  about  3  ni.  inland  from  the  N.  shore. 

Dibut;  S.  of  Encanto  Pt.,  which  separates  it  from  Baler  Bay  on  the  N. 

ROADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 

There  are  no  roads  and  but  a  few  trails,  which  can  only  be  traversed  on  horseback 
or  horse  hammocks  and  with  great  difficulty.  Ships  seldom  visit  the  coast  on 
account  of  the  lack  of  trade,  and  during  the  NE.  monsoons  navigation  in  small  boats 
is  very  dangerous. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

The  total  population  is  10,470,  including  4,100  registered  inhabitants,  besides 
Ilongotes,  Italones,  descendants  of  the  Ilongotes  living  in  the  N.  part,  and  Negritos, 
speaking  Tagalog  and  Ilocano  among  the  half  civilized  and  Ilongote  among  the  wild 
races.  In  the  mountains  of  the  NW.  is  the  former  comandancia  of  Binatarigan,  com- 
posed of  the  villages  of  Ilongotes  (Italones  or  Ibalaos)  and  a  few  wandering  Negritos, 
the  half  civilized  inhabitants  numbering  370-and  the  wild  races  estimated  at  6,000. 
In  the  town  of  j\Iunquia  are  4,182  inhabitants,  including  both  half  ci\ilized  and 
wild.  The  languages  are  Tagdlog  and  dialects  bearing  the  names  of  the  tribes  using 
them. 

The  division  of  Principe  into  pueblos  and  their  respective  population,  according  to 
the  oensus  of  1887,  is  as  follows: 


Subprovince  and  pueblos. 

Total  population,  combining 
residents  present  and  ab- 
sent, native  and  Spanish, 
census  1887. 

Men. 

Women. 

Total. 

Pnucipe: 

Baler 

1,190 

1.117 

2,307 

97  !              84 
90G  1            942 

181 

Casiguran 

' 

Total 

•',  193           2. 14.^ 

4,330 

Estimated,  1901,  10,470. 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  767 

The  following  are  the  chief  towns: 

Baler;  on  a  point  of  swampy  ground,  at  the  mouth  of  the  river  of  that  name,  which 
enters  the  bay  of  the  same  name.     Pop.,  1,911. 

Casignan,"  San  Jose  de;  on  the  r.  bank  of  the  Casigmin  Riv.,  8  m.  NW.  of  Baler. 
Pop.,  200. 

Casiguran;  at  the  mouth  of  a  small  river  entering  the  head  of  the  bay  of  the 
same  name,  39  m.  NE.  of  Baler.     Pop.,  1,527. 

Dicapulao;  at  the  mouth  of  a  small  river  on  the  W.  shore  of  Baler  Bay,  6  m.  N. 
of  Baler. 

Dilasac;  situated  to  the  N.  between  the  Sierra  Madre  ]Mts.  and  the  boundary  of 
Isabela,  near  the  bay  of  the  same  name. 

Ditalo;  on  the  r.  bank  of  the  Casignan  Riv.,  -4  m.  above  its  entrance  into  Baler 
Bay,  9  m.  N.  of  Baler. 

Munquia;  in  the  comandaucia  of  Binataiigan.  Pop.,  4,182,  including  the  sur- 
rounding country. 

DEPENDENT  ISLANDS. 

The  coast  has  but  few  adjacent  islands,  as  follows: 

sq.m. 
Confites,  Los;  a  chain  of  small  islands  running  almost  parallel  with  the  coast  between  Encanto 

Pt.,  at  the  mouth  of  Baler  Riv i 

Diotorlng;  S.  of  Encanto  Pt.,  between  Dibayabay  and  Dicapinisan a 

Pepitas;  an  island  and  4  rocks  NE.  of  the  island  in  Baler  Bay 1 

Dependent  islands,  3;  total  area 2 

VEGETABLE  PRODUCTS. 

In  the  ^-icinity  of  the  towns  rice,  corn,  coffee,  cotton,  sugar  cane,  tobacco,  choco- 
late, sweet  potatoes,  and  vegetables  are  raised  for  home  consumption. 

MINERALS. 

Although  no  scientific  exploration  of  this  region  has  l)een  made,  the  existence  of 
gold  and  copper  and  large  deposits  of  crystalized  quartz  have  been  made  known 
through  native  sources. 

FORESTS. 

The  forest  woods,  among  them  baticulin,  banaba,  catmon,  yellow  narra,  and 
guyad,  are  of  excellent  quality  and  grow  in  great  abundance. 

FRUITS. 

The  fruits  of  this  section  are  in  less  variety  than  in  other  parts  of  Luzon  owing  to 
the  rugged  character  of  the  surface.  In  the  vicinity  of  the  few  towns  and  villages 
are  cultivated  bananas,  sapotes,  and  pineapples. 

INDUSTRIES. 

Except  for  domestic  use  there  are  no  mechanical  industries.  The  coast  inhabit- 
ants engage  chiefly  in  fishing.  In  the  liay  of  Casiguran,  during  the  NE.  monsoon, 
hundreds  of  tons  of  fi.sh  are  caught,  and  which  constitute  an  important  article  of 
trade  with  the  populous  provinces  to  the  S.  The  inhabitants,  especially  in  the 
vicinity  of  Baler,  are  great  hunters,  large  game  being  very  abundant  in  the  mountains. 

UNITED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 

In  September,  1899,  the  U.  S.  S.  Bermingioii  visited  Baler  Bay  during  a  cruise  off 
the  E.  coast.  In  April,  1900,  the  U.  S.  ^.\Marh'tta,  while  patroUng  the  E.  and  SE. 
coast  of  Luzon,  landed  a  command  at  Baler  and  Casiguran. 

The  troops  taking  possession  at  Baler  established  a  United  States  garrison  at  that 
point.  Under  the  departmental  organization  scouting  minor  operations  were  con- 
tinued in  this  .section,  certain  plac-es  of  rendezvous  were  destroyed,  and  stores  cap- 
tured or  burned.  On  February  15,  1892,  Principe  was  garrisoned  by  United  States 
troops,  as  follows: 

Baler. 


768 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILiri'lNE    ISLANDS. 


CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 


Under  act  of  the  P.  C.  June  12,  1902,  the  district  of  Principe  was  annexed  to  the 
province  of  Tayabas,  organized  under  the  provincial  government  act  Februar}'  6, 
1901,  and  the  enabling  act  of  Tayabas,  l.uzun,  :\hmli  12,  1901,  the  inhaliitants  tocnjoy 
the  same  rights  and  jirivilegesas  if  the  said  territory  liad  been  originally  incorporated 
in  the  i)rovince  of  Tayabas.  The  jnunicipal  otlicers  in  the  town  inchided  in  the 
territory  to  have  the  same  relations  to  the  provincial  olhcers  of  the  province  of  Tay- 
abas, as  prescribed  by  the  provincialgovernmentactand  tiie  enabling  act  of  ])rovin(e 
of  Tayabas,  as  provided  for  the  municipal  officers  of  the  towns  of  the  said  })ro\  ince. 


PEINCIPE  ALFONSO,  PUERTO  DE  (pwayr'-toh 
day  preen'-thee-pay  ahl-fohn'-soh),  nat.  {Sec 
Calandorang  Bay,  W.  coast  of  BaKibac  I.) 

PBOMONTORIO  (proh-mohn-toh'-ryoh),  Sp.; 
point  forming  N.  head  of  St.  Paul  Bay,  W. 
coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

PROSPEBIDAD  (prohs-pay-ree-dahd'),  Sp.;  town 
at  junction  of  E.  headwater  branches  of  Gi- 
bong  Riv.,  in  central  Surigao,  Mindanao,  92 
m.  SSE.  of  Surigao. 

PROVIDENCIA  (proh-vee-dayn'-thyah),  Sp.;  S. 
head  of  Sepangow  Bay,  SW.  coast  of  S.  Pala- 
wan. 

PUAIIONG^N  (pwah-hong-ohn'),  ver.;  mountain 
in  Leyte. 

PUAN  (pwahn),  nat.;  island  on  W.  side  of  Illaua 
Bay,  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

PUBOG  (poo-bohg'),  ver.;  mountain  on  1.  bank  of 
Yubasan  Riv.,  9  m.  WSW.  of  San  Julito. 

PUCAO  (poo-cow'),  ver.;  mountain  in  Gran  Cor- 
dillera Central,  on  boundary  between  Abra 
and  CagayAn,  Luz6n. 

PUt'DUL  (pook-dool'),nat.;  river  entering  on  SE. 
shore  Barrera  port  near  its  entrance,  NE. 
coast  Masbate,  Visayas. 

PUCIO  (poo'-thyoh),  ver.;  point  on  NW.  coast 
of  Panay,  IViO  ft.  high,  at  extreme  SW.  ex- 
tremity of  land  on  that  shore  and  W.  end  of 
boundary  between  CApiz  and  Antique,  8  m. 
S.  by  W.  i  W.  of  Naisog  Pt. 

PUEBLO  VIEJO  (pway'-bloh  vyay'-hoh),  Sp.; 
hamlet  on  SW.  shore  of  Panaon  I.,  off  SE. 
coast  of  Leyte,  1  m.  N.  of  San  Ricardo. 

PUENC  (pwaynk),  ver.;  river  of  Laguna,  Luzon, 
rising  In  central  Cordilleras  which  form  point 
of  Jalajala  and  emptying  into  Laguna  de  Bay. 

PUENTE  DE  PATIOITO  i  pwayn'-tay  day  pah-tee- 
oy'-toh),  Hisp.;  dividi'  of  water  sheds  in  S. 
part  of  Negros,  streams  flowing  from  this 
common  central  elevutiou  into  Guimarfis 
Strait  on  N.,  Tan6u  Strait  on  E.,  and  sea  on 
S.  and  W.  coasts.     [See  Llanura  de  Tablas.) 

PUENTE  DE  TUMAGA  (pwayn'-tay  day  too-mah'- 
gah),  Hisp.;  hamlet  in  Zamboanga,  Minda- 
nao, on  r.  bank  of  Tumaga  Riv.,  4^  m.  N.  of 
Zamboanga,  and  terminus  of  road. 

PUERCOS,  or  HO(JS  (pwayr'-cohs),  Sp.;  island 
S.  of  Balicuatro  Pt.,  extreme  NW.  land  of 
SAmar  and  S.  head  to  W.  entrance  to  San 
Bernardino  Strait.     (See  Balumpiri.) 

PUERTO  (pwayr'-toh),  Sp.;  extreme  S.  point  of 
Palaui  I.  and  W.  headland  of  entrance  to 
channel  between  that  island  and  mainland 
of  CagayAn,  Luz6n. 

PUERTO,  DEL  (dayl  pwayr'-toh),  Sp.;  port  and 
town  on  S.  end  of  Palaui  I.,  off  NE.  coast  of 
Cagayftn,  Luz6n. 

PUERTO  BELLO  (pwayr'-toh  bay'-lyoh),Sp.;  bay 
on  W.  side  of  Ormoc  Bay,  only  .safe  anchorage 
on  S.  coast  of  Leyte  during  generality  of 
typhoons. 

PUERTO  DE  DABIWAYOS  (pwayr'-toh  day  dah- 
ree-gah'-yohs),  Hisp.;  hamlet  of  pueblo  of 
NamacpacAn,  in  Union,  Luz6n.  (See  Dariga- 
yos.) 

PUERTO  GALERA  (pwayr'-toh  gah-lay'-rah),  Sp.; 
port  of  Mindoro,  about  center  of  N.  coast,  on 
NW.  side  of  narrow  peninsula  terminating  in 
S.  Escarceo  Pt. 


PUERTO  GALERA;  capital  of  Mindoro  and  pue))lo 
on  Varadero  Bay,  on  SE.  side  of  peninsula 
terminating  in  Escarceo  Pt.  and  opposite 
Gal  era  port. 

PUERTO  PRINUESA  (pwayr'-toh  precn-thav'- 
sah),  Sp.;  bay,  lat.  9° 44'  N.,  Ion.  118° 43'  E.  (na- 
tive name  ludhit),  formerly  known  as  Royal- 
ist, 4^  m.  NE.  of  Table  head.  Surrounded  by 
densely  wooded  plain  fronting  high  mountain 
ridge  SW.  of  Peel  Mt.  Entrance  by  strait  of 
3  m.  length  and  2  m.  in  width.  Port  extends 
3  m.  farther  N.  and  is  2  m.  wide.  On  N.  side 
is  Bancaobancaon  Pt.  and  on  S.  Sur  de  Panag- 
tacan  Pt.  Town  itself  lies  in  cove  in  angle 
on  N.  .shore,  with  Bateria  Pt.  as  its  headland. 
Port  is  indented  by  many  small  bays  with 
named  headlands.  lu&hit  Riv.  enters  from 
W.,  opposite  town. 

PUERTO  PRINCESA,  or  PORT  ROYALIST;  pue- 
blo of  S.  Palawan,  about  center  of  E.  coast, 
on  large  and  vell-sholterert  ba  v  of  same  name. 
Lies  (in  Miiall  trai't  on  E.  shore  imijecting 
into  li.-iv  and  lias  fort.  Ol.ando  Mole  is  1:56 
vds.  in  iiiii^lli,  ending  in  wooden  tower  13  ft. 
iiiKli,  "  iili  lixrd  light  and  13  ft.  of  water.  On 
Sahoinio  iTi,!,.  Pole)  Pt.,  about  1  m.  SE.  of 
town,  lat.  '.I'  I.;'  i:v'N.,  Ion.  118°42'  12"  E.,  is 
whiii'  loA\cr,  13  ft.  above  high  water,  with 
fixed  light  visible  18  m.  in  clear  weather. 
Coinitry  in  vicinity  is  cultivated.    Pop.,  1,589. 

PUERTO  PRIXCIPE  (pwayr'-toh  preen'-thee- 
pay),  Sp.;  port  on  BalAbac  I.,  oil  SW.  end  of 
Palawan. 

PUG  (poog) ;  point  on  NE.  coast  of  Marinduque, 
off  coast  of  Tayabas,  Luzon. 

PUGA  (poo'-gah),  Sp.;  island  of  Babuyanes  grp., 
off  N.  coa.st  of  CagayAn,  Luzon. 

PUGALO  (poo-gah'-law),  ver.;  hamlet  on  coast 
road,  SE.  Cebu,  3  m.  S.  of  Dumaguete. 

PtJGAT  (poo'-gaht),  nat.;  point  4^  m.  WSW.  of 
Belan  Pt.,  on  Sulu  roadstead,  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A. 

PUGBABOXAN  (poog-bah-boh'-nahn)  ver.;'moun- 
tain  in  central  Leyte,  6  m.  SW.  of  Jaro. 

PUGDURUHAGUAN  (poog-doo-roo-hah'-gwahn), 
ver.;  point  on  S.  coast  of  Batadn,  Luzon,  in 
port  of  Mariveles. 

PUGTOL  (poog-talP),  Tag.:  river  in  Tayaba.s,  Lu- 
z6n,  on  N.  coast  and  empties  into  Tayabas  Bay. 

PUGUS  (poo'-goos),  ver,;  W.  coast  hamlet  of  Zam- 
boanga, Mindanao,  on  S.  shore  of  bay,  54J  m. 
N.  of  Zamboanga. 

PUGUT  (poo-goof)  nat.;  point  N.  coast  Sulu  I., 
Sulu  A.,  SW.  of  Sulu. 

PUINTIAN  (pwinn-teeahn'),  nat.;  mountain  in 
Nueva  Vizeaya,  Luz6n,  lat.  16°  12"  N. 

PUJADA  (poo-hah'-dah),  Sp.;  island  200  ft.  high,  12 
sq.  m.,  on  E.  coast  of  D&vao,  Mindaiuio,  in 
middle  of  entrance  to  Pujada  Bay.  Divides 
access  into  2  channels.  Several  islets  lie  off 
its  SE.  point. 

port  and  bay  opening  8^  m.  on  Pacific  coast 

of  Dilvao,  Mindanao,  between  Lamigan  and 
Tumadgo  Pts.,  and  extending  14  m.  NNW. 
inland.  Entrance  is  divided  into  2  channels 
by  Pujada  1.  Separated  from  Mayo  Bay  by 
Iting  peninsula  of  Guanguan,  which  termi- 
nates in  Lamigan  Pt.,  and  has  extreme  width 
of  7  m.  about  middle.  Would  constitute  best 
harbor  in  Mindanao  were  it  not  for  very 
great  depth.    Shores  of  this  magnificent  ex- 


i 


S  Doc  RjS'C>  57 


GAZETTEEK    OB'   THE    rHILIl'I'lNE    ISLANDS. 


769 


i  -1 


;^i^M».v, 


1 


cnr  or  RACAi 
PORT    PrSGO 


'  ■  ^\ 


/: 


V    /' 


\ 


S.  Doc.  280 49 


GAZETTEEK    OF    THE    PHILimNE    ISLANDS. 


769 


S.  Doc.  280 49 


GAZETTEEK    OF    THE    PHLLLPPEN^E    1SLA>'D= 


PUJADA— Contmned. 

panse  of  landlocked  water  aboand  in  good 
nmfc»:r.  ^  "^  i.-  i::r.-_a:.: ,  ~:-.~i~  i  ebony,  mo- 
lave.  -  connams 

sail-.  -.  and  ce- 

dar, io.  coffee, 

and:^:.     -     —  „ ..      _  .. ;:.wax,and 

honey  art  aliu^i.^:!:;.  il„jji:ii:i  s.boaiids  in 
deer  and  wild  hogs. 

PUXA  I  poo-Lai' I,  nat.:  point;  en  XW.  shore  of 
Pnliiaji  Bay,  SIV.  coast  of  iOndoro. 

river  in  Pola,  ilindoro. 

PUXA  CJLSAG  :  p<»lah'  cah-nahg' ),  ver.:  point  on 
5W.  oiiast  of  SegTOS  Occidental,  2  nu  >.  of 
Inayauan.  . 

PFLAHAX  ip<x>Iah'-haiin  I,  nat.:  crater  in  C4piz, 
Panay,  4  m-  XEL  of  itadalag'. 

hamlet  of  Coocepcion,  Iloilo,  Panaj-,li  m. 

yw.  of  Sara. 

PUXASAUTA  1  poo-Iah-now'-tah'i  ver.:  hamlet  2 
m.  XW.  of  that  point,  ilasbate  I..  Visayas. 

point  at  extreme  =W.  end  of  itasbate  I.. 

Visayas.  W.  head  of  gnlf  of  Asid  and  X.  point 
of  Jiiitocolo  channel  between  Masbate  and 
Finay. 

PUXASDAGA  ipoo-Iahn-dah-e«h'i  nat.-  Twist  on 
X.  ci^astof  Am.bos  C\—  -  --  --=    ^'  — -     "  "z^n. 

PULAJGL  or  PABIDr  - 

doi>),  nat.:  creek  :■£ 

Upper  Gran'.-i  r.  .^"-O. 

Mmiianao.  :. 

PULASfcLUPA  -:.3.t.;  point 

at  NE.  hea. :  .  .>n  line  of 

boandary  b^r  v  -  ;.  ^i.-,:.,.-  _  r..  and  Dapi- 
tan  on  W.,  Jfindanao.  Also  observation  spot 
for  bay  named  in  lat.  &<=  sy  -£?»  X.,  Ion.  123P 

prxAM.i  -d 

El.:  _  '•> 

larl  -         --t. 

RiT-:-  ;:ii- 


rec-e: 
tain 

N.  r' 

and 

of  4- 

to  t. 


regi 
and 
try. 

—  point  in  NTE.  snore  of  faiawan. 
PULftAE.  or  THrXB  i  t^yAsa.hi' \ .  Sb.: 

side^ 
pitr:. 
eies. 

enor:. 
watc- 
ter,  4 
=r;a!  - 


dom:  to  E.  ^- 
and  to  W. 
Long,  Lajgi  . 


PULI  f  poo-IeeO .  nat.:  island  of  Cayoe  grp.,  Min- 
doro  Sea,  2i  by  1  m.,  lat.  11°  3'  X. 

PtXIAIET  ( poo-leeah'-may-ee'i .  ver.:  peak  in 
Caraballo  Sur,  in  .Vmboe  Camarines,  Lozon. 

PrLILA>  (poo-lee'-Iahni.  Tag.:  pueblo  in  Bula- 
cdn.  Laz6n,  7i  m.  XW.  of  Bulacan.  Pop., 
10,066. 

port  on  W.  shore  of  Iligan  Bay.  X.  of  Tabn 

Pt-,  ilisamis,  Mindanao. 

PAULASliA  Cpcxv-Iee-lahng'-ah).  nat.:  creek  en- 
tering- bank  of  Talayan  tributary  of  S.  branch 
GraadeRiv.of  Mindanao.  Cotab<ato,iIindanso. 

PrUPUTri  i  poo-Iee-pc»on-tee').  nat.:  village  on 
X.  shore  San  Antonio  Bay.  E.  d^ast  of  S.  Pala- 
wan, E.  of  Maranga^.  Also  watering  place 
for  vessels. 

PFUS  I'poo'-liss ) .  ver.;  motrntain.  in  Infanta.  Lu- 
z6n.  IJ  m.  SE.  of  intersection  of  W.  bound- 
ary line  of  Infanta  by  dividing  Line  between 
Rizal  iX.^  and  Lagnna  iS..).  Majabansalano 
Biv.  rises  on  its  S.  declivity. 

PILO.  or  TASITAXG  (poo-Ioh'.  tah-mee-lahng'). 
nat.:  ci"ast  hamlet  of  Xegroe  Oriental,  2  m. 
SE.  r>f  Tanhay. 

PULO  CABALLO  fpoo-loh'  cah-bah'-lyoh),  Hisp.; 
island  in  Manila  Bav.  Loawu  (Aim  Caballo 
L) 

PnO  CAT.AltCA  ( poo-Ioh'  cah-Iahm-cah'j,  Tag.; 
island  of  Laguna  de  Bay.  off  Lagima  coast, 
Lozon.    ALiO  known  by  name  of  Dampalit. 

PULO  XALAGI  (poo-Ioh'  mah-lah'-hee ) .  Tag.: 
Eland  off  SE.  shore  Talim  I..  Laguna  de  Bay. 
EtziiT.  1::'-.  ^  it  of  Umte<l  States  military 
pri5  '        :  secretary  of  War,  known 

as  :  -  TiiLitary  prisons. 

PTXO  >i  .    .   .  -/  mas-lie^),  ver.:  hamlet 

in  I  ci_    -   ^  .^.jZi.  7  m.  W.  of  Bacolor. 

PULO  MIMI  (poo-Ioh'  moon-teeO,  Tag.;  islet 
in  Manila  Bay,  Luzon. 

PUXO  PABl  (p.»loh'  pah'-reei,  nat.:  small  is- 
land midway  in  E.  channel  to  inner  bay  of 
Lamon  between  Xaranjo  Pt.  ( E-i  and  Alabat 
I.  (W.  I.  off  X.  coast  of  Tayabas.  Luzon. 

PULO  SALTADOB  ipoTKloh'  sahl-vah-dohr'). 
Hisp.:  island  on  SW.ride  of  Masinloc port,  W. 
coast  Zam bales.  Luzon. 

PULOXG  BALAGIDO  (poo'-long  bah-Iah-hee'- 
daw'.  Tag.:  island  in  S.  waters  of  Batangas 
Bay.  E.  of  Maricabdn  L,  off  cvjast  of  Batangas, 
Luzon. 

PALOXG  MALAGUA  por/long  mah-lah-gwah'). 
ver.;  hamlet  in  Fkmp&Dga,  Luz6n.  11  m.  X. 
of  Bacolor. 

PIXOXG  5APAT05G  po<y-long  nah-peh'- 
yawng  i .  Ta^. :  island  in  Laguna  de  Taal,  E.  off 
Volc^  L,  in  Batangas,  Luzon. 

PrL0Xf4  PT^'^i'-f  i>ISIHA5  fpoo'-long  pee- 
nah'  -  i'-hahn).  Tag.:  island  in 

bay  f  Maricabdn  L,  off  SW. 

coa.-  :.:z6n. 

PCLTOi  :.;1  -,■£,.  ver.;  mountain  in  Abra, 
Lnz6nS 

PUXr  fpoo^-Iooi,  nat.;  fotiniain  tributary  of  N. 
branch  of  Lagasan  Riv.,  Xeeroe  Occidental. 

PrLUGAI  rpoo-Ioo-gi'),  nat.;  point  on  r.  bank  of 
Upper  Grande  Riv.  of  Mlnaanao,  near  Dalana 
creek,  Lanao,  >[indanao. 

Pl'LULlX  ( poo-Ioo'-lalm),  nat.;  hamlet  in  Hoik). 
Panay,  Ij  m.  X.  by  E.  of  Pototan. 

PrLi:>'BAT6  ipoo-loon-bah-toh').  nat.;  cogonaJ 
an  SE.  extreme  of  Zamboanga  Pen.,  Min- 
danao. 

fcUr. !    f  y.  '-04^^  -f  -Amboe  Camarines 

(Xor        -.      -        •  --.r. 

PULUPa  "  :hn'i,  nat.;  ham- 

let ^-  Strait,  Si  m.  X. 

of  V...  . .   ..      .   ...- ,     .     ..iental. 

Pl'LUPA.MAO  poo-Io-vpahn  tah'-ohi:  islet  off 
XE.  pr>int  of  Binuluangan  L,  off  extreme  XE. 
coast  of  noUo,  Panay. 


PUTl 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


77] 


PULUPUIiA  ( poo-loo- p<x)'-lah),  nat.;  linmlet  in 
Abra,  Luzon,  lat.  17°  26'  30"  N. 

PULl'T  (poo-loof)  nat.;  point  on  W.  shore  of 
Misamis  port  and  1  m.  to  S\V.  of  fort,  Misamis, 
Mindanao. 

PULUTE  (poo-loo'-tay) ,  ver.;  connecting  Cordi- 
llera of  central  range  of  Palawan,  trending 
NW.  between  Cordilleras  Bulanjaoand  Mala- 
nut;  7  m.  inland  and  3,067  ft.,  with  another 
peak  2,930  ft.  high. 

PL'NAHfAX  (poo-nah-hoo'-ahn),  nat.;  islet  in 
entrance  to  Aroad  Riv.,  emptying  on  NE. 
.shore  of  Putiao  port,  SW.  coast  of  Sorsog6n. 
Luzon. 

Pl'XAS,  orL0BO6  (poo'-nahs,  loh-boh-oh').  Tag.; 
point  forming  central  mark  of  broad  head- 
land composed  of  spurs  of  Sierra  de  Lobo, 
Batangas,  Luzon.  Remarkable  for  red  patches 
near  beach. 

Pr>',("Xx  (poon-cahn'),  Tag.;  pueblo  in  Nueva 
Ecija,  Luz6n,  52  m.  NE.  of  San  Isidro.  Pop., 
.501. 

Pl'.\DA«riTAN  (poon-dah-gee'-tahn),  nat.;  ham- 
let on  E.  shore  of  DAvao  Gulf  at  S.  extreme  of 
SE.  peninsula  of  DAvao,  Mindanao,  57  m 
S.SE.  of  Dclvao. 

Pl'NOOL  (poon-gawl'),  nat.;  hamlet  in  pueblo  of 
Vigan,  Ilocos  Sur,  Luzon. 

point  on  S.  coast  of  province  and  bay  of 

Batangas,  Luzon. 

PIXSO  (poon-.soh'),  nat.;  mountain  in  E.  SAmar 
which  separates  drainage  of  narrow  strip  of 
territory  3J  m.  between  Orfc  and  Ulut  Rivs., 
near  their  mouths. 

river  in  Ambos  Camarines  (Norte),  Luz6n, 

rising  in  pueblo  of  Mambulao  and  emptying 
on  N.  coast. 

Pl'XTALES  (poon-tah'-less),  Sp.;  hamlet  in  Con- 
cepcion,  Hollo,  Panay,  1^  m.  SE.  of  Concep- 
ci6n. 

Pl'.NTE  (poon'-tay),  ver.;  small  stream  entering 
head  of  San  Antonio  Bay  on  SE.  coast  of  Pala- 
wan. 

Pl'MOC  (poon-toek'),  ver.;  mountain  on  SW. 
border  of  Concepci6n,  Hollo,  Panay,  5  m.  S.  of 
Lemery. 

PrXUBl'LU  (poo-nooboo'-loo),  ver.;  cluster  of 
islets  in  NE.  waters  of  San  Pedro  and  San 
Pablo  Bay,  SW.  Sfimar,  7  m.  SE.  of  Basey. 
(Aho  Pariubulun  (q. v.),  name  given  to  the 
main  island.) 
'PUXllLL  (poo-nool'),  nat.;  island  in  lower  reach 
of  S.  arm  of  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  Cota- 
bato,  Mindanao. 

PUXUNGAJf  (poo-noong'-ahn),  nat.;  hamlet  on 
E.  shore  of  Maimbiin  (Maibun)  Bay,  near 
Putic  Pt.,  S.  coast  of  Sulu  L,  Sulu  A. 

island  S.  of  Simutu  Pt.,  SE.  shore  of  Siasi 

I.,  Sulu  A. 

PlIMITT  (poo-noof),  ver.;  hamlet  in  central 
Cotabato,  Mindanao,  25^  m.  E.  by  N.  of  Cota- 
bato. 

PtPl'i  (poo-pwah'),  nat.;  river  entering  on  W. 
coast  of  S4mar,  SE.  of  Silanga. 

Pl'BA  (poo'-rah),  Sp.;  pueblo  in  TArlac,  Luz6n,  12 
m.  from  TArlac.    Pop.,  5,255. 

— - —  island  inside  mouth  of  broad  river  empty- 
ing on  NE.  shore  of  Putiao  port,  SW.  coast  of 
Sorsog6n,  Luzon. 

i.sland  off  extreme  NE.  coast  of  Zambales, 

Luz6n,  on  W.  side  of  entrance  to  Lingayfin 
Gulf.    (See  Santiago  I.) 


PIBAY  (poo'-ri),  nat.;  fountain  tributary  of 
stream  in  S.  SAmar,  emptying  into  .sea  3  m.  E. 
of  Balangiga. 

PUKIN  (poo'-reen),  nat.;  river  flowing  along  E. 
boundary  between  Batangas  and  Tayabas, 
Luz6n. 

PUBO  (poo'-roh),  Sp.;  cluster  of  islets  on  SW. 
side  of  Port  San  Miguel,  NW.  coast  of  Ticao 
I.,  Masbate,  Visayas. 

PUBBA  (poo'-rrah),  island  on  N.  coast  of  Zam- 
bales, Luzon,  emptying  into  gulf  of  LingayOn. 

PUSAX  (poo'-sahn),  ver.;  S.  point  of  Caraga  Bay, 
E.  coast  of  Mindanao.  Point  is  low  and 
formed  of  cavernous  rocks,  which  give  it 
somewhat  weird  appearance  from  sea,  par- 
ticularly owing  to  violent  eddies  formed  by 
current  which  begins  to  be  strongly  felt  off 
this  point,  usually  raising  very  high  sea  and 
dashing  ^vith  grea"t  force  against  rocks,  throw- 
ing spray  to  great  height. 

PUSGO  (poos'-goh).  Tag.;  point  at  N.  head  to 
port  of  same  name,  W.  shore  of  Ragay  Gulf, 
Tayabas,  Luzon. 

port  and  point  in  SE.  Tayabas,  Luzon,  on 

W.  shore  of  Ragay  Gulf.  Tumagugtu  Pt.,  E. 
head  to  inner  harbor,  is  lat.  13°  31'  N..  Ion. 
122°  35'  39"  W.  Good  anchorage  and  well 
sheltered. 

PUS«0,  or  MAYASAS  (poos'-goh,  mah-yah'-sahs). 
Tag.;  bay  extending  5  m.  NW.  on  W.  coast  of 
Ragay  Gulf,  one  of  most  frequented  anchor- 
ages; width  between  S.  entrance  points  is  1^ 
m.    San  Narcisco  is  on  N.  shore. 

PUSILAO  (poo-see'-lah-oh),  ver.;  river  in  Minda- 
nao. 

PUSTONGO  (poos-tohn'-goh),  ver.;  mountain  in 
S.  Leyte,  6  m.  NW.  of  Sogod  Nuevo. 

PUSCLCiUA  (poo-sool-gwah'),  ver.;  river  in  Abra, 
Luzon,  rising  in  Cusa  Mt.,  flows  SW.  around 
Sagan  Mt.  by  N.  and  W.,  and  unites  its  waters 
with  Tineg  Riv. 

PtJTAD  (poo'-tahd),  nat.;  hamlet  on  W.  coast  of 
Cebii,  3^  m.  N.  of  Tuburan. 

PUTAINGA  (poo-tah-ing'-ah),  nat.;  island  off  E. 
coast  of  Siasi  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

PUTAN  (poo'-tahn),  nat.;  village  on  W.  shore  of 
Lapac  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

PL'TIAO  (poo-tee-ah'-oh),  ver.;  large  shallow  in- 
let only  to  be  entered  by  coasters  at  high 
water,  entrance  points  being  1  m.  apart  on 
SW.  coast  of  Sorsogon,  Luz6n.  Geographical 
position  at  Dumaguit  Pt,  3^  m.  SSW.  of  Pilar, 
lat  12°  52'  10"  N.,  Ion.  123°  38'  18"  E. 

point  8  m.  SE.  by  E.  of  Marigond6n  Pt.,  on 

SW.  coast  of  Sorsogon,  Luzon. 

PtfXIC  (poo'-tick),  nat.;  islet  and  point  in  Sulu 
I.,  Sulu  A. 

islet 440  ft.  high, off  NW.  end  Cuyo  I.,  Cuyo8 

grp.,  Mindoro  (Sulu)  Sea. 

PUTILI  (poo-tee'-lee),  ver.;  island  in  Dumanqui- 
las  Bay,  opposite  several  mouths  of  Duman- 
quilas  Riv.,  S.  coast  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao, 
near  Dayana  I. 

PUTOL  (poo-tohl'),  nat;  river  emptying  on  SE. 
shore  of  Subic  Bay,  SE.  coast  of  Zambales, 
Luzon. 

siinnnit,  118  ft.,  on  SE.  shore  of  Siibic  Bay, 

SE.  coast  of  Zambales,  Luz6n. 

PCTPIItAY  (poot-poo'-tie),  ver.;  hamlet  on  SW. 
coast  of  Leyte,  3  m.  N.  of  Inopacan. 

PlIYA  (poo'-yah),Sp.;  islands  in  Cuyos grp.,  Min- 
doro Sea,  E.  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


771 


PrLUPl'LA  (poo-loo-poo'-lah),  iiat.;  liumlet  in 
Abra,  Luz6n,  lat.  17°  26'  30"  N. 

PULliT  (poo-loof)  nat.;  point  on  W.  shore  of 
Misamis  port  and  1  m.  toSW.  of  fort,  Misamis, 
Mindanao. 

PUIiUTE  (poo-loo'-tay),  ver.;  connecting  Cordi- 
llera of  central  range  of  Palawan,  trending 
NW.  between  Cordilleras  Bulanjao  and  Mala- 
nut;  7  m.  inland  and  3,067  ft.,  with  another 
peak  2,930  ft.  high. 

PUXAHfAlV  (poo-nah-hoo'-ahn),  nat.;  islet  in 
entrance  to  Aroad  Riv.,  emptying  on  NE. 
shore  of  Putiao  port,  SW.  coast  of  Sorsog6n. 
Luzon. 

Pr>AS,  orLOBOO  (poo'-nahs,  loh-boh-oh'),  Tag.; 
point  forming  central  mark  of  broad  head- 
land composed  of  spurs  of  Sierra  de  Lobo, 
Batangas,  Luzon.  Remarkable  for  red  patches 
near  beach. 

Pl'.yt'iX  (poon-cahn'),  Tag.;  pueblo  in  Nueva 
Ecija,  Luz6n,  52  m.  NE.  of  San  Isidro.  Pop., 
501. 

PlINDAGUITAN  (poon-dah-gee'-tahn),  nat.;  ham- 
let on  E.  shore  of  DAvao  Gulf  at  S.  extreme  of 
SE.  peninsula  of  D4vao,  Mindanao,  57  m 
SSE.  of  D^vao. 

Pl'>'OOL  (poon-gawl'),  nat.;  hamlet  in  pueblo  of 
Vigan,  Ilocos  Sur,  Luzon. 

point  on  S.  coast  of  province  and  bay  of 

Batangas,  Luzon. 

Pr>'s6  (poon-soh'),  nat.;  mountain  in  E.  SAmar 
which  separates  drainage  of  narrow  strip  of 
territory  3J  m.  between  Or4s  and  Ulut  Rivs., 
near  their  mouths. 

river  in  Ambos  Camarines  (Norte),  Luz6n, 

rising  in  pueblo  of  Mambulao  and  emptying 
on  N.  coast. 

Pl'MALES  (poon-tah'-less),  Sp.;  hamlet  in  Con- 
cepcion,  Iloilo,  Panay,  li  m.  SE.  of  Concep- 
ci6n. 

Pl'XTE  (poon'-tay),  ver.;  small  stream  entering 
head  of  San  Antonio  Bay  on  SE.  coast  of  Pala- 
wan. 

PL'XTOC  (poon-tock'),  ver.;  mountain  on  SW. 
border  of  Concepci6n,  Iloilo,  Panay,  6  m.  S.  of 
Lemery. 

PINUBI'LII  (poo-nooboo'-loo),  ver.;  cluster  of 
islets  in  NE.  waters  of  San  Pedro  and  San 
Pablo  Bay,  SW.  SAmar,  7  m.  SE.  of  Basey. 
{Also  Panubulun  (q.v.),  name  given  to  the 
main  island.) 
'PUMILL  (poo-nool'),  nat.:  island  in  lower  reach 
of  S.  arm  of  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  Cota- 
bato.  Mindanao. 

Pl'XUNGAN  (poo-noong'-ahn),  nat.;  hamlet  on 
E.  shore  of  Maimbun  (Maibun)  Bay,  near 
Putic  Pt.,  S.  coast  of  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A. 

island  S.  of  Simutu  Pt.,  SE.  shore  of  Siasi 

I.,  Sulu  A. 

PUNUTT  (poo-noof),  ver.;  hamlet  in  central 
Cotabato,  Mindanao,  25^  m.  E.  by  N.  of  Cota- 
bato. 

Pl'Pl'X  (poo-pwah'),  nat.;  river  entering  on  W. 
coast  of  S&mar,  SE.  of  Silanga. 

Pl'KA  (poo'-rah),  Sp.;  pueblo  in  TArlac,  Luz6n,  12 
m.  from  Tdrlac.    Pop.,  5,255. 

island  inside  mouth  of  broad  river  empty- 
ing on  NE.  shore  of  Putiao  port,  SW.  coast  of 
Sorsog6n,  Luzon. 

island  ofl  extreme  NE.  coast  of  Zambales, 

Luz6n,  on  W.  side  of  entrance  to  Lingay6n 
Gulf.    (See  Santiago  I.) 


PtfBAY  (poo'-ri),  nat.;  fountain  tributary  of 
stream  in  S.  SAmar,  emptying  into  sea  3  m.  E. 
of  Balangiga. 

PURIN  (poo'-reen),  nat.;  river  flowing  along  E. 
boundary  between  Batangas  and  Tayabas, 
Luz6n. 

PUBO  (poo'-roh),  Sp.;  cluster  of  islets  on  SW. 
.side  of  Port  San  Miguel,  NW.  coast  of  Ticao 
I.,  Masbate,  Visayas. 

PL'BBA  (poo'-rrah),  island  on  N.  coast  of  Zam- 
bales, Luzon,  emptying  into  gulf  of  LingayC'U. 

PUSAN  (poo'-sahn),  ver.;  S.  point  of  Caraga  Bay, 
E.  coast  of  Mindanao.  Point  is  low  aiid 
formed  of  cavernous  rocks,  which  give  it 
somewhat  weird  appearance  from  sea,  par- 
ticularly owing  to  violent  eddies  formed  by 
current  which  begins  to  be  strongly  felt  off 
this  point,  usually  raising  very  high  sea  and 
dashing  with  great  force  against  rocks,  throw- 
ing spray  to  great  height. 

PUSGO  (poos'-goh).  Tag.;  point  at  N.  head  to 
port  of  same  name,  W.  shore  of  Ragay  Gulf, 
Tayabas,  Luzon. 

•  port  and  point  in  SE.  Tayabas,  Luzon,  on 

W.  shore  of  Ragay  Gulf.  Tiunagugtu  Pt.,  E. 
head  to  inner  harbor,  is  lat.  13°  31'  N.,  Ion. 
122°  35'  39"  W.  Good  anchorage  and  well 
sheltered. 

PlISGO,  or  MAYASAS  (poos'-goh,  mah-yah'-sahs). 
Tag.;  bay  extending  5  m.  NW.  on  W.  coast  of 
Ragay  Gulf,  one  of  most  freqtiented  anchor- 
ages; "width  between  S.  entrance  points  is  1 J 
m.    San  Narcisco  is  on  N.  shore. 

PUSILAO  (poo-see'-lah-oh),  ver.;  river  in  Minda- 
nao. 

PUSTONGO  (poos-tohn'-goh),  ver.;  mountain  in 
S.  Leyte,  6  m.  NW.  of  Sogod  Nuevo. 

PUSULGUA  (poo-sool-gwah'),  ver.;  river  in  Abra, 
Luz6n,  rising  in  Cusa  Mt.,  flows  SW.  around 
Sagan  Mt.  by  N.  and  W.,  and  unites  its  waters 
with  Tineg  Riv. 

ptfXAD  (poo'-tahd),  nat.;  hamlet  on  W.  coast  of 
Cebu,  3j  m.  N.  of  Tuburan. 

PUTAINSA  (poo-tah-ing'-ah),  nat.;  island  off  E. 
coast  of  Siasi  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

PUTAN  (poo'-tahn),  nat.;  village  on  W.  shore  of 
Lapac  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

PUTIAO  (poo-tee-ah'-oh),  ver.;  large  shallow  in- 
let only  to  be  entered  by  coasters  at  high 
water,  entrance  points  being  1  m.  apart  on 
SW.  coast  of  Sorsogon,  Luz6n.  Geographical 
position  at  Dumaguit  Pt.,3i  m.  SSW.  of  Pilar, 
lat.  12°  62'  10"  N.,  Ion.  123°  38'  18"  E. 

point  8  m.  SE.  by  E.  of  Marigond6n  Pt.,  on 

SW.  coast  of  Sorsogon,  Luz6n. 

PIItIC  (poo'-tick),  nat.;  islet  and  point  in  Sulu 
I.,  Sulu  A. 

islet 440  ft.  high,  off  N W.  end  Cuyo  I.,  Cuyo8 

grp.,  Mindoro  (Sulu)  Sea. 

PUTILI  (poo-tee'-lee),  ver.;  island  in  Dumanqui- 
las  Bay,  opposite  several  mouths  of  Duman- 
quilas  Riv.,  S.  coast  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao, 
near  Dayana  I. 

PlITOL  (poo-tohl'),  nat.;  river  emptying  on  SE. 
shore  of  Subic  Bay,  SE.  coast  of  Zambales, 
Luzon. 

sinumit,  118  ft.,  on  SE.  shore  of  Subic  Bay, 

SE.  coast  of  Zambales,  Luz6n. 

PriPllTAY  (poot-poo'-tie),  ver.;  hamlet  on  SW. 
coast  of  Leyte,  3  m.  N.  of  Inopacan. 

PUYA  (poo'-yah),Sp.;  islands  in  Cuyos  grp.,  Min- 
doro Sea,  E.  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


773 


qiEBRADA  (kay-brah'-dah),  Sp.:  peak  3,080  ft. 
high,  in  CaraballosOccidentales,  in  line  with 
heights  which  form  Caraballo  Norte,  inland, 
E.  of  Bojeador  C,  Iloeos  Norte,  Lviz6n. 

(JUKKX'S  RAY.  for.;  opening  on  W.  coast  of  Pala- 
wan, between  Bub6n  and  Oyster Pt.;  Queen's 
Bay  Peak,  inland,  is  1,030  ft.  high. 

QUEEA'S  BAT  PEAK,  for.;  elevation  1,030  ft. 
high,  in  central  range  of  N.  Palawan,  inland 
from  Queen's  Bay,  Palawan. 

qUEXSlTOd  (kayn-see-tohg'),  ver.;  mineral 
spring  in  district  of  QuiangAn,  Lepanto,  Lu- 
z6n. 

yUEXTf;N  (kayn-tayn'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  shore  of 
Imuruan  Bay,  W.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

(jl'ESIX  (kay'-scen),  ver.;  hamlet  on  W.  coast  of 
Cotabato,  Mindanao,  llj  m.  SE.  of  Cotabato. 

(jL'IANGiN  (key-ang-ahn'),ver.;hamletof  Nueva 
Vizcaya,  Luzon,  near  Is.  boundary  with  Le- 
panto, 21  m.  N.  of  Bayombong,  with  which  it 
is  connected  by  road. 

former  comandancia  bounded   on  N.  by 

Bontoc,  on  S.  by  Nueva  Vizcaya  and  Isabela, 
and  on  W.  by  Lepanto.  Area  about  64  sq.  m., 
and  population  about  30,000,  divided  among 
multitude  of  hamlets,  of  which  at  least  218 
are  known.  Principal  town,  QuiaiJgdn,  situ- 
ated in  valley  of  same  name,  whieh  runs 
from  N.  to  S.  from  Lepanto  to  Nueva  Vizcaya, 
following  along  Abulao  Riv.,  branch  of  Magat 
Riv.  Other  important  towns  are  Magulang, 
Nangaoa,  Lagani,  Sdpao,  and  Bonaue.  Now 
part  of  Lepanto. 

qriAPO  (key-ah'-poh).  Tag.;  small  headwater 
stream  uniting  with  Lagu4n,  forms  tribtitary 
of  Lepajan  Riv.,  Tayabas,  Luzon. 

one  of  chief  suburbs  of  Manila  Citv.     (.See 

page  189.) 

(^I'lBAO  (key-bah'-oh),  ver.;  river  in  Ambos  Ca- 
marines  (Norte),  Luz6n,  emptying  into  Talka- 
uayan  Bay,  Ragay  Gulf. 

QUIBiSAO  (key-bah'-sahg),  ver.;  hamlet  in  SW. 
Sdmar,  1  m.  N.  of  Basey. 

qi'IBl'X&AX  (key-boong'-ahn),  ver.;  hamlet  in 
Benguet,  Luzon,  8  m.  NNE.  of  Trinidad. 
Pop.,  519. 

(JL'IDABU\(key-dah'-boon),  ver.;  groupof  islands 
S.  of  Mindanao,  composed  of  islands  of  Muda, 
Bacula,  and  Baya. 

Ql'IDAXCAC  (key-dahn-cack'),  ver.;  inlet  in  S. 
of  Mindanao. 

qi'IDAPlL,  or  KIDEPIL  (key-dah-pilP,  key-day- 
pill'),  ver.;  most  W.  and  salient  Boint  on  W. 
coast  of  Cotabato,  Mindanao.  From  this  point 
begins  NE.  trend  of  coast  along  Illana  Bay  to 
Polloc  Harbor,  and  SE.  trend  to  extreme  S. 
point  of  Mindanao.  Point  lies  27  m.  SW.  of 
S.  entrance  to  Mindanao  Riv.  From  it  to 
Tinaka  Pt.,  S.  extremity  of  Mindanao,  coast 
is  clean  with  good  depths  and  several  bays. 

({IIJADA  (key-hah'-dah),  Sp.;  point  on  Pacific 
coast  of  Cagavdn,  Luz6n,  4  m.  S.  of  Escar- 
pada  Pt.  "  ' 

(^L'lLAT  (key-lahf),  ver.;  crater  in  Cipiz,  Panay, 
6  m.  SW.  of  Pontevedra. 

Ql'ILBAIT  (kill-bah'-eet).  Tag.;  town  and  point 
in  SE.  Tayabas,  Luz6n. 

qi'ILB.4U  (kill-bah'-oo),  nat.;  hamlet  in  pueblo 
of  Lupi,  Ambos  Camarines,  Luz6n,  on  r.  bank 
of  river  of  .same  name. 

river  in  Ambos  Camarines,  Luz6n;  flows 

SW.,  passing  hamlet  of  same  name,  and 
empties  into  sea. 


({lULIP  (key'-lip).  Tag.;  river  in  Batangas,  Lu- 

z6n,  on  S.  of  Tombol  Mt.,  empties  intoCalum- 

pdn  Riv. 
qUILIQlIILI  (key-lee-key'-lee),  nat.;  hill  on  S. 

bank  of  Ulut  Riv.,  near  its  outlet,  Samar. 
qUILOQUILO  (key-loh-key'-loh),  Tag.;  river  in 

pueblo  of  Rosario,  Batangas,  Luz6n. 
QUIMINATIX  (kev-mee-nah'-teen),  nat.;  one  of 

Cuyos  Is.,  Mindoro  Sea,  lat.  10°  53'  30"  N. 
QUIM.ATA   (key-mah'-yah),  ver.;  river  in  Min- 
danao. 
Ql]IM,(XQlIIL  (key-mahn'-kill),  ver.;  mountain 

in  Misamis,  Mindanao. 
<^UIMBAL(kim-bahl') ,  ver. ;  town  in  Iloilo,  Panay. 
qUIMBOX  (kim-bohn').  ver.;  hamlet  on  r.  bank 

of  Abra  Riv.,  in  Abra,  Luz6n,  9  m.  SE.  of  Ban- 

gued. 
QL'IMIXALIX  (key-mee-nah-leen'),  ver.;  extreme 

SW.  island  of  Cuyos  Is.,  Mindoro  Sea,  IG  m. 

WSW.  of  Cuyo. 
qUIMITAD  (key-mee-tad')  (wedge),  ver.;  NE.  of 

3  islets,  E.  of  Dumarto  I.,  E.  coast  Paragua 

Palawan. 
QUIMPAL  (kim-pahl'),nat.;  hamlet  on  r.  bank  ot 

Abra  Riv.,  in  Abra,  Luz6n,  8  m.  E.  of  Bangued. 


(JUIXABAGDAI  (key-nah-bahg-die'),nat.;  hamlet 
in  pueblo  of  Calbiga,  S&mar. 

qmXABALOAX  (key-nah-bah-loh'-ahn),  Tag.; 
hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Hagonoy,  Bulacdn, 
Luz6n. 

QUIXABASAHAX  (key-nah-bah-sah'-hahn).  nat.; 
river  in  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luz6n, 
entering  Bicol  from  E.,  7  m.  above  Nueva 
Cdceres. 

QUIXABLAXtiiX  (key-nah-blahng-ahn'),  ver.; 
town  of  Surigao.  on  E.  coast  of  Mindanao,  2 
m.  SW.  oflf  Bagoso  Pt.,  164  m.  SSE.  of  Surigao. 
Pop.,  299. 

hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Mati,  D4vao, Mindanao, 

ou  I'ujada  Bay,  Valete  port. 

OL'IXABLAliX  (key-nah-blah-yahn'),  ver.;  point 
and  village  in  E.  Mindanao. 

QUIXABOAX  (key-nah-boh'-ahn),  ver.;  hamlet  2 
m.  NW.  of  Gindara  in  SW.  Stoiar. 

QUIXABUOASAX  (key-nah-boo-cah'-sahn),  nat.; 
NW.  point  of  mainland  of  Ambos  Camarines 
(Sur),  Luz6n. 

QUIXABIIGAX  (key-nah-boo'-gahn),  nat.;  island 
NE.  of  Ambos  Camarines,  Luz6n. 

qUIXABlIHAX  (key-nah-boo'-hahn),  nat.;  moun- 
tain in  SE.  Mindanao. 

QlIIXABliLASAX  (key-nah-boo-lah'-sahn).  Tag.; 
small  island  in  Laguna  de  Bay,  off  SW.  shore 
in  Rizal,  Luz6n,  between  mainland  and 
Talim  I. 

QDINABl'XWAX  (key-nah-boong'-ahn),nat.;  river 
in  Mindoro,  emptying  into  sea  on  E.  coast. 

QUIXABUYAX  (key-nah-boo'-yahn).  Tag.;  island 
off  S.  coast  of  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur) ,  Luz6n; 
1  sq.  m. 

QIJIN ACBACBAGXX  ( key-nack-back-bah-gahn') , 
nat.;  point  on  SW.  coast  of  Lubang  I.,  China 
Sea,  off  NW.  coast  of  Mindoro. 

OUIXAt'L'BAX  (key-nah-coo'-rahn)j  ver.:  moun- 
tain in  Antique,  Panay,  forming  divide  at 
head  of  branches  of  Ibajay,  flowing  N.,  and 
of  river  flowing  W.  into  sea,  on  opposite  coast. 

QUIXAGABIGAX  (key-nah-gah-bee'-gahn).  Tag.; 
river  in  Laguna,  Luz6n,  flowing  N.,  then  E., 
and  emptying  on  E.  coaat,  lat.  14°  25'  10"  N. 


774 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


QUINAGARUVfeAN  (key-nah-gah-ring'-ahn),  ver.; 

hamlet  in  Hollo,  Panay,  NW.  by  W.  of  Pass!, 

4.i  m. 
qUINACJCAB  (key-nahg-cahb'),  ver.;   hamlet  in 

C4piz,  Panay,  3  m.  SSE.  of  Sigma. 
QUINAftSAGAN     (key-nahg-sah'-gahn),    nat.; 

mountain  in  central  range  of  S.  Leyte,  17  m. 

ESE.  of  Inopacan. 
(^UIKALANG  (key-nah-lahng'),nat.;  anchorage  in 

N.  Mindanao,  on  E.  side  of  Iligan  Bay,  and  N. 

of  Iligan. 
QIIINALANGAY  (key-nah-lahng-i'),  ver.;  inland 

hamlet  of  OApiz,  I^anay,  4\  m.  N.of  Madalag. 
QUINALAPAN   (key-nah-lah'-pnhn),  ver.;    point 

on  W.  shore  of  Albay,  Luzon,  N.  of  Bul&n. 
QUINALASAG,    or   BAdlATA    (key-nah-lah-sahg', 

bah-gah'-tah),  nat.;  island  off  NE.  coast  Am- 

bos  Camarines  (Sur),  forming  N.  side  of  port 

of  Sisiran,  4  m.  in  length,  moderately  high, 

and  free  from  surrounding  dangers.    Bacay 

(Bagacay)  and  several  smaller  islands  lie  to 

N. 
QUINALI  (key-nah'-loe),  nat.;  hamlet  in  pueblo 

of  Malinao,  Albay,  Luz6n. 
point  on  extreme  SE.  shore  of  Bohol,  7  m. 

E.  of  Guindulman;  nearest  point  of  Camiguln 

I.  lies  34  m.  across  sea  channel  SSE. 
hamlet  in  Lepanto,  Luzon,  7  m.  NW.  of 

Caydn.     Pop.,  1;«. 
qillNALIGAN  (key-nah-lee'-gahn),  ver.;  island  of 

Biri  grp.,  off  NW.  coast  of  S^niar. 
(^l!I\ALI.JAN  (key-nah-lee'-hahn).  Tag.;  hamlet 

in  NW.Tayabas,  Luz6n,  near  intersection  of 

Laguna  Batangas  and  Tayabas  NW.  bound- 
ary, SE.  of  Tiaong. 
QIIINALUSAN  (key-nah-loo'-sahn),  nat.;  river  in 

extreme  NE.  part  of  Negros  Occidental,  and 

empties  into  sea  at  Bit6. 
QUINAMALIGAN  (key-nah-mah-lee'-gahn),  nat.; 

S.  island,  2  m.  sq.,  of  Balicuatro  grp.,  Sdmar. 
QUINAMANUCA,  or  INDANG  (key-nah-mah-noo- 

cah',inn-dahng',),   ver.;    island    off    Indang 

Pt.,  E.  coast  of  Ambos  Camarines   (Norte), 

Luz6n. 
QIJINXn  (key-nahn'),  ver.;   branch  of  Manapla 

Riv.,  N.  coast  of  Negros  Occidental. 
QUINANAD  (key-nah-nahd'),  ver.;  point  on  E. 

shore  of  Pana6n  I.,  off  SE.  coast  of  Leyte. 

qUINAiVAHtiAN    (key-uah-nah-hoo'-ahn).    Tag.; 

bay  on  S.  shore  of  BataAn,   Luz6n,  on  SW. 

shore  of  Mariveles  port. 
point  on  S.  coast  of  BataAn,  Luz6n,  on  port 

of  Mariveles;  forms  with  Dilao  Pt.,  on  SE.,  bay 

of  same  name. 

QL'INANATATAN  (key-nah-nah-tah'-yahn),  ver.; 
hamlet  in  SW.  Sdmar,  2  m.  NW.  of  Basey. 

qUIJJANCAUAN  (key-nahn-cah'-wahu),  ver.; 
mountain  in  Panay. 

(^UINANGCAAG  (key-nahng-cahng'),  ver.;  bay  on 
NW.  shore  of  Panaon  I.,  off  SE.  coast  of  Leyte, 
4  m.  SW.  of  Liloan. 

QIIINAPUNDAN  (key-nah-poon'-dahn),  ver.;  pue- 
blo and  river  on  S.  coast  of  Sdmar,  59  m.  SE.  of 
Catbalogan,  8  m.  E.  of  Balangiga.     Pop.,  2,000. 

river  rising  in  Apologon  Mt.,  flows  S.  and 

empties  into  bay  on  S.  coast  of  Sdmar,  NE.  of 
Higoso  Pt.  In  channel  of  approach  no 
soundings  less  than  10  fms.     [N.M.] 

qUINAPUNTAN  (key-nah-poon'-tahn),  nat.;  river 
in  Mindanao. 

QriNAPL'SXiV  (key-nah-poo-sahn'),  nat.;  one  of 
TawiTawi  grp.,  Sulu  A.  Area,  1  m.;  lat.  5° 
12' N. 

QUINAPUyAN  (key-nah-poo'-yahn),nat.;  hamlet 
in  pueblo  of  Baleno,  Masbate,  Visayas. 

QDINATACAN  (key-nah-tah'-cahn),  nat.;  island 
off  NW.  coast  of  Cebil,  lat.  10°  69'  10"  N. 


QUINATASAN  (key-nah-tah'-sahn),  nat.;  island 
off  N.  coast  of  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Lu- 
z6n,  3  sq.  m.,  lat.  13°  5S'  40"  N. 

qUINATlINAN  (key-nah-too'-nahn),  ver.;  hamlet 
in  hills  of  NW.  Sdmar. 

qUI^AUAJAN  (key-nah-wah'-hahn),  nat.;  small 
stream  entering  Taii6n  Strait,  through  Ba- 
savan,  10  m.  S.  of  San  Remigio,  W.  coast  of 
Cebu. 

qillNDABYN  (kin-dah-been'),  ver.;  island  S.  of 
Mindanao. 

QIIING-AQUIIVG  (king-ah-king'),  nat.;  pueblo  of 
Bontoc,  Luz6n.    Pop.,  512.     (^/6.oQuiuaquil.) 

QLINGLAXSAN  (kin-glahn-sahn'),  nat.;  hamlet 
on  r.  bank  of  Lagonoy  Riv.,  near  its  mouth, 
in  Albay,  Luz6n,  35  m.  N.  of  Albay. 

(^UI^lIA  (king'-wah),  Tag.;  road  center  and 
pueblo  in  Bulacdn,  Luz6n,  (i  m.  N.  of  Bula- 
cdn.    Pop.,  8,854. 

river  in  Bulacdn,  Luz6n.    Above  Baliuag 

on  this  stream  are  fine  quarries  of  volcanic 
stone  used  as  building  material.  Banks  of 
stream  are  thickly  grown  with  prickly  bam- 
boo 10  and  12  ft.  high.  River  during  rainy 
season  floods  plain.  There  are  fine  sugar 
fields  on  its  banks. 

QlJINILUBiiN  (key-nee-loo-bahn'),  nat.;  island 
of  Cuyos  grp.,  Mindoro  Sea,  lat.  11°  57'  N. 

group  of  4  islands,  largest  being  2^  m.  NW. 

and  SE.  N.  outlying  islet  is  most  N.  of  Cuyos 
grp.,  Mindoro  Sea;  62  m.  E.  of  Linapacan  I., 
off  NE.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan,  22  m. 
NNW.  of  Agutaya. 

qillNIQllITAN  (key-nee-key'-tahn),  nat.;  hamlet 
in  i)iiebloof  Jasadn,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

qUINTABON  (kin-tah-bohn'),Sp.;  mountain  in  S. 
]iart  of  Negros  Oriental,  9  m.  W.  of  Sibulan. 
At  its  foot  are  2  large  mountain  lakes. 

QIIIIVIJGUITAN  (key-noo-gee'-tahn),  ver.;  pueblo 
on  NW.  coast  of  Misamis,  Mindanao,  W.  of 
Sipaka  Pt.,  39  m.  N.  by  E.  of  Cagaydn  de Misa- 
mis.   Pop.,  1,320. 

QUINUTPAN  (key-noot-pahn'),  ver.;  hamlet  in 
Iloilo,  Panay,  9  m.  WNW.  of  Banata. 

qUKiHAY  (key-oh'-high),  ver.;  S.  point  of  en- 
trance to  bay  leading  to  Vlllaba,  on  W.  shore 
of  Leyte. 

qmOT  (key-ohf),  ver.;  pueblo  at  head  of  bay, 
Port  Dupon,  on  extreme  S.  shore  of  W.  Leyte, 
44  m.  WSW.  of  Tacloban.  First  port  on  N. 
side  of  sea  channel  to  E.  between  Leyte  and 
Camotes  Is.    Pop.,  2,422. 

qUIPAYO  (key-pah'-yoh),  ver.;  pueblo  on  main 
road  in  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luz6n,  6  m. 
N.  of  Nueva  Cdceres.    Pop.,  1,793. 

(JUIPIA  (key'-pyah),  ver.;  hamlet  on  Tipalo, 
fountain  tributary  of  Donsol  Riv.,  in  Sorso- 
g6n,  Luz6n,  9  m.  SW.  of  Albay. 

qillPIT  (key-pit'),  nat.;  hamlet  on  r.  bank  of 
moutlr  of  river  entering  Sulu  Sea  on  NW. 
coast  of  Misamis,  Mindanao,  W.  of  Kipit  Pt. 
iq.v.). 

qUIRA  (key '-rah),  ver.;  island  off  coast  of  Ca- 
gaydn, Luz6n,  on  which  is  celebrated  grotto. 

QUIUALI  (key-rah'-lee),  ver.;  river  entering  SE. 
corner  of  lake  of  Batii  and  leaving  it  as  Bicol 
Riv.  On  its  course  are  towns  of  Camalig, 
Guinobatan,  Liago,  Ods, and  Polangui.  Each, 
with  exception  of  last,  has  population  <.f 
about  14,000,  although  not  more  than  IJ 
leagues  apart  (Jagor).  Receiving  numerous 
tributaries  in  its  course,  after  passing  Polan- 
gui Quirali  Riv.  becomes  navigablei 

(JUIBAMALIGAN  (key-rah-mah-lee'-gahn),  ver. 
(SeeSauang.) 

(JIIIBAXA  (key-rah'-nah).  ver.;  hamlet  in  SW. 
Sdmar,  on  E.  shore  of  San  Pedro  and  San 
Pablo  Bay,  11  m.  SE.  of  Basey. 


GAZETTEEK    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS, 


775 


Mi:iSrDAJ^AO  {^ 

QTn]S:A.LA]:^G  AI^CHORAGE     , 

v£  Lat.8°n'(L'0')N:  ioiig.l2i°15'(^')E  \ 


<<\A 


\-\-i 


;\ 


Qidrvtilcmg      *- 

AncJiorage,    ^^''^ 


y 


'-'l 


I  X   I  G  Jl 


B  JlIT 


= 

;N"a->itic:U  Mxlos 

1 

j"""""""" 

i        o                                     i 

V7P) 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


(jriKIQrni  (keyree-kim'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Ho- 
llo, Panay,  1  in.  SE.  of  Tubudgan. 

QUISAN  (key-sahn'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Con  cepcion, 
Iloilo,  Panay,  9^  m.  S.  of  Carl6s. 

(^UISAO  I'key-sah'-oh),  ver.;  town  on  Bay  road  in 
Rizal,  Luz6n,  9  m.  SE.  of  Morong. 

point  on  coast  of  peninsula  of    Lagnna, 

Luz6n,  penetrating  Lagunade  Bav,  ending  in 
Jala  Pt. 

QUISino  (key-sce'-daw),  ver.;  hamlet  In  pueblo 
of  Jalajala,  Laguna,  Luzon. 

<^riSi;L(H'  (key-soo-lock'),  ver.;  town  in  Mi-samis, 
Mindanao. 


qi:iTXN'(JLA(J  (key-tahng'-lahg),    ver.;  point  in 

Misamis,  Mindanao. 
(JUITAAGU  (key-tahn'-goo),  ver.;  lake  formed  by 

Chicodela  Pampanga  Riv.  and  affluent  of 

same  name  passing  NW.  of  Arayat,  in  pueblo 

of  Arayat,  Pami>anga,  Luzon. 
(;i  ITAXQIIN  (key-tahn-keen'),  ver.;  hamlet  in 

Pampanga,  Luzon,  on  main  road,  16  m.  NW. 

of  Baeoloi-. 

(^UITUINAN  (key-twee'-nahn),nat.;  mountain  in 
pueblo  of  Camalig,  Albay,  Luz6n. 

(^LIYA  (key'-yah),  ver.;  river  in  SW.  Levte,  en- 
tering sea  2  m.  N.  of  Baybay. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


777 


RABASA  (rah-bah'-sah),  Sp.;  hamlet  on  S.  shore 
of  bay  SW.of  Danigan  Pt.,  NW.  coast  of  Min- 
danao. 

RABIN,  or  CABYUCA  (rah-been',  rah-rce-oo'-cah) , 
Sp.;  NF;.  point  of  NW.  peninsula  of  Leyte, 
also  W.  headland  to  narrow  sea  ehannel  be- 
tween Biliran  and  Leyte  Is. 

RABON  (rah-bohn'),  Sp.;  small  river  emptying 
into  China  Sea  in  extreme  SW.  corner  of 
Uni6n,  Luz6n. 

RAFA(UIEN  (rah-fah-gayn'),  ver.;  hamlet  on 
Linao  Bay,  SW.  coast  of  Cotabato,  Mindanao, 
391  m.  SW.  by  S.  of  Cotabato. 

RA(jiALIN()«  (rah-gah-lee-nog').  ver.;  island  off 
SE.  coast  of  Palawan.    (See  East  I. ) 

RAdALUMBI  (rah-gah-loom'-bee),  ver.;  high  is- 
land 1  m.  off  E.  coast  of  Concepci6n,  Iloilo, 
Panay;  to  S.  form  2  bays,  giving  anchorage 
in  W.  winds  to  strait  between  Tagd  I.  and 
mainland  of  Panay. 

RAdALUMBIA  (rah-gah-loom'-byah),  nat.;  island 
E.  by  N.  of  Salong  Pt.,  off  NE.  coast  of  Iloilo, 
Panay. 

RAJAMUDA  (rah-hah-moo'-dah),  nat.;  creek  on 
SE.  shore  of  Lapac  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 
Watering  place  for  vessels. 

RAUAY  (rah-gi'),  ver.;  pueblo  in  .\mbosCamari- 
nes  (Sur),  Luz6n,  on  main  )■  I,  27  m.  NW. 
of  Nueva  C&eeres.    Pop.,  2, boo. 

•  gulf,  entrance  to  which  lies  between  Bon- 
dog  Pt.,  S.  extremity  of  Tayabas,  and  Cadbu 
rauan  Pt.,  on  coast  of  Albay,  43  m.  apart. 
Provinces  of  Tayabas,  Ambos  Camarines 
(Norte  and  Sur),  and  Albay,  Luz6n,  stretch 
along  its  shores.  Island  of  Burias  lies  in  en- 
trance. Ports  of  Pu.sgo  or  Mayasas  on  W.  and 
Pasacao  on  E.  coasts  are  most  frequented 
anchorages. 

bay  on  E.  shore  of   Ragay  Gulf,  Ambos 

Camarines  (Norte) ,  Luz6n,  between  Pts.  Ocon 
and  Oktok  and  Saboon  I.  to  S.;  good  shelter 
in  both  monsoons.  Boundary  between  Ambos 
Camarines  ends  on  this  bay. 

RAGETTA,  for.;  island  i  m.  long  in  Barton  Bay, 
NW.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

RAOOS  (rah'-gohs),  ver.;  river  in  E.  Albay,  Lu- 
z6n,  emptying  into  Lagonoy  Gulf. 

point  on  E.  coast  of  Albay,  Luz6n,  near 

boundary  of  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  lat.  13° 
41' N. 

RAGLTAYA  (rah-goo-tah'-yah),  ver.;  point  in 
Ambos  Camarines  (Norte),  Luz6n. 

RAMESAMEY  (rah-may-sah-may'),  ver.;  south- 
westernmost  of  4  low  coral  islands  in  Honda 
Bay,  with  bend  on  W.  side,  1  m.  from  shore, 
and  8J  m.  N.  of  Puerto  Princesa,  S.  Palawan. 

RAMOS  (rah'-mohs),  Sp.;  island  off  extreme  N. 
point  of  BaWbacI.,  off  SW.  end  of  Palawan. 
Cliff  Hill,  on  its  shore,  is  important  land- 
mark in  N.  Barbae  Strait.  Cape  Disaster, 
important  headland  on  S.  side  of  N.  entrance 
to  N.  Baldbac  Strait,  is  at  its  extreme  N. 
point  of  land;  3^  m.  N.  and  S.  and  4^  m.  E.  and 
W.  at  its  S.  end;  area,  7  sq.  m.  Island  is  gen- 
erally low  and  flat. 

RANGiS  (rahn-gahs'),  nat.;  river  in  Albay,  Lu- 
z6n,  rising  on  S.  slope  of  Bulusan  Mt.,  emp- 
ties in  Juhan  Riv.  Its  waters  are  mineral 
and  have  thermal  temperature. 

BANGAYA  (rahngah'-yah),  ver.;  peak  in  N.  Co- 
tabato, Mindanao. 


RAAGAYA,  or  SlIOUT  (rahn-gah'-yah,  soo'- 
goot),  ver.;  range  of  mountains  paralleling 
NE.  and  E.  shores  of  Illana  Bay,  in  Cotabato, 
Mindanao.  Continuation  of  range  which 
begins  at  Mt.  Calanatan,  17  m.  inland  from 
Zamboanga,  and  following  axis  of  that  pen- 
insula along  E.  coast  of  Sibuguey  Bay,  con- 
tinues in  Tres  Reyes  Mts.,  E.  of  Mt.  Sombroro, 
5,200  ft.  high,  inland  from  N.  shore  of  Illana 
Bay;  thence  taking  SE.  trend  continues  in 
mountains  of  Rangaya,  or  Siigut,  and  mak- 
ing its  terminus  at  Mt.  Cilubedan,  28m.  E.  by 
N.  of  Cotabato,  capital.  Highest  mouiitnin  of 
range  is  volcano  of  Maeatinin,  fni]ition 
of  which  took  place  in  1872;  eruption  was  fol- 
lowed by  earthquake  which  partially  de- 
.stroyed  Polloc,  Cotabato,  and  villages  on 
banks  of  Mindanao  Riv. 

BaS61INDII]WjA1V,  or  LIMAPATAG  (rahng-oon- 
doong'-ahn,  lee-mah-pah-tahg'),  nat.;  creek 
on  delta  emptying  on  r.  bank  of  S.  arm  of 
Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  Cotabato,  Min- 
danao. 

RANIS  (rah'-niss),  ver.;  point  on  N.  end  of  Libu- 
can-Dac6  I.^and  landmark  of  approach  to 
Bac-hao  Bangah6n  Riv.,  W.  coast  of  SAmar. 

RAPXN  (rah-pahn')  ver.;  mountain  hamlet  on 
W.  side  of  Cordillera  in  S.  central  Cebi'i,  Hi 
m.  SE.  of  Dumangas. 

RAPISa  (_rah-pee'-nyah),  Sp.;  point  on  S.  shore 
of  Sangd  Sangfi,  I.,  Tawi  Tawi  grp.,  Sulu  A., 
marking  channel  with  PapAhag  and  Bongao 
Is.  on  S. 

RAPURAPII  (rah-poo-rah'-poo),  ver.;  island  of 
considerable  elevation,  triangular  in  shape, 
andeasternmo-stof  chain  of  4  islands— Miguel, 
Cacraray,  Batdn,  and  Rapurapu— off  E.  shore 
of  Albay,  Luz6n,  8J  m.E.and  W.and  4  m.N. 
and  S.  Area,  32  sq.  m.,  high,  and  separated 
from  BatAn  I.  on  NW.  by  channel  14  m.  wide. 
Contains  good  coal  and  copper.  Village  of 
Santa  Florentina  is  about  center  of  S.  coast. 

"silanga"  between  islands  of  Rapurapu 

and  BatAn,  Pacific  Ocean,  off  Albay,  Luzon. 

RASA  (rah'-sah),Sp.;  islet  off  S.  point  of  Nonok, 
at  S.  end  of  S.of  2  islands  lying  off  W.  .side  of 
S.  point  of  Dinagat  I.,  NE.  of  Surigao,  Min- 
danao. 

RASA,  or  SOMBRERO  (rah'-.sah,  sohm-bray'-roh), 
Sp.;  island  3J  m.  in  length,  area  3  sq.  m.,  off 
E.  coast  of  S.  Palawan,  opposite  Casuarina  Pt. 

RASXnS  (rah-.sahns')  ver.;  hamlet  on  SE.  shore 
of  Panguil  Bay,  Misamis,  Mindanao,  65  m. 
SW.  by  W.  of  CagayAn. 

RASAS  (rah'-sahs),Sp.;  6  small  islands S.  and  SW. 
of  Cant6n  I.,  6  m.  E.  of  D4et,  off  shore  of  Am- 
bos Camarines  (Norte),  Luz6n. 

KASO  (rah'-soh),  Sp.;  island  in  San  Pedro  and 
San  Pablo  Bay,  E.  coast  of  Leyte. 

RAT,  for.;  island  in  entrance  to  Halsey  Harbor, 
W.  coast  of  Culi6n  I.,  Calamianes  grp.,  China 

Sea. 

RATOn  (rah-tohn'),  Sp.;  islet  2  m.  SE.  of  Guiuan, 
off  SW.  shore  of  extreme  SE.  SAmar. 

islet  3  m.  NW.  of  Santa  Cruz,  Zambales, 

Luz6n,  off  Nay6n  Riv. 

RAUIS  (rah'-wees),  ver.;  hamlet  on  N.  coast  of 
S&mar,  li  m.  S.  across  channel  from  Lagu^n. 

hamlet  between  2  of  headwater  branches 

of  Bac-hao  Bafigah6n  Riv.,  in  SW.  S^mar. 


778 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE   PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 


BAVIS  (rah'-vis),  nat.;  point  forming  S.  liead  to 
Lagudn  channel,  N.  coast  of  S&mar. 

hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Albay,  Luz6n,  lat.  13° 

11'  N. 
RAM'JiSLET,  for.;  point  on  extreme  SE.  coast  of 

Palawan,  lOj  m.  NE.  of  Buliluyan  C. 
REAL  (ray-ahl'),  Sp.;  point  on  W.  shoreof  Manila 

Bay,  in  Bata4n,  Luz6n. 
point  on  E.  side  of  entrance  to  Lamp6n 

port,  or  Binangonan  Bay,  in  Infanta,  Luz6n. 
HEAL   DE    LAMp5n  (ray-ahl' day  lahm-pohn'), 

Hisp.;  port  or  bay  on  E.  coast  of  Infanta,  Lu- 

z6n.    {See  LampOn.) 
BED  t'LIFF.  for.;  point  SW.  shore  of  Puerto  Prin- 

cesii  Harbor,  E.  coast  of  Palawan. 
REDOXDO    (rav-dohn'-doh),  Sp.;    mountain  in 

Batadn,  Luzon,  near  seacoast  at  Bagac. 

mountain  in  SW.  Zambales,  Luzon. 

peak  at  N.  end  of  Diniigat  I.,  off  NE.  coast 

Siurigao,  Mindanao,  3,337  ft.  high,  overlooking 

Desolation  Pt. 
BED    ROCK,  or   MABIGA-BAT6   (mah-ree'-gah- 

bah-toh');  on  S.  shore  of  Polloc  Bay,  Cotaba- 

to,  Mindanao,  and  forming  S.  head. 
BEDOXTA  (ray-dohn'-tah),  Sp.;  island  4 m.E  of 

Ibayat,  Batanes  grp.     {See  Diego  I.) 
BEEF,  for.;  northernmost  of  chain  of  3  low  islands 

NE.  of  Crawford  Cove,  in  Island  Bay,  E.  coast 

of  Paragua,  Palawan. 
islet  in  K.  waters  of  Deep  Bay,  E.  coast  of 

S.  Cfiitral  Palawan. 
iMaud  WXW,  2i  m.  from  Green  I.,  off  E. 

coa^t  oi  I'aragua,  Palawan. 
island  H  m.  in  extent,  4  m.  ENE.  of  Mac- 

kesi  I.,  E.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 
point  E.  shore  of  Puerto  Princesa  Harbor 

(Port  RoyalLst),  N.  of  Puerto  Princesa,  E. 

coast  of  S".  Palawan. 
point  at  entrance  to  Pagdanan  Bay,  N\V. 

coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 
point  E.    shore  of  Ulugan  Bay,  W.  coast 

Palawan.- 
Islet  off  Marabay  Pt.,  E.  shore  of  Ulugan 

Bay,  SW.  Paragua,  Palawan. 
islet  on  W.  side  of  Cook  channel,  off  coast 

of  Paragua,  Palawan. 
BEFUGIO  (ray-foo'-heeoh),  Sp.;  islet  off  Pasacao 

anchorage,  SW.  coast  Ajnbos  Camarines(Sur), 

Luz6n,  lat,  13°  29'  N. 
island  2  by  IJm.,  1  m.  off  E.  coast  of  Negros 

Occidental,  6  m.  S.  of  Calatrava. 
BEtiADIO  (ray-gah-dee'-oh),  Sp.;  river  in  Ambos 

Camarines(Sur),  Luz6n,  rising  in  IsarogMt., 

crosses  into  Albay,  and  forms  Lagonoy. 
BEHUIBA    (ray-hwee'-bah) ,  ver.;  river  of  Min- 

doro,  rising  in  elevation  toward  XE.  in  lat. 

13°  19'  N.;  after  short  NE.  course  empties  into 

sea. 
BEINA  MEBCEDES  (rav'-nah  mayr-thay'-dess), 

Sp.;  pueblo  in  Isabela,   Luzon.     Pop.  3,286. 

(SeeCalanusian.) 
BELVA  BEGEME  (rav'-nah  ray-hayn'-tay),  Sp.; 

hamlet  on  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  between 

Liguasan  Lake,  in  Cotabato,  Mindanao,  24  m. 

SE.  of  latter  point. 
BEINABD,  for. ;  island  close  to  E.  coast  of  Para- 
gua, Palawan,  approaching   Green    Islands 

Bay.    Another  island,  charted  and  unnamed, 

lies  to  N. 
BEIXAS,  DE  LAS  (daylahsray'-nahs),Sp.;  bay  in 

W.  Paragua,  Palawan. 
RELIEF,  for.;  point  in  NE.  part  of  Island  Bay, 

SE.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan.    Fresh-water 

stream  enters  ^  m.  NW. 
BEMEDI08    (ray-may'-dyohs),  Sp.;    town   on   1. 

bank  of  one  of  lower  tributaries  of  Agusan 

Riv.,  Surigao,  Mindanao,  15  m.  S.of  Butuan. 
village  on  N.  shore  of  Libds  port,  E.  coast 

of  b&mar. 


REMIXTAO  (ray-min-tah'-oh),  ver.;  point  in 
Sdmar. 

RElirS,  for.;  bank  on  sea  channel  NW.  of  Bili- 
ran,  off  NW.  coast  of  Leyte,  toward  Maripipi. 

REXADI  (ray-nah'-dee),  ver.;  hamlet  in  pueblo 
of  Indang,  Cavite,  Luz6n. 

REPOSE,  or  REPOSO  (ray-poh'-soh),  Sp.;  point 
on  extreme  SW.  coast  of  Palawan,  7i  m.  N.  of 
Buliluyan  C. 

RESTIXGA  (ray.s-tin'-gah),  Sp.;  hamlet  1  m.  E.  of 
Carabao  I.,  oft"  N.  point  Pabungau  Cove,  in 
Cavite,  Luzon,  30  m.  SW.  of  Manila  and  22  m. 
SW.  of  Cavite. 

point  N.  extreme  of  Pagbilao  Chico  I.,  off 

S.  coast  of  Tayabas,  Luzon. 

BEFS,  NCEVA  (nway'-vah  ray'-oos),  Sp.;  town 
on  SW.  coast  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

RIACHl'ELO  (ree-ah-chway'-loh),  Sp.;  river  in 
Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  emptjing  into  SW. 
head  of  Masinloc  Riv.,  E.  coast. 

RIDDLE,  for. ;  entrance  point  of  Barton  Bay,  NW. 
coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

RIO  t'HICO  DE  CAGATiX  (ree'-oh  chee'-coh  day 
cah-gah-yahn'),  Hisp.;  tributary  of  Grande 
de  Cagaydn  Riv.  from  SW.  and  first  of  its 
main  influents.  It  rises  in  E.  slopes  of  Gran 
Cordillera  Central,  in  NW.  Bontoc  and  W. 
Isabela,  through  2  main  fountain  streams, 
respectively  Tanodan  and  Cagay^n,  and  takes 
NE.  course,  entering  main  stream  20  m.  from 
ocean.     {Also  Bangag.) 

RIO  CHIt'O  DE  LA  PAMPAXGA  (ree'-oh  chee'-coh 
daylahpahm-pabn'-gah),  Hisp.;  mainW.trib- 
utary  of  Grande  de  la  Pampanga  Riv.,  which 
it  enters  27  m.  in  direct  line  N.  of  its  mouth, 
in  delta  on  N.  shore  of  Manila  Bay.  Rises  in 
Laguna  de  Canar^n;  receives  luimerous  trib- 
utaries, chiefly  from  W.,  in^E.  slopes  of 
mountains  of  S.  Tdrlac  not  drained  by  Agno. 
From  lake  at  its  source  till  -viihin  4  m.  of  its 
junction  with  m^in  stream  it  forms  boundary 
between  Nueva  Ecija  and  T.lrlac.  Fine  river 
30  m.  from  its  source  to  its  confluence.  Num- 
ber of  towns  lie  on  both  sides  of  its  banks,  and 
its  current  furnishes  canoe  transportation 
to  Manila  Bay,  as  well  as  nmnerous  landings 
on  way. 

RIO,  DEL  (dayl  ree'-oh),  Sp.;  point  on  SE.  shore 
of  Sindangan  Bay,  about  midway  between 
Dauigan  and  Sindangan  Pts.,  NW.  coast  of 
Mindanao. 

RIO  DE  LIPA  (ree'-oh  day  lee-paii'),  Hisp.;  river 
of  Batangas,  Luz6n,  which  u.ites  with  Pan- 
sipit  Riv.  near  Rosario,  fori'  mg  Calumpan 
Riv. 

RIO  GRAXDE  DE  BACABBA  (re^  '-oh  grahn'-day 
day  bah-cah'-rrah),  Hisp.;  river  emptying 
into  China. Sea,  Ilocos  Norte,  ■Aiz6n. 

RIO  GBAXDE  DE  BADOG  (ree'-oh  grahn'-day  day 
bah-dog'),  Hisp.;  short  but  wide  stream  ris- 
ing in  N.  of  Ilocos  Sur,  and  winding  across  ex- 
treme SW.  corner  of  Ilocos  Norte,  Luz6n, 
emptying  into  China  Sea  N.  ■  if  Badoc. 

RIO  GRAXDE  DE  CABUGAO  (reo'-oh  grahn'-day 
day  cah-boo-gah'-oh),  Hisp.;  stream  in  Ilocos 
Sur,  Luz6n. 

RIO  GRAXDE  DE  CAGATAX'  (ree'-oh  grahn'-day 
day  cah-gah-yahn'),  Hisp.;  great  river  of  Lu- 
z6ii;  has  good  anchorage  in  11  fms.,  li  m. 
NNE.  from  its  mouth.  Point  on  E.  side  is 
known  by  church  and  convent  of  Aparri  built 
upon  it.    {See  Cagaydn  Grande.) 

RIO  GRAXDE  DE  LA  PAJIPAXGA  (ree'-oh  grahn'- 
day  dav  lah  pahm-pahn'-gah),  Hisp.;  one  of 
great  rivers  of  Luz6n,  rises  in  numerous 
springs  which  enter  main  current  through 
3  principal  fountain  tributaries,  largest  of 
which  begins  in  S.  spurs  of  Caraballo  Sui,  S. 
end  of  Gran  Cordillera  Central,  in  extreme 
N.  of  Nueva  Ecija,  where  its  boundary  comes 
to  corner  with  Principe,  Nueva  Vizcaya,- 
and  Benguet.  This  network  of  .sources  comes 
together  and  forms  main  stream,  which,  at 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 


779 


BldGRAlVDE  DE  LA  PAMPANGA— Continued. 
Boiigabbn,  30  m.  below,  becomes  current  of 
width  and  volume.  About  25  m.  in  straight 
line  it  passes  San  Isidro;  11  m.  farther  S.,also 
in  straight  line,  it  disembogues  on  its  delta 
through  8  mouths,  chief  of  which  are  Pa- 
sao,  Matiagonas,  and  Mayao  Grande  Rivs., 
latter  outlet  also  forming  boundary  between 
Bulaciln  and  Pampanga.  Prom  its  headwa- 
ters to  its  mouth— 96  m.  in  straight  line- 
would  give  it  approximate  length  of  100  m., 
following  sinuosities  of  its  course.  It  receives 
large  number  of  tributaries,  which  serve  for 
drainage  and  irrigation;  inundations  during 
rainy  season  cover  long  stretches  of  its  banks, 
and  "make  cultivation  of  rice  one  of  foremost 
crops.  Cabanatuan,  largest  city,  and  San 
Isidro,  provincial  capital,  besides  many 
smaller  towns  and  hamlets,  stretch  along  its 
shores.  It  is  also  means  of  large  local  trade 
in  freight  boats  and  canoes.  (See  also  Pam- 
panga Grande) . 

RIO  GRANDE  DE  LAOAG  (ree'-oh  grahn'-day 
day  lah-oh-ahg') ,  Hisp. ;  river  whose  S.  tribu- 
taries rise  in  Nagapu  and  Semeneblen  Mts., 
and  E.  in  W.  slopes  of  Cordillera  Central,  drain 
entire  central  watershedsand  valleys  of  S.  half 
of  Ilocos  Norte,  Luz6n,  entering  China  Sea 
at  Barra  de  CAuit,  about  6  m.  below  Laoag, 
capital.  After  leaving  mountains  and  enter- 
ing valleys,  it  is  broad  stream,  navigable  for 
native  craft.    { Also  Laoag. ) 

RIO  GRAADE  DE  MIKDAINAO,  or  PlILAXGUI 
(ree'-oh  grahn'-day  day  meen-dah-iiow',  poo- 
lahn'-gee),  ver.;  greatest  river  in  P.  I.,  situ- 
ated in  island  of  Mindanao.  (See  Grande 
Riv.,  and  Mindanao,  Grande  de.) 

RIO  GRANDE  DE  SAN  MATEO  (ree'-oh  grahn'-day 
day  sahn,mah-tay'-oh),  Sp.;  river  in  Rizal, 
Luz6n.  Prom  this  stream  comes  watersupply 
of  city  of  Manila. 

RIO,  ISLA  DEt  <ees'-lah  dayl  ree'-oh),  Sp.:  islet 
off  mouth  of 'Iufi,hit  Riv.,  in  Prinoesa  port,  S. 
Palawan.  .    • 


UIO  SALTiN  (ree'-oh  sahl-tahn'),  Hisp.;  tribu- 
tary of  Chico  de  Cagaydn  Riv.  on  W.,  which 
takes  its  ri.se  in  Pico  d"e  Cdlao  Mts.,  on  SW. 
corner  of  Cagayin,  Luz6n. 

RIOJA  (ryoh'-hah),  Sp.;  hamlet  on  W.  coast  of 
Antique,  Panay,  2  m.  S.  of  Caritan. 

RIOS,  or  TAKUT  MASILi  (ree'-ohs,  Sp.;  tah- 
koot' mah-see-lah',  ver.);  circular  rock  h  m. 
in  diameter,  off  port  of  Dianas,  off  W.  shore 
of  Illana  Bay,  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

RIPOSET  (ree-poh-.sayt'),  ver.;  summit  800  ft. 
high,  at  SE.  end  of  Ibayat  I.,  Batanes  grp.,  off 
N.  coast  of  Cagaydn,  Luz6n. 

RIRIPATAN  (ree-ree-pah'-yahn),  nat.;  point  on 
NE.  coast  of  Zambales,  Liiz6n,  SE.  of  Bolinao, 
on  channel  between  Santiago  and  mainland 
to  Lingay6n  Gulf. 

RITA  (ree'-tah),  Sp.;  island  1^  m.  long  and  300 
yds.  wide  (Observatory  Rock,  45  ft.  high,  N. 
end,  lat.  10°  6'  11"  N.,  Ion.  118°  46'  26"  E.)  in 
Ulugan  Bay,  W.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 
Tide  Pole  is  its  S.  point. 

RIVAPAD  (ree-vah-pahd'),  ver.;  tributary  from 
W.  of  Ords  Riv,  in  NE.  f  ' 


RIVER,  for.;  island  in  mouth  of  Ewiig  Iliv.,  en- 
tering I'lu/rto  I'riuccsa  Hiirboriin  W.  slmre, 
E.  coast  <if  S.  Palawan.  2  Ijoiit  channels,  1 
on  either  side  of  River  I.  Alter  lieavy  rains 
river  is  almost  fresh  at  entrance,  but  in  dry 
season  boats  must  go  some  distance  up  river 
to  obtain  good  water. 

RIVERA  (ree-vay'-rah),  Sp.;  hamlet  in  W.  CApiz, 

Panay,  on  1.  bank  of  river  4  m.  S.  of  Libacao. 
point  on  tongue  of  land  opposite  S.  mouth 

of  Binictigan,  on  SE.  shore  of  Siibic  Bay,  SE. 

coast  of  Zambales,  Luz6n.    Number  of  native 

houses  stretch  along  bay  shore. 

RIVERA  DE  SAN  FERNANDO  (ree-vay'-rah  day 
sahn  fayr-nahn'-doh),  Sp.;  hamlet  9  m.  inland 
from  Iba  in  Zambales,  Luz6n,  connected  with 
highway  by  road. 


RIZAL,  LUZON,  PROVINCE  OF. 

(Ree-thal',  Sp.) 

Capital:  Pasig,  lat.  14°  33'  N.,  lou.  121°  5'  E. 

Area:  1,0'48  sq.  m. 

Populatiqn:  246,940. 

Race:  Tai;/ilog. 

Language:  Tagdlog, 

Military  Department  of  Luzon:  Headquarters,  Manila,  Luzon. 

1  Table  of  distances. 

From  PAsig  to—  m. 

Cavite,  SW 13 

Malolos 28 

Manila,  W 7 

M6rong,ESf: 11 

LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

The  provirxe  of  Rizal,  formed  by  the  consolidation  of  the  former  province  of 
Manila,  excepting  the  city  of  that  name,  with  the  iKjlitico-military  district  of  Morong, 
is  bounded  on  the  N.  by  Bulacdn,  on  the  E.  by  Infanta  and  La  Laguna,  on  the  S.  by 
l.aguna  de  Bay  and  Cavite,  and  on  the  W.  by  ]^)ulac:in  and  the  bay  of  Manila.  It 
received  its  name  from  one  of  the  foremost  Filipinos  (Tagalog)  in  the  later  conflicts 
with  Spain. 

AREA. 

The  extreme  measurements  of  the  province  are  from  N.  to  S.,  52  m.,  from  E.  to  W., 
43  m.     Area  1,026  sq.  m.,  224  sq.  m.  less  than  the  area  of  the  State  of  Rhode  Island. 

PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 

The  surface  of  that  part  of  the  province  formerly  included  in  Morong  and  the  N. 

ippart  of  Manila  is  traversed  by  a  number  of  small  mountain  ranges.     There  are  many 

extensive  plains  available  for  cultivation,  whicli,  however,  are  subject  to  floods  from 


780 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


Laguna  de  Bay,  which  frequently  destroy  the  crops.  Tlie  part  of  the  province  S. 
of  the  Pdsig  Riv.  is  aUuvial.  The  <b-uiiia<,'e,  with  the  exception  of  the  Pdsig  Riv., 
through  which  Laguna  de  Bay  empties  into  ]\Ianila  Jlay,  tiows  into  the  former.  The 
l^rincipal  streams  are  the  Lanati,  wliich  rises  in  i^ake  Lanipon  in  the  SE.  part  of  the 
province,  tlu^  Pajaijnin,  and  tiie  Tagabasan,  whicli  latter  empty  into  the  Puray;  also 
emjity  into  Lai;una  de  P>ny  near  tlie  JVisig  outlet.  The  Pasig,  which  flows  out  of  the 
Laguna  de  l>ay  tlirough  5  hnmclu's  and  is  its  outlet,  empties  into  the  bay  of  Manila. 
It  has  several  tributaries,  among  winch  may  be  mentioned,  on  account  of  their  great 
volume  of  water,  the  Cainta,  ( ii-and(!  de  San  Mateo,"  and  San  Francisco  del  Monte. 
The  Piisig  Riv.  is  the  i^rincipal  means  of  communication  between  Manila  and  the 
interior  of  Luzon,  especially  between  Manila  and  the  Laguna  de  Bay,  which  is  only 
18  m.  distant.  Its  width  varies  from  330  to  600  ft.;  depth  from  7 J  to  21|.  In 
the  dry  season  boats  of  more  than  4  ft.  draft  have  difficulty  in  passing  the  bar  at  the 
outlet  of  the  lake. 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

The  Manila  Bay  front  of  the  province  affords  anchorages  in  open  roads  the  same  as 
off  the  city  of  Manila.  Along  the  coast  line  of  84  m.,  including  the  island  of  Talim, 
on  Laguna  de  Bay,  are  a  number  of  sheltered  inlets,  which  afford  anchorages  for 
native  crafts. 

ROADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 

The  trade  of  the  province  by  sea  concentrates  at  Manila,  the  facilities  of  transpor- 
tation from  all  parts  to  this  great  seaport  on  its  borders  being  quite  extensive,  by 
means  of  navigable  rivers  and  the  waters  of  Laguna  de  Bay,  by  way  of  the  Pasig  Riv. , 
which  flows  through  Manila  itself.  The  railroad  leaving  Manila  for  Dagupan  and 
the  wagon  roads  radiating  from  that  city  bring  its  towns  in  direct  intercourse  with 
the  provinces  of  Bulacdn,  Pampanga,  TArlac,  Pangasinan,  Infanta,  La  Laguna,  and 
Cavite  and  the  provinces  beyond. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

The  population  of  that  portion  of  the  province  formerly  in  the  province  of  Manila 
is  200,000  and  of  that  formerly  the  politico-military  district  of  Morong  46,940,  mak- 
ing a  total  of  246,940,  almost  all  of  whom  are  Tagalogs.  In  the  mountain  chain  of 
San  Mateo  a  few  Negritos  are  found.  The  language  of  the  province  is  Tagalog, 
although  more  Spanish  is  spoken  than  in  any  of  the  other  provinces,  on  account  of 
the  proximity  of  the  capital  of  the  archipelago.  The  Negritos  who  come  down  to 
trade  speak  Tagtilog. 

The  following  was  the  population  of  the  pueblos  which  constituted  the  former 
province  of  Manila,  according  to  the  census  of  1887: 


Province  and  pueblos. 


Total  population,  combining 
residents  present  and  ab- 
sent, native  and  Spanish, 
census  1887. 


Men.       Women.      Total. 


Manila: 

Caloocdn 

Malibay 

Manila 

Mariquina 

Montalbftn 

Muntinlupa 

Navotas 

Novaliches 

Pandacan  

Paranaque  

P4sig 

Pateros 

Pineda 

Pifias  (Las) 

San  Felipe  Nery 

San  Juan  del  Monte 

San  Mateo 

San  Pedro  Macati  . . 

Santa  Ana 

Taguig 

Tamb6bong 

Total 


4,358 
9.51 
105, 296 
4,870 
1,689 
2, 138 
6,699 
1, 123 
2, 419 
5,175 
9,293 
2,945 
3,912 
2,012 
3,766 
1,195 
2, 348 
1,849 
1,470 
4,995 
11,160 


179,663 


4, 621 
1,663 
2,074 
6,145 
1,043 
2,205 

9,'  256 
2,817 
3,  .S72 
1.946 
3,751 
1,093 
2, 293 
1,776 
1,491 
4,983 
10, 602 


135, 


8, 859 
1,833 
109, 192 
9,491 
3, 3.52 
4,212 

12, 844 
2,166 
4,624 

10, 173 

18,549 
5,702 
7,784 
3,958 
7,517 
2,289 
4,641 
3,625 
2,961 
9,978 

21, 762 


315,571 


*  In  the  lower  part  of  its  course  this  is  called  the  Mariquina  Riv. 


GAZETTEEK    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


781 


The  following  was  the  population  of  the  pueblos  into  which  the  province  of  Morong, 
now  a  part  of  Rizal  province,  was  divided  according  to  the  census  of  1887: 


Province  ami  pueblos. 


Total  population,  combining 
residents  present  and  ab- 
sent, native  and  Spanish, 
census  1887. 


Women.      Total 


M6rong: 

Angono 

Antipolo 

Bar^s 

Binangonan 
Bosoboso  ... 

Cainta 

Cardona 

Jalajala 

M6rong 

Pililla 

Tanay 

Taytay 

•esa 

Total . . . 


3,946 
340 
1,196 
1,318 
867 
3, 291 
2, 140 
2,166 


1,011 
2,002 

627 
3,867 

327 
1,192 
1,326 

861 
3,357 
1,860 
2,183 
3,734 


2,128 
3,970 
1,222 
7,813 
667 
2,388 
2,644 
1,728 
6,648 
4,000 
4,349 
7,472 


46, 922 


In  the  Manila  portion  are  20  towns  and  58  villages  and  in  the  former  Morong  dis- 
trict 14  towns  and  30  villages,  making  a  total  of  34:  towns  and  88  villages.  Among 
the  more  important  towns  are  the  following: 

Pasig;  the  capital  of  the  province  and  an  important  road  center.  A  place  of 
important  traffic,  about  1  m.  E.  of  the  Piisig  Riv.  Pop.,  22,000.  While  many  of  the 
buildings  were  burned  or  otherwise  wrecked  during  the  insurrection  there  still 
remain  a  few  well-built  stone  houses.  The  great  majority  of  the  population  live  in 
bamboo  and  nipa  huts. 

Angona;  on  the  NE.  shore  of  Laguna  de  Bay,  on  the  main  road  between  Morong 
and  Manila,  5  m.  SE.  of  Pilsig.     Pop.,  1,955. 

Antipolo;  7  m.  ENE.  of  lYisig.  Pop.,  3,500.  This  town  is  on  high  ground  and 
the  location  is  healthful.     The  water  supply  is  from  a  good  spring. 

Baras;  at  the  N.  point  of  the  middle  portion  of  Laguna  de  Bay,  13  m.  ESE.  of 
Pdsig.     Pop.,  1,217. 

Binangonan;  on  the  E.  shore  of  Laguna  de  Bay,  on  the  road  between  Morong 
and  Manila,  9  m.  SE.  of  Pdsig.  Large  and  important  stone  quarries  which  furnish 
building  stone  equal  to  that  taken  from  Talim  I.     Pop.;  7,264. 

Bosoboso;  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  Pajaquin  Riv.,  13  m.  NE.  of  Pdsig.     Pop.,  855. 

Cainta;  2  m.  NE.  of  Pilsig.     Pop.,  2,275. 

Caloocan;  2  m.  inland  from  the  bay  of  Manila  and  10  m.  NW.  of  Pdsig  on  the 
main  road.     The  main  water  supply  here  is  from  a  fine  well.     Pop.,  9,843. 

Cardona;  on  the  W.  shore  of  the  central  portion  of  Laguna  de  Bay,  on  the  main 
road,  11  m.  SE.  of  Pasig.     Pop.,  2,641. 

Jalajala;  in  extreme  SE.  part,  22  m.  SE.  of  Pasig,  near  the  E.  shore  of  Laguna  de 
Bay.     Pop.,  1,735. 

Las  Pinas;  on  the  main  road  along  the  Manila  Bay  shore,  10  m.  SSW.  of  Pasig. 
Pop.,  4,000. 

Malabdn,  or  Tambdbong;  2  m.  inland  from  the  shore  of  Manila  Bay  and  11  m. 
N  W.  of  Pasig.  The  boundary  between  Rizal  and  Bulacfin  passes  between  it  and  the 
bay  shore.  Connected  with  Manila  by  steam  tramway.  A  large  sugar  refinery  and 
important  fisheries  are  located  here.  Has  a  large  cigar  factory,  and  the  weaving  of 
jusi  cloth  is  one  of  the  important  industries.  The  water  supply  here  is  poor,  people 
depending,  during  the  dry  season,  largely  on  the  Manila  hydrants  and  the  well  at 
Caloocan.     Pop.,  25,000. 

Malibay;  on  the  Manila  and  Cavite  road,  5  m.  S.  of  Manila  and  6  m.  WSW.  of 
Pfisig.     Pop.,  2,890. 

Mariquina;  on  the  main  road  8  m.  NE.  of  Pilsig.  An  iron  spring  known  as  the 
Chorrillo,  celebrated  for  its  curative  qualities,  is  located  in  the  neighborhood.  A  center 
for  the  manufacture  of  native  shoes,  also  leather  work  of  various  kinds.     Pop. ,  10,313. 

Montalban;  on  the  main  road,  13  m.  N.  of  Piisig,  at  the  crossing  of  Puray  Riv.  and 
3  m.  S.  of  the  boundary  of  Bulacdn.  Important  from  the  fact  that  an  excellent 
mountain  stream  of  pure  spring  water  empties  into  Puray  and  San  Mateo  Rivs.  at  this 
point,  and  it  is  from  this  place  that  the  water  supply  for  the  city  of  Manila  and  sur- 
rounding towns  will  eventually  be  piped.     Pop.,  3,055. 

Morong;  former  capital  of  the  province  of  that  name,  10  m.  ESE.  of  Pasig.  Pop., 
If9,430. 


782  GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

Muntinlupa;  in  the  extreme  SW.  of  that  portion  of  the  province  formerly  induded 
ill  tlie  province  of  Manila,  on  the  main  road  along  the  SW.  coast  of  Laguna  de  Bay 
to  Santa  Cruz,  12  m.  S.  of  Pasig  and  about  1^  m.  N.  of  the  Cavite  boundary.  Pop., 
5,068. 

Navotas;  on  an  island  a  few  hundred  yds.  W.  of  Malabon  and  12  m.  NW.  of 
Pasig.     Pop.,  9,154. 

Novaliches;  on  the  main  road,  Ik  m.  E.  of  the  boundary  of  Bulacan  and  11  m.  N. 
of  Pilsig.     Pop.,  1,871. 

Paranaque;  on  the  Manila  and  Cavite  Bay  road,  7  m.  S.  of  Manila  and  8  m.  SW. 
of  Piisig.     Pop.,  9,863. 

Pf  teros;  on  the  r.  bank  of  the  Pdsig  Riv.,  2  m.  from  the  outlet  of  Laguna  de  Bay 
and  ii  ni.  SW.  of  Pusig.  Noted  for  immense  flocks  of  ducks,  the  eggs  of  which  are 
much  esteemed  by  the  natives.     Pop.,  9,200. 

Pasay,  or  Pineda;  on  the  coast  road,  6  m.  SW.  of  Pasig.     Pop.,  9,825. 

Pililla;  on  the  NW.  coast  of  the  central  portion  of  Laguna  de  Bay,  17  m.  SE.  of 
Pasig.     Pop.,  2,000. 

San  Felipe  Nery,  or  Mandaloyong-;  on  the  r.  bank  of  the  Pdsig  Riv.,  4  m. 
above  its  mouth  and  4i  m.  WNW.  of  Piisig.     Pop.,  5,465. 

San  Francisco  del  Monte;  on  the  1.  bank  of  a  tributary  of  the  Pasig  Riv.,  7^  m. 
NW.  of  Pasig. 

San  Mateo;  on  the  main  roa<l  N.  to  Montalbdn,  10  m.  N.  of  PMg.     Pop.,  6,700. 

San  Juan  del  Monte;  on  1.  bank  of  a  tributary  of  the  Pdsig,  4^  m.  E.  by  N.  of 
Manila,  and  4i  m.  NW.  of  Pasig.     Pop.,  2,011. 

San  Pedro  Macati;  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  Pasig  Riv.,  about  midway  between 
Laguna  de  Bay  and  Manila  Bay,  4  in.  E.  of  Manila  and  4  m.  W.  of  Pdsig.    Pop.,  3,921. 

Santa  Ana;  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  Pasig  Riv.,  2^  m.  E.  of  Manila  and  5  m.  W.  of 
Piisig.  Celebrated  for  the  fine  laces  manufactured  by  the  native  women.  Annexed 
recently  to  Manila  City.     Pop.,  2,194. 

Taguig;  on  the  r.  bank  of  the  Pasig  Riv.,  at  the  outlet  of  Laguna  de  Bay,  2  m.  S. 
of  Pasig.     Communication  with  Pusig  by  ferry.     Pop.,  9,662. 

Tanay ;  on  the  NE.  shore  of  the  central  portion  of  Laguna  de  Bay,  on  the  Morong 
road,  15  m.  ESE.  of  Piisig.  The  mat  industry  is  very  important  in  this  town.  Pop., 
4,529. 

Taytay;  4  m.  ENE.  of  Pasig.     Pop.,  6,800. 

Teresa;  on  the  road  between  Morong  and  Antipolo,  7  m.  SSE.  of  that  point  and  9 
m.  E.  of  Pdsig.     Pop.,  4,250. 

DEPENDENT  ISLANDS. 

The  dependent  islands  of  this  province  which  lie  entirely  within  the  limits  of 
Laguna  de  Bay  and  S.  of  the  peninsula  of  Morong  are: 

sq.m. 

Pulo  In.Scam;  to  the  W.  of  the  strait  which  separates  Talim  I.  from  the  mainland 1 

PnloMalagi;  E.  of  the  S.  point  of  Talim  I i 

Talim;  S.  of  and  almost  Cf)nnected  with  the  peninsula  of  Morong;  it  is  situated  about  the  mid- 
dle of  Laguna  de  Bay  and  is  10  m.  from  N.  to  S.  and  4  m.  from  E.  to  W.;  a  mountain  range 
runs  from  N.  to  S.  from  which  was  obtained  the  stones  used  in  the  new  works  at  the  port  of 
Manila.  The  few  inhabitants  occupy  the  villages  of  Aanosa,  Banta,  Malacaban,  Quinagatang, 
Subay ,  and  Tabong 20 

Dependent  islands,  3 21| 

VEGETABLE  PRODUCTS. 

In  that  portion  of  the  province  formerly  known  as  Manila  province,  the  betel,  a 
plant  whose  aromatic  leaf  forms  the  principal  part  of  the  buyo,  is  grown  extensively. 
The  inhabitants  of  the  town  of  Piisay  and  vicinity  are  engaged  entirely  in  this  branch 
of  agriculture.  The  general  products  of  the  province  are  rice,  sugar  cane,  corn,  and 
tobacco. 

MINERALS. 

A  fine  variety  of  building  stone  is  quarried  on  the  island  of  Talim.  Its  mountains 
contain  jasperated  marbles  and  gold. 

FORESTS. 

In  the  mountains  are  extensive  forests  of  bamboo,  molaue  (molave),  narra,  acle, 
banaba,  baticulin,  dorigon,  calamansdnay,  tfndalo,  and  rattan. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  783 

FRUITS. 

The  boundary  abounds  in  bananas,  niangas,  oranges,  lemons,  etc. 

INDUSTRIES. 

The  chief  industries  are  the  manufacture  of  lime,  rush  mats,  clothing  for  the 
natives,  woodcutting,  fishing,  sugar  making,  and  quarrying. 

UNITED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 

The  earliest  operations  of  the  forces  of  the  United  States  after  the  occupation  of 
Manila  were  in  this  province  under  its  former  names. 
On  February  15,  1902,  Rizal  was  garrisoned  by  United  States  troops  as  follows: 

Antipolo.*  Mariquina."  San  Felipe  Nery.'' 

Binarigonan. "  Montalban."  San  Mateo." 

Caloocan.'"'  Pdsig.*  Tanay.* 


Malabon. 


CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 


The  province  of  Rizal  was  created  under  the  "provincial  organization  act"  of 
February  6,  1901,  by  enactment  of  the  P.  C.  June  11,  1901,  to  embrace  all  "that 
territory  in  the  island  of  Luzon,  excepting  the  city  of  Manila,  known  aa  the  '^^ovince 
of  '  Manila,  and  the  politico-military  district  of  Morong.'  " 

PROVINCIAL  OFFICERS. 

[Salaries  and  expenses  in  United  States  money. 

Governor $1,800 

Secretary 1,  200 

Treasurer 2, 200 

Supervisor 1, 800 

Fiscal 1,200 

Allowance  for  necessary  and  actual  traveling  expenses  not  exceeding  $2.50  per  day 
while  absent  from  the  capital  of  this  province  on  official  business.  The  presidentes 
or  alcaldes  of  the  municipalities  of  the  province  to  meet  on  the  third  Monday  in 
January,  April,  July,  and  October  to  consider  improvements  needed  in  the  province 
and  for  other  purposes  prescribed  by  law.  Provisions  are  made  for  an  equitable 
expenditure  of  funds  for  improvement. 

An  examination  is  authorized  as  to  the  causes  for  the  flooding  of  the  towns  of  the 
province  situated  on  the  Laguna  de  Bay  and  the  rivers  flowing  into  the  same  and  for 
the  purpose  of  determining  a  method  of  preventing  a  recurrence  of  the  flooding  and 
the  consequent  injuries  therefrom.  Report  to  be  made  to  the  provincial  board,  to  be 
transmitted  to  the  chief  executive  to  the  commission  for  enabling  legislation  if 
necessary. 

CONDITIONS. 

"Rizal  province  is  composed  of  the  19  towns  formerly  a  part  of  the  province  of 
Manila  and  the  14  towns  belonging  to  the  district  of  Morong.  Provincial  government 
established  on  June  20,  1901.  Municipalities  were  organized  from  June  to  Septem- 
ber. In  almost  all  the  towns  the  justice  courts  are  already  in  operation.  The  court 
of  first  instance  has  been  established  since  July  11, 1901.  Peace  in  Rizal  is  complete. 
All  inhabitants  are  in  favor  of  civil  government  and  devoted  to  American  sovereignty. 
Highwaymen  who  formerly  operated  in  various  places  in  Morong  have  been  driven 
out.  The  census  is  almost  completed,  and,  from  present  information,  the  number  of 
persons  estimated  at  140,000.  Municipal  autonomy  is  executed  with  sufficient  force." 
(Ofiicial  report  of  the  provincial  governor  of  Rizal,  December,  1901.) 

*  Telephone.  ''  Telegraph.  ''  Railroad. 


784 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


ROBINS,  for.;  point  on  W.  shore  of  Ulugan  Bay, 

W.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan,  and  S.  head 

to  N.  inlet. 
KOCK,  for.;  bluff  3J  m.  NE.  from  Cliff  Pt.,  Sepan- 

gow  Bay,  SW.  coast  of  S.  Palawan.    Shore  to 

S.  is  lined  with  casuarina  trees. 
ROOKY,  for.;  islet  on  point  NW.  of  Cahayajan  I., 

N.  coast  of  "  ■ 


ROCKY,  for.,  or  SAN  ANTONIO  (sahn  ahn-toh'- 
nyoh),  Sp.;  bay  backed  by  Panalingahan 
hills,  has  its  S.  limit  about  5^  m.  NNE.  of 
Church  Pt.,  SE.  coast  of  S.  Palawan.    3  small 


ROCKY,  for.,  or  SAN  ANTONIO— Continued. 

rivers  discharge  on  W.  shore;  on  N.  is  small 
settlement.  Gull  and  Egg  sandbanks  lie  in 
entrance  to  bay. 

KOJA  (roh'-hah),  Sp.;   point  on  NW.  shore  of 
Sorsogon  port,  Sorsogon,  Luz6n. 

point  on  W.  coast  Zambales,  Luz6n,  be- 
tween Ma.sinloc  and  Matalvi  ports. 

KOMA  (roh'-mah),  Sp.;    point  on  NE.   coast  of 
Tayabas,  Luz6n,  lat.  14°  V  N. 

ROMANO  (roh-mah'-noh),  Sp.;  bay  on  E.  coast  of 
Paua6n  I.,  off  SE.  coast  of  Leyte. 


ROMBLON,  PROVINCE    OF,  VISAYAS. 

(Rohm-blohn',  ver.) 

Capital:  Romblon,  lat.  12°  35^  N.,  Ion.  122°  17'  E. 
Area:  515  sq.  m. 

Population:  55,339,  not  including  scattered  500  estimated,  and  wild  Negritos  and 
Manguianes  500  estimated. 
Race:  Visayan. 

Lang'uag'e;  Visayan,  and  dialect  of  wild  races. 
Military  Department  of  Visayas:  Headquarters,  Iloilo,  Iloi'lo,  Panay. 

Table  of  distances. 
From  Romblon  to—  "  m. 

Banton ^ 28 

Concepcion 42 

Corcuera 22 

Looc 30 

Magallanes 17 

Manila 167 

Manila,  via  Verde  Passage 219 

LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

The  province  of  Romblon,  which  comprises  the  group  of  islands  under  that  organic 
title,  occupies  a  central  geographical  position  with  respect  to  the  archipelago  in  gen- 
eral, and  is  the  most  N.  of  the  Visayan  group,  embracing  an  area  of  land  and  water 
between  the  parallels  of  12°  V  and  13°  V  N.,  and  meridians  121°  40'  and- 122° 
42'  E.  It  is  situated  on  the  usual  line  of  commercial  intercourse  between  the  United 
States  and  Manila.  It  is  also  the  dividing  point  on  the  regular  line  of  vessels  between 
Manila  and  the  capitals  and  ports  of  the  Visayan  and  Mindanao  provinces  in  the  SE., 
and  the  Sulu  and  Palawan  provinces  in  the  S.  and  SW.  During  the  SW.  monsoon 
the  E.  route  to  Iloilo  is  generally  taken  by  following  the  Verde  I.  passage  as  far  as  Pt. 
Dumali,  extreme  E.  coast  <>f  ]\lindoro,  then  E.  of  Maestre  de  Campo,  S.  of  Simara, 
between  Tablas  and  Romblon;  thence  2J  m.  S.  of  Jintotolo  I.,  and  from  there  down 
the  E.  coast  of  Panay  to  Iloilo. 

SEA  CHANNELS. 

The  channel  between  Tablas  and  Simara  is  8  m.  wide,  and  between  the  NE.  point 
of  Tablas  and  the  islands  Cobrador  and  Romblon  4  m.  wide.  Both  are  free  from 
danger.  The  flood  stream  sets  to  the  E.  between  Tablas  and  Simara,  and  to  the  S. 
between  Tablas  and  Roml)16n.  The  N.  coast  of  Tablas  is  clear  and  abrupt;  the  track 
passes  nearly  2  m.  outside  the  islets  off  the  N.  point.  The  .sea  l)etween  Romblon, 
Sibuyan,  and  Asid,  adjacent  islands,  and  Panay  is  called  by  the  seafaring  men  of  the 
archipelago  the  Tablazo  de  Capiz. 


BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

The  most  N.  group,  the  islands  of  Maestre  de  Campo,  Banton,  Bantoncillo,  and 
Simara,  form,  with  the  coasts  of  Mindoro  on  the  W.,  Marinduque  on  the  N.,  and 
Tablas  on  the  S.,  very  deep  and  clear  channels.  These  are  well  known  and  much 
frequented  by  Philippine  boats,  which  pass  through  the  strait  of  Isla  Verde  on  their 
way  from  Manila  to  Iloilo,  Negros,  Cebii,  and  the  S.  part  of  the  archipelago.  The 
islands  are  also  indented  with  many  well-sheltered  inlets  and  bays. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    THlLirPINE    ISLANDS.  785 

POPULATION   AND   TOWNS. 


Name. 

Dependent 
islands. 

Aggregate 
area. 

Population. 

Chief  town. 

Bantou                                                 

1 

12 
19 
1 
3 
54 
90 
6 
330 

4,063 
Uninhabited. 

do 

»100 
7,263 
18,000 
2,061 
23, 819 

Bant6n 

.Maestre  dc  Campo                     

Concepcion 

4 

1 

Magallanes. 
Corcuera. 

Simara                             

Tablas 

iv 

Looc. 

Total 

23 

515 

55,339 

»  Estimated. 

Total  number  of  main  and  dependent  islands 32 

Total  area  of  main  and  dependent  islands sq.  m. .        515 

Total  area  of  province,  land  and  water do 5,004 

Total  population 55, 339 

Of  the  population,  the  greatest  part  are  Visayans.  In  Tablas  i.s  a  small  remnant  of 
tlie  Negrito  race,  the  generally  conceded  first  inhabitants  of  the  P.  I.,  living  in  a 
state  of  nature  and  pagaiiis^ni.  On  the  same  island  and  on  Romblon  are  a  few  Man- 
guianes  in  the  same  condition. 

The  following  was  the  division  of  Romblon  into  puel)los  and  their  resjiective  popu- 
lation according  to  the  census  of  1887. 


Province  and  pueblos. 

Total  population,  combining 
residents   present  and  ab- 
sent, native  and  Spanish, 
census  1887. 

Men. 

Women. 

Total. 

Rombl6n: 

1,715 
1,472 
1,755 
1,538 

997 
2,931 

801 
3,369 
3,104 

1,719 
1,406 
1,683 
1,695 
993 
3, 032 

3,434 

Badaioz                                                                                   

2,878 

Banton 

3,438 

3,233 

Corcuera                                                               

1,990 

Looc 

5.  963 

772            1, 573 

3, 009            6, 378 

Romblon                                                                                

2, 912            6, 016 

Total 

17,682 

17,221 

34,903 

DESCRIPTION  OF  CHIEF  CONSTITUENT  ISLANDS. 

BANTdN. 

The  most  N.  island  of  Romblon  Province,  26i  m.  NW.  by  N.  of  Romblon,  lies  in 
the  channel  between  that  island  and  Marinduque  on  the  N.  and  on  the  United  States 
and  Manila  steamer  route  between  Verde  Passage  and  San  Bernardino  Strait.  It  is 
3|  m.  N.  and  S.  and  5  m.  E.  and  W.;  area  11  sq.  m. 

Physical  features.— It  has  a  central  summit  1,918  ft.  high,  which  forme  an  impor- 
tant landmark  for  navigators.  The  surface  is  steep  and  rugged  on  all  sides  except 
the  SE. 

Bays  and  harbors. — It  has  several  shallow  bays  on  the  E.,  NE.,  and  W.  coasts. 

Population  and  towns. — On  the  NE.  shore  is  Banton,  a  town  of  3,349  inhab- 
itants, near  which  is  an  anchorage  for  coasters  in  5  fms.,  with  a  hawser  to  the, shore 
to  prevent  swinging.  On  the  AV.  coast  is  a  good  anchorage,  in  the  NE.  monsoon,  in 
7  fms.  sand,  between  the  NW.  point  of  the  island  and  an  islet  S.  of  it. 

Dependent  islands.— Bantoncillo,  an  islet  256  ft.  high,  1  sq.  m.,  lies  4  m.  SW.  Off 
.  its  S.  end  ^  m.  is  Pinnacle  rock.     There  are  45  to  73  fms.  almost  touching  the  island. 

Vegetable  products. — The  soil  is  somewhat  sterile.  A  poor  quality  of  tobacco  is 
raised. 

Minerals. — The  island  is  known  for  deposits  of  gypsum  of  an  excellent  quality,  the 
mining  of  which  is  an  important  industry.  There  is  also  a  mine  of  almageror  ocher, 
but  of  poor  quality. 


S.  Doc.  280- 


-50 


786  GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

CARABAO. 

The  most  S.  of  the  islands  of  Romblon  Province,  40^  m.  SSW.;  hes  in  mid-channel 
off  the  strait  between  Tablas,  the  largest  island  of  the  province,  and  the  extreme 
NW.  point  of  Panay,  5  m.  SAV.  of  the  former.  Its  greatest  length  is  5^  m.  N.  and  S. 
and  3|  m.  E.  and  W.  Area,  19  sq.  ni.  Its  chief  physical  characteristic  is  a  central 
cone  720  ft.  high,  the  sides  of  which  slope  quite  regularly  to  the  sea.  Its  shores  ar  ■ 
clear  and  abrupt.  The  waters  of  the  surrounding  strait  have  depths  from  23  to  lU-'> 
fms.  On  the  E.  side  is  a  sand  beach  where  vessels  can  anchor  in  5  fms.  The  chan- 
nel between  it  and  Boracay  nearer  Panay  is  clear,  with  heavy  tide  streams.  Tlie 
island  is  covered  with  trees'and  without  population,  there  being  no  permanent  water 
supply. 

DOS  HERMANAS. 

Two  flat  islets  of  rock  138  ft.  liigh,  1  sq.  m.  in  area,  situated  lOj  m.  NW.  of  Ban- 
ton  and  34  m.  in  the  same  direction  from  Romblon.  The  rocks  are  separated  by  a 
deep  channel  2  m.  wide.     The  W.  is  called  Carlota. 

MAESTRE  DE  CAMPO. 

The  w^esternmost  of  the  islands  of  Romblon  Province,  occupies  a  position  about 
the  middle  of  the  steamer  channel  between  this  province  and  the  E.  coast  of  Min- 
doro,  43  m.  NW.  of  Roml)16n  and  13  m.  SE.  of  the  lofty  promontory  formed  by  Mt. 
Duniali  in  Mindoro,  the  exact  center  of  the  boundaries  of  the  P.  A.  It  is  circular 
in  shai^e,  about  3  sq.  m.,  high  and  mountainous,  with  very  abrupt  shores.  The 
summit  of  Maestre  de  Campo,  700  ft.  high,  when  seen  from  the  E.  appears  like  a  ridge 
with  3  distinct  hills.  On  tlie  SI',  coast  are  anchorages  for  small  craft.  On  the  SW., 
in  front  of  the  town  of  Concepcion,  is  a  sheltered  anchorage,  except  from  the  SW., 
with  8  to  10  fms.     The  village  of  Sibali  stands  on  a  small  bay  to  the  E. 

rombl6n. 

Although  the  third  in  size,  owing  to  its  geographical  location,  line  harbor,  and  min- 
eral wealth  the  island  of  Romblon  gives  its  name  to  the  province  and  is  the  seat  of 
government. 

Location  and  boundaries. — The  island  is  situated  between  Sibuyan,  8  m.  on  the 
SE.,  and  Ta})las,  the  s^ame  distance  on  the  W.  It  is  on  the  main  route  of  steamers 
passmg  between  San  Bernardino  Strait  and  Verde  Passage. 

Area. — Roni])16n  is  10  m.  N.  and  S.  and  6  m.  E.  and  W.     Area,  50  sq.  m. 

Physical  features. — The  surface  is  elevated,  2  peaks  rising  conspicuously  out 

I  of  the  hilly  and  forest-covered  surface.    A  single  central  range  traverses  the  island  of 

Romblon  from  N.  to  S.,  from  Tongo  Pt.  to  Apunan  Pt.     From  this  range  various  spurs 

iare  thrown  off  to  the  right  and  left,  the  most  important  being  that  which  terminates 

\at  Sablayan  Pt.     The  principal  peaks  are  Romblon,  Santiago,  and  Tagaytay. 

Bays  and  harbors. — The  passages  formed  by  Alad  and  Lugbung  with  Romblon 
are  of  great  depth.  Romblon,  the  main  bay  of  the  group  and  one  of  the  best  in  the 
Visayas,  lies  between  Pts.  Sabang  (light)  and  Ro,sas  (beacon)  and  is  divided  into 
2  parts  by  Agbatan  Pt.  Tiie  entrance  is  but  500  yds.  wide,  but  is  deep  between 
the  reefs  and  is  sheltered  by  the  island  of  Lugbung,  and  has  5  to  15  fms.  near  the 
sides.  The  entrance  is  well  lighted.  The  coast  runs  S.  3  m.  from  Buiigud  islet,  off 
the  SW.  point  of  Romblon,  forming  3  bays,  the  S.  one  affording  good  anchorage. 
There  are  other  small  bays  to  the  S.  From  the  SW.  point  of  the  island,  round  the 
S.  to  the  E.,  the  shore  is  dear  and  very  steep,  wdth  a  depth  of  50  and  90  fms.  at  a 
short  distance.  The  E.  and  NE.  shores  are  clear,  and  like  the  whole  coast  of  this 
island,  can  })e  approached  to  i  m. 

liight-house.— Light  on  Sabang  Pt.,  N.  entrance  of  Romblon  I.,  lat.  12°  36'  N.. 
Ion.  122°  17'  8''  E.,  is  one  of  8  which  mark  steamer  route  between  San  Bernardino 
Strait  and  ^Manila  by  Verde  Passage.  The  light,  which  is  1  flash  white  and  red 
alternating  every  15'seconds,  group  of  3  flashes  followed  by  1  red,  is  112  ft.  above 
sea  level,  on  tower  58  ft.  high,  and  is  visible  17  m.  Structure  is  cylindrical,  iron, 
white  and  gray.  In  this  group,  owing  to  importance  of  location  as  guiding  point 
to  steamers,  are  beacons,  1  flash  each,  off  Sdbang;  off  Agbatan,  lat.  12°  35'  E.,  Ion. 
122°  17'  E. ;  off  Binagon  and  Rosas  Pts. 

Roads  and  communications. — There  are  no  established  roads  on  island,  only 
means  of  communication  between  cultivated  grounds  of  interior  and  capital  being  by 
trails. 

Towns. — Romblon,  only  town  of  any  consequence  on  island,  is  capital,  port  of 
entry,  and  has  United  States  garrison.     It  is  on  upper  part  of  W.  coast  of  Romblon 


PHILIPPINE  ISLAXD 

KOMBLON  ISlJLfi 

PORT  ROMl 


"• 

i 

\ 

A.; 

•" 

-^ 

•a 

" 

-- 

S  Doc  aSe   57    1 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  787 

I.;  stands  near  1)each  at  bottom  of  port  of  that  name,  at  foot  of  high  mountain.  It 
has  large  trade  in  cocoanut  oil;  it  has  defenses  originally  designed  against  pirates. 
Cattle  are  plentiful.     Pop.,  6,764. 

Dependent  islands. — Alad,  about  1  m.  from  the  NW.  coast  of  Romblon,  2  m. 
E.  and  W.  and  li  ni.  N.  and  S.     Area,  2  sq.  m.     It  is  broad,  clear,  and  abrupt. 

Bangud;  an  islet  off  the  SW.  point  of  Fort  Romblon. 

Cobrador;  5  m.  to  the  NNW.  of  Romblon,  clear  and  abrupt,  except  on  the  SW. 
Area,  1^  sq.  m. 

Lugbung;  2  m.  from  NE.  to  SW.,  narrow  in  the  middle,  but  wide  at  each  end,  with 
2  hills.     It  fronts  Romblon  Bay. 

Vegetable  products. — The  chief  occupation  of  the  people  is  the  raising  of  cattle, 
which  are  plentiful  and  exported.  A  small  quantity  of  tobacco  of  an  inferior  quality 
is  raised. 

Minerals. — The  island  is  very  rich  in  quartz,  marble,  and  slate.  The  marble  of 
Romblon  is  famous  in  the  East,  and  extensive  quarries  are  being  worked  for  the 
Manila  and  other  markets. 

Forests. — Among  the  forest  products  is  gum  mastic,  which  is  found  in  sufficient 
quantities  to  constitute  an  article  of  export.     Copra  is  also  exported. 

sibuyAn. 

The  second  largest  and  most  E.  of  the  islands  of  Romblon  Province. 

Location  and  boundaries. — Situated  7  m.  SE.  of  Romblon,  35  m.  W.  of  Masbate, 
45  m.  S.  of  Tayabas,  Luzon,  and  the  same  distance  from  about  the  center  of  the  N. 
coast  of  Panay. 

Area. — It  is  17  m.  from  NW.  to  SE.  and  10  m.  Irom  NFl  to  SW.     Area,  90  sq.  m. 

Physical  features. — The  surface  is  extremely  mountainous,  there  being  8  dis- 
tinct peaks.  Almost  out  of  the  center  of  these  rises  Mt.  Sibuyan  or  Guitinguitin, 
which  reaches  an  elevation  of  6,424  ft.,  and  is  visible  75  m.  at  sea  in  clear  weather. 
Mts.  Nailog  or  Silla,  Hendida,  and  Cerio  de  (Juitacor  are  in  the  NW.  and  Mts.  Conico 
and  South  East  in  the  S.  There  are  3  i)rin(ipal  rivers.  The  Mabalog  or  Espafia 
rises  on  the  highest  peak  of  the  island  of  the  AV.  side,  and  falls  in  beautiful  cascades 
into  an  extensive  valley,  which,  with  several  smaller  streams,  it  waters,  finally 
discharging  on  an  extensive  sandy  beach  a  short  distance  E.  of  Pt.  Mabalog, 
from  which  it  takes  its  name.  This  river  has  a  depth  of  12  ft.  inside  at  low  water, 
and  9  ft.  on  the  bar,  which  must  be  crossed  at  high  water.  The  Cambulayan  has  its 
source  on  the  W.  side  of  Sibuyiin,  winds  its  way  around  several  mountains,  and, 
increasing  its  volume  from  several  small  rivers,  empties  on  the  E.  side  of  the  island, 
a  short  distance  S.  of  Pt.  Cambulayan.  There  is  3  ft.  depth  on  the  bar  and  deeper 
water  inside.  The  Nailog  has  its  source  on  one  of  the  highest  peaks  of  the  NW. 
Receiving  the  waters  of  several  small  rivers,  it  flows  through  the  most  extensive 
valley  of  the  island,  and  empties  on  the  N.  side  over  a  sandy  beach,  about  the  center 
of  a  bay  situated  between  Balaring  and  Pagdulog  Pts.  There  are,  besides,  many 
smaller  rivers  and  creeks,  all  containing  as  fine  drinking  water  as  is  found  in  the 
archipelago. 

Bays  and  harbors. — The  N.  coast  is  unsafe,  the  NE.  part  being  fringed  by  reefs 
of  sand  and  rocks  at  a  distance  of  nearly  2  m.  From  the  E.  point  around  to  the  S. 
and  on  the  S.  the  shores  are  clear  and  present  good  anchorages.  The  coast  at  the 
mouth  of  the  Mabalog  sounds  4  to  6 J  fms.  from  700  to  1,400  ft.  from  the  shore,  and 
falls  quickly  to  50  and  60  fms.  at  2  m. 

Cajidiocan;  excellent  anchorage  for  vessels  of  all  sizes  during  both  monsoons. 

Magallanes;  small  bay  on  the  coast  and  receives  the  Nailog  Riv. 

Population  and  towns. — The  population  of  Sibuyan  is  divided  into  coast  and 
mountain  races.  The  former  are  Visayan  and  speak  that  language.  The  latter  are 
known  as  Manguianes  and  have  their  own  language.  The  inhabitants  along  the 
oast,  except  in  the  towns,  are  not  thrifty  as  regards  industry  or  habits  of  life.  The 
Manguianes,  a  semiwild  race  of  the  mountains  of  the  interior,  are  docile  in  their 
intercourse  with  persons  from  the  coast.  They  are  indolent  and  filthy,  go  naked, 
and  suffer  from  skin  diseases.  Some  of  these  triV)es  have  not  been  brought  under 
the  influence  of  organized  tribal  nor  of  municipal  government.  The  number  of 
these  people  is  not  known,  but  is  estimated  at  500.  All  the  towns,  villages,  and 
3ultivation  are  on  the  S.  side  of  the  island. 

Azagra;  small  peninsula  at  the  extreme  S.     Pop.,  3,980. 

Cajidiocan;  on  the  E.  coast,  situated  in  a  picturesque  valley  between  forest-covered 
hills.  The  people  are  largely  engaged  in  agriculture.  Cattle  are  abundant.  Pop., 
5,636. 

Kduit;  on  a  tongue  of  sand  at  the  extreme  S.  point  of  the  island  and  has  the  remains 
i^  a  fort.     Pop.,  500. 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  787 

I.;  stands  near  beach  at  bottom  of  port  of  that  name,  at  foot  of  high  mountain.  It 
has  large  trade  in  cocoanut  oil;  it  has  <lefenses  originally  designed  against  pirates. 
Cattle  are  plentiful.     Pop.,  6,764. 

Dependent  islands. — Alad,  about  1  m.  from  the  NW.  coast  of  Romblon,  2  m. 
E.  and  W.  and  li  m.  N.  and  S.     Area,  2  sq.  m.     It  is  broad,  clear,  and  abrupt. 

Bangud;  an  islet  off  the  SW.  point  of  Fort  Romblon. 

Cobrador;  5  m.  to  the  NNW.  of  Romblon,  clear  and  abrupt,  except  on  the  SW. 
Area,  1^  sq.  m. 

Lugbung;  2  m.  from  NE.  to  SW.,  narrow  in  the  middle,  but  wide  at  each  end,  with 
2  hills.     It  fronts  Romblon  Bay. 

Vegetable  products. — The  chief  occupation  of  the  people  is  the  raising  of  cattle, 
which  are  plentiful  and  exported.  A  small  quantity  of  tobacco  of  an  inferior  quality 
is  raised. 

Minerals. — The  island  is  very  rich  in  quartz,  marble,  and  slate.  The  marble  of 
Romblon  is  famous  in  the  East,  and  extensive  quarries  are  being  worked  for  the 
Manila  and  other  markets. 

Forests. — Among  the  forest  products  is  gum  mastic,  which  is  found  in  sufficient 
quantities  to  constitute  an  article  of  export.     Copra  is  also  exported. 

sibxttAn. 

The  second  largest  and  most  E.  of  the  islands  of  Romblon  Province. 

liOcation  and  boundaries. — Situated  7  m.  SE.  of  Romblon,  35  m.  W.  of  Masbate, 
45  m.  S.  of  Tayabas,  Luzon,  and  the  same  distance  from  about  the  center  of  the  N. 
coast  of  Panay. 

Area. — It  is  17  m.  from  NW.  to  SE.  and  10  m.  from  NE.  to  SW.     Area,  90  sq.  m. 

Physical  features. — The  surface  is  extremely  mountainous,  there  being  8  dis- 
tinct peaks.  Almost  out  of  the  center  of  these  rises  Mt.  Sibuyan  or  Guitinguitin, 
which  reaches  an  elevation  of  6,424  ft.,  and  is  visible  75  m.  at  sea  in  clear  weather. 
Mts.  Nailog  or  Silla,  Hendida,  and  Cerro  de  Guitacor  are  in  tlie  N W.  and  Mts.  Conico 
and  South  East  in  the  S.  There  are  3  principal  rivers.  The  Mabalog  or  Espana 
rises  on  the  highest  peak  of  the  island  of  the  AV.  side,  and  falls  in  beautiful  cascades 
into  an  extensive  valley,  which,  with  several  smaller  streams,  it  waters,  finally 
discharging  on  an  extensive  sandy  beach  a  short  distance  E.  of  Pt.  Mabalog, 
from  which  it  takes  its  name.  This  river  has  a  depth  of  12  ft.  inside  at  low  water, 
and  9  ft.  on  the  bar,  which  must  be  crossed  at  high  water.  The  Cambulayan  has  its 
source  on  the  W.  side  of  Sibuyiln,  winds  its  way  around  several  mountains,  and, 
increasing  its  volume  from  several  small  rivers,  empties  on  the  E.  side  of  the  island, 
a  short  distance  S.  of  Pt.  Cambulayan.  There  is  3  ft.  depth  on  the  bar  and  deeper 
water  inside.  The  Nailog  has  its  source  on  one  of  the  highest  peaks  of  the  NW. 
Receiving  the  waters  of  several  small  rivers,  it  flows  through  the  most  extensive 
valley  of  the  island,  and  empties  on  the  N.  side  over  a  sandy  beach,  about  the  center 
of  a  bay  situated  between  Balaring  and  Pagdulog  Pts.  There  are,  besides,  many 
smaller  rivers  and  creeks,  all  containing  as  fine  drinking  water  as  is  found  in  the 
archipelago. 

Bays  and  harbors. — The  N.  coast  is  unsafe,  the  NE.  part  being  fringed  by  reefs 
of  sand  and  rocks  at  a  distance  of  nearly  2  m.  From  the  E.  point  around  to  the  S. 
and  on  the  S.  the  shores  are  clear  and  present  good  anchorages.  The  coast  at  the 
mouth  of  the  Mabalog  sounds  4  to  6^  fms.  from  700  to  1,400  ft.  from  the  shore,  and 
falls  quickly  to  50  and  60  fms.  at  2  m. 

Cajidiocan;  excellent  anchorage  for  vessels  of  all  sizes  during  both  monsoons. 

Magallanes;  small  bay  on  the  coast  and  receives  the  Nailog  Riv. 

Population  and  towns. — The  population  of  Sibuyiln  is  divided  into  coast  and 
mountain  races.  The  former  are  Visayan  and  speak  that  language.  The  latter  are 
known  as  Manguianes  and  have  their  own  language.  The  inhabitants  along  the 
coast,  except  in  the  towns,  are  not  thrifty  as  regards  industry  or  habits  of  life.  The 
Manguianes,  a  semiwild  race  of  the  mountains  of  the  interior,  are  docile  in  their 
intercourse  with  persons  from  the  coast.  They  are  indolent  and  filthy,  go  naked, 
and  suffer  from  skin  diseases.  Some  of  these  tribes  have  not  been  brought  under 
the  influence  of  organized  tribal  nor  of  municipal  government.  The  number  of 
these  people  is  not  known,  but  is  estimated  at  500.  All  the  towns,  villages,  and 
■  cultivation  are  on  the  S.  side  of  the  island. 

Azagra;  small  peninsula  at  the  extreme  S.     Pop.,  3,980. 

Cajidiocan;  on  the  E.  coast,  situated  in  a  picturesque  valley  between  forest-covered 
hills.  The  people  are  largely  engaged  in  agriculture.  Cattle  are  abundant.  Pop., 
3,636. 

Kduit;  on  a  tongue  of  sand  at  the  extreme  S.  point  of  the  island  and  has  the  remains 
IPofafort.     Pop.,  500. 


788  GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

Magallanes;  on  the  NW.  coast,  on  the  hay  of  that  name,  on  the  L  Ijank  of  the 
mouth  of  the  Nai'log  Riv.     Pop.,  1,055.     There  are  also  several  villages  on  the  coast. 

Dependent  islands. — The  coasts  of  Sibuyan  are  pai'ticularly  free  from  outlying 
islands,  the  only  one  being  Cresta  de  Gallo,  or  Cocks  Coml),  an  islet  low  and  cov- 
ered with  trees,  7^  m.  SE.  of  Pt.  Kiiuit,  the  extreme  end  of  the  mainland.  It  sliows 
several  peaks  along  its  length  of  3^  m.,  hence  its  name.  It  is  also  one  of  the  land- 
marks of  the  channel  between  Sibuyjin  and  Masbate. 

Vegetable  products. — The  soil  is  extremely  fertile  and  the  beautiful  lowlands 
offer  every  opportunity  for  successful  production  of  rice,  corn,  sugar  cane,  etc. 

Minerals. — Gold  isfound  in  the  sands  of  the  Naflog  Riv.  A  number  of  the  inhab- 
itants are  engaged  in  placer  mining  for  that  metal. 

Forests. — There  are  vast  forests  of  valuable  woods,  l>ut  no  effort  is  made  to  utilize 
them  for  building  or  commerce. 

Fruits. — The  cultivated  ;tnd  wild  fruits  so  abundant  in  quantity  and  variety  in  the 
Visayas  are  also  foimd  on  this  island. 

Industries. — The  inliabitauts  of  Sibuyan  live  in  misery  and  plant  nothing  except 
what  is  absolutely  necessary  tn  existence.  A  few  engage  in  the  collection  of  beche 
de  mer  (trepang)  and  tortoise  sliell  in  the  surrounding  waters.  A  small  quantity 
of  tobacco  of  an  inferior  quality  for  home  consumption  is  raised  by  the  most  primi- 
tive methods. 


This  island,  870  ft.  high  and  flat-topped,  occupies  a  position  approximately  in  the 
middle  of  the  channel  between  Banton  and  the  N.  point  of  Tablas,  22  m.  NW.  of 
Romblon.  It  is  highly  cultivated.  On  the  S.  shore  is  the  only  town,  Corcuera, 
which  has  a  church  and  fort,  and  a  population  of  1,995.  The  water  around  the 
island  is  deep,  having  40  fms.  +  m.  from  the  N.  end,  but  no  anchorages.  The  island 
is  5^  m.  NE.  to  SW.,  and  2  m.  NW.  to  SE.     Area,  6  sq.  m. 


The  largest  and  W.  island  of  Romblon  Province,  consisting  of  a  long  narrow  strip 
of  land  on  the  AV.  side  of  Mindoro  Sea,  8  m.  W.  of  Romblon,  31  m.  E.  of  Mindoro, 
36  m.  S.  of  Marinduque,  and  15  m.  N.  of  Panay.  It  separates  the  Tablazo  channel 
which  flows  past  Mindoro  on  the  SE.  from  that  of  Capiz  on  the  N.  of  Panay. 

Area. — It  is  40  m.  N.  and  S.,  and  13  m.  E.  and  W.  Area,  320  sq.  m;  dependent 
islands,  10  sq.  m.;  total,  330  sq.  m. 

Physical  features.  — The  surface  is  mountainous.  In  the  extreme  NE.  rises  Cabeza 
de  Talilas,  2,405  ft.  high,  dominating  the  entire  island,  and  15  m.  to  the  SE.  lies  the 
Northeast  Mt.,  2,206  ft.  high.  On  the  S.  is  Mt.  Galaton,  a  summit  1,473  ft.  high.  In 
the  center  is  Palaopao  Peak.  There  are  no  rivers  of  note  on  the  island  except  for 
the  drainage  of  the  mountains  during  the  rainy  season. 

Bays  and  harbors. — In  general  the  coasts  are  clear  and  abrupt.  On  the  W.  coast 
are  anchorages  for  small  craft  in  the  NE.  monsoon.  The  channel  between  the  NE. 
point  of  Tablas  and  the  islands  of  Romblon  and  Cobrador,  is  3^  m.  wide  and  free 
from  danger.  It  is  the  passage  usually  taken  from  Verde  I.  passage  to  Jintotolo 
channel.  Loog  affords  the  only  shelter  on  the  W.  coast  during  the  SW.  monsoon. 
It  is  about  3 J  by  5  m.  in  area.  The  shores  are  abrupt,  with  11  to  20  fms.  The 
entrance  points  are  about  1  m.  apart;  vessels  of  all  sizes  can  anchor  before  the  town 
of  the  same  name,  which  stands  on  its  shores.  A  river  N.  of  the  town  furnishes 
excellent  water  for  vessels. 

Odiungiln;  on  the  W.  coast,  has  shelter  from  the  NAV.  monsoon. 

Tambolotan;  a  wide  bay  S.  of  Cabeza  Mt.,  on  the  NE.  point  of  Tablas.  Vessels  of 
all  drafts  can  find  shelter  in  the  SAV.  monsoon,  but  very  deep  water.  The  port  of 
Rouiblon  bears  E.  by  S.  18  m. 

Roads  and  communications.— AA'ith  the  exception  of  trails,  the  means  of  land 
transportation  are  limited.  Trade  between  the  towns,  all  of  which  are  situated  on 
the  coast,  is  by  native  craft. 

Population  and  to-wms. — The  island,  for  its  size,  has  some  fine  towns. 

Andagao;  lies  on  the  NAV.  coast.  . 

Badajoz;  on  the  E.  coast,  has  a  large  trade  with  Romblon.     Pop.,  3,234. 

Bantay;  at  the  head  of  a  small  bay  on  the  E.  coast. 

Catolog;  stands  at  the  head  of  a  small  bay  on  the  SW.  coast. 

Corcuera.     Pop.,  1,995. 

Looc,  or  Loog;  on  the  SW.  coast,  is  on  the  shore  of  one  of  the  finest  harbors  in 
the  province.     Pop.,  4,500. 


GAZETTEEK    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


789 


Lanan;  north  of  Pt.  Calaton,  E.  coast.     Pop., . 

OdiuiTgiin;  on  the  baj'  of  that  name  on  the  E.  coast.     Pop.,  5,294. 

Salado,  or  Parpagoja;  on  the  W.  coast.     Pop.,  2,274. 

Tiiigarac;  at  the  head  of  a  bay  on  the  SW.  coast.     Pop., . 

Dependent  islands. — AUhough  there  are  16  islands,  chiefly  off  the  W.  coast  of 
Tablas,  with  a  total  area  <>f  al>out  10  sq.  m.,  but  1,  Cabahan,  ])et\veen  Pts.  Galaton 
and  Sur,  or  Cal)ah'an,  the  extreme  S.  end  of  Tablas,  is  associated  with  a  name. 

The  vegetable  yiroducts  are  wholly  used  in  home  consumption.  The  island  having 
been  but  little  explored,  nothing  is  known  of  its  mineral  resources.  The  entire 
island  is  covered  with  forests,  which,  however,  are  not  accessible  for  economic  pur- 
poses, owing  to  the  lack  of  means  of  reaching  the  coast.  The  industries  of  the  island 
are  almost  entirely  for  home  purposes. 

■DNITED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 

On  February  15,  1902,  Romblon  was  garrisoned  by  United  States  troops  as  follows: 

Romblon,  Romblon  I. 

CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 

Under  enactment  of  the  P.  C.  March  16,  1901,  the  provisions  of  the  act  of  Febru- 
ary 6,  1901,  for  the  organization  of  provincial  government  in  the  P.  I.,  were  extended 
to  "the  territory  embracing  the  islands  of  Romblon,  Tablas,  Sibuydn,  Banton, 
Maestre  de  Campo,  and  Simara,  heretofore  known  as  the  district  of  Romblon, 
together  with  the  island  of  Carabao." 

PROVINCIAL  OFFICERS. 

[Salaries  and  expenses  in  United  States  money.] 

Governor $1,  200 

Secretary 900 

Treasurer 1 ,  500 

Supervisor 1 ,  300 

Fiscal 1, 000 

And  expenses  not  exceeding  $2  per  day  as  prescribed. 

Presidentes  or  alcaldes  of  the  municipalities  to  meet,  organize,  and  transact  business 
as  provided  in  the  "provincial  government  act." 

The  offices  of  the  provincial  government  are  established  in  the  pueblo  of  Romblon. 
By  enactment  June  18,  1901,  the  provisions  of  the  enabling  act  of  Romblon  Province 
were  amended  to  provide  "semiannual"  instead  of  quarterly  meetings,  to  read: 
"Sec.  4.  The  presidentes  or  alcaldes  of  the  nmnicipalities  of  this  province  shall  meet 
on  the  third  Monday  in  April  and  October  to  consider  improvements  needed  in  the 
province,"  etc.  (as  thereunder  provided). 

CONDITIONS. 


"  I  can  inform  you  that  there  is  nothing  new  in  the  province,  which  enjoys  perfect 
tranquillity  and  is  going  ahead  on  the  road  of  progress  and  knowledge. "  (Official 
report  of  the  provincial  governor  of  Romblon,  December,  1901.) 

U()MBL()X  (rohm-blohn'),  ver.:  capital,  pueblo, 
and  p.  o.  of  province  comprising  group  of  is- 


lands of  that  name,  E.  point  SAbang  light,  N. 
of  harbor  of  same  name,  204  m.  from  Manila. 
Town  is  at  end  of  small  cove  in  SE.  of  bay. 
On  hillside  about  400  feet  NE.  of  Rombl6n 
landing  is  conspicuous  limestone  ledge  at  ele- 
vation of  about  150  ft.  Tablas  Mt.  is  inner 
landmark  of  approacli,  iiuitr  harbor  in  front 
of  town  is  completely  hmdldcked  in  any 
weather.  Harbor  Ijctween  t^abaiigand  Agba- 
tan  Pts.  is  protected  from  N.  storms.  Pop., 
6,764. 

KOMEKA  (roh-may'-rah),  Sp.:  hamlet  in  pueblo 
of  Cabagan,  Isabela,  Luzon. 

ROMIKOADO  (raw-mean-gah'-daw),  ver.;  moun- 
tain in  pueblo  of  Bangued,  Abra,  Luzon,  W. 
of  town. 


KONA  (roh'-nyah),  Sp.;  inlet  W.  of  Negra  Pt.  and 
in  channel  between  Cagaydn  and  Palaui  I., 
off  NE.  coast  CagayS,n,  Luz6n. 

islet  in  middle  of  NE.  waters  of  narrowing 

sea  channel  between  Palaui  I.  on  NW.  and 
mainland  of  Cagaydn,  Luz6n,  on  SE. 

RONDA  (rohn'-dah),  Sp.;  pueblo  on  W.  coast  of 
Cebu,  2i  m.  SW.  of  Dumangas,  37  m.  SW.  of 
Cebii.    Pop.,  4,:«4. 

KOqUETAS  (roh-kay'-tahs),  Sp.;  pueblo  on  Ddvao 
Gulf,  W.  shore  of  D&vao,  Mindanao,  7^  m. 
SSW.  of  D4vao. 

ROSA  (roh'-sah);  point  SW.  of  Negra  Pt.,  Ilocos 

Norte,  Luzon. 
hamlet  on  SW.  coast  of  Cotabato,  Mindanao, 

N.  of  Linao  Bay. 


790 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 


BOSA;  island  in  Green  Island  Bay  (.lohnson  I.  on 
English  charts),  E.  coast  of  Paragiui.  I'alawan. 

KOSAL  (roh-sahl'),  Sp.:  hamlet  in  \\.  V&piz, 
Panay,  4  m.  SVV.  of  Jamindao. 

UOSALES  (roh-sah'-less),  Sp.;  pueblo  of  Nueva 
Ecija,  Luz6n,  2i  m.  from  mouth  of  tributary 
of  Agno  Riv.,  ^8  m.  N.  of  San  Isidro.  Con- 
nected by  highways  with  Manila  and  coast 
road  N.  to  Ilocos.    Pop.,  11,519. 

mountain  in  Nueva  Ecija,  Luz6n. 

ROSAKIO  (roh-sah'-ryoh);  river  debouching  2J 
m.  from  point  of  same  name  in  Batangas, 
Luz6n. 

point  on  S.  coast  of  Batangas,  Luzon. 

pueblo  and  p.  o.  on  S.  coast  of  E.  Batan- 
gas, Luz6n,  at  mouth  of  river  of  same  name. 
Pop.,  12,435. 

hamlet  inland  from  NW.  coast  of  Port  Us6n 

on  S.  coast  Busuanga  I.,  Calamianes  grp., 
China  Sea,  between  Paragua,  Palawan,  and 
Mindoro. 

pueblo  in  Cavite,  Luz6n,  4^  m.  SW.  of  Ca- 

vite.  Pop.,  6,385.  More  generally  known 
also  as  Salinas. 

hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Aritao,  Nueva  Vizcaya, 

Luz6n. 

inland  hamlet  in  W.  foothills  of  range  in 

NE.  Misamis,  Mindanao,  6  m.  E.  by  S.  of 
Jasadn. 

hamlet  on  1.  bank  of  Grande  de  la  Pam- 

panga  Riv.,  in  Pampanga,  Luz6n,  9  m.  E.  of 
Bacolor. 

hamlet  on  main  road  in  Pampanga,  Luz6n, 

G^  m.  NE.  of  Bacolor. 

pueblo  of  Uni6n,  Luz6n,  connected  with 

coast  highway  by  road  9  m.  long,  and  situ- 
ated in  mountains  30m.  in  direct  line  SE.  of 
San  Fernando.     Pop.,  2,246. 

KOSAS  (roh'-sahs),  Sp.;  point  on  W.  head  at  en- 
trance to  Rombl6n  port,  Rombl6n,  Vi-sayas. 

BOSS,  for.,  or  TABOXAN  (tah-boh'-nahn),  "ver.; 
cape  N.  of  Wreck  Head,  N.  point  of  Inlulutoc 
Bay,  NW.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 


BOUND  TREE,  for.;  hamlet  on  SW.  shore  of  Siar- 
gao  I.,  on  W.  entrance  to  Dapa  Channel,  off 
NE.  coa.st  Surigao,  Mindanao. 

BOYALIST,  for.:  name  by  which  Puerto  Princesa, 
Palawan,  was  formerly  known. 

Bl'BIDO  (roo-bee'-doh),  Sp.;  bay  on  S.  shore  of 
Maestre  de  Campo  I.,  off  E.  coast  of  Mindoro. 

Kl'CJAtAY  (roo-gah-ky'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  pueblo 
of  Gumac4,  Tayabas,  Luz6n. 

Bl  (iUED  LIMESTONE  (JBOI  P,  for.;  remarkable 
collection  of  rugged  islands  of  limestone  for- 
mation extending  8  m.  NNW.  off  Bacuit  Bay, 
Paragua,  Palawan.  Sides  of  these  islands 
present  bare  perpendicular  cliffs  of  every 
variety  of  tint,  with  numerou.s  stalactitic 
caverns  in  which  edible  bird's  nest  is  sought. 
Summits  terminate  in  .small  clusters  of  needle 
peaks,  and  wherever  it  is  po.ssible  for  vegeta- 
tion to  take  root  they  are  luxuriantly  clothed 
with  foliage,  Pandanus  predominating. 
Bases  of  all  islands  are  worn  by  action  of  sea 
water,  undermining  them  at  places  to  height 
of  15  and  20  ft.  Impossible  to  land  upon 
them  except  at  few  places  where  break  has 
occurred.  Owing  to  their  peculiar  physical 
characteristics  and  inaccessibility,  these  is- 
lands are  favorite  resort  for  salangane  or  Col- 
lacalia  esculenta  (swift).  Hunters  from  main- 
land fit  out  expeditions  annually  for  islands. 
Precipitous  cliffs  and  caverns,  only  to  be 
reached  from  ocean,  make  this  pureuit  ex- 
tremely perilous.  Some  feats  in  scaling  these 
cliffs  as  reported  are  almost  beyond  belief. 

Bl'MBAN  (room-bahn'),  ver.;  point  on  SW.  coast 
of  Mindoro,  between  Busuanga  and  Lumiutan 
Pts.,  lat.  12°  23' 30"  N. 

BL'jVferS  (roong'-oos),  ver.;  point  in  Ambos  Ca" 
marines  (Sur),  Luz6n. 

BL'TALO  (roo-tah'-law),  ver.;  river  rising  in 
mountains  of  SW.  Albay,  Luzon,  takes  SW. 
course  entering  Cuipia  Riv.,  thence  following 
boundary  with  Sorsog6n  empties  into  sea  at 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


791 


SAAC  (sah-ack'),  nat.;  point  on  mainland,  E. 
coast  of  Cebu,  2^  m.  W.  of  Capitancillo  I. 
Low  range  of  hills  lies  3  m.  inland,  showing 
summit  1.122  ft.  above  sea  WSW.  of  Saac  Pt. 

islet  5  m.  N.  of  Talibon,  N.  coast  of  Bohol, 


SAAMONG  (sah-ah-mohng'),  nat.;  mountain  in 
NVV.  S4mar. 

SAXn  (sah-ahn'),  nat.;  point  on  S.  coast  of  Sulu 
I.,  Sulu  grp.,  Sulu  A.,  lat.  5°  60"  N. 

SAAVEDRA  fsah-ah-vay'-drah) ,  Sp.;  village  on 
E.  shore  of  Balut  I.,  S.  of  Lajan  Pt.,  Sarangani 
Is.,  S.  of  Mindanao.  Hot  spring  of  consider- 
able volume  lies  on  shore  S.  of  this  village. 

SABAOAJi  (sah-bah'-gahn),  ver.;  range  of  sec- 
ondary mountains  in  Benguet,  Luzon. 

SABXLAY  (sah-bah'-lie),  ver.;  bank  3  m.  long,  2 
m.  broad,  H  m.  NW.  of  Arenas  Pt.,  W.  coast 
of  Zambales,  Luz6n.  Between  these  points 
are  several  pinnacles  in  4  fms.  water. 

SABAL6>f  (sah-bah-lawn'),  ver.:  river  in  Panay, 
68  m.  in  length,  torrent  during  rainy  season. 

SABXn  (sah-bahn'),  nat.;  hamlet  in  Cavite,  Lu- 
z6n,  12  m.  S.  of  Cavite. 

hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Libong,  Albay,  Luz6n. 

hamlet  on  S.  coast  of  Marinduque  I.,  off 

SW.  coast  of  Tayabas,  Luz6n,  with  fine  coast 
to  Marlanga  Pt.  [q.  v.). 

point  in  Biliran  I.,  Visayan  grp. 

point  on  SW.  shore  of  Lubang  I.,  SE.  of 

Naguianco  Pt. 

SABA\A  (sah'-bah-nah),  Sp.;  hamlet  on  E.  shore 
of  Cebii,  1  m.  N.  of  Sibonga. 

SABANU  (sah-bahng'),  nat.;  point  on  NE.  end  of 
NW.  peninsula  of  Levte,  2^  m.  NW.  of 
Villal6n. 

point  S.  of  town  of  Buldn  and  river  of  that 

name,  SW.  coast  of  Sorsog6n,  Luz6n. 

point  in  Tayabas,  Luzon. 

town  in  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur) ,  Luz6n. 

hamlet  on  W.  coast  of  Leyte,  li  m.  N.  of 

Palomp6n. 

point,  lat.  12°  36'  N  ,  Ion.  122°  17'  3"  E.,  at 

N.  entrance  to  Rombl6n  Harbor,  Romblon 
I.,  Rombl6n  grp.,  Visayas;  has  light-house 
which  marks  latitude  and  longitude  of  port. 

river  entering  on  W.  shore  of  Albay  Gulf  at 

Legaspi,  Albay,  Luz6n;  provincial  capital,  Al- 
bay, lies  on  its  r.  bank  about  2  m.  above  its 
mouth. 

SABA^tiAN  (sah-bahng'-ahn),  nat.;  river  in  ex- 
treme NW.  Sdmar,  emptying  into  San  Ber- 
nardino Strait. 

town  in  Lepanto,  Luz6n. 

SABiN&AY  (sah-bahng'-i),Tag.;  hamlet  in  Bula- 
c;ln,  Luz6n,  22  m.  N.  of  Bulacdn. 

SABANY  (sah-bah'-nee),  ver.;  hamlet  in  moun- 
tains of  Siquijor  I.,  SW.  of  Bohol,  Visayas,  2 
m.  NW.  of  Lacy. 

SABASCijJ  (sah-bah-sohn'),  ver.;  point  on  E.  shore 
of  Basot  I.,  off  N.  coast  of  Ambos  Camarines 
(Sur),Luz6n. 

SABAT  (sah-bahf),  nat.;  hamlet  on  tributary  of 
Bac-hao  Bailgah6n  Riv.,  in  SW.  central 
SAmar,  2  m.  N.  of  Gdndara. 

SABINABIO  (sah-bee-nah'-ryoh),  Sp.;  river 
emptying  into  NW.  waters  of  gulf  of  Asid, 
Masbate  L,  Visayas. 

SABINO  (sah-bee'-noh),  Sp.;  river  in  SibuySn  I., 
Rombl6n  grp.,  empties  on  SW.  coast. 


SABIONUUIN  (sah-byohn-geen'),  ver.;  point  on 
SW.  coast  of  Tayabas,  Luzon. 

SABLAI  (sah-blie'),  nat.;  point  on  W.  shore  of 
Siasi  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A.,  on  channel  be- 
tween island  and  Lapac. 

SABLAN  (sah-blahn'),  ver.;  pueblo  in  Benguet, 
Luz6n.    Pop.,  Cn.  1887,  543. 

SABLAYAN  (sah-blah-yahn'),  nat.;  town  and 
point  on  W.  coast  of  Mindoro,  SE.  shore  of 
Panddn  Bay,  headingNE.  from  S.  side  of  Pan- 
dftn  Pt.,  50  m.  SSW.  of  CiilapAn  Pt.  2  islands 
of  PandAn  lie  N.  of  Sablaydn  Pt.  Anchor- 
age between  Sablay^n  Pt.  and  coast  to  E. 
inner  lagoon  is  suitable  only  for  native 
coasters.  Town  on  W.  side  of  anchorage  has 
church  and  school.  Fowls,  fish,  and  cocoa- 
nuts  are  obtainable  and  water  is  had  from 
veils  dug  through  in  coral.  Along  this  part 
of  coast  SE.  by  S.,  35  m.  to  Mangarin,  are  high 
ranges  of  mountains  considerable  distance 
inland,  with  extensive  lowlands  dropping 
seaward.    Pop.,  1,600.    See  chart,  p.  793.) 

point  in  Romblon  I.,  Visayas. 

pueblo  in  Ilocos  Sur,  Luz6n.    Pop.,  851. 

village  on  creek  same  name  entering  chan- 
nel on  W.  shore  Siasi  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

SABOANPADON  (sah-baw-ahn-pah'-dohn),  ver.; 
point  on  W.  coast  Cotabato,  Mindanao,  lat. 
6°  58'  N. 

SAB6x  (sah-bohn'),  nat.;  hamlet  in  Sorsog6n, 
Luzon,  17  m.  NW.  of  Albay. 

point  on  SW.  coast  of  Sorsog6n,  Luz6n,  lat. 

12°  40'  10"  N. 

island  off  SW.  coast  of  Ambos  Camarines 

(Sur),  Luzon. 

SABONOOGOJJ  (sah-bohn-coh'-gohn),  ver.;  point 
on  NE.  coast  of  CApiz,  Panay,  10  m.  NW.  of 
Navas. 

SABO(iN  (sah-boh-ohn'),ver.;  island  1  m.  E.  and 
W.  on  NE.  shore  of  Ragay  Bay,  off  NW.  coast 
Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luz6n,  at  Oktok  Pt. 

SABOKl'tO  (sah-boh-roo'-coh),  ver.;  point  on  N. 
shore  of  Puerto  Princesa,  about  1  m.  SE.  of 
Puerto  Princesa;  has  tower  43  ft.  high  on  its 
end  with  fixed  white  light  visible  6  m.  by 
vessels  approaching  town. 

SABOS  (sah'-bofs),  nat.;  village  on  BalAbac  I., off 
extreme  SW.  point  of  Palawan. 

SABRO  (sah'-broh),  ver.;  peak  5,173  ft.  high,  in 
Caraballo  Sur,  in  Ambos  Camarines,  Luz6n. 

SABTXN,  or  SAPTXn  (sahb-tahn',  sahp-tahn'), 
ver.:  southernmost  of  islands  of  Batanesgrp., 
off  N.  coast  CagayAn,  Luz6n,  4J  m.  N.  and  S. 
and  Si  m.  E.  and  W.,  area  6  sq.  m.;  separated 
from  SW.  end  of  Batdn  I.  by  channel  2^  m. 
wide.  San  Vicente  only  town  on  island  with 
pop.  of  1,935.  Entire  island  surrounded  by 
.small  reefs;  also  known  by  name  of  Semi- 
nanga;  soil  is  similar  to  Batiln. 

SACAAN  (sah-cah'-ahn),  ver.;  point  on  E.  coast 
of  CebU,  14  m.  N.  of  Carmen. 

SACABOn  (sah-cah-rohn'),  ver.;  bay  in  S.  Min- 
danao. 

SACASACAN  (sah-cah-sah'-cahn),  nat.;  pueblo  in 
Bontoc,  Luz6n,  near  Isabela  boundarv,  9  m. 
N.  of  Bon  toe.    Pop.,  695. 

SACAY-SAt^AY  (sah-ky-sah-ky'),  nat.;  point  in 
W.  Leyte. 

SACCOL,  or  SAKOL  (sahk-calP),  ver.;  i.sland 
755  ft.  high,  off  SE.  coast  of  Zamboanga  Pen., 
Mindanao,  7^  m.  long  by  3  wide.    Separated 


792 


GAZETTEEK    OB^    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


SACCOL,  or  SAROL— Continued. 

from  mainland  by  channel  1^  m.  wide.  Small 
island  lies  \V.  of  it  in  wide  opening  of  mouth 
of  river  upon  which  TetuAn  .stands. 

small  cluster  of  islands  off  SE.  extreme  of 

Zamboanga  Pen.,  Mindanao.  (See  Sakol  I.) 
Among  small  dependent  islands  are  Vilavi- 
lan  and  Tulnalutan. 

SACLAYAN  (sah-clah'-yahn),  nat.;  point  forming 
N.  head  to  inner  bay  of  Sor.'^ogon  port,  Sorso- 
g6n,  Luz6n. 

SACO  DE  NEtlROS  (sah'-cohday  nay'-grohs),  Sp.; 
creek  in  Negros,  Luzon. 

SACOP  (sah-cohp'>,  nat  ;  hamlet  of  Negros  Occi- 
dental, at  headwaters  of  Binalbagan  Riv.,  10 
m.  E.  of  Binalbagan. 

SACPA  (sack-pah'),  ver.;  small  S.  tributary  of 
Ulut  Riv.,  in  Sdmar. 

SACRIPAXTE  (sah-cree-pahn'-tay),  ver.;  moun- 
tain peak  3,911  ft.  high,  in  range  running 
parallel  to  W.  coast  of  Lejte,  at  distance  of 
5  m.  inland. 

SADAA'GX  (sah-dahng-ah'),  nat.;  pueblo  of  Bon- 
toc,  Luzon,  20  m.  from  Bontoc.  Pop.,  519; 
township,  648. 
SADItLE,  for.;  island  in  N.  entrance  of  Endeavor 
Strait,  Malampaya  Sound,  W.  coast  of  Para- 
gua,  Palawan. 

summit  on  Cordillera  Pulute,  visible  from 

Island  Bay,  E.  coast  of  S.  Palawan. 

double-peaked  elevation    3,600   ft.  high, 

in  Butulan  or  E.  coast  range,  in  extreme  SE. 
peninsula  of  DAvan,  Mindanao,  between  Sa- 
rangani  Bay,  .>n  X\V.  and  Celebes  Sea  coast 
on  SE.  li;,'.  in,  Malauvnn  and  Tabavon  are 
earest  eoa^t  haiuk'ts,  'c,  m.  E. 

hill  1,000  ft.  high,  on  N.  .side  of  Inlulutoe 

Bay,  NW.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

i.sland  S.  of  Boayen  I.,  off   NW.  coti.st  of 

Paragua,  Palawan. 

mountain  and   point    on    NW.    shore    of 

Murci^lago.s  Bay,  Dapitan,  Mindanao.  {See 
Silla  mountain  and  point.) 

rock  off  entrance  to  Halsey  Harbor,  Culion 

I.,  Calamianes  grp.,  China  Sea,  between 
Paragua,  Palawan,  and  Mindoro. 

SADL6>'  (sahd-lohn'),  ver.;  crater  in  NW.  Leyte, 
1  m.  SE.  of  Leyte. 

SADOCIjN  (sah-doh-eoon'),  ver.;  lake  in  chain  of 
inland  waters  in  cciitial  S^uiiuan.  Mindanao, 
SW.  of  Daguii  l.;ik.',  iiib.  ul.irli  it  ,Iisrliarges 
its  surplus  wall  r-  I  >"  Lake  liaunii  ,  r,  m,  N. 
and  S.,  2  m.  K,  ami  W,  Town  df  (.'lavijo  lies 
on  SE.  shore. 

SAGADA  (sah-gah'-dah),  ver.;  pueblo  of  Bontoc, 
Luzon,  20  m.  from  Bontoc.  Pop.,  Cn.  1887, 
1,000. 

SAGAL  (sah-gahl'),  nat.;  point  at  NE.  extremity 
of  Negros  Occidental,  also  known  as  Carey, 
and  on  English  chart  as  Bito  {q.  v.). 

point  on  SW.  coast  of  D&vao,  Mindanao, 

NW.  of  Sarangani  C. 

SAGABf  (sah'-gahn),  ver.;  mountain  in  Abra,  Lu- 
z6n,  lat.  ]7°35'N. 

SAGAO  (sah-gah-oh),  nat.;  bay  on  NE.  coast  of 
Marinduque  off  SW.  coast  of  Tayabas,  Luz6n, 
lat.  13°  33'  N. 

SAGABAY  (sah-gah-rye'),  ver.;  extinct  volcano  in 
S.  SAmar,  4  m.  NE  of  Balangiga. 

SAGABAYAN  (sah-gah-rah'-yahn),  ver.;  island 
and  anchorage  in  S.  shore  Cotabato,  Minda- 
nao, situated  S.  of  point  N.  of  Dinas  Bay. 
(See  Ticala.) 

SAGASA  (sah-gah'-sah),  nat.;  hamlet  of  Negros 
Occidental,  4  m.  E.  of  Valladolid. 

SAGASAY  (sah-gah-sigh'),  ver,;  islet  7  m.  NE.  of 
Talib6n,  N.  coast  of  Bohol,  Visayas. 

SAGAL'SiUN  (sah-gow-sah'-oon),  ver.;  point  on 
NE.  shore  of  Masbate  I.,  Visayas,  lat.  12°  24' 
10"  N. 


SAGAY,  orSOGAY  (sah-gi',  soh-gl'),  nat.;  point 
and  pueblo  on  SW.  shore  of  Camiguin  I.,  off 
N.  coast  of  Misamis,  Mindanao;  3  m.  N.  is 
active  volcano  of  Camiguin.  Point  is  2  m. 
SW.  of  town.    Pop.,  5,066. 

town   and   point   in   Negros   Occidental, 

known  also  by  name  of  Carey. 

pueblo    in    Mi.samis,    Mindanao.      {Also 

Sogay) . 

SAGAYARAX  (sah-gah-yah'-rahn),  nat.;  island  in 
NE.  entrance  to  Malabug  Bay,  W.  shore  of 
lilana  Bay,  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

SAGBUX  (sahg'-boon).  Tag.;  point  on  N.  coast  of 
Tayabas,  Luzon. 

SAGCADOC  (sahg-eah-dock'),  ver.;  point inAmbos 
Camarines  (Norte),  Luzon. 

SAGJfAY  (sahg-nigh'),  ver.;  pueblo  in  Ambos 
Camarines  (Sur),  Luzon,  13  m.  from  Nueva 
CAceres.    Pop.,  3,986. 

SAGPORAN  (.sahg-poh'-rahn),ver.;  hamletonNE. 
shore  of  San  Pedro  and  San  Pablo  Bav,  in 
SW.Sfimar. 

SAGSIG  t'ABALISlAJf  (sahg-seeg'  cah-bah-lee- 
see'-ahn),  ver.;  peak  in  Caraballos  Occiden- 
tales,  Luzon, 

SAGUARAK  (sah-gwah'-rahn),  ver.;  hamiet  on 
1.  bank  of  Iligan  Riv.,  2  m.  from  outlet  of 
Lanao  Lake  into  Iligan  Bay,  Mi.samis,  Min- 
danao. 

SAGUI  (sah'-gee),  nat.;  W.  point  of  Tonkil  I.,  Ba- 
languingui  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

SAGUIX  (sah'-geen),  nat.;  hamlet  in  Pampanga, 
Luzon,  65  m.  NW.  of  Bacolor. 

SAGCIXG-SAGUIXG  (sah'-geeng-sah'-geeng), 
nat.;  point  W.  shore  of  Misamis  port,  Mi.sa- 
mis, Mindanao,  4i  m.  SW.  of  Misamis. 

SAGCLOK  (sah-goo'-lawn),nat.;  river  in  extreme 
SW.  Cebu,  falling  into  Taflon  Strait  1  m.  N. 
of  Sambuan. 

SAG15mAY  (sah-goo'-my),  nat.;  point  on  W.  shore 
of  Ulugan  Bay,  W.  coast  of  Paragua,  Pala- 
wan, opposite  Rita  I. 

JSAGIJNGAX  (sah-goong'-ahn),  ver.;  mountain  5 
m.  SE.  of  Sierra  Bullones,  in  E.  Bohol,  Visayas. 

SAGl'MO  (sah-goon'-toh),  Sp.;  hamlet  on  E. 
side  of  mouth  of  Luzon  Riv.,  NE.  coast  of 
Negros  Occidental,  6  m.  SW.  of  Escalante. 

town  on  r.  bank  of  river  entering  Agusan 

Riv.  near  outlet  of  Pinayat  Lake,  midway 
between  main  stream  and  La  Paz,  37  111.  S.  of 
Butiian,  in  Surigao,  Mindanao. 

SAIL  ROCK,  for.;  i.slet  70  ft.  high,  5|  m.  NE.  of 
Capi  I.,  Laparan  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

remarkable  rock  140  ft.  high  and  one  of 

group  1  m.  NW.  of  Dimipac  (Dimipak)  I.,  off 
extreme  N.  coast  of  Busuanga  I.,  Calamianes 
grp.,  between  Paragua,  Palawan,  and  Min- 
doro. 

SAISAIPi  (sigh-sah'-inn).  Tag.;  point  on  seacoast 
of  Bata,1n,  Luz6n. 

SAJO,  or  GAJO  (.sah'-hoh,  gah'-hoh),  ver.;  point  2 
m.  SE.  of  Jesus  Pt.,  on  S.  shore  of  Albay  Gulf, 
Albay,  Luzon. 

SAL  (sahl),  Sp.;  group  of  islets  off  E.  coast  of 
Iloilo,  Panay,  at  Pili,  S.  of  Ajui  Bay. 

SALA  (sah'-lah),  nat.;  point  at  extreme  SE.  end 
of  small  peninsula  dividing  Tabaco  Bay  and 
Albay  Gulf,  in  Albay,  Luzon. 

point  at  extreme  NW.  end  of  Lubang  I., 

off  coast  of  Batangas,  Luzon,  and  E.  by  S. 
across  channel  from  Cabra  or  Goat  I.,  ot  Lu- 
bang  grp. 

SALA,  or  SULA  (sah'-lah,  .soo'-lah),  nat.;  chan- 
nel i  m.  between  Albay  and  Cacraray  I.,  Lu- 
z6n,  and  connecting  Tabaco  Bay  (N.)  and  Al- 
bay Gulf  (S.). 

SALAC  (sah'-laek),  ver.;  town  in  E.  S^mar. 

SALAC'AI  (sah-lah'-ky),  nat.;  point  on  extreme 
SE.  coast  of  Ddvao,  Mindanao,  NE.  of  Gual 
Pt. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    rillLIPi'lNE    ISLANDS. 


71)3 


MINDOHO    I. 

SABLAVAN  '■///^ 

ANCHORAGE 

Vantay  Lat  12-50l5'N  J-oiig  120*44«E 


I^^Sl'.i^ 


794 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 


SALAtOT  (sah-lah-cohf),  Tag.;  hamlet  on  main 
road  in  Bulacdn,  Luz6n,  26  m.  N.  of  BulacAu. 

point  on  E.  coast  of  Leyte,    6  m.  SE.  of 

Abiiyog. 

SALACSi  (sah-lack-sah',),  nat.;  peak  in  Caraba- 
llos  Occidentales,  SW.  Nueva  Vizcaya,  Luz6n. 

SALADA  (sali-lah'-dah),  Sp.;  fiat  island  7  ni.SW. 
from  Bun"ga  (PArang)  Pt.,  SW.  shore  of  Sulu 
I.,  Sulu  A.;  island  forms  complete  lagoon  in- 
closing miniature  archipelago  of  islets  with 
entrance  navigable  by  boats  at  high  water  on 
S.  On  W.  extreme  navigators  have  long 
noted  2  enormous  fan  palms  which,  on  ap- 
proaching from  sea,  resemble  2  native  prahus 
under  full  sail. 

SALADO  (sah-lah'-doh),Sp.;  island  off  Tablas  I., 
Kombl6n  grp. 

SALAD0]?&01V  (sah-lah-dohng'-ohn),  nat.;  creek 
emptying  on  extreme  SW.  shore  of  Panguil 
Bay,  SW.  end  of  Misamis  port,  Misamis,  Min- 
danao. 

SiLAU  (sah'-lahg),  nat;  hamlet  on  NW.  coast  of 
Guimaras  I.,  off  E.  coast  of  Iloilo,  Panay. 

small  stream  on  S.  coast  of  Negros  Orien- 
tal, emptying  into  sea  6^  m.  NW.  of  Siat6n  Pt. 

SALAGALpON  (sah-lah-gahl-pohn'),  ver.;  hamlet 
on  1.  bank  of  Pulangui  Riv.,  3J  m.  SE.  of 
Lepanto,  E.  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

SALAiiON  (sah-lah'-gohn),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Am- 
bos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luz6n,  near  Albay 
boundary  on  main  road. 

SALAGIIIAUAN  (sah-lah-gee-ah'-wahn),  ver.; 
point  on  S.  end  of  central  range  in  Panay,  on 
boundary  between  Iloilo  and  Antique. 

SALiLAI  (sah-lah'-lie),  nat.;  hamlet  on  upper 
waters  of  Maridago  Riv.,  Cotabato,  Min- 
danao. 

village  near  1.  bank  of  Upper  Mindanao, 

Lanao,  Mindanao. 

SALAMANCA  (sah-lah-mahn'-cah),  Sp.;  hamlet 
on  NE.  coast  of  Negros  Occidental,  8  m.  SW. 
of  Escalante. 

hamlet  in  Cordillera  Central  in  S.  Cebii,  4 

m.  WSW.  of  Nueva  CAceres. 

SALANAN  (sah-lah'-uahn),  nat.;  point  in  S.  Min- 
danao. 

SALANGAN  (sah-lahng'-ahn),  nat.;  village  on  S. 
shore  of  Leleboon  I.,  off  S.  point  of  Calicoan 
I.,  off  extreme  SE.  coast  of  S4mar,  Vi-sayas. 

SALAFAG  (sah-lah-pahg'),  nat.;  hamlet  in  Abra, 
Luz6n,  13^  m.  SE.  of  Bangued. 

SALASA  (sah-lah'-sah),  nat.;  pueblo  in  Panga- 
siniin,  Luzon,  at  head  Agno  delta  and  at  forks 
of  highway  to  Binmaley  (NE.)  and  Sual 
(NW.),  both  on  gulf  and  river  highway,  S. 
along  1.  bank  of  Agno,  -1  m.  S.  of  Lingay6u. 
Pop.,  7,067. 

SALAtSALX  (sah-lah-sah-lah'),  nat.;  point  on  Pa- 
cific coast  of  D&vao,  Mindanao. 

SALACAN  (sah-lah'-wahn),  nat.;  point  on  E.  .shore 
of  Illana  Bay  in  Cotabato,  Mindanao,  N.  of 
Polloe. 

SALAY  (sah-lie') ,  nat. ;  hamlet  2 m.  N.  of  Hiabong, 
W.  S&m&T. 

pueblo  on  shore  of  Misamis,  Mindanao,  ap- 
proaching Macajalar  Bay  from  N.    Pop.,  1,816. 

SALt'EDU  (sahl-thay'-doh),Sp.;  pueblo  on  S.  shore 
of  extreme  SE.  Sdmar,  68  m.  SE.  of  Catbalogan. 
At  this  point  projection  of  S4mar  is  but  3  m. 
from  Salcedo  on  sea  channel,  SW.  to  Hagnay 
Pt.  on  Pacific  shore,  NE.    Pop.,  4,470. 

river  on  S.  coast  of  S4mar,  entering  about 

7  m.  N.  of  Tubabao  I. 

pueblo  in  Ilocos  Sur,  Luz6n,  2^  m.  NE.  of 

Santa  Lucia,  with  which  it  is  connected  by 
road.    Pop.,  914. 

SALDE  (sahl'-day) ,  Sp.;  town  on  1.  bank  of  Bitad- 
can  Riv.,  li  m.  from  W.  coast  of  Antique,  Pa- 
nay. 

SALEKAN,  or  SHARP  (sab-lay'-cahn),  ver.;  peak 
2,815  ft.  high,  5J  m.  to  N.  of  Mantalingahan 
Mt.,  in  S.  Palawan. 


SALEY  (sah-lay'),Tag.;  point  in  Tayabas,  Luz6n. 

SALGIN  (sahl-gahn'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  C&piz,  Pa- 
nay, 3  m.  S.  of  May6n. 

SALIG  (sah'-lig).  Tag.;  point  on  Laguna  de  Bay, 
Laguna,  Luz6n. 

SALIGIT  (sah-lee-hif),  ver.;  mountain  with  long 
flat  summit  on  Iloilo  Strait,  SE.  coast  of  Iloilo, 
Panay,  and  forming  mark  for  E.  end  of  Iguaii.i 
bank. 

SALIMBAL  (sah-lim-bahl'),  ver.;  pointon  E.  shore 
of  Iligan  Bay,  N.  coast  of  Mindanao. 

SALIMBL'BL'O  (sah-lim-boo-book'),nat.;  island  in 
center  of  Cabulaun  I.,  7i  m.  SE.  by  E.  of  Cabu- 
laun,  E.  of  Paragua,  Palawan,  Mindoro  Sea. 

SALfM  (sah-leen'),  nat.;  river  in  Bohol,  Visayas. 

SALINAS  (sah-lee'-nas),  Sp.;  hamlet  in  Cavite, 
Luz6n,  6  m.  S.  of  Cavite. 

point  on  NW.  coast  of  Cavite,  Luz6n,  Ma- 
nila Bay,  near  outlet  of  Canas  Riv.,  lat.  14° 
25'  30"  N. 

barrio  forming  part  of  the  municipality 

of  Sariaya,  Tayabas,  Luz6n;  by  act  of  P.  C. 
July  22,  1902,  was  sepatated  from  that  mu- 
nicipality and  incorporated  as  a  barrio  of  the 
municipality  of  Lucena,  Tayabas,  Luz6n. 

SALINCAPAOBAAN     (sah-lin-cah-pah-oh-rah'- 

ahn).  Tag.;  point  in  S.  Tayabas,  Luz6n. 
SALINDEG     (sah-lean-dayg'),    ver.;    hamlet    in 

pueblo  of  Vigan,  Ilocos  Sur,  Luzon. 
SALIO  (sah'-lyoh),  ver.;   stream  in  SW.  Bohol, 

entering  sea  through  Abalan  Riv.  at  Pami- 

nuitan. 
SALIPAANG  (sah-lee-pah-ang'),  ver.;  hamlet  in 

Benguet,  Luz6n.    Pop.,  900. 
SALIPIN  (sah-lee-peen'),  ver.;  islands  in  Basilan 

grp.,  off  SW.  Zamboanga  Pen.,  Mindanao. 
channel  in  Basilan  grp.  to  S.,  toward  Sulu 

A.,  off  SW.  Zamboanga  Pen.,  Mindanao. 

SALlTBiN  (sah-lee-trahn'),  Tag.;  hamlet  in  Ca- 
vite, Luzon,  Hi  m.  S.  of  Cavite. 

SALKL'LAKIT  (sahl-koo-lah-kif),  ver.;  islet  and 
2  rocks,  Lakit,  on  S.  edge  of  Sangboy  bank, 
NW.  of  Basilan  I.,  off  SW.  Zamboanga  Pen., 
Mindanao. 

SALLANllAN  (sah-lyahng'-ahn),  ver.;  mountain 
in  pueblo  of  Bangui,  NE.  of  town,  Ilocos  Norte, 
Luz6n. 

SALOG  (sab'-log),  nat.;  river  in  SW.  Leyte,  enter- 
ing sea  at  Hiloiigos. 

river  in  Iloilo,  Panay,  rising  in  Maasin  Mt., 

with  affluents  Tigum  and  Ayuman,  and 
empties  near  Iloilo. 

islet  in  bay  of  Aqui,  Zi  m.  S.  of  Aqui,  Con- 

cepei6n,  Iloilo,  Panay. 

river  rising  near  W.  coast  of  Silmar  and 

emptying  on  same  coast. 

mountain  in  Laguna,  Luzon. 

river  emptying  on  W.  shore  of    Panguil 

Bay,  SW.  end  of  Misamis  port,  Mi.samis,  Min- 
danao, at  Cabgto  Pt.,  14  m.  SW.  of  Misamis. 
Entrance  is  known  as  Bocana  Orang. 

SALOGA  (sah-loh'-gah),  ver.;  hamlet  in  SE.  part 
of  Negros  Oriental,  5  m.  SW.  of  Dumaguete. 

SALOGANBANl'G  (sah-loh-gahn-bah-noog'),  nat.; 
point  on  E.  side  of  entrance  to  Port  Sorsog6n, 
Sorsog6n,  Luzon.  Anchorage  off  point  has  6 
fms. 

SALOMAGUE  (sah-law-mah'-gay),  ver.;  island  in 
Cliina  Sea,  off  Ilocos  Sur,  Luzon.  Coast  is 
rocky.  Anchorage  6  to  7  fms.  in  front  of  Ca- 
bugao  Riv. 

port  of  entry,  lat.  17°  47'  17"  N.,  Ion.  120° 

26'  4"  E.,  to  Vigan,  Ilocos  Sur,  Luzon,  during 
summer  months,  when  it  is  impossible  to 
land  merchandise  at  Panddn.  Sheltered  ex- 
cept from  SW.  and  WNW.  Island  of  same 
name  lies  |  m.  from  port.  Is  port<of  call  for 
coast  steamers  and  has  rice  magazines.  Gap 
in  mountains  affords  intercourse  with  in- 
terior. 


PORT    SALOMAGUE 


Doc  /?,  Si;'   57 


GAZETTEER   OF    THE    PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 


795 


SALOMAWUE ;  point  8^  m.  SE.  of  Santa  Cruz  and  E. 
point  of  Marinduque,  off  SW.  coast  of  Tayabas, 
Luz6n.  Low  and  covered  witii  mangroves. 
Between  tliis  and  Marlanga  Pt.  is  bay  between 
Kabuyolc  (Cabuyoc)  and  Panilii  Pts.,  with 
good  anchorage.    Lat.  13°  25'  20"  N. 

river  in  N.  Luz6n. 

SALONAC^UI  (sah-law-nah'-key),  ver.;  hamlet  in 
Pangasin^n,  Luzon,  7  m.  S.  of  Lingay6n. 

SALONCJ  (sah-lohng'),  nat.;  point  on  NE.  coa.st  of 
Iloilo,  Panay,  3  m.  SE.  of  Balad. 

SALTA  SANGLEY  (sahl'-tah  sahn-glay'),  Sp.; 
range  of  hills  in  pueblo  of  Catarman,  SCimar, 
5  m.  N.  of  Oquendo. 

SALTAN  (sahl-tahn'),  nat.:  former  eomandancia, 
taking  its  name  from  branch  of  Chico  de  Caga- 
yAn  Riv.,  and  extends  along  bend  which  this 
river  forms  in  Bontoc.  Inhabitants  number 
about  14,000,  mostly  pagans  and  subjugated 
Gaddanes,  who  speak  Ibanag  and  Gadd^n, 
Yaga,  and  Iraya  languages.  Is  now  located 
In  province  of  Lepanto-Bontoc,  Luz6n. 

river  in  N.  Luz6n. 

SALIJAN  (sah-loo'-ahn),  ver.;  peak  in  Caraballos 
Occidentales,  Luz6n. 

SALUBL'  (sah-loo'-boo) ,  ver. ;  hamlet  on  extreme 
N.  coast  of  Illana  Bay,  in  Cotabato,  Mindanao, 
60  m.  NW.  of  Cotabato. 

SALVD  (sah-lood'),  Sp.;  hamlet  in  central  Pam- 
panga,  Luzon,  7i  m.  NW.  of  Bacolor. 

SALIIDE  (sah-loo'-day),  ver.;  island  of  Sulu  grp., 
Sulu  A. 

SALi'DSUD-XI-BA«AN  (sah-lood-.sood-nee-bah'- 
gahn),  ver.;  mountain  in  S&mar. 

siLUG  (sah'-loog),  ver.;  E.  branch  of  Tagum  Riv., 
rising  in  Cotabato,  Mindanao;  outlet  through 
stream  named  into  D^vao  Gulf,  Ddvao,  Min- 
danao. 

river  rising  in   Surigao,  Mindanao,  and, 

crossing  into  DAvao,  unites  with  Libaganon 
Riv.  from  W.,  forming  Tagum  Riv.,  through 
which  it  discharges  into  Ddvao  Gulf. 

river  in  island  of -Panay. 

SALUISUI  (sah-lwee-swee'),  nat.;  summit  289  ft. 
high,  on  1.  bank  Calacan  Riv.,  SE.  shore  of 
Subic  Bay,  SE.  coast  of  Zambales,  Luz6n. 

SALUM  (sah-loom'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  S.  shore  of 
Sindangan  Bay,  NW.  coast  of  Misamis,  Min- 
danao. 

SALU^AN  (sah-loong'-ahn),  nat.;  river  empty- 
ing on  E.  coastof  Albay  Bay,  Albay,  Luzon. 


SALUNGI,  or  PANGOY  (sah-loohng-ee',  pahn- 
goy'),  Tag.:  point  on  W.  coast  of  Tayabas, 
Luzon,  lat.  13°  16'  N. 

SALUT-SiLLT  (sah'-loot-sah'-loot),  nat.;  bay, 
Lapog  ( Lapug),  S.  of  Salomague  port,  W.  coast 
Ilocos  Sur,  Luz6n. 

SALVADOR  (sahl-vah-dohr'),  Sp.;  pueblo  on  SW. 
shore  of  Macajalar  Bay,  10  m.  NE.  of  Cagayan 
de  Mi.samis,  Mi.samis,  Mindanao.  Pop.,  Cn. 
1887,  3,293. 

anchorage,  lat.  15°  30'  30"  N.,  in  Zambales 

Luz6n. 

island  off  coast  of  Zambales,  Luz6n. 

SALVADOUA  (sahl-vah-doh'-rah),  Sp.;  mineral 
spring  in  Bcnguet,  W.  Luz6n. 

SALVARL4  (sahl-vah-ree'-ah),  Sp.;  islet  in  en- 
trance to  Loog  Basin,  Banacalan  port,  NW. 
coast  Marinduque. 

point  E.  side  entrance  to  Loog  Basin,  Bana- 
calan port,  NW.  coast  Marinduque,  off  SW. 
coast  Tayabas,  Luz6n. 

SAMABINIGAN  (sah-mah-bee-nee'-gahn),  ver.; 
river  in  Albay,  Luzon,  emptying  into  Lagonoy 
Gulf. 

SAMACAP  (.sah-mah-cap'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  main 
road  on  1.  bank  of  Grande  de  la  Pampanga 
Riv.,  9  m.  N.  of  San  Isidro,  Nueva  Ecija, 
Luz6n.    (Also  Sumacap.) 

SiiMAL  (sah'-mahl),  nat.;  pueblo  and  p.  o.  in 
BataAn,  Luzon,  on  NW.  shores  of  Manila  Bay, 
6  m.  N.  of  Balanga.    Pop.,  5,233. 

island  22  m.  NNW.  and  SSE.  and  12  m.  E. 

and  W.,  with  area  of  178  sq.  m.,  820  ft.  high, 
occupying  greater  part  of  head  of  great  gulf 
of  Ddvao,  Da,vao,  Mindanao.  W.  shore  forms, 
with  mainland  opposite,  Pakiputan  Strait. 
Shores  in  some  places  are  low  and  wooded 
and  in  others  composed  of  high  rocky  cliffs. 
Soil  is  fertile  and  excellent  timber  abounds. 
Bay  between  Linao  Pt.  and  Binulin  Riv., 
nearly  opposite  DAvao.  Island  is  densely 
populated,  7  small  towns  along  its  W.  shore. 

islet  off  SE.  coast  of  Siasi  I.,  Tapul  grp., 

Sulu  A. 

SAMALANG  (sah-mah-lahng'),  nat.;  tributary  of 
Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  Cotabato,  Min- 
danao, above  Tumbao. 

SAMALES  (sah-mah'-less),  Hisp.;  cluster  of 
islands,  largest  being  Tatalan  Bukutua,  and 
Buliian,  in  Balanguingui  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

SiMANG  (sah'-mahng),  nat.;  point  on  SE.  coast 
of  Cebv'i,  1  m.  S.  of  Boljo-6n. 

SAMANtiiAN  (sah-mahng'-ahn),  nat.;  hamlet  3  m. 
E.  of  Sulat,  E.  coast  of  S^mar. 


sAmar,  visayas,  island  of. 

(ah'-mahr,  ver.) 

Capital:  Catbalogan,  lat.  11°  46^  30'^  N.,  Ion.  124°  52^  E. 

Area:  Mainland,  5,  198  sq.  m.;  148  dependent   islands,  290  sq.  m.;  total,  5,488 
sq.  m. 

Population:  185,386;  refugees  in  mountains,  10,000;  estimated,  total,  195,386. 

Race:  Visayan. 

Language:  Visayan. 

Military  Department  of  Visayas:  Headquarters,  Iloilo,  Iloilo,  Panay. 

Table  of  distances. 
From  Catbalogan  to—  m. 

Manila,  Luz6n 328 

Manila,  via  SAmar  and  Visayan  seas  and  Verde  Passage 395 

Tacloban,  Leyte,  via  San  J uanico  Strait 37 

SorsogOu,  Luz6n 104 

LOCATION   AND   BOUNDARIES. 

The  island  of  Sdmar,  third  iu  size  in  the  archipelago,  occupies  the  NE.  angle  of 

the  Visayan  group.     It  is  almost  a  continuation  of  the  peninsula  of  Luzon,  being 

separated  by  the  strait  of  San  Bernardino,  at  its  narrowest  point  10^  m.  wide;  on  the 

E.  lies  the  Pacific  Ocean;  on  the  S.  an  arm  of  the  same  and  San  Pedro  and  San  Pablo 

j^ay;  on  the  W.  the  strait  of  San  J  uanico,  in  places  but  ^  m.  wide,  which  separates  it 


GAZETTEEB   OF   THE   PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 


795 


SALOMAGIIE ;  point  8^  m.  SE.  of  Santa  Cruz  and  E. 
point  of  Marinduque,  offSW.  coast  of  Tayabas, 
Luz6u.  Low  and  covered  with  mangroves. 
Between  this  and  Marlanga  Pt.  is  bay  between 
Kabuyok  (Cabuyoc)  and  Panilci  Pts.,  with 
good  anchorage.    Lat.  13°  25'  20"  N. 

river  in  N.  Luz6n. 

SALONA^UI  (sah-law-nah'-lcey),  ver.;  hamlet  in 
Pangasindn,  Luzon,  7  m.  S.  of  Lingay6n. 

SALONG  (sah-lohns'),  nat.;  point  on  NE.  coast  of 
Iloilo,  Panay,  3  m.  SE.  of  Balad. 

SALTA  SAKGLEY  (sahl'-tah  sahn-glay'),  Sp.; 
range  of  hills  in  pueblo  of  Catarman,  Siimar, 
5  m.  N.  of  Oquendo. 

SALTAN  (sahl-tahn'),  nat.;  former  comandancia, 
taking  its  name  from  branch  of  Chico  de  Caga- 
yto  Riv.,  and  extends  along  bend  which  this 
river  forms  in  Bontoc.  Inhabitants  number 
about  14,000,  mostly  pagans  and  subjugated 
Gaddanes,  who  speak  Ibanag  and  Gadddn, 
Yaga,  and  Iraya  languages.  Is  now  located 
in  province  of  Lepanto-Bontoc,  Luz6n. 

river  in  N.  Luz6n. 

SALIJAN  (sah-loo'-ahn),  ver.;  peak  in  Caraballos 
Occidentales,  Luz6n. 

SALIIBU  (sah-loo'-boo) ,  ver. ;  hamlet  on  extreme 
N.  coast  of  Illana  Bay,  in  Cotabato,  Mindanao, 
60  m.  NW.  of  Cotabato. 

SALUD  (sah-lood'),  Sp.;  hamlet  in  central  Pam- 
panga,  Luz6n,  7^  m.  NW.  of  Bacolor. 

SALUDE  (sah-loo'-day),  ver.;  island  of  Sulu  grp., 
Sulu  A. 

SALUDSUD-NI-BAGAIV  (sah-lood-sood-nee-bah'- 
gahn),  ver.;  mountain  in  SAmar. 

SiHJG  (sah'-loog),  ver.;  E.  branch  of  Tagum  Riv., 
rising  in  Cotabato,  Mindanao;  outlet  through 
stream  named  into  Divao  Gulf,  Di'ivao,  Min- 
danao. 

river  rising  in   Surigao,  Mindanao,  and, 

crossing  into  D4vao,  unites  with  Libaganon 
Riv.  from  W.,  forming  Tagum  Riv.,  through 
which  it  discharges  into  D&vao  Gulf. 

river  in  island  of -Panay. 

SALUISUI  (sah-lwee-swee'),  nat.;  summit  289  ft. 
high,  on  1.  bank  Calacan  Riv.,  SE.  shore  of 
Siibie  Bay,  SE.  coast  of  Zam bales,  Luz6n. 

SALUU  (sah-loom'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  S.  shore  of 
Sindangan  Bay,  NW.  coast  of  Misamis,  Min- 


SALUl^AN  (sah-loong'-ahn),  nat.;  river  empty- 
ing on  E.  coast  of  Albay  Bay,  Albay,  Luzon. 


SALUN&i,  or  PANGOY  (sah-loohng-ee',  pahn- 
goy').  Tag.;  point  on  W.  coast  of  Tayabas, 
Luzon,  lat.  13°  W  N. 

SALLT-SiLLT  (siih'-loot-sah'-loot),  nat.;  bay, 
Lapog  ( Lapug) ,  S.  of  Salomague  port,  W.  coast 
Ilocos  Sur,  Luz6n. 

SALVADOU  (sahl-vah-dohr'),  Sp.;  pueblo  on  SW. 
shore  of  Macajalar  Bay,  IG  m.  NE.  of  Cagayan 
de  Mi.samis,  Mi.samis,  Mindanao.  Pop.,  Cn. 
1887,  3,293. 

anchorage,  lat.  15°  30'  30"  N.,  in  Zambales 

Luz6n. 

island  off  coast  of  Zambales,  Luz6n. 

SALVADOUA  (sahl-vah-doh'-rah),  Sp.;  mineral 
spring  in  Benguet,  W.  Luz6n. 

SALVARLA  (sahl-vah-ree'-ah),  Sp.;  islet  in  en- 
trance to  Loog  Basin,  Banacalan  port,  NW. 
coast  Marinduque. 

point  E.  side  entrance  to  Loog  Basin,  Bana- 
calan port,  NW.  coast  Marinduque,  off  SW. 
coast  Tayabas,  Luz6n. 

SAMABINIGAN  (sah-mah-bee-nee'-gahn),  ver.; 
river  in  Albay,  Luzon,  emptying  into  Lagonoy 
Gulf. 

SAMACAP  (sah-mah-cap'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  main 
road  on  1.  bank  of  Grande  de  la  Pampanga 
Riv.,  9  m.  N.  of  San  Isidro,  Nueva  Ecija, 
Luz6n.    {Also  Sumacap.) 

SXjIIAL  (sah'-mahl),  nat.;  pueblo  and  p.  o.  in 
Batailn,  Luz6n,  on  NW.  shores  of  Manila  Bay, 
6  m.  N.  of  Balanga.    Pop.,  5,233. 

island  22  m.  NNW.  and  SSE.  and  12  m.  E. 

and  W.,  with  area  of  178  sq.  m.,  820  ft.  high, 
occupying  greater  part  of  head  of  great  gulf 
of  Di'ivuo,  D&vao,  Mindanao.  W.  shore  forms, 
with  mainland  opposite,  Pakiputan  Strait. 
Shores  in  some  places  are  low  and  wooded 
and  in  others  composed  of  high  rocky  cliffs. 
Soil  is  fertile  and  excellent  timber  abounds. 
Bay  between  Linao  Pt.  and  Binulin  Riv., 
nearly  opposite  Ddvao.  Island  is  densely 
populated,  7  small  towns  along  its  W.  shore. 

islet  off  SE.  coast  of  Siasi  I.,  Tapul  grp., 

Sulu  A. 

SAMALAN(]|  (sah-mah-lahng'),  nat.;  tributary  of 
Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  Cotabato,  Min- 
danao, above  Tumbao. 

SAMALES  (sah-mah'-less),  Hisp.;  cluster  of 
islands,  largest  being  Tatalan  Bukutua,  and 
Buliian,  in  Balanguingui  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

SXmANG  (sah'-mahng) ,  nat.;  point  on  SE.  coast 
of  Cebu,  1  m.  S.  of  Boljo-On. 

SAMANliAN  (sah-mahng'-ahn),  nat.;  hamlet  3  m. 
E.  of  Sulat,  E.  coast  of  Siimar. 


sAmar,  visayas,  island  of. 

(ah'-mahr,  ver.) 

Capital:  Catbalogan,  lat.  11°  46^  30'-'  N.,  Ion.  124°  52'  E. 

Area:  Mainland,  5,  198  sq.  m.;  148  dependent  islands,  290  sq.  m.;  total,  5,488 
sq.  m. 
Population:  185,386;  refugees  in  mountains,  10,000;  estimated,  total,  195,386. 
Race:  Visayan. 
Language:  Visayan. 
Military  Department  of  Visayas:  Headquarters,  Iloilo,  Iloilo,  Panay. 

Table  of  distances. 

From  Catbalogan  to —  m. 

Manila,  Luz6n 328 

Manila,  via  S4mar  and  Vi.sayan  seas  and  Verde  Passage 395 

Tacloban,  Leyte,  via  San  Juanico  Strait 37 

Sorsog6u,  LuzOu 104 

LOCATION   AND   BOUNDARIES. 

The  island  of  Sdmar,  third  iu  size  in  the  archipelago,  occupies  the  NE.  angle  of 

the  Visayan  group.     It  is  almost  a  continuation  of  the  peninsula  of  Luzon,  being 

separated  by  the  strait  of  San  Bernardino,  at  its  narrowest  point  10|  m.  wide;  on  the 

E.  lies  the  Pacdfic  Ocean;  on  the  8.  an  arm  of  the  same  and  San  Pedro  and  San  Pablo 

f  Bay;  on  the  W.  the  strait  of  San  Juanico,  in  places  but  I  m.  wide,  which  separates  it 


796  GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

from  Leyte,  and  also  the  Sea  of  Sdmar,  the  body  of  water  lying  between  the  W.  coast 
of  Silmar,  the  N.  of  Leyte,  and  the  W.  of  Maabate.  It  connects  with  the  Pacific 
Ocean  tlirough  San  Bernardino  Strait  to  the  Nf]  and  the  Mindoro  Sea  to  the  NW.; 
also  with  the  Pacific  Ocean  on  the  S.  through  San  Juanico  Strait  and  San  Pedro  and 
San  Pablo  Bay. 

AREA. 

The  island  is  156  m.  from  Balicuatro  Pt.  in  the  NW.  to  Suiigi  Pt.  in  the  SE.  and 
75  m.  E.  and  W.  Area  of  mainland,  5,198  sq.  m.;  148  dependent  islands,  290  sq. 
m. ;  total,  5,488  sq.  m. ;  498  sq.  m.  larger  than  Connecticut,  twice  the  size  of  Delaware, 
and  over  4^  times  the  size  of  Rhode  Island. 

PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 

A  moimtain  chain  of  moderate  height,  scarcely  exceeding  1,700  to  1,800  ft., 
traverses  the  island  from  NW.  to  SE.,  divided  by  the  valley  of  the  Ulut  Riv.,  which 
crosses  it  from  the  Bay  of  Maqueda,  on  the  W.,  to  its  mouth  near  Tiibig,  on  the  E. 
coast.  There  is  also  in  the  NW.  a  group  of  mountains  concentrically  arranged  near 
,  the  Pauros  Mts.,  Avhich  separates  the  W.  branches  of  the  Hibatan  Riv.,  from  those 
which  empty  to  the  N.  Ijetween  Lavezares  and  Mondragon.  The  most  notable  peaks 
of  the  central  chain  are  Curao,  Capotoan,  Palapa,  toward  the  N.,  in  the  vicinity  of 
Catiibig,  and  Matiganao,  near  the  Ungajon,  toward  the  S.  Mt.  Nabubusog,  near 
the  town  of  Paranas,  may  be  seen  for  a  long  distance,  because  of  the  wdiiteness  of  its 
rocks,  the  same  being  true  of  the  Basey  Mts.,  situated  farther  to  the  S.  Near  the 
edge  of  the  reef  off  the  peninsula  of  Guiuan  are  several  sulphur  springs,  wliich  are 
covered  at  high  water.  The  Mobo  Riv.,  5  m.  NNW.  of  Ganaguaion  i)i)rt,  is  fed  l)y  a 
waterfall  between  2  high  hills  of  black  rock.  It  is  100  yds.  wide  at  its  moutli,  the 
fall  being  ^  m.  within  the  mouth  and  accessible  by  boat,  the  bar  having  11  ft.  at  low 
water  and  9  fms.  within. 

The  rivers  of  Silmar  are: 

N.  coast:  Bobon;  Gatarman  and  tributaries  Ileratijan,  Heneotion,  and  Tibabaan; 
Pambujan;  Catubig  and  tributaries  Popontan  and  San  Vicente. 

E.  coast:  Gumay  (Gamai);  Oras  and  tributary  Hivapad(Hipapad);  Carolina  (called 
Bacot,  Pdric,  or  Dolores);  Ulut  and  tributaries  Bioa,  Tabacan,  and  Magbog;  Tubig, 
Sulat,  Boroiigan  or  Loom,  Suribao,  and  Lanang. 

W.  coast,  N.  of  Gatbalogan :  Mauo,  Canaguayon,  Sambugtun;  Hibatan  and  tribu- 
taries Hieiban,  Himonini,  GabadiaiTgan,  and  Pagsanhan;  Sundara  (Simdara),  Magsa- 
hon;  Gitndara  and  tributaries  San  Enrique,  Matuguinao,  and  San  Jose 

W.  coast,  S.  of  Gatbalogan:  Galbiga,  Bucalan,  Silaiiga,  Santa  Elena,  Cadauau  or 
Basey,  Lanaan,  and  Quinapundan. 

Of  the  rivers,  the  Oris,  from  the  extreme  N.  of  the  central  mountain  range,  flows 
toward  the  SE.  and  then  to  the  E.,  emptying  its  waters  into  the  bay  of  Tiguis,  on 
the  Pacific  at  the  town  of  the  same  name,  having  traversed  some  36  m. ;  the  Suribao 
(Saru),  rising  in  the  same  mountains,  turning  toward  the  E.,  and  empties  on  the 
same  coast,  2^  m.  S.  of  Boroiigan;  the  Ulut,  whii-h  starts  from  the  central  range,  ends 
on  tie  E.  coast;  the  Gatubig  (sometimes  known  as  the  Lagudn),  which  has  its  source 
on  the  same  central  divide,  passes  through  Catubig  and  drains  into  the  bay  of  the 
same  name;  the  Bato,  from  the  N.  slopes  of  Mts.  Sal  to  and  Sangley,  flows  in  a 
NE.  direction  and  empties  on  the  N.  coast  near  the  bay  of  Laguiln;  the  Timonini, 
with  the  same  source,  runs  ])arallel  to  the  Bato.  The  Gdndara,  another  important 
river,  has  its  several  mouths  between  Galbayog  and  Gatbalogan.  It  is  much  obstructed 
by  bars,  but  is  navigable  for  launches  and  small  gunboats.  The  other  less  important 
rivers  are  the  Antiyao,  Basey,  Balangiga,  Opong,  Pagbabaiigunan,  Calbdyog,  and 
Bac-hao  BaiTgahon  (Bagajon),  which,  with  many  others,  w^ater  the  fertile  plains  and 
thick  forests  of  this  island.  The  island  has  4  lakes — the  Somotoc,  Galbiga,  Ganoy,  and 
Sampinit — that  of  Galbiga  being  remarkable  for  bowlders  of  rock  on  its  shores.  The 
strait  of  San  Juanico,  which  divides  Samar  from  Leyte  on  the  SW.,  is  one  of  the  most 
attractive  natural  scenes  in  the  archipelago.  It  has  an  average  width  of  4,320  ft.,  but 
narrowing  to  1,500  ft.  The  soundings  var\-  from  30  to  67  ft.  in  the  middle  of  the  chan- 
nel. Many  little  islands  and  shoals  make  "this  jiictm-esque  channel  still  narrower.  The 
currents  and  the  character  of  the  I'oasts  render  navigation  very  ditlicult.  In  the  low 
caves  in  the  bluffs,  along  the  coasts  on  the  Silmar  side  of  the  channel,  the  remains  of 
human  skeletons  have  been  found  in  stature  much  larger  than  those  of  the  inhal)itanta 
of  this  day.  Another  curiosity  of  nature  is  an  arch  over  the  Basey  Riv.  formed  bj' 
2  limestone  rocks  from  34  to  40  ft.  high.  In  front  opens  a  portal  35  ft.  in  height, 
through  which  a  portion  of  the  river  may  be  seen.  In  the  wall  on  the  left  of  an  oval 
court  37  ft.  above  the  water  opens  a  cave  94  ft.  deep,  at  one  time  forming  a  large 
stalactite  cavern,  now  partially  destroyed  by  the  ca\'ing  of  the  rocks  overhead.  The 
place  is  well  known  as  the  ' '  Cuevas  de  Sojoton. ' ' 


No   tH3  Prici 


/^^\ 

ii^-|^l^ 


PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS 

OUTH  COAST  OF  SAMAR 

VICINITY  OF  PORT  GLTIUAN 


Sot/Z/iCooi/  fiCSrimar  No  4443 

S  Doc  2:  E'C'.  57    : 


S  A  M  A  K 


ISLAND 


m 


"h. 

^isss:-... 

#^'^- 

"    .#%g 

l^^} 
^ 

\  .;  ^ 

~'^t 

PHILIPPINE  ISLANDS 

SOUTH  COAST  OF  SAMAR 

VICINITY  OF   PORT  OLTICAN 


r=H- 


SoiMCmisI  oTSnauir  No  44*3 

S  Doc  -?  i^^   57    1 


GAZETTEER   OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  797 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

The  coasts,  with  a  Hue  of  412  in.,  are  well  supplied  with  bays  and  anchorages,  shel- 
tereil  on  the  E.  from  the  open  waters  of  the  Pacific.  The  following  are  the  principal 
ones: 

Aguirre;  a  little  port  on  the  E.  side  of  Timpasan  I.  The  best  anchorage  in  the 
C'auahauan  Is.,  with  from  7  to  10  fms. 

Ando;  an  anchorage  SW.  of  the  island  of  that  name  during  the  NE.  monsoon. 

Bacayacan;  on  the  E.  coast,  S.  of  Baba  Pt. 

Balicuatro;  on  the  NW.  coast,  formed  by  the  point  l^earing  that  name  on  the  W. 
and  the  point  surrounded  by  hidden  rocks,  7  m.  to  the  E.  The  bay  is  deep,  but 
access  is  dangerous  on  account  of  rocks. 

BayacanTon  the  E.  coast,  3  m.  S.  of  Bororigan. 

Borongan;  on  the  E.  coast,  S.  of  San  Julian,  sheltered  during  the  SW.  monsoon. 
A  bay  innnediately  S.  has  9  fms.  at  less  than  1  m. 

Caibayog';  on  the  W.  coast,  beyond  the  strait  of  San  Julian,  NE.  of  the  island  of 
Limbancauayan.  Its  anchorage  is  open  and  exposed.  During  the  monsoons  or  in 
typhoon  weather  ships  find  shelter  in  the  Canahauan  Is. 

Cambutatay;  on  the  W.  coast,  beyond  the  strait  of  San  Juanico,  NW.  of  Catba- 
logan. 

Canahuan;  W.  coast,  opposite  E.  end  of  Dalumpiri  I.,  in  which  vessels  of  all 
sizes  can  find  shelter.  Special  attention  is  called  to  this  port  in  case  of  typhoon, 
the  channel  having  14  fms.  and  11  fms.  in  the  center  of  Aguirre  basin. 

Gmuan;  on  the  S.  coast.  There  are  several  bends  at  the  end  of  the  island,  the 
most  remarkable  of  which  is  that  of  Guiuan.  In  the  direction  of  the  WXW.  there 
are  others  of  less  importance  as  far  as  the  bay  of  San  Pedro  and  San  Pablo. 

Gumay;  on  the  E.  coast,  between  the  points  of  Lila  on  the  N.  and  Alibangbang  on 
theS. 

Janabatas;  channel,  the  N.  part  of  San  Juanico  Strait,  8  m.  long  to  Santa  Rita  I., 
3  ni.  wide  within  its  W.  entrance,  less  than  1  m.  at  that  entrance. 

Ipil;  on  the  E.  coast,  formed  bv  Pts.  Casaiigayan  on  the  N.  and  Tambadon  on 
the  S. 

Libucandacd;  on  the  N.  side  <^>f  island,  with  12  fms.  and  well  sheltered  from  the 
SW.  gales,  called  "collas." 

Laguan;  situated  on  the  N.  coast,  between  Libjls  Pt.  and  the  W.  coast  of  the  island 
of  Laguan.     It  offers  good  anchorage  in  67  fms.,  but  exposed  to  the  N  W.  and  W. 

Liaguin;  on  the  W.  coast,  beyond  the  strait  of  San  Juanico,  toward  the  N.,  opens 
E.  of  the  S.  end  of  the  island  of  Daram. 

Maqueda;  on  the  W.  coast,  immediately  SE.  of  Catbalogan,  sheltered  by  Majaba 
and  Buad  Is.  The  former  offers  sheltered  anchorage  on  the  E.  side  in  6  fms. 
Villareal  joins  it  on  the  S. 

Palapag;  between  Laguan,  Bdtac,  and  Cahayagan  Is.,  off  the  N.  coast  of  Sdmar,  1 
m.  wide,  sheltered  from  all  winds,  with  from  5  to  10  fms.,  and  one  of  the  best  in  the 
archipelago. 

Pambujan;  a  splendid  bay  on  the  E.  coast,  between  points  Bura  and  Matarinao, 
with  a  deep,  clear  entrance  and  an  interior  channel  called  Tangbad,  protected  from 
all  winds. 

Panasan;  on  this  island  is  a  fine  landlocked  harbor  with  sufficient  water  for  gun- 
boats of  considerable  draft.  It  is  the  harbor  of  refuge  for  vessels  off  Catbalogan  dur- 
ing heavy  monsoon  weather. 

Puerto  de  Galeras;  a  sheltered  bay  in  the  N.  of  Capul  I.,  convenient  for  vessels 
navigating  San  P)ernardino  Strait. 

San  Juanico;  a  narrow  strait  which  separates  Siimar  and  Leyte,  contains  a  num- 
ber of  small  islets. 

San  Julian;  on  the  E.  coast,  near  the  S.  of  Siilat. 

San  Pedro  y  San  Pablo;  bay,  part  of  which  is  in  Samar,  between  Inapusan 
Pt.,  in  Leyte,  and  Alabat,  in  Siimar.  It  is  the  S.  terminus  of  San  Juanico  Strait  and 
has  an  area  of  about  12  m.     An  anchorage  is  on  the  E.  side  of  the  bay. 

Santa  Rita;  the  strait  at  the  N.  entrance  of  the  strait  of  San  Juanico. 

Sua;  on  the  SW.  coast,  off  Daram  I. 

Sulat;  on  the  E.  coast,  6  m.  from  Ipil. 

Tinagutman;  on  the  X.  coast,  2  m.  from  the  river  Mobo. 

Villareal;  on  the  W.  coast,  sheltered  by  the  islands  of  Majaba,  Buad,  and  Lin- 
tancdn. 

LIGHT-HOUSES. 

The  following  are  the  lights  of  San  Bernardino  channel: 
f    Caibayog;  W.  coast  of  Samar,  at  the  N.  end  of  the  town  of  Calbdyog,  1  red  flash 
light  set  on  a  tripod. 


GAZETTEEK    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  797 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

The  coasts,  witli  a  line  of  412  m.,  are  well  supplied  with  bays  and  anchorages,  shel- 
tered on  the  E.  from  the  open  waters  of  the  Pacific.  The  following  are  the  principal 
ones: 

Ag-uirre;  a  little  port  on  the  E.  side  of  Timpasan  I.  The  best  anchorage  in  the 
Canahauan  Is.,  with  from  7  to  10  fms. 

Ando;  an  anchorage  SW.  of  the  island  of  that  name  during  the  NE.  monsoon. 

Bacayacan;  on  the  E.  coast,  S.  of  Baba  Pt. 

Balicuatro;  on  the  NW.  coast,  formed  by  the  point  bearing  that  name  on  the  W. 
and  the  point  surrounded  by  hidden  rocks,  7  m.  to  the  E.  The  bay  is  deep,  but 
access  is  dangerous  on  account  of  rocks. 

Bayacan;  on  the  E.  coast,  3  m.  S.  of  Borongan. 

Borongan;  on  the  E.  coast,  S.  of  San  Julidn,  sheltered  during  the  SW.  monsoon. 
A  bay  ininicdiately  S.  has  9  fms.  at  less  than  1  m. 

Calbayog';  <>u  the  W.  coast,  beyond  the  strait  of  San  Julian,  NE.  of  the  island  of 
Limbancauayan.  Its  anchorage  is  open  and  exposed.  During  the  monsoons  or  in 
typhoon  wctither  ships  find  shelter  in  the  Canahauan  Is. 

'  Cambutatay;  on  the  W.  coast,  beyond  the  strait  of  San  Juanico,  NW.  of  Catba- 
logan. 

Canahuan;  W.  coast,  opposite  E.  end  of  Dalumpiri  I.,  in  which  vessels  of  all 
sizes  can  find  shelter.  Special  attention  is  called  to  this  port  in  case  of  typhoon, 
the  channel  having  14  fuis.  and  11  fms.  in  the  center  of  Aguirre  basin. 

Guiuan;  on  the  S.  coast.  There  are  several  bends  at  the  end  of  the  island,  the 
most  remarkable  of  which  is  that  of  Guiuan.  In  the  direction  of  the  WNW.  there 
are  others  of  less  importance  as  far  as  the  bay  of  San  Pedro  and  San  Pablo. 

Gumay ;  on  the  E.  coast,  between  the  points  of  Lila  on  the  N.  and  Alibangbang  on 
theS. 

Janabatas;  channel,  the  N.  part  of  San  Juanico  Strait,  8  m.  long  to  Santa  Rita  I., 
3  m.  wide  within  its  W.  entrance,  less  than  1  m.  at  that  entrance. 

fpil;  on  the  E.  coast,  formed  by  Pts.  CasaiTgayan  on  the  N.  and  Tambadon  on 
the  S. 

liibucandacd ;  on  the  N.  side  of  island,  with  12  fms.  and  well  sheltered  from  the 
SW.  gales,  called  "coUas." 

Liaguan;  situated  on  the  N.  coast,  between  Libas  Pt.  and  the  W.  coast  of  the  island 
of  Laguan.     It  offers  good  anchorage  in  67  fms.,  but  exposed  to  the  NW.  and  W. 

Laguin;  on  the  W.  coast,  l)eyond  the  strait  of  San  Juanico,  toward  the  N.,  opens 
E.  of  the  S.  end  of  the  island  of  Daram. 

Maqueda;  on  the  W.  coast,  immediately  SE.  of  Catbalogan,  sheltered  by  Majaba 
and  Buad  Is.  The  former  offers  sheltered  anchorage  on  the  E.  side  in  6  fms. 
Villareal  joins  it  on  the  S. 

Palapag-;  between  Laguan,  BAtac,  and  Cahayagan  Is.,  off  the  N.  coast  of  Sdmar,  1 
m.  wide,  sheltered  from  all  winds,  with  from  5  to  10  fms.,  and  one  of  the  best  in  the 
archipelago. 

Pambujan;  a  splendid  bay  on  the  E.  coast,  between  points  Bura  and  Matarinao, 
with  a  deep,  clear  entrance  and  an  interior  channel  called  Tangbad,  protected  from 
all  winds. 

Panasan;  on  this  island  is  a  fine  landlocked  harbor  with  sufficient  water  for  gun- 
boats of  considerable  draft.  It  is  the  harbor  of  refuge  for  vessels  off  Catbalogan  dur- 
ing heavy  mouiJoou  weather. 

Puerto  de  Galeras;  a  sheltered  bay  in  the  N.  of  Capul  I.,  convenient  for  vessels 
navigatinii;  San  Bernardino  Strait. 

San  Juanico;  a  narrow  strait  which  separates  Sslmar  and  Leyte,  contains  a  num- 
ber of  small  islets. 

San  Julian;  on  the  E.  roast,  near  the  S.  of  Sulat. 

San  Pedro  y  San  Pablo;  bay,  part  of  which  is  in  Siimar,  between  Inapusan 
Pt.,  in  Leyte,  and  Alabat,  in  Si'imar.  It  is  the  S.  terminus  of  San  Juanico  Strait  and 
has  an  area  of  about  12  m.     An  anchorage  is  on  the  E.  side  of  the  bay. 

Santa  Rita;  the  strait  at  the  N.  entrance  of  the  strait  of  San  Juanico. 

Sua;  on  the  SW.  coast,  off  Daram  I. 

Siilat;  on  the  E.  coast,  6  m.  from  Ipil. 

Tinagutman;  on  the  N.  coast,  2  m.  from  the  river  Mobo. 

Villareal;  on  the  W.  coast,  sheltered  by  the  islands  of  Majaba,  Buad,  and  Lin- 
tan  cdn. 

LIGHT-HOUSES. 

The  following  are  the  lights  of  San  Bernardino  channel: 
If     Calbayog;  W.  coast  of  Samar,  at  the  N,  end  of  the  town  of  Calbdyog,  1  red  flash 
light  set  on  a  tripod. 


798 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


Capul  I,;  on  the  N.  point,  165  yds.  from  extremity,  lat.  12°  29^  W  N.,  Ion.  124° 
8'  N. ;  1  flash  light  with  a  group  of  3,  flashed  every  30  seconds;  143  ft.  above  the 
sea,  on  a  trimcated  conical  tower  of  gray  stone;  upper  part  and  lantern  white;  49  ft. 
high,  visil)le  21  m. 

Catbalogan;  \X.  coast  of  Samar,  at  the  town  of  Catbalogan,  on  the  army  head- 
quarters' building;  1  flash  light,  red. 

ROADS  AND   COMMUNICATIONS. 

There  are  few  roads  in  the  island,  nearly  all  the  villages  lying  along  the  banks  of 
the  main  streams  navigable  fur  native  boats.  By  this  means  traveling  or  traffic  are 
brought  to  the  coast,  and  thence  by  native  craft  or  steamer  to  destination. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

The  population  of  the  island  is  185,386,  about  the  number  of  Delaware,  more  than 
Arizona  or  Idaho,  and  5  times  that  of  Nevada.  An  estimate  gives  10,000  native 
refugees  living  in  the  mountains,  practically  independent,  and  almost  savage  in  their 
manners  and  customs,  making  a  total  of  195,386  (census  of  1887, 185,094).  The  inhab- 
itants are  wholly  of  Visayan  stock,  there  being  no  material  infusion  of  other  blood. 
Although  in  numbers  not  so  great  as  on  the  neighboring  islands,  these  people  have 
always  held  themselves  better  in  hand  against  the  encroachments  of  Spain.  Of  the 
2  dominant  races,  the  Visayans  number  almost  2  to  1  of  the  Tagiilogs.  They  occupy 
the  islands  which  bear  their  name,  and  have  shown  themselves  less  given  to  politics 
and  more  to  industry.  They  also  represent  in  the  fullest  sense  the  characteristics  of 
their  Malay  origin. '  From  the  earliest  occupation  of  these  islands,  they  have  kept 
themselves  in  touch  with  their  progenitors  of  the  islands  of  Oceania  by  means  of 
expeditions  in  pursuit  of  plunder  or  peaceful  traffic. 

The  following  is  the  division  of  Sdmar  into  pueblos  and  their  respective  population 
according  to  the  census  of  1887: 


Province  and  pueblos. 


Total  population,  combining 
residents  present  and  ab- 
sent, native  and  Spanish, 
census,  1887. 


Men.       Women.      Total. 


Balangigs, 

Basey 

Bobon 

Boroil&an 

CalbSyog 

Calbiga 

Capul 

Catarman 

Catbalogan ... 

Catubig 

G^ndara 

Guiuan 

Hernani 

Hiabong 

La  Granja 

Lanang 

Laoang 

Lavezares 

Mercedes 

Mondrag6n... 

Oquendo  

Oris 

PalApag 

Pambujan 

Paranas 

PAric 

Knabdgdao  .. 
Quinapundan 

Salcedo 

San  JuMn 

San  Sebastian 
Santa  Rita.... 

Siilat 

Tarangnftn . . . 

Tiibig 

Villareal 

Zumiarraga . . 

Total... 


6,066 
1,928 
5,149 
9,364 
1,406 
1,631 
3,107 
3,224 
4,670 
4, 315 
4,956 
1,629 
917 
1,518 
1,539 
3,421 
1,540 
649 
595 
1,401 
2,538 
1,545 
2,598 
2,726 
1,277 
460 
802 

1U7I 
936 
1,022 
2,332 
2,065 
1,220 


4,012 
12, 116 
4,011 
9,769 
20,484 
3,148 
3,379 
6,757 
6,610 
9,361 
9,028 
10,583 
3,140 
2,075 
3,247 
3,034 
7,315 
3,347 
1,452 
1,222 


5,879 
2,592 
1,114 
1,703 
3,467 
2,955 
1,900 
2,  .337 
4,644 
4,326 
2,296 
5,293 
5,465 


89,045 


Estimated,  1901,  195,386. 


GAZETTEER    OB"    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  799 

There  are  'o2  towns  and  upward  of  300  villages.  The  following  are  the  chief 
towns,  in  which  there  is  some  admixture  of  Spanish  blood,  and  the  Spanish  is  the 
language  of  the  better  class: 

Catbalog-an;'  the  capital  of  Silmar,  open  to  coasting  trade,  on  the  shore  of  a  small 
bay  at  tlie  mouth  of  a  river  of  the  same  name,  with  6  ft.  on  the  bar.  The  anchorage 
is  unsafe  during  the  monsoon  weather,  Parasan  I.  Bay,  10  m.  W.,  being  the  refuge 
for  vessels.  It  has  a  large  trade  with  Manila  in  hemp  and  cocoanut  oil.  It  is  well 
protected  by  a  number  of  islands  of  considerable  size,  that  of  Daram  being  the  larg- 
est.    A  peak  1,483  ft.  high  rises  to  the  SW.     Pop.,  6,459. 

Abac;  chief  town  of  the  island  of  Capul;  copper  found  in  the  vicinity.  Pop. 
6,834. 

Balangiga;  about  the  center  of  the  S.  coast  of  Samar,  on  a  bight  to  the  E.  of  San 
Pedro  and  San  Pablo  Bay,  at  the  mouth  of  Piiray  Riv.,  55  m.  SE.  by  S.  of  Catba- 
logan.  The  country  inland  is  extremely  rugged  and  traversed  by  numerous  streams, 
the  Catiao  and  Hiptolos  Kivs.  entering  the  Pacific  Ocean  on  the  E.  and  the  Taguiti 
and  Lauaan  on  the  W.  Within  a  radius  of  19  m.  are  the  towns  of  Salcedo  and  Quina- 
pundan,  besides  a  number  of  villages,  mainly  on  the  coast.  Within  the  same  limits 
are  no  less  than  28  mapped  mountain  summits,  of  which  10  are  craters  of  extinct 
volcanoes,  and  besides  the  rivers  named,  are  the  headwaters  of  the  Lanang,  Tonquip, 
and  Naubay  Rivs,  which  empty  into  the  Pacific  Ocean  on  the  opposite  side  of  the 
island  toward  the  NW.  The  town  is  28  m.  E.  of  the  entrance  to  San  Juanico  Strait, 
and  but  30  m.  E.  of  Tacloban,  the  capital  of  Leyte.     Pop.,  5,000. 

Basey;  on  S.  shore,  4  m.  E.  of  entrance  to  San  Juanico  Strait,  on  1.  bank  of  W. 
outlet  of  Basey  or  Bangui  Riv.,  35  m.  SSE.  of  Catbalogan,  and  26  m.  WNW.  of 
Balangiga.     Pop.,  13,336. 

Bobon;  at  mouth  of  a  river  on  E.  side  of  bight  on  N.  coast,  S.  of  Cabauan 
Grande  I.,  57  m.  NNW.  of  Catbalogan. 

Borong-an;  on  E.  coast,  on  bay  about  1  m.  wide  at  mouth  of  Burumhan  Riv., 
36  in.  E.  of  Catl)alogan.  There  are  extensive  cocoanut  plantations  for  the  manu- 
facture of  cocoanut  oil  in  this  vicinity.     Pop.,  9,448. 

Calbayog-;  in  a  bend  near  mouth  of  river  of  that  name,  29  m.  NW.  of  Catbalogan. 
Anchorage  opposite  town  has  32  to  4  fms. ;  it  is  not  safe,  however,  during  SW.  mon- 
soons. Manila  steamers  touch  at  this  point.  A  red  light  is  shown  from  here. 
Pop.,  30,250. 

Calbiga;  on  the  W.  coast,  on  the  1.  bank  of  an  important  river  about  6  m.  above 
its  entrance  to  the  sea,  on  the  line  of  boundary  between  Maqueda  and  Villareal 
bays,  11  m.  SE.  of  Catbalogan.  It  is  necessary  to  carry  stores  10  or  15  m.  in  ships 
or  native  boats,  owing  to  the  bars  at  the  mouth  of  the  river.  Steamers  of  75  tons 
anchor  4  m.  off.     Pop.,  4,292. 

Capul;  pueblo  on  San  Bernardino  Strait.     Pop.,  Cn.  1887,  3,379. 

Catarman;  at  the  mouth  of  a  river  entering  the  sea  on  the  N.  coast,  opposite  the 
island  of  Hibapsan,  55  m.  NNE.  of  Catbalogan,  with  an  aggregate  population  of  10,482. 

Catubig;  on  the  1.  bank  of  one  of  the  great  rivers  entering  on  the  N.  coast,  oppo- 
site Lagudn  I.,  9  m.  inland  and  48  m.  N.  of  Catbalogan.     Pop.,  9,565. 

Gandara;  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  Bac-hao  Barigahon  Riv.,  10  m.  inland,  at  the 
junction  of  one  of  its  E.  tributaries,  15  m.  N.  of  Catbalogan.  Pop.,  15,563.  In  1900 
it  Avas  almost  wholly  destroyed  during  an  engagement  with  insurrectos.  Previously 
it  was  the  seat  of  an  important  river  trade. 

Guiuan;  on  W.  side  of  extreme  SE.  peninsula,  opposite  Maricani  I.,  78  m.  SE.  of 
Catbalogan.     Pop.,  11,311. 

Hernani;  SE.  coast,  53  m.  SE.  of  Catbalogan.     Pop.,  2,555. 

Hiabong;  on  W  coast,  N.  shore  of  Maqueda  Bay,  at  mouth  of  a  river,  5 J  m.  E.  of 
Catbalogan.     Pop.,  3,579. 

La  Granja;  on  W.  coast,  4  m.  S.  of  Balicuatro,  extreme  NW.  point  of  Sdmar,  69 
m.  NW.  of  Catbalogan.     Pop.,  3,413. 

Laguan;  on  SW.  shore  of  island  of  that  name,  E.  of  Pambujan  on  mainland,  and 
opposite  mouth  of  Catubig  Riv.,  57  m.  N.  of  Catbalogan.  Pop.,  8,800.  Also  several 
villages. 

Lanang;  E.  coast,  at  mouth  of  river  of  same  name,  46  m.  ESE.  of  Catbalogan. 
There  are  cocoanut  plantations  in  vicinity  for  manufacture  of  cocoanut  oil.  Pop., 
4,779. 

Lavezares;  on  the  S.  shore  of  the  deep  bay  SE.  of  Balicuatro  Pt.,  36  m.  NW.  of 
Catbalogan.     Pop.,  3,480. 

Mercedes;  in  the  extreme  SE.  peninsula,  about  midway  between  the  E.  and  W. 
coast,  73  m.  SE.  of  Catbalogan.     Pop.,  3,068. 

Mondragdn;  on  the  N.  coast,  about  the  center,  SE.  of  Hibapsan  I.,  55  m.  N.  by 
W.  of  Catbalogan.     Pop.,  1,556. 

Oquendo;  in  the  NW.,  at  the  headwaters  of  a  tributary  of  the  Pagsanhdn  Riv.,  38 
m.  NNW.  of  Catbalogan.     Pop.,  5,200. 


800  GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

Oras;  on  the  S.  coast,  N.  shore  of  the  bay  and  river  of  that  name,  45  m.  NE.  of 
Catbalogan.     Pop.,  5,667. 

Palapag;  the  most  N.  town  on  the  mainland,  NE.  shore,  opposite  Batac  I.,  58 
m.  N.  hy  E.  of  Catbalogan.     Pop.,  5,802. 

Pambujan;  at  the  mouth  of  a  river  on  the  N.  coast,  opposite  Lib^s  I.,  57  m.  N.  of 
Catbalogan.     Pop.,  7,423. 

Pansiguican ;  on  the  Sdmar  side  of  San  Pedro  and  San  Pablo  Bay,  about  6  m.  E. 
of  the  mouth  of  the  Basey  River.  Between  this  town  and  Basiao  stand  rocks  92  ft. 
high,  worn  at  the  base,  with  rounded,  wood-covered  summits  like  gigantic  mush- 
rooms.    The  natives  formerly  buried  their  dead  in  the  rocky  caverns  of  this  island. 

Paranas;  on  the  coast  at  the  mouth  of  a  river  on  the  NE.  shore  of  Maqueda  Bay, 
10  m.  E.  of  Cat])alogan.     Pop.,  7,366. 

Paric,  or  Dolores;  on  the  E.  coast,  at  the  outlet  of  the  Bacot  River,  46  m.  ENE, 
of  Cat})alogan.     Pop.,  3,649. 

Pinabagdao;  at  the  mouth  of  a  river  on  the  E.  shore  of  Villareal  Bay,  11  m.  SSE. 
of  Catl)alogan.     Pop.,  1,975. 

Quinapundan;  on  the  1.  bank  of  a  river  in  the  SE.  i^eninsula,  4  m.  inland  from 
the  8.  coast  and  60  m.  SE.  of  Catbalogan.     Pop.,  2,000. 

Salcedo;  on  the  W.  coast  of  the  SE.  peninsula,  on  the  shore  of  a  deep  bav,  67  m. 
SE.  of  Catbalogan.     Pop.,  4,470. 

San  Julian;  on  the  E.  coast,  on  the  S.  shore  of  a  bay,  38  m.  E.  of  Catbalogan. 
Pop.,  3,616. 

San  Sebastian;  on  the  W.  coast,  at  the  mouth  of  a  river  entering  Maqueda  Bay, 
9  m.  E8E.  of  Cat])alogan.     Pop.,  839. 

Santa  Margarita;  on  the  W.  coast,  on  a  small  liay  opposite  Taiigad  I.,  21  m. 
NE.  of  Cotbalogan. 

Santa  Rita;  on  the  S.  shore,  opposite  the  island  of  the  same  name  in  Janabatas 
channel,  22  m.  8.  by  E.  of  Catbalogan.     Pop.,  4,394. 

Santo  Nino;  on  the  NE.  shore  of  Limbacauayan  I.,  off  the  W.  coast,  32  m. 
WNW.  of  Catbalogan.     Pop.,  4,918. 

Sulat;  on  the  E.  coast,  S.  shore  of  a  bay,  40  m.  ENE.  of  Catbalogan.     Pop.,  4,615. 

Tarangnan;  on  the  W.  coast,  on  the  shore  of  a  small  bay,  7  m.  N.  of  Catbalogan. 
Pop.,  3,950. 

Tubig;  on  the  E.  shore,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Ubasan  Riv.,  40  m.  ENE.  of  Catba- 
logan.    Pop.,  3,378. 

Villareal;  on  the  SW.  shore  of  the  bay  of  that  name,  fronted  bv  Lamingao 
I.,  13  m.  S.  by  E.  of  Catbalogan.     Pop.,  6,091. 

Weyler;  on  the  W.  coast,  between  the  Pagsanhjin  and  Sambugtun  Rivs.,  41  m. 
NW.  of  Catbalogan. 

Zumarraga;  on  the  W.  coast,  9  m.  from  Catbalogan.     Pop.,  Cn.  1887,  5,465. 

DEPENDENT  ISLANDS. 

The  coasts  of  Sdmar  are  bordered  by  a  large  number  of  islands,  as  follows : 

sq.  m. 

Aluyan;  NE.  coast,  in  a  small  bay  N.  of  Binugayan  Pt a 

Andjao;  SE.  coast,  in  the  bay  S.  of  Hernanl i 

6  islands  in  the  same  bay  to  the  S 6 

Ando,  or  Andis;  E.  coast,  moderately  high  at  the  entrance  to  the  bay  of  Borongan 1 

Aporoo;  S.  coast,  in  the  W.  waters  of  the  bight  VV.  of  Balangiga 1 

Baciiii;  N.  coast,  4m.  E.  of  Port  I'alapai;.  separated  from  the  mainland  bya  channel  1,500ft.  wide      1 

Balading-Daco;  one  of  the  Canahaiiaii  Is.,  \V.  coast ^ 

Balicualro;  the  central  and  westernmost  of  the  islands  of  that  group,  4^  m.  NE.of  Balicuatro  Pt.      2 

on  the  NW.  coast  between  I't.  Balicuatro  and  Bobon,  5  m.  NE.  of  the  former;  they  form  2 

groups,  that  of  Biri  on  the  NW.,  composed  of  4  islands,  and  Cabauan  Grande  on  the  E.,  of  5 
islands. 

Island  of  this  group  lies  inshore  E.  of  Balicuatro  Pt.  with  an  area  of 1 

Balinalio;  SW.  coast,  in  entrance  to  Salcedo  Bay 4 

Banjftu;  E.  coast,  7  m.  off  PAric i 

Barin;  N.  coast,  the  westernmost  of  the  Balicuatro  Is.,  i  m.  off  the  SW.  coast  of  Biri. 
Bascal;  off  the  W.  coast,  in  the  SW.  entrance  to  the  channel  between  Daram  I.  and  the  main- 
land; several  smaller  islands  lie  around 1 

BAtac;  the  most  N.  and  largest  off  the  N.  coast,  forming  the  E.  shore  of  Paliipag  port,  bi  m.  N.  and 
S.  and  4^  m.  E.  and  W.    The  village  of  Mahinog  is  on  the  W.  shore.    A  small  island  lies  off  the 

village 20 

Batgongon;  otf  the  W.  coasr,  N.  of  the  Canahauan  Is.,  with  7^  fms.  around  it i 

Baujan;  E.  coast  and  most  N.  of  3  islands,  9  m.  off  the  mouth  of  Oris  Riv 1 

Baiil;  a  small  island  off  the  S.  coast,  nearly  adjoining  Manicani  I a 

Binabasalan;  off  the  S.  coast,  near  Manicani  I i 

Binarayan;  NE.  coast,  off  Alibangbang  Pt 1 

Biri,  or  Viri;  off  the  NW.  coast;  largest  of  the  Balicuatro  group,  7  m.  NNE.  of  the  point  of  that 
name,  6  m.  from  NW.  to  SE.  and  3  m.  from  NE.  to  SW.  Village  of  Biri  or  Viri  lies  on  the  SE. 
and  Enriqueta  on  the  SW.  shore.  A  detached  rock  lies  to  the  N.  i  m.  Depth  of  the  surround- 
ing channels  is  7  to  30  fms 14 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  801 

sq.m. 
Boloang;  W.  coast;  one  of  4  islands  of  the  Canaliauan  Is.,  8  m.  W.  by  S.  of  TarangnAn  and  off  the 

delta  of  the  Bae-hao  BaBgah6n 2 

Botic;  off  the  SVV.  coast,  in  the  bay  of  Salcedo 2 

Buad;  off  the  W.  coast,  in  the  sea  of  SAmar;  is  7  m.  N.  and  S.  and  6  m.  E.  and  W.  Has  a  peak  1,150 
ft.  high.  A  sheltered  port  on  the  S.  side  has  4  fms.  A  channel  between  it  and  the  mainland 
with  Buad  channel,  is  narrow  and  only  used  by  coasters  between  Biliran  and  Catbalogan;  it  Ls 
separated  from  Daram  I.  on  the  SW.  by  Zumdrraga  channel;  Tinaogan  on  NW.  point,  Tubigon 

on  a  bay  on  E.,and  Masalunos  on  SE.  are  the  chief  villages 21 

Buri;  W.  "coast,  3  m.  SW.  of  Catbalogan,  separated  from  mainland  by  a  channel  less  than  1  fm.; 

it  lias  2  anchorages,  on-i'  to  E.,  tlio  other  to  W 2 

t'alialarian;  an  island  \V.  of  Manicani i 

('al)antiguianes;  6  islands  off  the  W.  coast,  stretching  SE.  of  Timpasan  1 2 

Cabauan  Grande:  islands,  the  E.  of  the  Balicuatro  group,  consisting  of  Cabauan  Grande,  Ugamut, 

and  2  insh<ire  islan<is. 
Cabauan  (irandc,  ur  Caliaougan;  the  E.  of  the  Balicuatro  Is.,  lowand  wooded;  anchorage  between 
it  and  tlie  mainland  is  completely  sheltered,  but  the  approaches  are  known  only  to  local  pilots. 

It  is  5  m.  NW.  toSE.  and  2  m.  NE.  to  SW 10 

Cagduyau;  W.  coast,  N.  of  Buri  I.,  4  m.  NW.  of  Catbalogan i 

Cahayagan;  on  the  N.  coast,  forming  the  W.  shore  of  Port  Paldpag,  2  by  2^  m 2 

Cajoogan;  N.  coast,  7  m.  NNE.  of  Mondragon 1 

CalapAn;  in  the  opening  of  a  small  bay  in  the  Lagudn  side  of  the  channel,  between  that  island 

and  Bdlac ^ i 

CamAmot^  W.  coast,  off  the  NE.  shore  of  Tungad ^ 

Cambasingan;  island  W.  of  Manicani ^ 

Camoropudon;  N.  of  Pt.  Alabat i 

Canabayon;  NE.  coast,  inshore,  7  m.  S.  of  Sila  Pt 1 

Canahauan;  a  group  of  9  islands  in  the  form  of  an  ellipse,  4^  m.  long  and  2^  m.  in  width,  off  the 
W.  coast  in  sea  of  Sdmar,  opposite  S.  end  of  Dalupiri  I.;  islands  lie  14  m.  from  Catbalogan  and 
17  m.  from  Calbftyog,  both  towns  being  on  an  open  coast.  Aguirre  port,  about  the  center  of 
the  ellipse,  offers  a  refuge  for  both  towns  protected  against  all  monsoons.  Canahauan-Dac6,  W. 
coast,  offers  shelter  from  all  winds  in  depths  from  15  to  20  fms.;  passages  between  islands  are 
.safe;  summit  of  Canahauan-Daco  is  446  ft.  high,  Timpasan  489,  and  other  islands  245  ft.;  island 

is  planted  with  al>acil 3 

Canahauan-Daco;  one  of  the  Canahauan  Is.,  W.  coast i 

Canahauan-Gutiay;  one  of  the  Canahauan  Is.,  W.  coast ^ 

Candolu;  1  m.  off  extreme  SE.  point  of  Sfimar.    Sungi  Pt.  on  its  S.  coast  is  landmark  of  channel 

between  mainland  and  Jomonjol  I.  to  SW.    Village  of  Salangan  is  on  W.  shore 2 

Caninoan;  S.  coast,  an  island  off  the  N.  of  Manicani  I i 

Capocpocanan;  SE.  coast,  in  bay  S.  of  Hernani 4 

Caput;  W.  coast,  at  entrance  to  San  Bernardino  Strait,  8  m.  N.  and  S.,  3j  m.  E.  and  W.;  light-house 
stands  on  its  N.  end;  it  has  2  high  peaks,  southernmost  in  vicinity  of  Abac,  794  ft.  high;  town 
of  Capul  has  population  of  3,379;  in  N.  part  of  island  is  sheltered  bay  of  Puerto  de  Galeras; 

copper  is  found  in  the  mountains 12 

Catalaban;  E.  coast,  2  m.  NE.  of  Siilat 2 

Curo  Caoayan;  W  shore,  clu.ster  of  4  islands  off  SW.  shore  of  Libucan-Daco 1 

Dalupiri,  or  Puercos,  or  Hog;  NW.  coast,  3  m.  off  mouth  of  Mano  Kiv.,  8  m.  N.  and  S.  and  2i  m. 
E.  and  W.  It  is  low,  covered  with  trees  and  has  central  cone  502  ft.  high.  Dalupiri  village 
is  on  the  N.  and  Pilar  on  the  S.  points;  game  is  abundant;  in  center  of  island  is  lake  abounding 

in  crocodiles 15 

Damita;  W.  coast,  7  m.  NW.  of  Calbayog. 

Darajuai;  on  the  W.  coast,  opposite  Catbalogan  and  forming  shelter  for  its  anchorage. 
Daram;  the  largest  of  the  islands  bordering  S^mar,  on  W'.  coast,  W.  of  Parasan  and  Buad,  being  15 
m.  N.  and  S.  and  5i  m.  E.  and  W.  at  S.  end;  it  extends  irregularly  from  N.  to  S.,  forming  2  pen- 
insulas of  almost  equal  size;  Baclayon  is  on  its  extreme  W.  point,  and  along  the  shore  are  few 
other  villages  and  hamlets;  it  has  peak  1,480  ft.  high  at  S.  end  of  island,  which  forms  landmark 

to  sailors  leaving  JanabatSs  and  entering  Daram  channel 30 

Dibinubo;  E.  coast,  at  entrance  to  Borongan  Bay,  3^  m.  SE.  of  that  town;  smaller  island  lies 

inshore 1 

Dio;  an  island  in  San  Pedro  and  San  Pablo  Bay,  2i  m.  SW.  of  Cataisan  Pt.  and  1  m.  from  nearest 

coast h 

Enobugh^n ;  N.  coast,  in  channel  between  Laguin  and  the  mainland i 

Fulin;  E.  coa.st,  7^  m.  E.  by  S.  of  PAric h 

(iuimanoc.     (A'ee  Hinamoc.) 

( iiiiuan;  SE.  pen.    A  group  of  8  islands  NW.  of  town  of  that  name,  12  m.  NW.  of  Suiigi  Pt i 

HibapsAn;  N.  coast,  S.  of  Tabones  group,  4  m.  ENE.  of  Catarman 1 

Higunun;  NE.  coast,  3  m.  SE.  of  Sila  Pt 1 

Hilaban;  E.  coa.st,  in  front  of  bay  of  OrAs,  2  m.  S.  by  E.  of  Binugayan 2 

Hinamoc;  S.  coa.st,  on  the  Sdmar  side  of  entrance  to  San  Juanico  Strait,  off  town  of  Basey  and 

delta  of  Buqui  ( Basey)  Riv 1 

Isoc;  E.  coast,  S.  of  Najibil  Pt.  and  N.  of  Dibinubo  Pt h 

Janabatds;  in  this  channel  are  a  number  of  islets,  shoals,  and  rocks. 

Janabon;  in  middle  of  bay  in  central  JanabatAs  channel a 

Jimanioc;  S.  of  mouth  of  Basey  Riv.,  of  moderate  height i 

LaguAn,  or  Lavan,  or  Calamutanay;  off  N.  coast,  separated  by  a  narrow  channel  which  commu- 
nicates with  Port  PalApag;  town  .st<ands  on  SW.  shore;  small  island  lies  off  E.  shore.  It  is  74 
m.  NW.  to  SE.,  and  3  m.  E.to  W.  at  S.;  town  of  Lagudn  is  on  its  SW.  .shore,  opposite  Pambujan; 
villages  of  Napoticoan  and  Motongbotong  are  on  an  inlet  on  N.  and  Catomotan  on  SE.  shore. .    14 

Lalauigan;  SE.  coast,  in  bay  S.  of  Hernani s 

Lamingao;  W.  coast,  in  Villareal  Bay,  E.  of  LintancAn  I.;  5  islands  lie  to  the  S.  in  Villareal  Bay.      1 

Lanaan;  S.  coast,  in  bay  and  at  mouth  of  river  of  same  name 5 

Layalaya;  W.  coast,  2  small  islands  united  by  a  reef,  dry  at  low  water,  1  m.  SE.  of  largest  of  Libu- 

can  Is 5 

LibAs;  2  islands  off  N.  coast,  opposite  Pambujan  and  W.  of  LaguAn  I 1 

Libucan  group;  W.  coast,  3  islands  and  several  islets  W.  of  the  N.  point  of  Libucan-Dae6  I 1 

Libucan-Dac6;  W.  coast,  in  sea  of  SAmar.  A  group  of  3  islands  and  several  islets,  5  m.  off  W. 
coast.    It  has  a  good  anchorage  in  bay 6 

S.  Doc.  280 51 


802  GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

sq.  m. 
Limbacanayati;  W.  coast,  E.  of  Mesa  1.,  2^  m.  N.  and  S.  and  Sj  m.  E.  and  W.;  has  a  central  cone 

1,590  ft.  liigh;  chief  town  of  Santo  Niflo  has  a  population  of  5,640;  there  is  a  village  on  the 

opposite  coast 10 

Linao;  E.  coast,  7  m.  off  PAric s 

LintancAn;  W.  coast,  S.  of  the  bay  of  Maqueda,  in  the  N.  partof  the  entrance  to  the  strait  formed 

by  the  island  of  Daram;  it  has  a  few  villages  on  its  coast h 

Macati;  E.  coast,  3  m.  SE.  of  Tilbig i 

Mahaba;  W.  coast,  off  the  NE.  shore  of  Buad  I.,  opposite  Catbalogan,  and  offering  shelter  for  its 

anchorage 2 

Malh6n,  or  Jomonjol,  or  Homonhon;  crescent-shaped,  lOg  m.  NW.  to  SE.  and  3  m.  NE.  to  SW,  11 

m.  SW.  of  the  extreme  SE.  pointof  S&mar,  in  mid-channel  between  itand  the  N. point  of  Dind- 

gatl.;  has  high  mountains 26 

Manicani;  5  m.  SW.  of  Guiuan,  3  m.  in  diameter  with  a  central  hill  of  moderate  height;  channel 

2i  m.  wide  between  this  and  the  coast  is  from  11  to  20  fms.  deep;  vessels  of  all  sizes  can  find 

anchorage  in  this  channel  under  the  shelter  of  Baiil  and  Binabasalan  Is.;  village  of  Buena- 

vista  is  on  the  E.  point;  2^  m.  N.  and  S.  and  3  m.  E.  and  W 6 

Mantoconan;  2  m.  off  the  W.  coast  of  Malhon  I i 

Masisingi;  SE.  coast,  S.  of  Ilcniani 1 

Mesa,  or  Talagit;  off  the  \V.  coast,  in  the  sea  of  SAmar,  SE.  of  TagapulA;  has  a  peak  1,791  ft.  high.      2 

Minanut;  E.  coast,  off  the  town  and  mouth  of  the  Lanang  Riv 2 

Minasaiigan;  E.  coast,  S.  of  the  mouth  of  the  Suribao  Riv a 

Naburaoburao;  E.  coast,  between  the  mouths  of  the  Suribao  and  Lanang  Rivs.;  an  island  of  the 

same  size  lies  to  the  S 1 

Nanuntugan;  NE.  coast,  6  m.  S.  of  Sila  Pt 1 

Palihan;  N.  coast,  the  most  N.  of  the  Tabones  group,  5  m.  E.  of  Catarman 1 

Palos;  S.  coast,  in  San  Pedro  and  San  Pablo  Bay,  2i  m.  S.  of  Dio. 

Panabolon;  S.  coast,  in  San  Pedro  and  San  Pablo  Bay,  4  m.  E.  of  Dio ^ 

Parasan;  W.  coast,  in  the  sea  of  Sdmar,  3  m.  from  N.  to  S.,  2^  m.  E.  and  W.;  village  of  Parasan  is 

on  the  S.  shore;  it  lies  about  10  m.  W.  of  Catbalogan  and  has  a  landlocked  harbor  which  Is  the 

anchorage  of  refuge  for  vessels  off  Catbalogan  during  the  monsoons 6 

PAsig;  E.  coast,  5  m.  SE.  of  PAric i 

Punubulu;  on  the  SAmar  side  of  approach  to  San  Juanico  Strsrit,  5i  m.  SE.  of  Basev;  smaller 

island  lies  W ." 1 

Quinaligan;  most  S.  of  Balicuatro  group.    Village  of  Barobaybay  is  on  NW.  shore.    Depth  in 

vicinitv  ranges  from  5  to  15  fms 6 

Raton;  S"W.  coast,  S.  (if  (ininan  and  NW.  of  Sungi  Pt i 

SanJuanico;  in  ii.inow  ^n  ait  of  that  name  which  connects  San  Pedro  and  San  Pablo  Bay,  an 

arm  of  the  I'm  iiii  ,  ,iiiil  llie  sea  of  SAmar  through  Janabat&s  channel,  are  anumberof  islets  and 

rocks 5 

Santa  Rita;  between  .laiuiliatfis  cliannel  and  San  Juanico  Strait;  from  this  island  strait  runs  N. 

and  S.,  and  lias  an  axera^e  whWh  of  about  4,300  ft.,  reducing  to  1,500,  and  carries  a  depth  from 

5  to  10  fms.;  it  lias  .a  lar,L;c  ui i ml ler  of  islands,  islets,  and  rocks i 

Suliian,  or  Bueiia  Sual;  an  nullying  i.slaud  13  m.  off  SE.  pointof  SAmar;  it  is  surrounded  by  5 

small  islands;  it  is  very  conspicuous  to  navigators  passing  between  SE.  point  of  SAmar  and 

Malhon  I.  into  San  Pedro  and  San  Pablo  Bay,  in  San  Juanico  Strait 1 

Tabones;  group  off  center  of  N.  coast,  Palihan  I.  being  most  N.,  and  HibapsAn  most  S.,  lying  4 

m.  off  Catarman. 
Tabualla;  on  the  W.  coast,  above  the  rounded  point  which  terminates  the  narrow  entrance  of 

the  Janabat^s  channel  on  the  N.  side. 
Talagit,  or  Mesa;  W.  coast,  19  m.  off  Hibatan,  at  the  mouth  of  the  PagsanhAn  Riv.;  peak  327  ft. 

high  rises  on  tlie  X.  and  another  546  ft.  on  the  S.;  its  highest  point  is  1,791  ft.;  small  bay  on  the 

SW.  coast  atlVmls  ,i n.l a  .mKe | 

Tanabaay;  in  ilii'  l.,i\  Ik  tween  Janabat^s  channel  and  San  Juanico  Strait. 

Tanab6n;  W.  const,  in  .lanabatas  channel,  SE.  of  Tabualla  and  Tanabaay  I. 

Tangad-Libucan;  W.  coast,  the  most  N.  of  the  islands  oft"  the  delta  of  the  Bac-hao  Bangahon,  1 

m.  N  W.  of  Libucan-Dac6.  T?the  S  W.  are  the  islands  of  Maraquit-Daquit  and  SE.  the  Layalaya  Is .  J 
Timpasan;  one  of  the  Canahauan  Is.,  of!  the  W.  coast,  489  ft.  high.    Aguirre,  a  little  port  on  the 

E.  side,  offers  fine  anchorage 3 

Tinaguman;  2  m.  from  the  Mobo  Riv. 

Tomasa,  or  Guinbacan;  W.  coast,  2  islands  about  the  center  of  the  channel  between  Camandag, 

Limbac,  Auayan,  and  Talit  Is 2 

Tubalot;  in  the  channel  between  Hilaban  I.  and  the  mainland,  10  m.  E.  of  the  mouth  of  Orfc  Riv. 

Tubaban;  E.  coast,  off  Binugayan  Pt.  and  fronting  Or&s  Bay J 

Tubabao;  SW.  coast,  1  m.  ofl"  shore,  between  Manicani  and  the  mainland,  2^  m.  NW.  to  SE.  and 

li  m.  NE.  to  SW 3 

TuiTgad;  W.  coast,  off  the  NE.  pointof  Timpasan  I.,  7i  m.off  the  delta  of  the  Bac-hao  Baiigahon; 

2  small  islands  lie  to  the  NW 3 

Ugamut;  off  the  NW.  shore,  the  central  of  the  Cabauan  Grande  group 1 

Viri.    (SeeBiri.) 

148  dependent  islands,  total  area 290 

VEGETABLE  PRODUCTS. 

The  climate  and  yoil  of  Samar  are  adapted  to  the  production  of  all  the  staple  crops 
of  the  archipelago.  In  1899  the  hemp  jiroduct  for  shipment  amounted  to  upward  of 
21,000,000  lbs.  The  output  of  sugar,  rice,  and  cocoanut  was  enormous.  Coffee, 
chocolate,  tobacco,  wheat,  corn,  and  other  agricultural  products  of  less  importance 
are  grown  in  abundance.  There  is  an  extensive  pastoral  industry  in  the  raising  of 
horses,  cattle,  carabaos,  goats,  and  hogs.  A  product  of  this  island,  and  one  which 
may  prove  of  benefit  to  the  human  family,  is  the  seed  called  "isigud,"  or  the  fruit 
of  San  Ignacio,  known  to  commerce  as  "Catbalogan  seed,"  on  account  of  the  large 
quantities  grown  in  the  vicinity  of  that  town.  It  has  large  value  in  trade  with  the 
Chinese,  who  use  it  as  an  efficacious  remedy  for  cholera.  It  is  claimed  that  no  one 
has  ever  died  from  that  cause  who  used  this  remedy.  In  addition  there  are  other 
plants  of  known  medicinal  properties  which  grow  on  the  island. 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


803 


The  following  represents  the  statistics  of  hemp  receipts  at  the  port  of  Manila  from 
Sdmar,  1850-1899: 

[From  the  report  of  the  Manila  Chamber  of  Commerce.] 

[Piculs.    1  picul= 137.9  lbs.] 


18.^0 7,888 

18.51                            10  250 

1863... 
1864... 
1865... 

14, 150 

11,875 

12,230 

1876 

1877 

1878 

....  37,535 
....  49,805 
....     45, 929 

1889. 
1890. 
1891. 
1892. 
1893. 
1894. 
1895. 

1897! 

1899] 

140,187 

146  376 

1852 12,458 

198,075 

1879 

....     71,924 

1&54                           21  640 

1867... 
1868... 

17,510 

19,106 

22,742 

1880 

62  276 

202  9.52 

1855                            19  480 

1881 

67  427 

201  432 

1856 29,343 

1882 

....     58,' 701 

1870. . . 
1871... 
1872... 
1873... 
1874... 
1875... 

33,284 

33,777 

29,518 

39, 129 

28,161 

22,543 

1858 23,862 

1884 

....     69, 619 

175,062 

1859              . .            20, 496 

1885 

1886 

'.'.'.'.     Ti,US 

131,451 

1860                           22  003 

148,988 

1861 14,414 

1862.            19,845 

1887 

1888 

....  118,815 
....   134.096 

The  figures  represe 
hemp. 

nt  the 

commercial  movement  and  not  the  home 
MINERALS. 

consumption  of 

Coal,  cinnabar,  and  gold  are  reported  to  exist  in  quantities  of  commercial  value, 
but  owing  to  the  hoHtility  of  the  natives  in  the  interior  nothing  has  been  done  in  the 
way  of  scientific  incjuiry  to  establish  their  possibilities.  In  the  mountains  of  Capul 
copper  in  an  almost  pure  state  is  found,  but  to  what  extent  is  not  known. 

FORESTS. 

The  most  valuable  woods  of  the  archipelago  cover  the  mountains,  especially  use- 
ful for  cabinet  work  and  shipbuilding.  The  bamboo  and  rattan  thrive.  Wax  and 
honey  are  gathered  in  large  quantities. 

FRUITS. 

Wild  fruits  grow  in  variety  and  abundance,  amon; 
mangosteen,  banana,  orange,  lemon,  etc. 

INDUSTRIES. 


them 


the  pineapple,  sapote 


The  mechanical  industries  of  the  island  are  devoted  almost  entirely  to  production 
for  home  consumption.  There  is  a  large  manufacture  of  sugar,  and  many  of  the 
inhabitants  are  engaged  in  extracting  oil  from  the  cocoanut,  particularly  in  the  vicin- 
ity of  Guiuan.     The  coastwise  trade  is  also  extensive. 

UNITED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 


The  occupation  of  Sdmar  was  included  in  the 
establishment  of  general  jurisdiction  over  the 
strategic  points. 

On  February  15,  1902,  Sdmar  was  garrisoned  by  United  States  troops  as  follows^ 


I  military  movements  which  led  to  the 
3  archipelago  and  the  occupation  of 


Balangiga. 

Caranian. 

La  Granja. 

Pagsanjtin. 

Station  2. 

Barayong. 

Catbalogan.  i 

•■*    Lanang. 

Paranas. 

Station  3. 

Basey. " 

Catubig. 

Mano. 

Quinapundan. 

Sulat. 

Blanca  Aurora. 

Catarman. 

IMutiong. 

Quintigcin. 

Tarangnan 

Bobon. 

Cervantes. 

( )ras. 

Salcedo. 

Torres  Is. 

Bororigan. 

Erenas. 

Falanit. 

San  Jose. 

Villareal. 

Calbayog.  ^ 

Guiuan. 

Palapag. 

San  Juanico. 

Calbiga. 

Hiabong. 

Pambujan  N. 

Santa  Rita. 

CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 

The  province  of  Sdmar  was  created  under  the  provisions  of  the  provisional  govern- 
ment act,  by  enactment  of  the  P.  C,  June  17,  1902,  to  embrace  that  territory  in  the 
island  of  Sdmar  and  adjacent  islands  not  included  in  any  other  province,  to  be  known 
as  the  ' '  province  of  Sdmar. ' ' 


'  Telegraph. 


''  Telephone. 


$  P.  o.  and  m.  o. 


804 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


PROVINCIAL  OFFICEES. 


[Salaries  and  expenses  in  Uniteri  States  money.] 

Governor $2,500 

Additional  salary  for  expenses 500 

Secretary - 1 ,  200 

Treasurer 1, 500 

Supervisor - - 1, 200 

Fiscal - 1 ,  200 

Allowance  for  necessary  and  traveling  expenses  not  exceeding  $2  per  day,  as  pre- 
scribed. 

The  presidentes  or  alcaldes  of  the  municipalities  of  the  province  to  meet  on  the  first 
Monday  of  April  and  October  to  consider  improvements  needed  in  the  province  and 
for  other  purposes  prescribed  bv  law. 


SiMAR  (sah'-inahr),ver.:  riverinBataftn, Luzon, 
flowing  to  NE.  and  emptying  into  bay  of 
Manila. 

island  off  AmbosCamarines  (Norte),  Luzon. 

SAMiYAO  (sah-mah'-yah-oh),  nat.;  branch  of 
Malisbug  Riv.,  Xegros  Occidental. 

SAMBABtfAS  (sahm-bah-boo'-ahs),  ver.;  islet  W. 
of  Maripipi  I.  and  E.  of  S.  point  of  Masbate, 
Visayas,  and  NW.  of  Biliran,  off  NW.  coast  of 
Leyte. 

SAMBASriHBi  (sahm-bah-soom-bah'),  nat.;  islet 
off  SE.  coast  of  Siasi  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

SAMBAT  (sabm-bahf),  Tag.;  hamlet  in  pueblo  of 
Taal,  Batangas,  Luz6n. 

SAMBAT()1V  (sahm-bah-tohn'),  ver.;  point  in  S. 
Mindanao. 

SAMBLAYA  (sahm-blah'-yah),  nat.;  point  at  ex- 
treme NW.  end  of  Mala  I.,  in  SW.  part  of  Sor- 
sog6n  port,  Sorsogon,  Luzon. 

SAMBOAN  (sahm-boh'-ahn),  ver. ;  pueblo  on  SW. 
coast  of  Cebii,  on  Tan6n  Strait,  31  m.  SW.  of 
Cebu.    Pop.,  10,422. 

SAMBOL  (sahm-ball').  ver.;  hamlet  in  SW.  Pam- 
panga,  Luzon,  7  m.  E.  of  Bacolor. 

SAMBBAX  (sahm'-bran),  nat.;  village  at  mouth 
of  Laghbun  Riv.,  on  r.  bank  of  S.  arm  of 
Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  Cotabato,  Minda- 
nao.   Bito  lies  opposite  on  main  stream. 

SAMBUGTUK  (sahm-boog-toor').  ver.;  river  which 
receives  drainage  of  small  range  of  mountains 
and  empties  into  sea  at  Cagmipis,  on  W.  coast 
of  SAmar. 

SAMBULAUAN  (sam-boo-lah'-wahn),  nat.;  port 
and  point  on  S.  side  of  opening  of  Matubug 
Bav,  on  W.  shore  oflUana  Bay,  on  S.  coast  of 
Cotabato,  Mindanao.     {See  chart,  p.  805.) 

mountain  inland  on  N.  shore  of  Illana  Bay,   | 

Cotabato,  Mindanao,  forming  a  bearing  for 
Port  Pisan. 

creek  emptying  on  W'.  shore  of  Cotabato, 

Mindanao, N.  of  Panalisan  Pt. 

SAMOA  (,sah-moh'-ah).  Tag.;  hamlet  in  Nueva 
Ecija,  Luzon,  13  m.  N.  of  San  I-sidro. 

SAMOA  (sah-moh'-ah);  group  of  4  larger  islands 
and  11  islets,  also  known  as  Navigator,  in  S. 
Pacific  Ocean,  trending  from  W.  by  N.  to  E. 
bvS.,  between  lat.  13°  28'  S.  and  14°23'S., 
Ion.  169°  22'  W'.  and  172°  48'  30"  ^V.;  2,160 naut. 
m.  ENE.  of  Brisbane,  extreme  E.  coast  of 
Australia.  The  6  larger  islands  in  order  of 
geographical  position  and  size  are: 

sq.  m. 

Savaii,  on  NW.,  48  m.  by  29  stat.  m 720 

Upolu,  W.  central  island.  44  by  14  stat.  m.  162 
Tutuila  ( U.  S. ) ,  E.  central,  18  by  7  stat.  m .  63 
"  ,nua(U.  S.): 

Ufoo,  4  by  H  stat.  m 3 

Tau-manua,  6  m.  by  5  stat.  m 18 

Total  land  area 966 


The   islets  which  surround  the  mainland 
would  not  increase  this   figure  materially. 


SAMOA— Continued. 

The  group  occupies  the  N^.  J  >int  of  atriangle 
consisting  of  the  Friendly  Is., nearest  point  250 
m.S.  by  W.,or420m.  toTVmgatabu,  their  port, 
and  540  naut.  m.  to  Lev  ka,  SW.  port  of  Fiji 
Is.  It  is  southeastern!  ost  of  9  groups  be- 
tween Samoa  and  Guan  (United  States),  also 
of  the  Micronesian  chain,  3,097  m.  to  NW., 
and  in  direct  line  of  mail  steamers  between 
Australia  and  United  States — to  Sydney  2,354 
m.  and  to  San  Francisco  4,160  m.  Also  on 
steamship  route  between  New  Zealand  and 
Hawaii— to  Wellington,  New  Zealand,  1,908 
m.,  and  to  Honolulu  2,263  m.;  also  to  Yokoha- 
ma, Japan,  4,072  m.;  to  Guam  3,097  m.;  to 
Panama  5,7.39  m.,  and  to  Brito,  Nicaragua, 
5,320  m.  Islands  are  surrounded  by  barrier 
reefs  acting  as  breakwaters.  Best  harbors  are 
Apia,  on  Upoln  I.  (British),  and  Pago-pago, 
Tutuila  (United  States).  Climate  is  hot  but 
healthful.  Island.s  are  visited  by  disastrous 
hurricanes.  Harbors  otherwi  e  are  good, 
Pago-pago,  on  American  island  of  Tutuila, 
being  best.  Inhabitants  are  of  hotter  type  of 
Polynesian  stock  and  Chri.sti' ns.  Main  is- 
lands,are  high  and  well  wooded,  central 
summit  of  Savaii  rising  to  5.400  ft.,  with  an- 
other summit  to  SW.  3,500  rt.  high.  Soil  is 
fertile  and  raises  abundance' of  cocoanuts, 
which  are  converted  into  copRi  chief  article 
of  export;  also  coffee,  arrowroct,  ginger,  cas- 
tor bean,  cotton  for  home  weaving,  and  veg- 
etables and  fruits  for  home  consumption. 
(.Sfe  Tutuila.) 

The  political  authority  in  group  is  exercised 
conjointly  by  United  States,  Germany,  and 
Great  Britain.  Under  convention  between' 
United  States,  Germany,  and  '.  liCat  Britain  to 
adjust  amicably  questions  bet-y-een  the  three 
Governments  in  respect  to  Samoan  group  of 
islands,  .signed  December  2,  1«99;  ratification 
advised  by  Senate  January  16,  1900;  ratified 
by  President  February  13,  K"X);  ratifications 
exchanged  February"  16,  li. 0:  proclaimed 
February  16,  1900,  it  was  agre 

Article  I. 


The  General  Act  concluder"  and  signed  by 
the  aforesaid  Powers  at  Be;  "  on  the  14'th 
day  of  June,  A.  D.  1889,  a  .  all  previous 
treaties,  conventions  and  agr  ""^nts  relating 
to  Samoa,  are  annulled. 


Article  II. 

Germany  renounces  in  fa'v  "^r  of  the  United 
States  of  America  all  her  r.  ^hts  and  claims 
over  and  in  respect  to  the  island  of  Tutuila 
and  all  other  islands  of  the  Samoan  group 
east  of  Longitude  171°  west  of  Greenwich. 

Great  Britain  in  like  manner  renounces  in 
favor  of  tile  L'nited  States  of  America  all  her 
rights  ami  claims  over  and  in  respect  to  the 
Islanil  111  Tutuila  and  all  other  islands  of  the 
Samoan  group  east  of  Longitude  171°  west  of 
Greenwich. 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


805 


.^r 


.J 


:5* 


M 


t 


•\rAT.A-RTTn  TiAIT- 


IdtaeTflcalar        *.vf 


J 


I 


■'^7^. 


% 


">>         i    -'B 


''</ 


'./.,. 


\- 


^>^ 


\ 


»ai 


SOTTTH    CO^ST 


b«  PORT    SA^IBUL ATTAIN 


IvTaiiticra  Maes 


806 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE   PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


SAMOA— Continued. 

Reciprocally,  the  United  States  of  America 
renounce  "in  favor  of  Germany  all  their  rights 
and  claims  over  and  in  respect  to  the  Islands 
of  Upolu  and  Savaii  and  all  other  Islands  of 
the  Samoan  group  west  of  Longitude  171° 
west  of  Greenwich. 

Article  III. 

It  is  understood  and  agreed  that  each  of  the 
three  signatory  i'ower.s  shall  continue  to  en- 
joy, in  respect  to  their  commerce  and  com- 
mercial vessels,  in  all  the  i-slands  of  the  Sa- 
moan group  privileges  and  conditions  equal 
to  those  enjoyed  by  the  sovereign  Power,  in 
all  ports  which  may  be  open  to  the  commerce 
of  either  of  them. 

SAM0N     (.sah-mawn'),    ver.;    hamlet  in    Nueva 

Ecija,  Luz6n,  on  Canabatuto  Riv. 
SAMOYAN  (sah-moh'-yahn),  nat.;  river  entering 

SE.  arm  Barrera  port,  NE.  coast  Masbate,  Vi- 

sayas. 
SAMPXlOO   (sahm-pah'-lock-),   Tag.;  lake  N.   of 

pueblo  of   San  Pablo  del   Monte,    Laguna, 

Luz6n. 

hamlet  in  Cavite,  Luz6n,  16  m.  S.  of  Cavite, 

suburb  of  Manila.  (See Manila.) 

hamlet  in  Bulacdn,  Luz6n,  at  forks  of  road 

13  m.  N.  of  Bulacdn. 
point  on  extreme  S.  of  Zambales,  Luz6n, 

and  W.  head  of  approach  to  Subic  Bay. 
SAMPAXAN    (sahm-pah'-nalin),    nat.;    river    in 

Cebii. 

SAMPINIT  (sahm-pee-neef),  nat.;  small  lake  in 

SAMPINITAN  (sahm-pee-nee'-tahn),  nat.;  shal- 
low creek  separating  Polloe  Harbor  from 
mainland  of  Cotabato,  Mindanao.  Small 
crafts  can  anchor  at  entrance  to  creek. 

SAMULIT  (sah-moo-lif),  nat.;  inlet  in  S4mar. 

SAMUQUI  (sah-moo'-key),  ver.;  town  of  Bontoc 
Luz6n,  1  m.  from  Bontoc.    Pop.,  545. 

SAMUR  (sah-moor'),  ver.;  one  of  Calaguas  Is.  off 
N.  coast  of  Ambos  Camarines  (Norte),  Luz6n. 

SANAGA  (sah-nah'-gah),  ver.;  river  in  Mindanao. 

SAJf  AGUSTIN  (sahn  ah-goos-teen'),  Sp.;  cape  at 
extreme  S.  point  of  SE.  penin.sula  of  Dlvao 
Mindanao.  It  is  headland  of  approach  to 
DAvao  Gulf  or  along  E.  coast  of  Mindanao  from 
Carolines  and  Moluccas  to  E.  and  SE.  Formed 
of  mass  of  black  rock  with  trees  on  summit 
Large  vessels  can  not  approach  within  3J  m 
of  cape  in  bad  weather,  as  there  is  always  a 
heavy  sea,  caused  by  tidal  streams  and  ed- 
dies. Small  vessels,  on  the  other  hand,  close 
tliecape  and  pass  within  a  cable'.s  length. 
Only  shelter  for  large  vessels  is  Puiada  Bay 
This  cape  is  63  m.  NE.  of  Pt.  Guay,  at  E  en- 
trance to  Sarangani  Strait. 

bay  in  W.  Leyte. 

cape  on  E.  coast  of  Mindanao. 

—  hamlet  in  Bulac&n,   Luz6n,  22i  m.  N  of 

Bulacin,  on  main  road. 

—  hamlet  on  SW.  shore  of  Leyte,  7  m.  N.  of 

Baybay.    {Also  San  Agostin.) 

—  hamlet  in  Pampanga,  Luz6n,  10  m.  NE.  of 

Bacolor. 

pueblo  on  NE.  shore  of  Masbate  I.,  Visayas 

at  head  of  port  of  Barrera,  21  m.  NW.  of  Mas- 
bate.    Pop.,  1,129. 

—hamlet  of  Negros  Oriental,  3  m.  N.  of  Jima- 

lalud,  E.  coast. 

hamlet  in  central  Cdpiz,  Panay,  3i  m.  NW 

of  Dumaiag. 

town  in  Tdrlac,  Luz6n. 

town  in  Uni6n,  Luz6n. 

SAN   ALFONSO  (sahn  ahl-fohn'-soh),  Sp.;  town 

of  Sungao,  Mindanao,  on  1.  bank  of  river  4 

m.  above  its  mouth,  in  bay  3  m.  NW.  of  To'n- 

gml  Pt.,  163  m.  SSE.  of  Surigao. 


SAN  ALFONSO;  town  on  E.  coast  of  Mindanao, 
near  extreme  S.  end  of  SE.  peninsula  and  52J 
m.  SE.  of  Ddvao. 

SAN  ANDIifiS  (sahn  ahn-drays'),  Sp.;  chain  of 
islets  stretching  1  m.  W.  of  NW.  point  of  Ma- 
rinduque  I.,  off  SW.  coast  of  Tayabas,  Luz6n. 

hamlet  in  Abra,  Luz6n,  12  m.  SE.  of  Ban- 

gued. 

point  at  extreme  N.  limit  of  Marinduque, 

off  SW.  coast  Tayabas,  Luz6n.  Very  moun- 
tainous and  steep. 

hamlet  on  W.  coast  of  Sdmar,  3  m.  SW.  of 

Villareal. 

islet   on    NW.    of    Marinduque,    off   SW. 

coast  of  Tayabas,  Luz6n,  on  S.  of  opening  to 
small  bay. 

islet,  and  one  of  Naranjos  grp.,  S.  of  ex- 
treme SE.  of  Luz6n,  off  S.  extreme  of  Ticao, 
and  W.  of  lower  part  of  Capul  I. 

bay  on  NW.  coast  of  Marinduque,  off  SW. 

coast  of  Tayabas,  Luzon,  between  Antagta- 
can  and  PamunlaiTgan  Pts.  {See  Banalacan 
port.) 

islet  off  NE.  extremeof  Pagbilao  Grande  I., 

Laguimanoc  Bay,  S.  coast  of  Tayabas,  Luz6n. 
SAN  ANDRlfis,  or  BANALACAN  (sahn  ahn-drays' 
bah-nah-lah'-cahn),Sp.;  port  of  Marinduque 
I.,  off  SW.  coast  of  Tayabas,  Luz6n,  on  ex- 
treme NW.  end,  affording  sheltered  anchor- 
age with  good  depth.  Large  vessel  inside  is 
completely  hidden  from  view. 
SAN  ANTONIO  (sahn  ahn-toh'-nyoh),  Sp.;  town 
on  S.  coast  of  BatAn  I.,  Batanes  grp. 

-; hamlet  in  SW.  Leyte,  4  m.  S.  of  Baybay. 

pueblo  on  r.  bank  and  crossing  o^  Grande 

de  la  Pampanga  Riv.,  in  Nueva  Ecija,  at 
junction  of  several  roads,  3  m.  SW.  of  San  Isi- 
dro.    Pop.,  7,269. 

hamlet  in  Pampanga,  Luz6n,  6  m.  NE  of 

Bacolor. 

hamlet  at  head  of  N.  branch  of  Maindane 

Riv.,  in  NE.  Ciipiz,  Panay. 

hamlet  near  gulf  road,  W.  .shore  of  Tabaco 

Bay,  Albay,  Luz6n,  11^  m.  N.  of  Albay. 

hamlet  in  Hollo,  Panay,  1  m.  W.  of  La  Paz. 

village  on  SW.  coast  of  SAmar,  i  m.  NNE. 

of  Binatac  Pt. 

bay  on  SE.  coast  of  Palawan,  entered  from 

S.  passage  to  E.  of  PIrata  I.  Anchorage  in  6 
fms.,  7  m.  between  heads.  Well  sheltered 
during  strong  NE.  mon.soon  under  lee  of  W. 
Sejian  (Segyam)  I.  {Also  Rocky  Bay.)  {See 
chart,  p.  807.)  ^        ^  >    K^ 

point  N.  entrance  to  San  Jacinto  port,  E. 

coast  Ticao  I.,  Masbate,  Visayas. 

mountain  in  Marinduque  I.,  off  SW.  coast 

Tayabas,  Luz6n. 

hamlet  near  Paracale,  Ambos  Camarines 

(Norte),  Luz6n.  Deposits  of  gold  worked  by 
natives  exist  in  vicinity. 

pueblo  in  central  Laguna,  Luz6n    11  m 

NE.  of  Santa  Cruz.    Pop.,  1,649. 

town  of  E.  coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  17i 

m .  S.  of  Tonguil  Pt.  and  159  m.  SSE.  of  Surigao. 

town  in  Uni6n,  Luz6n. 

SAN  ANTONIO   DE   INGiU  (sahn  ahn-toh'-nyoh 
day  een-gah'-oo),  Hisp.;  pueblo  on  S.  coast  in 
Zambales,  Luz6n,  25  m.  S.  of  Iba.    Has  good 
road  connections  in  vicinity.    Pop.,  4,988. 
SAN  ANTONIO,   or  SAPA  (sahn  ahn-toh'-nyoh, 
sah-pah'),  Sp.;  hamlet  on  SW.  coast  of  Sorso- 
gon,   Luz6n,   1   m.    NW.  of   Dumaguit   Pt., 
entrance  to  Putiao  port. 
SANAYA  (sah-nah'-yah),  nat.;  peak  in  pueblo  of 
Dolores,  Tayabas,  Luz6n,  W.  of  Mt.  Majayjay, 
across  the  border  in  Laguna. 
SANAY(iN  (sah-nah-yohn'),  nat.;  town  in  Concep- 

ei6n,  Hollo,  Panay. 
SAN  BARTOLOMt  (sahn  bar-toh-loh-mav'),  Sp.; 
hamlet  at  headwaters  of  stream  empyting 
into  Manila  Bay  9  m.  NE.  of  Manila,  Luz6n, 


[Renounces.] 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


807 


23    ^g    III     I    ■ 


808 


GAZETTEEK    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


SAN  BAKTOLOME  DE  CALAYXN  (sahn  bar-toh- 
Idh-may'  day  cah-lah-yahn'),  Hisp.;  pueblo 
in  Batanes  grp.,  off  N.  coast  Cagayiln,  Luzon. 
Pop.,  1,7'J2. 
SAN  BEKNAKDlNO(sahn  bayr-nar-dee'-noh),  Sp.; 
islet  from  which  important  strait  of  that 
name  is  known,  150  ft.  high,  covered  with 
trees  mostly  of  ebony  variety,  lying  7  m.  off 
coast  of  Bnlnsan,  Sorsog6n,  Luz6n.  Smaller 
islet  close  by  to  NNE. 

strait  between  extreme  SE.  land  of  penin- 

snlii  (if  Lw/.i'iu  and  NW.  coafst  of  island  of  S&- 
niar,  coniieetiiiK  Pacific  Ocean  with  Visayan 
Sea  1111(1  1( inning  E.  endof  S.  route  in  connec- 
tion with  Verde  Pa.ssage  across  archipelago' 
between  United  States  and  Manila. 
SAN  BERNARDO  (sahn  bayr-nar'-doh),  Sp.;  ham- 
let on  SW.  coast  of  S^mar,  3  m.  SE.  of  Santa 
Margarita. 

hamlet  on  "N.  part  of  W.  coast  of  Limasaua 

I.,  SE.  of  extreme  point  of  Leyte. 
SANBULAN   (sahn-boo'-la.hn),    ver.;    hamlet   on 
NE.  shore  of  Lake  Lanao,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 
SANCAGULIS  (sahn-cah-goo'-liss).  Tag.;  town  in 
Nueva  Eeija,  Luz6n,  near  W.  boundary,  30  m. 
NW.  of  San  Isidro. 
SANCANAN  (sahn-cah'-nahn),  ver.;  inland  town 
in  NE.  Misamis,  12  m.  E.  by  S.  of  Cagay.ln  de 
Misamis,  Mindanao. 
SAN  OAULOS  (sahn  car'-lohs),  Sp.;  pueblo  and 
center  of  4  main  roads  near  railroad  from 
Dagupan  to  Manila,  11  m.  SE.  of  Lingay(5n, 
in  Pangasinto,  Luz6n.    Pop.,  23,934. 

port  on  E.  coast  of  Negros  Occidental,  6  m. 

S.  of  Calatrava.  Island  of  Refugio  lies  3  m  SE. 
SAN  CARLOS  DE  MARIOATAO  (sahn  car'-lohs 
day  mah-ree-gah-tah'-oh) ,  Hisp. ;  pueblo  and 
anchorage  on  W.  coast  of  Batdn  L,  Batanes 
grp.,  off  N.  coast  Cagaydn,  Luz6n,  2i  m.  SW. 
of  Santo  Ddiiiinyd  dc  Bumo.  Passage  for 
largest  boats  wliiili  l.iiid  ..n  -.indy  beach  was 
cut  to  admit  sclKK.ncrs  cf  .lO  loiis,  which  are 
generally  hauled  tiji  when  tlicy  arrive  from 
Manila  with  first  of  S  W.  monsoon.  Pop.,  1,229. 
SiNCHEZ    MIRA    (.sahn'-chayth  mee'-rah),   Sp.; 

town  in  Cagaydn,  Luz6n.    Pop.,  2,998. 
SAN  CLEMENTE  (sahn  clay-ma>Ti'-tay),  Sp.;  pue- 
blo in    Tdrlac,   Luz6n,   21  m.  from  T&rlac. 
Pop.,  1,875. 
SANCO  (sahn-coh'),  ver.;  point  in  E.  Mindanao. 
SANCOL  (sahn-eall'),nat.;  point  forming  N.  head 
to  Caraga  Bay,  SE.  coast  of  Surigao,  Minda- 
nao. 

river  emptying  N.  of  point  of  same  name 

on  E.  coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao. 
SANCOP  (sahn-cohp'),  ver.;  S.  headland  of  Bislig 
Bay,  on  E.  coast  of  Mindanao.    Town  of  Bis- 
lig lies  3  m.  to  SW. 
SAN    COSME    (sahn    cohs'-may),   Sp.;    point   N. 
shore  of  Port  San  Jacinto,  Ticao  I.,  Masbate 
grp.,  Visayas. 
SAN    CRISTOBAL    (sahn    erees-toh'-bahl),    Sp.; 
hamlet  in  Iloilo,  Panay,  3^  m,  NW.  by  W.  of 
Calinog. 

peak  E.  of  May  Cap  Lake,  Laguna,  Luz('.ii. 

(SeeMajayjay.) 
mountain  in  central  Luz6n,  along  boun- 
dary of  Batangas,  Laguna,  and  Tayabas. 

river  in  Laguna,   Luz6n,  emptying    into 

Laguna  de  Bay,  SW.  side. 
SAND,  for.;  island  1^  m.  in  extent,  wooded,  in 
Green  Island  Bay,  3^  m.  E.  of  Flat  I.,  SE.  coast 
of  Paragua,  Palawan. 
SAND  BAY,  for.;  point  SW.  of  S.  point  of  entrance 
to  Puerto  Princesa  (Port  Royalist),  E.  coast  of 
Palawan. 
SANDCAT  (sahnd-ky'),  nat.;  island  off  BaHbac 
grp.,  SW.  of  Palawan,  approaching  from  Sulu 
Sea,  from  E. 
SANDI  (sahn'-dee),  nat.;  islet  off  SW.   coast  of 
Cotabato,  Mindanao,  lat.  6°  11'  N. 


SAN  DIEGO  (sahn  dee-ay'-goh),  Sp.:  river  in  La- 
guna, Luz6n,  emptying  into  Laguna  de  Bay. 


SAN  DIOMSIO  (snhn  dyoh-nee'-syoh),  Sp.;  pue- 
blo (ii  ('(.ii.ipci(>n,  Iloilo,  Panay,  E.  coast, 
4  in.  N.  of  CiJiicepcion.     Pop.,  1,782. 

SANDILOAN  (sahn-due'-gahn),  ver.;  island  2i  by 
2  m.,  2  m.  N.  of  Loon,  W.  coast  of  Bohol,  Vi- 
sayas. 

SANDOVAL  (sahn-doh-vahP),  Sp.;  point  on  SW. 
coast  of  Tayabas,  Luzon,  forming  wth  Pala 
Pt.  bay  (ifCataiiauan. 

SANDl'MJAN  (s.ihn-doong'-ahn),  ver.;  extreme 
NW.  point  of  .Si<iuijor  I.,  SW.  coast  of  Bohol, 
Visayas,  3i-  m.  N.  of  Canoan.  Conspicuous 
hill  lies  to  S.  of  it  and  serves  as  landmark. 
Port  Canoan  lies  3  m.  S. 

SANDY,  for.;  point  on  1.  bank  of  N.  arm  of 
Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  Cotabato,  Minda- 
nao, 2  m.  above  mouth  of  Libungan. 

point  on  NE.  coast  of  Siargao  I.,  NE.  coast 

Mindanao,  9  m.  N.  of  Port  Pilar. 

point  on  E.  shore  of  Siargao  I.,  NE.  coast 

of  Pilar  port  and  extreme  N.  end  of  island. 

S'aN  EDUARDO  (sahn  ay-dwar'-doh),  Sp.;  ham- 
let on  S.  shore  of  E.  projection  of  Sdmar,  4  m. 
W.  of  Binugayan  Pt. 

town  in  Benguet,  Luz6n,  6  m.  W.  of  Trini- 
dad. 

SAN  EMILIO  (sahn  ay-mee'-lyoh),  Sp.;  pueblo 
in  district  of  Tiagdn,  N.  Luz6n.    Pop.,  109. 

mineral  spring  in  Tayabas,  Luz6n. 

SAN  ENRIQUE  (sahn  ayn-ree'-kay),  Sp.;  hamlet 
in  central  Sdmar,  at  headwaters  of  one  of  W. 
tributaries  of  Bac-hao  Barigah6n. 

pueblo  at  headwaters  of  N.  tributary  of 

JalaurRiv.,  Hollo,  Panay,  22^  m.  N.  of  Iloilo. 
Pop.,  3,015. 

town  on  E.  shore  of  Guimards  Strait,  C  m. 

S.  of  Valladolid,  W.  coast  of  Negros  Occiden- 
tal. Inampulugan  I.  lies  9  m.  NW.,  on  oppo- 
site side  of  strait.    Pop.,  3,607. 

river  in  Negros. 

town  in  Negros  Occidental. 

SAN  ESTEBAN  (sahnays-tay'-bahn),Sp.;  pueblo 
on  seaport  of  that  name,  on  coast  road  in 
Ilocos  Sur,  Luzon,  18  m.  S.  of  Vigan.  Pop., 
2,132. 

town  in  Nueva  Ecija,  Luz6n. 

point,  port,  and  town  6^  m.  from  Salvet 

Bay,  coast  of  Ilocos  Sur,  Luz6n.  (See  chart, 
p.  809.) 

SArf  EUGENIO  (sahn  ay-oo-hay'-nyoh),  Sp.; 
town  in  Uni6n,  Luz6n. 

SAN  FABliN  (sahn  fah-byahn'),  Sp.;  pueblo 
on  coast  road  in  Pangasindn,  Luzon,  20  m. 
NE.  of  Lingay^n.    Pop.,  9,018. 

SAN  FELIPE  (sahn  fay-lee'-pay),  Sp.;  hamlet  in 
Pampanga,  Luz6n,  5  m.  NE.  of  Bacolor. 

pueblo  on  coast  road  in  Zambales,  LuzOn, 

13  m.  S.  of  Iba.    Pop.,  4,205. 

hamlet  in  Pangasindn,   Luz6n,   on  main 

road  24  m.  E.  of  Lingay(§n. 
SAN    FELIPE,    or    DALIGI    (sahn    fay-lee'-pay, 
dah-lee'-hee),    Sp.;    hamlet   in    SW.    Hollo, 
Panay,  7  m.  NW.  of  Miagao. 
SAN  FELIPE  NERY  (sahn  fay-lee'-pay  nay'-ree), 

Sp.;  pueblo  in  Rizal,  Luzon.  Pop.,  6,466. 
SAN  FERMIN  (sahn  fayr-meen'),  Sp.;  town  in 
extreme  S.  of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  on  r.  bank 
of  river  entering  small  bay  on  E.  coast. 
SAN  FERNANDO  (sahn  fayr-nahn'doh),  Sp.; 
hamlet  on  1.  bank  and  main  road  along 
Grande  de  la  Pampanga  Riv.,  3  m.  S.  of  San 
Isidro,  in  Nueva  Ecija,  Luz6n. 

town  on  SibuyAn  I.,  Rombl6ngrp.,  Visayas. 

pueblo  on  E.  coast  of  Cebu,  16  m.  SW.  of 

Cebu,  4  m.  SW.  of  Tinan.    Pop.,  12,155. 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS 


809 


Dccrctffi^'OS  IB7e..fa.pprox:.pos) 
f3  fathoms  lec^t  -wcr^ter) 


To^-*^€ 

SAN  E  S  TEBAIS" 


the  ofacecs  of  tkeU.S.S  Samar 


Hospxtal 


Xaocds 


•200     300     i^a     500    600    -700 


To-wn 


810 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


SAN  FERNANDO;  important  road  town  in  Ambos 
Camarines  (Sur),  Luzon,  7  m.  SSW.  of  Nueva 
CAceres.    Pop.,  3,271. 

mountain   in    Ambos    Camarines    (Sur), 

Luz6n,  inland  from  Sibono  Pt.,  E.  shore  of 
Ragay  Bay. 

pueblo,  m.  o.,  and  p.  o.  in  Pampanga,  Lu- 

z6n,  4^  m.  NE.  of  Bacolor,  on  Manila  and 
Dagupan  R.  R.     Pop.,  13,266. 

pueblo,  m.  o.,  p.  o.,  and  capital  of  Uni6n, 

Luzon,  on  high  laud  and  E.  side  of  bay  of 
that  name,  on  coast  highway,  45  m.  N.  of 
Dagupan,  N.  starting  point  of  railway  to  Ma- 
nila, 105m.  beyond;  also  through  wagon  road 
to  Manila  about  150  m.,  traversing  provinces  of 
Pangasin^n,  T4rlac,  Pampanga,  and  BulacS,n. 
Has  frequent  communication  with  Manila 
by  sea.  Game  and  fish  are  abundant.  Pop., 
12,829.  Light-house  29  ft.  above  sea,  on  point 
on  S.  side  of  entrance  to  port,  is  visible  10  m. 
Fixed  light  elevated  13  ft.  is  to  be  exhibited 
near  mole,  lat.  16°  37'  42"  N.,  Ion.  120°  16' 
38"  E. 

port  and  point  W.  of  San  Fernando,  Union, 

Luz6n.  S.  anchorage  to  S.  of  isthmus  con- 
necting San  Fernando  Pt.  affords  better  pro- 
tection than  San  Fernando  Harbor  in  N. 
storms.     {See  chart,  p.  811.) 

town  3  m.  inland  on  r.  bank  of  river  enter- 
ing sea  on  K.  coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  201 
m.  SSE.  of  Surigao. 

hamlet  on  r.  bank  of  Matabang  Riv.,  3  m. 

SSW.  of  Guimbalaon,  Negros  Occidental. 

village  on  NW.  shore  of  Sicogon  I.,  off  NE. 

coast  of  Iloilo,  Panay. 

river  in  Pampanga,  Luzon.    {See  Betis.) 

hamlet  at  S.  terminus  of  line  of  former 

boundary  between  ConeepciOn  and  Iloilo, 
Panay,  at  head  of  bay. 

hamlet  on  W.  coast  of  Antique,  Panay,  2| 

m.  SW.  of  San  Pedro. 

hamlet  at  junction  of   2  main  fountain 

branches  of  Matinao  Riv.,  9  m.  NNE.  of  Para- 
nas. 

pueblo  in  Zambales,  Luz6n.    Pop.,  Cn.  1887, 

453. 

SAN  FERNANDO,  or  BUTIIaN  (sahn  fayr-nahn'- 
doh,  boo-too'-ahn),  Sp.;  pueblo  near  E.  coast 
of  Ticao  I.,  Masbate,  Visayas,  inland  from 
Lagan  Pt.    Pop.,  2,367. 

SAN  FERNANDO,  or  PANUN«U  (sahn-fayr-nahn'- 
doh,  pah-noon'-goo),  Sp.;  island  in  upper 
Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  3  m.  N.  of  Liguasan 
Lagoon,  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

SAN  FERNANDO  DE  DILAO,  or  PACO  (sahn  fayr- 
nahn'-doh  day  dee-lah'-oh,  pah'-coh),  Sp.; 
municipal  district  in  Manila  City  {q.  v.). 

SAN  FRANCISCO  (sahn  frahn-thees'-coh),  Sp.; 
hamlet  in  Pampanga,  Luz6n,  near  Pampanga 
delta,  3  m.  SE.  of  Bacolor. 

hamlet  in  Pampanga,  Luz6n,  14  m.  N.  of 

Bacolor. 

pueblo  in  Cebu.    Pop.,  6,567. 

hamlet  in  E.  Leyte,  di  m.  NE.  of  Burauen, 

on  road  from  Dagami. 

road  junction  in  SW.  Nueva  Ecija,  Luz6n, 

4  m.  NW.  of  Sanlsidro. 

hamlet  on  1.  side  of  mouth  of  river  enter- 
ing E.  coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  3  m.  SW. 
of  Buan  Pt.,  205  m.  SSE.  of  Surigao. 

hamlet  and  anchorage  on  S.  shore  of  Pasi- 

jan  L,  of  Camotes  grp.,  off  E.  coast  of  Cebu 
toward  Leyte. 

hamlet  in  SW.  Panay,  i  m.  W.  of  boundary 

with  Iloilo,  8i  m.  E.  of  Anini-y. 

hamlet  on  SW.  coast  of  Hollo,  Panav,  3  m. 

NE.  of  San  Joaquin. 

SAN  FRANCISCO  DE  MALAB<)N  (sahn  frahn 
thees'-coh  day  mah-lah-bone'),  Hisp.;  pueblo 
in  Cavite,  Luz6n,  on  branch  of  bay  road,  9  m. 
S.  of  Cavite.    Pop.,  9,065. 


SAN  FRANCISCO  DEL  MONTE  (sahn  frahn-thees'- 
coh  dayl  mohn'-tay),  Sp.;  hamlet  in  Rizal,  4 
m.  NE.  of  Manila,  Luz6n. 

river  in  Rizal,  Luz6n,  tributary  to  PAsig. 

SANG  (sahng),  ver.;  hamlet  on  E.  shore  of  Tutii 
Bay,  S.  coast  of  Sulu  1.,  Sulu  A. 

SANgA  (sahng-ah'),  nat.;  village  on  N.  rim  of 
reef  opposite  Gambangan  Creek  and  S.  of 
Sanga  Pt.,  on  SW.  .shore  of  Siasi  I.,  Tapul  grp., 
Sulu  A. 

SAN  GABRIEL  (sahn  gah-breeayl'),  Sp.;  point 
in  Masbate,  Vi.sayas. 

SANl(ilASA  (sahng-ah'-sah).  Tag.;  peak  in  Nueva 
Ecija,  Luzon. 

mountain  in  Nueva  Ecija,  Luz6n. 

SANG  A  SANGA  (sahng-ah'  .sahng-ah'),  nat.; 
island  7  nu  NE.  to  SW.  and  34  m.  NW.  to  SE., 
N.  of  Bongao  and  SW.  of  Tawi  Tawi,  froni 
which  it  is  separated  by  a  very  narrow  chan- 
nel, Trusan  Bongao  (Takut  Mataha),  accom- 
modating only  boats  of  light  draft.  Island  is 
low,  wooded,  and  has  few  small  patches  of 
cultivation  on  SE.  sid,e  over  Pandfm  Bay, 
where  there  is  a  Pauglema  (Panglima)  or 
chief. 

SA^AY  (sahng-1'),  nat.;  hamlet  on  1.  bank  of 
Samabinigan  Riv.,  in  E.  Albay,  Luzon. 

town  and  point  on  W.  shore  of  Lagonoy 

Gulf,  E.   coast  of  Ambos  Camarines   (Sur), 

Luz6n. 
SANGBAUEN   (sahng-bah'-wayn),  nat.;  cape  on 

W.  coast  Palawan,  approaching  Ulugan  Bay 

from  N.;  peak  of  same  name,  1,816  ft.  high, 

rises  1^  m.  SE. 
SANGBONEN  (sahng-boh-nayn'),ver.;  capeatNE. 

point  of  Ulugan  Bay,  W.  coast  of  Paragua, 

Palawan. 

peak  1,816  ft.  high,  overlooking  Ulugan 

Bay,  Paragua,  Palawan. 

SANGBONOR  (sahng-boh-nohr') ,  ver.;  hamlet  in 
SW.  SAmar,  8  m.  NNE.  of  Basey. 

SANGBOY,  or  HARE'S  EARS  (sahng-boy'),  ver.;  2 
remarkable  islands  about  1  sq.  m.,  N.  685  ft. 
and  S.  841  ft.  high,  in  NW.  outlying  chain  of 
Basilan  grp.,  off  S.  coast  of  peninsula  of  Zam- 
boanga,  Mindanao,  30  m.  WNW.  of  Isabela; 
may  often  be  clearly  seen  when  high  land  of 
Basilan  is  obscured  by  clouds.  Mountain  of 
S.  island  resembles  cupola,  land  around  it 
being  low. 

SANGI  (sahng'-ee),  ver.;  hamlet  on  small  baj^  S. 
of  mouth  in  Bac-hao  Bangah6n,  W.  coast  of 
S^mar. 

SANGILAN  (sahng-ee'-lahn),  ver.;  point  on  NW. 
coast  of  Tablas  1.,  Masbate,  Visayas. 

SANGIR  (sahn-heer'),  ver.;  volcano  on  Balut,  one 
of  Sarangani  Is.    (See  Sanguil.) 

SANGLEY  (sahn-glay'),  Sp.;  N.  point  on  outer 
extreme  of  low  land  of  Bay  of  Cavite;  light- 
house, 29  ft.  above  low  water,  stands  on  this 
point,  8i  m.  SW.  of  Manila,  Luz6n. 

SANGOG  (sahn-gog'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  N.  coast 
of  SAmar,  1  m.  S.  of  PalApag. 

SANGOL  (.sahng-all'),  nat.;  mountain  about  cen- 
ter of  pueblo  of  Bangui,  Ilocos  Norte,  Luzon. 

SANGPUTAN  (sang-poo'-tahn),  ver.;  point  in  NE. 
Leyte. 

SANGREGORIO  (sahngray-goh'-ryoh),Sp.;  ham- 
let on  W.  coast  of  Antique,  Panay,  2  m.  NW. 
of  inland  town  of  Salde. 

pueblo  of  Abra,  Luz6n,  near  r.  bank  of 

Abra  Riv.,  4  m.  NNE.  of  Bangued,  with  which 
it  is  connected  by  trail.    Pop.,  1,429. 

SA^UB6n  (sahng-oo-bohn'),  ver.;  point  at  ex- 
treme end  of  tongue  of  land  dividing  Little 
from  Great  Tabin  Bay,  on  NW.  coast  of  Leyte. 

SANGUIL  (sahn-geel'),  ver.-  active  volcano  on 
Balut  I.,  lat.  6°  25'  N.,  Ion.  125°  19'  E..  SW. 
of  Sarangani  Is.,  off  S.  coastof  Diivao,  Minda- 
nao, 3,117  ft.  high;  last  eruption  1641. 


GAZETTEEK    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


811 


^ ..  1 


3}/'   r 

By  Lie  u  t  CI  a  udio  Montia'o . 


812 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE   PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 


SAN  OUILLERMO    (sahn  gee-lyayr'-moh),    Sp.; 

hamlet  in  Abra,  Luz6n,  13  m.  SE.  of  Bangued. 
SANOUIKINO   (sahn-gee-ree'-noh),  nat.;  hamlet 

on  island  of  Alabat,  in  pueblo  of  Maubta, 

Tayabas,  Luzon. 
SAN(JUISIAP<>  (sahn-gee-seeah-poh'),  ver.;   one 

of  many  of  small  islands  off  SW.  shore  of  Tawi 

Tawi  I.",  Sulu  A. 
low  coral  islet  If  m.  long,  S.  of  Tawi  Tawi 

I.,  Sulu  A. 
SAIVWUITAN  (sahn-gee'-tahn),  nat.;  point  on  W. 

coast  of  Tablas  I.,  Masbate,  Visayas. 
SANHii  (.sah-nig'),   nat.;  bay  and  river  entering 

on  its  S.  shore,  S.  part  of  E.  arm  of  Nin  Bay, 

VV.  coast  of  Masbate,  Visayas. 
point  at  S.  head  to  entrance  to  Manda6n 

port  and  Sanig  Bay,  E.  arm  of  Nin  Bay,  W. 

coast  of  Masbate,  Visayas. 

SAN  IGNACIO  (sahn  eeg-nah'-thyoh),  Sp.;  ham- 
let 2i  m.  NE.of  Calbiga,  in  SW.  S^mar. 

town  on  E.  coast  of  Mindanao,  in  extreme 

SE.  part  of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  209  m.  SSE.  of 
Surigao. 

town  at  head  of  delta  of  Butiian  Riv.,  1  m. 

N.  of  that  town  and  62  m.  S.  of  Surigao,  Min- 
danao. 

SAN  ILDEFONSO  (.sahn  eel-day-fohn'-.soh),  Sp.; 
hamlet  in  Pampanga,  Luz6n,  8  m.  NW.  of 
Bacolor. 

pueblo  in  BulacAn,  Luz6n,  19  m.  from  Bu- 

lacdn.    Pop.   6,001. 

pueblo  of  Ilocos  Sur,  Luz6n,  3  m.  N  of  Vi- 

gan.    Pop.,  2,033. 

cape  on  coast  of  Principe,  Luz6n. 

SAN  ISIDRO  (.sahn  ee-see'-droh),  Sp.;  pueblo, 
p.  o.,  and  m.  o.,  and  capital  of  Nueva  Ecija, 
Luzon,  on  1.  bank  and  crossing  of  Pampanga, 
Riv. ;  place  of  strategic  importance  in  region 
N.  and  W.  of  Manila,  being  on  great  river  of 
that  section  and  at  radiating  point  of  several 
main  highways;  one  NE.  along  banks  of 
Grande  de  la  Pampanga  to  Bayombong,  capi- 
tal of  Nueva  Vizcaya,  divides  at  Cabanatiian, 
crossing  main  river  and  proceeds  NW.  into 
Pangasin&n  and  Benguet.  San  Isidro  on  W. 
is  connected  by  several  main  roads  touching 
Manila  and  Dagupan  R.  R.  at  Tarlac  and 
many  other  points,  thus  being  in  touch  with 
main  coast  highway  to  N, ;  has  also  fine  high- 
way S.  to  Manila  48  m..  another  farther  W.  to 
Bulac4n  43  m.  in  direct  line,  and  another 
farther  W.  to  Bacolor  45  m.  in  direct  line; 
surrounding  country  is  alluvial,  fertile,  and 
well  watered.    Pop.,  Cn.  1887,  9,474. 

village  immediately  within  NE.  boundary 

of  municipality  of  Manila,  Luz6n,  in  Sampa- 
loc  district,  on  Balic-Balic  road. 

pueblo  of   PangasinAn,   Luz6n,   on    main 

highway,  6  m.  W.  of  Lingayto.    Pop.,  2,531. 

hamlet  on  W.  shore  of  deep  estuary  on  S. 

coast  of  Leyte,  6  m.  N.  of  Malitbog,  Leyte. 

pueblo  in  E.  Leyte,  6  m.  SW.  of  Palo,  con- 
nected by  road. 

hamlet  on  SW.  shore  of  Leyte,  5  m.  S.  of 

Baybay,  on  W.  coast  trail. 

pueblo  in  pueblo  of  BoUncAguing,  Zamba- 

les,  Luz6n,  38  m.  from  Iba.    Pop.,  2,863. 

hamlet  in  Nueva  Ecija,  Luz6n,  on   main 

road  13  m.  N.  of  San  Isidro. 

towft  in  Surigao,  Mindanao,  7^  m.  inland 

from  seacoast  and  lying  NW.  of  Catarman 
Pt.,  135  m.  SSE.  of  Surigao. 

hamlet  in  extreme  NW.  part  of  Laguna, 

Luz6n,  25  m.  E.  of  Santa  Cruz. 


—  hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Macabebe, 
Luz6n,  12  m.  N.  of  Bacolor. 

—  hamlet  on  E.  coast  of  Negros  Occidental,  3 
m.  S.  of  Calatrava. 


SAN  ISIDBO;  townon  NE.  shoreof  Siargao  I.,  off 
NE.  coast  Surigao,  Mindanao,  43^  m.  ENE.  of 
Surigao. 

mountain  in  Pangasindn,  Luz6n. 

former  Spanish  fort  and  settlement  in  angle 

of  NW.  coast  of  Lubang  I.,  SE.  of  PalApag  Pt. 

hamlet  on  main  road,  12  m.  NE.  of  Baco- 
lor, Pampanga,  in  pueblo  of  Bacolor,  near  r. 
bank  of  Grande  de  la  Pampanga  Riv. 

SAN  ISIDBO  DEL  I'AMPO  (sahn  ee-see'-droh  dayl 

cahm'-poh),  Sp.;   coast  town  44  m.   NW.  of 

Tacloban ,  at  head  of  Little  Tabin  Bav,  on  NW. 

coast  of  Leyte.    Pop.,  3,362. 
SAN  JACINTO  (sahn  hah-theen'-toh),Sp.;  pueblo 

in  Pangasin4n,  Luz6n,  14  m.  E.  of  Lingay^n, 

connected  with  surrounding  towns  by  roads. 

Pop.,  5,059. 
pueblo  on  S.  shore  of  bay  on  E.  coast  of 

Ticao  I.,  Masbate  grp.,  Visayas.    Pop.,  2,459. 
port  and   town  on  E.  coast  of  Ticao  I., 

Masbate  grp.,  Visayas.    At  entrance  on  S.  is 

Spanish  fort  with  rounded  bastions.    Town 

is  on  point  near  fort.     (See  chart,  p.  813.) 
SANJOA(ji;iN  (sahn  hoh-ah-keen'),  Sp.;  hamlet 

in  BulacAn,  Luzon,  17  m.  N.  of  Bulacdn. 
hamlet  in  E.  Leyte,  on  coast  road,  li  m.  S. 

of  Palo. 
coast  hamlet  2  m.  S.  of  Ginigaran,  Negros 

Occidental. 
pueblo  on  SE.  coast  of  Iloilo,  Panav,  25  m. 

WSW.  of  Hollo.    Pop.  13,919. 
hamlet  in  Iloilo,  Panay,  2  m.  NW.by  N.of 

Barotac  Viejo. 
inland  hamlet  of  Cdpiz,  Panav,  4^  m.  S.  of 

Batdn  (Balan). 
hamlet  on  SW.  shore  of  I 


SAN  JOSE  (sahn  hoh-say'),  Sp.;  pueblo  and  road 
center  toward  Manila,  in  Bulacdn,  Luzon,  10 
m.  E.  of  BulacAn. 

— — —  mineral  spring  in  Bulacdn,  Luz6n. 

river  in  pueblo  of  Bocaue,  Bulacdn,  Luz6n, 

empties  into  Bay  of  Manila. 

pueblo  in  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luzon, 

on  main  road  7i  m.  SE.  ef  Nueva  Cdceres. 

pueblo  and  chief  town  of  Corregidor  I.,  in 

entrance  to  Manila  Bay,  27  m.  WSW.  of  Ma- 
nila.   Pop.,  574. 

pueblo  on  W.  shore  of  Sdmal  I. ,  Ddvao,  Min- 
danao ,  6i  m.  E.  by  S.  of  Ddvao,  across  strait 
of  Pakiputan. 

town  at  head  of  small  bay  on  E.  shore  of 

Ddvao  Gulf,  Ddvao,  Mindanao,  46i  m.  SE. 
by  S.  of  Ddvao.  Sigaboy  I.  lies  short  distance 
NW.  of  opening  of  this  bay. 

fort  and  hamlet  on  E.  coast  of  Ticao  I., 

Masbate  grp.,  Visayas. 

pueblo  SE.;  of  Lake  Taal,  Batangas,  Luz6n, 

on  highway  9  m.  S.  to  Batangas,  capital,  and 
on  Malaquintiibig  River.    Pop.,  10,000. 

inlet  on  shore  of  Lake   Taal,   Batangas, 

Luzon. 

point  inside  N.  entrance  to  Manila  Bay,  in 

Batadn,  Luzon. 

town  at  headwaters  of  small  river  entering 

on  SW.  shore  of  Bislig  Bay,  Surigao,  Minda- 
nao, 128  m.  SE.  by  S. 

hamlet  in  SE.  Hollo,  Panay,  2  m.  SE.  of 

San  Miguel. 

hamlet  on  r.  bank  of  Ibajay  Riv.,  in  Cdpiz, 

Panay. 

hamlet  in  pueblo  of  San  Miguel  de  Mayumo, 

on  main  road  in  Bulacdn,  Luz6n,  24  m.  N.  of 
Bulacdn.    Pop.,  2,397. 

E.  end  of  anchorage  of  San  Jacinto  port, 

Ticao  I.,  Masbate  grp.,  Visayas. 

hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Tayasan,  Negros  Orien- 
tal, fi  m.  N.  of  Jimalalud,  E.  coast. 

point  in  Negros. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


813 


„w 


^ri. 


*    ..."  ■^/tj'^     ^       ' 


U     1    ^    1   c    ^ 


814 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


Cru^,  Ilocos  Sur, 


SA>'  JOSt;  town  in  SJimar. 

town  in  TArlac,  Luz6n. 

town  in  I.«abela,  Luz6n. 

■ hamlet  in  pueblo  of  San 

Luz6n. 

hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Bacarri,  Ilocos  Norte, 

Luz6n. 

hamlet  in  pueblo  of  B&tac,  Ilocos  Norte, 

Luz6n. 

hamlet  in  Pampanga,  Luz6n,  1  m.  NE.  of 

Bacolor. 

hamlet  in  Pampanga,  Luzon,  10  m.  NE.  of 

Bacolor. 

hamlet  in  Pampanga,  Luzon,  6  m.  NE.  of 

Bacolor. 

hamlet  in  Pampanga,  Luz6n.  2  m.  NW.  of 

Bacolor. 

hamlet  on  r.  bank  of  Grande  de  la  Pam- 
panga Kiv.,  12  m.  NW.  of  Bacolor. 

town  in  pueblo  of  Lagonoy,  Ambos  Cama- 

rines  (.'^nr),  Luzon,  near  Albav  boundary,  22 
m.  NE.  of  Nueva  Ciceres.    Pop.,  9,000. 

hamlet    on    E.  shore   of   Leyte,  on  coast 

road,  1^  m.  N.  of  Dutag. 

pueblo  on  main  road  on  1.  bank  of  Grande 

de  la  Pampanga  Riv.,  lOi  m.  N.  of  San  Isidro, 
in  Nueva  Ecija,  Luzon.    Pop.,  852. 

hamlet  in  extreme  SW.  corner  of  Pam- 
panga, Luzon,  where  W.  boundary  of  prov- 
ince intersects  head  of  Orani  Riv.,  14  m.  SW. 
of  Bacolor. 

SAN  JOSE  DE  BVEXATISTA  (.sahn  hoh-say' 
day  bway-nah-vees'-tah),  Sp.;  pueblo  and 
capital  of  Antique,  on  N.  extremity  of  sandy 
bay  lined  ^vith  rocks,  on  W.  coast  of  Antique, 
Paiiay,  262  m.  from  Manila;  town  stands  on 
S.  end.  Active  trade  between  San  Jose  and 
and  Hollo,  about  80  m.  by  sea;  also  fine  road 
communication  ^vith  other  provinces  of  is- 
land.   Pop.,  5,621. 

SAN  J0S£  DE  tASIGNAN  (sahn  hoh-say' day  cah- 
sig-nahn'),  Hisp.;  pueblo  in  Principe,  Luzon. 
Pop.,  267. 

SAN  JOSfi  DE  3IANAB0  (sahn  hoh'-say  day  mah- 
nah'-boh ) ,  Hisp. ;  pueblo  in  Abra,  Luzon,  11m. 
SE.  of  Bangued,  on  1.  bank  of  Dudoc  Riv.,  1 
m.  from  its  mouth  in  Abra  Riv.    Pop.,  1,285. 

SAN  JOSE  DE  NAVOTAS  (sahn  hoh-say'  day  nah- 
voh'-tahs),  Sp.;  pueblo  inRizal,  Luz6n. 

SAN  JOSfi  DE  TROZO  (sah  hoh-say'  day  troh'- 
thoh),  Sp.;  district  of  Manila  City,  Luzon, 
more  generally  known  as  Trozo. 

SAN  JOSE  IBANA,  or  IVANA  (.sahn  hoh-say'  day 

ee-bah'-nah,  ee-vah'-nah),   Hisp.;  pueblo  on 

SW.  shore  of  Bat^n  I.,   Batanes  grp.,  off  N. 

coast  of  Cagayan,  Luzon,  l^m.  from  Magatao. 

Pop.,  1,914.    San  Vicente  is  port  of  this  town. 
SAN  JUAN  (sahn  hwahn),  Sp.;  hamlet  in  Cavite, 

Luzon,  on  SE.  shore  of  Manila  Bay,  18  m.  SW. 

of  Cavite. 
hamlet  in  Pampanga,  Luz6n,  on  1.  bank 

of  Grande  de  la  Pampanga  Riv.,  7  m.  SE.  of 

Bacolor. 
hamlet  in  Iloilo,  Panay,  1^  m.  E.  of  Baro- 

tac  Viejo. 
hamlet  in  Pampanga,  Luzon,  2  m.  NE.  of 

Bacolor. 
hamlet  on  r.  bank  of  Grande  de  la  Pam- 
panga Riv.,  Luzon,  8  m.  E.  of  Bacolor. 
pueblo  on  extreme  NE.  coa.st  of  Batangas. 

Luz6n,  on  Tayabas  Bay  shore,  terminus  of 

highway,  48  m.  NE.  of  Batangas.  capital,  via 

Rosario.    Pop.,  14,017. 
hamlet  in  Pangasin^n,   Luzon,   on  main 

road,  11  m.  SE.  of  Lingayen. 

pueblo  in  Abra,  Luz6n. 

pueblo  (de  Macipalay)  on  coast  highway, 

4  m.   N.   of  San    Fernando,   Union,   Luz6n. 

Pop.,  10,211. 


SAN  JUAN ;  town  on  E.  coast  of  Mindanao,  2  m. 

NW.  of  Cinablagan  Pt.,  E.  coast  of  Surigao, 

Mindanao,  165  m.  SSE.  of  Surigao.    Pop.,  Cn. 

1887,  341. 
town  on  bight  between  Diuata  and  Sipaka 

Pts.,  N.  coast  of   Misamis,  Mindanao,  41  m. 

NNE.  of  Cagayfin  de  Misamis. 
town  on  small  bay  on  E.  shore  of  D&vao 

Gulf,  DAvao,  Mindanao,  28  m.  SE.  by  E.  of 

D4vao. 

river  in  Rizal,  Luz6n,  tributary  to  P4sig. 

hamlet  in  Nueva  Ecija,  Luzon,  13  m.  N.  of 

San  Isidro. 

town  in  Abra,  Luzon.    Pop.,  1,146. 

pueblo  in  Bohol,  Visayas.    Pop.,  Cn.  1887. 

5,428. 
village  on  r.  bank  of  S.  arm  of  Grande  Riv. 

of  Mindanao,  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 
point  W.  end  of  anchorage  of  San  Jacinto 

port,  E.  coast  Ticao  1.,  Masbate  grp.,  Visayas. 
cluster  of  islets  in  NE.  angle  of  Laguima- 

noc  Bay,  S.  coast  of  Tayabas,  Luzon. 

SAN  JUAN,  or  ST.  JOHN;  point  on  NE.  of  en- 
trance to  San  Antonio  Bay,  SE.  coast  of  S. 
Palawan. 

SAN  JUAN  DE  BOCBOC  (sahn  hwahn  day  bock- 
bock'),  Hisp.;  town  in  Batangas,  Luzon. 

SAN  JUAN  DE  GUIMBA  (.sahn  hwahn  day  geem'- 
bah),  Hisp.;  pueblo  in  Nueva  Ecija,  24  m.  W. 
of  N.  of  San  Isidro,  at  junction  of  main  roads, 
one  leading  SW.  to  Tdrlac,  13i  m.,  other  S.  to 
San  Isidro.    Pop.,  2,994. 

SAN  JUAN  DE  ILOG  (sahn  hwahn  day  ee'.-log), 
Hisp.;  town  of  Negros Occidental.    (Sceilog.) 

SAN  JUAN  DE  MACAPILAT  (.sahn  hwahn  day 
mah-cah-pee'-lie),  Hisp.;  important  town  on 
SW.  coast  of  Siquijor  I.,  off  SW.  coast  Bohol, 
Visayas,  40  m.  SW.  of  Tagbilaran  and  22  m.  E. 
across  sea  channel  from  Zamboanguita,  Ne- 
gros Oriental.     Pop.,  5,979. 

pueblo  in  Surigao,  Mindanao. 

pueblo  in  Union,  Luz6n. 

SAN  JUAN  DEL  MONTE  (sahn  hwahn  dayl 
mohn'-tay),  Sp.;  pueblo  in  Rizal,  Luzon,  4m. 
E.  of  Manila.    Pop.,  2,011. 

SAN  JUAN  PAMPLONA  (sahn  hwahn  pahm-ploh'- 
uah),  Sp.     (See  Pamplona  Riv.) 

SAN  JUAN,  KIO  OKANDE  DE,  or  SANTA  URUZ 
(ree'-oh  grahn'-day  day  sahn  hwahn,  sahn'- 
tah  crooth),  Sp.;  small  stream  in  Batangas, 
empties  into  Laguna  de  Bay  at  Calamba,  in 
Laguna,  Luzon. 

SAN  JUANU'O  (sahn  hwah-nee'-coh),  Sp.;  strait 
in  SE.  angle  of  Visayan  Sea,  25  m.  long  from 
Cabugauan  Pt.  on  NW.  to  Binalac  Pt.  on  SE., 
and  from  1,000  ft.  to  1  and  3  m.  wide  between 
S^raar  on  NE.  and  Leyte  on  SW.  Along  its 
shores  are  numerous  hamlets  and  towns, 
Santa  Rita  on  S^mar  and  Babatugon,  Mali- 
bago,  and  Tacloban,  capital,  on  Leyte  side. 
Connects  Daram  channel  on  NW.  with  San 
Pedro  and  San  Pablo  Bay  on  SE.  Vessels  of 
good  size  can  pass  through,  although  por- 
tions of  channel  are  much  obstructed  by 
islands.  Forms  convenient  shelter  for  native 
craft. 

SAN  JULliN  (.sahn  hoo-lyahn'),  Sp.;  hamlet  in 
Ilocos  Sur,  Luzon. 

town  on  SE.  shore  of  bay  on  E.  coast  of 

SAmar,  36  m.  N.  of  E.  of  Catbalogan.  Pop., 
3,616. 

inlet  and  port  in  Siimar. 

pueblo  SE.  shore  Libfts  port,  opposite  Lib4s, 

E.  coast  S^mar. 

SAN  JULIAN,  or  LIBAS  (sahn  hoo-lyahn',  lee- 
bahs'),  Sp.;  town  in  Cdpiz,  Panay. 

SANKOL  (sahn-koll'),  ver.;  hamlet  near  point  of 
.same  name  on  E.  coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao, 
surrounded  by  fertile  country  and  cocoanut 
plantations;  192  m.  SSE.  of  Surigao. 


S  Doc  ^S/2  57    1 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


815 


SANKOL;  N.  point  of  Caraga  Bay,  E.  coast  of  Suri- 
gao,  Mindanao.  Point  is  low  and  formed  of 
rocks,  wliich  give  it  somewhat  strildng  ap- 
pearance from  sea. 

SAN  LEONARDO  (sfjhn  lay-oh-nar'-doli),  Sp.; 
pueblo  in  Nueva  Ecija,  Luz6n. 

SAN  LORENZO  (sivhn  loh-rayn'-thoh),  Sp.;  ham- 
let in  Nueva  Ecija,  Luz6n,  44  m.  NE.  of  San 
Isidro. 

hamlet   in   Hollo,  Panay,  2  m.  NNE.  of 


hamlet  on  gulf  road,  W.  shore  of  Tabaco 

Bay,  Albay,  Luzon,  124  m.  N.  of  Albay. 

SAN  LUCAS  (.sahn  loo'-cahs),  Sp.;  river  in  Batan- 
gas,  Luzon,  passing  NE.  of  pueblo  of  Tanauan, 
and  SE.  of  pueblo  of  Santo  Tomas. 

SAN  LUIS  (sahn  Iwees),  Sp.:  pueblo  in  Pam- 
panga,  Luzon,  9  m.  E.  of  Bacolor.   Pop.,  10,298. 

pueblo  in  Batangas,  Luzon,  16  m.  by  high 

road  NW.  of  Batangas,  near  S.  coast  of  Lake 
Taal,  and  on  road  to  San  Luis.    Pop.,  5,201. 

hamlet  in  S.  central  Concepcion,  Iloilo, 

Panay,  2^  m.  E.  of  Sara. 

village  of  Isabela,  Luzon,  just  within  boun- 
dary with  Nueva  Vizcaya,  on  main  road  be- 
tween Ilagan  and  Bayombong,  40  m.  from 
former  point. 

garrisoned  town  in  Isabela,  Luzon. 

town  on  1.  bankof  Agusan  Riv.,  Surigao, 

Mindanao,  24  m.  S.  of  Butuan. 

town  on  E.  coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  44 

m.  N.  of  Casoman  Pt.,  183  m.  SSE.  of  Surigao. 

SAN  MANUEL  (sahn  mah-nwayl'),  Sp.;  point  in 
port  of  San  Jacinto,  NW.  coast  of  Ticao  I., 
Masbategrp.,  Visayas. 

pueblo  in  Pangasindn,  Luzon,  near  r.  bank 

of  Dagupan  Riv.,  on  main  road. leading  W.  to 
Lingay6n,  29  m.;  fine  road  facilities.  Pop., 
6,867. 

point  on  W.  .shore  of  San  Jacinto  port, 

Ticao  I.,  Masbate  grp.,  Visayas. 

SAN  MARCELINO  (sahn  mar-thay-lee'-noh),  Sp.; 
pueblo  on  highway  in  Zambales,  Luzon,  27  m. 
SE.  of  iba.    Pop.,  4,043. 

SAN  mARl'IAL  (sahn  mar-thyahl'),  Sp.;  town  in 
Abra,  Luzon,  7  m.  S.  of  Bangued,  with  which 
it  is  connected  by  trail. 

SAN  MARCOS  (sahn  mar'-cohs),  Sp.;  hamlet  on 
main  road  in  Bulac^n,  Luz6n,  9  m.  NW.  of 
Bulac^n. 


SAN  MARIANO  (sahn  mah-ryah'-noh),  Sp.;  min- 
eral spring  in  Norzagaray,  Bulac^n,  Luz6n. 

hamlet  on  Calbiga  Riv.,  in  hills  of  Lochi 

(Log-hi) ,  12  m.  SE.  of  PinabAgdao,  W.  coast  of 


SAN  MARTIN  (sahn  mar-teen'),  Sp.;  hamlet  in 
SW.  Iloilo,  Panay,  1  m.  from  boundary  with 
Antique,  12  m.  SW.  of  San  Joaquin. 

hamlet  on  1.  bankof  ManinilaRiv.,  near  its 

junction  with  Sibalon  Riv.,  5  m.  NW.  above 

San  Remigio,  Antique,  Panay. 
hamlet  on  Abra  Riv.,  in  pueblo  of  Cand6n, 

Ilocos  Sur,  Luzon. 
point  at   entrance   to   port   Concepci6n, 

Maestre  de  Campo  I.,  E.  of  Mindoro. 

point  on  E.  side  of  entrance  to  Rubido  Bay, 

S.  shore  of  Maestre  de  Campo  I.,  off  E.  coast  of 
Mindoro. 

SAN  MATEO  (sahnmah-tay'-oh),  Sp.;  river, lower 
portion  of  which  traverses  N.  part  of  Rizal, 
Luzon;  has  3  branches;  N.  rises  in  N.  part  of 
Bulacdn  on  W.  slopes  of  coast  range  and  flows 
S.  about  20  m.,  at  boundary  between  Bulac^n 
and  Manila  joined  by  central  branch,  which 
rises  in  extreme  SE.  corner  of  BulacAn  in 
.same  slopes  and  flows  NW.  about  26  m.  direct 
line  to  point  of  junction  with  N.  branch, 
thence  pursuing  W.  course  about  4  m.  receives 
S.  branch,  which  rises  in  Rizal  and  pursues 
N.  course;  thence  these  united  currents,  form- 
ing main  stream  of  San  Mateo,  make  great 
bend  of  about  8  m.  to  town  of  San  Mateo  on 
its  1.  bank;  thence  it  pursues  its  course  to 
Laguna  de  Bay  under  name  Mariquina. 

pueblo  of  Rizal,  Luz6n,  18  m.  NE.  of  Manila. 

Pop.,  6,700. 
town  and  anchorage  at  Caballo  Pt.,  W.  of 

Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  and  84  m.  SE.  of  Cal- 

dera  Pt. 
point  on  SW.  coast  of  Mindanao,  SE.  of 

village  of  .same  name. 
hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Arayat,  Pampanga, 

Luz6n. 
river  emptying  into  PAsig  Riv.  on  N.  side 

below  P&sig,  Rizal,  Luz6n. 

SANMATIAS  (sahn  mah-tee'-ahs),  Sp.;  hamlet  in 
Pampanga,  Luz6n,  34  m.  NE.  of  Bacolor,  on 
Manila  and  Dagupan  R.  R. 

hamlet  in  Abra,  Luzon,  3  m.  SE.  of  Bangued, 

on  trail  from  Bucay. 


ST.  MICHAEL  ISLANDS  (GROUP),  SULU  SEA. 

A  cluster  of  4  uninhabited  outlying  islets  and  rocks  (San  Miguel  on  the  Spanish 
charts)  in  the  Sulu  Sea,  immediately  within  the  S.  treaty  line  of  demarcation, 
Manuk  INIanukan,  the  most  S.,  in  Ion.  118°  29^  lying  2J  m.  N.  of  7°  W  N.,  the 
boundary,  and  103J  m.  E.  of  Clarendon  Bay,  S.  end  of  Balabac  I. 


Islands. 


Bankawan 

Bankoran 

Manuk  Manukan . 


* 

4 

i 

Total  area 1  j 

The  angle  of  boundary  lat.  7°  40'  N.  and  Ion.  119°  35' E.  lies  68  m.  to  the  E.  in  the 
Sulu  Sea,  about  midway  between  Balabac  and  Mindanao;  ENE.  64  m.  lies  Meander 
Reef,  6  ft.  high,  in  the  midst  of  the  solitude  of  waters,  and  31^  m.  ESE.  a  cluster  of 
rocks  ' '  as  large  as  boats. ' ' 

SAN  MIGUEL;  outlying  islet  2  m.  off  extreme 
NW.  end  of  Ticao  I.,  Masbate  grp.,  Visayas. 
Between  it  and  mainland  of  Ticao  lies  larger 
island  mapped,  but  unnamed. 

extreme  NE.  point  of  stretch  of  land  of 

Ticao  I.,  Masbate  grp.,  Visayas. 

port  3  by  4  m.  on  extreme  NW.  coast  of  Ti- 
cao I.,  Masbate  grp.,  Visayas. 


SAN  MIGUEL  (san  mee-gayl'),  Sp.;  hamlet  on  W. 
shore  of  Polillo  I.,  off  coast  of  Infanta,  E.  by 
N.,  94  m.  from  Binangonan  de  Lampon. 

group  of   islands  in  Sulu   Sea.      (.S'fe  St. 

Michael.) 

hamlet  in  central  C&piz,  Panay,  3  m.  S.  of 

Tapay. 


816 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS, 


SA>'  MIGIIEL:  hamlet  in  SW.  Siimar,  3  m.  N\V. 
of  Basey. 

pueblo  in  NE.  Lej-te,  12  m.  N\V.  of  Taclo- 

ban.    Pop.,  4,126. 

island  5J  by  2i  m.:  area  16  sq.  m.;  lies  in 

entrance  to  Tabaco  Bay  off  main  land  of  Al- 
bay,  Luz6n.  NW.  and  smallest  of  chain  of  4 
islands  of  geographical  and  productive  im- 
portance, which  divide  waters  of  Lagonoy 
and  Albay  bays. 

island  off  NE.  shore  of  San  Miguel  Bay, 

Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luz6n. 

bay  in  Ambos  Camarines  (Norte),   20  m. 

in  diameter,  surrounded  by  high  mountains 
and  capable  of  harboring  vessels  of  great 
draft  in  safety  from  winds  of  Pacific  Ocean. 

suburb  of  Manila.    (See  Manila,  Luz6n.) 

pueblo  in  Pampanga,  Luzon,  6  m.  SE.  of 

Bacolor. 

hamlet  in  Pampanga,  Luz6n,  17  m.  N.  of 

Bacolor.    Pop.,  1,887. 

hamlet  of  Negros  Occidental,  3  m.  SE.  of 

La  Carlota. 

hamlet  on  Pulu  tributary  of  Lagusan  Kiv., 

Negros  Occidental,  14  m.  E.  of  Bago. 

hamlet  at  headwaters  of   Lagusan  Riv., 

Negros  Occidental,  14  m.  E.  of  Valladolid. 

island  SE.  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

town  in  district  of  Cayapa,  Luzon. 

SAN  MIGUEL,  or  AXGOT  (sahn  mee-gayl',  ahn- 
goy'),  Sp.;  pueblo  in  Iloilo,  Pauay,  9  m.  NW. 
oflloilo.    Pop.,  7,300. 

SAIV  MIGUEL,  or  SARRAT  (sahn  mee-gayl',  sah- 
rrat');  pueblo  on  r.  bank  of  Grande  de  Laoag 
Riv.,  6  m.  above  Laoag,  Ilocos  Norte,  Luzon. 
Pop.,  9,015. 

SAN  MIGUEL  DE  CAMILING  (sahn  mee-gayl'  day 
cah-mee-ling'),  Hisp.;  town  in  Tiirlac,  cen- 
tral Luz6n. 

SAN  MIGUEL  DE  MAYUMO  (sahn  mee-gayl'  day 
mah-yoo'-moli),  HLsp.;  pueblo  in  BulacAn, 
Luzon,  on  main  road  at  junction  of  several 
others,  32  m.  N.  of  Bulacfln.    Pop.,  20,460. 

SAN  NARCISO  (sann  nar-thee'-soh),  Sp.:  pueblo 
on  coast  road  in  Zambales,  Luzon,  21  m.  S.  of 
Iba.  Has  3  high  roads  in  different  directions. 
Pop.,  7,255. 

pueblo  at  head  of  Pusgo  Bay,  Tayabas,  Lu- 

z6n,  W.  shore  of  Ragay  Gulf,  arjout  halfway 
on  coast  road  between  Guinayangan,  N.,  23 
m.,  and  Soboncogon,  S.,  18  m.,  iiear  end  of  Ta- 
yabas Pen.    Pop.,  1,087. 

SAN  NICOLAS,  (sahn  nee-coh-lahs'),  Sp.;  hamlet 
in  Nueva  Ecija,  Luz6n,  2  m.  E.  of  San  Isidro, 
on  main  road. 

ptieblo  3  m.  S.  of  Laoag,  capital,  on  coast 

highway,  Ilocos  Norte,  Luzon.    Pop.,  9,578. 

hamlet  in  Pampanga,  Luzon,  7  m.  NW.  of 

Bacolor. 

pueblo  on  W.  coast  of  Cebu,  2 

Cebu.  Pop.,  17,800.  By  act  No.  116, 
P.  C.  Apr.  18,  1901,  this  pueblo  wa 
rated  in  municipality  of  Cebu. 

hamlet  in  central  CApiz,  Panay, 

Zagnaya. 

hamlet  in  Cavite,  Luzon,  8  m.  SE.  of  Ca- 

vite. 

district  in  Manila  City,  6  m.  E.  of  Manila, 

Luzon,  on  1.  banli  of  Pdsig  Riv.  and  on  S. 
shore  road. 

hamlet  on  r.  bank  of  Grande  de  la  Pam- 
panga Riv.,  in  Pampanga,  Luz6n,  12  m.  NE. 
of  Bacolor. 

pueblo  in  Pangasin^n,  Luz6n,  near  Ben- 

guet  boundary,  36  m.  E.  of  Lingay^n,  con- 
nected bv  highwav  which  crosses  Agno  Riv. 
nearby,  3  m.  N.  of  Tayug,  near  base  of  W. 
coast  range  and  at  W.  end  of  pass.  Pop., 
10,204. 


1.  W.  of 
)assed  by 
incorpo- 

i  m.  ii.  of 


SAN  NICOLAS:  suburb  i  m.  W.  of  Cebii,  Cebil, 
Vi.sayas.    Fixed  white  light  is  located  here. 

settlement  on  SE.  shore  of  East  Bay,  on 

NW.  coast  of  Linapacan  I.,  Calamianes  grp., 
oflf  NE.  coast  Paragua,  Palawan. 

SAN  NICOLXs,  or  SPANISH  FORT;  hamlet  in 
Batangas,  Luzon. 

— — •  hamlet  in  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luz6n 
between  2  ends  of  natural  loop  in  Inaga 
Riv.,  6i  m.  NW.  of  Nueva  CAceres. 

SANNITO  (sahn-nee'-toh),  ver;  hamlet  on  NW. 
shore  of  Sibuguey  Bay,  Zamboanga,  Minda- 
nao, 6bi  m.  NNE.  of  Zamboanga. 

SAN  PABLO  (sahnpah'-bloh),  Sp;  island  off  E. 
coast  of  Leyte.    (See  Cabugan  1. ) 

hamlet  in  central  Pampanga,  Luzon,  10  m. 

NE.  of  Bacolor. 

pueblo  in  S.  central  Laguna,  Luzon,  25  m. 

S.  of  Santa  Cruz,  near  boundary,  on  main  road 
from  that  capital  to  Tayabas  (about  one-third 
distance),  on  SW.  seacoast.  Center  of  area 
of  volcanic  elevations  and  lakes,  with  indi- 
cations of  valuable  mineral  deposits.  Pop., 
19,537. 

town  on  W.  shore  of  Lake  Maynit,  in  Siu-i- 

gao,  Mindanao,  27  m.  S.  of  Surigao. 

town  in  Nueva  Ecija,  Luzon. 

SAN  PABLO,  or  ST.  PAULS;  bay  E.  of  Cape 
Sangbauen,  NE.  point  of  Ulugan  Bay,  SW. 
coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan.  Scenery  around 
bay  consists  of  dome-shaped  hills  and  per- 
pendicular cliffs  of  limestone  formation.  St. 
Pauls  Peak  3,370  ft.  and  E.,  Cleopatras  Needle, 
5,200  ft  high. 

remarkable  dome-shaped  summit  3,370  ft. 

high,  approaching  Ulugan  Bay,  SW.  coa.st 
Paragua,  Palawan,  from  S.  and  St.  Pauls  Bay 
from  N. 

SAN  PASCUAL  (sahn  pass-kwahl'),  Sp.;  hamlet 
in  E.  Bohol,  Visayas,  2  m.  N.  of  Bituanau. 

anchorage  at  entrance  to  bay  which  opens 

to  S.  on  coast  of  Burias  1.,  Masbate  grp„ 
Visayas. 

capital  and  pueblo,  Burias  1.,  Masbate  grp., 

Visayas.    Pop.,  1,601. 

town  on  NW.  coast  of  Burias  1.,  Masbate 
.,  Visayas,  lat.  13°  8'  30"  N.,  Ion.,  122°  68' 

SAN   PEDRlSo   (sahn  pay-dree'-nyoh),  Sp.;  W. 

inner  point  of  Balaydri  Bay,  Tayabas,  Luz6n. 
inlet  in  SW.  shore  of   Batangas,    Luz6n. 

{Also  Pagopas.) 
point  formed  by  mountain  of  same  name 

on  Balayan  Bay,  Batangas,  Luzon. 
mountain  inland  from  Talin  I't.;  W.  coast 

of  Batangas,  Luzon,  lat.  13°  55'  30"  N. 
SAN   PEDRO   (.sahn  pay'-droh),  Sp.;  hamlet  in 

Pampanga,  Luzon,  14  m.  N.  of  Bacolor. 
hamlet  in  Pampanga,  Luz6n,  81  m.  N.  of 

Bacolor. 
hamlet  in  Albay,  Luz6n,  8  m.  NE.  of  Al- 
bay. 
hamlet  in  Bulacdn,   Luz6n,   10^  m.  N.  of 

Bulaciln. 
-islet  off  E.  coast  of  Leyte.     (Sec  Cabugan, 

Little.) 
pueblo  on  W.  coast  of  Antique,  Panay,  5 

m.  N.  of  San  Jose  de  Buenavista.    Pop.,  7,366. 
point  on  W.  center  coast  of  Rombl6n  I., 

Romblon  grp.,  VLsayas. 
town  on  r.  bank  of  mouth  of  river  entering 

ocean  on  E.  coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  2  m. 

W.  of  Casoman  Pt.,  189  m.  SSE.  of  Surigao. 
town  1^  m.  above  mouth  of  river  in  NW. 

of  Basilan  I.,  ofiSW.  peninsula  of  Zamboanga, 

Mindanao. 
SAN  PEDRO  MACATI  (sahn  pay'-droh  mah-cah- 

tee'),  Hisp.;  pueblo  on  S.  shore  of  Pdsig  Riv., 

in  Rizal,  Luzon,  3^  m.  SE.  of  Manila.    Resort 

for  convalescents.    Pop.,  3,921. 


grp- 
25"] 


GAZETTEEK    OF    THE    THIHrrUSE    ISLANDS. 


817 


KAMICUIN    I. 


inl7Sa&1859 
ILW.r.  *  C.-VI>6~Sp.rt»e  e  ft- 


S.  Doc.  280 52 


818 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


SAN  PEDRO  TUNASXN  (sahn  pay'-droh  too-nah- 
sahn'),  Hisp.;  pueblo  on  W.  shore  of  Laguna 
de  Bay,  in  extreme  NVV.  of  Laguna,  Luz6n, 
on  main  road  to  Manila.    Pop.,  3,700. 

SAN  PEDRO  Y  SAN  PABLO  (sahn  pay'-droh  ee 
sahn  pah'-bloh),  Sp.;  bay  12  m.  wide  and  18 
m.  deep,  formed  by  extreme  SW.  shore  of 
S&mar  and  portion  of  E.  shore  of  Leyte;  ap- 
proach for  vessels  of  average  draft  from  S.  on 
SE.  to  San  Juanico  Strait  and  thence  to  Da- 
ram  ehannel,  toward  Manila.  On  shores  are 
numerous  hamlets;  on  Sdmar  side  town  of 
Basey,  and  on  Leyte  side  Tacloban,  capital, 
and  towns  of  Palo,  Tanauan,  Tolosa,  and 
Butag. 

SAN  PELAYO  (sahn  pay-lah'-yoh),  Sp.;  hamlet 
near  1.  bank  of  Bac-hao  Bangahon  Riv.,  W. 


SAN  PIO  (JlllNTO  (sahn  pee'-oh  keen'-toh),  Sp.; 
port  on  W.  shore  of  Camiguin  I.,  Babuyanes 
Is.,  N.  of  Luzon.  Port  fronts  3^  m.  toward 
NW.  and  2  m.  inland;  sheltered  from  W.  by 
Font  I.,  in  middle  of  entrance.  S.  channel, 
2  m.  wide,  between  Font  I.  and  8.  point  of 
port,  presents  great  natural  curiosity.  Water 
for  considerable  surrounding  area  color  of 
iron;  to  S.  immense  boiling  spring  of  salt 
water,  regarded  as  evidence  of  comparatively 
recent  acti^'itv  of  volcanic  forces  in  this  and 
Batanes  grp.  on  N.,  and  N.  sections  of  Luz6n 
on  S.  X.  channel  between  Font  I.  and  N. 
poini  <if  port  about  1  m.  wide.  Stream  of 
fresh  water  enters  port.  Pop.,  70.  On  May  3, 
1899,  U.  S.  S.  Concord  on  cruise  visited  island 
and  raised  U.  S.  flag.  Port  now  one  of  princi- 
pal crui.sing  stations  of  U.  S.  Navy  in  these 
waters  of  American  possessions.  Crew  of 
wrecked  U.  S.  S.  Charleston  camped  at  this 
point  until  succor  arrived.    (See  chart,  p.  817.) 

SAN    POLICABPO   (sahn  poh-lee-car'-poh),  Sp.; 

hamlet  on  S.  shore  of  SS.mar,  3  m.  W.  of  Cal- 

hAyog. 
hamlet  on  S.  side  of  extreme  NE.  coast  of 

S4mar,  7  m.  E.  of  Ot&s. 
SAN(^UI  (sahn-key'),  nat.;  point  on  SW.  coast  of 

Negros  Oriental,  17J  m.  W.  of  Bayauan. 

SAN  QCINTIN  (sahn  keen-teen'),  Sp.;  pueblo  in 
Abra,  Luz6n,  on  high  road  from  Bangued,  8 
m.  to  Vigan,  W.  along  1.  bank  of  Abra  Riv. 
Pop.,  725. 

pueblo  in  Nueva  Ecija,  Luz6n,  in  Tasig  Mts. 

at  headwaters  of  2  tributaries  of  Agno  Riv. 
near  boundary  of  Pangasin&n,  50  m.  NE.  of 
San  Isidro.    Pop.,  6,862. 

SAN  RAFAEL  (sahn  rah-fah-ayl'),  Sp.;  hamlet  on 
Pampanga  delta,  in  Pampanga,  Luzon. 

SE.  point  of  Ticao  I.,  Masbate  grp.,  Visayas, 

7  m.  N.  of  E.  entrance  head  of  Uson  Bay, 
Masbate. 

hamlet  on  SE.  coast  of  Iloilo,  Panay,  4^  m 

SW.  of  Miagao. 

hamlet  in  Iloilo,  Panay,  5  m.  NW.  by  N.  of 

Barotac  Viejo. 

village  W.  shore  of  Loog  (Luk)  Bay.  Sup- 
plies of  water,  cattle,  and  vegetables  obtain- 
able by  ships. 

hamlet  on  W.  shore  of  Ibayat  I.,  Batanes 

Is.,  off  N.  coast  Cagayto,  Luz6n. 

bay  on  NW.  shore  of  Basilan  I.,  off  SW. 

peninsula  of  Zamboanga,  Mandanao.  Forms 
inshore  at  head  of  deep  and  broad  bight  on 
that  coast. 

village  on  SE.  coast  of  Lubang  I.,  20  m.  SW. 

of  Lubang.     (See  Loog. ) 

pueblo  on   main    crossroad   in   Bulacdn, 

Luz6n,  11  m.  N.  of  Bulacto.    Pop.,  8,469. 

mineral   spring  in  Sibul,   pueblo  of  San 

Miguel  de  Mayumo,  Bulacdn,  Luzon. 

bay  on  SE.  shore  of  ISIalamaui  road,  N. 

coast  of  Basilan  I.,  S.  of  Zamboanga,  Min- 
danao. 


SAN  RAFAEL;  village  on  W.  shore  of  Loog  (Luk) 
Bay,  Lubang  I.,  NW.  of  Mindoro,  W.  entrance 
to  Verde  Passage. 

SAN  BAYMUNDO  (sahn  rye-moon'-doh),  Sp.;  min- 
eral spring  in  pueblo  of  Lemery,  Batangas, 
Luz6n. 

SAN  RAMOn  (sahn  rah-mohn'),  Sp.;  hamlet  on 
E.  coast  of  S&mar,  3  m.  W.  of  Pangpang  Pt. 

hamlet  of  Abra,  Luzon,  on  r.  bank  of  Abra 

Riv.,  13  m.  SE.  of  Bangued. 

pueblo  on  extreme  W.  shore  of  S&mal  I., 

D&vao,  Mindanao,  12^  m.  NE.  of  Ddvao, 
across  strait  of  Pakiputan. 

town  on  1.  shore  of  mouth  of  small  river  on 

SW.  coast  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

SAN  REMKiIO  (sahn  ray-mee'-hyoh),  Sp.;  pue- 
blo on  1.  bank  of  Sibalom  Riv.,  Antique,  Pa- 
nay, 13  m.  NE.  of  San  Jos6  de  Buenavista. 
Pop.,  2,503. 

pueblo  on  NW.  coast  of  Cebu,  on  S.  .shore  of 

Daijagon  Bay,  9  m.  N.  of  Cebvi.    Pop.,  6,192. 

SAN  RICARDO  (.sahn  ree-cahr'-doh),  pueblo  on 
extreme  SW.  shore  of  Panaon  I.,  at  SW.  en- 
trance to  Surigao  Strait  and  at  entrance  to 
bay  30  m.  in  depth  and  16  m.  wide,  setting  up 
into  S.  mainland  of  Leyte.  Pop.,  Cn.  1887, 
3,077. 

village  on  SE.  shore  of  Cancabat6  Bay,  NE. 

coast  of  Leyte. 

SAN  ROQUE  (.sahn  roh'-kay),  Sp.;  hamlet  of  Sor- 
sog6n,  Luz6n,  midway  in  narrows  which  con- 
nect main  body  of  Luz6n. 

hamlet  in  Nueva  Ecija,  Luzon,  23  m.  W.  of 

N.  of  San  Isidro. 

hamlet  on  extreme  SW.  coast  of  Antique, 

Panay,  4i  m.  E.  of  Anini-y. 

hamlet  in  central  CApiz,  Panay,  1^  m.  S.  of 

Tapac. 

hamlet  on  SE.  shore  of  Leyte,  12  m.  from 

Abilyog,  approaching  from  SE. 

hamlet  in  Leyte,  on  coast  road,  5  m.  SE.  of 

Mac-Crohon. 

hamlet  in  Bulacin,  Luz6n,  15  m.  N.  of  Bu- 

lacAn. 

pueblo  of  Cavite,  Luz6n,  at  head  of  Cana- 

cao  Bay,  and  land  end  of  neck  on  which 
Cavite  is  situated;  9  m.  SW.  of  Manila  by 
water.    Pop.,  3,182. 

hamlet  in  low  lands  of  Pampanga,  Luzon, 

13  m.  E.  of  Bacolor. 

hamlet  in 

Bacolor. 

hamlet  in  Pampanga,  Luz6n,  4  m.  SW.  of 

Bacolor. 

hamlet  on  1.  bank  of  Grande  de  la  Pam- 
panga Riv.,  6  m.  S.  of , San  Isidro,  in  extreme 
SW.  corner  of  Nueva  Ecija,  Luzon. 

town  on  E.  shore  of  Maynit  Lake,  Surigao, 

Mindanao,  20  m.  SSE.  of  Surigao. 

hamlet  in  Zamboanga,   Mindanao,   6   m. 

NW.  of  Zamboanga. 

hamlet  on  1.  bank  of  river  in  NE.  Misa- 

mis,  Mindanaf),  2  m.  NE.  of  Balinga.sag. 

SAN  RO(JUE  VIEJO  (sahn  roh'-kay  vyay'-hoh), 
Sp.;  hamlet  on  S.  shore  of  Leyte,  4  m.  SE.  of 
Mac-Crohon. 

SAN  BUFINO  (sahn  roo-fee'-noh),  Sp.;  hamlet 
SE.  of  Sigarag  Mt.,  Sdmar. 

SAN  SALVADOR  (sahn  sahl- vah-dohr' ) ,  Sp. ;  island 
oft  E.  coast  of  Zambales,  Luz6n,  thickly 
wooded.  Town  of  Ma.singloc  (Masinloc) 
fronts  it.  Channel  S.  of  island,  15  fms.  deep, 
leads  to  Mataloi. 

town  in  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

SAN  SATIIRMKO  (sahn  sah-toor-nee'-noh),  Sp.; 
hamlet  near  E.  coast  of  Sdmar,  2^  m.  N.  of 
Borongan. 


,  Luz6n,  10  m.  NW.  of 


fi 


/ 


I 


tiff 


LUZON   \VEST  CO\ST 

SANTA  CRUZ   HARBOR 


—§ 


i-^-:i^X 


m 


m 


'IX. 


3 


Doc  ^  ?  (^  57    1 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE   PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 


819 


SAN  SEBASTIXn  (sahn  say-bahs-tyahn'),  Sp.; 
hamlet  in  Iloilo,  Panay,  H  m.  WNW.  of 
Guimbal. 

pueblo  on  S.  side  of  Maqueda  Bay,  W. 

coast  of  S&mar,  10  m.  SE.  of  Catbalogan. 
Pop.,  839. 

pueblo  in  Cebu.    Pop.,  Cn.  1887,  2,442. 

ward  of  Quiapo  (Kiapo),  municipality  of 

Manila,  one  of  fashionable  quarters  of  capital. 

SAN  SEBASTIXN,  or  SEPALAY  (sahn  saj'-bahs- 
tyahn',  .say-pah-lie'),  Sp.;  hamlet  on  SW. 
coast  of  Negros  Oriental,  1  m.  SE.  of  SW.  sea 
end  of  boundary  between  Negros  Oriental 
and  Occidental,  16  m.  W.  of  Bayauan. 

SAN  SIMiiN  (sahn  .see-mohn'),  Sp.;  pueblo  on  r. 
bank  of  Grande  de  la  Pampanga  Riv.,  Pam- 
panga,  Luzon.    Pop.,  7,817. 

SANSON  (sahn-sohn'),  Sp.;  creek  in  Batadn, 
Luzon. 

SANTA  (sahn'-tah),  Sp.;  pueblo  of  Ilocos  Sur, 
Luzon,  on  coast  highway,  4  m.  SE.  of  Vigan. 
Pop.,  8,532. 

river  of  Ilocos  Sur,  Luzon,  at  N.  mouth  of 

Abra  Riv. 

SANTA  ANA  (sahn'-tah  ah'-nah),  Sp.;  pueblo  in 
Pampanga,  Luz6n,  9|  m.  NE.  of  Bacolor. 
Pop.,  6,132. 

hamlet  on  1.  bank  of  Ibajay  Riv.,  in  An- 
tique, Panay,  near  C&piz  border. 

—  hamlet  in  Cdpiz,   Panay,   7  m.  WNW.  of 

DumAlag. 

pueblo  in  Rizal,  Luz6n,  on  1.  bank  of  Pasig 

Riv.,  3  m.  SE.  of  Manila.  Pop.,  2,194.  Health 
resort  and  center  of  extensive  vegetable  gar- 
dening for  markets  of  Manila.  Under  amend- 
atory act  of  January  29,  1902,  it  was  consti- 
tuted new  district  of  city  of  Manila. 

port,  J  m.  entrance,  I5  m.  deep,  on  W.  coast 

of  GuimarAs  I.,  off  Iloilo,  Panay,  9  m.  SW.  of 
Nagaba. 

town  on  r.  bank  of  Tubay  Riv.,  outlet  of 

Maynit  Lake,  4^  m.,  and  38i  m.  S.  of  Surigao, 
Mindanao. 

pueblo,  8  m.  inland,  on  1.  bank  of  river  in 

Misamis,  Mindanao,  emptying  on  SE.  shore 
of  Macajalar  Bay,  15^  m.  NE.  of  CagayAn  de 
Misamis.    Pop.,  881. 

river  of  Pampanga,  Luz6n,  rising  in  pueblo 

of  same  name,  and  emptying  into  Betis  or  San 
Fernando  Riv. 

SANTA  ANA,  or  BULACiN  (sahn'-tah  ah'-nah,  Sp.; 
boo-lah-cahn',  nat.);  point  on  W.  coast  of  Gui- 
marAs  I.,  SE.  of  Hollo,  Panay. 

SANTA  BARBARA  (sahn'-tah  bar'-bah-rah),  Sp.; 
pueblo  on  1.  bank  of  Dagupan  Riv.,  and  at 
crossing  of  2  roads  12  m.  E.  of  Lingay^n,  Pan- 
gasin^n,  Luzon.    Pop.,  7,595. 

town  on  SW.  point  of  Malamaui  I.,  in  chan- 
nel off  NW.  shore  Basilan  I.,  3  m.  acro.ss  har- 
bor from  Isabela  de  Basilan,  off  SW.  peninsula 
of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

pueblo  midway  between  branch  of  Jani- 

piuin  Riv.  on  N.  and  Tigon  Riv.  on  S.,  Iloilo, 
Panay,  11  m.  NNW.  of  Iloilo.    Pop.,  13,000. 

SANTA  I'ATALINA  (sahn'-tah  cah-tah-lee'-nah), 
Sp. ;  pueblo  on  r.  bank  of  N.  mouth  of  Abra 
Riv.,  in  Ilocos  Sur,  Luzon,  1  m.  from  Vigan. 
Pop.,  5,100. 

SANTA  CLARA  (sahn'-tah clah'-rah),  Sp.;  hamlet 
in  Hollo,  Panay,  4  m.  SW.  of  San  Miguel. 

SANTA  CBIIZ  (sahn'-tah  crooth),  Sp.;  port  in  SE. 
angle  of  Dasol  Bay,  off  Zambales,  Luz6n,  near 
Carman  Pt. ;  used  by  coasters,  approached  by 
Dos  Hermanas  Is.  Point  of  this  name  is  low 
and  covered  with  mangroves.  Between  this 
and  Arenas  Pt.,  61  m.  to  S.,  coast  forms  bay 
into  which  3  rivers  discharge.  Collection  of 
nipa  huts  in  cocoanut  grove  lie  along  beach. 

pueblo  and  capital  of  Laguna,  Luzon,  also 

p.  o.  and  m.  o.  station,  on  SE.  shore  of  Laguna 
de  Bay.    Connected  with  Batangas,  Cavite, 


SANTA  CRUZ— Continued. 

Manila,  and  Tayabas  by  5  roads,  some  lined 
near  capital  with  palm  groves.  Pop.,  13,141. 
The  region  has  long  been  famous  for  manu- 
facture of  palm  wine  or  brandy.  Sale  of  palm 
brandy  was  government  monoply,  retailed 
in  estancos  or  government  salerooms  with 
cigars  and  stamped  paper.  Manufacture  was 
by  private  individuals,  product  being  sold  to 
government  at  large  profits  to  contractors. 
Proceeds  of  this  monopoly  were  $1,622,810  in 
colonial  budget  of  1861.  Santa  Cruz  Riv. 
enters  bay  at  this  point;  native  market  ves- 
sels carry  on  brisk  trade  with  Manila. 

hamlet  on  banks  of   Vicol  or  Naga  Riv., 

lat.  13°  33'  30"  N.,  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur), 
Luz6n. 

barrio  of  DAet,  Ambos  Camarines  (Norte), 

Luzon,  lat.  14°  36'  30"  N.,  on  NE.  coast,  near 
mouth  of  DAet  Riv. 

islands  lying  on  strait  of  Basilan,  off  S.  shore 

Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  dividing  that  inter- 
sea  thoroughfare  between  Celebes  and  Sulu 
seas  into  two  channels.  Great  Santa  Cruz,  on 
E.  part  of  that  bank,  is  1}  m.  long  and  1^  m. 
wide,  low  and  wooded.  Little  Santa  Cruz 
lies  SW.  of  larger  island,  over  1  m.  long  and 
720  ft.  wide. 

mountain  hamlet  in  pueblo  of  MalAneg, 

SW.  Cagaydn,  Luz6n,  on  trail  S.  of  MalAneg. 

hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Gapdn,  Nueva  Ecija, 

Luz6n. 
point  on  W.  side  of  Bohol,  Visayas,  lat. 

9°  51'  10"  N. 
hamlet  on  N.  coast  of  Negros  Occidental, 

2  m.  E.  of  CAdiz  Nuevo. 

extinct  volcano,  4  m.  E.  of  Calbiga,  in  SW. 

SAmar. 

town  in  PangasinAn,  Luz6n.    (See  Alcaic.) 

river  rising  in  S.  central  part  of  Laguna, 

Luz6n,  near  Nagcarlang;  flows  N.  and  emp- 
ties into  Laguna  de  Bay  at  Santa  Cruz,  pro- 
vincial capital. 

hamlet  on  W.  coast  of  Leyte,  4  m.  S.  of 

Palomp6n. 

suburb  of  Manila  City  (g.  v.). 

pueblo  of  Ilocos  Sur,  Luzon,  on  coast  high- 
way 33  m.  S.  of  Vigan  and  75  m.  N.  of  termi- 
nus of  railway  from  Dagupan  to  Manila. 
Pop.,  6,876. 

hamlet  in  mountains  of  Antique,  Panay, 

3  m.  N.  of  PandAn. 

hamlet  on  r.  bank  of  Grande  de  la  Pam- 
panga Riv.,  in  Pampanga,  Luz6n,  10  m.  NE. 
of  Bacolor. 

town  on  E.  coast  of  SE.  peninsula  of  Surigao, 

Mindanao,  12J  m.  N.  of  Tugubun  Pt.,  and  205 
m.  SSE.  of  Surigao. 

pueblo  on  W.  shore  of  DAvao  Gulf,  Min- 
danao, 14J  m.  SSW.  of  Ddvao. 

2  small  islands  off  NE.  coast  of  S^mal  I., 

separated  by  safe  channel,  N.  waters  of  gulf 
of  Dfi,vao,  Mindanao. 

point,   anchorage,  and  river  on  coast  of 

Zambales,  Luz6n,  28  m.  N.  of  Iba. 

pueblo  on  coast  of   Zambales,   Luz6n,  at 

mouth  of  river  of  same  name,  32  m.  N.  of  Iba 
and  on  direct  coast  road  to  that  capital,  3  m. 
S.  of  stream  which  empties  into  China  Sea. 
Pop.,  4,594.  Lat.  15°  45'  41"  N.,  Ion.  119°  15' 
3"E. 

island  off  NE.  coast  of  Marinduque,  be- 
tween that  island  and  Tugian  Pt.and  opposite 
coa.st  of  Luz6n.  Tapi&n  peak  is  landmark  on 
main  land.  Island  forms  protection  of  harbor 
of  refuge  in  those  waters. 

port  and  point  on  N.  coast  of  Marinduque, 

off  SW.  coast  of  Tayabas,  Luzon.  Low  and 
covered  with  mangroves. 

island  S.  of  DAvao,  Mindanao. 

town  in  district  of  Cayapa,  N.  Luz6n. 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


819 


SAN  SEBASTIXn  (sahn  say-bahs-tyahn'),  Sp.: 
hamlet  in  Iloilo,  Panay,  5i  m.  WNW.  of 
Guimbal. 

pueblo  on  S.  side  of  Maqueda  Bay,  W. 

coast  of  S^mar,  10  m.  SE.  of  Catbalogan. 
Pop.,  839. 

pueblo  in  Cebvi.    Pop.,  Cn.  1887,  2,442. 

ward  of  Quiapo  (Kiapo),  municipality  of 

Manila,  one  of  fashionable  quarters  of  capital. 

SAN  SEBASTIXN,  or  SEPALAY  (sahn  saj'-bahs- 
tyahn',  say-pah-lie'),  Sp.;  hamlet  on  SW. 
coast  of  Negros  Orijntal,  1  m.  SE.  of  SW.  sea 
end  of  boundary  between  Negros  Oriental 
and  Occidental,  16  m.  W.  of  Bayauan. 

SAN  SIMC^N  (sahn  see-mohn'),  Sp.;  pueblo  on  r. 
bank  of  Grande  de  la  Pampanga  Riv.,  Pam- 
panga,  Luz6n.    Pop.,  7,817. 

SANSON  (sahn-sohn'),  Sp.;  creek  in  Batadn, 
Luzon. 

SANTA  (sahn'-tah),  Sp.;  pueblo  of  Ilocos  Sur, 
Luzon,  on  coast  highway,  4  m.  SE.  of  Vigan. 
Pop.,  8,532. 

river  of  Ilocos  Sur,  Luzon,  at  N.  mouth  of 

Abra  Riv. 

SANTA  ANA  (sahn'-tah  ah'-nah),  Sp.;  pueblo  in 
Pampanga,  Luz6n,  Oj  m.  NE.  of  Bacolor. 
Pop.,  6,132. 

hamlet  on  1.  bank  of  Ibajay  Riv.,  in  An- 
tique, Panay,  near  CApiz  border. 

hamlet  in  CApiz,   Panay,   7  m.  WNW.  of 

DumAlag. 

pueblo  in  Rizal,  Luz6n,  on  1.  bank  of  Pasig 

Riv.,  3  m.  SE.  of  Manila.  Pop.,  2,194.  Health 
resort  and  center  of  extensive  vegetable  gar- 
dening for  markets  of  Manila.  Under  amend- 
atory act  of  January  29,  1902,  it  was  consti- 
tuted new  district  of  city  of  Manila. 

—  port,  i  m.  entrance,  Ij  m.  deep,  on  W.  coast 
of  GuimarAs  I.,  off  Iloilo,  Panay,  9  m.  SW.  of 
Nagaba. 

—  town  on  r.  bank  of  Tv'ibay  Riv.,  outlet  of 
Maynit  Lake,  4^  m.,  and  384  m.  S.  of  Surigao, 
Mindanao. 

—  pueblo,  8  m.  inland,  on  1.  bank  of  river  in 
Misamis,  Mindanao,  emptying  on  SE.  shore 
of  Macajalar  Bay,  15^  m.  NE.  of  CagayAn  de 
Misamis.    Pop.,  881. 

—  river  of  Pampanga,  Luz6n,  rising  in  pueblo 
of  same  name,  and  emptying  into  Betis  or  San 
Fernando  Riv. 

SANTA  ANA,  or  BULACiN  (sahn'-tah  ah'-nah,  Sp.; 
boo-lah-cahn',  nat.);  point  on  W.  coast  of  Gui- 
marAs  I.,  SE.  of  Iloilo,  Panay. 

SANTA  BiRBAUA  (sahn'-tah  bar'-bah-rah),  Sp.; 
pueblo  on  1.  bank  of  Dagupan  Riv.,  and  at 
crossing  of  2  roads  12  m.  E.  of  Lingay<5n,  Pan- 
gasiu&n,  Luz6n.    Pop.,  7,695. 

town  on  SW.  point  of  Malamaui  I.,  in  chan- 
nel off  NW.  shore  Basilan  I.,  3  m.  across  har- 
bor from  Isabela  de  Basilan,  off  SW.  peninsula 
of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

pueblo  midway  between  branch  of  Jani- 

paan  Riv.  on  N.  and  Tigon  Riv.  on  S.,  Hollo, 
Panay,  11  m.  NNW.  of  Iloilo.    Pop.,  13,000. 

SANTA  CATALINA  (sahn'-tah  cah-tah-lee'-nah), 
Sp.;  pueblo  on  r.  bank  of  N.  mouth  of  Abra 
Riv.,  in  Ilocos  Sur,  Luzon,  1  m.  from  Vigan. 
Pop.,  5,100. 

■SANTA  CLARA  (sahn'-tah  clah'-rah),  Sp.;  hamlet 
in  Iloilo,  Panay,  4  m.  SW.  of  San  Miguel. 

•SANTA  CBrZ  (sahn'-tah  crooth),  Sp.;  port  in  SE. 
angle  of  Dasol  Bay,  off  Zambales,  Luz6n,  near 
Carman  Pt. ;  used  by  coasters,  approached  by 
Dos  Hermanas  Is.  Point  of  this  name  is  low 
and  covered  with  mangroves.  Between  this 
and  Arenas  Pt.,  6i  m.  to  S.,  coast  forms  bay 
into  which  3  rivers  discharge.  Collection  of 
nipa  huts  in  cocoanut  grove  lie  along  beach. 

pueblo  and  capital  of  Laguna,  Luz6n,  also 

p.  o.  and  m.  o.  station,  on  SE.  shore  of  Laguna 
de  Bay.    Connected  with  Batangas,  Cavite, 


SANTA  CBUZ— Continued. 

Manila,  and  Tayabas  by  5  roads,  some  lined 
near  capital  with  palm  groves.  Pop.,  13,141. 
The  region  has  long  been  famous  for  manu- 
facture of  palm  wine  or  brandy.  Sale  of  palm 
brandy  was  government  monoply,  retailed 
in  estancos  or  government  salerooms  with 
cigars  and  stamped  paper.  Manufacture  was 
by  private  individuals,  product  being  sold  to 
government  at  large  profits  to  contractors. 
Proceeds  of  this  monopoly  were  81,622,810  in 
colonial  budget  of  1861.  Santa  Cruz  Riv. 
enters  bay  at  this  point;  native  market  ves- 
sels carry  on  brisk  trade  with  Manila. 

hamlet  on  banks  of   Vicol  or  Naga  Riv., 

lat.  13°  33'  30"  N.,  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur), 
Luz6n. 

barrio  of  DAet,  Ambos  Camarines  (Norte), 

Luzon,  lat.  14°  36'  30"  N.,  on  NE.  coast,  near 
mouth  of  DAet  Riv. 

islands  lying  on  strait  of  Basilan,  off  S.  shore 

Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  dividing  that  inter- 
sea  thoroughfare  between  Celebes  and  Sulu 
seas  into  two  channels.  Great  Santa  Cruz,  on 
E.  part  of  that  bank,  is  1^  m.  long  and  1^  m. 
wide,  low  and  wooded.  Little  Santa  Cruz 
lies  SW.  of  larger  island,  over  1  m.  long  and 
720  ft.  wide. 

—  mountain  hamlet  in  pueblo  of  MalAneg, 

SW.  Cagay&n,  Luz6n,  on  trail  S.  of  Maldneg. 

hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Gapdn,  Nueva  Ecija, 

Luz6n. 
point  on  W.  side  of  Bohol,  Visayas,  lat. 

9°  51'  10"  N. 
hamlet  on  N.  coast  of  Negros  Occidental, 

2  m.  E.  of  CAdiz  Nuevo. 

extinct  volcano,  4  m.  E.  of  Calbiga,  in  SW. 

SAmar. 

town  in  Pangasinto.  Luz6n.    (See  Alcaic. ) 

river  rising  in  S.  central  part  of  Laguna, 

Luz6n,  near  Nagcarlang;  flows  N.  and  emp- 
ties into  Laguna  de  Bay  at  Santa  Cruz,  pro- 
vincial capital. 

hamlet  on  W.  coast  of  Leyte,  4  m.  S.  of 

Palomp6n. 

suburb  of  Manila  City  (13.  v.). 

pueblo  of  Ilocos  Sur,  Luzon,  on  coast  high- 
way 33  m.  S.  of  Vigan  and  75  m.  N.  of  termi- 
nus of  railway  from  Dagupan  to  Manila. 
Pop.,  5,876. 

hamlet  in  mountains  of  Antique,  Panay, 

3  m.  N.  of  PandAn. 

hamlet  on  r.  bank  of  Grande  de  la  Pam- 
panga Riv.,  in  Pampanga,  Luz6n,  10  m.  NE. 
of  Bacolor. 

town  on  E.  coast  of  SE.  peninsula  of  Surigao, 

Mindanao,  m  m.  N.  of  Tugubun  Pt.,  and  205 
m.  SSE.  of  Surigao. 

pueblo  on  W.  shore  of  DAvao  Gulf,  Min- 
danao, m  m.  SSW.  of  DAvao. 

2  small  islands  off  NE.  coast  of  Sdmal  I., 

separated  by  safe  channel,  N.  waters  of  gulf 
of  Ddvao,  Mindanao. 

point,  anchorage,  and  river  on  coast  of 

Zambales,  Luz6n,  28  m.  N.  of  Iba. 

pueblo  on  coast  of   Zambales,   Luz6n,  at 

mouth  of  river  of  same  name,  32  m.  N.  of  Iba 
and  on  direct  coast  road  to  that  capital,  3  m. 
S.  of  stream  which  empties  into  China  Sea. 
Pop.,  4,594.  Lat.  15°  45'  41"  N.,  Ion.  119°  15' 
3"  E. 

island  off  NE.  coast  of  Marinduque,  be- 
tween that  island  and  Tugian  Pt.and  opposite 
coast  of  Luz6n.  Tapiftn  peak  is  landmark  on 
main  land.  Island  forms  protection  of  harbor 
of  refuge  in  those  waters. 

port  and  point  on  N.  coast  of  Marinduque, 

off  SW.  coast  of  Tayabas,  Luz6n.  Low  and 
covered  with  mangroves. 

island  S.  of  D&vao,  Mindanao. 

town  in  district  of  Cayapa,  N.  Luz6n. 


820 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


SANTA  CRUZ;  town  in  Tdrlac,  Luzon. 

rook  off  S.  foDst  of  Bulacdn,  Luzon,  lat.  14° 

45' N.,  in  liayof  Manila. 

SANTA  <'I{IZ  »K  MALAbOn  (sahn'-tah  crooth 
day  mail  lah-tidlni'),  Hisp.;  pueblo  in  Cavite, 
Luzon,  on  1.  bank  of  Ilang-Ilang  Riv.,  8  m. 
SW.  of  Cavite,  at  intersection  of  branch  road 
from  bay  shore  highway.    Pop.,  8,546. 

SANTA  CBl'Z  I)E  MINDORO  (sahn'-tah  crooth  day 
meen-doh'-roh),  Sp.;  town  onTalabasi  Pt.,  on 
N.  bank  of  Talabasi  Riv.,  on  W.  coast  of  Min- 
doro,  39  m.  SW.  by  W.  from  Calapto.  Pop., 
300. 

pueblo  in  Mindoro. 

SANTA  CRUZ  DE  NAPO  (sahn'-tah  crooth  day 
nah'-poh),  Hisp.;  pueblo  on  river  of  same 
name,  2  m.  above  its  mouth,  on  N.  shore  of 
bay  on  NE.  coa.stof  Marinduque,  off  SW.  coast 
of  Tayabas,  Luz6n,  67  m.  E.  of  CalapAn.  Pop., 
16,797. 

port  (and  town  short  distance  inland)  on 

NE.  shore  of  Marinduque  I.,  off  SW.  coast  of 
Tayabas,  Luz6n;  affords  good  anchorage,  but 
offer.s  few  resources  owing  to  sparse  popula- 
tion. 

SANTA  ELENA  (sahn'-tah  ay-lay'-nah),  Sp.:  ham- 
let in  SW.  SAmar.  on  branch  of  Bagolibas 
Riv.,  6i  m.  N.  of  Basey. 

hamlet  at  head  of  NW.  tributary  of  Bac- 

hao  Bangahon  Riv.,  central  SSmar. 

SANTA  FE  (sahn'-tah  fav),  Sp.;  pueblo  in  Cebu. 

Pop.,  3,102. 
hamlet  in  E.  central  Leyte,  on  r.  bank  of 

Malo  Riv.,  onroad  between  Palo,  on  coast,  and 

Alang-Alang,  G  m.  W.  of  former  town. 
town  on  small  bay  on  E.  coast  of  Surigao, 

Mindanao,  N.  of  Casoman  Pt.,  189  m.  SSE.  of 

Surigao. 
pueblo  in  Tablas  I.,  Rombl6n  grp., Visayas. 

Pop.  1,7.51. 
SANTA  FLOBENTINA   (.sahn'-tah  floh-rayn-tee'- 

nah),  Sp.;  hamlet  on  E.  coast  of  Sorsogon, 

Luzon. 

SANTA  IGNACIA,  orBINACO  (sahn'-tah eeg-nah'- 
thyah,  bee-nah^-coh),  Sp.;  pueblo  on  main 
road,  11  m.  NW.  of  TArlac,  in  T&rlac,  Luzon. 
Pop.,  1,374. 

SANTA  INBS  (sahn'-tah  ee-ness'),  Sp.;  town  in 
valley  of  Agusan,  Surigao,  Mindanao,  21  m.  S. 
by  E.  of  Butiian. 

hamlet  in   pueblo  of   Bulacftn,  Bulac&n, 

Luzon. 

in  Rizal,  Luzon.    Contains  iron  mines. 

SANTA  ISABEL  (sahn'-tah  ee-.sah-bayl'),  Sp.;  pue- 
blo in  Bulaciln,  Luzon,  4  m.  NW.  of  Bulacln, 
also  on  Manila  and  Dagupan  R.  R.   Pop.,  8,125. 

town  on  1.  shore  of  river  rising  in  Matutun 

Mts.  and  flowing  in  NE.  direction,  empties 
into  Casilaran  Bay,  on  W.  shore  of  D4vao  Gulf, 
D4vao,  Mindanao,  35  m.  SSW.  of  D^vao. 

SANTA  JUSTA  (sahn'-tah  hoos'-tah),  Sp.;  hamlet 
on  W.  coast  of  Antique,  Panay,  2i  m.  N.  of 
Tibiao. 

SANTA  LUCIA  (sahn'-tah  loo-thee'-ah),Sp.;  ham- 
let in  pueblo  of  Arayat,  Pampanga,  Luz6n. 

hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Calumpit,  BulacAn, 

Luz6n. 

hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Angat,  Bulacdn,  Luzon. 

river  in  Iloeos    Sur,   Luzon,   taking  SW. 

course,  passes  pueblo  of  same  name  and  emp- 
ties on  W.  coast. 

hamlet  in  Bulacdn,  Luz6n,  22  m.  N.  of  Bu- 

lacAn. 

pueblo  on  coast  highway  in  Iloeos  Sur,  Lu- 

z6n,  30  m.  S.  of  Vigan.    Pop.,  7,113. 

hamlet  on  r.  bank  of  Grande  de  la  Pam- 
panga Riv.,  in  Pampanga,  Luz6n,  13  m.  NE. 
of  Bacolor. 


SANTA  LUCIA;  village  on  bay  forming  on  E. 

shore  of  Ibayat  I.,  Batanes  grp.,  off  N.  coast 

of  Cagaydn,  Luzon. 
SANTA    MARGARITA   (sahn'-tah  mahr-gah-ree'- 

tah),  Sp.;    hamlet  in   pueblo  of  NarvacAn, 

Iloeos  Sur,  Luzon. 
pueblo  on  SW.  coast  of  SAmar,  24  m.  NW. 

of  Catbalogan. 
SANTA    MARIA    (sahn'-tah     mah-ree'-ah),   Sp.; 

island  off  W.  coast  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao, 

lat.  7°  32'  30"  N.,  Ion.  121°  59'  29"  E. 
—. hamlet  of  Negros  Oriental,  on  small  bay  5^ 

m.  N.  of  Jimalalud,  E.  coast. 

pueblo  on  coast  highway  in  Iloeos  Sur, 

Luzon;  several  cart  roads  lead  to  interior;  15 
m.  SE.  of  Vigan  and  198  m.  NW.  of  Manila; 
beautiful  city,  well  built.  Pop.,  10,030.  De- 
cember 3,  1900,  2,150  Katipunan  insurrectos 
surrendered  here,  took  oath  of  allegiance  to 
U.  S. 

hamlet  in  Nueva  Ecija,  Luz6n,  on  main 

road,  26  m.  NW.  of  San  Isidro. 

hamlet  in  Pampanga,  Luz6n,  5  m.  E.  of 

Bacolor. 

pueblo  in  PangasinAn,  Luzon.    Pop., 3,939. 

village  on  NE.  shore  of  Ibayat  I.,  Batanes 

grp.,  off  N.  coast  of  CagayAn,  Luzon. 

town  in  SW.  extreme  of  Zamboanga,  Min- 
danao, on  1.  bank  of  river  2i  m.  above  its 
mouth,  and  2J  m.  NW.  by  N.  of  Zamboanga. 
Pop. ,  2,200.  Near  r.  bank  of  branch  of  Tumaga 
Riv.,  which  leaves  that  stream  at  Presa  Mayor 
and  flows  S.  direct  to  strait  of  Basilan. 

port  on  NW.  shore  of  Zamboanga,  Min- 
danao; town  of  same  name  lies  on  S.  side. 

SANTA  MARIA  DE  CABOAN  (sahn'-tah  mah-ree'- 
ah  day  cah-boh'-ahn) ,  Hi.sp.;  pueblo  in  NW. 
Laguna,  Luzon,  13  m.  due  N.  of  Santa  Cruz, 
24  m.  by  road.    Pop.,  840. 

SANTA  MARIA  DE  CARMISa,  or  MARIA  (sahn'- 
tah  mah-ree'-ah  day  car-mee'-nyah,  mah-ree'- 
ah),  Sp.;  town  on  E.  coast  of  Siquijor,  32  m. 
SSW.  of  Tagbilaran,  Bohol,  across  sea  chan- 
nel.   Pop.,  5,415.  ^ 

SANTA  MARIA,  or  BIASONGAN  (sahn-'tah  mah- 
ree'-ah,  byah-sohng'-ahn),  nat.;  pueblo  at 
mouth  of  river  in  Zamboanga,  Mindanao, 
midway  between  Dulunguin  and  Bulangolan 
(Balangonan),  5t>  m.  N.  of  Zamboanga. 
Port  well  sheltered,  convenient  for  vessels  of 
good  size.  Shores  are  low  and  covered  by 
forests  of  valuable  woods,  among  them  teak, 
one  of  best  for  shipbuilding  timbers. 

SANTA  MARIA  DE  Ll'ZON  (sahn'-tah  mah-ree'- 
ah  day  loo-thohn'),  Sp.;  pueblo  9  m.  E.  of 
Ilagan,  Isabela,  Luzon.     Pop.,  2,C07. 

SANTA  MARIA  DE  MAYAN  (sahn'-tah  mah-ree'- 
ah  day  mah'-yahn),  Hi.sp.;  pueblo  in  Batanes 
Is.,  off  N.  coast  Cagayftn,  Luzon.    Pop.,  1,855. 

SANTA  MARIA  DE  PANDI  (sahn-tah  mah-ree'-ah 
day  pahn'-dee),  Hisp.;  pueblo  in  Bulacdn, 
Luzon,  6  m.  NE.  of  Bulacdn.    Pop.,  10,.508. 

SANTA  MATILDE  (^sahn'-tah  mah-till'-day),  Sp.; 
mineral  spring  m  Sibul,  San  Miguel  de"  Mayu- 
mo,  BulacAn,  Luzon. 

SANTA  MONICA  (sahn'-tah  moh'-nee-eah),  Sp.; 
hamlet  at  mouth  of  river  emptying  into  bay 
NW.  of  Knob  I.,  NE.  coast  of  Paragua,  Pala- 
wan.   Table  range  1,230  ft.  high  rises  to  NW. 

hamlet  on  small  bay  abreast  of  Iloc  I., 

and  under  East  Peak.  Grove  of  cocoanut 
trees  21  m.  N.  by  E.  of  Taytay,  Paragua,  Pa- 
lawan.   Pop.,  150. 

2  hamlets,  one  2^  m.  W.,  other  2  m.  SW.  of 

Cuartero,  N.  central  Cdpiz,  Panay. 

hamlet  on  one  of  outlets  of  Grande  de  la 

Pampanga  Riv.,  in  Bulacdn,  Luzon,  11^  m. 
NW.  of  BulacAn,  in  boundary  with  Pampanga. 

hamlet  in  S.  Pampanga,  Luz6n,  near  Pam- 
panga delta,  3  m.  SE.  of  Bacolor. 


%»  %     / 


>rARI>'DUOUE  ISL>\1VD 


?TA  CRUZ  IL\RBOR 


by  the  ..ftii  f!vs  of  th.--  U  S  S  Heniiiustnii. 
Coininaaxi**r  C.H.>\i-uol«l  US  K.CoitujoaDiliii^. 


*2»  or.  s -Lou..^  IJJ  05 


-*     '' 


-5 

B>j 

v^^ 

^^^^  \   '       ' 

-:Z  ■?'; 

30 

31    aj. 

so 

.v«  «=  ^  « 

5* 

r'Vr^f 

m   60   60  S4  54 

54  60  so  3^  ^48 

51     5*   S»  54 

36  3$  34  36 

30              « 

«  ^*=^B  „. 

n                                   33 

"   -vh 

a              33 

-  --./' 

I      S      L     A     X     D 


S  Doc  Ji^C  57    1 


OIIE  13I„SNr> 


SANTA  CRUZ  IL\RB  O R 


M     A     R     I     N     I)     i:     (.)      IF  IS      I.     A     \     ]) 


S  Doc  'D^C  57    1 


UAZETTEER    OF    TIIK    PIIILIITINE    ISLANDS. 


821 


MINDANAO  1. 


PORT  OF  S^A  MARIA 

Survtyed.  undtr  Uio  direodon,  at 

Captain  Claudio  MonUro,  ^aiiiah.Ifai7 

1862. 

FortK  lat.7?45V*l'».  J,onjiia2r6'/iarE, 


NaaiticalMile 


I  pi.llllllJlMlll'.  tirii 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILUTINE    ISLANDS. 


«21 


MIN-DANAO  I. 


PORT  OF  S^A  MARIA 

Suntyei.  under  t/ie  direction,  o/* 

Captain  Claudio  Moatero,  S^axiiali.Kaicr 

1862. 

FortH  lat.7?4S;4l'K._L«agiia2?6'/4arE, 


Nautical  Mile 

I  mni.iiiiiiiiiiiiii  ]irii| 


822 


GAZETTEER   OP   THE   PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 


SAXTANDEK  (sahn-tahn-dayr'),  Sp.;  pueblo  on 
extreme  S.  coast  of  Cebu,  5  m.  across  sea 
channel  NE.  of  Sibulan,  72i  m.  SW.  of  Cebu; 
also  on  N.  shore  of  entrance  to  Taflon  Strait, 
between  Cebu  and  Negros  Oriental.  Pop., 
4,686. 

hamlet  of  Negros  Occidental,  IJ  m.  SE.  of 

Inayauan. 

hamlet  on  W.  coast  of  Panay,  in  extreme 

SW.  point  of  CApiz,  2  m.  NE.  of  Pucia  Pt. 

SANTANTAN(]iU(sahn-tahn-tahn'-goo),ver.;  point 
on  W.  coast  of  Cotabato,  Mindanao,  lat.  7° 
7'  N.,  Ion.  124°  13'  39"  E.,  shore  of  Illana  Bay. 

SANTA  PAZ  Y  SANTA  EULALIA  (.sahn'-tah  path  ee 
sahn'-tah  ayoo-lah'-lyah),  Sp.;  hamlet  6  m. 
N.  by  E.  of  Salubu,  in  Cotabato,  Mindanao, 
on  N.  coast  of  Illana  Bay. 

SANTA  RITA  (.sahn'-tah  ree'-tah),  Sp.;  mountain 
on  W.  boundary  of  Batadn  with  Zambales, 
Luz6n. 

hamlet  in  Bulacto,  Luz6n,  4  m.  NW.  of 

BulacAn. 

hamlet  on  NE.  shore  of  Silbic  Bay,  in  Zam- 
bales, Luzon. 

pueblo  in  Pampanga,  Luz6n,  2  m.  W.  of 

Bacolor.    Pop.,  7,359. 

pueblo  of  importance  on  N.  shore  of  San 

Juanico  Strait,  SW.  S&mar,  22  m.  SSE.  of  Cat- 
balogan.    Pop.,  4,394. 

town  in  Laguna,  Luz6n. 

town  in  Nueva  Ecija,  Luz6n. 

SANTA  ROSA  (sahn'-tah  roh'-sah),  Sp.;  pueblo 
on  main  road  on  1.  bank  of  Grande  de  la  Pam- 
panga Riv.,  in  Nueva  Ecija,  Luz6n,  7^  m.  N. 
of  San  Isidro.    Pop.,  4,324. 

mountain  in  W.  Bata^n,  Luz6n,  overlook- 
ing Binanga  Bay. 

hamlet  in  Abra,  Luz6n,  6  m.  SE.  of  Ban- 

gued. 

pueblo  in  Laguna,  Luz6n,  on  W.  shore  of 

Laguna  de  Bay,  21  m.  E.  of  Santa  Cruz,  across 
bay,  29  m.  by  road.    Pop.,  9,434. 

hamlet  2^  m.  SE.  of  Murcia,  Negros  Occi- 
dental. 

summit  680  ft.  high,  at  N.  end  of  Ibayat  I., 

Batanes  grp.,  off  N.  coast  CagayAn,  Luzon. 

village  on  N.  shore  of  Ibayat  I.,  Batanes 

grp.,  off  N.  shore  CagayAn.  Luzon. 

stream  entering  Port  San  Jacinto,  E.  shore 

of  Ticao  I.,  Masbate  grp.,  Visayas. 

SANTA  TERESA  (sahn'-tah  tay-ray'-sah),  Sp.;  in- 
land hamlet  of  Negros  Occidental,  24  m.  NE. 
of  La  Carlota. 

hamlet  of  Negros  Occidental,  on  r.  shore 

of  Maao  tributary  of  Lagusan  Riv.,  16  m. 
ENE.  of  Valladolid. 

SANTIAGO  (sahn-tyah'-goh),  Sp.;  hamlet  in  Ca- 
vite,  Luzon,  19  m.  S.  of  Cavite. 

pueblo  at  head  of  bay  of  that  name  and  on 

coast  highway,  20  m.  S.  of  Vigan,  in  Ilocos 
Sur,  Luz6n.    Pop.,  4,087. 

town  on  1.  bank  of  T\ibay  Riv.,  3  m.  S.  of 

outlet  of  Lake  Maynit,  Surigao,  Mindanao,  35 
m.  S.  of  Surigao. 

town  5  m.  inland  on  1.  bank  of  river  enter- 
ing sea  on  E.  coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  188 
m.  SSE.  of  Surigao. 

town  on  NW.  .shore  of  DAvao  Gulf,  27  m. 

NE.  of  Davao,  in  DAvao,  Minandao. 

hamlet   on  main  road  in    Nueva   ilcija, 

Luz6n,  13  m.  NNW.  of  San  Isidro. 

islet  off  E.  face  of  Cadlao  I.,  NW.  coast  of 

Paragua,  Palawan. 

hamlet  on  main  road  2  ni.  off  1.  bank  of 

Grande  de  la  Pampanga  Riv.,  11  m.  ENE.  of 
Bacolor. 

hamlet  in  Iloilo,   Panay,  on  r.  bank  of 

river  emptying  into  Iloilo  Strait  at  Iloilo,  3^ 
m.  below. 


SANTIAGO;  island  off  Bolinao,  at  extreme  N.  end 
of  Zambales,  Luz6n,  which  here  forms  penin- 
.sula  between  Lingay6n  Gulf  and  China  Sea, 
4  by  3  m.  greate.st  dimensions,  and  within  1 
m.  from  mainland. 

town  in  Union,  Luz6n. 

. •  mountain  in  Rombl6n  I.,  Rombl6n  grp., 

Visayas. 

mountain  in  Tawi  Tawi  I.,  Sulu  A. 

cape,  SW.  extremity  of  Batangas,  Luz6n, 

and  W.  entrance  to  Balaydn  Bay,  wooded 
and  high. 

point,  SW.  extremity  of  Luz6n  in  Batangas. 

Vessels  turn  E.  through  strait  between  Luz6n 
N.  and  Visayas  Islands  S.  From  this  point 
Taal  volcano  may  be  seen  towering  over  plain 
of  Batangas  and  to  S.  thickly  wooded  rock- 
bound  coast  of  Mindoro  I. 

bay  and  village  2^  m.  S.  of  San  Esteban, 

Ilocos  Sur,  Luz6n. 

SANTICliN  (sahn-tee-cohn'),  ver.;  mountain  ham- 
let in  Cordillera  Central,  Cebi'i,  between  head- 
waters of  Simila  and  Ormal  Rivs. 

SANTILLANA  (sahn-tee-lyah'-nah),  Sp.;  town  5 
m.  inland  from  W.  shore  of  Ddvao  Gulf, 
DAvao,  Mindanao,  11^  m.  SW.  of  Ddvao. 

SANTO  XnGEL  (sahn'-toh  ahn'-hayl),  Sp.;  ham- 
let in  C4piz,  Panay,  1^  m.  N.  of  Dumaiag. 

SANTO  CATANGBAAN  (sahn'-toh  cah-tahng-bah'- 
ahn),  ver.;  hamlet  in  E.  Leyte,  1^  m.  SE. 
of  Tabontabon. 

SANTO  CRISTO  (sahn'-toh  crees'-toh),  Sp.;  ham- 
let in  Nueva  Ecija,  Luz6n,  on  main  road  S. 
to  Manila,  4  m.  SE.  of  San  Isidro. 

hamlet  in  Bulac&n,  Luz6n,  6  m.  NE.  of 

Bulacdn. 

SANTO  DOMINGO  (sahn'-toh  doh-meen'-goh), 
Sp.;  hamlet  in  W.  Laguna,  Luz6n,  near  Cavite 
boundary,  on  Lavibian  Riv. 

hamlet  on  W.  shore  of  Manila  Bay,  in 

Bataan,  Luz6n,  4  m.  SE.  of  Bata^n. 

pueblo  of  Ilocos  Sur,  Luz6n,  on  coast  road 

6  m.  N.  of  Vigan.    Pop.,  8,931. 

pueblo  in  Nueva  ^cija,  Luz6n. 

bay  on  Batdn  I.,  of  Batanes  grp.,  off  N. 

coast  Cagaydn,  Luz6n. 

point  in  Ilocos  Norte,  Luz6n. 

SANTO  DOMINGO  DE  BASCO  (sahn'-toh  doh- 
meen'-goh  day  bahs'-coh);  capital  and  pueblo 

of  Batanes  Is.,  off  N.  coastof  CagayAn,  Luzon, 

on  Bat&n  I.,  on  NW.  shore  at  foot  of  Mt. 

Irada.      Land    in    vicinity    is     picturesque. 

Buildings  are  also  of  better  class.    Pop.,  2,652. 

Good  anchorage  in  Santo  Domingo  Bay,  off 

N.  point. 
SANTO    GAMSiN  (sahn'-toh   gahm-sahn'),  ver.; 

hamlet  in  Pacantan,  2  m.  SW.  of  Malitbog, 

Leyte. 
SANTO    GUISGUIS    (sahn'-toh  gees-gees'),  ver.; 

hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Lucena,  Tayabas,  Luzon, 

near  Guisguis. 
SANTO  GUIS!  (sahn'-toh  gee'-see),  ver.;  hamlet 

on  SW.  coast  of  GuimarasI.,off  Iloilo,  Panay, 

at  SW.  terminus  of  W.  coast  road,  16  m.  SW. 

of  Nagaba. 
SANTOL   (sahn-tohl'),   tag.;    hamlet   in  Cavite, 

Luz6n,  on  Ilang-Ilang  Riv.  and  road,  9  m.  S. 

of  Cavite. 
hamlet  in   Pampanga,  Luz6n,  8  m.  E.  of 

Bacolor. 
SANTOLAN   (sahn-toh'-lahn).  Tag.;  hamlet  and 

mineral  spring  near  PAsig,  Rizal,  Luzon. 
SANTO  NiSo  (sahn'-toh  nee'-nyoh),  Sp.;  hamlet 

in  central  Pampanga,  Luzon,  7  m.   NW.  of 

Bacolor. 
hamlet  on  one  of  outlets  of  Grande  de  la 

Pampanga  Riv.,  10  m.  WNW.  of  Bulacin,  in 

Bulacdn,  Luz6n. 

pueblo  of  CagayAn,  Luz6n.    Pop.,  2891. 

town  in  PangasinAn,  Luzon. 

pueblo  in  Sdmar.    Pop.,  4,918. 


GAZETTJCEK    OF    THE    nilLHTiNE    ISLANDS. 


828 


824 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


SASTOE  (sahn-tohr'),  Tag.;  pueblo  in  E.  Nueva 
Ecija,  Luz6n,  25  in.  NE.  of  San  Isidro,  in  val- 
ley between  Sierra  Madre  Mts.  and  Grande 
de  la  Pampanga  Riv.    Pop.,  2,921. 

river  tributary  to  Grande  de  la  Pampanga 

Riv. 

SAXTO  TIM'SLLTAX  (sahn'-toh  tee-noos-loo'- 
eahn),  ver.:  hamlet  in  SW.  part  of  Guimar^s 
I.,  off  Iloilo,  Panay,  14i  m.  SSW.  of 


SANTO  TOMiS  (sahn'-toh  toh-mahs'),Sp.;  hamlet 
in  Iloilo,  Panay,  2  m.  NE.  of  Oton. 

hamlet  on  1.  bank  of  Abra  Riv.,  10  m.  SE. 

of  Bangued,  in  Abra,  Luz6n. 

pueble  at  junction  of  several  road.s  in  Pam- 
panga, Luzon,  4  m.  E.  of  Bacolor,  on  Manila 
and  Dagupan  R.  R.    Pop.,  4,321. 

pueblo  in  N.  Batangas,  Luz6n,  33  m.  N.  of 

Batangas,  capital,  on  main  road  from  that 
place  to  Manila,  and  near  boundary  between 
Batangas  and  Laguna.    Pop.,  10,769. 

L- pueblo  in  Union,  Luzon,  at  head  of  port  of 

that  name  on  coast  highway,  22  m.  S.  of  San 
■    Fernando;      connected     with     neighboring 
towns  by  good  roads.    Pop.,  6,481. 

point  on  extreme  NW.  coast  of  Mindoro. 

(See  Monte,  del,  Pt.) 

hamlet  in  Iloilo,  Panay,  10  m.  WSW.  of 

Miagao,  and  4  m.  NW.  of  San  Joaquin. 

■^ port  and  point  on  coast  of  Union,  Luz6n, 

T  inland  from  small  bay,  formed  by  point  of 
same  name:  coast  high  and  steep-to.  Coun- 
try to  S.  is  low  and  fertile,  and  produces 
rice,  maize,  indigo,  sugar  cane,  cotton,  and 
nipa  wine. 

peak  in  mountains  of  Uni6n,  Luzon,  7,418 

ft.  high.     (See  Santo  Tomds  port. ) 

point  in  Marinduque  I. 

SAX  TICEXTE  (sahn  vee-thayn'-tay),  Sp.;  hamlet 
in  W.  Leyte,  on  r.  bank  of  river  emptying 
into  sea  at  Baybay,  4  m.  W. 

hamlet  in  SE.  part  of  Pampanga,  Luz6n,  6J 

m.  SE.  of  Bacolor. 

island  between  N.  extreme  of  NW.  penin- 
sula of  CagaySn,  Luzon,  and  Palaui  I. 

hamlet  in  Ambos  Camarines,  Luzon,  on  r. 

bank  of  Laro  Riv.,  6  m.  NW.  of  D^et.  Pop., 
1,325. 

pueblo  on  coast  in  Ilocos  Sur,  Luzon,  3  m. 

NW.  of  Vigan.    Pop.,  5,237. 

hamlet  in  Nueva  Ecija.  Luzon,  11  m.  NW. 

of  San  Isidro. 

hamlet  on  gulf  road,  W.  shore  of  Tabaco 

Bay.  Albay,  Luz6n,  12  m.  N.  of  Albay. 

hamlet  on  r.  bank  of  Bicol  Riv.  after  leav- 
ing Buhi  Lake  and  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur), 
Luzon. 

hamlet  in  extreme  SE.  corner  of  Ambos 

Camarines  (Sur),  Luz6n,  near  boundarj^  of 
Albay,  at  headwaters  of  W.  branch  of  Buhi 
Riv.,  32  m.  SE.  of  Nueva  CAceres. 

hamlet  in  W.  part  of  Cdpiz,  Panay,  3^  m. 

SW.  of  Jagnaya. 

town  on  1.  bank  of  Agusan  Riv.,  in  Surigao, 

Mindanao,  3  m.  N.  of  Butiian  and  64  m.  S.  of 
Surigao. 

port  30  m.  E.  by  N.  of  Aparri,  N.  coast  of 

Cagayin,  Luz6n,  formed  by  small  island  of 
same  name  lying  between  NE.  end  of  Luz6n 
and  adjacent  island  of  Palaui,  sheltered  from 
all  winds. 

island,  \  sq.  m.  in  area,  in  SW.  entrance  to 

channel  between  Palaui  I.  and  NW.  Pen.  of 
Cagaydn,  Luzon,  on  SE. 

hamlet   in    Albay,   Luz6n,  18  m.  NW.  of 

Albay. 

town  on  Sabtan  I.,  of  Batanes  grp.,  off  N. 

coast  of  CagayS.n,  Luzon;  people  enga!ged  in 
''""'  (J  limited  agriculture.    Pop.,  1,936. 


SAX  TICEXTE ;  anchorage  and  landing  place  for 
town  of  Ibana  (Ivana),  on  W.  shore  of  BatAn 
I.,  Batanes  grp.,  off  N.  shore  of  Cagaydu,  Lu- 
zon; exposed  to  N.  winds. 

SAX  Tlt'EXTE  DE  SAPTXx  (sahn  vee-thajTi'-tay 
day  sap-tahn'),  Hisp.;  town  on  Sabtiin  I., 
Batanes  grp.,  off  N.  coast  of  Caga}-4n,  Luzon. 
People  engaged  in  fishing  and  limited  agri- 
culture.   Pop.  1898, 1,753. 

SAN  VICTOR  (sahn  veek'-tor),  Sp.;  town  on  E. 
coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  4i  m.  S.  of 
Bagoso  Pt.,  168  m.  SSE.  of  Surigao 

hamlet  in  E.  Leyte,  5  m.  SW.  of  Tolosa. 

SAXZ  (sahnth),  Sp.;  island,  1^  m.  long  and  \  m. 
mde,  about  1  sq.  m.  in  area,  in  W.  entrance, 
which  it  nearly  fills,  of  Candaraman  inlet, 
N.  shore  of  Balkbac  I.,  Baldbac  grp.,  off  SW. 
point  of  Palawan. 

SAOB(sah-ohb'),  ver.;  extinct  volcano  on  E.  shore 
Pana6n  I.,  inland  from  Quinanad  Pt.,  off  SE. 
coast  Leyte. 

SAOIT  (sah-oh'-eet),  ver.;  mountain  in  pueblo  of 
Bangui,  Ilocos  Norte,  Luz6n,  W.  of  Nagpar- 
tian. 

SAPA  (sah'-pah),  nat.;  hamlet  on  small  penin- 
sula, on  1.  of  entrance  to  Putiao  port,  SW. 
coast  Sorsogon,  Luz6n,  19  m.  SSW.  of  Albay. 

small  river  in  Ambos  Camarines,  Luz6n, 

emptying  into  Buhi  Lake  at  its  E.  angle. 

inland  lake,  fed  by  mountain  streams  of 

Cagayftn  Sulu,  Sulu  A.,  and  without  outlet,  \ 
m.  N.  of  Jiwata,  W^  of  3  lakes  on  S.  shore. 

SAPA,  or  SAX  AXTOXIO  (sah-pah',  nat.;  sahn 
ahn-toh'-nyoh,  Sp.);  hamlet  on  SW.  coast  of 
Sor.sog6n,  Luzon,  1  m.  NW.  of  DumAguit  Pt., 
entrance  to  Putiao  port. 

SAPAC  (sah-paek'),  Tag.;  river  in  pueblo  of  Lipd, 
Batangas,  Luz6n. 

SAP  AX  (sah-pahn'),  nat.:  river  in  Albay,  Luzon, 
rising  on  E.  slope  of  Mt.  Isarog,  and  emptjing 
into  sea  N.  of  pueblo  Tigaon,  Ambos  Cama- 
rines, Luz6n. 

hamlet  in  Ca%-ite,  Luz6n,  on  S.  shore  of 

entrance  to  Manila  Bay. 

SiPAXG-MAIXIT  (.sah'-pahng  mah-ee'-neet), 
fag.;  mineral  .spring  in  Pantabangan,  Nueva 
Ecija,  Luzon. 

SAPAO  (sah-pah'-oh),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Iloilo,  Pa- 
nay, 1\  m.  SSE.  of  Dumangas. 

pueblo  on  extreme  NW.  coast  of  Siargao 

I.,  off  NE.  coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  42  m. 
NE.  by  E.  of  Surigao.  Hill  in  main  range  of 
island,  620  ft.  high,  overlooks  town.  Between 
this  port  and  Cakut,  on  W.  coast,  is  cluster  of 
low  islands  and  several  rocks.    Pop.,  1,300. 

port  on  NW.  shore  of  Siargao  I.,  off  NE. 

coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao. 

hamlet  on  E.  shore  of  extreme  SE.  SAmar, 

3  m.  SE.  of  Mercedes. 

pueblo  in  QuiangAu,  N.  Luz6n. 

SAPATAN  (sah-pah'-tahn),  ver.;  island  of  S. 
Batanes  Is.,  off  N.  coast  Cagaydn,  Luz6n; 
island  of  Ibugos  lies  on  W. 

SAPEXITAX  (sah-pay-nee'-tahn),  ver.;    point 
Ambos  Camarines  (Norte),  Luzon. 

SAPLAX  (sah-pyahn'),  ver.;  large  bay  on  N. 
coast  of  Capiz,  Panay.     (See  Camansi  Bay.) 

pueblo  in  CApiz,  Panay.    Pop.,  4,863. 

SAPIXDlX(sah-peen-deen'),nat.;  ^-illage  E.  .shore 
Siasi  I.,  Sulu  A. 

SAPIXIT  (sah-pee-nif),  nat.;  hamlet  3  m.  S.  of 
GAndara,  in  central  Sdmar. 

SAPIO  (sah'-pyoh),  ver.;  point  in  E.  Luzon. 

SAPIT  (sah-pif),  nat.;  mountain  in  Union. 
Luz6n. 

SAPO  (sah'-poh),  Sp.;  river  in  Sorsog6n,  Luz6n, 
lat.  12°  55'  N.,  emptying  into  sea  on  S.  coast. 
port  in  S.  Mindanao. 


S  TiOG^S^    57    1 


S  Doc  JiSe   57    I 


GAZETTEEli    OF    THE    THILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


825 


tj  ^^Gran.  L<ga  I. 

'O  ««  Haiuanos  If        ^"^ 


C20fO:;o,;:(KZ?.; 


CAPE     CNCANO 

Scale  of  Sea  MUes 

}  ^ 


UAZETTEEK    0¥    THE    I'HILirPlNE    ISLANDS. 


825 


O^  ^  Hemianos  I?        "^ 


t20fO::o.:(i>2).; 


826 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE   PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


SAPOC  (sah-pawk'),  Tag.;  river  In  Luz6n,  near 
boundary  between  Batangas  and  Tayabas. 

SAPOLX  (sah-poh-!ah'),  nat.;  hHmlet  in  central 
Pampanga,  Luz6n,  7  m.  N.  of  Bacolor. 

SAPO^A,  or  MAIXIT  (sah-pohng'-ah,  mah-ee'- 
neet),  nat.;  lake  in  NE.  Mindanao. 

SAPt  (sah'-poo),  ver.;  hamlet  at  mouth  of  river 
entering  Sarangani  Bay  on  SE.  shore  D^vao, 
Mindanao,  89  m.  S.  of  Ddvao. 

river  entering  Sarangani  Bay  on  E.  shore, 

S.  coast  of  DAvao,  Mindanao. 

SAPtfAN  (.sah-poo'-ahn),  ver.;  hamletin  Benguet, 
Luz6n,  3^  m.  N.  of  Trinidad.    Pop.,  21-1. 

SAPIIXPATAY  (sah-poon-pah-tie'),  Tag.;  hamlet 
in  Bulacdn,  Luz6n,  11  m.  NE.  of  Bulac4n. 

SARA  (sah'-rah),  Sp.;  pueblo  in  E.  Concepci6n, 
Hollo,  Panay,  2  m.  NW.  of  Concepci6n.  Pop., 
10,950. 

8ABAUARA8  (sah-rah-hah'-ras),  ver.;  hamlet  at 
NW.  headwaters  of  Bac-hao  Bangahon  Riv., 
central  Sdmar. 

SABANGAXl  (sah-rahn-gah'-nee),  ver.;  extinct 
volcano  in  island  of  Balut  Grande,  largest  of 
Sarangani  grp.,  6  m.  from  S.  point  of  Minda- 
nao. Has  elevation  3,100  ft.  Seen  from  NW. 
it  appears  to  have  2  peaks.  In  extreme  SW. 
of  island  another  smaller  volcanic  peak. 

cluster  of  islands  9^  m.  off  extreme  S.  coast 

of  Divao,  Mindanao,  separated  from  main- 
land by  Sarangani  Strait,  lOi  m.  wide.  Balut, 
area  42  sq.  m.;  01anivan,area  isq.m.;  Saran- 
gani (Little  Balut),  area  25  sq.  m.;  unnamed, 
area  i  m.;  2  largest  islands  are  separated  by 
deep  channel  2  m.  wide. 

bay  on  S.  coast  of  D&vao,  Mindanao,  open- 
ing 9s  m.  between  Bulaluan  and  Sumban  Pts. 
and  171  m.  deep  to  NE.  Light  on  S.  side  of 
mouth  of  Glan  MasilA  Riv.  entering  bay. 
Bight  on  coast  line  affords  convenient  an- 
chorage. W.  coast  is  arid,  plains  to  NW.  and 
N.  covered  with  cogon  and  abound  in  deer. 
Volcano  of  Matutum  lies  22  m.  N.,  is  very 
high,  and  can  be  seen  at  great  distance. 

strait  between  islands  of  that  name,  on  S., 

and  S.  peninsula  of  D&x&o,  Mindanao,  8i  m. 
wide  and  14  m.  long. 

S.  cape  of  Mindanao.     (See  Tinaca  Pt.) 

point  on  SW.  shore  of  Sarangani  I.,  off  SE. 

coast  of  Mindanao. 

SABAXGAM,  or  BALIT  PABIDO  (Little  Balut), 
(sah-rahn-gah'-nee,  bah-loot'  pah-ree'-doh), 
ver.;  E.  island  of  Sarangani  Is.,  85  m.  SE. 
of  mainland  of  Ddvao,  Mindanao,  separated 
from  Balut  I.  (W.)  by  channel  4  m.  wide;  7 
m.  N.  and  S.  and  4  m.  wide;  area  25  sq.  m. 
Of  volcanic  formation,  820  ft.  high.  Con.spic- 
uous  mark  on  S.  side  of  Sarangani  Strait, 
composed  of  small  undulating  hills  490  to  820 
ft.  high  covered  with  vegetation;  3  sheltered 
creeks  on  W.  coast.  Hamlets  of  Patucu  and 
Tumanao  are  on  NW.  shore. 

SABAP  (sah-rahp'),  nat.;  mountain  inland,  N.  of 
point  of  that  name,  SE.  coast  of  S.  Palawan. 

point  on  SE.  coast  of  S.  Palawan,  opposite 

Pirate  I. 

SABAPSAP  (sah-rahp-sahp'),  nat.;  town  near 
Lingay^n  Gulf  shore  of  Zambales,  Luz6n,  58 
m.  N.  of  Iba.    Pop.,  7,142. 

cluster  of  islands  S.  of  Zamboanga,-  Min- 
danao. 

SABASAN  (sah-rah'-sahn),  ver.;  hamlet  in  W. 
Sdmar,  8  m.  NNW.  of  Catbalogan. 

SABAVM  (sah-rah'-vyah),  Sp.;  pueblo  of  Negros 
Occidental,  on  r.  bank  of  Malalag  Grande 
Riv.,  2  m.  inland  from  E.  shore  of  Guimards 
Strait,  14  m.  N.  of  Bac61od,  and  28^  m.  NE.  of 
Iloilo,  Panay.    Pop.,  15,301. 

SABIAYA  (sah-reeah'-yah),  Tag.;  pueblo  of  Taya- 
bas, Luz6n,  on  road  from  Tavabas,  capital,  to 
Tiaong,  G  m.  SW.  of  the  former.    Pop.,  6,960. 


SABIAYAX  5IALAqri  (sah-reeah'-yahn  mah-lah- 
key'),  Tag.;  river  with  its  NW.  tributary 
emptying  into  Tayabas  Bay,  SE.  Tayabas, 
Luzon. 

SABIPARA  (sah-ree-pah-rah'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  r. 
branch  of  tributarv  of  Pulangm  Riv.,  Cota- 
bato,  Mindanao,  29*m.  E.  by  N.  of  Cotabato. 

SABMIENTO  (sar-myayn'-toh),  Sp.;  one  of  points 
of  entrance  to  Calandorang  Bav,  E.  shore  of 
BaWbac  I.,  off  SW.  point  of  S.  Palawan. 

SABMIEXTO,  or  PIEBTO  DEL  PBIMIPE  AL- 
FONSO (sar-myayn'-toh,  pwayr'-toh  dayl 
preen'-thee-pay  ahl-fohn'-soh),  Sp.;  point  on 
N.  head  to  Calandorang  Bay,  BaMbac  I.,  off 
SW.  point  of  S.  Palawan,  opposite  Espina  Pt., 
S.  head. 

SABBAT  (sah-rraht'),ver.;  hamlet  of  Ilocos Norte, 
Luzon,  on  r.  bank  of  Pagsin  Riv.,  5  m.  above 
Laoag. 

SABl5  (.sah-roo'),  ver.;  river  on  E.  coast  of  Sdmar. 
(SeeSuribao.) 

SASA  (sah-sah'),  nat.;  island  between  Mantabuan 
and  Banaran  Is.,  SE.  of  Tawi  Tawi  I.,  Tawi 
Tawi  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

SASAIGAX  (sah-.sih-ee'-gahn),  nat.;  point  at  ex- 
treme N.  end  of  Lugbung  I.,  W.  of  Romblon 
grp.,  Visayas. 

SATAXiS  (sah-tiih-nahs') ,  Sp.;  rock  in  Surigao 
Strait,  in  channel  opening  E.  between  Dinsi- 
gat  and  Mindanao. 

SATELITE  (sah-tay'-lee-tay),  Sp.;  peak  3,261  ft. 
high,  in  Tondido  elevations,  on  extreme  NW. 
coast  of  Mindanao. 

SATIOLDKIT  (sah-tee-ohld-kif),  ver.;  cluster  of 
4  islands  on  SW.  end  of  outlying  chain  of 
Basilan  grp.,  off  SW.  Zamboanga  Pen.,  Min- 
danao. 

SATIPIT  (sah- tee-pit').  Tag.;  river  of  Cavite,  Lu- 
z6n,  flowing  to  NE.  and  emptying  into  La- 
guna  de  Bay. 

SAU  (sah'-oo),  ver.;  bay  onSW.coastof  Daram  I., 
off  W.  coast  S4mar. 

SAUAHON  (sah-wah-hohn'),  ver.;  point  on  W. 
shore  of  deep  estuary  on  S.  coast  of  Leyte,  2 
m.  N.  of  Malitbog. 

SALAN  (sah'-wahn),ver.;  point  and  river  in  Am- 
bosCamarines  (Norte),  Luz6n. 

SAUANG,  or  (Jl  IRAMALIGAX,  or  KINAMALIGAN 
(sah-wahng',  key-rah-mah-lee'-gahn,  key- 
nah-mah-lee'-gahn),  nat.;  island  .separated 
from  Birl  I.,  N.  coast  of  S4mar,  by  deep  and 
wide  channel  with  strong  current;  1  m.  off 
mainland.  Anchorage  in  channel  from  10  to 
15  fms.,  with  another  good  anchorage  in  cove 
W.  of  above  passage,  with  10  ft.  to  5  fms.,  pro- 
tected in  NE.  monsoon  and  safe  in  SW. 

SAtJD  (sah-ood'),  ver.;  bay  S.  of  Dialao  Pt.,  on 
NW.  coast  of  Ilocos  Norte,  Luzon. 

SAtfL  (sah-ool'),  Sp.;  hamlet  of  Pangasindn,  Lu- 
z6n,  lat.  16°  6'  N.,  Ion.  120°  6'  29",  on  SW. 
part  of  port  of  that  name.  Frequent  commu- 
nication with  Manila. 

port  2  m.  S.  of  Cabalitlan,  on  LingayiJn 

Gulf,  Pangasindn,  Luz6n,  1  m.  long  and 
broad,  and  has  iron  light-house.  Coal  and 
water  are  supplied  to  vessels.  Ruins  of  an- 
cient watchtower,  po.ssibly  against  Chinese 
pirates,  stands  near  by.  Beside  Port  Saul  are 
several  villages  on  its  shores  and  old  fort  on 
Portuguesa  Pt. 

SACNIT  (sah-oo-neaf),  ver.;  mountain  in  Ilocos 
Sur,  Luz6n. 

SACBAS  (sah'-oo-rahs),  Sp.;  point  in  Cacraray  I., 
SE.  of  Luz6n. 

SALT  (sah'-oot),  ver.;  river  in  Ilocos  Norte,  Lu- 
z6n;  flows  SSW.  through  pueblo  of  Pidigan, 
emptying  into  Laoag  Riv. 

SiVlT  (sah'-vit),  ver.;  point  on  NW.  coast  of  Ilo- 
cos Norte,  Luzon,  lat.  18°  34'  10"  N. 

SAYAHAN  (sah-yah'-hahn),  nat.;  S.  tributary  of 
Toboso  Riv.,  NE.  coast  of  Negros  Occidental. 


rHii.irnire  AH 
MINDANAO 

SARANGANI 

AND  ADJACE 

From  a  bi>amsli  a 
B.lut  ParJdo  TUin  Fi»  La»  S 


SOUTH  COAST        // 


1  ISLAITO 

SARANGANI    ISLANDS 

AND  ADJACENT  COAST 


BALFT    PAHIDO 


S  Doc  R^SC  57 


GAZETTEEB   OF   THE   PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 


827 


8AYA0  (sah-yah'-oh),Tag.;  creek  in  Marinduque, 
off  SW.  coast  Tayabas,  Luz6n. 

SAYBAY  (sigh-by'),  nat.;  hamlet  on  1.  bank  of 
Bac-hao  Bangahon  Riv.,  in  NW.  S^mar. 

SCOLT,  for.;  point  at  head  of  small  bay  at  S.  end 
of  Bay  of  Islands,  E.  coast  of  S.  Palawan. 

SEAN  (say'-ahn),  ver.;  cluster  of  islands  of  Cuyos 
grp.,  Mindoro  Sea. 

SEBASTE  (say-bahs'-tay),Sp.;  hamlet  on  E.  coast 
of  Guimards  I.,  Iloilo,  Panay,  114  m.  SE.  of 
Nagaba. 

pueblo  on  W.  coast  of  Antique,  Panay,  59 

m.  N.  of  San  Jos6  de  Buenavista.    Pop.,  3,67G. 

SEBOLLA  (say-boh'-lyah)  (means  onion),  Sp.; 
point  on  Laguna  de  Bay,  Laguna,  Luzon,  lat. 
14°20'N.     (^isoCebolla.) 

SECAM  (say-cahm'),  ver.;  low,  narrow  island  1  m. 
long,  between  S.  Palawan  and  BalAbac  grp., 
with  trees,  100  ft.  high,  situated  in  W.  en- 
trance of  N.  Bal4bac  Strait,  and  separated 
from  Cape  Disaster  by  Bate  channel  IJ  m. 
wide. 

SECUBCN,  or  SECUBAN  (say-coo'-boon,  say-coo'- 
bahn),  ver.;  low  island  SE.  of  Tawi  Tawi  I., 
Tawi  Tawi  grp.,  Sulu  A.,  4J  m.,  forming  N. 
side  of  Paragua  channel.  Inhabitants  famous 
divers  for  pearl  shell  in  surrounding  waters; 
reach  great  depths. 

SEGIAN  (say-hee'-ahn),  nat.;  island  off  SE.  coast 
of  Palawan,  in  opening  of  San  Antonio  Bay; 
lee  of  W.  Segian  I.  affords  shelter  during  NE. 
monsoon. 

SEGCIJiCilV  (say-gee-nohn'),  ver.;  mountain  in 
extreme  SE.  SAmar,  6  m.  ENE.  of  Quinapun- 
dan. 

SEGUT  (say-goof),  ver.;  bay  on  E.  shore  of  Illana 
Bay,  Cotabato,  Mindanao,  in  N.  waters  of 
Polloc  Harbor;  village  lies  on  W.  side. 

village  on  W.  side  of  that  bay  in  Polloc 

Harbor,  E.  shore  of  Illana  Bay,  Cotabato, 
Mindanao. 

bay,  town  on  its  NE.  shore,  and  river  1  m. 

E.,  emptying  on  NE.  shore  of  Polloc  Harbor, 
Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

SEGYAM  (say-hee-ahm'),ver.;  point  on  N.  side  of 
entrance  to  San  Antonio  Bay,  SE.  coast  of 
S.  Palawan. 

2  low  islands  connected  with  shore  at  NE. 

point  of  Rocky  Bay,  SE.  coast  of  Palawan. 
(SeeSejan  Is.) 

SEJAN  (say'-hahn),nat.;  cluster  of  islets  off  point 
of  same  name,  off  N.  entrance  head  to  San  An- 
tonio (Rocky)  Bay,  SE.  coast  Palawan. 

point,  N.  head  to  San  Antonio  (Rocky)  Bay, 

SE.  coast  Palawan. 

SEKELAPIT  (say-kay-lah-pif),  nat.;  pt.  on  SW. 
islet  ofE  Balanguingui  I. ,  of  that  group,  Sulu  A. 

SELIM  (say-lim'),  ver.;  islet  2h  m.  NW.  of  Lapac, 
i  m.  long,  153  ft.  high,  in  approach  to  Siasi 
town  of  that  island,  from  Lapac,  Tapul  grp., 
Sulu  A. 

SELUM  (say-loom'),  ver.;  island,  Sulu  grp.,  Sulu 
A. 

SELUNtlAN  (say-loong'-ahn),  ver.;  point  on  N. 
coast  of  Illana  Bay,  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

SEMARUGA  (say-mah-roo'-gah),  ver.;  point  on  N. 
side  of  entrance  to  Carromata  Bay,  N  W.  shore 
of  Illana  Bay,  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

SEMBA  (saym'-bah),  nat.;  creek  enters  1.  bank  of 
S.  arm  of  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  Cotaba- 
to, Mindanao. 

SEMBBANO  (saym-brah'-noh),  Sp.;  highestmoun- 
tain  on  peninsula  of  Laguna.  Sides  are  over- 
grown with  grass,  affording  pasturage  for 
herds  of  buffaloes,  bullocks,  and  wild  horses. 

SEMENEBLEN  (say-may-nay-blayn'),  ver.; moun- 
tain in  SE.  Ilocos  Norte,  Luzon,  in  which  sev- 
eral fountain  tributaries  of  Grande  de  Laoag 
Riv.  have  their  rise.  Boundary  between  Ilo- 
cos Norto  and  Abra  follows  line  of  this  spur 
of  Cordillera  Central  to  SW. 


SEMEATERAS  (say-mayn-tay'-rahs),  Sp.;  hamlet 
on  1.  bank  of  Balolo  Riv.,  NW.  shore  of  Port 
Us6n,  S.  coast  of  Bu.suariga  I.,  Calamianes 
grp.,  between  Paragua,  Palawan,  and  Min- 
doro. 

village  near  mouth  of  Balolo  Riv.,  on  S. 

shore  of  Busuanga  I.,  Calamianes  grp.,  be- 
tween Paragua^  Palawan,  and  Mindoro. 

villages  on   E.  sbore  of  Dipulao  port,  S. 

coast  Busuanga  I.,  Calamianes  grp.,  between 
Paragua.  Palawan,  and  Mindoro. 

SEMERAKA  (say-may-rah'-rah),  ver.;  group  of  8 
high  islands  and  isolated  islets  and  rocks  in 
lat.  12°  N.,  Ion.  121°  25'  E.,  9^  m.  across  sea 
channel  SE.  of  Buruncan,  extreme  S.  point 
of  Mindoro,  and  Sdi  m.  S.  by  E.  of  Calapin, 

Islands. 

.sq.  m. 

Caluya 6 

Libagao 2 

Nagubat 1 

Panagatan 1 

Sibay 14 

Semerara 35 

Sibat6n i 

Sibolon 1 

Total m 

These  islands  lie  in  sea  channel  between 
Mindoro,  9^  m.  NW.,  and  Panay  (Pacio  or 
Pusio  Pt.),  31i  m.  E.  by  S.,  where  it  unites 
withMindoro  Strait  from  NW.  and  passes  into 
Jol6  or  Mindoro  Sea,  leaving  Cuyos  grp.  on 
SW.  Inhabitants  ( Visayans)  are  daring  fish- 
ermen, cruising  among  islands  in  pursuit  of 
turtle  and  trepang.    Pop., 500. 

island  10  by  4i  m.  in  Sulu  Sea,  largest  of 

group  of  that  name,  16  m.  SE.  of  Buruncan 
Pt.,  Mindoro;  hilly,  about  512  ft.  at  highest 
point.  W.  coast  includes  several  little  bays, 
almost  entirely  obstructed  by  reefs  off  town 
of  Semerara,  on  W.  coast,  which  stands  on 
top  of  hill  N.  shore  facing  largest  bay.  An- 
chorage is  bad  even  for  coasters.  E.  coast  is 
bordered  by  reef,  and  from  N.  must  not  be 
approached  within  3  m.  until  town  bears  full 
W.;  anchorage  S.  of  island  in  5  to  8  fms.  dur- 
ing NE.  monsoon.  Good  coal  for  steaming 
purposes  found  on  this  island. 

hamlet,  top  of  hill,  on  N.  shore  of  bay  on 

W.  coast  of  Semerara  I.    Pop.,  189. 

SEMUTU  (say-moo'- too),  nat.;  village  and  point 
on  E.  shore  of  Siasi  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

SENARANGAN  (say-nah-rahng'-ahn),  ver.;  moun- 
tain in  extreme  SE.  S^mar,  1  m.  N.  of  Qulna- 
pundan. 

SENITO  COLOCONTO  (say-nee'- toh  coh-loh- 
cohn'-toh),  Hisp.;  inlet  on  SW.  shore  of  Taya- 
bas Bay,  Batangas,  Luz6n. 

SEPANGOW  (say-pahn'-go),  ver.;  bay 5,1  m.  NE.  of 
Cape  Siacle,  with  2  deep  inlets,  on  SW.  coast 
of  S.  Palawan. 

SEPABACIOn  (say-pah-rah-thyohn'),  Sp.;  point 
and  bar  on  E.  coast  of  Palawan  and  N.  head  of 
bight  fronted  by  chain  of  islands.  Town  of 
Aboabo  lies  at  S.  end. 

SEPULCRO  (say-pool'-croh),  Sp.;  island  on  ap- 
proach to  Tagbayug  Bay,  W.  coast  of  S.  Pala- 
wan. 

SEQUI  (say'-key),  ver.;  town  in  CApiz,  Panay, 
17  m.  from  Cdpiz,  connected  by  highroads 
with  Dao,  Mambiisao,  and  Ivisan. 

SERAOBOON  (say-rah-oh-boh-ohn),  ver.;  one  of 
islands  of  Tawi  Tawi  grp.,  Sulu  A.,  lat.  5° 
6'N. 

SEBRALLO  (say-rrah'-lyoh) ,  Sp. ;  hamlet  in  Iloilo, 
Panay,  3  m.  SSW.  of  Anilao. 

SEVILLA   (say-vee'-lyah),   Sp.;    pueblo   in   SW. 

Bohol,  13^  m.  NE.  of  Tagbilaran.    Pop.,  5,920. 
pueblo  on  coast  highway,  27  m.  S.  of  Vigan, 

in  Ilocos  Sur,  Luz6n.    Pop.,  1,133. 


GAZETTEEB   OF   THE   PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 


827 


SAYAO  (sah-yah'-oh),Tag.;  creek  in  Marinduque, 
off  SW.  coast  Tayabas,  Luz6n. 

SAYBAY  (sigh-by'),  nat.;  hamlet  on  1.  bank  of 
Bac-hao  Barigahon  Riv.,  in  NW.  Simar. 

SCOLT,  for.;  point  at  head  of  small  bay  at  S.  end 
of  Bay  of  Islands,  E.  coast  of  S.  Palawan. 

SEAN  (say'-ahn),  ver.;  cluster  of  islands  of  Cuyos 
grp.,  Mindoro  Sea. 

SEBASTK  (say-bahs'-tay),Sp.;  hamlet  on  E.  coast 
of  Guimards  I.,  Hollo,  Panay,  Hi  m.  SE.  of 
Nagaba. 

pueblo  on  W.  coast  of  Antique,  Panay,  59 

m.  N.  of  San  Jos6  de  Buenavista.    Pop.,  3,676. 

SKBOLLA  (say-boh'-lyah)  (means  onion),  Sp.; 
point  on  Laguna  de  Bay,  Laguna,  Luz6n,  lat. 
14°20'N.     (^feoCebolla.) 

SECAM  (say-cahm'),  ver.;  low,  narrow  island  1  m. 
long,  between  S.  Palawan  and  BaUbac  grp., 
with  trees,  100  ft.  high,  situated  in  W.  en- 
trance of  N.  BaUbac  Strait,  and  separated 
from  Cape  Disaster  by  Bate  channel  IJ  m. 
wide. 

SECUBUN,  or  SEDCBAIV  (say-coo'-boon,  .say-coo'- 
bahn),  ver.;  low  island  SE.  of  Tawi  Tawi  I., 
Tawi  Tawi  grp.,  Sulu  A.,  4J  m.,  forming  N. 
side  of  Paragua  channel.  Inhabitants  famous 
divers  for  pearl  shell  in  surrounding  waters; 
reach  great  depths. 

SEGIAN  (say-hee'-ahn),  nat.;  island  off  SE.  coast 
of  Palawan,  in  opening  of  San  Antonio  Bay; 
lee  of  W.  Segian  I.  affords  shelter  during  NE. 
monsoon. 

SEGUIN6jI  (say-gee-nohn'),  ver.;  mountain  in 
extreme  SE.  Sdmar,  6  m.  ENE.  of  Quinapun- 
dan. 

SEGUT  (say-goof),  ver.;  bay  on  E.  shore  of  Illana 
Bay,  Cotabato,  Mindanao,  in  N.  waters  of 
Police  Harbor;  village  lies  on  W.  side. 

village  on  W.  side  of  that  bay  in  Polloc 

Harbor,  E.  shore  of  Illana  Bay,  Cotabato, 
Mindanao. 

bay,  town  on  its  NE.  shore,  and  river  1  m. 

E.,  emptying  on  NE.  shore  of  Polloc  Harbor, 
Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

SEGYAM  (say-hee-ahm'),  ver.;  pointon  N.  side  of 
entrance  to  San  Antonio  Bay,  SE.  coast  of 
S.  Palawan. 

2  low  islands  connected  with  shore  at  NE. 

point  of  Rocky  Bay,  SE.  coast  of  Palawan. 
(SeeSejan  Is.) 

SEJAN  (say'-hahn),nat.;  cluster  of  islets  off  point 
of  same  name,  off  N.  entrance  head  to  San  An- 
tonio (Rocky)  Bay,  SE.  coast  Palawan. 

point,  N.  head  to  San  Antonio  (Rocky)  Bay, 

SE.  coast  Palawan. 

SEKELAPIT  (say-kay-lah-pif),  nat.;  pt.  on  SW. 
islet  off  Balanguingui  I . ,  of  that  group,  Sulu  A . 

SELIM  (say-lim'),  ver.;  islet  2^  m.  NW.  of  Lapac, 
i  m.  long,  153  ft.  high,  in  approach  to  Siasi 
town  of  that  island,  from  Lapac,  Tapul  grp., 
Sulu  A. 

SELUM  (say-loom'),  ver.;  island,  Sulu  grp.,  Sulu 
A. 

SELUlWlAJf  (say-loong'-ahn),  ver.;  point  on  N. 
coast  of  Illana  Bay,  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

SEMABUGA  (say-mah-roo'-gah) ,  ver.;  point  on  N. 
side  of  entrance  to  Carromata  Bay,  NW.  shore 
of  Illana  Bay,  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

8EMBA  (saym'-bah),  nat.;  creek  enters  1.  bank  of 
S.  arm  of  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  Cotaba- 
to, Mindanao. 

SEMBRANO  (saym-brah'-noh),  Sp.;  highe.stmoun- 
tain  on  peninsula  of  Laguna.  Sides  are  over- 
grown with  grass,  affording  pasturage  for 
herds  of  buffaloes,  bullocks,  and  wild  horses. 

SEMENEBLEN  (say-may-nay-blayn'),  ver.; moun- 
tain in  SE.  Ilocos  Norte,  Luzon,  in  which  sev- 
eral fountain  tributaries  of  Grande  de  Laoag 
Riv.  have  their  rise.  Boundary  between  Ilo- 
cos Norte  and  Abra  follows  line  of  this  spur 
of  Cordillera  Central  to  SW. 


SEMEXTEBAS  (say-mayn-tay'-rahs),  Sp.;  hamlet 
on  1.  bank  of  Balolo  Riv.,  NW.  shore  of  Port 
Uson,  S.  coast  of  Busuanga  I.,  Calamianes 
grp.,  between  Paragua,  Palawan,  and  Min- 
doro. 

village  near  mouth  of  Balolo  Riv.,  on  S. 

shore  of  Busuanga  I.,  Calamianes  grp.,  be- 
tween Paragua,  Palawan,  and  Mindoro. 

villages  on   E.  shore  of   Dlpulao  port,  S. 

coast  Busuanga  I.,  Calamianes  grp.,  between 
Paragua,  Palawan,  and  Mindoro. 

SEMEBAKA  (.say-may-rah'-rah),  ver.;  group  of  8 
high  islands  and  isolated  islets  and  rocks  in 
lat.  12°  N.,  Ion.  121°  25'  E.,  9^  m.  across  sea 
channel  SE.  of  Buruncan,  extreme  S.  point 
of  Mindoro,  and  83i  m.  S.  by  E.  of  Calapdn. 

Islands. 

sq.  m. 

Caluya 6 

Libagao 2 

Nagubat 1 

Panagatan 1 

Sibay 14 

Semerara 35 

Sibat6n i 

Sibolon 1 

Total 60i 

These  islands  lie  in  sea  channel  between 
Mindoro,  9i  m.  NW.,  and  Panay  (Paeio  or 
Pusio  Pt.),  ZU  m.  E.  by  S.,  where  it  unites 
withMindoro  Strait  from  NW.  and  passes  into 
Jol6  or  Mindoro  Sea,  leaving  Cuyos  grp.  on 
SW.  Inhabitants  (Visayans)  are  daring  fish- 
ermen, cruising  among  islands  in  pursuit  of 
turtle  and  trepang.    Pop., 500. 

island  10  by  4^  m.  in  Sulu  Sea,  largest  of 

group  of  that  name,  16  m.  SE.  of  Buruncan 
Pt.,  Mindoro;  hilly,  about  512  ft.  at  highest 
point.  W.  coast  includes  several  little  bays, 
almost  entirely  obstructed  by  reefs  off  town 
of  Semerara,  on  W.  coast,  which  stands  on 
top  of  hill  N.  shore  facing  largest  bay.  An- 
chorage is  bad  even  for  coasters.  E.  coast  is 
bordered  by  reef,  and  from  N.  must  not  be 
approached  within  3  m.  until  town  bears  full 
W.;  anchorage  S.  of  island  in  5  to  8  fms.  dur- 
ing NE.  monsoon.  Good  coal  for  steaming 
purposes  found  on  this  island. 

hamlet,  top  of  hill,  on  N.  shore  of  bay  on 

W.  coast  of  Semerara  I.    Pop.,  189. 

SEMUTII  (say-moo'-too),  nat.;  village  and  point 
on  E.  shore  of  Siasi  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

SENARAl^AJf  (say-nah-rahng'-ahn),  ver.; moun- 
tain in  extreme  SE.  Sdmar,  1  m.  N.  of  Quina- 
pundan. 

SENITO  COLOCONTO  (say-nee'- toh  coh-loh- 
cohn'-toh),  Hisp.;  inlet  on  SW.  shore  of  Taya- 
bas Bay,  Batangas,  Luzon. 

SEPAIVGOW  (say-pahn'-go),  ver.;  bay  61  m.  NE.  of 
Cape  Siacle,  with  2  deep  inlets,  on  SW.  coast 
of  S.  Palawan. 

SEPABACION  (say-pah-rah-thyohn'),  Sp.;  point 
and  bar  on  E.  coast  of  Palawan  and  N.  head  of 
bight  fronted  by  chain  of  islands.  Town  of 
Aboabo  lies  at  S.  end. 

SEPULCBO  (say-pool '-croh),  Sp.;  island  on  ap- 
proach to  Tagbayug  Bay,  W.  coast  of  S.  Pala- 
wan. 

SEQUI  (say'-key),  ver.;  town  in  C4piz,  Panay, 
17  m.  from  C^piz,  connected  by  highroads 
with  Dao,  Mambusao,  and  Ivisan. 

SEBAOBOOIV  (say-rah-oh-boh-ohn),  ver.;  one  of 
islands  of  Tawi  Tawi  grp.,  Sulu  A.,  lat.  5° 
6'N. 

SEBBALLO(say-rrah'-lyoh),Sp.; hamlet  in  Iloilo, 
Panay,  3  m.  SSW.  of  Anilao. 

SEVILLA   (say-vee'-lyah),   Sp.;   pueblo   in   SW. 

Bohol,  13i  m.  NE.  of  Tagbilaran.    Pop.,  5,920. 
pueblo  on  coast  highway,  27  m.  S.  of  Vigan, 

in  Ilocos  Sur,  Luz6n.    Pop.,  1,133. 


828 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


SEVILLA;  town  on  r.  bank  of  Pulangui  Riv.,  at 
W.  extreme  of  great  bend  in  stream,  in  E. 
Misamis,  Mindanao,  37  m.  S.  by  E.  of  CagayAn 
de  Misamis. 

SEXMOiN  (sex-moh-ahn'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Pam- 
panga,  Luz6n. 

pueblo  in  Pampanga,  Luz6n,  between  2 

of  NW.  channels  of  Pampanga  delta,  5  m. 
SW.  of  Bacolor.    Pop.,  7,969. 

SHADWELL,  for.;  island  at  entrance  of  inlet 
abreast  of  Pali  I.,  NE.  coast  of  Paragua, 
Palawan,  li  m.  off  shore. 

SHARK'S  FIN,  for.;  large  bay  on  NE.  coast  of 
Paragua,  Palawan.    {See  Aletas  de  Tiburon.) 

range  of  Mountains.  1,680  ft.  high,  in  Para- 
gua, Palawan,  between  Taytay  Bay  and  Ba- 
quit  Bay,  so  named  on  account  of  sharp  peaks 
on  summit. 

SHARP,  for.;  peak  near  shore  of  Eran  Bay,  SW. 
coast  of  S.  Palawan.    (See  Sallekan  Peak.) 

SHARP  PEAK,  for.;  summit  1,630  ft.  high,  inland 
from  NW.  shore  of  Shark's  Fin  Bay,  E.  coast 
of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

SHARP  SHOULDER,  for.;  peak  1,680  ft.  high, 
NW.  of  Polarican,  on  W.  shore  Taytay  Bay, 
E.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

SHELL,  for.;  island  3  m.  N.  of  Johnson  I.,  be- 
tween it  and  Barbacftn,  in  Green  Islands 
Bay,  E.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

SHIRT,  for.;  point  on  W.  coast  of  Paragua,  Pala- 
wan, 8^  m.  NE.  of  Pefiascosa  Pt. 

SLA  (see-'ah),  nat.;  mountain  in  central  CApiz, 
Panay,  10  m.  W.  of  Tapas. 

SIACLE  vsee-ah'-clay),  ver.;  wooded  cape  2i  m. 
N.  of'Alimudln  Pt.,  forming  N.  extremity  of 
Camip.  n  Bay,  SW.  coast  of  S.  Palawan. 

SIALO  (see-ah'-low),  ver.;  point  on  SW.  coast  of 
Cebu;  lat.  9'=  44'  N. 

SIANAN  (see-ah'-nahn) ,  ver. ;  town  near  W.  coast 
of  Cotabato,  Mindanao,  11  m.  SE.  of  Cotabato. 

SIANIB(see-ah-nib'),ver.;  townonr.  bank  of  river 
entering  bay  between  Sicayac  and  Blanca  Pts., 
NW.  coast  of  Misamis,  Mindanao,  7  m.  SW.  by 
S.of  Dapitan.    (See  Blanca  Pt.) 

SIALAT  (see-ah-laht ) ,  ver. ;  high  point  on  SW.  coast 
of  Catanduanes  I.,  NE.  of  Albay,  Luz6n. 

SlANUl^AN  (see-ah-noong'-ahn),  ver.;  hamlet  on 
W. coast  of  Sulu  I.,Sulugrp.,Sulu  A.,3  m.  SW. 
of  Sulu. 

SIAPA  (see-ah'-pah),  ver.;  one  of  Calaguas  Is.,  off 
N.  coast  of  Ambos  Camarines  (Norte),  Luz6n. 

SIAPAL  (see-ah-paW),  nat.;  point  extreme  S.  end 
of  Santiago  I.,  W.  side  of  Lingayen  Gulf,  off 
extreme  NE.  coast  of  Zambales,  Luzon. 

SIAPAR  (seeah-pahr') ;  point  at  S.  extremity  of 
Santiago  I.,  on  W.  side  of  Lingay6n  Gulf, 
Zambales,  Luz6n. 

SIAPDAO  (seeap-dah'-oh),  ver.;  river  emptying 
into  Tol6n  Bay  1  m.  SE.  of  Bayauan,  Negros 
Oriental. 

SIAPCiJf  (seeah-pohn') ,  ver.;  hamlet  and  point 
in  pueblo  of  Baybay,  Ley te,  on  .shore  of  small 
small  bay  of  that  name  in  SW.  Leyte,  4  m. 
SW.  of  M6rida  and  U  m.  E.  of  Port  Dupon. 

SIARXpJ  (seeah-rahn') ,  ver.;  port  on  N.  shore  of 
Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luz6n,  with  good 
anchorage  and  well  sheltered. 

SIARGAO  (seeahr-gah'-oh);  island  in  Pacific 
Ocean,  lat.  9°  50"  N.,  Ion.  126°  E.,  21  m.  long 
and  21  m.  N.  and  S.,  greatest  breadth  E.  and 
W.  14  m.;  60  m.  S.  of  extreme  S.  point  (Suugi) 
of  S4mar,  17  m.  nearest  point  E.  of  Dindgat 
I.,  and  20  m.  NE.  of  Tugas  Pt.  Area,  176 
sq.  m.  Mountain  range  620  ft.  high,  begin- 
ning inland  from  Sapao,  on  N.  coast,  trav- 
erses entire  length  of  island,  culminating 
in  its  loftiest  altitudes  on  S.  coast  between 
Cabuntug  and  Dapa.  Several  islets  lie  off 
SE.  coast,  one  of  them,  Dac6,  being  conspic- 
uous landmark  on  N.  side  of  entrance  to  Dapu 
channel.    N.,  S.,  and  W.  coasts  are  paralleled 


SIARGAO— Continued. 

by  reef  3  m.  off  shore,  through  which  by 
means  of  natural  channels  towns  and  ports 
on  coast  are  reached.  There  are  7  towns  on 
coast,  besides  hamlets  and  considerable  rural 
population.  Off  W.  coast  is  group  of  8  islands 
and  to  SW.  toward  Mindanao  2  others  of 
same  size. 

SIARGl'AI  (seeahr-gwi'),  nat.;  point  at  S.  head 
of  entrance  to  bay  of  same  name,  W.  coast  of 
Zamboanga,  ^Mindanao. 

river  entering  on  S.  shore  of  Panabutan 

Bay,  E.  of  point  of  same  name,  W.  coast  of 
Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

SIASAN  (seeah'-.sahn),  nat.;  point  on  channel  on 
SW.  shore^f  Siasi  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

SIASI  (seeah'-see),  ver.;  port  of  entry  Dec.  26, 
1899,  discontinued  Apr.  30,  1902;  subport  of 
Sulu;  largest  island  of  Tapul  grp.,  midway 
between  Sulu  and  Tawi  Tawi  Is.;  waters  of 
Celebes  Sea  on  SE.  and  of  Sulu  Sea  on  NW. 
Area,  29  sq.  m.  Highest  land  between  Sulu 
and  Tawi  Tawi.  7  peaks  rise  out  of  center  of 
island,  highest  being  Gorro  of  Siasi,  1,673  ft.; 
another  to  S. ,  1,647  ft. ;  Butbilao  to  SE. ,  1,273  ft. ; 
But  Gaatan  to  NNE. ,  735  ft. ;  Ulankaya  Abdul, 
689  ft.;  Minapan,  538  ft.;  and  Abdul,  most  N. 
of  grp.,  about  same  height.  Island  is  4  m. 
from  N.  to  S.  and  3  m.  from  E.  to  W.,  with 
area  of  6  sq.  m.  On  its  yV-  shore  is  port  of 
same  name.  Along  coast  are  numerous  vil- 
lages, inhabitants  of  which  are  extensively 
engaged  in  pearl  fisheries,  pearl  oyster  being 
abundant;  lat.  5°  32"  N.  Ion.  120°  52'  E., 
approximately. 

pueblo  on  W.  shore  of  island  of  that  name, 

Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A.,  in  N.  part  of  channel 
separating  Siasi  I.  from  Lapak  I.  Besides 
number  of  buildings  has  good  wharf.  Lat. 
5°  32'  30"  N.,  Ion.  120°  49'  15"  E.  Depth  of 
water  off  town  from  20  to  39  ft.,  covers  nearly 
whole  channel  abreast  of  wharf.  Pop.,  Cn. 
1887, 146. 

SIATON  (seeah'-tohn),  ver.;  pueblo,  river,  and 
point  of  Negros  Oriental,  at  extreme  SW. 
end  of  Negros.  Town  at  mouth  of  river  of 
same  name,  26  m.  SW.  of  Dumaguete  and  109 
m.  S.  of  Bacolod,  at  mouth  of  Camauang  Riv. 
Pop.,  8,142. 

SIAl'RAGAN  (see-ow-rah'-gahn),  ver.;  hamlet  on 
SE.  coast  of  Iloilo,  Panay,  Is  m.  SW.  of  San 
Joaquin. 

SI  AY  AN  (seeah'yahn),  ver.;  island  of  Bashi 
cluster,  Batanes  grp.,  off  N.  coast  CagaySn, 
Luzon;  area,  1  sq.  m.;  1  m.  SSW.  of  Mabudis 
I.,  having  off  its  NE.  side  several  detached 
rocks.  Channel  between  it  and  Mabudis  I., 
1  m.,  is  unsafe  on  account  of  rocks.  That 
between  Siayan  and  Ibayat,  4f  m.,  is  free  from 
danger. 

SIBAC  (see-back'),  nat.;  hamlet  on  extreme  S. 
shore  of  Negros  Oriental,  at  mouth  of  Hina- 
layad  or  Jinalad  Riv.,  2i  m.  NE.  of  Siaton. 

SIBACtfXGAO  (see-bah-eoong'-ah-oh),  ver.;  ham- 
let in  Iloilo,  Panay,  1  m.  SSW.  of  Lambunao. 

SIBAGO  (see-bah'-goh),  nat.;  island  735  ft.  high, 
li  by  J  m.,  in  Basilan  grp.,  off  SW.  penin.sula 
of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  in  Celebes  Sea  en- 
trance to  Basilan  Strait;  94  m.  NE.  by  N.  of 
Matanal,  E.  point  of  Basilan;  7i  m.  E.  i  N.  of 
Coco  I. 

SIBXhAY  (see-bah'-high);  mountain  in  Sdmar. 

SIBALE  (see-bah'-lay),  ver.;  island  NW.  of  2 
islands  off  SW.  side  of  S.  point  of  DinAgat  I., 
oft"  N.  coa.st  Surigao,  Mindanao,  and  separated 
from  Gipd6  I.  by  narrow,  deep  channel. 

SIBiLOC  (see-bah'-lohk),  nat.;  islet  in  Tambi- 
luanga  channel,  off  W.  shore  of  Tiguni^n  I., 
off  NE.  coast  of  Tawi  Tawi  I.,  Sulu  A. 

SIBAL(iN  (see-bah-lawn') ,  ver. ;  pueblo  on  1.  bank 
of  river  of  that  name  in  Antique,  Panay,  10  m. 
NE.  of  San  Jos6  de  Buenavista.    Pop.,  11,675, 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHIUri'INE    ISLANDS. 


829 


SIBALON;  river  in  Antique,  Panay,  rising  in 
Layag  Mt.  and  flowing  SW.,  passing  San 
Remigio  and  Sibal6n,  enters  sea  through  2 
mouths,  2  m.  N.  of  San  Pedro. 

SIBANAX  (sce-bah'-nahn),  nat.;  point  on  E.  coast 
of  Albay,  Luzon,  lat.  13°  30'  N. 

^IBAN()(!  (see-bah-nock'),  ver.;  island,  area  2  sq. 
m.,  SW.  of  Unip  I.,  to  which  cluster  it  be- 
longs, off  SW.  shore  of  Dindgat  I.,  N.  of  Suri- 
gao,  Mindanao. 

■JIBAOn  (see-bah-ohn'),  ver.;  creek  in  Negros  I. 

^IBAS  (see'-bass),  ver.;  bay  and  point  on  E.  coast 
of  SAmar,  lat.  11°  57'  N. 

^IBATON  (see-bah-tohn'),  ver.;  island  in  Seme- 
rara  grp..  Ill  ft.  high,  1  m.  long.  17i  m.  SE. 
of  PandAn  Pt.,  Mindoro,  and  12^  m.  WNW.  of 
Naisog  Pt.,  Panay.    Unsafe  to  approach. 

ilBATYiN  (see-laht-yahn'),  nat.;  point  N.  ex- 
treme of  N.  coast  of  Siasi  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu 
A.,  and  S.  head  to  W.  entrance  of  channel 
between  Siasi  and  Tara  Is. 

^IBAl'AN  (see-bah'-wahn),  ver.;  point  on  SE. 
shore  of  Ambos  Camarines,  Luzon. 

»lBAf  L  (see-bah-ool'),  nat.;  town  on  SE.  shore 
of  Lapac  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

$IBA¥  (see-by'),  ver.;  island  7^  by  3  m.,  area  21 
sq.  m.,  i  m.  SE.  of  Semerara,  in  Sulu  Sea, 
most  S.  of  grp.,  27  m.  SE.  by  S.  of  Buruncan 
Pt.,  Mindoro,  and  17  m.  W.  of  Nai.sog  Pt.,  Pa- 
nay. Its  NW.  point  rises  to  a  peak  213  ft. 
high  and  N.  coast  can  be  passed  at  i  m.  dis- 
tance; W.  coast  unsafe. 

pueblo  on  Mindoro  I.,  Semerara  grp.,  Sulu 

Sea.    Pop.,  252. 

sIBAYAN  (see-bah'-yahn),  ver.;  mountain  in  Al- 
bay, Luzon,  near  W.  shore  of  Lagonoy  Gulf, 
28  m.  NNW.  of  Albay. 

5IBAYET  (see-bah-yef),  nat.;  river  entering  Port 
Lebac,  SW.  coast  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

^IBBll,  or  SIFFti  (seeb-boo',  seef-foo'),  ver.;  river 
in  N.  Luzon. 

»IBIHIXG  (see-bee-hing'),  ver.;  largest  of  cluster 
of  small  islands  on  E.  and  S.  shores  of  exten- 
sive reef,  5  m.  to  E.  of  Siasi  I.,  Tapul  grp., 
Sulu  A.  Islands  are  uninhabited  but  re- 
sorted to  by  pearl-fishing  crafts,  that  being 
important  industry. 

UBIJIXDACULA  (see-bee-hin-dah-coo'-lah),  nat.; 
islet  off  E.  coast  of  Siasi  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

>IBO(>  (see-bohg').  Tag.;  mountain  in  pueblo  of 
Angat,  Bulacdn,  Luzon. 

aBOLON  (see-boh'-lawn),  ver.;  E.  island,  148  ft. 
high,  li  m.  N.  and  S.,  10^  m.  E.  of  Semerara 
and  6  m.  N.  of  Sibato,  in  Sulu  Sea,  11  m.  SE. 
of  Pandan  Pt. ,  Mindoro.    Unsafe  to  approach. 

ilBONGA  (see-bohng'-ah),  nat.;  port  on  E.  side  of 
Buca.s'  I.,  off  NE.  coast  Surigao,  Mindanao, 
formed  by  S.  and  middle  islands  at  foot  of 
conical  hill  984  ft.  high;  W.  arm  communi- 
cates with  Port  Castilla,  on  N.  side  of  i.sland, 
by  channel  15  yds.  wide,  5  ft.  deep,  which 
forms  separation  between  middle  and  E.  is- 
lands. 

point  on  Bucas  I.,  SE.  coast  Surigao,  Min- 
danao. 

pueblo  on  E.  coast  of  Cebii,  27  m.  SW.  of 

Cebii,  4  m.  S.  of  Carcar  Bay;  good  anchorage. 
Bucas,  conical  peak  984  ft.  high,  lies  N.  E. 
point  is  lat.  9°  41'  15"  N.,  Ion.  126°  3'  E.,  ap- 
proximately.   Pop.,  23,4.55. 

point  marking  large  town  of  that  name 

from  sea  on  E.  coast  of  Cebii. 

^IBOXO  (see-boh'-noh),  ver.;  point  7  m.  SE.  by 
E.  of  Pasacao,  in  Jamuraon  Bay,  E.  shore  of 
Ragay  Gulf,  Ambos  Camarines  (S'ur),  Luz6n. 
Inland  is  San  Fernando  Mt. 

5IBSIBU  (seeb-see'-boo),  ver.;  pueblo  in  Tiagdn, 
N.  Luz6n. 

SIBSOJfG  (seeb-sohng'),  ver.;  mountain  in  E.Zam- 
bales,  Luz6n. 


SIBtlAN  (see-boo'-ahn),  ver.;  small  island  off  NE. 
point  of  Olutariga,  S.  of  central  peninsula  of 
Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

SIBUCAO  (see-boo-cow'),  nat.;  point  on  S.  shore 
Barrera  port,  NE.  coast  Masbate,  Visayas. 

SIBUCO  (see-boo'-coh) ,  nat.;  town  on  NW.  shore 
of  bay  of  same  name,  7  m.  inland,  in  Zambo- 
anga, Mindanao,  30  m.  N.  of  Zamboanga. 
People  are  industrious  and  peaceful;  number 
of  well-cultivated  plantations  exist.  Bay  af- 
fords good  anchorage,  except  from  W.  Pop., 
5,000. 

bay  on  W.  coast  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao, 

between  Batu-Tandoc  and  Buril  Pts.,  4  m.  S., 
and  penetrates  2  m.  E.  inland.  Very  safe, 
with  little  river  at  each  end  where  boats  can 
enter  for  water.  Town  2  m.  inland,  to  S.  of 
bay.  Coast  is  high  and  interrupted  with 
rocky  cliff's  to  Batulampan,  W.  point  of  Min- 
danao. Anchorage  on  E.  shore  of  bay,  lat.  7° 
18'  5"  N.,  Ion.  122°  4'  3"  E. 

point  on  SE.  shore  of  Misamis  port,  Misa- 

mis,  Mindanao,  3  m.  SE.  of  Misamis.  Between 
this  port  and  Tabigui  on  same  shore,  NE.,  are 
3  peaks,  N.  1,414,  center  1,787,  and  S.  2,346  ft. 
high,  landmarks  of  approach  to  Misamis. 

SIBUG  (see-boog'),  ver.;  river  which  rises  in 
mountains  of  NE.  Bontoc  and  entering  Isa- 
bela,  Luzon,  empties  into  Grande  de  Cagaydn 
Riv.  on  W. 

SIBUGAY  (see-boo-gi'),  ver.;  islet  N.  of  Tagapula 
I.,  between  Silmar  and  Masbate,  Visayas. 

mountain  in  Leyte. 

SIBUGLEY,  or  SIBIJGUEl  (see-boo-gay'),  ver.; 
large  bay,  28  m.  between  heads  and  27  m.  in- 
land, S.  coast  of  Zamboanga  Pen.,  Mindanao. 
From  NE.  entrance  of  Sakol  channel  coast  of 
Mindanao  trends  NNE.  for  61  m.,  and  thence 
curving  round  to  S.  for  35  m.  forms  extensive 
bay  of  Sibuguey,  terminated  at  SE.  by  Olu- 
tanga  I.  Coasts  are  bordered  by  islands  and 
reefs. 

mountain  on  E.  shore  overlooking  bay  of 

that  name,  S.  coast  of  Zamboanga  Pen., 
Mindanao. 

SIBIIlac  (see-boo'-lahk),  ver.;  island  on  Noche- 
buena  channel  toE.  of  Tawi  Tawi  I.,  Sulu  A. 

SIBULAN  (see-boo'-lahn),nat.;  deep  port  between 
2  small  peninsulas  on  SE.  coast  of  Zamboanga, 
Mindanao,  and  partly  fronted  by  important 
island  of  Olutanga.    Tagisian  is  its  S.  point. 

island  on  bay  of  that  name  off  S.  coast  of 

Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  and  2  m.  NW.  of 
Cambulong,  E.  point  of  Olutanga  I. 

pueblo  of  Negros  Oriental,  on  SW.  shore  of 

entrance  to  Tanon  Strait,  5  m.  N.  of  Duma- 
guete.    Pop.,  6,346. 

point  in  Negros  Oriental. 

SIBULl'AC  BABAY(see-boo-lwahk'  bah-by'),  nat.; 
island  NE.  of  Panay.     {See Gigante  Norte. ) 

SIBllIiUAC  LALAQUI  (see-boo-.lwahk'  lah-lah'- 
key ),  nat.;  i.sland  2  by  1  m.,  largest  of  Gigantes 
Is.,  12  m.  E.  of  Bulacaue  Pt.,  Panay. 

SIBtfNOG  (see-boo'-nohg),nat.;  hamlet m  pueblo 
of  San  Fernando,  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur), 
Luz6n. 

point  on  SW.  coast  of  Ambos  Camarines 

(Sur),  Luzon,  lat.  13°  27'  10"  N. 

SIBUTU  (see-boo'-too),  ver.;  island  of  Tawi  Tawi 
grp.,  Sulu  A.,  lat.  4°  54' 40"  N.  (North  Pt.), 
Ion.  119°  29'  E.;  18^  m.  long,  2i  m.  wide,  area 
36  sq.  m.;  in  sea  channel  between  SW.  ex- 
treme of  Tawi  Tawi  grp.  of  Sulu  A.  on  E.  and 
Borneo  on  W.;  separated  from  Sulu  A.  by  Si- 
butu  Passage  and  is  9|  m.  without  W.  line  of 
demarcation  under  treaty  with  Spain.  In  ar- 
rangement of  boundaries  during  Paris  nego- 
tiations, extreme  SW.  angle  having  been 
placed  at  lat.  4°  45'  N.,  Ion.  119°  35'  E.,  it  was 
subsequently  discovered  that  this  island  part 
of  Philippine  possessions  of  Spam  ceded  to 
United  States  was  not  included  within  limit. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


829 


SIBAL6N;  river  in  Antique,  Panay,  rising  in 
Layag  Mt.  and  flowing  SW.,  passing  San 
Remigio  and  Sibalon,  enters  sea  through  2 
mouths,  2  m.  N.  of  San  Pedro. 

SIBANAX  (see-bah'-nahn),  nat.;  point  on  E.  coast 
of  Albay,  Luzon,  lat.  13°  30'  N. 

S1BA>'0C  (see-bah-nock'),  ver.;  island,  area  2  sq. 
m.,  SW.  of  Unip  I.,  to  which  cluster  it  be- 
longs, off  SW.  shore  of  Dinagat  I.,  N.  of  Suri- 
gao,  Mindanao. 

S1BA()X  (see-bah-ohn'),  ver.;  creek  in  Negros  I. 

SIBAS  (see'-bass),  ver.:  bay  and  pointonE.  coast 
of  Sdmar,  lat.  11°  .57'  N. 

SIBATON  (see-bah-tohn'),  ver.;  island  in  Seme- 
rara  grp.,  Ill  ft.  high,  1  m.  long.  17i  m.  SE. 
of  Pand4n  Pt.,  Mindoro,  and  12|  m.  WNW.  of 
Naisog  Pt.,  Panay.    Unsafe  to  approach. 

SIBATTAN  (see-laht-yahn'),  nat.;  point  N.  ex- 
treme of  N.  coast  of  Siasi  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu 
A.,  and  S.  head  to  W.  entrance  of  channel 
between  Siasi  and  Tara  Is. 

SIBAIAN  (see-bah'-wahn),  ver.;  point  on  SE. 
shore  of  Ambos  Camarines,  Luzon. 

SIBAf  L  (see-bah-ool'),  nat.;  town  on  SE.  shore 
of  Lapac  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

SIBAY  (.see-by'),  ver.;  island  7^  by  3  m.,  area  21 
sq.  m.,  i  m.  SE.  of  Semerara,  in  Sulu  Sea, 
most  S.  of  grp.,  27  m.  SE.  by  S.  of  Biu-uncan 
Ft.,  Mindoro,  and  17  m.  W.  of  Naisog  Pt.,  Pa- 
nay. Its  NW.  point  rises  to  a  peak  213  ft. 
high  and  N.  coast  can  be  passed  at  i  m.  dis- 
tance; W.  coa.st  unsafe. 

pueblo  on  Mindoro  I.,  Semerara  grp.,  Sulu 

Sea.    Pop.,  252. 

SIBAYAJf  (see-bah'-yahn),  ver.;  mountain  in  Al- 
bav,  Luzon,  near  W.  shore  of  Lagonoy  Gulf, 
28  in.  NNW.  of  Albay. 

SIBAYET  (see-bah-yef),  nat.;  river  entering  Port 
Lebac,  SW.  coast  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

SLBBtf,  or  SIFFll  (seeb-boo',  seef-foo'),  ver.;  river 
in  N.  Luzon. 

SIBIHIXG  (see-bee-hing'),  ver.;  largest  of  cluster 
of  small  islands  on  E.  and  S.  shores  of  exten- 
sive reef,  5  m.  to  E.  of  Siasi  I.,  Tapul  grp., 
Sulu  A.  Islands  are  uninhabited  but  re- 
sorted to  by  pearl-fishing  crafts,  that  being 
important  industry. 

SIBIJIXDACLLA  (see-bee-hin-dah-coo'-lah),  nat.; 
islet  ofi  E.  coast  of  Siasi  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

SIBOCi  (see-bohg').  Tag.;  mountain  in  pueblo  of 
Angat,  BulacAu,  Luzon. 

SIBOLON  (see-boh'-lawn),  ver.;  E.  island,  148  ft. 
high,  li  m.  N.  and  S.,  IO5  m.  E.  of  Semerara 
and  6  m.  N.  of  Sibato,  in  Sulu  Sea,  11  m.  SE. 
of  Pandfin  Pt.,  Mindoro.    Unsafe  to  approach. 

SIBOXGA  (see-bohng'-ah),  nat.;  port  on  E.  side  of 
Bucas*  I.,  off  NE.  coast  Surigao.  Mindanao, 
formed  by  S.  and  middle  islands  at  foot  of 
conical  hill  984  ft.  high;  W.  arm  communi- 
cates with  Port  Castilla,  on  N.  side  of  island, 
by  channel  15  yds.  wide,  5  ft.  deep,  which 
forms  separation  between  middle  and  E.  is- 
lands. 

point  on  Bucas  I.,  SE.  coast  Surigao,  Min- 
danao. 

pueblo  on  E.  coast  of  Cebii,  27  m.  SW.  of 

Cebu,  4  m.  S.  of  Carcar  Bay;  good  anchorage. 
Bucas,  conical  peak  984  ft.  high,  lies  K.  E. 
point  is  lat.  9°  41'  15"  N.,  Ion.  126°  3'  E.,  ap- 
proximately.   Pop.,  23,455. 

point  marking  large  town  of  that  name 

from  sea  on  E.  coast  of  Cebii. 

SIBOXO  (see-boh'-noh),  ver.;  point  7  m.  SE.  by 
E.  of  Pasacao,  in  Jamuraon  Bay,  E.  shore  of 
Ragay  Gulf,  Ambos  Camarines  (Sm),  Luz6n. 
Inland  is  San  Fernando  Mt. 

SIBSIBU  (seeb-see'-boo),  ver.;  pueblo  in  Tiagin, 
N.  Luzon. 

SIBSONG  (seeb-sohng'),  ver.;  mountain  in  E.Zam- 
bales,  Luz6n. 


SIBIJAN  (see-boo'-ahn),  ver.;  small  island  off  NE. 
point  of  Olutanga,  S.  of  central  peninsula  of 
Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

S1BU(JA0  (see-boo-cow'),  nat.;  point  on  S.  shore 
Barrera  port,  NE.  coast  Masbate,  Visayas. 

SIBUCO  (see-boo'-coh),  nat.;  town  on  NW.  shore 
of  bay  of  same  name,  7  m.  inland,  in  Zambo- 
anga, Mindanao,  30  m.  N.  of  Zamboanga. 
People  are  industrious  and  peaceful;  number 
of  well-cultivated  plantations  exist.  Bay  af- 
fords good  anchorage,  except  from  W.  Pop., 
5,000. 

bay  on  W.  coast  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao, 

between  Batvi-Tandoc  and  Buril  Pts.,  4  m.  S., 
and  penetrates  2  m.  E.  inland.  V^ery  safe, 
with  little  river  at  each  end  where  boats  can 
enter  for  water.  Town  2  m.  inland,  to  S.  of 
bay.  Coast  is  high  and  interrupted  with 
rocky  cliffs  to  Batulampan,  W.  point  of  Min- 
danao. Anchorage  on  E.  shore  of  bay,  lat.  7° 
18'  6"  N.,  Ion.  122°  4'  3"  E. 

point  on  SE.  shore  of  Misamis  port,  Misa- 

mis,  Mindanao,  3  m.  SE.  of  Misamis.  Between 
this  port  and  Tabigui  on  same  shore,  NE.,  are 
3  peak,s,  N.  1,414,  center  1,787,  and  S.  2,346  ft. 
high,  landmarks  of  approach  to  Misamis. 

SIBUG  (see-boog'),  ver.;  river  which  rises  in 
mountains  of  NE.  Bontoc  and  entering  Isa- 
bela,  Luzon,  empties  into  Grande  de  Cagay^n 
Riv.  on  W. 

SIBUGAY  (see-boo-gi'),  ver.;  islet  N.  of  Tagapula 
I.,  between  SAmar  and  Masbate,  Visayas. 

mountain  in  Leyte. 

SIBUGUEY,  or  SIBL'GUEI  (see-boo-gay'),  ver.; 
large  bay,  28  m.  between  heads  and  27  m.  in- 
land, S.  coast  of  Zamboanga  Pen.,  Mindanao. 
From  NE.  entrance  of  Sakol  channel  coast  of 
Mindanao  trends  NNE.  for  61  m.,  and  thence 
curving  round  to  S.  for  35  m.  forms  extensive 
bay  of  Sibuguey,  terminated  at  SE.  by  Olu- 
tanga I.  Coasts  are  bordered  by  islands  and 
reefs. 

mountain  on  E.  shore  overlooking  bay  of 

that  name,  S.  coast  of  Zamboanga  Pen., 
Mindanao. 

SIB15lac  (see-boo'-lahk),  ver.;  island  on  Noche- 
buena  channel  toE.  of  Tawi  Tawi  I.,  Sulu  A. 
I  SIBULAN  (see-boo'-lahn),  nat.;  deep  port  between 
2  small  peninsulas  on  SE.  coast  of  Zamboanga, 
Mindanao,  and  partly  fronted  by  important 
island  of  Olutanga.    Tagisian  is  its  S.  point. 

island  on  bay  of  that  name  off  S.  coast  of 

Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  and  2  m.  NW.  of 
Cambulong,  E.  point  of  Olutanga  I. 

pueblo  of  Negros  Oriental,  on  SW.  shore  of 

entrance  to  Tanon  Strait,  5  m.  N.  of  Duma- 
I  guete.    Pop.,  6,346. 

point  in  Negros  Oriental. 

SIBULrAC  BABAY(see-boo-lwahk'  bah-by'),nat.; 
island  NE.  of  Panay.     (.SeeGigante  Norte.) 

SIBULDAC  LALAQUI  (see-boo.lwahk'  lah-lah'- 
key ),  nat.;  island  2  by  1  m.,  largest  of  Gigantes 
Is.,  12  m.  E.  of  Bulacaue  Pt.,  Panay. 

SIBtlNOG  (see-boo'-nohg),nat.;  hamlet  in  pueblo 
of  San  Fernando,  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur), 
Luzon. 

point  on  SW.  coast  of  Ambos  Camarines 

(Sur),  Luzon,  lat.  13°  27'  10"  N. 

SIBUTU  (see-boo'- too),  ver.;  island  of  Tawi  Tawi 
grp.,  Sulu  A.,  lat.  4°  54' 40"  N.  (North  Pt.), 
Ion.  119°  29'  E.;  18^  m.  long,  2i  m.  wide,  area 
36  sq.  m.;  in  sea  channel  between  SW.  ex- 
treme of  Tawi  Tawi  grp.  of  Sulu  A.  on  E.  and 
Borneo  on  W.;  separated  from  Sulu  A.  by  Si- 
butu  Passage  and  is  9i  m.  without  W.  line  of 
demarcation  under  treaty  with  Spain.  In  ar- 
rangement of  boundaries  during  Paris  nego- 
tiations, extreme  SW.  angle  having  been 
placed  at  lat.  4°  45'  N.,  Ion.  119°  35'  E..  it  was 
subsequently  discovered  that  this  island  part 
of  Philippine  possessions  of  Spain  ceded  to 
United  States  was  not  included  -vvitMn  limit. 


830 


GAZETTEEE    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


SIBUTU— Continued. 

In  consequence  of  the  omission  a  convention 
supplementarv  to  treaty  of  peace  and  cession 
with  Spain  December  10, 1898,  was  concluded 
November  7,  1900,  and  proclaimed  March  23, 
1901,  granting  to  Spain  gratuity  of  5100,000  in 
consideration  of  correction  of  oversight.  Is- 
land of  dish  shape,  is  flat  and  wooded,  with 
village  on  its  SE.  shore,  12  m.  SW.  by  W.  of 
Manuk  I.,  nearest  land  of  Tawi  Tawi  grp. 
within  treatv  limits;  nearest  land  of  Borneo 
is  from  North  Pt.  to  Labian  Pt.,  12  m.  NW. 
across  Alice  channel.  Darvel  Bay,  Borneo, 
lies  58  m.  W.  Island  has  transient  popula- 
tion of  Sulu  and  Moro  fishermen.  No  agri- 
culture, although  soil  is  admirably  adapted 
to  cultivation  of  rice  and  tropical  products. 
(See  Cagayan  Sulu  grp.) 

point 600  ft.  high,  on  NE.  shore  of  Sibutu  I., 

22  m.  W.  across  Sibutu  Passage  from  Manuk, 
SW.  extreme  of  Sulu  A. 

passage  21  m.  wide,  between  SW.  extreme 

of  Tawi  Tawi  grp.  and  Sibutu  I.,  entering 
from  Celebes  Sea  on  SE.;  passage  unites  with 
Alice  channel  between  Sibutu  I.  and  E. 
peninsula  of  Borneo,  thence  entering  Sulu 
Sea. 

SIBUYXn  (see-boo-yahn'),  ver.;  mountain  in  S. 
central  Leyte,  9  m.  NE.  of  Albuera,  on  SW. 
coast. 

one  of  E.  islands  of  Romblon  grp.,  7  m.  SE. 

of  Rombl6n  I.,  and  39  m.  W.  of  Ma-sbate  I.; 
area  19  m.  from  SE.  to  NW.;  island  mountain- 
ous, with  Mt.  SibuyAn  conspicuous  in  center; 
has  several  harbors  on  coasts.  Important 
gold-bearing  gravels  exist  on  island. 

mountain  in  Sibuy^n  I.,  Rombl6n  grp., 

Visayas.     (Also  Guitiriguitin.) 

town  in  Romblon  I.,  Visayas. 

mountain  in  W.  Mindanao. 

passage  between  islands  of  Sibuyto  and 

Masbate,  in  Visayan  Sea. 

SIt'ABA  (see-cah'-bah) ,  ver.;  town,  point,  and 
river,  latter  emptying  into  sea  in  extreme  N. 
part  of  Negros  Occidental,  29  m.  N.  of  Ba- 
colod. 

SICAO  (see-cow'),  Tag.;  mountain  in  pueblo  of 
Angat,  Bulacdn,  Luzon. 

SICAPA  (see-cah-pah'),  nat.;  point  on  N.  coast  of 
Misamis,  Mindanao,  lat.  8°  56'  40"  N. 

SICATAC  (see-cah-yack') ,  ver.;  point  at  S.  side  of 
opening  of  Dapitan  Bay,  on  NW.  shore  of  Mi- 
samis, Mindanao. 

SICOGON  (.see-coh'-gohn),ver.;  channel! m.  wide 
between  Sicogon  and  Calagnan,  40  to  70  ft. 
deep,  clear  and  safe  and  used  by  vessels  from 
N.,  making  for  Iloilo  Strait,  Panay. 

island  2^  by  2  m.,  6  m.  off  NE.  coast  of  Con- 

cepci6n,  Iloilo,  Panay,  and  nearly  1  m.  SE.  of 
Calagnan. 

river  entering  Sulu  Sea,  on  W.  coast  of 

Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  between  point  of  that 
name  and  Dulunguln  Pt.,  2  m.  S.  of  latter. 

rocky  point  on  N.  head  of  Panabutan  Bay, 

W.  coast  of  Zamboanga  Pen.,  Mindanao.  In 
NE.  angle  of  Panabutan  Bay  to  S.  of  point  is 
anchorage  between  2  rocky  points.  Natives 
are  numeroas  in  vicinity,  grow  maize  and 
tobacco,  and  carry  on  extensive  trade  with 
Sulu  Is. 

bay  between  Dulunguin  and  Sicogon  Rs., 

Zamboanga  Pen.,  Mindanao.  Rocky  near 
shore  and  receives  Sicogon  and  Siraguai  Rivs. 

SICOPO.N  (see-coh'-pohn),nat.;  river  of  Negros 
Oriental,  emptying  into  sea  at  Bayauan,  SW. 
coast. 

SICOT  (see-cohf),  ver.;  point  at  entrance  to 
Culasian  Bav,  W.  coast  of  S.  Palawan.  (See 
Jervois  Pt.) 

SIDAXGDANO  (see-dahng-dahng'),  nat.;  hill  on 
E.  shore  Culasian  roadstead  and  landmark 
of  approach,  SW.  coast  Palawan. 


SIDEA  (see-day'-ah),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Abra,  Lu- 
zon, on  1.  bank  of  Abra  Riv.,  4  m.  SW.  of  Ban- 
gued. 

SlEP-BLUT(see-ayp-bloot'),  ver.;  point  in  S.Min- 
danao. 

SIEKBA  BULLONES  (see-ay'-rrah  boo-lyoh'- 
nays) ,  Sp.;  pueblo  in  SE.  central  Bohol,  34  m. 
NE.  of  Tagbilaran.    Pop.  2,119. 

SIEUBA  I'AMTO  (see-ay'-rrah  cah-nee'-toh),  Sp.; 
elevation  joining  Llanura  de  Cabambanan  on 
E. and  Llanura  de  Cabadiaitigan  on  NE.,in 
SW.  Negros  Occidental.  (See  Llanura  de 
Tablas.) 

SIEBBA  DE  COLAS  (see-ay'-rrah  day  coh-lahs'). 
Sp.;  range  of  elevations  extending  SE.  from 
Labo  Mt.,  along  short  stretch  of  boundary 
between  Ambos  Camarines  (Norte  and  Sur) 
Luz6n,  and  divides  waters  flowing  E.  into  San 
Miguel  Bay  and  W.  into  Ragay  Bay. 

SIEBBA  }IADBE  (see-ay'-rrah  mah'-dray),  Sp.; 
second  important  range  of  Luz6n,  beginning 
at  Caraballo  de  Baler,  SE.  from  Caraballo 
Sur,  and  extending  in  general  direction  NE.; 
forms  continuous  chain  of  mountains  from 
Caraballo  de  Baler  to  Cape  Engano,  NE.  point 
of  island,  crossing  Principe  and  provinces  of 
Isabela  and  Cagayin.  Length  is  somewhat 
greater  than  of  Caraballos  Occidentales. 
Smaller  branch  extends  to  Palanan  Bay. 
From  Caraballo  Sur  and  from  regions  be- 
tween Caraballos  Occidentales  and  Sierra 
Madre  springs  another  branch,  called  Mam- 
par^n,  which,  running  toward  N.,  extends  to 
province  of  Nueva  Vizcaya.  Branches  of  this 
mountain  range  extend  to  r.  from  point  of 
deviation  from  2  main  ranges,  while  farther 
S.  several  branches  of  Carabajlo  de  Baler 
extend  into  province  of  Nueva  Ecija. 

SIETE  PECADOS  (see-ay'-tay  pay-cah'-dohs),  Sp.; 
cluster  of  rocks  in  mid-channel  at  E.  entrance 
to  Iloilo  Strait,  off  N.  of  Guimaras  I.  Highest, 
from  which  light  is  exhibited,  is  25  ft.  above 
sea,  and  all  are  steep-to.  Marquis  de  Victoria 
struck  one  of  them  forming  pinnacle,  with 
deep  water  all  around  and  270  ft.  from  NW. 
islet  of  group.  From  this  point  to  port  of 
Iloilo  course  is  clear. 

SIGA  (.see-gah'),  nat.;  tributary  of  Tubay  Riv.  in 
Surigao,  Mindanao,  rising  in  Urdaneta  Mt., 
6,214  ft.  high,  and  forms  lake  1  m.  in  diame- 
ter, through  which  main  stream  flows. 

SIG.'(BOY(see-gah'-boy);  inshore  island,  area  4sq. 
m.,  off  E.  shore  of  DAvao  Gulf,  DSvao,  Min- 
danao, separated  from  main  coast  by  narrow 
channel  covered  with  low  woods  and  man- 
groves. White  and  red  poon,  very  hard  and 
dry  wood,  grows  abundantly  on  island  and 
in'earlier  days  of  navigation  was  frequently 
cut  and  used  in  furnaces  on  steamers. 

mountain  in  SE.  Mindanao. 

pueblo  on  E.  shore  of  Divao  Gulf,  Ddvao, 

Mindanao,  lOi  m.  SE.  of  DAvao.  Pop.,  1,900. 
Road  from  village  to  Pujada  Bay,  8i  m.  dis- 
tant, on  E.  coast  of  this  peninsula  of  Minda- 
nao. Throughout  region  wild  cattle  are 
plentiful.    Sheltered  anchorage  ofi  village. 

SIGALO,  or  SI>'GALO  (see-gah'-law,  seen-gah'- 
law),  nat.;  village  on  Baiabac  I.,  oS  extreme 
SW.  point  of  Palawan. 

SIGABAG  (see-gah-rahg'),ver.;  mountain  13  m. 
inland,  S.  of  Catarman,  on  N.  coast  of  SAmar. 

SIGAT  (see-gahf) ,  ver.;  bold  point  on  NE.  coast  of 
CApiz,  Panay,  midway  between  Ibajay  (W.) 
and  Tangalan,  7  m.  Between  Sigat,  2i  m.  E. 
by  S.  of  Ibajay  Pt.,  and  Agpa  Pt.,  2i  m.  farther 
on,  is  small  bay  fronted  by  Pontud  bank. 

SIGATiX,  or  LOOOLOCO  (sec-gah-yahn',  loh- 
coh-loh'-coh),  nat.;  extreme  SE.  point  of  Ba- 
tangas,  Luzon,  and  sea  end  of  coast  Sierras 
behind  Punas  Pt.  River  of  same  name  emp- 
ties 4  m.  distant.  Shore  steep.  Coloconto 
bay  enters  to  N. 


GAZE'lTEEK    OF    THE    I'HlLlPriNE    IHLANDS. 


8a  1 


MIXT).4NAO  I. 

SIBUE©  SAT 

CAPTAIN  CLAUIMO  MO.MERO.  Sfi^ui,N„iy 
18G2 

0\,-S,    I  4-  U.-H  7-if  5"N     Lour,  12.:".1  a'E 


832 


GAZETTEER   OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


SIGAYXN,  or  LOCOLOCO;  point  on  S.  side  of  en- 
trance to  small  bay  of  that  name,  NE.  shore  of 
Illana  Bay,  Cotabato,  Mindanao.  Mt.  Som- 
brero, 5,200  ft.  high,  overlooks  bay. 

bay  on  N.  shore  of  Illana  Bay,  Cotabato, 

Mindanao,  forming  between  Semaruga  and 
SigayAn  Pts. 

SIGAYABAN  (see-gah-yah'-rahn),  ver.;  island  be- 
longing to  Tikala  cluster,  off  W.  shore  of  Illana 
Bay,  S.  coast  of  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

SIGBUYE  (sig-boo'-yay),  ver.;  one  of  highest 
islands  about  center  of  Sigbuye  Passage,  7  m. 
NE.  of  Tawi  Tawi  I.,  Tawi  Tawi  grp.,  Sulu 
A.  Rises  to  central  cone  778  ft.  high  and  is 
important  mid-channel  landmark  for  navi- 
gators following  this  passage  between  Celebes 
and  Sulu  seas.  Thickly  wooded  to  summit 
and  lies  SW.  by  S.  from  Cacataan. 

passage  among  numerous  islands  between 

Tapul  and  Tawi  Tawi  grps.,  in  SW.  extreme 
of  Sulu  A.,  connecting  Celebes  and  Sulu  seas. 

SIGLAO  (see-glah'-oh),  ver.;  point  in  Buad  I.,  W. 
of  S&mar. 

SIGMA  (seeg'-mah),  Sp.;  pueblo  of  N.  CApiz, 
Panay,4  m.  inland  from  Camansi  Bay,  15  m. 
SW.  of  Cfipiz.    Pop.,  1,660. 

SIGNAL,  for.;  islet  E.  of  S.  end  of  Maytiaguid  I., 
off  E.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan.  (See  Verde 
I.) 

SIGTOCAT,  or  SOGUITAY  (.seeg-taw-ky',  soh-gee- 
tie'),  ver.;  island  off  E.  coast  of  Mindoro,  lat. 
12°  22'  40"  N. 

SIHA  (.see'-hah),  ver.;  hamlet  5^  m.  WSW.  of  Bo- 
roiigan,  on  r.  bank  of  river  emptying  into  sea 
on  E.  coast  of  SAmar. 

SIHAN  (see-hahn'),  ver.;  point  in  Ambos  Cama- 
rines  (Norte),  Luzon. 

SIIL  (see-ill'),  nat.;  hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Siaton, 
Negros  Oriental,  on  S.  coast. 

SILi  (see-lah'),  nat.;  point  at  extreme  SE.  ex- 
tremity of  NE.  projection  of  Simar  into  Pa- 
cific Ocean. 

town  in  NW.  Leyte. 

SILACAI  (see-lah-ky'),  ver.:  point  nearGuay  Pt., 
SE.  coast  of  Ddvao,  Mindanao. 

SILAD  (see-lahd'),  nat.;  hamlet  on  SE.  shore  of 
bay  on  W.  coast  of  Leyte,  1  m.  N.  of  Villaba. 

SILAGA  (see-lah-gah'),  nat.;  river  of  S4mar  emp- 
tying on  W.  coast. 

SlLAGFl  (see-lah'-gee),  nat.;  point  on  SE.  shore 
of  Olutanga  I. ,  off  S.  coast  of  Zamboanga,  Min- 
danao. 

SILACriN  (see-lah'-geen).  Tag.;  prominent  point 
on  NW.  shore  of  Taal  Bay,  Batangas,  Luzon. 

SILAMBAN  (see-lahm-bahn'),  nat.;  river  of  Para- 
gua, Palawan,  rising  in  central  Cordillera  and 
emptying  on  E,  coast  about  lat.  10°  36'  30"  N. 

S1LAM;AP6    (see-lahn-cah-poh').  Tag.;  point  12 

m.  from  Laguimanoc,  Tayabas,  Luz6n,  5  m. 

WNW.  of  Mabio  Pt. 
SILANG  (see-lahng').  Tag.;  to^vn  on  SE.  shore  of 

Alabatl.,  Tayabas,  Luzon. 
point  at  S.  entrance  to  bay  on  W.  coast  of 

Tayabas,  Luzon. 
pueblo  at  crossing  of  2  main  roads  in  Ca- 

vite,  Luzon,  19  m.  S.  of  Cavite.    Pop.,  7,411. 
SILAKGA  (see-lahn'-gah),  nat.:  extreme  W.  point 

of  Sulu  1.,  Sulu  grp.,  Sulu  A.;  headland  of 

entrance  to  Bay  of  Sulu,  4i  m.  S.  of  Pugut  Pt. 
river  in  SW.  S^mar,  emptying  into  San 

Juanico  Strait  between  S4mar  and  Leyte. 
hamlet  on  W.  shore  of  Sdmar,  5  m.  NW.  of 

Catbalogan. 
bay  on    E.    coast  of   Paragua,   Palawan, 

formed  by  SW.  side  of  Maytiaguid  I.  and 

coast,  2  m.   wide  and  nearly  same  length. 

Settlement  is  on  NW.  side  and  peak  1,700  ft. 

high  over  it. 
3  islands  off  entrance  to  Silanga  Bay,  E. 

coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 


SILANGA;  peak  1,700  ft.  high,  on  SW.  shore  of 
Silanga  Bay,  E.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 
Hamlet  of  that  name  is  at  its  foot. 

hamlet  12  m.  N.  by  E.  of  Taytay,  com- 
prising stockade  and  few  houses  built  upon 
small  isthmus  head,  on  W.  side  of  Silanga 
Bay,  at  foot  of  Silanga  Peak,  1,700  ft.  high,  E. 
coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

point  on  W.  shore  of  Mi-samis  port,  Misa- 

mis,  Mindanao,  6^  m.  SW.  of  Misamis. 

SILAXGADO  (see-lahn-gah'-doh),  Hisp.;  island  1 
m.  NW.  to  SE.,  off  NE.  coast  of  Busuanga  I., 
Calamianes  grp.,  between  Paragua,  Palawan, 
and  Mindoro,  in  the  bay  of  Minanga,  3i  m. 
NW.  of  Aonon  Pt. 

SILAN6aN  (see-lahng'-ahn)  (the  Orient),  Tag.; 
point  in  Marinduque,  off  SW.  coa.st  Tayabas, 
Luzon. 

important  point  to  navigators  on  SW.  shore 

of  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A.,  2  m.  N.  of  Bunga  Pt. 

SILANGHIN  (see-lahng-heen').  Tag.;  point  on  S. 
coast  of  Bataan,  Luzon,  on  1.  of  entrance  to 
port  of  Mariveles. 

SILANGUIN  (.see-lahn'-geen),  ver.;  port  and  point 
8  m.  S.  of  Capones  Pt.,  backed  by  high  range 
of  mountains;  i  m.  wide,  2  m.  inland,  afford- 
ing fair  shelter  formed  by  island  of  same 
name  off  coast  of  Zambales,  Luzon,  2J  m.  NW. 
of  Sampaloc  Pt.,  W.  head  to  Subic  Bay. 

island  |  m.  N.  and  S.  and  1  m.  E.  and  W., 

on  S.  side  of  port  of  same  name,  off  SW.  coast 
of  Zambales,  Luzon. 

•  point  on  NW.  shore  of  island  of  same  name 

and  S.  head  to  port  of  same  name,  SW.  coast 
of  Zambales,  Luz6n. 

SILAO  (see'-lah-oh).  Tag.;  mountain  in  Bulacftn, 
Luzon. 

SILAQl'I  (see-lah-key'),  nat.;  most  N.  of  islands 
on  S.  side  of  entrance  to  Lingayen  Gulf,  in 
Zambales,  Lu26n.    Los  Frailes  Is.  bear  SW.     . 

SILAS  (see'-lahs);  peak  in  Caraballo  Sur,  in  Bu- 
lac&n,  Luzon. 

SILAT  (see-lahf),  nat.;  islet,  most  S.  of  Cuyos 
grp.,  Mindoro  Sea,  %  m.  SSVV.  of  Cuyo. 

islet  off  SE.  coast  of  Mindoro,  near  Burun- 

can  Pt.  Passage  between  it  and  coast  clear 
and  deep. 

SILAY  (see-lie'),  nat.;  pueblo  of  Negros  Occi- 
dental, on  E.  shore  of  Guimar^is  Strait,  9  m. 
N.  of  Bac61od  and  26  m.  NE.  of  Hollo,  Panay. 
Pop.,  14,537. 

SILAY,  or  MALAPiBANG  (see-lie',  mah-lah-pah'- 
rahng),  nat.;  mountain  at  N.  end  of  central 
range  of  Negros  Occidental,  17  m.  S.  of  Sicaba 
on  N.,  20  m.  E.  of  Bacolod,  and  23  m.  W.  of 
Escalante. 

SILDOL  (seel-dohl'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  coast  road 
in  Zambales,  Luzon,  15  m.  S.  of  Iba. 

SILIK  (see-lick') ,  nat.;  creek  emptying  on  r.  bank 
of  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  Cotabato,  Min- 
danao, at  Tambilaban. 

SILINSaN  (see-ling'-ahn),  nat.;  mountain  in 
transverse  range  on  NW.  borders  of  peninsula 
of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  also  forming 
boundary  between  it  and  Dapitan  on  SW. 
Overlooks  N.  shore  of  Sibuguey  Bay. 

SILINO  (see-lee'-noh),  ver.;  i.sland  9  m.  N.  by  E. 
i  E.  from  Pt.  Tagolo  on  extreme  NW.  point 
of  Misamis,  Mindanao;  11  m.  in  extent,  low, 
flat,  and  wooded. 

SILIPIL  (see-lee'-peel),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Lepanto, 
Luz6n.    Pop.,  633. 

SILIP(3n  (see-lee-pohn'),  ver.;  town  on  river 
emptying  into  Macajalar  Bay  at  Tagaloan, 
27  m.  above  that  point,  25  m.  SE.  by  S.  of  Ca- 
gay&n  de  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

SILLA  (see'-lyah),  Sp.;  point  at  W.  headland  to 
Murcielagos  Bay,  Dapitan,  Mindanao;  of 
considerable  heightand  remarkable  as  taking 
shape  of  a  saddle;  one  of  main  headlands  on 
N.  coastof  Mindanao  toward  Tagolo  Pt., where 
coast  begins  SW.  trend. 

SILLA;  mountain  1,010  ft.  high  on  NW.  shore 
Murcielagos  Bay,  Dapitan,  Mindanao. 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


833 


SILO  (see'-loh),  nat.:  town  in  Misamis,  Minda- 
nao, on  r.  bank  of  important  river  emptying 
into  Macajalar  Bay  and  12i  m.  E.  by  S.  of 
Cagayftn  de  Misamis. 

SILO  (illlSGlIIS  (see'-loh  gees-gees'),  ver.;  town 
on  NW.  shore  of  Tayabas  Bay,  NW.  coast  of 
Tayabas,  Luzon,  on  1.  of  mouth  of  united 
waters  of  Malabag  and  Lagnas  Rivs.,  6  m. 
NW.  of  boundary  of  Tayabas  with  Batangas. 

SILOXAY  (.see-loh-ni'),  ver.;  isletof  chisterof  that 
name,  1  ra.  long,  lying  i  m.  off  tnid  ]  m.  NE.  by 
E.of  Pt.  Calapto,  penins\ilii  \i|Hin  wliich  lies 
CalapAn,  capital  of  Mindorci,  mid  i;  m.  NE. 
and  on  extreme  NE.  coa^t  <if  islands.  Small 
islet  of  .same  name,  1  m.  ESE.  of  Pt.  CalapAn,  is 
of  sugar-loaf  shape  surrounded  by  rocks. 

cluster  of  islets,  Silonay  (big and  little)  and 

Anaganahao  being  named,  1  m.  E.,  off  shore 
between  CalapAn  and  Anaganahao  Pts.,  NE. 
coast  of  Mindoro.  Between  islets  passage  is 
2,160  ft.  wide  and  from  30  to  120  ft.  deep. 

SILOX(JOS  (see-lohn'-gohs),  ver.;  islands  off 
coast  of  Palawan. 

SILSITOAN  (seel-see-toh'-ahn),  ver.;  island  W.  of 
Bohol,  Visayas. 

SILl'ISAN  (see-loo'-bahn),  ver.;  river  in  Negros. 

SILUMASAN  (see-loo-mah'-.sahn);  i.sletW.by  N.of 
Lapun  Lapun,  off- N.  shore  of  CagayAn  Sulu, 
Sulu  A. 

SILUPA  (see-loo'-pah),  nat.;  point  on  NW.  shore 
of  Dumanquilas  Bay,  S.  coast  of  Zamboanga, 
Mindanao. 

• hamlet  on  estuary  on  W.  shore  of  Duman- 
quilas Bay,  Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  90  m.  NE. 
of  Zamboanga;  ESE.  lies  Dayana  I. 

SIMAGUP  (see-mah-goop'),  ver.;  village  on  SE. 
shore  of  Sepangow  Bay,  SW.  coast  of  S.  Pa- 
lawan. 

• bay  on  N.  side  of  Cape  Siacle,  SW.  Pala- 
wan. 

S13IALA  (see-mah'-lah),  ver.;  point  in  Cebii. 

SIMALliC  (.see-mah-Iook'),  ver.:  island,  larger  of 
2  adjoining,  127  ft.  high,  7  m.  N.  of  Tawi 
Tawi  I.,  Tawi  Tawi  grp.,  Sulu  A.;  E.  point 
lies  4  m.  NW.  of  Tambagaan.  Horseshoe 
shaped,  indentation  being  filled  with  numer- 
ous Lslets.  Island  is  not  permanently  inhab- 
ited, but  resorted  to  in  large  numbers  by 
natives  on  account  of  fishing. 

SIMALUC,  or  TATAAN  (see-mah-look',  tah-tah'- 
ahn),  ver.;  chain  of  islets  fronting  central 
part  of  NW.  shore  of  Tawi  Tawi  I.  {SeeTa.- 
taan  I. )  2  Simaluc  Is.  are  most  E.  of  Tawi 
Tawi  grp.,  Sulu  A.;  lie  close  together,  very 
narrow,  and  covered  by  mangroves  and  high 
trees,  visible  12  m.  off.     {See  Cibankanan. ) 

SIMANAHAN  (.see-mah-nah'-hahn),  nat.;  S.  fair- 
way along  S.  line  of  demarcation  United 
States  possessions  in  strait  of  Bal4bac,  among 
reefs;  used  by  vessels  between  China  and  Sulu 
seas,  between  Baldbac  grp.  and  S.  point  of 
Palawan. 

SIMANALfi  (see-mah-nah-lay'),  ver.;  anchorage 
on  Tawi  Tawi  I.  shore  of  narrow  channel 
which  separates  that  island  from  SangA 
Sangft  on  W.,  Sulu  A. 

SIMAM'AS  (see-mahn'-cahs),  Sp.;  town  of  Ne- 
gros Occidental.     (See  La  Carlota.) 

SDIAlS(]il'L(seemahn-goor),  ver.;  pointonN.  ex- 
tremity of  Olutanga  I.,  on  E.  side  of  entrance 
to  Sibuguey  Bay,  S.  shore  of  Zamboanga, 
Mindanao. 

SlMARA(.see-mah'-rah),ver.;  Island,  5  by  2  m  ,  8 
m.  N.  off  nearest  point  of  Tablas  1. ,  Romblon 
grp.,  Visayas,  in  open  sea  channel  between 
Burias  and  Masbate  Is.  on  E.  and  Mindoro,  38 
m.  W.;  870  ft.  elevation,  flat-topped,  well  cul- 
tivated, and  can  be  approached  with  safely 
On  SW.  shore  is  village,  Corcuera,  with  church 
g  and  fort. 

SIMAtK  (.see-mah-ook'),  nat.,  point  and  creek  on 
S.  shore  of  Lapac  I  ,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 


SIMBAGIjAN  (seem-bah-goo'-ahn),ver.;  hamletin 
W.  Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  28  m.  N.  of  Zam- 
boanga. 

S1MB6,  or  MALAZIMBO  (seem-boh',  mah-lah- 
theem-boh'),  nat.;  island  in  inlet  SE.  of  Pure 
I.,  S.  shore  of  Sorsog6n  port,  Sorsog6n,  Luzon. 

SIMILA  (see-mee'-lah),  ver.;  river  rising  in  Mt. 
Apo,  of  Cordillera  Central,  Cebu,  and  empty- 
ing into  sea  1  .^  m.  S.  of  Sibonga. 

SIMILON  (see-mce-lohn'),  ver.;  island  N.  of  Min- 
danao, 3|  m.  E.  of  N.  extremity  of  Gipdo,  and 
5i  m.  N.  of  Pt.  Bilaa. 

SIMILllllV  (.see-mee-loo'-een).  nat.;  island  off  E. 
coastof  Cebii,  lat.  9°  31'  N. 

SIMINANGON  (see-mee-nahng'-ohn) ,  ver.; hamlet 
at  point  of  small  peninsula  between  Malam- 
paya  Bay  and  Catugba  port  to  NE.,  on  W. 
coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

SIMISA  (see-mee'-sah),  ver.;  island  34  m.  E.  to  W., 
extreme  SW.  island  of  Balanguingui  grp.,  6  m. 
SW.  of  Balanguingui  I.,  Sulu  A. 

SIMMILONG  (seem-mee'-long),  ver.;  mountain  in 
pueblo  of  Bangui,  NE.  part  of  Ilocos  Norte, 
Luzon. 

SIMOE  (see-moh'-ay),  ver.;  stream  emptying  into 
San  Miguel  Bay,  E.  shore,  in  Ambos  Cama- 
rines  (Sur),  Luzon. 

SIMOGA,  or  CABACUAN  (.see-moh'-gah,  cah-bah'- 
kwan),  ver.;  SW.  point  at  extreme  NW.  end 
of  SAmar  I.,  in.side  NE.  entrance  to  San  Ber- 
nardino Strait. 

SIMOL  (see-mohl'),  ver.;  river  rising  in  E.  slopes 
of  Sierra  Madre  and  flowing  into  bay  of  San 
Miguel,  Ambos  Camarines,  Luzon. 

SIMOLO  (see-moh'-loh),  ver.;  river  entering  S. 
shore  of  Butiian  Bay,  W.  of  mouth  of  river  of 
that  name,  on  N.  coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao. 

SIMONOC  (see-moh-nock'),  nat.;  horseshoe- 
shaped  island,  6  m.  between  points,  12  sq.  m., 
141  ft.  high,  in  SW.  part  of  Tawi  Tawi  grp., 
Sulu  A.,  19i  ra.  SW.  by  S.  of  Tat^n.  Shallow 
lagoon  in  middle  of  island  in  which  native 
prahus  take  refuge  in  time  of  danger.  Several 
large  villages,  thickly  populated.  Island  is 
13  m.  NE.  of  extreme  SW.  angle  of  boundary 
of  United  States  possessions  in  Asia. 

point  NW.  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

river  entering  sea  SE.  of  point  of  that  name, 

NW.  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

SIMUAL  (see-mwahl') ,  nat.;  hamlet  on  E.  shore 
of  Illana  Bav,  in  Cotabato,  Mindanao,  7  m. 
N.  by  W.  of  Cotabato. 

creek  and  town  on  r.  bank,  on  W.  shore  of 

Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

SIMtiAM  (see-moo'-ahm),  nat.;  village  SW.  of 
Pagagpac,  on  SE.  shore  of  Lapac  I.,  Tapul 
grp.,  Sulu  A.  Rajamuda  Creek,  watering 
place  for  vessels,  enters  to  SW. 

SIMIIlAO  (see-moo'-lah-oh),  ver.;  river  in  Min- 
danao. 

SIMUTU  (see-moo'-too),  nat.;  village,  E.  .shore 
Siasil.,  Sulu  A. 

point  at  village  of  same  name,  Siasi  I.,  Ta- 
pul grp.,  Sulu  A. 

SINABU  (see-nah'-boo),  ver.;  riveron  NE.  coastof 
Mindoro.  entering  sea  6  m.  ESE.  of  CalapAn. 

SINAGASAAN  (see-nah-gah-sah'-ahn),  nat.;  tribu- 
tary of  Glubang  Riv.,  Negros  Occidental,  NE. 
coast 

SINAGBLAN  (.see-nahg-bwahn'),  nat.;  2  islands 
on  W.  side  of  Tambiluanga  channel  at  S  en- 
trance to  narrovv  pa.ssage  between  Paruk  1. 
on  N.  and  Tandubato  I  on  S..  off  NE.  coast 
of  Tawi  Tawi  I.,  Sulu  A 

SliNAGSAtAN  (see-nang  sah' cahn),  nat.;  moun- 
tain 1,148  ft  high,  in  NE,  Ca,piz,  Panay,  near 
Concepcion   Iioilo  boundary  6  m  S  of  Pilar 

SIXAIT  (see-nah'  eet),  ver  .  pueblo  of  Ilocos  Sur, 
Luz6n,  near  boundary  with  Ilocos  Norte  and 
on  coast  highway,  22  m.  N  of  Vigan  Pop.. 
7,936 

S1NALA.>G  (seenah  lahng'),  nat.;  river  in  pueblo 
of  Bangued  ADra,  Luz6n, 


S.  Doc.  280- 


-53 


834 


GAZETTEER   OF    THE    PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 


SIMLIYAO  (see-nah-lah'-yah-oh),  ver.;  moun- 
tain in  extreme  NE.  part  of  Misamis,  Minda- 
nao, near  boundary  with  Surigao,  28  m.  SW. 
of  Buti'ian. 

SINALIX  (see-nah'-leen).  Tag.:  hamlet  in  Cavite, 
Luz6n,  -22  m.  SW.  of  Cavite. 

SINALIO  (see-nah'-lyoh),  Tag.:  river  of  Cavite, 
Luz6n,  rising  in  Cordilleras  which  separate 
Cavite  from  Batangas,  flows  N\V.  and  unites 
with  Caititingan. 

SINARAliiAA'  (see-nah-rah'-gahn).  ver.:  river  ris- 
ing in  Nagsucubang  Mt.  in  SW.  Antique,  Pa- 
nay,  emptying  into  sea  1  m.  X.  of  Caduadula 
Pt.,  on  S.  coast. 

SI>ABAYAX.  or  WASHIXGTOX  (.see-nah-rah'- 
yahn),  nat.:  point  on  W.  side  Culasian  road- 
stead, SW.  coast  of  Palawan. 

SIXXlAT  (see-nah'-wat),  ver.:  lake  in  Minda- 
nao. 

SIXAT  (see-nigh'),  Tag.:  point  and  village  in  Ba- 
ta4n,  Luzon. 

SIACAB  (seen-ear'),  ver.:  point  and  inlet  on  S. 
coast  of  Dfivao,  Mindanao. 

SIXDAX  (seen-dahn'),  ver.;  town  in  SW.  Leyte. 

SINDAXDAN  (seen-dahn-dahn'),  ver.;  point  in 
NW.  Mindanao. 

SI>"DAX6a>'  (seen-dahng'-ahn);  town  at  mouth 
of  important  river  on  NE.  shore  of  bay  of 
same  name,  W.  coa.st  of  Dapitan,  Mindanao. 

bay  opening  to  Sulu  Sea  between  Dauigan 

and  Sindari|:an  Pts.,  34  m., W.  coastof  Dapitan, 
Mindanao.  Shores  are  exceedingly  steep, 
with  anchorage  S.  of  Dauigan  and  E.  of  Sin- 
darigan  Pts.  close  to  shore,  elsewhere  being 
too  deep. 

point  on  steep,  rocky  bluflf  forming  S.  head- 
land of  bay  of  that  name,  W.  coast  of  Dapitan, 
Mindanao. 

SIXDOL  (seen-doll'),  ver.;  town  in  Zamboanga, 
Mindanao. 

SIXtJAAX  (seen-gah'-ahn),  ver.;  islet  off  extreme 
S.  point  of  Damma  I.,  of  Laparan  cluster, 
Tawi  Tawi  grp..  Sulu  A. 

SIMtABI'AN  (seen-gah-bwahn'),ver.:  islet  in  No- 
chebuena  channel,  E.  of  Tawi  Tawi  I.,  Tawi 
Tawi  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

SIXGAL  (seen-gahl'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  1.  bank  of 
a  tributarv  of  the  Bac-hao  Barigahon  Riv.,  in 
NW.  Samar. 

SISGAXAG  (seen-gah-nahg'),ver.;  mountain  in  N. 
S4mar. 

SIXfetfAX  (seeng-oo'-ahn),  nat.;  fresh-water  lake 
about  J  m.  in  diameter,  39  fms.  (234  ft.)  deep, 
on  S.  shore  of  Cagayin  Sulu;  Sulu  .sea  sep- 
rated  from  Lake  Ernestine  on  E.  by  barrier 
less  than  200  yds..  and  on  W.  from  Lake  Jiwata 
by  natural  wall  of  less  than  50  yds. 

SIXIARATAX  (see-nyah-rah'-yahn),  ver.;  moun- 
tain in  extreme  S.  Antique,  Panay,  5  m.  NE. 
of  Anini-y. 

SIXILOAX  (see-nee-loh'-ahn).  Tag.:  pueblo  in 
Laguna,  Luz6n,  15  m.  by  road  NNE.  of  Santa 
Cruz.     Pop.,  5,659. 

SIXIPAl  DAfO  (see-nee-pie'  dah-coh'),  nat.; 
island  with  central  cone  on  W.  side  of  Murci6- 
lagos  Bay,  Dapitan,  Mindanao. 

SIXIPAl  DlfXAI  (see-nee-pie'  dew'-tie),  nat.; 
island  SW.  of  Sinipai  Daco,  W.  side  of  Murcie- 
lagos  Bay,  Dapitan,  Mindanao. 

SIXLIAX  (seen-lee'-ahn),  ver.:  point  on  E.  shore 
of  Ragay  Gulf,  on  SW.  coastof  Albay,  Luz6n, 
N.  of  Patao,  near  boundary  with  Ambos 
Camarines  (Sur). 

SIXOBUGHAX  (see-noh-boog'-hahn),  nat.;  island 
m  E  entrance  to  Lagudn  channel,  off  NE. 
coast  of  Sdmar. 

SlXOtTix    (see-nawk-tahn')    nat.;    hamlet    in 

pueblo  of  Asingan.  Pangasindn.  Luz6n. 
SINOGA  (see-noh-gah'),  ver.:  point  in  Sdmar. 


SIXOLO  (see-naw'-law),  ver.;  river  in  Surigao, 
Mindanao,  rising  near  N.  coast,  empties  into 
sea. 

SlXCiXOG  (see-noh'-nohg),  nat.;  i.sland  3  m.  E.  of 
Saccal  (Sakol)  I.,  off  SE.  coast  of  Zamboanga, 
Mindanao. 

island  of  Tawi  Tawi  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

SIXTEXELA  (seen-tay-nay'-lah);  mountain  about 
center  of  pueblo  of  Bangui,  Ilocos  Norte, 
Luz6n. 

SIXTI  (seen-tee'),  nat.;  point  in  Buad  I.,  W.  of 
Sdmar. 

SlXTOGO(seen-toh'-goh),vei.,  river  in  Mindanao. 

SIXULOX  (see-noo-lawn'),  ver.;  group  of  islands 
off  coast  of  Cebii. 

SIXf  x6A0  (see-noong'-ah-oh),  nat.;  river  emp- 
tying on  S.  shore  of  Binanga  port,  on  SE. 
shore  of  Svibic  Bay,  SE.  coast  of  Zambales, 
Luz6n. 

Slot"  (see-ock'),  ver.;  inner  point  of  entrance  on 
SE.  shore  of  Dfivao  Gulf.  DAvao,  Mindanao. 

SIOCOX  (see-oh'-cohn),  ver.;  mountain  in  central 
Zamboanga.  Mindanao,  headwaters  of  river 
which  empties  into  sea  on  NW.  coast  at  Santa 
Maria. 

inlet  and  point  in  W.  Zamboanga,  Min- 
danao. 

SIOMTIAM  (see-ohm-tee-ahm'),  ver.;  river  of  Ba- 
tangas, Luzon,  rising  on  S.  side  of  Batulao 
Mt.,  flows  S.  and  empties  into  bay  of  Balaydn. 

SIPAC  (see-pack'),  ver.;  island  of  Balanguingui 
grp.,  Sulu  A. 

SIPACA  (see-pah'-cah) ,  ver.;  point  formed  bv 
conical  hill,  thinly  wooded,  with  watchtower 
on  W.  extreme  of  bight  between  it  and  Diuata 
Pt.,  N.  coast  of  Misamis,  Mindanao.  In  bay 
on  E.  side  of  point  is  anchorage  in  front  of 
mouths  of  2  rivers.  Canauagor  islet  lies  on 
W.  side  of  point.    Lapining  I.  fronts  it. 

SIPAIX  (see-pah'-inn),  nat,;  westernmost  of  Ta- 
taan  chain  of  islands,  2^  m.  SW.  by  S.  of 
Tanakta  and  ^  m.  from  coast  of  Tawi  Tawi  L, 
Sulu  A.,  separated  by  deep,  clear  channel. 

SIPAISAX  (see-pie'-sahn),  ver.:  island  off  NE. 
coast  of  Negros  Oriental,  lat.  10°  29'  30"  N. 

SIPAL(iX  (see-pah-lawu'),  ver.;  low  island  peak. 
4  m.  off  coast  of  Tayabas,  Luzon,  on  Ragay 
Gulf,  opposite  Capaluan  Pt. 

SIPALOY  (see-pah-loy'),  ver.;  bay,  hamlet,  and 
river  of  Negros  Occidental,  rising  in  several 
branches  in  Llanuras  de  Tablas  and  Caba- 
diaiigan,  in  SW.  part  of  Negros  Occidental; 
empties  into  sea  on  SW.  coast,  8  m.  S.  of  Ina- 
yauan. 

SIPAXBALAYAX  (see-pahn-bah-lah'-yahn).  nat.; 
affluent  of  Pampanga  Chico,  flowing  SW.  of 
pueblo  of  MabalAcat.  empties  into  ri^'er  of 
that  name,  Pampanga,  Luzon. 

SIPAXDIX  (see-pahn-deen'),  nat.:  village  on  E. 
shore  of  Siasi  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

SIPAXG  (see-pahng'),  ver.;  island  of  PangutArang 
grp.,  Sulu  A.,  SW.  waters,  6  m.  NE.  of  Datu 
Bato  I.,  extreme  E.  of  Laparan  grp. 

SIPAKAY  (see-pah-rj-e'),  ver.;  islet  of  Cuyos  grp., 
Mindoro  Sea,  14  m.  SE.  by  E.  of  Agutaya. 

SIPIAX  (see-pee'-ahn),  ver.;  town  near  S.  shore 
of  Camansi  Bav,  N.  coast  of  CApiz,  Panav,  12 
m.  SW.  of  CApiz.    Pop.,  4,863. 

SIPIXA  (see-pee'-nyah),  nat.;  islet  in  W.  part  of 
Murci^lagos  Bay,  Dapitan,  Mindanao. 

SIPIXKAL  (see-peen-cahl'),  nat.;  point  NW.  end 
Tora  I.,  oS  N.  coast  of  Siasi  I  ,  Tapul  grp., 
Sulu  A. 

SIPIT  (see'-pit),  nat.;  hamlet  in  puebloofMalinao, 
Albay,  Luz6n. 

SIPOCOT  (see-poh'-coht) ,  ver.;  pueblo  on  main 
road  in  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luzon,  on  1. 
bank  of  Polanluna  Riv.,  17  m.  NW.  of  Nueva 
CAceres.    Pop.,  1,066. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


835 


SIIMicOT:  mineral  spring  near  town  of  Sip6cot, 

Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luz6n. 
SIPl'AOC  (sce-pwah-ohk'),  nat.;  stream  entering 

sea  on  SE.  shore  of  Siasi  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 
peak  371  ft.  high,  on  r.  bank  of  stream  of 

same  name,  SE.  shore  Siasi  I.,   Tapul  grp., 

Sulu  A. 

■  village  on  E.  shore  Siftsi  I.,  Sulu  A. 

peak  871  ft.  high,  on  Siasi  I.,  Sulu  A.,  inland 

from  village  of  same  name. 
SlPi;<'AY  (see-poo-ky'),ver.;  hamlet  on  Refugio  I„ 

off  E.  coast  of  Negros  Oriental. 
SIPrN<>rT    (see-pooh-goot'),   nat.;     island    and 

channel  on  its  N.  shore,  near  junction  with 

Calaitan  channel  from  N.,  oft"  NE.  coast  of 

Tawi  Tawi  I.,  Sulu  A. 
channel  to  1.  of  Tawi  Tawi  I.,  Sulu  A.,  join- 
ing Camba  Camba  channel  and  practicable 

for  small  crafts  only. 
SIQl'IJOK   (see-key-hawr'),  ver.:   pueblo  on  S. 

shore  of  bight  formed  on  NW.  shore  of  Siqui- 

jor  I.,  SW.  of  Bohol,  35  m.  SW.  of  Tagbilaran. 

Pop.,  11,788. 

pueblo  in  Negros  Oriental. 

i.sland  12i  m.  from  N.  to  S.  and  17  m.  from 

E.  to  W.,  28  m.  SW.  acro.ss  sea  channel  from 

mainland  of  Bohol,  Vi.sayas,  19  m.  SW.  of 

Panglao  I.,  belonging  to  jurisdiction  of  Bohol; 

surface  moderately  high  and  greatly  broken, 

rising  to  central  peak,  Mt.  Cudtuugun,  NE., 

1,394  ft.  high;  productions  tobacco  of  very 

superior  quality,  rice,  maize,  Manila  hemp, 

and  cacao,  which  are  bartered  for  wax.    (See 

Bohol.) 
SIRAGUAI    (see-rah-gwi'),   ver.;    river  entering 

Panabutan  Bay,  W.  coast  of  Zamboanga  Pen., 

Mindanao. 
SIKAN  (see'-rahn) ,  nat. ;  river  entering  on  1.  bank 

of  S.  arm  of  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  Cota- 

bato,  Mindanao. 
island  off  NW.  shore  of  Lapac  I.,  Tapul 

grp.,  Sulu  A.;  3  m.  W.  by  N.  of  Busluc  Pt. 
SIBILIAN  (see-ree-lee'-ahn),  nat.;  point  in  Ambos 

Camarines  (Norte),  Luz6n. 
SIROROMA   (see-raw-raw'-mah),   nat.;  island  off 

NW.  coast  of  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luz6n, 

at  entrance  to  bay  of  San  Miguel.      (Also 

Siruma.) 
SIBINAO,  or  SEPIILCBO  (see-ree-now',  say-pool'- 

croh),  ver.;  island  1  m.  in  length,  280  ft.  high; 

1  m.  SE.  of  Triple  Cima  I.,  fronting  Tagbayug 

Bay.  W.  coast  of  S.  Palawan. 
SIRI8  (see'-riss),  ver.;  town  on  r.  bank  of  river 

entering  bay  S.  of  Sicayac  Pt.,  NW.  coast  of 

Dapitan.  Mindanao,  12  m.  S.  of  Dapitan.    (See 

BlancaPt.) 
SIR  JAMES  BROOKE,  for.;  point  on  SE.  coa.st  of 

Palawan.    (See  Brooke  Pt.) 

SIBOAN,  or  NASO  (see-roh'-ahn,  nah'-soh),  ver.; 
point  on  SW.  extremity  of  Antique,  Panay,  2 
m.  SE.  of  Anini-y,  formed  by  termination  of 
coast  range,  fronted  by  islet  Nucas,  off  its  SW. 
point,  and  Jurao-jurab,  4  m.  to  E.  of  Nucas. 

KIBUGAl  (see-roo-guy'),  ver.;  point  on  SW.  shore 
of  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A.,  leading  to  entrance  to  E. 
channel  for  town  of  Maibun  (Maimbun). 

SIRUMA  (see-roo'-mah),  ver.;  pueblo  and  point 
in  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luzon,  2  m.  in- 
land from  that  bay,  26  m.  E.  of  N.  of  Nueva 
CAceres.    Pop.,  679. 

bay  on  N.  coast  of  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur), 

Luz6n,  E.  of  San  Miguel  Bay.  (Also  Cauru- 
san.) 

point  on  bay  of  that  name,  Ambos  Cama- 
rines (Sur),  Luzon,  and  connected  with  small 
island  by  reef.  Coast  to  Port  Sisiran  is  bor- 
dered by  islands  and  rocks  accessible  only  by 
fishing  boats. 

island  E.  entrance  San  Miguel  Bay,  off 

Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luzon. 


SISI  (see'-see),  nat.;  hamlet  at  head  of  arm  of 
BatiVn  Bay,  setting  inland  SW.  in  C&piz, 
Panay,  N.  coast. 

SISIMAN  (see-sec'-mahn),  Tag.;  bay  and  point  in 
S.    Batafln,    Luzon,    on    N.  of    entrance    to 
Manila  Bay. 
I  SISIPAN  (see-see'-pahn),  nat.;  point  and  village 
j  on  SW.  .shore  of  Siasi  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

SISIRAN  (see-see'-rahn),  nat.;  port  in  N.  coast  of 
,  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luz6n. 

SISDNTAM   (see-soon-tahm'),  nat.;  point  on  W. 

I  coast  of  Lubang  I.,  S.  of  Alagoson  Pt.    Chain 

of  8  islets  beginning  oft"  this  point  trend  SE. 

i  close  to  shore,  or  distance  of  less  than  2  m. 

j  SITAMA  (see-tah'-mah),  nat.;  point  on  SW.  shore 

of  Lapac  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

SITAKUA  (see-tahng-ah').  Tag.;  hamleton  island 
of  Alabat,  entrance  to  Lamon  Bay,  Batangas, 
Luzon. 

SITIO  (see'-tyoh),  Sp.;  hamlet  on  E.  shore  of 
Biliran,  off  NW.  coast  Leyte,  24  m.  N.  of  Cai- 
biran. 

SITIO  LAXCJUB  (.see'-tyoh  lahng-oob'),  Hisp.; 
hamlet  on  W.  coast  of  Cebii,  2  m.  NE.  of  Astu- 
ri<as. 

SITIO  LUMAQUIN  (see'-tyoh  loo-mah-keen'), 
Hisp.;  hamlet  on  SW.  shore  of  Levte,  1  m.  S. 
of  Bat6. 

SITIO  PALUOT  (see'-tyoh  pah-lwoht'),  Hisp.; 
hamlet  on  SE.  part  of  Negros  Oriental,  4  m. 
SW.  of  Dumaguete. 

SITIO  qillNTINAGUBAN  (.see'-tyoh,  kin-tee-nah- 
goo'-rahn),  Hisp.;  hamlet  on  E.  coast  of  Bili- 
ran I.,  off  NW.  coast  Leyte,  N.  of  Caibiran. 

SITIO  ZAEZAC  (see'-tvoh  thah-av-thack'),  Hisp.; 
hamlet  1  m.  SW.  of  Sibonga,  E.  Cebu. 

SIUALO  (see-wah'-loh),  nat.:  hamlet  in  S.  Iloilo, 
Panay,  3  m.  SE.  of  Maasin. 

SIYT  (see-if),  nat.;  point  and  river  on  SE.  coast  of 
Negros  Oriental,  4  m.  SW.  of  Zamboanguita. 

SLIP,  for.;  point  on  NW.  coast  of  Paragua,  Pala- 
wan, NNW.  of  Emergency  Pt. 

SMITH,  for.;  island  SE.  of  Hoc  or  Austin  I.,  off 

I  NE.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan.    Mountains 

j  on  mainland  opposite  come  down  to  coast, 

with  altitude  of  2,230  ft.    (SeeBagambangan.) 

SMOOTH,  for.;  hill  750  ft.  high,  near  E.  shore  of 
BalAbac  I.,  Balabac  grp.,  off  SW.  coast  of  Pala- 
wan, 2  m.  N.  of  Calandorang  Bay. 

SNAKE,  for.;  island  in  N.  Taytay  chain,  off  en- 
trance to  that  bay,  E.  coast  of  Paragua,  Pala- 
wan. 

SOAN-SOjCN  (soh-ahn-soh-ahn'),  nat.;  point  and 
creek  i  m.  N.  on  W.  shore  of  Lapac  I.,  Tapul 
grp.,  Sulu  A. 

SOBOBOLO  (soh-boh-boh'-loh);  mountain  in 
Ilocos  Sur,  Luz6n. 

inlet  on  coast  of  Ilocos  Sur,  Luzon,  lat.  17° 

20'  N. 

SOBONCOOON  (soh-bohn-coh'-gohn).  ver.;  point 
on  E.  const  of  Mindoro,  lat.  12°  31'  15"  N. 

SOBREIMA.M>K  (soh-bray-ee-mahn'-day),  Sp.; 
haink't  of  Abra,  Luzon,  20  m.  E.  of  Bangued, 
coiuiected  l>y  trail. 

SOtA  VIliAR  (soh'-cah  vee-lahr'),  Sp.;  river  ris- 
ing in  S.  central  ranges  of  Bohol,, Visayas, 
and  finds  its  outlet  into  sea  at  Loay,  on  S. 
coast. 

SOCOL  (soh-cohl'),  nat.;  river  on  E.  coast  of  Min- 
doro, emptying  into  sea  NW.  of  Bongab6n. 

point  on  Laguna  de  Bay,  Laguna,  Luzon. 

SOGAT  (soh-gi'),  ver.;  pueblo  of  5,200  inhabi- 
tants on  SW.  shore  of  Camiguin  I.,  NW.  of 
Mlsamis,  Mindanao.  Lies  2i  nf.  NW.  of  ex- 
treme S.  point  of  island,  and  has  fine  anchor- 
age.   (SeeSagay.) 

SOGOD  (soh'-god),  nat.;   pueblo  on  E.  coast  of 

Cebil,  30  m.  N.  of  Cebu.    Pop.,  6,719. 
bay  in  S.  Leyte. 


836 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


SdOOD;  bay  on  X.  coast  of  SE.  peninsula  of  Lu- 
z6n,  at  N.  end  of  boundary  between  Ambos 
Camarines  (Norte)  and  Tayabas.  between 
Palapinuhuajan  and  Dapdap  Pts.,  receiving 
onits  coast  waters  of  Tabagon  Riv. 

s6(i<>D  A>TIGI'0  (soh'-god  ahn-tee'-gwoh), 
Hisp.:  town  or  pueblo  of  Maasin,  Leyte,  on 
E.  shore  of  great  bay  of  Lion,  S.  Leyte,  62  m. 
S.  of  Tacloban.    Pop.,  4,732. 

SdtiOD  M'EVO  (soh'-god  nway'-voh),  Hisp.; 
formerly  Concepcion  or  Mao,  town  at  head  of 
Lion  Bay,  on  S.  shore  of  Leyte,  59  m.  S.  of 
Tacloban. 

jjueblo  in  Leyte. 

SOWIIICAY  (soh-gee'-ky),  ver.:  low  islet  in  bay  of 
same  name,  N.  by  "W.  of  Pand-ln  Pt.,  E.  coast 
of  Mindoro. 

bay  on  SE.  coast  of  Mindoro,  opening  be- 
tween Buyallao  (NE.)  and  Pandin  (SW.) 
Pt.s.,  SW.  by  S.,  5  m.  Small  streams  entering 
bay  afford  anchorage  for  small  vessels. 

SOHOT(iN  (.soh-hoh-tohn'),  ver.;  mountain  in 
Sftmarat  headwaters  of  Suribao  Riv.,  20  m. 
W.  of  Lanang. 

SOJOTOX  (soh-hoh-tohn'),  ver.;  S.  headland 
from  SW.  to  Guimariis  Strait,  and  point  at  N. 
entrance  to  Linaon  Bay,  W.  coast  of  Negros 
Occidental,  8^  m.  N.  of  Inayauan,  44  m.  to  S. 
of  PandAn  Pt.,  SW.  end  forming  deep  bight 
and  narrow  channel  of  that  strait. 

SOLANA  (soh-lah'-nah),  Sp.;  pueblo  of  CagayAn, 
Luzon,  on  1.  bank  of  Grande  de  CagayAn  Riv., 
4  m.  W.  of  Tuguegarao  and  connected  by 
road.    Pop.,  5,578. 

SOLAXtiAX  (soh-lahng'-ahn),  ver.;  hamlet  on 
N.  shore  of  Candolu  I.,  off  extreme  SE.  point 
of  SSmar. 

SOLAXO  (soh-lah'-noh ) ,  Sp.;  pueblo  of  Nueva  Viz- 
caya,  Luz6n,  on  highway,  3  m.  NE.  of  Bavom- 
bong.    Pop.,  4,190. 

garrisoned  town  in  Isabela,  Luzon. 

SOLATOX  (soh-lah'-tohn),  nat.;  island  off  Silanga 
Pt.,  W.  shore  of  Misamis  port,  Misamis,  Min- 
danao, 7  m.  SW.  of  Misamis. 

SOLBEC  (.sohl-beck'),  ver.;  inlet  in  Ilocos  Sur, 
Luzon. 

SOLEDAD  (soh-lay-dahd'),  ver.:  town  in  Negros 
Occidental. 

SOLITARIA  (soh-lee-tah'-ryah),  Sp.:  islet  off  N. 
coast  of  Tayabas,  Luz6n. 

SOLITARIO  (soh-lee-tah'-ryoh),  Sp.;  crater  in 
Negros  Occidental,  5'm.  W.  of  Escalante. 

easternmost  of  Cabulaun  Is.,  14  m.  ESE.  of 

Cabulaun,  off  NE.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

-^ island  S.  of  Albay,  Luzon. 

SOLIMAX  (soh-lee-mahn').nat.:  river  about  cen- 
ter of  pueblo  of  Baugued,  Abra,  Luzon,  and 
flowing  SW.  to  sea. 

SOLO  (soh'-loh),  Sp.;  hamlet  at  headwaters  of 
upper  S.  tributary  of  Suribao  Riv.,  in  SE. 
Sftmar. 


SOLOTSOLOT,  or  LAPOG  (soh-loht-soh-lohf, 
nat.:  lah-pohg',  ver.);  bay,  anchorage,  and 
point  in  Ilocos  Norte,  Luz6n. 

SOLSOXA  (sohl-soh'-nah),  Sp.;  pueblo  in  foot- 
hills of  Cordillera  Central,  in  Ilocos  Norte, 
Luzon,  on  NE.  tributary  of  Grande  de  Laoag 
Riv.,  13  m.  E.  of  Laoag,  capital.    Pop.,  3,991. 

SOLVEO  (.sohl-vay'-oh),  Sp.:  hamlet  in  Abra, 
Luz6n,  on  1.  bank  of  Abra  Riv.,  where  it  sud- 
denly turns  W.  to  sea,  6  m.  SW.  of  Bangued. 

SOMAtlE  (soh-mah'-hay),  ver.:  hamlet  near  one 
of  W.  tributaries  of  Bac-hao  Bangahon  Riv., 
in  N\V.  SAmar,  3  m.  NW.  of  Gdndara. 

SOMAGl'I  (.soh-mah'-gee),  Ver.;  river  entering 
sea  on  E.  coast  of  Mindoro. 

SOMBOCOGOX  (sohm-boh-coh'-gohn).  Tag.;  bay 
5|  m.  NNE.  of  Arena  Pt.,  on  Ragay  Gulf,  SE. 
coast  of  Tayabas,  Luz6n,  and  receives  Poyao 
Riv.,  which  is  frequented  by  native  coasters. 

■  town  on  NW.  shore  of  bay  of  that  name  in 

SE.  Tayabas,  Luzon. 

SOMBRERO  (sohm-brav'-roh),  Sp.;  isletim.  NW. 
of  BulubadiangSn  Pt.,  E.  of  Tago  I.,  4  m.  SE. 
off  San  Dioni.sio,  E.  coast  of  Concepcion, 
Iloilo,  Panay. 

island  IJ  m.  W.  of  Templo  I.,  consi-sting  of 

2  islets  close  together  in  W.  entrance  to  Ragay 
Gulf  between  Burias  I.  and  Tayabas,  Luzon. 

summit  5,200  ft.  high  in  Rangayan  orSugut 

Mts.,  paralleling  NE.  shores  of  Illana  Bay.  Co- 
tabato,  IMindanao.  Rises  midway  between 
Samaniga  Pt.  and  Maguindanao  or  Lanao 
Lagoon  in  Lanao,  Mindanao. 

island  of  Casuarina  Pt.,  E.  coast  of  S.  Pala- 
wan.   (.SeeRasal.) 

island  in  Cabulaun  grp.,  E.  off  N.  point  of 

Paragua,  Palawan,  38i  m.     {See  Cabulaun  I.) 

island  S.  of  Batangas,  Luz6n.        ^ 

■  island  off  Biliran  I.,  NW.  of  Leyte. 

SOXOC  (soh'-nock),  nat.:  bay  on  SW.  coast  of 
Panaon  I.,  Leyte. 

SOXS()X  (sohn-sohn'),  nat.;  most  N.  of  2  bays  on 
E.  shore  of  Batdn  I.,  Batanes  grp.,  off  N.  coast 
of  Cagaydn,  Luz6n. 

SOLADEL  (.soh-lah-dehl'),  ver.:  islet  SW.  of  Sulu 
I.,  Sulu  grp.,  Sulu  A.,  lat.  5°  46'  30"  N. 

SOPOLOX  (soh-poh'-lohn),  nat.;  hamlet  in  pue- 
blo of  Jasadn,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

SORE,  or  TAPrSl  (soh'-ray,  tah-poo'-see),  nat.; 
mountain  in  N.  Rizal,  Luz6n. 

sOrOG  (soh'-rohg),  ver.:  hamlet  on  extreme  SE. 
projection  of  SAmar,  9  m.  SE.  of  Guiuan. 

S0R6x  (.soh-rohn'),  ver.;  mountain  in  S.  Biliran 
I.,  off  NW.  coa.st  Leyte,  4  m.  NE.  of  Biliran. 

SOROXGOX  (soh-rohng'-ohn),  ver.;  S.  point  of 
entrance  to  bay  on  E.  coast  of  S^mar,  1  m.  NE. 
of  San  Julian. 

SOROSIJIBAHAX  (saw  -  raw  -  seem  -  bah'  -  hahn), 
nat.;  mountain  in  NW.  Leyte. 

SOROT  (soh'-roht).  nat.;  hamlet  in  E.  S^mar,  2  m. 
SW.  of  Borongan. 


SORSOGON,  LUZON,  PROVINCE    OF- 

(Sor-soh-gohn',  ver.) 

Capital:  Sorsogon,  lat.  12°  68'  N.,  Ion.  123°  58'  E. 

Area:  Mainland,  663  sq.  m. ;  dependent  islands,  12  sq.  m.;  total.  675  sq.  m. 

Population:  98,650. 

Race:  Birol  (Vi'col). 

Language:  Bitol. 

Military  Department  of  Luzon:  Headquarters,  Manila.  Luzon. 

From  Sorsogon  to—  Table  of  diitance.'<.  m 

Albay / 21 

Legaspi 20 

Legaspi  via  overland  to  Bacon 5 

Liegaspi  via  overland  to  sea 23 

Manila 236 

Manila  via  Verde  Passage  . 327 

Nueva  Caceres 71 

San  Bernardino  Light  via  Sorsogdn  Gulf  and  San  Bernardino  Strait [\\[[\\[.[\.    71 


.J  "^s 


2i        ^'    ,  'i 

^r     It        li      ,i. 


■A 


3k  ra 


H,       i-« 


\ 


^-"^ 


SDOC^i"^-57    1 


tt^s^i^'ii^i^^MS^J^^'"  *• '^*' 


v,>-.^ 


4^' 


fr  T3»     ^ 


^^.. 


%.tg^.>^. 


) 


"      .^■" 


"^ 


POKT   SOKSOGOS 


SDOc/ecTf^o-    1 


GAZETTEER    OV    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  837 

LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

The  province  of  Sorsogoii  occupies  the  extreme  SE.  end  of  tlie  peninsula  of  Luzon. 
It  is  bounded  on  the  N.  by  Albay  and  bay  of  the  same  name;  on  the  E.  by  the 
Pacific  Ocean;  on  the  8.  by  the  important  strait  of  San  Bernardino,  which  separates 
it  from  Siimar,  and  W.  by  the  Oton,  or  interior  sea  of  the  P.  A.  The  island  of 
Ticao  lies  SW.,  10  m.  The  coast  line  is  extremely  irregular,  being  deeply  indented 
on  the  \V.  by  the  great  bay  which  gives  its  name  to  the  province,  and  opens  in  the 
watei's  of  the  Oton  Sea,  opposite  Ticao  I.,  on  the  SW.  From  the  extreme  NE.  shore 
of  this  bay  (Sorsogon)  to  the  nearest  waters  of  Sogod  Bay,  an  arm  in  the  SE.  of 
Albay  Gulf,  on  the  Pacific  Ocean  side  of  the  province,  the  distance  is  but  2|  m.,  and 
but  5  m.  to  Bacon,  the  poi't  of  Sorsogon  on  that  shore.  This  narrow  neck  for  a  space 
of  2  m.  alone  prevents  Sorsogon  from  being  an  island. 

AREA. 

Its  greatest  length  is  47  m.  NW.  to  SE.  from  the  boundary  S.  of  Cagsaua  to  the 
shore  of  San  Bernardino  Strait,  and  width  40  m.  ENE.  to  WSW.  from  BiiTgay,  the 
extreme  NE.  point,  to  Donsol  SW.  It  has  an  area  of  663  sq.  m.  (mainland),  or  more 
than  I  the  size  of  the  State  of  Rhode  Island  (1,250  sq.  m.).  The  dependent  islands, 
having  an  area  of  12  sq.  m.,  give  a  total  of  675  sq.  m. 

PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 

The  topography  of  the  province  presents  a  lateral  range  traversing  a  somewhat 
sinuous  course  and  forming  the  boundary  with  Albay  on  the  N.  from  Donsol  to  beyond 
Mt.  Pocdol  or  Bacon  within  about  3  m.  of  the  SW.  shore  of  Albay  Bay.  A  cen- 
tral crest  from  NE.  to  SW.  forms  watersheds  draining  into  the  Pacific  on  the  E.  and 
Sorsogon  Bay  and  the  Oton  Sea  on  the  W.  In  this  range  about  halfway  in  its  course 
is  the  celebrated  active  volcano  of  Bulusan,  about  5  m.  inland  from  tlie  E.  coast  of 
this  province.  It  is  not  only  visible  60  m.  at  sea,  but  is  an  important  landmark 
for  transports,  war  vessels,  and  commercial  craft  taking  the  S.  route  around  the 
island  of  Luzon  from  the  United  States  across  the  Pacific  to  INIanila.  In  1852  this 
volcano  burst  forth  after  a  long  period  of  inactivity.  It  is  mentioned  by  scientists 
and  travelers  as  closely  resembling  Vesuvius.  About  9j  m.  to  the  SW.  is  Culaiiga- 
lan,  and  about  the  same  distance  W.  by  N.  is  Binluay  Mt.  The  S.  dip  of  the 
dividing  range  on  the  N.,  between  Sorsogon  and  Albay,  sends  a  large  number  of 
streams  into  Sorsogon  Bay  and  many  into  the  sea  W.  of  its  entrance.  The  largest 
river  in  the  province,  which  receives  many  small  tributaries  on  its  course,  rises  in 
a  number  of  small  streams  forming  on  the  slopes  of  Bulusan  volcano.  After  winding 
around  the  foot  of  that  mountain  W.,  it  flows  N.  and  empties  into  Sorsogon  Bay 
at  Juban  on  the  S.  shore. 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

This  province,  in  the  bay  of  Sorsogon,  possesses  the  best  port  between  Verde  I.  and 
San  Bernardino  Strait,  and  one  of  the  best  not  only  in  the  P.  I.  but  in  E.  Asia.  It  is 
19^  m.  in  length  from  Malunahiian  I.  to  Sorsogon,  tiie  capital,  at  its  head,  3J  m. 
wide  at  its  entrance  and  10  m.  wide  from  Castilla,  on  its  N.  shore,  SE.  to  Juban. 
The  depth  diminishes  gradually  from  9  to  2J  fms.  The  shores  being  populous  and 
well  cultivated,  an  abundance  of  supplies  of  all  kinds,  the  natural  products  of  the 
region  may  be  had  by  vessels.  On  the  Pacific  coast  is  Sogod  Bay,  an  indentation  on 
the  S.  shore  of  Albay  Gulf.  It  has  50  to  30  fms.  at  its  entrance  and  shallows  to  6 
fms.  It  is  a  favorite  resort  for  the  United  States  vessels  of  war  patrolling  the  coast. 
The  coast  is  indented  with  several  other  fine  bays.  Babulgiin  and  Donsol  on  the  S. 
coast,  Bulog  on  the  SW.,  and  Putiao,  temporary  resort  for  coasters^  the  last,  how- 
ever, the  only  one  affording  safe  shelter. 

LIGHT-HOUSE. 

On  the  islet  of  San  Bernardino,  a  rock  in  mid-channel  off  the  E.  entrance  to  San 
Bernardino  Strait,  7  ni.  from  the  Sorsogon  shore  S.  of  Rasa  Pt.,  is  the  light-house  of 
San  Bernardino,  one  of  the  most  important  in  the  Philippines.  It  occupies  the 
sunnnit  of  the  islet  of  that  name,  lat.  12°  46^  15'''  N.,  Ion.  124°  14^  45"  E.  The  light 
is  178  ft.  above  the  sea  and  is  visible  23  m.  The  truncated  conical  tower,  which  car- 
ries the  light,  is  gray  stone,  49  ft.  high,  the  upper  part  and  lantern  being  white. 
There  is  a  keeper's  dwelling  at  the  ))ase  of  the  tower. 


GAZETTEEE    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  837 

LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

The  province  of  Sorsogoii  occupies  the  extreme  SE.  end  of  tlie  peninsula  of  Luzon. 
It  is  bounded  on  the  N.  by  Aibay  and  bay  of  the  same  name;  on  the  E.  by  the 
Pacific  Ocean;  on  the  S.  by  the  important  strait  of  San  Bernardino,  which  separates 
it  from  Siimar,  and  W.  by  the  Oton,  or  interior  sea  of  the  P.  A.  The  island  of 
Ticao  lies  SW.,  10  ra.  The  coast  line  is  extremely  irregular,  being  deeply  indented 
on  the  W.  by  the  great  bay  which  gives  its  name  to  the  province,  and  opens  in  the 
waters  of  the  Oton  Sea,  opposite  Ticao  I.,  on  the  SW.  From  the  extreme  NE.  shore 
of  this  bay  (Sorsogon)  to  the  nearest  watei'S  of  Sogod  Bay,  an  arm  in  the  SE.  of 
Albay  Gulf,  on  the  Pacific  Ocean  side  of  the  province,  the  distance  is  but  2|  m.,  and 
but  5  m.  to  Bacon,  the  port  of  Sorsogon  on  that  shore.  This  narrow  neck  for  a  space 
of  2  m.  alone  prevents  Sorsogon  from  being  an  island. 

AREA. 

Its  greatest  length  is  47  m.  NW.  to  SE.  from  the  boundary  S.  of  Cagsaua  to  the 
shore  of  San  Bernardino  Strait,  and  width  40  m.  ENE.  to  WSW.  from  BiiTgay,  the 
extreme  NE.  point,  to  Donsol  SW.  It  has  an  area  of  663  sq.  m.  (mainland),  or  more 
than  i  the  size  of  the  State  of  Rhode  Island  (1,250  sq.  m. ).  The  dependent  islands, 
having  an  area  of  12  sq.  m.,  give  a  total  of  675  sq.  ni. 

PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 

The  topography  of  the  province  presents  a  lateral  range  traversing  a  somewhat 
einuous  course  and  forming  the  boundary  with  Albay  on  the  N.  from  Donsol  to  beyond 
Mt.  Pocdol  or  Bacon  within  about  3  m.  of  the  SW.  shore  of  Albay  Bay.  A  cen- 
tral crest  from  NE.  to  SW.  forms  watersheds  draining  into  the  Pacific  on  the  E.  and 
Sorsogon  Bay  and  the  Oton  Sea  on  the  W.  In  this  range  about  halfway  in  its  course 
la  the  celebrated  active  volcano  of  Bulusan,  about  5  m.  inland  from  the  E.  coast  of 
this  province.  It  is  not  only  visible  60  m.  at  sea,  but  is  an  important  landmark 
for  transports,  war  vessels,  and  commercial  craft  taking  the  S.  route  around  the 
island  of  Luzon  from  the  United  States  across  the  Pacific  to  Manila.  In  1852  this 
volcano  burst  forth  after  a  long  period  of  inactivity.  It  is  mentioned  by  scientists 
and  travelers  as  closely  resembling  Vesuvius.  About  9^  m.  to  the  SW.  is  CulaiTga- 
lan,  and  about  the  same  distance  W.  by  N.  is  Binluay  Mt.  The  S.  dip  of  the 
dividing  range  on  the  N.,  between  Sorsogon  and  Albay,  sends  a  large  number  of 
streams  into  Sorsogon  Bay  and  many  into  the  sea  W.  of  its  entrance.  The  largest 
river  in  the  province,  which  receives  many  small  tributaries  on  its  course,  rises  in 
a  number  of  small  streams  forming  on  the  slopes  of  Bulusan  volcano.  After  winding 
around  the  foot  of  that  mountain  W.,  it  flows  N.  and  empties  into  Sorsogon  Bay 
at  Juban  on  the  S.  shore. 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

This  province,  in  the  bay  of  Sorsogon,  possesses  the  best  port  between  Verde  I.  and 
San  Bernardino  Strait,  and  one  of  the  best  not  only  in  the  P.  I.  but  in  E.  Asia.  It  is 
19^  m.  in  length  from  Malunahuan  I.  to  Sorsogon,  the  capital,  at  its  head,  3^  m. 
wide  at  its  entrance  and  10  m.  wide  from  Castilla,  on  its  N.  shoi-e,  SE.  to  Juban. 
The  depth  diminishes  gradually  from  9  to  2i  fms.  The  shores  being  populous  and 
well  cultivated,  an  abundance  of  supplies  of  all  kinds,  the  natural  products  of  the 
region  may  be  had  by  vessels.  On  the  Pacific  coast  is  Sogod  Bay,  an  indentation  on 
the  S.  shore  of  Albay  Gulf.  It  has  50  to  30  fms.  at  its  entrance  and  shallows  to  6 
fms.  It  is  a  favorite  resort  for  the  United  States  vessels  of  war  patrolling  the  coast. 
The  coast  is  indented  with  several  other  fine  bays.  BaVjulgdn  and  Donsol  on  the  S. 
coast,  Bulog  on  the  S W. ,  and  Putiao,  temporary  resort  for  coasters,  the  last,  how- 
ever, the  only  one  affording  safe  shelter. 

LIGHT-HOUSE. 

On  the  islet  of  San  Bernardino,  a  rock  in  mid-channel  off  the  E.  entrance  to  San 
Bernardino  Strait,  7  m.  from  the  Sorsogon  shore  S.  of  Rasa  Pt.,  is  the  light-house  of 
San  Bernardino,  one  of  the  most  important  in  the  Philippines.  It  occupies  the 
summit  of  the  islet  of  that  name,  lat.  12°  46^  15'^  N.,  Ion.  124°  14^  45"  E,  The  light 
is  178  ft.  above  the  sea  and  is  visible  23  m.  The  truncated  conical  tower,  which  car- 
ries the  light,  is  gray  stone,  49  ft.  high,  the  upper  part  and  lantern  being  white. 
There  is  a  keeper's  dwelling  at  the  base  of  the  tower. 


838  GAZETTEEE    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

ROADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 

Owing  to  the  extremely  rugged  nature  of  the  country  there  are  fewer  highways  than 
in  the  adjoining  province  of  Albay.  A  cart  road  5^  m.  in  length,  over  which  passes 
a  large  amount  of  traffic,  connects  Sorsogon,  the  capital,  with  Bacon,  on  Albay  Gulf, 
on  the  opposite  coast.  A  trail  beginning  at  Montufar  follows  the  Pacific  shore,  pass- 
ing (iubat,  Barcelona,  and  Bulusan,  at  which  last  point  it  strikes  across  the  lower 
end  of  the  province,  passing  Iro.sfn  on  the  way  to  Bulan  on  the  W.  entrance  to  San 
Bernardino  Strait.  Two  trails,  beginning  respectively  at  Macalaya,  a  village  on  the 
N.  side  of  entrance  to  Sorsogon  Bay,  and  Pilar  and  Putiao,  5  m.  to  the  NW.,  uniting 
at  Nantugan,  near  N.  border,  continue  to  Albay  and  Legaspi,  its  seaport.  Another 
trail  connects  Guinobatan  with  Quipa,  on  the  r.  bank  of  an  important  river  of  Albay 
which  parallels  W.  boundary  of  Sorsogon,  and  affords  water  communication  from 
Quipa  to  Donsol  on  sea  shore. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

The  people  oi  tnis  province  l^elong  to  the  Bicol  or  Vi'col  branen  of  the  population 
of  S.  Luzon  and  speak  that  language.  Like  the  inhabitants  of  Albay  they  are  peace- 
fully inclined  and  industrious.  Their  numlxi,  DS.tioO,  taken  in  refation  to  the  out- 
put of  the  products  of  the  province,  indit-ale?^  a  dfgree  of  industrial  activity  highly 
creditable.  (For  jiopulation,  census  of  1887,  sec  Albay.)  There  are  16  towns  and 
1.31  villages  in  Sorsogon.     Among  the  former  may  be  mentioned  the  following: 

Sorsog'dn;  tlie  capital  of  the  province,  at  the  E.  end  of  the  N.  shore  of  the  bay  of 
that  name,  one  of  the  finest  and  most  coimnodious  harbors  in  the  East.  Pop.,  10,720, 
estimated. 

Bacon;  on  the  S.  shore  of  Albay  Gulf,  7^  m.  E.  by  S.  from  the  mountain  of  that 
name,  and  6  m.  NE.  of  Sorsogon  with  which  it  is  connected  by  a  fine  road.  Pop., 
13,013. 

Barcelona;  on  the  E.  coast,  122  n^-  ^^-  of  Sorsogon.     Pop.,  1,567. 

Bulan;  near  the  S.  part  of  the  peninsula  on  the  1.  bank  of  a  river  3  m.  aljove  its 
mouth  and  25  m.  SW.  of  Sorsogon.     Pop.,  11,000. 

Bulusan;  on  the  E.  coast,  about  7  m.  SE.  of  the  volcano  of  that  name  and  19  m. 
SE.  of  Sorsogon.     Pop.,  5,413. 

Casiguran;  on  the  E.  shore  of  Sorsogon  Bay,  7  m.  S.  of  Sorsogon.  Pop.,  8,662. 
This  portion  of  the  coast  of  the  great  bay  is  notable  for  a  subsidence  of  the  surface 
0.84  meter  (1  meter  =  3|  ft.)  annually,  according  to  scientific  observation  covering  a 
long  period. 

Castilla;  On  the  NW.  shore  of  Sorsogon  Bay,  9  m.  W.  of  the  provincial  capital. 
Pop.,  2,. 3.53. 

Donsol;  at  the  W.  end  of  the  boundary  between  Sorsogon  and  Albay,  28  m.  W. 
by  S.  of  Sorsogon.     Pop.,  5,500. 

Giibat;  on  the  E.  coast,  11  m.  E.  by  S.  of  the  provincial  capital.     Pop.,  13,359. 

Irosin;  in  the  heart  of  the  mountain  region  of  Sorsogon  and  on  the  1.  bank  of  the 
largest  river  in  the  province,  which  rises  on  the  SE.  slopes  of  Bulusan  volcano,  mid- 
way between  Irosin  and  Bulusan,  on  the  E.  coast.     Pop.,  5,224. 

Juban.     (SeeTuhan.) 

Magallanes;  on  the  SE.  side  of  the  entrance  to  Sorsogon  Bay,  16  m.  SW.  of  Sor- 
sogon.    Pop.,  2,377. 

Matnog;  on  the  SE.  coast,  fronted  by  Ticlin  and  Juac  Is.,  30  m.  SE.  of  Sorsogon, 
on  the  shores  of  the  E.  entrance  to  San  Bernardino  Strait.     Pop.,  3,745. 

Montufar;  on  the  E.  coast,  20  m.  S.  of  DiiTgay,  the  extreme  NE.  jioint  of  the 
province,  and  12  m.  NE.  of  Sorsogon. 

Pilar,  or  Port  Putiao;  on  the  tSW.  shore  of  Putiao  Bay  on  the  W.  coast,  33  m. 
WSW.  of  Sorsogon  and  6  m.  E.  of  Donsol.     Pop.,  5,458. 

Tuban,  or  Juban;  on  the  E.  shore  of  Sorsogon  Bay,  on  the  r.  bank  of  an  important 
river  which  rises  on  the  S.  declivities  of  Bulusan  volcano,  and  flowing  N.  has  its  out- 
let at  this  point,  7^  m.  SW.  of  Sorsogon.     It  is  2  m.  SW.  of  Casiguran.     Pop.,  6,000. 

DEPENDENT  ISLANDS. 

The  following  are  the  islands  off  coast  of  Sorsogon  (area  less  than  h  sq.  m.  not 
given). 

sq.  m. 

Bagalao;  on  the  E.  side  of  entrance  to  Sorsogon  port 2 

Calinton;  off  the  extreme  SE.  coast  of  E.  entrance  to  San  Bernardhio  Strait.     {See  Ticlin  I.) 
Calsiguaran;  off  N.  shore  Sorsogon  Bav. 

Dancalan;  off  NE.  coast,  N.  of  point  oi"  that  name 4 

Dibugja;  off  NW.  shore  of  Sor.sog6n  Bay. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


839 


sq.  m. 
Juac;  off  SE.  coast,  opposite  Matnog,  in  E.  entrance  to  San  Bernardino  Strait.     {See  Ticlin  I.) 

Lambampa;  NW.  shore  of  Sorsog6n  Bay,  6  islets  surround  it 1 

Mais;  in  Sorsog6n  Bay J 

Malumahuan;  N.  side  of  entrance  to  Sorsog6n  Bay J 

Simbo;  in  Sorsogon  Bay,  SW.  shore. 

Ticlin;  group  of  3  small  islands  with  the  mainland  of  Sorsogon,  forming  the  Ticlin  Strait,  to  this 
cluster  belong  the  islands  of  Calinton,  Juac,  and  Ticlin,  they  lie  off  the  port  of  Matnog,  an 

important  harbor  of  refuge  to  vessels  entering  the  San  Bernardino  Strait  from  the  Pacific 4 

Ti'.risan:  in  N.  angle  of  Sorsog6n  Bay,  off  the  anchorage  of  Sorsog6n. 

Total 12 


VEGETABLE  PRODUCTS. 


The  staple  products  of  Sorsogon  are  hemp  and  copra,  a  product  of  the  cocoanut, 
being  the  direct  form  for  shipment  to  be  made  into  oil. 

The  following  hemp  receipts  for  1850-1899,  taken  from  the  report  of  the  chamber 
of  commerce,  Manila,  P.  I.,  arranged  from  the  monthly  summary  of  commerce  of  the 
P.  I.,  published  by  the  Bureau  of  Insular  Affairs,  show  the  output  ■-(  hemp  from  Sor- 
sogon as  far  as  it  enters  into  the  movement  of  commerce: 


[Piculs.] 


1850 

3,897 

1863 

......  48,359 

1851 

13,665 

1864 

54,178 

1852 

22,485 

1865 

45,910 

1853 

25,390 

1866 

39,291 

1854 

29,088 

1867 

46,139 

1855 

29,568 

1868 

51,554 

1856 

30,674 

35,546 

44  054 

1857 

1870 

50,820 

42  299 

1871 

65, 690 

1859 

......  42,650 

44,984 

1872 

76  180 

1860 

1873 

74,952 

1861 

47,888 

1874 

70,763 

1862 

55,249 

1875 

60,373 

1886. 
1887. 
1888. 


114,566 


132, 302 
152,396 
170, 856 
166, 940 
218, 756 
223, 166 
148, 695 


101,629 

Total....  1,601,447 


Annual  average: 

1850-1859 27, 526 

1860-1869 47,760 

1870-1879 68, 795 

1880-1889 98,413 

1890-1899 150,144 


Total  product  of  i 

1850-1859 3, 033, 140 

1860-1869 4,386,487 

1870-1879 6, 998, 932 

1880-1889 9,141,915 

14,533,093 


There  is  a  large  consumption  in  home  industries  for  native  textiles,  cordage,  etc., 
which  does  not  enter  into  the  statistics  of  production  or  shipment.  The  figures  of 
copra  from  this  province  are  not  obtainable.  The  aggregate  amount  of  exports  of 
this  article  for  the  3  ports  of  Manila,  Cebu,  and  Iloflo  was,  in  1899,  291,322  piculs, 
of  which  Sorsogon  furnished  a  large  share. 

MINERALS. 

The  mountains,  being  of  recent  volcanic  action,  contain  indications  of  mineral 
wealth.  That  the  region  was  at  one  time  the  scene  of  considerable  activity  in  this 
industry,  is  shown  by  the  presence  of  many  unworked  mines  of  coal,  gold,  silver, 
and  iron. 

FORESTS. 

The  mountains  and  valleys  are  covered  with  fine  forests  of  valuable  woods  of  com- 
merce. Owing  to  need  of  shade  for  the  hemp  plant,  the  finest  trees  are  carefully 
guarded. 

FRXTITS. 

The  fruits  are  those  common  to  the  S.  provinces  of  Luzon. 
INDUSTRIES. 


The  growth  and  manipulation  of  hemp  and  the  cultivation  of  cocoanut  for  the 
kernal  which,  being  dried,  forms  the  copra  of  commerce,  largely  engross  the  indus- 
trial activity  of  the  native  population.  The  province  has  a  large  coastwise  trade  In 
the  hands  of  the  natives,  carried  on  in  cascos.  In  these  the  hemp  and  copra  reach 
I  the  seaports  for  Manila  or  export  shipment  from  Bulan,  Donsol,  Gubat,  and  Sor- 
sogon ports. 


840  GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

UNITED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCTJPATION, 

An  expeditionary  force  convoyed  by  L'nited  States  gunboats  entered  Sorsogon  Bay 
January  20,  1900,  and  took  possession  of  the  town  of  that  name  without  opposition. 
Between  40,000  and  50,000  bales  of  hemp  were  in  sight  at  Sorsogon  and  5,000  to 
7,000  at  each  of  the  ports  of  Bulan  and  Donsol,  which  were  subsequently  released  for 
trade.  On  February  15,  1902,  the  province  of  Sorsogon  was  garrisoned  by  United 
States  troops  as  follows: 

Bacon.        Donsol.        Matnog.        San  Bernardino  (L.  H.).         Sorsogon.* 

CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 

The  province  of  Sorsogon,  formerly  the  district  of  that  name  in  the  province  of 
Albay,  was  created  by  authority  of  the  President  of  the  United  States  under  provi- 
sion of  the  general  act  of  the  United  States  P.  C.  for  "the  organization  of  provincial 
government  in  the  P.  1.,"  February  6,  1901,  and  act  No.  124  "in  pursuance  thereof 
extending  the  provisions  of  said  act,  April  30, 1901,  to  the  province  of  Sorsogon." 

PEOVIXCIAL  OFFICERS. 

[Salaries  and  expenses  per  annum  in  United  States  money.] 

Governor $1,  700 

Secretary 1, 200 

Treasurer 2,  200 

Supervisor 1,  700 

Fiscal 1,250 

In  addition,  allowance  for  necessary  expenses  to  be  accounted  for  as  prescribed  not 
to  exceed  $2.50  per  day. 

Presidentes  or  alcaldes  of  municipalities  to  meet  on  the  third  Mondaj'  in  January, 
April,  July,  and  October,  the  convention  to  be  called  by  the  provincial  secretary  who 
is  its  secretary  and  must  certify  all  recommendations  to  the  provincial  board.'  The 
oaths  of  office  to  be  administered  bj^  the  provincial  governor  or  other  proper  person 
named  and  other  details  of  administration  as  provided  by  the  enabling  act. 

CONDITIONS. 

"The  general  feeling  among  the  intelligent  portion  of  the  population  is  good,  and 
when  they  realize  that  they  hold  the  power  of  leading  the  ignorant  in  the  right 
direction  and  exercise  that  jjow^er  for  the  general  good,  there  will  be  little  danger  of 
further  trouble  in  the  province,  as  the  people  are  naturally  pacific  and  desire  to  live 
in  peace.  I  can  now  begin  to  see  some  results  of  our  work  and  instruction  in  this 
direction,  and  the  municiijal  officers  and  some  of  the  more  intelligent  of  the  people 
are  beginning  to  realize  that  they  have  a  further  responsibility  to  their  country  and 
to  the  government  than  rernaining  passively  inactive  and  watching  the  Americans 
put  down  uprisings."  (Official  report  of  the  provincial  governor  of  Sorsogon, 
December,  1901.) 

SOESOGOX— Continuhd. 

Towns  on  shore  furnish  supplies  of  beef, 
poultry,  rice,  vegetables,  and  excellent  water 
to  vessels  passing  through  strait.  Steamers 
from  Manila  visit  port. 

pueblo,  p.  o.,  and  capital  of  pro\-ince  of 

that  name  in  Luz6n,  on  NE.  shore  of  port  of 
that  name.  In  1840  suffered  from  earthquake 
which  lasted  almost  continuously  for  35  days. 
Churches  of  Sorsog6n  and  Casiguran  were 
destroyed,  17  persons  killed,  200  injured,  and 


SOBSO«OX  (sor-soh-gohn'),  ver.;  port,  lat.  12° 
50'  N.,  Ion.  123°  50'  25"  E.,  on  SW.  coast  of 
Sorsogon,  Luz6n:  largestand  best  harbor  from 
Verde  I.  to  San  Bernardino  Strait,  refuge  in 
typhoons  or  collas,  or  for  repairs.  Entrance 
is  divided  into  3  channels  by  islands  Melu- 
mahuan  and  Bagalao;  principal  entrance, 
known  as  Boca  Grande,  Ij  m.  wide  and 
nearly  6  m.  to  Macugil  Pt.,  used  by  vessels; 
Boca  Chica  channel,  to  E.  of  Bagalao  I.,  is 
very  narrow,  having  rock  located  on  S.  side, 
and  to  pass   this,   even    with   small  steam 


launches,  necessary  to  run  close  to  shore  of  |  ground  for  some  distance  sank  5  feet  below 
Bagalao,  which  is  clear  and  with  good  depth:  )  its  former  level.  Best  attainable  data  cover- 
coast  and  island  on  other  side  are  clear,  and  ;  ing  period  of  years  fixes  rate  of  0.84  meter 
islands  which  appear  on  N.  are  abrupt,  e.spe-  j  subsideneeof  surface  every  year.  Pop.,  10,720. 
cially  on  outer  sid  e,  which  renders  navigation 

through  middle  of  channel  free  from  all  dan-  I  SOSOXUCAMBINti    (soh  -  sohng  -  cahm  -  beeng'), 

ger;  inner  port  of  Sorsogon  is  spacious,  ex-  i  Tag.;  peak  in  pueblo  of  Lipa,  in  Maquiling 

tending  9  m.  ENE.  toward  town  of  that  name,   i  range,  between  Batangas  and  Laguna,  Luz6n. 

*  Telegraph. 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


841 


SOITH,  for.;  point  at  extreme  S.  end  of  Camiguin 
I.,  Babuyanes  grp.,  off  N.  coast  Cagayan, 
Luz6n. 

hill  on  S.  coast  of  Dumardn  I.,  off  E.  coast 

of  Paragua,  Palawan:  used  as  landmark  ap- 
proaching (;o5k  channel. 

—  inlet,  W.  shore  of  Ulugan  Bay,  W.  coast  of 

Paragua,  Palawan. 

SOUTH,  for.,orCABALI.i\  (cah-bah-lyahn'),Sp., 
point  at  SE.  extreme  of  Tablas  I.,  Rombl6n 
grp.,  Visavas,  opposite  Tabun  Pt.,  Panav, 
13  m. 

SOL'TH,  for.,  or  LA»OS  XAMLA  (lali-gohs'  nah- 
nee'-lah),  nat.;  point  at  extreme  end  of  Bu- 
rias  I.,  Masbate  grp.,  Visayas. 

SOUTH  BAY,  for.:  hill  960  ft.  high,  S.  of  Dalauan 
Bay,  E.  coast  of  Baldbac  I.,  Balabde  grp.,  ofl" 
SW.  point  Palawan. 

SOUTH  CHAJfNEL,  for.:  island  W.  of  southern- 
most of  3  islands  in  Cook  channel,  Dumardn 
I.,  off  E.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

SOUTH  PASSAGE,  for.,  island  6  m.  S.  of  Collin- 
son  I.,  off  Taytay  Bay,  E.  coast  of  Paragua, 
Palawan. 

SOUTH  SPIT,  for. ;  S.  head  of  entrance  to  Puerto 
Prineesa  Harbor  (Port  Royalist),  E.  coast  of 
S.  Palawan. 

SOUTH  WEST,  for.:  open  anchorage  off  SW.  coast 
of  Cagayan  Sulu.  Spring  of  good  water  is  on 
shore. 

small  bay  SW.  of  S.  head  to  Puerto  Prin- 
eesa Bay,  E.  coast  of  Palawan. 

SOUTH  WEST,  or  TRIPLE  HILL,  for.:  hill  900  ft. 
high,  in  range  of  elevations  in  SW.  Palawan, 
commencing  abreast  of  Capayas  I.,  parallel 
with  coast.    West  Coast  Hill  is  at  N.  end. 

SPRAT,  for.:  point  N.  of  Hen  and  Chickens,  W. 
coast  of  N.  Palawan.  Inhabitants  of  coast 
engage  in  fishing  with  seine,  abundant  hauls 
being  made. 

S<^UALL,  for.;  point  midway  between  High  and 
Endeavor  Pts.,  E.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan, 
from  which  range  extends  N.,  meeting  coast 
at  same  distance  on  other  side  of  Endeavor 
Pt.,  having  Drake  Peak,  1,300  ft.  high,  on  S. 
and  double  peak  1,400  ft.  high  on  N. 

SOUARE  TOP,  for.;  group  of  islets  off  Malubut- 
glubut  I.,  NE.  of  N.  point  of  lY "'- 


STAMFORD,  for.;  head  on  China  Sea  shore  of 
Ulugan  Pen.,  W.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 
Cluster  of  14  islets  lie  around  this  head. 

STAXLAKE,  for.;  island  E.  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

STAVELY,  for.;  mountain  3,930  ft.  high,  on  W. 
coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan.     {See  Long  Pt.) 

STEEP,  for.;  point  4i  m.  NE.  of  Deep  Bay  Pt.,  at 
N.  end  of  broad  bight  on  W.  coast  of  S.  Pala- 
wan.   (See  Valley  Cone.) 

STEEP  CLIFF,  for.;  precipitous  elevation  in 
Malanut  range,  conspicuous  from  Island  Bay, 
SE.  coast  of  S.  Palawan. 

STEEP  HILL,  for.;  shoulder  of  range  of  hills  S. 

of  Sepangow  Bay,  SW.  coast  of  Palawan. 
STEEPFALL,    for.;   small    range  of  precipitous 

mountains  850  ft.  high,  and  2  m.  from  Cape 

Melville,  extreme  S.  point  of  Baldbac  I.,  off 

SW.  point  of  Palawan. 
STOXT,  for.;  point  on  NW.  shore  of  Paluan  Bay, 

on  NW.  coast  of  Mindoro.   Pinnacle  peak  lies 

N. 

SIIa  (soo'-ah),  nat.;  point  on  SE.  coast  of  Leyte,  3 

m.  E.  of  CabaliAn. 
point  marking  N.  shore  of  Dingalan  Bay, 

in  Principe,  Luz6n. 
point  W.  head  to  ishet  of  Hipudios,  4  m. 

SW.  of  Balangiga,  S.  coast  of  Sdmar,  Visayas. 
stream   entering  Guimar^s  Strait,    on  W. 

coast  of  Negros  Occidental,  2  m.  S.  of  Ponte- 
u        vedra. 


StX;  town  in  Zambales,  Luz6n. 

mountain  in  Biliran  I.,  Leyte. 

Stf  A,  or  DAPO  (soo'-ah,  dah'-poh) ;  point  on 
extreme  SW.  coa.st  of  Sslmar,  3  m.  SE.  of  Ba- 
langiga. 

SUAU  (swaek),  ver.;  point  in  S.  Sorsog6n,Luz6n. 

SUAGUE  (swah'-gay),  ver.;  river  in  Panay. 

SUAL  (swahl),  ver.;  port  on  Lingay^n  Gulf,  lat. 
16°  N.,  Ion.  120°  6'  29"  E.  Town  of  that  name 
onSW.,  4  villages  on  port  shore,  and  old  fort 
on  Portuguesa  Pt.,  on  N.  side  of  entrance. 
On  Mangas  Pt.,  on  S.  side  of  entrance,  is 
lookout  house. 

pueblo  on  SW.  shore  of  small  bay  of  same 

name  between  Portuguesa  and  Mangas  Pts., 
on  W.  shore  of  Lingay^n  Gulf,  10  m.  NW.  of 
Lingayen,  in  Pangasinan,  Luz6n.    Pop. ,  2,636. 

point  on  W.  coast  Lingayen  Gulf,  N.  side 

of  entrance  to  port  of  that  name,  Pangasinto, 
Lu26n. 

point  on  extreme  SW.  shore  of  Sorsog6n, 

Luz6n;  one  of  heads  to  W.  entrance  to  San 
Bernardino  Strait. 

small  river  rising  in  coast  mountains  in 

extreme  SW.  Sorsogon,  Luzon,  and  emptying 
in  San  Bernardino  Strait  at  point  of  same 
name. 

•  peak  in  Zambales  range,  Luz6n. 

SUAL,  or  StfLAT  (swahl,  soo'-laht),  ver.;  river 
entering  on  E.  coast  of  Sdmar,  with  wooded 
island  inside,  anchorage  in  from  10  ft.  to  4 
fms.  InNE.  monsoon  or  in  typhoon  it  is  not 
good  refuge. 

Sl'AN  (swahn),  nat.;  small  river  rising  on  S.  side 
of  Mt.  Cantilan,  and  after  course  of  5  m.  to  W. 
enters  Tiibay  Riv.,  Surigao,  Mindanao. 

SUAXAiV  (swah'-nahn),  ver.;  point  on  W.  ex- 
treme of  Macajalar  Bay,  N.  coast  of  Misamis, 
Mindanao.     ( See  SulAuang. ) 

SUAAG-BUNAH  (swahng'  boo'-nah),  ver.;  hamlet 
on  N.  Ubidn  I.,  PangutArang  grp.,  Sulu  A.,  on 
SW.  shore,  in  deep  bight  protected  by  coral 
reef. 

SUABEZ  (swah'-rayth),  Sp.;  hamlet  on  E.  coast 
road  of  Cebii,  6  m.  SW.  of  Argao. 

SUAY  (swi),  ver.;  pueblo  of  Negros  Occidental, 
on  SE.  shore  ot  GuimarAs  Strait,  42  m.  S.  of 
Bae61od.    Pop.,  2,972. 

SUBA  (.soo-bah'),  nat.;  hamlet  14  m.  S.  of  Pam- 
bujan,  N.  coast  of  SAmar. 

SUBAA,  ver.,  or  SUBAAN  (soo-bah'-ah,  soo-bah'- 
ahn),nat.;  river  in  NE.  Mindoro  flowing  into 
Lake  Naujdn.  Region  abounds  in  herds  of 
tamarao. 

SUBAANG  (soo-bah-ahng'),  ver.;  bay,  hamlet  on 
summit  of  hill  on  its  SW.  shore,  and  river 
emptying  into  bay  SE.  of  tnwn,  onN.  coastof 
Miiidoro,  Clin.  SSlv  of  Kscurci'n  Pt.  Sago  palm 
grows  abundantly  along  its  shores.  Tamarao 
herds  are  numerous  and  mosquitoes  intolera- 
ble.   Pop.,  397. 

point  in  Mindoro. 

SUBAN  (soo-bahn').  Tag.;  point  in  Marinduque 
I.,  off  SW.  coast  of  Tayabas,  Luzon. 

SUBANG  (soo-bahng'),  ver.;  river  in  Leyte. 

SUBANliAN  (soo-bahng'-ahn),  nat.;  hamlet  in  SE. 
Lepanto,  Luzon,  near  Bontoc  boundai'y,  9  m. 
ENE.  of  CayAn.    Pop.,  700. 

SUBANI  (soo-bah'-pee).  Tag.;  peak  in  Caraballo 
Sur,  in  Nueva  Ecija,  Luz6n. 

SIJBIU  (soo'-bick),  ver.;  port  in  S.  part  of  Zam- 
bales, Luzon  (Grande  I.,  S.  point,  lat,  14°  46' 
3"  N.,  Ion.  120°  13'  6") ;  extends  7  m.  inland  and 
forms  2  excellent  harbors,  one  on  E.  side 
Port  Olongapo,  other  at  N.  extremity,  oppo- 
site village  Siibic:  much  indented  with  bays 
and  coves  and  has  several  islands— Paquera, 
Mayangi,  and  Grande  in  entrance.  In  early 
times   was  favorite    resort  of    pirates   who 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


841 


SOUTH,  for.;  point  at  extreme  S.  end  of  Camiguin 
I.,  Babuyanes  grp.,  off  N.  coast  Cagayan, 
Luz6n. 

hill  on  S.  coast  of  Dumar^n  I.,  off  E.  coast 

of  Paragua,  Palawan;  used  as  landmark  ap- 
I)roaching  Cojk  channel. 

inlet,  W.  shore  of  Ulugan  Bay,  W.  coast  of 

Paragua,  Palawan. 

SOUTH,  for.,ort'ABALlix  {cah-bah-lyahn'),Sp., 
point  at  SE.  extreme  of  Tablas  I.,  Romblon 
grp.,  Visavas,  opposite  Tabun  Pt.,  Panav, 
13  m. 

SOUTH,  for.,  or  LAdiOS  IVANILA  (lah-gohs'  nah- 
nee'-lah),  nat.;  point  at  extreme  end  of  Bu- 
rias  I.,  Masbate  grp.,  VLsayas. 

SOUTH  BAY,  for.;  hill  960  ft.  high,  S.  of  Dalauan 
Bay,  E.  coast  of  BaUbac  I.,  BalabAc  grp.,  off 
SVV.  point  Palawan. 

SOUTH  CHANNEL,  for.;  island  W.  of  southern- 
most of  3  islands  in  Cook  channel,  Dumar&n 
I.,  off  E.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

SOUTH  PASSAGE,  for.,  island  6  m.  S.  of  Collin- 
son  I.,  off  Taytay  Bay,  E.  coast  of  Paragua, 
Palawan. 

SOUTH  SPIT,  for.;  S.  head  of  entrance  to  Puerto 
Princesa  Harbor  (Port  Royalist),  E.  coast  of 
S.  Palawan. 

SOUTH  WEST,  for.;  open  anchorage  off  SW.  coast 
of  Cagayfin  Sulu.  Spring  of  good  water  is  on 
shore. 

small  bay  SW.  of  S.  head  to  Puerto  Prin- 
cesa Bay,  E.  coast  of  Palawan. 

SOUTH  WEST,  or  TRIPLE  HILL,  for.;  hill  900  ft. 
high,  in  range  of  elevations  in  SW.  Palawan, 
commencing  abreast  of  Capayas  I.,  parallel 
with  coast.    West  Coast  Hill  is  at  N.  end. 

SPRAT,  for.;  point  N.  of  Hen  and  Chickens,  W. 
coast  of  N.  Palawan.  Inhabitants  of  coast 
engage  in  fishing  with  seine,  abundant  hauls 
being  made. 

Si^UALL,  for.;  point  midway  between  High  and 
Endeavor  Pts.,  E.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan, 
from  which  range  extends  N.,  meeting  coast 
at  same  distance  on  other  side  of  Endeavor 
Pt.,  having  Drake  Peak,  1,300  ft.  high,  on  S. 
and  double  peak  1,400  ft.  high  on  N. 

SqUARE  TOP,  for.;  group  of  islets  off  Malubut- 
glubut  I.,  NE.  of  N.  point  of  Paragua,  Pala- 
wan. 

STAMFORD,  for.;  head  on  China  Sea  shore  of 
Ulugan  Pen.,  W.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 
Cluster  of  14  islets  lie  around  this  head. 

STANLAKE,  for.;  island  E.  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

STATELY,  for.;  mountain  3,930  ft.  high,  on  W. 
coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan.     (.See  Long  Pt.) 

STEEP,  for.;  point  4i  m.  NE.  of  Deep  Bay  Pt.,  at 
N.  end  of  broad  bight  on  W.  coast  of  S.  Pala- 
wan.   (See  Valley  Cone.) 

STEEP  ULIFF,  for.;  precipitous  elevation  in 
Malanut  range,  conspicuous  from  Island  Bay, 
SE.  coast  of  S.  Palawan. 

STEEP  HILL,  for.;  shoulder  of  range  of  hills  S. 
of  Sepangow  Bay,  SW.  coast  of  Palawan. 

STEEPFALL,  for.;  small  range  of  precipitous 
mountains  850  ft.  high,  and  2  m.  from  Cape 
Melville,  extreme  S.  point  of  Bal^bac  I.,  off 
SW.  point  of  Palawan. 

STONY,  for.;  point  on  NW.  shore  of  Paluan  Bay, 
on  NW.  coast  of  Mindoro.  Pinnacle  peak  lies 
N. 

SIjA  (soo'-ah),  nat.;  point  on  SE.  coast  of  Leyte,  3 

m.  E.  of  CabaliAn. 
point  marking  N.  shore  of  Dingalan  Bay, 

in  Principe,  Luzon. 
point  W.  head  to  ishet  of  Hipudios,  4  m. 

SW.  of  Balangiga,  S.  coast  of  Sdmar,  Visayas. 
stream   entering  Guimar4s  Strait,    on  W. 

coast  of  Negros  Occidental,  2  m.  S.  of  Ponte- 
t,         vedra. 


StfA;  town  in  Zambales,  Luz6n. 

mountain  in  Biliran  I.,  Leyte. 

StJA,  or  DAPO  (soo'-ah,  dah'-poh) ;  point  on 
extreme  SW.  coast  of  Sdmar,  3  m.  SE.  of  Ba- 
langiga. 

SUAC  (swack),  ver.;  pointin  S.  Sorsog6n,  Luz6n. 

SUAGUE  (swah'-gay),  ver.;  river  in  Panay. 

SUAL  (swahl),  ver.;  port  on  Lingay^n  Gulf,  lat. 
16°  N.,  Ion.  120°  6'  29"  E.  Town  of  that  name 
onSW.,  4  villages  on  port  shore,  and  old  fort 
on  Portuguesa  Pt.,  on  N.  side  of  entrance. 
On  Mangas  Pt.,  on  S.  side  of  entrance,  is 
lookout  house. 

pueblo  on  SW.  shore  of  small  bay  of  same 

name  between  Portuguesa  and  Mangas  Pts., 
on  W.  .shore  of  Lingay^n  Gulf,  10  m.  NW\  of 
Lingayiin,  in  Pangasimln,  Luz6n.    Pop. ,  2,636. 

point  on  W.  coast  Lingay6n  Gulf,  N.  side 

of  entrance  to  port  of  that  name,  Pangasin^n, 
Luzon. 

point  on  extreme  SW.  shore  of  Sorsogon, 

Luz6n;  one  of  heads  to  W.  entrance  to  San 
Bernardino  Strait. 

•  small  river  rising  in  coast  mountains  in 

extreme  SW.  Sorsogon,  Luz6n,  and  emptying 
in  San  Bernardino  Strait  at  point  of  same 
name. 

peak  in  Zambales  range,  Luz6n. 

SUAL,  or  StfLAT  (swahl,  soo'-laht),  ver.;  river 
entering  on  E.  coast  of  S&mar,  with  wooded 
island  inside,  anchorage  in  from  10  ft.  to  4 
fms.  InNE.  monsoon  or  in  typhoon  it  is  not 
good  refuge. 

SVAN  (swahn),  nat.;  small  river  rising  on  S.  side 
of  Mt.  Cantilan,  and  after  course  of  5  m.  to  W. 
enters  Tubay  Riv.,  Surigao,  Mindanao. 

SUANAN  (swah'-nahn),  ver.;  point  on  W.  ex- 
treme of  Maeajalar  Bay,  N.  coast  of  Misamis, 
Mindanao.    (.S'eeSulAuang.) 

SUANG-BUNAH  (swahng'  boo'-nah),  ver.;  hamlet 
on  N.  UbiAn  I.,  PangutArang  grp.,  Sulu  A.,  on 
SW.  shore,  in  deep  bight  protected  by  coral 
reef. 

SUAREZ  (swah'-rayth),  Sp.;  hamlet  on  E.  coast 
road  of  Cebii,  6  m.  SW.  of  Argao. 

SUAY  (swi),  ver.;  pueblo  of  Negros  Occidental, 
on  SE.  shore  of  GuimarAs  Strait,  42  m.  S.  of 
Bacolod.    Pop.,  2,972. 

SUB  A  (.soo-bah'),  nat.;  hamlet  14  m.  S.  of  Pam- 


bujan,  N.  coast  of  i 

SUBAA,  ver.,  or  SUBAAN  (soo-bah'-ah,  soo-bah'- 
ahn),nat.;  river  in  NE.  Mindoro  flowing  into 
Lake  Naujan.  Region  abounds  in  herds  of 
tamarao. 

SUBAANW  (soo-bah-ahng'),  ver.;  bay,  hamlet  on 
summit  of  hill  on  its  SW.  shore,  and  river 
eiuiityiii^;  iiilci  bay  SE.  of  town,  on  N.  coastof 
MiiKliiiii,  (iiii.SSE'.of  EscarceoPt.  Sago  palm 
grows  abuiK  hiutly  along  its  shores.  Tamarao 
herds  are  numerous  and  mo.squitoes  intolera- 
ble.   Pop.,  397. 

point  in  Mindoro. 

SUBAN  (soo-bahn').  Tag.;  point  in  Marinduque 
I.,  off  SW.  coast  of  Tayabas,  Luzon. 

SUBANG  (soo-bahng'),  ver.;  river  in  Leyte. 

SUBAI^AN  (soo-bahng'-ahn),  nat.;  hamlet  in  SE. 
Lepanto,  Luzon,  near  Bontoe  boundafy,  9  m. 
ENE.  of  Cay4n.    Pop.,  700. 

SUDANI  (soo-bah '-nee).  Tag.;  peak  in  Caraballo 
Sur,  in  Nueva  Ecija,  Luz6n. 

stfBIC  (soo'-bick),  ver.;  port  in  S.  part  of  Zam- 
bales, Luz6n  (Grande  I.,  S.  point,  lat,  14°  46' 
3"N.,lon.  120°  13' 6");  extends  7  m.  inland  and 
forms  2  excellent  harbors,  one  on  E.  side 
Port  Olongapo,  other  at  N.  extremity,  oppo- 
site village  Subic;  much  indented  with  bays 
and  coves  and  has  several  islands— Paquera, 
Mayangi,  and  Grande  in  entrance.  In  early 
times   was  favorite    resort  of    pirates   who 


842 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


StBIt'— Continued. 

infested  these  siiores  from  mainland  of  China 
and  Malay  Is.,  frequent  communication  with 
Manila.  Cinco  Pico.s  (Five  Peaks)  on  W.  form 
landmark  for  entering  port. 

pueblo  at  head  of  Subic  Bay,  Zambales, 

Luz6n;  houses  stretch  along  high  land;  coun- 
try inland  very  hilly.  To  W.  number  of 
elevations  from  300  to  800  ft. :  3.5  m.  SE.  of  Iba 
at  end  of  road  from  San  Narciso  on  coast,  and 
across  head  of  tongue  of  land  which  forms 
SW.  area  of  province.  Town  lies  between 
Vibangon  Riv.  on  E.  and  Guagadi  on  W. 
Pop.,  3,016. 

point  on  S.  end  of  small  island  of  Juac,  off 

SE.  coast  of  Sorsog6n,  Luz6n,  San  Bernardino 
Strait. 

StiBUG  (soo'-boog),  nat.;  river  in  Albay,  empty- 
ing into  bay  of  Albay,  Luzon. 

SUBUJ  (soo-booh'),  ver.;  point  in  E.  Mindanao. 

SUBUNGUIN  (soo-boon'-geen).  Tag.;  point  in  S. 
Tayabas,  Luzon. 

SUCUBAN  (soo-coo'-bahn),  nat.;  hamlet  on  ex- 
treme E.  coast  of  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A.,  '27im.  ESE. 
of  Sulu. 

SUDAB  (soo-dahb'),  ver.;  town  in  Benguet,  \V. 
Luzon. 

STJDESTE  (sood-ays'-tay),  Sp.;  mountain  in  SE. 
of  Sibuyto  I.,  Romblon  grp.,  Visayas. 

SUESTA  (sways'-tah);  point  on  SW.  shore  of  Su- 
bic Bay,  Zambales,  Luzon. 

SUGA  (soo-gah'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  foothills  of  Si- 
garag,  NW.  Sdmar,  headwaters  CatarmanRiv. 

SUGAR  LOAF,  for.  {See  Azilcar,  Pan  de,  off  Am- 
bos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luz6n.) 

SUGJAN  (soog-hahn'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  .shore  of 
SAmar,  SE.  of  Balicuatro  Pt.,  66  m.  NW.  of 
Catbalogan. 

SIIgOD  (soo'-gohd),  nat.;  town  at  head  of  bay  of 
that  name,  on  S.  shore  of  Albay  Gulf,  N.  coast 
Sorsog6n,  Luz6n.  Vessels  drawing  19  ft.  can 
approach  mole  of  town.  At  Gatbo,  village  SE. 
of  thi.s  town,  coal  has  been  discovered. 

SUGUIAL  (soo-geeahl'),  nat.;mountain  in  pueblo 
of  Bangui,  Ilocos  Norte,  Luz6n. 

SllGLT,  or  COTABATO  (soo'-goot,  coh-tah-bah'- 
toh);  extinct  volcano,  also  called  Calayo, 
ESE.  of  Macat\irin,  Cotabato,  Mindanao, 
about  50  m.  from  sea. 

StfGUT,  orSllGUD  (.soo'-goot,  soo'-good);  hamlet 
on  NE.  shore  of  Polloc  port,  in  Cotabato,  Min- 
danao. 

inlet  in  S.  Mindanao. 


SLGUT,  or  StiCwUD;  continuation  of  S.  coa.st  range 
of  mountains  of  Zamboanga  and  Cotabato, 
Mindanao.     (See  Rangayan  Mts.) 

SUINAN  (swee'-nahn),  ver.;  river  of  Negros  Oc- 
cidental, emptying  into  Guimaris  Strait,  at 
Si'imag. 

SUIJfCllAN  (sween-coo'-ahn),  ver.;  hamlet  in 
SE.  coast  Negros  Oriental,  1  m.  N.  of  Ayuqui- 
tan. 

SULA  (soo'-lah),  nat.;  "silanga"  (channel)  be- 
tween Luz6n  and  Cacraray,  Pacific  Ocean,  off 
Albay,  Luzon. 

ports,  partof  narrow  channel,  which  sepa- 
rates Cacraray  I.  from  mainland  of  Albay, 
Luz6n,  forming  well-sheltered  anchorage 
about  3,000  ft.  wide  and  66  ft.  deep. 

point  in  E.  Albay,  Luzon. 

hamlet  on  W.  shore  of  port  of  same  name, 

NE.  point  of  Albay  Gulf,  Albay,  Luz6n. 

SULABAW  (soo-lah-bahn''l,ver.;  pointonN.  coast 
of  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

SULADE  (soo-lah'-day),  ver.;  NW.  and  outlying 
island  of  Tapul  grp.,  8  m.  NW.  of  Tapiil  I., 
Sulu  A. 

SULANAN  (soo-lah'-nahn),  ver.;  river  in  Minda- 
nao. 

SULANG  (soo-lahng'),  ver.;  crater  in  central  Gui- 
mards  I.,  off  Iloilo,  Panay,  3  m.  S.  of  Nagaba. 

StiLAT  (soo'-laht),  nat.;  pueblo  on  E.  coast  of 
SAmar,  37  m.  off  Catbalogan  and  2  m.  NW.  of 
Camblata.    Pop.,  4,613. 

inlet  and  point  in  E.  Sdmar. 

river  on  E.  coast  of  Sdmar.     (See  Sual. ) 

SULXUAAG  (soo-lah'-wahng),  ver.;  .W.  headland 
of  Macajalar  Bay,  N.  coast  of  Mindanao.  (See 
Siiauan.) 

SULICAN  (soo-lee'-cahn),  ver.;  group  of  islands  off 
Sdmar. 

SIIlON'G  (soo'-lohng);  point  on  S.  shore  Baliangao 
Bay,  NE.  part  of  Murci^lagos  Bay,  N.  coas( 
Misamis,  Mindanao. 

SULOT  (soo-lawf),  nat.;  point  on  E.  coast  of  Sd- 
mar, lat.  11°  58'  N. 

SULSUfJUIN  (sool-soo'-keeu),ver.;  river  in  Batan- 
gas,  Luzon. 

SULTiN  (sool-tahn'),Sp.;  peak 3,820  ft.  in  height, 
S.  Palawan,  SW.  of  Victoria  Peak. 

SlILT  FALAKOKO  (soolt  fali-lali-koli'-koh),  nat.; 
villageon  r.  |j,-nik  df  S.  l)r:iiich  of  Grande  Riv. 
of  Mindanao,  ( 'otaliato.  Mindanao,  2m.  below 
Tumbao,  at  point  of  division  of  main  stream, 
into  N.  and  S.  branches. 


SULU  (jol6)  archipelag-o. 

(Soo'-loo,  nat.3 
(Most  southern  island.sof  the  P.  A.,  between  Mindanao,  Cnited  States,  and  Borneo,  British.) 

Capital:  Sulu,  island  of  Sulu,  lat.  6°  3^  N.,  lou.  121°  E. 

Area:  1,029  sq.  m. 

Population:  22,630,  e.stiniated. 

Race:  More. 

Language:  Moro-Suluano  and  Moro-Sdmal. 

Military  Department  of  Mindanao:  Headquarters,  Zamboanga, Mindanao. 

Table  of  distances. 
From  Sulu  to—  naut.  m.  st.  m. 

Cagaydn  de  Sulu 156  179 

Isabela  de  Basilan 70  81 

Manila,  N.  Luz6n 540  618 

Polloc,  Cotabato,  Mindanao 205  236 

Zamboanga,  Mindanao 81  93 


LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

The  Sulu  Archipelago  occupies  the  center  of  the  S.  line  of  the  P.  A.,  comprising 
all  the  islands  between  the  parallels  4°  30^  and  6°  25^  N.  lat.,  and  the  meridians  119° 
25'  and  121°  52'  E.     The  surrounding  seas  of  the  archipelago  are  the  Sulu  and  Min- 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  843 

doro  on  the  N.  and  W.,  and  the  Celebes  on  the  S.  and  E.  The  islands  in  the  long 
chain  of  180  m.  from  NE.  to  SW.,  including  Sibutu  I.,  constituting  the  archipelago 
of  Sulii,  are  divided  into  5  principal  groups:  Balanguingui,  Pangutiirang,  Sulu,  Tapul, 
and  Tawi  Tawi. 

AREA. 

The  area  of  the  entire  archipelago  (188  islands)  is  1,029  sq.  m.,  as  follows: 


\  Number 
Area,    i     of  is- 
lands. 


Balanguingui 

Pangutiirang 72 

Sulu 380 

Tapul 77 

Tawi  Tawi 462 


Total 1,029  '  188 

A  land  area  of  but  56  sq.  m.  less  than  the  State  of  Rhode  Islan  i.  For  description 
of  groups  and  islands  of  this  archipelago  see  Alphabetical  (Tazetteer.  The  land  and 
sea  surface  is  188  by  81  sq.  m.  between  parallel  lines  at  extreme  points  of  land  NE. 
to  SW.  and  NW.  to  SE.,  or  5,670  sq.  m. 

PHYSICAL  FEATTTBES. 

The  larger  islands  are  generally  volcanic  and  high.  The  smaller  rest  upon  coral 
and  are  but  a  few  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea.  The  island  of  Sulu,  Sulu  group, 
is  traversed  from  ENE.  to  WSW.  bv  3  almost  parallel  chains  of  mountains.  The 
highest  peaks  are  Bahu,  2,810  ft. ;  Tuinatanguis,  2,940  ft. ;  Tumahu,  1,573  ft. ;  Tulipiln, 
2,107  ft.;  Mabintan,  1,640  ft.;  and  Mahuja,  1,123  ft.  Tawi  Tawi,  the  largest  island, 
has  a  mountain  chain  running  from  ENE.  to  WSW.  throughout  its  length,  the  most 
conspicuous  peaks  being  I\It.  Santiago,  in  the  SE.,  1,167  ft.  high,  and  Mt.  Dromedario, 
in  the  center  of  the  island,  w  ith  an  elevation  of  1,860  ft.  "The  appearance  of  the 
Sulu  Is.  from  seaward  is  extremely  l^eautiful.  There  are  several  extinct  volcanoes 
of  considerable  height  and  very  extensive  clearings  which  have  been  made  for  the 
cultivation  of  hill-paddy  (rice)  give  a  charming  park-like  appearance  to  the  land- 
scape. The  soil  is  of  the  richest  volcanic  nature  and  here  the  delicate  cacao  tree 
{Theohroma  cacao)  flourishes  undisturbed  by  the  devastating  hurricanes  and  vol- 
canic eruptions  that  from  time  to  time  create  such  disaster  in  the  Philippines  and  in 
Java." 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

The  shores  of  the  different  islands  are  indented  with  l)ays,  harbors,  and  ports,  the 
best  of  which  are: 

Aguada;  S.  of  the  island  of  Boiigao,  in  the  SW.  of  the  Tawi  Tawi  group. 

Basbas;  very  well  sheltered,  on  the  island  of  this  name,  in  the  Tawi  Tawi  group, 
N.  of  tlie  channel  of  Basbiis.  In  this  bay  there  are  good  anchoring  grounds  for  all 
kinds  of  craft,  and  it  is  easily  accessible. 

Chongos;  NE.  of  the  island  of  Bongao,  Tawi  Tawi  group. 

Dos  Amig-as;  on  the  N.  coast  of  Tawi  Tawi,  9 J  m.  W.  of  the  harbor  of  Basbds. 

Maibun,  or  Maimbun;  between  Pts.  Cabalian  on  the  W.  and  Putic  on  the  E., 
distant  from  each  other  8  m.  It  runs  in  about  2  m.  N.  on  the  coast  of  the  island  of 
Sulu. 

Pata;  in  the  island  of  this  name,  Sulu  group. 

Pitog-o;  clear  and  rock  bound,  extending  11  m.  to  the  NE.  from  Pt.  Carangdalto, 
between  this  point  and  Pt.  Landican. 

Sulu;  on  the  S.  coast  of  the  island  of  this  name,  comprised  between  Pts.  Dairiga- 
pit  and  Belan.  Its  coasts  are  clear  and  its  bottom,  slightly  shelving,  is  generally  of 
.    thick  sand.     There  is  a  good  anchorage  in  this  harbor. 

Tapaam;  good  anchorage  at  the  passage  of  Tapaam,  between  the  island  of  this 
name  and  that  of  Lapag,  both  of  the  Tawi  Tawi  group. 

Tawi  Tawi;  4  bends  on  the  island  of  the  same  name,  sheltered  and  distributed  at 
almost  equal  distances  around  the  coast. 

Tubu;  on  the  island  of  Sulu,  opening  E.  of  that  of  Maibun  and  close  to  it,  between 
^  Pts.  Putic  and  Carangdalto,  distant  from  each  other  13  m. 

TJbian;  good  anchorage  in  the  channel  which  runs  E.  of  the  island  of  Ubidn, 
Tawi  Tawi  group. 


844 


GAZETTE-ER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


ROADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 

There  are  few  inland  roads.  The  interisland  communication  is  carried  on  through 
the  numerous  sea  clianuels  and  passages,  as  the  channels  of  Siasi,  in  the  Tapul  grouj); 
Basbas,  Nochebuena,  La  Verbena,  Maipat,  Cambacamba,  Sipiiiigut,  Tandubas,  "West 
of  Banaran,  West  of  Basibuki,  Balseiro  and  Bambulin,  in  the  Tawi  Tawi  group;  and 
the  passage  of  S.  Tapaam  and  Paiigutarang  in  these  groups.  The  capital,  Sulu,  is  in 
steamer  communication  with  Singapore  and  Jlanila. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

The  population  of  this  archipelago  is  22,630,  estimated.  Very  little,  however,  is 
known  of  many  of  the  islands,  and  of  the  population  of  innumerable  hamlets  in  the 
interior  of  each.  According  to  Ferreiro  the  numlier  of  men  in  the  various  groups  of 
islands  governed  bv  datos  or  panlimanes,  serviceable  for  war,  was  in  Balanguingui, 
335;  Sulu,  14,415;  tapul,  1,300;  Tawi  Tawi  and  Pan"gutilrang  1,815,  making  a  total 
of  17,865.  Upon  this  basis  estimates  approximating  20,000  have  been  quoted  for  the 
entire  Sulu  Archipelago.  According  to  the  general  registry  of  the  diocese  of  Jaro, 
published  in  1895,  there  were  1,424  Christians. 

The  languages  are  Moro-Joloano  (Suluano),  and  Moro-Samal,  v/ith  an  infusion  of 
Visavan  words  in  the  latter. 


Island  and  pueblos. 

Total  population,  combining 
residents  pretient  and  ab- 
sent, native  and  Spanish, 
census  1887. 

Men. 

Women. 

Total. 

Sulu  (Jol6): 

Bongao                                                                            .     .            

43 
556 
106 

32 
276 
40 

75 

Jolo  (Sulu) 

832 

146 

Total 

705 

348 

1,053 

The  Moro  population  does  not  appear,  as  it  is  included  among  the  inhabitants  of 
Tawi  Tawi. 

The  towns  and  villages  will  be  found  under  the  groups.  Sulu,  the  capital,  is  the 
finest  town  in  the  archipelago,  and  has  some  pretensions  to  attractiveness. 

DEPENDENT   ISLANDS. 

The  islands  of  the  Sulu  Archipelago  number  1S8,  from  mei"e  specks,  only  notice- 
able as  a  danger  to  navigation,  to  Sulu  or  Tawi  Tawi,  of  geographical  and  econom- 
ical importance. 

VEGETABLE   PRODUCTS. 

The  flora  is  similar  to  that  of  Mindanao.  The  staples  are  rice,  coffee,  chocolate, 
corn,  hemp,  saffron,  indigo,  sesame,  and  cotton.  Twenty  varieties  of  rice  from  the 
Sulu  Archipelago  are  mentioned  in  the  catalogue  of  economic  plants  at  the  Koyal 
Botanic  Gardens,  Kew.  These  include  black,  red,  and  green  rice  and  bearded 
paddy.  It  is  stated  that  even  this  list  does  not  exhaust  the  varieties  existing  in 
Sulu.  While  the  hill  men  reap  the  product  of  tlie  soil,  the  Bajanas  gather  the  yirod- 
ucts  of  the  sea.  During  the  NE.  monsoon,  especiall}'  during  the  months  of  January, 
February,  and  March,  when  it  is  at  its  strongest,  the  principal  occupation  of  these 
toilers  of  the  sea  is  shark  fishing  under  the  lee  of  the  S.  islands  of  the  group. 

MINERALS. 


There  are  no  metallic  substances  known  to  exist  in  counuercial  quantities  in  any 
of  these  islands. 

FORESTS. 

The  woods  are  varied  in  species  and  valuable  in  quality,  including  teak,  one  of  the 
most  important  timbers  of  the  East,  camuning,  molaue  (molave),  narra,  mangacha- 
puy,  ipil,  cedro,  and  palo  hierro.  The  cocoanut,  cabo  negro,  buri,  and  nipa  palms 
grow  extensively.  The  forest  products  also  embrace  gum  mastic,  resins,  and  analo- 
gous substances. 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  845 

FRUITS. 

The  mangosteen,  hread  fruit,  })anaiias,  vU\,  are  prominent,  hut  all  the  fruits  of  the 
S.  islands  grow  abundantly. 

INDUSTRIES. 

The  inhabitants  of  Sulu  proper  are  skilled  in  certain  branehes  of  metal  working, 
as  the  nianufarture  of  chisels  (patu),  long  knives  with  sharp  edges  and  points  (lagut), 
hatchets  ( capa) ,  and  gauges  ( licut) ;  als( )  wcavi ng  for  home  use.  The  Chinese  traders 
are  the  principal  intermediaries  of  commerce  between  the  islands  of  the  Sulu  Archi- 
pelago and  the  merchandise  of  the  West,  chietiy  in  times  past  Manchester  goods, 
and  prospectively  the  manufactures  of  the  United  States,  opium  from  India,  tobacco, 
and  other  articles  in  exchange  for  pearl  and  pearl  shell,  shark's  fins,  beche  de  mer, 
and  native  nuinufactun'il  cordage.  Of  these  articles  pearl  shell  (Sulu  pearl)  forms 
by  far  the  largest  piojiortion  of  the  trade,  and  is  sold  in  London  as  Manila  shell. 
A  small  steamer  belonging  to  the  Chinese  merchants  at  Singapore  visits  Sulu  and 
Maibun  (Maimbun)  to  deliver  goods  and  take  away  the  shell  and  other  produce  to 
Singai)ore.  These  steamers  tly  the  English  flag  and  are  officered  by  Knglishmen, 
but  the  business  of  the  ship  and  cargo  is  managed  entirely  by  Chinamen.  The  rais- 
ing of  horses,  cattle,  carabaos,  and  goats  is  extensive.  Owing  to  the  dominance  of 
the  tenets  of  the  Koran,  hogs  are  not  part  of  the  meat  products  of  the  islands.  Tlie 
most  important  occupation  of  the  archipelago,  particularly  in  the  Sulu,  Tapul,  and 
Laparan  (Tawi  Tawi)  Is.,  is  pearl  and  shell  (mother-of-pearl)  fishing,  both  of  value, 
ami  exported  in  large  quantities  to  Manila  and  Singapore,  chiefly  the  latter,  the 
.present  emporium  of  the  pearl  and  shell  trade  of  the  Far  East. 

UNITED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 

The  advance  of  the  United  States  occupation  arrived  at  Sulu,  relieved  the  Spanish 
fgarrison  May  19,  1899,  and  opened  the  way  to  friendly  relations  with  the  Sultan  and 
his  Moi-o  subjects.  Under  special  orders  and  instrnc'tions  of  the  military  governor 
in  the  l'hili]ipines  in  July,  1899,  negotiations  were  ojx'iied  resulting  in  an  agreement 
lictween  the  representative  of  the  United  States  and  the  Sultan  of  Sulu  and  certain 
datos  named,  acknowledging  and  declaring  the  sovereignty  of  the  United  States  over 
the  whole  archipelago  of  Sulu  and  its  dependencies,  the  United  States  flag  to  be  used 
on  land  and  s.ea,  the  rights,  dignities,  and  religion  of  the  Moros  to  be  respected,  and 
!  certain  monthly  salaries  to  be  continued.  The  stipulations,  in  15  articles,  were 
signed  in  English  and  Sulu  at  Jolo  (Sulu)  August  20,  1899,  by  the  principals.  The 
report,  treaty,  and  accompanying  papers  were  transmitted  to  the  United  States  Con- 
gress February  1,  1900,  and  printed  as  Senate  Doc.  No.  136,  Fifty-sixth  Congress,  first 
session. 

<  )n  February  15, 1902,  the  Sulu  Archipelago  was  garrisoned  by  United  States  troops 
as  follows: 

Boiigao.  Jolo  (see  Sulu ) .  Siasi.  ■'  Sulu.  |* 

CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 

In  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  agreement  of  August,  1899,  the  government  of 
the  local  Moro  Sultan  and  datos  has  been  allowed  to  continue  under  the  supreme 
jurisdiction  of  the  United  States. 

MORO  CUSTOMS. 

Four  groups  having  different  customs  may  be  distinguished  among  the  inhabitants 
of  the  archipelago:  the  Guimbajanos,  or  inhabitants  of  the  mountains,  who  are  the 
indigenes;  the  Malay  and  Visayan  slaves,  whose  descendants  have  intermarried;  the 
Samales,  an  inferior  race  though  not  slaves;  the  true  Moros,  who  trace  their  origin 
from  the  Mohammedan  invaders  and  who  dominate  the  other  inhal)itants.  The 
name  Sulu,  notwithstanding  the  long  presence  of  merchant  steamers  traversing  the 
interisland  waters,  is  regarded  among  the  inhabitants  of  the  other  islands  as  a 
synonym  for  cruelty,  treachery,  and  ferocity.  Piracy  was  a  fixed  occupation,  with 
the  natives  of  this  archipelago.  Fleets  fitted  out  in  Sulu  carried  their  depredations 
as  far  as  Singapore  and  Bangkok  on  the  one  side  and  New  Guinea  on  the  other.    It  is 

"  Telegraph.  $  Post-office. 


846  GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

even  claimed  that  they  penetrated  in  their  daring  voyages  as  far  as  Polynesia,  spread- 
ing devastation  and  misery  wherever  they  went.  The  people  are  intelligent,  inde- 
pendent, and  fairly  moral  in  their  lives.  The  better  class  are  grave,  polite,  and 
digniiiecl  in  demeanor.  Polygamy  and  slavery,  the  accompaniments  of  the  doctrines 
of  Mohammedism,  liourish.  To  work  for  wages  is  imknown  in  Sulu.  As  a  rule,  the 
slaves  are  fairly  happy,  well  treated,  and  not  overworked.  They  live  on  the  same 
food  as  their  masters,  and  the  wife  they  wish  for  is  generally  obtained  for  them,  but 
their  children  are  also  slaves.  The  causes  of  slavery  are  birth,  being  stolen  into 
captivity,  from  debt,  and  those  who  admit  their  liability  to  servitude  under  the  sons 
of  their  father's  master.  The  latter,  however,  are  practically  free.  In  the  sale  of 
slaves,  divers  are  valued  at  $100,  while  ordinary  men  and  lads  are  worth  $40  to  $60. 
Girls  vary  from  $50  to  $100  according  to  age  and  beauty.  The  Bulu  language  is  one 
of  extreme  difficulty,  and  it  is  stated  that  there  are  not  a  dozen  persons  who  can 
speak  it.  Mr.  Haynes,  who  framed  an  extensive  dictionary,  found  greater  resem- 
l)lance  between  the  Sulu  and  Fijian  languages  than  between  the  Fijian  and  the  other 
IVIalayan  tongues.  The  source  of  the  original  migration  will  probably  never  be 
known.  In  the  Fijian  language  there  are  numerous  dental  consonants  and  final 
vowels,  while  the  8ulu  Avith  a  mouth  full  of  betel  nut  and  sirah,  drifts  into  labials 
and  gutturals.  There  exists  among  the  Sulus  a  distinctively  preserved  tradition  of 
8arah  and  Abraham.  Physically  the  Sulu  natives  are  superior  to  the  ordinary  Malay 
type,  and  according  to  Streeter,  are  a  strange  mixture  of  villainy  and  nobihty. 

SULU  (GROUP),  SULU  ARCHIPELAGO. 

(Soo'^ldo,  iiat.) 

Capital:  Sulu,  lat.  6°  3^  40'^  N.,  Ion.  120°  58^  E. 

Area:  ]\Iainland,  351  sq.  m.;  dependent  islands,  29  sq.  m. ;  total,  3.S0  sq.  m. 

Population:  14,415  men  for  war. 

Race:  Moro. 

Lang'uage:  Moro-Suluano. 

Military  Department  of  Mindanao:  Headtjuarters,  Zaml)(>anga,  ^lindonao. 

Table  of  didances. 

From  Sulu  to —  m. 

Balanguingui  ( Balanguingui  group) 46 

Isabela  de  Basilan  (Basilan  group) 80 

Laparan  (Tawi  Tawi  group) 67 

Manila,  Luzon,  S. ^. ''95 

Pangutarang  (Pangut^rang  group) 37^ 

Tapul  (Tapul  group) 25^ 

TatAn  (Tawi  Tawi  I. ) 90 

LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

The  Sulu  group  occupies  a  central  position  in  tlie  archipelago  of  the  same  name, 
between  lat.  5°  46'  and  6°  14'  N.  and  Ion.  120°  50'  and  121°  17'  E.  On  the  N.  and 
NE.  lie  the  islands  of  the  Balanguingui  group;  on  the  E.  the  Celebes  Sea;  on  the  S. 
the  Tapul  group,  and  on  the  W.  the  Pangutaraug  group,  all  of  the  Sulu  Archipelago. 


The  land  area  of  the  group  is:  Sulu,  the  main  island,  333  sq.  m. ;  dependent  islands, 
47  sq.  m.;  total,  380  sq.  m.  The  land  and  water  are  from  Bitniin,  WSW.  to  Pt. 
Silarigan;  Sulu  is  42  m.,  and  Theomabal  I.,  SE.  to  Carangdalto  Pt.,  43  m.,  1,806  sq.  m. 

PHYSICAL   FEATURES. 

All  of  the  larger  islands  are  volcanic.  Sulu,  the  largest  and  name  island  of  both 
the  archipelago  and  the  group,  has  12  important  summits,  one  1,450,  in  the  extreme 
E.;  another,  2,106  ft.,  in  the  SW.,  between  Maibiin  (Maimbiin)  and  Parang;  still 
another,  2,766,  about  the  center  of  the  N.  coast,  and  the  highest,  2,894  ft.,  NNE.  of 
Parang  (Silarigan  Pt. ).  There  are  many  small  streams,  usually  torrents,  during  the 
rainy  season,  and  dry,  or  nearly  so,  the  rest  of  the  year.  Each  of  the  islands  of  any 
size  is  formed  of  a  central  peak  sloping  to  a  narrow  stretch  of  comparatively  level 
land  along  the  coast.  The  islets  are  generally  rocks,  the  whole  system  indicating 
summits  of  a  subterranean  range  which  forms  the  foundation  of  the  archipelago  from 
Basilan  to  the  E.  coast  line  of  Borneo. 


GAZETTEER    OB'   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  847 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

Carondong';  on  the  SE.  coast  of  Snlu. 

Dalrymple;  harbor,  E.  of  Tutii  Bay,  on  the  SE.  shore,  is  the  best  anchorage  in  the 
group. 

Luban;  on  the  SE. 

Maibun,  or  Maimbun;  on  the  S.  coast,  is  a  small  l)ut  safe  harbor  sheltered  l»y  2 
small  islands. 

Pitogo;  on  the  SE.,  between  Sang  and  Tandican  Pts.,  affords  safe  anchorage,  but  is 
exposed  tii  the  winds  from  the  SE. 

Pinungan;  on  the  SW,,  S.  of  Cabucan,  on  the  S.  part  of  Lapac  I.,  Tapul  grouji. 

Sulu;  on  the  NW.  coast,  between  Pts.  Dinangapit  and  Belan,  a  good  anchorage, 
with  a  depth  from  18  to  29  fms.,  and  sheltered  by  the  Cabucan  and  the  cluster  of 
islets  around  it  from  the  NW. 

Talayan;  off  the  N.  coast  of  Sulu,  and  forms  the  port  of  the  same  name. 

Tutii;  on  the  S.  coast,  has  some  pretensions  to  size  and  is  well  sheltered  from  the 
S.  by  Pata  I. 

LIGHT-HOUSE. 

A  light-house  is  located  at  Sulu,  at  the  head  of  the  pier  in  the  harbor  of  that  name, 
lat.  6°  3'  40'^  N.,  Ion.  120°  58^  W^  E.,  37  ft.  above  the  sea  and  visible  7  m.  from  an 
octagonal  tower  of  rough  masonry  painted  white.  The  red  light  is  shown  from  the 
N.  arm  of  the  cross  forming  the  head  of  the  pier.  A  green  light  is  shown  on  a  post 
at  the  end  of  the  mole. 

ROADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 

A  horse  trail  between  Sulu  on  the  N.  and  Mail)rin  (Maimbun)  on  the  S.  coast,  with 
a  few  trails  among  the  mountains  to  different  parts  of  the  islands  of  Sulu,  are  the 
primitive  ways  of  intercourse  on  land.  Transportation  of  the  products  of  the  islands 
to  Sulu,  the  steamer  point,  is  by  water  in  native  craft.  The  port  is  in  steamer 
communication  Avith  Manila  and  Singapore.     {See  Sulu  town.) 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

The  number  of  men  governed  by  datos  or  panlimanes  serviceable  for  war,  1901,  is 
given  at  14,415.  The  native  population  is  divided  into  2  classes,  the  hillmen 
(Panjiniba),  the  tillers  of  the  soil,  and  the  coast  people  (tan  Bajan),  the  toilers  of 
the  sea.  The  former  cultivate  rice,  tapioca,  and  other  food  plants,  and  breed  horses, 
cattle,  and  water  buffalo. 

Maibun,  or  Maimbun;  on  the  S.  coast  is  the  residence  of  the  Sultan. 

Parang;  on  the  SW.  shore. 

Sulu;  p.  o.  and  the  capital  of  the  archipelago  and  the  island;  a  garrisoned  town 
on  the  NE.  coast.     (»S'ee  Sulu  town.) 

A  number  of  villages  lie  along  the  coast  and  inland,  the  inhabitants  being  engaged 
in  agriculture  and  grazing  for  their  own  wants,  and  pearl  and  shell  fishing  for  export. 

ISLANDS. 

The  group  comprises  34  islands,  islets,  and  rocks  charted  (which  see  for  descrip- 
tion): 

Islands  of  the  Sulu  group. 

M).  m. 

Bancungan;  N.  of  Sulu,  near  the  main  island 1 

Bitinan;  in  the  NE.  extremity,  722  ft.  high '^ 

BubuAn;  NNW.  of  Sulu,  498  ft.  high 2k 

Cabucan;  NW.  of  Sulu;  4  small  islands  lie  between  it  and  BubuAn 4 

Cabmuan. 

Caput;  N.  of  the  E.  extremity,  1,066  ft.  high 7 

Damocan i 

Dongdong;  S.  of  Sulu h 

Drybank 4 

Gujangan  and  several  small  islets  off  the  N i 

Higad  (H6gad);  NW.  of  Sulu i 

Lahat  Lahat. 

Lumbian;  S.  of  Sulu i 

Marongas;  NW.  of  the  center  of  Sulu 1 

Mimo;  N.  of  Sulu. 

Minis;  N.  of  Sulu :  1 


848  GAZETTEEE    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

sq.  m. 

Fala  (Pata) :  off  Tutii  Bay,  S.  shore  of  Sulu,  1,434  ft.  high;  a  small  island  lies  to  the  E 16 

Palliagan;  NW.  of  Sulu 6 

Panganafl;  W.  of  Sulu h 

Pangasinan h 

Pantoeanan;  NW.  of  Sulu 1 

PA  rang. 

PatiAn ;  S.  of  Suhi 1 

I'a tic( ilo;  N.  of  Sulu 1 

Siilada ;  S\V.  Sulu 1 

Suhi:  tlif  largest  island  of  the  archipelago  of  that  name,  midway  in  the  chain  of  islands  between 

the  Zamboaiiga  Pen.,  Mindanao,  and  the  coast  of  E.  Borneo,  at  Dalvel  Bay.    It  i3  37  m.  E.  and 

W.,  and  14  m.  N.  and  S.  at  its  widest,  and  3i  m.  at  its  narrowest  points.    The  surface  consists  of 

fertile  plains  and  a  number' of  peaks,  with  an  area  of  333  sq.  m.     (See  Physical  features,  Sulu  I.) 

Tacud:  N.  of  Sulu. 

Talayan;  off  the  N.  coast  of  Sulu,  low  and  level 1 

Tambulian 1 

Teomabal;  N.  of  Sulu  I 1 

Teomabal;  NE.  of  Sulu. 

Tubayan 1 

Tuli&h;  SW.  of  Sulu 1 

TuMn  (second),  513  ft.  high,  off  Dalrymple  Harbor,  N.  coast  of  Sulu  I i 

VEGETABLE  PRODUCTS. 

Rice,  rom,  coffee,  cotton,  and  chocolate  are  lained  chiefly  for  home  consumption 
and  a  little  hemp,  indigo,  and  sesame  for  export. 

MINERALS. 

The  mountains  of  the  main  islands  have  not  been  scientifically  explored,  and  no 
traces  of  minerals  in  paying  quantities  have  l)een  reported. 

FORESTS. 

The  most  valuable  woods  of  the  S.  islands,  as  teak,  molaue  (molave) ,  narra,  ebony, 
etc.,  grow  abundantly. 

FRUITS. 

The  mangosteen,  bread  fruit,  oranges,  bananas,  aud  other  fruits  of  the  tropical  lati 
tudes  of  the  Philippines  grow  luxuriantly  either  wild  or  cultivated. 

INDUSTRIES. 

The  mechanical  industries  are  confined  to  weaving  in  its  most  primitive  state  for 
domestic  use.  Grazing  in  the  hills  and  fishing,  i^earling,  and  gathering  of  mother- 
of-pearl  shell  for  export  along  the  coast  engage  the  greater  share  of  the  industria, 
energy  of  the  people. 

UNITED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 

An  expedition  of  United  t-^tates  troops  visited  Sulu,  the  capital  of  the  archipelago 
May  19,  1899,  since  which  time  the  town  has  been  one  of  the  United  States  garrisons 
in  the  Philippines. 

CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 

The  local  government,  in  accordance  with  the  agreement  lietween  the  United 
States  and  the  Sultan  of  Sulu,  signed  August  20,  1899,  is  a  continuation  under 
United  States  sovereignty,  of  the  authority  of  the  Sultanate. 


SULU  (soo'-loo),  nat.;  central  and  name  island 
of  Sulu  A.,  37  m.  from  E.  to  W.  and  14  m.  N. 
and  S.,  averaging  6  m.  in  width  or  380  sq.  m. 
in  area.  On  NE.  lies  Balanguingui,  to  SW. 
Tapul,  and  NW.  Pairs:nt;1rans  crrps.  of  archi- 
pelago, while  to  si;.  sii(i<-liis  (  virl)esSea,  on 
opposite  side  uf  \\lii(  h  li(>  CcIcIm'sA.  Physi- 
cal characteristics  ). resent  series  of  hills  and 
valleys,  latter  under  extensive  cultivation. 
Scenery  possesses  all  beauty  of  park.  Loftiest 
of  mountain  peaks  inland," from  Silangan  Pt. 
at  SW.  end,  rises  to  2,894  ft.,  while  on  N.  is 
another  peak  2,766  ft.  Coasts  and  islands, 
especially  on  N.,  are  wooded,  clean,  steep-to, 
and  indented  with  bays,  where  there  is  good 
anchorage;  most  sheltered  being  that  of 
Tuli&n  or  Dalrymple  on  N.  side.  Aspect  of 
Island  from  sea  is  very  pleasing,  mountains 


SULU— Continued. 

being  covered  with  magnificent  forests  of 
valuable  woods  broken  here  and  there  by 
native  plantations,  in  many  instances  to  very 
summit.  Climate  is  particularly  fine.  Offi- 
cers of  H.  M.  S.  Samarang  reported  "Climate 
of  Sulu,  although  so  near  equator,  enjoys 
much  more  even  and  cooler  temperature  than 
that  of  Mindanao.  Nights  are  sensibly  cool 
and  although  island  abounds  in  water  mos- 
quitoes are  not  troublesome."  Soil  is  ex- 
tremely fertile.  Large  population  is  engaged 
in  agricultural  ]iursuits.  Population  of  is- 
land, it  is  claimed,  in  istlo,  was  88,300,  scat- 
tered throiiKh  44  villages,  among  which  were 
4  distinct  races.  This  would  indicate  a  large 
diminution  by  disease,  feuds,  or  other  casual- 
ties incident  to  savage  life  as  compared  with 


GAZETTEER   OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


849 


CO  I    I  I   5  ?  I  g 

o  ""  ,2  c  3  ^  1  s 


S.  Doc.  280 54 


850 


GAZETTEEE    OF   THE   PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 


SULU— Continued. 

latest  estimates.  Imports  are  chiefly  rice, 
hardware,  and  cotton  goods.  Exports:  Pearl 
shells,  pearls,  shark's  fins,  trepang  (beche  de 
mer) ,  and  choice  cabinet  woods.  In  channel 
between  Sulu  roadstead  and  Marorigas  is 
pearl-oyster  bed  which  is  fished  over  by  fleet 
of  boats  numbering  60  to  70.     (See  Sulu  A. ) 

roadstead  between  Dinangapit  and  Belan 

Pts.,  open  to  N.  and  W.  During  fresh  NW. 
winds  vessels  seek  shelter  in  Maibvin  (Maim- 
biln)  road.  Anchorage  is  N.  of  town,  oflt  SW. 
angle  of  Fort  Alfonso  XII.  Fixed  light 
stands  on  shore.    (See  Sulu  town.) 

sum,  or  J0L6  (soo'-loo,  nat.;  haw-law',  Sp.) 
{also  known  as  Tiangi);  ancient  residence  of 
Sultans,  capital  of  island,  group,  and  archi- 
pelago of  that  name,  on  roadstead  between 
Dinangapit  and  Belan  Pts.,  on  NW.  coast  of 
Sulu  I.,  .'>40  m.  almost  due  S.  of  Manila  and  99 
m.  SW.  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao.  Intersec- 
tion of  lat.  6°  and  Ion.  121°  E.  lies  4^  m.  SE. 
by  E.  of  town,  which  occupies  important  po- 
sition geographically  with  reference  to  com- 
merce between  Luzon  and  Visayan  Is.  on 
N.,  Borneo  and  Celebes  on  S.  and  SE.;  numer- 
ous groups  and  islands  which  extend  into 
Pacific  Ocean  W.  and  to  Australia.  Present 
import  and  export  trade  of  place  is  mostly 
controlled  by  Chinamen.  In  direct  communi- 
cation by  steamer  with  Singapore  and  Manila; 
also  large  native  interisland  trade.  Pearl- 
oyster  bed  in  channel  between  Sulu  anchor- 
age and  Marorigas  employs  large  number  of 
boats,  Sulu  being  seat  of  indu.stry.  Popula- 
tion is  estimated  at  several  thousand.  Peak 
2,766  ft.  high  rises  on  E.  Scarcely  trace  of 
ancient  town  of  Sulu,  perched  on  piles  in  air, 
remains.  In  1878,  when  the  Spaniards  deter- 
mined to  permanently  occupy  archipelago, 
site,  having  advantages  of  location,  was 
cleared  and  foundations  of  fortress  laid. 
Town  within  brick  walls  with  redoubts  and 
blockhouses  on  hill  built  by  Spaniards  is 
planned  with  3  fine  streets  planted  on  either 
side  with  rows  of  Arbol  de  fuego  (fire  trees), 
bananas,  and  cotton  trees.  Houses  are  paint- 
ed white  or  whitewashed,  not  having  nipa 
roof  so  common  in  archipelago.  Stone  pier 
extends  360  yds.  into  deep  water,  with  light- 
house at  seaward  end.  Substantial  quar- 
ters for  officers  and  men,  business  places  and 
storehouses  are  erected,  and  water  supply  for 
public  and  private  buildings.  There  is  newly 
constructed  market  house  to  accommodate 
large  number  of  Moros  who  gather  on  market 
days  with  fruits  and  merchandise.  United 
States  light-house  of  this  port  stands  on  N.  arm 
of  cross  forming  head  of  pier,  lat.  6°  3'  40"  N., 
Ion.  120°  58'  40"  E.,  37  ft.  above  sea  level; 
visible  7  m.  and  illuminates  arc  of  180°  sea- 
ward. Green  light  is  shown  on  po.st  at  end 
of  mole.  Official  report  to  Department  of 
War,  giving  military  view,  said  (1900):  "It  is 
hardlv  more  than  good-sized  military  post, 
beautifully  laid  out,  with  broad,  clean  streets, 
lined  with  flowering  trees  and  gardens,  and 
surrounded  by  loop-holed  wall  about  8  ft. 
high  and  1^  ft.  thick.  Population  is  estima- 
ted at  400,  mostly  Chinamen,  1  German,  no 
other  Europeans;  4  male  Moros  live  within 
walls.  I'uliHc  buildings  are  in  dilapidated 
condition,  (icivcrnor's  residence  and  office 
is  1  small  building.  There  is  1  group  of  bar- 
racks (1  buildings)  which  will  accommodate 
1  battalion.  Theater  will  accommodate  1 
company,  and  outlying  blockhouses  2  compa- 
nies. Commissary,  post-office,  schoolhouse, 
hospital  for  about  10  beds,  market,  and  some 
few  small  structures  compose  remainder  of 
public  buildings." 

great  inland  sea  of  P.  A.,  S.  of  lat.  10°,  S. 

boundary  of  Paragua,  Palawan,  Cuyos  grp. 
lying  to  N.,  Panay,  Negros,  and  Dapitan 
and  Zamboanga  (Mindanao)  to  E.,  Basilan  I., 
Sulu  A.,  and  Borneo  to  S.,  and  Borneo,  BaU- 
bac,  and  Palawan  to  W.  It  is  300  naut.  m. 
from  Alice  channel,  connecting  it  with  C61e- 


SULU,  or  J0L6— Continued. 

bes  Sea,  on  S.,  to  Mindoro  Sea  N.  of  10th  par- 
allel, on  N.,  and  360  naut.  m.  from  channel 
between  Negros  and  Dapitan,  Mindanao,  on 
E.,  connecting  it  with  sea  of  Mindanao,  to 
BaUbac  Strait,  between  it  and  China  Sea  on 
W.  With  exception  of  3  .small  clusters  of 
islands,  Cagayanes  W.  of  Negros  and  St. 
Michaels  and  Cagay^n  Sulu  Is.,  in  its  SW. 
waters,  it  is  generally  free  from  i.slands. 
During  monsoon  season  it  forms  inner  pas- 
sage for  steamers  between  Singapore  and 
Manila  and  Hongkong,  island  of  Palawan 
acting  as  shelter  against  these  severe  winds 
on  W.  It  is  al.so  principal  route  between 
Manila  and  Mindanao,  Sulu  A.,  and  Palawan. 

SULtJAN  (soo-loo'-ahn),  ver.;  conspicuous  island 
approaching  SAmar,  Mindanao,  from  Pacific; 
Buena  Senal  of  celebrated  Legaspi  expedi- 
tion; lOi  m.  E.  of  Malh6n  I.  and  12^  m.  SE. 
i  S.  from  S.  point  of  S4mar;  nearly  1  m.  in 
length  and  moderate  height,  with  several 
rocks  on  its  W.  side.  Being  to  windward  at 
entrance  to  Surigao  Strait,  it  is  used  by  navi- 
gators as  point  of  approach  entering  from 
Pacific. 

SllLlJC  (soo'-look),  nat.;  hamlet  on  NW.  shore  of 
Sibuguey  Bay  ,(in  Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  62  m. 
NNE.  of" Zamboanga. 

SLLIK'AN  (soo-loo'-cahn).  Tag.;  village  in  Santa 
Cruz,  Manila,  NE.  of  Bilibid  prison. 

StfLUNG  (soo'-loong),  nat.;  point  on  NW.  coast  of 
Biliran  I.,  NW.  of  Leyte,2m.  NW.  of  Almeria. 

SUMACAP  (soo-mah-cah-capp),  nat.;  hamlet  on 
Grand  de  la  Pampanga  Riv.,  9  m.  N.  of  San 
Isidro,  Nueva  Ecija,  Luzon.    ( Also  Samacap. ) 

SUMADELL  (soo-mah-dehl'),  Sp.;  hamlet  in  W. 
summits  of  Grand  Cordillera  Central,  at  head- 
waters of  Abra  Riv.,  in  Lepanto,  Luzon,  4  ra. 
NE.  of  Caydn.    Pop.,  5.50. 

SIImAK  (soo'-mahg),  ver.;  pueblo  of  Negros  Occi- 
dental, at  mouth  of  Suinan  Riv.,  on  E.  shore 
of  Guimards  Strait,  5  m.  S.  of  Bac61od,and  12 
m.  E.  of  nearest  land  of  Guimards  Strait. 
Pop.,  4,332. 

SL'MAGUI  (soo-mah'-gee),  nat.;  river  emptying 
into  sea  on  E.  coast  of  Mindoro,  3f  m.  SSW.  of 
Mayllague  Pt. 

SUMAL  (soo-mahl'),  ver.;  islet  on  SE.  fringe  of 
rocks  and  bare  pcak.s,  off  E.  shore  of  Siasi  I., 
Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

SlIMANDAL  (soo-mahn-dahl'),  nat.;  hamlet  on  S. 
coast  of  Leyte,  3  m.  ESE.  of  Maasin,  on  coast 
road. 

SUMBXN  (soom-bahn'),nat.;  point  on  SE.  coast  of 
Dftvao,  Mindanao,  and  E.  head  to  Sarangani 
Bay. 

high  point  at  E.  head  of  Sarangani  Bay,  S. 

coast  of  DAvao,  Mindanao. 

point  W.  head  to  Canalasan  Cove,  Saran- 
gani Bay,  DAvao,  Mindanao. 

StBIBANG  (soom-bahng'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  S4mar, 
N.  coast,  3^  m.  SE.  of  Catarman. 

SllMBA-SUMBA  (soom'-bab-soom'-bah),  ver.:  ex- 
treme SE.  of  mass  of  Lslets  lying  off  E.  shore 
of  Siasi  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

SUMILAO  (soo-mee'-lah-oh),  nat.;  inland  town  in 
NE.  Misamis,  Mindanao,  on  E.  slope  of  Min- 
danao range  trending  S.  from  Macajalar  Bay, 
15  m.  SE.  of  Cagaydn  de  Misamis. 

Sl'MlLON  (soo-mee'-lohn),  nat.;  islet  |  m.  long 
and  177  ft.  high,  li  m.  off  SE.  coast  of  Cebii,  4 
m.  E.  of  Santander,  and  ENE.  3  m.  from 
Tan6n  Pt. 

island  6i  m.  N.  of  Bilan  Pt.,  low  and  .steep- 
to.  On  E.  side  is  Surigao  Strait,  off  W.  coast 
of  Dindgat  I.,  off  N.  coast  Surigao,  Mindanao. 

SUMPriVlUN  (soom-poong'-ahn),nat.;  mountain 
in  SW.  Leyte. 

SUMtiHIT  (soo-moo'-heet),nat.;  bay  on  NW.  coast 
of  Daram  I.,  off  W.  coast  Sdmar. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


851 


MINDANAO  1. 

P@1.T  SURIGAO 

Surveyed/  under  ihr  SirfsHon.  of 

CAPTAIN  CLAUDIO  MONTERO.  SpcmUhNa^ 

1861 

Snrigao  0  Lat.9?47:30  H.  Lo3ig.l25?^32:o'E.|'^proa:.) 

r               VARIATION 

— i 
o'srEdsoo)       "i 

STATIONARY                J 

:U3»l«                   s.                    o                                        lSe»ttile', 

852 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


Sf  MlIT  (soo'-moot),  ver.:  hamlet  on  NE.  coast  of 
Basilan  I.,  off  SW.  peninsula  of  Zamboanga, 
Mindanao,  on  S.  shore  of  strait  of  that  name, 
Sulu  A. 

SUNCiX  (soon-cahn'),  nat.;  islet  off  SE.  coast  of 
Siasi  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

SUNDA  (soon'-dah).  ver.;  hamlet  on  E.  coast  of 
Cebiu2  m.  S.  of  Sibonga,  on  coast  road. 

SL'NDOA?)  (soon-doh'-ahn),  nat.;  mountain  in 
S.  Central  S^mar,  about  13  m.  E.  by  S.  of  Cal- 
biga,  on  whose  summit  is  large  lake,  center 
of  amphitheater  of  high  ranges  which  send 
their  drainage  through  numerous  small 
streams  from  every  direction  into  this  central 
basin,  forming  source  of  Calbiga  Riv.,  empty- 
ing into  Villareal  Bay. 

SUNGAP  (.soon-gahp'),  nat.;  village  on  island  W. 
of  Sipae  I.,  Balanguingui  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

SUNGAY  (soong-i'),  Tag.;  peak  2,547  ft.  high,  in 
Maquiling  range,  between  Cavite  and  Batan- 
gas,  Luz6n. 

SUIVfel  (soong'-ee),  ver.;  point  on  S.  shore  of  Can- 
dolu  I.  and  S.  landmark  of  S^mar,  opposite 
and  across  sea  channel  to  Handig  Pt.,  12  m. 
SW.,  N.  land  of  Homonhon  I. 

SUKLUJiG  (soon-loong'),  ver.;  river  entering  on 
E.  shore  of  DAvao  Bay,  DAvao,  Mindanao. 

SUNT  (soont),  ver.;  river  in  Abra,  Luzon,  ri.sing 
in  SW.  spurs  of  Grand  Coldillera  Central  and 
emptying  into  Tineg. 

SUOC  (swock'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  N.  shore  of  Sulu 
I.,  Sulu  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

SUPAN  (soo'-pahn),  ver.;  hamlet  in  N.  part  of 
Guimaras  I.,  off  E.  coast  Iloilo,  Panay. 

river  in  E.  Albay,  Luzon,  emptying  into  La- 

gonoy  Gulf. 

SDPAKGA  (soo-pahn'-gah),  ver.;  hamlet  near  r. 
shore  of  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  Cotabato, 
Mindanao,  3J  m.  E.  by  N.  of  Cotabato. 

SUPAN^AK  (.«oo-pahng'-ahn),  nat.;  town  and 
creek  emptying  on  r.  bank  of  Grande  Riv.  of 
Mindanao,  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

SUPE  (soo'-pay),  ver.;  hamlet  on  W.  shore  of  Sa- 
rangani  Bav,  S.  coast  of  Ddvao,  Mindanao, 
82  m.  SSW.  of  DAvao. 


SUU  (soor),  Sp.;  point  in  island  of  Burias,  Mas- 
bate,  Visaya.s. 

SURIBAO  (soo-ree-bah'-oh) ,  ver.;  hamlet  in  SE. 
SAmar,  near  river  of  that  name,  9  m.  NW.  of 
Lanang. 

extinct  volcano  on  1.  bank  of  river  of  same 

name  in  SE.  S^mar. 

riverin  SE.  SAmar,  rising  in  Cantoragan  Mt. , 

SW.,  not  far  from  source  of  Vasey  Riv.,  which 
flows  into  San  Pedro  and  San  Pablo  Bay  on 
SW.  coast,  and  flo\ving  NE.  empties  intoPacific 
Ocean  2i  m.  S.  of  Borongan  into  estuary 
closed  by  bar. 

SUBIGAO  (soo-ree-gah'-oh),ver.;  strait  and  ocean 
liighway  between  Sulu  Sea  on  SW.  and  Pacific 
Ocean  on  NE.,  great  island  of  Mindanao  con- 
stituting its  S.  shore  and  islands  of  Negros, 
Cebii,  Bohol,  Leyte,  Panaon,  and  SAmar  its 
N. ;  strait  is  famous  in  history  of  islands  as 
route  taken  by  Magellan  after  crossing  Pacific, 
discovering  P".  I.  Strait  is  now  less  frequented 
at  certain  seasons  than  San  Bernardino,  which 
is  more  windward  in  NE.  monsoon;  it  is,  how- 
ever, more  direct,  safer,  and  deeper  through- 
out than  that  strait,  and  of  decided  advantage 
to  vessels,  steam  or  sail,  going  to  S.  Philip- 
pines and  Sulu  Sea.  Steamers  from  Cebii  Sea 
making  for  ports  on  E.  coast  of  Mindanao, 
take  E.  passage  between  DinAgat  and  Bucas 
I.  and  main  coast  of  Mindanao. 

port  on  N.  coast  of  NW.  Mindanao  and  12 

m.  SW.  of  DinAgat  I.  and  6  m.  SE.  of  BilaS,  Pt., 
Mindanao. 

point  and  anchorage  in  NE.  Mindanao. 

capital  of  province  of  same  name;  town 

stands  on  shore  of  r.  bank  of  river  of  same 
name  on  extreme  N.  coast  of  Mindanao. 
Pop.,  6,285.  Inhabitants  are  almost  entirely 
engaged  in  collecting  pearl  shells  and  tre"- 
pang,  and  in  washing  gold-bearing  soil  in 
vicinity.  On  July  1,  1879,  owing  to  succes- 
sion of  earthquakes,  ground  in  neighborhood 
of  Surigao  and  Bilambilam  sank  2  ft.  In  con- 
sequence of  these  physical  disturbances,  in 
October  of  .same  year  pilots  declined  to  an- 
chor vessels  off  toAvn  in  less  than  90  ft.  All 
government  and  most  of  substantial  build- 
ings were  rendered  uninhabitable.  Anchor- 
age of  town  is  Bilambilam. 


SURIGAO,  MINDANAO,  PROVINCE  OF. 

(Soo-ree-gali'-oh,  nat.) 

Capital:  Surigao,  lat.  9°  48'  N.,  Ion.  125°  30'  E. 

Area:  Mainland,  12,539  sq.  m.;  83  dependent  islands,  662  sq.  m.;  total,  13,201 
}.  m. 

Population:  83,125,  exclusive  of  wild  races. 
Race:  Visa  van. 

Language:  Vi.'^ayan  and  local  dialects. 
Military  Department  of  Mindanao:  Headquarters,  Zamboanga,  ]\Iindanao. 


Table  of  distances. 
From  Surigao  to —  m. 

Cebii,  Cebu •- 110 

Dapitan,  Mindanao 162 

Manila,  Luzon 469 

Manila,  via  Surigao  Strait,  Visayan  and  Mindoro  seas,  and  Verde  Passage 537 

Misamis,  Mindanao 159 

Tacloban,  Leyte 140 


LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 


The  province  of  Surigao  occupies  the  entire  E.  seaboard  of  the  island  of  Min- 
danao from  Surigao  Strait  to  Mayo  Bay.  It  is  bounded  on  the  N.  by  the  bay  of 
Butuan,  the  dependent  islands  of  Dimigat  and  Siargao,  and  the  strait  of  Surigao, 
which  separates  it  from  the  mainland  of  Leyte,  29  m.  to  the  NW. ;  on  the  E.  by  the 
Pacific  Ocean;  on  the  S.  by  Ddvao,  and  on  the  W.  by  Misamis. 


GAZETTEER   OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  853 

ABEA. 

It  measures  217  m.  from  N.  to  S.  and  83  m.  from  E.  to  W.  Area,  12,539  sq.  m;  83 
dependent  islands,  662  sq.  m. ;  total,  13,201  sq.  m.,  or  nearly  10  times  the  size  of  the 
State  of  Ehode  Island,  3  times  the  size  of  Connecticut,  nearly  twice  the  size  of  Mas- 
sachusetts and  New  Jersey,  and  nearly  3,000  sq.  m.  larger  than  Maryland. 

PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 

The  territory  of  Surigao  is  traversed  from  N.  to  S.  by  2  ranges,  the  E.  paralleling 
the  Pacific  shore,  and  the  other  forming  the  boundary  with  Misamis.  The  E.  range 
gives  rise  to  the  rivers  flowing  to  the  right  of  Agusan  and  also  to  the  little  rivers  of 
Quinquin,  Matiao,  and  Lumlug,  which  deposit  their  waters  in  the  E.  side  of  the  gulf 
of  Ddvao.  Besides  these  ranges  spurs  extend  in  both  directions,  sending  their  waters 
to  the  streams  which  empty  into  the  Pacific  or  into  those  running  into  the  Agusan 
from  its  r.  banks.  The  Agusan  is  one  of  the  finest  rivers  of  the  archipelago.  Rising 
across  the  borders  of  Davao,  after  a  course  of  51  m.  it  passes  through  a  chain  of  lakes, 
thence  continuing  its  course  and  receiving  many  tributaries,  enters  the  bay  of  Butiian 
through  3  mouths.  It  drains  the  entire  valley  of  central  Surigao,  averaging  from  40 
to  50  m.  in  width.  Overlooking  this  valley  at  its  N.  terminus  is  Mt.  Tendido,  3,251 
ft.  high,  11  m.  inland  from  the  provincial  capital;  28  m.  farther  S.  rises  Mt.  Legaspi, 
3,888  ft.  high;  and  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  Tiibay  Riv.  is  Mt.  Urdaneta,  6,214  ft.,  one  of 
the  loftiest  mountains  in  the  chain. 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

The  coasts  of  Surigao  and  the  larger  dependent  islands  are  indented  with  numer- 
ous bays,  of  which  the  following  are  the  most  important: 

Baganl^a;  also  a  military  station  on  the  E.  shore  between  Dtiguet  and  Lambajon 
Pts.,  with  11  fms.  depth. 

Bilan  Bilan,  or  Bilam  Bilam;  a  small  port  on  the  most  N.  point,  and  1  m.  S.  of 
Surigao  town. 

Bislig;  comprised  between  Pts.  Tagtaba  on  the  S.  and  Maslic  on  the  N.  Masalu- 
ron,  off  the  E.  mainland,  divides  the  entran-ce  into  2  channels,  the  S.  having  from  6  to 
46  fms.,  and  N.  3  fms.,  with  2  fms.  at  the  mouth  of  the  Dugan  Riv. 

Butuan;  on  the  N.  coast,  21  m.  between  heads,  the  W.  of  which,  Diuata,  is  the 
terminus  of  the  boundary  with  Misamis.  Along  tlie  shores  of  this  bay,  which  is  one 
of  the  finest  in  Mindanao,  are  several  deep  and  secure  anchorages. 

Caraga;  on  the  E.  coast,  24  m.  N.  of  Mayo  Bay  on  the  S.  boundary.     It  has  6 J  fms. 

Gabo;  on  the  SE.  shore  of  Dinagat  I.  and  a  point  of  refuge  for  vessels  on  that 
coast,  between  Mindanao  and  Samar  and  Leyte. 

Iiian^a;  on  the  E.  coast  between  Umanun  on  the  N.  and  Baculfn  on  the  S.,  15  m. 
Several  small  islands  shelter  it  from  the  Pacific. 

Malinao;  on  the  NE.  coast  of  Dindgat  I.  Its  landmark  is  a  peak  1,726  ft.  high. 
Another  bay  immediately  S.,  and  from  which  it  is  separated  by  Cascada  Pt.,  is 
overlooked  by  a  peak  2,325  ft.  high. 

.Masipit;  on  the  S.  side  of  Butuan  Bay,  near  the  river  of  the  same  name. 

Sapao;  on  the  NW.  coast  of  Siargao  I.,  with  headland  620  ft.  high.  A  number 
of  small  bays  protected  by  islands  lie  along  this  shore. 

Sibonga;  on  the  NW.  shore  of  Bucas  I.,  sheltered  by  the  islands  in  Dapa  channel. 

LIGHT-HOUSES. 

At  Mati,  on  Pagoda  Bay,  2  fixed  red  lights,  26  ft.  above  the  sea,  visible  5  m., 
indicate  the  entrance  to  the  bay,  the  red  light  showing  seaward  and  the  white  light 
within  the  harbor. 

ROADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 

There  are  few  roads,  the  means  of  communication,  owing  to  the  mountainous 
character  of  the  country,  being  by  native  boats  along  the  coast  and  on  the  rivers  and 
lakes  which  cover  the  great  central  valley. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

In  1887  the  population  was  67,760,  and  in  1898,  85,125,  estimated,  exclusive  of  the 
wild  faces  of  the  mountains.     A  number  of  dialects  are  spoken,  the  Visayan  being 
^    the  most  important. 


854 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


The  following  is  the  division  of  Surigao  into  pueblos,  with  their  respective  popula- 
tion, according  to  the  census  of  1887: 


Province  and  pneblos. 

Total  population,  combining 
residents  present  and  ab- 
sent, native  and  Spanish, 
census  1887. 

Men. 

Women. 

Total. 

Surigao: 

.556 

437 

592 

430 

288 

2, 065 

989 

3,082 

1,439 

1,014 

825 

1,143 

145 

1,189 

i;256 

842 

1,100 

1,210 

1,033 

337 

1,370 

771 

458 

262 

173 

778 

2,493 

1,021 

1,202 

789 

1,230 

1,070 

547 

414 

602 

409 

297 

2,063 

979 

2,963 

1,404 

915 

858 

1,138 

130 

1,154 

2,755 

1,238 

819 

1,107 

1,177 

973 

330 

'770 

435 

276 

168 

770 

2,459 

1,005 

1,214 

779 

1,213 

1,055 

851 

Bislig      

845 

Bumanan 

585 

Cabuntog 

1  968 

Cantildn 

6,045 
2,843 
1  929 

Carrascal 

Catel 

1  663 

Dapil 

2,281 

DmAgat 

2,343 
5,553 
2  494 

Ginatilan 

Jabonga 

1  661 

2^207 

Lian&a, ... 

Mainit 

2,006 
667 

Oteyza 

1  541 

San  Juan 

341 

Sapao 

1  548 

4,952 
2,026 
2  416 

Taganato 

Tago 

1,'568 

T^ndag 

2  443 

Til  bay 

2  155 

Total 

' 

1901,  85,125. 


There  are  90  towns  besides  those  named,  situated  either  on  the  coast  or  on  the 
navigable  streams.  In  addition  are  12  towns  on  the  dependent  islands,  a  total  of  102. 
Each  town  represents  a  number  of  hamlets  in  the  vicinity.  The  following  are  the 
most  important  towns: 

Surigao;  the  capital,  on  the  r.  bank  of  the  river  of  the  same  name,  on  the 
extreme  N.  point  of  Mindanao,  4  m.  SE.  of  Bilan  (Bilaa)  Pt.  This  district  w-as  the 
site  of  the  first  Spanish  mission  in  the  archipelago.  Pop.,  with  the  village  of  Anao- 
aon,  (j,285. 

Bislig;  at  mouth  of  a  river  entering  the  SW.  arm  of  the  bay  of  the  same  name,  127 
m.  SE.  of  Surigao.     Pop.,  7,583. 

Butuan;  at  the  head  of  the  delta  of  the  Agusan  and  diverging  point  of  its  3  out- 
lets into  the  bay  of  Butuan,  11  m.  N.  and  101  m.  S.  of  Surigao.  Formerly  a  coman- 
dancia  along  that  bay  and  inland  on  the  Agusan  Riv. ;  is  one  of  the  finest  districts 
in  Mindanao.  In  1872  a  monument  to  Hernando  de  Magallanes  was  erected  here. 
Pop.,  10,543. 

Cabuntog;  on  the  extreme  SE.  coast  of  Siargao  I.,  on  a  fine  bay,  sheltered  by 
Daco  I.,  49  m.  E.  of  Surigao.     Pop.,  4,175. 

Cantilan;  on  the  shore  of  a  large  bight  on  the  NE.  coast,  47  m.  SE.  of  Surigao. 
Pop.,  10,02(). 

Caraga;  pop.,  8,690. 

Dinagat;  on  the  SW.  shore  of  the  island  of  the  same  name,  16  m.  NE.  across  the 
channel  from  Surigao.     Pop.,  5,264. 

Esperanza;  on  the  r.  bank  of  the  Agusan  Riv.,  23  m.  above  its  outlet  in  the  bay 
of  I'.utuan.     I'op.,  2,460. 

Gigaquit;  on  the  NE.  coast,  27  m.  SE.  of  Surigao.     Pop.,  7,116. 

Lianga;  at  the  head  of  the  large  bay  of  the  same  name,  102  m.  SE.  of  Surigao. 
Pop.,  6,340. 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE   PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS.  855 

Mainit;  on  the  N.  shore  of  the  lake  of  that  name,  22  m.  S.  of  Surigao. 
Pop.,  4,550. 

Numancia;  on  the  W.  coast  of  Siargao  I.,  its  anchorage  being  well  protected  by 
numerous  islands.     Pop. ,  4,  111. 

Placer;  on  a  small  bay  on  the  NE.  coast,  13m.  SE.  of  Surigao.  Pop.,  with  Taga- 
naan,  4,713. 

Prosperidad;  at  the  W.  foot  of  the  coast  range,  among  the  headwaters  of  the 
Gibong  trilnitary  to  Lake  Pinayat.     Pop.,  3,144. 

Taganaan;  on  the  extreme  NE.  coast,  10  m.  SE.  of  Surigao.  Pop.,  with  Placer, 
4,713. 

Talacogon;  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  Agusan,  38  m.  above  its  mouth,  7  m.  below  the 
outlet  of  Lake  Pinayat,  and  96  m.  S.  of  Surigao.     Pop.,  11,585. 

Tanday;  at  the  mouth  of  a  river  entering  the  head  of  a  large  bay,  on  the  E.  coast, 
and  sheltered  by  Dinilgat  I.     Pop.,  8,345. 

Jativa;  on  the  r.  bank  of  the  Agusan,  17  m.  above  its  entrance  into  Lake  Sadocun, 
99  m.  S.  of  Surigao.     Pop.,  1,343. 

Viruela;  between  the  r.  bank  of  the  Agusan  and  Linao  Lake,  about  the  center  of 
the  great  valley,  127  m.  S.  of  Surigao.     Pop.,  4,597. 

DEPENDENT  ISLANDS. 

The  following  are  the  islands  adjacent  to  the  coast  and  within  this  provincial 
jurisdiction: 

sq.  m. 
Aininsan;  off  the  NW.  shore  of  Liaiigan  Bay,  E.  coast. 
Amagadpayat;  in  the  channel  between  the  NE.  coast  and  Bucas  I.,  and  the  most  SE.  of  a 

chain  leading  N.  near  to  and  along  the  coast. 
Anajauan;  11  m.  E.  of  Bucas. 

Arangosa;  off  the  opening  to  Canai  Bay,  E.  coast 1 

Auki;  3  m.  SE.  of  General  I.,  off  the  E.  coast i 

Ballena  (whale);  9  m.  off  TugasPt.,  E.  coast i 

Banculin;  a  cluster  of  6  islands  and  rocks  off  the  point  of  that  name,  E.  coast i 

Bayatiian;  one  of  a  group  of  10  islands  between  Guntiian  and  the  extreme  NE.  mainland  of 

Surigao 1 

Besol;  in  the  W.  entrance  to  the  channel  between  the  mainland  and  DinSgat  on  the  N. 
Bucas;  15  m.  N.  and  S.,  7  m.  E.  and  W.,  between  the  mainland  and  Siargao  I.,  across  Dap4 

Channel  on  the  NE 52 

Off  the  NE.  coast  lie  6  islands,  2  of  them  of  some  size  and  belonging  to  the  Bucas  grp 3 

Cabacan:  off  SVV.  coast  of  Dindgat  1 1 

Cabangan;  1  m.  off  the  extreme  NE.  coast  of  Surigao  between  Bayatdan  I.  and  the  mainland. 

Cabgta;  off  the  mainland  SE.  of  Cabangan  I. ;  2  clusters  of  islets  and  rocks,  one  of  5  about  4  m. 

to  the  SW.,  and  another  of  5  about  10  m.  in  the  same  direction,  lie  off  this  coast. 

Cubago;  6  m.  S.  of  Catarman  Pt.;  another  island  lies  inshore  off  the  N i 

Cubcub;  off  the  center  of  the  W.  coast  of  Dinftgat  I. 

Cupiat;  a  cluster  in  the  NE.  angle  of  D&vslo  Bay. 

Dac6;  11m.  E.  of  the  S.  point  of  Siargao  1 1 

Davis;  in  front  of  Bislig  Bay,  E.  coa.st. 
Din^gat;  N.  of  the  N.  point  of  Surigao,  from  which  it  is  separated  by  a  channel  10  m.  wide.    It 

is  43  m.  from  N.  to.  S.,  and  15  m.  from  E.  to  W.;  it  is  traversed  along  the  W.  shore  by  a  mountain 

chain  beginning  with  a  summit  3,337  ft.  high,  4  m.  S.  of  the  extreme  N.  point,  and  at  intervals 

2  peaks,  1,726  and  2,395  ft.  high,  respectively,  N.  and  S.  of  Cascada  Pt.    Mt.  Tristdn,  farther  S., 

is  2,074  ft. ,  while  in  the  extreme  SE. ,  overlooking  Port  Gobo,  is  another  elevation  1,791  ft.  high. ; 

on  the  SW.,  separated  by  very  narrow  channels,  dry  at  low  water,  lie  2  islands,  3  and  6  m.  long; 

most  S.  has  an  elevation  of  1,060  ft.,  which  constitutes  an  important  landmark  in  the  channel 

approaching  Surigao  town  from  the  E.;  it  is  well  sheltered  along  the  coast.    The  inhabitants 

are  occupied  in  mining  gold  and  the  collection  of  wax,  honey,  and  other  natural  products  of 

the  soil  and  forests 387 

9  unnamed  islands  lie  off  this  coast 4 

General;  in  the  bay  between  Tugas  and  Cduit  Pts.,  NE.  coast. 

Gibuson;  W.  of  Desolaci6n,  the  extreme  N.  point  of  Dindgat  I.,  and  in  the  N.  entrance  to 

Surigao  Strait 1 

Gidp6;  in  the  W.  entrance  to  the  channel  between  the  mainland  and  DinAgat  to  the  N.,  5  m. 

SW.of  Dindgat 2 

Guntiian;  5  m.  SE.  of  Din4gat,  at  the  entrance  to  the  channel  between  that  island  and  the 

extreme  N.  shore  of  Surigao;  to  the  SW.  are  scattered  10  islands 10 

Guyang;  off  the  SW.  shore  of  Siargao  I i 

Jali^n;  in  mid-channel  between  DinAgat  and  Siargao i 

Jobo;  off  the  point  of  that  name  in  Liangan  Bay,  E.  coast 4 

Lajanosa;  S.  of  the  entrance  to  the  DapA  channel,  between  Siargao,  9  m.  NW.,  and  Bucas  I.  on 

theS. 
Lenungan;  in  the  bay,  NW.  coast,  between  Cduit  and  Tandog  Pts. 

Magabao;  in  the  entrance  to  a  small  inlet,  5  m.  N.  of  Canai  Bay,  E.  coast i 

Mancahur6n;  1  of  a  cluster  or  4  islands  SE.  of  Sancop  Pt 4 

Mancayangui;  in  the  opening  of  the  bay  S.  of  ca,uit  Pt.,  NW.  coast 1 

Masaluron;  in  the  entrance  of  Bislig  Bay,  E.  coast.    An  island  of  nearly  the  same  size  lies 

inshore  in  the  same  bay 1 

Mauis;  NW.  of  Sanco  Pt.,  W.  coast. 

Nagubat;  a  cluster  of  2  islands  and  rocks  in  the  channel  between  the  NE.  mainland  and  Bucas  I.         4 

Oanioan;  small  and  semicircular,  SW.  off  Batiano  Pt.,  E.  coast. 

Palotes;  off  the  W.  coast  of  Dindgat  I.,  S.  of  the  entrance  to  Port  Libolio. 

Pujada;  in  the  entrance  to  Balete  Bay  in  front  of  the  town  of  Mati. 


856  GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


Siargao;  20  m.  NE.  of  Surigao,  Bucas  I.  lying  about  the  middle  of  the  channel  separating  them, 
it  is  22  m.  from  N.  to  S.  and  14  m.  from"  E.  to  W.;  off  its  NW.  coast  are  9  unnamed  islands  dis- 
tributed in  the  channel  between  it  and  Din^gat  I.  on  theW 190 

Sibale:  on  the  SW.  shore  of  Dindgat  1 i 

Sibanog;  on  the  S\V.  of  Dindgat  L,  separated  by  a  very  narrow  channel.  A  larger  island  lies 
between  it  and  Dindgat. 

Sibunga;  one  oi  the  Unip  clusters,  W.  of  the  S.  end  of  DinSgat. 

Sigdboy;  off  the  E.  shore  of  DAvao  Bay. 

Similon;  3^  m.  E.  of  Gipdo,  between  it  and  Dindgat. 

Santa  Cruz;  in  the  N.  waters  of  Dilvao  Bay. 

Tabucaya;  one  of  the  Unip  clusters,  W.  of  the  S.  end  of  Dindgat i 

Tigboso;  off  the  entrance  to  Hinacuan  port,  2^  m.  N.  of  Bislig  Pt.;  3  small  islands  lie  between  it 
and  the  mainland 1 

Twins;  2islandsintheentrance  to  a  bay  between  Berrugosa  and  Desolacion  Pts.,  on  the  extreme 
NW.  coast  of  Dindgat  I i 

Unamao;  a  cluster  of  3  small  islands,  6  m.  N.  of  Cantildn  Pt.,  E.  coast. 

Unip;  a  group  of  small  Islands,  6  m.  W.  of  the  S,  end  of  DinSgat  I.,  including  Sibuiiga  and  Tabu- 
caya Is. 

83  dependent  islands,  total  area 662 

VEGETABLE  PRODUCTS. 

Cotton,  hemp,  rice,  sugar  cane,  tobacco,  indigo,  corn,  sweet  potatoes,  and  other 
products  of  the  S.  portion  of  the  archipelago  grow  abundantly.  The  cocoanut,  betel 
nut,  and  betel  pepper  are  grown  for  the  market. 

MINERALS. 

Gold  is  found  not  only  in  the  mountains  of  the  mainland,  but  is  an  important  indus- 
try among  the  inhabitants  of  Dinagat  I.  Indications  exist  of  large  quantities  of  coal 
in  this  province. 

FORESTS. 

Iron,  wood,  molaue  (molave),  teak,  ipil,  and  other  timber  useful  for  naval  con- 
struction and  building  comprise  the  principal  forest  growth.  Sun  juniper,  cypress, 
and  cogon,  or  reed  grass,  cover  extensive  tracts.  Gums  and  resins  are  obtained  in 
large  quantities. 

FRUITS. 

The  choicest  varieties  of  pineapples,  mangosteens,  and  bananas  and  other  fruits 
grow  wild. 

INDUSTRIES. 

There  are  no  mechanical  industries  other  than  those  required  for  supply  of  fabrics 
and  the  primitive  articles  used  in  domestic  industrj'. 

UNITED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 

In  March,  1900,  Surigao,  among  other  points  on  the  N.  coast  of  Mindanao,  was 
occupied  without  opposition  by  the  United  States  troops. 

On  February  15,  1902,  the  province  of  Surigao  was  garrisoned  by  United  States 
troops  as  follows: 

Surigao.  =• 

CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 

The  province  of  Surigao  was  created  under  the  "provincial  government  act"  of 
February  6,  1901,  by  enactment  of  the  P.  C.  May  15,  1901,  to  embrace  "that  terri- 
tory of  the  island  of  Mindanao  known  imder  the  Spanish  sovereignty  as  the  district 
of  Surigao." 

PROVINCIAL  OFFICERS. 

[Salaries  and  expen.ses  in  United  States  money.] 

Governor $1, 600 

Secretary 1, 100 

Treasurer 2,  300 

Supervisor 1,  800 

Fiscal 1,  350 


'Telegraph. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


857 


Allowance  for  necessary  and  actual  traveling  expenses  not  exceeding  $2.50  per  day, 
as  prescribed.  The  presidentes  or  alcaldes  of  the  municipalities  of  the  province  to 
meet  and  organize  on  the  third  Monday  in  April  and  October  to  consider  improve- 
ments needed  in  the  province  and  for  other  purposes  prescribed  by  law. 

The  jurisdiction  of  the  enabling  act  is  expressly  stated  not  to  extend  to  the  gov- 
ernment of  members  of  non-Christian  tribes  living  therein,  who  shall,  notwithstand- 
ing this  act,  be  subject  to  the  jurisdiction  of  the  departmental  government  of  the 
island  of  Mindanao  thereafter  to  be  estabhshed.  The  police  powers  of  the  provin- 
cial government  and  of  the  municipalities  established  in  the  province,  under  the 
municipal  code,  as  to  non-Christian  tribes,  to  be  exercised  only  to  prevent  or 
prosecute  breaches  of  peace  or  crimes  by  members  of  non-Christian  tribes  against 
Filipinos,  citizens  of  the  United  States,  or  foreigners,  but  not  to  be  exercised  to  main- 
tain the  peace  or  prevent  crime  between  members  of  the  non-Christian  tribes. 


SIJRITA  (soo-ree'-tah),  Sp.;  hamlet  in  E.  Iloilo, 
Panay,  E.  by  S.  of  Passi,  6  m. 

SUSAN  (soo'-sahn),  ver.;  island  SE.  of  Panay. 

SUSO  (soo'-soh),  nat.;  small  stream  on  W.  coa.st 
of  Cebii,  11  m.  N.  of  Tuburan. 

SUSOHNG-DALAGA  (soo-sohng-dah-lah'-gah). 
Tag.;  mountain  in  Talim  I.,  Laguna  de  Bay, 
Rizal,  Luz6n. 

SLTIIaK  (soo-too'-ahn),  ver.:  islet  in  Paeilic 
Ocean,  13  m.  SE.  of  extreme  SE.  point  of  S&- 
mar,  and  10  m.  E.  of  Cagosoan. 


SUYAK  (soo-yack') ,  ver.;  islet  1^  m.  off  NE.  coast 

of   Negros   Occidental,  3^  m.  W.  of  Panag- 

sagon. 
SUY<>  (soo'-yoh),  nat.;   hamlet  in  Abra,  Luzon, 

on  1.  bank  of  Abra  Riv.,  4  m.  SW.of  Bangued. 
hamlet  in   Lepanto,    Luzon,   2   m.  N.  of 

boundary  with  Benguet.     Pop.,  750. 
SUYUt;  (soo-yooc'},  ver.;  hamlet  in  Lepanto,  Lu- 

z6n.    Copper  is  found  in  vicinity. 

tributary  of  Abra  Riv.,  Abra,  Luz6n. 

SYOIN  (see-oh'-in),  nat.;  point  on  NE.  shore  of 

Siasi  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


859 


fAAL  (tah-aW),  Tag.;  volcano  on  Bombon 
(Bongab6n)  I.,  1,050  ft.  high,  Lake  Taal,  Ba- 
tangas,  Luz6n;  second  volcano  in  impor- 
tance in  Luzon;  rise.s  from  island  14  m.  in 
circumference,  between  parallels  13°  52'  4" 
and  14°  7'  42"  N.  lat.,  and  Ion.  120°  53'  and 
121°  5'  E.;  composed  mainly  of  lava  and  vol- 
canic rocks.  Crater  oval  and  measures  in  its 
greatest  diameter  from  E.  to  W.  7,667  ft., 
and  in  its  le.sser  diameter  from  N.  to  S.  6,333 
It.;  greatest  height  on  SW.  1,007  ft.  above  level 
of  lake.  From  this  point  decends  on  both 
sides  to  height  of  500  ft.  on  NW.  and  ESE., 
and  again  rises  to  height  of  780  ft.  on  N. 
Walls  of  crater  are  steep  and  floor  extends  in 
form  of  elliptical  plane  destitute  of  vegeta- 
tion. Has  2  steaming  lagunas  at  its  foot. 
Round  stones  with  augite  of  crystals  of  horn- 
blende are  found;  also  white  feldspar  and  5 
varieties  of  rocks.  Recorded  dates  of  eruption 
are  1709, 1715, 1716,  1731,  1747,  1754,  1808,  1873. 

pueblo  and  p.  o.,  E.  shore  of  Balayta  Bay,  11 

m.  ESE.  of  Balaydn,  13  m.  NW.  of  Batangas 
by  highway.  Coast  low  and  sandy,  but  steep- 
to;  lies  at  entrance  of  Pansipit  Riv.  into 
which  vessels  of  100  tons  can  enter;  anchor- 
age N.  of  mouth  of  river  lies  near  shore  and 
well  sheltered.  Pop.,  33,378.  Inhabitants  are 
engaged  in  raising  crops,  pasturing  cattle, 
fishing,  and  coasting  trade.  Town  is  fortified. 
Important  sulphur  deposits  in  adjacent  re- 
gion.   Mt.  Macalog  is  landmark. 

hamlet  in  BulacAn,  Luzon,  3i  m.  NE.  of 

BulacAn,  Manila  and  Dagupan  R.  R. 

river  resembling  strait,  3i  m.  long,  con- 
necting Taal  Lake  with  Balay^n  Bay,  S.  coast 
of  Batangas,  Luzon;  stream  formerly  naviga- 
ble, but  owing  to  bar  at  its  mouth  small  ves- 
sels can  only  enter  at  high  tide.  Important 
channel  of  local  trade  and  by  land  transpor- 
tation of  about  10  m.  from  head  of  Taal  Lake 
to  Calumba  on  S.  shore  of  Laguna  de  Bay, 
native  products  may  reach  Manila  by  inside 
route. 

hamlet  in  W.  suburbs  of  Hollo,  capital  of 

Iloilo,  Panay. 

hamlet  on  W.  coast  of  Antique,  Panay,  1  m. 

S.  of  Barbaza. 

TAAL,  or  B0MB6n  (tah-ahl',  bohm-bohn'),  Tag.; 
large  lake  in  Batangas,  Luzon.  Active  vol- 
cano of  Taal  in  center  of  Bonigabon  (Bom- 
bon) I.,  which  rises  out  of  waters  of  lake. 
{See  Taal  volcano.) 

bay  and  anchorage  in  S.  Batangas,  Luz6n. 

TAAlVOXlN,  or  NINIPO  (lah-ahn-eahn',  nee-nee'- 
poh),  ver.;  point  on  extreme  SE.  projection 
of  Leyte,  lU  m.  SE.  of  Malitbog. 

TABAAMG  (tah-bah-ahng'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  SW. 

shore  oi  Leyte,  3  m.  N.  of  Baybay. 
mountain  in  Leyte. 

TABABOT  (tah-bah-bohf).  Tag.;  river  in  pueblo 
of  Rosario,  Batangas,  Luzon. 

TABAOA  (tah-bah'-cah),  ver.;  hamlet  on  1.  shore 
of  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  midway  between 
Liguasan  Lake,  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

TABACO  (tah-bah'-coh),Sp.;  pueblo  on  NW.  shore 
of  bay  of  that  name,  E.  coast  Albay,  Luzon, 
on  gulf  road,  15  m.  N.  of  Albay.  Large  trade 
with  Manila,  steamers  calling  frequently. 
Between  Legaspi  and  Tabaco,  75  m.  around 
Rapu-rapu  I.    Pop.,  18,000. 


TABACO,  bay  in  S.  part  of  Lagonoy  Gulf,  fronted 
by  San  Miguel  and  Cacraray  Is.,  and  by  them 
formed  into  excellent  and  capacious  harbor, 
6  by  3i  m.  Entrance  between  Natanaguan 
Pt,  on  main  coast  of  Albav,  Luzon,  and 
GuinambAn  Pt.  on  San  Miguel  I.,  is  7i  cables 
(5,400  ft.)  wide. 

plain  near  base  of  Malinao  or  Buhi  Mts., 

in  Ambos  Camarines,  Luzon. 

TABAO  (tah-bahg'),Tag.;  creek  and  point  in  Lu- 
bang  I.,  off  NW.  coast  Mindoro,  in  China  Sea 
entrance  to  Verde  Passage  to  Visayan  Sea. 

TABAdiAN  (tah-bah'-gahn),  nat.;  town  in  NE. 
Cebii. 

TABAtiANG  (tah-bah-gahng'),  nat.;  river  entering 
on  NW.  shore  of  Pagarian  Bay,  W.  .side  of 
Illana  Bay,  Cotabato,  Mindanao.  Tiguma  is 
at  its  mouth. 

TABAOO  (tah-bah'-goh),  ver.;  hamlet  at  mouth 
of  small  river  on  W.  coast  of  NE.  peninsula 
of  Surigao,  Mindanao.  Mt.  Urdaneta,  6,214 
ft.  high,  lies  between  it  and  current  of  Tubay 
Riv.,  9i  m.  to  NE.;  42  m.  S.  of  Surigao. 

TABAGOIN  (tah-bah'-gohn),  nat.;  river  in  lat.  14° 
6'  N.,  Ion.  122°  11'  14"  E.,  flowing  NNW.  near 
boundary  between  Ambos  Camarines  (Norte) 
and  Tayabas,  Luzon,  and  emptying  into  S6- 
god  Bay. 

TABAGUI  (tah-bah'-gee),  ver.;  hamlet  on  point 
of  that  name,  2^  m.  E.  of  Talibon,  N.  coast  of 
Bohol,  Visayas.    (.See  Tabigui.) 

TABAGUllV  (tah-bah'-geen),  Tag.;  point  on  SW. 
coast  of  Lubang  I.,  China  Sea,  off  NW.  coast 
of  Mindoro,  at  entrance  to  Verde  Pas.sage. 

bay  with  8  islets,  SW.  coast  Lubang  I.,  NW. 

of  Mindoro,  at  entrance  to  Verde  Passage. 

TABiN  (tah-bahn'),  nat.;  hamlet  in  pueblo  of 
Minalabac,  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luzon. 

TABANG  (tah-bahng'),  nat.;  hamlet  in  pueblo  of 
Piat,  Cagay^n,  Luzon.  4^ai.  E.  of  r.  bank  of 
Chico  de  CagayAn  Riv.,  25  m.  NW.  of  Tugue- 
garao.    Pop.  2,897. 

mountain  in  NE.  Leyte. 

TABANllAlV  (tah-bahng'-ahn),  nat.;  N.  branch  of 
Sipalay  Riv.,  Negros  Occidental. 

mountain  in  NW.  SAmar. 

TABj(N(HAO  (tah-bahng'-ahoh),  nat.;  river  in  Ba- 
tangas, Luzon,  flowing  W.  and  emptying  into 
bay  of  Batangas, 

TABANGO  (tah-bahng'-oh),and  (JAMPOPO  (cam- 
poh'-poh),  nat.;  2  baysseparated  by  Liglio  Pt., 
on  NW.  coast  of  Leyte,  S.  of  Tabines  Bays. 

TABAO  (tah-bah'-oh),  nat.;  point  on  N.  coast  of 
Mindoro  near  CalapAn.     {See  CalapAn  Pt.) 

hamlet  in  Union,  Luzon,  lat.  16°  27'  N. 

point  extreme  SW.  shore  Ambil  I.,  Lubang 

Is.,  NW.  of  Mindoro,  entrance  to  Verde  Pas- 
sage. 

inland  hamlet  of  Cipiz,  Panay,  li  m.  S.  of 

Banga. 

TABABEN  (tah-bah-rayn'),  ver.;  river  in  Ambos 
Camarines  (Norte),  Luzon,  after  receiving 
many  tributaries,  emptying  into  Pacific  Ocean 
through  small  bay  near  Capalonga. 

TABAWXN  (tah-bah-wahn'),  ver.:  island  on  S. 
side  of  Sigbuye  Passage  in  Cinapusan  grp., 
Sulu  A.,  has  several  small  islands  and  islets 
on  reef  S.,  separated  from  Bintoulan  and 
Cinapusan  by  30-ft.  channel;  2  m.  S.  of  W. 


860 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


TABAW.iN— Coutiiraed. 

islets  of  Tabawiin  are  patches  of  rocks  just 
clear  of  surrounding  sea.  Island  is  thickly 
populated.  Considerable  fleet  of  native  boats 
leave  Tabawdn  in  season  for  pearl-oyster 
banks. 
TABAT  (tah-by'),  nat.;  point  and  river  in  Biliran 

I.,  off  NW.  coast  Leyte. 
TABAI6X  (tah-bah-yohn'),  ver.:  hamlet  on  SE. 
coa.«t  of  Ddvao,  Mindanao,  851  m.  S.  of  Divao. 
Saddle  Mt.,  3.600  ft.  high,  lies  6  m.  inland. 
TABtiAS  (tahb-gass'),  nat.;  mountain  in  S.  central 

range  of  Leyte,  10  m.  E.  of  Albuera. 
TABIA.   or  TOVIO  (tah'-byah,  toh'-v-yoh),  ver.; 
hamlet  in  Benguet,  Luzon,  2i  m.  NE.  of  Tri- 
nidad.   Pop.,  537. 
TABIAUAX    (tah-bvah'-wahn),    ver.;     river    on 
NW.  shore  of  Basilan  I.,  oS  SW.  peninsula  of 
Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  entering  portlsabela 
near  NE.  entrance. 
TABICU  (tah-bee'-coo),  ver.;  point  in  Panay. 
T.\B1D  (tah'-bid),  nat.;  point  and  creek  1  m.  SW. 

shore  of  Misamis  port,  Mi.samis,  Mindanao. 
TABIGA  (tah-bee'-gah),  ver.;  point  on  E.  shore  of 
Panguil  Bay,  in  SW.  angle  of  Iligan  Bay,  N. 
coast  of  Mindanao.  Between  this  and  Tibut 
Pt.,  to  SW.,  verv  high,  2  peaks  reaching  eleva- 
tion of  1.762  and  2,313  ft. 
TAB1GANGA\  (tah-bee-gahng'-ahn),  ve-.;  hamlet 

in  SW.  Samar,  2  m.  NW.  of  Basey. 
TABUill  (tah-bee'-gee),  nat.;  point  on  SE.  shore 
of  Misamis  port,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

creek  emptying  on  E.  shore  of   Misamis 

port,  Mi.samis,  Mindanao. 

point  2i  m.  NE.  of  Talibon,  N.  coast  of  Bohol, 

Visayas. 
TABIN  I'HICO,  TABl'X  GRANDE  (tah-been'  chee- 
coh,  tah-been'  grahn'-day),  Hisp.;  2  small 
bays,  2^  m.  bv  li  m.,  separated  by  tongue  of 
land  ending  in  Sangub6n  Pt.,  on  NW.  coa.st 
of  Levte;  Tabin  Grande  N.  of  Tugas  Pt.,  and 
Chlco  N.  of  Sangubon,  latter  sea  end  of 
peninsula  which  separates  the  two;  San  Lsidro 
is  at  head  of  Tabin  Chico,  and  Ar6valo  on 
SW.  shore  of  Tabin  Grande. 
TABINAT    (tah-bee-m'),   nat.;    river   in    Marin- 

duque.  off  SW.  coast  of  Tayabas,  Luz6n. 
TABIXAY  t'HK'O  (tah-bee-nigh'  chee'-coh),  Hisp.; 
bight  stretching  SE.  by  S.  of  Varadero  Bay, 
along  N.  coast  t>f  Mindoro. 
TABIXAY  GRAXDE    (tah-bee-nigh'  grahn'-day), 
HLsp.;  point  in  N.  Marinduque,  off  NW.  coast 
Tayabas,  Luz6n. 
bight  on  NE.  coast  of  Mindoro,  approach- 
ing Varadero  Bay. 
TABlXTABISX.iX(tah-been-tah-bees-nahn').nat.; 

point  on  W.  coast  of  Siimar,  lat.  11°  26'  N. 
TABIOXG  (tah-byohng'),  nat.;  mountain  in  NE. 

Leyte. 
TABIPAXAN  (tah-bee-pah'-nahn),  ver.;  point  in 

Mindoro. 
TABIQCl  (tah-bee'-key),  Tag.;  point  in  Batangas, 

Luz6n. 
TABLA  (tah'-blah),  Sp.;  point  at  S.  head  of  Bi- 

nun.salian  port,  on  NE.  coast  of  S.  Palawan. 
TABLAX  (tah-blahn'),  nat.;  small  tributary  of 
Magat  Riv.  from  E.  in  Nueva  Vizcaya,  Luzon. 
TABLAS  (tah'-blahs),  Sp.;  island  35  m.  long,  larg- 
est of  Romblon  grp.,  Visayas;  lat.  12°  30'  N., 
Ion.  122°  E.,  intersects  island.  Mountainous. 
On  its  NE.  extremitv  is  Cabeza  de  Tablas,  bold 
peak  2,405  ft.  high.  Island  lies  15 m.  N.  of  N W. 
extremity  of  Panay  and  10  m.  E.  of  Romblon 
I.  On  N.  end  are  2  small  islands.  On  W. 
coast  are  several  fine  sheltered  anchorages  for 
small  craft.  Area,  40  by  11  m.,  greatest  dis- 
tances. Coast  generally  low  and  fertile. 
Chief  town  Loog.  Industries  of  inhabitants 
are  agriculture,  pasturing,  and  fishing.  Pop., 
20,000.  Channel  between  NE.  point  of  Tablas 
I.    and  Romblon  and  Cobrador  Is.  is  3i  m. 


TABLAS— Continued. 

wide  and  free  from  danger;  passage  usually 
taken  from  Verde  I.  passage  to  Jintotolo 
channel.  (See  Romblon  Province.) 
W.  branch  of  Ilog  Riv.,  Negros  Occiden- 
tal. 
TABLAZO  (TABLASO),  or  MAELAXGA  (tah-blah 
thoh,  mar-lahn'-gah),  Sp.;  mountain  in  E. 
Marinduque,  oS  SW.  coast  Tayabas,  Luz6n. 

point  on  E.  coast  of  Marinduque  I.,  lat. 

14°  10'  N. 
TABLAZO  DE  CAPIZ  (tah-blah'-thoh  day  cah'- 
peeth),  Sp.;  inland  sea  included  between  is- 
lands  of   Tablas,    Romblon,    Sibuydn,    and 
Masbate  on  N.,  and  Panay  on  S. 
TABLE,   for.;  point  N.  head  of  Fish  Bay,  3  m. 
NE.  of  Hen  and  Chickens,  W.  coast  of  Para- 
gua,    Palawan,    capped    with  conical    hill. 
About  2  m.  E.  under  table  range,  at  foot  of 
Mt.  Peel,  is  beautiful  waterfall. 
TABLE  HEAD,  for.;  scarp  where  range  of  Victo- 
ria Peak  approaches  sea,  12  m.  NE.  of  Maltby 
I.,  SE.  coast  of  S.  Palawan.    Landmark  SW. 
of  Sand  Bay  Pt.  on  shore  approaching  Puerto 
Princesa  from  S.    On  N.  side  of  head  is  small 
i         inlet  for  boats. 

TABL<iX  (tah-blohn'),  Sp.;  small  stream  entering 

I  Guimaras   Strait   4  m.  NE.  of   Guilhungan, 

Negros  Occidental. 

TABO  (tah'-baw),nat.;  hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Bula, 

Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luzon,  lat.  13°  28'  N. 

TABOC  (tah-bock'),  nat.;  river  entering  China 

j  Sea  in  Batadn,  Luz6n. 

1  islet  off  W.  coast  of  Leyte.    (See  Paslogan. ) 

I  hamlet  on  E.  shore  of  Illana  Bay,  Cota- 

bato,  Mindanao,  N.  of  Matimas  Pt.,  26?  m. 
I  NW.  by  N.  of  Cotabato. 

point  NW.  of  Langaran,  on  SW.  shore  Ina- 

mucan  port,  NW.  shore  Iligan  Bay,  Misamis, 
Mindanao. 
TABOC'XALO  (tah-bock-nah'-loh),  ver.;  mountain 
hamlet  in  SW.  Misamis,  Mindanao,  3  m.  NW. 
of  NW.  angle  of  boundary  of  Cotabato  with 
Misamis,  5  m.  N.  by  W.  of  intersection  of  N. 
boundary  of  Zambeanga  with  W.  boundary  of 
Cotabato"  in  Tres  Reyes  Mts. 
TABOGOX    (tah-boh-gohn');  pueblo  on  E.  shore 
of  TaiiOn  Strait,  6i  m.  N.  of  Barili,  W.  coast 
of  Cebu,  22i  m.  W.  of  Cebu.    Pop.,  8,631. 
TABOGUE  (tah-boh'-gay);  mountain  on  E.  coast 

of  Sdmar,  inland  from  Alibangbang  Pt. 
TABOILAX  (tah-bov-lahn'),  ver.;   hamlet   on  S. 
shore  of  Batauah  port,  W.  coast  of  Cebu,  6  m. 
N.  of  Taburan. 
TABOLOTAX  ( tah-boh-loh'-tahn ) ,  ver. ;  creek  and 
point  in  Tablas.  Rombl6n  grp.,  Visayas. 

TAB6X  (tah-bohn'),  nat.;  hamlet  and  river  of 

Negros  Oriental,  2  m.  N.  of  Hibayo,  E.  coast. 
islet  3  m.  WNW.  of  Namanuco  Pt.,  E.  coast 

of  Bohol,  Visayas,  on  ocean  front  of  Cobton 

Bay. 
point  on  E.  coast  of  Negros  Oriental,  2  m. 

N.  of  Hibayo. 
Island  2  m.  E.  and  W.  in  Batdn  Bay,  N. 

coast  of  Cftpiz,  Panay. 
TABOXAX  (tah-boh'-nahn),  nat.;  extreme  point 

of  peninsula  between  Imuriian  and  Malam- 

pava  bays  and  W.  head  at  entrance  to  latter, 

Paragua",  Palawan. 
high,  rockv  point  on  NW.  coast  of  Dapitan, 

Mindanao,  with  anchorage  in  bay  formed  by 

this  with  DAuit  Pt. 
(See   Ross   Cape,   NW.  coast  of  Paragua, 

Palawan.) 
point  on  NW.  coast  of  Semerara  I.,  Min- 
doro Sea,  off  SE.  coast  of  Mindoro. 
TABOXES,   DE    LOS   (dav  lohs    tah-boh'-ness), 

Hisp.;  island  off  N.  coast  of  SSmar,  lat.  12° 

37'  30"  N. 


GAZETTEEK    OF   THE    PHILIPFINE    ISLANDS. 


861 


TABON(S  (tah-boliiig'),  ver.;  mountain  in  NE. 
Lcyte,  4  m.  NE.  of  Alang-Alang. 

TABOXTAB^N  (tali-bohn-tah-bohn'),  ver.;  pueblo 
in  E.  Leyte,  15  m.  SW.  of  Tacloban,  connected 
with  Dagami  by  road. 

TAB0RG()N  (tah-bohr-gohn'),  ver.;  river  rising 
on  E.  slope  of  Sierra  Madre,  empties  into  bay 
of  S6god,  Ambos  Camarines,  Luzon. 

TABOT  (tah-bohf),  ver.;  small  river  emptying 
into  China  Sea  S.  of  Port  Santo  Tomiis,  Uni6n, 
Luz6n. 

TABOYOI  (tah-boh-yoy'),nat.;  summit  256  ft.,  on 
E.  shore  of  Siibic  Bay,  SE.  coast  of  Zambales, 
Luzon. 

TABU  (tah'-boo),  nat.;  point  on  W.  shore  of  Ili- 
gan  Bay,  Misamis,  Mindanao,  104  m.  N.  of  en- 
trance to  Panguil  Bay;  forms  landmark  of 
approach  to  Misamis  port  from  N.  Jim6nez 
lies  near  mouth  of  river,  which  finds  its  out- 
let N.  of  point. 

TABl'^AN  (tah-boo'-ahn),  nat.;  river  entering  Ce- 
lebes Sea  on  W.  coast  of  Cotabato,  Mindanao, 
SE.  of  Tapita  Ft. 

coast  hamlet  in  Leyte,  2  m.  S.  of  Inopacan. 

coast  hamlet  in  N.  Concepci6n,  Iloilo,  Pa- 
nay,  8  m.  S.  of  Carl6s. 

cluster  within  larger  Cinapusan  grp.,  Sulu 

A.,  2  m.  to  S.  and  W.  of  UbiAn  L,  on  Camba 
channel;  consists  of  number  of  islets  and 
rocks  on  E.  edge  of  large  coral  reef  (Bukut- 
Kut)  which  stretches  away  for  5  m.  from  Ta- 
biian,  which  Is  inhabited,  with  rocks  Lijat- 
Lijaton  NW.  extreme;  charted  and  named 
islets  and  rocks  of  this  cluster  are  Lijat-Lijat, 
Pasegan  Guimba,  Pasegan  S^mal,  and  Ta- 
biian. 

name  and  only  Inhabited  island  of  small 

cluster  of  islets  and  rocks  S.  and  W.  of  Ubito 
I.,  Cinapusan  (Kinapusan)  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

TABIIANO  (tah-bwahng'),  ver.;  mountain  near 
SW.  coast  of  Leyte,  8  m.  NNE.  of  Baybay. 

TABUUKA,  or  CABAKIAX  (tah-boo-yah'-cah, 
cah-bah'-kyahn),  ver.;  islet  of  Unip  cluster, 
on  E.  side  of  Surigao  Strait,  Surigao,  Minda- 
nao. 

TABULLAN  (tah-boo-lee'-ahn),  ver.;  point  in  S. 
Mindanao. 

TABULUNGA  (tah-boo-loong'-ah),  ver.;  mangrove 
island  separated  from  Tawi  Tawi  by  narrow 
and  doubtful  channel  (Maiput)  off  E.  coast 
of  Tawi  Tawi  I.,  Sulu  A. 

TABIIN  (tah-boon'),  nat.;  point  at  extreme  NW. 
end  of  mainland  of  Cftpiz,  Panay,  13  m.  SW. 
of  South  Pt.,  Tablas  I.,  Rombl6n  grp.,  across 
sea  channel,  and  is  separated  from  Buracay  I. 
to  NW.  by  channel  i  m.  Taguadlan  Is.  "lie 
off  shore  to  NE. 

TABIINAOAN  (tah-boo-nah'-cahn),  ver.;  hamlet 
in  NE.  Capiz,  Panay,  3  m.  SE.  of  Pilar. 

TABl]NAiN'{tah-boo'-nahn),nat.;  point  on  extreme 
SW.  coast  of  Panay.     {See  Caducdula  Pt.) 

point  E.  of  entrance  to  Us6n  Bay,  Masbate 

I.,  Visayas. 

pointinMaricabftnI.,S.of  Batangas,  Luzon. 

point  on  NW.  extreme  of  Tieao  I.,  Masbate 

grp.,  Visayas,  and  E.  head  to  Port  San  Miguel. 

TABUNAO  (tab-boo-now'),  ver.;  point  in  S.  Min- 
danao. 

TABUXttAO  (tah-boong-ah'-oh),  nat.;  village  on 
1.  bank  of  Tabungaoilieadwaters  of  Bacat  Riv. , 
Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

headwaters  of  Bacat  Riv.,  Cotabato,  Min- 
danao. 

TABUBAN  (tah-boo'-rahn),  nat.;  small  stream 
emptying  into  Guimards  Strait  1  m.  N.  of 
Silay,  Negros  Occidental. 

inlet  and  point  in  Cebu. 

TABllSAO  (tah-boo-sah'-oh),  ver.;  low,  flat  island 
W.  of  Pinandungan  Pt.,  off  Pacific  shore  of 
Ambos  Camarines,  Luz6n. 


TABUT  (tah-boof),  ver.;  point  on  SE.  shore  of 
Panguil  Bay,  in  SW.  angle  of  Iligan  Bay,  Misa- 
mis, Mindanao. 

TABUTUTU  (tah-boo-too'-too),  nat.;  island  off  E. 
coast  of  BataAn,  Luzon,  m  bay  of  Manila,  at 
mouth  of  Orani  Riv. 

TACATACAIV  (tah-cah-tah'-cahn),  nat.;  small  bay 
on  SW.  shore  of  Murci61agos  Bay,  Dapitan, 
Mindanao. 

point  at  E.  head  to  several  inlets  ending  on 

W.  in  bay  of  same  name,  SW.  shore  Murci6- 
lagos  Bay,  Dapitan,  Mindanao;  4  rocks  of  con- 
siderable prominence  lie  off  this  point. 

TACBAC  (tahck-bahg'),  nat.;  hamlet  in  Lepanto, 
Luz6n,  14  m.  from  Cervantes.    Pop.,  502. 

TACBOLO  (tahck-boh'-law),ver.;  NW.  island, 300 
ft.  high  and  nearly  1  m.  in  length,  in  fair- 
wy  of  inner  strait  to  inner  Malampaya  Sound, 
W.  coast  Paragua,  Palawan. 

TAt'BUBlK!  (tahk-boo-book'),  nat.;  islet  of  Cuyos 
grp.,  Mindoro  Sea,  14  m.  SE.  of  Agutaya. 

TAt'-CONG  (tahk-cong),  ver.;  pueblo  of  Bontoc, 
Luzon,  14  m.  from  Bontoc.    Pop.,  645. 

TACLIGAN  (tah-clec'-gahn) ,  ver.;  point  N.  of 
entrance  to  Real  de  Lampon  port  on  E.  coast 
of  Infanta,  Luz6n. 

TACLOBAiV  (tah-cloh'-bahn),  ver.;  pueblo,  p.  o., 
m.  o.,  and  capital  of  Leyte,  on  S.  shore  of  SE. 
end  of  San  Juanico  Strait,  on  NW.  shore  of 
San  Pedro  and  San  Pablo  Bay,  1  i  m.  opposite 
coast  of  SAmar  and  338  m.  from  Manila.  Is 
N.  starting  point  of  coast  road  along  coast  33 
m.  to  Abiiyog  and  from  which  branch  roads 
extend  from  different  points  inland.  Pop., 
5,226. 

TACO  (tah'-coh),  Sp.;  hamlet  on  E.  coast  of  Min- 
danao, 19  m.  S.  of  Cdtiit  Pt. 

TACiJUAINMAiVOC  (tack  -  cwah  -  een  -  mah-nock'), 
ver.;  mountain  in  pueblo  of  Bangued,  Abra, 
Luzon,  N.  of  town. 

TACQUIAN  (tac-key'-ahn),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Ben- 
guet,  Luzon.    Pop.,  386. 

TACTAC  (tahk-tahk'),  nat.;  point  on  W.  coast  of 
S&mar,  7  m.  SE.  of  Weyler. 

TACTAY  (tahk-tie'),  ver.;  point  in  SAmar. 

TACTO  (tahk'-toh),  Sp.;  hamlet  on  NW.  shore  of 
Tutu  Bay,  S.  coast  of  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A.,  13^  m. 
SE.  of  Sulu. 

TACUBANHiCji  (tah-coo-bahn-hahn'),  nat.;  island 
E.  of  Panay. 

TiCUD  PABUXriAN,  or  TAKUT  PABUXtiAN  (tah'- 
cood  pah-boo-noo'-ahn,  tah'-coot  pah-boo- 
noo'-ahn),  nat.;  outlying  island  in  W.  waters 
of  Balanguingui  grp.,  Sulu  A.,  29  m.  NE.  of 
Sulu. 

TACUPAIV  (tah-coo'-pahn),  nat.;  island  off  N. 
coast  of  Marinduque,  lat.  13°  34'  10"  N. 

TACIIYON  (tah-coo'-yawn),  nat.;  hamlet  in  cen- 
tral_range  of  Iloilo,  Panay,  3  m.  NW.  of  Tu- 
bungan. 

TADIAN  (tah-dyahn'),  ver.;  hamlet  3  m.  NE.  of 
Caydn  in  Lepanto,  Luz6n.    Pop.,  450. 

TADMONAN  (tahd-moh'-nahn),  nat.;  point  on  SW. 
shore  of  entrance  to  Pujada  Bay,  SE.  coast  of 
DAvao,  Mindanao,  opposite  Pujada  I. 

TAEBIJN  (tah-ay-boon'),  ver.;  channel  between 
Canaguan  Is.,  off  extreme  E.  shore  of  Ambos 
Camarines,  Luz6n. 

TAGABACA  (tah-gah-bah-cah'),  ver.;  mountain 
and  hamlet  at  N.  foot  in  central  range  of 
Leyte,  7  m.  SW.  of  Abiiyog,  on  E.  coast. 

TAGABAQi;iT  (tah-gah-bah-keef) ,  ver.;  hamlet 
on  N.  shore  of  Mayo  Bay  in  Davao,  on  E.  coast 
of  Mindanao,  3  m.  W.  of  Tugudun  Pt.,  SE. 
end  of  boundarv  between  DAvao  and  Surigao, 
and  53  m.  ESE.  of  Ddvao. 

TAGABUKA  (tah-gah-boo'-cah),  ver.;  river  In 
Surigao,  Mindanao,  which  enters  Agusan  Riv. 
at  its  mouth. 


862 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE   PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


TAGABILIN  ( tiih-gah-boo-leen') .  ver.:  point  and 

port  on  W.  shore  of  Davao  Gulf,  Mindanao. 
TAGACAT  (tah-gah'-ky),  ver.;  river  rising  in  Milo 

Mt.,  reaches  sea  li  m.  NW.  of  HirigaHingan 

Pt. 
^hamlet  in  SW.  Sdmar,  3  m. NW. of  Santa 

Rita. 
TAGALAX  (tah-gah'-lahn),  nat.;  river  in  Panay. 
TAGALATfX    (tah-gah-lah-toon'),  ver.:  port  on 

E.  coast  of  S.  peninsula  of  D^vao,  Mindanao, 

3  m.  S.  of  Calidn  Pt. 
TAGALIGUE  (tah-gah-lee'-gay),  ver.;  point  and 

hamlet  on  W.  coast  of  Cebd,  9  m.  N.  of  Tu- 

buran. 
TAGALTAX   ( tah-gahl-vahn') ,    nat.;    bav  on  N. 

coast  of  Misamis.  Mindanao,  lat.  8°  35' 10"  N., 

Ion.  124°  38'  29"  E. 
TAGA3IP6  (tah-gahm-poh'),  ver.:  islet  off  NW. 

.shore  of  Biliran  I.,  off  NW.  coa.st  Leyte. 
TAGAJirXA  (tah-gah-moo'-nah),  ver.;  point  on 

.SW.coa.st  of  Siquijor  I.,  off  SW.  coast  Bohol, 

and  headland  to  San  Juan  de  Macapilay. 
TAGA>AA>'  (tah-gah-nah-alm'),  ver.;  pueblo  on 

NE.  coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  9  m.  SE.  of 

Surigao.    Pop.,  1,-562. 
TAGANGAXO  (tah-gahng-ah'-noh),  nat.;  bay  on 

NE.  shore  of  Ticao  I.,  Masbate  grp.,  Visayas. 
TAGAXILAO  (tah-gah-nee-lah'-oh),  nat.:  potnton 

SE.  shore  of  entrance  to  Pujada  Bay,  SE.  coast 

of  Davao,  Mindanao. 
TAGAMTO  (tah-gah-nee'-toh),ver.;  town  on  NE. 

coast  of   Surigao,   Mindanao,  31  m.  SE.  of 

Surigao;  S.  point  of  Bueas  I.  lies  8i  m.  E. 

by  N. 
TAGANOBAXG  (tah-gah-noh-bahng'i,  ver.;  sum- 
mit S.  of  Mesa  de  Palapag,  in  NE.  Sdmar. 
TAGAXOBIXG  (tah-gah-noh-beeng'j,  ver-;  hamlet 

near  W.  shore  of  deep  estuary  on  S.  coast  of 

Leyte,  7  m.  SW.  of  Sogod  Nuevo. 
TAGAO  (tah-gah'-oh),  ver.;  island  in  Tawi  Tawi 

grp.,  Sulu  A.,  S.  by  W.,  li  m.  from  Magpeos  1. 

Has  4  small  peaks",  highest  of  which,  on  NW. 

extreme,  is  270  ft.  high.    Island  is  hilly  on  W. 

and  flat  on  E.  side,  whole  being  covered  with 

trees;  deep  channel  between  it  and  Magpeos. 
one  of  E.  islands  of  Tawi  Tawi  grp.,  in 

Sigbuve    Passage,  22  m.  E.  of  Tawi  Tawi, 

Sulu  A. 
TAGAPALA   (tah-gah-pah'-lah),  nat.:   island  off 

W.  coa.st  of  Sftmar,  2  sq.  m.,  lat.  11°  5'  N. 
TAGAPANGAX  (tah-gah-pahng'-ahn),  nat.;  point 

in  S.  Mindanao. 
TAGAPOBO   (tah-gah-poh'-roh),  nat.:  island  off 

NE.  shore  of  Santiago  I.,  off  NE.  coast  of  Zam- 

bales,  Luzon,  and  from  which  it  is  separated 

by  narrow  channel. 
TAGAPILA  (tah-gah-poo-lah'),  nat.;  island  3  m. 

N.  and  S.  and  6  m.  E.  and  W.,  midway  in 

channel  between  Sdmar  (E.)  and   Masbate 

(W.).  13  m.  off  formerand  S  m.  off  latter.  For- 
mation is  volcanic  and  its  summit  may  be 

seen  at  distance. 
TAGABABAS,  or  PAGODA  (tah-gah-rah'-ralis,pah- 

goh'-dah),  ver.:   mountain  in   S.  Palawan, 

SW.  of  Marang^. 
TAGASIPAL  (tah-gah-see-pahl'),  ver.;  island  in 

channel  between  Maripipiand  BiUran  Is.,  off 

NW.  coast  of  Leyte. 
TAGAUAAX  (tah-gah-wah'-ahn),  nat.;  hamlet  in 

pueblo  of  Surigao,  Surigao,  Mindanao. 
TAGAUATAX  (tah-gah-wah'-yahn),  ver.;  island  1 

sq.  m.,  17i  m.  NE.  by  E.  of  Cuyo,  most  E.  of 

Cuyos  Is.,  Mindoro  Sea. 

TAGATTAT  (tah-guy-tie'),  nat.;  mountain  system 
in  island  of  Rorablon,  Romblongrp.,  Visayas. 

range  traversing  province  of  Cavite  along 

boundary  separating  Cavite  and  Batangas. 
Beginning  at  Pt.  Restinga,  la.st  of  Pico  de  Loro 
hills,  which  extend  as  far  as  entrance  to  Bav 
of  Manila;  this  range  runs  from  NW.  to  SE., 


TAGAYTAT— Continued. 

^vith  various  ramifications  on  both  sides,  as 
far  as  S.  boundary  of  Cavite,  where  Masala- 
say  Mts.  are  situated.  It  then  curves  to  NE. 
until  it  meets  Sungay  range,  serving  through 
this  distance  as  boundary  between  Ca\-ite  and 
Batangas.  Here  Laguna  range  begins  and 
runs  N.  and  S.  until  it  unites  mth  Maquiling 
range. 

TAGBi  (tag-bah'),  nat.;  point  in  Negros  Orien- 
tal, on  SW.  shore  of  S.  entrance  to  Tanon 
Strait,  3i  m.  SW.  and  opposite  Liloan  Pt., 
Cebii,  N.  headland  of  S.  approach  to  strait. 

TAGBABAS  aag-bah'-bahs).ver.:  cluster  of  8  small 
islands  about  central  of  Laparan  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

TAGBAC  (tahg-bahk'),  nat.:  hamlet  in  Iloilo, 
Panay,  1^  m.  SE.  of  Leganes. 

river  emptying  on  NE.  shore  of  opening  to 

Panlatiian  port,  SW.  coast  of  Sorsogon,  Luzon. 

bay  on  NW.  coa.st  of  Lubang  I.,  between 

PaMpag  and  Alagasan  Pts.  Fort  .San  Lsidro 
stood  near  mouth  of  small  river  emptjing 
into  this  bay. 

TAGBAXAX  (tahg-bah'-nahni,  nat.:  point  W.  head 
of  N.  entrance  to  Ambil  Pas.sage,  between 
that  i.?land  and  Lubang  SW.,  off  W.  coast 
Batangas,  Luzon. 

TAGBA-XAXG  -  DIOT  ( tag-bahh'-nahng-dyoht'), 
nat.;  mountain  in  central  range  in  S.  Levte, 
13  m.  SSW.  of  Abuyog. 

TAGBABfS  (tahg-bah-roos'),  ver.;  inland  .settle- 
ment of  Tagbanuas  in  Paragua,  Palawan. 

TAGBAS  (tahg-bass'),  ver.;  mountain  in  Leyte. 

TAGBAUAX  (tahg-bah'-wahn),  ver.;  point  in  is- 
land of  Lubang,  NW.  Mindoro. 

TAGBAn'G  (tahg-bah-yoog'),  ver.;  bay  on  W. 
coast  of  S.  Palawan,  opening  between  Albi6n 
and  Bog  Pts.,  3  m. 

TAGBILABAX  (tahg-bee-lah'-rahn),  nat.;  strait 
1  m.  wide  between  Bohol  and  Panglao.  capi- 
tal, Tagbilaran,  and  Dauis,  lying  on  opposite 
shores,  respectively;  is  only  navigable  by 
vessels  drawing  less  than  6  ft.  People  along 
its  shores  are  chiefly  engaged  in  agriculture 
and  turtle  fishing. 

pueblo,  p.  o.,  and  capital  of  Bohol  and  Si- 
quijor Is.,  on  extreme  SW.  coast  of  Bohol, 
opposite  Dauis,  across  sea  channel,  1  m.  on 
NE.  point  of  Panglao  I.,  and  32  m.  NE.  of 
Santa  Maria  de  Carmina,  on  E.  coast  of  Siqui- 
jor I.,  all  within  same  provincial  jurisdiction; 
capital  is  26  m.  E.  across  sea  channel  from 
Boljo-6n,  on  E.  coast  of  Cebti,  and  365  m.  from 
Manila.  People  are  largely  engaged  in  turtle 
fishing.    Pop.,  8.638. 

TAGBIX  (tahg-been'),  ver.;  point  in  Leyte. 

TAGBUBrAGAO  (tahg-boo-bwah-gah'-oh),  ver.: 
hamlet  on  W.  coast  of  Lejte,  6  m.  N.  of  Pa- 
lompon. 

TAGBEC  fta' g-book').  ver.;  point  on  E.  coast  of 
Leyte,  on  bay  3  m.  SE.  of  Abuyog. 

TAGBl'GUX  (tahg-boo^-goon),  nat.;  island  off  NE. 
shore  of  Binuluangan  I.,  extreme  NE.  coa.st 
of  Iloilo,  Panay. 

TAGDALIT  (tahg-dah'-leet),  ver.;  mountain  in 
SE.  Mindanao. 

TAGDAX  (tahg-dahn),  ver.;  hamletonE.  shore  of 
Albay.  Luzon. 

TAGDAXGAX  (tahg-dahng'-ahn);  mountain  in 
SW.  Simar,  8  m.  E.  of  Villareal. 


TAGDABAXAS  (tahg-dah-rah'-nahs),  ver.:  islet  of 
Libucan  grp.,  2  m.  off  Tarangn^n,  W.  coast 
of  .Sdmar. 

TAGDIGAX  (tahg-doo'-gahn).  ver.:  bay  of  Ticao 
1.  .Masbate  grp.  in  Visayas. 

TAGHABIGUE  (tahg-hah-ree'-gay),  nat.:  moun- 
tain in  Leyte. 

TAGICTIC  (tah-hic-tick'),  nat. ;  bay  in  extreme  W. 
arm  of  Barrera  port,  N.  E.  coast  of  Masbate 
Visayas. 

TAGIL  (tah-heel'),  nat.;  islands  off  Panay. 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


863 


TA(;iRAX  (tah-hee'-rahn),  nat.:  point  94  m.  from 
Buloc  Pt.,  on  SW.  shore  of  Albay,  Luzon,  show- 
ing remarkable  isohited  hill  with  flat  top  cov- 
ered with  plot  of  green  distinct  from  rest  and 
\'lsible  at  great  distance  at  sea. 

TAGISIAX  (tah-hee-see'-ahn),  ver.:  point  on  E. 
extreme  end  of  Olutanga  I.  and  forming  S. 
headland  at  entrance  to  Sibulan  port,  S.  coast 
of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

TAGJALIGFE,  or  JALIGVE  (tahg-hah-lee'-gay, 
hah-lee'-gay),  nat.;  point  in  Cebi'i. 

TAGLAl'IGAX  CHIl'O  (tah-glah-we'-gahn  chee'- 
cohi,  Hisp.:  hamlet  on  NW.  coast  of  Leyte, 
om.  W.  of  Villalon. 

TAGLAFIGAN  GRANDE  (tah-glah-we'-gahn 
grahn'-day),  Hisp.;  hamlet  on  NW.  coast  of 
Leyte. 

TAGLIMAO  (tah-glee-mah'-oh),  ver.;  town  in  val- 
ley of  CayagSn,  7i  m.  W.  by  S.  of  Capag^n 
de"  Misamls,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

TAGL(i  (ta-gloh'),  nat.;  point  on  N. coast  of  Misa- 
mis, Mindanao. 

TAGLOC  (tah-glohk'),  nat.;  bay  on  S.  coast  of 
Ddvao,  Mindanao,  lat.  5°  48'  N.,  Ion.  125°  4' 
39"  E. 

TAGLORIA  (tah-gloh'-ree-ah),  ver.;  river  in  Am- 
bos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luzon,  emptj-lng  into 
Bicol  Riv.,  3  m.  above  Nueva  CAceres. 

TAGMAC  (tahg-mahk'),  nat.;  mountain  in  pueblo 
of  Bangui,  Ilocos  Norte,  Luzon,  NE.  of  town. 

TAGNIBAY  (tahg-nee'-by),  ver.;  mountain  in  Dd- 
vao,  Mindanao,  near  extreme  SW.  boundary 
of  Surigao,  14  m.  inland  NNW.  of  Mayo  Bay. 

TAGXIPA  (tahg-nee'-pah),  nat.;  shallow  inlet  in 
UluganBay,  Paragua,  Palawan;  Dean's  Head 
overlooks  it. 

— 933  ft.  high,  central  of  4  peaks  inland  from 

Broken  Head,  E.  shore  of  Ulugan  Bay,  W. 
coast  Palawan. 

inlet  on  E.  shore  of  Ulugan  Bay  between 

Dalrymple  and  Beehive  Pts.,  W.  coast 
Palawan. 

TAGO  (tah-goh'),  nat.;  island  3^  by  1^  m.,  2  m. 
SE.  of  San  Dionisio,  E.  coast  of  Concepcion. 
Iloilo,  Panay,  between  Pan  de  Azucar  and 
headland  of  Bacahuan. 

hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Tandag  on  S.  point  of 

bay,  ( m  K.  coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  lat.  9°, 
65  "m.,  .SE.  of  Surigao.    Pop.,  1,909. 

TAGOBAC  (tah-goh-bahk'),  ver.;  mineral  spring 
in  pueblo  of  Barili,  Cebii. 

TAGOLO  (tah-goh'-loh),  ver.;  mountain  near 
SW.  shore  of  Leyte,  3  m.  E.  of  Albuera. 

point  on  extreme  NW.  coast  of  Misamis, 

Mindanao,  where  shore  takes  its  SW.  trend 
along  Sulu  Sea;  adjacent  waters  at  cable's 
distance  give  no  bottom  at  36  fms. ;  patch  of 
cogonal  on  point  Ls  visible  20  m.  at  sea;  shore 
from  Silla  to  Baloi  Pt.  is  low  and  covered  with 
mangroves;  from  latter  point  to  Tagolo  is 
high  and  steep;  inland  5i  m.  to  SE.  about 
center  of  peninsula  which  here  forms  NE. 
shore  of  Dapitan  Bay  with  N.  coast  of  Min- 
danao, is  conspicuous  summit,  1,397  ft.  high, 
which  constitutes  important  landmark  to 
navigators  approaching  NW.  angle  coast  of 
Mindanao  from  E.  or  S. 

TA<iOLOA>'  (tah-goh-loh'-ahn),  nat.;  hamlet  in 
I)ueblo  of  Ja.sfidn,  Misamis,  Mindanao,  on  E. 
shore  of  Macajalar  Bay. 

pueblo  on  S.  side  of  mouth  of  river  empty- 
ing on  E.  shore  of  Macajalar  Bay,  N.  coast  of 
Misamis,  Mindanao,  9i  m.  NNE.  of  CagavAn 
de  Misamis.    Pop.,  3,378. 

river  in  N.  Mindanao. 

TAGOSITA  (tah-goh-nee'-tah),ver.;  pomtonNE. 
coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  opposite  SW. 
shore  of  Bucas  I.,  3  m.,  and  fronted  bv  Nang- 
abfl.  I. 

TAGOO  (tah-goh'-oh),nat.;  island  of  Tawi  Tawi 
f  grp.,  Sulu  A.,  lat.  5°  19' 20"  N. 


TOGOPO  (tah-goh'-poh),  ver.;  mountain  in  SE. 
Mindanao. 

TAGOWOLBO  ( tah-goh- wohl'-boh),  ver.;  island 
of  Basilan  grp.,  off  SW.  peninsula  of  Zambo- 
anga, Mindanao,  lat.  6°  35'  20"  N. 

TAGPOC  (tahg-pock'),  nat.;  river  emptj-ing  on 
NE.  side  of  Cabuluang  Bay,  E.  arm  of  Nin 
Bay,  W.  coast  of  Masbate,  Visayas. 

TAGSIN  (tahg-seen') , ver.; hamletinlloilo, Panay, 
5  m.  NW.  of  Le6n. 

TAGSl'LIP  (tahg-soo-lip'),  ver.;  town  on  1.  bank 
of  river  entering  Macajalar  Bay,  on  its  SW. 
shore  at  Opol;  town  lies  lOi  m.  W.  by  S.  of 
Cagay4n  de  Mi-samis,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

TAGTABA  (tahg-tah'-bah),  ver.;  point  in  S.  Min- 
danao. 

TAGTADA  (tahg-tah'-dah),  ver.;  point  in  E.  Min- 
danao. 

TACTAGAA  (tahg-tah'-gahn),  nat.;  i.sland  off  E. 
shore  of  Lapac  I.,  Tapulgrp.,  Sulu  A.,  at  S. 
end  of  channel,  between  it  and  Siasi. 

TAGTCRl'S  (tahg-too'-roos),ver.;  hamlet  on  SW. 
shore  of  Honda  Bay,  NE.  coast  of  S.  Palawan, 
7k  m.  N.  of  Puerto  Priuce.sa. 

TAGUABONHiX  (tah-gwah-bohn-hahn'),  ver.; 
island  4^  by  2i  m.,  high  and  steep-to,  in  NE. 
entrance  to  Guimaras  Strait,  4im.  SE.  of  Con- 
cepci6n,  Hollo,  Panay,  and  8i  m.  N.  of  Ma- 
napla.  N'.  coa.«t  of  Negros  Occidental,  little 
more  than  1  m.  SE.  of  Bakahuan  headland 
on  coast  of  Panay,  with  which  it  forms  strait 
named  Apiton. 

TAGUADliX  (tah-gwah-dee-ahn'),  ver.;  cluster  of 
7  islets  on  NE.  of  channel  entrance  between 
NW.  extremity  of  CApiz,  Panay,  and  Bura- 
cay  Is.    Small  crafts  cnn  pass  between  them. 

TAGTAGriK  (tah-gwah'-geen),  ver.;  hamlet  of 
Concepcion,  Iloilo,  Panay,  on  NW.  coast  of 
bay,  li  m.  S.  of  Aqui. 

TAGUAX  (tah-gwahn'),  nat.;  bay  on  NE.  coast  of 
Ticao  I.,  Masbate  grp.,  Visayas. 

river  in  Tayabas,  Luzon,   rising  in  Mala- 

sina  Mt.,  flows  S.,  receiving  on  its  1.  affluents 
Masino  and  Masiu,  and  after  uniting  with 
Qulapo  empties  into  Purin  Kiv. 

hamlet  on  r.  bank  of  Bac-hao  (Bangahon) 

Riv..  lm.NW.ofGandara,S4mar. 

TAGl'BAX  (tah-goo'-bahn),  ver.;  small  S.  tribu- 
tary of  Ulut  Riv.  in  E.  Samar. 

TAGl'DIN  (tah-goo-deen'),  ver.:  pueblo  of  Ilocos 
Sur,  Luzon,  on  coast  highway,  43  m.  S.  of  Vi- 
gan  and  immediately  N.  of  boundary  with 
Union.    Pop.,  4,055. 

point  on  E.  coast  of  Ilocos  Sur,  Luzon,  W. 

of  town,  lat.  16°  46'  N.,  2  m.  N.  of  S.  boundary 
with  Union.  Bangar,  of  Union,  lies  same 
distance  S.  of  boundary  on  main  road. 

TAGFGAX,  or  TRAGDUGAN  (tab -goo'-gahn, 
trahg-doo  -gahn),  ver.;  bay  74  m.  SE.  of  San 
Miguel  Pt.,  on  E.  shore  of  Ticao  I.,  Ma.sbate 
grp.,  Visayas. 

TAGUIAX  (tah-gee'-ahn),  ver.;  extreme  SE.  point 
of  great  bight  on  S.  central  coast  of  Tayabas, 
Luz6n,  Known  to  navigators  as  Tayabas  Bay. 

TAGUIG  (tah-geeg').  Tag.:  pueblo  on  W.  shore  of 
Laguna  de  Bav,  in  Rizal,  Luzon,  8i  m.  SE.  of 
Manila.    Pop.,  9,662. 

inlet  on  Laguna  de  Bay,  Rizal,  Luzon,  on 

coast  near  pueblo  of  same  name. 

TAGUILO  (tah-gee'-loh),  ver.;  hamlet  on  E. 
shore  of  San  Pedro  Bay,  SW.  S&mar,  114  m. 
SE.  of  Basey. 

TAGUIMAXOC  (tah-gee-mah-nock'),  ver.;  hamlet 
in  Abra.  Luzon,  on  1.  bank  and  at  crossing  of 
Abra  Riv.,  2  m.  N.  of  Bengued. 

TAGUIXTIX  (tah-geen-teen'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  ex- 
treme SW.  coast  of  Antique,  Panay,  14  m.  S. 
of  Dao. 

TAGONTIMi  (tah-geen-ting'),nat.;  riverinNW. 
Bohol,  emptying  in  sea  4  m.  NE.  of  Lauis  Pt. 


864 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


TAGUIS  (tab-gees'),  nat.:  hamlet  near  S.  coast  of 
D4vao,  Mindanao,  12i  m.  W.  of  Sarangani 
Bay  and  90  m.  SSW.  of  Dilvao. 

TAGUISIAX  (tah-gee-see'-ahn),  ver.;  pointinOlu- 
tadga  I.,  off  SE.  peninsula  of  Zamboanga, 
Mindanao. 

TAGUITIC  (tah-gee'-tick),  nat.;  E.  coast  hamlet 
of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  30i  m.  NE.  of 
Zamboanga. 

creek  emptying  on  extreme  SW.  shore  of 

Panguil  Bay,  SW.  end  of  Misamis  port,  Misa- 
mis,  Mindanao. 

TAGULATA  (tah-goo-lah'-yah),  ver.;  point  at  N. 
side  of  small  open  bay  on  \V.  shore  of  Ddvao 
Gulf,  Ddvao,  Mindanao.  Town  of  Astorga 
lies  on  SW.  shore. 

TAGUM  (tah'-goom),  ver.;  river  of  D4vao,  Min- 
danao, which  receives  united  waters  of 
Sahug  (Salug)  Riv.  on  E.  and  Libaganon  on 
W.,  and  after  eour.se  of  12  m.  enters  DAvao 
Gulf  on  its  extreme  NW.  shore.  There  are  10 
ft.  on  bar  at  low  water  and  23  ft.  within  bar. 
Schooners  can  ascend  stream  for  6  m.  Large 
town  is  situated  some  distance  up  river. 
Begar,  town  of  considerable  importance,  is 
situated  li  m.  SW.  of  this  stream  on  shore  of 
DAvao  Gulf. 

bay  E.  of  Sisiran  port,  off  NE.  coast  of 

Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luz6n. 

TAGUXA  (tah-goo'-nah),  ver.;  point  on  SW.  shore 
of  Leyte,  3  m.  SW.  of  Cajaguadn. 

TAGUKTVM  (tah-goon-toom'),  nat.;  point  on  S. 
shore  of  Catanduanes  I.,  NE.  of  Albay, 
Luzon. 

TAGUMtiN  (tah-goon-toon'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  E. 
shore  of  Macajalar  Bay,  N.  coast  of  Min- 
danao, 24|  m.  N.  by  E.  of  Cagayfin  de  Misa- 
mis. 

high  point  at  extreme  SW.  shore  of  Catan- 
duanes I.,  NE.  of  Albay,  Luzon. 

TAGTJSA>'  (tah-goo'-sahn),  nat.;  point  on  NE. 
coast  of  Mindoro,  1  m.  SE.  of  Tajud  Pt.  and 
11*  m.  NW.  of  Dumali  Pt. 

TAGUTAGAX  (tah-goo-tah'-gahn),  ver.;  mountain 
in  Leyte. 

TAGUTU  (tah-goo'-too),  ver.;  small  island  off  E. 
side  of  Pilas  I.,  Basilan  grp.,  off  SW.  peninsu- 
la of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

TAGUtfS  (tah-goo-oos')  nat.;  point  in  SW.  Leyte. 

TAGVIVI  (tahg-vee'-vee),  ver.;  hamlet  on  E.  shore 
of  Davao  Gulf,  near  extreme  S.  end  of  SE. 
peninsula  of  Ddvao,  Mindanao,  52  m.  SSE.  of 
Ddvao. 

mountain    in 


TAHAON    (tah-hah-ohn'). 


TAHISG-TAHING  (tah-hing-tah-hing'),  ver.;  vil- 
lage on  N.  side  of  TabawAn  I.,  Cinapusan 
(Kinapusan)  grp.,  Sulu  A.  Anchorage  is  at 
W.  extreme  of  village. 

TAHUBCC  (tah-hoo-rook'),  ver.;  SW.  point  of 
Panglao  I.,  SW.  of  Bohol,  Visayas,  18  m.  NE. 
of  Lumango  Pt.,  Siquijor  I. 

TAICELA  (tie-thay'-lah),  nat.;  i.sland  off  Malu.sa 
Bay,  N.  shore  of  Basilan  I.,  off  SW.  penin- 
sula of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

TAIKELA  (tie-kay'-lah),ver.;  low, M'ooded island, 
W.  of  Malusa  Bay,  W.  coast  of  Basilan  I.,  off 
SW.  peninsula  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

TA1L6X  (tie-lohn'),  ver.:  islands  of  Calaguasgrp., 
Ambos  Camarines  (Norte),  Luzon. 

TAIMAKA  (tie-mah'-nah),  ver.;  point  on  E.  coast 
of  Tayabas,  Luzon. 

TAIMANOK,  or  KABALO  (tie-mah-nohk',  _cah- 
bah'-loh) ,  nat. :  village  on  r.  bank  of  Jabungao, 
tributary  headwaters  of  Bacat  Riv.,  Cotabato, 
Mindanao. 

TAISAA"  (tah-ee'-sahn^.  Tag.;  river  of  Batangas, 
Luz6n,  tributary  to  Lipajan  Riv. 


TAISAN;  town,  on  river  of  same  name,  in  SE.  Ba- 
tanga.s.  Luz6n,  terminus  of  highway  from 
Rosario,  from  which  it  is  SE.  10  m.  Pop., 
6,971. 

TAITICAK  (tie-tee'-cahn),  ver.;  mountain  in  Min- 
doro. 

TAJA  (tah'-hah),  Sp.;  island  of  coral  and  sand 
on  Pearl  Bank,  Laparan  grp.,  Sulu  A.,  resort 
for  pearl  and  mother-of-pearl  fishers.  {See 
Pearl  Bank.) 

TAJAO  (tah-how'),  Sp.;  point  and  small  stream 
emptj-ing  into  Tanon  Strait,  24  m.  S.  of 
Toledo,  W.  coast  of  Cebii.  Tidal  streams  that 
enter  Tan6n  Strait  from  N.  and  S.  meet  off 
this  point. 

TAJIRAN  (tah-hee'-rahn,  nat.;  bay  and  point  in 
S.  Sorsogon,  Luzon. 

TAJO,  or  RIO  GRAXDE  DE  t'AGATiN  (tah'-hoh', 
Sp.;  ree'-oh  grahn'-day  day  cah-gah-yahn, 
Hisp.);  river  and  village  in  N.Luzon.  (See 
Rio  Grande  de  Cagaydn.) 

TAJrD  (tah-hood'),  ver.;  point  on  NE.  coa.st  of 
Mindoro,  14  m.  NW.  of  Dumali  Pt.;  has  large 
isolated  rock  or  cliff  off  its  E.  side,  joined  to 
coast  by  rocky  spit. 

TAJO'-TAjtfX  (tah-hoon-tah-hoon'),  ver.;  islet, 
8  m.  NE.  of  Getafe,  N.  coast  of  Bohol,  Yisayas. 

TAKAPAXlJA  (tah-kah-pahng'-ah),  ver.;  point  on 
SW.  side  of  extreme  S.  mainland  of  Ddvao, 
Mindanao,  4f  m.  WNW.  of  Tinaka  Pt. 

TAKBOLrBO  (tack-boh-loo'-boh),  ver.;  well  pop- 
ulated Malay  settlement  7  m.  NE.  of  Segyam 
(Segian)  Is.,  on  SE.  coast  of  Palawan.  In- 
habitants raise  goats,  sweet  potatoes,  and  fruit 
in  considerable  quantities,  which  they  barter 
to  passing  vessels.  Anchorage  in  roadstead 
off  settlement.  Mantalingajan  Mt.  rises  in- 
land. 

TAKIT  (tah-kif),  ver.;  mountain  in  Ambos  Ca- 
marines, Luzon.     (See  Malinao  or  Buhi  Mt.) 

TAKOOT,  or  PABOOXORIAX  (tah-koh-ohf,  pah- 
boh-oh-noh'-ryahn),  ver.;  island  of  Sulu  grp., 
SuluA.,lat.6°16'N. 

TAKTAGAiV  (tak-tah'-gahn),ver.;  islet  at  entrance 
to  channel  between  Siasi  and  Lapac  Is.,  Tapul 
grp.,  Sulu  A. 

TAKl'T  MASILA  (tah'-coot  mah-see'-lah),  ver. 
(See  Rios  rock.) 

TiKl'T  MATAHA  (tah'-coot  mah-tah'-hah),  ver.; 
islaud  at  N.  entrance  of  passage  between 
SaiigA  Sangd  and  Tawi  Tawi  Is.,  Sulu  A. 

TAKl'T  PABl'M'^AX  (tah-coot  pah-boo-noo'-ahn) , 
ver.;  bank  of  sand  and  shells  4  m.  N.  and  S., 
and  2  m.  E.  and  W.,  18  m.  WNW.  from  W.  Bo- 
hol I.,  and  20  m.  N.  of  Sulu  I.  (See  Tacud  Pa- 
buniian,  Balanguingui  grp.,  Sulu  A.) 

outlying  i.sland  in  W.  Balanguingui  grp., 

Sulu  A.     (Sec  T&cud  Pabunuan.) 

TAKUT  SUXGU  (tah'-coot  soong'-oo),  ver.;  island 
SE.  by  E.  i  E.  nearly  3  m.  from  E.  Bolod,  2  m. 
NE.  to  SW.  and  IJ  m.  in  breadth,  consisting 
of  sand,  gravel,  and  rocks,  in  Balanguingui 
grp.,  Sulu  A. 

TALABX  (tah-lah-bah')  (means  oyster),  nat.; 
hamlet  in  C4piz,  Panay,  on  SW.  arm  of 
Camansi  Bay,  1|  m.  W.  of  Sapian. 

TALABAAX  (tah-lah-bah'-ahn),  nat.;  river  enter- 
ing on  S.  shore  Barrera  port,  W.  by  S.  of  Aro- 
roy,  NE.  coast  of  Masbate,  Visayas. 

TALABAJAX  (tah-lah-bah'-hahn),  nat.;  point  W. 
shore  of  Misamis  port,  Misamis,  Mindanao, 
5i  m.  SW.  of  Mi.s« 


TALABiX  (tah-lah-bahn'),Tag.;  river  in  Laguna, 
Luzon,  rising  on  E.  watershed  of  San  Cristo- 
bal Mt.,  empties  into  Santa  Cruz  Riv.,  SSW.  of 
pueblo  of  Magdalena. 

islet  7  m.  NNE.  of  Talibon,  N.  coast  of  Bo- 
hol, Visayas. 

i.sland  in  E.  arm  of  Laguimanoc  Bay,  S. 

coast  of  Tayabas,  Luzon. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    l^HILTPPINE    ISLANDS. 


865 


TALABiN  GRANDE  and  (JHICO  (tah-lah-bahn' 
grahn'-day,  chee'-coh),  Hisp.;  2  rivers  1^  m. 
apart,  emptying  into  sea  on  extreme  N.  coast 
Negros  Occidental,  E.  of  Sacaba. 

TALABANW  (tah-lah-bahng'),  nat.;  hamlet  in 
pueblo  of  Jimamaylan,  Negros  Occidental. 

TALABASI  (tah-lah-bah'-sce),  ver.;  point  and 
river  on  W.  coast  of  Mindoro,  on  which  stands 
town  of  Santa  Cruz. 

TALABE  (tah-lah'-bay).  ver.;  hamlet  and  river 
rising  in  Macauili  and  Mandalagan  Mts.,  at 
N.  end  of  central  range  of  Negros  Occidental: 
river  ilows  K.  and  falls  into  sea  through  small 
bay  at  head  of  which  lies  hamlet  of  same 
name,  'Sh  m.  S.  of  Calatrava,  E.  coast.  In  1S79 
ontcrojis  of  coal  were  discovered  in  rivers 
which  enter  strait  near  this  town  and  Cala- 
trava. 

TALABONES  (tah-lah-boh'-ne.ss),  Hisp.;  2  islands, 
Palipan,  N.,  and  Hirapsan,  S.,  off  Bunot  Pt., 
N.  coast  of  Sdmar,  .5  m.  NE.  of  Catarmai;. 

TALACAiJ  (tah-lah-cahg'),  nat.;  hamlet  near  r. 
bank  of  main  stream  of  Cagaydn  de  Mi.samis, 
Misamis,  Mindanao. 

TALACOGON  (tah-lah-coh'-gohn),  nat.;  .settle- 
ment of  Moros  on  1.  bank  of  Agusan  Riv.,  37 
m.  S.  of  Butiian  and  6  m.  N.  of  outlet  of  Pina- 
yat  Lake,  Surigao,  Mindanao.    Pop.,  11,585. 

hamlet  in  Cebii. 

TALAGXN  (tah-lah-gahn'),  nat.;  town  in  Princi- 
pe, Luz6n,  about  (">  m.  W.  by  N.  from  coast, 
.situated  between  Baler  and  Cape  Engauo. 

TALXGIB  (tah-lah'-hib),  nat.;  point  on  SE.  shore 
of  Albay,  Luz6n. 

. point  in  S.  Batangas,  Luzon. 

TALAGIO  (tah-Iah'-hyoh),  nat.;  point  in  E.  Sor- 
sog6n,  Luz6n. 

TALAGIK  (tah-lah-heer'),  ver.;  island  off  W. 
coast  of  Sdmar,  2  sq.  m.  in  area,  lat.  11°  62'  N. 

TALAGO  (tah-lah'-goh).  Tag.;  point  on  S.  coast  of 
BataS,n,  Luzon,  on  1.  shore  of  bay  of  Manila, 
and  E.  of  Iloruos  Pt. 

TALA(JU1L0NG  (tah-lah-gee-lohng'),  nat.;  inlet 
not  quite  1  m.  in  diameter,  completely  shut  in 
and  very  convenient  for  vessels  of  all  sizes, 
and  affording  excellent  anchorage  in  N. 
part  of  bay  of  Dapitan,  near  that  town,  W.  of 
Dapitau,  Mindanao. 

TALAGUTUN  (tah-lah-goo'-toon),  ver.;  hamlet  on 
W.  shore  of  Ddvao  Gulf,  DAvao,  Mindanao, 
64  m.  S.  of  DAvao. 

TALAIBAN  (tah-lah-ee'-rahn),  ver.;  E.  headland 
of  entrance  on  N.  coast  of  Leyte  to  sea  chan- 
nel between  Biliran  1.  and  Leyte,  and  W. 
headland  of  deep  bay  on  N.  shore  of  Leyte 
through  which  Daram  channel  connects  with 
San  Juanico  Strait  and  thence  to  Surigao 
Strait. 

point  i  m.  ENE.  from  Arenas  Pt.,  S.  coast 

of  Batangas,  Luz6n;  rocky  and  wooded.  Mt. 
Talaji  is  inland. 

TALijlT,  or  MESA  (tah-lah'-hit,  may'-sah),  ver.; 
island  5^  m.  NE.  to  SW.  and  2  m.  across,  cen- 
ter of  6  larger  in  channel  between  Samar  and 
Masbate,  Vlsayas. 

TALAKA>EN  (tah-lah-cah'-nayn),  nat.  {See 
Dumbell  I.,  off  E.  coast  of  Paragua,  I\ilawan.) 

TALALOKA  (tah-lah-loh'-rah),  ver.;  hamlet  in 
SW.  Silmar,  on  Buad  channel,  7  m.  SW.  of 
Vlllareal. 

TALAMBXn  (tah-lahm-bahn'),  nat.;  hamlet  in 
pueblo  of  Opon,  on  W.  shore  of  MactAn  I  , 
opposite  CebiL 

pueblo  in  Cebii,  1  m    from  Cebv'i,   called 

also  Mabulo,  or  Banilad.    Pop  ,  6,226. 

TALAMPO  (tah-lahm-poh),  Tag  ,  mountain  in 
Batangas,  Luzon. 

TALASIPULAN  (tah-lahm-poo'lahn).  nat.;  isj^et 
off  opening  of  bay  on  W .  coast  ol  Busuanga 
I.,  Oalamianes  grp  ,  Mindoro  Sea,  8  m.  WSW 
of  Busuanga  town. 


TALAND  (tah-lahnd'),  ver.;  river  in  Panay,  rises 
in  S.  of  Tapas  Mt.  and  empties  in  Dumangas 
affluents  Lambunao  and  Passi. 

TALAKAK,  or  TATALAN  (tah-lah'-rahn,  tah-tah'- 
lahn),  nat.;  NE.  island,  387  ft.  high,  of  Balan- 
guingui  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

TALASI(Ji:i]N  (tah-lah-see'-keen) ,  nat.;  active  sol- 
fataric  volcano  in  S.  part  of  Paragua,  Pala- 
wan, lat.  10°  30'  N.,  Ion.  119°  48'  N. 

TALAVERA  (tah-lah-vay'-rah),  Sp.;  pueblo  in 
central  Nueva  Ecija,  Luz6n,  on  main  road, 
19  m.  N.  of  .San  Isidro.    Pop.,  2,720. 

lake  in  Nueva  Ecija,  Luzon,  with  circum- 
ference of  l:i.j  m. 

TAIAY  (tah-lie'),  nat.;  point  SW.  shore  of  Borig6 
I.,  off  \V.  coast  of  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

TALAYAN  (tah-lah'-yahn),  nat.;  peak  near  L 
bank  of  S.  arm  of  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao, 
Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

S.  point  of  Boiigo  I.  and  W.  headland  of  S. 

entrance  to  Polloc  Harbor,  in  Cotabato,  Min- 
danao. 

TALAYO  (tah-lah-yoh').  Tag.;  point  in  S.  BataAn, 
Luzon. 

TALAYTALAY  (tah-lie-tah-Iie'),  ver.;  hamlet  on 
SW.  border  of  Concepci6n,  Iloilo,  Panay,  3 
m.  SW.  of  Lemery. 

TAL(JAGIIAYAN  (tahl-cah-gwah'-yahn),  ver.;  bay 
on  SW.  coast  of  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur), 
Luzon,  on  shore  of  larger  bay  of  Guinayantan. 

TALCAIIAYAN  (tahl-cah-wah'-yahn).  Tag.;  creek 
in  SE.  Tayabas,  Luzon. 

TALIAN  (tah-lec'-ahn),Tag.;  hamlet  in  Bulacan, 
Luz6n,  12  m.  NE.  of  BulacAn. 

TALIBr)N  (tah-lee-bohn'),  nat.;  pueblo  on  N. 
coast  of  Bohol,  Visayas,  48  m.  NE.  of  Tagbila- 
ran.    Pop.,  7,321. 

river  in  Mindoro,  emptying  into  sea  on  E. 

coast. 

TALICLI),  or  TALIKUT  (tah-lee-cood',  tah-lee- 
coot'),  nat.;  island  6  m.  NW.  to  SE.,  and  31 
m.  E.  and  W.;  area,  12  sq.  m.  Separated 
from  SAmal  I.  on  SW.  by  narrow  channel  1 
ra.  wide,  and  situated  on  E.  side  of  W.  arm  of 
DAvao  Gulf,  in  DAvao,  Mindanao;  island  is 
low,  wooded,  and  mar.shy,  lacking  in  fresh 
water  and  uninhabitable. 

TALIJON  (tah-lee'-hawn) ,  nat.;  island  off  N. 
coast  of  SAmar. 

TALIM  (tah-leem'),  Tag.;  island  in  center  of 
Laguna  de  Bay,  10  m.  from  N.  to  S.  and  4  m. 
from  E.  to  W.,  area  18  sq.  m.;  part  of  Rizal, 
Luzon;  central  ridge  divides  it  into  2  water- 
sheds, and  on  cither  side  aloii.t;  l.iki'  sIkhx'S 
a  number  of  villages;  it  is  scpniatccl  fioin 
mainland  of  Rizal  C  m.  S.  of  IM(')rc.ng, capital, 
by  channel  less  than  i  m.  wide;  in  center  is 
So.soug-Dalaga  (Maiden's  Bosom),  at  Dolores 
Hill,  at  its  N.  end  is  Dolongcauil,  and  S. 
Talim  Pt. 

extinct  volcano,  composed  of  basalt,  1,519 

ft.  high.  In  lat.  14°  20'  N.,  Ion.  121°  13'  E, 
Rizal,  Luz6n. 

point  at  S,  extreme  of  Talim  I.,  in  Laguna 

de  Bay,  Laguna,  Luz6n. 

TALIN  (tah-lean'),  Tag.;  anchorage,  bay,  and 
point  on  W.  coast  of  Batangas,  Luz6n.  Lat. 
13°  55'  N.,  Ion.  120°  35'  E.,  approximately. 

mountain  In  Batangas,  Luzon. 

TALINAS  (tah-lee'-nahs),  nat.,  low  island  5  m. 
ESE.  of  Tumbagn  Pt.,  Lubang  1.,  off  extreme 
N  W.  coast  of  Mindoro. 

TALINAS,  or  YILLAVllENCIO  (tah-lee'-nahs, 
nat;  vee-lyah -vee-thayn'-thyoh,  Sp.),  3 
islands  off  point  of  same  name,  SE  coast  of 
Lubang  1  ,  NW  of  Mindoro. 

point  SE  shore  Lubang  1,  NW.  of  Min- 
doro between  Main y a  Head  to  Golo  Pas.sage 
on  S  and  Pauican  I't.,  S.  head  of  Loog  (Luk) 
Bay  on  N. 


S.  Doc.  280- 


-55 


866 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILTPPINE    ISLANDS. 


TALIXDAf  (tah-leen-dack'),  ver.;  pueblo  on  NW. 
coast  of  Palawan.  Pop.,  Cn.  1S87,  663.  (See 
Talindac  Bay.) 

bay  A  m.  in  breadth  and  length,  formed  by 

Cadlao,  Cauayan,  and  Cavern  Is.  Craft  of  7 
ft.  draft  can  ascend  to  Talindac  or  Bacuit 
(Bakit)  village.  Aspect  of  coast  from  8  m.  N. 
to  Crawford  Pt.  picturesque.  Central  range 
of  Palawan,  overlooking  both  coa.sts  and  Ba- 
cuit Bav  on  W.  and  Shark's  Fin  Bay  ooi  E.,  on 
parallel  of  Cadlao,  here  attains  its  greatest 
elevation,  2,230  ft.  This  .section  also  sudden 
transition  from  limestone  formation,  espe- 
cially in  background  of  this  village,  where  it 
occurs. 

TALISGAN  (tah-leeng'-ahn),  ver.;  hamlet  on  S. 
shore  of  Sindadgan  Bay,  NW.  coast  of  Misa- 
mis,  Mindanao. 

TALIXiiiLfX  (tah-ling-lean'),  nat.:  point  and  cove 
to  E.  on  SW.  shore  of  Calagndn  I.,  NE.  coast 
of  Iloilo,  Panay. 

TALINTKi  (tah-lin-tig'),  nat.;  islet  in  SW.  arm 
Barrera  port,  off  Balanin  Pt.,  NE.  coast  Mas- 
bate,  Visayas. 

TAIilPAXAX  (tah-lee-pah'-nahn),  nat.;  mountain 
in  pueblo  of  Puerto  Galera,  N.  coast  of  Min- 
doro,  6  m.  WSW.  of  Galera. 

point  in  N.  Mindoro. 

TALIPAPi  (tah-lee-pah-pah')  (means  market), 
Tag.:  hamlet  in  Rizal,  Luzon,  6  m.  NE.  of 
Manila. 

TALIPTIPAX  (tah-leep-tee'-pahn),nat.;  point  on 
SW.  coast  of  Negros  Oriental,  17  m.  N.  of  W. 
of  Bayauan  and  46^  m.  W.  of  Dumaguete,  on 
opposite  sides  of  I.  SW.  end  of  boundary  line 
between  Negros  Oriental  and  Occidental  here 
ends  on  sea  shore. 

TALISXIX  (tah-lee-sah'-inn),  nat.;  point  on  SW. 
coast  of  Zambales,  Luzon. 

TALISAT  (tah-lee'-.sigh),  nat.:  peak  in  extreme 

SE.  part  of  Bohol,  Visayas,  3  m.  E.  of  Guindul- 

man. 
extreme  S.  point  of  Semerara  I.,  SJ  m.  NW. 

by  N.  of  Sibay  I.,  in  group  SE.  of  Mindoro. 
point,  river,  and  bay  on  W.  coast  of  S.  head 

to  Loog  Bay,  W.  coast  of  Masbate,  Visayas. 
pueblo  in  Ambos  Camarines  (Norte),  Lu- 

z6n,  on  mainroad,  2  m.  NW.  of  Diet.    Pop., 

3,561. 

town  in  Albay,  S.  Luzon. 

point  NE.  coast  Albav,  Luzon,  on  Albay 

Gulf,  lat.  13°  4' 16". 
point  on  S.  coast  of  Bata^n,  on  port  of  Mari- 

veles,  Luzon,  lat.  14°  27'  N. 
river  in  BataAn,  Luz6n,  rising  on  N.  sides 

of   Sierra   Mariveles;  after   winding   course 

empties  into  bay  of  Manila. 

town  in  NW.  Negros  Occidental. 

point  on  extreme  NE.  coast  of  Rapurapu 

I.,  off  E.  coast  of  Albay,  Luzon. 
point  on  W.  coast  of  Tieao  I.,  Ma.sbate  grp., 

Visayas. 
river  emptying  into    Guimartis  Strait  at 

Minuluan,  Negros  Occidental. 
point  and  hamlet  near  SE.  coast  of  Iloilo, 

Panay,  7  m.  E.  of  Barotac  Nuevo. 
pueblo  of  Batangas,  Luzon,  on  extreme  N. 

shore  of  Lake  Taal,  37  m.  on  lake  shore  high- 
way NW.  of  Batanga.s,  capital.    Pop.,  8,111. 
pueblo  on  E.  coast  of  Cebu,  5  m.  SW.  of 

Cebvi,  near  Lipata  Pt.    Pop.,  19,000. 

TALISATA  itali-lce-sah'-yah),  nat.;  point  near 
San  .1  i|iiiii.  .-.  1  iiast  of  Iloilo,  Panav;  coast 
from  ~V.  I  .!i;t  I rrnds  NE.  15^  m.  to  Talisaya, 
is  hJLTli,  c'.iaii.  and  steep-to,  thence  it  trends 
ENE.  for  21  m.  toOton,  being  low,  and  thence 
5^^  m.  to  Iloilo,  continuing  low  and  covered 
with  mangroves;  bights  along  shore  are  deep 
and  vessels  can  work  close  inshore  ^vlth  per- 
fect safety. 


i  TALISAT A\    (tah-lee-sah'-yahn),  nat.;  point  on 

NE.  coast  of  Alad  I.,  and  W.  head  to  N.  en- 
1  trance   of   channel  to    Port  Romblon.    be- 

;  tween  Romblon  and  Alad  Is.,  Romblon  grp., 

Visayas. 

:  mountain  in  central  range  of  S.  Levte  on 

:          NW.  shore  of  Bito  Lake,  9  m.  SW.  of  Bufauen. 
pueblo  on  W.  end  of  bight  on  N.  coast  of 

Misamis,  Mindanao,  E.  of  Sipaka  Pt.,  41  m. 

N.  by  E.  of  Cagaydn  de  Misamis.    Pop.,  1,684. 
TALMAD  (tahl-mahd'),  nat.;    river  in  Mindoro, 

flows  NE.  and  empties  into  Port  Galera,  on  N. 

coast. 
TALMAGMAG    (tahl-mahg-mahg'),    ver.;    inland 

town  4  m.  E.  of  Cagayin  de  Misamis  in  Misa- 

mis,  Mindanao. 
TAL3LAL  (tahl-mahl'),  ver.;  river  emptying  into 

Bay  of  Varadero  on  N.  coast  of  Mindoro,  IJ 

m.  SSE.  of  Galera  port. 
TALOAX  (tah-loh'-ahn),  ver.;  hamlet  on  N.  side 

Of  mouth  of  stream  entering  Lanao  Bay  on 

SE.  shore  MisamiSj,  Mindanao. 
TALOBAX  (tah-loh'-bahn),ver.;  hamlet  of  Negros 

Occidental,  on  E.  shore  of  Guimards  Strait,  3 

m.  S.  of  Binalbagan. 
TALdCOY  (tah-law'-coy),  ver.;   river  in  Negros 

Oriental.     (.Sec  Palayajan.) 
TALOG  (tah-lohg'),  ver.;  small  stream  emptying 

into    Guimaras    Strait,  2  m.  SW.  of  Siima, 

Negros  Occidental. 
TALOGO   (tah-law'-go).  Tag.;   river  in  Tayabas. 

Luzon,  rises  SW.  of  pueblo  of  Gumacd,  and 

empties  into  Lamon  Bay. 
TALOLOX(tah-law'-lawn),Tag.;  hamletin  pueblo 

of  Gumaca,  Tayabas,  Luz6u,  on  r.  bank  of 

Talolon  Riv. 
river  in  Tayabas,  Luz6n,  flowng  across 

pueblo  of  Gumaca  and  emptjang  into  Lamon 

Bay. 
TALdX  (tah-lohn'),nat.;  inland  hamlet  of  Ciipiz. 

Pa,nav.  on  small  stream  entering  Batdn  Bav, 

2  m.  N.  and  2^  m.  E.  of  Balete. 
TALON  PISA  (tah-lohn' pee-.sah'),  nat.;   narrow 

dish-shaped  Lsland,  2  sq.  m.,  and  most  S.  of 

Basilan  grp.,  off  SW.  peninsula,  Zamboanga, 

Mindanao. 
TALOXG  (tah-lohng'),  nat.;  hamlet  in  SE.  part  of 

Negros  Oriental,  3  m.  SW.  of  Dumaguete. 
TALOS  (tah'-laws).  Tag.;  mountain  in  Tayabas, 

Luz6n.  i 

TAH'BING  (tah-loo-beeng'),  ver.;  pueblo  in  Bon-       I 

toe,  Luzon.    Pop.,  Cn.  1887, 611. 
TALUC  (tah-look'),  ver.;  one  of  2  low,  flat  islands 

on  same  reef,  other  being  Cabingaan-,  from 

which  it  is  3?  m.  NW.,  in  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 
TALrC'Ad'BAJf     (tah-loo-cah-coo'-bahn),     nat.; 

hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Juban,  Sorsogon,  Luzon,        I 

ou  r.  of  entrance  to  Sorsogon  port.  | 

TALI'CLIC   (tah-look-look').  nat.;     channel  on 

NW.  side  of  Murci61agos  Bay  to  anchorage 

of  Sinipai  Daco,  Dapitan,  Mindanao. 
TALl'XG    (tah-loong'),    nat.    (See    Malo,   small 

stream  in  Negros.) 
TALUBIG  (tah-loo-reeg'),  ver.;  NW.  point  of  San 

Miguel  I.,  E.  coast  of  Albay,  Luzon. 

TALVSAX  (tah-loo'-sahn),  nat.;  extreme  NE. 
point  of  Pagbilao  Grande  I.,  off  S.  coa.'Jt  of 
Tayabas,  Luzon. 

TALI'TAKIBAX  (tah-loo-tah-coo'-bahn),  nat.; 
port  on  SE.  shore  of  channel  to  Sorsogon 
port,  Sorsog6n,  Luz6n,  lat.  12°  50'  N.,  Ion.  123° 
50'  2.5"  E. 

TAMAGl'Tl'  (tah-mah-goo'-too),  nat.;  point  E. 
head  inner  harbor  Pusgo  port,  E.  shore  Taya- 
bas, Luz6n,  on  Ragay  Gulf;  observation  spot 
lat.  13°  31'  N.,  Ion.  122°  35'  39"  W. 

TAMAHAXG   (tah-mah'-hahng),   ver.;  bay  on  N.  | 

side  of  Olutanga  I.,  S.  coast  of  Zamboanga, 
Mindanao.     (See  Tamalung.)  j 


GAZETTEER    (>F    THE    I'lIILiri'lNE    ISLANDS. 


867 


"    '     •!    .  ''i 

J 

, 

x^Cl  «  6  5,  '*  2  'f   "   1, 

K 

•  ^ 

^  ^\\     ^  '^  "  i       u  ij " 

i 

^^     V     '^ 

j 

'   J,  ." 

J 

i                 ^.f 

, 

*     '5  3     . 

^ 

s^^     ^» 

i    * 

i 
« 

*> 

1  » 

/, 

rAl>  ^-S    VN  I   .i,,^^  - 

i^miT  TA^iimME. 

Jrom  a,  Spanish  OovfSurvc)',  137  7. 

Obt.  Spot  e  I,at.Uni:».,  Lon5nS?22ji:.f<iryr«^r..i 

o              \               i               3*4   f  CbU* 

iNa-jt.Wilo 

80)8 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILirPINE    ISLANDS. 


TAMAISE  (tah-mah-ee'-say),  nat.;  summit  SE.  of 
Tamalse,  E.  of  Subic,  N.  shore  of  Siibic  Bay, 
SE.  coast  of  Zambales,  Luzon. 

T.\M.\Ll'XG,  or  TAMAHANG  (tah-mah-loong',  tali- 
inah-hahng'),  ver.;  bay  on  N.  side  of  Olutanga 
I.,  on  S.  coast  of  SE.  peninsula  of  Zamboanga, 
]Min(lanao.  Clear  sheet  of  water,  deepest  on 
E.  and  \V.  sides. 

TAMA.XAN  (tah-mah'-nahn).  Tag.;  hamlet  in 
Cavite,  Luzon,  23^  m.  S.  of  Cavite. 

TAMAXBl'NG  (tah-mahn-boong'),  ver.;  hamlet 
on  extreme  SE.  shore  of  Basilan  I.,  off  SW. 
peninsula  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

TAMAR  (tah-mar'),  ver.;  mountain  in  SE.  L«yte. 

TA3LVS1N  (tah-mah'-sin),  ver.;  hamlet  on  SW. 
shore  of  Tapao  Lake,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

TAMASO  (tah-mah'-soh),  ver.;  small  island  E.  of 
Talajit,  in  sea  channel  between  SAmarand 
Masbate. 

TAJIATA,  or  TA3IALA  (tah-mah'-tah,  tah-mah'- 
lah).  ver.;  small  stream  in  Infanta,  Luzon, 
entering  Pacific  Ocean  N.  of  Binangonan  de 
Lampon. 

TAMBA(tahm-bah'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Albay,  Luzon, 
10  m.  NNW.  of  Albay. 

small  stream  on  NW.  coast  of  Cebu,  enter- 
ing sea  3  m.  N.  of  Medellin. 

TAMIJAC  (tahm-bahk'):  point  on  SW.  shore  of 
Santiago  I.,  oil  HE.  coast  of  Zambales,  Luzon, 
and  N.  head  to  E.  entrance  of  channel  sepa- 
rating that  island  from  mainland. 

hamlet  on  W.  coast  of  Cotabato,  Mindanao, 

321 131.  g.  by  \Y.  off  Cotabato. 

TAMBADON  (tahm-bah-dawn'),  ver.;  point  on  E. 
coast  of  Samar,  between  Pilrie  and  Siilat  sea- 
ports. 

TAMBAGAX  (tahm-bah'-gahn),nat.;  island  Sbyl^ 
m.,  725  ft.  high,  with  conical  green  peak  over 
E.  extreme,  0^  m.  NE.  of  Tawi  Ta-\vi  I.,  Tawi 
Tawi  grp.:  NE.  point  is  WSW.  IJ  m.  from  W. 
point  of  Sigbuve;  on  S.  point  are  2  islets,  one 
25  ft.  and  other  8  ft.  high. 

TAMBAGl'A  (tahm-bah'-gwah),  ver.;  mountain  in 
Ilocos  Sur,  Luz6n. 

TAMr.lLA\  (tahm-bah'-lahn),  nat.;  point  on  W. 
shore  of  lllana  Bay,  Cotabato,  Mindanao,  4i 
m.  N.  of  Flecha  Pt.     (.See  Tambatan  Pt.) 

TABIBALOJf  (tam-bah-lawn'),  nat.;  bay  or  wide 
estuary  S.  of  Cabeza  de  Tablas,  where  vessels 
fmd  shelter  in  SW.  monsoons,  but  very  deep; 
(ipp<isite  to  and  9  m.  NW.  of  Romblon  town, 
Roniblon  grp.,  Visayas. 

TAMBAN(i  (tahm-bahng'),nat.;  mountain  in  cen- 
tral range  of  8.  Leyte,  7  m.  SSW.  of  Burauen. 

hamlet  in  SW.  Leyte,  5  m.  S.  of  Matalom. 

port  on  N.  shore  of  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur) , 

Luzon. 

point  at  N.  extremity  of  tongue  of  land 

forming  E.  shore  of  port  of  that  name  in 
Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luzon. 

TAMBAO  (tahm-bah'-oh),  ver.;  hamlet  at  head  of 
delta  where  waters  of  Grande  Riv.  of  Minda- 
nao divide.  12  m.  above  and  SE.  of  Cotabato, 
capital  of  that  district,  Mindanao. 

TAMBABON  (tahm-bah-rohn'), nat.:  i.sland  1  m.  in 
diameter,  SW.  by  S.,  H  m.  from  PandSn  I't., 
on  E.  side  of  opening  to  BulalAcao  Bay  and 
separated  from  Pandan  Pen.  by  deep  channel 
120  yds.  wide,  SE.  coast  of  Mindoro. 

TAMBAUA  (tahm-bah'-wah),  ver  ;  mountain  in 
Leyte. 

TAMBILABAN  (tahm-bee-lah'-bahn),  nat.;  new 
town  and  old,  2  m.  higher  up  (SE.),on  r.  bank 
of  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  Cotabato,  Min- 
danao. 

TAMBILAMBI(tahm-bee-lahm'-bee),ver.;  point  in 
Mindoro. 

TAMBILl'A.MJA  (tahm-bee-lwahng'-ah),  nat.;  is- 
land in  S.  waters  of  Nochebuena  channel  to 
E.  of  Tawi  Tawi  I.,  Sulu  A. 


TAMBlIiUANGA,  or  NOCHEBUENA  (tahm-bee 
Iwahng'-ah,  noh'-chay  bway'-nah),  nat.; 
channel  and  island  between  TigniTgnn  jnid 
Tandubat6  Is.,  off  NE.  coast  of  Tawi  Tawi, 
Sulu  A.;  island  has  peak,  at  foot  of  whii  li  arc 
wells  of  good  water.  Rock  rises  out  of  chan- 
nel off  NE.  shore  of  island. 

TAMBISAN  (tahm-bee'-sahn),  ver.;  point  on  SW. 
coast  of  Siquijor  I.,  SW.  of  Bohol,  Visayas. 

TAMBO  (tahm-boh').  Tag.;  hamlet  in  Cavite,  Lu- 
zon, 21  m.  S.  of  Cavite,  on  Indang  road. 

hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Tabaco,  Albay,  Luz6n. 

hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Gapdn,  Nueva  Ecija, 

LuzOn,  on  1.  bank  of  Cabanatiian  Riv. 

hamlet  in  pueblo   of   Paranaque,  Rizal, 

Luzon. 

river  in  Ambos  Camarines  (Norte),  Luzon, 

rising  SE.  of  Daet,  and  flowing  across  that 
pueblo  empties  into  sea  E.  of  town. 

point  on  SW.  coast  of  Ambos  Camarines 

(Sur),  Luzon. 

TAMBOBO  (tahm-boh'-boh),  nat.;  point  in  Zam- 
bales, Luz6n. 

TAMB(5bONG  (tahm-boh'-bong).  Tag.;  town  of 
Rizal,  Luzon,  3  m.  from  Manila.    Pop.,  25,000. 

TAMBOG  (tahm-bog'),  nat.;  point  on  E.  coast  of 
Mindanao,  7  m.  S.  of  Sanco  Pt.,  and  forms 
with  main  coast  small  safe  port. 

TAMBOILXn  (tahm-boy-lahn'),  nat.;  hamlet  in 
Iloilo,  Panay,  2|  m.  NNW.  of  Dumangas. 

TAMBOLOTOX  (tahm-boh-loh-tohn'),  ver.;  bay  in 
N.  of  Tablas  I.,  Visayas. 

hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Romblon,  Lugbung  I., 

Romblon  grp.,  Visayas. 

TAJIBOX  (tahm-bone'),  nat.;  extreme  SW.  point 
of  Maetcin  I.,  off  Cebii,  Cebu,  and  E.  headland 
at  SW.  entrance  to  Cebu  channel. 

island  4  by  2  m.,  SE.  of  Culion,  in  Cor6n- 

Calamidn  channel,  Calamianes  Ls.,  between 
Paragua,  Palawan,  and  Mindoro. 

TAMBOXG  (tahm-bohng'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  shore 
of  Lake  Buhi,  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luzon. 
Country,  cocoa  plantations  and  palm  groves. 
People"  are  largely  engaged  in  preparing 
threads  of  pineapple,  from  which  web  of  cel- 
ebrated nipas  de  pifia,  finest  in  world,  is 
made. 

TAMBONG(ilV  (tahm-bohng-ohn'),  ver.;  town  at 
month  of  river  entering  port  of  Magaraanoc 
in  NE.  part  of  Catanduanes  I.,  NE.  of  Albay, 
Luz6n. 

island  of  Catanduanes  grp.,  SE.  of  Albay, 

Luzon. 

TAMBfl  (tahm-boo'),  nat.;  islet  1^  m.  off  N.  shore 
of  Bohol,  Visayas,  5  m.  NNW.  of  Talibon. 

river  in  Ambos  Camarines  (Norte),  Luz6n, 

rising  in  Sierra  Culasi  and  emptying  into  San 
Miguel  Bay. 

TAMBl'KiX  (tahm-boo-cahn'),  ver.;  largest  of 
chain  of  islets  extending  9  m.  SW.  of  Bilatan, 
S.  of  Tawi  Tawi  I.,  Sulu  A. 

TAMBL'LIAN  (tahm-boo-Iee'-ahn),  nat.;  point  on 
SE.  extreme  of  Banganian  Pen.,  S.  coast  of 
Cotabato,  Mindanao,  and  headland  on  W. 
side  of  opening  to  lllana  Bay. 

small  round  island  J  m.  NW.of  Dongdong, 

in  entrance  to  Tutu  Bay,  S.  shore  of  Sulu  I., 
Sulu  A. 

TAMBUXAN  (tahm-boo'-nahn),  nat.;  hamlet  on 
SE.  coast  of  Dftvao.  Mindanao,  93  m.  S.  of 
Ddvao. 

hamlet  in  E.  Basilan  I.,  off  SW.  peninsula 

of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

point  in  Batangas,  Luzon. 

TAMBl'Tl  AN  (tahm-boo-twahn'),  nat.;  hamlet  of 
Moros,  on  S.  coast  of  Mindanao. 

TAMI,  or  PIXAl'ASAX  (Uh'-mee,  pee-nah-wah'- 
sahn),  ver.;  point  on  SE.  coast  of  S.  Palawan, 
SW.  head  of  Ipolote  Bay. 


I         9DT.5I  /,ltt-EIT5.1A0O  *» 

1^  TAMBTLll 


S  Doc  2  S^Cr  57 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


869 


TAMINDAGO  (tah-mcan-dah'-go),  ver.:  hamlet  in 
pueblo  of  Carigara,  W.  coast  of  Leyte. 

TAMITANCJ,  or  PULO  (tah-mee-tahng',  ver.;  poo- 
loh',  iiat.);  hamlet  of  Negros  Oriental. 

TAMOAYAC  (tah-mwah-yack'),  ver.;  town  in  S. 
Leyte. 

mountain  in  C4piz,  Panay,  near  \V.  border 

of  Concepci6n,  Iloilo,  Panay,  6  m.  WSW.  of 
Lemery. 

TAMOiN  (tah-mohn'),  ver.;  one  of  islands  of  Ba- 
silan  grp.,off  SW.  peninsula  of  Zamboanga, 
Mindanao,  lat.  C°  27'  N. 

TAMONTACA  (tiili-mohn-tali'-cah),  nat.;  point  2 
m.  S.  of  Cotiibato,  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

pueblo  in  Cotabato,  Mindanao.    Pop.,  1,900. 

settlement  on  r.  bank  of  S.  arm  of  Grande 

Riv.  of  Mindanao,  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

TAMPAL  (tahm-pahl'),  nat.;  point  on  W.  head  of 
Butulake  C<ivc,  SW.  coast  of  Ddvao,  Minda- 
nao, W.  of  Cape  Sarangani. 

TAMPXN  (tahm-pahn'),  nat.;  creek  enteringon  1. 
bank  of  Upper  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao, 
above  Dikalabuan  Pt.,  Lanao,  Mindanao. 

TAMPATAMPi  (tahm-pah-tahm-pah'),  nat.;  one 
of  cluster  of  4  islets  about  center  of  Tarabi- 
luaiiga  channel,  off  NK.  coast  of  Tawi  Tawi  I., 
Sulu  A. 

— verdure-clad    island    and    landmark    in 

Nochebuena  channel  to  E.  of  Tawi  Tawi  I., 
Sulu  A. 

TAMPEli  (tahm-pehP) ,  ver.;  island,  2  m.  in  diam- 
eter, in  Cor6n-Calamidn  channel,  Cala- 
mianes  grp.,  between  NE.  end  of  Paragua, 
Palawan,  and  Mindoro. 

TAMPI  (tahm'-peo),  ver.;  coast  hamlet  of  Negros 
Oriental,  i  to.  S.  of  AmbUn. 

TAMPOC  (tahm-pohk'),  Tag.;  hamlet  in  pueblo 
of  Lagonoy,  BulacAn,  Luzon. 

TAMPfAiN  (tahm-poo'-ahn),  nat.;  hamlet  on  S. 
coast  of  DAvao,  Mindanao,  5  m.  W.  of  Balu- 
luan,  W.  point  of  entrance  to  Sarangani  Bay, 
82  m.  S.  of  Davao. 

TAMIjAN  (tah-moo'-ahn),  ver.;  hamlet  on  one  of 
tributaries  of  river  emptying  into  sea  on  NW. 
coast  of  Dapitan,  Mindanao,  at  Pinialan,  21 
m.  SW.  by  S.  of  Dapitan.     (.*e  Blanca  Pt.) 

TAUirc  (tah-mook'),  ver.;  island  ISO  ft.  high,  U 
SI],  m.,  43  m.  off  SW.  shore  of  Basilan  L,  of 
that  group,  off  SW.  peninsula  of  Zamboanga, 
Mindanao. 

TAMIJ.JAUAN  (tah-moo-hah'-bahn),  ver.;  point  on 
S.  coast  of  Husilan  I.,  oflt  SW.  peninsula  of 
Zauiboiuigii,  Mindanao. 

TAMl'LAYOC;  (tah-moo-lah-yog'),  ver.;  hamleton 
extreme  SE.  point  of  Leyte,  7  m.  ESE.  of  Mac- 
Crohun. 

TAJltfRlNii  (tah-moo'-roong),  nat.;  point  on  W. 
coast  of  I  locos  Sur,  Lnz6n,  in  pueblo  of  Can- 
don,  lat.  17°  4' 40"  N. 

TANABAAY  (tah-nah-bah-I'),  ver.;  island  oflf  W. 
coast  of  Sdmar. 

TA>'A(i6N  (tah-nah-gohn'),  ver.;  point  in  Daram 
I.,  off  W.  coast  of  SAmar. 

TANAO  (tah-now'),  nat.;  river  in  NW.  part  of 
Negros  Occidental,  emptying  into  sea  on  N. 
coast. 

mountain  in  Concepcion,  Iloilo,  Panay,  on 

E.  coast,  7  m.  N.  of  San  Dionisio. 

river  entering  on  NPl  coast  of  Iloilo,  Pa- 
nay, W.  of  Alingsulong  Pt. 

TANAOAN  (tah-now'-ahn),  nat.;  mountain  in 
Cebii. 

TANAOS  (tah-nah'-ohs),  Hisp.;  5  low  flat  islets,  3 
m.  NNW.  of  Pinandun^an  Pt.,  in  Pacific 
Ocean,  off  Ambos  Camarines  (Norte),  Luz6n. 

Ta>ATDUi\Ai\«  (tah'-naht-doo-nahng),  nat.; 
^  town  on  Calamian  I.,  Calamianes  grp.,  be- 
•         iweoi.  Paragua  and  Mindoro. 


TA>'ArA\  (tah-nah'-wahn),  nat.;  river  ri.sing  in 
Cordillera  Central  and  entering  sea  on  E. 
coast  of  Cebu.  at  CArcar. 

hamlet  on  1.  bank  of  Matinao,  in  E.  Sdmar. 

bold  point  of  mountain,  13  m.  SE.  of  Cal- 

vaney  Pt.,  on  E.  shore  of  Ragay  Gulf,  Ambos 
Camarines  (Sur),  Luzon. 

pueblo  on  E.  coa.st  of  Leyte,  on  SW.  point 

of  Camiris  Bay,  on  coast  road,  9  m.  S.  of  Ta- 
cloban.    Pop.,"  18,509. 

river  in  Leyte. 

pueblo,  P.O.,  and  river  in  NE.  Batangas, 

Luzon,  pueblo  on  main  road  to  Manila,  27  m. 
N.  of  Batangas,  capital.    Pop.,  20,038. 

TANAY  (tah-ny').  Tag.;  pueblo  in  Rizal,  Luzon, 
on  main  road,  4  m.  SE.  of  Morong.  Pop., 
4,529. 

TANAYAOAN  (tah-nah-yah'-cahn),  ver.;  hamlet 
in  Cdpiz,  Panay,  3i  m.  SW.  of  Tangalan. 

TAKCAX  (tahn'-cahn).  ver.;  islandsof  Tawi  Tawi 
grp.,  Sulu  A. 

TA>'(;LAD  (tahn-clahd'),ver.;  island  off  W.  coast 
of  Ambos Camarines(Sur),  Luzon,  San  Miguel 
Bay,  lat.  13°  49'  N. 

TANtOJON  (tahn-coh'-hohn),  nat.;  point  on  N. 
side  Cabaconang  Bay,  W.  shore  of  Carogo  or 
Puro  I.,  SE.  shore  Nin  Bay,  W.  coast  of  Ma.s- 
bate,  Visayas. 

TAKCOLAO  (tahn-coh-lah'-oh),  ver.;  mineral 
spring  in  pueblo  of  Tabaco,  Albay,  Luzon. 

TANDABAT6  (tahn-dah-bah-toh'),  nat.;  island  of 
Tawi  Tawi  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

tXndAG  (ta.hn'-dahg),ver.;  pueblo  on  SW.  shore 
of  bay  on  E.  coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  C4 
m.  SE.  by  S.  of  Surigao.    Pop.,  .''1,210. 

point  in  E.  Mindanao. 

TANDADAN  (tahn-dah'-wahn),  ver.;  outlying 
summit  in  E.  coast  range  of  Mindanao,  over- 
looking Agusan  Riv.,  Surigao. 

TANUIKAN  (tahn-dee'-cahn),  ver.;  point  of  ex- 
treme SE.  shore  of  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A.,  coast 
range  and  hills  trending  NE.  and  SW.,  take 
elevation  of  1,450  ft.  ENE.  of  this  point. 

TANDIYAY  (tahn-dee-vie'),  ver.;  mountain  in 
IMieblo  of  M;il)al;'icat,  Pampanga,  Luzon. 

TANnOHATci  ( tahn-doh-bah-toh') ,  nat.;  i.sland  of 
Tavi  i  Tawi  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

TAM)0(J  (tahn-dohg'),  nat.;  island  1  m.  long  and 
hamlet  i  m.  off  SW.  coast  of  (iuimards  I.,  off 
Iloilo,  Panay,  18  m.  W.  of  S.  of  Nagaba. 

TAM>«)<)  BAGS  (tahn-doh'-oh  bah'-ohs),  ver.; 
one  of  islands  of  Tawi  Tawi  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

TAMM)-TA()  (tahn-doh-tah'-oh),  ver.;  extreme 
SE.  point  of  Cagayiln  Sulu  I.,  Cagayan  Sulu 
grp.,  and  important  mark  for  navigators  in 
SW.  angle  of  Sulu  Sea,  approaching  SE.  coast 
of  Borneo  from  NE. 

TANDti  (tahn-doo'),  nat.;  E.  point  of  Sulu  I., 
Sulu  A. 

point  and  village  N.,  on  W.  shore  of  Lapac 

I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

point  N.  coast  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A. 

TAMHIB.iS  (tahn-doo-bahs'),  ver.;  island  of  Cina- 
])usan  grp.,  off  SE.  coast  of  Tawi  Tawi  I.,  and 
marking  S.  side  of  Camba  channel,  Sulu  A. 

channel  in  Tawi  Tawi  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

TAMHIBATO  (tahn-doo-bah-toh'),  nat.;  i.sland  6 
ra.  N.  and  S.  and  6  m.  E.  and  W.,  oif  NE.  coast 
of  Tawi  Tawi  I.,  Sulu  A.,  and  forming  part 
of  W.  shore  of  Tambiluanga  channel.  Tan- 
dubato  peak  on  NE.  shore  is  52S  ft.  high;  an- 
other, 436  ft.,  rises  to  SW.;  in  SE.  another  G23 
ft.  high. 

peak  635  ft.  high,  in  chain  of  hills  on  N. 

coast  of  that  island,  off  E.  coast  of  Tawi  Tawi, 
Sulu  A. 

TANDUYAN  (tahn-doo'-yahn),  ver.;  hamlet  in 
Concepcion,  Iloilo,  Panav,  li  m.  N.  of  Aguy 
(Ajui). 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


869 


TAMINDAGO  (tah-mcan-dah'-go),  ver.:  hamlet  in 

pueblo  of  Carigara,  W.  coast  of  Leyte. 
TAMITAiVW,  or  PULO  (tah-mee-tahng',  ver.;  poo- 

loh',  nat.);  hamlet  of  Negros  Oriental. 
TAMOAYAC  (tah-mwah-yack'),  ver.;  town  in  S. 

Leyte. 
mountain  in  Cdpiz,  Panay,  near  W.  border 

of  Concepci6n,  Iloilo,  Panay,  6  m.  WSW.  of 

Lemery. 
TAMON  (tah-mohn'),  ver.;  one  of  islands  of  Ba- 

silan  prp.,<iff  S\V.  jicninsula  of  Zaniboanga, 

MiiidniKKi,  lal.<;"'J7'  N. 
TAMOM'ACA  (lah-iiidhn-tuli'-cah),  nat.;  point  2 

in.  S.  (if  Cdtaliatd,  Ciilabato,  Mindanao. 

pueblo  in  Cotabato,  Mindanao.    Pop.,  1,900. 

settlement  on  r.  bank  of  S.  arm  of  Grande 

Riv.  of  Mindanao,  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 
TAMPAL  (tahm-pahl'),  nat.;  point  on  W.  head  of 

Butulake  Cove,  SW.  coast  of  Ddvao,  Minda- 
nao, W.  of  Cape  Sarangani. 
TAMPAN  (taliiu-pahn'),  nat.;  creek  enteringon  1. 

bauU-  of   r])iHr  (Jrandc  Riv.  of  Mindanao, 

al)(i\o  DiUalabuan  Pt.,  Lanao,  Mindanao. 
TAMPATAMPi  (talim-pah-tahm-pah'),  nat.;  one 

of  cluster  of  4  islets  about  center  of  Tambi- 

luariga  channel,  off  NE.  coast  of  Tawi  Tawi  I., 

Sulu  A. 
verdure-clad    i.sland    and    landmark    in 

Nochebuena  channel  to  E.  of  Tawi  Tawi  I., 

Sulu  A. 
TAMPKL  (tahm-pehl') ,  ver.;  island,  2  m.  in  diam- 
eter,    in     Ciiron-Calamii'in     channel,     Cala- 

miancs  grp.,  lictwcen  NE.  end  of  I'aragua, 

Palawan,  and  Mindoro. 
TAMPI  (tahm'-pee),  ver.;  coast  hamlet  of  Negros 

Oriental,  i  m.  S.  of  AmblAn. 
TAMPOC  (tahm-pohk'),  Tag.;  hamlet  in  pueblo 

of  Lagonoy,  Bulacan,  Luzon. 
TAMPtiAN   (taliiii-|...(,'-a!in),  nat.;  hamlet  on  S. 

coast  of  Davaci,  Mindanao,  .5  m.  W.  of  Balu- 

luan,  W.  point  of  entrance  to  Sarangani  Bay, 

82  m.  S.  of  Davao. 
TAMIIaM  (tah-moo'-ahn),  ver.;  hamlet  on  one  of 

tributaries  of  river  emptying  into  sea  on  NW. 

coast  of  Dapitan,  Mindanao,  at  Pinialan,  21 

ni.  SW.  by  S.  of  Dapitan.    {See  Blanca  Pt.) 
TAJIIIC  (tah-mook'),  ver.;  island  ISO  ft.  high,  IJ- 

sq.  ni.,  4J  m.  off  SW.  shore  of  Basilan  I.,  of 

tliat  group,  off  SW.  peninsula  of  Zamboanga, 

Mindanao. 
TAMIUAUAN  (tah-moo-hah'-bahn),  ver.;  point  on 

S.  const  of   Basilan  I.,  off  SW.  peninsula  of 

Zaniljoanga,  Mindanao. 
TAMIILAV(KJ  (tah-moo-lah-yog'),  ver.;  hamleton 

extreme  SE.  point  of  Leyte,  7  m.  ESE.  of  Mac- 

Crohon. 
TAMI^Rl'NO   (tah-moo'-roong),  nat.;  point  on  W. 

coast  of  Ilocos  Sur,  Luz6n,  in  pueblo  of  Can- 

d6n,  lat.  17°  4'  40"  N. 
TANABAAY  (tah-nah-bah-I'),  ver.;  island  off  W. 

coast  of  S4mar. 

TANA(j6n  (tah-nah-gohn'),  ver.;  point  in  Daram 
I.,  off  W.  coast  of  Si'imar. 

TANAO  (tah-now'),  nat.;  river  in  NW.  part  of 
Negros  Occidental,  emptying  into  sea  on  N. 
coast. 

mountain  in  Conccpcion,  Iloilo,  Panay,  on 

E.  coast,  7  m.  N.  of  San  Dionisio. 

river  entering  on  NE.  coast  of  Iloilo,  Pa- 
nay, W.  of  Aling.sulong  Pt. 

■  TANXoAN    (tah-now'-ahn),    nat.;    mountain    in 
Cebi'i . 

TAN  AGS  (tah-nah'-ohs),  Hisp.;  5  low  flat  islets,  3 
m.  NNW.  of  Pinandurigan  Pt.,  in  Pacific 
Ocean,  off  Ambos  Camarines  (Norte),  Luzon. 

TaNATI)IIi\AN(J      (tah'-naht-doo-nahng),      nat.; 
town  on  Calamian   I.,  Calamianes  grp.,  be- 
^        tweoi,  Pariigua  and  Mindoro. 


TANAUAN  (tah-nah'-wahn),  nat.;  river  rising  in 
Cordillera  Central  and  entering  sea  on  E. 
coast  of  Cebi'i,  at  CSlrcar. 

—  hamlet  on  1.  bank  of  Matinao,  in  E.  SAmar. 

bold  point  of  mountain,  13  m.  SE.  of  Cal- 

vaney  Pt.,  on  E.  shore  of  Ragay  Gulf,  Ambos 
Camarines  (Sur),  Luz6n. 

imeblo  on  E.  coast  of  Leyte,  on  SW.  point 

of  Caniiris  Bay,  on  coast  road,  9  ni.  S.  of  Ta- 
clolian.     Pop.,  18,509. 

river  in  Leyte. 

pueblo,  P.O.,  and  river  in  NE.  Batangas, 

Luzon,  pueblo  on  main  road  to  Manila,  27  m. 
N.  of  Batangas,  capital.    Pop.,  20, OSS. 

TANAY  (tah-ny').  Tag.;  pueblo  in  Kizal,  Luzon, 
on  main  road,  4  m.  SE.  of  Moroiig.  Pop., 
4,529. 

TANAYACAiV  (tah-nah-yah'-cahn),  ver.;  hamlet 
in  C'clpiz,  Panay,  3i  m.  SW.  of  Tangalan. 

TAKCAN  (tahn'-cahn).ver.;  Islands  of  Tawi  Tawi 
grp.,  Sulu  A. 

TAXCLAD  (tahn-c]ahd'),ver.;  island  off  W.  coast 
of  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luzon,  San  Miguel 
Bay,  lat.  13°  49'  N. 

TANCOJON  (tahn-coh'-hohn),  nat.;  point  on  N. 
side  Cabae6nang  Bay,  W.  shore  of  Carogo  or 
Puro  I.,  SE.  shore  Nm  Bay,  W.  c^oast  of  Mas- 
bate,  Visayaa. 

TANCOLAO  (tahn-coh-lah'-oh),  ver.;  mineral 
spring  in  pueblo  of  Tabaco,  Albay,  LuzCn. 

TANDABAT('>  (tahn-dah-bah-toh'),  nat;  island  of 
Tawi  Tawi  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

Tj(NDA(J  (tahn'-dahg),ver.;  pueblo  on  SW.  shore 
of  bay  on  E.  coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  64 
m.  SE.  by  S.  of  Surigao.    Pop.,  5,210. 

point  in  E.  Mindanao. 

TANDAUAN  (tahn-dah'-wahn),  ver.;  outlying 
summit  in  E.  coast  range  of  Mindanao,  over- 
looking Agusan  Riv.,  Surigao. 

TANDIKAN  (tahn-dee'-cahn),  ver.;  point  of  ex- 
treme SE.  shore  of  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  .\.,  coast 
range  and  hills  trending  NK.  and  SW.,  lake 
elevation  of  l,4.'iO  ft.  ENE.  cif  this  |.i)iiit. 

TANIUVAY  (taliii-deo-vie'),  vtT.;  nidUiitain  in 
pueblo  of  Mabalacat,  rampanga,  Luzon. 

TANDOUATO  (tahn-<loh-bah-toh') ,  nat.;  island  of 
Tawi  Tawi  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

TA!VI)0<i  (tahn-dohg'),  nat.;  island  1  in.  long  and 
hamlet  im.  off  SW.  coast. .1'  Cniniaras  I.,  off 
Iloilo,  Panay,  18  m.  W.  of  S.  .il'  .N;maba. 

TANDOO  BAOS  (tahn-doh'-oli  bali'-ohs),  ver.; 
one  of  islands  of  Tawi  Tawi  grj).,  S\ilu  A. 

TANDO-TAO  (tahn-doh-tah'-oh),  ver.;  extreme 
SE.  point  of  Cagii.yAn  Snlu  I.,  Cagayan  Sulu 
grp.,  and  important  mark  for  navigators  in 
SW.  angle  of  Sulu  Sea,  approaching  SE.  coast 
of  Borneo  from  NE. 

TANDll  (tahn-doo'),  nat.;  E.  point  of  Sulu  I., 
Sulu  A. 

point  and  village  N.,  on  W.  shore  of  Lapac 

I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

point  N.  coast  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A. 

TANIUIBiS  (tahn-doo-bahs'),  ver.;  island  of  Cina- 
])usan  grp.,  off  SE.  coast  of  Tawi  Tawi  I.,  and 
marking  S.  side  of  Camba  channel,  Sulu  A. 

channel  in  Tawi  Tawi  grp.,  Sulu  A.. 

TANIHIKATO  (tahn-doo-bah-toh'),  nat.;  island  6 
111.  N.  and  S.  and  5  m.  E.  and  W.,  oft"  NE.  coast 
of  Tawi  Tawi  I.,  Snlu  A.,  and  forming  part 
of  W.  shore  of  Tambiluaiiga  channel.  Tan- 
dubato  peak  on  NE.  shore  is  528  ft.  high;  an- 
other, 436  ft.,  rises  to  SW.;  in  SE.  another  623 
ft.  high. 

peak  635  ft.  high,  in  chain  of  hills  on  N. 

coast  of  that  island,  off  E.  coast  of  Tawi  Tawi, 
Sulu  A. 

TANDUYAN  (tahn-doo'-yahn),  ver.;  hamlet  in 
Concepci6n,  Iloilo,  Panay,  1^  m.  N.  of  Aguy 
(Ajui). 


870 


GAZETTEER   OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


TANKM  (tah-ncm'),  nut.:  island  of  Bac-hi  cluster 

of  Batanes  grp.,  ott"  N.  coast  CagayAii,  Luzon, 

lyingN.of  Mabudisl. 
TANG  (tahng),  vcr.;  point  on  E.  shore  of  Albay, 

Sorsogon,  Luzon. 
hamlet  of  Concepcion,  Hollo,  Panay,  E. 

coast,  1  m.  N.  of  Concepcion. 
TANtiA  (tahn'-gah),  nat.;  hamlet  in  N.  central 

Leyte,  5  m.  S.  of  Barugo. 

hamlet  on  E.  coast  of  Sorsogon,  Luzon. 

TAMJAD  (tahng-ahd'),nat.;  NW.  island  of  Cana- 

hauan  Is.,  off  W.  coast  of  S4mar. 
one  of  Libncan  grp.  of  5  islands,  7  m.  off 

mouth  of  Bac-hao  BaiTgahon,   W.  coast  of 

Samar. 
TAX(ULAN  (tah-i-gah'-lahn),  nat.;  pueblo  in  C&- 

piz,  Panay,  36  m.  NW.  of  C4piz.    Pop.,  2,982. 
TAXGAO  (tahng-ah'-oh),  ver.;  flat  islet  covered 

with  trees.  If  m.  E.  by  N.  from  Papabag  I., 

SVV.  shore  of  Tawi  Tawi  I.,  Suln  A. 
TANGAT  (tahn-gahf),  ver.;  island  2i  m.  long  by 

i  m.  wide,  with  peak  1,200  ft.  high,  off  SW. 

coast  of  Busuaiiga  I.,  Calamianes  grp.,  in  Bu- 

snanga-Calamiiin  channel,  between  Paragua, 

Palawan,  and  Mindoro. 
TAXGAY  (tahn-guy'),  nat.;  port  on  NE.  coast  of 

Masbate,  Visayas. 
T.VXiDAY  (tahng-dye'),  ver.;  river  in  Panay. 
TANGILIS  (tahn-hee'-liss),  ver.;  hamlet  near  E. 

cii;ist  of  Samar,  3  m.  S.  of  Borongan. 
TANCJliA  (tahn-glah'),  ver.;  point  on  S.  shore  of 

San  Miguel  Bay,  Ambos  Camarines   (Sur), 

Luzon. 
TAMJO  (tahng-oh'),  nat.;  hamlet  on  NW.  shore 

of  Panguil  Bay,  3  m.  SW.  of  Misamis,  Misa- 

niis,  Mindanao. 
TAXfeOAYAN  (tahng-wah'-yahn),nat.;  hamlet  in 

mountains  of  W.  Misamis,  Mindanao. 
TANGOB  (tahng-ob'),  ver.;  small  stream  empty- 
ing into  GuimarAs  Strait  2|  m.  S.  of  Bacolod, 

Negros  Occidental. 
TANGON  (tahng-awn') ,  ver.;  point  on  E.  shore  of 

Ragay  Gulf,  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luzon. 
TANGOO   (tahn-goh'-oh),   nat.;    island  of  Tawi 

Tawi  grp,,  Sulu  A. 
TANGTAD  (tahng-tahd'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  E.  coast 

of  SAmar,  3i  m.  S.  of  Hernani. 
TANGUB  (tahng-oob'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Cordillera 

Central,  in  N.  Cebii,  8i  m.  S.  of  Bog6. 
TAlNMiriGlIITON  (tahn-gee-gee'-tohn),nat.;  point 

and  cnek  h  m.  SW.  on  SE.  shore  of  Misamis 
port,  ^ilisainis,  :Mindanao. 
TANGl'lNGTI    Mahn-goen'-gec),  nat.;    island  olT 
S.  coast  of  .Masbate,  Visayas. 

island  off  S.  coast  of  Negros,  Lit.  11°  1'20"  N. 

island  off  N.  coast  of  Burias,  Masbate  grji., 

Visayas. 
TAXGUlii  (tahn-gill'),ver.;  point  N.  and  opposite 
Dumanjug  Pt.,  forming  headland  of  bay  at 
Dumanjug  town  on  E.  shore  of  Tanon  Strait, 
W.  coa.st  of  Cebii. 

TANGIIIXGUI  (tahn-geen'-gee),  nat.;  small  island 

in  Ragay  Gulf,  off  NW.  coast  of  Burias  I.,  Lu- 

z6n,  4  m.  N.  of  Cueva  Pt. 
islet  ir  mid-channel,  30  m.  SW.  of  Marbate, 

29  m.  NW.  of  Cebvi  and  30  m.  NE.  of  Negros; 

Bantay  I.  lies  13  m.  S. 

TAKHAY  (tahn-high'),  ver.;  town  and  river  of 
Negros  Oriental,  11  m.  inside  of  S.  entrance 
to  Tafion  Strait  and  Itj  m.  N.  of  Dumaguete; 
river  risrs  within  7  in.  of  Tolun  Bay  on  W. 
coast,  tliiTi'  lii'iiiL:  liut  1  111.  distance  l)ctween 
fountains  Mt'lanliay  and  Tol^n;  town  is  situ- 
ated uljout  i;.  m.  inland  on  r.  bank  oi  river; 
Pop.,  12,408. 

TANIBAN  (tah-nee-bahn'),_nat.;  hamlet  on  1. 
bank  of  mouth  of  Bayongan  Riv.,  3  m.  N.  of 
Avungon,  E.  coast  of  Negro.s  Oriental. 


TAXIGIIITIAN   (tah-nee-gee-tee'-ahn),  ver.;  bay 

on  W.  coast  of  Sdmar,  lat.  12°  33'  N. 
TAN.liS   (tahn-hass'),  ver.;   point   on    coast  of 

Biliran  I.,  off  NW.  coast  Leyte. 
TANJAY    (tahn-hie'),    nat.;    pueblo    in    Negros 

Oriental. 
TA>JON    BAMiA  (tahn-hohn' bahng-ah'),  nat.; 
point  on  NE.  extreme  of  Cagaydn  Suln,  Sulu 
Sea,  between  BaUbac  I.  on  NW.  and  Tawi 
Tawi  grp.,  Sulu  A.,  on  SE. 
TAiVJON  T.1XD0-TA0  (tahn-hohn'  tahn-doh-tah'- 
oh),  nat.;  jioint  on  extreme  SE.  of  CagayAn 
Suhi,  Sulu  Sea,  bi'twecn  Baldbac  I.  on  NW. 
and  Tawi  Tawi  urp.,  Sulu  A.,  on  SE.    Peak 
380  ft.  high  rises  i  m.  to  W.     {Also  Tanjong 
Tandotao.) 
TANjdN  TAVO  TAVO  (tahn-hohn' tah'-voh  tab '- 
voh),  nat.;  island  and  peak  486  ft.  high,  ex- 
treme NW.  end  of  Cagayiin  de  Suln,  Suln  Sea. 
betweiu  Balabac  1.  on  NW.  and  Tawi  Tawi 
grp.,  Sulu  A.,  on  SE.,  from  which  it  is  sepa- 
rated iiv  narrow  boat  passage.    {Also  Tanjong 
TavoTavo.)      ' 
TAXKOLALiUN     (tahn-koh-lah-lah'-oon),    ver.; 
small  coral  island  107  ft.  high,  W.  of  Tagao 
I.,  Tawi  Tawi  grp.,  Sulu  A.    About  500  yds. 
W.  is  rock  upon  which  sea  breaks  heavily 
from  NE. 
TANKUI   (tahn-kwee'),  nat.;  summit  292  ft.  on 
SE.  shore  of  Svibic  Bay,  SE.  coast  of  Zam bales, 
Luzon. 
TAX()BC)i\    (tah-noh-bohn'),  ver.;   island   E.  of 
NW.  point  of  Mindoro  and  SE.  of  Dumapac  I. 
TANODAN    (tah-noh'-dahn),  ver.;    SE.   fountain 
tributary  of  Chico  de  Cayagdn  Riv.,  in  Isa- 
bela,  Luzon. 
TANOLO  (tah-noh'-loh),  ver.;  pueblo  of  Bontoc, 

Luzon,  13  m.  from  Bontoc.  Pop.,  385. 
TAS<iN  (tah-nyohn'),  ver.;  strait  between  Cebu 
on  E.  and  Negri  is  fin  W.  N.  entrance  between 
Pts.  Mancaci,  Crliu,  NE.,  and  Panagsagon, 
Negriis,  SW.,  is  -21  la.  and  S.  entrance  between 
Pts.  Liluan,  Celjvi,  NE.  and  Tagba,  Negros, 
SW.,  3  m.  Length  of  strait  between  these  2 
extremes  is  103  m.  Greatest  width  23  m.  Off 
N.  entrance,  12  m.  to  NW.  from  Mancao  Pt., 
Cebu,  lie  Bantayan  and  Don  Is.  Off  S.  en- 
trance, 18  m.  si;,  (if  Liluan  Pt.,  is  Siquijor  I. 
On  Cebu.sh(ire  a  re  iiniHiitanttowns,  beginning 
atN.,  Tuburan,  .\-tnrias.  Balambdn,  Toledo, 
Pinamungajan,  Barili,  Dunumjug,  .Mcantara, 
Mualbual,  Matutinao.  Alegria,  Malaliiiy,.,, 
Ginatilan,  Samboan,  and  Santauder.  <  Mi  Nr 
gros  shore,  from  N.,  Escalante,  Calatrav-i, 
Hibayo,  Gtiijulugan,  Jimalalud,  Taya.san, 
AyuuVou.  Maujiiyod,  Bais,  Tanhay,  AmblAn, 
Ayuquitau.  aii'd  Sibulan.  Shores  are  steep 
and  generally  clear. 

S.  town  on  high  ground  near  point  of  that 

name,  S.  coast  of  Cebu. 

extreme  SE.  point  of  Cebi'i,  5J  m.  acro.-s 

channel,  NE.  of  Sibulan,  on  extreme  SE.  coast 
of  Negros  Oriental,  and  E.  entrance  head  to 
Tanon  Strait. 
TASos    (tah'-nyohs),  ver.;    mineral    spring    in 

jiueblo  of  Santander,  Cebii. 
TAXSA   (tahn-sah'),  nat.;   hamlet  on  Malisbug 
Riv.,  in  NW.  part  of  Negros  Occidental,  2^  m. 
NE.  of  Silay. 
TAJiSA  PALAPAG  (tahn-sah' pali-lah'-pahg),  nat.; 

hamlet  on  N.  coast  of  CApiz,  Panay. 
TANSiSUD  (tahn-sah'-sood),  ver.;  hamlet  of  C&- 
piz,  Panay,  1^  m.  SE.  of  Cdpiz,  on  main  road. 

TANSf  AN  (tahn-soo'-ahn),  Tag.;  bay  on  NW.  of 
Taal  Bay,  N.  of  Birinayan,  in  Batangas, 
Luzon. 

TANTAGtiAN  (tahn-tah-goo'-ahn),  ver.;  peak  in 
Caraballos  Occidentales,  in  Lepanto,  Luzon, 
6,382  ft.  high. 

TANTANAIAN  (tahn-tah-nah'-yahn),  ver.;  town 
and  hill  on  SW.  coast  of  Negros  Occidental. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


871 


TAMAXAXG  (tahn-tah-nahng'),nat.:  bayonNW. 
shore  of  Sibulau  Bay,  SE.  coast  of  Zamboanga 
Pen.,  Mindanao.  Opening  is  2  m.  \vide  be- 
tween reefs  that  project  from  Olutanga  and 
N.  point  of  entrance. 

TA>'T()N  (tahn-tohn'),  ver.;  extinct  volcano  in 
narrow  tongue  of  land  constituting  extreme 
SVV.  part  of  Samar.     • 

TAM'l'XW  (tahn-toong'),  ver.;  mountain  in  Bo- 
lidl,  Visayas. 

TAM'LON  (tah-noo-lohn'),  ver.;  town  of  Bontoc, 
Luzon.    Pop.,  492. 

TAPA  (tah'-pah),  Sp.;  small  X.  tributary  of  Ulut 
Riv.,  Sdmar. 

XAPAAN  (tah-pah-ahn');  S.  low  island  S\V.  of 
Lapac  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A.  3J  m.  in  extent 
and  350  ft.  high.  Semicircular  form  with 
concave  side  to  W.  and  very  narrow  in  mid- 
dle, in  .some  i  cable  (360  ft.).  Channel  be- 
tween it  and  Lapac  I.  is  IJ  m.  wide  entering 
from  S. 

passage  formed  by  TapaSn  and  Lapac  Is. 

to  E.  and  Bubuan  and  Maniakolat  Is.  to  W., 
6i  m.  wide  at  it.s  mouth,  narrowest  part  be- 
tween Maglumba  I.  and  NW.  side  of  TapaAn, 
Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A.  Passage  is  clear  for 
steamer  and  suitable  for  sailing  ship. 

passage   between    Tapul    and    Cinapusan 

(Kiuapusan)  grp.,  and  one  of  interisland 
routes  of  Sulu  A.,  between  C«51ebes  and  Sulu 
seas. 

TAPAC  (tah'-pack).  Tag.;  point  in  S.  Rizal.  on 
Laguna  de  Bay,  Luzon. 

TAPA('A\  ftah-pah'-cahn),  nat.:  mountain  in  Ilo- 
(os  Norte,  Luzon. 

TAPAL  (tah-pahl'),  ver.;  hamlet  and  point  on  N. 
coast  of  Cagayan,  Luzon,  in  pueblo  of  Bu- 
guey. 

TAPAX  (tah-pahn'),  nat.;  mountain  in  W.  Ben- 
guet,  Luzon. 

T A  PAO  ( tah-pah'-oh ) ,  Sp. ;  mountain  in  S.  portion 
of  E.  coast  range  of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  about 
midway  between  Pacific  coa.st,  17  m.  to  E., 
and  head  of  Ddvao  Gulf,  on  coast  of  Minda- 
nao, 23  m.  E.  by  N.  In  outlying  spurs  of  this 
mountain,  toward  W.  and  SW.,  lie  several 
fountains  of  great  Agusan  Riv.  of  Mindanao. 

lake,  5i  m.  E.  and  W.  and  3  m.  N.  and  S., 

Si  m.  S.  of  Lake  Lanao,  or  Malanao,  connected 
by  small  river  of  that  length,  Misamis,  Minda- 
nao, within  1  m.  of  boundary  between  Misa- 
mis and  Cotabato  on  S.  Surrounded  by  large 
population,  including 4  villages,  also  number 
of  plantations.  Region  in  vicinity  of  lake  is 
fertile.  On  S.  elevations  of  Rangayan,  or  Sii- 
gut  Mts.  Some  peaks  reach  altitude  of  up- 
ward of  5,000  ft.  Country  is  very  picturesque 
and  covered  with  richest  vegetation  of 
tropics. 

point  at  S.  extreme  of  land  in  Laguna  de 

Bay,  Rizal,  Luzon. 

TAPAS  (tah-pass'),  nat.;  mountain  inPanay. 

pueblo  in  central  CApiz,  Panav,  27  m.  SW. 

of  CdpJz.     Pop.,  2,892. 

TAPCAMAXA  (tahp-cahn-tah'-nah),  ver.;  most  S. 
island  of  Ba.silan  grp.,  off  S.  point  of  Basilan, 
SW.  coast  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 


TAP1A3IARAX  (tah-pyah-mah'-rahn),  nat.;  vil- 
lage and  stream  on  bay,  about  center  of  N. 
coast  of  Cagaydn  de  Sulu,  Sulu  Sea. 

'^APIAX  (tah-pee'-ahn),  nat.;  peak  in  Marin- 
duquo  I.,  off  SW.  coast  Tayabas,  Luzon. 

point  forming  E.  headland  of  opening  of 

Illana  Bay,  on  W.  coast  of  Cotabato,  Minda- 
nao, about  midwav  between  S.  entrance  to 
Mindanao  Riv.  and  Quidapil  Pt. 

point  on  W.  coast  Cotabato,    Mindanao, 

approaching  Port  Lebac  and  Illana  Bay,  with 
numerous  small  inlets  along  shore. 

point  on  W.  shore  of  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

SW.  of  S.  mouth  of  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao, 

TAPIAN  BAKtfN  (tah-pyahn'  bah-coon'),  nat.; 
village  on  small  bav  about  center  of  N.  coast 
of  Cagayan  de  Sulu,  SW.  Sulu  Sea. 

village  on  E.  shore  of  Lapun  Lapun  an- 
chorage, Cagaydn  de  Sulu,  SW.  Sulu  Sea. 

river  entering  on  SE.  shore  of  Lapun  La- 
pun anchorage,  Cagaydn  de  Sulu,  SW.  Sulu 
Sea. 

TAPIAKTAXA  (tah-pyahn-tah'-nah),  ver.;  chan- 
nel 6  m.  wide  and  G6  to  99  ft.  deep  between 
Tatalan  and  Lanauan  Is.,  of  Samales  cluster, 
Balanguingui  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

island  off  SW.  peninsula  of  Zamboanga, 

Mindanao,  W.  side,  938  ft.  high,  most  S.  of 
Basilan  grp.,  65  m.  S.  of  S.  point  of  Ba.silan. 
E.  part  low;  W.  side  inhabited. 

TAPICAX  j_tah-pee-cahn'),  nat.;  hamlet  at  mouth 
of  Pangango  Riv.,  in  Antique,  Panay. 

TAPILON  (tah-pee-lawn'),  ver.;  point  and  ham- 
let on  extreme  N.  coast  of  Cebii. 

TAPIXTAX  (tah-peen-tahn'),  ver.;  island  off  W. 
coast  of  Palawan.  Has  more  vegetation  than 
any  of  Calizas  Escabro.sas  grp. 

TAPITAX    (tah-pee'-tahn) ,  nat.;    hamlet   on  W. 

coast  road  of  Antique,  Panay,  2  m.  NW.  of 

inland  town  Salde. 
point  forming  W.  head  to  Loog  Basin,  Ba- 

nacalan  port,  NW.  shore  of  Marinduque,  off 

SW.  coast  of  Tayabas,  Luzon. 

TAPIUTAX  (tah-pew'-tahn),  ver.;  narrow  island 
3  m.  long  and  1,415  ft.  high,  off  entrance  to 
Bacnit  Bay,  W.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 
Is  outer  of  Rugged  grp.  and  7  m.  off  shore. 

TAPUCAX  vtah-poo'-cahn),  ver.;  hamlet  on  E. 
shore  of  Tutii  Bav,  S.  coa.stof  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A., 
20  m.  SE.  by  E.  of  Sulu. 

TAPl'L  (tah-pooP).  ver.;  bay  within  Meara  and 
Eraser  Is.,  used  at  one  time  by  Spaniards  as 
military  station.  Hamlet  of  that  name  lie.s 
on  shore. 

most  N.  and  name  island  of  that  group,  in 

Sulu  A.,  4J  m.  in  diameter  and  1,657  ft.  high, 
22  m.  S.  of  Sulu,  capital.  Island  fertile  and 
well  cultivated;  liesabont  8  m.  S.  of  Cabalian 
Pt,  Sulu  I. 

•  hamlet  on  NE.  shore  of  Honda  Bay,  E.  coast 

of  Paragua,  Palawan,  13  m.  N.  by  E.  of  Puerto 
Princesa.  Remarkable  hill  serves  as  land- 
mark to  vessels  entering  bay  of  same  name. 


TAPUL  (GROUP),  SULU  ARCHIPELAG-O. 

(Tah-pool',  ver.) 

Chief  town:  Tapul,  lat.  5°  43'  N.,  Ion.  120°  54'  E. 

Area:   77  .^q.  m. 

Population:  1,300  fighting  men. 

Race:  ^Muru.-^  ami  ]\Ioro-Malays. 

Language:  Sulu  and  .Aloru-Sanial. 

Military  Department  of  Mindanao:  Headquarters,  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 


872  GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

Table  of  didanccs. 
From  Tapul  to—  st.  m. 

Pill  11,  Sulu  1 25i 

Tatdn  (Tawi  Tawi) 03^ 

LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

This  -tdnp  of  islands  lies  SW.  of  Sulu  I.,  between  that  "roup  on  the  NE.  and  Tawi 
Tawi  nii.l  Cinapusan  (Kinapusan)  jjroupH  to  the  SW.,  from  which  it  is  separated  by 
Tapa:iii  I 'assays  (  elelies  Sea  on  the  SE.,  and  the  Laparan  group  on  the  W.,  between 
lat.  5°  24'  and  5°  46^  N.  and  Ion.  120°  V  and  120°  16'  E. 

AREA. 

It  consists  of  .38  charted  and  named  islands  having  an  aggregate  area  of  77  sq.  m. 
The  superficies  of  islets  and  rocks  unnamed  would  slightly  increase  this  total.  Its 
area  of  land  and  water  is  .30  ni.  from  NE.  to  SW.,  Cabirigan  I.  to  Tapaan,  and  19  m. 
from  NW.  to  SE.,  Siasi  I.  to  Bolipongpong  L;  area,  570  sq.  m. 

PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 

The  larger  islands  of  this  group  are  of  volcanic  origin,  and  the  smaller  of  coral 
formation. 

Siasi;  the  largest  i.'^land,  with  an  area  of  28 J  sq.  m.,  has  the  second  highest  eleva- 
tion ( 1,(573  ft.)  in  the  Sulu  Archipelago. 

Lapac:  W.  of  Siasi,  from  which  it  is  separated  by  a  very  narrow  channel  inter- 
rupted ])y  rocky  obstructions,  reaches  an  elevation  of  1,.344  ft.  Both  these  islands 
are  \"eiv  rugged. 

Bolipongpong;  sometimes  called  Lugus,  the  second  largest  island  of  the  group 
and  the  most  NW.,  with  an  area  of  18  sq.  m.,  is  95.5  ft.  high  and  covered  with  forests. 

Tapul;  the  name  island,  in  the  N.  waters  toward  the  Sulu  group,  has  an  elevation 
of  1,636  ft.,  being  the  second  highest  summit  in  the  group. 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

Although  there  are  no  expansive  anchorages,  on  the  coast  of  some  of  the  larger 
islands  are  inlets  and  bends  which  are  resorted  to  by  the  native  craft  or  other  vessels 
in  trade  or  stress  of  weather,  especially  in  the  islands  of  Siasi,  Tapul,  Lapac,  and 
Lugus,  and  Itna,  on  the  N.  of  Lapac.  On  the  SW.  extreme  of  Lugus  I.  is  a  knoll  955 
ft.  high,  which  is  a  conspicuous  object  for  navigators  among  the  intricacies  of  the 
cliannel  of  the  Sulu  Archipelago.  The  depth  of  the  interisland  waters  will  average 
fr<jm  0  to  .''.0  fms.  The  approaches  from  the  Pacific  exceed  100  fms.  Off  the  E.  coast 
of  Siasi,  within  a  fringe  of  reefs  extending  3  m.  seaward,  are  numerous  islets,  which 
render  a])proach  from  that  dii'ection  extremely  dangerous. 

ROADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 

The  islands  being  small  and  without  permanent  habitation,  except  Siasi,  there  are 
no  land  ways  other  than  foot  trails.  AH  communication  among  the  islands  is  by  the 
native  boats,  which  are  constantly  cruising  about  in  trade  or  fishing. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

The  number  of  men  governed  by  datos  or  panlimanes  for  war  in  Tapul  is  given 
by  Ferreiro  at  1,300,  which  would  inake  3,000  a  moderate  aggregate^  estimate  for  the 
group.  The  inhabitants  generally  are  true  IMoro descendants  of  tlie  original  Moham- 
medan invaders  and  the  dominant  race;  a<lded  to  thes-e  are  the  .Malay  and  N'isayan 
slaves  whose  descendants  intermarried  with  the  Moros,  and  a  few  of  the  inferior 
Samales  race.  The  language  of  the  natives  is  Moro-Suluano  and  Moro-Sdmal,  with 
an  infusion  of  Visayan  words.  The  islands,  with  the  exception  of  Siasi  and  Lami- 
nusa,  are  tminhabited,  the  settlements,  where  there  are  any,  being  simply  of  land- 
ing jjarties  of  fishers. 

Laminusa;  on  the  island  of  the  same  name,  is  an  important  center  of  pearl  and 
shell  fishing.  In  18S4  it  had  a  population  of  2,000,  which  was  largely  scattered  during 
a  \yar  at  the  time  of  the  death  of  the  Sultan.  The  activity  of  the  fisheries  and  resto- 
ration of  order  had  induced  the  return  of  manv. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPriNE    ISLANDS.  873 

Siasi;  5  by  6  sq.  m.,  area  18  sq.  m.,  on  the  N.  shore  of  the  island  of  that  name. 
Has  a  good  wharf  for  steamers  which  toucli  here,  and  is  well  built.  This  island  has 
several  large  villages,  some  constructed  over  the  fringe  of  reefs.  The  inhabitants  are 
engaged  in  the  pearl  and  shell  fishery. 

DEPENDENT  ISLANDS. 

The  following  is  a  list  of  the  islands  of  the  Tapul  grp.  (less  than  h  sq.  m.  area  not 
given ) : 

sq.m. 

Bolipongpi  ing 8 

Cabiiigaan 

Caluuian. 

Cansina 1 

Gusun. 

Laminusa 1 

Lapac 7 

Lugiis.  (See  Bolipoiigpoiig.) 

Magliimba. 

Maiuibol. 

Pailani. 

Pakai 

Paqua 2 

Punuan. 
Selim. 

Siasi 7 18 

Sibihing. 
Sirun. 

Sulade 11 

Sumal. 
Sumba-Sumbu. 

Taktagan 1 

Taluc 1 

Tapani! 2 

Tapul 6 

Tara 1 

11  named  above  and  unnamed  area 23 

Total  area 77 

PRODUCTS. 

The  islands  are  covered  with  the  luxuriant  vegetation  of  the  tropics,  but  their 
products  (if  coHimercial  value  are  largely  of  the  sea.  On  the  island  of  Laminusa 
are  vaiuablc  cocoanut  plantations. 

MINERALS. 

Although  Tapul,  Siasi,  and  the  other  2  islands  of  any  size  form  around  central 
cones  of  considerable  elevation,  there  are  no  minerals. 

FORESTS. 

The  islands  are  abundantly  overgrown  with  woods  of  more  or  less  value,  but  being 
small  in  area  the  supply  is  limited.  Lapac  antl  Siasi  are  particularly  covered  with 
fine  virgin  forest. 

FRUITS. 

The  fruits  of  the  archipelago  are  found  in  variety  and  are  used  largel)'  as  food  among 
the  inhabitants  of  the  fishing  settlements  along  the  border. 

INDUSTRIES. 

There  exists  a  very  important  local  industry  in  mother-of-pearl  and  turtle-shell  and 
pearl  fisheries,  besides  the  trade  between  Sulu,  Tawi  Tawi,  and  Borneo,  which  is 
being  much  extended. 

UNITED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 

On  February  15,  1902,  the  Tapul  group,  Sulu  Archipelago  was  garrisoned  by  United 
States  troops  as  follows: 
Siasi. 

CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 

V       The  local  government  is  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  treaty  with  the  Sultan 
•  of  Sulu. 


874 


GAZETTEER    OB^    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


TAPl'LAiN  (tah-poo'-lahii),  nat.;  point  between 
Antabaan  (E.)  and  Lumanig  Bay  (W.),  in  S. 
arm  of  Loog  Bay,  W.  coast  of  Masbate,  Vlsayas. 

TAI'tlLAO  (tah-poo'-lah-oh),  Tag.;  S.  branch  of 
Orani  Riv.  in  Bataftn,  Luzon. 

TAITNDO  (tali-poon-doh').  ver.;  point  extreme 
SK  .shore  Balut  I.,  Sarangani  Is.,  off  SE.  coast 
of  Davao,  Mindanao,  at  foot  of  peali  1,083  ft. 
liish;  landmark  for  vessels  entering  channel 
between  islands  from  S. 

TA(JI'1A\'  (tah-key-ahn'),  ver.:  town  in  Bengnet, 
Luzon. 

TAqUIS  (tah'-kiss),  ver.:  hamlet  of  Negros  Oeei- 
dental,  4  m.  E.  of  Ginigaran. 

TAOUISIXN  (tah-key-see-ahn'),  ver.;  point  in 
OhitaiTga  I.,  S.  of  Mindanao. 

TARA  (lah'-rah),  Sp.;  low  Island  on  W.  and  110 
ft.  high  on  E.,  IJ  m.  long  E.  and  W.,  N.  o. 
Siasi,  Tapnl  grp.,  Sulu  A;  to  NE.  by  E.  U  raf 
is  .solitary  rock  8  ft.  above  high-water  mark 
and  resembling  canoe  under  sail. 

island  and  village  off  N.  coast  of  Siasi  I., 

Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

TARA,  I)K  (day  tah'-rah),Sp.;  island 3J  m.  N. and 
S.,otf  ( 'a  laiiiiancs  grp.,  bet  ween  Paragua,  Pala- 
wan, and  Mindoro,  9^  m.  NE.  by  N.  of  Coco- 
noiTgon  I't.,  Husuanga  I.,  in  SW.  waters  of 
Mindoro  Strait.  When  seen  from  N.  shows 
triple  peak  at  it-  XW.  I'lal,  wliilc  its  S.  part 
looks  like  si'liii  r;iw  i-l:ili'l.  sa.ldl''  |.raki-d.     S. 

summitis7:;o  it.  hii^li  .-iiicl  N,  TiCn  it.  ( )ii  sW. 
side  is  good  an  cliiua-e.  Xaii\(S(>f  F.usnanga 
visit  island,  burning  grass  and  digging  cas- 
sava, root  of  which  is  made  into  flour. 

TARACA  (tah-rah'-cah),  ver.:  hamlet  on  E.  .shore 
of  Lanao  Lake,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

TARA(JBI;TA>  (tah-rahg-boo'-tahn),  ver.;  hill 
hamlet  4  m.  SE.  of  spur  of  Sigarag  Mts.  in 
NVV.  Siimar. 

TARAUON  (tah-rah-gohn'),  ver.;  town  in  W. 
Sdmar. 

TARA-KAI-A-WAN  (tah-rah-ki-ah'-wahn),  ver.; 
islet  between  openings  of  Kai-ho-lo  and  Ba- 
he-li  Rivs.,  SW.  shore  of  Ulugan  Bay,  Para- 
gua, Palawan. 

TAKAMT.\>'  (tah-rahm-tahn'),  ver.;  mountain  in 
\V.  Leyte,  3  m.  NE.  of  Albuera. 

TARA\(Jr.\A.\  (tah-rahn-goo'-nahn),  ver.;  town 
on  W.  coast  of  Sdmar,  13  ra.  NW.  of  Oatbalo- 
gan.    Pop.,  3,950.     (^teoTarangni'm.) 


'I'.VRAKJAl'AN  (tah-rahn-how'-ahn),  ver.;  hamlet 
in  Hollo,  Panay,  li  m.  SE.  of  Cabatuan. 

TARATAHA  (tah-rah-tah'-hah),  ver.;  extreme  .SE. 
point  of  Linapacan  I.,  of  that  group,  NE.  of 
Paragua,  Palawan. 

TARATARA  (tah-rah-tah'-rah) .  nat.;  island  N.  of 

Tara  I.,  off  N.  coast  of  Siasi  I.,  Tapul  grp., 

Sulu  A. 
point  off  NE.  end  Taratara  I.,  off  N.  coast 

Siasi  L,  Tapul  rjrp.,  Sulu  A. 
inlet,  S.  shore  Tara  I.,  off'  N.  coast  of  Siasi 

I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu, A. 
islet  off  NE.  point  of  Parasan  I.,  off  W.  coast 

of  SAmar. 

TARAZOXA  (tah-rah-thoh'-nah),  Sp.;  hamlet  be- 
tween Hog  and  its  Nitomayan  tributary,  3  m. 
SE.  of  Cabancalan,  Negros  Occidental. 

hamlet  in  tablelands  of  Negros  Occidental, 

E.  of  ilog  Riv.,  10  m.  from  Cabancaldn. 

TARBON  (tahr-bone'),  nat.;  creek  on  delta  enter- 
ing sea  near  1.  bank  of  N.  arm  of  Grande  Riv. 
of  Mindanao,  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

TARIFA  (tah-ree'-fah),  Sp.;  pueblo  on  W.  shore 
of  SAmal  I.,  D4vao,  Mindanao,  (i  m.  E.  of 
Ddvao,  acrass  Pakiputan  Strait. 

TARIGAN  (tah-ree'-gahn),  nat.;  village  on  Lagh- 
bun  creek,  near  its  mouth,  on  r.  bank  of  S. 
arm  of  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  Cotabato, 
Mindanao. 

TABKJTKl  (tah-reeg-teeg'),  ver.;  point  in  Isabela, 
Luzon. 

TARIJON  (tah-ree'-hahn),  nat.;  point  on  extreme 
SW.  coast  of  Sorsogon,  Luzon,  and  N.  head 
W.  of  Sual  Pt.,  W.  entrance  to  San  Bernardino 

Strait.     {Also  Tigiran.) 

TARISAN  (tah-ree'-sahn),  nat.;  easternmost  of  16 
islets  stretching  along  N.  shore  of  Sorsogon 
port,  Sorsogon,  Luz6n,  between  Caguayan 
and  Pinatulan  Pts.,  W.  of  Sorsog6n. 

TARKIX  (tahr-keen'),  nat.;  creek  emptying  into 
Laghbun  tributary,  on  r.  bank  of  S.  arm  of 
Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao,  Cotabato,  Minda- 
nao. 

TARLAANA  (tahr-lah-ah'-nah),  nat.;  point  on  SE. 
shore  of  Linapacan  I.,  Calamianes  grp.,  off 
NE.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 


TARLAC,  LUZON,  PROVINCE  OF. 

(Taln'-lahk,  Tag.) 

Capital:  Tarlac,  lat.  1;')°  ;!I'  N.,  loii.  120"  :'AV  E. 

Area:   1,295  h(j.  in. 

Population:   .s;),o;j9. 

Race:  Tiii;;lli>ir,  Painpangos,  and  Pangasinanes. 

Language:  Tagt'ilog,  Pamjjango,  an(l  some  Pangasinan. 

Military  Department  of  liuzdn:  HeaiUiuartery,  Manila,  Luzon. 

ral>U'  of  (li.slanns. 
From  Tarlac  to —  '  m. 

Iba,  Zanibales,  WSW 44 

Lingav^n,  Pangasin&n,  NW 4.5 

Manila,  Manila,  SE, 69 

San  Isidro,  Nueva  Ecija,  SE 23 


LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

The  province  of  Tarlac  (meaning  a  certain  kind  of  grass),  in  the  SE.  part  of  N. 
Luzon,  is  bounded  on  the  N.  by  Pangasinan,  from  which  it  is  separated  by  the  Bala- 
can  and  for  a  short  distance  by  the  Agno  Riv.;  on  the  NE.  and  E.  by  Nueva  Ecija, 
the  N.  part  of  the  line  Ijeing  marked  by  the  Canaren  Lagoon,  tributary  of  the  Agno, 
and  the  S.  by  tiic  Panipanga  Chico;  on  the  S.  by  Pampanga,  the  river  Paruao  fol- 
lowing that  boundary  for  the  greater  part  of  its  length,  and  on  the  W.  by  Zambale.s, 
from  which  it  is  separated  by  the  Cordillera  de  Cabusilau. 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


875 


ABEA. 

From  N.  to  S.  the  province  measures  37  m.,  and  from  E.  to  W.  39  m.  Area,  1,295 
sq.  m.,  or  45  sq.  in.  larger  than  the  State  of  Rhode  Island. 

PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 

The  E.  portion  is  generally  level,  while  the  W.  forms  the  E.  declivity  of  the  Cor- 
dillera de  Cabnsilan,  which  rises  to  considerable  elevation,  Mt.  Iba  being  1,604  ft. 
and  is  of  volcanic  origin.  The  mountain  formation  is  calcareous  and  fossiliferuus.  The 
lowlands  are  sanily  and  topped  with  loam.  All  the  rivers  in  the  N.  drain  into  the 
gulf  of  Lingayen  through  the  Agno,  and  in  the  E.  and  S.  into  Manila  Bay  through 
the  Pampanga,  Chico  and  Grande.  In  the  former  group  may  be  mentioned  the  riv- 
ers Balacan,  Calimbo,  Cami'ling,  Bilar,  Tarlac,  and  Bolso.  In  the  latter  group  are 
a  number  <  if  .'^tieams  unnamed  and  the  Paruao.  About  the  center  of  the  E.  boundary 
is  Canarcn  Lagoon,  4  m.  in  diameter,  the  N.  outlet  of  which,  forming  the  NE. 
boundary  of  the  province,  empties  into  Lingayen  Bay  through  the  Agno,  and  the  S. 
outlet,  forming  that  portion  of  the  boundary,  empties  into  ]\Ianila  Bay  through  the 
Pampanga,  Chico  and  Grande. 

ROADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 

The  main  road  traverses  the  province  from  N.  to  8.  with  branches  to  the  principal 
towns.  The  railroad  which  extends  across  the  E.  part  of  the  province  ncail\ 
parallels  the  main  liighway,  passing  through  the  towns  of  Bambang,  Capas,  T:Irlar, 
Gerona,  Paniqui,  and  Moncada.  Tht>  province  is  connected  with  Nueva  Ecija  by  the 
road  from  Concejtcion  to  Arayat,  that  from  Tarlac  to  San  Vicente,  that  from  Victoria 
to  San  Juan  de  Guimba,  and  that  from  Paniqui  to  Cuyai:)o.  It  is  connected  with 
Pangasin;in  by  the  road  from  Panicjui  to  Bajambang  and  the  railroad;  the  latter 
from  Camiling  to  Mangataren  and  Bayanibang;  and  with  Pampanga  by  the  railroad 
and  the  wagon  road  from  Capas  and  Concepcion  to  Masapinit. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

Tarlac  in  1901  had  an  estimated  population  of  89,339,  the  inhabitants  for  the 
greater  part  belonging  to  the  same  races  as  the  provinces  adjoining  on  the  N.  and  S. 
The  language  spoken  is  gens  rally  Tagalog;  Pangasinan  in  the  N.  and  Pampango  in 
the  S.     Ilocano  is  also  sp(_)ken  to  some  extent,  particularly  in  the  vicinity  of  Gerona. 

The  following  is  the  division  of  Tarlac  into  pueblos  and  their  respective  population 
according  to  the  census  of  1887: 


Province  and  pueblos. 

Total  population,  combining 
residents  present  and  ab- 
sent, native  and  Spanish, 
census  1887. 

Men. 

Women. 

Total. 

Tarlac: 

1,433 

932 
9,054 

958 
7,003 
4,001 
1,274 

549 
1,224 

902 
2,850 
2,067 

l',034 

750 

4,218 

5,259 

1,284 

878 

8,061 

930 

6, 420 

3,799 

1,1.51 

631 

1, 092 

791 

2,703 

2,0.51 

2,019 

920 

697 

3,887 

4,976 

•>7,7 

1,  MO 

17,115 

Capas. 

1,888 

13,423 

7,800 

Moncada 

2, 425 

Moriones 

1,080 

Mureia 

2, 31G 

O'Donnell 

Paniqui 

5, 563 

Paz  (La) 

4,118 

Pura 

4,301 

San  Clemente                                                                            

1,954 

Santa  Ignacia                                                                                       

1,447 

T6rlac 

8, 105 

10, 234 

Total                                                                                   

45,790 

42, 189 

87, 979 

Estimated,  1901,  89,339. 


876  GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

The  total  number  of  towns  is  17  and  of  villages  59.  The  most  important  of  the 
towns  are: 

Tarlac;  the  capital,  at  the  point  where  the  Bolso  Riv.  changes  its  name  to  Turlac, 
and  22  m.  above  its  entrance  into  the  Agno.  It  carries  on  a  considerable  trade  with 
the  surrounding  country.    ,Pop.,  9,668. 

Anao;  near  the  Nueva  Ecija  boundary,  19  m.  NNE.  of  Tdrlac.     Pop.,  7,000. 

Capas;  13  m.  S.  of  Tarlac.     Pop.,  2,925. 

Concepcion;  on  the  r.  l)ank  of  the  Paruao,  13  m.  SSE.  of  Tarlac.     Pop.,  13,499. 

Bamban;  on  1.  bank  of  Paruao  Riv.,  where  the  Manila  and  Dagupan  R.  R.  crosses 
the  boundai'v  with  Pampanga,  18  m.  S.  of  Turlac.     Pop.,  3,196. 

Gerona;  iO  m.  N.  of  Tarlac.     Pop.,  9,261. 

La  Paz;  10  ni.  SE.  of  Tarlac,  near  Pampanga  Chico.     Pop.,  2,805. 

Moriones;  on  r.  bank  of  Bolso  Riv.,  11  m.  WSW.  of  Tilrlac.     Pop.,  1,289. 

Moiicada;  on  a  tributary  of  the  Agno  Riv.,  18  m.  N.  of  Tarlac.     Pop.,  7,601. 

Murcia;  at  crossing  of  trilnitary  of  Pampanga  Chico,  by  Manila  and  Dagupan 
R.  R.,  8  m.  S.  of  Tdrlac.     Pop.,  Cn*1887,  2,316. 

O'Donnell;  on  1.  bank  of  Pallin  source  of  Bolso  Riv.,  14  m.  SW.  of  Turlac.  Pop., 
in  1887,  1,693. 

Paniqui;  near  r.  bank  of  Tarlac  Riv.,  13  m.  N.  of  Tarlac.     Pop.,  8,712. 

Pura;  13  m.  NNE.  of  Tarlac,  near  the  NW.  shore  of  Canaren  Lagoon.     Pop.,  5,255. 

San  Clemente;  in  the  extreme  NW.,  at  the  crossing  of  the  main  road  into  Pan- 
fia.^imin,  IS  m.  NW.  of  Tarlac.     Pop.,  1,875. 

San  Miguel  de  Camiling;  on  the  river  of  that  name,  19  m.  NW.  of  Ti'irlac. 
Pop.,  23,410. 

Santa  Ignacia;  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  Bilan  Riv.,  13  m.  NW.  of  Tarlac.    Poj).,  1,374. 

Victoria;  9  m.  NE.  of  Turlac,  near  Canaren  Lake.     Pop.,  10,362. 

VEGETABLE  PRODUCTS. 

The  most  important  agricultural  product  is  rice,  although  a  large  quantity  of  sugar 
cane  is  raised.  The  growth  of  tobacco  and  corn  is  limited  to  the  elevated  portions 
of  the  province. 

MINERALS. 

There  are  no  indications  of  mineral  in  Turlac.  Its  resources  are  confined  to  the 
jtroducts  of  agriculture  and  the  valuable  woods  of  the  Cordillera  on  the  W. 

FORESTS. 

This  province  contains  timber  wealth  of  a  great  deal  of  importance,  and  very  easy 
to  utilize,  on  uccount  of  tlie  jimximity  of  the  rivers  to  the  forests.  La  Paz  and  Con- 
cfpcion  are  surrounded  by  a  large  area  of  very  valuable  woods,  such  as  narra,  acU', 
juyo,  fi)il,  and  others.  Near  the  mountain  towns  of  Camiling  and  IMorioues,  and 
near  the  chain  of  Zambales,  is  an  abundance  of  molaue  and  other  building  \\  oods. 

FRUITS. 

Among  tlie  fruits  of  the  province  are  several  varieties  of  bananas,  among  them  the 
torlangduto  or  the  "lady  linger,"  a  peculiarly  rich  variety;  also  oranges  and  lemons. 

INDUSTRIES. 

There  are  no  mechanical  industries  except  for  home  consumption.  The  trade  of 
the  province  is  entirely  by  rail,  river,  and  road.  There  is  a  considerable  amount  of 
river  transportation  by  small  l)oats  on  the  Agno  N.  to  the  gulf  of  Lingayen  and  on  the 
Cliii-o  de  la  I'ampanga,  through  the  Grande,  S.  to  Manila  I'ay. 

UNITED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 

On  February  15,  1902,  the  province  of  Tui'lac  was  garrisoneil  by  United  States 
troops  as  follows: 

Camiling. '^  Gerona.'"'  Paniqui."  Victoria." 

Capas. "  Moncada. »  Tarlac. " " 


Telephone.  ''Telegraph.  "liailroad. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


877 


CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 

The  province  of  Tiirlac  was  created  iindei-  the  "provincial  orsjanization  act  of 
February  6,  1901,  by  enactment  of  the  P.  C.  February  18,  1901,  to  embrace  "that 
territory  in  the  island  of  Luzon  known  as  Tiirlac." 

PROVINCIAL  OFFICERS. 

[Salaries  and  expenses  in  United  States  money.] 

Governor |1, 500 

Secretary 1,  000 

Treasurer 1,  800 

Supervisor 1, 500 

Fiscal 1,200 

Allowance  for  necessary  and  actual  traveling  expenses  not  exceedinj;;  $2  per  day  as 
prescribed.  The  board  has  authority  to  unite  with  the  j^rovincial  board  of  Pampanga 
and  the  manager  of  the  Manila  and  Dagupan  R.  R.  in  the  emjiloyment  of  a  compe- 
tent engineer  to  devise  a  plan  for  protecting  the  roads  and  agricultural  lands  of  the 
towns  of  the  provinces  and  the  roadway  and  bridges  of  the  Manila  and  Dagupan 
R.  R.  from  the  destructive  effect  of  the  floods  in  the  Tdrlac,  Bambang  or  Paruao,  and 
Grande  de  la  Pampanga  Rivs. 

The  presidentes  or  alcaldes  of  the  municipalities  of  the  province  are  to  meet  and 
organize  on  the  third  Monday  in  January,  April,  July,  and  October,  to  consider 
improvements  needed  in  the  province,  and  for  other  purposes  prescribed  by  law. 

CONDITIONS. 

"  There  has  been  no  interruption  of  the  peace  of  the  province  since  its  organiza- 
tion under  the  provincial  government  act. 

******* 
I  was  well  received  in  towns  of  that  part  of  the  provice  recently  visited,  and  expres- 
sions of  desire  for  peace  were  numerous  and  seemingly  earnest  and  sincere.     I  think 
this  desire  i)revails. 


"  The  provincial  government  act  and  municipal  code  are  working  well.  The  amend- 
ments made  from  time  to  time  have  ])evn  timely  and  acceptable.  The  crops  are  good 
this  year.  Taxes  are  collected  without  difficulty,  and  the  income  exceeds  expenditures 
thus  far."    (Official  report  of  provincial  governor  of  Tarlac,  December,  1901.) 


TABLAt;  (tahr'-lahk),  Tag;.;  pueblo  and  capital  of 
Tdrlat;,  Luzon,  on  r.  bank  of  Agno  Riv.,  on 
Manila  and  Dagupan  R.  R.,  73  m.  NW.  of 
Manila.  Has  tine  road  facilities  to  surround- 
ing towns.    Pop.,  9,668. 

river  tributary  to  Agno  Grande  Riv.,  Min- 
danao. 

TABLA(J,  or  DIO  A0(}  (tahr-lahg',  day-ali-ohg') 
yer.;  river  in  I'ampanga,  Luzon,  emptying 
into  Piuiig  de  Candaba. 

TAKOii  (tiili-roliu'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  central  range 
of  Iloilo,  I'anay,  4^  m.  SW.  of  Maasin. 

TARON  (tah-rohn'),  ver.;  point  on  N.  coast  of 
Anibos  C^amarines,  Luzon. 

TARKA  (tah'-rrah),  ver.;  point  on  E.  shore  of 
Busuaiiga  I.,  f)ne  of  Calamianes  grp.,  between 
I'aragua  and  Mindoro;  lat,.12°  26'  N. 

TAKKA(i<)XA  (tiih-rrah-goh'-nah),  Sp.;  town  in 
extreme  SE.  end  of  Surigao.,  E.  coast  of  Min- 
danao, 4  m.  N.  of  Tugubun  Pt.,  210  m.  SSE.  of 
Surigao. 

TARRICO  (tah-rrhee'-coh),  ver.;  point  on  E.  coast 
of  Ambos  Camarines  (Norte),  on  San  Miguel 
Bay,  Luzon. 

tXrTAEO  (tar'-tah-roh),  Sp.;  streams  entering 
Manila  Bay  along  SE.  shore  and  draining 
central  portions  of  Cavite,  Luzon. 

TARIIK   (tah-rook'),  ver.;   low  island,  li  m.  in 

extent,  almost  joined  to  Tandubato  I.,  off  E. 

coast  of  Tawi  Tawi  I.,  Sulu  A.     Dependent 

^        islets  to  S.  form  W.  side  of  channel  Noche- 

buena. 


TASIRA  (toh-see'-rah),  ver.:  point  on  SW.  coast  of 
Sorsogon,  Luz6n;  lat.  12°  or,'  5"  N. 

TASIRAN  (tah-see'-rahn),ver.;  point  on  E.  coast 
of  Ticao  I.,  Masbate  grp.,  Visayas. 

TASMOOK  (tahs-moh-ohk'),  ver  ;  one  of  islands  of 
Basilan  grp.,  off  SW.  of  Zamboanga  Pen., 
Mindanao;  lat.  6°  25'  30"  N. 

TATAXn  (tah-tah-ahn'),  ver.;  port  on  N.  shore  of 
Tawi  Tawi  I.,  Sulu  A.  From  Bakun  Pt.  coast 
trends  WSW.  for  li  m.  to  next  point,  from 
there,  which  is  opposite  Catmnkaunu  L,  coast 
trends  SSW.  2  m.  toward  bottom  of  bay,  and 
WSW.  to  settlement  of  TatAn,  chief  town  on 
N.  coast  of  Tawi  Tawi. 

chain  of  9  small   islands   or  coral  reefs 

extending  for  8  m.  NE.  and  SW.  nearly  par- 
allel to  N.  coast  of  Tawi  Tawi  I.  Are  also 
known  as  Simalac  Is.,  Sulu  A.  Between  this 
chain  and  coast  is  clear  commodious  chan- 
nel 1^  m.  wide,  which  forms  port  of  Tatata. 
(See  Simalac  Is.)     1941  ft.  the  highast. 

TATABUBAN  (tah-tah-boo'-bahn),  ver.;  bay  in 
Daram  I.,  off  W.  coast  of  S^mar. 

TATAIDAOA  (tah-tie-dah-gah'),  nat.;  point  and 
S.  head  to  Lacutan  Bay,  W.  shore  of  Pujada 
Bay,  SE.  coast  of  Dilvao,  Mindanao. 

TATALAN  (tah-tah'-lahn),  ver;  island  of  Samales 
cluster,  in  Balanguingui  grp.,  Sulu  A.,  387  ft. 
high.  Channel  between  it  and  Landuan, 
called  Tapiantama,  6  m.  wide.  (See  Talaran  I. ) 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPriNE   ISLANDS. 


TAT.(>"  (tiih-Uihn'),  ver.;  town  on  NW.  shore  of 
Tawi  Tawi  I.,  Sulu  A.  Upon  small  hill,  and 
consists  of  port  and  few  buildings.  Anchor- 
age exposed  to  SW.  and  NW.  gales  of  .lime 
and  December.  E.  of  Cabankauan  affords 
shelter  from  all  winds. 

TAT.\]S'«B.\X(ji  (tah-tahng-bahng'),  ver.;  moun- 
tain in  Sdmar. 

TATAXTALA>'G  (tah-tahn-tah-lahng')  nat.;  point 
S.  of  Palomp6n,  W.  coast  of  Leyte,  Vlsayas. 

TATAY  (tah'-tie),  nat.;  hamlet  in  SE.  angle  of 
Iligan  Bay,  SW.  of  outlet  of  Iligan  Riv.,  Misa- 
mis,  Mindanao. 

TATAYAN  (tah-tah'-yahn),  nat.;  hamlet  near  W. 
coast  of  Basilan,  oft"  SW.  Zamboanga  Pen., 
Mindanao,  15  m.  SW.  of  Isabela. 

TATIAN  (tah-tee'-ahn),  ver.;  central  of  group  of  3 
small  Islands  trending  E.  and  W.  between 
Tutii  Bay  and  Cabalin  Pt.,  S.  coast  of  Sulu  I., 
Sulu  A. 

TAXING  (tah-ting'),  ver.;  hamlet  i:i  Concepciou, 
Iloilo,  Panay,  ICi  m.  S.  of  Carl6s. 

TATLARAX  (taht-lah-rahn'),  ver.;  one  of  Sulu 
grp.,  Sulu  A.,  lat.  6°  10'  N. 

TATOL  (tah-tohP),  ver.:  hamlet  of  Cilpiz,  Panay, 
on  extreme  NW.  shore,  2^  m.  NE.  of  Malay. 

TATl^A  (tah-too'-ah),  nat.;  islet  close  to  and  off 
extreme  SW.  point  of  Tieao  I.,  Masbate  grp., 
Visayas. 

TATliBlX  (tah-too-been'),  ver.;  town  of  Bon  toe, 
Luzon,  5  m.  SE.  of  Bontoc.    Pop.,  532. 

TAIL'S  (tah'-toos),  ver.;  bay  containing  nu- 
merous small  islands  on  S.  coast  of  Sulu  I.' 


TAl'IRAN  (tah-wee'-rahn),  ver.;  pointonE.  coast 
of  Talim  I.,  Laguna  de  Bay,  Rizal,  Luzon. 

TAl'ABl  (tah-wah'-ree) ,  ver.;  hamlet  on  NW. 
shore  of  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A.,  13  m.  SE.  of  Sulu. 

TAUAUA  (tah-wah'-wah),  ver.;  mountain  in  Suri- 
gao,  Mindanao,  on  E.  bank  of  Agusan  Riv., 
16i  m.  SE.  of  Guadalupe. 


TAriG-OlD  (tah-weeg-oh-eed'),ver.;  mountain f)f 
Antique,  Panay,  oh  boundary  with  Cdpiz, 
in  which  Igod  Riv.  takes  its  rise. 

TAlliaO  (tah-oo'-moh),  ver.;  town  on  W.  shore  of 
D&vao  Gulf,  Diivao,  Mindanao,  6^  m.  SE.  of 
Davao.  River  of  some  importance  enters 
gulf  N.  of  this  town. 

TAtfSAX  (tah-oo'-sahn),  nat.;  river  entering  chan- 
nel on  N.  shore  of  Siasi  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

TAVIRAS  (tah-vee'-rahn),  ver.;  town  on  ).  bank 
of  S.  arm  of  Grande  Riv.  of  Cotabato,  Minda- 
nao. Mindanao  at  mouth  of  tributary,  8  m. 
SE.  of  Cotabato,  lat.  7°  7'  49"  N.,  Ion.  124° 
18'  42"  E.    Taviran  hill  lies  3  m.  SSW.  of  town. 

TAVIRAX,  or  COTABATO  (tah-vee'-rahn,  coh-tah- 
bah'-toh);  extinct  volcano  in  Cotabato,  Min- 
danao, lat.  7°  6'  N.,  Ion.  124°  18'  E. 

TAVI  TAVl  (tah'-vee  tah'-vee),  nat.;  islet  off  SE. 
coast  of  Siasi  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

TAVO-TAVO  (tah-voh-tah'-voh),  nat.;  W.  point 
of  Cagay<'in  de  Sulu  I.,  Cagaydn  de  Sulu  grp., 
important  headland  to  navigators  in  SW. 
waters  of  Sulu  Sea,  opposite  NE.  coast  of 
Borneo. 

point,  island,  and  bay  on  N.  coast  of  Caga- 

y;ln  de  Sulu,  Sulu  Sea;  Buhi  lies  on  its  SW. 
shore. 

island  in    SE.   waters  of    Lapun    Lapuii 

and  CagayAn  de  Sulu,  Sulu  Sea. 

TAWI  TAWI  (tah'-wetah'-we),  ver.;  largest  and 
name  island  of  group  of  that  name;  38  m. 
from  ENE.  to  WSW.  and  16  m.  from  N.  to  S. 
at  its  E.  end;  area  187  sq.  m.  covered  with 
forest  trees  and  undergrowth.  At  S.  extreme 
are  2  peaks,  1,364  and  1,941  ft.  high,  between 
Moro  settlements  of  Balambing  and  Dato. 
Another,  in  E.,  1.161  ft. ;  another,  736  ft.  inland 
E.  by  S.  of  Simanal^  anchorage,  and  2  others 
of  897  and  1,283  ft.  in  extreme  NE.  Outlying 
islands  are  generally  low,  although  some 
reach  fair  elevation,  Tambagan  I.,  off  NE. 
point  of  Tawi  Tawi,  being  635  ft.  high  and 
Bai^ao,  the  extreme  W.  island,  rising  1,151 
ft.  People  who  are  Moros  are  generally 
engaged  in  gathering  products  of  sea. 


TAWI  TAWI  (GROUP),  SULU  ARCHIPELAGO. 

(Tah'-we  tah'-we,  ver.) 

Chief  town:  Tatan,  on  the  NW.  coast  of  Tawi  Tawi,  lat.  5°  17^  N.,   Ion.   120° 
y  E. 

Area:  462. 

Population:  1,815  lighting  men. 

Race:   Moros. 

Language:  Sulnano-Moro. 

Military  Department  of  Mindanao:   Headquarters,  Zamboanga,  INIiudanao. 

Table  of  distances. 
From  Tatan  to—  ni. 

Lahat  Datu,  E.  Borneo  fDarvel  Bay) - 110 

Manila 675 

Puerto  Princesa,  Palawan 320 

Sibutii ^7 

Sulu,  Sulu  I yo 

LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 


The  farthest  SW.  possessions  of  the  United  States  in  E.  Asia,  situated  in  tlie 
extreme  SW  .  angle  of  boundary  under  the  treaty  with  Spain.  On  the  NE.  lie  the 
islands  of  the  Tapul  group;  on  the  E.  and  S.  Celebes  Sea,  and  on  the  W.  Alice  chan- 
nel from  Celebes  into  the  Sulu  Sea  with  Borneo  opposite  and  the  Sulu  Sea.  The 
group  lies  between  lat.  4°  47'  N.  and  5°  29'  N.  and  Ion.  119°  43'  E.  to  120°  33'  E. 
The  island  of  Sibutu,  a  possession  of  Spain  and  a  part  of  the  Tawi  Tawi  group,  sub- 
sequent to  the  treaty  of  cession  of  Philippines  to  the  United  States,  having  been  found 
6  m.  W.  and  outside  of  thejimits  defined,  was  recognized  as  part  of  the  ceded  archi- 
pelago by  special  convention  and  payment  of  a  gratuity  to  Spain.     {See  Sibutii.) 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


879 


AREA. 

The  land  area  of  the  group  is  462  sc].  m.  The  extent  of  land  and  water  is  95  m. 
from  NE.  (Bubuan  I.)  to  SW.  (the  8.  point  of  Sibutii  I.)  and  72  ni.  from  N\V.  (Lapa- 
ran  I.)  to  SPl  (Cinapuf^an,  also  Kinapusan,  I. ),  along  the  dividing  channels  on  the  N. 
and  to  20  m.  at  the  SW.  and  W.  of  the  sea  channel  between  the  archipelago  and  the 
E.  coast  of  Borneo,  or  about  4,000  sq.  m. 


PHYSICAL.  FEATURES. 


The  larger  islands  belong  to  the  same  system  of 
"     "    '  '      of  which 


insular  summits  wliii'h  constitute 
the  rest  oit  the  archipelago,  the  heights  of  which  will  be  found  under  the  names  of 
islands.  They  are  generally  of  moderate  height,  from  105  to  1,941  ft.  There  are  5 
peaks  on  Tawi  Tawi  from  736  to  1,941  ft.  The  valleys  and  plains  are  fertile  and 
overgrown.  The  mountains  are  covered  with  forests.  The  general  aspect  trom  Sulu 
Sea  on  the  NW.  and  the  Celebes  Sea  on  the  SE.,  both  beautiful  types  of  the  tropical 
waters  of  these  latitudes,  is  exceedingly  picturesque. 


BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

The  innumerable  islands,  islets,  and  shoals  which  front  the  group  on  the  Celebes 
Sea  side  render  navigation  dangerous.  The  3  channels — Sigbuye  on  the  N., 
Camba  and  Paragua  in  the  center,  and  Sibutii  on  the  S. — furnish  passages  through 
the  group  from  the  Celebes  to  the  Sulu  seas.  Along  these  channels  under  the  islands 
safe  anchorages  are  found  for  small  craft.  The  soundings  show  depths  from  3J  to  40 
fms.  among  the  islands  and  100  fms.  along  the  outer  edge  on  either  side. 

ROADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 

On  the  large  island  of  Tawi  Tawi  are  a  number  of  trails  connecting  the  interior  and 
coast  villages,  but  the  chief  means  of  travel  and  transportation  is  by  the  small  native 
craft,  which  the  natives  handle  dexterously. 


POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

The  islands  are  but  sparsely  populated  and  many  of  them  very  inaccessible,  so 
much  so  that  they  have  become  notorious  among  navigators  as  tlic  liidinn'  places  of 
pirates,  who,  for  the  centuries  since  Western  intercourse,  and  doubtless  )»el(ire,  have 
preyed  upon  commerce,  as  well  as  nalivc  liallic.  The  inhabitants  are  of  Malayan 
origin,  with  all  the  sea-roving  charadrri^tirs  of  that  rare.  They  are  Moslem  in 
religious  belief,  and  supposed  to  be  au  iniim'diate  offshoot  of  the  races  of  Borneo. 
They  are  known  as  Suluanos,  Caumcones,  and  Tirones.  The  chief  towns  of  the 
group  are: 


Name. 

Islands. 

Name. 

Islands. 

Name. 

Islands. 

Balambing 

Tawi  Tawi. 
Bongao. 
Tawi  Tawi. 

Gatang 

Laparan 

Maglacob 

Tawi  Tawi. 

Laparan. 

Pangiitftraiig. 

Sibutu 

Simanal6 

Tatfin 

Sibutii. 
Tawi  Tawi. 

Do. 

With  the  exception  of  Tatan  and  Bongao,  the  settlements  were  established  by  the 
Spaniards,  under  a  system  of  military  colonization,  and  were  known  as  "dpstaca- 
mentos  militares." 

ISLANDS  OF  THE  TAWI  TAWI  GROUP. 

There  are  over  100  islands  within  the  limits  of  this  group,  from  the  uncovered 
peaks  of  the  submerged  rocks  and  coral  reefs,  to  the  more  pretentious  inhabited 
areas.  The  group  is  divided  into  lesser  groups  or  clusters,  as  follows:  On  the  NW. 
or  Sulu  side,  Tawi  Tawi  has  but  a  few  islands,  and  those  in  shore,  while  on  the  NE., 
E.,  SE.,  and  SW.  is  a  fringe  of  islets  and  rocks,  from  6  to  16  m.  off  shore. 
^      Cinapusan,  or  Kinapusan;  cluster  of  10  islands;  area,  13  sq.  m. 


880 


GAZETTEEK    OF    THE    PHILIITINE    ISLANDS. 


Islanch  <}/ ilte  Tairi  Ttiiri  (jrouj). 


Banaran 

Baukiki 

Baiigao,  115  ft.  liigh 

BasMs 

Basibuli 

Basuii 

Baturrapa 

Bilatan 

Bougao 

Buan 

Bubudn,  457  ft.  high,  NE. . 

Cabankauan  

Cacatadn,  105  ft.  high,  NK 

Calupag,  Great 

Calupag,  Little 

Candol 

Charuk 

Cuad  Basang 

Daluman 

Laa. 


Lataan 

Lintian 

Lubucan  

Lupa 

Magpeos,  418  ft.  high 

Maniakolat 

Mantabuan 

Manuc  Mancu,  100  ft. 

Nahaun  

Nui-a  Lakit 

Nusa  Tacbu 

Pananpangari 

Pandanan 

Panjuinajan 

Pantocunaii 

Papahag 

Parangaan  


^] 

Pasegan 

J 

' 

Pintada 

1 

3' 

PIU.S 

SaiigA  Sarigfl,             .... 

14" 

> 

Sangui.siapo 

' 

i 

Si  buluac i 

6' 
2 

0 

Sibutu,  500  ft.  high,  center 

Sigbuye,  778  ft.  high,  center 

SimaUic  (Simalac),  127  ft.  higli,  N. . . . 
Simonog,  141  ft.  high,  SW 

36 

n 

2 

11 

i 

Sipayu  .  .  . 

4 

', 

Tabulunga 

2 

1 

Tambagaaii,  725  ft.  high,  NE 

3 

i 

ii 

Tampa  Tam]ia 

J 

i- 

Tangad 

i 

.1 

Tankolahiaii 

1 

n 

Tatuiiii  (.see .Siiimluc). 
Tawi  Tawi 

1S7 

i 

Ticul 

TiiiTiii i 

i 

Tiuaktri 

1 

i 

i 

i 

i 

Tubnhitubu 

t 

1 

Uara 

;:;::::    i 

i 

Total 

301 

KEC.vi'lTlL.VnoN. 

Tlif  tuliowiim-  n-preseuts  the  aggregate  area  by  sulidi visions: 

Cinapusan  cluster 

Laparan 


sq.  ni. 
...  13 
...     40 


Tawi  Tawi 301 

Unnamed,  but  charted;  some  of  geographical  importance,  cstimatcfl UI8 

Total,  f^^i.  islands 462 

LAPABAN  CLUSTER,   TAWI  TAWI   GROUP. 

(Lah-pah'-rahn.iKit.) 

Chief  town:  La]>aran,  lat.  5°  54^  N.,  Ion.  120°  K.,  ai)i)n)xiniately. 

Area:  40  sij.  m. 

Population:  included  in  Suln  group. 

Race :  IMoro-Malay. 

Language :  INIoro-Suluano. 

Military  Department  of  Mindanao:  Headquarters,  Zand)()anga,  INIindanao. 

Table  of  dislanccs. 
From  Laparan  to —  m. 

TatAn,  Tawi  Tawi 43 

Sulu,  Sulu  1 69 

The  Laparan  chister  of  the  Tawi  Tawi  grouj)  of  the  Suhi  ArchiiH'lago,  in  the  8E. 
part  of  the  Suhi  Sea,  hes  N.  of  the  Tawi  Tawi  I.,  SW.  of  the  Paiigutaning  1.  and 
within  the  W.  limits  (Ion.  119°  35^  E. )  of  the  American  possessions  at  tliis  {)oint. 


Islands  of  the  Laparan  grotip 


Bahal  

Bambanan  . 
Billanguan . 
Cap. 


Datu  Bat6 . . . 
Deoto  Bata . . 

Dok  Kan  

Lahat  Lahat . 
Laparan 


Mamanuk . 

Pearl 

Sail  Rock . , 
Singaan. 
Tasbabaa  . 

Taja 

Uwaan 

Zau , 


rotal 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    THILirriNE    ISLANDS. 


881 


The  islands  are  unfrequented  except  by  native  fisliing  expedition;^  from  Sulu  ami 
other  islands  of  that  archipelago  and  Borneo.  Laparan  on  that  island  is  a  lishing 
settlement.    The  inhabitants  speak  Suluauo,  a  More  dialect.    (.Str  Tawi  Tawi  group. ) 

CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 

The  local  administration  is  conducted  l\v  the  Sultan  and  datos,  in  accordance  with 
the  agreement  with  the  United  States  of  the  Sultan  and  ilatos  of  Suln. 

VEGETABLE  PRODUCTS. 

The  princiixil  products  are  rice,  corn,  hemp,  and  coffee  in  quantities  for  home  use. 

MINERALS. 

The  islands  formed  by  volcanic  action  show  no  indications  .if  mineral  deposits. 

FORESTS. 

Molave,  narra,  ipil,  and  other  valuable  woods  grow  abundantly,  but  have  no  market 
value  owing  to  absence  of  the  means  of  transportation. 

FRUITS. 

The  mangosteen,  oranges,  bananas,  pomegranates,  and  other  fruits  of  thee<iuatorial 
islands  of  the  Phihppines  grow^  wild  and  luxuriantly. 

INDUSTRIES. 


The  chief  means  of  subsistence  and  employment  of  the  people 
pearling,  and  gathering  mother-of-pearl,  silauga,  and  trepang. 


food  fishinsr, 


UNITED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 

The  establishment  of  the  United  States  sovereignty  was  accomplished  under  the 
treaty  with  the  Sultan  of  Sulu.  On  February  15^  1902,  the  Tawi  Tawi  group  was 
occupied  by  United  States  troops  as  follows: 

Siasi.  ■■'  Boiigao. 


TAWI  TAWI  (tah'-wc  tah'-wo).  ver.;  largest  and 
priiu-ipal  island  of  Tawi  Tawi  grp..  34  m.  from 
NE.  to  SW..  and  greatest  width  14  m.:  aver- 
age width,  6  m.;  area,  187  si].  m.  Mountain- 
ous in  extreme  X\V.,  having  summit  (Bu- 
jimba)  of  897  ft.  in  height,  and  immediately 
to  S\\.  another  (Batua),  l.'JSS  ft.,  range  cul- 
minating in  elevation  of  1,941  fH  Dromedary), 
alx>ut  center  of  island,  at  which  point  but  Si 
ft.  wide.  In  peninsula  iSE.)  summit  is  1,101 
ft.  high.  Island  is  volcanic.  Plains  between 
the.so  summits  are  fertile  and  overgrown  by 
tropical  vegetation.  Settlement  established 
by  Spaniards  named  Tatan,  is  on  NW.  coast 
on  small  bay.  Appearance  of  Island  is  par- 
ticularly picturesque  from  ,«ea,  small  forests 
being  interspersed  with  verdnred  openings. 
Adjacent  islands  are  sparsely  inh.ihitod  and 
in  times  past  refuge  of  pirates.  On  X.  coast 
are  several  well-sheltered  anchorages.  NE. 
coast  is  bordered  by  chain  of  islands  of 
modenUe  height,  affording  anchorages  for 
all  classes  of  interisland  craft  to  N,  or  S, 
coasts.  S.  coast  is  bordered  with  islands  ex- 
tending l.T  m.  to  S.  and  SW.,  but  with  deep 
channels  between  them  to  bays  on  coast. 

great  bay  on  NW.  coast  of  island  of  that 

name,  Sulu  A.  Interior  is  much  tilled  with 
banks  and  shoals,  requiring  extreme  care  on 
part  of  navigators. 

hamlet  on  extreme  N.  coast  of  island  of 

that  name  in  Tawi  Tawi  grp.,  Sulu  A. 


T.4.TAB  (tah-yahb'),  ver.:  mountain  in  pueblo  of 
Bangued,  Abra,  Luzon,  N.  of  town. 

river  in  pueblo  of  Bangued,  Abra,  Luz6n, 

rising  in  mountains  of  Tayab  and  emptying 
into  Abra  Riv. 

TAYABAS  (tah-yah'-b!\ss),  Tag.;  bay  on  Pacific, 
E,  coast  of  Batangas  and  SK.  coast  of  Tayabas, 
Luzon.  Boundiirv  between  these  provinces 
ends  at  SW.  coa<i  ;>1  l.av.  Headlands  are  low 
and  thicklv  wnoded  aiid  may  be  seen  from 
Marlnduquel.toSE.   Coast  is  heavily  wooded. 

point  at  mouth  of  river  of  that  name  in  Ta- 
yabas, Luz6n. 

river  in  Tayabas,   Luz6n,  emptying  into 

Tavabas  Bav.  'inland  stream  divides  into  2 
branches.  Native  crafts  called  paraos  and 
casct^  frequent  river,  and  armed  lainiches 
can  enter  as  far  as  Koto  village,  1  m. ;  entrance 
is  staked  by  natives. 

pueblo  of  Tayabas  province,  Luz6n,  on  SW. 

shore  -i  m.  inland  from  Tayabas  Bay  and  on 
E.  bank  of  river  of  .same  name  and  65  m.  in 
straight  line  SE.  of  Manila.  Region  in  imme- 
diate vicinitv  is  flat  toward  coast,  mountain- 
ous to  NW.,  Mt.  Banajao  being  7  m.  in  that 
direction.  Is  seat  of  large  trade,  both  inland 
and  caostwise,  and  has  nearby  dockyard,  in 
which  native  vessels  of  good  size  are  built. 
Pop.,  15,000. 


'Telegraph. 


S.  Doc.  280- 


882  gazp:ttp:er  of  the  Philippine  islands. 

TAYABAS,  LUZON,  PROVINCE    OF. 

(Trth-yah'-bahs,  Tag.) 

Capital:  Lucena,  lat.  13°  5.y  N.,  Ion.  121°  26'  30"  E. 

Area:  2,334  s().  in. 

Population:   109,780. 

Race:  Tagalog  and  Bi'col. 

Language:  Tagalog  and  Bi'col. 

Military  Department  of  Iiuzdn:  Headquarters^,  Manila,  Luzon. 

Tdhir  of  distances. 
From  Lucena  to—  m. 

Atimonan,  opposite  shore  (Lamon  Gulf) 21 

Batangas 39 

Manila,  N\V 64 

Manila  via  Verde  Passage 165 

LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

The  province  of  Tayabas  forinstheW.  of  the  2  great  peninsulas  which  terminate 
the  SE.  extreme  of  Luzon.  It  is  bounded  on  the  N.  by  a  narrow  strip  of  4J  m.  of 
Infanta,  tht'  Pacific  Ocean  (Lamon  Bay),  and  Ambos  Camarines;  on  the  E.  by 
Aminos  Canuuine.s  and  the  Visayau  (Ragay  Guls)  Sea;  on  the  S.  by  the  Mindoro  Sea; 
I  in  the  SW.  by  Batangas,  and  on  the  NW.  by  Laguna.  Opposite  the  center  of  its 
frontage  on  the  Mindoro  Sea  for  a  distance  of  87  m.  and  13  m.  away  lies  the  island  of 
Marinduque. 

AREA. 

The  outline  of  the  province  is  very  irregular.  From  its  NW.limit  at  Pt.  Piapi  to 
Pt.  Pagsanjiin  th.e  extreme  SE.  is  102  m.,  and  from  the  corner  of  the  boundaries  of 
Camarines  Norte  and  Sur  and  Tayabas  on  the  NE.  to  Sandoval  Pt.  on  the  SW.  is 
47  m.  Area:  INIainland,  2,250 sq.  m.;  dependent  islands,  84  sq.  m.;  total,  2,334  sq.  m., 
over  twice  the  size  of  Rtiode  Island  and  but  26  sq.  m.  smaller  than  the  State  of 
Delaware. 

PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 

The  surface  is  very  mountainous.  Throughout  the  length  from  NW.  to  SE. 
extends  a  main  central  chain  which  sends  out  a  number  of  smaller  ranges  toward 
the  Pacific  Ocean  and  Mindoro  Sea  coast.  The  summits  of  these  mountains  have  ele- 
vations of  from  400  to  250  ft.,  among  these  in  the  extreme  NW.  Mts.  Banahao,  2,250 
ft.;  Balisang  (Balegin),  1,300  ft.,  and  3Iasalacay,  730  ft.,  and  in  the  extreme  SE., 
C"al)ezade  Bondog,  381  ft.  Between  Pagbilao  and  Unison,  a  distance  of  25  m.,  the 
country  narrows  to  an  isthmus  between  5i  and  lOJ  m.  between  Lamon  Bay  on  the 
Pacific  and  Tayabas  Bay  on  the  China  (Jlindoro)  Sea,  which  unites  the  2  "unequal 
I)ortions  of  the  ])rovince,  that  on  the  SE.  having  nearly  3  times  the  area  of  the 
other.  The  central  chain  sends  out  a  large  number  of  streams,  few  of  them  rising 
to  the  dignity  of  rivers.  The  Tayabas  Riv.,  about  100  yds.  wide  at  its  mouth  and 
]  fm.,  increasing  to  2  fins.,  deep  in  the  entrance  channel,  is  much  frequented  by  the 
native  craft  called  paraos  and  cascos.  Armed  launches  can  ascend  as  far  as  Cota, 
1  ni.  from  its  mouth.  The  channel  is  marked  by  stakes.  Fresh  water  is  abundant. 
Lucena,  the  capital,  lies  near  this  river. 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

On  the  coast  of  this  province  are  3  of  tii<' largest  Ijays  of  the  archipelago,  besides 
smaller  indentations  within  their  own  limits,  as  follows: 

Lamon;  on  the  N.  shore  opening  on  the  Pacific  to  the  N.  31  m.  between  heads  anil 
25  m.  inland.  It  is  protected  from  the  N.  winds  by  the  island  of  Jomalig,  a  dependent 
of  Ambos  Camarines,  and  Polillo,  off  the  Infanta  coast  to  the  N.  The  little  islanil 
Balisang  (Balegin,  or  Balesin),  which  lies  in  the  middle  of  the  bay,  and  Calbalete 
and  Alabat,  form  with  the  mainland  a  well-sheltered  port  with  excellent  anchorage. 


OAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILTPFINE    ISLANDS.  883 

The  pasi^agc  on  the  E.  side  of  Alal)at  I.  is  free  from  danger,  ))ut  that  on  the  W.  is 
shallow  and  foul.     Indented  along  its  shores  are  the  following  smaller  bays: 

Apat;  a  small  sheltered  inlet  on  the  E.  shore  of  the  E.  passage  between  Alabat  and 
the  mainland. 

Maubiln;  an  anchorage  on  the  W.  shore  on  the  passage  between  Alabat  I.  and  the 
mainland. 

B-agay;  the  NE.,  N.,  and  W.  shore  of  this  extensive  gulf,  with  a  frontage  of  50  m. 
and  an  inland  trend  of  75  m.,  stretch  along  the  S.  limit  of  this  province.  Along  witli 
the  river  Vifias  which  enters  at  its  head  and  has  a  depth  of  5^  feet  at  its  mouth,  this 
gulf  almost  severs  the  island  of  Luzon  at  this  ]ioint  into  2  parts.  Its  entrance  is 
divided  inh^  2  channels  by  Burias,  the  mostNW.  of  the  large  islands  of  Masbate 
province.     The  gulf  is  generally  clear  and  deep. 

On  its  shores  are  the  following  smaller  bays: 

Matcahmayon;  a  sheltered  inlet  on  the  extreme  NE.  coast. 

Piris,  about  13  m.  NW.  by  N.  of  Pusgo  Bay  affording  an  anchorage  of  5J  fms. 

Pusgo;  a  narrow  inlet  about  the  center  of  theW.  shore  penetrating  6  m.  to  the 
NW.  The  width  between  the  entrance  points  is  li  m. ;  the  depth  in  mid-channel  is 
4J  to  5  fms.,  to  Ih  m.  past  the  narrowest  part.     The  inner  harbor  generally  is  IJ  fms. 

Soboncogon;  on  the  extreme  SW.  shore  6  m.  N.  of  Arena  Pt.  and  is  much  fre- 
quented by  native  coasters.     It  offers  anchorage  and  shelter  in  3J  fms. 

Sogod;  on  the  N.  coast,  opening  on  the  Pacific.  One-half  of  this  bay  lies  in  Tayabas 
and  tlie  other  half  in  Ambos  Camarincs,  the  boundary  between  the  two  coming 
down  to  its  shore. 

Tayabas;  extensive  bight  formed  on  the  S.  shore,  83  m.  between  heads,  with  the 
exception  of  a  small  strip  of  8  m.  on  the  W. ;  lies  entirely  within  the  limits  of  Taya- 
bas, being  fronted  on  the  S.  by  Marinduque,  its  nearest  coast  lying  but  13  m.  distant. 
Within  these  limits  are  the  following  smaller  bays: 

Aguasa;  a  small  bay  on  the  SW.  coast,  affording  shelter  for  vessels  rounding 
Bondog  for  Tayabas  Bay. 

Ayoni;  a  small  bay  14  m.  N.  of  Aguasa,  affording  shelter  in  E.  and  SE.  winds  for 
native  craft  entering  Tayabas  Bay. 

Capulaan;  on  the  NW.  shore,  formed  by  the  islands  of  Pagbilao  Grande  and  Pag- 
bilao  Chico. 

Catanauan;  6  m.  ESE.  of  Pt.  Jugulan.  It  is  clear  and  offers  shelter  from  N., 
NE.,  and  E.  winds  in  3 J  to  7  fms. 

Laguimanoc;  an  inlet  on  the  N.  shore,  sheltered  by  Pagbilao  Grande  and  Pagbi- 
lao Chico  on  the  W.  and  mainland  on  the  E.  It  is  3  m.  long,  nearly  1  m.  wide, 
with  from  2^  to  11  fms.  deep.     An  uncharted  islet  rises  near  the  center. 

Mulanay;  a  bight  ESE.  of  Angus  Pt.,  on  the  E.  coast.     The  anchorage  has  5  fms. 

Pagbilao;  in  the  NW.  part.  Although  of  wide  extent,  should  not  be  entered 
without  a  pilot,  as  its  available  part  is  reduced  to  about  2  m.  The  depth  of  the 
channel  is  from  8  to  10  fms.  and  the  space  within  from  3  to  5  fms. 

ROADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 

This  province  is  in  water  communication  with  all  the  ports  of  the  archipelago. 
Many  of  its  chief  inland  towns  are  situated  along  the  main  highroad  and  telegraph 
lines  between  Sorsogon,  in  the  extreme  SE.,  and  Manila.  This  great  highway  and 
telegraph  line,  beginning  at  Sorsogon,  comiects  that  provincial  capital  and  the  in.ter- 
medlate  ones,  Albay,  Nueva Ciiceres,  Lucena,  Santa  Cruz,  and  Cavite,  with  the  capi- 
tal of  the  archipelago.  From  Guinayaiigan  a  trail  parallels  the  W.  shore  of  Ragay 
Gulf  to  Soboncogon,  where  it  crosses  to  the  opposite  coast  at  Bondog  and  thence 
parallels  the  Tayabas  Bay  coast  to  Calotan,  where  it  crosses  the  isthmus  striking 
the  main  highway  again  at  Atimonan,  on  Lamon  Bay.  There  are  several  roads 
in  the  W.,  one  from  Pagbilao  along  the  bay  shore  toward  Batangas;  another  from 
Tayabas,  on  the  main  line,  to  Tiaong  and  Dolores,  near  the  Laguna  boundary.  From 
Lopez,  on  the  main  line,  a  road  extends  into  Camarines  Norte  via  CaMuang  and 
Apat. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

The  population  of  Tayabas  Province  is  109,780.  The  inhabitants  of  the  W.  sec- 
tion and  the  W.  slope  of  the  peninsula  of  Tayabas,  which  terminates  m  Pt.  Bondog 
(or  Cabeza  de  Bondog),  are  almost  all  Tagalogs.  Those  who  inhabit  the  country 
near  Camarnies  and  the  E.  slope  of  the  peninsula  are  Bicols.  Tagiilog  is  spoken  in 
the  W.  and  Bicol  in  the  E.  part  of  the  peninsula  of  Tayabas. 


884 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


The  followinji;  is  tlie  division  of  Tayabas  into  pueblos  and  their  respective  popul; 
tion,  according  to  the  census  of  1887: 


Province  aud  pueblos. 

Total    population,  combin- 
ing residents  present  and 
absent,   native  and  Span- 
ish, census  1887. 

Men. 

W^omen. 

Total. 

Tayabas: 

Atimonan 

4,847 
955 

i;969 
1,060 
1,196 
3,809 
3, 938 

21771 
1,760 
4,357 

776 
2,229 
1,353 
1,093 
3,403 
8,069 
3,315 

952 

4,659 
779 
1,668 
1,847 
1,043 
1,019 
3, 695 
3,709 
5,385 
2,726 
1,666 
4,605 
719 
2,295 
1,260 
1,085 
3,709 
7,989 
3,343 
859 

9  506 

Calfiuang 

1  734 

Catanauan 

3,816 
2,103 
2, 215 
7  504 

Dolores 

GumacA  . .  . 

Lopez 

7  647 

10,238 
6,497 
3, 426 
8,962 
1  495 

Liicena 

Macalelou 

Mulanay  .                    

Pagbilao 

4, 524 
2,613 
2  178 

San  Narciso 

Sariava 

7  112 

16, 058 
6,858 
1  811 

Tiaong 

Unisan 

Total 

64,403 

54,060 

Estimated,  1901,  109,780. 


This  province  has  a  total  of  23  towns,  425  villages,  and  5  hamlets.  The  towns  being 
as  follows: 

Lucena;  the  capital,  on  the  NW.  shore  of  Tayabas  Bay,  in  the  NW.  part  of  tlie 
]irovince.  It  was  made  the  capital  under  the  provisions  of  the  provincial  enabling 
;i(t,  tlie  inland  town  of  Tayabas,  7^  m.  N.,  having  been  the  capital  under  Spanisii 
jurisdiction.  The  town  is  M'ell  built,  and  although  off  the  main  line  of  road  com- 
munication, has  easy  access  to  Manila  by  water.     Pop.,  7,000. 

Apat;  in  the  NE.  part,  at  the  terminus  of  the  wagon  road  and  trail,  from  Lt')i)ez 
N.  14  m.,  2  m.  inland  E.  of  the  inlet  of  Apat,  on  Lamon  Bay,  4  m.  8.  of  Sogod  Bay; 
5  m.  W.  of  Ambos  Camarines  (Noi-te)  lioundary,  and  40  m.  NE.  of  Lucena. 

Atimonan  ( sometimes  called  Lanoon ) ;  where  the  main  road  touches  the  S  W.  siiore 
nl'  Lamon  Bay,  20  m.  ENE.  of  Lucena.  Next  to  Tayabas  the  largest  town  in  the 
limvince.     It  has  an  excellent  anchorage.     Pop.,  10,000. 

Calaoang;  on  an  inlet  on  the  E.  shore  of  the  E.  entrance  to  Lamon  Bay,  35  m. 
I'^Nl'].  of  Lucena.  It  is  connected  with  the  main  road  at  Lopez,  11  m.  S.  A  century 
ago  this  was  the  capital  of  Tayabas  Province  and  a  place  of  considerable  commercial 
importance.     Pop.,  2,813. 

Candelaria;  on  the  Tayabas  and  Tiaong  road,  in  the  extreme  W.  part,  14  m.  W. 
of  Lucena.     Pop.  3,234. 

Catanauan;  on  the  SW.  coast,  near  the  l)av  of  that  name,  56  m.  SE.  of  Lucena 
Pop.,  4,000. 

Dolores;  19   m.  NW.  of   Lucena,  within  2  m.  of  the  Laguna  boundary.     Pop., 

Gtiinayarigan;  on  the  W.  shore  of  a  deep  inlet  which  sets  inland  at  the  head  of 
i!agay  (iulf,  57  m.  E.  of  Lucena.  A  trail  and  telegraph  line  comiects  with  the  main 
line  it  m.  to  the  NW.     It  has  lieen  a  meteorological  station.     Pop.,  2,000. 

Gumaca,  on  the  main  road,  S.  of  the  S.  shore  of  Lamon  Bay,  28  m.  E.  of  Lucena. 
Pop.,  7,571. 

Laguimanoc;  near  the  E.  shore  of  the  bay  of  that  name,  16  m.  E.  of  Lucena. 

Lopez,  5  m.  SE.  of  the  shore  of  Lamon  Bay  and  34  m.  E.  of  Lucena.     Pop.,  6,412. 

liucban;  on  the  main  road,  3  m.  SE.  of  the  Laguna  boundary  and  15  m.  N.  bv  W. 
of  Lucena.     Pop.,  12,755. 

Macalelon;  near  the  E.  shore  of  Tayabas  Bay,  40  m.  ESE.  of  Lucena.     Pop.,  3,000. 

Mauban;  ir  the  NW.  of  the  province,  at  the  mouth  of  the  river  of  that  name 
entering  Lamon  Bay.     Pop.,  9,268. 

Mulanay;  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  river  of  same  name,  on  tlie  E.  coast  of  Tayabafe  Bav, 
65  m.  SE.  of  Lucena.     Pop.,  2,464. 

Pagbilao;  7  m.  NE.  of  Lucena.     Pop.,  5,756. 


GAZETTEEK    OF    THE    PUILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  885 

Pitogo;  on  the  r.  bank  of  ^layaljo  Riv.,  on  tlieNE.  coast ;  at  thin  point  the  main  trail 
divides  to  Unisan,  on  Tayabas  Bay,  and  Guniaca,  on  the  opposite  or  Lamon  Bay  sliore. 
36  m.  ESE.  of  Lucena.     Pop.,  3,011. 

Quilbay;  in  the  E.  part,  8.  m.  NW.  of  Ambos  Caniarines  boundary,  5  m.  inland  E. 
of  Matcahiiayan,  71  m.  E.  of  Lucena. 

San  Narciso;  at  the  head  of  Pitogo  inlet,  on  W.  shore  of  Ragay  Gulf,  69  ni  ESE 
of  Lucena.     Pop.,  1,087. 

Sariaya;  in  the  W.  part,  on  the  Tavabas  and  Tiaonir  road,  7  m.  NW.  of  Lucena 
Pojx,  6,966. 

Tayabas;  formerly  capital  of  the  province,  on  the  main  road,  10  m.  SE.  of  Laguna 
boundary  and  8  m.  N.  of  Lucena.     It  is  an  important  road  center  and  carries  on  a 
large  trade  with  the   surrounding  country.     Largest  town  in  the  province.     Pop 
15,000. 

Tiaong;  in  extreme  E.  part,  within  1  m.  of  the  Laguna  boundary  on  N.  and  5.1  m. 
of  the  Batangas  boundary  on  S.  These  2  lines  come  to  a  point  7  m.  to  the  W.  It  is 
20  m.  NW.  of  Lucena.     Fop.,  6,950. 

Unisan;  on  the  Tayabas  Bay  trail  near  its  E.  shore,  28  m.  SE.  of  Lucena.  Pop 
3,155. 

DEPENDENT  ISLANDS. 

The  islands  off  this  coast  are  generally  of  good  size.  The  coast  is  clear.  The  fol- 
lowing are  the  adjacent  islands: 

sq.m. 
Alabat;  almost  across  the  entire  ocean  front  of  the  great  Lain6n  Bay  stretches  the  island  of 
Alabat;  it  is  15  m.  from  NW.  to  SE.  and  5J  m.  from  NE.  to  SW.;  island  is  traversed  by  a  range  of 
mountains  covered  with  vegetation  and  fine  forests  of  woods  suitable  for  building  and  furniture 
making;  the  island  is  inhabited  by  Tagdlogs  who  live  mainly  in  3  villages  on  the  SW.  coast: 
Canagon  in  the  center,  Sanguinin  in  the  N.,  Silangan  in  the  extreme  SE.;  in  the  mountains  N. 
of  Sanguinin  coal  is  found;  in  the  central  part  the  valuable  wood  known  as  camag6n,  and 
in  the  S.  that  known  as  silangan  grow  in  abundance;  this  island  with  Calbalete  on  the  N.  and 
the  mainland  to  the  W.  forms  a  well-sheltered  harbor  with  good  anchorage  in  the  NW.  part  of 

Lamon  Bay 60 

Alibijaban;  on  the  W.  side  of  the  entrance  to  Ragay  Gulf,  2J  m.  off  the  extreme  SE.  coast  of  the 
Tayabas  Pen.;  it  is  3^  by  1^  m.  in  extent;  low  and  wooded.    It  possesses  a  little  bay  of  4  fms., 

anil  off  the  S.  end  is  an  anchorage  of  14  fms 3 

Angat;  a  small  i.sland  in  the  bay  between  Pagbilao  Grande  and  the  main  shore  to  the  NW 1 

Calbalete;  an  uninhabited  island  5|  m.  N.  and  S.  and  2  m.  E.  and  W.;  it  lies  3  m.  N.  of  the  N. 
point  of  Alabat  I.  and  5  m.  NE.  of  Salay  Pt.  on  the  mainland  of  Tayabas;  it  is  traversed  from 

NW.  to  SE.  by  a  low  range  of  mountains  which  are  covered  with  trees  and  vegetation 7 

Laguimanoc;  E.  of  the  group  of  islands  which  form  with  Pagbilao  on  the  W.,  the  bay  of  the  same 

name  and  a  well-sheltered  anchorage 1 

Pagbilao  Cliico;  in  the  E.  part  of  a  deep  indentation  at  the  head  of  Tayabas  Bay,  3  m.  from  N.  to 

S.  and  1  m.  E.  to  W.;  it  is  united  to  the  larger  island  by  a  narrow  sand  bar 3 

Pagbilao  Grande;  about  the  center  of  a  deep  inlet  in  the  N.  waters  of  Tayabas  Bay;  4  m.  E.  and 
W.  and  14  m.  N.  and  S.;  it  lies  from  i  to  2^  m.  off  shore  and  fronts  the  anchorage  of  the  town 
of  the  same  name;  the  island  is  almost  joined  to  the  mainland  at  Pt.  Puaya;  Mt.  Mitra  tower- 
ing over  the  vicinity  is  a  prominent  object  from  the  sea 9 

Pdsig;  E.  of  Alabat  I.,  near  Pt.  Paiigao  and  united  to  the  mainland  by  a  reef. 

Dependent  islands,  S,  total  area 84 

VEGETABLE  PRODUCTS. 

The  numerous  valleys  which  descend  in  terraces  from  the  mountain  ranges  to  the 
coast  are  fertile  and  well  watered.  On  the  higher  elevations  of  the  arable  soil  the 
cereals  of  the  archipelago  are  grown  with  success.  On  the  lower  ground  the  staple 
products  are  rice,  sugar  cane,  and  coffee.  A  special  product  of  this  province  is  a  seed 
called  liiin])ang,  from  which  is  made  a  dry  oil  containing  a  large  amount  of  oleagi- 
nous substance.     The  inhabitants  are  also  engaged  in  the  raising  of  live  stock. 

MINERALS. 

Indications  of  coal  are  found  in  parts  of  the  province.  On  the  island  of  Alabat, 
N.  of  the  village  of  Sanguinin,  an  excellent  quality  of  coal  is  reported,  the  veins 
lying  within  convenient  access  to  the  sheltered  waters  of  Lamon  Bay. 

FORESTS. 

The  forests  present  a  variety  of  hard  woods  suitable  for  the  building  trades  and 
ship  construction,  also  for  medicinal  and  dyeing  purposes.  The  cocoanut  is  grown 
over  large  areas.  Among  the  resources  of  the  forest  are  wax,  pitch,  tar,  resin,  and 
cabo  negro.  From  the  dumgal,  a  tree  producing  a  bitter  wood,  cups  are  made  m 
which  in  a  few  hours,  water  assumes  a  taste  and  effect  similar  to  that  of  quinine. 
There  is  a  large  export  trade  of  forest  products  to  foreign  countries. 


886  GAZETTEER   OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

FRUITS. 

The  manga  grows  luxuriantly,  the  fruit  sometimes  being  from  6  to  7  inches  in 
length.  The  sapote,  papagat,  mangosteen,  the  last  called  the  "king's  fruit"  by  the 
jNIoros,  bananas,  oranges,  lemons,  and  other  fruits  of  the  archipelago  grow  abun- 
dantly. 

INDUSTRIES. 

The  articles  of  native  manufacture  are  quite  numerous,  including  hats,  cigar  cases 
and  boxes,  and  various  kinds  of  fabrics  of  the  country.  At  the  outbreak  of  the 
Spanish  war  there  were  ujiward  of  300  looms  engaged  in  the  w^eaving  of  hemp  and 
l)ineapple  fiber.  About  40  mills  were  engaged  in  the  extraction  of  oil  from  the 
cocoanut.  The  towns  on  the  shores  of  the  great  bay  are  supplied  with  dock  and 
l)oat-building  yards,  in  which  large  numbers  of  cascos,  paraos,  and  other  boats  of  the 
country  are  built. 

UNITED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 

The  operations  of  the  expeditionary  forces  in  the  provinces  of  Cavite,  Batangas, 
Laguna,  and  Tayabas,  January  4  to  February  8,  1900,  accomplished,  in  addition  to 
the  dispersion  of  the  insurgents,  the  relief  of  the  American  and  Spanish  prisoners 
held  at  Ciuhniyaiigan. 

On  February  15,  1902  the  province  of  Tayabas  was  occupied  l)y  United  States 
troops  as  follows: 

Atimonan. "  Laguimanoc.  Moncada. ''  Sariaya.  * 

Candelaria. "  Lopez.  ■*  Pagbilao.  *  Tayabas. " 

Catanauan.  Lucbiin.''  Pitogo.  Tiaong.  "^ 

GuinayaiTgan. "  Maubdn.  Sampoloc. 

CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 

The  province  of  Tayabas  was  created  under  the  provincial  organization  act  of 
February  6, 1901,  by  enactment  of  the  P.  C,  dated  March  12, 1901,  to  include  "that 
territory  in  the  island  of  Luzon  known  as  the  province  of  Tayabas." 

PROVINCIAL  OFFICERS. 

[Salaries  and  expenses  in  United  States  money.] 

Governor $1,  600 

Secretary 1, 100 

Treasurer 2,  200 

Supervisor 1 ,  800 

Fiscal 1 ,  350 

Allowance  for  necessary  and  actual  expenses  not  exceeding  $2.50  per  day  as 
prescribed. 

The  presidentes  or  alcaldes  of  the  municipalities  of  the  province  to  meet  and  organ- 
ize on  the  third  Monday  in  January,  April,  July,  and  October,  to  consider  improve- 
ments needed  in  the  province  and  for  other  purposes  prescribed  by  law. 

ANNEXATION  OF  POLILLO,  INFANTA,  AND  PRINCIPE. 

By  act  of  the  P.  C.  June  12,  1902,  "the  island  of  Polillo  and  that  territory  in  the 
island  of  Luzon  heretofore  included  in  the  district  of  Infanta,  and  the  district  of 
Principe"  were  "annexed  to  and  included  in  the  province  of  Tayabas,"  the  inhabi- 
tants of  the  annexed  territories  to  enjoy  the  same  rights  and  privileges  as  if  the  said 
territories  had  been  originally  incorporated  in  the  province  of  Tayabas,  and  the 
municipal  officers  in  the  towns  included  in  the  territories  so  annexed,  organized 
under  the  municipal  code,  were  to  have  the  same  relation  to  the  provincial  officers 
for  the  province  of  Tayabas  as  provided  in  the  act  of  March  12,  1901,  for  the  muni- 
cipal officers  for  the  towns  of  the  said  province. 

"  Telegraph.  •*  Telephone. 


i 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


887 


TAY.\I?ASAN  (tah-yah-bah'-aahn),  Tag.;  peak  in 
Caraballo  Sur,  in  BulacAn,  Luz6n. 

TAYAtt  (tah-yahR'),  nat.;  summit  571  ft.  on  SE. 
shore  of  Subic  Bay,  SE.  coast  of  Zambales, 
Luz6n. 

TAYA(U]V  (tah-yah'-galm),  ver.;  town  of  Abra, 
Luz6n,  lU  m.  NE.  of  Bangucd,  in  forlcs  of 
headwaters  of  Tineg. 

TAYASAN  (tah-yah'-sahn),  ver.;  pueblo  and  river 
of  Negros  Oriental  entering  Tan6n  Strait  1  m. 
S.  Town  occupies  central  position  on  sea 
channel  between  Negros  Oriental  and  Oebii, 
14  ni.  W.  of  Badian.  Oebu,  across  sea  channel, 
and  -14  ni.  N.  of  Duniuguete.    Pop.,  1,669. 

point  in  N.  Negros. 

TAYllO  (tio'-roh),  ver.;  town  in  Benguet,  Luz6n. 

TAYSXn  (tle-sahn').  Tag.;  pueblo  in  Batangas, 
Luzon.     Pop.,  6,971. 

TAYTAB0A\  (tie-tah-boh'-ahn),  ver.;  island  off 
SE.  coast  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  lat.  6°  52' 
20"  N. 

TAYTAY  (tie-tie'),  nat.;  stream  entering  Guima- 
rAs  Strait,  1  m.  S.  of  Sumag,  Negros  Occi- 
dental. 

village  2  m.  SW.  of  Guiuan  port,  extreme 

SE.  peninsula  of  Sdmar,  Visayas. 

hamlet  in  E.  central  Leyte,  5  m.  SW.  of 

AlangAlang,  near  Gabayong  Riv. 

prominent  headland  of  approach  to  Abu- 
yog,  on  E  coast  of  Leyte  from  Pacific  Ocean. 
Coast  in  both  directions  is  covered  with  co- 
coanut  plantations  and  rice  fields. 

pueblo  in  Rizal,  Luzon,  on  former  bound- 
ary between  Morong  and  Manila,  11  m.  E.  of 
Manila.    Pop.,  6,800. 

hamlet  of  Negros  Oriental,  5  m.  W.  of  Si- 

bulan. 

hamlet  on  SE.  shore  of  great  bight  on  N. 

coast  of  CApiz,  Panay,  ii  m.  NW.  of  Pilar. 

hamlet  8  m.  S.  of  Mondrag6n,  N.  coast  of 

Sdmar. 

pueblo  and  chief  town  of  Paragua,  Pala- 
wan, on  inlet  on  SW.  angle  of  bay  of  that 
name,  lat.  10°  .W  N.,  Ion.  119°  30'  E.  Walls 
of  fort  are  30  ft.  high  and  mount  several  pieces 
of  artillery;  will  accommodate  garrison  of  700 
soldiers.  Large  tracts  of  land  in  interior  are 
under  cultivation.  Bridle  road  communi- 
cates with  Malampaya,  inner  sound,  about  4 
m.  distant,  on  opposite  side  of  island.  Pigs, 
fowls,  goats,  and  vegetables  are  abundant. 
Pop.,  6,800. 

head  on  Taytay  Bay,  2  m.  N.  of  Port  Tay- 

tay,  E.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

bay  on  NE.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan,  11 

m.  between  extreme  points  and  (i  m.  inland, 
alTording  good  slicltiT  in  SW.  monsoon;  (  is- 
lands—Elephant. (':istli-,  Apulit, and  Lion— lie 
across  entrance.  CoUinson,  oil'  N.  liead,  south 
passage,  center,  Snaiie  Kock,  S.  and  Calaba- 
dian  and  Taytay  Is.,  of^  S.  head.  (Also  Icad- 
ambamcan.)  Bay  of  Malampaya  sets  in  on 
W.  shore  opposite,  distance  between  their 
inland  shores  from  E.  to  W.  coasts  across 
island  being  less  than  4  m.  High  range  over- 
looks both  shores;  pction  which  separates 
NW.  part  of  Taytay  Bay  from  Baquit  Bay  to 
NW.  is  1,680  ft.  liigh,  with  several  sharp  peaks, 
giving  rise  to  name  Shark's  Fin  range.  Tay- 
tay, chief  town  on  mainland  of  Paragua,  Pa- 
lawan, lies  in  cove  on  its  SW.  shore. 

TAYTAY.  ><>KT»  and  SOUTH,  for.  (See  Icadam- 
banauaii  I.  and  Calabadi^n  I.,  NE.  coast  of 
Paragua,  Palawan.) 

TAYIJO  (tah-yoog'),  nat;  pueblo  in  extreme  NE. 
part  of  Pangasiniin,  Luz6n,  34  m.  E.  of  Lin- 
gayeii,  on  highway  from  San  Quintin  to 
Asingan,  and  2  m.  E.  of  crossing  of  Agno 
Riv.    Pop.,  19,612. 

TAYLM  (tah-yoom'),  ver.;  pueblo  in  Abra,  Luzon, 
near  1.  bank  of  Abra  Riv.,  3  m.  NE.  of  Ban- 
gued,  with  which  it  is  connected  by  road. 
Pop.,  3,436. 


TAYIIMAK  (tah-yoo'-mahn),  ver.;  river  rising  in 
MagoobocasMt.,  Negros  Occidental,  and  flow- 
ing NW.  enters  Guimar^s  Strait,  1  m.  NW.  of 
Suay. 

village  in  N.  part  of  Tondo  suburbs,  near 

N.  boundary  of  Manila  municipality,  Luz6n. 

TEBICXN  (tay-bee-cahn'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  W. 
coast  of  Cotabato,  Mindanao,  7  m.  N.  of 
Quidapil  Pt. 

TEBIILIAN  (tay-boo-lee'-ahn),  nat;  peak  769  ft. 
high,  about  centerof  Cagaydn  Sulu,  and  form- 
ing one  of  crests  of  central  range  of  elevation 
which  licgiii  on  NE.  shore,  extending  S.  to 
ait.  Lcd.in,  and  thence  W.  to  extreme  W. 
shore  of  island.  Several  peaks  measured 
show  532,  392,  and  395  ft.  elevation,  latter  be- 
ing extreme  W.  summit.  Another  peak  386 
ft.  high,  somewhat  isolated,  lies  SW.  of  Te- 
bulian. 

TEtJA  (tay'-cah),  nat.;  point  in  Negros  Oriental. 

TEINSa  (tayng'-ah),  nat;  extreme  NW.  island  of 
Basilangrp.,  off  SW.  Zamboanga  Pen.,  Min- 
danao, 29  m.  NW.  by  W.  of  Isabela.  Is  low 
and  wooded. 

TElNtJA  LAOUIT  (tayng'-ah  lah-git'),  ver.;  low, 
wooded  island  off  W.  coast  of  Basilan  I.,  off 
SW.  Zamboanga  Pen.,  Mindanao,  opposite 
Maluso  Bay. 

TEL\60LAN  (tayng-oh'-lahn),  nat.;  islet  off  Ma- 
uiso  Bay,  W.  shore  Basilan  I.,  off  SW.  Zam- 
boanga Pen.,  Mindanao. 

island  W.  of  Maluso  Bay,  W.  coast  of  Ba- 
silan I.,  off  SW.  Zamboanga  Pen.,  Mindanao. 

TEIPONO  (tay-poh'-noh),  nat.;  islet  E.  side  of 
Maiuso  Bay,  SW.  of  mouth  of  Maluso  Riv.,  W. 
shore  of  Basilan  I.,  off'  SW.  Zamboanga  Pen., 
Mindanao.  Islet  lies  about  1  m.  N.  of  Tei- 
pono. 

hamlet  on  W.  .shore  of  Basilan  I.,  off  SW. 

Zamboanga  Pen.,  Mindanao,  N.of  Govenen  Is. 

TELACAUA  (tay-lah-cah'-wah).  Tag.;  mountain 
in  Tilrlac,  central  Luzon. 

TELEGRAFO  (tav-lav'-grah-foh),  Sp.;  hamlet  on 

NW.  shore  of  Bilinin  L,  off  NW.  coast  Leyte,  3 

m.  NW.  of  Almeria. 
station  on  point  of  W.  arm  of  extreme  N. 

peninsula  of  Mindoro,  on  E.  channel  entrance 

to  Port  Galera. 
TEMONTAN&IS      (tay-mohn-tahng'-ees),    ver.; 

mountain  NE.  of  P&rang,  on  SW.  coast  of  Sulu 

I.,  Sulu  A. 
TEMPLE,  for.;  most  N.  of  chain  of  islands  off  SE. 

coast  of  S.  Palawan,  fronting  Bay  of  Islands 

(Bahlade  las  Islas). 

TEIIPLO  (tavm'-)>loli),  Sp.;  island  3  by  1^  m.  in 

size,  in  \V.  culiaiu'e  to  Ragay  Gulf,  between 
BurJas  I.,  Masliatc  t,'rp.,  Visayas,  and  Taya- 
bas,  Luzon,  and  ■.!.;  in.  NW.  of  Cueva  Pt 

TENABIAN  (tay-nali-bee'-ahn),  ver.;  island  |  m. 
long,  325  ft.  high,  on  Malampaya  Sound,  W. 
shore  Paragua,  Palawan. 

TENAOGAX  (tay-nah-oh'-galin),  ver.;  hamlet  on 
NW.  extreme  of  Buad  I.,  W.  coast  of  SAmar, 
near  entrance  to  Villareal  Bay. 

TEXDIDO  (tayn-dee'-doh),  Sp.;  mountain  near 
N.  extreme  of  range  on  W.  coast,  off  Surigao, 
Mindanao,  between  Mainit  Lake  and  N. 
coast.  Tendido  reaches  elevation  of  3,251  ft 
3  m.  to  SE.  rises  summit  3,264  ft.  high,  and 
between  this  and  lake  rises  double  peak. 

group  of  lofty  mountains  on  extreme  NW. 

coast  of  Mindanao,  forming  important  land- 
mark for  navigators  in  Surigao  Strait, 

TENT,  for.;  islet  SW.  of  Custodio  Pt.,  W.  coast  of 
Paragua,  Palawan. 

TEOLONG  (tay-oh-lohng'),ver.;  island  2J  by  IJ  m. 
in  extent,  N.  of  Malaguinoan,  2^  m.  oft'  E. 
coast  of  Polillo  I.,  off  E.  coast  of  lufanta, 
Luzon. 


888 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    rillLTPPINE    ISLANDS. 


TEOLOSAN    (tay-oh-loh-sahn') 
hamlet  ot  Zamboang 


ver.;    \\ .    ooa?t 
Mindanao,  i~i  m.  N. 


„i' 

of  Zamboanga. 

TEOMABAL  (tay-oh-mah-bahl'),  ver.;  E.  and  low, 
wooded  island  of  PanguUrang  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

small,  low  Island  SW.,  3i  m.  Irom  Pt.  Putic; 

S.  of  E.  head  of  Maibun  Bay,  on  S.  shore  of 
Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A. 

TERESA  (tay-ray'-sah),  Sp.;  pueblo  in  central 
Rizal,  Luz6n,  3  m.  NW.  of  Morong.  Pop., 
4,250. 

TEiniABA  (tayr-mah'-bah),  ver.;  islands  of  Sulu 
Ki'!'.,  Sulu  A. 

TKJniAS  (tayr'-mass),  Sp.;  hamlet  in  SW.  Leyte. 
(.y(<  Dolores.) 

TKUXATE  (tayr-nah'-tay),  Tag.:  pueblo  on S. shore 
of  main  channel  to  Manila  Bay,  in  Cavite, 
Luzon,  19  m.  SW.  of  Cavite.     Pop.,  1,828. 

TETAPAX  (tay-tah'-pahn).  ver.;  pueblo  of  Bontoc, 
Luzon,  9  in.  from  Bontoc.    Pop.,  1,340. 

TETAS  DE  CATAINGA  (tay'-tahs  day  cah-tah- 
eeng'-ah),  Hisp.;  2  peak's  in  SE.  part  of  Mas- 
,5atc  L,  Masbate  grp.,  Visaya^,  7  m.  S.  of  Pa- 
lanas. 

TEXAS  DE  POLAMCXA  (tay'-tahs  daypoh-lahn- 
too'-nah),  Hisp.     (See  Labo  Mt.) 

TEXAS  DE  SAKXA,  or  ILOQUENAS  (tay'-tahs  day 
cahn'-tah,  ee-loh-kay'-nyas),  Sp.;  mountain 
in  pueblo  of  Santa,  Iloeos  Sur,  Luzon,  S.  of 
Santa  and  N.  of  pueblo  of  Narvacdn. 

TETl'AX  (tay-t\vahn'),Sp.:  pueblo  in  oxtreme  SE. 
Zamhiiaiiga,  Mindanao,  nearr.  bank  of  nver 
of  same  name  emptying  into  sea  opposite 
Sacol  I.    Is  3  m.  NE.  of  Zamboanga. 

TETL'IGPAN  (tay-twig-pahn'),  nat.:  river  empty- 
ing on  NE.  coast  of  Sdmar  into  N.  entrance  to 
Laguiin  channel. 

THEODOltE,  for.;  point  on  N.  shore  of  Inlulutoc 
Bay,  N  W.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

XHIuflETH  OF  JOE,  for.;  island  NE.  by  N.,  8' 
m.  from  Sand  I.,  off  Calver  Pt.,  2^  m.  off  shore. 
SE.  coast  of  S.  Palawan.  Victoria  peak,  5,680 
ft.  high,  is  landmark  ashore. 

T1I0.>IANT0X,  for.;  conspicuous  headland  and 
point  on  E.  shore  of  Guimards  Strait.  Xegros 
Occidental,  and  11  m.  E.  and  opposite  main- 
land of  Panay.  From  this  point  coast  of  Xe- 
gros trends  E. 

THREE  PEAKED,  or  CAMIMAAX  (cah-moon- 
hee'-ahn),  ver.;  island  140  ft.  high,  H  m.  K. 
f)f  Nf)rth  West  Head,  on  W.  side  of  N.  approach 
to  I'lugan  Bay  from  Paragua,  Palawan. 

THKEE  I^EAKS.  for.;  mountain  in  Poro  I.  of  Ca- 
motes  grp.,  SW.  of  Leyte. 

TIIIMIS,  for.;  peak  of  Peel  Mt.,  4,260  ft.  high,  on 
XW.  shore  of  Port  Royalist  ( Puerto  Princesa), 
E.  cra.st  of  S.  Palawan. 

remarkably  cliffy  hill  on  S.  shore  of  Tawi 

Tawi  I.,  Sulu  A.,  with  bearing  leading  nearly 
to  mid-channel,  between  Simouog  I.  and  Tii'i 
Tiji  bank. 

peak  4,260  ft.  high,  on  W.  coast  of  Paragua, 

Palawan.     {See  Long  Pt.;  also  Pulgar  Mt.) 

THl'MB  HILL,  for.;  eminence  on  island  of 
Buu~gao,  SW.  of  Tawi  Tawi  I.,  Sulu  A.,  and 
hiinimark  of  approach. 

ILilJAX  ^tyah■gahn'),  ver.;  town  in  Lepanto, 
Luzon,  on  highway  leading  SE.  17  m.  to  Cer- 
vantes, which  is  4  m.  SW.  of  Caydn.  I'op., 
Cn.  1887,  7,783. 


TIAOAS,  pueblo  and  former  comandancia  be- 
tween Abra,  Amburayan,  Lepanto,  and  Ilocos 
Sur,  now  part  of  Abra,  Luzon.  Has  7,793  in- 
habitants, divided  among  25  hamlets  and  53 
villages.  Principal  town  is  San  Emilio.  Pop., 
1,658.  Igorrotes  of  mountains  and  tribes 
called  Buric  and  Busao  cultivate  rice,  coffee, 
chocolate,  corn,  .sugar  cane,  sweet  potatoes, 
cotton,  and  vegetables.  Industry  is  limited 
to  weaving  cloth  and  making  baskets,  hat., 
cardcases,  and  pipes.  Is  now  embraced  in 
Ilocos  Sur. 

TIAGAO  (tyah-gow').  ver.;  port  on  NE.  coast  of 
CApiz,  Panay,  lat.  11°  30'  N. 

XIAIS  (tyah-een'),  ver.;  point  1  m.  SW.  of  Port 
Patuku,  NW.  shore  of  Sarangani  I.,  off  8.  pen- 
insula of  Mindanao. 

TIAXtil  (tyahng'-ee),  nat.;  native  name  for  Sulu, 
Capital  of  Sulu  grp.  and  Sulu  A. 

XIAXOSl  (tyah-noh'-see),  ver.;  town  in  Tayabas, 
L)iz6n. 

TlAOXtJ  (tyah-ohng'),  ver.;  pueblo  in  W.  Taya- 
bas, Luz6n,  near  Batangas  boundary,  18  in. 
W.  of  Tayabas,  with  road  communication 
with  points  E.  and  Los  Banos,  Laguna  de 
Bay,  X.     Pop.,  6,950. 

TIASUAC  (tyah-swahk'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Abra, 
Luzon,  5  m.  SE.  of  Bangued. 

XIBAti-XIBAG  (tee-bahg-tee-bahg').  Tag.;  river 
emptying  into  Laguna  de  Bay,  in  Laguna, 
Luz6n,  at  Cabnyao. 

XIBAI  (tee'-by),  nat.;  town  at  junction  of  rivers 
forming  I)ugan,  at  their  outlet  on  extreme 
SW.  shore  of  Bislig  Bay,  E.  coast  of  Snrigao, 
Mindanao,  124  m.  SE.  by  E.  of  Surigao. 

XIBAXGUAN  (tee-bahn-grahn'),  ver.;  peak  in 
CaraballosOcciden tales,  in  Abra  and  Ilocos 
Sur,  Luzon. 

TIBAO,  or  I'ALAPiX  (tee-bah'-oh,eali-lah-pahn'), 
ver.;  point  in  N.  Mindoro. 

TIBBTOX  (tib-bee-ohn'),  ver.;  bay  on  W.  coast 
of  Palawan,     (^'ee  Jibboom  I. ) 

TIBI  (tee-bee'),  nat.;  mountain.  (See  Malinao 
Mt.,  in  Ambos  Camarines,  Luz6n.) 

town  on  main  road  on  SW.  shore  of  Lago- 

noy  Gulf,  in  Albay,  Luzon,  23  m.  X.  by  W.  of 
Albay,  5i  m.  NE.  of  Buhl;  is  chief  town  of 
district  of  lU, 447  inhabitants;  celebrated  for 
its  thermal  .springs,  5  m.  NE.  by  E.  of  volcanic 
summit  of  Malinao.    (See  Tivi. ) 

TIBIAO  (tee-bee-ah'-oh),  ver.;  pueblo  and  river 
1  m.  N.  on  W.  coast  of  Antique,  Panay,  38  m. 
N.  of  San  Jose  de  Buenavista.    Pop.,  5,402. 

XIBOA  (tee-boh'-ah),  nat.;  bay  and  river  empty- 
ing into  it,  on  SE.  shore  of  Siibic  Bay,  SE. 
coast  of  Zambales,  Luzon. 

XIBUXCiOY  (tee-boong-oy'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  W. 
shore  of  DAvao  Gulf,  37  m.  S.  of  Ddvao,  Min- 
danao. 

XIBIT  (tee'-boot),  nat.;  point  on  SW.  coast  of 
Ddvao,  Mindanao,  NW.  of  Sarangani  C. 

XICAALAX'  (tee-cah-ah'-lahn),  ver.;  hamlet  near 
headwaters  of  Cagaydn  Riv.,  in  E.  Misamis, 
Mindanao,  23i  m.  S.  of  Cagayan  de  Misamis. 

XICALA  (tee-cah-lah'),  nat.;  islet  off  E.  head  of 
MaUbug  Bay,  W.  shore  of  Illana  Bay,  Cota- 
bato,  Mindanao.     (.SeeSagarayan.) 

XICALA,  LITXLE;  2  islets  S.  of  TicalA  I.,  off  X. 
shore  of  Sagarayan  I.,  in  NE.  entrance  to 
Maiabug  Bay,  W.  shore  Illana  Bay,  Cotabato, 
Mindanao. 


TICAO,  ISLAND  OF,  MASBATE  G-ROUP,  VISAYAS. 

(Tee-cow',  ver.) 
(One  of  the  constituent  islands  of  the  province  of  Masbate.) 
Chief  town:  San  Jacinto,  lat.  12°  35'  N.,  Ion.  123°  43'  E. 
Area:  Mainland,  140  sq.  m.;  dependent  islands,  9  sq.  m.;  total,  149  sq.  m. 
Population:  5,500. 

Race:   Vi'njl  chiefly,  also  Tagalog  and  Yisayan. 
Language:  Vi'col,  Tagalog,  and  Yisayan. 
Military  Department  of  Luzon:  Hea(l(jtiart«-rp,  Manila,  Luzon. 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  889 

Table  of  distances. 
From  San  Jacinto  to —  m. 

Masbate,  air,  SW 17 

Masbate,  sea 35 

Matnog,  Sorsogon,  Luz6n  (San  Bernardino  Strait) 31 

LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

A  longand.narrow  strip  of  land  in  mid-fhannel,  between  San  Bernardino  Strait  and 
the  passage  opening  between  Burias  and  Masbate  Is.  to  the  W.  into  the  Visayan  Sea. 
The  coast  of  Sorsogon,  Luzon,  Ues  13  m.  to  the  N.  and  10  m.  to  the  E.,  and  Masbate 
7  to  11  in.  to  the  S.  and  W.  The  island  divides  the  Ticao  channel  into 
the  W.  being  the  one  most  frequented  by  vessels. 

ABEA. 

It  is  28  m.  NW.  to  SE.  and  8  m.  E.  and  W.  at  its  N.  end,  narrowing  toward  extreme 
S.  point,  San  Rafael,  from  which  a  chain  of  islets  and  rocks  extends  toward  Pt. 
Vigia,  in  Masbate.  Area,  mainland,  140  sq.  m. ;  8  dependent  islands,  9  sq.  m.;  total, 
149  sq.  m. 

PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 

The  topography  is  somewhat  rugged.  Its  peaks  serve  as  valuable  guides  to  navi- 
gators in  the  comparatively  narrow  channel  on  the  \V.  entrance  to  San  Bernardino 
Strait.  In  the  NW.,  covering  NW.  point,  is  a  commanding  summit  of  1,525  ft.,  the 
point  itself  being  723  ft.  high.  To  the  S.,  overlooking  Lili  Pt.,  isapeak,  1,217  ft.,  and 
near  by  to  the  SE.  another,  1,146  ft.  Thence  the  land  drops  to  770  and  886  ft.  until  it 
takes  the  level  off  the  low  coast  in  the  extreme  S. 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

The  E.  coast  of  Ticao  presents  many  little  bays  in  which  anchorages  can .  be  had. 
The  W.  coast  is  steep  and  rugged  and  has  no  good  anchorage.  A  depth  of  5J  to  7 
fms.  is  found  along  the  entire  coast.  A  bay  on  the  NW.  coast  named  San  Miguel,  1 
m.  wide  at  the  enti-ance,  is  sheltered  by  an  island  of  that  cluster.  It  has  50  fms.  at 
the  entrance  and  45  to  25  fms.  within. '  The  shores  are  steep  and  afford  convenient 
anchorage  in  bad  weather  to  vessels  unable  to  reach  San  Jacinto  or  ]\Ias])ate.  On  the 
E.  coast  are  the  bays  of  Taguan,  San  Jacinto,  small  and  open  to  the  E.,  and  recog- 
nized ])y  a  fort  with  bastions  on  the  S.  point  with  conical  hills  liehiud  it;  Ticao, 
Batoan,  and  Biton.  On  the  W.  coast  are  several  exposed  bays  with  depths  from  44 
to  55  fms. 

ROADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 

The  means  of  travel  and  transportation  on  land  is  l)y  trails  and  horse  paths,  and 
on  sea  by  native  coastwise  craft. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

The  population  of  Masbate  is  23,069;  Cn.  1887,  21,476.  The  proportion  in  Ticao  is 
not  given,  but  is  approximately  5,500.  {See  Masbate.)  Several  small  towns  lie 
along  the  coast.  The  inhabitants  are  largely  Vi'cols  (Bicols)  and  speak  that  lan- 
guage; but  Tagalog  and  Visayan  are  also  common.     The  following  are  the  towns: 

Formosa;  on  the  NE.  coast. 

Linonsudan;  on  the  E.  coast. 

San  Fernando;  on  the  E.  coast.     Pop.,  Cn.  1887,  2,620. 

San  Jacinto;  at  the  head  of  a  small  bav  of  the  same  name,  on  the  E.  coast,  is  the 
principal  town.     Pop.,  Cn.  1887,  2,469. 

Beside.'*  these  are  several  villages  along  the  coast.  There  are  no  towns  on  the  W. 
or  Masbate  side  of  the  island. 

DEPENDENT  ISLANDS. 

Off  the  coast  are  a  number  of  small  i.'^lands,  as  follows: 

sq.m. 

Buju,  W 1 

Matabao,  K 2 

Solitario,  E. 

San  Miguel,  a  cluster  of  5  islands  offlying  the  NW.  coast,  aggregating 5 

Tatus,  SW k 

3  islets  front  the  open  bay  on  the  E.  coast  S.  of  Tinamandagan h 

8  dependent  islands;  total 9 


890 


GAZETTEEE    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


VEGETABLE  PRODUCTS. 

Small  quantities  of  hemp,  rice,  sugar  cane,  cotton,  and  chocolate  are  raised  for 
home  use. 

MINERALS. 

Gold  is  gathered  in  the  samls  of  the  rivers  by  the  natives. 

FORESTS. 

The  forests  are  unimportant. 

The  country  inland  is  a  cogonal  covered  with  a  dense  mass  of  tall  grass.  During 
tlu'  luinting  season  of  the  natives,  which  is  in  February,  they  burn  the  cogonal  over, 
wliicii  drives  the  deer  from  the  swamps.  While  taking  refuge  in  the  open  they  are 
run  down  with  horses.  The  cogon  is  full  of  concealed  ditches  cau.'sed  by  the  rooting 
of  w  ild  hogs  and  rains. 

INDUSTRIES. 

The  natives  are  chiefly  employed  in  pasturing  horses  and  cattle,  lishing,  hunting, 
and  weaving. 

UNITED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 

On  February  15, 1902,  Ticao  had  no  United  States  military  garrisons.    {See  Masbate. ) 


CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 

Civil  government  is  conducted  from  Masbate,  the  capital  of  the  province. 


TU'AO  (tee-eow');  chief  town  on  island  of  that 
name,  on  E.  coast,  17  m.  in  direct  line  NE.  of 
Masbate  I.,  Visayas. 

passage  between  island  of  Ticao  and  Mas- 
bate  grp., Visayas,  Sorsogon,  Luzon. 

TKA!  AN  itoc-euw'-ahu),  ver.;  hamlet  on  NE. 
siidic  111  siliuguey  Bay  in  Zamboanga,  Min- 
ihinao,  7^4  m.  NE.  of  Zamboanga. 

T!('Li.\  ^tea-clean'),  nat.;  northernmost  of  3 
Ticlin  Is.,  off  SE.  coast  of  Sorsogon,  Luzon. 

—  stream  entering  sea  on  E.  coast  of  Mindoro, 

2i  m.  S.  of  Bongab6u  and  5  m.  NE.  by  N.  of 
Ticlin  Pt. 

•  pueblo  at  mouth  of  stream  of  same  name 

on  E.  coast  of  Mindoro.    Pop.,  384. 

strait  between  SE.  coast  of  Sorsogon,  Luzon, 

and  off  shore  islands  of  Callnton,  Juac,  and 
Ticlin.  W.  shore  of  strait  between  Culasi  and 
Pandi'm  Pts.  is  broken  coral  covered  with 
mangroves. 

point  19  m.  SW.  by  S.  of  Oere  Pt.  on  W.  shore 

of  Tan6n  Strait,  Negros  Oriental. 

TJCLIX,  or  ALAYA,  or  LAGACilN  (tea-clean',  ah- 
Irth'-vah,  lah-gah-oh'-een),  nat.;  point  on  E. 
coast"  of  Mindoro,  VJ  m.  SSW.  of  Boiigabon 
and   li  m.  SW.  of  Dayagdn  Pt. 

TK'LIN'KS  (tea-clee'-ness),  Hisp.;  groupof  islands 
in  San  Bernardino  Strait,  comprising  Calin- 
ton,  southernmost.  1  ni.  in  length  NE.  and 
SW.,  i  m.SE.  of  Culasi  I't.  in  S.irsoKon,  Luz6n; 
Juac,  2i  m.  lonu.  N.  and  S.  aiiil  Ni-;.  of  Calln- 
ton, separated  1j\'  narrow  channel.  Both  are 
rugged  and  covered  willi  cliony  trees.  Ticlin, 
i  m.  long,  main  island,  lies  f  m.  SE.  of  Panddn 
Pt.  on  E  coast  of  Sorsogon,  Luz6n.  Many 
vessels  in  straits  resort  for  anchorage  2  m.  SW. 
of  this  island. 

strait   between  islands  of  Calinton,  Juac, 

and  Ticlin,  SE.  of  Sorsog6n,  Luzon. 

TICTAUAA  I  tick-tah'-wahn),  ver.;  channel  at  E. 
entrance  to  strait  of  Basilan,  between  Zam- 
boanga, Mindanao,  and  Sulu  A.  on  S. 

TK^TIO  (teek-teek'),  nat.;  hamlet  in  pueblo  of 
Mariveles,  Batadn,  Luzon,  on  N.  shore  of  port 
of  Mariveles. 


TICTIC;  portion  of  N.  shore  of  port  of  Mariveles, 
BatixAn,  Luzon. 

TIOTIB-iN  (tick-tee'-rahn),  nat.;  island  situated 
almost  E.  of  S.  point  of  Zamboanga,  extends 
from  ENE.  to  WSW.  distance  of  2^  m.  Is  low, 
covered  with  vegetation,  and  bordered  on 
SW.,  S.,  and  E.  by  coral  reefs. 

TICUL  (tee-cool'),  nat.;  small  i-land  i  m.  long, 
0.8  m.  E.  of  tJbidn  I.,  with  ueep  channel  be- 
tween them,  in  Pangrutdrang  grp.,  Sulu  A. 
Paths  through  island  converging  at  v.ell  near 
its  center.  Water  is  brackish,  yet  natives  of 
UbiAn  and  other  near-by  islands  resort  thither 
for  water. 

TIDE  POLE,  for.;  point  on  S.  extremity  of  Rita 
I.,  Ulugan  Bay,  SW.  coast  Paragua,  Palawan. 

Lsland  205  ft.   high,  immediately  inshore 

of  Palm  I.,  with  rock  on  its  NW.  side  N.  of 
Treacherotis  Bay,  SW.  coast  of  S.  Palawan. 

point  on  E.  >liorc  oi'  Puerto  rriin'o^a  Har- 
bor (I'ort  l-;o\:ili^l  1,  !■;.  coast  ot  I'a'a^van. 
Observation  .-jiot  located  on  tlii>  point,  also 
light,  visible  2i  m.,  iu  kit.  'J-  1,;'  1;;"  N.,  Ion. 
ll.s°  42'  55"  E. 

TIEN(JOTAt;  (tyayn-goh-tahk'),  ver.;  one  of  islets 
of  Basilan  grp.,  off  SW.  Zamboanga  Pen., 
Mindanao,  lat.  G°  37'  N. 

TIERKA  ALTA  (tyay'-rrah  ahl'-tah),  Sp.;  high 
country  about  3  ni.  S.  of  Cavite,  in  Cavite, 
Luz6n.  Many  fine  villas  and  favorite  resort 
for  foreigners  enervated  by  climatic  effects. 

TIGABAAN  (tee-gah-bah'-ahn),  Tag.;  hamlet  in 
'  Bulacdn,  Luz6n,  Hi  m.  N.  of  Bulacdn. 

TIGALAN  (tee-gah'-lahn),  ver.;  river  iu  Min- 
danao. 

Tl{)!AXt'AT(tee-gahn-caht'),ver.;  mountain  in  An- 
tique, Panay,  between  Sibalom  and  Mananila 
Rivs.,  10  m.  NE.  of  San  Remigio. 

TIGAO  (tee-gah'-oh),  ver.;  pueblo  on  E.  coast  of 
Surigao,  Mindanao,  SSW.  of  Cduit  Pt.,  65  m. 
SE.  of  Surigao.    Pop.,  1,909. 

TIG  AON  (tee-gah'-ohn),  ver.;  pueblo  in  E.  Ambos 
Camarines  (Sur),  Luzon,  21  m.  E.  of  Nueva 
C&ceres.    Pop.,  4,100. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


891 


TIGAPOX  (tee-gah'-pohn) ,  ver.;  river  in  Ley te. 

TKJAS  (tee-gass').  nat.;  mountain  in  W.  range  of 
Antique,  Panay,  near  Cdpiz  boundary,  17  m. 
W.  of  Tibiao. 

TIGASAO  (tee-gah-sah'-oh),  nat.;  point  forming 
inner  E.  liead  to  Balete  port,  SE.  coast  of 
Diivao,  Mindanao. 

TKilBALOGO  (teeg-bah-loh'-goli),  ver.;  hamlet  in 
Antique,  Panay,  4i  m.  SW.  of  Valderrama. 

TUJBAO  (teeg-bah'-oli),  nat.;  hamlet  in  S.Bohol, 
Visayas,  2i  m.  S.  of  Sevilla. 

river  on  S.  shore  of  Masbate  I.,  Visayas, 

emptying  into  gulf  of  Asid. 

TIOBAON  (teeg-bah'-awn),  ver.;  cluster  of  4  islets 
and  several  rocks  ofl  E.  coast  of  Zamboanga, 
Mindanao,  3i  m.  E.  of  Vitali  Pt.,  on  1.  side  of 
opening  of  Sibuguey  Bay. 

3  islands  off  Bangft  port,  W.  shore  of  Sibu- 
guey Bay,  S.  coast  of  Zamboanga,  Minadanao. 

TIOBAUAN  (teeg-bah'-wahn),.  nat.;  hamlet  on 
shore  of  large  bight  on  E.  coast  of  Panaon  I., 
4  m.  N.  of  San  Rieardo,  extreme  SE.  coast  of 
Leyte. 

hamlet  in  Table  Mt.,  S.  Leyte,  3  m.  NW.  of 

Malitbog. 

pueblo  on  S.  coast  of  Iloilo,  Panay,  14  m. 

W.  of  Iloilo.    Pop.,  9,109. 

mountain  in  N.  Leyte  at  headwaters  of  river 

entering  bay  on  N.  coast  at  Leyte. 

mountain  in  SW.  Leyte,  7  m.  NW.  of  Ma- 
litbog. 

TlGBAUAIV.DlOT(teeg-bah'-wahn-dee-oht'),  nat. ; 
mountain  in  S.  Leyte. 

TIGBAY  (teeg-by'),  nat.;  hamlet  on  NE.  shore  of 
Sindaiigan  Bay,  NW.  coast  of  Misamis,  Min- 
danao. 

TIGBjCYAT  (teeg-bah'-yaht),  ver.;  mountain  in 
Panay. 

TIG  DAO  ( teeg-dah'-oh ) ,  ver. ;  river  falling  into  sea 
on  E.  coast  of  Negros  Occidental,  at  Lemery, 
85  m.  NE.  of  Calatrava. 

TIGDOS  (teeg-dose'),  ver.;  island  in  opening  to 
Bislig  Bay  on  E.  coast  of  Mindanao. 

TIGIKAN,  or  TAROJAN  (tee-hee'-rahn.  tah-roh- 
hahn),  ver.;  point  on  extreme  SW.  shore  of 
Sorsog6n,  Luzon.  Coast  here  trends  E.  for  6 
m.,  forming  succession  of  shallow  bays  of 
great  depth,  and  receiving  water  of  small 
rivers. 

TIGLAS  (tee-glahs'),  nat.;  hamlet  in  Iloilo,  Panay, 
3  m.  WNW.  of  Passi. 

TIGLAIJA  (tee-glah'-wah),  nat.;  hamletin  central 
range,  Iloilo,  Panay,  7  m.  E.  of  San  Joaquin. 

TIGMAMAH  (teeg-mah-mah'-lee) ,  nat.;  hamlet 
near  1.  bank  of  OadiAn  Riv.,  Antique,  Panay, 

2  m.  W.  of  Valderrama. 

TIGMAMAUA  (teeg-mah-mah'- wall),  nat.;  town  in 
Surigao,  Mindanao. 

TIGMANIC'A  (teeg-mah-nee'-cah),nat.;  river  emp- 
tying on  extreme  W.  shore  of  Panguil  Bay, 
SW.  end  of  Misamis  port,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

TIGNA  (teeg'-nah),  ver.;  river  in  Mindanao. 

TKiNABON  (teeg-nah-bohn'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  ex- 
treme SW.  shore  of  SE.  Stoiar,  8  m.  SE.  of 
Guiuan. 

TIGOn  (tee-gohn'),  nat.;  river  in  Iloilo,  Panay, 
which  rises  in  central  range,  flows  E.  to  point 

3  m.  SE.  of  Santa  Barbara,  where  it  turns  S. 
and  empties  into  Iloilo  Strait,  1^  m.  N.  of 
Iloilo. 

TIGPACA  (teeg-pah-cah'),  nat,;  mountain  in  CA- 
piz,  Panay,  near  S.  shore  of  Maindan  Riv., 
llim. 

TIG  PU  LIJAN  ( teeg-poo-loo'-ahn ) ,  ver. ;  branch  of  S. 
tributary  of  Sibalon  entering  at  town  of  that 
name  (Sibalom)  and  rising  in  W.  range  on 
slopes  of  peak  of  May6n,  Antique,  Panay. 

TIGUfiS  (tee-gays'),  nat.;  hamlet  on  SE.  shore  of 
bay  on  N.  coast  of  CApiz,  Panay,  1^  m.  N.  of 
Ivisan. 


TIGUIAN  (tee-gec'-ahn),  nat.;  hamlet  in  pue- 
blo of  Catubig,  SAmar. 

TIGUIJAN  (tee-gee'-hahn),  ver.;  point  in  Mas- 
bate  I.,  Visayas. 

TIGUlLABllN(tee-gee-lah-boon'),  ver.;  extension 
of  Pilas  I.,  Basilangrp.,  off  SW.  Zamboanga 
Pen.,  Mindanao. 

TIGUIS  (tee'-gees),  ver.;  point  in  Sdmar. 

TIGUMA  (tee-goo'-mah),  ver.;  point  on  NW.  shore 
lUana  Bay,  Cotabato,  Mindanao,  N.  of  Dapu- 
lisan  Pt.  From  Tiguma  Pt.  to  Polloc  Harbor 
are  many  little  bays  afiording  anchorages 
generally  near  shore.  Native  inhabitants  on 
this  part  of  coast  are  hostile  to  strangers. 

village  at  mouth  of  Tabagang  Riv.,  on  NW. 

shore  of  Pagarian  Bay,  W.  side  Illana  Bav, 
('otabato,  Mindanao.  Anchorage  has  21  to  26 
fms. 

TIGUNGUN,  or  LOWER  CALIJPAG  (tee-goong'- 
oon,  cah-loo'-pahg) ,  nat. ;  island  3  m.  N.  and 
S.  and  U  m.  E.  and  W.,  forming  E.  shore  of 
Tambiluanga  channel.  In  N.  are  2  peaks, 
397  and  2*j2  ft.  high,  in  SE.  landmark  for  Calai- 
tan  channel,  423  ft.  high,  off  NE.  coast  of  Tawi 
TawiI.,Sulu  A. 

TIGUTAO  (tee-goo-tah'-oh),  ver.;  river  in  Albay, 
Luzon,  emptying  into  Gulf  of  Albay,  lat.  13° 
4'20"N. 

TIJI-TIJI  (tee-hee-tee'-hee),  ver.;  cluster  of 
islets  between  Bilatan  on  NE.  and  Simonog  I. 
on  SW.,  in  Tawi  Tawi  gi-p-,  Sulu  A. 

TIKALA  (tee-cah-lah'),  ver.;  cluster  of  islands  oS 
W.  shore  of  Illana  Bay,  S.  of  Dapulisan  Pt., 
Cotabato,  Mindanao.  Sagarayan  is  one  of 
cluster. 

TIKLE  (tee'-clay),  nat.;  summit  305  ft.,  SE.  shore 
of  Siibic  Bay,  SE.  coast  of  Zambales,  Luzon. 

TIKTAIIAN,  or  TICTATUN  (tick-tah'-wahn,  tiek- 
tah'-voon),  ver.;  long,  low,  narrow,  wooded 
island  3J  by  1  m.  in  extent,  I5  m.  off  extreme 
SE.  coasitof  Zamboanga  Pen.,  Mindanao.  Is 
central  of  3  island  headlands  on  N.  side  of 
Basilan  Strait,  connecting  Celebes  Sea  on  E. 
and  Sulu  Sea  on  W.,  8  m.  E.  by  S.  of  Zam- 
boanga, and  is  mark  for  edge  of  bank  im- 
mediately in  front  of  town  and  separated 
from  coast  by  channel  i  m.  wide. 

TIKUAUAN  (tee-kwah'-wahn), ver.;  point  between 
2  small  bays  on  NE.  shore  of  Sibuguey  Bay, 
S.  shore  of  Zamboanga  Pen.,  Mindanao. 

TILA,  CORDILLERA  DEL  (eor-dee-lyay'-rah  dayl 
tee'-lah),  Sp.;  outlying  range  in  S.  Lepanto, 
Luzon,  W.  of  main  Grand  Cordillera  Central. 
On  E.  slope  rise  tributaries  of  Abra,  on  its  W. 
fountain  streams  of  river  entering  China  Sea 
at  Tagudin,  while  drainage  of  its  S.  slopes 
reaches  sea  through  Bauang  Riv. 

TILAG  (tee-lahg'),  ver.;  island  off  S.  coastof  Min- 
doro,  lat.  12°  12'  20"  N. 

TILAGAG  (tee-lah-gahg'),  nat.;  river  in  pueblo  of 
Rosario,  Batangas,  Luzon. 

TILAPASBUL  (tee-lah-pahs-bull'),  ver.;  peak  in 
Tarlac,  central  Luzon. 

TILAT  (tee-lahf),  nat.;  town  on  Guimar^s  I.,  off 
Iloilo,  Iloilo,  Panay.    {See  Buenavista.) 

TILBAt;  (teel-bahk'),Tag.;  hamlet  on  1.  bank  of 
Agno  Riv.  at  crossing  of  main  road  to  TArlac, 
in  Tdrlac,  Luzon. 

TILDA  (tcel-dah'),  ver.;  pass  in  mountains  of  Le- 
panto, Lepanto-Bontoc,  Luzon. 

TILIG  (tee-leeg').  Tag.;  portof  Lubang  I., on  NE. 
coast,  only  safe  anchorage  for  vessels  in  all 
seasons.  Entrance  deep.  San  Vicente  bastion 
on  W.  point  of  entrance  Is  square  tower  of 
rough  stone  with  parapet.  Cattle,  pigs,  and 
poultry  can  be  had  at  fair  prices  and  fair  sup- 
ply of  water. 

TILlJf  (tee-leen'),  nat.;  stream  in  Negros  Occi- 
dental on  S.  coast  of  GuimarAs  Bay,  1  m.  W. 
of  Guilhimgan. 


892 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


TIMAl'O  (tee-mah'-coh),  nat.:  island  wooded  to 
water's  edge,  situated  between  2  mouths  of 
Mindanao  Kiv.,  Cotabato,  Mindanao.  Hill 
upon  it  iinown  as  Mt.  Timaco  is  conspicuous 
mark  for  navigation  of  river. 

wooded  hill  on  delta  of  Mindanao  Riv.,  4J- 

m.  of  Cotabato.  capital  of  province  Mindanao 
and  also  landmark  of  approach  from  S.  to 
Polloe  Harbor. 

TIMACOLO  (tee-mah-coh'-loh),  ver.;  point  in  S. 
Albny,  Luzon. 

TIMALAA"  (tec-mah'-lahn),ver.:  hamlet  in  Cavite, 
Luzon,  on  bay  road,  13  m.  SW.  of  Cavite. 

TIMAMANA  (tee-mah-mah'-nah),  ver.;  pueblo  in 
Surigao,  Mindanao. 

lIMAXUTAXii  (tee-mahng-tahng'),  ver.;  moun- 
tain in  imrblo  of  Bangui,  Ilocos  Norte,  Luz6n, 


M 


■  wn. 


TLM IJ  A  V  L A  .\  ( teem-bah-oo'-lahn) ,  ver. ;  hamlet  on 
E.  slK.re  (if  DtLvao  Gulf,  D^wao,  Mindanao,  44^ 
m.  SSE.  i:;f  UAvao. 

TIMIU'NCUN  (teem-hoong'-ahn),  ver.;  low,  wood- 
ed island  lying  close  to  Salipin  I.,  off  extreme 
S.  point  of  Basilan  I.,  off  SW.  Zamboanga 
Pen..  Luzon. 

TL1I0MM  (tee-moh-neem'),  ver.;  river  in  S4mar. 

TIMORA<JAT  (tee-moh-rab'-gaht),  ver.;  river 
rising  on  E.  slopes  of  Sierra  Madre  and  flow- 
ing into  bay  of  San  Miguel,  Ambos  Cama- 
rines  (Sur),  Luzon. 

TIMPASAX  (teem-pah'-sahn),ver.;  island  of  Cana- 
hauan  grp.,  489  ft.  high,  loftiest  8  m.  SW.  of 
TaranL'iian,  <.u\\.  vu-A^t  nf  Saiiiar. 

TDITION  itci.|ii-tr>-(.hii';,  MT.:  Ii:nnlct  on  shore 
Crei'H  l>luiiil  iJaw  on  N  K.  ei  uist  of  Paragua, 
I'alawan,  S.  of  iiishore  Verde  Is.,  N.  and  S. 
N.  of  Bolo  Pt.,  4  m.  N.  of  boundary  in  S.  Pa- 
lawan. 

TIBIl'RAUl'T  (tee-moo-rah-goof),  ver.;  river  in 
Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luz6n,  flows  NW. 
and  empties  into  hay  of  San  Miguel. 

riMl'TO  (tee-moo'-toh),  ver.:  anchorage  in  S. 
Mindanao. 

TLMl'YAN  (tee-moo-yahn'),  ver.;  mountain  in 
Buad  I.,  off  W.  coast  of  S4mar. 

'I'lXA  (tce-nah')>  nat.;  hamlet  in  QApiz,  Panay, 
near  W.  boundary,  7  m.  W.  of  Lemery,  in  Con- 
ccpcion,  lioilo,  Panay. 

I'lNAAN  (U'o'-nah-ahn),  nat.;  anchorage  and 
hamlet  l.j  m.  SW.  of  Naga.  Port  of  shipment 
of  coal  from  mines  of  Uling  and  Alpako, 
Cebii. 

point  on  E.  coast  of  Cehii,  1  m.  S.  of  Naga. 

TI>'ABA(iS.i>'  (tee-nah-bag-.sahn'),Tag.;  point  on 
S.  coai^t  of  Tayabas,  Luzon. 

TlXABAl'AN  (tee-nah-bah'-wahn),  nat.;  hamlet 
in  SW.  Saiiiar,  3  m.  NNE.  of  Basey. 

TLNABILAN.  or  rAXABlLA>'  (tah-nah-bee'-lahn, 
pah-nah-bee'-lahn),  ver.;  hamlet  on  W.  coast 
of  Leyte,  4  m.  N.  of  Palompou. 

TIMABOX  (tee-nah-bohn'),  nat.;  hamlet  in  Pam- 
panga,  Luz6n,  16  m.  N.  of  Bacolor. 

TIXABTABAX  (tee-nahb-tah'-bahn),  nat.;  small 
stream  on  E.  coast  of  Guimar^s  I.,  oft"  Iloilo, 
Panay,  with  Cabano  at  its  mouth. 

TINABl'SAX  (tee-nah-boo'-sahn),  ver.;  mountain 
hamlet  in  Antique,  Panay,  12i  m.  NE.  of 
Tibiao. 

TIXACA  (tee-nah'-cah),  nat.;  2  points  connected 
by  semicircular  beach,  extreme  S.  shore  of 
Diivao,  Mindanao,  having  appearance  of  vol- 
canic crater  at  angle  of  45°,  half  above  and 
half  below  water.  Toward  Sumbiln  Pt.  coast 
is  irregular. 

IXACA,  or  SARAXGAXI  (tee-nah'-cah,  sah-rahn- 
gah'-nee) ,  nat.;  extreme  S.  point  hill  united 
to  coast  by  low  land  on  mainland  of  DAvao, 
Mindanao,  and  N.  headland  of  W.  entrance 
to  Sarangani  Strait.  Extreme  S.  boundary  of 
United  States  possessions  in  Philippines,  lai. 


TIXACA,  or  SARAXOAXI— Continued. 

4°45' N.,passes58m.  S.  of  thisa      it.    Ariaga 

(de  la  Silla),  N.  of  Carkaralang  ].,  is  14  m.  E. 

of  this  point  of  intersection. 
TIXACLIPAX  (tee-nah-clee'-pahn),  ver.;  river  in 

Masbate,  Visayas,  emptying  into  sea  on  S. 

coast. 
TIXACOS  (tee-nah'-eohs),  nat.;  islet  off  NE.  end 

of  Bagalao  I.,  at  N.  entrance  to  BocaChica 

channel  to  outer  entrance  to  Sorsogon  port, 

Sorsog6n,  Luz6n. 
TIXAIUPAX  (tee-nah-dee'-pahn),  ver.;  hamlet  at 

mouth  of  river  entering  head  of  gulf  of  Asid 

at  Bato  Pt.,  S.  shore  of  Masbate  I.,  Visayas. 
TIXAGA  (tee-nah-gah'),  hat.:  central  and  largest, 
I  4  by  2^  m.,  of  Calaguas  Is.,  off  N.  coast  of  Am 

j  bos  Camarines  (Norte),  Luz6n. 

TIXAGAN  (tee-nah'-gahn),  nat.;    extreme    NW. 

point  of  Buad  1.,  6  m.  SW.  of  Catbalogaii, 

Sdmar 
TIXAGBOO  ( tee-nahg-bohg' ) ,  ver. ;  river  in  Panay. 
TIXAGBUD  (tee-nahg-bood') ,  nat. ;  river  in  Ambos 

Camarines    (Sur),    Luzon,  entering    Uagay 

Gulf  midway  between  Calvaney  and  Tanuah 

Pts. 
TIXAGO    (tee-nah-goh'),   ver.;    river   in    Catan- 

duanes  I.,  NE.  of  Albay,  Luz6n,  flow<  NE., 

and  empties  into  sea. 

hamlet  on  NW.  shore  of  Leyte. 

TIXA(iOAX    (tee-nah-goh'-ahn),    nat.:    point    in 

Buad  I.,  off  W.  coast  of  SAmar. 
TIXAGOXGDAGAT  (tec - nah -gohng -dah'-gaht ), 

nat.;  island  in  bay  of  Pilar,  Cdpiz,  Panay. 
TIXAGTADAX   (tee-nahg-tah'-dahn),  ver.-,  point 

on  E.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan,  N.  of  Bay 

Pt.,  Cook  channel. 
TIXAGL    (tee-nah'-goo),  ver.;  river  in  Cagayan, 

Luz6n;  ri.ses   at    foot    oi    mountains  wliicli 

form  Eugano  C,  flows  NE.,  and  empties  into 

sea. 
port   on    NE.   coast   of   Cagayan.   Luzon. 

River  of  .same  name  empties  from  s. 
one  of  Calaguas  Is.,  off  NE.  coast  of  Ambos 

Camarines  (Norte),  Luzon. 
TIXAGL'ITAX  (tee-nah-gee'-tahn),ver.;  openljay, 

with  good  anchorage  during  NE.  monsoon, 

between  Borobodiangan  and  Lipata  Pts.,  on 

NW.  coast  of  Samar. 
TIXAGUTMXX    (tee-nah-goot-mahn').    ver.:    an- 
chorage, point,  and  bay  in  N.  Saniar. 
TIXAJEROS   (tee-nah-hay'-rohs),  Sp.:  hamlet   in 

pueblo  of  Caloocan,  Uizal,  Luzon.. 
hamlet  in  Manila,  Luzon,  on  r.  bank  of 

outlet  into  Manila  Bay,  6  m.  N.  of  Manila 

and  on  boundary  with  Bulacdn. 
TINAJUAGAX  (tee-nah-hwah'-gahn),  ver.;  point 

on  N.  coast  of  Ambos  Camarines,  Luzon. 
TIXAKTi  (tee-nahk-tah'),  ver.;  wooded  i.sland  1 

m.  SW.  of  Basuns,  off  N.  coast  of  Tawi  Tawi  1., 

Sulu  A. 
TIXALAY   (tee-nah-lie'),  ver.;   river   in   Cavite, 

Luz6n,  rising  in  Cordilleras  which  divide  tlia  t 

province  from  Batangas;  flows  N..  receiving 

number  of  affluents,  and  empties  on  N  W.  shore 

of  province  into  bay  of  Manila. 

TIXALISAYAN  (tee-nah-lee-sah'-yahn),  nat.;  is- 
lets NW.  of  Busin  I.,  off  N.  point  of  Burias  I. 
Masbate  grp.,  Visayas,  and  united  by  reef 
with  Tanquiqui  I. 

TIXALMUT  (tee-nahl-moof),  nat.;  point  on  SW. 
coast  of  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luzon. 

TIXAMAXDACAX(tee-nah-mahn-dah'-cahn),nat.: 
point  in  NE.  Burias  I.,  Masbate  grp.,  Visayas. 

TIXAMBAC  (tee-nahm-bahk'),  nat.;  pueblo  on 
San  Miguel  Bay  shore  of  Ambos  Camarines 
(Sur),  Luz6n,  13  m.  NE.  of  Nueva  Cflceres. 
Pop.,  2,497. 

•  hamlet  in  Ambos  Camarines,  Luz6n,  on 

river  emptying  into  San  Miguel  Bay. 


GAZETTEJiK    UE    THE    PHlLll'I'lNE    ISLANDS. 


803 


EAST  COAST  OF  SEBXJISLAITD 

! 

j     TINAi^N  ANCHORAGE 

i                     Prom.  a.  Spajjisli  survey  in  1864 

i. 

1             Oxitcr  ei.aof-«rluirf,LaJLlO*UOl"N-Loii<;123W25'E                                     -o 

i                         .o„„,.„  ,.„„...                           '"■gSH^ 

y  7 

.;-.                                                                           .■',"'       ',.•     .           y          .i.'^w/fe 

1     X                                                           ^   ■■!■.   ^        ■'    ■•         ■           ■          '^i 

'^^^-^-x.^  .-■'-■^  ;C^  ri 

i                          .,„,,, v:-.^.^^r^    ';U    '^    " 

i                                            .                       .              .      2i                      ,,           13 

.. 

'   -^                        •    '■  :-,   '                         8i    .,    ...■    ■ 

./^--•'    ;:;:r.;:; .,:;  ;./ 

, »„J'*-;i,.:,ul>ae       _        

"i 

894 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIITINE    ISLANDS. 


TINAMBACAN  (tee-nahm-bah-cahn'),  nat.;  ham- 
let on  SVV.  shore  of  SAmar. 

TLN'AMMXn  (tee-nahm-mahn'),  nat.;  riverin  Am- 
bos  Camarines  (Siir),  Luzon,  rising  in  Isarog 
I\It.  and  emptj-ing  N.  into  Sau  Miguel  Bay. 

TIXANti  (tee-nahng'),  nat;  island  oft  SE.  shore 
Alad  I.,  Romblon  grp.,  Visayas. 

TI>A\(K'AN  (tee-nah-noh'-eahn),  vcr.:  hamlet 
in  N.  SAmar,  9  m.  inland  from  Laguan  and  -1 
in.  N.  of  Cattibig. 

TINAOGAN  (tee-nah-oh'-gahn),  nat.;  hamlet  of 
Negros  Oriental,  6  m.  S.  of  Ayungon,  E. 
eoast. 

TI.XAOK  (tee-nah-ohn'*),  nat.;  town  in  E.  Cebii. 

TINAPAY  (tee-nah'-pie)  (means  bread  in  both 
TagAlogand  Visayan  languages),  nat.;  ham- 
let in  CApiz,  Panay,  near  W.  boundary,  lA  m. 
WSVV.  of  r  ^  ' 


TIN'APIAA  (tee-nah-pee'-ahn),  ver.;  point  on  N. 

coast  of  Masbate  I.,  Visayas. 
TIXAYOG(tee-nah'-yohg),  nat;  hamlet  in  Iloilo, 

I'anay^,  9  m.  W.  by  S.  of  Janiuay. 
TINAYUNWA  (tea-nah-yocng'-ah),ver.;  mountain 

in  Panay. 
'iJ>.rA]ljAN   (teen-cah'-lahn),  nat.;    island  8   ft. 

liigh,  N.  of  Tara,  off  N.  coast  of  Siasi  I.,  Tapul 

f-rp.,  Sulu  A. 
'I'lXCASAN  (teen-cah'-sahn),  nat.;  islet  off  NW. 

point  of  Biliran  I.,  off  NW.  coast  Levte,  16  m. 

NVV.  of  Biliran. 

point  in  island  of  Biliran,  Lcyte. 

island  off  W.  shore  of  Biliran  I.,  NVV.  of 

Leyte. 

TINl)A]VlJALAN(teen-dahng-ah'-lahn),  nat.;  ham- 
let at  outlet  of  Lake  Lanao,  r.  bank,  on 
extreme  N.  shore  of  thatlake,  Misamis,  Min- 
danao. 

TIXDUGMAN  (toen-dlig-mahu'),  nat.;  river  emp- 
tying on  SE.  shore  of  Subic  Bay,  SE.  coast  of 
Zambales,  Luzon. 

TIXDL'G  (teen-doog'),  nat;  point  and  hamlet  on 
NE.  coast  of  Cebii,  7  m.  N.  of  Bogo.  Remains 
of  Spanish,  battery  are  on  sh<jre  halfway  be- 
tween this  and  Malontod  Pts. 

TL\EE  Itee-nay'-ay),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Benguet 
Luzon,  K)  m.  NE.  of  Trinidad.    Pop.,  229. 

TIXEG  (tee-nayg'),  nat.;  tributarvof  Abra  Riv.  in 
Abra,  Luzon,  one  branch  rising  in  VV.  slopes 
of  Gran  Cordillera  Central,  other  in  E.  slopes 
of  SW.  spur  of  same  range,  thus  draining  en- 
tire region  enforced  in  rugged  elevations  of 
2  ranges  named,  which  meet  in  Burney  Mt. 
and  fall  toward  SW.,  finding  outlet  in  Abra 
Riv. 

TINES  (tee'-nays),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Iloilo,  Panav 
2  m.  WNW.  of  Passi. 

TINGA  (teen'-gah),  ver.;  river  in  Batangas,  Lu- 
zon, flowing  SSE.  and  emptying  into  Calum- 
pan  Riv. 

TlMiAO  (teeng-ah'-oh),  nat;  point  and  creek 
on  SE.  shore  entering  Putiao  port,  SW.  coast 
of  Sor.sogon,  Luz6n. 

TINGARAC  (teeng-ah-ralik'),  ver.;  town  on  W. 
coast  of  Tablas  I.,  Rombl6n  grp.,  Visayas,  S. 
of  Cabacongan  Pt. 

TINGBABANG  (teeng-bah-bahng'),  ver.;  river  in 
Panay. 

TIXGIB  (teeng-eeb'),  nat;  point  in  SW.  Sdmar,  on 
N,  shore  of  San  Pedro  and  San  Pablo  Bay  and 
midway  between  Basey  and  Binalac,  N.  point 
of  entrance  to  San  Juanico  Strait. 

village  on  SW.  coast  of  S^mar,  i  m.  NNE. 

of  Catinic  Pt. 

TiNGIF  (teeng-eep'; ,  ver.:  hamlet  on  S.  coast  of 
Antique,  Panay,  7  m.  W.  of  PandAn. 

TIN'GLO  (teen'-gloh),  ver.;  river  of  Misamis, 
Mindanao,  emptying  into  sea  on  N.  coast. 

riNliLOY  (teeng-loy'),  Tag.;  bay  in  Maricabdn 
I.,  S.  of  Batangas,  Luz6n. 


TINGCIANAN    (teen-geeah'-nahn),    ver.;    small 
stream  entering    sea    at  Tayasan,  E.  coast 
Negros  Oriental. 
TINGIIT  (teen-goof),  ver.;  point  at  NW.  extreme 
or  Oarara  I.,  off  W.  coast  S&mar,  and  E.  land- 
mark of  entrance  to  Daram  channel. 
TINIBONAN  (tee-nee-boh'-nahn),  nat.;  point  on 
extreme  NE.  .shore  of  Calagn^n  I.,  o!f  NE. 
coast  of  Iloilo,  Panay. 
TINIGUIBAN   (tee-nee-gee'-bahn),  ver.;   hamlet 
on  NW.  shore  of  Daracotan  Bay,  extreme  NE. 
coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan,  37  m.  N.  of  Tay- 
tay. 

group  of  4  islets  along  S.  shore  of  Igam 

Bay,  W.    coast   of  Guimaras   I.,   off   Iloilo, 
Panay. 
TINIPTIBAx   (tee-neep-tee-bahn'),  nat.;   moun- 
tain on  r.  bank  of  Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao, 
W.  by  N.  of  Masakit  bend,  Lanao,  Mindanao. 
TIMTIAN  ( tea-nee- tee'-ahn),  nat.;  point  in  Pala- 
wan I. 
TINjiUN  (teen-hah'-oon),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Iloilo, 

Panay,  2  m.  NE.  by  N.  of  Mina. 
TIJfOAGAN   (tee-noh-ah'-gahn),  ver.;  branch  of 

Binalbagan  Riv.,  Negros  Occidental. 
TIXOATIPAN  (tee-noh-ah-tee'-pahn),  ver.;  town 

in  Masbate  I.,  Masbate  grp.,  Visayas. 
TlNOi;  (tee-nohk'),  nat;  riverin  N.  Luzon. 
TIi\'T!GAN  (teen-tee'-gahn),nat.;  summit,  6SG  ft., 
SE.  shore  of  Svibic  Bay,  SE.  coast  of  Zam- 
bales, Luzon. 
TINTIMAN  (teen-tee'-mahn),  nat.;  islet  2  m.  off 
E.  central  coast  of  Bohol,  Visayas. 

small  bay  in  Bohol,  Visayas. 

TINFAGAjV  (tee-nwah'-gahn),  ver.;   tributary  of 

Hog  Riv.  (q.  v.),  Negros  Occidental. 
TINtJAN   (tee-noo'-ahn),  ver.;  river  in  Infanta, 
Luzon,  entering  sea  2J  m.  S.  of  Lampon  port, 
S.  head. 
TINUIBO  (tee-nwee'-boh),  ver.;  Islet  lying  E.,  2^ 
m.  from  Lapinin  Grande  I.,  NE.  of  Bohol, 
Visayas. 
TINUNCl'L  (tee-noon-cool'),  nat.;  hamlet  in  great 
bend  of  Pulangui  Riv.,  near  N.  shore  of  Li- 
guasan  Lake,  Cotabato,  INIindanao. 
TIKUNKUT,  or  TIMJNKUL  (tee-noon-koot,'  tee- 
noon-cool'),  nat;  groupof  hills,  ranging  NW. 
of    Liguasan  Lagoon,    toward    Cotabato,  in 
which  Spanish  garrisdn  of  Jfiiidanao  estab- 
lished military  posts  fi>i' ciiiiru]  of  country 
along  Grande  Riv.  of  .MiiKbnuio:  Kabalocaii 
hills  extend  to  SE.  toward  Lignasan  Lagoon. 
TIKDSrAN    (tee-noo-soo'-ahn) ,  nat.;    hamlet  in 

Iloilo,  Panay,  li  m.  SW.  by  S.  of  Dueiiiis. 

TIOLAS  (tyoh'-lahs),  ver.;    hamlet  on  SE.  coast 

of  Iloilo,  Panay,  7  m.  SW.  of  San  Joaquin. 

river  in  Panay. 

TIPAtOL  (tee-pah-cohl'),ver.;  mountain  WSW. of 

CamArag,  Nueva  Vizcaya,  Luz6n. 
TIPAGA  (tee-pah'-gah),  ver.;  stream  rising  along 
S.  slope  of  Macahilag  Mt.,  in  SW.  Leyte,  and 
entering  sea  6  m.  SE.  of  Albuera. 
TIPAX  (tee-pahn'),  ver.;  hamlet  of  Negros  Orien- 
tal, in  central  range,  15  m.  NW.  of  Manjiiyod, 
E.  coast. 
TIPiS  (tee-pahs'),  ver.;  inlet  of  Laguna  de  Bay, 
Laguna,  Luzon,  formed  by  one  of  lakes  which 
surround  source  of  Pasig  Riv.  to  NE. 
TIPASI,  or  A>G  (tee-pah'-see,  ahng),  ver.;  moun- 
tain in  central  range,  Negros  Oriental,  12  m. 
W.  of  Manjiiyod. 
TIPOLO  (tee-poh-loh'),   ver.;  river,  tributary  of 

Donsol  Riv.,  from  N.  Sorsogon,  Luzon. 
Tiqi'IAS  (tee'-kyahs),ver.:  point  in  Samar. 
Tiqill-MEKE  (tee-key-may'-ray),  ver.:  hamlet 
SW.  of  Llanura  de  Imiic,  on  road  between 
CalAuang  and  San  I'ablo,  Laguna,  Luzon, 
covered  with  loose  rapilli  from  volcanic 
action.  On  N.  half  cocoanut  palm  grove:  S. 
is  covered  with  water.  {Sec  Llanura  de  Imuc. ) 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    rillLIPPlNE    ISLANDS. 


805 


TlRADlAlWiAN  (tee-rah-dee-ahng'-ahn),  vcr.; 
river  entering  sea 2  m.  N.  of  Mayllague  Pt.,  E. 
coast  of  Mindoro. 

TIKURAY  (tea-roo-rye'),  ver.;  mountain  in  S. 
Mindanao. 

TITUNOD  (tee-too-nohd),  nat.;  river  emptying 
on  E.  shore  of  Misamis  port,  Misamis,  Min- 
danao. 

TlllI,  <.i  TIVI  (tec-we',  tee'-vee),nat.;  hot  springs 
(if  iniiidiid  sulphur  waters,  all  of  excellent 
medicinal  properties, in  pueblo  of  same  name, 
in  NI'L  Alfiay,  Luzon.  Famous  Holy  Water 
of  Tiiii  and ' Sibulara,  BulacAn,  Luz6n.  Are 
visitc<l  every  year  in  large  numbers  by 
islanders  seeking  relief  from  their  sufferings. 
.Tilgor,  referring  to  these  springs  and  particu- 
larly Igabo  and  stalactite  springs  of  Nagle- 
beng,  says:  ".Similar  examples  occur  in  Ice- 
land and  in  New  Zealand,  but  products  of 
springs  of  Tibi  are  more  varied,  finer,  and 
more  beautiful  than  those  of  Iceland  geysers. 
The  wonderful  ci information  of  red  cones  is 
astonishing  and  hardly  to  be  paralleled  in 
any  other  quarter  of  the  globe.  Similar 
formations  of  extraordinary  beauty  and  ex- 
tent exist  in  great  siliceous  beds  of  Steamboat 
Springs  in  Nevada." 

town  on  NW.  coast  of  Albay,  Luzon,  SW. 

shore  Lagonoy  Gulf,  6^  m.  NE.  of  volcano  of 
MalinaoorBuhi  and  22  m.  due  N.  of  Albay. 
Nuiufniiis  tlicrmal  springs,  especially  famoiis 
Hiilv  Watci-  (if  Tivi,  exLst  in  vicinity.  Pop., 
Cn.  1SS7,  1(1,  Kii;. 

TIVALBAL  (tec'-valil-bahl'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Ben- 
guet,  Luzon,  7  m.  N  W.  of  Trinidad.    Pop. ,  376. 

TIVI  (tee-vee),  ver.;  pueblo  in  extreme  NE.  of 
Albay,  Luzon,  on  SW.  shore  of  Logonoy  Cfulf, 
23  m.  N.  by  W.  of  Albay  and  5  m.  NE.  of 
Buhi  or  Malinao  Mt.  In  vicinity  are  remark- 
able thermal  .springs,  most  interesting  Igabo 
and  stalactite  springs  of  Naglebeng.  Pop., 
10,447. 

TOBABA  (toh-bah'-bah),  ver.;  island  off  S.  coast 
of  Sdniar. 

TOBI.iX  (toh-byahn'),  ver.;  point  in  W.  Albay, 
Luz(')n. 

TOBLK  (toh'-blav),ver.;  mountain  in  SW.  Leyte, 
3  m.  NW.  of  Malitbog. 

TOBOG  (toh-bohg').  Tag.;  hamlet  on  Quingua, 
BulacAn,  Luzon,  from  which  point  country 
becomes  hilly.  Hills  are  cut  into  terraces 
(saws)  as  in  Japan  and  used  for  cultivation 
of  rice. 

TOBOL  (toh-bohP),  nat;  cove  on  SE.  shore  of 
Panguil  Bav,  SW.  end  of  Misamis  port,  Misa- 
mis. Mindanao,  SW.  of  Guidadalao  Pt. 

TOHOSO  (tdh-hdli'-soh),  Sp.;  river  and  hamlet  In 
Negri's  Occidental,  91  m.  S.  of  Escalante. 

TOl'A  ( loh'-cah),  Sp.;  hamlet  on  E.  shore  of  Lake 
Tapao  at  outlet  into  Lanao  Lake,  Misamis, 
Mindanao. 

TOCAjXHI  (toh-cahn-hee'),  nat.;  point  W.  head  to 
Dos  Amigas  port,  N.  coast  of  Tawi  Tawi  grp., 
Sulu  A. 

TOCHEIV,  or  FOCHEJi  (toh'-chayn,  foh'-chayn), 
nat.;  village  and  stream  entering  on  SE. 
shore  of  Sorsogon  port,  Sorsogon,  Luzon,  W. 
of  JubAn. 

TOCTOC^X  (tohk-toh-cohn'),  ver.;  mountain  in 
Panay. 

T0«AL  (toh-gahl'),  nat.;  islet  off  NW.  shore  of 
Taruc  I.,  NE.  coast  of  Tawi  Tawi  I.,  Sulu  A. 

TOGAS   (toh'-gahs),   nat.;  fountain  tributary  of 

Ulut  Riv.  in  S.  central  Sdmar. 
hamlet  in  SW.  SAmar,  8  m.  E.  of  Basey. 

TOGMONG  (tog-mohng),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Uni6n, 
Luzon;  lat.  U°  25'  20"  N. 

TOGOMTO  (toh-goh-nee'-toh),  ver.;  point  and 
hamlet  on  N.  coast  of  SAmar,  7  m.  SW.  of  Bu- 
casl. 


TOGIIITI  (toh-gee'-tee)  ver.;  small  river  in  S. 
SAmar,  emptying  into  bay  4  m.  NW.  of  Ba- 
langiga. 

TOKA  (toh'-eah),  ver.;  hamleton  E.  shoreof  Lake 
Lanao,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

TO  LAN  (toh'-lahn),  ver.;  low  wooded  point  on 
NW.  coast  of  Siasi  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A.,  2 
m.  N.  of  town  of  Siasi. 

TOLEDO  (toh-lay'-dob),  Sp.;  pueblo  of  Ceb\i  L, 
W.  ci^iast,  39  m.  from  Cebii.  Pop.,  10,922.  In 
1S99  visited  by  United  States  Commissioners 
to  examine  free-flowing  petroleum  well. 
Also  natural  gas. 

TOLEN  (toh'-layn),  nat.;  point  on  NW.  shore  of 
Siasi  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

TOL<iA  (toh-lohn'),  Sp.;  pueblo  and  river  of  Ne- 
gros  Oriental,  on  E.  shore  of  Tol6n  Bay,  SW. 
coast,  27^  m'.  W.  of  Damaguete.  During  NE. 
monsoons  vessels  can  anchore  off  town,  but 
boats  can  enter  river  only  at  high  water. 
Pop.,  1,514. 

river  in  Uni6n,  Luzon,  rising  at  foot  of  Lu- 

bang  Mt.,  flows  S.  enters  Pangasindn, changes 
its  course  to  W.,  passing  N.  of  Santa  Barbara 
and  N.  and  W.  of  Calasio,  and  empties  into 
gulf  of  Lingay6n. 

large  bay  in  Negros  Oriental,  on  SW.  shore 

of  Negros  I.,  between  Cansilan,  NW.,  and 
Cauitan,  SE.,  12  m.  Towns  of  TohJH  and  Ba- 
yanan  lie  on  its  shores. 

TOLOSA  (toh-loh'-sah),  Sp.;  pueblo  on  bay  S.  of 
Caniiris  Pt.,  E.  coast  of  Leyte,  U  m.  S.  of  Ta- 
cloban.    Pop.,  5,587. 

pueblo  on  E.  shore  of  Butiian  Bay,  between 

2  rivers;  N.  coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao. 

TOMAAN  (toh-mah'-ahn),  nat.;  creek  emptying 
on  SR.  shore  of  Panguil  Bay,  SW.  end  of  Mi- 
samis port,  Mi.samis,  Mindanao. 

TOMAGi:iX  (toh-mah'-geen),  ver.;  islet  off  NW. 
shore  of  Sicogon  I.,  off  NE.  coast  of  Iloilo, 
Panay. 

TOMASA  (toh-mah'-sah),  Sp.;  islet  off  NW.  coast 
of  Biliran  I.,  off  NW.  coast  of  Leyte. 

TOMATAYTAY  ( toh-mah-tie-tie') ,  ver.;  hamlet  on 
N.  side  of  entrance  to  Port  Sorsogon,  in  Albay, 
Luzon. 

TOMBOL  (tohm-balP),  Tag.;  extinct  volcano  of 
considerable  elevation  in  pueblo  of  Itdsarin, 
composed  of  andesite,  in  lat.  30°  49'  N.,  Ion. 
121°  10'  E.,  in  Maquiling  range,  in  S.  part 
of  Batangas,  Luzon. 

T0M0Nt6n  (toh-mohn-tohn');  extreme  NW. 
point  of  Negros  Occidental,  an  extensive 
niunded  sandy  cape,  on  which  is  vantay,  15 
m.  WSW.  of  N.  point  of  island  between  Ma- 
napla  and  Sicaba. 

TONBULIIV&IS  (tohn-boo-ling'-is),  nat.;  point  on 
E.  side  of  island  of  Cagayto  Sulu,  on  line 
with  center  of  summit,  926  ft.  high,  on  which 
anchorage  is  in  range. 

village  on  S.  shore  of  Lapun  Lapun  anchor- 
age, NE.  of  Minus,  Oagayftn  de  Sulu. 

TO>C'OA  (tohn-coh'-ah),  ver.;  mountain  in  La- 
guna,  Luz6n,  in  Cordilleras  which  penetrate 
Laguna  de  Bay  to  S.  and  form  pi^niusula, 
terminating  in  Jala  Pt.;  boundary  lutuien 
Laguna  and  Rizal,  which  terminates  at  this 
point,  follows  Toncoa  range. 

T0ND6  (tohn-daw').  Tag.;  suburb  of  Manila 
municipality;  comprises  18  wards.  Mostly  in- 
habited by  laboring  classes  and  fishermen; 
houses,  with  exception  of  those  on  S.  side  of 
Paseo  de  AzcArraga  (Azc4rraga  Promenade), 
are  mostly  made  of  cane  and  nipa  and  some- 
times of  wood;  church  and  cemetery  and 
matadero  (slaughterhouse)  of  Manila  arc  on 
S.  side  of  Paseo  de  Azc^rraga,  near  bay.  {See 
Manila  City.) 

TONEJATAN  (toh-nay-hah'-tahn),  ver.;  point  on 
extreme  N.  shore  of  Tawi  Tawi  I.,  Sulu  A. 

TOiNEqi'ET  (toh-nay-kayf),  ver.;  E.  point  of 
Toncil  L,  Balanguiugui  grp.,  Sulu  A. 


896 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE    nilLIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


TON(iA  (tohn'-f,^xh),  Sp.;  point  on  NW.  end  of  ex- 
treme W.  coast  of  Siquijor  1.,  SVV.  Bohol,  4 J 
m.  W.  of  Siquijcir  town. 
TOMJAN  (tohng'-ahn),  ver.;  mountain  in  SAmar. 

T0N(>l6?i  (tohn-glohn'),  ver.;  mountain  in 
Union,  Luzon,  lat.  16°  20'  55"  N. 

—  mountain  in  W.  Benguet,  Luzon. 

TOIV66  (tohng-oh'),  nat.;  point  on  N.  side  of  en- 
trance to  bay  and  town  of  Mualbual,  \V.  coast 
of  Cebu. 

—  point  in  Romblon  I.,  Visayas. 

TOAGi^N  (tohng-ohn'),  ver.;  point  in  Ambos  Ca- 
marines  (Sur),  Luzon. 

TO>'(ilUlL  (tohn-gill'),  ver.;  point  on  E.  coast  of 
Mindanao,  9i  m.  S.  of  Catarman  Pt.  and  be- 
tween which  opens  bay;  on  shores  are  situated 
towns  of  Dacumbanua  and.Catel;  2  islets,  i 
sq.  m.  each,  lie  in  center  of  bay. 

point  in  Ccbii  I. 

TONGUIP  (tohn-geep') ,  ver.;  river  in  SE.  Silmar 
which  empties  into  Pacific  Ocean,  E.  coast  of 
Sdmar,  2  m.  SE.  of  Lanang. 

TON  KAMUTYAJAN  (tohn  cah-moot-yah'-hahn), 
nat.;  point  and  mountain  600  ft.  high  on  N. 
.sliore  of  Cagaydn  Sulu,  SW.  waters  Sulu  Sea. 

point  SW.  shore  Lapun  Lapixn  anchorage, 

Cagavan  de  Sulu.    Mountain  of  same  name 
fiOO  ft.  and  another  480  ft.  to  E.  lie  inland. 

TONKIAN  (tohn-key'-ahn),  ver.;  2  .small  islets  | 
m.  S.  of  Dalumon,  off  E.  coast  of  Tawi  Tawi  I., 
Sulu  A. 

TON  PAiXDANAN  (tohn  pahn-dah'-nahn),  nat.; 
point  extreme  E.  end  of  Balanguinguil.,  that 
group,  Sulu  A. 

TONSEKK  (tohn-say'-kay),  nat.;  pointon  extreme 
SW.  islet  off  Balanguingui  I.,  Balanguingui 
grp.,  Sulu  A. 

TON  SOLOT  (tohn  soh-loht'),  nat.;  point  on  N. 
shore  of  Cagaydn  Sulu,  SW.  waters  of  Sulu 
Sea. 

point  on  SW.  shore  of  Lapun  Lapun  anch- 
orage, Cagaydn  de  Sulu.  Summit  249  ft.  high 
overlooks  it. 

TON  SUNDANlJON  (tohn  soon-dahng'-ohn),  nat.; 
channel  NE.  to  SW.,  about  i  m.  wide  at  en- 
trances and  less  than  a  m.  center,  between 
Bucutua  and  Buldn  Is.,  Samales  cluster,  Ba- 
languingui grp.,  Sulu  A.  Bulan  peak,  on 
island  same  name,  1,131  ft.  high,  is  landmark 
of  channel  8  to  18  fms.  deep.  Also  Ton  San- 
dungon. 

TOOBALOOBOOK  (toh-oh-bah-loh-oh-boh-ohk'), 
nat. ;  islet  in  Sulu  A.,  lat.  6°  58'  40"  N.,  Ion.  121° 
35'  29"  E. 

TOOOAN  (toh-oh'-cahn),  ver.;  town  on  1.  bank  of 
river  emptying  into  bay  S.  of  Sicayac  Pt.,  9^ 
m.  S.  by  W.  of  Dapitan.  (See  Blanca  Pt.) 

TOO(i  (toh-ohg'),  ver.;  small  bay  immediately  N. 
of  Nin  Bay,  W.  sliore  of  Masbate  I.,  Visayas. 

TOOGBAHAS  (toh-ohg-bah'-hahs),  ver.;  islet  in 
Sulu  A.,  lat.  5°  45' N. 

TOOGON  (toh-oh-gohn'),  ver.;  mountain  in  NW. 
Panay. 

TOC^I'IIj  (toh-kill'),  ver.;  low,  crescent-shaped 
island  at  K.  end  of  small  chain  NE.  of  Balan- 
guiiiLjni  I.  (if  tliat  group,  Sulu  A.;  channel 
betwt'cn  this  island  and  Sagui  Pt.  on  W.  and 
Bucutua,  and  BulAn  is  3  m. 

TORKNO  (toh-ray'-noh),  Sp.;  hamletonN.  coast 
of  Negros  Occidental,  3  m.  SW.  of  Manapla. 

TOKO  (toh'-roh),  Sp.;  hamlet  in  Bulacdn,  Luz6n, 
4  m.  E.  of  Bulacdn. 

— — •  hamlet  on  m9,in  road  17  m.  NNW.  of  San 
Lsidro  in  Nueva  Ecija,  Luz6n. 

TOBOG  (toh-rohg'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  W.  coast  of 
Antique,  Panay,  85  m.  N.  of  Tibiao. 

TORREROS  (toh-rray'-rohs),  Sp.;  village  on  NE. 
shore  of  Pujada  Bay,  SE  coast  of  Ddvao,  Min- 
danao, 1^  m.  SE.  of  Mati. 

TORRIJOS  (toh-rree'-hohs),Sp.;  pueblo  of  Marin- 
duquc  I.,  off  SW.  coast  of  Batangas,  Luz6n. 
Center  of  important  deposits  of  argentiferous 


TOEBIJOS— Continued . 

galena.  Metric  ton  of  1,000  kilos  reported  to 
contain  96  grams  silver,  6  grams  gold,  and 
565.5  kilos  lead. 

TORRIJOS;  town  of  Mindoro,  situated  44m.  from 
Calapdn.    Pop.,  3,119. 

TORTOSA  (tohr-toh'-sah),  Sp.;  town  on  inlet  on  S. 
shore  of  Butiian  Bay,  N.  coast  of  Surigao, 
Mindanao,  59  m.  SSW.  of  Surigao. 

hamlet  on  N.  coast  of  Negros  Occidental, 

2  m.  SW.  of  Manapla. 

TOTAY  (toh-tie'),  ver.;  mountain  in  Sdmar. 

TOUMOULUNG  (too-moo'-loong),  nat.;  village  on 
W.  shore  of  Batdn  L,  Batanes  Is.,  off  N.  coast 
Cagaydn,  Luzon,  S.  of  Santo  Domingo. 

TOVALINA  (toh-vah-lee'-nah),  ver.;  hamlet  on 
highway  from  Tiagan  to  Cervantes  in  Lepan- 
to,  Luzon,  14  m.  NW.  of  Caydn. 

TOWNSEND,  for.;  pointon  SW.  coast  of  S.  Pala- 
wan, NE.  3  m.  from  Jervois  Pt.  Country  in- 
land consists  of  low  tablelands. 

TKAGDUGAN  (trahg-doo'-gahn),  ver.;  bay  on  E. 
shore  of  Ticao  I..  Masbate  grp.,  Visayas.  (See 
Tagugan,  Ticao  I.) 

TRAGODARO  (trah-goh-dah'-roh),  ver.;  crater  in 
NW.  Panay,  on  boundary  between  Antique 
and  Cdpiz,  Panay,  9  m.  E.  of  Seba.ste. 

TRANSEPT,  for.;  hill  1,819  ft.  high,  on  SW.  .shore, 
overlooking  Dalauan  Bay,  on  E.  shore  of  Bala- 
bac  I.,  Baldbac  grp.,  off  SW.  end  of  Palawan; 
2 peaks,  one.  South  Bay  Hill,  960  ft.  high,  lie  to 

TBXNSITO  (trahn'-sce-toh),  Sp.;  hamlet  on  W. 
coast  <if  Polillo  I.,  4i  m.  S.from  Polillo,  off  E. 
coast  (if  Infanta,  Luzon. 

TRAPK'HIHAN  ( trah-pee-chee'-hahn) ,  Tag.;  point 
on  N,  shore  of  Marinduque  I.,  off  SW.  coast  of 
Tayabas,  Luzon,  between  San  Andres  and 
Santa  Cruz  Pts.;  distance,  85  m. 

TREACHER,  for.;  S.  head  of  San  Antonio  Bay  on 
SE.  coast  of  S.  Palawan. 

TREACHEROUS,  for.,  or  TRAIDORA  (try-doh'- 
rah),  Sp.;  bav  6k  m.  NE.  of  Albion  Head,  NW. 
coast  S.  Palawan,  (ivni.i-knl  on  ^K.  by  2 
remarkable  iicikiil  liilK.  niimi'il  l.N'nld  navi- 
gators Devil's  Chi.  re;il^:;  i.^-l  1  n'en  !:<  ihriiugh 
mangrove  and  firrms  fon--(ii  -iKins  yelhiw  cleft 
on  shore.  About  J  m.  SW.  is  stream  of  fresh 
water.    Tagbayug  or  Tebeyu  Bay  lies  SW. 

TRENTO  (trayn'-toh),  Sp.;  town  on  SE.  shore  of 
Linao  Lake,  Surigao,  Mindanao,  55  m.  Sby  E. 
of  Butiian. 

TREPANG  (tray-pahng'),  ver.;  island  4  m,  E.  of 
Dumardn  I.,  off  E.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 
(SeeCambaril.) 

TRES  MARIAS  (trays  mah-ree'-ahs),  Sp.;  point  E. 
head  to  Boca  Engano  port,  E.  coast  of  Burias 
I.,  Masbate  grp.,  Visayas. 

TRES  PICOS  (trays  pee'-cohs),  Sp.;  mountain  in 
Basilan  I.,  off  SW.  Zamboanga  Pen.,  Minda- 
nao. 

TRES  PICOS,  or  CAMUNGYAN  (trays  pee'-cohs, 
cah-moon-hee'-ahn),  Sp.;  island  off  SW.  coast 
of  Paragua,  lat.  10°  10'  30"  N.,  1^  m.  NNE.  in  en- 
trance of  Ulugan  Bay,  on  NW.  coast  of  Para- 
gua. 

TRES  REYES  (trays  ray'-yays),  Sp.;  mountain  at 
E.  extremity  of  dividing  range  between  Zam- 
boanga and  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

cluster  of  i.slets  near  S.  coast  of  Marindu- 
que, lat.  13°  13'  30"  N. 

2  small  islands  almost  connecting  with  SE. 

shore  of  Calamidn  I.,  Calamianes  grp.,  be- 
tween Paragua,  Palawan,  and  Mindoro. 

TRIANA  (tree-ah'-nah),  Sp.;  hamlet  on  S.  part  of 
W.  coast  of  Limasaua  I.,  SE.  of  Leyte. 

TRIBOA  (tree-boh'-ah),  ver.;  hill  and  hamlet  E. 
side  of  Subic  Bay,  Zambales,  Luzon. 

TRINCHERA  (treen-chay'-rah),  Sp.:  point  1  m.  K 
of  Bolinao  and  W.  head  (if  N.  entraiuc  U> 
channel  to  Lingay^n  Gulf,  which  separates 
Santiago  I.  on  NE.  from  extreme  NE.  coast  of 
Zambales,  Luzon. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILlPriNE    ISLANDiS,  897 


ENI.AP.rrED.  SLJtM   OP 


I-iTi.icalMllo 


ri 1 


B    U  K   V  T 


W^x 


S.  Doc.  2S0 57 


898 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


TUINCHERA ;  hamlet  in  pueblo  of  San  Pablo  (del 

Monte),  Batangas,  Luzon. 
TRINIDAD  (tree-nee-dahd'),  Sp.;  pueblo  and  for- 
mer capital  of  Benguet,  Luz6n,  8  m.  SW.  of 
Baguio,  in  elevations  between  headwaters  of 
Bauang  flowing  W.  and  emptying  into  China 
Sea,  and  Agno  flowing  SW.  and  N.  into  Gulf 
of  Lingayto.    Pop.,  2,  180.    Region  to  N.  is 
most  populous. 
TBINQUETE  (treen-kay'-tay ) ,  Sp. ;  point  onS.  shore 
of  E.'end  entrance  to  Alancao,  Napangpang 
Bay,  SW.  coast  of  Sorsog6n,  Luz6n. 
TRIPLE   (tree'-play),  Sp.;  hill  in  SW.  Palawan. 
(See  South  West  Hill.) 

island  N.  of  Malabuctun  I.,  off  NE.  coast 

of  Paragua,  Palawan. 
TRIPLE  CIMA    (tree'-play    thee'-mah),    Sp.;    3" 
peaked  island  162  ft.  high,  off  opening  to  Tag- 
bayug  Bay,  W.  coast  of  S.  Palawan,  1  m.  N.  of 
Nacoda  I.,  in  approach  to  that  cove. 
TRIPLE  TOP,  for.;  3-peaked  island  at  entrance  to 
Tagbayug  Bay,  W.  coast  of  Palawan.    (See 
Triple  Cima  I.) 
TRISTXn  (trees-tahn'),  Sp.;  second  loftiest-sum- 
mit in  E.  coast  range  of  DinAgat  I.,  off  ex- 
extreme  N.  coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  over- 
looking Penascales  Pt. 
TRITOn  (tree-tohn'),  Sp.;  E.  islet  of  General  grp., 
8  m.  SE.  of  Tugas  Pt.,  NE.  Surigao,  Mindanao. 
cluster  of  rocks  in  channel  separating  Gene- 
ral I.  from  mainland,  NE.  coast  of  Surigao, 
Mindanao. 

large  rock  inside  of  Dumanquilas  Pt.,  off  E. 

shore  of  Dumanquilas  Bay,  S.  coast  of  Zam- 
boanga,  Mindanao. 
TROZO,  or  SAN  JOSE  (troh'-thoh,  sahnhoh-say'), 
Sp.;  district  of  Manila  municipality,  about 
center  of  NE.  quarter,  between  Tondo  (NW.) 
and  Santa  Cruz  and  Sampaloc  districts  (SE.); 
chiefly  devoted  to  industries.     Population, 
Chinese  and  natives.    (See  Manila  municipal- 
ity.) 
TRUCE,  for.;  promontory  at  head  of  Eran  Bay, 
SW.  coast  of  S.  Palawan;  Bivouac  I.  lies  off 
point. 
TRUENO  LAJA  (troo-ay'-noh  lah'-hah),  Sp.;  islet 
off  W.  shore  of  Lingay6n  Gulf,  in  Pangasinsln, 
Luzon.   ^ 
TRUSAN  BANGAO  (troo'-sahn  bahng-ah'-oh),  ver. ; 
island  off  W.  coast  of  Tawi  Tawi  I.,  Sulu  A., 
sheltering  and  almost  concealing  entrance  to 
channel  to  Simanale  anchorage;  within  en- 
trance port  widens. 

native  name  of  narrow  passage  between 

Sanga  Sanj^A  and  Bongao  Is.,  S.  of  Sulu  I. 
Sulu  A. 
TUAD  (twahd),  nat.;  islet  on  E.  coast  of  CApiz, 
Panay,  NE.  of  entrance  to  Camansi  Bay,  and 
4  m.  E.  of  Duyag. 
TIIAWAYAN   (twah-gah'-j-ahn),   ver.;   hamlet  at 
mouth  of  small  river  entering  sea  on  E.  coast 
of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  5  m.  NW.  of  TamboR 
Pt.,  132  m.  SE.  by  E.  of  Surigao. 
TUAO  (twah'-oh),  ver.;  pueblo  near  W.  bank  of 
Chico  de  CagayAn  Riv.,  in  Cagaydn,  Luz6n, 
19  m.  W.  of  Tuguegarao,  with  which  it  is  con- 
nected by  trail.     Pop.,  4,986. 

town  of  Nueva  Vizcaya,  Luz6n,  on  main 

highway  8  m.  N.  of  Bayombong. 
TUARAN    (twah'-rahn),   nat.;  hamlet  of  Negros 

Oriental,  3  m.  N.  of  Guijulugan,  E.  coast. 
TUAURIAN  (twow-ree'-ahn),  ver.;  river  in   Sor- 
sog6n,  Luzon,  taking  SW.  course  empties  into 
Putiao  port. 
TUBA  ftoo-bah').  Tag.;  hamlet  on  main  road  in 

Bulac&n,  Luz6n,  13^  m.  NE.  of  Bulaciln. 
TUBiBAO,  or  TUBABOT  (too-bah'-bah-oh,  too- 
bah-boht'),  nat.;  islet  off  NE.  coast  of  S^mar, 
1  m.  N.  by  W.  of  Hilaban,  off  Oras  I.,  off 
mouth  of  Oras  Riv.  N.  side.  Lat.  12°  11'  45"  E., 
Ion.  125°  32'  9".  Connected  by  reef  and  low 
islets.    N.  is  passage  2  m.  wide. 


TUBABOT  (too-bah-bohf),  nat.;  islet  off  NE. 
coast  of  S^mar.     (,See  Tub^bao. ) 

TUBAGAS  (too-bah'-galis),  Tag.;  river  entering 
Lamon  Bay  on  Infanta  shore,  Luz6n;  rock  40 
ft.  high  immediately  S.  of  its  mouth. 

TUBXiN  (too-bah'-een),  nat.;  hamlet  in  puebloof 
Paracale,  Ambos  Camarines  (Norte),  Luzon. 

TUBAJcJn  (too-bah-hohn'),  ver.;  town  on  SE. 
shore  of  bay  forming  S.  of  Berrugosa  Pt.,  on 
NW.  coast  of  Din^gat  I.,  fronting  N.  entrance 
to  Surigao  Strait,  Surigao,  Mindanao. 

TIJBAL  (too'-bahl),  ver.;  anchorage  in  S.  Minda- 
nao. 

TUBALAN  (too-bah'-lahn),ver.;  point  and  hamlet 
on  W.  shore  of  DAvao  Gulf,  Ddvao,  Minda- 
nao, 45i  m.  S.  of  D^vao. 

hamlet  S.  of  Malita  Pt.,  on  W.  shore  of  Dft- 

vao  Gulf,  DAvao,  Mindanao,  46  m.  S.  of 
DAvao. 

TUBALUBAK  (too-bah-loo-bahk'),  ver.;  cluster  of 
3  islands,  southwestemmost  of  Paiilrut&rang 
grp.,  Sulu  A. 

TIIbAO  (too'-bah-oh),  ver.;  pueblo  in  Union,  Lu- 
zon.   Pop.,  6,793. 

TtfBAY  (too'by),  ver.;  mountain  N.  of  mouth  of 
river  of  that  name  on  W.  coast  of  Surigao, 
Mindanao. 

pueblo  on  N,  bank  of  river  of  that  name,  3 

m.  inland,  on  W.  coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao. 

mountain  3  m.  from  r.  bank  of  Tiibay  Riv. 

at  its  mouth,  on  E.  shore  of  Butuan  Bay, 
Surigao,  Mindanao,  forming  landmark  of  that 
bay  approaching  town  and  river  of  Butuan. 

river  which  receives  surplus  waters  of  May- 
nit  Lake  and  flows  parallel  to  and  within  5 
m.  of  W.  shore  of  NE.  peninsula  of  Mindanao 
through  S.  course  of  26  m.,  when  it  suddenly 
turns  to  W.,  entering  Butuan  Bav  through  4 
mouths  SW.  of  Tiibay  Mt.,  NW.  coast  of  Suri- 
gao, Mindanao. 

town  of  Surigao,  Mindanao,  on  r.  bank  of 

N.  arm  of  Tubay  Riv.,  entering  Butiian  Bav 
across  delta  of  that  stream,  40  m.  S.  of  Suri- 
gao.   Pop.,  505. 

TUBBATAHA  (toob-bah-tah'-hah),  ver.;  island  E. 
of  Palawan. 

TUBIAJON  (too-beeah'-hohn),  nat.;  town  and 
point  in  S.  Sorsogon,  Luz6n. 

TUBUJON,  or  TUBLAJON  (too-beeah'-hohn,  too- 
blah'-hohn),  nat.;  point  on  NW.  shore  of 
Sorsogon  port,  Sorsogon,  Luzon,  E.  of  Cibiga- 
han  Riv. 

TtfBIG  (too'-big)  (water),  nat.;  pueblo  on E.  coast 
of  SAmar,  2  m.  SE.  of  Tugasan  Pt.  and  36  m.  N. 
of  E.  of  Catbalogan,  across  island.    Pop,  3,378. 

hamlet  on  extreme  SE.  coast  of  Negros 

Oriental.    (SeeMayon.) 

point  in  Tayabas,  Luzon. 

TllBIG  MANGATiONU  (too'-big  mahng-ah-yah'- 
ohng),  nat.;  point  on  S.  coast  of  Tayabas,  Lu- 
zon, on  r.  of  entrance  to  port  of  Laguimanoc. 

TUBIGAXn  (too-bee-gah-ahn'),  ver.;  hamlet  near 
r.  shore  of  outlet  of  Jalaiir  Eiv.,  in  Hollo 
Strait,  Hollo,  Panay,  3i  m.  SE.  of  Zarraga. 

TUBIGXn   (too-bee-gahn'),  nat.;    hamlet  on  E. 

shore  of  Buad  I.,  off  W.  coast  of  Sdmar. 
point  on  NW.  shore  of  Libas  port,  E.  coast 

of  Sdmar.     Observation  spot  at  this  point 

shows  situation,  lat.  11°  46'  25"  N.,  Ion.  125° 

25'  34"  E. 

TUBIGON   (too-bee'-gohn),  nat.;  pueblo  on  W. 

coast  of  Bohol,  on  sea  channel,  25  m.  from 

Sibodga.  in  Cebu,  23  m.  E.  of  N.  of  Tagbilaran. 

Pop.,  15,855. 
NE.  island  of  Parigutdrang  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

Well  wooded,  with  small  river  and  excellent 

drinking  water. 
point  in  Panay. 


J 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


899 


TUBIKSHIMA  (too-bick-see'-mah),  nat.;  point  on 
W.  shore  of  Lapac  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

TUBILE  (too-bee'-lay),  ver.;  point  4  m.  W.  of 
Mamburao  Riv.,  at  NW.  head  of  Mamburao 
Bay,  on  W.  coast  of  Mindoro;  2  islets  lie  on 
S.  side. 

headland  point  on  NW.  coast,  or   China 

Sea,  of  Mindoro,  46  m.  W.  by  S.  of  Calapdn, 
across  Lsland,  and  6  m.  W.  by  S.  of  Mamburao, 
Mindoro. 

inlet  in  NW.  Mindoro. 

TUBlNGANXiK  (too-been-gahn-tahn'),  ver.;  point 
W.  of  Cabalian,  on  SW.  shore  of  Sulu  I.,  Sulu 
A. 

TUBLAT  (toob-bly'),  ver.;  pueblo  in  Benguet,  Lu- 
zon, 1  m.  N.  of  Trinidad.    Pop., 996. 

TUBLIG  MAlVfeiYAO  (too-blig'  mahng-ah'-yah- 
oh),  ver.;  pointon  S.  coast  of  Tayabas,  Luz6n, 
opposite  Pagbilao  Grande  I. 

TUB(i  (too-boh') ;  rancheria  between  Lepanto  and 
Abra.  Declared  part  of  Abra,  Luz6n,  by  P.  C. 
act,  Nov.  6,  1901  (No.  293.) 

TUBOC  (too-bohk'),  nat.;  hamlet  in  Cotabato, 
Mindanao,  on  shore  of  Illana  Bay. 

TUB0TUB6  (too-boh-too-boh'),  nat.;  island  in 
Lebac  Harbor,  SW.  coast  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

TCBlJ  (too-boo'),  nat.;  town  on  SW.  shore  Caraga 
Bay,  with  anchorage  sheltered  from  S.  winds, 
2  m.  SW.  of  Pu.san  Pt.,  E.  coast  of  Surigao, 
Mindanao,  194  m.  SSE.  of  Surigao. 

TUBIjAN  (too-boo'-ahn),  nat.;  river  in  SW.  part 
of  Cotabato,  Mindanao,  emptying  into  sea 
on  W.  coast. 

TUBUC  (too-book'),  ver.;  town  in  S.  Lepanto,  Lu- 
zon, 7  m.  S.  of  CayAn.    Pop.,  1,107. 

TUBUD,  or  TUGOD  (too-bood',  too-gohd'),  ver.; 
point  2  m.  S.  of  Tagolo  Pt.,  on  shore  of  Dapi- 
tan  Bay,  Dapitan,  Mindanao,  lat.  8° 42'  N.,lon. 
123°  23'  E.;  fixed  light  43  ft.,  above  sea  and 
visible  in  clear  weather  distance  of  13  m.; 
marks  channel  between  extreme  NW.  point 
of  Mindanao  and  opposite  coast  of  Negros 
Oriental,  and  al.so  entrance  to  Dapitan  Bay. 

TUBUGON  (too-boo'-gohn),nat.;  river  in  Tayabas, 
Luzon,  emptying  into  sea  on  N.  coast. 

TUBUHIBO  (too-boo-hee'-boh),  ver.;  island  in 
small  estuary  in  extreme  NW.  shore  of  Manila 
Bay,  at  mouth  of  Orani  Riv.,  with  shore  of 
Painpanga  opposite  on  NE.  and  Bata^n  on 
SW. 

TUBULUTUBti  (too-boo-loo- too-boo'),  ver.;  island 
WSW.  of  Tonkian  I.  off  E.  coast  of  Tawi  Tawi 
I.,  Sulu  A.,  and  separated  from  them  by  pas- 
sage 500  yds.  wide.  Coast  of  Tawi  Tawi  op- 
posite is  low,  submerged,  and  overgrown  with 
mangroves  and  bordered  by  shoals. 

TUBCNTiAN  (too-boong'-ahn),  ver.;  pueblo  in 
nollo,    Panay,   17  m.  NW.  of  Iloilo.    Pop., 

TUBUNGAO   (too-boong-ah'-oh),  nat.;  hamlet  on 

1.  shore  of  W.  branch  of  Grande  Riv.  of  Min- 

dano,  3  m.  E.  of  Liguasan  Lake,  in  Cotabato, 

Mindanao. 
TUBURAN  (too-boo'-rahn),nat.;  hamlet  in  Cdpiz, 

Panay,  on  r.  bank  of  tributary  of  May6n,  6  m. 

above  Mayon. 

hill  near  Ginatilan,  on  SW.  coast  of  Cebu. 

pueblo  of  importance  on  bav  of  that  name, 

E.  shore  of  Tan6n  Strait,  32  m."N.  of  Cebil,  W. 

shore  of  Cebu.    Pop.,  10,760. 

small  bay  and  point  in  W.  Cebii. 

TUBUT  (too-boof),  nat.;  point  on  SE.  shore  of 

Misamis  port,  Misamls,  Mindanao. 
TUBUTUBU  ( too-boo- too'-boo).  Tag.;  island  E.  of 

Bataftn,  Luz6n. 

TUCAKIGALO  (too-cah-nee-gah'-loh),  nat.;  vil- 
lage on  BalAbac  I.,  off  SW.  coast  of  Palawan. 

TUCAPANtiA  (too-cah-pahng'-ah),  nat.;  pointon 
SW.  coast  of  Ddvao,  Mindanao,  NW.  of  Saran- 
gani  C. 


TUCBI,  or  TUKBI  (took-bee'),  nat.;  river  enter- 
ing Tagictic  Bay  {also  Tagiktik),  SW.  arm  of 
Barrera  port,  NE.  coast  Masbate. 

TUCUCAN  (too-coo'-cahn),  ver.;  pueblo  in  Bon- 
toc,  Luz6n,  7  m.  from  Bontoc.    Pop.,  407. 

TUCUIVABAGA  (too-coo-nah-bah'- gah),  ver.; 
hamlet  near  N.  shore,  on  BuMan  Lake,  near 
SE.  boundary  of  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

TUCCBAN  (too-coo'-rahn),  nat.;  village  and  an- 
chorage on  N.  side  of  Pagarian  Bay,  NW. 
shore  of  Illana  Bay,  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

TL'DELA  ( too-day '-lah),  Sp.;  town  on  W.  slope  of 
E.  coast  range,  at  headwaters  of  river  enter- 
ing Pinayat  Lake,  central  Surigao,  from  E.  21 
m.  SW.  of  Bislig,  on  Pacific  coast,  126  m.  SSE. 
of  Surigao,  Mindanao. 

pueblo  in  Cebii. 

hamlet  about  center  of  Dalanganem  I.,  of 

Corandagos  Is.,  ofi  E.  coast  of  Paragua,  Pa- 
lawan, and  chief  town  of  that  group. 

town  in  Cebu. 

TUFT,  for.;  islet  i  m.  SE.  of  Ramesamey  I.,  Hon- 
da (Deep)  Bay,  E.  coast  of  Palawan,  imme- 
diately S.  of  boundary  with  Paragua  on  N. 

TUFT  HILL,  for.;  summit  on  W.  shore,  2  m.  S.  of 
NW.  head  entrance  to  Ulugan  Bay,  W.  coast 
of  Palawan. 

TUGAjC  (too-gah-ah'),  ver.;  point  on  NW.  shore 
of  Leyte,  3  m.  S.  of  Sangub6n. 

TUGiN  (too-gahn'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  E.  shore  of 
Sarangani  Bay,  S.  coast  of  Ddvao,  Mindanao, 
764  m.  S.  by  W.  of  DAvao. 

TUGAPANtiAN  (too-gah-pahng'-ahn),  ver.;  con- 
spicuous point  on  E.  shore  of  Illana  Bay  in 
Cotabato,  Mindanao,  and  N.  headland  to 
opening  of  Polloc  Harbor. 

TUGXs  (too-gahs'),  nat.;  prominent  point  35  m. 
SE.  by  E.  of  Bilambilam  Bay,  on  NE.  coa.st  of 
Surigao,  Mindanao;  shore  between  these 
points  is  covered  with  mangroves  and  strewn 
with  rocks  in  picturesque  confusion.  Point 
itself  consists  of  narrow  tongue  of  land, 
stretching  2i  m.  to  NB.  Channel  between  it 
and  Bocas  I.  is  5  m.  wide.  Land  in  vicinity 
is  commanded  by  Legaspi  Mt.,  3,889  ft.  high ,  at 
N.  end  of  great  range  parallel  to  E.  coast  of 
Mindanao. 

,  lat.  11°  21' 30"  N. 


point  on  W.  coast  of  i 

hamlet  on  E.  coast  of  Bohol,  Visayas,  5  m- 

SE.  of  Candijay. 

TUGASAN  (too-gah'-sahn),  ver.;  N.  point  of  bay 
on  E.  coast  of  S&mar,  on  which  lies  town  of 
Tiibig. 

TUGBUGAN(toog-boo'-gahn),  ver.;  hamlet  on  r. 
shore  of  Tumaga  Riv.,  Zamboanga,  Minda- 
nao. 

TUGDAO  (toog-dah'-oh),ver.;  hamlet  on  N.  coast 
of  Biliran  I.,  off  NW.  coast  of  Leyte,  S.  of 
AnAsPt.     (^iso  Tagdao.) 

TUGIS  (too'-hees),  ver.;  river  entering  Celebes 
Sea  on  SW.  coast  of  D&v&o,  Mindanao. 

TUGOD  (too-gohd'),  ver.;  point  2  m.  S.  of  Tagolo 
Pt.,  on  shore  of  Dapitan  Bay,  NW.  coast  of 
Dapitan,  Mindanao.     (.S'eeTubud  Pt.) 

TUGRABiiV  (too-grah-rahn'),  ver.;  mountain  in 
SW.  Leyte,  4  m.  N.  of  Albuera. 

TUGUBAN  (too-goo'-bahn),  nat.;  wooded  point  on 
E.  coast  of  Mindanao,  94  m.  S.  of  Maglubuii 
Pt.  and  forming  N.  headland  to  Mayo  Bay 
and  boundary  between  D4vao  and  Surigao, 
Mindanao,  terminates  on  Pacific  coast  near 
this  point. 

point  at  N.  head  which  forms  with  Lami- 

gan  Pt.,  94  m.  S.  by  W.,  opening  of  Mayo  Bay, 
SE.  end  of  boundary  between  Surigao  and 
DAvao,  reaches  E.  shore  of  Mindanao  at  this 
point. 

TUGUEGARAO  (too-gay-gah-rah'-oh),  nat.;  pue- 
blo and  capital  of  Cagayfin,  Luz6n,  4  m.  by 
road  from  r.  bank  of  Grande  de  Cagayan  Riv., 
on  main  highway  S.  to  Manila,  by  road  about 


900 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


TUGUEHAKAO— Continued. 

270  m.  Has  some  fine  buildings  of  rubble 
masonry  and  attractive  architecture,  church, 
court-house,  and  town  hall.  Country  gener- 
ally open.  Great  valley  N.  and  S.  has  large 
population  engaged  chiefly  in  agricultural 
pursuits.    Pop.,  16,820. 

TUGUISAN  (too-gee'-sahn),ver.;  hamlet  of  CApiz, 
Panay,  1  m.  inland  from  N.  coast,  1|  m.  NE. 
of  Macato. 

TUGlIKAPf  (too-goo'-rahn),  Tag.;  point  in  Marin- 
duque,  off  SW.  coast  of  Tayabas. 

TUGL'S  (too'-goos),  ver.;  point  on  NE.  coast  of 
Surigao,  Mindanao,  at  extremity  of  tongue  of 
land  extending  into  Pacific  Ocean,  2  m.  to 
KE.  Channel  between  it  and  Bucas  I.  is  -1^  m. 
wide  and  250  ft.  deep.  Land  in  vicinity  com- 
manded by  Legaspi  Mt,  3,889  ft.  high,  inland 
7  m.  S.  of  Tagonito  Pt. 

hamlet  in  Concepcion,  Hollo,  Panay,  near 

W.  border,  3j  m.  N.  of  Lemery. 

Tl'HlKAXAfiN  (too-hee-nah-nah-oon'),  nat.;  is- 
land in  NE.  Panay. 

TllJlID(too'-hood)  (means knee),  nat.;  conspicu- 
ous point  on  NE.  coast  of  Mindoro,  12  m.  NW. 
of  Dimiali  Pt.     {Also  Tujot.) 

TUK-TCK  (took-took'),  ver.;  point  on  S.  shore  of 
Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A.  From  Bual  .coast  trends  W. 
4  m.,  then  curving  S.  and  N.,  forms  bayS^  m. 
across  to  Tuk-Tuk  Pt.;  from  this  point  coast 
trends  NW.  3  m.  to  Igasan  Pt.,  near  which  is 
Bancungan  I.,  thence  to  Diangappic,  N.  limit 
of  Sulu  roadstead. 

TUKUNABAGU  (too-coo-nah-bah'-goo),  ver.; 
hamlet  on  NE.  shore  of  Buluan  Lake,  SE. 
Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

TULA  (too-lah'),  nat.;  riverof  E.  Tayabas,  Luz6n, 
emptying  into  Gulf  of  Ragay. 

creek  on  SE.  shore  of  Tigungun  I.,  off  NE. 

coast  of  Tawi  Tawi  I.,  Sulu  A.,  emptying  into 
Calaitan  channel. 

TULAGTULAHAN  (too-lag-too-lah'-hahn),  ver.; 

hamlet  near  1.  bank  of  N.  tributary  of  Jalaur 

Riv.,  Hollo,  Panay,  3  m.  NE.  of  Dingle. 
TULijL'D  (too-lah'-hood),  nat.;  extinct  crater  5 

m.  S.  of  Borongan,  in  SE.  S4mar. 
TULXX  (too-lahn'),  nat.;   island  off  E.   coast  of 

Cebvi,  lat.  10°  40'  30"  N. 
TULAKG  (too-lahng'),  ver.;  islet  li  m.  off  NW. 

coast  of  Pasijan,  Camotes  grp.,  in  Visayan  Sea, 

off  W.  coast  of  Leyte. 
T15LA0  (too'-lah-oh),  nat.;  mountain  in  Cebii. 
TTJLAPUG  (too-lah-poog'),  ver.;   hamlet  on  SW. 

side  of  estuary  on  E.  side  of  Dumanqnila.s 

Bay,  in  Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  93  m.  ENE.  of 


TIILAIUKIN  (too-lah-ree'-keen),  ver.;  hamlet  on 
E.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan,  NE.  of  Cleopa- 
tra's Needle.    Pop.,  100. 

TULAY  (too-lie')  (means  bridge),  nat.;  hamleton 

N.  shore  of  San  Pedro  and  San  Pablo  Bay, 

SW.  Siimar,  2  m.  E.  of  Basey. 
hamlet  in  Bulaciin,   Luzon,  9^  m.  N.  of 

Bulac^n. 
hamlet  in  Cavite,   Luzon,  20  m.  SW.  of 

Cavite. 

TULAYAN  (too-lah'-yahn),  nat.;  island  inshore, 

off  NE.  coast  of  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A. 
anchorage  in  Sulu. 

TULliN  (too-lyahn'),  nat.;  island  1  m.  SSW.  to 
NNE.  and  1  m.  E.  and  W.,  rising  to  613  ft., 
in  Sulu  grp.,  Sulu  A.;  forms  with  shore  of 
Sulu  I,  to  S.,  fine  harbor  of  Dalrymple.  Fruit 
trees  growing  wild  and  abandoned  well  are 
only  remains  of  former  Spanish  occupation. 

second  island  of  that  name  off  Sulu  const, 

Sulu  A.,  208  ft.  high,  situated  1^  m.  from  Pa- 
taluan  Pt. 

island  off  NW.  shore  of  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  grp., 

Sulu  A. 


TL'LINTIN  (too-leen-teen'),  ver.;  point  on  NE. 
coast  of  Siquijorl.,  off  SW.  coast  of  Bohol,  6 
m.  N.  of  Santa  Maria  de  Carmina. 

TULIPXn  (too-lee-pahn'),  Sp.;  mountain  in  Sulu 
I.,  Sulu  A. 

TIILISj(N  (too-lee-sahn'),  nat.;  summit  279  ft.,  on 
r.  bank  Calacalan  Riv,  on  NE.  shore  of  Subic 
Bay,  SE.  coast  of  Zambales,  Luzon. 

TULU  (too'-loo),  nat.;  island  of  Ticlines  grp.,  SE. 
of  Sorsogon,  Luzon. 

TULUGAN  (too-loo'-gahn),  nat.;  i.sland  off  coast 
of  Paragua,  Palawnn. 

TULlINANjCrN  (t<.n-),H.-iial)-nah'-oon),  ver.;  is- 
land 200  ft.  liiKli.  U  u:.  long,  4  m.  E.  of  NW. 
peninsula  of  ('^ipi/.,  ranay. 

TULURAN  (too-loo'-rahn),  ver.;  i.sland  4i  m.  by 
li  m.  in  extent,  1,267  ft.  high,  on  E.  side  of 
main  entrance  to  Malampaya  Sound,  W.  coast 
of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

TUMACO  (too-mah'-coh),  nat.;  point  on  SE.  shore 
of  entrance  to  Pujada  Bay,  SE.  coast  of  Davao, 
Mindanao,  oppo.site  Pujada  I. 

TI'MADG6  (too-mahd-goh'),  ver.;  point  on  S.  .side 
of  S.  entrance  of  channel  to  Pujada  Bay,  W. 
coast  of  Davao,  Mindanao. 

TUMAG.i  (too-mah-gah'),  nat.;  river  rising  on  W. 
slope  of  central  range,  Zamboanga  Pen.,  Min- 
danao, flowing  E.  by  S.  enters  narrow  arm  of 
adjacent  Celebes  Sea.  Tetuto  lies  on  its  r. 
bank. 

TUJIAHl'I  (too-mah-hwee'),  ver.;  mountain  in 
Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A. 

TI;MALAITAI  (too-mah-lle-tie'),  nat.;  point  in- 
side entrance  to  Sorsog6n  port,  Sorsogon, 
Luzon. 

one  of  3  islands  NE.  of  point  of  same  name, 

on  N.  side  of  entrance  to  Sorsog6n  port,  Sor- 
sogon, Luzon. 

TUMALALOD  (too-mah-lah-lohd'),  nat.;  hamlet 
in  Cdpiz,  Panay,  2  m.  NW.  of  Mambiisao. 

TUMALAT  (too-mah-lahf),  nat.;  point  on  N.  side 
of  entrance  to  Sorsogon  port,  Sorsogon,  Luzon. 

TUMALAYTAY  (too-mah-lie-tie'),  nat.;  islet  and 
point  on  W.  shore  of  Masbate  I.,  Visayas. 

TUMALIXTIGAX  (too-mah-leen-tee'-gahn),  nat.; 
point  on  E.  cuast  (if  Gnimar^s  I.,  off  E.  coast 
of  Iloilo,  Panay,  in  fnmt  of  Libas. 

TUMALION  (to.)-]iiah-lyohn'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  E. 
.shore  of  bay  vn  N\V.  .shore  DinAgat  I.,  off  N. 
coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao. 

TUMALUNG  (too-mah-loong') ,  nat.;  bay  in  S. 
Mindanao. 

TL'MALUTAN  (too-mah-loo'-tahn),  ver.;  island 
270  ft.  high,  off  Sacol  (Saccal)  I.,  off  SE.  coast 
of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

island  26  ft.  high,  lying  4  m.  E.  of  E.  point 

of  Sacol  (Saccal)  I.,  and  of  that  cluster,  off 
SE.  coast  of  SW.  peninsula  of  Zamboanga, 
Mindanao. 

mountain  in  SE.  of  Zamboanga  Pen.,  Min- 
danao, in  line  with  S.  of  Saccal  cluster  of 
islands. 

TUMAN  (too'-mahn),  ver.;  point  in  E.  Mindanao. 

TUMXnAO  (too-mah'-now),nat.;  port  opening  on 
Sarangani  Strait  1  m.  S.  of  Tiain  Pt.,  on  NW. 
shore  of  Sarangani  I.,  off  SE.  coast  of  S.  pen- 
insula of  DAvao,  Mindanao.  Small  stream 
empties  on  SE.  part  of  port.  S.  head  to  port  is 
lat.  5°  27'  35"  N.,  Ion.  125°  25'  38"  E.  N.  head 
is  conspicuous  rocky  bluff  with  6  islets  off 
point.  Fresh  water  can  be  had  on  N.  shore. 
Former  Spanish  military  post  occupied  site 
SW.  of  peak  on  SE.  shore. 

TUMANDA  (too-mahn-dah'),  nat.;  point  on  E. 
coast  of  GuimarAs  I.,  off  S.  coast  of  Iloilo, 
Panay. 

T11MA1V(J0  (too-mahng-oh'),  ver.;  bay  on  E.  coast 
of  Isabela,  Luz6n.  (Dilasac  on  Spanish 
charts.) 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


901 


902 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


TUMAMALld  (too-niah-nyah-lyoh'),ver.;  extinct 
volcano  6  m.  S.  of  San  Isidro,  NW.  Leyte. 

TUMANTANG  (too-mahn-tahng'),  nat.;  hamlet  on 
W.  coast  of  Antique,  Panay,  4i  m.  N.  of  Ti- 
biad. 

TUMAQUIN  (too-mah-keen'),  ver.;  island  NE.  of 
Panay. 

TUMARABdJJ  (too-mah-rah-bone'),  ver.;  hamlet 
U  m.  N.  of  High  Pt.,  NE.  coast  of  Paragua, 
Palawan. 

TUMARiS  (too-mah-rahs'),  ver.;  NE.  point  of 
Cacraray  I.,  off  E.  coast  of  Albay,  Luz6n;  2 
small  islands  lie  in  NE.  mouth  of  channel 
between  Cacraray  and  Bat&n  Is.,  off  E.  coast 
of  Albay,  Luzon. 

TUMATANGUIS  (too-mah-tahn'-gees),ver.;  moun- 
tain on  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A. 

TUMAUINl  (too-mah-we'-nee),  ver.;  pueblo  in 
Isabela,  Luzon,  on  main  highway  at  junction 
of  Pinacanau&n  de  Tumauini  ^vith  Grande  de 
Cagayto  Riv.,  8  m.  N.  of  Ilagan.    Pop.,  4,814. 

river  rising  on  S.  slopes  of  Cresta  Mt.,  one 

of  spurs  of  Sierra  Madre  in  NW.  Isabela,  Lu- 
z6n.  After  SW.  course  receiving  several  trib- 
utaries enters  CagayAn  Grande  Riv.  at  town 
of  Tumauini,  on  r.  bank,  10  m.  below  Ilagan. 

TIIMBAD(5N  (toom-bah-dohn'),  Sp.;  point  on  W. 
coast  of  Zambales,  Luzon,  2  m.  SW.  of  Agno. 

TUMBAGA  (toom-bah'-gah).  Tag.;  point  on  SE. 
coast  of  Lubang  I.,  27  m.  W.  of  Santiago  C, 
nearest  land  of  Batangas,  Luz6n. 

TUMBAO  (toom-bah'-oh),nat.;  hamlet  on  Grande 
Riv.  of  Mindanao,  lOi  m.  SE.  of  Cotabato,  in 
Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

river  in  Cotabato,  Mindanao,  tributary  to 

Grande  Riv.  of  Mindanao. 

point  on  r.  bank  of  Upper  Grande  Riv.  of 

Mindanao,  lat.  7°  20'  N.,  Lanao,  Mindanao. 

town  in  forks  of  N.  and  S.  arms  of  Grande 

Riv.  of  Mindanao,  Cotabato,  Mindanao,  13  m. 
SE.  of  Cotabato. 

TIIMINANAYUM  (too-mee-nah-nah-yoom'),  ver.; 
island  off  coast  of  Panay. 

TIIMITUOD  (too-mee-twod'),  ver.;  mountain  on  1. 
bank  of  Lanang  Riv.,  5  m.  W.  of  Lanang,  E. 
Samar. 

TUMOLXN  (too-moh-lahn'),ver.;  island  of  Balan- 
guingui  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

XraiUTATTAY  (too-moo-tie-tie'),  ver.;  hamlet  on 
W.  shore  of  entrance  to  Sorsog6n  port,  Sorso- 
g6n,  Luzon. 

TUNA  (too'-nah),Sp.;  anchorage  and  semicircu- 
lar bay  on  SW.  shore  of  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 
River  of  same  name  enters  at  hamlet  of  same 
name  on  E.  shore,  lat.  6°  15'  N. 

hamlet  on  mouth  of  river  on  E.  shore  of 

bay  of  same  name,  W.  coast  of  Cotabato,  Min- 
danao. 

TtJNAO  (too'-now),  nat.;  island  of  Calaguas  grp., 
oS  N.  coast  Ambos  Camarines,  Luz6n. 

TUNAS  (too'-nahs),  Sp.;  hamlet  on  E.  coast  of 
Concepcion,  Iloilo,  Panay,  4i  m.  S.  of  Carl6s. 

TUNASiN  (too-nah-sahn'),  Tag.;  hamlet  in  Lagu- 
na,  Luzon.     {Also  San  Pedro  de  Tunasftn.) 

TUNASANCILLO  (too-nah-sahn-thee-lyoh),  Hisp.; 
hamlet  in  pueblo  of  San  Pedro  de  Tunasdn, 
Laguna,  Luzon,  on  1.  bank  of  Satiestit  Riv., 
emptying  into  Laguna  de  Bay. 

TUNCALAN  (toon-cah'-lahn),  nat.;  island  in  W. 
part  ot  Balanguingui  grp.,  Sulu  A. 


TUNDALARA  (toon-dah-lah'-rah),  ver.;  mountain 
with  smooth  summit  and  knob  on  it,  2,152  ft. 
high,  li  m.  E.  of  Port  Dipulao,  SE.  Busuanga 
I.,  Calamianes  grp.,  between  Paragua,  Pala- 
wan, and  Mindoro,  lat.  12°  2'  9"  N.,  Ion.  120° 
13'  1"  E.  Landmark  for  navigators  of  Min- 
doro Strait. 

TUNEG  (too-navg'),nat.;  river  of  Abra,  Luzon,  in 
Balatinao  Mt.,  flowing  SW.  then  to  NW. 
Unites  its  waters  with  Pusulgua  Riv. 

TUNG  A  (toong-ah'),  nat.;  mountain  in  NW.  Pa- 
nay. 

TUNGAL  (toon-gahl'),  nat.;  island  off  SW.  shore 
of  Siasi  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

TiInGAO  (toong'-ah-oh),  nat.;  point  at  extreme 
N.  end  of  Semerara  I.,  10  m.  SE.  of  Buruncan 
Pt.,  Mindoro. 

TUNGAS  (toong'-ahs),  ver.;  coast  hamlet  on  E. 
side  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  3-5^  m.  NE.  of 
Zamboanga. 

TUNGTUNG  (toong-toong'),  nat.;  mountain  in 
SW.  Bohol,  8  m.  SE.  of  Calape. 

TUNITO  (too-nee'-toh),  Sp.;  islet  in  sea  channel 
between  SW.  ptoint  of  Leyte  and  Lapinin  Is., 
2  m.  off  NE.  point  of  latter. 

TUNKALAN  (toon-cah'-lahn),  ver.;  island  of  Ba- 
languingui grp.,  Sulu  A. 

TUNO  (too'-noh),  Sp.;  interior  hamlet  5  m.  E.  of 
Tibiao,  on  W.  coast  of  Antique,  Panay. 

TUNTUMIN  (toon-too-meen'),  ver.;  river  in  Luzon. 

TUPILAC  (too-pee-lahk'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  N.  in- 
let of  great  bight  on  E.  coast  of  Zamboanga, 
Mindanao,  at  entrance  to  Sibuguey  Bay,  49J 
m.  NNE.  of  Zamboanga. 

TUPON  (too'-pohn),  ver.;  stream  entering  bay  of 
Tuburan,  1  m.  N.  of  that  town,  W.  coast  of 
Cebu. 

TUPUC  (too-pook'),  ver.;  mountain  in  NE.  Abra, 
Luz6n. 

TUC^UIAN  (too-kyahn').  Tag.;  point  in  S.Tayabas, 
Luzon. 

TURCO  (toor'-coh)  (Turk),Sp.;  mountain  in  pue- 
blo of  San  Mateo,  Rizal,  Luzon. 

TURRET,  for.;  island  in  Calamianes  grp.,  be- 
tween Paragua,  Palawan,  and ,  Mindoro, 
7j  m.  from  North  Rock,  N.  of  Busuanga  I., 
816  ft.  high,  and  resembling  turret.  {See  Du- 
munpalit. ) 

TUTAN  (too-tahn'),  ver.;  peak  in  N.  Nueva  Viz- 
caya,  Luzon. 

TUTAY  (too-tie'),  ver.;  stream  on  W.  coast  of 
Cebu,  emptying  into  Tan6n  Strait,  3  m.  S.  of 
Pinamungajan. 

TUTAYBUANGIN  (too-tie-bwahn-heen'),  ver.;  bay 
on  S.  coast  of  Capulan  I.,  off  SW.  coast  of 
Tayabas,  Luzon. 

TUTti  (too-too'),  ver.;  bay  on  S.  shore  of  Sulu  I., 
Sulu  A.,  E.  of  Maibun  (Maim bun)  Bay,  and 
separated  from  N.  shore  of  Sulu  I.  by  low 
isthmus,  2i  m.  wide.  Towns  of  Pandangpan- 
dang,  Carang-dalt6,  and  Sang  on  its  E.  shores. 

island,  off  SW.  shore  of  Siasi  I.,  Tapul  grp., 

Sulu  A. 

TUTUBAN  (too-too-bahn'),  Tag.;  village  in  cen- 
tral part  of  Tondo  suburb,  Manila  munici- 
pality, Luzon. 

inlet  in  Negros. 

TUTUCIPA  (too-too-thee'-pah),  nat.;  islets  off  E. 
coast  of  Siasi  I.,  Sulu  A. 


TUTUILA  (SAMOAN  G-ROUP),  SOUTH  PACIFIC  OCEAN. 

(Too-twee'-lah.) 

Capital:  Pago-Pago,  lat.  14°  42'  N.,  Ion.  170°  40'  30''  W. 

Area:  Mainland,  63  sq.  ni. ;  7  dependent  islands,  21  sq.  m. ;  total,  84  sq.  m. 

Population:  4,000,  estimated. 

Race:  Polynesian. 

Language:  Polynesian  dialect. 


i 


GAZETTEEE    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  903 

Table  of  distances. 
From  Tutuila  (Pago-Pafro)  to—  naut.  m. 

Brito,  Nicaragua,  Central  America 5, 320 

Guam 3, 097 

Haiti,  Society  Is.,  S.  Pacific 1, 308 

Honolulu,  Hawaii 2, 240 

Jamestown,  Caroline  Is.,  S.  Pacific  -. 2, 128 

Levuca,  Fijils 650 

Manila,  P.  I.  (via  Guam): 

To  Guam 3, 097 

To  Manila 1, 506 

4,603 

Paita,  Peru,  South  America 5, 399 

Punta  Arenas,  Cliili  (Magellan  Straits) '..'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.  b,\°n 

San  Francisco 4, 150 

Sydney,  Australia 2, 354 

Valparaiso,  Chili 5, 4.56 

Wellington,  New  Zealand 1, 908 

Yokohama,  Japan 4, 072 

LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

The  United  States  island  of  Tutuila  and  its  dependent  islands  of  Tau  or  Manua 
Ofoo,  Oloosinga,  and  Anun  (Pilot)  occupy  that  portion  of  the  Samoan  or  Navigator 
group  lying  E.  of  the  171st  meridian  of  Ion.  W.  of  Greenwich,  and  are  surrounded 
by  the  Pacific  Ocean,  between  lat.  14°  11^  S.,  and  14°  25'  S.,  and  Ion.  169°  26'  W., 
and  170°  bV  W. 

AREA. 

In  area  Tutuila  is  19  stat.  m.  from  E.  by  N.  to  S.  by  W.,  and  10  m.  from  NE.  to 
SW.  (Cockscomb  Pt.,  N.,  to  Steps Pt.,  S.).  Area,  63  sq.  m.  The  extreme  W.,  Tau 
or  Rlanua,  is  6  m.  from  N.  to  S.  and  8  m.  from  NW.  to  SE.  Area,  18  sq.  m.  The 
small  saucepan-shaped  island  of  Ofoo  is  3 J  m.  from  E.  to  W.,  including  the  pan- 
handle strip  toward  the  E.,  and  1|  m.  from  N.  to  S.  Area,  2  sq.  m.  The  star- 
shaped  island  of  Oloosinga,  E.  of  Ofoo,  is  about  1  sq.  m.,  and  3  islets  or  rocks. 
Total,  84  sq.  m. 

PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 

The  island  of  Tutuila  is  rugged  in  its  general  topography,  having  2  peaks,  Man- 
tafao,  2,.353  ft.,  and  Peoa,  1,469  ft.  high,  near  Pago-Pago.  Tau  or  Manua  I.  has  a 
central  cone  2,500  ft.  high,  from  which  the  surface  drops  in  all  directions  to  the  coast. 
Ofoo,  Oloosinga,  and  Anun  also  indicate  volcanic  origin.  In  the  channel  between 
Tau  or  Manua  and  Oloosinga  lies  a  submarine  volcano.     Anun  is  a  cone  65  ft.  high. 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

The  island  of  Tutuila  in  landlocked  and  sheltered  Pago-Pago,  on  S.  shore,  has  the 
finest  harbor  in  the  S.,  if  not  in  entire  Pacific  Ocean.  It  also  occupies,  as  the  table 
of  distances  indicates,  a  strategic  point  in  the  vast  commerce  of  the  Pacific  Ocean  and 
also  in  any  naval  operations  in  that  quarter  of  the  globe.  Its  area  and  freedom  from 
shoal  places,  having  from  5  to  36  fms.,  would  enable  it  to  receive  the  entire  naval 
force  of  the  United  States,  and  the  fact  that  but  2  vessels  can  enter  it  at  the  same 
time  renders  it  impregnable  against  attack  by  assault.  The  coaling  station  on  its 
shore  is  so  surrounded  by  high  bluffs  that  it  could  not  be  reached  by  the  shellsof  an 
enemy.  The  mountain  peaks  afford  ample  protection  against  the  force  of  the  violent 
winds  which  at  certain  seasons  sweep  across  the  ocean.  The  harbor  is  not  alone  the 
only  good  one  in  the  entire  group,  but  the  coast  of  the  island  is  remarkably  free  from 
coral  reefs.  There  are  no  less  than  9  other  bavs,  though  smaller,  on  the  coasts  of 
Tutuila. 

ROADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 

There  are  many  good  roads  connecting  the  coast  with  the  interior. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

On  the  larger  islands  are  many  small  towns  and  villages,  the  aggregate  population 
of  which  is  4,000.  Pago-Pago  is  the  chief  town  on  the  harbor  of  that  name.  Tula 
and  Alao  on  the  E.  coast,  Aluan  and  Fangalii  on  NW.  coast,  and  Amanave  on  SW. 
coast  are  villages  of  local  importance.  On  Tau  or  Manua  are  7  villages,  on  Ofoo  2, 
and  on  Oloosinga  also  2. 


904 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


DEPENDENT  ISLANDS. 

The  dependent  inlands  of  Tutuila  according  to  size  are  Tau  or  Manua,  Ofoo,  Oloo- 
singa,  Anun  (Pilot),  Bartlett,  and  Vatia,  the  last  3  off  the  Tutuila  coast. 

PRODUCTS. 

The  vegetable  products  are  almost  entirely  for  home  consumption.  Coffee,  cotton, 
ginger,  and  arrowroot  are  cultivated.  There  is  an  export  of  copra.  Fruits  are  also 
abundant.     The  forests  are  limited  in  value  owing  to  exposure  to  the  ocean  winds. 

UNITED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 

Thepresen3e  of  United  States  war  vessels  represents  the  sovereignty  of  the  United 
States. 

CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 


Under  the  tripartite  treaty  with  Great  Britain  and  Germany  in  1899  the  United 
States  became  possessed  of  these  islands.  The  civil  government  is  represented  by 
the  consuls  of  the  respective  powers,  with  the  political  seat  of  administration  at  Upolo, 
the  British  island,  36  m.  to  the  NE.     {See  Samoan  Is. ) 


TUY  (twee),  Sp.;  pueblo  in  extreme  W.  Batangas, 
Luz6n,  on  Muntinlupa  Riv.  and  on  highway  24 
m.  NE.  of  Batangas,  capital,  by  way  of  Tala, 
connected  with  BalayAn,  Liaii.Nasugbu,  and 
Alfonso  by  highway.    Pop.,  10,150. 

TUYO  (too-yaw')  (means  dry),  Tag.;  hamlet  in 
pueblo  of  Baladga,  Bata^n,  Luz6n,  on  an 
estuary,  NW.  shore  Manila  Bay. 


TWINS,  for.;  2  islets  in  entrance  to  bay  on 
NW.  coast  of  DinAgat  I.,  off  N.  coast  Surigao, 
Mindanao,  2  m.  off  shore  and  midway  be- 
tween Desolacion  and  Berrugosa  Pts. 

TWO  PEAKS,  for.;  mountain  summit  E.  of  Catar- 
man  I.,  W.  coast  of  Camiguin  I.,  off  N.  coast  of 
Misamis,  Mindanao,  and  serves  as  landmark 
of  approach  to  that  part  of  island. 


^"*-' .  >- 


— \ 


A 


\ 


S  Doc  HSc  97    1 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


905 


u. 


CAG  (wahg),  nat.:  point  in  Cebii. 

L'AIDAJOX  (wv-dah-holin')  ,ver.:  northernmost  of 
Gigante*  Ts.,  li  by  1  m..  l>nng  13  m.  E.  of  Bu- 
lacaue  Pt.,  off  extreme  NE.  Panay. 

LASITAX  (wah-nee'-vahn),  nat.;  island  near  SE. 
shore  of  Pujada  Bay,  SE.  coast  of  DAvao, 
Mindanao,  between  Batiano  and  Taganilao 
Pts. 

UATAMAMA  (wah-tah-mah'-mah),  ver.;  hamlet 
on  r.  bank  of  tributary  of  Pulangui  Riv.,  2 
m.  within  boundary  of  Misamis,  irith  Cota- 
bato,  Mindanao. 

UATO  (wah'-toh),  ver.;  hamlet  on  X.  side  of 
mouth  of  important  river  from  W.,  emptying 
into  Lanao  Lake  on  its  SW.  shore,  Misami-s, 
Mindanao. 

L'AUA  ( wah'-wah) ,  nat. :  tributary  of  Agusan  Riv., 
entering  on  opposite  side,  2  m.  above  Espe- 
ranza,  Surigao,  Mindanao. 

I'BAI  (oo'-by).  nat.;  hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Talibon, 
Bohol,  on  X.  coast. 

rBA>'  (oo'-bahn),  nat.;  point  in  XE.  Leyte. 

IBAO  (oo-bah'-oh).  ver.;  hamlet  on  S.  slope  of 
Ange  Mt.,  Xueva  Vizcaya,  Luz6n. 

tSXY  (oo'-by),  nat.;  pueblo  on  XE.  coast  of  Bo- 
hol, 52  m.  XE.  of  Tagbilaran.    Pop.,  3,552. 

point  on  S.  coast  of  Leyte,  2  m.  E.  of  Maa- 

sin. 

IBIAX  (oo-bvahn'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  XE.  side  of 
South  Ubi4n  I.,  Cinapu.san  grp.,  Sulu  A.;  in- 
habitants largely  engaged  in  trade  with  plant- 
ers of  interior  and  pearl  and  other  fisheries; 
in  1869  H.  M.  gun  vessel  Dwarf  destroyed 
town  for  piracy  committed  on  English 
schooner. 

UBL4X,  XOUTH;  island  3  by  2i  m.,  of  Paiigu- 
tArang  grp.,  7  m.  S.  of  Pangut^rang  I.,  Sulu 
A.  Largest  hamlet  on  SW.  side  is  Luang 
bunah,  in  deep  bight,  and  well  protected  by 
reef.  Another  hamlet,  Aloh.  lies  in  interior, 
and  out  of  view. 

DBIAN,  SOUTH;  island  on  X.side  of  Camba  chan- 
nel, Cinapusan  grp.,  in  Sulu  A.,  |  m.  S.  of  Lo- 
ran  I.,  of  triangular  shape,  with  apex  to  XW.; 
principal  houses  are  on  XE.  and  SW.  sides; 
best  cultivated  and  most  thickly  populated  of 
this  group;  surrounded  by  coral  reef,  with 
several  islets,  highest  8  ft.  high  at  low  water; 
passage  between  Ubifln  and  Loran  I.  is  navi- 
gable only  for  small  vessels. 

CBOL  (oo-balP),  nat.;  river  emptying  into  bight 
E.  of  Bunauan,  S.  by  E.  of  Catbalogan,  W. 
coast  of  S4mar. 

CBOXG  (oo-bong'),  ver.;  pueblo  in  Xueva  Viz- 
caya, Luzon.    Pop.,  977. 

UBUHrX  (oo-boo'-hoon),  nat.;  hamlet  in  W.  Bo- 
hol, 2  m.  SE.  of  Tubigon. 

L'BU>'DA>'  (oo-boon'-dahn'),  ver.;  mountain  in 
Antique,  in  great  bend  of  Sibalon  Riv.,  4  m. 
inland  from  W.  coast  of  Panay  and  6  m.  XE. 
of  San  Pedro. 

UDLUD  (ood-lood'),  nat.;  point  in  Cebii. 

UDLtX  (ood-loon'),nat.;  mountain  in  Cordillera 
Central,  8  m.  ESE.  of  Pinamungajan,  W.  coast 
of  Cebii. 

L'GAL  (oo-gahlM,  ver.;  bay  E.  of  Putiao  Pt.,on  SW. 
coast  of  sorsogon,  Luzon. 

hamlet  near  bay  of  that  name,  on  SW.  .shore 

of  Sorsogon,  Luzon. 
UGAMUT  (oo-gah-moot').nat.;  island  off  X.  shore 
of  Siimar  I.,  W.  and  SW.  of  Cabauan  Grande  I., 
of  Balicuatro  grp,,  to  which  it  belongs. 


UGBt^X  (oog-boon'),  ver.;  point  on  E.  shore  of 
Samar,  S.  of  Matinao. 

IGlLiO  (oo-geeah'-oh),  ver.;  hamlet  in  N.  cen- 
tral Leyte,  2  m.  S.  of  Jaro. 

UGUIS  (oo'-gees) ,  ver. ;  point  on  S.  side  of  entrance 
to  Mayo  Bay  and  on  SE.  shore  of  Guanguan 
Pen.,  "on  E.  "coast  of  Ddvao,  Mindanao. 

bay  on  E.  coast  of  Sdmar,  lat.  12°  8'  40"  X. 

15GUIT  (oo'-geet).  nat. ;  hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Silbic, 
Zambales,  Luz6n. 

UGCT  (oo'-goot),  nat.;  river  in  X.  of  Sorsogon, 
Luzon,  near  boundary  of  Albay,  flowing  S., 
empties  into  sea  on  that  coast. 

hamlet  near  W.  coast  of  Sorsogon,  Luzon, 

lat.  12°  55'  X. 

rm'BU  foo-hoo'-boo),  nat.;  point  X.  coast  Sulu 
I.,  Sulu  A.,  XE.  of  Sulu. 

UHl'L  (oo-hool'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  1.  shore  of  Bad- 
barAn  Riv.,  1^  m.  X.  of  Dumarao,  in  E.  central 
CApiz,  Panay. 

I^JUT  (oo'-hoot),  ver.;  river  in  Mindanao. 

ULA  (oo-lah') ,  nat.;  hamlet  in  Ambos Camarines, 
Luzon,  lat.  13°  44'  X. 

ULAGIG  (oo-lah-heeg'),  ver.;  river  in  X.  central 
Bohol,  which  finds  its  outlet  to  sea  through 
Inabonga  Riv.  at  Lauis  Pt.,  on  XW.  coast. 

IJLIAJAX  (oo-lvah'-hahn),  nat.;  mountain  in 
Antique,  Pa"nay,  6  m.  E.  of  Bugason. 

t'LLiX  (oo-lyahn'),  nat.;  river  in  Panay. 

tfLlXG  (oo'-leeng),  nat.;  mountain  in  Cordillera 
Central,  7  m.  E.  of  Pinamungajan,  W.  coast 
o^Cebu. 

ULIXGAO  (oo-leeng'-ah-oh),  ver.;  stream  unit,ing 
with  Tinuagan  forming  tributary  of  Hog 
Riv.,  Xegros  Occidental. 

L'LIP  (oo-ieep'),  ver.;  river  of  Abra,  Luzon,  rises 
across  S.  border  in  Lepanto  and  flowing  NW. 
enters  Abra  Riv.  at  Mayabo. 

ULLUD  (oo-lvood').  ver.;  point  on  E.  coast  of 
Cebii,  4  rri.  S.  of  Xa\-ilon. 

ULTRA  (ool'-trah),  Sp.;  island  in  W.  waters  of 
Xochebuena  channel  into  great  bay  S.  of 
Ta\vi  Tawi  I.,  Sulu  A. 

ULUGAX,  or  BAXOG  (oo-loo'-gahn,  bah-nohg'), 
nat.;  bay  8  m.  deep  within  XW.head,  2  m. 
wide  at"entrance  between  Cordelia  Pt.  and 
Broken  Head.  W.  coast  of  Paragua,  near  S. 
boundary  with  Moro  Palawan.  Observa- 
tory Rock,  off  X.  point  of  Rita  I.,  estab- 
lishes geographical  position  lat.  10°  0'  11" 
X.,  Ion.  118°  46'  24"  E.  Ea.sily  acces-sible  to 
steamers.  Overlooked  bv  pea"ks  Sangbauen, 
1,816  ft.  high,  Bentoan  Harbor,  %0  ft.,  and  a 
cone  1,120  ft.  high.  X.  part  of  E.  shore  of  bay 
is  bold  and  of  redish  barren  aspect.  Kai-ho- 
lo  and  Ba-he-li  empy  near  SW.  comer  of  bay. 

anchorage  in  Lnugan  Bay,  SW.  coast  Para- 
gua, Palawan. 
!  ULULIX  (oo-loo'-leen),  nat.;  hamlet  in  Lepanto, 
Luzon,  4  m.  XW.  of  Caydn.    Pop.,  271. 

ULUT  (oo-loof).  nat.;  river  emptj-ing  through 
2  mouths  into  Pacific  Ocean  in  E.  coast  of 
S4mar.  Fountain  branches  Bacoot  and  To- 
gas rise  on  E.  side  of  divide  between  waters 
of  Ulut,  flowing  E.  into  Pacific  Ocean,  and 
Bac-hao  Barigahon,  flo\vingSW.  into  sea  chan- 
nel on  W.  side  of  Sdmar.  Has  14  tributaries 
on  X.  and  same  number  on  S.  in  course  of  28 
m. ;  carries  4  ft.  on  bar  at  high  tide.  Between 
Macati  and  Catalaban  is  foul  anchorage  in 
7  ft.  over  coral  beds. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


\ 

\ 

905 


U. 


tTAG  (wahg),  nat.;  point  in  Cebii. 

UAIDAJOX  (wy-dah-holiii')  ,ver.;  northernmost  of 
Gigantes  Is.,  li  by  1  m.,  lying  13  m.  E.  of  Bu- 
lacauo  Pt.,  off  extreme  NE.  Panay. 

IIANIVAN  (wah-nee'-vahn),  nat.;  island  near  SE. 
shore  of  Pujada  Bay,  SE.  coast  of  DAvao, 
Mindanao,  between  Batiano  and  Taganilao 
Pts. 

IIATAMAMA  (wah-tah-mah'-mah),  A^er.;  hamlet 
on  r.  bank  of  tributary  of  Pulangiii  Riv.,  2 
m.  within  boundary  of  Misamis,  with  Cota- 
bato,  Mindanao. 

UATO  (wah'-toh),  ver.;  hamlet  on  N.  side  of 
mouth  of  important  river  from  W.,  emptying 
into  Lanao  Lake  on  its  SW.  shore,  Misamis, 
Mindanao. 

UAIIA  (wah'-wah),  nat.;  tributary  of  Agusan  Riv., 
entering  on  opposite  side,  2  m.  above  Espe- 
ranza,  Surigao,  Mindanao. 

UBAI  (oo'-by),  nat.;  hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Talibon, 
Bohol,  on  N.  coast. 

UBAN  (oo'-bahn),  nat.;  point  in  NE.  Leyte. 

UBAO  (oo-bah'-oh).  ver.;  hamlet  on  S.  slope  of 
Ange  Mt.,  Nueva  Vizcaya,  Luz6n. 

tlBAY  (oo'-by),  nat.;  pueblo  on  NE.  coast  of  Bo- 
hol, 52  m.  NE.  of  Tagbilaran.    Pop.,  3,552. 

point  on  S.  coast  of  Leyte,  2  m.  E.  of  Maa- 

sin. 

UBIAN  (oo-byahn'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  NE.  side  of 
South  Ubi^n  I.,  Cinapusan  grp.,  Sulu  A.;  in- 
habi  tants  largely  engaged  in  trade  with  plant- 
ers of  interior  and  pearl  and  other  fisheries; 
in  18G9  H.  M.  gun  vessel  Dwarf  destroyed 
town  for  piracy  committed  on  English 
schooner. 

UBIXN,  \0HTH;  island  3  by  2i  m.,  of  Paiigu- 
tiirang  grp.,  7  m.  S.  of  PangutArang  I.,  Sulu 
A.  Largest  hamlet  on  SW.  side  is  Luang 
bunah,  in  deep  bight,  and  well  protected  by 
reef.  Another  hamlet,  Aloh,  lies  in  interior, 
and  out  of  view. 

UBlilV,  SOUTH;  island  on  N. side  of  Camba  chan- 
nel, Cinapusan  grp.,  in  Sulu  A.,  i  m.  S.  of  Lo- 
ran  I.,  of  triangular  shape,  with  apex  to  NW.; 
principal  houses  are  on  NE.  and  SW.  sides; 
best  cultivated  and  most  thickly  populated  of 
this  group;  surrounded  by  coral  reef,  with 
several  islets,  highest  8  ft.  high  at  low  water; 
passage  between  Ubiftn  and  Loran  I.  is  navi- 
gable only  for  small  vessels. 

IJBOL  (oo-ball'),  nat.;  river  emptying  into  bight 
E.  of  Bunauan,  S.  by  E.  of  Catbalogan,  W. 
coast  of  S&mar. 

CBOXG  (oo-bong'),  ver.;  pueblo  in  Nueva  Viz- 
caya, Luzon.    Pop.,  977. 

CBUHl]]V  (oo-boo'-hoon),  nat.;  hamlet  in  W.  Bo- 
hol, 2  m.  SE.  of  Tubigon. 

UBUNDAiV  (oo-boon'-dahn),  ver.;  mountain  in 
Antique,  in  great  bend  of  Sibal6n  Riv.,  4  m. 
inland  from  W.  coast  of  Panay  and  6  m.  NE. 
of  San  Pedro. 

UDLUD  (ood-lood'),  nat.;  point  in  Ceb\i. 
UDLTIN  (ood-loon'),nat.;  mountain  in  Cordillera 
Central,  8  m.  ESE.  of  Pinamungajan,  W.  coast 
of  Cebi'i. 
UUAL  (oo-gahlM,  ver.;  bay  E.  of  Putiao  Pt.,on  SW. 
coast  of  sorsogon,  Luzon. 

hamlet  near  bay  of  that  name,  on  SW.  shore 

of  Sorsogon,  Luzon. 
UOAMUT  (oo-gah-moot'),nat.;  island  off  N.  shore 
of  Si'tmar  I.,  W.  and  SW.  of  Cabauan  Grande  I., 
of  Balicuatro  grp.,  to  which  it  belongs. 


Tr(ilBl''N  (oog-boon'),  ver.;  point  on  E.  shore  of 
Samar,  S.  of  Matinao. 

r(J|!IA(>  (oo-geeah'-oh),  ver.;  hamlet  in  N.  cen- 
tral Leyte,  2  m.  S.  of  Jaro. 

UGUIS  (oo'-gees),ver.;  point  on  S.  side  of  entrance 
to  Mayo  Bay  and  on  SE.  shore  of  Guanguan 
Pen.,  on  E.  coast  of  DAvao,  Mindanao. 

bay  on  E.  coast  of  SAmar,  lat.  12°  8'  40"  N. 

iIGUIT  (oo'-geetl ,  nat. ;  hamlet  in  pueblo  of  Srtbie, 
Zambales,  Luz6n. 

UGCT  (oo'-goot),  nat.;  river  in  N.  of  Sorsog6n, 
Luzon,  near  boundary  of  Albay,  flowing  S., 
empties  into  sea  on  tliat  coast. 

hamlet  near  W.  coast  of  Sorsog6n,  Luzon, 

lat.  12°  55'  N. 

UHUBU  (oo-hoo'-boo),  nat.;  point  N.  coast  Sulu 
L.Sulu  A.,  NE.  of  Sulu. 

UHUL  (oo-hool'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  1.  shore  of  Bad- 
barsin  Riv.,  li  m.  N.  of  Dumarao,  in  E.  central 
C&piz,  Panay. 

tiJUT  (oo'-hoot),  ver.;  river  in  Mindanao. 

ULA  (oo-lah'),nat.;  hamlet  in  AmbosCamarines, 
Luzon,  lat.  13°  44'  N. 

ULAGIG  (oo-lah-heeg'),  ver.;  river  in  N.  central 
Bohol,  which  finds  its  outlet  to  sea  through 
Inaboiiga  Riv.  at  Lauis  Pt.,  on  NW.  coast. 

IILIAJAN  (oo-lyah'-hahn)^  nat.;  mountain  in 
Antique,  Panay,  6  m.  E.  of  Bugason. 

ULIAN  (oo-lyahn'),  nat.;  river  in  Panay. 

IJLING  (oo'-leeng),  nat.;  mountain  in  Cordillera 
Central,  7  m.  E.  of  Pinamungajan,  W.  coast 
of  Cebu. 

ULINtlAO  (oo-leeng'-ah-oh),  ver.;  stream  unit,ing 
with  Tinuagan  forming  tributary  of  Hog 
Riv.,  Negros  Occidental. 

LLIP  (oo-leep'),  ver.;  river  of  Abra,  Luzon,  rises 
across  S.  border  in  Lepanto  and  flowing  NW. 
enters  Abra  Riv.  at  Mayabo. 

ULLUD  (oo-lyood'),  ver.;  point  on  E.  coast  of 
Cebu,  4  m.  S.  of  Nayilon. 

ULTRA  (ool'-trah),  Sp.;  island  in  W.  waters  of 
Nochebuena  channel  into  great  bay  S.  of 
Tawi  Tawi  I.,  Sulu  A. 

LLUGAN,  or  BANOG  (oo-loo'-gahn,  bah-nohg'), 
nat.;  bay  8  m.  deep  within  NW.head,  2  m. 
wide  at  entrance  between  Cordelia  Pt.  and 
Broken  Head,  W.  coast  of  Paragua,  near  S. 
boundary  with  Moro  Palawan.  Observa- 
tory Rock,  off  N.  point  of  Rita  I.,  estab- 
lishes geographical  position  lat.  10°  C  11" 
N.,  Ion.  118°  46'  24"  E.  Easily  accessible  to 
steamers.  Overlooked  by  peaks  Sangbauen, 
1,816  ft.  high,  Bentoan  Harbor,  960  ft.,  and  a 
cone  1,120  ft.  high.  N.  part  of  E.  shore  of  bay 
is  bold  and  of  redish  barren  aspect.  Kai-ho- 
lo  and  Ba-he-!i  empy  near  SW.  corner  of  bay. 

anchorage  in  Ulugan  Bay,  SW.  coast  Para- 
gua, Palawan. 

ULULIN  (oo-loo'-leen),  nat.;  hamlet  in  Lepanto, 
Luzon,  4  m.  NW.  of  Cay&n.    Pop.,  271. 

ULUT  (oo-loof),  nat.;  river  emptying  through 
2  mouths  into  Pacific  Ocean  in  E.  coast  of 
SAmar.  Fountain  branches  Bacoot  and  To- 
gas rise  on  E.  side  of  divide  between  waters 
of  Ulut,  flowing  E.  into  Pacific  Ocean,  and 
Bac-hao  Baiigahon,  flowingS  W.  into  sea  chan- 
nel on  W.  side  of  SAmar.  Has  14  tributaries 
on  N.  and  same  number  on  S.  in  course  of  28 
m. ;  carries  4  ft.  on  bar  at  high  tide.  Between 
Macati  and  Catalaban  is  foul  anchorage  in 
7  ft.  over  coral  beds. 


906 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


I'MAGl'I  (oo-mah'-gee).  ver.;  hamlet  in  Pangasi- 

n^ii,  Luz6n,  16  m.  S.  of  Lingay^n. 
l'MAQl'I-I>'  (oo-mah-key'-een),  nat.;  hamlet  in 

pueblo  of  Bais,  on  E.  coast  of  Negros  Oriental, 

N.  of  Tayasan. 
UMAX  (oo'-mahn),  ver.;  point  on  SW.  coast  of 

Leyte,  in  front  of  town  of  Bato. 
I'MAXOB   (oo-mah-nohr'),  ver.;  river  emptjlng 

into  sea  on  S.  coast  of  Negros  Oriental,  7J  m. 

S.  of  Tol6n. 
l'5IAXf  X  (oo-mah-noon'),  ver.;  N.  point  of  LiangrA 

Bay  on  NE.  coast  of  Surigao,  Mindanao.  Aran- 

gosa  I.  lies  short  distance  N.  of  this  point, 

being  separated  from  mainland  by  narrow 

channel. 
UMARrRrX  (oo-mah-roo'-roon),  nat.;  point  on 

SE.  coast  D^vao,  Mindanao. 
UMAUAS  (oo-mah'-wahs),  nat.;  hamlet  in  pueblo 

of  Calbiga,  Sdmar,  on  E.  coast. 
UJIBAXO  (oom-bah'-noh),  ver.;  hamlet  on r.  bank 

of  BIcolRiv.,  AmbosCamarines(Sur),  Luzon, 

12  m.  S.  bv  E.  of  Nueva  Cdceres,  and  2^  m.  W. 

by  N.  of  Bula. 


I'MlXtiAN  (oo-ming'-ahn),  Tag.;  town  in  Xueva 
Ecija,  Luz6n.     (^i/so  Humingan.) 

UMIBEI  (oo-mee-ray').  ver.;  small  river  empty- 
ing into  ocean  S.  of  Dingalan  Bay,  Infanta,, 
Luzon. 

UMTS  (oo'-moos),  nat.;  to-\vn  on  X.  coast  of  Caga- 
ySn  Sulu,  Sulu  A. 

UNAMAO  (oo-nah-mah'-oh),  ver.;  southernmost 
of  General  grp.  of  small  i-slands,  2  m.  S.  of 
Capunuypugan  Pt.,  NE.  coast  of  Surigao, 
Mindanao. 

UXfeiS  (oong-ahs'),  nat.;  mountain  in  Cordillera 
Central,  6  m.  E.  of  Matutinao,  W.  coast  of 
Cebii. 

tfN(BAT  (oong'-i),  ver.;  point  on  SE.  extreme  of 
Rapurapu  I.,  off  E.  shore  of  Albay,  Luzon. 

UNGUT  (oon-goof),  nat.;  affluent  of  Pampanga 
Chico  Riv.,  taking  ENE.  course,  unites  its 
waters  with  that  stream  in  TArlac,  Luz6n. 

rXIOX  (oo-nyohn'),  Sp.;  tillage  in  W.  Luz6n. 


UNION  (LA),  LUZON,  PROVINCE  OF. 

(Lah  Oo-nyolin',  Sp.  I 

Capital:  San  Fernando,  lat.  16°  39'  X.,  Ion.  120°  19'  30"  E. 

Area:  867  sq.  m. 

Population:  110,164. 

Race:  Ilocano  and  Pangasindn,  with  Igorrotes  in  the  mountains. 

Language:  Ilocano,  Pangasintin,  and  Igorrote. 

Military  Department  of  Luzon:  Headquarter.^,  ^Manila,  Luzon. 

Table  of  distances. 

From  San  Fernando  to —  m. 

Lingaven,  Pangasinan,  .S 39 

Manila,  S  by  E l.W 

Vigan,  N 64 

LOCATION  AND    BOUNDARIES. 

The  province  oi  Union,  one  of  the  earliest,  having  been  established  by  Spain  in 
1849  out  of  the  comandancia  of  Agno,  Luzon,  is  the  most  S.  of  the  3  lying  inland, 
near  the  China  Sea  coast,  between  the  extreme  N.  and  the  gulf  of  Lingay^n.  It  is 
l)Ounded  on  the  N.  by  Ilocos  Sur,  on  the  E.  by  Lepanto  and  Benguet,  on  the  S.  by 
Pangasinan,  and  on  the  AV.  by  the  China  Sea. 

AREA. 

It  measures  51  m.  from  N.  to  S.,  31  m.  from  E.  to  W.  in  the  N.,  and  10  m.  in  the 
same  direction  near  the  S.  boundary.     Area,  867  sq.  m. 

PHYSICAL   FEATURES. 


The  coast  line  and  a  continuation  of  the  Cordillera  Central  form  the  E.  boundary, 
the  highest  summit  being  Mt.  Biumaca,  19  m.  E.  by  N.  of  San  Fernando  and  INIt. 
Santo  Tomas,  7,418  ft.  high,  E.  of  Agoo.  From  these  heights  the  AV.  side  drops 
suddenly  to  plains  along  the  coast  not  more  than  10  to  15  m.  distant.  All  the  rivers 
except  one  passing  Naguilian  and  2  others  in  the  S.,  have  their  rise  on  the  AY.  water- 
shed and  empty  into  the  China  Sea. 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

About  20  m.  of  the  coast  of  this  province  lies  along  the  China  Sea,  and  25  m.  forms 
the  E.  shore  of  Lingayen  Gulf.     The  following  are  the  bays  and  harbors: 

liingayen;  San  Fernando  Pt.  forms  the  E.  head  to  Lingayen  Bay.  Along  the  E. 
shore  of  the  gulf  are  a  number  of  small  inlets  used  by  native  crafts. 

San  Fernando;  port  with  2  anchorages  formed  by  the  point  of  that  name.  The 
N.,  5^  to  7  fms.,  is  exposed  toN.  winds,  the  S.  port  is  from  6  to  6j  fms.  The  town  on 
the  highland  is  in  frequent  communication  with  Manila. 

San  Juan;  the  port  N.  of  San  Fernando. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


907 


LIGHT-HOTJSES. 

The  approacli  to  the  gulf  of  Lingayeii,  as  well  as  to  the  harbor,  is  marked  by  a 
light-house  on  the  S.  point  of  entrance  to  San  Fernando,  lat.  16°  37^  30^^  N.,  Ion.  120° 
17'  14'^  E. ;  light  1  flash  red,  30  ft.  above  the  sea;  iron  tower  20  ft.  high ;  visible  12  m. 

ROADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 

The  higliM'ay  which  follows  the  China  Sea  coast  from  the  extreme  N.  parallels  the 
entire  coast  of  "this  province.  The  telegraph  line  follows  the  same  route,  and  also  a 
projectecl  line  of  the  railroad  as  a  proposed  continuation  of  the  Manila  and  Dagupan 
R.  R.     There  are  no  roads  extending  any  distance  in  the  interior. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

The  registered  population  is  110,164,  mostly  of  the  Ilocano  and  Pangasiniln  races, 
with  a  number  of  Igorrotes  in  the  mountains,  each  having  their  own  dialect. 

The  following  is  the  division  of  Union  into  pueblos  and  their  respective  population, 
according  to  the  census  of  1887: 


Province  anil  juieblos. 


Total  population,  combining 
residents  present  and  ab- 
sent, native  and  Spanish, 
census  1887. 


Men. 

Women. 

Total. 

Uni6n: 

4,441 
3,458 
3,395 
5,827 
4,643 

i;421 
4,810 
4,430 
1,461 
6,033 
4,705 
2,374 
3,439 

4,653 
3,689 
3,443 
6,277 
4,974 
3,903 
1,484 
4,648 
4,419 
1,373 
6,152 
5,211 
2,489 
3,080 

9,094 

Ariii&ay                                                                              

7,147 

6,838 

12,104 

9,617 

TSanano- 

7,886 

2,905 

9,458 

8,849 

2,834 

San  Fernando                                       

12,185 

9,716 

4,863 

Tubao                           .     -          

6,519 

54,420 

55, 595 

110,015 

Estimated  1901,  110,464;  Cn.  1896,  118,075. 

The  population  is  distributed  among  14  towns,  and  240  villages  and  hamlets.  All 
the  towns  except  Naguih'an  and  Rosario  are  on  the  main  highway,  which  touches  the 
China  Sea  coast  at  short  intervals  the  entire  distance.    The  following  are  the  towns: 

San  Fernando;  the  capital,  on  the  port  of  the  same  name,  a  short  distance  N.  of 
the  center  of  the  coast  line.     Pop.,  12,892. 

Agoo;  on  the  main  road,  21  m.  S.  of  San  Fernando.     Pop.,  10,050. 

Aringay;  a  telegraph  and  military  station  on  the  main  highwav,  16  m.  S.  of  San 
Fernando.     Pop.,  3^044. 

Bacnotan;  on  the  main  highway,  5i  m.  N.  of  San  Fernando.     Pop.,  6,555. 

Balaoang;  on  the  main  road,  2(3  m.  N.  of  San  Fernando.     Pop.,  12,242. 

Bangar;  on  the  main  road,  2  m.  S.  of  the  Ilocos  Sur  boundary,  and  19  m.  N.  of 
San  Fernando.     Pop.,  9,000. 

Bauang;  6  m.  S.  of  San  Fernando,     Pop.,  7,701. 

Caba;  on  the  main  road,  13  m.  S.  of  San  Fernando.     Pop.,  4,164. 

Naguilian;  at  the  junction  of  a  river,  9  m.  SE.  of  San  Fernando  and  8  m.  above 
its  mouth  at  Bauang.     Pop.,  2,405. 

Namagpacan;  on  the  main  highway,  14  m.  N.  of  San  Fernando.     Pop.,  8,630. 

Brosario;  in  the  extreme  SE.  corner  of  the  province,  30  m.  SSE.  of  San  Fernando. 
Pop.,  2,246. 

San  Juan;  on  the  main  road,  2  m.  N.  of  San  Fernando.     Pop.,  10,211. 

Santo  Tomas;  on  the  main  road,  22  m.  S.  of  San  Fernando.     Pop.,  6,481. 

DEPENDENT  ISLANDS. 

Along  the  45  m.  of  coast  hue  there  are  no  dependent  islands  off  this  province. 


I 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    I'HILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


907 


LIGHT-HOUSES. 

The  approacli  to  the  gulf  of  Lingayen,  hh  well  as  to  the  harbor,  is  marked  by  a 
light-house  on  the  S.  point  of  entrance  to  San  Fernando,  lat.  16°  Zl'  W  N.,  Ion.  120° 
17'  \\"  E. ;  light  1  flash  red,  30  ft.  above  the  sea;  iron  tower  20  ft.  high;  visible  12  m. 

ROADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 

The  highway  which  follows  the  China  Sea  coast  from  the  extreme  N.  parallels  the 
entire  coast  of  this  province.  The  telegraph  line  follows  the  same  route,  and  also  a 
projected  line  of  the  railroad  as  a  proposed  continuation  of  the  Manila  and  Dagupan 
R.  R.     There  are  no  roads  extending  any  distance  in  the  interior. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

The  registered  population  is  110,164,  mostly  of  the  Ilocano  and  Pangasindn  races, 
with  a  number  of  Igorrotes  in  the  mountains,  each  having  their  own  dialect. 

The  following  is  the  division  of  Union  into  pueblos  and  their  respective  population, 
according  to  the  census  of  1887: 

Total  population,  combining 
1      residents  present  and  ab- 
j      sent,  native  and  Spanish, 
Province  and  pueblos.  census  1887. 


Men. 


Women. 


Total. 


Uni6n: 

Agoo 

Aringay  .. 
Bacnotan. 


Bangar . 
Bauang. 


Naguilian 

NamagpacAn  . . 

Rosario 

San  Fernando  . 

San  Juan 

Santo  Tom&s  ., 
Tubao 


4,441 
3,458 
3,395 
5,827 
4,643 

1^421 
4,810 
4,430 
1,461 
6,033 
4,705 
2, 374 
3,439 


3,443 
6,277 
4,974 
3,903 
1,484 
4,648 
4,419 
1,373 
6,152 
5,211 
2,489 


7,147 
6,838 
12,104 
9,617 

2^905 
9,458 
8,849 
2,834 
12, 185 
9,716 
4,863 
6,519 


Total  . 


54, 420 


110,015 


E.stimatert  1901,  110,4(U;  Cn.  1896,  118,075. 


The  population  is  distributed  among  14  towns,  and  240  villages  and  hamlets.  All 
the  towns  except  Naguilian  and  Rosario  are  on  the  main  highway,  which  touches  the 
China  Seacoastat  short  intervals  the  entire  distance.    The  following  are  the  towns: 

San  Fernando;  the  capital,  on  the  port  of  the  same  name,  a  short  distance  N.  of 
the  center  of  the  coast  line.     Pop.,  12,892. 

Agoo;  on  the  main  road,  21  m.  S.  of  San  Fernando.     Pop.,  10,050. 

Aringay;  a  telegraph  and  military  station  on  the  main  highway,  16  m.  S.  of  San 
Fernando.     Pop.,  S; 044. 

Bacnotan;  on  the  main  highway,  5 J  m.  N.  of  San  Fernando.     Pop.,  6,555. 

Balaoang-;  on  the  main  road,  26  m.  N.  of  San  Fernando.     Pop.,  12,242. 

Bang'ar;  on  the  main  road,  2  m.  S.  of  the  Ilocos  Sur  boundary,  and  19  m.  N.  of 
San  Fernando.     Pop.,  9,000. 

Bauang;  6  m.  S.  of  San  Fernando,     Pop.,  7,701. 

Caba;  on  the  main  road,  13  m.  S.  of  San  Fernando.     Pop.,  4,164. 

Naguilian;  at  the  junction  of  a  river,  9  m.  SE.  of  San  Fernando  and  8  m.  above 
its  mouth  at  Bauang.     Pop.,  2,405. 

Namagpacan;  on  the  main  highway,  14  m.  N.  of  San  Fernando.     Pop.,  8,630. 

Rosario;  in  the  extreme  SE.  corner  of  the  province,  30  m.  SSE.  of  San  Fernando. 
Pop.,  2,246. 

San  Juan;  on  the  main  road,  2  m.  N.  of  San  Fernando.     Pop.,  10,211. 

Santo  Tomas;  on  the  main  road,  22  m.  S.  of  San  Fernando.     Pop.,  6,481. 

.  DEPENDENT  ISLANDS. 

Along  the  45  m.  of  coast  line  there  are  no  dependent  islands  off  this  province. 


908  GAZETTEER    OF    THE   PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

VEGETABLE  PRODUCTS. 

The  principal  crops  are  tobacco,  rice,  corn,  cotton,  sugar  cane,  chocolate,  and 
nutritious  roots.  The  lands  are  valued  at  4,000,000  pesos.  Value  of  sugar,  tobacco, 
and  rice  lands  from  60  to  150  pesos  per  hectare  under  Spain;  advanced  under  United 
States  rule. 

MINERALS. 

No  indications  of  minerals  are  reported  from  this  province. 

FORESTS. 

On  the  moiuitains  is  produced  a  large  quantity  of  sibucao,  one  of  the  most  valuable 
dye  plants  in  the  archipelago. 

FRUITS. 

Pineapples,  oranges,  and  bananas  grow  in  large  quantities. 

INDUSTRIES. 

The  raising  of  live  stock  is  one  of  the  principal  industries.  Recent  statistics  give 
the  number  at  37,800 — 21,200  carabaos,  8,200  cattle,  5,500  horses,  and  the  remainder 
hogs. 

UNITED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 

On  February  15,  1902,  the  province  of  La  Union  was  garrisoned  by  United  States 
troops  as  follows: 

San  Fernando." $ 

CONDITIONS. 

"The  province  is  perfectly  peaceful  and  this  condition  has  existed  for  over  a  year. 
People  are  all  at  work  in  the  tields  and  at  their  various  professions.  Civil  govern- 
ment is  accepted  on  every  side  and  there  is  no  possible  reason  to  think  that  they 
will  ever  change  in  this  feeling  under  the  present  form  of  government.  The  treasurer 
reports  that  each  municipality  will  close  the  present  year  with  a  balance  on  hand 
and  without  a  debt  unpaid.  The  provincial  treasury  will  have  on  hand  approxi- 
mately $10,000  gold,  16,000  of  which  will  be  appropriations  for  roads,  bridges,  build- 
ings, etc.  *  *  *  Everything  looks  very  bright  for  the  new  year;  all  the  provincial 
officers  are  very  sanguine  as  to  our  future.  January  1  will  see  complete  reorgani- 
zation of  municipal  police.  They  will  be  uniformed  alike  throughout,  thoroughly 
equipped,  and  perfectly  efficient.  The  organization  of  the  interprovincial  mail  ser- 
vice is  working  on  schedule-time  card.  There  are  no  ladrones  in  Union  at  present 
and  we  believe  we  can  keep  them  out."  (Official  report  of  the  provincial  governor 
of  Union,  December,  1901.) 

CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 

The  province  of  La  Union  was  created  under  the  provincial  organization  act  of 
February  6,  1901,  by  enactment  of  the  P.  C.  August  15,  1901,  to  embrace  "that terri- 
tory in  the  island  of  Luzon  known  as  the  province  of  La  Union." 

PROVINCIAL  OFFICERS. 

[Salaries  and  expenses  in  United  States  money.] 

Governor $1,  800 

Secretary 1,  300 

Treasurer 2,  000 

Supervisor 1,  700 

Fiscal 1,  300 

Allowance  for  necessary  and  traveling  expenses  not  exceeding  |2.50  per  day  as 
prescribed.  The  presideiites  or  alcaldes  of  the  municipalities  of  the  province  to 
meet  on  the  third  Monday  in  January,  April,  July,  and  October  to  consider  improve- 
ments needed  in  the  province  and  for  other  purposes  prescribed  by  law. 

"  Telegraph.  $  Post  and  money-order  office. 


GAZETTEEB   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


909 


I'MP  (oo-neep'),  rer.;  small  cluster  of  islets  com- 
posed of  Ump,Sibauag,Cabakian(Tabmaka), 
and  several  islets  AV.  of  8\V.  shore  of  DinA^at 
I.,  and  on  E.  side  of  Sr.rij;ai>  f^trait,  off  N. 
coast  Surigao,  Mindanao.  Unip,  northern- 
most of  cluster,  is  2  m.  iu  length  and  1  m.  in 
width. 

UNISAX  (oo-nee'-sahn),  Tag.;  pueblo  in  Tayabas, 
Luz6n.    Pop.,  3,195. 

cluster  of  rocks  in  N.  waters  of  SW.  en- 
trance to  GuimarAs  Strait,  S.  of  Guimaris  I., 
off  E.  coast  of  Iloilo,  Panay,  about  "ik  m.  SE. 
of  Lusarang  Pt. 

I'XPUL  (oon-pool').  nat.;  island  off  SW.  shore  of 
Siasi  1.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

I'MTS  (oo'-noos),  nat.;  town  on  S.  shore  of  La- 
pun  Lapun  anchorage.  Cagaysin  8ulu  Is..  SW. 
waters  Sulu  Sea,  between  Baliibac  grp.  and 
Sulu  A. 

UMJTAT  ^DO-noo-taht').  ver.;  S.  head  of  Inunucan 
Bay,  on  W.  shore  of  Masbate  I.,  YLsayas. 

UPAD  (oo-pahd'),  nat.:  mountain  in  W.  range  of  i 
Panav,  on  line  of  boundary  between  Antique  I 
and  Iloilo,  13  m.  E.  of  Siba"lom.  ! 

tPAO  (oo'-pahg),  nat.;  summit  492  ft.,  on  SE.   ; 
shore  of  Siibic  Bay,   SE.  coast  of  Zambales, 
Luz6u. 

L'PAO  (oo-pah'-oh),  nat.;  crater  in  central  range 
of  Iloilo,  Panay.  8  m.  WSW.  of  Lambunao. 

UPATA  (oo-pah'-tah);  river  on  N.  shore  of  PoliUo 
I.,  off  E.  coast  Infanta,  Luz6n,  entering  bay 
immediately  SE.  of  Panampalan  Pt.;  rises  at 
head  of  NW.  of  valleys  descending  to  coast 
from  Malolo  Mt. 

UPOXG  (oo-pohng'),  nat.;  mountain  2  m.  E.  of 
Salcedo,  iu  extreme  SE.  Samar. 

UPCPLAS  (oo-poo'-plahs).  ver.;  tovm  in  Ambu- 
rayan,  Lepanto-Bontoc,  Luz6n. 

UKAJARAO  (oo-rah-hah-rah'-oh).  ver.:  islet  off  S. 
coa.st  of  Iloilo,  Panay,  near  Naso  Pt. 

URBIZTODO  (oor-beeth-tohn'-doh),Sp.;  pueblo 
on  r.  bank  of  Agno  Kiv.,  15  m.  S.  of  LingaytJn, 
in  Pangasinan,  Luzon.    Pop.,  5,182. 

IJRDAXETA  (oor-dah-nay'-tah).  Sp.;  pueblo  in  E. 
Pangasiudn,  Luzon,  on  road  between  Villasis 
and  Santa  Barbara,  22  m.  ESE.  of  Lingayen. 
Pop.,  16,588. 

mountain  6,211  ft.  high,  5  m.  E.  of  Tiibay 

Riv.,  between  Maynit  Lake  and  coast  at  Bu- 
tviau  Bay;  one  of  lofty  summits  of  range  of 
mountains  along  W.  shore  of  N.  peninsula  of 
Surigao,  Mindanao. 

IJRSILA  (oor'-soo-lah) ,  Sp.;  island  }  m.  in  length, 
low  and  wooded,  in  lat.  8°  20'  N.,  Ion.  117° 
29'  E.,  10  m.  S.  of  Church  Pt.,  SE.  coast  of 
Palawan. 


I  RSl'LA;  outlying  and  most  NE.  island  of  BaU- 
bac  grp.,  off  SW.  coast  Palawan,  1  .sq.  m..  21  m. 
due  E.  of  Cape  Buliluyaii.  S.  extreme  of  Pala- 
wan, and  11  ni.  NE.  oi"  Bugsue  I. 

I'SADA  (oo-sah'-dali),  Sp.;  horseshoe  S.  shaped 
island,  2  sq.  m.,  several  miles  S.  of  Pai5|;u- 
tArang  I.,  SE.  of  Tikul,  of  that  group.  Sulu  A. 
Lagoon  on  W.  side  with  opening  into  sea 
over  which  native  boats  run  at  high  water 
from  secure  harbor.  Island  is  inhabited  aud 
nvuubers  of  canoes  and  prahus  are  used  in 
trade  and  fishing. 

rSUlAX  (oo-see'-gahni,  nat.;  mountain  1,232  ft. 
high,  in  W.  range  of  XW.  Panay,  on  boundary 
between  Antique  and  Ciipiz,  9  m.  ENE.  of  Se- 
baste. 

VSOX  (oo-sohn').  ver.;  island  4  m.  E.  and  W., 
forming  along  sea  front  of  U.'i6n  port,  S.  coast 
of  Busuanga  I.,  Calamianes  grp..  between 
Paragua  Palawan,  and  Mindoro.  Has  several 
hills,  one  672  ft.  high. 

port  on  S.  coast  of  Busuaiiga  I.,  Calamianes 

grp.,  between  Paragua,  Palawan,  and  Min- 
doro, between  I'son  I.  and  shore.  Island  of 
Baquit  divides  th.is  large  indentation  of  coast 
into  Us6n  port  on  S.  aud  Dipulao  port  on  N. 
Offers  spacious  shelter,  being  reached  by  en- 
trances 1,260  ft.  wide  at  either  end  of  Us'6n  I. 

town  in  putblo  of  Palanas,  on  SE.  shore  of 

bay  of  that  name,  Masbate,  Masbate  grp., 
Visayas,  15  m.  SE.  of  Masbate.    Pop.,  2.105. 

bay  on  NE.  shore  of  Masbate  I.,  at  foot  of 

Bagulipat  Mt.  Town  of  Us6n  is  on  its  SE. 
shore. 

point  on  shore  of  Masbate  I.,  Visayas. 

USCCAX  (oo-soo'-cahn),  nat.;  point  on  N.  coast  of 
Misamis,  Mindanao,  in  approach  to  Inamu- 
can  port  from  NW. 

TTTO  (oot'-toh),  nat.;  village  on  Kobulanang 
tributary  of  Bacat  Riv.,  Cotabato,  Mindanao. 

L'TCL  (oo-tool'),  nat.;  mountain  about  center  of 
pueblo  of  Bangui,  Ilocos  Norte.  Luz6n. 

I'SUM  (oo-.soom'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  Daram  chan- 
nel, extreme  E.  coast  of  BUiran  I.,  off  NW. 
coast  of  Leyte. 

1''TA<i  (oo'-tabg)(brains),  nat.:  hamleton  E. shore 
of  Lake  Lanao,  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

DTLA  (oot-lah'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  road  E.of  Santo 
Tomas,  Batangas,  Luz6n. 

rWAAX  (oo-wah'-ahn),  ver.;  kland,  low  and  cov- 
ered with  trees,  NE.  of  Bilangiian,  Laparan 
grp.,  Sulu  A. 

UYOX  (oo-yohn'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Cfipiz,  Panay, 
3  m.  N.  of  E.  of  Sigma  and  on  tributary  of 
Malinannang  Riv. 

UYUXiSAX  (oo-yoong'-ahn),  ver.;  river  iu  Panay. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIITINE    ISLANDS. 


911 


V. 


VABANOG  (vah-bah-nohg'),  ver.;  point  in  Leyte. 

VAC  (vahk),  ver.;  town  in  Benguet,  Luz6n.  Pop., 
1,000. 

VALDEKRAMA  ( vahl-dav-rrah'-mali) ,  Sp.;  town 
of  Antique,  Panay,  on  1.  banli  of  Cadidn  Riv., 
8i  m.  from  its  mouth,  on  W.  coast.  Pop., 
4,372. 

pueblo  in  W.  central  Antique,  Panay,  at 

junction  of  Maiatu-sa  and  Caragauan  tributa- 
ries of  Bacong  Riv. 

VALDES  (vahl-days'),  Sp.;  hamlet  2  m.  on  S. 
shore  of  bay,  opposite  Escalante,  NE.  coast  of 
Negros  Occidental. 

VALEXCIA  (vah-lavn'-thyah),  Sp.;  hamlet  on  \V. 
side  of  Cordillera  Central,  2i  m.  E.  of  Barili, 
Cebvi. 

hamlet  in  W.  Leyte,  on  one  of  E.  tributaries 

of  Bao  Riv.,  5  m.  N.  of  Ormoc. 

pueblo  on  S.  coast  of  Bohol,  4  m.  W.  of  Gar- 
cia Hernandez. 

town  on  r.  bank  of  Pulangui  Riv.,  in  E. 

Misamis,  Mindanao,  40i  m.  SSE.  of  Cagaya,n 
de  Misamis. 

VALENTIN  (vah-layn-teen'),  Sp.;  point  on  SE. 
coast  of  Iloilo,  Panay,  lat.  10°  30'  N. 

VALLADOLID  (vah-lyah-doh-leed'),  Sp.;  pueblo 
of  Negros  Occidental,  on  E.  shore  of  GuimarAs 
Strait,  16  m.  S.  of  Bacolod  and  11  m.  E.  of 
nearest  land  of  Guimarfts  I.    Pop.,  14,000. 

VALLE  (vah'-lyay),  Sp.;  pueblo  in  Nueva  Ecija, 
Luzon. 

VALLE  HEBMOSO,  or  BAGAAIXOS  (vah'-lyay 
ayr-moh'-soh,  bah-gah-i'-nohs) ,  Sp.;  E.  coast 
hamlet  of  Negros  Oriental,  i  m.  S.  of  sea  end 
of  N .  divisional  line  between  2  provinces. 

VALLEY  CONE,  for.;  remarkable  conical  hill 
lying  beneath  3  sharp  peaks  on  range  imme- 
diately in  front  of  Victoria  Peak  to  Steep  Pt., 
4i  m.  NE.  of  Deep  Bay  Pt.,  and  forming  N. 
side  of  valley  at  head  of  which  is  Valley 
Cone,  in  central  Palawan.  Plain  in  front 
densely  wooded. 

VAL VERDE  (vahl-vayr'-day),  Sp.;  hamlet  on  SE. 
coast  of  Iloilo,  Panay,  4^  m.  SW.  of  San 
Joaquin. 

VAMACAN  (vah-mah-cahn'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  E. 
coast  of  Siimar,  4  m.  SE.  of  Tiibig. 

VAN(il'Al{DlA  (vahn-gwar'-dyah),  sp.;  islet  of 
Liiini>iu'an  chain,  3i  m.  NW.  of  Linapacan  I., 
off  NE.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

VANTAT  (vahn-tie'),  nat.;  point  at  mouth  of 
Cagay^n  Riv.,  N.  coast  of  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

VARADEBO  (vah-rah-day'-roh),  Sp.;  point  on 
SW.  of  opening  of  bay  of  that  name,  N.  coast 
of  Mindoro. 

bay  on  N.  coast  of  Mindoro.  Best  anchor- 
age bearing  on  Tibao  (Calapftn  Pt.);  gives  12 
to  15  fms.,  but  not  desirable  in  bad  weather. 

bay  between  Boaya  and  Varadero  Pts.,  1^ 

m.,  and  IJ  m.  deep,  on  SE.  shore  of  extreme 
N.  peninsula,  on  N.  coast  of  Mindoro,  14  m. 
NNW.  of  Calapdn.  Town  of  Galera  lies  on 
NW.  shore.  Bay  affords  excellent  anchorage 
for  all  classes  of  vessels  in  both  monsoons, 
being  preferable  to  Galera  port  in  bad 
weather.  Visited  by  U.  S.  cruiser  Wheeling 
June  17,  18,  1899,  taking  formal  possession. 

VASIAO  (vah-see-ah'-oh),  ver. ;  hamlet  in  pueblo 
of  Santa  Rita,  Sdmar. 


VXSIG  (vah'-seeg),  ver.;  river  taking  its  source 
near  headwaters  of  Suribao  Riv.,  flows  into 
San  Pedro  and  San  Pablo  Bay,  SW.  SAmar. 

VASIRANG  (vah-see'-rahng),  nat.;  point  on  W. 
shore  of  Panguil  Bay,  1  m.  SW.  of  Misamis, 
Misamis  port,  Misamis,  Mindanao, 

VAY  (vie),  ver.;  point  in  S.  Mindanao. 

VEGA  (vay'-gah),  Sp.;  point  S.  head  of  Matnog 
Gulf,  SE.  coast  Sorsogon,  Luz6n. 

pueblo  in  Catanduanes  I.,  NE.  of  Albay, 

Luz6n. 

islet  off  N.  shore  Us6n  I.,  off  S.  coast  Bu- 

suanga  I.,  Calamianes  grp.,  between  Paragua, 
Pualawan,  and  Mindoro. 

VENY  (vay'-nee),  ver.;  hamlet  on  S.  coast  of  ex- 
treme W.  projection  of  Antique,  Panay. 

VERA  (vay'-rah),  Sp.;  pueblo  near  W.  shore  of 
Casilaran  Bay,  D^vao  Gulf,  Mindanao,  34  m. 
SSW.  of  Ddvao. 

VERBENA  (vayr-bay'-nah),  Sp.;  channel  in  Tawi 
Tawigrp.,  Sulu  A. 

VERDE  (vayr'-day),  Sp.;  crater  near  coast  in  ex- 
treme SW.  corner  of  Leyte,  2i  m.  S.  of  Caja- 
guaan. 

strait  (channel)  between  Luzon  and  Min- 
doro I.  (also  called  Channel  of  Isla  Verde), 
connecting  China  and  Visayan  seas,  and 
forming  end  of  S.  steamer  route,  in  connec- 
tion with  San  Bernardino  Strait,  across  archi- 
pelago, between  United  States  and  Manila. 

island  Si  m.  NW.  to  SE.  and  21  m.  NE.  to 

SW.,  3J  m.  S.  of  Arenas  Pt.,  off  S.  coast  of  Ba- 
tangas,  Luzon,  in  mid-channel  between  Lu- 
zon and  Mindoro  Is.,  4  m.  E.  of  Escarceo  Pt., 
N.  coast  of  Mindoro,  One  of  marks  of  navi- 
gation through  this  channel  between  Manila 
and  S.  islands  of  Philippines.  (See  Verde 
Strait.) 

island  9^  m.  SE.  of  BarbacAn,  off  opening  of 

Green  Island  Bay,  E.  coast  of  Paragua,  Pa- 
lawan. 

point  in  Pangasin^n,  Luzon,  at  E.  entrance 

to  small  bay  in  NE.  corner  of  Zambales;  N. 
end  of  boundary  between  these  provinces 
ends  on  Verde  Pt. 

point  on  E.  shore  of   Palaui  I.  and  W. 

headland  Negra  Pt.,  E.  entrance  to  channel 
between  that  island  and  extreme  NW.  land 
of  NE.  peninsula  of  CagayAn,  Luzon. 

point  in  NE.  Zambales,  Luz6n. 

(S.  channel);  passage  S.  of  Verde  I.,  be- 
tween Verde  I.  and  Mindoro,  and  connects 
Mindoro  and  China  seas.  (See  Northern 
channel.) 

(N.  channel);  passage  N.  of  Verde  I.,  be- 
tween Verde  I,  and  Batangas,  Luzon.  W. 
end  of  S.  route  across  P.  A.,  between  Pacific 
Ocean  and  China  Sea  and  steamer  track  be- 
tween United  States  and  Manila.  Connects 
Mindoro  and  China  seas. 

VERDE,  or  SIGNAL  (vayr'-day),  Sp.;  islet  SW.  of 
Caisian  I. ,  E.  of  Maytiaguid,  1  m.  off  E.  coast 
of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

VERDE  DEL  NORTE,  VERDE  DEL  SUR  (vayr'- 
day  dayl  nohr'-tay,  vayr'-day  dayl  soor),  Sp.; 
2  islands  on  E.  coast  of  N.  Palawan,  immedi- 
ately N.  of  S.  boundary  of  Paragua  with 
Moro  Palawan.    (See  Green  Is.) 

VERDES  (vayr'-days)  (green),  Sp.;  group  of  is- 
lands ofi  SE.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 


912 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


VEKECKU  (vay-ray-thayr');  point  extreme  NW. 
Tulidn  1.,  Dalrympie  Harbor,  NE.  coast  of 
Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A. 

VEUGABA  (vayr-gah'-rah),  Sp.;  river  emptying 
into  D^vao  Gulf,  DAvao,  Mindanao.  (See 
DAvaoRiv.) 

Spanish  name  of  Ddvao,  capital  of  DAvao, 

Mindanao.     (SeeDAvao.) 

VERUELA  (vay-rooay'-lah),  Sp.;  pueblo  on  r. 
shore  of  Agusan  Riv.,  6  m.  above  its  entrance 
into  Sadocun  Lake,  Butilan,  Surigao,  Minda- 
nao. 

VIBANGON  (vee-bahng'-ohn),  nat.;  river  empty- 
ing on  N.  shore  of  Siibic  Bay,  SE.  coast  of 
Zambales,  Luzon,  on  E-  side  of  Subic. 

VICA  (vee'-cah),  ver.;  hamlet  in  Abra,  Luz6n,  9 
m.  SW.  of  Bangued. 

TICOL,  or  BICOL  (vee'-call,  bee'-call),  nat.;  river 
in  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Ltizon,  rising  on 
S.  slopes  of  Isarog  Mt.,  receives  numerous 
aiHuents  and  empties  iuto  Bato  Lake. 

VUITORIA  (vic-toh'-ryah),  Sp.;  pueblo  in  Tslrlac, 
Luzon,  at  crossroads  6  m.  NE.  of  TArlac,  and 
2  m.  SW.  of  outlet  of  Canar6n  Lagoon  iuto 
Chico  de  la  Pampanga  Riv.    Pop.,  10,362. 

town  in  Leyte. 

.second  highest  peak  5,680  ft.,  in  S.  Pala- 
wan, 13i  m.  inland  from  Bahia  Honda  Pt., 
occupies  central  position  on  intermediate 
range  from  wliich  on  either  side  extend  ra- 
vines and  dfeji  Ki'rjrcs  thickly  wooded. 

VICTORIA,  NUESTKA  SeSoRA  DE  LA  (nways'- 
trah  say-nyoh'-rah  day  lab  vic-toh'-ryah),  Sp. ; 
town  near  junction  of  Maganuit  with  Mali- 
hao,  7  m.  SW.  of  Manapla,  Negros  Occidental. 
Pop.,  2,030. 

VICTORIAS  (vic-toh'-ryahs),  Sp.;  town  in  Ne- 
gros Occidental. 

VKiiA  (vee'-gah);  Sp.;  point  on  SE.  coast  of  Sor- 
sogou,  Luzon,  lat.  12°  30'  20"  N.,  and  forming 
with  Pandta  Pt.  bay  of  Matnog  (Matnok). 

town  on  main  road  on  W.  shore  of  Albay 

Bay,  3^  m.  N.  of  Albay,  Luzon.    Pop.,  2,896. 

town  on  river  emptying  into  Magamanoc 

port,  Catanduanes  I.,  NE.  of  Albay,  Luzon. 

VltiAN  (vee'-gahn),  ver.;  gap  (Abra  de  Vigan), 
9  m.  inland,  in  mountains  of  Ilocos  Sur, 
Luzon. 

mountain  on  E.  shore  of  Taal  Bay,  Batan- 

gas,  Luzon. 

pueblo,  p.  o.,  and  m.  o.  office,  capital  of  Ilo- 
cos Sur,  Luzon,  and  one  of  centers  in  Luz6n. 
On  island  formed  by  2  of  outlets  of  delta 
of  Abra  Riv.,  2i  m.  NE.  of  anchorage  and  108 
m.  by  coast  road  N.  of  Dagupan,  where  it 
connects  with  railroad  to  Manila,  105  m.,  or 
total  213  m.  from  Vigan  to  Manila.  Town 
enjoys  excellent  advantages  of  intercourse 
with  interior  by  means  of  Abra  Riv.  Has 
some  fine  buildings,  among  them  cathedral, 
episcopal  palace,  casa  real,  court-house,  ad- 
ministration building,  and  council  seminary. 
Pop.,  19,000. 

VlKAiX  ROAD;  well-.sheltered  anchorage,  10  fms. 
near  shore.  Vigan  Riv.  bears  E.  off  Vigan, 
Ilocos  Sur,  Luzon.     (See  Dile  Pt.) 

VIGIA  (vee-hee'-ah),  Sp.;  town  on  W.  shore  of 
San  Pedro  and  San  Pablo  Bay,  E.  coast  of 
Leyte,  2  m.  SE.  of  Tolosa. 

summit  1,161  ft.  high  in  SW.  of  Bongao  I., 

Tawi  Tawi  grp.,  Sulu  A.  Several  summits 
to  S.  are  1,092,  882,  and  872  ft.  with  Pajar 
Mt.,  826  ft.  high,  to  SE.,  and  another,  717  ft.  to 
E.;  village  lies  at  foot  of  latter. 

mountain  in  SW.  part  of  Masbate  I.,  Visa- 

yas,  near  shore  and  landmark  for  navigators. 

point  on  E.  side  of  entrance  to  Naro  Bay, 

Masbate  I.,  Visayas. 

point  in  E.  Leyte. 

mountain  in  Palawan. 


VIWUAiV  (vee-goo'-ahn),  ver.;  hamlet  on  W.  coast 
of  Cotabato,  Mindanao,  llj  m.  SW.  of  Cota- 
bato. 

VILA  (vee'-lah),  Sp.;  hamlet  in  SE.  Lepanto,  Lu- 
z6n.    Pop.,  211. 

VILANVILAN  (vee-lahn-vee'-lahn),  ver.;  island 
which  nearly  closes  mouth  of  Masingloc  Riv. 
in  SE.  extreme  of  Zamboanga  Pen.,  Minda- 
nao; anchorage  of  refuge  in  SW.  gales  from 
Zamboanga. 

VILAB  (vee-lahr'),  Sp.;  pueblo  on  Soca  Vilar 
Riv.  in  S.  central  Bohol,  19  m.  NE.  of  Tagbi- 
laran.    Pop.,  6,665. 

VILLABA  (vee-lyah'-bah),  Sp.;  pueblo  at  head  of 
small  bay  on  W.  coast  of  Leyte,  on  main  sea 
channel,  29  m.  from  Bogo,  on  Cebu  coast  op- 
posite. 

town  on  W.  coast  of  Leyte  I.,  4  m.  from 

Petroleum,  highly  charged  with  paraffine,  4 
m.  distant.    Pop.",  3,257. 

VILLAPLORES  (vee-lyah-floh'-rays),  Sp.;  hamlet 
in  Cilpiz,  Panay,  6  m.  S.  of  May6n. 

VILLAGE,  for.;  rock  in  S.  part  of  Puerto  Princesa 
Harbor  (Port  Royalist),  E.  coast  of  S.  Palawan. 

bay  2i  m.  off  shore,  and  from  it  Maltby  I. 

bears  SW.  by  W.  3  m.,  E.  coast  of  Palawan; 
many  huts  on  shore. 

VILLAGE  RANGE, for.;  summit  1,186 ft. high,  N.  of 
Triple  Top  Range,  on  SW.  shore  of  Puerto 
Princesa  (Port  Royalist)  Bay,  E.  coast  of 
Palawan. 

VILLA  HERMOSA  (vee'-lvah  avr-moh'-sah),  Sp.; 
hamlet  2  m.  SW.  of  Villalon,  NW.  Leyte. 

VILLALt^N,  or  MALBUG  (vee-lyah-lohn',  mahl- 
boog'),  Sp. ;  town  on  NE.  coast  of  Leyte,  oppo- 
site Biliran  I.,  3  m.  acro.ss  sea  channel  be- 
tween islands  and  47  m.  NW.  of  Tacloban. 

■  point  in  NW.  Leyte. 

VILLANGAAN  (vee-lyahn-gah'-ahn),  ver.;  islet  in 
Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A.,  lat.  5°  41'  N. 

VILLA  NEl'EVA  (vee'-lyah  noo-ay'-vah),  Sp.: 
hamlet  in  Misamis,  Mindanao. 

VILLABEAL  (vee-lyah-ray-ahl'),  Sp.;  gulf  10  m. 
S.  of  Catbalogau,  formed  of  S.  waters  of  Ma- 
queda  Bay  on  W.  coast  of  S4mar;  Buad  I. 
shelters  it  from  NW. 

VILLABEAL,  or  UMANAS  (vee-lyah-ray-ahl', 
oo-mah'-nahs),  Sp.;  pueblo  of  importance  on 
S.  shore  of  gulf  of  same  name,  15  m.  SSE.  of 
Catbalogan,  SAmar.    Pop.,  6,091. 

VILLASIS  (vee-lyah'-sees),  Sp.;  hamlet  in  Pan- 
gasinAn,  Luzon. 

pueblo  on  r.  bank  of  Agno  Riv.,  in  Panga- 

sinAn,  Luz6n,  at  junction  of  several  important 
highways,  24  m.  SE.  of  Lingayen,  and  at 
grossing  of  Agno.  N.  boundary  of  Nueva 
Ecija  is  on  opposite  bank  and  Resales  but  2 
m.  beyond.    Pop.,  11,968. 

VILLAVICENCIO  (vee-lyah -  vee -thayn'-thyoh), 
Sp.;  island  near  S.  head  to  Loog  (Luk)  Bay, 
Lubang  I. 

VILLAVICIOSA  (vee-lyah-vee-thyoh'-sah),  Sp.; 
hamlet  in  Abra,  Luz6n,  12  m.  S.  of  Bangued. 

VILLAVIEJA  (vee-lyah-vyay'-hah),  Sp.;  town 
extreme  SW.  of  Abra,  Luz6n,  19  m.  S.  of  Ban- 
gued.    Pop.,  859. 

A'lLUCAO  (vee-loo-cow'),  nat.;  point  at  extreme 
N.  end  of  Ambil  I.,  Lubang  I.,  NW.  of  Min- 
doro. 

VIXAFOAX  (vee-nah-foh'-ahn),  ver.;  hamlet  on 
r.  bank  of  Bicol  Riv..  in  Ambos  Camarines 
(Sur),  Luz6n,  20  m.  SE.  of  Niteva  CAceres. 

VINALO  (vee-nah'-loh),  ver.;  islet  E.  of  Ibelbel 
I.  near  Balkan  Pt.,  on  E.  shore  of  Malampaya 
Sound,  Paragua,  Palawan. 

VlNALUSAJf  (vee-nah-loo'-sahn),  nat.;  river  en- 
tering strait  on  SE.  shore  of  Cebil,  Visayas  I., 
i  m.  W.  of  Cebii. 

VIXiN  (vee-nahn'),  ver.;  hamlet  in  pueblo  of 
Binang,  Laguua,  Luz6n.    {Also  Bin&n). 


GAZETTEER   OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


913 


VIJfAS  (vec'-nyahs),  ver.;  hamlet  on  r.  bank  of 
river  of  same  name,  in  Ambos  Camarines 
(Norte),  Luzon.     (See  Cabibijaban.) 

river  of  Ambos  Camarines  (Norte) ,  Luzon. 

{See  Cabibijaban.) 

river  emptying  at  head  of  gulf  of  Ragay, 

in  connection  with  which  it  almost  com- 
pletely severs  island  of  Luz6n  in  2  parts  at 
this  p'oint,  separating  Tayabas  and  Ambos 
Camarines  (Norte).    (See  Cabibijaban  Riv.) 

VIM\(JA>'  (vee-neeng'-ahn),  nat.;  hamlet  in  pue- 
ble  of  Puncdn,  Nueva  Ecija,  Luzon,  on  brow 
of  Lagsig  Mt. 

VIMAR  (veen-tahr'),  ver.:  pueblo  5  m.  E.  of 
Laoag,  Ilocos  Norte,  Luzon.    Pop.,  11,803. 

VI.WAXiiA  (vee-nwahng'-ah),  nat.;  point  on  N. 
coast  of  Tayabas,  Luzon. 


VIRA  (vee-rah'),  ver.;    mountain   in  pueblo  of 

Bangui,  Ilocos  Norte,  Luzon,  NE.  of  town. 
VIRAC  (vce-rahk'),ver.;  puebloandp.o.  at  mouth 

of  river,  on  S.  shore  of  Catanduanes  I.,  NE. 

of  Albay,  Luzon;  most  important  on  island. 

Pop.,  5,832.  -^ 

VIRI  (vee-ree'),  ver.;  one  of  islands  of  Kalicuatro 

cluster,  off  N.  coastof  SAmar,  lat.  12° 41'  10" N. 
A'IRIATO    (vee-ryah'-toh),    Sp.:    hamlet    on  W. 

shore  of  SAmar  I.,  S.  of  Maglalabon  Pt. 
VISATA  (vee-sah'-yah),  nat.;  point  on  SE.  .shore 

of  Tara  I.,  off  N.  coast  of  Siasi  I.,  Tapul  grp., 

Sulu  A.,  and  N.  head  of  channel    between 

Tara  and  Siasi  Is. 
TISATAJJ  SEA ;  body  of  interisland  waters  from 

S.  part  of  Luzonto  N.  coast  of  Mindanao,  in 

which  lie  islands  of  Visayangrp.    Also  known 

by  names  Interior,  Interinsular,  and  Ot6n,  or 

Inland  Sea. 


VISAYAN   ISLANDS. 

( Vce-sah'-yahn,  nat. ) 

LOCATION   AND   BOUNDARIES. 

The  Vi.sayas,  one  of  the  4  great  insular  groups  of  the  P.  A. ,  in  the  sea  variously  known 
as  Otun,  Interior,  Interinsular,  and  Visayan,  occupies  a  central  position  in  the  Ameri- 
can possessions  in  E.  Asia,  having  Luzon  on  the  N.,  the  Pacific  Ocean  on  the  E., 
Mindanao  on  the  S.,  and  Mindoro,  Calamianes  group,  Paragua,  and  I\Ioro  Palawan, 
and  the  intervening  Mindoro  and  Sulu  seas,  on  the  W.  They  cover  a  sea  surface 
extending  from  lat.  9°  2'  N.  (Siatun  Pt.,  Negros)  to  13°  5'  N.  (Templo  I.,  Romblun), 
and  from  Ion.  121°  49^  E.  (Pusio  Pt.,  Panay)  to  125°  51^  E.  (Sungi  Pt.,  Samar),  or 
243  m.  (sea)  N.  and  S.  and  242  m.  E.  and  W.,  making  58,806  geog.  m.,  or  their 
equivalent,  77,840  st.  (sq. )  m.  This  group,  originally  known  as  the  Islas  de  Pintados 
(islands  of  the  painted  men),  received  its  present  name  from  racial  considerations, 
the  Visayans  being  the  most  numerous  of  the  4  great  ethnological  classes  of  the 
archipelago. 

AREA  AND  POPULATION. 

List  of  islands,  the  larger  dependent  islands,  provinces,  and  populations— Visayan  group. 


Islands  and  provinces. 


1887  pop- 
ulation, 
Spanish 
census. 


Esti- 
mated 
popula- 
tion not 
counted. 


Total 
popula- 


Visayan  Islands 25, 302 


2,486, 


10, 000 


:,  497, 908 


Bohol 

Siquijor. 
Cebti 

Mactan. 

Leyte 

"  Biliran. 

Pana6n. 

Camotes. 
Masbate: 

Burias . . . 


Ticao  

Negros: 

Negros  Occidental. 

Negros  Oriental  . . . 
Panay: 

Antique 

CApiz 

Iloilo 

Guimarfts. 
RombI6n 

Alad. 

Romblon. 

Sibuy&n. 

Tablas. 


Malhon. 


1,614 
1,782 
4,214 


268 

1,315 

149 

3,112 
1,742 

1,340 
1,661 
2,102 


260,000 
518,032 
270, 491 


«1,703 
21,366 
C) 


115,434 
224, 000 
433,462 
''38,982 

55,339 


185,386 


260,000 
518, 032 
270, 491 


231,512 
140, 498 

115,434 
224,000 
462,444 


»  Another  authority  gives  the  population  at  11,000  in  1875. 

b  See  Masbate. 

"This  represents  the  population  in  1897  of  Concepcion  district,  now  Iloilo, 

S.  Doc.  280 58 


914 


GAZETTEER   OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


The  areas  of  the  larger  groups  of  the  islam 
the  Visayas  ami  giving  nationalities,  are: 


PACIFIC  INSULAR  GROUPS. 

f  the  Paeitic  Ocean,  c-ompared  with 


Group. 

Water. 

Land. 

Total. 

Population. 

National  jurisdiction. 

52,538 

25,302 

77,840 
9,000 
8,357 
7,754 
7,630 
6,640 
5,300 

1,700 

420 
310 
190 

2,486,205 
89,000 

Do 

British. 

Fiji 

123,500 
60, 000 

Do 

French. 

Hawaii 

109, 020  1  United  States. 

New  Hebrides 

75,000     French. 

[United  States. 
36,000  -^British. 

Samoa 

[German. 
10, 200  '  Spanish,  now  German. 
33,000            Do. 

Pelew                                             1 

3,000  1          Do. 

The  Visayan  group  alone  of  the  United  States  possessions  in  E.  Asia  has  61 
per  cent  more  land  area  and  more  than  4  times  the  population  of  the  larger  insular 
groups  of  other  nations,  also  including  the  United  States,  in  the  Pacific  Ocean, 
combined. 

PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 

The  Visayas,  geologically,  are  part  of  the  volcanic  chain  which  traverses  the  archi- 
pelago from  the  extreme  N.  of  Luzon  to  the  extreme  S.  of  Mindanao.  The  highest 
elevations  are  10,150  ft.  (according  to  the  Derrotero  and  British  and  United  States 
hydrographic  charts )  in  Bohol;  2,172  in  Cebu;  4,025  in  Leyte;  1,823  in  Masbate; 
6,244  in  Negros;  7,264  in  Panay,  and  6,424  on  Sibuydn  I.,  Romblon.  The  average 
altitudes  run  from  1,000  to  4,000  ft.,  and  generally  trend  about  the  center  of  the 
island,  a  series  of  hills  dropping  toward  the  seashore.  All  the  islands  are  -well  pro- 
vided with  rivers  as  a  means  of  irrigation  or  transportation.  In  Leyte,  Negros,  and 
Panay  are  a  number  of  fine  streams. 

BAYS   AND   HARBORS. 

The  mainland  is  also  well  indented  with  l)ays  and  harbors:  Asid,  in  Masbate;  San 
Pedro  and  San  Pablo,  in  Sumar  and  Leyte;  Carigara  and  Sogod,  in  Leyte,  and  Sipian, 
in  Panay,  among  the  largest  and  best  in  the  archipelago. 

ROADS  AND    COMMUNICATIONS. 

The  facilities  of  land  transportation  are  well  advanced  in  Bohol,  Cebu,  lyeyte, 
Negros,  and  particularly  in  Uoilo,  Panay.  Vessels  passing  between  the  United  States 
and  the  ports  on  the  China  Sea  coast  of  the  archipelago,  including  Manila,  and 
also  between  ports  of  Luzon  and  Mindanao,  pass  through  the  main  channels  of  this 
group.  For  the  safety  and  convenience  of  commerce  the  United  States  maintains  a 
system  of  maritime  lights  superior  to  that  of  any  other  nation  in  the  Far  East.  Steam- 
ers plying  between  United  States  ports  and  the  Pacific  outlet  of  the  proposed  Central 
American  interoceanic  canal,  via  San  Bernardino  Strait  and  the  Verde  Passage, 
the  S.  route  through  the  archipelago,  have  the  guidance  of  the  San  Bernardino, 
Tapul,  Burias,  Busainga,  Masbate,  and  Romblon  lights.  The  Siimar  Sea  is  lighted 
at  Cat])alogan  and  Calbuyog,  with  others  on  the  Siimar  coast  and  Janabatas  channel 
in  Leyte,  and  between  Bohol  and  Cebii.     In  Uoilo  Strait  are  5  lights. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

In  the  entire  group  are  350  towns,  ranging  from  1,500  to  25,000  inhabitants,  and 
1,364  villages,  with  a  population  of  2,497,908. 

DEPENDENT  ISLANDS. 

Among  the  dependent  islands,  numbering  490  charted  and  named,  are  many  of 
geographical  importance,  both  as  regards  areas  and  economic  conditions.  The  larger 
of  these  are  Lapinin  Grande,  18  sq.  m.,  and  Panglao,  30  sq.  m.,  off  the  coast  of 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  915 

Bohol;  Bantayan,  -10  sq.  in.,  aboundinsr  in  pearls  and  shells,  and  Mactan,  40  sq.  m., 
with  its  fine  groves  of  cocoannts,  off  Cebii;  Biliran,  144  s<].  in.,  with  its  fine  sulphur 
springs,  and  Panaon,  76  sq.  m.,  where  gold  is  found,  off  Leyte;  Guimar;is,  243  sq.  m., 
with  its  important  products  of  rice,  hemp,  cotton,  and  tol)acco,  off  Iloilo,  in  Panay. 

VEGETABLE  PRODUCTS. 

The  staple  products  of  the  archipelago — hemp,  sugar  cane,  tobacco,  coffee,  rice, 
cotton,  corn,  millet,  sweet  potatoes,  cocoa  (save  in  Bohol),  and  also  vegetables — grow 
successfully  on  all  the  islands.  In  Leyte,  one  of  the  best  cultivated,  out  of  572,000 
hectares  (1  hectare  =  2.471  acres),  250,000  hectares  are  devoted  to  agriculture 
and  the  remainder,  grazing  and  mountain  lands,  to  pasture  for  large  herds  of  cattle, 
carabaos,  horses,  and  hogs.  The  hemp  plantations  have  been  under  cultivation  for 
upward  of  40  years.  In  Negros  are  numerous  cocoanut  plantations,  particularly 
in  the  vicinity'  of  Ambling.  The  product  is  regarded  as  the  finest  in  the  group. 
In  Iloilo,  Panay,  37,552  farm  hands  are  employed.  An  idea  of  the  extensive 
cultivation  of  hemp  in  Cebii,  Leyte,  and  Samar  may  be  formed  by  reference  to  the 
accompanying  statistics  of  comrnerce.  These  figures  do  not  represent  the  consump- 
tion in  home  manufacture. 

MINERALS. 

The  mineral  wealth  is  also  great.  In  Bohol  iron,  copper,  gold,  and  coal  are  found. 
In  Cebu,  the  first  of  the  P.  I.  in  which  the  discovery  of  coal  was  announced,  in 
1827,  valuable  deposits  exist  at  Alpaco,  Uling,  Guylagiiyla,  Naga,  Danao,  and  Com- 
postela.  Experiments  have  developed  that,  while  possibly  inferior  to  special  grades 
of  English  coal,  it  is  superior  to  that  from  Australia  and  is  adapted  to  general  use. 
Gold  and  silver  bearing  lead  ore  are  found  in  the  central  part  of  the  island  at  Pana- 
pac,  Consolacion,  Acsubing,  and  Budtan.  At  these  points  the  soil  shows  traces  of 
ancient  washings.  Petroleum,  with  coal,  appears  at  Toledo,  on  the  W.  coast.  It  is 
also  reported  from  Asturias,  to  the  N.  of  Toledo,  on  the  same  coast,  and  from  Alegria, 
to  the  S.  In  Leyte  gold,  iron,  magnetite,  lead,  and  silver  have  been  worked  by  the 
natives.  Sulphur,  which  is  of  superior  quality,  was  used  in  the  gunpowder  works  of 
Manila  under  the  Spanish.  There  are  also  indications  of  petroleum,  heavily  charged 
with  parafiine,  in  the  vicinity  of  Yillaba,  on  the  W.  coast.  In  Masbate  lignite  and  gold 
are  found  in  paying  quantities.  On  the  rivers  entering  the  sea  near  Calatrava  and 
Talabii,  in  Negros  Occidental,  and  also  in  Negros  Oriental,  are  important  deposits  of 
coal.  In  Antique,  Panay,  iron,  gypsum,  marl,  anthracite  coal,  and  marble  await 
exploitation,  and  there  exists  a  vein  of  marble  of  varied  colors  and  fine  structure. 
In  Ciipiz,  also  in  Panay,  are  working  mines  of  gold  and  iron  ore. 

FORESTS. 

All  the  islands,  both  great  and  small,  abound  in  forests  of  the  best  varieties  of 
wood,  notablv  juniper,  teak,  ebony,  molave,  and  bamboo.  The  teak  of  Negros  is 
highly  prized  by  Western  shipbuilders.  In  Capiz  alone  are  found  87  species  of 
woods  of  economic  value  in  house  and  ship  building  and  cabhiet  work.  Also  medic- 
inal and  dye  plants  are  numerous.  The  dammar  or  pitch  of  Leyte  is  the  most 
valuable  in  the  archipelago.  Eesins,  gum  mastic,  or  wax,  and  honey  are  also 
produced  in  abundance. 

FRUITS. 

Among  the  fruits  are  excellent  varieties  of  the  pineapple,  sapote,  mangosteen, 
banana,  orange,  lemon,  both  cultivated  and  wild. 

INDUSTRIES. 

The  industries  of  this  group  are  varied  and  extensive.  In  Bohol,  besieges  weaving 
fabrics  in  silk,  pineapple  (pina  cloth),  cotton,  and  hemp,  are  specialties  in  blankets, 
napkins,  and  mats,  made  from  the  rush  called  "  ticay."  In  Cebu  the  manufactures 
of  sugar,  salt,  cocoanut  wines,  potterv,  textiles  of  silk,  sinamay,  hemp,  cotton,  sugar 
sacks,  and  cheese,  are  important;  also,  off  the  coast  are  found  the  celebrated  rega- 
dera  de  Cebu  (Euplectella,  glass  sponge  or  Venus  flower  baskets)  and  the  rare  shell 
Gloria  Maria.  In  Leyte,  besides  fabrics  of  abacd  and  cabo  negro  or  boat  cables  from 
hemp,  there  is  also  aii  important  industry  in  sugar,  chocolate,  and  cocoanut  oil.  The 
women  are  particularly  skilled  in  lace  making  and  embroidery.  The  pastoral  indus- 
try is  also  important.     In  the  waters  adjoining,  shell,  sponges,  and  pearls  abound, 


916 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


while  the  caverns  along  the  coast  produce  the  finest  edible  Inrd's  nests.  The  cattle, 
horses,  and  hogs  of  Masbate  find  a  market  at  Manila,  and  the  Bayones  sugar  sacks  of 
burl,  a  palm  which  grows  on  the  islands,  and  palm  mats  have  attracted  the  atten- 
tion of  European  expositions.  In  Negros  the  use  of  machinery  in  working  sugar 
cane  is  more  general  than  in  any  of  the  other  islands.  The  manufacture  of  sugar 
sacks  and  cotton  pillows  is  also  an  important  item  of  mechanical  industry.  The 
fisheries  in  trepang  and  shells  and  gathering  of  edible  bird's  nests  are  extensive.  In 
Antique,  Panay,  the  weaving  of  pineapple  fiber,  jusi,  and  sinamay  employs  12,000 
women.  In  Capiz,  of  the  same  island,  the  manufacture  of  sugar  sacks,  palm-leaf  hats 
and  baskets  and  the  production  of  alcohol,  amounting  to  500,000  liters  annually,  are 
specialties.  The  raising  of  cattle,  numbering  1898,  45,624  head,  and  horses,  valued  at 
1324,504,  is  a  leading  occupation.  In  Iloilo  the  manufacture  of  pineapple  fiber,  jusi, 
sinamay,  and  cotton  employs  300  looms.  At  the  outbreak  of  the  war  with  Spain, 
there  were  153,439  head  of  stock,  principally  cattle,  in  this  province.  The  fisheries 
give  employment  to  a  large  number  of  the  inhabitants  of  all  the  islands,  beche  de 
mer  (trei^ang),  shells,  and  pearls  being  the  products  of  commercial  value.  In  these 
islands  weekly  fairs  are  held  at  all  important  towns. 

COMMERCE. 

The  commerce  of  the  group  in  all  the  products  of  agriculture,  manufacture,  and 
fishery  is  extensive. 

The  value  of  the  exports  of  hemp,  sugar,  and  copra  are  shown  in  the  following 
statistics: 

HEMP  STATISTICS,    VTSAYAS,    PHILIPPINE  ISLANDS. 
RECEli'TS,  1899. 
[From  report  of  the  Manila  Chamber  of  Commerce.] 
[1  picul  (P.  I.)  =137.9  United  States  pounds;  16  piculs=l  United  States  ton.] 


Piculs. 

I 

Tons. 

Visayan  Islands: 

Cebu  Province 

19  390 

1,212 

Cebii  port .... 

24l' 100 

15,068 
7,406 
9,311 

Sdmar 

148  988 

Total 

32, 997 
61  595 

Total  for  all  ports 

!      QRS  MO 

COMPARATIVE  STATEMENT  OF  EXPORTS  OF  SUGAR    FROM  PHILIPPINE  PORTS,    1899. 

[From  report  of  the  Manila  Chamber  of  Commerce.] 


Visayan  Islands: 
Cebii 

210, 780 
1,197,700 

13,173 

Iloilo  

Total 

1,408,480 
1,488,854 

88  079 

93; 053 

COMPARATIVE  STATEMENT  OF    EXPORTS    OF    COPRA  FROM  PHILIPPINE  PORTS,    1899. 

[From  report  of  the  Manila  Chamber  of  Commerce.] 


Piculs. 

Tons. 

Visayan  Islands: 

Cebu 

66,282 
9,221 

4, 142 

Iloilo 

576 

Total 

75,503 
291, 322 

4, 718 

GAZETTEEE   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


917 


UNITED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 

The  occupation  of  the  Visayan  p;roiip  was  among  the  earliest  military  movements 
after  the  signing  of  the  treaty  of  peace  with  Spain.  Iloflo  was  the  first  port  and 
city  occupied  by  the  American  troops.  The  garrisoned  points  were  selected  on 
account  of  their  commercial  importance  and  the  value  of  productive  industries  in 
the  surrounding  regions. 

CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 


All  the  islands  of  the  Visayan  group  are  under  civil  government,  which  will  be 
found  under  their  respective  provinces. 


VITALI,  or  BUNGAO  (vee-tah'-lee,  boong-ah'-oh), 
ver.;  river  entering  bay  of  Sibuguey  on  its  W. 
shore,  SW.  of  Tigbaon  Is.,  Zamboanga  Pen., 
Mindanao. 

bay  in  S.  Mindanao. 

E.  coast  hamlet  of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao, 

29  m.  NE.  by  N.  of  Zamboanga. 

point  on  E.  coast  of  Zamboanga  Pen.,  Min- 
danao, 165  m.  SSW.  of  Panubigan  Is.;  3j  m. 
E.  of  this  point  are  Tigbaon  cluster. 

VITXs  (vee-tahs').  Tag.;  rock  N.  of  mouth  of 
P&sig  Riv.,  Bay  of  Manila,  Luz6n,  lat,  14° 
39'40iN. 


—  river  entering  Manila  Bay,  N.  of  Manila 
Liiz6n,  at  outlet  of  which  is  starting  point  oJ 
N.  boundary  of  municipality  of  Manila. 


VITO  (vee'-toh),  Sp.;  hamlet  in  Lepanto,  Luz6n, 

10  m.  W.  of  Cayto. 
VIUMIGAJi  (view-mee'-gahn),  ver.;  hamlet  near 

S.  boundary  of  Abra,  Luz6n,  21  m.  S.  of  Ban- 

gued. 
VIVO  (vee'-voh),  Sp.;  hamlet  of  CApiz,  Panay,  1 

m.  from  r.  bank  of  Ibajay  Riv.,  and  7  m.  S.  of 

Tangalan. 
VOLCiN    (vohl-cahn'),     Sp.;    island .  in    Lake 

Bomb6n  or  Taal,  in  Batangas,  Luz6n,  4  m. 

from  NW^.  to  SE.  and  5  m.  from  NE.  to  SW. 

Area,  9  sq.  m. 
VOLCjCn,   or  TAAL  (vohl-cahn',    tah-ahl'),  Sp.; 

volcano  in  Lake  VolcAn  or  Taal,  Batangas, 

Luz6n,  lat.  14°  2'  N.  Ion.  120°  57'  E.,  1,050  ft. 

high.    Recorded  years  of  eruption,  1709, 1716, 

171C,  1731,  1749, 1754,  1808,  1873. 


GAZETTEEK    OF   THE    THlLirriJ^E    ISLANDS. 


919 


W. 


WAKE  ISLAND  (UNITED  STATES). 

[An  insular  Pacific  outpost  of  the  P.  A.] 

Table  of  distances. 

[By  routes  of  full-powered  steam  vessels.] 
From  Wake  to—  naut.  m. 

Guam,  WSW 1^  320 

Honolulu,  E.  by  N 2  040 

Hongkong,  E.  by  S 2',  760 

Manila— to  Guam,  1,320;  to  Manila,  1,506 2, 826 

Marcus  I.,  NW.  by  W 780 

Tutuila,  Samoa,  SW 2, 220 

Yokohama,  Japan,  NW 1, 830 

This  islet,  in  the  midst  of  the  vast  surrounding  ocean  waters  of  the  N.  Pacific,  lies 
in  lat.  19°  10^  N.,  Ion.  166°  3(y  E.,  but  13°  30'  E.  of  the  meridian  of  longitude  (180°) 
which  divides  the  E.  and  W.  hemispheres  of  the  earth,  and  but  30  m.  N.  of  the  route 
of  steam  vessels  plying  between  Guam  and  Honolulu  on  their  voyages  between  the 
United  States  and  the  Philippines. 

It  is  also  on  the  cable  route  between  the  United  States  and  the  P.  A. — from  San 
Francisco  to  Honolulu,  2,100  naut.  m. ;  to  Wake,  2,040  m.;  to  Guam,  1,320  m.;  to 
Rasa  Pt.,  (Gubat,  SE.  coast  of  Sorsogon,  Luzon),  NW.  of  San  Bernardino  light,  7  m.; 
thence  to  Manila,  220  m.  (air  line),  via  the  United  States  Signal  Service  system  of 
telegraphs  and  cables;  total,  5,687  naut.  m.,  or  6,640  stat.  m. 

The  island,  barely  1  sq.  m.  in  area,  has  no  economic  value  other  than  the  guano 
deposits  upon  its  rocky  surface,  and  possibly  as  a  stepping  stone  of  cable  connection 
between  the  United  States  and  its  Asiatic  possessions. 

WASHINGTON,    for.;  cape  on  SW.   coast   of    S. 

Palawan;  between  this  cape  and  Jerv6is  Pt., 

\i  m.  NE.,  opens  Culaslan  Bay. 
WATERFALL,  for.;  abrupt  rocky  shoulder,  worn 

bare  by  action  of  water,  usually  seen  running 

down  side  between  False  Sharp  and  Sharp 

Peaks,  S.  of  Gantung  Mt.,  SW.  Palawan. 
WATERING,  for.;  bay  approaching  Ulugan  Bay 

from  N.,  1  m.  S.of  Sangbauen  Mt.,  W.  coast  of 

Paragua,  Palawan;  range  inland  reaches  alti- 
tudes of  1,730  ft.  to  E.  and  3,210  ft.  to  NE. 
WEDGE,  for.;  island  on  NW.  coast  of  Paragua, 

Palawan.    (SeeManimbulao.) 
island  off  Dumarta  I.,  E.  coast  of  Paragua, 

Palawan.    (.See  Quimitad.) 
WEEKS,  OR  MARCUS,  for.;  island  in  N.  Pacific 

Ocean,  lat.  24°  14'  N.  Ion.,  153°  4'  E.,  origi- 
nally discovered  and  occupied  by  Americans 

and   laterally  subject   to  alleged  claim  by 

Japan.    (See  Marcus  I.) 
M'ELCOME,  for.;  point  3J  m.  N.  of  Buliluyan  C, 

extreme  S.  point  of  Palawan. 
WEST,  for.;  point  on  W. projection  of  Carabao  I., 

in   channel    between    NW.    coast  of   Cdpiz, 

Panay.  and  Cabalian  Pt.,  S.  end  of  Tablas  I., 

Rombl6n  grp. 
W.  point  on  that  shore  of  Bal&bae  I.,  Balft- 

bac  grp.,  off  SW.  coast  of  Palawan,  about  mid- 
way between  Martinez  Pt.  on  N.  and  Melville 

C.   on  S.  of  island;  BaUbac  reefs,  through 

which  extend  narrow  lanes  of  deep  water  to 

shore,  lie  SW.  of  this  point. 
WKST  COAST,  for.;  elevation  at  N.  extremity  of 

Southwest  or  Temple  Hill  (5.  v.)  range,  in 

SW.  Palawan. 
WEST  POINT,  for.,  or  OESTE  (oh-avs'-tay),  Sp.; 

headland   from  NW.  and  SW.  for  bearings 

when  nearing  shoals  off  W.  coast  of  BalAbac  I., 

off  SW.  coast  Palawan,  7  m.  NW.  by  N.  of 

Melville  C. 


WEST  POINT;  extreme  SW.  point  of  Alad  1., 
Rombl6n  grp.,  Visayas,  and  N.  head  to  chan- 
nel from  W.  between  Alad  and  Lugbung  Is., 
NW.  of  Rombl6n. 

W^TLER  (vay'-layr),  Sp.;  town  on  W.  coast  of 
S&mar,  41  m.  NW.  of  Catbalogan. 

WHALE,  for.;  rock  off  NE.  coast  of  Surigao, 
Mindanao.    (See  Ballena.) 

WHITE,  for.;  island  of  Corandagos  grp.,  Mindoro 
Sea,  off  Dumarto  I.,  E.  coast  of  Paragua, 
Palawan,     (^to  Casirahan.) 

passage  or  W.  entrance  to  Dalrymple  Har- 
bor, NE.  coast  Sulu  I.,  Sulu  A. 

WHITE  ROCK,  for.;  hamlet  on  E.  coast  of  Bar- 
bae I.,  off  SW.  extreme  of  Palawan,  on  river 
entering  SW.  shore  of  Dalauan  Bay;  naviga- 
ble for  boats.  Inhabitants  raise  goats,  fowl, 
and  game,  and  cultivate  small  tracts  of 
ground. 

WILHELMINA,  for.;  rock  in  Balangulngui  grp., 
Sulu  A.     (See  Halc6n  rock,) 

WOOD,  for.;  point  on  S.  shore  of  Ulugan  Bay, 
SW.  coast  of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

WRECK,  for.;  bay  on  SW.  coast  of  Dalanganem 
I.,  of  Corandagos  grp.,  Mindoro  Sea,  E.  coast 
of  Paragua,  Palawan. 

WRECK  HEAD,  for.;  bold  rock  cliff  forming  N. 
point  of  Inlulutoc  Bay,  NW.  coast  of  Para- 
gua, Palawan. 

WTLLIE,  for.;  2  clusters  of  rocks  off  N.  coast 
CagayAn,  Luz6n,  above  water,  -with  high 
breakers  between,  and  dangerous  to  vessels 
passing  through  Babuyanes  grp.  at  night.  S. 
rock,  which  is  largest,  bears  NE.  7  m.  from 
Panuitan  islet,  other  cluster  lies  Ik  m.  NNE. 
from  largest. 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


921 


YABO  (yah'-boh),  ver.;  hamletin  pueblo  of  Liipi, 
Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luz6n. 

YACHT,  for.;  small  bay  on  NW.  shore  of  Caca- 
yAn  Sulu,  SW.  waters  Sulu  Sea,  between 
BalAbac  grp.  and  Sulu  A. 

ITAOANAC  (yah-gah-nahk');  island  in  CagayAn, 
Sulu  grp.  SW.  waters  Sulu  Sea,  between 
Baldbac  grp.  and  Sulu  A.  From  this  island 
Laurel  and  Clotilde  rocks  are  plainly  visible 
from  bridge  of  ves.sel  when  6  or  7  m.  away. 

YAGBlINtJAN  (yahg-boong'-ahn),  ver.;  point  on 
SW.  coast  o'f  Daram  I.,  off  W.  coast  Sdmar,at 
entrance  to  small  bay. 

YAMBANTiiAIV  (yalim'-bahng'-ahn'),  nat.;  hamlet 
and  stream  entering  narrow  channel  on  SW. 
shore  of  Siasi  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

Y'AMI  (yah'-mee),  ver.;  extreme  N.  island  of 
Batanes  grp.,  off  N.  coast  of  CagayAn,  Luz6n, 
and  of  United  States  possessions  in  E.  Asia; 
Area,  i  sq.  m.;  23  m.  S.  of  N.  line  of  boundary 
of  United  States  territorv,  in  lat.  21°  5'  N.  and 
Ion.  121°  58'  2"  E.,  42i  m.  N.  of  Santo  Domingo 
de  Basco,  chief  town  of  group  (BatAn  I.),  and 
93  m.  SE.  of  Formosa.  N.  Bashi  Rocks,  re- 
puted to  lie  Hi  m.  to  NE.,  are  reported  to 
have  no  existence  in  position  assigned  to 
them  on  charts,  and  their  existence  is  con- 
sidered doubtful.  This  island  is  most  impor- 
tant of  cluster  of  Batanes  grp.  lying  N.  of 
Ibayat  I.,  inhabited  by  barbarous  and  pagan 
tribes  known  as  Bashi,  whose  language  is 
apparently  not  derived  from  larger  islands  of 
group,  nor  is  it  traceable  as  special  language. 
Batanes  and  Bashi  do  not  understand  each 
other;  they,  however,  have  some  words  in 
common.  Regarded  as  not  improbable  that 
both  people  and  language  originated  in  set- 
tlements established  by  seafaring  people  of 
Formosa  or  possibly  at  some  remote  period 
from'mainland  of  China. 

YAOtlAN  (yah-oh'-gahn),  ver.;  mountain  N.  of 
Yabasan  Riv.,  10  m.  WSW.  of  Sulat,  E.  S^mar. 

YAPAL  (yah-pahl'),  nat.;  village  on  SE.  shore  of 
Lapac  I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

YAPUSAN  (yah-poo'-sahn).  Tag.;  point  on  SW. 
shore  of  Lubang  I.,  Lubang  grp.,  off  China 
Sea,  off  NW.  extreme  of  Mindoro,  at  entrance 
to  Verde 


YARO  (yah'-roh),  nat.;  islet  off  SE.  coast  of  Siasi 
I.,  Tapul  grp.,  Sulu  A. 

YAUA  (yah-wah'),  nat.;  river  receiving  several 
of  streams  from  SE.  slopes  of  Albay  volcano, 
emptying  on  W.  shore  of  Albay  Gulf,  about 
1  m.  N.  of  Legaspi,  Albay,  Luzon. 

YBIXtJAY  (ee-beeng'-ay),nat.;  point  on  NE.  coast 
of  Masbate  I.,  Visayas. 

YEtOP  (yay'-cohp),  ver.;  mountain  in  extreme 
SE.  S^mar,  4  m.  ENE.  of  Quinapundan. 

YENIjN  (yay-noon'),  ver.;  river  of  Abra,  Luzon, 
lat.  17°  22'  N.,  emptying  N.  of  Manabo. 

YESO  (yay'-soh),  Sp.;  island  in  small  bight  on 
NW.  coast  of  Ticao  I.,  Masbate  grp.,  Visayas. 

YIGABAN  (yee-gah'-rahn),  ver.;  peak  in  small 
peninsula  which  forms  E.  shore  of  large  bay 
in  SE.  Sftmar,  6  m.  NE.  of  Quinapundan. 

YLIN  (ee-leen'),  nat.;  town  on  W.  shore  of  Ylln 
I.,  off  SW.  coast  of  Mindoro;  lat.  12°  15',  N.  of 
Ambolon  I.  Channel  staked  by  natives  leads 
up  to  town,  where  stream  empties  into  sea. 
Fall  of  excellent  water  drops  over  cliff  near 
to  S.,  to  which  water  boats  have  access.  In- 
habitants raise  grain,  fowls,  and  pigs.  Mt. 
Ylin  is  3  m.  distant.    Pop.,  500. 

island  11  m.NNW.toSSE., and  3im.NE.  to 

S  W. ,  in  Mindoro  Sea,  off  SW.  coast  of  Mindoro, 
separated  by  channel  1}  m.  wide.  Forms 
with  SW.  shore  of  Mindoro,  opposite  Pan- 
darochan  Bay.  Island  is  woody  and  hillv, 
highest  summit  on  N.  part  Ylin  Mt.,  being 


YLIN— Continued. 

about  850  ft.  above  sea.  NE.  and  S.  shores 
are  clean  and  steep-to  on  NW.  Strait  be- 
tween island  and  Mindoro  free  from  danger. 

strait  between  Ylin  I.  and  SW.  coast  of 

Mindoro,  If  m.  wide  at  N.  entrance,  and  6J 
m.  long.  Connects  Mangarin  Bay  on  NW. 
with  Pandarochan  Bay  on  SE. 

mountain  850  ft.  high,  on  N.  end  of  island 

of  that  name,  off  SW.  coast  of  Mindoro,  and  3 
m.  N.  of  town. 

S.  point  of  island  of  that  name  off  SW. 

coast  of  Mindoro  and  W.  headland  of  Pan- 
darochan Bay. 

YINDjCn,  or  INDANG  (een-dahn',  een-dahng'), 
nat.;  hamlet  in  Ambos  Camarines  (Norte), 
Luz6n. 

YNliALAK  (eeng-ah'-lahn),  nat.;  one  of  Calaguas 
Is.,  off  NE.  coast  Ambos  Camarines  (Norte), 
Luzon. 

YOG  (yohg),  ver.;  point  on  N.  land  of  Catandua- 
nes  I.,  NE.  of  Albay,  Luz6n,  of  moderate 
heights  and  steep- to. 

YBIOA,  orlRIGA  (ee-ree'-gah),  ver.;  hamlet  SW. 
of  volcano  of  Yriga  and  beyond  Nabua,  in 
Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luz6n.  Near  by  on 
slope  of  volcano  for  number  of  years  was 
small  settlement,  the  inhabitants  of  which  in 
some  of  their  characteristics  and  habits  re- 
sembled gypsies  of  Western  nations,  known 
locally  by  natives  of  plains  as  Igorrotes,  a 
term  applied  in  N.  Luzon  to  mixed  descend- 
ants of  Chinese  and  Indian  parents;  or  Ci- 
marrones,  borrowed  from  American  slave 
colonies,  where  it  denoted  negroes  escaped 
from  slavery  and  living  in  state  of  freedom, 
but  in  Philippines  applied  to  natives  pre- 
ferring to  lead  nomadic  existence  instead  of 
village  life;  or  Remontados,  meaning  same  as 
Cimarrones.  These  people  were  also  known 
as  lubeles.  They  are  not  cross  between  In- 
dians and  Negritos,  who  lived  in  open  air,  but 
dwell  in  comfortable  huts  and  cultivate  veg- 
etables and  patches  of  sugar  cane.  Near 
Yriga,  indirection  of  volcano,  ground  beneath 
has  hollow  sound  sufficiently  marked  to  at- 
tract attention.  Succession  of  hillocks,  50  ft. 
high,  border  road  on  either  side,  and  toward 
N.  rises  huge  crater  of  Yriga. 

volcano  in  Sierra  de  Baao,  4,040  ft.  high, 

between  Buhi  Lake  on  E.  and  Pantano  de 
Baao  on  W.,  in  SE.  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur), 
Luz6n,  near  boundary  with  Albay. 

river  in  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur),  Luz6n, 

along  which  ranches  are  very  acce.ssible  and 
people  carry  on  friendly  intercourse  with  In- 
dians, but  latter  preserve  their  primitive  man- 
ners and  customs.  Men  go  naked,  except  a 
lomo  (loin)  cloth,  and  women  wear  apron 
reaching  from  hip  to  knee. 

YSAUOG  (ee-Rah-rohg'),ver.;  isthmus  connecting 
Caramuan  Pen.,  NE.  Ambos  Camarines  (Sur), 
Luz6n,  with  main  body  of  province. 

YUANOAN  (ywah-noh'-ahn),  ver.;  islet4m.W.of 
Tubigori,  NW.  coast  of  Bohol,  Visayas. 

YDBASAN  (you-bah'-sahn),  ver.;  mountain  in  S. 
central  S4mar,  10  m.  NE.  of  Paranas. 

important  river  in  SE.  Siimar,  rising  in 

Macloan  Mt.  and  taking  N.  course  25  m.; 
about  20  m.  from  E.  coast  turns  abruptly  to  E. 
and  enters  Pacific  Ocean  14  m.  N.  of  Tulag. 

YCCATXN  (you-cah-tahn') ,  Sp.;  anchorage  on  N. 
shore  of  Mayo  Bay,  2  m.  W.  of  Tugubun  Pt., 
on  E.  coast  of  Dfi,vao,  Mindanao. 

YUISAN  (you-ee'-sahn),  ver.;  point  and  hamlet 
4i  m.  S.  of  Boljo-6n,  on  E.  coast  of  Cebu. 
Pop.,  600. 

YUzXn  (you-thahn),  ver.;  hamlet  on  Batfi,n  I., 
Batanes  grp.,  off  N.  coast  of  CagayAn,  Luz6n. 


GAZETTEER   OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  923 


z. 


ZAMB  ALES— Continued . 

divides  Pampanga  and  Zambales.  It  then 
enters  province  of  Bata&n,  running  its  entire 
length  from  N.  to  S.,  and  disappears  in  front 
of  Corregidor  I.,  at  entrance  of  Manila  Bay. 
Divided  into  3  principal  ranges,  that  of  Zam- 
bales proper  in  N. ,  that  of  Cabusilan  in  central 
part,  and  that  of  Mariveles,  in  province  of 
^      '-   ins. 


ZAMBALES  (thahm-bah'-lays),  Hisp.;  cape  in  W. 

Luz6n. 
range  in  W.  part  of  Luz6n,  next  in  impor- 
tance to  Caraballos  system,  starting  at  Cape 

Bolinao,  in  lat.  16°  23'  N.  and  Ion.  119°  40'  E. 

Range  runs  N.  and  S.  clo.se  to  and  parallel 

with  W.  coast,  serving  as  boundary  between 

Zambales  and  PangasinAn,  then  as  boundary 

between  Zambales  and  Tdrlac,  and  finally 

ZAMBALES,  LUZON,  PROVINCE  OF 

(Thahm-bah'-lays,  Hisp.) 

Capital:  Iba,  lat.  15°  2V  N.,  Ion.  119°  58^  30'-'  E. 

Area:  Mainland,  2,160  sq.  m. ;  dependent  islands,  50  sq.  m. ;  total,  2,210  sq.  m. 

Population:  87,295. 

Race:  Zambal. 

■Language:  Zambal,  Ilocano,  Tagc41og,  and  local  dialects. 

Military  Department  of  Luzon:  Headquarters,  Manila,  Luzon. 

Table  of  distances. 

From  Iba  to —  m. 

Dagupan,  NNE 58 

Manila,  SE : 85 

Tdrlac,  EbyN 42 

LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

The  province  of  Zambales  forms  a  narrow  strip  along  the  S.  part  of  the  China  Sea 
coast  of  N.  Luzon.  It  is  bounded  on  the  N.  by  the  China  Sea  and  Lingayen  Gulf; 
on  the  E.  by  Lingayen  Gulf,  Pangasindn,  Tdrlac,  and  Pampanga;  on  the  S.  byBatadn, 
and  on  the  W.  by  the  China  Sea. 

AREA. 

It  measures  120  m.  from  N.  to  S. ;  25  m.  from  E.  to  W.,  in  the  N.  part;  28  m.  in  the 
S.  part,  and  12  m.  in  the  same  direction  in  the  center.  Area,  mainland,  2,160  sq.  m. ; 
dependent  islands,  50  aq.  m.;  total,  2,210  sq.  m.,  or  about  the  size  of  Delaware. 

PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 

Paralleling  the  W.  shore  extends  the  Zambales  chain  of  mountains,  from  Lingayen 
Gulf  in  the  N.  to  Siibic  Bay  in  the  S. ;  the  S.  end  is  known  as  the  Cordillera  de 
Cabusilan.  A  number  of  peaks  rise  at  different  points  along  this  chain :  Verde  Mt. , 
1^207  ft.;  Mt.  San  Isidro,  2,352  ft.,  overlooking  the  SW.  angle  of  Lingayen  Bay;  Mt. 
Lanat,  3,766  ft.,  and  Mt.  Masingloc,  3,120  ft.,  5  m.  inland  from  the  coast  at  the  town 
of  that  name;  Mt.  Iba,  5,262  ft.,  the  landmark  of  Iba;  Bataldn,  1,847  ft.,  and  another 
peak  immediately  SE.,  4,267  ft.,  lying  inland  from  Dual  Pt.  In  the  Cordillera  de 
Cabusilan  are  the  high  peaks  of  Pinalobo,  6,040  ft.;  another,  2  m.  to  the  N.,  5,167 
ft.;  to  the  S.,  Negron,  5,453  ft.,  and  2  m.  farther  S.,  Cuadrado,  5,443  ft.  Inland 
from  Siibic  are  3  peaks,  3,136,  3,173,  and  2,897  ft,  and  overlooking  Capones  on  the 
seacoast,  the  group  of  Mt.  Agudo,  2,141,  3,623,  3,737,  and  3,186'  ft.  These  sum- 
mits furnish  landmarks  not  only  for  Siibic  Bay,  but  also  for  vessels  approaching 
Manila  Bay. 

All  the  rivers  rise  on  the  W.  slope  of  these  mountains.  The  Lanoag-na-bato,  form- 
ing Y>art  of  the  Pangasindn  boundary,  enters  Lingayen  Gulf  through  2  mouths  in  its 
SW.  angle.  The  Agno,  Nayon,  Cabaliian,  and  Bucao  are  the  chief  streams  entering 
the  China  Sea.  The  Santa  Rita,  Topon,  and  Balete,  at  Subic,  and  6  other  streams 
enter  Siibic  Bay. 

There  are  thermal  springs  at  Dasol,  Palaneg,  Iba,  and  Cabangan  (Cahmejiin),  and 
iron  at  Subic. 


924  GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

The  much-frequented  coast  of  Zam bales  affords  a  number  of  fine,  sheltered  harbors 
for  the  coasters  which  pass  between  Lingayen  Gulf  and  Manila  Bay.  The  following 
are  the  most  important: 

Agno;  at  the  town  of  that  name.  The  river  enters  on  the  N.  coast.  A  range  of 
low  summits  overlook  the  bay. 

Bolinao;  a  narrow  channel  between  the  cape  of  that  name  and  the  island  of  San- 
tiago, affording  shelter  in  10  fms.  The  shore  end  of  the  telegraph  station  formerly 
landed  on  these  shores.     This  is  one  of  the  best  typhoon  shelters  in  N.  Luzon. 

Calaguaquin;  J  m.  between  points,  3  m.  inland,  with  shelter  from  all  winds 
except  W.  and  SW. ;  depth,  18  fms.  in  the  entrance,  decreasing  gradually  to  the 
anchorage  inside. 

Dasol;  between  Caiman  and  Santa  Cruz  Pts.,  14  m.  The  channel  between 
Culebra  I.  and  Caimiln  Pt.  leads  to  Tambove  roads  and  Santa  Cruz  port.  The  latter 
is  only  used  by  coasters,  and  is  approached  between  Hermana  Mayor  and  small 
islets  4i  m.  E. 

Iba;  a  good  anchorage,  both  above  and  below  the  river  mouth,  in  7  to  10  fms. 

Lingayen;  W.  shore  of  this  important  body  of  water,  with  the  exception  of  its 
SW.  angle,  lies  within  the  province  of  Zambales. 

Lucap;  on  Lingayen  Gulf,  at  the  end  of  the  main  road  to  Iba. 

Masinloc;  between  Bani  Pt.  and  Macalaba  I.,  to  the  NW.  Anchorage  is  obtained 
in  the  bav  on  the  E.  side  of  Salvador  I.,  in  5 J  to  6 J  fms.,  protected  from  N.  winds. 

Matalvi;  formed  between  Matalvf  I.  and  the  coast  to  the  S.,  extending  3  m.  E. 
and  W.,  with  a  mean  breadth  of  J  m.     It  is  well  protected,  with  8  fms. 

Nazasa;  sheltered  from  all  winds  except  the  SW.,  between  Talisiiin  and  Silanguin. 
It  offers  shelter  for  vessels  approaching  Siibic  Bay  on  the  S. 

Oyon;  a  bay  N.  of  Mansinloc  and  E.  of  Bani  Pt.,  extending  3  m.  ENE.,  with  6  to 
8  fms. 

Silanguan;  on  the  extreme  SW.  coast,  sheltered  by  the  island  of  the  same  name. 
A  refuge  for  coasters  rounding  the  point  into  Subic  Bay. 

Siibic;  the  shores  of  this  historic  bay,  except  a  small  frontage  on  the  SE.,  lies 
within  Zambales  Province.  It  is  6  m.  between  heads  and  opens  to  the  SW.  Grande 
I.  divides  the  entrance  into  2  channels  which  have  37  and  25  fms.,  with  from  31  to  22 
fms.  inside.  The  bay  extends  8  m.  inland  and  forms  2  safe  harbors,  one  on  the  E. 
side,  Olongapo,  and  the  other  at  the  N.  extremity,  opposite  Subic.  Vessels  are  shel- 
tered from  all  winds,  in  7  to  10  fms.  There  is  frequent  steam  communication  between 
this  point  and  Manila. 

Talisain;  S.  of  Capones  I. ;  is  sheltered  except  from  the  W.  and  backed  by  a  range 
of  high  mountains. 

Tambove;  E.  of  the  small  bay  of  Caiman  Pt.,  5  m.  E.  and  W.  and  3  m.  inland. 
Open  only  to  S.  winds,  with  18  fms.  at  the  entrance  and  13  and  6  fms.  at  the  anchorage. 
{Also  Tambobo. ) 

LIGHT-HOUSES. 

The  light  of  the  N.  approach  to  Manila  Bay  is  located  on  Capones  Grande  I.,  328 
yds.  within  the  W.  extremity  of  the  island,  lat.  14°  55^  46'^  N.,  Ion.  120°  E.  Light 
1  flash  everv  30  seconds,  eclipses  total;  230  ft.  above  the  sea;  53  ft.  height  of  tower; 
visible  29  m. ;  the  building  is  a  square  brick  tower  at  NE.  angle  of  the  rectangular 
dwelling. 

ROADS  AND  COMMTJNICATIONS. 

There  are  few  roads  and  those  almost  impassable  during  the  rainy  season.  One 
starting  at  Bolinao,  on  the  extreme  N.  shore  of  the  province,  parallels  the  W.  coast 
of  Lingayen  Gulf  to  Lucap;  thence  taking  a  S.  course  at  Alaminos,  it  divides  the  E. 
branch  extending  to  Port  Sual  and  Lingayen,  on  the  gulf  of  that  name,  and  the  W. 
to  Dasol,  on  the  bay  of  that  name.  Thence  this  road  parallels  the  coast  to  Subic 
Bay.  A  telegraph  line  follows  that  portion  leading  to  Lingayen  and  as  far  as  Iba, 
on  the  coast.  At  the  crossing  of  the  Nayon  Riv.  a  road  follows  the  valleyof  that 
stream  to  its  headwaters,  and  thence,  crossing  the  mountains,  intersects  the  Lingayen 
road  at  Bucaquelen,  in  Pangasindn.  To  the  S.  of  Iba,  at  the  crossing  of  the  Bancal, 
a  road  leaves  the  coast  line,  passing  over  the  boundary  at  Mt.  Iba,  and  extending  to 
Tdrlac  by  way  of  O'Donnell.  Another  road  starting  from  the  coast  line  at  Botolan 
follows  the  valley  of  the  Bucao,  and,  crossing  the  Cordillera  de  Cabusilan,  reaches 
Tdrlac,  also,  by  the  way  of  O'Donnell. 


GAZETTEER   OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


925 


POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

The  population  is  87,295,  chiefly  Zambales,  and,  inchiding,  the  Igorrotes  of  "Zani- 
bales,  a  somewhat  revengeful  and  warlike  race.  The  languages  spoken  are  Zaml>al, 
Ilocano,  and  Tagiilog  in  the  N.,  and  Zambal  and  Ilocano  in  the  S.  part.  In  the 
vicinity  of  Iba  and  Botolan,  Zambal  and  Pampango  are  used,  and  in  the  region 
between  Alaminos  and  Balincaguin,  Ilocano  and  Pangasinan.  The  Negritos  speak 
Aeta,  but  are  familiar  with  the  common  languages,  Zambal  and  Ilocano. 

Tile  following  is  the  division  of  Zambales  into  pueblos  and  their  respective  popu- 
lation, according  to  the  census  of  1887: 


Province  and  pueblos. 

Total  population,  combining 
residents  present  and  ab- 
sent, native  and  Spanish, 
census  1887. 

Men. 

Women. 

Total. 

Zambales: 

Agno 

2,322 
3,213 
663 
1,516 
1,228 
1,723 

2,239 
3,312 
551 
1,398 
1,241 
1,671 
3,334 

i;372 
1,253 

1^200 
1,726 
1,536 

1^289 
2,514 
2,106 
213 
1,264 
2, 120 
3,679 
2,696 
1,462 

4,561 
6,526 

Alaminos 

Alos 

2,914 
2,469 

Balincaguin 

Bolinao 

3,540 
1,861 
1,429 
1,329 
1,844 
1,225 
1,688 
1,615 
1,322 
1,232 
2,339 
2,112 
240 
1,359 
2,155 
3,603 
2,589 
1,329 

6,874 
3  730 

Botolan 

2^807 

Castilleios 

3,736 
2,425 

Dasol 

Iba 

Infanta 

3,051 
2,711 

2,521 
4,853 
4,218 

San  Antonio 

San  Isidro . 

2  623 

4,276 

7,282 
5  185 

Santa  Cruz 

Sublc 

2,791 

Total 

43,276 

43,226 

86, 622 

Estimated,  1901,  87,296. 

There  are  26  towns  and  a  number  of  villages. 

The  following  are  the  principal  towns: 

Iba;  the  capital,  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  river  entering  the  sea  about  2  m.  distant. 
Pop.  3,512. 

Agno;  on  the  r.  bank  of  the  inouth  of  the  river  of  that  name,  61  m.  N.  of  Iba. 
Pop.  5,002. 

Alaminos,  or  Sarapsap;  on  the  main  road,  4  m.  S.  of  Lucap,  on  Lingayen  Bay, 
61  m.  N.  of  Iba.     Pop.  8,008. 

Alos;  on  the  main  road,  5  m.  S.  of  Lingayen  Gulf,  57  m.  N.  of  Iba.     Pop.  1,762. 

Balincaguin;  on  the  main  road,  7  m.  S.  of  Lucap  and  on  Lingayen  Bay,  57  m.  N. 
of  Iba.     Pop.,  2,378. 

Bani;  on  the  1.  bank  of  a  river  emptying  into  Lingayen  Gulf,  63  m.  N.  of  Iba.  The 
road  connects  it  with  the  Agno  road,  5  m.  S.     Pop.,  4,293. 

Bolinao;  on  the  extreme  N.  coast,  at  the  starting  point  of  the  coast  road,  77  m.  N. 
of  Iba.     Pop.,  4,075. 

Botolan;  on  theiinain  road,  5  m.  S.  of  Iba.     Pop.,  4,566. 

Cabangan;  on  the  main  coast  road,  15  m.  S.  of  Iba.     Pop.,  2,798. 

Candelaria;  on  the  coast  road,  23  m.  N.  of  Iba.  Mt.  Lanab,  3,837  ft.  high,  lies 
inland.  In  the  vicinity  of  this  town  is  a  chain  of  3  small  lakes,  the  largest  of  which, 
about  2  m.  in  diameter,  has  its  outlet  into  the  sea  through  the  Agnacon  Eiv.  Pop., 
2,865.   _ 

Castillejos;  on  the  main  highway,  on  the  1.  bank  of  the  river  emptying  into  the 
sea  6  m.  W.  of  San  Antonio,  4  m.  NW.  of  Subic,  and  36  m.  S.  of  Iba.      Pop.,  3,357. 

Dasol;  between  2  rivers  which  enter  the  bay  of  the  same  name  in  its  NE.  angle, 
46  m.  N.  of  Iba.  At  this  point  the  road  leaves  the  main  line  to  Agno,  15  m.  N.  by  W. 
Pop.,  5,000,  estimated. 

Eguia;  on  the  r.  bank  at  the  crossing  of  the  Tanglao  by  the  main  road,  41  m.  N. 
of  Iba. 


926  GAZETTEER   OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

Infanta;  on  the  r.  bank  of  the  Nayon  Riv.,  3  m.  E.  of  the  main  road,  with  which 
it  is  connected  by  tlie  Nayon  Valley  road,  35  m.  N.  of  Iba.     Pop.,  3,345. 

Masinloc;  on  the  shore  of  the" bay  of  the  same  name,  17  m.  N.  of  Iba.  Pop., 
2,945. 

Olongapo;  on  the  E.  shore  of  Siibic  Bay,  2  m.  N.  of  the  boundary  with  Bataan. 

Palauig;  10  m.  N.  of  Iba.  It  is  connected  with  the  main  road  at  Matalvi.  Pop., 
2,584. 

San  Antonio;  at  the  mouth  of  a  river  entering  the  sea  opposite  Capones  I.,  46  m. 
S.  of  Iba.  It  is  connected  with  the  main  road  at  San  Marcelino  on  the  E.  and  San 
Narciso  on  the  N.     Pop.,  4,988. 

San  Felipe;  on  the  main  road,  21  m.  S.  of  Iba.     Pop.,  4,265. 

San  Fernando;  on  the  Bancal  Valley  road,9  m.  NNE.  of  Iba.     Pop.,  Cn.  1887,453. 

San  Isidro;  on  the  main  road,  between  Alos  and  Dasol,  51  m.  N.  of  Iba.  Pop., 
2,863. 

San  Marcelino;  on  the  main  road,  7  m.  NW.  of  Subic,  29  m.  S.  of  Iba.  It  is  con- 
nected with  the  coast  at  San  Antonio.     Pop.,  4,043. 

San  Narciso;  on  the  main  line,  24  m.  S.  of  Iba.  At  this  point  the  road  divides, 
one  continuing  to  San  Marcelino  and  the  other  following  the  coast  to  San  Antonio. 
Pop.,  7,255. 

Santa  Cruz;  on  the  main  road,  touching  the  SE.  angle  of  Dasol  Bav,  32  m.  N.  of 
Iba.     Pop.,  4,594. 

Sindol;  on  the  coastline,  19  m.  S.  of  Iba. 

Subic,  on  the  extreme  N.  coast  of  the  bay  of  the  same  name.  It  is  the  S.  terminus 
of  the  coast  road,  at  the  mouth  of  a  small  river,  36  m.  S.  of  Iba.     Pop.,  3,016. 

DEPENDENT  ISLANDS. 

The  coast  is  generally  level,  with  an  abrupt  beach  fronting  the  sea  and  an  inland 
chain  whose  higher  peaks  are  visible  30  m.  It  presents  a  bold  approach,  in  many 
places  having  no  bottom  at  50  fms.,  within  1  m.  of  shore.  The  adjacent  islands 
afford  shelter  for  the  numerous  vessels  entering  and  leaving  Manila  Bay,  as  follows: 

sq.m 
Cabalitan;  in  S.W.  angle  of  Lingay6n  Gulf,  S.  of  Comas  I.,  opposite  the  boundary  between  Pan- 

gasindn  and  Zambales i 

Cabarruyan,  or  Anda;  high  and  covered  with  forests,  ofif  W.  shore  of  Lingay^n  Gulf,  7  m.  N.  and 

S.,  4  m.  E.  and  W.    Its  chief  town  has  a  population  of  3,200  on  W.  shore;  6  small  islands  lie  in 

channel  between  Cabarruyan  and  mainland 21 

Cabra,  or  Goat;  off  Capones  Pt.,  high  and  bare,  of  reddish  appearance,  with  3  islands  to  N.Wl:...      i 
Cangaluyan;  E.  of  Narra  and  in  E.  entrance  between  Santiago  and  Cabarruyan  Is.,  W.  shore  of 

Lingay6n  Gulf i 

Capones;  3  islands  off  point  of  that  name.    On  the  largest  (Grande) ,  about  1  m.  long,  is  a  light- 
house marking  approach  from  China  Sea  to  Subic  and  Manila  bays 1 

Cien  Islas,  Las  (the  100  islands),  or  Capulupuluan;  26  charted  islets  NW.  of  Encamada  Pt.,  \V. 

coast  of  Lingay6n  Gulf 3 

Comas;  S.  of  Pastora  Pt.,  off  W.  shore  of  Lingayto  Gulf 5 

Culebra,  or  Adder;  S.  of  Caimdn  Pt.,  N.  head  of  Dasol  Bay,  China  Sea  coast h 

Dos  Hermanas;  N.  of  Santiago  I.,  on  W.  side  of  entrance  to  Lingay6n  Bay 4 

Frailes,  Los;  6  islands  in  Silanguin  port,  extreme  SW.  coast,of  Zambales,  and  W.  of  the  entrance 

to  Subic  Bay 2 

Grande,  or  Piilu  Malaqui;  in  the  entrance  to  Subic  Bay,  forming  2  channels  and  giving  shelter 

from  the  S.    It  is  of  medium  height,  coveied  with  trees 1 

To  the  S.  of  this  island  is  a  smaller  one  connected  by  a  sand  spit  and  reef. 

Hermana  Mayor  (elder  sister) ;  W.  coast  NW.  off  Santa  Cruz,  the  S.  headland  of  Dasol  Bay 2 

Hermana  Menor  (younger  sister),  or  Macalira;  W.  of  Santa  Cruz,  the  S.  headland  of  Dasol  Bay, 

covered  ^^ith  trees 1 

Laj&s;  one  of  the  Frailes  Is. 

Luan;  near  Salvador  and  Macalaba. 

Macalaba;  in  the  opening  of  Masinloc  Bay,  W.  coast,  S.  of  Salvador  I.    (Also  Malacaba.) 

Mapal6s;  off  Masinloc  Bay,  of  medium  height,  covered  with  trees  and  surrounded  by  mangroves. 

Mayanga;  in  the  center  of  Subic  Bay i 

Mongosmongos;  one  of  the  Cien  (Hundred)  Is.,  on  the  W.  side  of  Lingay6n  Gulf. 
Munti;  a  small  island  in  Subic  Bay. 

Narra:  in  the  channel  between  Santiago  and  Cabarruyan  Is.,  W.  shore  of  Lingay^n  Gulf 2 

3  islands  lie  off  its  SW.  shore 1 

01ongap6;  in  the  port  of  that  name,  off  the  E.  shore  of  Silbic  Bay 1 

Pequeila;  off  the  NE.  shore  of  Siibic  Bay 4 

Putipot;  N.  of  the  Bay  of  Masinloc  and  S.  of  Hermana  Menor. 
Pulapie;  an  island  off  Masinloc  Bay,  surrounded  with  reefs. 

Rat6n  (mouse);  E.  of  Hermana  Mayor,  off  Dasol  Bay i 

Salvador;  W.  coast,  in  the  opening  of  Masinloc  Bav,  thickly  wooded 2 

Santiago,  or  Purra;  5  m.  N.  and  S.,  4  m.  E.  and  W.,  of  medium  height,  off  Cape  Bohnao,  the 

extreme  NE.  point  of  Zambales,  and  on  the  W.  side  of  the  opening  of  Lingay^n  Gulf.    Its 

inhabitants  live  in  the  town  of  Binabilian,  on  its  SW.  coast,  fronting  Bolinao  port 8 

Silaqui;  NNW.  of  Santiago  I.    To  theSE.  are  several  small  rocky  i.slets,  on  the  W.  side  of  entrance 

to  Lingayto  Gulf. 
Tabones,  Los;  2  islands  between  Talisian  and  Nazasa  bays,  off  the  SW.  coast,  near  the  opening 

of  Siibic  Bay i 

76  dependent  islands,  total  area 50 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  927 

VEGETABLE    PRODUCTS. 

The  staple  products  of  the  archipehigt),  sugar,  cotton,  tobacco,  and  coffee,  are 
extensively  cultivated.     The  specialty,  however,  is  rice  and  wheat  of  superior  quality. 

MINERALS. 

Mines  of  copper  and  pit  coal  are  in  operation  in  the  vicinity  of  Agno  and  betw^een 
Balincaguin  and  San  Isidro.  In  the  Lugatoc  Mts.  in  the  N.  part  of  the  province  are 
indications  of  iron,  also  in  the  Cordillera  de  C'al)usilan  in  the  S.  The  numerous 
mineral  springs  are  also  regarded  as  showing  tleposits  of  that  mineral. 

FORESTS. 

The  forests  are  particularly  valuable  in  useful  woods  and  products,  including  pitch, 
resin,  rattan,  honey,  and  wax.  With  better  facilities  of  transportation  they  would 
become  an  important  part  of  the  wealth  of  the  jirovince. 

FRUITS. 

The  fruits  are  abundant,  particularly  the  sweet  pineapple,  which  is  grown  in  large 
quantities,  and  in  quality  compares  with  the  finest  varieties  of  Java  and  Singapore. 

INDUSTRIES. 

The  mechanical  industries  are  limited  to  primitive  methods  and  home  demands. 
The  chief  occupation  of  the  inhabitants,  next  to  agriculture,  is  the  raising  of  cattle, 
carabaos,  horses,  and  hogs,  hunting  and  fishing.  A  large  number  along  the  coast 
engage  in  the  collection  of  amber,  which  is  found  in  considerable  abundance. 

UNITED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 

During  the  military  movements  in  N.  Luzon,  on  November  28, 1899,  in  an  engage- 
ment in  the  Zam bales  Mts.,  near  Mangatarem,  the  insurgents  were  not  only  dis- 
persed, but  the  United  States  forces  captured  14  pieces  of  modern  artillery — all  the 
enemy  possessed — a  powder  factory,  arsenal,  and  large  quantity  of  ordnance  stores. 

On  February  15, 1902,  Zambales  was  garrisoned  by  United  States  troops  as  follows: 


Alaminos. " 

Dasol. " 

San  Antonio. " 

San  Ma 

rcelino. 

Bolinao.'' 

Iba.- 

San  Felipe. " 

Castillejos.  '^ 

Masinloc. " 

San  Isidro. " 

CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 

The  2>rovince  of  Zambales  was  created  under  the  provisional  government  act  of 
February  6,  1901,  by  enactment  of  the  P.  C.  August  28,  1901,  to  embrace  that  terri- 
tory in  the  island  of  Luzon  known  as  the  province  of  Zambales. 

PROVINCIAL  OFFICERS. 

[Salaries  and  expenses  in  United  States  money.] 

Governor $1, 500 

Secretary 1, 000 

Treasurer 1,  800 

Supervisor 1, 500 

Fiscal 1,100 

Allowance  for  necessary  and  actual  traveling  expenses  not  to  exceed  $2.50  per  day, 
as  prescribed. 

The  presidentes  or  alcaldes  of  the  municipalities  to  meet  on  the  third  Monday  in 
January,  April,  July,  and  October,  to  consider  improvements  needed  in  the  prov- 
inces and  for  other  purposes  prescribed  by  law. 

"  Telegraph.  ^  Telephone. 


928  GAZETTEER    OF    THE    jt'HILIPPlNE    ISLANDS. 

CONDITIONS. 

*  *  *  "And  the  hopes  of  the  inhabitants  are  the  better  founded  when  they  see 
the  favoral)le  cliange  which  has  been  made  in  all  the  branches  of  the  public  admin- 
istration after  onlv  a  few  months  of  civil  government. 

"They  know  that  the  pueblos  govern  themselves  through  the  representatives  whom 
they  elect  from  among  their  own  people,  and  that  the  superior  authorities  can  not 
interfere  in  their  affairs  unless  the  municipal  authorities  fail  to  hold  their  engage- 
ments toward  their  electors  and  violate  law  with  or  without  malice. 

"They  see  with  the  greatest  satisfaction  that  the  funds  which  they  contril)ute,  in 
the  measure  of  their  forces,  toward  the  payment  of  the  public  expenses  are  never 
diverted  from  their  legitimate  object,  and  are  convinced  that  the  law-  in  all  its  rigor 
would  be  applied  to  any  official  who  would  fail  to  comply  with  his  duty  in  that 
regard. 

"They  remark  that,  luckily  for  the  province,  the  provincial  officials  are  no  long'  r 
what  they  used  to  be  in  former  times,  in  consequence  of  the  traditional  system  or 
for  their  own  profit,  when  they  were  real  despots,  who  tyrannized  the  unfortunate 
inhabitants,  disposing  of  their  persons  and  of  their  property  in  an  arbitrary  and 
and  cruel  manner;  whereas  the  new  officials  simply  work  for  the  happiness  and  the 
welfare  of  the  province,  and  faithfully  perform  the  duties  of  their  respective  offices. 

"They  are  truly  happy  to  see  that  the  courts  of  justice  have  been  reorganized, 
with  the  lieculiarity  that"  they  are  now  a  sure,  efficacious  guaranty  that  the  law  shall 
be  duly  complied  with  and  that  the  property  and  other  individual  rights  respected, 
because  justice  is  administered  with  good  faith,  rectitude,  and  impartiality,  and  is 
no  longer,  as  in  former  times,  an  open  market  in  which,  with  incredi1>le  and  scan- 
dalous cynicism,  justice  was  bartered  like  merchandise  and  sold  to  the  highest 
bidder. 

"I  can  therefore  affirm  that  public  administration  in  all  its  branches  has  been  car- 
ried on  with  regularity  and  wdth  favorable  results  ever  since  it  was  established,  on 
August  28,  1901,  under  civil  regime,  and  will  add  that  the  political  conditions  under 
their  different  aspects  are  good  and  favorable."  (Official  report  of  the  provincial 
governor  of  Zambales,  January,  1902. ) 

ZAMBOANGA,  MINDANAO. 

(Thahm-boh-ahn'-gah,  Hisp.) 

Capital:  Zamboanga,  lat.  6°  53'  N.,  Ion.  123°  5'  E. 

Area:  Mainland,  3,358  sq.m.;  80  dependent  islands,  128  sq.m.:  total,  3,486  sq.  m. 

Population:  117,503. 

Race:  Moro. 

Language:  Moro,  Tagalog,  Yisayan,  Spanish,  and  native  dialects. 

Military  Department  of  Mindanao :  Headquarters,  Zamboanga,  Mindanao. 

Table  of  distances. 
From  Zamboanga  to—  "  ^■ 

Cebu  via  Sulu  and  Visayan  seas,  NI^E fi^ 

Cotabato  via  Celebes  Sea,  NNE 1»" 

Dumaguete  \'la  Sulu  Sea,  NNE.  (Negros) ^"^ 

Hollo  A-ia  Sulu  Sea,  N.  by  E fi^ 

Manila,  Luzon,  N.  by  W »61 

Manila  %na  Sulu,  Mindoro.  and  China  seas ^ 

Puerto  Princesa,  NW.  Palawan -'»' 

LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARIES. 

The  subdivision  of  Mindanao,  under  the  former  jurisdiction  of  Spain  known  as 
Zamboanga,  '^f  the  W.  of  the  3  peninsulas  which  form  the  S.  part  of  the  island.  It 
is  bounded  on  the  N.  bv  Dapitan;  on  the  E.  by  Cotabato;  on  the  S.  by  the  Celebes 
Sea  and  Basilan  Strait,  which  separates  it  from  that  island,  17  m.  distant,  and  W.  by 
the  Sulu  Sea. 

AREA. 

It  measures  103  m.  from  NE.  to  SW.;  93  m.  from  E.  to  W.  along  it^  N.  boundary, 
and  94  m.  from  E.  to  W.  between  Flecha  and  Piacan  Pts.  Area,  mamland  3,3o8 
sq.  m.;  80  dependent  islands,  128  sq.  m.;  total,  3,486  sq.  m.  (2,488,320  a.),  nearly  3 
times  the  size  of  Rhode  Island  and  1,000  sq.  m.  larger  than  Connecticut. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  929 

PHYSICAL  FEATURES. 

The  S.  coast  line  forms  3  peninsulas  jutting  into  the  Celebes  Sea,  with  Duman- 
quilasBay  on  the  E.  and  Sibuguey  Bay  on  the  W.  of  the  central  one.  The  main 
range,  which  skirts  the  shore  of  the  island,  beginning  at  Tres  Reyes  Mt.,  at  the  NE. 
point  of  boundary,  after  a  W.  course  follows  the  center  of  the  main  peninsula  and 
terminates  at  the  S.  extremity  in  2  peaks,  the  higher  1,752  ft.,  inland  from  Caldera 
Bay,  and  the  lower  1,240  ft.,  inland  from  Zamboanga  town.  Baiiganian  or  Flecha 
Pen.  is  traversed  throughout  its  length  by  a  chain  of  hills,  the  highes-t  Alto  de  Cala- 
dis,  Sibuguet,  and  Marasiiigan,  on  the  central  peninsula,  and  Silaiigan  and  Oalana- 
tan  on  the  main  peninsula.  This  range  forms  the  divide  in  the  drainage,  the  streams 
flowing  S.  and  E.  entering  Dumanquilas  and  Sibuguey  bays  and  the  Celebes  Sea,  and 
those  to  the  W.  emptying  into  the  Sulu  Sea. 

CLIMATE. 

The  climate  of  Zamboanga  is  the  most  salubrious  found  in  the  Philippines.  The 
temperature  varies  only  a  few  degrees  during  the  year,  the  months  of  April,  Mav, 
and  June  being  the  hottest,  and  December,  January,  and  February  the  coolest.  The 
rain)*  season  is  known  only  as  a  season  in  which  rain  may  fall,  and  does  in  no  way 
inconvenience  the  inhabitants  of  the  lowlands.  It  extends  from  May  till  October, 
but  often  with  long  intervals  of  no  rain.  The  nights  are  cool  the  year  round  and 
there  is  a  steady  breeze  from  the  sea. 

BAYS  AND  HARBORS. 

The  following  are  the  bays  and  harbors  on  the  coast  of  Zamboanga: 

Ban^i,;  E.  coast,  7  m.  N.  of  Tigbaon  Is.,  safe  and  well  sheltered.  It  is  3  m.  NE. 
to  SW.  and  1  m.  wide.  An  islet  lies  in  the  entrance,  making  2  deep  passages  1,000 
ft.  wide.  The  E.  channel  has  13  fms.,  lessening  to  If  fms.  inside.  The  anchorage 
is  in  9  fms. 

Caldera;  S.  coast,  to  the  E.  of  the  point  of  that  name.  The  outer  bay  has  an 
anchorage  from  7  to  9  fms.  The  inner  port  has  accommodations  for  4  or  5  vessels 
in  6  ft.,  the  entrance  channel  being  but  73  yds.  wide  and  12  ft.  deep.  From  this 
point  the  coast  runs  7  m.  SE.  to  Pt.  Caballo,  W.  of  the  town  of  Zamboanga. 

Cauit;  W.  coast,  with  a  diameter  of  IJ  m.,  having  an  anchorage  in  4j  to  9  fms., 
under  shelter  of  an  islet  700  ft.  in  extent,  on  the  E.  side. 

Dumanquilas;  on  the  S.  coast,  9  m.  between  Arena,  the  E.  point  of  Olutaiiga  I., 
and  Flecha,  the  S.  point  of  the  E.  peninsula,  32  m.  and  extending  16  m.  inland  N. 
It  is  9  fms.  in  the  entrance,  26  fms.  in  the  center,  and  5  fms.  along  its  N.  shore. 

Igat;  S.  shore,  N.  of  the  island  of  the  same  name,  well  sheltered  and  safe.  It  is 
the  most  important  of  the  inlets  of  Dumanquilas  Bay.  The  Dumanquilas  Riv.  enters 
it  by  several  mouths. 

Malicay;  on  the  extreme  SE.  coast,  opening  6  m.  between  Flecha  Pt.  and  Duman- 
quilas Bay,  heads  toward  S.  It  is  sheltered  from  all  winds  except  from  the  S.,  with 
27  fms.  The  E.  boundary  between  Zamboanga  and  Cotabato  provinces  passes  within 
1  m.  off  the  NE.  point  of  this  bay. 

Mantebu;  W.  coast,  anchorage  S.  of  Piacan  Pt. 

Masingloc;  S.  coast,  S.  of  Mamicahan,  or  Manicaan,  and  W.  of  Malanipa  and 
Saccol  Is.,  and  extending  inland  3A  ni.  N.  of  Manqui  Pt.,  affording  excellent  shelter 
during  hurricanes  peculiar  to  this  coast.     (Zamboanga  is  below  the  typhoon  belt. ) 

Panabutan;  W.  coast,  between  Sicogon  and  CAuit  Bay,  sheltered  from  all  winds 
but  the  W.,  with  from  7  to  22  fms.  between  2  rocky  points. 

Santa  Maria,  or  Biasongon;  W.  coast,  a  well-sheltered  port  S.  of  Bulaiigolan 
Pt.,  1  m.  inland  to  the  SW.,  having  2  basins  suitable  for  vessels  of  all  sizes.  Entrance 
500  yds.,  36  fms.  deep,  with  15  fms.  inside.  A  company  of  American  capitalists 
have  erected  at  Puerto  Santa  Maria  the  largest  sawmill  in  the  S.  part  of  the  archi- 
pelago. 

Sibuco;  W.  coast,  between  Pts.  Batotindoc  and  Burial,  5  m.  to  the  S.,  penetrates 
2h  m.  to  the  E.,  and  is  well  sheltered  except  from  the  W.,  with  depth  not  less  than 
27  fms.     A  river  which  can  be  ascended  by  boats  enters  the  bay. 

Sibuguey;  S.  coast;  from  the  NE.  entrance  to  Saccol  channel,  the  coast  of  Min- 
danao trends  NNE.,  with  a  curve  to  the  S.  35  m.,  and  forms  the  bay  of  Sibuguey, 
terminating  to  the  SE.  of  Olutaiiga.     The  bay  has  not  been  surveyed. 

Sibulan;  on  the  S.  coast,  formed  by  the  island  of  that  name,  between  Olutaiiga 
Bay  and  the  central  peninsula. 

S.  Doc.  280 59 


930 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLAJSDS. 


Sicogon;  W.  coast,  between  Pt.  Balanguiu  (Bulungin)  and  Sicogon.  It  isexposed 
to  W.  winds.  It  is  deep,  having  from  4j  to  5^  fms.  At  500  yds.  from  the  shore  _ 
rivers  enter  the  bay,  one  of  the  same  name. 

Tantanang;  S.  "coast,  2 J  m.  wide,  between  Dumanquilas  and  Sibuguey  bays,  well 
sheltered,  with  a  depth  of  13  fms.  on  the  W.  shore,  lessening  to  the  N. 

Tumalung;  S.  coast,  on  the  N.  side  of  Olutaiiga,  with  9  fms.,  W.  of  Pt.  Simangul, 
on  the  N.  end  of  the  island;  sheltered  in  all  weathers. 

Zamboanga;  S.  coast,  with  roads  N.  of  Santa  Cruz  I.  The  anchorage  is  much 
ex)  >nst'(l,  1  >ut  has  a  depth  of  12  fms.  outside.  Inside  the  water  shoals  rapidly.  There 
is  16  fms.  off  the  light-house,  N.  by  "W.  Vessels  remaining  in  Zamboanga  more  than 
24  hours  moor,  owing  to  strong  tides.  This  road  is  exposed  to  gales  from  W.  to  SW., 
which  frequently  cause  loss  of  ships.  An  anchorage  off  Vilavilan  I.  in  7  fms.  affords 
protection  from  SW.  gales.     During  the  NE.  monsoon  the  road  is  well  sheltered. 


LIGHT-HOUSE. 

Zamboanga,  lat.  6°  54^  N.,  Ion.  122°  ¥  W  E.,  on  the  extremity  of  the  mole  on  the 
S.  point.  1  flash  red;  33  ft.  above  the  sea;  26  ft.  height  of  tower;  built  of  sheet  iron, 
and  visible  12  m.  Two  flash  red  lights,  26  ft.  above  sea  level,  visible  5  m.,  indicate 
the  entrance  to  the  bay.     (»S'('f  Caldera  Bay. ) 

ROADS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS. 

There  are  no  roads  in  the  province,  except  in  the  immediate  vicinity  of  the  towns, 
owing  to  the  mountainous  character  of  the  surface.  With  the  exception  of  Tetutin 
and  the  villages  of  Dabug  in  the  center,  and  Siocan  in  the  N.,  all  the  towns  and  vil- 
lages are  situated  on  the  coast. 

From  Zamboanga  extend  fair  roads  passable  for  wagon  transportation  through- 
out the  year  leading  NE.  to  Tetudn,  Masingloc,  Mercedes,  and  Curuan,  a  distance  of 
about  2b  m.;  N.  through  Santa  Maria  about  4  m.,  and  SW.  through  San  Jose, 
Caldera,  Ayala,  and  San  Ramon,  about  16  m. 

POPULATION  AND  TOWNS. 

In  1897  the  population  was  enumerated  at  19,903  Christians  in  Zamboanga  and  the 
surrounding  towns,  8,000  Mohammedans,  and  in  the  unexplored  regions  of  Sibuguey 
90,000  Subanos,  a  total  of  117,503,  speaking  Spanish,  Moro,  Samal,  Subano,  and 
Chavacano,  a  mixture  of  Spanish,  Tagdlog,  and  Yisayan.  Malay  is  the  most  com- 
mon language. 

The  following  is  the  division  of  Zamboanga  into  pueblos  and  their  respective  pop- 
ulation according  to  the  census  of  1887: 


Province  and  pueblos. 

Total  population,  combining 
residents  present  and  ab- 
sent, native  and  Spanish, 
census  1887. 

Men. 

Women. 

Total. 

Zamboanga: 

983 

l!391 
1,985 
2,008 

757 
1,631 
1,290 
1,935 
1,795 

1,740 

Santa  Maria 

2,681 
3,920 

Total 

8,190 

7,408 

15  598 

Estimated,  1901,  117,.'' 

There  are  12  towns  and  47  villages. 

The  following  are  the  names  of  the  towns: 

Zamboanga;  the  capital  of  the  province,  on  the  extreme  S.  coast,  on  the  strait 
of  Basilan,  opposite  Isabela,  capital  of  the  latter  island,  17  m.  It  is  a  town  of 
importance,  situated  on  an  extensive  plain  covered  with  cocoanut  groves  and  rice 
fields.  Pop.,  7,634,  including  Santa  Maria,  Gusu,  Tipang,  and  San  Roque.  It  is 
well  built,  with  stone  houses,  a  church,  fort,  and  hospital.  The  town  was  settled  in 
1635  as  a  base  of  military  operations  against  the  Moros  and  pirates.     Just  before 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS.  931 

American  occupancy  this  town  was  almost  entirely  destroyed  liy  tire — the  work  of 
the  Spaniards  in  retiring  to  cover  their  embarkation  and  that  of  the  Filipinos  as 
well  during  their  so-called  "republic,"  when  the  two  rival  factions  fought  among 
themselves.  Since  American  occupancy  the  greater  part  has  been  rebuilt,  ami  a  new 
town  entirely  built  adjoining  Zamboanga  to  tlie  W.  called  Magay,  being  the  section 
in  which  the  Moro  inhabitants  reside.  Fully  1,000  houses  have  been  built,  mostly 
of  nipa,  but  some  of  stone  and  plaster  and  other  materials  of  a  substantial  nature. 
Zamboanga  is  the  S.  market  of  the  archipelago  for  hemp,  copra,  and  gutta  percha. 
The  port  is  exposed  to  the  S.  and  SW.  In  the  Masingloc  Eiv.,  4  m.  to  the  SE.,  is 
an  anchorage  sheltered  from  all  winds. 

Ayala;  on  the  extreme  SW.  coast,  9  m.  AVNW.  of  Zamboanga.  Fop.,  1,900, 
including  Talisayan,  Erenas,  and  Malayal. 

Bolong-;  on  the  SW.  coast,  18  m.  NE.  of  Zamboanga.  Poij.,  1,144,  including 
Curiian,  Taguiti,  and  Tamion. 

Caldera;  a  port  near  Ayala,  on  the  bay  of  that  name,  SW.  shore,  8  m.  W.  of 
Zamboanga. 

Curiian;  E.  coast,  at  the  mouth  of  the  river,  fronted  by  the  Panubijan  Is.,  22  m. 
XE.  of  Zamboanga.     The  anchorage  is  well  sheltered  by  Panulugan  I. 

Marasingan;  on  the  E.  shore  of  Sibuguey  Bay,  4  m.  inland  to  the  SE.  of  Cabut 
I.     Layers  of  coal  have  been  discovered  in  this  vicinity. 

Mercedes;  on  the  SW.  coast,  8  m.  NE.  of  Zamboanga.  Pop.,  3,839,  including 
IMauicaan,  Catumbal,  and  Boalan. 

San  Mateo;  on  the  S.  coast,  a  port  of  refuge  between  Caldera  Bay  and  Zamboanga 
roads. 

San  Ramon;  on  the  extreme  SW.  coast,  15  m.  NW.  of  Zamboanga.  Founded 
by  General  Blanco  about  1885  as  an  experimental  fartning  station  and  penal  colony. 
It  consists  of  about  10,000  a.  of  well-planned  and  laid-out  fields,  with  a  sea  frontage 
of  2J  m.  During  Spanish  occupancy  there  were  about  800  deportados  or  disciplina- 
rios  from  the  N.  islands  who  supplied  the  labor.  A  large  sugar  mill  (i.  e.,  large  for 
the  Philippines)  and  a  sawmill  were  in  operation;  there  were  also  fields  of  sugar  and 
hemp  and  groves  of  cocoanuts,  chocolate,  and  coffee.  The  annual  net  income  is 
said  to  have  been  $60,000  Mexican  currency.  The  hemp  from  San  Ramon  com- 
mands higher  prices  in  Manila  than  any  other. 

Santa  Maria;  in  the  SW.  of  Zamboanga,  at  the  headw^aters  of  a  stream,  4  m.  XW. 
of  Zamboanga. 

Sibuco;  on  the  W.  coast,  on  the  bay  of  that  name,  27  m.  N.  of  Zamboanga. 

Tetuan;  on  the  r.  bank  of  a  river  entering  on  the  SE.  coast,  4  m.  NE.  of  Zam- 
boanga.    Pop.,  5,572,  including  villages  of  Piitig  and  Talon  talon. 

DEPENDENT  ISLANDS.       . 

The  following  islands  adjacent  to  Mindanao  lie  off  the  coast  of  Zamboanga: 

sq.m. 

Buluan;  in  the  NW.  arm  of  Sibuguey  Bay i 

3  Islands  lie  in  the  inlet  on  the  W.  shore,  6  m.  S.,  and  another  off  the  coast  farther  S 1 

Cabugaan;  E.  coast,  one  of  the  Panubijan  Is ^. 5 

Cabut;  E.  coast  of  Sibuguey  Bay,  near  the  village  of  Marasingan;  opposite,  and  4  m.  inland, 

exist  deposits  of  coal ^ 

Cherif ;  3  islands  in  Sibuguey  Bay 1 

Dacula;  one  of  the  Quidabun  Is.,  in  Sibuguey  Bay. 

Dayana;  in  theNW.  angle  of  Dumanquilas  Bay,  opposite  Sipnla h 

Dumanquilas;  16  islands  unnamed  -within  that  bay -  -  -    f> 

Fatimo;  several  small  islands  in  Sibuguey  Bay;  the  mouth  of  Cumalarang  Ri v.,  practicable  for 

,  light  craft  at  high  water,  lies  N.  by  E.  of  Fatimo  Is 1 

Igat;  an  island  in  the  bay  of  the  same  name,  N.  of  the  mainland 4 

Malanipa;  off  the  extreme  SE.  coast,  4  islands  in  the  E.  entrance  to  Basilan  Strait '. 1 

Malicay;  4  islands  unnamed,  in  that  bay,  and  E.  of  Flecha  Pt 1 

Mangdii;  W.  coast,  off  the  village  of  that  name i 

Muda;  one  of  the  Quidabun  Is.,  in  Sibuguey  Bay. 

Olutaiiga;  off  the  S.  point  of  the  central  peninsula;  forms  with  the  mainland  a  channel  connect- 
ing Dumanriuilas  and  Sibuguey  bays,  lOJ  m.  N.  and  S.  and  13  m.  E.  and  W.    It  has  fine  bays  on 

its  shores,  one  on  the  N.  well  shelte"red  in  all  winds 90^ 

PalmaBrava;  E.  coast,  in  Sibuguey  Bay,  the  N.  of  the  Panubijan  Is 5 

Pandaluan;  in  the  entrance  to  Sibuguey  Bay,  S.  coast -      i 

Pandalusan;  S.  coast  in  Sibuguey  Bay,  6  m.  off  the  SW.  point  of  the  central  peninsula  and  ^  E.  of 

Olutanga  I .- f 

Panisian;  off  the  extreme  SE.  point  of  that  peninsula,  4a  m.  E.  of  Flecha  Pt a 

Panubijan;  SE.  coa.>.t,  15  islands  and -several  islets  near  the  W.  shore  of  Sibuguey  Bay,  opposite        1 

Curiian;  well  wooded. 
Paya;  one  of  the  Quidabun  Is.  in  Sibuguey  Bay:  to  the  W.  lies  an  exposed  rock. 
Piratas;  rock  1  m.  E.  of  Dacula,  one  of  the  Quidabun  Is. 
Quidabun;  S.  shore,  3  islands,  Muda,  Dacula,  and  Paya,  in  Sibuguey  Bay,  with  channels  of  9  fins.      ^ 

between  them 

Saccol;  off  the  SE.  coast,  8  m.  from  NE.  to  SW.  and  3  m.  from  NW.  to  SE 


932  GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 

sq.m. 
Saccol  channel;  an  island  in  the  wide  mouth  of  a  river  on  the  mainland;  another  in  the  S. 

entrance,  5  m.  off  the  NE.  point  of  Saccol  I i 

Santa  Cruz;  in  the  mid-channel  of  Basilan  Strait,  5^  m.  SE.  of  Zamhoanga;  furnishes  shelter  for 

ships  in  the  roads  of  that  town  in  severe  weather .__. i 

Sibi\lan;  off  the  SE.  coast  of  the  central  peninsula  Olutanga  and  the  mainland i 

Simonog;  the  E.  of  2  islands,  15  m.  off  the  mainland,  SE.  coast,  and  10  m.  E.  off  the  N.  point  of 

Saccol  I h 

Tictavun;  a  long,  narrow  island  off  the  SE.  point  in  the  E.  entrance  to  Basilan  Strait,  8  m.  E.  by 

S.  of  Zamboanga.    It  is  low,  covered  with  vegetation. 

Tigbaon;  S.  coast,  -1  islands  off  the  W.  shore  of  Sibuguey 1 

Tumalutan;  5  m.  E.  of  the  N.  point  of  Saccol  I.,  near  the  entrance  to  Basilan  Strait i 

80  dependent  islands,  total  area 123 

VEGETABLE  PRODUCTS. 

Besides  the  staple  crops  of  rice,  hemp,  cotton — tree  variety,  staple  very  short — 
coffee,  tobacco,  sugar  cane,  cocoanuts,  corn,  and  sweet  potatoes,  this  region  yields 
the  valuable  cloves  and  nutmegs  of  commerce.  The  cinnamon  tree,  betel  nut,  and 
pepper  grow  wild  upon  the  shores  of  Sibuguey  Bay.  Rubber  or  gutta-percha,  egg- 
plant, tomatoes,  lettuce,  cabbage,  etc.,  extensive  and  admirably  kept  Chinese  gar- 
dens and  mushrooms  found  under  refuse  of  the  hemp  and  are  of  excellent  flavor. 

MINERALS. 

The  indications  of  mineral  wealth  are  very  general,  but  not  exploited.  Coal  exists 
ill  valuable  deposits  on  the  shores  of  Sibuguey  Bay.  Croppings  of  coal  show  on 
surface  within  4  m.  of  Zamboanga.  Gold  reported  near  Curiian  and  brought  to 
Zamboanga  in  small  quantities. 

FORESTS. 

The  forests  abound  in  a  great  variety  of  valuable  woods,  especially  teak  and  juni- 
per. In  the  vicinity  of  Santa  Maria  and  near  the  tidewater  teak  is  abundant;  gums 
and  resins  are  also  gathered.  No  true  ebony  is  found  in  P.  I.  Forests  in  which 
profitable  hard  woods  are  found  contain  trees  fit  to  cut  at  rare  intervals  only.  No 
forests  exist  in  the  sense  of  the  American  forest.     Rubber  is  found  on  the  peninsula. 

FRUITS. 

The  pineapples  and  bananas  of  Zaml^oanga  are  famous  in  the  archipelago.  Mangoes 
in  abundance,  pumalo,  breadfruit,  guava,  and  many  others  are  also  found. 

INDUSTRIES. 

The  inhabitants  of  this  province  are  not  advanced  in  mechanical  industries  beyond 
their  own  needs.  The  natural  products  of  the  province,  however,  afford  occupation 
and  aticles  of  export.  Tlie  raising  of  horses,  cattle,  and  hogs  is  an  important  industry. 
No  cattle  raised  at  present,  owing  to  the  cattle  disease  that  has  been  prevalent  for 
3  years.  Three  sawmills,  1  cocoanut-oil  plant  on  improved  lines,  and  many  small 
cocoanut-oil  plants  and  small  horsepow-er  sugar  mills  in  operation. 

UNITED  STATES  MILITARY  OCCUPATION. 

The  port  of  Zamboanga  was  occupied  November  16,  1899,  Ijy  a  United  States  naval 
force  w  hich  was  immediately  followed  by  United  States  infantry,  detached  from  the 
forces  in  Sulu. 

Ou  February  15, 1902,  Zamboanga  was  garrisoned  by  United  States  troops  as  follows: 

Zamboanga."  $ 
CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 

Civil  government  has  not  been  established  in  this  province.  Under  act  P.  C,  INIay 
29,  1901,  the  municipahties  of  Tetuan  and  Zamboanga  were  organized  into  one 
municipality  under  the  name  of  Zam))oanga  in  accordance  with  rules  and  regula- 
tions applying  to  the  organization  ( f  new  municipalities  not  before  organized  [Sees. 
91,  92,  and  93,  municipal  code]. 


ii^raph.  J  Post-office  and  money  order. 


1 

^    'i    ' 

.    ^ 

■      'r 

V 

terr 

'/ 

>^ 

y       i 

„- —            ^ 

.;■   -    ;  -  -   ,%3^&:, .       ■■■%.  ^ 

~ "  -  '■ 

'•"      J           '      "i;f      ■'■  ■                         '  ■                      ,, 

,.  - 

"  ,"•"'■'.• — 1:    "  "      '*                              >,v>,_^.      .-.i 

.  - " 

■  ■""'"  -:'     .  "  ■'                        "'''-' '"^ ' 

%^.. 

'-^'fim^ 

^^^f^^::^_^; -:v  '~\:  ^'  -  \  ^  . 

.''■'■  °.  .'            "  -"-'""XtJ"!  t, "~  "   ,"          "  ,.-      ~ 

■~-V-:-/i 

j:;>S;ife.^'-!l|p;^^^^      '-.  -  ^  ~" 

■  -    ,.'!/' 

;-•:        '^-,,\^    ..    ^-S4" ■■"";-'■.""'- \ "  t  ■   -~    .:    - 

"  ■  -      " 

-  _  :■                                   i.,  .                                    :;■:■;    .          .     _                                  -     - . 

..    ^_^      .  ■ .. 

B..,_,..;.,.,,^--:'    'W^'f'-")'  v.  ' -'-X  -' 

".-."  ""." ,  ■ '    "  ■ 

-      •..•^V:1&i$iii^-7.-    '         -          '     '                   )'        i  •          .         "^         / 

>nNDANAO 


APPROACHES-   TO    ZAMBOANGA        sdoc^Sv^s? 


GAZETTEER    OF   THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


933 


ZAMBOANGA  (thahm-boh-ahn'-gah),  Hisp.;  pue- 
blo, p.  o. ,  m .  o. ,  and  capital  of  Zamboanga,  lat. 
6°  54' N. ,  Ion.  122°4' 10" E. , on  extreme  SVV.  coast 
of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  which  forms  N. 
shore  of  Strait  of  Basilan,  important  thor- 
oughfare of  intersea  commerce  between  Cele- 
bes and  Sulu  waters.  Has  a  light-house  at 
extremity  of  mole,  at  S.  point;  light  is  33  ft. 
above  sea  level  and  height  of  tower  26  ft.  from 
base  to  base,  visible  12  m.;  built  of  sheet  iron, 
with  2  davits  attached.  United  States  naval 
station  is  at  Basilan,  opposite.  Fortified  un- 
der Spanish  rule  as  naval  station:  has  fine 
barracks  and  Castle  of  San  Felipe,  which 
dominates  town;  cathedral  and  public  hos- 
pital. Pop.,  21,300.  Settlement  dates  from 
1635,  by  Spaniards,  as  a  base  of  operations 
against  Moros  and  pirates  of  Sulu  A.  and 
Borneo.  Roadstead  of  Zamboanga  is  much 
exposed  to  gales  from  W.  and  SW.  On  ap- 
pearance of  SW.  gales  vessels  run  inside  of 
Tictauan  I.  to  anchorage  of  Vilanvilan  I. 
Approach  of  these  disastrous  storms  is  gener- 
ally foretold  by  coast  of  Basilan  across  strait 
to  S.  being  hidden  by  a  mass  of  flying  clouds, 
and  Sangboi  Is.  lost  to  view;  if  at  same  time 
it  should  be  cloudy,  dark,  and  threatening  to 
NW.,  bad  weather  is  certain,  wind  beginning 
to  blow  from  NW.  and  backing  until  it  settles 
from  SW.  Cause  is  typhoon  passing  to  N. 
During  NE.  monsoon  road  is  sheltered. 
Beautiful  stream  runs  through  center  of 
town,  from  which  water  for  drinking  pur- 
poses is  obtained  by  inhabitants  and  for 
shipping,  but  as  during  day  natives  wash 
them.selves  and  their  clothes  throughout  its 
course  several  miles  inland,  it  is  necessary  to 
obtain  day's  supply  early  in  morning,  and  it 
is  also  necessary  to  filter  it  in  order  to  free  it 
from  vegetable  matter  and  earth,  especially 
after  hea-s-y  rain.  Coal  store  of  Zamboanga 
is  at  Port  Isabela.  There  are  regular  and 
frequent  steamers  between  Manila  and  Zam- 
boanga via  Sulu  and  Palawan  and  Iloilo. 
Throughout  year,  when  seasonal  wind  is 
not  strong  land  breeze  blows  during  night, 
sometimes  very  freshly  and  acceptably. 

ZAMBOAXCriTA  (thahm  -  boh  -  ahn  -gee'-  tah). 
Hisp.;  pueblo  on  extreme  SE.  coast  of  Negros 
Oriental,  and  river  1  m.  to  N.  Town  is  16  m. 
SW.  of  Dumaguete  and  1  m.  inland  from 
point.     Pop.,  5,603. 

point  on  SE.  coast  Negros  Oriental,  near 

pueblo  of  same  name. 


ZANOY  (thah-noy'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  r.  bank  of 
river  of  N.  S4mar,  emptying  into  Pacific  Ocean 
at  Bob6n. 

ziPAXG  (thah'-pahng),  ver.:  hamlet  in  pueblo 
of  GapAn,  Nueva  Ecija,  Luz6n,  on  r.  bank  of 
Cabanatiian  Riv. 

ZAPOTE  (thah-poh'-tay),  Sp.;  stream  in  pueblo 
of  Bacoor,  Cavite.  entering  Manila  Bav  at 
end  of  boundary  between  Manila  and  Cavite 
in  Rizal,  Luz6n. 

ZAPATOS  (thah-pah'-tohs)  (means  shoes),  Sp.;  3 
islets  on  bank  lying  in  Jintotolo  channel, 
6  m.  SW.  of  .Jintotolo  I.,  midway  between 
Masbate  and  Panay,  14  m.  S.  of  former,  and 
12  m.  NE.  of  latter,  nearest  shores.  Zapato 
Mayor  N.,  260  ft.  high,  wooded  and  cultivated; 
Zapato  Menor  is  270  ft.  high,  bare  and  clean 
on  all  sides  except  W.  Chinela  islet  lies  be- 
tween 2  Zapatos,  with  30  to  48  ft.  depth. 

ZABAGOZA(thah-rah-goh'-thah),  Sp.;  pueblo  on 
SW.  shore  of  Santiago  I.,  E.  of  Tambac  Pt., 
off  NE.  coast  of  Zambales,  Luzon. 

island  off  W.  coast  of  Cebu.  (.See  Saragossa. ) 

hamlet  of  Negros  Occidental,  on  1.  shore  of 

Maao  branch  of  Lagasan  Riv.,  13  m.  E.  of 
Valladolid. 

hamlet  in  N.  central  Concepcion,  Hollo, 

Panay,  11  m.  S.  of  Carlos. 

pueblo  in  Nueva  Ecija,  Luz6n,  10  m.  from 

San  Isidro.    Pop.,  5,250. 

town  of  Surigao,  on  1.  bank  of  mouth  of 

river  entering  sea  on  E.  coast  of  SE.  penin- 
sula of  Mindanao,  202  m.  SSE.  of  Surigao, 
near  SE.  boundary  with  Diivao. 

town  in  Zambales,  Luz6n. 

ZARKAUA  (thah'-rrah-gah),  Sp.;  pueblo  in  Iloilo. 
Panav,  on  S.  shore  of  Jamipaan  Riv.,  14  m. 
N.  of  Iloilo.    Pop.,  5,208. 

ZAII  (thah'-oo),  ver.;  coral  and  sand  island  on 

Pearl  Bank  in  Laparan  grp.,  Sulu  A.    Resort 

for  pearl  divers.    {See  Pearl  banks  and  island. ) 
ZETA  (thay'-tah)  ( meaning  the  consonant  Z),Sp; 

spur  of  Gran  Cordillera  of  Sierra  Madre,  E. 

of  Tuguegarao,  Cagay^n,  Luzon. 
ZOE  (thoh'-ay),  ver.;  E.  islet  of  Bay  I.  grp.  in 

Jibboom  Bay,  SW,  coast  Paragua,  Palawan. 
ZUMABRAGA  (thoo-mah'-rrah-gah),  Sp.;  pueblo 

in  S<4mar,  9  m.  from  Catbalogan.    Pop.,  Cn. 

1887,  5,466. 


GAZETTEER    OF    THE    PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS. 


933 


ZAMBOANGA  (thahm-boh-ahn'-gah),  Hisp.;  pue- 
blo, p.  o.,  m.  o.,and  capital  of  Zamboanga,  lat. 
6°  54' N. ,  Ion.  122°4' 10" E. , on  extreme  SW.  coast 
of  Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  which  forms  N. 
shore  of  Strait  of  Basilan,  important  thor- 
oughfare of  intersea  commerce  between  Cele- 
bes and  Sulu  waters.  Has  a  light-house  at 
extremity  of  mole,  at  S.  point;  light  is  33  ft. 
above  sea  level  and  height  of  tower  26  ft.  from 
base  to  base,  visible  12  m.;  built  of  sheet  iron, 
with  2  davits  attached.  United  States  naval 
station  is  at  Basilan,  opposite.  Fortified  un- 
der Spanish  rule  as  naval  station:  has  fine 
barracks  and  Castle  of  San  Felipe,  which 
dominates  town;  cathedral  and  public  hos- 
pital. Pop.,  21,300.  Settlement  dates  from 
1635,  by  Spaniards,  as  a  base  of  operations 
against  Moros  and  pirates  of  Sulu  A.  and 
Borneo.  Roadstead  of  Zamboanga  is  much 
exposed  to  gales  from  W.  and  SW.  On  ap- 
pearance of  SW.  gales  vessels  run  inside  of 
Tietauan  I.  to  anchorage  of  Vilanvilan  I. 
Approach  of  these  disastrous  storms  is  gener- 
ally foretold  by  coast  of  Basilan  across  strait 
to  S.  being  hidden  by  a  mass  of  flying  clouds, 
and  Sangboi  Is.  lost  to  view;  if  at  same  time 
it  should  be  cloudy,  dark,  and  threatening  to 
NW.,  bad  weather'is  certain,  wind  beginning 
to  blow  from  NW.  and  backing  until  it  settles 
from  SW.  Cause  is  typhoon  passing  to  N. 
During  NE.  monsoon  road  is  sheltered. 
Beautiful  stream  runs  through  center  of 
town,  from  which  water  for  drinking  pur- 
poses is  obtained  by  inhabitants  and  for 
shipping,  but  as  during  day  natives  wash 
themselves  and  their  clothes  throughout  its 
course  several  miles  inland,  it  is  necessary  to 
obtain  day's  supply  early  in  morning,  and  it 
is  also  necessary  to  filter  it  in  order  to  free  it 
from  vegetable" matter  and  earth,  especially 
after  heavj'  rain.  Coal  store  of  Zamboanga 
is  at  Port  Isabela.  There  are  regular  and 
frequent  steamers  between  Manila  and  Zam- 
boanga via  Sulu  and  Palawan  and  Iloilo. 
Throughout  year,  when  seasonal  wind  is 
not  strong  land  breeze  blows  during  night, 
sometimes  very  freslily  and  acceptably. 

ZAMBOAIVGUITA  (thahm  -  boh  -  ahn  -gee'-  tah), 
Hisp.;  pueblo  on  extreme  SE.  coast  of  Negros 
Oriental,  and  river  1  m.  to  N.  Town  is  16  m. 
SW.  of  Dumaguete  and  1  m.  inland  from 
point.    Pop.,  5,603. 

point  on  SE.  coast  Negros  Oriental,  near 

pueblo  of  same  name. 


ZAKOY  (thah-noy'),  ver.;  hamlet  on  r.  bank  of 
river  of  N.  SAmar,  emptying  into  Pacific  Ocean 
at  Bob6n. 

ZiPA>'G  (thah'-pahng),  ver.;  hamlet  in  pueblo 
of  GapAn,  Nueva  Ecija,  Luz6n,  on  r.  bank  of 
Cabanatiian  Riv. 

ZAPOTE  (thah-poh'-tay),  Sp.;  stream  in  pueblo 
of  Bacoor,  Cavite.  entering  Manila  Bay  at 
end  of  boundary  between  Manila  and  CaVite 
in  Rizal,  Luz6n. 

ZAPATOS  (thah-pah'-tohs)  (means  shoes),  Sp.;  3 
islets  on  bank  lying  in  Jintotolo  channel, 
6  m.  SW.  of  Jintotolo  I.,  midway  between 
Masbate  and  Panay,  11  m.  S.  of  former,  and 
12  m.  NE.  of  latter,  nearest  shores.  Zapato 
Mayor  N.,  260  ft.  high,  wooded  and  cultivated; 
Zapato  Menor  is  270  ft.  high,  bare  and  clean 
on  all  sides  except  W.  Chinela  islet  lies  be- 
tween 2  Zapatos,  with  30  to  48  ft.  depth. 

ZARAGOZA(thah-rah-goh'-thah),  Sp.;  pueblo  on 
SW.  shore  of  Santiago  I.,  E.  of  Tambac  Pt., 
off  NE.  coast  of  Zambales,  Luzon. 

island  off  W.  coast  of  Cebv'i.  {See  Saragossa. ) 

hamlet  of  Negros  Occidental,  on  1.  shore  of 

Maao  branch  of  Lagasan  Riv.,  13  m.  E.  of 
Valladolid. 

hamlet  in  N.  central  Concepcion,  Hollo, 

Panay,  11  m.  S.  of  CarK\s. 

pueblo  in  Nueva  Ecija,  Luzon,  10  m.  from 

San  Isidro.    Pop.,  5,250. 

town  of  Surigao,  on  1.  bank  of  mouth  of 

river  entering  sea  on  E.  coast  of  SE.  penin- 
sula of  Mindanao,  202  m.  SSE.  of  Surigao, 
near  SE.  boundary  with  DAvao. 

town  in  Zambales,  Luzon. 

ZARKAGA  (thah'-rrah-gah),  Sp.;  pueblo  in  Iloilo, 
Panay,  on  S.  shore  of  Jamipaan  Riv.,  14  m. 
N.  of  Iloilo.    Pop.,  5,208. 

ZAU  (thah'-oo),  ver.;  coral  and  sand  island  on 
Pearl  Bank  in  Laparan  grp.,  Sulu  A.  Resort 
for  pearl  divers.    (.See  Pearl  banks  and  island. ) 

ZETA  (thay'-tah)  (meaning  the  consonant  Z),Sp  ; 
spur  of  Gran  Cordillera  of  Sierra  Madre,  E. 
of  Tuguegarao,  Cagay^n.  Luzon. 

ZOE  (thoh'-ay),  ver.;  E.  islet  of  Bay  I.  grp.  in 
Jibboom  Bay,  SW,  coast  Paragua,  Palawan. 

ZL'MABKAGA  (thoo-mah'-rrah-gah),  Sp.;  pueblo 
in  Sdmar,  9  m.  from  Catbalogan.  Pop.,  Cn. 
1887,  5,465. 


14  DAY  USE 

RETURN  TO  DESK  FROM  WHICH  BORROWED 


LOAN  DEPT. 


This  book  is  due  on  the  last  date  stamped  below,  or         v. 
on  the  date  to  which  renewed. 
Renewed  books  are  subject  to  immediate  recall.  — 


DEC 


wr^wl[pM 


24m 


Nn  O'ZFT. 


\'G  Qu  Jrter 


^jrfn 


^  -2P1VI4   1 


REC  D  IS 


JUL  7 


LD  21-100m-9,'47(A5702sl6)476 


P6  -5  p,^,j 


JONIO  7|   1    0 


.'  6  0 


SB 
o 


'HAM 
583  2 


brary 
California 
eley 


? 5?  3  2.  4. 

V5  . 


THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 


